Skip to main content

Full text of "Experiment station record"

See other formats 


Ah: 


;j^-4\., 


y' •"t : 


'^^^-  'J  ^ 


.iMtiMNr 


^<  ^M 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATFS    RKLATIONS   SERVICE 

A.  C  TRLt,  DIRECTOR 


EXPERIMENT 
STATION 


RECORD 


VOI.UME  XXXV 

JULY-DECEMBER,  1916 


^^vsSaSssi*^ 


VAflBNOTON 

oofnnsutsT  nnsnsa  omcs 

I«t7 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 
Scientific  Bureaus. 


Weather  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Plant  Industry — W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service — H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils — Milton  WTiitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates — L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  0.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey^ — E.  W.  Nelson,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  AvMrn;  J.  F.  Duggar.i 
Canebrako  Station:   Uniontoicn;  L.  H.  Moore.' 
Tuskegee  Station:  Tutkegee  Inttitute;  G.   W. 
Carver.! 

Alaska— Si/fco.-  C.  C.  Georgeson.* 

Arizona— TucsoTi.-  R.  H.  Forbes.' 

Akkansas— Fa.vf«mU«.-  M.  Nelson.' 

CjlUtohkia— Berkeley:  T.  F.  Hunt.' 

Colorado— J'ort  Collins:  C.  P.  Gillette.' 

Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Haven.-.  ^  ^  Jenkins.' 
Storrs  Station:  Stons;        f 

Delaware— iVfwarfc.-  H.  Hayward.' 

YhORUML—Oainesville:  P.  H.  Rolfs.' 

Georgu.— Experiment:  J.  D.  Price.' 

GVAM— Island  of  Giuim:  C.  W.  Edwards.' 

Hawah— 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J.  M.  Westgate.' 
Sugar    Planters'    Station:    Honolulu;    H.    P. 
A gee.' 

Idaho — Moscow:  3.  S.  Jones.' 

Illinois —  Urbana:  E.  Davenport.' 

Indiana — La  Fayette:  A.  Goss.' 

Iowa— ^mes.-  C.  F.  Curtiss.' 

KxiiSAs— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardine.' 

Kentucky — Lexington:  A.  M.  Peter.* 

LOtnSLVNA— 

State  Station:  Baton  Rouge;     1 

Sugar  Station:  .4 Md«&orePorfc,  I       ^   ijodson  ' 
New  Orleans;  I     "     ' 

North  La.  Station:  Calhoun;    J 
Maine— Orono.-  C.  D.  Woods.' 
Maryland— CoZZej/e  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.' 
Massachusetts — Amherst:  W.  P.  Brooks.' 
Michigan— £os<  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw.' 
Minnesota—  University    Farm,  St.   Paul:  A.    F. 

Woods.  1 
Mississippi— ^ffrtcuteraZ  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.' 
Missouri— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.  Mumford.' 

Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Grove;  Paul  Evans.' 


Montana— JSojfmon;  F.  B.  Linfield.' 
Nebraska— XJTico/Ti.'  E.  A.  Burnett.' 
Nevada— iSf no.-  S.  B.  Doten.' 
New  Hampshire— Dttr/wTO.-  J.  C.  Kendall.' 
New  Jersey— A'ew  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Lipman.' 
New  Mexico— Stole  College:  Fabian  Garcia. ' 

New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan.' 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann.* 

North  Carolina— 

College  Station:  West  Rakigh;\  T7-ii„„rA  i 

State  Station:  Raleigh;  Z^'  ^-  ^"^g"""' 

North    Da.kotx— Agricultural     College:    T.     P. 

Cooper.' 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome.' 
OKXAUOiiA.— Stillwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle.' 
Oregon—  Corvallis:  A .  B .  Cordley . ' 

Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts.' 
State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition, 
H.  P.  Armsby.i 

Porto  Rico- 
Federal  Station:  Mayaguez;  D.  W.  May.s 
Insular  Station:  Rio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower.' 

Rhode  Island — Kingston:  B.  L.  Hartwell.' 
South  Carolina— CTfmson  College:  H.  W.  Barre.' 
South  Dxkota.— Brookings:  J.  W.  Wilson.' 
Tennessee— .?noiri7Zf.'  H.  A.  Morgan.' 
Texas— College  Station:  B.  Youngblood.' 
\jTAS— Logan:  F.  S.  Harris.' 
YERUOirCT— Burlington:  J.  L.  Hills.' 

Virginia- 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr.' 
Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson.' 

Washington— PuZZman.- 1.  D.  Cardiff.' 
West  Virginia— J/orj?a7Uoicn.-  J.  L.  Coulter.' 
Wisconsin— J/adison.-H.  L.  Russell.' 
Wyoming — Laramie:  H.  G.  Knight.' 


>  Director. 

n 


'  Agronomist  in  charge.        '  Animal  husbandman  in  charge.        *  Acting  director 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor :  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL  DEPARTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechy — E.  H.  Noixau. 

Beax. 


fW.  H. 

|r.  W. 


Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers  ^  ^    .^   ,^ 

Tbuixinger. 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology  {     '  „' 

I  \\ .  hi.  Boyd. 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schxjlte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  .J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

(C.  F.  Langworthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  Sc. 
H.  L.  Lang. 
C.  F.  Walton,  Jr. 

„     .     ,         T~v  •     .  1  T^  •       T-,        •       fll-  Webster. 

Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming. 


jM.  D.  Moore, 

„  ^    .  ,,   ,.  .      fW.  A.  Hooker. 

\ eterinary  Medicine {^    „   ^^ 

[E.  H.  Nollau. 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Trullingeb. 

Rural  Economics — E.  Merritt. 

Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lank. 

Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  XXXV. 


EDITORIAL  NOTES. 

Page. 

Impressions  of  the  stations  in  the  Southwest 1 

Rural  credits  legislation  in  its  relation  to  the  agricultural  colleges  and 

experiment   stations 101 

The  Federal  farm  loan  act 104 

The  agricultural  appropriation  act,  1916-17* 301 

Seventh  Graduate  School  of  Agriculture 401 

Agriculture  and  the  war  in  Europe 601 

Effect  of  the  war  on  agricultural  institutions 605 

The  Washington  Convention  of  the  Association  of  American  Agricultural 

Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations 701 

III 


^ 


IV  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

STATION  PUBLICATIONS  ABSTRACTED. 

Alabama  College  Station  :  Page. 

Bulletin  188,  March,  1916 161 

Bulletin  189,  April,  1916 339 

Bulletin  190,  May,  1916 550 

Circular  34,  February,  1916 299 

Alaska  Stations: 

Circular  1,  May  11,  1916 295 

Akizona  Station  : 

Bulletin  72,  June  30,  1913 83 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report,  1915 511, 

526,  527,  537,  547,  551,  565,  569,  580,  594 

Arkansas  Station  : 

Bulletin  124,  December,  1915 139 

Bulletin  125,  March,  1916 412 

California  Station: 

Bulletin  266,  February,  1916 144 

Bulletin  267,  March,  1916 144 

Bulletin  268,  March,  1916 239 

Bulletin  269,  April,  1916 208 

Circular  146,  JanuaiT,  1916 113 

Circular  147,  February,  1916 142 

Circular  148,  March,  1916 182 

Circular  149,  March,  1916 145 

Circular  150,  April,  1916 385 

Circular  151,  May,  1916 569 

Circular  152,  June,  1916 693 

Circular  153,  July,  1916 674 

Coloeado  Station  : 

Bulletin  217,  March,  1916 832 

Bulletin  218,  April,  1916 847 

Connecticut  State  Station  : 

Bulletin  190,  January,  1916 55 

Bulletin  191,  April,  1916 532 

Annual  Report,  1915,  pt.  2 53 

Annual  Report,  1915,  pt.  3 42 

Annual  Report,  1915,  pt.  4 562 

Annual  Report,  1915,  pt.  5 558 

Connecticut  Storks  Station  : 

Bulletin  83,   September,  1915 133, 164, 176, 177 

Bulletin  84,  September,  1915 134 

Bulletin  85,  December,  1915 184 

Bulletin  86,  March,  1916 183 

Delaware  Station  : 

Bulletin  111,  February  1,  1916  (Annual  Report,  1915) 195 

Ft-obida  Station: 

Bulletin   130,   June.  1916 854 

Bulletin  131,  June.  1916 870 

Annual    Report,    1915 812.829,830,839,844,849,852,870,872,898 


1916]                                                           CONTENTS.  V 

Georgia  Station  :  Page. 

Biilletiu  119,  March  20,  1916 383 

Bulletin  120.  Maj',  1916 729 

Bulletin   121.   June.    1916 742_ 

Bulletin  122.  June.  1916 775' 

Bulletin  123,  July,  1916 831 

Circular  74,  January,  1916 830 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report,  1915 35,71,94 

Guam  Station: 

Report,    1915 829,  856,  869,  877,  898 

Hawaii  Station  : 

Report,    1915 503,  512.  515,  517,  527,  538,  542,  561,  595 

Idaho  Station  : 

Bulletin  85,  February,  1916 249 

Bulletin  86,  February,  1916 383 

Bulletin  87,  February,  1916 355 

Circular   1,   1916 234 

Circular   2.    February,    1916 340 

Illinois  Station  : 

Bulletin  185,   February,  1916 39 

Bulletin  186,  February,  1916 158 

Bulletin  187,  February,  1916 159 

Bulletin  188,  April,  1916 736 

Bulletin  189,  June,  1916 749 

Bulletin  190,   June,   1916 723 

Circular  186,  April,  1916 325 

Circular  187,  July,  1916 754 

Circular  188,  July,  1916 791 

Soil  Report  12,  January,  1916 421 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report,  1915 94 

Indiana  Station  : 

Bulletin  183,  November,  1915 475 

Bulletin  184,  November,  1915 476 

Bulletin  185,  May,  1916 756 

Bulletin  186,  May,  1916_^ 728 

Bulletin  187,  June,  1916 724 

Bulletin  188,  June,  1916 874 

Bulletin  189,  July,  1916 ^ 873 

Circular  52,  January,  1916 673 

Circular  53,  January,  1916 69 

Iowa  Station  : 

Bulletin  163,  April,  1916 349 

Bulletin  164,  April,  1916 572 

Bulletin  165,  May,  1916 570 

Bulletin  166,  May,  1916 587 

Research  Bulletin  25,  July,  1915 215 

Research  Bulletin  26,  September,  1915 613 

Research  Bulletin  27,  January,  1916 676 

Research  Bulletin  28,  January,  1916 778 

Research  Bulletin  29,  January,  1916 777 

Circular  26,  March,  1916 69 


VI  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Iowa  Station — Continued.  Page. 

Circular  27,  Marcli,  1916 146 

Circular  28,  March,  1916 136 

Circular  29,  April,  1916 363 

Annual  Report,  1915 696 

Kansas  Station: 

Bulletin  210,  January,  1916 348 

Technical  Bulletin  1,  January,  1916 58 

Technical  Bulletin  2,  January,  1916 9 

Circular  54,  September,  1915 52 

Circular  55,  January,  1916 43 

Kentucky  Station: 

Bulletin  199,  January,  1916 121 

Bulletin  200,  January,  1916 552 

Bulletin  201,  May,  1916 672 

Bulletin  202,  June,  1916 792 

Circular  11,  March,  1916 234 

Circular  12,  June,  1916 673 

Louisiana  Stations: 

Bulletin  155,  March,  1916 348 

Bulletin  156,  July,  1916 805 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report,  1915 312,  316,  336,  350,  396 

Maine  Station: 

Bulletin  245,  December,  1915 209,  279,  299 

Bulletin  246,  January,  1916 19,  30,  33,  34,  38,  67 

Bulletin  247,  February,  1916 70 

Bulletin  248,  March,  1916 552 

Bulletin  249,  March,  1916 549 

Bulletin  250,  May,  1916 831 

Bulletin  251,  April,  1916 660 

Bulletin  252,  May,  1916 752 

Official  Inspection  75,  January,  1916 141 

Official  Inspection  76,  February,  1916 176 

Official  Inspection  77,  April,  1916 663 

Document  520,  December,  1915 325 

Maeyland  Station  : 

Bulletin  192,  January,  1916 350 

Bulletin  193,  February,  1916 631 

Bulletin  194,  February,  1916 _• 640 

Bulletin  195,  March,  1916 643 

Massachusetts  Station  : 

Bulletin  166,  December,   1915 205 

Bulletin  107,  January,   1916 204 

Meteorological  Bulletins  327-328,  March-April,  1916 209 

Meteorological  Bulletins  329-330,  May-June,  1916 420 

Meteorological  Bulletins  331-332,  July-August,  191G 619 

Circular  58,  November,  1915 373 

Circular  59,  December,  1915 325 

Circular  60,  February,  1916 338 

Circular  61,  February,  1916 360 

Circular  62,   February,  1916 373 

Circular  63,  February,  1916 378 


1910]                                                           CONTENTS.  VII 

Michigan  Station  :  Page. 

Bulletin  275,  December,  1915 328 

Technical  Bulletin  25,  March,  1916 653 

Technical  Bulletin  26,  January,  1916 620 

Special  Bulletin  75,  December,  1915 386 

Special  Bulletin  76,  December,  1915 467 

Special  Bulletin  77,  March,  1916 454 

Special  Bulletin  78,  April,  1916 746 

Special  Bulletin  79,  May,  1916 719 

Circular  28,  February,  1916 368 

Circular  29,  April,  1916 784 

Minnesota  Station  : 

Bulletin  153,  January,  1916 148 

Bulletin  154,  February,  1916 138 

Bulletin  155,  March,  1916 670 

Bulletin  156,  February,  1910 673 

Bulletin  157,  March,  1916 691 

Bulletin  158,  February,  1916 652 

Bulletin  159,  March,  1916 642 

Twenty-third  Annual  Report,  1915 335, 377,  396 

Mississippi  Station  : 

Bulletin  174,  1914 871,  872 

Technical  Bulletin  7,  1916 625 

Missouri  Station  : 

Bulletin  139,  January,  1916 127 

Bulletin  140,  April,  1916 692 

Bulletin  141    (Annual  Report,   1915),   April,   1916 825, 

837,  844,  845,  848,  867,  868,  871,  878,  899 

Research  Bulletin  19,  June,  1915 737 

Research  Bulletin  20,  June,  1915 738 

Research  Bulletin  21.  June.  191.5 221 

Research  Bulletin  22,  March,  3916 270 

Research  Bulletin  23,  June,  1916 651 

Research  Bulletin  24,  May,  1916 774 

Circular  79,  March,  1910 773 

Circular  80,  April,  1916 792 

Circular  81,  June,  1916 840 

Montana  Station  : 

Bulletin  107,  October,  1915 338 

Bulletin  108,  October,  1915 835 

Bulletin  109,  February,  1916 852 

Circular  51,  January,  1916 781 

Circular  52,  January,  1916 758 

Circular  53,  January,  1916 735 

Circular  54,  February,  1916 735 

Circular  55,  February,  1916 789 

Circular  56,  February,  1916 778 

Circular  57,  February,  1916 786 

Circular  58,  February,  1916 785 


Vm  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

Nebraska  Station:  Page. 

Bulletin  155,  June  1,  1916 438 

Bulletin  156,  May  25,  1916 827,  835,  842 

Research  Bulletin  6,  June  20,  1916 823 

Research  Bulletin  7,  March  15,  1916 836 

Twenty-ninth  Annual  Report,  1915 672,  673,  696 

Nevada  Station  : 

Bulletin  83,  June  24,  1915 505 

Bulletin  84,  April,  1916 885 

New  Hampshiee  Station  : 

Bulletin  178,  March,  1916 373 

New  Jebsey  Stations: 

Bulletin  278,  April  14,  1915 445 

Bulletin  287,  December  9,  1915 128 

Bulletin  288,  January  4,  1916 123 

Bulletin  289,  January  4,  1916 125 

Bulletin  290,  January  18,  1916 221 

Circular  49,  December  1,  1915 275 

Circular  50,  December  1,  1915 245 

Circular  51,  December  1,  1915 245 

Circular  52,  December  1,  1915 249 

Circular  53,  December  1,  1915 455 

Circular  54,  January  1,  1916 120 

Circular  55,  January  15,  1916 351 

Circular  56,  January  17,  1916 364 

Circular  57,  March  1,  1916 141 

Circular  58,  April  13,  1916 542 

Circular  59,  April  20,  1916 835 

Circular  60,  May  1,  1916 835 

Circular  61,  May  15,  1916 817 

Circular  62,  June  6,  1916 873 

New  Mexico  Station  : 

Bulletin  100,  January,  1916 41 

New  Yobk  Coknell  Station  : 

Bulletin  370,  January,  1916 42 

Bulletin  371,  February,  1916 154 

Bulletin  372,  March.  1916 256 

Bulletin  373,  April,  1916 276 

Bulletin  374,  April.  1916 451 

Bulletin  375,  April,  1916 452 

Bulletin  376,  May,  1916 553 

New  Yobk  State  Station: 

Bulletin  413,  December,  1915 94 

Bulletin  414,  January,  1916 36 

Bulletin  415,   February,  1916 757 

Bulletin  416,  March.  1916 740 

Bulletin  417,  March,  1916 744 

Bulletin  418,  March,  1916 742 

Bulletin  419,  March,  1916 855,856 

Bulletin  420,  May,  1916 867 

Bulletin  421,  May.  1916 831 

Technical  Bulletin  49.  February.  1910 70 


1916]  CONTENTS.  IX 

New  York   Station — Continued.  Page. 

Technical  Bulletin  50,  March,  1916 547 

Technical  Bulletin  51,  March,  1916 524 

Technical  Bulletin  52,  March,  1916 525 

Technical  Bulletin  53,  May,  1916 525 

Circular  43,  November  30,  1915 41 

Circular  44,  December  1,  1915 55 

Circular  45,  December  20,  1915 33 

Circular  46,  December  24,  1915 41 

Circular  47,  January  20,  1916 21 

Circular  48,  February  15,  1916 36 

North  Carolina  Station  : 

Farmers'  Market  Bulletin,  vol.  3.  No.  16,  April,  1916 296 

Thirty-eighth  Annual  Report,  1915 595 

North  Dakota  Station  : 

Bulletin  115,  February,  1916 67 

Bulletin  116,  May,  1916 729 

Special  Bulletin,  vol.  4,  No.  2,  February-March,  1916 61 

Special  Bulletin,  vol.  4,  No.  3,  April,  1916 259,  267 

Special  Bulletin,  vol.  4,  No.  4,  May,  1916 470 

Special  Bulletin,  vol.  4,  No.  5,  June,  1916 664 

Special  Bulletin,  vol.  4,  No.  6,  July-August,  1916 730,  765 

Circular  11,  March,  1916 172 

Circular  12.  March,  1916 140 

Circular  13,  May,  1916 478 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report,  1915   [pt.  1] 25,32,35,48,78,80,94 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report,  1915  [pt.  2] 61,94 

Fourth  Annual  Report  Dickinson  Substation,  1911 209,  299 

Fifth  Annual  Report  Dickinson  Substation,  1912 209,  299 

Sixth  Annual  Report  Dickinson  Substation,  1913 209,  212,  228,  265,  299 

Sixth  Annual  Report  Williston  Substation,  1913 229 

Ohio  Station  : 

Bulletin  290,  December,  1915 40 

Bulletin  291,  February,  1916 171 

Bulletin,  292,  March,  1916 220 

Bulletin  293,  March,  1916 358 

Bulletin  294,  April,  1916 477 

Bulletin  295,  April,  1916 481 

Bulletin  296,  April,  1916 508 

Bulletin  297,  May,  1916 553 

Bulletin  298,  May,  1916 534 

Bulletin  299,  June,  1916 761 

Monthly  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  No.  4,  April,  1916 24,  35,  36,  40,  56,  62,  94 

Monthly  Bulletin,  vol  1,  No.  5,  May,  1916 424,  429,  451.  491,  499 

Monthly  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  No.  6,  June,  1910 520,  529,  547,  553,  595 

Monthly  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  No.  7,  July,  1916 510, 

529,  536,  542,  550,  552,  555,  564,  595 
Monthly  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  No.  8,  August,  1916 814,  815,  873,  887,  899 

Oklahoma  Station  : 

Bulletin  108,  January,  1916 176 

Bulletin  109,  February,  1916 158 

Bulletin  110,  February,  1916 108 

Circular  39,  March,  1916 156 

Circular  40,  April,  1916 455 


X  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Oregon  Station  :  Page. 

Bulletin  134,  June,  1916 838 

Bulletin  136,  March,  1916 341 

Bulletin  187,  July,  1916 788 

Report  Hood  River  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1913-14 234, 

235,  242,  248,  252,  299 

Report  Hood  River  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1915 539, 

540,  541,  548,  551,  567,  595 

Report  Umatilla  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1914 299 

Pennsylvania  Station  : 

Bulletin  138,  March,  1916 168 

Bulletin  139,  April,  1916 229 

Bulletin  140,  May,  1916 455 

Bulletin  141,  June,  1916 644 

Annual  Report,  1914 507,  508, 

514,  516,  517,  529,  532,  533,  534,  539,  540,  548,  565,  568,  569,  571,  572,  587,  595 

PoETO  Rico  Station  : 

Bulletin  17  (Spanish  edition),  August  24,  1916 850 

Poeto  Rico  Boaed  of  Ageicultube  Station  : 

Bulletin  15,  March  24,  1916 155 

Rhode  Island  Station  : 

Bulletin  164,  January,  1916 174 

Bulletin  165,  May,  1916 523 

Inspection  Bulletin,  May,  1916 374 

Twenty -eighth  Annual  Report,  1915 229,  299 

South  Caeolina  Station  : 

Bulletin  184,  December,  1915 652 

Bulletin  185,  January,  1916 136 

Bulletin  186,  February,  1916 338 

Circular  28,  December,  1915 255 

South  Dakota  Station  : 

Bulletin  163,  January,  1916 530 

Bulletin  164,  February,  1916 573 

Bulletin  165,  April,  1916 772 

Bulletin  166,  June,  1916 776 

Bulletin  167,  June,  1916 830 

Bulletin  168,  June,  1916 859 

Tennessee  Station  : 

Bulletin  115,  January,  1916 714 

Texas  Station  : 

Bulletin  184,  January,  1916 531 

Bulletin  185,  February,  1916 561 

Bulletin  186,  March,  1916 375 

Circular  12,  n.  ser.,  March,  1916 208 

Utah  Station  : 

Bulletin  142,  January,  1910 143 

Bulletin  143,  April,  1916 837 

Bulletin  144,  May,  1916 813 

Circular  18,  February,  1916 377 

Circular  19,  March,  1916 377 

Circular  20,  April,  1916 377 


1916]                                                      CONTENTS.  XI 

Vermont  Station:  Page. 

Bulletin  191,  November,  1915 155 

Bulletin  192,  February,  1916 140 

Virginia  Station  : 

Bulletin  209,  December,  1915 151 

Bulletin  210,  March,  1916 143 

Technical  Bulletin  10,  March,  1916 777 

Virginia  Truck  Station: 

Bulletin  17,  October  1,  1915 661 

Bulletin  18,  January  1,  1916 847 

Washington  Station  : 

Bulletin  124,  February,  1916 363 

Bulletin  128,  January,  1916 33 

Bulletin  129,  March,  1916 34 

Bulletin  130,  April,  1916 465 

Bulletin  131,  May,  1916 418 

Bulletin  132,  May,  1916 783 

Popular  Bulletin  99,  February,  1916 755 

Popular  Bulletin  100,  February,  1916 743 

Popular  Bulletin  101,  March,  1916 756 

Popular  Bulletin  102,  May,  1916 717 

Popular  Bulletin  103,  July,  1916 807 

Western  Washington  Station  Monthly  Bulletin: 
Volume  3 — 

No.  12,  March,  1916 68,69,94 

Volume  4 — 

No.  1,  April,  1916 94 

No.  2,  May,  1916 339,  377,  396 

No.  3,  June,  1916 499 

No.  4,  July,  1916 090,  696 

No.  5,  August,  1916 690,696 

West  Virginia  Station  : 

Bulletin  152,  June,  1916 534 

Bulletin  153,  August,  1915 90 

Bulletin  154,  August,  1915 49 

Bulletin  155,  October,  1915 22 

Bulletin  156,  April,  1916 643 

Inspection  Bulletin  4,  February,  1916 328 

Wisconsin  Station  : 

Bulletin  222,  second  edition,  March,  1916 229 

Bulletin  263,  March,  1916 272 

Bulletin  264,  March,  1916 261 

Bulletin  265,  May,  1916 430 

Bulletin  266,  April,  1916 495 

Bulletin  267,  May,  1916 562 

Bulletin  268,  May,  1916 516,  528,  542,  544,  547,  562,  564,  573,  589,  595 

UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE  PUBLICATIONS 

ABSTRACTED. 

Annual  Reports,  1915 94 

Journal  of  Agricultural  Research: 
Volume  5 — 

No.  24,  March  13,  1916 81,  85 

No.  25,  March  20,  1910 24,  52,  68,  88 


XII  EXPEEIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Jomrnal   of  Agricultural   Research — Contiuued. 

Volume  6 —  Page. 

No.  1,  April  3.  1916 20,  47 

No.  2,  April  10,  1916 120, 152, 161 

No.  3,  April  17,  1916 111,  156, 161 

No.  4,  April  24,  1916 244,  248,  272,  275,  276 

No.  5,  May  1,  1916 246,261 

No.  6,  May  8,  1916 233,  290 

No.  7,  May  15,  1916 340,  357,  362 

No.  8,  May  22,  1916 354,  359 

No.  9,  May  29,  1916 437,  4.55,  488 

No.  10,  June  5,  1916 4.55,  458,  463,  466 

No.  11,  June  12,  1916 515,  .546,  554 

No.  12,  June  19,  1916 531,  552,  553 

No.  13,  June  26,  1916 520,  529 

No.  14,  July  3,  1916 757,  766.  768 

No.  15,  July  10,  1916 750,  751 

No.  16,  July  17,  1916 726,  758,  762 

No.  17,  July  24,  1916 751,  763 

No.  18,  July  31,  1916 728,  768 

No.  19,  August  7,  1916 732,  754 

No.  20,  August  14,  1916 740,772 

No.  21,  August  21,  1916 847,  854 

No.  22,  August  28,  1916 812,  816,  857 

No.  23,  September  4,  1916 814,  854,  8.55 

No.  24,  September  11,  1916 813,875 

Bulletin  224,  Study  of  the  Preparation  of  Frozen  and  Dried  Eggs  in  the 

Producing  Section,  Mary  E.  Pennington  et  al 173 

Bulletin  275,  Forest  Pathology  in  Forest  Regulation,  E.  P.  Meinecke 43 

Bulletin  335,  Development  of  Sugar  and  Acid  in  Grapes  During  Ripen- 
ing, W.  B.  Alwood  et  al 108 

Bulletin  339.  Experiments  on  the  Economical  Use  of  Irrigation  Water  in 

Idaho,  D.  H.  Bark 186 

Bulletin  343,  Ground-wood  Pulp,  J.  H.  Thickens  and  G.  C.  McNaughton__      114 
Bulletin  348,  Relation  of  Mineral  Composition  and  Rock  Structure  to  the 

Physical  Properties  of  Road  Materials,  E.  C.  E.  Lord 84 

Bulletin  351,  The  Terrapin  Scale :  An  Important  Insect  Enemy  of  Peach 

Orchards,  F.  L.  Simanton 1.56 

Bulletin  352,  The  Cherry  Leaf-beetle,  a  Periodically  Important  Enemy 

of  Cherries,  R.  A.  Cushman  and  D.  Isely 260 

Bulletin   355,   Extension   Course    in    Soils,   A.    R.   Whitson    and   H.    B. 

Hendrick 194 

Bulletin  357,  Alaska  and  Stoner,  or  "  Miracle,"  Wheats :  Two  Varieties 

Much  Misrepresented,  C.  R.  Ball  and  C.  E.  Leighty 139 

Bulletin  358,  Studies  of  the  Mexican  Cotton-boll  Weevil  in  the  Mississippi 

Valley,  R.  W.  Howe 160 

Bulletin  359,  Comparative  Spinning  Tests  of  the  Different  Grades  of 
Arizona-Egyptian  with  Sea-Island  and  Sakellaridis  Egyptian  Cottons, 

F.  Taylor  and  W.  S.  Dean 137 

Bulletin  360,  Mistletoe  Injury  to  Conifers  in  the  Northwest,  J.  R.  Weir__      459 
Bulletin  361,  Comparison  of  the  Bacterial  Count  of  Milk  with  the  Sedi- 
ment or  Dirt  Test,  H.  C.  Campbell 676 

Bulletin  362,  A  System  of  Accounts  for  Primary  Grain  Elevators,  J.  R. 

Humphrey  and  W.  H.  Kerr 296 


1916]  CONTENTS.  XIII 

Page. 
Bulletin  363,  The  Pink  Corn-worm :  An  Insect  Destructive  to  Corn  in  the 

Crib,  F.  H.  Chittenden 25G 

Bulletin  364,  Forest  Conservation  for  States  in  the  Southern  Pine  Region, 
J.  G.  Peters 146 

Bulletin  365,  Larkspur  Poisoning  of  Live  Stock,  C.  D.  Marsh,  A.  B.  Claw- 
son,  and  H.  Marsh 779 

Bulletin  366,  Manufacturing  Tests  of  Cotton  Fumigated  with  Hydro- 
cyanic-acid Gas,  W.  S.  Dean 254 

Bulletin  367,  Carrying  Capacity  of  Grazing  Ranges  in  Southern  Arizona, 

E.   O.   Wooton 439 

Bulletin  368,  Brown-rot  of  Prunes  and  Cherries  in  the  Pacific  Northwest, 

C.  Brooks  and  D.  F.  Fisher 249 

Bulletin  369,  Bacteria  in  Commercial  Bottled  Waters,  Maud  M.  Obst 388 

Bulletin  370,  The  Results  of  Physical  Tests  of  Road-building  Rock,  P. 

Hubbard  and  F.  H.  Jackson,  jr 685 

Bulletin  371,  Patronage  Dividends  in  Cooperative  Grain  Companies,  J.  R. 
Humphrey  and  W.  H.  Kerr 393 

Bulletin  372,  Commercial  Production  of  Thymol  from  Horsemint  {Mo- 
narda  punctata),  S.  C.  Hood 344 

Bulletin  373,  Brick  Roads,  V.  M.  Peirce  and  C.  H.  Moorefield 686 

Bulletin  375,  Disadvantages  of  Selling  Cotton  in  the  Seed,  C.  F.  Creswell-       793 

Bulletin  377,  The  Argentine  Ant :  Distribution  and  Control  in  the  United 

States,  E.  R.  Barber 761 

Bulletin  378,  Fish  Meal:  Its  Use  as  a  Stock  and  Poultry  Food,  F.  C. 

Weber 769 

Bulletin  379,   Dust  Explosions  and  Fires  in  Grain   Separators   in  the 

Pacific  Northwest,  D.  J.  Price  and  E.  B.  McCormick 688 

Bulletin  381,   Business  Practice  and  Accounts  for  Cooperative  Stores, 

J.  A.  Bexell  and  W.  H.  Kerr 893 

Bulletin  382,  Cotton  Boll-weevil  Control  in  Mississippi  Delta,  with  Spe- 
cial Reference  to  Square  Picking  and  Weevil  Picking,  B.  R.  Coad 554 

Bulletin  383,  New  Sorghum  Varieties  for  the  Central  and  Southern  Great 

Plains,  H.  N.  Vinall  and  R.  W.  Edwards 832 

Bulletin  384,  Costs  and  Sources  of  Farm-mortgage  Loans  in  the  United 

States,  C.  W.  Thompson 693 

Bulletin  385,  School  Credit  for  Home  Practice  in  Agriculture,  F.  E.  Heald      694 

Bulletin  386,  Public  Road  Mileage  and  Revenues  in  the  Middle  Atlantic 

States,   1914 888 

Bulletin  392,  Lessons  on  Tomatoes  for  Rural  Schools,  E.  A.  Miller 896 

Bulletin  397,  The  Grazing  Industry  of  the  Blue  Grass  Region,  L.  Carrier.       867 

Bulletin  403,  A  System  of  Accounts  for  Live  Stock  Shipping  Associations, 

J.  R.  Humphrey  and  W.  H.  Kerr 893 

Bulletin  406,  Distinguishing  Characters  of  the  Seeds  of  Sudan  Grass  and 

Johnson  Grass,  F.  H.  Hillman 834 

Bulletin  409,   Factors  Affecting  Interest   Rates  and   Other  Charges  on 

Short-time  Farm  Loans,  C.  W.  Thompson 891 

Bulletin  411,   Systems  of  Renting  Truck  Farms  in   Southwestern  New 

Jersey,  H.  A.  Turner 892 

Bulletin  412,  The  Normal  Day's  Work  of  Farm  Implements,  Workmen, 

and  Crews  in  Western  New  York,  H.  H.  Mowry 892 

Bulletin  413,  Influence  of  Age  on  the  Value  of  Dairy  Cows  and  Farm 

Work  Horses,  J.  C.  McDowell 891 


XrV  EXPERIMENT  STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Report  109,  Meat  Situation  in  the  United  States,  I,  G.  K.  Holmes 666 

Report  110,  Meat  Situation  in  tlie  United  States,  II,  W.  C.  Barnes  and 

J.   T.    Jardine 666 

Report  111,  Meat  Situation  in  the  United  States,  III,  J.  S.  Cotton,  M.  O. 

Cooper,  W.  F.  Ward,  and  S.  H.  Ray 666 

Report  112,  Meat  Situation  in  the  United  States,  IV,  W.  F.  Ward  and 

S.  H.  Ray 666 

Farmers'  Bulletin  713,  Sheep  Scab,  M.  Imes 78 

Farmers'  Bulletin  714,  Sweet-potato  Diseases,  L.  L.  Harter 49 

Farmers'    Bulletin   715,    Measuring   and    Marketing    Woodlot    Products, 

W.  R.  Mattoon  and  W.  B.  Barrows 453 

Farmers'  Bulletin  716,  Management  of  Sandy  Farms  in  Northern  Indiana 

and  Southern  Michigan,  J.  A.  Drake 392 

Farmers'  Bulletin  717,  Food  for  Young  Children,  Caroline  L.  Hunt 62 

Farmers'   Bulletin   718,   Cooperative  Live   Stock   Shipping  Associations, 

S.  W.  Doty  and  L.  D.  Hall 168 

Farmers'  Bulletin  719,  An  Economic  Study  of  the  Farm  Tractor  in  the 

Corn  Belt,  A.  P.  Yerkes  and  L.  M.  Church 292 

Farmers'  Bulletin  720,  Prevention  of  Losses  of  Live  Stock  from  Plant 

Poisoning,  C.  D.  Marsh 383 

Farmers'  Bulletin  721,  The  Rose  Chafer :  A  Destructive  Garden  and  Vine- 
yard Pest,  F.  H.  Chittenden  and  A.  L.  Quaintance 260 

Farmers'  Bulletin  722,  The  Leaf  Blister  Mite  of  Pear  and  Apple,  A.  L. 

Quaintance 263 

Farmers'  Bulletin  723,  The  Oyster-shell  Scale  and  the  Scurfy  Scale,  A.  L. 

Quaintance  and  E.  R.  Sasscer 256 

Farmers'  Bulletin  724,  The  Feeding  of  Grain  Sorghums  to  Live  Stock, 

G.  A.  Scott 372 

Farmers'  Bulletin  725,  Wireworms  Destructive  to  Cereal  and  Forage 

Crops,  J.  A.  Hyslop 261 

Farmers'  Bulletin  726,  Natal  Grass:  A  Southern  Perennial  Hay  Crop, 

S.  M.  Tracy 339 

Farmers'  Bulletin  727,  Growing  Fruit  for  Home  Use  in  the  Great  Plains 

Area,  H.  P.  Gould  and  O.  J.  Grace 446 

Farmers'  Bulletin  728,  Dewberry  Culture,  G.  M.  Darrow 448 

Farmers'  Bulletin  729,  Corn  Culture  in  the  Southeastern  States,  C.  H. 

Kyle 639 

Farmers'  Bulletin  730,  Button  Clover,  R.  McKee 440 

Farmers'  Bulletin  731,  The  True  Army  Worm  and  Its  Control,  W.  R. 

Walton 465 

Farmers'  Bulletin  732,  Marquis  Wheat,  C.  R.  Ball  and  J.  A.  Clark 443 

Farmers'  Bulletin  733,  The  Corn  and  Cotton  Wireworm  in  Its  Relation 

to  Cereal  and  Forage  Crops  with  Control  Measures,  E.  H.  Gibson 467 

Farmers'  Bulletin  734,  Flytraps  and  Their  Operation,  F.  C.  Bishopp 466 

Farmers'  Bulletin  735,  The  Red  Spider  on  Cotton  and  How  to  Control  It, 

E.  A.  McGregor 468 

Farmers'  Bulletin  736,  Ginseng  Diseases  and  Their  Control,  H,  H.  Whet- 

zel,  J.  Rosenbaum,  J.  W.  Brann,  and  J.  A,  McClintock 547 

Farmers'  Bulletin  737,  The  Clover  Leafhopper  and  Its  Control  in  the 

Central  States,  E.  H.  Gibson 465 

Farmers'  Bulletin  738,  Cereal  Crops  in  the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  J.  F. 

Ross 440 


1916]  CONTENTS.  XV 

Page. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  739,  Cutworms  and  Their  Control  in  Corn  and  Other 

Cereal  Crops,  W.  R.  Walton  and  J.  J.  Davis 465 

Farmers'  Bulletin  740,  House  Ants :  Kinds  and  Methods  of  Control,  C.  L. 

Marlatt 555 

Farmers'  Bulletin  741,  The  Alfalfa  Weevil  and  Methods  of  Controlling  It, 
G.  I.  Reeves,  P.  B.  Miles,  T.  R.  Chamberlin,  S.  J.  Snow,  and  L.  J. 

Bower 554 

Farmers'  Bulletin  742,  The  White-pine  Blister  Rust,  P.  Spaulding 551 

Farmers'  Bulletin  743,  The  Feeding  of  Dairy  Cows,  H.  Rabild,  H.  P. 

Davis,  and  W.  K.  Brainerd 674 

Farmers'  Bulletin  744,   The  Preservative  Treatment  of  Farm  Timbers, 

G.  M.  Hunt 843 

Farmers'  Bulletin  745,  Waste  Land  and  Wasted  Land  on  Farms,  J.  S. 

Ball 692 

Farmers"  Bulletin  746,  The  Farmer's  Income,  E.  A.  Goldenweiser 692 

Farmers'  Bulletin  748,  A  Simple  Steam  Sterilizer  for  Farm  Dairy  Uten- 
sils, S.  H.  Ayers  and  G.  B.  Taylor 677 

Farmers'  Bulletin  749,  Grains  for  the  Montana  Dry  Lands,  N.  C.  Donald- 
son         735 

Farmers'  Bulletin  750,  Roses  for  the  Home,  F.  L.  Mulford 840 

Farmers'  Bulletin  751,  Peanut  Oil,  H.  C.  Thompson  and  H.  S.  Bailey 806 

Farmers'  Bulletin  756,  Culture  of  Rye  in  the  Eastern  Half  of  the  United 

States,  C.  E.  Leighty 832 

Farmers'  Bulletin  757,  Commercial  Varieties  of  Alfalfa,  R.  A.  Oakley 

and  H.  L.  Westover 830 

Farmers'  Bulletin  758,  Muscadine  Grape  Sirup,  C.  Dearing 807 

Farmers'  Bulletin  759,  "  White  Ants  "  as  Pests  in  the  United  States  and 

Methods  of  Preventing  Their  Damage,  T.  E.  Snyder 853 

Farmers'  Bulletin  Index,  Nos  1-500,  prepared  by  C.  H.  Greathouse 299 

Proceedings  of  a  Conference  to  Consider  Means  for  Combating  Foot-and- 

Mouth  Disease,  held  at  Chicago,  111.,  November  29  and  30,  1915 74 

Yearbook,   1915 114, 

115, 136, 140, 147, 156, 162, 167, 170, 178, 184, 190, 191, 192, 195 
Office  of  the  Secretary  : 

Circular   57,    Influence   of   Relative   Area   in   Intertilled   and   other 

Classes  of  Crops  on  Crop  Yield,  D.  A.  Brodie 29 

Circular  58,  Reports  of  Drs.  V,  A.  Moore,  M.  P.  Ravenel,  and  W.  T. 

Sedgwick,  Upon  the  Federal  Meat  Inspection 379 

Circular  59,   Automobile  Registrations,   Licenses,   and   Revenues  in 

the  United  States,  1915 585 

Circular  60,  Amortization  Methods  for  Farm  Mortgage  Loans,  L.  E, 

Truesdell  and  C.  W.  Thompson 589 

Circular  61,  Important  Insects  Which  May  Affect  the  Health  of  Men 

or  Animals  Engaged  in  Military  Operations 853 

Circular  62,  Factors  of  Apportionment  to  States  under  Federal  Aid 

Road  Act  Appropriation  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1917 686 

Circular  64,  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

under  the  U.  S.  Cotton  Futures  Act  of  August  11,  1916 693 

Circular  65,  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

for  Carrying  Out  the  Federal  Aid  Road  Act 686 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  : 

North  American  Fauna  40,   A   Systematic  Account   of  the   Prairie 

Dogs,  N.  Hollister 551 


XVI  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

Bureau  of  Ckop  Estimates  : 

Monthly  Crop  Report,  Volume  2 —  Page. 

No.  3,  March  16,  1916 91 

No.  4,  April  15,  1916 192 

No,  5,  May,  1916 393 

No.  6,  June,  1916 590 

No.  7,  July,  1916 694 

No.  8,  August,  1916 694 

Bureau  of  Entomology: 

Work  of  the  Insect  that  is  Killing  the  Hickories  [and  Oaks] 760 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  : 

Inventory  of  Seeds  and  Plants  Imported,  October  1  to  December 

31,1913 29 

Irrigated  Pastures  for  Northern  Reclamation  Projects,  F.  D.  Farrell 734 

Work  of  the  San  Antonio  Experiment  Farm  in  1915,  S.  H.  Hastings 827 

Bureau  of  Soils  : 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  in  Arkansas,  Mississippi  County,  E.  C.  Hall  et  al 17 

Soil  Survey  in  California,  Merced  Area,  E.  B.  Watson  et  al 117 

Soil  Survey  in  Georgia,  Clay  County,  W.  G.  Smith  and  N.  M.  Kirk 421 

Soil  Survey  in  Georgia,  Polk  County,  D.  D.  Long  and  M.  Baldwin 508 

Soil  Survey  in  Indiana,  Elkhart  County,  G.  B.  Jones  and  R.  S. 

Hesler 319 

Soil  Survey  in  Indiana,  Warren  County,  E.  J.  Grimes  and  E.  H. 

Stevens 117 

Soil  Survey  in  Iowa,  Muscatine  County,  H.  W.  Hawker  and 

H.  W.  Johnson 117 

Soil  Survey  in  Iowa,  Webster  County,  J.  O.  Veatch  and  F.  B. 

Howe 422 

Soil  Survey  in  Louisiana,  Webster  Parish,  A.  H.  Meyer  et  al 17 

Soil  Survey  in  Maryland,  Montgomery  County,  W.  T.  Carter,  jr., 

and  J.  P.  D.  Hull 18 

Soil   Survey   in   Minnesota,   Pennington   County,   W.   G.    Smith, 

N.  M.  Kirk,  and  F.  Ward 625 

Soil  Survey  in  Minnesota,  Ramsey  County,  W.  G.  Smith  and 

N.  M.  Kirk 320 

Soil   Survey    in   Missouri,   Dekalb   County,   H.    H.    Krusekopf, 

R.  C.  Doneghue,  and  M.  M.  McCool 811 

Soil   Survey   in   Missouri,   Dunklin   County,  A.   T.   Sweet  and 

B.  W.  Tillman  et  al 625 

Soil  Survey  in  Missouri,  Johnson  County,  B.  W.  Tillman  and 

C.  E.   Deardorff 213 

Soil  Survey  in  Missouri,  Pettis  County,  H.  H.  Krusekopf  and 

R.  F.  Rogers 422 

Soil   Survey   in  Nebraska,   Gage  County,  A.   H.   Meyer,   R.   R. 

Burn,  and  N.  A.  Bengtson 509 

Soil   Survey   in   Nebraska,   Seward  County,   A.   H.    Meyer   and 

E.  H.  Smies  et  al 117 

Soil  Survey  in  Nebraska,  Thurston  County,  A.  H.  Meyer,  M.  W. 

Beck,  and  W,  A.  Rockie 118 

Soil  Survey  in  New  York,  Chautauqua  County,  T.  M.  Morrison, 

C.  C.  Engle,  and  G.  L.  Fuller 423 

Soil  Survey  in  New  York,  Clinton  County,  E.  T.  Maxon,  and 

W.   R.   Cone 18 


1916]  CONTENTS.  XVII 

Bureau  of  Soils — Continued. 

Field  Operations,  1914— Continued.  Page. 

Soil  Survey  in  Nortli  Carolina,  Lincoln  County,  R.  T.  A.  Burke 

and  L.  L.  Brinkley 423 

Soil    Survey   in   Nortli   Carolina,   Wake   County,    L.   L.    Brink- 
ley,   et   al 509 

Soil  Survey  in  Ohio,  Trumbull  County,  G.  N.  Coffey,  J.  Wood- 
ward, and  J.  M.  Snyder 18 

Soil  Survey  in  Oklahoma,  Roger  Mills  County,  J.  A.  Kerr,  J.  H. 

Agee,  and  E.  C.  Hall 625 

Soil  Survey  in  Pennsylvania,  Lancaster  County,  B.  D.  Gilbert 

and  W.  B.  Cobb  et  al 626 

Soil  Survey  in   South  Carolina,   Florence  County,  J.   H.   Agee, 

J.  A.  Kerr,  and  W.  E.  McLendon 118 

Soil  Survey  in  Texas,  Brazos  County,  J.  O.  Veatch  and  C.  S. 

Waldrop 626 

Soil   Survey  in  Virginia,   Frederick  County,   J.  B.   R.   Dickey 

and  W.  B.  Cobb 510 

Soil  Survey  in  West  Virginia,  McDowell  and  Wyoming  Counties, 

W.  J.  Latimer 118 

Soil  Survey  in  West  Virginia,  Raleigh  County,  W.  J.  Latimer 18 

Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Survey  in  Alabama,  Walker  County,  J.  O.  Veatch,  A.  M. 

O'Neal,  and  J.  F.  Stroud 624 

Soil  Survey  in  Georgia,  Laurens  County,  A.  T.  Sweet  et  al 811 

Soil  Survey  in  Georgia,  Turner  County,  E.  C.  Hall  and  D.  D. 

Long 421 

Soil  Survey  in  Kentucky,  Jessamine  County,  R.  T.  Allen 508 

Soil  Survey  in  Louisiana,  Lafayette  Parish,  A.  H.  Meyer  and 

N.   M.   Kirk 319 

Soil  Survey  in  Mississippi,  Jefferson  Davis  County,  T.  M.  Bush- 

nell  and  L.  V.  Davis 422 

Soil  Survey  in  North  Carolina,  Wayne  County,  B.  B.  Derrick, 

S.  O.  Perkins,  and  F.  N.  McDowell 811 

Soil  Survey  in  Ohio,  Geauga  County,  C.  N.  Mooney  et  al 509 

States  Relations  Service: 

Federal  Legislation,  Regulations,  and  Rulings  Affecting  Agricultural 

Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations 94 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rurat.  Organization: 

Document   3,   Results   of   a    Survey   of   State   Marketing   Activities 

Throughout  the  United  States 497 

Weather  Bureau: 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  14,  1916 618 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  15,  1916 618 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  18,  1916 618 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  19,  1916 618 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  22,  1916 617 

National  Weather  and  Crop  Bulletin  24,  1916 808 

U.  S.  Monthly  Weather  Review,  Volume  44 — 

Nos.  1-2,  January-February.  1916 114, 115 

Nos.  3-4,  March-April,  1916 419 

Nos.  5-6,  May- June,  1916 617,  618,  619 

83103°— 17 2 


XVin  EXPERIMENT  STATION   KECOED.  [Vol.35 

Weather  Bureau — Continued, 
Climatological  Data — 

Volume  2 —  Page. 

No.  13,  1916 116 

Volume  3 — 

Nos.  1-2,  January-February,  1916 116 

Nos.  3-^.  March-April,  1916 506 

Nos.  5-6,  May-June,  1916 619 

Nos.  7-8,  July-August,  1916 809 

Tables  for  Computing  the  Time  of  Moonrise  and  Moonset,   H.  H. 

Kimball 808 

Weather  Forecasting  in  the  United  States,  A.  J.  Henry  et  al 808 

Report,  1915 506 

SCIENTIFIC  CONTRIBUTIONS.^ 

Adams,  F.,  Irrigation  Districts  in  California,  1887-1915 284 

Ainslie,  G.  G.,  Notes  on  Crambids 659 

Aldrich,  J.  M.,  New  American  Species  of  Asteia  and  Sigalsoesa 259 

Allen,  G.  F.,  The  Forests  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park 451 

Allen,  H.  W.,  Notes  on  the  Relation  of  Insects  to  the  Spread  of  the  Wilt 

Disease 758 

Alsberg,  C.  L.,  The  Biochemical  Analysis  of  Nutrition 368 

Alsberg,  C.  L.,  and  Black,  O.  F.,  Separation  of  Hydrocyanic  Acid  from 

Plant  Tissues  and  Its  Disappearance  During  Maceration 413 

Alwood,   W.   B.,  and  Eoff,  jr.,  J.   R.,   Occurrence  of   Sucrose   in   Large 

Amounts  in  a  New  Seedling  Grape 202 

Ashe,  W.  W.,  Cost  of  Logging  Large  and  Small  Timber 843 

Ashe,  W.  W.,  The  English  Names  of  Some  Trees 747 

Back,  E.  A.,  and  Pemberton,  C.  E.,  Parasitism  Among  Larvae  of  Mediter- 
ranean Fruit  Fly 760 

Bailey,  H.  S.,  and  Burnett,  L.  B.,  Note  on  American  Charlock  Oil 412 

Baker,  A.  C,  and  Turner,  W.  F.,  Some  Intermediates  in  the  Aphidida? 256 

Ball,  C.  R.,  and  Piper,  C.  V,,  Contributions  to  Agronomic  Terminology,  I_  30 

Banks,  N.,  A  Classification  of  Our  Limephilid  Caddice  Flies 853 

Banks,  N.,  Notes  and  Descriptions  of  Pipunculidae 2.59 

Banks,  N.,  Two  Mexican  Myrmecophilous  Mites 264 

Banks,  N.,  Two  New  Species  of  Cerceris .-_=._-.-, 262 

Bartlett,  H.  H.,  Mass  Mutation  in  (Enothera  pratincola 128 

Beals,  E.  A.,  Fire  Weather  Forecasts 148 

Betts,  H.  S.,  and  Greeley,  W.  B.,  Structural  Timber  in  the  United  States.-  240 
Bishopp,  F.  C,  The  Distribution  and  Abundance  of  the  Ox  Warbles  in  the 

United  States 76 

Boerker,  R.  H.,  Forest  Ecology :  Its  Development  in  the  Fields  of  Botany 

and   Forestry 841 

Bonner,  J.  H.  and  F.  R.,  New  Topographic  Survey  Methods 841 

Breazeale,  J.  F.,  The  Effect  of  Organic  Matter  on  Citrus  Growth 745 

Brewster,  D.  R.,  An  Improved  Form  of  Nursery  Seed  Bed  Frame 452 

Brooks,  C,  and  Fisher,  D.  F.,  Spot  Diseases  of  the  Apple  Causing  Much 

Confusion 450 

Brooks,  F.  E.,  Two  Destructive  Grape  Insects  of  the  Appalachian  Region.  640 

Buck.  J.  M.,  A  Multiple  Pipette  for  the  Complement-fixation  Test 680 

Carleton.  M.  A.,  Tlie  Small  Grains 1 593 

1  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


1916]                                                           CONTENTS.  XIX 

Page. 

Caiidell,  A.  N.,  Dendrotettix  quercus 255 

Chapin,  R.  M,,  New  Methods  for  the  Analysis  of  Lime-sulphur  Solutions, 

II 207 

Clark,  W.  M.,  and  Lubs,  H.  A.,  Hydrogen  Electrode  Potentials  of  Buffer 

Mixtures 801 

Cobb,  N.  A.,  Masonry  Bases  for  the  Installation  of  Microscopes  and  Ac- 
cessories    899 

Cole,  F.  R.,  New  Species  of  Asilldae  from  Southern  California 855 

Cook,  O.  F.,  Branching  and  Flowering  Habits  of  Cacao  and  Patashte 730 

Cook,  O.  F.,  Determining  Types  of  Genera 328 

Cook,  O.  F.,  Staircase  Farms  of  the  Ancients 794 

Cook,  O.  F.,  Quichua  Names  of  Sweet  Potatoes 129 

Cook,  O.  F.,  and  Doyle,  C.  B.,  Germinating  Coconuts 344 

Corbett,  L.  C,  Horticultural  Investigations — A  Retrospect 234 

Coville,  F.  v.,  Taming  the  Wild  Blueberry 744 

Coville,  F.  v.,  The  Wild  Blueberry  Tamed 647 

Craighead,  F.  C,  Insects  in  Their  Relation  to  the  Chestnut  Bark  Disease 756 

Crawley,  H.,  The  State  of  Piroplasma  bigemimwi  Which  Occurs  in  the 

Cattle  Tick 385 

Cushman,  R.  A.,  Descriptions  of  Six  New  Species  of  Ichneumon  Flies 262 

Davis,  J.  J.,  A  Nematode  Parasite  of  Root  Aphids 658 

Davis,  J.  J.,  A  Progress  Report  on  White  Grub  Investigations 760 

Du  Bois,  C,  Forest  Protection  and  Modern  Invention 148 

Duckett,  A.  B.,  A  Little-known  Rabbit  Ear  Mite  (Psoroptcs  cuniculi) 80 

Edelmann,  R.,  trans,  by  Mohler,  J.  R.,  and  Eichhorn,  A.,  Text-book  of 

Meat    Hygiene 678 

Ehrlich,  J.,  A  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Alcohol  in  the  Presence 

of    Phenol 13 

Eichhorn,  A.,  Biological  Therapeutics 73 

Eichhorn,  A.,  Experiments  in  Vaccination  against  Anthrax 74 

Etherton,  W.  A.,  Water  Problem  Simplified 496 

Evans,   Alice  C,   The  Bacteria  of  Milk   Freshly   Drawn   from   Normal 

Udders 674 

Fletcher,   W.   F.,   One  Phase  of  Meteorological   Influence   Indicated   by 

Hand  Pollination  of  Several  Commercial  Varieties  of  Apples 237 

Gahan,  A.  B.,  New  Genera  and  Species,  with  Notes  on  Parasitic  Hymen- 

optera 262 

Gerry,  Eloise,  Tracheid  Dimensions  in  Longleaf  Pine  and  Douglas  Fir 734 

Gibson,  E.  H.,  Some  1915  Notes  on  a  Few  Common  Jassoidea  in  Central 

Mississippi   Valley   States 853 

Gibson,  E.  H.,  and  Cogan,  E.  S.,  A  Preliminai-y  List  of  the  Jassoidea  of 

Missouri 463 

Girault,  A.  A.,  A  New  Genus  of  Elophidae  from  the  United  States 857 

Girault,  A.  A.,  A  New  Genus  of  Pteromalid  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  from 

Noi-th  America 857 

Girault,  A.  A.,  A  New  Phanurus  from  the  United  States,  with  Notes  on 

Allied  Species 659 

Girault,  A.  A.,  New  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera 263 

Girault,  A.  A.,  New  Encyrtidfe  from  North  America 760 

Girault,  A.  A.,  Notes  on  Two  South  American  Parasitic  Hymenoptera 365 

Girault,  A.  A.,  Some  New  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  from  North  and  South 

America 262 

Girault,  A.  A.,  Three  New  British  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  with  Notes—  365 


XX  EXPERIMENT  STATION   KECOKD.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

Girault,  A.  A.,  Two  New  Mymaridfe  from  the  Eastern  United  States 263 

Girault,  A.  A.,  Two  New  Species  of  Arrhenophagus,  with  Remarks 365 

Goldenweiser,  E.  A.,  The  Farmer's  Income 692 

Gore,  H.  C,  The  Occurrence  of  Sucrose  in  Grapes  of  American  Origin 202 

Graves,  H.  S.,  Road  Building  in  the  National  Forests 583 

Graves,  H.  S.,  Tlie  Government  and  the  Lumber  Industry 148 

Gruss,  E,  W.,  Land  Bedding  as  a  Method  of  Drainage  in  the  Gulf  Coast 

Region  of  Texas 286 

Hall,  M.  C,  Descriptions  of  a  New  Genus  and  Species  of  the  Discodrilid 

Worms 254 

Hall,  M.  C,  Hasstilesia  tricolor,  a  Common  Parasite  of  Rabbits  in  the 

United   States 684 

Harris,  J.  T.,  Helps  in  Marketing  Waste 843 

Hartmann,  B.  G.,  Eoff,  J.  R.,  and  Ingle,  M.  J.,  Determination  of  Tartaric 

Acid 417 

Hedgcock,  G.  G.,  Identity  of  Peridermium  montanum  with  P.  acicolum 851 

Hewes,  L.  I.,  Economics  of  Highway  Engineering 389 

Higgins,  J.  E.,  Growing  Melons  on  Trees 344 

Hill,  C.  L.,  Forests  of  Yosemite,  Sequoia,  and  General  Grant  National 

Parks 242 

Hitchcock,  A.  S.,  The  Scope  and  Relation  of  Taxonomic  Botany 730 

Holmes,  G.  K.,  Tenancy  in  the  United  States 89 

Hood,  J.  D.,  A  New  Physothrips  (Thysanoptera)  from  Uganda 658 

Hood,  J.  D.,  A  New  Species  of  Heterothrips  from  Eastern  United  States 853 

Hood,  J.  D.,  Two  New  Thysanoptera  from  West  Africa,  with  a  Note  on  the 

Synonymy  of  the  Phloeothripidse 255 

Houston,  D.  F.,  Fertilizer  Situation  in  the  United  States 121 

Howard,  L.  O.,  Further  Notes  on  Prospaltella  berlesei 760 

Howard,  L.  O.,  On  the  Hawaiian  Work  in  Introducing  Beneficial  Insects-  755 

Howell,  A.  H.,  Description  of  a  New  Pine  Mouse  from  Florida 656 

Hubbard,  P.,  Engineering  Supervision  for  Highway  Work 583 

Hubbard,  P.,  What  the  Highway  Engineer  Should  Know  about  Bitumin- 
ous Materials 390 

Hudson,  C.  S.,  and  Brauns,  D.  H.,  Crystalline  ^-Methyl  Fructosid  and  Its 

Tetracetate 502 

Hudson,  C.  S.,  and  Johnson,  J.  M.,  A  Fourth  Crystalline  Pentatcetate  of 

Galactose 502 

Humphrey,    C.    J.,    Laboratory    Tests    on    the    Durability    of   American 

Woods. — I,  Flask  Tests  on  Conifers 241 

Husmann,  G.  C,  Resistant  Vines 646 

Husmann,  G.  C,  Some  History  of  the  Grape  in  the  United  States 744 

Hyslop,  J.  A.,  Elateridae  and  Throscidse  of  the  Stanford  University  Ex- 
pedition of  1911  to  Brazil 261 

Hyslop,  J.  A.,  Observations  on  the  Life  History  of  Meracantha  contracta-  261 

Hyslop,  J.  A.,  Prothetely  in  the  Elaterid  Genus  Melanotus 261 

Hyslop,  J.  A.,  The  Host  of  Zelia  vertebrata 259 

Jackson,  H.  H.  T.,  A  New  Bat  from  Porto  Rico 460 

Jensen,  C.  A.,  Nitrification  and  Total  Nitrogen  as  Affected  by  Crops,  etc 321 

Jensen,  C.  A.,  Solubility  of  Plant-food  Elements  as  Modified  by  Fertili- 
zers   629 

.Todidi,   S.  L.,   and  Kellogg,   E.  H.,  A.   Simple,  Efllcient,  and  Economic 

Filter 314 


1916]                                                           CONTENTS.  XXI 

Page. 
Jodidi,  S.  L.,  and  Kellogg,  E.  H.,  Applicability  of  Paper  Pulp  Filter  to 

Quantitative  Analysis 204 

Johnson,  M.  O.,  On  the  Determination  of  Small  Quantities  of  Hydrocyanic 

Acid 503 

King,  W.  v.,  Anopheles  punctipennis,  a  Host  of  Tertian  Malaria 3G0 

King,   W.   v.,   Development  of  Malaria   Parasites   in   Three   American 

Anopheles 360 

Knab,  F.,  Four  European  Dlptera  Established  in  North  America 759 

Knab,  F.,  Some  New  Neotropical  Simulidse 862 

Knab,  F.,  The  Simulidse  of  Northern  Chile 258 

Knab,  F.,  and  Shannon,  R.  C,  Tanypezidse  in  the  United  States 759 

Knapp,  B.,  Effective  Correlation  of  Station  and  Extension  Workers 297 

Knapp,  B.,  The  Place  Which  Demonstration  Should  Have  in  Extension 

Work 298 

Korstian,  C.  F.,  Hew-tie  v.  Saw-timber  Rotations 746 

Kotinsky,  J.,  The  European  Fir  Trunk  Bark  Louse  in  the  United  States-  256 

Lamb,  W.  H.,  Hybrid  Trees 451 

Lamon,   H.   M.,   The   Poultry   Industry,   Its   Importance  in  Agricultural 

Development 275 

Lane,  C.  H.,  High  School  Extension  in  Agriculture 92 

Langworthy,  C.  F.,  Food  Selection  for  Rational  and  Economical  Living 269 

Larsen,  J.  A.  (trans,  by).  Seed  Testing  with  the  Jacobean  Germinating 

Apparatus 452 

Long,  W.  H.,  Note  on  Western  Red  Rot  in  Pinus  ponderosa 655 

McConnell,  W,  R.,  Summary  Facts  About  the  Introduction  of  Pleurotropis 

epiffonus . 760 

McCray,  A.  H.,  Some  Difficulties  in  Diagnosis  of  Infectious  Brood  Dis- 
eases of  Bees 761 

Markell,  E.  L.,  The  Sorting,  Sizing,  Packing,  and  Storing  of  Fruit 342 

Mattoon,  W.  R.,  Water  Requirements  and  Growth  of  Young  Cypress 747 

Merritt,  E.,  The  Agricultural  Element  in  the  Population 294 

Middleton,  W.,  Some  Sawfly  Larvae  Belonging  to  the  Genus  Dimorphop- 

teryx 263 

Miller,  E.  A„  Elementary  Vocational  Agriculture  for  Maryland  Schools 194 

Mohler,  J.  R.,  Methods  of  Eradicating  Foot-and-mouth  Disease 75 

Monahan,  A.  C,  and  Lane,  C.  H.,  Agricultural  Education 394 

Nellis,  J.  C,  and  Harris,  J.  T.   (compiled  by).  Wood-using  Industries  of 

West  Virginia 44 

Noll,  C.  F.,  Schreiner,  O.,  and  Skinner,  J.  J.,  Fertilizer  Ratio  Experi- 
ments with  Grass  on  Hagerstown  Loam 517 

Nougaret,  R.  L.,  Phylloxera  in  California 646 

Oberholser,  H.  C,  Review  of  Subspecies  of  Ruddy  Kingfisher 252 

Oberholser,  H.  C,  Synopsis  of  Races  of  Long-tailed  Goatsucker 252 

Page,  L.  W.,  The  History  and  Future  of  Highway  Development 583 

Palmer,  A.  H.,  California  Earthquakes  During  1915 116 

Peck,  A.  S.,-The  Government's  Experience  and  Conclusions   [regarding 

Forest  Protection] 148 

Pennington,  Mary  E.,  A  Simple  Ice-precooling  Plant 391 

Pernot,  J.  F.,  Forests  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park 748 

Pierce,  R.  G.,  and  Hartley,  C,  Horse-chestnut  Athracnose 851 

Pierce,  W.  D.,  Notes  on  the  Habits  of  Weevils 261 

Piper,  C.  v..  Notes  on  Quamasia  with  a  Description  of  a  New  Species 730 


XXII  EXPEBIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Page. 
Potter,  A.  A.,  Control  of  Experimental  Conditions  in  Phytopathological 

Research 844 

Quaintance,   A.   L.,   and   Baker,   A.   C,   A  New   Genus  and   Species   of 

Aleyrodidse  from  British  Guiana 256 

Ransom,  B.  H.  [A  List  of  Parasites  of  Animals  in  Guam] 460 

Reed,  W.  G.,  Protection  from  Damage  by  Frost 15 

Reed,  W.  G.,  and  Tolley,  H.  R.,  Weather  as  a  Business  Risli  in  Farming 617 

Roark,  R.  C,  and  McDonnell,  C.  C,  The  Reduction  of  Aso  to  Ass  by 

Cuprous  Chlorid  and  the  Determination  of  Arsenic  by  Distillation  as 

Arsenic   Trichlorid 207 

Rogers,  H.  B.,  A  Farm  Management  Demonstration  on  161  Chautauqua 

County  Farms  for  1914 296 

Rohwer,  S,  A.,  and  Gahan,  A.  B.,  Horismology  of  the  Hymenopterous 

Wing 262 

SafCord,  W.  E.,  A  Remarkable  New  Eysenhardtia  from  the  West  Coast 

of  Mexico 228 

Sammet,  C.  F.,  A  New  Colorimeter 612 

Sammet,  C.  F.,  Note  on  the  Detection  of  Faulty  Sizing  in  High-grade 

Papers 718 

Sasscer,  E.  R.,  Important  Foreign  Insect  Pests  on  Imported  Nursery 

Stock  in  1915 755 

Sasscer,  E,  R.,  Inspection  Facilities  in  the  District  of  Columbia 755 

Scammell,  H.  B.,  Cranberry  Insect  Investigations  in  1914 55 

Scheffer,  T.  H.,  Trapping  Moles  and  the  Possible  Utilization  of  Their 

Skins 94 

Schorger,  A,  W.,  The  Conifer  Leaf  Oil  Industry 317 

Schorger,  A,  W.,  and  Smith,  D.  F.,  The  Galactan  of  Larix  occidentalis 611 

Scott,  L.  B.,  Eliminating  the  Drone  Tree 647 

Shamel,  A.  D.,  California  Grapefruit 745 

Shamel,  A.  D.,  Renewing  Old  Citrus  Trees 343 

Shamel,  A.  D.,  and  Popenoe,  W.,  The  Pitanga 144 

Shaw,  H.  B„  The  Sugar  Beet  Nematode  and  Its  Control 150 

Shear,  C.  L.,  Grape  Anthracnose  in  America 646 

Sievers,   A.   F.,   Improving  the  Commercial   Belladonna   Crop   Through 

Selection 449 

Silcox,  F.  A.,  Railroad  Fires 148 

Skinner,  J.  J.,  Effects  of  Vanillin  as  a  Soil  Constituent 21 

Smith,  E.  F.,  Further  Evidence  that  Crown  Gall  of  Plants  is  Cancer—  650 
Smith,  E.   F.,   Studies  on  the  Crown  Gall   of  Plants:   Its  Relation  to 

Human  Cancer 545 

Smith,  H.  E.,  New  Species  of  Tachinidse  from  New  England 259 

Spillman,  W.  J.,  The  Farmer's  Income 89 

Sterrett,  W.  D.,  County  or  Community  Working  Plans  as  a  Basis  for 

Woodlot  Extension  Work 841 

Stockberger,  W.  W.,  Drug  Plant  Culture  in  1916 840 

Stubenrauch,  A.  V.,  Important  Factors  Governing  the  Successful' Trans- 
portation of  Table  Grapes 647 

Swingle,  W.  T.,  Early  European  History  and  Botanical  Name  of  the  Tree 

of   Heaven 747 

Swingle,  W.  T.,  Pamburus,  A  New  Genus  Related  to  Citrus,  from  India_  449. 
Thom,  C,  and  Turesson,  G.  W.,  Penicillhim  avellaneum,  a  New  Ascus- 

producing    Species 148 


1916]  CONTENTS.  XXHI 

Page. 

Thompson,  C  W.,  Relation  of  Jobbers  and  Commission  Men  to  the  Han- 
dling of  Produce 88 

Thompson,  C.  W.,  Studies  in  Egg  Marketing 89 

Thompson,  C.   W.,   The  Movement   of   Wheat   Growing — ^A   Study  of  a 

Leading    State 88 

Thompson,  H.  C,  Preliminary  Report  on  Celery  Storage  Investigations.-       234 

Thomson,  E.  H.,  Profits  that  Farmers  Receive 89 

Tillotson,  C.  R.,  The  Woodlot :  Its  Present  Problems  and  Probable  Future 

Status  in  the  United  States 71G 

Timberlake,  P.  H.,  Revision  of  Parasitic  Hymenopterous  Insects  of  the 

Genus  Aphycus 857 

Timberlake,  P.  H.,  Two  Generations  of  a  Parasite  Reared  from  the  Same 

Individual   Host 661 

Townsend,   C.    H.    T.,    Designations   of   Muscoid   Genotypes,    with   New 

Genera   and    Species 760 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T.,  Elucidations  of  New  England  Muscoidea 700 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T.,  New  Genera  and  Species  of  Australian  Muscoidea__       660 
Townsend,  C.   H.   T.,   Nonintentional   Dispersal  of  Muscoid   Species  by 

Man,  with  Particular  Reference  to  Tachinid  Species 259 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T.,  The  Insect  Vector  of  Uta,  a  Peruvian  Disease 464 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T.,  Work  in  Peru  on  Phlebotomns  verrucarum  and  Its 

Agency  in  the  Transmission  of  Veruga 258 

True,  A.  C,  Report  of  the  Bibliographer  of  the  Association  of  American 

Agricultural  Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations 297 

True,  A.  C,  The  Exhibit  in  Agricultural  Education  at  the  Panama-Pacific 

International    Exposition 297 

True,  A.  C,  The  Organization  of  Cooperative  Extension  Work,  Machin- 
ery   Method 298 

True,  A,  C,  The  Preparation  Required  for  Extension  Work   in   Agri- 
culture        297 

Van   Zwalenburg,   R.   H.,   Notes   on   the   Life   History    of   Ecpanther-ia 

eridanus 758 

Viehoever,   A.,   Johns,   C.   O.,  and  Alsberg,   C.   L.,   Cyanogenesis  Plants. 

Studies  on  Tridens  flaviis  (Tall  Red  Top) 413 

Walton,   W.  R.,   Some  Parasitic  and   Predacious   Diptera  from  North- 
eastern New  Mexico 259 

Ward,  A.  R.,  The  Preparation  and  Use  of  Antirinderpest  Serum 487 

Weir,    J.   R.,   Pathological    Observations   on   the   Chestnut   in   Southern 

Indiana 551 

Weir,  J.  R.,  and  Hubert  E.  E.,  Inoculation  Experiments  with  Perider- 

mium   montanum 851 

Weiss,  H.  F.,  Utilization  of  Wood  Waste  by  Chemical  Means 748 

Weiss,  H.  F.,  and  Teesdale,  C.  H.,  Preservative  Treatment  of  Timber 241 

Wetmore,  A.,  An  Anatomical  Note  on  the  Genus  Chordeiles 254 

Wetmore,  A.,  Birds  of  Porto  Rico 155 

Whetzel,  H.  H.,  and  Rosenbaum,  J.,  The  Phytophthora  Rot  of  Apples 848 

Williams,  R.  R,,  The  Chemical  Nature  of  the  "  Vitamins,"  I 711 

Woodward,  T.  E..  Value  of  the  Seven-day  Test 481 

Wright,  R.  C,  Influence  of  Organic  Materials  on  the  Transformation  of 

Soil    Nitrogen 218 

Artificial    Refrigeration 175 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35 


JULY,  1916 


No.  1 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTSNf 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Scientific  Bureaus. 

Weather  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

BuRi-AU  OF  Animal  Industry — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry— W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service — ^H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  op  Soils— Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates — L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  O.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey— H.  W.  Henehaw,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.W.  Page,  Director. 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  J.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake  Station:  Uniontown;  L.  H.  Moore.o 
Tuskegee  Station:  Tuskegee  Institute;  G.  W. 
Carver.o 

Alaska— S«<fca.-  C.  C.  Georgeson.f' 

Arizona— ruaon;  G.  F.  Freeman,  c 

ARKXtiSi.9— Fay etteville:  M.  Nelson." 

CAUgORNU^— Berkeley:  T.  F.  Hunt." 

Colorado— J'ort  Collins:  C  P.  GlUette.o 

Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Haven;  \^  „  ,    . , 
Storrs  Station:  Storrs;  j^-  H-  Jenkins." 

Delaware— iV^etcarft;  H.  Hayward.o 

FuomviJiL— Gainesville:  P.  H.  Bolfs.a 

Qeohqul— Experiment:  R.  J.  H.  De  Loach.a 

GvAU— Island  of  Guam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.* 

Hawah- 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J.  M.  Westgate.6 
Sugar  Planters'  Station:  Honolulu;  H.  P.  Agee.o 

Idaho — Moscow:  J.  8.  Jones.o 

iLUNOia—  Urbana:  E.  Davenport.o 

INDUNA— ia  Fayette:  A.  Goss.o 

lovrK—Ames:  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 

Kansas— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardine.o 

Kentucky— XeitTHrfon."  J.  H.  Kastle.a 

LoinsiANA- 

State  Station:  Baton  Rouge;    I 

Sugar  Station:  Audubon  ParkA^  j^  Dodson.a 

New  Orleans;  I 

Nortli  La.  Station:  Calhoun;    J 

Maine— OroTW.-  C.  I).  Woods." 

Maryland— OoHcje  Park:  H.  .T.  Patterson.o 

Massachusetts— .Amftcrst.-  W,  P.  Brooks." 

Michigan— JBcwf  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw." 

Minnesota -^Critycrsj^y  Farm,  SI.  Paul-  A.   F. 
Woods." 

Mississipn— .i^icuttaroi  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd." 

Missouri-' 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.  Mumford." 
Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Grove;  Paul  Evans." 
a  Director.  6  Agronomist 


Montana— Bozemon.-  F.  B.  LInfleld." 
Nebraska— iJncoZri.'  E.  A.  Burnett." 
Nevada— i?«7io.-  S.  B.  Doten." 
New  Hampshiee— DarAam.-  J.  C.  Kendall." 
New  Jersey- iV«w  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Llpman." 
New  Mexico— S<o<e  College:  Fabian  Garcia." 
New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan." 

Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  B.  T.  Galloway." 
North  CAROLmA— 

College  Station:  West  Raleigh;\ 

State  Station:  Raleigh;  f^'  ^-  Kllgor».» 

North    Dakota— Agricultural     College:    T.    P. 

Cooper." 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome." 
Oklabotaa— Stillwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle." 
Oregon— CorKattw:  A.  B.  Cordley." 
Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts." 
State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby." 

Porto  Rico- 
Federal  Station:  Jiaj/a(;tt«z;  D.  W.  May.* 
Insular  Station;  Rio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower." 
Rhode  Island— £'ini/«ton;  B.  L.  Hartwell." 
South  Carolina— CTemson   College;  J.    N.  Har- 
per." 
South  Dakota— J  roofcin^*;  J.  W.  Wilson." 
Tennessee— iTnoiPzZZe.*  H.  A.  Morgan." 
Texas— CoHtf^e  Station:  B.  Youngblood." 
Utah— Logan:  F..  D.  Ball." 
Vermont— B«rZin?<on."  J.  L,  Hills." 

Virginia— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr." 
Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson." 
Washington— PwMmon.- 1.  D.  Cardiff." 
West  ViROimA— Morganlown:  J.  L.  Coulter." 
Wisconsin—  Madison:  H.  L.  Russell." 
Wyoming- iorowie.-  C.  A.  Duniway.e 
in  charge;  <=  Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  P^ditor :  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL   DEPARTMENTS. 


Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotecliny— E.  IT.  Nollau. 
Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers {Jj;-^.  ^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathologjj^y-  ^-  boyd  ^'  ^^'*  ^' 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson.  ^a*? 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

iC.  F.  Langworthy,  I'h.  D.,  D.  Sc. 
H.  L.  Lang. 
C.  F.  Walton,  Jr. 
Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Webster. 

Ve.ermaryMedlc.ne{g:-itSS;- 
Rural  Engineering— 1{.  W.  Trullinger. 
Rural  lOconomics — E.  RIerritt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  35,  NO.  1. 


Editorial  notes:  Page- 
Impressions  of  the  stations  in  the  Southwest 1 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 8 

Notes 96 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural   chemistry — AGROTECHNY. 

Practical  organic  and  biochemistry,  Plimmer 8 

The  world  of  neglected  dimensions,  Ostwald 8 

Reports  on  progress  of  chemistry  for  1913-14,  edited  by  Cain  and  Greenaway. .  8 

Rejwrt  of  the  agricultural  chemist,  Brunnich 8 

On  the  isolation  and  properties  of  tethelin,  Robertson 8 

A  new  method  for  the  preparation  of  the  plant  globulins,  Reeves 9 

Notes  on  some  fatty  and  essential  oils,  Higuclii 9 

The  composition  and  analysis  of  edible  oils  and  fats,  Bolton  and  Revis 9 

Tobacco  seed  oil,  Cohen 9 

Stearins  in  fats  and  behavior  during  hydrogenation,  Marcusson  and  Meyerheim .  9 

Some  important  fermentations  in  silage,  Hunter  and  Bushnell 9 

On  the  urease  of  the  soy  bean  and  its  "coenzym,"  Onodera 10 

The  effects  of  various  substances  upon  the  urease  of  soy  bean,  Onodera 10 

Factors  influencing  catalase  in  milk,  Hoyberg 10 

Notes  on  the  catalase  reaction  of  milk,  Taylor 10 

The  persistence  of  hydrogen  pciroxid  in  milk,  Ilinks 11 

Commercial  and  industrial  analysis  (organic),  Halphen  and  Quillard 11 

I 


u 


CONTENTS. 


[Vol.  35 


Tiige. 

Boiling  and  condensing  points  of  alcohol-water  mixtures,  Evans 11 

The  electrolytic  determination  of  iodin  present  in  organic  matter,  Krauss 11 

A  proposed  new  method  for  citrate-insoluble  phosphoric  acid.  Hunt 12 

Citric-acid-soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  slag,  Celichowski  and  Pilz 12 

The  determination  of  potassium  in  fertilizers,  Pilz 12 

Note  on  the  estimation  of  fat  in  food  for  infants,  Chapman 12 

Analysis  of  majile  products. — VI,  Test  for  purity  of  maple  sirup,  Snell  et  al. .  12 

The  determination  of  cholesterol  in  blood,  Bloor 13 

Volumetric  estimation  of  total  sulphur  and  sulphates  in  urine,  itrummond 13 

A  method  for  the  determination  of  alcohol  in  the  presence  of  phenol,  Ehrlich. .  13 

Kajjid  pycnometric  method  for  ' ' gravity  solids  "  in  cane-sugar  factories,  Walker .  14 

Theories  on  formation  of  molasses  from  standpoint  of  phases,  van  den  Linden. .  14 

Proposed  method  for  profitable  utilization  of  waste  sulphite  liquor,  Tartar 14 

Fruit  preserving:  Canning,  bottling,  jam-making,  and  candying  peel,  Allen. . .  14 

METEOROLOGY. 


Climatic  variations  and  economic  cycles,  Huntington 14 

The  money  value  of  rainfall  in  the  United  States,  Cragoe 14 

Protection  from  damage  by  frost.  Reed 15 

Relation  of  the  soil  to  the  meteorological  factors,  Loske 15 

Aridity  and  humidity  maps  of  the  United  States,  Jefferson 15 

Agi'icult\ual  meteorology  in  Canada,  Mills 15 

[Report  of  the]  committee  for  the  investigation  of  atmospheric  pollution 15 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

A  giude  to  the  niineralogical  analysis  of  soil,  Seemann 16 

The  data  of  geochemistry,  Clarke 16 

The  plasticity  of  clay  and  its  relation  to  mode  of  origin,  Da\'is 16 

On  osmosis  in  soils,  Lynde  and  Dupr(5 16 

Salts,  soil  colloids,  and  soils,  Sharp 16 

The  absorption  of  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  by  typical  soils,  Bogue 17 

Soil  survey  of  Mississippi  County,  Arkansas,  Hall  et  al 17 

Soil  survey  of  Webster  Parish,  Loidsiana,  Meyer  et  al 17 

Soil  survey  of  Montgomery  County,  Maryland,  Carter,  jr.,  and  Hull 18 

Soil  survey  of  Clinton  County,  New  York,  Maxon  and  Cone 18 

Soil  survey  of  Trumbull  County,  Ohio,  Coffey  et  al 18 

Soil  8Ui"vey  of  Raleigh  County,  West  Virginia,  Latimer 18 

Soil  survey  of  Fond  du  Lac  County,  Wisconsin,  Whitson  et  al 19 

Soil  survey  of  Juneau  County,  Wisconsin,  WTiitson  et  al 19 

Soil  survey  of  Kewaunee  County,  Wisconsin,  \Vhitson  et  al 19 

Soil  survey  of  La  Crosse  County,  Wisconsin,  Whitson  et  al 19 

The  chemical  composition  of  virgin  and  cropped  Indiana  soils,  Conner 19 

Plant  food  in  Aroostook  soils,  Woods 19 

A  peculiar  clay  from  near  the  City  of  Mexico,  Ililgard 19 

Analyses  of  Queensland  soils,  Brunnich 20 

Chemical  composition  of  certain  vineyard  soils,  Perold  and  Crawford 20 

Relation  of  carbon  bisulpliid  to  soil  organisms  and  plant  growth,  Fred 20 

The  effect  of  heat  upon  soil  fertility,  Owen 20 

The  influence  of  nitrification  upon  soil  fertility,  Owen 21 

Physical-chemical  studies  of  soil. — III,  Pratolongo 21 

Effect  of  vanillin  as  a  soil  constituent.  Skinner ._ 21 

Experiments  on  lime  determination  in  agricultural  soil,  Bandi 21 

Plant  foods  for  crops  in  ]  916,  Van  Slyke 21 

Experiments  with  fertilizers.  Bear 22 

Culture  experiments  with  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  von  Roibnitz 22 

Granulated  calcium  cyanamid  ( Norwegian  lime  nitrogen),  Hals 22 

Acid  soils  and  the  effect  of  fertilizers  upon  them,  Conner 22 

Phosphatic  fertilizers  and  the  root  system  of  beets,  Sazanov 23 

Phosphate  rock,  Waggaman 23 

Potassium  salts  Dolbear 23 

Investigation  of  sources  of  potash  in  Texas,  Phillips 23 

Potassium  salts  in  Catalonia.  Rubio  and  Marin 24 

German  and  other  sources  oi  potash  supply,  MacDowell 24 

Sodium  and  sodium  salts,  Salisbury,  jr 24 


19161                                                        CONTENTS.  HI 

Page. 

Limestone:  North  Island  analyses,  Aston 24 

A  waste  lime  product,  Thorne 24 

The  use  of  peat  in  commercial  fertilizer,  Wildeman 24 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Relation  of  green  manurea  to  the  failure  of  certain  seedlings,  Fred 24 

Activities  of  the  micro-organisms  of  the  soil 25 

Fission  fun^  which  decompose  urea  and  form  nitrates,  Diiggeli 25 

Enzym  act  ion  in  the  marine  algae,  Davis 25 

On  the  action  of  poctaso,  Ball 25 

Osmotic  pressures  in  plants. — IV,  Dixon  and  Atkins 25 

Osmotic  pressures  in  plants. — ^V,  Dixon  and  Atkins 26 

Some  researches  in  experimental  morphology. — I,  Doyle 27 

The  cause  of  autonomic  movements  in  succulent  plants,  Shreve 27 

Relation  of  evaporation  and  soil  moisture  to  plant  succession,  Ullrich 27 

Relalion  of  transpiration  to  the  size  and  number  of  stomata,  Muenscher 27 

Utilization  by  plants  of  acids  and  bases  from  different  nitrates,  Arnoldi 28 

Influence  of  alkaline  reactions  shown  by  solutiona  after  use,  Starodubowa 28 

Toxicity  of  galactose  for  certain  of  the  higher  plants,  Knudson 28 

Effect  of  highly  diluted  sulphur  dioxid  on  a  growing  grain  crop,  Wells 28 

New  crdauometer  for  measuring  expansive  force  of  seeds,  Butler  and  Sheridan.  28 

Inventory  of  seeds  and  plants  imported  from  October  1  to  December  31, 1913. .  29 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.    M — Botany 29 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.     M— Botany 29 

FIELD    CROPS. 

Influence  of  relative  area  in  intertilled  and  other  crops  on  yield,  Brodie 29 

Contributions  to  agronomic  terminology,  I,  Ball  and  Piper 30 

Progressive  agiiculture,  Campbell 30 

Experiments  with  field  crops,  Woods 30 

"The  Woburn  field  experiments,  1914],  Voelcker 30 

Field  experiments  at  the  Cuttack  Experiment  Station,  1914-15],  Sherrard ...  31 

Field  experiments],  Sil 31 

Field  experiments  at  Dumraon  Experiment  Station,  1914-15],  Sherrard 32 

Experiment  station  work  in  New  South  Wales,  1914-15] 32 

Effect  of  inoculation  material  on  wheat,  rye,  oats,  and  barley] 32 

Forage  crops  in  central  Washington,  McCali 33 

Soy  bean  and  cowpea.  Hall 33 

Comtesse  and  Sarah,  new  French  varieties  of  barley,  Blaringhem 33 

Alexandrian  clover,  Carrante 33 

[Experiments  with  oats].  Woods 33 

Oats  in  Washington,  Schafer  and  Gaines 34 

[Experiments  with  potatoes],  Woods 34 

The  culture  of  the  peanut,  De  Souza 34 

The  botanical  origin  of  the  cultivated  varieties  of  rice,  Roehrich 34 

Varieties  of  soy  beans,  Welton 35 

Variety  tests  with  sugar  beets 35 

The  weeds  of  central  Iowa,  northern  Minnesota,  and  Wisconsin,  Pammel 35 

[Eradication  of  quack  grass] 35 

HORTICULTURE. 

[Report  of  horticiiltiu*al  investigations] 35 

A  B  C  of  vegetable  gardening,  Rexford 36 

Spraying  programs  for  the  small  orchard  and  fruit  garden,  Gossard  and  Green. .  36 

Spray  formulas  for  the  town  lot,  Thayer 36 

Culture  of  cabbage,  Wellington 36 

New  or  noteworthy  fruits,  IV,  Hedrick 36. 

Fifteenth  report  of  Woburn  Experimental  Fruit  Farm,  Bedford  and  Pickering.  37 

Winter  washes  tried  at  Wisley,  1914^15,  Lefroy 38 

Experiment  in  setting  apple  trees.  Woods 38 

Fertilizer  experiments  on  apple  trees  at  Highmoor  Farm,  Woods 38 

Field  experiments  in  spraying  apple  orchards,  Pickett  et  al 39 

Varieties  of  apples  in  Ohio,  Green,  Thayer,  and  Keil 40 


rV  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Water-core  of  the  King  David  apple,  Keil 40 

Peach  precooling,  Smith 40 

Pruning  the  bearing  prune  tree,  Gardner 41 

Gooseberries,  Taylor 41 

Winter  protection  of  the  Vinifera  grape,  Garcia  and  Rigney 41 

The  hybrid  direct  bearers  in  the  Rhone  Valley  in  1915,  Desmoulins  and  Villard .  41 

The  two  groups  of  varieties  of  the  Hicora  pecan  and  self-sterility,  Stuckey 41 

Dahlias  and  their  culture,  Hall 41 

A  street  tree  system  for  New  York  City,  Borough  of  Manhattan,  Cox 42 

The  making  of  a  home,  Rexford 42 

FORESTRY. 

Forest  legislation  in  America  prior  to  March  4,  1789,  Kinney 42 

Forest  proviaions  of  New  York  State  constitution,  Pettis 42 

The  fire  wardens'  manual 42 

The  Algerian  forest  code,  Woolsey,  jr 42 

Eighth  report  of  the  state  forester,  1915,  Filley  and  Moss 42 

[Report  on  Indiana  Forest  Reserve  for  1915],  Gladden 42 

Twelfth  annual  report  of  the  state  forester  [of  Massachusetts],  Rane 42 

Present  conditions  of  applied  forestry  in  Canada,  Macmillan 43 

Silvicultural  problems  of  Canadian  forest  reserves,  Femow 43 

Forest  jiathology  in  forest  regulation,  Meinecke 43 

Abnormal  wood  in  conifers,  Somerville 43 

The  costs  and  values  of  forest  protection,  Lovejoy 43 

Concerning  site,  Roth 43 

The  theory  and  practice  of  mixing  trees,  Gillanders 43 

Trees  for  Kansas,  Scott 43 

The  junipers  and  their  commercial  importance,  DalUmore 44 

Rattan  supply  of  the  Philippines,  Arnold 44 

W^ood-using  industries  of  West  Virginia,  compiled  by  Nellis  and  Harris 44 

By-products  of  the  lumber  industry,  Benson 44 

An  efiicient  system  for  computing  timber  estimates,  Dunston  and  Garvey 44 

DISEASES   OF  PLANTS. 

Work  connected  with  insect  and  fungus  pests  and  their  control,  Robson 44 

Mycological  and  pathological  notes,  Turconi  and  Maffei 45 

Review  of  plant  diseases,  Scalia 45 

Annual  report  of  the  government  botanist  for  1914-15,  Small 45 

An  anatomical  study  of  Gymnosporaugium  galls,  Stewart 46 

Calcium  hypochlorite  as  a  seed  sterilizer,  Wilson 46 

Some  notes  on  Bordeaux  and  Bmgundy  mixtures,  Ashby 46 

Testa  with  Perocid,  Stranak 46 

Experiments  on  control  of  cereal  diseases  by  steeping  the  seed  grain,  Riehm.  46 

Smut  control,  Appel 47 

[Grain  rusts],  Riehm 47 

[Injurious  influences  affecting  a\  inter  rye],  Stormer 47 

Climatic  conditions  as  related  to  Cercospora  beticola,  Pool  and  McKay 47 

Control  of  club  root  of  crucifers,  Biu'khardt 48 

Flax  disease  investigations 48 

A  Rhizoctonia  disease  of  licorice,  Himmelbaiu- 48 

Investigations  of  potato  diseases 48 

Potato  diseases,  Schlumberger 48 

Filosity  in  young  potato  plants,  Passy 49 

Downy  mildew  {Sclerospora  macrospora)  on  rice,  Gabotto 49 

A  stem  disease  of  sugar  cane  in  Barbados,  Nowell 49 

Sweet  potato  diseases,  Harter 49 

Apple  rust,  Giddings  and  Berg 49 

A  disease  of  apricot  in  Valais,  Faes 49 

A  disease  of  apricot  in  the  Rhone  Valley,  Chiiflot  and  Massonnat 50 

Summer  outbreaks  of  downy  mildew,  Faes 50 

Spotting  of  citrus  fruits,  Fawcett 50 

Work  connected  with  insect  and  fungus  pests  and  their  control 50 

Diseasea  of  tulip  and  hyacinth,  Uphof 51 

Variation  and  blight  resistance  among  walnuts,  Bat<;helor 51 

Contributions  on  the  life  jjrocesses  of  oak  mildew,  Roth 51 

The  publications  of  the  Pennsylvania  Chestnut  Tree  Blight  Commission , 51 


ini6] 


CONTENTS. 


ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

Page, 

The  prairie  dog  situation  in  Colorado,  Burnett 51 

The  prairie  dog  situation,  Nabours 52 

Meadow  mice,  Burnett 52 

ElTect  of  18G-515  generations  of  Danysz  bac  ilhis  on  gray  rat,  >rorezhkovskil ...  52 

Duration  of  virulenre  of  agar  rulturoa  of  the  Danysz  bacillus,  MerezhkovskiT. .  52 

E.xporimcnta  in  1912  in  Bessarabia  with  the  Siberian  marmot,  Morezhkovakii.  52 

On  Giiirdia  microti  sp.  nov.,  from  the  meadow  mouse,  Kofoid  and  Christiansen.  52 

Propagation  of  wild  birds,  Job 52 

The  relationsliips  of  temperature  and  humidity  to  insect  development.  Pierce.  52 

Hydrocyanic  acid  gas. — Ita  practical  use  as  a  routine  fumigant,  Creel  et  al 53 

Report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Connecticut  for  1915,  Britton 53 

[Econoniic  entomology] 54 

Keport  of  the  economic  biologist.  Bodkin 55 

Report  of  the  imperial  entomologist,  Fletcher 55 

Sinuate  pear  borer  and  leopard  moth,  Parrott  and  Glasgow 55 

Destruction  of  prickly  pear  through  parasitic  insects,  White-llaney 55 

The  insect  enemies  of  vegetables,  Kindshoven 55 

Insects  attacking  cabbage  and  allied  crops  in  Connecticut,  Britton  and  Lowry. .  55 

Insects  affecting  the  sugar  cane  in  Trinidad,  Urich 55 

The  insect  enemies  of  strawberries,  Tullgren 55 

Cranberry  insect  investigations  in  1914,  Scammell 55 

Some  inhabitants  of  the  round  gall  of  golden-rod,  ('hi  Ping 55 

Destructive  giasshoppers  in  Costa  Rica,  Alfaro 55 

The  control  of  locusts  in  eastern  Canada,  Gibson 56 

Destruction  of  locusts  by  cultures  of  the  d'Herelle  bacillus,  Merezhkovskii 56 

Injury  to  cereals  by  ^lia  roslrata,  by  Rodriguez  y  Martin 56 

Chermes  injurious  to  conifers,  Cholodkovsky 56 

Plant  lice  or  aphids,  Gossard.... 56 

Aphididte  of  California,  XI,  Essig 56 

The  army  worm  ( Cirphus  [Leucania]  unipuncta),  Gibson 56 

Some  notes  on  the  Catalina  cherry  moth,  Branigan 56 

Statistics  on  the  production  of  silk  in  France  and  elsewhere 56 

Biology  of  North  American  crane  flies. — IV,  Hexatomini,  Alexander 57 

The  bionomics  of  the  Maltese  phlebotomi  ilarett 57 

Direi'tions  for  combating  the  olive  fly  (Dacns  oletv),  Berlese 57 

The  book  of  the  fly,  Hardy 57 

The  cane  grubs  of  Australia,  Girault  and  Dodd 57 

A  quest  of  natural  enemies  for  CosmnpoHtes  sordida,  Jepsou 57 

The  Colorado  potato  beetle  (Leptinotarsa  decemlineata) ,  Schablowski 57 

Rice  borers  in  JaA^a,  Dammerman 58 

A  note  on  the  western  twig  borer,  Smith 58 

The  wheat  straw  worm  {Isoso7na  grande),  Doane 58 

Hen  fleas  {Xeslopsylla  gallinacea),  Illingworlh 58 

Habits  and  control  of  the  chicken  flea  (Echidnophaga  gallinacea),  Illingworth. .  58 

Observations  on  Dermacentor  nilcns  in  Panama,  Dunn 58 

Sarcophaga  fuscicaiida,  an  intestinal  parasite  of  man,  Eysell 58 

FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION. 


Milling  and  baking  quality  and  composition  of  wheat  and  flour,  Swanson  et  al .  58 

Digestion  experiments  with  flour  containing  bran,  von  Czadek 59 

The  preservation  of  corn  meal,  Marbach 60 

Indian  corn  for  bread  making,  Bruderlein 60 

The  nutritive  value  of  whole  Indian  corn  bread,  Rohmann 60 

The  use  of  durra  in  human  nutrition,  Tropea. 60 

Increasing  the  supply  of  bread  materials,  Thieler 60 

The  estimation  of  potatoes  in  war  bread,  Herter 60 

Experiments  with  straw  bread,  Wollstiidt  and  Kleberger 60 

Concealing  the  use  of  blood  in  bread,  Droste 60 

Skim  milk  and  potatoes  as  a  meat  substitute,  Pfeiffer 60 

Examination  of  scallops,  Sullivan 60 

Hydrocarbons  in  fish-liver  oils,  Mastbaiun 60 

Sources  of  fat,  Neuss ^^ 

The  utilization  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  Kochs 61 

Losses  and  other  chemical  changes  in  boiling  vegetables,  Williams 61 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Nutritive  yeasta  as  food,  Schrumpf 61 

Effect  of  storage  on  moisture  coatent  of  cloves,  Ogden 61 

The  influence  of  the  seasons  on  the  toxicity  of  egg  albumin,  Maignon 61 

Is  it  hygienic  to  use  apricot  and  peach  kernels  in  marchpane?    Lehmann 61 

The  presence  of  tin  in  canned  foods,  Cai'les 61 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  Fricke 61 

[Food  and  drug  inspection  and  analysis],  Ladd  and  Johnson 61 

Twelfth  annual  report  of  the  food  commissioner  and  state  chemist,  Ladd  et  al  . .  61 

National  Association  of  Master  Bakers 62 

A  scale  for  marking  nutrition,  Manny 62 

Food  for  young  children.  Hunt 62 

The  feeding  and  care  of  the  baby 62 

Casein-milk  feeding  in  infancy  and  childhood,  Gellhorn 62 

The  mineral  nutrients  in  practical  human  dietetics,  Forbes 62 

Fluorin  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  Gautier  and  ( ;iausmann 63 

Further  studies  of  nitrogen  metabolism,  Abderhalden 63 

The  influence  of  the  amino  acids  on  the  pancreatic  secretion,  Kobzarenko 63 

Influence  of  protein  feeding  on  elimination  of  creatin  in  starvation,  Rose 63 

The  excretion  of  creatin  during  a  fast,  Zeman  and  Howe 63 

The  synthetic  capability  of  the  animal  body,  Stepp 63 

Is  the  disease  produced  by  lipoid  starvation  identical  with  beri-beri?    Stepp. .  63 

Diet  and  pellagra.    Rabbits  and  hares  as  a  possible  dietary  factor.  Stiles 63 

The  content  of  some  digestive  ferments  in  the  feces,  Kurschakow 64 

Sense  impression  and  appetite,  Sternberg 64 

The  calorimeter  as  the  interpreter  of  the  life  processes,  Lusk 64 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

Units  of  reference  for  basal  metabolism  and  their  interrelations,  Moulton 64 

Experimental  studies  on  growth. — I,  Methods,  Robertson  and  Ray 65 

Transmission  of  degeneracy  and  deformities,  Stoukai-d  and  Papanicolaou 65 

Composition,  nutritive,  and  manurial  values  of  vaiuous  farm  foods,  Crowther. .  66 

Ensilage  of  fresli  turnip  leaves,  Akerberg 66 

Cattle  forms  found  in  the  environs  of  Borssum  in  Brunswick,  Knoop 67 

Color  in  cattle,  Graham 67 

Are  sheep  profitable  in  Maine?    Woods 67 

Sheep  feeding  trials  at  Williston  Substation,  Peters  and  Ruzicka 67 

Suffolk  sheep  and  what  they  mean 67 

The  sheep  in  Egypt,  Dudgeon  and  'Askar 68 

Inheritance  of  fertility  in  swine,  Wentworth  and  Aubel 68 

Some  hog  raising  experiments,  Linklater 68 

Skim  milk,  blood -grain  meal,  and  fat-free  fish-feed  meal  for  swine,  Klein 69 

Successful  swine  rations  for  the  corn  belt,  Evvard  and  Pew 69 

Stallion  enrollment. — IV,  Report  for  1915,  McCartney 69 

Spotted  asses,  Jenka 69 

Bacterial  infection  of  hen's  eggs,  Postolka 69 

Care  and  management  of  baby  chicks,  Shoup 69 

DAIRT  FARMING — DAIRYING. 

The  succulent  feed  supply,  Stookey 69 

Report  of  first  Jersey  sires'  futurity  test  of  Aroostook  Association,  Peail 70 

Finding  the  prepotent  sire.  Hover 70 

The  causes  of  the  beginning  of  milk  secretion,  Mollgaard 70 

The  preservation  of  milk  samples  for  investigational  purposes,  Tillmans  et  al. .  70 

Report  on  methods  for  bacterial  examination  of  milk,  Ravenel  et  al 70 

Counting  bacteria  by  means  of  the  microscope.  Breed  and  Brew 70 

Sources  of  bacteria  in  milk,  Prucha 71 

Butter  fat  investigation 71 

The  cheese  value  of  milk  of  various  compositions,  Haglund 71 

Indol  in  cheese,  Nelson 72 

The  glycerin  and  lactic  fermentation  bacteria  of  cheese,  Troili-Petersson 72 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

The  principles  of  veterinary  surgery,  Merillat 73 

Biological  therapeutics,  Eichhorn 73 


1916]                                                        CONTENTS.  VII 

Page. 

Immunity:  Methods  of  diagnosis  and  therapy,  Citron,  trans,  by  Garbat 73 

A  laboratory  course  in  serum  study,  Zinsser,  Hopkins,  and  Ottenberg 73 

Ftnther  researches  on  combined  vaccines,  Castellani 73 

The  origin  of  the  antibodies  of  the  lymph,  Becht  and  Luckhardt 73 

Studies  on  the  Abderhalden  reaction,  Weise 73 

Fixation  of  salvarsan  and  neosalvarsan  by  tlie  blood,  Young 74 

Identification  of  antlirax  by  the  precipitation  method,  Schutz  and  Pfoiler 74 

Experiments  in  vaccination  against  anthrax,  Eichhorn 74 

Proceedings  of  conference  on  combating  foot-and-mouth  disease,  Chicago,  1915.  74 

Foot-and-mouth  disease  in  man,  Sutton  and  O'Donnell 75 

Active  immunization  against  glanders,  Marxer 75 

Leishmaniasis  in  animals,  Laveran 75 

The  Negri  bodies  in  some  animals  which  hibernate,  Sanfelice 75 

Inliibitory  properties  of  magnesium  sulphate  and  application  in  tetanus,  Meltzer  75 

Tuberculosis  in  the  dog  and  cat,  Blair 75 

Graphic  chiu'ts 75 

Monascus  'purpureas  not  a  causative  factor  in  forage  poisoning,  Himmelberger.  76 

Investigations  on  the  intestinal  flora  of  healthy  oxen,  Fischer 76 

Contagious  abortion  in  cattle  in  Rhodesia,  Bevan 76 

Coccidiosis  in  cattle  and  cai'abaoa  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  Schultz 76 

The  distribution  and  abundance  of  the  ox  warbles,  Bishopp 76 

The  treatment  of  Johne's  disease,  M'Fadyean,  Sheather,  and  Edwards 76 

Studies  on  Texas  fever.     First  communication,  Sd  and  Cunha 77 

The  occurrence  of  pleomorphism  and  mutation  among  members  of  the  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia  group  of  organisms,  M  'Gowan  and  Chung  Yik  Wang 77 

Vaccinations  against  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  Hardenbergh  and  Boeruer,  jr. . .  77 

Septicxmia  pluriformis  ovium  and  its  control,  Raebiger  et  al 77 

Sheep  scab,  Imes 78 

Nematode  parasites  observed  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  sheep,  Boulenger. ...  78 

Ostertagia  tri/urcata  in  the  abomasum  of  a  sheep  in  England,  Cave 78 

[Hog-cholera  studies] 78 

Hog  cholera  and  its  prevention  by  the  use  of  antihog-cholera  serum,  Flowe. . .  78 

Stamping  out  hog  cholera,  Connaway 78 

Final  report  of  the  departmental  committee  to  inquire  into  swine  fever 78 

A  plerocercoid  found  lu  the  pig,  Ratz 79 

Occurrence  and  importance  of  Strongyloides  longus  in  swine,  Reisinger 79 

Swine  tuberculosis  and  possibility  of  practical  control,  Bang  and  Holm 79 

A  hyperimmune  serum  for  infectious  abortions  in  mares.  Good  and  Sniilli.  ...  80 

Nature,  cause,  and  therapy  of  pernicious  anemia  of  the  horse,  Seyderhelm.  ...  80 

Swamp  fever 80 

A  little-known  rabbit  ear  mite  (Psoroptes  niniculi),  Duckett 80 

Transmission  from  mother  to  offspring  of  immunity  against  fowl  cholera,  Hadley.  80 

On  the  anatomy  of  a  fowl  tapeworm,  Amoebotpenia  sphenoides,  Meggitt 81 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

A  new  irrigation  weir,  Cone 81 

Fourth  report  of  the  Department  of  Engineering  of  California,  1912-1914 82 

Report  on  irrigation  for  the  year  1914 82 

Duty  of  water  experiments  and  farm  demonstration  work 82 

Report  on  climatic  and  soil  conditions  near  Calgary,  Alberta 82 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Sulphm-  Spring  Valley,  Meinzer  and  Kelton  ...  83 

The  Ohio  water  problem,  Sherman 83 

Flood  protection  in  Indiana,  Hatt 83 

Report  from  the  water  laboratory,  Barnard 83 

Limits  of  potability  of  the  waters  of  the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires,  Mazza 83 

Sewage  treatment  and  disposal,  Ashley 83 

Activated  sludge  method  in  England 83 

A  new  method  of  land  clearing,  Scudder 84 

Eleventh  Convention  of  American  Road  Builders'  Association,  1914 84 

Mineral  composition  and  rock  structure  of  road  materials,  Lord 84 

New  penetration  needle  for  testing  bituminous  materials.  Reeve  and  Pritchard .  85 

The  use  of  hydrated  lime  in  Oregon  State  concrete  roads,  Edwards 8G 

Loading  of  bridge  floors 86 

Charts  for  estimating  the  strength  of  bolts,  Fisher 87 

Explosion  period  in  gas  engine,  King 87 


VIII  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Gasoline  farm  tractors,  Rose 87 

Demonstrations  of  motor  plows  and  tractors 87 

Demonstratien  of  mechanical  cultivation  and  farm  motors,  Castelli  and  Mayer.  87 

The  mechanical  cultivation  of  the  soil,  Mathis. 87 

The  relation  of  mechanical  cultivation  to  intensive  agriculture,  Dautry 87 

A  new  spray  nozzle,  Woodworth 88 

Wire  fencing,  Somerville 88 

Rural  structures  of  wicker,  Arnould 88 

EURAL  ECONOMICS. 

Selected  readings  in  rural  economics,  compiled  by  Carver 88 

Land  tenure  reform  and  democracy,  Putnam 89 

The  State  as  farmer,  Radford 89 

Relation  of  the  Government  to  the  marketing  problem,  Galloway 89 

Community  organization  for  live  stock  improvement,  Humphrey 89 

Rural  clubs  for  women,  Davisson 90 

Farm  mortgage  credit  in  New  Hampshire,  Smitli 90 

An  agricultural  siu'vey  of  Brooke  County,  Johnson  and  Dadisman 90 

Montlily  crop  report 91 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Argentina,  1913-14 91 

Agriculture  of  Morocco,  Chailley. 91 

Estimates  of  area  and  yield  of  principal  crops  in  India,  1914-15 91 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

The  forthcoming  situation  in  agricultural  work,  II,  Bailey 92 

On  the  training  of  teachers  of  nature-study,  Wager 92 

High  school  extension  in  agriculture.  Lane 92 

[Progress  in  agricultural  education  in  Alanitoba] -.-.••■: ^2 

Annual  report  of  the  director  of  education  [of  the  Philiiipines] 92 

Teachers'  farm  school 92 

A  manual  for  laboratory  and  field  studies  in  agriculture,  Lecato. 92 

Agriculture  for  school  and  farm,  I,  Napier,  Barton,  and  Stewart 93 

Elements  of  farm  practice,  Wilson 93 

Soils  courses  at  the  Iowa  State  College,  Brown 93 

The  preparation  of  material  for  field  crops  laboratoiy,  Whitcomb 93 

Seed  testing 93 

Laboratory  experiments  on  food  products,  Bailey 93 

Twenty  lessons  on  poultry  keeping,  Patterson 93 

Outline  of  a^^ricultural  engineering  for  agricultural  high  schools,  Scoates 94 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  1915 94 

Federal  legislation,  etc. ,  affecting  agricultural  colleges  and  stations 94 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Georgia  Station,  1915 94 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Illinois  Station,  1915 94 

Director's  report  for  1915,  Jordan 94 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report  of  North  Dakota  Station,  1915 94 

Plan  of  work  for  Trumbull  County  experiment  farm,  Montgomery 94 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation 94 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Arizona  Station: 

Bill.  72,  June  30,  1913 

Connecticut  State  Station: 

Bui.  190,  Jan.,  191C 

Ann.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  2 

Ann.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  3 

Geoi^a  Station : 

Twenty-eighth  An.  Rpt.,  1915. 

Illinois  Station: 

Bui.  185,  Feb.,  1916 

Twenty-eighth  An.  Rpt.,  1915. 
Indiana  Station : 

Circ.  53,  Jan.,  1916 

Iowa  Station: 

Circ.  26,  Mar.,  1916 

Kansas  Station: 

Tech.  Bui.  1,  Jan.,  1916 

Tech.  Bill.  2,  Jan.,  1916 

Circ.  54,  Sept.,  1915 

Circ.  55,  Jan.,  1916 

Maine  Station : 

Bui.  246,  Jan.,  1916 

30, 33,  34, 

Bui.  247,  Feb.,  1916 

New  Mexico  Station: 

Bui.  100,  Jan.,  1916 

New  York  Cornell  Station: 

Bui.  370,  Jan.,  1916 

New  York  State  Station : 

Bui.  413,  Dec,  1915 

Bui.  414,  Jan.,  1916 

Tech.  Bui.  49,  Feb.,  1916 

Circ.  43,  Nov.  30,  1915 

Circ.  44,  Dec.  1,  1915 

Circ.  45,  Dec.  20,  1915 

Circ.  46,  Dec.  24,  1915 

Circ.  47,  Jan.  20,  1916 

Circ.  48,  Feb.  15,  1916 

North  Dakota  Station: 

Bui.  115,  Feb.,  1916 

Spec.  Bui.,  vol.  4,  No.  2,  Feb.- 
Mar.,  1916 

Twenty-sixth  An.  Rpt.,  1915, 
[pt.  1] 25,32,35,48,78, 

Twenty-sixth  An.  Rpt.,  1915 

_.     [Pt.2] 

Ohio  Station : 

Bui.  290,  Dec,  1915 

Mo,  Bui.,  vol.  1,  No.  4,  Apr. 
1916 24,35,36,40,56, 


83 

55 
53 
42 

35, 
71,94 

39 
94 

69 

69 

58 

9 

52 

43 

19, 
,  38,  67 

70 

41 

42 

94 
36 
70 
41 
55 
33 
41 
21 
36 

67 

61 

80,  94 

61,94 

40 

62,  94 


Stations  in  the  United  Slates — ContJ. 

Washington  Station:  Page. 

Bill.  128,  Jan.,  1916 33 

Bui.  129,  Mar.,  1916 34 

West.  Wash.  Sta.,  Mo.  Bui.— 

vol.  3,  No.  12,  Mar.,  1916..  68, 
69,95 

vol.  4,  No.  1,  Apr.,  1916..  95 
West  Virginia  Station : 

Bui.  153,  Aug.,  1915 90 

Bui.  154,  Aug.,  1915 49 

Bui.  155,  Oct.,  1915 22 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

An.  Rpts.,  1915 94 

Proceedings  of  a  Conference  to 
Consider  Means  for  Combating 
Foot-and-mouth  Disease,  held 
at  Chicago,  111.,  Nov.  29  and  30, 

1915 74 

Jour.  Agr.  Research: 

vol.  5,  No.  24,  Mar.  13,  1916...  81,  85 

vol.  5,  No.  25,  Mar.  20,  1916. . .       24, 

52  68  88 

vol.  6,  No.  1,  Apr.  3,  1916 '  2o!  47 

Bui.  275,  Forest  Pathology  in  For- 
est Regulation,  S.  P.  Meiuecke.         43 
Bui,  348,  Relation  of  Mineral  Com- 
position and  Rock  Structure  to 
the  Physical  Properties  of  Road 

Materials,  E.  C.  H.  Lord 84 

Farmers'   Bui.   713,   Sheep  Scab, 

M.  Imes 78 

Farmers'    Bui.    714,    Sweet-potato 

Diseases,  L.  L,  Barter 49 

Farmers'  Bui.  717,  Food  for  Young 

Children,  Caroline  L.  Hunt 62 

Office  of  the  Secretary: 

Circ.  57,  Influence  of  Relative 
Area  in  Intertilled  and  Other 
Classes    of    Crops    on    Crop 

Yield,  D.  A.  Brodie 20 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates: 

Mo,  Crop  Rpt.,  vol.  2,  No.  3, 

Mar.  16,  1916 91 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry: 

Inventory  of  Seeds  and  Plants 
Imported,  October  1  to  De- 
cember 31,  1913 29 


EXPEKIMENT    STATION    RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Bureau  of  Soils:  Vag^. 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Mississippi 
County,    Ark.,     E.     C. 

Halletal 17 

Soil  Survey  of  Webster 
Parish,  La.,  A.  H.  Meyer 

etal 17 

Soil  Survey  of  Mont- 
gomery County,  Md., 
W.  T.  Carter,  jr.,  and 

J.  P.  D.Hull 18 

Soil  Survey  of  Clinton 
County,  N.  Y.,  B.  T. 
Maxon  and  W.  R.  Cone.  18 
Soil  Survey  of  Trumbull 
County,  Ohio,  G.  N. 
Coffey,  J.  Woodard,  and 

J.M.Snyder 18 

Soil  Survey  of  Raleigh 
County,  W.  Va.,  W.  J. 

Latimer 18 

States  Relations  Service: 

Federal  Legislation,  Regula- 
tions, and  Rulings  Affecting 
Agricultural     Colleges    and 

Experiment  Stations 94 

Scientific  Contributions:'* 

A  Method  for  the  Determina- 
tion of  Alcohol  in  the  Pres- 
ence of  Phenol,  J.  Ehrlich. .         13 
Protection   from    Damage    by 

Frost,  W.  G.  Reed 15 

Effect  of  Vanillin  as  a  Soil 

Constituent,  J.  J.  Skinner..        21 
Contributions    to    Agronomic 
Terminology,  I,  C.  R.  Ball 

and  C.  V.  Piper 30 

Wood-using  Industries  of  West 
Virginia,  compiled  by  J.  C. 
Nellis  and  J .  T.  Harris 40 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Scientific  Contributions— Contd.  Page- 
Cranberry  Insect  Investiga- 
tions in  1914,  H.  B.  Scam- 
mell 55 

Biological    Therapeutics,     A. 

Eichhorn 73 

Experiments  in  Vaccination 
Against  Anthrax,  A.  Eich- 
horn          74 

Methods  of  Eradicating  Foot- 
and-Mouth  Disease,  J.  R. 
Mohler 75 

The  Distribution  and  Abun- 
dance of  the  Ox  Warbles  in 
the  United  States,  F.  C. 
Bishopp 76 

A  Little-known  Rabbit  Ear 
Mite  (Psoroptes  cuniculi), 
A.  B.  Duckett 80 

The  Movement  of  Wheat  Grow- 
ing— A  Study  of  a  Leading 
State,  C.  W.  Thompson. ...         88 

Relation  of  Jobbers  and  Com- 
mission Men  to  the  Handling 
ofProduce,C.W.  Thompson.         88 

Studies  in  Egg  Marketing,  C. 
W.Thompson 89 

Tonanry  in  the  United  States, 

G.  K.  Holmes 89 

The  Farmer's  Income,  W.  J. 

Spillman 89 

Profits  that  Farmers  Receive, 

E.H.Thomson 89 

High     School     Extension    in 

Agriculture,  C.  H.  Lane 92 

Trapping  Moles  and  the  Possi- 
ble Utilization  of  Their 
Skins,  T.  II.  Scheffer 95 


o Printed  iu  scientific  and  technical  pul>licatijus  outside  tlie  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  XXXV.  Jui.y,  1916.  No.  1. 


Some  of  our  strongest  impressions  are  gathered  from  seeing  with 
our  own  eyes  and  experiencing  by  contact  the  things  going  on  about 
us.  It  is  so  with  the  progress  of  the  experiment  stations.  We  may 
read  about  it  in  their  reports  and  hear  about  it  at  meetings,  but  only 
through  coming  into  contact  with  these  institutions  in  their  local 
environment  can  an  adequate  idea  be  had  of  their  scope,  variety,  and 
vital  place  in  the  community,  as  well  as  the  actual  conditions  under 
which  they  are  working. 

Such  an  opportunity  for  study  is  given  by  the  annual  visitation  of 
the  stations,  made  by  representatives  of  this  Office.  And  as  several 
years  usuall}^  elapse  between  the  visits  of  the  same  individual,  the 
chance  is  offered  for  measuring  the  growth  and  comparing  the  gen- 
eral situation.  Taking  account  of  any  obstacles  in  the  local  situation 
as  w^ell  as  of  the  favorable  conditions,  the  sympathetic  if  critical  exam- 
ination on  such  occasions  seeks  out  the  good  quite  as  much  as  the 
weak,  and  in  this  attitude  endeavors  to  gain  a  true  perspective.  It 
is  a  most  interesting  and  stimulating  experience — more  so  as  the  de- 
velopment goes  on.  In  no  other  way  can  a  fair  vmderstanding  and 
a  just  appreciation  of  the  stations  be  acquired. 

A  recent  tour  of  a  section  of  the  South  and  West  has  given  op- 
portunity to  come  again  into  intimate  contact  and  association  with 
the  stations  in  that  region,  and  to  see  them  at  work  in  their  own 
particular  fields.  The  trip  suggests  some  thoughts  and  impressions 
which,  while  not  necessarily  confined  to  that  section,  apply  particu- 
larly to  the  stations  there.  Although  they  naturally  present  many 
and  often  wide  differences,  taken  as  a  whole  they  are  tj'pical  of  the 
progress  and  the  spirit  of  the  present  stage. 

No  one  could  pretend  to  study  the  work  of  an  experiment  station 
in  a  visit  of  two  or  three  days,  but  by  close,  appreciative  attention 
he  may  gain  a  knowledge  of  the  men  comprising  the  force,  get  an  in- 
sight into  their  work,  catch  something  of  the  spirit  and  atmosphere 
which  dominates  the  institution,  and  gather  an  impression  of  the 
general  situation.  The  latter  relates  to  the  conditions  Avithout  as 
well  as  within  the  institution — the  general  attitude  toward  the  sta- 

1 


2  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

tion  and  its  workers  on  the  part  of  the  public,  the  governing  board, 
and  the  administrative  officers.  It  reflects  the  encouragement  and  op- 
portunity given  the  station,  and  the  feeling  as  to  the  success  and 
effectiveness  of  the  work  as  a  whole. 

Eight  conditions  are  just  as  essential  to  success  as  the  right  kind 
of  men,  and  these  two  essential  elements  can  not  be  separated  with- 
out influencing  the  general  effectiveness.  Favorable  conditions  are 
not  alone  a  matter  of  funds  or  size  of  institution,  or  geography,  or 
equipment,  or  even  of  being  let  alone.  They  are  a  matter  of  spirit, 
of  leadership,  of  sympathetic  encouragement  and  protection. 

In  these  respects  the  situation  has  steadily  improved  and  in  general 
is  most  commendable — better  in  some  places  than  in  others,  of  course, 
but  such  everywhere  as  to  make  enthusiastic,  ambitious  workers,  with 
confidence  and  pride  in  their  station.  Despite  one  or  two  disquieting 
evidences  that  tenure  is  not  yet  wholly  a  matter  of  merit,  there  was 
uniform  evidence  of  a  broader  and  more  appreciative  view  and  a 
better  understanding  of  the  requirements  of  station  work.  None  of 
the  stations  visited  have  stood  still ;  most  of  them  have  shown  such 
distinct  advancement  as  to  make  them  unquestionably  stronger,  more 
influential,  and  in  better  condition  than  they  have  ever  been  before. 
Including  as  it  does  some  of  the  newer  country  where  development 
has  been  more  tardy,  the  situation  is  most  gratifying. 

The  credit  for  this  progress  rests  back  in  large  measure  upon  the 
personnel  of  the  stations,  the  respect  and  support  they  have  been  able 
to  command,  the  opportunity  and  protection  accorded  them.  The 
men  make  the  station,  given  the  opportunity,  and  a  station  can  not 
rise  above  the  level  they  represent,  no  matter  how  generous  the  sup- 
port. It  is  strange  that  this  is  not  fully  realized,  for  failure  to  ap- 
preciate it  results  in  false  economy. 

No  one  can  come  into  personal  contact  with  the  station  workers 
on  the  field  of  their  activity  without  being  impressed  with  their  zeal 
and  industry.  They  are  an  unusually  busy  group  of  men,  keen  and 
alert,  and  with  a  zealous  interest  in  the  jDroblems  of  the  region  which 
is  blind  to  personal  hardship  or  self-sacrifice.  There  is  something 
remarkably  fine  in  the  spirit  of  service,  of  accomplishment,  which  ties 
these  men  to  their  field,  particularly  in  the  newer  country  where  the 
appeal  seems  especially  strong.  It  becomes  a  devotion ;  a  man's  life 
and  personality  seem  centered  in  the  new  country  and  the  j'oung  in- 
stitution, and  the  advancement  of  these  seems  almost  to  be  a  personal 
aspiration  with  him. 

The  position  of  such  men  has  been  well  stated  by  President  Wil- 
son, in  a  recent  address  in  which  he  characterized  the  motives  of 
men  engaged  in  scientific  work.  He  said :  "  There  is  something  very 
intensely  appealing  to  the  imagination  in  the  intellectual  ardor  which 


191C]  EDITORIAL.  3 

men  bestow  upon  scientific  inquiry.  No  social  advantage  can  be 
gained  by  it.  No  pecuniary  advantage  can  be  gained  by  it.  In  most 
cases  no  personal  distinction  can  be  gained  by  it.  It  is  one  of  the 
few  pursuits  in  life  which  gets  all  its  momentum  from  pure  intellec- 
tual ardor,  from  a  love  of  finding  out  what  the  truth  is,  regardless 
of  all  human  circumstances — as  if  the  mind  wished  to  put  itself  into 
intimate  comnumication  with  the  mind  of  the  Almighty  itself.  There 
is  something  in  scientific  inquiry  which  is  eminently  spiritual  in  its 
nature.  It  is  the  s])iiit  of  man  wishing  to  sfjuare  himself  accurately 
with  his  environment,  not  only,  but  also  Avishing  to  get  at  the  intimate 
interpretations  of  his  relationship  to  his  environment.  .  .  . 

"  So  when  I  stand  in  the  presence  of  scientific  men  I  seem  to  stand 
in  the  presence  of  those  who  are  given  the  privilege,  the  singular 
privilege,  the  almost  contradictory  privilege,  of  following  a  vision 
of  the  mind  with  o[)cn,  physical  eyes;  making  real  the  things  that 
have  been  conjectural ;  making  substantial  the  things  that  have  been 
intangible." 

This  is  singularly  applicable  to  those  engaged  in  the  various  forms 
of  agricultural  work.  Nowhere  does  the  vision  seem  to  be  more  alur- 
ing  or  the  opportunity  greater  to  "  make  real  the  things  that  have 
been  conjectural "  and  to  put  this  knowledge  into  tangible,  living 
form.  The  possibilities  and  the  desire  for  help  stimulate  the  respon- 
sive worl^ers  to  unusual  activity  and  effort.  Everywhere  these  men 
are  found  to  be  carrying  a  heavy  load  of  teaching  in  the  college,  with 
increasing  requirements  from  regular  and  graduate  students,  and 
subject  to  almost  constant  appeals  for  assistance  of  a  kind  which  they 
can  not  turn  over  to  the  extension  departments.  Despite  the  more 
general  differentiation  and  specialization  of  duties,  the  station  men 
especially  often  find  themselves  loaded  with  more  work  than  they 
can  prosecute  as  they  would  like  to,  and  are  led  by  their  enthusiasm 
to  Avork  under  unusually  high  pressure.  When  a  man  carrying  six- 
teen hours  a  week  of  teaching  throughout  the  year  voluntarily  con- 
ducts an  active  line  of  station  investigation,  often  involving  personal 
hardship  in  the  making  of  trips,  no  doubt  can  remain  of  his  zeal  and 
his  determination  not  to  be  deterred  by  circumstances. 

One  wonders  whether  there  is  another  branch  of  investigation 
where  the  problems  press  so  hard  and  the  eagerness  for  help  makes 
so  strong  an  appeal  to  the  very  best  there  is  in  men.  The  field  is  so 
inspiring  and  stimulating,  and  gives  such  a  vital  opportunity  for 
direct  service  that  the  men  need  often  to  be  guarded  against  over- 
work or  the  tendency  to  lay  out  more  than  can  be  wisely  undertaken. 
In  such  cases  the  workers  need  protection  from  themselves  and  their 
friends,  for  they  can  not  be  constantly  turned  from  their  investiga- 
tions, and  they  must  recognize  the  limitations  to  their  time  and 
strength. 


4  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

The  station  workers  sometimes  need  protection  in  another  direc- 
tion, namely,  against  unfair  critics  and  unknowing  or  self-seeking 
factions.  These  are  far  less  common  than  formerly  but  they  still 
have  to  be  reckoned  with.  Such  a  hostile  attitude  is  sometimes  di- 
rected against  the  station  as  an  organization  but  more  often  against 
an  individual  member,  especially  the  director.  Upon  these  adminis- 
trative officers  the  burden  rests  heavil}^  A  variety  of  responsibilities 
are  entrusted  to  them.  The  various  sections  and  interests  of  a  large 
State  have  to  be  considered,  and  often  are  in  competition.  Sugges- 
tion and  argument  sometimes  proceed  to  the  point  of  attempted 
dictation.  Activity  in  the  latter  direction  by  organizations  in  a 
number  of  States  constitutes  a  new  menace.  In  such  cases  the  gov- 
erning board  can  prove  a  tower  of  strength  to  the  administrative 
officers  and  can  protect  the  station  from  being  stampeded  or  subjected 
to  domination. 

Station  directors,  being  human,  make  mistakes,  but  usually  their 
errors  are  errors  of  judgment  rather  than  violations  of  principle. 
They  are  honest,  and  they  have  the  success  of  their  work  at  stake. 
Their  interest  in  the  welfare  of  the  institution  usually  far  transcends 
that  of  private  individuals  or  organizations  who  are  attempting  to 
rule  and  threatening  as  an  alternative  to  ruin.  To  cast  lightly  aside 
a  director  or  take  awa}^  his  power  because  of  attack  upon  him  is  to 
deprive  the  station  of  the  main  suj)port  it  has  a  right  to  expect  from 
the  governing  board,  and  to  encourage  a  condition  which  will  make 
successful  administration  a  difficult  matter. 

Fortunately,  the  position  of  director  has  been  almost  entirel}'^ 
divorced  from  politics  and  from  personal  influence,  and  has  usually 
been  based  on  merit  and  ability  alone.  The  good  a  successful  director 
does  and  the  results  he  accomplishes  far  transcend  his  occasional 
mistakes,  and  his  case  deserves  to  be  considered  squarely  on  its 
merits,  having  in  mind  his  record  for  constructive  work  and  his 
value  to  the  State. 

The  increase  in  physical  equipment  and  in  financial  support  of  the 
stations  in  this  western  section  makes  a  deep  impression  on  the  casual 
visitor.  The  crude  conditions  of  a  few  years  ago  have  given  way  to 
substantial  provision  in  accord  with  the  present  needs.  It  is  an  evi- 
dence of  the  acceptance  of  the  station  as  a  necessary  agency  for  safe 
progress,  and  of  a  willingness  to  meet  its  real  requirements.  On  every 
hand  there  are  signs  of  this,  and  of  the  fact  that  the  people  are  not 
only  in  a  receptive  mood  and  ready  to  follow  the  advice  of  the  sta- 
tions, but  that  they  are  leaning  upon  them  for  guidance — in  the 
development  of  such  humble  branches  as  goat  farming  as  well  as  in 
matters  pertaining  to  the  highly  developed  citrus  industry. 

We  find,  for  example,  in  Texas  a  system  of  eleven  state  stations,  to 
study  the  problems  of  particular  regions  and  special  industries  or 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  5 

t3'pes  of  farming,  closely  correlated  Avith  a  strong  central  station  at 
the  college.  This  system  is  supported  by  a  lump  sum  appropriation 
of  $13r>,()()()  annually,  together  with  proceeds  from  sales  amounting 
tt)  upwards  of  ten  thousand  more.  This  shows  a  liberality  and  confi- 
dence quite  out  of  harmony  Avith  the  present  tendency  in  some  States 
to  tie  up  the  appropriations  to  specified  expenditures  and  lines  of 
work,  and  to  take  away  from  the  station  any  incidental  revenue 
derived  from  sales  or  fees. 

The  New  Mexico  Station  is  encouraged  and  heartened  by  its  first 
state  appropriation  for  support,  which  although  small  is  of  material 
assistance.  One  of  its  special  features  of  equipment  is  a  spacious 
outdoor  laboratory  for  studying  the  duty  of  water  in  agriculture, 
hardly  equaled  anywhere.  The  facilities  offered  in  Arizona  aie  ex- 
cellent and  would  be  a  surprise  to  one  visiting  the  station  for  the  first 
time.  Among  notable  additions  are  a  splendid  new  agricultural 
building,  a  pride  to  any  State  and  an  ornament  to  any  campus,  and 
a  nevf  farm  of  100  acres  to  better  meet  the  needs  of  field  work  in  the 
Salt  River  Valley. 

We  have  learned  to  expect  large  things  of  California,  but  the  ex- 
tent to  which  it  is  meeting  the  needs  of  its  varied  agriculture,  from 
the  tropical  region  of  the  Imperial  Valley  to  the  northernmost  part 
of  the  State,  leaves  no  doubt  of  the  place  the  station  work  has  made 
for  itself  in  that  State.  A  citrus  station  is  being  developed  in  the 
southern  end  which  will  be  unequaled  in  the  world,  with  opportu- 
nity for  investigation  and  advanced  stud}^  over  the  whole  range  of 
siibtropical  agriculture.  The  new^  tract  of  475  acres  at  Kiverside, 
recently  purchased  for  this  station  at  a  cost  of  $55,000,  is  now  being 
made  ready,  and  the  plans  have  been  approved  for  buildings  to  be 
erected  with  a  $125,000  appropriation.  At  Berkeley  a  $360,000  addi- 
tion to  the  large  agricultural  building  erected  a  few  years  ago  is 
planned  for,  to  relieve  the  crow^ded  condition  of  nearly  all  the  agri- 
cultural departments. 

Elsewhere  the  progress  is  hardly  less  noticeable,  if  not  on  as  large 
a  scale.  Missouri  and  Kansas  some  time  ago  provided  their  com- 
plement of  buildings  for  agriculture,  and  are  constantly  increasing 
the  special  facilities  in  the  w  ay  of  equipment  and  apparatus.  Minor 
changes  are  also  developing  in  other  States  to  meet  the  needs  of 
particular  lines  of  investigation,  such  as  the  veterinary  work  in 
Nevada,  the  poultry  work  in  Utah,  etc.  Few  stations,  irrespective 
of  size,  have  more  adequate  equipment  for  investigation  in  chemistry 
and  meteorology  than  in  Nevada,  and  the  special  provision  made  in 
Missouri  and  Kansas  for  studies  in  the  use  of  feed  by  growing  ani- 
mals is  widely  known. 


6  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  not  a  single  station  in  the  region  visited 
fails  to  receive  some  state  appropriation  for  its  maintenance,  and 
frequentl}^  the  amount  is  very  large.  This,  it  is  to  be  remembered,  is 
in  a  relatively  new  section  in  much  of  which  cultivated  agriculture 
is  only  partially  developed  as  yet,  and  where  only  a  few  years  ago 
the  need  for  the  work  of  an  experiment  station  was  but  slightly  felt. 
The  eight  stations  in  the  section  in  question  are  this  year  devoting 
a  total  of  considerably  more  than  three-quarters  of  a  million  dollars 
to  their  work,  aside  from  appropriations  for  new  building— a  worthy 
example  for  some  of  the  States  farther  East. 

It  is  highly  gratifying,  furthermore,  to  find  the  names  of  the 
pioneers  in  agricultural  service  immortalized  in  the  buildings  erected 
for  agriculture,  often  as  stately  and  imposing  as  any  on  the  campus, 
and  worthy  memorials  to  those  who  laid  the  foundations  for  the 
present  great  deAclopment.  It  shows  that  at  heart  the  people  are 
grateful.  Confidence  in  this  fact  is  surely  one  of  the  rewards  of 
service,  even  if  evidence  of  it  is  sometimes  delayed. 

But  more  remarkable  even  than  physical  equipment  or  than  the  gen- 
erous financial  support  is  the  impression  which  the  work  itself  makes 
upon  the  visitor  in  going  from  station  to  station.  The  extent  of  it 
and  the  gi-oat  range  and  variety  of  it  are  well-nigh  bewildering — 
from  such  unusual  subjects  as  the  ostrich  and  the  date  and  the  cactus 
in  Arizona,  the  citrus,  avocado,  and  wine  and  raisin  grapes  in  Cali- 
fornia, the  range  problem  in  Nevada,  the  alkali  and  irrigation 
studies  of  other  sections,  and  the  problems  of  dry  farming,  to  the 
more  familiar  ones  of  grain  and  stock  farming  in  the  humid  sections. 

Many  of  the  broad  general  subjects  are  of  course  similar  all  over 
the  country,  and  fall  into  certain  rather  definite  classes,  but  the 
infinite  variations  given  to  common  topics  in  different  places  by 
reason  of  the  special  conditions  of  the  sections  illustrate,  as  almost 
nothing  else  does,  the  enormous  variation  in  environment  and  the 
necessarily  local  character  of  many  lines  of  inquiry.  It  shows  that 
natural  laws  must  be  very  broad  to  cover  such  a  range  of  differences, 
and  that  facts  and  principles  assumed  to  have  been  established  are 
more  restricted  than  supposed  and  often  require  local  adaptation. 

These  things  make  the  work  not  only  varied  but  highly  special- 
ized. Fighting  drought  in  one  section,  overcoming  it  with  irriga- 
tion in  others,  and  avoiding  the  effects  of  too  much  water  elsewhere — 
each  brings  its  own  special  group  of  problems  to  tax  the  knowledge 
and  the  ingenuity  of  the  most  versatile  investigator.  The  difference 
in  the  behavior  of  the  same  kind  of  soil  in  California  and  in  Kan- 
sas, and  the  variation  in  the  life  history  of  insects  and  organisms 
causing  diseases  in  sections  having  different  climate  and  season,  con- 
tribute to  the  almost  endless  variation  in  plan  and  method  as  well 


191G]  EDITORIAL.  7 

as  in  results.  A  scale  in  southern  California  apparently  withstands 
heavier  doses  of  poisonous  gas  than  the  same  species  elsewhere,  a 
type  of  cultivation  is  found  adapted  in  one  section  and  inadvisable 
in  another,  peculiar  effects  of  soil  on  the  crop  are  unmistakable  in 
some  places  and  absent  in  others — no  wonder  there  are  conflicting 
reports,  differences  of  opinion,  and  controversy.  The  accumulation 
of  these  facts  teaches  both  caution  in  too  wide  application  of  the 
fmdings  and  tolerance  of  the  views  and  results  of  others.  Both 
parties  ma}'^  be  right  when  the  whole  truth  is  known. 

T\Qiether  the  work  deals  with  practical  economic  experiments  in 
the  culture  of  plants  and  the  feeding  of  animals,  the  study  of  the 
principles  of  breeding  them,  the  activities  of  the  lesser  forms  of  life 
that  inhabit  the  soil,  or  the  ravages  of  an  insect  or  a  plant  disease, 
the  final  aim  is  control — dominion  over  the  soil,  the  growing  things, 
the  elements;  and  where  control  and  dominance  are  not  feasible,  the 
effort  is  no  less  direct  to  avoid  or  overcome  the  obstacles  by  adaptation 
or  hj  finding  some  means  of  getting  around  them. 

Ever3'where  the  aim  is  to  understand,  to  dominate  and  control 
thrcugli  knowledge,  to  make  intelligence  take  the  place  of  blind 
force  in  fighting  against  the  effects  of  adverse  conditions  and  cir- 
cumstances. And  above  all,  to  replace  tradition  with  reliable  infor- 
mation, and  to  establish  in  these  early  and  prosperous  days  a  basis  of 
knowledge  and  intelligence  which  will  prevent  the  coming  of  those 
hard  conditions  which  result  from  worn-out  soil  and  abusive  practice. 
43795°— No.  1—16 2 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Practical  organic  and  biochemistry,  R.  H.  A.  Plimmer  {London  and  New 
York:  Longmans,  Green  d  Co.,  1915,  pp.  XII+6S5,  pi.  1,  figs.  86).— This  is  a 
practical  laboratory  guide  of  organic  chemistry  in  its  relation  to  biochemistry. 
The  scope  of  the  volume  has  been  extended  over  that  of  the  author's  earlier 
work,  new  sections  on  organic  chemistry  and  organic  substances  found  in 
plants  having  been  added. 

A  list  of  standard  and  special  reagents  is  appended. 

The  world  of  neglected  dimensions,  W.  Ostwald  {Die  Welt  der  Vernach- 
Idssigten  Dimensionen.  Dresden:  Theodor  Steinkopff,  1915,  pp.  X-\-219,  pis.  6, 
figs.  33). — This  volume  is  the  outcome  of  a  series  of  lectures  on  colloid  chemistry 
delivered  during  the  winter  of  1913-14  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The 
subjects  discussed  are  (1)  the  fundamental  phenomena  of  the  colloid  condition, 
colloids  as  disperse  systems,  and  the  methods  of  preparing  colloidal  solutions ; 
(2)  colloidal  systems;  (3)  changes  in  colloid  condition;  (4)  the  scientific 
npplication  of  colloid  chemistry;  and  (5)  the  technical  and  practical  application 
of  colloid  chemistry.    An  appendix  and  a  complete  subject  index  are  included. 

Annual  reports  on  the  progress  of  chemistry  for  1913—14,  edited  by  J.  C. 
Cain  and  A.  J.  Gbeenaway  {Ann.  Rpts.  Prog.  Chem.  [London},  10  {1913),  pp. 
IX+300,  fig.  1;  11  {1914),  pp.  VIII +303,  figs.  9).— These  reports  deal  with  the 
progress  in  general,  physical,  inorganic,  organic,  analytical,  physiological, 
agricultural,  and  mineralogicai  chemistry,  vegetable  physiology,  and  radio- 
activity. 

Beport  of  the  agricultural  chemist,  J.  C.  Bbunnich  {Ann.  Rpt.  Dept.  Agr. 
and  Stock  [Queensland],  1914-15,  pp.  30-61). — This  report  contains  a  general 
review  of  the  routine  and  investigational  work  carried  on  during  the  year  1914- 
15. 

The  results  of  the  soil,  water,  seed,  wheat,  and  flour  analyses  are  recorded 
in  tabular  form,  those  of  soils  being  also  noted  on  page  20  of  this  issue. 

On  the  isolation  and  properties  of  tethelin,  the  growth-controlling  prin- 
ciple of  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary  body,  T.  B.  Rouektson  {Jour.  Biol. 
Chem.,  24  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  409-421,  pi.  1).— The  substance  which  appears  to 
be  the  growth-controlling  principle  in  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary  body 
wns  isolated  by  extraction  with  boiling  alcohol,  concentrating  under  reduced 
pressure  to  incipient  separation  of  solid  material,  and  then  precipitating  by 
anhydrous  ether.  The  precipitate  thus  formed  was  washed  several  times  with 
a  mixture  of  absolute  alcohol  and  anhydrous  ether  and  finally  dried  over  sul- 
plmric  acid  at  a  temperature  of  about  30  to  35°  C. 

The  material  is  soluble  in  water,  ethyl  alcohol,  ethyl  ether,  chloroform,  and 
carbon  tetrachlorid,  but  insoluble  in  an  alcohol-ether  mixture  (1:1.5).  It  con- 
tains 1.4  per  cent  of  plK>sphorus,  and  2.58  per  cent  of  nitrogen  as  determined  by 
the  Kjeldahl-Gunning-Arnold  method.  The  P :  N  ratio  is  thus  approximately  1 :  4, 
two  nitrogen  atoms  of  which  are  present  as  amino  groups  and  a  third  as  an 
8 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  9 

imino  group,  which  on  hydrolysis  with  barium  hydroxid  is  converted  to  an 
amino  group,  as  shown  by  an  increase  in  tlie  amino  nitrogen  content.  From 
the  products  produced  by  hydrolysis  with  barium  hydroxid  several  fractions 
were  isolated,  from  one  of  which  rf-i-inosite  was  obtained. 

In  aqueous  solution  the  substance  does  not  yield  the  biuret  reaction  or  reduce 
Fehling's  solution.  Qualitative  tests  indicate  the  presence  of  an  iminazolyl 
group,  and  in  this  respect  it  seems  to  be  related  to  the  physiologically  active 
principles  of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary,  but  it  does  not  possess  the 
characteristic  properties  of  these  substances,  viz,  the  production  of  a  rise  in 
the  blood  pressure,  stimulation  of  smooth  muscles,  and  diuresis. 

A  new  method  for  the  preparation  of  the  plant  globulins,  G.  Reeves 
(Biochem.  Jour.,  9  {1915),  No.  4i  PP-  508-510). — The  author  describes  a  new 
procedure  in  which  the  proteins  are  obtained  by  extraction  with  a  half-normal 
solution  of  sodium  benzoate  and  precipitated  from  this  extract  by  dilution  with 
water.  The  amorphous  material  thus  obtained  can  be  obtained  in  the  crystal- 
line form  in  the  usual  manner  of  recry stall ization  from  salt  solution.  Edestin 
from  hemp  seed,  excelsin  from  the  Brazil  nut,  and  a  mixture  of  legumin  and 
vicillin  from  horse  beans  were  thus  prepared.  Sodium  salicylate  was  also  tried 
as  a  solvent  but  was  found  to  be  unsuitable. 

Notes  on  some  fatty  and  essential  oils,  S.  Higuchi  {Extracts  from  Bui. 
Forest  Expt.  Sta.,  Tokyo,  1015,  pp.  Sl-88). — The  author  reports  the  physical 
and  chemical  constants  of  various  oils  obtained  from  seeds  and  woods  indig- 
enous to  Japan.     The  value  and  use  of  the  various  oils  are  indicated. 

Recent  advances  relating  to  the  composition  and  analysis  of  edible  oils 
and  fats,  E.  R.  Bolton  and  C.  Revis  {Analyst,  40  {1915),  No.  477,  pp.  494-503).— 
This  communication  reviews  in  general  the  advances  made  in  the  subject  of 
edible  oils  and  fats  during  the  past  few  years.  The  original  references  to  the 
work  are  cited  and  briefly  discussed. 

Tobacco  seed  oil,  N.  H.  Cohen  {Indische  Mercuttr,  38  {1915),  No.  43^  PP-  8S4, 
885;  abs.  in  Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  {1916),  No.  2,  p.  126).— The  oil  obtained 
from  the  tobacco  seed  was  found  to  be  a  rapid-drying  oil  and  an  excellent 
substitute  for  linseed  oil.  About  14.4  per  cent  of  oil  was  obtained  from  the 
seed.  The  press  cake  was  found  to  contain  about  0.8  per  cent  of  potassium,  1.15 
per  cent  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  4.2  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  as  compared  with  2.06 
per  cent  of  potassium,  1.5  per  cent  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  4.2  per  cent  of  nitro- 
gen in  the  seeds. 

Stearins  occurring  in  fats  and  their  behavior  during  hydrogenation, 
.1.  Makcusson  and  G.  Meyerheim  {Mitt.  K.  Materialpriifungsaint  Gross-Lich- 
terfelde  West,  33  {1915),  No.  3-4,  pp.  ^2i-2;?6).— Experimental  data  demon- 
strating that  during  the  hydrogenation  of  fats  the  stearins  are  not  attacked  or 
changed  in  any  way  are  submitted.  These  results  are  in  accord  with  those 
reported  by  Bomer  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  616). 

Some  important  fermentations  in  silage,  O,  W.  Hunter  and  L.  D.  Bushnell 
{Kansas  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  2  {1916),  pp.  5-32).— This  bulletin  reports  the  results 
of  a  detailed  study  of  the  ripening  changes  occurring  in  silage.  The  results  of 
the  quantitative  estimation  of  the  total  number  of  organisms  in  1  cc.  of  a 
physiological  salt  solution  extract  and  of  the  number  of  liqueflers,  acid  pro- 
ducers, Bulgarian  group,  yeasts,  and  colon  group  in  Kafir  corn,  cane-fodder, 
and  alfalfa  silage  are  reported  in  tabular  form.  Chemical  analyses  relative  to 
the  moisture,  total  acidity,  total  volatile  acidity,  and  total  nonvolatile  acidity, 
together  with  the  surface  and  center  temperatures  of  the  silo,  are  also  reported. 

The  effect  of  antiseptics  on  silage  fermentation  was  also  studied.  Antiseptics 
were  found  to  inhibit  markedly  the  growth  of  the  principal  types  of  the  micro- 
organisms and  consequently  cause  a  marked  decrease  in  the  final  total  acidity. 


10  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

It  is  indicated  tliat  in  general  tlie  greater  part  of  silage  fermentation  is  due 
<o  the  activity  of  micro-organisms  consisting  of  four  prominent  groups,  (1)  the 
acid  group,  (2)  the  colon  group,  (3)  yeasts,  and  (4)  a  miscellaneous  type.  The 
most  important  fermentation  is  that  of  acid  production  which  is  largely  due  to 
a  group  of  organisms  belonging  to  the  Bulgarian  group. 

The  morphology  and  tlie  cultural  and  biochemical  features  of  the  Bulgarian 
group  organisms  are  described  in  detail. 

On  the  urease  of  the  soy  bean  and  its  "  coenzym,"  N.  Onodeka  {Biochem. 
Jour.,  9  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  575-590). — It  has  been  shown  that  "the  urease  of 
soy  bean  loses  its  activity  on  dialysis.  The  lost  activity  is  restored  by  the 
addition  of  a  small  amount  of  fresh  urease.  This  indicates  that  the  fresh  urease 
contains  coenzym.  The  coenzym  could  not  be  separated,  accordingly  its  nature 
Is  not  yet  known.  It  is  very  likely  that  the  coenzym  is  a  system  consisting 
of  two  groups  of  components,  one  of  wliich  is  dialyzable  and  the  other  undialy- 
zable.  Tlie  dialyzable  component  undergoes  some  irreversible  change  during 
dialysis. 

"The  coenzym  consists  of  two  parts,  fixed  and  free.  Heating  and  dialysis 
destroy  the  free  coenzym  first,  then  the  fixed  coenzym.  Tlie  last  portion  of  the 
fixed  coenzym  is  found  in  the  precipitate  produced  by  dialysis,  resisting  the 
influence  of  heating  and  dialysis  tenaciously.  The  inhibitory  elTects  of  heat, 
acid,  and  alkali  are  exerted  upon  the  coenzym,  but  not  upon  the  iirease 
proper.  In  germination  urease  accunnilates  in  the  germs  of  the  soy  beans  in 
large  proportion,  but  free  coenzym  is  absent.  Although  ox  serum  has  an  acceler- 
ating power,  it  contains  no  substance  which  can  be  compared  Avith  the  coenzym." 

On  the  effects  of  various  substances  (electrolytes,  nonelecti'olytes,  alka- 
loids, etc.)  upon  the  urease  of  soy  bean,  N.  Onodeka  (Biochem.  Jour.,  9 
{1915),  No.  4,  PP-  5ji4-571f,  figs.  2). — The  experimental  data  demonstrate  that  in 
the  inhibitory  effects  of  inorganic  and  organic  acids  on  urease  the  hydrogen  ion 
concentration  plays  a  very  important  role,  but  does  not  coincide  with  this  In 
the  inhibitory  effects  of  caustic  soda  and  ammonia.  The  inhibitory  effect  of 
soda  can  be  ascribed  to  the  hydroxyl  ion  concentration,  but  ammonia  has  some 
further  action.  Methyl,  ethyl,  and  propyl  alcohol  in  1-molar  solutions  and  amyl 
alcohol  in  ^ -molar  solution  accelerate  the  urease  action,  but  stronger  solu- 
tions retard  the  action.  Aldehyde  inhibits  urease  notably.  The  effect  of 
neutral  salts  is  due  to  their  metallic  bases.  Tenth-normal  solutions  retard 
urease  action  because  metallic  bases  displaced  by  the  ammonia  produce  a 
greater  hydroxjd  ion  concentration  than  the  equivalent  of  ammonia.  Alkaloid 
salts  accelerate  the  action  in  the  the  first  stage  of  hydrolysis.  The  bases,  how- 
ever, markedly  inhibit  the  action. 

Factors  influencing  catalase  in  milk,  H.  M.  Hoyberg  {Ztschr.  Fleisch.  n. 
Milehhyg.,  26  {1915),  Nos.  5,  pp.  70-71;  6,  pp.  85-88;  26  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  104- 
106). — The  author  concludes  that  the  catalase  activity  of  milk  and  serum  is 
dependent  on  the  protein,  probably  the  albumin.  Serum  and  milk  can  possess 
catalase  properties  in  the  absence  of  bacteria,  cell  elements,  and  fibrin.  The 
catalase  activity  did  not  change  in  milk  which  has  stood  for  10  hours  at  15°  C. 
(.59°  F.),  and  in  some  cases  an  increase  was  evident.  The  activity  was 
Increased  in  many  cases  by  heating  to  45",  and  at  68°  the  catalase  is  destroyed. 
Changes  in  the  reaction  of  the  milk  do  not  affect  the  catalase,  which  is  appar- 
ently contrary  to  the  enzym  theory  of  action. 

Notes  on  the  catalase  reaction  of  milk,  H.  B.  Taylob  (Jour,  and  Proc.  Roy. 
Hoc.  N.  »S'.  M^alcs,  48  {1914),  No.  3,  pp.  319-332).— In  the  course  of  an  investi- 
gation on  the  physico-chemical  constants  of  milk  the  author  has  observed  that 
the  velocity  constant  in  the  catalase  reaction  varies  considerably  in  different 


191C]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  ll 

samples.  This  variation  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  production  of  the  catalase 
by  bacteria  in  the  milk  while  still  in  the  ndder,  or  later  by  bacteria  from  the  air. 

The  rate  of  destruction  of  milk  catalase  is  greatly  increased  by  the  rise  of 
temperature.  Potassium  cyanid  and  hydrogen  cyanid,  although  decreasing  the 
activity  of  the  enzym,  have  the  effect  of  causing  the  enzym  to  decompose  a 
greater  amount  of  hydrogen  peroxid.  It  is  concluded  that  "  there  appears  to  be 
no  doubt  that  the  catalase  of  milk  is  analogous  to  the  catalase  obtained  from 
blood." 

The  persistence  of  liydrog'en  peroxid  in  milk,  E.  Hinks  (Analyst,  40  (1915), 
No.  417,  pp.  4^2-491)- — The  length  of  time  during  which  varying  concentra- 
tions of  hydrogen  peroxid  persist  in  both  fresh  and  old  milk  and  the  influence 
of  temperature  on  its  persistence  was  studied. 

It  was  found  that  hydrogen  peroxid  is  at  first  rapidly  destroyed  but  that  the 
rate  of  destruction  gradually  diminishes.  If  the  concentration  of  peroxid  is  high 
enough  to  withstand  the  rapid  initial  destruction  the  residual  peroxid  remains 
fairly  constant  over  long  periods  of  time.  Fresh  milk  destroys  hydrogen  peroxid 
less  readily  than  3-day-old  milk.  The  effect  of  a  rise  in  temperature  was  to 
lengthen  the  time  during  which  peroxid  persisted,  but  the  initial  destruction  was 
found  to  be  greater  at  the  elevated  temperature.  It  is  concluded  that  the  ulti- 
mate result  must  be  due  to  the  combined  destructive  effect  of  the  catalase  on  the 
peroxid  and  of  the  peroxid  on  the  catalase. 

Of  the  reagents  used  for  the  peroxidase  reactions  paraphenylenediamin  was 
found  to  be  the  most  generally  applicable.  On  account  of  the  destruction  of 
peroxidase  by  peroxid  it  is  necessary  when  testing  for  the  latter  to  add  some 
fresh  milk  to  the  sample  in  order  to  insure  the  presence  of  peroxidase.  In 
applying  the  peroxidase  reactions  for  the  detection  of  previous  heating  the 
possibility  of  the  milk  having  received  an  addition  of  peroxid  must  be  consid- 
ered, for  a  milk  containing  peroxid  and  a  heated  milk  will,  under  certain  cir- 
cumstances, react  in  exactly  the  same  manner. 

Commercial  and  industrial  analysis  (organic),  G.  Halphen  and  C.  Quii> 
LAKD  (La  Practique  des  Essais  Commerciaux  et  Indiistriels ;  Matieres  Or- 
ffaniqites.  Paris:  J.  B.  BaiUiere  &  Sons,  1915,  3.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  YII-{-S49, 
figs.  79). — This  volume  outlines  in  detail  procedures  for  the  examination  and 
analysis  of  amylaceous  materials,  spices,  sugar  materials  and  products,  liqueiu'S 
and  other  fermented  beverages,  milk,  cheese,  edible  oils,  waxes,  resins,  caout- 
chouc, mineral  oils,  fuel,  coal-tar  products,  fats,  paper,  textiles,  tanning  mate- 
rials and  leather.  The  microscopical  as  well  as  the  chemical  analysis  is 
considered. 

Boiling  and  condensing  points  of  alcohol-water  mixtures,  P.  N.  E\ans 
(Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  260-262,  fig.  i).— The  rela- 
tion between  the  boiling  point  (or  condensing  point)  and  the  composition  of  both 
the  liquid  and  vapor  phases  of  various  mixtures  of  alcohol  and  water  has  been 
determined.  These  data  are  presented  in  tabular  form  and  are  of  value  in  deter- 
mining the  quantity  of  alcohol  present  in  an  unknown  mixture  from  its  boiling 
point.  The  accuracy  of  the  results  by  this  procedure  is  necessarily  less  than  by 
the  more  difficult  method  of  distillation  and  the  determination  of  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  distillate  with  a  pycnometer. 

The  electrolytic  determination  of  iodin  present  in  organic  matter,  R.  B. 
Krauss  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  24  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  321-325).— In  the  proposed 
method,  which  is  described  in  detail,  palladium  is  first  deposited  from  an  ammo- 
niacal  solution  of  palladous  iodid  on  a  platinum  cathode,  and  the  iodin  sub- 
sequently on  a  silver  anode.  The  new  procedure  provides  an  adequate  check 
on  a  series  of  determinations  by  the  palladous  iodid  colorimetric  method,  pre- 
viously described  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  504),  but  is  far  less  sensitive. 


12  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.  35 

A  proposed  new  method  for  citrate-insoluble  phosphoric  acid,  0.  H.  Hunt 
(Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  25 J-253 )  .—Confirming  the 
findings  of  previous  investigators,  the  author  has  shown  that  lime,  limestone, 
and  other  calcium  compounds  increase  the  citrate-insoluble  phosphoric  acid. 
The  ratio  between  the  lime,  determined  as  such,  and  the  citrate-insoluble  phos- 
phoric acid  has  been  shown  to  be  fairly  constant. 

"  In  the  proposed  method  the  fertilizer  is  digested  as  for  total  phosphoric  acid. 
An  aliquot  is  made  alkaline  with  ammonia  and  the  phosphoric  acid  is  determined 
in  the  precipitate  thus  formed.  The  ratio  between  the  citrate-insoluble  phos- 
phoric acid  and  the  phosphoric  acid  precipitated  with  ammonia  is  about  1 : 1.5. 
By  dividing  the  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  precipitated  with  ammonia  by  1.5 
we  obtain  a  figure  which  is  approximately  equal  to  the  citrate-insoluble  phos- 
phoric acid  determined  by  the  official  method.  The  plus  and  minus  errors  in 
the  final  results  nearly  balance  each  other. 

"The  fact  that  the  errors  for  bone  meal  are  nearly  the  same,  and  that  for 
tankage  and  complete  fertilizers  are  also  nearly  the  same  but  of  opposite  quan- 
tity, seems  to  suggest  a  possibility  of  using  a  different  factor  for  different  types 
of  fertilizers.  The  difference  between  the  results  obtained  by  the  official  and 
proposed  methods  is  no  greater  than  the  differences  in  the  results  obtained  by 
different  analysts  working  on  the  same  sample  when  the  official  method  is  used. 
The  proposed  method  claims  to  be  much  shorter  and  less  expensive,  doing  away 
W'ith  the  use  and  preparation  of  neutral  ammonium  citrate." 

The  determination  of  citric-acid-soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  Thomas  slag 
by  the  iron-citrate  method,  Celichowski  and  F.  Pilz  (Ztschr.  Landw. 
Vcrsuchsw.  Osterr.,  18  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  581-591). — It  has  been  shown  that  in 
the  preparation  of  the  iron-citrate  solution  a  clear,  fresh  solution  of  iron  chlorid 
can  be  used.  Old  solutions  which  are  partly  decomposed  and  contain  colloidal 
iron  oxid  are  to  be  avoided.  The  iron-citrate  solution  used  in  the  determination 
must  not  be  too  old,  as  it  may  influence  the  results  due  to  partial  dissociation. 
The  hydrogen-peroxid  solution  should  be  comparatively  fresh  and  controlled  by 
testing  from  time  to  time.  In  the  determination  the  reagents  should  be  added 
to  the  citric  acid  extract  in  the  following  order :  Iron-citrate  solution,  hydrogen 
peroxid,  and  magnesium  mixture.  To  insure  a  rapid  separation  of  the  mag- 
nesium precipitate  the  solution  should  be  strongly  agitated. 

The  determination  of  potassium  in  fertilizers,  F.  Pilz  (Ztschr.  Landw. 
Versuchsw.  Osterr.,  18  (1915),  No.  J^-5,  pp.  117-108.) — From  preliminary  experi- 
ments the  author  has  developed  a  method  for  the  determination  of  potassium 
in  separate  (potassium  chlorid,  kainit,  kieserite,  etc.)  and  mixed  potassium 
fertilizers  (pota.ssium  superphosphate,  wood  ashes,  etc.)  similar  to  the  per- 
chlorate  method.  The  procedure  is  described  in  detail  and  tables  for  the  con- 
version of  KC1()4  into  K2O  appended. 

Note  on  the  estimation  of  fat  in  food  for  infants,  H.  G.  Chapman  (Jour, 
and  Proc.  Roy.  Sue.  N.  S.  Wales,  JfS  (191J,),  No.  3,  pp.  -JCS-// 72). —Certain  dis- 
crepancies in  the  estimation  of  fat  in  infant  foods  by  different  procedures  are 
reported. 

The  analysis  of  maple  products. — VI,  A  volumetric  lead  subacetate  test 
for  purity  of  maple  sirup,  J.  F.  Snell,  N.  C.  MacFaklank,  and  G.  J.  Van 
ZoEKEN  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Enyin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  241-2^3,  fig.  1). — 
The  volumetric  lead  subacetate  method  proposed  by  the  authors  consists  in 
diluting  the  sirup  to  10  times  its  original  volume  and  titrating  with  a  standard 
subacetate  solution,  the  end  i)oint  being  measured  by  ele<'trical  resistance.  The 
volunu'fric  lead  number  is  then  the  abscissa  of  the  p<»int  of  intersection  of 
two  striiiglit  lines  on  the  plot,  with  volumes  as  abscissje  and  resistances  as 
ordinates.    It  is  concluded  that  If  future  work  corroboi-ates  the  past  exi»erience 


1916]  AGRTCULTUBAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  13 

of  the  reliability  of  the  method  the  test  will  prove  the  most  useful  single  test  for 
the  purity  of  maple  products  yet  proposed. 

Experimental  data  obtained  by  the  proposed  volumetric  lead  method  and 
by  the  Canadian  lead  number  method  from  20  samples  are  submitted. 

The  determination  of  cholesterol  in  blood,  W.  li.  Bi-oou  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem., 
24  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  227-2S1).— The  author  describes  a  quantitative  colori- 
metric  procedure  for  the  determination  of  cholesterol,  based  on  the  Liebermann- 
Burchard  color  reaction. 

The  method  consists  of  slowly  adding  from  a  pipette  3  cc.  of  whole  blood, 
plasma,  or  serum  to  75  cc.  of  alcohol-ether  (3:1)  mixture,  contained  in  a  100  cc. 
graduated  flask.  The  contents  of  the  flask  are  kept  in  motion  to  avoid  clump- 
ing of  the  precipitated  material,  and  raised  to  boiling  by  immersion  in  a  water 
bath.  The  flask  is  then  cooled  to  room  temperature,  filled  to  the  mark  with 
the  alcohol  mixture,  thoroughly  mixed,  and  filtered.  Ten  cc.  of  this  extract  is 
evaporated  to  dryness  in  a  small  beaker,  care  being  taken  to  prevent  over- 
heating, and  the  cholesterol  extracted  fi'om  the  dry  residue  by  boiling  out 
three  or  four  times  with  small  portions  of  chloroform  and  decanting  into  a 
10  cc.  glass-stoppered,  graduated  cylinder.  This  solution  should  be  colorless 
but  not  necessarily  clear.  To  this,  2  cc.  of  acetic  anhydrid  and  0.1  cc.  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  are  added,  the  solution  well  mixed,  and  then  allowed 
to  set  in  the  dark  for  15  minutes.  The  color  thus  produced  is  compared  to 
that  produced  by  a  standard  solution  of  cholesterol  in  chloroform,  in  a  Du- 
boscq  colorimeter.  The  cement  of  the  colorimeter  cups  must  not  be  soluble  in 
chloroform.  Plaster  of  Paris  or  ordinary  glue  have  been  found  satisfactory 
if  the  cups  are  not  used  for  any  other  purpose. 

The  error  of  the  above  method  is  from  4  to  5  per  cent.  Greater  accuracy 
may  be  obtained  at  the  expense  of  more  material  and  time.  Experimental  re- 
sults obtained  with  the  new  procedure  average  about  20  per  cent  higher  than 
those  obtained  by  the  Autenrieth-Funk  method." 

The  volumetric  estimation  of  total  sulphur  and  sulphates  in  small  quan- 
tities of  urine,  J.  C.  Deummond  (Biochem.  Jour.,  9  (1915),  No.  4>  PP-  492- 
501). — An  improved  procedure  of  the  benzidin  method  of  Raiziss  and  Dubin 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  415)  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in  urine  and  other  bio- 
logical material,  in  which  as  little  as  2  cc.  of  sample  can  be  used,  is  described. 
The  precipitated  benzidin  sulphate  is  titrated  with  a  xuis-iiormal  alkali. 

A  method  for  the  determination  of  alcohol  in  the  presence  of  phenol, 
J.  Ehkoch  (Jovr.  Indus,  and  Emjin.  Chcm.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  240,  241).— The 
author  has  observed  that,  in  the  usual  method  of  determining  ethyl  alcohol 
In  the  presence  of  phenol  by  means  of  distillation  from  strongly  alkaline  solu- 
tion, a  trace  of  phenol  resulting  from  the  partial  hydrolysis  of  the  phenolate 
is  always  carried  over  in  the  distillate. 

To  obviate  this  source  of  error  in  the  method  proposed,  any  phenol  that  may 
be  carried  over  in  the  first  distillation  is  precipitated  with  bromin,  the  slight 
excess  of  bromin  being  immediately  removed  with  normal  sodium  thiosulphate. 
The  precipitated  tribromphenol  is  dissolved  as  the  phenolate  by  alkali,  the  mix- 
ture again  distilled,  and  the  alcohol  thus  determined. 

If  the  original  phenol  content  is  low  the  first  distillation  may  be  omitted. 
If  there  is  a  great  amount  present  two  distillations  are  necessary,  as  the  bulky 
precipitate  of  tribromphenol  makes  it  impossible  to  perceive  when  an  excess  of 
bromin  is  present. 

Experimental  results  submitted  indicate  the  great  accuracy  of  the  pro- 
cedure. 

"  :Miinohcu  Mod.  AVclinschr.,  GO  (1913),  No.  2.'5,  pp.  1243-1248. 


14  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

A  rapid  pycnometric  method  for  "  gravity  solids "  in  cane-sugar  fac- 
tories, H.  S.  Walker  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  262- 
264 ) . — ^A  procedure  using  a  modified  pycnometer  with  specially  constructed  cor- 
rection tables  is  described  in  detail.  In  the  proposed  method  the  average  error 
is  greatly  reduced. 

Theories  on  the  formation  of  molasses  from  the  standpoint  of  phases, 
T.  VAN  DEN  Linden  (Meded.  Proefstat.  Java-Suikerindus.,  5  {1915),  Nos.  14,  pp. 
419-436,  figs.  5;  16,  pp.  447-476,  figs.  10;  Arch.  Suikerindus.  Nederland.  Indie, 
23  {1915),  Nos.  27,  pp.  1033-1050,  figs.  5;  87,  pp.  1389-1418,  figs.  10).— The 
author  reports  the  results  of  his  investigation  of  the  3-phase  system,  saccharose 
and  nonsaccharose  material  and  water,  and  indicates  its  probable  application  in 
practical  sugar  manufacture. 

A  proposed  method  for  the  profitable  utilization  of  waste  sulphite  liquor, 
H.  V.  Tartae  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  226-228).— 
As  the  result  of  an  investigation  to  determine  the  possibility  of  utilizing  waste 
sulphite  liquors,  conducted  in  an  experimental  distillery  at  the  Oregon  Exper- 
ment  Station,  a  simple  and  easily  controlled  process  for  the  economic  produc- 
tion of  alcohol  from  the  liquor  was  developed.  In  the  process  the  sulphite  liquor 
is  so  detoxicated  as  to  make  it,  when  properly  diluted,  practically  harmless 
to  fish. 

Fruit  preserving:  Canning,  bottling,  jam-making,  and  candying  peel, 
W.  J.  Allen  {Dept.  Agr.  N.  S.  Wales,  Farmers'  Bui.  88,  2.  cd.  {1915),  pp.  JfS, 
figs.  21). — This  is  the  second  edition  of  the  publication  previously  noted  (E.  S. 
R.,  32,  p.  509).  Some  new  material  on  the  canning  of  vegetables  has  been 
added. 

METEOROLOGY. 

Climatic  variations  and  economic  cycles,  E.  Huntington  {Geogr.  Rev.,  1 
{1916),  No.  3,  pp.  192-202,  figs.  4). — This  is  a  critical  review  of  recent  contri- 
butions to  this  subject,  particularly  those  of  Moore  and  Pettersson.  It  is 
pointed  out  that,  from  a  study  of  the  rainfall  in  the  Ohio  Valley  and  Illinois 
and  its  relation  to  the  growth  of  corn,  oats,  hay,  and  potatoes,  Moore  concludes  * 
that  " '  the  weather  conditions  represented  by  the  rainfall  in  the  central  part 
of  the  United  States,  and  probably  in  other  continental  areas,  pass  through 
cycles  of  approximately  33  years  and  8  years  in  duration,  causing  like  cycles 
in  the  yield  per  acre  of  the  crops.  .  .  .  The  rhythm  in  the  activity  of  economic 
life,  the  alternation  of  buoyant,  purposeful  expansion  with  aimless  depression, 
is  caused  by  the  rhythm  of  the  yield  per  acre  of  the  crops ;  while  the  rhythm 
in  the  production  of  the  crops  is,  in  turn,  caused  by  the  cyclical  changes  in  the 
amount  of  rainfall.  The  law  of  the  cycles  of  rainfall  is  the  law  of  the  cycles 
of  crops  and  the  law  of  economic  cycles.' "  Essentially  the  same  conclusions 
have  been  reached  by  Pettersson,  Clayton,  Bruckner,  and  others. 

"Various  hypotheses  as  to  cyclic  changes  in  climate  are  briefly  discussed  in 
their  relation  to  their  economic  effects  on  man,  plants,  and  animals. 

The  money  value  of  rainfall  in  selected  crop  areas  of  the  United  States, 
E.  J.  Cuagok  {Jour.  Geogr.,  14  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  1-6;  ahs.  in  Interna t.  Inst.  Agr. 
[Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1574, 
1575). — Tliis  article  gives  in  brief  the  results  of  an  attempt  to  work  out  the 
correlation  of  rainfall  to  wheat  and  corn  production  in  definite  mathematical 
form.  For  example,  it  is  calculated  from  the  available  data  that  the  average 
wheat  yield  (bushels  per  acre)  is  about  twice  the  number  of  inches  of  average 

"  Economi(;  Cycli's  :  Tlicir  I-iiw  and  Cause,  II.  li.  Moore.  New  York  :  The  Macmillan  Co., 
lJtl4,  p.  149. 


1916]  METEOROLOGY.  15 

rainfall  of  May  and  June  in  North  Dakota,  1.7  times  the  rainfall  of  these 
months  in  South  Dakota,  about  the  same  as  the  inches  of  rainfall  during  Jan- 
uary, February,  March,  and  April  in  California,  four  times  the  inches  of  rain- 
fall during  these  months  in  Washington,  and  less  than  twice  the  inches  of 
rainfall  of  March,  April,  and  May  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska, 

In  regions  of  ordinarily  abundant  (as  compared  with  regions  of  deficient) 
rainfall,  like  Minnesota,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Missouri,  there  was  found 
to  be  no  direct  relation  between  wheat  yield  and  average  rainfall.  "  The  re- 
sults in  all  cases  indicate,  however,  that  the  best  crops  can  be  expected  when 
the  rainfall  is  below  the  normal  amount  during  the  critical  months  of  the 
growing  season."  It  was  found  that  "  in  average  years,  the  yield  of  corn 
throughout  the  corn  belt  was  approximately  eight  times  the  July  rainfall.  In 
the  best  years,  however,  the  yield  was  only  seven  times  the  rainfall  for  this 
month,  and  in  the  poorest  years  it  was  ten  times  as  great." 

Correlations  are  made  of  the  approximate  money  value  of  different  amounts 
of  rainfall  to  each  crop  in  the  area  of  deficient  rainfall. 

Protection  from,  damage  by  frost,  W.  G.  Reed  (Geogr.  Rev.,  1  {1916),  No. 
2,  pp.  110-122,  figs.  8). — Conditions  of  frost  occurrence,  frost  damage,  methods 
of  protection,  and  frost  forecasting  are  briefly  discussed.  The  conclusion  is 
reached  that  the  low  temperatures  resulting  in  frost  injury  "  can  be  prevented 
by  heating  the  lower  air  to  supply  the  loss  of  heat  to  the  cold  earth  and  by 
checking  radiation  from  the  earth ;  mixing  the  air  is  not  now  practicable. 
The  methods  most  successful  commercially  depend  upon  the  combination  of 
heat  and  smoke.  The  best  practice  is  fairly  clean-burning  small  fires,  one  to 
each  one  or  two  trees." 

Relation  of  the  soil  to  meterological  factors,  E.  G.  Loske  (Trudy  Selsk. 
Khoz.  Met.,  Nos.  8  (1911),  pp.  XII-\-104;  9  (1912),  pp.  XIV+105-3S4;  11 
(1915),  pp.  XVII+335-S00). — The  literature  of  investigations  bearing  on  the 
subject  is  exhaustively  reviewed  and  digested. 

Aridity  and  humidity  maps  of  the  United  States,  M.  Jefferson  (Oeogr. 
Rev.,  1  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  203-208,  figs.  2). — Two  maps  are  described  in  which 
an  attempt  has  been  made  to  represent  simply  and  clearly  the  essential  facts 
of  rainfall  "  that  condition  life  in  the  United  States." 

Agricultural  meteorology  in  Canada,  R.  W.  Mills  (Agr.  Gaz.  Canada,  8 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  171f-179). — This  article  briefly  explains  the  purpose  and  plan 
of  the  work  of  the  department  of  agricultural  meteorology  of  the  Meteorological 
Service  of  Canada,  which  was  organized  in  1914  to  study  the  relation  <tf  meteoro- 
logical conditions  to  crop  growths  by  methods  similar  to  those  employed  in 
Russia. 

It  is  stated  that  14  stations  well  distributed  over  Canada  were  in  operation 
in  1915  for  the  purpose  of  studying  the  relation  of  meteorological  factors  to 
the  growth  of  spring  wheat.  The  plan  followed  called  for  the  collection  of 
information  regarding  "  (1)  general  field  conditions  and  the  farming  methods 
employed,  (2)  dates  of  the  important  stages  in  the  life  of  the  wheat,  from  sow- 
ing to  reaping,  and  the  general  condition  of  the  plants  at  the  time  of  the  stages, 
(3)  average  height  of  plants  on  the  plat  every  seven  days,  (4)  the  damaging 
effect  of  adverse  weather  phenomena  on  plants  and  soil,  at  any  time  through- 
out the  season,  losses  due  to  meteorological  and  to  other  factors,  and  (5)  final 
yield  and  quality."  By  means  of  a  grapliical  method  the  crop  notes  are  com- 
pai-ed  with  charts  showing  the  daily  temperature,  precipitation,  and  bright 
sunshine  at  each  station  throughout  the  growing  season. 

[Report  of  the]  committee  for  the  investigation  of  atmospheric  pollution 
(Lancet  [LmidoM,  No  9  (1916),  I,  Sup.,  pp.  I-XL,  figs.  18).— This  is  the  first 
report  of  the  committee  and  covers  the  investigations  from  April,  1914,  to 


16  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

March,  1915.  It  describes  the  methods  and  apparatus  adopted  and  results  (in 
detail)  obtained  in  a  systematic  study  of  the  pollution  of  the  air  in  and 
around  various  English  cities  as  indicated  by  measurement  and  chemical 
examination  of  the  rain  water  and  deposits  collected  in  special  gages  devised 
for  the  purpose.  The  data  include  rainfall  in  millimeters,  and  tar,  ash,  total 
solids,  soluble  sulphates,  chlorin,  and  ammonia  expressed  in  metric  tons  per 
square  kilometer. 

SOILS— FERTILIZERS. 

A  guide  to  the  mineralogical  analysis  of  soil,  F.  Seemann  (Leiffaden  tier 
Mincralogischeri  BodcnanuJiiHe.  Vienna :  Wilhelm  Braumiiller,  IOI4,  pp.  IX+110, 
pis.  S,  flgs.  39). — This  book  represents  the  author's  experience  as  a  teacher  of 
mineralogical  soil  analysis,  in  which  an  effort  is  made  to  correct  some  of  the 
faults  of  earlier   methods. 

The  volume  is  divided  into  the  following  main  parts:  Collecting  of  sample; 
investigation  of  the  most  important  physical  properties  of  the  soil ;  mechanical 
soil  analysis;  and  mineralogical  examination  of  soil  constituents,  embracing  (1) 
methods  and  (2)  character  of  the  soil-forming  minerals.  Seven  tables  for  the 
determination  of  minerals  in  the  soil  are  included. 

The  data  of  geochemistry,  F.  W.  Clarke  (U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Bui.  616 
(1916),  pp.  821). — This  is  the  third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  of  this  work 
(E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  517). 

The  plasticity  of  clay  and  its  relation  to  mode  of  origin,  N.  B.  Davis 
{Trans.  Amcr.  Inst.  Mining  Engin.,  51  {1916),  pp.  ^51-^80,  figs.  4). — Plasticity 
is  defined,  especially  with  reference  to  clay,  and  theories  of  plasticity  as  devel- 
oped by  others,  based  on  (1)  structure  of  clay  particles,  (2)  presence  of 
hydrous  aluminum  silicates,  (3)  molecular  attraction  between  particles,  and 
(4)  presence  of  collodial  gelatinous  matter,  are  reviewed  and  discussed.  The 
theory  of  suspension  and  emulsion  colloids  is  reviewed  and  experiments  on 
the  plasticity  of  four  excessively  plastic  clays  are  reported.  A  further  study 
deals  with  the  formation  of  residual  and  transported  clays. 

It  is  concluded  that  "  plasticity  in  clays  is  due  to  the  gelatinous  state  of 
matter,  a  state  common  to  them  because  of  their  mode  of  origin.  This  gelat- 
inous matter  may  be  silicic  acid  gel,  alumina  gel,  iron  oxid  gels,  silicate  gels, 
or  organic  gels.  Two  or  more  of  these  are  usually  present,  and  their  effect  will 
be  further  modified  by  adsorbed  salts  and  the  relative  proportions  of  large  and 
small  grains,  and  to  a  limited  extent  by  the  shape  of  the  grains.  The  particular 
kind  and  amount  of  gelatinous  matter  present,  the  size  and  shape  of  grain,  and 
the  relative  proportions  of  large  and  small  grains,  are  important  factors  in 
determining  the  other  related  physical  properties  of  tensile  strength  and  air 
shrinkage." 

On  osmosis  in  soils,  C.  J.  Lynde  and  .T.  V.  Dupr6  {Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy. 
Sac.  Canada,  S.  ser.,  9  {1915),  Sect.  Ill,  pp.  69-80,  figs.  2;  Jour.  Amcr.  Soc. 
Agron.,  7  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  283-292,  figs.  2).— Further  experiments  on  the  sub- 
ject with  a  moist  clay  subsoil  (E.  S.  11.,  33,  p.  420),  for  the  purpose  of  testing 
phenomena  observed  in  previous  experiments,  are  reported.  The  general 
conclusion  is  drawn  that  "  whatever  the  cause,  water  moves  through  clay  sub- 
soil from  a  weak  soil  solution  toward  a  strong  one.  The  results  agree  with 
the  theory  that  this  movement  is  caused  by  osmosis." 

Salts,  soil  colloids,  and  soils,  I>.  T.  Sharp  {Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  ScL,  1  {1915), 
No.  12,  pp.  563-568). — This  is  a  general  discussiim  of  the  results  of  investiga- 
tions, to  be  re|)orted  iii  detail  later,  on  the  subject  of  salts  in  relation  to  soil 
colloids.    The  experiments  are  based  largely  on  the  striking  change  in  physical 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  17 

properties  produced  in  soils  on  tlie  addition  and  sulisequent  leaching  out  of  salts. 
An  attempt  is  made  to  explain  this  change  on  the  basis  of  colloid  clieraistry, 
especially  "  on  tlie  contention  that  the  behavior  of  soils  under  the  influence  of 
salts  agrees  in  some  measure  with  the  laws  wliich  are  thought  to  govern  the 
behavior  of  dispersed  systems  to  which  salts  have  been  added." 

The  adsorption  of  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  by  typical  soils  of  the 
Connecticut  Valley,  R.  H.  Bogue  {Jour.  Phys.  Chem.,  19  {1915),  No.  8,  pp. 
665-695,  figs.  13). — Experiments  conducted  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural 
College  with  sand,  fine  sandy  loam,  silt  loam,  and  clay  soils  to  determine  their 
adsorptive  powers  for  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  from  percolating  solutions 
of  monocalcium  phosphate  and  potassium  chlorid  of  concentrations  equivalent 
to  200  parts  per  million  of  potassium  and  phosphoric  acid,  respectively,  are 
reported.     The  results  are  presented  in  tabular  and  graphic  form. 

It  was  found  that  "  when  soils  are  subjected  to  the  leaching  action  of  water, 
the  concentration  of  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  in  the  soil  extract  ap- 
proaches a  constant  which  appears  to  be  fixed  and  definite  for  any  given  soil. 
When  soils  are  subjected  to  the  action  of  soluble  potassium  and  phosphate 
salts,  the  concentration  of  these  salts  in  the  soil  extract  is  at  first  not  materially 
increased  owing  to  the  power  of  the  soils  to  adsorb  these  salts,  but  as  adsorption 
proceeds  it  becomes  weaker  and  a  point  is  finally  reached  where  the  amount 
of  soluble  salts  in  the  soil  extract  is  nearly  equivalent  to  the  amount  applied. 
The  concentration  of  the  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  in  the  soil  extract 
approaches  a  low  constant,  which  appears  to  be  fixed  and  definite  for  each  soil, 
when  only  a  part  of  the  adsorbed  ions  has  been  removed  by  the  leaching  action 
of  water. 

"The  constants  attained  by  the  four  soils  by  the  leaching  action  of  water 
are  very  nearly  alike,  which  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  concentration  of 
the  potassium  and  phosphate  ions  in  the  soil  solutions  of  the  various  soils  were 
practically  the  same,  and  not  at  all  dependent  on  the  amount  of  adsorbed 
potassium  or  phosphate  they  originally  contained.  These  results  substantiate 
the  theory  that  the  concentration  of  salts  in  the  soil  solution  is  very  largely 
dependent  on  the  specific  adsorptive  capacity  of  the  individual  soil  .  .  .  [They] 
tend  to  disprove  the  theory  that  the  composition  of  the  soil  moisture,  hence 
the  adsorptive  capacity  of  the  soil,  is  determined  primarily  by  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  soil,  but  tend  rather  to  prove  this  quality  to  be  dependent 
on  the  mechanical  texture  of  the  individual  soil." 

The  results  are  also  taken  to  indicate  that  the  soils  were  able  to  take  up 
the  potassium  and  phosphoric  acid  by  both  physical  and  chemical  processes. 

Soil  survey  of  Mississippi  County,  Arkansas,  E.  C.  Hall,  T.  M.  Bushnell, 
L.  V.  Davis,  W.  T.  Cakter,  Jr.,  and  A.  L.  Patrick  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Advance 
Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  42,  pi-  1,  fig.  1,  map  1). — ^Thig 
survey,  issued  April  4,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  575,360  acres 
in  northeastern  Arkansas  which  lies  within  the  River  Flood  Plains  soil  province 
and  comprises  first  and  second  bottom  lands.  In  general  the  topography  varies 
little  from  a  nearly  flat  and  level  plain.  The  natural  drainage  of  the  county 
is  generally  poor  owing  to  the  low-lying  position  of  the  soils  and  to  the  annual 
overflows  of  the  Mississippi  River.  Tlie  soils  range  from  loose,  incoherent 
sands  to  heavy,  plastic  clays  and  are  of  alluvial  origin.  Including  meadow 
and  overwash,  22  soil  types  of  6  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Sharkey  clay 
covers  64.7  per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Webster  Parish,  Louisiana,  A.  H.  Meyer,  E.  S.  Vanatta, 
B.  W.  Tillman,  and  R.  F.  Rogers  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field 
Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  40,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in 
cooperation  with  the  Louisiana  Experiment  Station  and  issued  ]\Iarch  11,  1916, 


18  EXPERIMENT  STATION  KECOED.  [Vol.35 

deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  389,700  acres  in  northwestern  Louisiana 
which  lies  wholly  within  the  Coastal  Plain  province.  The  topography  varies 
from  flat  to  rolling  and  consists  of  sedimentary  uplands,  alluvial  terraces, 
and  first  bottom  lands.  In  addition  to  meadow,  21  soil  types  of  11  series  are 
mapped,  of  which  the  Rustou,  Susquehanna,  Ocklocknee,  and  Lufkin  very  fine 
sandy  loams  cover  30.9,  12.4,  10,  and  9.9  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Montg'omery  County,  Maryland,  W.  T.  Caetee,  Jk.,  and 
J.  P.  D.  Hull  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils, 
1914,  pp.  39,  pis.  5,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the 
Maryland  Geological  Survey  and  issued  March  25,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils 
of  an  area  of  309,760  acres  in  the  center  of  the  southwestern  boundary  of 
Maryland. 

"The  topography  varies  from  almost  level  or  gently  rolling  to  strongly  roll- 
ing and  hilly,  being  prevailingly  rolling.  .  .  .  Throughout  the  county  the  sur- 
face drainage  is  good."  The  area  lies  almost  entirely  within  the  Piedmont 
Plateau  province,  only  a  narrow  strip  being  in  tlie  Coastal  Plain  province. 
Tlie  soils  are  grouped  as  (1)  residual  soils  and  (2)  soils  derived  from  the  un- 
consolidated material  of  the  Coastal  Plain  and  recently  deposited  material 
along  streams.  Seventeen  soil  types  of  13  series  are  mapped,  of  which  tlie 
Chester  loam  is  the  most  extensive  type  and  is  considered  the  most  important 
soil  in  the  county.  It  covers  40.4  per  cent  of  the  area  and  the  IManor  loam 
covers  16.9  per  cent. 

Soil  survey  of  Clinton  County,  New  York,  E.  T.  Maxon  and  W.  R.  Cone 
(f/.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  191^,  pp.  37, 
fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  New  York  State 
College  of  Agriculture  and  issued  March  18,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  a 
well-drained  area  of  671,360  acres  in  northeastern  New  York.  The  topography 
is  rolling  to  hilly  and  precipitous.  The  soils  are  of  glacial,  lacustrine,  and 
alluvial  origin.  Exclusive  of  six  miscellaneous  types,  26  soil  types  of  nine 
series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Coloma  soils  are  the  most  extensive  types,  the 
Coloma  stony  fine  sandy  loam  and  fine  sandy  loam  covering  21.5  and  17.1  per 
cent  of  the  area,  respectively.  The  Gloucester  stony  fine  sandy  loam  covers 
13.9  per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Trumbull  County,  Ohio,  G.  N.  Coffey,  J.  Woodward,  and 
J.  M.  Snyder  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Biir.  Soils, 
1914,  PP-  53,  figs.  2,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Ohio 
Experiment  Station  and  issued  March  21,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area 
of  405,120  acres  in  northeastern  Ohio,  the  surface  of  which  is  level  to  rolling 
with  .some  small  areas  of  steep  and  hilly  land. 

Trumbull  County  lies  entirely  within  the  late  Wisconsin  glaciation  and  the 
soils  are  almost  entirely  of  glacial  origin.  Including  muck  and  peat,  23  soil 
types  of  11  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Volusia  clay  loam  and  silt  loam 
cover  23.2  and  20.3  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively,  and  the  Trumbull  clay 
loam  and  silt  loam  13.9  and  10  i)er  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Raleigh  County,  West  Virginia,  W.  J.  Latimer  ( U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  34,  fig.  1,  map  1). — 
This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  West  Virginia  Geological  Survey 
an<l  issued  March  28,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  391,040  acres 
in  soulhern  West  Virginia  lying  wholly  within  the  Allegheny  Plateau.  The 
greater  part  of  the  surface  of  the  county  is  extremely  rough  and  dissected. 
The  .soils  are  of  residual,  old  alluvial,  and  alluvial  origin.  Including  rough 
stony  land,  14  soil  types  of  5  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Dekalb  series, 
iiiclu<ling  silt  loam,  stony  silt  loam,  silty  clay  loam,  stony  loam,  loam,  and 
fine  sandy  loam,  con.stitute  82.8  per  cent. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  19 

Soil  survey  of  Fond  dii  Lac  County,  Wisconsin,  A.  R.  Whitson,  W.  J. 
Geib,  L.  K.  Schoenmann,  F.  L.  INIusbach,  G.  Conkey,  and  A.  E.  Taylor  (Wis. 
Gcol.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  Bui.  S7  U'JlJt),  Soil  Sir.  7,  pp.  8//,  pis.  5,  figs.  2, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  eooperiition  with  the  Bureau  of  Soils  of  this 
Department,  was  noted  in  the  report  of  the  field  operations  of  that  Bureau  for 
1911  (E.  S.  11.,  31,  p.  513). 

Soil  survey  of  Juneau  County,  Wisconsin,  A.  R.  Whitson,  W.  J.  Geib, 
L.  R.  ScHOENMANN,  C.  A.  Leclaik,  O.  E.  Bakeb,  and  E.  B.  Watson  {Wis. 
Gcol.  ajtd  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  Bid.  3S  {19U),  Soil  Scr.  8,  pp.  92,  pis.  5,  figs.  2, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Soils  of  this 
Department,  was  noted  in  the  report  of  the  field  operations  of  that  Bureau  for 
1911  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  513). 

Soil  survey  of  Kewaunee  County,  Wisconsin,  A.  R.  Whitson,  W.  J.  Geib, 
E.  J.  Graul,  and  A.  H.  Meyer  (His.  Geol.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  Bui.  39 
(1914),  Soil  Ser.  9,  pp.  83,  pis.  3,  figs.  2,  map  1). — ^This  survey,  made  in  co- 
operation with  tlie  Bureau  of  Soils  of  this  Department,  was  noted  in  the  report 
of  the  field  operations  of  that  Bureau  for  1911  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  513). 

Soil  survey  of  La  Crosse  County,  Wisconsin,  A.  R.  Whitson,  W.  J.  Geib, 
T.  J.  Dunnewald,  and  C.  Lounsbuky  (IT'/s.  Geol.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  Bui. 
40  (1914),  ^oil  Ser.  10,  pp.  76,  pis.  5,  figs.  2,  map  1).— -This  survey,  made  in 
cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Soils  of  this  Department,  was  noted  in  the  re- 
port of  the  field  operations  of  that  Bureau  for  1911  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  513). 

The  chemical  composition  of  virgin  and  cropped  Indiana  soils,  S.  D.  Con- 
ner (Proc.  Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  1914,  pp.  359-363). — Chemical  analyses,  made  at 
the  Indiana  Experiment  Station,  of  31  composite  samples  of  virgin  and  cropped 
Indiana  soils  and  subsoils  (the  top  6.5  in.  and  the  layer  from  a  depth  of  12  to 
18  in.)  show  that  "the  most  serious  losses  from  the  standpoint  of  soil  fertility 
are  those  of  nitrogen,  which  shows  a  loss  of  28  per  cent,  and  the  organic  matter, 
which  shows  a  loss  in  the  volatile  matter  of  26  per  cent  and  in  the  humus  of  47 
per  cent.  .  .  .  While  the  phosphoric  acid  and  potash  show  only  about  10 
per  cent  loss  this  10  per  cent  was  the  most  available  portion  of  these  impor- 
tant elements."  There  was  little  difference  in  the  contents  of  sulphur,  calcium, 
and  magnesium  in  virgin  and  cropped  soils,  but  quite  a  loss  of  manganese  in 
the  cropped  soil.  "While  the  acidity  of  the  cropped  soil  has  increased,  the 
acidity  of  the  cropped  subsoil  has  decreased." 

Plant  food  in  Aroostook  soils,  C.  D.  Woods  (Maine  Sta.  Bui.  246  (1916), 
pp.  14-16). — Analyses  of  ten  samples  of  the  soils  of  Aroostook  County,  Me.,  are 
reported  showing  total  nitrogen  varying  from  0.113  to  0.281  per  cent,  potash 
soluble  in  hot  strong  hydrochloric  acid  varying  from  0.27  to  0.369  per  cent, 
phosphoric  acid  soluble  in  hot  strong  hydrochloric  acid  varying  from  0.151  to 
0.32  per  cent,  and  lime  varying  from  0.11  to  0.31  per  cent. 

A  peculiar  clay  from  near  the  City  of  Mexico,  E.  W.  Hilgard  (Proc.  Nat. 
Acad.  Sci.,  2  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  S-i 2). —Attention  is  drawn  to  a  new  type  of 
so-called  clay  soil,  samples  of  which  were  obtained  from  an  unproductive  farm 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mexico  City,  Mexico. 

The  clay  showed  marked  swelling  properties  in  contact  with  water  and  was 
very  plastic  when  wet.  After  protracted  boiling  of  a  sample  of  the  clay  "  the 
suspension  .  .  .  showed  a  multitude  of  dark  rounded  particles,  very  uniformly 
distributed  through  a  colloidal  medium  of  faintly  yellowish  tint.  ...  All  at- 
tempts to  free  the  colloidal  ingredients  from  the  visibly  discrete  particles  by 
sedimentation  proved  futile.  The  suspension  was  readily  coagulated  and  pre- 
cinitated,  apparently  unchanged,  by  a  solution  of  sodium  chlorid.  On  washing 
by  decantation  the  suspension  was  again  readily  made,  the  microscopic  charac- 
ter also  remaining  the  same." 


20  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Data  from  chemical  analyses  of  the  clay  "show  clearly  a  totally  different 
composition  from  any  '  clay '  on  record.  The  alumina  present  is  far  below  any 
reasonably  assumable  compound  with  the  soluble  silica;  the  predominant  base 
being  evidently  magnesia,  and  that  gi'eatly  in  excess  of  the  lime  present." 

The  name  Lucianite  is  suggested. 

Analyses  of  Queensland  soils,  J.  C.  Bkunnich  (Ann.  RpL  Dept.  Agr.  and 
Stock  [Queensland],  1914-15,  pp.  3^-^.9).— Chemical  analyses  of  152  samples 
and  physical  and  mechanical  analyses  of  136  samples  of  Queensland  soils  are 
reported. 

Some  preliminary  investigations  into  the  chemical  composition  of  certain 
vineyard  soils  in  the  Montagu  and  Robertson  districts,  A.  I.  Peeold  and 
D.  C.  CkzVwfokd  (So.  African  Jour.  ScL,  11  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  337-349). — 
Analyses  of  80  samples  of  the  soil,  and  Avhere  possible  of  the  subsurface  and 
subsoil,  from  these  two  districts  of  Cape  Colony  are  reported  and  discussed. 
The  samples  were  taken  at  three  depths,  namely,  from  0  to  12  in.,  from  12  to 
30  In.,  and  from  30  to  48  in.  The  soils  are  of  alluvial  and  residual  origin,  the 
former  varying  in  texture  from  loose  loams  to  heavy  clay  loams,  and  the  latter 
being  nearly  all  of  a  clayey  nature. 

The  results  of  the  analyses  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  nitrogen  and  phos- 
phoric acid  contents  of  these  soils  are  relatively  low,  while  the  contents  of 
potash  and  lime  in  most  cases  reach  the  average  and  in  some  cases  exceed  it. 
Many  of  the  soils  showed  a  lower  potash  content  than  the  corresponding  sub- 
soils, especially  the  residual  soils.  The  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  contents 
of  the  subsoils  were  almost  invariably  less  than  those  of  the  surface  soils. 

Relation  of  carbon  bisulphid  to  soil  organisms  and  plant  growth,  E.  B.  Fred 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-19,  pis.  2).— Ex- 
periments conducted  at  the  Wisconsin  Experiment  Station  on  the  effect  of  carbon 
bisulphid  (1)  on  the  number  and  activity  of  soil  organisms  of  a  silt  loam  soil, 
(2)  on  buckwheat,  clover,  corn,  mustard,  oats,  and  rape  in  silt  loam  soil  and  in 
silt  loam  and  sand  mixed,  sand,  clay,  loam,  silica  sand,  and  acid  soil,  and  (3)  on 
reinoculated  soil  and  the  accumulation  of  sulphates  in  soil  are  reported,  con- 
tinuing previous  work  (E,  S.  R.,  27,  p.  131).  The  following  conclusions  are 
drawn : 

"  The  addition  of  carbon  bisulphid  to  soil  exerts  a  decided  effect  on  the  fauna 
and  flora  of  the  soil,  characterized  by  a  temporary  reduction  in  the  number  of 
micro-organisms.  Later,  an  enormous  multiplication  of  bacteria  takes  place 
and  an  almost  parallel  increase  in  production  of  by-products  or  soluble  nitrogen 
is  noted.  Tlie  ammonia  content  seems  to  follow  the  curve  of  bacterial  growth 
and  later  gives  way  to  larger  amounts  of  nitrate.  ...  It  seems  that  carbon 
?)isulphid  in  soil  produces  an  increase  in  soluble  compounds  of  nitrogen  and 
sulphur. 

"  In  Miami  soil  carbon  bisulphid  benefited  the  growth  of  buckwheat,  oats,  and 
mustard.  No  relation  seems  to  exist  between  plant  stimulation  with  carbon 
bisulphid  and  the  form  of  the  soluble  nitrogen.  In  nonacid  soils  carbon  bisul- 
phid is  most  beneficial  to  sulphur  crops.  Mustard  offers  a  good  example.  In  all 
of  the  experiments,  except  on  acid  soils,  mustard  showed  an  increased  growth 
from  the  use  of  carbon  bisulphid.  Carbon  bisulphid  in  peat  soil  greatly  benefits 
the  growth  of  red  clover.  In  sand  cultures  plus  soluble  plant  food  carbon 
bisulphid  favors  the  growth  of  certain  plants. 

"  The  data  show  clearly  that  carbon  bisulphid  docs  not  act  alike  in  all  soils  or 
toward  all  crops." 

The  effect  of  heat  upon  soil  fertility,  W.  L.  Owen  (Sugar  [Chicagol,  17 
(1915),  No.  10,  pp.  31,  32). — ^This  is  a  brief  review  of  work  by  others  on  partial 


19161  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  21 

sterilization  of  soils  by  antiseptics  and  heating.  It  is  thought  that  the  benefits 
which  result  from  heating  the  soil  are  partly  biological  and  partly  chemical. 

The  influence  of  nitrification  upon  soil  fertility,  W.  L.  Owkn  (ib'Mf/or  [Chi- 
cago}, 17  (1015),  No.  11,  pp.  30,  31). — From  a  review  of  work  bearing  on  the  sub- 
ject conducted  at  some  of  the  state  experiment  stations  and  at  foreign  experi- 
ment stations,  the  author  concludes  that  cotton-seed  meal  is  superior  to  ammo- 
nium sulphate,  due  to  the  neutralization  of  the  soil  acidity  in  the  former  case 
by  the  formation  of  annnonia. 

Physical-chemical  studies  of  soil. — III,  The  conditions  of  humidity  of 
soils  and  the  absence  of  veg'etation,  U.  Pbatolongo  (Sta:;.  Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  ^8 
(li)15),  No.  1,  pp.  44-56;  ahs.  in  Intcrnat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome,],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseafics,  6  {1915),  No.  5,  p.  GOO). — Experiments,  based  in  part 
on  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  215),  with  rye,  oats,  clover,  vetch, 
mustard,  and  flax,  on  four  different  arable  soils  of  alluvial  origin,  and  one  clay 
soil,  are  reported.  The  purpose  was  to  determine  the  relation  between  the 
initial  wilting  point  of  the  plant  on  the  one  hand  and  the  water  content  of  the 
soil  at  the  initial  wilting  point  and  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the 
soil  on  the  other.  In  the  experiments  normal  conditions  were  maintained  during 
the  germination  and  growth  of  the  crops  until  a  height  of  from  10  to  12  cm. 
(3.94  to  4.73  in.)  was  reached,  after  which  all  conditions  were  maintained 
normal  except  moisture,  the  content  of  which  was  gradually  decreased. 

It  was  found  that  a  constant  relation  existed  between  the  water  contents  of 
the  different  soils  at  the  initial  wilting  point  of  vegetation  and  the  so-called 
"  deviation "  in  the  Van  Bemmelen  water  vapor  tension  curve  for  the  same 
soils,  the  average  coefficient  of  proportionality  being  5.06±0.08.  No  essential 
difference  was  observed  in  the  different  crops  in  regard  to  their  resistance  to 
the  gradually  increasing  aridity  of  the  soils. 

Effect  of  vanillin  as  a  soil  constituent,  J.  J.  Skinner  (Plant  World,  IS 
(1915),  No.  12,  pp.  321-330,  figs.  5).— The  substance  of  this  paper  has  been 
previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S,  R.,  32,  p.  619). 

Experiments  on  lime  determination  in  agricultural  soil  by  more  recent 
methods,  W.  Bandi  (Jahresber.  Landw.  Schule  RUtti,  1912-1914,  PP- 149-154) • — 
Experiments  with  130  samples  of  soils  of  varying  textures  are  reported,  in 
which  the  extent  of  effervescence  with  hydrochloric  acid,  the  amount  of  calcium 
oxid  soluble  in  ammonium  chlorid,  the  reaction  to  litmus,  and  the  power  of 
sustaining  the  development  of  Azotobacter  in  a  nutritive  medium  were  observed 
for  each  sample. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  simple  hydrochloric  acid  test  for 
the  lime  requirement  of  soil  is  in  general  sufficient.  If  a  soil  effervesces  with 
hydrochloric  acid  it  is  considered  to  need  no  lime.  A  quantitative  determina- 
tion of  carbon  dioxid  is  considered  superfluous  on  the  grounds  that  the  hydro- 
chloric acid  test  is  equally  effective  within  practical  limits.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  there  is  no  effervescence  with  hydrochloric  acid  the  reaction  toward  litmus 
should  be  determined.  If  alkaline,  this  indicates  that  no  lime  is  needed,  but  if 
acid,  shows  a  need  for  lime.  If  the  reaction  toward  litmus  is  neutral  the  power 
of  supporting  a  growth  of  Azotobacter  should  be  tested. 

See  also  previous  notes  by  Christensen  (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  527;  34,  p.  813). 

Plant  foods  for  crops  in  1916,  L.  L.  Van  Slyke  (New  York  State  Sta.  Circ. 
47  (1916),  pp.  8). — This  circular  presents  the  consensus  of  opinion  of  the  mem- 
bers of  a  (Conference  of  representatives  of  the  agricultural  experiment  stations 
of  the  New  England  States,  New  Jersey,  and  New  York  called  for  the  purpose 
of  discussing  the  effects  of  the  war  upon  the  cost  of  plant-food  materials  and 
furnishing  suggestions  to  farmers  as  to  practical  methods  to  adopt  during  1916 
under  present  conditions. 


22  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Experiments  with  fertilizers,  F.  E.  Bear  (West  Virginia  Sta.  Bui.  155 
{1915),  pp.  19,  figs,  i J). —This  bulletin  gives  the  results  to  date  of  experiments 
partly  reported  upon  in  previous  bulletins  of  the  station  (B.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  716). 

A  summary  of  the  15  years'  experiments  indicates  that  every  ton  of  manure 
applied  alone  has  produced  an  increase  per  ton  valued  at  $3.12,  and  that  for 
every  dollar  invested  in  them  acid  phosphate,  sodium  nitrate,  and  potassium 
sulphate  when  applied  alone  have  given  average  increases  valued  at  $4.63, 
34  cts.,  and  37  cts.,  respectively.  Sodium  nitrate  and  acid  phosphate  applied 
in  combination  gave  two  and  a  quarter  times  as  much  increase  per  acre  as 
acid  phosphate  alone,  and  sodium  nitrate,  potassium  sulphate,  and  acid  phos- 
phate applied  in  combination  gave  three  times  as  much  increase  per  acre  as 
acid  phosphate  alone.  Every  dollar  invested  in  lime  and  applied  in  connection 
with  complete  fertilizer  gave  an  increase  valued  at  $1.35. 

It:  is  concluded  that  acid  phosphate  is  of  great  importance  as  a  fertilizer 
in  the  State.  From  the  results  obtained  with  acid  phosphate  and  sodium 
nitrate  it  is  further  concluded  "  that  if  more  legumes  had  been  grown  on  the 
soil  and  the  amount  of  nitrogen  in  the  soil  had  been  increased  thereby  we  could 
expect  a  greater  i-eturn  from  the  use  of  acid  phosphate  on  the  plat  receiving 
acid   phosphate   alone." 

Culture  experim.ents  with  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  A.  von  Reibnitz  (Ztschr. 
Landw.  Kammer  Schlesieti,  19  (1913),  Nos.  18,  p.  536;  19,  pp.  567,  568).— Two 
years'  field  experiments  with  sugar  beets  and  wheat  on  a  mild  loam  soil  to 
determine  the  relative  fertilizing  values  of  lime  nitrogen,  Norwegian  nitrate, 
and  sodium  nitrate,  when  added  in  amounts  equivalent  to  15  and  25  lbs.  of 
nitrogen  per  acre,  showed  that  lime  nitrogen  had  practically  no  effect  on  the 
beets,  while  Norwegian  nitrate  and  sodium  nitrate  caused  marked  and  about 
equal  increases.  Both  the  nitrates  had  a  much  more  favorable  effect  on  wheat 
than  lime  nitrogen.  It  is  considered  inadvisable,  therefore,  to  use  lime  nitrogen 
on  beets  or  to  use  more  than  10  lbs.  of  nitrogen  per  acre  in  the  form  of  lime 
nitrogen  on  wheat.  It  is  thought  further  that  lime  nitrogen  should  be  applied 
some  time  before  seeding  and  be  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  soil. 

Granulated  calcium  cyanamid  (Norwegian  lime  nitrogen),  S.  Hals 
(Tidsskr.  Norslce  Landbr.,  22  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  332-340;  Zentbl.  Kunstdunger 
Indus.,  20  (1915),  No.  21,  pp.  264^-266) .—The  process  of  manufacture  of  granu- 
lated Norwegian  lime  nitrogen  is  described  and  a  comparison  of  its  chemical 
composition  with  that  of  the  common  dusty  cyanamid  is  drawn. 

The  results  indicate  that  the  solubilities  in  Avater  of  the  niti'ogen  of  the  two 
fertilizers  are  about  equal.  The  nitrogen  in  both  fertilizers  is  present  as  calcium 
cyanamid  and  as  dicyandiamid,  the  latter  being  the  prevailing  form  in  Nor- 
wegian lime  nitrogen.  The  coarser  grains  of  the  Norwegian  lime  nitrogen 
were  somewhat  more  slowly  soluble  in  water  than  the  finer  grains.  Norwegian 
lime  nitrogen  when  mixed  with  superphosphate  had  a  less  marked  tendency 
to  fix  the  soluble  phosphate  in  insoluble  form  than  had  cyanamid. 

Acid  soils  and  the  efEect  of  acid  phosphate  and  other  fertilizers  upon 
them,  S.  D.  Conner  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  35-40, 
figs.  2). — Experiments  on  the  efEect  of  neutral  normal  solutions  of  salts  on  acid 
soils  and  of  heat  and  phosphates  on  soil  acidity  are  reported.  The  soluble  salts 
used  were  the  sulphate,  acetate,  chlorid,  and  nitrate  of  potassium,  sodium,  and 
magnesium,  the  acetate,  chlorid,  and  nitrate  of  calcium,  and  the  acetate  and 
chlorid  of  barium. 

It  was  found  that  "  various  acid  constituents  of  soils  show  different  degrees 
of  reactivity  with  different  bases,  also  with  the  same  base  when  free  or  when 
combined  with  different  acids.  .  .  .  When  aluminum  silicates  are  treated 
with  a  solution  of  potassium  hydroxld,  heat  Is  developed  with  the  acid  silicates 


1!»16]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  23 

but  not  with  neutral  silicates.  The  heat  developed  is  proportional  to  the 
acidity,  indicating  a  chemical  ratlier  than  a  physical  reaction.  The  acidity  of 
aluminum  silicates  is  not  only  in  proportion  to  the  ratio  of  AI2O3  to  SiOs  but  also 
in  proportion  to  the  water  of  constitution.  The  greater  the  proportion  of  Vvater 
in  the  silicate  the  more  acid  is  the  reaction.  Heating  and  the  consequent  driv- 
ing off  of  water  of  constitution  in  acid  aluminum  silicates  lower  the  acidity 
until  all  the  water  is  removed  when  neutrality  is  reached.  Ignition  of  acid  soils 
also  destroys  the  acidity.  Much  of  the  harmful  acidity  of  acid  soils  is  due  to 
the  presence  of  toxic  acid  salts  of  aluminum  and  iron.  The  immediate  effect 
of  the  addition  of  soluble  fertilizer  salts  of  the  strong  acids  (nitric,  hydro- 
chloric, and  sulphuric)  to  acid  soils  is  to  increase  the  soluble  acid  salts  of 
aluminum  and  iron." 

In  field  and  laboratory  experiments  it  was  found  that  "  soils  treated  for  20 
years  with  acid  phosphate  show  less  acidity  than  soils  that  liave  never  had 
acid  phosphate.  Acid  soils  and  silicates  treated  in  tlie  laboratory  with  acid 
phosphate  show  less  soluble  acidity  than  untreated  soils  and  silicates." 

A  new  method  of  estimating  soil  acidity,  in  which  the  catalysis  of  ethyl 
acetate  is  taken  as  a  measure  of  the  solubility,  is  described,  which  is  used 
together  with  the  potassium  nitrate  method  of  Hopkins,  Knox,  and  Pettit  and 
the  limewater  method  of  Veitch  (E.  S.  R.,  14,  p.  111). 

Phosphatic  fertilizers  and  the  root  system  of  beets,  V.  I.  Sazanov  {Zhur. 
Opytn.  Agron.,  16  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  14-0-165,  figs.  IS;  abs.  in  Clxem.  Abs.,  9 
(1915),  No.  17,  p.  2419). — Box  experiments  on  chernozem  soil  to  determine  the 
influence  of  superphosphate  on  the  development  of  the  root  system  of  beets 
are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  soluble  phosphoric  acid  was  fixed  in  the  layer  of  chernozem 
soil  to  which  it  was  added,  and  that  no  considerable  amount  of  phosphoric  acid 
was  displaced  and  transferred  from  one  layer  to  another.  Superphosphate  was 
favorable  to  the  extensive  development  of  beet  roots,  notaI:>ly  in  the  layer  of 
soil  to  which  it  was  added.  No  similar  influence  of  superphosphate  on  the  roots 
of  wheat  and  rye  was  observed. 

Phosphate  rock,  W.  H.  Waggaman  (In  The  Mineral  Industry:  Its  Statistics, 
Technology,  and  Trade  During  1914-  Neio  York  and  London:  McGraw-Hill 
Book  Co.,  1915,  vol.  23,  pp.  584-601).— This  article  deals  with  the  production  of 
phosphates  in  the  United  States  and  in  foreign  countries,  it  being  stated  that  the 
world's  production  of  phosphate  rock  in  1913  amounted  to  over  6,780,000  tons. 
In  1914  the  total  output  was  less  than  4,000,000  tons,  of  which  the  United 
States  produced  2,752,971  tons  and  consumed  1,823,978  tons.  Methods  for  the 
production  of  soluble  phosphate  from  phosphate  rock  are  briefly  described,  and 
a  bibliography  of  works  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Potassium  salts,  S.  H.  Dolbeab  (In  The  Mineral  Industry:  Its  Statistics, 
Technology,  and  Trade  During  1914-  New  York  and  London:  McGraio-Hill 
Book  Co.,  1915,  vol.  23,  pp.  611-622). — This  report  deals  with  the  sources  and 
production  of  potash  salts  in  the  United  States  and  foreign  countries  and  the 
imports  and  exports  of  the  same,  with  special  reference  to  the  years  1010  to 
1914.    A  bibliography  of  works  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Investigation  of  sources  of  potash  in  Texas,  W.  B.  Phillips  (Trans.  Amer. 
Inst.  Mining  Engin.,  51  (1916),  pp.  438-450,  figs.  3). — This  is  a  discussion  of  the 
potash  resources  of  Texas,  from  which  it  is  concluded  that  the  only  hopeful 
outlook  for  the  existence  of  workable  sources  of  potash  salts  in  Texas  is  in  the 
direction  already  indicated  by  Udden  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  2G)  and  in  the  region 
southeast  of  and  bordering  on  New  Mexico. 
43795°— No.  1—16 3 


24  EXPEEIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  f  Vol.  35 

Potassium  salts  in  Catalonia,  C.  Rubio  and  A.  Marin  (Bol.  Inst.  Gcol. 
Espafia,  2.  scr.,  J/f  {191^),  pp.  173-230;  rev.  in  Eton.  GcoL,  10  {l'J15),  No.  6,  pp. 
5S6-5S8). — This  report  deals  maiuly  with  the  geology  of  the  recently  discovered 
deposits  of  potassium  salts  in  Catalonia,  Spain. 

It  is  stated  that  the  deposits  of  salts  occur  in  a  basin  of  marine  sediments 
of  Eocene  and  Oligocene  age.  The  most  important  developments  have  been 
undertaken  near  the  town  of  Suria.  The  tonnage  of  potassium  salts  in  this 
neighborliood  computed  on  a  provisional  basis  is  carnallite  2,550,000  tons  and 
sylvinit  1,125,000  tons.  It  is  stated  that  the  carnallite  of  Suria  is  of  a  very  red 
color  and  contains  from  11.52  to  15.26  per  cent  of  potassium  osid. 

German  and  other  sources  of  potash  supply,  C.  H.  JIacDowell  {Trans. 
Anier.  Inst.  Mining  Engin.,  51  {1016),  pp.  Jt2It-Ji~n). — A  discussion  is  given  of 
German  and  other  sources  of  potash,  with  special  reference  to  their  commercial 
aspects. 

Sodium  and  sodium  salts,  S.  H.  Salisbury,  Jr.  (In  Tlic  Mineral  Industry: 
Its  Statistics,  Technology,  and  Trade  During  1914-  New  York  and  London: 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  1915,  vol.  23,  pp.  665-682)  .—This  report  deals  with  the 
world's  production  of  sodium  salts,  especially  sodium  nitrate,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  1914  and  previous  years.  A  bibliography  of  works  bearing  on  the  sub- 
ject is  appended. 

Limestone:  North  Island  analyses,  B.  C.  Aston  (Jour.  Agr.  [Neio  Zeal.],  11 
(1915),  No.  3,  pp.  2.?5-2^0).— Analyses  of  242  samples  of  limestone  from  North 
Island,  New  Zealand,  are  reported. 

A  waste  lime  product,  C.  E.  Thorne  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916),  No.  4, 
pp.  101,  102). — Attention  is  draAvn  to  the  value  of  the  waste  lime  products  from 
sodium  carbonate  factories  as  a  lime  fertilizer. 

The  use  of  peat  in  commercial  fertilizer,  H.  E.  Wildeman  (Jour.  Amer. 
Peat  Soc,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  2S-35). — A  discussion  of  the  use  of  peat  as  a 
fertilizer  filler  is  given,  together  with  a  review  of  experiments  from  various 
sources  on  the  availability  of  the  nitrogen  of  peat. 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Relation  of  green  manures  to  the  failure  of  certain  seedlings,  E.  B.  Fred 
(U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  5  (1916),  No.  25,  pp.  1161-1176,  pis.  2).— 
In  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  816),  a  decreased  germination  of  cotton 
was  noted  immediately  following  green  manures.  In  the  present  paper  the 
author  describes  a  more  extensive  investigation  of  this  phenomenon,  con- 
ducted at  the  Wisconsin  Experiment  Station. 

The  results  of  a  series  of  laboratory  studies  indicate  that  green  manures 
may  seriously  injure  the  germination  of  certain  seeds.  This  is  believed  to  be 
brought  about  by  the  action  of  certain  parasitic  fungi,  the  development  of 
which  is  favored  by  the  decomposition  of  the  green  manure  plants.  As  a  rule, 
oil  seeds  are  easily  damaged,  while  starchy  seeds  on  the  contrary  are  quite 
resistant.  Cotton  seed  and  soy  beans  seem  to  be  extremely  sensitive  to  condi- 
tions resulting  from  green  manuring,  and  the  germination  of  flax,  peanuts, 
hemp,  mustard,  and  clover  is  reduced  somewhat  by  the  presence  of  decompos- 
ing plant  tissue.  The  damage  to  oil  seeds  from  green  manuring  seems  to  be 
confined  largely  to  the  first  stages  of  decomposition,  and  experimental  evidence 
seems  to  indicate  that  two  weeks  after  green  manure  is  added,  it  does  not 
cause  any  injury  to  the  seeds.  Small  applications  of  calcium  carbonate  seem 
to  increase  the  injury  to  germination.  The  rate  of  germination  was  found 
to  determine  to  a  certain  extent  the  degree  of  injury,  slow  germination  being 
marked  by  a  high  percentage  of  diseased  seedlings. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  25 

Activities  of  the  micro-organisms  of  the  soil  (North  Dakota  >S7«.  Rpt.  11)15, 
pt.  1,  pp.  16,  17). — A  study  is  in  progress  to  determine  and  control  the  optinuirn 
conditions  for  tlie  maximum  efficiency  of  micro-organisms  concerned  in  soil 
fertility.  The  work  of  the  past  year  is  said  to  have  demonstrated  that  the 
energy  material,  consisting  mainly  of  carbohydrates  and  their  deconiitosition 
products,  is  the  chief  factor  governing  amnionification.  As  long  as  readily 
available  energy  material  is  present  in  excess  of  the  required  ratio  to  nilrogon 
demanded  by  ammonifying  organisms,  a  minimum  amount  of  nitrogen  will  be 
accumulated.  However,  when  the  readily  available  amount  of  energy  ma- 
terial falls  below  the  necessary  ratio  to  nitrogen  required  by  ammonifying 
organisms,  the  phenomena  of  aramonification  will  take  place,  although,  if  the 
energy  material  becomes  too  low,  the  ammonifying  phenomena  will  be  almost, 
If  not  entirely,  lost. 

As  a  result;  of  this  study,  it  is  believed  that  ammonification  is  a  doubtful 
criterion  for  measuring  soil  fertility. 

Fission  fungi  which  decompose  urea  and  form  nitrates,  M.  DIjggeli 
(Xatunc.  Wchnschr.,  30  {1915),  No.  20,  pp.  305-315) .—This  is  a  somewhat  gen- 
eral discussion  of  the  biology  of  some  fission  fungi  and  the  chemical  changes 
connected  with  their  activities. 

Enzym  action  in  the  marine  algae,  A.  li.  Davis  (.l«n.  Missouri  Bot.  Card.,  2 
(1915),  No.  If,  pp.  771S36). — Difficulty  having  been  experienced  in  demon- 
strating enzym  action  in  Fucus  vcsiciilosus  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  72S),  the  investiga- 
tion was  extended  to  certain  representative  forms  of  the  three  great  groups  of 
the  marine  algae  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  this  apparent  inactivity  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  algae  and  to  add  to  the  knowledge  of  the  general  metabolism  of 
the  group. 

The  data  obtained  are  thought  to  show  that  the  number  of  enzyms  in  algje 
that  can  be  isolated  by  standard  methods  is  small.  This  seems  to  l)e  true  espe- 
cially of  the  brown  algif.  The  enzyms  which  were  found  in  fresh  or  dried  algal 
tissue  include  carbohydrases  hydrolyzing  the  polysaccharids,  starch,  dextrin, 
glycogen,  and  laminarin,  but  not  those  hydrolyzing  the  several  disaccharids  em- 
ployed as  substrates ;  lipases  acting  upon  neutral  fats  but  not  upon  the  esters 
of  the  lower  fatty  acids ;  proteinases ;  nucleases ;  oxidases  and  peroxidases ;  and 
catalases.  Negative  results  were  obtained  from  cellulase,  cytase,  maltase,  lac- 
tase, sucrase,  amidase,  and  esterase.  The  action  of  all  the  enzyms  isolated  was 
very  slow. 

An  extensive  bibliography  is  given. 

On  the  action  of  pectase,  N.  G.  Ball  (Sci.  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc,  n.  ser., 
U  (1915),  No.  28,  pp.  349-357,  fig.  i).— This  is  an  attempt  to  study  the  action 
of  pectase  by  observing  the  electrical  conductivity  of  a  solution  of  pectin  obtained 
from  roots  of  Daucus  carota  when  acted  upon  by  the  enzym,  and  also  by  deter- 
mining the  change  in  viscosity. 

It  has  been  found  that  during  the  action  of  pectase  on  the  solution  of  pectin 
the  electrical  conductivity  of  the  solution  remains  constant,  indicating  the  forma- 
tion of  a  gel  and  not  merely  a  very  viscous  liquid.  The  activity  of  the  enzym 
is  much  greater  at  14°  C.  than  at  0°,  as  evidenced  by  changes  in  viscosity  during 
coagulation.  The  viscosity  was  found  to  increase  slowly  at  first,  then  more 
rapidly  to  a  maximum,  followed  by  a  rapid  decrease.  Increase  of  electrolytes 
present  lowered  the  maximum,  while  a  decrease  raised  it.  The  decrease  in 
viscosity  is  thought  to  be  explainable  by  the  action  of  the  electrolytes  in  clump- 
ing together  the  particles  of  colloid  forming  the  reticulum  of  the  gel,  so  that  a 
suspension  is  produced. 

Osmotic  pressures  in  plants. — IV,  On  the  constituents  and  concentration 
of  the  sap  in  the  conducting  tracts,  and  on  the  circulation  of  carbohydrates 


26  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

in  plants,  H.  H.  Dixon  and  W.  R.  G.  Atkins  (ScL  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc,  n. 
scr.,  llf  (1915),  No.  31,  pp.  374-392,  figs.  6).— The  authors,  having  followed  up 
their  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  523),  give  the  results  of  observations  ou 
the  sap  drawn  from  the  conducting  tracts  of  several  trees  by  centrifuging  sec- 
tions 10  cm.  long  by  2  cm.  in  diameter.  The  sap  obtained  by  this  method  was 
neutral  to  litmus  and  clearer  and  much  less  concentrated  than  that  obtained 
by  pressure  with  consequent  bursting  of  the  cells. 

Sugars  were  found  at  all  times  in  the  trees  examined,  being  usually  more 
plentiful  than  electrolytes.  Sugars  showed  the  greatest  concentration  in  early 
spring,  a  dilution  in  spring  and  summer  progressing  to  a  minimum  concentra- 
tion in  summer  or  autumn,  then  a  rise  in  concentration,  slow  at  first,  culmi- 
nating in  the  vernal  maximum,  which  also  coincided  Avith  the  period  of  greatest 
root  pressure  and  was  simultaneous  with  or  just  preceded  the  opening  of  the 
leaf  buds.  These  changes  in  concentration  were  due  largely  to  changes  in  the 
transpiration  rate. 

Tlie  conveyance  upward  of  carbohydrates,  notably  sucrose,  is  apparently  a 
primary  and  continual  function  of  the  tracheae.  The  sheath  of  wood  paren- 
chyma round  the  vessels  functions  as  a  gland  to  secrete  carbohydrates  into 
the  rising  transpiration  stream.  The  relation  of  the  medullary  rays  to  these 
sheaths  supports  the  view  that  they  convey  the  carbohydrates  from  the  bark 
to  the  glandular  sheaths.  The  abundant  presence  of  soluble  carbohydrates  in 
the  wood  sap  of  roots  probably  causes  root  pressure  and  bleeding  by  producing 
an  osmotic  pressure  across  the  root  cortex,  which  acts  as  a  semipermeable  mem- 
brane. The  concentration  of  the  carbohydrates  is  generally  greater  in  the 
tracheae  of  the  stem  than  in  those  of  the  root,  except  during  the  summer.  The 
electrolytes,   however,  are  generally  present  in  greater  quantity  in  the  root. 

In  general  the  vessels  function,  when  water  is  abundant,  to  convey  rapidly 
solutions  of  organic  and  inorganic  substances  to  the  leaves.  The  columns  of 
tracheids  may  be  supposed  to  afford  a  permanent  channel  for  water  and  salts, 
and  to  a  less  degree,  for  the  organic  substances.  Even  in  times  of  greatest 
drought,  this  is  never  put  out  of  action. 

A  bibliography  is  given. 

Osmotic  pressures  in  plants. — V,  Seasonal  variations  in  the  concentration 
of  the  cell  sap  of  some  deciduous  and  evergreen  trees,  H.  H.  Dixon  and 
W.  R.  G.  Atkins  (Sci.  Proc.  Roy.  Dnhlin  Soc,  n.  scr.,  14  (1915),  No.  34,  pp. 
445-4GI,  figs.  5). — The  authors  continue  this  series  (see  above)  by  reporting, 
with  certain  additions,  the  results  of  a  revision,  the  necessity  for  which  has 
been  previously  indicated  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  828).  The  sap  for  freezing-point 
determinations  and  conductivity  measurements  was  pressed  from  tissues  previ- 
ously frozen  in  liquid  air. 

The  authors  state  that  the  osmotic  pressures  in  tissue  and  their  variations 
are  largely  due  respectively  to  dissolved  carbohydrates  and  to  fluctuations 
therein,  but  that  electrolytes  also  play  a  part.  A  progressive  average  rise  in  the 
osmotic  pressure  has  been  found  during  the  development  and  life  of  each  organ 
examined.  This  is  due  in  case  of  leaves  to  the  accumulation  of  electrolytes 
with  age,  but  in  case  of  the  only  root  examined,  to  carbohydrates. 

The  leaves  of  the  two  evergreens  examined  possessed  higher  osmotic  pressure 
during  the  winter  than  during  the  summer  months.  The  curve  of  seasonal 
variations  in  loaves  of  Iledcra  helix  was  alike  for  specimens  growing  either  in 
a  sunny  or  a  shaded  position,  but  on  the  whole  the  osmotic  pressure  was  some- 
what higher  for  the  insolated  leaves.  The  osmotic  pressure  of  the  root  sap  of 
Ilex  nfinifolium  rose  from  a  mininnnn  of  6  atmospheres  in  October  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  14  atmospheres  in  September. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  27 

No  concentration  of  electrolytes  with  a?:e  was  observed  in  these  roots.  The 
higher  osmotic  pressure  in  older  roots  is  ascribed  to  increased  carbohydrates. 
In  each  case  the  concentration  of  the  total  solutes  of  the  sap  expressed  after 
freezing  was  greater  than  that  of  sap  pressed  from  the  same  tissues  untreated. 
The  seasonal  variations  in  concentration  of  the  sap  obtained  by  the  two  methods 
showed  a  remarkable  similarity. 

Some  researches  in  experimental  morphology. — I,  On  the  change  of  the 
petiole  into  a  stem  by  means  of  grafting,  J.  L)oyle  (Sci.  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin 
Soc,  n.  set:,  1^  (1915),  No.  33,  pp.  405-4U,  pis.  7,  figs.  3). — This  is  an  account 
of  attempts  to  ascertain  whether  the  petiole  of  a  plant  can  be  made  to  function 
as  a  stem  and  to  study  any  accompanying  anatomical  changes.  The  plants  used 
were  Pelargonium  zonale  meteor,  Solanmn  richardi,  S.  halbesii,  San<;hezia 
nobilis,  and  Phytolacca  dioica.  The  techuiqiie,  progress,  and  results  of  the 
work  are  describetl. 

It  is  stated  that  the  petiole,  by  grafting  a  sprout  upon  it,  can  be  made  to 
assume  the  functions  of  a  stem.  The  properties  of  the  stem,  such  as  long  life 
duration,  indefinitely  active  cambium,  interfascicular  cambium  linking  up 
bundles,  peridermium  development,  and  considerable  secondary  thickening,  all 
appear  in  the  petiole.  It  is  held  that  the  causes  of  the  secondary  thickening  lie 
in  the  removal  of  correlational  influences,  increased  mechanical  strain,  and  some 
influence  connected  with  foliar  development,  supposedly  bound  up  in  some  way 
with  the  water  economy,  particularly  transpiration. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

An  investigation  of  the  causes  of  automatic  movements  in  succulent 
plants,  Edith  B.  Shkeve  (Plant  World,  IS  (1915),  Nos.  11,  pp.  291-312,  figs.  6; 
12,  pp.  S31-343,  figs.  5). — ^As  the  result  of  a  study  carried  out  on  a  number  of 
cacti  it  is  claimed  that  the  seasonal  movements  observed  are  correlated  with 
turgidity  changes,  as  were  also  daily  movements  which  were  studied  in  some 
detail.  Other  influences  acting  in  the  case  of  short  period  movement,  through 
intermediate  processes,  are  temperature,  light  intensity,  evaporative  power  of 
the  air,  and  water  content  of  the  soil  and  plant  tissue. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  form  of  the  adult  cactus  plant  and  the  position  of  its 
branches  are  determined  by  the  water  relations  existing  during  the  period  of 
growth  and  secondary  thickening  of  its  various  parts,  and  not  by  any  peculiari- 
ties in  its  growing  point  and  in  its  mode  of  initiating  branches. 

The  relation  of  evaporation  and  soil  moisture  to  plant  succession  in  a 
ravine,  F.  T.  Ullrich  (Bui.  III.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  12  (1915),  Art.  1,  pp.  16, 
pis.  19). — The  author  gives  an  account,  with  interpretation  and  discussion  of 
results,  of  a  study  during  the  summer  of  1913  on  the  evaporation  rates  in  differ- 
ent portions  of  a  ravine  which  is  described.  The  data  obtained  are  claimed  to 
show  clearly  that  the  differences  in  the  rates  of  evaporation  at  the  various 
stations  are  sufficient  to  indicate  that  the  atmospheric  conditions  are  efl:ective 
factors  in  causing  plant  succession  in  a  ravine. 

A  study  of  the  relation  of  transpiration  to  the  size  and  number  of 
stomata,  W.  L.  C.  Muencher  (Amcr.  Jour.  Bat.,  2  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  487-50^, 
figs.  3). — From  the  determinations  made  by  the  methods  described  upon  a  num- 
ber of  plants,  the  author  concludes  that  the  number  of  stomata  per  unit  of  leaf 
surface  varies  simultaneously  with  the  length  of  the  pore  for  the  several  species, 
so  that  two  variables  are  to  be  considered.  No  correlation  was  found  between 
the  amount  of  transpiration  and  the  length  of  the  pore  of  one  stoma  or  the 
number  of  stomata  per  unit  of  leaf  surface  in  the  different  species  investigated. 
No  constant  relation  was  found  between  the  amount  of  water  lost  and  the 
number  of  linear  units  of  stomatal  pore,  that  is,  the  number  of  stomata  per  unit 


28  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

of  leaf  surface  multiplied  by  the  length  of  the  average  pore  in  the  various 
species  studied. 

It  is  thought  probable,  therefore,  that  the  amount  of  transpiration  is  not 
governed  entirely  by  stomatal  regulation,  and  that  the  variations  in  the  amount 
of  water  loss  in  different  species  can  not  be  accounted  for  by  the  size  and  num- 
ber of  stomata,  but  may  be  explained  perhaps  by  a  complex  of  several  factors. 
A  short  bibliography  is  appended. 

The  utilization  by  plants  of  acids  and  bases  from  difEerent  nitrates,  B.  M. 
Aknoldi  (Iz  RezuVt.  Voget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9 
{1912),  pp.  JfOl-IiSO) .—It  is  stated  that  nitric  acid  is  taken  up  from  its  salts 
more  rapidly  than  are  the  bases  potassium,  sodium,  calcium,  or  ammonium. 
The  energy  of  absorption  varies,  however,  with  the  different  metals.  Nitrates 
were  in  part  utilized  in  darkness  by  the  plant. 

The  influence  of  alkaline  reactions  shown  by  solutions  after  repeated  use, 
M.  A.  Starodubowa  {Iz  RezuVt.  Vcget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab. 
Agron.),  9  (1913),  pp.  392-Ji06). — It  was  found,  contrary  to  expectation,  that  in 
case  of  oat  and  wheat  plantlets  permitted  to  sprout  and  grow  for  not  over 
two  weeks  in  a  0.2  per  cent  solution  of  sodium  nitrate,  the  seedlings  showed 
some  actual  increase  of  vigor  in  spite  of  the  increased  alkalinity  until  the 
eighth  successive  series  had  been  grown  in  the  medium.  This,  it  is  thought, 
may  indicate  that  the  supposed  excretion  of  harmful  substances  from  such 
sprouting  plants  does  not  begin  in  these  plants  before  they  are  two  weeks  old. 
Toxicity  of  galactose  for  certain  of  the  higher  plants,  L.  Knudson  {Ann. 
Missouri  Bot.  Gard.,  2  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  659-666,  pi.  1). — Experiments  with 
vetch  liaving  shown  marked  injury  following  the  use  of  galactose  in  a  nutrient 
medium,  tests  were  made  on  other  leguminous  plants  to  determine  whether 
or  not  the  effect  of  the  galactose  is  consistent. 

It  was  found  that,  while  other  sugars  acted  beneficially,  galactose  showed 
an  injurious  action  on  Vicia  villosa  and  Pisum  sativum.  It  does  not  appear  to 
be  toxic  to  fungi,  since  several  of  these  were  found  growing  in  cultures  which 
had  become  contaminated  therewith.  The  character  of  the  injury  and  the 
method  of  action  by  galactose  have  not  yet  been  determined.  It  apparently 
kills  the  cells  with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  Glucose  appears  to  neutralize 
the  toxicity  of  galactose  in  some  way  not  yet  understood. 

Fumigation  experiments  to  determine  the  effect  of  highly  diluted  sulphur 
dioxid  on  a  grov/ing  grain  crop,  A.  E.  Wells  {U.  8.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Mines 
But.  9S  {1915),  pp.  213-307,  pis.  13,  fig.  i).— This  is  the  author's  report  to  the 
Selby  Smelter  Commission. 

The  tests  were  carried  out  with  barley  in  actual  cultivation,  an  impi'oved 
method  of  sulphur  dioxid  gas  delivery  being  employed  which  reproduced,  as 
regards  maintenance  of  uniformity,  actual  outside  conditions  as  nearly  as 
IKtssihle.  It  is  stated  that,  next  to  concentration  of  sulphur  dioxid,  duration 
of  exposure  thereto  is  the  chief  element  in  the  causation  of  injury,  and  that 
the  effects  oC  the  time  factor  are  not  materially  altered  when  the  applications 
are  made  at  intervals,  provided  these  are  short.  The  humidity  of  the  atmos- 
lihere  is  also  a  strong  determinative  factor,  exceeding  in  importance  tempera- 
ture changes  and  the  influence  of  sunlight  and  shade. 

A  preliminary  account  of  a  new  oedanometer  for  measuring  the  expansive 
force  of  single  seeds,  or  similar  small  bodies,  when  wetted,  .1.  B.  Butler  and 
J.  M.  SiiKiiiDAN  {Hci.  I'roc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soa,  n.  ser.,  I4  {1915),  No.  35,  pp.  462- 
480,  figs.  4)- — It  is  claimed  for  this  device  that  it  measures  the  force  rather 
than  the  volume  of  the  swelling.  The  several  forms  arc  designed  to  measure 
pressures  ihie  to  the  swelliiig  of  single  seeds  as  well  as  of  quantities  sullicient 
to  fill  considerable  space. 


1916]  FIELD  CROPS.  29 

Inventory  of  seeds  and  plants  imported  by  the  Office  of  Foreign  Seed  and 
Plant  Introduction  during  the  period  from  October  1  to  December  31,  1913 
{U.  S.  Dcpt.  Ayr.,  Bur.  Plant  Indus.  Inventory  No.  37  {HUG),  pp.  95,  pis.  G).— 
Notes  are  given  of  seeds  and  plants  imported  from  various  sources  from  Oc- 
tober 1  to  December  31,  1913,  about  700  numbers  being  included.  These  were 
largely  obtained  from  an  expedition  to  Brazil  made  by  P.  H.  Dorsett,  A.  D. 
Shamel,  and  W.  Popenoe,  a  collection  by  S.  C.  Mason  in  Egypt  and  Nubia,  and 
collections  by    F.  N.  IMeyer  in  Cliina. 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  M — Botany  {Internat.  Cat. 
Sci.  Lit.,  11  (1914),  pp.  yiII-\-856). — The  literature  heroin  catalogued  is  said  to 
be  mainly  that  of  1911,  but  to  include  some  entries  dated  1912  and  portions  of 
the  literature  of  1901  to  1910,  the  index  slips  for  which  were  received  too  late 
for  inclusion  in  previous  volumes  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  327). 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  M — Botany  {Internat.  Cat. 
Sci.  Lit.,  12  {1915),  pp.  VIH+SSo). — The  literature  indexed  herein  is  mainly 
that  of  1912  and  1913,  but  includes  also  material  received  too  late  for  inser- 
tion in  previous  issues. 

FIELD  CEOPS. 

The  influence  of  relative  area  in  intertilled  and  other  classes  of  crops  on 
crop  yield,  D.  A.  Brodie  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ.  57  {1916),  pp.  8, 
fiy.  1). — A  report  is  presented  on  studies  as  to  the  relation  of  the  type  of  farm- 
ing to  the  maintenance  of  crop  yield  made  in  1914  and  1915  on  240  farms  in 
Chester  County,  Pa.,  and  on  303  fai-ms  in  Central  Illinios.  The  labor  income 
was  used  as  the  measure  of  efficiency  in  producing  profits,  and  the  crop  index  or 
percentage  relation  of  the  crop  yields  of  a  particular  farm  to  the  average  crop 
yields  of  all  the  farms  in  the  community  as  the  measure  of  efficiency  in  main- 
taining crop  yield.  Use  was  also  made  of  two  other  studies  furnishing  data  on 
this  subject,  one  covering  377  Chester  County,  Pa.,  farms,  antl  the  other,  300 
farms  in  Lenawee  County,  Mich.  Tlie  relation  of  different  groups  of  crops  to 
crop  yield  is  shown  in  tables  and  discussed. 

For  the  purpose  of  this  study  the  farm  crops  were  divided  into  intertilled, 
annual  not  intertilled,  and  perennial  crops.  The  results  indicated  that  in  all 
the  districts  so  far  studied  an  optimum  percentage  of  the  crop  area  of  the 
farm  may  be  devoted  to  a  single  class  of  crops  and  maximum  yields  main- 
tained. Under  tl>e  rather  intensive  types  of  farming  studied  in  IV'nIlr^vlvallia 
and  Michigan  and  under  the  more  extensive  type  practiced  in  Central  Uliuoifl, 
the  optimum  area  of  intertilled  crops  in  each  case  was  found  to  fall  with  in 
5  per  cent  of  each  other,  the  range  being  about  from  32  to  36  per  cent.  It 
^^•as  further  indicated  that  when  more  than  this  percentage  of  area  is  devoted  to 
a  single  class  of  crops,  yields  decrease  even  where  there  is  an  increase  in  the 
number  of  live  stock  per  acre. 

The  area  devoted  to  small  grain  in  the  Pennsylvania  area  is  so  small  that  it 
is  regarded  as  either  not  directly  affecting  crop  yield  or  that  its  inlluence  is 
completely  masked  by  the  effect  of  the  amount  of  manure  available.  The  opti- 
mum percentage  area  for  perennial  grass,  which  is  mainly  timothy  and  clover 
in  Chester  County,  Pa.,  was  aljout  30  per  cent  of  the  crop  area  of  the  farm. 

A  cropping  system  constructed  from  data  brought  out  in  a  survey  made  in 
1912  was  found  to  correspond  very  closely  to  the  practice  of  those  farmers  on 
the  one  hand  who  maintain  high  yields  and  with  those  on  the  other  hand  who 
made  the  highest  profits.  Taking  the  data  secured  in  Chester  County,  it  is 
stated  tiiat  with  the  allowance  of  about  10  per  cent  of  the  crop  area  of  various 
crops  not  in  the  rotation  such  as  garden,  orchard,  soiling  crops,  and  the  like. 


30  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOKD,  [Vol.35 

there  should  be  in  the  cropping  system  about  36  per  cent  of  the  crop  area  in 
intertilled  crops,  about  36  per  cent  in  perennial  grass,  and  the  remaining  18  per 
cent  in  annual  crops  not  intertilled. 

Contributions  to  agronomic  terminology,  I,  C.  R.  Ball  and  0.  V.  Pipeb 
(Jour.  Amcr.  Soc.  A(jron.,  8  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-9).— A  paper  discussing  the  need 
and  value  of  a  clear  and  definite  terminology  in  agronomy,  and  presenting  and 
defining  35  terms  relating  to  the  operation  of  seeding  and  setting  and  88  terras 
relating  to  the  meadow  and  pasture  industry. 

Progressive  agriculture,  H.  W.  Campbell  (Lincoln,  Nehr.:  Aiitlior,  1916,  pp. 
155,  figs.  49). —A-  popular  treatise  on  the  culture  of  different  crops  and  the 
methods  of  soil  management  in  the  semi-arid  regions  of  the  United  States. 

Experiments  with  field  crops,  C.  D.  Woods  {Maine  Sta.  Bnl.  246  {1916),  pp. 
27,  28). — In  these  experiments  three  uniform  J-acre  plats  were  differently  pre- 
pared in  September,  1912.  One  plat  was  plowed  and  then  subsoiled,  the  second 
or  middle  plat  was  prepared  by  boring  holes  80  to  36  in.  deep  a  rod  apart  and 
discharging  i-lb.  stick  of  dynamite  in  each  hole,  while  the  third  plat  was  plowed 
in  the  usual  way.  In  1913,  the  entire  field  was  planted  to  potatoes,  in  1914  to 
corn,  and  in  1915  to  rape,  the  preparation  being  uniform  over  the  three  plats. 
There  were  no  appreciable  differences  in  the  crop  on  the  different  plats,  and 
this  result  is  taken  as  indicating  that  under  the  soil  conditions  at  Highmoor 
Farm  no  advantage  results  from  the  use  of  dynamite  for  loosening  soil  for 
field  crops. 

[The  Woburn  field  experiments,  1914],  J.  A.  Voelckeb  {Jour.  Roy.  Agr. 
Soc.  England,  75  {1914),  pp-  286-206). — These  experiments  are  a  continuation 
of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  831).  The  year  1914  was  the  thirty- 
eighth  of  the  continuous  growing  of  wheat  and  barley  on  the  same  land  with 
the  annual  or  biennial  application  of  different  kinds,  amounts,  and  combinations 
of  fertilizers  for  the  difi'erent  plats.  The  season  was  marked  by  verj'  dry 
weather  from  March  to  harvest  time.  The  jnelds  of  wheat  were  much  below 
the  average,  those  of  barley  were  better,  and  those  of  oats  were  poor. 

In  the  wheat  experiment  the  highest  yield,  19.1  bu.  per  acre,  was  seciired  on 
the  plat  receiving  3  cwt.  of  superphosphate,  I  cwt.  of  sulphate  of  potash,  and 
25  lbs.  of  ammonia  in  the  form  of  the  sulphate.  The  plat  receiving  100  lbs.  of 
ammonia  in  barnyard  manure  ranked  next  with  a  yield  of  11.5  bu.,  and  the  one 
receiving  25  lbs.  of  ammonia  in  rape  dust  stood  third  with  11.2  h\\.  per  acre. 
In  general  the  results  seemed  to  indicate  that  the  nitrate  of  soda  plats  are 
failing  as  a  rule  and  that  the  land  on  which  this  work  is  conducted  is  more  in 
need  of  phosphates  than  of  potash.  The  barnyard  manure  plat  stood  first  in 
the  yield  of  straw  with  15  cwt.  and  8  lbs.  per  acre.  The  results  of  a  variety 
tost  were  decidedly  in  favor  of  Square  Head  Master  as  compared  with  Svalof 
and  Tystofte,  Swedish  and  Danish  wheats,  respectively.  The  use  of  4  tons  of 
magnesia  per  acre  apparently  gave  an  increase  in  the  nitrogen  content  of  the 
wlieat  but  had  no  influence  on  the  baking  quality. 

In  the  barley  experiments  the  barnyard  manure  plat  gave  the  largest  yield, 
24.6  l)u.  per  acre,  being  followed  by  the  plat  receiving  3  cwt.  of  superphosphate 
and  25  lbs.  of  ammonia  as  nitrate  of  soda  per  acre  with  24.5  bu.  The  plat 
receiving  3  cwt.  of  superphosphate,  I  cwt.  of  sulphate  of  potash,  and  25  lbs.  of 
ammonia  in  the  form  of  sulphate  per  acre,  2  tons  of  lime  having  been  applied 
in  1897  and  repeated  in  1912,  ranked  third  with  a  yield  of  24.3  bu.  Sulphate 
of  ammonia  used  alone  or  with  minerals  but  without  lime  gave  no  crop  in  any 
case.  A  test  of  varieties  showed  Tystofte  Prentice  and  Archer  about  equal  in 
yield  and  both  ranking  higlior  than  Svah'lf  I'rimus.  In  quality  of  grain  Tystofte 
Prentice  stood  a  little  higher  than  Archer. 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  31 

Mangolds  following  wheat  which  had  been  treated  at  the  rate  of  2  tons  of 
magnesia  per  acre  appeared  to  show  a  slight  residual  effect  of  this  application. 

In  a  variety  test  of  oats  the  Swedish  variety  Svalof  Victory  yielded  37.4 
bu.  and  Banner,  a  Canadian  variety,  raidvod  next  with  34..5  bu.  per  acre.  Among 
four  varieties  of  flax  La  Plata  produced  the  highest  yield  of  seed.  The  results 
of  a  comparison  of  Pacey,  Dutch,  and  Italian  rye-grass  were  in  favor  of 
Italian  rye-grass  in  two  years  out  of  three.  A  grass  mixture  with  ordinary 
white  clover  gave  a  heavier  yield  of  hay  than  the  same  mixture  with  wild 
white  clovei',  but  the  wild  white  clover  proved  more  promising  for  pasturage. 

A  test  of  varieties  of  alfalfa  resulted  in  favor  of  the  Ilussian  variety,  the 
Canadian  ranking  next,  with  Provence  but  slightly  inferior.  American  (Ari- 
zona) and  Turkestan  gave  the  lowest  yield. 

In  grass  experiments  the  best  results  in  improving  old  pasture  were  obtained 
on  a  plat  which  had  been  limed  at  intervals,  the  last  application  having  been 
made  in  1909,  and  which  had  received  superphosphate  and  sulphate  of  potash 
in  1913.  Of  different  kinds  of  lime,  magnesium  lime  proved  the  least  effective. 
Ground  lime  seemed  to  have  given  better  residts  than  lump  lime. 

[Field  experiments  at  the  Cuttack  Experiment  Station,  1914—15],  G.  Sher- 
EARD  {Rpt.  Dcpt.  xiyr.  Biliar  and  Orism,  191^-15,  pp.  4^-51). — Fertilizer  and 
variety  tests  with  rice,  and  culture  and  seed  selection  experiments  are  briefly 
described. 

The  method  of  transplanting  about  two  rice  seedlings  9  or  10  in.  apart  com- 
pared with  the  practice  of  transplanting  eight  or  ten  seedlings  5  or  6  in.  apart 
gave  better  yields  of  grain  in  each  of  three  years,  but  the  yield  of  straw  was 
generally  in  favor  of  the  thicker  planting.  Experiments  undertaken  to  deter- 
mine the  best  rate  for  broatlcasting  rice  indicated  that  a  saving  of  from  about 
18  to  36  lbs.  of  seed-rice  per  acre  as  compared  with  the  general  practice  can  be 
made  without  reducing  the  yields.  In  the  experiment  reported,  about  27  lbs. 
of  seed-rice  per  acre  on  well-prepared  ground  and  omitting  the  after-plowing 
gave  higher  yields  of  grain  in  every  case  than  larger  quantities  of  seed  per  acre 
together   with   the   customary   after-plowing. 

In  an  experiment  on  the  production  of  jute  fiber  and  rice  when  grown  in 
rotation  in  the  same  year  with  about  IG.OOO  lbs.  of  cow  manure  applied  to  the 
jute,  an  average  yield  of  843  lbs.  of  jute  fiber  and  2,153  lbs.  of  rice  grain  and 
3,027  lbs.  of  straw  were  secured  on  irrigated  land  during  the  four  years 
1912-1915,  inclusive. 

[Field  experiments],  S.  N.  Sil  (Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  Biliar  and  Orissa,  191^-15, 
pp.  11-29). — The  results  of  experiments  conducted  at  the  Sabour  Agricultural 
College  during  the  year  ending  June  30,  1915,  are  reported. 

Among  other  results  constant  cultivation  of  fallow  during  hot  weather  as 
compared  with  no  cultivation  and  tlie  use  of  about  8,000  lbs.  barnyard  manure 
per  acre  gave  increased  yields  of  wheat  in  every  test. 

Rice  seedlings  grown  in  moist  seed  beds  proved  more  satisfactory  than  those 
produced  under  dry  seed-bed  methods.  Seedlings  two  months  old  when  trans- 
planted gave  better  results  than  younger  or  older  seedlings.  Spacing  the  plants 
6  or  9  in.  apart  gave  much  better  results  than  spacing  either  12  or  18  in.  Green 
manuring  of  rice  lands  for  three  successive  years  also  proved  beneficial.  An 
experiment  in  which  from  1  to  40  rice  seedlings  were  planted  per  hole  showed 
that  1  or  2  selected  and  4  or  6  unselected  seedlings  per  hole  appeared  to  be  the 
economic  limit  in  transplanting.  Root-pnming  appeared  to  stimulate  the 
growth  of  rice  seedlings.  In  a  fertilizer  test  the  use  in  alternate  years  of  about 
250  lbs.  of  bone  meal  per  acre  proved  more  effective  than  the  use  of  about 
415  lbs. 


32  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Rahar  (Cajanvs  indicus)  sown  in  June  produced  heavier  yields  than  sowings 
made  in  July. 

[Field  experiments  at  Dumraon  Experiment  Station,  1914—15],  G.  Sher- 
RARD  (Rpt.  Dcpt.  Ayr.  Bihar  and  Orissa,  1914-15,  pp.  38-4^^).— The  different 
lines  of  work  pursued  during  the  year  are  briefly  described.  The  results  of 
manurial  tests  with  rice  showed  that  an  annual  application  of  about  400  lbs. 
of  cow  manure  per  acre  for  4  years  was  distinctly  profitable  as  compared  with 
other  treatments,  and  gave  better  returns  even  than  the  use  of  double  the 
quantity. 

[Experiment  station  work  in  New  South  Wales,  1914^15]  (Rpt.  Dept.  Agr. 
N.  8.  Wales,  1915,  pp.  132,  pis.  12). — Brief  general  reports  are  presented  on  the 
experimental  work  and  other  activities  of  the  Bathurst,  Berry,  Coonamble, 
Cowra,  Glen  Innes,  Grafton,  Trangie,  Wagga,  Wollongbar,  and  Yanco  experi- 
ment farms,  and  a  number  of  demonstration  farms.  Experiments  conducted 
at  Hawkesbury  Agricultural  College,  Lambrigg,  and  Howlong  are  also  briefly 
noted. 

In  a  test  of  13  varieties  of  oats  at  Cowi*a,  a  cross  between  White  Ligowo  and 
Algerian  ranked  first  in  yield  with  about  36  bu.  per  acre,  followed  by  Sun- 
rise producing  only  a  few  pounds  less.  Bathurst  No.  4  and  Ruakura  Rust 
Resistant  also  gave  promising  yields.  At  the  Hawkesbury  Agricultural  Col- 
lege Cleveland  and  Warren  wheats  succeeded  best  and  Ruakura  oats  was  the 
most  rust-resistant  and  gave  the  highest  yield. 

The  outstanding  feature  of  the  ear-to-row  tests  in  corn-breeding  work  at 
the  various  farms  was  the  variation  in  yield  between  the  different  rows.  In 
every  test  the  highest  yielding  row  produced  more  than  twice  as  much  as  the 
lowest  yielding  row.  It  was  also  found  that  some  of  the  best  yielding  rows 
were  almost  uniform  throughout  in  type.  A  cross  between  Hickory  King  and 
Boone  County  White  corn  is  described  as  having  the  small  cob  and  hard, 
medium-large  grain  of  Hickoi-y  King  but  the  deep,  wedge-shaped  kernels  of 
Boone  County  White. 

In  selection  experiments  at  Grafton  with  Learning  corn  the  highest  yielding 
row  gave  70.2  bu.  per  acre  and  the  lowest  26.7.  The  average  of  20  ears 
selected  from  the  crib  w'as  45.5  bu.,  and  the  average  of  16  field-selected  ears 
52.1  bu.  per  acre.  No  advantage  was  derived  from  selecting  for  two  ears  per 
stalk,  and  ears  selected  from  stalks  thick  at  the  base  yielded  better  on  an 
average  than  those  from  thin  stalks.  Ears  selected  from  plants  with  suckers, 
especially  if  these  also  bore  small  ears,  yielded  higher  in  neai-ly  every  case 
than  ears  from  suckerless  stalks.  Ears  drooping  at  maturity  generally  out- 
yielded  those  erect  at  maturity.  A  correlation  appeared  to  exist  between 
medium  red  color  of  the  kernels  and  good  type  of  ear. 

Results  in  experiments  with  Improved  Yellow  Dent  showed  that  the  highest 
yields  were  obtained  from  ears  selected  from  short  or  medium  tall  stalks. 
Ears  selected  from  very  tall  stalks  gave  low  yields  in  almost  every  case,  and 
ears  placed  low  on  the  stalk  gave  distinctly  higher  yields  than  ears  high  on 
the  stalk.     Ears  drooping  at  maturity  yielded  9  per  cent  higher  than  erect  ears. 

Results  secured  in  breeding  work  with  sorghum  indicated  a  correlation  of 
earliness  and  dwarf  stature  with  grain  production,  and  lateness  and  tall  fodder 
growth  with  low  seed  production.  The  yield  of  individual  rows  ranged  from 
2|  to  9^  tons  of  fodder  per  acre,  and  from  1.25  to  20.6  bu.  of  seed  per  acre. 
The  best  row  of  a  dual  purpose  strain  yielded  at  the  rate  of  5.3  tons  of  fodder 
and  24.6  bu.  of  seed  per  acre. 

[Effect  of  inoculation  material  on  the  development  of  wheat,  rye,  oats,  and 
barleyl  {North  Dakota  Sla.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  pp.  15,  16). — Seed  of  wheat,  oats, 
rye,  and  barley  was  treated  with  an  inoculation  material   for  which  it  was 


191G]  FIELD  CROPS.  33 

clainietl  that  similar  results  to  those  secured  from  the  inoculation  of  the  soil 
for  lof;:uminous  crops  could  he  ohtained.  Treated  and  untreated  seed  was 
sown  on  plats  of  equal  size  and  condition  hut  no  material  diffei-ence  hetween 
the  plats  sown  with  treated  and  untreated  seed  was  visible  during  any  part  of 
the  growing  season.  It  was  concluded  that  so  far  as  the  soil  was  concerned 
the  application  had  no  value. 

Forage  crops  in  central  Washington,  M.  A.  McCall  (Washington  Sta.  Bui. 
128  (1916),  pp.  3-11,  fiys.  i)). — Brief  notes  are  given  on  the  results  of  cooperative 
trials  with  forage  crops,  including  corn,  sorghum,  alfalfa,  sweet  clover,  field 
peas,  rye,  and  wheat. 

Soy  bean  and  cowpea,  F.  H.  Hall  (New  York  State  Sta.  Circ.  J^S  (1915), 
pp.  6). — Notes  on  the  general  character  of  these  crops,  their  culture,  uses,  and 
value,  are  presented  with  special  reference  to  conditions  obtaining  in  the  State 
of  New  York.  It  is  reported  that  in  1915  only  did  the  method  of  planting  soy 
beans  and  corn  together  in  the  same  row  produce  satisfactory  growth  of  soy- 
bean forage  at  the  station,  and  tliat  even  then  the  seeds  were  far  from  mature. 

Conitesse  and  Sarah,  new  French  varieties  of  barley,  L.  Blabinghem 
(Assoc.  Franc  Avanc.  ScL,  Compt.  Rend.,  //.?  (191Jt),  pp.  971-974,  fiff-  i).— The 
two  varieties  of  barley  described  resulted  from  work  entered  upon  in  1903  for 
the  purpose  of  improving  varieties  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  brewery  as 
well  as  of  the  farm.  Both  varieties  belong  to  the  species  Hordeum  distichvm 
nutans  and  are  of  pure  line  breeding.  Comtesse  yielded  from  32.1  to  43.6  bu. 
per  acre  in  1912  and  from  2S.7  to  34.4  bu.  in  1913  on  soils  of  medium  fertility. 
The  variety  Sarah  yielded  from  37  to  44.5  bu.  per  acre  in  tlie  Champagne  region 
and  from  40.1  to  43.5  bu.  on  calcareous  soils  in  the  vicinity  of  Saumur. 

Alexandrian  clover,  A.  Cakrante  (A(/r.  Colon  [Iloli/],  9  (191.5),  Nos.  8,  pp. 
467-480;  9,  pp.  546-556;  10,  pp.  583-619;  11,  646-680;  12,  pp.  725-756;  ijIs.  19).— 
An  article  discussing  the  subject  under  tlie  following  heads :  Origin  and  botani- 
cal characters,  agronomic  and  biological  characters  in  their  relation  to  the 
culture  of  the  plant,  varieties,  culture  in  Egj-pt  and  other  countries,  climatic  and 
soil  requirements,  cultivation  of  the  crop,  cultivation  under  irrigation,  culture 
in  crop  mixtures,  utilization  of  the  forage  and  its  feeding  value,  fertilizing  value, 
adverse  conditions  and  parasites,  relation  to  farm  management,  and  comparison 
with  otiier  leguminous  crops. 

[Expeiinients  with  oats],  C.  D.  Woods  (Maine  Sta.  But.  246  (1916),  pp. 
4-14)- — ^  fertilizer  te.st  indicated  that  the  pho.splioric  acid  is  not  a  controlling 
factor  in  the  yield  of  oats  under  Aroostook  farm  conditions. 

Fifteen  varieties  of  oats  tested  at  Aroostook  Farm  in  1915  gave  an  average 
yield  of  60.1  bu.  of  grain  and  2,285  lbs.  of  straw  per  acre.  The  two  leading 
varieties,  Early  Pearl  and  Sil>erian,  yielded  73.7  and  70.6  bu.  per  acre,  respec- 
tively, and  were  the  two  latest  maturing  varieties  in  the  list.  Kherson,  a  variety 
ripening  aljout  10  days  before  the  varieties  of  medium  matiu'ity,  ranked  third 
with  a  yield  of  67.6  bu.  per  acre. 

A  similar  test  at  Highmoor  Farm  with  11  commercial  varieties  resulted  in  an 
average  yield  of  73.9  bu.  of  grain  and  3,384  lbs.  of  straw  per  acre.  Early  Pearl 
ranked  first  with  86.6  bu.  of  grain.  Banner  .second  with  83.3  bu.,  and  Minnesota 
No.  26  third  with  81.7  bu.  per  acre.  Those  varieties  have  been  tested  for  three 
years  and  the  average  results  place  Early  Pearl  first  witli  S4.6  bu.,  followed  by 
Minnesota  No.  26  with  83.5,  Gold  Rain  with  81.2,  and  Banner  with  80.3  bu. 
per  acre. 

In  a  test  in  1915  of  12  pure  lines  of  oats  originated  at  Highmoor  Farm  an 
average  yield  of  79.1  bu.  of  grain  and  3.621  ll)s.  of  straw  per  acre  was  secured. 
The  leading  strains  were  Maine  No.  340  with  82.8  bu.,  Maine  No.  3.55  with  82.2, 
Maine  No.  281  with  81.3,  and  Maine  No.  247  with  80.2  bu.  per  acre.     The  average 


34  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

results  for  three  years  show  a  yield  of  S2.8  bu.  per  acre  and  a  range  from  79.9 
to  SS.5  bu.,  the  strain  ranking  first  being  Maine  No.  340. 

An  experiment  of  seeding  oats  at  the  rate  of  8,  10,  12,  14,  16,  and  20  pk.  per 
acre  gave  results  decidedly  in  favor  of  the  seeding  with  14  pk.,  and  indicated 
that  when  the  crop  is  seeded  with  3  or  3i  bu.  per  acre  the  yield  is  likely  to  be 
as  great  as  when  seeded  with  4  or  5  bu.  The  experiment  was  planned  to  be 
repeated  in  1916. 

Oats  in  Washington,  E.  G.  Schafeb  and  E.  F.  Gaines  {Washington  Sta.  Bill. 
129  {1916),  pp.  3-13,  figs.  3). — This  bulletin  describes  16  varieties  of  oats  and 
reports  the  results  of  tests  of  a  list  of  varieties  in  the  nursery  and  the  field. 

Regarding  the  average  yield  of  all  the  varieties  in  the  nursery  test  as  100, 
the  comparative  yields  ranged  fi'om  121.4  for  Sparrowbill  to  51.5  for  Chinese 
Hulless.  In  the  field  tests  Abundance,  Banner,  Swedish  Select,  and  Sixty  Day 
led  in  yield.  Averaging  the  results  of  the  field  and  nursery  tests  the  leading 
varieties,  given  in  decreasing  order  of  yield,  were  Abundance,  Banner,  Sparrow- 
bill,  Swedish  Select,  and  Sixty  Day,  all  of  which  gave  a  yield  above  the  average 
of  the  eight  varieties  in  the  tests. 

[Experiments  with,  potatoes],  C.  D.  Woods  {Maine  Sta.  But.  2^6  {1916),  pp. 
16-27). — An  experiment  is  reported  on  the  effect  of  omitting  potash  from  the 
fertilizer  application  in  growing  potatoes.  The  four  different  mixtures  used 
contained  4  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  of  which  one-third  was  in  the  form  of  nitrate 
of  soda  and  8  per  cent  of  available  phosphoric  acid.  The  first  plat  in  each  of 
the  two  series  received  no  potash,  the  second  2  per  cent,  the  third  5  per  cent, 
and  the  fourth  8  per  cent.  In  each  case  the  fertilizer  was  applied  at  the  time  of 
planting  at  the  rate  of  1,500  lbs.  per  acre.  The  average  yield  on  the  two  plats 
receiving  no  potash  was  302  bu.  as  compared  with  320  l>u.  on  the  plats  receiving 
2  per  cent,  320  bu.  on  those  receiving  5  per  cent,  and  331  bu.  on  those  receiving 
8  per  cent  of  potash.  It  is  concluded  that  while  the  results  from  the  use  of 
the  larger  amounts  of  potash  indicate  that  potash  may  be  expected  to  increase 
the  yield  of  potatoes  in  Aroostook  County,  they  also  indicate  that  a  profitable 
yield  can  be  obtained  without  its  addition  for  at  least  one  year. 

In  a  comparison  of  different  methods  of  applying  the  fertilizer  in  potato  ciil- 
ture  at  Aroostook  Farm,  1,500  lbs.  per  acre  was  used  of  a  fertilizer  carrying  4  per 
cent  nitrogen,  8  per  cent  available  phosphoric  acid,  and  7  per  cent  water-soluble 
potash.  One-third  of  the  nitrogen  was  in  the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda  and  the  re- 
mainder was  high-grade  organic  nitrogen.  The  entire  quantity  was  applied  in 
the  planter  or  broadcast,  or  1,000  lbs.  was  applied  in  the  planter  or  broadcast 
and  500  lbs.  given  when  the  crop  was  up.  The  average  results  of  two  years 
show  that  there  is  little  to  choose  between  the  methods  compared,  and  the  experi- 
ment is  to  be  repeated  for  further  data. 

In  a  comparison  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  nitrate  of  soda  as  a  source  of 
nitrogen  in  potato  fertilizers,  the  results  for  two  years  show  that  the  sulphate 
of  ammonia  plats  gave  somewhat  larger  yields  than  the  nitrate  of  soda  plats. 
The  organic  nitrogen  did  not  appear  to  be  as  completely  available  as  the  two 
other  forms. 

The  culture  of  the  peanut,  J.  M.  de  Souza  {Rio  de  Janeiro:  Min.  Agr.  Indus, 
c  Com.,  1915,  pp.  3-13). — The  culture  of  the  peanut  and  its  uses  are  briefly  de- 
scribed, and  in  this  connection  notes  are  given  on  the  origin,  history,  synonomy, 
geographical  distribution,  and  climatic  requirements  of  the  plant. 

The  botanical  origin  of  the  cultivated  varieties  of  rice,  O.  Roehrich  {A.tsoc. 
Franr.  Aranr.  Sri.,  Compt.  Rend.,  //3  {191J,),  pp.  Jf79-Ji87). — Historical  notes  on 
the  development  and  distribution  of  rice  culture  are  given,  together  with 
botanical  descriptions  of  Oriza  latifolia,  O.  hraehyantha,  O.  hrcrUigulata,  O. 
longistaminata,  and  O.  sativa. 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  35 

Varieties  of  soy  beans,  F.  A.  Welton  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  J/, 
pp.  99-101). — Notes  are  given  on  the  culture  of  soy  beans  and  the  results  of  a 
4-j'ear  test  of  25  varieties  are  tabulated. 

Of  6  early  varieties  or  those  ripening  on  or  before  September  27,  Chestnut  and 
Ito  San  1726S  had  an  average  yield  exceeding  27  bu,  per  acre.  The  best  yield- 
ing varieties  in  the  list  with  an  average  yield  above  28  bu.  per  acre  were  Ohio 
7480,  Ohio  9016,  and  Ohio  9110,  varieties  maturing  from  September  28  to 
October  6.  Of  the  late  varieties  or  those  maturing  on  or  after  October  7,  Ohio 
7491  and  Ohio  9035  ranked  highest  with  26.28  and  25.58  bu.  per  acre,  respec- 
tively. For  the  production  of  hay.  Cloud,  Ohio  9035,  Sable,  Taha,  Auburn, 
Ebony,  Medium  Green,  and  Shingto,  and  for  silage,  varieties  of  the  type  of 
the  Medium  Green  gave  promising  results.  Plans  for  cooperative  work  in  test- 
ing promising  strains  isolated  by  the  station  are  briefly  outlined. 

Variety  tests  with  sugar  beets  (Ztschr.  ZuckeriTUlus.  BiJhmen,  40  (1916), 
No.  4,  pp.  155-170). — These  tests  were  conducted  in  triplicate  at  each  of  four 
different  points  by  the  sugar  industry  association  of  Bohemia,  and  the  samples 
studied  were  made  up  of  50  beets  from  each  plat. 

The  average  yields  of  varieties  grown  in  1915  were  as  follows :  Dippe  33,995, 
Zapotil  33,549,  Schreiber  33,665,  Dobrovic  33,585,  Rabbethge  and  Giesecke 
33,290,  Kuhn  36,048,  Mandelik  33,133,  and  Dobrovic  "  average,"  which  differed 
from  Dobrovic  only  in  the  seed  sample,  which  was  made  up  by  the  growers 
from  seed  grown  in  their  several  fields,  33,754  lbs.  per  acre.  The  corresponding 
sugar  contents  were  19.53,  19.54,  19.31,  20.02,  19.51,  19.37,  19.58,  and  19.94 
per  cent. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  weeds  of  central  Iowa,  northern  Minnesota, 
and  Wisconsin,  L.  H.  Pammel  (Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  22  (1915),  pp.  57-59). — 
A  table  is  given  showing  the  occurrence  or  nonocurrence  of  a  list  of  weeds  at 
Ames,  Iowa;  St.  Paul,  Brainerd,  Cass  Lake,  and  Duluth,  Minn.;  or  St.  Croix 
Falls,  Wis. 

[Eradication  of  quack  grass]  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  p.  16).—' 
Flake  potasli  was  applied  in  different  amounts  up  to  16,000  lbs.  per  acre  in 
direct  contact  with  the  grass.  The  heaviest  application  seemed  strong  enough 
to  kill  the  quack  grass  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  but  it  did  not  prevent  the 
final  growth  of  the  grass  from  the  lower  root  stalks. 

HORTICULTURE. 

[Report  of  horticultural  investigations]  (Oeorgia  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  9-12). — 
A  brief  statement  of  progress  made  in  various  horticultural  projects,  under 
the  direction  of  H.  P.  Stuckey,  during  the  year. 

In  breeding  work  with  tomatoes  it  M'as  found  that  first  and  second  genera- 
tion plants  from  the  crosses  between  the  red  cherry  tomato  and  Greater  Bal- 
timore, a  large  commercial  variety,  gave  fruit  resistant  to  the  blossom-end  rot 
and  in  size  intermediate  between  the  fruit  of  the  two  parents.  Plants  result- 
ing from  seed  taken  from  diseased  tomatoes  of  the  Globe  variety  produced 
fruit  more  susceptible  to  blossom-end  rot  than  did  plants  grown  from  seed 
taken  from  sound  fruit. 

A  selection  from  the  third  generation  progeny  of  a  cross  between  the 
Georgia  collard  and  the  Charlestown  Wakefield  cabbage  has  given  a  stocky, 
compact  plant,  intermediate  between  the  parent  types  and  apparently  resistant 
to  disease. 

In  the  spring  of  1912  one  acre  was  set  to  apple  trees,  every  other  row 
being  stock  infected  with  crown  gall  and  every  other  row  being  set  to  sound 
Btock.     Measurements  at  the  end  of  the  season  1915  show  that  the  sound  stock 


36  EXPEEIMENT  STATION   KECORD.  [Vol.35 

had  made  a  little  better  growth  than  the  crown-sail  infected  stock.  A  collec- 
tion of  varieties  of  pears  was  set  out  in  the  spring  of  1912  to  determine  the 
influence  of  fertilizers  and  cultural  methods  on  the  development  and  spread  of 
the  pear  blight.  Of  these  varieties  a  pear  of  the  Garber  tj'pe,  belonging  to  the 
ryriis  sinrs'iH  gi-oiip  and  secured  from  the  eastern  section  of  South  Carolina, 
was  found  to  he  i»ractically  immune  to  the  blight!  This  pear  is  slightly  superior 
to  the  Kieffer  in  quality. 

Observations  made  on  the  flowers  of  a  number  of  Elberta  peach  seedlings 
confirmed  previous  observations  reported  by  Hedrick  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  424)  with 
reference  to  the  relation  of  the  color  of  the  inside  of  the  corolla  cup  and  the 
color  of  the  flesh  of  the  peach.  Deep  orange  corolla  cups  gave  yellow  flesh 
peaches ;  liglit  yellow  or  green  corolla  cups  gave  green  or  white  flesh  peaches. 

An  investigation  of  the  cause  of  partial  or  entire  self-sterility  existing  among 
certain  varieties  of  pecans  has  shown  that  the  varieties  can  be  divided  into 
two  distinct  groups  based  on  the  floral  charactin-  of  the  catkins  of  the  staminate 
flowers.  The  two  most  important  differences  between  these  two  groups  from 
an  economic  standpoint  are  the  difference  in  the  viability  of  the  pollen  and  the 
difference  between  the  time  the  pollen  is  shed  and  the  time  the  pistillate  flower 
l)ecomes  receptive.  The  pollen  of  one  group  was  found  to  be  approximately 
three  times  as  viable  as  that  of  the  other  group  and  the  pollen  was  shed  at 
approximately  the  same  time  that  the  pistillate  flowers  became  receptive.  In 
the  other  group  the  difference  in  time  between  the  sliedding  of  the  pollen  and  the 
receptive  stage  of  the  pistillate  flower  ranged  from  6  to  13  days.  These  ob- 
servations indicate  that  a  certain  number  of  early  blooming  varieties  should 
be  interplanted  with  those  varieties  in  which  the  pollen  is  late  in  developing. 

A  large  number  of  crosses  between  the  black  and  white  fruiting  varieties  of 
Rotundifolia  gi'apes  showed  that  black  is  dominant  to  white  and  that  white  is 
a  pure  recessive,  thus  indicating  that  white  or  light  fruiting  vines  may  be 
produced  by  pollinating  the  flowers  of  Scupi^ernong  vines  with  pollen  from 
white  male  vines.  Studies  thus  far  made  of  the  microspoi-e  development  of 
Vitis  rotundifolia  in  order  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  self-storility  in  these 
grapes  have  shown  that  the  microspores  functioned  normally  in  both  male  and 
female  through  the  tetrad  stage.  Following  this  stage  the  pollen  from  the 
self-sterile  varieties  shows  signs  of  degeneration, 

A  B  C  of  veg'etable  gardening',  E.  E.  Rexford  {Neio  York  and  London: 
Harper  &  Bros.,  1916,  pp.  116). — A  popular  treatise  on  the  culture  of  vegetables 
and  small  fruits. 

Sj)raying  programs  for  the  small  home  orchard  and  fruit  garden,  H.  A. 
CossAKu  and  W.  J.  Green  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  lOS-107).—- 
This  comprises  abridged  spraying  programs  for  the  treatment  of  orchard  and 
small  fruits.  The  programs  are  prepared  with  special  reference  to  the  owners 
of  small  orchards. 

Spray  formulas  for  tlie  town  lot,  P.  Thayer  (Mo.  Bnl.  Ohio  Sfn.,  1  {1916), 
No.  Jf,  pp.  llJf-116). — The  author  has  here  perfected  a  set  of  spray  formulas 
adapted  for  use  in  the  small  fruit  garden  where  only  a  few  trees  and  bushes  are 
to  be  sprayed.  Wherever  possible  measui'cs  are  given  permitting  of  the  ready 
preparation  of  small  amounts  of  spray  materials. 

Culture  of  cabbage,  J.  W.  Wellington  {New  York  FIfatc  Sta.  Circ.  If 8  {t916), 
pp.  5). — This  circular  contains  concise  directions  for  growing  cabbage,  including 
instructions  for  the  control  of  diseases  and  insect  pests  and  a  list  of  the  more 
important  varieties. 

New  or  noteworthy  fruits,  IV,  U.  P.  Hedrtck  {Nctv  York  State  Sta.  Bui. 
414  {1916),  pp.  3-10,  plH.  5).— In  continuation  of  a  previous  bulletin  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  238)   the  author  describes  the  best  recent  fruit  introductions  as  tested 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  37 

on  the  station  grounds.  The  varieties  liere  ilescrii)ed  include  the  Perfect  apple, 
Rochester  peach,  Keine  Hortense  cherry,  the  Exupire  State  grape,  and  Herbert 
raspberry. 

Fifteenth  report  of  the  Woburn  Experimental  Fruit  Farm,  Duke  of  Bed- 
ford and  S.  U.  1'ickering  {Woburn  Uxpt.  Fruit  Farm  Rpt.,  15  (1916),  pp.  83). — 
This  comprises  a  progress  report  on  a  number  of  long-continued  investigations 
with  fruit  trees  and  shrubs  and  other  trees. 

Among  other  points  being  investigated,  it  has  been  sought  to  determine 
whether  apple  trees  have  a  tendency  to  produce  alternate  light  and  heavy 
crops.  One  experiment  favoring  alternate  cropping  was  recorded  in  a  previous 
report  (E.  S.  R.,  17,  p.  559).  Subsequent  experiments  have  led  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  tendency  toward  alternate  cropping  is  very  feeble  and  that  there  is 
at  the  same  time  an  equally  potent  tendency  to  consecutive  cropping,  tluit  is,  a 
tree  bearing  particularly  well  or  badly  during  one  season  will  probably  do  the 
same  in  the  succeeding  seas(m.  It  is  believed  that  the  chief  factor  in  determin- 
ing good  or  poor  bearing  is  tlie  atmospheric  conditions  ratlier  than  any  iimate 
tendency  of  the  individual  tree  to  either  alternate  or  consecutive  fruiting.  In 
the  experiments  conducted  at  Woburn  the  principal  factor  influencing  bearing 
has  been  spring  frosts. 

Several  series  of  experiments  were  made  to  ascertain  the  distribution  of 
new  rootlets  forming  on  trees  after  transplantation.  In  the  case  of  api»les  less 
than  half  of  the  new  rootlets  originated  within  the  last  half  inch  of  the  old  roots 
which  had  been  trimmed  bef<ire  planting,  whereas  with  currants  and  goose- 
berries more  than  half  originated  from  this  half  inch.  Roots  originating  from 
the  stems  were  found  to  be  on  the  average  20  per  cent  gi-eater  in  stoutness 
than  that  of  roots  forming  elsewhere.  This  result  explains  the  habit  of  deeply 
planted  free-rooting  stocks  of  flourishing  better  after  a  time  than  similar  stocks 
planted  at  the  ordinary  depth.  With  reference  to  the  effect  of  trimming  the 
roots  of  the  tree  at  the  time  of  transplanting  on  the  siTbsequent  formation  of 
new  roots,  the  results  showed  considerable  variation  in  different  seasons  and 
with  different  plants.  The  general  conclusion  is  reached  that  trimming  is  of 
no  importance. 

Further  tests  of  orthodox  and  careless  methods  of  planting  trees  (E.  S.  R., 
20,  p.  1034)  have  continued  to  show  no  bad  effects.  In  the  case  of  two  series 
of  experiments  in  which  the  ground  was  rammed  around  the  trees  after  the 
trees  were  planted  the  advantage  gained  by  this  procedure  persisted  through- 
out the  succeeding  seven  or  eight  years.  In  one  instance,  however,  where  the 
trees  were  planted  in  a  type  of  clay  unsuited  for  fruit  culture  ramming  proved 
to  be  very  deleterious,  the  soil  around  the  roots  developing  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen owing  to  the  absence  of  aeration.  Ramming  experiments  conducted  witn 
1,400  forest  trees  of  various  sorts  resulted  in  only  a  slightly  greater  groAvth 
for  the  rammed  trees,  but  the  subsequent  mortality  among  the  rammed  trees 
was  only  half  as  great  as  among  those  not  rammed. 

Experiments  were  undertaken  to  ascertain  whether  apple  trees  in  a  heavy 
soil  suffered  less  from  canker  if  they  were  planted  higher  than  usual.  Certain 
varieties  subject  to  this  disease  were  planted  at  the  usual  depth  and  also  with 
their  roots  flush  with  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Observations  over  a  period 
of  ten  years  show  that  the  high-planted  trees  have  not  flourished  quite  so 
well  as  the  others.  No  relation  between  their  behavior  in  successive  years  and 
the  rainfall  was  observed.  The  high-planted  trees  have  suffered  somev.hat 
less  from  the  attack  of  canker. 

Experiments  dealing  with  the  ciitting  back  of  the  branches  of  trees  at  the 
time  of  transplanting  have  shown  that  such  cutting  back  may  be  delayed  up 
to   any   time  before   active   growth  begins   without   any   injury   to   the   trees. 


38  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

If  delayed  until  the  summer  the  effect  is  very  deleterious  and  remains  in 
evidence  for  many  years  afterwards.  If  the  operation  can  not  be  done  before 
summer,  it  is  recommended  that  it  be  deferred  until  the  succeeding  winter. 
When  this  cutting  back  is  deferred  to  the  end  of  the  first  year  and  is  followed 
by  excessive  root  growth  very  strong  branch  growth  subsequently  occurs,  at 
least  during  one  season.  The  tree  often  continues  this  growth  and  does  not 
come  into  proper  bearing  until  several  years  later  than  similar  trees  which 
have  been  cut  back  at  the  time  of  transplanting. 

Evidence  was  obtained  as  to  the  importance  of  trees  being  exposed  as  little 
as  possible  during  the  i-emoval  from  the  nursery  to  the  plantation.  Trees 
which  were  left  in  a  shed  for  four  days  after  being  lifted  and  before  being 
planted  suffered  to  the  extent  of  about  50  per  cent  in  their  subsequent  growth. 
The  authors  attribute  the  less  satisfactory  results  from  spring  planting  as 
compared  to  early  winter  planting  to  the  exposure  to  the  more  prevalent 
drying  winds  in  the  spring. 

Experiments  dealing  with  the  effect  of  branch  pruning  on  fruit  production 
were  continued  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  142),  the  results  pi-eviously  noted  being  con- 
firmed and  extended.  The  results  show  in  general  that  to  secure  the  heaviest 
crops  the  pruning  should  be  just  sufficient  to  develop  healthy,  well-formed  trees. 

Winter  washes  tried  at  Wisley,  1914—15,  H.  M.  Lefkoy  {Jour.  Roy.  Hort. 
Soc,  41  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  230-233)  .—The  author  reports  tests  of  a  number  of 
winter  washes  used  on  apple  and  plum  trees.  The  washes  were  studied  with 
special  reference  to  solubility  in  or  miscibility  with  water,  corrosiveness  as 
affecting  the  rubber  tubing,  etc.,  effect  on  workers  or  their  clothes,  wetting 
power,  cost,  and  general  effectiveness  of  the  wash. 

Experiment  in  setting'  apple  trees,  C.  D.  Woods  (Alaine  Sta.  Bui.  246  (1916), 
pp.  28-30). — A  number  of  Baldwin  apple  trees  were  planted  in  1913,  part  of  the 
trees  being  set  in  the  usual  way  by  digging  holes  in  the  spring  with  a  spade. 
The  remainder  of  the  trees  were  planted  in  the  spring  in  soil  that  had  been 
loosened  with  dynamite  the  previous  fall.  Practically  no  difference  in  growth 
was  observed  between  the  two  lots  of  trees  in  1913  and  in  1914.  In  the  spring 
of  1915,  however,  it  was  found  that  about  39  per  cent  of  the  trees  planted  in 
the  holes  previously  dynamited  were  either  winterkilled  or  badly  injured  as 
compared  with  only  8  per  cent  of  those  planted  in  the  usual  way.  No  general 
conclusion  is  drawn  from  these  data.  For  the  soil  in  question,  however,  which 
is  a  moderately  heavy,  reddish  loam  underlain  with  a  very  difficultly  pene- 
trable subsoil,  it  appears  that  dynamiting  is  of  no  value  in  setting  trees. 

Fertilizer  experiments  on  apple  trees  at  Highmoor  Farm,  C.  D.  Woods 
(Maine  Sta.  Bui.  246  (1916),  pp.  2-4). — In  connection  with  some  fertilizer  ex- 
periments with  apple  trees  conducted  at  the  Highmoor  Farm  for  several  years 
a  test  is  being  made  of  highly  nitrogenous  fertilizers  as  a  means  of  forcing  trees 
into  bearing.  Each  year  the  orchards  as  a  whole  have  received  a  commercial 
fertilizer  carrying  4  per  cent  nitrogen,  8  per  cent  available  phosphoric  acid, 
and  7  per  cent  potash  at  the  rate  of  1,000  lbs.  per  acre.  In  the  excess  nitrogen 
plats  the  trees  have  received  in  addition  nitrate  of  soda  at  the  rate  of  100 
lbs.  per  acre.  Thus  far  no  differences  that  could  be  attributed  to  the  addi- 
tional nitrogen  in  the  fertilizers  have  been  noticed. 

An  experiment  was  begun  in  1912  with  some  400  trees  which  had  received 
all  the  above  noted  fertilizer  treatment  for  three  years.  The  trees  were  divided 
Into  3  plats,  one  of  which  received  no  fertilizer,  the  second  500  lbs.  per  acre 
annually  of  the  4:8:7  formula,  and  the  third  of  which  received  1,000  lbs.  per 
acre  of  the  4 :  8 :  7  formula.  Observations  to  date  failed  to  show  any  differences 
even  in  appearance  between  the  fully  fertilized,  partially  fertilized,  and  un- 
fertilized trees.     The  actual  yields  in  fruit,  however,  in  1914  and  in  1915, 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  39 

which  were  fair  crop  years,  were  larger  ou  tlie  fertilized  plats.  The  yields 
for  1915  showed  an  increase  consistent  with  the  amount  of  fertilizer  used. 

The  experiment  is  to  be  continued  for  a  number  of  years  before  definite  con- 
clusions are  drawn. 

Field  experiments  in  spraying  apple  orchards,  B,  S.  Pickett  et  al.  {llUiwis 
Sta.  Bui.  1S5  (1916),  pp.  /f'J-2I2,  figs.  22). — This  bulletin  comprises  reports  on  a 
number  of  field  experiments  conducted  in  the  leading  orchard  sections  of  Illi- 
nois. The  experiments  were  undertaken  for  the  purpose  of  coordinating  the 
results  of  earlier  investigations  into  general  systems  of  spraying,  the  attempt 
being  made  to  evolve  methods  of  practice  which  would  be  practical  from  a 
commercial  standpoint.  The  following  work  is  reported:  Spraying  experiments 
in  1910,  1911,  and  1912  at  Neoga,  Cumberland  County,  by  O.  S.  Watkins  (pp. 
58-103)  ;  spraying  experiments  in  1912  at  Flora,  Clay  County,  by  W.  A.  Ruth 
(pp.  104-117)  ;  spraying  experiments  in  1909  at  Griggsville,  Pike  County,  in 
1910  and  in  1911  at  Centralia,  Marion  County,  and  in  1912  at  Anna,  Union 
County,  by  L.  E.  Foglesong  (pp.  118-155)  ;  spraying  experiments  in  1911  and 
in  1912  at  Griggsville,  Pike  County,  by  A.  J.  Gunderson  (pp.  15G-186).  The 
results  secured  in  each  investigation  are  summarized.  An  introductory  account 
of  the  scope  and  methods  of  conducting  the  experiments  (pp.  49-57),  together 
with  a  general  sunnnary  of  the  work  as  a  whole,  including  recommendations 
for  spraying  practice  in  Illinois  apple  orchards  (pp.  187-212)  are  given  by  B.  S. 
Pickett. 

The  experiments  as  a  whole  have  shown  the  general  effectiveness  of  applica- 
tions of  standard  spray  mixtures,  including  Bordeaux,  lime-sulphur,  and  ar- 
senate of  lead  in  the  control  of  fungi  and  insects  of  the  apple.  Both  Bordeaux 
and  lime-sulphur  properly  used  were  excellent  sprays  for  the  apple.  Bordeaux 
gave  greater  efficiency  as  a  fungicide  but  also  showed  serious  tendencies  to  in- 
jure fruit  and  foliage.  Lime-sulphur  exercised  a  fair  degree  of  control  of 
fungi  and  caused  little  damage  to  fruit  or  foliage.  Bordeaux  is  especially 
recommended  where  fungus  diseases  are  known  to  be  serious  and  also  for  the 
cluster  bud  spray  since  it  seldom  injures  either  fruit  or  foliage  at  this  stage. 
In  orchards  previously  cared  for  the  authors  advise  the  use  of  lime-sulphur 
for  the  spray  which  follows  the  fall  of  the  petals  find  for  the  third  summer 
spray  which  follows  from  a  week  to  ten  days  after  the  fall  of  the  petals. 

Experiments  were  undertaken  to  determine  whether  Bordeaux  injury  can 
be  lessened  or  prevented  by  covering  the  first  spray  with  a  secondary  spray  of 
Bordeaux  or  by  maintaining  over  the  Bordeaux  a  coating  of  lime  throughout 
the  season.  Some  beneficial  elfects  were  observed  in  certain  of  the  experiments 
but  the  work  as  a  whole  gave  no  marked  results. 

Self-boiled  lime-sulphur  proved  inferior  to  lime-sulphur  made  in  the  usual 
way  as  a  fungicide  although  it  appeared  to  exert  some  stimulating  or  bene- 
ficial effect  on  the  health  and  vigor  of  the  foliage.  Owing  to  its  worthlessness 
in  the  control  of  apple  scab  it  is  not  recommended  as  a  successful  spray  for  the 
apple.  The  addition  of  copper  sulphate  to  lime-sulphur  did  not  add  to  its  use- 
fulness as  a  spray.  In  three  of  the  experiments  reported-on  it  resulted  in  more 
or  less  severe  injury  to  the  fruit.  An  application  of  lime-sulphur  made  at  the 
strength  used  for  San  Jose  scale  applied  while  the  trees  were  dormant  was  of 
no  value  as  a  preventive  of  apple  scab.  Paris  green  proved  less  effective  than 
arsenate  of  lead  when  used  in  combination  with  standard  fungicides  for  the 
control  of  chewing  insects,  particularly  the  codling  moth  and  the  plum  curculio, 
and  caused  considerable  foliage  injury. 

Arsenate  of  lead  alone  possessed  practically  no  fungicidal  value  and  it  is 
recommended  that  it  never  be  used  except  in  combination  with  a  fungicide. 
43795°— No.  1—16 1 


40  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   KECOED.  [Vol.35 

The  addition  of  arsenate  of  lead  to  lime-sulphur  appears  to  increase  the  fungi- 
cidal value  of  the  resulting  spray,  but  its  addition  to  Bordeaux  does  not  in- 
crease the  fungicidal  value  of  the  mixture.  In  combination  with  lime-sulphur 
solution  the  neutral  arsenate  of  lead  produced  a  spray  which  was  more  efficient 
and  safer  to  use  than  those  arsenates  of  lead  higher  in  arsenic  oxid.  The 
various  classes  of  arsenate  of  lead  when  used  in  combination  with  Bordeaux 
showed  no  important  differences  in  the  control  of  diseases,  insects,  or  injuries  to 
the  fruit. 

A  number  of  new  sprays  were  tested  both  as  fungicides  and  as  insecticides. 
Among  these  it  is  believed  that  copper  ferrocyanid  is  worthy  of  further  inves- 
tigation as  a  fungicide.  The  results  thus  far  obtained  do  not  warrant  its  use 
except  in  an  experimental  way.  Copper  ferrocyanid  failed  to  show  any  decided 
qualities  as  a  poison  spray. 

With  reference  to  the  application  of  summer  sprays  in  general  the  work  as 
a  whole  shows  that  the  first  three  summer  sprays  are  most  useful  in  improving 
the  grade  and  quality  of  the  fruit  by  controlling  the  majority  of  the  insects  and 
fungi.  None  of  these  sprays  can  be  omitted  safely.  The  addition  of  the  fourth 
and  fifth  sprays  assisted  in  controlling  late-brood  codling  moth  and  injury 
from  curculio.  A  thin  but  complete  coating  of  the  fruit  and  foliage  with  Bor- 
deaux-arsenate  of  lead  is  more  desirable  than  a  heavy  coat,  except  in  cases 
where  special  protection  from  curculio  is  necessary. 

Varieties  of  apples  in  Ohio,  W.  J.  Gkeen,  P,  Thayer,  and  J.  B.  Keel  (Ohio 
Sta.  Bui.  290  {1915),  pp.  31-184,  figs.  22).— This  bulletin  contains  full  horticul- 
tural descriptions  of  the  important  new  or  little-known  varieties  of  apples, 
together  with  briefer  descriptions  of  the  well-known  varieties  and  those  of 
minor  importance. 

A  table  showing  the  disease  susceptibility  of  varieties  of  apples,  prepared 
by  A.  D.  Selby  and  others,  is  given,  together  M'ith  tables  showing  the  adapta- 
tion of  varieties  to  sections  of  Ohio  and  the  quality  in  different  varieties  of 
apples  for  specific  uses. 

Water-core  of  the  King  David  apple,  J.  B,  Keil  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  Ill,  118,  fig.  1). — In  this  article  the  author  briefly  discusses 
the  tendency  of  certain  varieties  of  apples  to  form  water-core  through  the 
accumulation  of  excess  sap  in  the  tissues  surrounding  the  fibro-vascular  bundles 
or  core  lines.  Preliminary  tests  of  a  number  of  varieties  including  the  Wine- 
sap,  Delicious,  Kinnard,  and  Stayman  Winesap  indicate  that  where  the  water- 
core  is  not  too  severe  the  excess  of  sap  is  again  distributed  to  the  surrounding 
tissues  in  the  ripening  process.  Recovery  seems  to  be  less  prevalent  in  King 
David  than  in  any  other  variety  tested,  the  water-core  specimens  becoming 
inedible  and  subject  to  early  decay. 

The  results  of  storage  tests  with  King  David  conducted  in  1914  and  in  1915 
indicate  that  if  this  variety  is  picked  with  a  moderately  good  color  before  the 
water-core  develops  it  may  remain  either  in  cold  storge  or  cellar  storage  for 
several  months  without  developing  water-core.  In  the  tests  here  reported  apples 
stored  about  October  12  developed  no  water-core  in  storage,  whereas  with 
apples  stored  on  October  23  an  average  of  only  31  per  cent  of  the  apples  was 
free  from  water-core. 

Peach  precooling,  E.  Smith  {Agr.  Gaz.  Canada,  3  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  121-123, 
figs.  2). — In  some  experiments  conducted  by  the  Canadian  Department  of  Agri- 
culture precooled  peaches  were  placed  in  two  experimental  cars  which  were 
iced  with  crushed  ice  and  5  per  cent  of  salt  in  place  of  block  ice  without  salt, 
as  is  the  ordinary  practice  of  icing.  The  results  were  satisfactory,  the  tempera- 
tures ranging  from  30  to  40°  F.  during  an  8-day  trip,  thus  giving  better  tempera- 
tures than  are  ordinarily  secured  in  block  ice  cars.    There  was  no  evidence  of 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  41 

damage  from  lower  temperatures  near  the  tanks.  The  cars  required  a  very 
small  amount  of  ice  during  transit. 

A  refrigerator  car  loaded  with  precooled  fruit  .showed  a  rapid  cooling  down  at 
the  beginning  of  the  trip  as  compared  with  a  slow  rate  of  cooling  in  a  refriger- 
ator car  loaded  with  fruit  not  precooled. 

Pruning  the  bearing'  prune  tree,  V.  K.  Gabdnee  (Better  Fruit,  10  (1916),  No. 

9,  pp.  9-11,  fifjs.  6). — A  discussion  of  pruning  with  special  reference  to  the 
maintenance  and  proper  distribution  of  fruit  spurs  in  bearing  prune  trees. 

Gooseberries,  O.  M.  Taylor  (New  York  State  Sta.  Circ.  46  (1915),  pp.  5). — 
Concise  directions  are  given  for  growing  gooseberries,  including  information 
relative  to  the  control  of  insects  and  diseases  and  varieties. 

Winter  protection  of  the  Vinifera  grape,  F.  Garcia  and  J.  W.  Rigney 
(Neiv  Mexico  t<ta.  Bui.  100'  (1016),  pp.  32,  figs.  10).— Thin  bulletin  describes 
experiments  started  in  1006  to  determine,  among  other  things,  the  effect  of 
winter  protection  upon  the  vines  and  yield  of  five  varieties  of  Vinifera  grapes. 

Summing  up  the  results  for  several  seasons  it  was  found  that  the  simple  bank- 
ing up  of  the  dirt  around  the  vinos  protected  them  during  the  winter  and  that 
the  yields  were  very  satisfactory.  Unprotected  vines  were  winter  injured  every 
time,  except  once,  when  there  was  considerable  rainfall  during  the  winter. 
With  reference  to  resistance  to  winter  temperatures  Muscat  of  Alexandria  and 
New  Mexico  Mission  were  most  resistant,  followed  by  the  Black  Cornichon 
variety.  The  Emperor  and  Flame  Tokay  varieties  were  slightly  less  hardy 
than  the  Black  Cornichon. 

Irrigating  the  vines  alone  without  covering  them  did  not  prevent  winter 
injuiy.  Vines  that  were  irrigated  either  before  or  riglit  after  covering  showed 
no  material  advantage  over  those  covered  and  not  irrigated,  but  irrigation  either 
before  or  after  covering  did  not  make  the  vines  any  more  susceptible  to  winter 
injury,  and  irrigating  just  before  covering  makes  the  plowing  of  the  soil  and 
the  banking  of  the  vines  easier. 

Directions  are  given  for  banking  up  and  uncovering  the  vines.  The  observa- 
tions indicate  that  it  is  a  good  plan  to  uncover  the  vines  from  two  to  four 
weeks  before  the  pruning  takes  place,  which,  at  the  station,  is  usually  done  the 
first  week  in  April.  If  the  vines  are  left  covered  too  long  the  base  buds  are  apt 
to  grow  and  be  injured,  either  in  pruning  or  uncovering.  The  two  or  three 
weeks  difference  in  time  of  covering  did  not  show  any  material  influence  on  the 
yield.  In  general  it  is  recommended  that  the  vines  be  covered  from  two  to 
three  weeks  after  the  first  frost. 

The  hybrid  direct  bearers  in  the  valley  of  the  Rhone  in  1915,  A.  Des- 
MOULiNS  and  V,  Villakd  (Proff.  Agr.  et  Vit.  (Ed.  VEst-Centre),  37  (1916),  Nos. 

10,  pp.  228,  229;  11,  pp.  258-260;  12,  pp.  274-279;  13,  pp.  306-311).— Tlnn  is  the 
usual  progress  i-eport  (E.  S.  11.,  34,  p.  231)  relative  to  the  behavior  of  a  large 
number  of  hybrid  direct  bearing  grapes,  with  special  reference  to  their  resist- 
ance to  disease  and  drought  and  their  adaptation  to  various  soil  conditions. 

The  two  groups  of  varieties  of  the  Hicora  pecan  and  their  relation  to 
self-sterility,  H.  P.  Stuckey  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  ScL,  12  (1915),  pp.  41-44).— A 
report  of  investigations  conducted  at  the  Georgia  Experiment  Station,  the 
results  of  which  are  summarized  above. 

Dahlias  and  their  culture,  F.  H.  Hall  (New  York  State  Sta.  Circ.  43  (1915), 
pp.  23,  pis.  8). — In  this  circular  the  author  gives  a  brief  history  of  dahlias, 
together  with  the  classification  of  dahlias  as  recently  adopted  by  the  American 
Dahlia  Society,  and  descriptive  lists  of  various  types  of  dahlias  considered 
worthy  of  recommendation  for  general  culture.  Concise  directions  for  the 
culture  and  care  of  dahlias  are  also  included. 


42  EXPERIMENT   STATION    BECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  street  tree  system  for  New  York  City,  Borough  of  Manhattan,  L.  D.  Cox 
(N.  Y.  State  Col.  Forestry,  Syracuse  Univ.  [Pubs.],  16  {11)16),  No.  8,  pp.  89,  pis. 
3,  figs.  33). — This  bulletin  comprises  a  report  to  the  park  commissioner  for  the 
boroughs  of  Manhattan  and  Richmond,  and  embodies  the  results  of  the  author's 
investigation  concerning  the  possibilities  for  successful  tree  growtli  in  the  Bor- 
ough of  Manhattan. 

The  subject  matter  is  discussed  under  the  following  general  headings:  The 
street  tree  problem  in  Manhattan,  the  street  tree  system,  planting  types,  spacing 
and  arrangement,  what  trees  to  plant,  how  to  plant,  the  cost  of  planting,  organi- 
zation and  budget,  the  street  tree  census,  and  street  tree  planting  in  Richmond. 
A  plan  showing  a  proposed  system  of  street  planting  for  the  Borough  of  Man- 
hattan is  appended. 

The  making'  of  a  home,  E.  E.  Rexfokd  (Philadelphia:  George  IF.  Jacobs  & 
Co.,  1916,  pp.  313,  pis.  8). — A  popular  treatise  on  ornamental  gardening, 

FORESTRY. 

Forest  legislation  in  America  prior  to  March  4,  1789,  J.  P.  Kinney  (New 

York  Cornell  Sta.  Bui.  310  {1916),  pp.  361-ItOo) .—TXua  bulletin  comprises  part 
of  a  study  presented  for  the  degree  of  master  of  forestry  at  Cornell  University. 

The  bulletin  discusses  early  legislation  in  the  colonies  regarding  forest  fires, 
the  conservation  of  timber  and  the  prevention  of  trespass,  regulation  of  the 
lumber  and  timber  industry,  British  legislation  directed  toward  the  control  of 
forest  industries  in  the  colonies,  and  special  developments  in  forest  law  during 
the  50  years  preceding  the  formation  of  the  Union. 

A  bibliography  of  consulted  literature  is  appended. 

Forest  provisions  of  New  York  State  constitution,  C.  R.  Pettis  {Forestry 
Quart.,  Ut  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  50-60). — This  paper  discusses  forest  activities  in 
New  York  State  in  relation  to  various  forest  provisions  of  the  constitution.  The 
text  of  the  conservation  amendment  proposed  by  the  constitutional  convention 
in  1915  is  also  given  and  discussed. 

The  fire  wardens'  manual  {N.  H.  Forestry  Com.  Bui.  5,  rev.  {1916),  pp.  88, 
figs.  2). — This  bulletin  contains  the  laws  of  New  Hampshire  relating  to  forest 
protection  and  instruction  to  forest  fire  wardens,  lookout  watchmen,  patrolmen, 
and  others  connected  with  the  forest  fire  service. 

The  Algerian  forest  code,  T.  S.  AVoolsey,  Jb.  {Forestry  Quart.,  14  {1916),  No. 
1,  pp.  66-80). — The  present  forest  code  of  Algeria,  which  has  been  in  force  since 
1903,  is  here  given  and  discussed. 

Eighth  report  of  the  state  forester,  1915,  W.  O.  Filley  and  A.  E.  Moss 
{Connecticut  State  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  3,  pp.  193-232,  pis.  2).— This  report  covers 
the  work  of  1914  and  1915,  and  includes  the  results  of  a  forest  survey  of  the 
State  of  Connecticut  completed  in  1914  and  data  showing  the  forest  fires  in 
Connecticut  during  1914  and  1915.  Forest  conditions  in  the  different  counties  of 
the  State  are  discussed  and  a  detailed  table  of  forest  areas  by  town  and  county 
is  given,  as  well  as  maps  showing  the  percentage  of  forest  land  in  Connecticut 
towns  and  the  regions  containing  the  most  extensive  forest  areas  in  the  State. 
An  area  of  1,482,700  acres  or  46.4  per  cent  of  the  area  of  the  State  is  found  to 
be  wooded. 

[Report  on  Indiana  Forest  Reserve  for  1915],  E.  A.  Gladden  {Ann.  Rpt. 
Ind.  Bd.  Forestry,  15  {1915),  pp.  U-57,  figs.  9).— This  report  consists  in  the 
main  of  a  statement  of  progress  made  on  some  80  forest  tracts  in  the  reserve 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  144). 

Twelfth  annual  report  of  the  state  forester  [of  Massachusetts],  F.  W.  Rane 
{Ann.  Rpt.  State  Forester  Mass.,  12  {1915),  pp.  130,  pis.  8).— This  is  the  usual 


1916]  FOEESTKY.  43 

annual  report  relative  to  the  administration  and  management  of  tlie  state 
nurseries  and  forests  in  Massachusetts,  including  also  accounts  of  refores- 
tation work,  private  cooperative  forestry  work,  and  fire  protection  work.  In- 
formation is  also  given  relative  to  the  present  status  of  the  chestnut  blight 
tmd  white  pine  blister  rust  and  the  work  of  suppressing  the  gipsy  and  brown- 
tail  moths. 

Present  conditions  of  applied  forestry  in  Canada,  H.  R.  Macmillan  (Quart. 
Jour.  Forestry,  10  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  105-123). — An  account  of  the  forest  policy 
In  the  different  Provinces  of  Canada  and  its  effect  on  practical  forestry. 

Silvicultural  problems  of  Canadian  forest  reserves,  B.  E.  Feknow  {Forestry 
Quart.,  14  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  14-23). — A  paper  on  this  subject  presented  to  the 
Commission  of  Conservation  of  Canada,  Ottawa,  1916.  The  subject  matter 
embraces  the  results  of  an  inspection  made  to  formulate  propositions  for  in- 
vestigatory work  as  a  basis  for  an  eventual  teclinical  management  of  the  re- 
serves. 

Forest  pathology  in  forest  regulation,  E.  P.  Meinecke  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  275  (1916),  pp.  (jJ). — This  bulletin  comprises  a  study  of  the  pathology  of 
some  white  fir  stands  located  on  the  Crater  National  Forest  in  southwestern 
Oregon.  The  purpose  of  the  present  study  is  to  show  by  means  of  one  example 
the  problems  in  forest  pathology  as  related  to  forest  regulation  and  to  furnish 
some  data  for  the  development  of  laws  leading  to  the  regulation  of  forests,  with 
special  reference  to  the  production  of  sound  timber. 

Regulation  of  yield  is  discussed  at  some  leugtli,  consideration  being  given  to 
working  plans,  rotation,  the  cutting  cycle,  cumulative  risk,  period  of  transi- 
tion, condition  of  timber  stock,  total  loss,  and  inferior  species.  The  author's 
methods  of  investigation  are  described  in  detail  and  a  short  review  of  our 
present  knowledge  of  the  plant  pathology  of  white  fir  is  included.  The  results 
of  the  investigation  are  discussed  under  tlie  general  headings  of  decay  in 
relation  to  wounds,  care  of  virgin  forests,  forest  regulation  through  timber 
sales,  marking,  and  pathological  rotation  and  cutting  cycles. 

Abnormal  wood  in  conifers,  W.  Somerville  (Quart.  Jour.  Forestry,  10 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  132-136,  x>ls.  2). — ^The  author  here  describes  and  illustrates  a 
form  of  wood  injury  occurring  in  a  number  of  species  of  young  conifers  in 
the  early  spring  wood  of  the  growth  of  1912.  The  injury  is  attributed  to  the 
excessive  heat  and  drought  during  tlie  summer  of  1911. 

The  costs  and  values  of  forest  protection,  P.  S.  Lo\'ejoy  (Forestry  Quart., 
14  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  24-38). — A  discussion  of  forest  protection  results  on  the 
National  Forests  and  in  other  countries,  with  special  reference  to  the  status  of 
fire  protection  as  a  business  proposition.  The  author  concludes  that  the  forest 
business  can  fully  justify  the  costs  of  adequate  protection,  which  will  prob- 
ably approximate  20  cts.  per  acre  per  year,  of  which  perhaps  10  cts.  will  be 
chargeable  to  fire  protection. 

Concerning  site,  F.  Roth  (Forestry  Quart.,  14  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  3-13). — A 
discussion  of  the  importance  of  site  classification  as  applied  to  forestry,  to- 
gether with  suggestions  relative  to  a  basis  for  such  classification. 

In  an  addendum  to  this  paper  by  H.  A.  Parker  (pp.  12,  13)  data  are  given 
showing  the  close  relationship  of  height  and  volume  to  site  among  the  pines. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  mixing  trees,  A.  T.  Gillanders  (Quart.  Jour. 
Forestry,  10  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  87-104) .—This  article  deals  largely  with  com- 
binations of  trees  suitable  for  establishing  young  forest  plantations.  Brief 
reference  is  also  made  to  ameliorative  mixtures  and  deferred  mixtures. 

Trees  for  Kansas,  C.  A.  Scott  (Kansas  Sta.  Circ.  55  (1916),  pp.  19,  figs.  9).— 
Lists  are  given  of  trees  and  native  shrubs  suited  to  dii'ferent  sections  and  soils 
in  Kansas,  together  with  general  directions  for  the  planting  and  care  of  trees. 


44  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD,  [Vol.25 

Data  are  also  given  showing  tlie  results  secured  from  trees  sent  out  by  the 
state  nursery  during  four  seasons. 

The  junipers  and  their  commercial  importance,  W.  Dallimorr  {Roij-  Bot. 
Garcl.  Kcw,  Bui.  Misc.  Inform.,  No.  1  (WIG),  pp.  i6-23).— Descriptive  notes 
dealing  with  cedar  woods  in  a  previous  article  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  842)  are  here 
extended,  and  descriptions  are  given  of  other  species  of  juniper  not  so  well 
known  commercially  as  cedar. 

Rattan  supply  of  the  Philippines,  J.  R.  Arnold  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Bur. 
Foreign  and  Dom.  Com.,  Spec.  Agents  Ser.,  No.  95  (1915),  pp.  40). — A  statistical 
report  on  the  supply  of  Philippine  rattan  and  its  suitability  as  to  quality,  cost 
of  exploitation,  etc.,  for  placing  in  quantities  on  the  export  market. 

Wood-using  industries  of  West  Virginia,  compiled  by  J.  C.  Nkixis  and  J.  T. 
Harris  [W.  Va.  Dept.  Agr.  Bid.  10  (1915),  pp.  Ui'i)- — This  embraces  the  re- 
sults of  a  study  of  the  wood-using  industries  of  West  Virginia,  conducted 
cooperatively  by  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
and  the  State  of  West  Virginia.  Information  is  given  relative  to  the  principal 
woods  of  the  State ;  the  kinds  and  amounts  of  woods  used  in  the  industries, 
including  those  grown  in  the  State  and  out  of  the  State;  and  the  uses  of  the 
various  woods. 

By-products  of  the  lumber  industry,  H.  K.  Benson  {V.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Bur. 
Foreign  and  Dom,.  Com.,  Spec.  Agents  Ser.,  No.  110  (1916),  pp.  68,  pi.  l,flys.  10). — 
This  bulletin  embraces  the  results  of  a  survey  relative  to  the  utilization  of  the 
by-products  of  the  lumber  industry  in  the  United  States.  Consideration  is 
given  to  the  utilization  of  wood  in  the  wood-distillation  industries,  pulp  manu- 
facture, and  tannin-extract  manufacture.  The  other  industries  discussed  are 
the  manufacture  of  ethyl  alcohol,  producer  gas,  oxalic  acid,  plastics,  and 
needle  oils.  A  general  account  is  given  of  methods  and  processes  employed, 
together  with  data  showing  the  extent  of  the  industries. 

An  efficient  system  for  computing  timber  estimates,  C.  E.  Dunston  and 
C.  R.  Gaevey  (Forestry  Quart.,  Uf  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1,  2,  pi.  1).—A  simple 
device  for  holding  timber  estimate  sheets  and  volume  tables  when  computing 
estimates  on  adding  machines  is  here  illustrated  and  described. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Work  connected  with  insect  and  fungus  pests  and  their  control,  W.  Rocson 
(Imp.  Dept.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Rpt.  Agr.  Dept.  Montscrrat,  191/f-15,  pp.  18-20). — 
The  staining  of  cotton  is  thought  to  be  due  to  some  organism  nut  yet  identified 
which  is  given  entrance  by  the  stainer  insect  when  it  pierces  the  boll  in  order 
to  extract  the  juices  from  the  seed.  A  number  of  other  injurious  insects  are 
reported   upon. 

Experiments  with  Bordeaux  mixture  for  control  of  loaf  rust  of  peanuts 
(Uredo  sii.)  resulted  in  an  increase  of  yield.  This  outcome  was  in  contrast  with 
that  of  two  previous  tests,  which  were,  however,  made  later  in  the  season. 

Pvccinia  maydis,  not  previously  recorded  here,  was  noted  as  general  in  one 
field.  A  field  of  young  maize  plants  to  leeward  of  an  old  infected  field  showed 
pustules  of  the  fungus  three  weeks  after  the  time  of  its  planting. 

Tephrosia  Candida  was  attacked  by  Neocosmospora  vasinfecta. 

Flower  heads  of  imphee  (sorghum)  were  reported  to  be  attacked  by  Sphaeelo- 
theca  sorglii.  The  formalin  treatment  (1  lb.  to  30  gal.  water)  is  said  to  be  con- 
veniei'.t  and  safely  preventive. 

Damping  off  of  onion  seedlings  in  the  seed  bed,  caused  by  a  fungus  or  fungi, 
is  said  to  be  prevented  by  thoroughly  heating  the  soil  for  some  time  or  by  use 


1916]  DISEASES   OP   PLANTS.  45 

of  formalin  (1  part  to  50  of  water),  or  bj^  a  layer  of  sand  on  the  surface  of  the 
seed  bed. 

A  lace  bark  tree  (Lagetta  lintearia)  was  killed  by  Lasiodiplodki  theobromw, 
said  to  be  a  common  cause  of  injury  to  cacao  and  other  trees. 

The  ornamental  plant  Plimibago  rosea  was  attacked  and  injured  by  nema- 
todes, which  may  also  be  the  cause  of  swellings  on  Echiums. 

Mycological  and  pathological  notes,  M.  Turconi  and  L.  Maffei  {Atti  1st. 
Dot.  R.  Univ.  Paria,  2.  sen,  12  {1015),  pp.  329-336,  pi.  1 )  .—The  authors  describe 
as  having  been  found  on  leaves  of  ash  received  from  Mexico,  Cercospora  lum~ 
bricoides,  n.  sp. ;  on  a  branch  of  Castilloa  elastica  from  the  same  source,  Ncctria 
castillow  n.  sp. ;  and  on  twigs  of  mulberry  from  Bulgaria,  Stcganosporitmi 
kosaroffli  n.  sp. 

Review  of  plant  diseases,  G.  Scalta  {Bol.  Min.  Agr.,  Indus,  e  Com.  [Rome], 
Ser.  B,  IJf  (1915),  I,  No.  2,  pp.  52-()3). — This  is  a  condensed  review  of  crypto- 
gamic  diseases,  animal  parasites,  etc.,  of  plants  as  studied  in  the  laboratory  for 
vegetal)le  pathology  in  the  school  of  enology  at  Catania,  during  1910-1913. 

Annual  report  of  the  government  botanist  for  1914—15,  W.  Small  (Ann. 
Rpt.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Uganda,  1915,  pp.  57-70). — Coffee  leaf  disease  (Hemileia  vasta- 
trix)  is  reported  as  having  decreased  since  1913,  apparently  of  its  own  accord. 
Spraying  is  reconnuended  as  a  preventive,  especially  in  case  of  young  estates. 

Coffee  dieback,  in  so  far  as  it  has  not  been  due  to  attack  by  Hemileia,  is 
regarded  as  the  direct  effect  of  a  form  of  overbearing  by  the  branches  inter- 
mediate between  the  basal  and  apical  regions.  The  remedy  consists  in  cutting 
away  all  the  part  above  the  early  branches  and  reproducing  the  top  by  means  of 
a  new  sucker  from  the  stump,  also  in  relieving  the  intermediate  branches  of 
their  heavy  first  crop.  Good  cultivation  is  a  necessity.  Of  the  fungi  noted  in 
this  connection  none  appears  to  be  constantly  present. 

Brown  root  disease  of  coffee,  due  to  Hymcnocluvte  noxia,  has  usually  been 
traced  to  a  dead  stump  or  log,  frequently  of  unknown  species.  The  mycelium, 
however,  can  not  make  its  way  through  the  soil,  so  that  only  the  older  trees  are 
attacked. 

Sooty  mold  of  coffee,  due  to  Cap^iodium  brasilicnse,  is  checked  by  killing  the 
insects  which  it  follows  with  a  spray  of  whale  oil  soap  solution.  An  anomaly 
in  the  flowering  of  Uganda  coffee  was  noted  in  which  no  pollen  was  shed,  owing 
to  nondehiscence  of  the  anthers. 

Cacao  was  very  little  diseased.  A  dieback  was  attributed  to  a  fungus  show- 
ing, apparently,  the  Diplodia  spores  of  Thyridaria  tarda.  These  are  thought  to 
cause  also  a  dieback  of  Hevea,  and  in  part  at  least  a  pod  disease  of  cacao  which 
in  other  cases  was  associated  with  Colletotrichum  incarnatum  and  later  with 
Phytoplithora  fabcri.  A  root  disease  of  cacao  is  described  which  is  thought  to 
have  had  its  origin  in  native  plants  previously  cultivated. 

Hevea  also  showed  few  diseases,  Ilymcnochwte  noxia  being  the  only  root  dis- 
ease as  yet  certainly  identified.  A  dieback  was  associated  with  T.  tarda,  Phyl- 
losticta  ramicola,  and  Plioma  Jicvew,  but  not  with  Gla-osporium.  alborubrum, 
previously  noted  in  this  connection.     Hevea  canker  has  not  been  reported. 

Ceara  rubber  (ManUiot  glaziovii)  is  often  attacked  and  ruined  by  Loranthus 
entebbensis. 

Cotton  is  free  from  fungus  disease  except  in  case  of  Ramularia  areola,  which 
is  confined  chiefly  to  young  plants,  the  leaves  of  which  are  attacked,  usually  not 
very  severely.  Wheat  in  some  sections  is  attacked  by  Puccinia  graminis.  Maize 
is  attacked  by  head  smut  (Borosporhun  rcilianum),  which  is  not  known  to  have 
been  reported  previously  in  Uganda. 

Mention  is  made  of  several  other  fungi  known  to  attack  various  wild  or  culti- 
vated plants  in  Uganda. 


46  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

An  anatomical  study  of  Gymno sporangium  galls,  A,  Stewart  {Amer.  Jour. 
Bot.,  2  {1915),  No.  S,  pp.  Ji02-Wt,  pis.  2,  fig.  1).—The  author  states  that  the 
large  galls  which  O.  juniperi-virginianw  and  G.  glohosum  cause  on  the  younger 
branches  of  Junipcrus  virginiana  arise  from  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  being  evi- 
dently transformed  axillary  buds.  They  are  said  to  have  two  distinct  fibro- 
vascular  systems,  one  of  which  is  a  leaf-trace  system  and  the  other  a  stem  which, 
in  case  of  the  older  galls,  gradually  breaks  up  and  radiates  outwardly  still 
deeper  into  the  gall  tissue.  Leaf  tissue  is  also  involved  in  the  formation  of  a 
gall,  remains  thereof  being  found  usually  adhering  to  the  older  galls. 

Normal  stems  sometimes  appear  to  have  grown  out  from  the  surface  of  the 
older  galls.  Accessory  stem  structures  occur,  probably  originating  in  a  branch- 
ing of  the  main  stem  in  the  gall.  Broad,  ray-like  masses  of  parenchyma,  sur- 
rounded by  tracheids,  are  of  somewhat  common  occurrence.  IrregiUarly  twisted 
masses  of  fibrovascular  tissue  resembling  like  structures  in  traumatic  wood  also 
occur.  Cells  apparently  transitional  between  parenchyma  and  tracheids  are  not 
luicommon.  The  irregularly  running  bundles  in  the  gall  are  composed  largely 
of  scalariform  tracheids. 

A  bibliography  is  given. 

Calcium  hypochlorite  as  a  seed  sterilizer,  J.  K.  Wilson  (Amer.  Jour.  Bot., 
2  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  4^0-421). — The  author  gives  a  summarized  compilation  of 
the  methods  employed  by  the  several  investigators  named  in  this  connection, 
and  describes  his  own  experiments  for  sterilizing  seeds  with  calcium  hypo- 
chlorite. 

The  considerable  number  of  tests  made  and  the  results  obtained  as  shown 
are  held  to  demonstrate  the  efficacy  of  the  method  used,  employing  the  bleach- 
ing powder  as  an  aid  in  securing  sterile  plantlets  from  seed.  Ease  of  appli- 
cation and  freedom  of  the  seed  from  injury  except  after  long  exposure  are 
further  advantages  claimed  for  the  method.  The  effect  of  the  solution  is 
thought  to  be  due  to  the  hypocholorous  acid,  which  acts  as  a  toxic  agent. 

Some  notes  on  Bordeaux  and  Burgundy  mixtures,  S.  F.  Ashby  {Jour. 
Jamaica  Ayr.  Sac,  19  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  3Ji2-3Jf5). — Discussing  the  composition 
and  merits  of  some  proprietary  and  other  spraying  preparations,  the  author 
concludes  that  the  ready-made  powders  intended  to  replace  homemade  Bordeaux 
and  Burgundy  mixtures  are  prepared  on  the  wrong  principle,  being  merely 
mechanical  mixtures  of  the  ingredients  and  not  the  finished  product  of  their 
mutual  action,  so  that  the  great  advantage  of  a  finely  suspended  solid,  which 
can  be  secured  only  by  mixing  weak  solutions,  is  lost,  and  a  coarse,  rapidly 
settling  mixture  results.  The  homemade  mixtures  ai'e  deemed  less  expensive 
and  more  satisfactory  as  to  results,  but  somewhat  more  troublesome  to  prepare. 
Formulas  and  directions  for  their  use  are  given,  and  the  relative  costs  are  dis- 
cussed, -\\ith  the  particular  adaptations  of  each  preparation. 

Tests  with  Perocid,  F.  Stranak  {Deut.  Landic.  Presse,  42  {1915),  Nos.  62, 
PI).  537,  538;  63,  pp.  5U-546,  figs.  7).— This  is  an  account  of  tests  with  a  pro- 
pri(>tary  preparation  containing  certain  radio-active  substances.  For  this  value 
is  claimed  as  a  fungicide,  chiefly  in  connection  with  cereals,  and  also  as  an 
energizer  of  the  growing  plantlets. 

Experiments  on  the  control  of  cereal  diseases  by  steeping  the  seed  grain, 
E.  RiEiiM  (///)/,9.  Lumho.  Ztg.,  35  {1915),  No.  2/,,  i)p.  161,  162).— Good  results  as 
regards  smut  control  are  claimed  to  have  been  obtained  by  soaking  the  seed 
grain  from  10  to  GO  minutes  in  0.1  to  0.2  per  cent  of  mercury  chlorophenol, 
or  in  0.1  per  cent  of  corrosive  sublimate,  or  for  15  minutes  in  0.1  per  cent  of 
formaldehyde  (which  was  less  injurious  to  germinability),  but  less  satisfactory 
results  followed  the  use  of  0.1  per  cent  of  chinosol  for  10  to  20  minutes,  or  of 
0.2  per  cent  of  chinosol  for  5  to  1.'5  minutes. 


1916]  DISEASES  OF  PLANTS.  47 

Leaf  stripe  (HelmmtJiosporium  gramine^im)  appears  not  to  have  been 
lessened  Ity  steeping  the  grain  in  formaldehyde  of  0.1  per  cent  strength  for 
from  10  to  30  minutes,  but  copper  sulphate  of  0.5. per  cent  strength  for  the 
same  period  reduced  the  disease  considerably,  and  1  per  cent  reduced  attack 
to  about  0.5  per  cent  of  the  grain  sown.  Mercury  chlorophenol  and  chinosol 
also  appear  to  be  practical  remedies  for  leaf  stripe. 

Tests  on  the  control  of  Fusarium  in  relation  to  the  preservation  of  germi- 
nability  are  considered  to  show  tliat  cliinosol  is  not  to  be  recommended  un- 
reservedly in  this  connection,  Uspulum,  a  trade  preparation  of  mercury 
chlorophenol,  is  said  to  have  about  equal  value  with  corrosive  sublimate,  while 
formaldehyde  has  somewhat  less. 

Smut  control,  O.  Appel  {Mitt.  Dcut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  30  {1915),  No.  37,  pp. 
551,  552). — This  is  a  discussion  of  some  methods  for  the  control  of  grain  smuts 
which  are  claimed  to  be  sufficiently  safe,  suitable,  and  inexpensive  to  warrant 
their  employment  in  the  present  situation  in  Germanj\  These  include  washing 
the  seed  grain  by  hand,  treating  with  from  0.1  to  0.2  per  cent  of  formaldehyde, 
and  steeping  in  water  at  45°  C.  (113°  F.)  for  two  hours  or  at  40°  for  from 
six  to  eight  hours,  or  a  combined  treatment  by  steeping  in  water  at  from 
25  to  30°  for  four  hours  (or  one  hour  and  covering  the  grain  from  six  to  eight 
hours)  and  then  for  from  five  to  ten  minutes  in  water  at  from  50  to  52°. 

[Grain  rusts],  E.  Riehm  {Dent.  Landw.  Presse,  42  {1915),  No.  ^9,  pp.  ^33, 
434,  pl-  1,  fifj-  !)• — This  is  a  descriptive  discussion  of  black  rust  {Piiccinia 
graminis)  on  wheat,  rye,  barley,  and  oats;  yellow  rust  (P.  glumarmn)  on 
wheat,  rye,  and  barley;  brown  rust  (P.  triticinu)  on  wheat;  brown  rust  (P. 
dispersa)  on  rye;  crown  rust  (P.  coronifera)  on  oats;  and  dwarf  rust  (P.  sim- 
plex) on  barley. 

[Injurious  influences  affecting  winter  rye],  K.  Stokmee  {Dent.  Landiv. 
Presse,  J,2  {1915),  Nos.  65,  pp.  559-561;  66,  pp.  572,  573,  fig.  i).— This  is  a  dis- 
cussion of  weather,  soil,  and  plant  and  animal  parasites  as  affecting  rye  pro- 
duction in  1914-15  in  Pomerania,  with  more  particular  reference  to  Fusarium 
as  related  to  foot  rot  and  to  remedies  therefor.  A  proprietary  preparation  of 
corrosive  sublimate  is  recommended  as  preferable  to  copper  sulphate  or  for- 
maldehyde in  this  region. 

Climatic  conditions  as  related  to  Cercospora  beticola,  Venus  W.  Pool  and 
M.  B.  McKay  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  21-60, 
pis.  2,  figs.  10). — The  results  are  given  of  a  study  carried  on  at  Rocky  Ford, 
Colo.,  from  1911  to  1913,  and  near  Madison,  Wis.,  during  1914,  to  determine  the 
climatic  conditions  of  both  winter  and  summer  as  bearing  on  the  vitality  and 
development  of  C.  heficola.  Notwithstanding  the  differences  in  temperature  and 
soil  moisture  conditions,  similar  results  were  obtained  from  the  overwintering 
experiments  at  both  places. 

When  exposed  to  outdoor  conditions,  the  conidia  of  the  fungus  die  in  sugar 
beet  top  material  in  from  one  to  four  months,  but  when  kept  dry,  they  may 
remain  alive  as  much  as  eight  months.  The  sclerotia-like  bodies  which  are  em- 
bedded in  the  tissues  of  the  host  are  more  resistant  than  the  conidia  and  live 
through  the  winter  when  only  slightly  protected,  becoming  a  source  of  infection 
for  the  succeeding  crop. 

Tests  of  artificial  cultures  showed  that  exposure  to  constant  temperatures 
of  from  95  to  97°  F.  was  fatal  to  the  growth  of  the  fungus,  but  that  when  ex- 
posed for  three  days  to  either  of  these  temperatures  and  then  changed  to  87°, 
growth  followed,  as  was  also  the  case  when  cultures  were  held  at  either  of 
these  temperatures  for  eight  hours  and  then  at  68°  for  16  hours.  A  temperature 
of  105°  was  found  fatal  in  all  combinations  tested. 


48  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Temperature  and  relative  humidity  were  found  to  influence  production  of 
conidia  and  infection  in  much  the  same  way.  A  temperature  of  from  80  to  90°, 
with  a  night  minimum  preferably  not  below  60°,  was  most  favorable  to  conidial 
production,  which  was  checked  by  a  temperature  of  100°  or  higher  and  retarded 
by  a  range  from  below  50  to  80°.  A  maximum  humidity  ranging  above  60 
for  not  less  than  15  to  18  hours  each  day  induced  a  good  growth  of  the  fungus. 
Because  of  the  higher  humidity  on  the  lower  than  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
leaf,  the  conidia  are  generally  more  abundant  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  spots, 
and  because  of  the  action  of  rain  and  wind  they  disappear  more  rapidly  from 
the  upper  surface. 

Control  of  club  root  of  crucifers,  P.  Burkhardt  {Mdllcr's  Dcut.  Gart.  Ztg., 
30  (1915),  No.  3ft,  pp.  214,  275,  fig.  1). — Control  measures  recommended  for 
Plasmodiophora  brassicw,  causing  club  root  of  crucifers,  include  rotation,  the 
application  of  500  gm.  of  freshly  slaked  lime  per  square  meter  in  the  fall,  fol- 
lowed in  the  spring  by  50  gm.  of  a  potassium  salt  with  well  rotted  compost, 
careful  selection  of  stock  for  planting,  and  removal  of  any  unthrifty  plants. 

Flax  disease  investigations  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  p.  16). — The 
investigations  in  flax  diseases,  which  have  been  in  progress  for  some  time,  are 
briefly  described.  Special  centgener  plantings  have  been  made  to  increase  re- 
sistance of  flax  to  rust  and  wilt. 

The  I'esults  for  the  year  covered  by  this  report  are  said  to  indicate  that 
resistance  can  be  developed  to  an  extent  that  will  practically  control  these 
diseases.  Trials  were  made  of  seeds  sent  in  by  farmers  to  be  tested  for 
resistance,  the  results  of  which  seem  to  indicate  that  resistance  power,  when 
once  acquired,  will  endure  for  a  considerable  period,  even  though  the  crop 
is  grown  on  groiind  free  from  the  diseases.  Crops  grown  from  seed  which 
had  been  wet,  moldy,  or  frozen  showed  diminished  powers  of  resistance. 

A  Rhizoctonia  disease  of  licorice,  W.  IIimmelbaub  (Ztschr.  Lanclio. 
Versuchsio.  Osterr.,  11  (19U),  No.  8-9,  pp.  671-683,  figs.  9). — Giving  the  results 
of  microscopic  and  microchemical  studies  on  a  Rhizoctonia  disease  said  to 
decrease  materially  the  returns  from  Glycyrrhiza,  the  author  describes  the 
development  of  the  fungus  and  of  the  alterations  caused  thereby.  It  is  stated 
that  the  diseased  portion  soon  takes  on  somewhat  the  character  of  a  foreign 
body,  having  been  separated  more  or  less  completely  by  a  cork  layer  from 
the  healthy  portions. 

Investigations  of  potato  diseases  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  pp. 
17,  18). — It  is  reported  that  the  Fusarium  wilt,  Fusarium  rot,  brown  stem  rot, 
Rhizoctonia,  and  leaf  roll  of  potatoes  are  of  economic  importance  in  the  potato 
districts  of  North  Dakota.  These  diseases  appear  to  be  more  active  in  the 
lighter  soil  areas,  while  early  blight  is  reported  as  occurring  extensively  in  the 
region  of  heavier  soils. 

The  frequent  occurrence  of  Rhizoctonia  on  potato  vines  has  led  to  a  study 
of  that  organism.  In  samples  of  soil  collected  froiu  24  plats  that  had  been 
devoted  to  crop  rotation  for  24  years,  18  lots  showed  the  presence  of  Corticium 
vagum.  Many  of  these  plats  had  not  been  cropped  to  potatoes  for  many  years. 
As  a  result  of  the  investigation  it  is  considered  probable  that  Rhizoctonia  occurs 
on  the  roots  and  debris  of  a  large  variety  of  plants,  and  that  the  present 
method  of  treating  seed  potatoes  to  avoid  this  disease  is  correspondingly  futile. 

Potato  diseases,  O.  Schlumberger  (Deut.  Landw.  Presse,  42  (1915),  No.  41, 
pp.  369,  370,  pi.  i).— This  includes  a  description  of  Phytophthora  tuber  rot, 
bacterial  wet  rot,  Fusarium  or  dry  tuber  rot,  verticilliose  or  wilting  disease, 
bacterial  ring  rot,  hollow  tubers,  various  spotting  diseases,  Oospora  scab, 
Spongospora  powdery  scab,  canker  (Chrysophlyctis  endoMotica),  and  Rhi- 
zoctonia disease.     Some  preventive  and  remedial  measures  are  also  discussed. 


1916] 


DISEASES   OF   PLAKTS.  4^ 


Filosity  in  young  potato  plants,  P.  Passy  {Jour.  Soc.  Nat.  Hort.  France,  4. 
ser.,  15  (1914),  July-Dec,  pp.  500,  501). — Of  two  potato  tubers  which  had  l)een 
subjected  to  the  same  conditions,  one  was  shown  to  have  produced  normal 
sprouts,  while  the  other  exhibited  a  clearly  marlied  case  of  filosity.  The  facts 
are  supposed  to  refute  the  views  of  Parisot  (E.  S.  R.,  23,  p.  148)  that  this 
abnormality  in  growth  is  due  to  an  accumulation  of  carbon  dioxid  during 
storage. 

Downy  mildew  (Sclerospora  macrospora)  on  rice,  L.  Gabotto  ( Gior.  Risicolt., 
5  (1915),  No.  18,  pp.  292-294,  fiff-  !)• — A  disease  of  rice  is  described  as  due  to 
S.  macrospora.  The  head,  if  it  emerges,  is  distorted  and  empty  of  grain,  owing 
to  atrophy  or  transformation  of  the  essential  floral  organs. 

A  stem  disease  of  sugar  cane  in  Barbados,  W.  Nowetx  (Agr.  Neivs  [Barba- 
do.f],  15  (1910),  No.  357,  p.  14). — The  author  has  examined  a  sugar  cane  disease 
appearing  in  Barbados,  said  to  be  similar  to  or  identical  with  that  occurring 
in  India  and  described  by  Butler  and  Hafiz  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  650)  as  due  to 
Ccphalospor'mm  sacchari. 

The  disease  appeared  to  be  partly  or  entirely  confined  to  canes  whose  water 
supply  had  been  interfered  with  as  a  result  of  wrenching  by  high  winds  or  of 
the  development  of  Marasmius  mcchari  in  the  cane  base.  Some  of  the  symp- 
toms resembled  tliose  of  red  rot.  Melan<:onium  sacchari  usually  appeared  as 
a  secondary  infection. 

C.  sacchari  is  thought  to  be  widely  distributed  in  the  West  Indies,  and  it 
may  be  a  factor  in  what  appears  to  be  a  somewhat  serious  disease. 

Sweet  potato  diseases,  L.  L.  Harteb  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  114 
(1916),  pp.  26,  figs.  21). — This  is  a  compilation  of  popular  information  regard- 
ing sweet  potato  diseases,  which,  it  is  said,  may  be  divided  into  three  general 
classes,  those  attacking  the  roots  and  stems,  stem  rot,  black  rot,  foot  rot, 
scurf,  and  root  rot;  those  of  the  leaf,  leaf  blight,  white  rust,  and  leaf  spot; 
and  those  developed  in  storage,  soft  rot,  black  rot,  dry  rot,  Java  black  rot,  and 
charcoal  rot.  The  different  diseases  are  described  and  suggestions  given  for 
their  control. 

Apple  rust,  N.  J.  Giddings  and  A.  Bebg  (West  Virginia  Sta.  Bui.  154  (1915), 
pp.  4-73,  figs.  41). — This  is  a  detailed  account  of  investigations  of  apple  rust 
and  its  control,  a  preliminary  account  of  which  has  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p. 
348).  In  the  present  bulletin,  a  technical  account  is  given  of  the  organism, 
Gymnosporangium  iuniperi-virginiance,  its  distribution,  conditions  for  infecting 
the  host  plants,  and  its  physiological  effect  on  both  apple  and  cedar,  after 
which  spraying  and  other  methods  of  control  are  described. 

The  authors  report  that  apple  leaves  are  susceptible  only  when  young,  and 
that  rust  infection  is  not  likely  to  take  place  after  the  first  week  in  June 
in  the  latitude  of  the  station.  Severe  rust  infections  cause  a  deforming  of  the 
fruit  and  a  reduction  in  size,  with  a  considerable  loss  of  vigor  in  the  tree. 

It  is  said  that  the  disease  may  be  controlled  by  the  use  of  Bordeaux  mix- 
tnre,  lime  sulphur,  or  atomic  sulphur,  lime  sulphur  being  the  most  efficient, 
but  the  use  of  fungicides  is  deemed  impracticable  for  commercial  orchardists. 
The  destruction  of  cedar  trees  is  considered  a  more  effective  method  of  con- 
trol, and  this  has  been  carried  out  on  a  small  scale,  1,113  acres  being  cleared 
of  cedar  trees  at  a  cost  less  than  48  cents  per  acre. 

A  disease  of  apricot  in  Valais,  H.  Faes  (Terre  Yaud.,  6  (1914),  ^o.  25,  pp. 
282,  283). — Referring  to  a  report  made  to  the  Department  of  A\alais,  Switzer- 
land, on  a  disease  of  apricot  observed  to  be  particularly  severe  at  Saxon  in 
1914,  the  author  states  that  the  trouble,  which  is  described  as  due  to  MoniUa 
fructigena  (M.  laxa),  causes  much  loss  following  damp  weather  and  rains. 


50  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.  35 

Preventive  treatments,  Including  copper  sprays  and  polysulphids,  have  not 
proved  to  be  effective.  Suggestions  are  given  regarding  the  employment  of 
phosphorus  and  potassium  fertilizers  and  measures  for  securing  earlier  ripen- 
ing of  the  wood. 

A  disease  of  apricot  in  the  Rhone  Valley,  J.  CHiFrLOT  and  Massonnat 
{Rev.  Hort.  [Parish,  S7  (1915),  No.  21,  pp.  5JtO,  5^-?).— In  portions  of  the  Rhone 
Valley  apricot  trees  are  said  to  be  affected  with  a  disease  characterized  by  the 
drying  of  the  flowers,  leaves,  and  young  branches,  followcnl  by  gummosis, 
separation  of  the  bark  from  the  wood,  and  discoloration  of  the  latter.  The 
trouble  appears  to  be  caused  by  the  same  fungus  as  that  reported  above  by 
Faes  as  occurring  in  Switzerland. 

Spring  conditions  will  not  permit  the  use  of  strong  sprays,  but  removal  of 
all  affected  portions  is  recommended.  In  winter,  the  use  of  copper  sprays  at 
1.2  per  cent  strength  is  advised,  with  the  addition  of  soap  and  gelatin  to  secure 
better  spreading  and  adhesion. 

Summer  outbreaks  of  downy  mildew,  H.  Faes  {Terre  Vand.,  6  {lOlJf),  No. 
32,  pp.  338-3 Jfl). — Recent  tests  have  confirmed  the  view  that  mildew  attack  on 
grape  leaves  occurs  by  way  of  the  lower  surface  only,  and  that  spraying  fi-om 
below  is  sufficient  if  the  fungicide  is  applied  thoroughly  and  in  proper  strength, 
preferably  with  an  admixture  of  materials  suited  to  increase  its  spreading  and 
sticking  qualities.  The  attack  is  said  to  occur  mainly  when  the  leaves  are 
young,  but  it  may  occur  later. 

Spotting  of  citrus  fruits,  H.  S.  Fawcett  (Mo.  Bill.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  Jf  {1915), 
No.  9,  pp.  -^34,  435). — It  is  stated  that  for  a  number  of  years  past,  especially 
during  moist,  cool  weather,  lemons  and  sometimes  oranges  have  been  observed 
to  develop,  after  coming  to  the  packing  house,  green  spots  which  may  later 
become  brownish  or  reddish  and  somewhat  sunken,  and  which  do  not  increase 
in  size  after  their  formation. 

It  has  been  shown  that  typical  green  spots  can  be  developed  by  so  pressing 
and  rolling  lemon  fruits  against  boards  as  to  cause  injuries,  also  that  oil  from 
one  lemon  pressed  out  on  the  injured  surface  of  another  produced  the  tjiiical 
sinking  of  the  tissue  between  the  oil  colls.  Green  spots  were  produced  by 
presssure  on  the  surface  of  the  rind  sufficient  to  liberate  the  oil  but  not  suffi- 
cient to  cause  a  visible  break  in  the  rind.  It  has  also  been  noticed  that  pick- 
ing green  fruit  while  wet  favored  the  formation  of  the  spots.  The  oil  on  fruit 
kept  in  moist  air  produced  a  greater  effect  than  on  fruit  kept  dry,  which  is 
thought  to  be  due  to  its  slower  volatilization  under  these  circumstances. 

The  picking  of  the  fruit  only  under  dry  conditions  is  recommended. 

Work  connected  with  insect  and  fung-us  pests  and  their  control  {Imp. 
Depf.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Rpt.  Agr.  Dept.  Dominica,  191^-15,  pp.  11-17,  fig.  1). — 
This  reproduces  a  preliminary  report  by  W.  Nowell  on  his  investigation  of  the 
black  root  disease  of  lime  trees  in  Dominica  caused  by  RoseUinia  bitnodes,  said 
to  be  the  only  disease  of  lime  trees  of  really  serious  importance  in  the  island 
at  the  time.  The  disease  is  known  only  on  estates  with  fairly  recent  forest 
clearings.  It  is  thought  to  be  distinct  from  a  closely  similar  disease  on  cacao. 
Soil  and  situation  favox-able  to  the  rapid  development  of  the  lime  ti*ees  seem 
also  to  favor  the  disease.  The  greater  seriousness  of  the  disease  during  the 
years  reported  upon  is  ascribed  largely  to  a  period  of  extremely  wet  weather, 
but  still  more  to  the  cumulative  character  of  the  disease  and  the  increased 
number  of  contacts  among  the  growing  and  interlacing  roots.  On  reaching  the 
light,  the  fungus  produces  spores,  which  can  cause  infection  some  distance 
from  the  point  of  origin. 

It  appears  that  thorough  ventilation  of  the  collar  and  of  the  main  roots  near 
their  points  of  attachment,  in  addition  t<>  rendering  early  detection  easy,  may 


1916]  ECOlSrOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  51 

considerably  delay,  if  not  stop,  the  progress  of  the  disease.  The  use  of  carbon 
bisulphid  is  to  be  tested  in  connection  with  this  disease.  The  first  precaution, 
the  destruction  of  the  trees  by  fire,  is  said  to  be  rendered  easy  by  tlie  inflam- 
mable nature  of  the  wood. 

As  no  case  of  the  disease  on  sour  orange  has  been  noted,  it  is  thought  that 
this  apparent  immunity,  if  confirmed,  may  prove  to  be  of  great  importance.  A 
system  of  isolation  and  drainage  is  shown  to  have  been  effective  in  the  one 
instance  in  which  it  was  given  a  thorough  trial,  as  the  trees  looked  well  and 
dying  in  patches  was  entirely  prevented. 

The  pink  disease  of  lime  branches  due  to  Corticium  Ulacino-fiiscum  is  said 
to  exist  on  some  estates.  While  it  is  not  yet  sufficiently  abundant  to  possess 
much  economic  importance,  destruction  of  diseased  branches  is  advised. 

Diseases  of  tulip  and  hyacinth,  J.  C.  T.  Uphof  (Moller's  Deut.  Odrt.  Ztg.,  30 
{1915),  Nos.  37,  pp.  295,  296;  38,  pp.  306,  307).— The  author  suggests  the  trial  in 
connection  with  the  ring  disease  of  hyacinth  and  tulip  of  the  plan  which  J.  Rit- 
zema  Bos  is  said  to  have  found  successful  with  onions.  This  consists  essentially 
in  the  treatment  of  the  soil  about  the  end  of  March,  before  planting  in  the 
middle  of  April,  with  lime  and  ammonium  sulphate,  ammonia  being  set  free 
and  giving  practical  disinfection  of  the  soil. 

A  disease  of  tulip  due  to  Sclcrotiuia  tuUparum,  which  also  frequently  attacks 
Iris  hispanica,  occasionally  hyacinth,  gladiolus,  and  FritUlaria  imperialis,  and 
rarely  narcissus,  is  thought  to  be  controllable  by  the  three-year  rotation,  tulips, 
potatoes,  and  hyacinths.  The  disease  of  tulip  caused  by  Botrytis  parasitica  is 
most  satisfactorily  dealt  with  by  removal  and  destruction  of  affected  plants. 

Variation  and  blight  resistance  among  walnuts,  L.  D.  Batchelor  (Mo.  Bui. 
Com.  Hort.  CaL,  If  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  ^28-430)  .—Gbfing  the  results  of  observa- 
tions on  productivity,  blight  resistance,  and  season,  the  author  states  that  this 
disease  is  the  greatest  limiting  factor  for  walnut  production  in  the  principal 
walnut  growing  countries.  It  is  considered  that  a  tree  which  has  only  10  per 
cent  of  blighted  nuts  in  an  orchard  which  averages  from  70  to  80  per  cent  may 
be  really  more  resistant  than  one  apparently  free  from  disease  among  others 
which  are  only  from  15  to  20  per  cent  blighted.  Examples  given  show  a  wide 
range  of  susceptibility  to  attack  in  different  varieties  named. 

Contributions  on.  the  life  processes  of  oak  mildew,  J.  Roth  (Naturw.  Ztschr. 
Forsf  u.  Lanclw.,  13  (1915),  No.  6-7,  pp.  260-270).— The  author  presents,  as  sup- 
plementary to  flie  work  of  Neger  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  745),  his  own  observations 
and  experiments  on  oak  mildew. 

The  fact  that  this  disease  flourishes  best  in  situations  exposed  to  sunshine  is 
thought  to  be  attributable  to  the  influence  of  the  sun  on  the  host  rather  than 
on  the  parasite,  which  prefers  the  tender,  later  maturing  growth  made  by  the 
shoots  in  open  situations.  The  relations  of  shading  to  parasitic  growth  in 
case  of  other  plants  are  also  discussed. 

The  publications  of  the  Pennsylvania  Chestnut  Tree  Blight  Commission 
(Harrisburg:  State,  1915,  pp.  6^1,  pis.  180,  figs.  7),— This  is  a  collection  of  the 
papers  issued  by  the  Pennsylvania  Chestnut  Tree  Blight  Commission,  most  of 
which  have  been  previously  noted. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

The  prairie  dog  situation  in  Colorado,  W.  L.  Buenett  (Off.  State  Ent.  Colo. 
Circ.  17  (1915),  pp.  15,  figs.  2). — This  circular,  which  is  intended  to  replace 
Circular  8,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  249),  deals  with  the  occurrence 
of  the  plains  prairie  dog  (Cynomys  Itidovicianus) ,  the  white-tailed  prairie  dog 
(C.  leucurus),  and  the  Gunnison  prairie  dog  (C.  gunmsoni)  in  various  counties 


52  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

of  Colorado.  A  brief  description  is  then  given  of  their  habits  and  economic 
status  and  methods  of  combating. 

The  prairie  dog  situation,  R.  K.  Nabours  {Kansas  Sta.  Circ.  54  (1915),  pp. 
//).— This  abridgment  of  Circular  4,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  22,  p.  457), 
treats  of  the  methods  of  combating  prairie  dogs. 

Meadow  mice,  W.  L.  Burnett  (Off.  State  Ent.  Colo.  Circ.  18  {1916),  pp.  11, 
figs.  2). — A  brief  description  is  given  of  five  species  and  subspecies  of  Microtus 
found  in  Colorado.  The  food  habits  of  the  different  species  are  so  similar  that 
they  ai-e  treated  as  a  whole,  and  brief  consideration  is  given  to  their  natural 
enemies,  damage  in  the  United  States,  possibility  of  an  outbreak  in  Colorado, 
how  to  save  girdled  trees,  breeding,  and  methods  of  combating. 

Effect  of  186-515  generations  of  Danysz  bacillus  in  a  ten  per  cent  decoc- 
tion of  egg  albumin  on  the  gray  rat  (Mus  decumanus),  S.  S.  Merezhkovskii 
{Trudy  Selsk.  Kiwz.  Bakt.  Lab.,  4  {WIS),  pp.  138-U9).—A  mortality  of  84  per 
cent  was  caused  among  gray  rats  fed  upon  the  Danysz  bacillus  (generations 
186-515),  obtained  by  their  uninterrupted  culture  in  a  10  per  cent  decoction  of 
egg  albumin. 

Duration  of  the  virulence  of  agar  cultures  of  the  Danysz  bacillus,  S.  S. 
Merezhkovskii  {Trudy  Sclsk.  Khoz.  Bakt.  Lab.,  4  {1913),  pp.  181-185). — The 
investigations  here  reported  show  that  the  virulence  of  agar  cultures  of  the 
Danysz  bacillus  may  be  preserved  for  at  least  1.5  years  when  kept  under 
favorable  conditions. 

Experiments  made  in  1912  in  the  Government  of  Bessarabia  with  the 
Siberian  marmot,  S.  S.  Merezhkovskii  {Trudy  Selsk.  Khoz.  Bakt.  Lab.,  4 
{1913),  pp.  201-236,  figs.  4)- — -"^  report  of  experimental  work  with  the  Danysz 
bacillus  in  which  unsatisfactory  I'esults  were  obtained  due  to  the  high  natural 
mortality  which  occurred  among  the  rodents. 

On  Giardia  microti  sp.  nov.,  from  the  meadow  mouse,  C.  A.  Kofoid  and 
Elizabeth  B.  Christiansen  {Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Zool.,  16  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  23-29, 
fig.  1). — This  species  causes  inflation  of  the  intestines  of  the  meadow  mouse, 
the  walls  of  the  intestines  becoming  thin  and  flaccid  and  assuming  a  yellowish- 
orange  color  in  the  infected  region. 

Propagation  of  wild  birds,  H.  K.  Job  {Garden  City,  N.  Y.:  Doubleday,  Page 
d  Co.,  1915,  pp.  XII-\-216,  pis.  65). — A  manual  of  applied  ornithology  treating 
of  practical  methods  of  propagation  of  quails,  grouse,  wild  turkey,  pheasants, 
partridges,  pigeons  and  doves,  and  waterfowl  in  America,  and  of  attracting  and 
increasing  wild  birds  in  general,  including  song  birds. 

A  new  interpretation  of  the  relationships  of  temperature  and  humidity  to 
insect  development,  W.  D.  Pierce  {U.  S.  Dept.  Ayr.,  Jour.  Ayr.  Research,  5 
{1916),  No.  25,  pp.  1183-1191,  figs.  ^).— The  studies  here  presented  are  based 
principally  upon  records  of  thousands  of  individual  boll  weevils  {Anthonoinus 
grnndis  and  A.  grandis  thurberkc)  made  by  agents  of  the  Bureau  of  Ento- 
mology of  this  Department  in  the  Southwest  extending  over  a  long  period  of 
years. 

Following  a  brief  introduction  and  discussion  of  experimental  methods,  the 
subject  is  dealt  with  under  the  headings  of  zones  of  climatic  relations,  effective 
temperature,  zone  of  inactivity,  nomenclature  of  climatic  effects  on  life,  and 
practical  applications.  The  author  describes  his  method  of  computing  effective 
temperatures  and  with  a  chart  shows  his  method  of  determining  the  zone  of 
effective  temperatures  at  a  humidity  of  56  per  cent.  A  chart  and  data  are  also 
given  which  show  the  relations  of  temperature  and  humidity  to  cotton  boll 
weevil  activity. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  only  in  recent  years  has  it  been  generally 
accepted  that  each  species  of  insect,  etc.,  may  have  a  different  zero  of  effective 


1916 J  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  53 

temperature.  It  is  pointed  out  that  there  is  an  absolute  minimum  fatal  tem- 
perature below  which,  even  for  the  shortest  time,  life  is  impossible  and  that 
there  is  also  a  corresponding  absolute  maximum  fatal  temperature;  and  that 
absolute  dryness  is  more  or  less  prohibitive  of  life,  as  is  absolute  humidity, 
i.  e.,  saturation. 

In  working  out  the  relation  of  temperature  and  humidity  the  diagrammatic 
figure  sought  has  four  definite  absolute  boundaries — the  maximum  and  mini- 
mum temperatures  and  humidities.  "  Within  the  limits  which  we  have  thus 
defined  there  exist  conditions  under  which  all  the  activities  of  the  species  reach 
their  maximum  efficiency.  It  has  been  conceived  by  most  writers  that  this 
maximum  efficiency  was  reached  at  a  definite  point  known  as  the  optimum.  It 
seems  more  likely  that  it  will  prove  to  be  a  zone  of  humidities  and  tempera- 
tures of  more  or  less  restricted  area.  A  careful  study  of  the  records  of  any 
species,  charting  for  the  time  required  for  each  activity  and  the  temperature 
and  then  similarly  for  humidity,  will  disclose  temperature  and  humidity  points 
of  maximum  efficiency.  With  the  boll  weevil  these  points  lie  approximately 
near  83°  F.  and  65  per  cent  of  relative  humidity." 

Hydrocyanic  acid  gas. — Its  practical  use  as  a  routine  fumigant,  R.  H. 
Ckeel,  F.  M.  Facet,  and  W.  D.  Wbightson  (Pub.  Health  Rpts.  [U.  S.},  30 
{1915),  No.  40,  pp.  3537-3550,  fig.  1). — Tlie  authors  here  present  the  results  of 
19  practical  experiments  with  hydrocyanic  acid  gas. 

The  results  of  several  experiments  with  decreasing  amounts  of  chemicals 
indicate  that  the  use  of  5  oz.  of  potassium  cyanid  to  1,000  cu.  ft.  of  space  is  as 
effective  as  twice  that  amount.  "  It  was  clearly  demonstrated  that  the  quickest 
and  best  results  were  obtained  by  the  use  of  powdered  potassium  cyanid,  the 
chemical  action  being  much  facilitated  and  more  rapidly  completed.  .  .  .  At- 
tempts to  destroy  bacteria  with  this  fumigant  were  unsuccessful. 

"  It  was  noticed  that  where  the  rodents  were  allowed  to  run  at  liberty  within 
the  room  during  fumigation,  and  in  the  cases  of  the  more  active  ones  in  cages, 
the  effects  of  the  gas  were  earlier  apparent  and  more  marked,  and  the  rodents 
succumbed  more  quickly.  Any  physical  efforts  of  the  rodents  seemed  to  hasten 
the  effects  of  the  gas,  presumably  by  increased  respiratory  action.  The  cyanid 
gas  apparently  diffuses  very  rapidly,  rising  first  to  the  top  of  a  closed  space, 
thence  following  along  the  walls  to  the  floor,  and  finally  reaching  the  center  of 
the  space." 

Cyanid  gas  was  found  to  be  much  more  penetrating  than  sulphur  dioxid,  and 
thus  it  is  to  be  preferred  for  fumigating  ships  loaded  with  cargoes.  From  the 
experiments  it  would  seem  that  one-half  hour  is  sufficient  exposure  when  cyanid 
gas  is  used  as  a  fumigant,  and  that  the  increasing  of  this  period  to  one  hour 
ought  to  suffice,  even  when  unusually  large  spaces  are  fumigated.  One  of  the 
experiments  indicates  that  holds  of  ships  will  not  retain  cyanid  fumes  so  as  to 
be  dangerous  to  life  30  minutes  after  the  hatchways  are  removed. 

rifteenth.  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Connecticut  for  the  year 
1915,  W.  E.  Bkitton  {Connecticut  State  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  2,  pp.  VII+81-192, 
pis.  17,  figs.  6). — The  first  part  of  this  report  is  taken  up  by  a  statement  relating 
to  the  finances  and  routine  work,  including  the  inspection  of  nurseries,  of 
imported  nursery  stock,  of  apiaries,  etc. 

Reports  of  Gipsy  Moth  Suppression  Work  in  1915  (pp.  99-111)  and  of  Brown- 
Tail  Moth  W^ork,  Season  of  1914-15  (pp.  111-114),  by  W.  E.  Britton  and  I.  W. 
Davis,  next  presented,  are  followed  by  a  report  of  Experiments  in  Controlling 
the  Cabbage  Maggot  in  1915,  by  W.  E.  Britton  and  Q.  S.  Lowry  (pp.  114-118) 
in  continuation  of  investigations  of  1914,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  58). 
The  season  was  particularly  favorable  for  control  experiments,  as  the  maggots 
were  very  abundant  and  caused  more  damage  than  usual.     The  best  results 


54  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

appear  to  have  been  obtained  from  the  use  of  tar  paper  disks,  the  infestation 
of  the  plants  thus  protected  being  4.4  per  cent  as  compared  with  an  infesta- 
tion of  6  per  cent  on  plants  treated  with  crude  carbolic  acid  emulsion. 

A  general  account  of  A  Destructive  European  Pine  Sawfly  in  Connecticut 
(Diprian  [Lophyrus]  simile)  is  next  presented  by  the  author  (pp.  118-125). 
This  sawfly,  an  account  of  which  has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p. 
363),  was  first  discovered  in  a  nursery  at  New  Haven  in  August,  1914.  Since 
the  publication  of  the  article  mentioned,  it  has  also  been  found  at  Derby,  Hart- 
ford, New  Canaan,  and  Greenwich, 

An  account  is  next  given  of  the  Larch  Sawily  (Lyywonematus  [Nematus'[ 
erichsonii)  (pp.  125-134 >,  Avhich,  although  it  has  undoubtedly  occurred  in  Con- 
necticut for  many  years,  was  not  observed  until  1915  when  specimens  were 
received  from  East  Canaan.  Accounts  by  Hewitt  relating  to  this  pest  have 
been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  658). 

Experiments  in  Controlling  the  AVhite  Pine  Weevil  in  1915  (pp.  134-136) 
and  Fumigating  a  Grapery  with  Hydrocyanic  Acid  Gas  to  Kill  Mealy  Bugs 
(pp.  136,  137)  are  reported  upon  by  B.  H.  Walden.  Brief  accounts  of  The 
Juniper  Webworm  (Dichomeris  maryinellus)  (pp.  137-139)  and  Three  Species 
of  Scale  Insects  New  to  Connecticut,  namely  Leucaspis  japonica,  Lepidosaphes 
ncwsteadi,  and  Diaspis  echiiwcacti  (pp.  139,  110),  and  a  discussion  of  Mosquito 
Conditions  in  Connecticut  in  1915  (pp.  141-144)  follow.  The  Report  on  a 
Mosquito  Survey  at  the  Mouth  of  the  Connecticut  River,  by  P.  L.  Buttrick 
(pp.  144-172)  has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  856).  A  discussion  of 
the  Changes  in  the  Vegetatien  of  Salt  Marshes  Resulting  fi*om  Ditching,  by 
W.  E.  Brittou,  B.  H.  Walden,  and  P.  L.  Buttrick  (pp.  172-179),  and  an  account 
of  White  Grub  Injury  in  1915  (pp.  179-181)  are  next  given. 

The  report  concludes  with  a  brief  discussion  of  the  entomological  features 
of  1915  (pp.  181-183)  and  of  miscellaneous  insect  notes  (pp.  183-191),  relating 
to  the  banded  fleabeetle  (Systena  tcemata)  which  was  ablndant  and  caused 
injury  to  beans,  tomato,  eggplant,  and  sunflower  at  North  Haven  by  feeding  upon 
the  leaves;  unusual  galls  upon  wild  rose;  the  lime  tree  spanworm  (Erannis 
tiliaria)  found  feeding  upon  the  birch  at  New  Haven;  a  parasite  of  the  San 
Jose  scale,  Prospaltella  perniciosi,  a  large  number  of  which  were  reared 
during  the  year ;  the  buffalo  tree  hopper  which  injured  apple  twigs  at  Wethers- 
field;  a  leaf  roller  on  privet  {Archips  rosana)  ;  the  false  apple  red  bug  (Lyyidea 
mendaoo),  which  was  the  source  of  considerable  injury  in  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  State;  a  sawfly  on  imported  manetti  rose  stock  (Emphytus  cinc- 
Uis)  ;  the  linden  borer  {Saperda  vestita),  said  to  have  caused  considerable  in- 
jury to  linden  trees ;  two  psyllids  new  to  Connecticut,  namely,  Psylla  biixi  and 
8panio)ieura  fonscolombii;  the  strawberry  rootworm  (Typophorns  canellus) 
at  New  Haven;  a  woolly  aphis  {Pemphigus  acerifoUi)  on  silver  maple  at 
Derby;  white  ants  (Leucotermes  ITermes]  flavipes)  in  a  house  at  Ridgefield ; 
the  chrysanthemum  leaf  miner  (Pliytomyza  chrysanthemi)  ;  a  new  leaf  weevil 
in  Connecticut  (Polydru-siis  impressifrons)  ;  a  tortricid  (Tortrix  albicomana) 
on  oak;  the  iris  borer  (Macronoctua  onusta)  ;  mites  (Rhhoglyphus  hyacinthi) 
injuring  Bermuda  lilies;  a  new  enemy  of  peach  trees  (Diplotaxls  atlantis)  ; 
and  aphids  {Aphis  rumicis,  Macrosiphum  solanifolU,  and  Myzus  persicw)  on 
seed  beets. 

[Economic  entomology]  {Ztschr.  Angeiv.  Ent,  1  {1914),  No.  2,  pp.  2U-320, 
figs.  2//).— The  papers  here  presented  include  the  following:  The  Occurrence  of 
the  Pink  Bollworm  {Gelechi<i  gossypiclla)  in  Egypt,  by  A.  Andres  (pp.  244-247)  ; 
The  Grapevine  Moths  or  Traubenwicklers  {Polychrosis  hotrana  and  Cochylis 
ambiguclla)  and  Their  Natural  Enemies  in  goutli  Tyrol,  by  C.  Catoni  (pp.  248- 
259)  ;   Injurious  and  Beneficial   Insects  in   Dry   and  Manufactured  Tobacco, 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  55 

by  K.  Escherich  (pp.  260-265)  ;  The  Status  of  Economic  Entomology  in  India, 
by  H.  Morstatt  (pp.  266-271)  ;  The  Relation  of  Stomoxys  calcitrans  to  Infantile 
Paralysis,  by  K.  H.  C.  Jordan  (pp.  272-276)  ;  The  Mycological  Investigations 
of  Fungus  Diseases  of  Insects  and  Economic  Entomology,  by  G.  Lakou  (pp. 
277-282)  ;  and  The  History  of  Nematus  Injury  in  the  Royal  Saxony  State 
Forest  Reserve  of  Naunhof  near  Leipsic,  by  P.  Jaehu   (pp.  283-320). 

Report  of  the  economic  biologist,  G.  E.  Bodkin  (Rpt.  Dept.  Sci.  and  Agr. 
Brit.  Guiana,  19J3-lJf,  App.  3,  pp.  11). — A  brief  statement  of  the  work  of  the 
year,  including  revised  lists  of  insects  injurious  to  sugar  cane  with  their 
parasites  and  of  the  insect  pests  of  the  coconut  palm  in  British  Guiana. 

Report  of  the  imperial  entomologist,  T.  B.  Fletcher  {Rpt.  Ayr.  Research 
Inst,  and  Col.  Pusa,  1013-14,  pp.  62-15). — A  statement  of  the  work  of  the  year. 

Sinuate  pear  borer  and  leopard  moth,  P.  J.  Paerott  and  H.  Glasgow  {Neio 
York  State  Sta.  Circ.  44  U915),  pp.  3,  pis.  2). — This  circular  gives  brief  descrip- 
tions of  the  sinuate  pear  tree  borer  and  leopard  moth,  which,  as  shown  by 
a  recent  survey  by  the  station,  are  being  distributed  into  the  fruit-growing 
sections  of  the  State  by  importations  of  nursery  stock. 

Destruction  of  prickly  pear  through  the  agency  of  parasitic  insects,  J. 
White-Haney  {Ann.  Rpt.  Dcpt.  Pub.  Lands  Queensland,  1014,  pp.  81-83,  pis. 
3).- — This  account  relates  to  the  propagation  of  wild  cochineal  insects  {Coccus 
indicus  from  Ceylon  and  C.  confusus  capensis  from  South  Africa).  See  also 
work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  549). 

The  insect  enemies  of  vegetables,  J.  Kindshoven  {Flugschr.  Deut.  Landio. 
Gescll.,  No.  13,  4.  cd.  {1015),  pp.  16-21).— In  this  edition  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  438)  a 
brief  summarized  account  is  given  of  the  more  important  insect  enemies  of 
vegetables  in  Germany  and  means  for  their  control. 

Insects  attacking  cabbage  and  allied  crops  in  Connecticut,  W.  E.  Britton 
and  Q.  S.  Lowry  {Connecticut  State  Sta.  Bui.  100  {1016),  pp.  3-23,  figs.  17). — 
Brief  popular  accounts  are  given  of  the  more  important  enemies  of  crucifers 
occurring  in  Connecticut. 

Insects  affecting  the  sugar  cane  in  Trinidad,  F.  W.  Ukich  {Bui.  Dept.  Agr. 
Trinidad  and  Tobago,  I4  {1015),  No.  5,  pp.  156-161). — The  author  has  compiled 
the  present  list  of  sugar  cane  insects  with  the  object  of  providing  a  handy 
reference  to  these  pests,  their  natural  enemies,  and  methods  of  control. 

The  insect  enemies  of  strawberries,  A.  Tullgren  {Trudgdrden  [Stockholm], 
14  {1015),  No.  6,  pp.  167-160,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  3  {1015),  Ser.  A, 
No.  11,  p.  695). — A  brief  account  of  the  enemies  of  strawberries  in  Sweden. 

Cranberry  insect  investigations  in  1914,  H.  B.  Scammell  {Proc.  Amer. 
Cranberry  Groivers'  Assoc.,  45  {1014),  PP-  12-17). — The  work  of  the  year  is 
briefly   reviewed. 

Some  inhabitants  of  the  round  gall  of  golden-rod,  Chi  Ping  {Jour.  Ent. 
and  ZooL,  7  {1015),  No.  3,  pp.  161-170,  figs.  £0).— The  inhabitants  of  round 
galls  which  occur  commonly  on  only  one  species  of  golden-rod  {Solidago- 
canadensis),  here  dealt  with,  include  Eurosta  solidaginis,  the  gall-making  fly; 
the  larvae  of  the  mordellid  beetle  Mordellistina  unicolor;  and  several  other  occu- 
pants, three  of  which  are  parasites  and  the  rest  of  uncertain  position.  A 
tabular  statement  of  the  inhabitants  of  3,300  galls  is  included  and  a  bibliogi-aphy 
of  17  titles  is  appended. 

Destructive  grasshoppers  in  Costa  Rica,  A.  Alfaro  {Reprint  from  Rev.  Ed. 
San  Josi,  Costa  Rica,  1015,  Oct.,  p.  7,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Ent.  News,  26  {1915),  No. 
10,  p.  447). — An  account  is  given  of  the  invasion  of  Costa  Rica  by  locusts 
{Schistocerca  paranensis  and  S.  zapoteca)  during  1915. 
43795°— No.  1—16 5 


56  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  control  of  locusts  in  eastern  Canada,  A.  Gibson  {Canada  Dcpt.  Agr., 
Ent.  Branch  Circ.  5  {1915),  pp.  8,  figs.  6). — A  brief  discussion  of  the  destructive 
species  and  control  measures  therefor. 

On  the  destruction  of  locusts  by  cultures  of  the  d'Herelle  bacillus,  S.  S. 
Mebezhkovskii  {Trudy  Selsk.  Klwz.  Bakt.  Lab.,  4  {1913),  pp.  368,  369).— In 
experiments  made  with  the  d'Herelle  bacillus  obtained  from  the  Pasteur  Insti- 
tute in  Paris,  the  Pasteur  Institute  in  Algiers,  and  Argentina  it  was  found  that 
from  three  to  six  types  were  represented.  The  author  recommends  that  the 
pathogenic  properties  of  the  organism  at  hand  be  determined  before  cultures 
are  used  in  practical  work. 

Injury  to  cereals  by  JElia  rostrata,  R.  Rodriguez  y  Martin  {Bol.  Agr.  T^c. 
y  Econ.,  6  {1914),  No.  70,  pp.  934-943,  figs.  8).— This  hemipteran,  commonly 
known  as  "  San  Pedrito,"  is  the  source  of  considerable  injury  to  wheat  in 
Spain. 

Chermes  injurious  to  conifers,  N.  A.  Cholodkovsky  {Khcrmesy,  VredCashchie 
Khoinym  Derev'iam.  Petrograd:  Dept.  Agr.  Central  Bd.  Land  Admin,  and  Agr., 
1915,  2.  rev.  and  enl.  ed.,  pp.  89,  pis.  7,  figs.  6;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  3  {1915), 
Ser.  A,  No.  10,  pp.  592-599). — An  extended  account. 

Plant  lice  or  aphids,  H.  A.  Gossard  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  4,  PP- 
108-114,  figs.  6). — This  is  a  popular  account  of  the  life  history  and  habits, 
reproduction,  natural  enemies,  nature  of  damage,  and  means  of  combating 
plant  lice. 

AphididsB  of  California,  XI,  E.  O.  Essig  {Jour.  Ent.  and  Zooh,  7  {1915),  No. 
3,  pp.  180-200,  figs.  9). — In  this  paper,  the  eleventh  of  a  series  of  articles  (E.  S. 
R.,  28,  p.  452),  the  author  considers  a  new  Lachnus  (L.  glchnus  n.  sp.)  which 
injures  the  Japanese  dwarf  silver  spruce  {Picea  glehni)  at  Sacramento,  Cal., 
the  manzanita  leaf -gall  aphis  {Phyllaphis  coweni),  and  the  cloudy-winged  oak 
aphis  {CalUpterus  bellus). 

The  army  worm  (Cirphus  [Leucania]  unipuncta),  A.  Gibson  {Canada 
Dept.  Agr.,  Ent.  Branch  Bui.  9  {1915),  pp.  34,  figs.  19). — A  summarized  account 
of  the  fall  army  worm,  its  life  history  and  habits,  natural  enemies,  and  methods 
of  control. 

A  detailed  account  is  given  of  the  1914  outbreak  in  eastern  Canada,  as  the 
result  of  which  the  loss  in  Ontario  alone  amounted  to  more  than  $250,000.  The 
parasites  reared  during  the  course  of  the  outbreak  include  four  tachinids 
{Winthemia  quadripustulata,  Phryxe  [Exorista]  vulgaris,  Phorocera  [Euphoro- 
cera]  claripennis,  and  Wagneria  [Phorichwta]  sequax)  ;  four  braconids  {Apan- 
teles  militaris,  Apantcles  sp.,  A.  limenitidis,  and  Metcoris  communis)  ;  and  six 
ichneumonids  {Paniscus  gcminatus,  Pimplidea  pedalis.  Ichneumon  canadensis, 
I.  lactus,  I.  jucundus,  and  /.  leucaniw). 

Some  notes  on  the  Catalina  cherry  moth,  E.  J.  Branigan  {Mo.  Bui.  Com. 
Hort.  Cal.,  5  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  35,  36,  figs.  2). —The  fruit  of  the  Catalina  cherry 
{Prunus  integrifolia)  at  Sierra  Madre  in  Los  Angeles  County,  Cal.,  was  found 
to  be  badly  infested  with  the  larvce  of  Mellissopus  latiferreana,  a  moth  which 
closely  resembles  the  coaling  moth.  "  The  infestation  was  very  heavy.  The 
larva  works  both  in  the  meat  of  the  fruit  and  within  the  seed  itself,  which  is 
comparatively  very  large,  occupying  three-fourths  of  the  inside  of  the  cherry. 
The  cherry  averages  about  the  size  of  the  cultivated  species  of  cherry. 
The  larva  seems  to  have  a  preference  for  the  seed,  the  shell  of  which  is  not 
very  hard." 

Statistics  on  the  production  of  silk  in  France  and  elsewhere  {Statistique 
de  la  Production  dc  la  Soie  en  France  et  a  V Etranger.  Lyon:  Syndicat  de 
VUnion  des  Marchands  de  Soie  de  Lyon,  1915,  pp.  84). — Statistical  data  includ- 
ing the  year  1913  relating  to  silk  production  are  here  presented  under  the 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  57 

headings  of  occidental  Europe,  the  Levant  and  central  Asia,  and  the  extreme 
Orient. 

The  biolog'y  of  the  North  American  crane  flies  (Tipulidse,  Diptera). — IV, 
The  tribe  Hexatomini,  O.  P.  Alexander  {Jour.  Ent.  and  ZooL,  7  (1015),  No.  3, 
pp.  141-160,  fujs.  17). — A  continuation  of  the  worls  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  561). 

The  bionomics  of  the  Maltese  phlebotomi,  P.  J.  Makett  (Brit.  Med.  Jour., 
No.  2SJ,S'  (1915),  pp.  172,  173).— In  this  report  of  studies  of  the  life  history  and 
habits  of  wild  and  tame  Papatnsii  flies,  which  are  of  importance  because  of 
their  transmission  of  disease,  data  are  included  on  the  length  of  the  several 
life  stages,  including  the  pregnancy  stage,  egg  stage,  first  larval  and  total  larval 
stages,  pupal  stage,  and  length  of  life.  A  fungus,  which  is  pathogenic  to  the  fly, 
is  provisionally  termed  Empusa  pnpatasii. 

Directions  for  combating'  the  olive  fly  (Dacus  oleee),  A.  Beklese  (Istruzioni 
per  Combattere  la  Mosca  delle  Olive  (Dacus  olece).  Florence:  Min.  Agr.  Indus, 
c  Com.,  1915,  pp.  11,  figs.  8). — ^A  summary  of  control  measures. 

The  book  of  the  fly,  G.  H.  Hardy  (London:  William  Heincmann,  1915,  pp. 
[S]+124,  figs.  224). — This  account  of  the  house  fly  includes  chapters  on  identifi- 
cation, structure,  life  history,  economic  importance,  methods  of  control,  etc. 
Miscellaneous  data  relating  to  flies,  including  the  Windgate  fly  chart  with  index 
to  terms  and  symbols,  a  list  of  families  with  descriptive  notes  and  references, 
an  analytical  table  of  families,  etc.,  are  appended. 

The  cane  grubs  of  Australia,  A.  A.  Gikault  and  A.  P.  Dodd  (Bur.  Sugar 
ExpC  Stas.  Queensland,  Div.  Ent.  Bui.  2  (1915),  pp.  60;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl. 
Ent.,  3  (1915),  Her.  A,  No.  8,  pp.  490,  491).— The  authors  here  present  a 
detailed  report  of  studies  of  the  various  phases  in  the  life  history  and  habits 
at  Gordonvale,  Queensland,  of  scarabseid  larvfe  attacking  sugar  cane.  A  pre- 
liminary report  of  the  work  by  Girault  has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  750). 

A  mission  to  Java  in  quest  of  natural  enemies  for  a  coleopterous  pest  of 
bananas  (Cosmopolites  sordida),  F.  P.  Jepson  (Dept.  Agr.  Fiji  Bui.  7  (1914), 
pp.  18,  pis.  3). — Following  a  brief  account  of  the  life  history  of  the  banana 
borer  (C*.  sordida),  its  natural  enemies  are  considered. 

Tlie  autlior  found  several  insects  to  prey  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  on  the 
banana  borer  in  Java,  of  which  a  hlsterid  beetle  (Plasius  javanus)  was  the  most 
important.  In  captivity  the  adult  of  this  beetle  consumed  eight  full-grown  larvae 
of  the  banana  borer  per  head  per  diem,  while  its  larva  took  no  less  than  33.8 
full-grown  larvre  per  head  per  diem,  or  an  equivalent  in  bulk  of  about  17  times 
its  own  size. 

Five  thousand  of  these  beetles  were  transported  in  moist  earth  without  food 
from  Java  to  Fiji,  and  3,792  were  successfully  landed  at  Suva,  the  remainder 
perishing,  chiefly,  it  is  believed,  owing  to  the  cold  weather  experienced  on  the 
coast  of  Queensland.  Lots  of  500  were  distributed  among  seven  different  planta- 
tions in  badly  infested  banana  districts  and  292  retained  for  observation.  The 
beetles  were  alive  and  reproducing  after  four  months,  which  points  to  their 
being  probably  established.  Beetles  sent  from  Java  to  Fiji  by  post,  packed  in 
damp  moss,  also  arrived  alive,  so  that  there  should  be  no  difliculty  in  obtaining 
a  further  supply  from  Java  if  necessary. 

The  Colorado  potato  beetle  (Leptinotarsa  decemlineata),  H.  Schablowski 
(ZfscJir.  rfianzenkranh:,  25  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  193-203,  pis.  3,  fig.  1;  abs.  in 
Mailer's  Deut.  Gart.  Ztg.,  30  (1915),  No.  42,  pp.  335,  336,  figs.  2).— An  account  is 
given  of  the  appearance  of  this  pest  in  Germany  in  1914  and  the  manner  in  which 
it  was  eradicated. 


58  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Rice  borers  in  Java,  K.  W.  Dammerman  {Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel 
{Dutch  East  Indies^,  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten  No.  16  {1915),  pp.  71,  pis.  7, 
figs.  2). — Five  species  of  rice  borers  are  known  at  the  present  time  in  Java, 
namely,  Schoenobius  bipiinctifer,  ^cirpophaga  scricea,  two  species  of  Cliilo,  and 
Sesamia  kif  evens.  S.  bipunctifer,  which  occurs  throughout  Java,  and  S.  sericea, 
found  principally  along  the  north  coast  and  the  more  common  there  of  the  two, 
are  the  two  most  important.  Of  the  several  parasites  attacking  rice  borers, 
Trichogrammatoidea  nana  alone  may  destroy  as  high  as  60  per  cent  of  the  eggs. 
The  destruction  of  the  borers  which  remain  in  the  stubble  after  harvest  by  deep 
plowing  is  the  most  effective  control  measure. 

A  note  on  the  western  twig  borer,  H.  S.  Smith  (Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cat., 
4  (1915),  No.  12,  pp.  572,  573,  fig.  1). — Polycaon  confertus  has  become  a  pest  of 
considerable  importance  in  California. 

The  wheat  straw  worm  (Isosoma  grande),  R.  W.  Doane  (Mo.  Bui.  Com. 
Hort.  Cal.,  5  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  69-72,  figs.  2). — This  pest  has  been  found  to  be 
the  source  of  considerable  injury  in  northern  California,  actual  counts  of  hun- 
dreds of  wheat  stems  showing  84  per  cent  to  be  infested  with  one  or  more  larvse 
or  pupfe  of  this  insect. 

Hen  fleas  (Xestopsylla  gallinacea),  J.  P.  Illingworth  (Haivaii.  Forester  and 
Agr.,  12  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  130-132). — An  account  of  the  hosts,  distribution  and 
life  history,  and  control  measures  for  the  hen  flea,  which  appears  to  be  a  recent 
arrival  in  Hawaii,  not  having  been  collected  by  entomologists  prior  to  1913. 

Notes  on  the  habits  and  control  of  the  chicken  flea  (Echidnophag'a  galli- 
nacea), J.  F.  Illingworth  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  8  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  Jf92-495). — A 
report  of  studies,  a  brief  account  of  which  has  been  noted  above. 

Observations  on  the  preoviposition,  ovlposition,  and  incubation  periods  of 
Dermacentor  nitens  in  Panama,  L.  H.  Dunn  (Ent.  News,  26  (1915),  No.  5, 
pp.  214-219). — A  report  of  biological  studies  of  the  tropical  horse  tick. 

Sarcophaga  fuscicauda,  an  intestinal  parasite  of  man,  A.  Eysell  (Arch. 
Schiffs  u.  Tropen  Hyg.,  19  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  2-7,  figs.  4)- — Descriptions  are 
given  of  the  larva,  pupa,  and  adult  of  S.  fuscicauda  taken  at  Tsingtau. 

rOODS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

The  milling  and  baking  quality  and  chemical  composition  of  wheat  and 
flour  as  influenced  by  different  methods  of  handling  and  storing,  heat  and 
moisture,  [and]  germination,  C.  O.  Swanson,  L.  A.  Fitz,  and  Leila  Dunton 
(Kansas  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  1  (1916),  pp.  83,  pis.  22).— The  object  of  this  investiga- 
tion was  to  determine  the  effect  of  different  methods  of  harvesting,  stacking, 
and  storing  wheat ;  the  aging  effect  of  tempering  with  moistui-e  and  heat ;  and 
the  effect  of  germination  of  new  wheat  on  the  milling  quality  of  the  wheat,  the 
baking  quality  of  the  flour,  and  the  chemical  composition  of  the  wheat  and  flour. 

"  All  the  tests  were  made  on  the  same  original  lot  of  wheat.  A  10-acre  fleld 
of  fairly  uniform  character  w^as  obtained.  One  acre  was  cut  at  the  beginning 
of  the  hard-dough  stage,  one  when  the  wheat  was  dead  ripe,  and  the  rest  when 
the  wheat  was  in  prime  condition.  As  soon  as  the  wheat  was  dry,  a  few 
bushels  were  thrashed  from  the  early  and  from  the  late  cuttings,  and  35  bu. 
from  that  cut  in  prime  condition.  Samples  of  the  wheat  from  the  three  cut- 
tings were  taken  to  the  lalioratory  for  immediate  milling,  baking,  and  cliemical 
tests.  The  wheat  cut  in  prime  condition  was  used  for  the  study  of  the  effect  of 
germination,  the  process  of  sweating  in  the  bin,  and  for  treatments  with  heat 
and  water.  The  larger  part  of  the  10-acre  field  was  stacked.  One  acre  was 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  shock." 


1916]  rOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  59 

In  each  series  of  experiments  cliemical  analyses  and  milling  tests  were  made 
of  the  wheat  subjected  to  different  treatments,  as  well  as  chemical  analyses 
and  baking  tests  of  the  flours  milled  from  the  wheat.  Temperature  and  mois- 
ture observations  were  made  in  the  storage  experiments. 

In  the  experiments  to  determine  the  aging  effect  of  tempering  with  moisture 
and  heat,  the  authors  studied  the  effects  of  adding  different  amounts  of  water 
to  the  wheat  and  heating  it  to  different  temperatures  for  varying  periods  of 
time.  These  experiments  showed  that  "  heat,  especially  when  used  on  new 
wheat,  improves  the  milling  quality  of  the  wheat  and  the  baking  qualities  of 
the  flour.  The  interval  that  should  elapse  between  the  time  the  wheat  is 
moistened  and  heated  and  the  time  that  it  is  milled  depends  on  the  hardness  of 
the  wheat  and  the  amount  of  moisture  added.  If  the  wheat  has  nearly  the 
normal  moisture  content  and  is  of  good  quality  this  'curing'  process  does  not 
seem  to  be  so  important.  But  where  a  large  amount  of  moisture  needs  to  be 
added  it  seems  that  this  longer  tempering  is  very  beneficial.  This  was  shown 
in  the  previous  experiments.  The  miller  should  have  at  his  command  such 
facilities  that  he  can  treat  the  wheat  with  successive  amounts  of  moisture,  heat 
the  wheat  to  any  desired  temperature,  and  allow  it  the  necessary  period  of 
'  curing '  before  milling.  .  .  . 

"  These  experiments  were  conducted  on  a  small  scale.  Investigations  more 
nearly  approximating  commercial  tempering  conditions  are  needed  to  corrobo- 
rate the  results." 

"  The  results  show  that  it  is  entirely  possible  to  treat  new  wheat  with 
moisture  and  heat  and  bring  about  an  improvement  in  the  milling  quality 
similar  to  the  natural  aging  of  the  wheat.  The  results  of  the  experiments  on 
heating  wheat  show  that  the  degree  of  heat  used  for  destroying  mill  and 
stored-grain  insects  does  not  in  any  way  injure  the  wheat  or  the  flour." 

Prom  the  results  of  exiieriments  on  the  effect  of  germination  of  wheat, 
in  which  baking  tests  were  made  with  blended  flours  containing  varying  per- 
centages of  flour  from  germinated  wheat,  it  is  concluded  that  "  the  claims  made 
in  regard  to  the  damage  upon  the  milling  and  baking  quality  of  wheat  and  flour 
from  such  wheat,  when  mixed  with  sound  wheat,  have  been  much  exaggerated. 
Germination  injures  the  milling  quality  of  the  wheat  in  that  the  floiir  yield 
is  less  and  the  flour  is  likely  to  have  an  inferior  color.  The  injury  is  in  pro- 
portion to  the  amount  of  germination.  The  gluten  of  flour  from  germinated 
wheat  is  weaker  than  the  gluten  from  flour  of  sound  wheat.  A  small  amount 
of  flour  from  germinated  new  wheat  when  mixed  with  flour  from  sound  wheat 
has  little  or  no  deleterious  effect  on  the  baking  qualities  of  the  mixed  flour 
when  the  same  general  methods  of  baking  are  followed  as  were  used  in  these 
tests." 

Digestion  experiments  with  flour  containing  specially  prepared  bran, 
O.  VON  CzADEK  {Ztschr.  LandiD.  Versuchsw.  Oesterr.,  18  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  613- 
622). — Bran  prepared  by  the  so-called  Finkler  process  of  milling,  using  spe- 
cial machinery  in  the  presence  of  water  containing  lime  and  salt,  was  found 
to  be  exceptionally  well  utilized  by  the  human  body.  Bi'ead  was  made  by  the 
addition  of  15  to  20  per  cent  of  the  finely  milled  bran  to  flour  milled  in  the 
ordinary  way,  and  this  was  eaten  by  two  normal  human  subjects  as  a  part 
of  a  simple  mixed  diet.  The  so-called  "  final "  bread  possessed  a  good  taste 
and  remained  in  a  fresh  and  appetizing  condition  longer  than  ordinary  rye 
bread.  From  the  results  of  comparative  digestion  experiments  the  author 
concludes  that  bread  made  to  contain  from  15  to  20  per  cent  of  bran  has  prac- 
tically the  same  nutritive  value  as  rye  bread. 


60  EXPERIMENT  STATION   KECOED.  [Vol,  35 

The  preservation  of  com  meal,  A.  Marbach  (Osterr.  Chem.  Ztg.,  18  {1915), 
No.  11,  p.  96). — In  the  author's  opinion  Indian  corn  meal  can  be  preserved  satis- 
factorily by  germination  previous  to  milling. 

Indian  com  for  bread  making-,  J.  Brudeelein  (Bui.  Soc.  Bot.  Geneve,  2.  ser., 
6  {191/i),  No.  5,  pp.  139,  140).—A  preliminary  report  of  experiments  to  utilize 
micro-organisms  of  the  Mucor  group  as  leavening  agents  for  corn  bread. 

The  nutritive  value  of  whole  Indian  com  bread,  F.  Rohmann  (Berlin. 
Klin.  Wchnschr.,  53  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  105,  106). — A  summary  and  digest  of  data 
concerning  the  advantages  of  milling  the  entire  kernel  of  grain  for  use  in  human 
nutrition. 

The  use  of  dun-a  in  human  nutrition,  G.  Tropea  (Bol.  R.  Giard.  Colon. 
Palermo,  2  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  243-250).— Analytical  data  are  reported  giving  the 
comparative  composition  of  samples  of  flour  made  from  wheat,  durra,  feterita, 
and  potatoes.  In  the  author's  opinion,  durra  possesses  a  nutritive  value  equal 
in  some  respects  to  wheat  flour  and  infinitely  superior  to  potato  flour.  The 
use  of  one  part  of  durra  flour  to  three  parts  of  wheat  flour  is  advocated  for 
bread  making. 

Increasing  the  supply  of  bread  materials,  S.  Theelee  ( Centbl.  Zuclcerindus., 
23  (1915),  No.  20,  pp.  Ji'>l,  Ji5H). — Baking  experiments  are  described  from  which 
the  author  concludes  that  raw  beet  sugar  and  sugar-beet  flour  may  both  be  used 
as  additions  to  rye  flour  for  bread  making.  The  bread  is  said  to  be  palatable, 
satisfying,  and  of  good  keeping  quality. 

The  estimation  of  potatoes  in  war  bread,  W,  Herter  (Chem.  Ztg.,  89  (1915), 
No.  88-89,  pp.  555,  556). — The  percentages  of  potato  starch  found  in  several 
samples  of  war  bread  are  reported. 

Experiments  with  straw  bread,  G.  Wollstadt  and  W,  Klebergee  (Fiihling's 
Landw.  Ztg.,  65  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  27-52).— Baking  tests  are  described  Avith 
mixtures  of  varying  proportions  of  rye  flour  and  finely  milled  oat  straw.  The 
bread  was  heavy  and  unsatisfactory.  Digestion  experiments  of  six  weeks' 
duration  also  indicated  that  straw  bread  is  an  iindesirable  food,  as  evidenced 
by  the  facts  that  physiological  disturbances  were  noted  and  the  subjects  (men) 
lost  weight. 

Concealing  the  use  of  blood  in  bread,  R.  Droste  (Chem.  Ztg.,  39  (1915),  No. 
100-101,  p.  63^). — The  use  of  hydrogen  peroxid  instead  of  yeast  or  baking 
powder  is  advocated  for  making  bread  to  which  blood  is  added.  The  oxygen 
Avhich  is  set  free  both  raises  and  bleaches  the  bread.  The  blood  should  first 
be  kept  in  a  refrigerator  for  from  24  to  36  hours,  after  which  the  serum  is 
filtered  off  and  added  to  the  dough. 

Skim  milk  and  potatoes  as  a  meat  substitute,  T.  Pfeifeer  (Wiener  Landw. 
Ztg.,  65  (1915),  No.  46,  pp.  866,  367).— Data  are  given  showing  the  economy  that 
may  be  effected  by  the  use  of  skim  milk  and  potatoes  as  a  meat  substitute. 
The  protein  content  and  calorific  value  of  4.5  liters  of  skim  milk  and  1.1  kg.  of 
potatoes,  it  is  stated,  are  equal  to  those  of  1  kg.  of  beef. 

Examination  of  Scallops,  A,  L.  Sullivan  (Amer.  Food  Jour.,  10  (1915),  No. 
9,  pp.  k12,  Ifi8). — Analytical  data  are  reported  from  which  the  author  concludes 
that  the  practice  of  soaking  scallops  lowers  the  food  value  of  the  product  and 
makes  the  consumer  pay  for  a  large  excess  of  water. 

Hydrocarbons  in  fish-liver  oils,  H.  Mastbaum  (Chem.  Ztg.,  89  (1915),  No. 
139-1  JiO,  p.  889). — The  author  noted  that  certain  fish-liver  oils  contained  from 
80  to  90  per  cent  of  unsaponifiable  oil.  He  considers  the  presence  of  mineral- 
like oils  in  fish  of  particular  importance  as  evidence  in  support  of  the  theory 
that  the  deposits  of  mineral  oils  on  the  earth  originated  from  fish  residues. 

Sources  of  fat,  O,  Neuss  (Umschau,  19  (1915),  No.  1,9,  pp.  965-967,  fig.  1) .— 
The  author  describes  some  comparatively  uncommon  sources  of  edible  fat  which 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN   NUTRITION.  61 

may  be  utilized  if  necessary.  Among  these  are  hemp,  poppy,  and  mustard  seeds, 
hazel  and  beech  nuts,  and  the  stones  of  certain  fruits  like  the  peach. 

The  utilization  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  Kochs  (Landto.  Jahrb.,  JfG  (1914), 
Ergdnzungsh.  1,  pp.  Ji5-50,  figs.  2). — In  this  report  directions  are  given  for 
the  preparation  of  a  numl)er  of  fruit  and  vegetable  products,  among  them 
rhubarb  juice,  rhubarb-apple  jelly,  jelly  from  Japanese  quinces,  and  some 
banana  preparations. 

Losses  and  other  chemical  chang'es  in  boiling  vegetables,  Katharine  I. 
Williams  (Chcm.  News,  113  {1016},  No.  29^0,  pp.  145-14T).—A  summary  and 
digest  of  data,  most  of  which  has  been  noted  from  other  sources. 

Nutritive  yeasts  as  food,  P.  Sohbumpf  {M'unchen.  Med.  WcJmscJir.,  63 
(1916),  No.  8,  pp.  269,  270).— A  summary  and  digest  of  data. 

Effect  of  storage  on  moisture  content  of  cloves,  A.  W.  Ogden  (Ainer.  Food 
Jour.,  10  (1915),  No.  9,  p.  1/74) ■ — The  average  loss  in  weight  of  whole  cloves 
during  storage  was  found  to  vary  from  2.42  per  cent  for  a  6  months'  period 
to  4.7  per  cent  for  a  period  of  54  months. 

The  influence  of  the  seasons  on  the  toxicity  of  egg  albumin  fed  to  white 
rats,  F.  Maignon  (Assoc.  FrauQ.  Avanc.  Sci.,  Compt.  Rend.,  43  (1914),  pp.  553, 
554)' — In  the  experiments  here  reported  the  animals  fed  during  the  winter  on 
egg  albumin  with  the  addition  of  mineral  salts  died  in  about  three  weeks  with 
a  loss  of  more  than  40  per  cent  of  their  body  weight.  Similar  experiments 
in  spring  and  autumn  resulted  in  the  death  of  the  animals  in  three  or  four 
days  with  the  loss  of  only  20  to  22  per  cent  of  their  body  weight ;  these  animals 
appeared  to  have  died  of  nitrogen  intoxication.  It  is  suggested  that  the  fre- 
quency of  certain  epidemics  in  spring  and  autumn  may  be  due  to  a  lowered 
resistance  of  the  organism  at  that  time  and  greater  sensitiveness  to  nitrogen 
intoxication. 

Is  it  hygienic  to  use  apricot  and  peach  kernels  in  the  preparation  of 
marchpane?  K.  B.  Lehmann  (Chem.  Ztg.,  39  (1915),  No.  91-92,  pp.  573-575). — 
Analytical  data  are  given  comparing  the  amounts  of  the  bitter  principle  in 
the  apricot,  peach,  and  almond.  The  author  concludes  that  apricot  and  peach 
kernels  may  be  used  in  the  place  of  almonds  for  confections,  provided  they 
are  soaked  in  water  at  50°  C.  (122"  F.)  for  several  hours  to  reduce  the 
benzaldehyde  content  below  40  mg.  per  100  parts  of  the  confection. 

The  presence  of  tin  in  canned  foods,  P.  Carles  (Ann.  Chim.  Analyt.,  20 
(1915),  No.  10,  pp.  216-219) .—The  quantity  of  metal  dissolved  from  tin  con- 
tainers is  said  to  vary  according  to  the  amount  of  sodium  chlorid  present,  the 
acidity  of  the  medium,  the  surface  area  of  the  exposed  tin,  and  the  duration  of 
contact. 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  F.  H.  Fricke  (Ann.  Rpt.  Food  and  Ding  Comr. 
Missouri,  1915,  pp.  59). — The  report  of  the  state  chemist,  H.  E.  Wiedemann, 
contains  the  results  of  the  examination  of  1,259  samples  of  foods,  of  which 
1,000  were  found  to  be  in  accordance  with  existing  standards.  The  reports 
of  the  state  inspectors  contain  the  results  of  sanitary  inspections  of  groceries, 
bakeries,  and  other  establishments  where  foods  are  prepared  and  sold. 

[Food  and  drug  inspection  and  analysis],  E.  F.  Ladd  and  Alma  K.  John- 
son (North  Dakota  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.,  4  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  33-64).— This  bulletin 
reports  the  results  of  the  inspection  of  a  number  of  restaurants,  hotel  kitchens, 
bakeries,  confectionaries,  meat  markets,  and  slaughterhouses,  made  in  various 
parts  of  the  State  during  the  year  1915,  the  score  of  each  place  inspected  being 
given.  The  results  of  the  examination  of  a  few  samples  of  foods  and  drugs, 
including  toilet  soaps,  are  also  reported. 

Twelfth  annual  report  of  the  food  commissioner  and  state  chemist,  E.  F. 
Laud  et  al.  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  [pt.  2],  pp.  25). — ^The  work  carried 


6^  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

on  under  the  state  food  and  drug  laws  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 
1915,  is  summarized  briefly.  Miscellaneous  information  regarding  pure  food 
topics,  food  standards,  and  definitions  being  included. 

National  Association  of  Master  Bakers  {Nat.  Assoc.  Master  Bakers  [Proc], 
18  (1915),  pp.  189,  figs.  21). — In  addition  to  the  report  of  the  business  trans- 
acted during  the  convention  a  number  of  addresses  are  reprinted,  among  them 
the  following:  The  Effects  of  the  Mineral  Salts  Contained  in  Natural  Waters 
upon  the  Fermentation  of  Bread,  by  H.  A.  Kohman ;  Flavor  in  Bread,  by  A.  C. 
Junge;  How  the  State  University  Can  Help  the  Baker,  by  R.  M.  Allen;  and 
Mill  Streams  and  Commercial  Flours,  by  L.  A.  Fitz. 

A  scale  for  marking  nutrition,  F.  A.  Manny  {ScJiool  and  Soc,  3  {1916),  No. 
56,  pp.  123,  12J/). — The  scale  discussed  here  is  the  one  used  by  the  Bureau  of 
Child  Hygiene  for  the  examination  of  children  in  the  New  York  City  schools. 
Food  for  young  children,  Caroline  L.  Hunt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Farmers'  Bui. 
717  {1916),  pp.  20,  figs.  4). — This  publication  is  written  especially  for  mothers 
and  contains  a  short  discussion  in  simple  terms  of  the  food  requirements  of 
children  between  the  ages  of  3  and  6  years.  The  foods  making  up  the  diet  are 
classed  in  five  groups,  as  follows :  Milk  and  other  protein  foods ;  bread  and  other 
cereal  foods ;  butter  and  other  wholesome  fats ;  vegetables  and  fruits ;  and 
simple  sweets ;  and  it  is  stated  that  a  child  should  receive  at  least  one  food 
from  each  of  these  groups  every  day.  Recipes  and  suggestions  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  foods  in  each  group  are  given. 

The  feeding  and  care  of  the  baby  {Bui.  Bd.  Health  Maine,  ^  {1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  J^O). — A  popular  bulletin  containing  information  regarding  breast  and  bottle 
feeding,  diet  during  the  second  year,  and  the  general  care  of  the  baby. 

Casein-milk  feeding  in  infancy  and  childhood,  W.  Gellhorn  {Jour.  Amer. 
Med.  Assoe.,  65  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  853-855). — Data  comparing  the  composition 
of  casein  milk  and  other  milks  are  reported  together  with  a  number  of  clinical 
observations,  from  which  the  author  concludes  as  follows : 

"Casein-milk  feedings  have  been  found  to  be  successful  as  temporary  food 
in  allaitement-mixte  and  whenever  it  was  necessary  to  wean  a  very  young  child 
abruptly.  Although  they  do  not  seem  to  produce  any  harm  during  prolonged 
use,  the  advantages  they  offer  are  not  sufliciently  clear  to  recommend  their 
substitution  for  the  ordinary  milk  modifications  in  normal  children, 

"  They  can  not  replace  breast  milk  in  some  of  the  severest  cases,  but  in  the 
great  majority  of  nutritional  disturbances,  as  seen  in  private  practice,  they 
will  be  found  to  be  of  assistance.  They  are  indicated  in  disorders  of  a  fermen- 
tative origin,  and  can  be  fed  here  in  rapidly  increasing  doses,  regardless  of  the 
stool  picture,  provided  the  child  does  not  develop  symptoms  of  alimentary  intox- 
ication. Through  their  use  may  be  avoided  the  prolonged  or  repeated  thera- 
peutic hunger  periods  with  their  deteriorating  influence  on  the  child's  organism, 
which  are  so  frequently  the  cause  of  turning  an  originally  mild  into  a  serious 
disorder." 

The  mineral  nutrients  in  practical  human  dietetics,  E.  B.  Forbes  {Mo.  Bui. 
Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  123-128).— In  this  article  considerable  important 
information  is  brought  together  regarding  the  minerals  supplied  to  the  body  by 
different  food   materials. 

In  discussing  the  general  mineral  requirements  of  the  body  the  author  takes 
up  certain  special  phases  of  the  question,  among  them  the  mineral  requirements 
of  infants,  including  infant  diseases  due  to  mineral  supply  and  the  mineral 
requirements  during  periods  of  growth,  reproduction,  and  old  age.  It  is  pointed 
out  that  liberal  and  diverse  diets  are  most  likely  to  supply  a  sufficient  quantity 
of  each  of  the  minerals,  and  that  "  the  central  features  of  improperly  chosen 
diets  are  usually  an  undue  dependence  upon  meats  and  foods  made  from  finely 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  63 

milled  cereals  or  other  cereal  foods  lacking  the  outer  seed  coats  and  too  little 
use  of  milk  and  vegetahles." 

Fluorin  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  A.  Gautier  and  P.  Clausmann  {Compt. 
Rend.  Acad.  ScL  [Paris],  1G2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  i 05-1/2). —Analytical  data  are 
given  showing  the  quantities  of  phosphorus  and  fluorin  found  in  many  different 
kinds  of  vegetables.  The  following  amounts  of  fluorin,  in  milligrams,  were 
found  present  in  100  gm.  of  the  dry  substance :  The  pulp  of  apple,  0.21 ;  the  skin 
of  apple,  2.78 ;  the  pulp  of  banana,  0.38 ;  the  skin  of  banana,  5.1 ;  wheat  flour, 
1-1.41 ;  rye  flour,  O.G  ;  buckwheat  flour,  2.53  ;  barley,  2.2  ;  rice,  0.94  ;  white  beans, 
2.1 ;  lentils,  1.8 ;  mustard,  1.58 ;  chocolate,  1.78 ;  and  green  coffee,  1.45. 

Further  studies  of  nitrogen  metabolism,  E.  Abdekhalden  {Hoppe-Seyler's 
Ztschr.  Physiol.  Chem.,  96  (1915),  No-.  1-2,  pp.  1-14T)- — The  results  are  reported 
of  an  extensive  investigation  of  the  nutritive  value  of  amino-acid  mixtures,  some 
of  which  Avere  derived  from  naturally  occurring  protein  and  some  from  sources 
foreign  to  animal  tissue.  The  biological  value  of  tryptophan,  tyrosin,  phenyl- 
alanin,  and  other  amino  acids  was  studied,  and  also  the  influence  of  the  inges- 
tion of  potassium  nitrate,  ammonium  salts,  urea,  and  sodiiim  acetate  upon  nitro- 
gen metabolism.  Numerous  feeding  experiments  were  conducted  with  labora- 
tory animals  (rats).  For  details  of  the  investigation  the  original  should  be 
consulted. 

The  influence  of  the  amino  acids  on  the  pancreatic  secretion,  S.  Kobzaeenko 
(Intcrnat.  Beitr.  Path.  u.  Ther.  Erndhrnngsstor.  Sloffw.  u.  Yerdaxiung shrank., 
5  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  434-457). — Feeding  experiments  with  laboratory  animals 
(dogs)  are  described,  in  which  mixtures  of  amino  acids  prepared  from  various 
sources  were  ingested  and  the  resultant  effects  on  the  pancreatic  secretions 
studied.    An  extensive  bibliography  is  appended. 

The  influence  of  protein  feeding  on  the  elimination  of  creatin  in  starva- 
tion, W.  C.  Rose  {Jour.  Biol  Chem.,  20  {1915),  No.  4,  Proc,  p.  X/X).— Experi- 
ments with  normal  men  indicate  that  the  feeding  of  large  amounts  of  protein 
causes  a  marked  diminution  in  the  creatin  elimination  during  starvation.  As 
this  is  not  true  in  severe  cases  of  diabetes  or  in  depancreatized  dogs,  the  author 
concludes  that  the  disappearance  of  creatin  from  the  urine,  following  protein 
feeding,  is  due  to  the  carbohydrate  metabolized  from  protein. 

The  excretion  of  creatin  during  a  fast,  F.  D.  Zeman  and  P.  E.  Howe 
{Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  20  {1915),  No.  4,  Proc.,  p.  Xrill). — The  determination  of 
creatin  in  the  urine  of  a  fasting  man  throughout  a  7-day  fast  showed  that  cre- 
atin was  excreted  on  each  fasting  day  in  amounts  comparable  in  most  cases 
with  those  obtained  in  previous  fasts  under  similar  conditions. 

The  synthetic  capability  of  the  animal  body,  W.  Stepp  {Ztschr.  Biol.,  66 
(1916),  No.  8,  pp.  350-358). — From  the  experimental  data  herein  reported  the 
author  concludes  that  the  bird  and  animal  organisms  difl'er,  in  that  the  body  of 
the  pigeon  can  do  without  lipoids  in  the  diet,  though  not  without  vitamins, 
while  the  animal  organism  requires  both  of  these  food  constituents. 

Is  the  nutritional  disease  produced  by  lipoid  starvation  identical  with 
beri-beri?  W.  Stepp  {Ztschr.  Biol.,  66  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  339-349) .—In  a  series 
of  feeding  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (mice)  the  effect  of  ingesting 
diets  deficient  in  either  vitamins  or  lipoids  was  studied. 

The  conclusion  is  drawn  that  a  lipoid-free  diet  can  be  made  complete  only 
by  the  addition  of  lipoids,  and  that  it  can  not  be  made  sufficient  by  supplying 
other  accessory  nutrients  such  as  vitamins.  Similarly,  a  vitamin-free  diet  can 
be  made  sufficient  only  by  the  addition  of  vitamins. 

Diet  and  pellagra.  Babbits  and  hares  as  a  possible  dietary  factor  in  com- 
bating the  disease,  C.  W.  Stiles  {Pub.  Health  RiJts.  [U.  S.],  31  {1916),  No.  13, 
pp.  817,  818). — The  author  suggests  the  possibility  of  the  use  of  rabbits  and 


64  EXPEEIMENT   STATION  EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

hares  as  a  supply  of  meat  in  districts  where  pellagra  is  prevalent  and  where 
a  supply  of  beef,  mutton,  etc.,  is  not  available. 

The  content  of  some  digestive  ferments  in  the  feces,  H.  A.  Kubschakow 
{Internal.  Beitr.  Path.  u.  Ther.  Erniihrungsstor.  Stoffiv.  u.  Verdauungskrank., 
5  {1915},  No.  4,  PI).  511-527). — Clinical  observations  and  analytical  data  are 
reported  concerning  the  occurrence  of  digestive  ferments  in  the  feces  under 
both  normal  and  abnormal  conditions.    A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Sense  impression  and  appetite,  W.  Sternberg  {Internat.  Beitr.  Path.  u. 
Ther.  Erndhnuigsstor.  Stoffw.  ii.  Yerdauungslcrank.,  5  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  421- 
433). — In  this  article  are  discussed  the  factors  which  influence  appetite.  The 
fuel  value  of  the  diet  and  the  nutritive  value  of  the  food  are  not  deemed 
the  only  considerations  in  planning  the  dietary.  The  author  is  of  the  opinion 
that  appetite  is  nut  a  function  of  the  stomach  or  the  digestive  glands,  but  that 
it  is  influenced  principally  by  the  senses  of  sight,  taste,  smell,  and  touch — that 
attractiveness  for  the  senses  stimulates  appetite. 

The  calorimeter  as  the  interpreter  of  the  life  processes.  A  study  of  the 
fuel  requirements  of  the  human  individual,  G.  Lusk  {Sci.  Amrr.  Sup.,  81 
{1916),  No.  2091,  p.  111). — In  this  treatise  the  author  summarizes  a  great  deal 
of  experimental  data,  most  of  which  has  been  noted  from  the  original  sources. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Units  of  reference  for  basal  metabolism  and  their  interrelations,  C  R. 
MouLTON  {Jour.  Biol.  Chcm.,  24  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  299-320,  figs.  21).— This  is  a 
further  discussion  of  work  previously  reported   (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  569). 

"A  simple  relation  has  been  shown  to  exist  between  the  total  body  nitrogen 
and  the  fat-free  empty  weight  of  beef  cattle.  A  simple  relation  exists  also 
between  blood  weight  and  fat-free  empty  weight  or  between  blood  weight 
and  total  body  nitrogen.     The  surface  area  of  beef  cattle  is  a  power  function 

of  the  warm  empty  weight,  the  formula  for  fat  animals  being  yl  =0.134  W' 

and  for  other  animals  .4=0.1186  IT  .  The  surface  area  is  also  a  power  func- 
tion of  the  fat-free  empty  weight.     The  formula  for  all  animals  is  A=0.1034 

a 

TTj  .      The  surface  area  is  a  power  function  of  the  total  body  nitrogen,  the 

3 

formula  being  S=N^,    The  body  surface  and  total  blood  are  related  in  a  simi- 

I 
lar  manner,  the  formula  being  S=0.8  B  . 

"  Since  these  relations  have  been  shown  to  be  fairly  constant  for  animals 
under  different  conditions  it  would  seem  to  make  little  or  no  difference  what 
unit  of  reference  is  used  as  a  measure  of  basal  metabolism  as  long  as  the 
unit  used  has  been  actually  measured.  It  would  seem  also  that  for  beef 
cattle  the  desired  unit  of  reference  could  be  calculated  with  considerable  ac- 
curacy if  the  fatness  of  the  animal  and  its  condition  with  regard  to  fill  can 
be  determined.  In  many  cases,  however,  the  amount  of  fill  in  the  beef  animal 
can  be  disregarded.  The  author  has  shown  average  variations  in  fill  of  from 
2  to  4  per  cent  of  the  live  weight  for  mature  animals." 

The  energy  consumption  increases  with  the  body  weight,  but  not  propor- 
tionally, and  there  are  large  variations.  The  variations  in  the  heat  consump- 
tion per  kilogram  of  body  weight  are  great,  a  500-kg.  steer  consuming  from  25 
to  35  calories  per  kilogram.  There  is  a  marked  tendency  for  the  consumption 
of  energy  per  kilogram  to  decrease  with  increasing  weight.  The  variations 
from  the  average  are  23.5  per  cent.  A  tendency  is  also  shown  for  the  heat 
consumption  per  unit  of  surface  area  to  increase  as  the  body  weight  increases. 
This  has  been  found  to  be  due  to  the  greater  weight  sustained  by  the  animal 


1916]  ANIMAL  PEODUCTIOlSr.  65 

while  standing  and  walliing,  tlie  energy  required  for  this  being  proportional  to 
the  weight  sustained.  The  heat  consumption  per  kilogram  of  body  nitrogen 
is  quite  uniform,  the  extreme  variation  being  14  per  cent  of  the  average.  The 
tendency  is  for  a  slight  decrease  in  this  consumption  per  unit  of  blood  as  the 
animal  gets  heavier,  an  extreme  variation  of  15  per  cent  from  the  average 
being  shown. 

"  The  smallest  variations  are  shown  in  the  heat  consumption  per  unit  of 
body  surface  and  the  greatest  variations  in  the  heat  consumption  per  unit  of 
body  weight.  Per  unit  of  body  nitrogen  (protoplasmic  tissue)  and  per  unit 
of  blood  the  variations  are  not  much  larger  than  per  unit  of  body  surface.  If 
there  is  a  choice  of  units  it  would  seem  to  fall  upon  the  surface  area.  Since 
this  can  easily  be  calculated  from  the  body  weight  by  the  formulas  proposed 
by  the  writer  of  this  paper  it  would  seem  that  this  unit  fits  well  the  needs  of 
the  investigator  in  animal  nutrition,  especially  with  beef  cattle.  These  conclu- 
sions are  opposed  to  the  views  of  Benedict  [E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  264]  but  are  in 
agreement  with  those  of  Du  Bois  [E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  68]  and  Graham  Liisk." 

Experimental  studies  on  growth. — I,  Methods,  T.  B.  Robektson  and  L.  A. 
Ray  (Joitr.  Biol.  Chem.,  2//  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  3^7-361,  figs.  3).— Methods  em- 
ployed in  experiments  on  the  growth  of  mice  are  described  by  which  the  ani- 
mals may  be  maintained  in  good  health  and  as  free  as  possible  from  zymotic 
disease  and  other  deleterious  factors  in  the  environment  which  might  conceiv- 
ably exert  an  effect  upon  their  growth.  Improved  forms  of  cages,  food  recep- 
tacles, and  nest  houses  are  described. 

Rapid  methods  of  handling  and  weighing  large  numbers  of  animals,  and  a 
balance  especially  adapted  to  this  purpose,  are  also  described. 

A  further  analysis  of  the  hereditary  transmission  of  degeneracy  and  de- 
formities by  the  descendants  of  alcoholized  mammals,  II,  C.  R.  Stockakd 
and  G.  Papanicolaou  (Amer.  Nat.,  50  (1916),  No.  591,  pp.  lU-m,  fivs.  7).— 
The  results  of  experiments  covering  a  period  of  five  years  have  demonstrated 
on  two  different  stocks  of  normal  guinea  pigs  that  "  the  parental  germ  cells 
may  be  so  modified  by  chemical  treatments  that  they  are  rendered  incapable 
of  giving  rise  to  a  perfectly  normal  offspring.  This  incapacity  is  probably  due 
to  modifications  of  the  chromatin  or  carriers  of  the  hereditary  qualities  within 
the  germ  cells,  since  the  great-grandchildren,  the  Fs  generation,  from  the  treated 
animals  are  usually  more  decidedly  affected  and  injured  than  the  immediate 
offspring  (Fi)  of  tlie  alcoholized  animals.  .  .  . 

"  The  treatment  of  adult  guinea  pigs  by  an  inhalation  method  with  daily 
doses  of  alcohol  through  several  years  produces  little  if  any  noticeable  effect 
upon  the  organs  and  tissues  of  the  animal's  body.  The  direct  action  of  alcohol 
fumes  tends  to  injure  the  respiratory  mucosa  and  to  render  the  cornea  of  the 
eye  dull  or  opaque.  These  changes,  however,  do  not  inconvenience  the  animals 
in  any  perceptible  way,  and  they  remain  strong  and  hardy  and  live  as  long  and 
actively  as  the  untreated  guinea  pigs. 

"  In  spite  of  their  healthy  appearance  the  injurious  influence  of  the  alcohol 
inhalation  is  very  decidedly  shown  by  the  quality  of  offspring  to  which  the 
treated  animals  give  rise.  And  the  descendants  of  these  offspring  are  even 
worse  than  the  Fi  generation  when  compared  with  the  different  generations  of 
control  animals  produced  under  identical  cage  and  food  conditions.  The  males 
seem  to  be  more  injured  by  the  treatment  than  the  females,  taking  as  an  index 
of  injury  the  quality  of  their  offspring  and  descendants.  Stating  it  differently, 
the  spermatocytes  or  spermatozoa  are  more  sensitive  to  the  changed  chemical 
condition  of  the  tissues  than  are  the  female  germ  cells.  There  is  a  larger  pro- 
portion of  degenerate,  paralytic,  and  grossly  deformed  individuals  descended 
from  the  alcoholized  males  than  from  the  alcoholized  females. 


66  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

"Inbreeding  tends  to  emphasize  the  alcoliolic  effects.  This  is  probably  due 
to  related  animals  responding  to  the  treatment  in  closely  similar  ways  on  ac- 
count of  the  similarity  of  their  constitutions.  Inbreeding,  as  such,  may  be  harm- 
ful. But  inbreeding  added  to  the  alcohol  effects  produces  a  much  worse  con- 
dition in  the  offspring  than  either  inbreeding  or  alcoholism  alone  could  do. 
The  data  from  alcoholized  male  lines  indicate  that  the  female  offspring  from 
alcoholic  males  are  less  viable  and  more  frequently  deformed  than  the  male 
offspring.  And  heterogeneous  matinga  of  such  male  and  female  offspring 
further  emphasize  the  same  inferiority  on  the  part  of  the  female  offspring  from 
treated  males.  .  .  .  The  data  from  alcoholic  female  lines  indicate  that  the 
male  offspring  from  alcoholic  females  are  inferior  in  quality  to  the  female 
offspring.  And  heterogeneous  matings  of  such  male  and  female  offspring  fur- 
ther prove  the  inferiority  on  the  part  of  the  male  offspring  from  treated 
mothers.  .  .  . 

"  The  experiments  show  the  hereditary  transmission  through  several  genera- 
tions of  conditions  resulting  from  an  artifically  induced  change  in  the  germ 
cells  of  one  generation.  And  they  furnish  data  of  importance  bearing  upon  the 
pathological  behavior  of  the  carriers  of  heredity  as  well  as  the  differences  in 
behavior  between  the  two  types  of  germ  cells  produced  by  an  animal  carrying 
heteromorphic  chromosomes." 

A  list  of  references  relating  to  the  literature  cited  is  included. 
Composition,  nutritive,  and  manurial  values  of  various  farm  foods,  C. 
Crowtheb  {Univ.  Leeds  and  Yorkshire  Council  Agr.  Ed.  IFamplilef^,  73  (1916), 
3.  ed.,  folio). — The  composition  and  nutritive  value  of  the  following  feeding 
stuffs  is  given:  Egyptian  and  Bombay  cotton-seed  cakes;  linseed,  hemp-seed, 
rape,  peanut,  coconut,  palm-kernel,  and  soy-bean  cakes;  soy  beans;  flaxseed; 
dried  yeast ;  locust  beans ;  wheat  middlings,  sharps,  and  bran ;  oatmeal ;  maize- 
germ  meal ;  gluten  meal ;  gluten  feed  ;  rice  meal ;  malt ;  malt  dust ;  wet  brewers' 
grains;  dried  brewers'  grains;  dried  distillers'  grains;  molasses;  meat  meal; 
fish  meal;  wheat;  barley;  oats;  rye;  maize;  beans;  peas;  Avheat,  barley,  rye, 
oat,  bean,  and  pea  straws ;  meadow  hay ;  "  seeds  "  hay ;  pasture  grass ;  clover ; 
A-etches;  alfalfa;  cabbage;  rape;  turnip  tops;  turnips;  swedes;  mangels;  car- 
rots ;  su^r  beets ;  potatoes ;  whole,  skim,  and  separated  cow's  milk ;  whole, 
skim,  and  separated  ewe's  milk;  whole,  skim,  and  separated  mare's  milk;  and 
whey. 

Ensilag'e  of  fresh  turnip  leaves,  H.  Akerp.ekg  (Tidsskr.  Norske  Landhr.,  22 
{1915),  No.  8,  pp.  3J/.S-35Jf). — The  leaves  are  placed  on  loose  sandy  soil  in  a 
ditch  6.5  meters  (21.33  ft.)  long,  2  meters  wide  at  the  bottom  and  3.3  meters 
at  the  top,  1.2  meters  deep,  and  holding  16,000  kg.  (over  17.5  tons)  of  fresh 
turnip  leaves.  The  ditch  is  lined  at  the  bottom  with  boards  and  the  sides  cov- 
ered with  a  thin  layer  of  straw,  protecting  the  leaves  from  being  soiled  by  earth. 
The  leaves  should  be  as  fresh  as  can  be  obtained  and  receive  hard  daily  packing. 
The  best  temperature  for  a  good  silage  is  from  30  to  45°  C.  (76  to  113°  F.). 
Should  the  temperature  not  rise  to  30°,  it  is  necessary  to  wait  before  adding 
more  leaves;  should  it  reach  45°,  or  threaten  to  rise  above  it,  it  is  necessary 
to  put  fresh  leaves  on  as  fast  as  possible  and  to  pack  them  down  hard. 

When  the  leaves  are  well  packed  the  heap  settles  slowly,  and  when  the  tem- 
perature falls  to  30°  it  is  first  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  straw,  which  in  its 
turn  is  covered  with  earth  to  prevent  the  access  of  air  to  the  silage.  After  a 
few  days  the  temperature  is  taken,  and  should  it  have  reached  40°  or  more, 
more  earth  is  heaped  over  the  first ;  but  if  30°  or  less  it  should  be  left  as  it  is 
until  the  temperature  reaches  the  desired  degree.  Care  should  be  taken  that 
the  cover  of  earth  be  uniform.  In  taking  the  daily  supply  of  silage  no  more 
than  necessary  of  the  earth  and  straw  covering  should  be  disturbed. 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  67 

Exposure  to  the  air  darkens  the  silage.  In  clianging  the  feed  from  roots  to 
silage  some  care  should  be  taken  to  accustom  the  cows  to  it  gradually;  later, 
good  milch  cows  may  be  given  12  kg.  a  day,  and  ordinary  and  young  animals 
6  kg. 

Cattle  form^s  found  in  the  environs  of  Borssum  in  the  Duchy  of  Bruns- 
wick, L.  Knoop  (Laudw.  Jahrb.,  48  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  791-80S,  figs.  6).— This 
is  a  report  of  a  stuily  made  of  the  skeletal  measurements,  dentition,  and  gen- 
eral conformation  of  the  remains  of  certain  prehistoric  types  of  cattle  found  in 
the  Duchy  of  Brunswick,  Germany. 

Color  in  cattle,  W.  Graham  (Live  Stock  Jour.  [London],  S3  (1916),  No.  2188, 
pp.  177,  178). — A  general  discussion  of  the  physiological  aspects  of  color  in 
cattle. 

Are  sheep  profitable  in  Maine?  G.  D.  Woous  (Maine  Sta.  Bui.  2Jf6  {1916), 
pp.  30-36). — Tills  is  an  account  of  the  expenditures  incident  to  the  care  and 
management  of  an  ordinary  farm  tlock  of  grade  Hampshire  sheep  consisting  of 
75  ewes,  55  lambs,  and  3  bucks,  for  one  year  under  Maine  conditions.  The  cost 
of  operation  for  the  year  was  $1,306.63.  The  sales  and  inventory  aggregated 
$1,048.67.  The  total  loss  without  any  consideration  of  overhead  charges,  de- 
preciation of  plant,  rent  of  land,  interest  on  investment,  or  taxes  that  a  farmer 
would  pay,  was  $257.76,  or  about  $3.45  for  each  of  the  old  ewes. 

Sheep  feeding-  trials  at  Williston  Substation,  W.  H.  Peters  and  C.  H. 
RuzicKA  {North  Dakota  Sta.  Bui.  115  {1916),  pp.  301-316,  figs.  13).— Two  lots  of 
range-grown  Hampshire  grade  lambs  were  fed  during  the  winter  of  1914  for  103 
days.  Lot  1  of  50  lambs  received  no  feed  except  good  alfalfa  hay,  all  they  would 
eat ;  lot  2  of  220  lambs,  alfalfa  hay  and  a  light  grain  ration  composed  of  elevator 
screenings  for  the  first  one-third  of  the  period  and  corn  and  barley  for  the 
remaining  two-thirds  of  the  time.  The  feeding  of  grain  in  addition  to  alfalfa 
hay  practically  doubled  the  gains  for  the  entire  period.  The  feeding  of  grain 
with  the  alfalfa  increased  the  margin  between  the  purchase  price  plus  feed 
cost  and  the  selling  price  from  $1.21  for  the  alfalfa  Iambs  to  $1.76  for  the 
alfalfa  and  grain  lambs,  or  a  difference  of  55  cts.  per  head  in  favor  of  the 
grain  feeding.  The  dressing  percentage  on  the  alfalfa  and  grain  fed  lambs 
was  53.1  per  cent,  and  on  the  alfalfa-fed  lot  50.3  per  cent. 

In  a  second  trial  a  single  lot  of  210  lambs  was  fed  during  the  fall,  instead  of 
the  winter  as  in  the  first  trial,  for  75  days.  They  were  allowed  to  run  in  a 
corn  patch  and  later  were  turned  into  stubble  fields,  receiving  in  addition  a 
light  feed  of  alfalfa  hay  and  a  little  grain.  In  November  they  were  taken  off 
the  stubble  and  fed  for  a  month  a  heavy  grain  feed  consisting  mainly  of  barley 
together  with  some  refuse  grain  and  soft  corn.  These  lambs  made  an  average 
daily  gain  per  head  of  0.29  lb.  and  realized  a  profit  of  $1.72  per  head.  The 
grazing  on  corn  and  stubble  proved  successful  and  aided  considerably  in  keep- 
ing down  the  cost  of  grain  for  the  entire  feeding  period.  Thirty-five  days  of 
hay  and  grain  feeding  at  the  close  of  the  stubble  season  was  sufficient  to  put 
the  lambs  on  the  market  as  choice  butcher  lambs  in  good  killing  condition. 

In  comparing  the  gain  made  by  small  and  large  lambs  it  was  found  that  the 
former  made  the  greater  percentage  increase  by  10.17  per  cent.  However, 
when  placed  on  the  market  the  15  large  lambs  sold  at  8.65  cts.  per  pound  and 
the  15  small  ones  at  8  cts.  This  fact  would  indicate  that  the  small  lambs,  if 
one  were  buying  a  carload  of  them,  would  have  to  be  bought  at  a  lower  price 
per  pound  than  the  large  ones  if  as  much  profit  were  to  be  made  in  feeding 
them.  In  this  trial  it  would  have  been  necessary  to  purchase  them  at  least 
0.6  to  0.75  ct.  per  pound  cheaper. 

Suffolk  sheep  and  what  they  mean  {Live  Stock  Jour.  [London],  83  {1916), 
No.  2188,  p.  179). — A  study  of  the  breed  characteristics  and  utility  value  of  the 


68  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Suffolk  breed  of  sheep,  and  the  possibility  of  their  introduction  into  Canada, 
Australia,  Argentina,  New  Zealand,  and  other  places. 

The  sheep  in  Egypt,  G.  C.  Dudgeon  and  Mohammad  'Askak  (Agr.  Jour, 
Eyiipt,  S  {1915),  No.  1-2,  pp.  31-Jf5,  pis.  8). — ^A  discussion  of  the  breed  charac- 
teristics, distribution,  and  utility  value  of  the  various  breeds  of  sheep  native 
to  Egypt. 

Inheritance  of  fertility  in  swine,  E.  N.  Wentworth  and  C.  E.  Atjbel  ( V.  8. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  5  (1916),  No.  25,  pp.  1145-1160,  figs.  4).— The 
authors  summarize  the  results  of  their  studies  at  the  Kansas  Experiment  Sta- 
tion as  follows: 

"  Fertility  in  swine  offers  favorable  material  for  the  study  of  quantitative  in- 
heritance, because  the  units  of  deviation  are  discrete.  Biometric  studies  of 
litter  size  with  mother  and  daughter  have  indicated  a  small  degree  of  inheri- 
tance. Crosses  of  breeds  having  dift'erent  mean  litter  sizes  have  suggested 
that  segregations  of.  fecundity  factors  may  take  place.  Numerous  nongenetic 
factors  limit  the  full  expression  of  the  inborn  possibilities  of  fertility.  Certain 
few  somatic  characters  may  be  correlated  either  in  a  physiological  or  genetic 
manner  with  the  different  degrees  of  fecundity,  but  the  bulk  of  characters 
usually  assumed  to  be  so  related  are  probably  entirely  independent  of  it. 
Herdbook  data  on  the  fertility  of  swine  present  sources  of  error,  but  the 
percentage  of  error  is  low  enough  to  permit  the  statistics  to  be  suggestive. 

"  Numerous  influences  exist  which  lower  the  size  of  litter,  which  sources 
of  error  may  operate  in  a  manner  compensatory  to  those  just  mentioned.  It 
is  questionable  whether  the  size  of  litter  represents  the  hereditary  factors  trans- 
mitted, but  the  somatic  character  was  perforce  accepted  at  face  value  in  those 
studies.  There  is  no  reduction  in  variability  in  the  litter  sizes  of  the  dams  as 
compared  with  the  grandparents  or  progeny,  as  would  result  if  there  were 
homozygous  differences  for  fertility  in  the  grandparents.  Hence,  the  fer- 
tility deviations  are  either  nongerminal  or  else  the  degree  of  heterozygosis 
is  so  great  in  the  grandparents  that  no  increased  variability  in  the  F2  genera- 
tion is  possible.  The  latter  explanation  is  probably  the  correct  one.  The 
frequency  curves  for  the  3,540  litters  studied  make  it  appear  that  there  are 
at  least  three  centers  of  deviation  in  swine  fertility.  These  centers  possibly 
correspond  to  genetic  factors  involved  in  the  inheritance  of  fecundity." 

A  bibliography  of  literature  cited  is  given. 

Some  hog  raising  experiments,  W.  A.  Linklateb  {Washington  Sta.,  West. 
Wash.  Sta.,  Mo.  Bui.,  3  {1916),  No.  12,  pp.  ^-// ) .—Twenty  newly-weaned  pigs 
were  turned  on  clover  May  3,  and  10  more  on  May  17.  These  pigs  were  fed 
a  pound  each  of  mixed  grain  daily  as  a  thin  slop,  this  grain  mixture  consist- 
ing of  ground  barley,  oat  middlings,  and  oil  meal,  3:3:1.  The  gi-ain  mixture 
was  gradually  increased  until  the  seventh  week,  after  which  time  the  pigs 
were  fed  1§  lbs.  each  per  day.  The  pigs  apparently  did  not  care  for  the  clover 
pasture,  but  gained  0.27  lb.  each,  daily,  and  required  5.37  lbs.  of  grain,  plus 
the  clover  pasture,  for  each  pound  of  gain.  On  July  24  the  pigs  were  turned 
into  grain  fields  of  winter  wheat  and  field  peas,  and  had  hogged  off  the  grain 
clean  by  September  16.  In  that  time  they  had  gained  1,676  lbs.  or  a  little  over 
1  lb.  per  pig  per  day.  It  is  estimated  that  they  required  3.58  lbs.  of  grain 
to  produce  1  lb.  of  gain. 

The  pigs  were  then  divided  into  5  lots  of  6  pigs  each  and  fed  38  days.  Lot 
1  received  ground  barley  alone ;  lot  2  ground  barley  and  tankage,  9:1;  lot  3 
ground  barley  and  oil  meal,  4:1;  lot  4  ground  barley  and  alfalfa  meal,  4:1; 
and  lot  5  ground  barley  and  skim  milk,  1 : 2.5.  These  lots  made  average 
daily  gains  per  pig  of  1, 1.2,  1.2,  1.1,  and  1.4  lbs.,  consuming  4..54,  3.82,  3.7,  4.1,  and 
2.6  lbs.  of  grain  per  pound  of  gain  for  the  respective  lots.    Lot  5  consumed,  in  addi- 


1916]  DAIRY  FARMING DAIRYING.  69 

tion,  6.5  lbs.  of  skim  milk  per  pouud  of  gain,  but  made  the  most  economical 
gains.  The  addition  of  protein-rich  feeds  as  a  supplement  to  ground  barley 
effected  a  considerable  saving  in  the  amount  of  grain  required  per  pound 
of  gain. 

Successful  experiments  are  reported  in  feeding  roots,  particularly  mangels, 
to  brood  sows,  from  15  to  20  lbs.  of  raw  mangels  and  1  lb.  of  grain  being  fed 
daily.  The  results  of  hogging  off  mangels,  ruta-bagas,  kale,  and  rape  are 
given,  as  furnished  by  a  private  farm  in  Washington.  The  hogs  relished  the 
mangels  best,  the  ruta-bagas  being  eaten  less  readily.  The  hogs  did  not  do  so 
well  on  rape  as  they  did  on  kale,  but  this  was  thought  to  be  due  to  the  dried 
condition  of  the  rape. 

The  hogs  on  half  rations  of  ground  barley  ate  much  larger  quantities  of 
roots  and  forage  than  those  on  a  full  ration,  though  they  made  only  about 
half  as  large  gains.  Two  lots  of  hogs  on  the  mangels  had  the  same  acreage 
each  and  the  same  tonnage  of  mangels,  approximately,  but  those  on  the  half 
rations  of  grain  had  their  mangels  all  eaten  in  19  days,  while  the  full-ration 
hogs  were  put  back  on  their  field  again  and  required  11  days  longer  to  clean 
up  all  their  mangels.  All  the  hogs  on  full  feed  were  in  good  condition  for 
slaughter  at  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment ;  the  others  were  not. 

Swine  feeding'  experiments  comparing  skim  milk,  blood-grain  meal,  and 
fat-free  fish-feed  meal  for  young  swine,  Klein  {Milchw.  Zentbl.,  44  (1915), 
No.  6,  pp.  81-86). — Three  lots  of  pigs  fed  a  basal  ration  of  skim  milk,  barley, 
barley  bran,  and  potato  flakes,  lot  2  receiving  a  blood-grain  feed,  and  lot  3  fish 
meal  in  addition,  made  average  daily  gains  per  head  per  day  of  0.397,  0.379,  and 
0.37  kg.,  demonstrating  that  these  supplementary  feeds  have  little  value  when 
skim  milk  forms  a  part  of  the  basal  ration. 

Successful  swine  rations  for  the  corn  belt,  J.  M.  Ewakd  and  W.  H.  Pew 
(Iowa  Sta.  Circ.  26  (1916),  pp.  3-15,  figs.  8). — This  circular  gives  suggestive 
rations  for  fattening  hogs,  breeding  sows,  and  suckling  sows  under  both  dry- 
lot  and  forage-feeding  conditions. 

Stallion  enrollment. — IV,  Report  of  stallion  enrollment  work  for  year 
1915  with  lists  of  stallions  and  jacks  enrolled,  H.  E.  McCartney  (Indiana 
Sta.  Circ.  53  (1916),  pp.  238,  pi.  1). — This  is  a  report  of  stallion  enrollment  work 
for  the  year  1915,  with  lists  of  stallions  and  jacks  enrolled. 

Spotted  asses,  A.  E.  Jenks  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  165-168,  figs. 
2). — It  is  stated  that  while  piebalds  are  common  among  most  domesticated  ani- 
mals the  ass,  like  the  camel  and  elephant,  rarely  has  spots.  However,  in- 
stances of  the  kind  are  cited  and  it  is  thought  that  selective  breeding  is  largely 
responsible  for  this  albinism. 

Bacterial  infection  of  hen's  eggs,  A.  Postolka  (Wiener  Tierdrztl. 
Monatsschr.,  3  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  3-11).— Out  of  144  eggs  examined  35  were 
found  to  be  bacterially  infected.  The  principal  bacteria  found  were  Bacillus 
mescntericus  vulgatus,  Staphylococcus  pyogenes  aureus,  B.  subtilis,  and  B. 
megatherium. 

Care  and  management  of  baby  chicks,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup  (Wash- 
ington Sta.,  West.  Wash.  Sta.,  Mo.  Bui.,  3  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  ii-16).— General 
methods  for  handling  baby  chicks  for  the  first  eight  weeks  are  given. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

The  succulent  feed  supply,  E.  B.  Stookey  (Washington  Sta.,  West.  Wash. 
Sta.,  Mo.  But.,  3  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  8-11). — Five  plans  for  supplying  succulent 
feed  for  the  dairy  farm  the  year  round  are  given.     In  two  of  these  the  silo  is 


70  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol,  35 

made  use  of,  two  depend  on  pasture  and  soiling  crops,  and  one  depends  very 
largely  on  pasture. 

Report  of  the  first  Jersey  sires'  futurity  test  of  the  Aroostook  Jersey 
Breeders'  Association,  R.  Pearl  (Maine  Sta.  Bui.  2Ji7  (1916),  pp.  31-52). — It  is 
Stated  that  the  idea  underlying  the  inauguration  of  the  sires'  futurity  test 
was  that  the  surest  indication  that  anyone  can  have  of  the  breeding  worth  or 
value  of  an  animal  lies  in  the  performance  of  its  progeny.  The  first  sires' 
futurity  test  of  the  Aroostook  Jersey  Breeders'  Association  was  held  at 
Aroostook  Farm,  Presque  Isle,  Maine,  November  15,  1915,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  station.  Rules  and  methods  of  conducting  the  test  are  given,  together 
with  the  results  in  milk  and  fat  production  in  the  1915  test. 

Finding'  the  prepotent  sire,  J.  M.  Ho^^!;B  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  Jf, 
pp.  173-178). — Tlie  author  concludes  from  the  study  of  the  Guernsey  advanced 
register  that  "  marked  prepotency  is  limited  to  a  comparatively  few  animals ; 
strongly  prepotent  sires  usually  belong  to  prepotent  families  or  strains ;  pre- 
potency is  probably  enhanced  ])y  inbreeding ;  iirepotency  may  become  a  valuable 
aid  to  intelligent  selection  in  breeding  for  greater  production." 

The  causes  of  the  beginning  of  milk  secretion,  H.  IMollgaaed  (Mwlkeritid., 
28  (1915),  No.  7,  pp.  121-139,  fig.  Jf).— As  a  result  of  his  studies  the  author  con- 
cludes that  in  the  preparatory  growth  of  the  milk  gland  in  young  female 
animals  during  their  first  pregnancy  chemical  substances  are  secreted  in  the 
ovary.  The  lacteal  gland  during  pregnancy  secretes  during  its  latter  half  of 
development  certain  chemical  substances,  apart  from  the  progeny  itself,  which 
go  into  the  mother's  blood.  The  beginning  of  milk  secretion  is  intimately 
connected  with  the  expulsion  of  the  progeny,  and  possibly  separates  chemical 
compounds  which  emanate  from  the  placenta.  The  influence  of  the  hypophysis 
is  deemed  of  considerable  indirect  importance  in  the  secretion  of  milk. 

The  preservation  of  milk  samples  for  investigational  purposes,  J.  Till- 
MANs,  A.  Splittgerber,  and  H.  Riffaet  (Ztschr.  Untcrsuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl., 
27  (1914),  ^0. 12,  pp.  893-901;  abs.  in  Hyg.  Rimdschnu,  26  (1916),  No.  1,  p.  21).— 
Various  methods  of  preserving  milk  samples  are  described. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  standard  methods  for  the  bacterial  examina- 
tion of  milk,  M.  P.  Ravenel  et  al.  (Amcr.  Jour.  Pub.  Health,  5  (1915),  No.  12, 
pp.  1261,  1262). — Methods  for  the  bacterial  examination  of  milk  as  adopted  by 
a  committee  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association  in  September,  1915, 
are  outlined. 

Counting  bacteria  by  means  of  the  microscope,  R.  S.  BxiEEo  and  J.  D.  Brew 
(New  York  State  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  J^9  (1916),  pp.  3-31,  pis.  2,  figs.  5).— This  is  a 
continuation  of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  78).  The  present  bul- 
letin reviews  and  discusses  the  technique  involved  in  counting  bacteria  in  milk 
and  other  substances  by  means  of  a  microscope,  giving  at  the  same  time  the 
results  of  studies  which  have  been  made  in  order  to  determine  the  sources  and 
the  amounts  of  the  errors  in  counts  made  in  this  way. 

"  The  results  obtained  from  the  examination  of  samples  of  milk  collected  in 
clean  test  tubes  containing  preservatives  indicate  that  just  as  accurate  counts 
of  the  number  of  bacteria  present  can  be  made  from  such  samples  as  can  be 
made  if  the  samples  are  collected  in  sterile  tubes  and  iced.  Under  certain  con- 
ditions this  method  of  collecting  samples  may  become  a  great  convenience. 
Capillary  pipettes  have  been  found  to  be  more  satisfactory  for  the  measure- 
ment of  0.01  cc.  quantities  of  milk  than  standardized  wire  loops.  Faulty 
calibration  of  pipettes  has  been  found  to  be  a  serious  cause  of  error.  Allow- 
ance must  be  made  for  the  adhesion  of  a  certain  quantity  of  milk  to  the  pipette 
if  accuracy  of  measurement  is  to  be  secured. 


lOlG]  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING.  71 

"  It  has  been  found  that  sterilization  of  pipettes  is  an  unnecessary  refinement 
of  technique  and  tliat  a  single  pipette  may  be  used  for  making  preparations 
from  a  long  series  of  samples,  provided  it  is  carefully  cleaned  in  glass-cleaning 
solutions  after  each  day's  use  and  also  cleaned  by  rinsing  in  fresh  clean  tap 
water  after  using  in  each  sample  and  before  passing  to  the  next  sample. 
Carelessness  in  cleaning  pipettes  causes  marked  errors  in  counts. 

"  Growth  of  bacteria  has  been  found  to  take  place  in  the  drops  of  milk  as 
they  dry,  so  that  it  is  important  that  these  be  prepared  either  from  samples 
containing  preservatives  or  that  the  milk  be  dried  quickly.  No  growth  was 
detected  jn  the  dried  films  even  after  incubation  in  a  moist,  37°  C.  incubator 
for  one  to  four  days.  The  claim  made  by  some  that  bacteria  are  removed 
when  the  fat  drops  are  dissolved  by  solvents  does  not  seem  to  have  any  foun- 
dation in  fact.  The  dried  milk  solids-not-fat  appear  to  act  as  a  practically 
perfect  fixative,  no  detectable  mechanical  loss  of  bacteria  taking  place  when 
the  fat  drops  are  removed.  On  the  other  hand,  serious  errors  in  count  are 
introduced  where  the  bacteria  are  stained  in  the  milk  before  the  dried  films  are 
prepared,  because  in  this  way  the  bacteria  are  not  always  sufficiently  stained 
to  make  it  posssible  to  detect  the  full  number  present.  Where  the  fat  drops 
are  left  in  the  films,  even  though  these  be  spread  out  so  as  to  be  in  a  very 
thin  layer,  they  tend  to  obscure  bacteria  and  so  lower  the  count. 

"  The  two  essential  conditions  for  making  a  reasonably  accurate  count  of  small 
objects,  like  bacteria,  under  a  microscope  are  that  the  objects  themselves  be 
prepared  in  such  a  way  that  they  are  distinctly  visible  and  recognizable  and 
at  the  same  time  evenly  distributed  over  the  field  of  the  microscope.  These 
conditions  are  sometimes  best  secured  in  dried  films,  in  other  cases  in  liquid 
preparations.  Microscopical  methods  of  examining  dried  milk  films  are  of 
value  for  two  purposes:  (1)  They  may  be  used  for  the  rapid  examination  of 
milk  in  order  to  grade  it  according  to  its  bacterial  quality,  both  the  number 
and  the  character  of  the  bacteria  present  being  taken  into  account.  A  micro- 
scopical examination  permits  a  fairly  accurate  guess  as  to  the  probable  plate 
count  which  will  be  secured  from  a  given  sample  of  milk.  (2)  They  are  also 
useful  as  research  methods,  the  microscopical  method  being  the  only  known 
method  which  permits  a  count  of  the  number  of  individual  bacteria.  Micro- 
scopical counts  of  the  number  of  isolated  individual  bacteria  and  compact 
clumps  present  in  milk  give  figures  which  compare  well  with  those  obtained 
where  Petri  plate  methods  of  counting  are  used." 

Sources  of  bacteria  in  milk,  M.  J.  Peucha  {N.  T.  Produce  Rev.  and  Amer. 
Cream.,  Ifl  {1916),  No.  23,  p.  925). — A  popular  discussion  of  the  work  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  876). 

Butter  fat  investigation.  {Georgia  Sfa.  Rpt.  1913,  p.  13). — In  preliminary 
work  by  F.  H.  Smith  it  has  been  found  that  cotton-seed  oil  may  be  detected  in 
the  butter  made  from  cows  fed  cotton-seed  meal  within  12  to  36  hours  after 
first  feeding.  From  the  time  of  the  first  appearance  the  test  for  cotton-seed  oil 
became  more  pronounced,  until  the  seventh  day,  when  the  influence  of  the 
oil  appears  to  be  at  its  maximum.  After  two,  four,  and  six  weeks  continuous 
feeding  of  oil  the  effect  is  no  more  pronounced,  in  most  cases  even  less,  than 
at  the  end  of  the  first  week.  When  the  oil  is  removed  from  the  ration  its  effect 
apparently  disappears  within  one  or  two  weeks.  The  results  would  indicate 
that  the  oil  is  not  transferred  directly  to  the  milk  fat,  but  enters  the  milk  fat 
only  after  it  has  undergone  some  change  in  the  animal  body. 

The  cheese  value  of  milk  of  various  compositions,  E.  Haglund  {Meddel. 
Centralanst.  Forsoksv.  Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  116  {1915),  pp.  29;  K.  Landtbr. 
Akad.  Handl.  och  Tidskr.,  54  {1915),  No.  7,  pp.  583-609) .—Extensive  experi- 
43795°— No.  1—16 6 


Y2  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

ments  were  conducted  to  determine  the  value  of  different  kinds  of  milli  in  the 
manufacture  of  cheese. 

It  was  found  that  when  the  percentage  of  fat  in  the  milk  was  increased, 
other  conditions  being  the  same,  the  absolute  as  well  as  the  relative  loss  of 
fat  in  the  whey  was  also  increased,  so  that  in  the  manufacture  of  cheese  from 
thin  milk  a  larger  percentage  of  fat  goes  into  the  cheese  than  when  it  is  manu- 
factured from  richer  milk. 

The  poorer  milk  gives  more  cheese  per  pound  of  fat  than  does  the  richer. 
The  loss  of  fat  in  the  whey  can  not  be  lowered  by  using  warm  milk  immedi- 
ately after  milking,  but  the  use  of  milk  greatly  chilled  increases  the  loss  to 
a  very  small  extent.  The  loss  of  fat  in  the  whey  is  greater  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  large-eyed  cheese  than  in  that  with  small  eyes. 

The  same  relative  quantity  of  nitrogen  is  lost  in  the  whey  regardless  of  the 
nitrogen  content  of  the  milk.  "When  the  content  of  nitrogen  in  the  milk  in- 
creases the  content  of  casein  nitrogen  is  also  increased,  but  this  does  not  prove 
a  definite  relation  between  the  contents  of  casein  nitrogen  and  total  nitrogen. 
Indol  in  cheese,  V.  E.  Nelson  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  2^  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  533- 
536). — In  these  studies,  conducted  at  the  Wisconsin  Experiment  Station,  "indol 
and  phenol  were  found  to  be  present  in  Limburger  cheese.  Skatol  was  not 
found  in  Limburger  cheese.  Indol  is  present  in  handkUse.  It  is  doubtful  if 
skatol  and  phenol  are  to  be  found  in  this  type  of  cheese.  A  trace  of  indol  is 
present  in  Camembert  cheese.  Skatol  and  phenol  are  absent  in  this  type  of 
cheese.  Cheddar,  Swiss,  gammalost,  brick,  and  Roquefort  do  not  contain  any 
indol,  skatol,  or  phenolic  bodies.  The  amount  of  indol  in  a  Limburger  cheese 
naturally  varies,  depending  upon  how  far  the  ripening  process  has  gone.  A 
young  cheese  may  contain  such  a  small  amount  that  a  quantitative  estimation 
is  impossible,  while  a  good  ripe  Limburger  cheese  may  contain  as  much  as 
1  part  in  52,800  parts  of  cheese. 

"  Lactic  and  bulgaricus  forms  of  organisms  when  grown  upon  media  contain- 
ing tryptophan  produced  no  Indol  or  skatol.  As  growing  organisms  upon  pure 
amino  acids  is  more  difficult  than  upon  proteins  it  may  be  necessary  to  add  a 
little  peptone  or  milk  to  the  culture,  and  until  further  work  has  been  done  upon 
this  phase  it  will  be  impossible  to  say  that  these  organisms  do  not  produce  these 
putrefactive  substances.  The  liquefying  coccus  isolated  from  a  Cheddar  cheese 
appears  to  produce  traces  of  indol  from  tryptophan.  If  fhe  experiments  now  in 
progress  confirm  this  statement,  then  the  explanation  why  no  indol  is  produced 
by  this  type  of  organism  in  Cheddar  cheese  must  be  that  conditions  are 
unfavorable  and  growth  is  suppressed." 

Study  of  the  glycerin  and  lactic  fermentation  bacteria  of  cheese,  Gekda 
Teoili-Peteesson  (Mcddel.  Centralansi.  Forsoksv.  Jordbrnksomrddet,  No.  10^ 
(1915),  pp.  15;  K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Hundl.  och  Tidskr.,  5^  (1915),  No.  1,  pp. 
5M2).— The  author  states  that  three  kinds  of  glycerin  bacteria  have  been 
discovered  by  her  in  Swedish  cheese.  These  bacteria  coagulate  the  milk  but 
do  not  form  any  eyes  or  gas  bubbles. 

Experiments  made  with  several  kinds  of  cheese  showed  that  Bactermm 
I'lycerini  (type  c)  forms,  after  long  cultivation,  gas  in  a  lactose  solution,  while 
before  cultivation  it  does  not  do  so.  It  does  not  cause  hydrolysis  of  fat.'  It  is 
found  in  the  Swedish-Swiss  cheese,  as  well  as  in  the  Gouda  and  the  Westbot- 
ten  clioese  (Vtisterbotten),  and  in  greater  quantity  in  the  fresh  cheeses  than  in 
the  older  ones.  No  change  of  taste  could  be  detected  when  the  B.  glycerini  was 
added  to  cheese  milk  under  ordinary  dairy  conditions. 

Several  varieties  of  lactic  fermentation  bacteria  were  isolated  from  the  above- 
mentioned  cheeses,  but  no  quantitative  difference  in  these  was  detected  The 
number  of  B.  acidi  propionlci  in  cheese  11  months  old  with  normal  formation  of 


1916]  VETERINAEY  MEDICINE.  73 

eyes  was  small,  but  in  cheese  with  larger  eyes  the  number  was  greater.  Cheese 
containing  a  large  percentage  of  saltpeter  developed  no  fermentation  when 
inoculated  with  lactic  nutritive  solutions. 

Several  tables  are  given  which  show  the  number  of  glycerin  bacteria  and  of 
B.  acidi  ijropionici  in  the  various  kinds  of  Swedish  cheese  at  various  stages. 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

The  principles  of  veterinary  surgery,  L.  A.  Mekillat  {Chicago:  Alexander 
Eger,  1915,  2.  ed.,  rev.  and  enL,  pp.  352,  figs.  114).— This  volume  is  intended  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  student  of  veterinary  medicine  and  of  the  prac- 
titioner. The  second  part  (pp.  149-345)  consists  of  a  translation  of  Pathologie 
Chirurgical  Generale,  by  LeBlanc,  Cadeac,  and  Carougeau. 

Biological  therapeutics,  A.  Eichhokn  {Cornell  Vet.,  6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
5-24). — A  general  review  of  the  biological  products  in  use  as  therapeutic  and 
diagnostic  agents. 

Immunity:  Methods  of  diagnosis  and  therapy  and  their  practical  applica- 
tion, J.  CiTKON,  trans,  by  A.  L.  Gaebat  {Philadelphia:  P.  Blakiston's  Son  d  Co., 
[1914'],  2.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  xyiI-\-261,  pis.  2,  figs.  38).— This  is  the  second 
edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  of  the  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  76). 
Chapters  on  tumor  studies  and  anaphylaxis  have  been  added  to  the  new  edition 
and  the  subject  matter  of  chemotherapy  greatly  elaborated. 
■  A  laboratory  course  in  serum  study,  H.  Zinssee,  J.  G.  Hopkins,  and  R. 
Ottexbeeg  {Neio  York:  The  Maemillan  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XIII+184). — This  volume 
embraces  a  series  of  experiments  and  diagnostic  tests  in  immunology  carried 
out  in  an  optional  course  given  to  medical  and  graduate  students  by  the  authors 
at  Columbia  University.  Some  of  the  subjects  considered  are  immunization  of 
animals ;  bactericidal  and  hemolytic  power  of  normal  serum ;  hemolysis ;  quan- 
titative relations  of  amboceptor  and  complement ;  agglutinins  and  agglutination ; 
precipitins ;  complement  fixation ;  preparation  for  and  technique  of  the  Wasser- 
mann  test ;  titration  of  an  unknown  antitoxin ;  animal  toxins ;  antitrypsin ; 
opsonins  and  titration  of  immune  opsonins ;  and  anaphylaxis. 

Fvu'ther  researches  on  combined  vaccines,  A.  Castellani  {Centhl.  Bokt. 
[etc.'],  1.  Aht.,  Orig.,  77  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  ^5-73).— This  material  has  been 
previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  477). 

The  origin  of  the  antibodies  of  the  lymph,  F.  C.  Becht  and  A.  B.  Lx'ck- 
HAEDT  {Atner.  Jour.  Physiol.,  40  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  366-371,  figs.  3). — From  the 
Investigation  it  Is  concluded  that  "  the  concentration  of  antibodies  is  greater  in 
the  serum  than  in  the  thoracic  lymph,  and  greater  in  the  thoracic  lymph  than 
in  the  neck  lymph,  not  only  in  the  actively  immune  animal  but  also  in  the 
passively  immune  animal ;  not  only  after  equilibrium  is  established,  but  at  the 
time  when  active  exchange  is  occurring.  The  source  of  the  antibodies  of  the 
lymph  is  the  blood  by  direct  exchange  from  that  fluid.  There  is  no  evidence 
that  antibodies  originate  from  the  tissues  and  are  emptied  into  the  lymph  stream 
at  the  seat  of  formation." 

Studies  on  the  Abderhalden  reaction,  E.  AYeise  {Arch.  Hyg.,  So  {1916),  No. 
2-3,  pp.  61-116). — From  the  investigation  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  spe- 
cific ferments  which  cleave  placenta  protein  can  not  be  detected  in  the  blood 
serum  of  pregnant  swine,  since  such  serum  contains  too  many  bodies  which 
react  with  ninhydrin.  The  serum  also  shows  no  regularity  in  its  action,  the 
serum  of  nonpregnant  animals  very  often  cleaving  placental  substrate.  The 
dialysis  procedure  for  the  determination  of  pregnancy  in  swine  is,  therefore, 
neither  practicable  nor  reliable.  In  pregnant  sheep  and  cattle  placenta-protein- 
splitting  ferments  are  very  easily  detected  and  are  never  found  in  nonpregnant 


74  EXPEEIMENT   STATION"   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

animals.    The  dialysis  reaction,  used  in  connection  with  clinical  data,  greatly 
facilitates  the  diagnosis  of  pregnancy. 

For  the  determination  of  tuberculosis  in  cattle  the  dialysis  procedure  is  a 
valuable  diagnostic  means,  the  number  of  failures  being  no  larger  than  are 
yielded  by  the  tuberculin  reaction.  Its  practicability,  however,  should  be  fur- 
ther investigated. 

The  fixation  of  salvarsan  and  neosalvarsan  by  the  blood  after  intravenous 
injection,  W.  J.  Young  {Biochem.  Jour.,  9  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  479-48^). — It  has 
been  shown  that  "after  intravenous  injection  of  goats  with  salvarsan  and 
neosalvarsan  the  serum  contains  arsenic  in  a  form  which  can  not  be  separated 
from  the  proteins  by  dialysis,  and  which  is  precipitated  with  the  serum  pro- 
teins by  tannic  acid.  Salvarsan  and  neosalvarsan  behave,  therefore,  in  a  simi- 
lar manner  to  atosyl.  No  such  combination  is  obtained  when  inorganic  arsenic 
is  injected.  This  combined  arsenic  is  found  in  the  blood  long  after  all  free 
salvarsan  and  neosalvarsan  have  been  eliminated.  This  combined  arsenic  is 
found  in  the  plasma  and  in  the  red  blood  cells,  but  no  trace  of  arsenic  is  retained 
in  the  fibrin." 

Further  investigations  on  the  identification  of  anthrax  by  the  precipita- 
tion method,  Schvtz  and  Pfeiler  (Arch.  Wiss.  u.  PraJct.  TierhcUk.,  41  {1915), 
Xo.  4-5,  pp.  286-321). — Experiments  extending  over  a  period  of  several  years 
have  demonstrated  that  anthrax  can  be  easily  diagnosed  by  the  precipitation 
method.  For  the  recognition  of  anthrax  in  cattle,  horses,  sheep,  and  swine,  it 
is  deemed  the  most  reliable  of  all  the  methods  in  use. 

The  experimental  results  are  submitted  in  tabular  form. 

Experiments  in  vaccination  against  anthrax,  A.  Eichhobn  (Jour.  Amer. 
Leather  Chem.  Assoc.,  11  {1916),  No.  .',,  pp.  iS6-20-'/).— Previously  noted  from 
another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  579). 

Proceedings  of  a  conference  to  consider  means  for  combating  foot-and- 
mouth  disease,  held  at  Chicago,  111.,  November  29  and  30,  1915  {U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Proc.  Conf.  Comhatiny  Foot-and-Mouth  Disease,  1916,  pp.  157). — A  report 
of  the  proceedings  of  a  conference  which  was  called  and  presided  over  by  the 
Assistant  Secretary  of  Agriculture,  C.  Vrooman,  who,  in  the  opening  state- 
ment, briefly  reviewed  the  general  situation. 

The  addresses  delivered  are  as  follows:  The  Application  of  Quarantine  to 
Public  Stock  Yards  and  What  Restrictive  Measures  Should  Be  Employed  to 
Prevent  the  Infection  of  Such  Yards  Which  So  Far  as  Possible  Shall  Not 
Burden  Traffic,  by  J.  S.  :\IcFadyen  (pp.  9-18)  ;  What  Should  Be  Done  to 
Improve  the  Control  of  Cleaning,  Disinfection,  and  Movements  of  Stock  Cars 
Used  for  Animals  Originating  in  Quarantined  Areas?  by  T.  W.  Tomlinson 
(pp.  18-28)  ;  An  Ideal  State  Law  for  Cooperation  Between  State  and  Federal 
Authorities  in  Work  of  Eradicating  Contagious  Animal  Diseases  by  C  J 
Mar.shall  (pp.  29-38);  What  General  and  What  Specific  Rules  Should  Be 
Observed  in  Fixing  the  Periods  and  Duration  of  the  Different  Forms  of  Quar- 
antine Against  Foot-and-Mouth  Disease?  by  V.  A.  Moore  (pp.  39-46)-  The 
Need  for  Legislation  Providing  for  Full  Compensation,  Effective  Ouara'ntine 
and  Saving  Pedigreed  Stock,  by  M.  D.  Munn  (pp.  4G-55)  ;  Economic  Effect  on 
Business  Men  as  Well  as  Farmers  of  Temporary  Out1)reaks  and  of  Permonent 
Presence  of  Live  Stock  Disease,  by  A.  J.  Glover  (pp.  5.5-61)  ;  Remarks  bv  Dr. 
J.  G.  Rutherford  (pp.  62-67)  ;  discussions  on  losses  from  quarantine  restrictions 

TllL^!"7^'  ^Qr^'of  ""T'"  '^  "'^  ^"*'''''"''  ^^^-  ^^SO),  payment  for  losses  in 
II  nols  pp.  80-82).  and  spread  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  by  contaminated 
ant  hog-c-lH.  era  serum  (pp.  82^87)  ;  The  Economic  Importance  to  Stock  Yards 
of  the  Eradication  of  Foot-and-Mouth  Disease,  by  A.  F.  Strvker  (pp  87-89)  • 
Quarantine  Zones  or  Units,  by  J.  I.  Gibson  (pp.  89-106)  ;  The  Cause  of  Footl 


1916]  VETEEINAEY  MEDICIXE.  75 

and-Mouth  Disease,  by  V.  A.  Moore  (  pp.  106-111)  ;  Disease  Eradication  and 
Live  Stock  Loans,  by  B.  F.  Harris  (pp.  111-114)  ;  Tlie  Agricultural  Press  and 
Foot-and-Moutli  Disease,  by  H.  Wallace  (pp.  114-132)  ;  Uniformity  in  Federal 
and  State  Laws  and  Regulations,  by  F.  A.  Balser  (pp.  132-142)  ;  and  Methods 
of  Eradicating  Foot-and-Mouth  Disease,  by  J.  R.  Mohler  (pp.  143-149). 

Foot-and-mouth  disease  in  man,  R.  L,  Sutton  and  A.  O'Donnell  (Jour. 
Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  GG  (191G),  No.  13,  pp.  9-'i7-9-'i9,  figs.  5).— The  history  and 
pathology  of  a  case  of  the  disease  in  man  are  reported  in  detail. 

Active  immunization  against  glanders,  A.  Makxek  (^Arcli.  ^yiss.  u.  Prakf. 
Tierheilk.,  41  {1915),  No.  4-5,  pp.  272-285).— The  earlier  attempts  of  active 
immunization  against  glanders  are  reviewed  and  briefly  discussed,  and  the 
author  reports  experimental  results  obtained  by  Levy,  Blumenthal,  and  him- 
self in  which  a  suspension  of  bacteria  killed  by  80  per  cent  glycerol  was  used 
as  a  vaccine. 

In  the  case  of  guinea  pigs  one  large  injection  was  sufficient  to  protect  the 
animals  against  a  subsequent  infection.  The  same  results  were  obtained  with 
liorses  which,  however,  received  two  injections  at  an  interval  of  two  weeks. 

Similar  results  were  obtained  using  a  vaccine  prepared  from  bacilli  killed 
with  a  solution  of  urea.  This  preparation  has  an  advantage  in  that  it  can 
be  preserved  in  powdered  form,  thus  preventing  a  further  attenuation  of  the 
bacilli,  and  can  be  easily  prepared  when  desired  for  use.  Actual  field  tests 
covering  a  period  of  four  years,  in  which  more  than  1,000  horses  were  vac- 
cinated, seemed  to  demonstrate  conclusively  the  value  of  such  a  vaccine, 
especially  where  glanders  is  likely  to  be  carried  into  noninfected  regions. 

See  also  a  previous  note  by  Levy  et  al.  (E.  S.  R.,  18,  p.  773). 

Leishmaniasis  in  animals,  A.  Lavekan  (Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  28  (1914),  Nos. 
9-10,  pp.  823-838;  11-12,  pp.  885-912;  29  (1915),  Nos.  1,  pp.  1-21,  fig.  1;  2,  pp. 
71-104,  pis.  2,  figs.  2;  ohs.  in  Jour.  Compar.  Path,  and  Ther.,  28  (1915),  No. 
S,  pp.  243-246). — In  this  paper  the  author  deals  with  the  subject  as  follows: 
(1)  Natural  leishmaniasis  in  the  dog;  (2)  infection  set  up  experimentally  with 
Leishmania  infantum;  (3)  infections  set  up  experimentally  with  L.  donovani; 
and  (4)  natural  and  experimental  infections  with  L.  ti'opica. 

The  Negri  bodies  in  some  animals  which  hibernate  and  their  relation  to 
the  Negri  bodies  of  other  animals,  F.  Sanfelice  (Ztschr.  Eyg.  u.  Infektions- 
krank.,  79  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  452-491,  pis.  4). — The  author  reviews  the  litera- 
ture on  the  subject,  and  discusses  the  course  of  rabies  and  occurrence  of  Negri 
bodies  in  the  European  hedgehog  (Erynacens  curopceus)  and  in  the  Euro- 
pean dormouse  [Muscardimis  avellanarius) ,  Negri  bodies  in  some  nonhibernat- 
ing  animals  and  in  birds,  and  the  origin  of  inclusion  bodies. 

Inhibitory  properties  of  magnesium  sulphate  and  their  therapeutic  appli- 
cation in  tetanus,  S.  J.  Meltzer  (Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  66  (1916),  No.  13, 
pp.  931-934). — The  author  briefly  discusses  the  theory  of  the  inhibitory 
properties  of  magnesium  sulphate  and  describes  the  methods  used  in  its  ad- 
ministration in  tetanus. 

Tuberculosis  in  the  dog  and  cat,  W.  R.  Blaie  (Cornell  Vet.,  6  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  25-35,  2J?s.  2). — The  author  outlines  in  detail  the  symptoms  and  lesions  of 
tuberculosis  in  the  dog  and  cat,  and  reports  nine  cases  in  the  dog,  together 
with  the  autopsical  findings.  The  use  of  tuberculin  as  a  diagnostic  agent  in 
such  animals  is  deemed  by  the  author  not  to  lead  to  any  reliable  conclusions. 

Graphic  charts  (Roy.  Com.  Tuberculosis,  Final  Rpt.,  II,  App.,  7  (1912),  pp. 
57,  pis.  51). — This  report  illustrates  graphically  some  of  the  results  of  the 
investigations  of  the  Royal  Commission  on  Human  and  Animal  Tuberculosis, 
from  1902  to  1910.     Detailed  references  are  made  from  the  charts  to  previous 


76 


EXPEEIMEXT   STATION   EECOED.  t^ol.  35 


volumes  of  the  report  of  the  commission  which  describe  the  woik  in  detail. 
See  also  previous  notes  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  884;  30,  p.  283).  •   ^    T     T? 

Monascus  purpureas  not  a  causative  factor  in  forage  poisoning,  L.  R. 
jZZ^ZrUour.  Compar.  Patlu  aM  TUer.,  28  (1915),  No.  3,  pp  185-190, 
?;n  -Studies  carried  on  by  the  author  in  connection  with  investigations  pre- 
vfous ly  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  681)  have  led  to  the  following  conclusions :    ^ 

^M  purpnreus  grown  under  laboratory  conditions  had  no  etiological  signifi- 
cance "in  this  outbreak  of  forage  poisoning,  since  feeding  large  quantities  over 
sufficient  lengths  of  time  did  not  produce  the  disease.  We  desire  to  present  the 
evidence  of  the  foregoing  experiments  as  suggestive  of  the  nonpathogenicity  of 
M.  purpureus  when  fed  in  large  quantities  and  when  the  products  of  its  metabol- 
ism are  injected  intravenously. 

"M  purpureus  isolated  from  oats  which  had  undoubtedly  given  rise  to  forage 
poisoning  in  horses  and  mules  did  not  produce  soluble  or  extracellular  toxins  in 
vitro  on  the  cultural  media  employed,  as  shown  by  absence  of  clinical  symptoms 
in  the  experimental  animals."  ■  , 

Investigations  on  the  intestinal  flora  of  healthy  oxen,  A.  Fischee  (Centbl. 
Bald,  [ctc.^,  1.  Abf.,  Orig.,  77  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  6-39,  fig.  i).— The  intestinal  flora 
in  mature  animals,  in  calves  from  three  to  five  months  old,  and  in  fasting  calves 
(from  a  few  hours  to  several  days  old)  were  studied.  The  effect  on  the  flora  of 
pasture  feeding,  winter  feeding,  and  milk  feeding  was  also  studied. 

The  cultural,  morphological,  and  biochemical  characteristics,  together  with 
the  pathogenicity,  in  some  cases,  of  38  organisms  isolated  are  submitted. 
A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Contagious  abortion  in  cattle  in  Bhodesia,  L.  E.  W.  Bevan  {Jour.  Compar. 
rath,  and  Thcr.,  28  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  911-10j^).—A.  report  of  investigations  of 
this  disease  which  have  been  carried  on  in  Rhodesia,  where  cases  of  abortion 
in  domestic  stock  have  been  reported  from  time  to  time  during  the  past  ten 
years. 

Coccidiosis  in  cattle  and  carabaos  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  its  rela- 
tion to  rinderpest,  C.  H.  Schultz  {Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  48  {1916),  No. 
6,  pp.  687-705). — Substantially  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  482). 
The  distribution  and  abundance  of  the  ox  warbles,  Hypoderma  lineata  and 
H.  bovis,  in  the  United  States,  F.  C.  Bishopp  {Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  8  {1915), 
No.  Jf,  pp.  359-364,  fig-  1)- — H-  lineata  is  said  to  occur  in  every  State  in  the 
Union,  although  there  is  considerable  difference  in  its  abundance  in  different 
sections.  H.  boris  is  rather  widely  distributed  through  the  northern  part  of  the 
United  States,  the  Northeastern  States  having  by  far  the  gi-eatest  infestation, 
and  it  predominates  over  H.  lineata  in  both  distribution  and  abundance.  In  the 
western  two-thirds  of  the  country  it  Is  found  in  rather  restricted  and  well- 
separated  areas.  A  map  is  given  which  shows  the  distribution  of  both  species 
In  the  United  States,  based  upon  collections  made  during  the  course  of  the 
investigation. 

The  treatment  of  Johne's  disease,  J.  ]\I'Fadtean,  A.  L.  Sheathee,  and  J.  T. 
Edwakus  {Jour.  Compar.  Path,  and  Tlier.,  28  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  196-216,  figs. 
D). — "In  many  cases  of  .lohne's  disease  treatment  with  ferrous  sulphate  is  fol- 
lowed by  improvement,  the  diarrhea  being  checked  and  the  loss  of  condition 
nrre.sted.  In  tlie  majority  of  such  cases  the  improvement  is  not  very  great  and 
the  di.sease  soon  r(>sumes  its  ordinary  course.  In  some  cases  the  treatment  fails 
to  effect  even  a  temporary  improvement  or  to  check  the  diarrhea  and  loss  of 
condition.  In  a  minority  of  cases  the  treatment  has  surprisingly  beneficial 
result.s,  suKt'fstlng  even  a  complete  cure,  with  disappearance  of  the  diarrhea 
and  restoration  of  the  animal  from  a  state  of  emaciation  to  excellent  condition. 
Even  iu  the  last  class  of  cases  a  relapse  which  does  not  yield  to  a  repetition 


1916]  VETERINARY  MEDICINE.  77 

of  the  treatment  is  likely  to  occur,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  treatment  ever 
effects  an  absolute  cure.  In  view  of  its  uncertainty  and  of  the  slow  recovery  of 
weight  in  the  most  favorable  cases,  treatment  can  not  be  advised  except  in 
special  circumstances. 

"As  a  rule  the  most  economical  plan  is  to  destroy  the  subjects  of  Johue's 
disease  as  soon  as  the  disease  is  manifested  by  distinct  clinical  symptoms. 
This  course  is  indicated  not  only  by  the  uncertainty  and  expense  of  treatment, 
but  also  because  clinically  diseased  animals,  even  when  under  treatment,  are 
highly  dangerous  unless  strictly  isolated. 

"  In  the  case  of  specially  valuable  animals,  such  as  pregnant  pedigree  cows, 
treatment  may  justifiably  be  tried,  in  the  hope  that  it  may  carry  the  animal 
over  the  period  of  parturition,  even  if  it  does  not  effect  a  cure.  The  treatment 
may  also  be  justified  in  cases  in  which  the  disease  has  been  diagnosed  in  ap- 
parently healthy  animals  by  testing  with  avian  tuberculin  or  '  Johnin,'  and  their 
slaughter  is  not  considered  expedient  by  the  owner." 

See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  II.,  31,  p.  2S3). 

Studies  on  Texas  fever.  First  communication,  C.  Sa  and  A.  Cunha  {Rev. 
Vet.  e  Zootech.,  5  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  2SS-303,  pis.  4). — From  studies  on  the 
methods  of  immunization  it  is  concluded  that  late  injections  of  trypanblue  do 
not  immunize  against  Texas  fever  without  serious  danger  to  the  life  of  the 
animal.  An  early  curative  injection  obviates  this  danger  without  in  any  way 
affecting  the  immunization  of  the  animal.  Early  injections  are  therefore 
recommended. 

A  bibliography  is  included. 

The  occurrence  of  pleoraorphism.  and  mutation  among  members  of  the 
hemorrhagic  septicemia  group  of  organisms,  J.  P.  M'Gowan  and  Chung  Yik 
Wang  {Jour.  Path,  and  Bad.,  20  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  21-JtO,  pis.  2).— The  authors 
show  "  how  an  organism  of  the  hemorrhagic  septicemia  group,  by  an  increase 
of  virulence  through  passage,  has  also  concurrently  been  endowed  with  an  in- 
creased biological  activity  on  artificial  media,  whereby  it  grows  much  faster 
on  these  media  and  produces  acid  and  gas  fermentation  in  some  carbohydrate 
media  where  it  only  produced  acid  or  no  change  previously.  It  would  seem  to. 
be  essential  for  the  success  of  this  passage  that  the  organism  be  taken  directly 
from  one  animal  to  another  without  intervening  growth  on  artificial  media." 

Vaccinations  against  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  J.  B.  Habdenbergh  and  F. 
BoERNEE,  Je.  {Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  49  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  55-59). — From 
experiments  carrietl  out  on  twelve  herds  of  cattle  and  one  of  sheep  the  authors 
liave  concluded  that  "  the  use  of  48-hour  cultures  of  Bacillus  bovisepticus  sub- 
cutaneously  in  the  dose  of  0.5  cc.  for  sheep  and  1  cc.  for  cattle  is  harmless. 
The  immunity  conferred  by  this  vaccination  has  not  been  thoroughly  demon- 
strated, but  the  sudden  checking  of  losses  in  several  herds  may  be  evidence  of 
some  value.  Incubation  at  42.5°  C.  [108.5  F.]  for  17  days  failed  to  render 
the  strains  avirulent  for  rabbits  in  the  dose  of  0.2  cc." 

A  further  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  sheep  disease,  Septicsemia 
pluriformis  ovium  (hemorrhagic  septicemia),  and  its  control  by  serum  vac- 
cination, H.  Raebiger,  a.  Spiegl,  and  K.  Schern  {Dent.  Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr., 
23  {1915),  No.  47,  pp.  406-409,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  49 
{1016),  No.  1,  pp.  112,  113). — A  specific  serum  was  obtained  from  three  sheep 
which  had  been  given  repeated  intravenous  injections  of  virulent  strains  of 
Bacillus  ovisepticus.  The  serum  was  tested  on  white  mice  and  found  to  protect 
them  against  a  1-cc.  injection  of  a  24-hour  bouillon  culture  of  the  bacilli. 

The  results  of  the  use  of  the  serum  in  13  herds  are  submitted  in  tabular  form 
and  briefly  discussed.  The  record  of  a  case  in  a  lamb,  together  with  the  autopsi- 
cal  findings,  is  also  reported. 


78  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

The  use  of  the  serum  has  given  promising  results,  both  in  the  recovery  of  dis- 
eased animals  and  in  checking  the  spread  of  the  disease  among  healthy  animals. 
Sheep  scab,  M.  Imes  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bid.  713  {1016),  pp.  36, 
figs.  21).— This  publication,  which  supersedes  Farmers'  Bulletin  159  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  15,  p.  191),  furnishes  information  for  sheep  raisers  and  live- 
stock sanitary  officers  regarding  the  prevention,  cure,  and  eradication  of  sheep 
scab. 

A  list  of  nematode  parasites  observed  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  sheep  in 
England,  C.  L.  Boulenger  {Parasitology,  7  {191J,),  Xo.  3,  pp.  2-'iO-2-'tO,  pi.  1, 
figs.  Jt). — The  author  has  found  13  species,  distributed  among  10  genera,  to 
occur  in  England,  or  nearly  half  of  the  known  species. 

A  note  on  the  presence  of  Ostertagia  trifurcata  in  the  abomasum  of  a 
sheep  in  England,  S.  Cave  {Parasitology,  7  {1914),  A'O.  3,  pp.  201-203,  figs.  3).— 
In  addition  to  numerous  male  and  female  specimens  of  0.  circumcincta  {Strongy- 
lus  cervicornis) ,  a  strongyle  identical  with  0.  trifurcata  was  found  in  the  fourth 
stomach  of  a  ewe  at  the  Cambridge  University  farm.  It  is  stated  that  previous 
to  this  discovery  the  occurrence  of  this  nematode  had  only  been  recorded  from 
the  United  States. 

[Hog-cholera  studies]  {North  Dalcota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  pp.  5-8). — In  the 
course  of  a  general  study  of  hog-cholera  serum  the  influence  of  the  time  of 
bleeding  upon  the  protective  value  of  the  serum  was  incidentally  observed.  Two 
weeks  after  immunization  the  hog  was  bled  from  the  tail,  and  thereafter  at 
intervals  of  one  week  until  four  bleedings  were  obtained.  The  detailed  results 
of  the  work  are  presented  in  tabular  form,  but  indicate  in  general  a  slight  de- 
crease in  the  potency  of  the  serum. 

Hog  cholera  and  its  prevention  by  the  use  of  antihog-cholera  serum, 
B.  B.  Flowe  {Bui.  N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.,  37  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  32,  figs.  19).— This 
bulletin  considers  the  subject  of  hog  cholera  in  general  under  the  titles  of  cause, 
symptoms,  sanitation,  means  by  which  the  disease  is  spread,  susceptibility,  mor- 
tality, and  antihog-cholera  serum  and  its  use  in  the  treatment  of  the  disease. 

Stamping  out  hog  cholera,  J.  W.  Connaway  {Columbia,  Mo.:  The  Missouri 
Farmer  [1916],  pp.  80,  figs.  29).— In  addition  to  a  general  discussion  of  the 
manner  of  dealing  with  hog  cholera  by  the  author,  several  supplementary  ac- 
counts are  included,  namely,  Profitable  Fork  Production,  by  F.  G.  King  (pp. 
45-GO)  and  Jlodern  Systems  of  Swine  Management,  by  L.  A.  Weaver  (pp.  67-80). 
Final  report  of  the  departmental  committee  appointed  by  the  Board  of 
Agriculture  and  Fisheries  to  inquire  into  swine  fever,  with  minutes  of  evi- 
dence and  appendix  {Bd.  Agr.  and  Fisheries  [London],  Final  Rpt.  Dept.  Com. 
Stcine  Fever,  pt.  4  {1915),  pp.  XTI+63;  ahs.  in  Jour.  Compar.  Path,  and  Ther., 
28  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  251-271).— This  report  includes  the  minutes  of  evidence  and 
appendixes  with  experimental  and  statistical  data.  The  committee  submits  the 
following  conclusions : 

"  The  manure  of  r-igs  suffering  from  swine  fever  is  infective.  A  period  of 
14  days  may  be  regarded  as  sufficient  to  bring  about  the  disinfection  of  in- 
fective manure  through  natural  causes.  Rats  are  not,  as  has  been  suggested, 
pathological  carriers  of  swine  fever.  All  the  available  evidence  suggests  that 
swine  fever  Is  not  disseminated  by  external  parasites. 

"  While  persons,  vehicles,  and  animals  which  have  been  in  contact  with  the 
Infected  pigs  or  premises  may  carry  infective  material  mechanically  within 
the  area  of  their  movements,  subject  to  the  time  limit  indicated  above,  the 
evidence  leads  the  committee  to  the  conclusion  that  all  wide  dissemination  of 
disease  Is  due  to  the  movement  of  infective  pigs.  A  pig  may  become  infective 
in  three  .lays  after  it  has  itself  contracted  infection  and  before  it  has  actually 
exhibited  clinical  symptoms  of  the  disease,  and  a  pig  which  has  contracted  the 


191G]  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  79 

disease  may  continue  to  be  infective  for  a  variable  period,  tlie  extent  of  which 
has  not  yet  been  fully  ascertained,  but  which  is  often  of  considerable  duration. 
There  would  appear  to  be  cases  in  which  healthy  pigs  which  have  not  been 
visibly  affected  by  swine  fever,  and  which,  on  post-mortem  examination,  show 
no  evidence  of  having  suffered  from  swine  fever,  are  infective  and  continue 
to  be  so  for  a  considerable  time." 

In  general  it  is  concluded  that  "  the  continued  prevalence  of  swine  fever  ap- 
pears to  be  due  principally  to  its  highly  contagious  character  and  the  difficulty 
of  its  x-ecognition  by  the  pig  owner  in  its  early  stages  and  in  its  milder  forms. 
To  these  causes  must  be  added  the  difficulty  of  tracing  the  place  of  origin  and 
the  movement  of  pigs  by  which  the  disease  has  been  spread.  The  extirpation  of 
the  disease  is  practicable  only  by  such  drastic  measures  of  slaughter  as  would 
involve  a  prohibitive  outlay,  and  by  such  severe  restrictions  on  movement  as 
would  be  fafai  to  the  industry  of  pig  keeping.  Present  circumstances,  there- 
fore, do  not  encourage  the  view  that  the  extirpation  of  swine  fever  can  be 
speedily  accomplished  or  that  such  an  objective  should  continue  to  be  made 
the  governing  idea  of  administrative  policy.  This  conclusion,  however,  does 
not  exclude  the  possibility  that  new  preventive  methods  may  bring  about  a 
condition  of  affairs  more  favorable  to  the  prospect  of  eradicating  the  disease, 
and  the  study  of  such  methods  is  being  actively  pursued." 

Recommendations  for  the  control  of  the  disease  are  also  submitted.  See  also 
previous  reports   (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  884). 

A  plerocercoid  found  in  the  pig,  Ratz  (Abs.  in  Vet.  Rec,  27  {1915),  No.  1304, 
p.  4^iS). — The  name  Sparganum  railUetti  is  given  to  a  yellowish-white  filiform 
species  which  was  found  curled  up  on  itself  in  the  intermuscular  connective 
tissue  of  a  pig. 

The  occurrence  and  pathological  importance  of  Strongyloides  longus  in 
swine,  L.  Reisixger  (Wiener  Tierdrztl.  Moiwtssclir.,  2  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  200- 
239,  pi.  1,  fig.  1). — This  nematode  (S.  longus)  occurs  in  swine  in  Austria,  where, 
at  times,  it  appears  in  extensive  outbreaks,  and  it  is  also  found  in  swine  im- 
ported from  Germany  and  England.  It  is  the  source  of  a  disease  in  shoats 
characterized  by  anemia,  emaciation,  cutaneous  eruption,  diarrhea,  and  arrest 
of  development.  The  mortality  fluctuates  according  to  the  degree  of  infesta- 
tion between  0  and  50  per  cent. 

Swine  tuberculosis  and  the  possibility  of  its  practical  control,  O.  Bang 
and  E.  Holm  {Ber.  K.  Yet.  og  Landbohojskoles  Lab.  Landokonom.  Forsog 
[Copenhagen},  88  (1915),  pp.  5-63;  ahs.  in  Iniernai.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome},  Mo.  Bui. 
Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  7,  pp.  959-961)  .—From  the  results 
of  investigations  to  determine  whether,  under  normal  conditions,  mammals  can 
be  infected  by  fowl  tubercle  bacilli  and,  conversely,  fowls  by  tlie  bacilli  of  the 
mammalian  form  of  the  disease,  it  is  concluded  that  the  bacillus  of  mam- 
malian  tuberculosis  is  the  principal  cause  of  the  disease  in  swine,  especially 
in  the  severest  forms  of  the  disease,  which  are,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  due  to 
infection  by  cattle.  About  90  per  cent  of  the  cases  of  local  glandular  tubercu- 
losis are  attributable  to  infection  with  the  avian  bacilli.  Organic  tuberculosis 
is  due  mostly  to  infection  with  the  mammalian  bacilli. 

The  results  of  a  series  of  tests  with  tuberculin  showed  that  a  positive  reaction 
to  tuberculin  practically  always  means  that  the  animal  is  infected  when  it  is  a 
question  of  bovine  tuberculosis,  but  the  reaction  gives  no  indication  of  the 
extent  of  the  disease.  These  results  were  obtained  with  tuberculin  prepared 
from  the  bacilli  of  .mammalian  tuberculosis.  Avian  tuberculin,  as  far  as  the 
disease  caused  by  the  bacilli  of  avian  tuberculosis  is  concerned,  possesses  a 
diagnostic  value  which  is  at  least  equal,  and  sometimes  even  superior,  to  that  of 
bovine  tuberculin. 


gQ  .         EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

Sanitary  measures  with  respect  to  the  slieltering,  feeding,  etc.,  of  the  pigs 
are  outlined.  These  measures,  in  actual  trial,  have  been  shown  to  reduce  the 
prevalence  of  the  disease  markedly,  and  are  therefore  recommended. 

The  production  of  a  hyperimmune  serum  for  infectious  abortion  in  mares, 
E.  S.  Good  and  W.  V.  Smith  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  {1916),  Ho.  4,  PP-  397- 
_^(j^ )  .—Continuing  the  work  on  infectious  abortion  in  mares  at  the  Kentucky 
Experiment  Station  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  580)  the  authors  have  demonstrated  that  a 
hyperimmune  serum  can  be  prepared  which  has  marked  bacteriolytic  properties 

in  vitro. 

This  serum  protected  rabbits  from  the  lethal  dose  of  the  organism  and 
lengthened  the  time  for  abortion  in  one  guinea  pig  12  days.  It  did  not,  however, 
prol;ect  a  mare  from  an  artificial  infection.  The  infecting  dose  in  this  case, 
though,  was  much  larger  than  would  be  possible  in  a  natural  infection. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  serum  may  prove  of  value  in  a  stud  v\'here  the  infec- 
tion is  known  to  exist. 

Nature,  cause,  and  therapy  of  pernicious  anemia  of  the  horse,  K.  R.  and 
R.  Seydeehelji  {Arch.  Wiss.  u.  Prakt.  Tierheilk.,  U  (WW,  Ho.  1-2,  pp.  50- 
^QQ)^ — Following  a  brief  introduction  and  review  of  the  literature,  the  authors 
deal  with  patho-anatomical  and  hematological  investigations ;  the  cause  of  the 
disease,  including  personal  investigations  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  681)  ;  and  therapeutic 
tests,  including  the  removal  of  Gastrophilus  larvre  and  the  use  of  curative 
serums;  give  a  summary  of  the  pathogenicity  of  Gastrophilus  larvse;  etc.  A 
bibliography  of  46  titles  is  included. 

Swamp  fever  {North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  1,  p.  5). — A  brief  statement 
of  work  carried  on  in  continuation  of  that  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p. 
287).  Trials  of  the  arsenico-mercuric  treatment  of  swamp  fever  gave  negative 
results,  and  this  treatment  is  looked  upon  by  the  author  as  worthless  in  the 
American  form  of  the  disease. 

In  order  to  test  the  conclusions  of  the  Seyderhelms  (E.  S.  R.,  83,  p.  681) 
that  swamp  fever  is  due  to  a  toxic  agent  associated  with  the  larva  of  the  botfly, 
ten  botfly  larv£e  removed  from  a  case  of  swamp  fever  were  crushed  in  a  physio- 
logical salt  solution  and  injected  intravenously  into  an  experimental  horse.  In 
spite  of  a  very  severe  reaction  this  animal  did  not  succumb  nor  show  any 
marked  temperature  reaction  or  anemia  during  the  four  months  it  was  kept 
under  observation.  Its  post-mortem  appearances,  however,  resembled  those  of 
swamp  fever.  Blood  drawn  from  this  horse  about  two  weeks  before  its  de- 
struction, as  well  as  that  drawn  immediately  before,  proved  to  be  virulent  in 
experimental  horses  and,  in  all  particulars,  the  clinical  as  well  as  the  patho- 
anatomical  aspects  of  these  cases  resembled  those  seen  in  the  artificially  in- 
duced swamp-fever  cases.  Blood  drawn  from  the  experimental  horses  infected 
by  blood  from  the  first-mentioned  horse  infected  another  horse  in  a  similar 
manner.  As  an  indication  of  the  tenacity  of  the  virus  it  is  stated  that  the 
blood  of  an  experimental  animal  infected  in  1908  and  to  all  appearances  recov- 
ered produced  the  usual  febrile  reactions  in  a  healthv  experimental  horse  in 
191.J. 

Notes  on  a  little-known  rabbit  ear  mite  (Psoroptes  cuniculi),  A.  B. 
KrcKKTT  (./oMr.  Amcr.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  J/S  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  726-730,  figs.  3).— 
P.  cuniculi,  the  cause  of  the  disease  commonly  known  as  rabbit  ear  mange,  is 
recorded  from  the  United  States  for  the  first  time.  Its  presence  in  the  ears  of 
two  rabbits  appears  to  have  been  responsible  for  their  death.  Ustrophorus 
VihhuH,  found  In  tlie  hair  of  a  white  rabbit  kept  in  a  pen  adjacent  to  one  of  the 
rabbits  montionod  a])ove,  is  also  recorded  from  America  for  the  first  time. 

On  the  transmission  from  mother  to  offspring-  of  immunity  against  fowl 
cholera,  P.  B.  IIadley  {Ccnthh  Bakt.  [etc.],  1.  Aht.,  Oriff.,  76  {1915),  No.  2-3, 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  81 

pp.  196-206). — This  material  has  been  previously  noted  from  another  source 
(E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  485). 

On  the  anatoray  of  a  fowl  tapeworm,  Amoebotaenia  sphenoid.es,  F.  J. 
Meggitt  {Parasitology,  7  (1914),  No.  3,  pp.  262-277,  pis.  2).— In  addition  to  the 
anatomy  the  author  briefly  considers  the  life  history  of  this  parasite. 

RTJRAL  ENGINEERING. 

A  new  irrigation  weir,  V.  M.  Cone  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research, 

5  {1916),  No.  24,  pp.  1127-1143,  figs.  16). — Experiments  conducted  under  a  co- 
operative agreement  between  the  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  and  the  Colo- 
rado Experiment  Station  are  reported.  The  purpose  was  to  develop  a  weir 
"  that  would  be  self -cleaning,  require  a  minimum  amount  of  labor  and  material 
for  construction,  measure  discharges  with  an  accuracy  commensurate  with 
field  conditions  and  irrigation  demands,  and  be  easily  operated  by  the  ordinary 
man." 

Altogether  277  experiments  were  made  with  a  new  type  of  weir  using  both 
rectangular  and  90°-triangular  notches.  Thirty-four  different  arrangements  of 
weir  box  were  used  for  the  rectangular  notches,  the  length  of  weir  crest 
varying  from  1  to  4  ft.,  and  the  width  of  weir  box  at  both  the  crest  and  20  ft. 
from  1.5  to  6  times  the  length  of  crest.  Floor  lengths  of  32.67  and  20  ft.  were 
used.  From  the  results  a  weir  was  developed,  the  general  formula  for  the 
discharge  of  which  is  0-==(3.S3— 0.7L)  Lh  (1.52-fO.OlL)  in  which  C)-=the  dis- 
charge, L=the  length  of  crest,  and  Zi^the  head  on  the  weir.  The  computed 
dischurgos  for  the  new  weirs  are  given  in  tabular  form. 

The  tests  brought  out  the  following  advantages :  "  The  new  irrigation  weir 
is  self-cleaning.  ...  No  lowering  of  the  canal  grade  or  building  up  of  the 
banks  is  required  for  the  construction  of  the  weir  box.  The  weir  box  has  only 
one-fourth  the  depth  and  a  less  width  than  is  required  for  a  full-contraction 
weir.  Less  excavation  and  less  materials  are  needed  in  the  construction,  and 
the  cost  of  the  weir  is  therefore  greatly  decreased.  It  may  be  installed  by  the 
farmer  witliout  expert  assistance  and  with  the  tools  ordinarily  at  hand.  Its 
operation  does  not  require  special  training.  Its  accuracy  is  consistent  with 
practical  demands  and  will  remain  constant.  It  can  not  be  easily  tampered 
with  or  accidentally  injured  so  as  to  alter  its  discharge.  There  are  no  work- 
ing parts  which  require  attention  for  proper  operation.  There  is  practically 
no  upkeep  expense  if  the  weir  is  well  constructed  of  durable  materials.  When 
the  discharge  tables  are  used,  no  computations  are  required." 

Specifications  for  the  construction  and  use  of  the  new  weir  are  as  follows: 
"  The  weir  notch  is  rectangular  in  form,  with  sharp  crest  and  sides.  The 
floor  of  the  weir  box  must  be  level  with  the  crest.  .  .  .  The  grade  of  the 
canal  downstream  from  the  weir  must  be  low  enough  to  give  free  fall  and 
complete  aeration  to  the  nappe.  The  floor  of  the  weir  box  must  be  level 
throughout,  and  there  must  be  no  sudden  or  decided  differences  in  elevation 
between  the  floor  and  the  grade  of  the  channel  of  approach.  The. weir  box 
must  be  placed  in  the  center  of  the  ditch,  so  the  axial  line  of  the  box  corre- 
sponds with  the  axial  line  of  the  canal,  in  order  that  the  water  may  enter  the 
weir  box  in  straight  lines.  The  width  of  the  weir  box  must  be  twice  the  length 
of  the  weir  crest  at  the  plane  of  the  weir,  and  two  and  a  half  times  the  length 
of  the  weir  crest  at  a  distance  of  20  ft.  upstream  from  the  plane  of  the 
weir.  .  .  . 

"  It  is  necessary  that  a  still  box  be  placed  outside  the  weir  box  and  con- 
nected through  the  side  of  the  weir  box  with  one  or  more  1-in.  pipes  located 

6  ft.  from  the  plane  of  the  weir.     The  pipe  should  be  placed  near  the  floor 


g2  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   KECOED.  [Vol.35 

of  the  weir  box  to  insure  its  being  submerged  for  low  heads,  ar^d  care  must  be 
used  to  place  the  pipe  normal  to  the  side  of  the  weir  box,  and  not  normal  to 

the  axis  of  the  box The  still  box  should  have  inside  dimensions  of  at 

least  1  ft  by  1.5  or  2  ft,  with  such  depth  as  is  necessary.  .  .  . 

"  The  npw  irrigation  weir  may  be  constructed  of  lumber,  but  the  design  is 
such  that  it  may  be  easily  constructed  of  concrete.  There  would  be  no  diffi- 
cult form  work  required  for  the  concrete,  and  it  would  make  an  inexpensive, 
durable,  and  satisfactory  measuring  device,  especially  if  the  angle-iron  sides 
and  crest  of  notch  were  used  in  connection  with  the  concrete  box." 

Fourth  biennial  report  of  the  Department  of  Engineering  of  the  State  of 
California,  1912-1914  {Bien.  Rpt.  Dept.  Emjin.  Cal.,  4  {1912-191  Jf),  pp.  2S5, 
p7s.  ^7). —This  report  reviews  the  history  of  engineering  work  in  California  an.l 
deals  with  the  practice  in  the  State  on  the  special  subjects  of  architecture, 
hydroeconomics,  and  state  roads  and  highways.  Data  on  water  and  water- 
power  resources  in  the  State,  obtained  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  and  data  from  irrigation  investigations,  conducted  in  cooperation  with 
the  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  of  this  Department  and  with  the  California 
Experiment  Station,  are  also  reported.  These  include  a  progress  report  of  ir- 
rigation investigations  by  F.  Adams  for  1912  to  1914  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  5SS). 
a  report  of  an  investigation  of  wells  in  the  Imperial  Valley  by  C.  E.  Tait,  and 
a  report  on  investigation  of  wells  in  the  Imperial  Valley  by  W.  A.  Hutchins. 

Beport  on  irrigation  for  the  year  1914  (Dept.  Int.  Catiada  Arm.  Rpt.  19U, 
pt.  7,  pp.  222,  pis.  25,  figs.  33).— Reports  are  included  on  the  Cypress  Hills, 
western  Maple  Creek,  and  Calgary  irrigation  districts ;  on  the  south  Saskatche- 
wan water  supply  and  Oldman  River  diversion  projects;  on  the  Cypress  Hills 
reservoir  surveys ;  on  cost  data  on  reservoir  water ;  on  work  in  connection  with 
the  international  waterways  treaty;  on  duty  of  water  investigations;  and  on 
principles  governing  the  design  and  operation  of  irrigation  systems. 

Duty  of  water  experiments  and  farm  demonstration  work  (Dept.  Int. 
Canada,  IrrUj.  Ser.  Bui.  |  {1915),  pp.  62,  pis.  9,  figs.  15). — ^This  report  presents 
detailed  information  dealing  particularly  with  practical  field  irrigation  work 
and  general  returns  on  irrigation  crop  production.  Sectional  reports  are  in- 
cluded on  the  duty  of  water  at  Strathmore  and  Ronalane,  Alberta,  alkaline  soil 
conditions,  and  a  general  crop  report  by  G.  D.  AValters;  the  duty  of  water  at 
Coaldale,  Alberta,  by  W.  H.  Snelson,  and  crop  report  for  the  Eastern  Maple 
Creek  District,  by  M.  H,  French,  the  V/estern  Maple  Creek  District,  by  H.  R. 
Carscallen,  and  the  Calgary  District,  by  R.  H.  Goodchild. 

Report  on  the  climatic  and  soil  conditions  in  the  Canadian  Pacific  Rail- 
way Company's  irrigation  project,  western  section  (near  Calgary,  Alberta) 
{Dept.  Int.  Canada,  Iirig.  ^cr.  Bui.  3  {1915),  pp.  2^).— This  report  includes  sec- 
tions on  climatic  conditions  and  on  the  temperature  of  water  in  irrigation 
canals,  by  G.  N.  Houston,  and  on  soils  and  analysis  of  water  from  irrigation 
canals,  ))y  F.  T.  Slmtt. 

In  the  first  section  it  is  concluded  that  "  the  climatic  conditions  in  the  west- 
ern section  are  similar  to  those  in  several  other  places  where  irrigation  has 
been  successfully  practiced  for  many  years  and,  therefore,  there  is  no  reason, 
so  far  as  climate  is  concerned,  why  it  should  not  be  successful  there.  ...  It  is 
evident  that  irrigation  is  very  desirable  on  the  western  section." 

"With  reference  to  temperature  of  water  it  is  concluded  that  "the  water 
applied  to  crops  on  the  western  section  is  of  a  higher  temperature  than  that 
used  in  many  places  where  irrigation  is  carried  on  successfully,  [and]  is  gen- 
erally of  a  higher  temperature  than  the  rain  water.  The  application  of  irri- 
pntion  water  to  the  crops  in  the  western  section  will  not  result  in  seriously 
retarding  their  growth." 


1916]  EUEAL  ENGINEEEING.  83 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Siilphur  Spring  Valley,  Arizona,  O.  E. 
Meinzek  and  F.  C.  Kelton  { Arizona  Sta.  Bid.  72  (1913),  pp.  231,  pis.  15,  figs. 
32). — This  is  a  reprint  of  U.  S.  Geoolgical  Survey  Water-Supply  Paper  320 
(E.  S.  R.,  30,  pp.  18,  85).  The  publication  previously  noted  as  Bulletin  72  of 
the  Arizona  Station  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  513)  constitutes  one  chapter  of  the  present 
publication. 

The  Ohio  water  problem,  C.  E.  Sheeman  {Ohio  State  Univ.  Bui.  20  {1915), 
No.  10,  pp.  135,  pis.  6,  figs.  19). — "This  bulletin  is  directly  the  result  of  two 
lectures,  one  given  in  the  engineering  and  one  in  the  university  lecture  course 
at  Ohio  State  University  in  January,  1913,  and  January,  1914,  respectively. 
The  subject  of  the  first  was  river  and  harbor  improvements,  and  of  the  second 
the  Ohio  water  problem."  The  following  chapters  are  included:  Preliminary 
considerations,  floods,  flood-protection  plans,  economics  of  water  transporta- 
tion, broader  aspects  of  water  transportation,  water  power,  miscellaneous  uses, 
Sandusky-Scioto  conservancy,  and  a  state-wide  survey.  Maps  and  tabular 
and  graphic  data  are  included. 

Flood  protection  in  Indiana,  W.  K.  Hatt  {Proc.  Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  1914,  pp. 
149-156). — This  is  a  brief  review  of  the  findings  of  the  Indiana  Flood  Com- 
mission, appointed  to  study  flood  causes  and  flood-prevention  methods  in  In- 
diana. 

Report  from  the  water  laboratory,  H.  E.  Barnakd  {Ind.  Bd.  Health,  Ann. 
Rpt.  Chcm.  Div.  Lab.  Hijg.,  9  {1014),  PP-  155-163,  figs.  J).— Of  the  1,645  sam- 
ples of  w^ater  analyzed  during  1914,  702  were  collected  from  so-called  shallow 
wells,  656  from  deep  wells,  96  from  streams,  84  from  springs,  48  from  cisterns, 
27  from  lakes  and  ponds,  and  32  from  miscellaneous  sources ;  1,342  of  these 
samples  were  from  private  supplies,  mainly  private  wells,  wdiile  303  samples 
were  from  public  supplies. 

Of  the  total  number  examined,  1,021  waters  w^ere  reported  as  good,  414  as 
bad,  and  210  as  doubtful.  Of  the  private  water  supplies  examined,  509  were 
from  deep  wells,  684  from  shallov/  wells,  48  from  cisterns,  and  69  from  springs ; 
767  of  all  the  private  samples  examined  were  potable,  381  were  condemned  as 
bad,  and  194  w'ere  classed  as  doubtful.  Of  the  509  deep  wells  analyzed,  426  were 
furnishing  good  water,  36  were  reported  as  bad,  and  47  as  doubtful.  Of  the  684 
shallow  wells,  but  246  furnished  potable  water,  while  308  were  unqualifiedly 
bad,  and  130  were  doubtful.  Of  the  48  cistern  waters,  22  were  good,  21  bad, 
and  5  doubtful.  Of  the  69  spring  waters,  49  were  good,  10  bad,  and  10  doubtful. 
These  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  shallow  well  as  a  source  of  private 
water  supply  is  greatly  to  be  feared. 

Limits  of  potability  of  the  waters  of  the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires,  F.  A. 
Mazza  {An.  Soc.  Quim.  Argentina,  3  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  167-183). — Data  on  the 
maximum  tolerable  chemical  lijpits  of  potability  of  the  waters  of  different  parts 
of  the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires,  as  determined  bj'  local  surroundings  and  con- 
ditions, as  M'ell  as  by  analyses,  are  reported. 

Sewage  treatment  and  disposal,  B.  J.  Ashley  {Farm  Implements,  30  {1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  70,  72). — In  a  brief  statement  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the 
desigff  of  small  sewage  treatment  and  disposal  systems,  special  attention  is 
drawn  to  the  importance  of  the  colloidal  media  for  aerobic  organisms  in  nitrifi- 
cation systems  and  to  the  existence  and  action  of  colloids  in  sewage  as  important 
factors  affecting  design. 

Activated  sludge  method  in  England  {Municipal  Jour.,  40  {1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
199,  200). — Recent  experiments  at  Salford,  England,  on  duration  of  aeration, 
winter  operation,  and  possibility  of  continuous  flow  led  to  the  conclusion  "  that 
it  would  be  perfectly  practicable  to  reduce  the  aeration  to  one  hour."  It  is  also 
thought  that  "where  only  domestic  sewage  is  treated  the  time  of  aeration 


34  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   KECOED.  [Tol.  35 

might  be  reduced  still  lower.  ...  As  to  the  effect  of  cold  weather,  the  ex- 
periments on  two-hour  and  one-and-a-half-hour  aeration  covered  the  coldest 
part  of  the  year,  and  during  this  time  the  lowest  recorded  temperature  of  crude 
sewage  treated  was  51°  F.  .  .  .  The  best  results  obtained  were  when  work- 
ing with  from  20  to  25  per  cent  of  sludge,  the  excess  being  usually  pumped  to 
the  drying  area  from  the  first  and  second  settling  tanks  twice  a  week.  From 
the  comparatively  small  effect  of  the  sterilizing  trade  wastes  it  is  concluded 
that '  the  influence  of  sterilizing  substances  which  play  such  havoc  with  bacteria 
beds  generally  can  readily  be  overcome.' " 

A  new  method  of  land  clearing,  H.  D.  Scudder  {Oreg.  Countryman,  8 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  259-266,  figs.  7 ) .— iTsperiments  with  a  newly  developed  stump 
burning  method   are  reported. 

The  outfit  required  consists  of  two  heavy  cast-iron  pieces,  namely,  the  fur- 
nace and  the  hood.  The  furnace  is  so  placed  against  the  unbanked  portion  of 
the  stump  as  to  direct  the  fire  toward  its  center  the  long  way  through  and  is 
then  banked.  A  stovepipe  is  placed  in  the  top  of  the  furnace  and  a  draft  pipe 
from  10  to  12  ft.  long  into  the  front.  A  blast  of  flame  is  thereby  driven  against 
the  heart  of  the  stump,  and,  after  burning  through,  the  furnace  is  removed  and 
the  hood,  fitted  with  the  chimney,  put  in  its  place  and  charpitting  continued 
until  the  stump  is  destroyed. 

The  tests  so  far  show  that  the  time  the  stump  burner  outfit  is  required  aver- 
ages about  one  day  for  each  foot  diameter  of  stump.  The  tests  indicate  that  the 
cost  will  vary  from  50  to  80  cts.  per  stump  if  all  the  labor  is  hired. 

Proceedings  of  the  eleventh  annual  convention  of  the  American  BrOad 
Builders'  Association,  1914  {Proc.  Atner.  Road  Builders'  Assoc,  11  (1914),  PP- 
SOI,  pi.  1,  figs.  10). — These  proceedings  include  the  following  special  papers: 

Road  and  Pavement  Dimensions — Widths,  Depths,  and  Crown,  by  L.  White; 
Koad  Foundations — Concrete,  Telford,  Gravel,  etc.,  by  J.  A.  Johnston ;  Organi- 
zation of  a  State  Highway  Department,  by  J.  N.  Carlisle;  Traffic — Present 
Tendencies,  Probable  Development,  and  Regulation,  by  A.  W.  Dean ;  Machinery 
for  Construction  and  Maintenance — State,  Municipal,  Contractors,  Traction 
Haulage  of  Stone,  Care  of  Machinery — Instructions  to  Engineer  and  Operator, 
by  T.  R.  Agg ;  Brick  Roads  and  Streets,  by  J.  Laylin ;  Surfaces  or  Floors  for 
Bridges,  by  C.  Older;  Bituminous  Construction  and  Maintenance — Recent 
Practice,  by  W.  D.  Uhler ;  Concrete  Roads,  by  H.  J.  Kuelling ;  Recent  Practice 
in  Construction  in  Wood  and  Granite  Block,  by  W.  A.  Howell ;  Present  Practice 
in  Earth  and  Gravel  Road  Construction  and  Maintenance,  by  I.  O.  Baker; 
Street  Paving  in  Small  Cities,  by  T.  H.  MacDonald ;  Convict  Labor  in  Road 
Construction,  by  T.  J.  Ehrhart ;  and  Dust  Prevention  and  Street  Cleaning,  bv 
W.  H.  Connell.  " 

Relation  of  mineral  composition  and  rock  structure  to  the  physical  prop- 
erties of  road  materials,  E.  C.  E.  Lokd  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  3J^  {1916),  pp. 
26,  pis.  8,  figs.  3). — In  this  bulletin  a  mici'oscopic  method  of  rock  analysis  by 
means  of  a  cross-line  grating  is  reviewed  and  the  average  mineral  composi- 
tion and  physical  properties  of  all  rocks  analyzed  and  tested  in  the  Office  of 
Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  up  to  January  1,  1914,  are  given  ifi  tabu- 
lar form.  "This  material  has  been  classified  according  to  composition  and 
structure  and  the  rock-forming  constituents  have  been  discussed  under  the 
groups  of  primary  and  secondary  minerals  with  a  view  to  explaining  their 
essential  physical  characteristics.  The  physical  properties  of  rocks  for  road 
making  and  the  method  of  testing  this  material  have  also  been  given  and  the 
results  obtained  used  to  show,  first,  in  a  general  way,  the  relation  between  these 
properties  and  the  mineral  composition  and  structure  of  rocks ;  and,  secondly, 
to  pomt  out  mure  specifically  the  effects  of  secondary  compounds  upon  them." 


1916]  KUEAL  ENGINEEEING.  85 

The  results  obtained  in  these  investigations  are  taken  to  indicate  the  fol- 
lowing : 

"  Igneous  and  nonfoliated  metamorphic  rocks,  owing  to  a  preponderance  of 
hard  silicate  minerals  combined  with  gi*eater  uniformity  in  structure,  are  more 
durable  than  other  road-making  materials,  finer-grained  varieties  offering 
greater  resistance  to  abrasion  than  coarse-grained  types.  The  resistance  to 
wear  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks,  containing  an  abundance  of  quartz, 
hornblende,  augite,  epidote,  and  garnet,  is  greater  than  that  of  similar  rocks 
rich  in  mica,  chlorite,  serpentine,  and  calcite. 

"  Foliated  metamorphic  rocks,  owing  to  the  parallel  arrangement  of  their 
mineral  constituents,  are,  as  a  rule,  deficient  in  toughness,  and  therefore  not 
well  adapted  to  road  construction.  Sedimentary  rocks  are  usually  deficient 
in  wearing  properties,  except  in  the  case  of  highly  indurated  sandstones,  con- 
taining a  moderate  amount  of  siliceous  clay,  cement,  and  limestones  or  dolo- 
mites rich  in  quartz  and  having  very  little  clay. 

"Rocks  for  road  making  break  down  under  impact  into  fragments,  the 
shape  and  physical  character  of  which  are  conditioned  by  mineral  composition 
and  structure. 

"  The  effect  of  weathering  is  generally  to  lower  the  resistance  to  wear  of 
road  materials,  owing  to  the  development  of  soft,  in  part  colloidal,  products  of 
alteration.  Where  the  secondary  minerals  are  harder  and  more  crystalline 
the  wearing  properties  of  the  rocks  are  proportionately  increased. 

"  The  cementing  value  of  road  materials  is  conditioned  chiefly  by  the  colloidal 
products  of  rock  decay  and  increases  in  a  gAieral  way  proportionately  with 
these  products,  reaching  a  maximum  in  rocks  free  from  quartz.  The  slaking 
property  of  rock  powders  is  dependent  In  the  case  of  siliceous  igneous  and 
metamorphic  rocks  chiefly  on  the  physical  character  of  the  primary  mineral 
components,  whereas  in  basic  igneous  rocks  and  sandstones  it  is  caused  to 
a  large  degree  by  colloidal  products  of  rock  decomposition." 

See  also  a  previous  note  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  890). 

A  new  penetration  needle  for  use  in  testing  bituminous  materials,  C.  S. 
Ree\^  and  F.  P.  Peitchakd  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  5  {1916), 
No.  24,  pp.  1121-1126,  pi.  i )  .—Experiments  conducted  in  the  Office  of  Public 
Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  are  reported,  as  a  result  of  which  the  following 
conclusions  are  offered : 

"  The  No.  2  sewing  needle  which  has  heretofore  been  used  for  the  penetration 
test  can  not  be  taken  indiscriminately,  but  must  be  carefully  selected  and  stand- 
ardized. There  is  no  recognized  established  standard  with  which  new  needles  can 
be  compared,  and  it  is  not  feasible  to  accurately  describe  the  dimensions  of  a 
parabola  needle.  The  so-called  standard  needles  furnished  with  penetration 
machines  may  vary  among  themselves. 

"  The  writers  have  designed  a  needle  which  gives  results  in  close  accord  with 
existing  standards  and  has,  moreover,  the  advantage  of  being  accurately  de- 
scribed and  easily  reproduced.  The  neetlle  is  made  by  placing  a  2-in.  length  of 
0.041-in.  annealed-steel  drill  rod  in  the  chuck  of  a  high-speed  lathe  and  By 
means  of  a  fine  sharp  file  turning  the  end  to  a  sharp  point  having  a  i-in.  taper. 
When  it  has  been  made  as  smooth  and  sharp  as  possible  by  this  means  the  needle 
is  tempered,  then  ground  to  a  sharp  point  with  a  good  stone,  after  which  it  is 
smoothed  and  polished  with  emery  dust,  crocus  cloth,  and  rouge,  and  finally  held 
carefully  on  a  buffing  wheel.  The  finished  needle  should  be  sufficiently  smooth 
and  sharp  to  enter  and  pass  through  a  piece  of  ordinary  writing  paper  without 
sticking  or  friction.  This  new  needle  must  have  as  sharp  a  point  and  smooth  a 
surface  as  any  sewing  needle.    The  important  thing  is  to  have  the  taper  straight, 


gg  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   KECORD.  [Vol.35 

beginning  i  in.  from  tlie  end,  and  the  needle  above  the  taper  exactly  0.04  in. 
in  diameter." 

The  use  of  hydrated  lime  in  Oreg-on  State  concrete  roads,  R.  S.  Edwaeds 
(Xat.  Lime  Manfrs.  Assoc.  Bui.  IS  {1915),  pp.  15,  figs.  2).— A  review  of  con- 
crete road  practice  in  Oregon  in  1914,  especially  in  Jackson  County,  is  given, 
which,  it  is  thought,  has  proved  that  the  addition  of  hydrated  lime  in  quantities 
ranging  from  5  to  10  per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  cement  used  in  concrete  pav- 
ing work  shows  the  following  advantages : 

"(1)  Decrease  in  labor  cost  in  placing  and  surfacing  the  concrete.  ...  (2) 
Tv.-enty  per  cent  reduction  of  the  transverse  cracking  of  a  6-in.  concrete  road 
slab  under  Jackson  County  climatic  conditions,  resulting  in  a  saving  of  A  ct.  per 
square  yard,  where  asphalted  felt  joints  were  used,  or  2  cts.  per  square  yard, 
where  armored  joints  were  used.  There  is  also  a  future  saving  in  maintenance 
cost.  ...  (3)  The  concrete  surface  of  a  pavement  in  which  hydrated  lime  was 
used  has  actually  shown  a  more  uniform  and  dense  finish  and  a  more  uniform 
wear." 

In  conclusion,  the  following  suggestions  are  made :  "  In  one-course  concrete 
pavements,  which  are  not  to  be  treated  or  surfaced  with  bitumen  or  oil,  8  per 
cent  of  hydrated  lime  would  seem  sufficient  to  secure  the  stated  results.  In 
concrete  pavements  which  are  to  be  treated  with  a  bitumen  wearing  surface, 
from  10  to  12  per  cent  of  hydrated  lime  should  prove  sufficient  and  beneficial, 
and  in  such  cases  an  increase  in  the  aggregate  is  justified.  In  two-course  con- 
crete pavement,  the  wearing  surface  of  which  is  to  take  the  traffic,  it  would 
seem  advisable  to  use  10  per  cent  hydrated  lime  in  the  base  course  with  5  per 
cent  in  the  top  course.  In  rich  surface  mixtures,  such  as  one  cement,  one  sand, 
and  two  crushed-rock  screenings,  the  amount  of  cement  per  yard  of  concrete  is 
high,  and  a  greater  percentage  of  hydrated  lime  than  5  per  cent  is  not  neces- 
sary and  should  not  be  used." 

See  also  a  previous  report  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  387). 
Loading  of  bridge  floors  {Cement  Era,  14  {1916),  No.  2,  p.  60). — Tests  by 
the  Ohio  Highway  Department  on  the  distribution  of  concentrated  loads  on 
highway-bridge  floors  are  reported,  the  object  of  which  was  "to  obtain  a 
sufficient  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  loads  through  and  by  concrete  floor 
•slabs  to  enable  the  designer  to  rationally  proportion  the  joists  of  a  slab  floor, 
and  also  the  slab  itself,  to  carry  concentrated  loads.  .  .  . 

"  The  following  conclusions  regarding  the  distribution  of  concentrated  loads 
on  a  reinforced  concrete  slab,  to  the  floor  joists,  seem  to  be  warranted  by  these 
tests:  (1)  The  percentage  of  reinforcement  has  little  or  no  effect  upon  the  load 
distribution  to  the  joists,  so  long  as  safe  loads  on  the  slab  are  not  exceeded. 
(2)  The  amount  of  load  distributed  by  the  slab  to  other  joists  than  the  one 
immediately  under  the  load  increases  the  thickness  of  the  slab.  (3)  The  out- 
side joists  should  be  designed  for  the  same  total  live  load  as  the  intermediate 
joists,  (4)  The  axle  load  of  a  truck  may  be  considered  as  distributed  uniformly 
over  12  ft.  in  width  of  roadway.  (5)  If  the  slab  has  ample  grip  on  the  upper 
ftinge  of  the  I-beam  and  is  continuous  over  the  floor  beams  and  the  joists  are 
riveted  to  the  web  of  the  floor  beams,  the  live  load  stress  in  the  joist  may  be 
but  one-half  as  great  as  for  a  similar  load  on  the  bare  I-beam  supported  at  its 
ends.  (G)  ru<ler  these  favorable  conditions  the  axle  load  in  a  panel  of  not 
moro  than  20  ft.  may  be  assumed  as  uniformly  distributed  over  two-thirds  of 
the  length  of  the  joists  considered  as  simple  I-beams  supported  at  the  ends. 
A\  ithout  these  conditions,  the  load  may  be  assumed  as  uniformly  distributed 
over  a  length  of  at  least  5  ft, 

"  In  a  slab  of  a  certain  span  and  indefinite  width,  there  is  some  width  svm- 
metrlcal  with  the  load  beyond  which  a  single  concentrated  load  will  have  no 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  87 

effect.  The  stresses  in  this  slab  will  be  a  maximum  under  the  load  and  will 
decrease  in  each  direction  from  it.  The  *  effective  width '  of  a  slab  is  that 
width  used  in  designing  over  which  a  single  concentrated  load  may  be  consid- 
ered as  uniformly  distributed  on  a  line  down  the  middle  of  the  slab  parallel 
to  the  supports. 

"The  tests  of  slabs  seem  to  warrant  the  following  conclusions:  (1)  The 
'  effective  width '  is  affected  very  little  by  the  percentage  of  transverse  rein- 
forcement (parallel  to  supports).  (2)  The  'effective  width'  decreases  some- 
what as  the  load  increases.  (3)  The  'effective  width'  in  percentage  of  the 
span  decreases  as  the  span  increases.  (4)  The  following  formula  will  give  a 
safe  value  of  '  effective  width '  where  the  total  width  of  slab  is  greater  than 
li  S+4  ft:  6=0.6  S+1.7  ft.,  where  e=effective  width  in  feet  and  /S'=the  span 
in  feet." 

Charts  for  estimating  the  strength  of  bolts,  W.  F.  Fishek  {Power,  43 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  JfZ,  43,  figs.  2). — Two  charts  are  presented,  showing  the 
strength  of  threaded  bolts  from  0.25  to  2.5  in.  in  diameter.  These  were  pre- 
pared from  the  formula  L—AXf,  in  which  L=the  load  on  the  bolt  in  pounds 
in  tension,  A=the  area  in  square  inches  of  the  bolt  at  the  root  of  the  thread, 
and  /=the  unit  fiber  stress  on  the  bolt  material  at  the  root  of  the  thread  in 
pounds  per  square  inch. 

Explosion  period  in  gas  engine,  R.  S.  King  {Poioer,  43  (1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
48,  49,  fig.  1). — The  results  of  experiments  on  a  6-horsepower,  4-stroke-cycle, 
hit-and-miss  governed  gas  engine  with  make-and-break  ignition  are  reported, 
which  indicate  that  the  rapidity  of  explosion  is  greatest  with  the  best  mixtures 
and  increases  with  the  compression. 

Gasoline  farm  tractors,  P.  S.  Rose  {Engin.  Mag.,  40  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  750- 
152,  figs.  6). — This  is  a  review  of  the  development  during  the  past  few  years  of 
internal  combustion  machines  for  heavy  haulage  about  the  farm. 

Demonstrations  of  motor  plows  and  tractors  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22 
(1915),  No.  8,  pp.  760-766). — A  brief  description  of  different  motor  plowing  out- 
fits and  a  review  of  results  obtained  in  demonstrations  at  different  localities  in 
England  are  given. 

Demonstration  of  mechanical  cultivation  and  of  agricultural  motors, 
Parma,  1913,  M.  Castelli  and  G.  D.  Mayer  (Concorsi  di  Aratura  Meccanica 
e  di  Motori  Agricoli.  Milan:  Cattedra  Amhulante  d'Agricoltura  di  Parma,  1913, 
pp.  234,  figs.  57). — The  first  part  of  this  report  describes  and  illustrates  a  num- 
ber of  mechanical  cultivating  outfits  of  both  American  and  European  make,  in- 
cluding internal-combustion  motor  plows  and  cultivators,  internal-combustion 
and  steam  tractors,  and  cable  plowing  outfits,  and  presents  and  discusses  the 
results  of  tests  of  each  on  a  soil  of  widely  varying  texture.  The  second  part 
describes  and  illustrates  a  number  of  stationary  and  portable  internal  combus- 
tion farm  engines,  mainly  of  European  make,  and  reports  and  discusses  tests  of 
each.  In  both  sets  of  tests  internal-combustion  motors  were  included,  operat- 
ing on  high-  and  low-grade  fuels. 

The  mechanical  cultivation  of  the  soil,  P.  Mathis  (Agr.  Colon.  [Italy],  9 
(1915),  Nos.  3,  pp.  129-147;  4-5,  pp.  227-249,  figs.  5;  6,  pp.  345-358,  figs.  8;  7, 
pp.  403-419,  figs.  5). — This  article  points  out  the  importance  of  mechanical  cul- 
tivation in  the  agriculture  of  colonial  Italy,  describes  steam,  electrical,  and 
internal-combustion  power  in  their  application  to  mechanical  cultivation,  and 
describes  and  discusses  a  large  number  of  mechanical  plowing  outfits,  including 
tractors,  motor  plows,  and  cable  outfits  of  both  American  and  foreign  make. 

The  relation  of  mechanical  cultivation  to  intensive  agriculture,  A.  Datjtey 
(In  Primera  Semana  Social  Agricola.  Santiago  de  Chile:  Universidad  Catdlica 
43795°— No.  1—16 7 


gg  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

de  Santiago,  WU,  PP-  15-52,  figs.  i2).-This  article  points  cut  the  importance 
of  good  pliysicul  and  cliemical  condition  of  soil  to  crop  produ(;tion  and  describes 
and  illustrates  a  number  of  mechanical  tillage  outfits  which  arc  adapted  to 
intensive  agriculture.    A  bibliography  is  appended. 

A  new  spray  nozzle,  C.  W.  AVood\vokth  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr. 
Research,  5  {1916),  No.  25,  pp.  1117-1182,  pis.  2,  fig-  -/•)— A  new  principle  in 
nozzle  construction  is  described  as  developed  at  the  California  Experiment  Sta- 
tion whereby  a  flat  spray  can  be  produced  with  a  uniform  distribution  of  the 
^^•ater  comparable  to  that  of  the  hollow  cone  of  spray  from  a  cyclone  nozzle. 
"  The  principle  finally  discovered  was  that  when  two  streams  meet  across  half 
their  section  the  residting  slieet  of  spray  will  be  of  practically  uniform  thick- 
ness throughout,  occupying  a  plane  45°  from  the  plane  of  the  streams  and 
finally  breaking  up  into  drops  of  great  fineness  and  uniformity.  ...  A  flat 
spray  is  more  easily  directed  and  produces  a  more  uniform  distribution  than 
the  cone  of  spray  from  a  cyclone  nozzle.  Uniformly  fine  drops  of  spray  aid  in 
securing  uniformity  of  distribution.  The  new  nozzle  allows  .some  variation  in 
size  of  spray.  It  also  may  be  made  into  a  long  or  short  distance  nozzle.  It  can 
be  easily  constructed  by  modifying  existing  nozzles  and  may  be  adjusted  if  it 
becomes  worn," 

Wire  fencing',  V/.  Somekville  (.lour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  (1915),  No.  8, 
pp.  7.21-737,  fig.  1). — A  brief  description  of  the  methods  and  tools  used  in  the 
construction  of  wire  fences  inclosing  stock  pastures  in  England  and  Scotland 
is  given,  together  with  statements  of  cost. 

Rural  struictnres  of  wicker,  CARriLLE  Arnould  {Vie  Agr.  ct  Rurale,  5  {1915), 
No.  1(1,  pp.  292-29 'i,  figs.  6). — The  uses  of  wicker  in  the  construction  of  fences, 
shelters,  buildings  for  stock,  cottages,  etc.,  and  for  river-bank  protection  against 
erosion  are  described. 

RTTRAI  ECONOMICS. 

Selected  readings  in  rural  economics,  compiled  by  T.  N.  Cara'se  {Boston 
and  London:  Ginn  cf-  Co.,  1916,  pp.  ¥111+97^,  figs.  It). — This  book  contains  a 
large  number  of  selected  articles,  chosen  with  a  view  to  making  available  to 
the  student  of  agricultural  economics  a  mass  of  material  which  has  been  pub- 
lished in  widely  different  places  and  ti'eating  of  the  general  principles  of  rural 
economics,  the  agricultural  history  of  Europe  and  America,  laud  tenure,  agri- 
cultural labor,  the  farmer's  business,  agrarian  movements  in  the  United  States, 
rural  organization  and  marketing,  and  agricultural  policy. 

The  articles  included  are  as  follows:  The  Influence  of  the  Crops  upon 
r.usiness  in  America,  by  A.  P.  Andrew;  The  Influence  of  Farm  Machinery  on 
I'roduction  and  Labor,  by  H.  W.  Quaintance;  Crop  Yields  and  Prices,  and 
Our  Future  Food  Supply,  Some  Suggestions  for  City  Persons  who  Desire  to 
Farm,  and  Some  Important  Factors  for  Success  in  General  Farming  and  in 
Dairy  Farming,  by  G.  F.  Warren;  Iowa  and  Bavaria  Crop  Yields  per  Acre 
and  per  Man,  by  E.  A.  Goldenweiser ;  Agi-iculture  in  the  INIiddle  Ages,  by  W.  F. 
Allen;  Inclosures  in  Enghmd  in  the  Sixteenth  Century,  by  E.  F.  Gay;  Yeoman 
Farming  in  Oxfordshire  from  the  Sixteenth  Century  to  the  Nineteenth,  by 
IT.  L.  Gray;  The  Decline  of  Landr)wning  Farmers  in  England,  by  H.  C.  Taylor; 
The  Ei)oclis  of  German  Agrarian  History  and  Agrarian  Policy,  by  O.  J.  Fuchs ; 
ru,'  l)isp<.siti(.n  of  Our  Public  Lands,  by  A.  B.  Hart;  Southern  Agriculture, 
1.JM)-180(),  by  M.  B.  lliimmond;  The  Agricultural  Development  of  the  West 
During  tho  Civil  War,  l»y  E.  D.  Fite;  Agricultural  Development  in  the  United 
Slates.  1JMMV1010,  by  J.  L.  Coulter;  The  Movement  of  Wheat  Growing— A  Study 
of  a  U'udiug  State.  Relation  of  Jobbers  and  Commission  Men  to  the  Handling 


1916]  RURAL  ECONOMICS.  89 

of  Produce,  and  Studies  in  Egg  Marketing,  by  C  W.  Thompson ;  The  Law  and 
Custom  of  Primogeniture,  by  G.  C.  Brodrick;  Tlie  Land  System  of  France,  by 
T.  E,  C.  Leslie ;  The  Land  System  of  Belgium  and  Holland,  by  E.  de  Laveleye ; 
The  State  Small  Holdings  in  Denmark,  The  English  Agricultural  Laborer,  by 
H.  R.  Haggard;  Tenancy  in  the  United  States,  by  G.  K.  Holmes;  Tenancy  in 
the  North  Atlantic  States,  Tenancy  in  the  North  Central  States,  Tenancy  in  the 
Southern  States,  and  Tenancy  in  the  Western  States,  by  B.  H.  Hibbard ;  On  the 
Recollections  of  a  Hired  Man,  by  M.  A.  Barber;  The  Farmer's  Income,  by  W. 
J.  Spillman ;  Profits  that  Farmers  Receive,  by  E.  H.  Thomson ;  The  Rise  of  the 
Granger  Movement,  and  The  Outcome  of  the  Granger  Movement,  by  C.  W. 
Pierson ;  The  Populist  Movement,  by  F.  L.  McVey ;  An  Analysis  of  Agi'icultural 
Discontent  in  the  United  States,  by  O.  F.  Emerick ;  Agricultural  Syndicates  in 
France,  by  H.  W.  Wolff;  The  Technique  of  Mediaeval  and  Modern  Produce 
Markets,  by  A.  P.  Usher ;  Studies  in  the  Marketing  of  Farm  Products  in  France 
and  England,  by  E.  K.  Carver  and  G.  L.  Wilson;  The  Irish  Land  Purchase 
Act  of  1903,  by  C.  F.  Bastable;  State  Bounties  and  the  Beet-sugar  Industry, 
by  P.  T.  Cherington ;  Beet  Sugar,  by  F.  W.  Taussig ;  and  Agricultural  Credit  in 
the  United  States,  by  J.  E.  Pope. 

Land  tenure  reform  and  democracy,  G.  E.  Putnam  {Polit.  Set.  Quart.,  31 
(1916),  No.  1,  pp.  53-65). — Among  the  solutions  of  our  land  tenure  problem 
suggested  by  the  author  are  the  acquiring  of  the  land  by  the  Government  to  be 
leased  in  such  a  way  as  to  render  ultimate  ownership  possible,  the  imposing  of 
an  additional  tax  on  land  not  operated  by  owners  and  a  progressive  tax  upon 
all  holdings  above  a  certain  minimum  value,  and  the  establishment  of  better 
systems  of  land  credit.  He  claims  that  the  present  system  places  a  premium 
upon  tenancy  because  of  the  short  term  of  mortgages  and  the  interest  charges 
being  high  compared  with  the  natural  returns  of  the  land. 

The  State  as  farmer,  G.  Radford  (London:  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  1915,  pp. 
I't9). — The  author  outlines  his  conception  of  the  relation  of  the  State  to  farm- 
ing. He  believes  it  is  the  function  of  the  State  through  proper  instruction 
and  regulation  to  bring  about  such  use  of  land  as  to  prevent  waste,  as  for 
example  the  more  extensive  production  of  poultry  and  pork  to  consume  the 
waste  products  of  the  farm,  the  keeping  of  a  type  of  cow  giving  a  high  yield 
of  butter,  the  destruction  of  weeds,  better  marketing  facilities,  and  arrange- 
ments to  prevent  gluts. 

Relation  of  the  Government  to  the  marketing  problem,  B.  T.  Galloway 
(Cornell  Countryman,  13  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  370-372,  398,  4OO,  ^(?^).— Among 
the  ways  suggested  that  the  Government  may  function  in  solving  the  marketing 
problem  are  in  lending  its  aid  in  determining  and  fixing  standards,  in  develop- 
ing the  principles  that  should  govern  in  the  storing  and  warehousing  of  farm 
products,  in  extending  knowledge  concerning  the  marketing  of  farm  products, 
and  in  gathering  and  disseminating  information  regarding  the  supply  and  de- 
mand for  perishable  products  that  would  be  helpful  to  the  producer  and  con- 
sumer alike.  The  author  believes  that  there  should  be  a  combined  climate, 
crop,  and  market  information  service  somewhat  similar  to  the  present  system 
of  reporting  crop  and  weather  conditions. 

Community  organization  for  live  stock  improvement,  G.  C.  Humphrey 
(Hoard's  Dairyman,  51  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  137,  152,  153,  fig.  i).— The  author  has 
given  a  brief  history  of  the  community  live-stock  organization  movement  in 
Wisconsin  and  outlines  some  of  the  essentials  to  success.  He  points  out  the 
advantages  of  community  organization  as  follows:  In  dairy  cattle  associations 
it  encourages  cow  testing  work ;  it  provides  a  most  economical  system  of  adver- 
tising and  offers  special  inducement  for  buyers  seeking  carload  lots  of  ani- 


90  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOKD.  t  Vol.  35 

nials ;  it  offers  better  opportunities  for  men  to  cooperate  in  buying  and  import- 
ing foundation  stock ;  and  it  gives  tlie  farmer  new  ideas  toward  whicli  to  work 
and  makes  farm  work  more  fascinating  and  enjoyable. 

Rural  clubs  for  women,  Emma  R.  Davisson  {Nebr.  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Bui.  36 
(1915),  pp.  3-1-i,  figs.  S).— This  bulletin  gives  a  number  of  typical  examples  of 
women's  rural  clubs,  directions  for  organizing  and  conducting  clubs,  a  model 
constitution,  and  methods  of  procedure.  It  also  contains  a  brief  outline  for  a 
course  of  study  for  home  economics  clubs  and  topics  for  club  discussions. 

Farm  mortgage  credit  in  New  Hampshire,  G.  C.  Smith  (N.  H.  Col.,  Arts 
and  Sci.  Research  Bui.  2  (1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  3).— This  study  is  based  upon 
answers  to  a  questionnaire  sent  to  banks  and  farmers  in  New  Hampshire. 

The  savings  banks  and  building  and  loan  associations  all  reported  that  the 
rate  at  which  loans  are  made  on  farm  mortgages  is  5  per  cent.  Of  the  farmers 
reporting  on  loans  from  banks  88  per  cent  reported  the  rate  as  5  per  cent  and 
the  remaining  12  per  cent  as  6  per  cent ;  of  the  farmers  reporting  on  loans  from 
other  sources  76  per  cent  reported  the  rate  as  5  per  cent,  and  the  remainder  as 
6  per  cent.  With  reference  to  the  payment  of  mortgages,  75  per  cent  of  the 
farmers  reported  them  as  payable  on  demand,  and  73  per  cent  stated  that  this 
system  was  satisfactory.  The  reports  indicated  that  the  average  loans  approxi- 
mated 58  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  the  property  mortgagetl.  The  banks 
reported  that  84  per  cent  of  the  mortgage  loans  was  taken  care  of  by  the  banks, 
while  the  farmers  reported  that  61  per  cent  was  so  obtained. 

The  author  believes  that  well-planned  rural-credit  institutions  are  imperative 
in  some  of  our  States  and  would  undoubtedly  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  New 
Hampshire,  particularly  in  those  sections  of  the  State  where  the  farmers  have 
experienced  difficulty  in  securing  loans  from  the  savings  banks.  The  survey, 
however,  does  not  indicate,  in  his  opinion,  that  existing  conditions  in  New 
Hampshire  are  so  distressing  as  to  require  extensive  loaning  facilities  of  a  kind 
different  from  those  already  in  existence. 

An  agricultural  survey  of  Brooke  County,  O.  M.  Johnson  and  A.  J. 
Dadisman  (West  Virginia  Sta.  Bui.  153  (1915),  pp.  32,  figs.  iS).— The  authors 
summarize  the  results  of  this  survey,  compiled  from  the  records  of  201  farms 
with  an  average  labor  income  of  $125,  as  follows : 

"  In  order  to  secure  an  income  that  will  permit  a  satisfactory  standard  of 
living,  the  farm  business  must  be  of  considerable  size.  Where  the  situation 
permits  very  intensive  farming,  such  as  trucking,  fruit  growing,  etc.,  a  large 
business  may  be  conducted  on  a  few  acres ;  but  where  the  conditions  are  such 
as  to  require  general  farming,  as  most  kinds  of  live-stock  farming,  the  acreage 
must  be  larger.  A  farmer  with  a  very  small  acreage  who  can  not  engage  in 
intensive  farming  because  of  a  lack  of  markets  for  the  products  would  find  it 
to  his  advantage  to  rent  additional  land,  or,  in  some  cases,  to  sell  his  small  farm 
and  invest  his  capital  in  the  necessary  work  stock  and  implements  to  farm  a 
larger  area  and  become  a  tenant  on  a  farm  of  sufficient  size  to  give  an  oppor- 
tunity to  earn  a  good  income. 

"There  is  a  close  relation  between  the  amount  of  capital  invested  and  the 
family  income,  but  on  many  farms  where  the  capital  is  large,  organization  is 
poor,  and  there  is  no  income  for  labor.  ...  A  combination  of  enterprise  In- 
cludmg  dairy,  truck,  fruit,  or  general  crop  farming  organized  to  suit  individual 
needs  soonis  to  be  most  desirable.  .  .  . 

"There  is  no  striking  difference  in  production  in  the  groups  of  farms  of 
.lilTeront  sizes  nor  in  the  small  and  large  herds.  The  form  in  which  the  prod- 
uct  Is  marketed  has  a  considerable  influence  on  the  value  of  the  product  per 
cow— market  milk  paying  best.  ... 


1016]  RURAL  ECONOMICS.  91 

"  The  labor  Income  on  farms  operated  by  tenants  is  larger  than  on  farms  op- 
erated by  owners,  but  the  tenant's  capital  is  small  and  his  income  available  for 
use  of  the  family  is  smaller  than  that  of  the  owner  operating  his  own  farm. 
Share  renting  usually  gives  the  owner  a  larger  return  on  his  investment  than 
cash  rental. 

"A  farm  which  gives  a  labor  income  of  $500  in  addition  to  furnishing  a  home 
and  a  large  part  of  the  living  is  a  good  business.  While  the  number  making  this 
labor  income  is  not  large,  about  20  per  cent,  indications  are  ihat  opportunities 
are  open  for  farmers  on  well-organized  farms  in  this  county. 

"  Since  truck  and  dairy  farming  are  the  most  profitable  types  and  a  rather 
large  area  is  available  which  is  adapted  to  these  industries,  they  can  be  ma- 
terially increased.  Markets  for  the  products  will  be  the  first  limitation.  So 
far  as  can  be  seen  now  there  is  little  danger  of  oversupplying  the  markets  that 
can  be  reached.  The  farms  some  distance  from  the  railroads  or  trolley  lines 
can  produce  butter  at  a  profit  if  good  producing  cows  are  kept,  and  in  addition 
many  of  these  farmers  w^ould  find  it  profitable  to  develop  gradually  pure-bred 
herds  from  which  they  might  sell  surplus  stock." 

Monthly  crop  report  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Mo.  Crop  Rpt,  2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
21-28,  fig.  1). — Included  in  this  report  are  estimates  concerning  the  amount  of 
wheat,  oats,  corn,  and  barley  on  farms  March  1,  the  amounts  shipped  out  of 
counties  where  grown,  and  the  amount  of  the  crop  of  merchantable  quality. 
Data  are  also  given  showing  the  wheat  held  at  country  mills  and  elevators, 
wheat  exports,  prices,  and  freight  rates,  the  amount  of  the  merchantable  corn 
crop,  the  farm  movement  and  prices  of  wheat  by  months,  and  a  diagram  show- 
ing the  receipts  of  wheat  weekly  at  primary  markets  for  1914-1.5  and  1915-16, 
as  compared  with  tlie  five-year  average  for  1910-1915. 

The  wages  of  male  farm  labor  with  and  without  board  are  given  per  month, 
per  day  at  harvest  season,  and  per  day  at  other  than  harvest  season.  The 
estimated  farm  value  of  important  products  on  February  15  and  March  1  is 
given,  together  with  the  range  of  prices  of  agricultural  products  at  important 
markets.  Data  are  given  showing  the  percentages  for  the  different  grades  of 
the  total  cars  of  winter  and  spring  wheat  inspected  at  Chicago  for  a  series 
of  years.  The  conditions  of  crops  in  Florida  and  California  and  of  the  early 
southern  truck  crops  on  February  1  and  March  1  are  given. 

The  Louisiana  cane  sugar  crop  for  1915  is  estimated  at  136,500  short  tons  as 
compared  with  242,700  short  tons  in  1914.  The  Texas  onion  crop  of  1916  is 
estimated  to  cover  10,657  acres  as  compared  with  9,343  acres  in  1915.  Other 
miscellaneous  data  are  included. 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Argentina,  1913—14  (Estad.  Agr.  [Argentina], 
1913-14,  pp.  186). — This  report  continues  information  previously  noted  (E,  S. 
R.,  31,  p.  595),  adding  data  for  later  years. 

Agriculture  of  Morocco,  J.  Chailley  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Agr.  France,  2 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  48-60). — These  pages  give  the  extent  of  the  production  of  the 
principal  agricultural  crops  and  the  number  of  live  stock,  and  describe  the 
general  agricultural  conditions. 

Estimates  of  area  and  yield  of  principal  crops  in  India,  1914-15  {Dept. 
Statis.  India,  Est.  Area  and  Yield  Princ.  Crops  India,  1914-15,  pp.  25,  pis.  3). — 
This  report  contains  statistical  data  concerning  the  area  and  production  of 
the  principal  crops  for  the  crop  seasons  190.5-6  to  1914-15  by  Provinces.  Meth- 
ods of  determining  the  estimates  and  collecting  the  data  are  outlined. 


g2  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION. 

The  forthcoming  situation  in  agricultural  work-II,  L.  H.  Bailey  {Scieru^e, 
n  ser  4J  (1916),  No.  1099,  pp.  77-87).-This  address  of  the  retiring  vice- 
president  of  Section  M  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science  is  in  continuation  of  an  address  at  the  previous  annual  meeting  (E. 
S  R    S'^  p  102)    and  has  been  noted  elsewhere  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  396). 

"on  the  training  of  teachers  of  nature-study,  R.  E.  Wager  (Nature-Study 
Rev  12  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  47-J5).— The  author  discusses  the  training  of  teachers 
of  nature  study  as  it  concerns  the  understanding  of  the  nature  of  the  pliysical 
and  mental  development  of  the  child  and  the  elements  in  training  essential  to 
wise  and  forceful  instruction.  „  ,     ,     ^  ,.n^^v 

High  school  extension  in  agriculture,  C.  H.  Lane  (Better  Schools,  2  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  J,4-W.—The  author  calls  attention  to  the  need  of  lengthening  the 
school  year  and  of  securing  a  larger  daily  attendance  of  pupils,  and  discusses 
the  problem  of  making  the  school  funds  and  equipment  of  rural  high  schools 
contribute  to  the  education  of  all  the  people  of  the  school  district  by  means  of 
extension  work  in  agriculture.  Extension  work  is  defined  and  suggestions  are 
given  concerning  different  forms  of  such  work  and  the  training  of  high  school 
agricultural  extension  workers. 

[Progress  in  agricultural  education  in  Manitoba]  (Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  and 
Immigr.  [Manitoba],  191!,,  pp.  23-29,  90-93,  pi.  1,  figs.  4).— This  report  con- 
tains information  for  1914  similar  to  that  given  for  1913  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  396). 
Annual  report  of  the  director  of  education  [of  the  Philippines]  (Ann.  Rpt. 
Dir.  Ed.  P.  I.,  15  (191/,),  pp.  166,  pis.  12).— This  report  includes  an  account  of 
progress  in  agricultural  and  home  economics  instruction  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  from  January  1  to  December  31,  1914. 

Teachers'  farm  school  (Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  641- 
660,  figs.  13). — This  is  a  report  on  the  first  teachers'  farm  school  in  Victoria, 
Australia,  held  September  20-24,  1915,  at  the  State  Research  Farm,  Werribee, 
by  the  state  departments  of  agriculture  and  education.  Lectures  and  practical 
field  demonstrations  were  held  daily  from  9  a.  m.  to  10  p.  m.,  attended  by  about 
70  teachers  of  agriculture. 

In  the  opening  address  Dr.  S.  S.  Cameron,  director  of  agriculture,  stated 
that  it  was  well  known  that  the  agricultural  education  work  carried  out  in 
Victoria  had  been  somewhat  disjointed,  and  that  while  the  scheme  provided 
apparently  offered  an  opportunity  of  advancing  stage  by  stage  from  the  ele- 
iiiciitary  school  to  a  university  graduation  in  agricultural  science  so  far  there 
was  no  instance  of  such  a  career  having  been  passed  through.  The  efforts 
to  promote  agricultural  education  among  adult  farmers  by  means  of  farmers 
classes,  lectures,  and  demonstrations  had  been  only  occasionally  successful. 
It  was  hoped,  if  this  teachers'  farm  school  proved  successful,  to  hold  many 
suf  h  schools  throughout  the  year  but  devoted  to  specialization  in  the  various 
distinct  phases  of  agriculture,  such  as  dairying,  cereal  culture,  fruit  growing, 
sheep  husbandry,  irrigation  farming,  etc. 

A  list  of  the  subjects  and  demonstrations  at  this  school  and  extracts  from  a 
student's  notebook  are  given. 

A  manual  for  laboratory  and  field  studies  in  agriculture,  J.  M.  Legato 
(lluntinyton,  W.  Va.:  AutJwr,  1015,  pp.  75,  figs.  5).— The  100  exercises  in  this 
manual,  plannod  for  a  year's  course  consisting  of  three  hours  of  recitation  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  work  a  week,  relate  to  forestry,  soils,  the  plant  and 
Its  propiigatlon,  diseases  and  insect  enemies,  vegetable  gardening,  field,  forage, 
and  pasture  crops,  and  farm  animals,  including  poultry.  The  entire  equipment 
necessary  for  a  section  of  12  students  can  be  purchased  for  $100  or  less. 


1916]  AGKICULTURAI,  EDUCATIOK.  93 

Agriculture  for  school  and  farm,  I,  J.  ]\I.  Napier,  W.  H.  Baeton,  and  W.  P. 
Stewakt  (Clemfion  Ayr.  Col.  K.  C,  Ext.  Die.  [Pub.^,  1915,  July,  pp.  129,  figs. 
35). — This  volume  consists  of  a  compilation  of  questions  and  answers  giviiiLc 
simple  information  on  soils,  plants,  and  animals  for  use  in  the  elementary 
schools  of  South  Carolina.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the  teacher  in  learning 
elementary  practical  agriculture  while  teaching  it  and  is  also  suggested  as  a 
text  for  use  in  farmers'  night  schools  for  adults.  A  dramatization  of  a 
dialogue  entitled  Agriculture  and  the  Farmer  is  appended. 

Elements  of  farm,  practice,  A.  D.  and  E.  W.  Wilson  (i?t.  Paul,  Minn.: 
Webb  Publishing  Co.,  1915,  pp.  347,  pi.  1,  figs.  153). — This  book  is  a  complete 
revision  and  extension  of  the  authors'  Agriculture  for  Young  Folks  (E.  S.  R., 
23,  p.  798).  It  deals  largely  with  common  farm  practices  rather  than  with 
scientific  principles,  and  has  been  prepared  primarily  for  use  in  rural  schools 
and  for  elementary  classes  in  other  schools.  The  subjects  considered  include 
soils,  crops,  common  weeds  and  their  eradication,  the  garden,  fruit  on  the  farm, 
plant  diseases  and  insect  pests,  live  stock,  feeds  and  feeding,  dairying,  poultry, 
birds,  and  bees,  agricultural  engineering,  community  activities,  the  farm  home, 
and  farm  management.  Each  section  is  a  complete  reading  lesson  followed  by 
questions  and  examples,  so  that  it  may  be  used  to  replace  a  part  of  the  regular 
leading,  language,  and  arithmetic  lessons. 

Soils  courses  at  the  Iowa  State  College,  P.  E.  Brown  {Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Aijron.,  8  {191G),  No.  1,  pp.  42-^7). — A  description  of  the  laboratory  work  in 
soils  at  the  Iowa  College  is  given,  together  with  a  brief  statement  of  the  de- 
velopment of  the  soils  work  at  this  institution.  Prior  to  1902  this  consisted  of 
one  brief  course  in  soil  i)hysics,  but  in  that  year  was  organized  as  a  subdivision 
of  the  agronomy  department  with  four  distinct  courses  in  soil  physics,  soil  fer- 
tility, special  problems  in  soil  physics,  and  special  problems  in  soil  fertility. 
These  courses  have  formed  the  foundation  for  the  present  courses,  numbering 
about  30,  for  unilergraduate  and  graduate  students  in  agriculture,  and  classified 
as  soil  pliysics,  soil  A-rtilily,  soil  bacteriologj%  soil  surveying,  and  soil  manage- 
ment. 

The  preparation  of  material  for  field  crops  laboratory,  W.  O.  AVhitcomb 
(Jour.  Amer.  Soc.  Agron.,  8  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  38-41,  pis.  2). — Suggestions  based 
on  a  three-year  study  of  the  problem  at  the  Montana  College,  are  offered  for 
collecting,  pressing,  and  preparing  mounted  material  for  the  field-crops  lab- 
oratory. 

Seed  testing  (Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet,  9  (191G),  No.  3,  pp.  403--', IS,  figs. 
5). — Directions  ai'e  given  for  testing  seeds  for  purity  and  viability  and  for 
making  the  necessary  apparatus. 

Laboratory  experiments  on  food  products,  E.  H.  S.  Baii.ey  (Philadelpliia: 
P.  Blakisto7i's  Son  and  Co.,  1915,  pp.  YI-\-44)- — These  experiments  are  de- 
signed especially  for  use  with  the  author's  text.  The  Source,  Chemistry,  and 
Use  of  Food  Products  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  353),  but  are  a<lapted  for  use  with  any 
course  on  the  composition  of  food.  They  deal  primarily  with  the  raw  and 
manufactured  food  materials  as  found  in  the  field,  the  market,  and  the  pro- 
vision store,  and  enable  the  student  to  determine  the  composition  of  ordinary 
food  materials  and  how  they  are  sometimes  adulterated  and  mislabeled. 

Twenty  lessons  on  poultry  keeping,  C.  T.  Pattekson  (Philadelphia  and 
London:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1916,  pp.  X+92,  pi.  1,  figs.  55).— This  is  an  ele- 
mentary treatise  prepared  under  the  direction  of  the  American  I'oultry  Associa- 
tion for  the  use  of  teachers  and  pupils  in  the  public  schools.  Tlie  lessons  treat 
of  the  origin  and  history,  nomenclature,  characteristics,  breeils  and  varieties, 
judging,  enemies  and  diseases,  and  care  and  management  of  fowls. 


94  EXPERIMENT   STATION   KECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Tentative  outline  of  agricultural  engineering  work  for  Mississippi  agri- 
cultural higli  schools,  D.  Scoates  (Bui.  Miss.  Agr.  and  Mech.  Col.,  13  {1916), 
Xo.  1,  pp.  20).— Classroom  and  laboratory  work  is  outlined  under  the  subjects 
of  farm  machinery,  farm  power,  farm  buildings,  surveying  and  drainage,  roads, 
and  rural  sanitation.  The  laboratory  outline  includes  references  to  exercises 
previously  given  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  597).  An  extended  bibliogi-aphy 
is  included. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  1915  {U.  8.  Dept.  Agr. 
Rpts.  1915,  pp.  T'-i-//2.9).— This  contains  the  reports  of  the  Secretary  and  heads 
of  bureaus  and  other  administrative  officers.  The  various  reports  are  also 
issued  as  separates. 

Federal  legislation,  regulations,  and  rulings  affecting  agricultural  col- 
leges and  experiment  stations  [U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  States  Relations  Serv.,  Fe-d- 
eral  Legislation  [etc.]  Affecting  Agr.  Cols,  and  Expt.  Stas.  (1915),  pp.  35).— A 
revision  to  October  15,  1915,  of  the  circular  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32, 
p.  496). 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Georgia  Station,  1915  (Georgia  8ta.  Rpt. 
1915.  pp.  20).— This  contains  the  organization  list,  reports  by  the  president  of 
the  board  of  directors  and  the  director  of  the  station  on  its  work  during  the 
year,  and  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915.  The 
experimental  work  reported  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this 
issue. 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Illinois  Station,  1915  (Illinois  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  27). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  financial  statement  for  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  brief  notes  as  to  the  principal  lines  of  work,  a 
list  of  the  publications  of  the  station  since  its  establishment,  and  a  list  of  those 
issued  during  the  year. 

Director's  report  for  1915,  W.  H.  Jordan  (Neiv  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  413 
(1915),  pp.  611-652). — This  contains  the  organization  list  and  a  review  of  the 
work  and  publications  of  the  station  during  the  year. 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report  of  North  Dakota  Station,  1915  (North 
Dakota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pts.  1,  pp.  46;  [2],  pp.  25).— Part  1  of  this  report  con- 
tains the  organization  list,  a  report  of  the  director,  including  an  extended  re- 
port on  extension  work,  and  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
June  30, 1915.  The  experimental  work  reported  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted 
elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Part  2  comprises  the  report  of  the  food  commissioner  on  food,  drugs,  and 
sanitation,  and  is  al)stracted  on  page  61. 

Plan  of  work  for  Trumbull  County  experiment  farm,  C.  W.  Montgomert 
(Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  119-122).— The  plan  of  work  being 
followed  is  outlined. 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation  (Washington 
Sta.,  West.  Wash.  Sta.,  Mo.  Bui,  3  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  16;  4  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  16, 
figs.  8).— These  numbers  contain  brief  articles  on  the  following  subjects: 

Vol.  3,  No.  i2.— Some  Hog  Raising  Experiments,  by  W.  A.  Linklater  (see 
p.  G8)  ;  Spring  Spraying  Suggestions  for  Western  Washington,  by  J.  L. 
Stalil;  The  Succulent  Feed  Supply  (see  p.  69),  by  E.  B.  Stookey ;  and  Care 
and  Management  of  Baby  Chicks  (see  p.  69),  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup. 

Vol.  4,  No.  /.—Trapping  Moles  and  the  Possible  Utilization  of  Their  Skins, 
by  T.  U.  Schoffer ;  Feed  and  Care  of  the  Calf  for  the  Dairy,  by  H.  L.  Blan- 
clu.rd;  Tillage,  by  E.  B.  Stookey;  and  Mites  and  Lice,  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R. 
Shi  (Up. 


NOTES 


Arizona  University  and  Station. — On  Julj'  1  active  work  was  begun  on  a  new 
substation  in  the  Salt  River  Valley  consisting  of  160  acres  in  the  vicinity  of 
Mesa.  This  farm  will  constitute  the  main  point  for  experimental  work  in  the 
irrigated  part  of  the  State  and  will  be  devoted  to  experiments  in  horticulture, 
agriculture,  and  animal  husbandry.  A  residence,  barns,  and  stock  pens  are  to 
be  constructed. 

R.  H.  Forbes,  who  has  been  pursuing  graduate  work  at  the  California  Citrus 
Station  for  the  past  year,  received  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  from  the 
university  in  May.    P.  W.  Moore  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  plant  breeding. 

Arkansas  TTniversity  and  Station. — P.  B.  Barker,  associate  professor  of  farm 
crops  in  the  extension  service  of  the  University  of  Missouri,  has  been  appointed 
head  of  the  department  of  agronomy  and  has  entered  upon  his  duties.  W.  E. 
Ayres  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  agronomy,  chiefly  for  work  in  cotton 
investigations. 

California  University. — The  agricultural  extension  division  is  giving  a  course 
of  14  agricultural  lectures  in  cooperation  with  the  San  Francisco  Y.  M.  C.  A., 
with  the  object  of  pointing  out  to  city  men  and  women  contemplating  a  change 
of  occupation  from  the  city  to  the  country  certain  elementai'y  facts  that,  when 
fully  considered,  should  help  toward  success  in  the  new  environment.  The 
attendance  at  these  lectures  is  ranging  between  500  and  550. 

The  division  of  landscape  gardening  and  floriculture,  in  response  to  a  growing 
demand  for  suggestions  concerning  landscape  improvement  and  development  of 
school  grounds,  has  assembled  a  collection  of  sketch  plans  and  blue  prints  repre- 
senting actual  problems  in  school-ground  design  as  they  have  been  worked  out 
for  various  schools  in  the  State.  Many  of  the  designs  are  in  color,  while  others 
are  actual  working  planting  plans  with  plant  lists  attached.  They  have  been 
selected  primarily  to  illustrate  correct  principles  of  landscape  design  as  they 
may  be  applied  in  the  systematic  development  of  school  grounds  of  various  sizes. 
The  collection  is  being  sent  to  educators  for  study  or  exhibitions  upon  request. 

According  to  a  note  in  Science,  Frank  Adams  has  been  appointed  professor 
of  irrigation  investigations.  He  will  also  contimie  his  work  with  the  Office  of 
Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  of  this  Department. 

Connecticut  College. — New  England  Homestead  announces  that  the  Gilbert 
estate  at  Georgetown,  bequeathed  to  the  college  in  1906  (E.  S.  R.,  17,  p.  717), 
is  to  be  opened  as  a  practical  farm  school.  No  formal  lectures  are  to  be  given 
but  practical  work  will  be  given  in  the  fields,  dairy,  poultry  plant,  and  garden. 
Applicants  must  be  at  least  16  years  of  age  and  residents  of  the  State.  Not 
more  than  from  10  to  12  students  can  be  accommodated  at  present,  although 
it  is  hoped  ultimately  to  take  as  many  as  30.  George  Eaton  has  been  appointed 
principal  of  the  school. 

Delaware  College  and  Station. — W.  A.  Lintner,  assistant  professor  of  agronomy 
and  assistant  agronomist,  has  resigned  to  engage  in  commercial  work. 

95 


96  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Georgia  College. — Recent  iippuintineuts  include  Dr.  T.  S.  Loitli  as  instructor  in 
veterinary  medicine,  W.  O.  Collins  as  instructor  in  soil  chemistry,  W.  H.  Col- 
lins as  instructor  in  agronomy,  C.  N.  Wilder  as  tutor  in  chemistry.  Pope  R. 
Hill  as  fellow  in  agronomy,  and  J.  F.  Hart,  jr.,  as  general  field  agent  in  the 
extension  department. 

Iowa  College.— M.  R.  Tolstrup,  assistant  professor  of  dairying,  has  been 
appointed  in  charge  of  the  department  of  mai-kets  of  Vermont  in  the  office  of 
the  State  Commissioner  of  Agriculture.  The  work  is  to  be  conducted  iu  cooper- 
ation with  the  OfTice  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization  of  this  Department. 

Kansas  College.— Chas.  L.  Quear  has  been  appointed  research  assistant  to 
President  Waters. 

Kentucky  Station.— W.  V.  Smith  has  resigned  as  assistant  animal  husband- 
man, L.  R.  Himmelberger  as  associate  in  hog  cholera  serum  production,  and 
H.  K.  Wright  as  assistant  in  hog  cholera  work.  N.  R.  Elliott  has  been  trans- 
ferred from  assistant  in  horticulture  to  extension  work  in  horticulture  and  has 
been  succeeded  by  A.  L.  OIney.  O.  S.  Crisler  and  W.  H.  Simmons  have  been 
transferred  from  the  department  of  diseases  of  live  stock,  the  former  to  exten- 
sion work  and  the  latter  as  dairy  inspector  in  the  food  and  drug  department. 

Maine  Station. — John  A.  Perry,  William  R.  Rich,  and  Walter  AV.  Webber  have 
been  appointed  assistant  chemists  beginning  July  1,  vice  Elmer  R.  Toby,  Edward 
E.  Sawyer,  and  Walter  H.  Rogers,  all  of  whom  have  resigned  to  engage  in  com- 
mercial work. 

Massachusetts  College. — A  conference  of  Massachusetts  bankers  was  held  at 
the  college  May  24  and  25  with  an  attendance  of  about  40.  The  object  was  to 
present  to  the  bankers  of  the  State  information  regarding  the  new  outlook  for 
agriculture  and  its  possibilities  and  signiticance.  President  Butterfield,  C.  W. 
Thompson,  of  the  Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization  of  this  Department, 
and  Edward  F.  Howell,  managing  director  of  the  New  York  State  land  bank, 
were  among  the  speakers. 

Missouri  University  and  Station. — During  the  university  summer  session,  from 
June  S  to  August  4,  IS  courses  in  agriculture  which  are  accredited  in  the 
four-year  course  and  three  in  forestry  will  be  offered.  Of  these  agricultural 
courses,  nine  are  required  of  students  for  graduation,  two  of  which  are  farm 
management  field  studies.  The  arrangement  makes  it  possible  for  the  teacher 
who  is  a  candidate  for  the  degree  iu  agriculture  to  take  all  the  required  courses 
in  agriculture  during  the  summer  session.  In  addition  there  are  general  agri- 
cultural courses  for  teachers  only. 

Tiie  number  of  resident  students   A\liich   liave  received   instruction   in  the 
college  of  agriculture  during  the  present  year  is  954,  of  whom  G37  are  iu  the 
four-year  course,  2GG  in  the  short  course,  and  51  graduate  students. 
W.  W.  Surtt  has  been  appointed  instructor  in  dairy  husbandry. 
Montana  Station.— R.  R.  Dodderidge,  assistant  in  animal  luisbandry,  resigned 
in  May  to  take  up  the  management  of  a  farm. 

Nevada  Station.— A  detailed  technical  study  is  contemplated  of  the  feeding 
value  of  the  white  sage,  Enrolia  Imiata,  its  manner  of  spreading  and  distribu- 
tion In  nature,  and  melhods  of  management  which  will  restore  depleted  white 
sage  ranges.  A  cooperative  study  of  biting  flies  of  cattle  on  the  ranges  will 
also  be  undertaken  this  .summer,  preliminary  arrangements  having  been  made 
with  Uut  Rureau  of  Entomology  of  this  Department. 

new  Mexico  College  and  Station.-E.  H.  Divelbiss  resigned  June  1  as  assistant 
M.iiM  ulturlst  In  the  station  to  become  county  agent  for  Chaves  County.     J.  W. 
Kigney    until  recently  county  agent  for  that  county,  has  been  appointed  as- 
sistant horticulturist. 


1916]  NOTES.  97 

New  Jersey  Stations. — William  S.  Porte,  research  assistant  in  plant  breeding, 
and  W.  N.  Cowgill  have  resigned,  the  former  to  become  instructor  in  agricul- 
ture in  the  Somerville,  N.  J.,  High  School.  John  W.  Bartlett,  held  assistant 
in  horticulture,  has  been  appointed  extension  specialist  in  dairy  husbandry 
and  has  been  succeeded  by  Ralph  ^I.  Hubbard.  J.  B.  R.  Dickey  has  been 
appointed  extension  specialist  in  soil  fertility,  and  William  H.  McCallum 
state  leader  of  boys'  clubs. 

Cornell  University  and  Station.— Press  reports  announce  the  resignation  of 
Dr.  B.  T.  Galloway  as  dean  and  director.  H.  B.  Knapp,  extension  pi-ofessor 
in  pomology,  has  resigned  to  take  charge  of  the  new  state  school  of  agriculture 
of  Schoharie  County. 

New  York  State  Station. — Governor  Whitman  has  approved  a  bill  appropri- 
ating $30,000  toward  the  construction  of  a  $100,000  administration,  library,  and 
demonstration  building.  Appropriations  have  several  times  been  granted  for 
this  building  by  the  legislature  but  have  previously  been  vetoed  by  the 
governors. 

North  Carolina  College  and  Station. — W.  C.  Riddick,  vice-president  and  pro- 
fessor of  civil  engineering,  has  been  appointed  president  of  the  college.  H.  L. 
Cox,  assistant  cliemist  in  the  station,  has  resigned  to  engage  in  commercial 
work  and  has  been  succeeded  by  L.  B.  Johnson,  a  1916  graduate  of  the  college. 

Results  recently  obtained  by  the  division  of  animal  husbandry  at  the  Iredell 
substation  indicate  that  it  pays  to  winter  sheep  in  that  section  on  open  pasture 
rather  than  with  corn  silage.  The  cost  of  wintering  the  two  lots  was  prac- 
tically the  same,  but  the  ewes  wintered  on  pasture  came  out  in  the  spring  in 
much  more  thrifty  condition  and  had  made  four  times  as  mucli  gain.  A  corral 
and  shed  were  found  to  be  necessary  for  protection  at  night  and  in  inclement 
weather. 

Ohio  State  University. — Beginning  July  1,  the  work  in  soils  is  to  be  transferred 
to  the  department  of  agricultural  chemistry  and  the  department  of  agronomy 
will  be  abolished.  The  work  in  field  crops  will  be  maintained  as  a  distinct 
department.  Dr.  J.  F.  Lyman,  professor  of  agricultural  chemistry,  has  been 
granted  a  year's  leave  of  absence,  a  portion  of  which  will  be  spent  in  graduate 
work  at  Yale  University. 

Applications  for  the  agricultural  correspondence  course,  offered  for  the  first 
time  this  year,  numbered  6,348,  of  whom  but  4,644  could  be  accommodated. 
An  enlargement  of  the  work  is  planned  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Oregon  College  and  Station. — At  the  1916  summer  school,  89  courses  are  being 
offered  in  various  college  subjects,  with  53  members  of  the  faculty,  as  well 
as  outside  specialists,  scheduled  as  regular  instructors,  lecturers,  and  officers. 

At  the  Southern  Oregon  substation  a  study  of  pear  blight  resistance  is  being 
carried  on  under  the  direction  of  F.  C.  Reimer.  He  is  said  to  have  secured, 
with  the  assistance  of  other  station  authorities,  the  largest  and  most  compre- 
hensive pear  variety  collection  in  the  country. 

The  uniform  marketing  plan  for  horticultural  products,  suggested  l)y  the 
Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Oiganization  of  this  Department,  is  to  be  put 
into  operation  in  Oregon  under  the  direction  of  the  college,  assisted  by  the 
Portland  Chamber  of  Commerce.  The  work  of  organization  will  be  conducted 
for  the  college  by  Dr.  Hector  MacPherson,  head  of  the  bureau  of  farm  organi- 
zation and  management.  The  physical  handling  of  the  fruit  and  vegetables 
will  be  in  charge  of  Prof.  C.  I.  Lewis.  An  active  campaign  is  now  under  way 
to  enlist  the  growers  in  this  movement. 

Pennsylvania  College  and  Station. — Ambrose  N.  Diehl,  of  Duquesne,  and  A.  W. 
Mitchell,  of  Erie,  have  been  appointed  to  the  board  of  trustees,  vice  Andrew 
Carnegie  and  William  H.  Walker.     C.  W.  Larson,  head  of  the  department  of 


gg  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

dairv  husbandry,  and  M.  F.  Grimes,  assistant  in  animal  husbandry,  have  re- 
signed, the  former  to  accept  a  position  with  Columbia  University  and  the  latter 
n  position  with  the  Delaware  College.  Recent  appointments,  effective  July  1, 
include  E.  R.  Hitchner  as  instructor  in  bacteriology,  and  W.  W.  Wood  as 
instructor  in  agricultural  extension;  and  effective  September  1,  J.  W.  Miller 
as  teaching  fellow  in  botany,  and  G.  M.  Shisler  as  assistant  in  agricultural 

chemistry.  . 

Porto  Rico  College.— R.  L.  Clute,  for  about  thirteen  years  instructor  in  agricul- 
ture in  the  Philippine  Normal  School  and  agricultural  inspector  at  Manila  from 
1907  to  1911,  has  been  added  to  the  agricultural  faculty. 

Tennessee  University  and  Station.— The  forty-third  annual  meeting  of  the  East 
Tennessee  Farmers'  Convention  was  held  at  the  station  May  16  to  18  with 
a  total  attendance  of  about  4,000.  Following  the  convention  a  sale  of  Aberdeen- 
Angus  cattle  was  held  under  the  auspices  of  the  American  Aberdeen-Angus 
Breeders'  Association,  47  animals  bringing  an  average  price  of  $243.  This 
is  the  second  public  sale  held  in  conjunction  with  the  convention  and  the 
first  of  this  breed.  H.  R.  Duncan,  instructor  in  animal  husbandry,  resigned 
June  15  to  engage  in  farming. 

Virginia  College  and  Station.— Dr.  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr.,  associate  horticul- 
turist, has  been  appointed  director  of  the  station.  W.  J.  Schoene,  acting  di- 
rector for  the  past  two  years,  will  continue  as  state  entomologist  and  ento- 
mologist of  the  station.  Jesse  M.  Jones,  of  the  States  Relations  Service  of 
this  Department,  has  been  appointed  director  of  the  extension  service. 

West  Virginia  University  and  Station. — A  tract  of  land,  comprising  about  SO 
acres  adjoining  the  station  farm,  has  been  purchased  for  development  as  a 
poultry  plant.  This  will  be  available  for  instruction  purposes  in  the  college 
of  a;;riculture,  as  a  source  of  eggs  and  fowls  in  connection  with  l)oys'  and 
girls'  club  work,  and  for  poultry  studies  in  the  station. 

Wyoming  University  and  Station. — So  much  demand  has  been  expressed  by 
sheep  men  of  Wyoming  for  special  help  in  their  problems  that  the  college  of 
agriculture  has  arranged  to  have  Prof.  John  A.  Hill  devote  one-half  of  his  time 
to  extension  work  in  this  field. 

Director  H.  G.  Knight,  now  on  leave  of  absence  for  research  work  at  the 
University  of  Illinois,  will  return  to  the  station  September  1.  Dr.  S.  K.  Loy, 
half  time  research  chemist,  will  be  transferred  entirely  to  instruction  work  on 
the  same  date.  Dr.  E.  H.  Lehnert  has  been  appointed  station  veterinarian  vice 
Dr.  O.  I..  Prien. 

Convention  of  Milk  Producers  and  Other  Dairy  Interests  of  the  United  States.— 
This  convention  was  held  in  Washington,  D.  C,  May  5  and  6,  under  a  call 
Issued  by  the  National  Dairy  Council  and  the  National  Dairy  Union.  About  200 
delegates  from  31  States  were  in  attendance,  representing  91  dairy,  live  stock, 
and  farm  organizations.  The  object  of  the  conference  was  announced  as  "  to 
develop  uniform  practical  regulations  governing  the  production  and  care  of 
dairy  products."  William  T.  Creasy,  secretary  of  the  National  Dairy  Union, 
servfHl  as  temporary  chairman  of  the  conference,  and  M.  D.  Munn,  president  of 
the  National  Dairy  Council,  was  chosen  permanent  chairman,  N.  P.  Hull,  presi- 
jlent  of  the  National  Dairy  Union,  vice-chairman,  and  Mr.  Creasy,  secretary. 

In  the  opening  address  Mr.  Creasy  called  attention  to  various  problems  con- 
fronting the  dairy  interests  of  the  country.  He  advocated  the  formation  of  a 
national  council  of  all  agricultural  interests  with  headquarters  at  Washington. 
An  address  of  welcome  was  made  by  Hon.  Carl  Vrooman,  Assistant  Secretary 
of  Agriculture,  In  which  he  spoke  especially  of  the  benefits  of  government  regu- 
InlioM.  Such  regulation,  in  his  opinion  should  be  based  upon  the  fundamental 
principle  that  the  public  interests  are  paramount  to  any  private  interests,  and 


1916]  NOTES.  99 

should  be  practical,  tliscrimiuatiug,  and  well  digested.  Mr.  Munu  responded  to 
this  address,  outlining  some  of  the  work  of  the  conference  and  discussing  the 
relations  of  this  Department  with  the  dairy  interests  of  the  country. 

The  address  of  Mr.  Hull  urged  farmers  and  dairymen  to  take  a  more  active 
part  in  shaping  the  regulations  that  surround  their  business.  He  cited  as  handi- 
caps to  profitable  milk  production  the  lack  of  uniformity  in  milk  regulations 
and  methods  of  inspection  and  the  high  cost  of  distributing  milk  and  cream. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Harding,  of  the  Illinois  University  and  Station,  discussed  the 
standardization  of  conditions  under  which  milk  and  cream  are  handled  from  the 
producer  to  the  consumer,  particularly  as  affecting  interstate  shipment.  He 
maintained  that  clean  milk  could  be  produced  under  relatively  inexpensive  con- 
ditions, referring  to  recent  studies  indicating  that  the  barn  and  the  cow  are 
relatively  unimportant  sources  of  bacteria  in  dairy  products  as  compared  with 
the  dairy  utensils  and  the  maintenance  of  proper  temperatures  during  milk 
transportation. 

In  an  address  on  Pasteurization  in  the  Dairy  Industry,  Prof.  O.  F.  Hunziker, 
of  the  Purdue  University  and  Station,  contended  that  the  integrity  and  future 
progress  of  the  dairy  industry  depend  upon  pasteurization.  He  reviewed  ex- 
periments showing  that  pasteurization  at  145°  F.,  holding  process,  somewhat 
improved  the  digestibility  of  milk,  and  that  pasteurization  at  low  temperatures 
accentuates  and  deepens  the  cream  line  and  hastens  the  rising  of  cream.  The 
pasteurization  of  both  milk  and  cream  he  deemed  largely  an  economic  question, 
as  pasteurized  milk  may  be  more  easily  kept  sweet  until  placed  in  the  con- 
sumer's pantry  and  pasteurized  cream  produces  butter  of  better  quality. 

B.  H.  Rawl,  chief  of  the  Dairy  Division  of  this  Department,  discussed  the 
Utilization  of  Surplus  Dairy  Products.  He  stated  that  only  a  few  localities 
have  a  surplus  at  present,  but  that  the  rapid  growth  of  the  industry  makes  it 
necessary  to  give  consideration  to  methods  for  increasing  the  demand.  He 
called  attention  to  the  desirability  of  building  up  an  export  business  and  de- 
scribed in  detail  methods  of  increasing  domestic  consumption.  He  advocated 
developing  the  cheese  industry  in  sections  suitable  for  the  business,  such  as  the 
irrigated  regions  of  the  West  and  the  mountainous  sections  of  the  Southeast, 
and  pointed  out  opportunities  for  high-grade  butter  and  milk  production. 

W.  J.  Kittle,  secretary  of  the  Northern  Illinois  Milk  Producers'  Association, 
L.  J.  Taber,  master  of  the  Ohio  State  Grange,  and  J.  J.  Farrell,  Dairy  and  Food 
Commissioner  of  Minnesota  and  president  of  the  National  Creamery  Butter- 
makers'  Association,  discussed  forms  of  legislation,  milk  regulations,  and  in- 
spection problems.  G.  L.  McKay,  secretary  of  the  American  Association  of 
Creamery  Butter  Manufacturers,  considered  Legal  Standards  for  Butter. 

Resolutions  were  adopted  by  the  convention  favoring  immediate  and  compre- 
hensive studies  by  this  Department  and  the  experiment  stations  of  contagious 
abortion,  measures  to  control  more  fully  tuberculosis  in  dairy  herds,  and  the 
formation  of  a  bureau  or  office  in  this  Department  to  deal  exclusively  with 
dairy  cattle  and  the  dairy  industry.  The  appointment  by  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  of  a  committee  of  producers,  dealers,  and  sanitary  officers  to  frame 
a  set  of  rules  and  regulations  covering  milk  production  and  handling  and  to 
urge  their  adoption  by  States  and  cities  was  also  favored.  Other  resolutions 
advocated  the  labeling  of  all  dairy  products  in  the  production  of  which  foreign 
fats  had  been  used,  experimentation  with  denatured  alcohol,  and  the  closer 
union  of  agi-icultural  interests  in  cooperative  legislative  effort. 

Series  of  lectures  on  Nutrition. — A  series  of  illustrated  lectures  on  nutrition 
was  given  under  the  auspices  of  the  Washington  Academy  of  Sciences  at  the 
New  National  Museum  as  follows :  April  7,  The  Basal  Food  Requirements  of 
Man,  by  Dr.  Eugene  F.  Du  Bois;  April  14,  Nutrition  and  Food  Economics,  by 


JQO  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED  [Vol.  35 

Dr.  Graham  Lusk;  April  21,  Investigations  on  the  Mineralogical  IMetabolism 
of  Animals,  by  Dr.  E.  B.  Forbes ;  and  April  28,  The  Ilelation  of  Vitamins  to 
Nutrition  in  Health  and  Disease,  by  Dr.  Carl  Voegtlin. 

New  Journals.— The  Jourml  of  Bnrtcriolor/y  is  being  publishe.l  bi-itionthly  as 
the  official  organ  of  the  Society  of  American  Bacteriologists.  It  will  contain 
original  articles  and  abstracts  of  papers  read  at  meetings  of  tlie  society  and  of 
other  bacteriological  literature. 

The  papers  in  the  initial  number  include  The  Genesis  of  a  New  Science — 
Bacteriology,  by  W.  T.  Sedgwick;  The  Pedagogics  of  Bacteriology,  by  D.  H. 
Bergey ;  Further  Studies  on  Bacterial  Nutrition ;  The  Utilization  of  Proteid  and 
Nonproteid  Nitrogen,  by  L.  F.  Rettger,  N.  Berman,  and  W.  S.  Sturges ;  Studies 
<in  Soil  Protozoa  and  Their  Relation  to  the  Bacterial  Flora,  I,  by  .1.  IM.  Sher- 
man; A  Culture  Medium  for  Maintaining  Stock  Cultures  of  the  Meningococcus, 
by  G.  G.  A.  Roos;  and  Bile  Comjiared  with  Lactose  Bouillon  lor  Determining 
the  Presence  of  B.  colt  in  Water,  by  M.  M.  Oost. 

Addisonm  is  a  new  quarterly  journal  published  by  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden  under  a  bequest  by  the  late  president  of  the  garden.  Judge  Addison 
Brown.  This  bequest  proA'ides  for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  a 
magazine  to  be  devoted  exclusively  to  the  illustration  by  colored  plates  of  the 
plants  of  the  United  States  and  its  territorial  possessions,  and  of  other  plants 
llowering  in  the  garden,  together  with  brief  popular  descriptions  and  similar 
data.    The  initial  number  contains  plates  and  descriptions  of  10  plants. 

Miscellaneous. — At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  State  Commissioners  of  Agricultiire 
and  others,  held  in  Washington,  D.  C,  a  permanent  organization  was  effected 
under  the  name  of  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  of  Agriculture  and 
the  following  officers:  President,  E.  J.  Watson,  of  South  Carolina;  vice-presi- 
di-nt  W.  P.  Guptil,  of  Maine;  and  .secretary-treasurer,  Clarence  J.  Owens,  of 
Washington,  D.  O. 

Tlie  dei>artment  of  physics  at  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College  has  been 
divided,  W.  H.  Day  continuing  at  the  head  of  the  department,  and  in  charge 
of  studies  of  evaporation,  cold  storage,  farm  power,  farm  water  supi^ly,  ventila- 
tion, etc.  J.  R.  Spry  has  been  appointed  in  charge  of  the  farm  drainage  cam- 
paign. 

Dr.  Alfred  E.  Cameron,  of  the  University  of  Manchester,  has  been  appointed 
field  officer  of  the  entomological  branch  of  the  Canadian  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, and  will  study  pear  thrips  and  other  insects  in  British  Columbia. 

Prof.  William  .T.  Beal,  formerly  professor  of  botany  at  the  Michigan  College, 
was  granted  the  degree  of  doctor  of  agriculture  by  Syracuse  University  at  its 
recent  commencement. 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS  PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,  per  Volume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

and  Index, $1 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  AUGUST,  1916  No.  2 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICB 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 
Scientific  Bureaus. 

Wbathbe  Bukeau— C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

BuBBAU  OP  Animal  Industry— A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

BuBEAU  OP  Plant  Industry— W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service— H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  op  Soils— Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry- C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates— L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  O.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  op  Biological  Survey— H.  \\\  Honflhaw,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Offioe  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C  True,  Director. 

Office  op  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  3.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake  Station:  Vniontown;  L.  B.  Moore.a 
Tnskegee  Station:   "tmlaegec  Institute:  Q.  W. 
Carver.o 
Alaska— Sftfai;  C.  C.  Georgeson.fc 
Abizona—  lueaon:  Q.  F.  Freeman.e 
AEKAN3AS— PoyeflepiiJe:  M.  Nelson.  <» 
California— £erikeZ«y.'  T.  F.  Hont.a 
CoLOEADO— i^brt  CoUins:  C,  P.  Gillette." 
Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Eavm;  W^  g  jenklns  » 
Storrs  Station:  Stom;       i 
Delawabe— JVejcork.*  H.  Hayward.o 
Flobida— Go»w*rtZZ<;  P.  H.  Eolfe.o 
Geoegia— iEipersTTient:  R.J. H. DeLoach.o 
Guam— /sZondo/  Guam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.6 
Havad- 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J,  M.  Westgate.» 
Sugar  Planters' Station:  jEft>no?uZu;H.  P.  Agee.o 
Idaho— l/oscow).*  J.  S.  Jones.o 
ItuNoia—  Vrhana:  E.  Davenport.o 
Indiana— iarov«««.*  A.  Goss.o 
Iowa— Xtom.-  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 
Kansas— 2/onhaHan;  W.  M,  Jardine.<» 
Kkntdckt— ieiin^oTi;  J.  H.  Kastle.o 
Louisiana— 

State  Station:  BaXon  Rouge; 
Sugar  Station:  AuAuhon  Park, 

New  Orleant; 
North  La.  Station:  CteWkmn; 
Maine— Orouo;  C.  D.  Woods.o 
Maeyland— eoRepe  Park.-  H.  J.  Patterson." 
Massachusetts— Xmfterjt:  W.  P.  Brooks." 
Michiqan— £a«J  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw." 
Minnesota- Dnitwr««y  Farm,  at.  Paul:  A.  F. 
Woods." 

Mtssissu-n— ^^teuKwror  College:  E,  R.  Lloyd." 

Missouri—  -         •    '. 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.  Mumford." 
Frutt  Station:  lfo«T«a<7»  Grow,' Paul  Evans." 
o  Director.  6  Agronomist 


W.R.Dodson." 


Montana— £oz«n<in;  F.  B.  Linfleld." 
Nebraska— if  worn;  E.  A.  Burnett." 
Nevada- i?«7M).'  S.  B.  Doten." 
New  Hampshire— DurAam;  J,  C.  Kendall." 
New  Jeesey— A'ew  Brunsuciek:  J.  G.  Lipman.* 
New  Mexico— Sto^e  College:  Fabian  Garcia." 
New  Yoek— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan." 
ComellStation:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann.« 
Noeth  Carolina— 

College  Station:  Weil  Raleigh;\j^  y^  Kllgore.<« 
State  Station:  iJotei^A;  f   '     '       "^ 

North     Dakota— .A^jcuKwoi     College:     T.  P. 

Cooper." 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome." 
OKUL-aoJAi.— Stillwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle," 
Oregon— CtoTPoKw;  A.  B.  Cordley." 
Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts." 
State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby." 
PoETO  Rico— 

Federal  Station:  Mayaguez!  D.  W.  May .6 
Insular  Station:  Rio  Piedras;  "W.  V.  Tower.« 
Rhode  Island— ffirvs^on;  B.  L.  Hartwell." 
South  Caeolina— CZemson  College:  J.  N.  Harper.* 
SoCTH  Dakota— J5rook£ny«;  J.W.Wilson." 
Tennessee — KnozvilU:  B.  A.  Morgan." 
T^^x^s— College  Station:  B.  Youngblood." 
Utah— roj?an.'  F.  S.  Harris." 
Vkemont— BwrZiTV'on."  J.  L.  Hills." 
Virginia- 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr." 
A'or/o?fe;  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson." 
Washington— PiinmaTi;  I.  D.  Cardiff." 
West  Visqinia— Jifor^Titown.*  J.  L.  Coulter." 
Wisconsin— afodijon:  H.  L.  Russell." 
Wyoming— iaramie;  C.  A.  Duniway.e 


In  charge 


t  Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor :  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor:  H.  L.  Knight. 


EDITOEIAi  DEPABTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau. 

Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers  \^'  ,!?•  ^^^• 

IR.  W.  Tbullingeb, 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology  j}}/  ^'  ^^^s,  Ph.  D. 

(.  \V  .    Hi.    LOYD. 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

fC.  F.  Langwokthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  Sc. 
H.  L.  Lang. 
C.  F.  Walton,  Jr. 
Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Websteb. 
veterinary  Me<Ucine{2:-3^-j,Ho™. 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Tbullingeb. 
Rural  Economics — E.  Mebeitt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Mooee. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  35,  NO.  2. 


Editorial  notes:  Page. 

Rural  credits  legislation  in  its  relation  to  the  agricultural  colleges  and 

experiment  stations 101 

The  Federal  Farm  Loan  Act 104 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 108 

Notes 196 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural  chemistry — agrotechny. 

The  starches  of  the  grain  sorghums,  Francis  and  Smith 108 

The  variations  of  gluten,  Marchadier  and  Goujon 108 

Development  of  sugar  and  acid  in  grapes  dmring  ripening,  Alwood  et  al 108 

The  urease  of  soy  beans,  De  Graaff  and  van  der  Zande 109 

On  the  presence  of  urease  in  eoy  beana,  GroU 110 

The  preparation  of  anhydrous  alcohol,  Winkler 110 

A  simple  cell  for  the  determination  of  hydrogen  ion  concentration.  Long 110 

Aeration  and  heat  distillation  in  the  Kjeldahl  method,  Falk  and  Sugiura 110 

Indicators  for  temporary  hardness  in  water,  Norton  and  Knowles 110 

Material  for  uniform  laws  regarding  foodstuffs,  IV-VI 110 

The  determination  of  volatile  oil  in  liqueurs,  Ronnet Ill 

The  determination  of  the  volatile  oils  in  Uquetu-s,  Muttelet Ill 

Determination  of  the  quantity  of  fat  in  cream,  Lindet Ill 

Determination  of  stearic  acid  in  butter  fat,  Holland,  Reed,  and  Buckley,  jr. . .  Ill 

The  determination  of  the  iodin  number  of  essential  oils,  Marcille 112 

Determination  of  benzoic  acid  in  animal  foodstuffs,  Baumann  and  Grossfeld. .  112 

Observations  on  determination  of  saccharin,  Klostermann  and  Scholta 112 

I 


3j  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

The  quantitative  determination  of  urea,  Mom .....................  112 

The  chemical  composition  and  evaluation  of  lime-sulphur  solutions,  Bodnar. .  112 

Jelhes  and  marmalades  from  citrus  fruits,  Cruess    ......-._...-. 113 

The  cUstiUation  of  apple  cider  in  sugar-beet  distilleries,  baillard ...   116 

Role  of  bacteria  in  voluntary  decrease  of  acidity  m  wines,  Ivrupemkov 113 

A  handbook  for  cane-sugar  manufacturers  and  their  chemists,  bpencer 114 

Osage-orange  waste  as  a  substitute  for  fustic  dyewood,  Kressmann 114 

Ground-wood  pulp,  Thickens  and  McNaughton 114 

METEOROLOGY. 

Agricultural  meteorology,  Smith 114 

Stories  of  the  atmosphere,  Nunn i|o 

Dry  fot^s  and  their  classification,  Shenberg ilo 

Monthly  Weather  Review - .- 115 

Climatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections lib 

Chmatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections 116 

Rainfall  data  of  Berkeley,  California,  Reed 116 

Rainfall  data  of  Berkeley,  California,  II,  Reed  and  White 116 

California  earthquakes  during  1915,  Palmer 116 

Meteorological  observations  in  Panama 116 

Annual  report  of  the  weather  bureau,  1914 116 

Is  rainfall  decreasing? 116 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Soil  survey  of  the  Merced  area,  California,  Watson  et  al 117 

Soil  survey  of  Warren  County,  Indiana,  Grimes  and  Stevens 117 

Soil  survey  of  Muscatine  County,  Iowa,  Hawker  and  Johnson 117 

Soil  siuvey  of  Seward  County,  Nebraska,  Meyer  et  al 117 

Soil  survey  of  Thm-ston  County,  Nebraska,  Meyer  et  al 118 

Soil  survey  of  Florence  County,  South  Carolina,  Agee  et  al 118 

Soil  sm-vey  of  M'Dowell  and  Wyoming  counties,  West  Virginia,  Latimer 118 

Analyses  of  Nova  Scotian  soils,  Harlow 118 

Phosphoric  acid  content  in  some  soils  of  central  Peru,  Hutin 118 

Soil  investigation  in  the  forest  district  of  Philippsburg,  Ganter 119 

Study  of  the  soils  of  the  east  coa^t  [of  Madagascar],  Carle  and  Gohier 119 

The  predominating  minerals  in  Dutck  East  Indian  soils,  Mohr 119 

Soils  and  their  treatment,  Spafford 119 

The  decomposition  of  clay  marl,  CirieHi 119 

Improving  acid  soils,  Blair ., 120 

Investigations  of  soil  air  on  upland  moors,  Densch 120 

Soluble  nonprotein  nitrogen  of  soil,  Potter  and  Snyder 120 

The  nature  of  humic  acid,  Oden _ 120 

Relative  numbers  of  rhizopods  and  flagellates  in  the  fauna  of  soils,  Kofoid ....  121 

Soil  sampling  for  bacteriological  analysis,  Noyes 121 

Fertilizer  situation  in  the  United  States,  Houston 121 

Mineral  production  of  the  United  States  in  1914,  McCaskey 121 

Formula  for  the  use  of  chemical  fertilizers  in  agriculture,  Concha 121 

Soil  experiment  fields. — A  progress  report,  Roberts 121 

Green  manuring  in  the  Central  Provinces,  Allan 123 

The  use  of  nitrogenous  plant  foods,  1898-1912,  Lipman  and  Blair 123 

The  utilization  and  accumulation  of  nitrogen,  Lipman  and  Blair 125 

Lime  nitrogen  fertilizer  experiments  in  1915,  Ahr 126 

Experiment  on  the  effectiveness  of  some  new  ammonium  salts,  Wagner 126 

Potash  siipplies  during  the  war 126 

Potash:  Review  of  the  present  position,  Bruce 126 

The  composition  of  wood  and  plant  ash.  Berry 127 

Composition  of  bat  guano  from  Uruguay,  Scliroeder 127 

Fertilizing  value  of  sugar  beet  crowns  and  leaves 127 

Inspection  of  commercial  fertilizers,  1915,  Mumford  and  Trowbridge 127 

Analyses  and  valuations  of  commercial  fertilizers,  Cathcart  et  al 128 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Plant  life,  Hall 128 

Maas  mutation  in  (Enothera  prallncola,  Baitlett .....[......../...  128 

(Enothcra  g'ujas  nanella,  a  Mendelian  mutant,  De  Vries 128 

Three  types  of  commercial  vanilla  in  Tahiti,  Constantin  and  Bois 129 


1916]                                                             CONTENTS.  HI 

Page. 

Quichua  names  of  sweet  j)otatoes,  Cook 129 

Physico-chemical  studies  in  botany. — I,  Germination,  Nothmann-Zuckerkandl .  129 

Germination  of  Zea  mays  in  presence  of  qninonoids,  Roudsky 129 

Light  and  growth,  II,  Blaauw 129 

Stimulation  of  protoplasmic  streaming  by  rays,  Nothmann-Zuckerkandl 130 

Pigments  of  fruits  in  relation  to  genetic  experiments,  Atkins  and  Sherrard 130 

The  origin  and  transformations  of  anthocyanin  products,  Moreau 130 

Oxidases  and  their  inhibitors  in  plant  tissues. — IV,  Flowers  of  Iris,  Atkins 130 

The  formative  starches  of  green  leaves  and  their  utilization,  Neger 131 

The  starch  economy  of  green  plants,  Neger 131 

Starch  formation  in  underground  portions  of  herbaceous  plants,  d'Arbaumont. .  131 

Humus  as  a  soui'ce  of  carbon  for  green  plants,  Molliard 131 

The  role  of  the  ash  constituents  in  living  plants,  I,  Egorov 131 

The  root  nodules  of  Ceanothus  americanus,  Bottomley 132 

The  aerating  system  of  Viciafaba,  Hunter 132 

On  the  coagulation  of  Hevea  latex,  Eaton  and  Grantham 132 

The  assimilative  capability  of  witches'  brooms  on  cherry,  Heinricher 132 

Dwarfing  effect  of  trees  upon  neighboring  plants,  Bergen 132 

Radium  and  plant  growth 133 

Bibliography  on  the  effect  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  vegetation  and  animal  life 133 

Disappearance  of  sulphur  dioxid  from  dilute  mixtures  with  air,  Bartells,  jr. . .  133 

Defects  in  the  investigation  of  smoke  injur;/,  Eicke 133 

Tests  of  various  brands  of  litmus  for  bacteriological  work,  Mason 133 

An  electric  incubator  for  bacteriological  work,  Esten 134 

FIELD    CROPS. 

Experiments  with  field  crops  in  Barbados] 134 

Experiments  with  field  crops  at  the  Tortola  experiment  station],  Watts 134 

Experiments  with  field  crops  at  St.  Kitts-Nevis  experiment  stations],  Watts..  134 

^Work  with  field  crops  on  experiment  farm  at  Akola,  Berar,  1914-15],  Ritchie. .  135 

The  production  of  green  forage  during  the  entire  year,  Tonnelier 135 

The  number  of  temporary  roots  in  the  cereals,  Wigg^^s 135 

The  production  and  handling  of  grain  in  Argentina,  Duval 136 

Seed  com  for  the  1916  crop,  Hughes  and  Stanfield 136 

Cotton — varieties  and  limiting  factor  tests,  Hutchinson 136 

Studies  on  the  cotton  plant  in  Egypt,  Balls 137 

Comparative  spinning  tests  of  different  cottons,  Taylor  and  Dean 137 

"Rib:  A  unique  system  of  cultivating  rice  in  western  India,  Buck 138 

The  cost  of  producing  sugar  beets,  Peck 138 

Sweet  potato  culture  in  Arkansas,  Wicks 139 

Fii-e-holding  capacity  of  leaves  as  a  factor  in  tobacco  breeding,  Hoffmanii 139 

Alaska  and  Stoner  or  "Miracle"  wheats  much  misrepresented.  Ball  and  Leighty.  139 

The  seed  field,  Bolley 140 

Agricultural  seed.  Burns 140 

How  seed  testing  helps  the  farmer.  Brown 140 

HORTICULTURE. 

China,  a  fruitful  field  for  plant  exploration,  Meyer 140 

Horticultural  varieties  propagated  by  vegetative  means,  Jones 141 

Myrtaceous  possibilities  for  the  plant  breeder,  Wester 141 

Garden  calendar  for  1916 141 

Fungicide  and  insecticide  inspection 141 

[Spraying  in  Oregon] 141 

Report  of  the  experimental  fields  in  Poppenburg  for  the  year  1914,  Hollmann.  141 

Asparagus,  De  Baim 141 

Sand  for  cabbage  seed  bed,  Kains 141 

Studies  in  lettuce  breeding.  Durst 141 

Inheritance  in  tomatoes.  Hood 141 

Tomato  growing  in  California,  Rogers 142 

Acreage  of  fruits  in  California,  bearing  and  nonbearing,  in  1915,  Weldon 142 

Orchard  management  investigations,  Oskamp 142 

Orchard  economics,  Richards 142 

The  water  supply  and  fruit  bud  formation.  Paddock 142 

The  science  of  orchard  heating,  Nichols 142 

The  root  systems  of  nursery  apple  trees,  Shaw 142 

The  results  of  apple  pruning  investigations,  Alderman 142 

Some  points  on  the  general  care  of  apple  orchards,  Stewart 143 


jy  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

Irrigation  of  peaches,  Batchelor -  - .-.---  •  ■  -  -  •  -  ■  ■  -  -  -  -  -  ■  • }43 

Peculiar  foriis  of  wiAter  injury  in  New  York  State  during  1914-15,  Chandler. .  143 

A  stone-fruit  spray  made  from  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur,  Starcher M6 

Some  results  in  the  breeding  of  small  fruits,  Anthony. -..-.. 144 

Fragaria  virginiana  in  the  evolution  of  the  garden  strawberry,  1  letcher 144 

Experiments  with  stocks  for  citrus.  Bonus  and  Mertz 144 

The  pitanga,  Shamel  and  Popenoe... ..._.---.. 144 

A  spotting  of  citrus  fruits  due  to  oil  from  the  nnd,  Fawcett 144 

Cacao  culture,  Ribeiro  de  Castro  Sabrinho 145 

The  date  palm  in  Egypt,  Brown 145 

Proceedings  of  Northern  Nut  Growers  Association,  1915 I4t) 

Lawn  making  in  California,  Gregg 145 

FORESTRY. 

Forest  conservation  for  States  in  the  southern  pine  region,  Peters 146 

Renewing  the  shelter-belt,  MacDonald 146 

Report  of  Swedish  Institute  of  Experimental  Forestry,  Schotte  and  Hesselman.  146 

Forest  administration  in  Assam,  1914-15,  Dicks  and  Tottenham 146 

Two  forest  arboretums  near  Brussels,  Hutcliins 146 

The  development  of  the  vegetation  of  New  York  State,  Bray 146 

The  evergreens  of  Colorado,  Longyear 147 

Qualities  and  uses  of  the  woods  of  Ohio,  Lazenby 147 

Dm-abihty  of  timbers,  Groom 147 

Wood  as  building  material,  Lang 147 

Pointers  on  marketing  wood  lot  products,  Wolfe 147 

Volume  tables  for  timber  estimating,  Jonson 147 

Success  of  aeroplane  patrols.  Moody 147 

Forest  protection  in  Canada,  1913-14,  Leavitt,  Howe,  White  et  al 147 

Proceedings  of  forest  industry  conference,  1915 148 

The  utilization  of  wood  waste,  Hubbard,  translation  by  Salter 148 

DISEASES   OP  PLANTS. 

Fruit  and  vegetable  diseases  and  their  control,  Stakman  and  Tolaas 148 

Penicillium  avellaneum,  a  new  ascus-producing  species,  Thom  and  Turesson  —  148 

The  genus  Rhizoctonia  in  India,  Shaw  and  Ajrekar 148 

Tests  of  spraying  compounds 149 

Tests  of  spraying  compounds:  Lime  sulphur,  Kirk 149 

Tests  of  spraying  compounds:  Lime  sulphur,  Stratford 149 

Disinfection  of  seed  grain  with  hot  water,  Quanjer 149 

Control  of  grain  and  grass  smut  and  streak  disease,  Quanjer  and  Botjes 149 

Mildew  of  cereals  in  France,  Gaudot 149 

Club  root,  Cockayne 150 

The  potato  blight  in  India,  Dastur 150 

Late  blight  of  potato,  Jehle 150 

Treatment  for  late  blight  of  potato,  Foex 150 

Wart  disease  of  potatoes 150 

The  sugar-beet  nematode  and  its  control,  Shaw 150 

Spraying  experiments  at  Ruakura,  Green 151 

Cedar  rust  eradication  in  Berkeley  County 151 

The  eye  rot  of  the  apple,  Salmon'and  Wormald 151 

The  frog-eye  leaf  spot  of  apples,  Crabill 151 

Dimorphism  in  Coniolhyrium  pirinum,  Crabill 152 

The  gray  mold  or  Botrytis  disease  of  citrus  trees,  Brittlebank 152 

Citrus  canker,  Wolf 152 

Panama  disease  of  bananas 153 

A  disease  of  cinnamon,  Sharpies 153 

The  anthracnose  of  the  mango,  Rorer 153 

A  disease  of  mangosteen  trees,  Belgrave 153 

Insects  and  diseases  affecting  pinks  and  their  treatment,  Lochot 154 

Duration  of  ascospore  expulsion  of  EndotUa  parasitica,  Heald  and  Studhalter. .  154 

Report  of  chestnut  blight  eradication.  Brooks 154 

The  loaf  blotch  of  horse-chestnut,  Stewart 154 

Host  plants  of  pink  disease  in  Malaya,  Sharpies. ...                            154 

The  red  rot  of  conifers,  Abbott 155 

The  two  rust  disoaHes  of  the  spruce,  Borthwick'and  Wilson.  V..\........V.V.V.  155 

Honey  fungus,  Frombling 155 


1916]                                                            CONTENTS.  y 
ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

Page. 

Birda  of  Porto  Rico,  Wetmore 155 

Winter  crow  roosts,  Kalmbach 156 

Oklahoma  insect  calendar,  Sanborn 156 

Insect  injury  to  cotton  seedlings,  Goad  and  Howe 156 

Recent  grasshopper  outbreaks  and  methods  of  controlling  them,  Webster 156 

The  terrapin  scale:  An  important  insect  enemy  of  peach  orchards,  Simanton..  156 

The  alfalfa  webworm,  Sanborn 158 

A  general  survey  of  the  May  beetles  (Phyllophaga)  of  Illinois,  Forbes 158 

The  influence  of  trees  and  crops  on  injury  by  white  grubs,  Forbes 159 

Studies  of  the  Mexican  cotton-boll  weevil  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  Howe 160 

Boll  weevil  in  Alabama,  Hinds 161 

Oviposition  of  Megastigmus  sperniotrophus  in  seed  of  Douglas  fir.  Miller 161 

Two  new  nematodes  parasitic  on  insects,  Merrill  and  Ford 161 

FOODS — -HUMAN   NUTRITION. 

[Progress  in]  physiological  chemistry  [during  1915],  Hopkins 162 

Shipping  fish  3,000  miles  to  market,  Clark 162 

An  outbreak  of  typhoid  attributed  to  infected  oysters,  Brooks 162 

The  baking  qualities  of  different  varieties  of  wheat,  Rammstedt 162 

Nutritive  value  of  wheat  flour  and  bread  in  relation  to  phosphorus,  Masoni..  162 

Does  light  influence  the  staling  of  bread?    Katz 162 

Noteworthy  property  of  aldehydes  in  retarding  the  staling  of  bread,  Katz 163 

Bread  making  and  butyi-ic  ferment  in  Latium,  Perotti  and  Cristofoletti 163 

Seaweed  as  a  supplementary  food  material,  Beckmann 163 

The  effects  of  commercial  glucose  when  fed  to  white  rats,  Carlson  et  al 163 

Gelatin  as  a  food  for  the  people,  Homberger 163 

A  ferment  in  water  which  produces  the  dehydration  of  glycerin,  Voisenet 163 

Chemical  determination  of  the  nutritive  value  of  wood  and  straw,  Beckmann.  164 

The  bacteria  in  ice  cream,  Esten  and  Mason 164 

Tomato  ketchups.  La  Wall  and  Forman 1G4 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  Fitz-Randolph  and  Tice 164 

The  use  of  box  rations  by  the  French  troops,  Maurel 165 

Chemistry  of  cow's  milk  and  other  products  used  in  infant  feeding,  Howe.  . . .  165 

Digestibility  of  proteins  of  milk  and  their  role  in  infant  nutrition,  Holt 165 

Present  opinion  as  to  the  role  of  fat  in  infant  feeding,  Morse 165 

A  brief  resume  of  the  role  of  carbohydi-ates  in  infant  feeding,  Mixsell 165 

The  role  of  salts  in  infant  feeding,  Bartlett 165 

Protein  metabolism,  MacLeod 165 

Recuperation. — Nitrogen  metaboUsm  of  a  man  after  a  7-day  fast,  Zeman  et  al. .  165 

Wiiat  is  a  vitamin? 166 

Fat  assimilation,  Bloor 166 

Goat's  milk  to  get  test 166 

Dietary  factors  operating  in  production  of  polyneuritis,  McColliim  and  Kennedy  166 

Experimental  beri-beri  produced  by  feeding  barley,  Weill  and  Mouriquand. . .  167 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Text-book  of  animal  production,  Pusch,  edited  by  Hansen 167 

Accessory  chromosomes  and  the  chromatoid  body  in  spermatogenesis,  Bachhuber  167 

Improvement  and  management  of  native  pastures  in  the  West,  Jardine 167 

Rate  of  liberation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  from  linseed,  Collins  and  Blair 167 

Seaweed  as  a  eupplementary  feeding  material,  Beckman 167 

Food  value  of  brewers'  grains,  residue,  and  yeast,  Voltz  et  al 168 

Cooperative  live  stock  sliipping  associations,  Doty  and  Hall 168 

Investigation  on  raising  beef  cattle,  Severson 168 

Shorthorn  cattle,  Sanders 169 

Twinning  in  cattle,  with  special  reference  to  the  free  martin.  Cole 169 

The  theory  of  the  free  martin,  Lillie 169 

Caracul  sheep,  Marshall,  Heller,  and  McWhorter 170 

Lamb-breeding  tests,  Wilson  and  Whelan 170 

A  peculiar  breed  of  goats.  Hooper 170 

[Pig-feeding  experiments],  Cronin 171 

Further  developments  in  ovariotomized  fowl,  Goodale 171 

Simultaneous  administration  of  pituitary  and  thymus  to  growing  chicks,  Maxwell  171 


VI 


CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 


Page. 

Experiments  with  laying  hens,  Buss 171 

Feeding  acorns  to  fowls,  Hink i/^ 

Poultrv  management;  care  of  breeding  stock  and  chicks,  Peterson     17^  ^ 

A  study  of  the  preparation  of  frozen  and  dried  eggs,  Pennmgton  et  al 173 

The  bacterial  infection  of  fresh  eggs,  Hadley  and  Caldwell 176 

DAIRY  FARMING DAIRYING. 

The  value  of  potatoes  for  milk  production,  Voltz  and  Dietrich 174 

Mangolds  or  swede  turnips  for  dairy  cows,  Dunne. .............  174 

Nutritive  value  of  Juncus  effmus  and  Scirpus  lamstns,  von  Ertzdortt-Kuptter. .  175 

Cooling  milk,  Koss  and  Mclnemey 175 

Artificial  refrigeration 175 

New  method  for  destruction  of  bacteria  m  milk  by  electricity,  Lewis 175 

The  electrical  treatment  of  milk  for  infant  feeding,  Beattie 176 

Scoring  of  milk  and  cream,  Esten  and  Mason 176 

The  production  of  first-grade  cream  in  Oklahoma,  Potts 176 

Tests  and  comparisons  of  commercial  lactic  starters,  Mason 176 

Ice  cream.    Evaporated  milk 176 

Bacteria  studies  of  Camembert  cheese,  Esten  and  Mason _ 177 

Classification  and  nomenclature  of  lactic  acid  organisms,  Lohnis 178 

VETERINARY   MEDICINE. 

Animal  disease  and  our  food  supply,  Mitchell :  •  •  • : 1'^^ 

Economic  importance  of  the  Federal  inspection  of  meats,  Ditewig 178 

Strength  of  disinfectants  in  relation  to  their  concentration,  Gregersen 179 

The  formation  of  specific  proteoclastic  ferments,  Hulton _ 179 

Cachexia  following  parenteral  injection  of  homogenous  organ  proteins,  Dold 179 

Mechanism  of  cleavage  process  in  Abderhalden's  dialysis  procedure,  Plant 179 

Abderhalden  procedure  used  in  testing  serum  of  horses,  Bernhardt  and  Hofherr . .  179 

The  control  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  with  "rindol,"  Matthiesen  and  Glasser. .  180 

Contributions  to  the  serodiagnosis  of  glanders,  Pfeiler 180 

The  agglutinin,  precipitin,  and  complement-deviating  substance  content  of  the 

body  fluids  of  glanderous  horses,  Borchardt 180 

Toxicity  of  blood  serum  of  luetics  for  anaphylactic  guinea  pigs,  Misch 180 

Complement  fixation  in  the  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  Craig 180 

The  significance  of  bovine  tuberculosis  to  human  tuberculosis,  Orth 181 

Tuberculosis  in  dog  and  relation  to  man,  Markus  and  Schornagel 181 

Tuberculosis  in  Finmarken  with  special  reference  to  living  conditions,  Wessel . .  181 

Studies  on  tuberculosis,  XIV,  Arkin  and  Corper 181 

Studies  on  tuberculosis,  XY,  De  Witt  and  Sherman 181 

Contributions  to  the  serodiagnosis  of  typhus,  Papamarku 182 

"Lungworms,"  a  preliminary  report  on  treatment,  Herms  and  Freeborn 182 

Some  lice  and  mites  of  the  hen,  Lamson,  jr.,  and  Manter 183 

Bacillary  white  diarrhea  of  young  chicks:  Its  eradication,  Rettger  et  al 184 

RURAL   ENGINEERING. 

How  engineering  may  help  farm  life,  McCormick 184 

The  law  of  irrigation,  compiled  by  Davis 185 

Irrigation  prat'tice  and  engineering.  III,  Etcheverry 185 

The  flow  of  water  in  irrigation  channels,  Ellis 185 

The  automatic  volumeter,  Hopson 185 

Diagram  giving  excess  loss  of  head  in  90°  bends,  Bailey.'. 186 

Machine  for  placing  concrete  lining  in  canals,  Davis 186 

Experiments  on  the  economical  use  of  irrigation  water  in  Idaho,  Bark 186 

Ground  water  in  San  Joaquin  Valley,  California,  Mendenhall  et  al 186 

Kadio-activity  of  spring  water,  Ramsey 187 

"Water  supplies  tf)  rural  and  small  urban  areas,  Savage 187 

Well  waters  from  the  trap  area  of  western  India,  Mann 187 

A  Himple  procesa  for  removing  micro-organisms  from  water,  s'trell 187 

The  activalcd-sludge  process  of  sewage  purification,  Fowler 188 

Experimental  work  on  activated  eludge  at  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  Hatton 188 

Ninth  report  of  State  highway  commissioner  of  Virginia,  1915,  Coleman 188 

Methoda  of  bnck  pavement  construction .  188 


19161                                                         CONTENTS.  VIT 

Page. 

Forest  Service  proposes  Douglas  fir  grading  rule 188 

Gas  tractors  and  their  work,  Perkins 188 

General  notes  on  power  farming,  Wiggins 188 

The  adjustment  and  operation  of  engine  plows,  Reed 189 

A  homemade  windmill,  Smith 189 

Harvesting  grain  in  California:  Combined  harvester  v.  grain  binder,  Ilendiy . .  189 

Using  the  modem  grain  separator,  Conner 189 

The  drinking  of  dairy  stock  and  automatic  watering  devices,  Felix 189 

Experiments  with  aluminum  milk  and  dairy  receptacles,  Peter 189 

Protective  paints  for  metal,  wood,  canvas,  and  cement  roofs,  Schrader 189 

Rural  sanitation,  Givens 189 

RURAL   ECONOMICS. 

How  Department  of  Agriculture  promotes  organization  in  rural  life,  Thompson.  190 

How  Hawaii  helps  her  farmers  to  market  their  produce,  Wilcox 190 

The  cooperative  purchase  of  farm  supplies,  Bassett 190 

A  successful  rural  cooperative  laundry,  Hanson 191 

A  graphic  summary  of  Arnerican  agriculture,  Smith,  Baker,  and  Hainsworth. .  191 

Some  outstanding  factors  in  profitable  farming,  Cates 191 

Unprofitable  acres,  McDowell 192 

Monthly  crop  report 192 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

The  development  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  Waters 193 

Agricultural  instruction  in  Suiinam,  Leys 193 

Horticultural  winter  schools,  Jung 194 

Report  of  the  work  of  the  School  Garden  Association  in  1913  and  1914 194 

Regulations  for  grants  in  aid  of  agricultural  education  and  research,  1916-17 194 

Second  thousand  answered  questions  in  California  agriculture,  Wickson 194 

Elementary  vocational  agriculture  for  Maryland  schools,  ]\Iiller 194 

Extension  course  in  soils  for  self-instructecl  classes,  Wliitson  and  Ilendrick 194 

Suggestions  for  school  and  home  projects  in  agriculture,  Hatch  and  Stewart. . .  195 

Practical  examples  in  dairy  arithmetic,  Ross,  Guthrie,  and  Fisk 195 

How  the  whole  county  demonstrated,  Knapp  and  Jones 195 

The  boys'  pig  club  work,  Ward 195 

The  poultry  club  work  in  the  South,  Slocum 195 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Yearbook  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  1915 195 

Annual  repoit  of  the  director  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1915 195 

Getting  the  most  out  of  farming,  Wallace 195 

What  shall  the  farmer  read?  Hall 195 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Alabama  College  Station:  Page. 

Bui.  188,  Mar.,  1916 161 

Arkansas  Station: 

Bui.  124,  Dec,  1915 139 

California  Station: 

Bui.  266,  Feb.,  1916 144 

Bui.  267,  Mar.,  1916.... 144 

Circ.  146,  Jan.,  1916 113 

Circ.  147,  Feb.,  1916 142 

Circ.  148,  Mar.,  1916 182 

Circ.  149,  Mar.,  1916 145 

Connecticut  Storrs  Station: 

Bui.  83,  Sept.,  1915.  133, 164, 176, 177 

Bui.  84,  Sept.,  1915 134 

Bui.  85,  Dec,  1915 184 

Bui.  86,  Mar.,  1916 183 

Delaware  Station: 

Bui.  Ill,  Feb.  1, 1916  (An.  Rpt. 

1915) 195 

Illinois  Station: 

Bui.  186,  Feb.,  1916 158 

Bui.  187,  Feb.,  1916 159 

Iowa  Station: 

Circ.  27,  Mar.,  1916 146 

Circ.  28,  Mar.,  1916 136 

Kentucky  Station: 

Bui.  199,  Jan.,  1916 121 

Maine  Station: 

Off.  Insp.  75,  Jan.,  1916 141 

Off.  Insp.  76,  Feb.,  1916 176 

Minnesota  Station: 

Bui.  153,  Jan.,  1916 148 

Bui.  154,  Feb.,  1916 138 

Missouri  Station: 

Bui.  139,  Jan.,  1910 127 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Bui.  287,  Dec.  9,  1915 128 

Bui.  288,  Jan.  4,  1916 123 

Bui.  289,  Jan.  4,  1916 125 

Circ.  54,  Jan.  1,  1916 120 

Circ.  57,  Mar.  1,  1910 141 

New  York  Cornell  Station: 

Bui.  371,  Feb.^  1916 154 

North  Dakota  Station: 

Circ.  1 1 ,  Mar.,  1916 172 

Circ  12,  Mar.,  1916 140 

Ohio  Station: 

Bui.  291,  Feb.,  1910 171 

Oklahoma  Station: 

Bui.  108,  Jan.,  1916 170 

Bui.  109,  Feb.,  1910 158 

Bui.  110,  Feb.,  1910 108 

Circ  39,  Mar.,  1916 156 

Pennsylvania  Station: 

Bui.  138,  Mar.,  1916 168 

VIII 


Stations  in  the  United  States — Continued. 

Porto  Rico  Board  of  Agriculture  rage. 
Station: 

Bui.  15,  Mar.  24,  1916 155 

Rhode  Island  Station: 

Bui.  164,  Jan.,  1916 174 

South  Carolina  Station: 

Bui.  185,  Jan.,  1916 136 

Utah  Station: 

Bui.  142,  Jan.,  1916 143 

Vei-mont  Station: 

Bui.  191,  Nov.,  1915 155 

Bui.  192,  Feb.,  1916 140 

Virginia  Station: 

Bui.  209,  Dec,  1915 151 

Bui.  210,  Mar.,  1916 143 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Jour.  Agr.  Research,  vol.  6 — 

No.  2,  Apr.  10,  1916... .  120, 152, 161 
No.  3,  Apr.  17,  1916....  Ill,  156, 161 

Bui.  224,  Study  of  the  Preparation 
of  Frozen  and  Dried  Eggs  in  the 
Producing  Section,  Mary  E.  Pen- 
nington et  al 173 

Bui.  335,  Development  of  Sugar 
and  Acid  in  Grapes  During  Rip- 
ening, W.B.  Alwoodetal 108 

Bui.  339,  Experiments  on  the  Eco- 
nomical Use  of  Irrigation  Water 
in  Idaho,  D.H.  Bark 186 

Bui.  343,  Ground-wood  Pulp,  J.  H. 
Thickens  and  G.  C.  McNaughton      114 

Bui.  351,  The  Terrapin  Scale:  An 
Important  Insect  Enemy  of 
Peach  Orchards,  F.  L.  Simanton      156 

Bui.  355,  Extension  Course  in  Soils, 
A.  R.  Whitson  and  H.  B.  Hen- 
drick 194 

Bui.  357,  Alaska  and  Stoner,  or 
"Miracle,"  Wheats:  Two  Varie- 
ties Much  Misrepresented,  C.  R. 
Ball  and  C.  E.  Leighty 139 

Bui.  358,  Studies  of  the  Mexican 
Cotton  Boll  Weevil  in  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley,  R.  W.  Howe 160 

Bui.  359,  Comparative  Spinning 
Tests  of  the  Different  Grades  of 
Arizona-Egyptian  with  Sea- 
Island  and  Sakellaridis  Egyptian 
Cottons,  F.  Taylor  and  W.  S. 
Dean 137 

Bui.  364,  Forest  Conservation  for 
States  in  the  Southern  Pine  Re- 
gion, J.  G.  Peters 146 


[Vol.  35,  1916] 


LIST   OF    PUBLICATIONS. 


TX 


JJ.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Farmers'    Bui.    718,    Cooperative    Page- 
Live    Stock    Shipping   Associa- 
tions, S.  W.  Doty  and  L.D.  Hall.       168 

Yearbook,  1915 114, 

115, 136, 140, 147, 156, 162, 167, 
170, 178, 184, 190, 191, 192, 195 
Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates: 

Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  vol.  2,  No.  4, 

Apr.  15,  1916 192 

Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Sui-vey  of  the  Merced 
Area,  Cal.,  E.B.Watson 

etal 117 

Soil  Survey  of  Warren 
County,  Ind.,  E.  J. 
Grimes  and  E.  H.  Ste- 
vens        117 

Soil  Survey  of  Musca- 
tine County,  Iowa,  H. 
W.  Hawker  and  H.  W. 

Johnson 117 

Soil  Survey  of  Seward 
County,  Nebr.,  A.  H. 
Meyer  and  E.  H.  Smies 

etal 117 

Soil  Survey  of  Thurston 
County.  Nebr.,  A.  H. 
Meyer,  M.  W.  Beck,  and 

W.  A.  Rockie 118 

Soil  Siu-vey  of  Florence 
County,  S.  C,  J.  H. 
Agee,  J.  A.  Kerr,  and 

W.  E.  McLendon 118 

Soil  Siu'vey  of  McDowell 
and  Wyoming  Counties, 
W.  Va.,  W.  J.  Latimer  .       118 
Weather  Bureau: 

Mo.    Weather   Rev.,    vol.    44, 

Nos.l-2,Jan.-Feb.,  1916. 114,115 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 


116 


^^'eather  Bureau — Continued. 

Climat.  Data,  vol.  2,  No.  13, 
1915 

Climat.  Data,  vol.  3,  Nos.  1-2, 

Jan.-Feb.,  1916 116 

Scientific  Contributions:" 

California  Earthquakes  During 
1915,  A.  H.  Palmer 116 

Fertilizer  Situation  in  the 
United  States,  D.  F.  Hous- 
ton  

Mass  Mutation  in  CEnotliera 
pratincola,  H.  H.  Bart.lett. . . 

Quichua  Names  of  Sweet  Pota- 
toes, 0.  F.  Cook 

The  Pitanga,   A.   D.   Shamel 

and  W.  Popenoe 144 

The  Government's  Experience 
and  Conclusions,  A.  S.  Peck. 

Fire  Weather  Forecasts,  E.  A. 
Beals 

Railroad  Fires,  F.  A.  Silcox.. 

Forest  Protection  and  Modern 
Invention,  C.  DuBois 148 

The  Government  and  the  Lum- 
ber Industry,  H.  S.  Graves. . 

P enicillium  avellaneuvi,  a  New 
Ascus-Producing  Species, 
C .  Thom  and  G .  W .  Tiuesson . 

The  Sugar  Beet  Nematode  and 
Its  Control,  II.  B.  Shaw. . . . 

Birds  of  Porto  Rico,  A.  Wet- 
more 

Artificial  Refrigeration 

Elementary  Vocational  Agri- 
culture for  Maiy land  Schools, 
E.A.Miller 194 


121 

128 


129 


148 

148 
148 


148 


148 

150 

155 
175 


o  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  August,  1916.  No.  2. 


Since  the  passage  of  the  Smith-Lever  Extension  Act  in  1914,  no 
agricultural  question,  among  the  many  pending  before  Congress,  has 
aroused  more  widespread  interest  than  that  of  the  provision  of  more 
adequate  rural  credit  facilities.  During  this  period,  scores  of  bills, 
embracing  a  broad  range  of  remedies,  have  been  proposed.  Commis- 
sions, both  State  and  National,  official  and  unofficial,  as  well  as  the 
United  States  Government,  the  agricultural  colleges,  organizations, 
and  individuals  have  studied  the  subject  in  its  various  phases  in  this 
country  and  abroad.  At  length,  public  opinion  has  sufficiently  crystal- 
lized to  make  possible  the  enactment  of  a  law  designed  to  initiate  a 
Federal  system  of  rural  credit  based  upon  farm  real  estate,  and  the 
result  is  the  Federal  Farm  Loan  Act,  approved  July  17  by  President 
Wilson. 

The  passage  of  legislation  of  this  sort  constitutes  a  notable  recogni- 
tion of  American  agriculture  in  a  new  direction.  By  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  system  of 
agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  stations  and  the  provision,  for 
many  years,  of  large  appropriations  to  carry  on  and  extend  the  ac- 
tivities of  these  institutions,  the  principle  of  Federal  aid  to  agricul- 
ture through  such  means  as  education,  systematic  research,  and  the 
demonstration  of  improved  methods  has  become  firmly  accepted. 
The  new  legislation,  however,  recognizes  more  definitely  than  ever  be- 
fore that  agriculture  is  a  basic  industry,  one  in  which  loiowledge  and 
skill  alone  are  not  sufficient  for  success,  and  that  it  is  highly  impor- 
tant that  farmers  obtain  the  capital  they  need  on  terms  consistent 
with  their  credit. 

That  they  have  not  always  been  able  to  do  this  was  indicated  by 
President  Wilson  in  his  message  of  December  7,  1915,  advocating  the 
provision  of  "  adequate  instrumentalities  on  which  long  credits  can 
be  obtained  on  land  mortgages,"  and  likewise  in  a  speech  made  when 
signing  the  Act,  in  which  he  said :  "  The  farmers,  it  seems  to  me,  have 
occupied  hitherto  a  singular  position  of  disadvantage.  They  have 
not  had  the  same  freedom  to  get  credit  on  their  real  assets  that  others 
have  had  who  were  in  manufacturing  and  commercial  enterprises, 

101 


102  EXPERIMENT  STATTON   EECOED.  (Vol.85 

and  while  they  sustained  our  life  they  did  not  in  the  same  degree 
with  some  others  share  in  the  benefits  of  that  life."  The  creation  by 
the  Federal  Government  of  a  distinctive  niral  credit  system  is  thus 
a  recognition  of  the  needs  of  agi'iculture  in  this  direction,  and  an 
indication  of  the  belief  that  to  render  assistance  in  meeting  these 
needs  will  be  to  fulfill  a  function  which  will  "promote  the  general 
welfare." 

Although  the  machinery  through  which  it  is  proposed  to  carry  on 
the  new  system  does  not  directly  include  the  agricultural  colleges  and 
experiment  stations,  many  agricultural  economists  and  other  college 
and  station  workers  have  been  active  in  studying  the  problem,  and 
the  passage  of  the  Act  is  to  them,  as  to  all  associated  with  agricul- 
ture, an  event  of  much  interest.  This  could  not  be  otherwise,  in  view 
of  their  close  touch  with  farm  life.  Instruction  staffs  engaged  in 
preparing  students  for  agricultural  service  have  repeatedly  been 
brought  face  to  face  with  the  obstacles  confronting  their  graduates 
who  wish  to  farm  but  have  only  limited  capital.  Experiment  station 
and  extension  workers  have  often  been  handicapped  in  recommend- 
ing such  sound  and  simple  remedies  for  specific  problems  as  an 
increase  in  the  farm  business  by  the  purchase  of  additional  land  or 
live  stock,  the  drainage  of  wet  areas,  the  construction  of  a  silo,  and 
the  like,  by  a  realization  of  the  impossibility  of  the  farmers  securing 
the  necessary  capital  without  excessive  interest  rates  and  commis- 
sions, uncertainty  as  to  the  renewal  of  short-term  mortgages,  and 
kindred  difficulties. 

The  provision  of  adequate  rural  credit  facilities  would  thus  widen 
the  opportunities  of  the  college  and  station  staffs  for  usefulness, 
and  render  their  work  more  effective  and  far-reaching.  Many  of 
the  undertakings  for  wliich  the  farmer  will  wish  to  utilize  his  new 
resources  will  involve  matters  with  which  he  is  unfamiliar,  such 
as  the  details  of  silo  construction  or  of  f  ann  drainage  or  the  selection 
of  pure-bred  live  stock,  and  he  will  often  turn  to  the  county  agent 
for  assistance.  In  some  cases  the  borrower's  plans  may  not  be  of 
the  wisest,  and  the  adviser  must  endeavor  to  prevent  extravagance 
and  waste.  Thus  the  introduction  of  a  new  system  will  bring  its 
own  problems  to  the  colleges  and  stations,  and  upon  them,  accord- 
ingly, will  rest  a  measure  of  responsibility  for  its  success. 

The  history  of  the  movement  resulting  in  this  legislation  is  in- 
teresting, partly  from  the  fact  that  it  is  of  such  comparatively  recent 
origin.  It  is  one  of  many  evidences  of  a  new  viewpoint  and  attitude 
toward  the  business  of  farming. 

With  the  passing  away  of  what  may  be  termed  the  pioneer  or 
formative  period  of  American  agriculture  toward  the  close  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  the  need  of  an  efficient  system  of  financing  agri- 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  103 

culture  began  to  be  more  and  more  realized.  By  this  time  free  land 
had  largely  disappeared,  and  land  values  began  to  be  more  definite 
and  stable.  Farmers  came  to  appreciate  the  value  of  well-planned 
irrigation  or  drainage  programs,  systems  of  clearing  and  improv- 
ing land,  more  definite  systems  of  road  construction,  proper  building 
programs,  and  better  and  more  equipment  on  farms.  The  lack  of 
funds  in  many  sections  with  which  to  carry  out  these  and  other 
projects  of  obvious  advantage  emphasized  and  strengthened  the  de- 
mand for  more  adequate  credit  facilities. 

According  to  the  Census  of  1910,  33.6  per  cent  of  farms  operated 
by  their  owners  in  the  United  States  were  mortgaged.  The  mort- 
gages averaged  $1,715  each,  or  27.3  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  land 
and  buildings  of  the  farms  mortgaged.  The  total  amount  of  the 
mortgages  on  farms  operated  by  their  owners  was  slightly  over 
10  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  land  and  buildings  of  all  farms  of 
this  class.  On  this  basis  the  aggregate  farm  mortgage  indebtedness 
of  the  country  has  been  estimated  to  be  about  $3,600,000,000.  An 
inquiry  instituted  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
in  1913  indicated  that  of  this  amount  about  one-fifth  was  supplied 
by  banks,  about  one-fifth  by  life  insurance  companies,  and  the  re- 
mainder by  mortgage  companies  and  private  individuals.  A  large 
part  of  this  sum  was  loaned  for  relatively  short  periods,  usually 
from  three  to  five  years.  Much  variation  in  interest  rates  and  com- 
missions was  found  in  the  different  sections  of  the  country.  The 
Department  reported  a  range  in  the  percentage  of  the  farm  mort- 
gage business  on  which  commissions  were  paid  from  1.3  per  cent 
of  the  total  in  Connecticut  to  91.6  per  cent  in  Oklahoma,  and  an 
average  rate  for  interest  and  commission  ranging  from  5.3  per  cent 
in  New  Hampshire  to  10.5  per  cent  in  New  Mexico.  In  many  in- 
dividual cases  the  rates  for  interest  and  commission  were  far  in 
excess  of  these  figures. 

In  1910,  the  American  Bankers'  Association  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  study  the  general  subject  of  farm  finance  in  this  country. 
The  report  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  1912  contained  the 
results  of  a  questionnaire  sent  out  to  country  bankers,  farmers,  and 
merchants  as  to  the  prevailing  local  conditions,  while  in  the  same 
year  the  collection  of  data  as  to  European  methods  was  undertaken 
by  the  State  Department  and  some  of  its  findings  submitted  by 
President  Taft  to  the  House  of  Governors. 

In  April,  1912,  a  conference  on  cooperative  credit  was  held  at 
Nashville,  Tennessee,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Southern  Commercial 
Congress.  This  congress  undertook  to  assemble  a  commission  of  rep- 
resentatives from  each  State  to  study  cooperative  systems  in  Europe. 
The  commission  was  known  as  the  American  Commission,  and  con- 
sisted of  sixty-seven  members  from  twenty-nine  States,  the  District 


104  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    EECOKD.  [Vol.85 

of  Columbia,  and  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  Early  in  1913  it  was 
supplemented  by  the  United  States  Commission  of  seven  members, 
authorized  by  Congress  to  work  in  cooperation  with  it,  as  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  301).  A  three  months'  study  was  made  by  the 
two  commissions  of  agricultural  credit  and  cooperation  in  fourteen 
countries  of  Europe,  followed  by  elaborate  reports  and  the  submis- 
sion of  a  proposed  land  credits  bill. 

The  fii'st  Federal  legislation  providing  improved  rural  credit 
facilities  was  embodied  in  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  of  December  3, 
1913.  This  Act  contained  more  liberal  provisions  than  had  pre- 
viously obtained  as  to  the  discounting  of  agricultural  short-time 
loans,  and  also  empowered  the  national  banking  associations,  under 
certain  restrictions,  to  make  loans  on  improved  and  unencumbered 
farm  land.  These  real  estate  loans  were,  however,  restricted  to  50 
per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  property  and  in  duration  to  five  years. 

In  March,  1915,  the  Senate  and  House  each  adopted  a  rural  credits 
amendment  to  the  agricultural  appropriation  bill,  but  in  conference 
both  of  these  propositions  were  eliminated  and  a  joint  congressional 
committee  provided  to  study  the  subject  further  and  suggest  legisla- 
tion. This  committee  subsequently  submitted  a  bill  which,  after 
amendment,  passed  the  Senate  May  3,  and  the  House  May  15,  1916. 
After  a  considerable  period  in  conference,  the  measure  became  a  law 
July  17,  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  legislation  is  not  hasty  but 
that  time  has  been  taken  for  study  of  the  question  and  the  adaptation 
of  a  system  to  American  conditions. 

The  complete  title  of  the  new  measure  is  "An  act  to  provide  capital 
for  agricultural  development,  to  create  standard  forms  of  investment 
based  upon  farm  mortgage,  to  equalize  rates  of  interest  upon  farm 
loans,  to  furnish  a  market  for  United  States  bonds,  to  create  Govern- 
ment depositories  and  financial  agents  for  the  United  States,  and  for 
other  purposes."  This  title  indicates  its  general  scope  and  compre- 
hensiveness. 

The  act  provides  for  a  Federal  Farm  Loan  Board,  a  system  of 
Federal  land  banks,  National  farm  loan  associations,  and  joint-stock 
land  banks.  Some  of  these  component  parts  correspond  to  a  certain 
extent  to  institutions  which  have  proved  successful  in  Europe  and 
elsewhere,  and  some  of  the  principles  incorporated  are  analogous  to 
those  followed  in  many  of  the  building  and  loan  associations  devel- 
oped in  numerous  urban  sections  of  this  country.  In  form  the  meas- 
ure is  also  patterned  in  a  general  way  after  the  Federal  Reserve  Act, 
and  while  the  system  proposed  is  essentially  distinct  as  to  adminis- 
trative purposes  it  is  designed  to  supplement  and  articulate  with  the 
Federal  reserve  system. 


1918]  EDITOEIAL.  105 

The  Federal  Farm  Loan  Board  is  given  supervision  over  a  Federal 
Fami  Loan  Bureau,  to  be  established  in  the  Treasury  Department 
and  to  have  charge  of  the  execution  of  the  act.  The  board  is  to 
consist  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  ex-officio,  and  four  other 
members  to  be  appointed  for  terms  of  two,  four,  six,  and  eight  years, 
respectively,  in  the  beginning,  and  thereafter  of  eight  years  each,  at 
salaries  of  $10,000  per  annum.  The  initial  appointments  consist  re- 
spectively of  Messrs.  Charles  E.  Lobdell,  of  Kansas ;  George  W.  Nor- 
ris,  of  Pennsylvania;  William  S.  A.  Smith,  of  Iowa;  and  Herbert 
Quick,  of  West  Virginia.  One  of  these  members  is  to  be  designated  as 
the  farm  loan  commissioner,  and  will  be  the  active  executive,  officer 
of  the  board.  The  board  is  to  charter  the  Federal  land  banks, 
the  National  farm  loan  associations,  and  the  joint-stock  land  banks, 
and  has  general  supervision  and  control  over  the  entire  system.  It  is 
also  to  prepare  publications  relative  to  the  act,  the  principles  of 
rural  credit,  and  the  like,  and  to  disseminate  its  results,  through  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  or  otherwise. 

The  United  States  is  to  be  divided  by  the  board  on  a  basis  of  State 
lines  and  the  farm  loan  needs  of  the  country  into  twelve  land  bank 
districts.  Each  district  may  contain  a  Federal  land  bank  and  branch 
offices  as  needed.  A  capital  stock  of  $750,000,  divided  into  shares  at 
$5  each,  is  required  for  each  of  these  banks,  but  it  is  provided  that  if 
this  is  not  subscribed  by  the  public  within  thirty  days  the  Govern- 
ment must  purchase  the  imsubscribed  portion  of  the  stock.  The 
funds  thus  secured,  together  with  a  special  appropriation  of  $100,000 
for  the  expenses  of  the  farm  loan  board,  are  expected  to  be  available 
to  initiate  the  new  system. 

The  National  farm  loan  associations,  which  are  distinctive  local 
organizations,  are  to  be  chartered  by  the  Federal  farm  loan  board 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  district  land  bank.  Membership  in 
these  associations  is  restricted  to  actual  or  prospective  owners  of 
farms  in  a  given  locality  who  wish  to  borrow  upon  farm  mortgage 
security.  At  least  ten  such  persons  are  required  and  their  individual 
borrowings  must  not  be  less  than  $100  nor  more  than  $10,000  and 
must  aggregate  at  least  $20,000. 

The  loans  when  granted  are  made  by  the  district  land  bank  to  the 
individual  members  of  the  association  through  its  secretary-treasurer. 
The  amount  can  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  land,  based 
principally  on  its  earning  power,  plus  20  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the 
permanent  insured  improvements.  The  loan  can  be  negotiated  only 
for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  land  for  agricultural  uses,  the  pur- 
chase of  equipment,  fertilizers,  and  live  stock  necessary  for  the  farm 
operations,  the  provision  of  buildings  or  the  improvement  of  farm 
lands  or  the  liquidation  of  existing  indebtedness. 


IQQ  EXPERIMENT   STATTOTT   BECOBD.  [Vol.  35 

Loans  are  to  be  made  upon  first  mortgage  security,  for  periods 
of  from  five  to  forty  years,  with  interest  at  not  to  exceed  6  per  cent, 
and  with  payments  on  the  amortization  plan.  This  provision  is  in- 
tended not  only  to  enable  the  farmer  to  secure  loans  conveniently 
and  at  rates  he  can  afford,  but  to  protect  him  in  these  loans  from 
the  necessity  of  heavy  costs,  bonuses,  and  commissions,  and  to  extend 
the  period  of  payment  over  a  long  period  of  years  without  the  neces- 
sity of  uncertain  and  costly  renewals  at  stated  periods.  At  the 
same  time,  opportunity  is  given  for  payments,  in  addition  to  those 
required,  on  installment  dates  after  the  expiration  of  five  years,  there- 
by encouraging  thrift  and  allowing  the  borrower  to  profit  by  favor- 
able conditions. 

In  order  to  obtain  funds  to  make  the  loans,  the  Federal  land  banks, 
upon  the  approval  of  the  farm  loan  board,  are  empowered  to  issue 
farm  loan  bonds  based  upon  the  mortgages  obtained  through  the 
farm  loan  associations.  These  bonds  may  be  issued  in  denomina- 
tions ranging  from  $25  to  $1,000  and  in  series  of  at  least  $50,000, 
and  are  to  bear  interest  payable  semi-annually  at  a  rate  not  to  exceed 
5  per  cent  per  annum. 

The  farm  loan  associations  are  essentially  mutual  and  cooperative, 
each  member  being  required  to  subscribe  for  stock  to  the  extent  of 
5  per  cent  of  his  loan.  This  stock  is  held  by  the  association  as  col- 
lateral security  until  the  payment  of  the  loan,  at  which  time  it  is 
retired  at  par.  In  the  meantime  the  borrower  has  received  his  pro- 
portionate share  of  any  dividends  from  the  operations  of  the  asso- 
ciation. A  similar  arrangement  is  also  required  between  the  asso- 
ciations and  the  Federal  land  banks. 

Shareholders  in  the  associations  are  held  individually  responsible, 
equally  and  ratably,  but  not  for  one  another,  for  the  liabilities  of  the 
association  to  the  extent  of  the  par  value  of  their  stock,  plus  the 
amount  paid  in  and  represented  by  their  shares.  It  is,  therefore,  a 
plan  for  limited  liability  of  members  as  contrasted  with  the  assump- 
tion of  unlimited  liability  which  constitutes  an  essential  feature  of  a 
number  of  the  European  systems. 

Inasmuch  as  inability  to  organize  farm  loan  associations  might 
work  hardship  upon  individual  borrowers,  provision  is  also  made 
whereby,  after  the  act  has  been  in  effect  a  year,  the  Federal  land 
banks  may  make  loans  through  other  channels.  If  no  farm  loan  as- 
sociation has  been,  or  is  likely  to  be,  formed  in  a  locality  the  land 
bank  may  employ  an  incorporated  bank,  a  trust  company,  a  savings 
institution,  or  a  mortgage  company  as  its  agent  in  arranging  the 
loans  and  in  collecting  payments.  The  agent  must  endorse  all  loans 
negotiated  and  may  receive  actual  expenses  and  a  commission  not  to 
exceed  0.5  per  cent  per  annum.     The  borrower  in  these  cases  sub- 


1916J  EDITORIAL.  107 

scribes  for  stock  in  the  land  bank  itself  and  receives  dividends  ac- 
cordingly. 

Another  alternative  is  provided  in  the  joint-stock  land  banks. 
These  banks  are  to  possess  some  powers  similar  to  those  of  the  Fed- 
eral land  banks,  but  differ  from  them  in  a  number  of  ways.  They 
must  have  a  subscribed  capital  of  at  least  $250,000,  none  of  which 
comes  from  Government  funds.  These  banks  are  allowed  to  make 
loans  on  first  mortgages  on  farm  lands,  and  to  issue  a  distinctive 
series  of  farm  loan  bonds  to  an  amount  not  exceeding  fifteen  times 
their  capital  and  surplus.  Their  interest  rate  can  not  exceed  by  more 
than  one  per  cent  the  rate  charged  on  their  land  bonds,  or  a  total  of 
6  per  cent,  and  any  commissions  collected  must  have  the  approval 
of  the  farm  loan  board.  In  making  the  loans  the  joint-stock  land 
banks,  however,  need  not  restrict  the  purposes  for  which  the  loans 
are  to  be  used  or  the  amount  to  an  individual,  or  require  the  borrower 
to  be  personally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  the  land  mortgaged. 
The  banks  are  also  noncooperative,  no  stock  subscriptions  being  re- 
quired of  borrowers  and  any  profits  being  apportioned  among  the 
shareholders  alone. 

The  mortgages  received  and  the  bonds  issued  under  the  authority 
of  the  act,  whether  by  the  Federal  land  banks  or  the  joint-stock 
banks,  are  specifically  exempted  from  Federal,  State,  and  local  taxa- 
tion. The  bonds  are  also  made  legal  investments  for  all  fiduciary 
and  trust  funds,  and  may  be  bought  and  sold  by  member  banks  of 
the  Federal  reserve  system.  It  is  expected  that,  because  of  these 
advantages  and  their  standardized  character,  these  securities  will 
prove  attractive  investments  and  thus  provide  the  bulk  of  the  funds 
to  be  loaned  under  the  system. 

The  new  act  may  well  lead  to  an  expansion  of  the  influence  of 
the  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  stations,  and  constitute  an 
aid  in  putting  into  effect  better  methods  and  practices.  It  should 
make  it  practicable  for  a  larger  proportion  of  college  graduates 
to  engage  in  farming.  It  should  also  make  the  work  of  the  county 
agents  more  effective,  and  give  an  increased  impetus  to  the  work 
of  investigation  which  aims  at  improvements  to  be  inaugurated  by 
the  individual  farmer.  At  all  events,  it  is  a  response  to  a  widespread 
demand  arising  from  what  is  believed  to  be  a  necessity,  and  a 
logical  step  toward  better  agriculture  and  better  farming  conditions. 
Operations  under  its  provisions  will,  therefore,  be  awaited  with 
keen  and  widespread  interest. 
47580°— 16 2 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGRICTJLTTJRAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

The  starches  of  the  grain  sorghums,  C.  K.  Fbancis  and  O.  C.  Smith  {Olcla- 
Jwma  Sta.  Bui.  110  (1916),  pp.  SS8,  figs.  2i).— This  bulletin  reports  the  results 
of  a  detailed  microscopical  study  of  the  grain  sorghums.  The  apparatus  and 
methods  used  for  making  the  photomicrographs  are  described  in  detail.  A 
new  apparatus  devised  by  the  authors  for  the  determination  of  the  gelatin- 
izing temperature  of  the  starches  by  means  of  a  thermo-slide  is  also  described 
in  detail  and  illustrated  by  drawings. 

The  quantity  of  starch  found  in  the  different  sorghums  was  fairly  uniform, 
Kafir  corn  containing  63.6  per  cent,  White  milo  maize  64.8,  Yellow  milo  maize 
63.1,  feterita  63.8,  and  darso  63.7  per  cent. 

The  following  averages  of  triplicate  determinations  of  the  gelatinizing  tem- 
peratures of  the  various  starches  are  submitted :  White  kaoliang,  78°  O. ; 
Brown  kaoliang,  76.3° ;  feterita,  75.5° ;  Orange  Cane  sorghum,  72.4°  ;  Red  Kafir 
corn,  75° ;  White  Kafir  corn,  72.2° ;  Pink  Kafir  corn,  64.7° ;  White  milo  maize, 
74.1° ;  Yellow  milo  maize,  76.9° ;  darso,  72.9° ;  and  Sudan  grass,  72.5°.  The 
results  obtained  by  the  new  thermo-slide  procedure  checked  very  closely  with 
those  obtained  by  the  water-bath  methods. 

Photomicrographs,  together  with  detailed  descriptions  of  the  following  char- 
acteristic reactions  of  the  starch  grains  are  submitted:  Chloral-hydrate  iodin, 
chromic  acid,  ferric  chlorid,  gentian  violet,  pyrogallic  acid,  and  safranin  re- 
actions. The  starches  examined  were  those  of  the  White,  Red,  and  Pink  Kafir 
corn,  White  and  Yellow  milo  maize.  Brown  and  White  kaoliang,  feterita,  darso, 
Sudan  grass.  Orange  Cane  sorghum,  corn,  sweet  potato,  Irish  potato,  rice, 
arrowroot,  navy  bean,  and  wheat. 

Tables  submitting  data  of  the  comparative  size  of  the  starch  granules  of 
the  grain  sorghums  and  the  comparative  staining  values  of  various  starches 
are  included. 

It  is  indicated  that  "  feterita,  tlie  milos,  and  Kafir,  containing  about  64  per 
cent  starch,  seem  to  be  especially  suitable  as  raw  materials  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  high-grade  starch  by  the  commercial  processes,  and  if  they  are  used 
will  require  practically  no  change  in  the  machinery  now  in  common  use  for 
manufacturing  starch  from  corn." 

The  variations  of  gluten,  Maechadiee  and  Goujon  (Ann.  Sci.  Agron.,  4.  ser., 
jff  (1915),  No.  1-6,  pp.  7-19). — The  composition,  changes,  and  variations  in 
amount  of  gluten  in  various  flours  are  briefly  discussed. 

It  is  indicated  that  when  rye  flour  is  added  to  wheat  flour  the  amount  of 
gluten  is  diminished,  while  the  acidity  is  greatly  increased.  Rye  flour  which 
yields  no  gluten  possesses  a  normal  acidity  ten  times  greater  than  that  of 
wheat  flour.  Acetic  acid  oxidizes  and  dehydrates  gluten,  and  when  a  wheat 
flour  which  yields  a  gluten-gliadin  ratio  of  1 : 3  is  treated  with  this  acid  a 
gluten  with  a  ratio  of  1 : 1  is  obtained. 

Development  of  sugar  and  acid  in  grapes  during  ripening,  W.  B.  Alwood 
ET  AL.   {U.  K.  ncpt.  Agr.  Bui.  SS5  {1916),  p.  28).— Continuing  the  work  previ- 
ously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  504)  this  bulletin  embodies  the  results  of  a  further 
108 


Vol.35,  1916]       AGRICULTURAL   OHEMISTEY — AGROTECHNT.  109 

and  more  extended  examination,  during  1911  and  1912,  of  the  changes  in  the 
sugar  and  acid  content  of  several  varieties  of  grapes.  The  examinations  were 
made  at  Sandusky,  Ohio,  and  Charlottesville,  Va. 

Analytical  results  obtained  from  the  juice  samples  submitted  indicate  that 
"  the  total  acid  percentage  is  practically  the  same  in  the  green  fruit  of  Con- 
cord in  both  juice  and  whole-fruit  samples,  and  this  relation  continues  so 
nearly  throughout  the  entire  period  that  either  result  may  be  taken  as  fairly 
expressing  the  content.  The  total  acid  is  decidedly  higher  in  the  juice  sample 
of  green  Catawba  than  in  the  whole  fruit  for  the  first  three  samples  taken; 
then  the  acid  content  of  both  samples  becomes  about  what  may  be  expected  of 
check  samples. 

"  The  results  for  total  tartaric  acid  in  the  juice  and  whole  fruit  are  not 
so  uniform  as  for  total  acid.  Yet  for  the  Concord  samples  .  .  .  there  is  a 
degree  of  uniformity  which  is  striking,  considering  the  difficulty  of  sam- 
pling. .  .  .  The  Catawba  samples  show  much  difference  in  the  green  fruit,  but 
the  later  samples  approach  uniformity. 

"  There  is  a  striking  dissimilarity  in  the  percentage  of  tartaric  acid  for  the 
Concord  samples  at  Sandusky  and  Charlottesville  throughout  the  period  of 
investigation.  Those  taken  at  Sandusky  show  much  less  variation  than  the 
Charlottesville  samples  and  the  former  show  approximately  the  same  amount 
at  the  close  of  the  season  as  for  the  partly  colored  samples  first  taken,  while 
the  Charlottesville  samples  show  a  very  marked  decline  in  tartaric  acid  for 
both  the  juice  and  fruit  samples.  .  .  . 

"  It  would  appear  that  the  crushed  fruit  invariably  yields  decidedly  the 
greater  part  of  the  free  tartaric  acid  content  when  pressed.  .  .  .  These  results 
support  our  previous  determinations  and  show  that  the  Concord  juice  loses  free 
tartaric  acid  more  completely  than  the  Catawba. 

"  The  results  for  cream  of  tartar  show  that  in  every  instance  save  one  the 
juice  sample  carries  a  smaller  percentage  of  cream  of  tartar  than  the  whole 
fruit.  .  .  .  The  excess,  in  per  cent,  of  cream  of  tartar  in  the  whole  fruit  is 
sufficient  to  support  a  previous  statement  that  this  substance  exists  as  crystals 
and  that  some  of  these  are  retained  in  the  pulp  when  the  fruit  is  pressed. 

"  The  constant  increase  of  cream  of  tartar  both  in  the  juice  and  fruit  samples 
follows  naturally  from  the  disappearance  of  free  tataric  acid." 

The  composition  of  the  whole  fruit  was  also  studied.  "  The  volume  and 
weight  of  the  Concord  berries  did  not  show  marked  changes  in  size  of  the  fruit 
throughout  the  period  of  the  examinations  of  the  samples,  but  for  Catawba 
there  was  a  decided  increase  of  about  39  per  cent  in  volume  and  about  44  per 
cent  in  weight.  It  appears  that  this  late-maturing  variety  for  that  season 
shows  considerable  change  in  size  and  weight  of  berries  during  the  period  from 
coloring  to  maturity. 

"  On  calculating  the  actual  weight  of  acid  in  grams  present  for  each  sample 
of  100  berries  examined  there  is  shown  in  a  positive  manner  ...  a  fairly 
constant  diminution  in  total  weight  of  this  ingredient.  .  .  .  There  are  some 
apparently  abnormal  results ;  that  is,  during  some  periods  the  actual  weight  of 
acid  increased  slightly,  yet  this  is  invariably  reversed  for  the  subsequent 
analysis  and  the  comparison  of  the  first  samples  and  the  last  taken  show  a  posi- 
tive loss  in  total  weight  of  acid  present  in  100  berries  for  all  the  crops  analyzed. 
The  data  appear  to  establish  the  fact  that  there  is  a  very  decided  loss  in  total 
weight  of  acid  as  the  fruit  ripens." 

The  analytical  data  are  presented  in  detail  in  tabular  form. 

The  urease  of  soy  beans,  W.  C.  de  Gbaatf  and  J.  E.  van  dee  Zande  (CJiem. 
Weekbl.,  13  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  258-264)  .—From  the  results  of  their  investiga- 


XIO  EXPEEIMEITT   STATION   EECOBD.  [Vol.36 

tions  the  airthors  conclude  that,  althou^  bacteria  may  be  present  In  soy 
beans,  this  is  not  invariably  the  case.  Urobacillus  pasteurii  could  not  be  iso- 
lated. The  strong  ureolytic  action  of  the  soy  bean  can  not  be  attributed  solely 
to  bacteria,  since  sterile  beans  stiU  possess  a  very  strong  urea-spUtting  power. 
A  iirease  must,  therefore,  be  present. 

On  account  of  the  great  variety  of  soy  beans  it  is  possible  that  some  may  not 
contain  urease. 

On  the  presence  of  urease  in  soy  beans,  J.  T.  Gboll  {Chem.  Weekbl.,  IS 
(1916),  No.  10,  pp.  254,  255). — Experimental  evidence  demonstrating  the  pres- 
ence of  a  urea-splitting  enzym  in  the  soy  bean  is  submitted.  The  use  of  steril- 
ized beans  excluded  the  possibility  of  bacterial  action  on  the  urea.  The  re- 
sults are  contrary  to  those  of  Mom  (see  p.  112). 

The  preparation  of  anhydrous  alcohol,  L.  W.  Winkler  (Ztschr.  Angew. 
Chem.,  29  (1916),  No.  5,  Aufsatzteil,  p.  18). — Commercial  "absolute  alcohol" 
contains  about  1  per  cent  of  water.  To  obtain  perfectly  anhydrous  and 
ammonia-free  alcohol  the  author  proceeds  as  follows : 

Metallic  calcium  shreds  are  thoroughly  shaken  on  a  sieve  of  medium  mesh, 
by  which  process  most  of  the  adhering  calcium  nitrid  is  removed.  To  free 
the  calcium  from  the  oil  it  is  thoroughly  washed  with  carbon  tetrachlorid  and 
then  dried  in  a  stream  of  moisture-free  carbon  dioxid  until  the  odor  of  carbon 
tetrachlorid  is  no  longer  perceptible.  The  alcohol  is  then  distilled  over  the 
calcium  prepared  in  this  manner,  using  about  20  gm.  of  the  metal  to  1  liter  of 
alcohol.  To  completely  remove  the  ammonia  from  the  anhydrous  distillate  it  is 
treated  with  alizarin  (several  centigrams  per  liter)  and  in  10  cc.  of  this  solu- 
tion 0.5  gm.  of  tartaric  acid  is  dissolved.  This  tartaric  acid  solution  is  added 
to  the  main  distillate  until  there  is  a  complete  color  change  from  reddish  blue 
to  pure  yellow,  when  a  slight  excess  of  the  acid  solution  is  added  and  the  alco- 
hol finally  distilled  in  a  moisture-free  atmosphere. 

A  simple  cell  for  the  determination  of  hydrogen  ion  concentration,  J,  H. 
Long  (Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  38  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  936-939,  fig.  1). — A  simple 
and  inexpensive  apparatus  is  described  in  detail. 

A  comparative  study  of  aeration  and  heat  distillation  in  the  Kjeldahl 
method  for  the  determination  of  nitrogen,  K.  G.  Palk  and  K.  Sugitjba  (Jour. 
Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  38  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  916-921). — Prom  their  investigation  the 
authors  conclude  that  the  aeration  procedure  in  the  ordinary  Kjeldahl  method 
very  often  gives  inaccurate  and  unreliable  results  and  is  therefore  not  to  be 
recommended  for  use. 

A  study  of  indicators  for  the  determination  of  temporary  hardness  in 
water,  J.  F.  Noeton  and  H.  I.  Knowles  (Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  38  (1916),  No. 
4,  pp.  877-88//).— Experimental  data  submitted  indicate  that  dimethylamidoazo- 
benzene  is  the  most  satisfactory  indicator  for  use  in  titrating  bicarbonate 
alkalinity  (temporary  hardness)  of  natural  waters.  In  the  presence  of  alum 
lacmoid  gives  the  best  results  but  yields  low  results  in  the  determination  of 
bicarbonates.     For  low  alkalinities  the  difference,  however,  is  negligible. 

The  following  standard  is  recommended :  To  100  cc.  distilled  water  0.1  cc.  of 
an  alcoholic  solution  of  dimethylamidoazobenzene  is  added  (2: 1,000,  and  0.4  cc. 
normal  sulphuric  acid.  The  unknown  solution  containing  the  same  amount  of 
Indicator  la  titrated  until  the  color  matches  that  of  the  standard. 

Material  for  uniform  laws  regarding  foodstuffs,  IV-VI  (Entwiirfe  su 
Festsctzungen  iiher  Lebensmittel.  Berlin:  Julius  Springer,  1913,  No.  4,  pp. 
Til  I +30;  1915,  Nos.  5,  pp.  33;  6,  pp.  24;  sups,  to  Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  u. 
Oenu»smtl.,  26  (1913),  No.  6;  29  (1915),  Nos.  9  and  10). -The  first  of  these 
pamphlets  describes  the  various  kinds  of  cheese,  together  with  their  prescribed 
requirements,  outlines  analytical  methods  for  the  determination  of  water,  ash, 


19161  AGEICULTTJRAL   OHEMISTEY — AGBOTECHNT.  HI 

fat,  preservatives,  and  starch,  and  considers  the  interpretation  of  analytical 
results.  The  second  pamphlet  describes  the  various  kinds  of  coffee,  outlines  the 
methods  for  the  determination  of  extraneous  material,  water,  ash,  water-soluble 
extractives,  caffein,  artificial  coloring  matter,  sugar  and  other  carbohydrates, 
fat,  crude  fiber,  protein,  borax,  and  arsenic-containing  shellacs,  and  considers 
the  interpretation  of  the  analytical  results. 

The  various  coffee  substitutes  are  described  in  the  third  pamphlet  and  the 
prescribed  requirements  for  such  material  outlined.  Analytical  methods  for  the 
determination  of  sugar,  mineral  oils,  and  glycerin  are  described,  as  well  as 
some  methods  described  in  the  pamphlet  on  coffee.  The  microscopical  examina- 
tion is  also  considered  in  some  detail. 

The  determination  of  volatile  oil  in  liqueurs,  L.  Ron  net  (Ann.  Falsif.,  9 
(1916),  No.  87,  pp.  lIf-16). — The  author  outlines  a  method  for  the  determination 
of  the  essence  in  a  liqueur,  based  on  the  determination  of  the  iodin  value,  and 
gives  the  procedure  for  calculating  the  amount  of  essence  present  from  the 
iodin  value  obtained. 

The  determination  of  the  volatile  oils  in  liqueurs,  G.  F.  Muttelet  {Ann. 
Falsif.,  9  {1916),  No.  87,  pp.  17-22;  Ann.  Chim.  Analyt.,  21  {1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
50-55). — A  gravimetric  method  for  the  determination  of  volatile  oils  is  described 
in  detail. 

Determination  of  the  quantity  of  fat  in  cream,  L.  Lindet  {Ann.  Sci.  Agron., 
4.  ser.,  4  {1915),  No.  1-6,  pp.  1-6). — This  material  has  been  previously  noted 
from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  714). 

Determination  of  stearic  acid  in  butter  fat,  E.  B.  Holland,  J.  C.  Reed,  and 
J.  P.  Buckley,  Je.  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
101-llS,  figs.  2 ) . — A  crystallization  method  devised  at  the  Massachusetts  Experi- 
ment Station  is  outlined  as  follows : 

Five-tenths  of  a  gram  of  melted  insoluble  acids  is  placed  in  an  8-oz.  sterilizer 
bottle  and  150  cc.  of  an  alcohol-stearic-acid  solution  (3  gm.  to  1,000  cc),  ac- 
curately measured  with  a  pipette  at  30'  C,  added.  The  bottle  is  sealed  with  a 
solid  rubber  stopper,  shaken  at  a  gradually  increasing  temperature  until  a 
clear  solution  is  obtained,  placed  immediately  in  a  pocket  of  the  ice  tank,  and 
allowed  to  stand  overnight.  The  following  morning  the  solution  is  gently 
agitated  by  inverting  the  bottle  several  times,  and  in  the  afternoon  it  is  siphoned 
off  as  thoroughly  as  possible  by  means  of  a  small  thistle  tube  and  a  perforated 
rubber  stopper,  using  suction.  The  residue  is  dissolved  in  ethyl  ether,  trans- 
ferred to  a  tared  140  cc.  wide-mouth  Erlenmeyer  flask,  the  ether  carefully  dis- 
tilled off,  the  residue  dried  at  100°,  and  weighed. 

The  construction  of  a  constant-temperature  tank,  also  devised  by  the  authors 
and  used  for  the  crystallization  of  the  stearic  acid,  is  described  in  detail. 

From  the  molecular  weight  determinations  the  crystalline  precipitate  ob- 
tained from  butter  fat  was  shown  to  be  pure  stearic  acid  and  not  a  mixture. 
In  studying  the  influence  of  various  fatty  acids  on  the  precipitation  of  the 
stearic  acid,  lauric,  myristic,  and  oleic  acids,  even  in  relatively  large  amounts, 
showed  no  appreciable  effect.  Palmitic  acid,  however,  noticeably  increased  the 
solubility  and  affected  the  crystalline  structure  of  the  precipitate. 

Analytical  data  obtained  by  the  application  of  the  proposed  method  to  the 
determination  of  the  stearic  acid  in  the  insoluble  acid  in  butter  fat  and  beef 
tallow  are  submitted  in  detail.  The  results  indicate  a  higher  percentage  of 
stearic  acid  in  the  insoluble  acids  of  butter  fat  than  has  been  reported  by 
earlier  investigators.  The  concordant  results  obtained,  however,  and  the  close 
agreement  of  the  molecular  weight  determinations  of  the  crystalline  product 
with  the  theoretical,  indicate  the  identity  and  approximate  purity  of  the  stearic 
acid. 


112  EXPEEIMENT   STATIOF   EECOED.  [Vol.  85 

The  determination  of  the  iodin  number  of  essential  oils,  R.  Mabcille  (Ann. 
Falsif.,  9  {1916),  No.  87,  pp.  6-11,  figs.  2).— Experimental  data  as  to  the  iodin 
numbers  of  various  essential  oils  and  oils  used  as  adulterants,  together  with 
their  refractive  indexes,  are  submitted  in  tabular  form.  The  effect  of  light  on 
the  iodin  absorption  vpas  studied  and  the  results  are  expressed  graphically. 

The  iodin  value  of  the  oils  in  liqueurs  can  be  determined  without  first  distilling 
the  alcohol,  and  is  a  valuable  method  for  detecting  adulteration  in  such 
products. 

The  detection  and  determination  of  benzoic  acid  in  animal  foodstuffs,  K. 
Baumann  and  J.  Geossfeld  {Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl,  29  {1915), 
No.  10.  pp.  897-409). — After  reviewing  the  methods  commonly  used  for  the  detec- 
tion and  determination  of  benzoic  acid  the  authors  outline  a  procedure  for 
which  they  claim  excellent  results.  This,  method  consists  essentially  of  con- 
verting any  free  benzoic  acid  in  the  material  to  the  alkali  salt  by  treatment 
with  dilute  alkali,  precipitation  of  the  alkali  soaps  thus  formed  with  calcium 
chlorid,  precipitation  of  the  protein  with  phosphotungstic  acid,  extraction 
of  the  benzoic  acid  from  the  clear  filtrate,  and,  finally,  determining  the  acid 
either  colorimetrically  or  by  titration  with  standard  alkali.  Carbon  tetra- 
chlorid  was  found  to  yield  excellent  results  as  an  extraction  agent. 

Experimental  data  obtained  from  the  application  of  the  method  to  the  de- 
termination of  benzoic  acid  in  milk,  lard,  butter,  margarin,  and  cacao  fat  are 
submitted  which  indicate  the   accuracy  of  the  method. 

Critical  observations  on  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  determination  of 
saccharin  and  a  new  procedure  for  its  qualitative  determination,  M.  Klostee- 
MANN  and  K.  Scholta  {Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl.,  31  {1916),  No. 
S,  pp.  67-78). — Earlier  methods  used  for  the  determination  of  saccharin  are 
briefly  reviewed.  A  proposed  procedure  is  described  in  detail  and  the  theory 
of  the  reaction  discussed.  The  reaction  is  sensitive  to  1  mg.  of  saccharin  and 
is  more  specific  than  the  others  commonly  used. 

The  quantitative  determiration  of  urea,  C.  P.  Mom  {Chem.  Weekbl.,  IS 
{1916),  No.  S,  pp.  72-75).— A  method  for  the  determination  of  urea  in  urine, 
using  TJrobacillus  pasteurii,  is  described.  The  urea-splitting  power  of  the  soy 
bean  is  not  attributed  to  the  presence  of  a  urease,  but  rather  to  bacterial 
action. 

The  chemical  composition  and  evaluation  of  lime-sulphur  solutions,  J. 
Bodnar  {Chem.  Ztg.,  39  {1915),  No.  lU,  pp.  715,  716).— The  author  contends 
that  lime-sulphur  solutions  contain  no  soluble  sulphite  and  that  the  use  of  the 
term  "  sulphite+sulphate "  in  the  evaluation  of  such  solutions  is  incorrect 
and  should  be  replaced  by  the  word  "  sulphate."  Experimental  data  are  sub- 
mitted in  support  of  this  contention. 

A  new  procedure  for  the  evaluation,  based  on  the  following  equations,  Is 
described : 

CaS4-f-2AgN03=Ag=S  +  S3+Ca(NOs)« 
CaSB+2AgN03=Ag=S  +  S«+Ca(NOs). 
CaS203+2AgNO,=  Ag2S203+Ca(NOa)» 
AgjSjOa+HjO^AgjS+H^SO* 

Briefly  the  procedure  consists  of  diluting  10  cc.  of  the  original  solution  to  100 
cc.  and  designating  this  as  solution  A.  To  50  cc.  of  tenth-normal  silver  nitrate 
diluted  to  70  cc.  10  cc.  of  solution  A  is  added,  with  constant  agitation  which 
facilitates  the  clumping  of  the  precipitate  and  produces  a  clear  supernatant 
Uquld.  After  diluting  the  mixture  to  100  cc.  it  is  filtered  by  suction  through 
a   Gooch   crucible   into   a   dry   suction   flask.     The   precipitate   is   thoroughly 


1916]  AGEICULTUEAL   CHEMISTBY — AGEOTECHNY.  113 

washed,  dried  for  an  hour  and  a  half  in  a  steam  drying  oven,  and  weighed  as 
silver  sulphid.  The  sulphuric  acid  and  excess  silver  nitrate  are  then  determined 
in  an  aliquot  of  the  filtrate  by  adding  from  20  to  30  cc.  tenth-normal  sodium 
chlorid  and  from  10  to  15  cc.  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid,  together  with  a 
few  drops  of  phenolphthalein,  and  titrating  with  tenth-normal  sulphuric  acid 
to  the  neutral  point.  To  the  same  solution  a  few  drops  of  potassium  chromate 
are  added,  and  the  excess  of  sodium  chlorid  titrated  with  tenth-normal  silver 
nitrate. 

For  calculating  the  various  forms  of  sulphur  the  following  formulas  are 
proposed : 

Thiosulphate  sulphur:  f=100X4(a— &).0.0016035=0.6414.(a— 6)  ; 
Sulphid   sulphur:    s=100X2(25+c—d). 0.0016035— f/2=0.3207(25+c—<J)—f/2; 
o=cc.   tenth-normal   NaOH ;    b=cc.   tenth-normal   H2SO1 ;    c=cc.    tenth-normal 
AgNOs  used  in  titrating  the  excess  of  NaCl ;  ci=cc.  tenth-normal  NaCl;  f=thio- 
sulphate  sulphur ;  «=sulphid  sulphur. 

From  the  weight  of  silver  sulphid  (e)  the  polysulphid  sulphur  (p)  is  cal- 
culated as  follows: 

Ag,S=-7.727.(s+t/2)  ;  p=100e— 7.727. (s+f/2) 

From  these  figures  the  amounts  of  tetra-  and  pentasulphid  present  can  be 
calculated. 

The  results  of  several  analyses  carried  out  according  to  the  proposed  pro- 
cedure are  submitted. 

Jellies  and  marmalades  from  citrus  fruits,  W.  V.  Cruess  {California  Sta. 
Circ.  146  {1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  2). — This  circular  discusses  the  preparation  of  jellies 
and  marmalades  from  citrus  fruits.  Because  of  their  richness  in  pectin  the 
citrus  fruits  are  especially  suitable  for  this  purpose,  either  to  be  used  alone 
or  blended  with  other  fruits  which  are  poor  in  pectin. 

A  thermometer  and  also  a  hydrometer  test  for  determining  the  sugar  con- 
centration in  the  jelly  sirup  is  described.  Either  of  these  tests  is  deemed 
far  more  reliable  than  the  usual  "  sheeting  "  test. 

Recipes  for  preparing  the  jellies  and  marmalades  are  included. 

The  distillation  of  apple  cider  in  sugar-beet  distilleries,  E.  Saillaed 
{Monit.  ScL,  5.  ser.,  6  {1916),  I,  No.  890,  pp.  25-25).— This  reports  the  progress 
of  an  investigation  carried  on  with  apple  and  beet  products  as  possible  sources 
of  alcohol,  which  was  ordered  by  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  in  France. 

Tlie  present  situation  of  the  question  on  the  role  of  bacteria  in  voluntary 
decrease  of  acidity  in  wines,  A.  M.  Krtjpenikov  {Trudy  Selsk.  Khoz.  Bakt. 
Lab.,  5  {1914) f  pt.  2,  pp.  195-220). — In  the  viticultural  regions  of  Bessarabia, 
the  Don,  the  Rhine,  and  the  Moselle  the  grapes  are  not  always  fully  ripe  when 
used  for  making  wine.  Such  wines  contain  large  amounts  of  acid.  Artificial 
means  are  used  to  diminish  this  acidity,  such  as  the  addition  of  water  or 
calcium  and  potassium  carbonates  for  the  neutralization  of  the  acids.  This 
procedure,  however,  injures  the  wine. 

To  obviate  this,  experiments  were  made  with  various  bacteria  to  determine 
their  effect  on  reducing  the  acidity  of  the  wine.  The  results  showed  that  to 
decrease  the  acidity  it  is  necessary  to  promote  a  very  rapid  fermentation  with 
pure  cultures  of  yeast  by  increasing  the  temperature  of  the  cellar.  The  wine, 
should  be  kept  in  contact  as  long  as  possible  with  the  yeast,  although  the  first 
transfusion  should  not  be  delayed  so  long  as  to  injure  the  wine.  The  tempera- 
ture after  this  operation  should  not  be  below  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  The  residue 
should  be  thoroughly  mixed  so  that  the  bacteria  come  in  direct  contact  with  the 
wine.  The  wine  should  be  transfused  into  uncovered  or  only  slightly  covered 
barrels,  allowing  some  of  the  residue  to  mix  with  the  wine. 


^l^  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

If  it  is  desired  to  maintain  the  acidity  of  the  wine  the  decrease  can  be 
checked  by  lowering  the  temperature  or  by  fumigation. 

It  is  indicated  that  this  method  of  decreasing  the  acidity  of  wines  by  means 
of  pure  cultures  of  yeast  bacteria  is  still  in  its  infancy,  and  it  is  hoped  that 
other  bacteria  will  be  found  which  can  resist  larger  amounts  of  alcohol  and 
acids  than  those  used  at  present,  viz,  Saccharomyces  apiculatus,  S.  ellipsoideus, 
and  Bacillus  gracilis. 

A  handbook  for  cane-sugar  manufacturers  and  their  chemists,  G.  L.  Spen- 
CEE  (New  York:  John  Wiley  d  Sons,  Inc.,  1916,  5.  ed.,  rev.  and  eM.,  pp.  XV+ 
629,  pi.  1,  figs.  93).— This  is  the  fifth  edition,  parUy  rewritten  and  enlarged,  of 
this  well-known  handbook.  The  section  devoted  to  manufacture  has  been 
greatly  enlarged,  and  the  processes  in  use  in  the  manufacture  of  raw,  planta- 
tion white,  and  refined  sugars  are  described  in  detail.  Methods  for  the  analysis 
of  sugar  and  the  chemical  control  of  the  factory  are  given,  together  with  pro- 
cedures for  the  examination  of  various  materials  used  in  the  process  of  manu- 
facture. Many  tables  of  value  to  sugar  chemists  and  also  of  general  interest 
are  included. 

Osage  orange  waste  as  a  substitute  for  fustic  dyewood,  F.  W.  Keessmann 
(t7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearboolc  1915,  pp.  201-204) .—The  dyestufE  obtained  from 
Osage  orange  waste  has  been  found,  by  actual  trial  in  the  tannery,  to  be  of 
value  in  dyeing  leather,  as  it  gives  the  same  shades  and  depth  of  color  as  fustic. 
Its  application  to  cotton  dyeing  has  not  been  fully  demonstrated,  although  it 
is  indicated  that  it  could  probably  be  used  for  the  cheaper  grades  of  twines 
and  cords. 

See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  613). 

Ground-wood  pulp,  J.  H.  Thickens  and  G.  C.  McNaughton  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  343  (1916),  pp.  151,  pis.  12,  figs.  ^^).— This  bulletin  reports  the  results  of 
tests  on  (1)  the  grinding  of  cooked  and  uncooked  spruce  and  (2)  substitutes 
for  spruce  in  the  manufacture  of  ground-wood  pulp. 

Complete  data  obtained  from  the  tests  are  submitted  in  tabular  form,  and 
to  some  extent  discussed.  Samples  of  the  paper  made  from  the  25  different 
woods  used,  some  of  which  were  used  in  actual  printing  tests,  are  also 
submitted. 

METEOROLOGY. 

Agricultural  meteorology,  J.  W.  Smith  (17.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  44  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  7//,  75). — This  article,  which  is  an  abstract  of  a  paper  presented  at 
the  Second  Pan  American  Scientific  Congress  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  308),  defines 
agricultural  meteorology,  refers  briefly  to  work  along  this  line  by  the  Weather 
Bureau  and  reports  investigations  by  the  author  in  the  study  of  critical  periods 
of  farm  crops  in  Ohio,  especially  by  means  of  the  curve  chart  and  the  dot  chart 
as  well  as  by  calculation  of  the  correlation  coefhcieut.  The  crops  included  in 
the  study  were  corn,  potatoes,  and  winter  wheat  and  the  periods  covered 
between  50  and  60  years. 

It  was  fcjuiKl  that  the  most  important  weather  factor  for  both  corn  and  pota- 
toes is  rainfall  and  the  critical  month  July.  Temperature  was  found  to  be  the 
post  important  weather  factor  in  the  case  of  winter  wheat  and  the  critical 
month  March.  The  critical  rainfall  for  July  in  the  case  of  corn  is  3  in.  It 
appears  that  July  must  be  wet  and  moderately  warm  for  the  best  crop  of  corn, 
but  cool  and  nK)derately  wet  for  the  best  gi-owth  of  potatoes.  The  most  im- 
portant 10-day  period  for  corn  was  found  to  be  that  immediately  following  blos- 
soming when  the  weather  must  be  wet  and  moderately  cool.  For  potatoes  the 
10  days  following  blossoming  must  be  cool  and  moderately  wet.     The  most 


19161  METEOROLOGY.  115 

critical  10-day  period  for  corn  is  from  August  1  to  10  and  for  potatoes  from 
July  1  to  10.  The  dominant  weather  factor  for  winter  wheat  was  found  to 
be  more  difficult  to  determine  than  for  the  other  crops.  Contrary  to  the  popular 
belief,  it  was  found  that  there  was  no  benefit  to  winter  wheat  from  a  snow 
covering  or  damage  from  lack  of  it.  A  snowfall  in  January  appeared  to  be 
favorable,  but,  contrary  to  the  usual  opinion,  snowfall  in  March  was  decidedly 
detrimental  to  winter  wheat. 

In  the  author's  opinion  "  one  of  the  first  developments  of  agricultural  meteor- 
ology should  be  to  find  the  critical  period  in  the  growth  of  the  various  staple 
crops  in  different  sections  of  the  country." 

Stories  of  the  atmosphere,  R.  Nunn  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp. 
811-321,  pi.  1,  figs.  Jf). — It  is  stated  that  the  object  of  this  article  is  to  suggest 
"  titles  and  give  glimpses  into  a  few  of  the  many  stories  that  are  available  to 
those  who  desire  to  read  them,  either  in  books  or  in  the  air  itself."  It  gives  a 
very  brief  general  account  of  the  atmosphere  and  its  circulation ;  points  out 
some  of  the  difficulties  of  studying  the  subject ;  calls  attention  to  some  interest- 
ing facts  regarding  atmospheric  dust  and  moisture;  sets  forth  the  general  plan 
and  purpose  of  weather  maps  and  what  they  show;  and  urges  the  importance 
of  a  more  general  study  of  the  weather  by  reading  and  observation. 

Dry  fogs  and  their  classification,  G.  G.  Shenbeeg  (Trudy.  SeWc.  Khoz.  Met., 
No.  15  {1915),  pp.  162,  figs.  5). — Fog  is  defined  as  a  haziness  of  the  lower  atmos- 
phere decreasing  its  transparency.  Fogs  are  divided  into  two  classes,  (1)  damp 
fogs  in  which  the  decreased  transparency  of  the  atmosphere  is  due  to  minute 
drops  of  water  or  ice  crystals  and  (2)  dry  fogs  caused  by  scarcely  perceptible 
particles  of  earth,  dust,  smoke,  ashes,  etc.  Smoke  fogs,  ash  fogs,  dust  fogs, 
optical  fogs,  and  cosmic  fogs  are  described  in  detail  and  a  classification  is  pro- 
posed. 

Monthly  Weather  Review  (V.  8.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  4i  {1916),  Nos.  1,  pp. 
1-60+ XVII,  pis.  11,  figs.  6;  2,  pp.  61-110,  pis.  11,,  figs.  11).— In  addition  to 
weather  forecasts,  river  and  flood  observations,  and  seismological  reports  for 
January  and  February,  1916;  lists  of  additions  to  the  Weather  Bureau  Library 
and  of  recent  papers  on  meteorology  and  seismology ;  notes  on  the  weather  of 
the  months ;  solar  and  sky  radiation  measurements  at  Washington,  D.  C,  during 
January  and  February,  1916;  condensed  climatological  summaries;  the  usual 
climatological  tables  and  charts ;  and  a  subject  and  author  index  for  1915,  these 
numbers  contain  the  following  articles : 

No.  1. — Solar  Radiation  Measurements  at  Lincoln,  Nebr.,  1911-1915,  by  H.  H, 
Kimball ;  Solar  Radiation  Measurements  at  Madison,  Wis.,  1913-1915,  by  H.  H. 
Kimball  and  E.  R.  Miller;  Duration  of  Twilight  (reprinted),  by  H.  H.  Kim- 
ball; Lunar  Halo  of  July  24,  1861  (illus.),  by  W.  B.  Frew;  Wind  Velocity  and 
Elevation  (illus.),  by  W.  J.  Humphreys;  Some  Researches  in  the  Far  Eastern 
Seasonal  Correlations  (illus.),  by  T.  Okada ;  Annual  Hours  of  Fog,  1885-1915; 
an  abstract  of  The  Physician  and  the  Weather  Bureau  ( illus. ) ,  by  F.  A.  Carpen- 
ter (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  509)  ;  and  Alto-cumulus  with  Virgulus,  by  C.  F.  Talman, 

No.  2. — Meteor  Observations ;  Arequipa  Pyrheliometry ;  Horizontal  Rain- 
bows on  Lake  Mendota  (illus.),  by  C.  Juday ;  Halos  at  Fort  Worth,  Tex.,  and 
Their  Relation  to  the  Subsequent  Occurrence  of  Precipitation,  by  H.  H.  Mar- 
tin ;  Origin  and  Maintenance  of  the  Earth's  Electric  Charge,  by  W.  F.  G. 
Swann;  Meteorology  of  the  Moon  (illus.),  by  W.  H.  Pickering;  Agricultural 
Meteorology,  by  J.  W.  Smith  (see  p.  114)  ;  Breathing  Wells  and  Pressure 
Changes ;  Alto-cumulus  with  Virgulus ;  Severe  Ice  Storm  in  Michigan ;  Rela- 
tion Between  Rainfall  and  Synoptic  Winds,  by  H.  H.  Clayton;  Long-range 
Forecast  of  the  Winter   Minimum  Temperature   for  Hamada,   Japan,   by  M, 


116  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Isida ;  Cirrus  Directions  at  Melbourne  and  Storms  Affecting  Victoria,  by  E.  T. 
Quayle;  and  Relation  of  Precipitation  to  Stream  Flow  in  Montana  (illus.),  by 
R.  F.  Young. 

Climatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Weather  Bur.  Climat.  Data,  2  (1915),  No.  13,  pp.  hOk,  pls.  2,  figs.  47).— This  is 
a  summary  of  climatological  data  of  each  State  for  the  year  1915.  The  data 
are  tabulated  in  detail  and  the  principal  weather  conditions  are  summarized 
for  each  month  and  for  the  year. 

Climatolog-ical  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Weather  Bur.  Clbnat.  Data,  S  (1916),  Nos.  1,  pp.  236,  pis.  2,  figs.  6;  2,  pp.  236, 
pis.  2,  figs.  6). — These  numbers  contain  brief  summaries  and  detailed  tabular 
statements  of  climatological  data  for  each  State  for  January  and  February, 
1916,  respectively. 

Rainfall  data  of  Berkeley,  California,  W.  G.  Reed  ( Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Engm., 
1  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  69-81). — Data  for  amount,  frequency,  and  Intensity  of  rain- 
fall at  Berkeley,  Cal.,  are  summarized  for  the  period  from  1887  to  1915. 

Rainfall  data  of  Berkeley,  California,  II,  W.  G.  Reed  and  M.  K.  White 
(Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Engin.,  1  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  8S-116,  pi.  1,  fig.  1).— Supple- 
menting the  above  report  on  rainfall  observations,  this  paper  summarizes 
incomplete  data  obtained  from  a  recording  rain  gage  maintained  by  the  depart- 
ment of  civil  engineering  of  the  university  since  1911  for  the  purpose  of  study- 
ing the  water  supply  of  the  university.  The  data  are  discussed  with  special 
reference  to  the  frequency  and  intensity  of  the  rainfall. 

It  is  shown  that  the  maximum  intensity  for  the  place  and  period  of  obser- 
vations was  at  the  rate  of  3.5  in.  per  hour  for  5  minutes  and  0.5  in.  per  hour 
for  60  minutes.  "  A  statistical  and  graphic  study  was  made  of  all  12-hour  pe- 
riods for  which  intensity  records  are  available.  From  this  study  the  following 
indications  have  appeared:  (1)  When  0.8  in.  falls  in  12  hours  there  is  a  chance 
that  the  maximum  rate  for  1  hour  exceeds  0.5  in.;  (2)  when  0.8  in.  falls  in 
12  hours  it  is  probable  that  0.3  in.  in  1  hour  has  been  exceeded;  this  rate  is 
half  the  maximum  shown  by  the  Grunsky  curve  and  has  been  assumed  as  the 
lower  limit  of  intensity  of  practical  importance;  (3)  when  0.8  in.  falls  in  12 
hours  there  is  a  chance  that  0.15  in.  in  5  minutes  has  been  exceeded ;  this  is  the 
maximum  given  by  the  Grunsky  curve  for  5  minutes;  (4)  when  0.8  in.  falls 
in  12  hours  it  is  probable  that  0.07  in.  in  5  minutes  has  been  exceeded ;  this 
has  been  assumed  as  the  lower  limit  of  intensity  of  practical  importance;  it 
is  half  the  maximum  given  by  the  Grunsky  curve." 

California  earthquakes  during  1915,  A.  H.  Palmeb  (Bui.  Seismol.  Sac. 
Amer.,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  8-25,  figs.  4).— A  complete  record  is  given. 

Meteorological  observations  in  Panama  (Bol.  Estad.  Panama,  No.  26  (1915), 
pp.  2-7).— Observations  on  pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  precipitation, 
cloudiness,  and  winds  during  1913  are  summarized  in  tables. 

Annual  report  of  the  weather  bureau,  1914  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Ann.  Rpt. 
Weather  Bur.  [Philippine  Islands],  1914,  pts.  1  and  2,  pp.  i^O). —Part  1  of  this 
report  contains  brief  statements  regarding  the  stations,  personnel,  and  work  of 
the  Philippine  Weather  Bureau.  Part  2  gives  tabular  summaries  of  observa- 
tions at  the  Central  Observatory  of  Manila  during  1914  on  pressure,  tempera- 
ture, relative  humidity,  vapor  pressure,  clouds,  and  direction,  velocity,  and 
frequency  of  winds. 

Is  rainfall  decreasing?  (Agr.  Gaz.  N.  8.  Wales,  27  (1916),  No.  4  p  246)  — 
The  average  rainfall  of  twelve  towns  in  New  South  Wales  by  10-year  periods 
from  185&-1915  Is  tabulated  and  compared  with  the  average  for  the  whole 
period.    The  data  are  considered  too  limited  to  permit  of  definite  conclusions, 


1»16]  SOILS — FEETILIZEBS.  117 

but  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  "  that  the  averages  for  the  period  1886-1895 
are  almost  invariably  higher  than  those  of  any  previous  or  succeeding  period, 
and  considerably  above  those  of  the  average  to  date,  while  those  for  the  period 
190&-1915  are  lower  than  any  of  the  preceding  ones." 

SOILS— FERTILIZEKS. 

Soil  survey  of  the  Merced  area,  California,  E.  B.  Watson  et  ax.  (U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  70,  pis.  4,  fig.  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  California  Experiment  Sta- 
tion and  issued  April  20,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  614,400  acres, 
including  nearly  all  of  Merced  County,  California,  and  located  nearly  midway 
between  the  northern  and  southern  ends  of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley.  The 
topography  ranges  from  that  of  the  foothills  proper  to  flat.  "  The  soils  of  the 
area  fall  naturally  into  four  groups,  (1)  residual  soils,  (2)  soils  derived  from 
old  valley-filling  material,  (3)  soils  derived  from  i-ecent  alluvium  and  later 
valley-filling  material,  and  (4)  miscellaneous  material."  Forty-five  soil  types  of 
14  series  are  mapped  of  which  the  Madera  series  and  the  Fresno  series  are  the 
most  extensive. 

Soil  survey  of  "Warren  County,  Indiana,  E.  J.  Gkimes  and  E.  H.  Stevens 
( U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Btir.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  39,  fig.  1, 
map  1). — This  surveJ^  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Indiana  Department  of 
Geology  and  issued  April  12,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  235,520 
acres  in  western  Indiana,  the  topography  of  wliich  varies  from  level  to  un- 
dulating and  broken,  and  in  which  "  all  the  formerly  water-logged  areas  of  the 
prairie  have  been  reclaimed  by  artificial  drainage.  .  .  . 

•'  The  soils  of  Warren  County  are  derived  largely  from  the  unconsolidated 
deposits  of  the  early  Wisconsin  glaciation."  Including  meadow,  muck,  gravel 
pits,  and  steep  broken  land,  15  soil  types  of  7  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the 
Carrington  and  Miami  silt  loams  and  the  Clyde  silty  clay  loam  cover,  respec- 
tively, 37.4,  29.7,  and  18.S  per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Muscatine  County,  Iowa,  H.  W.  Ha\«kek  and  H.  W.  Johnson 
(17.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  64,  fig-  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Iowa  Experiment  Station 
and  issued  April  10,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  276,480  acres  in 
southea.stern  Iowa  which  lies  in  the  glacial  and  loessial  and  river  flood  plain 
soil  provinces.  The  topography  is  mainly  level  to  gently  rolling,  with  some 
hills  and  ridges. 

The  soils  of  the  county  are  of  glacial  origin.  Including  marsh,  muck,  meadow, 
and  river  wash,  28  soil  types  of  9  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Muscatine, 
Memphis,  and  Buckner  silt  loams  cover,  respectively,  37.2,  19.7,  and  7.5  per  cent 
of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Seward  County,  Nebraska,  A,  H.  Meter,  E.  H.  Smies,  L.  T. 
Skinner,  aud  W.  A.  Rockie  ( V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations 
Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  40,  fig-  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with 
the  Nebraska  Soil  Survey  and  issued  April  25,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an 
area  of  367,360  acres  in  southeastern  Nebraska,  the  topography  of  which  varies 
from  flat  to  hilly  and  deeply  dissected.  "  The  streams  are  few,  and  there  are 
sections  in  the  county  which  are  not  tapped  by  any  drainage  way.  Drainage  is 
quite  well  developed,  except  on  the  broad  divides  in  the  western  part  of  the 
county." 

The  soils  are  classified  as  upland,  terrace,  and  first  bottom  soils.  Eleven 
soil  types  of  7  series  are  mapped  of  which  the  Grundy  silt  loam  covers  61.5  and 
the  Wabash  silt  loam  12.3  per  cent  of  the  area. 


118  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [VoL  85 

Soil  survey  of  Thurston  County,  Nebraska,  A.  H.  Meyee,  M.  W.  Beck,  and 
W.  A.  RocKiE  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils, 
1914,  pp.  U,  fiff-  -?.  w«p  i).— This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Nebraska 
Soil  Survey  and  issued  April  22,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  247,680 
acres  in  northeastern  Nebraska,  the  topography  of  which  ranges  from  almost 
flat  through  rolling  and  steeply  rolling  to  hilly  and  extremely  dissected.  As  a 
whole,  the  county  is  said  to  be  well  drained. 

The  soils  are  upland  terrace  and  first  bottom  soils.  "  There  is  considerable 
range  in  texture,  from  clay  through  silt  loam,  loam,  sandy  loam,  and  very  fine 
sandy  loam  to  sand."  Including  riverwasb,  15  soil  types  of  9  series  are  mapped 
of  which  the  filarshall  and  Wabash  silt  loams  cover  respectively  62.8  and  16.5 
per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Florence  County,  South  Carolina,  J.  H.  Agee,  J.  A.  Kerb,  and 
W.  E.  McLendon  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Btir.  SoilSf 
19U,  pp.  S6,  fig.  1,  map  i).— This  survey,  issued  April  17,  1916,  deals  with  the 
soils  of  an  area  of  480,640  acres  in  east-central  South  Carolina  lying  wholly 
within  the  Coastal  Plain  province.  The  topography  is  level  to  very  gently 
sloping. 

The  soils  of  the  county  are  of  old  sedimentary  and  old  and  recent  alluvial 
origin,  "are  predominantly  sandy,  and  include  coarse  sands,  coarse  sandy 
loams,  sands,  sandy  loams,  fine  sands,  fine  sandy  loams,  and  very  fine  sandy 
loams.  .  .  .  The  high  and  sloping  sandy  soils  are  well  drained,  while  the  low- 
lying  soils  and  those  having  an  impervious  clay  subsoil  .  .  .  have  very  poor 
or  imperfect  drainage."  Including  sandhill  and  swamp,  33  soil  types  of  10 
series  are  mapped  of  which  the  Norfolk  sandy  loam  and  fine  sandy  loam,  the 
Coxville  sandy  loam,  and  swamp  soils  cover,  respectively,  14.6,  9.3,  S.5,  and  13.3 
per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  McDowell  and  Wyoming  counties,  West  Virginia,  W.  J. 
Latimeb  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914, 
pp.  S2,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  West  Virginia 
Geological  Survey  and  issued  April  14,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area 
of  669,440  acres  comprising  two  counties  in  southern  West  Virginia  which  lie 
within  the  Allegheny  Plateau  and  consist  of  a  region  thoroughly  dissected  by  a 
series  of  widely  branching  streams  which  reach  every  part  of  their  area.  The 
surface  is  broken  and  mountainous  and  comprises  a  series  of  irregular  ridges 
and  deep,  narrow  valleys. 

The  soils  of  the  area  are  of  residual  and  old  and  recent  alluvial  origin.  In- 
cluding rough  stony  land,  12  soil  types  of  5  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the 
Dekalb  stony  silt  loam  and  silt  loam  covers  72.1  and  16.2  per  cent  of  the  area, 
respectively. 

Analyses  of  Nova  Scotian  soils,  L.  C.  Haelow  {Proc.  and  Trans.  Nova 
Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  13  {1913-14),  No.  4,  pp.  SS2-346)  .—Analyses  of  86  samples  of 
Nova  Scotian  soils  are  reported  and  discussed.  The  results  are  taken  to  indi- 
cate (1)  that  the  soils  "have  a  good  supply  of  potash,  but  that  it  is  only 
slightly  available,  (2)  that  phosphoric  acid  in  many  soils  is  in  small  amounts,  is 
about  one-third  available,  and  hence  soon  used,  (3)  that,  while  volatile  matter 
Is  quite  high,  it  is  deficient  in  nitrogen,  and  (4)  that  lime  is  very  deficient  in 
many  soils.  .  .  .  The  great  problem  in  Nova  Scotia  seems  to  be  to  increase  and 
maintain  the  amount  of  available  nitrogen." 

Relations  between  the  total  phosphoric  acid  content  and  the  water-  and 
citrate-soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  some  soils  of  central  Peru,  A.  Hutin  (Arm. 
Chim.  Analyt.,  20  (1915),  No.  2,  p.  31;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  9  (1915),  No.  13,  p. 
18/6).— Analyses  of  six  soUs  and  their  subsoils,  selected  from  a  large  number 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZEES.  119 

of  analyses  of  soils  from  farms  in  central  Peru,  are  reported,  which  show 
that  while  the  total  phosphoric  acid  content  is  higher  in  the  soil  than  in  the 
subsoil,  the  ratio  of  water-  and  citrate-soluble  phosphoric  acid  to  total  phos- 
phoric acid  is  very  nearly  the  same  for  both  soil  and  subsoil.  In  most  cases 
about  from  39  to  53  per  cent  of  the  total  phosphoric  acid  of  the  soil  was 
water-  or  citrate-soluble. 

Soil  investigations  on  the  red  beech,  litter  experimental  plats  in  the  forest 
district  of  Philippsburg,  K.  Ganteb  [Forstw.  Genthl.,  n.  ser.,  37  (1915),  Nos. 
7,  pp.  812-335;  8-9,  pp.  392-407,  pis.  3;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Romel,  Mo. 
Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1578,  i 579).— Investi- 
gations on  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  soils  of  plats  receiving 
the  leaves  and  litter  of  beeches  for  a  number  of  years  are  reported.  Some 
of  the  plats  were  raided  over  annually,  some  once  in  five  years,  and  some  were 
left  unraked.  The  unraked  soil  consisted  of  a  layer  of  leaves  and  mold 
from  5  to  7  cm.  (1.97  to  2.8  in.)  thick,  underlaid  by  10  cm.  of  humus  sand, 
and  70  cm.  of  gray  sand.  The  soils  raked  every  five  years  had  a  leaf  and  mold 
covering  from  2  to  3  cm.  thick,  while  the  layer  of  humus  sand  was  from  5 
to  7  cm.  in  thickness. 

It  was  found  that  the  unraked  soils  showed  the  greatest  total  water  content 
and  the  least  evaporation,  while  the  soils  raked  annually  showed  a  medium 
water  content  and  a  high  evaporation.  Soils  raked  every  five  years  had  the 
smallest  moisture  content  and  an  evaporation  about  equal  to  that  of  the  un- 
raked soils.  The  soils  raked  annually  showed  the  greatest  content  and  the 
soils  raked  every  five  years  the  smallest  content  of  matter  which  could  be 
washed  out  with  water.  The  unraked  soils  were  about  equal  in  this  respect 
to  the  soils  raked  every  five  years.  These  two  types  also  showed  the  greatest 
porosity.  The  annually  raked  soils  showed  the  highest,  the  soils  raked  every 
five  years  a  medium,  and  the  unraked  soils  the  lowest,  temperature.  The  un- 
raked soils  showed  the  greatest  humus  and  nitrogen  content  and  the  great- 
est average  increase  in  tree  growth,  followed  in  order  by  the  soils  raked  every 
five  years  and  the  annually  raked  soils. 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  the  soils  of  the  east  coast  [of  Madagascar], 
G.  Cable  and  Gohier  (Bui.  Econ.  Gouvt.  Gen.  Madagascar,  15  (1915),  I,  No.  1, 
pp.  35-41). — Chemical  analyses  of  49  samples  of  hill,  plateau,  and  swamp  soils 
and  subsoils  from  the  east  coast  of  Madagascar  are  reported  and  discussed. 

The  hill  soils  are  generally  residual  clays  and  are  considered  to  be  relatively 
deficient  in  phosphoric  acid  and  to  be  generally  unproductive.  The  plateau 
or  alluvial  soils  are  considered  to  be  well  supplied  with  nitrogen,  phosphoric 
acid,  and  potash,  but  to  be  constantly  deficient  in  lime.  The  swamp  soils  are 
well  supplied  with  nitrogen,  but  are  considered  to  be  relatively  deficient  in 
phosphoric  acid  and  lime.  Proper  drainage  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant factors  in  increasing  the  productiveness  of  the  swamp  soils. 

The  predominating  minerals  in  Dutch  East  Indian  soils,  E.  C.  J.  Mohb 
(Dept.  Landb.  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies],  Meded.  Lab.  Agrogeol.  en 
Grondonderz.,  No.  2  (1915),  pp.  11). — This  is  a  brief  classified  presentation  of 
the  mineralogy  of  these  soils. 

Soils  and  their  treatment,  W.  J.  Spaffobd  (Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  So.  Aust.,  19 
(1915),  No.  3,  pp.  267-278). — This  is  an  address  before  the  Nantawarra  Branch 
of  the  Agricultural  Bureau  of  South  Australia,  in  which  the  origin,  physical, 
mechanical,  and  chemical  properties  of  soils  are  briefly  dealt  with,  special  refer- 
ence being  made  to  the  soils  of  the  district. 

The  decomposition  of  clay  marl,  O.  Cieielli  (Bol.  Mvn.  Agr.,  Indus,  e  Com. 
[Rome],  Ser.  B,  14  (1915),  I,  No.  3-4,  pp.  91,  92).— Tests  of  the  effect  of  pro- 


120  EXPEEnVTEN^T   STATION   RECOED.  (Vol.  85 

gressive  heating  of  clay  marl  from  700  to  800°  C.  in  an  electric  furnace  led  to 
the  conclusions  that  the  water  of  hydration  is  completely  eliminated  by  heating 
to  a  temperature  of  700°,  and  that  the  decomposition  of  carbonates  and  the 
eUmination  of  carbon  dioxid  takes  place  rapidly  at  800°.  It  was  also  found 
that  the  density  tended  to  increase  with  progressive  heating  beyond  800°. 

Improving  acid  soils,  A.  W.  Blaib  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  54  (1916),  pp. 
S-11,  pis.  4).— This  is  a  popular  discussion  of  soil  acidity  and  its  causes,  and  its 
correction  by  the  use  of  calcium  carbonate,  burned  lime,  hydrated  lime,  ground 
oyster  shells,  burned  oyster-shell  lime,  unleached  hardwood  ashes,  and  basic 
slag.  It  is  estimated  that  about  four-fifths  of  the  farm  lands  of  New  Jersey  now 
under  cultivation  are  acid  to  an  extent  that  materially  decreases  crop  yields. 

Investigations  of  soil  air  on  upland  moors,  A.  Densch  (Mitt.  Ver.  Ford. 
MoorkuUur  Deut.  Reiche,  33  {1915),  Nos.  21,  pp.  ^-413;  22,  pp.  423-428).— 
Investigations  on  the  amount  and  composition  of  the  soil  gases  of  upland  moors 
are  reported.  The  soil  samples  were  taken  at  depths  of  from  16  to  20  cm. 
(6.3  to  7.9  in,). 

It  was  found  that  the  absolute  content  of  gas  in  upland  moor  soils,  even  with 
a  high  water  content,  was  not  less  than  that  of  mineral  soils.  The  processes  of 
oxidation  and  decomposition  in  cultivated  upland  moor  soils  in  no  case  produced 
a  large  enough  increase  in  carbon  dioxid  or  decrease  in  oxygen  content  of  the 
soil  gas  to  influence  plant  growth  unfavorably.  Cultivated  upland  moor  soil 
had  almost  identically  the  same  oxygen  and  carbon  dioxid  contents  as  mineral 
soils.  The  composition  of  the  gases  of  upland  moor  meadow  soils  corresponded 
approximately  to  that  of  lowland  moor  meadow  soils. 

Soluble  nonprotein  nitrogen  of  soil,  R.  S.  Potteb  and  R.  S.  Sntdee  (U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  61-64)- — Analyses  made  at 
the  Iowa  Experiment  Station  of  5-gm.  portions  of  silt  loam  soil,  containing  0.3 
per  cent  nitrogen,  for  alkali-soluble  and  soluble  nonprotein  nitrogen  are  reported. 
"  The  general  procedure  followed  was  to  determine  the  nitrogen  in  the  alkali 
extract  of  soU  with  and  without  added  material  and  the  determination  of  nitro- 
gen in  the  filtrate  from  the  precipitate  of  the  proteins  in  the  alkali  extract  of 
soil  with  and  without  added  material."  The  substances  added  "  were  chosen  to 
represent  classes  of  compounds  which  conceivably  might  be  in  soils."  It  was 
concluded  that  "  if  the  results  with  the  pure  proteins  be  considered.  It  is  prob- 
able that  tlie  alkali  extract  as  a  whole  contains  no  definite  group  of  compounds. 
From  the  results  obtained  by  the  precipitation  of  the  alkali  extract  with  tri- 
chloracetic acid  it  would  seem  that  the  soluble  nonprotein  fraction  may  contain 
most  of  the  simpler  nitrogenous  compounds,  and  therefore  its  determination 
would  give  an  index  of  the  degree  of  decomposition  of  the  organic  matter  in 
the  soil." 

The  nature  of  humic  acid,  S.  Od£n  {Ark.  Eemi,  Min.  och  Geol.,  5  {1913- 
1915),  No.  5-5,  Art.  15,  pp.  IS;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  660,  661;  Chem.  ZentU.,  1915,  I, 
No.  26,  p.  i3S5).— Studies  along  the  lines  of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
32,  p.  813)  with  so-called  black  peat,  dried  sphagnum  moss,  and  forest  humus 
are  reported,  in  which  the  electrical  conductivity  of  a  dilute  ammonia  solution, 
with  and  without  the  extract  from  the  three  types  of  organic  matter,  was 
observed. 

Adsorption  of  ammonia  was  found  to  take  place  in  the  case  of  the  extracts 
from  all  three  samples  of  organic  matter.  At  the  same  time  considerable  salt 
formation  occurred  in  two  cases  where  the  dark  humus  was  abundant,  but  not 
in  the  case  of  the  dried  sphagnum  moss  extract.  These  results  are  taken  to 
Indicate  that  one  or  more  acids  must  exist  in  humua. 


19161  SOILS — FERTILIZEBS.  121 

On  the  relative  numbers  of  rhizopods  and  flagellates  in  the  fauna  of  soils, 
0.  A.  KoFoiD  {Science,  n.  ser.,  42  (1915),  No.  1096,  pp.  937-940,  fig.  i).— This  is 
a  brief  review  of  various  investigations  on  the  subject  by  others  showing  the 
differences  in  results  obtained.  A  list  of  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the 
subject  is  given. 

Soil  sampling  for  bacteriological  analysis,  H.  A.  Notes  {Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Agron.,  7  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  239-249,  pi.  1,  fig.  1).—A  method  of  sampling  soil  for 
bacteriological  analysis,  as  described  in  the  article  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
84,  p.  513),  Is  presented,  and  comparative  tests  of  this  method  with  the  soil 
auger  method,  the  Iowa  Station  method  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  720),  and  the  slice 
method  are  reported.  These  tests  were  conducted  at  the  Indiana  Experiment 
Station. 

Fertilizer  situation  in  the  United  States,  D.  F.  Houston  {U.  S.  Senate,  6^. 
Cong.,  1.  Sess.,  Doc.  262  {1916),  pp.  6). — This  is  a  report  from  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  in  response  to  Senate  Resolution  65,  in  which  the  fertilizer  situa- 
tion in  the  United  States  is  briefly  reviewed,  with  special  reference  to  the 
shortage  of  potash  and  the  high  price  of  sulphuric  acid  needed  for  the  man- 
ufacture of  acid  phosphate.  The  possible  means  of  relieving  the  situation  sug- 
gested are  the  production  of  potash  from  the  alunite  deposits  of  Utah  and 
neighboring  States  and  from  the  giant  kelp  beds  of  the  Pacific  coast,  and 
the  utilization  of  hydroelectric  power  for  the  production  of  soluble  phosphates 
and  of  industrial  wastes  as  nitrogenous  fertilizers.  Work  of  the  Bureau  of 
Soils  on  the  utilization  of  kelp  as  a  fertilizer  and  on  electrical  methods  of 
producing  soluble  phosphates  and  synthetic  nitrogen  compounds  is  briefly  re- 
ferred to. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States  for  1914. — I,  Mineral  production 
of  the  United  States  in  1914,  H.  D.  McCaskey  (f7.  8.  Geol.  Survey,  Mineral 
Resources  o/  the  United  States  Calendar  Year  1914,  pt.  1,  pp.  *l-*69,  pi.  1,  fi,g. 
1). — This  is  a  detailed  summary  of  mineral  production  of  the  United  States 
in  1914. 

"  The  marketed  production  of  phosphate  rock  in  1914  amounted  to  2,734,043 
long  tons,  valued  at  $9,608,041,  compared  with  3,111,221  long  tons,  valued  at 
$11,796,231,  in  1913 ;  2,973,332  long  tons,  valued  at  $11,675,774,  in  1912 ;  3,053,279 
long  tons,  valued  at  $11,900,693,  in  1911;  and  2,654,988  long  tons,  valued  at 
$10,917,000,  in  1910.  The  quantity  of  phosphate  rock  reported  as  mined  during 
1914  was  2,649,174  long  tons,  against  3,152,208  long  tons  mined  in  1913.  The 
imports  of  crude  phosphates,  guano,  kainit,  manure  salts,  etc.,  for  consumption 
were  valued  at  $9,921,439  in  1914,  $10,819,253  in  1913,  and  $8,893,090  in  1912. 
The  exports  of  phosphate  rock  in  1914  were  964,114  long  tons,  valued  at  $6,771,- 
652,  against  1,366,508  long  tons,  valued  at  $9,996,580,  in  1913;  and  1,206,520 
long  tons,  valued  at  $8,996,456,  in  1912.  There  was  no  actual  production  of 
potash  salts  in  the  United  States  in  1914.  The  imports  of  potash  salts  (not 
including  kainit  and  manure  salts)  for  consumption  were  valued  at  $8,743,973 
in  1914,  against  $10,805,720  in  1913." 

Determination  of  the  most  convenient  formula  for  the  use  of  chemical 
fertilizers  in  agriculture,  I.  M.  Concha  (In  Primer  a  Semana  Social  Agricola. 
Santiago  de  Chile:  Universidad  Catdlica  de  Santiago,  1914  PP-  3-14). — The  im- 
portant factors  involved  in  the  determination  of  the  fertilizer  requirements  of 
a  soil  are  pointed  out  as  the  law  of  minimum,  the  composition  of  the  soil,  and 
the  amounts  of  fertilizing  constituents  extracted  from  the  soil  by  average  crops. 
The  value  of  field  tests  with  crops  is  also  noted. 

Soil  experiment  fields.— A  progress  report,  G.  Roberts  {Kentucky  Sta.  Bui. 
199  {1916),  pp.  43-93,  figs.  12). — This  is  a  progress  report  of  studies  at  several 


J22  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

experimental  farms  in  Kentucljy,  eacli  of  whicli  is  typical  of  a  more  or  less 
extensive  area  of  farming  lands,  on  the  fertilizer  and  manurial  requirements 
of  the  soil  and  on  crop  rotations  and  adaptations. 

Bumside  Field,  Pulaski  County.— On  a  limestone  soil,  deficient  in  organic 
matter  and  nitrogen,  growing  corn,  oats,  clover,  soy  beans,  and  wheat,  it  was 
found  "  that  no  improvement  was  made  in  the  absence  of  phosphates,  and  there 
was  very  little  increase  in  yields  due  to  potash.  ...  On  this  soil  acid  phos- 
phate is  more  effective,  dollar  for  dollar,  than  rock  phosphate.  .  .  .  The  best 
yield  of  clover  was  made  on  the  rock  phosphate  plat." 

London  Field,  Laurel  County.— On  a  moderately  acid  silt  loam  soil,  with 
minimum  potash  content,  growing  a  4-year  rotation  of  corn,  cowpeas  or  soy 
beans,  wheat,  and  clover,  it  was  found  that  limestone  and  acid  phosphate  were 
highly  beneficial,  the  most  profitable  treatment  being  a  combination  of  the  two. 
Potash  used  alone  and  with  limestone  and  acid  phosphate  did  not  increase 
the  yields,  but  gave  profitable  results  when  used  only  with  acid  phosphate. 
The  results  are  taken  to  justify  "the  recommendation  of  the  use  of  potash 
on  the  soils  of  this  region  when  lime  can  not  be  used,  especially  on  the  more 
sandy  soils." 

Lexington  Field,  Fayette  Cotmfy.— Experiments  on  a  slightly  acid  soil  typical 
of  the  Trenton  limestone  region  on  which  was  practiced  a  rotation  of  corn,  soy 
beans,  wheat,  and  clover  showed  no  consistent  or  decided  effect  from  any  of 
the  fertilizing  constituents  (acid  phosphate,  potassium  sulphate,  or  limestone) 
applied.  It  is  considered  safe  to  conclude  that  "  the  use  of  phosphates  and 
potash  is  not  necessary  on  the  well-drained,  highly  phosphatic  soils  of  the 
Trenton  limestone  formation  when  organic  matter  is  maintained  in  quantities 
to  furnish  the  necessary  nitrogen  for  good  crop  yields." 

Berea  Field,  Madison  County. — Experiments  on  a  strongly  acid  silt  loam 
soil  supporting  a  rotation  of  corn,  soy  beans,  wheat,  and  clover,  with  cowpeas 
as  a  catch  crop,  led  to  the  conclusion  that  "  limestone  and  phosphates  have 
shown  decided  results.  Limestone  is  probably  the  first  requirement  of  this 
soil  and  phosphate  next.  The  best  results  were  obtained  by  using  both  to- 
gether." 

Greenville  Field,  Muhlenberg  County. — Experiments  on  a  moderately  acid 
silt  loam  soil,  typical  of  the  uplands  of  the  Western  Coal  Field,  on  which  two 
rotations  were  practiced,  showed,  with  the  rotation  of  corn,  soy  beans,  wheat, 
and  clover,  with  cowpeas  as  a  catch  crop  and  rye  as  a  winter  cover  crop, 
"  the  need  for  the  combination  of  limestone  and  phosphates  in  the  Improve- 
ment of  these  soils.  .  .  .  Potash  has  given  good  increases  in  some  cases.  .  .  . 
Wherever  phosphates  were  used  good  yields  of  clover  were  obtained,  whether 
any  other  material  was  used  or  not."  With  the  tobacco,  potatoes,  and  clover 
rotation  no  material  increase  was  observed  with  any  treatment  which  omitted 
phosphorus.  Potash  gave  only  slight  increases.  Limestone  did  not  injure  the 
potatoes  and  nitrogen  was  profitably  used  on  tobacco  and  potatoes. 

Russelville  Field,  Logan  County. — Experiments  with  a  slightly  acid  silt  loam 
soil  typical  of  the  St.  Louis  limestone  formation  and  supporting  a  rotation 
of  corn,  soy  beans,  wheat,  clover,  and  timothy  gave  results  which  are  taken 
to  justify  the  conclusion  "that  limestone  and  phosphates  may  be  used  with 
profit  on  such  soils,  especially  when  used  together.  The  effect  of  phosphates 
Is  especially  apparent  on  wheat  and  clover.  The  effect  of  limestone  is  es- 
pecially noticeable  on  the  corn  crop  of  1915,  as  is  also  the  case  on  the  clover 
crop  sown  in  1915.  Potash  has  produced  considerable  increases  on  the  1915 
corn  crop  In  some  cases." 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  123 

Lone  Oak  Field,  McCracken  County. — Experiments  on  a  moderately  acid  silt 
loam  soil  typical  of  the  uplands  of  the  original  wooded  area  of  the  Jackson 
Purchase  and  supporting  a  rotation  of  corn,  soy  beans,  wheat,  clover,  and 
timothy  with  crimson  clover  or  rye  as  a  winter  cover  crop,  gave  inconclusive 
results.  However,  it  is  considered  safe  to  recommend  the  use  of  limestone  and 
phosphate  on  this  soil,  preferably  together. 

Mayfleld  Field,  Graves  County. — Experiments  on  a  moderately  acid  yellow 
silt  loam,  typical  of  the  untimbered  land  of  the  Purchase  Region  and  on  which 
a  rotation  of  corn,  oats,  wheat,  clover,  and  timothy  was  practiced,  showed  that 
"  limestone  and  phosphates  used  together  are  giving  decided  increases.  The 
effect  of  limestone  and  phosphates  is  very  pronounced  on  the  clover  sown  in 
the  spring  of  191-5.  In  some  cases  potash  has  given  good  increases  and  in  some 
it  has  not.  .  .  .  Nitrate  of  soda  has  given  a  profitable  increase  on  one  oats  crop 
and  on  one  wheat  crop.  ...  It  is  safe  to  say  that  nitrate  of  soda  should  not 
be  used  as  a  top-dressing  on  wheat  in  this  region  unless  the  ground  is  either 
fairly  fertile  or  has  been  treated  with  phosphate." 

Green  m^anuring  in  the  Central  Provinces,  R.  G.  Allan  (Agr.  Jour.  India, 
10  {1915),  No.  4'  PP-  SSO-394,  pls.  2). — A  review  of  experience  with  green  manur- 
ing before  wheat  in  the  Central  Provinces  of  India,  using  as  green  manures 
Sesbania,  Crotnlaria  junccn,  Cassia  occidcntalis,  Psoralca  corylifoUa,  Dolichos 
uniflorus,  and  Vernonia  cinerea,  is  given. 

The  re.sults  are  taken  to  indicate  that  in  similar  climates  "  earliness  of  in- 
version is  more  important  than  quantity.  The  material  should  be  in  by  the  first 
week  of  August.  It  is  desirable  to  sow  with  the  first  rains  and  to  use  either  a 
quick  crop  like  C  juncea  or  to  collect  weeds  and  apply.  .  .  .  Success  is  not 
likely  unless  at  least  12  in.,  or  better,  16  in.,  of  rain  is  received  after  plowing  in, 
while  below  9  or  10  in.  the  results  are  not  safe  and  the  process  is  definitely  in- 
advisable. The  condition  under  which  plowing  is  done  must  be  kept  in  mind 
in  judging  the  results  and  the  effect  of  getting  on  the  land  at  the  wrong  time 
allowed  for,  if  necessary. 

"  When  irrigation  is  available,  either  earlier  sowing  of  the  green  crop  is 
advisable,  or,  if  the  natural  precipitation  falls  below  the  minmura  of  9  in.,  the 
use  of  water  to  .supplement  the  natural  precipitation  in  rotting  the  green  manure. 
Such  irrigation  must  be  applied  before,  not  after,  sowing  the  wheat. 

"  In  areas  where  a  rainfall  of  12  in.  after  the  first  of  August  can  not  be  relied 
on,  some  increased  fertility  can  be  gained  by  the  growth  of  a  legume  and  its 
use  for  fodder  in  the  monsoon.  In  this  case  it  is  desirable  to  invert  the  stubble 
by  mid-August  so  as  to  allow  of  consolidation  by  the  later  rains  before  sowing 
wheat.  ...  In  areas  wifh  a  rainfall  of  less  than  35  in.  of  ordinary  monsoon 
distribution,  green  manuring  for  a  wheat  crop  is  practically  out  of  the  question." 

Investigations  relative  to  the  use  of  nitrog'enous  plant  foods,  1898—1912, 
J.  G.  LiPMAN  and  A.  W.  Blaiij  {New  Jersey  Stas.  BnJ.  288  {1916),  pp.  3-126, 
figs.  11). — This  bulletin  reports  a  continuation  up  until  1912  of  the  experiments 
described  in  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  21,  p.  529)  and  summarizes  the  results  of 
the  15  years'  experiments. 

It  was  found  that  the  yield  of  dry  matter  and  the  percentage  of  nitrogen 
recovered  in  the  crop  were  greatest  with  sodium  nitrate,  followed  in  order  by 
ammonium  sulphate  and  dried  blood.  "  Of  the  various  grades  of  manure  used 
the  solid  and  liquid  stood  highest  in  yield  of  dry  matter  and  the  solid,  leached, 
stood  higher  than  the  solid,  fresh.  The  highest  average  yield  of  dry  matter 
and  nitrogen  from  the  main  crops,  third  rotation,  was  where  solid  and  liquid 
manure,  fresh,  was  used  in  conjunction  with  the  10-gm.  portion  of  nitrate  of 
soda.  The  second  highest  yield  was  where  solid  and  liquid  manure,  leached, 
47580°— 16 3 


124 


EXPERIMENT   STATION    BECOBD.  [Vol.  35 


was 


„„.  used  in  conjunction  with  the  10-gm.  portion  of  nitrate.  In  average  yield 
of  nitrogen  for  all  series,  the  yield  of  the  third  rotation  stands  between  the 
yields  of  the  first  and  second  rotations.  The  highest  percentage  of  nitrogen  re- 
covered third  rotation,  was  with  nitrate  of  soda  alone.  Next  in  order  stood  the 
cylinders  on  which  solid  and  liquid  manure,  fresh,  was  used  in  conjunction  with 
the  10  and  5-gm.  portions  of  nitrate  of  soda,  respectively.  Slightly  more  nitro- 
gen was  recovered  where  the  10-gm.  portion  of  nitrate  was  used  than  where  the 
5-gra  portion  was  used,  and  this  is  true  whether  the  nitrate  was  used  alone  or 
in  conjunction  with  manure.  .  .  .  Letting  100  represent  the  general  average 
recovery  for  nitrate  of  soda,  the  recoveries  for  the  other  materials  used  were 
as  follows:  Ammonium  sulphate  65.9;  dried  blood  60.7;  solid  manure,  fresh, 
36.4;  solid  and  liquid  manure,  fresh,  49.1;  solid  manure,  leached,  39.9.  and 
solid  and  liquid  manure,  leached,  43.7. 

"  In  general  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  dry  matter  was  slightly  higher 
where  manure  and  nitrogenous  fertilizers  were  used  together  than  where  either 
was  used  alone.  Likewise  there  was  a  tendency  for  it  to  be  higher  with  the 
10-gm.  portion  of  nitrate  than  with  the  5-gm.  portion.  The  percentage  of 
nitrogen  in  the  dry  matter  was  higher  for  the  third  rotation  than  for  either  the 
first  or  second. 

"  Lime  in  the  form  of  carbonate  had  a  pronounced  beneficial  effect  upon  the 
yields  in  general.  The  improvement  was  greatest  where  it  was  used  in  con- 
junction with  ammonium  sulphate.  .  .  .  Where  manure  was  used  with  am- 
monium sulphate,  the  former  counteracted,  in  a  measure,  the  acid  tendency  of 
the  latter.  Lime  and  green  manure  crops,  in  conjunction  with  manure  and 
the  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  gave  the  largest  yields  of  dry  matter  and 
nitrogen.  .  .  . 

"  Notwithstanding  the  fair  applications  of  manure  and  nitrogenous  fertilizers, 
the  cylinder  soils  have  gradually  lost  in  content  of  total  nitrogen,  though  the 
loss  has  been  greater  on  some  than  on  others.  Loss  of  nitrogen  was  greater 
with  solid  manure,  fresh,  than  with  solid  and  liquid,  fresh ;  it  was  greater  with 
the  solid  and  liquid,  leached,  than  with  the  solid,  leached.  The  loss  was  almost 
as  gi'eat  with  5  gm.  of  nitrate  of  soda  as  with  10  gm.  Generally  speaking, 
the  loss  was  greater  where  manure  and  nitrogenous  fertilizers  were  used  to- 
gether than  where  either  was  used  alone ;  where  ammonium  sulphate  and  dried 
blood  were  used  in  equivalent  amounts,  the  loss  was  greater  with  the 
former.  .  .  . 

"  Where  the  nitrogenous  fertilizers  were  used  alone  there  was  but  little  re- 
covery of  nitrogen  through  the  residual  crop.  Where  nitrate  of  soda  and  dried 
blood  were  used  in  conjunction  with  green  manures,  there  was  a  fair  recovery 
of  residual  nitrogen,  but  the  nitrogen  thus  recovered  must  not  all  be  credited  to 
the  fertilizing  materials.  Where  manure  was  used  alone,  or  in  conjunction 
with  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  there  was,  without  exception,  some  recovery  of 
residual  nitrogen.  .  .  . 

"It  is  concluded  from  the  data  here  presented  that  the  destruction  of 
nitratp.s— that  is,  denitrification,  does  not  take  place  to  any  great  extent  in 
geiuTal  farming,  under  average  field  conditions,  even  when  liberal  amounts  of 
barnyard  manure  are  used. 

"  It  is  not  po.ssible  to  maintain  the  nitrogen  supply  of  the  cultivated  soils  by 
the  use  of  commercial  nitrogenous  materials  alone  when  used  in  the  onlinary 
amounts.  Even  with  liberal  applications  of  manure  and  nitrn-ennus  fertilizers 
covering  a  period  of  fifteen  years,  the  nitrogen  content  of  Sf.il  under  constant 
cultivation  was  not  maintained.  The  loss  of  nitrogen  is  attributed  largelv  to 
loss  through  leaching." 


19161  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  125 

Cylinder  experiments  relative  to  the  utilization  and  accumulation  of 
nitrogen,  J.  G.  Lipman  and  A.  W.  Blair  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Bui.  289  (1916),  pp. 
3-88,  figs.  18). — Seven  years'  experiments  with  a  4-year  rotation  of  corn,  pota- 
toes, oats,  and  rye  on  two  types  of  sand,  fine  sand,  two  types  of  sandy  loam, 
two  types  of  loam,  and  gravelly  loam  soils  are  reported,  the  purpose  of  which 
was  to  determine  the  relative  value  of  the  nitrogen  of  sodium  nitrate,  green 
manure  crops,  and  stable  manure.  The  sodium  nitrate  was  used  at  the  rate  of 
160  lbs.  per  acre,  green  manure  crops  consisting  of  crimson  clover,  vetch,  soy 
beans,  and  cowpeas  were  seeded  after  each  main  crop,  and  stable  manure  was 
used  at  the  rate  of  15  tons  per  acre  applied  once  in  two  years. 

"  The  fertilizer  treatment  provides  for  two  cylinders  each  without  any  fer- 
tilizer, two  with  minerals  only,  two  with  minerals  and  nitrate  of  .soda,  two 
with  minerals  and  green  manure,  and  two  with  minerals  and  stable  manure,  for 
each  type  of  soil.  All  soils  received  a  treatment  of  ground  limestone  when  the 
experiment  was  begun,  and  similar  applications  at  the  end  of  each  5-year 
period." 

Determinations  of  soil  nitrogen  after  5  years  showed  that  "  there  has  been 
a  gradual  depletion  of  the  nitrogen  content  of  the  soil  for  six  out  of  the  eight 
types,  even  where  nitrogenous  fertilizers  have  been  applied  and  where  green 
manure  crops  have  been  grown.  The  soils  from  the  check  cylinders  show  the 
lowest  percentage  of  nitrogen.  The  soils  from  the  cylinders  which  receive 
minerals  only  and  those  which  receive  minerals  and  nitrate  of  soda  show 
essentially  the  same  percentage  of  nitrogen.  The  soils  from  the  cylinders 
which  receive  minerals  and  green  manure,  and  from  those  which  receive 
minerals  and  stable  manure,  likewise  show  practically  the  same  percentage  of 
nitrogen,  and  this  amount  is  about  0.01  per  cent  higher  than  in  those  cylinders 
where  minerals  only  and  minerals  and  nitrate  of  soda  are  used.  It  thus  appears 
that  the  green  manure  crops  have  been  quite  as  effective  in  maintaining  the 
nitrogen  supply  of  the  soil  as  stable  manure  at  the  rate  of  15  tons  per  acre 
applied  once  in  two  years.  .  .  . 

"  The  unfertilized  cylinders  gave  the  lowest  yield  of  dry  matter  and  nitrogen, 
and  those  that  received  minerals  only  the  next  highest.  The  cylinders  that 
received  minerals  and  nitrate  of  soda  gave  a  higher  yield  of  dry  matter  and 
nitrogen  than  those  that  received  minerals  only.  .  .  .  The  highest  yields  of 
nitrogen  and  dry  matter  were  from  cylinders  where  green  manure  crops  have 
been  grown,  and  the  next  highest  from  those  where  stable  manure  has  been 
used." 

Calculation  of  the  percentages  of  nitrogen  recovered  from  sodium  nitrate 
and  stable  manure  showed  that  "  in  most  cases  this  recovery  was  low  for  both 
the  nitrate  and  the  manure.  The  average  recovery  for  nitrate  for  the  7  years 
was  39.59  per  cent  and  for  the  manure  it  was  11.04  per  cent.  .  .  . 

"  Of  the  different  types  of  soil  the  Norfolk  sand  gave  the  lowest  yield  of  dry 
matter  and  nitrogen  and  the  Quinton  sandy  loam  the  highest  yield.  The  Penn 
loam  stands  next  to  the  Quinton  sandy  loam.  ...  On  the  Norfolk  sand  and 
Elsinboro  fine  sand  the  nitrogen  supply  of  the  soil  has  just  been  maintained  by 
the  use  of  green  manure  and  stable  manure.  On  the  other  six  types  the  nitrogen 
supply  is  now  less  than  when  the  experiment  was  begun,  even  where  green 
manure  and  stable  manure  have  been  used. 

"  Since  the  yields  with  the  green  manure  have,  on  the  average,  been  greater 
than  with  stable  manure,  and  since  the  nitrogen  supply  of  the  soil  has  been 
maintained  on  a  level  with  that  on  the  stable  manure  cylinders,  it  seems  fair 
to  conclude  that  the  green  manure  crops  have  furnished  at  least  as  much  nitro- 
gen each  year  as  the  stable  manure,  and  .  .  .  that  a  small  or  moderate  green 


126  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

manure  crop    (none  of   the  crops   were  large)    will   supply  70  to  80   lbs.   of 
nitrogen  per  acre,  which  is  equivalent  to  about  450  to  520  lbs.  of  nitrate  of 

soda."  ,.     ^    r      J 

Lime  nitrogen  fertilizer  experiments  in  1915,  Ahr  {Mitt.  Deut.  Landio. 
Gesell.,  30  {1915},  No.  fS,  pp.  732-737).— Sixteen  series  of  experiments,  com- 
paring lime  nitrogen  with  ammonium  and  nitrate  fertilizers  when  added  as  a 
top-dressing  to  rye  and  wheat  and  before  seeding  to  oats,  potatoes,  and  beets 
in  amounts  equivalent  to  15,  15.5,  20,  22.5,  30,  45,  and  60  kg.  of  nitrogen  per 
hectare  (13.35,  13.8,  17.8,  20.025,  26.7,  40.05,  and  53.4  lbs.  per  acre),  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  with  few  exceptions  the  nitrogen  additions  favorably 
Influenced  the  yield.  In  fourteen  of  the  series  ammonium  sulphate  had  in 
general  a  considerably  more  favorable  influence  than  lime  nitrogen.  Lime 
nitrogen  when  added  before  seeding  was,  however,  slightly  more  favorable  to 
beets  and  potatoes  than  was  ammonium  sulphate.  In  one  series  lime  nitrogen 
when  added  before  seeding  gave  as  good  results  as  ammonium  nitrate  and  better 
results  than  any  of  the  other  nitrate  forms  u.sed.  The  results  with  lime 
nitrogen  as  a  top-dressing  for  potatoes  were  very  poor,  and  lime  nitrogen  was 
much  less  favorable  for  beets  than  was  ammonium  nitrate.  The  results  as  a 
whole  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  action  of  nitrogenous  fertilizers  is  influ- 
enced by  local  environmental  factors,  especially  soil  and  climatic  conditions 
and  kind  of  crop  grown. 

It  was  found  in  further  experiments  that  mixing  lime  nitrogen  with  pulver- 
ized bog  iron  ore  increased  the  fertilizing  action  of  the  lime  ntrogen  for  winter 
wheat  and  rye,  but  not  for  oats.  The  results  of  experiments  with  a  mixture 
of  lime  nitrogen  with  superphosphate  were  inconclusive. 

Experiment  on  the  effectiveness  of  some  new  ammonium  salts  as  com- 
pared with  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  lime  nitrog'en,  liquid 
manure  nitrogen,  and  some  organic  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  P.  Wagneb  {Mitt. 
Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  SO  {1915),  No.  47,  pp.  114-120,  fios.  3).— Pot  culture  ex- 
periments on  loam  and  sand  soils  with  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate, 
sodium-ammonium  sulphate,  ammonium  carbonate,  ammonium  chlorid,  blood 
meal,  liquid  manure,  castor-bean  meal,  powdered  and  granulated  lime  nitrogen, 
a  wool  fertilizer,  and  an  organic  fertilizer,  when  added  in  amounts  equivalent 
to  0.5,  1,  and  1.5  gm.  per  20  kg.  of  soil  to  summer  rye,  summer  wheat,  and 
white  mustard,  are  reported. 

Considering  the  effectiveness  of  ammonium  sulphate  as  100,  with  reference 
to  both  yield  and  nitrogen  utilization,  the  effectiveness  of  sodium-ammonium 
sulphate  was  93  for  both,  of  ammonium  carbonate  102  for  yield  and  103  for 
nitrogen  utilization,  of  ammonium  chlorid  104  and  98,  of  lime  nitrogen  104 
and  105,  of  blood  meal  98  and  100,  of  liquid  manure  91  and  94,  of  castor-bean 
meal  72  and  63,  of  the  organic  fertilizer  49  and  48,  and  of  wool  fertilizer  21  and 
25.  No  difference  was  observed  in  the  results  obtained  with  lime  nitrogen  of 
different  degrees  of  fineness. 

Potash  supplies  during  the  war  {Bd.  Agr.  and  Fisheries  [London^,  Spec. 
Leaflet  Jf2  {1915),  pp.  ^).— This  leaflet  points  out  briefly  the  importance  of  the 
preservation  and  use  of  potash  in  barnyard  manure,  crop  residues,  seaweed,  and 
wood  ashes  during  the  coming  year,  and  discusses  the  liberation  of  soil  potash 
by  liming  and  applying  sodium  salts.  Suggestions  for  the  treatment  of  par- 
ticular crops  are  given. 

Potash:  Review  of  the  present  position,  A.  Bruce  {Trap.  Agr.  [Ceylonl,  45 
(1915),  No.  1,  pp.  4-14).— This  is  a  review  of  the  present  potash  situation,  with 
special  reference  to  its  effect  on  tropical  agriculture.  A  table  showing  the  ash 
and  potash  contents  of  various  tropical  plants  is  included. 


1916] 


SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 


127 


The  composition  of  wood  and  plant  ash,  R.  A.  Bkkby  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [Lon- 
don], 22  {1015),  No.  8,  pp.  766-768). — Analyses  of  representative  samples  of 
the  ash  of  certain  forest  and  plant  products  and  of  flue  dust,  made  at  the 
West  of  Scotland  Agricultural  CJollege  to  determine  their  potash  and  phosphate 
contents,  are  reported.     The  following  table  summarizes  the  analyses : 

Ash  analyses  of  miscellaneous  materials. 


Kind  of  ash. 


Total 
potash 
(K,0). 


Percentage 
of  total 
potash  sol- 
uble m 
water. 


Phosphate 

of  lime 
(CaaCPOOi). 


Bracken 

Spruce 

Mixed  forest  produce 

Hardwood,  engine  iire 

Softwood ,  forest  fire 

Hardwood,  largely  oak  trimmings  .. 
Flue  dust  from  blast  furnaces.  No.  1 
Flue  dust  from  blast  furnaces,  No.  2 


Per  cent. 

20.45 

11.94 

3.13 

10.44 

11.79 

3.53 

3.75 

3.93 


Per  cent. 
51.9 
68.9 
47.9 
64.8 
55.4 
77.9 
56.8 
67.2 


Per  cent. 
7.35 
15.30 
3.36 
10.95 
11.41 
2.40 
(}) 
(') 


1  Not  ascertained. 


Composition  of  bat  guano  from  Uruguay,  J.  Schroeder  {Rev.  Assoc.  Rural 
Uruguay,  44  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  529-531). — Analyses  of  two  samples  of  this  guano 
are  reported,  showing  total  nitrogen  5.59  and  6.93  per  cent,  total  phosphoric 
acid  7.45  and  5.54  per  cent,  and  potash  3.14  and  2.78  per  cent.  While  this 
guano  compares  favorably  in  composition  with  guanos  from  North  America 
and  South  Africa,  it  is  said  to  be  too  limited  in  amount  to  be  commercially 
profitable. 

Fertilizing  value  of  sugar  beet  crowns  and  leaves  {Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en 
Handel  [Netherlands],  Verslag.  en  Meded.  Dir.  Ldndb.,  No.  4  {1915),  pp.  90- 
100;  abs.  in  Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  759,  760 ) .—Analyses 
of  sugar  beet  crowns  and  leaves  are  reported,  together  with  the  results  of  field 
tests  to  determine  the  effect  of  plowing  under  the  beet  crowns  and  leaves  on 
oats  and  potato  crops  following  beets.  The  analyses  showed  nitrogen  varying 
from  2.24  to  2.37  per  cent,  pho.sphoric  acid  from  0.73  to  0.78  per  cent,  and 
potash  from  2.88  to  3.23  per  cent. 

At  the  Lauchstiidt  experiment  station  it  was  found  that  plowing  under  the 
beet  leaves  and  crowns  was  accompanied  by  a  marked  increase  in  the  oat 
and  potato  crops  and  in  the  percentage  of  the  larger  sized  potatoes.  The 
increase  in  the  potato  crop  was  greater  where  the  beet  crowns  and  leaves 
were  used  without  additional  fertilizer.  Where  leaves  and  crowns  were  tested 
separately  the  largest  increase  in  potato  crop  was  obtained  with  the  crowns. 
The  potato  crop  produced  with  leaves  alone  was  slightly  greater  than  that 
produced  with  leaves  and  crowns  together,  but  was  much  less  than  that  pro- 
duced by  leaves  and  crowns  and  ammonium  phosphate  or  by  ammonium  phos- 
phate alone. 

Inspection  of  commercial  fertilizers,  1915,  F.  B.  Mumford  and  P.  F.  Trow- 
bridge {Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  139  {1916),  pp.  58,  figs.  2). — This  bulletin  contains 
the  results  of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  and  estimated  valuations  of  494 
samples  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing  materials  collected  for  inspection  in  Mis- 
souri during  1915,  together  with  a  list  of  brands  registered  in  the  State  during 
1915  and  a  statement  of  the  substance  of  the  Missouri  fertilizer  law.  It  was 
found  that  of  the  official  samples  analyzed  35.5  per  cent  gave  a  total  value 
averaging  $1.28  a  tou  below  guaranty. 


228  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Analyses  and  valuations  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  ground  bone. 
Analyses  of  agricultural  lime,  C.  S.  Cathcabt  et  al.  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Bui. 
2S7  {1915),  pp.  5-6S).— This  bulletin  contains  the  results  of  actual  and  guar- 
antied analyses  and  valuations  of  over  1,000  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fer- 
tilizing materials,  including  analyses  of  43  samples  of  ground  bone,  45  sam- 
ples of  lime,  and  32  samples  of  such  sundry  materials  as  tobacco  stem  ash, 
boneblack,  prepared  humus,  tobacco  stems,  street  sweepings,  incinerator  ashes, 
seaweed,  flue  dust,  wood  ashes,  burned  peat,  cacao  shells,  hardwood  ashes, 
humus,  sludge,  fish  meal,  and  sewage  residue,  collected  for  inspection  in  New 
Jersey  during  1915  in  continuation  of  work  noted  in  Bulletin  285  (E.  S.  R., 
34,  p.  625.) 

AGKICUITTJRAL  BOTAFT. 

Plant  life,  C.  A.  Hall  {London:  A.  d  C.  Black,  1915,  pp.  XI-^S80,  pis.  74, 
figg  80).— This  book,  while  popular  as  regards  content  and  style,  and  intended 
primarily  for  nature  lovers  and  amateur  botanists,  deals  with  most  of  the  main 
divisions  and  topics  usually  considered  in  connection  with  a  more  formal  and 
scientific  study  of  plant  life,  including  a  chapter  on  fossil  plants. 

Mass  mutation  in  CEnothera  pratincola,  H.  H.  Babtlett  {Bot.  Gaz.,  60 
{1915),  No.  6,  pp.  425-456,  figs.  15). — This  article,  while  considered  to  be  of  a 
preliminary  character  as  regards  many  genetic  relationships  between  the  muta- 
tions and  the  parent  species,  reports  a  continuation  of  studies  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  pp.  221,  524).  It  deals  with  mutations  of  CE.  pratincola,  which 
gives  rise,  in  successive  generations,  to  mutations  belonging  to  several  distinct 
types.  The  most  conspicuous  of  these,  when  young,  is  CE.  pratincola  nummu- 
laria,  originating  in  every  generation  from  seven  of  the  eight  independent  strains 
which  have  been  studied.  The  eighth  strain  exhibits  the  phenomenon  which 
has  been  called  by  the  author  "  mutation  en  masse,"  and  has  been  designated 
as  Lexington  E.  This  differs  from  all  the  other  strains  of  CE.  pratincola  in  that 
it  gives  rise  to  a  characterist'^'  group  of  four  mutations,  that  these  occur  in 
such  large  numbers  as  to  justify  the  use  of  the  term  mass  mutation,  and  that  it 
does  not  give  rise  to  the  mutant  CE.  nummularia  and  certain  other  mutations 
produced  by  strains  which  do  not  show  mass  mutation, 

CEnothera  g'igas  nanella,  a  Mendelian  mutant,  H.  DeVeies  {Bot.  Gaz.,  60 
{1915),  No.  5,  pp.  337-3-'t5). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  studies  as  a  result 
of  which  he  states  that  CE.  gigas  produces  dwarfs  (about  1  to  2  per  cent)  and 
mutant  hybrids  of  normal  stature,  which,  after  self-fertilization,  give  from  15  to 
18  per  cent  (theoretically  25  per  cent)  of  dwarfs.  These  mutant  hybrids  men- 
delize  after  self-fertilization,  yielding  about  18  per  cent  of  dwarfs,  25  per  cent 
of  normal  specimens  of  tall  stature,  and  57  per  cent  of  hybrids  of  the  same  type. 
The  latter  gave  among  their  progeny  about  21  per  cent  of  dwarfs.  The  mutant 
hybrids,  fertilized  by  (E.  gigas  nanella,  yield  from  30  to  43  per  cent  (theoreti- 
cally 50  per  cent)  of  dwarfs. 

In  artificial  crosses  with  (E.  gigas  the  dwarfs  follow  Mendel's  law.  The  pro- 
duction of  dwarfs  from  (E.  gigas  by  means  of  mutation  is,  therefore,  considered 
as  requiring  the  copulation  of  two  gametes,  both  of  which  are  potentially  mu- 
tated into  dwarfs.  The  mutant  hybrids,  then,  it  is  thought,  must  be  the  result 
of  the  fertilization  of  a  mutated  gamete  by  a  normal  one.  They  are  corre- 
spondingly less  rare  than  the  dwarfs  themselves.  In  view  of  the  fact  that 
dwarfs  of  CE.  lamarckiana  do  not  follow  the  law  of  Mendel,  either  in  their  origin 
by  mutation  or  in  artificial  crosses  with  the  parent  species,  these  conclusions 
are  thought  to  show  a  new  differential  character  between  (E.  gigas  and  its 
parent   species. 


1»16]  AGRICULTUEAL   BOTANY.  129 

Three  types  of  commercial  vanilla  in  Tahiti,  Costantin  and  Bois  (Compt. 
Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  {Paris],  161  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  1^6-202).— Discussing  three 
types  of  vanilla  in  Tahiti,  the  authors  state  that  the  tj'pe  called  Mexican  vanilla 
is  V.  planifolia,  that  the  type  called  Tahitan  vanilla  is  closely  related  thereto, 
but  that  the  type  which  has  been  provisionally  called  V.  tiarei,  and  which  is 
thought  to  have  appeared  there  Ave  or  six  years  ago  from  an  unknown  source, 
may  be  a  variation  or  a  hybrid.  It  is  said  to  possess  qualities  of  commercial 
value. 

Quichua  names  of  sweet  potatoes,  O.  F,  Cook  {Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  6 
{1916),  No.  /f,  pp.  86-90). — The  author  gives  some  results  of  studies  carried  out 
by  himself  as  a  member  of  the  Yale  Peruvian  Expedition,  conducted  by  Prof.  H. 
Bingham  in  cooperation  with  the  National  Geographic  Society  and  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agrictulture. 

It  is  stated  that  the  Quichas,  who  live  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Andes,  use 
and  have  used  apparently  from  antiquity  the  names  "  apichu  "  for  the  sweet 
varieties  of  Ipomoea  batatas  and  "  cumara  "  for  the  starchy  kinds,  the  inclusive 
term  "  camote  "  being  used  for  both  kinds  by  those  who  speak  Spanish.  Both 
these  varieties  are  represented  by  local  strains  having  local  names,  a  number  of 
which  are  given.  Wild  sweet  potatoes  are  also  said  to  be  common  in  the  val- 
leys of  the  interior. 

It  is  stated  that,  while  among  all  the  native  names  used  in  other  parts  of 
America  tliere  appears  to  be  no  definite  resemblance  to  the  Quichua  words 
"  apichu  "  and  "  cumara,"  the  number  and  variety  of  such  names  testify  to  the 
American  origin  of  the  sweet  potato,  or  at  least  to  its  wide  distribution  in  pre- 
historic times.  The  name  "  cumara,"  or  "  kumara,"  is  also  used  for  the  sweet 
potato  in  Polynesia.    This  fact  is  regarded  as  more  than  a  mere  coincidence. 

Physico-chemical  studies  in  botany. — I,  Germination,  Helene  Nothmann- 
ZucKEKKANDL  {Intcrnat.  Ztschr.  Phys.  Chevi.  Biol.,  2  {1915),  No.  2-3,  pp.  9^- 
106). — This  is  a  review  of  the  results  and  conclusions  published  by  previous 
investigators  on  germination. 

The  germination,  xinder  aseptic  conditions,  of  Zea  mays  in  the  presence  of 
some  quinonoids,  D.  Roudsky  {Compt.  Rend.  Soc.  Biol.  [Paris],  77  {1914),  No. 
20,  pp.  30-33.  fig.  1). — Describing  the  behavior  of  maize  seedlings  grown  by 
placing  sterilized  seeds  on  cotton  in  test  tubes,  the  author  notes  that,  while  in 
case  of  the  control  tubes  containing  water  only  the  roots  penetrated  the  liquid 
freely  and  atttaiued  considerable  development,  in  tubes  containing  a  dilute 
solution  of  an  azin,  a  diamidoacridin,  or  one  of  two  oxazins,  the  roots  failed 
to  descend  into  the  solution,  a  portion  of  the  rootlet  showing  also  a  certain 
coloration  extending  to  the  growing  part.  The  lowering  of  the  liquid  surface 
of  the  solution  due  to  evaporation  was  followed  by  renewed  growth  of  the  root- 
let, in  some  cases  carrying  its  point  into  the  liquid,  this  fact  suggesting  a  degree 
of  adaptation  to  a  medium  which  at  first  appeared  to  inhibit  growth. 

Light  and  growth,  II,  A.  H.  Blaauw  {Ztschr.  Bot.,  7  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  465- 
532,  figs.  10). — The  author  has  followed  up  his  work  previously  reported  (E.  S. 
R.,  34,  p.  223)  with  studies  on  plantlets  of  Helianthus  globosus  as  regards  rate 
of  growth  and  response  to  illumination  of  various  intensities  and  durations. 

It  is  held  that  in  multicellular  organisms  a  characteristic  growth  reaction 
is  produced  which  is  due  to  physico-chemical  change.  Phototropism  is  a  sec- 
ondary phenomenon  of  the  growth  reaction  to  light  which  results  when  the  plant 
is  subjected  to  unequal  illumination  on  different  sides.  Plant  cells  are  not 
stimulated  because  of  obliquity  of  light  or  of  unequal  intensity  thereof  on  dif- 
ferent sides.  There  is  no  perception  of  light  or  of  differences  of  illumination, 
but  light  produces  alterations  in  growth  rate  which  may  quickly  manifest 
themselves  through  a  striking  response. 


130  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  stimulation  of  protoplasmic  streaming  by  rays  of  different  sorts, 
Helene  Nothmann-Zuckekkandl  (Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell.,  SS  (1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
SOISIS,  figs.  2).— It  has  been  found  that  visible  ultraviolet  and  ultra-red  rays 
cause  in  the  plasma  of  leaf  cells  of  Elodea  streaming  movements,  the  activity 
of  which  increases  with  the  wave  length.  While  the  establishment  of  a  tem- 
perature gradient  by  local  warming  in  case  of  a  single  leaf  caused  streaming 
movements,  the  warming  of  the  whole  shoot  by  immersion  in  water  had  no 
influence  in  this  connection. 

The  pigments  of  fruits  in  relation  to  some  genetic  experiments  on  Capsi- 
cum annuum,  W.  R.  G.  Atkins  and  G.  O.  Sheebaed  (Sci,  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc, 
n.  ser.,  14  {1915),  No.  25,  pp.  328-555).— Presenting  results  of  a  preliminary 
nature  from  a  study  of  the  genetics  of  fruits  of  C.  annuum,  the  authors  state 
that  in  these  fruits  red  is  dominant  to  yellow  and  appears  to  be  a  simple  domi- 
nant to  chocolate  and  orange.  Differences  in  the  shades  of  green  in  unripe  fruits 
are  ascribed  to  variations  in  the  numbers  of  chromatophores  contained  in  each 
cell.  The  colors  of  ripe  fruits  are  due  to  red,  chocolate,  orange,  and  yellow 
plastid  pigments.  Red  and  chocolate  have  not  been  shown  to  be  due  to  a  mix- 
ture of  pigments.  Some  red  fruits  contain  water-soluble  yellow  pigment  in 
small   quantities. 

Red  and  chocolate  pigments,  when  pure,  are  oily  liquids  which  have  not  been 
obtained  in  a  crystalline  condition.  This  property,  with  their  ready  solubility 
in  cold  alcohol  and  petroleum  ether,  distinguishes  them  from  lycopin,  carotin, 
and  xanthophyll,  the  solutions  becoming  colorless  when  allowed  to  evaporate  in 
sunlight.  Carotin  is  moderately  soluble  in  cold  pyridin  and  yields  crystals  from 
this  solvent  similar  to  those  from  ethereal  solution. 

Peroxidase  in  Capsicum  fruits  diminishes  as  they  ripen  and  bears  apparently 
no  simple  relation  to  variety.  The  enzyra  is  frequently  present  only  in  the 
epidermis,  while  the  deeper  tissues  may  contain  an  inhibitor  with  a  strong 
reducing  action. 

The  origin  and  transformations  of  anthocyanin  products,  F.  Moreau  (Bui. 
Soc.  Bot.  France,  61  (1914),  No.  7-9,  pp.  59M05).— Referring  to  the  view  ex- 
pressed in  an  earlier  communication  (E.  S.  R.,  33.  p.  .523),  that  mitochondria 
take  part  in  the  formation  of  anthocyanin  both  in  flowers  and  in  vegetative 
organs,  the  author  states  that  his  later  studies  appear  to  indicate  that  the  con- 
clusions formerly  announced  should  be  considered  as  subject  to  modification  by 
the  results  of  investigation  of  more  abundant  material  under  more  favorable 
conditions. 

It  is  now  held  that  anthocyanin  in  floral  or  vegetative  parts  may  be  of  mito- 
chondrial origin.  On  the  other  hand,  in  numerous  cases  the  anthocyanin  ap- 
pears not  to  have  been  formed  wholly  in  the  chondriosomes  or  the  anthocyanin 
corrmscles,  but  to  have  been  preceded  by  the  formation  of  colorless  products 
which  become  colored  more  or  less  slowly.  The  colored  anthocyanin  products 
may  themselves  be  transformed  into  colorless  products.  It  is  considered  proper, 
therefore,  to  rank  along  with  the  red,  violet,  and  blue  pigments  now  designated 
as  anthocyanlns  the  colorless  compounds  which  are  inseparable  from  them  for 
purposes  of  study  and  which  are  always  found  in  the  cells  as  earlier  or  later 
products,  being  closely  related  to  them  as  regards  chemical  composition  and  as 
having  in  common  with  them  a  mitochondrial  origin. 

Oxidases  and  their  inhibitors  in  plant  tissues.— IV,  The  flowers  of  Iris, 
W.  K.  G.  Atkins  (Svi.  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc,  n.  ser.,  I4  (1915),  No.  24,  pp. 
3i7-527).— In  this  work  the  list  of  Iris  flowers  previously  employed  for  a  studv 
of  peroxi,lase  reactions  (K.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  626)  has  been  extended  greatly  and 
much  of  the  previous  work  has  been  repeated  with  a  view  to  finding  out  how 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY.  131 

far  the  activities  of  oxidizing  enzyms  depend  upon  tlie  age  of  the  flower  and 
other  factors,  such  as  illumination. 

It  is  stated  that  peroxidase  reactions  of  certain  species  and  varieties  of  Iris 
are  similar,  though  the  distribution  and  quantity  of  anthocyanin  may  be  very 
dJiferent.  Peroxidase  reactions  are  well  marked  in  the  Xiphion  group,  variable 
as  regards  distribution  in  the  Apogon  group,  and  absent  in  the  Pogoniris  group. 
Active  peroxidase  increases  more  or  less  in  Iris  flowers  kept  in  darkness,  and 
the  production  of  organic  peroxid  was  recorded  in  one  case.  Owing  presumably 
to  complications  introduced  by  inhibitors,  it  is  impossible  in  Iris  to  correlate  the 
distribution  of  peroxidase  and  anthocyanin,  the  latter  frequently  appearing  in 
the  absence  of  the  former  in  an  active  state. 

The  formative  starches  of  green  leaves  and  their  utilization,  F.  W.  Neger 
(NaturtvissenscJiaften,  S  (1915),  No.  31,  pp.  401,  408). — Discussing  the  carbo- 
hydrate content  of  green  leaves,  the  time  at  which  it  is  greatest,  and  the  possi- 
bility of  its  more  economical  utilization,  the  author  notes  some  findings  reported 
by  former  investigators  or  obtained  by  himself. 

Observations  on  the  starch  content  of  several  plants  show  that  in  these  cases 
the  maximum,  while  it  may  occur  at  different  hours,  generally  falls  in  the  after- 
noon or  evening.  The  starch  content  of  leaves  and  its  transfer  appear  in  most 
cases  to  be  diminished  under  very  high  temperatures.  The  practice  of  gather- 
ing vegetables  late  in  the  afternoon  is  most  profitable  only  when  the  accumu- 
lation of  carbohydrates  during  this  period  is  not  too  largely  neutralized 
by  its  transfer  to  the  stems  before  its  sale  and  utilization  the  next  day. 

In  regard  to  the  removal  of  the  leaves,  which  is  suggested,  starches  tend  to 
change  into  sugars,  due  to  the  presence  of  a  ferment  in  the  leaves,  the  activity 
of  which  seems  to  bear  some  rather  intimate  relation  to  respiration.  It  is  sus- 
pended in  irrespirable  gases,  but  is  resumed  after  removal  therefrom  if  they  are 
of  a  nonpoisonous  character.  In  case  of  leathery  leaves  or,  in  particular,  those 
of  evergreens,  the  stores  of  carbohydrates  are  often  larger,  being  the  net  accu- 
mulations of  several  days.  The  mobility  of  starch  is  much  less  in  evergreen 
than  in  deciduous  leaves.  It  is  stated  that  the  foliage  of  conifers  contains, 
particularly  in  autumn  and  spring,  large  quantities  of  starch  in  a  stable 
condition. 

The  starch  economy  of  green  plants,  F.  W.  Negkr  {Naturiv.  Ztsclir.  Forst  u. 
Landiv.,  13  {1915),  No.  8-9,  pp.  370-380).— This  is  a  more  detailed  account  of 
the  facts  summarized  in  the  article  noted  above. 

Starch  formation  in  underground  portions  of  herbaceous  plants,  J.  d'Arbaxj- 
MONT  (Bui.  Sac.  Bat.  France,  61  (1914),  No.  5-6,  pp.  347-351).— The  author  has 
followed  the  woi-k  of  Guilliermond  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  524)  in  the  study  of  starch 
formation  as  related  to  leucoplasts.  He  states  that  besides  the  concentric  de- 
velopment of  the  starch  grain  there  may  be  noted  two  other  phases,  namely,  a 
peripheral  phase  developing  centripetally  and  one  developing  both  centripetally 
and  centrifugally  at  the  same  time  from  the  periphery  and  the  center,  respec- 
tively.    These  and  related  phenomena  ai'e  discussed  as  noted  in  different  plants. 

Humus  as  a  source  of  carbon  for  green  plants,  M.  Molliakd  (Rev.  Gen.  Bat., 
27  (1915),  No.  313,  pp.  1-9). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  experimentation 
from  which  he  concludes  that  humus  can  not  be  considered  a  direct  source 
of  carbon  for  green  plants  to  any  appreciable  extent. 

The  role  of  the  ash  constituents  in  living  plants,  I,  M.  A.  Egorov  (Zhur. 
Opytn.  Agron.,  16  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  270-280). — In  a  preliminary  account  of  the 
relation  between  ash  constituents  and  maturation  it  is  stated  that  oats  remain 
green  after  being  desexed.  It  is  thought  that  the  direct  cause  of  maturation  in 
the  Graminese,  so  far  as  that  is  manifested  in  the  yellowing  of  the  plant,  is  the 


132  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  tVo!.  36 

transfer  of  magnesium   in  considerable  quantity   to  the   grains,   where  it   is 

tixed. 

The  root  nodules  of  Ceanothus  americanus,  W.  B.  Bottomley  (Ann.  Bot. 
[London],  29  (1915),  No.  116,  pp.  605-610,  pi.  i).— Giving  an  account  of  inves- 
tigations on  C.  americanus,  the  author  states  that  the  root  nodules  of  this 
plant  are  modified  lateral  roots,  perennial  in  character  and  increasing  each 
year  by  the  formation  of  endogenous  outgrowths  or  branches  structurally 
similar  to  the  branch  from  which  they  primarily  arise.  Each  primary  nodule 
or  branch  develops  four  zones  designated  respectively  as  meristematic  ( apical ) , 
infection,  bacterial,  and  basal.  The  younger  bacterial  cells  contain  rod-shaped 
organisms,  the  older  ones  spherical  bodies,  the  latter  being  the  bacteroid  condi- 
tion of  the  active  nitrogen-fixing  rod-shaped  bacillus.  The  bacteria,  when  iso- 
lated and  grown  in  pure  culture,  are  able  to  fix  atmospheric  nitrogen  and  are 
considered  to  belong  to  the  Bacillus  radicicola  group. 

The  aerating  system  of  Vicia  faba,  C.  Hunteb  (Ann.  Bot.  [London],  29 
(1915),  No.  116,  pp.  627-63^,  figs.  6). — A  description  is  given  of  the  aerating 
system  demonstrated  for  V.  faba.  It  is  thought  that  the  division  of  the  air 
cavities  in  young  internodes  facilitates  gas  interchange  in  the  active  region 
of  the  growing  point.  It  is  suggested  that  the  production  of  lysigenic  cortical 
air  cavities  in  old  internodes  is  a  device  to  assist  in  respiration  by  the  cortical 
cells  of  the  old  root.  The  development  of  the  intercellular  space  system  of  the 
root  tip  is  thought  to  show  the  great  importance  of  the  aerating  system  in  the 
most  active  regions  of  cell  development. 

On  the  coagulation  of  Hevea  latex  and  a  new  method  of  coagulation,  B.  J. 
Eaton  and  J.  Grantham  (Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States,  If  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  26- 
30). — Reporting  work  designed  to  test  the  hypothesis  of  Whitby  (E.  S.  R.,  29, 
p.  149)  that  the  spontaneous  coagulation  of  Hevea  latex  is  brought  about  by 
a  coagulating  enzym,  the  author  claims  that  these  experiments  indicate  that 
this  natural  coagulation  of  the  latex  of  H.  brasiliensis  is  due  to  certain  bac- 
teria which  infect  the  latex  after  collection.  There  are  two  types  of  organism, 
one  (favored  by  aerobic  conditions)  which  tends  to  inhibit  coagulation  and 
produces  an  alkaline  slime  in  the  presence  of  air,  and  the  other  (favored  by 
anaerobic  conditions)  which  effects  coagulation  of  the  latex.  The  coagulation 
of  the  latex  under  anaerobic  conditions  is  not  constant,  owing,  it  is  thought, 
to  a  variation  in  the  constitution  of  the  latex.  By  the  addition  of  various 
sugars,  coagulation  under  both  aerobic  and  anaerobic  conditions  always  occurs. 
This  is  thought  to  be  explainable  on  the  supposition  that  a  medium  is  formed 
more  favorable  for  the  organisms  which  produce  coagulation  and  less  favorable 
to  those  producing  putrefactive  changes. 

The  assimilative  capability  of  witches'  brooms  on  cherry,  E.  Heineicheb 
(Ber.  Dent.  Bot.  Gesell.,  33  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  21,5-253,  figs.  2).— It  is  stated  that. 
In  experiments  described,  considerable  assimilation  of  carbon  dioxid  was  accom- 
l.lished  by  the  foliage  of  witches'  brooms  in  case  of  cherry. 

Dwarfing  effect  of  trees  upon  neighboring  plants,  J.  Y.  Bergen  (BoL  Gaz., 
60  (1915),  No.  6,  pp.  491,  /,92).— Discussing  the  factors  generally  mentioned  in 
connection  with  the  deficient  growth  of  plants  in  the  shade  of  trees,  namely, 
shading,  abstraction  of  water  and  of  salts,  and  the  possible  excretion  of  inju- 
rious substances  by  the  trees,  the  author  records  observations  made  during 
the  very  ral.iy  summer  of  1915,  in  Cambridge,  Mass.,  on  some  growing  plants 
shaded  by  a  belt  of  deciduous  trees. 

It  Is  stated,  regarding  Aster  novw-angliw,  Asclepias  tuberosa,  and  Helianthus 
grosse-serrntus,  that,  while  none  of  these  flourished  as  well  as  did  other  indi- 
viduals growing  in  oi>en  ground,  all  were  perhaps  twice  as  tall  as  during  an 


1»16J  AGRICULTURAL   BOTAKY.  133 

ordinary  season  and  were  much  more  robust  than  usual.  A  specimen  of 
Chelone  glabra  grew  luxuriantly  and  flowered  freely,  though  for  some  years 
it  had  barely  kept  alive.  On  the  other  hand,  the  rather  xerophytic  Sedum 
telephioides  and  Hedera  helix  showed  no  better  growth  than  usual,  and  some 
other  plants,  as  Saponaria  officinalis  and  Oxalis  corniculata,  showed  little  in- 
crease over  their  usual  size.  It  is  thought  that  the  differences  noted  were  due 
to  increased  water  supply,  and  that  many  plants  of  agricultural  importance 
may  be  as  sensitive  to  the  effects  of  diminished  water  supply  as  the  Aster, 
Asclepias,  and  Helianthus  previously  mentioned. 

Radium  and  plant  growth  {Gard.  Chron.,  3.  ser.,  58  (1915),  No.  1501,  p. 
209). — In  comments  on  the  results  of  a  number  of  experiments  said  to  have 
been  carried  out  by  M.  H.  F.  Sutton,  it  is  stated  that  in  no  case  was  it  apparent 
that  any  of  the  radium  preparations  had  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  growth  of 
the  crops.  In  not  a  few  instances  there  were  deiinite  indications  that  the  prepa- 
rations had  exercised  an  adverse  influence  on  the  plants. 

Bibliography  on  the  effect  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  vegetation  and  animal  life 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Manes  Bui.  98  (1915),  pp.  503-520) .—This  bibliography, 
which  is  said  to  have  been  prepared  by  the  chemists'  club  library  of  the  Selby 
Smelter  Commission,  lists  nearly  100  articles  upon  the  biological  effects  of 
sulphur  dioxid,  giving  notes  or  brief  abstracts  of  most  of  the  articles  mentioned. 

Disappearance  of  sulphur  dioxid  from  dilute  mixtures  of  sulphur  dioxid 
with  air,  G.  C.  Baktells,  Je.  (U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Mines  Bui.  98  (1915),  pp. 
308-323,  pis.  2). — These  investigations  were  carried  on  to  test  certain  observa- 
tions made  in  the  field  fumigation  experiments  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  28). 

It  is  stated  that  the  disappearance  of  sulphur  dioxid  from  a  mixture  thereof 
with  air,  when  introduced  into  a  carboy  containing  green  vegetation,  was 
found  to  be  due  in  great  part  to  absorption  of  sulphur  dioxid  by  the  plant,  but 
in  some  degree  also  to  the  oxidation  of  the  sulphur  dioxid  in  an  excess  of 
moist  air  and  to  absorption  by  the  surface  of  the  glass.  Experimentation 
showed  also  that  when  a  mixture  of  sulphur  dioxid  and  dry  air  was  left  in  a 
glass  container,  there  was  a  disappearance  of  the  sulphur  dioxid  to  the  extent 
of  about  10  per  cent  in  30  hours.  The  disappearance  was  greater  when  the  air 
showed  a  relative  humidity  of  50  per  cent  than  it  was  in  dry  air,  and  much 
greater  at  a  humidity  of  100  per  cent.  When  a  mixture  of  sulphur  dioxid 
and  air  was  exposed  to  the  action  of  direct  sunlight,  a  gradual  disappearance 
of  the  sulphur  dioxid  took  place.  This  was  greatest  when  the  temperature  was 
highest,  which  fact  is  considered  to  preclude  the  view  of  its  solution  by  water. 
In  all  cases  both  oxidation  and  absorption  took  place  to  an  extent  which  was 
greater  in  a  moist  than  in  a  dry  atmosphere. 

Defects  in  the  investigation  of  smoke  injury,  S.  Eickk  (Ztschr.  rflanzen- 
krank.,  25  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  45-59). — Discussing  the  methods,  results,  and  pres- 
ent state  of  study  of  the  relations  between  soil,  plant,  and  smoke,  also  between 
smoke  and  the  aerial  portions  of  plants,  the  author  calls  attention  to  some  of 
the  gaps  in  our  present  knowledge  in  this  connection. 

Tests  of  various  brands  of  litmus  for  bacteriological  work,  Christie  J. 
Mason  (Connecticut  Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  S3  (1915),  pp.  126.  127).— The  autlior 
gives  a  report  on  an  investigation  of  different  brands  of  litmus  to  determine 
their  adaptability  for  bacteriological  purposes,  basing  her  conclusions  on  the 
numbers  of  bacteria  which  developed  In  lltmus-lactose-gelatin  plates  prepared 
for  testing  milk  or  Its  products.  Of  the  four  brands  of  litmus  tested,  litmus 
cubes  were  found  to  be  the  most  satisfactory  though  the  difference  between 
azolltmin  and  litmus  cubes  was  slight.  The  other  forms  of  purified  litmus  are 
said  to  have  inhibited  the  growth  of  bacteria  to  a  noticeable  degree. 


234  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

An  electric  iiicubator  for  bacteriological  work,  W.  M.  Esten  (Connecticut 
Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  84  (1915),  pp.  1S9-U6,  figs.  5).— The  author  describes  an  elec- 
tric inciibator  which  he  has  made  that  proves  to  be  inexpensive,  serviceable,  and 
durable.  One  of  these  incubators,  made  for  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ington, was  30  by  18  by  14  in.  inside  measurement  and  cost,  including  labor 
and  material,  $70.85.  This  has  been  in  use  for  three  years  and  has  given  ex- 
cellent satisfaction.  A  trial  incubator  made  by  the  author  has  been  in  con- 
stant use  for  10  or  12  years  and  has  proved  thoroughly  satisfactory. 

FIELD  CROPS. 

[Experiments  with  field  crops  in  Barbados]  (Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  Barbados, 
1914-15,  pp.  2-32). — Experiments  with  sugar  cane  conducted  at  16  estates 
included  a  comparison  of  seedling  varieties  with  the  White  Transparent  as  a 
standard.  The  results  show  that  B.  6450  yielded  on  the  average  5.76  tons  of 
cane,  or  1,727  lbs.  of  saccharose  per  acre  more  than  White  Transparent,  and 
that  B.  6032  yielded  on  the  average  5.57  tons  of  cane,  or  1,334  lbs.  of  saccharose 
per  acre  more  than  B.  6450.  Results  are  also  reported  on  a  comparison  of 
seedling  canes,  including  B.  6450,  with  White  Transparent  when  grown  as  plant 
canes  and  rattoons  on  the  blacli  and  red  soils  of  the  island.  These  results 
also  generally  favored  the  seedling  canes.  In  a  fertilizer  experiment  with 
sugar  cane  in  which  each  fertilizer  application  supplied  nitrogen  at  the  rate 
of  00  lbs.  per  acre,  sulphate  of  ammonia  apparently  produced  101  lbs.,  nitrate 
of  ammonia  334  lbs.,  nitrolim  495  lbs.,  and  nitrate  of  lime  547  lbs.  of  sac- 
charose per  acre  more  than  was  secured  from  the  use  of  nitrate  of  soda. 

The  results  of  selection  experiments  with  cotton  are  reported  in  tables  which 
also  include  a  description  of  the  different  varieties  and  strains  which  entered 
into  the  test.  The  work  in  progress  represents  an  effort  to  improve  the  in- 
digenous varieties  of  cotton. 

The  results  of  variety  tests  with  cassava,  economic  Colocasieae,  Caladiums, 
and  Xanthosomas,  leguminous  crops,  yams,  and  grasses  are  presented  in  tabular 
form  with  brief  notes. 

[Experiments  with  field  crops  at  the  Tortola  experiment  station],  F. 
Watts  (Imp.  Dept.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Rpt.  Agr.  Dept.  Tortola,  1914-15,  pp.  7- 
15"}.— In  a  variety  test  with  sugar  cane  harvested  as  first  rattoons,  B.  6450 
ranked  first  with  a  yield  of  19.2  tons  of  cane  per  acre,  and  this  was  the  only- 
variety  giving  a  high  yield  in  an  unfavorable  season.  Experiments  with  cot- 
ton varieties  showed  that  St.  Vincent  was  larger  and  more  vigorous  than  St. 
Kitts  and  also  exhibited  a  greater  power  of  resistance  to  dry  weather.  In 
a  comparison  of  cassava  varieties,  Blancita  ranked  first  with  a  yield  of  7  tons 
per  acre.  The  results  of  tests  with  sweet  potatoes  in  1914-15  showed  the 
heavie.st  yields  from  Harper,  Anguilla,  and  Bourbon,  producing  13,024,  11,584, 
and  10,304  lbs.  per  acre,  respectively.  The  best  yields  of  peanuts  1,500  lbs. 
per  acre,  were  secured  from  the  Gambia  and  Dixie  Giant  varieties. 

Various  strains  of  cotton  originated  from  St.  Kitts  seed  were  tested  and  the 
yields  of  seed-cotton  were  found  to  range  from  988  to  1,118  lbs.  per  acre.  Field 
and  laboratory  notes  on  the  cotton-selection  work  are  given. 

[Experiments  with  field  crops  at  the  St.  Kitts-Nevis  experiment  stations], 
F.  Watts  (Imp.  Dept.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Rpt.  Agr.  Dept.  St.  Kitts-Nevis, 
1914-15.  pp.  2-14).— Jn  a  test  of  13  varieties  of  sweet  potatoes,  Caroline  Lee, 
Playwell.  and  Brass  Cannon  ranked  first  and  yielded  in  the  order  mentioned 
over  1,500  lbs.  of  crop  per  acre.  The  results  of  variety  tests  with  yams  in 
pro^civss  for  11  years  gave  first  rank  to  French  No.  3  with  an  average  yield  of 
14,376  lbs.  per  acre  followed  by  Jackroe  with  12,420  lbs. 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  135 

Fertilizer  experiments  conducted  witli  cotton  gave  the  highest  increase  over 
the  check  plat,  which  received  no  manure,  in  the  case  of  the  plat  receiving 
nitrogen  as  nitrate  of  soda,  potash  in  the  form  of  sulphate,  and  phosphoric  acid 
as  basic  slag.  The  results  of  fertilizer  trials  over  a  period  of  11  years  are 
regarded  as  showing  that  under  the  conditions  existing  at  the  experiment  sta- 
tion where  the  soil  is  loose  and  open,  the  application  of  commercial  fertilizers 
is  not  remunerative. 

Notes  are  given  on  selection  work  with  cotton,  and  the  results  thus  far  se- 
cured are  regarded  as  encouraging  although  unfavorable  weather  conditions 
reduced  the  yields.  Minor  experiments  with  peanuts,  guinea  corn,  maize, 
tobacco,  Ilounceval  peas,  and  species  of  Stizolobium  are  briefly  noted. 

[Work  with  field  crops  on  the  government  experiment  farm  at  Akola, 
Berar,  for  the  year  1914-15],  J.  H.  Ritchie  {Dept.  Agr.  Cent.  Prov.  and  Bcrar 
[Indian  Rpf.  1914-15,  pp.  1-15,  pi.  i).— A  description  of  the  farm  is  given  and 
the  lines  of  work  are  briefly  noted.  The  results  of  experiments  are  presented 
in  tabular  form. 

In  a  rotation  experiment  cotton  followed  by  wheat  and  cotton  followed  by 
tur  proved  the  most  profitable  rotations  under  test.  The  wider  spacing  of  cotton 
plants,  15  in.  each  way  or  15  by  20  in.,  proved  most  satisfactory,  and  this  is  con- 
sidered due  to  the  selection  of  seed  that  has  been  carried  on  and  which  has 
influenced  the  branching  habit  of  the  plants.  Topping  cotton  plants  proved  an 
unproductive  practice.  Among  the  varieties,  Rosea  cotton  as  in  former  years 
proved  the  most  valuable,  and  selected  Rosea  gave  better  returns  than  the  un- 
selected  strain.  Poudrette  was  found  to  be  the  most  economical  manure  for 
cotton  and  juar  grown  in  rotation. 

The  production  of  green  forage  during  the  entire  year,  A.  C.  Tonnet.ier 
(Min.  Agr.  Nac.  [Buenos  Aires],  Dir.  Gen.  Ensehanza  e  Invest.  Agr.  [Pub.^i, 
No.  J,l  (1915),  pp.  125,  pi.  1,  figs.  32).— The  value  of  green  forage  during  the 
entire  year  and  the  methods  of  producing  it  are  discussed.  The  crops  con- 
sidered in  this  connection  are  the  soy  bean,  cowpea,  velvet  bean,  corn,  non- 
saccharin  sorghums,  millets,  barley,  vetches,  horse  bean,  lupins,  and  Jerusalem 
artichokes.  Tables  are  given  showing  the  composition  of  the  different  crops, 
the  time  each  occupies  the  land,  the  number  of  cuttings,  the  average  quantity 
of  green  forage  produced,  the  average  rainfall  during  the  growing  period,  the 
time  of  seeding,  sprouting,  and  harvesting,  and  other  popular  information  of 
a  similar  nature. 

The  number  of  temporary  roots  in  the  cereals,  R.  G.  Wiggans  {Jour.  Amer. 
Soc.  Agron.,  8  {1916),  No.  1.  pp.  31-37,  pi.  i).— This  paper  reports  data  gathered 
with  reference  to  the  number  of  temporary  roots  in  corn,  wheat,  einkorn,  and 
emmer.  The  results  of  the  study  are  given  in  tables  with  brief  comments. 
The  germination  tests  from  which  the  data  were  obtained  were  made  in  the 
laboratory  at  about  optimum  temperature  and  moisture  conditions  for  seed 
germination.  The  radicle  is  considered  as  the  first  temporary  root  and  is  in- 
cluded in  all  the  figures  given. 

It  is  concluded  from  the  results  secured  that  the  various  groups  of  corn  and  of 
wheat  do  not  have  a  regular  number  of  temporary  roots.  The  dent  corns  and 
pop  corns  tested  had  four  temporary  roots  in  a  greater  percentage  of  cases  than 
any  other  number.  It  is  believed  that  the  flint  and  probably  the  sweet  corns  have 
one  temporary  root  in  more  cases  than  any  other  number.  The  soft  corns 
varied  greatly  in  all  cases  in  the  number  of  temporary  roots  produced.  In  the 
various  groups  of  wheat  the  greatest  percentage  produced  five  temporary  roots 
Instead  of  three  as  is  ordinarily  reported. 


236  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [Tel.  85 

The  production  and  handling  of  grain  in  Argentina,  L.  Duval  {U.  S.  Dept 
Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  281-298,  pis.  i2).— This  article  describes  the  cereal 
producing  region  of  Argentina;  points  out  the  importance  of  cereal  and  flax 
production  in  that  country;  and  describes  the  methods  of  growing,  handling, 
and  marketing  of  corn,  wheat,  oats,  and  flax,  special  attention  being  given  to 
the  classes  of  corn  grown,  the  planting,  harvesting,  and  storing  of  the  crop, 
and  to  the  seeding,  harvesting,  and  threshing  of  wheat,  oats,  and  flax.  The 
classes  and  varieties  and  types  of  wheat  commonly  grown  are  briefly  noted.  A 
description  is  given  of  the  grain  storage  facilities  of  the  country  and  of  the 
classification  and  inspection  of  grain  and  of  grain  contracts.  The  use  of  ware- 
house  certificates  in  the  grain  trade  is  briefly  explained. 

Seed  corn  for  the  1916  crop,  H.  D.  Hughes  and  W.  W.  Stanfield  (lotoa  Hia. 
Circ.  28  {1916),  pp.  3-16,  figs.  6).— The  results  of  a  study  of  seed-corn  conditions 
in  the  State  are  reported  and  methods  of  testing  seed-corn  are  described.  The 
general  survey  revealetl  that  in  many  localities  the  quantity  of  seed-corn  avail- 
able was  sufliclent  for  planting  the  next  crop  provided  the  corn  showing  con- 
siderable vitality  be  given  the  individual  ear  test  to  remove  the  worthless  ears. 
From  tests  made  at  the  station  the  cost  was  found  to  be  from  1.5  to  4.5  cts. 
for  each  hundred  ears,  the  difference  being  due  to  the  method  used.  The  cost  of 
testing  by  the  Rag  Doll  method  was  18  cts.  and  by  the  saw-dust  box  method 
27  cts.    Complete  directions  for  the  use  of  the  Rag  Doll  tester  are  given. 

During  the  fall  of  1915,  220  lots  of  seed-corn  of  20  ears  each  were  picked  on 
different  dates,  the  first  on  October  4  and  the  last  or  eleventh  series  of  lots  on 
December  13.  Two  selections  were  made  each  week,  one  of  the  most  mature 
ears  and  the  other  «f  immature  or  soft  ears.  Each  of  the  4,400  ears  was  tested 
late  in  February.  The  results  showed  that  of  the  mature  ears  picked  at  weekly 
intervals  and  stored  in  seed  houses  with  continuous  heat  74  per  cent  gave  strong 
germination ;  the  same  quality  picked  at  the  same  time  but  stored  in  a  closed 
shed  with  no  artificial  heat,  35  per  cent ;  and  of  those  stored  in  an  open  shed 
only  11  per  cent  gave  strong  grrmination.  The  more  immature  seed  corn  picked 
at  weol^y  intervals  and  cured  and  stored  in  the  seed  house  with  artificial  heat 
gave  .54  per  cent ;  those  in  a  closed  shed  14  per  cent ;  and  those  in  an  open  shed 
10  per  cent. 

Cotton— varieties  and  limiting  factor  tests,  W.  L.  Hutchinson  (South 
Carolina  Sta.  Bui.  185  {1916).  pp.  19). — This  bulletin  reports  some  results  of 
experiments  with  cotton  conducted  in  1913,  1914,  and  1915.  The  results  of 
variety  tests  are  given  in  tables  with  brief  comments.  The  rainfall  during  the 
growing  season  is  also  shown. 

Thirty  varieties  were  tested  at  the  Pee  Dee  substation  in  1914  and  1915,  many 
of  the  varieties  being  grown  in  both  years.  In  1914,  Cook  Improved  headed 
the  list  with  a  yield  of  2,205  lbs.  of  seed-cotton  per  acre,  39  per  cent  of  lint,  and 
860  lbs.  of  lint  per  acre,  the  total  value  of  the  crop  produced  being  .$130.  The 
range  in  lint  production  for  the  30  varieties  was  from  401  to  860  lbs.  per  acre 
and  the  percentage  of  lint  from  30  to  39.  In  the  test  of  1915  the  variety  Pulnott 
ranked  first  in  yield  of  lint  per  acre  with  949  lbs.,  and  in  total  value  of  crop 
with  .$146.20  per  acre.  The  range  in  yield  of  lint  per  acre  for  the  30  varieties 
this  year  was  from  .523  to  949  lbs.,  and  the  percentage  of  lint  from  29  to  39. 
Cook  Improved  this  year  ranked  third  in  the  yield  of  lint  per  acre  with  889 
lbs.,  but  ranke<l  first  in  the  percentage  of  lint. 

The  main  station  in  1913  tested  21  varieties  in  small  groups.  The  varieties 
showing  special  merit  and  their  yields  of  seed-cotton  per  acre  were  as  follows : 
Slmpklns  Ideal  1,763  lbs.,  Petway  1,731  lbs.,  Kitchings  1,664  lbs..  Cook  Im- 
proved 1,526  lbs.,  and  a  hybrid  between  King  and  Triumph  1,405  lbs.    In  a  test 


19161  FIELD  CROPS.  137 

of  24  varieties  in  1915,  Double  Limbed  stood  first  In  the  rate  of  yield  of  seed- 
cotton  with  2,442  lbs.  per  acre,  in  the  yield  of  lint  per  acre  with  810  lbs.,  in  the 
yield  of  seed  per  acre  with  1,632  lbs.,  and  in  total  value  of  crop  per  acre  with 
$129.84.  The  range  in  percentage  of  lint  of  the  24  varieties  was  from  30  to  39 
per  cent.  Cook  Improved  leading  in  this  respect.  In  yield  of  seed  cotton  per 
acre  the  varieties  ranged  from  1,145  lbs.  to  2,442  lbs. 

At  the  Pee  Dee  substation,  experiments  were  conducted  in  1914  and  1915  to 
determine  the  limiting  factor  or  factors  of  cotton  production,  and  a  similar  test 
was  conducted  with  corn.  The  results  secured  with  both  crops  given  in  tables 
show  that  for  the  two  sea.sons,  nitrogen  was  the  principal  limiting  factor,  but 
moisture  may  become  the  factor  which  limits  the  production  in  some  seasons. 

Studies  on  the  cotton  plant  in  Eg'ypt,  W.  L.  Balls  (Intemat.  Inst.  Agr. 
[Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases, ^6  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  1011-1023, 
fig.  1). — This  article  summarizes  briefly  the  work  of  the  author  with  cotton 
In  Egypt  and  groups  the  conclusions  arrived  at  in  these  studies  with  reference 
to  agricultural  practices,  including  irrigation,  spinning  requirements,  plant  phys- 
iology, plant  breeding,  and  genetics.  A  bibliography  of  49  references  is  pre- 
sented in  conclusion. 

Comparative  spinning  tests  of  the  different  grades  of  Arizona-Egyptian 
with  Sea  Island  and  Sakellaridis  Egyptian  cottons,  F.  Taylor  and  W.  S. 
Dean  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  359  {1916),  pp.  20,  figs.  2).— A  report  is  presented 
on  spinning  tests  with  the  different  grades  of  Arizona-Egyptian  cotton  compared 
with  each  other  as  to  waste,  tensile  strength,  bleaching,  mercerization,  dyeing, 
and  finishing  qualities,  and  also  compared  with  Sakellaridis  Egyptian  and  Sea 
Island  cottons.  The  tests  were  conducted  on  the  1914  crop  and  the  different 
lots  tested  included  one  bale  each  of  extra,  choice,  standard,  and  medium  Ari- 
zona-Egyptian cotton ;  three  bales  of  Sakellaridis  Egj'ptian  cotton  of  the  grades 
good,  fully  good  fair,  and  fair ;  and  two  bales  of  Sea  Island  cotton  of  the  grades 
fancy  and  extra  choice.    The  results  are  given  in  tables  and  are  briefly  discussed. 

The  relative  waste  of  the  four  grades  of  Arizona-Egj'ptian  cotton  was  as  fol- 
lows :  Extra  17.69  per  cent,  choice  18.56  per  cent,  standard  20  per  cent,  and  me- 
dium 20.9  per  cent.  With  respect  to  grade  the  four  bales  of  this  cotton  were 
found  to  be  proportionately  less  wasty  than  the  two  bales  of  Sea  Island,  and 
these  again  were  proportionately  less  wasty  than  the  three  bales  of  Sakellaridis. 

No  relation  was  found  to  exist  between  the  price  of  the  different  kinds  of 
cotton  and  the  percentages  of  waste  discarded  in  the  manufacturing  processes. 
Arizona-Egyptian  was  estimated  to  be  lower  in  commercial  value  than  Sea 
Island  and  Sea  Island  lower  than  Sakellaridis,  when  equivalent  grades  were 
compared.  No  significant  relationship  was  observed  between  the  tensile  strength 
of  the  respective  grades  of  Arizona-Egyptian  cotton,  and  the  difference  in  the 
tensile  strength  of  yarns  made  from  the  three  kinds  was  practically  negligible, 
although  the  average  results  were  somewhat  in  favor  of  the  Sakellaridis  Egyp- 
tian cotton  with  the  Sea  Island  standing  second.  The  tensile  strength  for  the 
highest  number  of  yarns  was  in  favor  of  the  Sea  Island  cotton.  It  is  concluded 
from  the  results  that  our  domestic  cottons  are  equal  and  in  most  respects  supe- 
rior to  imported  cottons. 

The  results  of  a  laboratory  test  indicated  that  after  bleaching,  dyeing,  and 
mercerizing,  the  Arizona-Egyptian  and  Sea  Island  cottons  were  practically  equal 
to  each  other  and  slightly  superior  to  the  Sakellaridis  in  their  bleaching  and 
mercerizing  properties.  They  were  also  found  to  be  fully  equal  to  each  other 
in  dyeing  properties,  but  in  tensile  strength  the  advantage  was  slightly  in  favor 
of  the  Sea  Island  and  Sakellaridis.  The  finished  gray  and  mercerized  yarns 
were  comparatively  equal  in  luster,  the  yellow  color  being  a  little  more  evident 


]^38  EXPERIMENT   STATION   KECOED.  [Vol.  36 

in  the  Arizona-Egyptian  than  in  the  Salcellaridis,  which  in  turn  was  somewhat 
more  yellow  than  the  Sea  Island. 

Rab:  A  unique  system  of  cultivating  rice  in  western  India,  E.  Buck 
(Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (WIS), 
No.  S.  pp.  1111-1117).— This  system  is  described  and  discussed  with  reference  to 
the  effect  of  the  different  practices  which  it  involves. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  among  the  general  features  of  the  system  the  more 
prominent  ones  are  that  the  rice  is  transplanted  from  the  seed  bed  to  the  field, 
that  the  seed  bed  and  not  the  field  is  manured,  and  that  by  burning  the  manure 
its  effectiveness  is  increased.  The  term  "  rfib  "  refers  to  manure  burned  on 
the  seed  beds  from  which  rice  plants  are  transferred  to  the  field,  and  at  one 
time  the  manure  thus  burned  consisted  mainly  of  branches  and  twigs  of  trees 
and  bushes  of  the  surrounding  jungle.  The  advantages  of  transplanting  and 
of  the  manuring  of  the  seed  bed  are  considered  and  an  analysis  of  the  heating 
effect  in  its  various  aspects  is  presented.  It  is  shown  that  one  of  the  ad- 
vantages of  transplanting  is  the  possibility  of  economizing  in  the  use  of 
manures,  since  their  application  to  the  seed  bed  instead  of  to  the  field  gives  a 
greater  efficiency  for  a  given  quantity  and  incurs  less  expense  in  the  application. 
A  study  made  by  H.  H.  Mann  et  al.  from  1909  to  1912  on  the  effect  of  heat 
on  the  chemical,  physical,  and  biological  character  of  the  soil,  the  effect  of  the 
ash  constituents  on  the  plants,  and  the  effect  of  heat  alone  compared  with  that 
of  the  ash  and  of  each  with  that  of  the  complete  application  used  in  the  "  rS,b  " 
system,  is  briefly  reviewed  and  the  results  summarized.  In  this  study  the 
analysis  of  the  water-soluble  constituents  of  the  soil  before  and  after  heating 
sliowed  a  steady  increase  in  the  amounts  of  soluble  minerals  and  organic  mat- 
ter with  increase  of  temperature.  An  increase  in  permeability  was  found  to  be 
proportional  to  the  increase  of  temperature.  A  similar  increase  in  permeability 
brought  about  by  the  addition  of  gypsum  was  only  able  to  effect  an  increase  in 
yield  of  about  one-fourth  of  the  amount  produced  by  heating  the  soil. 

With  regard  to  the  biological  effects  of  heat  on  the  soil  it  was  found  that  the 
activity  of  the  aerobic  organisms  as  measured  by  the  rate  of  absorption  of 
oxygen  was  very  largely  reduced  on  heating  to  125°  C.  for  half  an  hour,  but 
never  wholly  destroyed,  and  that  after  7  weeks  it  greatly  exceeded  that  in  the 
unheated  soils.  It  is  concluded  that  since  the  growth  of  the  seedlings  is  great- 
est immediately  after  heating  when  the  aerobic  activity  is  lowest,  the  fertility 
of  the  soil  is  not  dependent  on  the  presence  of  large  numbers  of  soil  organisms 
during  the  growth  of  the  plants.  It  is  pointed  out  that  investigators  have 
shown  that  nitrogen  in  the  form  of  ammonia  is  the  most  effective  manure  for 
rice  and  that  greater  yields  are  obtained  by  applying  it  before  planting  than  at 
intervals  during  the  growth  of  the  crop,  and  from  this  fact  it  is  concluded  that 
the  heating  effect  of  the  rab  system  seems  to  produce  ideal  conditions  in  the 
seed  bed  as  it  causes  a  temporary  increase  in  ammonification  of  the  soil  at 
the  most  favorable  period  in  the  development  of  the  rice  plant. 
See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  G41). 

The  cost  of  producing  sugar  beets,  F.  W.  Peck  (Minnesota  Sta.  Bui.  154 
(1916),  pp.  3-35,  figs.  11).— The  results  of  a  study  of  the  cost  of  sugar  beet  pro- 
duction showed  that  man  labor  constituted  49.5  per  cent  of  the  total  cost  of 
production.  Without  contract  help  the  growers  required  an  average  of  155.4 
hours  per  acre  to  produce  the  crop.  The  average  cost  per  acre  for  both  con- 
tract and  noncontract  labor  was  $23.61.  The  average  rate  per  acre  for  pro- 
fessional labor  was  .$17.19,  or  20.6  cts.  per  hour.  With  contract  or  outside 
labor  the  grower  spent  34  per  cent,  and  without  it  11.5  per  cent  of  his  labor 
In  marketing  the  beets. 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  139 

Horse  labor  was  found  to  constitute  21  per  cent  of  the  cost,  110.6  horse  hours 
being  required,  costing  at  10  cts.  per  hour  $11.06.  The  average  of  all  farms 
gave  a  cost  of  .$9.97  per  acre  for  horse  labor,  of  which  one-third  was  spent  in 
marketing  the  beets. 

The  average  rate  of  seeding  was  17  lbs.  per  acre  at  a  cost  of  $2.57  with  the 
seed  at  15  cts.  per  lb.  The  machinery  cost  varied  with  the  use  or  nonuse  of 
the  manure  spreader,  but  averaged  $1.21  per  acre.  Commercial  fertilizer  was 
applied  in  5  of  the  11  localities  studied,  but  the  results  in  yields  gave  no  indi- 
cation of  its  value.  The  average  cost  per  acre  was  $1.78  for  about  120  lbs. 
On  these  farms  fi'om  6  to  16  loads  of  manure  were  usually  applied  for  the  beet 
crop  and  the  labor  of  application,  the  only  charge  made,  amounted  to  $3.66  per 
acre.  Land  rental  constituted  15  per  cent  of  the  total  cost,  the  average  cash 
rental  paid  and  interest  at  6  per  cent  on  owned  land  amounting  to  $7.74  per 
acre. 

The  total  cost  of  production  per  acre  was  $47.65.  On  the  average  normal 
yield  basis  of  9.82  tons  per  acre,  the  cost  was  $4.85  per  ton.  The  receipts  were 
$5  per  ton  in  each  case,  leaving  a  profit  of  15  cts.  or  $1.45  per  acre.  In  addi- 
tion to  this  the  producer  received  $7.74  per  acre  as  land  rent  and  $23.31  as  pay 
for  his  own  labor,  a  total  income  over  other  expenses  of  $32. .50  per  acre.  With 
the  employment  of  contract  labor,  the  producer  had  $15.31  per  acre  for  rent, 
for  his  own  labor,  and  for  profit. 

The  yields  varied  from  5  to  22  tons  per  acre  with  a  normal  average  for 
the  three  years  of  9.82  tons.  The  average  of  the  estimates  of  the  value  of 
beet  tops  by  the  growers  was  $4.40  per  acre.  It  was  also  estimated  that  an 
increase  of  6  bu.  of  wheat  and  of  4  to  6  bu.  of  barley  and  oats  may  be  expected 
when  these  crops  follow  sugar  beets. 

Sweet  potato  culture  in  Arkansas,  W.  H.  Wicks  (Arkansas  Sta.  But.  124 
{1915),  pp.  3-31,  figs.  21). — This  bulletin  is  a  brief  popular  treatise  on  the 
culture  of  sweet  potatoes  in  Arkansas.  The  topics  discussed  are  location  of 
field,  selection  of  seed,  varieties,  propagation,  the  soil — its  preparation  and 
fertilization,  planting,  cultivation,  harvesting,  storing,  and  marketing.  Notes 
are  also  given  on  the  importance  of  the  sweet  potato  industry  of  the  State,  and 
on  the  cost  of  production  and  the  returns  that  may  be  expected. 

The  fire-holding  capacity  of  tobacco  leaves  as  a  factor  in  tobacco  breed- 
ing, D.  Hoffmann  {Filhlinrfs  Landio.  Ztg.,  6.'f  {.1915),  No.  13-14,  PP-  366-311).— 
This  article  discusses  the  importance  of  the  fire-holding  capacity  of  tobacco 
leaves,  and  points  out  certain  difficulties  encountered  in  breeding  for  a  high 
quality  in  this  respect.  A  report  is  also  given  of  counts  made  to  determine  the 
possible  seed  production  of  tobacco  plants  and  of  the  length  of  time  the  leaves 
of  certain  selected  plants  continued  to  glow  in  a  burning  test. 

The  results  of  the  seed  counts  indicated  that  an  average  plant  may  produce 
202,300  seeds.  In  1914  the  duration  of  glow  of  150  unfermented  leaves  ranged 
from  10  seconds  to  the  complete  incineration  of  the  leaf.  Fire-holding  capacity 
appeared  to  be  a  heritable  character.  It  is  stated  that  the  plants  under  test 
were  selected  on  the  basis  of  color  and  structure  of  leaf,  characteristic  of 
plants  with  a  high  potash  content,  and  of  early  maturity. 

Alaska  and  Stoner,  or  "  Miracle  "  wheats:  Two  varieties  much  misrepre- 
sented, C.  R.  Ball  and  C.  E.  Leighty  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  357  {1916),  pp.  28, 
figs.  6). — The  history  of  the  two  varieties  of  wheat  is  reviewed  at  some  length, 
and  the  results  of  comparative  tests  made  by  several  experiment  stations  and 
this  Department  are  presented  in  tabular  form  and  discussed. 

In  summarizing  the  experimental  results  it  is  pointed  out  tliat  Alaska  wheat 
has  failed  to  produce  even  fair  yields  when  tried  in  many  parts  of  the  country, 
47580°— 16 4 


140  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

and  that  it  Is  not  as  good  a  milling  wheat  as  many  other  widely  grown  varieties. 
It  is  further  concluded  that  Stoner  wheat  does  not  differ  essentially  in  value 
from  many  other  wheats  now  widely  grown  in  the  eastern  United  States.  The 
variety  did  not  outyield  all  varieties  in  any  of  the  tests  made  nor  did  it  rank 
above  all  others  in  tillering  capacity.  The  use  of  20  to  30  lbs.  of  seed  per 
acre  was  found  insufficient  for  the  production  of  maximum  yields. 

The  seed  field,  H.  L.  Bolley  {North  Dakota  Sta.  Circ.  12  {1916),  pp.  J,).— 
Brief  popular  directions  are  given  for  growing  seed  of  different  farm  crops 
on  the  farm.' 

Agricultural  seed,  G.  P.  Burns  {Vermont  Sta.  Bui.  192  {1916),  pp.  3~40).— 
A  report  is  made  in  tabular  form  on  the  analysis  of  343  samples  of  agri- 
cultural seed  offered  for  sale  in  the  open  markets  of  Vermont.  The  guarantied 
and  actual  purity  percentages  and  the  approximate  number  of  weed  seeds  in 
a  pound  are  given,  together  with  the  amount  of  ergoted  grain  found  in  the 
timothy  and  red-top  samples.  In  discussing  the  results  of  the  inspection  it  is 
pointed  out  that  of  337  samples  204  were  equal  to  or  better  and  133  were 
below  the  standard  of  purity  proposed  by  this  Department.  A  synopsis  of 
the  Vermont  seed  law  setting  forth  the  duties  of  the  wholesaler,  retailer,  and 
the  station  is  presented,  and  advice  to  the  farmer  regarding  the  purchase  of 
seed  and  the  use  to  be  made  of  the  seed  analyses  published  by  the  station 
■under  the  law  is  given. 

How  seed  testing  helps  the  farmer,  E.  Brown  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook 
1915,  pp.  311-316,  pU.  2). — The  inefficiency  of  certain  state  seed  laws  is  pointed 
out  in  this  article,  together  with  the  influence  of  the  enforcement  of  the 
federal  seed  importation  act  on  the  quality  of  imported  seeds.  Some  of  the 
practices  in  adulterating  seeds  are  briefly  noted.  A  list  of  publications  of  this 
Department  which  bear  on  the  testing  of  seeds  is  given.  It  is  stated  that 
seed  testing  helps  the  farmer  by  telling  him  what  part  of  the  seed  is  alive, 
of  what  kinds  it  consists,  and  how  many  weed  seeds  it  contains,  and  also  by 
furnishing  the  means  of  discovering  and  preventing  tlie  sale  of  adulterated 
and  low-grade  seeds. 

It  is  reported  that  tests  of  samples  of  foreign  seed  showed  that  between 
July  1,  1914,  and  October  1,  1915,  over  300,000  lbs.  of  light-weight  orchard 
grass  seed  was  imported  which  contained  an  average  of  only  28  per  cent  of 
seed,  the  remainder  being  chaff  and  dirt.  Nearly  2,500,000  lbs.  of  crimson 
clover  seed  imported  during  the  6  months  following  April  1,  1915,  contained 
an  average  of  only  .54  per  cent  of  live  seed,  and  of  this  quantity  the  germina- 
tion of  500,000  lbs.  averaged  but  38  per  cent.  It  is  also  mentioned  that  in 
the  spring  of  1915  the  importation  of  rape  seed  resulted  in  market  supplies 
of  three  distinct  plants  sold  as  winter  rape:  (1)  Winter  rape,  a  biennial 
forage  crop  with  fleshy,  succulent  roots,  furnishing  an  abundance  of  forage 
the  first  year  and  seeding  the  second  year  after  planting;  (2)  oil-seed  rape 
similar  to  winter  rape  in  its  early  stages  but  maturing  seed  in  midsummer  of 
the  first  year  of  growth;  and  (3)  turnip  rape,  an  oil  seed  producing  turnip 
of  but  little  forage  value  as  compared  with  winter  rape. 

HORTICULTUEE. 

China,  a  fruitful  field  for  plant  exploration,  F.  N.  Meyer  {U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  205-221,,  pis.  8,  fig.  1).— This  comprises  a  popular 
rPsumC  of  the  author's  explorations  in  China  in  search  of  information  relative 
to  plant  industries  and  plant  material  that  might  be  adapted  to  conditions  in 
the  United  States. 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  141 

A  genetic  analysis  of  horticultural  varieties  propagated  by  vegetative 
means,  D.  F.  Jones  {Proc.  Soc.  Hart.  ScL,  12  {1915),  pp.  lS7-lJtl).—A  short 
paper  on  this  subject  in  which  tlie  author  advocates  an  analytic  study  of 
plant  varieties  usually  propagated  by  vegetative  means  before  attempting  to 
improve  such  plants  by  breeding  operations. 

Myrtaceous  possibilities  for  the  plant  breeder,  P.  J,  Wester  (Pliilijrpine 
Agr.  Rev.  [English  Ed.],  S  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  207-215).— In  continuation  of  a 
previous  article  dealing  with  the  annonas  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  G42)  the  author 
here  describes  64  species  of  myrtaceous  plants  with  edible  fruit  of  which  20 
belong  to  the  genus  Psidium,  19  to  the  genus  Eugenia,  and  scattered  species 
to  13  other  genera.  The  subject  matter  is  presented  with  the  view  of  calling 
the  attention  of  horticulturists  and  breeders  to  the  valuable  plant  material 
among  the  myrtaceous  plants. 

Garden  calendar  for  1916  {Montgomery,  Ala.:  Agr.  and  Indus.  Dept.,  Immigr. 
and  llarkets  Bur.,  1916,  pp.  2). — This  calendar,  which  is  prepared  with  special 
reference  to  Alabama  conditions,  contains  notes  on  flower  plantings,  succession 
crop  combinations  for  vegetables,  and  vegetable  planting  tables. 

Fungicide  and  insecticide  inspection  {Maine  Sta.  Off.  Insp.  15  {1916),  pp. 
8). — A  report  on  analyses  of  33  samples  of  fungicides  and  insecticides  analyzed 
by  the  station  during  1915,  with  a  discussion  by  A.  M.  G.  Soule. 

[Spraying  in  Oregon]  {Oreg.  Agr.  Col.  Bui.  228  [1916],  pp.  33).— This  bulle- 
tin consists  of  two  sections.  The  first,  on  Orchard  Spraying  in  Oregon,  1916, 
by  H.  P.  Bai'ss  and  A.  L.  Lovett  (pp.  3-24),  gives  information  relative  to  the 
more  important  diseases  and  insect  pests  of  various  orchard  fruits  and  their 
control,  including  directions  for  making  spray  mixtures.  In  the  second.  Spray- 
ing Machinery,  by  V.  R.  Gardner  (pp.  25-32),  the  author  calls  attention  to 
the  adaptation  of  spray  machinery  of  dilferent  types  to  particular  orchard 
conditions. 

Seport  of  the  experimental  fields  of  the  Clianibe\  of  Agriculture  of  the 
Province  of  Hanover  in  Poppenburg  for  the  year  1914,  O.  Hollmann 
{Landtv.  Jnhrb.,  48  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  659-716,  pis.  10,  fig.  i).— Experiments 
conducted  with  peas,  beans,  and  cabbage  in  1914  are  reported.  The  experi- 
ments deal  chiefly  with  cultural  methods,  variety  tests,  and  methods  of  con- 
trolling diseases. 

Asparagus,  R.  W.  DeBatjn  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Giro.  57  {1916),  pp.  4). — This 
circular  discusses  the  method  of  establishing  an  asparagus  fleld,  planting,  care 
the  first  season,  care  during  and  after  the  cutting  season,  fertilizers,  insect 
enemies  and  disease,  and  harvesting  the  crop. 

Sand  for  cabbage  seed  bed,  M.  G.  Kains  {Country  Gent.,  81  {1916),  No.  14, 
p.  745). — In  connection  with  a  study  of  the  effects  produced  by  various  soil 
mixtures  on  the  root  development  of  early  cabbage  being  conducted  at  the 
Pennsylvania  Experiment  Station,  preliminary  results  indicate  the  desirability 
of  using  for  the. seed  bed  a  soil  composed  largely  of  sand.  The  sand  seems  to 
stimulate  the  development  of  roots  by  forcing  them  to  reach  for  food  and  at  the 
same  time  retards  the  early  development  of  tops.  Because  of  their  strength  the 
plants  seem  to  be  able  to  resist  disease  to  a  greater  extent  than  do  plants 
grown  by  the  ordinary  methods. 

Studies  in  lettuce  breeding,  C.  E.  Dukst  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  ScL,  12  {1915), 
pp.  96-98). — This  paper  discusses  chiefly  crosses  made  at  the  Illinois  Experi- 
ment Station  between  open  heading  and  close  heading  varieties  of  lettuce. 

Inheritance  in  tomatoes,  G.  W.  Hood  {Proc.  Soc.  Hart.  Sci.,  12  {1915),  pp. 
88-95). — The  experiments  here  described  were  started  by  the  author  at  the 
Michigan  Experiment  Station  in  1912  and  later  continued  at  the  Nebraska  Sta- 


2^42  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

tion  where  the  P2  and  succeeding  generations  were  grown.  A  number  of 
crosses  were  made  with  the  object  of  studying  the  unit  characters  found  in 
dwarf  and  standard  varieties  as  well  as  to  produce  some  superior  commercial 
variety.  Data  secured  from  various  crosses  of  Fi  and  F2  generations  are  here 
presented  and  discussed. 

Tomato  growing  in  California,  S.  S.  Rogers  {California  Sta.  Circ.  W  {1916), 
pp  12).— A  revision  of  Bulletin  239  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  540). 

Acreage  of  fruits  in  California,  bearing  and  nonbearing,  in  1915,  G.  P. 
Weldon  {Cal.  Fruit  News,  53  {1916),  No.  U50,  p.  5).— A  statistical  compilation 
showing  the  bearing  and  nonbearing  acreage  of  various  fruits  and  nuts  in 
California  in  1915. 

Orchard  management  investigations,  J.  Oskamp  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  12 
{1915),  pp.  Jf4-Jf7).— In  this  paper  the  author  briefly  outlines  an  experiment  in 
orchard  soil  management  which  has  been  under  way  in  southern  Indiana  for  a 
period  of  five  years.    No  results  are  presented  in  this  paper. 

Orchard  economics,  M.  W.  Richaeus  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  12  {1915),  pp. 
47-50 )  .—A  discussion  of  management  costs  reported  from  a  representative  apple 
orchard  included  in  the  system  of  community  demonstration  orchards  inaugu- 
rated by  the  Purdue  Experiment  Station  some  five  years  ago. 

The  water  supply  and  fruit  bud  formation,  W.  Paddock  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort. 
Sci.,  12  {1915),  pp.  51-54). — In  this  paper  the  author  reviews  some  data  secured 
in  orcharding  experiments  at  the  New  Hampshire  Experiment  Station  (E.  S. 
R.,  33.  p.  44)  with  the  view  of  showing  that  the  amount  of  moisture  present 
in  the  gi-ound  about  the  time  when  fruit  buds  begin  to  differentiate  is  an  im- 
portant factor  in  the  development  of  fruit  buds. 

The  science  of  orchard  heating,  C.  Nichols  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  12  {1915), 
pp.  22-27). — This  comprises  a  brief  review  of  the  history  of  the  development  of 
frost  protection  devices,  including  brief  descriptions  of  a  number  of  forms  now 
in  use. 

The  root  systems  of  nursery  apple  trees,  J.  K.  Shaw  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
12  {1915).  pp.  6S-72). — In  this  paper  the  author  discusses  chiefly  the  influence 
of  different  apple  scions  on  the  root  systems  usually  employed  for  grafting 
apple  trees.  A  number  of  observations  based  on  an  investigation  of  the 
interrelation  of  root  and  scion  in  apples  started  at  the  Massachusetts  Experi- 
ment Station  in  1912  are  also  presented. 

The  results  of  apple  pruning  investigations,  W.  H.  Alderman  {Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Sci.,  12  {1915),  pp.  54-59). — This  comprises  a  preliminary  report  of  experi- 
ments started  by  the  West  Virginia  Experiment  Station  in  1911  in  which  trees 
in  several  orchards  were  given  varying  amounts  of  dormant  pruning.  The 
results  secured  in  the  various  orchards  are  here  grouped  together  and  discussed 
with  special  reference  to  the  effect  upon  vigor,  growth,  and  fruitfulness  of  the 
amount  of  pruning  and  season  of  pruning. 

Thus  far  the  results  secured  indicate  that  heavily  pruned  trees  do  not  make 
as  satisfactory  a  gain  as  lightly  pruned  trees,  either  in  total  length  of  growth  or 
in  increase  of  trunk  diameter.  In  young  trees  heavy  pruning  has  delayed  fruit 
bearing  and  light  pruning  encouraged  it.  In  old  trees  that  have  been  bearing 
for  some  time  and  were  in  a  fair  state  of  vigor  at  the  beginning  of  the  experi- 
ment, the  vigorous  pruning  stimulated  fruit  production. 

With  reference  to  difference  in  season  of  pruning,  in  every  case  either  heavy 
or  moderate  dormant  pruning  stimulated  a  greater  grov/th  than  any  of  the 
summer  primings.  The  reduction  in  vigor  was  less  in  the  case  of  early  summer 
pruning  than  in  either  repeated  or  midsummer  prunings.  Summer  pruning 
caused  a  great  decrease  in  the  size  of  leaf,  number  of  leaves  per  tree,  and  total 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  143 

leaf  area  per  tree.  The  leaves  were  also  deficient  in  chlorophyll.  Data  secured 
in  young  orchards  indicate  that  summer  pruning  has  a  detrimental  effect,  if 
any,  with  reference  to  early  bearing.  Merely  corrective  dormant  pruning  far 
exceeded  all  forms  of  summer  pruning  in  bringing  about  early  bearing  and  in 
some  cases  the  moderate  and  heavy  dormant  pruned  trees  produced  more 
bountifully  than  did  the  summer  pruned  trees. 

Some  points  on  the  general  care  of  apple  orchards,  J.  P.  Stewaet  {Proc. 
State  Hort.  Assoc.  Penn.,  55  (1914),  pp.  89-95,  pi.  i).— In  the  present  article 
consideration  is  given  to  methods  of  securing  early  bearing,  the  control  of 
aphids  and  red  bugs,  and  the  fruit  pit  disease  or  "  stippen."  A  provisional  list 
of  varieties  with  reference  to  their  susceptibility  to  fruit  pit  is  also  given. 

Irrigation  of  peaches,  L.  D.  Batciiklok  {Utah  Sta.  Bui.  lJf2  (1916),  pp.  3-23, 
figs.  IS). — This  bulletin  presents  the  results  of  irrigation  experiments  started 
in  a  3-year-old  peach  orchard  in  1912. 

Data  secured  in  1913-14  showed  that  frequent  applications  of  irrigation 
water  applied  to  peaches  on  a  gravel  loam  soil  at  intervals  of  7  or  8  days  px-o- 
duced  a  more  continuous  and  greater  total  twig  growth  than  the  same  total 
amount  of  water  applied  with  larger  applications  at  intervals  of  every  10  to  12 
days.  The  more  porous  the  soil  the  more  frequently  the  trees  should  be 
watered. 

Evidence  was  secured  showing  that  the  trees  may  receive  an  unnecessary 
amount  of  water.  The  maximum  duty  of  irrigation  water  applied  to  peaches 
on  a  gravelly  soil  was  31  acre-inches  during  the  years  1913  and  1914.  This 
amount  of  water  produced  a  total  twig  growth  practically  equal  to  that  pro- 
duced by  62  acre-inches  of  water. 

With  the  same  total  amount  of  water  applied  on  a  gravel  loam,  there  is  a 
regular  increase  in  crop  production  the  more  frequent  the  irrigation.  No 
amount  of  water  applied  early  in  the  season  to  a  crop  of  peaches  on  a  gravelly 
soil  will  compensate  for  the  lack  of  water  during  the  month  before  harvest. 

Poor  color  of  fruit  was  associated  with  an  insufficient  amount  of  irrigation 
water.  High  color  of  fruit  was  associated  with  late  watering,  that  is,  watering 
at  intervals  during  the  latter  part  of  the  growing  season  up  to  harvest  time. 

Some  peculiar  forms  of  winter  injury  in  New  York  State  during  the  winter 
of  1914-15,  W.  H.  Chandler  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  ScL,  12  (1915),  pp.  118-121).— 
The  author  describes  a  form  of  winter  injury  to  peach  buds  observed  in  the 
spring  and  summer  of  1915  in  which  the  pith  of  the  bud  and  even  the  pith  of 
the  twig  at  the  base  of  the  bud  was  injured,  there  being  also  a  slight  injury  to 
the  xylem  and  some  to  the  cortex.  The  apparent  result  of  this  injury  was  a 
retardation  of  the  blooming  and  leafing  period  of  from  2  to  3  weeks.  As  the 
summer  progressed  a  normal  crop  of  fruit  was  developed  and  matured  at  ap- 
proximately the  same  time  as  that  on  trees  with  uninjured  fruit  buds. 

Similar  observations  were  made  on  pear  trees.  In  the  case  of  the  pears, 
however,  the  entire  fruit  spurs  on  many  trees  were  injured,  this  resulting  in 
the  loss  of  the  crop.  Where  the  injury  did  not  cover  all  of  tlie  spur  the  trees 
showed  some  recovery. 

A  stone-fruit  spray  made  from  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur,  G.  C.  Starcheb 
{Virginia  Sta.  Bui.  210  {1916),  pp.  3-14,  fig-  i)- — Preliminary  field  experiments 
were  conducted  in  1915  to  determine  the  value  o^  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur 
as  compared  with  the  usual  sulphur  sprays  used  for  stone  fruits.  A  series 
of  laboratory  studies  was  also  conducted  relative  to  the  constancy  and  methods 
of  preparing  the  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur  solution. 

As  tested  for  one  season  the  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur  solution  gave  good 
results  as  a  fungicide  with  very  little  spray  injury.    In  view  of  these  results 


J44  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.85 

and  the  advantages  in  preparation  over   the  ordinary   sulphur  sprays,   it   is 
recommended  to  peach  growers  for  trial  on  a  limited  scale. 

A  sprayin-  schedule  is  given  for  insects  and  fungus  diseases  of  the  peach 
m  which  hydrated  lime  and  sulphur  is  substituted  for  the  summer  treatment  of 
self -boiled  lime-sulphur. 

Some  results  in  the  breeding  of  small  fruits,  R.  D.  Anthony  {Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Sci.,  12  (1915),  pp.  121-125).— This  paper  discusses  some  results  secured 
in  breeding  work  with  raspberries  and  strawberries  which  is  being  conducted 
at  the  New  York  Geneva  Station.  The  subject  matter  is  discussed  under  the 
following  general  headings:  Purple  raspberries,  dwarf  types  in  raspberries,  a 
correlation  in  leaf  and  fruit  color  among  raspberries,  and  inheritance  of  sex 
in  strawberries. 

Fragaria  virginiana  in  the  evolution  of  the  garden  strawberry  of  North 
Amerfca,  S.  W.  Fletcher  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  -Set.,  12  (1915),  pp.  125-137).— In 
this  paper  the  author  presents  considerable  evidence  to  support  the  conclusion 
that  the  garden  strawberry  of  North  America  is  of  mixed  origin,  with  F.  vir- 
giniana and  P.  chilocnsis  predominating. 

Esperiments  with  stocks  for  citrus,  W.  W.  Bonns  and  W.  M.  Mektz  (Cali- 
fornia Sta.  Bui.  261  (1916),  pp.  215-301,  figs.  i2).— The  authors  give  a  brief 
review  of  the  literature  dealing  with  the  use  of  various  stocks  for  citrus  and 
describes  esperiments  with  citrus  stocks  being  conducted  at  the  Riverside 
Citrus  Station.  The  principal  results  to  date  as  measured  by  the  first  five 
crop  years  are  substantially  the  same  as  those  noted  in  a  previous  summary 
of  the  work  (B.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  736). 

The  pitanga,  A.  D.  Shamel  and  W.  Popenoe  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No. 
4,  pp.  119-185,  figs.  2).— A  descriptive  account  of  the  pitanga  (Eugenia  uniflora) 
with  reference  to  its  botany,  distribution,  habits  of  growth,  the  fruit  and  its 
uses,  propagation,  and  culture. 

A  spotting  of  citrus  fruits  due  to  the  action  of  oil  liberated  from  tlie 
rind,  H.  S.  Fawcett  (California  Sta.  Bui.  266  (1916),  pp.  261-269,  figs.  2).— 
This  bulletin  describes  experiments  made  by  J.  D.  Culbertson  and  the  author 
with  the  view  of  determining  the  cause  of  "  green  spot "  on  citrus  fruits,  more 
especially  lemons. 

The  experiments  show  that  at  least  one  of  the  causes  of  such  spotting  is  due 
to  the  effect  of  small  quantities  of  oil  liberated  from  the  glands  in  the  rind. 
The  oil  liberated  from  the  rind  by  any  cause  appears  to  act  powerfully  and 
quickly  upon  all  the  cells  at  the  surface  with  which  it  comes  in  contact,  except 
those  immediately  surrounding  the  oil  glands.  The  affected  spots  remain  green 
while  the  remainder  of  the  rind  colors  normally.  Such  fruits  may  be  kept  for 
weeks  without  enlargement  of  the  spots  and  without  change  in  their  green  color. 
Sometimes  the  green  is  replaced  after  a  long  time  by  a  reddish  or  brownish  color. 
This  lowers  the  grade  of  the  fruit  but  usually  does  not  injure  seriously  its 
keeping  quality. 

A  number  of  experiments  were  conducted  with  oil  squeezed  directly  from  the 
living  rind  of  the  fruit  and  also  with  measured  quantities  of  commercially  ex- 
pressed lemon  oil.  The  results  of  these  experiments  are  summarized  as  fol- 
lows :  "  The  effect  of  a  given  amount  of  oil  from  the  rind  was  greater  on  fruit 
in  a  moist  atmosphere  than  on  similar  fruit  in  a  dry  atmosphere.  The  moisture 
being  the  same,  the  effect  was  greater  on  green  or  immature  fruit  than  on  fully 
colored  or  mature  fruit.  The  effect  was  greater  on  fruit  just  picked  than  on 
similar  fruit  picked  for  some  days.  The  action  of  small  amounts  of  oil,  for 
example,  such  as  could  be  liberated  by  a  hard  pressure  of  the  thumb  against 
the  rind  of  a  dark-green  freshly  picked  moist  lemon  (or  by  0.01  cc.  of  the  com- 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  145 

mercially  expressed  lemon  oil )  was  sufficient  to  cause  the  typical  green  spotting. 
The  green  color  appeared  to  be  fixed  in  the  portion  acted  on  by  the  oil,  while  the 
remainder  of  the  rind  colored  normally  in  the  usual  process  of  curing  in  four 
to  six  weeks.  The  action  of  a  large  amount  of  lemon  oil,  such  as  0.1  cc.  or  more, 
under  the  same  conditions  caused  the  spots  to  become  brownish  or  reddish  rather 
than  green.  When  the  amount  was  sufficiently  increased  the  breaking  down  of 
the  tissue  was  so  great  that  blue  mold  started  in  a  few  days.  When  the  fruits 
acted  on  by  the  oil  were  left  attached  to  the  tree,  only  in  rare  cases  did  the 
green  color  remain.  As  the  fruits  continued  to  grow  and  mature,  the  sunken 
areas  were  partially  restored  and  only  slight  scars  were  left. 

"  Under  similar  conditions  the  oil  from  the  rind  of  oranges  acted  upon  other 
uninjured  oranges  in  the  same  manner  as  did  the  oil  from  the  rind  of  lemons  act 
upon  other  lemons.  The  oil  caused  the  spotting  of  tender  leaves  and  shoots  and 
the  withering  of  flower  buds  when  squeezed  out  upon  them.  The  action  of  the 
oil  on  the  surface  of  the  rind  is  extremely  rapid,  as  shown  by  the  fact  that 
0.01  cc.  of  lemon  oil  acting  for  eight  seconds  was  suflicient  to  show  afterward  a 
visible  effect  on  the  rind." 

Green  spotting  has  been  observed  almost  exclusively  on  fruit  picked  during  the 
late  fall,  winter,  and  early  spring,  which  period  corresponds  to  the  season  of 
moist  atmospheric  conditions  in  California,  due  to  frequent  rains  and  fogs.  The 
remedial  measures  suggested  by  the  present  investigations  are  picking  the  fruit 
when  free  from  rain  or  dew  and  the  use  of  extreme  care  in  handling  fruit  to 
avoid  injuries  or  knocks  that  would  tend  to  liberate  the  oil  in  the  rind. 

Cacao  culture,  A.  Ribeiro  de  Oastko  Sabkinho  (O  Cacauzeiro  e  Sua  Cultura 
Intensiva.  Rio  de  Janeiro:  Min.  Agr.,  Indus,  e  Co-m.,  1915,  pp.  25). — A  treatise 
on  cacao  culture,  including  information  relative  to  climatic  and  soil  require- 
ments, varieties,  propagation,  planting,  cultural  operations,  intercrops,  methods 
of  harvesting,  and  preparation  for  market.  A  brief  bibliography  on  cacao  cul- 
ture is  included. 

The  date  palm  in  Egypt,  T.  W.  Bkown  {Agr.  Jour.  Egypt,  5  {1915),  No.  1-2, 
pp.  63-79,  pi.  1). — An  account  of  the  date  palm  with  reference  to  methods  of 
propagation,  planting  operations,  irrigation,  soil,  manures,  intercrops,  rate  of 
growth,  and  the  peculiarities  of  the  male  and  female  palms,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  process  of  hand  pollination. 

Report  of  the  proceedings  at  the  sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Northern 
Nut  Growers'  Association,  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  September  1  and  2,  1915 
{North.  Nut  Growers  Assoc.  Proc.,  6  {1915),  pp.  77). — In  addition  to  the  usual 
business  of  the  association  the  following  papers  read  at  the  meeting,  together 
with  a  bibliogi-aphy  of  the  year  of  articles  dealing  with  nuts  and  various  phases 
of  nut  cultiu-e,  are  given :  The  Relation  of  Forest  Conditions  in  New  York  to 
Possibilities  of  Nut  Growing,  by  H.  P.  Baker  (pp.  17-23)  ;  [Nut  Survey  of  Penn- 
sylvania], by  F.  N.  Fagan  (pp.  23-27)  ;  New  Tree  Crops  and  a  New  Agricul- 
ture, by  J.  R.  Smith  (pp.  30-35)  ;  Notes  on  the  Hazels,  by  R.  T.  Morris  (pp. 
36-51)  ;  An  Appeal  to  Owners  of  Hardy  Nut  Trees,  by  C.  A.  Reed  (pp.  51-57)  ; 
History,  Dimensions,  and  Crop  Records  of  Parent  Northern  Pecan  Trees,  and 
Notes  on  the  Observation  of  Propagated  Trees,  by  W.  C.  Reed  (pp.  5S-62)  ; 
Walnut  Observations  in  California,  by  L.  D.  Batchelor  (pp.  63-68)  ;  Pruning 
the  Persian  Walnut,  by  .1.  G.  Rush  (pp.  69,  70)  ;  and  Report  on  Nut  Growing 
in  Canada,  by  G.  H.  Corsan  (pp.  71,  72). 

Lawn  making  in  California,  J.  W.  Gregg  {California  Sta.  Circ.  149  {1916), 
pp.  8,  fig.  1). — This  circular  contains  practical  directions  for  the  construction 
and  maintenance  of  lawns,  including  also  information  relative  to  methods  of 
controlling  the  weeds,  rodents,  and  insects  in  lawns. 


l^Q  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  iVol.  35 

FORESTRY. 

Forest  conservation  for  States  in  the  southern  pine  region,  J.  G.  Peters 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  S64  {1916),  pp.  i^).— This  bulletin  points  out  the  essential 
elements  in  the  various  forest  problems  that  confront  the  States  in  the  southern 
pine  region,  shows  how  these  problems  are  interrelated,  and  discusses  methods 
for  solving  them,  information  being  given  relative  to  conservation  legislation 
already  in  force  in  the  different  States  and  the  nature  of  the  assistance  tlie 
Federal  Government  is  prepared  to  offer  to  forestry  in  these  States. 

Renewing  the  shelter-belt,  G.  B.  MacDonald  {Iowa  Sta.  Circ.  27  {1916), 
pp.  16,  figs.  iS).— This  circular  describes  the  following  five  methods  for  renew- 
ing the  shelter-belts  in  Iowa:  Regeneration  from  one  side,  regeneration  from 
two  sides,  regeneration  by  clear  cutting,  regeneration  by  alternate  rows,  and 
regeneration  by  under  planting.  Each  method  is  illustrated  with  drawings  ex- 
plaining how  the  work  is  carried  on  for  a  shelter-belt  of  average  size,  and  a  list 
is  given  of  tree  species  suitable  for  use  in  the  method. 

Report  on  the  activities  of  the  Swedish  Institute  of  Experimental  For- 
estry during  the  3-year  period,  1912-1914,  G.  Schotte  and  H.  Hesselman 
{Meddel.  Stat.  Skogsfdrsoksanst.  {Mitt.  Forstl.  Vers.  Anst.  Schwedens),  No.  12 
{1915),  pp.  9-70,  I-XX,  fig.  1). — In  addition  to  a  brief  statement  of  progress 
ma>!e  in  various  divisions  of  the  institute  a  schedule  of  investigations  and  other 
projects  for  the  period  1915-1917  is  also  given. 

Progress  report  of  forest  adnjinistration  in  the  Province  of  Assam  for  the 
year  1914r-15,  A.  R.  Dicks  and  W.  F.  L.  Tottenham  {Rpt.  Forest  Admin. 
Assam,  1914-15,  pp.  [6'\-\-26-\-53+5,  pi.  1). — The  usual  progress  report  relative 
to  the  administration  of  the  state  forests  in  the  Western  and  Eastern  Circles 
of  the  Province  of  Assam,  including  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year 
1914-15.  All  important  data  relative  to  alterations  in  forest  areas,  forest  sur- 
veys, working  plans,  yields  in  naajor  and  minor  forest  products,  revenues,  ex- 
penditures, etc.,  are  appended  in  tabular  form. 

Two  forest  arboretums  near  Brussels,  D.  E.  Hutchins  {Trans.  Roij.  Scot. 
Arbor.  Soc,  30  {1916),  pt.  1,  pp.  1-14). — Notes  are  given  on  the  growth  of  vari- 
ous species  of  trees  in  the  Groenendaal  and  Tervueren  arboretums  near 
Brussels. 

The  development  of  the  vegetation  of  New  York  State,  W.  L.  Beay  {N.  Y. 
State  Col.  Forestry,  Syracuse  Univ.  [Pubs.},  16  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  186,  pis.  2. 
figs.  52). — This  study  comprises  as  a  whole  an  analysis  of  the  history  and  pres- 
ent aspects  in  the  development  of  the  native  vegetation  in  New  York  State, 
together  with  some  consideration  of  the  status  of  vegetation  as  modified  by 
human  action.  The  study  was  conducted  with  reference  to  its  subsequent  value 
in  investigations  along  various  phases  of  forestry  and  allied  lines  of  work,  such 
as  fish  and  game  propagation  and  protection  and  the  control  of  injurious  in- 
sects and  fungi. 

The  subject  matter  is  treated  at  length  under  the  following  general  headings : 
A  general  review  of  classification,  growth  forms,  and  plant  associations ;  land- 
marks in  the  geological  history  of  vegetation ;  the  glacial  period  and  its  effect 
upon  vegetation ;  modern  aspects  of  the  plant  geography  of  New  York ;  the  con- 
tent, zonal  relations,  zonal  features,  and  extra-continental  relations  of  the  New 
York  flora ;  the  sources  of  New  York  flora  in  general ;  development  of  vegeta- 
tion as  influenced  by  the  substratum  and  the  resulting  influence  upon  the  sub- 
stratvun ;  the  bog  sequence  of  vegetation ;  the  development  of  vegetation  upon 
a  substratum  subject  to  prevailing  water  deficit ;  the  resemblance  between  heath 
bog  and  pine  barren  vegetation;  general  survey  of  xerophytic  succession  in 
New  York ;  Uie  development  of  mesophytic  vegetation ;  climax  vegetation ;  and 


1916]  FORESTRY.  147 

the  status  of  New  York  vegetation  under  cultural  conditions.  A  map  showing 
the  dominant  trees  in  different  sections  of  the  State  is  appended. 

The  evergreens  of  Colorado,  B.  O.  Longyeae  (Fort  Collins:  State,  1914,  pp. 
80,  tigs.  58). — This  publication  contains  popular  descriptions  of  the  native  ever- 
greens of  Colorado  and  also  discusses  the  uses  of  evergreens,  both  from  an 
ornamental  and  economic  standpoint;  methods  of  propagation  and  culture; 
and  insect  pests  and  diseases. 

Qualities  and  uses  of  the  woods  of  Ohio,  W.  R.  Lazendy  (Ohio  State  Univ. 
Bui.,  20  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  75-111,  figs.  18).— In  this  paper  the  author  reports 
studies  relative  to  the  structure  and  physical  properties  of  woods  taken  from 
Ohio  trees.  Tabular  data  show  the  weight  of  the  various  woods  in  pounds 
per  cubic  foot  and  in  kilograms  per  cubic  decimeter. 

Tests  were  made  of  GO  samples  representing  62  species  of  hardwoods  with 
the  view  of  determining  the  relative  rapidity  of  absorption  and  the  amount  of 
moisture  absorbed  by  air-dried  samples  of  Ohio  woods,  and  the  results  are  pre- 
sented in  tabular  form  and  discussed.  The  data  given  show  the  weight  in 
grams  of  water  absorbed  in  seven  days,  as  well  as  the  original  volume  in  cubic 
centimeters  and  the  amount  and  percentage  of  increase  in  weight  and  volume. 

Similar  data  are  also  presented  on  tests  conducted  with  eight  coniferous 
species  of  Ohio. 

The  paper  concludes  %vith  an  account  of  the  kinds  and  quantities  of  woods 
used  in  Ohio  and  a  classification  of  the  principal  and  minor  uses  of  various 
Ohio  woods,  as  well  as  a  list  of  useful  products  from  wood  and  parts  of 
trees. 

Durability  of  timbers,  P.  Groom  {Trans.  Roy.  Scot.  Arbor.  Soc,  30  (1916), 
pt.  1,  pp.  4Jf-Jf6). — An  examination  of  the  statistics  dealing  with  the  durability 
of  various  European  and  Indian  timbers  led  the  author  to  conclude  that  the 
color  of  the  heartwood  is  no  safe  guide  to  the  durability  of  wood.  Although 
the  most  perishable  woods  appear  generally  to  be  light-colored,  there  are  dark- 
colored  woods  which  are  by  no  means  durable  and  some  light-colored  woods 
of  exceeding  durability.  The  present  observations  are  in  opposition  to  Mayr's 
law  which  states  in  substance  that  the  more  intense  the  color  of  the  heartwood 
of  timber  the  more  dui'able  it  is. 

Wood  as  building  material,  G.  Lang  {Das  Hols  als  Baustoff.  Wiesbaden: 
C.  W.  Kreidels,  1915,  pp.  XXI-\-3S8,  pis.  2,  figs.  2U).—A  manual  of  information 
relative  to  the  growth,  structure,  physical  properties,  and  uses  of  the  more  im- 
portant woods. 

Pointers  on  m^arketing  woodlot  products,  S.  L.  Wolfe  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Yearbook  1915,  pp.  121-130,  pis.  ^). — In  this  paper  the  author  offers  a  number 
of  suggestions  aimed  to  assist  the  farmer  in  securing  the  maximum  returns  from 
his  woodlot. 

Volume  tables  for  timber  estimating,  T.  Johnson  {Massatabeller  for 
Trdduppskattning.  Stockholm:  Zetterlund  &  Tlielanders,  1915,  3.  ed.,  pp.  96, 
figs.  3). — This  comprises  tables  for  estimating  the  contents  of  logs  and  standing 
timber. 

Success  of  aeroplane  patrols,  F.  B.  IMoody  {Canad.  Forestry  Jour.,  12  {1916), 
No.  4r  PP-  -^71,  472). — This  note  calls  attention  to  the  successful  use  of  the  aero- 
plane in  detecting  forest  fires  during  the  fire  season  of  191-5  in  Wisconsin. 

Forest  protection  in  Canada,  1913—14,  C.  Leavitt,  C.  D.  Howe,  J.  H.  White, 
ET  AL.  {Toronto:  Coin.  Conserv.  Canada,  1915,  pp.  XIV+317,  pis.  31,  figs.  6). — 
This  report  comprises  a  compilation  of  information  dealing  with  forest  pro- 
tection in  Canada  collected  under  the  direction  of  the  committee  on  forests  dur- 
ing the  years  1913-14. 


148  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Part  1  treats  at  length  of  the  railway  fire  situation  and  part  2  consists  of 
reports  of  the  committee  on  forests  of  the  Commission  of  Conservation.  The 
succeeding  parts  deal  with  forest  fires  and  the  brush  disposal  problem;  the 
effect  of  repeated  forest  fires  upon  the  reproduction  of  commercial  species  in 
Peterborough  County,  Ontario;  the  reproduction  of  commercial  species  in  the 
southern  coastal  forests  of  British  Columbia ;  and  forestry  on  Dominion  lands. 
Regulations  governing  the  granting  of  yearly  licenses  and  permits  to  cut  timber 
on  Dominion  lands  are  appended. 

Proceedings  of  forest  industry  conference  of  the  forest  protective  organi- 
zations of  the  Pacific  coast,  composing  the  Western  Forestry  and  Conserva- 
tion Association,  with  state,  federal,  and  British  Columbia  forest  agencies, 
San  Francisco,  October  19,  20,  1915  {Proc.  Forest  Indus.  Conf.  West.  Forestry 
and  Conserv.  Assoc,  1915,  pp.  31,  figs.  10).— In  this  report  the  following  papers 
are  included:  Year's  Results  of  Private  and  State  Protective  Work,  by  E.  T. 
Allen  (pp.  4,  5)  ;  The  Governiuent's  Experience  and  Conclusions,  by  A.  S. 
Peck  (pp.  5-7)  ;  What  the  Season  Taught  British  Columbia,  by  M.  A.  Grainger 
(p.  7)  ;  Fire  Weather  Forecasts,  by  E.  A.  Beals  (pp.  7,  8)  ;  Railroad  Fires,  by 
F.  A.  Silcox  (pp.  8,  9)  ;  Forest  Protection  and  Modern  Invention,  by  C.  Du- 
Bois  (pp.  9-11)  ;  The  Psychology  of  Sentiment  Making,  by  E.  T.  Allen  (pp.  11, 
12)  ;  The  Business  End  of  Cooperative  Fire  AVork,  by  A.  W.  Laird  (pp.  12-15)  ; 
Compulsory  Protection  Laws,  by  C.  S.  Chapman  (pp.  15,  16)  ;  Relations  Be- 
tween Eastern  and  Western  Forestry  Organizations  as  the  East  Hopes  to  See 
Them,  by  H.  S.  Drinker  (pp.  17,  18)  ;  Our  Relations  as  the  West  Hopes  to  See 
Them,  by  F.  C.  Knapp  (pp.  18,  19)  ;  What  the  Magazine  Can  Do  To  Help,  by 
P.  S.  Ridsdale  (p.  19)  ;  Organization  of  Forest  Owners  in  the  East,  by  W.  R. 
Brown  (pp.  19,  20)  ;  Can  Manufacturers,  Timber  Owners,  and  Protective 
Agencies  Unite  to  Advantage?  by  H.  D.  Langille  (pp.  20-22)  ;  Does  the  Lumber 
Industry  Need  Radical  Reorganization  to  Protect  Both  Producer  and  Consumer? 
by  E.  B.  Hazen  (pp.  22-25)  ;  The  Government  and  the  Lumber  Industry,  by  H. 
S.  Graves  (pp.  25-27)  ;  and  Taxation  and  Forestry,  by  E.  A.  Self  ridge,  Jr. 
(pp.  27,  28). 

The  utilization  of  wood  waste,  E.  Hubbard,  trans,  by  M.  J.  Salter  (London: 
Scott,  Greemcood  &  Son,  1915,  2.  rev.  ed.,  pp.  XVI +192,  figs.  50). — This  transla- 
tion of  the  second  edition  of  the  author's  work  (E.  S.  R.,  14,  p.  1132)  has  been 
revised  and  enlarged  to  include  more  recent  information  relative  to  more  ad- 
vantageous methods  of  utilizing  all  wood  waste. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Fruit  and  vegetable  diseases  and  their  control,  E.  C.  Stakman  and  A.  G. 
ToLAAS  (Minnesota  Sta.  Bui.  153  (1916),  pp.  3-67,  figs.  32).— This  is  a  some- 
what popular  bulletin  designed  to  give  information  regarding  the  plant  diseases 
occurring  in  orchards  and  gardens  in  Minnesota.  After  preliminary  directions 
regarding  spraying,  formulas  are  given  for  a  number  of  the  more  efficient 
fungicides  which  are  recommended.  The  diseases  are  described  under  an 
alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  host  plants.  A  spray  calendar  for  the  control 
of  insect  and  fungus  pests  on  the  more  common  orchard  and  garden  plants  con- 
cludes the  bulletin. 

Penicillium  avellaneum,  a  new  ascus-producing  species,  C.  Thom  and  G.  W. 
TUKESSON  (Mycologia,  7  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  28J,-287,  figs.  3).— A  description,  to- 
gether with  cultural  data,  is  given  of  P.  avellanenm  n.  sp. 

The  genus  Rhizoctonia  in  India,  F.  J.  F.  Shaw  and  S.  L.  Ajrekar  (Mem. 
Dept.  Agr.  India,  Dot.  Ser.,  7  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  177-191,,  pis.  6).— Following  up  a 
previous  account  of  work  by  Shaw  on  Rhizoctonia  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  149),  the 


1916]  DISEASES    OP    PLANTS.  149 

authors  herein  give  attention  to  R.  napi  and  R.  destruens,  said  to  be  of  some 
economic  importance  in  India.  They  also  give  a  further  discussion  of  the  host 
relations  as  noted  in  India  of  R.  solani,  thouglit  to  be  identical  witli  R. 
medicaginis,  and  those  of  Rhizoctonia  sp.,  said  to  have  as  its  perfect  stage 
Corticiiim  vagum.  The  experiments  and  views  of  several  authors  are  cited  as 
regards  the  control  of  Rliizoctonia  disease  of  economic  plants. 

Tests  of  spraying  compounds  {Jour.  Agr.  INeio  Zeal.],  10  {1915),  No.  1,  pp. 
SS-J/O). — Besides  reports  on  tests  with  insecticides,  results  are  given  of  trials 
made  with  several  brands  of  fungicides  by  growers  in  cooperation  with  orchard 
instructors  and  managers  of  experiment  farms  in  different  districts  of  New 
Zealand.  The  discrepancies  observed  in  the  values  are  thought  to  be  partly 
accounted  for  by  regional  and  seasonable  differences. 

Tests  of  spraying'  compounds:  Lime  sulphur,  T.  W.  Kirk  {Jour.  Agr.  [New 
Zeal.'],  11  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  129-134). — Reporting  on  a  continuation  of  the  spray- 
ing tests  noted  above,  the  author  states  that  as  first  used  lime  sulphur  of 
American  brands  was  found  to  do  immense  damage  by  scorching.  Subsequent 
tests  with  modified  strengths  have  shown  its  adaptability  to  local  conditions,  so 
that  by  its  adoption  a  considerable  reduction  may  be  effected  in  the  employment 
of  Bordeaux  mixture,  which  is  found  to  produce  a  russeting  effect  on  the  fruit. 
A  formula  is  given  for  a  homemade  solution  of  lime  sulphur  which  is  claimed  to 
be  as  effective  as  the  commercial  preparation  and  less  expensive.  Results  are 
given  following  tests  of  several  brands  as  carried  out  in  the  Hawke's  Bay  dis- 
trict and  reported  by  J.  A.  Campbell.     Further  tests  are  noted  below. 

Tests  of  spraying  compounds:  Lim.e  sulphur,  G.  Steatfoed  {Jour.  Agr. 
[New  Zeal.],  11  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  2^3-2^7).— In  continuation  of  the  above  re- 
ports, an  account  is  given  of  the  work  as  carried  out  in  the  Nelson  district. 
The  four  brands  of  lime  sulphur  employed  are  regarded  as  effective  fungicides, 
and  it  is  thought  that  this  preparation  may  largely  take  the  place  of  Bordeaux 
mixture,  which  in  this  district  also  produces  a  russeting  of  the  fruit. 

As  regards  powdery  mildew,  which  is  said  to  be  gradually  increasing  in 
almost  all  districts,  lime  sulphur  is  considered  to  be  the  only  spray  which  can 
combat  it  successfully. 

Disinfection  of  seed  grain  with  hot  water,  H.  M.  Quanjee  {Ontsmetting  van 
Zaaigranen  met  Meet  Water.  The  Hague:  Dir.  Landhouw,  19 H,  2.  rev.  ed.,  pp. 
18,  pi.  1). — This  is  a  discussion  of  several  cereal  diseases  which  may  be  intro- 
duced with  the  seed  grain,  those  diseases  control  of  which  is  possible  or  practi- 
cable, the  suitability  in  particular  of  the  hot-water  treatment,  its  mode  of  appli- 
cation, and  the  expense  connected  therewith. 

Review  of  measures  taken  in  the  Netherlands  for  ccaatrol  of  grain  and 
grass  smut,  and  streak  disease,  H.  M.  Quanjer  and  J.  O.  Botjes  {Meded. 
Rijks  Hoogere  Land,  Tuin  en  Boschbouivsch.  [Wageningen],  8  {1915),  No.  3,  pp. 
129-160,  pis.  3). — This  contribution,  besides  discussing  the  results  of  previous 
tests  by  other  investigators  and  referring  to  the  work  of  Quanjer  (E.  S.  R.,  30, 
p.  241 ) ,  gives  results  of  work  by  Quanjer  on  smut  control  and  by  Botjes  on  the 
sensitivity  of  various  grains  to  copper  sulphate  and  hot  water.  The  latter 
treatment  appears  to  be  generally  preferable,  both  on  account  of  its  results  and 
because  machinery  for  its  cooperative  employment  is  often  already  available  in 
the  appliances  of  dairy  and  laundry  plants,  the  latter  offering  especial  advan- 
tages as  regards  the  drying  of  the  grain  after  treatment  so  that  it  can  be 
quickly  sown. 

The  hastening  of  germination  by  both  the  hot  water  and  the  copper  sulphate 
treatment  is  to  be  made  the  subject  of  further  study  and  report. 

Mildew  of  cereals  in  France,  G.  Gaudot  {Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n.  ser.,  28  {1915), 
No.  54,  pp.  520-522,  figs.  2). — This  is  a  brief  account  of  a  report  by  Arnaud 


150  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.  35 

already  noted   (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  243)   regarding  the  appearance  of  Sclerospora 
viacrospora  on  cereals  in  France. 

Club  root,  A.  H.  Cockayne  (Jow.  Agr.  [New  Zeal],  11  (1915),  No.  3,  pp. 
197-203,  figs.  3).— Club  root  is  said  to  attack  a  number  of  cultivated  crucifers 
and  several  weeds  of  the  same  family  in  New  Zealand,  where  it  is  widely 
disseminated,  being  found  in  all  classes  of  soils.  It  is  thought  that  its  appear- 
ance in  calcareous  soils  may  be  due  to  the  leaching  of  the  lime  from  the  upper 
layers  in  such  localities,  as  acid  soil  conditions  are  much  more  favorable  than 
alkaline  to  its  development.  The  excrescences,  due  to  a  slime  mold  {Plasmodi- 
ophora  brassicw),  are  distinguished  from  swellings  somewhat  similar  externally 
but  caused  by  nematodes  or  else  by  hybridization.  The  organism  is  commonly 
distributed  by  the  feet  of  stock. 

Leguminous  crops  offer  a  ready  means  of  rotation,  which  should  be  employed 
in  connection  with  liming.  Artificial  fertilizers  appear  to  increase  the  develop- 
ment of  club  root.  The  use  of  basic  manures  is  advised.  Basic  slag  has  given 
good  results  in  parts  of  the  North  Island.  Certain  varieties  of  swedes  appear 
to  be  relatively  resistant. 

The  potato  blight  in  India,  J.  F.  Dastub  (Mem.  Dept.  Agr.  India,  Bot.  Ser., 
1  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  IJf,  pi.  1). — It  is  stated  that  late  blight  or  leaf  curl  (PJty- 
tophthora  infestans)  of  potato,  which  is  prevalent  in  the  hills  in  India,  first 
made  its  appearance  in  the  plains  in  1899-1900.  It  disappeared  after  three  or 
four  years,  but  reappeared  in  a  violent  outbreak  in  1912-13  at  Bhagalpur  and 
Rangpur,  attacking  also  the  tomato  crop  at  the  latter  place.  This  latter  appear- 
ance is  ascribed  to  the  use  of  seed  tubers  from  Darjeeling  and  Naini  Tal,  where 
the  disease  seems  to  be  present  each  year.  Experiments  and  observations  since 
carried  out  appear  to  show  that  the  summer  heat  of  the  plains  is  suflicient  to 
kill  the  parasite.  It  is  accordingly  recommended  that  seed  procured  from  in- 
fected localities  be  obtained  early  enough  to  allow  them  to  pass  some  part  of  the 
summer  on  the  plains. 

The  gross  and  minute  alterations  in  the  plant  due  to  the  attack  and  progress 
of  the  parasite  are  described,  more  particularly  the  developmental  phases  of  the 
haustoria  and  the  influence  of  the  fungus  in  producing  deformation  of  the 
starch  granules.  Certain  bodies  regarded  as  resting  conidia,  produced  in  pure 
cultures  on  artificial  media,  are  also  discussed. 

Late  blight  of  potato,  R.  A.  Jehle  [Estac.  Expt.  Agron.  Cuba  Circ.  48  {1915), 
pp.  3-6,  pis.  ^).— This  contains  a  brief  discussion  of  the  late  blight  of  potato, 
due  to  Pliytophthora  infestans,  which  is  is  said  to  cause  in  Cuba  the  loss  of  a 
large  part  of  the  crop  each  year.  Experiments  there  are  said  to  have  confirmed 
those  made  elsewhere  as  to  the  beneficial  effects  of  a  5 :  5 :  50  Bordeaux  mixture. 
The  applications  should  begin  when  the  plants  are  a  few  inches  high  and 
should  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  eight  or  ten  days  to  suit  the  weather,  at  the 
rate  of  from  50  to  75  gal.  per  acre  according  to  the  size  of  the  plants. 

Treatment  for  late  blight  of  potato,  E.  Foex  {Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n.  ser.,  28 
{1915),  No.  JfO,  pp.  438-Jf40). — This  discussion  relates  mainly  to  the  experimen- 
tation reported  by  Pethy bridge  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  239)  in  so  far  as  that  deals 
with  the  superiority  of  the  Burgundy  as  compared  with  the  Bordeaux  mixture 
for  Phytophthora  infestans,  or  late  blight  of  potatoes. 

Wart  disease  of  potatoes  {Gard.  Chron.,  3.  ser.,  58  (1915),  No.  1506,  p.  294).— 
A  list  is  given  of  varieties  of  potatoes  said  to  have  been  recommended  by  the 
Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries  for  planting  In  1916  on  areas  infected 
with  wart  disease  in  England  and  Wales. 

The  sugar  beet  nematode  and  its  control,  H.  B.  Suaw  (Sugar  [Chicago], 
n  (191.5),  Nos.  2.  pp.  31-35,  figs.  6;  3,  pp.  56-60,  fig.  1;  4,  pp.  58-61;  5,  pp.  58-63, 
figs.  8;  6,  pp.  58-6^,  fig.  1;  7,  pp.  55-58;  8,  pp.  51-53;  9,  pp.  54,  55).— The  author 


19161  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  151 

gives  results  of  a  study  since  1912  of  the  sugar  beet  nematode  (Heterodcra 
scJinchtii).  The  results  obtained  by  others  are  also  freely  used,  as  appearing 
in  the  scattered  but  voluminous  European  literature  covering  a  period  of  about 
60  years.     But  little  has  as  yet  appeared  in  English  on  this  subject. 

The  present  distrit)ution  of  the  pest  is  very  extensive,  including  a  large  por- 
tion of  Europe  and  the  Azores.  In  the  United  States  it  has  become  estab- 
lished in  two  of  the  oldest  beet  districts  in  California  and  Utah.  It  is  dis- 
tributed by  tools,  the  feet,  water,  and  numerous  other  agencies. 

The  life  history  of  the  nematode  is  outlined,  the  brown  cyst  stage  being 
regarded  as  very  important.  Viable  eggs  and  larvje  have  been  found  in  these 
cysts  after  four  or  five  years,  and  their  contents  may  withstand  a  considerable 
degree  of  cold,  heat,  and  desiccation.  It  is  thought,  however,  that  a  tempera- 
ture of  63°  C.  (145.4°  F.)  for  one  minute  destroys  all  life  in  this  stage.  The 
life  cycle  is  said  to  occupy  about  four  to  five  weeks,  so  that  six  or  seven 
generations  may  be  produced  in  one  season.  Each  female  produces  from  350 
to  400  eggs.  The  parasite  attacks  the  plants  during  its  larval  stage,  producing 
profound  changes  in  their  development  and  product. 

Lists  are  given  of  plants  found  to  be  susceptible  or  otherwise.  Advantage 
may  be  taken  of  this  knowledge  to  starve  out  the  pests  by  crop  rotations 
which  are  outlined.  Small  infested  spots  may  be  isolated  by  trenches  filled 
with  lime.  Chemical  methods,  as  well  as  the  metliod  of  trap  plants,  have  been 
found  to  be  impracticable  in  Europe.  Exposure  of  the  beet  seed  to  a  tem- 
perature of  65  to  70°  for  5  to  10  minutes  not  only  destroys  all  nematode 
life,  but  apparently  stimulates  the  germinability  of  the  seed.  This  method  is 
claimed  to  be  extremely  simple,  inexpensive,  and  practicable  as  applied  to 
seeds,  and  it  is  recommended  that  such  treatment  of  imported  seed  be  made 
general. 

A  bibliography  is  given. 

Spraying  experiments  at  Ruakura,  A.  W.  Green  {Jour.  Agr.  [Ncxo  Zeal.'], 
It  {1915),  No.  2,  p.  ISJf).- — It  is  stated,  in  a  report  of  orchard  work  at  Ruakura 
farm  of  instruction,  that  after  this  season's  experiments  there  is  little  i*eason 
to  doubt  the  value  of  lime-sulphur  solution  in  this  connection.  Unsatisfactory 
results  in  previous  experiments  ai'e  attributed  to  the  strength  of  the  spray 
used. 

Cedar  rust  eradication  in  Berkeley  County  {Crop  Pest  Com.  W.  Va.  Bien. 
Rpt.  1  {1913-lJf),  pp.  33-39,  figs.  4).— Besides  a  discussion  of  the  relations  of 
cedar  trees  to  apple  rust  as  regards  control  of  the  latter,  an  account  is  given 
of  the  concentration  of  effort  in  Berkeley  County,  the  practical  difficulties 
encountered  in  the  removal  of  the  cedars,  and  the  results  obtained  thereby. 

The  eye  rot  of  the  apple,  E.  S.  Salmon  and  H.  Wokmald  {Oard,  Chron.,  3. 
ser.,  58  {1915),  No.  150G,  p.  289,  figs.  2). — The  authors  report  having  received 
from  growers  in  Wye,  Sussex,  and  Devonshire  apples  showing  a  blossom  end 
rot  which  may  be  causally  connected  with  a  fungus,  apparently  a  Fusarium, 
found  in  some  diseased  fruits.  In  one  case  the  diseased  apples  were  densely 
infested  with  aphids.  The  authors  recommend  as  tentative  measures  for  pro- 
tection the  picking  and  burning  of  all  affected  fruit  and  the  use  of  sprays  for 
the  destruction  of  puncturing  insects. 

The  frog-eye  leaf  spot  of  apples,  C.  H.  Crabill  {Virginia  Sta.  Bui.  209 
{1915),  pp.  16,  figs.  6). — According  to  the  author  the  frog-eye  leaf  spot  is  one 
of  the  most  prevalent  foliage  diseases  of  the  apple  in  Virginia,  its  attacks 
often  causing  serious  loss.  Various  fimgi  have  been  attributed  as  causing  this 
disease,  but  investigations  of  the  author  show  that  the  initial  infection  and 
enlargement  are  caused  by  Sphccropsis  malorum.     Alternaria  mali  occurs  as 


1^2  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

a  saprophyte,  rapidly  spreading  througli  the  spot  behind  the  Sphceropsis,  and 
may  become  a  parasite  under  conditions  of  excessive  moisture.  Phyllosticta 
pirina,  P.  Hinitata,  and  Coniotliyrmm  pirintim  occur  as  saprophytes  but  are 
not  able  to  produce  enlargements.  The  light  gray  color  about  some  frog-eye 
spots  which  have  ceased  to  enlarge  is  said  to  be  due  to  P.  pirina.  Other  fungi 
reported  as  a  cause  of  this  disease  are  said  to  occur  only  as  saprophytes. 

A  description  is  given  of  the  relation  of  the  fungus  causing  Sphaeropsis 
spots  to  black  rot  and  canker  of  the  apple.  Spraying  experiments  for  the 
control  of  frog-eye  leaf  spot  were  conducted  in  various  parts  of  Virginia  from 
1910  to  1914,  lime-sulphur  solution,  Bordeaux  mixture,  iron  Bordeaux  mixture, 
and  copper-lime-sulphur  being  employed.  All  of  these  fungicides  greatly  re- 
duced the  amount  of  injury,  lime-sulphur  ordinarily  being  somewhat  more  ef- 
ficient than  the  others. 

Dimorphism  in  Coniothyrium  pirinum,  C.  H.  Ceabtix  {Amer.  Jour.  BoL,  2 
(1915),  No.  9,  pp.  U9-JfGl,  figs.  15). — Having  dealt  in  a  previous  paper  (E.  S.  R., 
29,  p.  648)  with  the  morphology,  cultural  features,  and  host  relationships  of 
C  pirinum.,  the  author  reports  the  outcome  of  pure  cultures  of  this  fungus 
Isolated  from  apple  leaf  spots. 

It  is  stated  that  C.  pirinum  is  sometimes  dimorphic  in  culture  and  probably 
also  in  nature.  Two  strains  have  been  isolated,  a  plus  strain  fruiting  abun- 
dantly, and  a  minus  strain  fruiting  poorly  which  arises  in  artificial  culture  by 
sudden  sporting  from  the  plus  strain.  Minus  strains  are  said  to  remain  con- 
stant generation  after  generation.  Attempts  to  develop  the  strains  from  each 
other  by  continuous  selection  of  extremes  were  unsuccessful.  The  cause  of  the 
sporting  has  not  been  ascertained. 

The  gray  mold  or  Botrytis  disease  of  citrus  trees,  C.  C  Brtttlebank  {Jour. 
Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  {191-5),  No.  10,  pp.  605-60S,  figs.  7). —This  disease  was 
noted  in  portions  of  Australia  in  1900,  1911,  1912,  and  1913.  The  rapid  progress 
observed  during  the  latter  years  has  apparently  been  checked  recently  by  a 
protracted  drought,  but  it  is  thought  that  the  disease  occurs  now  wherever 
citrus  trees  are  grown  in  tlys  region. 

The  life  history  of  the  fungus  and  the  progress  of  the  disease  ai*e  described. 
The  fungus  can  exist  either  as  a  saprophyte  or  as  a  wound  parasite,  reproduc- 
ing by  means  of  conidia  or  of  sclerotia.     Infection  is  favored  by  wet  weather. 

All  the  smaller  infected  branches  should  be  cut  out  and  all  diseased  material 
scraped  from  the  larger  branches  and  tlie  stem,  all  the  removed  material  being 
destroyed  by  fire  and  all  wounds  being  painted  with  a  mixture  of  carbolic  acid 
and  water  in  equal  parts.  A  paste  prepared  by  mixing  when  cool  1  lb.  copper 
sulphate  in  1  gal.  water  and  2  lbs.  of  quicklime  freshly  slaked  in  ^  gal.  water, 
may  be  applied  to  diseased  places  after  cleaning  them  thoroughly. 

The  same  fungus  has  recently  been  found  to  produce  injury  or  death  in  case 
of  seedlings  of  Eucalyptus  citriodora  and  Jacaranda  niimoswfolia. 

Citrus  canker,  F.  A.  Wolf  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  ResearcJi,  6  {1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  69-100,  pis.  Jf,  figs.  8).— In  a  paper  contributed  from  the  Alabama  Ex- 
periment Station,  the  author  gives  an  account  of  an  investigation  of  the  life 
history  of  the  organism  Pseudoinonas  citri,  the  cause  of  the  citrus  canker. 
Infection  is  considered  to  occur  through  natural  openings  and  through  wounds. 
The  rapid  spread  of  the  disease  is  favored  by  the  simultaneous  occurrence  of 
newly  exposed  cankerous  cells  and  the  presence  of  a  film  of  moisture,  especially 
on  young  parts  of  the  plant.  The  bacteria  occur  for  the  most  part  between  the 
cells  of  the  host  and  cause  them  to  become  considerably  hypertrophied. 

In  addition  to  the  bacteria  causing  this  disease,  fungi  belonging  to  the 
genera  Phoma.   Fusarium,   and  Gloeosporium  have  been   isolated  from  citrus 


1916]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  153 

cankers.  Of  these  the  species  of  Phoraa  alone  was  found  to  be  notably  active  in 
the  disintegration  of  the  tissues.  This  fungus  is  believed  to  be  hitherto  unde- 
scribed  and  the  name  Fhoma  socia  n.  sp.  is  given  it. 

Some  investigations  are  reported  in  which  an  attempt  was  made  to  determine 
causes  for  the  difference  in  susceptibility  to  citrus  canker  of  Satsuma  oranges 
and  grapefruit.  As  a  result  of  these  studies  the  author  concludes  that  differ- 
ence in  susceptibility  can  not  be  accounted  for  on  the  basis  of  differences  in  the 
total  organic  acids  in  the  two  plants. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  failure  of  spray  mixtures  to  control  this  disease, 
the  successful  eradication  of  which  seems  to  be  possible  only  when  the  work 
of  destruction  of  trees  is  thoroughly  done  with  the  observation  of  proper 
sanitai'y  precautions. 

Panama  disease  of  bananas  (Jour.  Jamaica  Agr.  Soc,  18  (1914),  No.  12,  p. 
502;  Queensland  Agr.  Jour.,  n.  ser.,  4  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  41,  42). — Measures  in- 
sisted upon  to  prevent  the  general  spread  of  Panama  disease  include  a  rigid 
quarantine  of  infected  areas  and  thorough  disinfection  of  boots,  tools,  etc., 
used  in  connection  therewith ;  complete  destruction  of  diseased  material ;  and 
fencing  all  infected  areas  with  close-woven  wire  to  prevent  the  passage  of 
animals. 

A  disease  of  cinnamon,  A.  Shakples  (Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States,  3  (1915), 
No.  9,  p.  381 ) . — Individual  cinnamon  bushes  growing  in  the  experimental  gardens 
at  Kuala  Lumpur  have  been  dying  for  some  time.  The  trouble  usually  begins 
with  the  death  of  a  branch.  The  whole  cortex  is  diseased,  showing  the  presence 
of  a  fungus,  Pestalozzia  pahnarum,  the  fruiting  bodies  of  which  are  embedded 
therein  until  its  disintegration  frees  the  spores.  Potato  agar  cultures  show 
liyphaj  in  two  days,  and  in  four  days  the  black  fruiting  bodies  appear,  showing 
the  typical  spores.  Attack  by  this  fungus  is  localized  and  can  usually  be  con- 
trolled even  when  the  trees  are  growing  in  unfavorable  conditions.  In  Ceylon, 
P.  palmarum  causes  a  gray  blight  by  its  attack  on  the  leaves,  which  is  not  so 
serious  as  the  stem  attack. 

The  most  effective  means  of  protection  is  the  removal  of  all  diseased  portions 
before  the  spores  are  freed  from  the  fruiting  bodies  in  the  rotting  cortex. 

The  anthracnose  of  the  mango,  J.  B.  Rokek  (Bui.  Dept.  Ayr.  Trinidad  and 
Tobago,  14  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  164-171,  pl-  1)- — Antliracnose  (Gloiosporium  niangi- 
ferce  or  Colletotrichum  gloeosporioidcs) ,  said  to  be  the  most  common  and  de- 
structive of  mango  diseases,  and  attacking  almost  every  variety  wherever 
grown,  is  described  as  damaging  the  flowers,  leaves,  and  fruit.  Bordeaux  mix- 
ture gave  excellent  results,  especially  with  the  more  susceptible  varieties. 

A  few  trial  shipments  indicated  that  mangoes  can  be  shipped  successfully  to 
distant  markets  in  cold  storage.  Fruits  should  be  full  but  not  ripe  when  taken 
from  the  tree,  and  this  should  be  done  without  injuring  the  fruit.  The  boxes 
for  shipping  and  packing  should  be  of  medium  size,  holding  about  2  doz.  fruits. 

A  disease  of  mangosteen  trees,  W.  N.  C.  Belgrave  (Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay 
States,  3  (1915),  No.  6-7,  p.  229). — It  is  stated  that  mangosteen  trees  are  liable 
to  attack  by  the  fungus  Zignoella  garciniw,  which  causes  the  formation  of  can- 
kers in  the  stems,  working  back  from  the  younger  to  the  older  branches.  When 
these  have  been  ringed  by  the  cankers,  the  foliage  withers,  turns  brown,  and 
dies,  the  death  of  the  whole  tree  quickly  following.  In  cross  section,  the 
cankers  are  seen  to  extend  inward  to  the  wood,  but  the  latter  is  seldom  at- 
tacked. Fructification  of  a  species  of  Hendersonia,  possibly  another  stage  of 
Zignoella,  are  often  found  on  the  cankers. 

The  most  practical  measures  are  to  cut  and  burn  the  trees  which  have  begun 
to  wilt,  as  these  are  doomed,  and  to  remove  the  affected  branches  in  the 
vicinity. 


154  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Insects  and  diseases  affecting  pinks  and  their  treatment,  J.  Lochot  {Jardin, 
29  {1915),  Nos.  669,  pp.  315,  316;  670,  p.  522).— This  article,  besides  mentioning 
some  insect  pests  of  pinks,  and  nematodes,  the  control  of  which  requires  eradi- 
cation of  the  plants  attacked,  discusses  also  a  rust  of  pinks  due  to  a  Puccinia, 
which  is  said  to  yield  to  treatment  with  sulphur  sprays,  and  a  browning  due  to 
Hehninthosporium  echimdatum,  for  which  is  prescribed  a  2  per  cent  copper 
spray  with  removal  of  all  parts  seriously  affected. 

Seasonal  duration  of  ascospore  expulsion  of  Endothia  parasitica,  F.  D. 
Heald  and  R.  A.  Studhaltee  {Anier.  Jour.  Bot.,  2  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  429-U8, 
■flgg  6).— Describing  the  method,  plan,  and  results  of  attempts  to  ascertain  by 
means  of  traps  the  activity  of  spore  expulsion  by  E.  parasitica,  the  authors 
state  that  the  expulsion  begins  in  the  spring  with  the  first  warm  rains.  It 
increases  to  a  maximum  under  favoring  conditions,  declining  under  the  lower 
temperatures  of  autumn,  and  ceasing  entirely  during  the  cooler  portions  of  the 
year,  even  under  abundant  rainfall.  During  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  year, 
there  is  a  copious  expulsion  with  each  rain  of  any  consequence,  except  when 
the  temperature  drops  below  the  minimum,  which  is  not  far  from  50  to  55°  F. 

Perithecial  pustules  of  the  cliestnut  blight  fungus  show  a  remarkable  power 
of  spore  production.  This  is  not  exhausted  in  a  single  season,  being  sometimes 
as  marked  during  the  second  season  as  the  first.  Apparently,  also,  pustules  first 
producing  mature  perithecia  in  the  fall  may  produce  spores  during  the  two 
following  seasons.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  of  successive  maturing  of  asci,  suc- 
cessive maturing  of  perithecia,  and  successive  maturing  of  stromata  throughout 
the  season. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Report  of  chestnut  blight  eradication,  A.  B.  Brooks  {Crop  Pest  Com.  W.  Va. 
Bien.  Rpt.,  1  {1913-lJf),  pp.  50-61,  figs.  8). — This  is  a  brief  account  of  work  done 
to  eradicate  the  chestnut  blight  in  portions  of  West  "Virginia  in  1913-14. 

Fire  injury  to  chestnut  trees  appears  to  favor  greatly  attack  by  the  blight 
fungus.  Experimentation  wus  begun  to  determine  to  what  extent  the  spread 
of  blight  can  be  checked  by  cutting  the  diseased  trees  and  leaving  them  flat 
on  the  ground,  based  upon  the  observation  that  the  spread  from  cankers  situated 
low  down  on  trees  is  slight  as  compared  with  that  from  those  situated  high  up, 
especially  on  trees  in  prominent  situations. 

The  leaf  blotch  of  horse-chestnut,  V.  B.  Stewart  {New  York  Cornell  Sta. 
Bui.  311  {1916),  pp.  411-419,  pi.  1,  figs.  8).— The  author  gives  a  description  of 
the  leaf  blotch  of  horse-chestnut  and  allied  species  due  to  the  fungus  Guignardia 
(Bsculi.  This  fungus  is  said  to  have  caused  considerable  injury  to  trees,  par- 
ticularly those  in  the  nursery,  through  the  destruction  of  the  leaf  tissue.  Ex- 
periments for  the  control  of  the  leaf  blotch  have  shown  that  lime-sulphur 
solution  or  Bordeaux  mixture  can  be  effectively  employed,  but  considerable 
difficulty  is  experienced  in  their  application  owing  to  the  dense  foliage  of  the 
trees. 

In  the  summer  of  1915  an  experiment  was  made  on  nursery  trees  for  the 
control  of  the  leaf  blotch  by  dusting  a  mixture  containing  90  parts  of  finely 
ground  sulphur  and  10  parts  of  powdered  arsenate  of  lead.  This  treatment 
was  found  effective  and  is  preferred,  as  there  is  little  danger  of  injuring  the 
foliage  by  burning.  The  dust  mixture,  it  is  claimed,  can  be  applied  more 
thoroughly  and  with  greater  facility  than  the  spraying  solutions,  but  its  cost 
Is  somewliat  higher  than  either  of  the  solutions  above  mentioned. 

Host  plants  of  pink  disease  in  Malaya,  A.  Sharples  {Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay 
States,  S  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  203,  204).— It  is  stated  that  three  new  hosts  are  to 
be  added  to  the  list  previously  published  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  151).  Of  these, 
Tephrosia  hookeriami  is  though  to  have  served  as  a  center  of  infection  in  cue 


19161  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  155 

place  where  the  number  of  cases  of  pink  disease  had  increased  greatly  during 
the  last  year.  Indigofera  arrecta  was  found  to  be  attacked  by  pink  disease, 
but  mildly  and  only  in  a  few  instances,  where  the  host  plants  were  not  in  good 
condition.  C'litoria  cajanifolia  has  also  been  recorded  as  a  host  for  pink  disease 
at  the  Buitenzorg  Botanic  Gardens.  The  form  assumed  by  the  fungus  on  the 
above  plants  was  the  pink  incrustation  commonly  observed  on  rubber,  on  which 
usually,  as  on  all  these  plants,  no  trace  of  basidiospores  was  found. 

The  red  rot  of  conifers,  F.  H.  Arbott  (Vcrtnont  Sta.  Bui.  191  (1915),  pp.  3-20, 
pis.  4,  figs.  2). — According  to  the  author  the  so-called  red  rot  of  conifers  is  due 
to  the  fungus  Trametes  pini,  which  is  primarily  a  parasite  assuming  more  or 
less  the  character  of  a  saprophyte  when  the  tree  falls.  The  fungus  is  said  to 
attack  tamarack,  pine,  hemlock,  spruce,  and  balsam,  its  ravages  being  greatest 
in  unthinned  stands,  especially  in  pure  stands  of  white  pine. 

The  infection  apparently  occurs  mainly  through  broken  branches  which  ex- 
pose the  heartwood,  root  infection  being  considei*ed  doubtful.  The  principal 
means  of  spreading  the  disease  is  through  the  sporophores,  which  are  formed 
on  all  host  species  but  vary  in  form  on  different  hosts,  occurring  on  both  stand- 
ing and  fallen  trees.  The  damage  to  the  wood  is  brought  about  by  the  solu- 
tion of  its  lignin  content  by  the  enzym  of  the  fungus  and  this  injury  appears  to 
cease  when  the  tree  falls.  The  damaged  wood  may  be  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  boxes,  tubs,  wooden  pails,  etc.  For  prevention  of  spread  of  the  red  rot, 
proper  thinning,  removing  the  diseased  trees,  and  destroying  the  fruiting  bodies 
are  recommended. 

The  two  rust  diseases  of  the  spruce,  A.  W.  Borthwick  and  M.  Wilson 
(Notes  Roy.  Bat.  Gard.  Edinb.,  9  (1915),  No.  U,  pp.  6.5-69,  pi.  i).— Discussing 
the  life  history  of  Chrysomyxa  rhododcndri  causing  spruce  blister  rust  and 
also  rust  of  rhododendrons,  the  authors  state  that  although  the  presence  of  the 
spruce  is  apparently  not  essential  to  the  continued  existence  of  the  fungus,  the 
SEcidial  stage  on  the  spruce  can  exist  only  where  the  rhododendron  is  present,  as 
the  infection  of  the  needles  is  brought  about  only  by  the  sporidia.  Removal  of 
the  rhododendron  will,  therefore,  completely  check  the  disease.  The  effect  of 
this  disease  on  rhododendron  is  not  very  serious.  In  case  of  the  spruce,  the 
diseased  needles  fall  in  the  summer  of  infection,  and  in  severe  cases,  the  trees 
may  be  almost  stripped  of  their  foliage. 

C.  abietis,  the  needle  rust  of  spruce,  is  also  discussed  as  to  its  biology  and 
distribution.  Certain  spruces  in  a  wood  may  be  badly  attacked  while  others 
remain  free  from  the  disease.  This  is  ascribed  to  the  fact  that  infection  takes 
place  in  a  certain  definite  stage  in  the  development  of  the  young  leaves,  which, 
in  some  cases,  does  not  coincide  with  the  exact  developmental  stage  of  the 
sporidia  necessary  to  infection.  While  a  considerable  degree  of  defoliation  may 
take  place,  the  disease  usually  fails  to  maintain  itself  through  a  long  series 
of  years  on  any  one  tree,  so  that  cutting  down  the  trees  on  account  of  this  dis- 
ease is  not  recommended. 

Honey  fung-us,  C.  Fkombltng  (Forstw.  CentbL,  n.  ser.,  37  (1915),  No.  7,  pp. 
299-30Jf) .— This  is  a  somewhat  general  summation  of  observations  on  Agaricus 
melleus  regarding  its  activity  and  effects  as  related  to  some  conifers  in  con- 
nection with  such  conditions  as  age,  soil,  growth,  spacing,  and  .shading  by  other 
trees. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

Birds  of  Porto  Rico,  A.  Wetmore  (Porto  Rico  Bd.  Agr.  E.xpt.  Sta.  Bui.  15 
(1916),  pp.  lJ/0.  pJs.  10). — This  is  a  reprint,  text  unchanged,  of  Bulletin  326  of 
this  Department,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  849). 
47580°— 16 5 


J[56  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.86 

Winter  crow  roosts,  E.  R.  Kalmrach  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp. 
83-100,  pis.  2,  fig.  i).— This  account  of  the  roosting  habit  of  crows,  location  of 
roosts,  and  estimales  of  the  numbers  that  gather  in  certain  roosts  includes  a 
list  wliich  gives  the  location,  by  States,  of  the  crow  roosts  knowTi  to  have  been 
occupied  in  the  winter  of  1911-12,  together  with  estimates  of  the  numbers  of 
birds  in  each.  A  discussion  of  the  winter  food  of  crows  and  their  relation  to 
seed  distribution  is  included. 

Oklahoma  insect  calendar,  G.  E.  Sanborn  (Oklahoma  Sta.  Circ.  39  {1916), 
^o/,>,)._This  calendar  lists  42  types  of  insects  and  gives  the  appearance  and 
parts  of  plants  affected  by  each  type,  together  with  the  treatment  or  sugges- 
tions relative  to  control.  Spraying  schedules  for  the  apple,  peach,  cherry,  and 
plum  and  general  insecticide  formulas  are  also  given. 

Insect  injury  to  cotton  seedlings,  B.  R.  Ooad  and  R.  W.  Howe  ( V.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  129-11,0,  pU.  .5).— This  paper  re- 
ports observations  made  in  the  vicinity  of  Tallulah,  La.,  during  the  spring  of 
1915,  on  the  mutilation  of  the  leaves  of  cotton  seedlings  by  insects.  It  appears 
that  this  injury  can  be  caused  by  any  of  several  insects,  including  a  number  of 
si)ec!es  of  lepidopterous  larvse,  grasshoppers,  and  leaf  beetles.  Tussock  larv» 
were  responsible  for  most  of  the  damage  early  in  the  season  and  then  were  sup- 
planted by  grasshopper  nymphs.  The  other  insects  mentioned  are  the  "  woolly 
bear  "  larva?,  or  salt  marsh  caterpillar,  and  the  cutworms  Prodenia  ornilho- 
giilli  and  Pcridroriia  innrgaritosa  saucia. 

Recent  grasshopper  outbreaks  and  latest  methods  of  controlling  them, 
F.  M.  Wkrstkr  (V.  .V.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  2GS-212,  p/s.  6.  figs.  S).— 
This  is  a  popular  summary  prepared  by  the  author  just  prior  to  his  death 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  200). 

The  terrapin  scale:  An  important  insect  enemy  of  peach  orchards,  F.  L. 
SiMANTON  (/".  K.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Bui.  351  (1916),  pp.  96,  pis.  3.  figs.  20).—T\\p  in- 
croiising  al)undance  of  the  terrapin  scale  (Eulecanium  nigrofascintum)  in  the 
eastern  United  States,  together  with  numerous  complaints  recently  receiveil 
from  orchardists  in  many  localities  within  the  Appalachian  peach  belt  of  severe 
injury  to  peaches  and  of  inability  to  control  the  pest  with  the  materials  com- 
monly u.sed,  led  to  invof^tigations  during  the  seasons  of  1912  and  1913  at  a  field 
laboratory  at  Jlont  Alto,  Pa.,  a  locality  well  within  the  limits  of  the  badly 
infested  area. 

The  terrapin  scale  is  a  native  species  which  first  came  to  the  attention  of 
economic  entomologists  in  1870,  and  which  since  1898  has  gradually  assumed 
more  and  more  importance  as  an  enemy  of  the  peach  until  now  it  is  feared 
by  the  peach  growers  of  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania  more  than  any  other 
species  of  scale.  At  present  it  is  largely  confined  to  the  humid  area  of  the 
Austral  Region,  considerably  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  known  infestations 
being  found  in  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland. 

In  its  range  and  importance  this  scale  ranks  easily  as  second  among  the 
scale  pests  of  the  peach,  and  while  neither  so  prolific  nor  so  injurious  as  the 
San  Jose  scale,  it  is  even  more  of  a  nuisance  owing  to  the  difliculty  met  with 
In  its  control.  The  injury  to  the  trees  from  loss  of  sap,  while  considerable  in 
badly  infested  orchards,  is  small  in  comparison  with  the  damage  resulting  from 
tlu!  (k'poslt  of  honoydew,  wliich  on  badly  infested  trees  makes  the  fruit  almost 
unsalable.  While  it  attacks  more  than  30  species  of  plants  it  becomes  abundant 
on  only  a  comparatively  few,  its  preference  for  its  principal  food  plants  being 
as  follows:  Peach,  plum,  maple,  cherry,  sycamore,  and  mistletoe. 

A  detailed  report  of  life  history  studies  is  presented,  much  of  which  appears 
in  tabular  form  and  in  charts.  "The  female  of  the  terrapin  scale  reaches 
maturity  about  the  first  of  June  and  gives  birth  to  living  young  soon  after- 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  157 

wards.  These  are  retaiiiocl  for  a  period  of  from  one  to  three  days  in  the  brood 
chamber,  which  is  a  dome-shaped  cavity  beneath  the  scale.  They  then  emerge 
and  migrate  at  once  to  the  underside  of  the  leaves,  where  they  settle,  mostly 
along  the  midrib  and  the  larger  veins.  The  first  instar,  which  lasts  about  IS 
days,  is  vegetative  and  the  larvae  show  no  sexual  differentiation,  but  during 
the  second  instar,  which  also  lasts  about  IS  days,  sexual  dilTorentiation  is  very 
pronounced.  At  the  end  of  this  instar  the  female  is  very  flat  and  circular, 
while  the  male,  which  is  flat  and  decidedly  oval,  is  protected  by  a  conspicuous 
waxy  structure  called  the  pupariura.  After  the  second  instar  the  sexes  follow 
entirely  different  lines  of  development. 

"  The  female  remains  for  one  day  upon  the  leaves  after  entering  the  third 
instar,  which  is  the  final  instar  for  this  sex.  During  this  day  it  secretes  a  thin 
wax  .scale,  which  protects  it  during  the  twigward  migration.  At  the  beginning 
of  this  migration  tlie  female  larva;  abandon  the  leaves  and  pass  to  the  basal  part 
of  the  new  growth,  where  they  make  their  final  attachment  within  the  area 
of  greatest  illumination.  They  then  commence  a  period  of  rapid  growth,  during 
the  first  11  days  of  which  they  develop  their  uniting  color,  which  is  a  conspicu- 
ous red  band  upon  the  middorsal  line.  At  the  time  the  dorsal  band  is  com- 
pleted the  male  migrates  to  the  leaves,  mates,  and  dies.  The  female  after 
mating  starts  a  rapid  growth,  during  which  the  mating  colors  and  the  larval 
I'haracters  are  lost  and  during  which  vast  quantities  of  honeydew  are  deposited. 
By  the  end  of  the  twentieth  day  upon  the  twig  the  female  has  assumed  all  the 
iidult  characters.  After  this,  growth  gradually  slackens  until  the  cold  of  the 
approaching  winter  forces  the  scale  into  hil)ernation.  In  the  spring  growth  is 
resumed.  Maturity  is  reached  early  in  .Tune  and  the  scale  dies  early  in  July, 
after  having  lived  about  13  months. 

"  The  male,  which  makes  the  second  molt  and  passes  all  of  its  remaining 
instars  except  the  last  day  of  the  imago  under  the  protection  of  the  puparium, 
loses  its  mouth  parts  at  this  time  and  lives  during  the  remainder  of  its  lil'e  upon 
nourishment  taken  in  the  first  two  instars.  The  third  or  prepui)al  instar  lasts 
about  two  days  and  is  a  period  of  rapid  metamorphosis,  in  whicli  the  larval 
organs  are  replaced  by  the  adult  structures.  In  the  fourth  or  pupal  instar, 
which  lasts  for  about  eight  days,  the  adult  organs  reach  their  full  development. 
At  the  fourth  and  final  molt  the  imago  escapes  from  the  pupal  case  but  remains 
for  about  two  days  under  the  puparium  before  emerging,  when  it  migrates  at 
once  to  the  twigs,  copulates,  and  then  dies,  after  having  lived  about  40  days." 

Mention  is  made  of  four  attending  ants,  none  of  which  benefit  the  scale  to 
any  extent,  of  several  predaceous  enemies,  and  of  a  number  of  parasites.  The 
scale  is  heavily  parasitized  by  Coccophagus  lecanii,  which  was  the  most  abun- 
dant species  reared  in  1912,  although  (7.  cognatus  was  also  abundant,  especially 
in  the  fall.  In  1913  C.  lecanii  was  rare,  while  C.  cognatus  appeared  in  large 
numbers  and  attacked  the  developing  females  in  the  spring,  killing  from  20  to 
50  per  cent  of  the  scales.  ApJiycus  stomachosus  was  the  most  abundant  parasite 
in  1913,  being  more  numerous  than  G.  cognatus. 

Remedial  work  conducted  during  the  first  season  was  directed  toward  the 
direct  prevention  of  soot  injury,  which  was  found  to  be  impractical.  In  the 
second  season  sprayings  were  directed  against  the  scale,  seven  groups  of  mate- 
rials being  tested.  The  first  of  the.se  groups  contained  corn  oil,  rosin  oil,  and 
gasoline,  the  two  first  named  being  very  good  treatments  but  injurious  to  the 
trees,  while  gasoline  was  ineflicient  but  gave  promise  as  a  wax  solvent  and  pene- 
trant. The  second  group  contained  miscible  oils  which  were  found  to  be  injuri- 
ous when  used  in  the  winter  at  effective  strengths  but  were  used  without  injury 
when  applied  in  the  spring  before  the  swelling  and  the  bursting  of  the  fruit 


158  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

buds.  It  was  found  that  healthy  ll-year-old  trees  could  be  sprayed  for  three 
consecutive  seasons  with  miscible  oil,  1 :  18,  without  injury  to  the  trees,  and 
that  the  scale  could  be  controlled  by  two  seasons'  sprayings  with  this  oil.  It 
was  further  found  that  combining  gasoline  emulsion  and  miscible  oil  added  to 
the  efficiency  of  the  oil.  The  greatest  efficiency  was  obtained  when  5  parts  of 
miscible  oil  were  added  to  2  parts  of  gasoline  (emulsified)  and  92  parts  of 
water.  The  third  group  consisted  of  ten  experiments  made  with  cotton-seed  oil 
and  combinations  with  gasoline.  The  highest  efficiency  was  obtained  by  using 
an  emulsion  containing  cotton-seed  oil  5  gal.,  gasoline  3  gal.,  soap  2  lbs.,  and 
water  92  gal.  The  fourth  group  consisting  of  five  experiments  made  with  raw 
linseed  oil  gave  promising  results,  the  oil  being  very  efficient  alone  as  a  10  per 
cent  emulsion  and  even  more  so  when  combined  with  gasoline.  The  gasoline 
component  increases  the  fluidity  of  the  oil,  dissolves  the  protecting  wax  film,  and 
tends  to  asphyxiate  the  scales.  The  best  results  were  obtained  by  using  an 
emulsion  made  up  of  raw  linseed  oil  5  gal.,  gasoline  3  gal.,  laundry  soap  2  lbs., 
and  water  92  gal.  This  emulsion  applied  in  the  spring  before  the  buds  burst 
will  control  the  terrapin  scale  at  a  single  application,  at  a  cost  for  material  of 
from  1  to  8  cts.  per  tree.  This  was  found  to  be  the  most  effective  treatment  of 
any  of  the  remedies  tried  against  this  insect.  Group  5,  consisting  of  two  experi- 
ments with  mixed  oils,  showed  no  advantages  in  mixing  linseed  and  cotton-seed 
oils.  In  group  6  nicotin  was  tested  in  14  experiments,  proving  this  substance  to 
be  inefficient.  Group  7,  consisting  of  20  experiments  with  various  coating  sprays, 
gave  ineffective  results. 

In  making  recommendations  for  control  the  author  advises  the  application  of 
the  linseed-gasoline  emulsion  above  mentioned,  applied  in  the  spring  before  the 
buds  burst.  In  order  to  protect  the  crop  after  the  trees  are  in  foliage,  it  is 
recommended  that  an  application  be  made,  just  before  the  leafward  migration, 
of  the  formula  consisting  of  flour  (in  paste)  10  lbs.,  stone  lime  15  lbs.,  sulphur 
20  lbs.,  and  water  to  make  50  gal. 

A  4-page  bibliography  is  included. 

The  alfalfa  webworm,  C.  R.  Sanborn  {OUalioma  Sta.  Bui.  109  (1916),  pp. 
S-7,  ftijs.  4). — Loxostege  similalis,  which  occurs  throughout  the  United  States 
and  in  South  America,  passes  the  winter  in  Oklahoma  in  the  pupal  stage.  The 
adults  emerge  from  these  pupal  forms  and  appear  about  the  middle  of  April. 
The  second  generation  appears  about  May  25,  the  third  from  June  28  to  July  16, 
the  fourth  from  July  27  to  August  2,  the  fifth  about  September  16,  and  adult 
forms  are  present  as  late  as  November.  The  adults  deposit  eggs  in  masses, 
generally  on  the  lower  side  of  the  leaves  of  their  food  plants,  each  mass  con- 
tainnig  from  5  to  42  eggs,  or  an  average  of  19,  which  hatch  ordinarily  within 
three  or  f(»ur  days.  The  larvjjc  or  webworms  develop  in  about  three  weeks,  and 
the  pupal  period  during  sununer  is  ordinarily  seven  or  eight  days,  but  in 
hibernation  extends  from  about  the  middle  of  October  to  the  middle  of  April. 

All  broods,  except  the  last  or  fall  brood,  are  characterized  by  their  web- 
.<;pinning  habit.  While  the  "careless"  or  pigweed  is  its  natural  food  plant,  it 
feeds  on  practically  all  the  common  weeds,  except  the  jimson  weed  and  devil's 
claw.  The  methods  of  control  mentioned  are  mowing  infested  fields,  poison- 
ing fields,  renovation,  clean  culture,  and  jarring  cultivated  plants  such  as  corn 
and  cotton. 

A  list  <»f  21  references  is  ajtpended. 

A  general  survey  of  the  May  beetles  (Phyllophaga)  of  Illinois,  S.  A.  Forbes 
(Illinois  Stn.  ISul.  186  (1916),  pp.  215-251,  fig.  i).— The  data  here  presented 
relate  to  a  study  of  the  nunil)er  of  species  and  specimens,  dates  of  occurrence, 
f(.od  plants,  and  distribution  in  Illinois  of  nearly  119,000  May  beetles  or  June 


19161  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  159 

bugs,  belonging  to  34  species  of  the  genus  Phyllophaga  aad  collected  in  42 
counties  from  1905  to  1911,  inclusive,  and  in  1913. 

"  Thirty-four  species  of  May  beetles  are  recognized  in  Illinois.  They  vary 
greatly  in  abuudance,  the  above  collection  containing  but  two  specimens  of  the 
rarest  species  and  43.349  of  the  commonest.  Ninety-one  per  cent  of  the  speci- 
mens collected  belonged  to  10  of  the  species,  the  other  9  per  cent  being  dis- 
tributed among  the  24  species  remaining. 

"A  detailed  discussion  of  the  species,  taken  separately,  shows  for  each  its 
numbers  in  each  year  and  in  each  of  the  three  sections  of  the  State,  the  dates 
in  each  year  of  its  first  appearance  and  its  greatest  abundance,  and  its  com- 
parative numbers  on  each  of  its  food  plants.  By  means  of  the  data  of  num- 
bers and  distribution,  the  dominant  and  subdorainant  species  are  distinguished 
for  each  year  and  district,  and  the  intervals  between  their  periods  of  greatest 
abundance  are  considered  with  reference  to  the  length  of  the  life  cycle  of  the 
species  concerned. 

"  From  a  comparison  of  the  May  beetles  derived  from  northern,  central, 
and  southern  Illinois,  respectively,  it  appears  that  three  species  are  practically 
limited  to  northern  Illinois,  three  to  the  northern  and  central  parts  of  the 
State,  two  to  the  central  and  southern,  and  11  to  southern  Illinois.  The  actual 
boundary  lines  between  these  areas  of  distribution  are.  however,  irregular  and 
meandering,  especially  that  between  southern  and  central  Illinois,  which  is  in- 
fluenced by  the  coui'se  of  the  streams,  the  southern  species  following  them 
northward  toward  their  headwaters  in  a  way  to  bring  several  such  species 
far  into  the  central  division  of  the  State. 

"  The  seasonal  succession  of  the  species — that  is,  the  order  in  wliich  they 
make  their  first  appearance  in  spring— is  worked  out  for  each  section  of  the 
State  as  carefully  as  the  wide  distribution  and  irregular  time  limits  of  the 
collections  will  permit. 

"  Generally  speaking,  successive  periods  of  extraordinary  abundance  of  a 
species  in  any  locality  or  district  show  little  correspondence  to  any  possible 
life  cycle,  being  too  various  and  irregular  for  that  interpretation.  Extensive 
parasitism  of  imagos  and  larvfe  by  insects,  annelids.  Protozoa,  and  fungi  pro- 
duces widespread  and  destructive  epidemic  diseases,  a  knowledge  of  whose 
prevalence  and  status  is  essential  to  any  safe  prediction  of  periods  of  de- 
structive abundance  of  the  white  grubs. 

"  The  May  beetle  species  known  as  PliyUophaga  fnsca  and  P.  futilis  were 
evidently  those  which  produced  most  of  the  white  grubs  which  were  so  abundant 
in  northern  Illinois  in  1912  as  to  do  heavy  damage  to  farm  crops  in  several 
counties.  Two-thirds  of  the  collections  made  in  that  section  in  1914  were  of 
these  species,  the  first  of  the  two  mentioned  being,  however,  nearly  four  times 
as  abundant  as  the  second. 

"The  facts  concerning  the  food  plants  of  the  more  abundant  species  are 
grouped  and  classified  in  a  way  to  distinguish  trees  and  shrubs  especially  at- 
tractive to  them,  and  consequently  dangerous  to  adjacent  crops  by  reason  of 
the  abundance  of  white  grubs  to  descend  from  them." 

The  influence  of  trees  and  crops  on  injury  by  white  g-rubs,  S.  A.  Foebes 
(Illinois  Sta.  Bui.  187  {1916),  pp.  261-265).— The  natural  supposition  that  fields 
nearest  to  the  food  plants  of  May  beetles,  that  is  trees,  must  become  most 
heavily  stocked  with  eggs  and  consequently  worst  injured  by  grubs  when  these 
eggs  are  hatched  led  the  author  in  1904  to  commence  the  collection  of  infor- 
mation bearing  on  the  subject. 

Collections  were  made  of  white  grubs  in  fields  that  were  being  plowed  in 
the  full  or  spring  by  walking  behind  the  plowman  and  making  note  of  the 


IQQ  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

distance  traveled  in  each  field  and  the  number  of  grubs  exposed  by  the  plow, 
and  recording  at  the  same  time  the  distance  from  the  field  to  the  nearest  trees 
upon  which  the  IMay  beetles  might  be  supposed  to  have  fed.  Observations  and 
collections  of  this  nature  were  made  by  six  field  assistants  during  1904,  1905, 
1907,  and  1908  in  549  fields  widely  scattered  throughout  central  Illinois,  and 
in  a  few  fields  also  in  the  northern  and  southern  parts  of  the  State.  The  total 
distance  traveled  was  over  429  miles,  a  total  of  12,069  grubs  of  the  genus 
Phyllophaga  and  1,187  of  the  genus  Cyclocephala  being  collected. 

For  the  purpose  of  classification  all  of  the  data  thus  obtained  were  assorted 
into  four  groups,  according  to  the  distance  of  the  fields  from  the  nearest 
trees.  In  group  1,  in  which  224  miles  were  traveled  in  fields  with  trees  within 
or  on  their  borders  or  within  less  than  one-eighth  of  a  mile,  white  grubs  of 
the  genus  Phyllophaga  were  found  at  an  average  rate  of  39.17  to  the  mile.  In 
group  2,  40  miles  were  traveled  in  fields  with  trees  more  than  one-eighth  but 
less  than  one-fourth  of  a  mile  away,  and  in  these  Phyllophaga  grubs  averaged 
17.83  to  the  mile.  In  group  3,  in  fields  with  trees  more  than  one-quarter  of 
a  mile  away  and  less  than  one-half  mile,  130  miles  were  traveled  and  Phyl- 
lophaga grubs  averaged  15.94  to  the  mile.  In  group  4,  in  fields  with  trees  half 
a  mile  away  or  more,  35  miles  were  traveled  and  14.4  was  found  as  the  average 
number  of  Phyllophaga  grubs. 

In  a  study  of  the  data  bearing  on  the  kind  of  crops  in  which  May  beetles 
prefer  to  lay  their  eggs,  it  was  found  "  that  more  eggs  were  laid  in  pastures 
(84  grubs  per  mile)  than  in  any  other  crop;  that  small  grain  came  next  with 
61  and  02  i)er  mile  for  fields  which  had  been  in  oats  and  wheat,  respectively ; 
that  fallow  land,  grown  up  of  course  to  weeds,  largely  grasses,  was  third,  with 
48  grubs  to  the  mile ;  that  clover  and  corn  seemed  not  far  apart  in  attractive- 
ness to  the  egg-laying  beetles — clover  with  30  and  corn  with  25  grubs  to  the 
mile;  and  that  meadow  crops  (excluding  clover)  were  least  sought  by  the 
egg-laying  beetles — about  15  gi-ubs  to  the  mile  in  fields  which  had  been  in  such 
crops  when  the  eggs  wei-fe  laid.  .  .  .  The  evidence  of  the  predominance  of 
grasses  and  small  gi-ains  over  corn  and  other  crops  as  a  lure  to  May  beetles 
about  to  lay  their  eggs  is  unmistakable  here,  and  much  more  emphatic  than 
that  obtained  from  our  general  collections  behind  the  plow." 

Studies  of  the  Mexican  cotton-boll  weevil  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  R.  W. 
Howe  ([/.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  358  (1916),  pp.  32,  figs.  2).— This  is  a  report  of 
studies  carried  on  during  1913,  1914,  and  1915,  largely  at  the  Delta  Boll  Weevil 
Laboratory  at  Tallulah,  La.,  with  a  view  to  determining  what  influence  new 
climatic  and  environmental  conditions  have  upon  the  biology  of  the  boll  weevil. 
The  work  has  been  summarized  by  the  author  as  follows : 

"In  northern  Louisiana  the  average  longevity  of  the  boll  weevil  adults  on 
cotton  squares  was  54.56  days,  on  bolls  31.41  days,  on  cotton  leaves  8.17,  and 
on  okra  fruit  5.4,  the  average  for  these  different  classes  of  foods  being  14.13  days. 
The  females  live  somewhat  longer  than  the  males,  there  being  an  average  of 
12.5  days  for  females  and  9.82  for  males. 

"  A  number  of  weevils  were  found  feeding  in  okra  blooms  in  the  field,  but 
attempts  to  cause  them  to  breed  in  okra  fruit  in  the  laboratory  were  unsuc- 
cessful.   A  number  of  eggs  were  deposited,  but  they  failed  to  hatch. 

"The  largest  number  of  eggs  deposited  by  the  first  generation  weevils  was 
204,  the  average  being  132.  The  daily  maximum  varied  from  5  to  12.  Second 
generation  weevils  showed  somewhat  less  fecundity,  the  maximum  oviposition 
being  175  eggs  and  the  average  69.4.  The  average  period  of  oviposition  was 
38.2  days,  the  range  being  1  to  77  days.  The  greatest  activity  of  the  weevil  in 
depositing  eggs  was  found  to  bti  between  the  hours  of  9  u.  m.  and  1  p.  m..  but 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  161 

certain  numbers  of  eggs  were  deiwsited  at  all  times  of  the  day  and  during  the 
nit;ht.  Tlie  average  period  from  oviposition  to  the  emergence  of  the  adult  was 
practically  14  days  fur  each  of  the  five  generations. 

"  Seven  complete  generations  were  developed  at  Tallulah  during  the  season." 

Boll  weevil  in  Alabama,  W.  E.  Hinds  (Alabama  Col.  Sta.  Bui.  18S  (l'J16),  pp. 
23-64,  pis.  Jf,  fl(js.  3). — This  general  account  deals  with  the  spread  of  the  boll 
weevil  in  Alabama,  describes  and  illustrates  the  stages  and  work  of  the  weevil, 
and  discusses  the  means  of  spread,  propagation,  hibernation,  and  control 
measures. 

Oviposition  of  Meg^asti^mus  spenuotrophus  in  the  seed  of  Douglas  fir,  J.  M. 
MiLLEii  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  65-6S,  pis. 
3). — This  account  of  the  oviposition  of  the  seed  chalcidid  M.  spermotro pirns  is 
based  upon  observations  made  at  the  Forest  Insect  Station  of  the  Bureau  of 
Entomology  of  this  Department  at  Ashland,  Oi'eg.,  largely  during  the  season  of 
1915. 

During  the  season  of  1914  male  adults  began  to  emerge  on  April  12  and  the 
females  on  April  16  from  stored  Douglas  fir  seed  kept  In  a  rearing  box;  2,897 
adults  emerged  from  6.75  oz.  of  seed,  the  period  of  maximum  emergence  occur- 
ring between  April  23  and  May  11.  In  1915  the  maximum  period  of  emergence 
in  the  laboratory  occurred  between  April  20  and  May  2.  Prom  cones  which 
were  kept  caged  over  winter  under  outdoor  conditions  at  the  same  elevation, 
the  maximum  emergence  occurred  between  May  1  and  16.  At  elevations  of 
3,000  to  4,000  ft,,  the  emergence  occurred  during  the  latter  part  of  May,  and 
above  4,000  ft.  much  of  the  emergence  occurred  in  .Tune. 

The  oviposition  of  two  females  was  recorded  on  April  22  and  that  of  the 
same  number  on  April  23,  and  females  were  oliserved  ovipositing  from  this 
time  up  until  May  5.  From  two  to  five  minutes  were  required  for  oviposition, 
the  same  female  having  been  observed  to  oviposit  five  times  on  the  same  cone. 
Actual  oviposition  in  the  field  was  observed  only  once  and  that  on  May  28,  by 
J.  E.  Patterson. 

Life  history  and  habits  of  two  new  nematodes  parasitic  on  insects,  J.  H. 
Merkill  and  A.  L.  Fokd  (f/.  /S'.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  3, 
pp.  115-127,  figs.  3). — Two  new  nematodes  have  been  observed  at  the  Kansas 
Experiment  Station,  one  parasitic  on  the  elm  borer  and  the  other  on  the 
termite  Leucotcrmes  lucifngus.  When  121  beetles  obtained  from  a  single  elm 
tree  were  kept  in  breeding  cages  in  no  instance  were  eggs  deposited  and  both 
sexes  eventually  weakened  and  died,  examinations  showing  death  to  have  been 
due  to  nematode  parasitization.  Several  colonies  of  L,  luciftigus  were  exam- 
ined and  76.92  per  cent  found  parasitized  by  nematodes. 

Specimens  of  these  nematodes  were  submitted  to  N.  A.  Cobb  of  this  Depart- 
ment, who  describes  the  species  which  parasitized  the  elm  borer  under  the  name 
Diplugaster  lahita  u.  sp.,  and  that  of  the  termite  under  the  name  D.  ucrlvora, 
n.  sp, 

"  The  eggs  of  D.  labiata  hatched  in  from  30  to  32  hours,  while  those  of  D. 
aerivora  hatched  in  about  18  hours.  The  eggs  of  D.  labiata  were  deposited 
singly,  while  those  of  D.  aerivora  were  deposited  in  groups.  More  cases  of  eggs 
hatching  in  the  body  were  found  in  D.  aerivora  than  in  D.  labiata.  The  eggs 
of  both  species  developed  similarly. 

"  Both  species,  when  reared  in  water  cultures,  used  the  same  food,  but  in 
nature  they  had  different  hosts.  Both  species  molted,  but  the  proce.ss  differed 
in  that  D.  labiata  fastened  its  posterior  end,  while  D.  aerivora  did  not.  The 
adults  of  D.  aerivora  were  larger  than  those  of  D.  labiata  and  required  much 
less  time  to  mature.     In  water  cultures  the  females  of  both  species  were  more 


162  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

numerous  than  the  males.  Although  mating  was  similar  in  both  species,  D. 
labia ta  required  more  time  for  the  process.  Individuals  of  D.  labiata  usually 
mated  but  once,  while  those  of  D.  aerivora  mated  repeatedly.  Neither  species 
in  their  habits  showed  any  preference  to  day  or  night.  The  females  of  D. 
aerivora  had  a  period  of  oviposition  of  about  13  days,  while  in  D.  labiata  this 
period  lasted  only  about  two  days. 

"  In  both  species  adaptable  and  plentiful  food  acted  as  a  stimulant  to  repro- 
duction. Both  species  attacked  insects,  but  in  different  regions  of  the  body, 
as  D.  aerivora  was  found  in  the  head  while  D.  labiata  was  found  in  the  intes- 
tines. The  life  cycle  of  D.  labiata  required  more  than  twice  as  much  time  as 
did  that  of  D.  aerivora.  D.  aerivora  was  successfully  introduced  into  the 
termites." 

FOODS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

[Progress  in]  physiolog-ical  chemistry  [during  1915],  P.  G.  Hopkins  {Ann. 
Rpts.  Prog.  Chem.  [London],  12  {1015),  pp.  iS7-209).— The  author  reviews  and 
discusses  important  contributions  by  a  number  of  investigators  to  the  knowledge 
of  various  phases  of  physiological  chemistry,  including  general  metabolism 
(especially  the  basal  metabolism  of  men  and  women,  the  surface  law,  and  the 
specific  dynamic  action  of  food)  ;  the  chemistry  of  proteins  (especially  some 
aspects  of  protein  metabolism);  carbohydrate  and  fat  metabolism;  growth- 
stimulating  substances;  and  internal  secretions.  The  bulk  of  the  material  has 
been  noted  from  the  original  sources. 

Shipping  fish  3,000  miles  to  market,  E.  D.  Ct.akk  {TJ.  S.  Dept.  Ayr.  Year- 
book 1915,  pp.  155-158,  pis.  3). — Information  is  given  regarding  the  methods  of 
handling,  storing,  and  shipping  halibut  and  salmon  from  the  Pacific  coast  to 
markets  all  over  the  country. 

An  outbreak  of  typhoid  attributed  to  infected  oysters,  P.  B.  Beooks  {Jour. 
Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  6G  {1916),  Xo.  19.  pp.  J^^J-i^^T).— About  50  cases  of  typhoid 
fever  in  the  city  of  Binghamton.  N.  Y.,  and  near-by  municipalities  were  appar- 
ently traced  to  oysters  supplied  by  two  wholesale  dealers. 

The  baking  qualities  of  different  varieties  of  wheat,  O.  Rammstedt  {Ztschr. 
Otfcntl.  Chem.,  21  {1915),  Nos.  20,  pp.  306-312;  21,  pp.  321-329;  22,  pp.  337- 
3-'/.5).— Analytical  data  and  the  results  of  baking  tests  are  reported,  showing 
the  relationship  between  the  chemical  composition  of  several  different  grades  of 
wheat  and  the  volume  of  the  resulting  loaf. 

Nutriti-ve  value  of  wheat  flour  and  bre^d  in  relation  to  phosphorus  con- 
tent, G.  M.xsoNi  {Sta::.  Sper.  Afjr.  Itnl.,  i,S  {1915),  No.  5-7,  pp.  385-456).— A 
Wrge  amount  of  analytical  data  is  given  showing  the  phosphorus  content  of 
different  grades  of  wheat  tlour  and  the  resulting  bread.  In  general  it  is  indi- 
cated tliat  the  percentage  of  mineral  substances,  organic  phosphorus,  and 
ether  extract  increases  from  flour  to  bran.  Practically  the  same  amounts  of 
phyt^Yi  and  nudeln  occur  in  the  bread  as  in  the  flour,  but,  probably  owing  to 
tti^  16'<v  temperature  at  which  it  is  decomposed,  lecithin  occurs  in  lesser  amounts 
ifibi'eHd. 

The'itihhor  concludes  that  the  coarser  flours  have  a  greater  nutritive  value 
than  the  finer  and  whiter  flours,  since  they  contain  larger  percentages  of  phos- 
phorus and  nitrogenous  compounds,  complex  mineral  substances,  and  crude  fat. 

A  blbliOgi'aphy  is  appended. 

I)oes  light  influence  the  staling  of  bread?  J.  R.  Katz  {Hoppe-Seyler's 
ZUcJir.  Physiol.  Chem.,  96  {1916),  No.  4-5,  pp.  288-291)  .—From  a  comparative 
eramlntitlon'  6f  samples  of  bread  kept  in  a  dark  room  and  exposed  to  both 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  163 

direct  and  diffused  sunliylit,  tlie  autlior  concludes  that  light  does  not  influence 
the  staling  of  bread. 

Previous  .studies  of  the  staling  of  bread  have  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  85S). 

The  noteworthy  property  of  aldehydes  in  retarding  the  staling  of  bread, 
J.  R.  Katz  (Uoppe-tieyler's  Ztschr.  Physiol.  Clicm.,  'JO  {1916),  No.  4-5,  pp.  314- 
322). — Experimental  data  are  reported  regartfing  tlie  influence  of  aldehydes  and 
ketones  on  the  staling  of  bread.  It  was  found  that  aldehydes  act  on  the  starch 
granules,  thereby  keeping  bread  fresh  for  an  exceptionally  long  time.  Ketones 
did  not  possess  this  property. 

Bread  making  and  butyric  ferment  in  Latiuna,  R.  Perotti  and  U.  Ciusto- 
KOLKTTi  {Staz.  Sper.  Agr.  ItaL,  4S  {1D15),  No.  5-7,  pp.  361-384) .—The  authors 
report  a  study  of  the  ordinary  leaven  of  Velletri  bread,  from  which  Clostridium 
butyrium  and  Saccharomyces  minor  were  isolated.  The  good  qualities  of  this 
bread  are  considered  to  be  due  largely  to  butyric  fermentation. 

Seaweed  as  a  supplementary  food  material,  E.  Beckmann  (Ahs.  in  Zcntbl. 
Biochein.  u.  Biophys.,  IS  (1915),  No.  11,  p.  379). — Feeding  experiments  are  de- 
scribed in  wliicli  laboratory  animals  (dogs  and  hens)  were  given  bread  made 
from  mixtures  of  finely  ground  seaweed  and  wheat,  rye,  and  potato  flours. 
During  baking  the  characteristic  odor  disappeared,  and  the  bread  was  found  to 
possess  good  properties.    Analytical  data  are  given. 

The  effects  of  commercial  glucose  when  fed  to  white  rats,  A.  J.  Carlson, 
L.  Hektoen,  and  E.  11.  LeCount  (Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  3S  (1916),  No.  4,  pp. 
930-936,  fig.  1). — The  experiments  here  reported  cover  a  period  of  six  mouths, 
and  were  carried  out  to  study  the  general  effects  of  commercial  glucose  when 
consumed  regularly  in  considerable  quantities.  Laboratory  animals  (white 
rats)  were  fed  upon  bread  containing  the  gluco.se.  As  controls,  other  rats  were 
fed  on  bread  containing  granulated  cane  sugar  and  others  on  bread  without 
sugar  or  glucose.  The  bread  was  unleavened  and  consisted  of  flour,  1,000  parts ; 
lard,  25  parts ;  baking  soda,  15  parts ;  hydrochloric  acid,  enough  to  neutralize 
the  soda ;  water  as  required  for  the  flour,  about  655  parts ;  commercial  glucose, 
34  parts,  in  the  case  of  "  glucose  bread,"  and  granulated  cane  sugar,  26.5  parts, 
in  the  case  of  "  cane  sugar  bread."  The  results  of  the  experiments  are  dis- 
cus.sed  somewluit  at  lengtli  and  tlie  following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  The  addition  of  commercial  glucose  in  the  amounts  of  about  2.5  gm.  to  3.5 
gm.  per  kilo  of  body  weight  per  day  to  the  diet  of  white  rats  for  a  period  of 
six  montlis  has  no  abnormal  influence  on  the  animals,  either  favorable  or  un- 
favorable, as  determined  by  the  rate  of  growth  fecundity,  immunity  reactions, 
and  the  condition  of  the  organs. 

"As  both  the  glucose-fed  and  the  control  groups  of  rats  were  kept  on  a  liberal 
diet  throughout  the  observation  period,  the  experiment  does  not  show  to  what 
extent  the  connnercial  glucose  was  actually  absorbed  and  oxidized,  but  in  the 
quantities  fed  the  commercial  glucose  certainly  has  no  injurious  effects." 

Gelatin  as  a  food  for  the  people,  E.  Hombekger  (Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,  81  (1916), 
No.  2097.  p.  167). — Historical  data  are  given  regarding  the  use  and  food  value 
of  gelatin  and  the  work  of  recent  investigators  is  summarized  briefly.  It  is 
stated  that  gelatin  is  dissolved  very  quickly  and  completely  in  the  cells  and  by 
its  solution  saves  the  albumin  from  solution.  This  quality  of  saving  the 
albumin  is  twice  as  great  as  that  of  fats  or  carbohydrates. 

"  If,  besides  gelatin,  a  certain  amount  of  albumin  is  supplied  to  the  body, 
and  a  certain  amount  of  fats  and  carbohydrates  to  prevent  the  loss  of  fat,  the 
normal  condition  of  the  body  can  be  maintained." 

A  ferment  in  water  which  produces  the  dehydration  of  glycerin,  E. 
Voisenet  (Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  28  (1914),  No.  8,  pp.  807-818,  figs.  2).— Studies 


2^54  EXPERIMENT   STATION    KECORD.  [Vol.  35 

are  reported  of  an  organism  thouylit  to  be  identical  with  Bacillus  amaracrylus, 
wliicli  is  sometimes  contained  in  water  and  wliicli  is  able  to  dehydrate  s,'lyceria 
with  the  formation  of  acrolein. 

Chemical  determination  of  the  nutritive  value  of  wood  and  straw,  E.  Beck- 
MANN  (^Abs.  in  Zentbl.  Biochvm.  u.  Biophijs.,  18  {1915),  No.  11,  p.  379).— Chemi- 
cal analyses  are  reported  indicating  the  following  percentages  of  starch  in 
different  kinds  of  wood  cut  during  the  autunm :  Birch,  0.95;  alder,  1.54; 
maple,  2.G5 ;  and  elm,  5.9.  In  the  spring  of  the  year  the  birch  was  found  to 
contain  3.67  per  cent  of  starch  and  2.44  per  cent  of  ether  extract.  The  amount 
of  ether  extract  contained  in  the  woods  during  the  autumn  varied  from  0.37 
to  1.35  per  cent. 

The  bacteria  in  ice  cream,  W.  M,  Esten  and  Chkistie  J.  Mason  ( Connecticut 
Starrs  Sta.  Bui.  S3  (1915),  pp.  128-134,  fig.  /).— This  investigation  was  made  to 
determine  the  effect  of  storing  frozen  ice  cream  on  the  numbers  and  kinds  of 
bacteria  present.  Different  grades  of  cream  were  used  in  order  to  determine 
the  effect  of  a  low  or  a  high  initial  content  of  bacteria  on  the  bacterial  content 
of  the  resulting  product.  Examinations  were  generally  made  of  the  cream 
before  and  after  mixing  it  with  the  ingredients  and  of  the  product  just  after 
freezing,  and  then  at  intervals  of  twice  a  week  for  a  month.  Ordinary  house- 
hold methods  of  freezing  were  used  and  the  cream  was  packed  in  quart  bricks 
which  were  wrapped  in  paper,  enclosed  in  pasteboard  boxes,  and  packed  in  an 
ice-salt  mixture,  the  latter  being  renewed  as  often  as  necessary  to  keep  the 
cream  solid.  No  exact  temperature  measurements  were  kept.  Plate  cultures 
were  made  of  litmus  lactose  gelatin  and  these  were  incubated  at  21°  C.  for  seven 
days  and  then  counted.  A  table  is  given  which  shows  the  total  number  of 
bacteria  present,  the  number  of  acid-forming  organisms,  and  the  number  of 
liquefying  bacteria  present  in  the  different  samples  examined. 

A  few  samples  of  ice  cream  purchased  at  retail  stores  in  pint  paraffin  paper 
carriers  were  packed  in  ice  and  salt  and  kept  for  two  or  three  days  before 
bacteriological  examinations  were  made  by  the  methods  used  in  the  above 
tests.  The  results  of  the  examinations  of  the  retail  samples  are  reported  in 
tabular  form  and  correspond  closely  to  the  results  obtained  by  other  inves- 
tigators in  various  studies. 

The  authors  conclude  that  "  when  ice  cream  is  kept  frozen  for  periods  of  at 
least  a  month  there  is  no  marked  increase  or  decrease  in  the  bacterial  content 
a.s  shown  by  litmus  lactose  gelatin  plate  cultures.  The  percentages  of  acid 
bacteria  and  of  liquefying  bacteria  also  remained  fairly  constant.  The  source 
of  most  of  the  bacteria  is  the  cream  used." 

Tomato  ketchups,  C.  H.  LaWall  and  L.  Forman  (Penn.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Bui.  212 
{1915),  pp.  SO). — This  bulletin  reports  the  results  of  the  chemical  analysis  of 
142  samples  of  tomato  ketchups  and  compares  them  with  a  similar  investiga- 
tion made  in  1904. 

The  authors  state  that  great  improvement  has  occurred  in  the  quality  of 
tomato  ketchups  on  the  market  in  the  matter  of  the  use  of  chemical  preserva- 
tives. The  use  of  artiticial  coloration  has  entirely  disappeared,  and  there  is 
no  basis  in  fact  for  the  allegation  of  the  use  of  injurious  amounts  of  acids  and 
spices  in  brands  containing  no  sodium  benzoate.  Information  on  the  142 
samples  examined  showed  no  use  of  unsound  materials.  Less  than  2  per  cent 
of  them  were  illegal,  and  saccharin  was  not  found  to  be  present  in  any  of  those 
examined. 

(Food  and  drug  inspection],  R.  B.  Fitz-Randolph  and  W.  G.  Tice  {Ann. 
Rpt.  Bd.  Health  N. ./.,  38  {191  J,),  pp.  133-183,  pi.  i).— The  food  and  drug  inspec- 
tion work  of  the  board  during  the  year  ended  October  31,  1914,  is  reported.    In 


1916]  FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION.  165 

addition  to  general  information  regarding  tlie  scope  of  the  work,  detailed  state- 
ments are  made  of  the  inspection  of  slaugliterhuuses,  cold-storage  plants,  can- 
ning factories,  etc.  During  the  year  6,180  samples  of  foods  and  drugs  were 
examined,  of  which  1G.3  per  cent  were  found  to  be  below  the  legal  standard. 

An  extended  report  is  given  of  the  work  done  in  the  sanitary  inspection  of  the 
shelllish  industry  of  the  State. 

The  use  of  box  rations  by  the  French  troops,  E.  Maubei,  {Bui.  Acad.  Med. 
[raris],  75  {1916),  No.  i),  pp.  25/f-25l)). — Box  rations  for  army  use  are  suggested 
which  contain  a  mixture  of  meat  and  either  fresh  or  dried  vegetables  chopped 
in  small  pieces.  It  is  intended  that  each  box  shall  furnish  about  30  gm.  of 
protein  and  500  calories  of  energy  and  that  each  man  shall  receive  4  of  these 
boxes,  the  total  weight  of  which  shall  not  exceed  1  kg.  To  complete  the  ration, 
it  is  recommended  that  the  men  receive  1,200  gm.  of  bread,  0.5  liter  of  wine, 
and  100  gm,  of  dried  fruit  (preferably  figs)  every  two  days.  The  total  energy 
value  of  this  ration  is  3,000  calories  daily. 

The  chemistry  of  cow's  milk  and  other  products  used  in  infant  feeding, 
F.  W.  Howe  {ArcJi.  Fed.,  33  {1016),  No.  1,  pp.  1-12).— A  compilation  of  data 
showing  the  composition  of  milk  as  affected  by  a  number  of  different  factors, 
and  also  the  nature  and  composition  of  other  products  (protein  milk,  whey, 
etc.)  used  in  infant  feeding. 

The  dig'estibility  of  the  proteins  of  milk  and  their  role  in  infant  nutrition, 
L.  E.  Holt  {Arch.  Fed.,  33  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  13-19,  fig.  1).— The  protein  need  of 
infants  is  considered  in  the  light  of  recent  investigations  and  clinical  experience. 
The  author  states  that  "  the  digestion  of  the  protein  of  cow's  milk  is  a  much 
easier  matter  than  was  formerly  supposed ;  that  while  injury  may  without 
question  be  done  by  high  protein  feeding,  this  is  very  unlikely  to  occur,  unless 
amounts  much  in  excess  of  those  commonly  used  in  infant  feeding  are  adminis- 
tered ;  that  in  such  amounts  we  have  as  yet  neither  clinical  nor  laboratory  evi- 
dence to  show  that  protein  is  harmful ;  that  although  an  infant  receiving  breast- 
milk  takes  rather  less  than  7  per  cent  of  his  calories  as  protein,  this  can  not  be 
taken  as  an  exact  criterion  of  how  much  protein  should  be  administered  when 
cow's  milk  is  the  food  ;  [and]  that  the  deficiency  of  cow's  milk  casein  in  certain 
essential  amino  acids  may  be  made  up  by  giving  an  excess  of  this  protein." 

Present  opinion  as  to  the  role  of  fat  in  infant  feeding,  J.  L.  Mokse  {Arch. 
Fed.,  33  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  20-24).— A.  summary  and  digest  of  data. 

A  brief  resume  of  the  role  of  carbohydrates  in  infant  feeding,  H.  R.  Mix- 
sell  {Arch.  Fed.,  33  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  31-36). — A  summary  and  digest  of  data. 

The  role  of  salts  in  infant  feeding,  F.  H.  Baktlett  {Arch.  Fed.,  33  {1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  25-30). — This  lecture  brings  together  the  results  of  recent  investiga- 
tions of  mineral  elements  in  infant  metabolism.  Especial  attention  is  given  to 
their  relation  to  the  low  iron  content  of  cow's  and  woman's  milk ;  to  rickets ; 
to  gain  in  body  weight ;  and  to  the  metabolism  of  protein,  carbohydrate,  and  fats. 

Protein  metabolism,  J.  J.  R.  MacLeod  {Jour.  Lab.  and  Clin.  Med.,  1  {1015), 
No.  2,  pp.  112-119). — A  summary  and  digest  of  data  with  relation  to  the  utili- 
zation of  free  amino  acids. 

Recuperation. — Nitrogen  metabolism  of  a  man  when  ingesting  succes- 
sively a  nonprotein  and  normal  diet  after  a  7-day  fast,  F.  D.  Zeman,  J.  Kohn, 
and  P.  E.  Howe  {Avier.  Jour.  Fhysiol.,  36  {1915),  No.  4,  Free.  Amer.  Fhysiol. 
Soc,  27  {1914),  PP-  362,  363). — In  these  experiments  the  authors  determined  the 
urinary  nitrogen  compounds  and  changes  in  body  weight  occurring  after  a  fast 
in  a  4-day  recuperation  period  on  a  non-protein  diet,  and  in  a  4-day  final  period 
on  a  normal  diet. 

An  increase  in  body  weight  accompanied  by  a  loss  of  nitrogen  occurred  during 
the  nonprotein  feeding  period,  while  the  reverse  was  true  in  the  final  period. 


IQ^j  EXPEFilMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

The  initial  increase  in  weight  after  the  fast  is  thought  to  have  resulted  from 
the  retention  of  water  and  non-nitrogenous  food  substances. 

What  is  a  vitamin?  (Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  66  (1916),  No.  19,  p.  HIO).— 
The  work  of  a  number  of  investigators  on  this  subject  is  discussed  briefly. 

Fat  assimilation,  W.  11.  Blook  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  24  (1916),  No.  Jf,  pp.  W- 
!^QO).—ln  continuation  of  previous  investigations  (E.  S.  R..  34,  pp.  562.  5G3), 
feeding  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (dogs)  are  reported,  in  which  de- 
terminations of  total  fat,  lecithin,  and  cholesterol  were  made  in  whole  blood 
and  plasma  during  the  i>eriods  of  fat  absorption.  The  results  of  the  experi- 
ments are  summarized  as  follows : 

"  Total  fatty  acids  increase  in  both  plasma  and  corpuscles  but  the  increase  is 
generally  more  marked  in  the  corpuscles.  Lecithin  increases  greatly  in  the 
corpuscles  but  only  slightly  in  the  plasma.  No  definite  changes  in  the  quantity 
of  cholesterol  were  noted.  A  fairly  constant  relationship  between  total  fatty 
acids  and  lecithin  was  noted  in  whole  blood  and  corpuscles." 

It  is  c<*n<luded  that  "  the  lilood  corpuscles  take  up  tlie  fat  from  the  plasma 
and  transform  it  into  lecithin;  that  most  if  not  all  of  the  absorbed  fat  is  so 
transformed;  and,  therefore,  that  lecithin  is  an  intermediate  step  in  the 
metabolism  of  the  fats." 

Goat's  milk  to  g-et  test  (Mod.  Hosp.,  6  (1916),  No.  3.  pp.  232,  233).— An- 
nouncement  is  made  of  an  investigation  to  be  conducted  at  a  New  York  hospital 
to  determine  the  value  of  goat's  milk  for  tuberculosis  patients. 

It  is  stated  that  although  goats  are  particularly  immune  to  tuberculosis  and 
while  tulxH'cle  bacilli  have  never  been  found  in  the  milk,  it  has  not  yet  been 
determined  whether  goat's  milk  carries  with  it  any  protection  against  tubercu- 
losis. Use  has  been  made  of  the  milk  for  some  time  in  treating  summer  diseases 
of  children,  and  in  this  respect  also  the  cause  of  its  efllcacy  is  unknown.  AntU- 
yses  have  shown  that  the  milk  contains  about  6  per  cent  of  milk  fat,  and 
some  investigators  have  thought  that  the  small  size  of  the  fat  globule  may  be 
the  reason  for  tolerance  for  the  milk  in  cases  of  summer  complaint. 

The  dietary  factors  operating  in  the  production  of  polyneuritis,  E.  V. 
McCoi.LUM  and  Cornelia  Kennedv  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  24  (1916),  No.  4,  PP-  491- 
502). — In  this  investigation  the  authors  studied  the  relation  to  polyneuritis  of 
two  classes  of  unknown  substances  concerned  in  inducing  growth — fat-soluble 

A,  which  is  soluble  in  fat  and  is  contained  in  certain  fats,  and  water-soluble  B. 
which  is  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol  and  is  widely  distributed  in  the  animal 
and  vegetable  world.  By  means  of  experiments  with  birds  the  effects  of  feeding 
a  number  of  substances  were  studied.  Among  them  were  polished  rice  with 
butter  fat  and  with  the  alcoholic  extracts  of  fat-free  wheat  embryo;  potato 
juice;  cal»l)iige  juice;  oat  extract;  and  the  acetone,  benzene,  and  ethyl  acetate 
extracts  of  fat-free  wheat  embryo. 

From  these  experiments  the  authors  concluded  that  "judging  from  the 
api»earance  of  .serious  nutritional  disturbances  ending  in  death  which  result 
from  a  slKjrtage  of  the  fat-soluble  A,  and  the  emaciation,  weakness,  and  death 
which  follow  restriction  to  a  diet  inadequate  in  its  content  of  the  water-soluble 

B,  It  seems  certain  that  both  these  classes  of  unknown  dietary  constituents  are 
e8.sential  for  maintenance  as  well  as  for  growth.  .  .  . 

"  In  the  production  of  polyneuritis  in  birds  by  exclusive  rice  feeding  or 
exclusive  feeding  of  a  ration  made  up  of  purified  foodstuffs,  the  degeneration 
of  the  nerve  cells  is  the  specific  result  of  a  lack  of  the  water-soluble  B.  The 
fat-soluble  A  appears  to  be  dispensable,  when  maintenance  alone  is  involved,  for 
a  somewhat  longer  period  than  is  the  factor  B." 

This  last  assertion  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  polyneuritis  in  pigeons  could 
be  produced  by  feeding  a  diet  free  from  both  the  essential  factors  A  and  B,  but 


19161  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  167 

the  birds  could  be  completely  cured  and  maintained  in  a  normal  condition  for 
at  least  35  days  on  this  same  diet  by  the  addition  of  the  water  extract  of  a 
foodstuff  (rolled  oats)  on  which  rats  can  not  grow  without  the  addition  of 
butter  fat.  Other  confirmatory  evidence  is  the  success  obtained  in  inducing: 
relief  from  polyneuritis  in  birds  by  treatment  with  lipoid-free  water  extract 
of  wlieat  embryo  and  with  such  substances  as  cabbage  or  potato  juice,  both  of 
whicli  are  practically  free  from  lipoids. 

Researches  on  deficiency  diseases. — Experimental  beri-beri  produced  by 
exclusive  feeding'  of  either  decorticated  or  sterilized  barley,  E.  Weill  and  G. 
MouRiQUAND  (Compt.  Rend.  Soc.  Biol.  [Paris],  78  (1915),  No.  19,  pp.  6J,9-651).— 
Experimental  beri-beri  was  produced  in  pigeons  by  feeding  either  decorticated 
or  sterilized  barley. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Text-book  of  animal  production,  G.  Pusch,  edited  by  J.  Hansen  (Lehrbuch 
der  AUgemcinen  Tierzucht.  Stuttgart:  Ferdinand  Enke,  1915,  3.  ed.,  rev.  and 
cnl.,  pp.  XXII-\-5.'t7,  figs.  222). — This  is  the  third  edition  of  this  work,  revised 
and  enlarged   (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  573). 

The  behavior  of  the  accessory  chromosomes  and  of  the  chromatoid  body  in 
the  spermatogenesis  of  the  rabbit,  L.  J.  Bachhubeu  {Biol.  Bui.  Mar.  Biol.  Lab. 
Woods  Hole,  30  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  294-310,  pis.  3).— The  author  finds  from  his 
studies  with  rabbits  that  the  number  of  chromosomes  in  the  spermatogonium 
is  probably  twenty-two.  The  number  in  the  primary  spermatocytes  is  placed 
at  twelve  and  in  the  secondary  spermatocytes  at  eleven.  Two  accessory  ele- 
ments, an  X  and  a  Y,  are  present,  one-half  of  the  spermatozoa  containing  the 
X  and  the  other  half  the  Y  element.  A  chromatoid  body  is  present,  but  its 
function  was  undetermined.  It  underwent  no  division  and  was  finally  cast  off 
with  the  excess  cytoplasm  in  the  metamorphosing  spermatid. 

Improvement  and  management  of  native  pastures  in  the  West,  .J.  T. 
Jakdine  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  299-310,  pis.  ^).— The  author 
reviews  the  work  of  the  Forest  Service  in  improving  the  native  pasture  lands 
on  the  National  Forests  and  gives  suggestions  for  improving  and  managing 
native  pastures,  based  on  the  principle  of  the  "  deferred  "  system  of  grazing, 
previously  referred  to  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  227). 

The  rate  of  liberation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  from  commercial  kinds  of  lin- 
seed, S.  H.  Collins  and  H.  Blair  (Chem.  News,  111  (1915),  No.  2876,  pp.  19, 
20). — Analyses  of  a  large  number  of  samples  of  flaxseed  show  that  seeds  of 
oriental  origin  and  from  dry,  hot  climates  are  all  high  in  total  hydrocyanic 
acid  and  rich  in  enzymic  activity.  The  result  of  changing  seed  from  dry,  hot 
climates  to  damp  and  cool  conditions  is  to  reduce  the  amount  of  hydrocyanic 
acid  evolved  by  20±3  per  cent  and  the  rate  of  evolution  by  24±5  per  cent. 
Thus  it  appears  that  seed  grown  in  temperate  climates  is  a  safer  cattle  feed 
than  that  from  hotter  climates.  There  is  a  tendency  for  seeds  originated  in 
temperate  climates  to  give  the  best  yield  per  acre  and  to  contain  the  least 
proportions  of  cyanogenetic  glucosids. 

Seaweed  as  a  supplementary  feeding  material,  E.  Beckman  (Sitzber.  K. 
Preuss.  Akad.  Wiss.,  1915,  XL,  p.  645;  abs.  in  Hyg.  Rundsehau.  26  (1916),  No.  3, 
p.  85). — An  analysis  of  seaweed  is  given  as  follows:  Protein  from  5  to  6  per 
cent ;  fat  from  0.9  to  2.2 ;  starch  from  8.4  to  13.9 ;  crude  fiber  from  5.4  to  6.4 ; 
ash  from  18.3  to  23.4 ;  and  potassium  chlorid  from  2.5  t(*  6.3  per  cent.  The 
material  is  found  desirable  as  a  supplementary  feed  for  poultry,  growing  swine 
f^nd  horses. 


168  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Food  value  of  brewers'  grains,  residue,  and  yeast,  W.  Voltz,  N.  Muhr, 
A.  Baumann,  and  W.  Dbauzbubg  (Landio.  Jnhrb.,  ^7  (1914),  No.  5,  pp.  639- 
67i). — In  feeding  experiments  with  sheep  it  was  found  that  brewers'  grains 
containing  90  per  cent  of  dry  matter  contained  8.5  per  cent  of  digestible  pro- 
tein, 30.4  per  cent  of  digestible  nitrogen-free  extract,  a  starch  value  of  24.8 
per  cent,  and  a  phy.siological  utility  value  estimated  at  30  per  cent  of  the  total 
energy  content.  The  brewery  residue  contained  26.7  per  cent  of  digestible  pro- 
tein, 22.4  per  cent  of  digestible  nitrogen-free  extract,  a  starch  value  of  38.7 
per  cent,  and  a  physiological  utility  value  of  40  per  cent  of  the  total  energy 
value.  With  swine  the  brewery  residue  contained  25  per  cent  of  digestible 
protein  and  29.5  per  cent  of  digestible  nitrogen-free  extract. 

Cooperative  live  stock  shipping  associations,  S.  W.  Dott  and  L.  D.  Haul 
(U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  71S  (1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  ;?).— This  publication 
treats  of  the  origin  and  extent  of  the  cooperative  live  stock  shipping  associa- 
tion movement,  the  advantages  of  such  associations,  and  the  method  of  or- 
ganization. 

It  is  stated  that  wherever  these  associations  have  been  formed  an  appre- 
ciable saving  to  the  farmer  has  resulted.  "  The  profit  that  formerly  went  to 
the  local  shipper  now  goes  to  the  farmer,  and  he  has  the  satisfaction  of  know- 
ing that  he  will  receive  for  his  stock  the  actual  market  price,  less  the  cost  of 
marketing.  Moreover,  the  activities  of  a  competent  manager  and  the  influence 
of  a  successful  association  make  for  a  general  improvement  in  methods  of 
marketing  live  stock  and  a  better  knowledge  of  market  prices  and  conditions 
by  farmers  in  the  entire  community." 

Investigation  on  raising  beef  cattle,  B.  O.  Severson  [Pennsylvania  Sta. 
Bui.  138  {1916),  pp.  3-20,  figs.  S). — This  bulletin  gives  the  average  results  of 
three  years'  investigations,  the  first  two  of  which  have  been  previously  reported 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  171).  The  objects  of  the  investigation  were  to  determine  the 
possibilities  of  raising  beef  cattle  in  Pennsylvania ;  whether  the  demand  for 
"feeders"  could  be  met  profitably;  the  cost  of  maintaining  breeding  stock; 
the  cost  of  raising  growing  an^l  breeding  beef  cattle;  the  cost  of  finishing  beef 
cattle  for  market;  the  value  of  silage  as  a  sole  roughage,  and  of  cotton-seed 
meal  as  a  supplementary  feed ;  and,  finally,  to  study  details  of  management  in 
the  feeding  and  breeding  of  beef  cattle  for  profitable  production. 

Ten  Shorthorns  composed  lot  1  and  10  Aberdeen-Angus  lot  2.  During  the  sum- 
mer montlis  the  breeding  cows  and  growing  stock  were  on  pasture  with  no  extra 
feed  in  the  form  of  grain  or  roughage.  During  the  winter  months  corn  silage 
was  the  sole  roughage  fed  to  the  breeding  and  growing  stock.  Cotton-seed  meal 
was  fed,  in  addition,  at  the  rate  of  1  lb.  per  cow  daily,  and  at  the  rate  of  3 
lbs.  per  1.000  lbs.  live  weight,  daily,  to  the  growing  stock.  The  fattening  stock 
was  fed  in  accordance  with  methods  proved  by  experiment  to  be  profitable. 
The  calves  ran  with  their  dams  and  were  weaned  at  from  7  to  11  months  of  age. 
In  these  three  years'  experiments  the  cows  were  maintained  in  good  condition 
of  flesh,  and  the  weaned  calves  made  satisfactory  gains.  The  normal  calves  in 
both  lots  were  vigorous  at  birth.  There  was  no  distinction  between  the  Short- 
horn and  Aberdeen-Angus  breeds  in  the  utilization  of  feeds,  cost  of  maintenance, 
or  breeding  qualities. 

Tlie  corn  silage  consumed  by  each  cow  during  the  winter  was  9,101  lbs.  in  lot 
1  and  8,920  lbs.  in  lot  2.  Each  breeding  cow  required  1.090  lbs.  of  straw  for 
bedding,  and  iirf.duced  0,785  lbs.  of  manure  during  the  winter  period.  The  value 
of  tlie  manure  more-thiin  paid  for  the  cost  of  the  labor  and  bedding  required. 

The  cost  of  wintering  cows  during  an  average  winter  period  of  154.6- days 
wnder  the  conditions  of  this  Investigation  was  more  than  twice  the  cost  of  pas- 


19181  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  169 

turing  them  for  210.3  days.  The  total  cost  of  maintaining  a  beef  cow  in  the 
Shorthorn  lot  was  .$33.54,  and  in  the  Aberdeen-Angus  lot,  .$34.11. 

The  breeding  results  of  the  experiment  indicated  that  the  most  important 
single  factor  for  success  in  profitable  beef  production  was  regularity  of  the 
cows  in  producing  calves.  Under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment,  70  per 
cent  calves  cost  ,$49.73  and  had  a  market  value  of  .$50.40,  while  80  per  cent 
calves  were  produced  at  6.1  cts.  per  pound. 

The  period  of  gestation  was  285  days  in  both  lots.  In  lot  1  the  calves  averaged 
75.27  lbs.  at  birth  and  671.6  lbs.  at  twelve  months  of  age,  while  the  heifers  at 
twenty-four  months  of  age  averaged  991.6  lbs.  In  lot  2  the  calves  averaged 
68.36  lbs.  at  birth  and  588.8  lbs.  at  twelve  months,  while  the  heifers  at  twenty- 
four  months  of  age  averaged  905  lbs.  The  number  of  services  per  pregnancy 
in  lot  1  was  1.63  times  and  in  lot  2,  1.43  times. 

Heifers  at  thirty  months  of  age  for  breeding  purposes  cost  less  than  their 
market  value  as  beef.  The  steers  were  of  better  grade  tlian  steers  purcliased 
for  ft'Cding  purposes  by  tlie  college  in  the  fall  of  1913  and  co.sting  7.45  cts.  per 
pound  when  placed  in  the  feed  lot. 

The  investigation  indicates  that  beef  production  can  be  made  profitable 
under  present  Pennsylvania  conditions  where  the  breeding  herd  is  maintained 
largely  on  roughage  during  the  winter  and  on  pasture  during  the  siunmer,  when 
cattle  of  insured  beef  type  are  used,  and  when  more  than  70  per  cent  calves  are 
rai.sed  annually. 

Shorthorn  cattle,  A.  H.  Sanders  (Chicago:  Sanders  Publishinf/  Co.,  1916. 
pp.  840,  pis.  61,  figs.  S). — This  book  is  a  very  comprehensive  treatise  on  the 
origin  and  development  of  the  Shorthorn  breed  of  cattle,  and  their  introduction, 
progress,  and  future  in  the  United  States. 

Twinning  in  cattle,  with  special  reference  to  the  free  martin,  L.  J,  Cole 
(Abs.  in  Science,  n.  scr.,  JfS  (1916),  No.  1101,  pp.  177,  178).— A  .study  of  .303 
multiple  births  in  cattle  showed  43  cases  as  homosexual  male,  105  cases  recorded 
as  heterosexual  (male  and  female),  88  cases  as  homosexual  female,  and  7 
cases  of  triplets,  a  ratio  of  twins  of  approximately  1:4:2,  instead  of  the 
expected  1:2:1.  The  expectation  is  brought  more  nearly  into  harmony  with 
the  facts  by  assuming  that  in  addition  to  ordinary  fraternal  (dizygotic)  twins, 
there  are  numbers  of  "  identical  "  (monozygotic)  twins  of  both  sexes,  and  that 
while  in  the  case  of  females  these  are  both  normal,  in  the  case  of  a  dividing 
male  zygote  to  form  two  individuals  in  one  of  them  the  sexual  organs  remain 
in  the  undifferentiated  stage,  so  that  the  animal  superficially  resembles  a  female 
and  is  ordinarily  recorded  as  such,  although  it  is  barren.  The  records  for 
monozygotic  twins  accordingly  go  to  increase  the  homosexual  female  and  the 
heterosexual  classes,  while  the  homosexual  male  class,  in  which  part  of  them 
really  belong,  does  not  receive  any  increment. 

The  theory  of  the  free  martin,  F.  R.  Lillie  (Science,  n.  set:,  43  (1916),  No. 
1113,  pp.  611-613). — A  preliminary  report  of  embryological  investigations  of 
the  subject  in  which  the  author  takes  exception  to  the  theory  supported  by  Cole 
(see  above)  that  the  sterile  free  martin  is  really  a  male  cozygotic  with  its  mate. 

An  anatomical  classification  of  41  cases  of  bovine  twins,  all  examined  in 
utero,  gave  a  ratio  of  145  5  :  21  5  9  :  69  $.  It  is  concluded  from  the  examina- 
tion of  these  41  cases  that  about  97.5  per  cent  of  bovine  twins  are  monochorial, 
but  in  spite  of  this  nearly  all  are  dizygotic.  In  cattle  a  twin  pregnancy  is 
almost  always  a  result  of  the  fertilization  of  an  ovum  from  each  ovary.  The 
rapid  elongating  ova  meet  and  fuse  and  the  blood  vessels  of  the  two  circula- 
tions anastomose  so  that  a  constant  interchange  of  blood  takes  place.  "  If 
both  are  males  or  both  are  females  no  harm  results  from  this ;  but  if  one  is 


]^70  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

male  and  the  other  female,  the  reproductive  system  of  the  female  is  largely 
suppressed,  and  certain  male  organs  even  develop  in  the  female.  This  is  unques- 
tionably to  be  interpreted  as  a  case  of  hormone  action."  The  author  states 
that  fertile  free  martins  in  cattle  may  be  due  to  a  monochorial  condition  in 
which  the  circulation  of  each  fetus  is  closed. 

Caracul  sheep,  F.  R.  Marshall,  L.  L.  Heller,  and  V.  O.  McWhorter  ( U.  S. 
Dcpt.  Ayr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  2/,S-262,  pis.  12).— This  article  treats  of  the  breed 
characteristics  of  caracul  sheep,  their  introduction  into  the  United  States  and 
other  countries,  breeding  methods,  time  and  method  of  removing  "the  skins,  and 
classes  of  fur. 

In  experiments  in  crossing  caracul  rams  and  ewes  of  other  breeds,  conducted 
by  this  Department,  poor  results  were  obtained  from  the  use  of  Cheviot  and 
Merino  ewes,  thus  indicating  that  none  of  the  fine  or  medium  wool  breeds  are 
likely  to  have  much  value  in  the  production  of  fur-bearing  lambs.  Somewhat 
better  results  were  obtained  with  Cotswold  ewes.  Crosses  made  with  Barbados 
ewes  gave  skins  of  an  inferior  grade. 

Fifteen  lialf-bred  caracul-Barbados  yearling  ewes  were  bred  to  an  imported 
caracul  ram,  with  considerable  variation  in  the  character  of  the  offspring. 
Experiments  were  also  conducted  in  crossing  half-bred  caracul  rams  and 
Barbados  ewes.  The  results  were  not  altogether  satisfactory,  and  it  is  con- 
cluded that  there  is  little  prospect  of  securing  marketable  skins  by  breeding 
half-bred  rams  to  ewes  of  any  class.  However,  it  is  stated  that  a  ram  having 
one-half  caracul  blood  will  add  to  a  Hock  an  infusion  of  the  body  features 
which  this  breed  shows  and  will  in  a  small  measure  and  at  low  cost  improve 
a  flock  that  is  to  be  later  bred  up  for  fur  production. 

Observations  show  that  the  value  of  the  skins  may  be  often  greatly  lessened 
by  allowing  the  lambs  to  reach  too  great  an  age.  Occasionally  a  skin  will  im- 
prove in  luster  during  the  first  few  days  after  birth.  It  was  found  that  in 
most  cases  the  curl  retained  its  original  closeness  until  the  third  day,  and  that 
in  about  one-half  the  skins  it  had  begun  to  open  on  the  fifth  day,  while  on  the 
ninth  day  it  had  opened  considerably.  The  luster  improved  in  most  cases  up  to 
the  fifth  day,  the  change  being  most  marked  in  skins  having  a  poor  luster  at 
birth. 

Lamb-breeding  tests,  H.  C.  Wilson  and  A.  J.  Whelan  {Jour.  Dept.  Agr. 
Victoria,  1/f  {1D16),  No.  3,  pp.  129-137,  figs.  7). — This  reports  a  series  of  experi- 
ments conducted  at  the  State  Research  Farm,  Werribee,  to  determine  the  most 
profitable  type  of  lamb  to  raise  for  export  purposes  and  local  trade. 

First  cross  Lincoln  INIerino  ewes  of  uniform  quality  were  selected,  and  these 
were  mated  with  representative  rams  of  different  breeds.  The  average  hunbing 
percentages  for  three  years  were  Lincoln  92.3,  Border  Leicester  87.16.  Dorset 
Horn  90.3,  Shropshire  84,  and  Southdown  89.5,  with  English  Leicester  91  as 
an  average  for  two  years. 

At  seventeen  weeks  the  wether  lambs  of  each  of  these  crosses  were  weaned 
and  sold  in  the  market.     The  ewe  lambs  from  each  cross  were  retained  for 
three  weeks  after  the  sale  of  the  wethers  and  shorn,  and  the  fleeces  were  classed 
and  valued. 
The  data  for  the  three  years  are  given  in  detail. 

A  peculiar  breed  of  goats,  J.  J.  Hooper  (Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1112, 
p.  57/).— An  accoxmt  of  a  breed  of  goats  raised  in  central  and  eastern  Tennos.see. 
It  is  stated  that  when  suddenly  frightened  the  hind  legs  become  stiff  and  the 
animal  jumps  along  until  it  recovers  and  trots  off  normally,  or  if  greatly 
friglitened  the  front  legs  become  stiff  also  and  the  goat  falls  to  the  ground  in  a 
rigid  condition.  They  have  received  the  name  of  "  stiff-legged  "  or  "  sensitive  " 
goats. 


1916] 


ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 


171 


[Pig-feeding  experiments],  M.  J.  Ckonin  iDci)t.  Agr.  and  Tech.  Instr.  Ire- 
land, Dept.  Com.  Irish  Pig-Breedin(j  Indus.,  Minutes  of  Evidence,  etc.,  1915,  p. 
19). — A  comparison  of  cooked  and  uncooked  meals  for  42-Ib.  pigs  favored  the 
latter. 

Further  developments  in  ovariotomized  fowl,  H.  D.  Goodale  (Biol.  Bui. 
Mar.  Biol.  Lah.  V/oods  Hole,  30  (1916),  No.  Jf.  pp.  286-293) .—The  development 
of  several  castrated  Brown  Leshorn  females  is  described. 

These  individuals  developed  male  plumage  and  other  male  characters. 
After  a  time,  however,  certain  changes  in  the  plumage  of  some  individuals  took 
place,  best  described  as  a  change  to  or  toward  the  female  type,  as  the  case 
might  be.  Still  later  the  plumage  changed  again  to  or  toward  the  male  type. 
An  examination  showed  that  no  regeneration  of  the  ovary  had  occurred  in 
these  individuals,  but  that  instead  an  organ  sui  generis  had  grown.  A  por- 
tion of  the  organ  was  removed  from  each  bird  and  sectioned,  and  its  structure 
found  to  be  clearly  neither  that  of  the  ovary  nor  that  of  the  testes.  The  exact 
natm-e  of  these  organs  has  not  been  determined,  but  their  structure  suggested 
that  they  have  some  relation  to  the  epididymis. 

The  simultaneous  administration  of  pituitary  and  thyTnus  to  growing 
chicks,  S.  S.  Maxwell  {Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Physiol.,  5  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  5-8). — 
The  results  of  these  experiments  show  that  in  the  early  stages  of  growth  the 
pituitary  feeding  exerts  a  retarding  influence  which  is  more  marked  when  a 
larger  amount  is  administered,  and  that  this  retarding  effect  is  not  prevented 
by  the  simultaneous  administration  of  thymus  substance.  When  the  birds  were 
killed  and  weighings  made  of  the  ovary  and  testes,  adrenals,  thymus,  thyroid, 
heart,  and  spleen,  no  constant  difference  was  found  between  the  pituitary-fed 
birds  and  the  controls,  except  in  the  case  of  the  thymus,  which,  despite  the 
thymus  administered,  was  much  smaller  in  the  pituitary-fed  birds  than  in  the 
controls.  It  is  deemed  probable  that  in  these  experiments  the  retardation  of 
growth  of  the  thymus  and  of  increase  in  body  weight  are  both  due  to  the 
effect  of  the  pituitary  substance. 

Experiments  with  laying  hens,  W.  J.  Buss  (Ohio.  Sta.  Bui.  291  (1916),  pp. 
185-217). — A  series  of  experiments  was  conducted  to  compare  the  egg  produc- 
tion of  hens  kept  in  close  conlinement  with  that  of  hens  allowed  practically 
free  range.     The  following  table  summarizes  the  three  experiments : 

Range  v.  confinement  for  laying  hens. 


I"  a: 

Condition. 

Dura- 
tion. 

Average 
number 
in  lot. 

Mortal- 
ity. 

Gainer 
loss  in 
weight 
per  hen. 

Cost  of 

feed 
per  hen. 

Eggs  per 
hen. 

Cost  of 

feed  per 

dozen 

eggs. 

Value  of 

eggs 
per  hen. 

1 
1 

2 
2 
3 
3 

Confined 

On  range 

Confined 

On  range 

Confined 

On  range 

Days. 

882 
882 
728 
728 
364 
364 

85 
96 
61 
54 
91 
t3 

Per  ct. 
23.23 
15.53 
17.50 

■  12.30 
20.00 
21.80 

Pound. 
-0.16 
-  .09 
-f  .02 
+  .04 
4-  .41 
+  .47 

$1.96 
1.97 
1.69 
1.74 
.74 
.79 

241 
278 
244 
316 
SO 
129 

C  nts. 
9.75 
8.49 
8.31 
6. 59 
9. 9) 
7.30 

$4.22 
4.85 
4.57 
6.01 
1.69 
2.4 

Experiments  were  conducted  to  determine  whether  rations  containing  a 
large  variety  of  feeds  give  an  increase  in  returns  sufficient  to  justify  the 
extra  trouble  and  expense  involved  in  providing  them.  Lot  1  received  shelled 
corn  and  a  mash  composed  of  ground  corn  and  meat  scrap  about  8:5;  lot  2, 
shelled  corn  and  a  mash  composed  of  ground  corn,  bran,  and  meat  scrap;  and 
lot  3,  shelled  corn,  wiieat,  and  oats,  and  a  mash  composed  in  one  test  of 
47580°— 16 6 


172 


EXPEKIMENT   STATION    EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


ground  corn,  bran,  and  meat  scrap  10 :  10 :  7  and  in  the  other  of  ground  corn, 
hrau,  middlings,  oil  meat,  and  meat  scrap  3:4:4:1:2.  The  results  of  the  two 
experiments  are  summarized  in  the  following  table: 

Variety  and  simple  rations  for  laying  hens. 


3 

PI 

a 

^ 

3 

w 

0 

Days. 

1 

1,047 

1 

1,047 

1 

1,047 

2 

672 

2 

672 

2 

672 

Lot. 


1 
2 
3 
1 
2 
3 


Average 
number 
in  lot. 


Mor- 
tality. 


Percent. 
29.2 
37.5 
33.3 
20.0 
32.0 
8.0 


Gain  in 

weight 

per 

hon. 


Pound. 
0.48 
.53 
.34 
.36 
.36 
.11 


Cost  of 
feed 
per 
hen. 


$2.27 
2.19 
2.77 
1.35 
1.35 
1.84 


Eggs  per 
hen. 


351 
293 
371 
186 
190 
202 


Cost 
Of 

feed 

per 

dozen 

eggs. 


Cents. 
7.74 
8.99 
8.98 
8.73 
8.54 
10.96 


Value 

of 

eggs 

per 

hen. 


$6.45 
5.28 
6.88 
3.44 
3.50 
3.82 


In  an  experiment  conducted  for  364  days  to  study  the  effect  of  rations  con- 
taining approximately  10,  15,  and  20  per  cent  of  protein  upon  the  rate  and 
economy  of  egg  production  by  pullets,  the  grain  mixture  for  all  lots  was  made 
up  of  shelled  corn  and  wheat  3 : 1.  The  mash  mixtures  for  the  different  lots 
were  composed  of  ground  corn,  bran,  and  meat  scrap  in  the  following  propor- 
tions :  Lot  1,  11 :  3  : 1 ;  lot  2,  6 :  3 :  6 ;  lot  3,  1 :  3  :  11. 

The  results  are  summarized  in  the  following  table : 


Effect  of  varying  the  protein  content  of  rations  for  pullets. 


Lot. 

Protein 

content 
of  ration. 

Breed. 

Average 
number 
in  lot. 

Mortal- 
ity 

Gain  or 
loss  in 
weight 

per 
pullet. 

Cost  of 
feed  per 
pullet. 

Eggs  per 
pullet. 

Cost  of 

feed  per 

dozen 

eggs. 

Value  of 
eggs  pe  r 
pullet. 

1 
2 

Per  cent. 
10 
15 
20 
10 

15 

20 

B.  P.  Rocks... 
do 

52 
51 

51 

68 

57 

58 

Per  cent. 

28.8 

24.6 

33.9 

8.3 

13.3 
6.7 

Pound. 
+0.55 
+  .60 
+  .84 
+  .17 

-  .19 
+  .02 

$0.90 

1.17 

1.25 

.66 

.85 
.97 

105 
158 
124 
93 

142 
133 

Cents. 
10.26 

8.88 
12.16 

8.51 

7.17 

8.79 

$1.99 
2.98 
2.30 
1.70 

2.63 
2.44 

3 
1 

7. 

do 

White      Leg- 
horns. 
do 

a 

do 

Feeding  acorns  to  fowls,  A.  Hink  (Deut.  Tierdrstl.  Wchnschr.,  23  {1015), 
No.  22,  p.  169;  abs.  in  Deut.  Landio.  Tierzucht,  19  (1915),  No.  29,  pp.  228,  229).— 
Acorns  were  decorticated,  pounded,  and  dried,  mixed  with  bran  and  sugar,  and 
30  gm.  daily  per  fowl  added  to  the  ordinary  feed  mixture. 

The  result  was  a  decrease  in  egg  laying,  culminating  in  complete  cessation. 
The  ycjlk  of  the  eggs  was  covered  with  a  dirty  colored  brown  membrane,  the 
interior  of  the  yolk  also  being  affected.  It  is  thought  that  these  results  are  due 
to  the  tannin  contained  in  the  acorns.  The  albumin  taunate  formed  in  the 
digestive  tract  passes  in  the  form  of  tannate  of  albumin  and  tannate  of  soda 
Into  the  blood,  where  fresh  tannin  is  liberated,  and  exercises  its  astringent 
action  upon  the  capillaries  of  the  ovary.  The  brownish  color  of  the  yolk  of  the 
egg  is  due  to  oxidation. 

Poultry  manag'ement;  care  of  breeding-  stock  and  chicks,  E.  .1.  Peterson 
{North  Dakota  Hta.  Circ.  11  (1916),  pp.  10,  figs.  4).-A  general  discussion  of 
methods  of  poultry  management 


1916]  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  173 

A  study  of  the  preparation  of  frozen  and  dried  eggs  in  the  producing  sec- 
tion, Mary  E.  Pennington,  M.  K.  Jenkins,  W.  A.  Stocking  et  al.  ( JJ.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  Bui.  224  (.1916),  pp.  99,  pis.  17.  figs.  7).— Descriptions  and  laboratory  find- 
ings as  to  the  various  types  of  eggs  occurring  in  the  egg-breaking  season  have 
been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  570).  Details  of  the  practical  application 
of  the  principles  of  construction  and  equipment  of  egg-breaking  establishments, 
observations  in  the  packing  house,  the  organization  of  candling  room,  breaking 
room,  and  wash  room  in  accordance  with  suggestions  made  for  improvement, 
and  the  laboratory  findings  in  samples  of  the  commercial  product  are  correlated, 
discussed,  and  summarized  in  the  present  bulletin. 

It  was  found  in  this  study,  carried  on  at  a  number  of  commercial  egg-breaking 
houses  in  1911  and  1912,  that  eggs  commonly  used  for  breaking  stock  by  reputable 
firms  are  the  small  and  oversized  eggs,  dirty  and  cracked  eggs,  and  shrunken 
eggs.  To  check  deterioration  the  eggs  should  be  held  in  chilled  surroundings 
before  and  during  the  process  of  candling,  breaking,  and  mixing  preparatory 
to  freezing  or  drying. 

All  eggs,  even  during  the  spring  months,  should  be  candled  previous  to  break- 
ing. In  order  to  insure  well-candled  eggs  going  to  the  breakage  room  the  sys- 
tem of  candling  should  be  such  that  the  work  of  the  individual  candlers  is 
checked,  and  to  prevent  waste  the  eggs  difficult  to  grade  should  be  set  aside  by 
the  regular  candlers  to  be  recandled  by  an  expert.  All  eggs  used  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  frozen  and  dried  eggs  should  be  graded  out  of  the  shell  as  well  as  by 
the  candle,  because  certain  heavily  infected  eggs,  such  as  sour  eggs  and  eggs 
with  green  whites,  can  only  be  detected  when  broken. 

In  order  to  insure  a  good  product,  bacterial  cleanliness  and  careful  grading 
must  be  obtained  during  the  process  of  preparation.  The  fingers  of  the  break- 
ers should  be  kept  dry  and  clean.  Not  more  than  three  eggs  should  be  broken 
into  a  cup  before  emptying,  and  good  eggs  should  not  be  saved  when  a  bad  egg 
has  been  broken  into  a  cup  with  them.  White  and  yolk  are  contaminated  less 
by  the  mechanical  than  by  the  shell  method  of  separation,  and  only  clean  eggs 
should  be  separated  by  the  latter  process. 

The  percentage  of  "  rots  "  rejected  on  candling  and  the  organisms  in  the 
liquid  egg  saved  increases  as  the  season  advances. 

Canned  eggs  with  the  majority  of  samples  having  counts  of  less  than  5,000,000 
bacteria  per  gram,  and  with  100,000  Bacillus  coll  or  less  can  be  prepared  in  the 
producing  section  from  regular  breaking  stock,  provided  strict  cleanliness  and 
careful  grading  have  been  observed.  The  ammoniacal  nitrogen  will  very  sel- 
dom be  over  0.0024  per  cent  on  the  wet  basis  or  0.00S7  per  cent  on  the  dry  basis. 
The  amount  of  ammoniacal  nitrogen  in  desiccated  egg,  however,  is  not  deemed  a 
reliable  index  to  the  quality  of  the  raw  material  from  which  it  is  prepared,  be- 
cause this  substance  is  volatilized  unevenly  during  the  process  of  desiccation. 

A  second-grade  frozen  product  sometimes  prepared  from  eggs  showing  incipi- 
ent decomposition  to  the  senses,  such  as  "  beginning  sours "  and  eggs  with 
green  whites,  was  foimd  not  only  heavily  infected  but  chemically  decomposed 
and  unfit  for  food  purposes.  Only  two  grades  of  canned  eggs  should  be  pre- 
pared when  grading  eggs  out  of  the  shell,  viz,  food  egg  and  tanners'  egg.  Leak- 
ing eggs  handled  on  special  trays  between  candling  and  breaking  room  and 
graded  carefully  are  as  fit  for  breaking  as  regular  breaking  stock.  Tanners' 
egg  contains  markedly  larger  numbers  of  bacteria  and  larger  amounts  of  ammo- 
niacal nitrogen  than  does  food  egg. 

The  control  of  the  supply  of  air  to  drying  belts  to  prevent  saturation  from 
the  liquid  egg  is  an  important  factor  in  preventing  multiplication  of  bacteria 
in  the  product  during  the  process  of  desiccation. 


174  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

The  following  eggs  should  be  discarded  during  grading :  Black,  white,  mixed, 
and  sour  rots,  eggs  with  green  whites,  eggs  with  stuck  yollvs,  musty  eggs,  uioldy 
eggs,  "  blood  rings,"  eggs  containing  diffuse  blood,  and  eggs  with  abnormal  odor. 
An  appendix  gives  details  of  the  conditions  observed  in  the  various  establish- 
ments studied. 

The  bacterial  infection  of  fresh  eggs,  P.  B.  Hadley  and  Dokothy  W.  Cald- 
well {Rhode  Island  Sta.  Bid.  164  U916),  pp.  3-70,  figs.  3).— After  a  historical 
resume  of  investigations  on  the  bacterial  infection  of  eggs  this  bulletin  takes 
up  a  report  of  experiments  begun  in  1911.  The  results  of  the  study  are  sum- 
marized as  follows : 

Of  2,520  fresh  eggs  examined  by  the  indirect  method  8.7  per  cent  showed 
bacterial  infection  in  the  yolk.  None  of  the  111  whites  examined  showed  in- 
fection, while  the  yolks  of  the  same  eggs  gave  a  percentage  slightly  less  (4.5 
per  cent)  than  the  average  for  the  series  (7.7).  The  percentage  of  infection 
obtained  for  individual  hens  per  year  varied  between  2.8  and  15,  the  average 
being  9.  No  hen  laid  all  sterile  eggs  during  any  full  year.  No  correlation  was 
observed  between  percentage  of  infection  and  hatchability,  or  between  the 
percentage  of  infection  and  the  fecundity,  age  of  the  hens,  or  season  of  the 
year.  The  percentage  of  infection  for  infertile  and  for  fertilized  eggs  was 
essentially  the  same.  The  nature  of  the  infecting  organisms  occurring  in  the 
eggs  was  briefly  studied,  and  40  bacterial  types  were  obtained,  including  11 
cocci,  28  rods,  and  1  spirillum. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  most  probable  source  of  primary  egg  infection  is  the 
ovaries  of  the  fowl,  which  become  infected  by  bacteria  escaping  through  the 
intestinal  wall  into  the  portal  circulation.  The  nature  of  the  bacterial  species 
occurring  in  the  primary  infection  makes  clear  the  fact  that  primary  infection 
plays  no  rule  in  bringing  about  the  decomposition  of  eggs.  For  the  factors  de- 
termining this  result  we  must  look  mainly  to  the  secondary  infections.  The 
nature  and  extent  of  the  normal  primary  infection  stands  in  no  causal  relation 
to  embryo  mortality  in  incubating  eggs,  and  losses  in  "  dead-in-sliell "  eggs  can 
not  be  explained  on  these  grounds. 

A  bibliography  of  literature  cited  is  given. 

DAIRY  FAEMING— DAIEYING. 

The  value  of  rav/,  steamed,  and  ensiled  raw  and  steamed  potatoes  for  milk 
production,  W.  Voltz  and  W.  Dietrich  (Landiv.  JaJirb.,  48  {lOJS),  No.  4.  PP- 
535-56!)). — Potatoes  prepared  in  various  ways  were  tested  as  a  supplement  to 
a  l)asal  ration  of  meadow  hay,  oat  straw,  and  brewers'  grains. 

Steamed  potatoes  and  ensiled  raw  potatoes  had  little  effect  on  the  milk  yield, 
but  material  gains  were  obtained  from  the  feeding  of  ensiled  steamed  potatoes. 
The  highest  milk  yield  was  obtained  from  raw  potatoes  and  was  2.5  times  the 
yield  from  steamed  potatoes. 

With  all  four  preparations  the  fat  and  dry-matter  contents  of  the  milk  were 
increased,  (he  fat  content  being  especially  high  with  the  raw  ensiled  and  the 
steamed  potatoes.  The  greater  quantity  of  protein  and  fat-free  dry  matter 
were  obtained  from  raw  potatoes,  followed  by  ensiled  steamed  and  steamed  po- 
tatoes. 

Mangolds  or  swede  turnips  for  dairy  cows,  J.  J.  Dunne  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr. 
[London^,  23  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  58-65).— Comparisons  were  made  at  the  Danish 
State  Experimental  Laboratory  of  the  feeding  value  of  swede  turnips  and 
mangolds  for  dairy  cows.  The  average  daily  milk  yield  of  the  mangold-fed 
cows  was  .30.73  lbs.  and  for  the  turnip-fed  cows,  31.46  lbs.,  while  the  fat  per- 
centages were  3.06  and  3.01,  re.spectively.    Little  or  no  difference  in  the  nutritive 


1916]  DAIRY    FARMING DAIRYING.  175 

value  of  roots  of  different  percentages  of  solids  was  disclosed  by  the  experi- 
ments, when  these  were  used  in  conformity  with  their  content  of  solids. 

Nutritive  value  and  digestibility  of  Juncus  effusus  and  Scirpus  lacustris 
used  as  litter,  N.  von  EirrzuoRFF-KuPFi-EU  {Landw.  Jahrb.,  48  (1915),  No.  3,  pp. 
J/29-487). — In  digestion  experiments  with  rabbits  it  was  found  that  ./.  cfju-ms 
when  freed  from  fat  was  readily  eaten  by  the  animals  but  was  not  well  digested. 

Feeding  experiments  with  milch  cows  showed  that  a  daily  ration  of  13  lbs.  of 
S.  lacustris  hay  had  no  bad  effect  upon  their  healtli  but  that  the  milk  yield  was 
decreased  even  if  as  lov>^  as  4.5  lbs.  per  head  were  fed.  The  percentages  of  the 
fat  and  total  solids  of  the  milk  were  not  altered  but  the  absolute  quantity  of 
these  constituents  was  decreased.  Feeding  S.  lacustris  hay  did  not  change 
the  consistency,  flavor,  taste,  or  color  of  the  butter  but  the  Reichert-IMeissl 
number  was  decreased  and  the  iodin  value  increased. 

The  author  considers  these  two  plants  to  be  of  considerable  value  as  litter. 

Cooling  milk,  H.  E.  Ross  and  T.  J.  McInerney  {Cornell  Reading  Courses,  5 
{1915),  No.  102,  pp.  55-71,  figs.  6). — Tiiis  pamphlet  treats  of  methods  of  cooling 
milk  and  types  of  coolers. 

The  results  of  experiments  indicate  tliat  the  bacteria  content  of  milk  held 
at  a  temperature  of  50°  F.  increases  slowly,  while  that  of  milk  held  at  90° 
increases  i^ipidly  whether  the  milk  had  either  a  small  or  a  laige  number  of 
bacteria  in  it  originally. 

Cooling  milk  by  placing  the  cans  in  a  tank  of  ice  water  is  deemed  a  practical 
method  for  use  on  farm  dairies.  To  cool  the  milk  rapidly  it  must  be  stirred  at 
fx'equent  intervals,  but  stirring  every  5  minutes  caused  a  sufficiently  rapid  drop 
in  temperature  and  the  difference  from  stirring  at  intervals  of  10  minutes  was 
very  slight.  When  suflxcient  quantities  of  ice  were  used  stirring  the  water  in 
the  cooling  tank  had  little  effect  on  the  rapidity  of  cooling. 

In  order  to  obtain  the  highest  efficiency  from  the  conical  type  of  cooler  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  to  stir  the  water  inside  the  cooler.  Lower  temperatures 
can  be  obtained  by  using  brine  and  ice  than  with  ice  water  alone. 

Artificial  refrigeration  {Milk  Dealer,  5  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  26,  30).— From  milk 
plant  surveys  made  by  the  Dairy  Division  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, data  were  obtained  on  the  cost  of  ice  in  plants  where  no  refrigerating 
machines  were  used,  and  on  the  cost  of  operating  the  machines  in  plants  where 
they  were  used.  These  figures  were  obtained  from  some  of  the  smaller-sized 
plants  in  the  east  North  Central  States,  and  in  all  cases  electric  power  was  used 
for  operating  the  compressor,  so  that  very  reliable  costs  could  be  obtained  on 
this  item.  The  power  also  included,  in  many  cases,  the  amount  used  in  operat- 
ing the  pasteurizer,  bottle  washer,  etc.  Some  of  the  plants  bought  a  small 
amount  of  ice  for  the  delivery  wagons.  The  overhead  expense  on  the  machine 
was  figured  at  16  per  cent  on  the  cost,  6  per  cent  interest  on  the  money  invested, 
and  10  per  cent  depreciation. 

The  average  cost  per  year  per  gallon  of  daily  capacity  of  plant  in  thirteen 
plants  using  artificial  refrigeration  was  $1.44.  Tlie  average  cost  in  nine  plants 
using  ice  was  $2.25.  It  is  pointed  out,  however,  that  these  figures  do  not  neces- 
.sarily  indicate  that  it  is  more  economical  for  all  plants  to  use  artificial  re- 
frigeration, as  the  size  of  the  plant  and  individual  conditions  must  be  deter- 
mined by  each  dealer  for  himself. 

A  new  method  for  the  destruction  of  bacteria  in  large  volumes  of  milk  by- 
means  of  electricity,  F.  C.  Lewis  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London'^,  22  {1916),  No.  12, 
pp.  1229-1238,  i)ls.  2,  fig.  1). — A  method  of  destroying  baetei-ia  in  milk  by  means 
of  electricity  is  descril)ed.  The  essential  feature  of  the  method  consists  in 
passing  a  suitable  current  of  electricity  through  the  milk  during  its  passage 


2^76  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

through  a  tube  connecting  a  container  with  a  receiving  vessel.  The  electric 
current  so  acts  that  the  major  portion  of  all  bacteria  in  the  milk  is  killed,  and 
no  chemical  alteration  in  the  milk  so  treated  has  been  observed. 

Judged  from  the  standpoint  of  the  percentage  reduction,  the  electrical  method 
gave  highly  satisfactory  results  (over  99.9  per  cent)  as  well  as  from  the  stand- 
point of  the  presence  of  Bacillus  coli  (or  manurial  contamination). 

The  results  of  feeding  tubercle-bacilli-containing  milk,  treated  and  untreated, 
to  guinea  pigs  also  indicated  that  the  electrical  treatment  is  an  effective  de- 
stroyer of  the  tubercle  bacilli. 

It  is  stated  that  even  in  the  hottest  weather  the  milk  is  perfectly  fresh  for 
three  or  four  days  after  treatment.  The  change  which  ultimately  takes  place 
is  a  characteristic  one,  viz,  a  mild,  pleasant,  acid  reaction  and  flavor.  The 
putrefaction  which  is  noticeable  so  often  in  stale  steam  "  sterilized  "  milk  has 
never  been  observed.  Milk  treated  by  this  electrical  process  is  deemed  per- 
fectly suitable  as  a  medium  for  the  action  of  culture  ferments. 

The  electrical  treatment  of  milk  for  infant  feeding,  J.  M.  Beattie  {Jour. 
State  Med.,  24  {1916),  No.  4,  pp-  97-113,  fiys.  4).— Experimental  data  are  given 
which  indicate  that  a  rapidly  alternating  current  of  electricity  is  efficient  in 
reducing  the  bacterial  content  of  milk  to  a  minimum  without  impairing 
the  chemical  constitution  of  the  milk.  Bacteriological  tests  of  treated  and  un- 
treated milk,  supplemented  by  animal  inoculation  experiments,  showed  that 
disease-producing  bacteria,  including  Bacillus  tuherciilosis,  were  destroyed  by 
the  method.  "  The  milk  is  not  sterilized  in  the  strictest  sense  of  the  word,  but 
there  is  a  reduction  in  the  total  number  of  bacteria  by  99.93  per  cent,  and 
.  .  .  the  milk  v/ill  keep  perfectly  sweet  for  at  least  three  or  four  days  after 
treatment.  .  .  .  The  taste  is  not  in  any  way  altered."  In  the  author's  opinion, 
this  milk  is  perfectly  satisfactory  as  a  food  for  infants. 

Scoring'  of  milk  and  cream,  W.  M.  Esten  and  Christie  J.  Mason  {Connecti- 
cut Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  S3  {1915),  p.  135). — S,tandards  used  in  the  scoring  of  milk 
and  cream  for  acidity  and  bacterial  count  in  a  dairyman's  contest  are  given,  and 
the  results  briefly  reported. 

The  production  of  first-grade  cream  in  Oklahoma,  R.  C.  Potts  {Oklahoma 
Sta.  Bui.  lOS  {1916),  pp.  3-11,  figs.  5).— The  topics  discussed  in  this  bulletin 
are  the  requirements  for  producing  first-grade  cream,  the  necessity  of  low 
temperature,  acidity  of  mixed  cream,  agencies  for  keeping  cream  cold,  cooling 
cream  with  well  water,  and  insulated  refrigerator  cream  tanks.  Charts  and 
a  table  show  the  reUition  of  temperature  and  age  of  cream  to  the  development 
of  acidity  in  each  separate  skimming. 

Tests  and  comparisons  of  commercial  lactic  starters,  Christie  J.  Mason 
{Connecticut  Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  83  {1915),  pp.  112-125).— Thm  reports  tests  and 
comparisons  made  of  six  commercial  starters,  the  strongest  and  most  uniform 
of  which  is  reported  as  Ericsson's  milk  culture. 

It  Is  stated  that  transferring  milk  cultures  of  B.  lactis  acidi  daily  will  in 
most  cases  increase  the  activity  of  the  bacteria.  Those  not  sufficiently  active 
after  the  fourth  or  fifth  transfer  are  of  doubtful  value.  Cultures  intended 
for  use  as  starters  should  be  propagated  at  as  low  a  temperature  as  is  used 
for  ripening  tlie  milk  or  cream.  Results  of  the  experiments  made  indicate 
that  the  kinds  of  media  best  adapted  for  the  long  keeping  of  this  class  of 
lactic  organisms  are  milk  with  calcium  carbonate  added  and  standard  bouillon 
containing  1  per  cent  of  saccharose.  Sealing  tubes  with  paraffin  assists  in 
maiiitainmg  the  activity  of  cultures  kept  for  long  periods  of  time. 

Ice  cream.  Evaporated  milk  {Maine  Sta.  Off.  Insp.  76  {1916),  pp.  9-20).— 
Analyses  are  given  of  various  brands  of  evaporated  and  condensed  milk  and 
notes  on  the  examination  of  ice  cream. 


1916]  DAIRY    FARMING DAIRYING.  177 

Bacterial  studies  of  Camembert  cheese,  W.  M.  Esten  and  Christie  J.  Mason 
(Connecticut  Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  83  (1915),  pp.  103-111). — In  bacterial  examina- 
tions of  Camembert  clieese  from  many  different  sources  it  was  found  that  the 
highest  numbers  of  bacteria  were  usually  found  about  the  third  day,  after 
wliich  the  numbers  decreased,  and  most  rapidly  between  the  seventh  and 
eleventh  days.  With  fluctuations  the  numbers  decreased  gradually  until  the 
cheeses  were  ripe.  In  the  majority  of  cases  99  per  cent  or  more  of  the  bac- 
teria in  the  interior  of  the  cheese  were  of  the  lactic  acid  type.  The  propor- 
tion of  liquefying  types  was  small,  especially  where  a  starter  was  used,  as 
was  generally  done. 

In  a  comparison  of  the  types  of  Bacterium  lactis  acidi  found  in  European 
and  American  cheeses,  the  European  form  made  somewhat  larger  colonies  in 
litmus  lactose  gelatin  plates  and  grew  on  the  surface,  while  the  American  form 
was  always  found  below  the  surface.  The  European  form  grew  more  abund- 
antly on  agar  slants  and  in  bouillon.  Milk  soured  with  cultures  of  the  two 
forms  developed  no  noticeable  difference  in  flavor  or  odor  either  when  first 
curdled  or  when  kept  for  four  weeks  at  the  temperature  used  for  ripening 
cheese.  Cheeses  made -with  starters  of  these  two  types  showed  no  real  dif- 
ference in  flavor. 

Practically  every  cheese  tested  showed  the  presence  of  yeasts.  They  were 
most  abundant  on  the  surface,  but  were  uniformly  found  in  the  curd.  Rarely 
the  numbers  reached  several  millions  per  gram,  but  in  most  cases  there  were 
only  a  few  thousands  per  gram,  the  highest  numbers  being  usually  foimd  be- 
tween the  fourteenth  and  twenty-first  days.  Several  different  species  were 
found,  the  most  common  being  an  acid  producer  which  in  litmus  lactose  gelatin 
resembled  B.  lactis  (crogenes.  Several  cases  of  gassy  cheese  were  apparently 
due  to  yeasts.  Some  of  the  yeasts  from  cheese  produced  in  milk  an  acid, 
others  an  alkaline  reaction ;  some  peptonized  milk.  Those  tested  were  able 
to  develop  in  the  absence  of  air,  but  not  so  rapidly  as  in  aerobic  conditions. 
They  were  not  greatly  restrained  by  amounts  of  salt  as  large  as  are  present 
in  cheese. 

The  acidity  of  10  samples  ranged  from  1.67  to  3.2  per  cent.  The  presence 
of  Bacillus  bulgaricus  was  ascertained,  but  it  is  stated  that  it  is  doubtful  if 
this  organism  has  any  decided  influence  on  the  ripening  of  Camembert,  since 
it  grows  best  at  from  44  to  45°  C.  and  only  very  slowly  at  the  lower  tempera- 
tures, from  10  to  15°,  at  which  Camembert  ripens.  As  Camembert  ripens 
within  five  weeks  it  is  also  very  doubtful  if  B.  hulgaricus  could  develop  sufli- 
ciently  in  that  time  to  affect  the  flavor. 

Tests  showed  only  one-ninth  as  many  bacteria  under  anaerobic  as  under 
aerobic  conditions,  and  in  tests  of  the  slime  only  one-fortieth  as  many.  No 
species  were  found  in  anaerobic  cultures  which  were  not  present  in  the 
aerobic. 

Bacterial  counts  were  made  from  the  slime  of  cheeses  of  different  origin. 
The  surface  slime  contained  a  great  number  of  different  types  of  organisms. 
However,  it  is  thought  that  they  contribute  but  little  to  the  production  of 
flavor. 

Tests  conducted  with  Roquefort  cheese  gave  results  very  similar  to  those 
given  for  Camembert.  The  lactic  acid  bacillus,  B.  lactis  acidi,  was  always 
found  in  nearly  pure  cultures  and  other  species  did  not  appear  uniformly 
enough  to  suggest  any  special  importance  in  ripening  the  cheese.  Yeasts  were 
present  in  four  out  of  the  five  important  brands  examined.  B.  bulgaricus  is 
probably  almost  always  present  in  Roquefort  cheese.  Tests  of  acidity  showed 
a  range  of  from  1.64  to  4.95  per  cent.    B.  hulgaricus  was  also  found  in  other 


178  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  IVol,  35 

soft  cheeses,  as  Neufchatel  and  Gorgonzola.  Anaerobic  cultures  developed  no 
species  not  found  in  the  aerobic  cultures. 

Classification  and  nomenclature  of  lactic-acid  organisms,  F.  Lohnis 
{MilchiD.  Zcntbl.,  45  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  49-51;  nbs.  in  Cream,  and  Milk  Plant 
Mo.,  Jf  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  18,  19). — This  is  a  paper  presented  by  F.  Lohnis  at  the 
sixth  International  Dairy  Congress,  in  which  he  defends  his  classification  of 
lactic-acid  organisms,  as  published  in  his  Handbook  of  Agricultural  Bacteriology 
in  1910  (E.  S.  R.,  23,  p.  720). 

It  is  stated  that  "the  establishment  of  these  groups  has  been  criticized 
adversely.  Although  it  was  recognized  that  the  organisms  of  group  2  were 
closely  related  to  the  typical  streptococci  it  was  insisted  that  they  be  placed 
among  the  bacteria,  owing  to  their  generally  elongated  form.  In  that  case  it 
would  have  been  necessary  to  place  the  related  streptococci  also  among  the 
bacteria.  Aside  from  the  imiform  character  of  the  streptococci  from  a  physi- 
ological viewpoint  there  would  be  grave  practical  objections  to  further  en- 
larging a  genus  that  already  embraces  many  organisms  of  widely  different 
natures. 

"  It  was  proposed  to  separate  the  micrococci  from  the  lactic-acid  bacteria  on 
account  of  their  ability  to  dissolve  casein.  This  would  leave  in  group  4  only 
such  micrococci  as  possessed  no  proteolytic  properties.  But  this  property  is 
known  to  be  highly  inconsistent,  and  its  adoption  as  a  criterion  of  classification 
would  greatly  impair  the  natural  grouping. 

"  These  criticisms  and  others,  including  those  of  Rogers  and  Gorini,  are 
attributed  by  the  author  to  failure  to  distinguish  accurately  at  all  times 
whether  the  classification  is  intended  for  practical  or  for  scientific  purposes, 
which  may  agree  but  may  also  diverge.  From  a  practical  viewpoint  it  is  quite 
justified  to  comprehend  liquefying  micrococci  and  other  casein-dissolving  bac- 
teria under  such  a  name  as  casease  bacteria.  Likewise  the  nature  and  in- 
tensity of  lactic-acid  production  may  be  of  practical  importance,  leading  to  a 
distinction  between  true  and  false  lactic-acid  bacteria.  But,  for  scientific  classi- 
fication, the  international  rules  of  botanical  momenclature  must  be  accepted.  In 
the  establishment  of  groups  it  is  necessary  to  include  related  forms  although 
they  may  not  generate  acid.  It  is  no  more  possible  to  find  a  system  based  on 
scientific  grounds  for  the  lactic-acid  bacteria  alone,  to  say  nothing  of  the 
so-called  true  Iflctic-acid  bacteria,  thaa  it  would  be  to  find  one  for  flowering 
plants  that  produce  fragrance.  Practical  purposes  can  be  fully  met  by  making 
suitable  subdivisions  of  types  within  the  groups,  as  between  acid-forming, 
casein-dissolving,  and  slime-producing  varieties." 

VETERIITARY  MEDICIIUE. 

Animal  disease  and  our  food  supply,  E.  B.  Mitchell  (J7.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Tcarbook  1915,  pp.  159-172,  pis.  2).— This  article,  prepared  under  the  direction 
of  the  chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  is  a  popular  discussion  of  the 
relation  of  animal  disease  to  food  supply.  Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that 
Willie  during  the  recent  outbreak  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  168,158  animals 
valued  at  approximately  .i;5,676,000  were  destroyed  this  represented  less  than 
0.1  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  cattle,  sheep,  and  swine  on  the  farms  of  the 
country.  The  money  that  the  country  paid  to  rid  itself  of  an  exceptionally 
costly  outbreak  was  less  than  3  per  cent  of  the  annual  tax  that  other  animal 
diseases  levy  upon  it. 

Economic  importancs  of  the  Federal  inspection  of  meats,  G.  Ditewig  (U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  213-280).— K  popular  discussion. 


1910]  VETERINAKY    MEDICINE.  179 

Investigations  on  the  disinfectant  strength  of  disinfectants  in  relation  to 
their  concentration,  J.  P.  Gregersen  (Centbl.  Bakt.  [elc],  1.  AM.,  Orig.,  77 
(1915),  No.  2,  pp.  16S-185). — Experimental  data  submitted  indicate  that  the 
reciprocal  of  the  time  in  which  an  antiseptic  kills  a  given  micro-organism  may 
serve  as  a  measure  of  the  disinfectant  strength  of  the  material  under  given 
conditions  of  concentration  and  temperature.  The  disinfectant  strength  of 
aqueous  solutions  of  hydrochloric  acid,  mercuric  clilorid,  iodin-potassium  iodid, 
and  formaldehyde  is  proportional  to  tlie  concentration.  For  aqueous  solutions 
of  phenol,  thymol,  and  chloral  hydrate  the  dishifectant  strength  is  propor- 
tional to  the  fourth  power  of  the  concentration  of  the  material. 

The  product  of  the  concentration  and  the  time  is  designated  as  the  "  disin- 
fectant constant."  To  compare  the  disinfectant  strengths  of  various  materials 
the  relation  between  the  reciprocal  values  of  their  disinfectant  constants  can 
be  used. 

The  formation  of  specific  proteoclastic  ferments  in  response  to  the  paren- 
teral injection  of  foreign  proteins,  Florence  Hulton  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25 
(1910),  No.  1,  pp.  163-171). — "  Protamin,  phaseolin,  and  gliadin  are  not  digested 
to  any  degree  by  either  normal  serum  or  that  of  an  animal  injected  with  these 
substances.  Casein  and  soy-bean  globulin  are  digested  to  a  greater  extent  by 
the  normal  serum  than  by  that  of  the  injected  animal.  Edestin  and  milk 
albumin  are  digested  to  the  same  degree  by  the  normal  and  experimental 
serum.  Bence-Jones  protein  is  digested  to  a  marked  degree  by  both  sera  and 
equally  well  in  each  case." 

Earlier  work  on  the  subject  is  briefly  reviewed  and  a  bibliography  of  the 
important  contributions  included.  See  also  a  previous  note  by  Taylor  and 
Hulton  (E.  S.  II.,  34,  p.  578). 

Cachexia  following  the  parenteral  injection  of  homogenous  organ  pro- 
teins, H.  DoLD  {Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  2Jt  {1916),  No.  4, 
pp.  355-360). — Confirming  the  findings  of  earlier  investigators  it  is  shovfn  that 
the  repeated  parenteral  injection  of  sterile  aqueous  organ  extracts  into  rabbits 
and  guinea  pigs  causes  a  decided  emaciation.  In  rabbits  the  loss  varied  from 
12  to  18  per  cent  in  from  11  to  14  days.  In  guinea  pigs  the  loss  varied  from  18 
to  24  per  cent  in  31  days. 

Histologically  the  organs  of  the  animals  indicated  a  general  atrophy.  An 
acute  inflammation  was  manifest  at  the  site  of  injection. 

On  the  mechanism  of  the  cleavage  process  in  Abderhalden's  dialysis  pro- 
cedure, F.  Plaut  {Ztsclir.  ImmuYiitatuf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  2.'i  {1916),  No. 
4,  pp.  361-379). — It  is  indicated  that  in  the  dialysis  procedure  the  organ  sub- 
strate has  a  nonspecific  hemolytic  action.  By  digesting  the  substrate  with 
serum  this  action  can  be  preserved.  By  the  repeated  digestion  v.'ith  blood  these 
organ  preparations  become  antihemolytic.  These  phenomena  are  attributable 
to  the  adsorption  of  protein  and  are  similar  to  the  behavior  of  inorganic  sus- 
pension colloids. 

The  significance  of  these  phenomena  in  connection  with  the  dialysis  pro- 
cedure is  indicated.  The  adsorption  capacity  can  be  greatly  reduced  and  the 
disturbing  side  reactions  weakened  by  thoroughly  boiling  the  organ  substrate 
shortly  before  using,  as  well  as  by  the  complete  removal  of  blood. 

The  Abderhalden  dialysis  procedure  used  in  testing  the  serum  of  horses, 
Beenhakut  and  Hofhekr  (Berlin.  Tieriirztl.  WelinscJir.,  31  (1915),  No.  33,  pp. 
385-389). — The  investigation  has  demonstrated  that  the  serum  of  horses  con- 
tains protein-cleaving  enzyms,  and  that  these  enzyms  can  be  detected  in  the 
serum  even  after  a  fasting  period  of  26  hours.  They  are  easily  inactivated  by 
heating  at  from  56  to  60°  C.  The  age  and  hemolytic  properties  of  the  serum 
have  a  marked  influence  on  the  intensity  of  the  ninhydrin  i-eaction,  so  that 


IQQ  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    KECORD.  [Vol.35 

hemolytic  serum  and  that  which  is  more  than  24  hours  old  should  not  be  used 
in  the  dialysis  procedure.  From  the  experimental  results,  it  is  concluded  that 
on  account  of  the  presence  of  the  digestive  ferments  in  the  serum  of  the  horse 
the  dialysis  procedure  for  the  detection  of  pregnancy  is  only  of  value  when 
it  can  be  definitely  established  that  the  serum  is  nearly  free  from  these  fer- 
ments. 

Investigations  on  the  control  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  with  "  rindol," 
Matthiesen  and  GiAssee  (Berlin.  Tieriirztl.  Wchnschr.,  32  {1916),  No.  10,  pp. 
109-114) .—The  authors  have  demonstrated  that  the  preparation  "  rindol," 
administered  as  directed  by  the  producer,  has  no  curative  effect  on  diseased 
animals,  nor  does  it  confer  any  immunity  on  healthy  animals  which  may  sub- 
sequently be  exposed  to  infection.  The  experimental  data,  together  with  the 
clinical  findings,  are  reported  in  detail. 

Contributions  to  the  serodiagnosis  of  glanders;  the  use  of  polyvalent  ex- 
tracts in  the  examination  of  the  serum  for  complement  deviation,  W. 
Pfeileb  {Berlin.  Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr.,  SI  {1915),  Nos.  SJ,,  pp.  397-403;  85, 
pp.  Jfll-fjlS). — Experimental  data  obtained  in  the  course  of  an  investigation  on 
the  improvement  of  the  serodiagnostic  methods  for  the  detection  of  glanders 
are  submitted.  It  was  found  that  the  use  of  polyvalent  extracts  in  the  com- 
plement-deviation procedure  increased  the  sensitiveness  of  the  reaction  consid- 
erably.   The  experimental  results  are  discussed  in  detail. 

The  agglutinin,  precipitin,  and  complement-deviating  substance  content 
of  the  aqueous  and  vitreous  humor  and  other  body  fluids  of  glanderous 
horses,  Borchardt  {Arch.  Wiss.  u.  Pralct.  Tierheilk.,  41  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  573- 
425). — It  has  been  observed  that  the  synovial  fluid  and  the  serous  fluids  of  the 
pericardial,  peritoneal,  and  pleural  cavities  contain  appreciable  amounts  of 
agglutinin,  precipitin,  and  complement-deviating  substances.  The  aqueous  and 
vitreous  humor,  however,  contains  none,  or  only  extremely  small  amounts,  of 
these  antibodies. 

A  bibliography  of  63  references  cited  is  appended. 

The  toxicity  of  the  blood  serum  of  luetics  for  anaphylactic  (sensitized) 
guinea  pigs,  AV.  Misch  {Ztschr.  Imrnunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  {1916), 
No.  4,  pp.  3S0-386). — Human  syphilitic  serum  is  found  to  be  more  toxic  for  sen- 
sitized guinea  pigs  than  the  serum  of  nonsyphilitics.  This  phenomenon  is  not 
manifested  when  normal  untreated  guinea  pigs  are  injected  with  the  respective 
sera.  It  is  indicated  that  this  increased  toxicity  of  luetic  serum  is  caused  by 
an  increase  of  proteins  in  the  serum,  especially  globulins. 

Observations  upon  complement  fixation  in  the  diagnosis  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis,  C.  F.  Craig  {Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  150  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  781-791; 
ahs.  in  Internal.  Centbl.  Gesam.  Tuherkulose  Forsch.,  10  {1916),  No.  2,  p.  ^6). — 
Experimental  data  presented  demonstrate  that  "  complement-binding  antibodies 
are  present  in  the  blood  serum  of  both  active  and  clinically  inactive  tuberculous 
Infections.  A  polyvalent  antigen  prepared  from  several  strains  of  the  human 
tubercle  bacillus  has  been  found  to  give  excellent  results  in  complement  fixation 
for  tuberculosis.  With  the  test  described  complement  fixation  gave  a  posi- 
tive reaction  in  9G.2  per  cent  of  cases  of  active  tuberculosis  and  in  6G.1  per 
cent  of  the  cases  of  clinically  inactive  tulierculosis.  The  test  was  negative  in 
normal  Individuals  and  in  patients  suffering  from  other  diseases  with  the  ex- 
ception of  two  patients  inf{>cted  with  syphilis  in  whom  symptoms  of  a  coin- 
cident tuberculous  infection  was  also  present.  The  test  does  not  give  positive 
results  with  the  blood  serum  of  syphilitics  in  whom  there  is  no  coincident 
tulierculous  infection.  The  reaction,  when  positive,  is  specific  and  apparently 
indicates  the  presence  of  an  active  tuberculous  focus,  although  there  may  be 
no  symptoms  of  the  disease  present.    Positive  results  are  obtained  in  a  large 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  181 

percentage  (66  per  cent)  of  clinically  inactive  cases  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis, 
and  such  a  result  indicates  that  though  it  may  be  quiescent  the  infection  has 
not  disappeared.  The  results  obtained  with  the  test  described  are  practically 
as  good  as  those  obtained  with  the  Wassermann  test  for  syphilis." 

The  significance  of  bovine  tuberculosis  to  human  tuberculosis,  J.  Orth 
(Natui-wissenschajtcn,  4  (1916),  No.  10,  pp.  121-124). — This  article  discusses 
the  relation  of  two  forms  of  the  di.sease  and  indicates  the  necessity  of  con- 
trolling, and  exterminating  if  possible,  the  bovine  form.  Some  statistical  data 
on  the  progress  of  the  disease  in  Germany  in  children  under  15  years  of  age 
are  included. 

Tuberculosis  in  the  dog  and  its  relation  to  human  tuberculosis,  H.  Markus 
and  H.  Schoknagel  (Folia  Microbiol.  [Delf^,  4  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  189-205,  pis. 
4). — From  their  observation  and  experience  the  authors  conclude  that  the 
occurrence  of  canine  tuberculosis  is  more  frequent  than  is  ordinarily  suspected. 
The  dog  is  undoubtedly  infected  in  the  greatest  number  of  cases  by  the  human 
organism.  Healthy  dogs  may  also  become  a  source  of  infection  for  man  by 
carrying  the  virulent  virus  from  the  street  (dried  sputum,  etc.)  and  thus 
spreading  it  in  the  house.  A  rational  prophylactic  measure  against  the  disease 
in  such  form  is  to  keep  the  dog  in  a  sanitary  condition. 

Tuberculosis  in  Finmarken  (the  most  northerly  part  of  Norway)  with 
special  reference  to  the  living  conditions,  A.  B.  Wessel  (Tidaslcr.  Nor.'^ke 
Lwgcfor.,  34  (1914),  Nos.  5,  pp.  222-230,  figs.  2;  6,  pp.  273-281;  7,  pp.  310-326, 
figs.  14;  ahs.  in  Internat.  Centhl.  Gesam.  TuberJculose  Forsch.,  10  (1916),  No.  1, 
p.  14). — The  mortality  from  tuberculosis  in  this  Arctic  region  is  4.5  per  1,000 
and  has  increased  steadily  since  1860.  The  cause  of  such  increase  is  attributed 
to  a  deep-seated  house  infection.  The  author  gives  an  interesting  detailed  de- 
scription of  the  living  conditions  of  the  various  inhabitants  of  this  region,  viz, 
Norwegians,  Laps,  and  Finns. 

Sttidies  on  the  biochemistry  and  chemotherapy  of  tuberculosis. — XIV,  The 
tuberculocidal  action  of  arsenic  compounds  and  their  distribution  in  the 
tuberculous  organism,  A.  Abkin  and  H.  J.  Corper  (.Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18 
(1916),  No.  4.  pp.  335-348.  fig.  1). — Continuing  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p. 
877),  experimental  data  have  demonstrated  that  "sodium  arsenite  in  dilution 
of  from  0.1  to  0.0001  per  cent  and  sodium  cacodylate  in  dilution  of  from  2  to 
0.002  per  cent  have  no  germicidal  action  on  human  tubercle  bacilli  in  24  hours 
at  37°  C.  Mercury  cacodylate  in  dilutions  of  from  1  to  0.001  per  cent  has  a 
germicidal  action  on  human  tubercle  bacilli  in  24  hours  at  37°.  This  action 
is  in  all  probability  due  to  the  mercury  and  not  to  the  cacodylate  radical. 
Atoxyl,  arsacetin,  and  neosalvarsan  in  dilutions  of  from  1  to  0.001  per  cent 
have  no  germicidal  action  on  human  tubercle  bacilli  in  24  hours  at  37°." 

It  is  evident  that  these  inorganic  and  organic  preparations  of  arsenic  have 
no  specific  action  on  human  tubercle  bacilli,  and  if  of  any  therapeutic  value  at 
all  it  is  because  of  their  favorable  influence  on  metabolism  in  general.  The 
arsenic  was  found  in  the  liver,  lungs,  kidneys,  blood,  spleen,  and  tubercular 
tissues  (lymph  glands  of  the  guinea  pig  and  eye  of  the  ral)bit),  the  concen- 
trations in  these  dill'erent  tissues  not  varying  to  a  great  extent.  There  was 
no  evidence  of  accumulation  in  the  tuberculous  tissues. 

Sodium  stannate  in  a  concentration  of  1  per  cent  was  not  germicidal  toward 
tubercle  bacilli  in  48  hours  at  37°. 

Studies  on  the  biochemistry  and  chemotherapy  of  tuberculosis. — XV,  The 
bactericidal  and  fungicidal  action  of  copper  salts,  Lydia  M.  DeWitt  and 
Hope  Sherman  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  368-382).— It  is 
concluded  that  copper,  either  as  a  bactericide  or  as  a  fungicide,  is  unsatisfactory 
and  unreliable,  especially  when  used  for  only  short  periods  of  time. 


132  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.  3S 

A  certain  selective  specificity  was  apparent,  in  tliat  some  organisms  were 
marljedly  susceptible,  while  others  were  very  resistant  to  the  action  of  copper. 

Copper  is  but  slightly  bactericidal  for  the  tubercle  bacillus,  although  dilutions 
of  1 :  100,000  prevent  its  growth  in  the  test  tube.  In  general,  however,  it  was 
not  possible  to  show  any  specific  affinity  of  copper  for  tuberculous  tissues. 

Contributions  to  the  serodiagnosis  of  typhus,  Papamarku  {Centbl.  Bakt. 
[etc.],  1.  AM.,  Orig.,  77  ^915),  No.  2,  pp.  186-191,  fl<js.  2).— The  complement- 
fixation  reaction  in  typhus,  using  alcoholic  organ  extracts  as  antigen,  yields 
a  high  percentage  of  positive  results  when  fresh  serum  from  sick  and  con- 
valescent patients  is  used.  The  percentage  of  positive  results  is  greatly  reduced 
by  using  inactive  sera.  The  reaction  can  be  obtained  in  the  third  day  of  the 
disease,  and  continuing  for  a  period  of  two  weeks.  It  is  probably  specific, 
although  positive  reactions  have  been  obtained  by  the  use  of  syphilitic  as  well 
as  typhus-fever  organ  extracts  as  antigen. 

"  Lungworms,"  a  preliminary  report  on  treatment,  with  some  observa- 
tions regarding  the  epidemiology  and  life  history  of  the  parasite,  W.  B. 
Hep.ms  and  S.  B.  Feeebokn  (California  8ta.  Circ.  I48  {1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  2). — 
The  data  here  presented  relate  to  three  species  of  lungworms  of  economic  im- 
portance in  California,  namely,  Dictyocaulus  viviparous  affecting  calves,  deer, 
and  rarely  sheep ;  D.  filaria  affecting  sheep,  goats,  camels,  deer,  and  sometimes 
calves ;  and  Mefastrongi/his  apri  affecting  swine. 

In  experimental  work  carried  on  by  E.  M.  Ledyard  with  various  chemicals, 
including  turpentine,  benzin,  chloroform,  and  other  substances,  used  sepa- 
rately and  in  various  combinations,  chloroform  administered  in  botli  nostrils 
proved  to  be  most  effective.  A  herd  of  150  Angora  goats  was  successfully 
treated  with  1.5  cc.  of  chloroform  in  each  nostril  during  the  fall  of  1914.  In 
every  instance  the  animal  became  slightly  anesthetized  for  a  period  varying 
from  2  to  20  minutes,  but  no  bad  results  developed  in  the  herd,  which  after 
two  more  treatments  became  apparently  free  from  lungworms.  It  was  sup- 
posed at  first  that  chloroform  actually  killed  the  lungworms  in  situ  and  that 
they  were  eliminated  by  coughing,  but  it  was  later  found  that  the  chloroform 
merely  stupefied  the  worms  and  at  the  same  time  irritated  tlie  throat  and 
windpipe,  thus  causing  a  prolonged  paroxysm  of  coughing  during  which  the 
worms  are  coughed  up  and  swallowed. 

In  searching  for  a  standard  safe  and  effective  dose  of  chloroform,  it  was 
found  that  one  animal  may  require  five  times  the  amount  needed  to  produce 
the  same  effect  in  another.  This  variability  has  led  to  the  practice  of  adminis- 
tering enough  chloroform  to  make  the  treated  animal  slightly  groggy,  the 
maxinnnn  dosage  having  been  11  cc.  for  calves  and  3  cc.  for  goats.  Animals 
to  be  treated  should  be  confined  in  a  corral  which  is  free  from  grass  and  other 
vegetation.  Half  the  dose  is  administered  in  each  nostril,  and  the  action  of 
the  chloroform  is  enhanced  by  stopping  the  nostrils  with  the  hand  or  cotton 
plugs  for  a  few  moments  after  injection.  Two  hours  after  treatment  a  saline 
purge  of  Epsom  or  Glauber's  salts  should  be  given  the  animals. 

Brief  reference  is  made  to  the  life  history  of  these  lung  parasites.  Atten- 
tion is  called  to  the  fact  that  von  Linden  and  Zenneck  report,  in  an  article 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  879),  observations  on  two  types  of  embryos, 
one  occurring  in  the  mucus  of  the  trachea  and  of  the  space  behind  the  nose, 
and  consisting  of  slim,  strong  moving  embryos,  capable  of  living  outside  the 
body,  the  otlier  occurring  in  tlie  lungs  and  consisting  of  short,  thick,  slow  moving 
emljryos  wliich  are  unable  to  live  outside  the  body.  It  is  pointed  out  that  deer 
and  possibly  cows  may  act  as  carriers  and  should  be  excluded  from  the  pasture 
land  of  susceptible  stock. 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  183 

Some  lice  and  mites  of  the  hen,  G.  H.  Lamson,  Jr.,  and  J.  A.  Manter 
[Connecticut  Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  86  {1916),  pp.  169-196,  figs.  15).— A  general  ac- 
count is  siven  of  the  more  important  lice  and  mites  which  commonly  attack 
the  domestic  fowl,  their  life  history,  and  remedial  measures,  together  with 
brief  reference  to  some  experimental  work  with  remedies. 

The  pests  thus  considered  are  tlie  large  body  louse  {Mcnopon  hiscriatum), 
the  small  body  louse  (J/.  palUduin),  the  head  louse  (Lipcurus  hetcruijraphus), 
poultry  mite  or  roost  mite  {Dcnnanyssus  gaUinw),  and  scabies  or  scaly  leg 
mite   {Cncmklocoptcs  mutans). 

The  large  body  louse  is  one  of  the  species  most  commonly  found  upon  poul- 
try. Its  eggs,  which  are  attached  securely  to  the  feathers  near  the  body  of  the 
host,  were  found  on  chickens  to  hatch  in  from  five  to  seven  days,  the  young 
reaching  maturity  and  laying  eggs  in  somewhat  less  tlian  17  days,  which 
would  indicate  a  life  cycle  of  about  three  weeks.  On  infested  chickens  it  is 
more  abundant  under  the  wings,  but  the  area  most  commonly  infested  on  older 
birds  is  around  the  vent,  although  specimens  will  be  found  on  tlie  head  and  scat- 
tered about  the  body.  As  many  as  3,600  individuals  were  counted  from  one 
chicken,  and  this  is  thought  to  have  included  not  more  than  one-half  of  those 
present.  The  species  readily  travels  from  one  bird  to  another  and  often  to  other 
barnyard  fowls,  having  been  found  by  the  authors  upon  turkeys. 

The  small  body  louse  is  reported  by  most  authors  to  be  the  commonest  louse 
infesting  the  hen  in  the  United  States.  Its  general  habits  and  life  history 
are  similar  to  those  of  the  large  body  louse,  but  it  is  usually  more  abundant 
around  the  vent.  It  has  been  reported  to  infest  horses  which  have  been  stabled 
near  poultry. 

The  head  louse  is  most  prominent  on  the  feathers  of  the  head  but  is  often 
foimd  on  the  neck  and  occasionally  on  the  feathers  of  the  wings.  It  is  much 
less  active  than  the  body  lice  above  mentioned.  Its  eggs,  which  are  glued  to 
the  feathers  of  the  head  and  neck,  hatch  on  chickens  in  from  four  to  five  days 
and  reach  maturity  and  oviposit  in  10  days,  the  life  cycle  thus  occupying  a 
period  of  about  15  days.  Several  less  important  lice  mentioned  are  L.  varia- 
bilis, usually  found  upon  the  feathers  of  the  wing,  Goniocotcs  abdominalis,  and 
G.  hologaster  upon  the  feathers  on  the  underside  of  the  hen. 

The  most  effective  control  measure  tested  by  the  authors  for  body  lice  consists 
in  the  application  of  a  dilution  of  mercurial  ointment  or  blue  ointment.  One 
hundred  and  four  chickens  were  treated  in  a  laboratory  with  this  ointment  at 
various  strengths,  the  applications  being  made  to  different  regions  of  the  body. 
The  normal  strength  of  blue  ointment  was  found  to  be  very  effective  and  even 
a  dilution  of  this  proved  satisfactory,  but  the  effectiveness  decreased  with  a 
decrease  in  the  amount  of  mercury  present.  On  chickens  the  most  vulnerable 
point  of  attack  proved  to  be  on  the  body  under  the  wings,  while  an  application 
around  the  vent  was  also  effective.  The  method  recommended  consists  in 
parting  the  feathers  and  applying  an  amount  of  ointment  about  the  size  of  a 
pea  to  the  flesh  just  below  the  vent.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  use  of  sulphur 
and  lard,  one  of  the  commonest  mixtures  prescribed  for  lice  on  the  heads  of 
chickens,  is  dangerous. 

The  poultry  mite  attacks  the  fowl  only  at  night,  when  it  crawls  ujwni  the 
roost  from  its  hiding  place  between  the  boards  supporting  the  roosts  and  sides 
of  the  poultry  house.  The  eggs  are  laid  from  early  spring  until  late  fall, 
usually  about  four  eggs  being  laid  in  a  period  of  two  or  three  days  and 
repeated  at  intervals,  and  hatch  in  from  two  to  six  days.  The  period  required 
for  completing  their  life  cycle  depends  upon  the  time  required  in  gaining  access 
to  the  fowl. 


]^g4  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [VoL  35 

The  authors  have  found  carbolineum  far  more  effective  than  kerosene  oil, 
zenoleum,  or  carbolic  acid  in  ridding  the  hen  house  of  these  mites,  and  it  is 
recommended  for  use  where  a  comparatively  small  quantity  is  required,  but 
where  large  quantities  are  needed  one  of  the  coal-tar  mixtures  bought  by 
the  barrel  at  a  lower  rate  is  preferable.  A  diagram  is  given  of  a  roost  con- 
structed in  a  manner  to  reduce  the  breeding  places  of  the  mites. 

The  scaly  leg  mite  burrows  under  the  skin  and  causes  large  irregular  scales 
and  gray  masses  on  the  feet  of  hens.  This  mite  may  be  killed  by  any  oil 
preparation  which  has  a  penetrating  power  when  applied  after  the  scales  have 
been  loosened  by  soaking  and  scrubbing  the  legs  with  a  brush  in  warm  soapy 
water.     The  authors  have  found  nothing  better  than  caraway  oil  mixed  with 

lard  1 :  4. 

The  importance  of  sanitation  in  the  poultry  house  and  on  the  range  is  em- 
phasized, and  the  care  of  sitting  hens,  dusting  and  the  use  of  dust  baths,  and 
the  use  of  sulphur  on  chickens  are  briefly  discussed. 

Bacillary  white  diarrhea  of  young  chicks:  Its  eradication  by  the  elimina- 
tion of  infected  breeding^  stock,  L.  F.  Rettger,  W.  P.  Kiekpateick,  and  R.  E. 
Jones  (Connecticut  Storrs  Sta.  Bui.  85  (1915),  pp.  151-161,  figs.  2).— In  this 
fifth  report  on  studies  of  white  diarrhea  of  young  chicks  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p. 
484)  the  authors  report  upon  the  eradication  of  the  disease  through  elimi- 
nating the  reacting  fowls  from  the  breeding  stock  by  means  of  the  agglutination 

test. 

A  summary  of  the  work  and  the  conclusions  drawn  therefrom  are  as  follows: 
"During  the  first  year  of  the  present  campaign  against  bacillary  white 
diarrhea  in  this  State  14,617  individual  fowls  and  107  flocks  were  tested  by 
the  macroscopic  agglutination  test.  The  number  of  reacting  (infected)  fowls 
was  1,440,  or  9.85  per  cent  of  the  total  number.  Of  13,833  hens  1,417,  or  10.24 
per  cent,  were  positive,  and  of  the  786  males  tested  23,  or  2.9  per  cent,  reacted. 
The  testes  of  two  of  the  males  hurbored  Bacterium  pullorum  in  large  numbers. 
In  four  of  the  reacting  males  pericarditis  and  infection  of  the  heart  sac  with 
the  same  organism  was  observed. 

"  The  retesting  of  flocks  which  on  the  first  examination  by  this  method  con- 
tained bacillus  carriers,  and  from  which  the  reactors  had  been  removed,  gave 
widely  different  results.  In  four  flocks  out  of  a  total  of  13  no  reactors  were 
found  at  the  time  of  the  second  test.  In  the  other  nine  the  percentage  of 
infection  varied  from  0.6  to  25.7  per  cent,  the  number  in  each  instance  being 
decidedly  less  than  in  the  first  test.  The  breeding  records  obtained  from  the 
owners  were  most  encouraging,  and  with  a  few  exceptions  showed  a  high  de- 
gree of  success  as  compared  with  previous  years. 

"  The  greatest  value  of  the  agglutination  test  is  in  its  doLermination  of 
Infected  and  uninfected  flocks.  On  the  basis  of  100  per  cent  of  negative  tests 
in  a  flock  the  most  successful  campaign  may  be  waged  against  bacillary  white 
diarrluja.  Only  such  flocks  should  be  employed  as  future  breeders,  and  all 
eucourauenient  should  be  given  to  the  owners  to  find  a  ready  market  for  eggs 
for  hatching  and  for  day -old  chicks.  On  the  other  hand,  where  there  is  no 
certainty  that  ovarian  infection  does  not  exist  the  fowls  should  not  be  used 
as  breeders  until  they  are  known  to  be  free  from  all  taint  of  the  disease." 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

How  engineering  may  help  fann  life,  B.  B.  McCormick  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Yearbook  1915,  pp.  101-112,  fig.  i).— In  a  brief  discussion  of  the  application  of 
engineering  efliciency  to  farm  life  and  operations,  it  is  pointed  out  'that  the 
engineer  can  be  of  special  assistance  to  the  farmer  iu  the  "economical  and 


1016]  ET7BAL   ENGINEEEING.  185 

comprehensive  use  of  machinery  of  various  types ;  the  arrangement  and  group- 
ing of  farm  buildings  and  structures,  as  well  as  the  construction  of  individual 
buildings ;  and  the  development  of  natural  resources  for  furnishing  power,  as  a 
substitute  for  manual  and  animal  labor  now  employed  at  considerable  incon- 
venience and  excessive  overhead  cost." 

The  law  of  irrigation,  compiled  by  C.  F.  Davis  (Fort  Collins,  Colo.:  [Com- 
piler'\,  1015,  pp.  346). — This  text,  comprising  2G  lectures,  is  intended  for  the 
secondary  schools  in  the  West  in  which  a  course  in  the  law  of  irrigation  is  given. 
The  lectures  aim  to  give  a  working  knowledge  of  the  law  which  controls  the 
large  number  of  questions  that  have  arisen  from  the  appropriation  and  use  of 
water  in  the  western  United  States  and  also  deal  with  the  history  of  irrigation 
and  Irrigation  enterprises  in  other  lands.  While  the  lectures  are  based  pri- 
marily upon  the  law  in  Colorado,  they  also  point  out  wherein  this  law  diifers 
from  the  laws  in  other  States. 

Irrigation  practice  and  eng'ineering. — III,  Irrigation  structures  and  dis- 
tribution system,  B.  A.  Etcheverky  (New  York  and  London:  McGi'aw-Uill 
Book  Co.,  1916,  vol.  3,  pp.  XV +438,  pis.  35,  figs.  iS6).— This,  the  third  volume 
of  this  work  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  482),  is  devoted  to  that  part  of  irrigation  engineer- 
ing related  to  irrigation  structures  and  distribution  systems.  It  deals  with  the 
following  subjects : 

Diversion  works ;  diversion  weirs ;  design  of  diversion  weirs ;  design  of 
diversion  weirs  of  the  loose  rock-fill  Indian  type ;  dynamic  forces  produced  by 
flow  of  water  over  weii-s  and  their  effect  on  the  design  of  weirs ;  description  of 
diversion  weirs ;  scouring  sluices,  fish  ladders,  logways ;  main  head  gates  or 
regulator  for  canal  system ;  gate-lifting  devices ;  canal  spillways,  escapes,  and 
wasteways ;  sand  gates— sand  boxes ;  crossings  with  drainage  channels ;  drops 
and  chutes  in  canals ;  distribution  system ;  check  gates ;  lateral  head  gates  and 
delivery  gates ;  road  and  railroad  crossings  with  canals,  culverts,  inverted 
siphons,  and  bridges ;  special  types  of  distribution  systems — wooden  flume, 
wooden  pipe,  and  cement  pipe  distribution  systems ;  and  measuring  devices. 

The  flow  of  water  in  irrigation  channels,  G.  H.  Ellis  (Proc.  Amer.  Soc. 
Civ.  Engin.,  42  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  181-204,  Pls.  2,  figs.  4).— This  paper  presents 
a  study  of  experimental  data  previously  reported  by  Scobey  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  183), 
the  result  of  which  was  to  deduce  an  experimental  formula  V=C  -R"**  /S°*  for 
the  flow  of  water  in  channels  in  which  the  coeflicient  C  varies  from  about  40  to 
140,  depending  on  the  roughness  of  the  channel.  "  For  general  conditions  the 
following  formulas  are  submitted :  For  concrete  channels,  "F^^IOS  R"-^^  S°' ;  for 
wooden  channels,  y=:100  22°°'  S*';  for  earth  canals,  Y=QQ  R""^  S"*."  Inci- 
dentally the  need  of  care  in  the  selection  of  a  value  for  the  coeflicient  of  rough- 
ness is  brought  out. 

The  automatic  volumeter,  E.  G.  Hopson  {Proc.  Amer.  Soc.  Civ.  Engin.,  41 
{1915),  No.  8,  pp.  1891-1908,  figs.  9). — "This  paper  describes  an  apparatus  in- 
tended to  gage  the  flow  of  fluids  by  the  collection  of  a  proportionate  part  of 
the  flow,  or  its  equivalent,  in  a  small  vessel  where  it  can  be  readily  measured 
at  any  time.  This  result  is  accomplished  by  the  use  of  very  small  orifices  for 
the  purpose  of  regulating  the  discharge  into  or  out  of  the  collecting  vessel,  and 
other  special  arrangements  whereby  the  pressure  head  under  which  the  dis- 
charge into  the  collecting  vessel  takes  place  is  at  all  times  the  equivalent,  or 
a  constant  ratio,  of  the  velocity  head  of  the  liquid  or  gas  being  measured.  .  .  . 

•'  The  practical  operation  of  the  device  should  probably  be  first  for  irrigation 
uses,  and  particularly  for  measurements  of  individual  service  flows  or  flows  in 
small  laterals.  .  .  . 

"The  device,  as  applied  to  irrigation  use,  has  the  advantage  that  it  is  inde- 
pendent of  such  matters  as  drifting  sand,  weeds,  or  any  floating  or  suspended 


Igg  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

trash.  Nothing  in  suspension  will  pass  into  tlie  influent  pipe,  which  has  practi- 
cally no  velocity  of  flow  and  has,  moreover,  an  upward  course.  Solid  matter, 
if  placed  in  the  influent  pipe,  would,  in  fact,  settle  back  into  the  stream.  Even 
if  suspended  or  floating  material  should  get  into  the  measuring  vessels,  it 
would  not  pass  through  the  controlling  orifice  on  account  of  the  internal 
arrangements." 

Diagram  giving  excess  loss  of  head  in  90"  bends,  F.  S.  Bailey  {Engin. 
News,  15  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  m,  4^3,  fig.  i).— This  diagram  gives  the  excess  loss 
of  head  in  90°  bends  in  cast-iron  water  pipe  and  is  based  on  a  formula  pro- 
posed by  Fuller  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  3S4). 

Machine  for  placing  concrete  lining  in  canals,  E.  I.  Davis  {Engin.  Netcs, 
75  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  264-267,  figs.  //).— This  is  a  description  of  the  construction 
and  operation  of  a  machine  developed  on  the  U.  S.  Reclamation  Service  canal 
at  Hermiston,  Oreg.  This  consists  essentially  of  a  traveling  form  into  which 
concrete,  mixed  immediately  alongside,  is  dumped  and  forced  out  at  the  bot- 
tom to  form  the  lining  of  the  irrigation  canal. 

Experiments  on  the  economical  use  of  irrigation  water  in  Idaho,  D.  H. 
Bark  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Bui.  339  {1916),  pp.  57,  pis.  3,  figs.  i3).— This  report 
covers  the  same  ground  as  two  previous  reports  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  180;  33,  p.  583). 
Ground  water  in  San  Joaquin  Valley,  California,  W.  C.  INIexdemiiai.t-,  R.  B. 
Dole,  and  H.  Stabler  {U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water-Supply  Paper  39S  {1916),  pp. 
310,  pis.  5,  figs.  4). — This  report  deals  with  the  occurrence,  quality,  and  utili- 
zation of  the  ground  water  of  an  area  of  about  7,500,000  acres  in  the  Great 
Central  Valley  of  California,  with  particular  reference  to  its  use  for  irrigation 
and  domestic  purposes.  The  results  of  pumping  tests  on  about  50  irrigation 
plants  in  the  valley  are  also  reported,  together  with  a  summary  of  points  to  be 
observed  in  order  to  obtain  good  service  from  a  pumping  plant. 

With  reference  to  the  quality  of  the  waters  of  the  valley,  it  is  concluded 
that  "  the  waters  of  the  perennial  streams  are  entirely  suitable  for  irrigation. 
Storage  to  remove  suspended  matter  renders  them  acceptable  for  boiler  use, 
and  filtration  would  purify  them  for  domestic  supply.  On  the  cast  side  between 
the  Sierra  and  the  trough  of  the  valley,  wells  from  20  to  1,000  ft.  deep  gen- 
erally yield  calcium  carbonate  waters,  moderate  in  total  solids  and  in  total 
hardness  and  distinguishable  by  their  low  sulphate  content.  These  waters  are 
suitalile  foi'  domestic  use,  good  or  fair  for  irrigation,  and  fair  or  poor  for 
boiler  use.  Many  of  them  have  been  successfully  applied  to  diversified  crops 
for  several  years.  Water  from  wells  less  than  50  ft.  deep  is  generally  poorer 
than  that  from  slightly  deeper  wells.  On  the  west  side  wells  between  the  coast 
range  and  the  trough  of  the  valley  yield  hard,  gypseous  waters  high  in  mineral 
content  and  especially  in  sulphate.  Nearly  all  the  waters  taste  of  alkali,  but 
they  are  potable  except  the  most  highly  concentrated  ones  close  to  the  foot- 
hills. Tiie  west-side  waters  are  poorer  for  irrigation  than  those  of  the  east 
side,  but  few  of  tlieni  are  unfit  for  use  if  proper  care  is  taken  to  prevent  ac- 
cunudation  of  alkali.  .  .  . 

"  In  the  axis  or  trough  of  the  valley  wells  yield  waters  distinguishable  by 
the  predominance  of  sodium  and  potassium  among  the  basic  radicles.  .  .  . 
Nearly  all  except  the  salt  waters  and  those  from  wells  less  than  300  ft.  deep 
In  or  near  the  bed  of  Tulare  Lake  are  potable.  Many  of  those  north  of 
Kings  River  are  poor  for  irrigation.  ,  .  .  The  deep  artesian  waters  south  of 
Kings  River  are  good  or  fair  for  irrigation  and  for  boiler  use.  Borings  more 
than  1,200  ft.  deep  as  far  south  as  Fresno  County  yield  strong  salt  waters  unfit 
for  use,  but  south  of  that  county  wells  of  that  or  greater  depth  yield  sodium 
carbonate  waters  of  low  mineral  content.     Many  flowing  wells  from  300  to  800 


19161  RURAL   ENGINEERING.  187 

ft.  deep  in  the  axis  also  yield  salt  water.  .  .  .  The  very  deep  waters  of  the 
east  side  and  of  the  axis  increase  northward  in  mineral  content,  but  the  shal- 
low watei's  show  no  such  general  relation." 

Radio-activity  of  spring  water,  R.  R.  Ramsey  (Proc.  Ind.  Acad.  Sd.,  1914, 
pp.  453-469,  pgs.  7). — This  is  a  description  of  methods  and  apparatus  used  in 
the  determination  of  radio-activity  in  water.  See  also  a  previous  report  by  the 
author  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  332). 

Water  supplies  to  rural  and  small  urban  areas,  W.  G.  Savage  {Jour.  Roy. 
Sanit.  luat.,  36  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  365-381).— The  author  deals  more  especially 
with  the  sanitary  side  of  small  water  supplies,  calling  attention  to  the  results  of 
his  rather  extended  experience  in  judging  the  purity  of  water  supplies,  shallow 
wells  in  particular. 

"  It  is  evident  that  two  distinct  sources  of  pollution  have  to  be  guarded 
against — one  the  local  contamination  of  the  specific  surface  well,  and  the  other 
the  general  contamination  of  the  subsoil  water.  ...  If  all  surface  wells  were 
properly  lined  and  made  impervious  to  water  for  a  depth  of  at  least  12  ft., 
and  were  covered  in  to  prevent  pollution  through  the  mouths  of  the  wells,  this 
would  furnish  a  protection  to  the  water  quite  sufficient  for  most  country  vil- 
lages, unless  the  soil  was  very  unsuitable  for  filtration  purposes.  .  .  . 

"  One  common  and  widely  held  error  is  that  a  single  water  analysis,  unforti- 
fied by  local  investigation,  will  enable  an  opinion  to  be  given  as  to  whether  a 
supply  is  a  pure  one  and  fit  for  drinking  purposes.  .  .  .  Water  analyses  only 
enable  an  opinion  to  be  formed  as  to  the  condition  of  the  sample  submitted,  and 
do  not  justify  an  opinion  which  covers  the  future  purity  of  the  supply.  .  .  . 
The  only  satisfactory  procedure  is  ...  to  carefully  examine  the  existing  wells 
and  any  other  sources  of  water  supply,  noting  the  accessibility,  the  depth  of 
the  subsoil  water,  its  direction  of  flow  (if  possible),  the  relationship  of  the  wells 
to  the  sources  of  contamination  in  their  vicinity,  the  construction  of  the  wells 
and  how  far  they  are  built  to  keep  out  contaminating  matters,  the  nature  of  the 
soil  in  which  they  are  dug,  the  liability  to  flooding,  the  sufficiency  of  the  water, 
and  when  liable  to  run  out,  etc.  When  this  has  been  carried  out,  the  wells 
which  are  best  protected  and  from  their  surroundings  least  liable  to  contamina- 
tion should  be  critically  considered,  and  samples  from  these  submitted  for 
analysis  to  ascertain  how  far  the  subsoil  water  itself  is  polluted.  With  these 
some  half-dozen  samples  should  be  sent  for  analysis  from  wells  representing 
the  average  and  worst  conditions  found  from  the  topographical  inspection." 

Well  waters  from  the  trap  area  of  western  India,  H.  H.  Mann  {Dept.  Agr. 
Bombay  Bui.  14  {1915),  pp.  66,  pi.  1). — Analyses  of  a  large  number  of  samples 
of  the  well  waters  from  different  parts  of  the  district  are  reported  and  dis- 
cussed, with  special  reference  to  their  uses  for  irrigation  and  domestic  purposes. 

A  simple  colloid-chemical  process  for  removing'  micro-organisms  from, 
surface  water  in  relation  to  drinking-water  supplies  in  the  field,  M.  Strell 
{Munchen.  Med.  Wchnschr.,  62  {1915),  No.  34,  pp.  1158,  1159,  fig.  1;  abs.  in 
Chem.  Abs.,  9  {1915),  No.  23,  p.  3313). — In  this  process,  a  black,  doughy  mass 
called  humin,  giving  a  colloidal  solution  with  water  and  prepared  from  brown 
coal  by  treatment  with  hot  sodium  hydroxid,  is  added  to  polluted  water  and 
the  mixture  is  treated  with  the  solution  of  a  metal  salt,  forming  a  fiocculent 
precipitate  containing  finely  suspended  substances  like  micro-organisms,  dyes, 
native  proteins,  ec. 

In  experiments,  river  water  containing  84,9G0  bacteria  per  cubic  centimeter 
was  treated  with  10  per  cent  humin  solution  at  the  rate  of  5  cc.  per  liter  of 
water,  and  the  mixture  then  received  10  per  cent  aluminum  sulphate  solution 
at  the  rate  of  2.5  cc.  per  liter     After  sedimentation  and  filtration  the  filtrate  was 

47580°— 16 7 


188 


EXPEEIMEISTT   STATIOIST    BECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


found  to  contain  from  4  to  S  bacteria  per  cubic  centimeter.  A  repetition  of 
the  process  removed  practically  all  the  bacteria.  Filtration  is  said  to  be 
necessary  as  the  process  does  not  kill  the  bacteria.  Canton  tlannel  is  recom- 
mended for  filtration. 

The  activated- sludg-e  process  of  sewage  purification,  G.  J.  Fowler  {Sur- 
veyor, 49  {1916),  No.  1255.  pp.  US-151).—Tlns  is  a  summary  of  present  knowl- 
edge of  both  the  scientific  and  practical  phases  of  the  activated-sludge  process 
of  sewage  purification,  together  with  a  list  of  23  references  to  literature  bearing 
on  the  subject. 

Summary  and  latest  results  of  experimental  work  on  activated  sludge  at 
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  T.  C.  Hatton  {Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  {1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  104-lOS}. — A  summary  of  exi^eriments  conducted  since  the  beginning  of 
1914  is  given,  from  which  the  conclusion  Is  drawn  that  "  where  a  high  and 
uniform  standard  effluent  is  required  no  other  known  process  equals  it  either  in 
first  cost  or  cost  of  operation,  and  where  the  plant  is  of  sufficient  capacity  to 
-warrant  the  reduction  of  sludge  to  fertilizer  the  sludge  problem  becomes  solved 
as  never  before  possible." 

Ninth  annual  report  of  the  state  highway  commissioner  to  the  Governor 
of  Virginia  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1915,  G.  P.  Coleman  {Ann.  Rpt. 
Highway  Comr.  Ya.,  9  {1915),  pp.  W,  pls.  26,  fig.  i).— This  report  deals,  by 
counties,  with  road  construction,  expenditures,  etc.,  In  Virginia  during  the 
year  ended  September  30,  1915. 

Methods  of  brick  pavement  construction  {Good  Roads,  49  {1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
55-61,  figs.  S). — Data  obtained  from  inquiries  addressed  to  a  number  of  engi- 
neers on  the  so-called  monolithic  type  of  brick  pavement  are  reported. 

Forest  Service  proposes  Douglas  fir  grading  rule  (Engin.  Rec,  73  {1916), 
No.  7.  pp.  212,  213.  fig.  1). — A  rule  proposed  by  the  Forest  Service  of  this 
Department  for  grading  Douglas  fir  timber  for  structural  purposes  is  given. 
This  follows  the  recent  trend  of  yellow  pine  rules  in  placing  in  the  first 
position  clauses  that  determine  the  density  of  the  timber.  In  addition  to  the 
visual  inspection  for  density — by  a  rings-per-inch  clause — the  weighing  of  dried 
borings  is  provided  for  when  the  sticks  do  not  meet  the  rings-per-inch  rule.  The 
plan  of  restricting  knots,  shakes,  and  checks  in  beams  is  also  followed. 

Gas  tractors  and  their  work,  F.  C.  Perkins  {Gas  Engine,  18  {1916),  Nos.  1, 
pp.  1-9,  figs.  15;  2,  pp.  61-67,  105,  figs.  9). — The  details  of  construction,  opera- 
tion, and  control  of  some  of  the  well-known  makes  of  gas  tractors  are  described, 
special  attention  being  called  to  their  advantages  from  the  farmer's  standpoint. 

General  notes  on  power  farming,  E.  R.  Wiggins  {Power  Farming,  25  {1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  22,  .^4). — This  paper  gives  information  on  the  care  of  cooling  systems, 
adjustment  of  farm  gas  engines,  and  use  of  the  proper  oil.  Tests  on  four  small 
gas  engines  are  also  reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to  learn  what  may 
be  expected  of  such  engines  of  a  given  size  and  rating.  The  results  are  given  In 
the  following  table : 

Tests  of  small  gas  engines. 


Rated  horsepower. 

Bore  and 
stroke. 

Revolu- 
tions per 
minute. 

Piston 
speed  per 
minute. 

Maxi- 
mum 
actual 
horse- 
power 
pulled. 

Horse- 
power 
during 
test. 

Gasoline 
perhorse- 

wDwer- 

hour 

Gasoline 
per  horse- 
power of 
10  hours. 

Cooling 
water 
per  13 
hours. 

i.'-o 

1.75       

Inchei. 
3.75X5.0 
3.50X5.0 
3.50X4.0 
J.0OX4.5 

500 
550 
500 
450 

Feet. 
All 
458 
333 
337 

1.63 
1.72 
1.17 
ZOO 

1.48 
1.72 
1.00 
1.77 

Poandt. 
LOl 

.85 
LOS 
.76 

Gallons. 
1.62 

1.70 
1.21 

Gallons. 
3.70 

1.50 

6.60 

1.75 

2.50 

1916]  RURAL   ENGINEERING.  189 

The  adjustment  and  operation  of  engine  plows,  0.  O.  Reed  (Amer.  Thresher- 
man,  18  {WIG),  No.  10,  pp.  39,  40,  42,  43,  figs.  7).— The  author  deals  with  free- 
lift  and  unit-lift  gang  plows,  giving  information  in  particular  regarding  ad- 
justments in  assembling  for  average  conditions,  the  set  of  coulters,  and  hitch 
and  side  draft. 

A  homemade  windmill,  R.  H.  Smith  {Rural  New  Yorker,  75  {1916),  Nos. 
4363,  p.  149,  figs.  2;  4364,  p.  181,  figs.  2).— The  details  of  a  homemade  wooden 
windmill  are  described  and  illustrated. 

Harvesting  grain  in  California:  The  combined  harvester  v.  the  grain 
binder,  G.  W.  Hendky  {Univ.  Cal.  Jour.  Agr.,  S  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  129-137,  pi.  1, 
figs.  4)- — Data  resulting  from  experience  at  the  experimental  farm  at  Davis, 
Cal.,  are  reported,  which  indicate  that  the  net  returns  per  acre  in  barley  pro- 
duction, using  the  binder  and  stationary  threshing  machine,  were  $7,  against 
$4.16  using  the  combined  harvester.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  combined  sys- 
tem has  been  a  salient  factor  in  reducing  the  cost  of  grain  production,  but  at  a 
great  sacrifice  in  yield.  "  There  is  a  growing  sentiment  among  farmers  that 
the  binder  system  is  a  more  economical  system  than  the  combined  harvester 
system,  as  measured  by  the  net  returns  per  acre.  [This]  is  manifested  by  the 
fact  that  the  number  of  binders  used  in  this  State  is  constantly  increasing." 

Using-  the  modem  grain  separator,  G.  F.  Conneb  {Power  Farming,  25 
(1916),  No.  2,  p.  12). — The  operation  and  use  of  the  labor-saving  attachments, 
including  the  feeders,  wind  stacker,  grain  handlers,  and  dust  collectors,  are 
dealt  will). 

The  drinking  of  dairy  stock  and  autom.atic  watering  devices,  O.  Felix 
{Schweiz.  Arch.  Tierheilk.,  57  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  651-666,  figs.  2).— The  im- 
portance of  clean  water  supplies  for  dairy  stock  is  pointed  out,  and  some  auto- 
matic watering  devices  to  be  used  in  stalls  are  briefly  described  as  both  con- 
venient and  sanitary. 

Experiments  with  aluminum  milk  and  dairy  receptacles,  A.  Peteb  {Molk. 
Ztg.  Berlin,  25  {1915),  No.  47,  pp.  369,  370;  Jahresher.  Molk.  Schule  Riltti- 
Zollikofen,  28  {1914-15),  pp.  22-27 )  .—Tests  of  aluminum  cheese  tubs,  milk  and 
dairy  receptacles,  milk  cans,  and  milk  bowls  led  to  the  conclusions  that  alumi- 
num cheese  tubs  may  be  economically  used  when  copper  becomes  relatively 
more  expensive  than  aluminum  and  that  aluminum  is  the  material  most  to  be 
recommended  for  large  milk  and  dairy  receptacles  and  for  milk  conveyors  in 
dairies.  Aluminum  is  also  a  good  material  for  milk  bowls,  but  this  use  and 
the  use  for  cheese  tubs  cause  trouble  in  cleaning  the  walls  without  injuring 
them.  It  is  stated  that  the  problem  of  a  sufficiently  resistant  and  durable 
aluminum  milk  can  has  yet  to  be  solved. 

Protective  paints  for  metal,  wood,  canvas,  and  cement  roofs,  F.  Schradee 
(IHus.  Landw.  Ztg.,  35  {1915),  No.  55,  pp.  364-366). — The  proper  materials  and 
mixtures  thereof  for  the  different  types  of  roof  are  pointed  out. 

Rural  sanitation,  W.  B.  Givens  {Fresno  [Cal.]  State  Normal  School  Bui.  S 
{1915),  pp.  14,  figs.  4)- — This  briefly  describes  and  illustrates  the  well-known 
Kentucky  sanitary  privy  and  a  so-called  septic  tank  of  the  multiple-cliamber, 
continuous-flow  type.  The  rather  unusual  statement  is  made  that  the  tile 
drainage  system  below  the  tank  should  have  a  fall  of  from  4  to  6  in.  per  100  ft. 
Departing  further  from  usual  practice  the  suggestion  is  made  that  "  when  the 
tank  is  completed  and  filled  with  water,  five  or  six  shovelfuls  of  well-rotted 
horse  manure  should  be  put  into  it  to  inoculate  the  fluid  with  the  liquefying, 
purifying  germs  upon  which  everything  depends." 


190  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOBD.  [Vol.  35 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

How  the  Department  of  Agriculture  promotes  organization  in  rural  life, 
C.  W.  Thompson  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  272ar-212p) .—This  article 
gives  a  brief  description  of  the  activities  of  this  Department  in  improving 
rural  life  through  organizations,  treating  of  the  work  in  connection  with  the 
farm  management  investigations,  boys'  and  girls'  clubs,  county  organizations 
for  extension  activities,  organizations  for  the  introduction  of  special  crops  or 
for  obtaining  better  seed,  control  of  animal  diseases,  cow-testing  associations, 
organizations  for  road  improvement,  work  for  improving  market  facilities, 
agricultural  credit,  and  for  the  encouragement  of  social  activities. 

The  author  points  out  that  "  it  may  be  noted  that  in  every  case  the  organiza- 
tion is  undertaken  for  some  specific  purpose,  and  that  that  purpose  is  one  which 
can  better  be  accomplished  through  concerted  effort  than  through  individual 
action  alone.  This  represents  the  general  policy  of  the  Department  with 
regard  to  organization  among  farmers." 

How  Hawaii  helps  her  farmers  to  market  their  produce,  E.  V.  Wilcox 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  131-11,6,  pis.  2).— In  this  article  is  given 
a  description  of  the  market  conditions  in  Hawaii  and  the  efforts  of  the  Hawaii 
Federal  Experiment  Station,  through  its  marketing  division,  to  find  a  marked 
for  the  native  produce.  When  the  division  first  took  up  its  work  the  town  and 
city  traders  were  purchasing  very  little  native  produce  on  account  of  the 
irregularity  of  receipts  and  lack  of  uniformity  of  packing.  The  marketing 
division  sought  out  favorable  producing  centers  for  certain  crops,  taught  the 
natives  how  to  handle  their  produce,  and  established  a  market  information 
service. 

Results  of  this  work  are  summarized  as  follows :  "  Starting  with  unorganized 
and  isolated  farming  communities  of  different  races,  it  has  brought  these  men 
together  to  the  mutual  benefit  of  all  concerned.  Beginning  with  a  farming 
population,  which  had  been  originally  laborers  and  totally  without  information 
as  to  market  requirements  for  farm  products,  it  has  brought  about  a  striking 
improvement  in  the  grading  and  packing  of  tropical  fruits  and  products  to  the 
benefit  of  the  farmer  and  of  the  consumer  in  Honolulu  and  on  the  mainland. 
Initiating  a  practical  market  system  among  a  set  of  farmers  who  were  thor- 
oughly discouraged  as  to  the  prospects  of  carrying  on  general  agriculture  in 
Hawaii,  it  has  shown  that  reasonable  profits  can  be  derived  from  diversified 
agi'iculture  in  Hawaii." 

The  cooperative  purchase  of  farm  supplies,  C.  E.  Bassett  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Yearbook  1915,  pp.  73-82,  pi.  1).—The  author  enumerates  as  the  objects  of 
cooperative  purchase  associations  the  elimination  of  waste  in  conducting  their 
business,  the  securing  of  high-grade  goods,  and  the  standardization  of  supplies 
by  using  the  same  kind  of  implements,  packages,  etc. 

The  type  of  organization  recommended  is  a  board  of  five  or  seven  directors 
and  a  secretary  who  is  to  act  as  business  manager.  It  is  advised  that  each 
purchaser  pay  in  addition  to  a  small  membership  fee  a  slight  excess  of  the 
cost  of  the  goods  to  cover  the  expenses  of  conducting  the  business.  In  trans- 
acting the  business  the  association  may  also  be  used  as  a  clearing  house  for 
onlers  so  as  to  obtain  carload  lots.  However,  the  author  considers  that  it  is 
better  to  give  the  local  dealer  an  opportunity  to  bid  on  the  purchases. 

Another  method  advocated  is  to  deposit  in  a  local  bank  the  necessary  cash 
or  arrange  for  the  proper  credit.  The  certificate  of  deposit  is  forwarded  with 
the  order.  If  warehousing  or  manufacturing  is  undertaken  by  the  association 
a  skillful  manager  is  required. 


19161  EURAL   ECONOMICS.  191 

The  author  claims  that  the  chances  for  success  in  conducting  cooperative 
stores  are  not  so  numerous  or  as  great  as  many  imagine.  They  should  be 
attempted  only  after  a  most  careful  survey  of  local  conditions  and  then  only 
when  sufficient  capital  and  high-grade  management  are  available.  In  conduct- 
ing such  stores,  goods  may  be  sold  to  the  members  either  at  cost,  plus  office 
expenses,  interest,  etc.,  or  at  regular  retail  prices.  The  plan  of  selling  by 
regular  retail  prices  is  preferred  by  many  because  it  is  less  disturbing  to 
local  trade  and  at  the  end  of  the  season  the  profits  may  be  divided  between 
the  member  and  nonmember  patrons  in  the  form  of  dividends. 

A  successful  rural  cooperative  laundry,  C.  H.  Hanson  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Yearbook  1915,  pp.  189-194,  pi.  i).— The  author  states  that  the  organization  of 
the  cooperative  laundry  at  Chatfield,  Minn.,  is  unique  in  that,  although  a  sep- 
arate corporation,  the  laundry  and  the  creamery  have  the  same  officers.  The 
laundry  company  is  organized  under  the  cooperative  laws  of  the  State  and  has 
been  capitalized  at  $5,000. 

The  creamery  company  owns  the  building,  which  it  rents  to  the  laundry 
company  at  $10  per  month,  and  supplies  it  with  power  and  heat  at  the 
rate  of  about  $15  per  month.  The  building  is  an  addition  to  the  creamery, 
30  by  70  feet,  costing  about  $2,000.  Between  and  joining  the  two  buildings  are 
the  boiler,  engine,  and  coal  rooms.  This  arrangement  is  found  convenient 
for  the  operators  of  both  plants,  reduces  overhead  expenses,  prevents  con- 
tamination of  cream  and  butter  from  the  laundry,  and  is  economical  of  heat 
and  power.  A  portion  of  the  second  story  has  been  finished  off  for  a  lunch  and 
rest  room  for  the  employees. 

"  The  equipment  is  of  the  most  modern  type,  .  .  .  cost  about  $3,000,  is 
similar  to  that  used  in  good  city  laundries,  and  is  sufficient  to  turn  out  $400 
worth  of  work  per  week. 

"  The  charges  based  on  weight  are  5  cts.  per  pound,  which  includes  the 
ironing  of  all  flat  work,  underwear,  and  stockings.  .  .  .  The  average  cost  per 
week  for  the  family  washing  has  been  $1.05.  Patronage  is  about  equally  di- 
vided between  city  and  country.     The  laundry  xisually  employs  about  8  persons." 

A  graphic  summary  of  American  agriculture,  M.  Smith,  O.  E.  Bakek,  and 
R.  G.  Hainsworth  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  329-403.  figs.  S2). — 
These  pages  contain  a  series  of  graphs  and  maps  based  upon  the  returns  of  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  the  Census  and  the  Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates  of  this  Depart- 
ment, showing  the  geographic  distribution  and  production  of  farm  crops,  num- 
ber of  farms,  area  of  farm  land,  rural  population,  value  of  farm  property,  num- 
ber of  live  stock,  and  live-stock  products. 

Some  outstanding  factors  in  profitable  farming,  J.  S.  Cates  (U.  S.  Dcpt. 
Agr.  Yearbook  1915.  pp.  113-120,  fig.  1). — This  article  contains  the  conclusions 
brought  out  in  previous  studies  of  the  Office  of  Farm  Management  of  this 
Department,  which  have  been  summarized  as  folloAvs : 

"  The  farming  business  which  is  of  efficient  size,  and  which  is  made  up  of 
diverse  units,  put  together  in  such  a  way  as  to  operate  smoothly  and  well,  with 
full  employment  of  both  labor  and  horse  and  machinery  equipment,  provided 
supervision  is  adequate  and  the  enterprises  making  up  the  farm  are  selected 
wisely  and  are  efficient,  complies  closely  with  the  outstanding  factors  of 
profit.  .  .  . 

"A  vast  number  of  American  farmers  are  making  their  homes  on  impoverished 
land  and  are  practically  without  working  capital.  The  outstanding  factors  in 
profitable  farming,  in  such  cases,  consist  in  a  study  of  what  to  do  with  what 
they  already  have.  The  factors  of  profit  must  be  toned  down  to  terms  of  ex- 
pediency under  existing  conditions." 


192 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECORD. 


[Vel.  35 


Unprofitable  acres,  J.  C.  McDowell  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp. 
l/f7-15Jf.  pis.  4). — Among  the  causes  for  unprofitable  acres  are  mentioned  that 
the  area  cultivated  by  a  farmer  may  be  too  small  to  gh'e  him  profitable  em- 
ployment, or  the  area  may  be  so  large  that  the  farmer  can  not  cultivate  the 
land  to  the  best  advantage;  the  holding  of  land  capable  of  profitable  agricultural 
use  out  of  cultivation  for  land  speculation ;  and  the  prohibitive  cost  or  lack  of 
capital  to  properly  drain  land  or  clear  it  of  stumps,  stones,  etc. 

The  author  summarizes  his  article  as  follows :  "  To  meet  the  growing  demand 
for  farm  products  we  must  farm  more  acres  or  make  each  acre  produce  more. 
Land  not  now  in  farms  should  be  made  into  farms,  and  unimproved  Innd  now 
in  farms  should  be  improved,  only  in  so  far  as  this  can  be  done  profitably." 

Monthly  crop  report  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Mo.  Crop  Rpt.  2  (1916),  No.  k,  pp. 
29-40.  figs.  2). — This  number  estimates  the  condition  of  winter  wheat  and  rye 
on  April  1,  the  condition  of  farm  animals  on  the  same  date  and  losses  during 
the  previous  year,  prices  paid  to  producers  of  farm  products,  estimated  farm 
value  of  important  products  on  March  15  and  April  1,  range  of  prices  of  agri- 
cultural products  at  important  markets,  the  final  estimate  of  the  United  States 
beet  sugar  production,  maple  sugar  and  sirup  production  in  Vermont,  the  pro- 
duction of  important  crops  in  the  leading  five  Statea  during  1913-1915,  a 
special  report  on  tbe  condition  of  truck  crops  and  the  early  potato  crop,  and^ 
miscellaneous  data. 

An  estimate  of  the  apples  harvested  by  months  showed  that  3  per  cent  is 
harvested  in  June,  11  per  cent  in  July,  15  per  cent  in  August,  26  per  cent  in 
September,  and  45  per  cent  in  October. 

An  inquiry  sent  to  flour  mills  and  grain  elevators  is  summarized  as  follows : 
Of  the  1915  wheat  crop,  14.4  per  cent  was  unfit  for  milling  and  7.3  per  cent  was 
used  for  feed.     About  4  per  cent  is  usually  fed. 

An  inquiry  into  the  causes  and  extent  of  live-stock  losses  indicated  that  the 
anual  loss  of  cattle  from  disease  amounts  to  .$177,750,000,  swine  $66,466,000,  and 
sheep  ?21,184,000.     The  following  table  gives  the  percentage  of  loss  by  causes : 

Estimated  annual  live-stock  losses  in  the  United  States,  by  causes. 


Cause  of  losses. 


Hog  cholera 

Texas  fever  and  cattle  tick . 

Tuberculosis 

Contagious  abortion 

Blackleg 


Scabies . 
Internal  parasites. 
Anthrax. 


Exposure 

InsuflTicierit  or  irregular  feeding. . 

Pre<Iatory  animals 

Miscellaneous  live-stock  diseases. 


Total. 


Cattle. 


Per  cent. 
0.0 
5.9 

10.8 
9.2 

15.5 
0.7 
3.0 
1.7 

12.2 

15.3 
2.4 

23.3 


100.0 


Swine. 


Per  cent. 

48.9 
0.0 
2.6 
0.9 
0.0 
0.0 

10.4 
0.2 
8.2 

10.0 
1.1 

17.7 


Sheep. 


Per  cent. 
0.0 
0.0 
2.4 
2.0 
0.2 
7.3 
13.0 
0.5 
22.1 
1.3.7 
18.1 
20.7 


100.0 


10).  0 


Information  is  given  concerning  apple  pro<luction  and  value,  showing  that 
there  were  70.350,000  bbls.  of  apples  producod  in  1915,  of  which  49,487,000  were 
sold  at  an  f.  o.  b.  price  of  $1.78  per  barrel.  A  table  is  included  shov.ing  the 
distribution  by  varieties. 

A  special  inquiry  as  to  tlie  changes  in  value  of  farm  lands  indicates  that  the 
value  of  farm  lands  in  the  United  States  in  1915  was  $45.55  per  acre,  compnred 
with  $40.85  for  the  year  previous.    The  census  reported  the  value  of  farm  lands 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL    EDUCATION.  193 

in  1910  as  $32.40,  and  in  1900  as  $15.57  pe-r  acre.  It  is  stated  that  the  percent- 
age increases  in  farm-laud  values  since  1912  are  as  follows :  North  Atlantic 
States,  17  per  cent ;  eastern  part  of  North  Central  States,  20  per  cent ;  western 
part  of  North  Central  States,  28  per  cent ;  South  Atlantic  States,  23  per  cent ; 
South  Central  States,  25  per  cent ;  far  Western  States,  34  per  cent ;  entire 
United  States,  25.7  per  cent. 

The  production  of  durum  wheat  in  Minnesota,  North  Dakota,  and  South 
Dakota,  the  States  producing  about  95  per  cent  of  the  entire  crop  of  durum 
wheat,  was  37,900,000  bu.,  with  an  average  yield  of  19.3  bu.  per  acre,  and  an 
average  value  per  acre  of  $20.77.  The  average  yield  for  other  types  of  wheat  in 
the  same  States  was  17.4  bu.,  and  the  average  value,  $20.04. 

AGRICTJLTTJaAL  EDUCATI02T. 

The  development  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  H.  J.  Watees  {Manila:  Bureau 
of  Printing,  1915,  pp.  45). — This  is  a  summary  of  the  results  of  a  personal  study 
of  the  natural  resources  of  the  country,  the  development  and  work  of  the 
schools,  and  the  agricultural  practices  of  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

The  author  briefly  outlines  the  work  of  the  six  governmental  agencies  that 
are  giving  instruction  in  agriculture  or  engaged  in  agricultural  development, 
viz,  the  bureaus  of  agriculture,  education,  forestry,  and  science,  and  the  col- 
leges of  agriculture  and  veterinary  medicine,  indicating  extensive  duplication, 
some  of  which  is  deemed  economical  and  justifiable  and  some  unnecessary  and 
wasteful.  Recommendations  are  made  for  combining  the  work  of  these  various 
agricultural  agencies  and  correlating  with  it  the  work  of  the  bureau  of  educa- 
tion, not  so  much  upon  the  grounds  of  economy  of  administration  as  upon  the 
broader  grounds  of  greater  efficiency. 

He  suggests  that  while  the  bureau  of  education  conducts  elaborate  crop  tests 
in  all  the  provinces  and  is  accunmlating  valuable  data  regarding  the  behavior 
of  these  crops  under  diiYerent  conditions  of  soil  and  climate,  this  work  should  be 
inspected  or  studied  by  a  representative  of  the  agricultural  institutions,  not 
with  any  idea  of  controlling  it  bat  with  a  view  of  making  it  successful  and  most 
helpful  to  the  school  children  and  farmers.  It  is  his  opinion,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  the  bureau  of  education  should  not  assume  that  knowledge  of  agri- 
culture which  would  justify  its  officers  in  recommending  a  practice  for  any 
region  or  in  putting  such  practice  into  effect  through  its  schools  and  school 
gardens,  as  it  is  the  function  of  the  bureau  and  college  of  agriculture  to  shape 
the  agricultural  policies  of  the  islands  as  definitely  as  it  is  that  of  the  bureau 
cf  education  to  shape  their  educational  policies. 

As  regards  the  college  of  agriculture  the  author  finds  the  departments  of 
botany  and  chemistry  exceptionally  well  organized  and  officered  and  compar- 
ing favorably  with  those  of  the  better  colleges  of  the  United  States,  but  that 
in  the  practical  subjects  the  college  is  not  so  far  advanced.  He  believes  that 
by  adding  two  years  of  agriculture,  viz,  a  strong  and  closely  supervised  course 
of  five  hours  in  farm  practice  in  the  first  year  of  the  curriculum  and  a  full 
course  in  agriculture,  dealing  with  the  staple  crops  and  laying  emphasis  upon 
plant  judging  and  selection  in  the  second  year,  and  by  giving  three  courses 
instead  of  two  in  animal  husbandry,  the  course  would  be  fairly  well  balanced 
for  the  present.  He  holds  that  no  matter  what  is  finally  done  regarding  the 
merging  of  a  part  of  the  work  of  the  college  of  agriculture  with  that  of  the 
bureau  of  agriculture,  the  duty  of  the  college  to  do  research  work  must  be 
clearly  recognized  and  the  necessai-y  funds  provided. 

Agricultural  instruction  in  Surinam,  J.  J.  Leys  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  Brit. 
Guiana,  9  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  11-14).— This  is  a  description  of  two-year  agricul- 


194  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

tural  courses  of  40  weeks  each,  with  a  three-hour  lecture  a  week,  for  young 
farmers  and  teachers.  Theoretical  instruction  is  given  in  chemistry,  botany, 
zoology,  and  physics,  and  practical  knowledge  in  the  tilling  of  the  soil,  the  use 
of  agricultural  tools,  drainage,  manuring,  cattle  rearing,  dairy  work,  and  the 
cultivation  of  agricultural  plants  adapted  to  local  conditions.  The  minimum 
age  at  which  pupils  are  admitted  is  15  years. 

Elementary  courses  were  started  in  March  and  secondary  courses  in  May, 
1915.  Agricultural  instruction  in  Surinam  is  entirely  separate  from  elemen- 
tary education  and  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  director  of  agriculture. 

Horticultural  winter  schools,  H.  R.  Jung  {Gartenflora,  65  {1916),  No.  1-2, 
pp.  li-18).—To  meet  the  need  of  better  facilities  for  elementary  horticultural 
instruction  in  Germany,  the  author  recommends  the  establishment  of  horticul- 
tural winter  schools  in  connection  with  the  agricultural  winter  schools,  and 
outlines  suggested  regulations,  subject  matter,  and  a  weekly  schedule  of  hours 
for  such  schools. 

Report  of  the  work  of  the  School  Garden  Association  in  1913  and  1914 
{Bcr.  For.  Skolchav.  Virks.  [Denmark],  1913-14,  pp.  31,  figs.  11). — This  report 
contains  a  summary  of  the  school  garden  work  in  Denmark  in  1913  and  1914, 
followed  by  brief  reports  on  the  work  of  several  of  the  70  individual  gardens 
now  there. 

Regulations  for  grants  in  aid  of  agricultural  education  and  research  in 
England  and  Wales,  1916-17  {London:  Bd.  of  Agr.  and  Fisheries,  1915,  pp. 
22). — This  pamphlet  deals  with  the  conditions  under  which  grants  are  awarded 
through  the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries  from  the  Development  Fund 
or  parliamentary  appropriations. 

Second  thousand  answered  questions  in  California  agriculture,  E.  J.  Wick- 
son  {San  Francisco:  Pacific  Rural  Press,  1916,  pp.  254). — These  questions  and 
answers  relate  to  fruit  and  vegetable  growing,  grains  and  forage  crops,  soils, 
fertilizers,  irrigation,  live  stock  and  dairying,  feeding  animals,  diseases  of  ani- 
mals, poultry  keeping,  and  pests  and  diseases  of  plants.  The  book  is  a  sequel 
to  One  Thousand  Questions  in  California  Agriculture  Answered  (E,  S.  R.,  31, 
p.  494),  and  avoids  duplication  of  the  preceding  volume. 

Elementary  vocational  agriculture  for  Maryland  schools,  E.  A.  Miller 
{Md.  Agr.  Col.  Bui,  12  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  222,  figs.  70).— This  is  the  complete 
series  of  monthly  publications,  from  September  to  May  inclusive,  setting  forth 
lessons  in  elementary  vocational  agriculture,  outlined  after  a  monthly  sequence 
plan,  and  adapted  to  the  seasonal,  agricultural,  and  school  conditions  of  Mary- 
land, of  which  the  first  issue  has  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  695).  The  lessons 
treat  of  the  following  subjects:  The  soil,  crops,  the  orchard,  vegetable,  fruit, 
and  flower  gardening,  poultry,  dairying,  farm  animals,  buildings  for  farm 
animals,  farm  accounts,  insects,  plant  diseases,  silage,  rope— knots,  hitches, 
and  splices,  nature  study,  school  ground  improvement,  and  management  sug- 
gestions. Each  lesson  comprises  classroom  work,  practical  exercises  consisting 
largely  of  club  activities  and  home  projects,  suggested  correlations,  and  refer- 
ences to  the  literature. 

Extension  course  in  soils  for  self-instructed  classes  in  movable  schools  of 
agriculture,  A.  R.  Whitson  and  H.  B.  Hendrick  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bnl.  355 
{1916),  pp.  y^).— This  course  is  designed  to  aid  agricultural  colleges  in  their 
extension  work  and  is  intended  for  the  use  of  small  groups  of  farmers  assem- 
bled as  a  class  to  study  the  subject  in  a  systematic  manner,  with  one  of  their 
number  as  leader.  An  entire  day  is  to  be  consumed  by  each  of  the  12  lessons, 
the  forenoon  being  devoted  to  the  subject  matter  and  reference  work  and  the 
afternoon  to  the  practical  exercises  outlined.  Reference  books,  apparatus,  and 
supplies  are  listed  in  an  appcMidix. 


1916]  MISCELLANEOUS.  195 

Suggestions  for  school  and  home  projects  in  agriculture,  K.  L.  Hatch  and 
W.  F.  Stewabt  {Bui.  Univ.  Wis.,  No.  757  (1916),  pp.  30,  figs.  6).— This  bulletin 
contains  an  outline  of  the  purpo»i,  aims,  scope,  and  method  of  practical 
projects  in  the  study  of  elementary  and  secondary  agriculture;  suggested 
outlines  for  a  series  of  projects  in  dairying  and  orcharding,  developing  from 
the  simple  to  the  complex  and  illustrating  the  logical  sequence  of  projects, 
and  including  short,  medium,  and  long-time  projects ;  suggested  titles  for  a 
series  of  projects  in  corn  growing;  and  a  classified  list  of  suggested  short, 
medium,  and  long-time  projects. 

Practical  examples  in  dairy  arithm.etic,  H.  E.  Ross,  E.  S.  Guthrie,  and 
W.  W.  FisK  {Cornell  Reading  Courses,  5  {1915),  No.  98,  pp.  24,  figs.  4).— Specitic 
examples  are  given  to  show  the  farmer  and  the  factory  man  how  various  com- 
putations required  in  dairy  practice  are  made.  In  many  cases  the  problems 
are  based  on  figures  taken  direct  from  creamery  records. 

How  the  whole  county  demonstrated,  B.  Knapp  and  J.  M.  Jones  ( U.  8.  Dept. 
Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp.  225-248,  pis.  2,  figs.  2). — An  account  is  given  of  the 
difficulties  encountered,  methods  employed,  and  results  accomplished  by  county 
demonstration  agents  in  the  evolution  of  the  rural  life  of  Christian  County, 
Ky.,  and  Culpeper  County,  Va. 

The  boys'  pig  club  work,  W.  F.  Wabd  {U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook  1915,  pp. 
173-188,  pis.  6). — The  author  discusses  the  objects  and  plan  and  some  results 
of  pig  club  work,  the  financing  and  subsequent  careers  of  club  members,  prizes 
awarded,  exhibits  at  county  and  state  fairs,  the  home  curing  of  pork,  and 
the  beneficial  influence  of  pig  club  work  on  the  boy. 

The  poultry  club  work  in  the  South,  R.  R.  Slocum  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Year- 
book, 1915,  pp.  195-200,  pis.  3). — The  objects  and  methods  of  poultry  club  work 
in  the  South,  work  of  the  poultry  club  agents,  community  breeding,  school 
poultry  flocks,  growth  of  the  work  in  three  years,  and  some  results  are 
discussed. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Yearbook  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  1915  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.  Year- 
book, 1915,  pp.  616,  pis.  76,  figs.  96). — This  contains  the  report  of  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  94)  ;  24  special  articles  ab- 
stracted elsewhere  in  this  issue ;  and  an  appendix  containing  a  directory  of 
the  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  stations  and  the  state  officials  in 
charge  of  agricultural  work,  and  statistics  of  the  principal  crops,  farm  animals 
and  their  products,  the  federal  meat  inspection,  estimated  value  of  farm 
products,  tonnage  carried  on  railways,  1912-1914,  imports  and  exports  of  agri-, 
cultural  products,  rural  and  agricultural  populations,  number  of  persons  en- 
gaged in  agriculture  and  area  of  agriculture  land  in  various  countries,  and  the 
utilization  of  the  National  Forests. 

Annual  report  of  the  director  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1915 
(Delaware  Sta.  Bui.  Ill  (1916),  pp.  SI). — This  contains  the  organization  list 
and  the  report  of  the  director  on  the  work  and  publications  of  the  station.  It 
includes  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915. 

Getting  the  most  out  of  farming,  D.  Wallace  {St.  Paul,  Minn.:  Author, 
1916,  pp.  128). — "A  selected  list  of  publications,  of  value  to  the  farmer  and 
farmer's  wife,  available  for  free  distribution  by  the  government  and  state 
experiment  stations." 

What  shall  the  farmer  read?  F.  H.  Hall  {N.  Y.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  %5  (1915), 
pp.  2559-2590) .—K  classified  list  of  books  for  the  farm  library  is  given,  together 
with  a  discussion  of  the  subject. 


NOTES 


California  University  and  Station. — Plans  are  nearing  completion  for  Hilgard 
Hall,  the  new  reinforced  concrete  building  about  to  be  built  on  the  university 
campus  at  a  cost  of  $350,000,  and  a  wing  of  the  present  agricultural  building. 
This  expense  is  to  be  defrayed  from  the  proceeds  of  the  $1,800,000  of  build- 
ing bonds  authorized  by  the  people  of  California  through  approval  of  an  initia- 
tive measure  proposed  by  the  alumni  of  the  university.  The  other  buildings 
being  erected  from  this  initiative  bond  issue  are  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler  Hall, 
a  granite  classroom  building,  to  cost  .$700,000,  which  will  acconn^iodate  3,500 
students  at  one  time,  and  will  contain  also  47  studies  for  professors  and  a 
lecture  room  seating  1,090  people;  the  fii"st  unit  of  a  new  group  of  permanent 
buildings  for  chemistry,  this  first  building  to  cost  $160,000;  the  completion  of 
the  university  library,  on  which  $850,000  has  already  been  spent,  and  on  which 
an  additional  $525,000  is  now  to  be  expended ;  and  a  second  unit  for  a  central 
heating  and  power  plant,  to  cost  $60,000,  and  to  increase  the  supply  of  heat 
and  light  so  as  to  provide  for  these  new  buildings. 

A  contract  for  about  $100,000  has  been  let  for  the  new  buildings  at  the  citrus 
substation  at  Riverside.  The  principal  building  is  to  consist  of  a  two-story  and 
basement  center,  154  by  57  feet,  with  one-story  wings  each  100  by  55  feet.  This 
structure  is  to  provide  extensive  laboratory  and  office  facilities.  The  center  is 
to  be  used  for  aduinistration,  the  library,  a  lecture  room,  and  laboratories  for 
entomology,  plant  breeding,  soils,  and  orchard  management,  and  one  of  the 
wings  for  plant  pathology  and  plant  physiology  and  the  other  for  agricultural 
chemistry. 

A  director's  residence,  barns,  and  other  buildings  are  also  being  erected  under 
a  $25,000  appropriation.  About  125  acres  have  been  planted  to  grain  to  test 
the  uniformity  of  the  soil  of  the  new  site,  and  about  10  acres  have  been  set 
out  to  apricots  and  pears  as  a  part  of  a  series  of  experiments  on  the  principles 
of  pruning. 

The  last  annual  farm  picnic  at  Davis  was  attended  by  about  16,000  people, 
this  being  about  three  times  the  number  on  any  previous  occasion. 

Edward  P.  Van  Duzee  has  resigned  as  instructor  and  assistant  in  entomology 
to  accept  an  appointment  as  curator  of  the  department  of  entomology  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Illinois  Station. — Dr.  A.  D.  p]mmett,  a-ssistant  chief  in  animal  nutrition,  has 
accepted  the  position  of  research  biological  chemist  with  a  commercial  firm 
at  Detroit,  INIichigan,  beginning  September  1. 

Mississippi  College. — W.  H.  Smith,  state  superintendent  of  education,  has  lieen 
appointed  president,  vice  George  R.  Hightower,  beginning  September  15. 

Montana  College  and  Station.— Leave  of  absence,  terminating  June  1.  1917,  has 
been  granted  to  H.  E.  Morris,  assistant  botanist,  and  E.  J.  Quinn,  assistant 
chemist,  for  advanced  study.  Dr.  E.  H.  Riley,  assistant  professor  of  animal 
husbandry,  has  resigned  to  devote  his  entire  time  to  the  work  of  the  State 
Stallion  Registration  Board.  R.  C.  McChord,  instructor  in  animal  husbandry  in 
Purdue  University,  has  been  appointed  assistant  professor  of  animal  industry. 
196 


Vol.  35,  1916]  AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION".  197 

Dr.  W.  E.  Joseph,  associate  animal  husbandman  at  the  Illinois  University  and 
Station,  has  been  appointed  assistant  animal  husbandman,  vice  R.  R.  Dod- 
deridge,  whose  resigntion  has  been  previously  noted. 

New  York  State  College  and  Stations. — Owing  to  a  veto  by  Governor  Whitman 
of  the  legislative  printing  appropriation  bill,  carrying  a  lump  fund  of  about 
$200,000.  no  state  appropriation  for  printing  the  station  bulletins  and  I'eports 
is  available.  The  Cornell  and  State  stations  have  each  been  receiving  about 
$60,000  i>er  annum  from  this  fund.  The  veto  followed  a  refusal  by  the  legisla- 
ture to  itemize  the  objects  of  expenditure. 

North  Carolina  Station, — A  campaign  to  stimulate  interest  in  building  silos  in 
the  Piedmont  section  of  the  State  has  been  begun.  A  campaign  is  also  under 
way  to  induce  the  patrons  of  creameries  to  have  their  childi'^n  compete  for 
about  $800  worth  of  prizes  offered  by  the  creameries  for  the  best  set  of  herd 
records  kept  for  the  year  beginning  July  1.  About  100  entries  for  this  contest 
have  been  obtaineil. 

The  division  of  markets  is  assisting  the  potato  growers  of  the  northeast 
section  of  the  State  through  a  wire  service  inaugiu'ated  in  cooperation  with 
the  Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization  of  this  Department,  a  saving  to 
these  growers  of  several  thousand  dollars  being  estimated.  A  similar  service  is 
being  rendered  to  the  cantaloup  growers  in  the  Sandhill  section  around 
Laurinburg. 

Ohio  State  Unirersity, — Dr.  Jay  B.  Park  has  been  appointed  professor  of  farm 
crops.  He  was  associated  for  two  years  with  the  department  of  agi'onomy  at 
the  Illinois  Station,  and  since  that  time  has  been  studying  plant  breetling  at 
Harvard  University,  from  which  he  received  his  doctor's  degree  this  spring. 

Alfred  C.  Hottes,  instructor  in  floriculture  in  Cornell  Univei-sity,  has  been 
appointed  assistant  professor  of  horticulture.  His  special  work  will  be  the 
developing  of  courses  in  floriculture. 

Oklahoma  College. — James  A.  Wilson,  a  former  director  of  the  station,  has 
been  placed  in  charge  of  extension  work,  vice  W.  D.  Bentley,  resigned  to  accept 
an  appointment  with  the  Office  of  Extension  Work  in  the  South,  of  the  State 
Relations  Service  of  this  Department. 

Hampton  Institute. — R.  W.  Crouse  and  Louis  Martin,  instructors  in  agricul- 
ture, resigned  July  1,  the  former  to  manage  a  farm  in  Iowa,  and  the  latter 
to  take  charge  of  demonstration  work  among  the  negroes  in  Maryland.  Dr. 
R.  R.  Clark,  veterinarian  and  instructor  in  animal  industry,  resigned  August  1 
to  become  principal  of  the  Theo<lore  N.  Vail  Agricultural  School  at  Lyndon, 
A'ermont.  J.  L.  B.  Buck  and  A.  E.  Shipley,  assistant  and  secretary  to  the 
director,  have  been  given  indefinite  leave  of  absence  for  service  in  the  Army 
in  connection  with  the  Mexican  situation.  Recent  appointments  include  Floyd 
Crouse,  J.  R.  Case,  and  J.  M.  Macintosh,  1916  graduates  respectively  of  the 
Iowa,  Connecticut,  and  Ontario  colleges,  as  instructors  in  farm  crops,  ele- 
mentary agriculture,  and  farm  physics. 

Vermont  University. — Miss  Josephine  A.  Marshall,  assistant  professor  of  home 
economics,  has  accepted  a  position  with  Teachers'  College  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 

Agriculture  at  the  National  Education  Association.— According  to  The  Ameri- 
can Review  of  Reviews,  the  association  "  has  not  often  given  so  much  of  its 
time  to  the  country  school  and  rural  conditions  as  it  did  this  year."  At  the 
meeting  held  at  New  York  City,  July  1  to  8,  the  fundamental  line  of  thought 
in  several  departments  was  that  the  country  school  of  all  rural  social  institu- 
tions makes  the  best  and  most  available  center  for  rebuilding  the  rural  com- 
munity, and  bears  at  present  the  greatest  responsibility  for  socializing  country 
life.    The  address  of  the  president,  Dr.  David  B.  Johnson,  of  South  Carolina,  was 


198  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

a  plea  for  a  national  commission  to  study  the  farm  home  and  the  farm  woman, 
and  a  resolution  requesting  President  Wilson  to  appoint  such  a  commission  was 
adopted  by  the  association. 

In  a  paper  before  the  Department  of  Rural  and  Agricultural  Education, 
M.  C.  Burritt,  state  leader  of  farm  bureaus  for  New  York,  enumerated  as 
among  the  fundamentals  in  agricultural  extension  to-day  the  following:  (1) 
Local  responsibility  for  and  partnership  in  any  plan  for  the  education  of  adult 
farmers  and  the  development  and  organization  of  rural  communities  is  essen- 
tial. This  may  be  obtained  through  a  county  farmers'  association  which  has 
joint  power  and  responsibility  with  the  representative  of  the  agricultural  col- 
lege in  the  management  of  the  work.  (2)  The  most  efficient  way  to  work  in 
a  specific  community  is  through  a  community  group  and  through  local  workers, 
as  through  a  county  advisory  council  with  representatives  in  each  community. 
(3)  If  the  work  is  to  be  permanent,  local  initiative  must  be  encouraged  and 
developed  and  local  leadership  further  trained  and  connected  up  with  indi- 
viduals of  organizations  in  such  a  way  that  the  work  will  be  continuous  and 
effective.  This  may  also  be  done  through  the  advisory  council.  (4)  Experience 
indicates  that  the  most  effective  method  of  teaching  the  best  agricultural 
science,  practice  and  organization,  is  that  of  the  "  demonstration."  This  is 
worked  out  in  the  farm  bureau  movement  in  New  York  State  through  local 
cooperators  and  the  advisory  council. 

Field  Exercises  in  Their  Relation  to  Agricultural  Teaching  was  the  title  of  a 
paper  by  K.  C.  Davis,  in  which  he  maintained  that  agriculture  must  be  kept  a 
practical  subject.  Although  agriculture  is  founded  on  both  practice  and  science, 
he  held  that  there  is  danger  that  in  an  effort  to  make  agriculture  a  culture  sub- 
ject many  schools  will  fail  to  maintain  the  practical  side.  The  more  practical 
phases  may  be  given  to  the  students  through  field  exercises  with  soils,  crops, 
orchards,  live  stock,  machinery,  etc.,  and  through  laboratory  exercises,  school 
and  home  demonstrations,  and  school  and  home  projects.  When  the  values  of 
these  methods  of  training  and  instruction  are  neglected  the  instruction  may 
become  too  theoretical  and  too  abstract  and  receive  the  criticism  of  being 
bookish.  The  paper  suggested  many  concrete  examples  of  field  exercises,  among 
them  the  identification  of  annual  weeds  in  cultivated  fields,  making  a  school 
collection  of  ripe  weed  seeds,  laying  out  drainage  lines,  collecting  and  studying 
nodules  on  roots  of  legumes,  mapping,  replanning,  and  remapping  the  farm, 
determining  the  expense  for  extra  fencing  on  a  poorly  planned  farm,  comparing 
several  farms  with  reference  to  methods  or  places  for  starting  fruits,  root  crops, 
corn,  small  grain,  and  other  staple  products,  and  comparing  farms  in  regard  to 
the  benefits  of  shrubbery,  vines,  and  flowers  used  in  beautifying  the  grounds. 

L.  H.  Dennis  spoke  on  The  Home  Project  in  Secondary  School  Agriculture, 
concluding  that  "  the  home  project  is  an  integral  part  of  the  scheme  to  furnish 
specific  preparation  for  life  on  the  farm.  ...  To  eliminate  the  home  project 
from  the  vocational  agricultural  course  would  be  equivalent  to  removing  the 
means  whereby  theory  and  practice  meet.  While  the  home  project  idea  has 
already  been  extensively  developed,  its  possibilities  have  by  no  means  been 
exhausted." 

E.  M.  Tuttle  described  Rural  School  Extension  Work  by  the  New  York  State 
College  of  Agriculture.  This  now  embraces  the  department  of  rural  education, 
the  publication  of  the  Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet,  and  the  junior  home  project 
work,  begun  within  the  past  year,  and  directed  exclusively  by  the  educational 
authorities  with  the  cooperation  of  other  agencies. 

Ofiicers  of  this  department  of  the  association  elected  for  the  ensuing  year 
Include  W.  H.  French,  Michigan  Agricultural  College,  president;  Z.  M.  Smith, 


19161  NOTES.  199 

Indiana  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  vice-president ;  and  C.  II.  Lane, 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  secretary. 

Among  the  organizations  meeting  with  the  National  Education  Association 
was  the  School  Garden  Association  of  America,  The  Relation  Between  School 
Gardens  and  Home  Gardens  was  considered  by  L.  A.  DeWolfe,  who  reported 
that  in  Nova  Scotia  the  school  garden  has  not  yet  helped  the  home  garden  so 
much  as  it  should  since  the  school  garden  is  still  too  often  regarded  as  unneces- 
sary or  even  detrimental  to  school  work.  "  Nevertheless,  the  school  garden  has 
its  place.  It  is  the  demonstration  ground  where  principles  to  be  applied  to  the 
home  garden  are  taught.  When  the  children  see  celery  planted,  or  proper  trans- 
planting done,  they  can  go  home  and  do  likewise.  But  no  amount  of  telling  will 
give  them  the  courage  to  try." 

In  the  paper  by  Caro  Miller  entitled  Gardening  in  the  City  Schools  of  To- 
morrow, she  said  that  the  formal  restricted  school  gardening  of  yesterday  and 
to-day  is  gradually  giving  way  to  a  broader  treatment  of  gardening  from  the 
standpoint  of  a  vocation  and  an  avocation. 

"  We  may  expect  gardening  in  the  city  schools  of  to-morrow  to  develop  along 
these  lines:  (1)  Systematic  training  of  all  city  normal  school  students  in  the 
theory  and  practice  of  gardening,  (2)  the  widest  use  of  the  formal  school 
garden  through  the  school  day  by  visiting  classes,  from  the  kindergarten  to 
eighth  grade,  for  practical  work  on  a  class  plat  and  theoretical  lessons  from  a 
progressive  graded  course  of  study,  (3)  home  gardens  supervised  by  paid 
trained  teachers  after  school  and  during  vacation,  (4)  vacant  lots  used  as 
supplements  to  home  gardens,  (5)  agricultural  clubs  for  home  project  work, 
(6)  well-organized  fall  exhibits  of  home  and  school  garden  products,  (7) 
decorative  plantings  on  school  grounds  which  shall  be  truly  a  model  for  the 
neighborhood,  (8)  systematic  planting  and  expert  care  of  trees  and  vines  for 
all  schools,  and  (9)  elective  courses  in  general  agriculture  and  horticulture 
offered  in  all  high  schools." 

S.  B.  McCready  read  a  paper  on  Ideal  Gardens  for  Country  Schools.  He 
pointed  out  that  ideal  gardens  presuppose  ideal  conditions,  such  as  a  permanent 
teacher  interested  in  her  commimity  and  believing  in  the  power  to  affect  human 
lives  through  gardening ;  an  interested  community  intent  on  progress,  loyal  to 
their  teacher  and  realizing  that  in  the  interests  awakened  in  their  boys  and 
girls  lie  their  best  satisfactions ;  a  loyal  band  of  boys  and  girls  not  afraid  of 
work,  willing  and  desirous  to  help  make  the  school  attractive;  and  a  school 
property  worth  improving  and  possible  to  improve,  having  good  soil,  etc. 

Ellen  Eddy  Shaw  read  a  paper  on  What  Can  a  Botanic  Garden  Do  to  Help 
School  Gardens?  This  consisted  largely  of  a  review  of  the  work  of  the  Brook- 
lyn Botanic  Gardens  through  regular  garden  instruction,  cooperation  with  the 
schools  in  their  nature  and  geography  work,  and  courses  given  to  teachers  in 
garden  work  and  in  botanical  nature  work. 

Association  of  Agricultural  College  Editors. — This  association  met  for  its  fourth 
conference  at  the  Kansas  College,  June  21-23,  with  representatives  of  about 
fifteen  States  and  this  Department.  An  address  of  welcome  was  given  by 
President  H.  J.  Waters,  in  which  he  advocated  as  the  ideal  qualification  for 
college  editors,  training  in  agriculture  and  journalism,  together  with  news- 
paper and  farm  experience.  An  exhibit  of  bulletins  and  press  material  formed 
a  special  feature  of  this  meeting. 

Officers  were  elected  as  follows :  President,  W.  C.  McClintock,  director  of 
publications  in  the  Ohio  State  University ;  vice-president,  N.  A.  Crawford, 
professor  of  industrial  journalism  in  the  Kansas  College ;  secretary-treasurer. 
Dr.  B.  E.  Powell,  director  of  information  in  the  University  of  Illinois ;  and 
additional  members  of  the  executive  connnittee.  H.  B.  Potter  and  W.  C.  Palmer, 


200  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.  35,  1916 

editors  respectively  of  the  University  of  Tennessee  and  the  North  Dakota 
College. 

Federal  Aid  in  Eural  Post  Eoad  Constriiction. — An  act  approved  July  11  author- 
izes the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  to  cooperate  with  the  States  through  their 
highway  departments  in  the  construction  of  rural  post  roads.  An  appropria- 
tion of  $5,000,000  is  made  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1917,  $10,000,000 
for  1918,  $15,000,000  for  1919,  $20,000,000  for  1920,  and  $25,000,000  for  1921,  to 
carry  out  the  Act.  Not  to  exceed  three  per  cent  of  the  appropriation  for  a 
year  may  be  used  for  administrative  purposes,  and  the  remainder  is  to  be 
apiwrtioned  among  the  States.  The  basis  of  apportionment  is  as  follows :  One- 
third  in  the  ratio  which  the  ax-ea  of  the  State  bears  to  the  total  area ;  one-third 
in  the  corresponding  ratio  as  to  population ;  and  one-third  in  the  ratio  which 
the  mileage  of  rural  delivery  and  star  mail  routes  in  a  State  bears  to  the  total 
mileage  on  such  routes. 

Projects  must  be  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  all  roads  to  be 
constructed,  and  upon  his  approval  not  to  exceed  fifty  per  cent  of  the  cost  may 
be  expended  as  the  share  of  the  Federal  Government.  Construction  is  to  be 
under  the  sui>ervision  of  the  state  highway  departments,  but  subject  to  the 
inspection  and  approval  of  the  Department.  The  States  must  maintain  all 
roads  constructed  under  the  Act,  and  may  be  debarred  from  further  participa- 
tion in  its  benefits  until  roads  have  been  put  in  proper  condition. 

An  appropriation  for  $1,000,000  per  annum  for  ten  years  is  also  made  avail- 
able for  the  construction  of  roads  and  trails  wholly  or  partly  within  the  National 
Forests.  These  roads  will  subsequently  be  maintained  upon  a  cooperative  basis. 
Expenditures  under  this  provision  are  to  be  reimbursed  from  the  revenues  of 
the  National  Forests. 

Cooperation  with  the  United  States  Department  of  Agrioultnre. — A  recent  issue 
of  the  Weekly  Netos  Letter  announces  that  nearly  770,000  persons  are  now 
aiding  this  Department  as  cooperators  without  compensation.  This  service  is 
being  rendered  mainly  by  furni.shing  information,  demonstrating  the  local  use- 
fulness of  new  methods,  and  the  like.  There  are  also  4,560  weather  observers, 
15,000  railroad  agents  reporting  shipments  of  perishable  crops  to  be  used  in  the 
market  news  service,  and  many  other  trade  agencies.  It  is  estimated  that  at 
least  one  farm  in  every  twenty  is  working  in  some  way  with  the  Department, 
and  thousands  of  others  are  rendering  similar  service  to  the  agricultural 
colleges  and  experiment  stations. 

Miscellaneous. — ^A  tablet,  presented  by  the  Guernsey  Breeders'  Association, 
was  unveiled  June  20  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  memory  of  the  late 
Dr.  Leonard  Pearson,  formerly  professor  in  the  university  veterinary  school  and 
dean  of  tl>e  faculty. 

The  Yorkshire  Agricultural  Union  has  decided  to  raise  a  national  fund  for 
the  representation  of  agriculture  in  the  British  Parliament  by  practical  farmers. 

The  Cn>sson  Types  of  Hymenoptera,  by  Ezra  Townsend  Cresson,  constitutes 
No.  1  of  the  Memoirs  of  the  American  Entomological  Society. 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS   PER  COPY 

StTBSCKiPTioN  Price,  per  Volume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  fl 


Issued  September  11, 1916. 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  ABSTRACT  NUMBER  No.  3 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTOM 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICC 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

Scientific  Bureaus. 

Weather  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry— A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry — W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service — ^H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils — Milton  Whitney,  Chi^f. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Aleberg,  Chiff. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates — L.  M.  Eetabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  0.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey — H.  W.  Henshaw,  Chi^f. 

Office  of  Public  Koads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chiefs 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


AtABAMA— 

College  Station:  AvMirn;  J.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake  Station:  TJniontown;  L.  H.  Moore.a 
Tuskegee  Station:  Tuskegee  Institute;  G.  W. 
Carver.o 

Alaska— /Si^fco;  C.  C.  Oeorgeson.& 

Arizona—  Tucson:  G.  F.  Freeman,  c 

Arkansas— JFaycKfiwKe.*  M.  Nelson.a 

CtAjrsoKmh.—BcT'keley:  T.  F.  Hunt.o 

Colorado— J'ort  Collins:  C.  P.  Gillette.o 

Connecticut— 


State  Station:  New  Haven;  \ 
Storrs  Station:  Starrs;  / 


E.  H.  Jenklns.o 


Delaware— IVewarfc.'  H.  Hayward." 

Florida— GaJTieswZie.-  P.  H.  Rolfs.a 

Geobgia — Experiment:  R.  J.  H.  De  Loach.o 

GvhM.— Island  of  Quam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.6 

Ha-wad— 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu:  J.  M.  Westgate.6 
Sugar  Planters'  Station:  Honolulu;  H.  P.  Agee." 

Idaho— Moscow:  J.  S.  Jones.i 

iLLiNOie—  Urbana:  E.  Davenport.o 

Indiana— ia  Fayette:  A.  Goss.o 

lo^h.—Ames:  C.  F.  Curtlss.o 

Kansas— J/anftaton.'  W.  M.  Jardine.<» 

Kentucky— iezitHTion.'  J.  H.  Kaatle." 

LOUISUNA— 

State  Station:  Baton  Rouge;    \ 

Sugar  Station:  4«(iu6onParfc,  I  ^  „  t^„^„«^  » 
„     AVI  'tW.  R.  Doasoii.<» 

New  Orleans;  I 

North  La.  Station:  CaJhoun;   J 

Maine— Ototw."  C.  D.  Woods.a 

Maryland — College  Park:  H.  J,  Patterson.o 

Massachusetts— jlmAer«<.-  W.  P.  Brooks.a 

Michigan- 5(Mi  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw.o 

Minnesota- I7«iuersj7y  Farm,  St.  Pant  A.   F. 

Woods.a 

Mississren—AgricuUutal  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.o 

Missouri— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.  Mumford.o 

Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Grove;  Paul  Evans.o 


o  Director. 


b  Agronomist 


Montana— Bozeman.*  F.  B.  Linfleld.« 

Nebraska- Z(incoZn.-E.  A.  Bumett.a 

Nevada— jB«»»o.-  S.  B.  Doten.o 

New  Hampshiee— i)arfiam.- J.  C-  Kendall.a 

New  Jersey— JVew  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Lipman.* 

New  Uexico— State  College:  Fabian  Garcia.o 

New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan.<» 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann.e 

North  Carolina— 

CoUege  Station:  West  EaUigh;\     „,   ^„ 
State  Station:  Raleigh;  f^-^'  KUgore.- 

North    Dakotji— Agricultural     College:    T.    P. 

Cooper.o 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome.<» 
Oklahoma— Stillwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle.o 
OKEGON—Corvallis:  A.  B.  Cordley.o 
Pennsylvanla— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts.o 
State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby.o 

Porto  Rico— 

Federal  Station: Mapaguez;  D.  W.  May.o 
Insular  Station:  Rio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower.a 
Rhode  l3LAm>— Kingston:  B.  L.  Elartwell.a 
South  Carolina- Cteroson   College:  3.   N.  Har- 
per." 
South  Dakota— Brookings:  J.  W.  Wilson.o 
Tennessee— £noi»iHe.'  H.  A.  .Morgan.<J 
T^XAS— College  Station:  B.  Youngblood.a 
ViAn— Logan:  F.  S.  Harris.a 
Vermont— BurZfn^cm.-  J.  L.  Hills.o 
Virginia- 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr.o 
Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C,  Johnson.o 
tVAsniNOTON- PuZZwon.- 1.  D.  Cardifl.o 
West  Virqinla— J/orjontown.'  J.  L.  Coulter.o 
Wisconsin— .Mod<«on.-  H.  L.  Russell.o 
Wyovinq— Laramie:  C.  A.  Dunlway.c 
In  charge.  e  Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT   STATION  RECORD. 

Editor :  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor:  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITOEIAL  DEPARTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau. 

Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers{}J\^;  tbullinger. 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  PatliologyHy  ^-  bJ^d  ^'  ^^^'  ^' 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J,  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

IC.  F.  Langwokthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  Sc. 
H.  L.  Lang. 
C.  F.  Walton,  Jr. 
Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Webster.  * 

IT  .     .  T»T   T  •      /W.  A.  Hooker.  i. 

Veterinary  Medicmejj,   jj   nollau.  , 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Tbullinger.  «^' 

Rural  Economics — E.  Mekritt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  35,  NO.  3. 


Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 201 

Notes 300 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural  chemistry — AGROTECHNY. 

Annual  reports  on  the  progress  of  chemistry  for  1915,  edited  by  Cain  at  al 201 

The  preparation  and  composition  of  caseinogen,  Mellanby 201 

A  note  on  iodized  protein,  Oswald 201 

A  colorimetric  method  for  amino-acid  a — ^nitrogen,  II,  Harding  and  MacLean . . .  201 

The  composition  of  "lecithin,"  with  observations  on  the  phosphatids,  MacLean.  201 

On  certain  constituents  of  the  germinating  maize,  Winterstein  and  Wiinsche. .  202 

The  occurrence  of  sucrose  in  grapes  of  American  origin,  Gore 202 

Occurrence  of  sucrose  in  large  amounts  in  seedling  grape,  Alwood  and  Eoff ,  jr. .  202 

The  acetone  content  of  milk,  Engfeldt._. 202 

Studies  on  the  reducing  properties  of  milk,  Samsula 203 

The  analysis  of  waxes,  Richardson  and  Bracewell 203 

The  nature  of  enzym  action. — IV,  The  action  of  insoluble  enzyms,  Bayliss. . ._.  203 
I,  The  relation  of  hydrogen  ion  concentration  of  media  to  the  proteolytic 
actrvity  of  Bacillus  suhtilis.    II,  Proteolysis  of  Streptococcus  erysipelatis  and 

S.  lacticus  under  different  hydrogen  ion  concentration,  Itano 204 

Applicability  of  paper  pulp  filter  to  quantitative  analysis,  Jodidiand  KeUogg- .  204 

A  simple  apparatus  for  filtration  under  diminished  pressure,  Irvine 204 

Color  standards  and  colorimetric  assays,  Amy  and  Ring 204 

Some  indicators  from  animal  tissues,  Crozier 204 

Influence  of  fluorspar  on  solubility  of  basic  slag  in  citric  acid,  Robertson 204 

I 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Improved  methods  for  fat  analysis,  Holland,  Reed, and  Buckley _ 205 

The  use  of  enzyms  and  special  yeasts  in  carbohydrate  analysis,  Davis 206 

Determination  of  reducing  sugars  in  presence  of  excess  of  sucrose,  Maquenne. .  206 

An  apparatus  for  digesting  crude  fiber,  Pickel 206 

A  furnace  for  crude  fiber  incineration,  Pickel 206 

Analysis  of  maple  products. — VII,  Electrical  conductivity  test  for  sirup,  Snell .  206 

A  comparison  of  methods  for  the  determination  of  casein  in  milk,  Hersey 207 

Occurrence  and  determination  of  creatin  in  the  urine,  McCrudden  and  Sargent.  207 

The  reduction  of  As*  to  As^  by  cuprous  chlorid,  Eoark  and  McDonnell 207 

New  methods  for  the  analysis  of  lime-sulphur  solutions,  II,  Chapin 207 

Phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides,  Gray. 208 

Progress  in  peanut  milling,  Reese - 208 

Some  chemical  changes  in  the  resweating  of  seed-leaf  tobacco,  Kraybill 208 

METEOROLOGY. 

Report  of  the  meteorological  station  at  Berkeley,  California,  1914,  Reed 209 

Meteorological  oliservations,  Stevens 209 

Meteorological  ol)servations  at  Massachusetts  Station,  Ostrander  and  Potter 209 

Weather  summaries,  Waldron 209 

Climatic  conditions  of  Minnesota,  Piu-ssell -  209 

Climate  and  meteorology  [of  New  Zealand],  Bates 210 

Climatic  changes  in  historic  and  prehistoric  times,  Pettersson 210 

Periodicity  in  sunspot  phenomena  and  relation  to  climatic  changes,  Pettersson.  210 

The  drying  up  of  the  earth,  Kassner 210 

A  new  sampling  apparatus  for  the  determination  of  aerial  dust,  Palmer 210 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Effects  of  climate  on  important  properties  of  soils,  Lipman  and  Waynick 210 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  clay,  Muntz  and  Gaudechon 211 

Effect  of  grinding  on  the  lime  requirement  of  soils.  Cook 212 

Albuminous  bases  formed  from  organic  matter  of  soils  by  hydrolysis,  Shmuk. .  212 

[Soil  moisture  studies] 212 

Soil  gases,  Leather 212 

Agronomic  and  soil  conditions  in  the  Selby  smoke  zone,  Shaw  and  Free 213 

Mississippi:  Its  geology,  geography,  soils,  and  mineral  resources,  Lowe 213 

Soil  survey  of  Johnson  County,  Missouri,  Tillman  and  Deardorff 213 

The  soils  of  Antigua,  Tempany 214 

Studies  on  soil  protozoa,  Waksman 214 

The  spirit  of  the  soil,  Knox 214 

Bacterial  activities  and  crop  production,  Brown 215 

The  reclamation  of  bog  land 215 

Analysis  of  plants  and  soils  to  determine  nutritive  substances,  Pfeiffer  et  al. . .  215 

Carbon  and  nitrogen  changes  in  the  soil  variously  treated.  Potter  and  Snyder. . .  216 

Influence  of  humus-forming  materials  on  bacteria,  Brown  and  Allison 216 

The  action  of  stimulants  on  plant  development,  Schulze 217 

Influence  of  organic  materials  on  the  soil  nitrogen,  Wright 218 

The  fixation  of  nitrogen  in  stable  manure,  Gerlach 218 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  different  ammonium  salts,  Ahr 218 

Fixation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen.  Summers 219 

The  cyanamid  process,  Washburn 219 

The  utilization  of  bones  as  fertilizer,  Lavenir 219 

A  reconnoissance  for  phosphate  in  the  Salt  River  Range,  Wyoming,  Mansfield .  219 

Effect  of  superphosphate  on  wheat  yield  in  New  South  Wales,  Waterhouse 219 

Evaporation  of  brine  from  Searles  Lake,  California,  Hicks 219 

Twenty  questions  on  hme,  Bear 220 

Sulphur  in  relation  to  soils  and  crops,  Ames  and  Boltz 220 

The  fertilizing  power  and  harmfulness  of  fertilizing  materials,  Vivien 221 

Fertilizer  registrations  for  1916,  Cathcart 221 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Physiological  changes  accompanying  breaking  of  the  rest  period,  Howard 221 

The  bearing  of  certain  senile  changes  in  plants  on  present  theories,  Benedict. .  222 

The  favorable  influence  of  nitrogen  salts  on  seeds  sensitive  to  light,  Gassner. . .  222 

Promotion  of  germination,  by  nitrogen,  of  seeds  sensitive  to  light,  Gassner 222 

Light  and  temperature  as  related  to  the  germination  of  seeds,  Gassner 222 


1916]                                                           CONTENTS.  HI 

Page. 

Influence  of  temperature  on  the  moisture  intake  of  seeds,  ShuU 222 

Seed  sterility  and  delayed  p;crminaLion  in  (Enothora,  Davis 223 

The  influence  of  the  medium  upon  the  orientation  of  primary  roots,  Ilolman. ..  223 

The  root  growth  of  forest  trees,  McDougall 223 

Influence  of  electrical  conditions  in  plants  on  absorption  by  roots,  Shushak 223 

The  structure  of  the  bordered  pits  of  conifers  and  its  bearing,  Bailey 223 

Studies  on  the  aquiferous  vessels  in  plants,  II,  Montemartini 224 

On  the  permeability  of  certain  nonliving  plant  membranes  to  water,  Denny 224 

Studies  in  permeability. — II.  Effect  of  temperature.  Stiles  and  Jorgensen 224 

The  production  of  hypertrophic  and  hyperplastic  growths  in  shoots,  Schilling..  224 

Factors  determining  presence  of  fat  as  food  reserve  in  woody  plants,  Sinnott...  225 

Properties  of  a  chromogen  generally  present  in  plants,  Wolff  and  Rouchelmann.  225 

Lipolytic  action  in  germinating  teliospores  of  G.  juniperivirginianx,  Coons 225 

Acidity  and  gas  interchange  in  cacti,  Richards 225 

Localization  of  acids  and  sugars  in  fleshy  fruits,  Demoussy 226 

What  are  chondriosomes?  Mottier 226 

Methods  for  quantitative  and  qualitative  studies  on  the  soil  flora,  Manns 226 

Media  for  studies  on  Azotobactcr  and  nitrifiers,  Manns 226 

Peat  organisms  that  slowly  liquefy  agar,  Manns 227 

The  transmission  by  maize  seeds  of  the  effects  of  dctasseling,  Ileckel 227 

Experiments  in  recombining  endosperm  colors  in  corn,  Harper 227 

The  chlorophyll  factors  in  Lychnis  dioica,  ShuU 227 

Orthogenetic  saltation  in  Nephrolepsis,  Benedict 227 

Evidences  of  hybridism  in  the  genus  Rubus,  Hoar 227 

An  interesting  modification  in  Xanthium,  Shull 227 

Transmissibility  of  characters  acquired  by  plants  grown  in  salt  water,  Lesage..  228 

Pollen  sterility  in  relation  to  distribution  of  Onagracese,  Forsaith 228 

A  remarkable  new  Eysenhardtia  from  the  west  coast  of  Mexico,  Safford 228 

FIELD   CROPS. 

[Work  with  field  crops],  Waldron 228 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  Williston  substation,  1913,  Schollander 229 

fWork  with  field  crops  in  ]  915] 229 

Crop  rotations  for  upper  Wisconsin,  Delwiche 229 

Experiments  with  corn,  Noll 229 

The  development  and  properties  of  raw  cotton.  Balls 230 

Note  on  the  classification  of  the  rices  of  Lower  Burma,  Beale 230 

The  culture  of  rice  in  Spain,  Jumelle 230 

Annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  Sugar  Experiment  Stations,  Scriven 230 

Planting  sprouted  cane  cuttings,  Schuit 231 

Sweet- potato  culture  for  the  southern  planter,  Crow  and  Waughtel 232 

Timothy:  History,  culture,  variability,  and  breeding  work  at  Svalof,  Wittee. .  232 

Tobacco  seed  beds,  Charlan 233 

On  the  inheritance  of  some  characters  in  wheat,  II,  Howard 233 

The  occurrence  of  sterile  spikelets  in  wheat,  Grantham 233 

HORTICULTURE. 

Horticultural  investigations. — A  retrospect,  Corbett 234 

Some  problems  connected  with  killing  by  low  temperature.  Chandler 234 

Hotbeds  and  cold  frames,  Adams 234 

Spraying  calendar,  Taylor  and  Willis 234 

The  farm  vegetable  garden,  Bouquet 234 

Preliminary  report  on  celery  storage  investigations,  Thompson 234 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  kale,  Johnson 235 

An  investigation  in  tomato  breeding,  Reeves 235 

The  inheritance  of  size  and  productiveness  in  tomatoes,  Myers 235 

Horticultural  investigations,  Lewis 235 

Further  results  with  dynamite  for  tree  planting,  Farley ^^o 

Report  of  committee  on  score  cards.  Alderman ^^o 

Apple-tree  characters  and  bearing  on  variety  substitution,  Shaw ^3b 

Factors  correlated  with  hardiness  in  the  apple,  Allen ^^o 

The  relation  of  climate  to  varieties  of  apples,  Winslow ^ii 

One  phase  of  meteorological  influence  indicated  by  hand  polhnation,  b  letcher.  Z67 

Osmotic  relationships  and  incipient  drying  with  apples.  Chandler ^3» 

Experimental  results  in  young  orchards  in  Pennsylvania,  Stewart ^^» 

A  fertilizer  experiment  with  peaches,  McCue -^° 


IV 


CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 


Page. 

Effect  of  mineral  fertilizers  on  strength  of  wood  in  the  peach,  McCue 239 

Methods  and  results  in  grape  breeding,  Anthony. ^^^ 

Recent  work  with  Vitis  vinifera  in  New  York,  Hedrick j^^ 

Growing  and  grafting  olive  seedlings j^^ 

Heredity  studies  mth  the  carnation,  Connors ^^" 

The  humidity  factor  in  rose  cultm-e,  Blake ^^u 

FORESTRY. 

Michigan  manual  of  forestry .—II,  Forest  valuation,  Roth 240 

Structural  timber  in  the  United  States,  Betts  and  Greeley 240 

Laboratory  tests  on  the  dvuability  of  American  woods.— I,  Conifers,  Humphi'ey .  241 

Preservative  treatment  of  timber,  Weiss  and  Teesdale 241 

The  properties  of  balsa  wood  (Ochroma  lagopus),  Carpenter 241 

Notes  on  the  ancestry  of  the  beech.  Berry 141 

British  Columbia  Douglas  fir  (Pseudotsuga  taxifolia) 241 

British  Columbia  western  soft  pine  {Pinus  ponderosa) 241 

Influence  of  intensity  of  thinnings  on  yield  of  young  spruce,  Mer 241 

Manming  experiments  on  rubber.  Bunting 241 

Forest  experiments  on  heath  lands,  Dalgas 242 

Handling  the  farm  woodlot,  Eaton 242 

Forest  planting  in  Wisconsin,  Barnard _ 242 

Forests  of  Yosemite,  Sequoia,  and  General  Grant  National  Parks,  Hill 242 

Treatment  of  the  forests  of  Mexico,  Burcez 242 

Report  of  the  forestry  branch,  Zavitz 242 

Reports  of  the  forestry  administration  for  1914 242 

Forest  protection  laws  and  suggestions  for  an  adequate  law,  Kallin 242 

Forest  administration  in  Jammu  and  Kashmir  State,  1914-15,  Lovegrove 242 

Report  of  forest  administration  in  the  Punjab  for  1914-15,  Mcintosh 242 

DISEASES   OF  PLANTS. 

Miscellaneous  pathological  projects,  Jackson  and  Winston 242 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  the  parasitic  fungi  of  Colombia,  Sydow 243 

Parasites  of  cultivated  plants  in  Argentina,  Hauman-Merck 243 

Report  of  the  Institute  for  Phytopathology  in  Wageningcn  in  1913,  Ritzema  Bos.  243 

Injuries  and  diseases  of  plants  in  Rhine  Province,  1913,  Schaffnit  and  Lustner. .  243 

Diseases  and  enemies  of  cultivated  plants  in  Dutch  East  Indies,  1914,  Rutgers.  243 

Injury  from  smoke,  late  frost,  frost  drying,  and  their  diagnosis,  Neger 243 

Occurrence  of  sulphur  dioxid  injury  to  plants  in  the  Selby  smoke  zone,  Jones..  243 

Conditions  of  plant  life  in  the  Sclby  smoke  zone,  1914,  Blankinship 244 

The  parasitism  of  seeds  and  its  importance  in  general  biology,  Galippe 244 

Crown  gall  studies  showing  changes  in  plant  structm-es,  Smith 244 

Horsehair  blights,  Petch 244 

Effect  of  host  on  morphology  of  certain  species  of  Gymnosporangium ,  Dodge 244 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  the  Uredinese  of  Colombia,  Mayor 245 

Diseases  of  grains  and  forage  crops,  Cook  and  Helyar 245 

Control  of  Fusarium,  Weidner 245 

Experiments  in  control  of  club  root  of  crucifers,  Naumann 245 

Combined  fungus  attacks  on  some  root  crops,  Eriksson 245 

Crown  gall  of  alfalfa,  Ritzema  Bos 245 

Common  diseases  of  beans.  Cook 245 

Yellowing  of  beets  by  disease,  Vasters 245 

A  bacterial  disease  of  cassava,  Bondar 245 

Leaf  scorch,  scab,  and  gray  mildew  of  cucumbers,  Appel 246 

Control  of  Corynespora,  the  cause  of  leaf  scorch  of  cucumbers,  Obevstein 246 

Fusarium  oxysporum  and  F.  trichothecioidcs  in  relation  to  rot  and  wilt.  Link. . .  246 

Effect  of  Fusarium  on  the  composition  of  the  potato  tuber,  Hawkins 246 

Late  blight  of  potato,  Darnell-Smith  and  Mackinnon 246 

Biochemical  studies  on  potato  leaf  roll  disease.— V,  Amylase,  Doby  and  Bodndr.  247 

Rice  smut,  Rutgers 247 

A  disease  of  Glycine  hispida  caused  by  Septoria  glycines  ix.  sp.,  Hemmi 247 

Injuries  and  diseases  of  tobacco  in  Dalmatia  and  Galicia,  Preissecker 247 

The  endoconidia  of  Thielnvia  hasicola,  Bricrley 247 

Watermelon  stem-end  rot,  Meier 248 

Brown  rot  of  fruit,  Cayley 248 

Experiments  for  control  of  apple  scab,  Jackson  and  Winston 248 

The  use  of  lime-sulphur  as  a  summer  spray  for  apple  scab,  Vincent 249 


191C]                                                        CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

Thft  common  diseases  of  the  pear,  Martin 219 

Apricot  disease  in  the  Rhone  VaU(>y,  (IhilUot  and  Afasonnat 219 

Brown  rot  of  prunea  and  cherries  in  Pacilic  Nortliwest,  I'.rooks  and  I-'isiier 2 19 

Perocid  for  Peronosi)ora  on  grapevines,  Gvozdenovic 219 

Citrns  bark  rot,  Zerbst 2 19 

Some  abnormalities  of  tlio  coconut  pahn,  Petch 250 

The  effect  of  lightning?  on  coconut  palms,  Petch 2r)0 

Black  canker  of  chestnut,  Petri 250 

Induence  of  tannin  content  of  host  on  Endothia  parasitica,  Cook  and  Wilson. . .  250 

The  influence  of  ether  on  the  growth  of  Endothia,  Cook  and  Wilson 250 

Diseases  and  injuries  of  Ilevea  bras-iliensis  in  Java,  Rutgers  and  ])aniinerman.  .  251 

The  pseudoselerol  ia  of  Lcntimis  siinilis  and  L.  infundihulifonnis,  Petch 251 

Leaf-spot  disease  of  lime,  Salmon  and  Wormald 251 

Infection  studies  with  Melampsora  on  Japanese  willows,  Matsumoto 251 

The  recent  outbreaks  of  white  pine  blister  rust,  Spaulding 251 

Discussion  ou  decay  in  timber 252 

ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  history  of  British  mammals,  Barrett-Hamilton  and  Ilinton 252 

Some  observations  on  the  rate  of  digestion  in  wild  birds,  CoUinge 252 

Synopsis  of  races  of  long-tailed  goat-sucker,  Oijirimvh/vs  vuirn/rus,  Oberholser.  252 

Review  of  subspecies  of  ruddy  kingfisher,  E'liJomothcra  coromanda,  Oberholser..  252 

Entomological  investigations,  Wilson  and  Childs 252 

Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  British  Columbia,  1915 253 

[Economic  entomology] 253 

The  diBtri])Ution  of  California  insects,  I,  Essig 254 

Observations  on  insect  pests  in  Grenada,  Ballou 254 

The  insects  of  central  Europe,  especially  Germany,  edited  by  Schroder 354 

Manufacturing  tests  of  cotton  fumigated  with  hydrocyanic-acid  gas.  Dean 254 

The  olive  insects  of  Eritrea  and  of  South  Africa,  Silvestri 254 

Forest  insects  of  Sweden,  Thigardh 254 

Descriptions  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  the  discodrilid  worina,  llall 254 

An  anatomical  note  on  the  genus  Chordeiles,  Wetmore 254 

White  ants  in  Japan,  Yano 255 

A  new  Trichodectes  from  the  goat,  Kellogg  and  Nakayama 255 

Deiidroti'tiix  quercus,  Caudell 255 

The  control  of  locusts  in  Italy,  Lunardoni 255 

The  question  of  the  bacterial  method  of  controlling  locusts,  Gratchov 255 

The  biological  method  for  the  destruction  of  locusts,  d'llerelle 255 

Tests  of  Coccobacillus  amdiorum  d'llerelle  in  Philippines,  Barber  and  Jones. .  255 

Two  new  Thysanoptera  from  West  Africa,  with  note  on  Phloeothripidse,  Ilood..  255 

A  new  vine  thrips  from  Cyi^rus,  Bagnall 255 

The  cabbage  harlequin  bug  or  calico  bug  ( Murgantia  histrionica) ,  Thomas 255 

The  immature  stages  of  Tropidosteptes  cardinalis,  Leonard 255 

Synoptical  keys  to  the  genera  of  the  North  American  Miridte,  Van  Duzee 255 

The  immature  stages  of  Empoasca  obtusa  and  Lnpidea  rohinisc,  Leonard 255 

A  psyllid  gall  on  Juncus  (Livia  muculipennis) ,  Patf;h 256 

A  synopsis  of  the  aphid  tribe  Pterocommini,  Wilson 256 

The  pea  apMs,  Mordvilko 256 

Some  intermediates  in  the  Apliididae,  Baker  and  Turner 256 

New  Aleyrodidse  from  British  Guiana,  Quaintance  and  Baker 256 

The  Eiu-opean  fir  trunk  bark  louse  in  the  United  States,  Kotinsky 256 

Reports  on  scale  insects,  Comstock 256 

The  Coccidse  of  New  Jersey  greenhouses,  Weiss 256 

White  wax  coccid  {Ericerus  pcla),  Yano 256 

The  oyster-shell  scale  and  the  scurfy  scale,  Quaintance  and  Sasscer 256 

The  pink  com  worm:  An  insect  destructive  to  corn  in  the  crib,  Chittenden 256 

Large  scale  experiments  against  the  pink  boUworm  in  cotton  seed.  Storey 257 

A  note  on  the  recent  attack  of  Brassolis  sophorse,  Clears,  jr 257 

Studies  of  the  vine  moths.  Topi _ 257 

(Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  Carpocapsa  pomonella,  Sciarra 257 

The  biology  of  Anarsia  lineatella,  injurious  to  the  almond,  Sarra 258 

The  fir  bud  moth  (Argyresthia  illuminatella) ,  Triigardh 258 

A  new  coconut  palm  pest  in  Java,  Keuchenius 258 

The  classification  of  lepidopterous  larvte,  Eracker 258 

Work  in  Peru  on  Phlebotomus  verrucarum  and  verruga,  Townsend 258 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

Behavior  of  Anopheles  albimanus  and  A.  tarsimaculata,  Zetek 258 

The  mosquito  and  its  relation  to  public  health  work,  Cooling 258 

The  Simulidse  of  northern  Chile,  Knab 258 

Role  played  by  the  Phoridae  in  bacterial  infections,  Roberg 258 

Notee  and  descriptions  of  Pipunculidse,  Banks 259 

Some  parasitic  and  predacious  Diptera  from  northeastern  New  Mexico,  Walton .  259 

Nonintentional  dispersal  of  miscoid  species  by  man,  Townsend 259 

New  species  of  Tachinidse  from  New  England,  Smith 259 

[Control  of  the  house  fly],  Hulbert 259 

Does  the  house  fly  liibernate  as  a  pupa?    Lyon 259 

Will  Ceratitis  capitata  develop  in  Italian  lemons?    Martelli 259 

The  Mediterranean  fruit  fly  in  the  environs  of  Paris,  Lesne 259 

Preliminary  note  on  a  dipterous  enemy  of  the  peach,  Legendre 259 

On  the  Ethiopian  friut  flies  of  the  genus  Dacus,  Bezzi 259 

New  American  species  of  Asteia  and  Sigalsoesa,  Aldrich 259 

The  host  of  Zelia  vertebrata,  Hyslop 259 

Notes  on  the  cat  flea  (Ctenocephalusfelis),  Lyon 260 

The  rose  chafer:  A  destructive  pest,  Chittenden  and  Quaintance 260 

The  cherry  leaf  beetle,  Cushman  and  Isely 260 

Eyperaspis  binotata,  a  predatory  enemy  of  the  terrapin  scale,  Simanton 261 

Wire  worms  destructive  to  cereal  and  forage  crops,  Hyslop 261 

Prothetely  in  the  elaterid  genus  Melanotus,  Hyslop 261 

Elateridse  and  Throscidae  of  Brazil,  Hyslop 261 

Observations  on  the  life  history  of  Meracantha  contractu,  Hyslop 261 

Notes  on  the  habits  of  weevils,  Pierce 261 

The  buff -colored  tomato  weevil  {Desiantha  nociva),  Froggatt 261 

Beekeeping  in  Wisconsin,  France 261 

Texas  beekeeping,  Scholl 262 

Annual  reports  on  the  Bee  Keepers'  Association  of  Ontario,  1913  and  1914 262 

Horismology  of  the  hymenopterous  wing,  Roliwer  and  Gahan 262 

British  ants,  their  life  history  and  classification,  Donisthorpe 262 

Two  new  species  of  Cerceris,  Banks 262 

A  revision  of  the  Ichneumonidse  in  the  British  Museum,  Morley 262 

Descriptions  of  six  new  species  of  ichneumon  flies,  Cushman 262 

Some  new  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  from  North  and  South  America,  Girault . . .  262 

New  genera  and  species,  with  notes  on  parasitic  Hymenoptera,  Gahan 262 

New  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  Girault 263 

Chalcidoidea  bred  from  Glossina  morsitans  in  northern  Rhodesia,  Waterston 263 

Two  new  Mymaridae  from  the  eastern  United  States,  Girault 263 

Some  sawfly  larvse  belonging  to  the  genus  Dimorphopteryx,  Middleton 263 

Bibliography  of  the  Ixodoidea,  II,  Nuttall  and  Robinson 263 

A  monograph  of  the  Ixodoidea,  III,  HeemaphysaUs,  Nuttall  and  Warburton 263 

The  cassava  mite,  Leefmans 263 

The  leaf  blister  mite  of  pear  and  apple,  Quaintance 263 

Leiognathus  morsitans  n.  sp.,  parasitic  on  the  domestic  fowl,  Hirst 263 

On  some  new  acarine  parasites  of  rats.  Hirst 264 

Two  Mexican  myrmecophilous  mites.  Banks 264 

FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION. 

The  infection  of  foods  by  bacteria,  Bornand 264 

Feeding  experiments  with  B.  pullorum. — Toxicity  of  eggs,  Rettger  et  al 264 

TiUTiing  green  of  oysters  and  their  content  of  heavy  metals,  Liebert 265 

[Milling  and  baking  tests  of  wheat] 265 

The  activity  of  the  proteolyticenzyms  in  wheat  flour,  Swanson  and  Tague 265 

The  nature  of  the  dietary  deficiencies  of  the  wheat  embryo,  McCollum  et  al 265 

The  use  of  the  butia  palm  as  a  food,  Puig  y  Nattino 266 

The  preparation  and  utilization  of  yeast  as  food,  Voltz 266 

Honey  in  antidiabetic  diet,  Davidoff 366 

The  content  of  stems  in  Java  tea  and  the  testing  of  tea,  Deuss 266 

The  composition  of  Hungarian  wines,  Vuk 266 

p'ood  and  drug  analyses],  Ladd  and  Johnson 267 

The  economics  of  electric  cooking,  Gumaer 267 

Nutritional  physiology.  Stiles 268 

Hunger  and  food,  Pierce 268 

The  amino-acid  minimiim  for  maintenance  and  growth,  Osborne,  Mendel,  et  al. .  268 

The  energy  content  of  the  diet 269 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  VII 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

Page. 

Silage  investigations:  Some  factors  influencing  quality,  Eckles  et  al 270 

Feeding  coconut  cake  on  grass,  Mackenzie  and  Powell 271 

The  industrial  utilization  of  the  waste  product  of  rice  hulling,  Novelli 271 

The  nutrition  of  farm  live  stock,  especially  cattle,  Klein 271 

Nondisjunction  as  proof  of  the  chromosone  theory  of  heredity,  13 ridges 272 

A  sex-limited  color  in  Ayrsliire  cattle,  Wentworth 272 

Sheep  raising  in  Wisconsin,  Kleinheinz 272 

Fish  meal  as  food  for  pigs,  Crowther 272 

Large-type  swine  and  fertility,  Wentworth 273 

Swine  production  in  Holland  and  its  development,  Kroon 273 

Experimental  results  in  fattening  poultry,  Jull 273 

Efficiency  in  roaster  production,  Lewis 273 

Meat  scrap  in  the  laying  ration,  Lewis 274 

A  study  of  egg  production  and  some  related  factors.  Card 274 

Value  of  egg  shows,  Chapin 274 

The  poultry  industry,  its  importance  in  agricultural  development,  Lamon.  . . .  275 

The  management  of  the  farm  poultry  Flock,  Aubry 275 

The  Flemish  system  of  poultry  rearing:  Scientifically  improved,  Jasper 275 

American  pheasant  breeding  and  shooting,  Quarles 275 

DAIRY  FARMING — DAIRYING. 

[Convention  of  milk  and  butter  producers  at  Washington,  D.  C,  1910] 275 

On  the  change  in  the  composition  of  the  milk  of  cows,  AUemann 275 

Effect  of  water  in  the  ration  on  the  composition  of  milk,  Turner  et  al 275 

The  influence  of  sickness  on  cow's  milk,  Bergema 275 

The  composition  of  the  milk  of  Egyptian  animals,  Pappel  and  Hogan 276 

Effect  of  pasteurization  on  mold  spores.  Thorn  and  Ayers 276 

Metallic  flavor  in  dairy  products,  Guthrie 276 

Neutralization  of  cream  m  butter  manufacture,  and  effect  on  butter,  Ramsay. .  277 

The  butter  industry  in  the  United  States,  Wiest 278 

Test  to  determine  amount  of  yellow  color  in  a  product 278 

The  yoghourt  bacillus,  Duchacek 278 

Studies  on  Lactobacillus  fcrmentum,  Smit 278 

VETERINARY   MEDICINE. 

A  handbook  of  veterinary  medicine,  Gobert 278 

Essentials  of  veterinary  law,  Hemenway 278 

Report  of  proceedings  under  the  diseases  of  animals  acts  for  1914 279 

Report  of  veterinary  sanitary  service  of  Paris,  1913  and  1914,  Martel 279 

The  poisonous  character  of  rose  chafers,  Bates 279 

Optimal  culture  media  in  testing  disinfectants,  Siipfle  and  Dengler 279 

Antiphenol  serum,  Wiszniewska 279 

The  acetylene  gas  treatment  in  ringworm  and  manges,  Stokoe 279 

Refractive  index  of  the  serum  in  a  guinea-chicken  hybrid.  Pearl  and  Gowen. .  279 

The  origin  of  the  antibodies  of  the  lymph,  Becht  and  Luckhardt 279 

Researches  on  anaphylaxis  produced  by  diglycylglycin,  Zuntz  and  Diakonoff.  280 

Nature  and  significance  of  so-called  "infective  granules  "  of  protozoa,  Minchin.  280 

On  the  action  of  cholera  virus  in  the  immune  animal  organism,  Bail 280 

[Foot  and  mouth  disease],  Hoffmann 280 

[Poliomyelitis:  Occurrence  and  relation  of  insects  in  its  transmission] 280 

Modes  and  periods  of  infection  in  tuberculosis,  Ravenel 281 

Smallest  number  of  bacilli  which  will  produce  tuberculosis,  Thoni  and  Thaysen .  281 

The  tubercle  bacillus  and  arsenic,  Charpentier 281 

Clinical  observations  on  coccidiosis  in  cattle  and  carabaos,  Schultz 282 

Contiibutions  on  ox  warbles 282 

Bacteria  in  the  intestinal  tract  of  calves,  Ktithe 282 

Hog  cholera  and  its  prevention,  Birch 282 

Hog  cholera  in  Cuba,  Bolton 282 

Poisoning  by  Lathyrus  sativus,  Szczepanski 282 

Contagious  abortion  in  mares,  Somenzi _. 282 

Arsenical  preparations  in  treatment  of  equine  pectoral  influenza,  Reimera 282 

Epitheliosis  infectiosa  avium,  etc.,  Bnimley  and  Snook 283 

Spontaneous  and  experimental  leukemia  of  the  fowl,  Schmeisser 283 

A  report  upon  an  outbreak  of  fowl  typhoid,  Taylor. 283 

Rearing  turkeys  with,  special  reference  to  blackhead  disease,  Hadley . . ., ^84 

Diseases  of  poultry,  Chenevard ^^"^ 


VIII  CONTENTS.  [Vol,  35 

RURAL   ENGINEERING. 

Page. 

Fourteenth  annual  report  of  the  Eeclamation  Service,  1914-15 284 

Classification  of  expenditures  for  irrigation  work,  Newell 284 

Irrigation  districts  in  California,  1887-1915,  Adams 284 

Water  resources  of  Illinois,  Horton 284 

Report  on  Pit  River  basin,  Hopson  and  Peterson 285 

Silver  Lake  project:  Irrigation  and  drainage,  WTiistler  and  Lewis 285 

Irrigation  experiments,  Kelkar 285 

Venturi  meter  developed  for  accurate  measurement  of  irriagtion  water,  Wood..  286 

Swamp  land  drainage  with  special  reference  to  Minnesota,  Palmer 286 

Land  bedding  as  a  method  of  drainage  in  the  Gulf  coast  region  of  Texas,  Gruss. .  286 

Tile  drainage  by  day  labor  and  by  the  rod 286 

Experiments  with  automatic  water  finder  in  trap  region  of  western  India,  Mann .  286 

Pollution  and  sanitary  conditions  of  the  Potomac  watershed,  Gumming  et  al. .  286 

Alnayses  of  waters,  Brunnich 287 

Results  of  first  year's  experiments  with  small  sewage  treatment  plants 287 

Sterilization  and  utilization  of  polluted  water  in  the  field,  Holland 288 

Dams  and  weirs,  Bligh 288 

Good  roads  of  Monroe  County,  New  York,  1915,  McClintock 288 

Fourteenth  report  of  State  board  of  public  roads  of  Rhode  Island 288 

Surface  oiling  of  earth  roads,  Piepmeier 288 

Popular  handbook  for  cement  and  concrete  users,  Lewis  and  Chandler 289 

Concrete  on  the  farm  and  in  the  shop,  Campbell 289 

Reinforced-concrete  slabs  under  concentrated  loading,  Goldbeck  and  Smith 290 

The  action  of  Portland-cement  mortar  in  different  salt  solutions,  Rodt 291 

Some  tests  on  hydrated  lime  addition  to  concrete  for  road  work.  Ash  ton 291 

Experiments  on  wire  rope,  Rudeloff 292 

Hauling  by  animal  and  mechanical  power,  AclailUes 292 

An  economic  study  of  the  farm  tractor  in  the  corn  laelt,  Yerkes  and  Church 292 

The  economics  of  the  farm  tractor,  Wiggins 293 

The  proper  bearings  for  farm  tractor  uses,  Eason 293 

Indigenous  implements  of  the  Bombay  Presidency,  Kelkar 293 

directory  and  specifications  of  plows  for  tractor  use 294 

Proper  use  of  rams  for  farm  water  supplies,  Kirchoffer 294 

Concrete  silos,  Hanson 294 

RURAL   ECONOMICS. 

The  agricultural  element  in  the  population,  Merritt 294 

Information  for  prospective  settlers  in  Alaska,  Georgeson 295 

Statistics  of  the  food  supply  in  Germany,  Woodbury 295 

Employment  on  land  in  England  and  Wales  of  discharged  sailors  and  soldiers. .  296 

The  use  of  agricultural  motors  and  machinery,  Gorria 296 

A  farm  management  demonstration  on  161  Chautauqua  County  farms,  Rogers.  296 

Marketing  and  farm  credits 296 

Farmers'  market  bulletin 296 

Live  stock  sliipping  associations 296 

A  system  of  accounts  for  primary  grain  elevators,  Humphrey  and  Kerr 296 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Saxony,  Wurzbiurger 297 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

Proceedings  of  Association  of  American  Agricultural  Colleges,  edited  by  Hills. .  297 

The  progress  of  productive  pedagogy,  Rubinow 298 

The  home  project  as  the  center  v.  the  home  project,  Selvig 298 

Problems  in  farm  woodwork,  Blackburn 298 

Oliio  Agricultural  Day _ 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Report  of  the  station  on  work  under  the  local  experiment  law,  1915,  Duggar 299 

Abstracts  of  papers  not  included  in  bulletins,  finances,  meteorology,  index 299 

Reports  of  the  Dickinson,  North  Dakota,  Substation,  1911  and  1912 299 

Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  Dickinson,  North  Dakota,  Substation,  1913. . . , . .  299 

Report  of  the  Hood  River,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1913-14 299 

Report  of  the  Umatilla,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1914,  Allen 299 

Twonty-eigth  Annual  Report  of  Rhode  Island  Station,  1915 299 

Index  to  Farmers'  Bulletins  Nos.  1-500,  Greathouse 299 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Alabama  College  Station:  rage. 

Circ.34,  Feb.,  191G 299 

Alaska  Stations: 

(Jirc.  1,  May  11,  1916 295 

California  Station: 

Bui.  268,  Mar.,  1916 239 

Bui.  269,  Apr.,  1916 208 

Idaho  Station: 

Bui.  85,  Feb.,  1916 249 

Circ.  1,  1916 234 

Iowa  Station: 

Research  Bui.  25,  July,  1915..       215 

Kentucky  Station : 

Circ.  11,  Mar.,  1916 234 

Maine  Station: 

Bui.  245,  Dec,  1915.. ..  209,279,299 

Massachusetts  Station : 

Bui.  166,  Dec,  1915 205 

Bui.  167,  Jan.,  1916 204 

Met.  Buls.  327-328,  Mar.-Apr., 

1916 209 

Missouri  Station : 

Research  Bui.  21,  June,  1915. .      221 
Research  Bui.  22,  Mar.,  1916. .       270 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Bui.  290,  Jan.  18,1916 221 

Circ  49,  Dec.  1,1915 275 

Cii-c  50,  Dec.  1, 1915 245 

Cii-c.  51,  Dec.  1, 1915 245 

Circ  52,  Dec.  1,1915 249 

New  York  Cornell  Station: 

Bui.  372,  Mar.,  1916 256 

Bui.  373,  Apr.,  1916 276 

North  Carolina  Station: 

Farmers'  Market  Bui.,  vol.  3, 

No.  16,  Apr.,  1916 ,...       296 

North  Dakota  Station : 

Spec.  Bui.,  vol.  4,  No.  3,  Apr., 

1916 259,267 

Fourth    An.    Rpt.    Dickinson 

Substa.,  1911 209,  299 

Fifth     An.     Rpt.     Dickinson 

Substa.,  1912 209,299 

Sixth    An.     Rpt.     Dickinson 

Substa.,  1913 209, 

212,  228,  265,  299 
Sixth     An.     Rpt.     Williston 
Substa.,  1913 229 

Ohio  Station: 

Bui.  292,  Mar.,  1916 220 

Oregon : 

Rpt.  Hood  River  Branch  Expt. 

Sta.,  1913-14 234, 

235,  242,  248,  252,  299 
Rpt.  Umatilla  Branch  Expt. 
Sta.,  1914 299 


Stations  in  the  United  States — Continued. 

Pennsylvania  Station :  ]'age. 

Bui.  139,  Apr.,  1916 229 

Rhode  Island  Station: 

Twenty-eighth  An.  Rpt.,  1915.  229, 

299 
South  Carolina  Station : 

Cu-c.  28,  Dec,  1915 255 

Texas  Station : 

Circ.  12,  n.  ser.,  Mar.,  1916...  208 
Wisconsin  Station: 

Bui.  222,  2  ed..  Mar.,  1910....  229 

Bui.  263,  Mar.,  1916 272 

Bui.  264,  Mar.,  1910 261 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Jour.  Agr.  Research,  vol.  6: 

No.  4,  Apr.  24,  1916 244, 

248,  272, 275,  276 

No.  5,  May  1,  1916 246,  261 

No.  6,  May  8,  1916 2.33,  290 

Bui.  352,  The  Cherry  Leaf-beetle, 
a  Periodically  Important  Enemy 
of  Cherries,  R.  A.  Cushman  and 
D.  Isely 260 

Bui.  362,  A  System  of  Accounts  for 
Primary  Grain  Elevators,  J.  R. 
Humphi-ey  and  W.  H.  Kerr 296 

Bui.  363,  The  Pink  Corn-worm: 
An  Insect  Destructive  to  Com  in 
the  Crib,  F.  H.  Chittenden 256 

Bui.  366,  Manufacturing  Tests  of 
Cotton  Fumigated  with  Hydro- 
cyanic-acid Gas,  W.  S.  Dean...      254 

Bui.  368,  Brown-rot  of  Prunes  and 
Cherries  in  the  Pacific  North- 
west, C.  Brooks  and  D.  F.  Fisher.       249 

Farmers'  Bui.  719,  An  Economic 
Study  of  the  Farm  Tractor  in 
the  Corn  Belt,  A.  P.  Yerkes  and 
L.M.  Church 292 

Farmers'  Bui.  721,  The  Rose 
Chafer:  A  Destructive  Garden 
and  Vineyard  Pest,  F.  H.  Chit- 
tenden and  A.  L.  Quaintance..      260 

Farmers'  Bui.  722,  The  Leaf  Blister 
Mite  of  Pear  and  Apple,  A.  L. 
Quaintance 263 

Farmers'  Bui.  723,  The  Oyster- 
shell  Scale  and  the  Scurfy  Scale, 
A.  L.  Quaintance  and  E.  R. 
Sasscer 256 

Farmers'  Bui.  725,  Wireworms  De- 
structive to  Cereal  and  Forage 
Crops,  J.  A.  Hyslop 261 

IX 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS. 


[Vol. 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture— Contd. 


Farmers'  Bui.  Index,  Nos.  1-500, 
prepared  by  C.  H.  Greathouse.. 
Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Johnson 
County,  Missouri,  B.  W. 
Tillman  and  C.  E.  Dear- 

dorff 

Scientific  Contributions: a 

The  Occurrence  of  Sucrose  in 
Grapes  of  American  Origin, 
H.C.Gore _.. 

Occurrence  of  Sucrose  in 
Large  Amounts  in  a  New 
Seedling  Grape,  W.  B.  Al- 
wood  and  J.  R.  Eoff ,  jr 

Applicability  of  Paper  Pulp 
Filter  to  Quantitative 
Analysis,  S.  L.  Jodidi  and 
E.  H.  Kellogg 

The  Pieduction  of  Asg  to  As.,  by 
Cuprous  Chlorid  and  the  De- 
termination of  Arsenic  by 
Distillation  as  Arsenic  Tri- 
chlorid,  R.  C.  Roark  and  C. 
C.  McDonnell 

New  Methods  for  the  Analysis 
of  Lime-Sidphur  Solutions, 
II,  R.  M.  Chapin 

Influence  of  Organic  Materials 
on  the  Transformation  of 
Soil  Nitrogen,  R.  C.  Wright.. 

A  Remarkable  New  Eysen- 
hardtia  from  the  West  Coast 
of  Mexico,  W.  E.  Safford. . . . 

Horticultural  Investigations. — 
A  Retrospect,  L.  C.  Corljett. 

Preliminary  Report  on  Celery 
Storage  Investigations,  H.  C. 
Thompson 

One  Phase  of  Meteorological 
Influence  Indicated  by  Hand 
Pollination  of  Several  Com- 
mercial Varieties  of  Apples, 
W.F.Fletcher 

Structural  Timber  in  the 
United  States,  H.  S.  Betts 
and  W.  B.  Greeley 

Laboratory  Tests  on  the  Dura- 
bility of  American  Woods,  I, 
C.  J.  Humphrey 

Preservative  Treatment  of 
Timber,  H.  F.  Weiss  and  C. 
H.  Teesdale 


Forests  of  Yosemite,  Sequoia, 
and  General  Grant  National 
Parks,  C.  L.Hill 

Synopsis  of  Races  of  Long- 
tailed  Goatsucker,  H.  C. 
Oberholser 


Page. 
299 


213 
202 
202 
204 

207 

207 

218 

228 
234 

234 

237 
240 
241 
241 
242 
252 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Scientific  Contributions— Contd.        Page. 

Review  of  Subspecies  of 
Ruddy  Kingfisher,  H.  C. 
Oberholser 252 

Descriptions  of  a  New  Genus 
and  Species  of  the  Disco- 
drilid  Worms,  M .  C .  Hall ....       254 

An  Anatomical  Note  on  the 
Genus  Chordeiles,  A.  Wet- 
more 254 

Dendwtcttix  quercus,  A.  N. 
Caudell 255 

Two  New  Thysanoptera  from 
West  Africa,  with  a  Note  on 
the  Synonymy  of  the  Phloso- 
thripidaj,  J.  D.Hood 255 

Some  Intermediates  in  the 
Aphididge,  A.  C.  Baker  and 
W.F.Turner 256 

A  New  Genus  and  Species  of 
Aleyrodidse  from  British 
Guiana,  A.  L.  Quaintance 
andA.  C.Baker 256 

The  European  Fir  Trunk  Bark 
Louse  in  the  United  States, 
J.  Kotinsky 256 

Work  in  Peru  on  Phlehotomus 
verrucarum  and  Its  Agency 
in  the  Transmission  of  Ver- 
ruga, C.  H.  T.  Townsend 258 

The  Simulidte  of  Northern 
Chile,  F.  Knab 258 

Notes  and  Descriptions  of  Pi- 
punculidse,  N.  Banks 259 

Some  Parasitic  and  Predaceous 
Diptera  from  Northeastern 
New  Mexico,  W.  R.  Walton .      259 

Nonintentional  Dispersal  of 
Muscoid  Species  by  Man, 
with  Particular  Reference  to 
Tachinid  Species,  C.  H.  T. 
Townsend 259 

New  Species  of  Tachinidse 
from  New  England,  H.  E. 
Smith 259 

New  American  Species  of  As- 
teia  and  Sigalsoesa,  J.  M. 
Aldrich 259 

The  Host  of  Zelia  vertebrata,  J. 
A.Hyslop 259 

Prothetely  in  the  Elaterid  Ge- 
nus Melanotus,  J.  A.  Hyslop.      261 

Elateridjc  and  Throscida3  of 
the  Stanford  University  Ex- 
pedition of  1911  to  Brazil,  J. 
A.Hyslop :----:-       261 

Observations  on  the  Life  His- 
tory of  Meracantha  contracta, 
J.A. Hyslop 261 

Notes  on  the  Habits  of  Weevils, 
W.D.Pierce 261 


o  Printed  in  sciontiflc  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


1916] 


LIST    OF   PUBLICATIONS. 


XI 


v.  S.  Deparlment  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Scientific  ContribTitions — Contd.       Va^e. 

Ilorismology  of  the  Ilymonop- 
terous  Wing,  S.  A.  llohwer 
andA.  B.Gahan 262 

Two  New  Species  of  Cerceris, 

N.  Banks 202 

Descriptions  of  Six  New  Spe- 
cies of  Ichneumon  Flies,  li. 
A.  Cushman 2f32 

Some  New  Chalcidoid  Hymcn- 
optera  from  North  and  South 
America,  A.  A.Girault 2G2 

New  Genera  and  Species,  witli 
Notes  on  ParasiticHymenop- 
tera,  A.  B.  Gahan 202 

New  Chalcidoid  Hymenop- 
tera,  A.  A.  Girault 203 

Two  New  Mymaridse  from  the 
Eastern  United  States,  A.  A. 
Girault 2G3 

Some  Sawfly  Larva?  Belonging 
to  the  Genus  Dimorphop- 
teryx,  W.  Middleton 263 

Two  Mexican  Mvrmecophilous 
Mites,  N.  Banks 204 

Food  Selection  for  Rational 
and  Economical  Living,  C. 
F.  Langworthy 269 

The  Poultry  Industry,  Its  Im- 
portance in  Agricultural  De- 
velopment, H .  M .  Lamon   . .       275 

Irrigation  Districts  in  Califor- 
nia, 1887-1915,  F.  Adams. . .       284 


U.  S.  Deparlment  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Scientific  Contributions — Contd.       Piige. 

Land  Bedding  as  a  Method  of 
Drainage  in  the  Gulf  Coast 
Region  of  Texas,  E.  W. 
Gruss 286 

The  Agricultural  Element  in 
the  Population,  E.  Merritt. .       294 

A  Farm  Management  Demon- 
stration on  161  Chautauqua 
County  Farms  for  1914,  II.  B . 
Rogers 296 

Report  of  the  Bil)liographer  of 
the  Association  of  American 
Agricultural  Colleges  and 
Experiment  Stations,  A.  C. 
True..... 297 

The  Exhil^it  in  Agricultural 
Education  at  the  Paiiama- 
Pacific  International  Expo- 
sition, A.  C.  True 297 

The  Preparation  Required  for 
Extension  Work  in  Agricul- 
ture, A.  C.  True 297 

Effective  Con-elation  of  Station 
and  Extension  Workers,  B. 
Knapp 297 

The  Place  Wliich  Demonstra- 
tion Should  Have  in  Exten- 
sion Work,  B.  Knapp 298 

The  Organization  of  ('oopera- 
ti\e  Extension  Work,  Ma- 
chinery and  Method,  A.  C. 
True 298 


ADDITIONAL,  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FEOM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

10  CENTS   PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,  per  Vglume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  SI 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  Abstract  Number.  No.  3. 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGRICULTUEAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Annual  reports  on  the  progress  of  chemistry  for  1915,  edited  by  J.  C  Cain, 
A.  J.  Gkeenaway,  and  C.  Smith  (Ann.  Rpts.  Prog.  Chem.  [London],  12  (1915), 
pp.  VIII-\-268,  figs.  6). — This  report  deals  with  the  progress  made  during  the 
year  1915  in  the  subjects  listed  in  reports  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  8). 

The  preparation  and  composition  of  caseinogen,  J.  Meu^lanby  (Biochem. 
Jour.,  9  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  342-350). — The  author  uses  the  word  caseinogen  to 
denote  the  main  protein  present  in  milk;  acidic  caseinogen,  the  protein  pre- 
cipitated from  milk  by  acid ;  and  casein,  the  protein  precipitated  from  milk  by 
the  action  of  proteolytic  ferments  and  calcium  salts. 

A  method  for  the  precipitation  of  caseinogen  from  milk  by  alcohol  is  described 
in  detail,  together  with  experimental  data  as  to  the  calcium  and  phosphorus 
content  of  caseinogen  and  of  acidic  caseinogen. 

The  results  of  the  analyses  of  caseinogen  and  acidic  caseinogen  indicate  that 
caseinogen  is  composed  of  a  complex  of  one  unit  of  protein  and  a  molecule  of 
tricalcium  phosphate.  The  precipitation  of  acidic  caseinogen  from  caseinogen 
by  acetic  acid  is  expressed  by  the  formula 

Protein,  Gas  (P04)2+6HA=Protein,  GHA+Caa  (PO*), 
( caseinogen )  ( acidic  caseinogen ) . 

A  note  on  iodized  protein,  A.  Oswald  (Hoppe-Seyler's  Ztschr.  Physiol.  Chem., 
95  (1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  351,  352). — The  author  describes  a  procedure  for  the 
preparation  of  an  iodized  casein.  This  contains  14.39  per  cent  iodin,  is  pure 
white  in  color,  and  is  not  affected  by  the  action  of  even  the  direct  rays  of 
sunlight. 

A  colorimetric  method  for  the  estimation  of  amino-acid  a-nitrogen, — II, 
Application  to  the  hydrolysis  of  proteins  by  pancreatic  enzyms,  V.  J.  Hard- 
ing and  R.  M.  MacLean  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  24  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  503-517,  figs. 
8). — The  colorimetric  method  previously  described  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  505)  has  been 
experimentally  applied  to  a  study  of  the  rate  of  proteoclasis  of  casein,  serum 
albumin  and  globulin,  peptone,  nucleoprotein,  gluten,  fibrin,  and  gelatin  by 
pancreatic  enzyms.  The  results  were  compared  with  those  obtained  by  the 
Sorensen  and  Van  Slyke  methods,  and  agreed  very  well  with  those  from  the 
Van  Slyke  but  not  from  the  Sorensen  method. 

The  composition  of  "  lecithin,"  together  with  observations  on  the  distri- 
bution of  phosphatids  in  the  tissues  and  methods  for  their  extraction  and 
purification,  H.  MacLean  (Biochem.  Jour.,  9  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  351-378).— 
Phosphatids  extracted  from  tissues  by  alcohol  invariably  contain  large  amounts 
of  a  nitrogenous  impurity  which  is  very  difficult  to  remove  by  any  of  the 

201 


202  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

ordinary  methods  of  preparation.  Ttiis  material  is  very  complex  chemically 
and  contains  bodies  of  a  purin  nature.  All  the  nitrogen  of  lecithin  is  accounted 
for  by  the  cholin  and  amino  nitrogen  present. 

By  fractionation  of  the  cadmium  chlorid  salt  lecithin  can  be  separated  into 
two  components  (true  lecithin  and  kephalin).  True  lecithin  contains  all  of  its 
nitrogen  in  the  form  of  cholin,  while  the  kephalin  fraction  contains  only  a  part 
as  cholin  and  the  greater  part  as  amino-ethyl  alcohol. 

Procedures  for  the  extraction  and  purification  of  the  phosphatids  and  also 
for  the  determination  of  cholin  are  discussed. 

On  certain  constituents  of  the  germinating  maize,  E.  Winterstein  and 
F.  WiJNSCHE  (Hoppe-Seyler's  Ztsclir.  Physiol.  Chem.,  95  {1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  310- 
S36). — Experimental  results  have  shown  that  the  constituents  of  the  germi- 
nating maize  are,  in  many  respects,  different  from  those  of  the  germinating 
wheat.  The  crystalline  nitrogenous  substances  (protein  cleavage  products) 
isolated  from  the  germinating  wheat  could  not  be  found  in  the  maize. 

In  the  two  samples  examined  no  arginin  could  be  isolated  and  only  traces 
of  glutamin.  Guanidin,  however,  was  found  to  be  present,  together  with  a 
base  of  unknown  constitution.  Hordenin  (parahydroxyphenylethylamin)  was 
also  found  in  the  maize  embryo.  It  is  possible  that  the  amino  acids  carried 
to  the  maize  embroyo  are  used  immediately  in  constructing  the  protein  mole 
cule,  while  in  the  wheat  embryo  there  is  a  partial  accumulation  of  these  prod- 
ucts. Whether  or  not  the  guanidin  is  found  as  an  intermediate  product  of 
the  protein  synthesis  is  doubtful. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  in  the  autolysis  of  the  maize  embryo  in  vitro 
only  a  small  amount  of  protein  cleavage  is  apparent.  In  the  hydrolysis  of 
the  isolated  proteins  the  usual  amino  acids  were  found.  A  large  amount  of 
water-soluble  protein  with  a  small  amount  of  globulin  constituted  the  protein 
found  in  the  maize  embryo.     No  nucleic  acid  could  be  isolated. 

The  fat  content  of  the  maize  was  found  to  be  about  four  times  as  great  as 
that  of  the  wheat.  The  fat  contained  solid  and  liquid  fatty  acids,  together 
with  sitosterin  and  phosphatids. 

A  glucosid  was  also  found,  together  with  pentoses  which  were  probably 
split  from  pentosans  during  the  autolysis,  and  a  considerable  amount  of  inosit 
phosphoric  acid. 

The  occvirrence  of  sucrose  in  grapes  of  American  origin,  H.  C.  Gore  (Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  33S,  334)- — An  examination  of 
66  varieties  of  American  grapes  during  four  successive  seasons  showed  that 
43  of  them  contained  no  sucrose,  10  contained  sucrose  occasionally,  and  in  13 
varieties  it  was  frequently  present. 

It  is  indicated  that  sucrose  should  be  regarded  as  a  normal  constituent  of 
many  varieties  of  grapes  of  American  origin. 

The  occurrence  of  sucrose  in  relatively  large  amounts  in  a  new  seedling 
grape,  W.  B.  Alwood  and  J.  R.  Eoff,  Jr.  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8 
(1916),  No.  4,  pp.  334,  335). — The  authors  submit  analytical  data  of  a  seedling 
grape  of  unknown  origin  in  various  conditions.  The  data  include  the  specific 
gravity,  total  solids,  sugar-free  solids,  invert  sugar,  sucrose  by  inversion, 
total  sugar  as  invert,  and  total  acid  as  tartaric. 

The  acetone  content  of  milk,  N.  O.  Engfeldt  {Hoppe-Seyler's  Ztschr.  Physiol. 
Chem.,  95  {1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  337-350).— A  summary  of  the  analytical  data 
submitted  shows  the  acetone  content  of  cow's  milk  to  vary  between  1.45  and 
2.42  mg.  per  liter,  with  an  average  of  1.85  mg.  for  ten  determinations.  The 
total  quantity  per  day  varied,  and  seemed  to  be  in  direct  relation  to  the 
quantity  of  milk  produced.     The  age  of  the  animal,  the  stage  of  lactation,  and 


1916]  AGRICULTUEAL    CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  203 

the  conditions  of  pregnancy  seemed  to  have  no  influence  on  tlie  acetone  con- 
tent of  the  milk. 

The  quantity  present  in  mare's  milk  varied  between  0.48  and  0.97  niR.  with 
an  average  of  0.71  nig.  per  liter  in  five  determinations.  In  ewe's  milk  for 
tive  determinations  the  variation  was  found  to  be  between  0.48  and  0.08  mg., 
with  an  average  of  0.56  mg.  per  liter.  The  amount  in  goat's  milk  varied  from 
0.97  to  1.45  mg.,  with  an  average  of  1.07  mg.  per  liter  for  six  determinations. 
Unilateral  thyroidectomy  had  no  influence  on  the  acetone  content  of  the 
milk.  In  human  milk  the  variations  were  found  to  be  between  0.48  and  1.16 
mg.  per  liter. 

The  procedure  used  by  the  author  for  the  determination  of  the  acetone  was 
to  precipitate  the  protein  of  the  milk  with  a  10  per  cent  solution  of  tannic 
acid,  then  distill  the  acetone  in  the  usual  manner,  and  titrate  with  a  standard 
iodin  solution,  using  a  finely  calibrated  burette. 

Studies  on  the  reducing  properties  of  milk,  J,  SamSula  {Wiener  Tierdrztl. 
Monatsschr.,  2  (1915),  No.  12,  pp.  545-552). — The  author  has  repeatedly  observed 
that  if  two  samples  of  middle  milk  are  drawn  from  any  quarter  of  the  udder 
of  a  healthy  cow,  the  one  in  a  sterile  container  and  the  other  simply  in  a  clean 
container,  both  samples  will  decolorize  methylene  blue  in  the  same  period  of 
time.  After  being  kept  at  room  temperature,  however,  for  about  eight  hours 
the  sterile  sample  will  decolorize  methylene  blue  much  sooner  than  the  other 
sample.  The  difference  in  time  of  decolorization  is  considerable  and  not  easily 
explained. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  bactericidal  property  of  milk  probably  plays  a  role 
in  the  phenomenon,  and  that  by  its  activity  it  destroys  the  reducing  enzym. 

The  analysis  of  waxes  with  special  reference  to  beeswax  and  wool  wax, 
F.  W.  RicHAEDSON  and  G.  A.  Bkacewell  {Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indtis.,  35  (1916), 
No.  3,  pp.  160-163). — The  following  average  values,  obtained  from  the  analyses 
of  three  samples  of  beeswax,  are  submitted :  Unsaponifiable  matter — Hiibl  iodin 
value,  8.06;  butryo-refractometer  at  75°  C,  21.3;  refractive  index  at  75°, 
1.4386.  Saponifiable  matter — melting  point,  53.9°  ;  butyro-refractometer  at  50", 
31.1;  refractive  index  at  50°,  1.446;  calculated  butyro-refractoraeter  at  75°, 
15.6 ;  Hiibl  iodin  value,  11.9. 

The  average  composition  of  wool  wax  obtained  is  given  as  follows:  Saponi- 
fiable matter — free  fatty  acids,  2  per  cent ;  neutral  esters,  56  per  cent.  Un- 
saponifiable matter — 42  per  cent.  The  wax  itself  has  the  following  values: 
Hiibl  iodin  value,  25 ;  acid  value,  4 ;  butyro-refractometer  at  50°,  76.  Fatty  acids 
in  the  saponifiable  matter:  Hiibl  iodin  value,  from  8.5  to  10;  melting  point,  42° ; 
butyro-refractometer  at  50°,  45;  neutralization  value,  from  136  to  150.  The 
unsaponifiable  matter  has  a  refractive  index  of  from  1.489  to  1.495,  Hiibl  iodin 
value  of  from  40  to  50,  and  acetyl  saponification  value  of  135. 

The  analytical  procedures  used  in  separating  the  saponifiable  and  unsaponi- 
fiable matter  are  outlined  in  detail.  Other  analytical  methods  are  also  de- 
scribed. 

Researches  on  the  nature  of  enzym  action. — IV,  The  action  of  insoluble 
enzyms,  W.  M.  Bayliss  {.Jour.  Physiol.,  50  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  S5-94).— Contin- 
uing work  previously  noted  on  the  nature  of  enzym  action  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  608), 
it  has  been  shown  that  urease,  lipase,  emulsin,  invertase,  lactase,  papain,  perox- 
idase, and  catalase  are  active  in  media  from  which  they  can  be  filtered  by  ordi- 
nary filter  paper,  while  the  filtrates  are  inactive.  Suspensions  of  solid  prepara- 
tions of  pepsin  and  trypsin  in  strong  alcohol  are  decidedly  more  active  than 
the  filtrates  of  such  saturated  solution.s.  These  enzyms  seem  to  be  able  to 
assume  a  colloidal  state  in  such  solutions  to  a  small  degree  and  thus  to  exhibit 
a  slight  activity. 


204  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

"Enzymic  activity  is  thus  manifested  at  the  interface  of  contact  between 
the  solid  enzym  phase  and  the  liquid  substrate  phase.  The  catalysts  concerned 
are  not  in  true  solution." 

I,  The  relation  of  hydrogen  ion  concentration  of  media  to  the  proteolytic 
activity  of  Bacillus  subtilis.  II,  Proteolysis  of  Streptococcus  erysipelatis 
and  S.  lacticus  compared  under  different  hydrogen  ion  concentration,  A. 
ITANO  (Massachusetts  Sta.  Bui.  161  (1916),  pp.  139-185,  figs.  6).— The  bac- 
teriological value  of  Sorensen's  method  for  the  study  of  proteolysis  in  conjunc- 
tion with  variations  in  the  hydrogen  ion  concentration  has  been  determined,  the 
organism  B.  subtilis  being  used  in  the  investigation.  It  was  shown  that  cer- 
tain hydrogen  ion  concentrations  measure  the  exact  influence,  both  inhibitory 
and  prohibitory,  and  indicate  the  exact  limits  of  the  proteolytic  activity  of 
the  micro-organism.  With  increasing  proteolysis  the  hydrogen  ion  concentration 
of  the  medium  converges  toward  the  optimum.  The  results  indicate  that  B. 
subtilis  produces  endoenzym  and  no  exoenzym.  Sorensen's  method  yielded  very 
satisfactory  results  in  determining  the  rate  of  proteolysis.  For  obtaining  any 
desired  hydrogen  ion  concentration  in  a  medium  the  colorimetric  method  was 
used. 

The  apparatus  and  technique  employed  in  the  investigation  are  described  in 
detail.    A  review  of  the  earlier  literature  on  the  subject  is  also  included. 

Part  2  deals  with  the  application  of  the  method  developed  in  the  investiga- 
tion to  a  study  of  S.  erysipelatis  and  S.  lacticus.  The  virulent  strain  of  S.  ery- 
sipelatis was  found  to  multiply  much  more  rapidly  in  a  broth  medium  than  the 
nonvirulent  strain,  S.  lacticus.  A  difference  both  in  degree  and  rate  of  proteo- 
lysis was  evident,  S.  erysipelatis  being  much  more  active  and  vigorous.  The 
results  indicate  a  very  close  relationship  between  the  optimum  hydrogen  ion 
concentration  for  proteolysis  (in  the  bouillon)  and  the  hydrogen  ion  concentra- 
tion of  the  natural  environment  of  the  organisms  (blood  and  milk). 

The  general  applicability  of  the  paper  pulp  filter  to  quantitative  analysis, 
S.  L.  JoDiDi  and  E.  H.  Kellogg  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4> 
pp.  317-319). — Experimental  data  submitted  indicate  that  the  application  of  the 
pulp  filter  to  the  quantitative  estimation  of  barium  and  sulphuric  acid  as  barium 
sulphate,  of  silver  and  hydrochloric  acid  as  silver  chlorid,  and  of  potassium 
and  ammonium  as  chloroplatinate  gives  results  as  accurate  as  those  obtained  by 
the  use  of  standard  filter  paper.     See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  712). 

A  simple  apparatus  for  filtration  under  diminished  pressure,  J.  C.  Irvine 
(Biochcm.  Jour.,  9  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  321,  322,  fig.  1). — An  apparatus  is  de- 
scribed in  which  a  specially  designed  cylindrical  tube  is  used  instead  of  an 
ordinary  suction  flasli  for  filtration  under  diminished  pressure.  The  apparatus 
is  deemed  of  special  value  when  manipulating  small  quantities  of  material  in 
that  it  obviates  undue  loss  in  transferring  the  material  to  another  container. 

Color  standards  and  colorimetric  assays,  H.  V.  Akny  and  C.  H.  Ring  (Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  CTiem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  309-311). — The  preparation  of 
color  standards  for  ammonia,  nitrate,  nitrite,  vanillin,  uric-acid,  salicylic-acid, 
and  phosphate  colorimetric  procedures  is  described  in  detail.  The  solutions 
used  for  making  standard  blends  are  divided  into  three  series,  viz,  cobalt-iron- 
copper,  cobalt-chromium-copper,  and  chromium-manganate. 

Some  indicators  from  animal  tissues,  W.  J.  Ckoziee  (Jour.  Biol.  CJiem.,  24 
(1916),  No.  4,  pp.  443-445). — The  preparation  and  color  changes  of  indicators 
prepared  from  Ascidia  atra,  PtycJiodera  sp.,  Cliromodoris  zebra,  and  Eupolymnia 
aurantiaca  (?)  are  reported. 

The  influence  of  fluorspar  on  the  solubility  of  basic  slag  in  citric  acid, 
G.  S.  RoBEKTSON  (Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  216,  211).— 
Experimental  data  submitted  indicate  that  the  citric-acid  test  gives  no  true 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  205 

index  of  the  phosphate  present  in  fluorspar  slags  and  affords  no  guide  as  to 
the  value  of  the  slag.  The  phosphatic  slag  obtained  by  the  use  of  fluorspar 
in  the  manufacture  of  steel  by  the  open-hearth  process  has  a  low  citric-acid 
solubility.  The  phosphate  is,  however,  completely  soluble  if  the  extraction 
be  prolonged  for  a  sufficient  time.  The  phosphates  in  the  slag  do  not  appear 
to  be  in  combination  with  silica,  but  seem  to  bear  a  close  resemblance  to  those 
contained  in  mineral  phosphates. 

Improved  methods  for  fat  analysis,  E.  B.  Holland,  J.  C.  Reed,  and  J.  P. 
Buckley  (Massacliusctts  Sta.  Bui.  166  (1915),  pp.  91-138,  figs.  ^).— This  bulle- 
tin outlines  the  methods  for  determining  the  various  chemical  constants  of 
oils,  fats,  and  waxes.  The  methods  have  been  carefully  studied  and  many 
improvements  both  in  the  apparatus  and  technique  introduced.  Tabulated 
data  and  supplementary  notes  of  value  in  the  interpretation  of  analytical  re- 
sults, together  with  formulas  for  calculating  certain  other  constants,  are  in- 
cluded. 

A  new  procedure  for  the  determination  of  the  acetyl  number  is  described 
as  follows :  Into  a  300  cc.  Erlenmeyer  flask  are  brought  5  gm.  of  fat  together 
with  10  cc.  of  acetic  anhydrid.  The  flask  is  connected  with  a  spiral  or  other 
form  of  reflux  condenser  and  heated  in  a  boiling  water  bath  for  from  1  to  1.5 
hours.  After  acetylating,  the  condenser  is  removed  from  the  flask  and  suffi- 
cient ceresine  added  to  form  a  solid  disk  with  the  fat  when  chilled  in  cold 
water.  With  the  flask  still  in  the  water  bath  150  cc.  of  boiling  water  is  added, 
with  as  little  disturbance  of  the  fat  layer  as  possible.  The  flask  is  then  re- 
moved and  the  contents  rotated  vigorously  to  dissolve  occluded  acetic  acid. 
The  ceresine  fat  is  then  solidified  by  immersing  the  flask  in  cold  water,  after 
which  the  solution  is  decanted  through  a  dense  filter,  care  being  taken  not  to 
break  the  insoluble  cake.  Another  150  cc.  of  boiling  water  is  added,  thor- 
oughly agitated,  heated  a  few  minutes  in  the  bath,  cooled,  and  decanted. 
The  process  is  repeated  iintil  the  final  filtrate  gives  a  decided  color  with  two 
or  three  drops  of  tenth-normal  alkali,  using  phenolphthalein  as  indicator.  The 
filter  and  inverted  flask  containing  the  cake  of  ceresine  fat  are  allowed  to 
drain  in  a  cool  place  until  practically  dry.  The  small  particles  adhering  to 
the  filter  are  then  scraped  into  the  flask,  the  inner  portion  of  the  filter  paper 
extracted  in  a  small  beaker  with  three  successive  20  cc.  portions  of  boiling 
alcohol,  and  poured  into  the  flask.  Fifty  cc.  of  alcoholic  potash  and  several 
glass  beads  are  then  added,  the  flask  is  connected  with  a  suitable  form  of 
reflux  condenser,  and  the  solution  boiled  on  the  water  bath  until  saponifica- 
tion is  complete.  After  cooling  the  solution  to  60°  C.  it  is  titrated  with  half- 
normal  hydrochloric  acid,  using  1  cc.  of  phenolphthalein  or  cotton  blue,  as  indi- 
cator. The  alcoholic  mixture  is  again  brought  to  boil  to  free  any  alkali 
occluded  in  the  ceresine,  and  retitered  if  necessary.  Several  blank  deter- 
minations should  be  run  with  every  series  of  tests,  under  precisely  similar 
conditions  as  to  time  and  treatment  except  that  the  ceresine  may  be  omitted. 
Every  lot  of  ceresine,  however,  must  be  tested  and  be  free  from  soluble  matter 
and  not  assimilate  any  alkali  on  saponification.  The  difference  between  the 
titration  of  the  blanks  and  that  of  the  excess  alkali  in  the  test  is  the  acid 
equivalent  of  the  fat  after  acetylation,  which  is  calculated  to  milligrams  of 
potassium  hydroxid  per  gram  of  fat. 

For  the  determination  of  unsaponifiable  matter  the  following  modified  pro- 
cedure is  described:  Five  gm.  of  fat  are  completely  saponified  in  a  300  cc. 
Erlenmeyer  flask  with  75  cc.  of  alcoholic  potash  and  25  cc.  of  alcohol  under 
a  reflux  condenser.  The  solution  is  then  transferred  to  a  250  cc.  Griffin  beaker 
and  the  flask  rinsed  several  times  with  hot  alcohol.  The  alcohol  is  evaporated 
54530°— No.  3—16 2 


206  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

in  a  water  bath  at  a  gradually  increasing  temperature.  Several  25  cc.  por- 
tions of  methyl  alcohol  are  added  and  evaporated  to  insure  dryness.  The 
dry  residue  is  then  pulverized  in  a  mortar  vrith  25  gm.  of  anhydrous  potassium 
carbonate,  dried  2  hours  at  100°,  transferred  to  an  S.  &  S.  extraction  thimble, 
extracted  from  2  to  3  hours  with  anhydrous  ether  in  a  continuous  ex- 
tractor, and  the  ether  distilled  ofE  as  usual.  Any  trace  of  moisture  absorbed 
during  the  process  will  contaminate  the  ether  extract  with  a  small  amount 
of  water-soluble  compounds.  To  eliminate  this  error  the  air-dried  extract  is 
washed  with  several  25  cc  portions  of  water  at  room  temperature,  decanted 
on  an  ether-extracted  filter  which  is  air-dried,  and  extracted  with  ether,  using 
the  same  flask  as  before.  The  purified  extract  is  dried  from  1  to  1.5  hours 
in  an  oven  at  100°  and  considered  as  unsaponifiable  matter.  This  procedure  is 
not  applicable  for  volatile  hydrocarbons  or  ethereal  oils. 

The  use  of  enzyms  and  special  yeasts  in  carbohydrate  analysis,  W.  A. 
Davis  {Jour.  Soc.  Ghent.  Indus.,  S5  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  201-210,  fig.  i).— Methods 
for  the  determination  of  saccharose,  raffinose,  maltose,  and  starch  in  plants 
and  their  products  by  means  of  enzyms  are  described  in  detail.  On  account  of 
the  specificity  of  the  enzym  action  it  is  indicated  that  such  methods  are  of 
especial  value  in  estimating  the  individual  constituents  of  a  complex  mixture  of 
carbohydrates. 

On  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars  in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of 
sucrose,  L.  Maquenne  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  iParis'[,  162  (1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
207-213). — The  influence  of  large  amounts  of  sucrose  on  the  determination  of 
reducing  sugars  has  been  studied  in  some  detail  and  the  results  of  the  in- 
vestigation reported. 

The  temperature  at  which  the  reduction  takes  place  and  also  the  time  of 
heating  exercises  a  marked  influence  on  the  results  for  the  reducing  sugars. 
Heating  for  10  minutes  at  65°  C.  is  recommended  as  yielding  the  best  results. 
The  quantity  of  sample  used  in  the  analysis  is  also  important.  For  materials 
poor  in  invert  sugar  20  gm.  samples  are  recommended. 

The  hyposulphite  titration  has  been  slightly  modified  and  used  with  excellent 
results,  especially  for  very  small  amounts  of  copper.  The  procedure,  however, 
is  not  applicable  in  the  analysis  of  molasses  and  similar  materials  which  con- 
tain substances  that  absorb  iodin.  For  such  material  the  copper  oxid  must  be 
determined  either  gravimetrically  or  by  some  other  volumetric  procedure. 

An  apparatus  for  digesting  crude  fiber,  J.  M.  Pickel  (Jour.  Indus,  and 
Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  S66,  367,  figs.  2).— A  simple  form  of  condenser 
for  use  in  crude  fiber  determinations  which  is  easy  to  manipulate  is  described 
in  detail.  The  form  and  construction  of  the  condenser  obviates  the  use  of  all 
rubber  connections.  It  can  be  made  of  zinc,  copper,  or  even  glass.  In  the 
latter  case  an  ordinary  glass  flask  provided  with  a  suitable  side  tube  in  its 
neck  is  quite  satisfactory. 

A  furnace  for  crude  fiber  incineration,  J.  M.  Pickel  (Jour.  Indus,  and 
Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  367,  fig.  1). — An  inexpensive  and  easily  con- 
structed furnace  for  use  in  crude  fiber  determinations  is  described  in  detail. 
It  consists  of  a  piece  of  asbestos  board  with  a  circular  opening  upon  which 
is  set  a  disk  of  wroxight  iron.  An  asbestos  cylinder,  specially  prepared,  is 
placed  around  the  iron  disk  and  is  covered  with  a  piece  of  asbestos  board  of 
the  same  dimensions  as  that  of  the  base,  having  a  small  hole  in  its  center.  The 
lieat  is  supplied  by  a  small  Bunsen  burner. 

The  analysis  of  maple  products. — VII,  The  electrical  conductivity  test  for 
purity  of  maple  sirup,  J.  F.  Snell  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916), 
No.  4,  pp.  351-333 ) . — Revised  directions  for  the  conductivity  test  of  maple  sirup 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  610)  are  submitted. 


1916]  AGRICULTUEAI.   CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  207 

Genuine  sirups  have  shown  conductivity  values  as  low  as  96  and  as  high  as 
230.  The  limits  of  percentage  variation  of  the  conductivity  value  in  genuine 
sirups  are  much  narrower  than  those  of  any  of  the  older  analytical  values, 
but  not  so  narrow  as  those  of  the  volumetric  lead  number.  Additioijal  analyti- 
cal data  on  nonmaple  sirups  are  reported. 

A  comparison  of  methods  for  the  determination  of  casein  in  milk,  C.  B. 
Hebsey  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  SS5,  3S6). — 
Although  the  official  nitrogen  method  is  the  standard  of  accuracy  for  the 
determination  of  casein  in  milk,  the  analytical  results  obtained  show  that  the 
Hart  method  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  707)  with  electric  centrifuge  is  dependable, 
checking  very  closely  the  official  method.  It  is  deemed  far  superior  to  the  volu- 
metric method  of  Van  Slyke  and  Bos  worth  (E.  S.  R.,  22,  p.  112). 

The  Hart  method  possesses  the  advantages  of  requiring  only  a  very  little  time 
and  neither  exactly  standard  solutions  nor  final  calculation  of  results. 

The  occurrence  and  determination  of  creatin  in  the  urine,  F.  H.  McCbud- 
DEN  and  C.  S.  Sabgent  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  24  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  42S-429). — 
Exi)erimental  data  submitted  indicate  that  "  human  urine  contains  a  substance 
or  substances  other  than  creatin  which  can  give  a  color  reaction  similar  to  that 
of  creatinin  on  boiling  with  picric  acid,  and  which,  therefore,  may  appear  in 
the  results  as  creatin." 

The  reduction  of  Ass  to  Ass  by  cuprous  chlorid  and  the  determination  of 
arsenic  by  distillation  as  arsenic  trichlorid,  R.  C.  Roabk  and  C  C.  McDon- 
NEix  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  827-331,  fig.  1). — 
Experimental  data  indicate  that  ferrous  salts  effect  only  an  incomplete  reduc- 
tion of  Ass  to  Ass  in  hydrochloric-acid  solutions.  Satisfactory  results  can  be 
obtained  only  under  certain  conditions,  usually  with  the  presence  of  a  small 
amount  of  copper  which  forms  cuprous  chlorid,  or  when  only  very  small  amounts 
of  arsenic  are  present.  Cuprous  chlorid  effectively  reduces  the  arsenic  in  hydro- 
chloric-acid solution  and  completely  separates  the  arsenic  trichlorid  from  anti- 
mony, lead,  copper,  zinc,  iron,  and  calcium. 

The  method  described  consists  of  distilling  a  sample  of  the  insecticide  or 
fungicide  in  a  hydrochloric-acid  solution  with  cuprous  chlorid  and,  after  neu- 
tralization of  the  distillate,  titrating  the  arsenic  with  standard  iodin  solution. 

New  methods  for  the  analysis  of  lime-sulphur  solutions. — II,  The  esti- 
mation of  "  polysulphur,"  R.  M.  Chapin  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8 
(1916),  No.  4,  pp.  339-341). — In  continuation  of  the  work  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  806),  the  author  has  developed  a  new  method  for  the  estimation 
of  polysulphur  which  is  claimed  to  be  both  accurate  and  convenient. 

The  method,  briefly  outlined,  consists  of  adding  10  cc.  of  k  dilution  of  the 
sample  to  10  cc,  of  a  recently  prepared  10  per  cent  solution  of  C.  P.  anhydrous 
sodium  sulphite  and  20  cc.  of  fifth-normal  ammoniacal  zinc  chlorid  contained 
in  a  200  cc.  Erlenmeyer  flask.  Twenty-five  cc.  of  water  is  added  and  the  mix- 
ture placed  on  the  steam  bath.  At  intervals  of  10  minutes  the  contents  of  the 
flask  are  agitated  and  the  material  adhering  to  the  sides  of  the  flask  rinsed 
down  with  a  little  hot  water  from  a  wash  bottle.  After  heating  for  45  minutes, 
with  four  intermediate  mixings,  the  flask  is  removed  from  the  water  bath  and 
20  cc.  of  a  10  per  cent  solution  of  crystallized  strontium  chlorid  added.  The 
mixture  is  allowed  to  settle  for  5  minutes  and  filtered  into  a  250  cc.  volumetric 
flask  and  the  precipitate  washed  with  hot  water.  The  clear  liquid  is  then  cooled 
to  room  temperature  and  from  0.5  to  1  cc.  of  a  10  per  cent  solution  of  crystallized 
disodium  phosphate  added,  made  to  the  mark,  well  shaken,  and  filtered  through 
a  dry  paper  into  a  dry  flask,  the  flrst  portions  being  used  to  thoroughly  wet  the 
paper,  and  the  runnings  discarded.  To  200  cc.  of  this  clear  filtrate  methyl  red 
is  added  and  then,  slowly,  vnth  thorough  mixing,  a  10  per  cent  solution  of 


208  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  I  Vol.  35 

tartaric  acid  to  a  permanent  slight  acid  reaction.  Starch  is  now  added,  and 
the  liquiil  titrated  with  tenth-normal  iodin. 

From  the  titration  figures  ohtained  from  this  procedure  and  those  previously 
described  the  various  forms  of  sulphur  existing  in  the  dilute  lime-sulphur 
solution  can  be  calculated  by  formulas  which  are  submitted.  Suggestions  on 
the  execution  of  the  proposed  method  are  discussed  in  detail. 

It  is  concluded  that  "  the  use  of  a  single  standard  solution  which  can  be  so 
easily  and  accurately  prepared  and  used  as  tenth-normal  iodin  means  a  possi- 
bility of  increased  accuracy,  as  well  as  a  saving  of  time,  over  the  gravimetric 
estimation  of  sulphur  as  barium  sulphate  under  conditions  which  demand  the 
employment  of  an  empirical  factor." 

Phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides,  G.  P.  Gray  (California  Sta.  Bui.  269 
(1916),  pp.  327SSJ,  figs.  9).— This  bulletin  is  divided  into  three  parts. 

Part  1  gives  a  general  discussion  of  phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides 
and  a  classification,  description,  and  data  as  to  the  properties  of  materials 
found  on  the  market,  both  of  refined  phenols  and  compounded  remedies.  It  is 
intlicaled  that  all  the  cresols  are  more  active  fungicides  than  phenol.  Com- 
mercial cresol  is  usually  a  mixture  of  the  three  cresols.  The  term  crude 
cresylic  acid  is  deemed  more  appropriate  to  be  applied  to  the  material  com- 
monly sold  as  crude  carbolic  acid. 

Part  2  gives  the  classification  and  tabulation  of  the  results  of  analyses  of 
samples  taken  during  the  fiscal  years  1911-12  and  1912-13,  and  comments. 
Although  many  products  were  found  to  be  below  guaranty,  manufacturers  and 
dealers  are  not  accused  of  willfully  making  or  selling  low-grade  or  non- 
standard products.  It  appears,  however,  that  material  has  often  been  guar- 
antied and  sold  with  but  little  knowledge  of  its  composition. 

I'art  3  gives  methods  of  examination  and  descriptions  of  apparatus,  in- 
cluding a  steam  distillation  battery,  a  mechanical  shaker,  and  a  small  device 
for  holding  fiasks  in  a  water  bath.  Qualitative  methods  most  frequently 
used  are  described  and  references  to  methods  for  the  complete  examination 
of  the  material  used  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  are  included. 

Progress  in  peanut  milling,  T.  B.  Keese  (Texas  Sta.  Circ.  12,  n.  scr.  (1916), 
pp.  .i-0). — This  circular  describes  in  detail  the  methods  commonly  used  in 
IK'anut  milling.  It  is  indicated  that  the  cost  of  milling  peanuts  at  the  present 
time  is  greater  than  that  of  milling  cotton  seed.  The  cost  of  a  ton  of  farmer's 
stock,  which  includes  from  200  to  300  lbs.  of  waste,  is  about  $55.  The  prod- 
ucts from  this  niiiterial,  viz,  about  G5  gal.  of  oil  and  about  1,200  lbs.  of  cake, 
will  yield  the  miller  about  $G4,  or  a  margin  of  $9. 

Some  chemical  changes  in  the  resweating  of  seed-leaf  tobacco,  H.  Iw.  Kbay- 
uiLL  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Enyin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  336-339). — The  inves- 
tigation is  sumnuirized  as  follows: 

"The  greatest  loss  of  dry  matter  during  the  resweating  process  occurs  in 
the  proteins,  nlcotln,  ether  extract,  and  nitrogen-free  extract.  The  total 
nitrogen,  nniiiionia,  nitric  acid,  and  crude  fiber  show  slight  losses.  The  amids 
and  reducing  substances  show  an  increase.  The  changes  during  the  resweat 
are  (luite  similar  to  those  of  the  first  sweating  process.  It  seems,  therefore, 
that  the  resweat  is  a  continuation  of  the  first  sweating  process.  . 

"The  total  lo.ss  in  nitrogen  is  O.fil  per  cent.  The  difference  between  the 
total  loss  of  nitrogen  and  the  loss  of  nitrogen  as  nitric  acid,  ammonia,  and 
anilds  (loss  of  protein  nitrogen  minus  amid  gain  in  nitrogen)  is  0.28  per  cent. 
It  HpiH'ars  from  this  that  most  of  the  nicotin  which  is  lost  is  lost  by  volatiliza- 
tion.    This  is  In  accord  with  the  results  of  Garner  [E.  S.  R.,  20,  p.  936]. 

"  It  is  evident  that  a  breaking  down  of  proteins  into  amids  occurs.  From 
this  we  can   readily   see  that   there  is  probably   an  enzym  present  which  is 


1916]  METEOROLOGY — WATER.  209 

capable  of  breaking  down  the  proteins.  Since  the  increase  in  amid  nitrogen 
is  not  so  great  as  the  loss  in  protein  nitrogen  it  suggests  that  there  may  be 
present  a  fermeiit  which  breaks  up  the  amino  acids,  although  no  definite 
conclusions  can  bo  drawn." 

METEOROLOGY— WATER. 

Report  of  the  nieteorological  station  at  Berkeley,  California,  for  the  year 
ending  June  30,  1914,  W.  G.  Reed  (Univ.  Cal.  Puhs.,  Georgr.,  1  {1916),  No.  9, 
pp.  S73-4S9,  pis.  12,  figs.  9). — The  instrumental  installation  and  the  character 
and  methods  of  observations  made  are  briefly  described,  and  observations  on 
temperature,  pressure,  precipitation,  atmospheric  moisture,  frost,  and  wind 
are  reported.  A  summary  of  the  results  of  a  hydrographic  survey  (rainfall 
and  run-oft')  of  Strawberry  Creek,  near  the  university,  is  also  included. 

The  mean  annual  temperature  for  the  year  was  58°  F.  The  extreme  range 
of  temperature  was  about  70°.  September  was  the  warmest  month  and  De- 
cember the  coldest.  The  maximum  temperature,  105.5°,  occurred  September  16, 
1913;  the  minimum,  36°,  was  recorded  December  15,  1913,  .and  January  9, 
1914.  Frost  occurred  from  November  to  March.  The  relati^  humidity  aver- 
aged 86  per  cent  morning  and  night,  and  the  mean  dew  point  was  about  44° 
in  winter  and  54°  in  summer.  Nearly  40  per  cent  of  the  days  were  generally 
clear.  Fog  was  observed  on  29  days.  The  total  precipitation  was  33.58  in. 
or  7.12  in.  more  than  the  average. 

Meteorolog'ical  observations,  J.  S.  Stevens  (Maine  Sta.  Bui.  2^5  {1915),  pp. 
S09-310). — A  monthly  and  annual  summary  of  observations  at  the  University 
of  Maine  on  temperature,  precipitation,  cloudiness,  and  wind  movement  during 
1915  is  given.  The  mean  temperature  for  the  year  was  46.21°  F.,  as  compared 
with  an  average  of  42.73°  for  47  years;  the  total  precipitation  was  38.87  in.,  as 
compared  with  mean  annual  precipitation  of  42.67  in.  for  47  years ;  the  snow- 
fall was  49.1  in.,  as  compared  with  87.34  in.  as  the  average  of  47  years ;  the 
number  of  clear  days  was  177 ;  the  number  of  cloudy  days,  121 ;  and  the  total 
movement  of  wind  was  48,224  miles. 

Meteorological  observations  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  J.  E.  Ostkandeb  and  D.  Potter  {Massachusetts  Sta.  Met.  Buls. 
327,  328  {1916),  pp.  4  each). — Summaries  of  observations  at  Amherst,  Mass.,  on 
pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  precipitation,  wind,  sunshine,  cloudiness,  and 
casual  phenomena  during  March  and  April,  1916,  are  presented.  The  data  are 
briefly  discussed  in  general  notes  on  the  weather  of  each  month. 

Weather  summaries,  L.  R.  Waldbon  {North  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpts.  Dickinson 
Suhsta.,  1911,  pp.  13,  14;  1912.  pp.  16,  17;  1913,  pp.  37-39 )  .—Observations  at 
Dickinson,  N.  Dak.,  during  1911,  1912,  and  1913  on  temperature  and  rainfall 
are  summarized  by  mouths  and  compared  with  the  normals.  Data  relating  to 
early  and  late  frosts  are  also  given. 

Climatic  conditions  of  Minnesota,  U.  G.  Puessell  ( Univ.  Minn.,  Geol.  Survey 
Bui.  12  {1915),  pp.  10-29,  figs.  12). — The  geographic  and  physiographic  features 
which  affect  the  climate  of  the  State  are  briefly  described. 

The  climate  is  continental,  modified  to  a  considerable  extent  by  numerous 
inland  bodies  of  water.  The  State  "  is  in  the  path  of  a  large  proportion  of  the 
low-pressure  areas  which  move  across  the  United  States  from  west  to  east. 
These  areas  move  at  an  average  speed  of  600  miles  in  24  hours  and  are  preceded 
by  southerly  winds  and  higher  temperature  and  followed  by  northerly  winds 
and  lower  temperature.  They  are  usually  accompanied  by  cloudy  weather  and 
precipitation,  each  storm  causing  an  average  of  from  one  to  two  rainy  days  as 
it  crosses  the  State.    As  there  is  an  average  of  almost  two  of  these  storms  each 


208  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  I  Vol.  35 

tartaric  acid  to  a  permanent  slight  acid  reaction.  Starcli  is  now  added,  and 
tlie  liquid  titrated  with  tenth-normal  iodin. 

From  the  titration  figures  obtained  from  this  procedure  and  those  previously 
described  the  various  forms  of  sulphur  existing  in  the  dilute  lime-sulphur 
solution  can  be  calculated  by  formulas  which  are  submitted.  Suggestions  on 
the  execution  of  the  proposed  method  are  discussed  in  detail. 

It  is  concluded  that  "  the  use  of  a  single  standard  solution  which  can  be  so 
easily  and  accurately  prepared  and  used  as  tenth-normal  iodin  means  a  possi- 
bility of  increased  accuracy,  as  well  as  a  saving  of  time,  over  the  gravimetric 
estimation  of  sulphur  as  barium  sulphate  under  conditions  which  demand  the 
employment  of  an  empirical  factor." 

Phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides,  G.  P.  Gbay  (California  Sta.  Bui.  269 
{1916),  pp.  327-381,  figs.  9). — This  bulletin  is  divided  into  three  parts. 

Part  1  gives  a  general  discussion  of  phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides 
and  a  classification,  description,  and  data  as  to  the  properties  of  materials 
found  on  the  market,  both  of  refined  phenols  and  compounded  remedies.  It  is 
indicated  that  all  the  cresols  are  more  active  fungicides  than  phenol.  Com- 
mercial cresol  is  usually  a  mixture  of  the  three  cresols.  The  term  crude 
cresylic  acid  is  deemed  more  appropriate  to  be  applied  to  the  material  com- 
monly sold  as  crude  carbolic  acid. 

Part  2  gives  the  classification  and  tabulation  of  the  results  of  analyses  of 
samples  taken  during  the  fiscal  years  1911-12  and  1912-13,  and  comments. 
Although  many  products  were  found  to  be  below  guaranty,  manufacturers  and 
dealers  are  not  accused  of  willfully  making  or  selling  low-grade  or  non- 
standard products.  It  appears,  however,  that  material  has  often  been  guar- 
antied and  sold  with  but  little  knowledge  of  its  composition. 

Part  3  gives  methods  of  examination  and  descriptions  of  apparatus,  in- 
cluding a  steam  distillation  battery,  a  mechanical  shaker,  and  a  small  device 
for  holding  flasks  in  a  water  bath.  Qualitative  methods  most  frequently 
used  are  described  and  references  to  methods  for  the  complete  examination 
of  the  material  used  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  are  included. 

Progress  in  peanut  milling,  T.  B.  Reese  (Texas  Sta.  Circ.  12,  n.  ser.  (1916), 
pp.  3-6). — This  circular  describes  in  detail  the  methods  commonly  used  in 
peanut  milling.  It  is  indicated  that  the  cost  of  milling  peanuts  at  the  present 
time  is  greater  than  that  of  milling  cotton  seed.  The  cost  of  a  ton  of  farmer's 
stock,  which  includes  from  200  to  300  lbs.  of  waste,  is  about  $55.  The  prod- 
ucts from  this  material,  viz,  about  65  gal.  of  oil  and  about  1,200  lbs.  of  cake, 
will  yield  the  miller  about  $64,  or  a  margin  of  $9. 

Some  chemical  changes  in  the  resweating  of  seed-leaf  tobacco,  H.  II.  Kray- 
BiLL  (Jotir.  Indus,  and  Enyin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  Jf,  pp.  336-339). — The  inves- 
tigation is  summarized  as  follows : 

"The  greatest  loss  of  dry  matter  during  the  resweating  process  occurs  in 
the  proteins,  uicotin,  ether  extract,  and  nitrogen-free  extract.  The  total 
nitrogen,  ammonia,  nitric  acid,  and  crude  fiber  show  slight  losses.  The  amids 
and  reducing  substances  show  an  increase.  The  changes  during  the  resweat 
are  quite  similar  to  those  of  the  first  sweating  process.  It  seems,  therefore, 
that  the  resweat  is  a  continuation  of  the  first  sweating  process.  .  .  . 

"The  total  loss  in  nitrogen  is  0.61  per  cent.  The  difference  between  the 
total  loss  of  nitrogen  and  the  loss  of  nitrogen  as  nitric  acid,  ammonia,  and 
amids  (loss  of  protein  nitrogen  minus  amid  gain  in  nitrogen)  is  0.28  per  cent. 
It  appears  from  this  that  most  of  the  nicotin  which  is  lost  is  lost  by  volatiliza- 
tion.   This  is  in  accord  with  the  results  of  Garner  [E.  S.  R.,  20,  p.  936]. 

"It  is  evident  that  a  breaking  down  of  proteins  into  amids  occurs.  From 
this  we  can  readily  see  that  there  is  probably  an  enzym  present  which  is 


1916]  METEOEOLOGY — WATER.  209 

capable  of  breaking  down  the  proteins.  Since  the  increase  in  amid  nitrogen 
is  not  so  great  as  the  loss  in  protein  nitrogen  it  suggests  that  there  may  be 
present  a  ferment  which  breaks  up  the  amino  acids,  although  no  definite 
conclusions  can  be  drawn." 

METEOROLOGY— WATER. 

Report  of  the  meteorological  station  at  Berkeley,  California,  for  the  year 
ending  June  30,  1914,  W.  G.  Reed  {Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Georgr.,  1  {1916),  No.  9, 
pp.  373-439,  pis.  12,  figs.  9). — The  instrumental  installation  and  the  character 
and  methods  of  observations  made  are  briefly  described,  and  observations  on 
temperature,  pressure,  precipitation,  atmospheric  moisture,  frost,  and  wind 
are  reported.  A  summary  of  the  results  of  a  hydrographic  survey  (rainfall 
and  run-off)  of  Strawberry  Creek,  near  the  university,  is  also  included. 

The  mean  annual  temperature  for  the  year  was  58°  F.  The  extreme  range 
of  temperature  was  about  70°.  September  was  the  warmest  month  and  De- 
cember the  coldest.  The  maximum  temperature,  105.5°,  occurred  September  16, 
1913 ;  the  minimum,  30°,  was  recorded  December  15,  1913,^and  January  9, 
1914.  Frost  occurred  from  November  to  March.  The  relati\*  humidity  aver- 
aged 86  per  cent  morning  and  night,  and  the  mean  dew  point  was  about  44° 
in  winter  and  54°  in  summer.  Nearly  40  per  cent  of  the  days  were  generally 
clear.  Fog  was  observed  on  29  days.  The  total  precipitation  was  33.58  in. 
or  7.12  in.  more  than  the  average. 

Meteorological  observations,  J.  S.  Stevens  {Maine  Sta.  Bui.  245  {1915),  pp. 
309-310). — A  monthly  and  annual  summary  of  observations  at  the  University 
of  Maine  on  temperature,  precipitation,  cloudiness,  and  wind  movement  during 
1915  is  given.  The  mean  temperature  for  the  year  was  46.21°  F.,  as  compared 
with  an  average  of  42.73°  for  47  years ;  the  total  precipitation  was  38.87  in.,  as 
compared  with  mean  annual  precipitation  of  42.07  in.  for  47  years ;  the  snow- 
fall was  49.1  in.,  as  compared  with  87.34  in.  as  the  average  of  47  years;  the 
number  of  clear  days  was  177;  the  number  of  cloudy  days,  121;  and  the  total 
movement  of  wind  was  48,224  miles. 

Meteorological  observations  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  J.  E.  Ostrandek  and  D.  Potter  {Massachusetts  Sta.  Met.  Buls. 
327,  328  {1916),  pp.  4  each). — Summaries  of  ob.servations  at  Amherst,  Mass.,  on 
pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  precipitation,  wind,  sunshine,  cloudiness,  and 
casual  phenomena  during  March  and  April,  1916,  are  presented.  The  data  are 
briefly  discussed  in  general  notes  on  the  weather  of  each  month. 

Weather  summaries,  L,  R.  Waldbon  {North  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpts.  Dickinson 
Substa.,  1911,  pp.  13,  14;  1912,  pp.  16,  17;  1913,  pp.  37-39 )  .—Observations  at 
Dickinson,  N.  Dak.,  during  1911,  1912,  and  1913  on  temperature  and  rainfall 
are  summarized  by  months  and  compared  with  the  normals.  Data  relating  to 
early  and  late  frosts  are  also  given. 

Climatic  conditions  of  Minnesota,  U.  G.  Puesseix  ( Univ.  Minn.,  Geol.  Survey 
Bui.  12  {1915),  pp.  10-29,  figs.  12). — The  geographic  and  physiographic  features 
which  affect  the  climate  of  the  State  are  briefly  described. 

The  climate  is  continental,  modified  to  a  considerable  extent  by  numerous 
inland  bodies  of  water.  The  State  "  is  in  the  path  of  a  large  proportion  of  the 
low-t>ressure  areas  which  move  across  the  United  States  from  west  to  east. 
These  areas  move  at  an  average  speed  of  600  miles  in  24  hours  and  are  preceded 
by  southerly  winds  and  higher  temperature  and  followed  by  northerly  winds 
and  lower  temperature.  They  are  usually  accompanied  by  cloudy  weather  and 
precipitation,  each  storm  causing  an  average  of  from  one  to  two  rainy  days  as 
it  crosses  the  State.    As  there  is  an  average  of  almost  two  of  these  storms  each 


212  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Effect  of  grinding  on  the  lime  requirement  of  soils,  R.  C.  Cook  (Soil  ScL, 
1  {1916),  No.  i.  pp.  95-98).— Experiments  conducted  at  Rutgers  College  on  six 
different  soils  are  reported,  the  results  of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  that 
"  soils  should  not  be  ground  if  used  for  determination  of  lime  requirement  by 
the  Veitch  method.  Grinding  sandy  soils  of  New  Jersey  increases  their  acidity 
instead  of  decreasing  it,  according  to  the  method  employed." 

Albuminous  bases  formed  from  organic  matter  of  soils  by  hydrolysis, 
A.  Shmuk  {Zhur.  Opytn.  Agron.,  16  {1915),  No.  4,  PP-  281-298;  abs.  in  Chem. 
Abs.,  10  {1916),  No.  2,  p.  2//3).— By  long  enough  boiling  of  soil  or  humic  acid 
wit-h  25  per  cent  sulphuric  acid  the  author  succeeded  in  isolating  and  identify- 
ing two  compounds  which  he  classed  as  amino  acids.  Arginin  and  lysin  were 
found  in  compounds  obtained  from  three  different  chernozem  soils. 

[Soil  moisture  studies]  {North  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpt.  Dickinson  Substa.,  1913, 
pp.  81-36,  figs.  4). — Studies  on  four  loam  soil  wheat  plats  (A)  continuously 
cropped,  spring  plowed,  (B)  continuously  cropped,  fall  plowed,  and  (C  and  D) 
alternately  cropped  and  summer  fallowed  showed  an  increase  in  moisture  in  all 
the  plats  between  October  and  April  and  a  decrease  during  the  remainder  of  the 
season.  The  spring-plowed  plat  showed  considerably  less  moisture  than  the 
fall-plowed  plat.  Plats  C  and  D  showed  about  the  same  amounts  of  water 
available  to  the  crop  until  the  crop  began  to  draw  heavily  on  the  available 
water,  after  which  tlie  plat  recently  fallowed  lost  but  little  water,  while  the 
upper  3  ft.  of  the  other  plat  became  as  dry  as  plats  continuously  cropped. 
In  the  lower  3  ft.  of  the  fall-plowed  plat  and  Plats  C  and  D  there  was  an  in- 
crease in  the  amount  of  growth  water  from  the  fall  until  the  following  spring. 
In  the  spring-plowed  plat  there  was  a  decrease.  The  water  available  to  crops 
was  used  most  economically  on  the  spring-plowed  plats. 

Similar  data  for  barley  plats  are  also  reported,  but  are  apparently  deemed 
unsatisfactory. 

Soil  gases,  J.  W.  Leatheb  {Mem.  Dept.  Agr.  India,  Chem.  Ser.,  4  {1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  81-134,  figs.  4). — An  apparatus  for  the  abstraction  of  soil  gases  from 
undisturbed  soil  samples  and  a  method  of  estimation  of  the  argon  content 
of  the  sou  are  described,  and  results  of  studies  of  Pusa  and  other  Indian 
soils  are  reported.  The  object  was  to  obtain  more  definite  information  regard- 
ing the  gases  present  during  the  decomposition  of  green  manure,  the  gases 
of  swamp  rice  soil,  the  assimilation  of  nitrogen  by  Papilionaceas,  the  gases 
present  near  the  roots  of  crops,  and  changes  during  nitrification. 

It  was  found  that  the  volume  of  gas  in  soils  determined  by  direct  measure- 
ment is  approximately  equal  to  that  determined  by  indirect  calculation.  The 
volume  of  condensed  gas  in  Pusa  soil  was  too  small  to  be  estimated  accu- 
rately and  is  thought  to  be  not  greater  than  4  per  cent  of  the  gas  present. 
The  volumes  of  gas  were  smaller  in  wet  weather  than  when  the  soil  was  dry. 
"  The  volume  of  displaced  gas  is  not  necessarily  equal  to  the  additional  water, 
and  the  experimental  results  also  show  that  one  volume  of  water  does  not 
necessarily  displace  one  volume  of  gas.  At  the  same  time  the  two  approach 
equality. 

"  The  whole  of  the  gas  is  not  displaced  from  a  soil ;  even  during  the  wetteat 
weather  the  proportionate  volume  of  gas  only  falls  to  15  or  20  per  cent,  or 
about  one-half  the  volume  which  is  present  during  long  periods  of  hot,  dry 
weather. 

"  The  soil  gas  of  land  which  has  been  freshly  treated  with  farm  manure  or 
green  manure  naturally  contains  a  high  proportion  of  carbon  dioxid  and  a 
low  proportion  of  oxygen,  but  it  is  evident  from  the  information  gained  by 
operating  with  closed  vessels  (containing  abundance  of  air)   that  were  it  not 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  213 

for  the  process  of  diffusion,  the  proportions  would  be  very  different  from 
what  they  are." 

High  proportions  of  carbon  dioxid  and  frequently  low  proportions  of  oxygen 
were  found  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  roots  of  such  crops  as  hemp,  indigo, 
and  maize,  together  with  small  but  definite  quantities  of  hydrogen,  "  Although 
high  proportions  of  carbon  dioxid  are  frequently  present  in  the  gas  as  extracted 
from  the  soil,  calculation  shows  that  considerably  the  greater  part  is  present  in 
the  dissolved  state  in  the  soil  solution." 

Determination  of  the  ratios  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  to  argon  in  the  soil 
gases  showed  "  that  the  chief  changes  in  the  soil  have  to  do  with  the  oxygen, 
whilst  nitrogen-assimilation  or  nitrogen-evolution  in  dry  land  is  at  least  so 
limited  that  it  is  usually  difficult  to  detect.  ...  In  cases  like  the  gas  from 
rice  land,  the  argon  determination  demonstrates  with  certainty  that  most 
of  the  nitrogen  is  derived  from  the  soil  and  manure.  .  .  . 

"  It  is  certain  that  diffusion  of  gases  through  soils  at  a  depth  of  from  12 
to  15  in.  is  so  efficient  as  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  cultivation  of  the 
surface  soil  is  unnecessary  for  purposes  of  aeration.  The  well-established 
value  of  good  cultivation  must  be  referred  to  other  causes." 

Agronomic  and  soil  conditions  in  the  Selby  smoke  zone,  C.  F.  Shaw  and 
E.  E.  Free  (U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Mines  Bui.  98  {1915),  pp.  451-462). — An  inves- 
tigation of  the  agronomic  and  soil  conditions  of  the  Selby  smoke  zone  in 
Solano  County,  CaL,  to  determine  the  extent  to  which  the  vegetation  is  in- 
jured and  the  soil  polluted  by  smelter  fumes  and  dust  in  that  district,  is 
reported. 

The  opinion  is  expressed  that  while  crop  yields  in  the  region  are  below 
what  would  be  expected  for  such  a  climate,  they  may  be  attributed  more  to 
poor  soil  and  poor  agricultural  practice  than  to  some  definite  unfavorable 
factor  such  as  smelter  dust  and  fumes.  With  reference  to  soil  pollution,  it 
is  concluded  that  "  arsenic  is  certainly  a  normal,  though  extremely  minute, 
constituent  of  the  soils  of  the  region,  and  lead  is  probably  so.  The  past  con- 
tamination of  the  soils  by  lead  and  arsenic  from  the  smelter  is  possible  but 
unproved  and  appears  not  to  be  susceptible  of  proof.  The  quantities  of  lead 
and  arsenic  added,  if  any,  have  been  small  and  of  the  same  order  as  the 
quantities  of  these  elements  normally  present  in  the  soils.  The  maximum 
amounts  of  lead  and  arsenic  found  ai'e  far  too  small  to  have  any  injurious 
effect  on  plants  grown  in  the  soils.  Much  larger  amounts  than  those  actually 
found  would  be  without  practical  effect  on  the  agriculture  of  the  region," 

Data  regarding  soil  samples  are  included. 

Mississippi:  Its  geology,  geography,  soils,  and  mineral  resources,  E.  N. 
Lowe  {Miss.  Geol.  Survey  Bui.  12  {1915),  pp.  335,  pi.  1,  figs.  2S).— This  is  a  pop- 
ular report  covering  the  geology,  geography,  mineral  resources,  underground 
waters,  and  soils  of  the  State  of  Mississippi.  The  section  on  soils  has  been 
taken  mainly  from  a  previous  report  (E.  S,  R.,  26,  p.  811). 

Soil  survey  of  Johnson  County,  Missouri,  B.  W.  Tillman  and  C.  E.  Deae- 
DOEJT  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp. 
S3,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Missouri  Experi- 
ment Station  and  issued  May  5,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  .531,840 
acres  in  western  IMissouri,  lying  in  the  residual  prairie  section  of  the  Great 
Plains  region.  The  topography  is  rather  more  rolling  than  undulating  and 
level.  The  county  is  well  drained.  The  soils  are  classed  as  upland  soils  of 
residual  origin,  which  cover  about  85  per  cent  of  the  area,  and  lowland  soils  of 
alluvial  origin.     Sixteen   soil   types   of  10  series   are  mapped,   of  which  the 


214  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Siunmit,  Boone,  Osage,  and  Bates  silt  loams  cover,  respectively,  27.5,  26.9,  12.2, 
and  11.1  per  cent  of  the  area. 

The  soils  of  Antigua,  H.  A.  Tempany  {West  Indian  Bui.,  15  (1915),  No.  2, 
pp.  69-102,  pis.  8).— This  report  deals  primarily  with  the  physical  and  chemical 
characteristics  of  the  soils  of  an  island  area  of  108  square  miles,  which  topo- 
graphically is  divided  into  three  principal  regions:  (1)  A  generally  flat  central 
plain,  which  traverses  the  island  diagonally  from  west  to  east;  (2)  a  northeast- 
ern limestone  area  consisting  of  undulating  country;  and  (3)  a  mountainous 
southwestern  area  of  volcanic  origin. 

The  soils  of  the  limestone  area  approximate  very  closely  to  a  single 
physical  type  in  which  the  particles  of  the  fine  silt  and  clay  on  the  average 
constitute  65.9  per  cent  of  the  soil.  "  The  soils  of  the  low-lying  central  portion 
of  the  island  .  .  .  comprise  a  series  of  heavy  clay  soils  deficient  in  calcium  car- 
bonate, requiring  thorough  tillage  and  drainage  for  the  maintenance  of  tilth." 
The  soils  of  the  southern  district  are  ndhcalcareous  and  well  drained,  and 
"  approximate  fairly  closely  to  one  physical  tjT)e  in  which  the  larger  and  the 
smaller  particles  are  nearly  balanced." 

Tables  showing  the  mean  physical  composition  of  the  principal  soil  types 
encountered  on  the  island  are  appended. 

Studies  on  soil  protozoa,  S.  A.  Waksman  (Soil  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  135- 
152). — Studies  with  loam  soils  of  high  and  low  humus  content  and  clay  soils 
on  (1)  the  activity  of  protozoa  in  the  soil,  (2)  the  numbers  and  types  of 
protozoa  in  different  soils  at  different  depths,  and  (3)  the  effect  of  protozoa  on 
bacterial  numbers  and  their  decomposition  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil  are 
reported. 

It  was  found  that  moisture,  humus  content,  and  the  structure  of  the  soil  were 
the  Important  factors  governing  the  activities  of  the  protozoa.  Sterilization  of 
soil  and  the  addition  of  easily  soluble  organic  matter  made  the  conditions 
optimum  for  protozoan  activities  at  a  lower  moisture  content  than  the  corre- 
sponding unsterilized  or  untreated  soils.  The  flag^ellates  were  the  most  common 
soil  protozoa  found  active  in  the  soil  with  moisture  content  too  low  for  the 
development  of  the  other  groups. 

"  The  flagellates  are  the  largest  group  of  soil  protozoa  ;  the  greatest  number  of 
flagellates  ai-e  found  in  the  soil  just  below  the  surface;  the  ciliates  at  a  depth 
of  4  in. ;  the  numbers  decrease  with  the  depth,  so  that  below  12  in.  the  soil  is 
practically  free  from  protozoa.  Soil  protozoa  do  not  have  any  appreciable 
influence  upon  the  ammonification  by  bacteria.  The  presence  of  protozoa  acts 
detrimentally  upon  bacterial  numbers,  so  that  when  the  conditions  become 
favorable  for  protozoa  development,  the  bacterial  numbers  decrease." 

The  spirit  of  the  soil,  G.  D.  Knox  (London:  Constable  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1915,  pp. 
Xin+242,  pis.  16).— This  book  gives  a  popular  account  of  nitrogen  fixation  in 
tlie  soil  by  bacteria  and  of  the  production  of  auximones  in  bacterized  peat 
according  to  Bottomloy.  It  contains  chapters  on  the  nitrate  problem ;  England's 
food  supply  in  peace  and  war ;  bacteria  and  protozoa ;  peat  and  its  uses ;  fixation 
of  nitrogen  by  leguminous  plants;  humus;  bacterized  peat,  its  preparation  and 
general  properties;  vitamins,  accessory  food  bodies,  and  auximones;  elementary 
conceptions  of  chemistry  in  relation  to  tlie  soil ;  the  testing  of  humogen ;  the 
preparation  of  humogen;  and  how  humogen  is  applied.  Two  final  sections' give 
the  results  of  experience  along  the  above  lines. 

It  Is  the  main  contention  of  this  book  "that  soil  inoculation  scientifically 
carried  out  will  greatly  increase  the  yield  of  the  land  that  is  already  under 
cultivation,  and  that  it  will  bring  into  cultivation  large  tracts  of  land  that  it 
has  hitherto  not  paid  to  cultivate,  and  that  by  the  stimulation  of  plants  it  will 


lolG]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  215 

be  possilbe  to  bring  fruit  and  flowers  to  maturity  earlier  than  can  be  done  by 
other  means." 

Considerable  space  is  devoted  to  the  newly  discovered  accessory  food  bodies 
or  auximones  in  bacterized  peat.  A  number  of  different  experiments  are  re- 
ported, the  results  of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  "  conclusively  that  bacterized 
peat  contains  a  substance  or  substances  which  stimulate  the  growth  of  the  plant 
and  enable  it  to  utilize  the  normal  food  constituents  supplied  to  it.  In  nature 
the  need  is  doubtless  supplied  by  the  decaying  organic  matter  in  the  soil." 

Bacterial  activities  and  crop  production,  P.  E.  Beown  (Iowa  Sta.  Research 
Bui.  25  {1915),  pp.  359-S88) .—The  substance  of  this  bulletin  has  been  previously 
noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  619). 

The  reclamation  of  bog  land  {Dept.  Agr.  and  Tech.  Instr.  Ireland  Jour., 
16  (1916),  No.  2.  pp.  229-236,  pis.  10).— A  number  of  pot  and  field  experiments 
conducted  for  three  years  with  different  common  crops  on  Irish  bogs  are  re- 
ported, the  results  of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  that  lime  is  the  limiting  factor 
in  the  reclamation  of  Irish  bogs  while  phosphate  is  next  in  importance. 

"  Notwithstanding  the  large  amount  of  nitrogen  in  the  peat,  the  necessity  of 
supplying  this  ingredient  in  a  form  in  which  the  plant  can  use  it  was  clearly 
demonstrated.  ...  As  long  as  the  different  crops  were  producing  leaf  and  stem 
only,  potash  was  the  least  important  of  the  four  ingredients,  but  its  influence 
was  most  marked  in  filling  the  grain  and  stiffening  the  straw  in  the  case  of  the 
rye  and  of  increasing  the  yield  of  tubers  in  the  case  of  the  potato." 

An  experiment  with  marls  and  shell  sands  as  substitutes  for  lime  on  these 
soils  showed  that  most  of  the  marls  and  shells  tested  were  as  good  as  burned 
lime. 

Analysis  of  plants  and  soils  to  determine  the  amounts  of  nutritive  sub- 
stances in  soils,  T.  Pfeiffer,  E.  Blanck,  W.  Simmebmachek,  and  W.  Rath- 
MANN  (Landw.  Vers.  Stat.,  86  {1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  339-S91;  abs.  in  Cliem. 
Zenthl.,  1915,  II,  No.  5,  pp.  239,  2JfO ;  Ztsehr.  Angew.  Cherri.,  28  {1915),  No.  65, 
Referatenteil,  p.  J,21;  Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [London],  108  {1915),  No.  63^,  I,  pp.  163, 
764;  Jour.  Sue.  Chem.  Indus.,  34  {1915),  No.  18,  p.  972).— Pot  and  laboratory 
experiments  with  seven  different  soils  to  determine  the  usefulness  of  plant  and 
soil  analysis  in  estimating  the  fertilizer  needs  of  soils  are  reported,  being  based 
in  part  on  the  results  of  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  514). 

The  conclusion  is  drawn  that  in  establishing  uniformity  in  the  available  water 
content  of  different  soils,  the  content  of  hygroscopic  water  represents  the  water 
content  at  which  plant  growth  starts  only  in  so  far  as  with  increasing  hygro- 
scopicity  of  the  soils  a  corresponding  water  addition  is  necessary.  On  this 
basis,  crop  substances  were  obtained  on  different  soils  which  showed  only  a 
slight  variation  in  the  content  of  the  nutritive  constituent  present  in  minimum, 
or  the  so-called  normal  content.  This  is  taken  to  indicate  that  the  physical 
properties  of  soil  are  not  of  great  importance  in  plant  production  in  so  far  as 
they  do  not  influence  the  factor  water.  It  is  concluded  further  that  the  so-called 
normal  content  of  any  nutritive  constituent  does  not  offer  a  sufficient  compara- 
tive basis  on  which  to  interpret  plant  analysis  in  terms  of  fertilizer  needs  of 
the  soil. 

It  was  further  found  that  the  amount  of  nitrogen  taken  up  by  plants  from 
an  unmanured  soil  was  only  slightly  increased  by  manuring  with  an  excess 
of  phosphoric  acid  and  potassium.  Assimilation  of  phosphoric  acid,  on  the  other 
hand,  was  much  more  influenced  by  application  of  nitrogen  and  potassium, 
partly  owing  to  greater  root  development  and  partly  to  increased  solubility 
of  the  soil  phosphates,  which  varied  with  different  soils.  The  same  held  good  in 
the  case  of  potassium. 


216  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Oat  plants  assimilated  only  about  10  per  cent  of  the  phosphoric  acid  dis- 
solved by  1  per  cent  hydrochloric  acid,  while  with  potassium  the  results  agreed 
much  more  closely.  Water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid  dissolved  much  less 
phosphoric  acid  than  was  asssimilated  by  oats  in  the  same  soil.  In  this  case 
the  difference  is  attributed  to  the  presence  of  organic  acids  in  the  roots,  to  the 
dissolving  action  of  manurial  salts,  and  to  disturbances  in  the  equilibrium  of 
the  soil  solution.  It  is  thought  that  the  potassium  fixed  by  absorption  in  soils, 
as  estimated  by  Kellner,  can  not  be  the  only  source  of  potassium  available  to 
plants.  While  it  was  found  that  neither  analysis  of  plants  nor  soil  analysis, 
as  employed,  is  suitable  for  establishing  the  amounts  of  nutrients  in  soils,  it  is 
considered  liliely  that  useful  indications  will  be  obtained  by  ascertaining  the 
maximum  amounts  of  nutritive  substance  which  give  increased  yields. 

Carbon  and  nitrog-en  changes  in  the  soil  variously  treated:  Soil  treated 
with  lime,  amnibniuni  sulphate,  and  sodium  nitrate,  R.  S.  Pottee  and  R.  S. 
Snyder  (SoU  SoL,  1  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  76-94,  pl-  1,  ftffs.  2).— The  work  of  others 
bearing  on  the  subject  is  briefly  reviewed,  and  pot  experiments  conducted  at 
the  Iowa  Experiment  Station  to  determine  the  influence  of  additions  per  acre  of 
3  tons  of  calcium  carbonate,  1,285  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate,  1,000  lbs.  of  am- 
monium sulphate,  and  of  combinations  of  calcium  carbonate  with  each  of  the 
nitrogen  fertilizers  in  the  amounts  noted,  on  nitrogen  losses,  carbon  dioxid 
evolution,  and  on  changes  in  the  ammonia,  nitrate,  nitrogen,  and  carbonate 
contents  of  an  acid  silt  loam  soil  low  in  organic  matter,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  for  all  the  soils  except  those  treated  with  both  ammonium 
sulphate  and  lime,  about  0.3  lb.  of  ammonia  nitrogen  was  given  off  in  12  weeks. 
If  kept  up  throughout  the  year,  this  would  mean  a  loss  of  a  little  over  a  pound 
per  acre  in  a  year,  an  insignificant  amount  when  compared  to  that  lost  by  leach- 
ing, cropping,  etc.  The  loss  from  the  soils  treated  with  both  lime  and  am- 
monium sulphate  was  about  ten  times  as  high  for  the  period  of  the  experiment, 
but  it  is  not  at  all  probable  that  this  rate  would  be  held  for  a  very  long  period 
after  the  application  of  the  sulphate.  Therefore,  .  .  .  the  danger  of  loss  of  am- 
moniacal  nitrogen  from  the  soil  of  the  type  used  is  practically  negligible.  In  a 
general  way,  the  total  nitrogen  determinations  show  there  is  a  smaller  loss  or 
a  greater  gain  of  nitrogen  for  the  limed  soils  than  the  corresponding  unlimed 
soils." 

The  results  with  reference  to  the  amounts  of  carbon  dioxid  evolution  were 
inconclusive  and  the  experiment  is  being  continued. 
A  list  of  22  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  given. 
The  influence  of  some  common  humus-forming  materials  of  narrow  and 
of  wide  nitrogen-carbon  ratio  on  bacterial  activities,  P.  E.  Brown  and  F.  E. 
Allison  (Soil  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  -^9-75).— Experiments,  conducted  at  the 
Iowa  Experiment  Station,  with  a  slightly  acid  sandy  loam  soil  low  in  organic 
matter  content  to  determine  the  influence  of  applications  per  acre  of  15  tons 
of  each  of  horse,  cow,  and  rotted  manure;  2.5  tons  of  oat  straw;  3  tons  of 
corn  stover ;  2  tons  of  timothy  hay ;  and  4  tons  of  each  of  cowpea  and  clover 
hay,  on  ammonification,  nitrification,  and  nitrogen  fixation,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "application  of  the  common  humus-forming  materials  in 
maximum  amounts  for  farm  conditions  and  in  a  dried  condition  increased 
l)acterial  activities,  ammonification,  nitrification,  and  azofication  to  a  consid- 
erable extent.  Horse  manure,  cow  manure,  and  rotted  manure  gave  the 
greatest  effect  on  ammonification  in  most  cases,  although  timothy  hay  sur- 
passed the  horse  manure  and  cow  manure  in  the  extent  of  its  effect  in  several 
instances.  The  oat  straw  and  corn  stover  had  a  lesser  effect  than  the  manures 
and  the  legume  hays,  clover,  and  cowiieas  showed  the  least  effect  on  ammoni- 
fication of  any  of  the  materials  used. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  217 

"  Increases  in  ammonification  due  to  the  applications  of  humus-forming 
materials  were  independent  of  the  nitrogen-carbon  ratio  of  the  materials 
added.  .  .  .  The  dried-blood-fresh-soil  method  gave  better  results  for  am- 
monification than  the  casein-fresh-soil  method.  The  latter  gave  better  dupli- 
cate results,  but  the  differences  between  different  soils  were  not  nearly  so 
pronounced.  .  .  . 

"  Nitrification  was  increased  in  much  the  same  way  as  ammonification  by 
the  various  organic  materials.  The  leguminous  green  manures  exerted,  how- 
ever, somewhat  greater  effects  than  the  manures,  and  also  more  influence 
than  the  nonlegumes.  These  results  were  the  opposite  of  those  secured  with 
ammonification,  but  the  differences  were  not  great  enough  to  permit  of  definite 
conclusions.  Increases  in  nitrification  brought  about  by  the  various  materials 
were  apparently  independent  of  the  nitrogen-carbon  ratio  in  the  substances. 
Indications  of  a  greater  effect  of  materials  of  a  narrower  ratio  over  those  of 
a  wide  ratio  can  not  be  considered  conclusive. 

"Azofication  or  nonsymbiotic  nitrogen  fixation  was  favored  by  manure  to  a 
large  extent.  Straw,  stover,  and  nonleguminous  hays  had  almost  as  great  an 
effect  as  to  the  manures,  and  the  leguminous  hays  had  the  least  effect  of  any 
of  the  materials  used.  The  nitrogen-carbon  ratios  of  the  materials  employed 
were  of  little  or  no  significance  in  indicating  their  effects  on  azofication.  There 
were  indications,  however,  that  nonlegumes  and  straws  might  increase  azofica- 
tion in  soils  to  a  large  enough  extent  to  make  their  use  more  profitable  than 
that  of  legumes.  .  .  .  Dextrose  gave  better  results  in  the  azofication  experi- 
ments than  mannite.  .  .  . 

"  There  was  little  similarity  between  the  effects  of  the  different  organic  ma- 
terials on  the  diiferent  bacterial  processes.  .  .  .  The  manures  and  legumes  in- 
creased the  first  crop  of  oats,  except  in  the  case  of  the  horse  manure,  which 
apparently  exerted  an  injurious  effect  on  the  crop  in  its  early  stages  of 
growth.  .  .  . 

"  The  substances  with  wide  nitrogen-carbon  ratio  decreased  the  crop  yield, 
while  those  of  narrow  ratios  gave  increases.  The  nitrogen  factor  was  evi- 
dently very  important  on  this  soil.  The  nitrogen-carbon  ratio  of  the  organic 
materials  seemed  to  be  of  importance  in  determining  the  influence  on  the 
first  crop  of  oats.  If  opportunity  is  to  be  given  for  nonlegumes  to  exert  as 
good  an  effect  as  legumes,  by  increasing  azofication  to  a  sufficient  extent  to 
offset  the  nitrogen  supplied  by  the  legumes,  the  organic  materials  must  be  al- 
lowed sufficient  time  for  considerable  decomposition  to  occur  before  a  crop  is 
grown.  .  .  .  The  influence  of  the  various  substances  applied  to  the  soils  was 
noted  on  a  second  crop  of  oats,  but  the  relative  effects  were  different.  The 
nonlegumes  had  as  great  an  influence  as  the  legumes.  .  .  .  The  nitrogen-carbon 
ratio  of  the  materials  applied  to  the  soil  did  not  seem  to  be  of  as  much  im- 
portance in  determining  the  effect  on  the  second  crop  of  oats  as  in  the  case 
of  the  first  crop." 

Pour  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  are  cited. 

Contribution  to  the  question  of  the  action  of  stimulants  on  plant  develop- 
ment, B.  ScHULZE  (Landw.  Vers.  Stat.,  87  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  1-24,  flff-  1;  O'^s.  in 
Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [London],  108  {1915),  No.  636,  I,  p.  926;  Jour.  Soc.  Chem. 
Indus.,  34  (1915),  No.  22,  p.  1151;  Chem.  ZentU.,  1915,  II,  No.  11,  p.  622).— Pot 
experiments  on  a  clay  soil  mixed  with  compost  to  determine  the  stimulating 
influence  of  the  hydroxid,  carbonate,  nitrate,  phosphate,  and  sulphate  of  man- 
ganese and  of  aluminum  sulphate,  singly  and  in  different  combinations,  on 
the  growth  of  sugar  beets,  when  added  in  amounts  equivalent  to  from  1.2  to 
12.2  gm.  of  manganese  per  20  kg.  of  soil,  are  reported. 


218  EXPEKIMENT   STATION    KECORD.  [Vol.35 

It  was  found  that  all  the  manganese  salts  used  produced  an  increase  in 
the  beet  root  yield.  The  most  favorable  influence  was  exerted  by  the  man- 
ganese phosphate  in  all  amounts  added  and  by  the  combination  of  manganese 
sulphate  with  aluminum  sulphate.  The  small  additions  of  manganese  nitrate 
produced  the  greatest  increases.  All  increases  in  yield  are  attributed  only  to 
the  stimulating  influence  of  the  manganese. 

A  second  set  of  pot  experiments  on  a  productive  cultivated  soil  to  determine 
the  influence  of  a  radio-active  fertilizer  on  the  growth  of  oats,  white  mus- 
tard, and  peas  when  added  in  amounts  of  0.4,  0.8,  1.6,  and  4  gm.  per  21 
kg.  of  soil  in  zinc  pots,  and  in  amounts  of  0.23,  0.46,  0.92,  and  2.3  gm.  per 
13  kg.  of  soil  in  clay  pots,  is  reported.  It  was  found  that  the  radio-active 
fertilizer  was  especially  active  in  stimulating  fruit  formation  and  that  this 
influence  was  exerted  without  an  undue  exhaustion  of  the  nutritive  con- 
stituents in  the  soil.  No  injury  to  the  crops  through  the  larger  additions  of 
the  radio-active  fertilizer  was  observed. 

The  influence  of  certain  org'anic  materials  upon  the  trausformation  of  soil 
nitrogen,  R.  C.  Weight  {Jour.  Amer.  Soc.  Agron.,  7  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  193-208, 
flgg  7). —Experiments  on  the  influence  of  dried,  fresh,  and  rotted  stable  manure, 
mature  wheat  straw,  starch,  cellulose,  glucose,  dextrose,  and  green  manures 
on  nitrogen  in  the  forms  of  ammonium  sulphate,  potassium  nitrate,  and  pep- 
tone and  on  the  original  nitrogen  in  sandy  and  clay  loam  soils,  greenhouse 
bench  soil,  orange  grove  soil,  and  silty  loam  soil  are  reported. 

From  the  results  the  conclusion  is  drawn  "  that  in  agricultural  practice  the 
plowing  under,  in  an  undecayed  state,  of  straw  or  stra\vy  material  such  as 
old  hay,  litter,  leaves,  stalks,  strawy  manure,  fresh  stable  manure,  and  even 
green  manures  or  cover  crops  that  have  been  allowed  to  become  mature  or 
nearly  so,  will  serve  to  reduce  the  quantity  of  available  nitrogen  in  a  soil. 
When  such  a  practice  is  followed  only  during  fall  plowing  and  in  a  region 
with  a  fairly  open  winter  ...  a  sufiiciently  advanced  stage  of  decomposition 
would  be  reached  by  spring  not  to  interfere  with  normal  nitriflcation.  .  .  . 
Plowing  under  of  green  manur<^3  presents  a  different  problem  because  very 
little  resistant  cellulose  material  is  added.  Such  succulent  green  material  is 
readily  attacked  by  saprophytic  micro-organisms  and  rather  rapid  decay  ac- 
companied by  vigorous  nitrification  takes  place,  thus  maintaining  the  supply 
of  available  nitrogen." 

The  fixation  of  nitrogen  in  stable  manure,  Geelach  (Ztschr.  Ver.  Devi. 
Zuckerindus.,  No.  717  {1915),  II,  pp.  5^.7-554,  fig.  i).— The  results  of  several 
experiments  are  briefly  reported  which  indicate  that  the  addition  of  super- 
phosphate, certain  potash  salts  such  as  kieserit,  or  acid  salt  by-products  from 
chemical  industries  to  liquid  manure  in  amounts  suflicient  to  produce  an  acid 
reaction  will  cause  a  marked  reduction  in  nitrogen  losses.  A  film  of  oil 
over  the  top  of  liquid  manure  had  the  same  effect.  Everything  considered, 
however,  the  best  results  were  obtained  from  the  use  of  superphosphate. 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  different  ammonium  salts  in  Weihenstephan 
in  1915,  Ahk  {Mitt.  Dcut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  30  {1915),  No.  46,  pp.  696-699). — 
Field  experiments  with  early  potatoes  and  with  rotations  of  wheat,  oats,  and 
potatoes  and  potatoes,  wheat,  and  beets  on  marly  loam  and  deep  mild  loam 
soils  to  compare  the  fertilizing  value  of  ammonium  chlorid,  ammonium  carbo- 
nate, ammonium-sodium  sulphate,  ammonium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate, 
sodium  nitrate,  calcium  nitrate,  and  lime  nitrogen  with  nitrogen  contents  of 
23.1,  16.76,  7.65,  34.2,  19.9,  16.01,  12.64,  and  19  per  cent,  respectively,  are  re- 
ported. The  fertilizers  were  added  in  amounts  equivalent  to  30,  45,  and  60  kg. 
per  hectare  (26.7,  40,  and  53.4  lbs.  per  acre)  of  nitrogen. 


1916]  SOILS— FERTILIZERS.  219 

It  was  found  that  the  ammonium  salts,  the  ammonium-sodium  sulphate  and 
ammonium  chlorid  gave  results  equal  to  those  given  by  ammonium  sulphate. 
Ammonium  carbonate  was  too  unstable  to  be  effectively  handled.  Lime  nitrogen 
when  properly  used  gave  results  very  little  inferior  to  those  given  by  the 
other  fertilizers.  Ammonium  nitrate  was  found  to  be  an  effective  and  easily 
handled  fertilizer.  All  the  fertilizers  gave  increases  in  spite  of  the  already 
rather  high  producing  power  of  the  soil  for  beets,  calcium  nitrate  being  in 
general  more  effective  for  this  crop  than  sodium  nitrate  or  ammonium  nitrate. 

Fixation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen,  L.  L.  Summeks  {Trails.  Amer.  Electro- 
chem.  Soc,  27  (1915),  pp.  3S9-3S3,  figs.  5).— This  article  reviews  the  known 
processes  of  commercial  nitrogen  fixation,  points  out  that  the  electrical  processes 
for  nitrogen  fixation  have  a  very  low  efficiency,  and  maintains  that  combina- 
tions of  electrical  and  chemical  methods  promise  the  most  important  develop- 
ments. Comparative  figures  are  given  showing  the  amount  of  energy  neces- 
sary per  kilogram  of  nitrogen  fixed,  and  the  general  economics  of  the  subject 
are  discussed. 

The  cyanamid  process,  F.  S.  Washbubn  (Trans.  Amer.  Electrochem.  Soc,  27 
(1915),  pp.  S85-Jf07). — The  details  and  economics  of  this  and  related  processes 
are  discussed. 

The  utilization  of  bones  as  fertilizer,  P.  Lavenir  (Bol.  Min.  Agr.  [Buenos 
Aires],  19  (1915),  No.  S-9,  pp.  569-576) .—The  results  of  analyses  of  fresh, 
degreased,  and  burned  bones  are  reported  and  discussed,  and  methods  of 
treatment  described.  It  is  considered  evident  that  for  certain  plants  (especially 
alfalfa)  the  treatment  of  bones  by  heat  or  with  sulphuric  acid  to  form  super- 
phosphate is  not  justified. 

A  reconnoissance  for  phosphate  in  the  Salt  Biver  Range,  "Wyoming,  G.  R. 
Mansfield  (U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Bui.  620-O  (1916),  pp.  331-349,  pi.  i).— This 
report  describes  the  geography  and  geology  of  the  locality  and  reports  a  study 
of  the  phosphate  deposits. 

"  The  data  thus  far  available  indicate  tliat  the  phosphate  deposits  of  the 
Salt  River  Range  are  probably  inferior  to  those  of  southeastern  Idaho  both 
in  thickness  and  in  quality.  There  is,  however,  a  considerable  body  of  medium- 
grade  rock  which  may  be  considered  as  a  valuable  reserve  deposit.  If  the 
plan  of  grinding  and  applying  phosphate  rock  directly  to  the  soil  without 
chemical  treatment  is  found  to  produce  beneficial  results,  some  local  demand 
for  this  rock  might  be  developed." 

The  effect  of  superphosphate  on  the  wheat  yield  in  New  South  Wales, 
W.  L.  Watebhouse  (Dept.  Agr.  N.  S.  Wales,  Sci.  Bui.  10  (1913),  pp.  10). — An 
examination  of  the  soils  of  the  northern,  western,  and  southern  sections  of 
New  South  Wales  led  to  the  conclusion  that  there  is  a  relation  between  the 
responsiveness  of  these  soils  to  the  application  of  superphosphate  in  the  pro- 
duction of  wheat  and  the  phosphoric  acid  content  of  the  soils.  This  relation 
is  more  marked  for  the  available  phosphoric  acid  than  for  the  total  phosphoric 
acid  content. 

Evaporation  of  brine  from  Searles  Lake,  California,  W.  B.  Hicks  (U.  S. 
Oeol.  Survey,  Prof.  Paper  98-A  (1916),  pp.  1-8,  figs.  2). — In  continuation  of 
experiments  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  425)  samples  of  natural  brine 
from  Searles  Lake,  Cal.  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  518),  were  subjected  to  fractional 
evaporation  and  crystallization.  "  The  data  recorded  indicates  that  carefully 
controlled  fractional  evaporation  and  crystallization,  possibly  combined  with 
other  treatment,  promise  much  as  a  means  of  obtaining  potassium  from  brines 
similar  to  that  of  Searles  Lake." 


220  EXPEKIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

Twenty  questions  on  lime,  F.  E.  Beab  (West  Virginm  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Dept. 
Circ.  Jfl  {1915),  pp.  16,  figs.  7).— This  is  a  brief  popular  summary  of  results 
obtained  at  different  state  experiment  stations  on  the  purchase,  preparation, 
and  use  of  different  forms  of  lime  in  agriculture. 

Sulphur  in  relation  to  soils  and  crops,  J.  W.  Ames  and  G.  E.  Boltz  (Ohio 
Sta.  Bui.  292  {1916),  pp.  221-256) .—This  bulletin  deals  with  the  sulphur  supply 
of  soils,  reporting  analyses  of  typical  Ohio  soils,  and  reports  field  experiments 
at  the  different  experimental  farms  of  the  Ohio  Station  to  determine  the  im- 
portance of  sulphur  as  a  factor  in  crop  production. 

It  was  found  that  "  soils  well  supplied  with  organic  matter  contain  more  sul- 
phur than  soils  containing  a  smaller  amount  of  organic  residues.  Sulphur  is 
similar  to  phosphorus  in  that  larger  amounts  of  both  these  elements  are  dis- 
tributed in  the  surface  soil  than  in  the  lower  strata. 

"Treatment  with  fertilizer  materials  supplying  sulphates  increased  the  sul- 
phur content  of  the  soil  over  that  found  in  unfertilized  soil.  Soil  treated  with 
acid  phosphate  and  ammonium  sulphate  contained  more  sulphur  than  soil 
receiving  acid  phosphate  alone.  Cultivation  of  silt  loam  soil  for  16  years 
without  the  addition  of  fertilizers  decreased  the  total  sulphur  supply. 

"  Water  extract  of  soils  obtained  by  leaching  200  gm.  of  soil  with  2,000  cc. 
of  water  shows  that  there  is  a  considerable  accumulation  of  sulphates  in  silt 
loam  soil  deficient  in  organic  matter.  Treatment  with  acid  phosphate  has 
not  increased  the  sulphate  content  over  that  found  in  unfertilized  soil.  Ammo- 
nium sulphate  used  in  combination  with  acid  phosphate  decidedly  increased  the 
accumulation  of  sulphates.  ...  A  much  less  proportion  of  the  total  sulphur 
is  found  in  the  water  extract  of  soils  containing  more  organic  matter  and  total 
sulphur.  The  amount  of  soluble  sulphur  obtained  in  the  water  extract  of 
soils  indicates  a  sufficient  supply  of  available  sulphur,  assuming  that  sulphur 
as  sulphates  is  a  satisfactory  form  of  this  element. 

"The  20-year  average  yields  of  the  Wooster  5-year  rotation  fertility  experi- 
ments show  that  phosphorus  carriers  (acid  phosphate  and  dissolved  bone 
black)  containing  sulphates,  compared  with  bone  meal  and  basic  slag,  pro- 
duced more  corn,  oats,  and  wheat.  Bone  meal  and  basic  slag  increased  the 
yields  of  clover  and  timothy.  .  .  . 

"Acid  phosphate,  compared  with  bone  meal  and  basic  slag  in  a  3-year  rota- 
tion of  potatoes,  wheat,  and  clover  has  given  larger  yields  of  potatoes  and 
wheat.  In  the  5-year  rotation  experiment  conducted  for  19  years  on  Strongs- 
ville  clay,  containing  more  sulphur  than  the  Wooster  silt  loam,  acid  phosphate, 
compared  with  bone  meal  and  basic  slag,  has  given  larger  yields  of  corn,  oats, 
and  timothy.  The  yields  obtained  .show  that  bone  meal  and  basic  slag  are  more 
effective  than  the  dissolved  boneblack  used  on  this  soil.  The  3-year  rotation 
fertility  plats  on  Miami  clay  loam,  which  have  had  sulphur  supplied  by  both 
acid  phosphate  and  potassium  sulphate,  have  produced  less  tobacco,  wheat,  and 
clover  than  plats  to  which  muriate  of  potash  and  acid  phosphate  were 
added.  .  .  . 

"  Under  certain  conditions  of  treatment,  sulphates  have  increased  the  yield 
of  soy-bean  hay  and  the  sulphur  content  of  the  crop.  The  addition  of  calcium 
sulphate  to  fertilizer  treatment  furnishing  nitrogen,  phosphorus,  and  potassium 
decreased  the  sulphur  content  of  soy  beans.  Potassium  sulphate  and  ammonium 
sulphate,  compared  with  potassium  chlorid  and  sodium  nitrate,  gave  an  increased 
yield  of  beans  having  a  lower  percentage  of  sulphur.  Sulphates  used  with  com- 
plete fertilizer  and  calcium  carbonate  decreased  the  yields  of  millet  hay  and 
millet  seed.  Sidpliates  considerably  increased  the  accumulation  of  sulphur  in 
millet  hay  and  in  soy-bean  hay  and  decreased  the  content  in  the  seed.  No 
inorganic  sulphur  was  found  in  soy  beans  and  millet  seed.    Calcium  sulphate  in 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL    BOTANY.  221 

addition  to  complete  fertilizer  increased  the  yield  of  rape.  The  proteid  nitrogen 
and  organic  sulphur  content  of  rape  grown  on  soil  treated  with  sulphates  in 
addition  to  dicalcium  phosphate,  potassium  chlorid,  and  sodium  nitrate  has  been 
increased.  The  increased  amount  of  sulphur  assimilated  by  the  rape  crop,  from 
soil  treated  with  sulphur  in  addition  to  pho.sphorus,  potassium,  and  nitrogen,  is 
mostly  combined  as  organic  sulphur.  The  nonproteid  nitrogen  found  in  the 
rape  plant  grown  under  the  conditions  of  this  experiment  is  in  excess  of  the 
proteid  nitrogen. 

"On  limed  soil  calcium  and  magnesium  sulphate,  in  addition  to  phosphorus, 
potassium,  and  nitrogen,  increased  the  yield  over  that  from  similarly  treated 
plats  receiving  no  sulphates.  Potassium  and  ammonium  sulphate  on  limed  soil 
also  produced  more  rape  than  plats  where  potassium  chlorid  and  sodium  nitrate 
furnished  the  potassium  and  nitrogen.  Magnesium  sulphate,  where  used  with 
complete  fertilizer  and  calcium  carbonate,  produced  more  soy  beans  and  millet 
seed  than  calcium  sulphate. 

"  The  use  of  sulphur  and  hydrogen  sulphid  in  pot  tests  increased  the  acidity 
of  the  soil.  Pots  so  treated  gave  a  greater  weight  of  clover  than  the  untreated 
or  limed  pots. 

"  Experimental  data  obtained  by  extracting  mixtures  of  soil,  sulphur,  and 
rock  phosphate  with  0.2  per  cent  hydrochloric  acid  indicate  that  oxidation  of 
sulphur  has  increased  the  solubility  of  the  insoluble  phosphorus." 

A  list  of  25  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

The  fertilizing'  power  and  harnifulness  of  fertilizing'  materials,  A.  Vrv'iEN 
(Bui.  Assoc.  Chim.  Sucr.  et  Distill.,  32  {191.'f),  No.  1-2,  pp.  36-J^2;  abs.  in  Chem. 
Abs.,  9  (1915),  No.  21,  p.  2962). — The  author  reviews  work  by  himself  and  others 
showing  the  toxic  effect  of  dilfei'ent  salts  on  plants,  and  gives  the  toxic  dose 
of  each  of  16  sodium,  potassium,  ammonium,  and  calcium  salts  for  Bordeaux 
wheat.  It  is  pointed  out  that  sugar  beets  may  be  grown  on  soils  containing 
amounts  of  salts  which  would  be  toxic  to  other  crops,  as  the  beets  absorb  the 
salts  and  gradually  remove  the  excess  of  mineral  matter  from  the  soil.  Such 
beets  are  said,  however,  to  yield  a  sugar  solution  of  low  purity. 

Fertilizer  registrations  for  1916,  C.  S.  Cathcabt  (New  Jersey  Stas.  Bui. 
290  (1916),  pp.  3-52).— This  bulletin  contains  a  list  of  1,137  brands  of  fertilizers 
and  their  guaranties,  as  registered  in  New  Jersey  for  the  year  ending  October 
31,  1916. 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

An  experim.ental  study  of  the  rest  period  in  plants:  Physiolog'ical  changes 
accompanying  breaking  of  the  rest  period,  W.  L.  Howard  (Missouri  Sta. 
Research  Bui.  21,  pp.  3-72,  figs.  10). — In  continuation  of  the  author's  study  on 
the  rest  period  of  plants  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  520),  a  description  is  given  of 
physiological  investigations  conducted  to  secure  information  on  the  specific 
effects  produced  by  anesthetics  and  other  agents  employed  in  breaking  the 
rest  period  of  woody  plants. 

As  a  result  of  respiration  and  other  studies,  the  conclusion  is  believed  justi- 
fied that  the  specific  effect  of  all  rest  period  breaking  agents  on  dormant  woody 
tissue  is  the  stimulation  of  the  enzyms.  The  rest  period  is  believed  to  begin 
with  the  inhibition  of  enzyms  by  the  accumulation  of  the  products  of  their 
work.  This  may  take  place  in  mid  or  late  summer.  In  the  fall  an  excess 
supply  of  carbohydrates  continues  to  be  accumulated  with  the  further  inhibi- 
tion of  enzyms.  This  brings  about  the  main  or  middle  state  of  rest.  Toward 
the  end  of  this  period  enzyms  become  more  and  more  active,  giving  place  to 
the  beginning  of  growth.  The  length  of  the  rest  period  is  said  to  vary  greatly 
54530°— No.  3—16 3 


222  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

with  the  different  species,  in  some  extending  from  June  or  July  to  March  or 
April,  while  with  others  growth  may  begin  again  after  two  or  three  weeks  of 
dormancy. 

An  extensive  bibliography  is  appended. 

The  bearing  of  certain  senile  changes  in  plants  on  present  theories  of 
senility,  H.  M.  Benedict  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1104,  p.  286).— 
In  a  previous  publication  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  222),  the  author  described  senile 
degeneration  in  Yitis  vulpina,  and  in  the  present  paper  he  gives  an  account  of 
various  theories  regarding  this  phenomenon.  He  favors  that  advanced  by 
Kassowitz,  that  senility  is  due  to  an  accumulation  of  inert  catabolic  products, 
and  he  suggests  that  a  more  fundamental  cause  of  senility  may  be  found  in  the 
colloidal  constitution  of  protoplasm  with  its  units  in  the  form  of  molecular 
complexes. 

The  favorable  influence  of  nitrogen  salts  on  seeds  sensitive  to  light,  G. 
Gassneu  {Jahrb.  Wiss.  Dot.  [Pringsheim],  55  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  259-342;  abs. 
in  Ztschr.  Bat.,  7  {1915),  No.  9,  p.  580).— Giving  the  detailed  results  of  exten- 
sive experimentation,  the  author  states  that  the  germination  of  seeds  of 
Ranunculus  sceleratus,  CEnothera  biennis,  and  Chloris  ciliata  is  favorably  in- 
fluenced by  light.  This  effect  in  case  of  the  first  named  required  variations 
of  temperature,  and  these  variations  themselves  favored  germination.  In  case 
of  (E.  biennis,  light  favored  germination  at  both  constant  and  varying  tem- 
peratures. Seeds  of  C.  ciliata,  when  freed  from  chaff,  were  not  so  influenced 
by  temperature  variations,  and  light  acted  favorably  in  this  respect  only  at 
temperatures  of  about  20°  C.  and  upward.  It  is  stated  that  germination  is 
favored  not  by  nutritive  media  as  such,  but  by  salts  containing  nitrogen  as 
nitrites,  nitrates,  and  ammoniates,  the  effects  of  which  in  this  respect  are 
perceptible  through  a  very  wide  range  of  concentrations. 

The  author  also  discusses  recent  related  experimentation  as  reported  by 
Ottenwalder  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  826). 

New  instances  of  the  promotion  of  germination,  by  nitrogen  compounds, 
of  seeds  sensitive  to  light,  G.  Gassner  {Ber.  Deut.  Bat.  Gescll.,  33  {1915),  No. 
4,  pp.  211-232). — Discussing  the  tabulated  results  of  tests  with  plants  in  widely 
separated  families,  the  author  emphasizes  the  fact  that  in  these  cases  nitrogen 
variously  combined  in  the  nutritive  media  was  found  to  show  the  same  favor- 
able action  as  did  light.    Some  doubtful  or  contradictory  results  are  reported. 

Studies  on  light  and  temperature  as  related  to  the  germination  of  seeds, 
G.  Gassnee  {Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell.,  33  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  203-217).— Giving 
the  results  of  studies  by  other  investigators  the  author  reports  a  continuation 
of  his  own  work  (see  above),  using  seeds  of  nine  species  of  Onagraceise,  one 
of  Hydrophyllacese,  and  two  of  Scrophulariaceae. 

It  is  stated  that  in  the  first  group  three  different  germination  types  may 
be  distinguished  as  regards  their  relation  to  light  and  temperatxire.  The  sec- 
ond division  is  characterized  by  a  low  germinability  optimum  and  by  the 
injurious  action  of  high  germination  temperatures,  the  favoring  action  of 
temperature  change,  and  the  unfavorable  action  of  light  at  extreme  germi- 
nating temperatures.  In  the  third  gi-oup,  the  seeds  require  stronger  light  at 
low  temperatures.  Temperature  variations  here  also  favor  germination,  espe- 
cially when  regular,  giving  the  most  marked  results  when  the  lower  daily 
temperatures  were  maintained  for  longer  periods  than  were  the  higher  tem- 
pera,tures. 

Influence  of  temperature  on  the  moisture  intake  of  seeds,  C.  A.  Shttll 
(Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1105,  p.  329 )  .—According  to  the  author, 
a  critical  analysis  of  the  data  obtained  as  to  the  rate  of  moisture  intake  at 
various  temperatures  by  seeds  possessing  semipermeable  coats,  shows  that  the 


1916]  AGEICULTUEAL    BOTAjSTY.  223 

curve  of  intake  is  by  no  means  so  simple  as  tliat  reported  for  barley  by  Brown 
and  Worley  (B.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  226).  The  temperature  coefficient  for  the  rate 
of  intake  is  said  to  be  decidedly  lower  than  the  Van't  HoflE  coefficient  for 
chemical  processes  and  considerably  lower  in  the  case  of  Xanthium  than  the 
values  obtained  with  barley  seeds.  It  is  considered  that  the  conclusions  reached 
by  Brown  and  Worley  are  not  generally  applicable. 

Seed  sterility  and  delayed  germination  in  CEnothera,  B.  M.  Davis  (Abs.  in 
Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1104,  V-  291). — From  a  study  of  50  or  more 
species,  races,  and  hybrids  of  CEnothera,  the  author  reports  considerable  seed 
sterility  and  delayed  germination.  A  method  is  suggested  for  rapidly  forcing 
germination  and  for  preserving  for  examination  the  residue  of  sterile  seedlike 
structures. 

The  influence  of  the  medium  upon  the  orientation  of  primary  roots,  R.  M. 
HoLMAN  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43,  {1916),  No.  1105,  pp.  328,  329).— Bj  the  use 
of  media  whose  resistance  to  penetration  by  the  root  tip  could  be  widely 
varied,  the  author  was  able  to  cause  roots  to  behave  very  nearly  as  in  the 
air  or  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  earth,  according  as  the  medium  was 
loose  or  considerably  compressed.  These  experiments  are  believed  to  indi- 
cate that  the  effect  of  the  medium  is  primarily,  if  not  exclusively,  mechanical. 
Secondary  roots  of  the  species  investigated  behaved  in  a  manner  similar  to  the 
primary  roots,  reacting  more  promptly  in  media  offering  considerable  resistance 
to  penetration  than  in  looser  media. 

The  root  growth  of  forest  trees,  W.  B.  McDougall  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser., 
43  {1916),  No.  1105,  p.  324). — Observations  made  on  the  roots  of  Acer  saccha- 
rinum,  Tilia  americana,  Carya  alba,  and  Quercus  macrocarpa  are  reported  for 
the  growing  season  and  during  the  winter  from  April,  1914,  to  September,  1915. 

It  was  found  that  the  root  growth  of  forest  trees  begins  as  early  in  spring 
as  the  soil  is  warm  enough  for  absorption  and  ceases  in  autumn  when  the  soil 
becomes  too  cold.  No  summer  resting  period  was  found  necessary.  Where  a 
summer  resting  period  was  observed,  it  was  found  to  be  due  to  a  lowering  of  the 
water  supply  and  not  to  any  inherent  tendency  to  periodicity. 

The  influence  of  electrical  conditions  in  plants  on  the  absorption  by  their 
roots  of  nutritive  substances,  D.  Shushak  (Chouchak),  {Zhur.  Opytn.  Agron., 
16  {1915).  No.  4,  pp.  249-269.  figs.  5).— In  continuation  of  previous  work  (E.  S. 
R.,  32,  p.  32S),  the  author  states  that  experimental  tests  as  tabulated  show  that 
up  to  a  certain  point  the  direction  and  intensity  of  the  electric  current  passed 
through  a  plant  condition  the  absorption  of  cations  and  of  anions  and  determine 
the  rate  thereof.  These  variations  in  the  absorption  rate  are  apparently  inde- 
pendent of  electrolysis,  as  they  do  not  follow  Faraday's  law.  Dead  and  living 
wheat  plants  give  results  of  the  same  character. 

These  facts  suggest  that  some  substances,  probably  colloidal,  may  be  differ- 
ently polarized  under  the  influence  of  charges  of  different  sign  and  intensity  up 
to  certain  limiting  values.  Such  charges  are  said  to  be  directly  observable  in 
the  absence  of  a  current  by  the  use  of  a  delicate  electrometer  and  to  be  modi- 
fiable by  the  addition  of  salts.  The  variations  in  rapidity  of  absorption  of 
cations  and  in  intensity  of  current  show  a  degree  of  correspondence.  It  is 
thought  that  the  electrical  conditions  in  the  roots  of  plants  may  be  of  signifi- 
cance in  plant  nutrition. 

The  structure  of  the  bordered  pits  of  conifers  and  its  bearing  upon  the 
tension  hypothesis  of  the  ascent  of  sap  in  plants,  I.  W.  Bailey  {Ahs.  in 
Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1105,  p.  329). — Attention  is  called  to  the  tension 
hypothesis  of  the  ascent  of  sap  in  plants,  ^yhich,  as  interpreted  by  Dixon,  postu- 
lates continuous  columns  of  water  that  are  entirely  free  from  bubbles  of  air  or 
gas.     The  pit  membranes  of  conifers  are  said  to  be  not  entire  septa,  and  not  to 


224  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

be  entirely  impervious  to  undissolved  gases  and  solids.  Consequently  the  sur- 
face tension  of  the  sap  in  the  sieve-like  pit  membranes  is  not  sufficiently  great 
to  prevent  the  penetration  of  air  or  gas  under  the  tensile  strains  that  are 
supposed  to  occur  in  tall  trees. 

Anatomical  and  physiolog'ical  studies  on  the  aquiferous  vessels  in  plants, 
II,  L.  MoNTEMAKTiNi  {AtU  Ist.  Bot.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser.,  12  {1915),  pp.  363- 
533,  pis.  10). — Claiming  to  have  found  that  the  number  of  conducting  vessels  in 
various  plants  increases  from  below  upward,  especially  in  the  neighborhood  of 
branches,  and  showing  also  in  some  cases  a  certain  relation  with  the  develop- 
ment of  surface  in  the  related  transpiring  organs,  the  author  gives  a  detailed 
account  of  his  recent  studies  on  the  number  and  size  of  the  aquiferous  vessels 
and  the  modifications  of  the  woody  elements  in  relation  therewith. 

He  sums  up  much  of  the  extensive  data  obtained  from  this  work  by  stating 
that  the  quantitative  and  qualitative  modifications  which  can  be  noted  in  the 
wood  at  various  heights  in  an  organ  or  system  of  organs,  and  which  are  va- 
riously combined  according  to  species,  individual,  or  environment,  tend  on  the 
whole  to  increase  toward  the  active  wood,  and  more  particularly  that  part  which 
is  in  more  intimate  relation  with  the  vascular  elements,  when  measured  by  the 
number  of  the  cells  which  are  in  direct  contact  with  such  elements.  Both 
structure  and  content  in  these  regions  indicate  very  active  changes  between 
the  vessels  and  the  cells  which  surround  them.  This  becomes  more  and  more 
evident  as  parts  are  examined  in  regions  showing  greater  activity  of  the  tran- 
spiration stream. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

On  the  permeability  of  certain  nonliving'  plant  membranes  to  water,  F.  E. 
Denny  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1105,  p.  329). — A  report  is  given 
of  a  series  of  experiments  with  plant  membranes  in  which  quantitative  measure- 
ments were  made  of  their  permeability  to  water.  The  membranes  used  were 
those  of  the  seed  coats  of  peanut,  cycad,  almond,  English  walnut,  pumpkin, 
bulb-scale  of  onion,  etc.  Results  ai-e  reported  showing  the  temperature  co- 
efficient for  a  rise  of  10°  C,  and  also  showing  the  permeability  of  the  mem- 
branes as  affected  by  the  concentration  of  the  bathing  medium,  direction  of  flow 
through  the  membrane,  and  as  influenced  by  certain  chemical  constituents  of 
the  membrane. 

Studies  in  permeability. — II,  The  effect  of  temperature  on  the  permeability 
of  plant  cells  to  the  hydrogen  ion,  W.  Stiles  and  I.  Jokgensen  (Ann.  Bot. 
[London],  29  {1915),  No.  116,  pp.  611-618,  figs.  J/). — Reporting  a  continuation  of 
investigations  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  731)  by  methods  which  are 
further  detailed,  the  authors  claim  to  have  shown  that  the  rate  of  absorption 
of  the  hydrogen  ion  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  dilute  solution  by  potato  cells  shows 
a  simple  exponential  relation  between  time  and  the  concentration  of  the  acid, 
the  absorption  rate  of  potato  cells  being  increased  about  2.2  times  for  each 
10°  C.  rise  between  0  and  30°. 

The  production,  by  use  of  parafBin,  of  hypertrophic  and  hyperplastic 
growths  in  shoots,  E.  Schilling  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  IPringsheim],  55  {1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  111-258,  figs.  JfS). — Giving  an  account  of  the  anatomical  and  physio- 
logical effects  of  artificially  closing  the  stomata,  the  author  states  that  the 
resulting  changes  observable  in  the  shoot  axis  are  due  not  to  any  chemical 
influence  of  paraffin  or  va.spline  but  to  the  limitation  impo.sed  by  them  upon  the 
tran.spiration  process,  and  perhaps  also  to  the  corresponding  limitation  of  oxygen 
access.  It  is  stated  that  in  the  overgrown  cells  the  osmotic  pressures  are  vari- 
ous but  generally  higher  than  in  the  normal  cells.  It  is  claimed  also  that  by 
covering  the  surface  of  the  twigs  with  paruffin,  abnormal  leaves  and  adventi- 
tious roots  may  be  produced. 


1916]  AGEICULTUEAL    BOTAKY.  225 

Some  factors  determining  the  presence  of  fat  as  a  food  reserve  in  woody- 
plants,  E.  W.  SiNNOTT  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1105,  p.  328). — 
Reserve  fat  is  said  to  occur  most  abundantly  in  those  woods  in  which  the  rays 
and  parenchyma  cells  are  comparatively  thin-walled  and  well  provided  with 
pits,  and  to  be  particularly  well  developed  in  the  cells  immediately  adjacent  to 
the  vessels.  The  fat  is  said  to  be  practically  absent  in  species  with  thick- 
walled,  slightly  pitted  parenchymatous  tissue. 

These  facts  are  claimed  to  suggest  that  the  occurrence  of  fat  in  wood  and 
Its  distribution  may  depend  on  the  easy  diffusion  of  some  fat-forming  ferment. 
Experiments  show  the  presence  of  a  fat-splitting  ferment  in  the  leaves  and  bark, 
which  varies  greatly  in  amount  according  to  species  and  season  but  which  is  in 
general  most  abundant  in  the  spring  in  those  species  in  which  reserve  fat  is 
most  abundant  in  winter.  It  is  suggested  that  this  fat-splitting  ferment  may 
be  reversible  in  its  action,  and  during  late  summer  and  fall  it  may  be  diffused 
downward  through  the  wood  and  bast,  converting  into  fat  the  food  reserve  to 
which  it  has  access. 

On  the  properties  of  a  chromogen  generally  present  in  plants,  J.  Wolff  and 
Nadia  Rouchelmann  {Com.pt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  IParis],  161  (1915),  No.  IS,  pp. 
399-401). — The  authors,  having  extended  their  study  as  previously  reported 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  32)  to  a  number  of  plant  families,  state  that  the  chromogens 
exhibit,  besides  their  great  .sensitiveness  to  the  action  of  laccase  and  hydriodic 
acid,  a  large  number  of  characters  in  common,  some  of  which  are  here  enumer- 
ated, indicating  that  they  should  probably  be  regarded  as  one  and  the  same. 
The  brown  coloring  matters  that  form  in  various  plants  or  organs  may  be  re- 
garded as  products  of  oxidation,  as  observable  in  case  of  the  brown  pigment  of 
cut  or  injured  potatoes,  horse  chestnut,  dead  leaves,  and  macerated  green  plants 
when  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  laccase. 

Lipolytic  action  in  germinating  teliospores  of  Gymnosporangium  juniperi- 
virginianae,  G.  H.  Coons  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1105,  p.  327).^ 
A  study  was  made  of  the  teliospores  from  mature  telial  horns  of  G.  juniperi- 
virginiance,  which  seemed  to  indicate  that  in  the  germinating  spores  lipase  is 
present.  This  places  the  rust  fungi  in  the  list  of  organisms  now  known  to 
possess  lipase.  Attention  is  called  to  the  occurrence  of  oil  in  rust  spores,  and 
the  conversion  of  the  globules  of  oil  into  soluble  products,  brought  about  by  the 
lipase,  is  considered  a  factor  in  the  rapid  germination  process. 

Acidity  and  gas  interchange  in  cacti,  H.  M.  Richakds  (Carnegie  In.^t.  Wash- 
ington Pub.  209  (1915),  pp.  107,  figs.  6).— The  author  gives  an  account  of  the 
methods  and  results  of  his  work  as  carried  out  with  cacti  at  the  Desert  Botani- 
cal Laboratory  at  Tucson,  Ariz.,  along  three  main  lines,  namely,  the  determina- 
tion of  the  acidity  of  the  tissue  as  regards  the  expressed  juice  and  the  total 
amount  of  acid  present,  the  determinations  of  carbon  dioxid  evolution  to  fix 
the  diurnal  periodicity  in  relation  to  normal  temperature  changes  and  to 
ascertain  the  effects  of  various  agencies  upon  the  rate,  and  the  study  of  the 
gas  interchange  in  darkness  between  plants  and  the  atmosphere.  The  results 
are  given  in  considerable  detail  and  discussed  in  their  bearings. 

It  is  stated  that  with  rising  acidity  in  the  tissues,  the  total  acid  increases 
more  rapidly  than  does  the  concentration  of  the  juice.  Light,  the  most  im- 
portant factor  in  the  diurnal  decrease  of  acidity,  is  less  effective  at  the  lower 
temperatures.  Rising  temperature,  especially  above  30°  C,  decreases  acidity 
when  this  is  initially  high,  but  does  not  wholly  inhibit  its  production.  Acidity 
tends  to  decline  with  excess  of  oxygen  and  to  increase  with  deprivation  thereof. 
While  excess  of  oxygen  raises  the  carbon  dioxid-oxygen  ratio,  this  ratio  re- 
mains stationary  or  decreases  in  its  absence.     Wounding  causes  an  increase 


226  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

In  acidity  related  to  its  extent.  Tlie  acid  content  does  not  vary  greatly  with 
age,  except  in  very  young  tissue.  The  actual  rate  of  carbon  dioxid  production 
is  greatest  in  the  youngest  tissues,  next  in  the  old  turgid  joints,  and  least  in 
the  flaccid  joints,  the  gas  interchange  ratios  varying  according  to  the  acidity 
conditions  rather  than  according  to  the  age  of  the  tissue.  In  general,  high 
acidities,  high  evolution  rate  of  carbon  dioxid,  and  high  carbon  dioxid-oxygen 
ratios  are  associated.  No  difference  of  acidity  was  found  between  the  base  and 
tlie  tip  of  the  joint,  but  most  of  the  acid  was  held  in  the  layers  of  soft,  highly 
turgid  cells  outside  the  bundle  ring.  Some  discussion  of  the  bearings  and  im- 
plications of  the  facts  as  observed  is  also  given. 

Localization  of  acids  and  sugars  in  fleshy  fruits,  E.  Demoussy  (Compt. 
Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris-i,  161  {1915),  No.  15,  pp.  ^43-445).— Tabulated  results 
of  analyses  of  the  juices  obtained  from  a  number  of  fleshy  fruits  by  employment 
of  gi-aduated  pressures  show  that  the  increase  of  acidity  and  reducing  sugars 
due  to  pressure,  while  considerable  in  case  of  a  few  fruits,  was  slight,  lacking, 
or  negative  in  others,  so  that  a  positive  increase  can  not  be  considered  as 
general.  The  variations  due  to  pressure  in  case  of  nonreducing  sugars  were 
usually  opposite  in  direction  to  those  in  acidity  and  in  reducing  sugars.  The 
chemical  composition  of  a  fruit  varies  in  different  fruits  in  portions  apparently 
homogeneous  otherwise  and  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  they  may  have  the  same 
proportion  of  water,  which  appears  to  circulate  more  readily  than  do  certain 
solutes. 

These  studies  are  considered  to  have  brought  out  striking  conformities  to 
the  law  announced  by  Maquenne  (E.  S.  R.,  8,  p.  844),  according  to  which 
soluble  bodies  tend  to  accumulate  at  points  in  the  living  organism  where  there 
is  a  lowering  of  the  osmotic  pressure.  This  law  is  used  to  explain  such 
phenomena  as  the  accumulation  of  acid  in  certain  portions  of  fruits  during  the 
process  of  cooking. 

What  are  chondriosomesP  D.  M.  Mottieb  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916), 
No.  1104,  pp.  286,  287). — In  addition  to  the  choudriosomes  occurring  in  higher 
plants,  which  become  leucoplasts  in  case  they  occur  in  the  roots  and  chloroplasts 
when  in  the  stems,  the  author  calls  attention  to  the  presence  in  cells  of  certain 
plants  of  other  bodies  similar  in  structure  and  reaction  which  do  not  develop 
into  either  leucoplasts  or  chloroplasts.  These  bodies  are  said  to  be  ahvays  pres- 
ent in  the  form  of  granules  or  delicate  rods,  and,  as  they  are  permanent  organs, 
they  should  be  given  morphological  rank.  They  do  not  arise  from  the  nucleus, 
and  the  question  is  raised  as  to  whether  the  term  chondriosome  should  be 
applied  to  the  organs  under  discussion. 

Rapid  methods  for  quantitative  and  qualitative  studies  on  the  soil  flora, 
T.  F.  Manns  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  II04,  p.  288).— For  the 
rapid  study  of  soil  organisms,  the  author  suggests  the  use  of  a  mechanicl  shaker, 
in  conjunction  with  suitable  media.  It  is  claimed  that  where  the  shaker  was 
used  it  was  possible  to  plate  16  soils  in  duplicate  plates  with  2  dilutions  on 
four  different  media  in  from  2J  to  3  hours.  Usually  three  media  will  suffice  to 
bring  out  the  important  groups,  one  for  the  ammonifying  organisms  and  the 
saprophytic  forms,  including  molds,  etc.,  a  second  for  Bacillus  radicieola,  and  a 
third  for  Azotobacter,  B.  radiobacter,  and  nitrifiers. 

Media  for  quantitative  and  qualitative  studies  on  Azotobacter  and  nitri- 
fiers, T.  F.  Manns  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  pp.  288,  289). — 
In  making  a  survey  of  the  bacteria  in  various  groups  of  soil  organisms,  the 
author  found  that  a  soil  extract  agar,  to  which  was  added  0.5  gm.  of  a  mixture 
of  insoluble  salts,  would  bring  out  the  nitrogen-fixing  organisms  and  the  nitri- 
fying organisms. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY.  227 

Peat  organisms  that  slowly  liquefy  agar,  T.  F.  Manns  (Abs.  in  Science,  n. 
ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  II04,  p.  289).— While  making  a  study  of  the  flora  of  raw 
peat  and  muck,  the  author  observed  that  certain  colonies  of  bacteria  were  able 
to  break  down  the  agar  and  cause  a  deep  pitting  in  the  medium.  The  or'ganism 
appears  to  be  a  micrococcus  and  to  be  most  abundant  in  peat  that  is  composted 
with  ground  calcium  phosphate  and  calcium  carbonate. 

The  transmission  by  maize  seeds  of  the  effects  of  detasseling,  E.  Heckel 
(Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  33S-340 ;  Prog.  Agr. 
et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centre),  36  {1915),  No.  50,  pp.  570-572).— Following  up  his 
previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  426),  the  author  took  four  strains  of  Giant 
Serbian  maize  bred  during  the  previous  four  years,  the  stalks  being  detasseled 
each  year  after  the  accomplishment  of  fertilization,  and  after  detasseling  the 
stalks  August  20,  1915,  tested  them  at  intervals  for  sugar,  as  possibly  showing 
the  cumulative  effects  of  traumatism  on  the  sugar  content. 

Each  of  the  four  series  tested,  while  showing  an  increase  over  its  control  in 
saccharose  and  a  decrease  in  glucose,  showed  an  increase  in  the  total  of  both, 
the  greatest  percentage  of  total  increase  of  these  sugars  being  obtained  from 
the  strains  previously  showing  only  moderate  sweetness,  and  the  maximum 
increase  being  attained  in  24  days  after  detasseling.  Starch  was  present  in 
all  the  stalks  that  had  been  detasseled. 

Experiments  in  recombining  endosperm  colors  in  com,  R.  A.  Harpek  {Abs. 
in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  p.  290). — Attention  is  called  to  the  fact 
that  well-established  black  races  of  corn,  when  crossed  with  white  races,  give, 
both  in  the  Fi  and  Fa  generations,  a  series  of  colors  including  dark  purples, 
reds,  blues,  grays,  etc.  The  author  has  undertaken  a  series  of  recombination 
tests,  but  no  immediate  and  uniform  return  to  the  ancestral  black  has  been 
obtained  as  yet. 

The  chlorophyll  factors  in  Lychnis  dioica,  G.  H.  Shull  {Abs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  p.  290). — According  to  the  author,  three  Mendelian 
factors  are  responsible  for  the  chlorophyll  of  the  normal  dark  green  biotypes  of 
L.  dioica.  One  of  these  differentiates  all  green  strains  from  albinos  and  is 
capable  only  of  ephemeral  existence.  A  second,  acting  in  conjunction  with  the 
first,  produces  a  form  with  possibly  two-thirds  as  much  chlorophyll  as  the  nor- 
mal. The  third  factor  acts  in  conjunction  with  the  other  two  to  produce  the 
full  green  color. 

Orthogenetic  saltation  in  Nephrolepsis,  R.  C.  Benedict  {Abs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  p-  292). — The  author  describes  some  forms  of  dis- 
continuous variation  in  A^^.  exaltata  bostoniensis.  In  this  variety  there  are 
said  to  be  at  least  three  distinct  lines  of  variation,  progressive  dwarfing,  pro- 
gressive increase  in  division  of  leaf,  and  progressive  increase  of  waviness  of 
leaf,  each  variation  being  represented  by  a  number  of  forms. 

Evidences  of  hybridism  in  the  genus  Rubus,  C.  S.  Hoar  {Abs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  pp.  290,  291). — The  author  presents  morphological 
data  considered  to  favor  strongly  the  occurrence  of  widespread  hybridism  in 
the  genus  Rubus.  There  is  believed  to  be  good  evidence  from  the  standpoint 
of  extreme  variability  and  correlated  gametic  sterility  of  widespread  natural 
hybridism  in  this  genus. 

An  interesting  modification  in  Xanthium,  C.  A.  Shull  {Abs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  IIO4,  pp.  292). — A  peculiar  modification  of  burs  of  Xan- 
thium is  described,  in  which  the  number  of  the  flowers  surrounded  by  the 
involucre  has  been  greatly  increased.  The  manner  in  which  the  form 
originated  is  unknown,  but  it  is  thought  to  be  either  a  mutation  or  a  reversion 
from  X.  canadense. 


228  EXPERIMENT    STATION    BECOKD.  [Vol.35 

TransmissibiUty  of  characters  acquired  by  plants  grown  in  salt  water,  P. 
Lesagk  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris].  161  (1915),  Xo.  15.  pp.  4^0--il2).—The 
author,  employing  Lepidium  sativum,  has  attempted  to  ascertain  whether  the 
characters  acquired  by  plants  grown  in  salt  water  and  persisting  in  their 
descendants  grown  in  the  same  medium  for  several  generations,  will  persist 
also  when  their  progeny  are  grown  in  fresh  water.  One  year's  tests  are  said 
to  have  given  positive  results  and  are  considered  to  show  the  transmissibility 
by  plants  of  characters  acquired  in  salt  water. 

Pollen  sterility  in.  relation  to  the  geographical  distribution  of  some  Ona- 
graceffi,  C.  C.  Foksatth  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser..  ^3  (1916).  Xo.  llOJf.  p.  291). — 
Studies  have  been  made  of  species  of  Epilobium  and  Zauschneria,  which  repre- 
sent different  subgenera  of  Onagracese,  to  determine  further  evidence  of  inter- 
species crossing  as  found  in  GEnothera.  The  results  are  said  to  show  that, 
from  a  morphological  standpoint,  interspecies  crossing  is  not  an  uncommon 
occurrence  in  this  family  of  plants. 

A  remarkable  new  Eysenhardtia  from  the  west  coast  of  Mexico.  W.  E.  Saf- 
FOKD  (Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sei.,  6  (1916).  Xo.  6.  pp.  133-135.  fig.  i).— The  author 
describes  E.  olivana  n.  sp.,  and  suggests  the  advisability-  of  a  critical  study  of 
the  entire  genus. 

FIELD   CROPS. 

[Work  with  field  crops],  L.  R.  Waujkon  (Xorth  Dakota  Sta..  Rpt.  Dickinson 
Substa..  1913,  pp.  5-20,  22-31.  figs.  5). — The  results  of  work  with  different  field 
crops  for  a  number  of  years  are  briefly  reported. 

Alfalfa  gave  an  average  yield  of  two  tons  per  acre  for  the  five  years  be- 
ginning with  1909,  and  in  1913  a  seed  production  of  112.3  lbs.  per  acre  was 
recorded.  For  the  five  years  beginning  with  1909,  alfalfa  in  cultivated  rows 
gave  an  average  yield  of  1.224  tons  per  acre  and  in  1909  a  seed  crop  of  336  lbs. 
per  acre  was  produced.  Disking  alfalfa  after  the  first  cutting  did  not  give 
conclusive  results,  but  indicated  that  with  unfavorable  moisture  conditions 
the  practice  tends  to  increase  the  yield.  Grimm  alfalfa  from  home-grown  seed 
proved  to  be  more  winter  resistant  than  Chinook  alfalfa  from  Montana-grown 
seed.  In  cultural  tests  conducted  in  1913  the  greater  amount  of  seed  was 
produced  by  the  second  growth  and  by  thin  stands  in  cultivated  rows.  Notes 
on  cooperative  alfalfa  growing  and  on  the  results  of  some  breeding  work  are 
given. 

Cultural  tests  with  sweet  clover  and  sunflowers  and  a  variety  test  with 
wheat  are  also  recorded.  Among  other  results  with  sweet  clover  a  yield  from 
Iowa  seed  of  524  lbs.  of  hulled  clean  seed  per  acre  is  noted.  Sunflowers  made 
a  yield  of  field  cured  stalks  and  seeds  of  4.3.56  tons  per  acre.  This  crop  is 
considered  of  doubtful  economic  value  for  that  section  of  the  State.  In  a  test 
of  24  varieties  of  wheat.  Kubanka  No.  8,  descended  from  a  single  plant  selected 
at  the  station  in  1906,  ranked  first  with  a  yield  of  31.6  bu.  of  grain  per  acre. 

Results  of  three  trials  with  Girka  wheat  showed  selected  strains  to  be  superior 
in  yielding  capacity  to  the  bulk  lot  from  which  the  pure  lines  were  derived.  In 
1913  Victory,  Silvermine.  and  Golden  Rain  ranked  highest  among  11  varieties 
of  oats,  with  yields  of  65.1,  64.5,  and  6J3.4  bu.  per  acre,  respectively.  The  same 
year  Primus  and  Swan  Neck  barley  were  the  heaviest  yielders  of  8  varieties, 
producing,  respectively.  40.7  and  40.2  bu.  per  acre.  The  average  yields  of  two 
2-rowed  and  two  6-rowefl  varieties  of  barley  grown  for  five  years  were  in  favor 
of  the  2-rowed  sorts  by  45  per  cent.  A  plat  of  Yaroslav  emmer  produced  53.8 
bu.  per  acre  and  an  adjoining  plat  of  .spring  rye  21.3  bu.  Experiments  with 
wheat,  oats,  and  barley  in  moisture  conservation  conducted  from  1908  to  1913 


1916]  FIELD    CEOPS.  229 

showed  that  clean  summer  fallow  had  not  been  very  profitable,  especially  with 
oats  and  barley. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  Williston  substation  for  the  year  1913,  E.  G. 
ScHOLLAXDEB  {North  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpt.  Williston  Suhsta.,  1913,  pp.  48,  figs.  Jjf). — 
The  results  are  reported  of  tests  conducted  in  1913,  mainly,  with  varieties  of 
spring  and  winter  wheat,  oats,  barley,  emmer,  spelt,  rye,  millet,  potatoes,  sugar 
beets,  and  alfalfa.  Cultural  exi^eriments  with  wheat,  oats,  and  potatoes,  prin- 
cipally with  reference  to  rate  and  time  of  seeding  and  planting,  are  also  reported, 
together  with  a  study  of  hardiness  in  different  sptecies  and  varieties  of  medicago, 
including  alfalfa,  and  meteorological  observations  at  Williston,  N.  Dak.,  during 
1913  as  to  temperature,  precipitation,  and  evaporation. 

[Work  with  field  crops  in  1915]  (Rhode  Island  .^ta.  Rpt.  191-5,  pp.  26.  21). — 
Tests  of  varieties  of  potatoes  showed  that  Clyde  was  not  superior  to  Norcross 
and  that  Enohla  was  as  early  as  Irish  Cobbler  and  more  productive.  Norcross 
potatoes  grown  at  the  station  did  not  prove  as  good  for  seed  as  those  grown 
in  Jilaine,  and  nothing  was  gained  by  selecting  the  seed  from  the  most  productive 
hills,  although  potatoes  selected  for  two  years  were  superior  to  unselected 
stock.  The  use  of  2-oz.  potatoes  for  seed  planted  18  in.  apart  in  the  row  gave 
about  the  same  yield  as  planting  1-oz.  pieces  9  in.  apart  but  the  yields  decreased 
successively  when  ounce  pieces  were  dropped  12  and  15  in.  apart. 

Among  several  varieties  of  sweet  corn  planted  April  28,  a  si)ecial  strain  of 
Early  Cory  produced  the  first  pickings  August  6  and  9  and  yielded  about  50 
per  cent  more  than  commercial  seed.  The  number  of  dozen  ears  secured  on  a 
given  area  by  the  different  varieties  on  and  before  August  13  was  as  follows: 
Golden  Bantam,  8 ;  Crosby  Early.  41 ;  Quincy  Market,  75 ;  Early  Cory,  99 :  Early 
Cory,  special  strain,  129.  Experiments  vn.th.  three  strains  of  White  Cap  corn 
showed  no  decided  difference  in  yield  between  the  three  strains  and  three  crosses 
from  the  same. 

A  yield  of  30  bu.  of  Red  Chaff  winter  wheat  was  recorded.  Mammoth  White 
Rye  from  Canada  was  not  found  superior  to  Excelsior.  Sudan  grass  planted 
May  11  in  drills  2  ft.  apart  grew  fairly  well  on  acid  soil,  and  when  allowed  to 
stand  until  September  3  yielded  11.5  tons  of  green  material.  Mixing  a  liberal 
amount  of  hydrated  or  slaked  lime  with  the  surface  .soil  and  subsoil  gave  no 
larger  yields  of  alfalfa  than  where  such  lime  was  mixed  only  with  the  surface  soU. 
Alfalfa  cut  on  June  1.  July  19.  and  September  14  yielded  a  total  of  4.24  tons  of 
hay  per  acre  as  compared  with  4.5  tons  cut  on  June  24,  August  14,  and  Septem- 
ber 14.  A  mixture  of  orchard  grass  and  alfalfa  seeded  in  1912  yielded  4.2  tons 
of  hay  as  compared  with  4.34  for  alfalfa  alone. 

Crop  rotations  for  upper  Wisconsin,  E.  J.  Delwiche  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui. 
222  (1916),  2.  ed.,  pp.  20,  figs.  16). — The  first  edition  of  this  bulletin  has  been 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  40).  The  additional  statements  presented  point  out  that 
pasturing  the  first  crop  of  clover  for  about  two  weeks  in  early  spring,  or  until 
June  10,  retards  the  time  of  cutting  but  without  greatly  affecting  the  yield,  that 
in  a  3-year  rotation  for  dairy  farms  manure  may  be  applied  on  new  clover  fields 
in  the  fall  or  winter,  and  that  in  other  rotations  corn  and  potatoes  .should  not 
follow  each  other. 

Experiments  with  com,  C.  F.  Noix  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Bui.  1S9  (1916),  pp. 
23,  fig.  1). — These  experiments  included  trials  of  varieties  grown  for  grain 
and  for  silage,  tests  of  selection  and  care  of  seed,  and  breeding  work,  mainly 
ear-to-row  selection,  inbreeding  and  crossing  inbred  strains,  and  crossing  varie- 
ties. The  results  of  the  variety  tests  are  regarded  as  applicable  only  to  sec- 
tions of  the  State  with  conditions  similar  to  those  existing  at  the  station. 

For  central  Pennsylvania,  the  northern  counties  with  an  altitude  not  quite 
so  great  as  that  of  the  station,  and  for  the  higher  altitudes  of  the  southern 


230  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

counties,  Minnesota  13,  U.  S.  Selection  133,  90-Day  Clarage,  Murdock  Yellow 
Dent,  Wisconsin  No.  7,  and  Holmes  White-Capped  Yellow  Dent,  varieties  grown 
for  grain,  and  100-Day  Bristol  and  Reid  Yellow  Dent,  varieties  suited  for 
silage,  are  recommended  for  trial. 

In  the  selection  and  care  of  seed  only  ears  showing  perfect  germination  were 
planted,  and  yields  were  secured  from  perfect  stands.  Seed  selected  on  the 
stalk  germinated  better  than  seed  selected  at  husking  time  in  an  indoor  test 
in  the  single  year  for  which  the  record  was  kept,  but  the  seed  selected  at 
husking  time  in  the  three  years'  trials  gave  the  better  field  germination,  and 
there  was  not  much  difference  in  the  yields.  Heavy  seed  gave  a  little  better 
field  germination  and  a  somewhat  better  yield  than  light  seed.  While  seed 
from  ears  germinating  quickly  gave  the  better  field  germination,  the  difference  in 
yield  was  within  the  limits  of  error.  Keeping  the  seed  at  living  room  temperature 
during  the  winter  resulted  in  better  germination  indoors  and  in  the  field  than 
was  obtained  with  seed  kept  without  artificial  heat,  but  the  difference  in  yield 
was  insignificant. 

Ear-to-row  breeding  of  one  variety  followed  by  crossing  of  remnants  of  the 
best  yielding  ears,  as  shown  by  yields  of  seed  from  the  best  ear  rows  and  from 
crosses  of  the  best  ears,  did  not  materially  increase  the  yield.  Inbreeding  very 
much  reduced  the  size  of  stalks  and  yield,  while  crossing  of  inbred  strains  not 
closely  related  restored  the  vigor  and  productive  capacity.  Of  eight  first-genera- 
tion crosses  only  two  outyielded  the  better  parent,  the  difference  in  yield  being 
but  little. 

The  developm^ent  and  properties  of  raw  cotton,  W.  L.  Balls  (London:  A.  d 
C.  Black,  Ltd.,  1915,  pp.  XII +221,  pis.  16,  figs.  22).— The  main  purpose  of  this 
book,  it  is  stated,  is  to  present  the  history  of  the  development  of  cotton-lint 
and,  accessory  to  this  purpose,  to  indicate  the  development  of  the  plant  on 
which  this  lint  is  borne.  The  chapters  presented  discuss  the  development  of 
pedigree,  the  growth  of  the  cotton  plant  and  the  factors  which  affect  it,  the 
structural  development  of  the  boll  and  how  this  may  be  influenced  by  environ- 
ment, the  production  and  preparation  of  commercial  lint,  the  growth  of  cotton 
culture,  and  the  methods  employed  in  studying  and  improving  the  crop.  Tables 
of  statistical  data  are  appended. 

Note  on  the  classification  of  the  rices  of  Lower  Burma,  R.  A.  Beale  (Re- 
printed  from  Poona  Agr.  Col.  Mag.,  7  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  iO).— Schemes  of  classi- 
fication proposed  by  Kikkawa  and  Graham  among  others  are  briefly  discussed, 
and  the  botanical  characters  of  rice  important  in  the  classification  of  varieties 
are  enumerated  and  described.  Agricultural  characters  in  themselves  are  con- 
sidered an  inadequate  basis  for  classification,  as  they  are  affected  by  environ- 
ment but  are  regarded  of  value  in  this  connection  only  when  used  in  conjunction 
with  botanical  characters.  A  tentative  scheme  for  the  classification  of  the  rices 
of  Lower  Burma  is  proposed. 

The  culture  of  rice  in  Spain,  H.  Jumelle  (Inst.  Colon.  Marseille  Bui.  1 
(1914),  pp.  28,  fig.  i).— This  bulletin  is  a  popular  discussion  of  the  ordinary  field 
practice  in  the  culture  of  rice  as  applied  in  the  Province  of  Valencia  in 
Spain.     Statistics  of  production  and  marketing  are  also  given. 

Annual   report   of  the   Bureau   of   Sugar   Experiment   Stations,   E.    G.    E. 

ScBiVEN  (Ann.  Itpt.  Bur.  ^ngar  Expt.  Stas.  [Queensland'i,  1915,  pp.  52). This 

report  reviews  the  progress  of  the  cane-sugar  industry  of  Queensland  and 
the  production  of  cane  and  sugar  in  1915.  The  experimental  work  carried  on 
at  the  Central  Sugar  Experiment  Station  at  Mackay,  the  Southern  Sugar  Ex- 
periment Station  at  Bundaberg,  and  in  other  parts  of  the  State,  is  briefly 
noted. 


1916]  FIELD    CROPS.  231 

Experiments  were  conducted  to  determine  the  best  system  of  treating 
ratoons.  Ttie  different  treatments  included  leaving  the  trash  on  the  ground 
and  allowing  the  cane  to  volunteer,  burying  the  trash  between  the  rows, 
shifting  the  trash  in  every  other  space  between  the  rows  and  cultivating  the 
cleared  spaces,  and  burning  the  trash  and  opening  the  middles  with  plow 
and  subsoiler  to  a  depth  of  from  16  to  18  in.  Under  the  conditions  of  a  severe 
drought,  leaving  the  trash  gave  the  best  results,  but  the  preceding  year,  when 
conditions  were  normal,  burning  the  trash  and  giving  deep  cultivation,  which 
is  the  station  method,  proved  most  profitable.  It  is  concluded  from  the  results 
that  plowing  under  trash  in  the  ratoons  does  not  pay. 

The  results  of  a  variety  test  showed  that  Q  813  ranked  first  in  sugar  con- 
tent followed  by  Q  990  and  Q  137.  Experiments  with  canes  from  the  Queens- 
land Acclimatization  Society  were  continued  and  the  second  ratoon  crop  was 
harvested.  Badila  Seedling  and  Hybrid  No.  1  gave  the  highest  percentage  of 
pure,  obtainable  cane  sugar. 

Different  cultural  methods  compared  resulted  in  the  highest  total  yield  of 
plant  crop  of  1914  and  the  first  ratoon  crop  of  1915  on  the  plat  giving  shallow 
cultivation  with  broad  hoes  and  on  the  one  cultivated  with  a  light  drill  harrow 
fitted  with  straight  sharp  tines.  In  a  test  to  determine  whether  cane  sets  cut 
from  arrowed  canes  have  a  prejudicial  effect  on  tlie  germination  and  subse- 
quent yield,  it  was  found  that  the  cane  from  arrowed  cane  sets  not  only  pro- 
duced a  greater  stand  of  cane  but  also  a  greater  yield. 

Analytical  tests  to  determine  the  commercial  value  of  a  number  of  gen- 
erally grown  varieties  showed  that  HQ  426  and  Badila  gave  much  better 
yields  of  pure  obtainable  cane  sugar  than  Goru,  Cheribon,  Malabar,  and 
Otamite.  Early  or  late  planting  apparently  had  no  effect  on  the  average 
sugar  content  of  Cheribon,  Malabar,  and  Otamite,  while  in  the  other  three 
varieties  the  late  planting  gave  better  average  analyses.  In  a  second  test 
HQ  426  and  Badila  also  ranked  first. 

The  Mackay  station  laboratory  reported  tables  of  analyses  showing  the 
quantities  of  lime,  potash,  phosphoric  acid,  and  nitrogen  removed  in  crops  of 
cane  of  the  weight  grown.  It  was  shown  that  more  potash  is  removed  than 
nitrogen,  lime,  and  phosphoric  acid. 

At  the  Southern  Sugar  Experiment  Station  at  Bundaberg,  planting  cane  in 
rows  5,  6,  or  7  ft.  apart  showed  that  the  closer  planting  produced  the  better 
yields.  It  was  further  found  that  planting  tops  only  gave  much  better 
results  than  planting  middles  or  bottoms  and  middles.  The  results  of  cultural 
tests  were  in  favor  of  subsoiling  but  tlie  cost  was  too  high  to  be  profitable. 
Cane  volunteered  through  trash,  owing  to  a  dry  season,  gave  the  largest 
margin  of  profit,  but  this  method  is  not  advised  as  under  normal  conditions 
cultivation  usually  gives  much  better  results.  Analyses  of  burnt  canes  indi- 
cated that  the  cane  did  not  depreciate  to  any  extent  during  the  first  48  hours, 
after  which  the  glucose  content  began  to  increase  rapidly  until  the  tenth 
day,  when  it  had  increased  almost  twenty  times  as  much  as  in  the  original. 
The  loss  in  weight  of  cane  and  in  the  purity  of  the  juice  was  also  consid- 
erable. 

Planting  sprouted  cane  cuttings,  J.  Schuit  (Arch.  Suikerindus.  Nederland. 
Indie,  23  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  4^1-466;  Meded.  Proefstat.  Java-Suikerindus.,  5 
(1915),  No.  5,  pp.  178-182). — This  article  describes  the  method  of  planting 
sugar  cane  with  cuttings  in  whicli  the  buds  have  made  some  growth,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  usual  method  of  using  cuttings  in  which  the  buds  have  not 
yet  started.  Directions  are  given  for  the  production  of  cuttings  and  for 
handling,  treating,  and  planting  them. 


232  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Sweet  potato  culture  for  the  southern  planter,  C.  Ckow  and  C.  W.  Waughtel 
(Seville,  Ga.:  Crotc  d  Brogdon,  1915,  pp.  103,  pis.  12,  fig.  1).—A  popular  treatise 
on  sweet  potato  culture,  including  descriptions  of  the  various  phases  of  the 
worlj  and  devoting  a  chapter  to  commercial  sweet  potato  plant  growing  in 
Florida. 

Timothy:  Its  history,  culture,  and  variability,  and  breeding  work  carried 
on  with  the  plant  at  Svalof,  H.  Witte  {Sveriges  Vtsddesfdr.  Tidskr.,  25  {1915), 
Nos.  1,  pp.  23-U;  4<  PP-  U3-182;  5,  pp.  199-221,  figs.  26).— This  article  pre- 
sents historical  and  cultural  notes  regarding  timothy,  reviews  breeding  work 
with  the  plant  carried  on  in  different  countries,  discusses  its  different  forms, 
describes  the  technique  and  the  method  employed  at  Svalof  in  breeding  peren- 
nial grasses,  particularly  timothy,  and  reports  results  secured  together  with 
deductions  drawn  from  them.  It  is  pointed  out  that  since  timothy  is  cross- 
fertilized  and  is  also  very  variable,  it  is  impracticable  to  base  its  improve- 
ment on  the  selection  of  homozygous  individuals. 

In  the  breeding  work  it  was  found  that  in  length  of  stem  the  plants  varied 
from  20  cm.  to  over  100  cm.  The  heritability  of  the  length  of  stem  was  indi- 
cated by  the  experimental  results.  The  number  of  internodes  varied  only  from 
5  to  7  but  in  length  the  internodes  showed  great  variations.  In  some  forms 
the  upper  internode  constituted  more  than  half  and  in  others  only  one-fourth 
of  the  stem  length.  The  lower  internodes  were  quite  short  in  some  cases  and 
in  others  comparatively  long.  The  thickness  of  stem  varied  for  the  different 
forms  but  no  correlation  with  the  length  of  stem  was  established.  The  shape 
or  form  of  the  stem  was  found  to  vary  to  a  considerable  extent  and  appeared 
to  be  a  heritable  character. 

Most  forms  showed  a  habit  of  stooling  densely,  but  some  stooled  quite  loosely 
due  to  the  development  of  culms  from  the  leaf  axils  of  the  preceding  generation 
of  sprouts.  The  leaves  varied  in  length  and  width  and  also  in  shape,  some 
forms  having  soft  and  pendant  blades  while  in  others  the  blades  were  stiff  and 
erect. 

The  spike  in  the  different  strains  ranged  in  length  from  about  2  to  15  cm. 
and  in  thickness  from  approximately  4  to  10  mm.  Correlation  between  length 
and  width  of  spike  and  between  length  of  spike  and  stem  was  not  established. 
The  spike  was  generally  cylindrical  but  forms  with  the  greatest  diameter  either 
at  the  ba.se,  the  point,  or  the  middle  were  found.  In  some  forms  the  spike  was 
loose  and  pendant,  while  in  most  cases  it  was  stiff  and  erect  with  the  spikelets 
densely  set.  The  spikelets  in  certain  strains  were  not  entirely  united  with 
the  central  axis  of  the  spike,  which  gave  to  the  head  a  rough  or  minutely 
,  branched  appearance.  This  also  proved  to  be  a  heritable  character,  but  the 
author  points  out  that  from  a  practical  standpoint  the  length  and  density  of 
the  spike  are  mainly  of  value. 

The  floral  parts  and  the  fruit  also  presented  many  variations.  At  Svalof 
no  differences  in  winter  resistance  were  observed  but  in  the  extreme  northern 
part  of  Sweden  marked  differences  in  this  respect  were  found  to  exist. 
Variations  were  also  determined  in  regard  to  sprouting,  time  of  blossoming, 
strength  of  culm,  time  of  withering  of  leaves,  quantity  and  quality  of  second 
growth,  rust  and  drought  resistance,  and  the  length  of  the  period  of  productive- 
ness. The  degree  of  adherence  of  the  glumes  to  the  ripe  seed  varied  with  the 
different  forms  and  the  practical  bearing  of  this  character  is  dwelt  upon.  The 
characters  of  strains  of  timothy  requisite  for  profitable  temporary  and  perma- 
nent meadows,  and  for  satisfactory  seed  and  forage  production,  are  enumerated. 

The  results  of  tests  with  new  strains  of  timothy  showed  that  No.  237a,  or 
Primus,  produced  a  yield  16.7  per  cent  greater  than  commercial  sorts,  while 
No.  217  yielded  6.7  per  cent  more  than  Primus. 


1916]  FIELD    CROPS.  233 

Tobacco  seed  beds,  F.  Chaelan  (Canada  Expt.  Farms  Bui.  21,  2.  ser.  {1015), 
pp.  51,  pis.  3,  figs.  13). — This  bulletin  is  a  popular  treatise  ou  the  preparation, 
care,  and  management  of  tobacco  seed  beds.  Detailed  temperature  records  of 
hotbeds,  semihotbeds,  and  greenhouses  are  appended. 

On  tbe  inheritance  of  some  characters  in  wheat,  II,  A.  and  G.  L.  C.  Howaed 
(Mem.  Dept.  Acjr.  India,  Bot.  Ser.,  7  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  273-285,  pis.  9).— In  pre- 
vious work  along  this  line  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  638),  it  was  assumed  in  view  of 
the  results  secured  that  in  the  crosses  between  bearded  and  beardless  wheats 
the  bearded  parent  had  two  factors,  one  capable  of  producing  short  awns  or 
tips  only  and  the  other,  when  acting  in  conjunction  with  the  first,  resulting  in 
fully  bearded  plants.  To  obtain  further  data  on  the  subject  the  cross  was  con- 
tinued to  the  Ft  generation,  in  which  the  behavior  of  selected  plants  confirmed 
the  results  of  the  third  generation.  The  forms  with  long  tips  and  short  tips  as 
well  as  the  bearded  and  beardless  plants  bred  true. 

For  the  further  study  of  these  factors  short-tipped  and  long-tipped  forms 
isolated  from  the  Fi  of  a  cross  between  P  22,  containing  the  two  factors  produc- 
ing the  fully  bearded  character,  and  A  88  (entirely  beardless)  were  recombined, 
and  P  6,  a  wheat  apparently  carrying  the  long-tipped  factor,  was  crossed  with 
P  7  which  seemed  to  have  short  tips.  In  the  recombination  of  the  bearding 
factors  of  P  22,  the  Fi  plants  were  almost  beardless  while  59  plants  in  the  Fj 
ranged  from  4  beardless  to  4  fully  bearded.  In  the  cross  of  P  6  with  P  7  the 
procedure  was  the  same  and  the  results  were  similar. 

Two  other  cases  of  a  cross  between  a  bearded  and  a  good  beardless  form  were 
studied.  Punjab  Type  9,  a  bearded  wheat,  was  crossed  with  Pusa  4,  an  entirely 
beardless  form,  and  in  the  F2,  610  plants  were  examined.  Of  these,  39  were 
beardless  and  571  were  awned  to  varying  degrees  ranging  from  fully  bearded 
to  minutely  tipped.  Similar  results  were  obtained  in  crossing  BXI  77,  a  fully 
bearded  form,  with  Pusa  4.  The  ratio  of  bearded  to  beardless  forms  is  regarded 
as  indicating  the  existence  of  two  factors  in  the  bearded  parent. 

It  was  observed  that  the  development  of  a  bearded  or  beardless  character  was 
not  always  uniform,  especially  in  the  case  of  cultures  breeding  true  to  long  or 
short  tips.  The  first  formed  and  largest  ears  had  the  longest  awns,  while  those 
produced  later  had  almost  no  awns.  It  is  stated  that  well-grown  cultures 
develop  tips  normally  and  present  no  difficulty  in  deciding  whether  the  tips  are 
long  or  short,  while  in  weaker  growth  the  tips  do  not  develop  well  and  care  is 
necessary  to  distinguish  their  nature.  It  is  further  found  that  observations 
on  bearding  are  best  made  when  the  ears  are  still  green  and  just  before  the 
chaff  begins  to  change  in  color.  In  order  to  grow  complete  cultures  from  any 
particular  plant  it  is  advised  to  sow  the  grain  in  boxes  and  then  transplant  the 
seedlings  into  the  field,  as  in  this  way  little  or  no  loss  of  plants  occurs. 

Studies  were  also  made  of  felted  and  smooth  chaffs  as  heritable  characters. 
A  microscopical  study  of  the  chaff  of  Punjab  Type  9  revealed  long  silky  hairs 
and  much  shorter  ones.  An  analysis  of  the  Fa  and  subsequently  of  the  F2 
generation  resulted  in  the  isolation  of  these  two  kinds  of  hairs  and  in  the  proof 
that  each  kind  is  inherited  separately.  Three  crosses  were  made  Avhich  resulted 
in  the  proof  that  the  felting  in  Pusa  4  is  identical  with  that  in  BXI  77  and  that 
the  felting  in  both  these  cases  is  identical  with  the  short  chaff  hair  character 
in  Punjab  Type  9. 

Some  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  sterile  spikelets  in  wheat,  A.  E. 
Grantham  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  235-250, 
pi.  1;  abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  llOIf,  pp.  289,  290).— The  results  of 
an  examination  of  a  large  number  of  varieties  of  wheat  with  reference  to 
sterility  of  spikelets  made  at  the  Delaware  Experiment  Station  in  1915  is 
noted. 


234  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

It  was  found  that  the  varieties  grown  under  field  conditions  exhibited  a  higher 
percentage  of  sterile  spikelets  than  where  the  plants  were  grown  6  in.  apart 
each  way  as  under  the  centgener  method.  The  average  number  of  sterile  spike- 
lets  in  25  spikes  of  each  variety  and  the  percentage  to  the  whole  number 
of  spikelets  were  determined  for  80  beardless  and  108  bearded  varieties  of 
wheat.  The  average  percentage  of  sterile  spikelets  in  the  bearded  varieties 
was  found  to  be  24.1  per  cent,  while  the  beardless  averaged  17.8  per  cent. 
Only  20  of  the  80  beardless  varieties  had  more  than  15  per  cent  of  sterile  spike- 
lets, while  not  a  single  variety  of  bearded  wheat  had  less  than  17  per  cent. 
Forty-five  of  the  108  bearded  varieties  had  25  per  cent  or  more  sterile  spikelets, 
while  of  the  SO  beardless  varieties  only  2  had  25  per  cent. 

A  study  of  a  bearded  and  a  beardless  variety  planted  at  7-day  intervals  from 
September  17  to  October  22  on  fertilized  and  unfertilized  soil  showed  that  the 
earlier  planting,  regardless  of  soil  fertilization,  had  a  higher  percentage  of 
sterile  spikelets  than  the  later  seeding.  In  this  case  also  the  bearded  variety 
had  the  higher  percentage  of  sterile  spikelets. 

Two  varieties  of  wheat  fertilized  with  different  combinations  and  quantities 
of  plant  food  exhibited  considerable  variation  in  the  sterility  of  the  spikelets. 
Phosphoric  acid  and  potash  used  singly  developed  a  higher  percentage  of  sterile 
spikelets  than  nitrogen  where  two  of  the  plant-food  elements  were  used  in  com- 
bination. Nitrogen  and  potash  showed  the  smallest  percentage  and  phosphoric 
acid  and  potash  the  highest.  The  untreated  plats  were  comparatively  very  low 
in  the  percentage  of  sterile  spikelets  produced. 

Correlation  studies  indicated  that  the  longer  the  spike  the  greater  the  number 
of  sterile  spikelets  is  likely  to  be. 

HORTICULTURE. 

Horticultural  investigations. — A  retrospect,  L.  C.  Corbett  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort. 
Sei.,  11  {1914),  PP-  64-70). — A  short  retrospect  of  horticultural  investigations  in 
the  United  States.  The  various  lines  of  endeavor  are  grouped  into  the  follow- 
ing general  classes  and  discussed :  Theoretical  considerations,  systematic  stud- 
ies of  horticultural  groups,  variety  tests,  descriptive  expositions,  surveys  of  a 
statistical  or  economic  nature,  and  special  industrial  problems. 

Some  problems  connected  with  killing  by  low  temperature,  W.  H.  Chand- 
ler {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  11  {1914),  pp.  56-63).— A  discussion  of  the  cause  and 
nature  of  killing  of  plant  tissue  by  low  temperature,  with  special  reference  to 
injury  to  fruit  trees.     A  bibliography  of  cited  literature  is  included. 

Hotbeds  and  cold  frames,  C.  S.  Adams  {Kentucky  Sta.  Circ.  11  {1916),  pp. 
S-22,  figs.  13). — Popular  directions  are  given  for  the  construction  and  manage- 
ment of  hotbeds  and  cold  frames. 

Spraying  calendar,  E.  P.  Taylor  and  M.  A.  Willis  {Idaho  Sta.  Circ.  1  {1916), 
folio).— This  calendar  contains  directions  for  the  control  of  the  more  important 
insect  pests  and  plant  diseases,  together  with  formulas  for  the  preparation  of 
the  principal  sprays. 

The  farm  vegetable  garden,  A.  G.  B.  Bouquet  {Oregon  Sta.,  Bien.  Rpt.  Hood 
River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  5S-S9).— Practical  suggestions  are  given  for  the  con- 
struction and  management  of  a  hotbed,  together  with  suggestions  relative  to 
the  production  of  various  vegetables  including  varieties  recommended  for 
general  use  and  for  canning. 

Preliminary  report  on  celery  storage  investigations,  H.  C.  Thompson  {Proc. 
Soc.  Hort.  Set.,  11  {1914),  pp.  10-18).— A  test  of  different  types  of  crates  as 
infiuencing  the  keeping  quality  of  stored  celery  indicates  that  in  order  to 
lengthen  the  storage  period  for  celery  it  is  desirable  either  to  use  crates  much 


1916]  HOBTICULrURE.  235 

narrower  than  the  standard  crates  or  to  furnish  a  ventilating  partition 
through  the  center  of  the  standard  crates.  The  narrow  crates  gave  somewhat 
better  results  as  to  keeping  quality  than  the  ventilated  crates.  The  limit  of 
keeping  quality  for  celery  packed  in  standard  crates  and  stored  under  the 
best  conditions  is  given  as  2.5  or  3  months,  as  compared  with  at  least  4  months 
for  the  small  or  ventilated  crates.  Aside  from  their  superiority  as  regards 
keeping  quality  small  crates  are  also  recommended  because  of  their  ease  of 
handling  and  greater  durability  in  transportation. 

Temperature  readings  taken  in  five  cars  of  celery  en  route  to  market  show 
that  there  is  quite  a  difference  in  temperature  at  different  heights  in  the  car, 
both  in  the  ends  and  in  the  center.  There  is  also  quite  a  difference  in  tempera- 
ture between  the  ends  and  center  of  the  car  and  between  the  air  and  celery 
temperature  at  the  same  location.  The  temperature  records  are  so  similar  to 
those  secured  with  fruit  in  transit  that  the  author  believes  precooling  will  prove 
just  as  valuable  in  preventing  decay  in  the  shipment  of  vegetables  as  in  the 
shipment  of  fruit. 

The  temperature  records  secured  during  the  past  two  years  and  observa- 
tions in  a  large  number  of  storage  houses  during  the  past  three  years  have  led 
the  author  to  conclude  that  celery  is  never  inactive  while  in  storage.  Normal 
maturing  processes  go  on  in  storage  even  at  a  temperature  of  31  or  32°  until 
the  celery  is  ripe.  Decomposition  then  commences  and  never  stops  until  the 
celery  is  completely  decomposed.  Where  the  temperature  is  maintained  be- 
tween 30  and  32°  the  rate  of  ripening  and  decomposition  is  slow.  With  higher 
temperatures  or  with  fluctuating  temperatures  the  storage  period  is  much 
shorter. 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  kale,  T.  C.  Johnson  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  11 
(1914),  PP-  18-24). — A  progress  report  on  experiments  under  way  at  the  Virginia 
Truck  Experiment  Station  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  532)  to  determine  the  best  methods 
of  treating  truck  lands  in  the  vicinity  to  maintain  their  fertility. 

An  investigation  in  tomato  breeding,  P.  S.  Reeves  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
11  (1914),  pp.  24-26). — A  brief  statement  of  results  secured  the  first  year  in  an 
attempt  to  cross  the  tomato  with  Solanum  balbisii  to  get  a  frost-resistant 
tomato  suitable  for  conditions  in  Ontario. 

Study  of  the  inheritance  of  size  and  productiveness  in  pedigreed  strains 
of  tomatoes,  C.  E.  Myees  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  11  (1914),  pp.  26-33). — Initial 
selections  from  a  number  of  varieties  of  tomatoes  were  made  in  1911  with  the 
view  of  studying  the  inheritance  of  size  and  productiveness.  The  present  paper 
comprises  a  study  by  the  statistical  method  of  a  number  of  plant  selections 
within  the  variety  Earliana.  Although  the  experiment  has  not  been  conducted 
sufficiently  long  to  warrant  definite  conclusions,  it  is  believed  that  the  data 
presented  indicate  the  feasibility  of  improving  the  tomato  crop  by  careful 
selection. 

See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  146). 

Horticultural  investigations,  C.  I.  Lewis  (Oregon  Sta.,  Bien.  Rpt.  Hood 
River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  25-33). — Notes  are  given  on  some  orchard  fertilizer 
experiments  in  which  the  ingredients  are  being  applied  both  in  the  dry  form  and 
in  solution.  No  definite  conclusions  are  drawn  from  the  results,  which  repre- 
sent only  one  year's  work.  The  data  thus  far  secured  indicate,  however,  that 
orchard  trees  may  be  benefited  by  spraying  with  certain  fertilizer  solutions. 
In  one  experiment,  here  noted,  spraying  with  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  soda  and 
caustic  soda  resulted  in  a  better  color  of  foliage,  as  well  as  a  better  growth  of 
fruit  and  wood,  than  on  plats  where  nitrate  of  soda  was  broadcasted  dry  or 
sprayed  on  the  ground  in  solution.  An  increased  yield  of  fruit  and  a  decrease  in 
the  number  of  the  smaller  apples  were  also  observed  on  the  trees  sprayed  with 


236  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

the  solution.  The  increase  in  size  of  the  apples  was  accompanied  by  an  apparent 
dropping  off  in  color. 

Experiments  have  been  conducted  for  three  years,  in  which  alfalfa  and  clover 
were  grown  as  orchard  shade  crops.  The  results  thus  far  secured,  although 
not  decisive,  suggest  that  where  irrigation  is  done  well  and  a  sufficient  amount 
of  moisture  is  maintained  in  the  soil  trees  will  improve  in  vigor  where  alfalfa 
or  clover  is  grown  among  them.  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  absence  of  sufficient 
moisture  the  shade  crops  will  use  the  moisture  at  the  expense  of  the  trees. 

Further  results  witn  dynamite  for  tree  planting,  A.  J.  Farley  {Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Set.,  11  (1914),  pp.  127-130). — The  author  gives  additional  data  secured  in 
planting  apple  and  peach  trees  with  dynamite  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  535),  together 
with  the  i-esults  sec-ured  from  planting  pear  trees  with  dynamite. 

Summing  up  the  results  secured  during  the  past  three  years,  it  is  found  that 
with  peach  trees  planted  at  Vineland  by  the  use  of  dynamite  there  has  been  a 
noticeable  advantage  in  the  amount  of  branch  and  twig  development  over  trees 
set  in  the  usual  manner.  With  the  exception  of  the  first  season  there  has  been 
a  corresponding  advantage  in  the  circumference  of  the  trees.  A  similar  advan- 
tage in  branch  and  trunk  development  of  peach  trees  planted  with  dynamite  at 
New  Brunswick  observed  during  the  first  season  has  not  been  maintained  dur- 
ing the  second  and  third  seasons.  On  the  contrary,  the  advantage  is  now  in 
favor  of  the  undynamited  trees.  The  only  variety  producing  a  profitable  crop 
auring  the  third  summer  was  the  Carman.  The  crop  of  this  variety  showed 
suflicient  increase  in  favor  of  dynamiting  to  be  worth  more  than  enough  to  pay 
for  the  cost  of  the  dynamite  used  in  planting.  This  was  not  true  in  the  case  of 
the  varieties  Stump  and  Elberta. 

The  difference  in  twig  and  trunk  circumference  has  not  been  so  great  with 
apple  trees  as  with  peach  trees.  Pear  trees  after  two  years'  growth  showed  a 
slight  advantage  in  favor  of  dynamiting.  Trees  planted  with  dynamite  have 
developed  a  deeper  root  system  than  trees  planted  by  ordinary  methods.  The 
cost  of  planting  trees  with  dynamite  was  from  4  to  5  cts.  per  ti'ee  greater  than 
the  cost  of  ordinary  planting. 

Summing  up  the  experiments  as  a  whole,  it  is  concluded  that  in  the  majority 
of  cases  the  increased  growth  and  fruit  production  recorded  on  dynamited 
trees  is  not  great  enough  to  make  up  for  the  increased  cost  and  danger  involved 
in  planting.  The  use  of  dynamite  is  not  recommended  for  tree  planting  on  those 
soils  that  are  naturally  adapted  to  orcharding. 

Beport  of  committee  on  score  cards,  W.  H.  Axdeeman  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
11  (1914),  pp.  43-52). — The  present  report  represents  the  findings  of  the  com- 
mittee on  score  cards  of  the  Society  of  Horticultural  Science,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  ideal  sizes  for  exhibition  purposes  for  the  several  varieties  of  apples 
grown  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  study  of  apple  tree  characters  and  its  bearing'  on  variety  substitution, 
J.  K.  Shaw  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  11  {1914),  pp.  120-127).— This  comprises  a 
brief  survey  of  some  of  the  tree  characters  of  apples  that  are  of  value  in  identi- 
fying varieties,  together  with  descriptions  of  a  number  of  varieties  of  apples 
intended  to  apply  to  trees  from  the  age  of  two  to  five  or  six  years  as  they  appear 
during  late  summer  or  early  fall. 

Factors  correlated  with  hardiness  in  the  apple,  F.  W.  Allen  {Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Sci.,  11  {1914),  pp.  130-137).— The  author  reports  studies  of  twigs  repre- 
senting varieties  from  several  sections  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  but 
chiefly  from  a  small  nursery  planted  for  this  purpose  on  the  Iowa  Experiment 
Station  grounds.     About  33  varieties  were  included  in  the  test. 

Observations  made  relative  to  the  factors  of  maturity  and  water  content 
show  that  the  hardiest  varieties  mature  their  wood  from  a  few  days  to  several 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  237 

weeks  ahead  of  the  less  hardy  sorts.  The  hardier  varieties  function  during  the 
growing  season  with  a  smaller  amount  of  water  in  their  tissues.  During  a  spell 
of  very  severe  weather  they  retain  their  more  concentrated  cell  sap  and  are 
not  dried  out  so  readily  by  the  continued  cold.  By  taking  notes  on  maturity 
and  making  tests  to  determine  the  rate  of  transpiration  and  the  freezing  point 
of  the  cell  sap,  the  author  believes  that  a  pretty  accurate  idea  of  the  tree's 
hardiness  can  be  obtained. 

Studies  of  the  structure  and  composition  of  the  wood  suggest  that  there  is 
some  correlation  between  the  thickness  and  structure  of  the  bark  and  the  rate 
of  evaporation,  although  the  figures  obtained  from  a  large  number  of  examina- 
tions are  not  conclusive.  In  some  cases  the  maximum  thickness  of  the  bark  of 
the  more  tender  varieties  exceeded  the  minimum  thickness  of  bark  of  the 
hardier  varieties.  The  amount  of  stored  food  contained  in  the  twigs  appeared 
to  bear  some  relation  to  hardiness,  although  exceptions  were  noted.  Observa- 
tions relative  to  the  size  of  the  blossoms  indicate  that  none  of  the  varieties  pos- 
sessing large  size  and  thickness  of  petals  is  tender.  On  the  other  hand,  hardy 
varieties  do  not  always  have  the  thickest  petals.  Tests  made  relative  to  density 
of  wood,  although  not  conclusive,  indicate  that  there  is  some  correlation  between 
density   and  hardiness. 

Freezing  tests  were  conducted  to  determine,  if  possible,  the  temperature  at 
which  the  various  varieties  would  be  injured  under  a  given  condition  and  also 
to  determine  the  relation  between  the  moisture  content  and  the  ability  of  the 
twig  to  withstand  cold.  The  results  secured  with  a  number  of  varieties  are 
given.  In  general  the  twigs  were  found  to  be  either  killed  or  seriously  injured 
when  suddenly  subjected  to  a  very  low  temperature,  even  though  it  was  for  a 
sliort  time.  A  longer  period  of  moderate  cold  slightly  injured  the  hardier  varie- 
ties and  killed  most  of  the  tender  varieties. 

The  relation  of  climate  to  varieties  of  apples,  R.  M.  Winslow  (Proc.  Soc. 
Hart.  ScL,  11  (1914),  pp.  137-148). — The  author  presents  data  showing  the  main 
features  of  the  growing  seasons  of  dilTerent  sections  of  British  Columbia,  in- 
cluding temperature  and  rainfall  observations  and  notes  on  the  adaptability  of 
the  more  important  varieties  of  apples  to  climatic  conditions  in  the  different 
sections. 

A  preliminary  consideration  of  one  phase  of  meteorological  influence  on 
plants,  indicated  by  hand  pollination  of  several  commercial  varieties  of 
apples,  W.  F.  Fletchek  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  11  {1914),  pp.  116-119). — During 
the  6-year  period,  1905  to  1910,  the  author  conducted  hand  pollination  tests  in 
an  orchard  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley  with  several  commercial  varieties  of 
apples  in  different  combinations  of  meteorological  conditions.  The  results 
from  this  work  led  him  to  the  following  conclusions,  which  are  here  presented 
to  indicate  a  line  of  research  which  has  received  little  attention : 

"  The  sterility  or  fertility  of  apple  blossoms  depends  largely  upon  local  con- 
ditions. In  this  statement  due  allowance  is  made  for  the  tendencies  of  dif- 
ferent varieties  toward  light  or  heavy  crop  setting  character  or  productivity. 
The  affinity  between  two  varieties  is  governed  by  local  conditions  immediately 
attendant  on  pollination.  Periods  of  rapid  evaporation,  that  is,  high  tem- 
peratures, strong  winds,  and  dry  air  at  the  time  of  receptivity  of  the  stigmas 
are  detrimental  to  the  setting  of  fruit.  The  shock  or  the  effect  of  undue  ex- 
posure to  the  pistils  previous  to  their  natural  opening  or  at  the  time  of 
receptivity  is  so  great  and  varies  so  much  under  slight  changes  of  atmospheric 
conditions  as  to  negative  all  comparative  work  in  hand-manipulated  cross 
pollination." 

54530°— No.  3—16 4 


238  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Osmotic  relationships  and  incipient  drying  with  apples,  W.  H.  Chandleb 
{Proc.  Soc.  Iloi-t.  ScL,  11  (1914),  PP.  112-116).— The  results  are  given  of  some 
preliminary  experiments  conducted  by  the  author  and  A.  J.  Heinicke  relative 
to  incipient  drying  of  both  leaves  and  fruit  of  the  apple. 

The  data  secured  show  a  fairly  large  incipient  drying  in  the  leaves  of  apples 
and  an  appreciable  incipient  drying  in  the  fruit.  The  incipient  drying  shows 
earlier  with  the  leaves  than  with  the  fruit,  and  the  leaves  recover  moisture 
under  favorable  conditions  much  faster  than  the  fruit.  Moisture  determina- 
tions of  detached  and  attached  fruits  show  conclusively  that  the  loss  of  water 
from  the  fruits  was  due  to  its  being  drawn  from  the  fruits  toward  the  leaves 
rather  than  to  evaporation.  Although  the  author  does  not  consider  the  effect  of 
large  leaf  surface  in  drawing  water  from  the  fruits  at  times  to  be  a  determining 
factor  so  far  as  size  of  fruit  is  concerned,  it  is  suggested  that  this  effect  may 
enter  as  one  of  the  many  possible  sources  of  error  in  the  interpretation  of 
experiments  dealing  with  orchard  culture  problems. 

Experimental  results  in  young  orchards  in  Pennsylvania,  J.  P.  Stewart 
(Proc.  Soc.  Hart.  Sci.,  11  (1914),  PP-  101-111).— The  substance  of  this  paper 
has  appeared  in  a  subsequent  bulletin  of  the  Pennsylvania  Experiment  Station 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  238). 

A  fertilizer  experiment  with  peaches,  C.  A.  McCue  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
11  (1914),  pp.  8^-91). — A  progress  report  on  a  long-time  experiment  with 
peaches  being  conducted  at  the  Delaware  Experiment  Station  to  determine  the 
effect  of  certain  plant  food  elements  upon  the  physiology  of  the  tree.  At  the 
time  of  this  report  the  experiment  had  been  running  for  seven  years. 

Observations  that  have  been  made  of  the  effect  of  different  fertilizing  elements 
upon  color  of  fruit  led  to  the  tentative  conclusion  that  any  effect  of  nitrogen, 
potash,  or  phosphoric  acid  upon  color  is  secondary.  For  example,  the  deficiency 
in  color  in  plats  heavily  fertilized  with  nitrogen  is  attributed  to  the  profuse 
growth  of  foliage  shutting  off  the  light  rather  than  to  the  direct  effect  of  the 
nitrogen.  The  potash  plats  imd  practically  the  same  intensity  of  color  as  the 
check  plat.  Heavy  applications  of  phosphoric  acid  appear  to  have  a  somewhat 
deadening  effect  upon  color  without  decreasing  the  actual  amount  of  color.  Trees 
that  were  treated  with  nitrogen  or  combinations  of  nitrogen  and  potash  are 
characterized  by  their  general  thriftiness. 

Tests  thus  far  made  with  reference  to  the  keeping  quality  of  the  fruit  from 
the  various  plats  indicate  that  potash  has  some  beneficial  effect  in  increasing 
the  period  of  soundness  of  the  fruit.  Heavy  phosphoric  acid  applications  delayed 
ripening  about  two  days  and  potash  hastened  it  one  day.  Nitrogen  either  in 
combination  or  alone  delayed  ripening  from  a  week  to  ten  days.  With  combi- 
nations of  nitrogen  and  potash  the  retarding  effect  of  the  nitrogen  is  dominant. 
Observations  thus  far  made  do  not  show  any  effect  of  fertilizers  on  the  time 
of  blooming.  The  results  relative  to  the  effect  of  fertilizers  upon  the  time  of 
wood  ripening  in  the  fall  are  inconclusive  but  indicate,  contrary  to  common 
opinion,  that  heavy  applications  of  nitrogeneous  fertilizers  do  not  make  a  soft 
immature  wood.  It  is  suggested  that  the  regulation  of  the  soil  moisture  has 
a  more  intimate  connection  with  fall  ripening  of  wood  and  bud  than  does  plant 
food.  As  in  the  case  of  color  of  fruit,  light  appears  to  be  the  most  important 
factor  Influencing  the  color  of  twigs.  Although  no  definite  conclusion  can  be 
made  at  this  time,  tests  made  for  several  years  of  pollen  from  the  various 
fertilizer  plats  suggest  that  plant  food  does  have  an  effect  upon  the  viability 
and  longevity  of  the  pollen. 

Data  are  given  showing  the  calculated  yields  per  acre  from  the  different 
plats  during  the  three  years,  1912  to  1914.  Heavy  applications  of  nitrate 
of  soda  have  been  beneficial  to  fruit  production.     Still  better  results  have  been 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  239 

secured  where  potash  was  combined  with  nitrogen.  Records  of  costs  and  re- 
ceipts from  the  various  plats  show  in  brief  that  the  larger  the  amount  of 
nitrogen  used  per  acre  the  greater  were  the  financial  returns  upon  the  invest- 
ment. 

The  effect  of  certain  mineral  fertilizers  upon  streng-th.  of  wood  in  the 
peach  tree,  C.  A.  McCi-e  {.Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  ScL,  12  (1915),  pp.  113-118).— In 
connection  with  the  above  noted  experiment  tests  were  made  to  determine  the 
effect  of  certain  plant  food  elements  upon  strength  of  wood  in  peach  trees. 

The  results  thus  far  secured  have  failed  to  throw  very  much  light  upon  the 
influence  of  nitrogen,  potash,  and  phosphoric  acid  in  strengthening  or  weaken- 
ing wood  structures.  Almost  as  much  variation  was  found  in  the  strength  of 
wood  from  any  one  block  of  trees  as  in  the  averages  for  the  different  blocks. 
The  author  is  of  the  opinion  that  even  greater  differences  in  strength  of  wood 
can  be  obtained  by  different  pruning  methods  than  were  obtained  by  different 
fertilizer  treatments. 

Methods  and  results  in  grape  breeding-,  R.  D.  Anthony  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort. 
Sci.,  11  (1914),  pp.  81-86). — The  author  discusses  some  of  the  points  observed  in 
the  course  of  breeding  investigations  conducted  by  various  investigators  during 
the  past  25  years  at  the  New  York  State  Station  and  summarizes  some  of  the 
more  important  results  secured  in  these  investigations.  The  results  of  the 
work  have  been  similarly  summarized  in  a  paper  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  641). 

Recent  work  with  Vitis  vinifera  in  New  York,  U.  P.  Hedrick  (Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Sci.,  11  (1914),  PP-  77-Si ) .—Experiments  started  at  the  New  York  State 
Station  in  1911  with  101  varieties  of  European  grapes  have  shown  that  many 
varieties  of  the  European  grape  can  be  grown  in  the  eastern  United  States, 
providing  they  are  grafted  on  phylloxera-resistant  stocks  and  given  winter  pro- 
tection. 

Two  methods  have  been  employed  in  protecting  the  grapes.  In  one  the  vines 
have  been  covered  with  a  few  inches  of  earth ;  in  the  other  the  vines  have  been 
wrapped  with  straw.  The  earth  covering  was  the  cheapest  and  most  efficient 
method. 

Of  85  varieties  of  V.  vinifera  now  fruiting  on  the  station  grounds  a  consid- 
erable number  are  here  listed  as  worth  trying  on  a  larger  scale.  In  view  of  the 
larger  yields  secured  from  European  grapes  as  compared  with  our  native  grapes, 
attention  is  called  to  the  desirability  of  carrying  on  experiments  with  special 
reference   to   the    cultural   requirements   of   V.    vinifera   in   eastern  America. 

Growing  and  grafting  olive  seedlings  (California  Sta.  Bui.  268  (1916),  pp. 
303-326,  figs,  i^).— This  bulletin  consists  of  two  parts. 

I.  Growing  olive  seedlings,  F.  T.  Bioletti  and  W.  F.  Oglesby  (pp.  305-321).— 
The  results  are  given  of  experiments  conducted  to  determine  a  method  of  sepa- 
rating good  seed  from  poor,  the  best  preliminary  treatment  of  seed  to  facilitate 
germination,  and  the  best  conditions  of  planting  to  promote  quick  and  uniform 
germination.  Most  of  the  germination  tests  were  made  with  the  Redding 
variety.  Based  on  the  results  as  a  whole,  a  simple  and  rapid  method  of  raising 
Redding  seedlings  for  grafting  stock  is  recommended  in  substance  as  follows: 

The  perfectly  ripe  fruit  should  be  soaked  in  a  3  or  4  per  cent  soda  lye  for 
several  hours  to  soften  the  skin.  After  washing  off  the  lye  the  pulp  can  be  re- 
moved by  rubbing  through  a  wire  sieve  of  ^  in.  mesh.  The  clean  seed  is  placed 
in  a  25  per  cent  brine  solution  and  all  floating  seed  rejected. 

Of  various  methods  tested  for  facilitating  germination  clipping  the  apex 
or  pointed  end  of  the  seed  has  given  the  best  results.  This  is  done  with  a  clipper 
specially  designed  to  prevent  injury  to  the  seed.     The  clipped  seed  is  planted 


240  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

about  0.125  to  0.25  in.  deep  directly  iu  flats  containing  a  light  porous  soil,  the 
surface  of  the  soil  being  covered  with  a  light  layer  of  sifted  moss  or  similar 
material. 

The  planted  flats  are  watered  only  sufficiently  to  prevent  a  complete  drying 
out  of  the  layer  around  the  seed.  The  warmer  they  are  kept  the  more  rapidly 
the  seed  will  germinate  and  grow.  Some  of  the  seedlings  come  up  in  four  or 
five  weeks,  others  continue  to  come  up  for  two,  three,  or  more  months.  The 
seedlings  are  transplanted  into  beds  at  the  end  of  about  five  mouths,  or  when 
they  are  about  4  or  5  in.  high. 

The  potted  seedlings  are  kept  in  a  greenhouse,  lath  house,  or  other  protected 
place  until  the  following  spring  vphen  they  can  be  planted  in  the  nursery.  They 
may  be  budded  in  the  autumn  or  grafted  the  next  spring. 

II.  Grafting  olive  seedlings,  F.  T.  Bioletti  and  F.  C.  H.  Floss feder  (pp. 
322-326). — The  results  are  given  of  experiments  conducted  to  determine  a  good 
method  of  tying,  waxing,  and  covering  nursery  grafts.  The  method  giving  the 
best  results  consisted  in  tying  the  grafts  with  a  cotton  string  without  waxing 
and  covering  with  soil  to  the  top  of  the  scion.  When  the  grafts  were  covered 
deeply  waxing  proved  to  be  detrimental. 

Heredity  studies  with  the  carnation,  C.  H.  Connors  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
11  {1914),  pp.  95-100,  fig.  1). — A  discussion  of  the  results  secured  in  the  author's 
breeding  work  at  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations. 

The  work  thus  far  conducted  shows  "  that  in  crossing  a  yellow  carnation 
with  white,  red  being  present  as  a  latent  character,  white  is  dominant  over 
yellow  and  red.  In  the  second  generation,  yellow  will  be  dominant  over  red 
unless  the  red  be  strongly  evidenced,  in  which  case  red  is  dominant  over  yellow. 
In  some  yellow  carnations  the  presence  of  red  is  associated  with  the  presence 
of  perfect  sexual  organs.  The  probability  of  two  kinds  of  white,  homozygous 
and  heterozygous,  as  dominants  is  strongly  suspected." 

The  humidity  factor  in  rose  culture,  M.  A.  Blake  {Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
11  {WlJf),  pp.  92-94). — The  substance  of  this  paper  has  been  included  in  a 
subsequent  bulletin  of  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
34,  p.  44). 

FOKESTRY. 

Michigan  manual  of  forestry. — II,  Forest  valuation,  F.  Roth  {Ann  Arbor, 
Mich.:  Author,  1916,  vol.  2,  pp.  V+171,  figs.  7). — The  present  treatise  on  forest 
valuation  comprises  part  2  of  the  author's  manual  and  text-book  of  forestry 
(E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  46).  The  introductory  chapter  discusses  the  literature, 
scope,  application,  and  history  of  valuation.  The  succeeding  chapters  treat 
in  detail  of  the  arithmetic  of  forest  valuation,  application  of  valuation,  rela- 
tion of  capital  and  Income  in  forestry,  rotation,  value  of  stumpage,  damage 
in  timber,  taxation  of  forests,  fire  insurance  in  forestry,  and  right  use  of 
land. 

Structural  timber  in  the  TTnited  States,  H.  S.  Betts  and  W.  B.  GnEELET 
{Internal.  Engin.  Cong.,  1915,  Sept.  20-25,  Adv.  Copy,  pp.  50,  pis.  2,  figs.  16).— 
A  paper  presented  at  the  International  Engineering  Congi*ess,  San  Francisco, 
in  1915,  In  which  the  author  surveys  the  timber  resources  of  the  United 
States  with  reference  primarily  to  structural  uses.  Information  regarding 
the  species  of  particular  Interest  to  engineers  is  presented,  together  with  a 
summary  of  the  data  obtained  by  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture  on  their  mechanical  properties  and  structural  values.  A  brief 
reference  Is  also  made  to  grading  rules  and  commercial  specifications  for 
structural  timbers. 


1916]  FORESTRY.  241 

Laboratory  tests  on  the  durability  of  American  woods. — I,  Flask  tests  on 
conifers,  C.  J.  Humphuey  {Mycoloyia,  8  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  80-92,  pi.  i).— The 
author  reports  results  of  durability  tests,  extending  over  periods  of  4,  6,  and 
12  montlis,  of  a  number  of  American  woods. 

Tlie  tests  were  conducted  in  2-liter  Erlenmeyer  flasks,  plugged  rather  lightly 
with  absorbent  cotton  and  capped  with  thin  muslin  which  had  been  saturated 
in  a  dilute  solution  of  mercuric  chlorid.  The  test  blocks  were  placed  in  the 
flask  together  with  "  culture  blocks  "  and  then  inoculated  with  a  culture  of 
Lentimis  lepideus,  grown  on  a  bean  pod.  The  "  culture  blocks  "  were  irregular 
hemlock  blocks  introduced  as  a  medium  to  support  a  vigorous  growth  of  the 
fungus  in  order  to  secure  a  uniform  and  severe  infection  of  the  test  blocks. 

The  blocks  were  weighed  before  and  after  the  test  and  the  percentage  loss 
calculated  from  these  data. 

Preservative  treatment  of  timber,  H.  F.  Weiss  and  C.  H.  Teesdale  {Inter- 
nat.  Engin.  Cong..  1915,  Sept.  20-25,  Adv.  Copy,  pp.  45,  figs.  3).— This  paper, 
presented  at  the  International  Engineering  Congi-ess,  San  Francisco,  in  1915, 
comprises  a  general  review  of  the  results  obtained  in  the  United  States  in 
preserving  wood.  A  partial  bibliography  of  the  subject,  covering  American 
practice,  is  appended. 

The  properties  of  balsa  wood  (Ochroma  lagopus),  R.  C.  Cakpentee  (Proc. 
Amer.  Soc.  Civ.  Fyiigin.,  42  {.1916),  No.  5,  pp.  649-619,  figs.  16).— Thin  paper 
shows  the  microscopical  structure  of  balsa  wood  and  also  gives  various  tests 
of  its  transverse  and  compressive  strength.  This  wood  has  been  used  in  the 
past  as  a  buoyancy  product  for  life  preservers  and  in  connection  with  the 
fenders  of  life  boats  and  rafts.  The  various  tests  which  were  made  of  the 
insulating  properties  of  this  wood  indicate  that  it  may  prove  of  value  as  an 
insulating  material. 

Notes  on  the  ancestry  of  the  beech,  E.  W.  Beery  {Plant  World,  19  {1916), 
No.  3,  pp.  68-77,  figs.  2 ) . — A  brief  historical  sketch  of  the  beechea 

British  Columbia  Douglas  fir  (Pseudotsuga  taxifolia)  {Brit.  Columbia 
Govt..,  Forest  Branch  Bui.  14  {1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  10).— An  account  of  the 
Douglas  fir,  with  special  reference  to  strength  values  under  different  tests  as 
compared  vpith  other  species  of  structural  timber. 

British  Columbia  western  soft  pine  (Pinus  ponderosa)  {Brit.  Columbia 
Govt.,  Forest  Branch  Bui.  17  {1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  17). — An  account  of  this  species 
with  reference  to  its  distribution  and  habit  of  growth,  characteristics,  and 
uses  of  the  wood. 

Influence  of  the  intensity  of  thinnings  on  the  yield  of  young  regular 
stands  of  spruce,  E.  Mer  {Rev.  Eaux  et  ForSts,  54  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  45-53). — 
In  continuation  of  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.  31,  p.  444)  the  author  gives  the 
results  of  thinning  experiments  started  in  1899  in  which  young  spruce  stands 
received  thinnings  of  different  intensities  with  special  reference  to  the  effect 
of  the  thinnings  on  yield.  The  results  in  general  indicate  that  both  early  and 
relatively  hea\T  thinnings  act  advantageously  on  future  yield. 

Manuring  experiments  on  rubber,  B.  Bunting  {Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States, 
4  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  125-141). — This  comprises  a  progress  report  on  experiments 
conducted  to  determine  the  influence  of  different  manures  on  the  yield  of  dry 
rubber  as  measured  by  yield  records  for  a  period  of  11  months. 

The  differences  thus  far  are  too  small  to  attempt  comparative  values  on  the 
effect  of  the  manures.  The  use  of  lime  in  connection  with  the  different  ele- 
ments has  resulted  in  increased  yields,  a  complete  fertilizer  to  which  lime  was 
added  giving  considerable  increase  in  yield.  In  addition  to  yield  data  records 
are  given  of  girth  increase  and  cost  of  manures. 


242  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.  33 

Forest  experiments  on  heath  lands,  C.  Dalgas  {Hedeselak.  Tidsskr.,  1915, 
Nos.  2,  pp.  21-36,  figs.  13;  6,  pp.  74-90,  figs.  14;  8,  pp.  IOI-II4,  figs.  9).— The 
results  are  given  of  experiments  conducted  in  state  and  private  plantations  in 
the  culture  of  different  species  of  evergreens  on  heath  lauds. 

Handling'  the  farm  woodlot,  C.  W.  Eaton  (Univ.  Me.  Ext.  Bui.  105  {1916), 
pp.  16,  fig.  1). — This  bulletin  deals  primarily  with  methods  of  estimating  wood- 
lot  timber  and  of  selling  the  timber  to  greater  advantage. 

Forest  planting  in  Wisconsin,  W.  D.  Barnard  (Wis.  Coivserv.  Com.  Bui.  1 
(1916),  pp.  34,  figs.  11). — This  bulletin  gives  an  account  of  the  reforestation 
work  accomplished  by  the  State  and  by  private  agencies,  specific  directions  for 
reforesting  land,  and  silvical  notes  on  a  number  of  important  species. 

Forests  of  Yosemite,  Sequoia,  and  General  Grant  National  Parks,  C.  L. 
Hill  (Z7.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Off.  Sec.  [Pub.'],  1916,  pp.  39,  figs.  22).— A  popular 
descriptive  account  of  forest  types  and  species  in  these  parks. 

Treatment  of  the  forests  of  Mexico,  H.  Burcez  {Dept.  Basques  IMexieo] 
Bol.  Forest.  Propaganda,  2  {1914),  pp.  14,  pls.  3). — This  bulletin  comprises  sug- 
gestions relative  to  systems  of  managing  Mexican  forests. 

Report  of  the  forestry  branch,  E.  J.  Zavitz  {Rpt.  Alin.  Lands,  Forests  and 
Alines,  Ontario,  1915,  pp.  69-89,  figs.  8). — A  report  on  the  operations  of  the 
forestry  branch  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  for  the  year  ended  October  31, 
1915.     Special  consideration  is  given  to  railway  fire  protection  work. 

Reports  of  the  forestry  administration  for  1914  {Skogsvurdsfor.  Tidskr., 
No.  10  {1915),  Bilag.  2,  pp.  IV+4O8  figs.  27).— This  comprises  reports  from  the 
various  districts  of  Sweden  relative  to  the  constitution,  management,  adminis- 
tration, and  various  operations  on  the  state  forests,  including  a  financial  state- 
ment for  the  year. 

Forest  protection  laws  and  suggestions  for  the  development  of  an  ade- 
quate law,  K.  E.  Kallin  {Skogsvurdsfor.  Tidskr.,  No.  1  {1916),  pp.  1-49,  figs. 
2-J ) . — This  comprises  a  historical  sketch  of  the  forest  protection  laws  of  Sweden, 
together  with  a  description  of  the  various  forestry  districts  and  suggestions 
relative  to  the  development  and  application  of  an  effective  forest-protection  law. 

Progress  report  of  forest  administration  in  the  Jammu  and  Kashmir  State 
for  the  year  1914-15,  W.  H.  LovEGRO^'E  {Rpt.  Forest  Admin.  Jammu  and 
Kashmir  [India],  1914-15,  pp.  II-\-27-\-LIV). — The  usual  report  relative  to  the 
administration  and  management  of  the  state  forests  in  Jammu  and  Kashmir, 
including  a  financial  statement  for  the  year  1914-15.  Data  relative  to  altera- 
tions in  forest  areas,  various  forest  operations,  yields  in  major  and  minor 
forest  products,  revenues,  expenditures,  etc.,  are  appended  in  tabular  form. 

Progress  report  of  forest  administration  in  the  Punjab  for  the  year 
1914-15,  R.  MclNTOSH  {Rpt.  Forest  Admin.  Punjab,  1914-15,  pp.  3+20+LX).— 
A  report  similar  to  the  above  relative  to  the  administration  and  management 
of  the  state  forests  of  the  Punjab  for  the  year  1914-15. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Miscellaneous  pathological  projects,  H.  S.  Jackson  and  J.  R.  Winston 
{Oregon  Sta.,  Bien.  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  19-24). — Preliminary 
reports  are  given  on  investigations  of  the  so-called  winter  injury  or  die-back  in 
apples,  apple  fruit  spots  and  rots,  mushroom  root  rot  of  apples  and  other  trees 
and  plants,  and  general  observations  on  plant  diseases. 

The  so-called  winter  injury,  it  is  claimed,  is  not  the  result  of  winter  condi- 
tions, but  it  seems  probable  that  it  has  some  relation  with  the  soil  and  moisture 
conditions.  All  attempts  to  isolate  an  organism  have  given  negative  results 
and  it  is  thought  that  an  improvement  in  the  mechanical  and  water-holding 


1916]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  243 

capacity  of  the  soil,  together  with  a  uniform  supply  of  moisture  throughout  the 
year,  will  prevent  the  injury. 

Under  the  heading  of  apple  fruit  spots  and  rots,  the  authors  descrihe  bitter 
pit  or  dry  rot,  with  which  no  organism  has  been  definitely  associated,  Jonathan 
fruit  spot  which  is  said  to  be  a  serious  disease  of  the  Spitzenberg  and  otlier 
varieties,  pink  spot  of  Newtown  apples,  the  cause  of  which  has  not  been 
definitely  established,  and  apple-tree  anthracnose  as  a  fruit  rot.  In  this  case 
the  fungus  has  been  definitely  isolated  and  found  to  cause  both  forms  of 
disease. 

The  mushroom  root  rot  of  apples  and  other  trees  is  said  to  be  quite  serious 
in  parts  of  the  Hood  River  Valley,  attacking  many  varieties  of  orchai'd  trees 
and  shrubs  as  well  as  garden  plants.  Satisfactory  methods  of  control  appar- 
ently consist  of  thorough  aeration  of  the  soil  about  the  trees. 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  the  parasitic  fungi  of  Colombia,  H.  and  P. 
Sydow  (In  Voyage  d' Exploration  Scientifique  en  Colombie.  Neuchdtel:  Mem. 
Sac.  Neuchdtel.  Sci.  Nat.,  191^,  pp.  432-441,  fig.  1). — This  list  contains  the  fungi 
collected  by  Mayor  exclusive  of  the  Uredinese  as  noted  on  page  245.  Of  the  42 
species  listed,  11  are  described  as  new.  One  of  these  is  considered  to  represent 
a  new  genus  and  has  received  the  name  Melanochlamys  leucoptera. 

Parasites  of  cultivated  plants  in  Arg'entina,  L.  Hauman-Meeck  (Centbl. 
Bakt.  [efc],  2.  Abt.,  43  (1915),  No.  14-16,  pp.  i2M5.)).— Besides  a  discussion 
of  diseases  more  or  less  important  in  Argentina,  lists  are  given  of  local  or  more 
extended  causes  of  injury  or  diseases  of  plants,  including  bacteria,  fungi,  algse, 
phanerogamic  parasites,  and  Cuscuta  ;  also  lists  of  such  enemies  attacking  plants 
according  to  their  groupings  as  garden,  forage,  ornamental,  industrial,  orchard, 
and  forest  plants.    A  bil)liography  is  appended. 

Report  of  the  Institute  for  Phylopatholog'y  in  Wageningen  in  1913,  J. 
KiTZEMA  Bos  (Aleded.  Rijks  Hoogere  Land,  Tuin  en  Boschbouwsch.  [Wage7iin- 
gen],  8  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  249-338). — This  report  deals  systematically  in  some 
detail  with  phases  of  loss  in  plant  industry  due  to  causes  of  inorganic,  parasitic, 
physiological,  or  unknown  character. 

Report  on  injuries  and  diseases  of  cultivated  plants  in  the  Rhine  Province 
in  1913,  E.  ScHAFFNiT  and  G.  LtJSTNER  (Veroffentl.  Landw.  Kammer  Rhein- 
prov.,  No.  3  (1915),  pp.  69). — This  contains  reports  from  Bonn-Poppelsdorf  and 
Geisenheim  separately,  including,  besides  sections  on  the  weather  and  unfavor- 
able agencies  nonparasitic  in  character,  accounts  of  injury  or  losses  due  to 
animals  or  to  cryptogamic  parasites  attacking  economic  plants  as  systematically 
discussed  by  classes. 

Diseases  and  enemies  of  cultivated  plants  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies  in 
1914,  A.  A.  L.  Rutgers  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies'^, 
Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  15  (1915),  pp.  45). — This  discussion,  besides 
dealing  with  insect  pests  of  agricultural  plants,  mentions  as  appearing  here  in 
1914  for  the  first  time  rice  smut  (Tilletia  horrida),  Pestalozzia  palmarum  on 
Hevea  trunks,  and  a  Diplodia  attacking  the  roots  of  Hevea  stumps.  Under  the 
names  of  the  various  hosts,  reports  are  given  regarding  diseases  affecting  a 
considerable  number  of  agricultural  and  other  plants. 

Injury  from  smoke,  late  frost,  frost  drying-,  and  their  diagnosis,  F.  W. 
Neger  (Tharand.  Forstl.  Jahrb.,  66  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  195-212,  fig.  i).— This  is 
an  account  of  observations  and  experiments  regarding  leaf  injury  or  loss  as 
related  to  such  factors  as  light,  heat,  darkness,  fungi,  sulphur  dioxid,  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  mechanical  injuries. 

The  occurrence  of  sulphur  dioxid  injury  to  plants  in  the  Selby  smoke  zone, 
W.  W.  Jones  (U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Mines  Bui.  98  (1915),  pp.  398-427,  pis.  5).— 
This  report  deals  mainly  with  the  occurrence  of  sulphur  dioxid  injury  and  of 


244  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

common  fungus  diseases,  also  with  sucli  matters  as  the  presence  of  insect  pests, 
the  nature  of  the  soil,  and  local  control  methods  and  practices.  Conditions  are 
detailed  as  said  to  exist  on  a  number  of  farms. 

Conditions  of  plant  life  in  the  Selby  smoke  zone,  January  1  to  July  1, 
1914,  J.  W.  Blankinship  {U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Bur.  Mines  Bui.  98  (1915),  pp. 
3S1-S97,  pis.  4,  fiff-  1 )  • — It  is  stated  that  as  a  rule  three  kinds  of  injury  to  plants 
may  be  produced  by  emanations  from  smelters,  namely,  flue  dust  injury,  due 
to  the  absorption  of  poisons  from  the  soil  by  the  roots ;  acid  spot  injury  to  stems, 
foliage,  and  fruit,  caused  by  drops  of  sulphuric  acid,  usually  condensed  about 
small  particles  of  flue  dust ;  and  sulphur  dioxid  injury  to  foliage,  or  more 
rarely  to  stems  or  floral  parts,  due  to  absorption  through  the  respiratory  system, 
or  in  some  instances  through  the  epidermal  cells.  The  conditions  for  the  sul- 
phur dioxid  injury,  the  form  most  usual  in  this  connection,  are  more  favorable 
in  moist  than  in  dry  weather. 

The  parasitism  of  seeds  and  its  importance  in  general  biology,  V.  Galippb 
(Com.pt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  112-119).— In  this 
report,  with  which  some  discussion  is  also  given,  it  Is  claimed  that  the  study 
of  a  number  of  flowers  has  shown  the  presence  ef  parasites  in  the  anther, 
pollen,  and  stigma,  also  in  the  style  and  ovary,  of  a  considerable  proportion  of 
those  examined.  It  is  thought  that  the  facts  as  noted  may  bear  a  relation  to 
anomalies  of  germination  percentages  and  of  other  kinds. 

Crown  gall  studies  showing  changes  in  plant  structures  due  to  a  changed 
stimulus,  E.  F.  Smith  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  Jf, 
pp.  179-182,  pis.  6). — A  prelimiuai-y  account  is  given  of  recent  experiments  with 
crown  gall  in  which  the  author  describes  the  effect  of  inoculation  into  the 
cambium,  the  fundamental  tissue  of  young  stems,  the  leaf  axils  of  gi'owing 
plants,  and  into  loaf  tissue. 

As  a  result  of  his  investigations  the  author  is  led  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  immature  cell,  wherever  it  is  located,  carries  the  inheritance  of  the  whole 
organism,  and  that  what  it  will  finally  become,  as  it  matui*es,  is  dependent 
upon  the  stimuli  withheld  from  it  or  applied  to  it.  In  other  words,  the  stimulus 
may  be  either  physiological,  resulting  in  a  normal  structure,  or  pathological, 
resulting  in  an  emljryonic  teratoma,  as  when  a  tumor-producing  schizomycete  is 
introduced  into  sensitive  growing  tissues. 

Horsehair  blights,  T.  Fetch  (Ann.  Roy.  Bot.  Gard.  Peradeniya,  6  (1915), 
No.  1,  pp.  Jf3-68,  pis.  6). — Discussion  is  given  of  the  characters  and  habits  of 
Marnsmius  equicrinis,  growing  only  on  dead  tissues ;  M.  obscuratus,  apparently 
also  saprophytic;  a  new  species  described  as  M.  coronatus,  not  known  to  be 
parasitic;  and  some  imdetermined  species.  A  fungus  which  has  been  con- 
sidered provisionally  as  a  fructification  of  an  undetermined  horsehair  blight 
is  described  as  Xylaria  vagans  n.  sp. 

The  effect  of  the  host  on  the  morphology  of  certain  species  of  Gymnospo- 
rangium,  B.  O.  Dodge  (Bui.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  1,2  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  519-542, 
pis.  2). — The  author  has  begun  a  study  of  the  relation  of  the  particular  host 
to  specific  differences  in  the  parasite  in  case  of  species  of  Gymnosporangium, 
some  results  from  which  are  tabulated  and  discussed. 

It  is  considered  as  possible  that  O.  fraternum  and  O.  biseptatuni  may  be  two 
distinct  species  which  happen  to  have  secidia  much  alike  on  Amelanchier.  The 
determination  of  the  infection  limits  of  these  two  species  so  far  as  it  has  been 
accomplished  has  raised  the  questions  whether  O.  fraternum  on  Amelanchier 
goes  back  to  the  cedar  as  O.  fraternum,  or  as  O.  biseptatum,  or  as  both,  and 
whether  G.  biseptatum,  on  Amelanchier  goes  back  to  the  cedar  and  reappears 
as  O.  biseptatum;  or  as  G.  fraternum,  or  as  both  of  these  forms. 


1016]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  245 

Contribution  to  tlie  study  of  the  XJredineEe  of  Colombia,  E.  Mayor  (In 
Voyage  d'Eavploration  ^clenUfiquc  en  Colombie.  Nevahdtel:  Mem.  8oc.  Neu- 
■chdtel.  Sci.  Nat.,  1914,  pp.  442-599,  figs.  105).— The  author  lists  as  having  been 
found  in  Colombia  158  species  belonging  to  the  Uredinere  which  are  included  in 
13  genera.  Of  the  83  species  described  as  new,  one  is  considered  to  represent  a 
new  genus,  whicli  lias  received  the  name  Chrysocelis  lupini. 

Diseases  of  grains  and  forage  crops,  M.  T.  Cook  and  J.  P.  Helyas  {Neto 
Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  51  (1915),  pp.  3-8). — Descriptions  are  given  of  the  principal 
diseases  of  oats,  wheat,  corn,  barley,  alfalfa,  and  clover,  with  suggestions  for 
their  control. 

Control  of  Fusarium,  I.  Wkidnek  (Illus.  Landw.  Ztg.,  S5  {1915),  No.  53,  pp. 
351,  352,  figs.  4)- — Describing  experiments  testing  some  fungicides  for  control 
of  Fusarium  on  cereals,  the  author  states  that  the  preparations  Fusariol  and 
Sublimoform,  as  furnished  by  the  Munich  Agricultural  and  Botanic  Institute, 
are  found  to  be  remarkably  simple,  effective,  and  inexpensive  means  for  control 
of  this  fungus  on  grain  intended  for  seed. 

Experiments  in  control  of  club  root  of  crucifers,  A.  Naumann  (Flora,  K. 
Sachs.  Oesell.  Bot.  u.  Gartenbuit  Dresden,  Sit:;ber.  u.  Ahluindl.,  n.  ser.,  17 
(1912-13),  pp.  62-7S,  pi.  1,  figs.  3). — An  account  is  given  of  tests  from  which 
good  results  as  regards  control  of  Plasmodioplwra  brassiccB  were  obtained  h|^ 
the  employment  of  a  patented  preparation.  The  favorable  effects  are  attributed 
to  the  large  proportion  of  lime  and  the  loosening  and  aeration  of  the  soil  due 
to  the  addition  of  mold,  without  which  the  good  effects  of  the  lime  appeared  to 
have  been  considerably  lessened. 

Combined  fungus  attacks  on  some  root  crops,  J.  Eriksson  (Ztschr.  Pflanzen- 
kranlc,  25  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  65-71,  figs.  5). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  the 
simultaneous  occurrence  on  kohl-rabi  of  Fusarium  brassicce  and  Pseudomonas 
campestris,  also  on  beets  of  F.  b-etce  and  Phorna  betw. 

Crown  gall  of  alfalfa,  J.  Ritzema  Bos  (Tijdschr.  Plant enziekten,  20  (1914), 
No.  4,  pp.  107-114,  fig.  1). — This  is  a  discussion  of  the  earlier  appearances  of 
Urophlyctis  alfalfw  in  different  countries,  the  systematic  relations  and  biology 
of  the  fungus,  and  measures  for  protection  against  it,  including  the  destruction 
of  affected  plants  and  soil  drainage. 

Common  diseases  of  beans,  M.  T.  Cook  (Netv  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  50  (1915), 
pp.  2-4). — Descriptions  are  given  of  the  more  common  diseases  known  to  attack 
the  bean  together  with  suggestions  for  their  control. 

Yellowing  of  beets  by  disease,  J.  Vasters  (Landio.  Ztschr.  Rheinprov.,  16 
(1915),  No.  42,  pp.  641,  642). — It  is  stated  that  over  large  areas  of  the  Rhine 
Province  both  ordinary  and  sugar  beets  showed  this  year  premature  yellowing 
of  the  leaves  which  was  particularly  noticeable  in  certain  sections  named. 
Besides  animal  parasites  which  had  visibly  injured  the  plants  in  some  instances, 
examination  showed  the  presence  of  mycelium  or  spores  of  Uromyces  betw, 
Sporidesmium  (Clasterosporium)  putrefaciens,  Cercospora  betieola,  and  spores 
of  two  fungi,  possibly  Phyllosticta  beta;  and  P.  tabifica.  The  plants  suffered 
more  or  less  premature  loss  of  foliage  with  corresponding  decrease  of  product. 
The  possible  bearing  of  rotation,  manuring,  and  more  directly  protective 
measures  Is  discussed. 

A  bacterial  disease  of  cassava,  G.  Bondae  (Bol.  Agr.  [Sao  Paulo'\,  16.  ser.. 
No.  6  (1915),  pp.  513-524,  figs.  4).— A  description  is  given  of  a  serious  stem 
disease  of  Manihot  palmata,  ascribed  to  Bacillus  manihotis,  which  causes  a 
form  of  subcortical  giimmosis,  wilting,  and,  in  case  of  young  plants,  death  in  the 
majority  of  cases.  The  disease,  it  is  thought,  may  be  transmitted  by  insects, 
also  by  tools.  Of  the  three  varieties  of  M.  palmata  discussed,  one  shows  con- 
siderable resistance  while  another  is  very  susceptible. 


246  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

No  curative  treatment  is  known.  Preventive  measures  include  the  use  oi' 
stock  and  soil  known  to  be  free  from  the  disease,  selection  of  resistant 
varieties,  control  of  insect  parasites,  and  care  in  cultural  operations  to  prevent 
injury  to  the  plants  and  transference  of  the  organism. 

Leaf  scorch,  scab,  and  gray  mildew  of  cucumbers,  O.  Appel  (Deut.  Landw. 
Presse,  42  (1915),  No.  85,  pp.  728,  729,  pi.  i).— This  contains  descriptions  of 
the  respective  effects  on  cucumber  of  Corynespora  melonis,  Cladosporium 
cucumerinum,  and  Botrytis  cinerea,  with  some  discussion  of  conditions  and 
means  of  their  communication.  Control  measures  include  the  employment  of 
only  sound  seed  with  good  cultural  conditions,  and  destruction  of  diseased 
plants. 

Control  of  Corynespora,  the  cause  of  leaf  scorch  of  cucumbers,  Obersteijm 
{Illus.  Schles.  Monaischr.  Obst,  Gemiise  m.  Gartenbau,  4  {1915),  No.  4,  PP-  41-43, 
figs.  2). — The  author  presents  some  information  collected  regarding  the  history, 
effects,  and  control  of  the  Corynespora  disease  of  cucumbers,  the  control 
measures  including  the  avoidance  of  suspected  soil,  seed,  or  plant  rubbish,  and 
disinfection  of  the  seed  bed  with  formalin. 

A  physiolog'ical  study  of  certain  strains  of  Fusarium  oxysporuni  and  F. 
trichothecioides  in  their  causal  relation  to  tuber  rot  and  wilt  of  Solanum 
tuberosum,  G.  K.  K.  Link  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1105,  p. 
328). — The  author  states  that  certain  strains  of  these  two  species  of  Fusarium 
have  produced  both  tuber  rot  and  wilt  of  the  Irish  potato.  Wilt  is  induced  by 
destruction  of  the  root  system  and  by  clogging  of  the  xylem  elements  in  the 
stem,  and  is,  in  mild  cases,  marked  by  such  symptoms  as  discoloration  of  the 
leaves,  curling  and  rolling  of  the  leaves,  and  production  of  aerial  tubers. 
Under  field  and  storage  conditions,  F.  oxysporum  is  said  to  be  probably  more 
responsible  for  wilt  than  F.  trichothecioides,  while  the  latter  species  is  more 
responsible  for  tuber  rotting.  The  optimum  and  maximum  temperatures  of 
F.  oxysporum  are  higher  than  those  of  F.  trichothecioides.  On  the  other  hand, 
F.  trichothecioides  gi-ows  well  at  temperatures  of  8  to  10°  C.  (46.4  to  50°  F.), 
while  the  other  species  does  not.  F.  oxysporum  is  considered  more  cosmopoli- 
tan, and  it  can  utilize  materials  more  readily  than,  but  not  so  completely  as, 
does  F.  trichothecioides. 

Effect  of  certain  species  of  Fusarium  on  the  composition  of  the  potato 
tuber,  L.  A.  Hawkins  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1913),  No.  5, 
pp.  183-196). — A  report  is  given  of  an  investigation  made  to  determine  the 
effect  of  F.  oxysporum  and  F.  radicola  on  the  sucrose,  reducing  sugar,  starch, 
I)entosan,  galactan,  and  crude  fiber  content  of  the  potato. 

It  was  found  that  these  fungi  reduced  the  content  of  sugar,  both  sucrose 
and  reducing  sugar,  pentosans,  galactans,  and  dry  matter.  The  starch  and 
methyl  pentosans  were  apparently  not  affected  appreciably  and  the  crude  fiber 
content  was  not  reduced.  It  was  found  that  these  two  species  of  fungi  secrete 
sucrose,  maltase,  xylanase,  and  diastase,  the  last-mentioned  enzym  apparently 
being  incapable  of  acting  on  the  ungelatinized  potato  starch. 

Late  blight  of  potato,  G.  P.  Dabnell-Smith  and  E.  MacKinnon  (Agr.  Gaz. 
N.  S.  Wales,  26  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  673-678,  pis.  2).— Late  blight  (Phytophthora 
infestans),  which  became  serious  in  New  South  Wales  in  1909  and  widespread 
in  1910,  is  said  to  have  been  considerably  decreased  by  the  dry  conditions 
prevalent  in  Australia  for  some  years  past.  The  development  of  the  fungus 
and  the  progress  of  the  disease  are  described. 

Experimental  culture  work  is  said  to  have  shown  that  the  fungus  thrives 
best  at  60  to  70°  F.,  no  conidia  forming  at  temperatures  above  77°,  and  no 
further  growth  of  mycelium  taking  place  above  88°.     The  conidia  germinate 


1916]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  247 

readily  between  50  and  77°,  infecting  either  the  leaves  or  the  tubers.  Experi- 
ments are  said  to  have  shown  that  the  loss  through  tuber  infection  is  decreased 
if  the  digging  is  postponed  for  a  week  or  more  after  the  dying  of  the  tops, 
except  in  very  wet  weather  and  on  low,  heavy  soil,  which  conditions  require 
early  digging.  Infected  tubers,  though  capable  of  spreading  the  disease,  show 
little  or  no  change,  the  wet  rots  sometimes  observed  being  due  to  the  entrance 
of  other  organisms. 

Control  measures  include  the  use  of  blight-free  seed,  complete  removal  of 
material  from  the  previous  crop,  rotation,  spraying  (which  is  regarded  as 
protective  only),  and  the  use  of  resistant  stock.  The  variety  New  Era  is 
said  to  have  yielded  excellent  results  since  its  appearance  several  years  ago. 

Biochemical  studies  on  potato  leaf  roll  disease. — V,  The  amylase  of  tubers 
from  plants  showing  leaf  roll,  G.  Doby  and  J.  Bodnar  {Ztschr.  Pflanzciikrank., 
25  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  Jt-16). — The  work  previously  reported  on  by  one  of  the 
authors  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  150)  has  been  extended  to  a  study  of  the  amylase  of 
tubers. 

It  is  thought  that  the  amylase  of  potatoes  is  present  partly  as  zymogen, 
which  passes  over  continually  into  the  active  state.  The  activity  in  freshly 
expressed  sap  showed  no  relation  to  the  variety  or  origin  of  the  potatoes 
tested.     In  general,  sound  tubers  possess  more  zymogen  than  diseased  ones. 

These  studies  are  not  considered  as  having  yet  demonstrated  a  basal  chemical 
criterion  for  the  presence  of  leaf  roll,  or  as  having  decided  whether  the 
chemical  or  biochemical  changes  observed  in  diseased  tubers  are  the  cause  or 
the  effect  of  the  disease,  or  how  far  the  optimum  and  the  activities  of  amylase 
differ  in  sound  and  in  diseased  tubers. 

Rice  smut,  A.  A.  L.  Rutgers  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East 
Indies],  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  11  (1914),  pp.  1,  figs.  2). — A  descrip- 
tion, with  bibliography,  is  given  of  the  grain  smut  of  rice  and  of  the  causal 
fungus  ( Tilletia  horrida ) ,  which  is  considered  identical  with  T.  corona. 

A  new  brown  spot  disease  of  the  leaf  of  Glycine  hispida  caused  by  Septoria 
glycines  n.  sp.,  T.  Hemmi  {Trans.  Sapporo  Nat.  Hist.  Soc,  6  (1915),  No.  1,  pp. 
12-17). — The  author  describes  a  disease  of  G.  hispida  characterized  by  enlarg- 
ing spots  appearing  on  both  surfaces  of  young  leaves,  which  become  discolored 
and  fall,  the  disease  working  toward  the  top  of  the  plants  and  often  ruining  the 
entire  crop.  The  disease,  which  is  due  to  a  fungus  described  as  S.  glycines 
n.  sp.,  spreads  most  rapidly  in  damp,  warm  weather  ap.d  in  places  which  are 
incompletely  drained.  In  a  dry  season  or  place  the  disease  is  checked,  so  that 
the  upper  leaves  are  usually  not  attacked,  but,  if  the  favorable  conditions  set  up, 
the  disease  spreads  again  actively. 

The  newly  described  fungus  is  compared  as  regards  important  characters  with 
S.  sojina,  which  is  said  to  be  the  only  species  previously  noted  as  parasitic  on  the 
leaves  of  soy  bean. 

Injuries  and  diseases  of  tobacco  in  Dalmatia  and  Galicia  in  1911,  1912, 
and  1913,  Preisseckek  (Fachl.  Mitt.  Osterr.  Tabakregie,  15  (1915),  No.  1-3, 
pp.  59-64.  fl'J-  !)• — III  two  sections  dealing  separately  with  Dalmatia  and  Galicia 
as  regards  the  causation,  during  this  period,  of  losses  to  the  tobacco  intere.sts, 
notes  condensed  from  official  reports  are  given  on  plant  and  animal  pests,  injuries 
due  to  weather,  abnormalities  of  physiological  or  unknown  causation,  and  dis- 
eases caused  by  fungi  in  various  localities. 

The  endoconidia  of  Thielavia  basicola,  W.  B.  Brierlet  (Ann.  Bot.  [London], 
29  (1915),  No.  116,  pp.  483-493,  pi.  1,  fig.  1).—The  author  gives  an  account  of 
his  study  of  the  conidial  characters  and  behavior  in  T.  basicola  which  are 
thought  to  be  typical  of  those  in  all  fungi  producing  endoconidia. 


248  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol,  35 

The  first  conidium  differentiates  an  inner  wall  and  a  sheath  which  ruptures 
near  its  apex,  freeing  the  conidium.  Each  of  the  later  conidia  grow  and  push 
out  through  the  empty  sheath  of  the  first,  being  freed  from  the  next  below  by  the 
splitting  of  the  basal  wall  which  is  formed  between  the  two  cells  by  the  in- 
growth of  a  basal  ring  which  finally  closes  in  the  center. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Watermelon  stem-end  rot,  F.  C.  Meieb  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Re- 
search, 6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  149-152,  pi.  1). — A  preliminary  report  is  given  of 
investigations  made  to  determine  the  cause  of  a  decay  of  watermelons  that 
has  been  frequently  noted  in  shipments  of  those  fruits.  Material  was  secured 
from  a  shipment  received  in  this  city  in  July,  1915,  and  an  examination  showed 
that  more  or  less  injury  had  occurred  in  a  very  uniform  manner.  In  the  early 
stages  the  presence  of  decay  was  indicated  by  a  watery  discoloration  of  the 
rind  in  an  area  closely  surrounding  and  apparently  extending  from  the  stem. 
From  this  all  stages  of  decay  were  noted  until  half  or  more  of  the  melon  was 
involved.  In  the  later  stages  the  rind  portion  becomes  soft  and  wrinkled  and 
the  flesh  below  is  slimy  and  blackened. 

From  the  material  secured  a  fungus  belonging  to  the  genus  Diplodia  was  iso- 
lated and  inoculation  experiments  produced  typical  decay.  The  specific  identity 
of  the  fungus  has  not  been  determined  but  inoculations  made  from  a  culture  of 
D.  tuhericola  produced  a  decay  that  took  the  same  course  as  that  described 
above.  Species  of  Diplodia  are  known  to  attack  a  number  of  economic  plants, 
and  the  relation  of  some  of  these  to  the  watermelon,  it  is  thought,  might  possibly 
show  whether  a  species  found  on  one  host  would  grow  equally  well  upon  another. 

Brown  rot  of  fruit,  D.  M.  Cayt.ey  (Gard.  Chron.,  S.  ser.,  5S  {1915),  No.  1505, 
pp.  269,  210,  figs.  2). — It  is  stated  that  the  wet  weather  of  1915  was  probably 
the  cause  of  the  prevalence  of  Sclerotinia  {Monilia)  fructigcna,  causing  brown 
rot  of  apple  and  pear.  This  form  is  discussed  in  connection  with  the  closely 
related  forms  S.  cinerea  on  stone  fruits  and  S.  laxa  on  apricots.  The  mycelium 
of  S.  fructigena  is  said  to  persist  in  the  twigs,  branches,  spurs,  and  mummied 
fruits  during  the  winter  and  to  produce  conidia  by  the  time  the  apple  and  pear 
blos.soms  open.  It  Is  said  that  the  fungus  may  be  spread  by  contact  of  injured 
with  sound  fruits  in  handling,  as  the  fungus  is  a  wound  parasite  developing 
rapidly  from  very  minute  injuries. 

A  Bordeaux  spray  in  early  spring  before  the  blossoms  open  is  recommended. 
Affected  parts  should  be  removed  and  burned  during  the  winter,  and  rotten 
apples  should  be  carefully  removed  in  summer. 

Experiments  for  control  of  apple  scab,  H.  S.  Jackson  and  J.  R.  Winston 
{Oregon  Sta.,  Bien.  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  6-18,  figs.  7).— Results 
are  given  of  experiments  conducted  in  the  Hood  River  Valley  for  the  control 
of  apple  scab,  in  which  lime-sulphur,  atomic  sulphur,  soluble  sulphur,  and 
Bordeaux  mixture  were  used  separately  or  in  combination  with  other  materials. 

As  a  result  of  one  season's  work,  the  most  important  application  for  the 
prevention  of  scab  proved  to  be  the  delayed  dormant  spray  of  lime-sulphur  and 
Black  Leaf  40.  Lime-sulphur  was  found  the  most  efficient  preventive  of  any 
one  mixture  used.  Severe  fruit  injury  was  often  found  to  follow  summer  appli- 
cation of  lime-sulphur  when  made  just  previous  to  extremely  hot  weather.  It 
is  said  that  neither  atomic  nor  soluble  sulphur  can  be  recommended  as  a  remedy 
for  scab  when  u-sed  in  all  applications,  but  good  results  followed  the  application 
of  atomic  sulphur  in  the  calyx  and  subsequent  applications  where  lime-sulphur 
had  been  used  in  the  first  application.  No  appreciable  fruit  or  foliage  injury 
was  observed  where  this  method  was  followed. 


1916]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  249 

The  use  of  lime-sulphur  as  a  summer  spray  for  apple  scab,  C.  C.  Vincent 
(Idaho  Sta.  Bui.  85  {1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  5). — The  results  are  given  of  three  years' 
experiments  in  the  use  of  lime-sulphur  as  a  summer  spray  for  apple  scab.  The 
experiments  were  carried  out  on  the  college  orchard  to  ascertain  the  value  of 
lime-sulphur  as  a  summer  spray  for  scab  and  to  determine  the  number  of  appli- 
cations needed  to  hold  the  disease  in  check.  As  a  result  of  the  vs^ork,  it  is 
claimed  that  lime-sulphur  is  an  effective  remedy  for  the  control  of  apple  scab, 
good  results  being  secured  during  wet  as  well  as  dry  seasons.  The  cost  of  three 
applications  was  8.1  cts.  per  tree. 

In  the  course  of  the  investigation  it  was  found  that  different  varieties  varied 
in  I'esistance  to  the  disease.  Grimes  Golden  is  said  to  be  quite  resistant,  and 
one  application  made  at  the  time  the  buds  were  showing  pink  reduced  the 
fungus  attack  to  a  negligible  quantity.  On  the  other  hand,  Wagener,  Rome,  and 
Jonathan  were  subject  to  attack  and  neither  one  nor  two  applications  were 
sufficient  to  check  the  disease  completely. 

In  addition  to  spraying,  the  author  recommends  pruning,  cultivation,  and 
fertilization. 

The  common  diseases  of  the  pear,  G.  W.  Maetin  (New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  52 
(1915),  pp.  3-12,  figs.  6). — The  author  describes  the  more  common  diseases  of 
the  pear  and  gives  suggestions  for  their  control.  A  spray  calendar  is  given, 
in  which  time  of  application,  fungicide  or  insecticide,  and  the  principal  causes 
of  injury  are  indicated. 

Apricot  disease  in  the  Rhone  Valley,  P.  Chifflot  and  Masonnat  (Cornpt. 
Rend.  Acad.  Agr.  France,  1  (1915),  No.  15,  pp.  473-^77).— The  report  of  this 
outbreak  has  already  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  50).  Monilia  cinerea  and  M. 
laxa  have  both  been  claimed  to  cause  the  disease. 

Brown  rot  of  prunes  and  cherries  in  the  Pacific  Northwest,  C.  Beooks  and 
D.  F.  FisHEK  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  368  (1916),  pp.  10,  pis.  3).— The  authors 
report  upon  an  investigation  of  blossom  infection  and  fruit  rot  of  prunes  and 
cherries,  both  of  which  diseases  are  said  to  have  become  quite  destructive  in 
parts  of  Oregon  and  Washington.  The  investigation  indicates  that  the  trouble 
is  due  to  Sclerotinia  cinerea,  and  spraying  experiments  have  shown  the  prac- 
ticability of  materially  reducing  loss  from  this  fungus.  The  blossom  blight 
was  found  to  be  an  important  factor  in  the  poor  set  of  prune  fruit  in  1915,  and 
the  occurrence  of  the  brown  rot  on  the  fruit  destroyed  a  large  amount  in 
transit  and  storage. 

As  a  result  of  the  work  with  prunes,  it  was  found  that  both  self-boiled  lime 
sulphur  and  Bordeaux  mixture,  when  properly  applied,  give  satisfactory  control. 
Four  applications  are  recommended,  the  first  just  before  the  blossoms  open, 
the  second  after  the  petals  have  fallen,  the  third  three  or  four  weeks  later, 
with  a  fourth  about  four  weeks  before  harvesting. 

Blossom  infection  and  fruit  rot  of  cherries  due  to  the  same  cause  have  been 
investigated,  and  while  work  with  cherries  has  not  been  carried  out  so  fully 
as  with  prunes,  it  is  thought  that  a  treatment  similar  to  that  given  for  prunes 
would  satisfactorily  control  the  diseases. 

Perocid  for  Peronospora  on  grapevines,  F.  Gvozdenovic  (Staz.  Sper.  Agr. 
Ital.,  48  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  153-174) .—Fevocid,  three  forms  of  which  are  pre- 
pared as  chemical  by-products,  is  said  to  have  shown  a  considerable  degree  of 
efficiency  for  the  control  of  grape  downy  mildew. 

Citrus  bark  rot,  G.  H.  Zebbst  (Philippine  Agr.  Rev.  [English  Ed.],  8  (1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  95-97).— It  is  stated  that  since  1911  citrus  culture  has  suffered 
severely  from   a  bark  rot  occurring  over  practically   the  entire  province  of 


250  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Batangas.  The  mandarin  (C  nobilis)  appears  to  be  extremely  sensitive,  the 
calamondin  (C.  mitis)  being  less  severely  injured,  and  the  svpeet  orange  {C. 
aurantium)  and  the  pomelo  (C.  decumana)  being  seldom  affected  to  a  serious 
degree. 

The  disease  and  its  results  are  described.  It  is  supposed  to  be  produced  by 
unfavorable  soil  and  culture  conditions,  one  of  the  main  factors  being  the 
packing  of  the  soil,  which  prevents  aeration  and  drainage.  Irregularity  of 
water  supply  appears  to  be  another  factor.  Recommendations  include  proper 
plowing,  varying  in  depth  each  year,  planting  in  the  rainy  season  to  cover  crops, 
which  should  be  cut  and  left  as  a  mulch  during  the  dry  season,  removal  of 
diseased  spots,  and  covering  the  wounds  with  lead  paint. 

Some  abnormalities  of  the  coconut  palm,  T.  Fetch  {Ann.  Roy.  Bot.  Gard. 
Peradeniya,  6  {1915},  No.  1,  pp.  21-30). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  abnor- 
malities which  he  has  noted  during  the  last  few  years,  including  yellow  coco- 
nuts, double  coconuts,  prolification,  and  hypertrophy  of  the  perianth. 

The  effect  of  lightning'  on  coconut  palms,  T.  Fetch  {Ann.  Roy.  Bot.  Gard. 
Peradeniya,  6  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  31-42). — The  author  gives  collected  accounts  and 
his  own  observations  of  injuries  to  coconut  palms  by  lightning  in  tropical  and 
subtropical  regions.  The  visible  effects  discussed  are  combustion  of  the  crown, 
mechanical  injury,  and  exudation  of  the  gum,  often  with  little  or  no  indication 
of  mechanical  injury.  The  last  is  thought  to  be  sometimes  connected  in  some 
way  with  the  heat  generated  by  the  electrical  discharge. 

Black  canker  of  chestnut,  L.  Fetei  {Alpe  [Italy],  2.  ser.,  2  {1915),  Nos.  S, 
pp.  94-99,  pi.  1;  5,  pp.  188-196,  figs.  3). — Discussing  the  findings  and  views  of 
others  regarding  the  factors  which  produce  or  favor  black  canker  of  chestnut, 
the  author  describes  the  phenomena  observable  in  the  origin  and  development 
of  the  abnormal  conditions  associated  with  the  presence  of  several  fungi.  He 
distinguishes  between  the  rapid  and  quickly  fatal  attack  usual  to  Coryneum 
and  the  progress  and  behavior  of  the  other  fungi  which  commonly  precede  it  as 
regards  the  original  attack  and  in  some  cases  possibly  furnish  the  conditions 
for  its  rapidly  destructive  phase.  It  is  stated  that  frost  injuries  apparently 
favor  Coryneum  attack,  which,  in  this  case,  may  be  of  limited  extent. 

From  a  study  of  the  questions  whether  black  rot  of  the  roots  precedes  or 
follows  the  infection  of  the  branch&s  and  stem  and  whether  Coryneum  is  able 
to  attack  directly  the  roots  and  base  of  the  trunk,  the  author  has  concluded 
that,  in  case  of  plants  just  beginning  to  show  disease,  the  base  of  the  trunk  and 
contiguous  portions  of  the  larger  roots  may  be  found  to  show  the  alterations 
associated  with  black  rot  before  Coryneum  can  be  demonstrated  in  the  upper 
portions.  The  infection  of  the  base  of  the  stem  by  Coryneum  may  be  noted  in 
nursery  stock  or  in  chestnuts  used  as  replants  where  older  plants  have  died  with 
black  rot.  The  initially  basal  attack  by  Coryneum  appears  to  be  limited  by 
the  age  of  the  plant.  It  is  said  that  it  may  be  difficult  in  an  advanced  stage 
of  the  disease  to  establish  the  order  of  precedence  of  the  two  infections,  that  of 
Coryneum  proceeding  from  above  downward  and  that  of  other  fungi  proceeding 
upward. 

The  influence  of  the  tannin  content  of  the  host  plant  on  Endothia  para- 
sitica and  related  species,  M.  T.  Cook  and  G.  W.  Wilson  {Bot.  Gaz.,  60  {1915), 
No.  5,  pp.  346-361). — This  is  a  more  extended  report  on  investigations  the  main 
results  of  which  have  been  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  646). 

The  influence  of  ether  on  the  growth  of  Endothia,  M.  T.  Cook  and  G.  W. 
Wilson  {Bot.  Gaz.,  60  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  412,  413).— The:  authors,  giving  re.sults 
of  some  studies  in  connection  with  those  noted  above,  state  that  while  small 
quantities  of  ether  in  liquid  culture  media  appear  to  have  a  stimulating  effect 


1916]  DISEASES    OF    PLANTS.  251 

on  E.  parasitica,  the  use  of  proportions  from  0.2  per  cent  up  retards  germina- 
tion, and  the  use  of  those  from  0.4  per  cent  upward  results  injuriously  to  the 
growth  of  the  fungus. 

Diseases  and  injuries  of  Hevea  brasiliensis  in  Java,  A.  A,  L.  Rutgees  and 
K.  W.  Dammerman  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Haiidel  [Dutch  East  Indies^,  Meded. 
Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  10  (1914),  pp.  45,  pis.  12,  fig.  i).— This  is  a  somewhat 
systematic  discussion  of  local  insect  enemies,  diseases,  and  abnormalities  of 
H.  brasiliensis  classified  according  to  portion  of  the  plant  attacked,  with  ref- 
erences under  the  several  sections  to  related  literature.  Parasitic  fungi  named 
in  connection  with  diseases  include,  on  the  roots,  Forties  semitostxis,  Hymeno- 
cha-te  noxia,  and  Sphoerostilbe  repens;  on  the  branches,  Corticium  salmonieolor 
(C.  javanicum) ,  Thyridariu  tarda,  OlOBOsporium  alborubrum,  and  PhyUosticta 
ramicola;  on  the  trunk,  Phytophthora  faberi;  and  on  the  leaves,  PhyUosticta 
hevew  and  Pestalozzia  palmarum.  Injurious  changes  in  the  latex  and  prepared 
rubber  are  discussed,  also  such  abnormalities  as  excrescences  and  fasciations. 

The  pseudosclerotia  of  Lentinus  similis  and  L,  infundibu.lif ormis,  T.  Petch 
(Ann.  Roy.  Bot.  Gard.  Peradeniya,  6  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  1-18,  pi.  1). — Reviewing 
related  contributions  and  describing  a  study  of  sclerotia  in  Lentinus  found  on 
stumps  of  Hevea  brasiliensis,  the  author  states  that  in  addition  to  species  pos- 
sessing a  true  sclerotium,  there  appear  to  exist  others  whose  mycelium  merely 
binds  together  the  earth  in  a  large  compact  mass,  while  L.  similis  and  L. 
infundibulif ormis  exhibit  a  third  type  in  which  the  skeleton  of  the  pseudo- 
sclerotium  consists  of  the  wood  of  the  host  plant.  It  is  considered  as  still  an 
open  question  whether  these  types  are  definitely  associated  with  different 
species  of  Lentinus  or  are  merely  stages  which  may  be  assumed  by  the  scle- 
rotium in  any  given  species. 

Leaf-spot  disease  of  lime,  E.  S.  Salmon  and  H.  Wormald  {Gard.  Chron.,  3. 
ser.,  58  {1915),  No.  1500,  pp.  193,  194,  fiffs.  2).— It  is  stated  that  a  leaf  and  shoot 
disease  of  lime  or  linden  trees  near  Maidstone  in  Kent  has  been  identified  as 
Glwosporinm  tiliwcoltan,  reported  on  the  Continent  by  Laubert  in  1904  (E.  S.  R., 
16,  p.  988),  but  not  previously  recorded  in  England.  The  disease  and  the  habits 
of  the  fungus  are  described. 

Infection  studies  with  Melampsora  on  Japanese  willows,  T.  Matsumoto 
{Trans.  Sapporo  Nat.  Hist.  Sac,  6  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  22-37,  figs.  5).— Giving  an 
account  of  morphological,  systematic,  and  infection  studies,  regarded  as  being 
of  a  preliminary  character,  on  several  species  of  Melampsora,  the  author  ex- 
presses his  belief  that  a  connection  exists  between  the  Melampsora  on  Popnius 
spp.  and  the  creoma  spores  on  Chelidoninm  majus,  although  this  could  not  be 
definitely  settled  with  the  material  obtained.  It  is  thought  probable  that  a 
disease  of  Salix  caprea  in  Japan  may  be  due  to  the  rust  fungus  which  has  been 
designated  as  M.  larici-caprcearnm. 

Technical  descriptions  are  given  of  the  new  species  M.  yesoensis  on  S.  jes- 
soensis  (cseoma  stage  on  Corydalis  ambigua),  M.  larici-miyabeana  on  S.  mdya- 
beana  (cseoma  on  Larix  europcea  and  L.  leptolepis),  and  M.  larici-opaca  on 
S.  opaca  (caeoma  on  L.  europcea  and  L.  leptolepis) . 

The  recent  outbreaks  of  white  pine  blister  rust,  P.  Spaulding  {Jour.  Wash. 
Acad.  Sci.,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  102,  103). — Giving  a  brief  account  of  white  pine 
bli-ster  rust  in  this  country,  the  author  states  that  in  the  years  1909  to  1914 
there  were  11  outbreaks  of  the  disease ;  that  is,  cases  where  it  escaped  from 
diseased  pines  and  attacked  currant  or  gooseberry.  Owing  to  favorable  weather 
condition^' during  1915,  it  spread  very  readily  and  for  relatively  long  distances. 
Twelve  outbreaks  were  noted,  the  extent  of  attack  varying  from  a  few  bushes 
to  a  single  area  of  from  400  to  500  square  miles.     It  is  stated  that  all  of  the 


252  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

species  of  currant  and  gooseberry  tested  thus  far  have  been  found  to  be  sus- 
ceptible, the  widely  distributed  black  currant  {Ribes  nigrum)  being  especially  so. 

Discussion  on  decay  in  timber  (Trans.  Canad.  Soc.  Civ.  Engin.,  20  {1915), 
pt.  1,  pp.  324-365,  figs.  29). — This  discussion,  participated  in  by  a  number  of 
engineers,  deals  with  the  conditions,  forms,  and  results  of  attacks  on  various 
woods,  as  in  mill  and  other  structural  timbers,  by  fungi,  more  particularly  by 
Meruiius  lacrymans,  Coniophora  cerebella,  and  Trametes  serialis,  as  well  as 
other  fungi  not  yet  identified. 

Among  the  more  resistant  woods  heart  pine  stands  very  high,  as  does  also 
wood  containing  tannin  in  relation  with  Meruiius.  Moisture  which  may  con- 
dense following  a  fall  in  temperature  greatly  favors  attacks  in  many  cases.  Air 
driven  from  near  the  surface  of  warm,  moist  earth  may  become  saturated  and 
give  up  moisture  in  a  cooler  underground  space,  wetting  the  wood  instead  jf 
drying  it.  A  water  pipe  may  cool  surrounding  air  to  saturation  and  rot  adja- 
cent timbers.  Certain  materials  absorb  water  at  high  temperatures  and  give  it 
up  at  lower  temperatures.  Hygroscopic  salts  may  form  in  certain  situations  or 
processes.  It  is  thought  that  il.  lacrymans  may  obtain  the  moisture  and  oxygen 
it  requires  from  the  wood  it  decomposes. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  histoi-y  of  British,  mammals,  G.  E.  H.  Barkett-Hamilton  and  IM.  A.  C. 
HiNTON  {London:  G^urney  &  Jackson,  1915,  Ivol.  2],  pt.  17,  pp.  503-552,  pis.  2, 
figs.  4)- — A  continuation  of  the  Muridse  of  the  Rodentia,  previously  noted  (E.  S. 
R.,  34,  p.  57)  in  which  descriptions  of  the  field  mouse,  the  Hebridean  field 
mouse,  the  St.  Kilda  field  mouse,  the  Fair  Isle  field  mouse,  the  yellow-necked 
field  mouse,  and  De  Winton's  field  mouse  of  the  genus  Apodemus  are  given,  and 
a  description  of  the  genus  Micromys  commenced. 

Som^e  observations  on  the  rate  of  digestion  in  different  groups  of  wild 
birds,  W.  E.  Collinge  {Jour.  Econ.  Biol.,  10  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  65-68 )  .—Experi- 
ments tabulated  show  that  the  rate  of  digestion  diifers  in  the  rook  from  that  in 
the  English  sparrow,  and  that  these  two  birds  and  the  starling  digest  the 
stomach  contents  in  a  period  of  from  4  to  4.5  hours. 

A  synopsis  of  the  races  of  the  long-tailed  goat-sucker,  Capriniulgus  mac- 
rurus,  H.  C.  Oberholser  {Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  4S  {1915),  pp.  587-599). 

A  review  of  the  subspecies  of  the  ruddy  kingfisher,  Entomothera  coro- 
mauda,  H.  C.  Obeeholseb  {Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  {1915),  pp.  639-657). 

Entomological  investigations,  H.  F.  Wilson  and  L.  Chflds  {Oregon  Sta., 
Bien.  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  40-50).— In  studies  made  of  the  insects 
of  the  Hood  River  Valley,  the  codling  moth  was  found  to  be  the  most  important 
pest.  Observations  of  this  insect  made  during  the  period  under  report  indicate 
the  occurrence  of  a  third  brood.  It  is  said  that  during  the  last  two  or  three 
weeks  prior  to  harvesting,  a  large  number  of  young  larv£e  appeared  and  entered 
the  fruit,  causing  considerable  damage,  and  that  the  damage  was  serious,  even 
in  orchards  where  three  spray  applications  had  been  previously  made. 

Statistical  data  relating  to  codling  moth  work  in  twelve  orchards  are  pre- 
sented in  tabular  form  for  several  varieties  of  apple,  showing  the  extent  of 
damage  to  the  fruit,  with  various  spraying  dates,  strengths,  and  combinations 
of  brand.s.  Arsenate  of  lead  in  combination  with  blackleaf  40,  lime-sulphur, 
and  Bordeaux  mixture  gave  very  efficient  results. 

Observations  relative  to  seasonal  history  and  habits  are  included.  The  adults 
emerge  in  May  and  commence  to  oviposit  as  soon  as  the  evening  temperature 
rises  to  60°  F.  or  above,  which  condition  prevails  about  June  1.     The  earliest 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGFY.  253 

larvte  in  the  spring  reach  maturity  about  July  7  to  10,  from  which  time  mature 
larvse  and  pupse  can  be  found  until  the  latter  part  of  July.  By  August  1  tlie 
eggs  of  the  second  generation  begin  to  appear,  and  by  August  10  the  young 
larv£E  are  entering  the  fruit  quite  freely.  Larv?e  and  pupse  were  found  in 
October,  which,  it  is  thought,  may  have  been  the  third  generation  of  moths, 
above  mentioned,  or  possibly  stragglers  from  the  second  generation.  Brief 
reference  is  made  to  the  control  of  the  codling  moth  by  the  two  forms  of 
arsenate  of  lead,  a  report  upon  which  has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34, 
p.  54S).  The  second  spray  should  be  made  at  the  time  the  eggs  are  hatching 
and  the  first  brood  of  larvae  are  entering  the  fruit,  probably  three  or  four  weeks 
after  the  calyx  or  first  spray,  or  about  the  first  or  second  week  in  June.  The 
third  application,  usually  given  to  check  the  larvse  of  the  second  brood,  should 
be  made  about  six  weeks  after  the  second,  or  from  July  25  to  August  5.  Where 
a  fourth  spray  is  thought  desirable  for  late-appearing  larva;,  it  should  be 
applied  about  September  1. 

Data  relating  to  a  number  of  minor  pests  follow.  Those  thus  mentioned  are 
the  brown  mite,  which  feeds  primarily  on  clover,  alfalfa,  and  peas,  but  also 
occurs  on  fruit  trees  and  in  some  instances  causes  considerable  injury ;  the 
climbing  or  variegated  cutworm  which  bores  into  the  fruit ;  the  fruit-tree  leaf- 
roller,  which,  though  present  in  the  Hood  River  Valley  for  a  number  of  years, 
has  only  been  a  source  of  damage  during  the  past  two  or  three  years;  the 
brown  apple  aphis  which  has  been  the  source  of  considerable  loss  through  its 
injury  to  the  fruit;  the  woolly  apple  aphis  and  the  green  apple  aphis;  the  pear 
slug;  the  San  Jose  scale  and  oyster  shell  scale;  the  peach  and  prune  twig 
miner ;  and  the  apple  leaf  miner. 

Proceedings  of  the  Entoniolog'ical  Society  of  British  Columbia,  1915  {Proc. 
Ent.  Soc.  Brit.  Columbia,  n.  ser.,  No.  7  {1915),  pp.  ^8).— The  first  part  (pp. 
5-21)  of  this  report  presents  the  proceedings  of  the  second  midsummer  meeting 
of  1914,  the  second  part  (pp.  22-4.5)  those  of  1915,  in  continuation  of  the  report 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  651). 

The  following  are  the  more  important  papers  presented :  Insect  Notes  from  the 
Okanogan  in  1914,  by  M.  Ruhman  (pp.  7-11)  ;  The  Control  of  Incipient  Infesta- 
tion of  Codling  Moth  in  a  New  District,  by  W.  H.  Lyne  (pp.  11-13)  ;  Sprays  of 
Up-To-Date  Interest,  by  L.  L.  Palmer  (pp.  I'^IO)  ;  The  Tarnished  Plant  Bug 
{Lygus  pratensis),  by  R.  C.  Treherne  (pp.  1&-18)  ;  The  Part  Played  by  Insects 
in  the  Spread  of  Plant  Diseases,  by  J.  W.  Eastham  (pp.  18-21)  ;  Insect  Pests 
in  Greenhouses,  by  G.  E.  Wilkerson  (pp.  25-30)  ;  Notes  on  Some  Insects  of  the 
Lower  Eraser  Valley,  by  F.  H.  Getchell  (pp.  80-33)  ;  Comments  on  Some  Pe- 
culiarities in  Connection  with  the  Life  History  of  the  Codling  Moth  on  the 
Pacific  Coast,  by  W.  H.  Lyne  (pp.  33-35)  ;  Shade  Tree  and  Ornamental  Insects 
of  British  Columbia,  by  R.  C.  Treherne  (pp.  35-41)  ;  The  Outbreak  of  Locusts 
of  1914,  by  T.  Wilson  (pp.  41-43)  ;  Notes  on  Birds  Likely  to  be  of  Service  in 
the  Destruction  of  Grasshoppers  in  the  Nicola  Valley,  by  L.  B.  Taylor  (pp.  43- 
45)  ;  and  The  Kansas  Remedy  for  the  Control  of  Locusts,  by  A.  Gibson  (p.  45). 

[Economic  entomology]  (Ztschr.  Angew.  Ent.,  2  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  26^,  figs. 
119). — The  several  papers  here  presented  deal  with  The  Potato  Fleabeetle 
(Psylliodes  afflni^),  of  which  the  morphologj'  and  biology  of  the  immature 
stages  are  considered  by  P.  Tolg  (pp.  1-9)  and  the  morphology  and  bionomics 
of  the  adult,  by  F.  Heikertinger  (pp.  10-28)  ;  Placherie  of  the  Mediterranean 
Flour  Moth  (Ephestia  kiihniella)  and  the  Causative  Agent,  Bacillus  thuringien- 
sis  n.  sp.,  by  E.  Berliner  (pp.  29-56)  ;  Biologj'  of  the  Tachinids  Parasetigena 
segregata  and  Panzer ia  rudis,  by  H.  Prell  (pp.  57-148)  ;  Artificial  Infestation 
of  the  Vine  Caterpillars  (CocJiylis  amhiguella  and  Polychrosis  botrana)  by 
54530°— No.  3—16 5 


254  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Parasitic  Insects,  by  K.  H.  C.  Jordan  (pp.  149-157)  ;  Morpholo^cal  and  Sys- 
tematic Investigations  of  the  Red  Spider  {Tetranychus  dufoiir),  by  I.  Tragardh 
(pp.  158-163)  ;  and  Notes  on  the  Outbrealis  of  the  Kieferneule  {Panolis  pini- 
perda)  in  the  Dresden  Forest  Reserve,  by  Neumeister  (pp.  164-167). 

The  distribution  of  California  insects,  I,  E.  O.  Essig  {Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort. 
Cal.,  5  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  113-120,  figs.  6). — The  author  considers  the  distribution 
of  six  of  the  more  important  insects  occurring  in  California,  and  presents  maps 
which  show  the  occurrence  of  each. 

Observations  on  insect  pests  in  Grenada,  H.  A.  Ballou  {Bui.  Ent.  Research, 
6  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  173-181). — The  notes  here  presented  relate  to  the  cacao 
thrips  {HeUotJirips  rubrocinctus) ,  the  cacao  beetle  {Stirastoma  dejyressum), 
the  acrobat  ant  {Cremastogaster  sp.),  and  the  control  of  scale  insects  by  natural 
enemies. 

The  insects  of  central  Europe,  especially  Germany,  edited  by  C.  Schroder 
{Die  Iivsekten  Mitteleuropas  inshesondere  Deutschlands.  Stuttgart:  Franckh'- 
sche  Yerlagshandlung,  19U,  vols.  2,  pp.  VIII +256,  pis.  5,  figs.  124;  3,  pp.  VIII+ 
213,  pis.  8,  figs.  133). — In  the  second  volume  of  this  work,  the  first  of  which  is 
not  at  hand,  the  Formicida;  are  dealt  with  by  H.  Stitz  (pp.  1-111)  and  the 
Ichneumonidre,  Braconidre,  Chalcididse,  etc.,  by  O.  Schmiedeknecht  (pp.  113- 
256)  ;  and  in  the  third  the  Cynipidse  by  J.  J.  Kieffer  (pp.  1-94)  and  the  Ten- 
thredinidas,  Cephidaj,  Siricidse,  and  OryssidfE  by  E.  Enslin  (pp.  95-213).  An 
extensive  bibliography  and  an  index  to  the  genera  and  species  accompany  each 
paper.     Several  colored  plates  are  included. 

Manufacturing  tests  of  cotton  fumigated  with  hydrocyanic-acid  gas,  W.  S. 
Dean  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  366  {1916),  pp.  12). — Spinning  and  chemical  labora- 
tory tests  reported  indicate  that  fumigation  of  cotton  with  hydrocyanic-acid 
gas  does  not  affect,  to  any  material  extent,  the  percentages  of  waste,  spinning 
qualities,  tensile  strength,  bleaching,  dyeing,  or  mercerizing  properties  of  the 
cotton. 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  olive  insects  of  Eritrea  and  of  South 
Africa,  P.  Silvestri  {Bol.  Lab.  Zool.  Gen.  e  Agr.  R.  Scuola  Sup.  Agr.  Portici,  9 
{1914-15),  pp.  240-334,  figs.  78;  abs.  in  Internal.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui. 
Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  765-768).— A  detailed 
account  of  observations  of  insect  enemies  of  Olea  chrysophyUa  and  0.  verru- 
cosa made  during  the  course  of  excursions  in  quest  of  parasites  of  the  olive  fly 
{Dacus  olece).  Systematic  descriptions  of  many  species  new  to  science  are 
accompanied  by  biological  notes. 

Eorest  insects  of  Sweden,  I.  Tragardh  {Sveriges  Skogsinsekter.  StockJiolm: 
Hugo  Gebers,  pp.  VI II +279,  pis.  16.  figs.  136;  rev.  in  Canad.  Ent.,  47  {1915),  No. 
6,  pp.  199,  200). — Following  preliminary  chapters  on  the  characters  and  organi- 
zation of  insects,  their  development,  and  general  methods  of  control,  the  author 
deals  with  the  different  orders,  commencing  with  the  Coleoptera,  describing 
those  families  and  their  members  that  are  injurious  to  forests  or  useful  as 
parasitic  or  predacious  enemies  of  forest  insects.  A  special  chapter  is  devoted 
to  gall-making  insects  and  Eriophyes  and  another  to  control  measures.  The 
work  concludes  with  a  table  giving  keys  to  the  various  insects  according  to 
the  trees  and  parts  of  the  trees  they  attack. 

Descriptions  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  the  discodrilid  worms,  M.  C. 
Hall  {Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  {1915),  pp.  187-193,  figs.  3).—Ceratodrilus 
thysn-nosomus  collected  on  crayfish  in  the  streams  of  Great  Basin,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah,  is  described  as  representing  a  new  genus  and  species. 

An  anatomical  note  on  the  genus  Chordeiles,  A.  Wetmore  {Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 
Wash.,  28  {1915),  pp.  175,  176,  fig.  1). 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  255 

White  ants  in  Japan,  M.  Yano  {Extracts  from  Bui.  Forest  Expt.  Sta.,  Tokyo, 
1915,  pp.  1S4-142,  pis.  3). — The  present  paper  describes  three  species  of  termites 
which  occur  in  the  main  island,  Shil^oku,  and  Kiushu,  namely,  Leucotermcs 
{Reticulitcrmes)  speratus,  Coptoternics  formosanus,  and  Calotcnnes  (Gh/pto- 
termes)  satsumc7isis,  including  their  life  history,  natural  enemies,  distribution, 
and  the  damage  which  they  cause. 

A  new  Trichodectes  from  the  goat,  V.  L.  Kellogg  and  S.  Nakayama  (Psyche, 

22  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  33-^5,  flg.  i).— The  name  Trichodectes  hermsi  is  given  to 
a  species  taken  from  a  badly  infested  young  merino  goat  near  Inverness,  Marin 
County,  Cal. 

Dendrotettix  quercus,  A.  N.  Caudell  (Psyche,  22  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  52-54). — 
Considerable  damage  was  done  by  this  species  at  New  Lisbon,  N.  J.,  during  the 
season  of  1914. 

The  control  of  locusts  in  Italy,  A.  Lunardoni  (Intemat.  Inst.  Ayr.  [Rome'\, 
Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  522-532,  pis.  2). — A 
summary  of  control  work  in  Italy. 

The  question  of  the  bacterial  method  of  controlling  locusts,  A.  V.  Gratchov 
(ZMir.  Mikrobiol.,  No.  1-2  (1914),  p.  175;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  3 
(1915),  No.  11,  pp.  699,  700). — The  author  suggests  the  passing  of  the  bacillus 
(Coccohacillus  acridiorum)  directly  from  dead  insects  of  one  series  into  those 
of  another  without  any  intermediate  cultivation  on  agar-agar,  thus  eliminating 
the  danger  of  losing  the  virus. 

The  biological  method  for  the  destruction  of  locusts,  F.  d'Herelle  (Compt. 
Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  (1915),  No.  17,  pp.  503-505;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl. 
Ent.,  Ser.  A,  4  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  14,  15). — A  further  report  of  work  with  Cocco- 
bacillus  acridiorum  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  752),  which  was  carried  on  in  Tunis. 

A  test  of  Coccobacillus  acridiorum  d'Herelle  on  locusts  in  the  Philippines, 
M.  A.  Barber  and  C.  R.  Jones  (Philippine  Jour.  Sci.,  Sect.  B,  10  (1915),  No.  2, 
pp.  163-176). — Experiments  conducted  in  the  Philippines  with  (Edaleus  nigro- 
-jasciatus  and  Locusta  niigratoroides  in  which  cultures  of  C.  acridiorum  from 
the  Pasteur  Institute  were  used  gave  negative  results.  Reports  received  from 
consuls  in  Argentina,  Colombia,  and  Algeria  in  response  to  a  request  for  infor- 
mation regarding  the  results  obtained  from  the  use  of  C.  acridiorum  in  those 
countries  are  appended.  The  information  given  seems  to  indicate  that  thus  far 
the  use  of  this  organism  has  not  been  practical. 

Two  new  Thysanoptera  from  West  Africa,  with  a  note  on  the  synonymy  of 
the  Phloeothripidge,  J.  D.  Hood  (Psyche,  23  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  6-12,  pi.  1). 

A  new  vine  thrips  from  Cyprus,  R.  S.  Bagnall  (Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6 
(1915),  No.  2,  pp.  199,  200).- — A  thrips  which  is  injurious  to  vines  in  Cyprus  is 
described  as  Cryptothrips  brevicollis  n.  sp. 

The  cabbage  harlequin  bug  or  calico  bug  (Murgantia  histrionica),  W.  A. 
Thomas  (South  Carolina  Sta.  Circ.  28  (1915),  pp.  4,  fig.  1).—A  brief  account 
with  remedial  measures. 

The  immature  stages  of  Tropidosteptes  cardinalis,  M.  D.  Leonard  (Psyche, 

23  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-3,  pi.  i).— This  capsid  was  the  source  of  some  injury  to 
the  leaves  of  ash  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Synoptical  keys  to  the  genera  of  the  North  American  Miridae,  E.  P.  Van 
Duzee  (Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Ent.,  1  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  199-216) .—The  keys  here 
given  cover  all  but  eight  of  the  genera  of  the  hemlpterous  family  Miridae  thus 
far  recorded  from  America  north  of  Mexico. 

The  immature  stages  of  two  Hemiptera,  Empoasca  obtusa  and  Lopidea 
robini^,  M.  D.  Leonard  (Ent.  News,  27  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  49-54.  pls.  2).— Tech- 
nical descriptions  are  given  of  the  several  stages  of  these  insects. 


256  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

A  psyllid  gall  on  Juncus  (Livia  maculipennis),  BorrH  M.  Patch  {Psyche, 
23  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  21,  22,  pi.  i).— The  author  records  the  occurrence  of  L. 
maculipennis  on  Juncus  at  Magnolia  Village,  Mass. 

A  synopsis  of  the  aphid  tribe  Pterocommini,  H.  F.  Wllson  {Ann.  Ent.  Soc, 
Amer.,  8  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  3^7-358,  figs.  13). — Ten  species  of  this  tribe  have 
been  described,  of  which  three  have  been  recorded  from  Europe  and  five  from 
America.  AJl  the  known  species  commonly  feed  on  willows  and  poplars,  anr] 
one  species  is  recorded  as  also  being  found  on  maple. 

The  pea  aphis,  A.  Mokdvilko  {Trudy  Biuro  Ent.  [Petrograd],  8  {1915),  No. 
S,  2.  rev.  and  enl.  ed.,  pp.  54,  pis.  2,  figs.  4;  ahs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  3 
{1915),  No.  11,  pp.  702-704). — The  second  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  this 
paper.     The  synonymy  and  a  bibliography  are  appended. 

Some  intermediates  in  the  Aphididae,  A.  C.  Bakek  and  W.  F.  Turner  {Proc. 
Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  IS  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  10-14). 

A  new  genus  and  species  of  Aleyrodidae  from  British  Guiana,  A.  L.  Quain- 
TANCE  and  A.  C.  Baker  {Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  8  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  369-371,  figs. 
18) .—Eudialeurodicus  bodkini  n.  g.  and  n.  sp.,  reared  from  leaves  of  Erythrina 
glauca  at  Berbice,  is  described. 

The  European  fir  trunk  bark  louse  (Chermes  [Dreyfusia]  piceae)  appar- 
ently long  established  in  the  United  States,  .J.  Kotinsky  {Proc.  Enl.  Soc. 
Wash.,  18  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  14-16). — Specimens  of  balsam  fir  bark  rather  heavily 
infested  with  this  bark  louse  are  said  to  have  been  received  from  Mt.  Monad- 
nock,  N.  H.  It  is  stated  that  the  infestation  has  been  spreading  during  the 
past  three  years  and  that  a  considerable  number  of  trees  have  died  during 
that  time. 

Reports  on  scale  insects,  J.  H.  Comstock  {New  York  Cornell  Sta.  Bui.  372 
{1916),  pp.  425-603,  pis.  26,  figs.  i5).— This  bulletin  brings  together  the  author's 
writings  on  the  Coccidse  or  scale  insects,  the  first  of  which  (pp.  425-500), 
entitled  Reports  on  Scale  Insects,  appeared  in  the  report  of  the  U.  S.  Commis- 
sioner of  Agriculture  for  1880;  the  second  (pp.  501-506),  Report  of  the  Ento- 
mologist, United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  appeared  in  the  report  of 
the  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Agriculture  for  the  years  1881  and  1882 ;  and  the 
third  (pp.  507-603),  Report  of  the  Department  of  Entomology,  is  from  the  second 
report  of  the  Cornell  Station,  1883.  The  pagination  and  the  figure  numbers 
and  their  sequence  in  the  original  reports  have  been  retained. 

The  Coccidae  of  New  Jersey  greenhouses,  H.  B.  Weiss  {Psyche,  23  {1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  22-24). — The  author  lists  32  species  representing  17  genera  found 
infesting  various  plants  in  New  Jersey  greenhouses. 

White  wax  coccid  (Ericerus  pela),  M.  Yano  {Extracts  from  Bui.  Forest 
Expt.  Sta.,  Tokyo,  1915,  pp.  143-150,  pis.  2). — The  male  larvae  of  this  coccid 
secrete  a  white  wax  which  is  collected  and  known  in  commerce  as  insect  wax 
or  Chinese  wax.  The  author  gives  a  description  of  the  several  stages  of  this 
coccid  and  an  account  of  its  life  history,  host  plants,  and  natural  enemies, 
namely,  Brachytarsus  niveovariegatus,  Dasyneura  sp.,  a  new  chalcidid,  Chilo- 
corus  similis,  and  C.  tristis. 

The  oyster-shell  scale  and  the  scurfy  scale,  A.  L.  Quaintance  and  E.  R. 
SAsecER  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  723  {1916),  pp.  14,  figs.  S).— A  re- 
vision of  Bureau  of  Entomology  Circular  121,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  23, 
p.  156). 

The  pink  corn  worm:  An  insect  destructive  to  corn  in  the  crib,  F.  H. 
Chittenden  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  363  {1916),  pp.  20,  pis.  4,  figs.  7).— The  larva 
of  a  small  moth  {.Bntrachedra  rilcyi).  kno\\n  as  the  pink  corn  worm,  has  been 
found  in  cornfields  of  the  southern  United  States  for  nearly  three-fourths  of 


1916]  ECOFOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  257 

a  century,  but  not  until  1914  was  it  recognized  as  a  pest.  During  November 
and  December  of  tliat  year  numerous  complaints  were  made  of  damage  to  corn 
in  cribs,  especially  in  Mississippi.  The  attack  begins  in  the  field  and  continues 
after  the  corn  has  been  stored.  When  the  stored  ears  are  husked  they  show 
injury  by  accumulations  of  webbing  and  frass  or  excrementitious  matter. 

"  The  eggs  are  deposited  in  the  field  where  the  tips  of  the  corn  ears  are 
more  or  less  open,  due  to  the  attack  of  the  corn  ear  worm.  After  the  latter 
has  departed  the  pink  corn  worm  continues  the  injury  and  by  its  work  makes 
it  easy  for  other  insects  and  water  to  enter  the  ears,  which  eventually  are 
ruined.  From  the  cob  or  between  the  rows  of  grains  the  worm  penetrates  the 
kernels  at  the  tip  or  point  of  attachment,  works  into  the  embryo  or  '  germ,' 
which  it  destroys,  then  outward  to  the  crown. 

"  Unlike  the  Angoumois  grain  moth  and  the  rice  weevil,  which  are  usually 
to  be  found  working  in  the  same  fields  and  frequently  in  the  same  ears,  this 
'  worm '  does  not  confine  itself  to  the  kernel,  but  attacks  kernel,  husk,  and  cob 
alike.  Also,  unlike  most  other  grain  pests,  it  appears  to  be  confined  among 
cereals  to  corn  and  sorghum,  although  it  attacks,  but  does  not  seriously  injure, 
cotton  bolls  which  are  more  or  less  open,  and  some  other  plant<5, 

"  While  thus  far  it  has  proved  most  injurious  in  Mississippi,  it  ranges  from 
South  Carolina  westward  to  central  Texas,  southward  to  tropical  Texas,  and 
northward  to  Arkansas  and  Tennessee.  During  the  years  1914-15  the  pink 
corn  worm  was  reported  to  have  occasioned  very  considerable  injury,  and 
much  alarm  was  felt  because  of  its  abundance  in  the  regions  mentioned.  Nat- 
urally it  can  not  be  foretold  when,  if  ever,  such  an  outbreak  will  recur. 

"As  a  preventive  of  injury,  corn  should  be  left  in  the  field  no  longer  than 
is  absolutely  necessary  for  drying  it ;  the  husks  should  then  be  removed  as 
soon  as  possible,  the  poorest  of  the  infested  ears  destroyed  promptly  or  fed  to 
swine  or  poultry,  and  the  best  ears  fumigated  with  carbon  bisulphid  according 
to  the  directions  given.  The  bins  or  cribs  should  be  kept  scrupulously  clean, 
and  should  be  fumigated  before  new  material  is  stored  in  them.  Cooperation 
among  corn  growers  of  as  large  a  territory  as  possible  where  the  species  occurs 
should  be  secured  that  future  losses  may  be  prevented." 

A  bibliography  of  ten  titles  is  appended. 

Notes  on  larg'e  scale  experiments  ag'ainst  the  pink  bollworm  in  cotton 
seed,  G.  Stogey  (Agr.  Jour. -Egypt,  Jf  (191^),  No.  2,  pp.  115-124,  Pls.  2).— These 
notes  describe  and  report  the  results  of  experiments  on  the  hot-air  treatment 
and  fumigation  treatment  of  cotton  seed  for  the  pink  bollworm  (Gelechia 
gossypiella). 

A  note  on  the  recent  attack  of  Brassolis  sophorse,  L.  D.  Cleake,  Je.  (Jour. 
Bd.  Agr.  Brit.  Guiana,  8  (1015),  No.  S,  pp.  86,  87).— This  lepidopteran  was  the 
source  of  considerable  injury  to  coconut  palms  at  Georgetown  during  1914, 
approximately  5  per  cent  of  the  palms  having  succumbed  to  its  attack. 

Studies  on  the  vine  moths,  M.  Topi  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci. 
Fis.,  Mat.  et  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I,  No.  5,  pp.  464-468,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Internat. 
Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
890-892). — This  paper  reports  further  studies  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  63)  made  of  the 
bionomics  and  of  control  measures  for  Cochylis  amhiguella  and  Polychrosis 
hotrana. 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  Carpocapsa  pomonella,  G.  Sciarra  (Bol. 
Lab.  Zool.  Gen.  e  Agr.  R.  Scuola  Sup.  Agr.  Portici,  10  (1915),  pp.  S3-50,  fig.  1; 
ahs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  4  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  16,  i7).— This  reports  studies 
of  the  bionomics  of  the  codling  moth,  its  economic  importance,  etc. 


258  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Observations  of  the  biology  of  Anarsia  lineatella,  injurious  to  the  almond, 
R.  Sarea  (Bol.  LaJj.  Zool.  Gen.  e  Agr.  R.  Scuola  Sup.  Agr.  Portici,  10  {1915),  pp. 
51-65,  figs.  3;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  4  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  11,  18).— The 
peach  twig  moth  is  said  to  have  two  generations  in  Italy,  the  first  appearing 
late  in  May  and  in  June  and  July,  and  the  second  early  in  September  and  in 
October.  In  addition  to  almonds  it  attacks  prunes,  plums,  apricots,  and 
peaches,  and  has  also  been  recorded  on  apples. 

The  fir  bud  moth  (Argyresthia  illuminatella),  I.  Tragardh  (Skogen,  2 
(1915),  No.  7,  pp.  188-191,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent,  Ser.  A,  3  (1915),  No. 
11,  p.  697). — A.  illuminatella,  hitherto  only  recorded  from  Germany  where  it 
sometimes  injures  fir  plantations,  is  said  to  be  common  in  Sweden,  although 
it  is  now  recorded  as  a  pest  in  that  country  for  the  first  time.  The  larva 
attacks  the  young  buds  and  hibernates  therein,  pupation  taking  place  in  May 
of  the  following  year  and  the  moths  appearing  in  the  latter  half  of  June. 

A  new  coconut  palm  pest  in  Java,  P.  E.  Kbuchenius  (Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.], 
2.  Aht.,  43  (1915),  No.  19-24,  PP-  602-609,  pi.  1).—An  account  of  the  pyralid 
Mclissoblaptes  ricfovenalis  and  its  injury  to  the  coconut  palm. 

The  classification  of  lepidopterous  larvae,  S.  B.  Fkacker  (III.  Biol.  Mono- 
graphs, 2  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  169,  pis.  10).— The  first  part  of  this  work  (pp.  11^0) 
relates  to  the  homology  of  the  setae,  and  the  second  or  main  part  (pp.  41-141) 
consists  of  a  systematic  outline  of  families  and  genera.  A  glossary  and  bibli- 
ography are  included. 

Resume  of  work  in  Peru  on  Phlebotomus  verrucarum  and  its  agency  in 
the  transmission  of  verruga,  C.  H.  T.  Townsend  (An.  Zool.  Aplicada,  1  (1914), 
No.  1,  pp.  44-<'4.  fiQS-  ^4)- — This  is  a  summary  of  the  author's  investigations  of 
verruga,  of  which  accounts  have  been  noted  from  other  sources  (E.  S.  R.,  34, 
p.  355). 

Behavior  of  Anopheles  albimanus  and  A.  tarsimaculata,  J.  Zetek  (Ann. 
Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  8  (1915),  No.  S,  pp.  221-271,  figs.  6).— This  paper  is  largely  a 
report  of  definitely  observed  and  demonstrated  flights  of  A.  albimanus  and  its 
racial  variety  tarsimaculata. 

"  The  life  cycle  of  A.  tarsimaculata  was  found  to  be  from  seven  to  nine  days. 
Direct  observations  from  boats  and  on  land  showed  a  distinct  flight  of  hordes 
of  A.  tarsimaculata  and  A.  tceniorhynchus  toward  Gatun,  beginning  at  dusk, 
and  lasting  about  30  to  45  minutes.  There  was  a  return  flight  from  Gatun  to 
the  breeding  place  beginning  at  early  dawn  and  lasting  until  objects  could  be 
easily  discerned,  about  30  minutes  duration.  This  return  flight  takes  place 
higher  in  the  air  and  is  characterized  by  haste." 

The  mosquito  and  its  relation  to  public  health  work  in  the  Tropics  and 
subtropics,  L.  E.  Cooling  (Jour.  Roy.  Sanit.  Inst.,  36  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  424- 
434,  pis.  2).— This  paper  includes  a  table  which  shows  the  difference  between 
the  more  important  species  of  mosquitoes  of  Brisbane,  namely,  Stegomyia 
fasciata,  Culex  fatigans,  Culicelsa  vigilax,  and  Nyssorhynchus  annuUpes,  and 
their  various  stages. 

The  Simulidae  of  northern  Chile,  F.  Knab  (An.  Zool.  Aplicada,  1  (1914), 
No.  1,  pp.  17-22,  fig.  Jf).— Three  species  are  described  of  which  one,  SimuUum 
tenuipes,  is  new  to  science. 

The  role  played  by  the  insects  of  the  dipterous  family  Phoridje  in  relation 
to  the  spread  of  bacterial  infections. — Experiments  on  Aphiochteta  ferru- 
ginea  with  the  cholera  vibrio,  D.  N.  Roberg  (Philippine  Jour.  ScL,  Sect.  B, 
10  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  309-336)  .—The  experiments  here  reported  indicate  that 
A.  ferruginea  may  serve  as  a  possible  porter  or  carrier  of  Asiatic  cholera. 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  259 

Notes  and  descriptions  of  Pipunculidae,  N.  Banks  {Psyche,  22  {1915),  No. 
5,  pp.  166-170,  pi.  1). — Four  species  are  described  as  new  and  IS  species  noted 
as  found  in  Virginia,  making  a  total  of  27  plpunculids  recorded  from  that  State. 
Report  on  some  parasitic  and  predacious  Diptera  from  northeastern  New 
Mexico,  W.  R.  Walton  {Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  {1915),  pp.  171-186,  pis.  2).— 
This  annotated  list  of  species  collected  in  connection  with  an  investigation  of 
the  New  Mexico  range  caterpillar  {Hemileuca  oliviw)  includes  descriptions  of 
several  species  new  to  science,  namely,  Rhynchiodexia  flavotcssellata  n.  sp.,  at 
Eagle  Tail  Mountain ;  Zelia  wildermuthii  n.  sp,,  at  Koehler ;  MVehsteriaiia  cos- 
talis  n.  g. ;  and  N eodicliocera  tridens  n.  g.  and  n.  sp.,  at  Koehler,  N.  Mex. 

Nonintentional  dispersal  of  muscoid  species  by  man,  with  particular  ref- 
erence to  tachinid  species,  C.  H.  T.  Townsend  {Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  18 
{1916),  No.  1,  pp.  18-20). 

New  species  of  Tachinidae  from  New  England,  H.  E.  Smith  {Psyche,  22 
{1915),  No.  3,  pp.  98-102). 

[Control  of  the  house  fly],  R.  Hulbert  {North  Dakota  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.,  4 
{1916),  No.  3,  pp.  65-72,  figs.  2). — A  summary  of  measures  for  the  control  of 
the  house  fly. 

Does  th.e  house  fly  hibernate  as  a  pupa?  H.  Lyon  {Psyche,  22  {1915),  No.  4, 
pp.  140,  HI). — Experiments  were  conducted  at  Harvard  University  during  the 
winter  of  1914^15  to  determine  if  it  is  possible  for  the  house  fly  to  overwinter 
in  the  pupal  stage. 

"  The  results  of  these  experiments,  which  represented  quite  natural  condi- 
ticms  and  the  especially  favorable  conditions  of  the  basement  of  the  building, 
seem  to  indicate  that  the  house  fly  can  not  easily  overwinter  as  a  pupa, 
although  it  can  emerge  until  the  middle  of  winter.  It  would  seem,  therefore, 
that  the  appearance  of  seemingly  freshly  emerged  adults  in  any  considerable 
numbers  during  late  winter  and  early  spring  should  be  accounted  for  in  some 
other  way." 

Will  the  Mediterranean  fruit  fly  (Ceratitis  capitata)  develop  in  Italian 
lemons?  G.  Maetelli  {Bol.  Lab.  Zool.  Gen.  e  Agr.  R.  Scuola  Sup.  Agr.  Portici, 
9  {1914),  pp.  161-164). — The  author  fails  to  find  evidence  that  C.  capitata  will 
develop  in  lemons. 

The  Mediterranean  fruit  fly  (Ceratitis  capitata)  in  the  environs  of  Paris, 
P.  Lesne  {Coinpt.  Rend.  Acad.  Agr.  France,  1  {1915),  No.  16,  pp.  495-497;  ahs. 
in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  S  {1915),  No.  11,  p.  69^).— This  fruit  fly,  first  recorded 
as  a  source  ©f  injury  to  apricots  in  the  Paris  district  in  1900  and  the  source 
of  serious  injury  to  peaches  in  1906,  was  found  in  October,  1914,  to  be  the 
source  of  injury  to  pears. 

Preliminary  note  on  a  dipterous  enemy  of  the  peach,  Legendre  {Bui.  Econ. 
Gouvt.  G^n.  Madagascar,  14  {1914),  HI-IV,  No.  S-4,  P-  U2 ;  ahs.  in  Intermit. 
Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
893,  894). — The  author  records  the  occurrence  of  the  Mediterranean  fruit  fly  in 
Madagascar. 

On  the  Ethiopian  fruit  flies  of  the  genus  Dacus,  M.  Bezzi  {Bui.  Ent.  Re- 
search, 6  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  85-101,  figs,  i^)-— Twenty  species  are  here  con- 
sidered, of  which  six  are  described  as  new. 

New  Amei-ican  species  of  Asteia  and  Sigalsoesa,  J.  M.  Axdrich  {Psyche, 
22  {1915).  No.  3,  pp.  94-98,  pis.  2,  figs.  2). 

The  host  of  Zelia  vertebrata,  J.  A.  Hyslop  {Psyche,  23  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  24, 
85).— The  author  records  the  rearing  of  this  dipteran  from  Meracantha  con- 
tracta. 


260  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Notes  on  the  cat  flea  (Ctenocephalus  felis),  H.  Lyon  {Psyche,  22  {1915), 
No.  4,  pp.  12.'f-132,  pi.  1,  figs.  4). — The  notes  here  presented  relate  to  the  infes- 
tation of  139  cats,  the  seasonal  abundance  of  the  cat  flea,  the  method  of  raising 
fleas,  observations  on  the  anatomy  of  the  larva,  etc. 

The  rose  chafer :  A  destructive  garden  and  vineyard  pest,  F.  H.  Chittenden 
and  A.  L.  Quaintance  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Fanners'  Bui.  721  {1916),  pp.  S,  figs. 
^). — This  popular  account  of  the  rose  chafer  and  methods  of  control  is  an 
enlarged  revision  of  Circular  11  of  the  Bureau  of  Entomology. 

The  cherry  leaf  beetle,  a  periodically  important  enemy  ot  cherries.  R.  A. 
CusHMAN  and  D.  Isely  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  352  {1916),  pp.  28,  pis.  5,  figs. 
9). — The  present  studies  with  Galerucella  cavicoUis  were  in  large  part  con- 
ducted at  North  East,  Pa. ;  observations  made  at  the  New  York  Cornell  Station 
by  Herrick  and  Matheson  have  been  previou.sly  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  75G). 

The  authors  find  the  pin,  fire,  or  bird  cherry  {Prunus  pennsylvanica)  to  be 
the  natural  food  plant  of  this  insect.  The  wild  black  cherry  (P.  serotina)  and 
chokecherry  {P.  virginiana)  are  entirely  immune  from  attack,  even  by  the 
beetles.  Among  the  cultivated  fruits  only  sour  cherry  and  peach  trees  are  at- 
tacked, the  sweet  cherry  and  plum  not  being  attacked  at  all. 

The  outbreak  of  1915  is  said  to  have  been  by  far  the  most  injurious  that 
has  ever  occurred,  the  damage  having  been  caused  throughout  two  compara- 
tively large  regions,  the  one  in  the  Appalachian  region  involving  the  greater  part 
of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  northern  West  Virginia;  the  other  in  the 
northern  part  of  lower  Michigan,  especially  in  the  Grand  Traverse  region,  where 
cherry  growing  is  very  extensive. 

In  the  vicinity  of  North  Enst,  Pa.,  the  beetle  appeared  on  .Tune  7,  literally 
covering  the  leaves  of  the  trees  attacked,  the  source  of  the  migi-ation  having 
been  to  the  south  of  the  grape  l)elt,  from  cut-over  forest  land  grown  over  by 
pin  cherry,  the  foliage  of  which  had  been  reduced  by  a  freeze  on  May  27  and 
in  part  of  the  range  by  the  tent  caterpillar  also.  The  beetles  gradually  disap- 
peared until  by  the  latter  part  of  .Tune  practically  all  had  gone,  although  a  few 
scattering  ones  were  found  as  late  as  early  August. 

Tlie  adult  feeds  almost  exclusively  on  the  underside  of  the  leaves,  eating 
small,  irregular  holes  through  the  lower  epidermis  and  parenchyma  and  some- 
times through  the  entire  leaf.  To  an  extent  it  feeds  also  upon  the  fruit  of 
the  cherry,  scarring  and  pitting  it.  The  larvse  of  all  ages  feed  in  a  manner 
similar  to  the  adults  on  the  undersurface,  eating  through  the  leaf  to  the  upper 
epidermis  but  leaving  that  intact.  The  period  of  economic  injury  of  this  beetle 
extended  over  14  or  18  days  after  its  first  appearance  in  June. 

Technical  descriptions  are  given  of  its  life  stages.  Data  relating  to  life  his- 
tory studies  of  nearly  600  individuals,  almost  half  of  which  were  carried  through 
their  entire  development  from  hatching  to  emergence  of  the  adult  insect,  are  re- 
ported upon,  much  of  the  data  being  presented  in  tabular  form.  The  larvse 
continued  to  hatch  out  as  late  as  August  18  and  were  observed  on  pin  cherry  as 
late  as  September  10.  The  active  feeding  portion  of  the  larval  life  in  the  cages 
varied  from  10  to  20  days,  the  average  being  12.33  days.  The  period  spent  in 
the  ground  in  the  cages  varied  from  14  to  28  days,  the  average  being  22.36  days, 
and  the  total  developmental  period  being  from  45  to  50  days. 

A  small  carabid  beetle  {Lebia  ornata)  was  found  to  attack  both  pupte  and  cal- 
low adults  voraciously. 

The  control  experiments  conducted  are  briefly  summarized  as  follows: 

"Arsenate  of  lead  must  be  used  at  a  rate  of  not  less  than  5  lbs.  to  50  gal.  of 

water  to  be  effective  in  protecting  trees  from  injury  by  the  cherry  leaf  beetle. 

A  mixture  to  which  molasses  was  added  at  the  rate  of  1.5  gal.  to  50  gal.  of  the 

mixture  was  effective  in  killing  practically  all  of  the  beetles  which  fed  upon  the 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  261 

trees  on  which  this  mixture  was  applied.  Tliis  addition  of  sweetening  to  the 
arsenate  has  the  serious  disadvantage  of  making  the  spray  easily  washed  off 
by  rains.  Arsenate  of  lead  used  without  molasses  was  less  effective  in  protect- 
ing the  trees,  although  it  killed  some  beetles  and  it  was  to  an  extent  repellent 
to  them.  Lime  in  the  amount  in  which  it  is  added  to  an  arsenate-of-lead  spray 
was  not  repellent. 

"  Forty  per  cent  nicotin  sulphate  applied  with  water  at  the  rate  of  1 :  600, 
with  or  without  soap,  was  effective  as  a  contact  spray.  Weaker  dilutions  of 
nicotin  sulphate  and  soap  carbolic  acid  solutions,  although  apparently  effective 
at  the  time  of  application,  did  not  have  a  permanent  effect.  .  .  . 

"  Sweetened  arsenate  of  lead  is  recommended  for  cherry  trees  because  of  its 
efficiency  in  killing  the  beetles  and  because  its  effect  is  continuous  in  favorable 
weather.  Rain  destroys  the  effectiveness  of  this  spray.  The  combination  found 
most  useful  is  5  lbs.  of  arsenate  of  lead,  1.5  gal.  of  molasses,  and  50  gal.  of 
water." 

A  bibliography  of  25  titles  is  included. 

Hyperaspis  binotata,  a  predatory  enemy  of  the  terrapin  scale,  F.  L.  Siman- 
TON  ([/.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  197-205,  i)ls.  2, 
fig.  1). — The  economic  importance  of  this  coccinellid  beetle  {H.  binotata)  as  an 
enemy  of  lecanium  scales  was  impressed  upon  the  author  during  the  course  of 
investigations  of  the  terrapin  scale,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  156).  The 
adult  beetles  do  not  feed  upon  the  mature  scales,  but  destroy  the  young  and 
also  attack  aphids  and  other  soft-bodied  insects,  being  particularly  effective 
in  controlling  the  cottony  maple  scale  and  terrapin  scale.  The  beetle  occurs 
in  a  large  part  of  the  territory  east  of  the  Mississippi  River,  being  most  abun- 
dant in  the  Atlantic  States  from  Connecticut  to  Maryland,  but  is  common  from 
New  Jersey  to  Illinois,  and  even  extends  west  of  the  Mississippi  in  some  States 
to  the  semiarid  region. 

Technical  descriptions  are  given  of  its  life  stages.  The  eggs,  which  are 
salmon  colored,  are  deposited  singly  on  twigs  adjacent  to  the  host.  The  life 
cycle  requires  39  days  and  is  as  follows :  Incubation,  7  days ;  first  instar,  3 
days;  second  instar,  2  days;  third  instar,  3  days;  fourth  instar,  12  days;  and 
pupa,  12  days. 

Wirewonns  destructive  to  cereal  and  forage  crops,  J.  A.  Hyslop  (Z7.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Fanners'  Bui.  725  (.1916),  pp.  10,  figs.  6). — This  is  a  general  discus- 
sion of  wireworras  and  their  control  based  upon  the  author's  investigations, 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  555). 

Prothetely  in  the  elaterid  genus  Melanotus,  J.  A.  Hyslop  {Psyehe,  23 
{1916),  No.  1.  pp.  3-6,  pis.  2,  fig.  1). 

Elateridae  and  Throscidse  of  the  Stanford  University  expedition  of  1911 
to  Brazil,  J.  A.  Hyslop  {Psyche,  23  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  16-21,  pi.  1,  fig.  1). 

Observations  on  the  life  history  of  Meracantha  contracta,  J.  A.  Hyslop 
{Psyche,  22  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  U-J,8,  pi.  1,  fifgs.  2). 

Notes  on  the  habits  of  weevils,  W.  D.  Piekce  {Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  18 
{1916),  No.  1,  pp.  6-10). 

The  buff-colored  tomato  weevil  (Desiantha  nociva),  W.  W.  Fboggatt  {Agr. 
Gas.  N.  S.  Wales,  26  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1065,  1066).— This  weevil  has  a  wide 
range  over  the  eastern  and  southern  coasts  of  Australia.  In  New  South  Wales 
it  damages  the  young  buds  and  shoots  of  fruit  trees  and  vines  in  early  summer, 
but  was  not  known  as  a  serious  field-crop  pest  xmtil  1915. 

Beekeeping  in  Wisconsin,  N.  E.  and  L.  V.  France  {Wisconsm  Sta.  Bui.  264 
{1916),  pp.  3-28,  figs.  11). — A  general  account  based  upon  many  years'  experi- 
ence, the  senior  author  having  been  state  apiary  inspector  for  a  period  of  18 
years. 


262  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Texas  beekeeping-,  L.  H.  Scholl  {Texas  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  24,  2.  ed.  (1912), 
pp.  lJt2,  figs.  115).— A  second  edition  of  tliis  manual  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  864). 

Annual  reports  of  the  Bee  Keepers'  Association  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
1913  and  1914  (Ann.  Rpts.  Bee  Keepers'  Assoc.  Ontario,  1913,  pp.  72;  1914, 
pp.  78,  fig.  1). — The  proceedings  of  the  annual  meetings  of  the  association  for 
the  years  1913  and  1914. 

Horismology  of  the  hymenopterous  wing,  S.  A.  Rohwer  and  A.  B.  Gahan 
(Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  18  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  20-76,  figs.  11). 

British  ants,  their  life  history  and  classification,  H.  St.  J.  K.  Donis- 
THORPE  (Plymouth,  England:  William  Brendan  d  Son,  Ltd.,  1915,  pp.  XV-\-379, 
pis.  18,  figs.  92;  rev.  in  Scieiice,  n.  ser.,  J,3  (1916),  No.  1105,  pp.  316-318).— This 
comprehensive  guide  to  the  study  of  the  British  ants  is  based  upon  the  author's 
twenty  years  of  labor  and  experience.  In  the  introduction  (pp.  3-64)  the 
external  and  internal  structure,  life  history,  psychology,  geographical  distribu- 
tion, geological  record,  collecting,  and  observation  are  considered,  following 
which  the  indigenous  genera  and  species  (pp.  65-334)  and  cosmopolitan  and 
introduced  species  (pp.  334-350)  are  dealt  with. 

A  bibliography  of  15  pages  and  a  systematic  index  to  British  ants  and 
myrmecophiles  are  appended.     The  review  is  by  W.  M.  Wheeler. 

Two  new  species  of  Cerceris,  N.  Banks  (Ent.  News,  27  (1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
64,  65). 

A  revision  of  the  Ichneumonidae  based  on  the  collection  in  the  British 
Museum  (Natural  History),  with  descriptions  of  new  g-enera  and  species, 
C.  MoRLEY  (London:  Brit.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  1915.  pt.  4,  pp.  XII +167.  pi.  1).— 
This  fourth  part  of  the  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  656)  deals  with 
the  tribes  Joppides,  Banchides,  and  Aiomyides  of  the  subfamily  Ichneumonince. 

Descriptions  of  six  new  species  of  ichneumon  flies,  R.  A.  Cushman  (Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  (1915),  pp.  507-513). — The  species  here  described  as  new  are 
Bassus  carpocapsce,  Aenoplex  carpocapsw,  A.  plesiotypus,  and  Olypta  hrevis 
reared  from  the  codling  moth,  at  South  Acton,  Mass.,  Vienna,  Va.,  Alameda, 
Cal.,  and  French  Creek,  W.  Va.,  respectively ;  Notopygus  virginiensis  from 
Vienna,  Va. ;  and  Idechthis  nigricoxalis  reared  from  Euzophera  semifuneralis 
at  Youngstown,  N.  Y. 

Some  new  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  from  North  and  South  America,  A.  A. 
GiRAUXT  (Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  8  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  272-278). — Four  genera,  6 
species,  and  2  varieties  are  here  described  as  new.  Of  these  Eunotus  ameri- 
canus,  reared  from  Eriopeltis  festucce  at  Portland,  Me.,  and  Anagrus  armatus 
nigriceps,  reared  from  eggs  of  Enipoasca  rosce  at  Corvallis,  Oreg.,  are  of  eco- 
nomic importance. 

Descriptions  of  new  g-enera  and  species,  with  notes  on  parasitic  Hymenop- 
tera, A.  B.  Gahan  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  (1915),  pp.  155-16S).— In  this 
paper  descriptions  are  given  of  three  species  of  Ichneumonoidea  and  two  genera 
and  ten  species  of  Chalcidoidea  new  to  science,  including  Hyposoter  inter- 
jectus  reared  from  Prodenia  ornithogalli  at  Areola,  Miss. ;  Nepiera  benevola 
from  Eurymus  eurytheme  at  Salt  Lake,  Utah;  Aphwreta  sarcophagce  from 
Sarcophaga  kellyi  at  Wellington,  Kans. ;  Liodontomerus  perplexus  and  Tri- 
meromicrus  maculatus  n.  g.  and  n.  sp.,  at  Yuma,  Ariz. ;  Habrocytus  medicaginis 
Sit  Glendale,  Cal.,  and  Tetrastichus  venustus  at  Corcoran,  Cal.,  from  alfalfa 
seed  pods  infested  with  Brucophagus  funehris;  Anastatus  scmiflavidus  from 
Hemileuca  oliviw  at  Koehler,  N.  Mex. ;  Enptcromnlus  sarcophagcr  from  S.  kellyi 
at  Dodge  City,  Kans. ;  Fmplectrus  insuetus  from  Lorema  accins  at  Lakeland, 
Fla. ;  Dianlinus  insularis  from  Agromyza  inaiqualis  at  Rio  Piedras,  P.  R. ;  and 
Tetrastichus  euplectri  from  Euplectrus  platyhypenm  at  Tallulah,  La. 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  263 

New  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  A.  A.  Giraxjlt  (Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer..  8 
(1915),  No.  3,  pp.  279-284). — One  genus  and  8  species  are  here  described  as  new 
to  science,  among  which  is  Aphi(lencyi'tn,s  aspidioti,  reared  from  Aspidiotus  per- 
niciosus  at  Lansing,  INIich.  Coccidencyrtus  ensifer  is  recorded  as  reared  from 
Aspidiotus  jnylans-regiw  at  Musl^egon,  Mich. 

Chalcidoidea  bred  from  Giossina  morsitans  in  Northern  Rhodesia,  J. 
Wateeston  (Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  69-82,  figs.  5).— Three 
species  representing  as  many  widely  separated  groups  in  the  superfamily  Chal- 
cidoidea are  considered,  two  of  which  are  described  as  new  to  science. 

Two  new  Mymaridse  from  the  eastern  United  States,  A.  A.  Girault  (Ent. 
News,  21  (1916),  No.  2.  pp.  69,  70). 

Notes  on  some  sawfly  larvae  belonging  to  the  genus  Dimorphopteryx, 
W.  MiDDLETON  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  48  (1915),  pp.  497-501.  pi.  1,  figs.  4) .— 
These  notes  relate  to  Dimorphopteryx  castanece  on  chestnut  at  Falls  Church 
and  Wiehle,  Va.,  and  Blythedale,  Md. ;  D.  autumnaUs  on  red  oak  at  Falls  Church 
and  Wiehle,  Va. ;  D.  quercivora  on  red  oak  at  Tomahawk  Lake,  Wis. ;  and  D. 
errans  on  birch  and  linden. 

Ticks:  A  monograph  of  the  Ixodoidea. — Bibliography  of  the  Lzodoidea,  II, 
G.  H.  F.  NuTTALL  ami  L.  E.  Robinson  (Cambridge:  University  Press,  1915,  pp. 
W+S2). — This  addition  to  the  bibliography  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  25, 
p.  858)  lists  462  papers,  a  large  proportion  of  which  have  appeared  since  the 
publication  of  the  first  part. 

Ticks:  A  monograph  of  the  Ixodoidea,  III,  The  genus  Hsemaphysalis, 
G.  H.  F.  NuTTALL  and  C.  ^Vabbueton  (Cambridge:  University  Press,  1915,  pp. 
XIII-\-349-550,  pis.  9,  figs.  143). — The  authors  recognize  50  species  and  varieties, 
including  the  three  specie3  H.  spinulosa,  H.  obtusa,  and  H.  numidiana,  the 
validity  of  which  is  somewhat  doubtful.  The  synonymy  and  references  relat- 
ing to  publications  which  deal  with  the  genus  Hsemaphysalis  and  the  generic 
characterization  are  followed  by  keys  for  the  determination  of  the  species  of 
the  genus,  including  males,  females,  nymphs,  and  larvae,  so  far  as  known.  Spe- 
cific descriptions  of  valid  species  of  the  genus  and  of  their  varieties,  which  take 
up  the  greater  part  of  the  work  (pp.  362-506),  are  followed  by  an  account  of 
the  geographical  distribution  and  hosts  of  the  genus ;  a  list  of  condemned  and 
doubtful  species  of  Ha^maphysalis,  including  their  synonymy  and  literature ; 
notes  on  the  biology  of  Hiemaphysalis  (pp.  518-547),  by  G.  H.  F.  Nuttall ;  and 
an  index  to  valid  species  of  the  genus,  together  with  a  list  of  collections  in 
which  the  types  are  to  be  found. 

The  cassava  mite,  S.  Leefmans  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East 
Indies],  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  14  (1915),  pp.  85,  pis.  8;  abs.  in  Rev. 
Appl.  Ent.,  Ser.  A,  8  (1915),  No.  11,  p.  632). — The  red  spider  which  injures 
cassava  in  Java  is  Tetranychus  bimaculatus  or  closely  related  to  it.  Stripping 
and  burning  the  leaves  is  the  only  remedial  measure  thus  far  found  to  give 
satisfactory  results. 

The  leaf  blister  mite  of  pear  and  apple,  A.  L.  Quaintance  (U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  722  (1916),  pp.  6,  figs.  4). — A  reprint  of  Bureau  of  Ento- 
mology Circular  154,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  27.  p.  565). 

On  a  widely  distributed  gamasid  mite  (Leiognathus  morsitans  n.  sp.), 
parasitic  on  the  domestic  fowl,  S.  Hiest  (Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  (1915),  No.  1, 
pp.  55-58.  figs.  3). — L.  morsitans,  here  described  as  new,  is  said  to  have  a  very 
wide  distribution  in  Africa  and  also  to  be  found  in  Mauritius,  China,  India,  and 
South  America.  It  appears  to  be  the  common  bloodsucking  gamasid  mite  of 
poultry  in  these  countries. 


2G4  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

On  some  new  acarine  parasites  of  rats,  S.  Hirst  (Bid.  Ent.  Research,  6 
{1U15),  No.  2.  pp.  183-190,  figs.  8). — Four  mites  from  i:ats  are  described  for  the 
first  time,  one  being  a  new  species  of  Lselaps  which  occurs  in  Ceylon,  India, 
Africa,  and  South  America,  while  the  tliree  others  are  larval  forms  of  Trom- 
bidiidiie  collected  in  India. 

Two  Mexican  myTmecophilous  mites,  N.  Banks  (Psyche,  22  (1915),  No.  2, 
pp.  60,  61,  figs.  2). 

FOODS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

The  infection  of  foods  by  bacteria,  M.  Boenand  (Bui.  Sac.  Vand.  Set.  Nat., 
5.  ser.,  50  (1915),  No.  187,  pp.  5S9-619). — Information  is  given  regarding  the 
infection  of  milk,  bread,  eggs,  meat,  and  drinks  by  pathogenic  bacteria.  The 
most  effective  preventive  measures  are  thought  to  be  rigorous  inspection  of  all 
places  where  foods  are  prepared,  handled,  and  sold ;  protection  from  insects, 
especially  flies,  by  suitable  screening;  and  personal  inspection. 

Feeding  experiments  with  Bacterium  pullorum. — The  toxicity  of  infected 
egg's,  L.  P.  Rettger,  T.  G.  Hull,  and  W.  S.  Sttxbges  (Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  23 
(1916),  No.  Jf,  pp.  475-^8.9).— Earlier  work  by  the  senior  author  (E.  S.  R.,  31, 
p.  171)  on  the  bacteriology  of  normal,  fresh  eggs  is  referred  to  and  attention  is 
called  to  the  widespread  occurrence  of  Bacterium  pullorum  in  eggs  and  its 
possible  significance  in  food  poisoning. 

The  investigation  here  reported  consisted  of  two  parts — a  study  of  the  toxicity 
of  B.  pullorum  when  administered  orally,  either  with  food  or  by  means  of  a 
pipette,  and  also  an  investigation  of  the  heat  tolerance  of  B.  pullorum  in  in- 
fected eggs  which  were  prepared  for  edible  use  by  the  ordinary  processes  of 
boiling,  coddling,  frying,  etc. 

Laboratory  animals  (rabbits,  kittens,  guinea  pigs,  and  white  rats)  were  fed 
varying  amounts  of  water  suspensions  of  cultures  of  several  different  strains 
of  B.  pullorum.  Post-mortem  examinations  were  made  of  the  animals  which 
died  and  also  of  control  animals,  the  results  of  the  experiments  being  reported 
in  detail. 

The  results  of  these  tests  showed  that  "  eggs  which  harbor  B.  pullorum  in  the 
yolk  in  large  numbers  may  produce  abnormal  conditions,  when  fed,  not  only  in 
young  chicks,  but  in  adult  fowls,  young  rabbits,  guinea  pigs,  and  kittens.  The 
toxicity  for  young  rabbits  is  most  pronounced,  the  infection  usually  resulting 
in  the  death  of  the  animals.  In  kittens  the  most  prominent  symptoms  are  those 
of  severe  food-poisoning  with  members  of  the  paratyphoid  group  of  bacteria." 

Fresh  eggs  were  infected  with  B.  pullorum  by  injecting  a  small  amount  of 
water  suspension  of  the  organism  into  the  yolk  by  means  of  a  sterile  hypo- 
dermic syi'inge.  The  infected  eggs  were  incubated  from  three  to  five  days  and 
then  cooked  in  different  ways,  after  which  they  were  examined  for  the  presence 
of  the  organisms.  These  tests  showed  that  poaching  the  eggs  for  from  one-half 
to  four  minutes  rendered  them  sterile.  Also  no  visible  organisms  were  recovered 
from  infected  eggs  which  had  been  scrambled.  In  the  case  of  fried  and  coddled 
eggs  the  organisms  were  recovered  from  the  cooked  eggs  in  some  cases  and  not 
in  others.  Even  boiling  the  eggs  for  four  minutes  did  not  in  every  instance 
destroy  the  organisms,  this  resistance  being  attributed  by  the  authors  to  the 
protection  afforded  by  the  shell,  the  egg  white,  and  the  yolk  itself. 

The  authors  state  that  the  possibility  of  danger  from  infection  with  B. 
pullorum  can  not  be  ignored,  especially  in  the  case  of  invalids  and  young 
children. 

"  Ovarian  infection  of  fowls  is  very  common  throughout  this  country.  Hence 
a  large  proportion  of  the  marketed  eggs  are  infected  with  B.  pullorum.    When 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  265 

such  eggs  are  allowed  to  remain  in  nests  under  broody  hens  or  in  warm  storage 
places  for  comparatively  few  hours  they  contain  large  numbers  of  the 
organism. 

"  Soft  boiling,  coddling,  and  frying  on  one  side  only  do  not  necessarily  render 
the  yolks  free  from  viable  bacteria;  therefore  eggs  which  have  gone  through 
these  processes  may,  like  raw  eggs,  be  the  cause  of  serious  disturbances  in  per- 
sons who  are  particularly  susceptible  to  such  influences,  and  especially  in 
infants.  That  no  well-authenticated  instances  of  egg  poisoning  of  this  kind  are 
on  record  does  not  warrant  the  assumption  that  there  have  been  no  cases.  The 
etiology  of  infantile  stomach  and  intestinal  disturbances  is  as  yet  too  little 
understood ;  in  fact,  it  may  be  said  that  many  of  these  disorders  have  no  known 
cause,  and  almost  as  much  may  be  said  regarding  gastro-intestinal  diseases  in 
later  life.  Furthermore,  since  the  ailments  caused  by  infected  eggs  would  not 
make  themselves  felt,  presumably,  until  several  days  after  their  ingestion,  little 
or  no  suspicion  would  fall  upon  the  eggs.  It  may  be  said,  too,  that  the  wide  dis- 
tribution of  ovarian  infection  in  the  domestic  fowl  has  come  about  only  in  the 
last  few  years,  hence  its  possible  danger  to  man  is  one  of  recent  development." 

Turning  green  of  oysters  and  their  content  of  heavy  metals,  F.  Liebert 
(Chem.  Weekhl.,  12  {1915),  No.  U^  pp.  978-983).— A  summary  and  digest  of  data 
concerning  the  causes  of  the  green  color  of  certain  varieties  of  oysters.  In 
some  cases  the  color  is  said  to  be  due  to  algse  and  in  others  to  a  high  copper 
content. 

[Milling'  and  baking  tests  of  wheat]  {North  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpt.  Dickinson 
SuJjsta.,  1913,  pp.  20-22). — A  brief  report  is  made  of  the  results  of  milling  and 
baking  tests  made  upon  8  samples  of  wheat. 

A  study  of  certain  conditions  which  affect  the  activity  of  proteolytic 
enzyms  in  wheat  flour,  C.  O.  Swan  son  and  E.  L.  Tagtxe  {Jour.  Amer.  Chem. 
Soc,  38  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  1098-1109).— The  experiments  here  reported  were 
carried  out  in  continuation  of  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  164),  and  were 
designed  to  study  the  effects  of  a  number  of  conditions  on  the  activity  of 
proteolytic  enzyms  in  wheat  flour,  especially  the  effects  of  the  inorganic  com- 
pounds, potassium  dihydrogen  phosphate,  potassium  orthophosphate,  potassium 
hydroiid,  potassium  sulphid,  ammonium  chlorid,  calcium  chlorid,  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  the  organic  substances,  dried  egg  albumin,  egg  albumin  digested 
in  water  at  different  temperatures,  and  casein.  Descriptions  are  given  of  the 
method  used,  which  was  that  of  titration  with  formol  to  determine  the  amount 
of  amino  nitrogen  present  in  the  flour  and  as  a  means  of  measuring  the  protein 
cleavage  due  to  proteolytic  enzyms  present. 

Of  the  various  salts  tried,  ammonium  chlorid  and  calcium  chlorid  had  the 
greatest  accelerating  effect  on  the  rate  of  protein  cleavage.  "  The  proteolytic 
enzyms  present  in  wheat  flour  caused  a  more  rapid  hydrolysis  of  the  proteins 
when  desiccated  egg  albumin  was  present,  but  not  when  casein  was  used." 

The  nature  of  the  dietary  deficiencies  of  the  wheat  embryo,  E.  V.  McCol- 
LTJM,  Nina  Simmonds,  and  W.  Pitz  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
105-131,  figs.  19). — The  authors  refer  to  earlier  work,  especially  that  reviewed 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  666;  34,  pp.  367,  368;  35,  p.  166),  and  discuss  the  results  of 
these  earlier  investigations  briefly,  in  so  far  as  they  bear  on  human  nutrition. 
The  method  pursued  in  the  work  by  the  authors  is  based  on  the  following  line 
of  reasoning :  "  If  a  single  natural  food  product  fails  to  nourish  an  animal 
adequately,  it  may  be  due  to  (a)  lack  of  suflicient  protein  or  to  proteins  of  poor 
quality;  (b)  an  unsatisfactory  mineral  content  due  either  to  inadequacy  of 
certain  elements  in  amount,  or  to  unsatisfactory  proportions  among  them;  (c) 
an  inadequate  supply  of  the  fat-soluble  A;    (d)   of  the  water-soluble  B;    (e) 


266  EXPEEIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

or  some  toxic  substance  contained  therein.  One,  two,  three,  four,  or  all  of 
these  factors  may  operate  in  inducing  nutritive  disturbances." 

Experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (rats)  are  i-eported,  in  wliich  was 
studied  the  effect  of  feeding  wheat  embryo  alone  or  v/ith  other  ingredients. 

It  is  concluded  that  "  the  wheat  embryo  contains  qualitatively  all  the 
factors  essential  for  the  promotion  of  growth  and  well-being  in  an  animal, 
but  these  are  not  so  proportioned  that  it  can  serve  as  a  satisfactory  diet  with- 
out several  modifications.  The  mineral  content  must  be  modified  in  certain 
respects  before  growth  can  proceed  at  all. 

"  The  character  of  the  proteins  is  excellent ;  no  other  proteins  from  plant 
sources  which  we  have  studied  are  superior  to  them.  Rations  containing 
but  10  per  cent  of  these  proteins  are  wholly  adequate  for  growth  at  the  max- 
imum rate. 

"  Both  the  fat-soluble  A  and  the  water-soluble  B,  the  factors  which  must 
be  supplied  by  an  adequate  diet,  but  whose  chemical  natures  are  as  yet 
unknown,  are  present ;  the  first,  in  moderate  concentration ;  the  second,  in  very 
high  concentration,  as  measured  by  the  needs  of  the  growing  animal.  Two 
per  cent  of  wheat  embryo  supplies  enough  of  the  water-soluble  B  to  promote 
growth  at  the  normal  rate  for  several  months." 

The  wheat  germ  contains  a  substance  which  is  toxic  to  animals.  This  factor 
is  found  in  the  fat  fraction  and  is  to  a  great  extent  removed  by  ether  extraction. 
It  has  not  yet  been  determin(>d  whether  the  toxicity  is  due  to  the  chemical 
nature  of  the  fats  or  to  some  substance  associated  with  them. 

The  use  of  the  butia  palm  as  a  food,  J.  PuiG  y  Nattino  (Insp.  Nac.  de 
Ganaderia  y  Agr.  [Vrugnay],  Bol.  16  {1915),  pp.  18). — The  palm  herein  de- 
scribed is  an  ornamental  tree  from  which  a  number  of  food  products  are  ob- 
tained. Analyses  are  given  of  the  fruit,  seeds,  fiber,  leaves,  and  the  juice  of 
the  shoots  (from  which  a  honey  is  made). 

The  preparation  and  utilization  of  yeast  as  food,  W.  Voltz  (Ztschr. 
Spiritusindus.,  39  (1916),  Nos.  7,  pp.  53,  5^;  S,  pp.  6Jt,  65). — In  continuation  of 
previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  165),  the  author  reports  experimental  data 
regarding  the  composition,  digestibility,  and  uses  of  brewery  yeast  and  of  yeast 
cultivated  in  a  medium  of  sugar  and  inorganic  salts. 

Dried  yeast  containing  95  per  cent  of  water-free  material  was  found  to  con- 
tain from  50  to  60  per  cent  of  protein,  2  to  4  per  cent  of  fat,  25  to  30  per  cent 
of  carbohydrate,  6  to  8  per  cent  of  ash,  and  nearly  2  per  cent  of  phosphatids. 
In  digestion  experiments  with  men  the  protein,  fat,  and  nitrogen-free  extract 
were  86,  70,  and  100  per  cent  digested,  respectively,  and  the  energy  was  88  per 
cent  available. 

Honey  in  antidiabetic  diet,  A.  Y.  Davidoff  (Russ.  Vrach,  14  [1915],  No.  26; 
abs.  in  Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  65  (1915),  No.  16,  p.  1412). — Observations  in 
seven  cases  of  diabetes  of  the  effect  of  using  honey  in  the  diet  as  a  substitute 
for  sugar  and  other  sweet  foodstuffs  indicate  that  it  prevents  acetonuria  and 
diminishes  the  sugar  content  of  the  urine. 

The  content  of  stems  in  Java  tea  and  the  testing  of  tea,  J,  J.  B.  Deuss 
(Chem.  Weekbl.,  13  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  66-7i ) .—Analytical  data  are  given  show- 
ing the  percentage  of  stems  in  different  kinds  of  tea.  The  more  expensive 
brands  of  tea  were  found  to  contain  a  higher  percentage  of  stems  than  the 
less  expensive  kinds,  indicating  that  the  evaluation  of  tea  should  not  be  made 
on  the  basis  of  stem  content. 

The  composition  of  Hungarian  wines,  M.  VuK  (Kis6rlet.  Kozlem.,  18  (1915), 
No.  5-6,  pp.  813-830). — Data  are  given  which  show  the  composition  of  Hun- 
garian wines,  principally  from  the  output  of  1913,  and  some  general  informa- 
tion regarding  the  production  and  exportation  of  wines  during  the  year  1913. 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  267 

[Food  and  dinig  anlyses],  E.  P.  Ladd  and  Axma  K.  Johnson  (North  Dakota 
Sta.,  Spec.  Bui.,  4  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  72-80).— This  part  of  the  bulletin  contains 
a  report  on  prepared  mustard  by  R.  E.  Remington,  which  includes  analytical 
data.  Information  is  also  given  regarding  some  proprietary  medicines  ex- 
amined, and  the  results  are  reported  of  the  analysis  of  several  samples  of  foods 
and  beverages. 

The  economics  of  electric  cooking,  P.  W.  Gumaer  (Univ.  Missouri  Bui.,  16 
(1915),  No.  21,  pp.  62,  figs.  37).— The  object  of  the  investigation  here  reported 
was  to  ascertain  some  of  the  factors  which  increase  the  economy  of  electric 
cooking.  Tests  were  made  with  three  commercial  and  several  especially  con- 
structed experimental  ovens,  in  order  to  determine  the  amount  of  energy  con- 
sumed in  cooking,  and  the  best  methods  of  prepnring  different  foods  for  the  elec- 
tric oven.  The  details  of  construction  of  the  ovens  are  described  in  the  bulletin, 
as  are  also  the  method  of  measuring  by  means  of  copper-constantan  thermo- 
couples, the  temperatures  of  the  ovens  and  the  internal  temperature  of  the  foods 
during  cooking.  The  experiments  furnished  considerable  information  as  to  the 
losses  of  energy  in  electric  ovens  due  to  convectioH  and  radiation,  preheating,  and 
the  opening  of  the  oven  door. 

"  The  energy  lost  when  the  door  of  an  electric  oven  is  opened  for  15  seconds 
was  determined  for  various  oven  temperatures.  For  an  oven  temperature  of 
200°  C.  (392°  P.)  used  in  baking  bread,  biscuits,  etc.,  the  loss  due  to  opening  a 
12-inch  by  18-inch  oven  door  for  15  seconds  amounted  to  12  watt  hours.  At 
5  cts.  per  kilowatt  hour  for  electric  current  this  would  mean  a  cost  of  0.06  ct. 
each  time  the  door  was  opened  for  a  period  of  15  seconds. 

"  Since  the  purpose  of  cooking  food  is  not  to  put  as  many  heat  units  as 
possible  into  the  food,  but  is  rather  to  improve  its  flavor,  and  to  increase  its 
digestibility,  the  steam  boiler  method  of  determining  efficiency  is  not  applicable 
to  electric  ovens." 

Considerable  space  is  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  the  general  efficiency  of 
electric  ovens.  "  In  order  to  compare  the  cost  of  cooking  in  various  electric 
ovens,  a  method  proposed  for  indicating  the  relative  efficiency  of  the  electric 
ovens  is  to  specify  the  amount  of  the  preheating  and  the  radiation  losses  at 
the  required  oven  temperatures." 

Experiments  were  undertaken  to  determine  the  most  satisfactory  and  eco- 
nomical temperatures  for  roasting  beef.  Twenty-two  rib  roasts  of  like  size 
and  quality  were  boned,  rolled,  and  roasted  at  100,  120,  140,  160,  and  180°  C, 
the  time  required  for  the  cooking,  the  loss  in  weight,  and  the  amount  of 
energy  consumed  at  each  temperature  being  measured.  To  secure  uniform 
results  in  the  degree  to  which  the  meat  was  cooked,  each  piece  was  removed 
from  the  oven  when  the  interior  reached  a  definite  temperature.  An  inner 
temperature  of  55°  was  taken  to  indicate  meat  that  was  rare,  65°  medium 
rare,  and  75°  well-done  meat,  since  these  figures  conformed  to  the  usage  of 
other  experimenters.  A  table  is  given  which  shows  the  temperatures  of  the 
roasts  on  removal  from  the  oven  which  gave  the  most  satisfactory  results  as 
regards  quality  of  the  meat.  The  searing  of  the  meat  previous  to  roasting  was 
accomplished  in  an  open  aluminium  dish  over  a  heating  coil,  this  method  being 
found  to  result  in  a  saving  of  5  cts.,  on  the  basis  of  5  cts.  per  kilowatt  hour 
for  electric  current,  over  the  method  of  heating  the  whole  oven  up  to  250°  for 
10  to  15  minutes  in  order  to  sear  the  outside  of  the  meat. 

Figures  are  given  which  show  the  time  temperature  curves  for  the  inside 
of  the  roasts  for  different  oven  temperatures,  which  are  of  especial  interest 
in  cooking  studies.     "  The  shortest  time  of  roasting  was  at  160°. 

"  The  percentage  loss  of  weight  of  the  roasts  was  found  to  increase  with  the 
oven  temperature  used." 


268  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Other  figures  show  the  effect  of  oven  temperature  on  the  time  of  cooking  of 
beef  roasts  and  on  losses  in  weight  and  the  energy  required  to  roast  beef  under 
different  conditions. 

"  The  energy  required  for  roasting  a  rolled  rib  roast  of  beef  in  three  types 
of  electric  ovens  was  determined  for  oven  temperatures  from  100  to  180°.  The 
most  economical  temperature  for  preparing  rare  and  medium-rare  roasts  was 
found  to  be  100°  in  each  oven.  For  well-done  roasts  120"  is  the  most  eco- 
nomical temperature." 

A  series  of  experiments  were  also  carried  out  on  the  baking  of  biscuits, 
bread,  and  sponge  cakes,  in  order  to  determine  the  range  of  temperature  in 
which  each  of  these  could  be  most  satisfactorily  and  at  the  same  time  eco- 
nomically baked.  Curves  are  given  which  show  the  effect  of  oven  temperature 
on  the  time  of  baking  and  the  percentage  of  loss  in  weight  and  the  energy 
required  to  bake  each  article  under  different  conditions. 

"  The  range  of  oven  temperatures  for  baking  biscuits  was  found  to  be  from 
200  to  240°.  Starting  with  the  oven  at  the  required  temperature,  the  energy 
used  in  making  biscuits  is  practically  the  same  for  all  oven  temperatures.  If 
it  is  necessary  to  heat  up  the  oven  from  room  temperature,  the  most  economical 
oven  temperature  is  the  lowest  which  will  give  satisfactory  results ;  i.  e. 
about  200°. 

"  The  range  of  temperatures  for  baking  a  small-sized  loaf  of  bread  was 
found  to  lie  between  ISO  and  240°.  Starting  with  the  oven  at  the  required 
temperature,  the  most  economical  temperature  for  baking  bread  is  between  220 
and  240°.  When  preheating  is  included,  the  most  economical  temperature  for  a 
small-sized  loaf  was  found  to  be  between  200  and  215°. 

"  The  range  of  temperature  for  baking  sponge  cake  was  found  to  lie  be- 
tween 170  and  190°.  For  baking  sponge  cake  the  most  economical  oven  tem- 
perature is  the  highest  temperature  which  will  give  satisfactory  results;  i.  e., 
about  190°.    .  .  . 

"  For  baking  at  the  higher  temperatures  a  heating  element  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  oven  is  necessary  to  get  the  best  results.  Without  the  upper  heating 
coil  the  bread,  cake,  or  biscuits  will  burn  on  the  bottom  before  they  are  satis- 
factorily browned  on  top.  For  the  lower  temperatures  this  upper  coil  is 
unnecessary." 

It  was  also  a  feature  of  the  experiments  to  determine  the  most  economical 
thickness  of  heat  insulation.  It  was  concluded  that  "  with  electricity  at  5  cts. 
per  kilowatt  hour  and  allowing  an  interest  and  depreciation  charge  of  25  per 
cent,  the  most  economical  thickness  of  kieselguhr  insulation  was  found  for 
domestic  use  to  lie  between  3  and  4  inches." 

In  conclusion  the  author  emphasizes  the  importance  in  electric  cooking  of 
accurate  temperature  measurements,  adequate  means  of  controlling  the  tem- 
perature of  the  food,  and  the  formulation  of  definite  rules  or  directions  for  the 
cooking  of  each  article.  A  number  of  suggestions  are  given  for  the  construction 
and  operation  of  electric  ovens  to  secure  the  best  results. 

Nutritional  physiology,  P.  G.  Stiles  {Pliiladelphia  and  London:  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.,  1916,  2.  ed.,  pp.  288,  pis.  4,  figs.  19). — The  first  edition  of  this 
book  has  been  previously  noted  (B.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  763). 

Hiinger  and  food,  G.  J.  Peirce  {Sci.  Mo.,  2  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  181-188) .—This 
article  considers  some  economic  aspects  of  the  food  siipply. 

The  amino-acid  niinimum  for  maintenance  and  growth,  as  exemplified  by 
further  experiments  with  lysin  and  tryptophane,  T.  B.  Osborne,  L.  B. 
Mendel,  et  al.  {Jotir.  Biol.  Chcm.,  25  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-12,  figs.  //). — In  expla- 
nation of  the  fact  that  adequate  growth  has  never  been  obtained  with  rations 
in  which  the  nitrogenous  components  do  not  furnish  sufficient  proportions  of 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  269 

amino  acids,  such  as  tryptophane,  lysin,  or  cystin,  the  authors  state  that  an 
essential  feature  of  the  construction  of  new  tissue  is  a  synthesis  of  new  protein. 
Growth  will,  therefore,  be  limited  by  any  factor  preventing  this  synthesis,  such 
as  the  lack  of  any  component  amino  acid  which  can  not  be  manufactured 
directly  in  suitable  amounts  by  the  body.  The  authors  review  briefly  earlier 
experiments  by  themselves  and  others,  which  show  the  effects  of  tryptophane, 
lysin.  and  cystin  upon  growth  when  added  to  an  otherwise  dolicient  ration. 

Additional  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (rats)  are  reported  which 
show  that  "  the  need  for  tryptophane  and  lysin  is  governetl  by  the  '  law  of 
minimum,'  the  rate  of  growth  increasing  with  increasing  amounts  of  these 
amino  acids  furnished  by  the  food  until  the  normal  rate  is  attained.  When 
larger  quantities  of  these  amino  acids  are  supplied  growth  is  not  made  more 
rapidly,  for  the  construction  of  new  tissue  is  no  longer  limited  by  deficiencies 
in  the  requisite  supply  of  any  element  of  the  food,  but  by  the  natural  capacity 
of  the  animal  to  grow." 

The  energy  content  of  the  diet  (Set.  Mo.,  2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  279-306) .—The 
following  four  papers  form  a  symposium  and  were  read  before  the  Section  of 
Physiology  and  Experimental  Medicine  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  in  December,  1915 : 

Proteins  in  groicth,  by  Ruth  Wheeler  (pp.  279-282). — This  paper  summarizes 
the  results  of  recent  investigations  relative  to  the  role  of  amino  acids  in  nutri- 
tion and  emphasizes  the  importance  of  the  amino  acid  content,  as  well  as 
other  characteristics  of  proteins,  in  determining  their  food  value. 

The  mineral  nutrients  in  practical  human  dietetics,  by  E.  B.  For')os  (pp. 
282-289). — In  this  article  the  author  enumerates  the  functions  of  lae  mineral 
elements  in  metabolism  and  discusses  their  importance  in  the  dui.  The  bulk 
of  the  material  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  noted  in  an  earlier  paper  (E.  S. 
R.,  35,  p.  62). 

The  chemical  nature  and  physiological  significance  of  so-cullcd  vitamins,  by 
C.  Voegtlin  (pp.  289-293). — Recent  investigations  by  the  author  and  others  are 
summarized  and  the  importance  of  vitamins  in  practical  dietetics  is  considered. 
A  table  is  given  showing  the  common  foods  which  are  relatively  rich  and  rela- 
tively poor  in  antineuritic  and  antiscorbutic  properties. 

Food  selection  for  rational  and  economical  living,  by  C.  F.  Langworthy  <»  (pp. 
294-306).— The  author  considers  at  length  a  number  of  factors  which  should  be 
taken  into  account  in  securing  an  adequate  and  economical  diet  which  at  the 
same  time  gives  satisfaction.  Information  is  given  regarding  the  selection, 
preparation,  and  cooking  of  foods,  and  the  planning  of  meals. 

As  a  guide  for  the  housekeeper  in  the  wise  selection  of  food  materials  for  a 
meal  or  for  a  day's  ration,  and  also  as  a  means  of  checking  up  and  criticizing 
meals  served,  the  author  classifies  the  common  foods  into  five  groups,  corre- 
sponding to  their  distinctive  functions  in  nutrition.  "  The  groups  may  be  de- 
scribed in  terms  of  the  dietitian  as  follows:  (1)  Foods  in  which  protein  bears  a 
higher  proportion  to  fuel  value  than  it  does  in  the  well-chosen  diet  as  a  whole ; 
(2)  those  in  which  fuel  value  is  high  in  proportion  to  protein,  owing  chiefly  to 
the  presence  of  much  starch;  (3)  those  in  which  fuel  value  is  high,  owing  to 
the  large  percentage  of  fat ;  (4)  those  whose  chief  value  is  mineral  constituents 
and  vegetable  acids  (the  latter  important  from  the  standpoint  of  flavor  as  well 
as  of  body  needs)  ;  and  (5)  those  which  (like  the  foods  in  Groups  2  and  3) 
have  a  high  fuel  value,  but  in  this  case  due  to  the  presence  of  sugar.  From  the 
standpoint  of  fuel  value  only,  it  is  obvious  that  Groups  2  and  5  could  be  com- 
bined.   From  the  standpoint  of  the  well-chosen  and  palatable  meal,  on  the  other 


«  Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,  81  (1916),  Nos.  2100,  pp.  210,  211 ;  2101,  pp.  230,  231. 
54530°— No.  3—16 6 


270  EXPEKIMENT   STATION    EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

liand,  they  slionld  be  kept  distinct,  since  sugar  is  frequently  as  important  as  a 
flavor  as  it  is  as  a  food." 

In  discussing  tiie  practical  use  of  this  grouping  of  foods  by  the  liousekeeper, 
sample  menus  for  the  day's  meals  are  given  which  contain  food  materials  which 
are  wholesome  but  combined  in  such  a  way  as  to  furnish  an  excess  of  protein, 
fat,  and  carbohydrate. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Silag-e  investigations:  Normal  temperatures  and  some  factors  influencing: 
the  quality  of  silage,  C.  H.  Eckles,  O.  I.  Oshel,  and  D.  M.  Magrudek  (Mis- 
souri Sta.  Research  Bui.  22  {1916),  pjK  S-32,  figs.  7). — In  these  investigations 
various  types  of  silos  were  used,  including  the  concrete,  iron,  stave,  and  tile 
silos,  as  well  as  small  experimental  silos.  Temperature  readings  were  taken 
by  means  of  electrical  resistance  thermometers  placed  in  half-inch  iron  pipe, 
and  the  wires  carried  to  the  surface  of  the  silage  so  that  readings  could  be 
taken. 

It  was  found  that  in  the  climate  of  Missouri  the  temperature  of  silage  when 
put  in  the  silo  will  generally  range  from  75  to  95°  F.  The  temperature  rises 
from  3  to  15°,  reaching  a  maximum  in  from  eight  to  twelve  days.  From  this 
point  on  the  temperature  of  the  silage  slowly  declines.  Where  sufficient  moisture 
is  present  and  the  silage  is  well  packed  the  highest  temperature  will  rarely 
exceed  100°.  By  December  1  the  temperature  reaches  a  point  between  60  and  70°, 
and  the  lowest  point,  50  to  60°,  is  reached  by  iMarch. 

The  temperature  in  the  silage  in  the  early  stage  is  influenced  to  some  extent 
by  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  at  the  time  of  filling,  and  of  the  water 
used,  if  any  be  added.  The  greatest  factor  causing  variations  in  the  tempera- 
ture in  a  silo  is  the  amount  of  air  contained  in  the  silage.  It  was  found,  experi- 
mentally, that  the  presence  of  air  and  the  resulting  growth  of  mold  increased 
the  temperature  in  every  case.  The  material  used  in  the  construction  of  the 
silo  has  but  little,  if  any,  influence  upon  the  temperature  of  the  silage. 

In  an  experiment  planned  to  determine  the  relation  of  the  temperature  in  the 
silo  to  the  quality  of  the  silage  produced,  six  cans  holding  about  10  gal. 
each  were  filled  with  corn  from  a  large  concrete  silo  while  it  was  being  filled. 
The  corn  was  thoroughly  packed  in  the  cans  and  covers  provided  which  would 
slip  inside  the  cans.  The  cans  were  then  placed  in  a  screw  press  and  heavy 
pressure  applied.  The  lids  were  securely  fastened  before  the  pressure  was 
removed  and  the  cover  was  sealed  around  the  edges  with  paraffin  to  exclude 
the  air.  Two  cans  were  placed  in  a  cooling  room  at  a  temperature  of  approxi- 
mately 50°,  two  at  a  temperature  of  68°,  and  the  other  two  at  a  temperature  of 
100°.  Twenty-three  days  after  filling  one  can  from  each  lot  was  opened,  the 
silage  compared  as  to  appearance,  odor,  and  taste,  and  samples  were  taken  for 
acidity,  moisture  determinations,  and  chemical  analysis.  The  three  remaining 
cans  were  opened  58  days  after  filling. 

No  marked  difference  in  the  composition  of  the  silage  fermented  at  the  tliree 
temperatures  used  was  obtained.  The  acidity  was  decidedly  the  highest  in 
the  lot  at  medium  temperatures.  The  protein  showed  practically  no  variation, 
and  the  ether  extract  was  practically  the  same  in  all,  or  was  within  the  limits 
of  error  in  making  such  analyses.  There  was  some  difference  noticeable  in  the 
figures  for  crude  fiber  and  nitrogen-free  extract.  In  each  case  the  percentage 
of  crude  fiber  decreased  between  the  date  of  the  first  sample  and  that  of  the 
second.  It  would  seem  safe  to  attribute  this  to  the  effect  of  the  fermentation. 
The  nitrogen-free  extract  was  the  highest  in  the  lot  at  medium  temperature 
and  the  lowest  at  the  high  temperature. 


1916]  AlHMAL   PRODUCTIOlSr.  271 

The  highest  loss  in  dry  matter  occurred  at  the  highest  temperature.  It  was 
evident  from  the  odor  and  taste  that  there  was  considerable  difference  in  the 
character  of  the  fermentation  which  took  place  at  the  three  temperatures,  but 
all  three  lots  would  have  passed  as  normal  silage,  although  the  lot  at  medium 
temperature  was  rather  better  than  the  lot  at  50°,  while  that  fermented  at  100° 
was  ranked  slightly  superior  to  the  medium.  Apparently  a  medium  tempera- 
ture from  77  to  85°  is  the  most  favorable  for  silage  fermentations,  but  the 
results  indicate  that  the  limits  can  be  extended  to  60  and  100°  at  least  without 
any  material  difference  in  the  results.  Temperatures  much  above  this  are  not 
desirable,  since  such  a  temperature  must  mean  the  oxidation  or  destruction  of 
some  of  the  silage  material  to  furnish  the  heat. 

It  is  deemed  evident  that  the  quality  of  the  silage  produced  will  not  be 
influenced  by  any  effect  upon  temperatiu-e  of  the  material  used  in  constructing 
the  silo,  as  analyses  of  silage  from  the  wall  and  center  of  silos  of  various  types 
of  construction  showed  no  difference  in  composition  due  to  the  materials  used. 

A  comparison  of  silage  from  a  large  silo  and  of  silage  from  the  same  com 
put  into  a  small  experimental  silo  showed  the  quality  to  be  the  same,  as  judged 
by  appeaxance  and  by  chemical  analysis.  For  all  purposes,  except  studying  tem- 
perature changes,  the  small  silo  is  believed  sufficiently  accurate  for  experimental 
puiposes.  The  experimental  silos  used  were  water  tanks  3  ft.  in  diameter  and 
6  ft.  high  and  constructed  of  2-in.  cypress.  A  wooden  cover  was  made  to  fit 
loosely  and  was  provided  with  a  ring  of  felt  around  the  edge  to  make  a  reason- 
ably tight  joint.  Weight  was  applied  in  the  form  of  1,500  lbs.  of  rock.  This  was 
estimated  to  equal  the  pressure  to  which  silage  is  subjected  at  a  point  one-third 
of  tlie  distance  from  the  top  of  a  silo  containing  28  ft.  of  average  silage. 

Feeding  coconut  cake  on  grass,  K.  J.  J.  Mackenzie  and  E.  H.  Powell  {Jour. 
Bd.  Agr.  [London'],  23  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  117-123) .—Feeding  experiments  with 
steers  indicate  that  coconut  cake,  when  suitable  in  price,  is  a  valuable  feed  for 
steers  on  gi-ass,  but  that  it  is  not  very  palatable  and  so  should  be  gradually 
introduced  into  a  mixture  of  palatable  feeds.  It  is  advised  that  the  amount 
be  restricted  to  50  per  cent  of  the  concentrated  ration,  and  that  it  be  fed 
with  something  rather  constipating,  such  as  cotton  cake.  It  is  stated  that  a 
daily  ration  of  4  lbs.  of  a  mixture  of  coconut  cake,  cotton  cake,  and  linseed 
cake,  3:3:2,  appears  to  give  the  best  results. 

The  industrial  utilization  of  the  waste  product  of  rice  hulling,  N.  No^t:lli 
{Gior.  Risicolt.,  5  {1915),  No.  15,  pp.  242,  243).— The  results  of  feeding  experi- 
ments are  given  which  indicate  that  the  flour  waste  product  from  rice  hulling 
L«!  easily  digested  and  highly  nutritious.  The  readiness  with  which  the  product 
becomes  sour  is  an  obstacle  to  its  general  use.  It  is  suggested  that  it  be  con- 
verted into  cakes,  in  which  form  it  woutd  keep  for  a  long  time  and  could  be 
easily  transported. 

The  nutrition  of  farm  live  stock,  especially  cattle,  W.  Klein  {Biochem. 
Ztschr.,  72  {1915),  No.  2-4,  pp.  169-252,  figs.  2).— This  article  reports  a  compara- 
tive study  made  of  the  Zuntz,  Rcgnault-Reiset,  and  Piichtner  methods  of 
metabolism  measurement. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  Zuntz  method  of  gas  interchange  measurement  is 
the  best  for  determining  the  influence  of  the  biological  processes  on  the  gas 
interchange,  but  there  appears  to  be  a  close  agreement  with  all  three  methods. 
The  calculation  of  the  energj-  balance  alone  by  respiration  experiments,  that 
Is  O2  consumption  and  CO2  elimination,  when  compared  with  the  chemical 
analysis  of  the  intake  and  outgo  was  in  close  agreement. 

It  was  found  that  the  castration  of  bulls  was  without  influence  on  the 
energy  assimilation.  It  was  demonstrated  that  more  than  14  per  cent  of  the 
total  carbon  dioxid  elimination  in  cattle  was  by  way  of  the  skin  and  intestines. 


272  EXPERIMENT   STATION    BECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  results  of  these  experiments  showed  a  higher  energy  consumption  for 
older  steers  than  those  secured  by  Dahm  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  674),  but  were  in 
close  agreement  with  the  Armsby  calorimeter  results  (E.  S.  R.,  15,  p.  799). 
It  was  apparent  that  the  maintenance  requirements  in  the  various  ages  of 
cattle  were  in  proportion  to  the  body  surface. 

Nondisjunction  as  proof  of  the  chromosome  theory  of  heredity,  C.  B. 
Bbidges  {Genetics,  1  (1916),  Nos.  1,  pp.  1-52,  pi.  1,  figs.  8;  2,  pp.  107-163,  pi.  1, 
fig.  1 ) . — In  this  paper  experimental  proof  is  offered  that  "  particular  chromo- 
somes, the  X  chromosomes,  are  the  differentiators  of  sex ;  the  X  chromosome 
constitution  of  an  individual  is  the  cause  of  the  development  by  that  individual 
of  a  particular  sex,  and  is  not  the  result  of  sex  already  determined  by  some 
other  agent.  The  sex  is  not  determined  in  the  egg  or  the  sperm  as  such,  but 
is  determined  at  the  moment  of  fertilization ;  for  the  X  sperm  of  the  male 
gives  rise  to  a  female  when  it  fertilizes  an  egg  containing  an  X,  but  to  a 
male  if  it  fertilizes  an  egg  containing  a  Y  or  no  sex  chromosome  at  all.  Like- 
wise the  Y  sperm  of  a  male  gives  rise  to  a  female  when  fertilizing  an  XX  egg 
and  to  a  male  when  fertilizing  an  X  egg.  These  facts  in  connection  with 
the  fact  that  an  X  egg  of  a  female  produces  a  male  if  fertilized  by  an  X 
sperm  prove  that  the  segregation  of  the  X  chromosomes  is  the  segregation  of 
the  sex  differentiators.  The  presence  of  two  X  chromosomes  determines  that 
an  individual  shall  be  a  female,  the  presence  of  one  X  that  the  individual 
shall  be  a  male.  The  origin  of  these  chromosomes  whether  maternal  or 
paternal  is  without  significance  in  the  production  of  sex. 

"  The  Y  chromosome  is  without  effect  upon  the  sex  or  the  characters  of  the 
individual,  for  males  may  have  one  Y,  two  Y's,  or  may  lack  Y  entirely 
(males  lacking  Y  are  sterile)  ;  and  females  may  have  one  or  two  super- 
numerary Y's  with  no  change  in  appearance  in  any  case." 

A  bibliography  of  references  is  appended. 

A  sex-limited  color  in  Ayrshire  cattle,  E.  N.  Wentwobth  ( XJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  141-1^7). — It  is  stated  that  a  case 
which  seems  to  fall  under  the  sex-limited  group  is  found  in  the  inheritance  of 
black  and  white  as  alternative  to  red  and  white  in  Ayrshire  cattle.  If  the  factor 
for  the  black  and  white  color  is  represented  by  B,  the  hereditary  constitu- 
tions are  as  follows :  BB  is  always  black  and  white ;  bb  is  always  red  and 
white;  and  Bb  is  always  black  and  white  in  the  male  and  red  and  white  in  the 
female. 

In  breeding  experiments  at  the  Kansas  Experiment  Station  all  of  the  nine 
possible  matings  were  discovered.  From  the  data  obtained  it  appears  that  the 
black  and  white  color  of  Ayrshire  cattle  behaves  in  an  ordinary  sex-limited 
manner  similar  to  the  horns  in  sheep  as  discussed  by  Wood  "  and  the  rudimen- 
tary mammae  in  swine  as  reported  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  769). 

It  is  concluded  that  black  and  white  color  is  a  simple  allelomorph  of  red  and 
white  color  in  Ayrshire  cattle.  In  the  male  the  black  and  white  character  is 
dominant  and  in  the  female  the  red  and  white  character  is  dominant.  Males 
heterozygous  for  the  two  characters  are  black  and  white,  while  females  hetero- 
zygous for  the  two  characters  are  red  and  white. 

Sheep  raising  in  Wisconsin,  F.  Kleinheinz  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  263  (1916), 
pp.  19,  figs.  11 ) . — This  bulletin  deals  with  the  opportunities  for  successful  sheep 
raising  in  Wisconsin  and  the  methods  of  care,  feeding,  and  management. 

Fish  meal  as  food  for  pigs,  C.  Crowthee  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [Londoyi].  23 
(1916),  No.  1,  pp.  21-33). — Pigs  fed  fish  meal  in  addition  to  a  basal  ration  of 
bran  and  middlings  made  1.35  lbs.  greater  gains  per  pig  weekly  than  those  fed 

•Jour.  Agr.  Scl.,   1    (1905),  No.  3,  pp.  364,  365. 


1916]  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  273 

the  basal  ration  alone.  When  slaughtered  the  fish-fed  pigs  showed  no  unde- 
sirable appearance,  color,  or  smell  in  any  part  of  the  carcass,  and  at  no  stage 
of  cooking  could  an  exceptional  suiell  or  flavor  be  detected. 

Larg-e-type  swine  and  fertility,  E.  N.  Wentwoeth  {Breeder's  Gaz.,  69  (1916), 
No.  13,  pp.  722,  723). — In  an  investigation  conducted  at  the  Kansas  Experi- 
ment Station  1,000  litters  of  large-type  Poland-Chinas  and  1,100  litters  of  small- 
type  Poland-Chinas  were  compared  for  average  size.  The  large  type  farrowed 
litters  of  7.854  pigs  on  the  average,  while  the  small  type  farrowed  7.896  pigs, 
the  difference  in  fertility  between  the  two  strains  of  swine  thus  being  in- 
significant. 

The  average  amount  that  the  group  of  large-type  sows  varied  from  its  average 
litter,  2.141  pigs  per  litter,  was  compared  with  the  average  amount  that  the 
small-tj-pe  sows  varied  from  their  average  litter,  2.146  pigs  per  litter.  The 
advantage  in  this  case  is  in  favor  of  the  large  type,  since  it  is  more  desirable  to 
have  a  small  deviation ;  but,  again,  the  difference  is  not  great  enough,  either 
practically  or  theoretically,  to  be  significant. 

Swine  production  in  Holland  and  its  development  in  the  last  hundred 
years,  H.  M.  Kkoon  (Die  Schtceinesucht  in  Holland  und  Hire  Entwicklung  in 
den  Letzten  100  Jahren.  Inaug.  Diss.,  Univ.  Bern,  1915,  pp.  65,  pis.  6). — This 
dissertation  treats  of  the  various  breeds  of  swine  found  in  Holland,  their  dis- 
tribution and  improvement,  methods  of  care  and  management,  and  the  general 
status  of  the  industry. 

Experimental  results  in  fattening  poultry,  M.  A.  Jull  {Jour.  Anier.  Assoc. 
Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  Jt9-52). — In  these  experi- 
ments, conducted  in  Canada,  three  lots  of  birds  received  corn  meal,  oatmeal  feed, 
and  ground  buckwheat  as  their  respective  grain  rations.  The  ground  feed  was 
mixed  with  water,  allowed  to  stand  for  at  least  twelve  hours  before  feeding,  and 
fed  in  a  batter  just  thin  enough  to  run  out  of  a  pail  without  difficulty.  The  birds 
were  fed  twice  daily,  the  first  feed  being  given  early  in  the  morning  and  the 
second  one  late  in  the  afternoon.  All  food  was  removed  from  the  feeding  troughs 
as  soon  as  the  birds  had  satisfied  their  appetites. 

It  was  found  that  less  grain  was  required  to  produce  1  lb.  gain  in  flesh  when 
the  birds  were  fed  on  corn  meal  than  when  fed  on  a  ration  of  equal  parts,  by 
weight,  of  corn  meal,  oatmeal  feed,  and  ground  buckwheat,  or  when  fed  on  a 
ration  of  pure  oatmeal  feed,  also  that  the  mixed  ration  was  somewhat  superior 
to  the  oatmeal  ration  in  that  respect.  It  was  also  shown  that  less  grain  was 
needed  to  produce  1  lb.  gain  in  two  weets  than  in  three  weeks  with  the  three 
rations,  and  that  the  extra  profit  obtained  by  feeding  three  weeks  was  not  suffi- 
cient to  warrant  the  practice,  so  that  two  weeks'  feeding  is  to  be  preferred. 
While  oatmeal  feed  gave  the  cheapest  gains  the  mixed  feed  gave  the  largest 
profits,  with  oatmeal  feed  last  in  this  respect. 

The  weights  between  live,  dressed,  and  drawn  poultry  showed  a  gradual 
shrinkage,  with  much  less  loss  of  weight  between  the  live  and  dressed  birds  than 
between  the  dressed  and  drawn  birds.  The  difference  in  profit  was  also  con- 
siderable, being  in  favor  of  dressing  and  showing  an  actual  loss  in  drawing. 

The  profits  derived  from  poultry  fattening  were  39.5  per  cent  on  the  investment. 

Efficiency  in  roaster  production,  H.  R.  Lewis  {Jour.  Amer.  Assoc.  Instr. 
and  Invest.  Poultry  Hnsl).,  2  {1916),  No.  6,  p.  48).— Experiments  conducted  at 
the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations  with  Plymouth  Rock  and  White  Leghorn 
cockerels  indicated  that  at  nine  months  of  age  the  Leghorns  were  matured  and 
would  soon  become  staggy,  while  the  Rocks  were  in  prime  condition  for  slaughter. 
The  average  weight  of  the  Rocks  was  7.2  lbs.,  and  of  the  Leghorns  3.S  lbs.  The 
weight  of  the  dressed  carcass  (weight  after  bleeding  and  picking  and  removing 
the  heads,  shanks,  and  offal)  at  the  same  age  showed  that  in  the  ca.se  of  the 


274  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOEB.  [Vol.35 

Plymouth  Rocks  75  per  cent  of  the  total  carcass  was  available,  while  in  the 
case  of  the  Leghorns  only  67.3  per  cent  was  available.  At  this  age  the  Barred 
Plymouth  Rocks  sold  for  27  cts.  a  pound  and  the  Leghorns  for  21  cts. 

Meat  scrap  in  the  laying  ration,  H.  R.  Lewis  (Jour.  Amcr.  Assoc.  Instr. 
and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  (li)16),  No.  7,  pp.  52,  53). — In  these  experiments, 
conducted  at  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations,  pen  1  received  25  per  cent  of 
meat  scrap  in  its  dry  mash  and  pen  2  received  10  per  cent.  Pen  1  laid  6,711  eggs 
during  the  first  year,  4,207  the  second,  and  3,048  the  third  year,  while  pen  2 
laid  4,639,  4,358,  and  2,674  eggs  during  the  respective  years. 

From  the  results  of  the  experiments  it  is  concluded  that  the  higher  percentage 
of  meat  scrap  in  the  dry  mash  was  justified,  at  least  during  the  pullet  year,  as 
the  profit  above  feed  was  $127.88  as  against  $75.60  in  the  pen  receiving  the  low 
percentage  of  meat  scrap.  The  first  year  of  egg  production  in  the  first-mentioned 
pen  was  followed  by  a  comparatively  low  production,  whereas  the  production  in 
the  pen  which  had  not  been  forced  during  the  pullet  year  was  only  slightly 
decreased.  The  same  results  seemed  to  show  during  the  third  year,  so  that 
the  general  conclusion  is  drawn  that  high  production  during  the  pullet  year  is 
apt  to  be  followed  by  decreased  production  in  future  years. 

The  mortality  was  practically  uniform  in  each  pen,  the  birds  in  both  pens 
remaining  in  good  condition  in  general  throughout  the  period.  The  hatchability 
in  each  pen  was  practically  uniform,  and  the  size  and  weight  of  eggs  in  each 
pen  were  not  noticeably  different.  Under  systems  of  management  where  birds 
are  kept  for  two  laying  years  only,  a  higher  percentage  of  meat  scrap  can  un- 
doubtedly be  advised,  as  the  increased  production  during  the  first  year  will  more 
than  balance  the  difference  during  the  second  year. 

A  study  of  eg'g'  production  and  some  related  factors,  L.  E.  Cakd  {Jour. 
Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  42-// Jf). — 
Records  kept  of  laying  hens  at  the  Connecticut  Storrs  Experiment  Station 
showed  that  a  given  pen  will  consume  much  more  oyster  shell  when  laying 
heavily  than  when  laying  less  heavily  or  not  at  all.  Using  32  pens  of  Single 
Comb  White  Leghorns  a  ccwrelation  table  was  worked  out  so  that  this  relation- 
ship might  be  expressed  mathematically.  For  this  purpose  the  year  was 
divided  into  thirteen  four-week  periods.  The  number  of  eggs  laid  by  any  given 
pen  during  any  four-week  period  was  used  as  the  basis  of  distribution  for  one 
system  of  arrays,  while  the  amount  of  oyster  shell  consumed  during  the  same 
period  was  used  as  the  basis  for  the  other  system  of  arrays.  The  coefficient  of 
correlation  as  worked  out  from  this  table  was  0.8724+0.0079,  showing  that  a 
very  close  correlation  exists  between  the  factors  .under,  discussion.  The  same 
method,  when  applied  to  the  heavy  breeds,  viz,  Plymouth  Rocks,  Rhode  Island 
Reds,  and  Wyandottes,  taken  collectively,  showed  a  correlation  factor  of 
0.8265+0.0096. 

Similarly  the  relation  between  the  amounts  of  grain  and  mash  consumed  and 
the  corresponding  egg  production  was  worked  out.  In  the  case  of  the  Leghorns 
there  was  a  close  correlation  between  the  amount  of  mash  consumed  and  the 
number  of  eggs  laid,  i.  e.,  0.7493+0.0157,  while  there  was  practically  no  corre- 
lation between  the  amount  of  hard  grain  consumed  and  the  number  of  eggs  laid, 
the  correlation  coefficient  in  this  case  being  0.0214—0.0353.  The  same  general 
result  was  obtained  in  the  case  of  the  heavy  breeds. 

It  appears  from  the  study  thus  far  conducted  that  the  production  during  the 
summer  months,  except  in  the  case  of  Wyandottes,  is  perhaps  a  better  index  of 
the  yearly  egg  yield  than  is  the  winter  production. 

Value  of  egg  shows,  A.  S.  Chapin  {Jour.  Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest. 
Poultry  Hush.,  2  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  5S,  54).— The  methods  and  plans  used  in 
holding  annual  egg  shows  at  Purdue  University  are  outlined. 


1916]  DAIRY    FARMING DAIRYING.  275 

The  poultry  industry,  its  importance  in  agricultural  development,  H.  M. 
Lamon  {Jour.  Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  (1016),  No.  6, 
pp.  4i,  42). — An  abstract  of  a  paper  presented  before  the  Second  Pan  American 
Scientific  Congress,  giving  a  general  review  of  the  development  of  the  poultry 
industry  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries. 

The  management  of  the  farm  poultry  flock,  V.  G.  Aubry  (New  Jersey  Stas. 
Circ.  Jfi)  (1915),  pp.  20). — This  circular  deals  with  the  housing,  feeding,  care, 
and  management  of  the  farm  poultry  flock. 

The  Flemish  system  of  poultry  rearing:  Scientifically  improved,  Madame 
E.  A.  Jasper  (Country  Life  [T^ondon],  37  (1915),  Nos.  956,  pp.  577,  578,  fig.  1; 
957,  pp.  635,  636;  958,  pp.  672-674,  fiffs.  2;  960,  pp.  743-745,  fig.  1;  962,  pp.  838- 
840;  964,  PP-  913-915;  38  (1915),  Nos.  967,  pp.  88,  SO;  969,  pp.  171-173;  971, 
p.  245;  973,  pp.  294,  295;  975,  pp.  367-369;  977,  p.  437;  979,  pp.  8*,  10*;  980,  pp. 
528-530). — A  very  comprehensive  treatise  on  the  Flemish  methods  of  breeding, 
incubating,  brooding,  housing,  feeding,  care,  and  management  of  poultry  for 
meat  and  egg  production. 

American  pheasant  breeding  and  shooting,  E.  A.  Quarles  (Wilmingion, 
Del.:  Hercules  Foivder  Co.,  1916,  pp.  130,  figs.  52). — General  methods  of  breed- 
ing, feeding,  care,  and  management  of  pheasants  are  described. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

[Convention  of  milk  and  butter  producers  at  Washington,  D.  C,  1916] 
(Amer.  Food  Jour.,  11  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  244-253). — An  account  of  the  conven- 
tion of  milk  and  butter  producers  and  other  dairy  interests  held  at  Washington, 
D.  C,  May  5  and  6,  1916  (E.  S.  R.,  3-5,  p.  98). 

On  the  change  in  the  composition  of  the  milk  of  cows,  O.  Allemann 
(Milchto.  Zentbl.,  44  (1915),  No.  S,  pp.  122,  i23).— Analyses  are  given  of  colos- 
trum milk  and  of  milk  at  short  intervals  after  parturition,  showing  the  rapid 
changes  that  take  place. 

Effect  of  water  in  the  ration  on  the  composition  of  milk,  W.  F.  Turner, 
R.  H.  Shaw,  R.  P.  Norton,  and  P.  A.  Wright  (17.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr. 
Research,  6  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  167-178,  fig.  l).—ln  these  studies  four  different 
methods  of  varying  the  water  content  of  the  ration  were  used :  A  full  v.  a  lim- 
ited allowance  of  drinking  water ;  turnips  v.  a  dry-roughage  ration ;  wet  v.  dry 
beet  pulp ;  and  green  v.  dry  crimson  clover. 

Certain  individual  cows  at  times  produced  milk  having  an  abnormal  fat  con- 
tent. This  effect  was  apparently  independent  of  the  ration,  as  it  occurred  not 
only  with  the  high  water-content  ration  but  with  the  dry  as  well. 

A  study  of  the  data  obtained  in  the  four  series,  however,  shows  that  the 
watery  character  of  the  ration  has  no  effect  upon  the  fat  content  of  the  milk. 
There  was  even  less  variation  in  the  other  milk  constituents  than  in  the  fat. 
This  indicates  that  rations  of  varying  water  content  have  no  effect  upon  the 
composition  of  milk. 

A  bibliography  of  literature  cited  is  given. 

The  influence  of  sickness  on  the  composition  and  characteristics  of  cow's 
milk,  R.  Bergema  (Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Einfluss  einiger  dusseren  und 
inneren  Krankheitcn  auf  die  Z%isammensetzung  und  die  Eigenschaften  der 
Kuhmilch.  Inaug.  Diss.,  Univ.  Bern,  1915,  pp.  78). — The  specific  gravity  of 
milk  was  in  general  not  noticeably  altered  by  sickness  of  the  animal.  The 
chlorin  content  was  in  general  high.  The  milk-sugar  content  often  showed  a 
decline,  while  the  fat  content  was  as  a  rule  higher  than  noi-mal.  The  diastase 
content  showed  an  increase  of  this  enzym,  and  the  catalase  content  was  very 
often  high. 


276  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [V<rf.35 

The  composition  of  the  milk  of  Egjrptian  animals,  A.  Pappel  and  G.  Hogan 
(Cairo:  Dept.  Pub.  Health,  1914,  PP-  12). — An  analysis  of  Egyptian  buffalo  milk 
is  given. 

Effect  of  pasteurization  on  mold  spores,  C.  Thom  and  S.  H.  Ayebs  (Z7.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  15S-166,  figs.  S).— Studies 
were  made  with  spores  from  pure  cultures  of  a  series  of  molds  including  several 
species  of  Penicillium,  of  Aspergillus,  and  of  the  mucors,  with,  in  some  experi- 
ments, the  addition  of  Oidium  (Oospora)  lactis  and  one  strain  of  Fusarium. 
These  sets  of  experiments  were  made  to  test  the  temperatures  used  in  pasteuri- 
zation by  the  holder  process,  those  used  in  the  flash  process,  and  the  effects  of 
dry  heat. 

In  the  holder  process  of  pasteurization,  in  which  milk  was  heated  to  from  120° 
to  150°  F.  and  maintained  at  these  temperatures  for  30  minutes,  the  Mucor 
racemosus  group  and  RMzopus  nigricans,  which  are  found  more  frequently  than 
all  others  of  the  mucor  group  combined,  were  destroyed  at  130°.  The  common 
green  species  of  Penicillium  are  mostly  dead  at  130° ;  a  few  stand  135°,  but  two, 
one  of  them  an  undescribed  soil  organism,  survived  140°  for  30  minutes.  Among 
species  of  Aspergillus,  however,  the  strains  of  A.  flavus,  A.  f^imigatus,  and 
A.  repens  all  survived  145°  for  30  minutes,  and  A.  repens  and  A.  fumigatus  both 
survived  150°.  These  three  species  are  always  found  in  forage  and  feeding 
stuffs ;  hence,  milk  is  more  or  less  subject  to  contamination  with  them.  A. 
repens  grows  very  poorly  in  milk,  however,  and  the  examination  of  a  great  many 
cultures  of  milk  and  its  products  has  shown  that  the  actual  development  of 
A.  flavus  and  A.  fumigatus  is  comparatively  rare.  Pasteurization  of  milk  at 
145°  may  therefore  be  regarded  as  destroying  mold  spores  completely  enough 
to  render  them  a  negligible  factor  in  the  further  changes  found  in  the  milk. 

In  the  flash  process  of  pasteurization,  where  milk  was  heated  to  from  145° 
to  175°  for  a  period  of  30  seconds,  the  spores  of  all  the  molds  tested  were  de- 
stroyed with  the  exception  of  many  spores  of  one  form  and  occasional  spores  of 
three  more  forms.     At  175°  only  occasional  spores  of  two  forms  developed. 

When  the  heating  process  was  performed  in  dry  air  for  a  period  of  30  seconds 
at  200°,  31  out  of  42  forms  of  Penicillium  and  7  out  of  24  forms  of  Aspergillus 
were  destroyed,  but  none  of  the  cultures  of  the  mucors.  A  temperature  of  250° 
over  a  period  of  30  minutes  killed  all  the  forms  of  Penicillium  spp.  tried,  but 
left  an  occasional  living  spore  in  one  species  of  Aspergillus  and  3  out  of  6  mucors. 

Careful  study  of  the  cultures  showed  that  the  first  effect  of  heating  was  to 
delay  germination.  At  times  heating  to  a  degree  just  under  the  death  point 
delayed  germination  almost  the  full  length  of  the  usual  growing  period  of  the 
species.  There  is  frequently  a  survival  of  a  few  spores  where  a  majority  of  the 
spores  die.  There  may  be,  therefore,  a  difference  of  as  much  as  20°  between  the 
temperature  at  which  an  occasional  culture  is  completely  killed  and  that  at  which 
cultures  of  that  species  are  uniformly  killed.  These  results  resemble  those 
obtained  in  determining  the  thermal  death  point  of  bacteria. 

Metallic  flavor  in  dairy  products,  E.  S.  Guthrie  (New  York  Cornell  Sta. 
Bui.  573  (1916),  pp.  609-64S) .—The  results  of  these  studies  seemed  to  indicate 
that  there  may  be  a  cause  of  metallic  flavor  other  than  direct  contact  of  the 
dairy  product  with  metal.  In  several  instances  it  seemed  to  increase  when  the 
product  was  not  in  contact  with  metal. 

Buttermilk  in  sterilized  glass  bottles  developed  the  flavor  in  many  cases.  Of 
241  samples  of  cream  in  sterilized  glass  bottles  metallic  flavor  was  produced  in 
79  by  inoculation  with  metallic-flavored  buttermilk;  and  of  157  samples  of 
cream  in  sterilized  glass  bottles  which  were  inoculated  with  individual  bacteria 
52  showed  metallic  flavor.     It  is  concluded  that  the  organism  that  causes  metallic 


1916]  DAIEY    FARMING DAIRYING.  277 

flavor  is  a  member  or  a  strain  of  the  Bacterium  lactis  acidi  group.  Metallic 
flavor  may  develop  in  cream  of  eitlier  good  or  poor  flavor,  and  the  indications 
are  that  enzyms  may  be  a  factor  in  its  production. 

It  was  found  that  high  acid  content  is  essential  for  the  development  of  the 
flavor.  It  is  possible  that  electrolytic  action  plays  an  important  part  in  its 
production  when  the  source  is  directly  from  metal.  The  flavor  was  most  liliely 
to  appear  during  the  hottest  season.  It  may  be  that  this  was  noticeable  because 
the  degree  of  acidity  of  the  product  Is  likely  to  be  greater  when  the  temperature 
is  high. 

A  high  fat  content  seemed  necessary  for  the  development  of  the  flavor  except 
in  the  case  of  buttermilk.  Whenever  the  flavor  was  found  in  whole  milk  it  was 
always  near  the  surface,  in  the  cream,  and  it  was  never  observed  in  skim  milk 
or  cottage  cheese.  For  some  reason  it  was  often  found  in  buttermilk,  but  with 
this  exception  never  in  a  dairy  product  low  in  fat  content. 

It  is  deemed  difficult  to  explain  why  metallic  flavor  develops  to  a  greater 
degree  in  buttermilk  than  in  any  other  dairy  product.  It  was  thought  that 
there  might  be  a  relation  between  the  acids  of  the  milk  fat  and  the  metallic 
flavor.  Samples  of  butyric,  caproic,  caprylic,  palmitic,  stearic,  and  oleic  acids 
were  obtained,  also  propionic  acid,  which  is  lower  in  the  fatty  acid  series,  and 
succinic  acid,  which  is  a  dibasic  organic  acid  and  may  be  found  in  dairy  prod- 
ucts. No  sign  of  metallic  flavor,  however,  could  be  detected  in  any  of  these 
acids. 

The  flavor  appeared  spasmodically.  Often  it  could  not  be  detected  in  bdtter 
for  several  weeks,  and  sometimes  for  many  months,  after  which  it  suddenly 
appeared  for  perhaps  a  few  days  or  possibly  for  several  weeks.  During  all 
this  time  the  same  utensils  were  being  used  on  the  farms  and  in  the  creamery 
laboratories.  Low  temperatures  often  seemed  to  make  the  flavor  more  ap- 
parent. 

Note  on  the  neutralization  of  cream  in  butter  manufacture,  and  the  effect 
on  the  butter  produced,  A.  A.  Ramsay  (Dept.  Agr.  N.  S.  Wales,  Sci.  Bui.  16 
{1915),  pp.  10). — A  method  of  treating  cream  before  manufacturing  it  into 
butter,  known  as  "  neutralizing  and  pasteurizing,"  is  described.  The  term 
neutralizing,  in  conjunction  with  pasteurizing  in  the  method  of  treating  creams 
for  the  manufacture  of  butter,  is  used  to  indicate  the  reducing  of  the  acidity, 
probably  the  excessive  acidity,  of  the  cream,  not  to  the  neutral  point  but  to 
faint  or  slight  acidity,  say,  to  0.2  per  cent  of  acid  expressed  as  lactic  acid. 

Sodium  bicarbonate  or,  as  an  alternative,  washing  soda  (crystallized  sodium 
carbonate)  is  generally  used  on  account  of  its  cheapness  and  because  the 
supply  is  plentiful.  The  result  of  the  neutralization  or  partial  neutralization 
is  the  formation  of  the  sodium  salt  of  the  organic  acids  and  the  liberation  of 
carbon  dioxid.  The  carbon  dioxid  so  formed  is  impeded  in  its  passage  through 
the  cold  mass  of  cream  on  account  of  the  viscosity  of  the  latter.  This  viscosity 
is  lessened  when  the  cream  is  heated  to  170°  F.,  as  in  pasteurizing,  and  the 
gas  then  escapes  into  the  air.  As  it  rises  through  the  mass  of  cream  it  is 
claimed  that  it  carries  with  it  mechanically  the  volatile  substances  which 
give  the  cream  an  unpleasant  smell  or  taste,  as,  for  example,  "  food  taint,"  and 
the  heating  to  170°  assists  in  the  removal  of  the  gas  and  in  the  destruction  of 
the  micro-organisms  present.  The  result  is  a  product  from  which  unpleasant 
odors  and  taints  have  been  removed,  and  one  which,  if  not  absolutely  sterile, 
is  very  nearly  so.  Into  this  mixture  the  pure  culture  of  lactic  bacilli,  or 
"  starter,"  is  added,  thus  making  an  abundant  growth  of  the  lartic  bacilli  and 
producing  good,  clean  lactic  acid.     The  carbonates  which  may  be  used  for  the 


278  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.85 

purpose  of  either  neutralizing  or  reducing  the  acidity  of  cream  are  sodium 
bicarbonate,  washing  soda,  anhydrous  sodium  carbonate,  and  calcium  carbonate. 

Although  the  primary  action  of  the  alkaline  carbonate  or  bicarbonate  is 
simply  to  neutralize  the  free  acids  present,  there  will  probably  also  be  some 
action  between  the  alkali  added  and  the  proteid  matter  present. 

There  appears  to  be  reason  to  believe  that  in  chemical  composition  butter 
made  from  neutralized  and  pasteurized  cream  should  very  closely  approximate, 
if  not  coincide  with,  butter  made  from  untreated  cream.  The  skill,  knowledge, 
and  ability'  of  the  butter  maker  will  be  the  principal  factor  which  will  control 
the  amount  of  curd  which  will  be  present  in  the  finished  butter.  Other  things 
being  equal,  it  appears  justifiable,  however,  to  expect  somewhat  less  curd  in 
butter  made  from  neutralized  than  in  that  from  untreated  cream. 

The  butter  industry  in  the  United  States,  E.  Wiest  (Columbia  Univ.  Studies 
Polit.  Set..  69  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  264,  fiffs.  12). — This  is  a  report  of  an  economic 
study  made  of  the  butter  and  oleomargarine  industries  in  the  United  States. 
The  topics  discussed  are  the  manufacture  of  butter,  organization  for  the  pro- 
duction of  butter,  geographic  distribution  of  butter-producing  areas,  organiza- 
tion for  dairy  education,  grading  and  judging  butter,  history  and  development 
of  the  organization  of  the  butter  market,  the  present  organization  of  the  but- 
ter market,  butter  prices,  adulteration  and  oleomargarine,  and  the  oleomarga- 
rine law  and  its  development. 

Test  to  determ.ine  amount  of  yellow  color  in  a  product  {Hoard's  Dairyman, 
49  {'1915),  No.  11,  p.  4S9).—It  is  reported  that  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards 
has  found  that  the  color  of  butter  and  oleomargarine  can  be  satisfactorily 
graded  by  the  ratio  of  its  reOecting  powers  for  blue  and  yellow  light. 

The  yoghourt  bacillus,  F.  DucHAfiEK  {Biochem.  Ztschr.,  70  {1915),  No.  3-4, 
pp.  269-293). — The  author  conducted  comparative  experiments  with  the  yog- 
hourt  bacillus  as  described  by  the  workers  at  the  Pasteur  Institute  and  with 
the  bacillus  as  described  by  EfEront. 

There  was  found  to  be  a  difference  between  these  two  types  as  regards  the 
choice  of  the  medium  in  which  they  develop.  Bacillus  E  (Effront)  developed 
exceedingly  well  in  all  the  usual  media,  while  B.  bulgaricus  was  very  exacting 
in  this  respect,  requiring,  besides  a  particular  kind  of  sugar,  the  addition  of  lime 
for  the  neutralization  of  the  acid,  especially  in  artificial  media.  The  two  types 
differed  as  to  their  air  requirements,  B.  bulgaricus  growing  in  an  anaerobic 
medium,  while  Bacillus  E  was  distinctly  aerobic.  The  two  bacteria  may  also 
be  distinguished  by  differences  in  the  length  of  life,  B.  bulgaricus  dying  after 
three  months  and  Bacillus  E  living  for  several  years. 

See  also  previous  notes  by  Effront  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  pp.  81,  609,  610)  and  Ber- 
trand  (E.  S.  R.,  2.5,  p.  609). 

Studies  on  Lactobacillus  fermentvim,  J.  Smit  {Ztschr.  GdrungsphysioL,  4 
{1915),  No.  4.  pp.  273-299.  figs.  3). — This  article  reports  a  morphological  study 
made  of  L.  fermentum. 

VETEEINAKY  MEDICINE. 

A  handbook  of  veterinary  medicine,  H.  J.  Gobeet  {Aide  Memoir e  du  Y^t^ri- 
naire  M4decine,  Chirurgie,  Obst^trique,  Formules,  Police  Sanitaire  et  Juris- 
prudence Commerciale.  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere  &  Sons,  1915,  pp.  'VIII+736,  figs. 
252). — This  is  a  ready  reference  work  for  the  veterinarian. 

Essentials  of  veterinary  law,  H.  B.  Hemenway  {Chicago:  Amer.  Jour.  Vet. 
Med.,  1916,  pp.  XIV+340).—T\iQ  several  parts  of  this  work  pertain  to  (1)  legal 
principles,  (2)  veterinary  practice,  (3)  governmental  control,  and  (4)  animals 
generally. 


1916]  VETERINAKY    MEDICINE.  279 

Eeport  of  proceedings  under  tlie  diseases  of  animals  acts  for  the  year  1914 
{Dcpt.  Affr.  and  Tech.  Instr.  IrelaM,  Rpt.  Diseases  Anim.,  1914,  pp.  79). — This 
Is  the  usual  report  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  778),  dealing  with  the  occurrence  of  infec- 
tious diseases  of  domestic  animals,  and  giving  statistical  data,  etc. 

Report  on  operations  of  the  veterinary  sanitary  service  of  Paris  and  the 
Department  of  the  Seine  during  the  years  1913  and  1914,  H.  Maktel  {Rap. 
Op6r.  Serv.  Vet.  Sanit.  Paris  et  Dept.  Seine,  191S;  1914,  pp.  167,  figs.  21). — 
These  are  the  usual  report*  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  880),  giving  detailed  accounts  of 
the  work  of  the  years  1913  and  1914. 

The  poisonous  character  of  rose  chafers,  J.  M.  Bates  (Science,  n.  ser.,  4S 
(1916),  No.  1102.,  pp.  209,  210). — The  author  records  a  serious  loss  among  brook 
trout  of  Pine  Creek,  at  Long  Pine,  Nebr.,  apparently  due  to  feeding  on  rose 
chafers,  which  feed  on  and  sometimes  strip  bare  willows  (Salix  fiuviatilis) 
that  overhang  the  stream. 

The  significance  of  optimal  culture  media  in  testing  disinfectants,  K. 
StJPFLE  and  A.  Denglee  (Arch.  Hyg.,  85  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  189-197).— The  opti- 
mal media  for  obtaining  an  after-culture  of  staphylococci  was  found  to  be  a  8 
per  cent  glucose  bouillon.  For  anthrax  spores  a  3  per  cent  glucose  bouiHon 
with  the  addition  of  5  per  cent  horse  or  cattle  serum  yielded  the  most  satis- 
factory results. 

Antiphenol  serum,  Janina  Wiszwiewska  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Set.  [Paris}, 
161  (1915),  No.  20,  pp.  609-612). — The  author  has  isolated  a  substance  from 
the  products  of  intestinal  putrefaction  of  protein  which  gives  all  the  charac- 
teristic tests  with  phenolic  reagents  but  which  could  not  be  identified  as  any 
known  phenol  derivative.  The  product  is  strongly  alkaline  and  jxjssesses  some 
of  the  general  characteristics  of  the  leucomains.  It  Is  tliermostable.  When 
administered  to  animals  with  food  it  produced  definite  and  characteristic 
sclerotic  lesions  of  the  arteries.  When  injected  intravenously  into  a  horse  an 
antibody  was  produced  which  was  employed  as  a  therapeutic  agent. 

On  the  acetylene  gas  treatment  in  ringworm,  sarcoptic,  symbiotic,  and 
dermatodectic  manges,  R.  Stokoe  (Vet.  Rec^  28  (1915),  No.  U33,  pp.  279, 
280). — The  author  has  found  that  powdered  calcium  carbid  applied  to  the 
affected  part  (which  has  been  moistened  following  a  thorough  scrubbing)  and 
allowed  to  effervesce  from  a  minute  to  a  minute  and  a  half,  will  destroy  the 
ringworm  parasite.  Carbid  can  also  be  used  with  success  in  destroying  mange 
parasites. 

On  the  refractive  index  of  the  serum  in  a  guinea-chicken  hybrid,  R.  Peakl 
and  J.  W.  GowEN  (Proc.  Sac.  Expt.  Biol,  and  Med.,  12  (1914),  No.  2,  p.  4S;  abs. 
in  Maine  Sta.  Bui.  245  (1915),  pp.  292,  29S). — In  connection  wtih  some  bio- 
chemical studies  on  heredity  at  the  Maine  Experiment  Station  it  was  ob- 
served in  a  guinea-chicken  hybrid,  produced  from  the  mating  of  Cornish  In- 
dian Game  and  guinea  fowl,  that  "  there  is  a  definite,  characteristic,  and  perma- 
nent difference  between  the  refractive  index  of  the  serum  of  the  fowl  and  that 
of  the  guinea ;  and  that  in  the  hybrid  the  guinea  parent  is  dominant  in  respect 
of  the  physicochemical  constitution  of  the  blood  as  measured  by  the  refractive 
index." 

The  origin  of  the  antibodies  of  the  lymph,  F.  C.  Becht  and  A.  B.  Luck- 
HAEDT  (Amer.  Jour.  Physiol.,  40  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  366-371,  figs.  5).— "The  con- 
centration of  antibodies  is  gi-eater  in  the  serum  than  in  the  thoracic  lymph,  and 
greater  in  the  thoracic  lymph  than  in  the  neck  lymph,  not  only  in  the  a-ctively 
immune  animal  but  also  in  the  passively  immune  animal;  not  only  after 
equilibrium  is  established  but  at  the  time  when  active  exchange  is  occurring. 
The  source  of  the  antibodies  of  the  lymph  is  the  blood  by  direct  exchange 


280  EXPEEIMEKT    STATION    KECOED.  [Vol.35 

from  that  fluid.    There  is  no  evidence  that  antibodies  originate  from  the  tissues 
and  are  emptied  into  the  lymph  stream  at  the  seat  of  formation." 

Researches  on  anaphylaxis  produced  by  diglycylg'lycin,  E.  Zuntz  and 
Mlle.  Diakonoff  (Biochem.  Jour.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  160-168). — Anaphylaxis 
was  produced  by  the  injection  of  diglycylglycin  into  rabbits  repeated  at  intervals 
of  seven  days.  Three  injections  w^ere  occasionally  sufficient  to  produce  this 
effect,  but  a  greater  number  were  preferable  for  producing  clear  and  definite 
results.  The  typical  symptons  of  anaphylactic  shock,  viz,  fall  of  arterial  pres- 
sure, increased  respiration,  and  increased  peristaltic  action,  were  produced  by 
these  injections.  A  fall  in  the  arterial  pressure  of  more  than  2  cm.  of  mercury 
was  considered  as  an  indication  of  anaphylactic  shock.  The  intravenous  injec- 
tion of  the  peptid  into  a  normal  animal  led  to  no  effect  on  the  normal  respiratory 
rhythm.  ■ 

The  diglycylglycin  also  displayed  some  action  on  the  coagulation  of  the  blood. 
A  study  of  the  coagulability  of  the  blood,  however,  did  not  serve  as  a  criterion 
for  determining  anaphylactic  shock  in  animals  previously  prepared  by  the  sub- 
cutaneous injections  of  the  peptid. 

Remarks  on  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  so-called  "  infective  gran- 
ules "  of  protozoa,  E.  A.  Minchin  (Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  29  (1915),  No.  11,  pp. 
537-544,  figs.  2). — "This  brief  note  does  not  bring  forward  any  facts  hitherto 
unknown,  but  attempts  to  compare  and  coordinate  certain  known  facts  with  a 
view  to  demonstrate  their  essential  similarity  and  howiology.  The  conclusion 
reached  is  that  the  phrase  '  infective  granule '  is  misleading  and  erroneous,  since 
the  bodies  so  termed  are  true  endogenous  chromidial  buds.  Consequently  the 
term  '  granule-formation '  should  be  replaced  by  '  endogenous  bud  formation ' 
and  the  term  '  granule  shedding  '  by  extrusion  of  buds  or  some  similar  phrase." 

On  the  action  of  cholera  virus  in  the  immune  animal  organism,  O.  Bail 
(Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orlg.,  24  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  396-410).— 
It  has  been  shown  that  the  union  of  cholera  immune  serum  with  the  virus  of  the 
cholera  vibrio  in  its  various  forms  is  not  a  permanent  one,  but  that  a  cleavage 
takes  place  by  which,  on  the  one  hand,  serum-immune  bodies  are  formed,  as 
indicated  by  the  earlier  investigations  of  PfeifCer,  Friedberger,  and  Bail,  and 
at  the  same  time  cholera  virus  is  liberated  which  can  be  demonstrated  either  by 
complement  fixation  or  animal  inoculation.  To  this  liberation  of  cholera  virus 
is  attributed  the  weak  antitoxic  action  of  anticholera  sera.  The  necessity  of 
the  preparation  of  a  serum  which  will  permanently  bind  the  cholera  virus  (endo- 
toxin) is  indicated. 

[Foot-and-mouth  disease],  L.  Hoffmann  (Bekdmpfung  der  Maul-  und 
Klavenseuche  durch  Heilung  der  kranken  Tiere,  I  and  II ;  Sichere  und  rasche 
Bekdmpfung  und  Vertilgung  der  an  sich  harmlosen  Maul-  und  Klavenseuche, 
III;  Heilung  der  Kranken  und  Vertilgung  der  Maul-  und  Klauenseuche  nach 
meinem  System,  IV.  Stuttgart:  Stdhle  d  Friedel,  1912,  Nos.  1,  pp.  VIII-\-100, 
pi.  1,  figs.  2;  2,  pp.  XVI+101-292,  figs.  49;  1914,  Nos.  3,  pp.  293-408,  pi.  1,  figs. 
4j  4.  PP-  409-502). — The  first  two  parts  of  this  work  deal  with  the  combat  of 
foot-and-mouth  disease  through  the  curing  of  affected  animals ;  part  3  with  the 
control  of  the  disease ;  and  part  4  with  the  cure  and  eradication  of  the  disease 
by  the  author's  method. 

[Poliomyelitis:  Its  possible  occurrence  in  the  lower  animals  and  the  rela- 
tion of  insects  to  its  transmission]  (Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Health  Mass.,  45  (1914), 
pp.  535-601.  pi.  1). — Several  papers  here  presented  include  the  following:  Fur- 
ther Experiments  in  Poliomyelitis,  by  M.  J.  Rosenau  (pp.  535-557),  in  continua- 
tion of  those  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  160),  which  reports  transmission 
experiments  with  the  stable  fly  (Stomoxys  calcitrans),  largely  in  tabular  form; 
Experiments  to  Determine  If  Paralyzed  Domestic  Animals  and  Those  Associated 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  281 

With  Cases  of  Infantile  Paralysis  May  Transmit  This  Disease,  by  C.  Ten  Broeck 
(pp.  558-577)  ;  and  A  Study  of  an  Epidemic  of  Infantile  Paralysis  (Acute  Epi- 
demic Poliomyelitis)  Occurring  in  the  Southern  Connecticut  Valley  District 
from  November  1,  1911,  to  November  1,  1912,  by  J.  V.  W.  Boyd  (pp.  578-601), 
in  which  is  given  a  brief  account  of  a  contemporary  animal  sickness  among 
horses  and  an  epidemic  of  paralysis  among  birds. 

The  experiments  reported  by  Rosenau,  carried  on  in  1912  and  1913,  failed  to 
corroborate  the  earlier  experiments  and  give  no  evidence  that  the  stable  fly 
transmits  infantile  paralysis.  In  the  experiments  by  Ten  Broeck  48  animals 
were  received  and  the  material  from  30  of  these,  including  4  rats,  7  fowls,  9 
cats,  3  horses,  4  swine,  1  dog,  and  2  cows,  was  injected  into  monkeys,  but  in  no 
case  did  the  monkeys  inoculated  show  any  signs  of  a  paralysis  or  symptoms 
which  would  indicate  that  they  were  infected  with  poliomyelitis. 

Present  views  in  respect  to  modes  and  periods  of  infection  in  tuberculosis, 
M.  P.  Ravenel  (Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  66  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  613-618).— "  The 
evidence  at  hand  indicates  that  in  the  majority  of  cases  the  respiratory  tract 
is  the  route  of  infection  in  tuberculosis.  The  alimentary  tract  is  a  frequent 
portal  of  entry  for  the  tubercle  bacillus.  The  tubercle  bacillus  is  able  to  pass 
through  the  intact  mucous  membrane  of  the  alimentary  tract  without  produc- 
ing a  lesion  at  the  point  of  entrance.  This  takes  place  most  readily  during 
the  digestion  of  fats.  The  bacilli  pass  with  the  chyle  through  the  lacteals  and 
thoracic  duct  into  the  blood,  which  conveys  them  to  the  lungs,  where  they  are 
retained  largely  by  the  filtering  action  of  the  tissues.  Infection  through  the 
alimentary  tract  is  especially  frequent  in  children. 

"  Infancy  and  childhood  are  preeminently  the  periods  of  life  when  the  indi- 
vidual is  susceptible  to  tuberculous  infection,  and  the  majority  of  cases  of 
infection  occur  during  these  early  years.  Any  campaign  against  tuberculosis 
which  leaves  out  of  consideration  the  protection  of  children  against  infection 
will  fail  of  success.  Tuberculous  infection  in  adult  life  occurs,  but  not  so 
frequently  or  readily  as  generally  believed.  Tuberculous  infection  may  occur 
at  any  age." 

Experimental  investigations  on  the  determination  of  the  smallest  number 
of  bacilli  which  will  produce  tuberculosis  in  the  guinea  pig';  first  communi- 
cation, I.  Thoni  and  A.  C.  Thaysen  (Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.],  1.  Abt.,  Orig.,  77 
(1916),  No.  4,  pp.  308-319). — The  authors  were  unable  to  confirm  the  findings 
of  earlier  investigators  that  so  small  a  number  as  from  10  to  20  bacilli  were 
sufficient  to  initiate  the  disease  in  the  guinea  pig.  In  one  test  series  of  19 
animals  in  which  a  highly  virulent  culture  in  doses  of  from  10  to  76  bacilli 
was  used  it  was  possible  to  establish  a  tuberculosis  infection  in  only  one  animal 
after  a  period  of  41  days.  In  a  second  series  of  22  animals  inoculated  with 
doses  of  from  99  to  343  bacilli  the  results  were  entirely  negative. 

The  technique  for  counting  the  number  of  micro-organisms  used  was  the 
India-ink  staining  procedure  of  Burri. 

The  tubercle  bacillus  and  arsenic,  Charpentiek  (Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  29 
(1915),  No.  9,  pp.  U3-458).— In  the  investigation  it  was  demonstrated  that  an 
active  growth  of  the  tubercle  bacillus  took  place  in  a  bouillon  containing  so- 
dium arsenate  or  atoxyl.  The  growth  was  less  active  in  the  presence  of  sodium 
methyl  arsenate  and  difficult  in  the  presence  of  sodium  cacodylate.  The  or- 
ganisms absorbed  arsenic  from  solutions  of  sodium  arsenate  and  atoxyl.  The 
virulence  of  the  organisms  was  not  changed  by  such  treatment,  since  they 
produced  an  active  infection  when  injected  into  guinea  pigs.  It  is  indicated 
that  the  presence  of  the  arsenic  in  the  bacilli  probably  increases  their  resist- 
ance to  destructive  agencies.  Similar  results  were  obtained  with  other  organ- 
isms, viz,  Aspergillus,  Bacillus  coli,  B.  subtilis,  and  yeasts.     Injections  of  so- 


282  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

dium  cacodylate  did  not  modify  the  course  of  an  infection  in  guinea  pigs  which 
]i:id  been  previously  initiated  by  inoculation  of  virulent  organisms,  although 
the  treatment  was  begun  at  once. 

Clinical  observations  on  coccidiosis  in  cattle  and  carabaos,  O.  H.  Schxtltz 
(Philippine  Agr.  Ucv.  [EnffJish  Ed.],  8  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  115-134).— This  paper 
relates  to  studies  accounts  of  which  have  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
35,  p.  76). 

Contributions  on  ox  warbles  {Mitt.  Ausschusses  Bekdvipf.  Dasselplage, 
1912,  Nos.  1,  pp.  28;  2,  pp.  16,  pis.  4;  S,  pp.  St,  figs.  10;  k,  pp.  26,  fig.  1;  1913,  No. 
5,  pp.  39,  pis.  4,  figs.  2;  1914,  No.  6,  pp.  31). — These  several  contributions  relat- 
ing to  ox  warbles  are  as  follows:  (1)  Ox  Warble  Injury  and  the  Removal  of 
Ox  Warbles,  by  R.  Krause;  (2)  Ox  Warble  Flies,  by  H.  Gliiser ;  (3)  Investiga- 
tions of  Hypodcrma  Larvae,  by  Peter,  Ox  Warble  Removal,  by  Schottler,  and 
Warble  Flies:  The  Egg  and  Oviposition  of  the  Large  Warble  Fly  {Eypoderma 
hovis),  by  H.  Gliiser,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  761)  ;  (4)  Warble  Flies: 
Observations  on  the  Life  History  of  the  Large  Warble  Fly  {H.  hovis)  and 
Rearing  Experiments,  by  H.  Gliiser,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  761)  ; 
(5)  Warble  Flies:  New  Investigations  of  the  Life  History  of  Both  Ox  Warble 
Flies,  by  H.  Gliiser;  and  (6)  Warble  Removal  Experiments  in  the  Neuhaus 
an-der-Oste  District  in  April,  1913  (pp.  S-16),  and  Warble  Removal  in  Olden- 
burg in  1913  (pp.  17-25),  by  Schottler  and  H.  Gliiser,  and  Experiments  Which 
Show  That  the  Warble  Larvae  Cause  a  Loss  of  Flesh  of  Cattle,  by  H.  Glaser 
(pp.  26-31). 

Bacteria  iu  the  intestinal  tract  of  calves,  H.  Ktjthk  {Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.], 
1.  Abt.,  Orig.,  76  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  409-434,  figs.  10;  abs.  in  Intemat.  Inst.  Agr. 
[Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  11,  pp.  1500, 
1501). — The  author  finds  three  forms  to  be  constantly  present  in  the  intestinal 
tract  of  suckling  calves,  namely.  Bacillus  acidophilus  polymorphus,  B.  coli,  and 
B.  mesentericus. 

An  extensive  bibliography  relating  to  the  subject  is  included. 

Hog  cholera  and  its  prevention,  R.  R.  Birch  (Cornell  Vet.,  6  {1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  90-111,  pis.  11).— This  article  discusses  the  subject  of  hog  cholera  in  gen- 
eral, the  preparation  of  serum  at  the  New  York  State  Veterinary  College,  serum 
treatment,  and  the  use  of  serum  in  the  field. 

Hog  cholera  in  Cuba,  B.  M.  Bolton  {Estac.  Expt.  Agron.  Cuba  Bol.  26  {1915), 
pp.  22). — A  general  account  of  "  Pintadilla  "  or  hog  cholera  and  preventive 
measures. 

Poisoning  by  Lathyrus  sativus,  Szczepanski  {Abs.  in  Vet.  Rec.,  21  {1915), 
No.  1392,  p.  478). — A  report  upon  the  poisoning  of  two  horses  by  L.  sativus 
present  in  oats  and  peas  with  which  they  were  fed.  The  feeding  of  the  peas 
was  stopped  at  once  upon  discovery  of  the  cause  but  nevertheless  two  weeks 
later  all  the  other  horses  in  the  stable,  of  which  there  were  ten,  developed  toxic 
symptoms.     Two  horses  are  said  to  have  died  from  the  poisoning. 

Contagious  abortion  in  mares,  G.  Somenzi  {Clin.  Vet.  [Milan],  Rass.  Pol. 
Sanit.  e  Ig.,  38  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  206,  207;  abs.  in  Vet.  Rec.,  27  {1915),  No.  1399, 
p.  565). — A  report  of  two  outbreaks  of  this  disease  in  which  a  bacillus  belonging 
to  the  paratyphoid  B  group  was  isolated  at  the  Milan  Station  for  Infectious 
Diseases. 

Arsenical  preparations  in  the  treatment  of  equine  pectoral  influenza, 
Reimeks  (Berlin.  Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr.,  31  {1915),  No.  37,  pp.  433-436;  abs.  in 
Clin.  Vet.  [Milan],  Rass.  Pol.  Sanit.  e  Ig.,  39  {1916),  No.  1,  p.  14;  Vet.  Rec,  28 
{1916),  No.  1443<  P-  400). — Of  83  cases  treated  with  neosalvarsan,  some  of  which 
were  seriously  affected,  but  one  succumbed  during  treatment  and  in  this  case 
the  treatment  was  commenced  too  late.    The  neosalvarsan  was  used  in  doses 


1916]  VETEEII^ARY    MEDICINE.  283 

of  4.5  and  of  3  gm.,  which  were  mixed  respectively  with  120  gm.  aud  with  100 
gm.  of  a  sterile  0.4  per  cent  solution  of  sodium  clilorid  and  administered  by  in- 
traveneous  injection.  No  abnormal  lesions  were  observed  to  have  been  caused 
by  the  injection.  Other  similar  preparations,  including  atoxyl,  plasmarsin,  and 
arsinosolvin,  did  not  give  as  good  results.  It  is  concluded  that  ueosalvarsan 
is  the  best  remedy  for  pectoral  influenza  and  that  it  gives  100  per  cent  of 
recoveries  when  used  in  time. 

Epitheliosis  infectiosa  avium.  Contagio-us  epithelioma.  Chicken  pox. 
Diptheria.  Roup.  Canker,  O.  V.  Brumlf.y  and  .T.  H.  Snook  {Vet.  Alumni 
Quart.  lOhio  State  Univ.],  3  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  81-98).— The  authors'  bacterio- 
logical experiments  and  the  satisfactory  results  obtained  from  vaccination  led 
them  to  conclude  that  they  have  been  dealing  with  a  single  disease.  The  con- 
fusion in  names  has  led  them  to  designate  the  affection  as  infectious  epitheliosis 
of  birds  (epitheliosis  infectiosa  avium). 

"  Work  extending  over  a  period  of  six  years  convinces  us  that  typical  infec- 
tious epitheliosis  is  due  to  a  combination  of  two  factors:  (a)  A  filterable  virus; 
(b)  secondary  invading  organisms  which  vary  in  kind  but  of  which  the  so-called 
Bacillus  diphthericB  columbarum  of  Loeffler  appears  to  be  the  most  important. 
The  filterable  virus  is  the  necessary  primary  invader  which  lowers  the  bird's 
resistance  and  thus  prepares  the  tissues  for  the  invasion  by  the  secondary  organ- 
isms.   Neither  factor  alone  will  cause  the  typical  disease. 

"  The  excellent  results  derived  from  the  use  of  a  vaccine  made  from  the  sec- 
ondary organisms,  both  in  prevention  and  treatment,  are  due  to  controlling  the 
secondary  infections  which  cause  the  serious  complications.  If  these  are  con- 
trolled infection  due  to  the  primary  virus  is  mild  and  soon  disappears.  (There 
is  a  remote  possibility  that  the  filterable  virus  is  contained  in  the  vaccine.  We 
have  no  evidence  that  this  is  or  is  not  the  case.  The  presence  of  the  virus 
in  the  vaccine  would  indicate  its  growth  with  the  other  organisms  on  the  cul- 
tures. This  would  be  contrary  to  our  present  knowledge  of  filterable  viruses. 
This  point  will  be  investigated.) 

"  The  thei-apeutic  dose,  as  indicated  by  the  large  number  of  birds  treated, 
is  1  cc.  for  the  average  adult  bird.  Younger  and  smaller  birds  receive  a  lesser 
amount.  The  immunizing  dose  found  most  satisfactory  is  1  cc.  No  bad  results 
have  followed  when  larger  doses  have  been  administered.  Reports  received  to 
date  indicate  that  vaccination  is  equally  efficacious  in  the  treatment  of  infec- 
tious epitheliosis  in  turkeys." 

Spontaneous  and  experimental  leukemia  of  the  fowl,  H.  O.  Schmeisseb 
{Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  22  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  820-SS8).—"  The  spontaneous  occurrence 
of  myeloid  leukemia  of  the  fowl  is  confirmed.  Myeloid  leukemia  of  the  fowl  is 
transmissible  by  intravenous  or  intraperitoneal  inj'ection  of  an  organic  emulsion. 

A  report  upon  an  outbreak  of  fowl  typhoid,  W.  J.  Tatlob  {Jour.  Amer.  Vet. 
Med.  Assoc,  49  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  35-49) .—This  is  a  report  of  investigations  of 
fowl  typhoid  during  the  course  of  an  outbreak  in  California  which  led  to  the 
following  conclusions : 

"  Fowl  typhoid  is  a  specific  disease  of  fowls  caused  by  Bacterium  sanguinarium 
occurring  sporadically  and  causing  heavy  losses  among  affected  flocks,  and 
unless  properly  investigated  may  easily  be  mistaken  for  fowl  cholera  because 
of  its  high  mortality.  Tlie  specific  morbid  conditions  consist  of  an  enlarged 
liver  containing  necrotic  areas,  an  enlarged  spleen,  and  a  general  anemic  condi- 
tion of  the  serous  and  mucous  membranes,  together  with  a  marked  increase  in 
leucocytes  and  a  corresponding  decrease  of  the  red  cell  content  r)f  the  blood. 
The  increase  in  leucocytes  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  polymorphonuclear  va- 
riety. Fat,  well-conditioned  adult  fowls  are  more  susceptible  than  young,  nearly 
mature  growing  birds. 


284  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

"  Birds  may  contract  the  disease  by  the  ingestion  of  pure  cultures  of  B.  san- 
guinarium.  Birds  fed  upon  the  offal  of  other  birds  dead  of  this  disease  show 
a  mild  nonfatal  form  of  the  disease  tending  to  recovery.  There  is  evidence  that 
recovery  from  this  mild  form  produces  more  or  less  of  an  immunity.  Further 
investigation  upon  this  point  is  needed. 

"  The  power  of  some  of  the  red  corpuscles  of  the  affected  fowls  to  take  the 
violet  stain  when  the  blood  is  diluted  in  Toisson's  fluid  is  especially  noticeable 
in  this  disease.  While  the  lesions  produced  in  fowls  which  are  infected  with 
B.  sanguinarium  resemble  in  many  respects  those  produced  by  B.  pullorum,  and 
although  there  is  a  still  closer  resemblance  in  the  biological  characters  of  the 
two  organisms,  there  is  enough  difference  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  they 
are  distinctly  different  diseases." 

The  rearing  of  turkeys  with  special  reference  to  the  blackhead  disease, 
P.  B.  Hadley  (R.  I.  State  Col.  Ext.  Bui.  2,  n.  ser.  (1916),  pp.  20,  figs.  2).— A 
general  discussion  of  the  subject  in  which  is  pointed  out  the  importance  of  con- 
trolling by  suitable  methods  of  feeding  the  development  of  parasites  in  the 
intestinal  canal  and  of  preventing  the  invasion  of  the  tissues. 

Diseases  of  poultry,  W.  Chenevard  (Maladies  des  Volailles.  Paris:  J.  B. 
Baillidre  d  Sotis,  1916,  pp.  90,  figs.  27). — A  small  handbook. 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

Fourteenth  annual  report  of  the  Reclamation  Service,  1914-15  (U.  S. 
House  Representatives,  6jith  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  Doc.  38,  pp.  Vn-{-521). — This  report 
relates  in  particular  to  work  completed  and  in  progress  during  the  fiscal  year 
ended  June  30,  1915,  but  contains  also  information  in  regard  to  previous  opera- 
tions to  show  the  methods,  progress,  and  results  of  reclamation  work. 

Classification  of  expenditures  for  irrigation  work,  F.  H.  Newell  (Engin. 
and  Contract.,  Jf5  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  201-204). — Expenditures  for  operation  and 
maintenance  of  irrigation  systems  are  classified  and  discussed  under  five  general 
heads,  as,  (1)  development,  (2)  carriage,  (3)  distribution,  (4)  drainage  and 
flood  protection,  and  (5)  structure  depreciation.  Ways  of  obtaining  efficiency 
and  economy  in  recording  and  classifying  expenditures  on  such  a  basis  are 
pointed  out. 

Irrigation  districts  in  California,  1887—1915,  F.  Adams  (Cal.  Dept.  Engin. 
Bui.  2  (1916),  pp.  151,  pis.  15). — This  report  is  based  on  data  gathered  from  time 
to  time  during  the  past  15  years  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture.  Its  main  divisions  deal  with  the  original  Wright  Act  of  1887, 
the  irrigation  district  act  of  1897,  irrigation  district  legislation  since  the  act 
of  1897,  the  status  of  California  districts  July  1,  1915,  and  court  decisions 
affecting  California  irrigation  districts.  Appendixes  are  included  giving  (1)  a 
statistical  list  of  California  irrigation  districts  organized  under  the  Wright 
Act,  (2)  a  list  of  irrigation  districts  proposed  under  that  act  for  which  organi- 
zation was  not  completed,  (3)  a  list  of  irrigation  district  cases  affecting  Cali- 
fornia irrigation  districts  and  subjects  dealt  with  in  decisions,  and  (4)  an  out- 
line of  the  California  irrigation  district  act  of  1897  as  amended  to  1915. 

Water  resources  of  Illinois,  A.  H.  Horton  (Springfield,  III.:  Rivers  and 
Lakes  Com.,  1914,  PP-  VIII +40O,  pis.  20,  fig.  1). — This  report,  prepared  in  co- 
operation with  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  contains  data  on  stream  flow,  pre- 
cipitation, evaporation,  drainage,  and  undeveloped  water  power  and  water 
storage  in  Illinois.  It  includes  stream  profiles,  rainfall  records,  and  maps  pre- 
pared by  the  Weather  Bureau  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture;  a  gazet- 
teer of  Illinois  streams;  and  an  appendix,  by  G.  B.  Hills,  on  developed  water 
power  and  drainage  districts  of  Illinois. 


1916]  EURAL   EN-GINEERING.  285 

Report  on  Pit  River  basin,  E.  G.  Hopson  and  O.  W.  Peteeson  (Cal.  Cooper. 
Work,  Dept.  Int.  U.  S.  Reclamation  Serv.,  1915,  Apr.,  pp.  HO,  pis.  19). — This  re- 
port deals  with  investigations  made  in  1914  and  1915  by  the  U.  S.  Reclamation 
Service  and  the  State  of  California,  acting  in  cooperation,  of  run-off,  storage 
possibilities,  lands,  irrigable  areas,  present  uses  of  water,  and  power  develop- 
ment possibilities  of  an  area  including  6,000  square  miles  in  northeastern  Cali- 
fornia which  consists  of  both  mountainous  and  plateau  country. 

Among  the  conclusions  from,  this  investigation  are  that  in  the  Pit  River  basin 
there  are  about  180,000  acres  of  potentially  fertile,  irrigable  land,  of  which 
about  40  per  cent  is  now  fully  or  partially  irrigated.  Of  the  areas  now  irrigated 
only  an  insignificant  proportion  is  well  developed  agriculturally,  due  in  large 
part  to  unregulated  water  supplies  and  to  unsatisfactory  drainage  conditions. 
Lands  in  Fall  River  Valley  can  be  advantageously  irrigated  by  pumping,  the 
supply  being  practically  inexhaustible,  while  lands  adjacent  to  and  in  the 
vicinity  of  Hat  Creek,  that  are  not  yet  irrigated,  can  be  readily  irrigated  by 
direct  diversion  without  storage.  Irrigation  development  in  the  Pit  River 
basin  will  not  seriously  interfere  with  future  power  development  in  or  below 
the  basin,  or  with  the  navigability  of  the  river.  Floods  in  the  Sacramento  Valley 
can  not  be  controlled  by  storage  in  the  Pit  River  basin. 

Silver  Lake  project:  Irrig-ation  and  drainage,  J.  T.  Whistler  and  J.  H. 
Lewis  {Oreo.  Cooper.  Work.  Dept.  Int.  U.  S.  Reclamation  Serv.,  1915,  Oct.,  pp. 
179,  pis.  27). — This  report,  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  State  of  Oregon, 
deals  with  the  irrigation  and  water-power  possibilities  of  the  Silver  Lake 
region,  Lake  County,  Oreg.,  together  with  the  reclamation  of  Silver  Lake  and 
Paulina  Marsh  by  drainage  and  pumping. 

"The  features  to  which  this  report  has  special  reference  are:  (1)  The  irri- 
gation of  lands  about  Silver  Lake  and  Fort  Rock  by  storage  of  about  60,000 
acre-feet  of  water  at  Thompson  Valley,  into  which  diversion  canals  from  Sycan 
River  and  Long  and  Coyote  creeks  will  divert  the  spring  run-off  from  these 
streams.  ...  (2)  The  reclamation  and  irrigation  of  about  9,000  acres  of 
Paulina  Marsh  by  storage  on  lower  Buck  Creek  at  the  Emory  reservoir  site 
and  a  drainage  canal  through  the  marsh  to  Silver  Lake  ...  (3)  The  pos- 
sible development  of  summer  power  on  Silver  Creek  from  Thompson  Valley 
storage  for  use  in  pumping  to  reclaim  part  of  Silver  Lake  bed ;  in  pump- 
ing from  ground  water  to  supply  additional  lands  in  Fort  Rock  Valley ;  and  in 
pumping  from  Ana  River  Springs  for  the  irrigation  of  about  20,000  acres  of 
land  in  Summer  Lake  Valley.  .  .  . 

"  Conditions  for  the  development  of  the  proposed  project  to  irrigate  48,600 
acres  are  exceptionally  favorable  to  development  by  stages.  .  .  . 

"  Considerations  of  available  water  supply,  extent  of  irrigable  lands,  and 
possibilities  of  irrigation  by  economic  use  of  water,  together  with  careful  culti- 
vation of  land  and  distribution  by  rotation,  have  led  to  adopting  for  the  pro- 
posed project  a  water  duty  of  1  acre-foot  delivered  per  acre  of  irrigable  land. 

"  The  soils  over  the  larger  portion  of  the  project  appear  to  be  those  of  old 
lake  beds  and  terraces.  They  are  generally  free  working  loams  that  readily 
mulch,  yet  with  fine  enough  material  in  the  subsoils  to  have  good  water  retain- 
ing capacities.  Chemical  analyses  show  them  to  be  reasonably  fertile  in  phos- 
phorus and  potash  and  to  have  medium  nitrogen  content.  The  alkali  content 
is  comparatively  small." 

It  is  estimated  that  the  mean  run-off  for  lower  Silver  Creek  for  the  past  12 
years  is  40,400  acre-feet. 

Irrigation  experiments,  G.  K.  Kelkar  {Dept.  Agr.  Bombay,  Ann.  Rpt.  Expt. 
Work  Surat  Agr.  Sta.,  191S-U,  pp.  36-38).— In  irrigation  experiments  with 
54530°— No.  3—16 7 


286  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECOED.  [Vol.35 

cotton,  sorghum,  and  tur  (pigeon  peas),  the  irrigated  plats  showed  superiority 
in  yield  over  nonirrigated  plats  in  a  dry  year,  but  the  Irrigation  did  not  "  finan- 
cially show  any  benefit  from  the  economic  standpoint." 

Venturi  meter  developed  for  accurate  measurement  of  irrigation  water, 
A.  A.  Wood  (Engin.  Rec,  13  (1916),  No.  13,  pp.  J,ll-413,  figs.  3).— A  recording 
device,  applying  the  Venturi  meter  principle,  is  described  which  is  designed  to 
establish  rates  on  an  equitable  basis  for  water  users.  It  is  thought  that  by 
its  use  the  flat-rate  system  of  charges  may  be  eliminated. 

Swamp-land  drainage  with  special  reference  to  Minnesota,  B,  Palmeb 
{Univ.  Minn.,  Studies  Soc.  Sci.,  No.  5  (1915),  pp.  138). — This  report  contains 
a  brief  statement  relative  to  the  drainage  work  in  foreign  countries,  the  extent 
of  land  needing  drainage  in  the  United  States,  drainage  laws  and  development 
of  drainage  legislation  in  Jlinnesota,  drainage  procedure,  and  the  extent  of 
swamp-land  reclamation  in  Minnesota.  As  an  appendix  is  given  the  drainage 
statutes  of  various  States  and  references  to  drainage  cases  in  the  ftlinnesota 
Supreme  Court.  A  statistical  table  showing  the  land  in  need  of  drainage,  the 
area  drained,  and  the  cost  and  average  net  profit  per  acre  as  result  of  drainage, 
together  with  a  brief  bibliography,  is  included. 

Land  bedding  as  a  method  of  drainage  in  the  Gulf  coast  region  of  Texas, 
E.  W.  Geuss  (Agr.  and  Mech.  Col.  Tex.  Ext.  Serv.  Bui.  B-11  (1915),  pp.  6).— 
This  method  is  briefly  described. 

Tile  drainage  by  day  labor  and  by  the  rod  (Engin.  News,  75  (1916),  No.  10, 
pp.  450-Jf52.  figs.  5). — This  article  describes  a  land  drainage  system  on  the 
Mississippi  River  built  for  three  landowners  jointly,  the  work  being  done  by  day 
labor  under  the  direction  of  the  engineer. 

Experiments  with  the  automatic  water  finder  in  the  trap  region  of  western 
India,  H.  H.  Mann  (Dejtt.  Agr.  Bombay  Bui.  72  (1915),  pp.  17,  pis.  3).— The 
results  of  the  experience  of  others  along  this  line  are  noted  and  tests  are 
reported  of  a  so-called  automatic  water  finder. 

This  finder  consists  of  a  wooden  case  divided  into  two  chambers,  the  lower 
containing  coils  of  wire  wound  on  a  bobbin,  and  the  upper,  at  the  center,  a 
pivot  on  which  rests  a  light  magnetic  needle,  which,  by  its  movements,  is  sup- 
posed to  detect  underground  streams.  With  the  instrument  are  provided  a 
tripod  stand  and  a  table  on  which  the  instrument  is  to  be  placed  while  taking 
an  observation.  On  the  table  there  is  a  white  line  which  is  always  to  be 
directed  toward  the  magnetic  north  while  using  the  instrument.  "  It  is  ohvious 
that  what  the  instrument  detects  is  not  the  stream  of  water,  but  some  electric 
condition  which  accompanies  that  stream." 

The  results  of  a  large  number  of  tests  at  different  places  indicated  that 
"  where  a  stream  of  water  is  known  to  exist  the  indications  of  the  instrumeiit 
are  by  no  means  constant  and  the  deflection  of  the  needle  may  vary  in  direction 
as  well  as  in  amount." 

...  It  would  seem,  however,  sufficiently  proved  that  under  the  conditions 
which  prevail  in  the  trap  areas  of  western  India,  where  underground  water 
occurs  in  well-defined  streams  flowing  in  rock  fissures,  sometimes  under  little 
or  no  pi'essure  and  sometimes  under  considerable  pressure,  the  automatic  water 
tinder  can  be  used  with  advantage  in  locating  streams  of  water  which  can  be 
tapped  either  by  well  digging  or  by  boring." 

The  conditions  affecting  the  accuracy  of  the  instrument  and  the  precautious 
to  be  observed  in  its  use  are  explained. 

Investigation  of  the  pollution  and  sanitary  conditions  of  the  Potomac 
watershed,  H.  S.  Cujiming  et  al.  (Pub.  Health  Serv.  U.  S.,  Uyg.  Lab.  Bui.  lOi 
(1916),  pp.  231,  pis.  50). — This  report  is  the  result  of  an  investigation  of  the 
pollution  of  the  I'otomac  River  and  its  tributaries  begun  June  2,  1913,  and 


1916]  KURAL   ENGINEERING.  287 

continued  until  May  31,  1914.  The  investigation  included  a  sanitary  survey 
of  the  Potomac  River  watershed  and  laboratory  studies  of  the  water,  mud. 
plankton,  and  shellfish.  The  sanitary  survey  included  investigations  as  to  the 
number  of  persons  on  the  watershed,  the  prevalence  and  distribution  of  typhoid 
fever,  the  water  supplies,  sewage-disposal  systems,  and  character  and  amounts 
of  trade  wastes. 

It  vi'as  found  "  that  at  no  point  above  Washington  is  the  water  of  the 
Potomac  River  safe  for  use  as  a  public  water  supply  without  reasonable  treat- 
ment. ...  At  no  time  was  the  condition  over  and  about  the  Washington  sewer 
outlet  such  as  to  constitute  a  nuisance.  Even  during  the  period  of  lowest 
stream  flow  and  highest  temperature  the  river  in  the  area  of  heaviest  pollu- 
tion .  .  .  has  at  all  times  sufficient  oxygen  available  for  the  sewage  now  dis- 
charged into  the  river  and  enough  to  take  care  of  the  sewage  which  will 
probably  be  added  for  several  years  to  come.  In  addition  to  the  dissolved 
oxygen  contained  in  the  water  of  the  river  as  it  flows  from  the  Great  Falls, 
the  great  areas  of  flats  on  each  side  of  the  river  for  many  miles  act  as  oxygen 
generators.  The  amount  of  oxygen  given  off,  depending  in  part  upon  the  con- 
dition of  plant  life,  turbidity,  and  sunshine,  is,  therefore,  greatest  during  the 
summer  when  there  is  the  most  need  for  it.  In  addition  to  releasing  enormous 
volumes  of  oxygen  these  flats  are  breeding  places  for  plankton  forms,  which 
themselves  materially  assist  by  biological  processes  in  the  breaking  down  of 
sewage  and  the  consequent  purification  of  the  river.  .  .  .  Few  intestinal  organ- 
isms from  above  reach  Maryland  Point,  and  these  disappear  in  the  stretch  of  10 
miles  between  that  point  and  Popes  Creek,  at  which  section  evidence  of  pollution 
from  the  upper  river  has  disappeared. 

"  In  an  examination  of  oysters  from  all  the  beds  in  the  whole  river  and  its 
tributaries,  extending  over  an  entire  season,  no  dangerously  polluted  oysters 
were  found  in  the  Potomac  River  proper.  .  .  .  Analysis  of  the  results  obtained 
during  the  year  in  the  examination  of  shellfish  and  of  water  taken  from  over 
tlie  oyster  beds  shows  that  the  periods  of  highest  Bacillus  coli  count  in  the  two 
were  not  coincident."  .  .  . 

Tests  of  bacteriological  methods  are  also  reported  in  some  detail.  As  a 
result  of  these  studies  it  is  recommended  that  the  lactose  bile  presumptive  test 
be  not  used,  because  of  the  unreliable  results  obtained  therefrom ;  and  that 
the  use  of  lactose  broth  fermentation  tubes,  with  confirmation  on  endo  medium, 
be  adopted  as  a  routine  procedure  in  the  examination  of  water  and  shellfish 
for  the  determination  of  the  presence  of  B.  coli. 

Analyses  of  waters,  J.  C.  Bbunnich  {Ann.  Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  and  Stock 
IQueensland},  191/f-15,  pp.  50-52). — Analyses  of  65  samples  of  Queensland 
waters  are  reported  and  discussed  with  reference  to  their  use  for  domestic, 
stock-watering,  and  irrigation  purposes. 

Results  of  first  year's  experiments  with  small  sewage  treatment  plants  by 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service,  L.  C.  Fbank  (Engin.  and  Contract.,  ^5  (1916),  No. 
18,  pp.  420-422). — The  results  of  experiments  with  the  Imhoflf  tank  and  sand  bed 
combination  for  use  on  a  small  scale  are  reported,  from  which  the  following 
conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  It  is  possible  by  means  of  a  five-hour  mean  detention  period  in  a  properly 
designed  Imhoff  tank  to  remove  from  the  raw  sewage  of  small  communities  98 
per  cent  of  the  settleable  solids  without  producing  a  nuisance.  A  mean  deten- 
tion period  of  six  hours,  based  on  the  average  daily  flow,  will  not  cause  the 
sewage  to  become  septic  or  foul  smelling  if  it  is  fresh  when  it  enters  the  tank. 
The  accumulation  of  a  disagreeable  mass  of  grease  and  fecal  matters  in  the  first 
compartment  of  the  settling  chamber  may  be  prevented  by  the  introduction  of 
a  horizontal  coarse  mesh  screen  at  the  water  level  of  this  cliamber.    The  screen 


288  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  IVol.  35 

keeps  the  floating  matters  submerged  and  apparently  results  in  all  fecal  matter 
sooner  or  later  becoming  water-logged  and  sinking  through  the  slot  into  the 
sludge  chamber.  It  is  too  soon  to  state  with  conviction  the  amount  of  digested 
sludge  that  may  be  expected  from  small-scale  tanks,  but  one  tank  indicates  an 
apparent  accumulation  of  2.6  cu.  ft.  per  year  per  person  and  another  tank 
4  cu.  ft.  The  only  period  during  which  the  Imhoff  tanks  required  daily  atten- 
tion was  the  foaming  period,  which  lasted  about  ten  days,  and  during  which 
time  some  of  the  foam  had  to  be  removed  and  buried.  At  all  other  times  atten- 
tion once  a  month  at  the  most  was  ample.  Since  the  foaming  period  has  been 
passed  the  scum  formation  has  been  slight. 

"  The  decomposed  sludge  obtained  from  the  small-scale  Imhoff  tanks  resem- 
bled that  obtained  in  large  tanks  except  that  it  had  a  much  higher  moisture 
content.  This  may  perhaps  be  explained  by  the  shallowness  of  the  sludge  layer. 
A  15-in.  sand  bed  dosed  with  settled  sewage  at  a  net  rate  of  190,000  gal.  per 
acre  per  day  during  the  second  summer  reduced  an  average  oxygen  demand  of 
63  parts  per  million  to  12  parts  per  million  (24  hours,  20°  C).  This  is  probably 
ample  purification  for  many  cases,  but  insufficient  for  others.  The  sand  bed 
required  very  little  attention  during  the  summer  months,  but  what  would  seem 
to  be  a  prohibitive  amount  of  attention  during  the  winter  months,  even  though 
covered  with  a  tongue-and-groove  wooden  cover.  No  nuisance  was  produced 
during  the  summer  months  by  the  dosing  of  the  uncovered  sand  bed  with  the 
Imhoff  tank  effluent.  The  growth  of  weeds  on  the  sand  surface  did  not  seem 
to  have  an  unfavorable  effect  upon  the  operation  of  the  sand  bed." 

A  practical  process  for  the  sterilization  and  utilization  of  polluted  water 
in  the  field,  Holland  (Jour.  Pharm.  et  Chim.,  7.  ser.,  12  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  179- 
182,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  10  (1916),  No.  2,  p.  236).— Water  in  a  barrel  is 
treated  with  a  sufficient  excess  of  calcium  hypochlorite  of  known  strength  to 
impart  a  distinct  chlorin  taste.  It  is  next  passed  into  a  large  funnel  contain- 
ing absorbent  cotton,  and  then  upon  a  perforated  disk  with  alternate  layers  of 
finely  powdered  charcoal,  fine  sand,  powdered  charcoal,  coarse  sand,  wood 
charcoal,  crushed  stone,  and  straw  to  distribute  the  water. 

Dams  and  weirs,  W.  G.  Bligh  {Chicago:  Amer.  Tech.  Soc,  1915,  pp.  [7///]  + 
206,  figs.  124). — This  is  an  analytical  and  practical  treatise  on  gravity  dams  and 
weirs,  arch  and  buttress  dams,  and  submerged  weirs  and  barrages.  It  con- 
tains the  following  chapters :  Gravity  dams,  design  of  dams,  unusually  high 
dams,  notable  existing  dams,  special  foundations,  gravity  overfall  dams  or 
weirs,  arched  dams,  multiple  arch  or  hollow  arch  buttress  dams,  hollow  slab 
buttress  dams,  submerged  weirs  founded  on  sand,  and  open  dams  or  barrages. 

Good  roads  of  Monroe  County,  New  York,  1915,  J.  Y.  McClintock  {Roches- 
ter, N.  Y.:  Co.  Supt.  Highways,  1915,  pp.  48,  pi.  1,  figs.  86). — This  is  a  report 
of  the  county  superintendent  of  highways  for  1915,  giving  tabulated  state- 
ments of  expenditm-es  for  highway  purposes  during  the  year  and  calling  atten- 
tion to  the  more  important  features  of  the  work. 

Fourteenth  annual  report  of  the  state  board  of  public  roads  of  the  State 
of  Rhode  Island  {Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Pub.  Roads  R.  I.,  I4  {1916),  pp.  60).— This  is 
a  report  of  expenditures  on  road  and  bridge  work  in  the  State  for  1915. 

Surface  oiling  of  earth  roads,  B.  H.  Piepmeier  {III.  Highway  Dept.  Bui.  11 
{1915),  pp.  28,  figs.  26;  Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,  81  {1916),  No.  2102,  pp.  250,  251).—''  It  is 
the  purpose  of  this  publication  to  present  as  many  facts  concerning  the  use  of 
oil  as  it  is  possible  to  secure  at  this  time,  also  to  describe  what  is  shov.n  by 
experience  to  be  the  best  method  of  preparing  the  road  and  applying  the  oil, 
together  with  a  few  suggestions  that  may  be  of  some  assistance  to  the  con- 
tractor or  individual  who  has  such  work  under  consideration. 


1916]  EUEAL    ENGINEERING.  289 

"  Roads  should  not  be  oiled  until  they  have  a  permanently  established 
gi-ade.  .  .  .  Low,  flat,  undrained  roads  should  not  be  oiled  until  proper  drain' 
age  has  been  attended  to.  .  .  .  Roads  that  have  a  preponderance  of  heavy 
hauling  should  not  be  selected  for  oiling.  .  .  .  The  main  purpose  of  oiling  earth 
roads  is  to  suppress  the  dust  and  aid  in  maintaining  a  smooth  and  waterproof 
surface.  .  .  . 

"  It  is  very  important  that  the  road  surface  be  oiled  when  it  is  smooth,  free 
from  dust,  and  in  a  condition  to  absorb  the  oil.  .  .  .  Best  results  may  be  ex- 
pected when  the  road  is  reasonably  dry  for  about  2  in.  on  the  surface.  .  .  .  The 
oil  should  be  applied  at  the  rate  of  from  i  to  i  gal.  per  square  yard  of  surface. 
If  the  road  has  never  been  oiled,  or  if  more  than  a  season  has  elapsed  since 
a  previous  oiling  .  .  .  about  -}  gal.  per  square  yard  will  be  required.  If  the 
road  or  street  has  been  oiled  regularly,  from  i  to  J  gal.  per  square  yard  will 
usually  be  satisfactory.  .  .  .  After  a  road  has  been  oiled  for  several  years, 
one  light  application  each  year  may  be  sufficient,  or  at  least  equal  in  results 
to  two  applications  per  year  on  a  new  oiled  road.  .  .  . 

"  The  uniform  distribution  of  the  material  is  one  of  the  essential  require- 
ments for  success.  .  .  .  Better  results  can  be  secured  from  sanding  the  road 
slightly  after  either  hot  or  cold  oil  has  been  applied.  ...  A  hot  oil  applica- 
tion should  be  followed  with  a  light  dressing  of  sand  ...  at  a  rate  of  1  cu.  yd. 
to  each  100  to  150  sq.  yds.  of  road  surface.  ...  It  seems  essential  that  careful 
analysis  be  made  of  all  road  oils  before  using  and  that  preference  be  given 
to  the  natural  and  semiasphaltic  products  over  the  paraffin  oils." 

Other  general  information  regarding  the  oiling  of  sand  and  gravel  and 
macadam  roads  is  given. 

Popular  handbook  for  cement  and  concrete  users,  M.  H.  Lewis  and  A.  H. 
Chandler  {New  York:  The  Norman  W.  Henley  Publishing  Co.,  1911,  pp. 
IX-\-430,  figs.  126). — This  is  a  comprehensive  and  popular  treatise  on  the  prin- 
ciples involved  and  the  methods  employed  in  the  design  and  construction  of 
modern  concrete  work,  covering  both  plain  and  reinforced  concrete. 

It  contains  the  following  chapters :  Kinds  of  cement  and  how  they  are 
made;  properties,  testing,  and  requirements  of  hydraulic  cements;  concrete 
and  its  properties ;  sand,  broken  stone,  and  gravel  for  concrete ;  how  to  pro- 
portion the  materials;  how  to  mix  and  place  concrete;  forms  for  concrete  con- 
struction ;  the  architectural  and  artistic  possibilities  of  concrete ;  concrete  resi- 
dences ;  mortars,  plasters,  and  stuccos  and  how  to  use  them ;  the  artistic 
treatment  of  concrete  surfaces ;  concrete  building  blocks ;  the  making  of  orna- 
mental concrete ;  concrete  pipes,  fence  posts,  etc. ;  essential  features  and  ad- 
vantages of  reinforced  concrete;  how  to  design  reinforced  concrete  beams, 
slabs,  and  columns ;  explanation  of  the  theory  of  the  design  of  reinforced  con- 
crete beams  and  slabs;  systems  of  reinforcement  employed;  reinforced  con- 
crete in  factory  and  general  building  construction;  concrete  in  foundation 
Avork;  concrete  retaining  walls,  abutments,  and  bulkheads;  concrete  arches 
and  arched  bridges;  concrete  beam  and  girder  bridges;  concrete  in  sewerage 
and  drainage  works;  concrete  tanks,  dams,  and  reservoirs;  concrete  side- 
walks, curbs,  and  pavements;  concrete  in  railroad  construction;  the  utility  of 
concrete  on  the  farm;  the  waterproofing  of  concrete  structures;  grout  or 
'•liquid  concrete"  and  its  uses;  inspection  of  concrete  work,  a  summary  of 
essential  rules  and  principles  of  construction  for  securing  good  concrete  work ; 
and  cost  of  concrete  work. 

Concrete  on  the  farm  and  in  the  shop,  H.  C.  Campbell  (New  York:  The 
Norman  W.  Henley  Publishing  Co.,  1916,  pp.  U9,  figs.  5i).— This  is  a  popular 
treatise  on  the  fundamental  principles  of  concrete  construction  with  particu- 
lar reference  to  farm  structures.     It  contains  the  following  chapters:  Gen- 


290 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


eral  summary  of  concrete  principles;  aggregates;  principles  of  proportioning; 
mixing  concrete;  placing  concrete;  protection  after  placing;  cold  weather 
concreting ;  recommended  mixtures ;  forms ;  concreting  tools ;  foundations ; 
principles  of  reinforcing;  materials  for  reinforcing;  walls  and  fences;  posts; 
rubble  concrete;  tanks  and  troughs;  cisterns;  form  removal;  hog  wallow; 
manure  pit;  repairs  of  leaks  in  tanks,  etc.;  hotbeds;  roofs  for  small  build- 
ings; pavements,  feeding  floors,  and  walks;  steps;  and  well  curbs  and  plat- 
forms. 

Tests  of  three  larg'e-sized  reinforced-concrete  slabs  under  concentrated 
loading-,  A.  T.  Goldbeck  and  E.  B.  Smith  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Re- 
search, 6  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  205-2S4,  pi.  1,  figs.  2S).— Tests  of  three  large  rein- 
forced-concrete  slabs  to  determine  their  effective  widths  under  concentrated 
loading,  as  defined  by  McCormick  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  487),  and  "to  demonstrate 
the  application  of  the  theory  of  narrow  rectangular  beams  to  the  design  of  wide 
slabs  supported  at  two  ends  and  subjected  to  concentrated  loads,"  are  reported 
All  three  slabs  were  32  ft.  wide,  of  16  ft.  span,  and  reinforced  but  not  trans- 
versely, made  of  machine-mixed  1:2:4  concrete.  A  complete  description  of  the 
slabs  is  given  in  the  following  table : 

Description  of  reinforced-concrete  slabs  used  in  tests. 


Thickness. 

Reinforcing. 

Modulus  of 
elasticity, 
of  concrete. 

Cenlral 
brea'ing 

load 
of  slab. 

Total. 

Effective. 

Size. 

Spacing. 

Per  cent. 

Inchcf. 
12 

10 

7 

Inches. 
10^ 

6 

Inches. 
•%  (plain 
square). 
%  (plain 
square). 
'-•J  (plain 
square). 

Inches. 
10.5 

8.87 

5.56 

0.75 
.75 
.75 

2,900,000 
4,000,000 
3,000,000 

PovniU. 
119,000 

80,000 

40,000 

The  data  of  results  are  graphically  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  with  an  increase  in  load  the  effective  width  seems  t»  ia- 
crease  slightly.  Values  for  effective  width  were  obtained  from  the  ste^  de- 
formations as  well  as  from  the  concrete  deformations,  but  .  .  .  the  concrete 
deformations  gave  the  most  conservative  widths.  ...  As  the  thickness  in- 
creases the  effective  width  decreases,  varying  from  109  per  cent  of  the  span 
length  for  a  6-in.  slab  to  75  per  cent  of  the  span  for  a  10.5-in.  slab.  The  least 
value  for  effective  width  shown  by  these  tests  is  roughly,  then,  about  0.7  of 
the  span  length.  ...  It  would  seem  that  under  extremely  heavy  loads,  requir- 
ing very  thick  slabs,  the  effective  width  might  be  decreased  as  low,  possibly, 
as  0.6  of  the  span  length.  However,  0.7  of  the  span  will  always  be  safe,  and  in 
general  is  a  sufficiently  conservative  figure  to  use." 

The  effective  widths  of  the  spans  tested  are  given  in  the  following  table : 


Effective  widths  of  reinforced-concrete  slabs,  16-ft.  span  by 

center  loading. 


ft.  loide,  foi' 


Center  load. 


Pounii. 
15,000 
20,000 
2.5,000 
32,500 
35,000 

Safe  load... 


Slab  (lOH  in.  effective  thick- 
ness). 


11.6  ft. =72.3  per  cent  of  span. 
11. 5  ft. =  71.9  per  cent  of  span. 
12.1  ft.=  75.7  per  cent  of  span. 


12.1  ft. —75.7  per  cent  of  span. 


Slab  (8Vg  in.  effective  thick- 
ness). 


11.4  ft.=  71.6  per  cent  of  span. 
13.0  ft.=  81.2  per  cent  of  span. 
12.9  ft. =81.1  percent  of  span. 


14.5  ft. =90.7  per  cent  of  span. 


12.9  ft. =81.1  per  cent  of  span. 


Slab  (6  in.  effective  thick- 
ness). 


12.7  ft. =  79. 5  per  cent  of  span. 
17.5  ft. =  109.3  per  cent  of  span. 


17.5  ft. =109.3  per  cent  of  span. 


1916]  KUEAL   ENGINEERING.  291 

"The  usual  rectangular-beam  design  formulas  may  be  applied  to  the  design 
of  slabs  by  merely  substituting  for  6  its  value  as  determined  by  these  investi- 
gations, &=0.7L.    The  corresponding  formulas  then  become — 


For  rectangular  beams. 

For  slabs  under  central 
concentrated  loads. 

(1)  M,=yo/,hjbd». 

M,=HfJcj^L<P. 

(2)  M~pfjbd\ 

M,=pfJ^Ld\ 

(^>  ^=Td- 

^7M 

(4)  p=--^. 

/.Wo         / 

fXnfJV 

(5)  k=^2pn-\-(pn)^-im. 

k='\l2pn+{pny-pn. 

"  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  substituting  for  M^  and  M^  in  formulas  1  and  2 

PL 
their  value  — -  the  L'b  cancel,  showing  that  the  safe  load-carrying  capacity  of  the 

slab  is  independent  of  the  span ;  thus — 

1  becomes  ^=i^/,ij  ^Ld''  or  pj^fjcjd^ 

4  lo  o 

2  becomes  ^=pfsj  ^Ld'  or  P=  p  ^/ja". 

"  The  above  investigations  were  made  on  slabs  the  width  of  which  was 
twice  the  span  length,  so  that  the  stress  at  the  extreme  edges  was  very  small. 
The  conclusions  must  therefore  be  applied  to  such  cases  only.  When  the 
ratio  of  width  of  slab  to  span  length  is  less  than  2,  these  conclusions  may  or 
may  not  apply,  and  additional  investigations  are  now  being  made  to  determine 
the  proper  value  of  effective  width  to  use  under  such  conditions." 

The  action  of  Portland  cement  mortar  in  different  salt  solutions,  V.  Root 
(Mitt.  K.  Matcrialpriifungsamt  BerUri^Lichterfelde  West,  33  {1915),  No.  3-4, 
pp.  229-240). — Tests  to  determine  the  influence  of  solutions  of  sodium,  calcium, 
and  magnesium  chlorids  and  sulphates  in  concentrations  of  0.1,  1,  and  10  per 
cent  on  Portland  cement  mixtures  with  sand,  1 : 3  and  1 : 6,  when  immersed  in 
the  solutions  for  periods  as  long  as  six  mouths,  showed  that  none  of  the  solu- 
tions except  that  of  calcium  sulphate  had  an  injurious  effect  on  the  1 : 3  mix- 
ture. Calcium  sulphate,  on  the  other  hand,  showed  evidences  of  a  destructive 
influence.  With  the  1 :  6  mixture  only  the  sulphate  solutions  had  a  destructive 
effect,  but  this  was,  however,  very  marked.  The  action  was  very  arbitrary  and 
irregular.  The  chlorids  of  calcium  and  magnesium  produced  an  increase  in 
the  leaching  out  of  lime  from  the  cement,  especially  when  the  salt  solutions 
were  concentrated  and  the  cement  mixture  lean. 

Further  studies  are  in  progress  on  the  effect  of  leaching  solutions. 

Some  tests  on  hydrated  lime  addition  to  concrete  for  road  work,  E,  Ashton 
{Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  206,  207). — Tests  are  briefly  reported 
in  which  5,  10,  and  15  per  cent  by  weight  of  hydrated  lime  was  added  to 
concrete. 

The  results  showed  that  "  no  greater  freedom  of  movement  of  the  mass  was 
noticed.  As  the  lime  was  increased  more  difficulty  was  experienced  in  getting 
the  material  into  the  test  forms.  .  .  .  With  same  angle  and  same  percentage 
of  water  concrete  did  not  flow  more  readily  by  the  addition  of  hydrate  of  lime, 


292  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

and  as  the  percentage  of  hydrate  of  lime  was  increased  the  mass  became  more 
sticky  and  did  not  flow  so  readily.  By  far  the  most  important  observation  made 
was  that  the  addition  of  hydrate  of  lime  did  prevent  segregation,  and  so  much 
so  as  to  make  this  the  biggest  gain  that  can  be  gotten  from  the  use  of  hydrate 
of  lime." 

Experiments  on  wire  rope,  M.  Rudeloff  (Mitt.  K.  Materlalprilfungsamt 
Berlin-Lichterfelde  West,  33  (.1915),  No.  5-//,  pp.  198-209,  figs.  iO).— Experi- 
ments on  the  strength  of  four  wire  ropes  gave  inconclusive  results.  Experi- 
ments on  the  durability  of  three  wire  ropes  containing,  respectively,  294,  210, 
and  294  wires  of  0.7,  0.68,  and  0.59  sq.  mm.  cross  section  and  having  respective 
total  wire  cross  sections  of  113.1,  76.3,  and  80.4  sq.  mm.  and  total  diameters  of 
20,  17,  and  17  mm.,  are  also  reported.  The  second  rope  was  found  to  be  the 
most  resistant  and  the  third  the  least  resistant. 

Consideration  on  hauling  by  animal  and  mechanical  power,  F.  Achilles 
(Wchnschr.  Brau.,  32  (1915),  Kos.  7,  pp.  49-53,  figs.  6;  8,  pp.  62-64,  figs.  2;  9, 
pp.  88-90,  figs.  2). — The  results  of  an  investigation  into  the  factors  affecting  the 
efficiency  and  economy  of  hauling  loads  by  animal  power  and  by  motor  truck 
are  reported  in  both  tabular  and  graphic  form  and  analyzed  to  determine  the 
limits  of  the  efficiency  and  economy  of  the  two  types  of  power  under  different 
conditions. 

A  final  graphic  comparison  of  the  cost  of  hauling  by  the  two  kinds  of  power 
is  made  which  is  based  on  the  cost  per  ton  kilometer  and  the  daily  accom- 
plishment in  ton  kilometers.  This  comparison  shows  that  up  to  a  daily  ac- 
complishment of  about  200-ton  kilometers  animal  power  hauling  one  wagon 
for  100-ton  kilometers  per  day  and  two  wagons  for  from  100  to  about  200  ton 
kilometers  per  day  is  more  economical  than  one  motor  truck  of  2  tons  capacity. 
With  a  daily  accomplishment  of  from  200  to  700  ton  kilometers  it  is  shown 
that  the  motor  trtuck  alone  in  varying  capacities  or  a  train  of  motor  trucks  is 
more  economical  than  a  train  of  from  three  to  eight  wagons  drawn  by  animal 
power. 

An  economic  study  of  the  farm  tractor  in  the  com  belt,  A.  P.  Yerkes  and 
L.  M.  Church  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  719  (1916),  pp.  24,  fig.  i).— This 
bulletin  reports  and  discusses  data  from  selected  reports  from  over  200  tractor 
owners  in  Illinois  whose  farms  are  typical  of  corn-belt  conditions,  the  data  be- 
ing considered  correct  for  conditions  existing  in  the  corn  belt  in  the  spring 
of  1916. 

The  principal  points  brought  out  by  the  experience  of  these  owners  are  sum- 
marized as  follows : 

"  The  chief  advantages  of  the  tractor  for  farm  work,  in  the  opinion  of  the  op- 
erators, are  (1)  its  ability  to  do  the  heavy  work  and  do  it  rapidly,  thus  covering 
the  desired  acreage  within  the  proper  season;  (2)  the  saving  of  man  labor,  and 
the  consequent  doing  away  with  some  hired  help;  and  (3)  the  ability  to  plow 
to  a  good  depth,  especially  in  hot  weather.  The  chief  disadvantages  are  diffi- 
culties of  efficient  operation  and  the  packing  of  the  soil  when  damp. 

"  The  purchase  of  a  tractor  seldom  lowers  the  actual  cost  of  operating  a  farm, 
and  its  purchase  must  usually  be  justified  by  increased  returns. 

"  One  of  the  most  important  points  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  a 
tractor  is  to  obtain  one  of  suitable  size  for  the  farm  on  which  it  is  to  be  used. 
In  this  connection  experienced  tractor  owners  in  Illinois  make  the  following 
recommendations : 

"  For  farms  of  200  crop  acres  or  less,  the  3-plow  tractor ;  for  farms  of  from  201 
to  450  crop  acres,  the  4-plow  tractor,  with  the  3-plow  outfit  second  choice;  for 
farms  of  from  451  to  750  crop  acres,  the  4-plow  tractor,  with  the  5-  and  8-plow 
outfits  tied  for  second  choice ;  a  farm  of  140  acres  is  the  smallest  upon  which  the 


19161  EUKAL   ENGINEERING.  293 

smallest  tractor  in  common  use,  the  2-plow  outfit,  may  be  expected  to  prove 
profitable. 

"  Medium-priced  tractors  appear  to  have  proved  a  profitable  investment  in  a 
higher  percentage  of  cases  than  any  others. 

'*  The  life  of  tractors,  as  estimated  by  their  owners,  varies  from  6  seasons  for 
the  two-plow  to  10^  seasons  for  the  6-plow  outfits.  The  number  of  days  a  tractor 
is  used  each  season  varies  from  49  for  the  2-plow  to  70  for  the  6-plow  machines. 
No  definite  figures  on  the  repair  charges  for  late  model  tractors  can  be  given ; 
it  would  not  seem  safe,  however,  to  count  upon  less  than  4  per  cent  of  the  first 
cost  annually  (this  representing  the  average  for  farm  machinery  in  general). 

"  Under  favorable  conditions  a  14-inch  plow  drawn  by  a  tractor  covers  about 
3  acres  in  an  ordinary  working  day.  Under  unfavorable  conditions  large  gang 
plows  will  cover  less  ground  per  day  per  plow  pulled  than  will  the  small  ones. 
Two  and  one-half  gal.  of  gasoline  and  0.2  gal.  of  lubricating  oil  are  ordinarily 
required  in  actual  practice  to  plow  1  acre  of  ground  7  in.  deep.  The  size  of 
the  tractor  has  little  influence  on  these  quantities. 

"  Plows  drawn  by  tractors  do  somewhat  better  work,  on  the  whole,  than  horse- 
drawn  plows.  In  Illinois  the  depth  plowed  by  tractors  averages  about  1.5  in. 
greater  than  where  horses  are  used.  Efficient  operation  is  essential  to  success 
with  a  tractor,  and  proficiency  usually  can  be  obtained  more  cheaply  and  easily 
by  previous  study  and  training  than  by  experimenting  with  one's  own  tractor. 
With  a  proficient  operator  the  tractor  is  a  very  reliable  source  of  power. 

"  The  use  of  the  tractor  for  custom  work  is  usually  an  indication  that  the  home 
farm  is  not  large  enough  to  utilize  it  economically.  The  doing  of  custom  work 
with  the  tractor,  on  the  whole,  appears  to  be  a  questionable  practice,  although 
nearly  45  per  cent  of  machines  are  used  for  such  work  to  some  extent. 

"A  tractor  displaces  on  an  average  about  one-fourth  of  the  horses  on  the  farm 
where  it  is  used.  On  a  large  number  of  Illinois  farms  brood  mares  constituted 
33  per  cent  of  the  work  stock  before  the  purchase  of  the  tractor.  The  use  of 
the  tractor  increased  this  proportion  only  3  per  cent.  .  .  .  Both  increases  and 
decreases  in  the  crop  yields  are  reported  from  the  use  of  the  tractor,  although 
favorable  effects  are  more  common  than  unfavorable.  However,  increases  are 
not  sufiiciently  frequent  to  warrant  a  farmer  placing  much  dependence  on  the 
tractor  in  this  respect." 

The  economics  of  the  farm  tractor,  E.  R.  Wiggins  (Power  Farming,  25 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  16,  J,5,  J,8,  fig.  1;  Farm  ImiMments,  30  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  58, 
60,  62,  62 A ) , — The  results  of  an  investigation  conducted  in  Nebraska  on  tractor 
costs  are  reported  in  detail,  three  systems  of  tractor  farm  management  being 
considered,  namely,  (1)  private  ownership,  (2)  cooperative  management,  and 
(3)  custom  operation. 

It  is  concluded  that  a  study  of  costs  of  tractor  operation  does  not  entirely 
indicate  the  advantages  of  tractor  over  horse  farming  since,  while  there  is  a 
saving  in  favor  of  the  tractor,  the  added  investment  necessary  must  be  consid- 
ered. "  The  advantage,  however,  comes  ...  in  the  added  work  that  can  be 
done  wiht  the  tractor,  at  the  same  cost,  and  besides  all  this,  the  tractor  does 
not  use  materials  that  man  can  use  to  reduce  the  cost  of  living." 

The  proper  bearing's  for  farm  tractor  uses,  C.  M.  Eason  (Farm  Machinery, 
No.  1211  (1916),  pp.  26.  27,  fig.  i).— This  article  deals  with  different  types  of 
antifriction  bearings,  bearing  loads,  bearings  for  radial  loads  only,  rollers  v. 
balls,  and  size  and  capacity  of  bearing.    Roller  bearings  are  favored  for  tractors. 

Indigenous  implements  of  the  Bombay  Presidency,  G.  K.  Kelkar  (Dept. 
Agr.  Bombay  Bui.  66  (1914),  pp.  Yl+lOO,  pis.  26). — This  is  a  general  survey  of 
the  indigenous  implements  of  the  Presidency  proper  which  include  plows,  har- 
rows, clod  crushers,  seed  drills,  interculturing  and  weeding  implements,  harvest- 


294  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOKD.  [Vol.35 

ing  implements,  threshing  appliances,  winnowing  and  cleaning  appliances, 
appliances  in  the  preparation  of  crops  for  the  market,  appliances  for  transport 
of  agricultural  products,  implements  used  in  improvement  of  land,  Konkan 
implements,  mallad  (a  heavy  rainfall  tract  of  Karnatak)  implements,  hand 
tools,  water  lifts,  and  yokes  and  hitching.  Appendixes  are  included  giving  a 
glossary  of  vernacular  words  of  crops,  the  kinds  of  wood  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  implements  with  their  scientific  names,  and  vernacular  names  of  different 
parts  of  implements  with  their  English  equivalents. 

Directory  and  specifi.cations  of  plows  for  tractor  use  {Farm  Machinery, 
No.  1211  (1916),  pp.  22,  23).— This  list  includes  91  of  the  types  manufactured 
in  the  United  States. 

Proper  use  of  rams  for  farm  water  supplies,  W.  G.  Kibchoffek  {Engi/n. 
News,  75  (1916),  No.  10,  pp.  J,5t,  ^58,  figs.  2). — The  hj-draulics  involved  in  the 
design  of  a  hydraulic  ram  system  of  water  supply  are  briefly  presented,  to- 
gether with  a  specific  example. 

Concrete  silos,  E.  S.  Hanson  (Chicago:  The  Cement  Era  Publishing  Co.,  1916, 
pp.  174,  fiffs.  78;  rev.  in  West.  Engin.,  7  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  78,  79;  Engin.  News, 
75  (1916),  No.  7,  p.  319). — This  book  represents  an  attempt  to  compile  and 
summarize  the  present  available  knowledge  of  concrete  silo  construction.  It 
contains  the  following  chapters:  Why  build  a  silo?  what  a  good  silo  should  be; 
how  concrete  meets  the  requirements ;  advantage  over  other  kinds  of  silos ; 
size  and  shape  of  a  silo ;  the  different  types  of  concrete  silos ;  the  foundation 
of  the  silo ;  the  monolithic  silo ;  the  Polk  system  ;  the  Monsco  system  ;  the  Reichert 
system ;  other  monolithic  systems ;  the  pit  silo ;  tlie  metal  lath  silo ;  the  concrete 
stave  silo ;  the  concrete  block  silo ;  doorways,  doors,  roofs,  etc. ;  and  how  to  in- 
crease the  silo  business.  It  is  stated  that  part  of  the  material  was  drawn  from 
bulletias  of  the  state  agricultural  experiment  stations. 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

The  agricultural  element  in  the  population,  E.  Merkitt  (Quart.  Pubs. 
Amer.  Statis.  Assoc.,  n.  ser.,  15  (1916),  No.  113,  pp.  50-65). — ^Among  the  con- 
clusions brought  out  in  this  paper,  presented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  tlie 
American  Statistical  Association,  Washington,  D.  C,  December  29,  1915,  are 
that  the  principal  reasons  for  the  decreasing  percentage  of  the  total  workers 
employed  in  agriculture  are  that  the  agi'icultural  element  in  the  population  is 
becoming  more  efficient,  and  that  in  the  readjustment  or  changes  in  the  metho<is 
of  producing  and  distributing  agricultural  products  agricultural  people  now 
perform  a  smaller  part  of  the  complete  operations  than  was  the  case  formerly. 
As  evidence  of  the  increased  efliciency  are  the  facts  that  the  agricultural 
workers  are  producing  more  crops  per  capita  and  use  a  smaller  percentage  of 
the  total  population  for  the  purpose  than  formerly. 

Another  indication  of  the  increased  efficiency  is  the  fact  that  the  average 
number  of  acres  of  crops  cultivated  per  agricultural  worker  is  increasing  and 
is  accompanied  by  an  increased  number  of  horses  on  farms  per  agi'icultural 
worker  and  by  an  increase  in  the  average  yields  per  acre. 

The  decrease  in  the  agricultural  and  rural  population  in  the  north  Central 
States  is  due  to  a  decreased  number  of  farms  and  to  smaller  farm  families. 

The  author  states  that  anything  that  tends  to  upset  the  relationship  between 
the  supply  and  demand  of  labor  in  one  field  of  endeavor  sets  in  motion  a 
migration  fi-om  one  part  of  the  country  to  another  or  from  one  country  to 
another,  and  that  the  relationships  l>etween  the  rural  and  urban  population 
are  rendered  unstable  owing  to  differences  in  death  rate,  birth  rate,  and 
migi'ation. 


19161  RURAL   ECONOMICS.  295 

Although  the  fecundity  of  married  women  in  rural  districts  is  greater  than 
tliose  of  the  same  nativity  in  urban  districts,  the  presence  of  a  larger  number 
of  foreign  born  in  cities  causes  the  relative  birth  rates  to  appear  about  equal. 
When  the  death  rate  is  compared,  age  for  age,  it  is  found  to  be  higher  in  the 
urban  than  in  the  rural  districts,  the  difference  being  greatest  at  those  ages 
at  which  the  largest  number  of  deaths  occur.  Even  if  the  birth  rate  for  rural 
and  urban  districts  were  the  same,  the  greater  death  rate  in  cities  results  in 
a  smaller  percentage  of  those  born  in  cities  reacliing  the  productive  age  periods. 
Migration  from  rural  districts  apparently  begins  with  those  10  to  15  years  of 
age,  and  practically  ceases  at  35  years  of  age.  The  higher  death  rate  in  cities 
accounts  for  the  fact  that  a  large  percentage  of  those  in  rural  districts  survive. 

He  also  points  out  that  the  white  females  arc  migrating  from  rural  districts 
in  greater  numbers  than  males,  and  that  their  migration  begins  at  an  earlier 
age.  The  extensive  use  of  agricultural  machinery  in  the  United  States  is 
probably  the  cause  of  this  migration  from  rural  districts.  As  long  as  the 
women  are  employed  in  the  fields  they  contribute  to  the  farm  income.  When 
an  agricultural  machine  is  introduced  it  not  only  takes  away  the  field  work  of 
the  farm  women  so  that  they  become  of  less  economic  value  on  the  farm,  but  it 
also  makes  them  seek  remunerative  employment  elsewhere. 

Information  for  prospective  settlers  in  Alaska,  C.  C.  Geokgeson  (Alaska 
Stas.  Circ.  1  (1916),  pp.  30,  pis.  5). — This  circular  is  based  largely  on  the 
results  of  the  station's  work.  It  is  estimated  that  in  the  whole  Territory  there 
are  about  100,000  square  miles  which  can  be  made  available  for  tilling  and  for 
grazing  purposes,  but  about  one-half  of  tliis  area  has  little  value  except  for 
the  latter  purpose.  General  information  is  given  concerning  the  climate,  agri- 
cultural conditions,  how  to  obtain  a  farm,  chances  for  work  and  wages  paid, 
transportation  facilities,  cost  of  living,  crops  and  live  stock,  population,  means  of 
communication,  etc. 

An  article  by  M.  D.  Snodgrass  is  included  pointing  out  some  of  the  problems 
confronting  early  settlers  in  the  Matanuska  Valley.  Methods  of  clearing  the 
land  at  present  are  various  and  crude,  including  grubbing  with  mattock  and 
shovel,  cutting  some  of  the  roots  and  lining  with  rope  through  a  lead  block, 
pulling  stumps  with  homemade  stump  pullers,  and  burning  during  the  dry 
seasons.  The  principal  crops  in  this  area  are  barley,  oats,  rye,  potatoes,  cab- 
bage, turnips,  rutabagas,  carrots,  tomatoes,  cauliflower,  beets,  and  most  of 
the  common  garden  vegetables.  Wild  fruits  are  abundant  in  this  region,  con- 
sisting of  currants,  blueberries,  salmonberries,  raspberries,  gooseberries,  cran- 
berries, and  a  number  of  other  edible  sorts.  The  strawberries  so  common  on 
the  coast  of  southeastern  Alaska  are  not  found  in  the  Matanuska  country,  but 
wherever  planted  they  grow  well. 

Under  the  present  homestead  laws  any  person  who  has  not  used  his  home- 
stead rights  may  take  up  320  acres  of  land  (160  acres  in  the  National  Forests) 
and  acquire  patent  thereto  by  establishing  his  residence  on  the  land  and 
putting  one-eighth  of  it  under  cultivation  within  three  years  after  taking  up 
the  land.  On  the  whole,  the  amount  of  land  allowed  is  deemed  more  than  the 
ordinary  man  can  handle  and  comply  with  the  laws ;  160  acres  being  regarded 
as  sufficient  for  the  average  person. 

Statistics  of  the  food  supply  in  Germany,  R.  M.  Woodbury  (Quart.  Pubs. 
Amer.  Statis.  Assoc,  n.  ser.,  15  (1916),  No.  113,  pp.  93-109).— This  paper,  read 
at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Statistical  Association,  Washington, 
D.  C,  December  29,  1915,  is  a  review  of  discussions  by  various  authors  as  to 
the  possibilities  of  a  decision  of  the  European  War  being  brought  about  by 
the  starvation  of  Germany.  After  reviewing  the  literature  the  author  con- 
cludes : 


296  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

"  There  is  little  possibility  that  Germany  can  be  starved.  Her  supplies  are 
probably  sufficient  to  cover  the  minimum  practical  requirement.  Her  food 
supply  falls  considerably  short  of  the  actual  rate  of  consumption  in  1912-13, 
and  it  must  be  conserved  and  carefully  distributed  to  insure  a  sufficiency  in  the 
last  months  before  the  new  harvests  are  available.  There  are  distinctly  less 
meat  and  animal  products  available  than  in  normal  times.  The  serious  danger, 
it  seems  to  me,  is  that  disaffection  may  be  spread  among  the  working  classes 
by  restrictions  on  the  consumption  of  foodstuffs,  and  above  all  by  the  increase 
in  prices,  which  may  seem  to  them  entirely  unnecessary  if,  as  the  government 
has  announced,  there  is  really  enough  food  for  all." 

Settlement  or  employment  on  the  land  in  England  and  Wales  of  dis- 
charged sailors  and  soldiers  (FinM  Rpt.  Dept.  Com.  Land  Settlement  Sailors 
and  Soldiers,  1915,  pt.  1,  pp.  30,  pi.  i).— In  this  report  are  considered  methods 
of  settlement,  advisability  of  ownership  and  tenancy,  selection  and  training  of 
settlers,  and  provision  for  expert  guidance  and  working  capital. 

The  use  of  agricultural  motors  and  machinery,  D.  H.  GoEEfA  (Mem.  R. 
Acad.  Cien  y  Artes  Barcelona,  3.  ser.,  12  (1915),  No.  Jf,  pp.  27).— The  author  dis- 
cusses the  importance  of  machinery  in  the  agricultural  systems  of  various  coun- 
tries, its  influence  upon  the  relation  of  food  supply  to  the  population,  and  the 
relation  of  the  use  of  machinery  to  the  development  of  Spanish  agriculture. 

A  farm  management  demonstration  on  161  Chautauqua  County  farms  for 
th.e  year  1914,  H.  B.  Rogkks  (Chautauqua  Co.  [N.  Y.]  Farm  Imp.  and  Inform. 
Bur.  Bui.  1  (1916),  pp.  U,  fig.  i).— This  bulletin  gives  a  brief  summary  of  the 
results  obtained  in  a  farm  management  survey  of  161  Chautauqua  County  farms 
made  in  connection  with  the  extension  work  of  the  county  agricultural  agent 
in  1914. 

Marketing  and  farm  credits  (Madison,  Wis.:  Nat.  Conf.  Marketing  and 
Farm  Credits,  1916,  pp.  IX +531). —This  report  consists  of  papers  read  at  the 
third  annual  session  of  The  National  Conference  on  Marketing  and  Farm 
Credits  in  joint  program  with  The  National  Council  of  Farmers'  Cooperative 
Associations,  in  Chicago,  November  29  to  December  2,  1915.  It  deals  with  the 
following  subjects:  Organizing  agricultural  cooperation,  marketing  farm  prod- 
ucts, standardization  of  farm  products,  warehousing  and  standardization  of 
farm  products,  local  and  terminal  elevators,  rural  credit  aids  to  land  pur- 
chase, present  facilities  for  land  purchase  and  need  of  legislation,  and  financing 
the  farm  business. 

Farmers'  market  bulletin  (North  Carolina  St  a.,  Farmers'  Market  Bui,  3 
(1916),  No.  16,  pp.  32,  fig.  1). — This  includes  the  usual  list  of  farm  products  for 
sale,  and  brief  discussions  of  the  benefits  that  may  accrue  to  the  cotton  farmers 
through  organization  in  improving  their  products,  establishing  uniform  grades 
of  cotton,  warehousing,  and  securing  credit  and  better  prices  for  their  products. 
The  text  of  an  act  passed  in  1915  relating  to  the  incorporation,  maintenance, 
and  supervision  of  credit  unions  and  cooperative  associations  in  North  Carolina 
is  also  given. 

Live  stock  shipping  associations  (Wallaces'  Farmer,  41  (1916),  No.  10,  p. 
425). — This  article  gives  a  brief  description  of  a  live  stock  shipping  association 
formed  at  Farmington,  Minn.,  together  with  the  constitution  and  by-laws. 

A  system  of  accounts  for  primary  grain  elevators,  J.  R.  Humpheey  and 
W.  H.  Kerr  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  362  (1916),  pp.  SO,  pis.  3).— Fifteen  forms 
are  given,  with  a  description  of  their  use  for  a  system  of  accounts  with  an  idea 
of  establishing  a  uniform  system  for  primary  grain  elevators.  These  forms  are 
as  follows:  (1)  Cash,  journal,  purchase,  and  sales  record;  (2)  record  of  grain 
receipts;  (3)  record  of  grain  purchases;  (4)  record  of  grain  shipments  and 
sales;  (5)  record  of  hedges;  (6)  record  of  sales  to  arrive;  (7)  patronage  ledger 


1916]  AGKICULTUEAL    EDUCATION.  297 

(for  cooperative  elevators);  (8)  grain  and  mercliandise  report;  (9)  man- 
ager's report;  (10)  grain  check;  (11)  scale  ticket;  (12)  storage  ticket;  (13) 
sales  ticket;  (14)  cash  receipt;  and  (15)  cost  analysis. 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Saxony,  WiJKZBURGER  {Statis.  Jahrb.  Konirjr. 
Sachsen,  42  (1914-15),  pp.  104-129).— This  continues  information  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  96)  adding  data  for  1913-14. 

AGEICTJLTURAI  EDUCATION. 

Proceedings  of  the  twenty-ninth  annual  convention  of  the  Association  of 
American  Agricultural  Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations  and  of  the  fourth 
annual  convention  of  the  Land-Grant  College  Engineering  Association, 
edited  by  J.  L.  Hills  {Proc.  Assoc.  Amer.  Agr.  Cols  and  Expt.  Stas.  and  Land- 
Grant  Col.  Engin.  Assoc,  1915,  pp.  304). — This  is  a  detailed  account  of  the  pro- 
ceedings, including  the  papers  submitted,  of  these  two  conventions  held  at 
Berkeley,  Cal.,  August  11-13,  1915  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  301). 

The  proceedings  of  the  convention  of  the  Association  of  American  Agricultural 
Colleges  and  Exi^eriment  Stations  include  the  Report  of  the  Bibliographer,  A.  C. 
True,  submitting  a  list  of  documents  that  record  the  history  of  agricultural  ex- 
tension legislation,  together  with  a  brief  summary  of  the  chief  factors  in  bring- 
ing it  about  (pp.  32-44)  ;  report  of  the  committee  on  instruction  in  agriculture 
on  College  Courses  for  the  Preparation  of  Extension  Workers  (pp.  45-70)  ; 
report  of  the  committee  on  college  organization  and  policy  including  a  discus- 
sion of  the  forms  of  organization  in  various  land-grant  agricultural  institutions, 
tentative  outlines  of  a  plan  for  study  of  college  organization  and  policy,  and  a 
bibliography  of  college  organization  and  administration  (pp.  104-123)  ;  report 
of  the  committee  on  experiment  station  organization  and  policy  dealing  with  the 
functions  of  the  stations  in  relation  to  various  forms  of  regulatory  activity  (pp. 
123-125)  ;  report  of  the  committee  on  extension  organization  and  policy  offering 
suggestions  toward  standardization  of  methods  of  administration  (pp.  125-129)  ; 
and  the  following  addresses: 

Address  of  Welcome,  B.  I.  Wheeler  (pp.  19,  20)  ;  The  Presidential  Address, 
on  A  National  System  of  Education,  E.  A.  Bi-yan  (pp.  72-82)  ;  An  Account  of  the 
Methods  of  Work  of  the  Agricultural  Institutions  in  California,  T.  F.  Hunt  (pp. 
83-90)  ;  The  Exhibit  in  Agricultural  Education  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Interna- 
tional Exposition,  A.  C.  True  (pp.  91-94)  ;  Economic  Science  in  Agricultural 
and  Mechanical  Colleges,  G.  A.  Duniway  (pp.  94-96)  ;  The  Preparation  of 
Teachers  as  Contemplated  in  the  Nelson  Amendment,  A.  R.  Hill  (pp.  96-100)  ; 
Exchange  of  Instructors  in  Agricultural  College  Work,  H.  L.  Russell  (pp.  102- 
104)  ;  The  Correlation  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  with  the  Other  Colleges  of 
the  State,  A.  Vivian  (pp.  130-134)  ;  The  Place  of  Mechanic  Arts  in  Land-grant 
Institutions,  R.  A,  Pearson  (pp.  135-140)  ;  The  Relation  of  the  Bureau  of 
Education  to  the  Agricultural  Colleges,  S.  P.  Capen  (pp.  140-146)  ;  Federal 
Aid  to  Engineering  Experiment  Stations,  F.  G.  Newlands  (pp.  146-150)  ;  The 
Preparation  Required  for  the  College  Teacher  in  Agriculture,  R.  A.  Pearson  (pp. 
156-159)  ;  The  Preparation  Required  for  Research  Work  in  Agriculture,  T.  F. 
Hunt  (pp.  1.59-161)  ;  The  Preparation  Required  for  Extension  Work  in  Agri- 
culture, A.  C.  True  (pp.  161-165)  ;  The  Administration  of  Engineering  Divi- 
sions of  Land-grant  Colleges,  H.  J.  Waters  (pp.  168-171)  ;  Duplication  in  En- 
gineering Between  Land-grant  Institutions  and  State  Universities,  A.  Marston 
(pp.  171-177)  ;  The  Annual  Report,  R.  H.  Forbes  (pp.  179-182)  ;  Bulletins, 
H.  G.  Knight  (pp.  182-185)  ;  The  Publication  of  the  Results  of  Investigations 
Made  in  Experiment  Stations  in  Technical  Scientific  Journals,  Including  the 
Journal  of  Agricultural  Research,  R.  Pearl  (pp.  186-191)  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  401)  ;  Effective  Correlation  of  Station  and  Extension  Workers, 


298  EXPEKIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  39 

viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  the  extension  director,  Bradford  Knapp  (pp.  199, 
200)  ;  The  Effective  Correlation  of  Station  and  Extension  Worlsers  from  the 
Standpoint  of  Station  Work,  C.  E.  Thome  (pp.  200-202)  ;  The  Best  Means  of 
Securing  Proper  Recognition  and  Credit  for  Station  Worli  in  Extension  Worli, 
H.  L.  Russell  (pp.  202,  203)  ;  What  Can  the  Stations  do  to  Encourage  More 
Men  to  Fit  Themselves  for  Advanced  Research?  C.  D.  Woods  (p.  206)  ;  The 
Place  Which  Demonstration  Should  Have  in  Extension  Work,  Bradford  Knapp 
(pp.  209-213)  ;  County  Organization  of  Extension  Work  in  Agriculture  and 
Home  Economics,  C.  A.  Keffer  (pp.  214-219)  ;  The  Organization  of  Cooperative 
Extension  Work,  Machinery  and  Method  (in  the  State),  B.  T.  Galloway  (pp. 
220-224)  ;  The  Organization  of  Cooperative  Extension  Work,  Machinery  and 
Method  (in  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture),  A.  C.  True  (pp.  228-231)  ; 
Shall  Extension  Service  Include  the  Social,  Recreational  and  Educational  Im- 
provement of  Rural  and  Urban  Districts?  W.  D.  Hurd  (pp.  232-241)  ;  Organiza- 
tion and  Methods  of  Home  Economics  Extension,  Mrs.  H.  W,  Calvin  (pp.  241- 
240)  ;  and  Home  Demonstrations,  Miss  Mary  E.  Creswell  (pp.  247-252). 

The  proceedings  of  the  convention  of  the  Land-Grant  College  Engineering 
Association  include  the  report  of  a  special  committee  on  fees  for  professional 
(engineering)  services  in  land-gi-ant  colleges  (pp.  259-265)  ;  report  of  the 
committee  on  extension  texts  (pp.  271-274)  ;  and  the  following  addresses:  Presi- 
dential Address,  H.  W.  Tyler  (pp.  257,  258)  ;  Adaptation  of  Engineering  Educa- 
tion to  Local  Needs,  A.  W.  Richter  (pp.  274-277)  ;  Correlation  of  Courses  of 
Study  in  Engineering,  G.  A.  Covell  (pp.  277-281)  ;  Bill  for  the  Establishment 
of  Mechanic  Arts  Experiment  Stations,  O.  L.  Waller  (p.  281)  ;  The  Adaptation 
of  Engineering  Experiment  Stations  to  Local  Needs,  F.  E.  Turneaure  (pp.  281- 
283)  ;  The  Relation  of  the  Engineering  Experiment  Station  to  the  College  of 
Engineering,  C.  S.  Nichols  (pp.  284,  285)  ;  and  Lessons  to  be  Drawn  from  the 
Experience  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations,  O.  V.  P.  Stout  (pp.  286- 
294). 

The  progress  of  productive  pedagogy,  S.  G.  Rubinow  (School  aiid  Society, 
2  (1915),  A'o.  51,  pp.  879-884). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  the  progress  of 
agricultural  instruction,  beginning  with  the  organization  of  agricultural  so- 
cieties in  1785. 

The  home  project  as  the  center  v.  the  home  project  as  the  outgrowth  of 
agricultural  instruction,  C.  G.  Selvig  (School  Ed.,  So  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  4,  5).— 
The  author  holds  that  home  project  work  may  more  profitibly  be  organized  as 
an  outgrowth  than  as  the  center  of  agricultural  instruction.  Students  elect- 
ing agriculture  should  have  a  complete  course  as  organized  for  their  com- 
munity, embracing  definite  class,  laboratory,  and  home  work.  It  is  a  waste 
of  time  and  effort  to  treat  each  individual  separately  through  his  separate  and 
distinct  project  in  home  work,  as  the  most  important  general  principles,  which 
are  of  importance  to  all,  can  better  be  taught  in  the  regular  classes.  Further, 
while  the  requirement  of  some  home  project  will  iucrea.se  the  student's  grasp 
of  all  phases  of  instruction  involved  in  it,  it  is  impossible  to  embody  all  princi- 
ples in  any  such  project,  and  it  must  necessarily  be  considered  somewhat  in- 
cidental in  the  course.  Hence  home  project  work  should  not  be  substituted  for 
class  work,  but  should  be  organized  into  a  closer  relationship  with  theory  and 
practice.  The  author  considers  the  productive  home  project,  excepting  perhaps 
a  garden  or  poultry  project,  of  no  interest  to  80  per  cent  of  the  boys  in  Minne- 
sota high-school  classes  in  agriculture.  Out  of  104  of  these  schools  reporting, 
66  report  some  form  of  home  project  work,  and  15  will  require  such  work  this 
year. 

Problems  in  farm  woodwork,  S.  A.  Blackbuen  (Peoria,  III.:  The  Manual 
Arts  Press,  1915,  pp.  129,  fig.  60). — This  book  aims  to  present  the  forms,  dimen- 


19A61  AGRICULXUKAL   EDUCATION.  299 

sions,  and  other  construction  data  for  objects  that  can  be  correlated  with  work 
in  agriculture  in  agricultural,  high,  industrial,  and  country  schools.  It  in- 
cludes problems  dealing  with  the  shop,  poultry  raising,  seed-corn  storage,  the 
yard,  house,  and  garden,  stock  raising,  the  barnyard,  beekeeping,  concrete 
forms,  etc. 

Ohio  Agricultural  Day  (Columbus,  Ohio:  Bd.  Agr.,  1915,  pp.  81,  figs.  5).— 
This  manual  contains  program  material  and  suggestions  for  the  observation  of 
Agricultural  Day  in  Ohio,  on  November  12,  1915,  by  the  schools,  churches, 
granges,  chambers  of  commerce,  and  other  organizations. 

MISCELLAIirEOUS. 

Annual  report  of  the  director  of  the  experiment  station  on  work  done 
under  the  local  experiment  law  in  1915,  J.  P.  Duggak  {Alabama  Col.  Sta. 
Circ.  34  (1916),  pp.  31). — This  includes  a  report  by  the  director  on  the  progress 
of  the  work  under  this  law  (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  400),  a  financial  statement  for  the 
year,  and  reports  from  heads  of  departments,  including  detailed  reports  of 
boys'  and  girls'  club  work. 

Abstracts  of  papers  not  included  in  bulletins,  finances,  meteorology,  index 
(Maine  Sta.  Bui.  2^5  (1915),  pp.  289-33J,+XVI,  fig.  i).— This  contains  the 
organization  list  of  the  station ;  abstracts  of  14  papers  published  elsewhere  and 
previously  noted,  and  an  abstract  of  the  paper  noted  on  page  279  of  this  issue  ; 
meteorological  observations  noted  on  page  209;  a  financial  statement  for  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915;  an  index  to  Bulletins  235  to  245,  inclusive, 
which  collectively  constitute  the  thirty-first  annual  report  of  the  sbition;  an 
index  to  the  reports  from  1911  to  1915;  and  announcements  as  to  the  work, 
jjersonnel,  publications,  and  equipment  of  the  station. 

Fourth  and  Fifth  Annual  Seports  of  the  Dickinson,  North  Dakota,  Sub- 
station, 1911  and  1912  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Rpts.  Dickinson  Substa.,  1911,  pp. 
l/f,'  1912,  pp.  17). — These  reports  contain  the  organization  list  and  an  adminis- 
trative report  on  the  work  of  the  substation  during  the  years  1911  and  1912, 
respectively,  including  meteorological  data  noted  on  page  209  of  this  issue. 

Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  Dickinson,  North  Dakota,  Substation,  1913 
{No7-th  Dakota  Sta.,  Rpt.  Dickinson  Substa.,  1913,  pp.  JfO,  figs.  11). — This  con- 
tains the  organization  list  and  a  report  on  the  work  of  the  substation  during 
1913.  The  experimental  work  recorded  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted  else- 
where in  this  issue. 

Report  of  the  Hood  River,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1913—14 
(Oregon  Sta.,  Bien.  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  50,  fig.  /).— This  con- 
tains reports  of  the  director  of  the  Oregon  Station  and  heads  of  departments  on 
the  work  of  this  substation,  the  experimental  features  of  which  are  for  the 
most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue,  and  an  article  on  The  Farm  Vege- 
table Garden  noted  on  page  234. 

Report  of  the  Umatilla,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1914,  R.  W. 
Allen  (Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Umatilla  Sta.,  1914,  PP-  H,  figs.  2). — This  contains  a 
description  of  the  substation,  its  resources  and  pui-poses,  soil,  climatic,  and  other 
conditions,  and  types  of  experimental  work,  and  discusses  the  value  of  the  sub- 
station.   See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  441). 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Rhode  Island  Station,  1915  (Bui.  R.  I. 
State  Col.,  11  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  23-29,  37-39) .—These  pages  include  a  report 
of  the  director  and  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31, 
1915.  The  experimental  work  reported  with  field  crops  is  abstracted  on  page 
229  of  this  issue. 

Index  to  Farmers'  Bulletins  Nos.  1-500,  prepared  by  C.  H.  Gbeathouse 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Index  Farmers'  Buls.  1-500,  pp.  432). 


NOTES. 


Connecticut  State  Station. — G.  L.  Davis,  assistant  chemist  since  1913,  termi- 
nated Ills  work  at  this  station  in  June. 

Iowa  College. — George  W.  Iverson,  instructor  in  agricultural  engineering,  has 
resigned  to  become  farm-engineering  editor  of  a  chain  of  agricultural  publi- 
cations. 

Kansas  College  and  Station. — The  honorary  degree  of  LL.  D.  was  bestowed 
upon  President  H.  J.  Waters  by  the  University  of  Missouri  at  its  recent  com- 
mencement. 

Dr.  C.  M.  Brink,  professor  of  English  literature  and  dean  emeritus  of  the 
college,  died  June  29.  He  had  been  with  the  institution  since  1902  and  served 
as  dean  of  the  college  from  1909  until  his  recent  retirement. 

W.  A.  Lippincott,  poultry  husbandman,  has  been  given  a  year's  leave  of 
absence  for  graduate  work  in  genetics  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 

In  the  extension  division,  Miss  Minnie  Sequist  has  been  appointed  specialist 
in  home  economics  and  Miss  Mary  Wright  specialist  in  domestic  arts,  both 
appointments  beginning  September  1.  R.  P.  Schnacke  and  F.  B.  Williams  have 
been  appointed  county  agents  for  Pawnee  and  Marshall  counties,  respectively, 
and  have  entered  upon  their  duties.  Including  the  16  county  agents  and  5 
district  agents  at  work  in  the  State,  there  are  now  42  men  and  6  women 
devoting  full  time  to  the  extension  work  of  the  college.  A  conference  of  the 
members  of  the  division  of  extension  was  held  at  the  college  June  12-17 
for  the  discussion  of  organization,  policies,  and  relationship  between  county 
and  district  agents,  extension  specialists,  and  specialists  of  the  division  of 
agriculture. 

Minnesota  University  and  Station. — Dr.  R.  A.  Gortner,  associate  professor  of 
soil  chemistry,  has  been  transferred  to  the  division  of  agricultural  biochem- 
istry with  the  title  of  associate  professor  of  agricultural  biochemistry  and  in 
charge  of  the  section  of  biochemical  research. 

Missouri  Station. — Henry  Cohn  has  succeeded  C.  E.  Deardorff,  resigned,  as 
assistant  in  the  soil  survey.  A.  F.  Ridgway  has  been  appointed  assistant  in 
veterinary  science. 

Nebraska  University  and  Station. — Dr.  Raymond  J.  Pool  has  been  appointed 
permanent  head  of  the  department  of  botany.  C.  A.  Helm,  instructor  and 
assistant  in  experimental  agronomy,  has  resigned  to  become  assistant  profes- 
sor of  agronomy  in  the  University  of  Missouri.  William  Rabak  has  been 
appointed  instructor  in  agricultural  chemistry  and  assistant  in  agricultural 
chemistry  in  the  station. 

New  Jersey  Stations. — Samuel  U.  Hoddeson  and  Joseph  J.  Williams  have 
resigned  as  assistant  chemists.  Louis  J.  Kleinfeld  and  D.  James  Kay  have 
been  appointed  assistant  chemists ;  H.  C.  Haines,  assistant  extension  specialist 
in  fruit  growing;  Miss  E.  P.  Leeds,  assistant  State  leader  of  girl's  club  work; 
and  David  Schmidt,  field  assistant  in  horticulture. 
300 

o 


1 

m 

1 

1 

X 

L.. 

ei 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 


A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35 


SEPTEMBER,  1916 


No.  4 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Scientific  Bureaus. 

Weather  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Animal  Industry — ^A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry— W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service — H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  op  Soils — ^Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Crop  Estimates— L.M.Eetabrook,  iStattsfician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  O.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey — H.  W.  Heushaw,  Chief. 

Office  op  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C,  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  op  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  J.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake Station:  Vniontown;  L.  H.  Moore." 
Tuskegee  Station:   Tmheget  Irutttute:  O.W. 
Carver.a 

Alaska— Sitfco;  C.  C.  Georgeson.6 

Arizona— I«cson;  G.  P.  Freeman.c 

Arkansas— l''aye«e»iWe;  M,  Nelson.o 

California— Berke?ey;  T.  F.  Hunt.o 

Colorado— JFort  ColUm:  C.  P.  Gillette.o 

Connecticut— 

State  Station:  JVew  flown;  W  g  Jenklns.o 
Storrs  Station:  Sforrs;         /    '     " 

Delaware— JVewoT-fc;  H.  Hayward." 

Florida— Goi7i€Si)i7i€.-  P.  H.  Rolfs.o 

Georgia— -Biperiment.-  R.  J.  H.  DeLoach.o 

QVAM— Island  of  Ouam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.6 

Hawau- 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J.  M.  Westgate.b 
Sugar  Planters'  Station:  Eonolulu;B..  P.  Agee.o 

Idaho — Moscow;  3.  S.  Jones.o 

Illinois—  Vrbana:  E.  Davenport.o 

Indiana— £a  Fayette:  A.  Goss.o 

Iowa— Ames;  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 

KJiS3AS— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardlne.o 

KEtirvcKy;— Lexington:  J.  H.  Kastle.o 

LomsiANA— 

state  Station:  Baton  Rouge; 
Sugar  Station:  Audubon  Park, 

New  Orleans; 
North  La.  Station:  Calhoun; 

Maine— Orono:  C.  D.  Woods.o 

M&.s.TLMm— College  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.a 

Massachusetts— jlmherst.*  W.  P.  Brooks.o 

Michigan— jE'asi  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw. a 

Minnesota— Dnipersity  Farm,  St.  Paul:  A.   I 
Woods." 

Uississipn—Agricultural  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.o 

Missouri— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.  Mumford.o 
Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Orove;  Paul  Evans." 


W.  R.  Dodson.o 


Montana— jBozeman.-  F,  B.  Llnfleld.o 
Nebraska— ZrincoZn;  E.  A.  Burnett." 
Nevada— J2c»jo.'  S.  B.  Doten." 
New  IlAMrsHiRE— Z>tirft<im.-  J.  C.  Kendall." 
New  Jersey- JVew  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Lipman." 
New  Mexico— Sto^c  CoUege:  Fabian  Garcia." 
New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan." 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann,  c 
North  Carolina— 


College  Station:  West  Ealeigh;\-n   -nr  Klltrore 
State  Station:  iJaZewh.'  i    '     ' 

College: 


T.  P. 


State  Station:  Raleigh; 
North     Dakota— ^l^icutturoJ 

Cooper." 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome." 
Oklahoma.— Stillwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle." 
OZEGom—  Corvallis:  A.  B.  Cordley." 
Pennsylvania- 

Slate  College:  R.  L.  Watts." 

State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby." 
Porto  Rico— 

Federal  Station:  Mayaguez:  D.  W.  May .6 

Insular  Station:  Rio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower." 
Rhode  Island— Zin!7s<on.-  B.  L.  Hartwell." 
South  Carolina— CT^ttwow  College:  J.  N.  Harper." 
South  Dakota— Brookings:  J.  W.  Wilson." 
TENNESSEE— KTWiriWe;  H.  A.  Morgan." 
Texas— College  Station:  B,  Youngblood." 
ViAU-Logan:  F.  S.  Harris." 
y-EVMOtiT— Burlington:  J.  L.  ELills." 
Virginia— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  Jr. a 

Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Jolinsou." 
Washinqton— PuZi^mon;  I.  D.  CardiC." 
WEST  Virginia— i/oryomto«JJi;  J.  L.  Coulter." 
Wisconsin— J/adwon."  H.  L.  Russoll." 
VfYOUiSQ— Laramie:  H.  G.  Knight. " 


o  Director. 


&  Agronomist  in  charge 


c  Actlog  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Station*, 
Assistant  Editor :  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL  DEPAETMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollatt. 
Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers  {j;-  H-  Be^^^^^ 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology/^*  g'  ^^®'  ^^  ^' 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schtjlte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hookek,  D.  V.  M. 

(C.  F.  Langwobthy,  Ph.  D.,  Sc 
H.  L.  Lang. 
C.  F.  Walton,  Jr. 
Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Websteb.  LIP^AR 

veterinary  Medicine  {^- A.  H„^.  «W  VOI 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Trullingeb.  •OTANIC, 

Rural  Economics — E.  Mebritt.  ClA£(U6f 

Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  35,  NO.  4. 


Editorial  notes:  Page. 

The  agricultural  appropriation  act,  1916-17 301 

Recent  work  in  agiieultural  science 311 

Notes 397 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural   chemistry — ^AGROTECHNY. 

Practical  physiological  chemistry,  Hawk 311 

Progress  made  in  agricultural  chemistry,  edited  by  Dietrich  and  Mach 311 

Report  of  the  committee  on  editing  methods  of  analysis 311 

Origin  of  humin  formed  by  acid  hydrolysis  of  proteins,  Gortner  and  Blish 311 

A  useful  method  for  preparation  of  the  vitamin  fraction  from  yeast,  Funk 311 

The  molecular  weights  of  certain  vegetable  oils,  Backer 312 

Philippine  oil-bearing  seeds  and  their  properties,  Brill  and  AgcaoiU. .  _. 312 

On  tlie  heating  of  hay  during  the  curing  process,  Boekhout  and  De  Vries 312 

[The  nature  of  the  coloring  matter  of  sugar  cane].  Schneller 312 

Relation  of  cement  dust  to  citrus  vegetation. — Effect  of  photosynthesis,  Young.  313 

Researches  on  arginase:  The  action  of  arginaae  on  creatm,  Clementi 313 

Adsorption  of  invertase,  Kelson  and  Griffin 313 

The  occurrence  of  urease  in  higher  plants,  Beijerinck. . ._ 313 

Device  for  pump  used  in  exhausting  vacuum  oven,  Plaisance  and  Moses 313 

A  new  form  of  gas  burette,  Hammermann _. 313 

A  simple,  efficient,  and  economic  filter,  Jodidi  and  Kellogg 314 

A  modification  of  the  Lunge  nitrometer,  Senften 314 

The  quantitative  determination  of  silica,  Lenher  and  Truog. 314 

Determination  of  copper  in  copper  sulphate,  von  Wissell  and  Kuspert 314 

The  Crete  volumetric  method  for  phosphorus  in  fertilizers,  Incze 314 

I 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Volumetric  determination  of  potassium  in  fertilizers,  Ajon 315 

The  use  of  enzyms  and  special  yeasts  in  carbohydrate  analysis,  Davis 315 

Titrating  monosubstituted  amino  group  of  amino  acids  with  formol,  Clementi..  315 

Concerning  the  protein  content  of  meat,  Jarmey 315 

The  rapid  analysis  of  milk,  Pegurier 316 

Note  on  human  milk,  Elsdon 316 

[Direct  sucrose  determinations  in  the  presence  of  reducing  sugars],  Schneller. .  316 

Studies  on  the  analysis  and  analytical  products  of  glucose.  Van  der  Linden 316 

The  American  Leather  Chemists  Association,  1916 316 

[Report  of  the]  bacteriological  department,  Owen 316 

The  products  of  the  farm  slaughterhouse,  etc.,  Haring  and  Hislop 317 

Forest  chemistry,  Puran  Singh 317 

The  conifer  leaf  oil  industry,  Schorger 317 

METEOROLOGY. 

Illusions  of  the  upper  air,  Shaw 317 

Night  cooling  and  the  importance  of  the  dew  and  frost  points,  Schubert 318 

Frost  protection  for  fruit  and  vegetables  in  the  United  States 318 

The  weather  of  1915,  Murray 318 

The  weather  of  the  past  agricultural  year,  Brodie 318 

Hailstorms  and  hail  prevention  during  1915  in  France,  Angot 318 

Annual  distril)ution  of  cloudiness  in  France,  Bigourdan 318 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.     F — Meteorology 318 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Soil  courses  at  the  Iowa  State  College,  Brown 319 

Mechanical  study  of  soil,  Hissink 319 

The  colloids  of  clay  and  humus  soils,  Rohland 319 

Experiments  on  water  holding  in  vegetation  pots,  Ehrenberg,  Bahr,  and  Nolte. .  319 

Miscellaneous  samples,  soils,  Heimburger 319 

Soil  survey  of  Elkhart  County,  Indiana,  Jones  and  Hosier 319 

Soil  survey  of  Lafayette  Parish,  Louisiana,  Meyer  and  Kirk 319 

Soil  survey  of  Ramsej''  County,  Minnesota,  Smith  and  Kirk 320 

Report  on  the  soils  of  Fiji,  I,  Wright 320 

Some  Johore  soils,  Grantham 320 

Nitrogen  fixation  and  Azotobacter  forms  in  foreign  soils,  Lipman  and  Burgess. .  320 

Nitrification  and  total  nitrogen  as  affected  by  crops,  etc.,  Jensen 321 

The  use  of  nodule  bacteria  for  legumes,  Kock 322 

Recent  investigations  on  the  production  of  plant  food  in  the  soil,  I,  Russell 322 

Manurial  experiments,  Kelkar 323 

Report  on  field  fertilizer  experiments  at  Bemau,  Baimaann  and  Paul 323 

Pot  culture  experiments,  1194,  Voelcker 324 

The  Illinois  system  from  the  standpoint  of  the  farmer,  Brother  Leo 325 

The  use  of  fertilizers  in  1916,  Brooks 325 

Growing  crops  without  potash  in  1916,  Woods 325 

The  action  of  new  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  Gerlach 325 

Phosphates  and  honesty,  Hopkins 325 

The  fertilizing  action  of  the  slightly  soluble  phosphates,  Soderbaum 326 

Displacement  of  potash  and  phosphoric  acid  of  rocks  by  fertilizers,  Andr6 326 

Feldspar  as  a  possible  source  of  American  potash,  Cushman  and  Coggeshall. ..  327 

Potash  from  fij  wood  mill  waste,  Zoller 327 

Potash  from  kelp  in  commercial  large-scale  operation ,  Laucks 327 

The  composition  and  use  of  certain  seaweeds,  Hendrick 327 

The  fertilizing  action  of  sodium  chlorid,  Schulze 328 

Bat  fertilizers,  Ageton 328 

Notes  on  the  chemical  composition  of  Karroo  ash,  Juritz 328 

Fertilizer  analyses.  Patten,  Winter,  Jensen,  and  Berger 328 

Tabulated  analyses  of  commercial  fetrilizers  and  fertilizer  materials,  Sample. .  328 

Commercial  fertilizers,  inspection  1195,  Hite  and  Kunst 326 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Agricultural  bacteriology,  Russell  and  Hastings 328 

Determining  types  of  genera.  Cook ^.  328 

Physiological  temperature  indices  for  the  study  of  plant  growth,  Livingston. . .  328 

Acacia  seedlings,  Cambage 329 


19161  CONTENTS. 


m 


Page. 

Multiple  leaves  m  clover,  Perriraz 329 

Variations  in  flowers  of  Iris,  Pirotta !!!!!!!!  329 

On  the  inheritance  of  the  flowering  time  in  peas  and  rice.  Hoshino '.'.  329 

A  bud  variation  of  the  scarlet  runner,  Reinke ]]  329 

Amphiclinous  hybrids,  De  Vries !..!!!!  330 

Recent  mutations  of  Solanum  commersonii,  Labergerie 330 

A  case  of  leaf  etiolation  due  to  cold,  Gassner 33O 

Experimental  production  of  tuberous  growth  at  expense  of  the  root,  Molliard . .  330 

Physiological  unity  constituted  by  a  leaf  with  its  internode,  Kuijper 330 

The  physiology  of  stomata  in  Saccharum  officinarum,  Kuijper 330 

Observations  on  transpiration  in  sugar  cane,  Kuijper 331 

Sap  ascent,  Maillefer 331 

A  new  theory  of  gum  flow,  Sorauer 33I 

The  artificial  absorption  of  liquids  by  aerial  parts  of  plants,  Acqua 331 

Albuminous  bodies  in  cells  as  ergastic  substances,  Meyer 332 

The  physiological  theory  of  chlorophyll,  Pringsheim 332 

Artificial  hastening  by  pressure  of  water  absorption  by  seeds,  De  Vries 332 

The  action  of  hydrogen  ions  and  some  anions  on  Avena  saliva,  Plate 332 

Influence  of  chlorids  on  germinative  period  of  Avena  saliva,  Plate 332 

Hydrocyanic  acid  formation  in  the  germination  of  seeds,  III,  IV,  Ravenna. . .  332 

Experiments  on  the  physiology  of  indigo-yielding  glucosids,  Pamell 333 

The  mode  of  formation  of  anthocyanin  pigments  in  flowers,  Guilliermond 333 

The  coloring  matters  of  chromatophores,  Kylin 333 

Alkaloid  formation  in  plants.— I,  Protein  and  nicotin,  Rasmussen 333 

The  morning  and  evening  content  of  mulberry  leaves,  Pigorini 333 

Plant  enzyms. — IV,  Invertase  of  potato  leaves,  Doby 334 

The  occvurence  of  urease  in  legume  nodules  and  other  plant  parts,  Benjamin. .  334 

A  new  nitrate-forming  organism,  Joshi 334 

Influence  of  ultraviolet  rays  on  reproductive  organs  of  plants,  Montemartini. .  334 

FIELD    CHOPS. 

Experiments  on  the  influence  of  selection,  Fruwirth 334 

[Work  with  field  crops],  Boss 335 

[Work  with  field  crops],  Taggart,  Kerr,  Garrett,  and  Quereau 336 

Suggestions  for  use  of  fertilizers  for  tobacco  and  onions  for  1916,  Haskins 338 

Com  in  Montana,  Atkinson  and  Wilson 338 

Com :  Varieties,  ear-row,  and  limiting  factor  tests,  Hutchinson 338 

Field  corn  in  western  Washington ,  Stookey 339 

Wilt-resistant  varieties  of  cotton,  Cauthen 339 

Methods  and  results  of  breeding  flax,  Althauzen 339 

Natal  grass,  a  southern  perennial  hay  crop,  Tracy 339 

Field  peas,  Robb 340 

Effect  of  climate  on  hydrocyanic-acid  content  of  sorghum,  Willaman  and  West . .  340 

Nitrogen  content  of  the  wheat  of  the  Transvolga  region ,  Tulaikov 340 

Further  observations  on  combating  weeds  and  kainit,  Remy  and  Vasters 340 

HORTICULTURE. 

The  present  status  of  vegetable  breeding,  von  Tschermak 341 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  vnrious  vegetables  on  low  moor  land,  Alves 341 

Vegetable  tests  on  sandy  soil  at  the  Umatilla  Experiment  Farm,  Allen 341 

The  vegetable  garden  in  New  Hampshire,  Scherrer 341 

Vegetable  growing 341 

Variations  caused  by  grafting  the  tomato  on  the  cabbage,  Daniel 341 

The  fruiting  relations  of  various  garden  forms  of  Brassica  oleracea,  Roemer 342 

Things  to  be  emphasized  in  present-daj^  horticulture,  Hedrick 342 

Fruit  gi'owing  in  Spain,  Fernandez  de  la  Rosa 342 

The  sorting,  sizing,  packing,  and  storing  of  fruit,  Markell 342 

The  act  relating  to  the  standardization  of  fruit  packing,  Weldon 342 

Recent  developments  in  sulphur  sprays.  Stewart 342 

Results  of  spraying  experiments  for  1915,  Cumberland  County,  Watkins 342 

Intercroppmg  the  young  orchard:  From  an  economic  standpoint,  Burritt 342 

Report  of  the  horticulturist,  Tiuney 342 

The  cherries  of  Japan,  Wilson 343 

Peach-spraying  experiments,  1915,  near  Centralia,  111.,  Watkins 34S 

The  grape  industry  in  California _ 343 

Report  of  the  National  Congress  of  Viticulture,  at  Pamplona,  Spain,  1912 343 


IV  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Grape  growing  in  the  Naeik  District,  Gole 343 

Renewing  old  citrus  trees,  Shamel 343 

Ribbed  Valencia  sport,  Webber 344 

Preliminary  budding  and  grafting  experiments  with  cacao,  Van  Gent 344 

Method  in  manurial  experiments  with  trees 344 

Manurial  experiments  on  coconuts,  1914-15,  De  Verteuil 344 

Coconut  experiments,  Knowles 344 

Germinating  coconuts.  Cook  and  Doyle 344 

The  grafting  of  coffee,  Van  Helten 344 

Growing  melons  on  trees,  Higgins 344 

Top-working  pecan  trees,  Kyle 344 

Commercial  production  of  thymol  from  horsemint  {Monarda  punctata),  Hood. .  344 

Beautiful  gardens  in  America,  Shelton 345 

Every  woman's  flower  garden,  Hampden 345 

Notes  on  new  plants  and  plants  not  well  known.  Hunt 345 

Popular  hardy  perennials,  Sanders 345 

Breeding  Nephrolepis  ferns,  Boshnakian ._ 345 

The  history,  development,  and  propagation  of  the  lilac,  Dunbar 345 

Preliminary  experiments  in  poppy  breeding,  Ranninger 345 

The  American  rose  annual,  edited  by  McFarland 345 

The  best  hardy  conifers,  Wilson 345 

FORESTRY. 

Forestry  handbook . — I,  Forest  principles  and  practice,  edited  by  Dalrymple  Hay  346 

A  practical  treatise  on  silviculture,  Jolyet 346 

Silviculture,  Marsden 346 

The  selection  strip-felling  and  its  system,  Wagner 346 

The  green  book 346 

Railroad  fire  prevention,  Cox 346 

The  torrents  of  Savoie,  Mougin 346 

The  importance  of  private  forestry  in  Japan,  Shishido 346 

Extracts  from  the  bulletin  of  the  Forest  Experiment  Station,  Tokyo 346 

An  inventory  of  Florida's  forests  and  the  outlook  for  the  future,  Harper 347 

Biennial  report  of  the  forestry  commission  for  the  years  1913-14,  Brown  et  al. .  347 

Report  of  the  director  of  forestry  for  the  year  1915,  Campbell  et  al 347 

Forest  products  in  Canada,  1914,  compiled  by  Lewis  and  Boyce 347 

Economic  forest  products,  Cox 347 

DISEASES   OF   PLANTS. 

Wound  parasitism  and  predisposition,  Heske 347 

Report  of  the  department  of  vegetable  pathology  and  entomology,  Cardin 348 

Smuts  of  grain  and  forage  crops  in  Kansas,  Melchers 348 

Varietal  resistance  to  bean  and  cotton  anthracnose,  Edgerton  and  Moreland . . .  348 

A  rust  of  Astragalus  sinicus  and  two  fungus  diseases  of  mulberry,  Nomura 348 

A  new  smut  fungus  on  Arrhenatherum  elatiu^,  Schellenberg 348 

Studies  on  the  dying  out  of  pepper  vines  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  I,  Rutgers.  349 

Bacterial  rot  of  stored  potato  tubers,  Hutchinson  and  Joshi 349 

The  black  heart  of  potato  tubers,  Bartholomew 349 

Late  potato  blight  in  Iowa,  Erwin 349 

Straight  head  in  rice,  Quereau 350 

A  disease  of  sugar  beets,  Berthault 350 

Cercospora  beticola  attacking  sugar  beets,  Saillard 350 

A  disease  of  sugar  beets,  Morvillez 350 

Sugar  beet  disease,  Berthault 350 

Internal  action  of  chemicals  on  resistance  of  tomatoes  to  diseases,  Norton 350 

Some  orchard  diseases  and  their  treatment,  Orton 351 

Experiments  with  rust  and  Coryneum  of  fruit  trees,  Cadoret  and  Desmoulins. .  351 

The  development  of  perithecia  in  Venturia  inxqaalis,  Killian 351 

Influences  affecting  cherry  cultm-e,  Sprenger 351 

Common  diseases  of  the  grape,  Cook 351 

A  vine  disease  due  to  a  Jdypochnus,  Lendner 351 

[Reports  on  grape  downy  mildew] 352 

Downy  mildew  in  Aude,  Cazenave 352 

Downy  mildew  on  direct-bearing  grapevines,  Obiedoff  et  al 352 

Causes  of  success  or  failure  of  grape  downy  mildew,  Ravaz 352 

"Treatment  for  downy  mildew  in  rainy  years,  H6ron 352 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

Copper  fungicidal  powders,  Fonzes-Diacon 352 

The  influence  of  temperature  on  decomposition  in  Bordeaux  mixture,  Butler. .  352 

Treatment  of  grapevines  with  hot  water  and  hot  sprays,  Semichon 352 

Treatment  of  vines  and  vegetation  with  hot  water,  Semichon 353 

Theory  of,  temperature  change  in  hot  sprays,  Chauvign^ 353 

Theory  and  practice  in  regard  to  the  cooling  of  hot  sprays,  Semichon 353 

Brusca  of  olive,  Pollacci 353 

Cacao  and  its  local  diseases,  Ghofulpo 353 

Coconut  bud  rot,  Rorer 353 

A  study  of  native  coffee  production,  Luistro 353 

A  coffee  disease  in  Mexico,  Fameti 353 

A  new  Cylindrosporium,  Turconi 354 

The  hydropsy  of  Madake  {Phyllostachys  bambusoifJes),  Kawamura 354 

The  red  plague  of  Sugi  ( Cryploviena  japonica)  seedlings,  Kawamura 354 

A  disease  of  immortel  trees,  Rorer 354 

Hypoderma  deformans,  an  undescribed  fungus  of  western  yellow  pine,  Weir 354 

ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOY. 

Animal  guide;  North  American  wild  animals.  Reed 354 

A  list  of  British  birds  compiled  by  the  British  Ornithologists'  Union 355 

Birds  of  the  Indian  hills,  Dewar 355 

The  entomological  and  ornithological  collector's  handbook,  Sinclair 355 

Agricultural  entomology,  Osbom 355 

Insect  pests  of  Lima  beans  in  St.  Vincent,  Harland 355 

Insect  pests  of  orchards  and  gardens  of  Idaho  and  their  control,  Edmundson..  355 

The  insects  injurious  to  fruit  trees,  Lesne 355 

[Citrus  insects  in  the  Isle  of  Pines],  Earle  and  Rogers 355 

The  locust  borer  and  other  insect  enemies  of  the  black  locust,  Garman 355 

Twenty-eighth  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Illinois,  Forbes 356 

Forty-fifth  annual  report  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Ontario,  1914 356 

Wetting  power  of  fluids  containing  soap.  Cooper  and  NuttaU 356 

Common  spray  materials  and  other  insecticides,  Sanders 356 

Locusts  or  grasshoppers,  Urich 356 

Combating  locusts,  Trabut 356 

Thrips  oryzx  n.  sp. ,  injiu^ous  to  rice  in  India,  Williams 357 

What  cacao  thrips  signify  in  Grenada,  Ballou 357 

A  new  thrips  damaging  coffee  in  British  Africa,  Williams 357 

Egg  and  manner  of  oviposition  of  Lydus  planicollis,  Snyder 357 

The  mealy  bug  of  the  muscat  grape,  Howard 357 

Phylloxera 358 

Notes  on  Samoan  Coccidse,  Doane  and  Ferris 358 

On  a  new  coccid  pest  of  cacao  from  Trinidad,  Green 358 

On  a  coccid  injurious  to  pine  trees  in  the  Himalayas,  Green 358 

The  soft  bamboo  scale  (Asterolecanium  banbusx),  Essig 358 

How  to  control  the  cottony  maple  scale,  Sanders 358 

Studies  of  comparative  lepidopterology,  Oberthiir 358 

Life-histories  of  Indian  insects. — V.  Lepidoptera,  Ghosh 358 

A  butterfly  injurious  to  coconut  palms  in  British  Guiana,  Cleare,  jr 358 

The  possibilities  of  sericicultiu-e  in  British  colonies  and  dependencies 358 

The  potato  moth,  French,  jr. ,  and  Harris 358 

The  grape  berry  worm  (Polychrosis  viteana),  Goodwin 358 

Omix  geminatella,  the  unspotted  tentiform  leaf  miner  of  apple,  Haseman 359 

Cutworms,  Femald 360 

Anopheles  punctipennis,  a  host  of  tertian  malaria,  King 360 

Development  of  malaria  parasites  in  three  American  Anopheles,  King. 360 

Anopheles  punctipennis. — Its  relation  to  transmission  of  malaria,  Mitzmain 361 

Observations  on  the  Culicidse,  Galli- Valerie 361 

Observations  on  the  bionomics  of  Stegomyia  fasctata,  Macfie 361 

Note  on  treatment  of  mosquito  infested  areas,  Wilson 361 

Some  new  neotropical  Simulidse,  KJnab 362 

Flies:  A  factor  in,  a  phase  of,  filariasis  in  the  horse,  Place 362 

Chemical  reactions  of  fruit  flies,  Hewlett go 362 

Effect  of  cold  storage  on  pupse  of  Mediterranean  fruit  fly.  Back  and  Pemberton  362 

The  bean  maggot  in  1915,  Whelan 363 

The  adaptative  forms  of  anthomyid  larvae,  Keilin 363 

A  catalogue  of  Coleoptera 363 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

White  grubs  in  Iowa,  Webster 363 

An  insect  pest  of  lucern,  French,  jr 363 

Bud  weevils  and  other  bud-feeding  insects  of  Washington,  Yothers 363 

The  strawberry  weevil  (Anthonomus  signatus),  Headlee 364 

Some  injurious  Indian  weevils  (Curculionidse),  Marshall 365 

[Mouth  parts  of  the  honeybee],  Root 365 

Natural  swarming  of  bees  and  how  to  prevent  it,  Pettit 365 

A  monograph  of  the  Formicidse  of  South  Africa  (Ponerinse,  Dorylinee),  Arnold. .  365 

The  acrobat  ant,  Ballou 365 

The  control  of  ants  which  take  away  onion  seed 365 

Two  new  species  of  Arrhenophagus,  with  remarks,  Girault 365 

Notes  on  two  South  American  parasitic  Hymenoptera,  Girault 365 

Three  new  British  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  with  notes,  Girault 365 

Ticks  of  the  Belgian  Kongo  and  diseases  they  convey,  Nuttall  and  Warburton.  366 

The  life  cycle  of  Trypanosoma  brucei  in  the  rat  and  in  rat  plasm,  Erdmann 366 

FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION. 

A  sanitary  study  of  condensed  milk.  Park,  Schroeder,  and  Bartholow 366 

The  water  content  of  meat  products,  Peder 366 

Annual  report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Fisheries,  1915,  Smith 366 

Ptomaine  poisoning  from  "creamed "  codfish,  Blankenhorn  et  al 367 

Suitability  of  different  kinds  of  wheat  for  bread  making,  Rammstedt 367 

A  modified  war  bread ,  Rossmann 367 

Fruit  preservation  and  inspection,  Zschokke 367 

Factors  which  influence  the  quality  of  tea,  Deuss 367 

The  dairy  and  pure  food  laws  of  the  State  of  Connecticut 367 

Report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  Michigan  for  1915,  Helme 367 

Fifteenth  report  of  the  Minnesota  State  Dairy  and  Food  Commissioner,  Winkjer .  368 

The  lunch  room,  Richards 368 

Feeding  of  prisoners  of  war  in  Germany,  Friedrich 368 

The  biochemical  analysis  of  nutrition,  Alsberg 368 

Experiments  on  the  effects  of  a  limited  diet,  VII-IX,  Baglioni 368 

The  rectal  and  intravenous  utilization  of  grape  sugar,  Bergmark 368 

The  rectal  and  intravenous  utilization  of  grape  sugar.  Reach 369 

The  limit  of  assimilation  of  glucose,  Taylor  and  Hulton 369 

The  influence  of  salicylate  on  metabolism  in  man,  Denis  and  Means 369 

Beri-beri  in  Lebong  during  1914,  Kennedy 369 

Clinical  calorimetry,  VI-XVII 369 

The  baaal  energy  requirement  of  man,  Dubois 371 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

Vigor  and  heredity,  Bonhote 371 

The  formation  of  protein  from  nonprotein  substances,  Stutzer 371 

Relationship  of  animals  and  coropositions  of  the  serum  proteins,  V.  Jewett 372 

The  valuation  of  feeding  stuffs,  Laur 372 

Comparative  feeding  value  of  green  grass  and  hay 372 

The  feeding  of  grain  sorghums  to  live  stock,  Scott 372 

The  influence  of  the  lactic  acid  bacteria  on  protein,  Stutzer 373 

The  feeding  value  of  apple  pomace,  Lindsey 373 

Beet  residues  for  farm  stock,  Lindsey 373 

Analysis  of  feeding  stuSs,  Curry  and  Smith 373 

Analyses  of  commercial  feeding  stuffs,  Wessels  and  Fitts 374 

Stock  raising 374 

Cattle-feeding  experiment,  1914-15,  Bruce 374 

Report  on  cattle-feeding  experiments  at  Dumfries,  1911-1915,  Paterson 374 

"Bulldog "  cattle 374 

Mathematical  selection  of  Swiss  cattle 374 

The  Yunnan  breed  of  sheep,  Hallot 375 

The  wool  fiber  and  certain  phases  of  scouring  and  loose  wool  dyeing,  Matos 375 

Fattening  lambs,  Jones 375 

Influence  of  domestication  on  pars  compacta  of  Sus  scro/a  domestica,  Schmidt. .  376 

Physiology  and  bacon  curing,  Mackenzie  and  Marshall 376 

The  breeding  and  feeding  of  pigs  for  bacon  factory  pxirposes,  Simmons 376 

Feeding  potatoes  to  fattening  swine,  Voltz 376 

Feeding  experiments  with  straw  meal  and  cellulose  material,  Schneidewind. . .  376 


19161                                                         CONTENTS.  VD 

Feeding  pigs  on  the  subcutaneous  matter  of  hides,  Ellenberger  and  Grimmer 376 

Color  in  horses,  Thompson 377 

Licensed  stallions  in  Utah  dming  the  season  of  1915,  Carroll 377 

Capsule  method  of  breeding  mares,  Carroll  and  Frederick 377 

Better  horses  for  Utah,  Carroll 377 

Some  fertility  experiments,  Kaupp 377 

[Poultry  husbandry] 377 

Teaching  the  young  stock  to  roost,  Shoup 377 

Experiments  on  feeding  poultry  and  duckUngs  during  1913-14,  Kinross '.  377 

Buttermilk  cheese  v.  meal  in  broiler  duck  raising,  Kaupp 377 

How  to  start  a  mink  ranch,  Lewis 378 

DAIRY   FARMING — DAIRYING. 

Manual  of  the  dairy  industry,  De  Vevey 378 

Balanced  rations  for  dairy  stock,  Lindsay 378 

Studies  on  aerobic  spore-bearing  nonpathogenic  bacteria,  Lawrence  and  Ford . .  378 

Electrical  treatment  of  milk  for  infant  feeding,  Beattie  and  Lewis 378 

Pasteurization  in  the  dairy  industry,  Hunziker 378 

Standardizing  cream 378 

Why  the  fat  standard  should  be  used,  Hepburn 378 

Butter  profits  and  losses 379 

American  cheese  in  England,  Foster,  Young,  and  Bradley 379 

Work  during  1913  at  the  Atvidaberg  Dairy  Bacteriological  Instituliou 379 

VETERINARY   MEDICINE. 

Diseases  of  domestic  animals  and  poultry,  Korinek 379 

Tropical  medicine  and  hygiene. — II,  Disease  to  the  metazoa,  Daniels 379 

Veterinary  handbook  and  \-isiting  list,  Rogers 379 

Report  of  the  director  of  the  veterinary  institute,  Sohns 379 

Reports  of  Drs.  Moore,  Raven  el,  and  Sedgwick  on  the  federal  meat  inspection. .  379 

Anesthesia  and  narcosis  of  animals  and  birds,  Hobday 379 

The  effect  of  chloroform  on  the  factors  of  coagulation,  Minot 380 

The  antiseptic  action  of  substances  of  the  chloramin  group,  Dakin  et  al 380 

Chloramin,  its  preparation,  properties,  and  use,  Dakin  et  al 380 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  immunity,  D'Herelle 380 

Persistence  of  chemotherapeutic  substances  in  the  blood,  Boecker 380 

The  action  of  chemotherapeutic  substances  in  xdtro,  Schiemann 381 

Studies  on  antileucocytic  animals,  Lippmann 381 

Biological  significance  of  unsaturated  fatty  acids,  Jobling  and  Petersen 381 

Serological  action  of  boiled  and  unboiled  milk  and  milk  proteins,  Versell 382 

The  formation  of  specific  proteoclastic  ferments,  Hulton 382 

The  Wassermann  reaction  in  rabbits,  Eiken 383 

Some  poisonous  plants  of  Idaho 383 

Prevention  of  losses  of  live  stock  from  plant  poisoning,  Marsh 383 

Acidosis  and  cottonseed  meal  injury.  Wells  and  Ewing 383 

The  intermediate  host  of  the  lung  distome,  Paragonimits  westermani,  Yoshida 384 

Are  sarcosporidia  aberrant  forms  of  cnidosporidia?  Galli  Valerio 384 

The  preparation  of  tetanus  antitoxin,  Ruediger 384 

The  conjunctival  tuberculin  reaction,  Besnoit  and  Cuille 384 

The  stage  of  Piroplasma  bigminum  which  occurs  in  the  cattle  tick,  Crawley.  385 

Roundworms  in  poultry,  life  history  and  control,  Herms  and  Beach 385 

RURAL    ENGINEERING. 

State  rivers  and  water  supply  commission,  ninth  annual  report  1913-14 385 

Report  of  the  Water  Rights  Branch  for  1915,  Young 385 

Accounting  and  business  procedure  in  large  irrigation  projects.  Bee 385 

Ochoco  project  and  Crooked  River  investigations.  Whistler  and  Lewis 385 

Irrigation  pumping  by  electric  power,  Longmuir 386 

Electric  irrigation  pumping  in  Idaho,  Wallace 386 

Test  made  of  model  weir,  Moses 386 

Durability  of  concrete  drain  tile.  Winter  and  Musselman 386 

Ground  water  in  Connecticut,  Gregory  and  Ellis 387 

Surface  water  supply  of  Ohio  River  basin,  1914 387 

Underground  and  surface  water  supplies  of  Wisconsin,  Weidman  and  Schultz . .  387 

Bacteria  in  commercial  bottled  waters,  Obst 388 


Vin  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

The  purification  of  water  by  aluminum  sulphate,  Bado  and  Bemaola 388 

The  filtering  action  of  soil  on  water  containing  colloids,  Sack 388 

Stream  pollution  and  sewage  disposal  in  Illinois,  Sherman 389 

Report  of  Oregon  State  Highway  Commission  for  1915,  Cantine 389 

Road  maintenance  in  the  several  States 389 

Maintenance  of  Indiana  highways,  Martin 389 

Economics  of  highway  engineering,  Hewes 389 

Construction  field  books  for  bituminous  macadam  highways,  Crawford 389 

What  the  highway  engineer  should  know  about  bituminous  materials,  Hubbard .  390 

Road  and  concrete  materials,  Mattimore 390 

Revised  practice  on  road  building 390 

Useful  feet-miles  conversion  table  for  highway  engineers 390 

An  imusual  application  of  the  rattler  test  for  pa\dng  bricks,  Roman 390 

Drainage  and  preparation  of  subgrades,  Huber 390 

Reinforced  concrete  construction. — Bridges  and  culverts,  Hool  and  Thiessen . .  390 

How  the  Forest  Service  bridges  the  more  remote  stream  crossings 391 

Keeping  the  engine  in  good  running  order,  Hull 391 

[Repair  of  gas  engines],  Hobart 391 

Directory  and  specifications  of  gasoline  and  oil  farm  tractors 391 

Directory  and  specifications  of  plows  for  tractor  use 391 

Development  and  efficient  utilization  of  motor  plows,  Wolff 391 

How  to  plow  a  field  with  a  tractor,  Olney 391 

Lighting  farm  buildings,  Mowry 391 

A  simple  ice  precooling  plant,  Pennington 391 

EtJRAL   ECONOmCS. 

PBychic  causes  of  rural  migration.  Groves 391 

Suggestion  and  city  drift.  Groves 392 

Government  aid  and  direction  in  land  settlement.  Mead 392 

Russian  land  reform,  Ely 392 

A  system  of  niral  credits  adapted  to  federal  reclamation  projects,  Sears 392 

Farmers'  need  for  productive  credits  cared  for  by  present  facilities,  Goebel 392 

Management  of  sandy-land  farms  in  Indiana  and  Michigan,  Drake 392 

Farm  management  for  boll  weevil  conditions,  Fain 393 

Terminal  market  problems,  Boyle 393 

Patronage  dividends  in  cooperative  grain  companies,  Humphrey  and  Kerr 393 

Monthly  crop  report 393 

Statistics  of  the  production  of  cereals  and  legumes 393 

Proceedings  of  the  conference  relative  to  the  marketing  of  live  stock 393 

Statistical  information  relating  to  cotton,  grain,  etc.,  1915 394 

Resources  of  Nebraska 394 

AGEICULTUEAL   EDUCATION. 

Agricultural  education,  Monahan  and  Lane 394 

Agricultural  and  mechanical  colleges 394 

Home  economics,  Galvin  and  Lyford 394 

Education  for  the  home,  Andrews 394 

Education  for  child  nurture  and  home  making  outside  of  schools,  Schooff 394 

A  rural  school  experiment,  Rittenberg 395 

Elementary  agricultural  instruction 395 

Farm  and  home  management  schools  and  agricultural  housekeeping  schools 395 

Report  of  the  department  of  agriculture  of  Sweden,  1913 395 

Women's  work  in  agriculture  in  peace  and  war 395 

[Animal  husbandry  extension  course  for  boys'  and  girls'  clubs],  Norcross 396 

Arithmetic  problems  based  upon  agricultural  club  work 396 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Louisiana  Stations,  1915,  Dodson 396 

Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  Minnesota  Station,  1915 396 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation 396 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS   REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  (he  United  States. 

Alabama  College  Station:  Page. 

Bui.  189,  Apr.,  1916 339 

California  Station : 

Circ.  150,  Apr.,  1916 385 

Georgia  Station: 

Bui.  119,  Mar.  20,  1916 383 

Idaho  Station: 

Bui.  86,  Feb.,  1916 383 

Bui.  87,  Feb.,  1916 355 

Circ.  2,  Feb.,  1916 340 

Illinois  Station: 

Circ.  186,  Apr.,  1916 325 

Iowa  Station: 

Bui.  163,  Apr.,  1916 349 

Circ.  29,  Apr.,  1916 363 

Kansas  Station: 

Bui.  210,  Jan.,  1916 348 

Louisiana  Stations: 

Bui.  155,  Mar.,  1916 348 

Twenty-eighth  An.  Rpt.,  1915.     312, 
316,  336,  350,  396 

Maine  Station: 

Doc.  520,  Dec.,  1915 325 

Maryland  Station: 

Bui.  192,  Jan.,  1916 350 

Massachusetts  Station: 

Circ.  58,  Nov.,  1915 373 

Circ.  59,  Dec,  1915 325 

Circ.  60,  Feb.,  1916 338 

Circ.  61,  Feb.,  1916 360 

Circ.  62,  Feb.,  1916 373 

Circ.  63,  Feb.,  1916 378 

Michigan  Station: 

Bui.  275,  Dec.,  1915 328 

Spec.  Bui.  75,  Dec,  1915 386 

Circ.  28,  Feb.,  1916 363 

Minnesota  Station: 

Twenty-third  An.  Rpt.,  1915  .     365, 

377,  396 

Montana  Station: 

Bui.  107,  Oct.,  1915 338 

New  Hampshire  Station: 

Bui.  178,  Mar.,  1916 873 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Circ.  55,  Jan.  15,  1916 351 

Circ.  56,  Jan.  17,  1916 364 

Ohio  Station: 

Bui.  293,  Mar.,  1916 358 

Oregon  Station: 

Bui.  136.  Mar.,  1916 341 

Rhode  Island  Station: 

Insp.  Bui.,  May,  1916 374 

South  Carolina  Station: 

Bui.  186,  Feb.,  1916 338 

Texas  Station: 

BiU.  186,  Max.,  1916 375 


Stations  in  the  United  States — Contd. 

Utah  Station:  Page. 

Circ.  18,  Feb.,  1916 377 

Circ.  19,  Mar.,  1916 377 

Circ.  20,  Apr.,  1916 377 

Washington  Station: 

Bui.  124,  Feb.,  1916 363 

"West.  Wash.   Sta.,  Mo.   Bui., 

vol.4.  No.  2,  May,1916.  339,  377,  396 

West  Virginia  Station: 

Insp.  Bui.  4,  Feb.,  1916 328 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Journal  of  Agricultural  Research, 
vol.  6: 

No.  7,  May  15,  1916. . . .  340,  357,  362 
No.  8,  May  22,  1916 354,359 

Bui.  369,  Bacteria  in  Commercial 
Bottled  Waters,  Maud  M.  Obst..      388 

Bui.  371,  Patronage  Dividends  in 
Cooperative  Grain  Companies, 
J.  R.  Humphi-ey  and  W.  H.  Kerr.       393 

Bui.  372,  Commercial  Production 
of  Thymol  from  Horsemint  ( Mo- 
narda  punctata),  S.  C.  Hood.  .  . .       344 

Farmers'  Bui.  716,  Management  of 
Sandy-Land  Farms  in  Northern 
Indiana  and  Southern  Michigan, 
J.  A.  Drake 392 

Farmers'  Bui.  720,  Prevention  of 
Losses  of  Live  Stock  from  Plant 
Poisoning,  CD.  Marsh 383 

Farmers'  Bui.  724,  The  Feeding  of 
Grain  Sorghums  to  Live  Stock, 
G.A.Scott 372 

Farmers'  Bui.  726,  Natal  Grass:  A 
Southern  Perennial  Hay  Crop, 
S.M.Tracy 339 

Office  of  the  Secretary: 
Circ.  58,  Reports  of  Drs.  V.  A. 
Moore,  M.  P.  Ravenel,  and  W.  T. 
Sedgwick    Upon    the    Federal 
Meat  Inspection 379 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates: 

Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  vol.  2,  No.  5, 
May,  1916 393 

Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Elkhart 
County,  Indiana,  G.  B. 
Jones  and  R.  S.  Hesler.  319 
Soil  Survey  of  Ramsey 
County,  Minnesota, 
W.  G.  Smith  and  N.  M. 
Kirk »..^ 32C 

IX 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATION'S. 


[Vol.  35 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd.        U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd 


Bureau  of  Soila — Coutd.  Page. 

Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Lafayette 
Parish,  Louisiana, A,  H. 
Meyer    and     N.      M. 

Kirk 319 

Scientific  Contributions  :a 

A  Simple,  Efficient,  and  Eco- 
nomic Filter,  S.   L.  Jodidi 

and  E.  H.  Kellogg 314 

The  Conifer  Leaf  Oil  Industry, 

A.  W.  Schorger 317 

Nitrification  and  Total  Nitro- 
gen as  Affected   by  Crops, 

etc.,  C.  A.  Jensen 321 

Determining  Types  of  Genera, 

O.F.Cook 328 

The  Sorting,  Sizing,  Packing, 
and  Storing  of  Fruit,  E.  L. 

Markell 342 

Renewing   Old   Citrus  Trees, 

A.  D.  Shamel 343 

Germinating  Coconuts,  O,  F. 

Cook  and  C.  B.  Doyle 344 

Growing    Melons    on    Trees, 

J.   E.  Higgina 344 

Anopheles  punctipennis,  a  Host 
of  Tertian  Malaria,  W.  V. 
King 360 


Scientific  Contributions — Contd.  Page- 
Development  of  Malaria  Para- 
sites in  Three  American 
Anopheles,  W.  V.King 360 

Some  New  Neotropical  Simu- 
lida?,  F.   Knab 362 

Two  New  Species  of  Arrhen- 
ophagus  with  Remarks, 
A.  A.  Girault 365 

Notes  on  Two  South  American 
Parasitic  Hymenoptera,A.  A. 
Girault 365 

Three  New  British  Chalcidoid 
Ilymenoptera,  With  Notes, 
A.  A.  Girault 365 

The  Biochemical  Analysis  of 

Nutrition,  C.L.  Alsberg...       368 

The  Stage  of  Piroplastna  bige- 
mium  Which  Occurs  in  the 
Cattle  Tick.  H.  Crawley ....      385 

Economics  of  Highway  En- 
gineering, L.  I.  Hewes 389 

What  the  Highway  Engineer 
Should  Know  About  Bitu- 
minous Materials,  P.  Hub- 
bard         390 

A  Simple  Ice-Precooling  Plant, 
Mary   E.    Pennington 391 

Agricultural  Education,  A.  C. 

Monahan  and  C.  H.  Lane..       394 


a  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  Septembee,  1916.  No.  4. 


As  the  years  go  by,  the  annual  acts  making  appropriations  for 
the  support  of  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture  are  coming 
to  be  recognized  more  and  more  as  of  ^4de  public  interest.  They 
serve  to  epitomize  the  development  and  progress  of  the  Department 
and  to  emphasize  its  intimate  relations  with  the  daily  life  of  the 
whole  American  people.  They  constitute  the  medium  in  which  pro- 
vision is  made  from  time  to  time  for  new  and  enlarged  activities, 
as  in  the  development  of  demonstration  work  and  the  prosecution 
of  marketing  studies.  Quite  frequently  they  embody  important 
pieces  of  legislation,  as  in  the  meat-inspection  amendment  of  1906, 
the  Nelson  amendment  of  1907  increasing  the  appropriations  to  the 
agricultural  colleges,  and  the  virus-serum-toxin  and  the  migratory- 
bird  provisions  of  the  act  of  1913. 

The  latest  of  these  acts,  covering  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 
1917,  is  fully  as  important  and  interesting  in  these  respects  as  any  of 
its  predecessors.  It  considerably  extends  and  enlarges  the  functions 
and  activities  of  the  Department  and  establishes  a  new  high-water 
mark  in  the  appropriations  for  its  maintenance.  Among  other  pro- 
visions it  materially  increases  the  funds  available  for  marketing 
studies,  the  eradication  of  the  cattle  tick  in  the  South,  the  combating 
of  rabies  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  States,  and  the  farmers'  cooperative 
demonstration  work  outside  the  cotton  belt,  as  well  as  for  most  of 
the  regulatory  services  of  the  Department.  It  inaugurates  a  market 
news  service  and  includes,  as  a  new  item,  studies  and  demonstrations 
of  methods  for  obtaining  potash  on  a  commercial  scale.  It  provides 
for  the  expenditure  of  $3,000,000  for  additional  purchases  of  lands 
in  the  White  Mountains  and  the  southern  Appalachian  system  for 
development  as  National  Forests.  It  repeals  the  United  States 
Cotton-Futures  Act  of  1914  and  substitutes  a  modification  of  that 
measure,  and  it  embodies,  among  other  new  legislation,  provisions 
to  be  known  as  the  United  States  Grain-Standards  Act  and  the 
United  States  Warehouse  Act. 

The  new  law  was  introduced  into  the  House  of  Representatives 
March  4,  following  hearings  extending  over  a  period  of  nearly  six 
weeks.    As  usual,  many  of  its  provisions  received  detailed  considera- 

301 


302  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

tion  from  Congress,  and  it  did  not  finally  become  law  until  August 
11.  During  the  interval  which  followed  the  termination  of  the 
preceding  fiscal  year  on  June  30  the  maintenance  of  the  Department 
was  provided  for  by  the  passage  of  special  acts  extending  the  ap- 
propriations, under  certain  restrictions,  on  the  basis  of  the  act  for 
the  previous  year. 

The  appropriations  carried  in  the  new  act  aggregate  $26,948,852. 
This  is  an  increase  of  $2,349,763  over  the  estimates  submitted  by  the 
Department  and  an  increase  of  $3,977,070  over  the  amount  carried 
in  the  act  for  the  previous  year.  If  comparison  between  the  two 
fiscal  years  1916  and  1917  is  attempted,  however,  an  addition  should 
be  made  to  the  appropriations  for  the  former  year  of  deficiency 
items  aggregating  $395,000,  and  a  deduction  of  $2,000,000  made  from 
those  carried  by  the  new  act,  since  this  sum,  provided  for  forest 
reserve  purchases,  is  not  available  until  the  following  year.  On  this 
basis  the  increase  becomes  $1,582,070. 

Considering  the  allotments  to  the  various  Bureaus,  the  Weather 
Bureau  receives  $1,747,260.  This  is  an  increase  of  $81,210,  of  which 
$40,000  is  for  the  extension  of  the  weather  service  to  the  Carribean 
Sea  region,  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  and  Alaska.  It  also  includes 
$10,000  for  an  extension  of  the  frost-warning  and  river  and  flood 
control  work  and  $22,500  for  the  erection  of  a  building  at  Cape 
Henry,  Virginia. 

The  appropriations  directly  allotted  to  the  Bureau  of  Animal  In- 
dustry aggregate  $3,020,746,  but  this  is  supplemented  by  extensive 
funds  provided  elsewhere.  The  total  corresponding  allotments  for 
the  previous  year  were  $2,585,336,  so  that  the  increase  granted  is 
considerable. 

The  inspection  and  quarantine  work  of  the  Bureau  against  animal 
diseases  receives  $532,780,  a  decrease  of  $75,000,  due  to  the  reduced 
area  under  quarantine  for  sheep  and  cattle  scabies.  For  pathologi- 
cal studies  of  animal  diseases  $138,020  is  granted,  of  which  $50,000 
is  a  new  item  authorizing  work  on  contagious  abortion. 

For  the  tick-eradication  campaign  an  appropriation  of  $632,400  is 
given,  and  it  is  expected  that  this  will  be  supplemented  by  State 
and  county  funds  sufficient  to  make  a  total  of  nearly  $1,000,000.  Of 
this  amount  $50,000  may  again  be  used  for  live-stock  and  dairy  dem- 
onstration work  in  cooperation  with  the  States  Relations  Service  in 
areas  freed  of  ticks.  During  the  past  year  49,629  square  miles  of 
territory  were  freed  from  infestation,  reducing  the  area  under  quar- 
antine to  453,761  square  miles.  It  is  now  believed  that  complete 
eradication  is  entirely  feasible. 

The  act  carries  $360,000  to  continue  the  hog-cholera  work,  of  which 
$175,000  may  be  used  for  the  enforcement  of  the  virus-serum-toxin 


1^16]  EDITORIAL.  303 

act  and  $35,000  for  research.     An  allotment  of  $75,000  is  also  made 
for  the  investigation,  treatment,  and  eradication  of  dourine. 

The  eradication  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  is  followed  by  a  reduc- 
tion in  the  emergency  appropriation  for  this  and  similar  diseases 
from  $2,500,000  to  $1,250,000,  plus  the  unexpended  balance  of  $655,- 
790.93  from  the  previous  year.  This  amount  is  available  not  only 
for  the  actual  combating  of  the  diseases  but  for  the  payment  of 
claims  in  connection  with  outbreaks.  It  is  provided  that  payments 
may  be  made  for  animals  hereafter  purchased  on  an  appraisement 
based  on  their  meat,  dairy,  or  breeding  value,  but  in  case  of  appraise- 
ment on  the  basis  of  breeding  value  it  can  not  exceed  three  times  the 
meat  or  dairy  value  of  the  animals,  and  except  in  extraordinary 
emergency  Federal  payments  can  not  exceed  one-half  the  appraise- 
ment. 

The  meat-inspection  work  is  continued  much  as  at  present,  a  per- 
manent appropriation  of  $3,000,000  per  annum  being  augmented  by 
a  supplementary  allotment  of  $344,500. 

A  net  increase  of  $27,620  is  provided  for  the  encouragement  of 
dairying  and  one  of  $19,260  for  that  of  animal  husbandry,  making 
$277,470  and  $208,320,  respectively,  available  for  these  purposes.  It 
is  planned  to  extend  especially  the  studies  in  dairy  farming,  dairy 
research,  the  milk  and  cheese  investigations  and  demonstrations,  and 
the  studies  of  pork  production.  Shorthorn  cattle  breeding,  poultry 
breeding,  range  sheep  breeding  and  management,  and  the  classifica- 
tion of  wools. 

A  special  appropriation  of  $60,000  is  continued  for  the  work  in 
live-stock  production  in  the  cane-sugar  and  cotton  districts,  now  be- 
ing conducted  in  close  cooperation  with  the  State  of  Louisiana.  This 
State  has  deeded  to  the  Department  a  farm  of  about  500  acres  at 
New  Iberia,  and  this  farm  has  been  divided  into  four  tracts  for  work 
with  horses  and  mules,  beef  cattle,  dairy  cattle  and  hogs,  and  hogs 
alone.  A  large  number  of  demonstrations  and  other  extension  work 
in  animal  production  and  dairying  are  also  under  way.  Somewhat 
similar  work  is  contemplated  under  a  new  appropriation  of  $40,000 
for  experiments  in  dairying  and  live-stock  production  in  semiarid 
and  irrigated  districts  of  the  Western  States. 

The  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  receives  an  increase  from  $2,139,150 
to  $2,537,120,  its  appropriations  being  divided  as  usual  among  a  large 
number  of  projects.  Among  the  most  important  new  items  is  that 
allotting  $250,000  and  the  unexpended  balance  of  about  $85,000  from 
a  deficiency  appropriation  of  $300,000  from  the  previous  year  for 
continuing  the  campaign  against  the  highly  infectious  disease  known 
as  citrus  canker.  Another  large  increase  is  that  of  $30,000  for  studies 
of  white-pine  blister  rust  and  other  epidemic  tree  diseases. 


304  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Other  extensions  of  work  provided  for  include  $6,500  for  studies 
of  tobacco  diseases,  $5,000  for  citrus  and  subtropical  fruit  diseases 
and  a  like  amount  for  breeding  disease-resistant  citrus  varieties, 
$2,500  for  carrying  on  soil  studies  in  connection  with  the  powdery 
scab  of  potato,  $5,000  for  extension  work  in  cotton  growing  and 
$3,000  for  cotton  diseases,  $5,000  for  the  development  of  work  on 
plant-infesting  nematodes,  $8,350  for  establishing  a  new  grain- 
standardization  laboratory  in  Minnesota,  $7,500  for  studies  on  the 
handling,  grading,  and  transportation  of  the  grain  sorghums,  $7,500 
for  studies  of  the  water  requirements  of  crops  in  the  irrigated  re- 
gions, $22,500  for  investigations  of  black  rust  and  stripe  rust  of 
wheat,  oats,  and  barley,  and  other  cereal  diseases,  $10,000  for  the 
development  of  an  American  sugar-beet  seed  industry,  and  $21,000 
to  extend  and  develop  the  forage-crop  investigations  and  provide  for 
the  more  effective  distribution  of  new  and  rare  varieties  of  seeds. 
The  seed-importation  act  of  1912  is  extended  to  include  vetch  and  rye 
grass,  and  the  importation  of  seed  of  Kentucky  bluegrass  and  Canada 
bluegrass  is  prohibited  unless  containing  at  least  50  per  cent  of  live 
pure  seed,  while  the  importation  of  all  other  seed  subject  to  the  act 
is  prohibited  unless  it  contains  65  per  cent  of  live  pure  seed.  The 
congressional  seed  distribution  is  continued  on  the  usual  basis  with 
an  allotment  of  $252,540. 

The  allotments  for  the  Forest  Service,  as  usual,  far  exceed  those 
for  any  other  bureau.  The  aggregate  is  $8,549,735,  but,  as  previously 
explained,  $3,000,000  of  this  sum  is  for  additional  purchases  under 
the  Appalachian  Forest  Reserve  Act,  $2,000,000  of  which  is  not 
available  until  July  1,  1917.  An  appropriation  of  $100,000  is  also 
continued  for  cooperation  with  the  States  in  fire  protection  work 
under  the  same  act.  Authority  is  granted  for  the  prospecting,  devel- 
opment, and  utilization  of  the  mineral  resources  of  these  lands  and 
for  the  President  to  set  aside  suitable  areas  thereon  for  the  protection 
of  game  animals,  birds,  and  fish.  In  each  case  regulations  are  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture.  An  arrangement  is 
made  whereby  timber  purchasers  may  henceforth  advance  the  cost 
of  brush  disposal  on  their  cuttings  on  National  Forests,  in  which 
case  the  Department  itself  will  carry  on  this  work  at  safe  and  oppor- 
tune times.  The  remaining  work  of  the  Service  is  provided  for 
without  substantial  change,  provision  being  made  for  the  continued 
administration,  protection,  and  development  of  the  National  Forests, 
and  for  the  varied  investigations  relating  to  the  practice  of  forestry 
and  the  utilization  of  forest  products. 

The  appropriation  for  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  aggregates 
$1,153,801,  of  which  over  half  is  for  the  enforcement  of  the  Food 
and  Drugs  Act.  The  purchase  and  equipment  of  a  traveling  labora- 
tory at  a  cost  of  $7,500  is  authorized.     The  various  lines  of  work 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  305 

under  way  are  continued  without  change,  and  $50,000  is  added  for 
studies  of  the  utilization  for  coloring  purposes  of  raw  domestic 
materials.  The  Bureau  has  been  studying  dyestuffs,  more  particu- 
larly with  reference  to  their  use  in  food  products,  for  over  ten  years, 
and  it  is  planned  to  continue  this  work,  extending  it  to  methods  of 
manufacture  of  dyes  from  domestic  products.  The  studies  of  naval 
stores  were  also  definitely  assigned  to  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  and 
$5,000  additional  was  granted  to  carry  on  demonstrations  of  im- 
proved methods  for  preparing  these  commodities. 

The  Bureau  of  Soils  is  granted  $175,000  for  experiments  and 
demonstrations  to  determine  the  best  methods  of  obtaining  potash 
on  a  commercial  scale.  The  remaining  lines  of  work  of  the  Bureau 
are  continued  unchanged,  the  total  appropriation  being  $503,735. 

An  increase  of  $38,980  is  accorded  the  Bureau  of  Entomology. 
This  is  divided  among  a  number  of  projects,  including  extension 
work  in  bee  culture,  and  studies  of  the  grape-berry  moth,  clover 
seed  midge,  clover  root  borer,  tobacco  hornworm,  insects  instrumental 
in  the  carriage  of  cucumber  diseases,  and  biting  flies  and  other  insects 
affecting  the  health  of  domestic  animals.  The  gipsy  and  brown-tail 
moth  campaign  is  allotted  $305,050  and  the  Bureau  as  a  whole 
$868,880. 

The  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  is  granted  $578,230.  The  prin- 
cipal change  is  an  increase  of  $125,000  to  be  used  on  the  public  lands. 
National  Forests,  and  elsewhere  in  the  Western  and  Northwestern 
States  to  combat  the  spread  of  rabies  by  destroying  wolves,  coyotes, 
and  other  predatory  wild  animals.  This  appropriation  followed  a 
serious  outbreak  of  the  disease  in  these  States,  in  which  serious  losses 
to  live  stock  and  even  human  cases  of  the  disease  resulted  from  an 
epidemic  among  coyotes,  and  continues  work  begun  earlier  in  the 
year  under  a  deficiency  appropriation  of  $75,000. 

The  total  appropriation  for  the  States  Relations  Service  is 
$2,969,680,  as  compared  with  $2,821,840  for  the  previous  year.  The 
main  item  of  increase  is  one  of  $100,000  for  the  farmers'  cooperative 
demonstration  work  outside  the  cotton  belt.  This  will  permit  of  con- 
siderable further  extension  of  that  work  and  of  initiating  in  a  small 
way  extension  work  by  women  county  agents.  There  is  also  an 
increase  of  $23,000  for  the  experiment  stations  in  Alaska,  Hawaii, 
and  Porto  Rico.  Most  of  this  increase  is  in  lieu  of  the  receipts  from 
the  sales  of  farm  products  which  were  formerly  available  to  the 
insular  stations  for  carrying  on  their  work,  but  which,  since  June 
30,  1915,  have  been  required  to  be  deposited  in  the  United  States 
Treasury  to  the  credit  of  miscellaneous  receipts  and  are  not  avail- 
able for  station  use.  Additional  funds  are  likewise  provided  for  the 
administrative  and  general  expenses  of  the  Service  by  reason  of  its 


306  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

increased  activities.  The  other  lines  of  work,  including  the  mainte- 
nance of  the  State  experiment  stations,  the  farmers'  cooperative 
demonstration  work  in  the  cotton  belt,  the  study  of  farmers'  institutes 
and  agricultural  schools,  and  the  investigations  in  home  economics 
are  continued  on  the  existing  basis. 

The  funds  allotted  to  the  Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization 
are  nearly  doubled,  the  total  of  $872,590  allowing  for  a  considerable 
expansion  in  its  work.  During  the  crop  season  of  1915  an  experi- 
mental news  service  was  conducted,  giving  timely  information  on 
the  movements  and  prices  of  the  strawberry,  tomato,  cantaloup,  and 
peach  crops,  with  such  successful  results  that  $136,600  is  now  pro- 
vided for  systematic  service  in  the  collection  and  distribution  of 
market  news  by  telegraph  for  perishable  fruits  and  vegetables  and 
by  mail  for  other  farm  products.  Other  new  items  are  $65,000  for 
the  gathering  of  information  pertaining  to  the  marketing  of  live 
stock  and  its  products  and  $35,000  for  cooperation  with  the  States 
in  marketing  studies.  An  increase  from  $238,000  to  $285,000  is 
granted  for  other  marketing  and  distribution  studies,  notabl}'^  for 
additional  attention  to  cooperative  purchasing  and  marketing,  mar- 
ket grades  and  standards,  marketing  business  practice,  and  the 
marketing  of  live  stock,  meats,  animal  by-products,  dairy  products, 
grain,  seeds,  and  hay.  The  Office  also  receives  $48,000  to  continue 
the  cotton-standardization  work  and  $32,860  for  its  studies  in  rural 
organization. 

An  increase  from  $50,000  to  $75,000  is  provided  for  the  enforce- 
ment of  the  plant-quarantine  act  by  the  Federal  Horticultural  Board. 
Of  this  sum  $15,000  is  to  be  used  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  the 
pink  bollworm,  one  of  the  most  serious  cotton  pests  known,  and 
$10,000  for  the  inspection  of  imported  potatoes  to  guard  against  po- 
tato wart  and  other  diseases  and  insect  pests. 

The  work  of  the  remaining  branches  of  the  Department  is  con- 
tinued on  substantially  the  present  basis,  both  as  to  funds  and  lines 
of  work.  The  Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates  receives  $316,436,  an  increase 
of  $32,956,  mainly  for  the  employment  of  additional  field  agents  and 
specialists,  notably  in  truck  and  fruit  crops.  The  Office  of  Public 
Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  is  granted  $599,200,  an  increase  of 
$12,735 ;  the  Office  of  the  Secretary  $688,160,  of  which  $285,810  is  for 
the  Office  of  Farm  Management;  the  Division  of  Accounts  and  Dis- 
bursements, $44,920;  the  Division  of  Publications,  $197,650;  and  the 
Library,  $49,520.  The  Department  is  again  allotted  $105,000  for 
the  enforcement  of  the  insecticide  act,  $40,000  to  continue  demonstra- 
tion work  on  reclamation  projects,  and  $123,689  for  rent  of  buildings 
in  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  receives  $122,500  for  miscellaneous 
expenses. 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  307 

Exhibits  by  the  Department  are  provided  for  at  the  International 
Soil  Products  Exposition  to  be  held  at  El  Paso,  Texas,  October  17-26, 
and  at  the  National  Dairy  Show  at  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  Octo- 
ber 12-21,  with  appropriations  of  $20,000  and  $15,000,  respectively. 
The  former  exhibit  is  to  be  illustrative  of  farming  methods  in  the 
subhumid,  arid,  and  semiarid  regions  of  the  country,  and  the  latter 
of  the  boys'  and  girls'  club  work  and  other  features  of  the  extension 
work  carried  on  in  the  North  Atlantic  States.  The  President  is  au- 
thorized to  extend  invitations  to  other  nations  to  participate  in  the 
International  Farm  Congress  and  the  International  Irrigation  Con- 
gress, both  of  which  are  to  be  held  at  El  Paso. 

Reference  has  already  been  made  to  the  trio  of  noteworthy  measures 
appended  to  the  main  portion  of  the  act  and  designated  respectively 
as  the  United  States  Cotton-Futures  Act,  the  United  States  Grain- 
Standards  Act,  and  the  United  States  Warehouse  Act.  These  meas- 
ures are  all  designed  to  alleviate  some  of  the  difficulties  which  have 
frequently  confronted  farmers  in  the  marketing  of  the  staple  agri- 
cultural crops. 

The  United  States  Cotton  Futures  Act,  as  reenacted,  follows  sub- 
stantially the  text  of  the  act  passed  in  1914.  That  measure,  it  will 
be  recalled,  was  a  taxing  statute  designed  to  regulate  future  trading 
in  cotton  so  that  it  would  be  fairly  conducted  and  truly  reflect  the 
values  of  spot  cotton.  It  imposed  a  tax  at  the  rate  of  two  cents  per 
pound  on  all  contracts  of  sale  of  cotton  for  future  delivery  entered 
into  on  exchanges  and  like  institutions,  unless  such  contracts  com- 
plied with  certain  conditions  which  were  calculated  to  eliminate 
certain  recognized  evils  in  future  dealings.  Among  the  conditions 
necessary  to  be  met  in  order  to  exempt  a  contract  from  the  tax  were 
the  use  of  the  official  cotton  standards  of  the  United  States  estab- 
lished under  the  act,  and  of  actual  commercial  differences  in  the 
settlement  of  such  contracts  as  ascertained  from  actual  sales  of  cot- 
ton in  bona  fide  spot  markets.  The  act  also  taxed  orders  sent  from 
the  United  States  for  the  maldng  of  future  contracts  on  exchanges 
in  foreign  countries,  unless  the  contracts  made  on  the  foreign  ex- 
changes complied  with  certain  conditions.  The  Secretary  of  Agri- 
culture was  given  authority  to  establish  the  official  standards,  to 
designate  the  bona  fide  spot  markets,  and  to  determine  disputes  re- 
ferred to  him  by  the  parties  to  future  contracts  involving  the  grade, 
length  of  staple,  or  quality  of  cotton  offered  for  delivery  there- 
under. The  most  important  changes  made  in  the  new  act  are  the 
omission  of  the  tax  on  orders  sent  abroad  for  the  maldng  of  future 
contracts  and  the  addition  of  authority  for  the  Secretary  of  Agricul- 
ture in  settling  disputes  to  include  in  his  findings  a  complete  classi- 
fication of  the  cotton  involved.  The  new  act  became  effective  Sep- 
56493°— 16 2 


308  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

tember  1,  an  appropriation  of  $120,750  and  the  unexpended  balances 
from  appropriations  for  the  previous  measure  being  available  for  its 
enforcement. 

The  United  States  Grain-Standards  Act  authorizes  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  to  investigate  the  handling  and  grading  of  grain, 
establish  official  standards,  license  grain  inspectors,  and  otherwise 
administer  its  provisions.  After  the  standards  for  a  grain  have 
become  effective,  all  shipments  by  grade  in  interstate  or  foreign  com- 
merce must  either  be  inspected  by  a  licensed  inspector  at  the  point 
of  shipment,  during  transit,  or  at  the  point  of  delivery,  or,  if  there 
are  no  inspection  facilities  available,  may  be  marketed  uninspected 
but  subject  to  the  right  of  either  party  to  the  transaction  to  refer 
any  dispute  as  to  the  grade  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  his 
determination.  An  appeal  to  the  Secretary  may  also  be  taken  as  to 
the  true  grade  of  grain  which  has  been  inspected.  The  findings  of 
the  Secretary  in  cases  of  dispute  and  appeals  are  made  prima  facie 
evidence  in  court  proceedings. 

The  certifying  of  an  official  grade  on  shipments  subject  to  Federal 
supervision  is  restricted  to  inspectors  holding  Federal  licenses.  These 
licenses  are  to  be  issued  to  persons  authorized  to  inspect  and  grade 
grain  under  State  laws,  or  may  be  issued  to  any  competent  and  disin- 
terested person,  and  may  be  suspended  or  revoked  for  cause.  A 
complete  system  of  records  and  reports  is  required  of  inspectors,  and 
penalties  are  provided  for  false  grading,  interference  with  officials, 
and  other  violations  of  the  act. 

The  legislation  is  designed  to  facilitate  the  use  of  more  uniform 
grades  in  handling  grain,  thus  simplifying  the  relations  between 
the  producer,  dealer,  and  consumer.  Since  the  final  decision  as  to  the 
grade  of  a  shipment  rests  with  the  Department,  it  is  also  expected  that 
the  grower  may  more  readily  obtain  higher  returns  for  a  product  of 
superior  merit,  thus  supplying  him  with  a  financial  incentive  to  im- 
prove its  quality,  x^n  appropriation  of  $250,000,  available  until 
expended,  is  made  for  the  enforcement  of  the  act. 

The  central  purpose  of  the  United  States  Warehouse  Act  is  to 
establish  a  form  of  warehouse  receipt  for  cotton,  grain,  wool,  tobacco, 
and  flaxseed  which  will  make  these  receipts  easily  and  widely  nego- 
tiable as  delivery  orders  or  as  collateral  for  loans,  and  therefore  of 
definite  assistance  in  financing  crops.  This  purpose  the  act  aims 
to  attain  by  authorizing  the  licensing  of  bonded  warehouses  under 
conditions  which  will  insure  the  integrity  of  their  receipts  and  make 
these  receipts  reliable  evidence  as  to  the  condition,  quality,  quantity, 
and  ownership  of  the  products  for  which  they  are  issued. 

The  Secretary  of  Agriculture  is  given  authority  to  inspect,  classify, 
and  license  warehouses  when  found  suitable  for  the  storage  of  these 
commodities,  as  well  as  to  establish  official  standards  for  them,  to 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  309 

issue  licenses  to  competent  persons  to  classify  and  weigh  the  products 
to  be  stored  in  the  warehouses,  and  to  conduct  warehouse  investiga- 
tions. The  system  of  licensing  is  entirely  voluntary,  but  provides 
for  Federal  licenses,  when  desired,  for  warehouses  in  which  cotton, 
grain,  avooI,  tobacco,  and  flax  may  be  stored  for  interstate  or  foreign 
conmierce,  or  located  in  places  under  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of 
the  United  States,  or  owned,  operated,  or  leased  by  any  State.  Ap- 
plicants must  agree  to  comply  with  the  act  and  the  rules  and  regula- 
tions prescribed  under  it  and  give  bond  to  secure  the  performance  of 
their  obligations.  The  form  of  receipt  and  manner  of  delivery  of 
products  are  prescribed  in  detail,  and  records  and  reports  are  sub- 
ject to  examination  by  the  Department.  All  grain,  flaxseed,  or  other 
fungible  products  stored  in  these  warehouses  for  interstate  or  foreign 
commerce  must  also  be  inspected  and  graded  by  persons  licensed  for 
the  purpose.  The  licenses  may  be  i-evoked  for  cause,  and  penalties 
are  provided  for  fraudulent  transactions.  The  Warehouse  Act  be- 
came effective  at  once  and  carries  an  appropriation  of  $50,000,  avail- 
able until  expended,  for  its  enforcement. 

In  a  discussion  of  the  appropriation  act  as  a  medium  for  the 
support  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  reference  should  also  be 
made  to  the  funds  administered  by  it  but  appropriated  in  other 
ways.  For  the  fiscal  year  under  discussion,  what  are  termed  the 
permanent  appropriations  under  the  Department  will  aggregate 
$10,604,000,  the  largest  items  being  those  of  $5,000,000  for  the  con- 
struction of  rural  post  roads  under  the  law  recently  described  (E.  S. 
R.,  35,  p.  200),  of  which  not  to  exceed  $150,000  may  be  used  by 
the  Department  for  administering  the  act;  $3,000,000  for  meat  in- 
spection; and  $1,580,000  under  the  Smith-Lever  Extension  Act;  the 
remainder  being  chiefly  for  payments  to  the  States  as  their  quota  of  the 
receipts  from  the  National  Forests.  There  is  also  the  appropriation 
for  the  Department  printing  and  binding,  carried  as  usual  in  the 
appropriation  act  for  sundry  civil  expenses.  This  appropriation  has 
been  increased  from  $500,000  to  $600,000,  of  which  $47,000  is  for 
the  Weather  Bureau  and  $177,500,  an  increase  of  $40,000,  for  use 
in  the  publication  of  Farmers'  Bulletins. 

Nor  are  the  Federal  appropriations  for  agricultural  purposes  con- 
fined to  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  usual  large  appropria- 
tions will  be  available  for  agricultural  education  in  the  land-grant 
colleges  under  the  Morrill  and  Nelson  Acts,  as  well  as  the  smaller 
grants  for  the  rural  education  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Education, 
demonstration  work  among  the  Indians,  and  the  payment  of  the 
country's  quota  toward  the  support  of  the  International  Institute  of 
Agriculture.    The  aid  granted  under  the  Federal  Farm  Loan  Act 


310  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

has  been  already  discussed  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  101).  A  provision  is  also 
carried  in  the  National  Defense  Act  of  June  3,  1916,  for  an  investiga- 
tion of  means  for  the  production  of  nitrates  and  other  products  for 
munitions  of  war  and  useful  in  the  manufacture  of  fertilizers,  and 
for  the  construction  and  operation  by  the  Government  of  a  plant  or 
plants  to  manufacture  these  products.  This  enterprise  carries  an 
appropriation  of  $20,000,000. 

The  substantial  aid  tendered  to  agriculture  in  these  various  ways 
indicates  anew  the  increasing  popular  realization  of  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  Federal  Government  in  the  development  of  the  Nation's 
basic  industr3^  The  program  of  work  outlined  for  the  coming 
months  is  unusually  broad  and  comprehensive,  and  extends  the  func- 
tions of  the  Department  in  a  number  of  new  and  important  direc- 
tions. It  augments  especially  its  administrative  and  regulatory 
powers,  but  it  also  provides  more  liberally  than  ever  before  for  the 
development  of  scientific  research  and  the  dissemination  of  agricul- 
tural knowledge.  There  will  be  general  concurrence  in  the  view  ex- 
pressed by  President  Wilson,  after  signing  the  appropriation  act, 
that  it  will  tend  to  "  result  in  making  agriculture  more  profitable  and 
country  life  more  comfortable  and  attractive,  and  therefore  insure 
the  retention  in  rural  districts  of  an  efficient  and  contented  rural 
population." 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Practical  physiological  chemistry,  P.  B.  Hawk  (PMladelphia:  P.  Blakiston's 
Son  &  Co.,  1916,  5.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  XIV+638,  pis.  6,  figs.  i72).— This  is  the 
fifth  edition  of  the  volume  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  21,  p.  63).  The  chapters 
on  nucleic  acids  and  nucleoproteins,  gastric  analysis,  intestinal  digestion,  blood 
analysis,  and  metabolism  are  new  and  have  been  inserted  to  increase  the  use- 
fulness of  the  volume  and  to  keep  thoroughly  abreast  with  recent  developments 
in  physiological  chemistry.  The  latest  methods  of  quantitative  analysis  have 
also  been  introduced  throughout  the  volume.  Thirty-five  new  illustrations 
have  been  incorporated. 

Yearly  report  in  reg'ard  to  the  prog'ress  made  in  agricultural  chemistry, 
edited  by  T.  Dietbich  and  F.  Mach  (Jahresber.  Agr.  Chem.,  3.  ser.,  17  (1014), 
pp.  XXIX+563). — A  report  of  the  work  of  1914  in  continuation  of  that  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  311). 

Report  of  the  committee  on  editing  methods  of  analysis  {Jour.  Assoc.  Off. 
Agr.  Chem.,  1  (1916),  No.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  57,  figs.  4). — This  report  contains  the 
recommendations  of  the  committee  on  editing  methods  for  official  and  tentative 
methods  of  analysis  of  fertilizers,  soils,  inorganic  plant  constituents,  waters, 
and  tanning  materials,  presented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  of 
Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  November  16-17,  1915. 

On  the  origin  of  the  humin  formed  by  the  acid  hydrolysis  of  proteins, 
R.  A.  GoRTNER  and  M.  J.  Blish  (Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  37  (1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
1630-1636;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [jBome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant 
Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  8,  p.  1026). — It  has  been  demonstrated  that  "in  all 
probability  the  humin  nitrogen  of  protein  hydrolysis  has  its  origin  in  the 
tryptophan  nucleus."  When  tryptophan  is  boiled  alone  with  mineral  acids  no 
humin  is  formed ;  when  protein  or  carbohydrate  is  present,  however,  an 
abundance  is  formed.  With  large  amounts  of  carbohydrate  present  nearly 
90  per  cent  of  the  tryptophan  nitrogen  remains  in  the  humin  fraction.  Histidin 
causes  no  increase  of  nitrogen  in  the  humin  fraction  and  can  be  quantita- 
tively recovered  in  the  bases.  The  humin  is  probably  formed  by  condensation 
of  an  aldehyde  (formed  by  the  action  of  the  acid  on  carbohydrate)  with  the 
NH  group  of  the  tryptophan  nucleus.  It  is  indicated  that  a  distinct  value 
can  thus  be  assigned  to  the  humin  nitrogen  determinations. 

Fractionation  of  the  phosphotungstic-acid  precipitate  with  acetone  as  a 
useful  method  for  the  preparation  of  the  vitamin  fraction  from  yeast,  C. 
Funk  (Biochem.  Bui.,  5  (1916),  No.  17,  pp.  1-16).— The  author  has  demon- 
strated that  "the  phosphotungstate  precipitate  from  alcohol  extract  of  yeast 
can  be  divided,  by  means  of  acetone,  into  two  fractions:  A  small  insoluble 
fraction  which  contains  the  bulk  of  vitamin,  and  a  large  soluble  one  which  is 
totally  inactive."  Lead  acetate  was  used  to  decompose  the  phosphotungstates 
instead  of  baryta,  as  this  procedure  offered  the  advantage  of  yielding  clear 
solutions  which  facilitated  further  purification  and  avoided  the  use  of  alkali. 
From  autolyzed  yeast  an  insoluble  fraction  could  be  obtained  by  the  acetone 
method  which  represented  84  per  cent  of  the  total  phosphotungstate  precipitate. 

311 


312  EXPEEIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  molecular  weights  of  certain  vegetable  oils,  H.  J.  Backeb  {Chem. 
Weekbl.,  12  {1913),  No.  47,  pp.  1034-10^0;  abs.  in  Analyst,  41  {1916),  No.  479, 
p.  47). — The  average  molecular  weights  of  a  number  of  vegetable  oils,  calculated 
from  the  lowering  of  the  freezing  point,  are  submitted,  as  follows :  Coconut  oil 
613,  cohune  nut  oil  625,  arachis  oil  803,  cato  seed  oil  803,  cato  seed  oil  (hydro- 
genated)  884,  linseed  oil  796,  maize  oil  790,  mustard  seed  oil  928,  olive  oil  803, 
palm  kernel  oil  644,  rape  oil  892,  castor  oils  844  and  1,031,  sesame  oil  800,  and 
soy-bean  oil  783.  A  commercial  sample  of  blown  rape  oil  showed  a  molecular 
weight  of  1,335. 

Other  physical  constants  of  these  oils  are  also  given. 

Philippine  oil-bearing  seeds  and  their  properties,  H.  C.  Brill  and  F. 
Agcaoili  {Philippine  Jour.  Sci.,  Sect.  A,  10  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  105-121,  figs.  2; 
abs.  in  Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  29  {1916),  No.  IS,  Referatentcil,  p.  Il4).—The 
percentage  yields,  chemical  constants,  physiological  properties,  and  commercial 
possibilities  of  several  Philippine  oils  have  been  studied  and  the  results  reported 
in  detail. 

It  has  been  demonstrated  that  the  oil  from  the  lumbang  bato  {Aleurites  moluc- 
cana)  and  lumbang  banucalag  {A.  trisperma)  are  drying  oils  of  high  quality, 
comparing  favorably  with  linseed  and  Chinese  wood  oils,  while  the  oil  from 
the  nuts  of  the  calumpang,  cato  {Chisochiton  cumingianus)  kapok,  pili,  palo 
maria  de  la  playa  {Calophyllum  inophyllum) ,  and  palo  maria  del  monte  (C.  wah 
lichianum)   have  no  appreciable  drying  qualities. 

On  the  heating  of  hay  during  the  curing  process,  F.  W.  J.  Boekhcut  and 
J.  J.  O.  DE  Veies  {Verslag.  Landbouick.  Onclerzoek.  Rijkslandbouwproefstat. 
[Netherlands],  No.  19  {1916),  pp.  61-80,  fig.  1). — Analytical  data  of  a  number  of 
samples  of  gas  obtained  in  the  curing  of  hay  are  submitted  in  detail. 

The  heating  in  the  process  of  curing  is  largely  attributed  to  a  purely  chemical 
action  in  which  iron  acts  as  a  catalyzer.  Bacteria  and  enzyms  also  play  an 
important  role  in  the  process.  Attempts  to  sterilize  the  hay  with  a  2  per  cent 
solution  of  copper  sulphate  were  unsuccessful,  since  the  growth  of  yeasts  and 
molds  could  not  be  controlled  by  this  treatment.  The  production  of  furfurol 
in  the  curing  of  hay,  as  noted  by  earlier  investigators,  was  confirmed. 

[The  nature  of  the  coloring  matter  of  sugar  cane],  M.  A.  Schneller 
(Louisiana  Stas.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  13,  14)- — Preliminary  results  indicate  that  "  sub- 
stances belonging  to  the  polyphenols  are  present  in  cane,  especially  the  eyes 
and  tops,  and  cause  in  connection  with  iron  the  dark  color  of  juice  and  sirup. 
The  action  of  boiling  temperatures  and  sulphur  dioxid  in  the  sugar  houses  re- 
sults only  in  a  temporary  decomposition  and  reduction  of  the  polyphenol  iron 
compound  and  decolorization  of  the  products.  The  darkening  of  plantation  white 
sugars  in  storage  must  be  sought  in  reoxidation  of  adhering  or  occluded  traces 
of  the  iron  polyphenol.  Decomposition  products  of  a  similar  nature  (glucinic 
acid)  are  also  formed  by  the  action  of  lime  at  alkaline  reaction  on  glucose. 
Alkalinity  is,  however,  avoided  in  the  white  sugar  manufacturing  in  this 
State.  A  means  of  elimination  of  the  polyphenols  could  be  found  in  the  bone- 
black  process,  generally  discarded  as  too  costly.  Elimination  of  iron  by  second- 
ary carbonation,  or  a  similar  process,  has  the  same  result,  but  would  be  suc- 
cessful only  if  further  contact  of  the  liquors  with  iron  were  completely  avoided. 
Lining  of  the  iron  equipment  with  rust-proof  enamel  might  lead  to  a  distinct 
improvement. 

"  The  incrusting  coloring  matter  of  cane  fiber,  although  perhaps  the  physio- 
logical product  of  the  above-mentioned  polyphenols  and  of  a  similar  chemical 
composition  (coniferin  or  a  derivative),  does  not  yield  dark-colored  iron  com- 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNT.  313 

pounds  and  owing  to  its  firm  combination  with  the  lignin  of  the  cell  walls  is 
only  separated  with  difficulty  and  would  not  easily  pass  into  the  juice." 

Studies  on  the  relation  of  cement  dust  to  citrus  veg'etation. — I,  The  effect 
on  photosynthesis,  H.  D,  Young  {Biochem.  Bui.,  5  {1916),  No.  18-19,  pp.  95- 
100). — The  investigation  has  shown  that  the  coating  of  dust  on  orange  leaves 
adjacent  to  cement  plants  amounted  in  many  cases  to  as  much  as  0.0034  gm. 
per  square  centimeter  and  corresponded  in  composition  very  closely  to  the 
"  raw  mixture  "  from  which  the  cement  was  made.  The  amount  of  dust  found 
on  such  leaves  may  shut  out  as  much  as  80  per  cent  of  light  from  the  upper 
surface  of  the  leaf.  This  exclusion  of  light,  however,  does  not  interfere  with 
the  carbohydrate  synthesis.  The  metabolic  activity  of  new  leaves  was  only 
slightly  greater  than  that  of  old  leaves. 

Researches  on  arg'inase;  concerning  the  action  of  arg'inase  on  creatin, 
A.  Cr.EMENTi  (Atti  R.  Acad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  c  Nat.,  5.  ser., 
24  {1915),  I,  No.  5,  pp.  483-489).— It  has  been  demonstrated  that  creatin  is  not 
hydrolyzed  into  urea  and  sarcosin  by  arginase,  thus  confirming  the  previous 
finding  of  Dakin."  Arginase  is  not  a  ferment  capable  of  detaching  the  guanidin 
nucleus  from  any  compound  to  which  it  may  be  bound,  as  would  be  indicated 
by  the  name  "  deguanidase,"  which  has  recently  been  proposed.  The  inability 
of  arginase  to  hydrolyze  creatin  supports  the  contention  of  the  specificity  of 
the  enzym. 

Adsorption  of  invertase,  J.  M.  Nelson  and  E.  C.  Griffin  {Jour.  Amer.  Chem. 
Soc,  38  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  1109-1115).— From  the  investigation  it  is  concluded 
•'  that  invertase  is  colloidal  in  nature,  and  the  reaction  between  the  enzym  and 
cane-sugar  solution  depends  on  the  contact  of  two  phases.  The  activity  of 
invertase  ...  is  not  affected  whether  or  not  the  enzym  is  adsorbed  to  a  solid 
like  charcoal,  or  to  a  colloid  like  saponin,  serum,  or  egg  albumin,  distributed 
uniformly  throughout  the  solution  of  the  substrate.  Displacing  the  adsorbed 
invertase  by  a  second  colloid  is  without  effect  on  the  activity,  contrary  to  the 
views  held  by  many.  Invertase  can  be  removed  from  an  aqueous  solution  by 
adsorption  to  a  solid,  and  again  brought  into  solution  by  a  second  colloid  sus- 
pended uniformly  throughout  the  solution.  Eriksson's  proof  that  cane  sugar 
can  liberate  invertase  adsorbed  to  charcoal  is  not  valid." 

The  experimental  methods  used  were  those  described  in  the  communication 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  803). 

The  occurrence  of  urease  in  hig'her  plants,  M.  W.  Beijerinck  {Chem. 
WeekU.,  IS  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  443,  444). — The  author  has  found  urease  in  the 
cortex  of  W.\e  twigs  and  in  the  buds  of  Glycine  sinensis  and  Cytisus  lahurnum. 
The  seeds  of  the  latter  were  especially  rich  in  urease,  although  considerably 
less  was  found  than  is  present  in  the  soy  bean.  Its  presence  was  also  demon- 
strated in  the  bark  of  the  ordinary  acacia,  Robinia  pseudacacia,  in  the  seeds 
of  the  indigo  plant,  and  in  the  tissues  of  the  various  herbaceous  Papilionaceae. 
Its  presence  could  not  be  determined  in  peas,  beans,  flaxseed,  almonds,  and 
various  other  plants  examined. 

A  simple  device  for  reg'ulating-  the  pump  used  in  exhausting  a  vacuum 
oven,  G.  P.  Plaisance  and  D.  V.  Moses  {Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  38  {1916), 
No.  5,  pp.  1063-1065,  fig.  1). — The  authors  describe  in  detail  a  simple  automatic 
device  for  maintaining  any  desired  pressure  in  a  Freas  electrically  heated 
vacuum  oven.  The  apparatus  is  easily  assembled  and  has  given  entire  satis- 
faction. 

A  new  form  of  gas  burette,  Hammermann  {Chem.  Ztg.,  40  {1916),  No.  10-11, 
p.  84,  fig.  1). — An  apparatus  to  measure  gases  only  .slightly  soluble  in  water,  in 


'Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  3  (1907),  No.  5,  pp.  435-441, 


314  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

which  the  burette  and  leveling  bulb  are  mounted  together  on  a  Woulff  bottle, 
and  its  manipulation  are  described  in  detail. 

A  simple,  efficient,  and  econom,ic  filter,  S.  L.  Jodidi  and  E.  H.  Keixogg 
(Biochem.  Bui.,  5  {1916),  No.  18-19,  pp.  87-94).— The  authors  describe  in  detail 
the  preparation  and  use  of  the  paper  pulp  filter  and  demonstrate  its  efficiency 
by  submitting  analytical  data.  Its  application  to  the  filtration  of  the  ammonium- 
phosphomolybdate  precipitate  in  phosphorus  determinations  is  especially  indi- 
cated. 

See  also  previous  notes  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  712;  35,  p.  204). 

A  modification  of  the  Lung-e  nitrometer,  W.  Senften  (Chem.  Ztg.,  JfO  {1916), 
No.  4-5,  pp.  39,  40,  figs.  2). — A  modified  apparatus,  which  shortens  the  time  for 
making  determinations  by  insuring  the  complete  solution  of  the  sample,  and  its 
manipulation  are  described  in  detail.  A  new  gas  burette  for  use  in  connection 
with  the  apparatus  is  also  described. 

The  quantitative  determination  of  silica,  V.  Lenher  and  E.  Tetjog  {Jour. 
Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  38  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  1050-1063). — After  preliminary  experi- 
ments on  the  various  factors  which  influence  the  solubility  of  silica  the  follow- 
ing procedure  was  adopted : 

A  0.5  to  1  gm.  sample  is  intimately  mixed  with  5  gm.  of  sodium  carbonate 
and  fused  in  a  platinum  crucible.  The  cold  fusion  is  treated  with  60  cc.  of 
hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.07).  After  all  carbonates  are  decomposed 
the  solution  is  evaporated  on  the  water  bath  until  the  residue  begins  to  crumble. 
The  residue  is  treated  with  15  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.1), 
covered,  and  heated  on  the  water  bath  for  ten  minutes.  After  diluting  with 
10  cc.  of  water  it  is  filtered  and  the  silica  washed  with  a  hot  solution  consisting 
of  5  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.2)  to  95  cc.  of  water.  The 
filtrate  is  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  residue  dehydrated  at  110°  G.  for  two 
hours,  taken  up  with  8  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.1),  covered 
and  heated  on  the  water  bath  from  five  to  ten  minutes,  diluted  to  50  cc,  and 
filtered  immediately,  washing  with  cold  water  containing  1  cc.  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid  to  99  cc.  of  water.  The  two  portions  of  silica  thus  obtained 
are  carefully  ignited  to  constant  weight  in  a  platinum  crucible  and  the  silica 
determined  by  volatilization  with  hydrofluoric  acid  after  the  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  sulphuric  acid. 

It  is  indicated  that  in  the  sodium-carbonate  fusion  methods  for  silicates  there 
is  always  a  nonvolatile  residue  which  contains  the  various  bases  and  which 
should  be  fused  again  with  sodium  carbonate  and  added  to  the  filtrate  from 
the  silica  when  the  bases  are  to  be  determined. 

Dehydrated  silica  is  appreciably  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid  of  all  strengths. 
This  error  is,  however,  negligible  when  dilute  acid  is  used.  The  dehydration 
temperature  should  be  kept  below  110°.  Excessive  amounts  of  sodium  car- 
bonate should  be  avoided  in  the  fusion,  since  the  subsequently  formed  sodium 
chlorid  exerts  a  solvent  action  on  the  silica. 

Comparative  tests  of  certain  methods  for  the  determination  of  copper  in 
copper  sulphate,  von  Wissell  and  F.  Ktjspekt  {Landic.  Vers.  Stat.,  86  {1915), 
No.  3-4,  pp.  277-286). — As  a  result  of  the  comparison  of  the  various  methods 
used  for  the  determination  of  copper  in  fungicidal  materials  in  the  presence 
of  iron  the  thiocyanate  procedure  was  found  to  yield  reliable  results  and  to 
be  the  simplest  and  most  economical  of  all  the  methods  tried,  especially  where 
only  occasional  determinations  are  necessary. 

The  Grete  volumetric  method  for  the  determination  of  phosphorus  in  ferti- 
lizers, G.  Inoze  {Kis^rlet.  Kozlem.,  18  {1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  797-809). — From  a 
critical  exa3BiHation  of  the  method  the  author  has  found  that  the  proper  prep- 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHITY.  315 

aration  of  the  reagent  used  in  this  method  is  very  important,  particularly  the 
preparation  of  the  glue  solution.  The  presence  of  hydrochloric  acid,  large 
amounts  of  iron,  and,  especially,  organic  substances  influence  the  correctness 
of  the  titration.  The  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  superphosphates  and 
that  obtained  from  Thomas  slag  by  digestion  with  sulphuric  acid  can  be  deter- 
mined directly  after  neutralizing  the  solution.  The  procedure  is  applicable  to 
routine  analyses,  but  is  not  recommended  on  account  of  the  care  and  patience 
required  in  its  manipulation.  The  accuracy  of  the  method  is  indicated  by  sub- 
mitted experimental  data. 

The  volumetric  determination  of  potassium  and  its  application  in  the 
analysis  of  fertilizers,  G.  Ajon  {Ann.  R.  Staz.  Sper.  Agriim.  e  Frutticol.  Acireale, 
3  (1915),  pp.  91-104). — The  procedure  described  by  the  author  is  as  follows: 

About  25  cc.  of  a  2  per  cent  solution  of  potassium  chlorid  or  potassium  sul- 
phate, or  an  amount  equivalent  to  from  1.08  to  1.26  per  cent  of  potassium  oxid, 
is  transferred  to  a  150-200  cc.  Erlenmeyer  flask,  50  cc.  twice-normal  tartaric 
acid  added,  and  the  mixture  thoroughly  shaken.  Twenty-five  cc.  of  half-normal 
sodium  hydroxid  is  then  added  and  the  mixture  again  strongly  agitated  for 
five  minutes.  To  this  25  cc.  of  96  per  cent  alcohol  are  added  and  the  flask  and 
contents  allowed  to  stand  for  from  sis  to  eight  hours.  The  precipitate  thus 
formed  is  washed  by  decantation  several  times  and  finally  transferred  to  the 
filter,  where  it  is  thoroughly  washed  with  neutral  9G  per  cent  alcohol.  It  is 
then  treated  with  tenth-normal  alcoholic  sodium  hydroxid  until  strongly  alka- 
line to  phenolphthalein,  and  allowed  to  set  for  about  five  minutes  with  occa- 
sional shaking.  When  the  precipitate  is  completely  dissolved  the  amount  of 
tenth-normal  hydroxid  used  is  determined  by  titration  with  standard  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

The  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid  used  to 
dissolve  the  bitartrate,  multiplied  by  0.00471,  gives  the  amount  of  K2O  present 
in  the  original  solution.  Analytical  data  submitted  indicate  the  accuracy  of 
the  method. 

The  use  of  enzyms  and  special  yeasts  in  carbohydrate  analysis,  W.  A. 
Davis  {Internal.  Sugar  Jour.,  IS  {1916),  No.  208,  pp.  166-171).— This  material 
has  been  previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  206). 

The  possibility  of  titrating  the  monosubstituted  amino  group  of  amino 
acids  with  formol,  A.  Clementi  {Atti  R.  Acad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci..  Fis.,  Mat.  e 
Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I,  No.  4,  pp.  852-359;  Arch.  Farmacol.  Sper.  e  Sci.  Aff., 
21  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  215-224;  «6s.  in  Cliem.  Ahs.,  9  {1915),  No  11,  p.  2394).— 
The  Sorensen  formol  titration  method  for  the  determination  of  the  quantity 
of  amino  gi-oups  in  amino  acids  has  not  as  yet  been  applied  to  amino  acids  in 
which  the  amino  group  is  partly  or  completely  substituted.  The  author  has 
performed  experiments  of  this  kind  with  sarcosin,  and  shows  that  the  amino 
group,  even  if  monosubstituted,  reacts  with  formaldehyde.  In  titrating  mono- 
substituted  amino  acids  according  to  Sorensen's  method  it  is,  however,  necessary 
to  titrate  to  the  intense  coloration  of  phenolphthalein,  as  otherwise  the  results 
will  be  slightly  too  low. 

Concerning  the  protein  content  of  meat,  N.  W.  Jannet  (Proc.  Soc.  Expt. 
Biol,  and  Med.,  IS  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  83,  84). — The  author  indicates  the  error 
inherent  in  the  protein  determinations  in  meat  because  of  the  large  amount  of 
nonprotein  nitrogen  present.  The  average  nitrogen  content  of  meat  proteins  lies 
between  16.2  and  16.7  per  cent,  and  is  not  16  as  the  factor  6.25  commonly  used 
indicates.  The  principle  involved  in  a  modified  procedure  for  the  direct  deter- 
mination of  the  proteins  in  muscle  is  the  coagulation  of  the  muscle  in  alcohol 
and  the  removal  of  nonprotein  material  by  extraction.     With  proper  precau- 


316  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

tions  it  is  possible  to  separate  completely  the  fatty  and  other  nonprotein  ma- 
terial from  the  proteins  so  that  they  can  be  obtained  in  a  high  state  of  purity. 

Analytical  data  of  the  protein  content  of  dog,  rabbit,  chicken,  and  fish  (hali- 
but) muscle  are  included. 

The  rapid  analysis  of  milk,  G.  P^gukier  (Ann.  Chim.  Analyt.,  21  {1916), 
No.  Jf,  pp.  70-73,  fig.  1). — The  author  describes  rapid  procedures  for  the  determi- 
nation of  the  specific  gravity,  fat,  and  lactose,  to  be  used  in  the  field  for  ascer- 
taining the  purity  and  food  value  of  milk.  The  specific  gravity  is  determined 
in  the  usual  manner ;  the  fat  in  an  ordinary  or  a  specially  graduated  test  tube, 
by  extraction  with  an  alcohol-ether  mixture  after  the  addition  of  a  few  drops 
of  alkali ;  and  the  lactose  by  Fehling's  solution,  after  precipitation  of  the 
protein  with  a  reagent  composed  of  phenol  and  acetic  and  citric  acids  in  95 
per  cent  alcohol. 

Note  on  human  milk,  G.  D.  Elsdon  {Analyst,  41  {1916),  No.  480,  p.  74).— 
The  following  figures,  obtained  from  67  complete  analyses  representing  the 
average  percentage  composition  of  human  milk,  are  submitted :  Total  solids 
11.7,  protein  1.19,  fat  3.11,  ash  0.21,  solids-not-fat  8.59,  and  lactose  7.18  per  cent. 
In  79  other  samples  the  total  solids  averaged  11.78,  fat  3.28,  and  solids-not-fat 
8.5  per  cent. 

[Methods  of  direct  sucrose  determinations  in  the  presence  of  reducing 
sugars],  M.  A.  Schneller  {Louisiana  Stas.  Rpt.  1915,  p.  14)- — In  the  methods 
based  on  the  action  of  small  amounts  of  alkali  on  the  rotary  power  of  the 
reducing  sugars  several  sources  of  error  were  found  to  be  inherent,  which  are 
summarized  as  follows:  "(1)  The  residuary  levorotation  introduces  a  con- 
siderable error,  especially  with  material  high  in  reducing  sugar  and  with 
methods  using  a  weak  concentration  of  alkali.  (2)  Stronger  concentrations  of 
alkali  reduce  this  levorotation  but  introduce  a  second  serious  error  due  to  the 
decrease  of  sucrose  rotation  by  the  neutralized  alkali.  (3)  The  incidental  use 
of  oxidants  (as  hydrogen  peroxid)  also  causes  a  destruction  of  sucrose.  Ap- 
parently correct  results  are  possible  by  compensation  of  errors  due  to  (1) 
and  (3)." 

Studies  on  the  analysis  and  analytical  products  of  glucose,  T.  van  deb 
Linden  {Arch.  Siiikerindus.  Nederland.  Indie,  23  {1915),  No.  52,  pp.  1979-1994; 
Meded.  Proefstat.  Java-Suikerindus.,  5  {1915),  No.  22,  pp.  609-624).— In  the 
analysis  of  invert  sugar  by  barium  or  calcium  hydroxids  at  80°  C.  the  author 
has  obtained  appreciable  amounts  of  saccharic  and  gluconic  acid,  together  with 
a  small  amount  of  oxalic  acid.  Formic  acid  was  also  formed,  but  the  presence 
of  lactic  acid  could  not  be  determined.  The  acids  were  isolated  in  a  pure  form 
by  precipitation  with  neutral,  basic,  or  ammoniacal  lead  acetate.  The  experi- 
mental procedures  used  in  the  work  are  described  in  detail. 

The  American  Leather  Chemists  Association,  1916  {Amer.  Leather  Chetn. 
Assoc.  IBy-laivs,  etcl,  1916,  pp.  37). — This  pamphlet  outlines  in  detail  the 
official  methods  for  the  analysis  of  vegetable  materials  containing  tannin,  for 
sampling  tanning  materials,  and  for  leather  analysis.  Provisional  methods  for 
the  analysis  of  sulphonated  oils,  moellons,  and  hard  greases  are  also  included. 

[Report  of  the]  bacteriological  department,  W.  L.  Owen  {Louisiana  Stas. 
Rpt.  1915,  pp.  11-13). — From  results  obtained  in  a  study  of  the  deterioration 
of  sugars,  and  the  principal  factors  affecting  it,  "  it  appears  that  neither  the 
moisture  alone,  nor  when  used  in  conjunction  with  the  factor  of  safety,  fur- 
nishes a  reliable  criterion  of  the  keeping  quality  of  a  sugar,  but  that  its  degree 
of  infection  must  also  be  taken  into  consideration." 

In  a  study  of  the  species  of  micro-organisms  causing  deterioration  of  sugar, 
18  cultures  of  bacteria  and  20  cultures  of  yeast  were  obtained  from  sugar. 
"There  appears  to  be  considerable  variation  in  the  deteriorative  powe'*  of  the 


1916]  METEOROLOGY.  317 

different  species,  which  is  not  altogether  obliterated  by  repeated  cultivations. 
Sugars  from  widely  distant  countries  show  no  greater  variation  in  this  respect 
than  sugar  from  adjoining  plantations.  ...  It  was  observed  that  the  micro- 
organisms found  in  sugars  do  not  predominate  either  in  the  mill  juice  or  on  the 
cane  leaves.  Analyses  showed  these  sugar  deteriorative  forms  to  occur  only  to 
the  extent  of  19.5  per  cent  in  the  fresh  juice.  From  this  point  they  increase  to 
46  per  cent  and  91.5  per  cent  in  the  sulphured  and  defecated  juice,  respectively. 
The  filter  press  appears  to  be  the  vital  point  in  determining  the  infection  of  the 
finished  sugars." 

A  distinct  and  hitherto  undescribed  species  of  bacteria,  commonly  occurring 
in  the  interior  of  borer-infested  cane,  was  isolated  and  named  Bacterium  sac- 
chartim  officinarum.  "  Inoculation  experiments  upon  cane  showed  .  .  .  that  it 
is  not  a  great  factor  in  the  deterioration  of  the  juice  of  the  growing  cane,  hence 
its  presence  there  does  not  apparently  aggravate  the  deterioration  following 
borer  infestatior.." 

The  products  of  the  farm  slaughterhouse,  sausage  kitchen,  and  smoke 
house,  A.  Haeing  and  W.  Hislop  {State  Col.  Wash.,  Dept.  Ext.  Bui.  10  {1916), 
pp.  23,  figs.  6). — This  pamphlet  discusses  the  slaughtering  of  beef  cattle,  veal, 
sheep,  goats,  and  hogs,  and  outlines  the  methods  in  use  for  the  curing  and 
smoking  of  meats.  Directions  for  the  preparation  of  various  kinds  of  sausage, 
lard,  soap  grease,  and  tripe,  together  with  a  list  of  tools  for  the  farm  slaughter- 
house, are  included. 

Forest  chemistry,  Puran  Singh  {Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Sci.  Advice  India.  1914-15, 
pp.  10-21). — These  pages  contain  brief  comments  on  minor  products  distilled 
from  the  deodar  and  their  value  and  uses,  the  optical  rotation  of  steam-distilled 
deodar  oil,  the  dry  distillation  of  deodar,  the  best  season  for  collecting  myroba- 
lans  as  a  tannin  material,  an  inquiry  as  to  the  possibility  of  reducing  the  harsh- 
ness of  tan  barks,  the  manufacture  of  products  from  Boswellia  serrata  and  their 
chemical  composition,  Indian  sumac,  use  of  nickel  hydroxid  in  tannin  estimation, 
camphor  in  dried  camphor  leaves,  the  camphor  content  of  the  various  parts  of  a 
camphor  tree,  and  the  deterjnination  of  moisture  in  fresh  camphor. 

The  conifer  leaf  oil  industry,  A.  W.  Schorgee  {Metallurg.  and  Chem.  Engin., 
14  {1916),  No.  9.  pp.  515-518,  figs.  4)- — This  article  discusses  the  conifer  leaf 
oil  industry  and  describes  the  still  and  its  operation.  Certain  factors  which 
influence  the  yield  of  oil  are  indicated. 

\  table  giving  the  yield  of  oil,  specific  gravity,  and  principal  constituents  of  a 
number  of  the  conifer  leaf  oils  is  submitted. 

METEOROLOGY. 

Illusions  of  the  upper  air,  N.  Shaw  {Nature  [London],  97  {1916),  Nos.  2426, 
pp.  191-194;  2421,  pp.  210-214,  figs.  3). — This  is  a  brief  review  of  progress  in 
meteorological  theory  in  England  since  1866,  showing  how  the  development  of 
upper  air  research  has  modified  commonly  accepted  views  regarding  the 
atmosphere  in  general,  especially  the  conception  of  cyclones  and  anticyclones, 
the  convection  theory,  and  the  general  structure  of  the  atmosphere.  It  is 
stated  that  the  principal  result  of  this  study  of  the  upper  air  "  is  the  division 
of  the  atmosphere  into  two  layers:  A  lower  layer  about  10  km.  thick,  the 
troposphere,  the  region  of  convection ;  and  an  upper  layer,  the  stratosphere, 
in  which  there  is  no  convection.  We  can  use  the  information  to  test  some 
of  the  generally  accepted  ideas  about  cyclones  and  anticyclones  by  comparing 
the  results  of  speculation  with  the  new  facts.  Many  of  the  pictures  which  we 
imagined  now  appear  to  have  been  illusions.  Those  of  us,  for  example,  who 
thought  that  because  the  air  was  warmed  from  the  bottom,  the  upper  part 


318  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

would  be  free  from  sudden  changes  of  temperature  such  as  we  get  at  the 
surface  were  rapidly  and  rudely  disappointed.  Simplicity  is  not  apparently 
the  characteristic  of  the  upper  air." 

Ni-ght  cooling'  and  the  importance  of  the  dew  and  frost  points,  J.  Schubebt 
(Met.  Ztschr.,  32  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  343-350,  figs.  3).— The  observations  of  vari- 
ous investigators  bearing  on  the  relations  of  the  temperature  of  the  surface  of 
the  earth  and  the  overlying  air,  and  of  the  pressure  and  humidity  of  the  air, 
to  the  formation  of  dew  and  frost  are  critically  reviewed  and  discussed  in  this 
article. 

The  following  are  among  the  conclusions  reached  from  the  data  cited : 

With  a  given  pressure,  the  frost-point  is  higher  than  the  dew-point.  The 
frost-point  Te  may  be  calculated  from  the  dew-point  T  within  0.1°  by  the 
formula  Te=0.9T.  For  more  accurate  reckoning  for  temperatures  from 
0  to  — 14°  the  factor  0.89  should  be  used.  The  dew-point  runs  parallel  with 
the  air  temperature  from  midnight  to  6  a.  m.  The  surface  temperature  falls 
more  rapidly  than  that  of  the  overlying  air  and  may  be  below  the  dew-point 
while  the  overlying  air  is  still  above.  Dew  begins  to  form  with  a  humidity 
of  90  per  cent,  is  greater  at  95  per  cent,  and  turns  to  fog  at  99  per  cent.  The 
formation  of  dew  results  in  a  distinct  lowering  of  pressure.  During  the  last 
half  of  the  night  the  fall  of  temperature  is  relatively  less  with  formation  of 
dew  and  frost  than  with  dry  air,  due  to  heat  set  free  by  condensation. 

Frost  protection  for  fruit  and  vegetables  in  the  United  States  (Abs.  in 
Intemat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Ro7ne'\,  Internat.  Rev.  Sci.  and  Pract.  Agr.,  7  {1916),  No  1, 
pp.  36-42). — This  is  a  summary  of  a  number  of  papers  on  this  subject,  most  of 
which  have  been  separately  noted  in  the  Record. 

The  weather  of  1915,  J.  A.  Mukeay  {Rpt.  Agr.  New  Brunswick,  1915,  pp. 
161-169). — Observations  on  temperature,  precipitation,  and  sunshine  at  Fred- 
ericton,  N.  B.,  and  on  temperature  at  various  other  places  in  the  Province  are 
tabulated  and  briefly  discussed.  The  season  of  1915  was  unusual  and  un- 
favorable for  farming  mainly  on  account  of  excessive  precipitation  and  di- 
minished sunshine. 

The  weather  of  the  past  agricultural  year,  F.  J.  Bbodie  {Jour.  Roy.  Agr. 
Soc.  England,  16  {1915),  pp.  171-180). — The  weather  conditions  throughout  the 
British  Isles  during  1915  are  summarized  as  usual  and  comparisons  made  with 
the  weather  of  previous  years.  It  is  stated  that  as  a  result  of  a  succession  of 
adverse  weather  influences  the  yield  of  crops  during  the  year  was  generally 
below  the  average. 

Hailstorms  and  hail  prevention  during  1915  in  the  departments  of  Gironde 
and  Dordogne,  France,  A.  An  got  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Agr.  France,  2  {1916), 
No.  20,  p.  558). — This  is  a  brief  note  on  a  more  detailed  report  by  F.  Courty  in 
a  bulletin  of  the  Meteorological  Commission,  the  principal  conclusion  of  which 
is  that  hailstorms  are  always  irregular  in  occurrence  and  distribution,  and 
that  the  electric  tower  method  of  prevention  apparently  exerts  no  practical 
influence  on  their  course  or  intensity. 

Annual  distribution  of  cloudiness  in  France,  G.  Bigoxjedan  {Compt.  Rend. 
Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  162  {1916),  No.  17,  pp.  620-625,  figs.  13;  abs.  in  Rev.  Sci. 
[Paris],  54  {1916),  I,  No.  9,  p.  285). — This  is  a  report  of  a  complete  study  for 
France  similar  to  that  which  has  been  undertakeji  by  Teisserenc  de  Bort  for 
the  whole  world.  Curves,  isoneph,  connecting  points  of  equal  mean  monthly 
cloudiness  are  given  and  discussed.  Attention  is  called  to  the  need  for  this 
purpose  of  longer  series  of  observations  at  a  greater  number  of  places. 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  F — Meteorology  {Internat. 
Cat.  Sd.  Lit.,  12  {1915),  pp.  VIII -\-194).— "The  literature  indexed  is  mainly 
that  of  1912,  but  includes  those  portions  of  the  literature  of  1901-1911  in  regard 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  319 

to  which  the  index  slips  were  received  by  the  Central  Bureau  too  late  for 
inclusion  in  the  previous  volumes.  There  are  also  entries  dated  1913."  The 
section  on  the  relation  of  climate  to  agriculture  contains  18  references,  that  on 
phenology  8. 

SOILS— FERTILIZERS. 

cJoils  courses  at  the  Iowa  State  College,  P.  E.  Brown  {Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Agron.,  8  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  42-47).— The  soils  courses  at  the  Iowa  State  College 
are  briefly  outlined  and  discussed,  the  five  distinct  groups  now  recognized 
being  soil  physics,  soil  fertility,  soil  bacteriology,  soil  surveying,  and  soil 
management. 

Mechanical  study  of  soil,  D,  J.  Hissink  (Indische  Mercuur,  38  (1915),  No. 
47,  pp.  975-977). — This  is  a  general  statement  of  the  present  status  of  the 
mechanical  classification  of  soils. 

The  colloids  of  clay  and  humus  soils,  P.  Rohland  (Naturto.  Ztschr.  For  at 
u.  Landw.,  13  (1915),  No.  8-9,  pp.  360-367).— This  is  a  second  brief  contribution 
to  the  subject  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  318). 

Experiments  on  water  holding  in  vegetation  pots,  P.  Ehrenberg,  F.  Bahb, 
and  O.  NoLTE  (Jour.  Landw.,  63  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  199-225) .—Pot  culture  experi- 
ments with  corn  in  sand  to  test  the  relative  values  of  various  substances  for 
Increasing  the  water-holding  capacity  of  sand  in  pot  culture  experiments  are 
reported.  The  pots  contained  about  15  kg.  of  sand ;  and  emery,  pulverized 
glass,  and  barium  sulphate  were  added  in  1  kg.  amounts ;  kieselguhr,  artificial 
zeolite,  and  clay  in  amounts  of  i  kg. ;  and  peat  dust  i  kg. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  of  the  materials  tested  barium  sulphate 
may  be  used  to  the  best  advantage  for  increasing  the  water-holding  power  of 
sand  in  sand  cultures.  Under  certain  conditions  kieselguhr  may  be  used,  but 
emery  only  in  special  cases.  Powdered  glass,  artificial  glass,  clay,  and  peat 
are  considered  unsuited  for  general  use  for  this  purpose. 

Miscellaneous  samples,  soils,  L.  Heimburgek  (Fla.  Quart.  Bui.  Dept.  Agr., 
26  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  167-174). — This  section  of  the  report  contains  the  results 
of  analyses  of  21  samples  of  Florida  muck,  rock,  and  calcareous,  sandy,  forest, 
and  humus  soils. 

Soil  survey  of  Elkhart  County,  Indiana,  G.  B.  Jones  and  R.  S.  Hesleb 
(JJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp-  28, 
fig.  1,  map  1 ) . — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Indiana  Department 
of  Geology  and  issued  May  25,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  295,680 
acres  in  northern  Indiana,  the  topography  of  which  is  characteristic  of  a 
glaciated  region  and  varies  from  flat  to  hilly.  The  soils  are  of  glacial  origin 
and  are  grouped  as  upland  and  sand-plains  soils.  Exclusive  of  muck,  peat,  and 
meadow,  eleven  soil  types  of  four  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Miami  loam, 
Plainfield  sandy  loam,  and  Miami  sandy  loam  cover  37,  27,  and  12.5  per  cent  of 
the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Lafayette  Parish,  Louisiana,  A.  H.  Meyer  and  N.  M.  Kirk 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  32, 
fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey  was  issued  May  22,  1916,  and  deals  with  the  soils 
of  an  area  of  176,640  acres  in  southern  Louisiana  which  lies  mostly  in  the 
coastal  prairie  region  of  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  province.  "  By  far  the  greater 
portion  consists  of  the  uplands,  or  terrace,  the  surface  of  which  is,  for  the  most 
part,  practically  level."     In  general  the  drainage  is  fairly  good. 

The  soils  are  grouped  as  upland  and  first  bottom.  Excluding  muck  and 
swamp,  ten  soil  types  of  nine  series  are  mapped  of  which  the  Oliver,  Lintonia, 
and  Crowley  silt  loams  cover  38.6,  25.6,  and  11  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 


320  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Soil  survey  of  Ramsey  County,  Minnesota,  W.  G.  Smith  and  N.  M.  Kibk 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  37, 
figs.  2,  map  1). — This  survey,  issued  May  17,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an 
area  of  103,040  acres  in  east-central  Minnesota,  the  surface  of  which  is  hilly 
with  intervening  areas  of  level  to  rolling  lands.  Drainage  is  incompletely  estab- 
lished over  a  large  part  of  the  county. 

The  soils  are  directly  or  indirectly  of  glacial  origin  and  are  predominantly 
loams.  Including  marsh  and  rock  outcrop,  18  soil  types  of  10  series  are  mapped, 
of  which  the  Gloucester  loam,  Merrimac  loamy  fine  sand,  Miami  loam,  Merrimac 
loam,  and  marsh  cover,  respectively,  16.1,  13.7,  11.3,  11.2,  and  10.6  per  cent  of 
the  area. 

Report  on  the  soils  of  Fiji,  I,  C.  H.  Wright  {Dept.  Agr.  Fiji  Bui.  9  {1916), 
pp.  22). — Analyses  of  tsvo  samples  of  banana  soil  from  Nasinu,  three  samples  of 
coconut  soil  from  Laucala,  two  samples  of  red  and  two  samples  of  black  "  soap- 
stone  "  soil  from  Suva,  four  samples  of  alluvial  soil  from  Navua,  and  one  sample 
of  banana  soil  from  Galoa  and  one  sample  of  swamp  soil  from  Qaraniqio  are 
reported,  together  with  appendixes  giving  instructions  for  taking  official  and 
private  samples  of  soil  for  analysis  and  instructions  for  mechanical  analysis. 

Some  Johore  soils,  J.  Geantham  {Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States,  4  {1916),  No. 
4,  pp.  114-121). — Mechanical  and  chemical  analyses  of  five  samples  of  rubber 
soils  from  Johore  Bharu,  11  samples  of  rubber  and  three  samples  of  coconut 
soils  from  Muar,  and  seven  samples  of  rubber  soils  from  Batu  Auam,  in  Johore, 
Federated  Malay  States,  are  reported. 

Studies  on  nitrogen  fixation  and  Azotobacter  forms  in  soils  of  foreign 
countries,  C.  B.  Lipman  and  P.  S.  Bukgess  {Centhl.  Bakt.  [etc.],  2.  AM.,  44 
{1915),  No.  17-23,  pp.  481-511,  pi.  1). — Studies  of  the  nonsymbiotic  nitrogen- 
fixing  flora,  especially  those  of  the  Azotobacter  group,  and  of  the  nitrogen- 
fixing  powers  of  the  mixed  soil  flora  of  46  soils  from  Egypt,  India,  Japan, 
China,  Syria,  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  Guatemala,  Costa  Rica,  Spain,  Italy,  Russia, 
Mexico,  Asia  INIinor,  Canada,  Unalaska,  Samoa,  Australia,  Tahiti,  Belgium, 
Queensland,  and  the  Galapagos  Islands  are  reported. 

The  plan  of  experiment  "  consisted  in  studying  the  appearance  of  the  cultures 
obtained  from  soil  inoculation  into  [Lipman's  mannite  solution],  making  a  mi- 
croscopic study  of  the  mixed  flora,  isolating  pure  cultures  from  the  mixed  flora 
plated  out  on  mannite  agar,  studying  the  morphology  of  these,  and  determining 
the  nitrogen-fixing  powers  in  both  solutions  and  soils  of  those  forms  which, 
selected  from  the  large  number  of  pure  cultures,  were  distinctly  different  from 
one  another." 

It  was  found  in  the  mixed  culture  experiments  that  only  about  one-third  of 
the  soils  tested  contained  Azotobacter.  "A  fixation  of  5  mg.  of  nitrogen  per 
gram  of  mannite  or  over  occurred  in  only  20  out  of  40  soils.  In  16  of  these 
20  soils  Azotobacter  organisms  were  found.  .  .  .  Soils  from  the  Mediterranean 
region  when  compared  with  soils  from  all  parts  of  the  world  manifest  very 
high  nitrogen-fixing  powers  in  mannite  solution  and  bear  a  vigorous  Azoto- 
bacter flora.  Many  of  the  soils  studied  had  been  previously  dried  in  stoppered 
museum  bottles  for  periods  varying  from  5  to  20  years,  but  still  manifested 
vigorous  powers  at  nitrogen  fixation.  The  latter  was  in  many  cases  as  high 
as  and  in  some  much  higher  than  that  of  many  freshly  collected  soils  known 
to  possess  notable  powers  in  that  direction." 

Usually  a  high  nitrogen  content  seemed  to  be  unfavorable  to  vigorous  nitrogen 
fixation,  although  the  highest  nitrogen  fixation  of  the  46  soils  tested  was  ob- 
tained with  a  soil  containing  about  0.3  per  cent  nitrogen.  "  It  is  more  generally 
true  that  high  fixations  of  nitrogen  are  accomplished  by  soils  in  mannite  solu- 
tions only  when  Azotobacter  organisms  form  a  part  of  the  same  flora.  .  .  . 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  321 

"  Many  different  forms  of  Azotobacter  were  observed  in  those  soils  possessing 
that  group  of  organisms.  Very  frequently  one  soil  showed  the  presence  of  two 
or  three  different  species  of  Azotobacter.  A.  chroococcum,  however,  was  the 
most  prominent  of  all  the  species  and  was  found  most  widely  distributed  in 
the  several  soils. 

"  In  a  number  of  cases  the  amount  of  pigment  produced  by  the  Azotobacter 
forms  was  most  marked.  The  organism  surpassing  all  others  studied  in  this 
respect  was  a  form  of  A.  chroococcum  in  the  poor  soil  from  Sinaloa,  Mexico. 

"  Only  about  half  the  soils  tested  showed  notable  or  vigorous  gas  formation 
in  mannite  solution.  Only  three  of  these  contained  Azotobacter  organisms. 
Sixteen  of  them  were  the  highly  ferruginous  and  humus  soils  obtained  from 
various  portions  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  Gas  formation  in  mannite  solutions 
inoculated  with  soil  would,  therefore,  seem  to  be  largely  accomplished  by 
Clostridium  and  other  rod  forms  and  not  by  Azotobacter.  .  .  . 

"  Pigment  production  by  cultures  ran  almost  entirely  parallel  with  Azoto- 
bacter development  in  them.  Thus  the  total  number  of  cultures  producing  pig- 
ment was  20,  only  slightly  in  excess  of  the  number  showing  Azotobacter 
organisms.  Of  these  20  all  but  two  gave  a  brown  to  black  pigment.  The  other 
two  gave  a  yellow  to  orange  pigment.  Twenty-five  of  the  mixed  cultures  ex- 
hibited more  or  less  membrane  formation.  In  nearly  all  cases  the  presence 
of  membranes  was  due  to  Azotobacter  development." 

In  pure  culture  studies  in  mannite  solution  and  sandy  soil  it  was  found  that 
on  the  whole  the  sandy  soil  was  far  superior  to  the  solution  as  a  medium 
for  nitrogen  fixation  by  the  several  forms  of  Azotobacter  studied,  since  17  out 
of  20  organisms  added  to  the  soil  in  every  case  more  than  3  mg.  of  nitrogen. 
The  latter  was  accomplished  by  only  11  organisms  in  the  case  of  the  mannite 
solutions.  Sixteen  out  of  20  organisms  fixed  in  every  case  more  than  5  mg. 
of  nitrogen  per  gram  of  mannite  in  the  soil  as  a  medium,  whereas  there  were 
but  four  such  in  the  case  of  the  mannite  solution  cultures.  There  were  nearly 
five  times  as  many  of  the  same  organisms  which  fix  6  mg.  or  more  of  nitrogen 
in  the  soil  culture  as  there  were  in  the  case  of  the  solution  cultures. 

Studies  of  the  relation  of  soil  type  to  nitrogen  fixation  by  pure  cultures  of 
two  types  of  Azotobacter  showed  that  the  fixation  of  nitrogen  by  the  two 
organisms  tested  was  notably  smaller  in  the  soils  which  were  their  natural 
habitat  than  in  a  totally  different  type  of  soil.  It  is  concluded  "  that  the  soil 
type  ...  is  the  determinant  above  all  other  factors  of  an  organism's  power  to 
fix  atmospheric  nitrogen." 

It  was  further  found  that  considerable  difference  existed  between  the  powers 
of  different  organisms  to  use  certain  carbon  compounds  in  nitrogen  fixation. 

A  final  study  with  56  soils  showed  the  absence  of  any  general  law  regulating 
the  ratio  of  nitrogen  present  in  soils  to  nitrogen  fixation  by  those  soils. 

Nitrification  and  total  nitrogen  as  affected  by  crops,  fertilizers,  and  copper 
sulphate,  C.  A.  Jensen  (Jour.  Amer.  Soc.  Agron.,  8  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  10-22; 
abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  10  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  795,  796).— Studies  on  the  changes  in 
nitrification  and  total  nitrogen  content  of  soils  under  field  conditions  at  Rocky 
Ford,  Colo.,  during  the  summers  of  1911  and  1912,  and  on  the  influence  of 
different  cropping  and  fertilizer  treatments  on  excessive  nitrate  accumulation 
in  these  soils,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  accumulation  of  nitrates  in  the  soils  in  the  Arkansas 
River  Valley  in  Colorado  ...  in  1910  and  1911  .  .  .  became  less  in  1912  and 
1913.  In  the  work  in  1911  mustard  appeared  to  have  some  effect  in  checking 
the  accumulation  of  nitrate  in  the  field.  Copper  sulphate  at  the  rate  of  100 
lbs.  per  acre  on  fallow  was  also  effective  in  checking  nitrification,  reducing  the 
average  seasonal  accumulation  to  about  60  per  cent  of  the  amount  found  in 


322  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECOBD.  [Vol.35 

the  check  plat.  Molasses  on  fallow  decreased  nitrification  about  25  per  cent 
.  .  .  but  the  molasses-treated  plat  showed  a  little  more  nitrates  than  the  plats 
cropped  to  cane  and  oats.  Manure  on  fallow  gave  a  slightly  higher  accumula- 
tion of  nitrates  than  the  fallow  check.  Waste  lime  on  fallow  caused  strong 
nitrate  accumulation,  being  more  effective  in  this  regard  than  any  other  treat- 
ment. In  general,  active  nitrification  did  not  set  in  until  the  first  part  of  June. 
From  then  until  the  middle  of  July  it  was  strongest,  and  then  suddenly 
decreased  and  became  very  feeble  until  the  end  of  the  experiment,  August  17, 
regardless  of  the  field  treatments.  .  .  . 

"  The  mustard  plat  contained  less  total  nitrogen  than  any  of  the  others. 
The  fallow  plats  receiving  copper  sulphate  and  molasses  contained  less  total 
nitrogen  than  the  other  fallow  plats.  The  fallow  plats  with  waste  lime  and 
manure  each  contained  less  total  nitrogen  than  the  plat  fallowed  with  nothing 
added.  The  reverse  was  true  as  regards  nitrates.  In  general,  there  seemed 
to  be  an  inverse  relation  between  the  amounts  of  nitrates  and  amounts  of  total 
nitrogen.  In  the  work  in  1912,  in  the  presence  of  a  vigorously  growing  beet 
crop,  the  only  treatments  which  showed  decided  increases  in  nitrification  were 
cyanamid  and  manure  plus  ammonium  sulphate.  Aside  from  considerable 
weekly  variations,  there  was  not  much  change  in  nitrification  from  the  middle 
of  May  till  the  latter  part  of  July,  after  which  the  nitrifying  activity  was  very 
low  and  remained  so  until  the  end  of  the  experiment,  August  26. 

"  Bone  meal,  superphosphate,  waste  lime,  and  dry  yard  manure  decreased 
the  nitrifying  activity.  Composted  manure  produced  a  slightly  higher  nitrifying 
activity  than  did  the  dry  yard  manure,  but  both  these  plats  showed  slightly 
less  nitrates  than  the  checks.  The  total  organic  nitrogen  in  the  first  foot 
showed  a  general  decrease  from  the  latter  part  of  May  to  the  latter  part  of 
August.  .  .  .  This  decrease  was  least  from  the  middle  of  June  to  the  middle 
of  July.  There  was  also  a  slight  loss  of  organic  nitrogen  from  the  second  foot 
during  the  same  period.  It  is  shown  that  the  seasonal  loss  of  organic  nitrogen 
could  not  be  accounted  for  by  the  amounts  removed  in  the  crop.  No  correlation 
could  be  established  between  the  nitrate  content  and  the  total  nitrogen.  Taking 
into  account  the  nitrogen  applied  in  the  manures  and  lime,  the  manured  plats 
lost  the  most  nitrogen,  especially  those  to  which  ammonium  sulphate  was 
added,  while  the  limed  plats  showed  a  gain  in  total  nitrogen.  The  plats 
receiving  cyanamid,  phosphatic  fertilizers,  and  nitrate  showed  a  slight  gain 
in  total  nitrogen  over  the  checks.  The  total  nitrogen  content  in  the  second 
foot  was  unaffected  by  the  fertilizers  applied  in  the  first  foot.  The  nitrifying 
activity  in  the  second  foot  was  very  low." 

The  use  of  nodule  bacteria  for  legnim'es,  G.  Kock  (Die  Verwendung  von 
KnoUchenhaktcrien  su  Leguminosen.  Vienna:  Mitt.  Pflanzenschutz  Stat., 
[1915],  pp.  Jf,  fig.  i).— Several  different  experiments  on  the  inoculation  of  serra- 
della  and  lupine  crops  with  nodule  bacteria  are  briefly  reviewed,  the  results  of 
which  indicated  that  the  serradella  usually  responded  more  markedly  to  treat- 
ment than  did  lupines.  The  existence  of  an  after-effect  of  inoculation  of  the 
soil  was  not  established.  Differences  were  observed  in  the  results  obtained 
with  different  types  of  bacterial  culture.  It  is  thought  that  inoculation  is  of 
great  importance  for  certain  legumes  under  German  conditions,  but  that  much 
depends  on  the  condition  of  the  soil  and  other  environmental  factors,  thus 
making  tests  of  the  process  by  each  farmer  advisable  to  establish  its  value  in 
a  locality. 

Recent  investigations  on  the  production  of  plant  food  in  the  soil,  I,  E.  J. 
Russell  (Jour.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc,  41  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  173-1S7,  figs.  2).— This 
lecture  deals  with  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  processes  involved  in 


1916]  SOILS FERTIUZEBS.  323 

the  formation  of  substances  which  the  plant  takes  from  the  soil  and  utilizes  in 
building  up  its  tissue. 

Manuxial  experiments,  G.  K.  Kelkab  (Dept.  Agr.  Bombay,  Ann.  Rpt.  Expt. 
Work  Surat  Agr.  Sta.,  1913-14,  pp.  23-31). — Six  years'  fertilizer  experiments 
with  cotton  and  sorghum  are  summarized,  the  results  of  which  are  taken  to 
indicate  that  barnyard  manure  may  well  be  replaced  by  rotted  cactus,  poudrette, 
tank  mud,  town  sweepings,  and  mowra  refuse. 

Experiments  with  cotton  and  sorghum  on  the  residual  effect  of  night  soil 
showed  that  ten  years  after  application  superior  results  were  still  obtained. 
Experiments  conducted  since  1911  comparing  the  fertilizing  value  of  night  soil 
and  poudrette  for  cotton  and  sorghum  gave  results  generally  in  favor  of  the 
night  soil.  Experiments  conducted  since  1908  to  compare  the  fertilizing  values 
of  sodium  nitrate,  calcium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  calcium  cyanamid,  and 
barnyard  manure,  Avhen  applied  to  cotton  and  sorghum  at  the  rate  of  10  lbs. 
of  nitrogen  per  acre,  showed  that  for  cotton  sodium  nitrate  and  calcium  nitrate 
gave  the  best  results,  while  for  sorghum  ammonium  sulphate  and  the  other 
artificial  fertilizers  gave  as  good  results  as  sodium  nitrate. 

Experiments  with  cotton  comparing  the  fertilizing  value  of  a  combination  of 
80  lbs.  of  calcium  nitrate  and  160  lbs.  of  superphosphate  per  acre,  with  and 
without  2.4  tons  of  barnyard  manure  per  acre,  and  with  barnyard  manure 
alone  applied  at  the  rate  of  8  tons  per  acre,  showed  that  the  best  results  were 
obtained  with  the  combination  of  artificial  fertilizers  without  manure.  The 
results  with  manure  alone  and  with  manure  and  the  artificial  mixture  were 
approximately  equal. 

Experiments  with  cotton  and  sorghum  showed  that  neither  of  these  crops 
responded  to  nitrogenous,  phosphatic,  or  potash  fertilization  on  black  cotton 
soil.  Experiments  with  cotton  and  sorghum  comparing  barnyard  manure  alone, 
used  at  the  rate  of  3  tons  per  acre,  and  a  combination  of  60  lbs.  of  ammonium 
sulphate,  224  lbs.  of  superphosphate,  and  1..5  tons  of  manure  per  acre  with  and 
without  80  lbs.  of  potassium  chlorid  per  acre,  showed  that  the  best  results  were 
obtained  with  cotton  with  the  mixture  without  potash.  The  difference  in 
results  obtained  with  the  mixture  with  potash  and  with  manure  alone  was 
slight. 

Report  on  field  fertilizer  experiments  at  the  Bernau  moor  cultivation  sta- 
tion, A.  Baumann  and  H.  Paul  (Mitt.  Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  30  (1915),  Nos.  42, 
pp.  627-630;  43,  pp.  651-653;  45,  pp.  686-688)  .—The  classified  results  of  four 
years'  experiments  with  nitrogenous,  phosphatic,  and  potash  fertilizers,  stable 
manure,  green  manure,  and  lime  on  an  upland  moor  soil  deficient  in  both 
nutritive  constituents  and  lime  are  reported.  The  cropping  system  consisted  of 
potatoes,  followed  ijn  the  third  or  fourth  year  by  rye,  which  was  then  followed 
by  meadow  or  pasture. 

A  half-and-half  mixture  of  40  per  cent  potash  salt  and  potassium-magnesium 
sulphate  was  the  best  potash  fertilizer  used,  giving  even  better  resutls  than  the 
40  per  cent  potash  salt  alone.  Phonolite  meal  was  unsuitable  as  a  potash  fer- 
tilizer for  this  soil.  Wolters  sodium  phosphate  gave  on  the  average  the  best 
results  of  the  phosphates  used,  being  better  than  bone  precipitate.  Of  the 
nitrogenous  fertilizers  used,  sodium  nitrate  gave  the  best  results,  followed  in 
order  by  calcium  nitrate,  lime  nitrogen,  and  ammonium  sulphate.  Of  these, 
ammonium  sulphate  produced  the  greatest  increase  in  the  starch  content  of 
potatoes. 

Stable  manure  used  at  rates  of  300  and  400  kg.  per  hectare  (267  and  356  lbs. 
per  acre)  produced  greater  crop  increases  than  smaller  applications  of  200  to 
300  kg.  per  hectare.  The  increases  were  small,  however,  as  compared  to  those 
56493°— 16 3 


324  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

by  sodium  nitrate,  and  tlie  influence  on  starch  content  was  not  very  marked.  In 
the  green  manuring  experiments  the  best  results  were  obtained  when  the  green 
matter  and  roots  were  used  together  with  sodium  nitrate.  Better  results  were 
obtained  with  green  matter  and  roots  together  than  with  green  matter  or  roots 
used  with  sodium  nitrate.  Liming  produced  generally  favorable  results  in  these 
soils,  althougli  nitrogen  assimilation  and  the  starch  content  of  crops  were  not 
markedly  influenced.  The  starch  content  of  potatoes  was  higher  when  lime 
was  used  alone  than  when  used  with  a  basal  fertilizer. 

Pot  culture  experiments,  1914,  J.  A.  Voelckek  (Jour.  Roy.  Agr.  Soc.  England, 
75  (191  i),  pp.  306-322,  pis.  6;  Wohurn  Expt.  Sta.  Rpt.  WUf,  pp.  23^9,  pis.  6; 
abs.  in  Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  {.1915),  No.  If,  pp.  353,  35.) ) .—Experiments 
on  the  influence  of  sulphate,  phosphate,  carbonate,  nitrate,  and  arsenite  of  cop- 
per on  wheat  in  a  relatively  rich  soil  are  reported.  The  results  are  taken  to 
indicate  that  sulphate  of  copper  has  an  injurious  effect  when  used  in  a  quantity 
supplying  0.05  per  cent  of  copper  or  more,  but  that  0.02  per  cent  of  copper  or  less 
can  safely  be  used  in  this  form  and  has  a  slightly  stimulating  effect.  Phosphate 
of  copper  has  a  generally  stimulating  influence  and  can  be  used  in  quantities 
supplying  up  to  0.1  per  cent  of  copper  without  producing  any  toxic  effect  on 
the  plant.  Carbonate  of  copper  is  nearly  as  harmful  as  sulphate  of  copper 
when  used  in  quantities  approaching  0.1  per  cent  of  copper.  With  0.05  per  cent 
the  effect  is  doubtful,  but  0.02  per  cent  or  less  has.  when  used  in  the  form  of 
carbonate,  a  stimulating  influence.  Nitrate  of  copper  when  supplying  0.02  per 
cent  of  copper  or  more  is  distinctly  harmful,  but  when  used  in  less  amounts  has 
a  stimulating  influence.  Arsenite  of  copper  is  very  harmful,  and  even  so  small 
a  quantity  as  0.05  per  cent  of  copper  in  this  form  may  be  toxic  in  its  eifects. 

p]xperiments  on  the  influence  of  the  phosphate,  carbonate,  nitrate,  sulphate, 
and  chlorid  of  lead  on  wlieat  showed  that  "  in  no  case  was  there  any  sign  of 
injury,  although  lead  had  been  used  up  to  0.1  per  cent.  The  general  result  was 
to  point,  on  the  whole,  to  a  stimulating  effect  rather  than  the  reverse.  This 
was  especially  marked  with  the  phosphate  series  and  the  nitrate  one.  With 
the  carbonate  and  sulphate  the  results  were  very  similar  to  the  untreated  and 
with  the  chlorid  the  straw  seemed  to  be  somewhat  reduced.  .  .  .  Therefore, 
lead  can  be  used  with  impunity  up  to  0.1  per  cent  with  any  of  the  salts 
employed." 

Experiments  on  the  effects  of  adding  lime  to  a  soil  rich  in  magnesia  showed 
"  that  addition  of  lime  to  a  soil  rich  in  magnesia  is  beneficial  and  can  be  ap- 
plied without  detriment  even  to  an  extent  where  the  lime  is  double  the  amount 
of  magnesia  present  in  the  soil." 

Soil-acidity  experiments  on  soil  continuously  cropped  to  barley  led  to  the 
conclusion  "  that  where  soil  acidity  has  gone  to  the  extent  that  a  crop  can  not 
be  produced,  lime  as  carbonate  of  lime  may  advantageously  be  added  to  an 
extent  exceeding  that  required  to  neutralize  the  acidity  present,  but  that  where 
acidity  may  be  indicated  but  a  fair  crop  be  still  produced,  there  is  no  advan- 
tage from  adding  lime  as  carbonate  of  lime  even  to  the  neutralizing  point. 
Lastly,  when  no  acidity  is  shown,  further  liming  is  thrown  away."  In  no  case 
did  the  use  of  calcium  carbonate  produce  the  harmful  effects  produced  by 
caustic  lime. 

Experiments  with  mustard,  barley,  peas,  and  tomatoes  to  determine  the  in- 
fluence of  inoculating  soil  with  Bottomley's  peat  preparation  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  "  the  peat  preparation  exercised  a  distinct  influence  upon  the 
vegetation.  The  results  with  barley,  peas,  and  mustard,  coupled  with  those  on 
the  vegetative  growth  of  the  tomatoes,  clearly  show  that  there  is  something 
elTected  by  the  peat  and  that  this  is  due  not  to  the  chemical  composition  alone." 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  325 

The  Illinois  system  of  soil  fertility  from  the  standpoint  of  the  practical 
farmer,  Beothee  Leo  (Illinois  Sta.  Circ.  186  (1916),  pp.  3-8). — This  is  an 
iiddress  before  the  Illinois  Farmers'  Institute  at  Decatur,  Februai*y  22,  1916, 
in  which  a  popular  discussion  of  the  well-Iinown  Illinois  system  of  soil  fertility 
is  given  together  with  an  account  of  the  successful  use  of  this  system  on  the 
farm  of  the  University  of  Notre  Dame. 

The  use  of  fertilizers  in  1916,  W.  P.  Brooks  (Massachusetts  Sta.  Circ.  59 
(1915).  pp.  8). — This  circular  gives  the  substance  of  the  points  agi'eed  upon  at  a 
conference  of  the  directors  of  the  New  York,  New  Jersey,  and  New  England 
stations,  with  the  addition  in  a  few  cases  of  conclusions  based  chiefly  upon 
results  of  experimental  work  at  the  Massachusetts  Station. 

Growing  crops  without  potash  in  1916,  O.  D.  Woods  (Maine  Sta.  Doc.  520 
(1915),  pp.  15). — This  is  an  address  delivered  before  the  Maine  Seed  Improve- 
ment Association,  December  8,  1915,  which  is  based  in  part  upon  the  conclusions 
reached  at  a  meeting  of  the  directors  of  the  New  England,  New  Jersey,  and 
New  York  stations  and  in  part  on  special  studies  made  by  the  Maine  Station. 

The  action  of  new  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  Gerlach  (Mitt.  Dent.  Landw. 
Gesell,  31  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  90-93). — Pot  experiments  with  oats  and  white  mus- 
tard on  weak  humus  loamy  sand  and  loamy  sand,  plat  experiments  with  oats, 
rye,  and  wheat  on  loamy  sand,  and  field  experiments  with  beets,  barley,  and 
rye  on  loamy  sand  and  light  loamy  sand  soil  are  reported,  the  purpose  of 
which  was  to  determine  the  relative  fertilizing  action  of  sodium  nitrate,  lime 
nitrogen,  urea,  urea  nitrate,  annnonium  sulphate,  ammonium  chlorid,  ammonium 
bicarbonate,  ammonium  sodium  sulphate,  and  an  organic  nitrogenous  fertilizer. 

It  was  found  that  under  the  favorable  conditions  existing  in  the  pot  experi- 
ments, lime  nitrogen  and  urea  showed  a  fertilizing  action  approximately  equal 
to  that  of  the  ammonium  and  nitrate  fertilizers.  In  the  field  experiments, 
and  especially  on  light  soils,  the  opposite  was  frequently  the  case.  Urea 
usually  gave  better  results  than  lime  nitrogen.  The  lime  nitrogen  gave,  in 
general,  relatively  unfavorable  results  and  it  is  thought  that  field  experiments 
of  long  duration  with  it  and  urea  are  necessary  to  determine  the  conditions  for 
their  best  utilization.  Urea  nitrate,  while  not  generally  giving  the  same 
results  as  urea,  is  considered  a  valuable  fertilizer.  Ammonium  chlorid  and 
ammonium  sodium  sulphate  gave  as  good  results  in  pot  cultures  as  ammonium 
sulphate,  but  the  results  of  field  experiments  with  these  two  fertilizers  were 
unfavorable.  Ammonium  bicarbonate  did  not  give  as  good  results  as  the 
other  fertilizer  salts,  especially  on  sand  soils.  The  least  favorable  results 
were  obtained  from  the  organic  fertilizer.  No  injurious  action  by  any  of  the 
fertilizers  was  observed. 

Phosphates  and  honesty,  C.  G.  Hopkins  (Illinois  Sta.  Circ.  186  (1916),  pp. 
9-31). — This  is  an  address  before  the  Illinois  Farmers'  Institute  at  Decatur, 
February  22,  1916,  consisting  of  a  summary  of  results  of  experiments  at  a  num- 
ber of  the  state  agricultural  experiment  stations  on  the  use  of  phosphatic  ferti- 
lizers from  which  it  is  concluded  "  that  where  phosphorus  is  deficient  in  the  soil 
it  must  be  applied  in  order  to  increase  and  permanently  maintain  fertility  or 
productive  power.  At  moderate  prices  either  bone  meal,  acid  phosphate,  basic 
slag  phosphate,  or  line-ground  natural  rock  phosphate  may  be  used  with  profit. 
When  prices  are  sufficiently  low,  the  more  readily  available  phosphates  are 
probably  best,  especially  for  garden  crops  or  on  soils  which  are  deficient  in 
decaying  organic  matter,  or  when  the  cost  of  raw  phosphate  is  prohibitive; 
but  even  for  garden  crops,  and  also  in  beginning  soil  improvements  for  general 
farm  crops  even  before  adequate  supplies  of  organic  matter  can  be  provided, 
liberal  applications  of  raw  phositlinte  may  well  be  used  when  exhorbitnnt 
prices  are  charged  for  other  phospliates." 


326  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

Certain  factors  which  influence  the  fertilizing  action  of  the  slightly 
soluble  phosphates,  H.  G.  Sodekbaum  (K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Eandl.  och  Tidskr., 
54  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  448-477,  figs.  7 ;  Meddel.  Centralanst.  Forsoksv.  Jordbruk- 
somrddet,  No.  112  (1915),  pp.  35,  figs.  7 ;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  9  (1915),  No.  23, 
p.  3319). — Pot  cultui-e  experiments  with  oats,  barley,  rye,  and  wheat  on  soils 
deficient  in  both  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  to  determine  the  influence  of 
the  carbonate  and  sulphate  of  magnesium,  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate, 
and  organic  nitrogen  on  the  fertilizing  action  of  superphosphate,  Thomas  slag, 
dicalcium  phosphate,  tricalcium  phosphate,  bone  meal,  Algerian  phosphate, 
and  apatite  are  reported. 

Previous  experiments  on  the  influence  of  lime  on  the  slightly  soluble  phos- 
phates are  reviewed,  which  showed  that  while  the  addition  of  lime  to  the 
readily  soluble  phosphates  had  no  marked  influence  upon  their  fertilizing 
action,  that  of  the  less  soluble  phosphates  was  inhibited.  With  a  low  lime 
content  in  the  soil  either  type  of  phosphate  was  used  to  advantage,  but  with  a 
high  lime  content  the  insoluble  phosphates  gave  no  favorable  results. 

In  the  present  experiments  it  was  found  that  when  using  superphosphate  a 
larger  crop  yield  was  obtained  with  ammonium  sulphate  than  with  sodium 
nitrate,  but  when  using  tricalcium  phosphate  the  opposite  was  true.  The 
results  varied  with  the  crops,  wheat  being  more  sensitive  than  the  others. 
When  using  dicalcium  phosphate  little  difference  was  observed  in  the  action 
of  the  two  nitrogen  compounds.  With  the  less  soluble  phosphates  ammonium 
sulphate  and  organic  nitrogen  proved  superior  to  sodium  nitrate,  except  with 
barley,  with  which  ammonium  sulphate  and  organic  nitrogen  always  gave  a 
poorer  crop  than  sodium  nitrate,  regardless  of  the  type  of  phosphate  used. 
When  magnesium  sulphate  was  used  with  the  readily  soluble  phosphates, 
little  influence  was  observed  on  crop  growth,  regardless  of  the  form  of  nitrogen 
used,  but  when  magnesium  carbonate  and  ammonium  sulphate  were  used  with 
readily  soluble  phosphates  a  distinctly  increased  yield  was  obtained.  With  the 
less  soluble  phosphates,  magnesium  sulphate  gave  slight  and  conflicting  results, 
and  the  results  obtained  with  magnesium  carbonate  varied  with  the  plant,  the 
yield  of  rye  and  wheat  being  increased  and  that  of  barley  and  oats  slightly 
decreased. 

Displacement  of  the  potash  and  phosphoric-acid  contents  of  certain  rocks 
by  some  fertilizers,  G.  AndeiS  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  162  (1916), 
No.  3,  pp.  133-136;  abs.  in  Rev.  Sci.  [Paris],  54  (1916),  I,  No.  3,  p.  94).— Experi- 
ments conducted  along  lines  similar  to  those  with  feldspar,  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  126),  are  reported  in  which  glauconite  containing  7.08  per  cent 
potash  was  subjected  to  the  action  of  calcium  carbonate,  sodium  chlorid, 
sodium  carbonate,  ammonium  sulphate,  and  calcium  sulphate  in  the  presence 
of  water,  using  1  gm.  of  the  salts  to  10  gm.  of  glauconite.  It  was  found  that 
the  salts  in  the  order  mentioned  dissolved  3.24,  5.67,  5.62,  7.17,  9.97,  and  5.56 
per  cent  of  the  total  potash  content  of  the  glauconite.  These  results  are  said 
to  be  greater  than  those  obtained  with  feldspar. 

In  further  experiments  with  apatite,  using  ammonium  carbonate,  sodium 
nitrate,  potassium  nitrate,  and  potassium  carbonate,  it  was  found  that  ammo- 
nium carbonate  and  the  nitrates  failed  to  displace  any  appreciable  amount  of 
phosphoric  acid.  Potassium  carbonate  displaced  about  0.35  per  cent  of  the 
phosphoric-acid  content  of  the  apatite. 

Feldspar  as  a  possible  source  of  American  potash,  A.  S.  Cushman  and 
G.  W.  CoGGEHHAi.i,  (Trans.  A)ner.  Inst.  Chem.  Engin.,  7  (1914),  PP-  184-202). — 
In  a  second  contribution  to  the  subject  (E.  S.  R„  27,  p.  724),  the  authors  report 
additional  investigations  which  were  conducted  with  the  idea  of  separating  and 


1916] 


SOILS FERTILIZERS. 


327 


concentrating  the  soluble  potash  salts  made  available  by  the  process  previously 
noted.  The  process  developed  has  been  previously  described  by  Coggeshall 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  27). 

The  results  of  a  comparison  of  the  product  with  imported  German  muriates 
are  taken  to  indicate  that  "  without  any  attempt  at  fractional  separation, 
muriate  of  potash  may  be  made  from  American  feldspars  equal  in  character  to 
the  usual  imported  muriates,  and  that  they  are  as  well  adapted  to  be  used 
in  commercial  mixed  fertilizers  as  those  imported."  After  a  further  comparison 
and  discussion  of  costs  of  plant  and  operation,  it  is  stated  that  "  if  80  per  cent 
muriate  of  potash  has  been  heretofore  used  at  a  cost  in  this  country  of  $37.50 
per  ton,  there  is  shown  a  saving  by  the  above  process  of  over  $6  per  ton,  or  20 
per  cent  profit  on  the  manufacturing  cost." 

Potash  from  fir  wood  mill  waste,  H.  F.  Zoller  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin. 
Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  105-108). — Analyses  of  Douglas  fir  and  cedar  ashes 
are  reported,  the  results  of  which,  together  with  other  general  considerations, 
are  taken  to  indicate  "  that  it  is  possible  to  obtain  potash,  calculated  as  K2O, 
from  Douglas  fir  mill  waste  incinerators  in  the  amounts  of  from  10  to  20  lbs. 
per  ton  of  '  ash '  employed.  Furthermore,  that  this  potash  may  be  obtained, 
along  with  other  extractable  matter,  by  merely  leaching  the  ash  in  suitable 
vats  with  hot  water  for  a  24-hour  period  and  in  all  probability  a  12-hour  period 
would  be  as  efficient." 

Potash  from,  kelp:  A  record  of  handling  kelp  in  comjnercial  large-scale 
operation,  I.  F.  Laucks  {Metallurg.  and  Chem.  Engin.,  14  (1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
SOJf-308,  figs.  6). — This  is  a  record  of  a  trial  of  large  scale  kelp  handling  opera- 
tions, confined  entirely  to  the  species  Nereocystis  Juetkeana  of  Puget  Sound, 
including  methods  and  cost  of  harvesting,  transporting,  and  drying. 

It  is  stated  that  this  type  of  kelp  contains  an  average  of  between  92  and 
93  per  cent  water.  "  The  cheapest  and  most  satisfactory  type  of  conveyor  is 
the  chain  conveyor  with  wooden  flights  and  either  double  or  single  chain. 
.  .  .    The  direct-heat  rotary  drier  appears  to  be  the  most  satisfactory  type." 

The  composition  and  use  of  certain  seaweeds,  J.  Hendeick  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr. 
[London],  22  (1916),  No.  11,  pp.  1095-1107).— A  summary  of  analyses  of  a  large 
number  of  samples  of  the  common  seaweeds  and  their  ash  collected  from  differ- 
ent points  on  the  coast  of  Scotland  is  given.  The  following  table  shows  the 
percentages  of  ash  and  of  potash  in  the  ash  of  the  different  seaweeds : 

Ash  and  potash  of  seaweed. 


Kind  of  seaweed. 

Ash  in  weed  as  received. 

Potash  in  ash. 

Maximum. 

Minimum. 

Average. 

Maximum. 

Minimum. 

Average. 

Laminar ia  digitata: 

Stems 

Fronds 

Per  cent. 
8.19 
10.46 

6.15 
5.22 
9.06 
8.02 
6.64 

Per  cent. 

4.78 
3.75 

5.56 
4.31 
4.66 
5.52 

4.88 

Per  cent. 
6.32 
5.66 

5.78 
4.66 
6.53 
6.35 
5.49 

Per  cent. 
35.62 
26.35 

39.21 
22.03 
20.82 
14.88 
20.76 

Per  cent. 
20.10 
16.80 

27.07 
17.47 
12.35 
9.47 
16.71 

Per  cent. 
28.71 
20.99 

L.  stenophylla: 

Stems 

Fronds 

Fticus  vesiculosus 

33.60 
20.21 
15.29 

P.  nodosus 

12.22 

18.60 

The  fertilizing  action  of  sodium  chlorid,  B.  Schulze  (Landw.  Vers.  Stat., 
86  (1915),  No.  5-6.  pp.  323-330;  abs.  in  Chem.  ZentU.,  1915,  II,  No.  5,  p.  239; 
Ztschr.  Angeio.  Chem.,  28  (1915),  No.  65,  Referatenteil,  p.  421;  Jour.  Chem.  Soc. 
ILondon},  108  (1915),  No.  634,  I,  P-  764).— Fot  experiments  with  mustard  on  a 


328  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

soil  poor  in  potash  and  on  a  mixture  of  loam  soil  and  sand  to  determine  the 
extent  of  the  action  of  common  salt  in  setting  free  the  potash  from  an  artificial 
potassium  zeolite  are  reported.  The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  common 
salt  solution  does  not  have  a  solvent  effect  on  potassium  zeolites,  and  that  if  an 
increase  in  crop  is  obtained  by  fertilizing  with  common  salt  it  can  not  be 
attril)uted  to  the  indirect  effect  of  the  salt  in  setting  free  the  potash  of  potas- 
sium zeolites  in  the  soil.  It  is  further  concluded  that  sodium  may  act  directly 
as  a  nutritive  element  for  some  plants. 

Eat  fertilizers,  C.  N.  Ageton  {Estac.  Expt.  Af/ron.  [Cuba],  Informe  An.,  3 
{1909-1914},  pp.  92-97). — Analyses  of  37  samples  of  bat  guano  from  Cuba  are 
reported  and  discussed. 

Notes  on  the  chemical  composition  of  Karroo  ash,  C.  F.  Juritz  (So.  African 
Jour.  Sci.,  12  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  133-142). — A  number  of  miscellaneous  analyses 
of  kraal  manure  and  the  burned  manure  ash  from  stock-raising  districts  of 
South  Africa  are  reported.  A  summary  of  analyses  of  29  samples  of  the  ash 
showed  average  contents  of  potash  9.85,  lime  21.81,  and  phosphoric  acid  2.86 
per  cent. 

Fertilizer  analyses,  A.  J.  Patten,  O.  B.  Winter,  O.  P.  Jensen,  and  E.  F. 
Bekger  {Michigan  Sta.  Bui.  275  {1915),  pp.  3-25).— This  bulletin  contains  the 
results  of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of  358  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fer- 
tilizing materials  representing  300  brands  offered  for  sale  in  Michigan  during 
1915.  Of  these  21  were  below  guaranty  in  nitrogen,  19  in  available  phosphoric 
acid,  5  in  total  phosphoric  acid,  and  33  in  potash. 

Tabulated  analyses  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  fertilizer  materials,  J.  W. 
Sample  {Torn.  Dept.  Agr.  Pert.  Bui.  1915,  pp.  61). — This  bulletin  contains  the 
results  of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of  376  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fer- 
tilizing materials  collected  for  inspection  in  Tennessee  during  1915,  together 
with  general  Information  for  farmers  on  the  use  of  fertilizers  and  the  text  of 
the  state  fertilizer  inspection  law. 

Commercial  fertilizers,  inspection  1915,  B.  H.  Hite  and  F.  B.  Kunst  (irc.sf 
Virginia  Sta.  Innp.  Bui.  4  {1916),  pp.  69). — This  bulletin  contains  the  results  of 
actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of  332  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing 
materials  collected  for  inspection  in  West  Virginia  during  1915,  together  with 
a  discussion  of  the  fertilizer  situation,  inspection  work,  etc. 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Agricultural  bacteriology,  H.  L.  Kissell  and  E.  G.  Hastings  {Madison, 
^yis.:  II.  L.  KusseU.  1915,  pp.  VI +304,  fiffs.  48).— The  present  edition  (E.  S.  R., 
22,  p.  723)  treats  of  the  properties  of  micro-organisms,  soil  bacteriology,  the 
relation  of  micro-organisms  to  foods,  and  transmissible  diseases.  One  chapter 
deals  with  bacterial  diseases  of  plants. 

Determining  types  of  genera,  O.  F.  Cook  {Jour.  Wash.  Arad.  Sci.,  6  {1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  137-140). — This  is  a  discussion  of  the  need  for  a  stable  taxonomy  in 
both  branches  of  biological  science  and  the  difficulties  to  be  overcome  in  working 
out  a  practicable  system. 

Physiological  temperature  indices  for  the  study  of  plant  growth  in  rela- 
tion to  climatic  conditions,  B.  E.  Livingston  {Phi/^ioi.  Researches,  1  {1916), 
No.  8,  pp.  399-420,  figs.  4;  abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p.  362). — 
This  publication  doals  with  the  derivation  and  use  of  a  series  of  physiological 
indices  of  temperatm-e  efficiency  for  plant  growth,  these  indices  being  derived 
from  data  obtained  by  liChenbauer  in  a  study  of  the  relation  of  temjjerature  to 
the  elongation  rate  in  seedling  maize  shoots  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  334).    The  system 


1916]  AGRICULTUEAL  BOTANY.  329 

is  said  to  differ  from  others  in  tliat  it  is  based  on  actual  physiological  experi- 
mentation, it  talies  account  of  the  general  principle  of  temperature  minima,  op- 
tima, and  maxima,  and  it  shows  a  much  gi-eater  rate  of  increase  for  the  index 
value  with  rising  temperature  between  35.6  and  89.6°  F.  (2  to  32°  C.)  than  does 
either  of  the  other  systems  to  which,  on  whole,  it  is  considered  preferable. 

By  the  use  of  these  new  indices,  physiological  summation  indices  of  tempera- 
ture efficiency  for  plant  growth  have  been  obtained  for  many  stations  in  the 
United  States,  and  these  have  been  charted  to  give  a  new  temperature  zone 
map  of  the  country.  It  is  thought  that  the  physiological  system  of  indices  gives 
tlie  nearest  approach  yet  made  to  a  true  expression  of  the  relation  of  tempera- 
ture to  plant  growth. 

Acacia  seedlings,  R.  H.  Cambage  (Jour,  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  49 
{1915),  pt.  1,  pp.  81-121,  pis.  5,  figs.  5). — The  author  gives  details  obtained  by 
him  in  the  study  of  species  of  Acacia  as  met  with  in  Australia,  where  mem- 
bers of  this  genus  show  various  forms  and  degrees  of  variation  of  the  sev- 
eral parts,  presumably  under  the  influence  of  the  peculiar  conditions  there 
prevailing. 

Multiple  leaves  in  clover,  J.  Pekribaz  (Bui.  Soc.  Vaud.  Set.  Nat.,  5.  ser., 
50  (1914).  ^0.  182,  pp.  15-22,  fig.  1). — The  author  concludes  a  discussion  of  his 
observations  by  stating  that  the  appearance  of  supplementary  leaflets  in  the 
different  species  of  clover  is  due  to  heredity  or  to  nutritive  factors.  These 
may  be  distinguished,  as  the  latter  appear  on  the  same  plan  as  the  normal 
growth  while  the  former  appear  on  a  different  plan. 

Variations  in  flowers  of  Iris,  R.  Pirotta  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  Cl. 
Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  9,  pp.  897,  S98).— Discussing 
the  appearance  in  Iris  flowers  of  flecks,  spots,  or  lines,  which  in  some  cases 
were  even  showy,  varying  in  form,  size,  number,  and  position,  or  sometimes 
lacking  in  successive  seasons,  the  author  mentions  his  more  recent  observations 
of  other  variations,  which  are  as  yet  incomplete. 

On  the  inheritance  of  the  flowering'  time  in  peas  and  rice,  Y.  Hoshino 
(Jour.  Col.  Agr.  Tohoku  Imp.  Univ.,  6  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  229-288,  pis.  5).— Since 
1907  the  author  has  carried  on  genetical  studies  with  rice  and  peas,  his  work 
bearing  upon  the  theory  of  a  multiple  factor. 

It  is  claimed  that  his  experimentation  has  demonstrated  the  fixity  of  the 
character  of  flowering  time  in  the  original  varieties  of  peas  and  the  presence 
of  two  pure  lines  in  the  population  of  one  variety.  Flowering  time  in  the  Fi 
generation  inclines  toward  the  late  parent  in  peas,  toward  the  early  one  in 
rice.  The  variation  range  of  F2  families  covers  the  combined  range  of  both 
parent  varieties,  but  their  variation  type  is  not  the  ordinary  one.  The  inher- 
itance of  flowering  time  follows  the  Mendelian  law  in  the  Fs  and  F*  generations. 
As  an  explanation  of  the  inheritance  of  flowering  time  in  peas,  the  author  sug- 
gests the  presence  of  two  Mendelian  factors  which  differ  in  their  effects,  and 
gametic  contamination  caused  by  hybridization  whose  nature  is  not  yet  ex- 
plainable. From  a  study  of  the  variation  types  in  peas,  it  is  thought  that  the 
hereditary  difference  of  the  two  pure  lines  is  qualitative  and  not  quantitative.  A 
correlation  is  noted  between  flowering  time  and  flower  color  in  peas,  which  is 
thought  to  be  explainable  by  assuming  gametic  coupling  between  the  color 
factor  and  one  of  the  two  factors  for  flowering  time. 

A  bud  variation  of  the  scarlet  runner,  J.  Reinke  (Ber.  Deitt.  Bot.  Gesell., 
33  (1915),  No.  7,  pp.  324-348). — An  account  with  discussion  is  given  of  the 
appearance  in  1913  of  a  strain  of  Phaseolus  mnltiflorus,  some  of  the  upper 
inflorescences  of  which  bore  white  corollas,  also  further  observations  upon 
phases  of  development  and  heredity  in  the  progeny. 


330  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Amphiclinous  hybrids,  H.  de  Vbies  (Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell.,  SS  (1915),  No. 
8,  pp.  461-468). — The  author  has  found  that  the  crossing  of  (Enothera  lamarck- 
iana  with  CE.  lamarckiana  nanella  gives,  according  to  cultural  conditions,  from 
0  to  90  per  cent  of  dwarfs  in  the  progeny.  The  percentage  is  usually  below  50 
per  cent  in  the  progeny  of  the  first  year,  but  above  that  figure  in  that  of  the 
second.  These  figures  may  be  raised  by  early  planting  or  abundant  water 
supply  during  the  period  of  root  formation.  The  percentage  of  dwarfs  in  the 
progeny  is  thus  not  constant,  depending  greatly  upon  cultural  conditions. 

Recent  mutations  of  Solanum  commersonii,  Labeegekie  {Rev.  Vit.,  4S 
{1915),  No.  1117,  pp.  406,  407). — An  account  is  given  of  the  sudden  appearance 
in  1914  of  two  mutants,  which  are  described,  in  the  progeny  of  two  plants  of 
S.  commersonii  grown  for  several  years  in  contact  with  a  domestic  variety  of 
potato.  The  phenomena  noted  are  compared  with  those  reported  by  Planchon 
(E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  130)  and  Heckel  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  222).  It  is  suggested  that 
solar  illumination  may  be  a  factor  in  such  cases. 

A  case  of  leaf  etiolation  due  to  cold,  G.  Gassneb  (Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell., 
33  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  478-486,  pi.  1). — Studies  previously  reported  by  the  author, 
partly  in  connection  with  Appel  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  345),  have  been  followed  up 
with  tests  of  the  aftereffects  of  low  temperatures  on  germinating  oats.  Plants 
germinated  at  from  1  to  2°  C,  as  compared  with  those  sprouted  at  5  to  6°  or 
20°,  remained  pale  and  backward  in  growth  under  favorable  conditions  of  heat 
and  light. 

Experimental  production  of  tuberous  growth  at  the  expense  of  the  root 
in  potato,  M.  Moli.iakd  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  {1915),  No.  18, 
pp.  531,  532). — The  author  produced  in  potato  seedlings  grown  in  tightly  closed 
tubes  tuberous  development  containing  starch  on  the  lower  part  of  the  stem, 
apparently  at  the  expense  of  other  portions  of  the  plant.  These  conditions 
showed  marked  contrast  with  those  in  plants  similarly  kept,  except  that  air  was 
freely  admitted. 

The  question  of  a  physiological  unity  constituted  by  a  leaf  with  its  inter- 
node,  J.  KuiJPEB  (Kuyper)  {Arch.  Suikerindus.  Nederland.  Indie,  23  {1915), 
No.  34,  pp.  1285-1293,  fig.  1). — The  question  regarding  a  possible  physiological 
unity  constituted  by  the  leaf  blade,  the  leaf  sheath,  and  the  internode  having 
arisen  in  the  course  of  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  627),  the  author  has 
investigated  different  varieties  of  sugar  cane.  From  this  work  he  has  concluded 
that  the  view  of  a  purely  local  physiological  influence  in  case  of  a  given  leaf  is 
not  supported  by  the  evidence  obtained. 

Contributions  to  the  physiology  of  stomata  in  Saccharum  officinarum,  J. 
KuiJPEU  (Kuyper)  {Arch.  Suikerindus.  Nederland.  Indie,  23  {1915),  No.  44,  pp. 
1673-1700,  pi.  1). — Studies  previously  noted  regarding  stomatal  structure  in 
sugar  cane  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  628)  have  been  followed  up  with  investigations 
of  the  influence  on  stomatal  behavior  of  light,  temperature,  and  humidity. 

It  is  stated  that  while  direct  sunshine  is  very  effective  in  causing  the  stomata 
to  open,  darkness  causes  them  to  close,  although  in  prolonged  darkness 
the  stomata  sometimes  open  to  a  very  small  but  constant  degree.  In  moderate 
illumination  from  a  clouded  sky,  the  stomata  open  slowly  and  slightly  as  com- 
pared with  the  behavior  in  strong  sunshine,  sunny  mornings  appearing  to  be 
valuable  from  the  standpoint  of  cane  culture.  When  temperatures  of  from  48 
to  45"  C.  (109.4  to  113°  F.)  were  produced  by  the  absorption  of  sunshine  by 
the  dark  clotli  covers  the  stomata  were  opened  by  the  heat,  but  when  a  shelter 
was  provided  the  stomata  closed  normally  as  in  darkness.  So  far  as  it  was 
possible  to  ascertain  the  influence  of  air  humidity  free  from  complication  by 
other- factors,  a  high  humidity  of  the  air  ai)|)(iirs  to  increase  stomatiil  opening. 


1916]  AGRICULTTJRAI.   BOTANY.  331 

The  morning  rate  of  pwietration  is  greater  than  the  afternoon  rate  in  every 
variety,  but  the  hour  of  closing  and  the  difference  between  maximum  and 
minimum  opening  differ  with  the  variety.  The  author  thinks  that  early  closing 
may  be  a  profitable  feature  for  the  plant  on  account  of  a  more  economical 
water  balance. 

It  is  thought  that,  while  many  facts  referred  to  periodicity  may  be  explained 
by  the  influence  of  light,  temperature,  and  water  content,  there  are  still  some 
indications  that  after  a  prolonged  period  of  darkness,  the  stomata  tend  to 
open  between  8  and  10  a.  m.,  suggesting  a  tendency  to  periodicity. 

Observations  on  transpiration  in  sugar  cane,  J.  Kuijpeb  (Kuypee)  {Arch. 
Stiikerindiis.  Nederland.  Indie,  23  {1915),  No.  45,  pp.  1715-1733,  pi.  1,  fig.  1).-— 
The  work  above  reported  was  followed  up  with  experiments  on  transpiration 
in  connection  with  the  movements  of  the  stomata  and  accompanying  water  loss 
in  sugar  cane.  Fresh  stalks  from  six  to  nine  months  old  were  cut  in  the  early 
morning  and  placed  in  large  bottles  of  water  the  surface  of  which  was  protected 
from  evaporation  by  a  layer  of  oil. 

Abundant  watering  of  the  plants  approximately  doubled  the  amount  of  water 
ordinarily  transpired.  The  daily  course  of  transpiration  in  different  varieties 
permits  their  arrangement  into  three  groups,  two  of  these  attaining  their 
maxima  respectively  in  early  morning  and  at  11  o'clock,  while  those  of  the 
third  group  show  very  small  differences  during  the  whole  day.  These  differ- 
ences in  the  utilization  of  available  water  are  supposed  to  correspond  to  dif- 
ferences in  production  and  in  resistance  to  drought. 

The  daily  loss  of  weight  in  one  variety  may  double  that  in  another.  No 
connection  was  established  between  transpiration  rate  and  stomatal  count  of 
leaf  area.  The  maximum  transpiration  rate  may  be  reached  after  the  stomata 
have  begun  to  close,  the  rate  of  transpiration  being  in  a  measure  independent  of 
stomatal  behavior.  Decrease  or  deprivation  of  light  decreases  transpiration. 
The  varietal  differences  in  transpiration  rate  are  thought  to  be  important  as 
giving  a  new  basis  for  the  selection  of  canes  for  certain  conditions  of  soil  and 
climate. 

Sap  ascent,  A.  Maillefer  {Bui.  Soc.  Vaud.  Set.  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  50  {1914),  No. 
182,  pp.  23-30). — It  is  thought  that  the  amount  of  energy  due  to  transpiration 
of  water  evaporated,  15.1  kilogrammeters  per  kilogram,  is  insufficient  to  ac- 
count for  the  observed  facts  of  sap  ascent,  and  that  the  living  cells  of  the 
wood  must  also  play  a  part. 

A  new  theory  of  g'um  flow,  P.  Sorauee  {Ztschr.  Pflanzenkrank.,  25  {1915), 
Nos.  2,  pp.  71-84;  S,  pp.  134-154,  figs.  5).— As  a  result  of  later  studies  (E.  S.  R., 
27,  p.  851)  on  the  characters  and  behavior  of  cells  and  tissues  in  plants  showing 
gum  flow,  the  author  states  that  cultivated  cherry  trees  belong  to  one  of  those 
families  which  show  considerable  tendency  to  liquidation  of  certain  portions  of 
their  cell  membranes  due  to  reactions  in  various  stored  substances.  This 
tendency  may  often  be  noted  in  very  young  branch  tips  which  may  show  cell 
deterioration  or  gummosis.  The  conditions  for  gummosis  here  existing  do  not 
necessarily  result  in  its  appearance,  often  having  only  symptomatic  significance 
and  showing  on  examination  merely  more  or  less  predisposition  thereto. 

It  appears  that  gummosis  is  primarily  a  condition  of  local  plethora  or  a 
storing  of  material  which,  on  account  of  its  richness  in  hydrolyzing  enzyms, 
can  not  develop  into  normal  cell  tissue.  This  condition  manifests  itself  through 
the  coloration  of  certain  cells  and  may  be  related  in  its  development  to  weather 
and  nutritive  conditions. 

Tlie  artificial  absorption  of  liquids  by  aerial  parts  of  plants,  C.  Acqua 
{Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  23  {191^),  II, 
No.  3,  pp.  78-84). — Experiments  are  described  leading  to  the  conclusion  that 


332  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

plants  can  easily  take  up  sub&tances  in  solution,  either  by  means  of  their  leaf 
surfaces  or  through  cut  ends  of  branches,  the  latter  method  entailing  compara- 
tively slight  injury.  While  some  plants  are  said  to  resist  for  a  longer  time 
seasonal  or  abnormal  tendencies  under  the  influence  of  absorbed  solutes,  it  is 
thought  that  no  very  important  alterations  of  the  general  condition  of  the 
plants  can  be  produced  in  this  way  at  the  present  time.  It  is  believed,  how- 
ever, that  these  methods  may  be  employed  in  the  study  of  some  important  agri- 
cultural problems. 

Albuminous  bodies  in  cells  as  ergastic  substances,  A.  Meyer  {Ber.  Deut. 
Bot.  Gesell,  33  {1915),  No.  7,  pp.  373-379). — This  is  a  preliminary  discussion 
of  the  author's  conception  of  dissolved  or  ultramicroscopic  substances  or  bodies 
as  a  reserve  at  the  disposal  of  the  working  portions  of  the  cells. 

The  physiolog'ical  theory  of  chlorophyll,  E.  G.  Pringsheim  {Ber.  Deut.  Bot. 
Gesell,  33  {1915),  lYo.  7.  pp.  379-385). — This  is  largely  a  discussion  of  the 
contributions  by  Iwanowski  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  824)  on  a  physiological  theory  of 
chlorophyll. 

Artificial  hastening  by  pressure  of  water  absorption  by  seeds,  H.  de  Vbies 
{Biol.  Centbl.,  35  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  161-176) .—On  account  of  the  slow  and  par- 
tial germination  of  the  seeds  in  testing  for  mutation,  involving  the  danger  of 
loss  of  possible  forms,  the  author  attempted  to  overcome  the  difficulty  by  sub- 
jecting the  seeds  to  pressures  of  from  6  to  8  atmospheres  for  2  or  3  days. 

It  was  found  that  the  rate  of  germination  was  largely  increased,  approaching, 
or  in  some  cases  reaching,  100  per  cent.  It  is  thought  that  the  effect  of  pres- 
sure is  to  force  the  water  into  the  interstices  from  which  it  is  ordinarily 
excluded  by  air  .spaces  or  bubbles. 

The  action  of  hydrogen  ions  and  some  anions  on  the  germinative  period  of 
Avena  sativa,  F.  Plate  {Atti  R.  Aecad.  Lineci,  Rend.  CI.  Set.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat., 
5.  ser.,  23  {1914),  H,  No.  5,  pp.  i66-i7i).— Reporting  studies  related  to  those 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  727),  and  testing  the  influences  of  common 
acids  on  the  growth  of  A.  sativa.  the  author  states  that  both  cations  and  anions 
exert  influences  which  are  chemically  and  biologically  distinct.  The  hydrogen 
ion  is  localized  and  exerts  its  influence  mainly  in  the  roots,  and  the  anion  is 
localized  and  exerts  its  influence  in  the  region  of  the  growing  points. 

Studies  on  the  influence  of  the  chlorids  on  the  germinative  period  of 
Avena  sativa,  F.  Plate  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat., 
5.  ser.,  23  {19W,  II,  No.  6,  pp.  23^-238) .—In  continuance  of  the  studies  reported 
above,  but  employing  chlorids  in  solutions  of  different  strengths,  the  author 
details  the  effects  thereby  produced  on  growth.  An  arrangement  is  made  of 
alkaline  nitrates  and  chlorids  in  two  series  according  to  their  observed  effects 
on  the  total  weiglit  of  the  plant,  growth  of  root,  growth  of  shoot,  correlation  of 
development,  and  atomic  weights  of  the  positive  elements  employed. 

It  is  stated  that  the  kind  of  anion  present  has  a  certain  influence  upon  the 
action  of  the  cation  employed  when  the  action  of  the  latter  is  not  toxic  to  the 
plant.  If  the  cation  is  decidedly  toxic,  this  toxicity  is  maintained  whatever 
anion  may  be  employed. 

Hydrocyanic  acid  formation  in  the  germination  of  seeds.  III,  IV,  G. 
Ravenna  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  23 
{191J,),  II,  No.  6,  pp.  222-226;  7,  pp.  302-306).— In  pursuance  of  reports  on 
studies  carried  out  in  connection  with  others  (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  .534;  27,  p.  132), 
the  author  gives  an  account  of  the  methods  employed  and  the  results  obtained 
In  a  study  of  hydrocyanic  acid  in  germinating  seeds  of  Phaseolus  Innatns.  An 
augmentation  of  that  component  was  noted  in  the  early  period  of  germination, 
but  this  was  followed  by  a  diminution. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY.  333 

Experiments  on  the  physiology  of  indigo-yielding'  glucosids,  F.  R.  Pab- 
NELL  i.]fem.  Dept.  Afjr.  India,  Bot.  Ser.,  7  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  195-212). — Giving 
details  of  a  study  on  parts  of  several  plants,  the  autlior  states  that  an  indigo- 
j-ieldinjr  jiliicosid  is  present  in  the  roots  and  seeds  of  Wrightia  tinctoria  and  of 
W.  tomentosa,  but  not  in  the  leaves  of  the  latter.  The  glucosid  and  its  enzym 
in  ^V.  tinctoria  are  distinct  from  those  of  Indigofera  arrecta  and  /.  sumatrana. 
The  glucosid  content  in  W.  tinctoria  seed  germinated  and  grown  without 
nitrogen  supply  increases  to  about  300  per  cent  in  about  40  days,  but  it 
decreases  considerably  as  nitrogen  starvation  progresses.  W.  tomentosa  seed- 
lings show  no  appreciable  increase  of  glucosid  under  like  conditions.  In  cut- 
tings of  roJiigonum  tinctorium  and  St7-obi1anthes  flaccidifoVms  grown  without 
nitrogen  part  of  the  glucosid  disappears,  presumably  being  used  up  as  a  nitroge- 
nous reserve.  In  W.  tinctoria  and  /.  arrecta  the  maximum  percentage  content 
occurs  very  early  in  the  leaf  development,  the  actual  amount  in  any  leaf 
increasing  during  growth  to  maturity  and  then  remaining  constant  until  after 
the  leaves  fall. 

Indican  is  produced  in  the  dark  by  etiolated  shoots  of  /.  arrecta.  There  is 
no  variation  in  indican  content  between  night  and  day  in  /.  arrecta  and  /.  suma- 
trana, and  no  marked  change  is  observable  after  keeping  /.  sumatrana  in  the 
dark  for  36  hours. 

No  definite  function  is  assigned  to  indigo-yielding  glucosids  in  general  or  to 
those  of  any  particular  species. 

Cytological  observations  on  the  raode  of  formation  of  anthocyanin  pig- 
ments in  flowers,  A.  GriLLiERMOND  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161 
(1915),  No.  17,  pp.  494-49?).— Referring  to  the  recent  work  of  Moreau  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  523)  as  confirmatory  of  his  own  views  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30, 
p.  729),  the  author  gives  a  resume  of  the  results  of  his  own  studies  during  1914 
and  1915. 

It  is  stated  that  in  the  flower  of  canna,  the  formation  of  anthocyanin  involves 
a  process  identical  with  that  observed  in  leaflets  of  rose.  Observations  on 
Pelargonium  zonale  and  Iris  germanica  are  also  described.  In  the  latter  the 
formation  of  anthocyanin  presents  two  phases  which  are  discussed.  These 
studies  are  held  to  confirm  the  conclusion  previously  reached  by  the  author 
and  by  Moreau  that  anthocyanin  is  formed  in  flowers  exactly  as  it  is  in  leaves. 

The  coloring  matters  of  chromatophores,  H.  Kylin  {Naturiv.  Wclinschr., 
31  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  97-103,  figs.  8).— Noting  results  of  studies  on  the  color 
constituents  in  higher  plants  and  algae,  the  author  discusses  their  properties 
and  their  probable  significance  in  connection  with  the  activities  of  the  plants. 

Alkaloid  formation  in  plants. — I,  Studies  on  protein  and  nicotin  content 
during  growth,  H.  B.  Rasmussen  {Biochem.  Ztschr.,  69  {1915),  No.  5-6,  pp. 
461-466). — These  studies,  carried  out  with  Nicotiana  rustica  and  with  Hun- 
garian and  Virginia  varieties  of  tobacco,  show  no  clear  and  constant  relation 
between  the  richness  of  the  fertilizers  used  and  the  nicotin  content  of  the 
resulting  plants,  but  they  do  show  an  increase  of  nicotin  with  the  age  and 
growth  of  the  plants.  The  total  nitrogen  varied  during  growth  according 
to  the  variety  of  the  plant  and  the  situation  of  the  leaves  tested.  In  the  less 
strongly  manured  plants,  the  total  protein  nitrogen  decreased  with  their  age. 
In  the  more  heavily  manured,  the  autumn  content  was  greater  than  that  of 
August. 

The  morning  and  evening  content  of  mulberry  leaves,  L.  Pigorini  (Atti  R. 
Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  23  {1914),  II,  No.  9,  pp. 
433-437). — Analyses  of  mulberry  leaves  are  said  to  have  shown  that  in  sun- 
light such  leaves  increase  from  morning  to  evening  their  content  of  organic 


334  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

substances,  including  carbohydrates,  fats,  and  both  proteid  and  nonproteid 
nitrogenous  materials,  furnishing  thus  a  greater  amount  of  nutritive  matter 
in  the  latter  part  of  the  day. 

Plant  enzyms. — IV,  Invertase  of  potato  leaves,  G.  Doby  {Biochem.  Ztschr., 
11  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  495-500). — Continuing  previoiis  work  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  428), 
the  author  has  studied  the  activity  of  the  enzyms  obtained  from  comminuted 
potato  leaves  as  found  in  their  expressed  juices. 

The  activity  of  the  enzyms  contained  in  the  juices  as  obtained  by  hand 
pressure  diminished  sensibly  after  the  material  had  been  kept  for  24  hours. 
Those  obtained  by  pressures  of  100  and  300  atmospheres  showed  successively 
lessened  euzym  activity.  It  is  considered  probable  that  the  decreased  activity 
is  due  partly  to  a  diminution  of  the  enzyms  in  the  juices  obtained  at  higher 
pressure,  but  also  perhaps  to  a  rapid  breaking  down  of  the  enzyms  themselves. 

A  note  on  the  occurrence  of  urease  in  legume  nodules  and  other  plant 
parts,  M.  S.  Benjamin  (Jour,  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  49  {1915),  pt.  1, 
pp.  18-80). — The  author  states  that,  having  detected  the  presence  of  an  enzym 
capable  of  splitting  urea  in  the  nodules  of  Trifolium  agrarium,  T.  minus,  Pisum 
arvense,  Vicia  dosciacarpus,  Y.  sativa,  Glycine  clandestina,  Acacia  decurrens, 
A.  falcata,  A.  juniperina,  A.  linearis,  A.  lunata,  A.  pum'ila,  A.  suaveolens, 
Aotus  villosa,  Daviesia  genistifolia,  Lathynis  latifolius,  and  Cytisus  proliferus, 
but  not  in  those  of  Medicago  sativa,  M.  denticulata,  M.  maculata,  or  Trifolium 
repens,  he  has  extended  his  study  to  other  parts  of  plants.  A  reaction  for 
the  presence  of  the  enzym  was  given  by  seeds  of  Cucumis  melo,  Cucurbita 
moschata,  and  Ahrus  precatorius.  Other  plant  parts  giving  a  reaction  for 
urease  were  the  ovules  and  pollen  of  a  Hippeastrum,  the  tubercles,  rootlets, 
and  bulbs  of  Macrozamia  spiralis,  and  the  dried,  immature  leaves  of  a  Wistaria. 
The  reaction  proper  to  the  enzym  was  obtained  from  a  red  and  a  green  alga, 
and  it  was  particularly  pronounced  and  rapid  in  case  of  the  lichens  Ramulina 
yemensis,  Xanthoria  parietina,  and  TJsnea  harhata. 

Although  no  conclusions  are  drawn  as  to  the  part  played  by  this  enzym  in 
the  economy  of  plants,  the  fact  that  it  has  been  detected  in  parts  in  which 
symbiosis  occurs  and  in  other  parts  in  which  active  metabolic  changes  are 
doubtless  in  progress,  as  in  pollen,  ovules,  young  leaves,  etc.,  suggests  some 
con-elation  between  its  presence  and  the  processes  of  elaboration  and  inter- 
change of  nutritive  material  which  must  be  constantly  occurring  in  the  living 
plant. 

A  new  nitrite-forming  organism,  N.  V.  Joshi  {Mem.  Dept.  Agr.  India,  Bact. 
Ser.,  1  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  85-96,  pis.  2,  fig.  i),— An  account  is  given  of  the  dis- 
covery and  study  of  a  nitrite-forming  organism,  with  an  outline  of  its  reactions 
to  temperature,  chemical  agents,  and  nutrient  preparations. 

The  influence  of  ultraviolet  rays  on  reproductive  organs  of  plants,  L. 
MoNTKMAKTiNi  {AtU  Ist.  Bot.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser.,  9  {1911),  pp.  13-23). — In 
these  experiments,  carried  out  with  several  plants  named,  the  author  was  not 
able  to  discover  any  specific  action  of  ultraviolet  rays  on  the  reproductive 
organs  of  the  plants  tested. 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Experiments  on  the  influence  of  selection,  C.  Feuwirth  {Ztschr.  Pflanzen- 
zucht.,  3  {1915),  No8.  2,  p.  173;  4,  pp.  395-451,  figs.  5).— The  experiments 
here  described  were  conducted  with  white  mustard  {Sitiapis  alba),  oats,  and 
certain  leguminous  plants. 

The  results  obtained  with  six  Johannsen  lines  of  white  mustard,  producing 
yellow  and  brown  seeds  and  sometimes  both  kinds  on  the  same  plant,  showed 


1916]  FIELD  CROPS.  335 

that  continuous  selection  of  either  the  yellow  or  the  brown  seeded  forms  failed 
to  establish  pure  transmission  of  the  seed  color.  It  was  further  found  that 
self-pollination  of  mustard  can  take  place  and  that  self-pollination  continued 
several  generations  does  not  reduce  the  yield  of  seed  or  give  rise  to  weak  plants. 
Crossing  a  pure  yellow-seeded  form  with  a  brown-seeded  plant  of  one  of  the 
lines  studied  indicated  that  xenia  in  the  yellow-seeded  mother  plant  may  show 
itself  in  the  form  of  a  browning  of  the  seed  coat.  Such  a  cross  also  showed 
a  different  behavior  in  the  Fi  and  a  different  segregation  in  later  generations 
tlian  the  cross  of  pure  yellow-seeded  with  pure  brown-seeded  mustard. 

Experiments  were  conducted  with  oats  to  determine  whether  individual 
Johannsen  lines  may  be  permanently  distinguishable  from  each  other  by  means 
of  the  hairs  and  awns  of  the  outer  or  lower  grains  in  the  spikelets,  the  color 
of  the  glumes  of  these  grains,  or  the  number  of  grains  per  spikelet,  even  when 
selection  in  opposition  to  the  line  characters  is  practiced.  After  the  constancy 
of  the  line  character  had  become  apparent,  a  comparison  of  a  number  of 
morphologically  uniform  lines  was  made  to  establish  whether  the  relative 
heritability  of  characters  finds  expression  each  year  or  only  in  the  average 
of  several  years.  Finally,  studies  were  made  to  determine  whether  seasonal 
conditions  had  a  definite  influence  on  the  characters  under  observation.  The 
work  was  begun  with  four  plants  grown  from  grains  taken  in  1906  from  seed 
of  Sechsamt  oats. 

The  observations  made  on  a  series  of  external  characters  indicated  without 
exception  that  in  a  Johannsen  line  definitely  directed  selection,  even  if  carried 
through  a  comparatively  large  number  of  generations,  does  not  modify  the  line 
character.  The  different  characters  studied  were  the  varying  degree  of  de- 
velopment of  the  highly  modifiable  coloring  of  the  seed  coat,  the  interchange 
between  two  colors  of  the  seed  coat  as  exhibited  in  subvarieties  of  mustard, 
and  the  variable  development  of  the  very  strongly  modifiable  external  characters 
of  hairiness,  the  presence  of  awns  in  the  outer  grains  of  oats,  and  the  number 
of  grains  produced  per  spikelet  in  oats.  A  number  of  cases  of  spontaneous 
qualitative  variation  which  appeared  after  a  varying  number  of  generations 
had  been  self-pollinated  are  reported. 

From  the  results  of  the  breeding  investigations  it  was  concluded  that  cer- 
tain external  characters,  such  as  those  mentioned  above  as  having  been  the 
subject  of  these  studies,  can  not  be  brought,  even  by  means  of  continued  self- 
pollination  and  selection,  to  a  more  definite,  permanent,  and  stronger  expres- 
sion. It  is  stated  that  the  Johannsen  lines  in  question  belong  to  form  groups 
which  either  show  the  several  characters  with  different  degrees  of  modifica- 
tion or,  as  in  the  case  of  the  mustard  lines,  represent  subvarieties.  The  state- 
ment is  made  that  seed  production  in  the  field  is  more  difficult  when  the  par- 
ticular form  group  has  such  highly  variable  external  characters  as  some  of  the 
Johannsen  lines  of  legumes  and  oats  here  studied.  It  is  believed  that  the  value 
of  continuing  selection  with  self-pollinated  plants  was  further  brought  out  by 
the  possibility  of  spontaneous  qualitative  variations  as  shown  in  these  experi- 
ments, as  well  as  by  the  fact  that  certain  branches  of  a  Johannsen  line  may 
exhibit  a  difference  in  growth  for  several  years.  Spontaneous  quantitative  va- 
riations were  not  observed  in  any  of  the  lines  under  experiment. 

[Work  with  field  crops],  A.  Boss  {Minnesota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  35,  36). — 
The  activities  of  the  sections  of  farm  crops  and  of  plant  breeding  are  briefly 
noted. 

Experiments  with  different  grades  of  seed  oats  are  reported  as  showing  that 
the  heavier  seed  gave  the  larger  increased  return  for  the  labor  of  preparation, 
and  that  for  certain  varieties  of  oats  thick  seeding  seemed  to  be  an  advantage. 


336  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

Minnesota  No.  261,  an  early  variety  selected  from  the  Kherson,  outyielded  the 
medium  early  varieties  of  oats  in  the  season's  trials.  In  seeding  tests  with 
wheat,  1.75  bu.  of  seed  per  acre  yielded  2.2  bu.  more  than  seeding  1.25  bu.,  the 
common  rate  of  drilling. 

The  results  of  forage  crop  studies  indicated  that  as  good  stands  of  alfalfa 
were  secured  where  nurse  crops  were  used  as  where  the  crop  was  sown  alone. 
July  seeding,  when  no  nurse  crop  was  used,  resulted  in  the  best  stands  and  in 
the  best  yields  the  following  year,  as  compared  with  seeding  in  August  after 
potatoes  or  barley.  Inoculation  increased  the  yield  and  gave  a  product  richer 
in  protein.  The  soil  transfer  method  of  inoculating  gave  somewhat  better  re- 
sults than  the  use  of  commercial  cultures,  and  the  application  of  lime  gave  a 
definite  increase  in  yield. 

Sudan  grass  gave  an  average  yield  of  3.36  tons  per  acre,  and  where  cut  for 
seed,  700  lbs.  of  seed  were  secured.  The  best  yield  of  hay  was  obtained  by 
drilling  24  lbs.  of  seed  per  acre  on  June  15  and  the  best  yield  of  seed  by  sowing 
40  lbs.  of  seed  with  a  grain  drill  on  May  15. 

Experiments  with  sweet  clover  pointed  out  the  value  of  inoculation  and  the 
use  of  lime.  Inoculation  by  transfer  of  sweet  clover  soil  and  the  addition  of 
lime  gave  a  much  larger  yield  than  inoculation  with  sweet  clover  soil  without 
lime  or  inoculation  with  alfalfa  soil  with  lime.  Where  no  treatment  was  given 
the  yield  was  comparatively  small. 

Data  accumulated  in  the  continued  selection  of  wheat  for  14  years,  with  the 
object  of  shortening  the  stem  between  the  head  and  the  upper  leaf  for  the  pur- 
pose of  decreasing  the  amount  of  surface  exposed  to  rust,  are  reported  as 
showing  no  progressive  effect.  The  results  of  corn-breeding  work  during  the 
year  indicated  little  correlation  between  earliness  of  germination  and  time  of 
maturity  and  no  appreciable  correlation  between  the  rapidity  of  germination  of 
seed  of  the  same  ears  tested  under  different  temperatures. 

[Work  with,  field  crops],  W.  G.  Taggart,  A.  P.  Kerr,  J.  B.  Garrett,  and 
F.  C.  Quereau  {Louisiana  Stas.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  8-11,  15-17,  27,  28.  29,  30-32).— 
At  the  Sugar  Experiment  Station  a  complete  fertilizer  containing  90  lbs.  of 
sulphate  of  potash  per  acre  gave  an  increase  over  check  plats  fertilized  with 
equal  amounts  of  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid,  but  without  potash,  of  3.03, 
3.55,  and  1.73  tons  of  sugar  cane  per  acre.  A  comparative  test  of  nitrogenous 
fertilizers  showed  that  calcium  cyanamid  ranked  close  to  nitrate  of  soda  and 
sulphate  of  ammonia.  Calcium  nitrate  did  not  prove  so  satisfactory  on  sugar 
cane  as  on  corn.  A  mixture  of  500  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  and  250  lbs.  of  acid 
phosphate  per  acre  gave  an  increase  of  2.7  tons  of  sugar  cane,  and  a  mixture 
of  500  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  and  500  lbs.  of  acid  phosphate  an  increase  of  8.9 
tons,  as  compared  with  no  fertilizer  treatment.  A  similar  experiment  in 
which  tankage  was  used  as  the  source  of  nitrogen  gave  an  increase  of  1.4  tons 
in  the  first  place  and  8.4  tons  in  the  second.  These  results  represent  the 
average  of  four  years.  The  use  of  1.5  in.  of  water  applied  in  irrigating  sugar 
cane  on  April  28,  May  17,  and  May  26,  produced  an  increase  of  7.6  tons  of  cane 
over  an  unirrigated  check  plat. 

The  propagation  of  new  varieties  of  sugar  cane  showed  th.at  seedling  L  511 
made  a  good  growth  and  contained  14.9  per  cent  of  sucrose  in  the  juice,  or 
from  4.5  to  5  per  cent  more  than  the  juice  of  cane  grown  generally.  The  next 
seedling  in  order  of  value  was  L  231,  and,  in  addition  to  this,  there  were  six 
others  giving  promising  results. 

The  development  of  a  white  flint  corn  similar  to  Yellow  Creole,  which  was 
found  in  variety  tests  to  be  the  most  suitable  to  local  conditions  as  a  general 
field  crop,  is  reported.    Corn  fertilized  before  planting  yielded  49.85  bu.,  while 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  337 

corn  receiving  the  fertilizer  application  after  planting  yielded  51.45  bu.  per  acre. 
Velvet  beans  proved  a  little  better  than  cowpeas  and  soy  beans  for  green 
manures.  The  results  of  experiments  with  corn  indicated  that  bagasse  had 
no  value  as  a  fertilizer.  Other  fertilizer  experiments  with  corn  indicated 
clearly  the  responsive  power  of  stiff  soils  to  pea-vine  fallow  and  the  use  of 
nitrogenous  fertilizers.  Alfalfa  produced  8.6  tons  of  hay  per  acre.  Kudzu 
yielded  a  large  quantity  of  forage  and  gave  evidence  of  its  value  for  smothering 
out  Johnson  grass. 

A  brief  summary  of  the  work  at  the  State  Station  points  out  that  a  mixture 
of  corn  and  soy  beans,  among  the  different  crops  tested,  gave  the  best  silage. 
The  results  of  culture  tests  indicated  that  there  was  practically  no  difference 
in  yield  from  the  application  of  all  of  the  fertilizer  before  planting,  all  during 
cultivation,  or  half  before  planting  and  half  during  the  cultivation.  Removing 
suckers  from  corn  slightly  increased  the  yield  but  not  sufficiently  to  compensate 
for  the  labor.  A  plat  where  cowpeas  were  planted  with  corn  when  laid  by, 
followed  by  a  crop  of  clover  in  the  fall  with  a  light  application  of  stable  manure 
every  three  years,  produced  about  five  times  as  much  corn  as  a  plat  receiving 
the  same  cultivation  without  the  manurial  treatment.  Green  manuring  with 
red  clover  seemed  to  give  as  large  a  yield  of  corn  as  green  manuring  and  an 
application  of  phosphate  and  lime  in  addition.  Of  20  varieties  of  corn  tested, 
Calhoun  Red  Cob  and  Yellow  Creole  were  among  those  giving  the  best  results 
in  yield  and  in  keeping  qualities. 

Among  the  forage  crops  tested,  Sudan  grass  proved  promising.  It  was 
found  best  to  sow  this  grass  at  the  rate  of  20  lbs.  per  acre  about  April  1  in  the 
locality  of  the  station.    The  growth  of  ramie  is  reported  as  very  successful. 

At  the  North  Louisiana  Station  rock  phosphate  and  velvet  beans  have  proved 
slightly  inferior  to  acid  phosphate  in  the  production  of  both  corn  and  cotton. 
The  use  of  315  lbs.  of  equal  parts  of  cotton-seed  meal  and  acid  phosphate  as  a 
fertilizer  for  Sudan  grass  trebled  the  yield  as  compared  with  the  yield  of  plats 
receiving  no  fertilizer.  In  a  test  of  18  varieties  of  cowpeas,  Whippoorwill, 
Groit,  New  Era,  and  Brabham,  proved  superior.  The  yields  of  14  varieties  of 
soy  beans  varied  from  a  little  over  3  to  20.5  bu.  per  acre,  Hollybrook  being  the 
leading  variety.  Of  13  crops,  the  rank-growing  sorghums,  particularly  Honey 
sorghum,  produced  the  heaviest  tonnage  of  silage  and  soiling  material.  The 
maximum  yield  secured  was  a  little  over  34  tons  per  acre  on  good,  red, 
sandy  loam  soil  fertilized  with  200  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  and  acid  phosphate 
per  acre. 

The  highest  yielding  varieties  of  sweet  potatoes  under  test  were  Doody  Yam, 
Jersey  Yellow,  and  Southern  Queen.  Twelve  fertilizer  experiments  with  sweet 
potatoes  did  not  give  results  with  a  degree  of  uniformity  to  warrant  conclu- 
sions. It  is  reported  that  in  a  sweet  potato  storage  house  sweet  potatoes  were 
kept  in  good  condition  with  very  small  loss. 

In  42  tests  in  thinning  cotton,  uniformly  better  results  have  been  secured 
by  following  the  usual  practices. 

Plats  under  a  2,  3,  and  4  year  rotation  experiment  at  the  Rice  Station  gave 
an  average  yield  of  17.6  barrels  of  rice  per  acre,  while  the  check  plats  con- 
tinuously in  rice  yielded  2.18  barrels  per  acre  of  pure  red  rice.  Corn  and  oats 
were  included  in  the  rotation,  and  it  is  believed  that  rotations  including  upland 
crops  should  be  of  long  duration  and  that  under  such  a  system  several  profitable 
crops  of  nee  may  be  grown  in  succession. 

The  use  of  200  lbs.  acid  phosphate  per  acre  has  produced  the  most  profitable 
rice  crops  for  five  years  in  succession.  Potash  salts  have  not  shown  any  ap- 
preciable increase  in  yield.     Readily  available  forms  of  nitrogen  were  inferior 


338  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

to  organic  forms  for  Honduras  rice,  but  for  late  maturing  varieties  the  differ- 
ences were  not  great. 

The  Mungo  bean  appeared  to  make  a  heavier  growth  of  vine  than  any  other 
leguminous  crop  grown  at  the  station.  Garlic  also  seemed  to  do  well  on  rice 
soils. 

Suggestions  for  the  use  of  fertilizers  for  tobacco  and  onions  for  1916, 
PI.  D.  Haskins  (MassacJmsetts  Sta.  Circ.  60  (1916),  pp.  4). — A  brief  popular 
discussion  of  the  use  of  fertilizers  for  tobacco  and  onions,  suggesting  for  each 
crop  two  fertilizer  formulas  and  noting  the  value  of  the  use  of  lime. 

Com  in  Montajia,  A.  Atkinson  and  M.  L,  Wilson  {Montana  Sta.  Bui.  101 
{1915),  pp.  11-128,  figs.  34). — This  bulletin  discusses  the  economic  importance 
of  corn  for  Montana,  reviews  its  history  from  its  earliest  culture  by  the 
Indians  down  to  the  present  day,  presents  notes  on  the  classification  and  vari- 
etal history  of  corn,  describes  a  list  of  varieties  adapted  to  certain  regions  of 
the  State,  and  points  out  the  influence  of  the  prevailing  climatic  conditions  on 
the  production  of  the  crop. 

The  results  of  experiments  conducted  in  1913  and  1914  at  Wibaux,  where  the 
conditions  of  eastern  Montana  are  fairly  well  represented,  are  reported  in  tables 
and  disemssed.  Seven  varieties  of  flint  were  found  to  have  an  average  total  leaf 
area  per  plant  of  1,868.6  sq.  in.,  2  varieties  of  late  flint  of  2,124.4,  3  varieties 
of  semident  of  1,211,  6  varieties  of  early  dent  of  1,119.4,  and  2  varieties  of  late 
dent  2,101.6  and  4,678.2  sq.  in.,  respectively.  The  average  length  of  stalk  was 
47.6  in.  in  the  early  flint,  70.1  in.  in  the  semident,  and  62.6  in.  in  the  early  dent 
varieties.  No  great  variation  was  observed  in  the  lengths  of  the  first  two  or 
three  internodes  of  any  of  the  groups.  Of  the  stalks  studied  the  early  flint 
varieties  had  from  6  to  9  internodes,  the  semident  8  to  11,  and  the  early  dent 
9  to  10.  In  the  early  flint  group  the  internodes  were  also  much  shorter  than  in 
the  other  groups.  The  early  flint,  early  dent,  and  semident  groups  had  about 
the  same  shelling  percentage,  which  varied  from  70  to  80  per  cent.  The  propor- 
tions of  coarse  and  fine  stalk,  shelled  corn,  and  cob  were  determined  and  are 
reported  in  a  table.  The  results  of  variety  tests  at  Wibaux  and  at  the  Huntley 
substation  are  also  tabulated. 

Corn:  Varieties,  ear-row,  and  limiting  factor  tests,  W.  L.  Hutchinson 
{South  Carolina  Sta.  Bui.  186  {1916),  pp.  14). — The  results  of  variety  and  ear- 
to-row  tests  conducted  at  the  station  and  the  Pee  Dee  substation  are  tabulated. 
Data  secured  in  fertilizer  and  culture  tests  made  at  the  Pee  Dee  substation  in 
1914  and  1915  are  also  reported. 

In  1913  the  yields  of  27  varieties  at  the  station  ranged  from  28.3  to  49  bu. 
per  acre,  Surecropper  being  the  leading  variety,  and  in  1915  the  yields  of  9 
varieties  ranged  from  24.5  to  37.5  bu.,  Coker  Williamson  being  the  leading  sort. 
At  the  Pee  Dee  substation  No.  181,  among  20  varieties,  stood  first  in  yield  in 
1914  with  52.7  bu.  per  acre,  and  Chappell  Garric,  among  17  varieties  in  1915, 
with  52.1  bu. 

Ear-to-row  tests  at  the  station  in  1913  indicated  differences  in  yielding  capacity 
ranging  from  27.7  to  77.7  bu.  per  acre,  and  in  1915  from  5.2  to  59.7  bu.  At  the 
Pee  Dee  substation  in  a  similar  test  in  1914,  the  lowest  producing  ear  yielded 
at  the  rate  of  24.3  and  the  highest  at  the  rate  of  50.3  bu.  per  acre. 

The  results  secured  in  the  fertilizer  tests  led  to  the  conclusion  that  nitrogen 
Is  the  element  most  needed  under  the  conditions  of  the  test.  The  culture  tests 
indicated  that  the  method  of  planting  corn  in  the  water  furrow  between  beds 
and  applying  all  fertilizers  to  the  growing  crop  may  have  some  merit.  A  plat 
treated  in  this  way  yielded  at  the  rate  of  48  bu.  per  acre,  or  more  than  any  one 
of  four  other  methods  of  culture  under  experiment. 


1»1«1  FIELD   CROPS.  339 

Field  com  in  western  Washing'ton,  E.  B.  Stookey  (Washington  Sta.,  West. 
Wash.  Sta.  Mo.  BuL,  4  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  7-9).— The  possibility  of  growing  corn 
in  western  Washington  is  discussed  and  some  of  the  experimental  work  with 
corn  by  the  substation  is  briefly  noted.  Conclusions  based  on  general  observa- 
tions, as  well  as  the  results  of  experiments,  are  presented,  and  Minnesota  No. 
13,  Rutherford  Dent,  Pearsall  Dent,  Northwestern  Smoky  Dent,  Windus  White 
Dent,  and  King  Phillip  are  described  with  reference  to  their  adaptability  to  the 
conditions  and  needs  of  the  region. 

Wilt-resistant  varieties  of  cotton,  E.  F.  Cauthen  (Alabama  Col.  Sta.  Bui. 
189  (1916),  pp.  67-88,  pi.  1,  fig.  i).— Tests  made  of  wilt-resistant  varieties  of 
cotton  in  cooperation  with  farmers  having  suitable  lands  are  reported,  and 
notes  are  given  on  the  nature  of  cotton  wilt  and  on  methods  of  controlling  the 
disease.  The  wilt-resistant  varieties,  Dillon,  Modella,  Cook,  Wood,  Covington- 
Toole,  Wilt-Resistant,  Tri-Cook,  Cook  307-6,  Dixie,  and  Dix-Afifi,  used  in  the 
experiment,  are  briefly  described. 

A  comparison  of  the  different  varieties  tested,  based  on  the  value  of  lint  and 
seed  per  acre  as  indicated  by  the  average  results  of  15  experiments,  showed 
the  following  total  values  per  acre :  Cook,  nonresistant  strain,  $26.78 ;  Modella, 
$28.96;  Wood,  $33.09;  Dixie,  $33.22;  Cook  307-6,  $34.17;  Covington-Toole, 
$34.42;  and  Tri-Cook,  $40.53  per  acre.  The  range  of  gains  from  resistant 
varieties  extended  from  8.1  per  cent  with  Wood  to  51.3  per  cent  with  Tri-Cook. 
The  average  percentage  of  loss  of  plants  from  wilt  in  these  tests  was  as  follows : 
Cook,  nonresistant  strain,  40.3 ;  Wood,  15.1 ;  Modella,  14.7 ;  Covington-Toole, 
10.5 ;  Cook  307-6,  9.3 ;  Dixie,  8.5 ;  Tri-Cook,  7.3 ;  and  Dillon,  5.4  per  cent.  Dix- 
Afifi  lost  no  plants  in  the  two  experiments  in  which  it  was  planted. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  these  wilt-resistant  varieties  differ  slightly  in  their 
relative  earliness  and  that  they  are  somewhat  later  in  the  time  of  opening  than 
such  standard  varieties  as  Cleveland,  Cook,  and  Triumph.  Among  the  resistant 
varieties  tested  those  ranking  highest  in  total  money  value  of  seed  and  lint 
per  acre  were  the  earliest  and  turned  out  about  40  per  cent  of  lint. 

Methods  and  results  of  breeding  flax,  L.  Althauzen  (Althausen)  (Zhur. 
Opytn.  Agron.  (Rvss.  Jour.  Expt.  Landw.),  15  (1914),  No.  1,  pp.  12-53,  figs. 
12). — This  article  describes  the  methods  of  flax  breeding  employed  by  the  agri- 
cultural chemical  laboratory  at  St.  Petersburg,  together  with  the  principles  on 
which  they  are  based.  The  work  is  planned  to  bring  practical  results  in  a  short 
time  and  at  a  low  expenditure  of  cost  and  effort.  Some  of  the  more  general 
results  are  briefly  noted. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  from  a  single  selection  made  in  1909  there  were  obtained 
from  the  same  variety  seven  different  forms,  among  them  one  presenting  with 
other  characters  an  average  length  of  stem  of  80.6  cm.  (31.4  in.)  up  to  the 
point  of  branching  and  another  with  only  47.9  cm.  as  the  corresponding  figure. 
Selections  made  in  1911  of  24  commonly  grown  varieties  of  flax  and  propagated 
for  two  generations  showed  that  these  varieties  represented  a  mixture  of  forms. 
The  isolation  of  forms  not  only  exhibited  marked  differences  in  height  of  plant, 
length  of  stem,  and  similar  readily  recognizable  characters,  but  also  variations 
in  the  color  and  size  of  the  blossoms  and  other  minor  or  less  apparent  qualities. 
One  of  the  forms  isolated  had  an  average  blossom  diameter  of  1.95  cm.  as  com- 
pared with  1.79  cm.  and  1.67  cm.  for  a  common  variety  grown  as  a  check  and  a 
small  blossomed  form,  respectively. 

Natal  grass,  a  southern  perennial  hay  crop,  S.  M.  Tracy  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  726  (1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  4).— Historical,  descriptive,  and  cultural 
notes  are  given  on  Natal  grass,  and  its  value  and  uses  are  set  forth.    An  analysis 
of  Natal  grass  hay  is  included. 
56493°— 16 4 


340  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Field  peas,  N.  S.  Robb  (Idaho  Sta.  Circ.  2  {1916),  pp.  8,  fig.  1). — A  brief 
popular  account  discussing  the  adaptation  of  field  peas  to  climate  and  soil,  the 
principal  varieties,  and  the  culture  and  uses  of  the  crop. 

Effect  of  climatic  factors  on  the  hydrocyanic-acid  content  of  sorghum, 
J.  J.  WiLLAMAN  and  R.  M.  West  (U.  S.  Dept.  Ayr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6 
(1916),  No.  7,  pp.  261-272,  figs.  4). — The  experiments  here  described  were  in 
continuation  of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  234),  and  were  con- 
ducted by  the  Minnesota  Experiment  Station  in  1915  to  study  the  effect  of 
climatic  conditions  on  the  amount  of  glucosid  in  the  sorghum  plant.  For  this 
purpose  two  varieties  of  sorghum,  Southern  Cane  and  Early  Amber,  were 
grown  on  plats  in  Minnesota,  Utah,  Kansas,  and  South  Dakota,  under  widely 
different  climatic  and  cultural  conditions.  The  results  are  presented  graphi- 
cally and  in  their  discussion  the  factors  which  might  have  any  bearing  on 
the  cause  of  the  variations  in  cyanid  content  or  throw  any  light  on  the  func- 
tion of  the  glucosid  dhurrin  in  sorghum  are  specially  considered. 

The  amount  of  dhurrin  in  each  plant  was  found  to  vary  considerably.  An 
unhealthy  condition  of  plants,  from  whatever  cause,  was  usually  associated 
with  a  higher  hydrocyanic-acid  content  than  was  found  in  healthy  plants.  It 
is  thought  possible  that  under  such  conditions  the  plant  produces  more  glucosid 
for  the  sake  of  the  stimulating  hormones  in  it.  The  apparent  effect  of  humidity 
and  temperature  on  the  amount  of  cyanid  in  sorghum  is  considered  as  probably 
due  to  the  indirect  effect  on  the  rate  of  growth.  Adequate  water  supply  was 
usually  accompanied  by  a  low  and  inadequate  by  a  high  cyanic  acid  content. 
It  is  believed  that  this  is  probably  due  to  the  need  of  glucosid  stimulation  when 
the  water  supply  becomes  low.  The  character  of  the  growth  of  the  plant  is 
reported  as  affecting  the  distribution  of  dhurrin  between  leaves  and  stalks. 
There  was  found  a  proportionately  smaller  amount  in  the  thick  heavy  stalks 
than  in  the  slender  ones.  It  is  stated  that  there  is  no  consistent  daily  variation 
in  the  amount  of  dhurrin,  and  that  this  argues  against  the  functioning  of 
this  glucosid  as  a  food  storage.  The  Southern  Cane  in  every  plat  but  one 
had  a  higher  content  of  hydrocyanic  acid  than  the  Early  Amber,  and  it  is 
concluded  that  varietal  difference  is  probably  of  more  weight  in  determining 
the  amount  of  hydrocyanic  acid  in  sorghum  than  are  the  conditions  of  growth. 

Nitrogen  content  of  the  wheat  of  the  Transvolga  region,  N.  Tulaikov 
(TuLAjKow)  (Zhur.  Opytn.  Agron.  (Russ.  Jour.  Expt.  Landw.),  15  (1914), 
No.  1,  pp.  1-11). — Results  of  analyses  made  during  the  four  years  beginning 
with  1910  by  the  experiment  station  at  Besentschuk  showed  that  the  nitrogen 
content  of  hard  and  soft  wheats  from  this  region  was  about  the  same,  and 
that  the  average  nitrogen  content  of  the  hard  and  soft  wheats  grown  in  1911 
in  the  various  districts  of  the  government  of  Ssamara  was  the  same.  The 
grain  of  different  botanical  subvarieties  of  spring  wheat  grown  under  the  same 
conditions  of  soil  and  climate  showed  no  differences  in  the  content  of  total 
nitrogen.  It  is  stated  that  variations  in  the  nitrogen  content  of  wheat  of  the 
harvest  of  a  particular  year  and  produced  under  identical  climatic  conditions 
must  be  attributed  to  differences  in  the  chemical  composition  and  osmotic 
pressure  of  the  soil  solution,  as  botanical  differences  have  no  influence  in  this 
connection. 

Further  observations  on  combating  weeds  with  kainit,  T.  Remy  and 
J.  Vasters  (Landtv.  Jahrh.,  48  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  137-169,  pis.  4).— The  effect 
of  applying  kainit,  calcium  cyanamid,  and  iron  sulphate  in  controlling  ragwort, 
cornflower,  wild  poppy,  wild  radish,  coltsfoot,  wild  mustard,  Canada  thistle, 
sour  thistle,  and  colchicum  was  observed  in  field  and  pot  experiments. 

The  results  confirmed  the  conclusions  drawn  from  previous  work,  and  brought 
out  again  the  value  of  kainit  in  the  control  of  weeds,  especially  wild  mustard, 


1916]  HOETICULTUBE.  341 

wild  radish,  and  cornflower.  Kainit  was  most  effective  when  brought  in  con- 
tact with  the  plants  when  these  were  in  the  initial  stages  of  development.  It 
was  not  found  desirable  to  delay  the  application  beyond  the  appearance  of  the 
first  flower  buds  of  the  weeds  studied.  The  best  results  with  reference  to 
injuring  the  weeds  and  benefiting  the  crop  were  secured  when  application  was 
made  at  the  time  the  grain  plants  began  to  stool.  It  is  pointed  out  that  fer- 
tilizing with  kainit  before  seeding  is  frequently  of  greater  benefit  to  the  weeds 
than  to  the  crop,  especially  so  in  the  case  of  rye  fields  infested  with  corn- 
flower. 

The  statement  is  made  that  if  the  use  of  kainit  is  to  be  satisfactorily  ejffective 
an  adequate  quantity  must  be  applied  when  the  plants  are  wet  from  dew  or 
rain  and  the  kainit  solution  must  remain  active  on  the  parts  of  the  plants 
above  ground  for  a  sufficient  length  of  time.  For  weed  control  the  use  of  about 
1,300  lbs.  of  kainit  per  acre  is  recommended. 

Iron  sulphate  and  calcium  cyanamid  were  generally  less  effective  than 
kainit.  The  wild  poppy  proved  most  sensitive  to  calcium  cyanamid,  and  in 
these  tests  a  mixture  of  668  lbs.  of  kainit  and  67  lbs.  of  calcium  cyanamid  per 
acre  proved  more  injurious  to  cornflower  than  double  the  quantity  of  each 
substance  when  applied  alone. 

HORTICULTURE. 

The  present  status  of  vegetable  breeding,  E.  von  Tschermak  (Ztschr. 
Pflanzenzucht.,  4  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  65-104). — The  more  important  results  of 
breeding  investigations  with  different  kinds  of  vegetables  are  reviewed.  A 
bibliography  of  cited  literature  is  included. 

Fertilizer  experiments  with  various  vegetables  on  low  moor  land,  Alves 
(Mitt.  Ver.  Ford.  Aloorkultur  Deut.  Reiche,  33  {1915),  No.  13,  pp.  287-292). — 
Fertilizer  experiments  with  different  kinds  of  vegetables  conducted  in  1914 
under  the  direction  of  the  German  Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Horticulture 
and  the  Association  of  German  Vegetable  Growers  are  reported. 

Vegetable  tests  on  sandy  soil  at  the  Umatilla  Experiment  Farm,  R.  W. 
Allen  (Oregon  Sta.  Bui.  136  (1916),  pp.  8-38,  figs.  9).— This  bulletin  presents 
the  results  of  variety  and  cultural  tests  of  various  vegetables  conducted  during 
the  past  six  years.  The  subject  matter  is  presented  under  two  general  crop 
divisions,  namely,  important  vegetable  crops  and  minor  truck  crops,  the  latter 
crops  being  poorly  adapted  to  the  district  or  of  only  secondary  commercial 
importance.  Included  in  the  crops  ^vhich  are  promising  on  account  of  their 
production  and  marketing  possibilities  are  asparagus,  eggplant,  muskmelons, 
onions,  parsnips,  peas,  potatoes,  sweet  corn,  and  watermelons. 

The  vegetable  garden  in  New  Hampshire,  .J.  B.  Scherrer  (N.  H.  Col.  Ext. 
Bui.  6  (1916),  pp.  42,  figs.  20). — The  principles  of  vegetable  gardening  are  here 
considered  with  special  reference  to  their  adaptation  to  the  home  garden  and 
the  small  commercial  garden. 

Vegetable  growing  (Mass.  [Bd.]  Agr.  Bui.  5,  2.  ed.,  rev.  (1916),  pp.  185,  pis. 
15,  figs.  14). — Some  of  the  articles  in  the  previous  edition  of  this  bulletin 
(E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  539)  have  been  superseded  by  new  ones  and  a  number  of  other 
new  articles  relating  to  vegetable  growing  have  been  added.  The  subject 
matter  as  a  whole  has  been  thoroughly  revised  and  brought  up  to  date. 

Specific  chemical  and  structural  variations  caused  by  grafting  the  tomato 
on  the  cabbage,  L.  Daniel  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  162  (1916),  No.  11, 
pp.  397-399). — The  variations  here  described  consist  of  the  development  of 
granular  cellules  containing  oxalate  of  lime  in  the  cabbage  and  the  occurrence 
in  the  cabbage  throughout  the  region  of  the  union  of  a  well-developed  internal 
medullary  liber  similar  to  that  of  the  tomato, 


342  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.36 

The  fruiting  relations  of  various  garden  forms  of  Brassica  oleracea, 
T.  RoEMER  {Ztschr.  Pflanzenzucht.,  4  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  125-141). — The  results 
are  given  of  self  and  cross  pollination  experiments  conducted  in  1914  and  1915 
with  kale,  kohl-rabi,  Brussels  sprouts,  and  cabbage. 

Things  to  be  emphasized  in  present  day  horticulture,  U.  P.  Hedkick  (N.  T. 
Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  74  {1915),  pp.  2^89-2501). — A  review  of  some  results  of  experi- 
ment station  work.  Among  the  subjects  considered  are  fertilizer  experiments 
with  apples,  improving  old  varieties  of  fruits,  cultural  tests  of  European 
grapes,  fruits  resistant  to  insects  and  fungi,  fruit  stocks,  methods  of  improving 
size,  quality,  and  color  in  apples,  and  profits  from  an  apple  orchard. 

Fruit  growing  in  Spain,  G.  Fernandez  de  la  Rosa  (Bol.  Agr.  T6c.  y  Econ., 
7  (1915),  Nos.  80,  pp.  733-742;  81,  pp.  813-822;  82-83,  pp.  921-939;  84,  pp.  1013- 
1021). — An  economic  study  of  the  fruit  industry  in  Spain  with  reference  to  its 
history,  present  status,  and  factors  influencing  its  future  development. 

The  sorting,  sizing,  packing,  and  storing  of  fruit,  E.  L.  Markell  (Trans. 
Peninsula  Hort.  Soc.  [Del.],  29  {1916),  pp.  41-4^)- — A  popular  paper  on  the 
handling  and  storing  of  apples  in  which  some  of  the  results  are  given  of  storage 
investigations  conducted  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  act  relating  to  the  standardization  of  fruit  packing,  G.  P.  Weldon 
{Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  5  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  125-128) .—The  text  is  given  of 
the  California  fruit-packing  act  which  went  into  effect  August  9,  1915. 

Recent  developments  in  sulphur  sprays,  J.  P.  Stewart  (Trans.  III.  Hort. 
Soc,  n.  ser.,  49  (1915),  pp.  186-19S). — In  this  paper  the  author  gives  special 
attention  to  the  character  of  the  materials  used  in  sulphur  preparations 
intended  for  spraying  purposes. 

Results  of  spraying  experiments  for  1915,  Neoga  station,  Cumberland 
County,  O.  S.  Watkins  (Trans.  III.  Hort.  Soc,  n.  ser.,  49  (1915),  pp.  202-221). — 
In  continuation  of  previous  experiments  conducted  at  Neoga  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  39),  experiments  were  conducted  in  two  orchards  in  1915.  The  chief  lines 
of  investigation  included  tests  of  several  proprietary  sprays  in  comparison 
with  Bordeaux  mixture  and  lime-sulphur-arsenate  of  lead,  a  comparative  test 
of  several  brands  of  arsenate  of  lead,  tests  of  the  effect  of  special  sprays 
against  codling  moth  infestation  as  applied  at  various  times  throughout  the 
season,  a  comparison  of  certain  standard  nozzles,  and  a  test  of  a  dusting 
machine  and  dust  sprays.  The  data  secured  are  presented  in  tabular  form 
and  discussed. 

In  view  of  seasonal  conditions  the  results  as  a  whole  were  not  favorable  for 
drawing  definite  conclusions.  The  following  conclusions,  however,  appear  to 
hold  good  in  any  season.  Blackleaf  40  should  not  be  used  with  arsenate  of 
lead  without  Bordeaux  mixture  or  lime-sulphur,  as  it  dwarfs  the  fruit.  Niagara 
soluble  sulphur  in  combination  with  arsenate  of  lead  should  not  be  used  on 
apple  trees,  as  the  trees  thus  far  sprayed  with  this  combination  have  been 
seriously  injured. 

Intercropping  the  young  orchard:  From  an  economic  standpoint,  M.  C. 
BuRRiTT  (N.  Y.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  7^  (1915),  pp.  2502-2511,  fig.  1).—A  discussion 
of  the  cost  of  production  in  orcharding,  vrith  special  reference  to  the  use  of 
intercrops  to  reduce  this  cost.  Data  are  given  showing  the  economic  results  of 
intercropping  as  practiced  in  the  author's  orchards. 

Report  of  the  horticulturist,  A.  G.  Turney  (Rpt.  Agr.  New  Brunswick, 
1915,  pp.  IOO-II4,  pis.  2). — A  progress  report  on  the  work  of  the  horticultural 
division  for  the  year  1915,  including  data  on  the  cost  of  operations  and  returns 
secured  in  some  demonstration  apple  orchards. 

In  view  of  the  prevalence  of  apple  scab  in  one  orchard  of  45-year-old  Fameuse 
trees  it  was  decided  to  top-work  the  trees  to  some  other  variety.    Records  were 


1916]  HOKTICULTUEE.  343 

kept  and  are  here  given  showing  the  cost  of  top-working,  as  well  as  the  amount 
of  fruit  harvested  from  top-worked  trees  as  compared  with  similar  ungrafted 
Fameuse  trees.  The  total  cost  for  one  season  in  top-working  these  trees  to 
another  variety  was  $1,215  per  tree. 

An  experiment  was  undertaken  to  determine  whether  apple  scab  could  be  con- 
trolled to  any  extent  by  removing  ami  destroying  the  affected  twigs  before  the 
spores  had  a  chance  to  germinate.  The  trees  received  the  usual  spraying.  The 
results,  although  not  conclusive,  indicate  that  the  removal  of  the  twigs  does  aid 
in  checking  the  scab.  In  the  three  previous  years  the  trees  had  been  sprayed 
thoroughly  without  producing  any  marked  improvement,  whereas  in  the  present 
season  they  produced  nearly  all  clean  fruit  in  one  of  the  worst  scab  seasons  for 
years.  A  similar  experiment  in  removing  and  burning  the  fallen  leaves  early 
in  the  spring  indicates  that  this  practice  is  also  successful  in  checking  the  scab. 

The  cherries  cf  Japan,  E.  H.  Wixson  (Pubs.  Arnold  Arboretum,  No.  7  {1916), 
pp.  XIV +68,  pis.  8). — This  comprises  an  enumeration  and  description  of  the 
Japanese  species  of  cherries.  The  work  is  based  upon  investigations  conducted 
by  the  author  in  Japan,  including  studies  of  collected  material  and  material 
preserved  in  the  herbarium  of  the  Imperial  Botanic  Garden,  Tokyo. 

Peach  spraying  experiments,  1915,  Walter  White  orchard,  near  Centralia, 
111,,  O.  S.  Watkins  (Trans.  III.  Hort.  Soc,  n.  ser.,  49  (1915),  pp.  198-202).— 
Tabular  data  are  given  showing  the  value  of  different  sprays  used  on  a  two-acre 
peach  orchard  at  Centralia  in  1915.  The  test  included  a  number  of  brands  of 
arsenate  of  lead,  soluble  sulphur,  copper  ferrocyanid,  commercial  lime-sulphur, 
and  dust  spray. 

The  grape  industry  in  California  (Cal.  State  Bd.  Yit.  Comrs.  Bui.  6  (1916), 
pp.  IS). — A  statistical  review  of  the  grape,  wine,  and  raisin  industry  in  Cali- 
fornia for  the  year  1915,  including  some  comparative  data  for  1914.  A  table 
is  also  given  showing  carload  shipments  of  deciduous  fruits. 

Report  of  the  National  Congress  of  Viticulture,  held  at  Pamplona,  Spain, 
July,  1912  (Mem.  Gen.  Ses.  Cong.  Nac.  Vit.,  1912,  pp.  XXXIX+559,  pis.  5,  figs. 
19). — This  comprises  a  general  account  of  the  sessions  of  the  National  Con- 
gress of  Viticulture  at  Pamplona,  Spain,  in  July,  1912,  together  with  the  papers, 
some  50  in  number,  presented  at  the  congress. 

The  more  important  themes  discussed  include  methods  of  combating  various 
insect  pests  and  diseases ;  protection  of  vineyards  from  late  frosts  and  other  cli- 
matic disturbances ;  marketing  problems ;  the  culture  of  grapes  in  connection 
with  other  crops ;  the  reconstitution  of  phylloxera-infested  vineyards,  including 
observations  on  various  American  stocks ;  direct-bearing  grapes  and  hybrid 
direct-bearing  grapes ;  adaptation  of  varieties  to  different  types  of  soil ;  fer- 
tilizers ;  methods  of  pruning ;  methods  of  preparing  and  conserving  wines ;  and 
methods  of  preventing  the  falsification  of  wines.  Although  the  majority  of  the 
papers  relate  to  Spanish  conditions,  a  number  of  papers  by  French  viticulturists 
and  viticultural  investigators  were  presented,  together  with  papers  on  the  viti- 
cultural  industries  in  Hungary,  Argentina,  Chile,  and  Uruguay. 

Grape  growing  in  the  Nasik  District,  H.  V.  Gole  (Dept.  Agr.  Bombay  Bui. 
11  (1915),  pp.  25,  pis.  5). — A  practical  treatise  on  grape  growing  in  the  Nasik 
District,  India,  the  subject  matter  being  based  largely  on  the  author's  expe- 
rience in  growing  Vinifera  grapes. 

Renewing  old  citrus  trees,  A.  D.  Shamel  (Cal.  Citrogr.,  1  (1916),  No.  7, 
pp.  2,  3,  fig.  1). — The  author  cites  the  beneficial  results  secured  as  to  yield  and 
quality  of  fruit  when  old  apple  trees  are  severely  cut  back.  Attention  is  then 
called  to  the  practice  employed  in  Bahia  navel  orange  groves  in  which  the 
trees  after  20  to  25  years  begin  to  lose  their  power  of  producing  profitable 


344  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

crops.  The  old  tops  are  removed  at  this  period  and  new  ones  grown.  It  is 
claimed  by  the  growers  that  the  renewed  trees  produce  larger  and  better  fruits 
than  the  original  bore  at  any  time.  A  study  of  the  performance  records  of 
the  renewed  trees  appeared  to  confirm  the  statements  of  the  growers.  Special 
attention  is  called  to  the  desirability  of  studying  the  effect  of  renewal  of  old 
navel  trees  in  California  in  conjunction  with  the  maintenance  of  individual 
tree  records  with  reference  to  the  time  of  pruning,  the  cultural  treatments, 
amount  of  fruit  produced,  etc. 

Ribbed  Valencia  sport,  H.  J.  Webber  {Cal.  Citrogr.,  1  {1916),  No.  7,  p.  3, 
fig^  J ) , — A  description  with  illustrations  is  given  of  a  variation  of  the  Valencia 
orange  in  which  the  fruit  is  ribbed. 

Preliminary  results  on  budding'  and  grafting'  experiments  with  cacao, 
H.  VAN  Gent  (Medcd.  CuUuurtuin  [Buitenzorg],  No.  5  (.1915),  pp.  9,  pis.  5). — 
Budding  and  grafting  experiments  conducted  in  the  Buitenzorg  gardens  are  re- 
ported. 

Method  in  manurial  experiments  with  trees  (Agr.  News  [Barbados'],  15 
(1916),  No.  366,  pp.  145-147). — A  brief  description  of  methods  employed  in 
manurial  experiments  with  coconuts  and  cacao  trees  in  the  West  Indies  and 
British  Guiana. 

Manurial  experiments  on  coconuts,  1914-15,  J.  de  Veeteuil  (Bui.  Dept. 
Agr.  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  15  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  56-66,  pis.  S).— This  report 
deals  with  the  fourth  year's  results  of  manurial  experiments  with  coconuts 
being  conducted  under  the  direction  of  the  Trinidad  Board  of  Agriculture 
(E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  236). 

Coconut  experiments,  C.  H.  Knowles  (Dept.  Agr.  Fiji  Bui.  8  (1915),  pp.  6, 
pis.  2). — An  outline  is  given  of  selection  experiments  with  coconuts  being  con- 
ducted on  Viti  Levu,  Fiji,  including  notes  on  the  methods  used  in  selecting 
seed  nuts  and  brief  descriptions  of  the  varieties  selected. 

Germinating  coconuts,  O.  F.  Cook  and  C.  B.  Doyle  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916), 
No.  4,  pp.  148-157,  figs.  6). — An  illustrated  study  of  the  germinating  coconut. 

The  grafting  of  coffee,  W.  M.  van  Helten  (Meded.  CuUuurtuin  [B uitensorg] , 
No.  4  (1915),  pp.  11,  pis.  3,  figs.  3). — Methods  of  grafting  coffee  are  described, 
and  a  list  is  given  of  the  grafts  of  various  varieties  of  imported  coffees  in  the 
Buitenzorg  gardens  in  1914-15. 

Growing  melons  on  trees,  J.  E.  Higgins  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  208-220.  figs.  7). — An  account  of  the  papaya  with  special  reference  to  irregu- 
larities in  sex  and  methods  of  breeding  desirable  types.  The  subject  matter  is 
based  largely  on  the  work  of  the  author  and  V.  S.  Holt  at  the  Hawaii  Experi- 
ment Station    (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  841). 

Top-working  pecan  trees,  E.  J.  Kyle  (Agr.  and  Mech.  Col.  Tex.  Ext.  Bui. 
B-21  (1916),  pp.  7,  figs.  6). — Directions  are  given  for  top-working  pecan  trees 
by  using  different  methods  of  budding. 

Commercial  production  of  thymol  from  horsemint  (Monarda  punctata), 
S.  C.  Hood  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  372  (1916),  pp.  12).— As  a  result  of  .selection 
experiments  with  horsemint  (M.  punctata),  here  briefly  described,  the  author 
has  been  successful  in  securing  an  improved  form  more  luxuriant  in  growth 
and  with  a  higher  thymol  content  than  in  the  wild  form.  It  is  believed  that 
the  selection  work  has  been  carried  far  enough  to  warrant  the  use  of  this  im- 
proved form  for  the  commercial  production  of  thymol  in  the  United  States. 
Cultural  methods  for  horsemint  are  here  discus.se(l,  together  with  methods  of 
harvesting,  distillation,  and  extraction  of  the  thymol. 

During  the  past  five  years  areas  up  to  one  acre  in  extent  have  been  grown 
on  various  soils.     The  results  show  that  an  average  production  of  20  lbs.  of 


f 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  345 

oil,  or  about  12.86  lbs.  of  pure  thymol,  per  acre  from  first-year  plantings  may 
be  regarded  as  a  fair  crop.  The  estimated  returns  based  on  the  work  done 
thus  far  show  that  a  profit  of  about  $16  per  acre  may  be  expected  as  an  average 
for  a  5-year  period.  Hence,  it  is  concluded  that  the  production  of  thymol  might 
be  profitable  when  grown  in  connection  with  other  oil-yielding  plants  for  which 
a  distilling  apparatus  is  required. 

Beautiful  gardens  in  America,  Louise  Shelton  {New  York:  Charles  Scrib- 
ner's  Sons,  1915,  pp.  X17-f  [87],  pis.  135).— Ku  illustrated  work  in  which  are 
shown  types  of  American  gardens,  covering  all  sections  of  the  country.  The 
aim  has  been  to  show  those  gardens  which  represent  the  development  of  the 
owner's  ideal  rather  than  imitations  of  foreign  types  of  formal  gardens. 

Every  woman's  flower  g'arden,  Mary  Hampden  {New  York:  Duffleld  d  Co., 
1915,  pp.  JX-\-353,  pis.  5,  figs.  83). — A  popular  treatise  on  ornamental  gardening 
with  suggestions  relative  to  garden  design  and  plants  for  different  types  of 
gardens. 

Notes  on  new  plants  and  plants  not  well  known,  W.  Hunt  {Ann.  Rpt.  Hort. 
Socs.  Ont.,  10  {1915),  pp.  51-64,  fiffs.  2). — This  comprises  a  brief  review  of  some 
of  the  newer  or  less-known  plants  that  have  been  tested  in  the  flower  borders 
and  grounds  of  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College  during  the  past  five  years. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  that  have  proved  to  be  most  adapted  for 
the  amateur's  garden. 

Popular  hardy  perennials,  T.  "VV.  Sanders  {London:  W.  H.  t€  L.  Collingridge, 
[1916],  pp.  [6]+410,  pis.  17,  figs.  2^2).— This  work  deals  with  popular  hardy 
perennials  relative  to  their  cultivation  in  beds,  borders,  the  wild  and  woodland 
garden,  and  by  the  water  side.  The  propagation  of  hardy  perennials  is  also 
discussed,  and  descriptions  given  of  the  most  attractive,  useful,  and  easily 
grown  genera,  species,  and  varieties. 

Breeding'  Nephrolepis  ferns,  S.  Boshnakian  {.Jour.  Heredity,  7  {1916),  No. 
5,  pp.  225-236.  figs.  8). — An  account  of  the  Nephrolepis  ferns  with  reference  to 
the  development  of  different  types  of  sports  and  methods  of  propagating  and 
disseminating  them. 

The  history,  development,  and  propagation  of  the  lilac,  J.  Dunbar  {Ann. 
Rpt.  Hort.  Socs.  Ont.,  10  {1915),  pp.  75-81).— An  address  before  the  Horti- 
cultural Societies  of  Ontario,  1915,  in  which  the  author  discusses  the  history  of 
the  lilac  and  the  development  of  the  present  improved  types.  A  selection  is 
given  of  the  most  distinct  varieties  of  lilacs. 

Preliminary  experiments  in  poppy  breeding,  R.  Ranninger  {Ztschr.  Pflan^ 
zenziiclit.,  4  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  45-64). — The  results  are  given  of  some  breeding 
and  selection  experiments  with  poppies,  conducted  in  1914  and  1915. 

The  American  rose  annual,  edited  by  J.  H.  McFarland  {Harrishurg,  Pa.: 
American  Rose  Society,  1916,  pp.  153,  pis.  10,  figs.  7). — This  is  the  fir.st  of  a 
series  of  annuals  to  be  published  by  the  American  Rose  Society.  It  discusses 
the  aims  and  purposes  of  the  society  and  contains  articles  dealing  with 
varieties,  the  adaptation  of  the  rose  to  extended  uses,  rose  breeding,  the  literature 
of  the  rose,  the  enemies  of  the  rose,  rose  gardens  in  different  parts  of  the 
United  States,  the  value  of  local  rose  organizations,  cut  flower  rose  growing, 
and  the  work  of  the  American  Rose  Society.  A  partial  list  is  given  of  American 
hybridized  roses,  with  parentage  and  date  of  introduction  so  far  as  ascer- 
tainable. 

The  best  hardy  conifers,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  22  {1915),  No. 
5,  pp.  145-150,  figs.  18). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  a  large  number  of  hardy 
conifers  adapted  for  ornamental  planting. 


346  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

FORESTRY. 

Forestry  handbook. — I,  Forest  principles  and  practice,  edited  by  R.  Dal- 
BYMPLE  Hay  {Sydiwy:  Govt.,  1915,  pp.  87,  pis.  21,  figs.  ^5).— The  present  part 
of  this  handbook  consists  of  a  summary  of  useful  information  bearing  upon 
the  principles  and  practice  of  forestry  in  New  South  Wales.  The  subject  matter 
is  presented  under  the  following  general  headings :  General  principles  of  forestry, 
climatic  and  protective  influence  of  forests,  afforestation,  reafforestation,  identi- 
fication of  timbers,  measurement  and  mensuration  (weight  of  timber,  forest 
assessment  and  survey,  forest  working  systems,  and  timber  physics),  a  treatise 
on  timber  tests,  and  a  summary  of  results. 

A  practical  treatise  on  silviculture,  A.  Jolyet  {TraiU  Pratique  de  Sylvi- 
culture. Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere  d  Sons,  1916,  2.  ed.,  rev.,  pp.  72Jf,  figs.  130).— 
This  work  comprises  a  completely  revised  edition  of  Traite  Pratique  de  Sylvi- 
culture: Les  Forets,  written  by  L.  Boppe  and  the  author,  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  12,  p.  756).    The  work  has  also  been  considerably  enlarged. 

Silviculture,  E.  Marsden  {Ann.  Rpt.  Ed.  Sci.  Advice  India,  1914-15,  pp.  120- 
123). — A  brief  statement  of  progress  made  in  the  more  important  silvicultural 
investigations  during  the  year. 

The  selection  strip-felling  and  its  system,  C.  Wagner  {Der  Blendersaum- 
schlag  und  sein  System.  Tiibingen:  H.  Laupp'schen  BuchJiandhmg,  1915,  2. 
enl.  ed.,  pp.  XII +382,  pis.  2,  figs.  75).— The  present  edition  of  this  work  (E.  S. 
R.,  27,  p.  444)  has  been  revised  and  slightly  enlarged. 

The  green  book  (Bingham,  Me.:  Kennebec  Valley  Protec.  Assoc.  [1916],  pp. 
32,  fi.gs.  10). — A  manual  for  the  use  of  lumbermen,  woodsmen,  and  sportsmen 
containing  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Maine  relating  to  protection  of  the  forests 
from  fire  and  miscellaneous  information  of  value  in  the  woods. 

Railroad  fire  prevention,  W.  T.  Cox  {Minn.  Forest  Serv.  Bui.  2  {1914),  pp. 
29,  figs.  18). — This  report  takes  up  the  different  sections  of  the  Minnesota  forest 
laws  relating  to  railroads  and  reviews  the  progress  made  in  fire  prevention 
under  each  section  of  the  laws. 

The  torrents  of  Savoie,  P.  Mougin  {Les  Torrents  de  la  Savoie.  Orenoble: 
Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Savoie,  1914,  pp.  XI+1251,  pis.  69).— In  part  1  of  this  work  the 
author  discusses  in  detail  the  origin  of  the  torrents  in  Savoie,  consideration 
being  given  to  the  topography  of  the  country,  geology  of  the  soil,  climate, 
deforestation,  and  torrential  legislation.  Part  2  consists  of  monographs  on  the 
principal  torrents  of  Savoie. 

The  importance  of  private  forestry  in  Japan,  O.  Shishido  (Jour.  Col.  Agr. 
Tohoku  Imp.  Univ.,  7  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  99). — This  paper  gives  an  account  of  the 
past  and  present  development  of  private  forestry  in  Japan,  discusses  the  eco- 
nomic importance  both  to  the  individual  and  to  the  State  of  the  development  of 
private  forests,  and  suggests  methods  leading  to  the  better  development  and 
utilization  of  these  forests. 

Extracts  from  the  bulletin  of  the  Forest  Experiment  Station,  Meguro, 
Tokyo  {Tokyo,  Japan:  Bur.  o/  Forestry,  Dept.  Agr.  and  Com.,  1915,  pp.  II-\-221, 
pis.  34,  figs.  4). — The  extracts  here  listed  are  from  the  bulletin  of  the  Forest 
Experiment  Station,  Meguro,  Tokyo,  and  are  based  on  investigations  made  dur- 
ing the  period  from  1905  to  1914 : 

Investigation  of  Tree  Seeds  in  Relation  to  the  Producing  Districts  of  the 
Mother  Trees  and  Their  Descent,  by  H.  Shirasawa  (pp.  1-14)  ;  Experiments  on 
the  Preservation  of  Principal  Forest  Tree  Seeds,  by  H.  Shirasawa  and  M. 
Koyama  (pp.  15-27)  ;  Composition  of  Fallen  Leaves  of  Forest  Trees  and  Their 
Quantities  (pp.  28-33),  and  The  Proper  Season  for  Application  of  Fertilizers 


1916]  DISEASES   OP   PLANTS.  347 

to  Sugi  (Cryptomeria  japonica)  and  Hinoki  (Chamcecyparis  oMusa)  Seedlings 
and  the  Efficacy  of  Fertilizers  (pp.  36-41),  by  S.  Moriya ;  Investigation  of  the 
Transverse  Strength  in  Wood  (pp.  42-54),  and  Determination  of  the  Calorific 
Povi'er  of  Wood  (pp.  55-58),  by  K.  Moroto;  Experiment  of  the  Electric  Resist- 
ance in  Wood,  by  J.  Hiruma  (pp.  59-65)  ;  Charcoal  Burning  in  Japan  (pp. 
66-76),  and  Condensation  of  Wood  Vinegar  in  Charcoal  Burning  in  Japan  (pp. 
77-80)  ;  by  S.  Mimura ;  Tapping  of  Lac,  by  M.  Moriya  and  H.  Shirasawa  (pp. 
95-108);  Notes  on  "Shiitake"  {Cortinelhis  shiitake)  Culture  (pp.  109-114), 
Researches  on  the  Culture  of  "  Matsudake  "  (C.  edodes)  (pp.  115-122),  and  Re- 
searches on  the  "White  Judas'  Ear"  (Tremella  fuciformis)  (pp.  123-126),  by 
S.  Mimura ;  Notes  on  the  Analytical  Interpretation  of  Growth  Curves  for  Single 
Tree  and  Stands  and  on  Application  for  the  Construction  of  Yield  Table  for 
Sugi  (C.  japonica)  (pp.  151-202),  and  Investigation  on  Form  Height  Tables 
for  the  Principal  Conifers  and  Some  Broad-Leaved  Trees  in  Japan  and  Bases 
on  Which  They  May  Be  Constructed  (pp.  203-221),  by  W.  Terazaki. 

An  inventory  of  Florida's  forests  and  the  outlook  for  the  future,  R.  M. 
Habpee  (Fla.  Quart.  Bui.  Dept.  Agr.,  26  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  5-24,  fiffS.  12).— A 
survey  of  the  forests  of  Florida  v?ith  reference  to  the  area  and  density  of  the 
forests,  their  distribution  and  character,  frequency  of  fire  in  different  types, 
composition,  prevalence  of  species,  rate  of  growth  and  composition,  and  the  in- 
fluence of  fire  and  agriculture  on  the  permanence  of  forests. 

Biennial  report  of  the  forestry  commission  for  the  years  1913—14,  W.  R. 
Bkown,  J.  E.  ToLLES,  and  B.  F.  Greer  {Bien.  Rpt.  Forestry  Com.  N.  H.,  1913-14, 
pp.  114,  pis.  14)- — A  progress  report  of  operations  conducted  by  the  forestry 
commission,  principally  along  the  lines  of  forest  fire  protection,  reforesting 
waste  and  cut-over  land,  acquisition  and  management  of  state  forest  lands, 
and  educational  work  among  woodland  owners. 

Report  of  the  director  of  forestry  for  the  year  1915,  R.  H.  Campbell  et  al. 
{Dept.  Int.  Canada,  Rpt.  Dir.  Forestry,  1915,  pp.  102,  figs.  25).— The  report 
includes  a  review  of  the  several  lines  of  work  carried  on  during  the  year,  and 
detailed  reports  of  the  work  of  the  tree  planting  division  and  on  the  forest 
reserves  in  the  separate  Provinces,  together  with  the  report  of  the  Forest 
Products  Laboratories  of  Canada. 

Forest  products  of  Canada,  1914. — Lumber,  lath,  and  shing'les,  compiled 
by  R.  G.  Lewis  and  W.  G.  H.  Boyce  {Dept.  Int.  Canada,  Forestry  Branch  Bui. 
56  {1916),  pp.  62.  pi.  1). — A  statistical  report  on  the  production  of  lumber,  lath, 
and  shingles  in  the  various  Provinces  of  Canada  during  1914,  including  infor- 
mation relative  to  the  quantities  of  each  species  of  wood  used. 

Economic  forest  products,  C.  E.  C.  Cox  {Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Sd.  Advice  India, 
1914-15,  pp.  124-1S2). — A  progress  report  for  the  year  1914^-15  relative  to 
investigations  dealing  with  forest  products. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Wound  parasitism  and  predisposition,  F.  Heske  {Centbl.  Qesam.  Forstw.,  40 
{1914),  ^0.  11-12,  pp.  456-461). — This  is  a  discussion  of  the  relations  of  host, 
parasite,  enzym,  etc.,  concluding  with  the  statement  that  wound  parasitism  re- 
quires a  real  predisposition  of  the  host  plant  to  attack,  consisting  in  an  altera- 
tion of  the  natural  state  of  the  host  as  a  primary  or  contributory  condition. 
The  situation  as  regards  the  plant  may  also  be  such  as  to  render  attack  com- 
paratively easy  but  yet  not  inevitable.  This  predisposition  consists  not  only 
in  the  susceptibility  of  the  plant,  but  may  relate  to  influences  acting  upon  the 
infective  bodies  also. 


348  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Report  of  the  department   of  vegetable  pathology   and   entomology,   P. 

Caedin  {Estac.  Expt.  Agron.  [Cuba^,  Informe  An.,  3  (1909-1914),  PP-  98-173, 
pis.  5). — This  report,  covering  the  period  from  July,  1909,  to  July,  1914,  con- 
tains an  account  of  insect  pests  and  fungus  parasites,  the  host  plants  being 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order  according  to  their  native  names  in  Spanish,  with 
references  to  bulletins,  circulars,  etc.,  in  cases  in  which  they  have  been  noted 
previously. 

Smuts  of  grain  and  forage  crops  in  Kansas,  L.  E.  Melchers  (Kansas  Sta. 
Bui.  210  (1916),  pp.  S-S8.  figs.  20). — After  giving  general  statements  regarding 
the  amount  of  loss  due  to  smuts,  the  author  describes  the  important  smut  dis- 
eases in  Kansas,  grouping  them  under  the  headings  of  corn  smut  and  head 
smut  of  the  sorghums ;  kernel  smut  of  the  sorghums,  stinking  smut  of  wheat, 
smut  of  oats,  covered  smut  of  barley,  and  smut  of  millet ;  and  the  loose  smuts 
of  wheat  and  barley.  These  different  cereal  diseases  are  described  at  some 
length  and  suggestions  given  for  their  control. 

In  connection  with  the  control  of  loose  smut,  the  author  urges  the  necessity 
for  seed  plats  so  isolated  as  to  prevent  infection. 

Experiments  on  varietal  resistance  to  the  bean  and  cotton  anthracnose  dis- 
eases, C.  W.  Edgeeton  and  C.  C.  Moreland  (Louisiana  Stas.  Bui.  155  (1916), 
pp.  2Jf,  figs.  4). — A  report  is  given  of  some  experiments  on  the  varietal  resistance 
of  beans  and  cotton  to  anthracnose  diseases. 

The  experiments  with  beans  were  carried  on  in  both  the  field  and  the  green- 
house in  1914,  in  1915  in  the  field,  and  in  the  winter  of  1914-15  in  the  green- 
house, cultures  of  Colletotrichum  lindemuthianum  from  different  sections  and 
from  different  varieties  of  beans  being  tested.  As  a  result  of  their  experiments 
the  authors  conclude  that  the  bean  anthracnose  fungus  is  composed  of  different 
strains  which  affect  different  varieties  of  beans  differently.  Some  varieties 
were  susceptible  to  many  different  strains  of  the  fungus,  while  others  were 
resistant  to  some  strains  but  susceptible  to  others.  Some  varieties  of  beans 
were  found  practically  immune  to  some  strains  of  the  fungus.  The  reason 
for  this  behavior  is  attributed  to  the  fact  that  the  bean  anthracnose  fungus 
is  not  variable,  and  is  unable  to  adjust  itself  to  slight  variations  in  the  host 
plant,  and  as  varieties  of  beans  are  said  not  to  cross  readily  there  are  no 
intermediate  forms,  which  would  permit  the  specialization  seen  in  the  different 
strains. 

The  experiments  with  cotton  anthracnose  (C.  gossypii)  were  conducted  in 
the  field,  as  it  was  impossible  to  grow  a  sufficient  amount  of  cotton  to  maturity 
in  the  greenhouse.  The  data  secured  were  obtained  by  natural  infections  in 
which  the  varieties  were  grown  between  rows  of  badly  infected  plants,  and 
by  artificial  infections  in  which  the  flowers  were  inoculated  with  pure  cultures 
of  the  anthracnose  fungus.  In  the  case  of  the  experiments  with  cotton,  the 
anthracnose  fungus  was  found  more  variable  and  was  able  to  adjust  itself  to 
variations  in  the  host  plant  more  readily  than  the  bean  anthracnose  fungus. 
Cotton  varieties  were  not  found  to  show  any  marked  variability  in  regard  to 
their  resistance  to  anthracnose.  All  the  varieties  tested  seemed  very  sus- 
ceptible to  the  disease,  and,  although  in  some  cases  slight  differences  were 
noted,  these  are  not  considered  of  importance. 

A  rust  of  Astragalus  sinicus  and  two  fungus  diseases  of  mulberry,  H. 
Nomura  (Atti  1st.  Bot.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser.,  9  (1911),  pp.  37,  38). — Descrip- 
tions are  given  of  the  supposedly  new  species  of  fungi,  Coryneuin  mori  and 
Pkoma  nipJionia  on  Morus  alba,  and  Tuberculina  nomuriana  on  A.  sinicus. 

A  new  smut  fungus  on  Arrhenatherum  elatius,  H.  C.  Schellenberg  (Ber. 
Dent.  Bot.  Gesell.,  SS  (1915),  No.  7,  pp.  316-328,  pi.  1,  fig.  i).— A  supposedly 


19161  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  349 

new  smut  fnnj?us  is  described  under  tlie  name  Ustilago  arrhenatheri,  in  con- 
nection witli  abnormalities  produced  thereby  on  the  host,  A.  elatius. 

Studies  on  the  dying  out  of  pepper  vines  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies. — I, 
Summary  of  previous  investigations,  A.  A.  L.  Rutgkrs  (Dcpt.  Landb.,  Nijv. 
en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies^,  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  18  {1915),  pp. 
2S). — A  general  survey  is  given  of  pepper  culture  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies, 
more  particularly  of  pepper  diseases  of  economic  importance,  with  special 
mention  of  results  reported  by  some  investigators  in  this  and  neighboring 
regions.  Mention  is  made  of  a  wilt  disease  associated  with  the  presence  of 
a  fungus  in  the  wood  vessels.  In  some  regions  nematodes  have  been  found 
in  the  roots  of  the  plant.  The  connection  between  the  above  mentioned  para- 
sites and  the  losses  associated  therewith  has  not  yet  been  determined.  Results 
obtained  from  studies  at  the  government  farm  at  Taliperamba  (Madras) 
emphasize  the  importance  of  the  method  of  manuring  and  cultivating  in  con- 
nection with  the  premature  dying  of  pepper  vines. 

Bacterial  rot  of  stored  potato  tubers,  C.  M.  Hutchinson  and  N.  V,  Joshi 
(Mein.  Dept.  Agr.  India,  Bact.  Ser.,  1  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  113-135,  pis.  5).— It  is 
stated  that  four  species  of  bacteria  are  found  to  be  concerned  in  the  rotting 
of  potato  tubers  in  India.  One  of  these,  numbered  but  not  named,  is  invariably 
present  in  the  rotting  tubers  examined.  Infection  takes  place  from  without, 
differing  in  this  respect  from  that  due  to  Bacillus  solanacearum.  Preventive 
measures  include  the  avoidance  of  mechanical  injury  in  handling,  storing  in 
dry,  coarse  sand  after  immersion  in  2  per  cent  copper  sulphate  solution  with 
subsequent  drying  and  periodical  inspection  to  prevent  infection  of  sound  tubers. 

A  pathological  and  physiological  study  of  the  black  heart  of  potato  tubers, 
E.  T.  Bartholomew  {Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.},  2.  Abt.,  43  {1915),  No.  19-24,  PP-  609- 
639,  pis.  3).— The  author's  preliminary  studies  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  149)  have  been 
followed  up  by  further  studies  of  the  injury  and  its  causation. 

It  is  stated  that  black  heart  of  potato  is  produced,  not  by  a  parasitic  organ- 
ism but  by  abnormal  physiological  changes.  It  may  be  produced  artificially 
by  subjecting  the  tubers  to  a  temperature  of  from  38  to  48°  C.  (100.4  to  118.4° 
F.),  the  optimum  being  42  to  44°,  and  the  optimum  period  of  time  being  15  to 
20  hours.  All  of  the  16  varieties  experimented  with  proved  to  be  susceptible 
to  this  trouble,  which  may  be  prevented  by  supplying  sufficient  oxygen  during 
the  period  of  heating,  for  which  purpose  a  constant  stream  of  air  is  not  suffi- 
cient. The  tissues  do  not  blacken  if  the  potatoes  are  kept  in  an  atmosphere 
devoid  of  oxygen  after  removal  from  the  oven.  Affected  tubers,  if  not  cut 
open,  form  after  seven  to  ten  days  an  increasing  hollow  in  the  center  due  to 
the  shrinkage  of  the  tissue.  This  can  not  be  detected  from  an  outside  view. 
The  colors  produced,  which  range  from  light  pink  to  coal  black,  are  thought  to 
be  due  to  the  presence  of  an  oxidizing  enzym,  tyrosinase,  and  a  chromogen, 
tyrosin,  which  interact  in  the  presence  of  free  oxygen  and  are  found  in  both 
normal  and  abnormal  tissues  of  the  potato  tubers.  The  amino  acid  content 
increases  greatly  during  the  period  of  heating.  The  discoloration  is  said  to  be 
due  to  the  presence  of  a  substance  known  as  melanin  or  humin. 

The  formation  of  black  heart  may  be  prevented  by  proper  ventilation  and 
the  maintenance  of  a  temperature  not  above  35°. 

Late  potato  blight  in  Iowa,  A.  T.  Eewin  {Iowa  Sta.  Bui.  163  {1916),  pp. 
286-306,  figs.  8). — The  result  is  given  of  an  investigation  of  the  late  blight  of 
potato,  particularly  with  reference  to  the  influence  of  moisture  supply, 
humidity,  and  temperature.  Three  pronounced  outbreaks  of  the  late  blight 
are  reported  to  have  occurred  in  Iowa  during  the  past  45  years.  These  were 
in  1885,  1903,  and  1915. 


350  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.  S5 

In  studying  the  meteorological  conditions  in  connection  with  outbreaks  of 
this  disease,  the  author  claims  that  the  climatic  conditions  in  Iowa  are  gen- 
erally unfavorable  to  such  outbreaks,  but  that  they  sometimes  cause  serious 
loss.  The  climatic  conditions  under  which  late  blight  occurs  in  Iowa  are  a 
high  degree  of  humidity  with  heavy  dews  and  midsummer  temperatures  lower 
than  usual.  An  excess  of  rainfall  and  a  predominance  of  cloudy  weather  are 
predisposing  factors. 

Some  notes  are  given  on  disease-resistant  varieties,  the  spread  of  the  disease 
through  seed  infection,  storage  qualities  of  infected  potatoes,  and  the  effect  of 
time  of  planting  on  the  degree  of  injury.  Diseased  potatoes,  it  is  claimed,  may 
be  held  in  storage  at  a  very  slight  loss  from  dry  rot  if  the  temperature  is 
sufficiently  low  and  the  potatoes  are  taken  out  of  storage  only  a  short  time 
before  they  are  used.  Early  planting  and  the  use  of  Bordeaux  mixture  are 
considered  effective  measures  for  preventing  late  blight  in  Iowa. 

Straight  head  in  rice,  F.  C.  Quereau  {Louisiana  Stas.  Rpt.  1915,  p.  SI). — 
The  author  gives  a  brief  account  of  a  disease  or  condition  in  rice  which  seems 
to  occur  on  soils  containing  an  abundance  of  vegetable  matter.  It  is  not  defi- 
nitely known  whether  the  disease  is  due  to  physical  conditions  or  to  some 
specific  organism.  The  only  preventive  treatment  at  present  known  is  to  delay 
the  initial  irrigation  as  long  as  possible,  or,  if  necessary  to  irrigate  because 
of  weeds  or  grass,  to  drain  the  land  about  15  days  after  the  first  flooding, 
allowing  it  to  become  perfectly  dry.  In  a  number  of  cases,  this  treatment  Is 
said  to  have  prevented  the  condition  designated  as  straight  head. 

A  disease  of  sugar  beets,  P.  Berth axjlt  {Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n.  set..  28  {1915), 
No.  56,  pp.  550,  551,  figs.  2). — It  is  stated  that  In  the  region  around  Paris  and 
northward,  industries  dependent  upon  the  sugar-beet  crop  have  been  consid- 
erably affected  of  late  by  the  development  of  unusual  virulence  in  the  attacks 
of  Cercospora  beticola,  which  has  previously  appeared  in  this  district  but  gen- 
erally in  mild  form.  Changes  in  coloration  and  inferior  growth  are  as.sociated 
with   injuries  to  the  leaf  tissue. 

Cercospora  beticola  attacking  sugar  beets,  K.  Safllakd  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad. 
Sci.  [Paris],  162  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  47-49). — The  author  discusses  the  unusual 
attacks  by  C.  beticola  on  sugar  beets  in  1915  and  the  effects  thereof  on  beet 
products,  some  of  which  were  considerably  altered  in  their  proportions,  as 
shown  by  comparative  tables  for  1915  and  some  earlier  years. 

A  disease  of  sugar  beets,  A.  Morvillez  {Jour.  Fabric.  Sucr.,  56  {1915),  No. 
11,  pp.  1,  2). — The  author  considers  the  losses  to  the  sugar-beet  industry  in 
1915  as  due  primarily  and  largely  to  insufficient  nutrition. 

Sugar  beet  disease,  P.  Bebthaui^t  {Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n.  ser.,  29  {1916),  No. 
2,  pp.  S5,  36). — The  author,  discussing  the  above  contributions  by  himself.  Sail- 
lard,  and  Morvillez,  considers  the  attack  by  Cercospora  beticola  and  the  asso- 
ciated abnormal  chlorosis  as  closely  related  phenomena,  the  latter  being  prob- 
ably dependent  upon  the  former. 

Internal  action  of  chemicals  on  resistance  of  tomatoes  to  leaf  diseases, 
J.  B.  S.  Norton  {Maryland  Sta.  Bui.  192  {1916),  pp.  17-30,  fig.  i).— After  re- 
viewing the  literature  describing  the  effect  of  soil  applications,  direct  injection, 
and  the  use  of  serums  and  toxins  for  the  prevention  of  plant  diseases,  the 
author  describes  some  experiments  carried  on  in  1912  and  1913,  in  which 
about  50  chemicals  were  employed  to  determine  their  effect  on  infection  of 
tomatoes  by  Septoria  lycopersici  and  Cladosporium  fulvum. 

The  plants  were  grown  in  paraffin-covered  paper  pots  suspended  in  glass 
tumblers  above  solutions  of  different  proportions  of  the  various  chemicals, 
their  roots  extending  downward  to  the  solution  of  the  chemical,  which  did 
not  come  in  contact  with  the  soil. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  351 

In  a  few  instances,  there  was  some  indication  that  concentrations  lower  than 
those  causing  injury  might  reduce  the  development  of  the  leaf  parasites  to 
some  extent.  This  was  true  of  iMJtassium  nitrate,  sodium  acetate,  morphine 
sulphate,  calcium  nitrate,  copper  sulphate,  lime  water,  sodium  tungstate,  and 
potassium  permanganate.  In  some  cases  there  was  less  leaf  disease  developed, 
particularly  in  case  of  S.  lycopcrsici,  on  the  higher  concentrations  where  these 
were  not  strong  enough  to  cause  injury,  but  in  general  the  results  were  negative. 

Some  orchard  diseases  and  their  treatment,  C.  R.  Obton  {Proc.  State  Hort. 
Assoc.  Penn.,  55  {19 H),  pp.  4-^-56,  pis.  6). — Tlie  author  discusses  some  of  the 
more  destructive  orchard  diseases  prevalent  in  Pennsylvania,  the  number  of 
which  has  greatly  increased  during  recent  years,  naming  their  several  orchard 
and  wild  hosts,  describing  their  symptoms,  and  pointing  out  various  control 
measures.  Those  taken  up  are  fire  blight  {BaciUus  amylovarus),  bitter  rot 
(Glomerella  rufomaculans),  black  rot  (Sphceropsi^  malorum),  apple  rust 
{Crymnosporangium  junipert-iHrginianas) ,  orange  rust  of  quince  (G.  germinale) , 
and  brown  rot  of  peach,  plum,  and  cherry  (Sclerotinia  cinerea),  with  mention 
of  others  of  less  importance. 

Experiments  with  rust  and  Coryneum  of  fruit  trees,  A.  Cadoret  and  A. 
Desmoumns  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centrc),  36  {1915),  No.  ^6,  pp.  468- 
471). — Discussing  the  characters,  importance,  and  extension  of  those  two  dis- 
ea.ses,  also  tests  with  remedial  measures  made  or  reported,  the  authors  conclude 
that  the  higher  concentrations  of  the  sprays  sometimes  used  are  unnecessary,  2 
per  cent  being  considere<l  as  suflicient  for  Bordeaux  mixture  or  neutral  copper 
acetate.  The  materials  added  to  the  sprays  to  increase  their  capacity  for 
spreading  and  adhesiveness  do  not  appear  to  have  been  very  successful  except 
in  case  of  gelatin  added  to  copper  acetate.  Lime  sulphur  sprays  are  said  to 
have  been  very  inferior  in  their  results  to  the  preparations  based  on  copper. 

The  development  of  perithecia  in  Venturia  ineequalis,  K.  Kiluan  {Bcr. 
Deut.  Bot.  Gc^elL,  33  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  164-168,  figs.  2).— The  author  gives  an 
account  of  his  observations,  so  far  as  completed,  on  the  developmental  history, 
in  relation  to  apple  leaves,  of  Fusicladium  dendriticum  (the  conidial  stage  of  V. 
inwquaUs)  associated  with  apple  and  pear  scab. 

Influences  affecting  cherry  culture,  Sprenger  {CuUiira,  27  {1915),  No.  325, 
pp.  291-295). — Among  the  conditions  mentioned  as  influencing  returns  from 
cherry  culture  in  southerly  portions  of  the  Netherlands  are  various  biological, 
physiological,  and  weather  conditions,  and  pathological  fungi,  including  Monilia, 
Coryneum,  Valsa  Icucostoma,  and  Armillaria  mcllca. 

Common  diseases  of  the  grape,  M.  T.  Cook  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  55 
{1916),  pp.  3-8,  figs.  2). — Descriptions  are  given  of  some  of  the  more  common 
diseases  of  the  grape  and  suggestions  offered  for  their  control. 

A  brief  report  Is  also  presented  of  grape-spraying  experiments  in  1915,  in 
which  an  early  spraying  was  given  certain  plats,  and  the  results  contrasted 
with  those  from  plats  sprayed  as  in  the  general  practice  in  that  vicinity.  The 
plats  receiving  the  extra  spraying  were  given  six  applications,  the  first  early  in 
May,  while  the  others  received  five  applications,  beginning  June  17.  At  har- 
vest, rows  were  selected  for  measurement  from  the  dilTerent  plats,  and  those 
which  had  received  the  extra  spraying  in  May  yielded  an  average  of  6G.5 
baskets,  or  25  baskets  per  four  rows  more  than  those  treated  in  the  ordinary 
manner. 

A  vine  disease  due  to  a  Hypochnus,  A.  Lendnkr  {Bui.  Sor.  Bot.  QenCvc,  2. 
ser.,  6  {1914),  No.  4,  pp.  104-106,  fig.  1). — A  fungus  doscribod  as  H.  burnati 
n.  sp.  is  considered  as  secondarily  parasitic  or  saprophytic  on  grapevines.  It 
may  be  related  to  the  lime  content  in  the  soil. 


352  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

[Reports  on  ^ape  downy  mildew]  (Rev.  Vit.,  43  {1915),  Nos.  1096,  pp.  17, 
18;  1097,  pp.  31-33;  1098,  pp.  48,  49;  1099,  pp.  64-69;  1100,  pp.  73-88;  1101, 
pp.  93-107;  1102,  pp.  113-120;  1103,  pp.  133-143;  1104,  PP-  153-168;  1105,  pp. 
173-184;  1106,  pp.  206-209;  1107,  p.  229;  1108,  pp.  233-242;  1109,  pp.  253-260; 
1110,  pp.  278-285;  1111,  pp.  296-301;  1112,  pp.  316-322;  1113,  pp.  336-338;  1114, 
pp.  350-356;  1116,  pp.  388-392;  1117,  p.  410;  1119,  pp.  4^(7-450;  1120,  p.  465).— 
This  series  of  articles  is  made  up  of  information  and  suggestions  received  dur- 
ing the  latter  part  of  1915  from  correspondents  at  numerous  points  in  France 
and  some  in  neighboring  countries  regarding  the  appearances,  phenomena,  and 
effects  of  grape  downy  mildew,  and  regarding  such  related  or  unrelated  factors 
as  insects,  black  rot,  weather  conditions,  and  susceptibility,  with  some  discus- 
sion of  experiences  and  observations  during  previous  years. 

Downy  mildew  in  Aude,  F.  CAZENA^^:  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  V  Est -Centre), 
36  {1915),  No.  34,  pp.  188-190). — The  author  reports  that  10  sprayings  with  Bur- 
gundy mixture  containing  2  per  cent  copper  sulphate  applied  during  the  period 
from  May  12  to  August  12  gave  adequate  protection  against  downy  mildew. 

Downy  mildew  on  direct-bearing  grapevines,  S.  Obiedoff,  J.  Baquero,  and 
D.  V.  Pehlivanoglou  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  I'Est-Centre),  36  {1915),  Nos. 
SO,  pp.  82-88;  31,  p.  117,  figs.  2). — This  is  a  report  on  the  phases  and  degrees  of 
recent  attack  by  grape  downy  mildew  on  direct  bearers  which  have  been  con- 
sidered as  nearly  or  quite  immune  to  such  attack.  Only  a  very  limited  number, 
however,  are  said  to  have  proved  resistant. 

Causes  of  success  or  failure  of  grape  downy  mildew,  L.  Ravaz  {Prog.  Agr. 
et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centre),  36  {1915),  No.  32,  pp.  125-130)  .—The  author  dis- 
cusses the  employment  of  different  concentrations  and  frequencies  in  the  sprays 
used  against  grape  downy  mildew,  and  the  probability  of  the  development  of 
a  strain  of  this  fungus  more  than  ordinarily  resistant  to  fungicides. 

Treatment  for  downy  mildew  in  rainy  years,  G.  Hekon  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit. 
{Ed.  VEst-Centre),  36  {1915),  No.  34,  pp.  185-188). — The  author's  observations 
are  said  to  indicate  that  in  years  of  heavy  rainfall  a  solution  of  2  to  3  per  cent 
copper  content  is  preferable  to  the  usual  strengths  used  in  copper  sprays.  Of 
these  sprays  Burgundy  mixture  is  preferred,  especially  in  the  acid  form,  which 
is  said  to  maintain  on  leaves  and  fruits  a  certain  amount  of  soluble  copper.  It 
is  thought  prudent  to  apply  after  heavy  rains  a  simple  treatment  consisting  of 
a  0.4  or  0.5  per  cent  solution  of  copper  sulphate.  It  is  suggested  that  cupric 
powders  may  also  be  profitably  employed. 

Copper  fungicidal  powders,  H.  Fonzes-Dtacon  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst- 
Centre),  36  {1915),  No.  28,  pp.  37-41).— It  is  claimed  that  acid  powders  contain 
copper  soluble  in  water,  which  is  capable  of  exercising  immediate  fungicidal 
action  upon  mildew  spores,  and  also  copper  soluble  in  water  containing  carbon 
dioxid,  which  is  also  capable  of  acting  upon  the  spores,  but  more  slowly.  Too 
high  acidity  may  scorch  both  leaves  and  fruits.  Neutral  powders  contain  copper 
more  or  less  readily  soluble  in  rain  water  charged  with  carbon  dioxid,  giving  a 
slower  fungicidal  effect.  The  alkaline  powders  do  not  seem  to  be  effective  in 
this  regard. 

The  influence  of  temperature  on  decomposition  in  Bordeaux  mixture,  O. 
Butler  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centre),  36  {1915),  No.  27,  pp.  15-18, 
pi.  1). — A  discussion  is  given  of  differences  in  the  properties  and  effects  of 
Bordeaux  mixture  corresponding  to  variations  in  the  composition,  temperature 
during  preparation,  and  age  of  the  mixture. 

Treatment  of  grapevines  with  hot  water  and  hot  sprays,  L.  Semichon 
{Rev.  Vit.,  43  {1915),  No.  1096,  pp.  9-12).— This  is  mainly  a  reply  by  the  author 
to  some  criticisms  of  the  claims  regarding  the  real  temperatures  of  hot  water 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  353 

when  used  as  fungicide  or  insecticide  as  previously  discussed  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p. 
447;  34,  pp.  50,  243). 

Treatment  of  vines  and  vegetation  with  hot  water,  L.  Semichon  {Rev.  Vit., 
43  {1915),  No.  1118,  pp.  413.  414,  fig.  1). — Results  are  presented  in  numerical 
and  graphical  form  of  the  relation  found  to  exist  between  the  distance  from 
the  nozzle  and  the  lowering  of  the  temperature  in  case  of  sprays  applied  with 
nozzles  of  different  kinds  and  sizes. 

Theory  of  temperature  change  in  hot  sprays,  A.  CHAUViGNfi  {Rev.  Vit.,  43 
{1915),  No.  1118,  pp.  415-41'^,  fig-  1)- — This  article  reports  a  study  along  lines 
similar  to  the  above.  It  is  stated  that  the  lowering  of  the  temperature  is  not 
constant  throughout  the  length  of  the  jet,  the  maximum  rate  of  temperature 
decrease  being  attained  at  20  cm.  (7.8  in.)  from  the  orifice  of  the  nozzle  in  the 
experiments  reported. 

Theory  and  practice  in  regard  to  the  cooling  of  hot  sprays,  L.  Semichon 
{Rev.  Vit,  43  {1915),  No.  1118,  pp.  417-419) .—This  is  a  discussion  of  the  above 
notes,  including  supposedly  variable  unknown  factors. 

Brusca  of  olive,  G.  Pollacct  {Atti  1st.  Bat.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser.,  9  {1911), 
pp.  26-28). — Two  fungi  described  as  new  s-pecies  on  olive  leaves  are  named 
Coniothyrium  clew  and  Septoria  olece. 

Cacao  and  its  local  diseases,  T.  G.  Ghofulpo  {Philippine  Agr.  and  Forester, 
4  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  162-112). — Giving  the  results  of  a  study  of  cacao  culture  in 
the  Philippines,  particularly  in  the  region  around  the  College  of  Agriculture, 
the  author  discusses  various  cacao  pests  and  diseases.  The  fungi  which  are 
found  to  be  very  commonly  injurious  are  the  Diplodia  or  Lasiodiplodia  form  of 
Thyridaria  tarda,  Phytophthora  omnivora,  Nectria  theobromce,  and  N.  bainii. 

Bordeaux  mixture,  if  applied  thoroughly  and  in  time,  is  said  to  be  very  satis- 
factory for  both  fungus  pests  and  insect  enemies  of  cacao.  Necessary  or  help- 
ful conditions  for  successful  cacao  culture  are  general  sanitation,  seed  selection, 
spacing,  fertilization  of  the  soil,  early  pruning,  and  destruction  of  affected  parts. 

Coconut  bud  rot,  J.  B.  Roeeb  {Bui.  Dept.  Agr.  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  14 
{1915),  No.  4,  pp.  129,  130). — In  a  summary  of  a  report  on  the  work  done  to 
date  in  connection  with  bud  rot,  it  is  stated  that  experiments  at  Roxborough, 
Tobago,  and  Toco,  Trinidad,  indicate  that  frequent  spraying  with  Bordeaux 
mixture  can  be  relied  upon  to  prevent  serious  attack  by  this  disease  if  the 
crowns  of  the  trees  are  not  over  15  to  18  ft.  from  the  ground.  The  infected  por- 
tions are  chiefly  the  bases  of  the  leaves,  the  flower  stalks,  the  spathes,  and  the 
whole  of  the  soft  upper  portion  of  the  stem. 

The  claim  that  Bacillus  coli  is  the  cause  of  bud  rot  is  said  to  be  undergoing 
tests. 

A  study  of  native  coffee  production,  P.  D.  Luistro  {Philippine  Agr.  and 
Forester,  4  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  153-161). — This  is  a  discussion  of  coffee  culture 
in  the  Philippines,  including  the  decrease  during  recent  years  in  the  output 
with  its  causes  and  their  possible  remedies,  as  manuring,  pruning,  and  more 
particularly,  spraying. 

It  is  stated  that  experiments  carried  out  in  the  Lipa  and  the  Los  Banos  dis- 
tricts, where  Hemileia  vastatrix  is  said  to  be  the  most  destructive  coffee  dis- 
ease, show  that  a  considerable  saving  was  effected  by  the  use  of  Bordeaux  mix- 
ture.   Pruning  is  said  to  lessen  the  degree  of  infection. 

A  brief  bibliography  is  appended. 

A  coffee  disease  in  Mexico,  R.  Fakneti  {Atti  1st.  Bat.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser., 
9  {1911),  pp.  36,  37). — A  disease  of  coffee  in  Cuicatlan,  in  the  Mexican  State 
of  Oaxaca,  is  ascribed  to  a  fungus  described  as  Cercospora  herrerana  n.  sp., 
which  is  contrasted  with  C.  coffeicola. 


354  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

A  new  Cylindrosporium,  M.  Txtrconi  {Atti  1st.  Bot.  R.  Univ.  Pavia,  2.  ser., 
9  (1911),  pp.  28-30). — C.  pollacd  n.  sp.  is  the  name  given  to  a  fungus  parasitic 
on  Ilex  furcata. 

The  hydropsy  of  Madake  (Phyllostachys  bambusoides),  S.  Kawamuba 
(Extracts  from  Bui.  Forest  Expt.  Sta.,  Tokyo,  1915,  pp.  127-130,  figs.  4).— 
Madake  has  recently  been  increasingly  afEected  with  a  disease  characterized 
by  accumulations  of  water  in  the  stem,  especially  the  middle  portions,  but  not 
in  the  uppermost  internodes.  The  leaves  gradually  fall  and  the  stem  becomes 
weak  and  unfit  for  use.  The  symptoms  and  their  alterations  are  described  in 
some  detail.    The  cause  of  the  trouble  has  not  been  determined. 

The  red  plague  of  Sugi  (Cryptomeria  japonica)  seedlings,  S.  KLawamuba 
(Extracts  from  Bui.  Forest  Expt.  Sta.,  Tokyo,  1915,  pp.  131-133,  fig.  1). — It  is 
stated  that  since  the  red  plague  of  Sugi  became  known  a  few  years  ago  in 
Japan,  the  trouble  has  spread  until  it  has  now  been  reported  from  various 
parts  of  the  country.     The  symptoms  of  the  disease  are  described. 

The  author's  investigations  since  1911  have  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
disease  attacks  only  this  plant  and  is  confined  to  seedlings  under  five  years 
of  age.  Of  the  three  fungi  noted  in  this  connection,  Pestalozzia  appears  to  be 
usually  associated  with  other  fungi,  mostly  on  old,  decayed  leaves,  and  Cerco- 
spora  is  still  under  investigation,  so  that  this  report  is  confined  chiefly  to  a 
discussion  of  Phyllosticta.  The  fungus  attacks  first  the  lower  and  then  the 
higher  leaves,  causing  discoloration,  and  later  the  twigs,  causing  dark  brown 
spots  on  the  surface,  and  eventually  killing  the  leaves,  causing  complete  failure 
of  growth. 

A  disease  of  immortel  trees,  J.  B.  Robek  (Bui.  Dept.  Ayr.  Trinidad  and 
Tobago,  H  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  128,  129). — A  disease  affecting  Erythrina  velutina 
is  described,  in  which  the  leaves  show  first  a  pale  green,  then  a  yellow  color. 
This  is  followed  by  a  dieback,  the  branches  falling  away  gradually  and  the 
bare,  dead  trunk  finally  rotting  and  falling  to  the  ground.  This  occurs  in 
widely  separated  groups  of  from  10  to  20  or  more  trees.  Often,  though  not 
always,  the  cacao  trees  under  the  dying  immortel  trees  are  affected  in  much  the 
same  manner.  The  trouble  may  be  connected  with  insufficient  drainage.  No 
parasites  have  yet  been  shown  to  produce  the  disease,  and  the  symptoms  suggest 
root  trouble,  poor  soil  conditions,  or  bad  water  relations.  Deep  and  thorough 
drainage  appears  to  be  the  best  means  of  control. 

Hypoderma  deformans,  an  undescribed  needle  fungus  of  the  western  yel- 
low pine,  J.  R.  Weib  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Ayr.,  Jour.  Ayr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  8, 
pp.  277-288,  pi.  1,  figs.  4). — A  technical  description  is  given  of  H.  deformans 
n.  sp.,  which  is  said  to  cause  a  serious  needle  disease  of  the  western  yellow 
pine  (Pinus  ponderosa)  in  parts  of  Idaho,  Washington,  and  Montana. 

The  fungus  is  said  to  be  a  true  parasite,  attacking  the  foliage  of  all  age 
classes.  The  first  sign  of  infection  is  usually  a  slight  browning  of  the  tips  of 
the  needles,  or,  in  regions  of  heavy  infection,  the  entire  needle  may  assume 
a  straw  yellow  color  deepening  to  a  brown  on  the  first  appearance  of  the 
apothecia.  The  terminal  shoots  do  not  attain  their  normal  development,  and 
witches'  brooms  are  frequently  produced. 

The  author  considers  this  fungus  a  possible  cause  of  disease  in  nurseries, 
although,  up  to  the  present  time,  it  has  not  been  found  in  the  forest  tree 
nursery.  Cutting  out  and  burning  the  infected  parts  or  trees  are  recommended 
as  means  of  control. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

Animal  guide;  North  American  wild  animals,  C.  K.  Reed  (Worcester, 
Mass.:  Author,  1915,  pp.  253,  figs.  60). — This  small  pocket  guide  includes  descrip- 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  355 

tions  of  60  North  American  wild  animals  illustrated  in  color  from  original 
paintings  by  H.  F.  Harvey. 

A  list  of  British  birds  compiled  by  a  committee  of  the  British  Ornitholo- 
gists' Union  {London:  British  Ornithologists'  Union,  1915,  2.  rev.  ed.,  pp. 
XXII-\-430). — This  is  the  second  revised  edition  of  the  British  Ornithologists' 
Union  list,  the  first  of  which  was  published  in  1883.  Under  each  species  are 
given  the  common  name,  synonymy,  distribution  in  the  British  Isles,  and 
general  distribution.  The  appendixes  include  a  list  of  species  which  have 
been  recorded  as  having  been  found  in  the  British  Islands,  but  on  evidence 
which  the  committee  do  not  regard  as  entirely  satisfactory;  a  list  of  names 
which  in  the  opinion  of  the  committee  should  be  retained,  together  with  the 
corresponding  names  under  the  Rules  of  Nomenclature  as  drawn  up  by  the 
International  Congress  of  Zoology  at  their  successive  meetings ;  and  a  discus- 
sion of  the  reasons  for  the  change  of  old  names  or  for  the  nonadoption  of 
changes  which  have  been  advocated  by  recent  authors,  together  with  the  method 
of  fixation  of  the  types  of  the  various  genera  used  in  the  list. 

Birds  of  the  Indian  hills,  D,  Dewab  {London  and  New  York:  John  Lane, 
1915.  pp.  264). — The  several  parts  of  this  popular  work  deal  with  the  birds  of 
the  Himalayas,  the  common  birds  of  the  Nilgiris,  and  the  common  birds  of  the 
Palni  Hills.  The  vernacular  names  of  Himalayan  birds  and  of  Nilgiri  birds 
are  given  in  appendixes  and  a  subject  index  is  included. 

The  entomological  and  ornitholog'ical  collector's  handbook,  J.  Sinclaib 
{Los  Angeles,  Cal.:  Autlwr,  1915,  pp.  80). — A  handbook  of  information  for 
collectors. 

Agricultural  entomology,  H.  Osborn  {Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger,  1916, 
pp.  IV+nS^y,  pi.  1,  figs.  252). — This  work  has  been  prepared  for  the  use  of 
students,  farmers,  fruit  growers,   and   gardeners. 

Insect  pests  of  Lima  beans  in  St.  Vincent,  S.  C.  Habland  {Agr.  News 
IBarbados],  U  {1915),  Nos.  352,  pp.  S46,  347;  353,  p.  363).— An  undetermined 
Cryptorhynchus  borer;  the  bean  leaf  roller  {Eudamus  proteus),  held  in  check 
by  parasites ;  an  undetermined  leaf  blotch  miner ;  and  the  larvae  of  an  unde- 
termined moth  are  said  to  be  the  most  important  enemies  of  Lima  beans  in 
St.  Vincent. 

Insect  pests  of  the  orchards  and  gardens  of  Idaho  and  their  control,  W.  O. 
Edmundson  {IdaJw  Sta.  Bui.  87  {1916),  pp.  SO,  figs.  12). — A  popular  descriptive 
account   with    control   measures. 

The  insects  injurious  to  fruit  trees,  P.  Lesne  {Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n.  ser.,  28 
{1915),  Nos.  41,  pp.  312-314,  pi.  1;  42,  pp.  S27,  328;  53,  pp.  503-506,  pi.  1;  56,  pp. 
555,  556). — A  general  account  of  insects  attacking  fruit  trees,  accompanied  by 
colored  plates  of  the  more  important  forms. 

[Citrus  insects  in  the  Isle  of  Pines],  F.  S.  Eable  and  J.  M.  Rogees  {San 
Pedro  lisle  of  Pines'i  Citrus  Path.  Lab.  Ann.  Rpt,  1  {1915),  pp.  11-21,  figs.  2).— 
An  account  of  the  more  important  citrus  insects  and  means  for  their  control. 

The  locust  borer  (Cyllene  robiniae)  and  other  insect  enemies  of  the  black 
locust,  H.  Gabman  {Bien.  Rpt.  State  Forester  Ky.,  2  {1915),  pp.  32-63,  pis. 
21 ) . — The  locust  borer,  an  extended  account  of  which  by  Hopkins  has  been  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  18,  p,  159),  is  said  to  occur  throughout  Kentucky,  its 
numbers  being  in  proportion  to  the  abundance  of  locust  trees.  Biological  ob- 
servations of  this  beetle  and  its  natural  enemies  are  reported. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  since  the  adults  are  dependent  on  goldenrod  pollen  and 

are  abundant  only  where  it  may  be  secured,  the  destruction  of  goldenrod  in 

the  vicinity  of  plantings  or  the  spraying  thereof  with  arsenate  of  lead  about 

the  middle  of  September  are  valuable  means  of  lessening  the  injury.     As  a 

56493°— 16 5 


356  EXPEBIMENT   STATIOlSr   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

further  precaution  the  spraying  of  the  trunks  of  trees  with  lead  arsenate 
about  the  first  of  September  when  the  beetles  begin  to  emerge  from  the  trees 
is  suggested  and  the  destruction  of  old  badly-infested  locust  trees  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  plantings  is  recommended. 

The  other  insects  mentioned  as  infesting  the  wood  of  the  trees  include  the 
carpenter  moth  (Prionoxystus  rohinice),  the  twig  miner  {Ecdytolopha  insiti- 
ciana),  and  Agrilus  egentis.  Several  insects  mentioned  as  attacking  the  young 
twigs  and  leaves  include  the  leaf  miners,  Chalepus  dorsalis,  C.  nervosa,  Graci- 
laria  lespedezwfoliella,  Ldthocolletes  ostensackenella,  and  L.  robiniella;  the 
locust  leaf  skeletonizer  (Gelcchia  pseudacaciella)  ;  and  the  locust  skipper 
(Eudamus  tityrus).  Under  the  heading  of  puncturing  insects  several  tree- 
hoppers,  etc.,  are  mentioned. 

Twenty-eighth  report  of  the  state  entomologist  on  tlie  noxious  and  bene- 
ficial insects  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  S.  A.  Forbes  (Rpt.  State  Ent.  III.,  28 
{1915),  pp.  IX +106,  pis.  4,  figs.  24). — This  report  consists  of  the  following 
papers:  Recent  Illinois  Work  on  the  Corn  Root  Aphis  and  the  Control  of  Its 
Injuries  (pp.  1-62)  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  60),  Observations  and  Experiments  on  the 
San  Jose  Scale  (pp.  63-79)  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  452),  and  Life  History  and  Habits 
of  the  Northern  Corn  Rootworm  (Diabrotica  longicornis)  (pp.  80-86)  by  S.  A. 
Forbes;  and  the  San  Jose  Scale  (Aspidiotus  perniciosus),  by  P.  A.  Glenn  (pp. 
87-106)  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  162),  The  paper  on  the  northern  corn  rootworm  is 
based  upon  miscellaneous  observations  and  operations  of  several  years. 

Torty-fifth  annual  report  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Ontario,  1914 
(Ann.  Rpt.  Ent.  Soc.  Ontario,  4-5  {1914),  PP-  152,  figs.  27).— This  annual  report 
consists  of  Reports  on  Insects  of  the  Year,  by  A.  Gibson  (pp.  13-28)  ;  Applied 
Entomology  in  Canada:  Its  Rise  and  Progress,  by  C.  G.  Hewitt  (pp.  29-41)  ; 
Insects  of  the  Season  in  Ontario,  by  L.  Caesar  (pp.  42-49)  ;  The  Habits  of 
Spiders,  by  J.  H.  Comstock  (pp.  49,  50)  ;  Brief  Notes  on  Some  of  the  Injurious 
Insects  of  Quebec,  1914,  by  W.  Lochhead  (pp.  59-61)  ;  Insects  Injurious  in 
Southern  Quebec,  1914,  by  C.  E.  Fetch  (pp.  70,  71)  ;  The  1914  Outbreak  of  the 
Army  Worm  in  Canada,  by  A.  Gibson  (pp.  72-75),  substantially  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
35,  p.  56)  ;  The  Army  Worm  in  Ontario  in  1914,  by  A.  W.  Baker  (pp.  75-90)  ; 
Experiments  with  Poisoned  Bran  Baits  for  Locust  Control  in  Eastern  Canada, 
by  A.  Gibson  (pp.  97-102),  substantially  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  56)  ;  An  Im- 
ported Red  Spider  Attacking  Fruit  Trees,  by  L.  Caesar  (pp.  102-107)  (E.  S.  R., 
33,  p.  659)  ;  Cherry  Fruit  Flies,  by  L.  Caesar  (pp.  107-112),  substantially  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  561)  ;  The  Control  of  Forest  and  Shade  Tree  Insects  of  the 
Farm,  by  J.  M.  Swaine  (pp.  112-116)  ;  etc. 

The  theory  of  wetting,  and  the  determination  of  the  wetting  power  of 
dipping  and  spraying  fluids  containing  a  soap  basis,  W.  F.  Coopek  and  W.  H. 
NuTTALL  {Jour.  Agr.  Sci.  [England],  7  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  219-229,  figs.  3).— An 
extended  discussion  of  the  subject,  including  a  review  of  the  literature  and  a 
list  of  20  references. 

Common  spray  materials  and  other  insecticides,  J.  G.  Sanders  {Wis.  Dept. 
Agr.  Bui.  3  {1916),  pp.  22,  figs.  9). — This  is  a  popular  treatise. 

Locusts  or  grasshoppers,  F.  W.  Ueich  {Bui,  Dept.  Agr.  Trinidad  and  Tobago, 
14  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  120-128,  pi.  1). — Brief  notes  are  given  on  the  occurrence  of 
locusts  in  Trinidad  and  methods  of  combating  them,  together  with  an  account 
of  locust  destruction  in  South  Africa. 

Combating  locusts,  Trabut  {Bui.  Agr.  Algdrie,  Tunisie,  Maroc,  21  {1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  53-74'  fio-"^-  1^)- — A  discussion  of  the  methods  of  combating  migratory 
locusts  and  of  tlieir  natural  enemies. 


ini6]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  357 

Thrips  oryzae  n.  sp.,  injurious  to  rice  in  India,  C.  B.  Williams  (Bui.  Ent. 
Rcnearch,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  PP-  353-355,  fig.  1).— This  species  is  reported  to  be 
injurious  to  young  rice. 

What  cacao  thrips  signify  in  Grenada,  H.  A.  Ballou  (Agr.  News  [Bar- 
bados], llf  (1915),  No.  350,  pp.  3U,  315).— The  cacao  thrips  (Heliothrips 
rubrocinctus)  probably  occurs  in  all  parts  of  Grenada,  where  it  was  first 
found  in  1898,  and  may  occur  in  every  cacao  field.  Attacks  occur  year  after 
year  on  the  same  areas,  on  the  same  trees  even,  sometimes  spreading  a  little, 
but  a  thrips  area  one  year  is  liable  or  certain  to  be  a  thrips  area  every  year,  al- 
though it  may  never  increase  in  numbers  sufficiently  to  attract  attention  or 
cau.se  any  injury. 

It  is  suggested  that  the  cacao  thrips  should  be  considered  a  useful  insect 
since  it  may  indicate  that  the  trees  are  suffering  from  untoward  condition, 
thus  serving  as  an  indicator.  When  thrips  areas  have  been  examined,  it  has 
been  found  that  root  disease  was  present,  the  drainage  was  insufficient,  the 
soil  was  shallow  with  terrace  or  heavy  clay  beneath,  or  there  was  evidently  a 
lack  of  humus  in  the  soil. 

A  new  thrips  damaging  coffee  in  British  East  Africa,  C.  B.  Williams 
(Bid.  Ent.  Research,  6  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  269-272,  fig.  l).—Diarthrothrips 
coffece  n.  g.  and  n.  sp.  is  said  to  have  caused  serious  damage  to  the  leaves  of 
coffee  in  several  districts  of  British  East  Africa. 

Egg  and  manner  of  oviposition  of  Lyctus  planicollis,  T.  E.  Snyder  (U.  B, 
Dcpt.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  273-276,  pis.  4).— Species 
of  the  genus  Lyctus  are  said  to  be  by  far  the  most  important  of  the  various 
beetles  which  cause  the  so-called  "  powder-post "  injury  to  seasoned  wood 
products  so  widely  distributed  over  the  world.  The  observations  of  L.  plani- 
cnlUs  here  described  were  made  at  Washington,  D.  C,  and  Falls  Church,  Va. 

The  winter  is  passed  in  the  larval  stage,  general  pupation  occurring  about 
the  first  of  April ;  the  pupal  cell  is  excavated  near  the  surface  of  the  wood, 
and  to  this  cell  the  larvre  retreat  after  cutting  a  transverse  burrow  nearly  to 
the  surface  for  the  exit  of  the  adults.  The  general  emergence  of  adults  takes 
place  during  May.  Oviposition  began  a  few  days  after  mating  and  was 
observed  to  take  place  principally  during  the  middle  of  May  in  1915.  On 
May  24  many  beetles  were  observed  on  radial  sections  of  wood  with  their  ovi- 
positors deeply  inserted  into  the  open  pores  or  large  longitudinal  vessels  in 
the  wood.  The  beetles  seem  to  prefer  to  oviposit  on  those  sections  of  seasoned 
sapwood  where  the  open  ends  of  pores  are  most  numerous.  Recently  hatched 
larvse  were  first  observed  on  June  1,  the  period  of  incubation  being  10  days 
at  most. 

It  is  stated  that  the  injury  by  "  powder-post "  beetles  to  unfinished  seasoned 
wood  products  can  be  prevented  by  simply  adapting  a  system  of  inspection, 
classification,  and  methods  of  disposal  of  stock  to  facts  in  the  seasonal  history 
of  the  insects,  as  has  been  recommended  by  Hopkins  (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  256).  In 
the  case  of  finished  wood  products  it  may  often  be  practicable  to  treat  the  wood 
with  substances  to  prevent  attack.  Judging  from  the  facts  in  the  seasonal 
history  of  this  species,  preventives  should  be  applied  before  March  1. 

The  mealy  bug  of  the  muscat  grape,  F.  K.  Howard  (Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort. 
Cat.,  5  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  67,  68,  fig.  1).—The  infestation  of  table  and  wine  grapes 
in  the  grape-growing  section  of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley  by  the  mealy  bug, 
probably  Pseudococcus  bakeri,  first  became  of  economic  importance  in  1914. 
It  was  first  found  on  raisin  grapes  in  an  old  muscat  vineyard  near  Armona, 
Kings  County,  Cal.,  in  September,  1915.  Up  to  the  time  of  writing  no  satis- 
factory control  measure  had  been  worked  out. 


358  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Pliylloxera  {Dept.  Agr.,  Indus.,  et  Com.  [Vaud],  Raps.  Sta.  Yit.  et  Serv. 
Phyllox^rique,  1912, 1913,  and  19U,  pp.  64,  each)  .—Reports  on  the  reconstitution 
of  vineyards  and  control  work  with  phylloxera  in  the  Canton  of  Vaud. 

Notes  on  Samoan  Coccidae  with  descriptions  of  three  new  species,  R.  W. 
DoANE  and  G.  F.  Ferbis  (Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  399-402,  figs. 
S). — Notes  are  given  on  the  occurrence  of  Coccidse  in  Samoa,  together  with 
descriptions  of  three  species  new  to  science. 

On  a  new  coccid  pest  of  cacao  from  Trinidad,  E.  E.  Green  (Bui.  Ent.  Re- 
search, 6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  377-379,  figs.  3). — Philephedra  theohromce  n.  sp.,  col- 
lected on  pods  of  Theohroma  cacao  in  Trinidad  and  attended  by  the  ant  Azteca 
chartifex,  is  described  as  new. 

On  a  coccid  injurious  to  pine  trees  in  the  Himalayas,  E.  E.  Green  {Bui. 
Ent.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  395-397,  pi.  1,  figs.  3) .—Ripersia  resinophila, 
which  was  found  to  occupy  gummy  cells  of  growing  shoots  of  Pinus  longi folia 
and  P.  excelsa,  is  described  as  new  to  science. 

The  soft  bamboo  scale  (Asterolecanium  bambusse),  E.  O.  EssiG  {Mo.  Bui. 
Com.  Hort.  Cal,  5  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  72,  73,  fig.  i).— The  author  records  the  dis- 
covery of  the  establishment  of  this  pest  in  the  United  States  for  the  first  time, 
at  Ventura,  Cal.,  in  March,  1914,  and  at  Sierra  Madre  in  1915. 

How  to  control  the  cottony  maple  scale,  J.  G.  Sandeks  {Wis.  Dept.  Agr. 
Circ.  2  {1916),  pp.  4,  figs.  S). — A  brief  popular  account. 

Studies  of  comparative  lepidopterology,  C.  Obesthur  {Etudes  de  L^pidop- 
t^rologie  Compar^e.  Rcfines:  Author,  1913,  Nos.  7,  pp.  679,  pis.  171;  8,  pp.  88, 
pis.  40;  9,  pt.  1,  pp.  44,  pis.  9;  1914,  No.  9,  pt.  2,  pp.  180,  pis.  56,  figs.  6;  1915, 
No.  10,  pp.  459,  pis.  152,  figs.  42). — A  continuation  of  the  work  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  453). 

Life-histories  of  Indian  insects. — V,  Lepidoptera,  C.  C.  Ghosh  {Mem.  Dept. 
Agr.  India,  Ent.  Ser.,  5  {1914),  No.  1,  pp.  72,  pis.  9,  fig.  i).— This  part  (E.  S.  R., 
31,  p.  159)  deals  with  the  butterflies. 

A  butterfly  injurious  to  coconut  palms  in  British  Guiana,  L.  D.  Cleaee, 
Jr.  {Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  {1915),  No.  S,  pp.  273-278,  pis.  3,  fig.  i).— The  larva 
of  the  coconut  butterfly  {Brassolis  sophorw)  is  reported  to  have  severely  at- 
tacked coconut  palms  in  the  vicinity  of  Georgetown  during  1914.  All  of  the 
green  parts  of  the  leaves  were  devoured,  only  the  thick  central  midrib  and  the 
fine  lateral  veins  being  left.  Studies  of  its  histology,  natural  enemies,  etc.,  are 
reported. 

The  possibilities  of  sericiculture  in  British  colonies  and  dependencies,  with 
special  reference  to  the  rearing  of  wild  and  semi  wild  silkworms  {Bui.  Imp. 
Inst.  [So.  Kensington],  13  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  87-110). — An  extended  discussion. 
The  potato  moth  (Phthorimaea  operculella  [Lita  solanella]). — Becent 
spraying  experiments  in  Gippsland,  C.  French,  Jr.,  and  S.  G.  Harris  {Jour. 
Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  614-618,  figs.  2).— This  pest  has  caused 
considerable  loss  to  growers  and  is  deemed  the  worst  potato  pest  in  Victoria. 
Due  to  exceptionally  dry  weather  in  Gippsland  and  elsewhere  during  the  past 
two  seasons,  the  moths  have  been  exceedingly  abundant  and  the  damage  caused 
has  been  very  great.  In  some  cases  the  whole  crop  has  been  destroyed  when 
the  plants  were  from  4  to  6  in.  high,  and  in  many  instances  the  growers  had  to 
discard  fully  two-thirds  of  the  tubers  when  bagging,  owing  to  the  depredations 
of  the  caterpillars.  Experimental  applications  of  lead  arsenate  to  the  foliage 
are  .said  to  have  given  quite  beneficial  results. 

The  grape  berry  worm  (Polychrosis  viteana),  W.  H.  Goodwin  {Ohio  Sta. 
Bui.  293  {1916),  pp.  259-307,  figs.  59).— This  lepidopteran,  described  from  the 
United  States  in  1860  as  P.  viteana,  resembles  the  European  grape  pest  P. 
botrana  anatomically,  although  the  differences  in  its  life  history  and  habits 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  359 

and  minor  anatomical  differences  have  led  to  its  recognition  as  a  distinct 
species.  It  has  been  umisually  destructive  at  various  times  in  those  sections 
of  Nevp  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Oliio  where  grapes  are  the  predominating 
crop,  and  has  also  been  a  pest  in  other  States. 

The  studies  of  its  life  history  and  of  control  measures,  here  reported,  have 
extended  over  a  period  of  several  years.  The  pest  was  found  to  be  two- 
brooded,  completing  its  life  cycle  twice  each  year.  Moths  transforming  from 
the  overwintering  pupa?  emerge  throughout  a  period  of  from  20  to  30  days  in 
June  and  July,  making  the  periods  during  which  the  eggs  hatch  of  equal 
duration. 

"  Earlier  publications  have  recommended  three  sprayings,  one  just  before 
bloom,  a  second  when  the  grapes  are  about  as  large  as  peas,  and  a  third  about 
July  10  to  15.  The  recent  and  complete  life-history  studies  have  shown  that 
by  following  this  program  the  three  sprayings  for  berry-worm  control  were 
made  before  the  first-brood  larvae  were  grown.  The  third  spraying  from  July 
10  to  15  was  made  almost  a  month  before  the  eggs  of  the  second  brood  of 
berry  worms  for  the  season  were  hatched,  leaving  small  probability  of  suffi- 
cient poison  adhering  at  this  time  to  kill  many  of  these  newly-hatched  worms. 

"  By  timely,  thorough  spraying,  in  accordance  with  the  known  life-history 
development,  the  berry  worms  have  been  controlled,  their  injuries  being  re- 
duced to  an  almost  negligible  amount.  These  sprayings  should  be  extremely 
thorough.  Arsenate  of  lead  4  lbs.,  Bordeaux  2 :  .3 :  50,  and  2  lbs.  of  dissolved 
soft  soap  should  be  used  for  the  first  spraying  just  after  the  blooming  of  the 
grapes,  when  the  largest  berries  are  about  0.125  in.  in  diameter.  This  poison 
spray  kills  many  of  the  first-brood  worms. 

"  The  second  spraying  must  be  made  just  preceding  the  placing  of  the  moth 
eggs  on  the  grape  berries  and  stems  of  the  berries.  In  normal  years  the  time 
of  this  spraying  comes  between  August  3  and  12,  depending  upon  whether 
the  grapes  bloom  earlier  or  later  than  normally,  or  about  seven  weeks  after 
the  grapes  bloom.  This  time  can  also  be  determined  by  placing  a  lot  of  wormy 
grapes  in  a  jar  about  July  20  with  leaves  on  top  of  the  berries ;  tie  a  piece 
of  cloth  over  the  top  of  the  jar  and  place  it  outdoors  in  the  shade.  Spraying 
for  the  control  of  the  second-brood  worms  must  be  started  about  ten  days 
after  the  first-brood  worms  begin  to  spin  cocoons  on  the  grape  leaves.  Use 
arsenate  of  lead  paste  6  lbs.,  Bordeaux  2 : 3 :  50,  and  dissolved  soft  soap  2 
lbs.,  covering  every  bunch  with  spray,  applying  it  preferably  by  hand." 

Life-history  studies  of  this  insect,  by  Johnson  and  Hammar,  have  been  pre- 
viously noted   (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  453). 

Omix  geminatella,  the  xinspotted  tentiform  leaf  miner  of  apple,  L.  Hase- 
MAN  (V.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  289-296, 
pi.  1). — This  leaf  miner  is  said  to  have  been  extremely  abundant  in  Missouri 
in  recent  years,  and  has  attracted  the  attention  of  fruit  growers  throughout  the 
State.  Its  attack  has  largely  been  confined  to  bearing  apple  orchards,  though 
considerable  injury  has  been  done  to  apple  foliage  in  nurseries.  Its  importance 
is  considerably  lessened  due  to  its  being  most  abundant  in  the  late  summer  and 
early  fall. 

The  moth  was  first  described  and  figured  by  Packard  in  1869  as  LithocoUetes 
geminatella  and  was  reported  by  him  to  be  abundant  in  New  England  on  pear 
and  apple.  It  has  since  been  reported  by  entomologists  as  very  abundant  on 
apple  in  New  York,  as  common  in  Connecticut,  and  as  occurring  in  a  number 
of  other  States. 

In  the  present  paper  the  author  reports  observations  being  made  at  the  Mis- 
souri Experiment  Station  of  its  life  history  and  habits.    The  egg  is  so  small  that 


3G0  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

tlie  author  has  failed  to  detect  it  on  foliage.  The  larva  always  seems  to  break 
through  the  part  of  the  shell  which  is  cemented  to  the  leaf  and  enters  the  leaf 
tissue  at  once.  In  the  course  of  its  development  the  larva  molts  three  times. 
tlie  first  of  which  takes  place  on  the  third  day  and  the  second  on  the  seventh 
or  eighth  day,  the  larva!  life  in  the  mine  being  about  two  weeks.  After  vacat- 
ing the  mine  through  a  small  hole  in  its  floor  the  larva  crawls  about  for  a 
varying  length  of  time  before  making  a  cocoon  in  which  to  pupate.  The 
cocoon  is  almost  invariably  placed  on  the  upper  surface  along  the  edge  of  the 
leaf  or  at  its  very  tip.  Pupation  tali;es  place  soon  after  the  cocoon  is  com- 
pleted, the  pupal  period  varying  from  a  few  days  to  a  week  in  midsummer. 
In  the  spring  the  adults  are  abundant  by  the  first  week  in  May.  By  the 
middle  of  the  month  the  typical  tentiform  mines  begin  to  appear,  and  the  adults 
of  the  first  spring  brood  begin  to  emerge  by  the  last  of  May,  the  life  cycle 
being  completed  in  from  four  to  five  weeks.  The  broods  overlap,  but  beginning 
with  May  a  fairly  well-defined  brood  can  be  made  out  for  each  month  until 
November.  The  larvae  of  the  October  brood  pupate  and  live  through  the  winter 
on  fallen  leaves. 

While  this  leaf  miner  is  primarily  a  pest  of  the  foliage  of  the  apple,  the 
small  caterpillars  have  also  been  found  developing  in  considerable  numbers 
in  the  leaves  of  the  crab  apple  and  occasionally  in  the  leaves  of  the  haw 
{Crataegus  spp.),  plum,  cherry,  and  pear.  Other  authors  report  having  reared 
it  from  mines  in  the  leaves  of  wild  cherry. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  since  the  caterpillar  enters  the  leaf  immediately  on 
hatching  and  remains  in  the  mine  until  mature  and  ready  to  spin  its  cocoon  for 
pupating,  arsenical  and  contact  sprays  are  of  little  value  in  its  control.  Since 
it  passes  the  winter  as  a  pupa  in  cocoons  on  fallen  leaves,  it  can  be  effectively 
controlled  by  destroying  the  leaves  early  in  the  spring,  the  most  practical 
method  being  to  use  a  disk  for  shallow  cultivation  before  the  first  of  March  so 
as  to  work  under  the  leaves  before  the  moths  begin  to  emerge.  The  pest  is 
said  to  be  heavily  parasitized.  The  author  reared  a  number  of  parasites  from 
it,  namely,  Syynpiesis  nigrifemora,  S.  tischerw,  S.  metcori,  Eulophus  Uneaticoxa, 
S.  dolichogaster  and  others  which  have  not  been  identified. 

Cutworms,  H.  T.  Fernald  (Massachusetts  ^ta.  Circ.  61  (1916),  pp.  2). — A 
revision  of  Circular  43,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  349). 

Anopheles  punctipennis,  a  host  of  tertian  malaria,  W.  V.  King  (Amer. 
Jour.  Trop.  Diseases  and  Prev.  Med.,  3  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  ^26-432,  pi.  1). — Sub- 
stantially noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  358). 

In  a  footnote  the  author  states  that  it  has  been  established  that  A.  puncti- 
pennis is  also  an  efficient  host  of  the  parasite  of  estivo-autumnal  malaria,  Plas- 
modium falciparum. 

Experiments  on  the  development  of  malaria  parasites  in  three  American 
species  of  Anopheles,  W.  V.  King  (Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  23  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  703- 
716,  pis.  8).— This  is  a  report  of  further  experiments  (see  above)  with  the  three 
most  prevalent  species  of  the  genus  occurring  in  the  United  States. 

"  As  a  result  of  these  experiments  Anopheles  punctipennis  is  shown  to  be  an 
efficient  host  of  the  organisms  of  tertian  and  estivo-autumnal  malaria,  A. 
crucians  of  estivo-autumnal  malaria,  at  least,  and  information  has  been  ob- 
tained upon  the  relative  susceptibility  of  these  two  species  and  A.  quadrimacu- 
latus.  The  latter  species  has  been  known  to  be  an  efficient  host  since  Thayer's 
experiments  in  1900,  and  has  been  considered  to  be  the  principal  species  con- 
cerned in  the  transmission  of  malaria  in  the  United  States. 

"  With  A.  punctipennis,  developmental  forms  of  the  exogenous  or  sporogenic 
cycle  of  Plasmodium  vivax  were  demonstrated  in  six    (85  per  cent)    of  the 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  361 

seven  mosquitoes  dissected,  and  the  development  of  P.  falciparum,  in  four 
(20  per  cent)  of  twenty  specimens.  These  four  infections,  however,  occurred 
in  a  series  of  thirteen  specimens  fed  on  one  person,  so  that  the  percentage  was 
actually  33. 

"  With  A,  crucians,  oocysts  or  sporozoites  or  both  oocysts  and  sporozoites  of 
F.  falciparum  were  found  in  nine  (75  per  cent)  of  the  twelve  specimens  dis- 
sected.    No  tests  were  made  with  this  species  and  P.  vivax. 

"A.  quadrimaculatus  was  employed  as  a  control  species  in  the  experiments 
and  became  infected  in  the  following  ratio:  Eight  (66  per  cent)  of  twelve  speci- 
mens with  P.  vivax,  and  three  (15  per  cent)  of  nineteen  specimens  with 
P.  falciparum. 

"  In  determining  the  relative  susceptibility  of  the  three  species  only  those  in- 
dividuals which  had  fed  upon  the  same  gamete  carriers  are  considered.  The 
number  of  mosquitoes  from  which  the  percentages  are  computed  is  too  small 
to  make  the  results  entirely  conclusive." 

A  bibliography  of  15  titles  is  appended. 

Anopheles  punctipennis. — Its  relation  to  the  transmission  of  malaria; 
report  of  experimental  data  relative  to  subtertian  malarial  fever,  M.  B. 
MiTZMAiN  {Puh.  Health  Rpts.  [U.  S.],  SI  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  301-307).— "Two 
hundred  and  nineteen  specimens  of  A.  punctipennis  were  dissected  from  3 
to  38  days  after  multiple  bites  on  individuals  whose  blood  contained  varying 
numbers  of  subtertian  gametocytes  (estivo-autumnal  crescents).  No  infection 
was  observed  in  the  dissection  of  stomachs  and  salivary  glands. 

"  Two  healthy  individuals  were  bitten  91  and  180  times  by  specimens  of 
A.  punctipennis,  4  to  33  days  after  sucking  blood  of  a  subtertian  malarial 
carrier.  In  this  experiment,  and  subsequently  in  the  employment  of  a  healthy 
volunteer  to  feed  22  additional  mosquitoes  of  this  same  species,  A.  punctipennis 
could  not  be  incriminated  in  the  transmission  of  subtertian  malarial  fever. 
The  negative  results  in  this  experiment  check  only  with  the  negative  findings 
in  the  dissections  of  A.  punctipennis,  as  it  is  recognized  that  the  volunteers 
were  not  under  absolute  control ;  that  is,  because  of  the  possible  exposure 
to  bites  from  infected  anophelines  while  living  in  New  Orleans. 

"  Control  feedings  with  74  specimens  of  A.  quadrimaculatus  resulted  in  an 
infection  of  13.8  per  cent,  and  with  three  specimens  of  A.  crucians  of  33.3 
per  cent.  The  coincidence  in  which  one  person  developed  subtertian  malaria 
11  days  following  the  single  bite  of  an  A.  quadrimaculatus  that  liad  become 
infected  (as  shown  by  dissection)  17  days  previously  by  biting  a  heavily 
infected  carrier,  pointed  strongly  to  this  as  the  source  of  infection.  This 
might  be  offered  as  an  additional  check  in  the  experiment,  recognizing,  how- 
ever, the  limitations  that  might  be  placed  on  it  because  of  lack  of  absolute 
control  of  the  volunteer  living  in  New  Orleans." 

Observations  on  the  Culicidae,  B.  Galli-Valebio  (Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.],  1. 
AM.,  OrUj.,  76  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  260,  261).— This  note  relates  to  the  hibernation, 
biology,  and  breeding  places  of  Culicidse  in  Switzerland. 

Observations  on  the  bionomics  of  Stegomyia  fasciata,  3.  W.  S.  Macfie 
(Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  205-229) .—Notes  on  the  author's 
observations  of  the  yellow  fever  mosquito,  relating  to  length  of  life,  blood  feed- 
ing, ovulation,  intolerance  of  the  larvae  to  common  salt,  etc.,  much  of  which 
data  is  presented  in  tabular  form. 

A  note  on  treatment  of  swamps,  stream  beds,  ponds,  wells,  pools,  and 
other  mosquito  infested  areas  for  the  destruction  of  their  larvse,  H.  0.  Wilson 
(Madras:  Madras  Fisheries  Bur.,  1914,  pp-  14,  P^s.  8). — A  note  on  mosquito  con- 
trol work  in  India. 


362  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

Some  new  neotropical  Simulidae,  F.  Knab  {Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  (1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  279-282). — Three  species,  namely,  SimuUurn  sanguineum  from  Colum- 
bia, S.  limhatnm  from  British  Guiana,  and  S.  placidum  from  Trinidad,  are  de- 
scribed as  new  to  science. 

riies:  A  factor  in,  a  phase  of,  filariasis  in  the  horse,  F.  E.  Place  (Vet. 
Rec,  28  (1915),  No.  I4I8,  pp.  120-125). — The  author  attempts  to  trace  a  direct 
connection  between  the  existence  of  certain  flies,  notably  Stomoxys  calcitrans, 
Musca  domestica,  and  M.  vetustissima,  and  the  presence  of  certain  filarise  in  the 
stomach  of  the  horse. 

Chemical  reactions  of  fruit  flies,  F.  M.  Howlett  (Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6 
(1915),  No.  3,  pp.  291-305,  pis.  If). — "  There  are  certain  smells  remarkably  attrac- 
tive to  male  flies  of  the  genus  Dacus  and  by  the  employment  of  these  smells  the 
movements  of  the  flies  can  to  a  great  extent  be  controlled  in  any  given  direc- 
tion. The  reaction  is  strictly  confined  to  the  male  sex,  and  different  species  ex- 
hibit a  variation  as  regards  the  smell  which  is  most  attractive  to  them.  It  is 
uncertain  whether  the  females  emit  similar  smells ;  on  the  whole  improbable." 

Effect  of  cold  storage  temperatures  upon  the  pupae  of  the  Mediterranean 
fruit  fly,  B.  A.  Back  and  C.  E.  Pemberton  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Re- 
search, 6  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  251-260,  figs.  2).— In  the  investigations  here  reported 
the  authors,  assisted  by  H.  F.  Willard,  conducted  extensive  experiments  to  de- 
termine the  effect  of  the  various  ranges  of  temperatures  used  in  commercial 
cold  storage  plants  upon  the  pupae  of  the  Mediterranean  fruit  fly.  The  work  was 
carried  on  in  connection  with  that  relating  to  the  effect  of  cold  upon  the  eggs 
and  larval  instars,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  554). 

In  the  introduction  the  authors  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  while  the 
greatest  danger  in  the  spread  of  this  pest  from  one  country  to  another  lies  in 
the  transportation  of  the  larvse  within  fruits,  it  is  possible  that  the  pest  may 
also  be  transported  in  the  pupal  stage  and  arrive  at  its  destination  in  a  condi- 
tion to  produce  infestation.  It  is  stated  that  nearly  all  the  experimental  work 
with  temperatures  lower  than  45°  F.  was  carried  on  in  a  thoroughly  modern 
cold  storage  plant. 

The  data  presented,  much  of  which  are  given  in  tabular  form  and  include 
observations  on  173,318  pupae,  indicate  that  none  survive  refrigeration  for 
longer  periods  than  are  necessary  to  cause  the  death  of  the  eggs  and  larvse  in 
host  fruits  held  at  corresponding  temperatures.  "  About  50°  is  the  critical 
point  below  which  development  can  not  take  place  and  below  which  death  will 
follow  if  refrigeration  is  continued  sufficiently  long.  At  49  to  51°  only  9  out 
of  39,500  pupa?  yielded  adults  in  refrigeration  20  to  47  days  after  the  inward 
date,  while  3  out  of  6  held  at  52  to  56°  yielded  adults  in  refrigeration  38  to  52 
days  after  the  inward  date.  Many  pupae  can  complete  their  entire  development 
in  refrigeration  at  54  to  57°,  while  higher  temperatures,  not  considered  here, 
merely  retard  development  without  causing  noticeable  mortality. 

"  Pupae  can  not  withstand  temperatures  below  50°  for  prolonged  periods  of 
time.  Only  3  and  1  pupa  survived  refrigeration  for  8  and  9  days,  respectively, 
at  32°,  while  none  of  4,500  pupae  survived  10  days  at  this  temperature.  Refrig- 
eration at  a  temperature  averaging  34°,  but  ranging  between  33  and  36°, 
proved  fatal  after  the  seventeenth  day;  6,017  pupae  refrigerated  at  this  tem- 
perature for  18  and  25  days  yielded  no  adults,  while  the  number  to  yield  adults 
after  refrigeration  for  14  and  17  days  was  very  small.  No  pupae  survived 
refrigeration  at  28  to  40°,  but  averaging  36°,  for  more  than  10  days.  A  tem- 
perature of  38  to  40°  proved  fatal  after  the  nineteenth  day;  30,731  pupae 
refrigerated  for  from  21  to  35  days  failed  to  yield  adults  on  removal  to  normal 
temperatures.     After  refrigeration  at  40  to  45°  pupae  from  each  of  two  lots 


191G]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  363 

removed  after  refrigeration  for  24  and  27  days,  respectively,  yielded  adults; 
500  pupfe  removed  after  refrigeration  for  from  31  to  34  days  proved  to  be  dead. 

"  It  does  not  seem  safe  to  conclude  that  the  age  of  the  pupa  has  a  direct 
bearing  upon  its  ability  to  withstand  the  more  ordinary  ranges  of  cold-storage 
temperatures." 

The  bean  maggot  in  1915,  D.  B.  Whelan  (Michigan  Sta.  Circ.  28  (1916), 
pp.  3,  4)- — Serious  damage  was  done  by  the  bean  or  seed-corn  maggot  in  Huron, 
Sanilac,  Tuscola,  Saginaw,  Gratiot,  Eaton,  and  Berrien  counties  in  Michigan 
during  1915,  previous  to  which  year  it  had  appeared  in  scattered  numbers  over 
quite  a  large  area  and  the  damage  had  been  comparatively  slight.  Instances 
are  reported  of  fields  in  which  the  loss  of  plants  varied  from  50  to  80  per  ^ent. 
Examinations  of  a  series  of  bean  fields  beginning  on  July  1  showed  that  the 
maggots  had  been  present  in  the  fresh  manure,  clover  sod,  and  the  rotting 
stems  of  clover,  and  had  transferred  their  attention  to  the  beans.  The  eggs 
are  usually  deposited  on  the  stems  of  the  plants  just  coming  through  the  soil 
or  on  decaying  vegetable  matter. 

It  appears  that  cultural  methods  furnish  the  best  means  for  combating  this 
maggot.  Land  which  is  in  clover  or  is  covered  with  manure  should  be  plowed 
early  and  prepared,  so  that  the  soil  will  be  in  good  condition  and  the  maggots 
given  time  to  disappear  before  the  beans  are  sowed.  "  Commercial  fertilizers 
may  be  substituted  for  barnyard  manure  when  the  necessity  for  late  fitting 
of  the  soil  demands  it,  and  repeated  harrowing  and  perhaps  rolling,  especially 
when  the  ground  is  light  in  texture,  seem  to  aid." 

The  adaptative  forms  of  anthomyid  larvae;  Anthomyidae,  the  larvas  of 
which  are  carnivorous,  D.  Keilin  (Bui.  Soc.  Ent.  France  No.  20  (1914),  pp. 
496-501,  figs.  3;  abs.  in  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  S.  ser.,  1  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  242,  243).— 
In  continuation  of  investigations  of  dipterous  larvse  the  author,  in  dealing  with 
the  Anthomyidse,  refers  to  larvse  with  saprophagous,  phytophagous,  parasitic, 
and  carnivorous  habits. 

A  catalogue  of  Coleoptera  (Coleopterorum  Catalogus.  Berlin:  W.  Junk, 
1913,  pt.  56,  pp.  223;  1914,  pts.  57,  pp.  289-408;  58,  pp.  65;  59,  pp.  215;  60,  pp.  62; 
61,  pp.  16;  62,  pp.  182;  1915,  pts.  63,  pp.  84;  64,  pp.  14;  65,  pp.  82).— In  continua- 
tion of  this  worlv  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  458)  part  56,  by  A.  Grouvelle,  catalogues  the 
Byturidse  and  Nitidulidfe;  part  57,  by  M.  Bernhauer  and  K.  Schubert,  the 
Staphylinidse,  IV;  part  58,  by  M.  Pic,  the  Dascillidse,  Helodid^e,  and  Euci- 
netidse;  part  59,  by  H.  Clavareau,  the  subfamily  Eumolpinss  of  the  Chryso- 
melidse;  part  60,  by  R.  Jeannel,  the  subfamily  Bathysciinse  of  the  Silphidse; 
part  61,  by  A.  Mequignon,  the  Rhizophagidse ;  part  62,  by  F.  Spaeth,  the  sub- 
family Cassidinse  of  the  Chrysomelidse ;  part  63.  by  E.  Csiki,  the  Mordellidfe; 
part  64,  by  S.  Schenkling,  the  Derodontidre,  Lymexylonidse,  and  Micromalthid£e ; 
and  part  65,  by  S.  Schenkling,  the  Oedemeridae. 

White  grubs  in  Iowa,  R.  L.  Webster  (loiva  Sta.  Circ.  29  (1916),  pp.  4, 
figs.  S). — This  circular  calls  attention  to  the  importance  of  white  grubs  in  Iowa 
and  discusses  control  measures. 

An  insect  pest  of  lucern,  C.  French,  Jr.  (Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  (1915), 
No.  9,  pp.  567-569.  figs.  3). — The  cockchafer  Heteronyx  piceus  has  been  found 
to  be  a  source  of  injury  to  alfalfa  at  Werribee,  Victoria,  considerable  loss 
resulting. 

Bud  weevils  and  other  bud-feeding  insects  of  Washington,  M.  A.  Yothees 
(Washington  Sta.  Bui.  124  (1916),  pp.  5-43,  pis.  6,  figs.  S).— This  paper  reports 
observations  made  of  the  biology  and  control  of  weevils  and  other  beetles  which 
have  been  injuring  the  fruit  buds  of  one-  and  two-year-old  fruit  trees  in  Wash- 
ington State.     It  appears  that  several  of  the  weevils  are  native  feeders  on  the 


364  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

sagebrush  (Artemisia  tridentata),  the  principal  host  plant  in  the  districts  where 
they  are  found,  the  injury  being  brought  about  througli  the  clearing  up  of 
such  lands  and  setting  them  to  fruit  trees,  which  then  become  the  only  available 
food  plant. 

The  injury  caused  by  the  various  species  is  said  to  have  been  considerable; 
at  times  every  bud  is  eaten  out  and  the  trees  die  or  do  not  get  a  start  after 
they  are  planted.  At  other  times  only  a  few  of  the  buds  are  destroyed  and 
the  trees  are  able  to  maintain  themselves.  In  some  orchards  it  was  found  that 
as  many  as  half  of  the  young  trees  were  killed.  Although  this  was  an  unusually 
high  percentage,  it  is  not  uncommon  to  find  new  plantings  with  losses  of  20 
per  cent. 

The  studies  in  1911  were  made  at  four  localities  and  during  1912  at  as  many 
as  15.  A  list  is  given  of  14  weevils  and  5  other  beetles  studied,  together  with 
tables  showing  the  different  plants  upon  which  the  various  species  occur,  the 
remedies  tried,  and  the  results  obtained. 

In  regard  to  methods  of  control  it  is  stated  that  as  the  weevils  are  wingless 
and  can  not  fly  they  can  be  prevented  from  destroying  the  buds  by  the  use  of 
paper-cone  tree  protectors,  here  described,  which  are  the  most  effective  and 
practical  means  of  protecting  the  trees  against  the  weevils.  The  paper  cones 
are  also  effective  against  climbing  cutworms.  With  a  little  care  and  attention 
to  the  adjustment  of  the  cones  they  will  give  protection  throughout  the  first 
season,  which  is  usually  as  long  as  necessary,  as  the  weevils  do  not  often  injure 
older  trees. 

The  weevils  noted  are  Cercopexis  artemisice,  Cleonus  lobigerinus,  C.  quadri- 
lineatus,  Geoderces  melanothrix,  Melamomphus  luteus,  M.  nigrescens,  Mimetes 
setulosus,  Mylacus  saccatus,  Panscopus  cequalis,  P.  sulcirostris,  Sitcma  apache- 
ana,  Tosastes  cinerascens,  Tricolepsis  sp.,  and  Tychius  lineellus.  The  other 
beetles  noted  are  Cotalpa  granicollis,  Eusattus  muricatus,  Glyptoscelis  alternata, 
Polyphylla  decemlineata,  and  Syneta  albida. 

From  an  economic  standpoint  T.  cinerascens  is  the  most  important  of  the 
weevils  discussed  in  this  paper,  being  the  cause  of  thousands  of  dollars  of  losses 
to  orchardists  throughout  the  whole  of  the  arid  region  in  the  State.  M.  setulo- 
sus, the  most  abundant  weevil,  is  the  second  most  injurious  of  the  bud  weevils 
here  discussed,  having  a  wider  distribution  and  a  larger  number  of  host  plants 
than  any  of  the  other  species.  E.  muricatus  has  been  observed  to  travel  readily 
up  the  trees  and  from  bud  to  bud  and  can  soon  destroy  all  the  buds  on  a  tree. 
On  older  trees  it  feeds  on  the  blossoms  'as  well  as  the  buds  and  young  leaves 
and  has  been  known  to  destroy  the  blossoms  in  some  orchards  to  such  an  extent 
as  practically  to  ruin  the  crop. 

The  strawberry  weevil  (Anthonomus  signatus),  T.  J.  Headlee  (Neiv  Jersey 
Stas.  Circ.  56  {191G),  pp.  3-8,  fig.  i).— Measures  hitherto  recommended  for  the 
control  of  the  strawberry  weevil  having  proved  unsatisfactory,  except  in  a 
limited  way,  the  author  was  led  to  conduct  the  insecticide  experiments  here 
briefly  reported,  assisted  by  E.  Douglass.  While  they  were  conducted  in  only 
one  field  with  but  a  single  variety  of  strawberry  (Heritage),  the  results  indi- 
cate what  may  be  accomplished. 

It  was  found  that  combinations  of  arsenate  of  lead  and  sulphur  maintained 
as  a  dust  coating  throughout  the  two  weeks  when  the  strawberry  is  subjected 
to  the  serious  attack  will  afford  almost  perfect  protection.  While  the  half-and- 
half  mixture  of  lead  and  sulphur  is  the  most  efficient,  a  mixture  composed 
of  one  part  of  arsenate  of  lead  to  five  parts  of  sulphur  is  effective  and  much 
cheaper.  Two  applications  were  in  this  case  sufficient,  the  first  being  applied 
just  as  the  beetles  began  to  damage  the  buds  and  the  second  as  soon  there- 


191G]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  365 

after  as  the  first  treatment  had  disappeared  from  the  upper  surface  of  the 
foliage.  The  mixtures  are  readily  applied  with  a  powder  gun  and  sliould  coat 
thoroughly  all  parts  of  the  plants,  especially  the  buds.  For  the  1 :  5  mixture 
the  cost  should  not  exceed  $8  and  for  the  1 : 1,  $16  an  acre,  and  in  practical 
work  this  charge  will  probably  prove  to  be  materially  less. 

Some  injurious  Indian  weevils  (Curculionidse),  G.  A.  K.  Marshall  {Bui. 
Ent.  Research,  5  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  377-380,  figs.  4;  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  365-373, 
figs.  5). — The  species  described  in  the  first  paper  as  new  to  science  are  Phyto- 
scaphus  dissimilis,  found  feeding  on  young  tea  shoots,  and  Corigetus  bidentulus, 
a  serious  pest  of  tea,  in  Assam;  and  RhynchxTnus  {OrcJiestcs)  mangiferce,  the 
larvte  of  which  bore  in  the  leaves  of  the  maugo  tree,  and  Pachytychius  mungonis, 
a  cowpea  {Phaseolus  mnngo)  pest,  in  Madras. 

The  new  species  described  in  the  second  part  are  Emperorrhinus  defoUator 
n.  g.  and  n.  sp.,  found  to  defoliate  the  alder  tree  {Alnus  nitida)  and  fruit 
trees;  Coniatus  indicus  n.  sp.,  which  attacks  tamarisk  {TamariJ-  indica)  ; 
Ceuthorrhynchus  portulacw  n.  sp.,  the  larvae  of  which  mine  the  leaves  of 
purslane  {Portulaca  oleracea)  cultivated  as  a  vegetable;  Baris  portulacce 
n.  sp.,  found  boring  in  the  stems  of  purslane;  Aihesapeuta  oryzw  n.  sp.,  a  serious 
pest  of  rice ;  and  Acythopcus  citruUi  n.  sp.,  a  pest  of  watermelons. 

[Mouth  parts  of  the  honeybee],  E.  R.  Root  {Jour.  Heredity,  7  {1916).  No. 
1,  pp.  46,  .'/7,  fig.  1). — Examinations  of  a  colony  of  bees  that  worked  in  red  clover 
in  full  bloom  showed  that  the  tongues  of  this  particular  colony  measured  0.23 
and  0.24  in.,  whereas  the  tongues  of  normal  bees  measured  only  0.16  and 
0.17  in. 

Natural  swarming'  of  bees  and  how  to  prevent  it,  M.  Pettit  {Ontario  Dept. 
Agr.  Bui.  233  {1915),  pp.  15,  figs.  8). — Practical  information  for  the  beekeeper. 

A  monograph  of  the  Formicidas  of  South  Africa  (Ponerinae,  Dorylinse), 
G.  Arnold  {Ann.  So.  African  Mus.,  14  {1915),  pt.  1,  pp.  159,  pi.  1,  figs.  8). — Two 
of  the  five  subfamilies  of  Formicidse  are  here  dealt  with. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  in  South  Africa  the  Ponerinae  comprise  about  20  per 
cent  of  the  known  ant  fauna,  and  that  since  at  least  80  per  cent  of  their  food 
consists  of  termites  they  constitute  one  of  the  chief  checks  to  these  pests  in 
the  Tropics.  It  is  thought  probable  that  all,  or  at  least  the  majority,  of  the 
species  of  the  subfamily  Dorylinse  are  carnivorous,  although  one  species 
(Dorylus  orientaUs)  has  been  shown  to  feed  also  upon  tubers  and  the  bark 
of  trees.  Another  species  {D.  fulvus  rhodesiw)  has  apparently  been  found  to 
rttend  membracid  larvae  feeding  on  the  roots  of  maize. 

The  acrobat  ant,  H.  A.  Ballou  {Agr.  News  [Barbados],  14  {1915),  No.  351, 
p.  330). — An  account  of  Cremastogaster  sp.,  which  is  abundant  in  different  parts 
of  Grenada  and  may  become  troublesome  in  cacao  fields  in  that  island. 

The  control  of  ants  which  take  away  onion  seed  {Agr.  Netvs  [Barbados], 
14  {1915),  No.  354,  p.  378). — A  brief  report  of  experiments  conducted  with  a 
view  to  preventing  ants  from  removing  onion  seeds  when  planted  and  from 
biting  holes  in  the  young  shoots,  as  occurs  in  St.  Vincent.  In  experiments  con- 
ducted the  most  satisfactory  results  were  obtained  through  attracting  the  ants 
to  various  baits  and  then  killing  them. 

Two  new  species  of  Arrhenophagus  with  remarks,  A.  A.  Girault  {Jour. 
N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  23  {1915),  No.  4.  pp.  241,  242). 

Notes  on  two  South  American  parasitic  Hymenoptera,  A.  A.  Girault 
{Entomologist,  48  {1915),  No.  628,  pp.  213,  214).—Baeus  atiraticeps  n.  sp.  is 
recorded  as  having  been  reared  in  numbers  from  the  egg  sac  of  a  spider  at 
Anna  Regina,  British  Guiana. 

Three  new  British  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  with  notes.  A,  A.  Girault 
{Entomologist,  48  {1915),  No.  628,  pp.  217,  218) .—ApMdencyrtus  aspidioti  brit- 


366  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

tanicus  n.  sp.  and  Apterotrix  longiclava  n.  sp.  were  reared  from  the  oyster  shell 
scale  at  Manchester,  England. 

Ticks  of  the  Belgian  Kongo  and  the  diseases  they  convey,  G.  H.  F.  NuTTAii 
and  C.  Warbubton  {Bui.  Ent.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  813-S52,  figs.  48).— 
This  paper,  prepared  at  the  request  of  the  Belgian  authorities,  includes  a  brief 
resume  of  the  classification  of  ticks,  with  a  short  illustrated  account  of  the 
species  occurring  in  the  Kongo,  discussions  of  the  general  biology  of  ticks  and 
the  special  biology  of  those  occurring  in  the  Kongo  and  their  relation  to  disease, 
instructions  for  rearing  ticks,  etc. 

The  life  cycle  of  Trypanosoma  brucei  in  the  rat  and  in  rat  plasma,  R. 
Ebdmann  {Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  1  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  504-512,  figs.  7).— The 
author's  investigations  have  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  dimorphic  forms,  latent 
or  round  forms,  and  crithidia-like  forms  in  T.  briicei  outside  of  the  invertebrate 
host. 

FOODS— HUMAN  NUTKITION. 

A  sanitary  study  of  condensed  milk,  W.  H.  Park,  M.  C.  Schboedeb,  and 
P.  Baetholow  {N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  102  {1915),  No.  22,  pp.  1078-1083,  figs.  10).— 
The  investigation  herein  reported  concerns  the  bacterial  content  of  the  milk 
used  in  preparing  condensed  milk;  the  process  used  in  condensing  milk  with 
reference  to  its  effect  on  the  bacteria;  and  a  bacteriological  and  chemical  ex- 
amination of  the  finished  product. 

Evaporated  milk  contained  fewer  bacteria  than  condensed  milk,  probably 
owing  to  the  higher  temperature  used  in  its  manufacture.  Sweetened  condensed 
milk  showed  the  following  variations  in  composition :  Cane  sugar,  from  33.15  to 
49.85  per  cent ;  milk  sugar,  7.57  to  15.34  per  cent ;  and  protein,  6.73  to  13.59  per 
cent. 

The  data  of  the  experiments  and  clinical  observations  are  summarized  in 
part  as  follows: 

"  The  value  of  sweetened  condensed  milk  depends  upon  the  care  and  cleanli- 
ness used  in  manufacture. 

"  There  is  a  want  of  evidence  that  the  bacteria  or  chemical  constituents  are 
capable  of  affecting  the  health.  Only  the  use  of  the  best  quality  of  sweetened 
condensed  milk  is  to  be  commended  in  the  feeding  of  infants. 

"  Sweetened  condensed  milk,  when  carefully  prepared  from  whole  milk,  has 
special  indications  as  an  infant  food.  They  may  be  thus  expressed :  Many 
infants  are  unable  to  digest  the  fat  of  cow's  milk,  even  when  two  or  three  vol- 
umes of  water  are  added.  In  such  cases  the  half  digested  curds  of  casein  are 
vomited.  The  change  in  these  circumstances  to  sweetened  condensed  milk 
allays  the  vomiting.    These  facts  are  well  established  clinically. 

"  Sweetened  condensed  milk  has  generally  a  constipating  effect." 

The  opposite  view  that  it  produces  diarrhea  .?eems  to  be  wanting  in  evidence. 

"  Clinical  evidence  .  .  .  [indicates]  that  the  intestinal  irritation  caused 
by  milk  is  an  effect  of  the  action  of  the  liquid  portion,  when  freed  of  fat,  sugar, 
and  protein." 

The  water  content  of  meat  products,  E.  Fedee  {Chem.  Ztg.,  40  {1916),  No. 
21,  pp.  157-160).— A  controversial  article  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  365). 

Annual  report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Fisheries  to  the  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  H.  M.  Smith  {U.  S.  Dept.  Com., 
Bur.  Fisheries  Doc.  827  {1915),  pp.  83). — This  report  contains  general  informa- 
tion and  data  regarding  the  quantities  and  values  of  food  fish  products  landed 
at  various  places. 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN   NTJTRITION.  367 

Ptomaine  poisoning  from  "  creamed  "  codfish,  M.  A.  Blankenhobn,  G.  E, 
Habmon,  and  P.  J.  Hanzlik  (Cleveland  Med.  Jour.,  15  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  97- 
104;  abs.  in  Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  66  (1916),  No.  15,  p.  1166). — A  number  of 
cases  of  so-called  ptomaine  poisoning,  attributed  to  ttie  eating  of  creamed 
salted  codfish,  are  reported. 

Bacteriological  examination  of  tlie  creamed  fisti  showed  the  presence  of 
Bacillus  coli  communis  and  other  saprophytes  and  some  staphylococci,  but  the 
authors  do  not  attribute  the  symptoms  to  infection  by  the  organisms  in  the 
fish  material.  The  same  physiological  reactions  were  given  by  extracts  of  the 
creamed  fish  and  of  the  same  brand  of  salted  codfish  which  was  allowed  to 
putrefy  and  was  then  prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  the  food  which  the 
patients  had  been  eating.  The  purified  active  extract  of  the  creamed  putrefied 
codfish  contained  a  physiologically  active  base,  whose  chemical  reactions  re- 
sembled those  of  the  group  of  diamins  to  which  putrescin,  cadaverin,  and 
histamin  belong. 

Suitability  of  different  kinds  of  wheat  for  bread  making,  O.  Rammstedt 
(Ztschr.  Offentl.  Chem.,  21  (1915),  Nos.  20,  pp.  306-312;  21,  pp.  321-329;  22,  pp. 
337-345). — Analytical  data  and  baking  tests  are  herein  reported  from  which 
the  author  concludes  in  part  as  follows : 

Small  amounts  of  albumin  and  globulin  are  necessary  in  flour  to  give  good 
results  in  baking,  but  too  much  or  too  little  of  these  constituents  acts  unfavor- 
ably. The  ratio  of  gliadin  to  glutenin  influences  the  volume  of  the  loaf,  and  the 
higher  the  total  phosphoric  acid  content  the  greater  the  loaf  volume.  The 
water-soluble  extractives  also  determine  baking  quality,  and  there  seems  to  be 
a  relationship  between  the  carbohydrates  soluble  in  water  and  the  volume  of 
the  loaf. 

A  modified  war  bread,  Rossmann  (Chem.  Ztg.,  40  (1916),  No.  18,  p.  135). — 
The  composition  of  this  substance  (called  N-bread)  is  as  follows:  Water  44.31, 
ash  1.31,  fat  0.2,  crude  fiber  0.03,  protein  5.87,  and  nitrogen-free  extract  48.28 
per  cent.  The  bread  is  made  by  mixing  217  gm.  of  rye  or  wheat  flour  with  56 
gm.  of  potato  flour  and  adding  to  this  200  cc.  of  water  containing  7  gm.  of  nutri- 
tive yeast,  8  gm.  of  table  salt,  and  from  4  to  5  gm.  of  yeast  as  a  rising  agent. 
The  product  contains  more  protein  than  previously  noted  war  breads  and  is 
recommended  by  the  author  for  general  use  even  after  the  war. 

Fruit  preservation  and  inspection,  T.  Zschokke  (Landw.  Jahrb.  Schweiz, 
29  (1915).  No.  5,  pp.  588S90). — As  a  part  of  the  report  on  fruit  investigations 
are  included  the  results  of  experiments  on  preserving  plums  and  cucumbers, 
fruit  inspection,  the  testing  of  fruit  kilns,  etc. 

Factors  which  influence  the  quality  of  tea,  J.  J.  B.  Deuss  (Dept.  Landb. 
Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies],  Meded.  Proefstat.  Thee,  No.  42  (1915),  pp. 
26,  pi.  i).— This  bulletin  contains  data  regarding  the  judgment  of  tea,  such 
factors  as  the  caffein  content,  the  ash  content,  the  quantities  of  essential  oils, 
and  the  amount  of  stems  present  in  the  tea  being  considered.  Some  of  the 
material  has  been  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  166). 

The  dairy  and  pure  food  laws  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  ([Hartford, 
Conn.]:  Off.  Dairy  and  Food  Comr.,  [1916],  pp.  52). — The  text  of  the  laws  ig 
given  as  amended  to  the  close  of  the  legislative  session  of  1915. 

Twenty-second  annual  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  the 
State  of  Michigan  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1915,  J.  W.  Helme  (Ann. 
Rpt.  Dairy  and  Food  Comr.  Mich.,  22  (1915),  pp.  405,  pis.  11). — The  various 
activities  of  the  department  during  the  year  ended  July  1,  1915,  are  recorded. 

The  report  of  the  state  analyst,  F.  L,  Shannon,  contains  the  results  of  the 
examination  of  2,195  samples  of  miscellaneous  foods  and  beverages,  of  which 


368  EXPERIMENT  STATION   BECOED.  [Vol.35 

445  were  found  to  be  adulterated,  misbranded,  or  illegally  sold,  and  also  the 
analysis  of  278  samples  of  feeding  stuffs.  The  report  of  the  drug  analyst, 
A.  R.  Todd,  presents  the  results  of  the  examination  of  558  samples  of  drugs, 
of  which  134  were  found  to  be  adulterated.  The  work  of  the  division  of 
weights  and  measures  is  reported  in  detail.  The  publication  also  contains 
general  information  relating  to  pure-food  topics  and  gives  results  of  the  in- 
spection of  dairies,  creameries,  cheese  factories,  city-milk  depots,  etc.  A  state- 
ment of  prosecutions  made  during  the  fiscal  year,  the  results  of  court  pro- 
ceedings brought,  and  reprints  of  the  state  food  and  drug  laws  and  court  de- 
cisions relative  thereto  are  included. 

Fifteenth  biennial  report  of  the  Minnesota  State  Dairy  and  Food  Commis- 
sioner, J.  G.  WiNKJER  {Bien.  Rpt.  Minn.  State  Dairy  and  Food  Comr.,  15 
{19 13-1  Jf),  pp.  89,  figs.  10). — The  work  of  the  commission  for  the  biennial  period 
ended  July  31,  1914,  is  reviewed.  The  report  of  the  state  chemist,  J.  Hortvet, 
gives  the  results  of  the  analysis  of  4,181  samples  of  miscellaneous  foods,  bev- 
erages, paints,  oils,  etc.,  of  which  1,885  were  found  to  be  illegal. 

The  lunch  room,  P.  Richards  (Chicago:  The  Hotel  Monthly,  1916,  2.  ed.,  rev. 
and  enl.,  pp.  239,  pi.  1,  figs.  117). — This  publication  contains  information  on 
plans,  equipment,  management,  accounting,  food  and  drink  sales,  and  bills  of 
fare,  and  gives  recipes. 

Feeding  of  prisoners  of  war  in  Germany,  Friedkich  (Jour.  Roy.  Army  Med. 
Corps,  24  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  387-394) .—This  article  is  a  translation  of  an  official 
German  order  for  feeding  prisoners  of  war.  Classified  information  is  given 
regarding  the  management  of  camps  and  the  regulation  of  supplies,  including 
standardized  menus  for  feeding  the  men. 

The  biochemical  analysis  of  nutrition,  C.  L.  Axsberg  {Jour.  Wash.  Acad. 
ScL,  6  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  269-280). — This  lecture  discusses  some  of  the  recent 
contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  component  parts  of  the  food  elements 
and  their  fate  in  metabolism,  especially  the  investigations  of  the  role  of  the 
amino  acids  in  nutrition. 

Experiments  on  the  effects  of  a  limited  diet,  VII-IX,  S.  Baglioni  (Atti 
R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I,  No.  11, 
pp.  1158-1163;  II,  Nos.  4,  pp.  213-220;  5,  pp.  254-259) .—Three  papers  are 
included,  continuing  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  264). 

Reporting  studies  of  the  comparative  nutritive  value  of  wheat  flour,  corn 
flour,  and  egg  powder,  feeding  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (white 
rats)  are  described,  in  which  a  standard  basal  ration  was  supplemented  in 
turn  by  egg  powder,  wheat  flour,  and  corn  flour.  The  rats  receiving  egg  powder 
exhibited  a  marked  increase  in  body  weight,  while  those  receiving  wheat 
or  corn  flour  failed  to  show  similar  development. 

The  author  concludes  that  the  nutritive  value  of  the  protein  in  corn  and 
wheat  is  inferior  to  that  of  the  protein  in  egg  powder.  It  is  noted,  however, 
that  the  nutritive  value  of  zein  or  gliadin  alone  is  less  than  that  of  the  whole 
grain  protein. 

In  studies  of  the  modifications  of  the  metabolism  of  guinea  pigs  by  exclusive 
feeding  of  corn,  wheat,  or  green  plants,  feeding  experiments  with  guinea  pigs 
which  received  an  exclusive  diet  of  these  substances,  with  the  addition  of 
water,  are  reported.  In  most  cases  the  animals  died,  though  some  survived 
on  the  ration  of  green  plants  and  water.  The  results  indicate,  in  the  author's 
opinion,  that  the  animals  died  of  acidosis  produced  by  a  lack  of  basic  salts  in 
the  ration. 

The  rectal  and  intravenous  utilization  of  grape  sugar,  G.  Bergmark 
(Skand.  Arch.  Physiol.,  32  {1915),  No.  4-6,  pp.  355-404,  figs.  36).— Experimental 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTEITION.  369 

data  are  reported  which  show  that  dextrose  may  be  utilized  either  by  rectal 
or  intravenous  injection.  The  excretion  of  acetone  bodies  was  in  some  cases 
appreciably  diminished  by  this  treatment. 

The  rectal  and  intravenous  utilization  of  grape  sugar,  F.  Reach  {Skand. 
Arch.  Physiol.,  33  {1915),  No.  1-3,  pp.  81-84,  fig.  1).—A  comment  on  the  above 
reference. 

The  limit  of  assimilation  of  glucose,  A.  E.  Tatlob  and  Florence  Hulton 
(Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  173-175).— The  authors  report  feeding 
experiments  with  normal  men  who  received  varying  amounts  of  glucose 
(from  200  to  500  gm.)  from  2i  to  3  hours  after  a  light  breakfast.  Analyses  of 
the  blood  and  urine  were  made  to  indicate  the  extent  of  the  utilization. 

"Apparently  there  is  in  the  majority  of  healthy  adult  males  no  limit  of 
assimilation  of  glucose ;  glucosuria  does  not  occur  following  the  largest  possible 
ingestions  of  pure  glucose." 

The  influence  of  salicylate  on  metabolism  in  man,  W.  Denis  and  J.  H. 
Means  {Jour.  Pharmacol,  and  Expt.  Ther.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  273-283). — 
Experimental  data  are  reported  concerning  the  nitrogenous  and  respiratory 
metabolism  of  normal  men  as  affected  by  the  ingestion  of  sodium  salicylate. 
The  results  indicate  an  increased  excretion  of  nitrogen,  phosphates,  and  uric 
acid,  but  no  change  in  the  respiratory  quotient. 

Beri-beri  in  Lebong. — An  account  of  the  steps  taken  to  eradicate  the  dis- 
ease during  1914,  J.  G.  Kennedy  {Jour.  Roy.  Army  Med.  Corps,  25  {1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  268-285,  figs.  2). — A  clincal  report  of  an  epidemic  among  English 
soldiers,  which  proved  to  be  beri-beri.  The  disease  was  eradicated  by  provid- 
ing an  adequate  diet  and  by  improving  the  general  health  of  the  soldiers  by 
means  of  hygienic  surroundings  and  physical  exercise. 

Clinical  calorimetry,  VI-XVII  (Arch.  Int.  Med.,  15  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  882- 
9U,  figs.  9;  17  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  855-1059,  figs.  18).— A  continuation  of  previous 
work  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  68). 

VI.  Notes  on  the  absorption  of  fat  and  protein  in  typhoid  fever,  W.  Coleman 
and  F.  C.  Gephart  (pp.  882-886). — Analytical  data  are  reported  showing  the 
metabolism  of  protein  and  fat  for  seven  typhoid  patients  on  the  high-calorie 
diet. 

VII.  Calorimetric  observations  on  the  metabolism  of  typhoid  patients  tvith 
and  without  food,  W.  Coleman  and  E.  F.  Dubois  (pp.  887-988). — The  calori- 
metric data  herein  reported  were  obtained  by  the  use  of  the  respiration 
calorimeter  in  Bellevue  Hospital. 

VIII.  On  the  diabetic  respiratory  quotient,  G.  Lusk  (pp.  939-944). — The  in- 
formation presented  in  this  paper  is  of  value  in  explaining  metabolism  in 
diabetes.  Particular  weight  is  attached  to  the  relationship  between  the  inges- 
tion of  protein  and  the  respiratoi*y  quotient.  Both  normal  and  diabetic  respira- 
tory quotients  are  given  for  the  individual  amino  acids. 

IX.  Further  measurements  of  the  surface  area  of  adults  and  children,  Mar- 
garet Sawyer,  R.  H.  Stone,  and  E.  F.  Dubois  (pp.  855-862). — Measurements  of 
surface  are  reported,  the  results  of  which  are  summarized  as  follows : 

"  The  so-called  '  linear  formula '  [E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  68]  for  the  estimation  of 
the  surface  area  has  been  satisfactorily  tested  on  four  new  subjects  of  varying 
size  and  shape.  In  addition  partial  measurements  of  two  legless  men  have 
been  made.  The  average  error  in  the  formula  when  applied  to  the  four  subjects 
was  1.3  per  cent.  Two  of  the  subjects  were  children  and  in  these  cases  the 
error  in  the  formula  was  under  3  per  cent.  Since  the  youngest  was  about  two 
years  old,  it  does  not  seem  advisable  to  use  the  formula  for  babies  under  this 
age  until  the  factors  have  been  tested  by  the  measurements  of  infants." 


370  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED,  [Vol.35 

X.  A  formula  to  estimate  the  approoeimate  surface  area  if  height  and  weight 
be  hnoim,  D.  and  E.  P.  Dubois  (pp.  863-871).— "  The  method  of  calculating  the 
surface  area  from  the  so-called  '  linear  formula '  is  given  with  a  slight  correc- 
tion in  the  factor  for  the  arms  and  an  alternative  measurement  for  the  thighs. 
A  simpler  'height-weight  formula'  has  been  devised  to  estimate  the  surface  of 
subjects  if  only  their  height  and  weight  be  known.  This  is  expressed  in  the 
terms  A=W^-^XE^"'XC,  A  being  the  surface  area  in  square  centimeters,  H 
the  height  in  centimeters,  W  the  weight  in  kilograms,  and  C  the  constant  71.84. 
A  chart  has  been  plotted  from  this  formula  so  that  the  approximate  surface 
area  may  be  determined  at  a  glance." 

"The  errors  in  the  various  formulas  [are  estimated]  as  follows:  'linear  for- 
mula '  and  '  height-weight  formula '  maximum  ±  5  per  cent,  average  ±  1.5  per 
cent,  Meeh's  formula  [A^W'^^XC],  maximum  +  30  per  cent,  average  +  15  per 
cent.  In  general  the  maximum  figures  apply  only  to  those  of  unusual  shape, 
while  with  those  of  average  body  form  the  average  error  wiU  seldom  be 
exceeded." 

XI.  A  comparison'  of  the  metabolism  of  men  flat  in  bed  and  sitting  in  a 
steamer  chair,  G.  P.  Soderstrom,  A.  L.  Meyer,  and  E.  P.  Dubois  (pp.  872-886). — 
Experimental  data  are  summarized  by  the  authors  as  follows : 

"  The  Sage  calorimeter  in  the  season  of  1914-15  was  fully  as  accurate  as  in 
the  previous  years.  Alcohol  checks  gave  the  following  total  errors :  Heat  +  0.51 
per  cent,  oxygen  —  0.51  per  cent,  carbon  dioxid  —  0.36  per  cent,  water  +  3.13 
per  cent.  The  respiratory  quotient  averaged  0.666,  while  the  theoretical  quotient 
was  0.6667. 

"  Four  normal  men  and  two  cardiac  patients  were  studied  in  the  calorimeter 
lying  flat  in  bed  and  in  the  semireclining  position  propped  up  with  a  back  rest, 
or  else  in  a  comfortable  steamer  chair.  A  total  of  21  experiments  showed  that 
the  metabolism  averaged  3  per  cent  lower  in  the  semireclining  posture.  One  of 
the  cardiacs,  and  possibly  one  of  the  normal  controls,  showed  a  slightly  higher 
metabolism  when  propped  up  in  bed. 

"  The  difference  between  the  results  is  so  small  that  in  the  study  of  pathologic 
cases  .  .  .  the  same  figures  [can  be  used]  for  the  average  normal  metabolism  in 
both  postures.  In  the  majority  of  cases,  however,  the  energy  requirement  is 
lower  in  the  orthopneic  position." 

XII.  The  metabolism  of  boys  12  and  IS  years  old  compared  icith  the  metabolism 
at  other  ages,  E.  P.  Dubois  (pp.  887-901). — "Eight  normal  boys,  12  or  13  years 
old,  were  studied  in  the  respiration  calorimeter  four  to  six  hours  after  a  small 
breakfast.  They  were  allowed  to  read  for  one  of  the  two  experimental  hours, 
but  were  very  quiet.  The  methods  of  direct  and  indirect  calorimetry  agreed 
within  0.04  per  cent.  Their  heat  production  per  unit  of  surface  area  was  32 
per  cent  higher  than  the  adult  level  according  to  Meeh's  formula,  or  25  per 
cent  higher  according  to  the  more  accurate  '  linear  formula.' 

"  In  studying  the  effect  of  growth  on  metabolism,  interpretation  of  the  results 
obtained  on  infants  is  complicated  by  the  fact  that  babies  differ  greatly  from 
adults  in  the  proportions  of  the  body  and  the  relative  size  of  the  viscera,  notably 
the  liver  and  thyroid.  Boys  just  before  the  onset  of  puberty  have  almost  adult 
proportions.  They  are  in  the  midst  of  a  period  of  accelerated  growth.  The  fact 
that  the  metabolism  is  high  points  to  a  specific  increase  in  the  metabolism  of 
the  growing  organism." 

XIII.  The  basal  metabolism  of  normal  adults  ivith  special  reference  to  sur- 
face area,  P.  C.  Gephart  and  E.  P.  Dubois  (pp.  902-914). — "The  basal  metabo- 
lism of  four  normal  men  and  one  woman  has  been  determined,  and  experiments 
have  been  made  on  the  specific  action  of  protein  and  glucose. 


1916]  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  371 

"  A  study  of  the  new  controls,  together  with  those  reported  in  the  literature 
since  .  .  .  [the]  last  publication  [E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  68],  supports  the  views  pre- 
viously expressed.  There  is  no  reason  to  change  the  statement  made  in  .  .  . 
[the]  previous  paper,  that  if  a  given  subject's  basal  metabolism  is  more  than  10 
per  cent  from  the  average,  it  may  be  regarded  as  abnormal,  but  can  not  be 
proved  abnormal  unless  the  departure  from  the  average  is  at  least  15  per  cent. 
The  average  basal  metabolism  of  normal  men  is  34.7  calories  per  square  meter 
per  hour  as  determined  by  Meeh's  formula.  On  account  of  the  average  plus 
error  of  about  15  per  cent  in  Meeh's  formula  the  average  figure  is  39.7  calories, 
or  in  round  numbers  40  calories,  when  the  more  exact  '  linear  formula '  or  the 
new  '  height-weight  formula  '  is  used  to  determine  surface  area. 

"  The  average  metabolism  of  fat  and  thin  subjects  is  the  same  according  to 
surface  area  when  the  surface  area  is  correctly  measured.  The  metabolism  of 
women  averages  37  calories,  or  6.S  per  cent  lower  than  that  of  men.  A  group 
of  men  and  women  between  the  ages  of  40  and  50  gave  figures  4.3  per  cent 
below,  and  a  group  50  to  60  years  old  11.3  per  cent  below  the  average  for  the 
larger  group  between  the  ages  of  20  and  50. 

"  Under  the  atmospheric  conditions  of  the  calorimeter  experiments  the  aver- 
age water  elimination  by  normal  men  through  skin  and  lungs  is  28.4  gm. 
an  hour.  About  24  per  cent  of  the  heat  produced  is  dissipated  in  the  vaporiza- 
tion of  water. 

"  The  figures  for  the  specific  dynamic  action  of  protein  and  glucose  previously 
obtained  are  confirmed.    A  table  of  normal  standards  is  given." 

XIV.  MetaboHsm  in  exophthalmic  goiter,  E.  F.  Dubois  (pp.  915-964). — By 
means  of  the  respiration  calorimeter,  37  observations  were  made  on  11  patients 
suffering  from  exophthalmic  goiter. 

XV.  The  basnl  metabolism  in  pernicious  anemia,  A.  L.  Meyer  and  E.  F.  Du- 
bois (pp.  965-979). — A  report  of  calorimetric  observations  of  basal  metabolism 
in  six  cases  of  anemia. 

XVI.  The  basal  metabolism  of  patients  tmth  cardiac  and  renal  disease,  F.  W. 
Peabody,  A.  L.  Meyer,  and  E.  F.  Dubois  (pp.  980-1009). — Clinical  observations 
and  calorimeter  experiments  are  reported. 

XVII.  Metabolism  and  treatment  in  diabetes,  F.  M.  Allen  and  E.  F.  Dubois 
(pp.  1010-1059). — The  data  of  clinical  observations  and  respiration  calorimeter 
experiments  during  the  treatment  of  six  cases  of  diabetes  are  reported  in 
detail. 

The  basal  energy  requirement  of  man,  E.  F.  Dubois  (Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci., 
6  (1916),  No.  11,  pp.  347-357,  fig.  1). — In  this  lecture  the  author  considers  the 
definition  of  the  term  basal  energy  requirement,  the  manner  in  which  metabo- 
lism is  studied,  and  the  factors  by  which  it  is  influenced  in  health  and  disease. 
Although  muscular  work  affects  metabolism  to  a  greater  extent  than  all  other 
factors  combined,  attention  is  called  to  the  very  important  part  that  diet  plays 
in  such  diseases  as  typhoid  fever,  exophthalmic  goiter,  and  diabetes. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Vigor  and  heredity,  J.  L.  Bonhote  {London:  West,  Newman  &  Co.,  1915, 
pp.  XII +263,  pis.  11,  figs.  4). — This  book  treats  of  the  inadequacy  of  present 
theories  of  heredity,  prepotency,  inbreeding,  coloration  as  an  index  of  vigor, 
and  other  related  subjects. 

The  formation  of  protein  in  the  animal  body  from  the  nonprotein  sub- 
stances, A.  Stutzer  {Fuhling's  Landw.  Zty.,  64  {1915),  No.  11-12,  pp.  281- 
56483 '—16 — —6 


372  EXPERIMENT   STATION"   BECOED.  [Tol.  35 

295). — The  author  summarizes  the  results  of  previous  investigators  in  feeding 
ammonium  salts,  urea,  asparagin,  and  other  protein-rich  substances,  to  carni- 
vora,  herbivora,  and  omuivora. 

A  list  of  cited  literature  is  included. 

Studies  in  the  blood  relationship  of  animals  as  displayed  in  the  composi- 
tions of  the  serum  proteins, — V,  The  percentage  of  nonproteins  in  the  sera 
of  certain  animals  and  birds,  R.  M.  Jewett  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  21,  22).— In  former  articles  of  this  series  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  861)  it  was 
assumed  that  the  amount  of  nonproteins  in  the  blood  sera  of  all  animals  was 
about  the  same,  but  it  has  since  been  ascertained  that  this  assumption  is  not 
accurate.  The  present  work  was  imdertaken  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  non- 
protein in  the  blood  of  each  kind  of  animal  formerly  studied  and  to  correct 
the  figures  which  are  affected  by  the  revised  estimation  of  the  nonproteins. 

A  table  is  given  showing  the  refractive  indexes  obtained,  the  percentages 
of  albumin,  globulin,  and  total  protein  determined  by  previous  investigators, 
and  the  figures  as  corrected  by  the  present  investigation,  for  the  horse,  ox,  rat, 
hog,  sheep,  goat,  cat,  dog,  guinea  pig,  hen,  and  duck. 

The  valuation  of  feeding  stuffs,  B.  Laue  (Filhling's  Landw.  Ztg.,  64  (1915), 
No.  15-16,  pp.  377-407;  abs.  in  Internal.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel, 
and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1694-1697).— On  the  basis  of  the 
researches  of  Pfeiffer,  Neubauer,  and  Mach  on  tlae  estimation  of  the  cash  value 
of  feeding  stuffs,  the  German  Federation  of  Agricultural  Exi:)eriment  Stations 
adopted  in  September,  1913,  certain  resolutions.  The  author  subjects  all  these 
conclusions  to  criticism  and  endeavors  to  establish  the  principles  for  a  just 
valuation  of  feeding  stuffs. 

Comparative  feeding  value  of  green  grass  and  hay  (Mark  Lane  Express, 
114  (1915),  No.  4375,  p.  145). — Experiments  were  conducted  on  the  comparative 
feeding  value  of  fresh  grass  and  hay,  the  latter  made  in  the  ordinary  way 
and  also  dried  in  hot-air  chambers. 

The  effect  of  these  fodders  on  milk  yield  was  tested  with  three  ewes  and  a 
goat,  and  the  digestibility  with  the  same  three  ewes  later  in  the  summer. 
The  milk  yield  showed  no  constant  difference  in  quantity  or  in  composition 
between  the  green  and  dried  grass,  but  the  digestibility  of  fresh  grass  was 
constantly,  though  slightly,  greater. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  the  process  of  drying  has  a  distinct  influence  on  the 
nutritive  value.  In  ordinary  haymaking  there  is  considerable  loss  from 
oxidation.  This  may  be  avoided  by  a  rapid  drying  in  which  the  initial  tempera- 
ture is  high  but  does  not  exceed  100°  C.  The  changes  in  digestibility  seem 
to  be  due  rather  to  changes  of  a  physical  nature  than  to  chemical  decomposition. 
They  are  sometimes  so  small  as  hardly  to  alter  the  proportion  of  starch. 

The  feeding  of  grain  sorghums  to  live  stock,  G.  A.  Scott  (JJ.  8.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Btil.  724  (1916),  pp.  14,  figs.  5). — This  treats  of  the  composition  and 
feeding  value  of  the  various  grain  sorghums,  including  analyses,  and  data  as  to 
methods  of  feeding  and  the  value  of  the  sorghums  as  forage,  together  with 
a  number  of  suggested  rations  for  various  kinds  of  live  stock. 

In  tests  conducted  by  the  Department  on  Texas  farms  grain  sorghums  were 
fed  to  beef  cattle.  The  results  obtained  indicate  the  efficiency  of  the  grain- 
sorghum  feeds  in  the  form  of  chop,  head  chop,  silage,  fodder,  or  stover,  both 
in  wintering  cattle  and  in  finishing  them  for  the  block.  Silage  of  the  grain  sor- 
ghums was  found  to  be  very  beneficial  for  increasing  the  appetites  of  feeders, 
keeping  them  in  fine  condition,  and  adding  a  high  finish. 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  results  of  the  work : 

Results  of  use  of  grain  sorghums  in  feeding  tests  on  Texas  farms. 


373 


Age  of  cattle 

Number 
fed. 

Period  of  feeding. 

Daily  ration  per  head  on 
full  feed. 

Average 

daily 

gain 

per 

head. 

127 
200 

32 

68 
90 

Oct.  28  to  Feb.  2... 

Cotton-seed    meal;"    Kafir- 
corn  chops;"  silage. 

Sorghum    fodder;^    cotton- 
seed meal,  fipounds;  Kafir- 
corn  chops,  S  pounds;  si- 
lage 40  pounds. 

Cotton-seed  meal,  4  pounds; 
milo-maize    chops,    18 
pounds;  silage,  40  pounds; 
sorghum  butts.  ^ 

Cotton-seed  meal,  6  pounds; 
silage,  60  pounds;  bundled 
Kafir  corn,  6  pounds. 

Cotton-seed  meal, 4. 5  pounds; 
silage,  30  pounds;  wheat 
straw. i> 

Cotton-seed  meal,  3  pounds; 
Kaflr-com  chops, 5  pounds; 
silage,  20 pounds;  straw. * 

Cotton-seed  meal,  2.5 pounds; 
milo-maize   chops,    10 
pounds;  silage  20  pounds; 
wheat  straw. 6 

Cotton-seed  meal,  2  pounds; 
milo-maize    chops,    5 
pounds;  silage,  25  pounds; 
wheat  straw. b 

Cotton-seed  meal,1.5pounds; 
milo  -  maize    chops,    5 
pounds;  silage,  25  pounds; 
straw. ft 

Cotton-seed  meal,a  silage;« 
straw.  i> 

Pounds. 
2  39 

Jan.  1  to  May  1 

1  84 

3  years 

1  75 

3  years 

Jan.  17  to  July  3. 

1  75 

20  months 

Nov.  Ito  Feb.  12 

2  08 

Dec.  1  to  April  16 

1.76 
1.65 

1.38 

1.38 

1.42 

Do 

63 
116 
126 

Oct.  31  to  June  i . . 

Heifer  calves 

Oct.  31  to  May  1. 

Do 

"Winter 

Calves 

December-March,  wintered 
only. 

"Amounts  not  given. 


sWere  given  all  they  would  eat. 


The  Influence  of  the  lactic  acid  bacteria  on  protein,  A.  Sttjtzek  {Biochem. 
Ztschr.,  70  (1915),  No.  3-4,  pp.  299-305).— It  has  been  found  that  the  best  fer- 
mentation in  silos  is  obtained  by  using  lactic  acid  bacteria,  preferably  those 
growing  at  a  low  temperature,  as  Bacillus  cucumeris  fermentati.  In  tests 
made  by  the  author  hay  was  subjected,  with  and  without  the  addition  of  sugar, 
to  the  action  of  these  bacteria,  but  the  experiment  showed  that  these  bacteria 
are  incapable  of  decomposing  the  protein  present  in  hay.  Experiments  con- 
ducted to  determine  whether  B.  cucumeris  fermentati  has  the  power  of  forming 
protein  synthetically  by  means  of  asparagin,  urea,  or  ammonium  acetate  indi- 
cated that  this  is  not  possible. 

The  feeding  value  of  apple  pomace,  J.  B.  Lindsey  (Massachusetts  Sta.  Circ. 
58  (1915),  pp.  4)- — A.  revision  of  Circular  47,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32, 
p.  363). 

Beet  residues  for  farm  stock,  .T.  B.  Lindsey  (Massachusetts  Sta.  Circ.  62 
(1916),  pp.  7). — A  revision  of  Circular  48,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33, 
p.  267). 

Analysis  of  feeding  stuffs,  B.  E.  Cukey  and  T.  O.  Smith  (New  Hampshire 
Sta.  Bui.  178  (1916),  pp.  16). — Analyses  are  given  of  the  following  feeding 
stuffs:  Wheat  bran,  wheat  middlings,  shredded  wheat  waste,  red  dog  flour, 
rye  middlings,  cotton-seed  meal,  hominy  feed,  hominy  meal,  alfalfa  meal,  dried 
beet  pulp,  brewers'  dried  grains,  distillers'  dried  grains,  cracked  bone,  bone 


374  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    KECORD.  [Vol.35 

meal,  meat  scrap,  fish  scrap,  gluten  feed,  linseed  oil  meal,  provender,  oat  bulla, 
and  various  mixed  and  proprietary  feeds. 

Analyses  of  commercial  feeding  stuffs,  P.  H.  Wessels  and  F.  O.  Fitts 
(Rhode  Island  Sta.  Insp.  Bui.,  1916,  May,  pp.  12 ) .—Analyses  are  given  of  the 
following  feeding  stuffs :  Fish  scrap,  meat  scrap,  cotton-seed  meal,  linseed  meal, 
gluten  feed,  dried  brewers'  and  distillers'  grains,  wheat  middlings,  bran,  prov- 
ender, hominy  feed,  ground  oats,  sugar-beet  meal,  oat  hulls,  dried  beet  pulp, 
and  alfalfa  meal,  and  various  proprietary  and  mixed  feeds. 

Stock  raising  {U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Rpt.  Comr.  Indian  Aff.,  1915,  pp.  28,  29).— A 
general  account  of  the  status  of  stock  raising  on  the  various  Indian  reserva- 
tions. It  is  stated  that  Indian  stock  has  been  so  successfully  managed  since 
the  policy  of  increasing  stock  raising  among  the  Indians  was  inaugurated 
some  two  years  ago  as  to  justify  the  undertaking  fully.  Inspections  and  reports 
show  the  tribal  herds  and  individually  owned  cattle,  horses,  and  sheep  to  be 
rapidly  improving  in  breed,  increasing  in  number,  and  showing  a  gratifying 
profit  on  the  investment.  It  is  predicted  that  the  Indian-owned  stock  will 
soon  become  a  substantial  factor  in  the  world's  supply. 

Cattle-feeding  experiment,  1914^15,  W.  Bbuce  (Edinb.  and  East  of  Scot. 
Col.  Agr.  Rpt.  Leaflet,  Ser.  C,  No.  1  {1915),  pp.  4)- — In  cattle-feeding  experi- 
ments comparing  the  value  of  various  rations  (palm-nut  cake,  dried  dis- 
tillers' gi-ains,  chaffed  hay  and  Bombay  cotton  cake,  and  Bombay  cotton  cake) 
the  dried  distillers'  grains  proved  a  cheaper  feeding  stufi;  than  Bombay  cotton 
cake.  The  results  indicate  that  palm-nut  cake  (palm-kernel  cake)  is  a  useful 
feeding  stuff  and  that  apparently  it  is  practically  equal  in  value  to  the  best 
class  of  dried  distillers'  grains,  which  it  somewhat  resembles  in  composition. 
It  is  stated  that  cattle  do  not  eat  this  cake  when  it  is  first  put  before  them, 
but  that  in  a  few  days  they  take  it  quite  readily,  and  that  there  appears  to  be 
no  practical  difficulty  in  feeding  it  to  fattening  steers  when  they  are  accus- 
tomed to  it  from  the  beginning  of  the  fattening  period. 

Report  on  cattle-feeding  experiments  conducted  at  Crichton  Farm,  Dum- 
fries, 1911-1915,  W.  G.  R.  Paterson  (West  of  Scot.  Agr.  Col.  Bui.  67  (1915), 
pp.  Jf2,  pi.  1). — In  three  series  of  cattle-feeding  experiments,  comparing  the 
value  of  decorticated  and  undecorticated  cotton  cakes,  soy-bean  cake,  and  lin- 
seed cake,  decorticated  cotton  cake  and  soy-bean  cake  each  proved  superior 
to  a  mixture  of  linseed  cake  and  undecorticated  cotton  cake,  even  when  1  lb. 
additional  of  the  mixture  was  fed.  The  difference  between  decorticated  cotton 
cake  and  soy-bean  cake  was  not  very  great  but  the  balance  was  in  favor  of 
the  former.  The  return  for  every  ton  of  oats,  hay,  straw,  and  turnips  was 
very  much  greater  when  fed  with  decorticated  cotton  cake  than  when  fed  with 
a  mixture  of  linseed  cake  and  undecorticated  cotton  cake. 

Palm-nut  cake  proved  to  be  inferior  to  a  mixture  of  decorticated  cotton  cake 
and  crushed  oats. 

"Bulldog"  cattle  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  263-265,  figs.  2).— 
An  account  of  the  Niata  breed  of  cattle,  described  by  Darwin.  This  breed  is 
supposed  to  have  arisen  among  the  Indians  of  South  America,  but  is  now  be- 
coming extinct.  The  extraordinary  .iaw  and  face  are  thought  to  be  due  to  muta- 
tion. 

Mathematical  selection  of  Swiss  cattle  (Breeder's  Gaz.,  69  (1916),  No.  18, 
p.  958.  figs.  3). — A  method  of  appraising  cattle  by  means  of  a  rational  mathe- 
matical system  has  recently  been  adopted  by  the  Swiss  Government.  The  pur- 
Iiose  of  the  method  is  to  determine  and  express  in  decimals  the  correlations 
which  exist  between  the  conformation  of  the  different  parts  of  the  body  of  the 
animal  and  its  fitness.    The  instrument  deemed  most  practical  for  this  is  the 


19161  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  375 

measuring  cane  invented  by  A.  Deriaz  of  Lausanne.  This  is  composed  of  a 
simple  rod,  grooved  and  graduated,  and  provided  with  two  perpendicular  arms, 
one  of  which  is  fixed  permanently  at  one  end  and  the  other  can  slide  along  the 
rod  and  be  stopped  at  any  desired  point. 

The  measurements  taken  on  the  animal  with  this  instrument  are  as  follows : 
(1)  Measurements  of  the  length  of  the  body,  chest,  loins,  and  quarters;  (2) 
measurements  of  the  height  at  the  withers  (from  the  ground  to  the  highest  point 
on  the  animal),  of  the  knee  (from  the  ground  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  joint), 
of  the  loin,  and  of  the  tail-head ;  (3)  measurements  of  the  width,  by  means 
of  the  two  arms  of  the  instrument,  of  the  hooks,  pin  bones,  and  thighs ;  and 
(4)  measurements  of  the  head,  principally  its  length,  its  width  between  the 
base  of  the  horns,  and  the  width  of  face. 

The  Yunnan  breed  of  sheep,  A.  Hallot  (Bui.  Econ.  Indochine,  n.  ser.,  18 
(1915),  No.  112,  pp.  165-181;  ahs.  in  Intemat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  11,  pp.  1512-1514). — An  account  of  the 
breed  characteristics  and  utility  value  of  the  sheep  of  Yunnan,  China. 

The  fleece  is  white,  black  or  white  with  spots  of  fawn,  red,  or  black.  With 
the  exception  of  a  tuft  of  long  hair  hanging  over  the  forehead,  the  fleece  extends 
from  the  base  of  the  neck  to  the  knees  and  above  the  hocks.  No  wool  occurs 
on  the  belly,  but  hair  often  occurs  under  the  chest,  extending  toward  the  withers. 
With  certain  rare  exceptions  the  wool  is  mixed  with  kemp  in  variable  quantity. 
In  the  tallest  animals  the  base  of  the  fleece  consists  of  long  stiff  hairs. 

The  wool  fiber  and  certain  phases  of  scouring'  and  loose  •wool  dyeing, 
L.  J.  Matos  (BuL  Nat.  Assoc.  Wool  Manfrs.  J/o  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  H6-171,  figs. 
10). — Methods  of  scouring  and  dyeing  wool  are  described. 

Fattening-  lambs,  J.  M.  Jones  {Texas  Sta.  Bui.  186  {1916),  pp.  3-15,  figs.  4).— 
Two  lots  of  about  2.50  47-lb.  range-bred  lambs  were  fed  119  days  as  follows : 
Lot  1,  cotton-seed  meal,  cotton-seed  hulls,  and  feterita  and  sorghum  silage; 
lot  2,  cotton-seed  meal  and  feterita  and  sorghum  silage.  After  59  days  of  the 
test  feterita  and  milo-maize  chops  were  added  to  the  ration  of  lot  2 ;  and 
after  102  days  the  ration  of  lot  1  was  supplemented  by  the  same  concentrate. 

The  results  indicate  that  good  silage  can  be  fed  to  fattening  lambs  without 
injury  to  them.  During  the  first  59  days  the  lambs  in  lot  2  consumed  an 
average  of  3.78  lbs.  of  silage  per  head  daily  and  their  average  daily  gain  was 
0.285  lb.  per  head. 

"  While  silage  seems  to  have  a  place  in  the  ration  of  a  fattening  sheep  it 
should  not  constitute  the  only  roughage.  Owing  to  the  succulent  nature  of 
silage,  it  is  quite  impossible  for  lambs  to  consume  enough  of  this  feed  to  get 
the  necessary  amount  of  dry  matter  that  is  required  by  the  animal  body. 
Lambs  receiving  silage  as  the  sole  roughage  are  inclined  to  go  '  off  feed.'  The 
lambs  in  lot  1  received  cotton-seed  hulls  in  addition  to  the  silage,  and  through- 
out the  entire  feeding  period  all  the  lambs  remained  continually  '  on  feed.' 
No  moldy  silage  was  fed  to  the  lambs  and  no  losses  directly  attributed  to 
the  feeding  of  inferior  silage  resulted." 

The  lambs  in  lot  1  made  a  good  economical  gain  during  the  early  part  of 
the  feeding  period,  but  after  about  100  days  they  apparently  became  "burned 
out,"  the  average  daily  gain  per  head  during  the  final  17  days  of  the  test  being 
only  0.068  lb. 

During  the  first  6  days  after  the  feterita  and  milo  maize  had  been  supplied 
in  the  ration  of  lot  2  at  the  end  of  the  first  59-day  period,  the  average  gain 
per  head  was  increased  from  0.24  to  0.42  lb.  daily.  After  ground  feterita 
and  milo  maize  had  been  supplemented  in  the  ration  received  by  lot  2  the 
lambs  did  not  go  "  off  feed "  as  readily  as  when  on  the  ration  composed 
wholly  of  cotton-seed  meal  and  silage. 


376  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

The  lambs  of  lot  1  returned  a  profit  of  $1.03  per  head,  and  those  of  lot  2 
82  cts.  per  head. 

The  influence  of  domestication  on  the  mechanical  qualities  of  the  pars 
compacta  of  Sus  scrofa  domestica,  together  with  a  discussion  of  the  theory 
of  the  functional  adaptation  of  the  skeleton,  A.  Schmidt  {Arch.  EnPwicM. 
Mech.  Organ.,  U  {1915),  Nos.  S,  pp.  4^2-534,  pis.  2,  figs.  5;  4,  pp.  605-671,  figs. 
8). — Data  are  given  on  the  moduli  of  strength  of  the  compact  bone  substance 
of  wild   and   domestic  swine. 

In  general,  grazing  animals  show  a  higher  modulus  of  elasticity  and  a 
greater  firmness  than  those  of  the  same  age  not  on  pasture.  The  specific 
gravity  of  the  compacta  of  S.  scrofa  domestica  undergoes  various  changes.  In 
the  metatarsal  bones  of  the  .young  and  the  tibial  and  metatarsal  of  older  wild 
swine  it  is  much  higher  than  for  domestic  swine  of  the  same  age.  The  specific 
gravity  of  the  compacta  of  Sus  and  Cervus  is  lower  in  the  metatarsus  than 
in  the  tibia. 

A  bibliography  of  references  is  included. 

Physiology  and  bacon  curing,  K.  J.  J.  Mackenzie  and  F.  H.  A.  Marshall 
{Jour.  Roy.  Agr.  Soc.  England.,  16  {1915),  pp.  1-13). — It  is  stated  that  the 
black  pigment  so  often  found  in  the  mammary  area  of  sows  belonging  to 
colored  breeds  is  in  no  way  related  to  sexual  changes  occurring  during  the 
period  of  heat  or  oestrus.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  closely  similar  to,  or  identical 
with,  the  pigment  of  the  hair,  and  is  consequently  harmless.  It  follows  that 
the  heavy  losses  sustained  by  bacon  manufacturers  owing  to  the  presence 
of  this  pigment  have  been  incurred  unnecessarily. 

Experiments  have  shown  that  the  results  of  ovariotomy  are  such  as  to 
justify  the  operation  being  carried  out  for  commercial  purposes,  since  spayed 
sows  tend  to  feed  better  and  fatten  faster  than  open  or  unoperated  ones. 
Those  cases  in  which  sows  which  were  supposed  to  have  been  spayed  have 
behaved  as  though  they  were  open  are  the  result  of  faulty  operating. 

The  breeding  and  feeding  of  pigs  for  bacon  factory  purposes,  R.  C.  Sim- 
mons {Rhodesia  Agr.  Jour.,  IS  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  187-214,  pis.  2,  figs.  3).— A 
general  discussion  of  the  type  of  pig  required  for  bacon  production,  and  of 
methods  of  feeding,  care,  and  management,  together  with  a  number  of  suggested 
rations. 

Feeding  potatoes  to  fattening  swine,  W.  Voltz  {Deut.  Landw.  Presse,  42 
{1915),  No.  91,  pp.  771-773,  figs.  8).— It  was  demonstrated  that  it  is  not  feasible 
to  feed  potatoes  alone  to  growing  and  fattening  swine,  a  protein  supplement 
being  essential  to  satisfactory'  development. 

Feeding  experiments  with  straw  meal  and  cellulose  material,  Schneide- 
wiND  {Landic.  Wchnschr.  Sachsen,  18  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  57-59). — The  addition  of 
a  cellulose  feed,  composed  of  65  per  cent  of  straw  material,  20  per  cent  of  dried 
potatoes,  and  15  per  cent  of  molasses,  to  the  ordinary  grain  ration  for  swine 
proved  to  be  a  valuable  supplement,  materially  increasing  the  gain  over  a  grain 
ration  alone. 

Feeding  pigs  on  the  subcutaneous  matter  of  hides  intended  for  tanning. 
W.  Ellenbergek  and  W.  Grimmee  {Berlin.  Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr.,  31  {1915), 
No.  32,  pp.  373-378)  .—The  authors  conducted  experiments  in  feeding  the  sub- 
cutaneous matter  of  hides  to  swine.  This  feed  was  well  liked  by  the  pigs  and 
produced  normal  development.  It  was  found  to  be  an  excellent  concentrated 
feed,  equal  in  nutritive  value  to  a  mixture  of  crushed  beans  and  vetches.  The 
digestability  of  the  protein  was  21  per  cent  and  the  starch  equivalent  76.4  per 
cent.  The  flesh  of  the  swine  was  found  to  be  normal  in  composition.  The 
meat  when  cooked  had  an  excellent  flavor  and  in  no  case  was  any  disagreeable 
taste  detected,  whether  raw  or  cooked. 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  377 

The  composition  of  tlie  subcutaneous  matter  is  given  as  water  13.2  per  cent, 
protein  55,  fat  2G.5,  and  asli  5.2. 

Color  in  horses,  J.  W.  Thompson  (Breeder's  Gaz.,  69  (1916),  No.  10,  pp.  1020, 
1021). — The  author  pre.sents  data  tending  to  show  that  English  racing  records 
demonstrate  that  bay  is  predominantly  a  color  of  speed  and  bottom. 

Licensed  stallions  in  Utah  during'  the  season  of  1915,  W.  E.  Cakroll 
(Utah  Sta.  Circ.  19  (1916),  pp.  3-20 ) .—Tables  showing  the  distribution  of 
licensed  stallions  by  counties  and  breeds  for  the  State  of  Utah  are  given. 

Capsule  method  of  breeding  mares,  W.  E.  Caeeoll  and  H.  J,  Fbedeeick 
(Utah  Sta.  Circ.  20  (1916),  pp.  3-6,  fig.  i).— This  circular  treats  of  the  advan- 
tages and  methods  of  capsule  breeding  of  mares. 

Better  horses  for  Utah,  W,  E.  Caekoll  (Utah.  Sta.  Circ.  18  (1916),  pp.  3-10, 
fig.  1). — This  circular  treats  of  the  number  and  prices  of  horses  in  the  United 
States,  the  type  of  horse  most  in  demand,  the  need  of  improvement,  and  the 
Utah  stallion  license  law  as  a  factor  in  the  improvement  of  horses. 

Some  fertility  experiments,  B.  F.  Kaupp  (Poultry  Item,  18  (1915),  No.  2, 
pp.  6,  7,  86-90,  fig.  1). — Extensive  data  collected  at  the  North  Carolina  Experi- 
ment Station  indicate  that  under  ordinary  conditions  a  fertility  of  from  80  to 
90  per  cent  should  be  obtained  and  that  from  80  to  90  per  cent  of  the  fertile 
eggs  should  hatch.  Fertility  rapidly  declines  after  the  removal  of  the  cocks. 
It  is  not  advisable  to  save  eggs  for  hatching  after  the  male  birds  have  been  re- 
moved from  the  pen  for  five  days.  If  the  hens  mated  have  been  running  with 
mongrel  cocks  all  spermatozoa  in  the  oviducts  of  the  hens  should  be  dead  by  the 
eighteenth  day,  thus  making  it  safe  to  save  the  eggs  after  that  time. 

[Poultry  husbandry]  (Minnesota  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  Jfl,  ^2). — It  has  been 
found  that  the  labor  cost  per  pound  of  raising  chicks  is  greater  before  they 
are  placed  on  range  than  afterward,  but  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  some  the 
food  cost  per  pound  is  greater  with  the  larger  chicks.  Chicks  artificially 
hatched  and  reared  were  fed  at  less  cost  than  when  reared  by  the  natural 
process,  that  is,  when  the  cost  of  feeding  the  mother  hens  was  reckoned  with 
the  cost  of  feeding  the  chicks.  With  a  plentiful  supply  of  skim  or  sour  milk 
the  feed  cost  per  pound  of  chicks  five  weeks  old  or  less  varied  from  a  little  over 
4  cts.  to  a  little  over  6  cts. 

Results  of  experiments  indicate  that  a  confined  area  for  breeding  flocks  re- 
sults in  an  excess  of  infertile  eggs  and  chicks  of  less  vitality.  Several  trials 
with  eggs  from  flocks  confined  to  small  yards  compared  with  those  from  flocks 
that  had  free  range,  at  least  half  the  time,  showed  more  than  twice  the  percent- 
age of  infertile  eggs  from  the  flocks  in  the  small  yards. 

Teaching  the  young  stock  to  roost,  Me.  and  Mes.  G.  R.  Shoup  (Washington 
Sta.,  West  M'ash.  Sta.  Mo.  Bui.,  4  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  10-14,  fins.  5).— The  use  of 
a  modified  King  ventilating  system  and  a  forced  roost  apparatus  is  described, 
and  plans  for  their  construction  are  given. 

Report  on  experiments  on  the  feeding  of  poultry  and  on  the  feeding  of 
chickens  and  ducklings  conducted  during  1913-14,  Agnes  Kinross  (West  of 
Scot.  Agr.  Col.  Bui.  66  [i9i5],  pp.  22). — Data  are  given  on  the  cost  of  keeping 
poultry,  the  feeding  of  chickens  from  birth  to  a  laying  age,  the  feeding  of  table 
chickens  from  birth  to  a  marketable  age,  and  the  feeding  of  table  ducklings. 

Buttermilk  cheese  versus  meat  meal  in  broiler  duck  raising,  B.  F.  Katjpp 
(Poultry  Item,  18  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  8-10) .—Three  lots  of  ducks  were  fed  the 
following  rations :  Lot  1,  wheat  bran,  corn  meal,  and  buttermilk  cheese,  2:4:2; 
lot  2,  wheat  bran,  corn  meal,  and  beef  scrap,  2:4:1;  and  lot  3,  wheat  bran, 
corn  meal,  and  buttermilk  cheese,  2:4:3. 

The  buttermilk  cheese  was  made  as  follows:  The  fine-grained  curd  result- 
ing from  pasteurizing  sour  cream  was  brought  into  solution  by  a  small  quan- 


378  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOBD.  [Vol.  35 

tity  of  sodium  hydroxid.  The  buttermilk  was  then  curdled  by  acidifying  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  vat  of  milk  was  heated  to  from  130  to  140°  F.  and 
held  at  this  temperature  for  from  30  minutes  to  one  hour.  The  curd  was  then 
drained,  salted,  and  packed.  The  yield  of  finished  cheese  was  about  12  per 
cent,  and  contained  20  per  cent  of  protein. 

At  10  weeks  of  age  the  average  weight  of  lot  1  was  4.31  lbs.  per  head ;  of  lot 
2,  5.25  lbs.,  and  of  lot  3  4.62  lbs.,  so  that  the  buttermilk  cheese  apparently  did 
not  take  the  place  of  the  meat  scrap.  In  the  10  weeks  lot  1  consumed  31  lbs. 
of  mash  which  cost  $8.78,  and  lot  2  101  lbs.  of  mash  which  cost  $2.34.  The 
average  v/eight  of  lot  3  at  the  end  of  11  weeks  was  5.41  lbs.  During  this 
time  there  was  consumed  429  lbs.  of  mash  which  cost  $13.21. 

The  high  cost  of  the  buttermilk  cheese  was  one  cause  of  the  high  cost  in  lots  1 
and  3.  If  the  cheese  could  be  produced  Oi.  the  farm  from  nonsalable  buttermilk, 
that  is,  buttermilk  for  which  there  is  no  immediate  market,  the  cost  would 
be  merely  that  of  converting  this  animal  protein  into  a  salable  product,  as  in 
chick  feeding. 

How  to  start  a  mink  ranch,  R.  Lewis  (Medical  Lake,  Wash.:  Author  [1916], 
pp.  6). — This  pamplet  deals  with  the  principles  of  starting  a  fur  farm  for  raising 
mink. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

Manual  of  the  dairy  industry,  E.  de  Vevey  [Lausonne:  Soc.  Lait.  de  la 
Suisse  Romande,  1916,  2.  ed.,  rev.,  pp.  340,  pis.  5,  figs.  110). — This  book  treats  of 
the  production  of  milk,  butter,  and  cheese  for  commercial  purposes. 

Balanced  rations  for  dairy  stock,  .T.  B.  Lindsey  {Massachusetts  Sta.  Circ. 
63  [1916),  pp.  S).— A  revision  of  Circular  50,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33, 
p.  275). 

Studies  on  aerobic  spore-bearing  nonpathog'enic  bacteria,  J.  S.  Lawrence 
and  W.  W.  Ford  (Jour.  Bact.,  1  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  273-319,  pis.  26).— This  reports 
a  morphological  study  made  of  the  following  spore-bearing  bacteria  in  milk : 
Bacillus  cereus,  B.  subtilis,  B.  alholacttis,  B.  vulgatus,  B.  mesentericus,  B.  fusi- 
formis,  B.  petnsites,  B.  colKvrens,  and  B.  terminalis. 

Electrical  treatment  of  milk  for  infant  feeding  and  the  destruction  of 
Bacillus  tuberculosis,  J.  M.  Beattie  and  F.  C.  Lewis  (Jour.  State  Med.,  24 
(1916),  No.  6,  pp.  174-177). — In  experiments  with  tuberculous  milk  it  was  found 
that  electrical  conditions  which  give  at  the  outlet  of  the  lethal  tube  a  constant 
temperature  of  from  63  to  64°  C.  are  satisfactory  for  the  destruction  of 
tubercle  bacilli,  even  when  these  are  present  in  such  abnormal  numbers  as 
in  the  special  sample  on  which  the  experiment  was  conducted. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  electrical  method  can  be  used  successfully,  but  that 
tliere  must  be  a  strict  adherence  to  certain  definite  conditions  of  measurement, 
rate  of  flow,  current,  density,  etc. 

Pasteurization  in  the  dairy  industry,  O.  F.  Hltnzikeb  (Cream.  Jour.,  27 
(1916),  No.  9,  pp.  18,  19,  22.  29;  Milk  Dealer,  5  (1916),  Nos.  9,  pp.  4-8;  10,  pp. 
16-20;  Cream,  and  Milk  Plant  Mo.,  4  (1916),  No.  10,  pp.  Jfi-i? )  .—This*  article 
deals  with  the  commercial  value  of  pasteurization,  its  germ-killing  efficiency, 
and  its  effect  upon  flavor. 

Standardizing  cream  (^Tilk  Dealer,  5  (1916),  No.  9,  p.  22).— An  accurate  and 
simple  method  of  standsirdizing  cream,  devised  by  the  Dairy  Division  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  is  described. 

Why  the  fat  standard  should  be  used,  Hepburn  (Cream.  Jour.,  27  (1916), 
No.  10,  pp.  12,  13,  15).— The  author  urges  the  substitution  of  the  fat  for  the 
moisture  standard  in  determining  the  market  value  of  butter.     It  is  stated 


1916J  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  379 

that  a  fat  standard  would  standardize  all  manufacture,  as  far  as  composition 
is  concerned,  and  put  purchasing  and  selling  on  a  similar  basis.  The  fat 
standard  would  practically  regulate  other  constituents  in  butter  and,  by 
resulting  in  a  decrease  of  the  percentage  of  salt,  would  operate  in  such  a 
way  as  to  furnish  the  consumer  with  a  milder  piece  of  goods.  This,  it  is 
thought,  would  increase  the  consumption  of  butter,  as  more  butter  would  be 
consumed  if  of  mild  flavor. 

Methods  for  testing  butter  fat  are  given. 

Butter  profits  and  losses  {Wallaces'  Farmer,  41  {1916),  No.  19,  p.  7S2,  fig. 
1). — A  chart  is  given  showing  the  estimated  profits  and  losses  for  the  past  ten 
years  of  the  dairyman  who  makes  butter  or  sells  cream  to  the  creamery. 
The  butter  profit  and  loss  areas  follow  very  closely  the  business  profit  and 
loss  area  as  devised  by  the  Babson  Statistical  Organization,  as  do  also  the 
accompanying  profit  and  loss  areas  in  hogs  and  cattle. 

American  cheese  in  England,  J.  G.  Foster,  E.  E.  Young,  and  W.  H.  Bradley 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Com-.  Rpts.,  No.  129  {1916),  pp.  836-838).— A  review  of  some 
of  the  criticisms  voiced  by  British  importers  of  American  cheese. 

Report  on  the  work  done  during  1913  at  the  Atvidaberg  Dairy  Bacterio- 
logical Institution  {Nord.  Mejeri  Tidn.,  31  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  28,  29). — In 
experiments  at  this  establishment  it  was  found  that  with  Bacterium  glycerini 
only  4  cheeses  out  of  25  gave  better  results  than  the  control  cheese,  the  rest 
being  similar  or  poorer.  Cheese  in  which  albumin-dissolving  cocci  were  intro- 
duced had  excellent  consistency.  Using  B.  curvatum  in  Herrgard  cheese  gave 
a  better  taste  and  consistency  than  in  the  control  cheeses.  With  B.  glycerini 
in  household  cheese  no  effect  was  noticed. 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

Diseases  of  domestic  animals  and  poultry,  their  cause,  sjnnptonis,  and 
treatment,  C.  J.  and  A.  W.  Korinek  {Portland,  Oreg.:  Korinek  Remedy  Co., 
[1915^,  pp.  192,  figs.  24). — A  popular  work. 

Tropical  medicine  and  hygiene. — II,  Diseases  due  to  the  metazoa,  C.  W. 
Daniels  {London:  John  Bale,  Sons  &  Danielson,  Ltd.,  1914,  pt.  2,  2.  ed.,  pp. 
VIII-\-278,  pi.  1,  figs.  107). — A  revised  edition  of  part  2,  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  479),  including  a  chapter  on  snakes,  by  A.  Alcock  (pp.  219-269). 

Veterinary  handbook  and  visiting  list,  T.  B.  Rogers  {Philadelphia  and 
London:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1916,  pp.  119-\-[96'\). — This  pocket  handbook  is 
planned  to  bring  together  the  information  needed  for  ready  reference  by  the 
practicing  veterinarian  (pp.  1-119).  Ninety-six  blank  pages  ruled  for  a  visiting 
li«t  are  attached. 

Report  of  the  director  of  the  veterinary  institute,  Sohns  {Jaarb.  Dept. 
Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  Nederland.  Indie,  1914,  pp-  254-279). — This  report  con- 
tains a  tabulated  summary  of  the  mallein  and  tuberculin  distribution,  together 
with  comments  on  the  prevalence  of  the  diseases. 

The  occurrence  and  treatment  of  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  anthrax,  swine 
fever,  trypanosomiasis,  piroplasmosis,  and  tetanus  are  briefly  described.  A 
short  review  of  the  veterinary  course  offered  at  the  institute  is  included. 

Reports  of  Drs.  Veranus  A.  Moore,  Mazyck  P.  Ravenel,  and  William  T. 
Sedgwick  upon  the  federal  meat  inspection  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ. 
58  {1916),  pp.  10). — This  consists  of  reports  submitted  by  experts  outside  of 
this  Department,  who  were  requested  by  the  Secretary  in  July,  1913,  to  inves- 
tigate the  meat  inspection  work.    Recommendations  suggested  are  included. 

Anesthesia  and  narcosis  of  animals  and  birds,  F.  T.  G.  Hobday  {London: 
Baillidre,  Tindall  d  Cox,  1915,  pp.  XI-\-86). — Particular  attention  is  given  to 
anesthesia  of  the  horse  and  dog. 


380  EXPERIMENT   STATION    REOOED,  [Vol.35 

The  effect  of  chlorofoiTa  on  the  factors  of  coagulation,  G.  R.  Minot  {Anier. 
Jour.  Physiol.,  39  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  131-138). — "  Antithrombin  is  rendered  in- 
active by  chloroform  and  ether,  thus  allowing  free  thrombin  if  present  in  an 
oxalated  plasma  to  clot  fibrinogen.  Prothrombin  is  not  converted  to  thrombin 
by  chloroform.  Chloroform  can  precipitate  both  fibrinogen  and  prothrombin 
from  an  oxalated  plasma.  Chloroform  does  not  weaken  the  action  of  a  solution 
of  pure  thrombin.  Ether  does  slightly.  Antithrombin  could  not  be  recovered 
from  chloroform  or  ether  extracts  of  serum  or  plasma,  unhealed  or  heated  to 
60°  C,  and  is  not  exactly  identical  to  antitrypsin  or  to  Doyon's  antithrombin. 
In  one  chloroform-poisoned  rabbit  the  antithrombin  of  the  blood  was  decreased 
below  normal." 

The  antiseptic  action  of  substances  of  the  chloramin  group,  H.  D.  Dakin, 
J.  B.  Cohen,  M.  Daufeesne,  and  J.  Ken  yon  (Proc.  Roy.  Sac.  [London],  Ser.  B, 
89  (,1916),  No.  B  614,  PP-  232-251;  abs.  in  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  No.  2880  {1916), 
p.  388). — The  results  of  investigations  have  led  to  the  following  deductions: 

"Almost  all  of  the  substances  examined  containing  the  NCI  group  possess  very 
strong  germicidal  action.  The  presence  in  the  molecule  of  more  than  one  NCI 
group  does  not  confer  any  marked  increase  in  germicidal  power.  .  .  .  The 
germicidal  action  of  many  of  these  chloramin  compounds  is  molecule  for 
molecule  greater  than  that  of  sodium  hypochlorite.  Thus  p-toluene  sodium 
sulphochloramid  with  a  molecular  weight  for  the  crystallized  salt  of  261.5  is 
as  active  as  sodium  hypochlorite  with  a  molecular  weight  of  74.  Substitution 
in  the  nucleus  of  aromatic  chloramins  by  CI,  Br,  I,  CBU,  C^Hb,  or  NO2  groups 
does  not  lead  to  any  very  great  increase  in  germicidal  activity.  More  commonly 
there  is  a  moderate  diminution. 

"  The  chloramin  derivatives  of  naphthalene  and  other  dicyclic  compounds  of 
the  sulphochloramid  type  closely  resemble  the  simpler  aromatic  chloramins  in 
germicidal  action.  The  few  bromamins  examined  show  a  slightly  lower  germi- 
cidal action  than  the  corresponding  chloramins,  but  the  sodium  sulpho- 
bromamids  are  much  more  active  than  sodium  hypobromite.  It  is  significant  that 
they  react  much  more  readily  with  amino  acids  and  proteins  than  does  sodium 
hypobromite.  Derivatives  of  proteins  prepared  by  the  action  of  sodium  hypo- 
chlorite and  containing  NCI  groups  are  strongly  germicidal.  Blood  serum 
inhibits  their  germicidal  action  to  much  the  same  extent  as  it  does  with  sodium 
hypochlorite  or  the  aromatic  chloramins." 

Chloramin,  its  preparation,  properties,  and  use,  H.  D.  Dakin,  J.  B.  Cohen, 
and  J.  Kenyon  {Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  No.  2874  {1916),  pp.  160-162) .—This  paper 
deals  with  the  properties,  practical  uses,  preparation  and  cost,  and  mode  of 
action  of  chloramin. 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  immunity,  F.  o'HEEEiiE  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad. 
Sci.  [Paris},  162  {1916),  No.  15,  pp.  570-573 ) .—Experimental  data  submitted 
indicate  that  micro-organisms  killed  by  certain  essential  oils,  especially  oil  of 
mustard,  constitute  a  reliable  vaccine  capable  of  producing  an  immunity  in  an 
animal  against  a  disease  to  which  it  is  naturally  susceptible.  The  organism 
used  in  the  experiment  reported  was  Bacillus  typhi  murium.  A  single  injection 
of  the  vaccine  was  sufficient  to  confer  an  immunity  which  enabled  the  animal 
to  resist  an  inoculation  of  many  times  the  lethal  dose  of  the  virulent  organism. 

A  vaccine  was  also  prepared  by  killing  the  micro-organism  with  quinin  hydro- 
chlorid,  but  its  power  to  confer  immunity  was  only  relative. 

Quantitative  tests  on  the  persistence  of  chemotherapeutic  substances  in 
the  blood  of  man  and  animals,  E.  Boeckek  {Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt. 
Titer.,  I,  Orig.,  21,  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  148-I66).— In  the  blood  of  men,  rabbits, 
guinea  pigs,  and  horses,  previously  injected  with  salvarsan,  a  large  part  of  the 
therapeutic  agent  was  still  present  after  one  to  two  hours,  and  in  the  rabbit 


19161  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  381 

very  often  after  24  hours.  Optochin  disappeared  much  more  rapidly,  but  was 
still  present  in  the  guinea-pig  serum  two  hours  after  an  injection.  It  is  indi- 
cated that  the  cellular  blood  elements  may  fix  optochin  to  a  certain  degree  and 
later  release  it.  Formaldehyde  and  "  rhodaform  "  could  not  be  determined  in 
the  blood  shortly  after  injection,  nor  could  the  latter  be  found  in  the  bile.  It  is 
concluded  that  such  experimental  results  indicate  the  best  methods  of  adminis- 
tering therapeutic  agents  and  the  varied  action  of  such  substances  in  different 
animal  species. 

Further  observations  on  the  action  of  chemotherapeutic  substances  in 
vitro,  O.  ScHiEMANN  (Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  {1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  167-187). — Salvarsan  and  optochin  were  found  to  be  active  in  bouillon 
as  well  as  in  the  serum  and  blood  of  different  animals,  not  only  in  preventing 
the  growth  of  the  organisms  but  also  as  bactericidal  agents.  The  inhibition  of 
growth,  however,  was  found  to  be  more  regular  and  to  be  valuable  in  deter- 
mining the  selective  action  of  such  substances  on  various  organisms.  The  use 
of  serum  and  blood  of  various  species  often  yielded  widely  different  results. 

Glanders  bacilli  were  markedly  influenced  by  salvarsan  in  in  vitro  experi- 
ments. 

The  curative  doses  in  animal  experiments  which  alone  influenced  infections 
were  such  as  not  only  prevented  growth  but  were  also  sufficient  for  killing  the 
micro-organisms.  This  difference  of  rapidity  of  action  in  vivo  and  in  vitro  is 
attributed  to  the  slow  action  of  the  therapeutic  substance  and  to  its  greatly 
diminished  concentration  in  the  blood  stream.  The  results  of  treatment  of 
chicken  cholera  infection  with  quinin  as  described  by  Hallenberger  (E.  S.  R., 
30,  p.  286)  could  not  be  corroborated  in  experiments  with  chickens  and  rabbits. 

Studies  on  antileucocytic  animals,  Lippmann  (Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt. 
Titer.,  I,  Orig.,  24  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  107-122). — ^Two  papers  are  presented. 

I.  The  mode  of  action  of  antibacterial  sera  and  chemotherapetitic  sub- 
stances.— The  experimental  data  have  shown  that  the  intravenous  injection  of 
a  bacteriotropic  serum  (Neufeld's  pneumococcus  serum)  may  prevent  the 
passage  of  the  disturbing  organism  into  the  blood  stream  of  healthy  animals. 
Animals  treated  with  thorium  X,  however,  develop  a  bacteriemia  within  eight 
hours.  Tlie  pneumococcus  serum,  therefore,  only  prevents  a  pneumococcus 
sepsis  in  the  presence  of  leucocytes. 

Bacteriolytic  sera  (cholera)  show  in  leucocyte-free  animals  in  the  presence 
of  complement  the  same  bacteriolytic  action  (vibriolysis)  in  Pfeiffer's  experi- 
ment as  normal  animals.  For  bacteriolysis  the  leucocytes  are  apparently  of 
no  particular  importance.  Protozoa  are  also  destroyed  by  chemotherapeutic 
agents  (salvarsan)  the  same  as  in  normal  animals. 

Contrary  to  these  results  optochin  (ethylhydrocuprein)  was  found  not  to 
prevent  a  bacteriemia  in  animals  treated  with  thorium.  Optochin  thus  appears 
to  require  the  assistance  of  the  entire  organism  for  its  effective  action. 

II.  Contribution  to  the  recognition  of  natural  immunity  against  sicine  ery- 
sipelas.— In  guinea  pigs  injected  with  swine  erysipelas  whose  leucocytes  had 
been  destroyed  by  thorium  X  the  pathogenic  organisms  could  not  be  estab- 
lished bacteriologically,  while  all  the  normal  animals  died  from  a  severe 
bacteriemia. 

It  is  suggested  that  such  curative  action  is  due  to  the  liberation  of  bacteri- 
cidal substances  (leukins)  from  the  dissolved  leucocytes,  just  as  the  cholera 
vibriolysis  in  Pfeiffer's  experiment  is  accelerated  through  the  liberation  of 
leucocyte  substance  by  treatment  with  thorium. 

The  biological  significance  of  unsaturated  fatty  acids,  J.  W.  Jobling  and 
W.  F.  Peteesen  (Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  (1915),  No.  3, 
pp.  292-310). — It  is  shown  that  through  the  removal  of  the  antiferment  of  the 


Og2  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    RECORD,  IVol.  3r. 

antigen  a  greater  toxicity  is  bestowed  on  the  antigen,  and  that  an  increase  of 
the  antiferment  titer  in  sensitized  animals  is  associated  with  an  increased  re- 
sistance against  anaphylactic  shock. 

Bacterial  antiferments  are  thought  to  consist  of  unsaturated  lipoids  of  the 
organisms,  and  the  absolute  resistance  of  intact  organisms  probably  depends 
on  a  potential  lipoid  envelopment.  Microchemical  analysis  revealed  no  increase 
of  nonprecipitatable  substances  during  bacteriolysis. 

Complement  and  serum  protease  are  not  deemed  identical. 
The  presence  of  protease  was  established  in  the  serum  of  the  guinea  pig 
and  rabbit.    It  was  active  in  weakly  acid  and  in  alkaline  solutions.    Its  action 
was  markedly  retarded  at  56°  C.  and  completely  inhibited  at  70°,  was  retarded 
by  unsaturated  soaps,  and  was  nonspecific. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  Abderhalden  reaction  is  accompanied  by  an  adsorption 
of  serum  and  a  ferment.  Specific  tissue  is  not  cleaved  in  the  reaction,  but  the 
cleavage  products  originate  from  the  serum  proteins. 

In  the  treatment  of  pathological  cases  with  potassium  iodid  there  is  a 
constant  lowering  of  the  antitryptic  titer  by  which  the  proteolytic  ferments  of 
the  organism  become  more  active.  It  is  deemed  possible  that  the  therapeutic 
action  of  potassium  iodid  depends  on  this  lowering  of  antiferment  content. 

On  the  serological  action  of  boiled  and  unboiled  milk  and  milk  proteins, 
A.  Versell  (Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  {1915),  No.  S, 
pp.  261-291). — Complement-fixation  tests  with  human,  cow's,  and  goat's  milk 
have  shown  that  human  milk  antisera  react  with  cow's  milk  and,  to  a  slight 
extent,  with  goat's  milk.  Cow's  milk  antisera  also  react  with  human  milk. 
In  a  similar  manner  cow's  milk  casein  antisera  and  heated  cows'  milk  antisera 
react  with  human  milk  casein  and  boiled  human  milk.  Contrary  to  this,  there 
is  no  reaction  between  human  serum  antisera  and  cow  or  goat  serum,  or 
between  cow  serum  antisera  and  human  serum.  The  antisera  obtained  by  the 
injection  of  milk  serum  and  the  casein  react  much  stronger  with  the  whole 
milk  than  with  the  respective  constituents  used  for  immunization.  Whole  milk 
and  milk  serum  antisera,  even  in  very  small  quantities,  cause  complement  devia- 
tion with  the  blood  serum  of  homologous  animals.  The  casein  and  heated 
milk  antisera  do  not  cause  this  deviation.  Antisera  obtained  by  the  injection 
of  boiled  milk  and  the  constituents  of  boiled  milk  showed,  in  general,  a  weaker 
reaction  than  those  obtained  by  the  injection  of  the  raw  milk  and  its  con- 
stituents. 

Of  the  individual  constituents  of  milk,  the  milk  serum  shows  specific  charac- 
teristics as  does  blood  serum.  The  animal  specificity  of  the  casein  is  not  so 
regular. 

It  is  indicated  from  the  experiments  that  a  specificity  of  milk  may  be  con- 
sidered in  the  .sense  of  "  organ  specificity,"  which  is  principally  attributable 
to  the  casein  content. 

The  fomiation  of  specific  proteoclastic  ferments  in  response  to  introduc- 
tion of  placenta,  Florence  Hulton  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
227-230). — "  Placental  protein  is  not  digested  to  any  greater  degree  by  the  serum 
of  an  animal  sensitized  to  placenta  than  by  the  normal  serum.  The  digestive 
power  of  the  serum  of  an  animal  sensitized  to  placenta  is  not  increased  for 
casein,  Bence-Jones  protein,  phaseolin,  edestin,  soy-bean  globulin,  or  milk 
albumin.  Casein  is  digested  to  a  marked  degree  by  the  normal  serum,  and  in 
most  cases  the  normal  serum  possesses  the  more  marked  activity.  Protamiu  is 
digested  to  a  marked  degree  in  both  cases,  the  injected  animal  showing  in- 
creased activity.  Gliadin  is  not  digested  to  any  great  extent  by  the  normal 
serum,  but  is  by  the  serum  of  the  injected  animal.    In  general,  it  may  be  said 


19181  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  383 

that  the  injection  of  placenta  does  not  increase  the  general  or  call  forth  the 
specific  proteoclastic  ferment  of  the  hlood." 

See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  179). 

The  "Wassermann  reaction  in  rabbits  after  injection  with  luetic  liver 
extracts,  H.  Eiken  (Ztschr.  Immunitdtsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  (1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  188-19S). — The  injection  of  aqueous  extracts  or  emulsions  of  luetic 
liver  into  rabbits  yielded  positive  Wassermann  reactions  sooner  or  later,  depend- 
ing on  the  individuality  of  the  extract.  The  reaction,  in  general,  disappeared 
rather  rapidly,  but  could  often  be  obtained  months  after  the  injection.  The  same 
results  were  obtained  by  using  an  alcoholic  extract  of  an  aqueous  extract  of 
luetic  liver.    These  results  confirm  the  findings  of  earlier  investigators. 

A  positive  Wassermann  reaction  could  not  be  obtained,  hov^^ever,  by  the  in- 
jection of  an  alcoholic  extract  of  human  heart  or  an  aqueous  extract  of  the 
liver  of  nonsyphilitic  children. 

If  the  aqueous  extracts  were  passed  through  a  Chamberland  filter  their 
antigenic  value  was  greatly  reduced. 

Some  poisonous  plants  of  Idaho  {Idaho  Sta.  Bui.  86  {1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  7). — 
Brief  descriptions  are  given  of  some  of  the  more  important  poisonous  plants 
of   Idaho   by   F.   W.   Gail    and   some   suggested   remedies   by    A.    R.    Hahner. 

Prevention  of  losses  of  live  stock  from  plant  poisoning',  C.  D.  Maksh 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  120  {1916),  pp.  10). — This  supersedes  Farmers' 
Bulletin  536,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  280).  It  is  pointed  out  that 
while  something  may  be  accomplished  by  the  application  of  medical  I'emedies 
to  sick  animals  the  main  reliance  in  reducing  losses  must  be  upon  careful  man- 
agement of  the  range  and  the  animals  upon  it.  Such  "  management  should  be 
directed  to  the  destruction  of  the  poisonous  plants  in  some  cases;  the  use  of 
the  range  when  the  plants  are  not  poisonous  in  other  cases ;  the  allotment  of 
some  ranges  to  animals  not  affected  by  the  plants ;  care  in  driving  live  stock 
and  bedding  places  for  sheep ;  the  elimination  of  fixed  driveways ;  and  to  '  rota- 
tion '  in  the  use  of  the  range." 

Acidosis  and  cotton-seed  meal  injury,  C.  A.  Wells  and  P.  V.  Ewing  (Oeorgia 
Sta.  Bui.  119  {1916),  pp.  35-64,  fiffs.  2). — An  account  is  given  of  the  performance 
and  results  of  an  investigation  conducted  at  the  station  during  1914  and  1915, 
the  object  of  which  was  to  determine  the  excess  of  acid-forming  over  base- 
forming  elements  in  cotton-seed  meal,  and  whether  such  excess  causes  the 
injury  of  pigs  which  have  eaten  large  quantities  of  the  meal. 

The  literature  relating  to  the  subject  is  first  reviewed,  in  connection  with 
which  is  given  a  bibliography  of  215  titles.  The  investigation,  which  is  reported 
in  detail  and  includes  much  tabular  data,  is  summarized  as  follows : 

"  One  hundred  gm.  of  cotton-seed  meal  contained  an  excess  of  acid-forming 
over  base-forming  elements  equivalent  to  8.21  cc.  normal  acid.  A  30  to  40 
day  lethal  dose  of  the  cotton-seed  meal  was  found  to  be  25  gm.  of  meal  per 
kilogram  live  weight  daily  for  6-weeks-old  pigs,  weighing  6  to  10  kg.  each,  in 
the  type  of  ration  here  fed.  In  feeding  cotton-seed  meal  to  ascertain  its  degree 
of  injury,  it  seemed  necessary  to  balance  the  ration,  not  so  much  as  regards 
the  nutritive  ratio,  but  rather  as  to  the  necessary  food  factors,  with  some  such 
substance  as  skim  milk.  The  injury  was  manifested  before  death  by  rather 
constant  abnormal  physical  and  metabolic  processes.  As  much  as  twice  the 
mineral  acid  represented  by  the  excess  acid  in  a  provisional  lethal  dose  of  cot- 
ton-seed meal  did  not  injure  the  pigs,  though  it  produced  the  metabolic  changes 
characteristic  of  acidosis. 

"  Under  the  influence  of  cotton-seed  meal  injury  the  pigs  did  not  deflect 
ammonia  from  urea  formation  to  neutralize  any  excess  acid  in  the  food.  The 
feeding  of  sodium  bicarbonate  did  not  prevent  the  injury.    Addition  of  ferrous 


384  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

sulphate  retarded  the  injury.  It  is  concluded  that  acidosis  played  only  a  small 
part,  if  any,  in  the  injury  produced. 

In  a  restricted  ration,  such  as  used  in  one  series,  pigs  were  seriously  in- 
jured or  killed  within  four  to  six  weeks  by  eating  digester  tankage  in  amounts 
of  nitrogen  equivalent  to  that  in  a  provisional  lethal  dose  of  cotton-seed  meal, 
which  was  approximately  15  gm.  nitrogen  daily  for  each  pig.  This  would 
indicate  that,  if  cotton-seed  meal  is  fed  in  a  restricted  ration  and  in  large 
quantities,  the  ration  may  injure  and  kill  pigs,  even  though  it  should  contain 
no  specific  toxic  substance." 

On  the  intermediate  host  of  the  lung  distome,  Paragonimus  westermani, 
S.  YosHiDA  {Jour.  Parasitology,  2  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  111-118,  pi.  1). — "In  For- 
mosa Nakagawa  found  the  encysted  larvae  in  two  fresh-water  crabs  and  ex- 
perimentally proved  that  they  grew  up  to  the  lung  distomes.  The  two  crabs 
were  identified  by  A.  Terao  as  follows:  Potamon  {Oeothelphusa)  obtusipes  [P. 
{Geothelphusa)  dehaanii'].  Nakagawa  added  that  a  fresh-water  crab  {Erio- 
cheir  japonicus)  will  also  probably  prove  to  be  the  intermediate  host. 

"  I  have  experimentally  proved  that  the  encysted  larvae  of  this  worm  are 
found  in  three  species  of  fresh-water  crabs  from  various  districts  of  Japan 
proper.  They  are  identified  as  follows:  P.  dehaanii,  Sesarma  dehaanii,  and 
E.  japonicus." 

Are  sarcosporidia  aberrant  forms  of  cnidosporidia  of  invertebrates P  B. 
Galli-Valerio  {Jour.  Parasitology,  2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  126-128) .—'' The  obser- 
vations of  Plana  and  Galli-Valerio  to  the  effect  that  spores  of  sarcosporidia 
produce  amebic  bodies  in  cultures  more  closely  relate  the  sarcosporidia  to  the 
cnidosporidia.  If  true  that  sarcosporidia  are  only  aberrant  forms  of  neo- 
sporidia  of  invertebrates,  then  the  hypothesis  of  Darling  becomes  more  prob- 
able." 

The  preparation  of  tetanus  antitoxin,  E.  H.  Ruedigee  {Philippine  Jour.  Sci., 
Sect.  B,  10  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  31-63,  figs.  85).— From  the  results  obtained,  the 
authors  conclude  that  "  a  suitable  strain  of  the  bacillus  of  tetanus  will  usually 
produce  potent  toxin  when  grown  in  nearly  neutral  glucose  broth  under 
liydrogen.  The  acidity  of  the  broth  will  rise  to  more  than  two  per  cent 
normal  acid,  and  it  should  be  neutralized  with  sodium  hydrate  before  it  is 
injected  into  the  horse.  Potent  tetanus  toxin  was  obtained  by  the  method 
described  by  Ivan  Hall.*  By  this  method  the  acid  is  continuously  neutralized 
by  the  magnesium  carbonate  present. 

"  Horses  differ  gi-eatly  in  the  power  of  producing  tetanus  antitoxin."  Of 
eight  horses  reported  on,  one  produced  150  units,  two  300  units,  one  350  units, 
cue  400  units,  and  three  500  or  more  units  of  tetanus  antitoxin  per  cubic 
centimeter  of  serum.  The  antitoxin  curve  reached  its  highest  mark  in  from 
six  to  nine  months  after  the  beginning  of  immunization. 

"  The  injection  of  large  doses  of  toxin  is  not  indicated.  The  dosage  should 
be  such  that  the  horse  does  not  appreciably  lose  in  weight." 

The  conjunctival  tuberculin  reaction,  Besnoit  and  Cuilli6  {Rev.  06n.  M6d. 
r6t.,  25  {1916),  No.  289,  pp.  9-17,  fig.  i).— The  authors  have  found  the  con- 
junctival tuberculin  reaction  for  the  detection  of  bovine  tuberculosis  of  great 
diagnostic  value  and  equal  to  the  classical  subcutaneous  reaction.  The  tech- 
nique is  simple  and  rapid  and  has  the  advantage  of  not  causing  great  rises 
in  temperature.  The  possibilities  of  diagnostic  error  are  considerably  reduced. 
The  procedure  is  valuable  both  in  investigational  and  in  practical  routine  work. 
The  authors  believe  that  it  should  be  substituted  for  the  subcutaneous  method, 
the  latter  being  reserved  exclusively  for  the  control  of  uncertain  cases. 

«  Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.,  Path..  1913,  No.  2,  p.  98, 


1916]  ■  EURAL  ENGINEERING.  385 

Note  on  the  stage  of  Piroplasma  bigeminum  which  occurs  in  the  cattle 
tick,  Margaropus  annulatus,  H.  Crawley  {Jour.  Parafdtolngy,  2  (l'J15),  No.  2, 
pp.  87-92,  fig.  1). — "A  parasitic  protozoan  was  found  in  smears  made  from 
female  cattle  ticks  (M.  annulaUis)  and  from  crushed  eggs  which  they  had 
deposited.  The  parasite  has  the  form  of  a  minute  polycystid  gregarine,  and 
is  believed  to  represent  the  stage  of  P.  bigeminum  occurring  in  the  tick.  It  is 
essentially  like  the  form  figured  and  described  by  Koch  as  present  in  en- 
gorged female  ticks  and  their  eggs,  and  also  like  the  form  of  P.  canis  found 
by  Christopliers  in  Rhipiccphalus  sanguineus.  In  the  present  case,  it  is  of 
interest  to  note  that  the  female  ticks  in  which  the  parasites  were  found 
showed  an  unusual  mortality,  suggesting  that  the  parasite  is  pathogenic  for 
the  tick  as  well  as  for  the  cow.  In  addition  to  the  gregarinoid  parasite  a 
spirochete  was  found  in  the  ticks.  This  parasite,  not  heretofore  reported 
from  the  United  States,  is  perhaps  the  same  as  the  form  known  as  Spirochceta 
theileri." 

Koundworms  in  poultry,  life  history  and  control,  W.  B.  Heems  and  J.  R. 
Beach  {California  Sta.  Circ.  150  (1916),  pp.  7,  figs.  3). — A  series  of  control 
experiments  with  Ascaris  inflexa  was  conducted  by  the  junior  author  in 
order  to  test  the  value  of  certain  anthelmintics  and  other  remedies,  such  as 
powdered  areca  nut,  powdered  pomegranate  root  bark,  turpentine,  gasoline, 
iron  sulphate,  and  tobacco.  These  were  given  both  alone  and  in  various 
combinations  in  the  form  of  pills  or  mixed  with  food. 

Tobacco  stems  when  finely  chopped,  steeped  in  water  for  two  hours,  and 
the  stems  and  liquid  mixed  with  the  mash  were  readily  eaten  by  the  fowls 
and  gave  uniformly  good  results.  The  fowls  which  were  very  badly  infested 
with  roundworms  were  in  most  instances  entirely  freed  from  these  parasites 
after  two  doses. 

The  tobacco  treatment,  disinfection  of  yards,  method  of  handling  brooder 
chicks,  and  other  precautions  are  described. 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

State  rivers  and  water  supply  commission,  ninth  annual  report  1913—14 
(Victoria  Rivers  and  Water  Supply  Com.  Ann.  Rpt.,  9  (1914),  pp.  40,  figs.  2). — 
This  reports  the  activities  and  expenditures  of  the  commission  for  1913-14,  on 
irrigation  works  especially. 

Report  of  the  Water  Eights  Branch,  Department  of  Lands,  for  the  year 
ended  December  31,  1915,  W.  Yottng  {Rpt.  Water  Rights  Branch  Dept.  Lands, 
Brit.  Columbia,  1915,  pp.  F  56,  figs.  8). — This  report  for  1915  embodies  a  brief 
analysis  of  the  work  of  the  branch,  including  matters  touched  on  in  the  re- 
port for  the  preceding  year.  The  report  of  the  board  of  investigation  is  also 
included. 

Accounting  and  business  procedure  as  applied  to  the  construction  of  large 
irrigation  projects,  C.  E.  Bee  {Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  269- 
274,  fiffS-  25). — This  article  "gives  a  more  or  less  complete  description  of  the 
general  business  procedure,  with  the  accompanying  forms,  suitable  to  the  ac- 
counting of  a  large  irrigation  or  hydro-electric  project.  All  forms  and  reason- 
ings are  the  result  or  outgrowth  of  experience.  The  general  plan  outlined  is 
that  now  in  use  by  the  U.  S.  Reclamation  Service  on  construction  work." 

Ochoco  project  and  Crooked  River  investigations,  J.  T.  Whistler  and  J.  H. 
Lewis  (Oreg.  Cooper.  Work,  Dept.  Int.  U.  8.  Reclamation  Serv.,  1915,  June,  pp. 
98,  pis.  29). — This  report,  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  State  of  Oregon, 
deals  with  the  irrigation  and  water  power  possibilities  of  Crooked  River  basin 
and  its  relation  to  the  lower  Deschutes  River  power  development.  The  features 
to  which  this  report  has  special  reference  are  as  follows: 


386  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECOED.  [Vol.35 

"(1)  The  Ochoco  project,  which  will  provide  irrigation  for  15,500  acres  in 
the  vicinity  of  Prineville,  by  storage  of  40,000  acre-feet  in  a  proposed  reservoir 
on  Ochoco  Creek,  6  miles  above  Prineville,  the  spillway  for  which  will  be 
113  feet  above  low  water.  The  estimated  cost  of  this  project  is  $51.30  per 
acre. 

"(2)  The  irrigation  of  part  of  the  north  unit  lands  of  the  Deschutes  project 
by  storage  on  Crooked  River  at  the  Post  Reservoir  site.  Several  alternative 
plans  are  considered,  comprising  a  low-line  developniriit  to  irrignte  4G,(>0f)  acres 
near  Haystack  Butte,  and  9,000  across  near  Prineville,  with  50  miles  of  main 
canal,  and  water  by  storage  through  the  construction  of  a  131-ft.  dam  above 
Post  at  a  cost  of  $78  per  acre ;  a  high-line  development  for  Haystack  Butte 
lands,  and  all  of  Ochoco  project  lands  at  a  cost  of  $83  per  acre. 

"(3)  A  study  of  the  availability  of  Crooked  River  storage  for  increasing 
the  minimum  flow  of  lower  Deschutes  River  for  various  hydro-electric  power 
developments  proposed  in  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Water-Supply  Paper  344  (B. 
S.  R.,  32,  p.  279).  A  fall  of  200  to  300  ft.  in  lower  Deschutes  River  must  be 
developed  before  Crooked  River  storage  at  its  estimated  cost  becomes  feasible 
for  this  purpose.  .  .  . 

"  A  duty  for  water  of  1.85  acre-feet  per  acre  of  irrigable  land  is  considered 
reasonable  for  the  Ochoco  project  on  the  assumption  that  at  least  one-third 
of  the  project  will  be  in  grains.  ...  It  is  estimated  that  the  mean  run-off 
from  Ochoco  Creek  is  about  48,000  acre-feet,  with  an  extreme  maximum  and 
minimum  of  approximately  84,000  and  22,000  acre-feet  during  the  past  12 
years.  .  .  .  Soil  and  agricultural  surveys  of  irrigable  lands  show  the  soils 
to  be  from  2  to  4  ft.  or  more  in  depth,  with  the  physical  character  for  irriga- 
tion and  cultivation  good.  The  plant  food  content  of  the  bench  lands  is  fair 
and  for  the  bottom  lands  excellent.  ...  It  is  estimated  that  during  the  period 
1907  to  1915,  inclusive,  the  mean  annual  run-off  of  Crooked  River  at  Post  was 
approximately  216,000  acre-feet,  with  a  maximum  of  nearly  350,000  acre-feet 
and  a  minimum  of  125,000  acre-feet." 

Irrigation  pumping  by  electric  power,  G.  D.  Longmutr  (Jour.  Electricity, 
36  (1916),  No.  14,  pp.  259-261). — This  is  a  record  of  electric  irrigation  pump- 
ing in  the  CoUimbia  River  Valley  giving  comparative  costs  from  representative 
plants  picked  at  random  from  110  plants  with  a  concentrated  load  of  over  700 
horsepower.  It  is  shown  "  that  the  plants  operating  as  one  unit  secured  a 
total  of  33  in.  of  water  for  70  acres  at  a  total  cost  of  $7.35  per  acre  against  the 
individual  operations  of  35  in.  per  acre  at  a  total  combined  cost  of  $11.30." 

Electric  irrigation  pumping  in  Idaho,  W.  T.  Wallace  (Jour.  Electricity, 
86  (1916),  Nos.  12,  pp.  227-230;  13,  pp.  241-243) .—After  tracing  the  recent 
increase  in  irrigation  pumping,  the  author  reviews  the  results  of  recent  surveys 
conducted  by  power  companies,  wherein  it  was  found  that  plant  efliiciency  rather 
than  power  rates  was  the  most  important  factor  in  power  costs. 

Test  made  of  model  weir,  B.  D.  Moses  (Engin.  Rec,  73  (1916),  No.  15,  p. 
487,  figs.  4)- — Laboratory  investigations  made  at  the  University  of  California  on 
a  model  reduced  7 : 1  of  the  so-called  Dolgeville  model  weir  calibrated  at 
Cornell  University  and  described  in  Water  Supply  Paper  200  of  the  U.  S.  Geo- 
logical Survey  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  385)  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  above  heads  of  1.4  ft.  on  the  Cornell  model  (0.2  ft.  on  the 
California  model)  the  curves  for  the  coefl!icient  c  were  of  the  same  general  type, 
and  that  the  coefficient  for  the  smaller  weir  was  greater  than  that  for  the 
larger.  The  results  of  this  and  further  comparisons  are  thought  to  furnish 
encouragement  as  to  the  reliability  of  deductions  from  small-sized  weirs. 

Durability  of  concrete  draintile,  O.  B.  Winter  and  H.  H.  Musselman 
(Michigan  Hta.  Spec.  Bui.  75  (1915),  pp.  3-13,  figs.  4).— Field  and  laboratory 
tests  of  concrete  tile  are  reported. 


I 


1016]  EURAL   ENGINEERING.  387 

When  apparently  soiind  tile  were  so  placed  for  four  months  as  to  be  exposed 
to  the  action  of  the  elements,  to  the  action  of  water  in  a  river  bed  to  determine 
rhe  effect  a  large  amount  of  water  coming  in  contact  with  the  surface,  and  to 
the  action  of  sewage  by  placing  them  in  the  discharge  waters  at  a  sewer  outlet, 
no  effect  of  the  exposures  was  observed.  When  porous  tile  were  placed  in  soil 
and  water  caused  to  percolate  through  their  walls  no  disintegration  was 
observed,  but  analyses  of  the  water  showed  that  some  of  the  cement  had  been 
dissolved. 

To  show  the  effect  of  soil  water  upon  the  cement  in  concr(^to  tile  porous  cups 
were  prepared  from  pure  quartz  sand  and  cement  and  different  solutions  caused 
to  pass  through  their  structure.  The  results  obtained  are  taken  to  indicate  that 
"  any  solution  percolating  through  concrete  tile  will  dissolve  some  of  the 
cement ;  in  other  words,  some  of  the  material  which  is  necessary  to  maintain 
the  tile  structure  intact,  and  point  conclusively  to  the  necessity  for  an  im- 
pervious tile  wall  structure.  Experiments  also  showed  that  solutions  would 
percolate  through  incompletely  hardened  tile  much  more  rapidly  than  through 
tile  that  had  been  properly  and  completely  hardened ;  so  the  action  of  solu- 
tions upon  partially  hardened  concrete  tile  is  greater  than  upon  those  which 
have  been  pi'operly  hardened.  .  .  .  Conclusions  reached  from  these  preliminary 
experiments  seem  to  point  to  the  following  as  the  most  important  factors  for 
consideration  in  manufacturing  concrete  tile  to  fulfill  desired  requirements : 

"(1)  A  Portland  cement,  meeting  the  requirements  of  the  standard  specifica- 
tions for  Portland  cement  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  as 
revised  to  date.  (2)  Clean  and  preferably  siliceous  sand,  graded  in  size  from 
the  finer  particles  to  those  which  will  just  pass  a  i-in.  mesh  screen,  for  all  tile 
10  in.  and  less  in  diameter.  (3)  Proper  and  accurate  proportioning  of  the 
cement  and  sand.  The  method-  of  measuring  materials  should  be  one  which 
will  insure  separate  and  uniform  proportions  of  each  of  the  materials  at  all 
times.  (4)  Thorough  mixing  of  materials,  preferably  by  a  power-operated 
batch  mixer,  and  continuing  for  at  least  one  minute  after  all  materials,  in- 
cluding water,  are  in  the  mixer.  (5)  Using  a  machine  that  accomplishes  thor- 
ough packing  of  materials  at  proper  consistency.  (6)  All  other  conditions  of 
manufacture  having  been  as  outlined,  hardening  in  a  properly  equipped  and 
operatetl  steam  room  will  produce  tile  of  the  highest  grade.  When,  however, 
hardening  by  water  vapor  is  not  possible,  tile  must  be  kept  constantly  Vv-et  on 
the  surface  by  sprinkling  with  water  for  not  less  than  seven  days  under  favor- 
able weather  conditions,  and  longer  during  cold  weather." 

Details  of  these  factors  are  discussed  together  with  samples  of  concrete  tile 
received  which  had  failed. 

Ground  water  in  the  Hartford,  Stam^ford,  Salisbury,  Willimantic,  and 
Saybrook  areas,  Connecticut,  H.  E.  Gregory  and  A.  J.  Ellis  (f7.  S.  Gcol.  Sur- 
vey, Water-supply  Paper  37//  (1916),  pp.  150,  pis.  13,  figs.  iO).— This  is  a  report 
on  the  origin,  occurrence,  distribution,  and  quality  of  the  ground  waters  of  five 
typical  areas  in  Connecticut,  with  reference  to  their  use  for  irrigation,  farm 
domestic  water  supplies,  and  municipal  water  supplies. 

Surface  water  supply  of  Ohio  River  basin,  1914  (U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water- 
Supply  Paper  3S3  (1916),  pp.  125-\-XXXII,  pis.  2).— This  report,  prepared  in 
cooperation  with  the  States  of  West  Virginia  and  Illinois,  presents  the  results 
of  measurements  of  flow  made  on  streams  in  the  Ohio  River  basin  during  1914. 

The  underground  and  surface  water  supplies  of  Wisconsin,   S.  Weidman 

and  A.  R.  Schultz  (Wis.  Geol.  and  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  Bui.  35  (1915),  Econ.  Ser. 

11,  pp.  XXII-\-664.  pis.  5,  figs.  12). — This  report,  prepared  in  cooperation  with 

the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  deals  with  the  general  conditions  affecting  Wis- 

56493"— 16 1 


388  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

cousin  water  supplies  aud  their  chemical  quality  and  describes  local  water  sup- 
plies by  counties.  The  first  part  covers  the  geography  and  geology,  conditions 
controlling  underground  and  artesian  water,  the  flowing  artesian  wells  of  Wis- 
consin, prospecting  for  flowing  wells,  springs,  and  mineral  waters,  the  general 
composition  and  uses  of  water  supplies,  chemical  quality  and  factors  affecting 
the  mineralization  of  underground  water  supplies,  and  surface  water  supplies 
and  their  chemical  quality. 

Bacteria  in  commercial  bottled  waters,  Maud  M.  Obst  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  369  (1916),  pp.  13). — Bacteriological  examinations  of  bottled  waters  from 
110  domestic  springs  are  reported  and  discussed. 

From  the  results  obtained  it  is  concluded  that  "  bottled  water  for  table  use 
should  either  be  actually  sterile  or  should  comply  with  a  strict  standard  as  to 
the  number  of  Bacillus  coU  tolerated.  No  water  should  be  permitted  to  be  sold 
which  is  contaminated  at  the  source  in  any  manner.  Inspection  of  springs  and 
bottling  establishments,  together  with  the  analysis  of  official  samples,  indicates 
that  ignorance  of  proper  precautions,  carelessness,  and  neglect  are  fully  as 
large  factors  in  the  contaminations  found  as  are  impurities  actually  present  in 
the  springs. 

"  The  numbers  of  B.  coli  in  official  samples  collected  in  the  market  may  be 
safely  assumed  to  be  less  rather  than  greater  than  the  numbers  in  the  freshly 
bottled  stock.  The  data  .  .  .  show  the  need  of  improvement  in  the  bacterio- 
logical condition  of  many  of  the  brands  of  bottled  water  to  be  found  in  the 
market.  Careful  consideration  of  cases  to  which  special  study  has  been  given 
shows  that  there  are  some  springs  used  for  the  production  of  commercial  bottled 
waters  which  should  not  be  so  used.  It  is  evident  that  the  presence  of  serious 
and  unremovable  contamination  should  shut  the  water  of  a  spring  permanently 
from  the  market.  .  .  . 

"  The  results  clearly  show  that  bottled  waters  can  be  made  to  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  for  drinking  water  furnished 
upon  trains ;  that  is,  that  not  more  than  one  10-cc.  sample  out  of  five  should  show 
the  presence  of  B.  coli." 

Study  of  the  purification  of  water  by  aluminum  sulphate,  A.  A.  Bado  and 
V,  J.  Beenaola  (Boh  Ohras  Pub.  Argentina,  12  {1915),  No.  4-6,  pp.  185-212, 
pis.  4)- — Experiments  on  the  purification  of  the  La  Plata  River  water  with 
aluminum  sulphate  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  formula  A=2  (p— 5)  for  deter- 
mining the  quantity  of  aluminum  sulphate  necessary  for  the  purification  of  river 
water  gives  results  which  are  unnecessarily  high.  In  this  formula  J.=the 
necessary  quantity  in  milligrams  of  aluminum  sulphate  and  p=the  milligrams 
of  calcium  carbonate  in  the  water.  It  is  further  concluded  that  owing  to  the 
complexity  of  the  factors  affecting  the  action  of  the  coagulant  it  is  impossible  to 
determine  exactly  the  qimntity  of  aluminum  sulphate  necessary  for  thorough 
purification.  The  necessary  quantity  of  aluminum  sulphate  is  considered  to 
depend  on  the  alkalinity  of  the  water,  the  organic  matter  content,  and  the 
matter  in  suspension.  It  is  also  concluded  that  the  precipitated  aluminum 
hydrate  adsoi-bs  organic  matter  in  solution. 

The  filtering  action  of  soil  on  water  containing  colloids,  K.  Sack  (Osndhts. 
Ingen.,  38  {1915),  Nos.  ^6,  pp.  525-528;  47,  pp.  538-543,  fig.  1;  48,  pp.  549-555).— 
Studies  on  the  colloidal  content  of  samples  of  several  types  of  sewage  and 
colloid-holding  waters,  including  domestic  and  industrial  sewage  and  sewage 
from  septic  and  settling  tanks,  and  experiments  on  the  filtering  and  purifying 
action  of  a  crystalline  powder  composed  of  the  important  constituents  of  agri- 
cultural soil,  and  of  moor  and  humus  soil  containing  much  organic  matter, 
heavy  and  weak  loam  soils,  and  light  sand  soil,  are  reported.  The  method  of 
Marc  for  colloid  determination  was  used. 


1916]  RURAL   ENGINEERING.  389 

The  sewage  of  small  cities  was  found  to  contain  the  maximum  amount  of 
colloids  about  noon,  while  purely  domestic  sewage  contained  more  colloids  in 
the  morning.  The  colloid  content  comprised  from  one-third  to  one-half  of  the 
total  organic  content.  An  exchange  of  organic  sewage  colloids  with  inorganic 
colloids  of  the  filtering  material  was  established.  It  was  found  that  the  soils 
were  able  to  adsorb  considerably  weaker  colloids  than  the  crystalline  powder. 
Colloid  adsorption  by  soils  was  effected  not  only  by  their  crystalline  constitu- 
ents but  also  by  their  amorphus  constituents.  By  washing  out  the  soils  with 
water  the  salts  were  first  removed  and  then  the  colloids.  The  greatest  part  of 
the  soil  colloids  was  found  to  be  of  an  inorganic  nature,  even  in  the  moor  and 
humus  soils. 

The  soils  adsorbed  organic  colloids  before  inorganic  colloids  and  exchanged 
inorganic  soil  colloids  for  the  organic  putrefactive  sewage  colloids,  so  that  con- 
siderably more  organic  colloids  were  fixed  by  the  soil  than  their  theoretical 
adsorptive  powers  indicated.  Freezing  and  drying  of  soils  strongly  increased 
their  peptonizing  powers,  especially  soils  rich  in  humus. 

The  colloids  fixed  on  the  surfaces  of  soil  particles  in  their  turn  adsorbed 
molecularly  dissolved  substances  whereby  a  more  extensive  power  of  adsorp- 
tion of  the  soil  for  colloids  was  reached. 

These  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  colloid  adsorbing  properties  of 
soils  are  the  primary  factors  in  the  purification  of  sewage  by  soils,  and  that 
they  act  in  connection  with  the  secondary  purification  processes  involving 
catalytic  and  bacteriological  influences  through  the  agencies  of  which  adsorbed 
organic  colloids  are  decomposed  and  mineralized.  Further  experiments  along 
this  line  are  in  progress. 

Stream  pollution  and  sewage  disposal  in  Illinois  with  reference  to  public 
policy  and  legislation,  L.  K.  Shekman  {III.  Rivers  and  Lakes  Com.  Bui.  16 
(1915),  pp.  SO). — This  report  deals  with  stream  pollution  and  sewage  treatment 
and  reviews  the  laws  governing  stream  pollution  of  Illinois  and  other  States. 

Second  annual  report  of  the  engineer  of  the  Oregon  State  Highway  Com- 
mission for  the  year  ended  November  30,  1915,  E.  I.  Cantine  (Ann.  Rpt. 
Engin.  Oreg.  Highivay  Com.,  2  {1915),  pp.  90,  pi.  1,  figs.  16). — This  reports  high- 
way construction  and  expenditures  in  Oregon  for  the  year  ended  November  30, 
1915,  as  conducted  by  the  engineer  of  the  state  highway  commission. 

Road  maintenance  in  the  several  States  (Municipal  Jour.,  40  (1916),  No.  14, 
pp.  465-479,  figs.  3). — The  reports  of  20  state  highway  commissioners,  engineers, 
or  other  officials  are  given,  describing  the  methods  most  successfully  employed 
by  each  in  maintaining  the  roads  of  his  State,  together  with  a  statement  of 
opinion  concerning  the  importance  of  road  maintenance. 

Maintenance  of  Indiana  highways,  G.  E.  Maetin  (Purdue  Univ.,  Bept. 
Engin.,  Highway  Bui.  1  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  24,  figs.  10). — The  purpose  of  this 
bulletin  is  to  present  the  best  current  practice  in  road  maintenance  operations, 
with  special  reference  to  the  roads  of  Indiana.  It  is  stated  that  part  of  the 
material  was  drav.n  from  publications  of  the  Office  of  Public  Roads  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Economics  of  highway  engineering,  L.  I.  Hewes  (Cornell  Civ.  Engin.,  24 
(1916),  No.  6,  pp.  237-246). — The  author  discusses  road  administration,  finance, 
cost,  traffic,  and  cost  comparison  for  different  types  of  surfaces,  with  reference 
to  their  bearing  on  highway  engineering  economy. 

Construction  field  books  for  bituminous  macadam  highways,  J.  T.  Ckaw- 
FORD  (Good  Roads,  49  (1916),  No.  14,  pp.  164-166,  figs.  4).— Construction  field 
books,  the  objects  of  which  are  to  show  the  highway  as  planned,  staked,  and 
constructed,  are  described  and  illustrated,  including  a  grade  book,  culvert  book, 
stone  course  book,  and  a  bituminous  material  book.     A  book  for  the  engineer 


390  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

in  charge  contains  summaries  of  all  items  entering  into  the  construction  of 
the  highway. 

What  the  highway  engineer  should  know  about  bituminous  materials, 
P.  Hubbard  {Cornell  Civ.  Engin.,  24  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  260-278).— In  outlining  in 
a  general  way  what  the  highway  engineer  should  know  about  bituminous 
materials,  the  author  deals  with  the  classification  of  bituminous  materials,  re- 
fining processes,  petroleums,  asphalts,  tars,  physical  and  chemical  tests  of 
bituminous  road  and  paving  materials,  and  specifications. 

Road  and  concrete  materials,  H.  S.  Mattimore  {Cornell  Civ.  Engin.,  24 
{1916),  No.  6,  pp.  280-293,  figs.  3). — This  article  deals  with  methods  of  stone, 
gravel,  and  slag  testing;  discusses  the  proportioning  and  inspection  of  con- 
crete materials;  and  gives  tables  of  tests  of  limestone,  dolomite,  sandstone, 
quartzite,  syenite,  and  trap  from  different  parts  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
The  results  of  compression  tests  of  sand  mortars  and  diagrams  showing  the 
effect  of  fine  sand  in  concrete,  the  effect  of  tamping  and  moisture  content  on 
void  determination  in  sand,  and  the  importance  of  screening  sand  are  also 
given. 

Revised  practice  on  road  building  {Cement  Era,  14  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  60- 
61). — The  principles  adopted  by  the  Second  National  Conference  on  Concrete 
Road  Building  as  representing  good  practice  in  the  construction  of  concrete 
roads  and  pavements  are  given.  These  include  sections  on  materials,  drain- 
age, grading,  subgrade,  forms,  pavement  section,  joints,  mixing  and  placing 
concrete,  retempering,  protection  and  curing,  opening  to  traffic,  one-course  pave- 
ment, and  integral  curb. 

Useful  feet-miles  conversion  table  for  highway  engineers  {Engin.  Rec.,  73 
{1916),  No.  15,  p.  482). — A  table  of  figures  computed  for  Connecticut  state  high- 
way work  is  given. 

An  unusual  application  of  the  rattler  test  for  paving  bricks,  F.  L.  Roman 
{Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  {1916),  No.  14,  p.  329,  figs.  2).— Rattler  tests  of  partly 
worn  paving  brick  blocks,  using  angular  ami  spherical  shots,  showed  abnor- 
mally high  losses  not  only  in  percentage  but  in  actual  weight.  "  It  appeared, 
therefore,  that  the  blocks  had  a  fairly  hard  exterior  but  a  rather  soft  interior." 
Drainage  and  preparation  of  subgrades,  J.  H.  Huber  {Cornell  Civ.  Engin., 
24  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  247-254). — The  author  reviews  highway  drainage  in  gen- 
eral, taking  up  more  especially  underdi'ainage,  foundation  courses,  culverts, 
and  preparation  of  subgrades.  "  In  the  design  of  the  drainage  system  of  any 
highway,  it  is  necessary  that  a  survey  be  made  by  walking  over  it  on  foot 
and  all  drainage  conditions  noted.  The  best  time  to  do  this  is  at  the  time 
of  the  spring  run-off  and  after  the  new  grade  line  has  been  approximately 
fixed." 

Reinforced-concrete  construction. — III,  Bridges  and  culverts,  G.  A.  Hool 
and  F.  C.  Thiessen  {New  York  and  London:  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  1916, 
vol.  3,  pp.  XXII-\-688,  pis.  7,  figs.  569).— This  is  volume  3  of  this  series  (E.  S.  R., 
31,  p.  186)  and  deals  with  bridges  and  culverts.  It  is  divided  into  eight  parts. 
Part  1,  on  arch  bridges,  contains  the  following  chapters:  General  data,  de- 
flection of  curved  beams,  analysis  of  the  symmetrical  arch  by  the  elastic  theory, 
design  of  an  earth-filled  arch  bridge,  use  of  influence  lines  in  arch  analysis,  un- 
symmetrical  arches,  arches  with  elastic  piers,  arch  analysis  by  the  method  of 
the  ellipse  of  elasticity,  details  of  arch  bridges,  construction  of  arch  bridges, 
three-hinged  arches,  and  patents.  Part  2,  on  slab  and  girder  bridges,  contains 
chapters  on  slab  bridges,  simple  girder  bridges,  continuous  girder  bridges,  canti- 
lever bridges,  and  reinforced  concrete  in  steel  bridge  construction.  Part  3,  on  cul- 
verts, deals  with  factors  in  culvert  design,  pipe  culverts,  box  culverts,  and  arch 
culverts.    Part  4,  by  A.  W.  Ransome,  contains  notes  on  the  construction  plant; 


1916]  KUKAL   ECONOMICS.  391 

part  5,  by  L.  H.  Allen,  contains  notes  on  estimating ;  part  6,  by  W.  J.  Titus,  deals 
with  the  artistic  design  of  concrete  bridges ;  part  7,  by  A.  M.  Wolf,  deals  with 
the  construction  in  detail  of  several  types  of  concrete  bridges ;  and  part  8,  by 
P.  Aylett  and  P.  J.  Markmann,  deals  with  European  concrete  bridges. 

How  the  Forest  Service  bridg'es  the  more  remote  stream,  crossings  {Engin. 
Rec,  7S  (1916),  No.  15,  pp.  .'(85,  486,  figs.  -^).— Methods  of  difficult  but  inexpen- 
sive construction  as  adopted  by  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  in  bridging  mountain  streams  of  the  Northwest  are  briefly  described 
and  illustrated. 

Keeping  the  engine  in  good  running  order,  C.  V.  Hull  (Gas  Power,  IS 
(1916),  No.  9,  pp.  30,  32,  64.  66). — Suggestions  are  given  on  the  care  of  the  valve 
system  and  the  timing  of  valves  on  farm  gas  engines. 

[Repair  of  gas  engines],  J.  F.  Hobakt  (Gas  Poioer,  IS  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  54, 
56,  58,  fig.  1). — Information  on  the  proper  use  of  set  screws  is  given. 

Directory  and  specifications  of  gasoline  and  oil  farm  tractors  (Farm 
Machinery,  No.  1277  (1916),  pp.  18-20,  25). — This  directory  contains  specifica- 
tions for  176  tractors  of  98  different  makes. 

Directory  and  specifications  of  plows  for  tractor  use  (Farm  Machinery,  No. 
1277  (1916),  pp.  26,  27).— This  directory  contains  specifications  for  82  plows  of 
18  different  makes. 

The  development  and  efficient  utilization  of  animal,  steam,  electric,  and 
internal-combustion  motor  plows,  A.  Wolff  (Beitrdge  zur  Entwicldung  und 
toirtschaftlichen  Vcrwendbarkeit  von  Gespann^,  Dampf-,  Elektro-  und  Explo- 
sions- motorpflUgen.  hiaug.  Diss.,  Univ.  Giessen,  1913,  pp.  VIII -{-96). — This 
report  deals  with  the  development  of  horse-drawn  plows,  steam,  electrical, 
and  motor  plows,  the  extent  to  which  the  use  of  each  is  justified  on  the  basis 
of  efficiency,  the  relation  of  the  cost  of  mechanical  to  animal  work,  and  of  the 
cost  of  motor  to  steam  plowing.  It  is  pointed  out  that  in  Germany  deep  plowing 
may  be  more  cheaply  done  with  mechanical  than  with  animal  power ;  that  in 
such  work  the  mechanical  power  works  a  great  saving  in  expensive  animal 
power,  and  that  more  actual  work  is  accomplished  per  unit  of  time. 

How  to  plow  a  field  with  a  tractor,  R.  Olney  (Gas  Poioer,  13  (1916),  No.  9, 
pp.  10,  12,  figs.  3). — This  is  an  illustrated  description  of  what  is  considered  the 
best  method  of  laying  out  a  field  for  plowing  with  a  tractor. 

Lighting  farm  buildings,  J.  L.  Mowry  (Univ.  Minn.,  Dept.  Agr.,  Ext.  Bui. 
58  (1915),  pp.  8,  figs.  7). — This  pamphlet  describes  and  diagrammatically  illus- 
trates small  oil,  acetylene  gas,  and  electric  lighting  systems  for  farm  buildings. 

A  simple  ice  precooling  plant,  Mary  E.  Pennington  (Proc.  Amer.  Ware- 
hotisemen's  Assoc,  25  (1915),  pp.  266-272,  fig.  1). — A  simple  ice  precooling  plant 
designed  and  tested  by  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  is  de.scribed  and  illustrated. 

"  The  experimental  box  ...  is  22  ft.  2  in.  long  by  11  ft.  4  in.  wide  by  8  ft. 
10  in.  high.  The  bunker  occupies  3  ft.  8  in.,  leaving  the  box  7  ft.  6  in.  wide  in 
the  clear.  The  wire  basket  holding  the  ice  is  30  in.  wide,  inside  measurement. 
The  cost  of  such  a  box  is  approximately  .$800.  The  interior  of  the  box  was 
painted  and  enameled  to  insure  as  dry  an  atmosphere  as  possible." 

Test  records  are  also  given. 

RTJIIAL  ECONOMICS. 

Psychic  causes  of  rural  migration,  E.  R.  Groves  (Amer.  Jour.  Sociol.,  21 
(1916),  No.  5,  pp.  623-627).— The  author  states  that  "the  city  furnishes  force- 
ful, varied  and  artificial  stimuli;  the  country  affords  an  environment  of  stimuli 
in  comparison  less  strong  and  more  uniform.    Minds  that  crave  external,  quan- 


392  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

titative  stimuli  for  pleasing  experiences  are  naturally  attracted  by  the  city  and 
repelled  by  the  monotony  of  the  country.  On  the  other  hand,  those  who  find 
their  supreme  mental  satisfactions  in  their  interpretation  or  appreciation  of 
the  significant  expression  of  the  beauty  and  lawfulness  of  nature  discover  what 
may  be  called  an  environment  of  qualitative  stimulations.  The  city  appeals, 
therefore,  to  those  who  with  passive  attitude  need  quantitative,  external  ex- 
periences; the  country  is  a  splendid  opportunity  for  those  who  are  fitted  to 
create  their  mental  satisfactions  from  the  active  working  over  of  stimuli  that 
appear  commonplace  to  the  uninterpreting  mind." 

Suggestion  and  city  drift,  E.  R.  Groves  (Rural  Manhood,  7  (1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  47-52). — In  this  article  are  discussed  the  psychic  suggestions  received  by 
boys  and  girls  on  farms  from  their  parents,  in  school,  and  from  the  city  itself, 
that  tend  to  draw  the  young  men  and  women  from  the  rural  districts  into  the 
cities  and  towns. 

Government  aid  and  direction  in  land  settlement,  E.  Mead  (Fort  Collins: 
Colo.  Agr.  Col.  Ext.  Serv.,  1916,  pp.  14)- — In  this  address,  delivered  at  the  1916 
session  of  the  Colorado  Farmers'  Congress,  the  author  describes  the  methods 
used  in  obtaining  credit  for  land  settlers  in  Australia  and  its  adaptability  to 
conditions  found  in  the  Western  States. 

Russian  land  reform,  R.  T.  Ely  (Amer.  Econ.  Rev.,  6  (1916),  No.  1.  pp. 
61-68). — This  article  consists  of  a  brief  description  of  the  significance  of  the 
Russian  land  reform  movement  and  comments  by  various  authors  regarding 
this  movement. 

A  system  of  rural  credits  adapted  to  federal  reclamation  projects,  F.  H. 
Sears  (Fallon,  Nev.:  Author  [1916],  pp.  31). — This  pamphlet  contains  a  brief 
description  of  the  Water  Users'  Associations  connected  with  reclamation  proj- 
ects, and  of  methods  that  may  be  used  to  adapt  the  Landschaft  and  Credit 
Foncier  systems  to  the  needs  of  farmers  on  these  projects.  It  is  pointed  out 
that  some  system  of  credit  is  needed  if  the  reclamation  farmers  are  to  be  suc- 
cessful, and  that  the  success  of  our  reclamation  work  depends  upon  the  suc- 
cess of  the  farmers. 

Farmers'  need  for  productive  credits  amply  cared  for  by  present  facilities, 
P.  W.  GoEBEL  (Econ.  World,  n.  ser.,  11  (1916),  No.  15,  pp.  466-469)  .—The  author 
has  outlined  his  scheme  for  providing  credit  for  Kansas  farmers,  proposing 
the  passage  by  the  state  legislature  of  an  enabling  act  for  the  organization 
of  one  land  bank  with  a  capital  stock  of  about  $1,000,000.  The  bank  would 
be  located  at  the  state  capitol,  and  confine  its  business  to  the  making  of 
loans  on  farms  occupied  and  cultivated  by  the  owners,  either  on  straight  pay- 
ment or  upon  the  amortization  plan. 

Management  of  sandy-land  farms  in  northern  Indiana  and  southern 
Michigan,  J.  A.  Drake  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  716  (1916),  pp.  29, 
figs.  3). — This  deals  with  the  problems  involved  in  the  improvement  and  man- 
agement of  farms  on  the  sandy-land  areas  which  occur  in  different  parts  of 
northern  Indiana,  southern  Michigan,  and  in  a  part  of  northwestern  Ohio. 
It  outlines  a  plan  whereby  a  man  with  limited  means,  by  beginning  with  suit- 
able cash  crops,  may  build  up  one  of  these  farms  find  at  the  same  time  derive 
some  revenue  from  it,  finally  developing  a  well-balanced  farm  system. 

The  normal  stages  of  development  suggested  for  tlie  average  sandy-land 
farm  are  as  follows:  (1)  Growing  and  selling  cash  crops,  among  which  soy 
beans  or  cowpeas  for  seed  should  have  a  prominent  place;  (2)  a  transition 
stage,  in  which  live  stock  should  be  introduced  as  rapidly  as  fences  can  be 
purchased  and  built,  and  as  the  farm  can  be  made  to  produce  the  necessary  feed 
and  pasture;  and  (3)  a  general  and  well-diversified  farm  system,  with  the 
proper  balance  between  cash  crops  and  live  stock  which  will  afford  profitable 


1916]  EURAL  ECONOMICS.  393 

employment  for  the  entire  year,  maintain  crop  production  in  a  reasonably  higli 
state  and  yield  a  suitable  labor  income. 

Farm  management  for  boll-weevil  conditions,  J.  R.  Fain  {Ga.  State  Col. 
A(jr.  Bui.  98  {1915),  pp.  15,  figs.  4). — The  author  outlines  two  systems  of  man- 
agement, one  for  diversified  farming  before  the  coming  of  the  boll  weevil, 
the  other  for  a  modification  of  the  plan  under  boll-weevil  conditions. 

The  farm  first  outlined  is  to  consist  of  200  acres,  of  which  50  are  in  pasture, 
100  in  a  3-year  rotation  of  cotton,  corn,  and  oats  followed  by  cowpeas,  and 
the  remainder  used  for  raising  corn  for  silage,  soy  beans,  and  peanuts,  gi-azing 
crops  for  hogs,  a  garden,  and  a  small  grass  plat. 

Under  boll-weevil  conditions,  8  of  the  33J  acres  previously  devoted  to  cotton 
remain  in  cotton,  the  remainder  being  used  either  for  corn  and  velvet  beans 
for  cattle,  peanuts  and  soy  beans  for  hogs,  Irish  and  sweet  potatoes,  or  vetch 
and  oats  for  hay.  The  remainder  of  the  farm  is  to  be  operated  as  in  the 
first  instance. 

The  author  has  also  outlined  a  plan  for  a  smaller  farm  with  the  same  system 
of  management. 

Terminal  market  problems,  J.  E.  Boyt.e  (Reprint  from  Quart.  Jour.  Univ. 
N.  Dak.,  6  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  159-167). — This  pamphlet  consists  principally  of 
excerpts  from  government  documents  regarding  terminal  elevators,  produce 
exchanges,  hedging  and  speculation,  grading  and  dockage,  and  storing  and  mix- 
ing.    A  brief  bibliography  is  appended. 

Patronage  dividends  in  cooperative  grain  companies,  J.  R.  Humphrey  and 
W.  H.  Kerr  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  371  (1916),  pp.  11).— The  authors  divide  the 
cooperative  grain  companies  into  5  classes:  (1)  Regularly  incorporated  com- 
panies; (2)  single  elevators  organized  under  cooperative  law;  (3)  the  county 
unit  plan,  a  number  of  elevators  belonging  to  one  cooperative  association ; 
(4)  a  similar  plan  but  on  a  larger  scale;  and  (5)  similar  to  (4)  but  organized 
as  separate  county  organizations  to  secure  the  benefits  of  trading  on  boards 
of  trade. 

The  authors  point  out  that  the  dividends  may  be  distributed  on  the  money 
value  of  the  individual  transactions  or  on  the  basis  of  the  amount  of  grain 
contributed  by  the  individual  members. 

Methods  of  handling  patronage  dividends  under  the  various  conditions  men- 
tioned above  are  outlined. 

Monthly  crop  report  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  2  (1916),  No.  5,  pp. 
41-48). — This  number  gives  the  usual  monthly  estimates  of  the  farm  value  of 
the  more  important  agricultural  products,  and  the  range  of  prices  at  important 
markets,  with  detailed  statistics  concerning  the  condition  on  May  1  of  winter 
wheat,  rye,  hay,  spring  pasture,  spring  plowing,  and  spring  planting. 

Special  reports  are  included  on  the  strawberry  acreage  and  the  percentage  of 
the  total  harvested  each  month,  apiary  conditions,  maple  sugar  and  sirup  pro- 
duction and  prices,  the  Texas  Bermuda  onion  crop,  prices  of  meat  animals, 
stocks  of  hay  on  farms  May  1,  and  yearly  summaries  of  the  world's  production 
of  important  crops. 

Statistics  of  the  production  of  cereals  and  legumes  (Estadistica  de  la  Pro- 
duccion  de  CereaJes  y  Leguminosas.  Madrid:  Junta  Consult.  Agron.,  1914,  pp. 
30;  1915,  pp.  31). — These  reports  continue  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30, 
p.  791). 

Proceedings  of  the  conference  relative  to  the  marketing  of  live  stock, 
distribution  of  meats,  and  related  matters  (U.  S.  House  Representatives,  64- 
Cong.,  1.  Sess.,  Doc.  855  (1916),  pp.  152,  fig.  1).— This  conference,  held  at 
Chicago,  November  15  and  16,  1915,  under  the  auspices  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  was  called  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  the  essential  facts  and 


394  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

conditions  pertaining  to  the  marketing  of  live  stoclj,  determining  the  feasibility 
of  improving  marketing  methods  and  facilities,  and  promoting  a  better  under- 
standing among  the  various  interests  connected  with  the  industry.  The  discus- 
sion covered  the  different  phases  of  the  production  and  distribution  of  live  stock 
and  live-stock  products,  beginning  with  the  live-stock  producers  and  ending 
with  the  retail  trade. 

Statistical  information  relating  to  stocks,  cotton,  grain,  provisions,  live 
stock,  and  seeds,  1915  {Chicago:  Hoioarcl,  Bartels  tt-  Co.,  1915,  pp.  54). — In  this 
report  are  included  Chicago's  grain  inspection  rules  and  the  daily  movement  and 
prices  of  agricultural  products  at  Chicago  for  1915,  together  with  data  showing 
by  comparison  the  monthly  movement  for  earlier  years.  Data  are  also  given 
relative  to  the  crops  and  trade  in  the  principal  foreign  countries. 

Resources  of  ISTebraska  (NeJ)r.  Dept.  Labor  Bui.  31  [1916],  pp.  167).— This 
report  contains  data  showing  the  mortgages  released  and  filed  during  the  year, 
the  surplus  shipments  of  agricultural  produce,  and  brief  topographic  notes  as 
to  soils  by  counties. 

AGPtlCULTURAL  EDUCATION. 

Agricultural  education,  A.  C.  Monahan  and  O.  H.  Lane  {Rpts.  Comr.  Ed. 
[U.  S.],  1914,  I,  pp.  291-318;  1915,  I,  pp.  295-316).— A  review  is  given  of  the 
progress  in  agricultural  education  in  1913-14  and  1914-15  in  the  agi'icultural 
colleges  and  normal,  .secondary,  and  elementary  schools  in  the  United  States, 
agi'icultural  education  at  meetings  of  the  year,  educational  work  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  and  the  principal  developments  of  agricultural  edu- 
cation in  other  countries. 

Agricultural  and  mechanical  colleges  (Rpt.  Comr.  Ed.  [U.  S.],  1914,  II, 
pp.  211-314). — This  is  a  compilation  from  official  sources  of  statistics  of  the 
land-grant  colleges  with  reference  to  faculties,  students,  courses  of  study,  value 
of  funds  and  equipment,  revenues,  additions  to  equipment,  etc.,  together  with  a 
summary  of  statistics  for  the  years  1S91-2  to  1913-14  and  a  summary  of  legis- 
lative acts  and  appropriations  in  1914  in  various  States. 

Home  economics,  Henrietta  W.  Calvin  and  Carrie  A.  Lyford  (Rpt.  Comr. 
Ed.  [V.  S.],  1915,  I,  pp.  311-343) .—FoUowing  a  review  of  the  series  of  four 
bulletins  on  Education  for  the  Home,  by  B.  R.  Andrews  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  397), 
the  authors  report  on  home-economics  instruction  in  state  colleges,  universities, 
normal  schools,  summer  schools,  and  public  and  rural  schools,  state  supervision, 
state  courses  of  study,  textbooks  for  home  economics  teaching,  use  of  apartments 
or  houses  in  public-school  teaching,  cafeterias  as  practice  places  for  home- 
economics  teaching,  rural-school  luncheons  and  lessons  in  food  preparation,  con- 
tinuation schools  and  home  economics  for  adult  women,  home-economics  educa- 
tion for  colored  students,  laws  affecting  home-economics  instruction,  home- 
economics  associations,  and  tendencies  and  developments  in  home  economics. 

Education  for  the  home,  B.  R.  Andrews  {Rpt.  Comr.  Ed.  [U.  S.],  1914,  I, 
pp.  319-344)- — This  report  deals  with  the  subject  matter  and  method  in  educa- 
tion for  the  home,  the  status  and  program  of  education  for  the  home,  including 
fundamental  principles  and  the  various  points  in  our  school  system  and  social 
organizations  in  which  they  find  expression,  and  local  progress  in  education 
for  the  home  in  elementary  and  high  schools,  practical  household  arts  work  in 
public  schools,  vocational  classes,  normal  schools,  and  colleges. 

Education  for  child  nvirture  and  home  making  outside  of  schools,  Mrs.  F. 
ScHOFF  {Rpt.  Comr.  Ed.  [V.  .<?.],  1914.  I,  PP-  363-374).— This  is  a  review  of 
what  is  being  done  in  the  education  for  child  nurture  and  home  maki!),;r  I.y 
organizations  interested  in  this  work,  and  of  home  education  extension  work 
of  high  and  normal  schools  and  colleges. 


1»16]  AGRICULrURAL   EDUCATION.  395 

A  rural  school  experiment,  S.  S.  Rittenberg  (Clemson  Agr.  Col.  S.  C,  Ext. 
Div.  [Pub.],  1916,  Jan.,  pp.  24,  pis.  S).— This  is  a  report  on  the  first  year's  work 
of  a  plan  undertaken  as  an  experiment  in  Darlington  County,  S.  C,  in  Sep- 
tember, 1914,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  agriculture  in  rural  schools  and  solving 
the  problem  of  the  lack  of  competent  teachers. 

The  agricultural  instruction  in  five  selected  consolidated  schools  was  placed 
iu  charge  of  J.  N.  Napier.  Each  school  had  three  acres  of  land  for  field  crop 
demonstrations  and  one  acre  for  orchard  work.  The  preliminary  work,  weekly 
program,  classroom,  field,  club,  and  demonstration  work,  and  the  effects  of  the 
plan  on  the  pupil,  the  parents,  the  educational  conditions  in  the  county,  and 
the  agriculture  of  the  community  at  large  are  discussed. 

During  the  first  year  the  expenses  were  $2,500,  including  the  salary,  cost  of 
automobile,  and  traveling  expenses  of  the  teacher.  This  year  three  agricul- 
tural teachers  are  giving  instruction  in  14  schools  and  are  receiving  a  total  of 
$5,700,  including  salaries  of  $2,500,  $1,800,  and  $1,400,  respectively,  and  trav- 
eling expenses.  At  present  nearly  three-fifths  of  the  total  enrollment  of  boys 
from  the  sixth  grade  upward  are  being  taught  practical  agriculture.  There 
are  now  more  than  700  boys  attending  the  public  schools  of  the  county,  and 
under  this  method  it  is  thought  that  five  teachers  can  instruct  all  these  boys 
in  practical  agriculture  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  $10,000  or  $12,000.  If  the 
experiment  proves  successful  after  a  two-year  trial  it  is  planned  to  adopt  it 
throughout  the  State. 

Elementary  agricultural  instmction  (Agr.  Oaz.  Canada,  3  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  60-77,  figs.  5). — This  is  a  review  and  forecast  of  elementary  agricultural 
instruction  in  the  provinces  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  Quebec,  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  Alberta,  and  British  Columbia. 

Farm  and  home  management  schools  and  agricultural  housekeeping 
schools  (Ztschr.  Landw.  Kammer  Schlesien,  19  (1915),  Nos.  ^7,  pp.  12^5,  12^6; 
50,  pp.  1317,  1318,  fig.  1;  51,  pp.  1342-13U,  fig.  i).— An  account  is  given  of  the 
aim  and  instruction  of  farm  and  home  management  schools  and  of  agricul- 
tural housekeeping  schools.  The  former  are  intended  for  the  daughters  of 
large  farm  owners  and  for  the  training  of  teachers  of  home  economics  for 
agricultural  housekeeping  schools  and  itinerant  cookery  schools,  while  the 
latter  are  for  the  daughters  of  medium  and  small  farmers.  Applicants  for 
admission  to  the  former,  especially  to  the  seminar  courses,  must  have  com- 
pleted at  least  a  ten-year  course  at  a  higher  girls'  school  or  must  take  a 
special  entrance  examination,  while  the  completion  of  the  common  school  is 
sufficient  for  admission  to  the  housekeeping  schools. 

Report  of  the  department  of  agriculture  of  Sweden,  1913  (K.  Lanthr.  Styr. 
[Sweden]  Underddniga  Ber.  1913,  pp.  [10]-}-648,  figs.  2). — This  report  contains 
the  usual  accounts  of  the  various  agencies  for  the  promotion  of  Swedish  agri- 
culture, including  the  work  of  agricultural,  horticultural,  dairy,  and  house- 
keeping schools  and  dairy,  chemical,  and  seed-control  stations. 

Women's  work  in  agriculture  in  peace  and  war  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London], 
22  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  859-866). — A  review  is  given  of  the  report  of  the  Agri- 
cultural Education  Conference  on  Agricultural  Education  for  Women  and  of 
a  circular  letter  to  the  secretaries  of  the  county  war  agricultural  committees 
on  the  employment  and  training  of  women,  followed  by  an  account  of  the  ex- 
perience of  some  farmers  who  have  recently  engaged  women  to  take  the  place 
of  men  who  have  enlisted. 

The  Agricultural  Education  Conference  finds  that  (1)  the  instruction  avail- 
able in  England  for  women  consists  of  courses  in  men's  institutions  which 
admit  women  students,  and  additional  short  courses  or  classes  for  women 


396  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

which  are  attached  to  institutions  for  men;  (2)  that  the  amount  of  instruc- 
tion offered  to  rural  women,  or  young  women  of  the  tenant  farmer  or  small- 
holder class,  consisting  of  itinerant  instruction  and  in  a  few  counties  of  short 
courses  at  a  farm  school  or  similar  institution,  is  totally  inadequate.  Only 
two  of  the  twelve  institutions  which  may  be  classed  as  farm  schools  attempt 
to  give  any  practical  instruction  except  in  dairying.  In  the  opinion  of  the 
conference  the  itinerant  instruction  should  take  the  form  of  organized  classes 
rather  than  lectures,  especially  in  poultry  keeping  and  horticulture. 

The  conference  recommends  that  (1)  the  curriculum  provided  for  girls 
should  include  instruction  in  the  care  of  animals,  the  minor  farm  processes, 
and  domestic  economy,  including  fruit  bottling  and  jam  making;  (2)  instruc- 
tion in  home  management  should  be  provided  for  women  in  any  grouped  course 
of  agricultural  education,  as  in  Ireland,  Belgium,  and  Canada,  where  instruc- 
tion in  home  management  forms  the  central  feature  of  the  agricultural  educa- 
tion provided  for  women;  and  (3)  there  is  room  for  the  provision,  at  one 
or  more  of  the  collegiate  institutions,  whether  entirely  devoted  to  women  or 
not,  of  a  systematic  course  in  general  agriculture  comprising  both  the  practical 
and  scientific  side,  for  women  of  the  professional  and  land-owning  classes  and 
the  daughters  of  the  larger  farmers,  whether  they  intend  to  become  teachers 
or  to  take  positions  involving  management. 

[Animal  husbandry  extension  course  for  boys'  and  girls'  clubs],  C.  A. 
NoECROSS  (Agr.  Ext.,  Univ.  Nev.  Buls.,  1916,  Nos.  1,  pp.  20,  figs.  10;  3,  pp.  20, 
figs.  14). — These  bulletins  comprise  the  first  six  lessons  of  the  course  and  deal 
with  the  three  general  divisions  of  cattle,  viz,  dairy,  dual-purpose,  and  beef 
cattle,  including  a  study  of  the  origin  of  cattle,  the  development  by  breeding  of 
the  tliree  distinct  types,  history  and  characteristics  of  the  leading  breeds  of 
each,  farm  and  range  management,  and  judging  cattle. 

Arithmetic  problems  based  upon  agricultural  club  work  {N.  C.  Agr.  Ext. 
Serv.  Circ.  8  {1916),  pp.  10-15). — This  is  a  series  of  50  problems  in  arithmetic, 
based  on  corn,  pig,  and  poultry  club  work  and  prepared  for  supplementary  work 
in  rural  schools. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  Louisiana  Stations,  1915,  W.  R.  Dodson 
(Loidsiana  Stas.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  32). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a 
report  by  the  director  discussing  the  work  of  the  stations,  an  account  of  their 
progress  including  brief  departmental  reports,  and  a  financial  statement  as  to 
the  federal  funds  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  and  as  to  the  state 
funds  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  November  30,  1915.  The  experimental  work 
reported  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  Minnesota  Station,  1915  {Minnesota  Sta. 
Rpt.  1915,  pp.  74). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  financial  statement 
for  the  federal  funds  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  and  for  the  state 
funds  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  1915,  and  a  report  of  the  director  sum- 
marizing the  work  of  the  station  and  its  substations.  The  experimental  work 
recorded  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation  ( Washington  Sta., 
West.  Wash.  Sta.  Mo.  Bui.,  7,  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  15,  figs.  12).— This  number  con- 
tains brief  articles  on  the  following  subjects :  The  Root  Maggot  Pest,  by  E.  B. 
Stookey ;  Plant  Good  Potato  Seed,  by  J.  L.  Stahl ;  Field  Corn  in  Western  Wash- 
ington, by  E.  B.  Stookey  (see  p.  339)  ;  Teaching  the  Young  Stock  to  Roost,  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup  (see  p.  377)  ;  and  Preserving  Eggs,  by  W.  R.  McBride. 


NOTES. 


Alabama  College. — A  state  appropriation  of  $100  per  annum  for  the  years  1915 
to  1918,  inclusive,  is  now  available  for  eaclv  county  that  raises  a  similar  sum 
to  be  used  for  prizes,  premiums,  and  other  phases  of  boys'  and  girls'  club  work. 
These  funds  are  spent  under  the  joint  supervision  of  the  state  board  of  agri- 
culture and  the  county  authorities,  under  plans  and  rules  submitted  by  the 
professor  of  school  agriculture  of  the  college.  The  club  work  for  boys  in  each 
county  is  also  under  the  general  supervision  of  the  county  farm  demonstration 
agent  and  that  for  girls  under  the  supervision  of  the  county  canning  club  agent. 

Alaska  Stations. — C.  C.  Georgeson,  agronomist  in  charge,  received  the  degree 
of  D.  Sc.  from  his  Alma  Mater,  the  Michigan  College,  at  its  recent  commence- 
ment. 

Delaware  College. — Gifts  have  been  made  to  the  college  from  an  unannounced 
donor  during  the  past  year  amounting  to  $1,000,000,  and  are  being  utilized 
largely  for  buildings.  In  addition  to  those  previously  noted,  Wolf  Hall,  named 
in  honor  of  Dr.  Theodore  R.  Wolf,  who  for  over  a  quarter  of  a  century  was 
professor  of  chemistry,  is  now  in  course  of  construction.  This  building  is 
intended  primarily  to  house  all  the  activities  of  the  agricultural  department, 
but  for  a  time  will  also  furnish  quarters  for  general  chemistry  and  biology.  It 
will  cost,  partially  equipped,  $280,000.  A  new  dormitory  for  men  will  also 
be  started  shortly  to  accommodate  about  75  students. 

Florida  University  and  Station. — Dr.  J.  E.  Turlington,  superintendent  of  the 
Craven  County  Farm  Life  School,  of  Vanceboro,  N.  C,  has  been  appointed 
professor  of  agronomy,  vice  W.  C.  Etheridge  resigned  to  become  professor  of 
farm  crops  in  the  University  of  Missouri.  John  Belling,  assistant  horticulturist 
and  editor  of  the  station,  resigned  July  1. 

Georgia  College. — A  cooperative  arrangement  has  been  made  with  the  Office  of 
Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  of  this  Department,  whereby  J.  V.  Phil- 
lips of  that  Office  will  be  given  headquarters  at  the  college.  M.  D.  Wood  has 
been  appointed  instructor  in  animal  husbandry  and  Dr.  J.  E.  Severin,  instructor 
in  veterinary  medicine. 

Hawaii  Federal  Station. — C.  W.  Carpenter,  of  the  Office  of  Cotton  and  Truck 
Disease  Investigations  of  this  Department,  was  transferred  June  1  to  the 
position  of  plant  pathologist  in  charge  of  the  new  division  of  plant  pathology. 

Kentucky  University. — Beginning  with  the  new  academic  year,  a  one-year 
course  in  practical  agriculture  is  to  be  offered.  No  entrance  examinations  are 
to  be  required  or  restrictions  made  as  to  age. 

The  boys'  pig  club  work,  begun  in  1915,  has  now  been  extended  to  40  coun- 
ties with  a  membership  of  1,250.  Bankers,  business  men,  and  farmers  have 
cooperated  in  the  enterprise  by  distributing  over  $5,000  worth  of  pure-bred 
pigs  among  the  members. 

Massachusetts  College  and  Station. — A  special  commission,  consisting  of  the 
state  supervisor  of  administration,  the  state  commissioner  of  education,  and 

397 


398  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

three  additional  members  selected  by  the  Governor,  was  authorized  by  the 
last  legislature  to  investigate  the  general  subject  of  agricultural  education 
at  the  college  and  the  development  of  the  agricultural  resources  of  the 
Commonwealth.  This  commission  was  directed  to  study  and  report  before 
January  10,  1917,  on  the  policy  of  the  college,  its  use  of  the  funds  at  its  dis- 
posal, the  advisability  of  further  expenditures  for  buildings,  lands,  etc.,  the 
relation  of  the  college  to  other  agricultural  institutions  in  the  State,  and  simi- 
lar questions.  An  appropriation  of  $7,500  was  made  for  holding  hearings  and 
other  expenses.  Governor  McCall  has  subsequently  announced  as  his  appoint- 
ments to  the  commission,  Dr.  L.  Clark  Seelye,  ex-president  of  Smith  College, 
William  F.  Whiting,  a  paper  manufacturer  of  Holyoke,  and  Warren  C.  Jewett, 
for  many  years  secretary  of  the  State  Grange. 

The  department  of  botany  has  been  reorganized  with  A.  V.  Osmun  in  charge. 
Beginning  September  1,  Orton  L.  Clark,  assistant  plant  physiologist,  will  devote 
part  time  to  instruction  work,  and  Dr.  P.  J.  Anderson,  associate  professor  of 
botany,  will  give  part  time  to  the  station  as  associate  plant  pathologist 

W.  A.  Allen  and  T.  L.  Harrocks  have  been  appointed  assistant  chemists,  the 
former  in  the  fertilizer  section  and  the  latter  in  the  feed  and  dairy  sections. 
C.  L.  Beals  has  been  assigned  to  chemical  work  in  nutrition.  George  L.  Farley, 
superintendent  of  schools  in  Brockton,  has  been  appointed  supervisor  of  junior 
extension  work,  this  dealing  with  the  boys'  and  girls'  clubs  and  similar 
activities. 

Mississippi  College  and  Station. — W.  C.  Trotter,  of  Winona,  and  J.  S.  Howertou, 
of  Baldwyn,  have  succeeded  E.  M.  Clark  and  T.  W.  Carter,  as  members  of  the 
board  of  trustees. 

Minnesota  University  and  Station. — R.  W.  Thatcher  has  been  appointed  as- 
sistant director  of  the  station. 

The  division  of  agricultural  chemistry  has  been  reorganized  as  the  division 
of  agricultural  biochemistry,  and  will  provide  for  instruction  and  research  in 
plant  chemistry,  biochemistry,  cereal  technology,  and  methods  of  agricultural 
chemical  analysis.  Dr.  R.  A.  Gortner  has  been  appointed  associate  professor  of 
biochemical  research  and  associate  agricultural  biochemist  of  the  station,  and 
George  E.  Holm  research  assistant  in  agricultural  biochemistry. 

The  work  relating  to  animal  production  has  been  organized  into  an  animal 
industry  group,  which  includes  the  divisions  of  animal  husbandry,  dairy  hus- 
bandry, poultry  husbandry,  animal  nutrition,  and  veterinary  science.  Dr.  C.  W. 
Gay,  professor  of  animal  husbandry  in  the  veterinary  college  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  has  been  appointed  professor  of  animal  husbandry  and  animal 
husbandman,  and  will  be  chairman  of  the  group  and  of  the  animal  husbandry 
division.  H.  H.  Kildee,  professor  of  animal  husbandry  and  assistant  chief  of 
dairy  husbandry  in  the  Iowa  College  and  Station,  has  been  appointed  professor 
of  dairy  stock  and  production  and  chairman  of  the  dairy  husbandry  division. 

Missouri  University  and  Station. — Hereafter  all  dairy  products  used  by  the 
university  are  to  be  purchased  or  manufactured  by  the  department  of  dairy 
husbandry.  This  policy  is  adopted  to  insure  pure  dairy  products  for  use  in  the 
various  university  dormitories  and  incidentally  makes  it  possible  for  more 
complete  instruction  to  be  given  by  the  department. 

The  Iowa  College  conferred  the  honorary  degree  of  D.  Sc.  on  C.  H.  Eckles  at 
Its  last  commencement. 

The  resignations  have  been  accepted  of  C.  B.  Hutchison  as  professor  of  farm 
crops,  .1.  G.  Watson  as  extension  assistant  professor  of  dairy  husbandry,  M.  A.  R. 
Kelley  as  instructor  in  agricultural  engineering,  and  B.  E.  Sive  as  assistant  in 
agricultural  cliemistry.  Recent  appointments  include  E.  W.  Lehmann,  assistant 
professor  of  agricultural  engineering  at  the  Iowa  College,  as  associate  professor 


1916]  NOTES.  399 

of  agricultural  engineering;  A.  C.  Ragsdale,  instructor  in  dairy  husbandry  at 
the  West  Virginia  University,  as  extension  assistant  professor  of  dairy  hus- 
l.andry;  W.  A.  Albrecht  as  instructor  in  soils;  R.  A.  Kinnaird,  instructor  in 
agriculture  at  the  Maryville  State  Normal  School,  as  extension  instructor  in 
soils;  H.  G.  Newman  as  assistant  in  veterinary  science;  P.  H.  Ross,  county 
agricultural  agent  of  Leavenworth  County,  Kans.,  as  county  agent  leader; 
Harry  T,  Bennett  as  assistant  in  agricultural  chemistry;  Dr.  E.  H.  Bullock  as 
assistant  in  the  agricultural  extension  service ;  and  J.  H.  H.  Mote  as  district 
agricultural  agent  in  the  Ozark  region. 

Montana  College  and  Station. — Resignations  are  noted  of  G.  E.  Smith  as  as- 
sistant chemist,  effective  August  1,  and  D.  C.  Wood,  as  assistant  professor  and 
assistant  in  farm  management,  effective  September  1,  the  latter  to  accept 
a  position  as  extension  professor  of  farm  management  in  the  University  of 
Missouri. 

Nebraska  University  and  Station. — The  erection  of  the  agricultural  engineering 
building  has  been  postponed  on  account  of  the  present  high  cost  of  construc- 
tion. Bids  for  erecting  this  building  have  twice  been  advertised  for  and 
refused.  It  is  probable  that  another  effort  will  be  made  to  secure  bids  about 
March,  1917. 

Frank  C.  Dean  has  resigned  as  agricultural  editor  to  accept  a  similar  posi- 
tion in  the  Ohio  State  University,  effective  September  1. 

Nevada  Station. — The  collection  has  been  begun  of  certain  lupines  poisonous  to 
live  stock  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the  poisonous  principle  and  studying 
its  chemical  nature.  A  new  line  of  work  planned  is  a  study  of  methods  of 
avoiding  the  heavy  losses  now  experienced  in  bringing  sheep  through  the  period 
of  spring  starvation  when  they  are  coming  from  the  winter  ranges  of  the 
southern  deserts  to  the  lambing  grounds  in  the  northern  portion  of  the  State. 

Rutgers  College. — Alva  Agee,  director  of  the  division  of  extension  in  agricul- 
ture and  home  economics  and  professor  of  soil  fertility,  has  been  appointed 
secretary  of  the  new  state  board  of  agriculture.  John  H.  Haukinson  has  been 
appointed  state  leader  in  farm  demonstrations  and  Alexis  L.  Clark  has  resigned 
as  assistant  state  leader. 

Cornell  University  and  Station. — The  state  fiscal  year  has  been  changed  to  end 
June  30  instead  of  September  30  so  that  it  now  coincides  with  that  of  the  Fed- 
eral Government.  This  is  proving  to  be  of  great  convenience  to  the  college  of 
agriculture,  particularly  in  the  administration  of  its  projects  under  the  Smith- 
Lever  Act. 

A.  R.  Mann,  formerly  secretary  of  the  college  of  agriculture,  has  been  ap- 
pointed acting  dean  and  director  beginning  August  1. 

The  summer  session  of  the  forestry  school  was  attended  by  about  30  seniors 
and  graduate  students  as  compared  with  about  20  the  previous  year.  The* pro- 
gram included  practical  woods  work  in  the  neighborhood  of  Lake  Saratoga, 
where  because  of  the  nearness  of  fairly  large  centers  of  population  there  is  a 
close  utilization  of  forest  products  and  a  type  of  lumbering  different  from  that 
studied  in  the  Adirondacks  in  1915.  G.  H.  Collingwood  has  been  appointed  ex- 
tension professor  of  forestry,  vice  R.  D.  Moody  resigned  to  become  a  member  of 
the  Wisconsin  conservation  commission. 

Clinton  DeWitt  Smith,  instructor  in  extension  teaching  and  widely  known  as 
an  educator  in  both  North  and  South  America,  died  at  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  August  5, 
while  on  a  lecture  tour  for  the  college  of  agriculture.  Professor  Smith  was  born 
at  Trumansburg,  March  7,  1854,  was  graduated  from  the  university  in  1873,  and 
taught  in  the  Star  Military  Institute  and  practiced  law  for  brief  periods.  He 
became  assistant  agriculturist  in  the  station  in  1890,  director  of  the  Arkansas 
Station  in  1891,  and  director  of  the  Minnesota  Station  and  professor  of  dairy 


400  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

husbandry  from  1891-1893.  In  the  latter  year  he  went  to  the  Michigan  College 
as  professor  of  agriculture,  continuing  in  this  position  until  1899.  In  1895  he 
was  also  made  director  of  the  Michigan  Station,  and  in  1899,  dean  of  the  de- 
partment of  special  courses  and  superintendent  of  farmers'  institutes.  In  1908 
he  accepted  the  presidency  of  the  Louis  Queiros  School  of  Agriculture  of  Sao 
Paulo.  Brazil,  returning  to  this  country  after  a  five-year  period  of  service  in 
1013.  His  subsequent  life  was  spent  on  his  farm  at  Trumansburg  and  in  the 
extension  service  of  the  college  of  agriculture. 

New  York  State  Station.— John  C.  Baker,  Ph.  D.  (Columbia,  1916),  has  been 
appointed  associate  chemist.  William  W.  Baer  has  been  appointed  assistant 
chemist  for  work  in  the  agronomy  department,  succeeding  E.  J.  Lewis  resigned 
to  engage  in  commercial  work. 

Ohio  Station. — Recent  appointments  include  Wayne  Van  Pelt  as  assistant  in 
botany,  W.  C.  Gangloff  as  assistant  in  chemistry,  and  H.  J.  Conlin  as  assistant 
in  soils.  C.  E.  Mangels,  assistant  in  agricultural  chemistry  at  the  Missouri 
University  and  Station,  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  nutrition  beginning  Sep- 
tember 1,  succeeding  Chas.  M.  Fritz  resigned. 

Oregon  College  and  Station. — Pai-mers'  days  have  recently  been  held  at  the 
Moro  dry-farming  substation  and  the  Eastern  Oregon  substation  near  Union. 
The  institutions  were  opened  to  inspection  and  the  leading  experimental  work 
was  explained  to  hundreds  of  farmers. 

A  West-side  Farmers'  Week  was  conducted  by  the  college  extension  service  at 
McMinnville,  July  3  to  8,  with  more  than  1,000  farmers  and  their  wives  in 
attendance. 

Gilbert  B.  Posey,  research  assistant  in  botany,  has  been  appointed  scientific 
assistant  in  forest  pathology  in  this  Department. 

Porto  Rico  Insular  Station. — During  the  past  year  experimental  plantings  have 
been  made  of  pineapples,  vegetables,  grapefruit,  and  other  economic  plants. 
About  300  tons  of  seed  cane  were  distributed  and  the  station  has  about  1,000 
seedlings  under  test.  Excellent  results  are  reported  by  planters  with  D-117 
and  B-20S. 

Work  with  citrus  diseases,  analyses  of  tropical  fruits,  and  a  citrus  survey 
are  being  begun.  About  8,700  packages  of  plants,  5,000  of  fruits,  and  1,000 
of  seed  were  inspected  under  the  plant  quarantine.  An  appropriation  of  $1,000 
was  made  by  the  Porto  Rican  legislature  for  the  construction  of  a  plant  house. 

George  N.  Wolcott  has  resigned  as  assistant  entomologist  to  complete  Ph.  D. 
work  at  the  University  of  Illinois. 

Tennessee  University. — C.  Elmer  Wylie  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  dairy- 
ing beginning  June  15. 

Utah  College  and  Station. — The  station  office  building  has  been  thoroughly 
renovated  and  the  station  library  rearranged  to  make  its  material  more  readily 
accessible.  The  mailing  service  for  all  publications  of  the  institution,  including 
those  of  the  college,  station,  and  extension  division,  has  been  reorganized  to 
promote  efficiency  in  sending  out  printed  matter.  A  conference  of  the  agronomy 
workers  of  the  eleven  Rocky  Mountain  and  Pacific  Slope  States  was  held  at  the 
college  July  18-20. 

N.  I.  Butt,  fellow  in  agronomy,  has  been  appointed  assistant  agronomist  and 
H.  P.  Anderson  assistant  chemist  and  bacteriologist.  Other  appointments  in  the 
station  include  Orson  P.  Madsen  as  assistant  poultryman,  vice  A.  D.  Egbert, 
resigned ;  N.  E.  Edlefsen  as  assistant  meteorologist ;  and  W.  J.  Merrill  as  secre- 
tary to  the  director.  George  Stewart  and  H.  R.  Hagan,  instructors  in  agronomy 
and  entomology,  respectively,  have  been  granted  leaves  of  absence  for  the  en- 
suing year  to  pursue  graduate  work  in  Cornell  and  Harvard  universities. 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCUEED  FKOM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS   PER  COPY 

StJBScBiPTioN  Price  per  Volume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index  $1 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES   RELATIONS   SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  OCTOBER,  1916  No.  5 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Scientific  Bweaut. 

Weather  Bueeau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureat;  OF  Animal  Industet — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Piant  Industry — ^W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service — H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  op  Soils — Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Crop  Estimates — L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  op  Entomology — L.  O.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  op  Biological  Survey — H.  W.  Henshaw,  Chief. 

Opfice  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Oppice  op  Marketc  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W,  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  J.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake  Station:  Uniontown;  L.  H.  Moore." 
Tuskegee  Station:  -Tuskegee  Inatituu;  G.   W, 
Carver  .1 

Alaska— Sitfca;  C,  C.  Georgeson.^ 

Arizona— r«c«(m.-G.  F.  Freeman. « 

AnKAHSAS—FayetUville:  M.  Nelson.a 

California— Berfceiey.'  T.  F.  Hunt.o . 

Colorado— Jfori  Collins:  C.  P.  Glllette.a 

Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Havm,'\  ,  „  ,    ., 
Storrs  Station:  Storrs;        ^^  ^-  ^«°^^'' 

Delaware — Netvark:  H.  Hayward-o 

YL0MDJi—i3aine»vilU:  P.  H.  RoUs.o 

GzoviOiA.—Experimtnt:  H.  P.  Stuckey.c 

Gvi2,i— Island  of  Guam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.'' 

Havah— 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  3.  M.  Westgate.* 
Sugar  Planters*  Station:  Honolulu;  H.  P.  Agee.o 

Idaho — Moscow:  J.  S.  Jones.a 

Illinois—  Urbana:  E.  Davenporf.» 

Indiana— ia  Fayette:  A.  Goss.o 

low K—Amet:  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 

KiiJSAS— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardlne.o 

Kejutvcky— Lexington: . 

Louisiana- 

State  Station:  Baton  Rtyuge;    \ 
Sugar  Station:  AudvJxm  Park, 

New  Orleans; 
North  La.  Station:  Calhoun    J 

Maine— Orono;  C.  D.  Woods.o 

Maryland—  College  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.a 

Massachusetts— ^TOfterjt:  W.  P.  Brooks.a 

Michigan— £m«  Lansing:  K.  S.  Shaw.o 

Minnesota— t^nfo«-»«y   Farm,  St.  Paul:  A.   F. 
Woods. a 

Mississippi— ^^tcutturol  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.o 

Missouri— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F  B.  Mumford.o 
Fruit  Station:  Mowntain  Grove;  Paul  Evans.o 

o  D  irector.  t  Agronomist  in 


IW.  R.  Dodson.o 


Montana— Bozeman.'  F.  B.  Linfleld.a 

Nebraska— iincoin;  E.  A.  Bumett.o 

Nevada— iJmo.-  S.  B.  Doten." 

New  Hampshire— DurftflTn:  J.  C,  Kendall.o 

New  Jersey- JVeto  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Inp^n.a 

New  Mexico— Ste««  CoUege:  Fabian  Garcia.o 

New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan.o 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  B.  Mann.<: 

North  Carolina— 

CoUege  Station:  West  Raleighr\^   ...  „,, 
State  Station:  Raleigh;  P*  ^-  ^^^^^^ 

North    D tiKOTX— Agricultural     CoUege:    T.    P. 

Cooper.o 
Ohio—  Wboster:  C.  E.  Thome.o 
Oklahoma— StiStfo/er;  W.  L.  Carlyle." 
Oregon— Corwini*.-  A.  B,  Cordfey.o 

Pennstlvanu— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts.o 

State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby.o 
Porto  Rico— 

Federal  Station:  Mayaguez;  D.  \V.  May.* 

Insular  Station;  Rio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower.o 
Rhode  Island — Kingston:  B.  L.  Hartwell.o 
South  Carolina— Cfemson   College:  J.  N.  H«. 

per.o 
South  Dakot/l— Brookings:  J.  W.  Wilson.a 
Tennessee— £n<mi«I«.-  H  A.  Morgan.* 
TmxAa— College  Station:  B.  Youngblood.a 
VtJlK— Logan:  F.  S.  Harrls.o 
Vermont— jBwrKnfltoa*  J  L.  Hins.a 

Virginia— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr.o 
Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson." 

Washington— PirfiwMTt.- 1.  D.  Cardifl.o 

West  Virginia— Afor^aTMowre.-  J.  L.  Coulter .» 

Wisconsin— JMiwfMfm.*  H.  L.  Russell." 

Wyoming— JDoraOTte-  H.  O.  Knight.o 

charge.  'Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor :  B.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor :  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL  DEPAKTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau. 

Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers-f}^-,??-  ^^^^• 

\R.  W.  Teullingee. 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology  j^'  ^-  ^^^^s,  Ph.  D. 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  .T.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hookee,  D.  V.  M. 

[C.  F.  Langworthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  Sc. 
Foods  and  Human  Nutrition  I H.  L.  Lang. 

IC  F.  Walton,  Jr. 
Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Websteb. 

Veter.nar.v  U.ncU.{li:  ^^^-  ^"^^[ 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Teullingee, 

Rural  Economics — E.  Meeeitt.  ftOTAf<» 

Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane.  OARI^' 

Indexes — M.  D.  Mooee. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  35,  NO.  5. 

Editorial  notes:  Page. 

Seventh  Graduate  School  of  Agriculture 401 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 412 

Notes 500 

SUBJECT   LIST   OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural  chemistry — agrotechny. 

Biochemical  changes  in  cotton  seed  in  storage,  Rather 412 

Note  on  American  charlock  oil,  Bailey  and  Burnett 412 

Ceanothus  vdutinus  as  a  source  of  wax  and  tannin,  Scalione  and  Blakemore. . .  413 

Cyanogenesis  in  plants.     Studies  on  Tridensflavus,  Viehoever  et  al 413 

Separation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  from  plant  tissues,  Alsberg  and  Black 413 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants,  I,  Davis 413 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants,  II,  Daish 414 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants,  III,  Daish 414 

Observations  on  beet  and  potato  tyrosinase,  Gonnermann 414 

The  enzyms  of  cacao.  Brill 414 

Standard  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  and  standard  samples,  Hillebrand.  415 

A  diagram  for  calibration  to  a  standard  temperature  of  20°  C,  Deming 415 

Ammonium-magnesium  phosphate  as  form  to  weigh  phosphoric  acid,  Jones 415 

Estimation  of  carbonates  in  soil,  Schollenberger 415 

A  comparison  of  the  permanganate  methods  for  oxygen,  Sachs 415 

The  estimation  of  arginin  by  decomposition  with  alkali,  Plimmer 415 

The  recovery  of  copper  sulphate  in  using  Fehling's  solution,  Krumhaar 416 

The  estimation  of  reducing  sugars  by  Kendall's  solution,  Wilson  and  Atkins. . .  416 

The  analysis  of  maple  products,  VIII,  Snell  and  Van  Zoeren 416 

I 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 
Solubility  data  for  various  salts  of  lauric,  myristic,  palmitic,  and  stearic  acids, 

Jacobson  and  Holmes 416 

The  separation  of  lauric  and  myristic  acids,  Jacobsen  and  Holmes 416 

Determination  of  tartaric  acid,  Hartmann,  Eoff,  and  Ingle 417 

The  analysis  of  nonalcoholic  lemon  and  orange  extracts,  Redfem 417 

Tests  for  gum  arable  and  its  quantitative  determination,  Waters  and  Tuttle. . .  417 

Drying  sugar  beets  and  other  agricultiiral  products  and  by-products,  Groger. . .  417 

Evaporation  of  apples,  Caldwell 418 

Apple  drying,  Farrell 418 

Jelly  investigations,  Cruess  and  McNair.  _. 418 

Jellies,  preserves,  and  marmalades,  Harris 419 

Preserving  at  home,  Riesenberg 419 

Proceedings  of  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  1914 419 

METEOROLOGY. 

Monthly  Weather  Review _ 419 

Meteorological  observations  at  Massachusetts  Station,  Ostrander  et  al 420 

[Amount  and  composition  of  rainfall  at  Georgetown,  1910-1914],  Harrison 420 

Atmospheric  pollution,  Wynne 420 

Atmospheric  pollution  in  English  and  Scotch  towns,  Kershaw 420 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.     F— Meteorology 421 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

The  soil  and  its  cultivation,  Diffloth 421 

Soil  survey  of  Clay  County,  Georgia,  Smith  and  Kirk 421 

Soil  survey  of  Turner  County,  Georgia,  Hall  and  Long 421 

Winnebago  County  soils,  Hopkins  et  al 421 

Soil  survey  of  Webster  County,  Iowa,  Veatch  and  Howe 422 

Soil  siu-vey  of  Jefferson  Davis  County,  Mississippi,  Bushnell  and  Davis 422 

Soil  survey  of  Pettis  County,  Missouri,  Krusekopf  and  Rogers 422 

Soil  survey  of  Chautauqua  County,  New  York,  Morrison,  Engle,  and  Fuller. . .  423 

Soil  survey  of  Lincoln  County,  North  Carolina,  Burke  and  Brinkley 423 

The  availability  of  nutrient  salts,  McCall 423 

The  action  of  chlorids  on  soil  and  plant,  Haselhoff 423 

Circulation  of  manganese  in  natural  waters,  Vincent 424 

Effect  of  cumarin  and  vanillin  on  wheat  grown  in  cultures,  Davidson 424 

Nitrification,  Allen ." 424 

Recent  investigations  on  production  of  plant  food  in  the  soil,  II,  Russell 424 

The  respective  values  of  organic  and  inorganic  manures,  Hodsoll 425 

The  time  and  depth  of  plowing  under  of  stable  and  green  manure,  Seelhorst.  .  425 

The  role  of  nitrifjdng  bacteria  in  the  decomposition  of  manure,  Smirnov 426 

Green  manuring  experiments,  Voelcker 426 

Acti^dty  of  insoluble  nitrogen  in  fertilizers,  Pember  and  Hartwell 426 

Field  experiments  on  the  action  of  new  forms  of  nitrogen,  Schneidewind 427 

The  industry  and  commerce  of  nitrogenous  substances,  Bertrand 428 

Experiments  with  phosphatic  manures  on  green  crops 428 

Solubility  of  phosphates  and  utilization  by  oats  and  buckwheat,  Pfeiffer  et  al . .  428 

The  action  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  different  Thomas  meals,  Tacke  et  al 428 

Phosphates  and  phosphatic  marls 428 

Idaho  phosphate  resources,  Bell 429 

Investigation  of  a  reported  discovery  of  phosphate  in  Alberta,  de  Schmid 429 

The  investigation  of  potash  and  phosphate  beds,  Gossner 429 

Conservation  of  potassium,  Ames 429 

Lime  as  a  soil  improver,  Dannfelt 429 

Injury  to  plant  growth  by  caustic  lime,  Rothert 429 

The  sensitiveness  of  different  lupines  and  other  plants  to  Lime,  Hiltner 430 

Magnesia  and  plant  growth,  Aston 430 

[Trials  with  bacterized  peat  and  magnesium  sulphate],  Dimlop 430 

[Fertilizer  analyses].  Rose  and  Wilson 430 

Commercial  fertilizers:  What  they  contain  and  their  uses,  Stroud 430 

Miscellaneous  samples,  limestones,  marls,  shells,  Heimbiu-ger 430 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Pfeffer  jubilee  volume 430 

A  convenient  modification  of  the  porometer,  Knight 431 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  IH 

Page. 

On  the  use  of  the  porometer  in  etomatal  investigation,  Knight 431 

Recording  porometer  and  stomatal  behavior  in  wilting,  Laidlaw  and  Knight. .  431 

The  gas  exchanges  of  water  plants,  Kniep 431 

Synthetic  processes  in  plants,  II,  Boysen-Jensen 431 

Influence  of  temperature  on  rate  of  growth  in  Pisum,  sativum,  Leitch 432 

Sap  ascent,  Copeland 432 

The  cohesion  theory  of  water  movement,  Renner 432 

Cohesion  and  osmosis,  Steinbrinck 432 

The  cohesion  of  water  in  the  annulus  of  the  sporangium  in  ferns,  Ursprung 432 

Views  of  biological  adsorption  phenomena,  Czapek 432 

Studies  on  the  entrance  of  salts  into  living  cells,  Fitting 432 

Absorption  of  ions  by  plants,  Pantanelli 433 

Rapidity  of  absorption  of  anions  and  cations  by  plants,  Bobko  and  Sinskaia. . .  433 

The  equivalent  absorption  of  anions  and  cations  by  plants,  Ritman  (Rittman) . .  433 

Effect  of  osmotic  pressure  in  nutrient  solutions  on  plant  growth,  Stol'gane 434 

Stimulants  of  plant  growth,  Chirikov  (Tschirikow) 434 

Metabolism  of  nitrogen  in  barley  noiu-ished  on  ammonium  salts,  Smirnov 434 

Relation  of  etiolated  maize  and  lupine  to  ammonia  and  nitrates,  Prianishnikov.  435 

Stereochemistry  and  the  biological  action  of  ammonium  compounds,  Plate 435 

The  action  of  ammonium  compoimds  on  Avena  sativa,  Plate 435 

Direct  assimilation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen  by  plants,  Mameli  and  Pollacci 435 

The  question  of  absorption  and  utilization  of  chlorids  by  plants,  Kablukov 435 

Magnesium  in  chl orotic  or  discolored  plants,  Mameli 435 

The  influence  of  phosphorus  and  magnesium  on  chlorophyll  formation,  I^fameli. .  435 

Influence  of  pyrrolic  acid  nucleus  on  chlorophyll  formation,  Pollacci  and  Oddo.  435 

Effect  of  concentration  of  nutrient  solution  on  barley  and  wheat,  Brenchley.. .  436 

The  influence  of  strong  Rontgen  rays  on  the  higher  plants,  Koernicke 436 

Smoke  as  a  means  of  shortening  winter  rest,  Molisch ■. 436 

Botanical  diagnosis  of  smoke  injury  in  forests,  Neger 436 

Anomalies  in  Beta  vulgaris,  I,  II,  Munerati  and  Zapparoli 436 

Studies  on  the  phylogeny  of  Nicotiana  tabacum,  Anastasia 436 

The  floral  biology  of  the  peach,  Campbell 436 

The  floral  biology  of  the  almond,  Campbell 437 

Chimeras  and  graft  hybrids,  Buder 437 

FIELD   CROPS. 

The  root  systems  and  leaf  areas  of  corn  and  the  sorghums.  Miller 437 

Spacing  and  feeding  the  individual  plant  in  plant  breeding,  Leidner 437 

Rotations  and  tillage  methods  in  western  Nebraska,  Snyder  and  Osborn 438 

Carrying  capacity  of  grazing  ranges  in  southern  Arizona,  Woo  ton 439 

Cereal  crops  in  the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  Ross 440 

Fodder  grasses  of  Java,  X-XIII,  Backer 440 

Experiments  with  field  carrots  on  sandy  soil  at  Flahult,  von  Feilitzen 440 

Button  clover,  McKee 440 

Inbreeding  in  maize,  Jones 441 

A  Persian  and  other  forms  of  emmer,  Schulz 441 

Lespedeza  seed,  Dworak 441 

The  injurious  effect  of  lime  on  the  lupine  and  its  prevention,  Creydt 441 

Some  recent  investigations  in  sugar-beet  breeding,  Pritchard 442 

Breaking  the  leaves  of  sugar  beet  as  a  means  of  increasing  the  yield,  Remy 442 

Making  beet  seed  germination  tests,  Plahn 442 

Sugar-cane  experiments  in  the  Leeward  Islands,  Tempany  et  al 443 

Anatomical  structure  of  leaves  of  different  varieties  of  spring  wheat,  Heuser. . .  443 

Marquis  wheat.  Ball  and  Clark 443 

The  disinfection  of  seeds,  Archikhovskii  (Arcichovskij) 444 

Weeds  in  the  poppy  fields  of  Volhynia  and  Podolia,  Kamenskii  (Kamensky) . .  444 

HORTICULTURE. 

The  Australian  gardener,  revised  by  Falkner 444 

Gardening  investigations,  Schmid 444 

The  acclimation  of  plants  and  their  adaptation  to  soil  by  grafting,  Dental 444 

A  spraying  manual 445 

How  to  make  hotbeds  and  cold  frames 445 

How  to  make  a  vegetable  garden 445 

Some  results  in  size  inheritance,  Groth 445 


IV  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Transmission  of  productive  and  other  qualities  in  bud  selection,  Powell 446 

Orchard  fertilization,  Blair 446 

Pomological  investigations,  Zschokke 446 

Painting  tree  wounds,  Cook 446 

Growing  fruit  for  home  use  in  the  Great  Plains  area,  Gould  and  Grace 446 

Finding  a  profitable  market  for  the  products  of  farms  in  New  York,  Dillon 446 

Cultural  methods,  cover  crops,  and  fertilization  in  apple  orchards,  Stewart 447 

Thirty  years  in  a  home  orchard,  Heacock 447 

Experimental  orchard  work,  1915,  Blair 447 

Protecting  the  home  apple  orchard  by  dusting,  Reddick  and  Crosby 447 

A  successful  cold  storage  for  apples,  Hansen 447 

The  principal  parasites  of  the  peach,  Chase 447 

A  promising  new  pear  stock,  Reimer 447 

Report  on  new  small  fruits,  Allen 448 

Dewberry  culture,  Darrow 448 

A  decade  of  hybridization  among  American  and  Leccean  vines,  Ceccare]li 448 

The  grape  in  Ontario,  Clement 448 

Viticultural  investigations,  Schellenberg 448 

Varieties  of  the  avocado,  Popenoe 448 

Our  present  knowledge  of  citrus  fertilization,  Webber 448 

Sicilian  citriculture,  Inzenga,  edited  by  Savastano 448 

Lemon  growing  in  Santa  Agata  di  Militello,  Messina,  Faraci 448 

Pamburus,  a  new  genus  related  to  Citrus,  from  India,  Swingle 449 

OUve  culture  in  the  environs  of  Trapani,  Poma 449 

Variation  in  the  flowers  of  the  papaya,  Kulkarni 449 

Tea  ctilture  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra,  Bernard 449 

A  walnut  containing  a  hazelnut  kernel,  Daniel 449 

Bay  oil  and  the  cultivation  of  the  bay  tree,  Tempany  and  Robson 449 

Improving  the  commercial  belladonna  crop  through  selection,  Sievers 449 

Henna,  Cortesi,  and  Tommasi 449 

Report  of  the  committee  on  plants,  Eichling,  Rinck,  and  Thoma 449 

Trees  and  shrubs  worth  planting  for  their  ornamental  fruits,  Wilson 450 

Early  spring- flowering  trees  and  shrubs,  Wilson 450 

Midseason  flowering  trees  and  shrubs,  Wilson 450 

The  best  of  the  hardy  climbing  shrubs,  Wilson 450 

New  Chinese  trees  and  shrubs  for  the  Pacific  slope,  Wilson 450 

In  "Ulacdom,"  Wilson 450 

New  herbaceous  plants  from  China,  Wilson 450 

"Consider  the  lilies,"  Wilson 450 

The  story  of  the  modern  rose,  Wilson 450 

House  plants,  their  care  and  culture,  Findlay 450 

How  to  make  a  bulb  garden 450 

Our  early  wild  flowers,  Keeler 450 

A  country  flower  show,  Burdett 450 

FORESTRY. 

Forest  and  shade  trees  and  basket  willows  recommended  for  planting  in  Idaho. .  451 

The  forests  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  Allen 451 

Timber  of  Russia,  Tkatchenko 451 

Hybrid  trees.  Lamb 451 

British  Columbia  western  larch  (Larix  occidentalis) 451 

The  yellow  locust  (Robinia  pseudacacia),  Crumley 451 

Tapping  experiments  at  Kuala  Lumpiu-. — Third  and  fourth  years'  result.  Spring.  451 

Tenth  annual  report  of  the  commissioner  of  forestry,  1916,  Mowry 451 

Report  of  the  forest  officer  for  the  year  1914-15,  Rogers 451 

Forest  Service  revenue  and  organization,  Woolsey,  jr 451 

The  cost  of  forest-improvement  systems,  Lovejoy 451 

Reforesting  methods  and  results  of  forest  planting  in  New  York  State,  Paul ...  451 

Possibilities  of  private  forest  management  in  New  York  State,  Guise 452 

Operations  and  costs  on  Pennsylvania  state  forests,  McNaughton 452 

The  reforestation  of  the  antarctic  woods,  Schuster 452 

Seed  testing  with  the  Jacobsen  germinating  apparatus,  trans,  by  Larsen 452 

An  improved  form  of  nursery  seed  bed  frame,  Brewster 452 

A  practical  application  of  Pressler's  formula,  Recknagel 452 

Business  rate  of  interest  and  rate  made  by  the  forest,  Roth 452 

Coste  on  a  flume  and  railroad  logging  operation  in  northern  California,  Brown.  452 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

Measuring  and  marketing  woodlot  products,  Mattoon  and  Barrows 453 

Lumber  markets  of  the  east  coast  of  South  America,  Simmons 453 

DISEASES   OP  PLANTS. 

Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Mycology  and  Phytopathology  for  1914,  lachevskii...  453 

Fungus  parasites  of  the  higher  plants  in  the  region  of  Kharkov,  Potebnia 453 

[Mycological  flora  of  the  region  of  Sukhum],  Slemashko 454 

[Mycological  flora  of  Province  Tersk],  Voronikhin  ( Woronichin) 454 

The  Septoria  leaf  spot  disease  of  celery,  Coons  and  Levin 454 

Cotton  anthracnose,  Rolfs 455 

Potato  diseases  in  New  Jersey,  Cook  and  Lint 455 

The  diseases  of  the  potato,  Orton 455 

A  western  field  rot  of  the  Irish  potato  caused  by  the  Fusarium  radicirola,  Pratt. .  455 

Silver  scurf  of  Irish  potato  caused  by  S pondylocladium  atrovirens,  Schultz 455 

Contributions  on  diseases  and  enemies  of  the  sugar  beet  in  1914,  Stift 455 

Dying  of  young  fruit  trees,  Cockayne 456 

Some  points  on  the  general  care  of  apple  orchards,  Stewart 456 

Spot  diseases  of  the  apple  causing  much  general  confusion.  Brooks  and  Fisher.  456 

On  bitter  pit  and  the  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poison,  II,  Ewart 456 

On  bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  to  poisons,  III,  Ewart 457 

Bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poisons,  Breidahl  and  Roth  era 457 

On  bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poison,  IV,  Ewart 457 

The  control  of  peach  leaf  curl.  Home 457 

Histology  of  strawberries  affected  by  Botrytis  and  Rhizopus,  Stevens 458 

Notes  on  diseases  of  cultivated  crops  observed  in  1913-14,  Ashby 458 

A  rot  of  bananas,  Dastur 458 

A  fungus  disease  of  banana,  Thomatis 458 

A  disease  of  Mirabilis  jalapa  inherited  according  to  Mendel's  law,  Correns 459 

Bark  scraping  and  bark  affections,  Sharpies 459 

Bordeaux  mixture  as  a  spray  for  rubber  trees.  Sharpies 459 

[On  the  occurrence  of  Coniophora  cerebella  in  the  woods].  Martens 459 

Mistletoe  injiu-y  to  conifers  in  the  Northwest,  Weir 459 

Self-protection  by  some  plants  against  Cuscuta,  Gertz 460 

Free-living  nematodes  of  Switzerland,  Hofmanner  and  Menzel 460 

ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

The  economic  status  of  the  British  species  of  woodpeckers,  Collinge 460 

A  new  bat  from  Porto  Rico,  Jackson 460 

[A  list  of  parasites  of  animals  in  Guam],  Ransom 460 

Agricultural  entomology 460 

[Economic  entomology] 460 

Annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  for  1914,  Worsham 461 

Seventh  annual  report  of  the  state  entomolop:i3t  of  Indiana,  Baldwin 461 

Eighth  annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Indiana,  Baldwin 461 

Minnesota  state  entomologist's  reports  index,  Wenzel 461 

[Insect  pests  of  New  Hampshire],  O'Kane 461 

Report  of  state  entomologist  and  plant  pathologist  of  Virginia,  Schoene 461 

Acarid  and  insect  enemies  of  plants  observed  in  Turin  in  1913,  Delia  Beffa 463 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  West  African  insect  pests  of  plants,  Zacher. .  463 

Annual  report  of  the  government  entomologist.  Small 463 

Report  of  the  entomologist,  Patterson 463 

Ecology  of  some  endophytic  larvae. — Observations  and  experiments,  Rabaud . .  463 

Locusts 463 

A  preliminary  list  of  the  Jassoidea  of  Missouri,  Gibson  and  Cogan 463 

The  stick-lac  insect,  Duport 463 

The  development  of  the  Phylloxera  vastatrix  leaf  gall,  Rosen 463 

Woolly  pear  aphis,  Baker  and  Davidson 463 

Capsid  bugs,  Fryer 464 

Ooencyrtus  padficus,  a  new  egg  parasite  from  Fiji,  Waterston 464 

The  insect  vector  of  uta,  a  Peruvian  disease,  Townsend 464 

A  classification  of  the  Lepidoptera  based  on  characters  of  the  pupa,  Mosher. . .  464 

Tineid  moths  of  Central  America,  Walsingham 464 

Establishment  in  Canada  of  enemies  of  brown -tail  and  gipsy  moths,  Tothill . . .  465 

The  brown  Ctenucha  {Ctenucha  brunnea),  Essig -  -  -  465 

Cutworms  and  their  control  in  corn  and  other  cereal  crops,  Walton  and  Davis..  465 

The  true  army  worm  and  its  control,  Walton 465 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

The  clover  leaf  hopper  and  its  control  in  the  Central  States,  Gibson 465 

The  dipterous  family  Scatopsidse,  Melander 465 

Notes  on  beet  or  mangold  fly,  Imms 466 

The  yellow  currant  and  gooseberry  fruit  fly  {Epocha  canadensis),  Whitney 466 

Life  histories  and  methods  of  rearing  Hessian  fly  parasites,  Packard 466 

The  glossiness  of  tsetse  flies,  Hegh _ 466 

A  chemotropic  response  of  the  house  fly  {Musca  domestica),  Richardson 466 

Flytraps  and  their  operation,  Biahopp 466 

Phyllophaga  Harris  (Lachnosterna  Hope) :  A  revision  of  the  synonymy,  Glasgow.  467 

On  certain  beetle  larvae  found  in  sugar  plantations,  van  der  Goot 467 

The  cassava  grubs,  Leefmans 467 

The  Mexican  cotton  boll  weevil 467 

The  turnip  gall  weevil 467 

The  corn  and  cotton  wireworm  in  relation  to  cereal  and  forage  crops,  Gibson . .  467 

On  the  biology  of  the  Gramang  ant  {Plagiolepis  longipes),  van  der  Goot 467 

Transferring  bees,  Millen 467 

Fourteenth  report  of  Illinois  State  Beekeepers'  Association,  compiled  by  Stone. .  467 

Bramble  bees  and  others,  Fabre,  trans,  by  Teixeira  de  Mattos 468 

The  hunting  wasps,  P^abre,  trans,  by  Teixeira  de  Mattos 468 

A  survey  of  the  zoocecidia  on  species  of  Hicoria  caused  by  parasites.  Wells 468 

A  new  oat  pest  ( Tarsonemus  spirifex),  the  oat  mite,  Schoevers 468 

The  red  spider  on  cotton  and  how  to  control  it,  McGregor 468 

FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION. 

On  the  digestibility  of  bread. — I,  Salivary  digestion  in  vitro,  Blake 468 

Milling  and  baking  tests,  Voelcker 469 

Nutrition  investigations  upon  cottonseed  meal,  I,  Richardson  and  Green 469 

Commercial  possibilities  of  the  goosefish.  Smith 469 

Caviar:  What  it  is  and  how  to  prepare  it,  Radcliffe 470 

Fermented  milk  in  infant  feeding,  Mucklow 470 

Egg  substitutes,  Gerber 470 

The  use  of  wild  plants  as  food  by  Indians,  Wilson 470 

Dandelions  as  food.  Brewer  and  Canon 470 

The  use  of  horse-chestnuts  in  human  nutrition,  Serger 470 

The  culture,  extractive  content,  and  preservation  of  edible  fungi,  Falck 470 

Utilization  of  honey  and  wax,  Tinsley 470 

[Food,  drug,  and  dairy  inspection] 470 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  Ladd  and  Johnson 470 

Tenth  biennial  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  Oregon,  Mickle..  470 

Preliminary  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  for  1915,  Foust 470 

Fifteenth  annual  report  of  the  food  and  drug  commissioner,  Frary 471 

Biennial  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  Wisconsin,  Emery 471 

The  laws  relating  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  food  products 471 

Unique  nonrefrigerative  methods  of  food,  Lodian 471 

What  every  housewife  should  know,  Waldron 471 

Rise  in  British  food  prices,  Washington 471 

Retail  prices,  house  rent,  and  cost-of-living  indexes,  Knibbs 471 

The  dietary  at  the  New  York  City  Municipal  Sanatorium,  Wilson  and  Rathbun.  471 

A  week's  menu  for  the  average  Filipino  family,  Herrera 471 

The  dietary  of  the  field  laborer  in  Spain 471 

An  experiment  in  the  feeding  of  undernourished  school  children,  Schmitt 471 

The  essential  factors  in  a  successful  diet,  McCollum 472 

Vitamins  and  complementary  food  ingredients,  Boruttau 472 

Vitamins  and  nutritional  diseases. — A  stable  form  of  vitamin,  Seidell 472 

The  growth  of  young  chickens  under  laboratory  conditions,  Drummond 472 

The  growth  of  rats  upon  artificial  diets  containing  lactose,  Drummond 472 

The  action  of  Sardinian  lactic  acid  on  human  metabolism,  Fidanza 472 

Relative  toxicity  of  substances  found  in  foods,  Cook  and  Elliott. . .•. 473 

Fate  of  inorganic  nitrogen  in  metabolism  of  dog,  Caldwell  and  Clotworthy 473 

Nitrogen  metabolism  during  pregnancy,  Wilson .' 473 

Acidosis  in  diabetes,  Woodyatt , 473 

Chemical  means  of  protection  against  the  cold,  Montuori  and  Pol'litzer 474 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION, 

Studies  on  the  nutritive  value  of  straw  materials,  von  der  Heide  et  al 474 

Chemical  determination  of  value  of  straw  meal  as  feed  material,  Kerp  et  al . . .  474 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  VII 

Page. 

Feeding  experiments  with  disintegrated  rye  straw,  Stutzer 474 

On  the  digestibility  of  pine  needles,  Stutzer  and  Haupt 474 

Experiments  with  sphagnum  turf  as  a  feeding  stuff,  Stutzer 474 

Cattle  feeding.— XI,  Winter  steer  feeding,  1914-15,  Skinner  and  King 475 

Dual  purpose  cattle,  MacKenzie 476 

Sheep  feeding.— V,  Fattening  western  lambs,  1914-15,  Skinner  and  Kimj; 476 

Wool  studies:  Washing  before  shearing;  time  of  shearing,  Hammond '. 477 

Alfalfa  as  a  hog  feed.     Some  pasture  crops  for  hogs,  Petfers  and  Geiken 478 

Concentrates  for  growing  chicks  and  for  laying  stock,  Jull 479 

Skim  milk  for  laying  hens,  Lewis 479 

External  characters  as  indications  of  egg  production,  Kent 480 

Occurrence  and  significance  of  Bacterium  pullorum  in  eggs,  Rettger 481 

DAIRY   FARMING — DAIRYING. 

The  mineral  metabolism  of  the  milch  cow;  first  paper,  Forbes,  Beegle,  et  al.. .  481 

Silage  made  from  oats  and  tares  as  a  food  for  milking  cows,  Oldershaw 481 

Value  of  the  seven-day  test.  Woodward 481 

Influence  of  temperature  on  proteolytic  activity  of  lactic  ferments,  Goriui 482 

Experiments  in  Sweden  on  the  prolonged  pasteurization  of  milk,  Barthel 482 

Studies  on  Swedish  Emmental  and  large-eyed  cheese,  Rosengren  and  Haglund .  483 

Cheese  making,  Stahl 483 

VETERINARY   MEDICINE. 

Report  of  Bengal  Veterinary  College  and  Department,  1914-15,  Smith  and  Kerr.  483 

Annual  report  on  the  Punjab  Veterinary  College,  1914-15.  Pease  et  al 483 

Utilization  of  sucrose  and  inverting  power  of  the  blood  serum,  Ivuriyama 483 

Intravenous  injection  of  magnesium  sulphate  for  anesthesia,  Auer  and  Meltzer .  484 

Some  fallacies  regarding  phenol,  Wilbert 484 

Immunity  produced  by  instillation  of  horse  serum  into  nose,  Sewall  and  Powell .  485 

Immunity  conferred  by  the  transfer  of  serums,  Sewall  et  al 485 

Serum  antitrypsin  during  inanition,  Jobling  and  Petersen 486 

The  coagulation  reaction  in  anaphylactic  shock,  Hirschfeld  and  Klinger 486 

Vaccine  treatment,  Hektoen t 486 

The  etiology  of  rat-bite  fever,  Blake 487 

The  etiology  and  treatment  of  rat-bite  fever,  Tileston 487 

Chinese  animal  hides,  skins,  and  bristles,  Shaud 487 

Resistance  of  Bacillus  anthracis  spores  to  high  temperature,  Malone  and  Shanly .  487 

Experiments  upon  the  transmission  of  rinderpest.  Ward  et  al 487 

The  preparation  and  use  of  antirinderpest  serum,  Ward 487 

The  heat  resistance  of  bacterial  spores,  Shanly 487 

On  the  pathology  of  bovine  actinomycosis,  a  preliminary  report,  Griffith 488 

Bacillus  enteritidis  as  cause  of  infectious  diarrhea  in  calves,  Meyer  et  al 488 

Observations  of  keratitis  infectiosa  of  the  reindeer.  Avid 488 

Coccidiosis  of  Egyptian  sheep  and  goats,  Askar 488 

Hog  cholera:  Its  control  and  eradication,  Strodtman  and  West 488 

Production  of  clear  and  sterilized  antihog-cholera  serum,  Dorset  and  Henley..  488 

Ascariasis  in  the  horse  and  swine,  Thum 489 

A  clinical  study  of  equine  strongylidosis,  Leneveu 489 

The  poisonous  effects  of  the  rose  chafer  upon  chickens,  Lamson,  Jr 489 

RURAL   ENGINEERING. 

Engineering  geology,  Ries  and  Watson 489 

Water  supply,  sewerage,  and  drainage  department  [Western  Australia],  1914-15 .  489 

Water  resources  of  the  State  of  Oregon,  Lewis 489 

Report  of  progress  of  stream  measurements  for  1914,  Peters  et  al 490 

Water  samples,  Heimburger 490 

Status  of  activated-sludge  sewage  treatment,  Hammond 490 

Reclamation  Board  Act  of  the  State  of  California,  1915 490 

Hydraulic  and  excavation  tables,  Davis 490 

Harper's  hydraulic  tables  for  the  flow  of  water,  Harper 490 

The  discharge  from  vertical  pipes,  Grunsky 490 

Irrigation  module  debased  for  constant  flow,  Barieau 490 

Small  irrigation  canals  lined  with  concrete  to  prevent  seepage  loss,  Edwards..  490 

Comparison  of  wood  and  concrete  for  use  in  irrigation  structures,  Harding 491 

Methods  of  placing  and  cost  of  concrete  lining  in  laterals,  Bm'ch 491 


VIII  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Irrigation  management,  Newell 491 

The  cost  of  tile  drainage  on  the  Trumbull  County  experiment  fann,  Andrew..  491 

Selecting  types  for  a  comprehensive  county  road  system,  Marr 492 

Recent  developments  in  the  building  of  concrete  roads,  Uhler 492 

Various  aggregates  in  test  concrete  road,  Connell 492 

A  study  of" cracks  in  a  concrete  roadway  at  Indiana  University,  Ilanna 492 

Concrete  road  construction  in  Oakland  County,  Michigan,  De  Glopper 492 

Second  biennial  report  of  Department  of  Public  Roads  of  Kentucky,  Terrell . .  492 

Annual  report  of  the  Baltimore  County  [Maryland]  roads  engineer,  Sucro 492 

Coimtry  roads  board  [Victoria],  first  annual  report 493 

Recent  road  legislation  of  Iowa,  edited  by  Sampson  and  MacDonald 493 

The  la\v  of  Ohio  governing  roads  and  bridges,  Rockel 493 

Experiments  with  dynamite.  Watts 493 

Gravel  as  an  aggregate  for  concrete,  Schofield  and  Brown 493 

Amount  of  water  to  use  in  concrete,  McCullough 493 

Maidng  mortar  impervious  and  anthracenic  oil,  Feret 493 

The  influence  of  compression  in  internal-combustion  engines,  Mathot 494 

Some  engine  plow  troubles  and  their  remedies.  Reed 494 

Recent  inventions  in  machines  for  tilling  the  soil,  CastelU 494 

Mechanical  cultivating  apparatus,  Ringelmann 494 

(  ulture  machinery,  Coupan 494 

Experiments  on  the  draft  of  a  model  plow,  Kiihne 494 

C  omparison  of  team  and  tractor  for  hauling  gravel,  Kipp 495 

Knots  and  splices,  (  harlton 495 

Barns  for  Wisconsin  dairy  farms,  \ATiite  and  Griffith 495 

(  onstruction  of  fresh  air  brooders,  Upton 495 

"W inter  storage  of  potatoes,  Schaffnit 495 

Water  problem  simplified,  Etherton 496 

RURAL   ECONOMICS. 

What  is  agricultural  economics?     Nourse 496 

Economic  cycles:  Their  law  and  cause,  Moore 496 

^^  ages  and  rural  migration ,  Beckerich 496 

Results  of  a  survey  of  state  marketing  activities  throughout  United  States 497 

/,  ssociations  for  marketing  meat  in  Germany,  Horst 497 

The  Grange  in  Canada,  Michell 497 

C'hio  agricultural  statistics,  1914-15 497 

[Trade  and  commerce  in  agricultural  products  in  Chicago],  1915 497 

Prices  and  supplies  of  gi'ain  and  other  agricultural  produce  in  Scotland 497 

Agricultural  and  Uve  stock  statistics  of  Finland 497 

Price  statistics 497 

Supply  of  foodstuffs  and  prices  in  foreign  coimtries  during  the  war 497 

World's  production  of  foodstuffs  and  raw  materials,  Schulte  im  Hofe 497 

Statistics  of  commerce  of  the  French  Colonies,  1913 497 

Review  of  the  trade  of  India,  1914-15 498 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

Graduate  work  in  horticulture,  Dorsey 498 

Required  trips  for  horticultural  students,  Fagan 498 

Agricultural  education  in  Indiana:  Supervision  of  home  project  work.  Smith..  498 

Home  education,  Bombard 499 

The  principles  of  plant  culture,  Goff 499 

( 'ourses  in  systematic  vegetable  gardening,  Work 499 

Report  of  the  committee  on  floricultural  coiirses,  Beal 499 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station 499 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation 499 


I 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Arkansas  Station :  I'^ige. 

Bui.  125,  Mar.,  1916 412 

Illinois  Station: 

Soil  Rpt.  12,  Jan.,  1913 421 

Indiana  Station: 

Bui.  183,   Nov.,   1915 475 

Bui.  184,   Nov.,   1915 476 

Massachusetts  Station: 

Met.     Buls.     329-330,     May- 
June,  1916 420 

Michigan  Station: 

Spec.  Bui.  76,  Dec,  1915....       467 

Spec.  Bui.  77,  Mar.,  1916 454 

Spec.    Bui.    77    (Dutch    ed.), 
Mar.,  1916 454 

Nebraska  Station: 

Bui.  155,  June  1,  1916 438 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Bui.  278,  Apr.  14,  1915 445 

Circ.  53,  Dec.  1,  1915 455 

New  York  Cornell  Station: 

Bui.  374,  Apr.,  1916 451 

Bui.  375,  Apr.,  1918 452 

North  Dakota  Station: 

Spec.  Bui.,  vol.  4,  No.  4,  May, 

1916 470 

Circ.  13,  May,  1916 478 

Ohio  Station: 

Bui.  294,  Apr.,  1916 477 

Bui.  295,  Apr.,  1916 481 

Mo.  Bui.,  vol.  1,  No.  5,  Mav, 

1916. . .......  424,  429,  451,'  491,  499 

Oklahoma  Station: 

Circ.  40,  Apr.,  1916 455 

Pennsylvania  Station: 

Bui.  140,  May,  1916 455 ' 

Wasliington  Station: 

Bui.  130,  Apr.,  1916 465 

Bui.  131,  May,  1916 418 

West.  Wash.   Sta.,   Mo.   iJul., 

vol.  4,  No.  3,  June,  1916. ...       499 

Wisconsin  Station: 

Bui.  265,  May,  1916 430 

Bui.  266,  Apr.,  1916 495 

JJ.  S.  Department  of  AgricuVure. 

Journal  of  Agricultural  Research, 
vol.  6: 

No.  9,  May  29,  1916. . . .  437,  455,  488 
No.  10,  June  5, 1916.  455,  458,  463,  466 
Bui.  360,  Mistletoe  Injiu-y  to  Coni- 
fers  in   the    Northwest,    J.    R. 
Weir 459 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Bui.    367,    Carrying    Capacity    of    Page. 
Grazing    Ranges    in     Southern 

Arizona,  E.  0.  Wooton 439 

Farmers'  Bui.  715,  Measuring  and 
Marketing  Woodlot  Products, 
W.  R.  Mattoon  and  W.  B.  Bar- 
rows        453 

Farmers'  Bui.  727,  Growing  Fruit 
for  Home  Use  in  the  Great 
Plains  Area,    H.   P.   Gould  and 

O.J.  Grace 446 

Farmers'  Bui.  728,  Dewberry  Cul- 
ture, G.  M.  Darrow 448 

Farmers'  Bui.  730,  Button  Clover. 

R.  McKee 440 

Farmers'  Bui.  731,  The  True  Army 
Worm  and   Its  Control,   W.    R. 

Walton 465 

Farmers'  Bui.  732,  Marquis  Wheat, 

C.  R.  Ball  and  J.  A.  Clark 443 

Farmers'  Bui.  733,  The  Corn  and 
Cotton  Wireworm  in  Its  Rela- 
tion to  Cereal  and  Forage  Crops 
with   Control   Measures,    E.    H. 

Gibson 467 

Farmers'  Bui.  734,    Flytraps  and 

Their  Operation,  F.  C.  Bishopp.       466 
Farmers'  Bui.  735,  The  Red  Spider 
on  Cotton  and  How  to  Control 

It,  E.  A.  McGregor 468 

Farmers'  Bui.  737,  The  Clover 
Leafhopper  and  Its  Control  in  the 

Central  States,  E.  H.  Gibson 465 

Farmers'  Bui.  738,  Cereal  Crops  in 
the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  J.  F. 

Ross 440 

Farmers'  Bui.  739,  Cutworms  and 
Their  Control  in  Corn  and  Other 
Cereal  Crops,  W.  R.  Walton  and 

J.J.  Davis 465 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Or- 
ganization: 

Doc.  3,  Results  of  a  Survey  of 
State  Marketing  Activities 
Throughout   the  United 

States. 497 

Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Clay 
County,  Ga.,  W.  G. 
Smith  and  N.  M.  Kirk.  421 
Soil  Survey  of  Webster 
County,  Iowa,  J.  O. 
Veatch  and  F.  B.  Howe.       422 

JX 


CONTENTS. 


TJ.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture— GovAdi.    I   U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture— Contd. 


Bureau  of  Soils— Continued.  Page. 

Field  Operations,  1914— Con. 

Soil  Siurvey  of  Pettis 
County,  iVIo.,  H.  H. 
Krusekopf  and  R.  F. 
Rogers 422 

Soil  Survey  of  Chautau- 
qua County,  N.  Y., 
T.  M.  Morrison,  C.  C. 
Engle,  and  G.  L.  Fuller.       423 

Soil  Siuvey  of  Lincoln 
County,  N.  C,  R.  T.  A. 
Burke  and  L.  L.  Brink- 
ley 423 

Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Sm-vey  of  Jefferson 
Davis  County,  Miss., 
T.  M.  Bushnell  and  L. 
V.Davis 422 

Soil  Survey  of  Turner 
County,  Ga.,  E.  C.  Hall 
andD.  D.Long 421 

Weather  Bureau: 

Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  vol.  44, 
Nos.  3-4,  Mar. -Apr.,  1916.. 
Scientific  Contributions:  « 

Note  on  American  Charlock 
Oil,  H.  S.  Bailey  and  L.  B. 
Burnett 

Cyanogenesis  in  Plants.  Stud- 
ies on  Tridens  flavus  (Tall 
Red  Top),  A.  A^iehoever,  C. 
0.  Johns,  and  C.  L.  Alsberg. 


Separation  of  Hydrocyanic 
Acid  from  Plant  Tissues  and 
Its  Disappearance  During 
Maceration,  C.  L.  Alsberg 
and  0.  F.  Black 


419 


412 


413 


413 


Scientific  Contributions — Con.  Page. 

Determination  of  Tartaric 
Acid,  B.  G.  Hartmann,  J. 
R.  Eoff,  and  M.J.  Ingle....       417 

Pamburus,  a  New  Genus  Re- 
lated to  Citrus,  from  India, 
W.  T.   Swingle.*. _. .       449 

Improving  the  Commercial 
Belladonna  Crop  through 
Selection,  A.  F.  Sievers 449 

The  Forests  of  Mount  Rainier 

National  Park,  G.  F.  Allen.       451 

Hybrid  Trees,  W.  H.  Lamb..       451 

Seed  Testing  with  the  Jacob- 
sen  Germinating  Appa- 
ratus, trans,  by  J.  A.  Larsen.       452 

An  Improved  Form  of  Nur- 
sery Seed  Bed  Frame,  D.  R. 
Brewster 452 

Spot  Diseases  of  the  Apple 
Causing  Much  Confusion, 
C.  Brooks  and  D.  F.  Fisher.       456 

A  New  Bat  from  Porto  Rico, 

H.  H.  T.  Jackson 460 

[A  List  of  Parasites  of  Animals 
in  Guam],  B.  H.  Ransom  ..       460 

A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Jas- 
soidea  of  Missouri,  E.  H. 
Gibson  and  E.  S.  Cogan 463 

The  Insect  Vector  of  Uta,  a 
Peruvian  Disease,  C.  H.  T. 
Towusend 464 

Value  of  the  Seven-day  Test, 
T.E.Woodward 481 

The  Preparation  and  Use  of 
Antirinderpest  Serum,  A. 
R.Ward 487 

Water  Problem  Simplified,  W. 

A.  Etherton 496 


a  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  October,  1916.  No.  5. 


The  seventh  session  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Agriculture,  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Association  of  American  Agricultural  Colleges 
and  Experiment  Stations,  was  held  July  3-28  at  the  Massachusetts 
Agricultural  College.  This  institution  has  a  regular  graduate  school, 
whose  director  and  faculty  were  especially  active  in  assisting  the 
dean  in  planning  and  conducting  this  summer  graduate  school.  The 
attempt  was  made  to  develop  a  more  S3^stematically  organized  plan 
of  work  at  this  session  than  had  hitherto  been  undertaken.  This 
plan  involved  work  in  two  main  lines.  One  of  these  included  pro- 
gressive consideration  of  the  fundamental  factors  involved  in  the 
growth  of  plants  and  animals.  The  other  dealt  with  the  economic 
and  social  factors  which  enter  into  the  development  of  profitable 
systems  of  agriculture  and  well-organized  rural  communities.  The 
fact  that  the  Massachusetts  College  has  been  giving  special  attention 
to  the  problems  of  rural  economics  and  sociology  made  it  very  ap- 
propriate that  an  effort  should  be  made  to  summarize  the  present 
status  of  knowledge  along  these  lines  in  their  particular  relations  to 
American  conditions. 

The  total  enrollment  of  instructors  and  students  was  one  hundred 
and  ninety-eight,  representing  twenty-seven  States,  besides  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia,  Porto  Rico,  England,  Canada,  and  the  Transvaal. 

There  were  forty-five  persons  who  gave  instruction  as  lecturers 
or  leaders  of  seminars,  and  about  forty  others  who  participated  in 
the  formal  presentation  of  matter  in  the  seminars  and  conferences. 
The  faculty  included  representatives  of  the  Universities  of  Illinois, 
Missouri,  Chicago,  Harvard,  and  Yale,  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  Amherst  Col- 
lege, London  Hospital  Medical  College,  Massachusetts  State  Board 
of  Education,  Vermont  Department  of  Agriculture,  Kalamazoo  Nor- 
mal School,  and  the  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  stations 
in  Indiana,  Kansas,  Massachusetts,  l^ew  Hampshire,  New  York, 
Ontario,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Vermont,  West  Virginia,  and  Wis- 
consin. Dr.  A.  C.  True  of  the  States  Relations  Service  again  acted 
as  dean,  with  Dr.  C.  E.  Marshall,  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

401 


402  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College,  as  assistant  dean  and  Mr. 
E.  H.  Forbush  of  the  college  as  registrar. 

At  its  public  opening  exercises  the  school  was  welcomed  to  the 
Massachusetts  Agricultural  College  by  President  K.  L.  Butterfield, 
and  the  Granges  of  New  England  were  represented  by  Rev.  J.  H. 
Hoyt.  Director  H.  P.  Armsby,  of  Pennsylvania,  as  chairman  of  the 
association's  committee  on  graduate  study,  presided  at  this  meeting 
and  spoke  on  the  development  of  graduate  study  in  agriculture  in  the 
United  States.  He  gave  recently  collected  statistics  showing  that 
about  one  thousand  graduate  students  preparing  for  work  along 
agricultural  lines  were  enrolled  in  the  land-grant  universities  and 
colleges  during  the  past  academic  year.  Dean  True,  of  the  Graduate 
School,  outlined  briefly  the  objects  for  which  the  school  was  estab- 
lished, the  reasons  for  the  particular  courses  of  instruction  offered 
at  the  seventh  session,  and  the  intellectual  and  social  advantages  to 
be  derived  from  the  contact  of  instructors  and  students  in  such  a 
school. 

Dr.  True  pointed  out  that  in  our  time  "  education  and  research 
more  and  more  involve  the  harmonious  working  together  of  groups 
of  individuals  who  are  willing  to  put  away  selfish  ends  for  the  com- 
mon good.  In  a  vast  country  like  our  own  with  a  population  drawn 
from  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  and  with  an  almost  infinite  variety 
of  environmental  conditions,  associations  of  scholars  and  investiga- 
tors from  many  different  regions,  whether  their  work  deals  with  sub- 
jects remote  from  practical  affairs,  or  as  in  the  case  of  most  of  us 
with  matters  of  vital  concern  to  great  industries,  is  of  gi'eat  impor- 
tance as  an  aid  to  that  mutual  understanding  on  which  the  life  of  our 
nation  and  the  perfecting  of  our  civilization  depend.  For  after  all, 
as  recent  events  in  the  world's  history  have  shown,  public  opinion 
and  governmental  action  depend,  more  largely  than  is  generally  rec- 
ognized, on  the  modes  of  thought  which  are  developed  in  the  insti- 
tutions of  higher  learning. 

"  Such  an  organization  as  this  Graduate  School,  having  behind  it 
the  associated  universities  and  colleges  represented  in  the  Association 
of  American  Agricultural  Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations,  may 
also  be  influential  in  shaping  the  ideals  and  standards  of  agricultural 
scholarship  and  research.  If  through  our  discussions  here  we  are 
able  to  carry  back  to  our  respective  institutions  suggestions  for  the 
improvement  of  courses  of  instruction  and  methods  of  research  and  to 
stimulate  faculties  and  students  to  more  thorough  work,  we  shall 
have  made  a  valuable  contribution  to  those  influences  which  are  to 
determine  the  success  of  the  great  movement  to  raise  American  agri- 
culture and  country  life  to  the  highest  possible  level. 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  403 

"  Since  the  last  session  of  our  school  this  movement  has  made  un- 
usually rapid  progress.  The  permanent  national  system  of  agricul- 
tural extension  education,  provided  for  in  the  Smith-Lever  Act  of 
1914,  has  already  become  well  organized  and  attained  great  dimen- 
sions. In  over  one  thousand  two  hundred  counties,  spread  over  the 
entire  country,  extension  agents  are  regularly  working.  Supporting 
these  local  forces  are  about  one  thousand  five  hundred  extension  spe- 
cialists and  administrative  officers  maintained  by  the  state  colleges 
and  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  At  least  one  thousand  teachers 
are  giving  instruction  in  agricultural  subjects  in  our  colleges,  and 
the  numbr  of  students  in  four-year  courses  of  agriculture  has  risen 
from  14,000  in  1913,  to  19,500  in  1915.  The  past  year  4,900  secondary 
schools  gave  agricultural  courses  attended  by  95,000  students,  as  com- 
pared with  1,400  schools  and  30,000  students  two  years  before.  The 
force  employed  in  our  agricultural  experiment  stations  has  risen  to 
1,860  and  the  income  of  the  stations  in  1915  was  $5,286,000.  The 
force  employed  in  the  Department  of  Agriculture  is  over  16,000  and 
its  income  about  $25,000,000. 

"  The  demand  for  thoroughly  trained  and  efficient  workers  in  agri- 
cultural lines,  whether  in  research,  education  or  farm  practice,  has 
never  before  run  so  far  beyond  the  supply.  The  rsponsibilities  of  the 
leaders  in  the  agricultural  movement  have  never  been  so  heavy.  Their 
encouragements  have  never  been  so  great.  This  body  of  young  men, 
who  have  already  been  trained  in  our  higher  institutions  of  learning 
and  many  of  whom  are  already  engaged  in  teaching  or  research,  have 
before  them  exceptional  opportunities  for  leadership  and  high  suc- 
cess. The  incentives  to  thorough  preparation  and  the  most  strenuous 
endeavor  are  of  the  highest  and  broadest  character.  To  discover 
nature's  secrets  and  thereby  advance  science  and  human  welfare,  to 
inspire  and  instruct  a  vast  multitude  of  men,  women,  and  children  in 
colleges,  schools,  and  millions  of  homes,  to  lay  a  firm  and  safe  founda- 
tion for  the  permanent  existence  and  prosperity  of  the  United  States 
and  in  large  measure  of  all  the  world — these  are  the  appropriate  tasks 
of  agricultural  scholars  and  scientists." 

The  course  on  growth  consisted  of  twenty  lectures  and  nineteen 
seminars,  covering  the  four  weeks  of  the  session  and  including  the 
general  subjects  of  the  dj^namics  and  elemental  chemical  synthesis 
of  growth,  cell  entity  or  growth  organization,  and  growth  relations. 
In  the  first  week  Prof.  C.  M.  Child,  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
gave  five  lectures  on  the  general  dynamics  of  protoplasm,  the  organic 
individual,  unity  and  order  in  growth,  development  and  evolution, 
and  reproduction.  He  paid  special  attention  to  an  analysis  of  his 
own  experimental  studies  on  the  dynamics  of  form  production,  as 
shown  by  some  of  the  lower  animals.    The  presence  of  a  chief  axis 


404  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

of  growth  and  of  minor  axes  was  recognized,  and  the  results  of 
studies  on  planarian  worms  and  on  hybrids  were  held  to  demonstrate 
the  existence  of  metabolic  gradients  along  these  axes.  The  behavior 
of  an  excised  piece  of  the  body  of  one  of  these  animals  was  shown 
to  have  a  definite  relation  to  the  region  of  the  body  from  which  it 
was  taken,  and  the  reconstitution  of  parts  was  shown  to  proceed  at 
a  rate  and  in  a  way  that  were  in  definite  relation  to  the  metabolic 
gradient  involved. 

The  dedifFerentiation  of  the  cells  of  the  bodies  of  these  sample 
animals  was  affirmed.  The  importance  of  dedifferentiation  in  pro- 
ducing the  embryonic  condition  in  somatic  cells  was  emphasized  in 
its  relation  to  rejuvenescence  and  reproduction.  The  theory  of  a 
germ  i^lasm,  universal  in  the  Metazoa,  contained  in  cells  separate 
from  the  soma  was  held  to  be  compromised,  if  not  invalidated,  by 
the  fact  that  differentiated  somatic  cells  in  these  simple  organisms 
can  be  brought  into  the  embryonic  condition  and  made  to  function 
in  the  reconstitution  of  the  organism.  Reproduction  becom-es  a  phase 
of  general  growth  djmamics  and  related  to  metabolic  factors. 

Dr.  V.  E.  Shelford,  of  the  University  of  Illinois,  as  leader  of  the 
seminars,  supplemented  Professor  Child's  discussion  by  accounts  of 
the  studies  by  himself  and  others  regarding  the  intimate  influence  of 
environmental  factors  on  metabolic  processes,  interpreting  life 
cycles,  and  even  morphogenesis,  in  these  terms. 

In  the  second  week  Dr.  Benjamin  Moore,  formerly  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Liverpool  and  now  connected  with  the  London  Hospital 
Medical  College,  presented  the  elemental  chemical  synthesis  of 
growth.  He  discussed,  among  other  things,  the  energy  transforma- 
tions in  metastable  inorganic  colloidal  systems  and  the  morphologi- 
cal changes  accompanying  them,  and  showed  how  certain  products 
of  the  inorganic  systems  closely  simulate  living  structures.  It  thus 
appears  altogether  probable  that  in  the  process  of  evolution  inor- 
ganic matter  passes  into  organic  through  a  synthesis  involving  an 
uptake  in  energy  and  an  increase  in  molecular  complexity.  The  cell 
as  an  energy  transformer  was  considered,  and  the  relation  of  the 
action  of  light  on  formaldehyde  in  high  concentrations  and  upon 
organic  products  formed  in  life  processes  was  demonstrated.  Some 
attention  was  also  given  to  other  photosynthetic  actions  and  the 
theories  of  photosynthesis,  as  well  as  to  the  relationships  of  a 
physico-chemical  basis  for  the  origin  of  life  to  Pasteurism,  evolution, 
and  heredity. 

Dr.  E.  V.  McCollum,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  as  leader  of 
the  seminars  that  week,  discussed  the  fundamental  food  require- 
ments of  animals  in  the  light  of  recent  investigations  on  the  kinds 
and  combinations  of  food  nutrients  and  feeding  stuffs  necessary  for 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  405 

normal  growth  in  small  and  large  animals — rats,  swine,  and  cattle. 
He  emphasized  especially  the  importance  of  exact  Imowledge  as  to 
the  source,  chemical  composition,  and  relative  proportions  of  the 
nutrients  used,  and  the  essential  need  of  the  presence  of  food,  though 
in  very  small  amounts,  of  at  least  two  unlaiown  substances. 

In  the  third  week.  Dr.  B.  M.  Duggar,  of  the  Missouri  Botanical 
Garden,  gave  five  lectures  on  cellular  entit}^  In  these  the  present-day 
knowledge  and  theories  were  clearly  and  impartially  summarized, 
including  the  morphology,  structure,  and  chemical  composition  of 
the  individual  cell,  semipermeable  membranes  and  related  phe- 
nomena, cell  correlation  in  relation  to  growth,  cell  organization  in 
respect  to  reproduction,  and  the  activities  of  the  cell  in  regenera- 
tion. At  the  seminars  Dr.  L.  J.  Henderson,  of  Harvard  University, 
took  up  the  subject  in  its  purely  physico-chemical  aspects  and  dwelt 
particularly  on  the  laws  and  hypotheses  fundamental  to  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  cell,  together  with  some  of  the  more  philosophical  con- 
siderations of  the  subject. 

Growth  relations  was  the  general  topic  of  the  lectures  of  Dr.  H.  C. 
Cowles,  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  during  the  last  week  of  the 
course.  Among  the  subjects  treated  were  germination  and  growth, 
vegetation  activity  in  relation  to  light,  vrater,  etc.,  and  reproductive 
behavior  as  influenced  by  external  factors.  Plant  interrelations  were 
also  considered,  such  as  antagonisms,  illustrated  by  parasites  and 
epiphytes,  the  struggle  for  existence,  including  the  ecology  of  weeds ; 
beneficial  relations,  as  illustrated  by  soil  bacteria  and  fungi,  and 
reciprocal  relations,  as  exhibited  by  legumes  with  bacteria,  trees  with 
root  fungi,  etc.  In  connection  with  mass  relations,  soils  and  climates 
as  factors  in  associational  development  and  change  in  composition 
in  relation  to  change  in  environment  were  discussed,  and  finally  the 
application  of  ecological  factors  to  problems  of  crop  production 
was  instructively  presented.  At  the  seminars  Dr.  Henderson  dis- 
cussed the  physico-chemical  properties  of  environmental  factors, 
with  special  reference  to  hydrogen,  oxygen,  and  carbon,  in  their 
more  important  combinations,  and  closed  with  some  of  the  philo- 
sophical aspects  of  environment. 

Parallel  with  the  general  course  on  growth  an  adjunct  course 
which  embraced  a  systematic  review  of  physico-chemical  elements 
involved  in  growth  and  their  relation  to  biological  processes  was 
given  by  Messrs.  Anderson,  Itano,  Eobbins,  Chapman,  and  Clark 
of  the  Massachusetts  College  faculty. 

A  week  was  devoted  to  discussions  of  the  problems  of  education 
with  special  reference  to  the  training  of  students  along  agricultural 
lines.  Dr.  W.  C.  Bagley,  director  of  the  school  of  education  of  the 
University  of  Illinois,  gave  five  lectures  on  the  foundations  of  peda- 


406  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

gogy.  He  argued  that  not  only  knowledge  but  "skill"  is  a  legitimate 
and  important  end  of  education,  whether  the  subject  taught  is  what 
is  ordinarily  called  cultural,  such  as  language  and  mathematics,  or 
technical,  as  engineering  and  agriculture.  The  interrelations  of 
technical  and  cultural  aims  in  education  were  also  dwelt  upon.  A 
clear  and  impartial  resume  of  the  experimental  researches  on  the 
disciplinary  value  of  various  studies  was  given,  with  the  conclusion 
that  the  evidence  thus  far  accumulated  indicates  that  there  is  a 
certain  disciplinary  result  which  may  be  transferred  from  one  study 
to  another  but  that  this  is  not  so  large  as  has  been  commonly  held 
by  the  friends  of  the  old  classical  education. 

Dean  W.  W.  Charters  of  the  School  of  Education  of  the  University 
of  Missouri  presented  some  of  the  principles  on  which  methods  of 
teaching  should  rest.  He  laid  special  stress  on  the  principle  that 
the  normal  mental  process  in  learning  is  to  work  from  problems 
toward  their  solution.  A  problem  arising  in  the  experience  of  the 
student  or  being  presented  to  him  by  his  teacher,  the  learner  may 
become  in  large  degree  his  own  instructor,  especially  if  the  solution 
is  of  vital  interest  to  him.  The  application  of  this  principle  would 
in  many  subjects  result  in  economy  of  mental  effort,  increase  of 
interest,  and  more  permanent  results.  Good  method  should  always 
culminate  in  elaborated  and  well-organized  knowledge. 

At  the  seminars  the  practices  of  teaching  various  agricultural 
subjects  were  presented  by  Dean  K.  L.  Watts  of  Pennsylvania  State 
College  on  A^egetable  gardening.  Prof.  C.  G.  Woodbury  of  Purdue 
University  on  pomology,  Prof.  C.  A.  Zavitz  of  Ontario  Agricultural 
College  on  agronomy,  and  Prof.  J.  E.  Kice  of  Cornell  University  on 
poultry  husbandry,  as  well  as  by  members  of  the  Massachusetts  Col- 
lege faculty  and  others.  On  Saturday  a  conference  on  the  training 
of  men  for  agricultural  service  was  led  by  President  H.  J.  Waters, 
of  the  Kansas  Agricultural  College,  who  dwelt  on  the  nature  and 
function  of  the  college  course  in  its  adaptation  to  this  end,  and  by 
Prof.  G.  A.  Works  of  Cornell  University  who  discussed  the  relation 
of  the  agricultural  college  to  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  agricul- 
ture in  secondary  schools. 

The  conference  was  followed  by  a  round-table  discussion  by  teachers 
of  secondary  agriculture  on  the  value  of  the  college  courses  in  agricul- 
tural education  as  a  means  of  preparation  for  teaching  agriculture, 
this  meeting  being  one  of  the  series  of  conferences  held  during  the 
past  year  through  the  cooperation  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of 
Education  and  the  States  Relations  Service.  During  this  educa- 
tional vv^eek  emphasis  was  often  laid  on  the  importance  of  training 
in  the  principles  and  methods  of  education  for  students  intending  to 
become  teachers  of  agricultural  subjects  in  colleges  or  schools. 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  407 

The  economic  factors  connected  with  agricultural  production  were 
discussed  during  the  second  week  of  the  school.  Mr.  E.  H.  Thomson, 
of  the  Office  of  Farm  Management,  with  the  aid  of  lantern  slides 
showed  the  geographical  range  of  different  staple  crops  and  the 
results  of  surveys  by  that  office  to  determine  the  various  natural  and 
economic  factors  which  underlie  the  successful  production  of  crops. 
Prof.  J.  A.  Bexell,  of  the  Oregon  Agricultural  College,  gave  five 
lectures  on  agricultural  accounting  and  business  methods,  in  which 
he  illustrated  and  emphasized  the  importance  to  the  farmer  of  defi- 
nite Imowledge  regarding  the  actual  income  and  outgo  connected 
with  his  farming  operations. 

At  the  seminars  of  this  week  the  different  factors  of  production 
and  their  correlation  were  presented  by  Prof.  M.  B.  Cummings  of 
the  University  of  Vermont  for  pomology,  Prof.  L.  C.  Corbett  of  the 
Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  for  market  gardening.  Prof.  E.  A.  White 
of  Cornell  University  for  floriculture,  Prof.  E.  Kasmussen  of  the 
New  Hampshire  College  for  dairy  husbandry,  and  Prof.  J.  E.  Rice 
for  poultry  husbandry,  and  these  subjects  were  further  discussed  by 
members  of  the  Massachusetts  College  faculty  representing  the  re- 
spective industries.  During  this  week  also  the  Scientific  Basis  of 
Agriculture  formed  the  subject  of  two  evening  conferences,  led  by 
Director  W.  H.  Jordan,  of  the  New  York  Experiment  Station,  who 
emphasized  the  importance  of  strictly  scientific  investigations  as  a 
basis  for  the  improvement  of  agricultural  practice,  and  the  necessity 
of  employing  thoroughly  trained  experts  to  give  their  time  fully  to 
such  work. 

Distribution  and  marketing  of  farm  products  were  the  economic 
subjects  discussed  during  the  third  week.  Dr.  L.  D.  H.  Weld,  pro- 
fessor of  business  administration  of  the  Sheffield  Scientific  School  of 
Yale  University,  defined  marketing  in  its  relations  to  the  general 
subject  of  economics,  described  and  discussed  the  functions  of  mid- 
dlemen, the  factors  involved  in  the  cost  of  distribution  of  agricultural 
products,  the  weaknesses  of  present  methods  of  marketing  and  their 
remedies,  and  the  methods  which  should  be  used  in  investigating 
marketing  problems.  He  compared  the  methods  of  marketing  agri- 
cultural and  manufactured  products,  and  illustrated  his  subject  with 
numerous  references  to  his  own  studies  in  both  fields. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Brand,  Chief  of  the  Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organi- 
zation, described  the  federal  and  state  organizations  for  improving 
market  conditions,  and  discussed  uniform  standards  of  market  grades 
and  packages,  methods  of  sale  of  agricultural  products,  cooperative 
marketing  in  the  United  States,  and  the  cotton  marketing  system  in 
this  country. 

At  the  seminars  many  phases  of  the  marketing  problems  as  related 
to   various   agricultural   industries   were   presented   and    discussed. 
61574°— No.  5—16 2 


408  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Mr.  PI.  C.  Thompson,  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  spoke  on 
vegetables.  Professor  White  on  flowers,  Professor  Rasmussen  on 
dairy  products,  and  Dr.  E.  W.  Benjamin,  of  Cornell  University,  on 
poultry  products.  Mr.  V.  K.  McElheny,  of  Nev^  York  City,  presi- 
dent of  the  American  Fruit  and  Produce  Auction  Association,  pre- 
sented the  function  of  the  auction  as  a  marketing  agency ;  Mr.  C.  R. 
White,  of  Ionia,  N.  Y.,  considered  the  place  of  the  cooperative 
exchange ;  Mr.  W.  J.  Thurston,  of  the  Cooperative  Flower  Exchange 
of  Boston,  dealt  with  the  practical  problems  connected  with  the  sale 
of  flowers;  Mr.  E.  S.  Brigham,  commissioner  of  agriculture  of  Ver- 
mont, treated  of  the  sale  of  dairy  products;  and  Mr.  F.  G.  Urner, 
of  New  York  City,  and  Mr.  H.  J.  Bird,  of  the  produce  department 
of  Swift  &  Co.,  dealt  with  the  sale  of  poultry  products.  A  number 
of  members  of  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College  faculty  sup- 
plemented these  discussions  with  matters  connected  with  marketing 
as  related  to  their  specialties. 

At  the  evening  conference,  Dean  J.  L.  Coulter,  of  the  College  of 
Agriculture  of  the  University  of  West  Virginia,  led  the  discussion 
on  farm  finance  and  explained  the  principles  and  operations  of  the 
Federal  Farm  Loan  Act.  At  the  Saturday  conference  on  the  topic, 
Making  the  Farm  Pay,  Prof.  G.  F.  Warren,  of  Cornell  University, 
discussed  the  factors  of  profit  in  farming  in  the  light  of  certain  farm 
management  investigations  in  New  York. 

The  work  of  this  week  showed  how  great  has  been  the  advance  in 
recent  years  in  the  collection  and  consideration  of  definite  data  on 
marketing  and  other  economic  problems  in  agriculture  in  the  United 
States,  as  well  as  the  rapid  progress  in  the  establishment  of  state 
and  federal  agencies  for  the  study  of  these  problems  and  the  giving 
of  assistance  in  their  practical  solution. 

In  the  fourth  week.  Prof.  H.  C.  Taylor,  of  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin, under  the  head  of  Land  Problems,  discussed  the  social  and 
economic  factors  determining  the  types  of  farming  and  the  proper 
degree  of  intensity  of  culture  in  agricultural  production,  the  helps 
and  hindrances  to  land  ownership,  tlie  forms  of  land  tenure,  land 
values,  capitalization,  and  amortization. 

President  Butterfield  summarized  in  three  lectures  important  re- 
sults of  his  studies  on  organization  as  a  condition  of  rural  social 
growth.  He  defined  rural  organization  as  the  systematic  and  pro- 
gressive assembling  of  all  those  forces  and  agencies  wdiich  make  for 
the  sound  development  of  the  business  and  life  of  rural  people  and 
for  the  adjustment  of  their  highest  welfare  to  the  common  good. 
Great  stress  w,as  laid  on  the  proper  organization  of  the  local  rural 
community  as  a  basis  for  organization  in  the  broad  units.  In  this 
connection  he  said: 


191G]  EDITORIAL.  409 

"  The  local  community  becomes  both  the  beginning  and  the  end  of 
social  effort ;  the  beginning  because  it  is  the  most  efficient  method  of 
correlation ;  the  end  because  if  you  have  a  true  rural  democracy  in  a 
multitude  of  these  small  neighborhood  units — that  is,  a  multitude  of 
groups  of  farmers,  each  group  of  which  is  reasonably  prosperous, 
fairly  free,  and  socially  alive,  then  you  have  a  national  rural  democ- 
racy, and  you  can  not  get  it  in  any  other  wa}'^,  because  there  is  no 
such  thing  as  a  democracy  made  up  of  isolated  individuals.  The  very 
essence  of  democracy  is  cooperation.  But  this  cooperation  is  prac- 
ticable only  in  small  groups,  not  in  the  mass.  In  developing  this 
community  we  shall  need  to  define  the  community,  to  make  a  com- 
munity study,  to  have  a  community  plan,  to  have  a  community  coun- 
cil or  committee,  to  establish  a  community  conference,  and  to  have  a 
physical  community  center. 

"  In  the  same  fashion  the  State  should  be  organized  on  behalf  of 
rural  improvement  and  adjustment.  Without  going  into  detail,  this 
may  be  illustrated  by  two  things  that  have  been  done  in  Massachu- 
setts. The  first  was  the  organization  of  the  Massachusetts  agricul- 
tural development  committee,  which  for  a  year  has  been  working 
on  the  following  task,  not  yet  completed:  (1)  Outlining  methods  and 
plans  for  a  study  and  mapping  of  the  agricultural  resources  of  the 
State;  (2)  outlining  a  plan  for  the  development  of  agriculture  and 
country  life  of  the  commonwealth;  and  (3)  recommending  the  form 
of  organization  and  work  for  different  agencies  interested  in  rural 
life  and  the  best  way  of  correlating  their  activities.  Massachusetts 
has  also  a  State  federation  for  rural  progress  which  attempts  to  serve 
as  a  sort  of  clearinghouse  for  all  the  different  institutions  of  the 
State.     Obviously  these  two  agencies  need  correlation. 

"In  a  broad  sense  (1)  the  goal  of  rural  endeavor  is  to  build  an 
adequate  rural  civilization  based  on  the  interests  both  of  the  farming 
class  (and  the  individuals  who  compose  it)  and  of  society  as  a  whole; 
(2)  the  condition  which  most  completely  governs  the  rural  social 
growth  implied  in  achieving  this  sort  of  rural  civilization  is  con- 
tained in  the  idea  of  organization,  or  the  correlation  of  those  forces 
and  agencies  on  which  we  must  mainly  rely  for  improvement  and 
adjustment;  and  (3)  the  practice  of  rural  organization  involves  the 
utmost  efficiency  in  each  rural  agency,  the  carrying  out  of  definite 
plans  or  projects  of  improvement  looking  toward  definite  industrial 
and  social  ends,  and  the  unifying  of  rural  forces  and  agencies  within 
certain  geographical  areas,  notably  in  the  local  community  and  in 
each  State  as  a  whole." 

Dr.  Ernest  Burnham,  of  the  Normal  School  of  Kalamazoo,  Michi- 
gan, considered  in  two  lectures  the  creative  relation  of  leadership 
to  rural  organization.  He  defined  the  object  of  leadership  to  be  the 
begetting,  or  discovery,  of  a  dynamic  sense  of  progress  in  individuals 
and  institutions  and  the  constant  revivification  of  this  sense  in  action. 


410  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

At  the  seminars,  Mr.  C.  W.  Thompson,  of  the  Office  of  Markets  and 
Rural  Organization,  introduced  the  discussion  of  the  community 
survey  and  the  community  chib.  Prof.  John  Phehm,  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts College,  spoke  on  the  human  element  in  rural  improvement, 
and  Dr.  L.  H.  Bailey  gave  addresses  on  the  characteristics  and  func- 
tions of  the  editor  and  the  coming  range  in  the  work  of  the  agricul- 
tural college.  Dr.  Bailey  laid  great  emphasis  on  the  need  of 
thoroughly  trained,  competent,  and  academically  free  teachers  and 
investigators,  and  deprecated  what  he  considers  the  present  tend- 
ency to  impose  too  formal  and  binding  requirements  on  college 
and  station  officers  as  exemplified  in  certain  forms  of  so-called 
"  projects."  Several  members  of  the  Massachusetts  College  also  took 
part  in  the  seminars  of  this  week.  At  the  closing  evening  conference. 
Prof.  E.  L.  Morgan  spoke  on  a  Massachusetts  achievement  in  rural 
improvement,  summing  up  what  has  been  clone  in  that  State  in  a 
practical  way  in  effecting  local,  county,  and  State  organization  for 
the  advancement  of  agriculture  and  country  life. 

The  Graduate  School  thus  presented  a  well-rounded  course,  start- 
ing with  the  question  of  the  origin  of  living  from  nonliving  matter 
and  dealing  in  order  with  the  chemistry,  physics,  and  biology  of  the 
soil;  the  growth  relations  of  plants  and  animals;  the  economic  factors 
of  production,  distribution,  and  marketing  of  farm  products;  and 
finally,  with  the  potentialities  and  possibilities  of  life  in  the  open 
country.  The  course  recognized  and  emphasized  the  importance  and 
significance  of  thinking  out  rural  life  problems  "  from  the  soil  to  the 
soul."  The  fundamental  principles  of  common  interest  to  all  students 
of  scientific  agriculture  were  emphasized  rather  than  economic  appli- 
cations in  specialized  lines  of  industry,  no  attempt  being  made  to  deal 
with  any  special  line  in  a  complete  way.  The  course  was  especially 
suggestive  to  investigators  and  should  have  been  helpful  to  those 
entering  upon  the  work  of  investigation.  Emphasis  was  constantly 
placed,  directly  or  by  inference,  upon  the  importance  of  dealing  with 
agricultural  problems  at  first  hand  and  of  having  accurate,  live,  first- 
hand information  for  this  purpose.  This  was  most  strikingly  illus- 
trated in  the  case  of  the  discussion  of  questions  of  rural  economics 
and  sociology. 

As  regards  the  amount  and  high  character  of  the  work  done,  this 
session  of  the  Graduate  School  was  fully  as  important  and  successful 
as  any  which  have  preceded  it.  The  local  arrangements  for  the 
school  were  very  good,  and  the  courses  of  instruction  were  loyally 
supported  and  largely  attended  by  the  relatively  large  force  now 
employed  by  the  Massachusetts  College.  The  attendance  from  out- 
side, however,  while  representing  all  sections  of  the  United  States, 
was  disappointingly  small  in  the  aggregate. 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  411 

It  is  evident  that  the  causes  which  have  operated  to  keep  down  the 
attendance  at  other  recent  sessions  have  increased  in  influence  and 
were  not  overcome  by  unusually  active  measures  to  advertise  the 
school  this  year.  Among  these  hindrances,  the  most  potent  seem  to 
be  the  great  increase  of  summer  work  and  other  burdens  on  members 
of  the  college  faculties,  the  opening  up  of  greater  opportunities  for 
regular  graduate  work  in  agriculture  at  numerous  institutions,  and 
the  inability  of  the  Association's  Graduate  School,  under  present 
conditions,  to  give  credit  for  the  work  done  there  which  might  be 
used  elsewhere  as  part  of  the  requirements  for  advanaced  degrees. 

The  future  status  of  this  Graduate  School,  therefore,  needs  very 
careful  consideration  by  the  association  and  its  constituent  institu- 
tions when  the  question  of  the  next  session  is  taken  up. 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE 


AGRICULTUEAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Eiochemical  changes  in  cotton  seed  in  storage,  J.  B.  Rather  (Arkansas 
Sta.  Bui.  125  (1916),  pp.  3-18). — Studies  are  reported  of  the  changes  in  stored 
cotton  seed  with  reference  to  the  loss  of  vitality  and  the  availability  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  cotton-seed-oil  mill  and  the  live-stock  feeder. 

The  fat  in  ground  cotton-seed  was  found  to  hydrolyze  rapidly  into  fatty  acids. 
This  hydrolysis  may  amount  to  85  per  cent  of  the  fat  in  three  weeks. 

In  cotton-seed  from  seed  cotton  gathered  dry  and  stored  for  three  weeks  in 
a  common  farm  cotton  house  and  in  a  cotton-oil  mill  seed  house  in  lots  of  4,500 
and  7,500  lbs.,  respectively,  no  appreciable  changes  except  a  reduction  in  the 
moisture  content  occurred.  Dry  cotton  seed  stored  in  a  common  farmhouse  in  a 
3,000-lb.  lot  in  a  pile  12  by  12  by  4  ft.  did  not  deteriorate  during  the  period  of 
oil-mill  operation.  A  slight  loss  of  moisture  in  the  samples  caused  correspond- 
ingly small  increases  in  the  percentage  of  protein  and  fat.  The  free  fatty  acids 
in  the  fat  and  the  total  acidity  of  this  seed  did  not  increase  to  any  significant 
extent.  Cotton  seed  stored  in  an  oil-mill  seed  house  in  a  5,000-lb.  lot  in  a 
pile  12  by  12  by  6  ft.,  dried  out  in  storage  and  then  heated.  During  heating 
the  free  fatty  acids  in  the  fat  increased  from  2.26  to  11.89  per  cent,  and  the 
total  acidity  from  28  cc.  of  normal  alkali  per  kilogram  of  seed  to  91  cc.  A  slight 
protein  hydrolysis  was  observed. 

The  free  fatty  acids  in  the  fat  of  samples  of  fresh  cotton  seed  at  the  time  of 
picking  was  less  than  2  per  cent  of  the  fat,  and  the  total  acidity  of  the  seed  was 
about  26  cc.  of  normal  alkali  per  kilogram  of  seed.  It  is  deemed  probable 
that  the  increase  in  the  free  fatty  acids  and  in  acidity  is  due  to  heating  and 
not  to  aging  of  the  seed.  Cotton  seed  stored  in  lots  of  1,000  lbs.  did  not  de- 
teriorate in  storage. 

It  is  indicated  that  in  extreme  cases  of  heating  the  carbohydrates,  fats,  and 
proteins  of  the  stored  seed  are  attacked,  and  analytical  data  submitted  show 
that  the  hydrolysis  of  the  fat  may  reach  70  per  cent  and  that  of  the  protein  35 
per  cent.  When  cotton  seed  heats  the  fats  decompose  the  most  readily,  and  it 
was  observed  that  this  msiy  take  place  to  a  considerable  extent  before  the  otlier 
constituents  begin  to  undergo  change.  The  acidity  of  fresh  cotton  seed  is  re- 
garded as  due  only  partially  to  fatty  acids  from  the  fat,  but  it  is  pointed  out 
that  in  heated  seed  the  content  of  free  fatty  acids  is  as  great  as,  or  greater 
than,  is  necessary  to  account  for  the  total  acidity.  It  is  concluded  that  unless 
cotton  seed  heats  badly  the  meal  made  from  it  will  be  as  valuable  for  feeding 
as  meal  made  from  unheated  seed,  but  that  the  oil  from  even  slightly  heated 
cotton  seed  is  worth  considerably  less  than  oil  from  fresh  seed. 

Note  on  American  charlock  oil,  H.  S.  Bailey  and  L.  B.  Burnett  (Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  C'hem.,  8  (1916),  No.  5,  p.  Jf29). — The  authors  report  the 
physical  and  chemical  constants  of  the  expressed  oil,  the  ether  extract,  and  the 
petroleum  ether  extract  obtained  from  pure  charlock  (Brassica  arvensis)  seed. 
It  is  indicated  that  the  oil  can  be  used  in  soap  making  and  possibly  in  cheap 
paints.  Its  value  for  food  purposes  has  not  been  investigated. 
412 


[Vol.  35, 1916]     AGRICULTUEAL   CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  413 

Ceanothus  velutinus  (snow  brush)  as  a  source  of  wax  and  tannin,  C.  C. 
ScALioNE  and  H.  S.  Blakemore  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  ^II-J/IS,  figs.  2). — C.  velutinus  was  found  to  contain  7.3  per  cent  wax  and 
17.3  per  cent  of  tannins.  The  wax  was  largely  composed  of  free  hydrocarbons 
and  free  cerotic  acid,  together  with  palmitic  and  stearic  acids  in  combination 
with  ceryl  and  myricyl  alcohols.  A  trace  of  glycerids  was  also  indicated.  The 
tannin  was  of  the  catecholic  variety.  Tanning  tests  have  indicated  that  a  suit- 
able extract  can  be  prepared  from  the  leaves. 

Cyanogenesis  in  plants.  Studies  on  Tridens  flavus  (tall  red  top),  A. 
ViEHOEVER,  C.  O.  Johns,  and  C.  L.  Alsberg  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  141-150). — The  presence  of  hydrocyanic  acid  in  the  common  grass  T.  flavus, 
has  been  confirmed.  Considerable  quantities  were  present  in  the  plants  col- 
lected in  August,  while  only  a  trace  was  found  in  the  plants  collected  in  Sep- 
tember and  none  in  the  October  plants.  The  maximum  amount  of  acid  was 
found  in  the  inflorescence  tops,  with  only  a  trace  in  the  roots  and  none  in  the 
seeds. 

No  free  hydrocyanic  acid  was  obtained  by  direct  distillation  with  steam. 
Pi-evious  maceration  with  water  resulted  in  a  loss  of  acid.  When  tartaric  acid 
was  present  during  the  maceration  of  the  plant  all  of  the  cyanid  was 
recovered.  In  the  presence  of  sodium  hydroxid  the  loss  of  added  cyanid  was 
complete.  This  loss  during  maceration  is  deemed  to  be  probably  due  to  a 
chemical  reaction. 

The  presence  of  an  amygdalin-hydrolyzing  enzym  in  T.  flavus  was  also  estab- 
lished. 

The  separation  of  autogenous  and  added  hydrocyanic  acid  from  certain 
plant  tissues  and  its  disappearance  during  raaceration,  C.  L.  Ajlsberg  and 
O,  F,  Black  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  133-1^0) .—It  has  been 
shown  that  "the  leavfes  of  Primus  virginiana  must  be  distilled  with  acid  four 
hours  before  all  of  the  hydrocyanic  gas  is  liberated,  whereas  in  Andropogon 
and  Panicularia  less  than  one  hour  is  sufficient  to  liberate  all  hydrocyanic  acid 
present." 

When  plant  tissues  which  contain  hydrocyanic  acid,  or  to  which  cyanid  has 
been  added,  are  macerated  a  certain  portion  of  the  hydrocyanic  acid  is  con- 
verted into  such  form  as  not  to  be  recoverable  by  distillation  with  sulphuric 
acid.  This  is  not  due  to  the  action  of  enzyms  or  to  the  presence  of  glucose. 
It  is  indicated  that  in  determining  the  hydrocyanic  acid  in  plants  several 
methods  in  corroboration  of  one  another  should  be  used. 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants. — I,  The  function  of  maltase  in 
starch  degradation  and  its  influence  on  the  amyloclastic  activity  of  plant 
materials,  W.  A.  Davis  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  31-48,  figs.  2).— 
It  is  indicated  that  maltase  is  probably  present  in  all  plants  in  which  starch 
degradation  occurs.  The  facts  that  the  enzym  is  endocellular  and  therefore 
not  easily  extracted  and  is  also  imstable  account  for  the  failure  of  earlier 
workers  to  detect  the  presence  of  the  enzym  generally.  The  action  of  the 
enzym  is  greatly  inhibited  or  even  destroyed  at  temperatures  above  50°  C.  and 
is  destroyed  by  ordinary  alcohol  or  chloroform. 

Maltase  occurs  in  considerable  quantities  in  germinated  and  ungerminated 
cereals,  and  is  probably  localized  mainly  in  the  aleurone  layer  of  the  endosperm. 
If  the  kilning  has  been  at  a  temperature  sufnciently  low  not  to  destroy  the 
enzym  it  may  be  present  in  malt.  Its  presence  in  malt  or  malt  diastases  would 
explain  the  formation  of  glucose  from  starch,  which  has  previously  been 
attributed  to  other  causes.  Maltase  of  plants  does  not  act  directly  on  starch 
or  dextrins,  but  only  on  maltose  which  has  been  formed  by  diastatic  enzyms. 


414  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  direct  cleavage  of  glucose  from  starch  never  occurs.  The  action  of  the 
enzyms  of  germinated  barley  on  starch  is  very  similar  to  that  of  taka-diatase, 
the  latter,  hovv^ever,  being  richer  than  the  barley  in  maltose-forming  enzyms, 
so  that  the  dextrin  stage  is  passed  through  more  rapidly.  In  either  case  the 
glucose  is  formed  by  the  action  of  maltase  on  maltose.  .  In  determining  the 
diastatic  activity  of  plant  material  in  preparations  such  as  taka-diatase  and 
pancreatins  the  presence  of  maltase  should  be  taken  into  account. 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants. — II,  The  presence  of  maltase  in 
foliag'e  leaves,  A.  J.  Daish  (Biochem.  Jour.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  Jt9-55). — The 
presence  of  maltase  in  the  leaves  of  Tropseolum,  potato,  dahlia,  turnip,  sun- 
flower, and  mangold,  whether  picked  at  night  or  in  the  daytime,  has  been 
demonstrated  by  the  production  of  reducing  sugars  through  the  action  of 
macerated  leaves  on  soluble  or  gelatinized  starch.  In  the  presence  of  an  excess 
of  starch  the  conversion  is  generally  incomplete.  Under  these  conditions  the 
action  of  the  endocellular  maltase  is  limited  because  of  its  low  solubility  and 
power  of  diffusion.  On  this  account  maltose  is  nearly  always  found  among  the 
products. 

The  distribution  of  maltase  in  plants.— Ill,  The  presence  of  maltase  in 
g'erminated  barley,  A.  J.  Daish  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  56-76, 
fig.  i).— The  presence  of  maltase  which  hydrolyzed  maltose  to  glucose  in  air- 
dried  germinated  barley  was  demonstrated  by  allowing  the  finely  powdered 
grains  to  act  on  starch  or  maltose  at  38°  C.  The  action  on  starch  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  taka-diastase,  which  contains  maltase  in  addition  to  the 
ordinary  diastatic  enzyms. 

The  action  on  germinated  barley  probably  takes  place  in  the  following  series 
of  stages:  Starch— ^soluble  starch-^dextrins^maltose — >glucose. 

The  self-digestion  of  the  barley  starch  is  largely  inhibited  during  the  process 
of  digestion  of  added  starch  until  the  greater  part  of  the  latter  is  converted 
into  glucose.  A  correction  for  the  enzymic  material  used,  therefore,  can  not  be 
applied  by  carrying  out  a  control  in  the  presence  of  water  alone. 

In  the  digestion  of  gelatinized  starch  by  germinated  barley  dextrin,  maltose, 
and  glucose  are  found  even  after  prolonged  periods.  The  glucose  steadily  in- 
creases, however,  in  amount  during  the  whole  period  of  digestion,  with  a 
consequent  decrease  of  the  other  saccharids. 

Observations  on  beet  and  potato  tyrosinase,  M.  Gonneemann  (Chem.  Ztg., 
40  (1916),  No.  16-17,  pp.  127,  i28).— The  author  has  demonstrated  that  the 
tyrosinase  prepared  from  the  potato  pos.sesses  agglutinating  properties  which 
are  specific  for  sheep  corpuscles.  The  tyrosinase  from  beet  juice  possessed  no 
agglutinating  property  but  was  hemolytic.  This  latter  property  is  attributed 
to  the  presence  of  saponins  which  are  so  combined  with  the  enzym  as  to 
make  their  complete  separation  impossible.  The  presence  of  the  saponin  was 
established  by  confirmatory  tests.  The  potato  tyrosinase  used  was  a  glycerin 
extract  14  years  old  but  as  active  as  a  fresh  preparation. 

The  enzyms  of  cacao,  H.  C.  Beill  (Philippine  Jour.  Sci.,  Sect.  A,  10  (1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  123-133). — "The  pulp  surrounding  the  cacao  bean  contains  a  greater 
number  of  enzyms  than  the  fre.sh  bean  itself.  The  pulp  shows  activity  for  the 
enzyms  casease,  protease,  oxidase,  raflinase,  and  invertase.  The  fresh  bean 
gave  reactions  for  casease  and  raffinase,  and  very  strong  reactions  for  oxidase. 
The  fermented  bean  reacted  for  casease,  protease,  oxidase,  diastase,  raffinase, 
and  invertase." 

Protease  and  invertase  were  present  in  the  fermented  bean  as  well  as  in  the 
pulp,  but  were  absent  in  the  fresh  bean.  It  is  indicated  that  these  enzyms  must 
have  penetrated  the  membrane  surrounding  the  bean  during  fermentation. 
Diastase  was  also  present  in  the  fermenting  bean,  which  was  probably  devel- 


191G]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  415 

oped  in  the  bean  during  the  process  of  fermentation.  It  is  concluded  that 
"  the  presence  of  these  enzyms  undoubtedly  influences  the  character  of  the 
fermentation  and  that  temperature  control  during  fermentation  is  necessary  in 
order  that  they  may  not  be  destroyed." 

Standard  methods  of  sampling-  and  analysis  and  standard  samples,  W.  F. 
HiLLEBRAND  (Jour.  ludus.  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  466-469). — 
This  aricle  reviews  the  subject  in  brief  and  gives  the  standard  methods  recog- 
nized by  courts  of  law  in  the  United  States,  the  methods  not  having  legal 
recognition  but  approved  by  scientific  or  technical  organizations,  and  the  meth- 
ods in  use  in  laboratories  of  certain  industrial  establishments. 

A  diagram  for  the  calibration  of  volumetric  apparatus  and  the  reduction 
of  the  volumes  of  liquids  to  a  standard  temperature  of  20°  C,  H.  C.  Deming 
{Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  451-453,  figs.  3). — This 
article  describes  in  detail  the  construction  and  use  of  the  diagram  which  the 
author  has  devised  for  the  rapid  calibration  of  volumetric  apparatus  and  the 
reduction  of  volumes  of  liquids  to  standard  temperatures. 

The  admissibility  of  ammonium-mag'nesium  phosphate  as  a  form  in  "which 
to  weigh  phosphoric  acid,  W.  Jones  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
87-91). — Analytical  data  submitted  indicate  that  in  the  quantitative  determi- 
nation of  phosphoric  acid  the  conversion  of  ammonium-magnesium  phosphate 
into  magnesium  pyrophosphate  is  superfluous,  since  accurate  and  concordant 
results  can  be  obtained  by  direct  weighing  of  the  crystalline  precipitate.  When 
dry  the  ammonium-magnesium  phosphate  can  be  easily  and  completely  removed 
from  the  filter  paper. 

Estimation  of  carbon  dioxid  as  barium  carbonate  applied  to  the  Marr 
method  for  determination  of  carbonates  in  soil,  C.  J.  Schollenberger  (Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  427,  428). — Experimental  data 
obtained  at  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station  from  a  series  of  six  soils  by  boiling 
with  1 :  10  hydrochloric  acid  at  atmospheric  pressure  and  by  several  modifica- 
tions of  the  Marr  method  (E.  S.  R.,  22,  p.  511)  are  submitted. 

A  comparison  of  the  permanganate  methods  for  the  determination  of 
required  oxygen,  J.  H.  Sachs  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  404-4O6). — Analytical  data  obtained  from  a  study  of  the  various  modifica- 
tions for  the  determination  of  required  oxygen  in  water  are  submitted.  The 
method  described  by  Thresh  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  506)  of  titrating  in  an  acid  medium 
after  incubating  at  37°  C.  is  considered  to  be  the  best. 

The  analysis  of  proteins. — I,  The  estimation  of  arginin  by  decomposition 
with  alkali,  R.  H.  A.  Plimmer  (Biorhem.  Jour.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  115- 
119). — Experimental  data  indicate  that  arginin  can  be  accurately  estimated  by 
boiling  with  20  per  cent  sodium  hydroxid  instead  of  50  per  cent,  as  originally 
recommended  by  Van  Slyke  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  22).  The  loss  of  determinations 
through  the  action  of  the  alkali  on  the  glass  is  thus  avoided.  Copper  flasks 
were  not  found  satisfactory,  especially  in  the  presence  of  histidin,  as  under 
these  conditions  the  histidin  undergoes  considerable  decomposition.  Boiling  in 
a  glass  flask  causes  a  slight  decomposition  of  histidin,  but  the  error  is  practi- 
cally negligible.  It  has  been  found  to  be  more  convenient  to  add  an  equal 
volume  of  40  per  cent  NaOH  than  to  weigh  the  correct  amount  of  solid  reagent. 
By  using  a  solution  of  alkali  a  larger  volume  of  liquid  is  contained  in  the 
flask,  which  obviates  the  subsequent  distillation  after  the  reaction  is  complete, 
as  is  necessary  in  the  original  procedure. 

For  the  determination  of  the  total  nitrogen  of  the  bases  it  is  recommended 
to  use  a  fresh  portion  of  the  solution  of  the  bases  rather  than  the  residue 
from  the  arginin  estimation,  on  account  of  the  unavoidable  bumping  and  con- 
sequent loss  of  nitrogen. 


416  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  S5 

The  recovery  of  copper  sulphate  from  the  filtrates  in  sugar  determinations 
by  using  Fehling's  solution,  Krumhaab  {Chem.  Ztg.,  40  {1916),  No.  2^,  p. 
174). — The  following  procedure  is  recommended: 

The  clear  filtrate  is  sufficiently  heated  on  the  water  bath  and  enough  sugar 
solution  added  to  reduce  the  copper.  The  precipitated  cuprous  oxid  is  washed 
several  times  by  decantation,  filtered  on  a  porcelain  filter,  and  washed  free  from 
alkali.  It  is  then  treated  in  a  beaker  with  200  cc.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric 
acid,  heated  on  the  water  bath,  and  the  copper  oxidized  by  the  repeated  addi- 
tions of  small  amounts  of  hydrogen  peroxid.  The  cupric  chlorid  solution  thus 
formed  is  evaporated  nearly  to  dryness,  an  excess  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
added,  and  the  hydrochloric  acid  expelled  by  repeated  evaporations  to  dryness 
and  re-solution  in  water.  Finally,  the  concentrated  solution  of  copper  sulphate 
is  filtered  and  poured  into  about  three  volumes  of  96  per  cent  alcohol.  A  pure, 
fine  crystalline  salt  is  obtained  which  is  filtered  on  a  Buchner  funnel  and 
washed  with  alcohol. 

The  estimation  of  reducing  sugars  by  Kendall's  solution  and  the  con- 
struction of  a  table  indicating  the  reducing  power  of  levulose,  Edith  G.  Wil- 
son and  W.  11.  G.  Atkins  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  137-141). — 
The  authors  have  found  Kendall's  procedure,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28, 
p.  Ill),  for  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars  to  be  very  satisfactory.  The 
copper  oxid  is  not,  however,  determined  by  the  iodimetric  method,  as  origi- 
nally recommended,  but  by  conversion  of  the  cuprous  into  cupric  oxid.  The 
presence  of  citric  acid  interferes  seriously  with  the  accuracy  of  the  method. 

A  table  for  converting  milligrams  of  cupric  oxid  to  milligrams  of  levulose 
is  included. 

The  analysis  of  maple  products. — VIII.  The  application  of  the  conduc- 
tivity and  volumetric  lead  subacetate  tests  to  maple  sugar,  J.  F.  Snell  and 
G.  J.  Van  Zokeen  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem,.,  8  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  421, 
422). — It  has  been  demonstrated  that  "pure  maple  sugars  converted  into  sirups 
give  conductivity  values  and  volumetric  lead  numbers  within  the  limits  found 
in  genuine  maple  sirups." 

See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  206). 

Solubility  data  for  various  salts  of  lauric,  myristic,  palmitic,  and  stearic 
acids,  C.  A.  Jacobson  and  A.  Holmes  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  29-53). — Tabular  data  as  to  the  solubility  of  the  lithium,  magnesium, 
beryllium,  barium,  lead,  and  silver  salts  of  lauric,  myristic,  palmitic,  and 
stearic  acids  are  submitted  in  detail.  The  data  include  solubility  figures  in 
two  or  more  of  the  following  solvents:  Water,  ethyl  and  methyl  alcohol,  ethyl 
ether,  benzene,  ethyl  acetate,  methyl  acetate,  amyl  alcohol,  amyl  acetate,  chlo- 
roform, and  acetone,  at  room  temperature,  25,  35,  and  50°  C.  wherever  the 
boiling  point  of  the  solvent  permitted.  The  preparation  of  the  salts,  together 
with  the  methods  used  for  determining  the  solubility,  is  also  described. 

The  data  indicate  that  the  solubility  of  all  the  salts  of  the  four  fatty  acids 
in  the  various  solvents  tried  is  very  slight.  Considerable  differences  are  found, 
however,  not  only  among  the  several  salts  in  the  same  solvent  but  also  for  the 
same  salt  in  the  different  solvents.  Methyl  alcohol  was  found  to  be  the  best 
general  solvent  for  these  salts. 

These  data  were  obtained  in  connection  with  work  on  the  constituents  of 
alfalfa-.seed  oil,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  710). 

The  separation  of  lauric  and  myristic  acids  from  each  other  and  from 
mixtures  of  other  fatty  acids,  C.  A.  .Jacobson  and  A.  Holmes  (Jour.  Biol. 
Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  55-61). —The  authors  describe  a  method  for  the 
separation  of  lauric  acid  when  present  in  a  mixture  of  myristic,  palmitic,  and 
stearic  acids,  and  also  a  method  for  the  separation  of  myristic  acid  from  a 


191G]  AGEICULTUKAL   CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  417 

mixture  of  lauric,  palmitic,  and  stearic  acids.  The  methods  are  based  on  the 
differences  of  solubility  of  the  lithium  and  magnesium  salts  of  the  acids  in 
water  and  50  per  cent  alcohol. 

Determination  of  tartaric  acid,  B.  G.  Habtmann,  J.  R.  Eoff,  and  M.  J. 
Ingle  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  422-425)  .—Atter 
preliminary  experiments  on  the  earlier  methods  for  the  determination  of  tar- 
taric acid,  the  authors  have  modified  the  method  of  Halenke  and  Moslinger  « 
and  describe  their  procedure  as  follows : 

For  wines  100  cc.  of  the  sample  is  neutralized  with  sodium  hydroxid,  and  to 
the  neutralized  wine  is  added  a  molecular  equivalent  in  grams  of  powdered 
tartaric  acid  corresponding  to  the  amount  of  alkali  required  for  neutraliza- 
tion. After  complete  solution  of  the  tartaric  acid  2  cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid 
and  15  gm.  potassium  chlorid,  together  with  15  cc.  of  95  per  cent  alcohol,  are 
added.  The  mixture  is  well  stirred  until  precipitation  has  started  and  allowed 
to  stand  overnight  at  a  temperature  not  above  15°  C.  The  solution  is  then 
filtered  through  either  a  Gooch  crucible  prepared  with  filter  paper  pulp  or  a 
Buchner  funnel  fitted  with  hardened  filter  paper,  using  gentle  suction.  The 
precipitate  is  washed  with  three  portions  of  7  cc.  each  of  a  solution  composed 
of  100  cc.  of  water,  15  gm.  of  potassium  chlorid,  and  20  cc.  of  95  per  cent  alcohol. 
The  precipitate  and  paper  are  transferred  to  the  original  beaker  with  50  cc.  of 
hot  water,  brought  to  the  boiling  point,  and  immediately  titrated  with  tenth- 
normal sodium  hydroxid,  using  phenolphthalein  as  indicator.  A  correction  of 
1.5  cc.  added  to  the  burette  reading  is  necessary  for  solubility.  This  corrected 
reading,  multiplied  by  0.015  and  subtracting  the  amount  of  tartaric  acid  added, 
is  the  total  tartaric  acid  in  the  wine  in  terms  of  grams  per  100  cc.  Rochelle 
salts  may  be  used  in  place  of  tartaric  acid. 

In  artificial  products  containing  free  phosphoric  acid  and  alcohol  satisfactory 
results  with  the  method  could  not  be  obtained.  The  results  were  consistently 
low,  due  to  the  formation  of  ester  in  the  presence  of  the  mineral  acid.  The 
amount  of  ester  was  found  to  increase  with  the  age  of  the  sample.  To  obviate 
this  source  of  error  5  cc.  of  normal  sodium  hydroxid  in  excess  of  that  required 
for  neutralization  was  added  to  50  cc.  of  the  solution  under  examination,  heated 
to  boiling,  and  allowed  to  stand  overnight.  The  determination  was  then  carried 
out  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  analysis  of  nonalcoholic  lemon  and  orang'e  extracts,  E.  L.  Redfebn 
(Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5,  p.  4^21). — After  some  prelimi- 
nary experiments  the  method  described  by  Howard  (E.  S.  R.,  20,  p.  113)  was 
found  to  be  satisfactory  and  to  yield  concordant  results. 

Some  qualitative  tests  for  gum  arable  and  its  quantitative  determination, 
C.  E.  Waters  and  J.  B.  Tuttle  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  413-416). — The  qualitative  tests  commonly  recommended  for  gum  arable 
are  briefly  reviewed.  The  most  characteristic  test  was  found  to  be  the  precipi- 
tate with  basic  lead  acetate.  Mixtures  of  copper  sulphate  and  sodium  hydroxid 
and  of  neutral  ferric  chlorid  and  alcohol  were  also  found  to  be  valuable  as 
confirmatory  tests. 

After  considerable  preliminary  experimentation  a  quantitative  procedure 
was  devised  and  is  described  in  detail. 

On  the  drying  of  sugar  beets  and  other  agricultural  products  and  by- 
products, A.  Gkogeb  {Arch.  Chem.  u.  Mikros.,  9  {1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  1-47). — 
This  article  discusses  the  subject  in  some  detail  and  indicates  the  economic 
importance  of  the  drying  of  agricultural  products.  Some  experimental  and 
statistical  data  are  included. 


"Ztschr.  Analyt.  Chem.,  34   (1895),  No.  3,  pp.  263-293. 


418  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Evaporation  of  apples,  J.  S.  Caldwell  (WasJiington  Sta.  Bui.  131  {1916), 
pp.  7-110,  figs.  24). — The  author  believes  that  under  Washington  conditions 
low-grade  apples  may  be  most  easily  and  profitably  utilized  by  the  construction 
of  evaporators. 

The  operation  of  small  evaporating  plants  is  not  deemed  profitable  and  is 
not  recommended.  An  evaporator  of  a  capacity  of  not  less  than  400  bu.  of 
apples  per  day  should  be  used  to  insure  a  safe  margin  of  profit. 

The  kiln  or  hop  drier,  the  tunnel  evaporator,  and  what  is  termed  the  Carson- 
Snyder  or  all-purpose  evaporator  are  recommended  as  adapted  for  use  under 
Washington  conditions.  The  kiln  drier  is  considered  slightly  the  cheapest, 
both  in  construction  and  operation,  and  gives  excellent  results  with  apples,  but 
is  not  well  adapted  to  the  drying  of  peaches,  berries,  or  prunes. 

The  construction,  equipment,  and  operation  of  the  three  types  of  evaporators 
recommended  is  described  in  detail.  Estimates  on  the  construction  and  opera- 
tion of  the  plants  are  also  submitted.  It  is  indicated  that  "  1  bu.  of  C  grade  or 
of  good  cull  apples  will  yield  6.75  to  7.5  lbs.  of  fruit  having  25  per  cent  moisture 
content,  the  exact  yield  varying  with  variety  as  well  as  with  size  and  quality 
of  fruit." 

The  total  cost  of  evaporation  will  also  vary  for  the  different  plants  described, 
but,  by  the  use  of  machinery  and  reducing  the  hand  labor  to  a  minimum,  will 
range  from  15  to  16.5  cts.  per  bushel. 

Apple  drying',  J.  Faekell  {Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  llf  {1916),  No.  4,  pp. 
196-211,  figs.  13). — These  pages  contain  a  general  discussion  of  the  subject  and 
a  description  of  the  method  and  apparatus  used  for  this  purpose  in  Victoria, 
Australia. 

Jelly  investigations,  W.  V.  Ckuess  and  J.  B.  McNaik  {Jour.  Indus,  and 
Engin.  Cliem.,  8  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  ^11-421). — The  authors  have  investigated  at 
the  California  Experiment  Station  (1)  the  suitability  of  various  fruits  and 
vegetables  for  jelly  making,  (2)  yields  of  jelly  from  various  fruits,  (3)  clari- 
fication of  jelly  stock,  (4)  loss  of  fresh  fruit  flavor  in  jelly  making  by  hydro- 
lysis and  evaporation  and  the  production  of  jellies  without  application  of 
heat,  and  (5)  effect  of  sugar  and  acid  concentrations  on  jelly. 

Grapes,  apples,  loganberries,  blackberries,  lemons,  and  pomelos  were  in  all 
cases  found  to  contain  sufficient  acid  and  pectin  to  give  satisfactory  jellies. 
Oranges  always  contained  enough  pectin,  but  were  often  low  in  acid.  When 
mixed  with  lemons  in  the  proper  proportion,  however,  they  yielded  satisfactory 
jellies.  Apricots  and  cherries  in  general  were  not  satisfactory  because  of  a 
deficiency  in  pectin.  Pomegranates  and  strawberries  did  not  contain  enough 
pectin,  although  the  acidity  was  sufficient.  Peaches,  pears,  and  huckleberries 
were  deficient  both  in  pectin  and  acid.  Figs  and  citron  melons  yielded  satis- 
factory products  when  acidified  with  citric  acid  or  lemon  juice. 

Laboratory  tests  indicated  a  maximum  yield  of  392  gal.  of  jelly  per  ton 
of  oranges  and  lemons  used  in  the  ratio  of  two  oranges  to  one  lemon.  From 
a  ton  of  loganberries  467  gal.  of  jelly  could  be  prepared. 

Casein  and  egg  albumin  were  unsatisfactory  as  clarifying  agents  for  the 
jelly.  Spanish  clay  in  from  10  to  20  per  cent  suspensions  followed  by  heating 
to  100°  C.  yielded  satisfactory  results. 

The  loss  of  fruit  flavor  in  jelly  making  was  found  to  be  due  to  decomposition 
by  heat  and  to  direct  loss  by  volatilization.  The  optimum  range  of  acidity  for 
the  production  of  satisfactory  jellies  was  found  to  be  between  0.5  and  1.5  per 
cent. 

To  prevent  spoilage  by  molds  and  yeasts  where  jellies  were  inoculated  with 
these  organisms  a  Brix  degree  of  65  was  found  necessary.     Jellies  which  re- 


1916]  METEOROLOGY.  419 

tallied  the  aroma  and  flavor  of  the  fresh  fruit  were  prepared  at  room  tem- 
perature by  adding  enough  sugar  to  the  juice  from  fruits  high  in  pectin  to 
increase  tlie  Brix  degree  to  65.  Loganberries  and  currants  were  especially- 
adapted  to  this  procedure. 

Jellies,  preserves,  and  marmalades,  Agnes  E.  Hakkis  (Fla.  State  Col.  for 
Women  Ext.  Bui.  6  (1916),  pp.  28,  figs.  2).— This  bulletin  includes  suggestions 
and  recipes  for  the  preparation  of  jellies,  marmalades,  and  preserves. 

Preserving  at  home,  Emily  Riesenberg  (Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co., 
1916,  pp.  32). — This  small  volume  briefly  discusses  the  principle  of  canning  and 
preserving  fruit,  molds  and  molding,  sterilization,  selection  of  fruit,  fruit  jars 
and  glasses,  utensils  for  preserving,  preparing  fruit  for  all  kinds  of  preserving, 
sealing  and  storing  fruits,  and  keeping  fruit  clear,  and  gives  recipes  for  canning 
fruit  and  vegetables  and  preparing  jam  and  preserves,  jellies  and  marmalades, 
sweet  pickled  fruits,  beverages,  homemade  pickles,  and  condiments. 

Proceedings  of  the  thirty-first  annual  convention  of  the  Association  of 
Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  1914  (Jour.  Assoc.  Off.  Agr.  Cheni.,  1  (1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  IV +3.53-529;  1  (1916),  No.  4,  pt.  1,  pp.  531-599;  2  (1916),  No.  1,  pt.  1, 
pp.  91). — This  is  a  detailed  report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  convention  held 
at  Washington,  D.  C,  November  16-18,  1914,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32, 
p.  294). 

METEOROLOaY. 

Monthly  Weather  Review  (U.  8.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  44  (1916),  Nos.  3,  pp. 
111-175,  pis.  21,  figs.  16;  4,  pp.  177-242,  pis.  10,  figs.  12).— In  addition  to 
weather  forecasts,  river  and  flood  observations,  and  seismological  reports  for 
March  and  April,  1916 ;  lists  of  additions  to  the  Weather  Bureau  Library  and 
of  recent  papers  on  meteorology  and  seismology ;  notes  on  the  weather  of  the 
months ;  solar  and  sky  radiation  measurements  at  Washington,  D.  C,  during 
March  and  April,  1916 ;  condensed  climatological  summaries ;  and  the  usual 
climatological  tables  and  charts,  these  numbers  contain  the  following  articles : 

No.  3. — Convection  in  the  Upper  Regions  of  the  Sun's  Atmosphere,  by  F. 
Henroteau ;  Seesaw  of  Pressure,  Temperature,  and  Wind  Velocity  Between 
Weddell  Sea  and  Ross  Sea,  by  R.  C.  Mossmann ;  Atmospheric  Pollution  in 
English  and  Scottish  Towns,  by  J.  B.  C.  Kershaw  (see  p.  420)  ;  Atmospheric 
Pollution,  by  W.  P.  Wynne  (see  p.  420)  ;  Some  Problems  of  Atmospheric  Elec- 
tricity, by  G.  C.  Simpson;  Rainfall  Data  of  Berkeley,  Cal.  (illus. ),  by  W.  G. 
Reed  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  116)  ;  Distribution  of  Cyclonic  Precipitation,  by  T. 
Terada ;  On  Pressure-change  Charts  (illus.),  by  E.  H.  Bowie;  Fire  Weather 
Warnings,  by  H.  E.  Williams ;  River-stage  Forecasts  for  the  Arkansas  River, 
Dardanelle  to  Pine  Bluff,  Ark.  (illus.),  by  H.  W.  Smith;  Disappearance  of 
Snow  in  the  High  Sierra  Nevada  of  California,  by  A.  J.  Henry ;  Southern 
Appalachian  Earthquake  of  February  21,  1916  (illus.),  by  W.  J.  Humphreys; 
and  Observations  of  an  Earthquake  in  a  Telescope,  by  W.  P.  Hoge. 

No.  4. — Total  Radiation  Received  on  a  Horizontal  Surface  from  the  Sun 
and  Sky  at  Madison,  Wis.,  April,  1911,  to  March,  1916,  by  H.  H.  Kimball  and 
E.  R.  Miller;  Local  Circulation  of  the  Atmosphere  (illus.),  by  W.  H.  Dines; 
The  Planetary  System  of  Convection  (illus.),  by  W.  R.  Blair;  The  Average 
Internal  Curve  and  Its  Application  to  MeteorologicrJ  Phenomena  (illus.),  by 
W.  J.  Spillman,  H.  R.  Tolley,  and  W.  G.  Reed;  A  Correlation  Between  the 
Rainfall  of  North  and  South  America  (illus.),  by  H.  H.  Clayton;  Report  of 
the  Meteorological  Station  at  Berkeley,  Cal.,  1914  (illus.),  by  W.  G.  Reed; 
A  Centigrade  Thermometer  Scale  Preferred;  Marcellus  Hartley  Memorial 
Medal,  1916;   Use  of  "Indian   Summer"   in  1778?     Need  for   Pan  American 


420  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Meteorological  Cooperation;  Symons  Memorial  Medal.  1912;  Dates  of  Opening 
of  Navigation  through  Lake  Pepin,  1861-1916;  and  Snow  Surveys  in  City 
Creek  Canyon,  Utah,  1914-1916  (illus.),  by  A.  H.  Thiessen. 

Meteorological  observations  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  J.  E.  Ostrander,  D.  Potter,  and  J.  S.  Sims  (Massachusetts  8ta. 
Met.  Bills.  S29-330  {1916),  pp.  4  each). — Summaries  of  observations  at  Amherst, 
Mass.,  on  pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  precipitation,  wind,  sunshine,  cloudi- 
ness, and  casual  phenomena  during  May  and  June,  1916,  are  presented.  The 
data  are  briefly  discussed  in  general  notes  on  the  weather  of  each  month. 

[Amount  and  composition  of  rainfall  at  Georgetown,  Demerara,  1910— 
1914],  J.  B.  Harrison  {Rpt.  Dept.  Sci.  and  Agr.  Brit.  Guiana,  1914-15,  pp. 
38-40,  App.  I,  p.  6). — Monthly  and  annual  averages  of  the  amount  and  compo- 
sition (chlorin,  nitrogen  as  ammonia,  and  nitrogen  as  nitrates)  of  rainfall  are 
shown  for  25  years— 1S90-1915. 

"  In  round  figures  the  mean  annual  rainfall  during  the  25  years  .  .  .  was 
98  in.  The  average  rain  water  contained  per  liter  of  water  at  84°  F.  5.428  mg. 
of  chlorin,  0.0315  mg.  of  nitrogen  in  ammonia  salts,  and  0.0705  mg.  of  nitrogen 
in  nitrates.  During  the  25  years  the  monthly  ranges  of  variation  in  the  con- 
stituents of  the  rain  have  been  very  wide,  chlorin  ranging  from  1.77  to  42.552, 
nitrogen  in  ammonia  from  0  to  1.275,  and  nitrogen  in  nitrates  from  0  to  0.823 
mg.  per  liter  of  water  at  84°."  The  average  annual  rainfall  per  acre  during 
the  period  was  97,611  tons,  "  containing  chlorin  equivalent  to  203  lbs.  of  common 
salt  and  2.6  lbs.  of  combined  nitrogen  in  the  forms  of  nitrates  and  of  ammonia." 

Atmospheric  pollution,  W.  P.  Wynne  (Abs.  in  Rpt.  Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci., 
1915,  p.  388;  Nature  [London'],  96  (1915),  No.  2401,  pp.  442-444,  figs.  3;  Sci. 
Ahs.,  Sect.  A-Phys.,  19  {1916),  No.  218,  p.  55;  U.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  44  {1916), 
No.  3,  p.  114). — This  is  an  abstract  of  a  paper  read  at  the  Manchester  meeting 
of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1915,  based  upon 
monthly  results  of  chemical  examinations  of  rain  water  collected  at  four 
places  in  Shefliield.  The  records  cover  the  period  from  July,  1914,  to  June, 
1915.  The  results  show  certain  discrepancies  which  lead  to  the  conclusion 
"  that  the  method  of  measurement  usually  adopted  does  not  afford  a  reliable 
indication  of  the  real  degree  of  atmospheric  pollution,  and  that  better  results 
might  be  obtained  if  a  feasible  method  could  be  devised  for  drawing  air 
continuously  through  water  and  measuring  the  amount  of  the  impurities 
extracted  in  this  way." 

The  character  and  extent  of  atmospheric  pollution  in  English  and  Scotch 
towns,  J.  B.  C.  Kershaw  {Engineer  [London],  120  {1915),  No.  3125,  pp.  473- 
415,  figs.  2;  Metallurg.  and  Chem.  Engin.,  IS  {1915),  No.  16,  pp.  967-911,  figs.  6; 
abs.  in  Sci.  Abs.,  Sect.  A-Phys.,  19  {1916),  No.  211,  p.  6;  U.  S.  Mo.  Weather 
Rev.,  44  {1916),  No.  3,  p.  114)- — This  article  summarizes  and  discusses  the 
results  of  observations  on  atmospheric  pollution  in  ten  English  and  six  Scottish 
towns  during  the  winter  months,  October  to  March,  of  1914-15. 

It  is  shown  that  the  dust  fall  for  the  English  towns  during  the  six  months 
varied  from  532  tons  per  square  mile  for  Oldham  to  32  lbs.  per  square  mile 
for  Malvern.  The  dust  deposits  were  found  to  consist  chiefly  of  tar,  solid 
carbonaceous  particles,  and  ash,  the  relative  proportions  of  these  not  varying 
widely  in  the  different  towns.  In  the  Oldham  dust  the  proportions  were  1.5 
per  cent  of  tar,  29  of  carbonaceous  matter,  and  69  of  ash.  As  a  general  rule 
the  percentage  of  ash  has  been  found  to  be  highest  and  of  tar  and  soot  lowest 
in  manufacturing  districts.  The  observations  in  the  Scottish  towns  were  less 
complete  and  are  not  strictly  comparable  Muth  those  of  the  English  towns. 
It  is  claimed  that  Oldham  with  a  winter  soot-  and  dust-fall  at  the  rate  of 
1,064  tons  per  square  mile  per  annum  is  comparable  with  Pittsburgh,  which 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  421 

has  been  reported  to  have  an  average  fall  of  1,031  tons  per  square  mile  per 
annum. 

The  connection  between  sunlight,  pure  air,  and  health  is  discussed,  atten- 
tion being  called  especially  to  the  screening  effect  of  dust-polluted  air. 
Experiments  made  at  Manchester  are  cited  to  show  that  "  on  a  sunny  day 
no  less  than  12  per  cent  of  the  sunlight  is  cut  off  in  the  last  100  ft.  of  the 
atmosphere." 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  F — Meteorology  {Inter nat. 
Cat.  Sci.  Lit.,  13  (1916),  pp.  y///+jfS7).— "  The  literature  indexed  is  mainly 
that  of  1913,  but  includes  those  portions  of  the  literature  of  1901-1912  in 
regard  to  which  the  index  slips  were  received  by  the  Central  Bureau  too 
late  for  inclusion  in  the  previous  volumes."  The  sections  on  the  relation 
of  climate  to  agriculture,  forestry,  and  geogi'aphy  and  geology,  and  on 
phenology  contain  some  73  references  having  more  or  less  direct  bearing  upon 
agricultural  production. 

SOILS— FERTILIZERS. 

The  soil  and  its  cultivation,  P.  Diffloth  (Le  Sol  et  les  Labonrs.  Paris: 
J.  B.  Bailliere  and  Sous,  1916,  4-  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  512,  figs.  20//). — This 
is  the  fourth  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  this  book  (E.  S.  R.,  18,  p.  316). 
It  is  divided  into  four  main  parts,  as  follows :  Agrolog5%  soil  cultivation,  soil 
improvement,  and  reclamation  of  waste  soils. 

Soil  survey  of  Clay  County,  Georgia,  W.  G.  Smith  and  N.  M.  Kirk  (U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  19Vf,  pp-  46,  fig.  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Georgia  State  College  of 
Agriculture  and  issued  May  31,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  133,760 
acres  lying  within  the  Coastal  Plain  province  in  southwestern  Georgia.  The 
topography  is  generally  level  or  gently  rolling  with  deep,  narrow  valleys  along 
the  streams.  "  The  drainage  system  is  quite  complete,  reaching  into  every  part 
of  the  county,  although  the  streams  are  still  actively  cutting." 

"  The  soils  of  the  county  are  comprised  broadly  in  two  divisions  or  soil 
provinces,  (1)  the  Coastal  Plain  .soils,  or  soils  of  the  uplands,  and  (2)  the 
alluvial  soils,  consisting  of  (a)  the  stream  terrace  soils  and  (b)  stream  bottom 
soils.  The  Coastal  Plain  division  includes  unconsolidated  old  sedimentary 
materials — beds  of  gravel,  sand,  clay,  and  sandy  clay — and  still  older  (under- 
lying) beds  of  consolidated  material,  chiefly  limestone." 

Including  meadow  and  rough  gullied  land,  26  soil  types  of  13  series  are 
mapped,  of  which  the  Norfolk  fine  sand  is  the  most  extensive,  covering  21.4 
per  cent  of  the  area.  "There  are  no  soils  of  sufficient  extent  or  agricultural 
value  to  dominate  the  agriculture  of  the  region." 

Soil  survey  of  Turner  County,  Georgia,  E.  C.  Hx\ll  and  D.  D.  Long  {U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  28,  fig.  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Georgia  State  College  of 
Agriculture  and  issued  June  3,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  a  well-drained  area 
of  177,920  acres  in  south-central  Georgia,  the  topography  of  which  ranges 
from  undulating  to  rolling.  The  soils  of  the  county  belong  in  the  Coastal 
Plain  and  river  flood  plains  soil  provinces  and  are  of  sedimentary  and  alluvial 
origin.  Including  swamp,  12  soil  types  of  7  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the 
Tifton,  Norfolk,  and  Plummer  sandy  loams  occupy  31.3,  30.4,  and  17.6  per 
cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Winnebago  County  soils,  C.  G.  Hopkins,  J.  G.  Mosiek,  E.  Van  Alstine,  and 
F.  W.  Gareett  (Illinois  Sta.  Soil  Rpt.  12  (1916),  pp.  76,  pis.  2,  figs.  7).— This 
is  the  twelfth  of  the  Illinois  county  soil  reports. 


422  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Winnebago  County  is  located  in  northern  Illinois  in  the  lowan  and  pre-Iowan 
glaciations  and  is  covered  with  a  deposit  of  drift,  loess,  and  alluvial  material. 
The  soils  of  the  county  are  divided  as  follows:  (1)  Upland  prairie  soils,  rich  in 
organic  matter.  These  were  covered  originally  with  prairie  grasses,  the  par- 
tially decayed  roots  of  which  have  been  the  source  of  the  organic  matter;  (2) 
upland  timber  soils,  including  practically  all  of  the  upland  that  was  formerly 
covered  with  forests;  (3)  residual  soils,  including  stony  loam  and  rock  outcrop; 
(4)  terrace  soils,  which  include  bench  lands  or  .second  bottom  lands;  (5)  late 
swamp  and  bottom  land  soils,  which  include  the  overflow  lands  or  present  flood 
plains  along  the  streams  and  other  poorly  drained  lands."  Of  these  the  brown 
silt  loam  and  brown  sandy  loam  of  the  upland  prairie  soils  cover  21.35  and  19.1 
per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively,  while  the  yellow-gray  silt  loam  upland  timber 
soil  covers  16.13  per  cent.  "  The  most  significant  facts  revealed  by  the  investiga- 
tion of  the  AVinnebago  County  soils  are  the  lack  of  limestone  and  the  low  con- 
tent of  phosphorus,  or  nitrogen,  or  both,  in  the  most  common  prairie  and  timber 
types." 

Soil  survey  of  Webster  County,  Iowa,  J.  O.  Veatch  and  F.  B.  Howe  (C7.  S. 
Dept.  Ayr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  M,  fiO-  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Iowa  Experiment  Station 
and  issued  June  1,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  456,960  acres  in 
central  Iowa,  the  topography  of  which  is  level  to  very  gently  undulating  without 
marked  relief.  A  large  part  of  the  area  is  imperfectly  drained.  "  The  county 
lies  in  that  part  of  the  State  covered  by  the  last  great  ice  invasion  of  the 
Pleistocene  period." 

The  soils  are  mainly  of  glacial  origin  and  are  prevailingly  black.  Including 
peat  and  muck,  eleven  soil  types  of  six  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Fargo 
loam,  Carrington  loam,  and  Fargo  clay  loam  cover  46.6,  23,  and  22.1  per  cent  of 
the  area,,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Jefferson  Davis  County,  Mississippi,  T.  M.  Bushnell  and 
L.  V.  Davis  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils, 
1915,  pp.  27,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  State 
of  Mississippi  and  issued  June  8,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  259,840 
acres  in  southern  Mississippi  lying  entirely  within  the  Coastal  Plain.  "  The 
topography  is  prevailingly  rolling  but  seldom  too  steep  for  cultivation.  Drain- 
age is  well  established."  The  upland  soils  comprise  84  per  cent  of  the  area. 
Fifteen  soil  types  of  nine  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Ruston  fine  sandy 
loam  covers  52.3  per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Pettis  County,  Missouri,  H.  H.  Krusekopf  and  R.  F.  Rogeks 
(C7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  lOlJf,  pp.  ^1, 
fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Missouri  Experi- 
ment Station  and  issued  June  6,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  432,000 
acres  in  west-central  Missouri.  "  In  general,  the  topography  is  smooth  to  gently 
rolling,  with  rough  areas  in  the  limestone  region  in  the  northeastern  part  of 
the  county." 

The  soils  of  the  county  are  "  silt  loams,  containing  relatively  little  sand  or  clay. 
They  are  usually  mellow  or  are  easily  made  so  with  proper  treatment.  They 
are  well  drained  and  are  moderately  early  and  warm.  The  subsoils  are  uni- 
versally heavier  than  the  surface  material  which  makes  the  various  types 
generally  retentive  of  moisture.  As  in  most  prairie  regions,  the  soils  originally 
had  a  high  content  of  organic  matter,  but  continuous  cropping  has  reduced  this 
to  a  large  extent."  Including  rough  stony  land,  22  soil  types  of  14  series  are 
mapped,  of  wliich  the  Oswego  and  Summit  silt  loams  cover  24.9  and  20.8  per 
cent  of  the  area  respectively. 


19161  SOILS — FERTILIZEES.  423 

Soil  survey  of  Chautauqua  County,  New  York,  T.  M,  Moebison,  C.  C. 
Engle,  and  G.  L.  Fulleb  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations 
Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  60,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with 
the  New  York  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  issued  May  22,  1916,  deals  with 
the  soils  of  an  area  of  684,160  acres  in  southwestern  New  York  which  comprises 
a  lake  plain  and  rolling  to  hilly  upland.  "  The  soils  have  all  been  derived  from 
glacial  debris,  originating  largely  from  the  sandstone  and  shales  of  the  region, 
but  with  admixture  of  some  foreign  material  brought  in  by  the  ice."  Including 
muck,  meadow,  and  rough  stony  land,  26  soil  types  of  9  series  are  mapped,  of 
which  the  Volusia  silt  loam  covers  58.1  per  cent  and  the  Wooster  silt  loam  10.2 
per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Lincoln  County,  North  Carolina,  R.  T.  A.  Burke  and  L.  L. 
Beinkley  { U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914, 
pp.  33,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  North  Caro- 
lina Department  of  Agriculture  and  issued  May  19,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of 
a  well-drained  area  of  195,200  acres  in  the  Piedmont  Plateau  section  in  south- 
western North  Carolina,  the  surface  of  which  ranges  from  almost  level  or 
gently  rolling  to  rolling  or  broken.  The  soils  are  of  residual  and  alluvial  origin. 
Eleven  soil  types  of  5  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Cecil  clay  loam  and  fine 
sandy  loam  cover  42.8  and  12.9  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively,  and  the  Louisa 
gravelly  loam  and  Cecil  sandy  loam  12.3  and  11.7  per  cent,  respectively. 

The  availability  of  nutrient  salts,  A.  G.  McCall  {Jour.  Anier.  Soc.  Agron., 
8  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  41-50). — A  comparison  of  the  results  of  winter  wheat  cul- 
tures in  sand,  receiving  a  nutritive  solution  and  the  osmotic  concentration  of 
which  was  1.75  atmospheres,  with  those  obtained  in  3  salt  nutritive  solution 
cultures  led  to  the  conclusions  "(1)  that  the  concentration  of  the  nonadsorbed 
solution  in  the  sand  is  markedly  lower  than  that  of  the  solution  which  was 
added,  (2)  that  the  adsorbed  salts  are  either  nonavailable  or  are  very 
greatly  retarded  in  their  participation  in  the  growth  process  of  the  plant, 
and  (3)  that  for  this  particular  concentration  the  ratio  of  magnesium  to 
calcium  ions  in  the  optimum  nutritive  solution  is  materially  changed  by  the 
adsorption  process." 

The  action  of  chlorids  on  soil  and  plant,  E.  Haselhoff  (Fiihling's  Landw. 
Ztg.,  64  {1915),  No.  19-20,  pp.  478-508) .—The  author  reviews  work  by  himself 
and  others  on  the  influence  of  chlorids,  especially  sodium  and  magnesium 
chlorids,  on  seed  germination,  growing  plants,  the  physical  and  chemical 
composition  of  soil,  and  the  productiveness  of  soil. 

It  is  concluded  that  plant  growth  may  be  inhibited  by  a  solution  of  5  gm. 
of  sodium  chlorid  to  1  liter  of  water  and  that  the  solution  is  injurious  in  a 
concentration  as  low  as  0.5  gm.  per  liter  of  water.  Owing  to  the  variable  influ- 
ence of  different  types  and  composition  of  soil  and  plant  and  of  climate,  it 
is  thought  that  no  general  limiting  concentrations  can  be  specified.  Similar 
conclusions  are  drawn  with  reference  to  the  influence  of  magnesium  chlorid 
solutions  on  plant  growth,  except  that  it  is  thought  the  permissible  concentra- 
tion may  be  higher  than  that  of  sodium  chlorid. 

It  is  further  concluded  that  sodium  and  magnesium  chlorid  solutions  have 
practically  the  same  influence  on  the  chemical  composition  of  the  soil  as  do 
calcium  and  potassium  chlorids,  in  that  the  soil  absorbs  the  base  of  the  chlorid 
so  that  in  the  case  of  magnesium  chlorid  an  injurious  excess  of  magnesia  may 
gradually  accumulate  in  the  soil.  The  injurious  influence  of  chlorids  on  the 
physical  composition  of  soil  is  considered  to  be  especially  marked  on  heavy 
loam  and  clay  soils  and  more  on  meadow  than  on  cultivated  soil.  No  limiting 
concentrations  of  chlorid  solutions  for  this  purpose  can  be  given. 
61574°— No.  5—16 ^3 


424  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [VoL  35 

While  results  with  reference  to  soil  productiveness  do  not  in  all  cases  agree, 
it  is  considered  evident  that  the  injurious  action  of  chlorid  solutions  on  soil 
productiveness  and  on  crop  yield  takes  place  gradually. 

Circulation  of  manganese  in  natural  waters,  V.  Vincent  (Compt.  Rend. 
Acad.  Sci.  [Paris'\,  162  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  259-261;  abs.  in  Rev.  Sci.  [Paris],  54 
{1916),  I,  No.  5,  p.  158). — Experiments  with  soil  water  from  natural  soils  and 
soils  treated  with  mineral  fertilizers  are  reported,  the  results  of  which  are 
taken  to  indicate  that  manganese  is  dissolved  in  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxid 
and  that  a  bicarbonate  analogous  to  calcium  bicarbonate  is  formed  which 
exists  only  in  solution  in  soil  water.     The  formula  for  this  is  given  as  MnHj- 

( 003)2. 

It  was  found  that  natural  mineralized  soil  waters  contained  more  manga- 
nese than  ordinary  soil  water,  which  is  taken  to  indicate  that  the  use  of 
mineral  fertilizers  tends  to  increase  the  solubility  of  manganese  in  soils. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  effect  of  cumarin  and  vanillin  on  wheat 
grown  in  soil,  sand,  and  water  cultures,  J.  Davidson  [Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Agron.,  7  {1915),  Nos.  4,  pp.  145-158;  5,  pp.  221-238). — The  results  of  work 
by  others  bearing  on  the  subject  are  reviewed  and  analyzed.  Pot  experiments 
conducted  at  Cornell  University  are  reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to 
determine  the  effect  of  cumarin  and  vanillin  on  wheat  in  clay  loam  soil,  water, 
and  quartz. 

The  soil  culture  experiments  consisted  of  six  series,  (1)  without  additional 
treatment,  (2)  with  lime,  (3)  with  nitrogen,  (4)  with  phosphoric  acid,  (5) 
with  potash,  and  (6)  with  a  complete  fertilizer.  "The  concentrations  of  600 
parts  per  million  of  cumarin  and  of  3,000  parts  per  million  of  vanillin,  figured 
on  the  basis  of  the  total  moisture  content  of  the  soil,  depressed  to  some  extent 
the  yield  of  wheat  grown  to  maturity  in  pots.  There  are  indications,  how- 
ever, that  the  effect  was  rather  on  the  soil  than  on  the  plant.  The  addition 
of  small  quantities  of  soil  to  water  cultures  entirely  destroyed  the  toxic  effects 
of  cumarin,  while  it  did  not  affect  the  action  of  vanillin.  ...  In  quartz 
cultures  cumarin  proved  to  be  as  toxic  as  in  water  cultures,  while  vanillin 
behaved  approximately  the  same  way  as  in  the  soil.  Vanillin  is  evidently 
toxic  only  in  a  liquid  medium  when  it  is  applied  in  mass,  but  not  when  it  is 
distributed  as  films  over  quartz  grains  or  soil  particles.  The  ameliorating 
effect  of  phosphoric  acid  on  the  action  of  cumarin  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  224)  would 
not  seem  to  be  due  to  its  antagonistic  behavior  with  reference  to  that  toxin, 
since  it  did  not  behave  in  the  same  way  in  a  balanced  solution.  .  .  .  The 
behavior  of  toxic  substances  is  so  different  in  the  soil  than  in  water  cultures, 
that  one  is  hardly  justified  in  drawing  conclusions  from  results  obtained  with 
water  cultures  as  to  what  might  take  place  under  actual  field  conditions." 

Nitrification,  E.  R.  Allen  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  St  a.,  1  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  153, 
154). — Id  a  brief  review  of  the  relations  of  nitrification  in  soils  to  crop  pro- 
duction, it  is  stated  that  in  studies  made  on  plats  of  the  station  there  appeared 
to  be  a  very  close  relation  between  crop  production  and  nitrification  in  sam- 
ples taken  from  continuous  culture  plats.  "  In  those  taken  from  the  barn- 
yard manure  series  in  the  three-year  rotation  consisting  of  corn,  wheat,  and 
clover  there  was  no  consistent  relation.  The  results  in  the  one  case  were 
just  as  striking  as  in  the  other.  This  indicates  that  the  factors  which  limit 
crop  production  in  the  continuous  culture  plats  are  not  the  same  as  those  which 
exert  a  controlling  influence  in  the  barnyard  manure  series." 

Recent  investigations  on  the  production  of  plant  food  in  the  soil,  II, 
E.  J.  Russell  {./our.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc,  41  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  188-199,  figs.  5). — 
This  article  deals  further  (E.  S.  R.,  35.  p.  322)  with  the  decomposition  of  plant 
residues  in  the  soil  as  influenced  by  natural  changes  indicated  by  the  rate  of 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  425 

oxygen  absorption  or  carbon  dioxid  production,  the  rate  of  ammonification  or 
nitrification,  and  the  changes  in  bacterial  numbers  in  the  soil. 

It  is  pointed  out  that,  as  a  general  rule,  soil  organisms  are  dependent  upon 
suitable  temperature  and  water  supply,  and  that  they  must  have  food  and,  in 
many  cases,  calcium  carbonate,  but  that  "  soil  bacteria  are  subject  to  the  opera- 
tion of  some  limiting  factor  quite  distinct  from  temperature,  moisture  content 
or  food  supply."  Curves  for  carbon  dioxid  and  nitrate  determination  showed  a 
marked  similarity  except  that  the  increases  in  nitrate  came  later,  indicating 
"that  the  curves  both  for  nitrate  and  carbon  dioxid  are  in  the  m:iin  produc- 
tion curves." 

The  author  disagrees  with  the  bacterio-toxin  theory  as  developed  from  labo- 
ratory cultures,  but  produces  some  evidence  showing  that  the  growing  plant 
exerts  a  depressing  effect  on  soil  organisms. 

Th  lespective  values  of  organic  and  inorganic  manures,  H.  B.  P.  Hodsoll 
{Jour.  Roy.  Hart.  .S'oc,  41  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  211-226). — Cropping  experiments 
with  orgnnic  and  inorganic  manures  and  comparative  studies  of  their  mechani- 
cal, chemical,  and  Ijiological  actions  in  soil  are  reported.  The  results  led  to 
the  conclusion  that  organic  manures  should  be  used  as  a  base  to  supply  humus 
and  thus  improve  the  texture  of  the  soil,  enable  the  obtaining  of  good  tilth  and 
a  good  seed  bed,  permit  the  gradual  feeding  of  the  crop,  and  provide  humus 
to  feed  bacteria,  and  that  mineral  manures  should  be  used  as  a  top-dressing 
to  promote  rapid  growth  and  to  act  as  a  sterilizer  to  keep  the  bacterial  flora  in 
balance. 

The  influence  of  the  time  and  depth  of  plowing  under  of  stable  and  green 
manure  on  yield,  C.  von  Seelhorst  (Jour.  Landw.,  63  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  233- 
260,  fig.  1). — Field  experiments  begun  in  1905  with  rotations  of  winter  barley, 
beets,  oats,  beans,  rye,  potatoes,  summer  wheat,  and  peas ;  and  rye,  beets,  bar- 
ley, beans,  rye,  potatoes,  barley,  and  peas  are  reported.  The  manures  were 
applied  in  the  fall  and  .spring  to  beet  and  potatoes,  the  green  manure  being 
applied  usually  at  the  rate  of  100  lbs,  of  vetch  and  25  lbs.  of  horse  beans  per 
acre,  and  the  stable  manure  in  amounts  equivalent  to  about  100  lbs.  of  nitro- 
gen per  acre.  The  depth  of  plowing  was  from  5  to  6  in.,  from  7  to  8  in.,  and 
9  in. 

It  was  found  that  with  beets  fall  manuring  was  on  the  average  more  favor- 
able than  spring  manuring.  Roth  manures  when  used  in  the  fall  gave  on  the 
average  practically  the  same  results  regardless  of  depth  of  plowing.  Shallow 
plowing  in  of  green  manure  in  the  fall  gave  slightly  better  results  than  deep 
plowing,  but  no  difference  was  observed  with  stable  manure.  When  plowed 
under  in  the  spring  green  manure  gave  better  results  than  stable  manure  when 
deep  plowed,  while  better  results  were  obtained  with  stable  manure  when 
shallow  plowed. 

Spring  manuring  was  more  favorable  to  potatoes  than  fall  manuring. 
Stable  manure  gave  better  results  than  green  manure  in  both  fall  and  spring 
use,  and  deep  plowing  gave  better  results  in  both  spring  and  fall  than  shallow 
plowing. 

With  barley  following  beets  the  time  of  manuring  of  the  beet  crop  had  no 
effect  on  the  barley  crop.  Shallow  plowing  under  of  the  manures  for  beets  gave 
better  results  for  barley  in  both  spring  and  fall.  The  after-effect  of  green 
manuring  in  both  spring  and  fall  was  less  than  that  of  stable  manure.  With 
barley  following  potatoes,  fall  manuring  with  both  manures  gave  somewhat 
better  results  than  spring  manuring.  Deep  plowing  with  one  exception  gave 
better  results  than  shallow  plowing.  The  barley  crop  following  potatoes  was 
always  somewhat  greater  than  the  barley  crop  following  beets. 


426  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Spring  manuring  of  potatoes  liad  a  somewhat  better  after-effect  on  peas  than 
fall  manuring.  Deep  plowing  in  of  both  manures  for  potatoes  had  a  better 
effect  in  spring  and  a  poorer  effect  in  fall  on  the  following  pea  crop  than 
shallow  plov/ing.  The  after-effect  of  stable  manure  was  greater  for  peas  than 
that  of  green  manure.  Spring  manuring  of  beets  had  a  better  effect  on  the 
following  bean  crop  than  fall  manuring,  and  deep  plowing  was  better  than 
shallow  plowing.  Stable  manure  had  a  better  after-effect  on  beans  than  green 
manure. 

Spring  manuring  of  potatoes  had  a  better  effect  on  the  rye  crop  following 
peas  than  did  fall  manuring.  Stable  manure  in  this  case  had  a  better  after- 
effect than  green  manure  for  rye  as  did  also  the  deep  plowing  as  compared  to 
shallow  plowing. 

With  rye  following  beans  no  difference  was  observed  between  fall  and  spring 
manuring  with  green  manure,  but  with  stable  manure  the  spring  manuring  had 
the  greater  effect.  The  after-effect  of  stable  manure  on  rye  following  beans 
was  better  than  the  after-effect  of  green  manure.  Deep  plowing  in  the  fall 
was  better  in  this  case  also  than  shallow  plowing,  while  by  spring  manuring 
with  green  manure  the  reverse  was  true.  With  stable  manure  depth  of  plow- 
ing had  no  effect. 

The  role  of  nitrifying  bacteria  in  the  decomposition  of  manure,  V.  G. 
Smibnov  (Zhur.  Opytn.  Agron.,  16  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  329-374). — Experiments 
with  artificial  manure  prepared  from  horse  and  cow  excrement,  sterilized  and 
inoculated  with  soil  nitrifying  bacteria  under  aerobic  and  anaerobic  conditions, 
are  reported. 

Under  anaerobic  conditions  nitrogen  losses  in  the  form  of  free  nitrogen  were 
considerable  from  manure  inoculated  with  nitrifying  bacteria.  Under  aerobic 
conditions  the  nitrogen  losses  were  small. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  participation  of  nitrifying  bacteria  in  the  decom- 
position of  manure  served  to  reduce  the  quantity  of  ammonia  nitrogen  present. 
Under  anaerobic  conditions  the  losses  of  ammonia  nitrogen  increased  steadily. 
This  is  taken  to  indicate  an  increase  of  combined  ammonia  and  a  decrease  of 
free  ammonia.  As  the  results  did  not  agree  no  general  conclusions  were  drawn 
regarding  the  transformation  of  albuminous  nitrogen.  It  was  further  found 
that  the  phosphoric  acid  content  of  the  manure  remained  unchanged  under 
both  aerobic  and  anaerobic  conditions. 

With  reference  to  the  conservation  of  manure  and  the  prevention  of  nitro- 
gen losses,  it  is  concluded  that  conditions  should  be  such  as  to  retard  the  de- 
velopment of  nitrifying  bacteria  and  to  favor  the  formation  of  organic  acids 
which  will  combine  with  ammonia. 

Green  manuring  experiments,  J.  A.  Voelckeb  (Jour.  Roy.  Agr.  Soc.  England, 
75  (1914),  pp.  295.  296;  Woburn  Expt.  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  12,  IS;  abs.  in  Jour. 
Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  (1915),  No.  4,  p.  353). — It  was  found  in  these  experi- 
ments that  rape  was  the  best  green  manure  for  wheat,  with  mustard  second, 
while  the  crop  after  tares  was  the  smallest  of  the  three. 

The  activity  and  availability  of  insoluble  nitrogen  in  fertilizers  as  shown 
by  chemical  and  vegetation  tests,  F.  R.  Pember  and  B.  L.  Haetwell  (Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  246-251,  figs.  2). — Pot  culture 
experiments  conducted  at  the  Rhode  Island  Experiment  Station  with  oats,  rye, 
and  millet  to  determine  the  availability  of  the  nitrogen  of  dried  blood,  tankage, 
castor  pomace,  rape  meal,  sodium  nitrate,  calcium  nitrate,  cyanamid,  and  a 
number  of  other  nitrogenous  fertilizers  are  reported,  together  with  laboratory 
tests  of  the  activity  of  the  water-insoluble  nitrogen  in  these  fertilizers  by  the 
alkaline  and  neutral  permanganate  methods. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  427 

It  was  foTincl  that  "rye  and  oat  plants  grown  during  late  fall  and  early 
winter  did  not  make  as  large  a  growth  as  those  grown  after  midwinter  for  the 
same  period  under  otherwise  the  same  conditions,  but  the  amount  of  nitrogen 
removed  in  the  tops  of  the  plants  was  much  the  same  in  both  experiments. 
Although  the  rye  plants  did  not  make  as  large  a  growth  as  the  oat  plants,  the 
relative  growth  was  much  the  same  with  those  having  like  treatment. 

"Plants  having  their  nitrogen  added  in  the  form  of  garbage  tankage  or 
aluminum  nitrid  made  no  larger  growth  than  those  to  which  no  nitrogen  was 
added.  Nitrogen  in  water-extracted  blood  proved  just  as  available  to  the  oat 
plant  as  that  in  the  unwashed  blood.  Plants  securing  their  water-insoluble 
nitrogen  in  animal  tankage  made  fully  as  large  a  growth  as  those  receiving  it 
in  blood.  The  water-insoluble  nitrogen  in  castor  pomace  and  rape  meal  proved 
excellent  sources  of  nitrogen  for  the  growth  of  oat  plants,  while  Kanona 
tankage  proved  to  be  quite  an  inferior  source  of  nitrogen.  An  application  of 
0.6  gm.  nitrogen  in  cyanamid  (165  lbs.  of  nitrogen  per  acre)  proved  toxic  to  the 
young  plants  but  they  were  able  to  overcome  the  toxicity  and  make  a  fair 
growth.  .  .  . 

"The  nitrogen  in  soot  had  an  availability  of  56  compared  with  that  in  blood 
at  80.  Nitrogen  in  oxamid  produced  plant  growth  about  equal  to  the  average 
produced  by  that  in  blood  and  in  nitrate  of  soda. 

"Lower  activities  secured  by  modifications  of  the  neutral  permanganate 
method  in  general  agreed  no  better  with  the  availabilities  than  those  secured 
by  the  unmodified  method.  Of  the  56  fertilizers  tested,  not  only  by  the  oat 
plant  but  also  by  the  alkaline  and  neutral  permanganate  methods,  24  were 
found  to  contain  water-insoluble  nitrogen  having  an  availability  of  less  than 
45  as  compared  with  blood  nitrogen  at  80.  Of  these,  13  were  actually  classed 
as  inferior  by  having  an  activity  of  less  than  55  by  the  alkaline  permanganate 
method,  and  three  more  were  practically  so  classed,  theii*  activities  being  only 
one  to  two  points  higher.  Two  having  availabilities  of  only  54  and  50  were 
condemned  by  activities  of  51  and  41.  None  was  condemned  by  the  alkaline 
method  which  proved  to  have  a  high  availability.  The  neutral  method,  on  the 
basis  of  activities  of  less  than  80,  detected  19  of  the  24  inferior  ones  and  three 
more  having  availabilities  of  only  54,  50,  and  49,  but  condemned  three  with  the 
satisfactory  availabilities  of  81,  74,  and  68.  .  .  . 

"About  the  same  percentage  of  the  inferior  samples  was  detected  by  the  two 
methods,  but  the  neutral  method  condemned  some  samples  which  proved  to 
have  satisfactory  availabilities  according  to  the  vegetation  tests.  The  per- 
centage of  the  insoluble  nitrogen  attacked  by  the  potassium  permanganate 
solution  agrees  much  closer  with  the  relative  availability  by  vegetation  test, 
in  case  of  the  alkaline  than  of  the  neutral  method." 

Field  experiments  on  the  action  of  new  forms  of  nitrogen,  Schneidewind 
{Mitt.  Deut.  Landw.  Oesell.,  SI  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  16-20). — Field  experiments 
are  reported  with  potatoes  on  dry  sand  soil ;  with  potatoes,  beets,  and  rye  on 
damp  sand  soil ;  and  with  sugar  beets,  oats,  winter  rye,  and  summer  wheat  on 
humus  loess  loam  soil  to  compare  the  fertilizing  action  of  sodium,  calcium, 
ammonium,  and  urea  nitrates ;  ammonium  chlorid  and  sulphate ;  urea ;  and 
lime  nitrogen  when  added  in  amounts  equivalent  to  0.3,  0.45,  and  0.6  kg.  of 
nitrogen  per  100  square  meters. 

The  results  indicate  that  ammonium  chlorid,  ammonium  nitrate,  u»ea,  and 
urea  nitrate  were  equal  in  fertilizing  action  to  ammonium  sulphate,  and  the 
last  three  in  some  cases  were  equal  to  sodium  nitrate.  Ammonium  nitrate, 
however,  has  the  disadvantage  of  being  very  hygroscopic  and  explosive.  The 
average  fertilizing  action  of  lime  nitrogen  was  somewhat  less  than  that  of  the 
other  fertilizers.     The  two  types  of  calcium  nitrate  were  equal  in  fertilizing 


428  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

action  to  sodium  nitrate,  although  the  latter  is  deemed  generally  preferable 
as  it  is  more  easily  stored  and  ;ised. 

The  industry  and  commerce  of  nitrogenous  substances,  A.  Bektrand  {Asoc. 
Sal.  Propaganda  BoJ.  8  (1915),  Sup.,  pp.  XV +155). — This  report  deals  with 
the  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  synthetic  nitric  acid,  cyanamid,  syn- 
thetic ammonia,  and  aluminum  nitrid  industries,  with  the  different  processes 
of  manufacture  involved  in  these  industries,  and  with  their  relative  commercial 
standing. 

Experiments  with  phosphatic  manures  on  green  crops  {Indian  Tea  Assoc, 
Sci.  Dept.  Quart.  Jour.,  No.  4  (1915),  pp.  94-99). — Plat  experiments  with  a 
number  of  green  crops,  including  white  and  brown  cowpeas,  on  an  acid  soil 
deficient  in  phosphoric  acid,  to  determine  the  relative  fertilizing  value  of  a  so- 
called  basic  phosphate,  degelatinized  bones,  superphosphate,  and  basic  slag 
showed  that  in  their  order  the  phosphorus  fertilizers  produced  increases  in 
crop  yield  of  38,  164,  273,  and  273  per  cent.  The  basic  phosphate  was  very 
slow  in  action  and  is  considered  unsuitable  for  growing  green  crops  on  this  soil. 
The  bone  fertilizer  gave  rapid  results,  but  was  expensive,  and  its  immediate 
effect  for  the  same  price  did  not  compare  well  with  that  of  superpliosphate  and 
basic  slag.  In  the  absence  of  phosphoric  acid  no  increase  in  crop  was  obtained 
from  the  use  of  nitrogenous  and  potassic  manures. 

A  table  showing  the  relative  costs  of  the  fertilizers  for  equal  efficiencies  is 
also  included. 

The  solubility  of  different  phosphates  and  their  utilization  by  oats  and 
buckwheat,  T.  Pfeiffer,  W.  Simmermacher,  and  \\\  Rathmann  (Landw.  Vers. 
Stat.,  87  {1915),  No.  2-3,  pp.  i9i-2i.^).— Pot-culture  experiments  with  oats  and 
buckwheat  and  laboratory  experiments  with  dicalcium  and  tricalcium  phos- 
piates  and  a  coral  rock  pliosphate  are  reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to 
determine  the  availability  of  the  phosphoric  acid  of  the  phosphates  to  the  crops 
and  the  relation  of  its  availability  to  its  solubility  in  water  saturated  with 
carbon  dioxid.  The  dicalcium  phosphate  contained  50.65  per  cent  phosphoric 
acid,  the  tricalcium  phosphate  40.75  per  cent,  and  the  coral  phosphate  39.82  per 
cent.  The  last-named  phosphate  contained  10.78  per  cent  phosphoric  acid 
soluble  in  2  per  cent  citric  acid. 

It  was  found  that  the  solubility  of  the  phosphates  as  indicated  by  water 
saturated  with  carbon  dioxid  did  not  always  correspond  with  the  availability 
of  the  phosphoric  acid  as  indicated  by  the  cropping  experiments.  The  buck- 
wheat was  better  able  to  assimilate  phosphoric  acid  from  difficultly  soluble 
phosphates  than  was  oats,  this  being  attributed  to  the  content  of  organic  acids 
in  the  root  sap. 

Experiments  on  the  action  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  different  Thomas 
meals,  Tacke,  Gerlach,  Schneidewind,  Haselhoff,  and  Eberhart  {Landw. 
Vers.  Stat.,  87  {1915),  No.  2-S,  pp.  89-95,  pis.  6).— Reports  from  five  German 
experiment  stations  of  cropping  experiments  with  19  different  types  of  Thomas 
meal  are  reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to  determine  the  relation  between 
the  availability  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  different  meals  as  indicated  by 
cropping  experiments  and  the  availability  as  determined  by  the  2  per  cent 
citric-acid  method.  It  is  concluded  that  there  is  no  ground  for  rejecting  the 
method  employing  ammonium  citrate  solution  containing  1.4  per  cent  free 
citric  acid  for  determining  the  availability  of  the  phosphoric  acid  of  Thomas 
meal. 

Phosphates  and  phosphatic  marls  {Fla.  Quart.  Rul.  Dept.  Agr.,  26  {1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  152-159).— Thin  section  of  the  report  contains  the  results  of  analyses 
of  31  samples  of  Florida  phosphates  and  phosphatic  marls. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  429 

Idaho  phosphate  resources,  R.  N.  Bell  (Jour.  Electricity,  36  {1916),  No.  13, 
pp.  243-246). — The  details  of  the  fertilizer  resources  of  Idaho  and  Montana 
are  discussed  with  special  reference  to  extensive  beds  of  what  is  considered 
high-firade  rock  phosphate  in  Idaho. 

Investigation  of  a  reported  discovery  of  phosphate  in  Alberta,  H.  S.  de 
ScHiciD  {Canada  Dept.  Mines,  Mines  Branch  Bui.  12  {1916),  pp.  IV-\-38,  pis. 
13,  flff.  i),— This  report  deals  with  the  geology,  general  characteristics,  and 
extent  of  a  phosphate  bed  near  Banff,  Alberta. 

It  was  found  that  the  deposit  possesses  an  average  thickness  of  about  12 
in.  and  contains  an  average  of  about  43.7  per  cent  of  tricalcium  phosphate  and 
43.3  per  cent  of  insoluble  matter,  chiefly  silica.  From  the  data  obtained  it  is 
assumed  that  there  are  10  square  miles  of  beds,  or  26,137,600  short  tons,  of  phos- 
phate rock.  "  There  are  at  least  two  outcrops  of  the  phosphate  bed  that  are 
conveniently  situated  as  regards  accessibility  and  transportation  facilities,  the 
one  being  about  4  miles  from  Banff  station  and  the  other  hardly  more  than  a 
mile  from  the  railroad.  While  unsuited  to  the  manufacture  of  supei-phosphate 
by  the  sulphuric-acid  method,  owing  to  the  low  content  of  tricalcic  phosphate 
.  .  .  and  to  the  large  amount  of  silica  present  .  .  .  the  Alberta  rock  would 
possibly  prove  suitable  for  treatment  by  one  of  the  thermic  processes  that  have 
lately  been  proposed  to  .supplant  the  sulphuric-acid  method." 

Recent  progress  of  mineralogy  in  relation  to  soils:  The  investigation  of 
potash  and  phosphate  beds,  B.  GtOSSner  {Forstiv.  Centbl.,  n.  ser.,  38  {1916), 
Nos.  1,  pp.  1-18;  2,  pp.  77-84,  figs.  6).— This  article  deals  briefly  with  the 
mineralogy  and  geology  of  the  principal  known  deposits  of  phosphates  and 
potash  salts  in  the  world.  A  list  of  nine  references  to  literature  bearing  on 
the  subject  is  included. 

Conservation  of  potassium,  J.  W.  Ames  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No. 
5,  pp.  155-1.58). — This  article  deals  with  the  liberation  of  the  potassium  of  the 
soil  by  the  use  of  fertilizers,  lime,  and  organic  matter,  and  reports  the  results 
of  analyses  made  at  the  station  of  crop  residues  and  solid  and  liquid  manure 
with  special  reference  to  potash  content. 

Lime  as  a  soil  improver,  H.  J.  D.^nnfelt  {K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Handl.  och 
Tidslcr.,  54  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  y,5-57).— This  is  a  discussion  of  the  beneficial 
influences  of  lime  on  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  soils,  attention 
being  drawn,  however,  to  its  injurious  action,  in  excessive  amounts,  on  soil 
bacteria. 

Injury  to  plant  growth  by  caustic  lime,  Rothert  {Jour.  Landw.,  63  {1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  227-232). — Pot  experiments  with  barley  on  mild  loam  soil  and  a 
red  sand,  to  determine  the  limits  within  which  caustic  lime  may  be  used  on 
heavy  and  light  soils  without  injury  to  plant  growth  and  the  influence  of 
caustic  lime  on  nitrate  formation  in  these  soils,  are  reported. 

Caustic  lime  was  added  to  the  loam  soil  in  amounts  of  0.2.5,  0.5,  and  0.75 
per  cent  and  to  sand  in  amounts  of  0.05,  0,1,  and  0,25  per  cent.  The  growth 
of  barley  plants  on  the  loam  soil  was  retarded  from  the  beginning  with  the 
largest  lime  addition,  and  after  a  short  time  with  the  medium  lime  addition. 
In  the  sand  cultures  no  difference  in  plant  growth  was  observed  in  the  begin- 
ning between  limed  and  unlimed  soil.  The  crop  yield  in  the  loam  soil  was 
greatly  reduced  by  liming,  being  smaller  the  greater  the  amount  of  lime  added, 
but  in  sand  was  favorably  influenced,  this  being  more  marked  with  the  smaller 
amounts  of  lime  added.  Liming  increased  nitrate  formation  in  both  sand  and 
loam  soils,  this  usually  being  greater  with  the  smaller  lime  additions. 

These  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  excessive  liming  of  light  sand 
soils  may   be  injurious  owing  to  the  increase  and   loss  of  nitrates  and   the 


430  EXPERIMENT    STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

decrease  of  humus  content,  but  that  this  is  not  so  likely  to  occur  in  heavier 
soils. 

The  sensitiveness  of  different  lupines  and  other  plants  to  lime,  L.  Hiltneb 
(Prakt.  Bl.  Pflanzenhau  u.  Schutz,  n.  ser.,  13  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  53-59,  fig.  1). — 
The  author  reviews  experiments  by  himself  and  others,  the  results  of  which 
are  taken  to  indicate  that  lime  chlorosis  of  lupines  and  the  chlorotic  appear- 
ances of  other  kinds  of  plants  which  are  attributed  to  an  excess  of  lime  in 
the  soil  may  be  obviated  by  spraying  with  solutions  of  iron  salts.  It  is  con- 
cluded that  the  sensitiveness  of  lupines  to  lime  is  due  to  the  injurious  action 
of  the  lime  on  the  nodule  bacteria. 

Magnesia  and  plant  growth,  B.  C.  Aston  {Jour.  Agr.  [New  Zeal.],  11  {1915), 
No.  6,  pp.  493-502,  figs.  3). — The  w^ork  of  others  bearing  on  the  subject  is 
briefly  reviewed,  and  the  rather  general  results  of  pot  and  field  experiments 
on  New  Zealand  soils  containing  an  injurious  excess  of  magnesia  are  reported. 
The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  "  if  in  a  soil  the  amount  of  magnesia 
exceeds  that  of  the  lime,  judged  by  means  of  a  strong  solution  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  such  excess  be  deemed  to  be  injurious,  a  great  number  of  New 
Zealand  soils,  according  to  analytical  records,  stand  in  immediate  need  of  some 
form  of  lime  from  this  cause  alone.  ...  If  the  excess  be  judged  by  a  weak 
acid  solution,  the  number  of  known  soils  with  an  injurious  amount  of  mag- 
nesium in  them  becomes  narrowed  down  to  a  few  localities  in  the  Nelson 
Province.  ...  As  to  the  remedy  for  excessive  magnesia  in  the  soil.  ...  in 
extreme  cases  land  plaster  (gj'psum  or  sulphate  of  lime)  or  larger  dressings 
of  ground  limestone  (carbonate  of  lime)  should  be  applied." 

[Trials  with  bacterized  peat  and  magnesium  sulphate],  J.  Dunlop  (Mid- 
land Agr.  and  Dairy  Col.,  Rpt.  Field  Trials  Col.  Farms,  1915,  pp.  53-55). — 
Tests  of  bacterized  peat  used  on  wheat,  hay.  and  potatoes  at  the  rate  of  700  lbs. 
per  acre  and  of  manganese  sulphate  used  on  potatoes  at  the  rate  of  25  lbs. 
per  acre  gave  negative  results.  "  Apparently,  therefore,  little  or  no  help  is 
to  be  got  from  either  '  humogen '  or  sulphate  of  manganese  in  increasing  food 
production." 

[Fertilizer  analyses],  R.  E.  Rose  and  F.  T.  Wilson  (Fla.  Quart.  Bui.  Dept. 
Agr.,  26  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  53-93). — This  section  of  the  report  contains  actual 
and  guarantied  analyses  of  422  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing  materials 
offered  for  sale  in  Florida  during  1915. 

Commercial  fertilizers:  What  they  contain  and  their  uses,  W  H.  STBOtrD 
(Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  265  (1916),  pp.  11,  fig.  1). — This  bulletin  discusses  the 
composition,  valuation,  and  use  of  commercial  fertilizers,  reports  the  results 
of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of  35  samples  of  licensed  fertilizers  and  fer- 
tilizing materials  and  analyses  of  12  samples  of  unlicensed  fertilizers  and 
ground  limestone  offered  for  sale  in  Wisconsin  during  1915,  and  summarizes 
the  State  fertilizer  law. 

Miscellaneous  samples,  limestones,  marls,  shells,  L.  Heimbukger  (Fla. 
Quart.  Bui.  Dept.  Agr.,  26  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  159-167).— This  section  of  the 
report  contains  the  results  of  analyses  of  47  miscellaneous  samples  of  Florida 
limestones,  marls,  and  shells. 

AGRICTJLTURAI  BOTANY. 

Pfeffer  jubilee  volume  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  IPringsheim'],  56  (1915),  Pfeffer- 
Festschr.,  pp.  XYI+8S2,  pis.  11,  figs.  6^).— This  volume,  in  honor  of  Wilhelm 
Pfeffer,  commemorates  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  his  doctorate  and  the  seven- 
tieth of  his  birth.  In  addition  to  the  articles  noted  elsewhere  in  this  issue,  it 
contains  the  following  contributions:  The  Influence  of  Centrifugal  Force  on 


1916]  AGRlCULTUKAL  BOTANY.  431 

/hmts,  by  F.  M.  Andrews;  Thiospirillum  jenense  and  its  Reaction  to  Liglit  Stim- 
ulus, by  J.  Buder;  Spore  Generation  and  Release  by  Coprimis  sterquilinus,  by 
A.  H.  R.  BuUer ;  The  Distribution  of  Certain  Liverworts  of  tli6  Malay  Region, 
by  D.  H.  Campbell ;  Physiological  Fragments  from  a  Tropical  Forest,  by  F.  C. 
von  Faber ;  Anatomical  and  Physiological  Studies  on  the  Flowers  of  the  Orchid 
Genera  Catasetum  and  Cycnoches,  by  H.  R.  von  Guttenberg;  Gas  Exchange  in 
the  Marine  Algae,  by  R.  Harder;  Disorganization  of  the  Tapetum  Cells  in 
Pollen  Sacs  of  Angiosperms,  by  H.  O.  Juel ;  Growth  and  Rest  of  Tropical 
Trees,  by  G.  Klebs ;  Nutritive  Physiology  of  Extreme  Atmospheric  Epipliytes, 
by  R.  Lieske ;  Problems  Regarding  the  Twining  of  Plants,  by  H.  Miehe ;  Studies 
on  Prothallia  of  Ferns  with  Regard  to  Imbedded  Antheridia  and  Apogamy,  by 
D.  M.  Mottier;  The  Behavior  of  Twining  Plants  in  Darkness,  by  F.  C.  New- 
combe  ;  A  Multiple  Clinostat,  by  G.  Peirce ;  and  Laws  Regarding  the  Compensa- 
tion Relations  of  Parallel  and  Opposed  Light  and  Mass  Impulse,  by  A.  Sperlich. 

A  convenient  modification  of  the  porometer,  R.  C.  Knight  (New  Phytol.,  1^ 
{1915),  No.  6-7,  pp.  212-216,  fig.  i).— The  author  describes  a  form  of  porometer 
which  he  has  devised,  w^ith  a  typical  experiment  illustrating  its  use.  Some 
advantages  are  claimed  for  this  form  over  that  used  by  Darwin  and  Pertz 
(E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  222). 

On  the  use  of  the  porometer  in  stomatal  investigation,  R.  C.  Knight  (Ann. 
Bot.  [London],  30  (1916),  No.  Ill,  pp.  51-16,  figs.  7).— This  is  an  account  of 
preliminary  experiments  carried  out  looking  to  discovery  of  possible  sources  of 
error  in  work  done  with  the  porometer  above  mentioned.  These  include  tem- 
porary deformations  of  the  leaf  due  to  pressure  differences,  the  tendency  of 
stomata  to  close  when  air  is  drawn  continuously  through  them,  the  temporary 
tendency  to  close  after  rough  handling,  and  the  disproportionately  great  resist- 
ance offered  by  intercellular  spaces.  In  the  plants  investigated  there  was  a 
considerable  similarity  in  the  behavior  of  the  stomata  of  different  leaves,  but 
still  more  in  that  of  those  of  the  same  leaf.  Stomata  of  a  mature  healthy  leaf 
may  open  more  widely  than  those  of  either  a  very  young  or  very  old  leaf. 

A  description  of  a  recording  porometer  and  a  note  on  stomatal  behavior 
during  wilting,  C.  G.  P.  Laidlaw  and  R.  C.  Knight  (Ann.  Bot  [London'],  30 
(1916),  No.  Ill,  pp.  41-56,  figs.  3). — The  apparatus  here  described  is  essentially 
a  continuously  acting,  self-recording  modification  of  the  porometer  briefly  de- 
scribed in  the  paper  noted  above.  A  constant-pressure  aspirator  is  employed  to 
draw  air  through  the  leaf,  and  the  speed  of  the  air  stream  (infereutially  also 
the  relative  size  of  the  stomatal  apertures)  is  measured  by  the  rate  of  flow. 
The  results  obtained  are  said  to  be  very  satisfactory,  and  to  show  close  agree- 
ment with  the  observation  of  Darwin  and  Pertz  that  in  case  of  a  leaf  detached 
from  the  plant  the  stomata  opened  temporarily  before  their  final  closure,  the 
phenomenon  being  ascribed  to  wilting. 

The  gas  exchanges  of  water  plants,  H.  Kniep  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  [Prings- 
heim],  56  (1915).  Pfeffer-Festchr.,  pp.  460-510). — This  is  a  contribution  on  the 
method  of  bubble  counting,  and  the  several  sections  deal  with  the  oxygen  con- 
tent of  the  bubbles  as  related  to  the  rapidity  of  their  formation,  the  effect  of 
water  movement  on  bubble  production,  the  interruption  of  bubble  production 
by  interruptions  of  the  light  supply,  and  a  new  method  of  ascertaining  the 
minimum  light  intensity  required  for  assimilation. 

Synthetic  processes  in  plants,  II,  P.  Boysen-Jensen  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot. 
[Pringsheim],  56  (1915),  Pfetfer-Festschr.,  pp.  431-446). — Continuing  earlier 
work  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  127),  the  experiments  described  are  claimed  to  have 
shown  that  two  stages  may  be  distinguished  in  the  germination  of  peas.  In  the 
first  of  these  cane  sugar  is  utilized,  partly  for  growth,  partly  for  respiration. 
Separated  cotyledons  show  a  decrease  of  cane  sugaj-.    In  the  second  stage  the 


432  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

same  material  is  present  in  the  cotyledons  as  the  transferable  form  of  starch. 
The  concentration  of  cane  sugar  is  greater  in  the  cotyledons  than  in  the  embryo 
and  increases  in  the  former  when  they  are  separated,  decreasing  in  the  latter 
under  that  condition.  The  cotyledons  contain  only  small  proportions  of  reduc- 
ing sugar. 

The  mode  of  formation  of  cane  sugar  is  not  indicated  by  the  results  obtained  in 
these  experiments.  The  formation  of  cane  sugar  from  maltose  is  considered 
improbable,  but  it  is  thought  that  starch  may  be  hydrolyzed  to  monosaccharids. 
and  that  this  material  may  then  form  saccharose.  It  is  considered  probable 
that  both  monosaccharids  and  disaccharids  may  appear  as  translocable  forms  of 
starch. 

Some  experiments  on  the  influence  of  temperature  on  the  rate  of  growth 
in  Pisum  sativum,  I.  Leitch  {Ann.  Bot.  [London],  30  (1916),  So.  Ill,  pp.  25- 
46,  pi.  1,  figs.  10. — In  experiments  with  P.  sativum  the  author  has  found  that 
the  relation  of  growth  to  temperature  can  be  expressed  by  a  uniform  curve  from 
— 2  to  29°  C.  Above  this  point  the  relation  can  no  longer  be  expresse<l  as  a 
curve,  each  higher  temperature  requiring  a  different  curve  to  show  tlie  rate  of 
growth  in  successive  intervals  of  time.  Between  30  and  40°  these  are  not  sim- 
ple time  curves.  A  well-marked  optimum  appears  to  lie  between  28  and  30°,  and 
the  maximum  rate  temperature  appears  to  be  30.3°.    A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Sap  ascent,  E.  B.  Copeland  {Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  [Pringsheim],  56  (1915), 
Pfeffer-Festschr.,  pp.  447-459,  fig.  1). — Reviewing  the  literature  of  the  forces 
concerned  in  the  elevation  of  sap  in  plants,  the  author  describes  experiments 
carried  out,  claiming  that  living  cells  are  not  essential  to  the  ascent  of  water 
in  stems  and  that  differences  in  pressure  of  water  columns  in  plant  stems  do  not 
necessarily  correspond  to  differences  in  pressure  in  tubes  containing  water  col- 
ums  of  the  same  height. 

Th.e  cohesion  theory  of  water  movement,  O.  Renxeb  {Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot. 
[Pringsheim],  56  {1915),  Pfcffer-Festschr.,  pp.  611-661,  pi.  1,  figs.  4;  abs.  in 
Naturicissenschaften,  3  (1915),  No.  10,  p.  136). — The  author  has  studied  the 
forces  and  resistances  concerned  with  water  movement  in  plants,  more  par- 
ticularly as  noted  in  connection  with  deformation  of  the  annulus  in  fern  spor- 
angia. Evidence  was  obtained  in  the  study  of  water  in  the  cells  of  the  annulus 
of  a  degree  of  tension  amounting  in  extreme  cases  to  350  atmospheres. 

Cohesion  and  osmosis,  C.  Steinbrinck  (Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell.,  33  {1915), 
So.  S.  pp.  451-460). — This  is  a  review  of  several  contributions  bearing  upon 
questions  of  cohesion  and  osmosis,  giving  more  particular  attention  to  recent 
work  by  Renner  as  above  noted. 

The  cohesion  of  water  in  the  annulus  of  the  sporangium  in  ferns,  A. 
Uesprung  (Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell.,  33  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  153-162,  figs.  2).— The 
author  claims  to  have  found  that  distilled  water  in  the  cells  of  the  sporangia] 
annulus  in  ferns  developed  a  tension  of  about  300  atmospheres. 

Views  of  biological  adsorption  phenomena,  F.  Czapek  {Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot. 
[Pringsheim],  56  {1915),  Pfeffer-Festschr.,  pp.  84-111).— This  is  a  review  of 
some  investigations  and  opinions  since  1803  regarding  adsorption  and  related 
phenomena,  dealing  somewhat  particularly  with  the  more  recent  developments 
concerning  phenomena  of  the  colloidal  state  and  cell  behavior  in  connection 
therewith. 

Studies  on  the  entrance  of  salts  into  living  cells,  H.  Fitting  {Jahrb.  Wiss. 
Bot.  [Pring.<shf'im],  56  {1915),  Pfeffer-Festschr.,  pp.  1-64,  fi9»-  5).— The  several 
divisions  of  this  report  deal  with  the  method  iB^'olved,  the  rapidity  of  entrance 
of  potassium  nitrate  into  the  cell,  the  association  of  this  salt  with  a  decrea.se 
of  permeability  to  water,  the  causation  of  alterations  in  permeability  for  this 


19161  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  433 

salt,  the  permeability  relations  of  other  salts,  and  a  discussion  of  the  facts  ob- 
served. 

In  leaves  of  Rhcco  discolor,  plasmolysis  was  rapid,  reaching  its  maximum  In 
about  15  minutes,  and  then  showing  a  reversal.  Preliminary  experiments  with 
other  objects  are  said  to  indicate  that  the  influence  of  salts  on  the  permeability 
of  plasma  may  prove  to  be  more  widely  prevalent  than  it  is  now  known  to  be. 
No  support  was  found  for  the  view  that  decrease  of  permeability  is  referable  to 
injury  of  the  protoplasm.  These  experiments  are  considered  to  throw  light  on 
the  nonreversal  of  plasmolysis  as  sometimes  observed,  also  to  show  that  the  in- 
flow of  salts  does  not  necessarily  proceed  as  far  as  equilibrium  of  the  internal 
and  the  external  solutions.  They  are  said  also  not  to  support  the  lipoid  theory 
regarding  the  uptake  of  nutrient  materials. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Absoi-ption  of  ions  by  plants,  E.  Pantaxelli  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  [Prings- 
heim],  56  (1915),  Pfeffer-Festschr.,  pp.  689-733) .—The  author  reports  investi- 
gations bearing  upon  the  questions  of  the  dependence  between  uptake  of  cations 
and  that  of  anions,  changes  in  chemical  reaction  of  the  medium  external  to 
the  plant  following  ionization,  antagonistic  influences  of  ions  as  affecting  up- 
take, influence  of  concentration,  curves  of  uptake,  and  mechanics  of  salt  ab- 
sorption. 

It  is  stated  that  the  uptake  of  a  salt  by  living  plasma  is  a  phenomenon  of 
adsorption.  Ions  of  salts  are  absorbed  separately  and  not  in  salt  molecules  as 
wholes,  cation  and  anion  being  generally  absorbed  in  different  proportions.  Ion 
adsorption  is  independent  of  water  adsorption.  Its  rapidity  differs  with  the 
nattire  of  the  ions  involved  and  with  time,  but  not  uniformly.  Above  a  certain 
concentration,  all  ions  lead  to  an  increase  of  specific  permeability,  thtis  opening 
up  a  new  field  to  adsorption.  Evidence  has  been  obtained  of  the  separateuess  of 
extrapermeability  and  intrapermeability  in  this  connection.  Slight  narcosis 
decreases  uptake  of  most,  but  not  all,  ions.  Apparently,  undetermined  physio- 
logical factors  are  operative.  Slight  narcosis  may  oppose  uptake  of  nutritive 
ions  and  may  favor  that  of  injurious  ones. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Concerning  the  comparative  rapidity  of  absorption  of  anions  and  cations 
by  plants.  E.  Bobko  and  E.  N.  SinskaII  (Iz  Rezul't.  Veget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabat 
{Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agroi.),  9  (1913),  pp.  44^--i55). — Barley,  lupine,  and  pumpkin 
were  grown  in  the  presence  of  potassium,  ammonium,  magnesium,  and  calcimn 
sulphates.  In  another  test  barley  alone  was  grown  with  potassium,  sodium, 
ammonium,  and  calcium  chlorids. 

With  sulphates  it  was  definitely  found  that  the  ions  are  absorbed  independ- 
ently, although  no  such  pronounced  deviation  from  the  original  ratio  as  reported 
by  Pantanelli  was  observed  between  the  absorption  of  the  cation  and  the  anion. 
The  same  experiment  showed  that  there  is  a  connection  between  the  absorption 
of  certain  ions  and  changes  in  alkalinity,  but  no  explanation  of  this  phenome- 
non is  advanced.  With  chlorids,  absorption  of  anions  by  barley  prevailed  over 
absorpti<in  of  cations  in  all  cases  except  that  of  ammonium  chlorid. 

On  the  question  of  the  equivalent  absorption  of  anions  and  cations  by 
plants.  G.  I.  RiTMAx  (Rittman)  (/c  RezuVt.  Veget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabat  (Rcc. 
Trav.  Lab.  Agrou.),  9  (1915),  pp.  505-518). — These  experiments  were  carried 
out  with  peas  to  determine  the  relative  intensity  of  absorption  of  the  anions 
and  cations  of  calcium  salts.  The  plants  were  grown  in  the  dark  as  well  as 
in  the  light  and  examined  at  various  stages  of  development. 

It  was  found  that  in  all  cases,  the  anions  and  the  cations  of  the  chlorids 
and  the  sulphates  were  absorbed  at  the  same  rate,  but  with  a  tendency  to  a 


434  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol,  35 

somewhat  gi-eater  assimilation  of  the  calcium  On  the  other  hand,  the  anions 
of  the  nitrates  and  the  phosphates  were  absorbed  in  considerably  larger 
amounts  than  the  calcium  ions.  The  difference  in  the  amount  of  absorbed 
anions  and  cations  in  these  cases  was  so  large  that  in  no  way  could  it  be 
accounted  for  as  a  possible  experimental  error. 

Effect  of  osmotic  pressure  in  nutrient  solutions  on  plant  growth,  A.  A. 
Stol'gane  (Iz  Rezul't.  Yeget.  Oi)ytov  Lab.  Ruhot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agr07i.), 
9  {1913),  pp.  51Jf-550,  pi.  i).— The  object  of  the  author's  experiments  was  to 
determine  the  effect  of  the  osmotic  pressure  in  nutrient  solutions  on  the  gen- 
eral development  of  plants  and  on  their  absorption  of  nitrogen.  Flax  and  bar- 
ley were  grown  in  sand  and  water  cultures  to  which  various  combinations  of 
nutrient  solutions  were  added  containing  ammonium  nitrate  as  well  as  sodium 
chlorid,  potassium  chlorid,  magnesium  sulphate,  potassium  sulphate,  and  sodium 
sulphate. 

It  was  found  that  the  plants  can  resist  only  a  comparatively  low  osmotic 
pressure,  which,  however,  when  not  exceeding  two  atmospheres,  as  was  the  case 
with  sodium  chlorid,  has  even  a  stimulating  effect  upon  the  growth.  Growth 
was  retarded  by  increased  osmotic  pressure  and  all  the  vegetative  processes 
may  be  checked  entirely  if  the  pressure  becomes  much  higher  than  two  atmos- 
pheres. The  percentage  of  nitrogen  increased  with  increase  of  pressure,  but  its 
total  amount  as  shown  in  the  yield  was  diminished  except  in  those  cases  where 
the  osmotic  pressure  was  comparatively  low. 

Stimulants  of  plant  growth,  F.  V.  Chibikov  (T.  Tschieikow)  (Iz  ResuVt. 
Yeget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9  {WIS),  pp.  431--i35).— 
This  work  is  a  continuation  of  experiments  of  the  previous  year,  potassium  per- 
manganate, manganese  chlorid,  molybdic  acid,  sodium  tungstate,  uranium 
nitrate,  and  iron  sulphate  being  tested  as  stimulants  of  plant  growth  with 
Persian  wheat,  Swedish  wheat,  buckwheat,  and  peas  grown  in  sand  cultures. 

With  wheat  it  was  found  that  all  the  stimulants  gave  more  or  less  positive 
results,  while  with  the  other  plants  the  results  were  variable.  When  two 
stimulants  were  present  together  in  the  same  culture,  their  combined  effect 
represented  very  closely  the  aggregate  action  of  the  two  chemicals  taken  sepa- 
rately. Uranium  nitrate  and  sodium  tungstate  increased  the  quantity  of  seeds 
in  peas.  The  largest  general  increase  of  yield  for  wheat  was  obtained  with 
manganese  chlorid,  and  for  peas  with  uranium  nitrate. 

The  metabolism  of  nitrogenous  substances  in  etiolated  shoots  of  barley 
nourished  on  ammonium  salts,  A.  I.  Smienov  [Iz  Rezul't.  Yeget.  Opytov  Lab. 
Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agro7i.),  9  {1913),  pp.  470-50^ ) .—Experiments  carried 
out  with  carbamid,  ammonium  nitrate,  and  ammonium  chlorid,  the  ammonium 
nitrate  and  chlorid  being  used  with  and  without  the  addition  of  calcium  car- 
bonate and  calcium  sulphate,  demonstrated  that  seedlings  of  barley  absorb  the 
nitrogen  of  the  ammonium  salts  very  energetically  during  the  first  days  of 
growth,  showing  also  an  increased  activity  in  the  formation  of  asparagin. 
Later  on  the  rate  of  absorption  gradually  decreased,  but  this  was  not  found 
to  be  due  to  the  lessening  of  osmotic  pressure  in  the  solutions. 

Calcium  salts  influenced  the  assimilation  of  nitrogen  from  ammonium  salts 
and  stimulated  the  formation  of  asparagin,  as  well  as  the  splitting  of  proteins. 
The  nitrogen  of  the  nitrates  was  absorbed  with  equal  energy. 

Assimilation  of  nitrogen  from  ammonium  salts  and  accumulation  of  am- 
monium salts  in  the  tissues  were  in  reverse  proportion.  This  fact  is  connected 
with  the  consumption  of  carbohydrates  and  is  analogous  to  the  behavior  of 
etiolated  seedlings  of  lupines,  plants  poor  in  carbohydrates. 

Absorption  of  nefrntivp  inns  by  seedlings  of  barley  was  found  to  take  place 
only  during  the  first  few  days  of  the  experiment. 


1916]  *         AGBICULTUEAJL  BOTANY.  435 

Concerning  the  relation  of  etiolated  shoots  of  maize  and  lupine  to  am- 
monium srJts  and  nitrates,  D.  N,  Pkianishnikov  (Iz  RezuVt.  Veget.  Opytov 
Lab.  Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9  {1913),  pp.  559-565). — This  is  a  brief 
account  of  some  unpublished  experiments  conducted  at  the  Moscow  Agricultural 
Institute  of  Russia  by  the  late  S.  I.  Kalinldn. 

These  experiments  show  that  ammonium  salts  as  well  as  nitrates  serve  as  a 
source  of  nitrogen  in  etiolated  maize  plants.  However,  more  nitrogen  is  ab- 
sorbed from  ammonium  salts  than  Irom  nitrates,  and,  as  regards  the  latter, 
calcium  nitrate  appears  to  be  a  better  source  of  nitrogen  than  sodium  nitrate. 
With  lupines,  ammonium  chlorid  caused  a  loss  of  nitrogen,  a  lower  asparagin 
content,  and  a  higher  ammonium  content.  Nitrates  did  not  bring  about  so 
great  an  absorption  of  nitrogen  or  formation  of  proteins  in  lupines  as  in  maize. 

Stereochemistry  and  the  biological  action  of  ammonium  compounds,  F. 
Plate  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  23  (1914), 
II,  No.  7,  pp.  292-296)  .—The  author  thinks  that  the  diverse  action  of  the  chlorid 
and  the  nitrate  of  ammonia,  as  shown  by  the  behavior  of  plants  in  nutritive 
solutions,  is  due  to  differences  in  the  stereochemistry  of  these  compounds,  which 
are  discussed. 

The  action  of  ammonium  compounds  on  Avena  sativa,  F.  Plate  (Atti  R. 
Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  2,  pp.  146- 
148). — The  author  takes  occasion  to  point  out  and  correct  certain  typographical 
errors  said  to  have  passed  undetected  in  the  contribution  above  noted  and  to 
indicate  the  methods  employed  in  the  further  study  of  this  subject  as  now  in 
progress. 

The  direct  assimilation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen  by  plants,  Eva  Mameli 
and  G.  Pollacci  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5. 
ser.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  9,  pp.  966-971). — This  is  mainly  a  discussion  of  reports 
and  views  of  the  authors  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  633;  31,  p.  223)  and  of  others  noting 
some  probable  causes  of  error  or  insufficiency  in  work  on  this  subject. 

The  question  of  absorption  and  utilization  of  chlorids  by  plants,  A.  S. 
Kablukov  (Iz  RezuVt.  Veget.  Opytov  Lab.  Rabot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9 
(1913),  pp.  551-558). — In  these  experiments  lupine  and  barley  seedlings  were 
transferred  to  solutions  of  magnesium,  calcium,  ammonium,  and  potassium 
chlorids.  The  anion  was  absorbed  in  a  much  larger  amount  than  the  cation 
only  in  the  case  of  barley  grown  with  sodium  chlorid.  In  all  the  remaining 
cases  the  absorption  of  the  anions  and  cations  was  practically  equivalent. 

Magnesium  in  chlorotic  or  discolored  plants,  Eva  Mameli  (Atti  R.  Accad. 
lAncei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  3,  pp.  262- 
267). — Comparative  analysis  is  said  to  show  a  smaller  percentage  of  magnesium 
in  chlorotic  or  discolored  leaves  or  leaf  parts  than  in  normal  portions  of  the 
same  plant.  Willstatter's  studies  in  this  connection,  previously  noted  by  the 
author  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  323),  are  again  discussed. 

The  influence  of  phosphorus  and  magnesium  on  chlorophyll  formation, 
Eva  Mameli  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24 
(1915),  I,  No.  7,  pp.  755-760). — This  is  largely  a  review  of  the  work  and  views 
of  various  Investigators  on  this  subject  as  bearing  upon  the  work  of  the  author, 
noted  above  or  set  forth  in  the  present  report,  which  is  made  on  studies  carried 
out  with  Zea  mays  and  Polygonum  fagopyrum  in  a  nutritive  solution  lacking 
magnesium.  The  plants  were  etiolated  or  pale  green  and  the  chloroplasts  were 
abnormal  in  form  as  well  as  in  color,  while  plants  similarly  treated  but  de- 
prived of  phosphorus  were  normal  in  these  respects. 

The  influence  of  the  pyrrolic  acid  nucleus  on  the  formation  of  chloro- 
phyll. C  PoTXAooT  an'^  B.  Onno  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat. 
e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  II,  No.  1,  pp.  37-39).— It  is  stated  that  in  case  of 


436  EXPEBIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Zea  mays,  germinated  in  a  nutritive  medium  free  from  iron  but  containing  a 
very  small  proportion  of  magnesium  pyrrolic  carbonate,  the  plantlets  when  20 
days  old  were  well  developed  and  normally  green  while  the  control,  which 
lacked  this  magnesium  compound,  remained  backward  and  showed  only  a 
very  small  amount  of  green,  which  was  confined  to  the  first  two  leaves. 

The  effect  of  the  concentration  of  the  nutrient  solution  on  the  growth  of 
barley  and  wheat  in  water  cultures,  Winifred  E.  Brenchley  (Ann.  Bot. 
[London],  30  (1916),  Xo.  117,  pp.  77-90,  pl.^^,  figs.  4).— It  is  stated  that  in  case 
of  barley  and  wheat  grown  in  nutrient  solutions  under  favorable  conditions 
the  concentration  influences  greatly  the  rate  and  total  of  growth  even  when  the 
balance  of  the  solution  approximates  a  constant  level.  Starvation  effects  were 
noted  at  much  higher  concentrations  than  reported  in  this  connection  by  some 
observers.  The  action  of  different  high  concentrations  of  constant  balance  has 
not  been  determinerl  and  it  is  considered  uncertain  whether  there  exists  a  dis- 
tinct optimum  or  a  range  of  equally  beneficial  concentrations. 

The  influence  of  strong  Rontgen  rays  on  the  germination  and  growth  of 
higher  plants,  M.  Koernicke  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  [Pringsheim'].  56  (1915), 
Pfcffer-Festschr.,  pp.  416-^30,  figs.  If). — Giving  an  account  of  the  effects  of 
X-rays  of  varying  strength  on  different  plants,  the  author  states  that  these  rays 
parallel  other  rays  and  various  bodies  in  solution  in  their  biological  influences, 
inasmuch  as  heavier  dosage  checks  while  lighter  dosage  favors  the  develop- 
ment of  the  plants  and  the  activity  of  the  process  which  normally  take  place 
within  them. 

Smoke  as  a  means  of  shortening  winter  rest,  H.  Molisch  ( Umschau,  20 
(1916).  No.  12,  pp.  230-233,  figs.  5). — Smoke  of  tobacco,  paper,  or  sawdust  gave 
essentially  the  same  result  in  hastening  the  resumption  of  activity  after  the 
winter  rest  period  in  case  of  several  common  plants  exposed  thereto  for  one  or 
two  days.  The  manner  in  which  these  results  are  produced  was  not  dis- 
covered. 

Botanical  diagnosis  of  smoke  injury  in  forests,  F.  W.  Neger  (Naturwisscn- 
schaftcn,  4  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  85-90,  figs.  4)- — Following  up  his  previous  work 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  243)  by  alleging  a  degree  of  unreliability  of  certain  phenomena 
as  criteria  for  smoke  injury  to  forest  vegetation,  the  author  states  that  it  is 
inevitable  that  smoke  effects  should  resemble  more  or  less  those  of  drought  and 
frost,  since  each  results  in  the  killing  of  the  plasma  of  the  as.similating  cells, 
causing  a  sudden  loss  of  water  and  the  subsequent  drying  of  these  parts. 

Anomalies  in  Beta  vulgaris,  I,  II,  O.  Munerati  and  T.  V.  Zapparoli  (Atti 
R.  Acad.  Lined,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  4  (1915),  I,  Nos.  11, 
pp.  1150-1158,  figs.  12;  12,  pp.  1236-1239,  figs.  3).— This  discussion  of  anomalies 
of  beets  inclules  cotyledonary  leaves,  fasciation,  ascidiform  leaf  structure, 
neurochorisis  affecting  the  median  nerve,  trumpet  formation  of  leaves,  filiform 
growth  of  leaves,  cortical  melanism,  degeneration  of  roots,  and  other  pecu- 
liarities. 

Studies  on  the  phylogeny  of  Nicotiana  tabacum,  G.  E.  Anastasia  (Atti  R. 
Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fi^.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  11,  pp. 
1146-1150). — Giving  an  account  of  studies  carried  out  subsequently  to  those 
previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  18,  p.  635),  the  author  holds  that  N.  tabacum 
was  originally  derived  from  a  hybridization  of  the  two  forms  N.  rustica  and  N. 
petnnioides. 

The  floral  biology  of  the  peach,  C.  Campbell  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend. 
CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  I,  No.  1,  pp.  68-73,  figs.  2).— This 
is  a  discus'sion  of  the  floral  characters  of  the  peach  considered  as  being  not  only 
of  biological  and  systematic,  but  also  of  agricultural,  importance. 


1916]  FIELD   CEOPS.  437 

The  floral  biology  of  the  almond,  C.  Campbell  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend. 
CI.  Set.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I,  No.  3,  pp.  256-261,  figs.  9).— This 
is  a  discussion  of  anomalies  in  the  floral  parts  of  the  almond,  pointing  to  the 
necessity  for  study  bearing  upon  the  attainment  of  certainty  and  regularity  in 
the  output. 

Chimeras  and  graft  hybrids,  J.  Budeb  (Naturtcissenschaften,  3  (1915),  Nos. 
1,  pp.  6-9,  figs.  J,;  2,  pp.  23-25,  figs.  3;  3,  pp.  33-36;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129 
{1915),  No.  2,  p.  20). — The  author  discusses  the  conditions  for  the  production 
of  graft  hybrids  and  the  necessary  relations  of  the  cells  of  the  symbionts  to 
each  other  and  to  the  growing  point,  which  are  described  in  typical  forms. 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Comparative  study  of  the  root  systems  and  leaf  areas  of  com  and  the 
sorghums,  E.  C.  Miller  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  9, 
pp.  311-332,  pis.  7,  figs.  3). — The  methods  and  results  of  experiments  conducted 
at  the  Garden  City,  Kans.,  substation  of  the  Kansas  Experiment  Station,  to 
determine  the  fundamental  characteristics  of  sorghum  plants  enabling  them  to 
withstand  severe  climatic  conditions  better 'than  the  corn  plant,  are  described. 
The  data  secured,  together  with  a  summary  of  climatic  conditions,  are  given  in 
tables  and  discussed. 

In  all  stages  of  growth  the  primary  root  systems  were  found  equally  exten- 
sive, but  the  secondary  roots  of  the  sorghum  plants  as  compared  with  those  of 
corn  were  twice  as  numerous  per  unit  of  primary  root.  Both  primary  and  sec- 
ondary roots  of  the  sorghums  were  found  to  be  more  fibrous  than  those  of  corn. 
A  study  of  the  weight  of  the  dry  matter  of  the  aerial  portions  and  of  the  roots 
of  mature  plants  showed  an  average  ratio  of  the  dry  weight  of  the  grain,  stem, 
^nd  leaves  of  standard  Kafir  to  the  dry  weight  of  the  roots  of  15 : 1  and  14.9 : 1 
in  1914  and  1915,  respectively,  while  the  dry  weight  of  the  stem  and  leaves  of 
the  same  plants  was  on  the  average  10.9  times  that  of  the  root  weight  in  1914, 
and  10.1  times  the  root  weight  in  1915.  The  average  ratio  of  the  dry  weight 
of  the  aerial  portions  of  dwarf  milo  maize  to  the  weight  of  the  roots  was  found 
to  be  15.7 : 1  in  1914  and  15 : 1  in  1915.  The  weight  of  the  stem  and  leaves  of 
the  same  plants  was  9.6  times  and  8  times,  respectively,  the  weight  of  the  roots 
for  the  two  years.  The  weight  of  the  stem  and  leaves  of  Pride  of  Saline  corn 
was  9.6  times  the  root  weight  in  1914  and  7.8  time.s  the  weight  of  the  root  sys- 
tem in  1915.  The  aerial  parts  of  dwarf  BlackhuU  Kafir  corn  in  1915  showed  a 
weight  of  15.7  times  that  of  the  roots,  and  the  weight  of  the  stem  and  leaves 
8.9  times  the  weight  of  the  roots.  The  results  of  experiments  regarding  soil 
moisture  content  and  depth  of  root  penetration  seemed  to  show  that  under  the 
existing  conditions  very  little,  if  any,  depletion  of  soil  moisture  took  place  be- 
low the  depth  of  root  penetration. 

The  leaf  area  of  the  corn  plant  at  all  stages  of  its  growth  was  found  to  be 
approximately  twice  as  great  as  that  of  Dwarf  Milo  maize  and  never  less  than 
1.5  times  that  of  BlackhuU  Kafir  corn.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  sorghums 
would  have  the  advantage  over  the  corn  plant  under  any  climatic  condition  tend- 
ing to  bring  about  a  loss  of  water  from  the  plants.  The  two  sorghums  as  com- 
pared to  the  corn  plant  have  only  one-half  the  leaf  surface  exposed  for  the 
evaporation  of  water,  and  also  have  a  root  system  which,  judging  from  the 
number  of  secondary  roots,  would  be  twice  as  efficient  in  the  absorption  of  soil 
moisture. 

Contribution  to  the  question  of  spacing  and  feeding  the  individual  plant 
in  plant  breeding,  R.  Leidner  (Ztschr.  PflanzenzucM..  3  (1915),  No.  3.  pp. 
353-310). — This  article  discusses  the  views  of  different  authorities  on  plant 


438  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

breeding  with  reference  to  spacing  plants  in  experimental  and  practical  plant 
breeding,  giving  special  attention  to  the  recommendation  of  Mitscherlich  that 
each  plant  be  given  sufficient  space  to  enable  a  person  to  walk  around  it  and 
to  treat  it  frequently  with  nutrient  solution.  The  author  concludes  that  this 
plan  does  not  meet  practical  requirements  and  expresses  the  belief  that  the 
practical  plant  breeder  should  be  advised  to  adhere  to  the  customary  spacing 
in  pedigree  and  selection  work. 

Rotations  and  tillage  methods  in  western  Nebraska,  W.  P.  Snydeb  and 
W.  M.  OsBORN  (Nebraska  Sta.  Bui.  155  (1916),  pp.  6-48,  figs.  6;  pop.  ed.  (1915), 
pp.  21,  fig.  1). — This  bulletin  is  a  report  on  plat  experiments  begun  in  1906  at 
the  North  Platte  Substation  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry 
of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  for  the  purpose  of  testing  various 
rotations,  crop  sequences,  and  methods  of  tillage  in  the  production  of  corn, 
spring  wheat,  oats,  barley,  and  sorghum  hay.  The  deductions  presented  are 
based  on  the  average  results  of  eight  years'  work. 

The  weather  conditions  of  the  season  are  recognized  as  the  greatest  factor  in 
controlling  yields.  The  seasonal  precipitation  was  found  to  have  a  much 
greater  influence  on  the  crop  production  than  methods  of  seed-bed  preparation, 
crop  sequence,  or  the  use  of  manure.  During  favorable  seasons  profitable 
crops  were  produced  by  all  methods  under  test  and  during  unfavorable  seasons 
profitable  crops  were  not  produced  by  any  method.  The  system  of  alternate 
cropping  and  summer  tillage  failed  to  overcome  severe  drought  conditions, 
and  was  less  profitable  in  the  production  of  corn  and  spring  grain  than  ordinary 
methods  of  production.  In  some  unfavorable  years,  however,  this  method  gave 
a  large  increase  in  yields  over  common  practices. 

In  considering  the  average  yearly  profit  or  loss  per  acre  for  the  eight 
years,  it  is  shown  that  corn  grown  on  summer-tilled  land  gave  a  loss  of 
3  cts.  as  against  a  profit  of  $3.65  for  corn  grown  continuously.  Spring  wheat 
gave  a  profit  of  $2.11  when  grown  on  sumraei'-tilled  land  and  a  profit  of  $2.28 
or  $3.06  on  land  growing  wheat  continuously.  Oats  gave  a  loss  of  $2.29  per 
acre  on  summer-tiled  land  while  on  land  continuously  cropped  the  loss  was 
small.  Barley  gave  a  loss  of  $2.08  per  acre  on  summer-tilled  land  and  a  small 
profit  on  land  continuously  cropped. 

The  results  of  the  eight  years  further  indicated  that  from  the  standpoint  of 
yield  or  profit  it  mattered  but  little  whether  the  land  was  spring  plowed  or 
fall  plowed  for  fall  or  spring  grains.  The  difference  in  the  yield  of  spring 
wheat  on  land  that  grew  spring  grain  or  corn  the  previous  year  was  not 
marked  during  any  season.  Almost  every  year  corn  following  corn  yielded 
more  than  corn  following  small  grain.  The  average  annual  difference  for  the 
eight  years  is  reported  at  5  bu.  per  acre  in  favor  of  land  growing  corn  the 
preceding  season.  The  yields  of  spring  wheat  and  oats  following  sorghum 
grown  for  forage  were  not  much  different  from  the  yields  of  the  same  crops 
following  corn  or  spring  grain.  In  most  years  spring  wheat  yielded  more 
when  following  corn  and  spring  grain  than  when  following  sorghum,  but  in 
some  seasons  the  reverse  was  true. 

The  use  of  barnyard  manure  gave  no  appreciable  beneficial  effect  on  the 
yields  of  the  succeeding  crop.  Rye  and  field  peas  plowed  under  as  green 
manure  proved  to  be  more  expensive  and  less  profitable  than  alternate  cropping 
and  summer  tillage.  Nearly  all  rotations  giving  a  loss  were  designed  to  main- 
tain the  soil  fertility  through  barnyard  manure,  a  green  manure  crop,  or  a 
grass  crop.  Corn  grown  on  summer-tilled  land,  oats  grown  continuously  on 
spring  plowed  or  on  summer-tilled  land,  and  barley  on  summer-tilled  land 
were  also  unprofitable.  Considering  the  comparative  ineffectiveness  of  barn- 
yard manure,  the  most  profitable  rotation  of  the  series  was  sorghum,  corn, 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  439 

and  spring  wheat,  giving  corn  stover  a  value  of  $3  per  ton  and  sorghum  a 
value  of  $4  per  ton. 

Alfalfa  and  brome  grass  proved  unsuccessful,  and  it  is  stated  that  for  the 
conditions  under  which  these  crops  were  grown  they  should  have  been  seeded 
in  rows  and  cultivated.  The  average  yearly  yield  of  sorghum  for  seven  years 
was  3.1  tons  per  acre.  As  a  single  crop  and  also  in  rotations  corn  ranked 
above  any  of  the  small  grain  crops  in  the  profit  per  acre  where  the  stover 
and  grain  are  both  used.  Spring  wheat  ranked  next  and  gave  the  most  profit 
when  following  corn  in  a  rotation.  Barley  gave  less  profit  than  spring  wheat 
and  oats  wei-e  usually  grown  at  a  loss. 

Carrying  capacity  of  grazing  ranges  in  southern  Arizona,  E.  O.  Wooton 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  367  (1916),  pp.  1^0,  pis.  10,  figs.  5).— The  plans  and 
methods  of  the  studies  here  reported,  as  well  as  earlier  results  secured  in 
the  work,  have  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  23,  p.  136).  This  bulletin 
summarizes  the  results  thus  far  obtained  including  those  reported  in  preceding 
publications. 

Regarding  the  rate  of  recovery  of  the  ranges  it  is  stated  that  three  years 
of  complete  protection  gave  about  three-fourths  of  complete  recovery  for  the 
area  where  crowfoot  grama  was  the  dominant  grass  at  levels  of  about  3,500 
to  4,000  ft.  with  an  annual  rainfall  of  from  15  to  18  in.  An  inclosed  pasture 
of  this  type  of  794  acres  stocked  with  horses  and  burros  at  the  average  rate 
of  11  head  per  section  recovered  somewhat  more  slowly  than  the  completely 
protected  area  beside  it,  and  at  the  same  level,  but  after  11  years  of  protec- 
tion it  was  not  and  had  not  been  for  two  or  three  years  appreciably  different 
in  carrying  capacity  from  the  completely  protected  area.  Three  other  areas 
of  1,065,  1,695,  and  1,889  acres,  pastured  judiciously  with  approximately  all 
the  cattle  they  could  carry,  are  reported  as  showing  a  better  productivity 
than  adjacent  unprotected  grazing  land  of  the  same  character,  and  are  believed 
to  have  materially  increased  the  carrying  capacity  under  the  treatment  within 
a  period  of  11  years.  With  complete  protection  the  better  part  of  this  range 
recovered  rapidly  during  the  first  two  or  three  years  and  approached  com- 
plete recovery  in  10  or  12  years.  Heavy  stocking  with  cattle  did  not  prevent 
but  retarded  recovery,  so  that  after  11  years  the  grazed  areas  were  but  partially 
recovered  though  their  carrying  capacity  had  increased  at  least  30  per  cent  in 
that  time. 

The  results  of  reseeding  operations  to  introduce  new  species  of  forage  plants 
or  to  increase  the  relative  abundance  of  particular  endemic  species  beyond 
their  natural  importance  were  practically  all  negative.  Scattering  the  seeds 
of  the  best  grasses  of  a  region  on  the  denuded  areas  is  recommended  wherever 
the  seeds  can  be  had  in  any  quantity  at  relatively  small  expense. 

Records  were  made  for  a  series  of  years  to  work  out  an  expression  repre- 
senting the  average  carrying  capacity  of  the  whole  range  reserve.  From 
weights  of  the  dry  material  collected  for  nine  years  on  small  measured  repre- 
sentative areas,  the  total  productivity  in  povinds  of  forage  per  acre  was  cal- 
culated. The  yearly  averages  indicated  the  rate  of  improvement,  and  the 
average  of  all  records  showed  an  average  total  annual  production  of  about 
1,160  lbs.  per  acre.  The  average  amount  of  hay  obtained,  as  based  on  records 
covering  five  years  on  a  total  area  of  492.5  acres,  was  640  lbs.  per  acre.  Three 
areas  of  about  one  acre  each  cut  four  years  in  succession  lost  in  productivity 
from  one-half  to  three-fourths  of  what  they  produced  the  first  year.  From 
the  measurements  of  the  small  areas  the  approximate  productivity  of  different 
forage  plant  associations  was  obtained,  and  from  these  figures  and  the  areas 
of  each  association,  the  average  production  of  the  whole  reserve  was  calculated 
61574°— No.  5—16 4 


440  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

at  1,100  lbs.  per  acre.  "Assuming  the  value  of  1,100  lbs.  per  acre  as  an  average 
total  productivity  and  50  per  cent  of  that  amount  as  maintenance  capacity  for 
the  range,  then,  if  the  average  animal  eats  the  equivalent  of  30  lbs.  of  dry 
feed  per  day  he  will  need  11,000  lbs.  in  a  year,  and  it  will  take  10  acres  of 
land  to  furnish  that  amount  at  full  productivity,  and  20  acres  of  land  at  main- 
tenance capacity.  Thus  we  have  an  average  value  for  carrying  capacity  equal 
to  20  acres  per  head  per  year,  or  32  head  per  section,  for  the  reserve." 

Record  was  also  kept  of  animal-days'  feed  consumed  for  a  period  of  five  years 
on  about  16  per  cent  of  the  best  part  of  the  reserve.  The  average  carrying 
capacity  for  7^  sections,  or  one-eighth  of  the  whole  reserve  stocked  with  cattle 
was  14.1  acres  per  head  per  year.  It  is  stated  that  this  carrying  capacity  is 
considerably  above  that  for  the  whole  range.  On  one  of  the  pastures  stocking 
at  the  average  rate  of  58  acres  per  head  per  year  was  considerably  below 
the  limit  of  maintenance  capacity,  the  pasture  so  stocked  being  not  noticeably 
diffei-ent  in  condition  from  adjacent  land  not  pastured  for  11  years. 

Cereal  crops  in  the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  J.  F.  Ross  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  738  {1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  5). — Tlie  topography,  soil,  and  climate, 
including  rainfall,  humidity,  wind,  evaporation,  and  temperature  are  noted, 
and  farming  in  the  region  is  discussed.  Brief  directions  are  given  for  the 
culture  of  small  grains,  and  the  adaptability,  importance,  yield,  quality,  va- 
rieties, and  rates  and  date  of  seeding  each  crop  are  taken  into  account.  The 
small-grain  crops  considered  given  in  the  order  of  their  importance  as  based 
on  average  yields  are  winter  wheat,  spring  oats,  winter  barley,  winter  rye, 
proso,  durum  spring  wheat,  common  spring  wheat,  winter  spelt,  and  winter 
emmer.  The  grain  sorghums,  especially  varieties  of  milo  maize,  Kafir  corn,  and 
feterita,  are  regarded  as  the  most  important  grain  crops  for  the  region. 

Fodder  grasses  of  Java,  X-XIII,  C.  A.  Backer  {Tcysinannia,  25  (1914), 
Nos.  J,,  pp  209-215,  pis.  3;  5-6,  pp.  298-317,  pi.  1;  9,  pp  523-549;  26  (1915), 
No.  1-2,  pp.  86-98,  pi.  1). — These  articles,  which  are  in  continuation  of  previous 
work  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  431),  present  botanical  and  cultural  notes  on  Isachne 
firimila,  I.  niiUacea,  I.  montana,  Panicum  miliacetnn,  and  Paspalnra  niuticum. 
P.  mUiaceum,  is  discussed  at  some  length,  and  in  addition  to  its  botanical  char- 
acters attention  is  given  to  its  culture,  feeding  value,  and  chemical  composition. 

Eleven  years'  experiments  with,  field  carrots  on  sandy  soil  at  Plahult, 
H.  VON  Feilitzen  [Svenska  MossJcMltnrfor.  Tidskr.,  29  (1915),  No.  4-5,  pp.  293- 
317). — Field  carrots  vi'ere  grown  on  sandy  soil  of  low  fertility  and  drought 
resistance.  The  carrots  followed  rye  and  the  soil  was  fertilized  with  manure 
and  received  in  addition  an  application  of  superphosphate,  potash  salts,  and 
nitrate  of  soda.  The  yields  per  hectare  for  different  years  were  as  follows : 
1904,  29.9  tons;  1905,  17  tons;  1906,  42.9  tons;  1907,  17.8  tons;  1909,  43.9  tons; 
1913,  39.9  tons ;  1910,  50.1  tons ;  and  1914,  39.3  tons. 

The  variation  in  yield  from  year  to  year  was  mostly  due  to  the  differences 
in  the  amount  of  precipitation.  The  application  of  the  manure  in  the  fall 
gave  better  results  than  applying  it  in  the  spring.  White  Belgian  and  Cham- 
pion were  the  most  promising  varieties  grown. 

Button  clover,  R.  McKee  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  730  (1916),  pp.  9, 
figs.  3). — This  publication  gives  a  description  of  button  clover,  enumerates  the 
climatic,  soil,  and  moisture  requirements  of  the  plant,  points  out  its  value  for 
hay,  pasture,  and  green  manure,  and  presents  directions  for  its  culture.  Tabu- 
lated data  show  that  button  clover  at  Chico,  Cal.,  for  the  four  years  beginning 
1908  yielded  from  790  to  1,100  lbs.  of  seed  per  acre  as  compared  with  from  255 
to  407  lbs.  for  toothed  bur  clover  during  the  thi-ee  years  beginning  1908. 

Tests  were  made  in  1915  with  seed  stored  for  different  lengths  of  time. 
Seed  grown  in  1912  showed  a  germination  of  58  per  cent  with  2  per  cent  of 


1916]  FIELD  CROPS.  441 

Iiard  seed,  and  seed  grown  in  1907  germinated  49.5  per  cent  with  5  per  cent 
of  liard  seed  when  four  years  old,  and  29.5  per  cent  with  7  per  cent  of  hard 
seed  when  seven  years  old.  In  1911  a  test  made  with  seed  gi'own  the  pre- 
ceding year  gave  a  germination  of  91  per  cent  with  4  per  cent  of  hard  seed. 

Inbreeding  in  maize,  D.  F.  Jones  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No. 
1104,  V-  290). — The  author  reports  that  12  generations  of  continuous  inbreed- 
ing in  maize  confirmed  previous  conclusions.  A  reduction  in  vegetative  vigor, 
rapid  at  first  but  gradually  slowing  down  and  finally  ceasing,  was  found  cor- 
relative with  the  theoretical  approach  to  complete  homozygosity.  A  marked 
tendency  was  observed  toward  complete  uniformity  within  the  limits  of  physi- 
ological fluctuation.  The  reduction  in  variability  was  accompanied  by  a  segre- 
gation of  characters  and  an  isolation  of  subvarieties  differing  in  their  power 
for  development  as  expressed  by  the  size  of  the  plant  and  the  yield  of  the 
grain.  It  is  stated  that  after  continued  inbreeding  there  is  an  approach  to 
the  stability  of  a  naturally  inbred  race.  The  constantly  segregating  characters 
in  the  original  cros.sbred  race  are  considered  of  little  value  in  classification. 

A  Persian  and  other  forms  of  emmer,  A.  Schulz  {Ber.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesell., 
33  {1915).  No.  4,  pp.  233-2A2,  pi.  1). — Different  forms  of  emmer  are  discussed 
from  a  historical  viewpoint  and  descriptions  are  given  of  some  of  their  botani- 
cal characters,  especially  those  of  the  spike,  spikelets,  and  grains.  Among  the 
forms  discussed  and  figured  are  Triticum  dicoccum  farrum,  T.  dicoccum  rufum, 
T.  dicoccum  var.  haussknechtiunum,  T.  dicoccoides  var.  straussiana,  T.  dicoc- 
coides  var.  kotschyana,  T.  dicoccum  tricoccum,  T.  dicoccum  serbicum  album, 
and  T.  dicoccum  farrum  albiimXT.  dicoccum  serbicum  album. 

Lespedeza  seed,  Mayme  Dwokak  {La.  Agr.  Col.,  Ext.  Div.  Circ.  11  {1916), 
pp.  11). — The  results  of  purity  and  germination  tests  are  reported,  together 
with  the  results  of  experiments  with  new  and  old  seed  and  wiHi  different 
treatments  to  hasten  germination. 

Three-year  old  lespedeza  seed  failed  to  germinate  and  two-year  old  seed 
had  a  very  low  percentage  of  germination.  Seed  with  a  high  percentage  of 
hard  seeds  in  November,  1914,  when  tested  in  December,  1915,  showed  an 
increase  of  11  per  cent  of  germination  and  a  decrease  of  34  per  cent  in  the 
number  of  hard  seeds,  but  when  tested  in  February,  1916,  the  germinative 
value  was  practically  the  same  as  in  November,  1914.  Corresponding  samples 
of  a  high  percentage  of  germination  and  a  comparatively  low  hard  seed 
content  in  November,  1914,  showed  practically  the  same  percentage  of  viable 
seeds  and  the  same  hard  seed  content  when  tested  in  December,  1915,  and 
February,  19J6,  as  the  samples  mentioned  above.  Samples  tested  in  Febru- 
ary, 1915,  had  an  average  percentage  of  germination  of  63.05  and  an  average 
percentage  of  hard  seed  of  16.07,  but  when  tested  a  year  later  they  showed 
an  average  percentage  of  germination  of  only  27.52  and  an  average  per- 
centage of  hard  seeds  of  8.58. 

The  treatment  of  lespedeza  seed  with  sulphuric  acid,  ammonium  hydroxid, 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  hot  water,  indicated  that  the  use  of  hot  water  reduced 
the  germinative  power  very  perceptibly.  The  application  of  sulphuric  acid 
so  hastened  germination  that  practically  all  of  the  viable  seeds  germinated 
within  three  or  four  days. 

Investigation  of  the  injurious  effect  of  lime  on  the  lupine  and  its  pre- 
vention, B.  Creydt  {Jour.  Landw.,  63  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  125-191,  pis.  6).— 
Studies  of  this  subject  by  different  investigators  are  briefly  reviewed,  and 
results  are  presented  of  experiments  made  to  determine  whether  the  lupine 
is  injuriously  affected  by  basic  nutritive  solutions  in  general  or  in  particular 
by  those  containing  lime,  and  if  lime  is  the  active  agent  whether  application  of 
potash  can  reduce  or  remove  the  detrimental  effect.     Pot  experiments  were 


442  EXPERIMENT    STATION    RECORD.  [VoL  35 

conducted  in  which  lupines  were  grown  on  sand  and  clay  with  different  lime 
content  and  treated  with  light  and  heavy  applications  of  carbonate,  bisulphate, 
and  chlorid  of  potash.  The  data  obtained  are  tabulated  and  discussed  in 
detail. 

The  conclusion  is  reached  that  the  injurious  effects  of  lime  on  the  lupine 
are  due  to  a  specific  sensitiveness  of  the  plant  toward  the  substance,  and 
are  not  the  result  of  a  general  sensitiveness  toward  alkalinity.  The  data 
brought  together  showed  that  basic  as  compared  with  acid  soil  fertilization 
had  the  more  favorable  effect  on  the  development  of  the  plants ;  in  fact,  acid 
fertilization  had  a  marked  injurious  influence.  The  author  believes  that  this 
specific  sensitiveness  to  lime  is  due  to  the  solvent  action  of  the  lupine  and  its 
capacity  to  take  up  lime,  and  that  if  the  lime  content  of  the  soil  is  high  the 
plant  makes  use  of  these  properties  and  takes  up  a  large  quantity  of  lime  at 
the  expense  of  the  nutrients  necessary  for  its  development.  It  was  found  in 
these  experiments  that  by  means  of  applications  of  carbonate  of  potash  and 
chlorid  of  potash  the  quantity  of  lime  taken  up  can  be  reduced  and  the 
injurious  effect  to  a  certain  extent  controlled.  The  investigation  further  indi- 
cated that  lime  not  only  influenced  the  lupine  unfavorably  but  that  the  par- 
ticular nodule  bacteria  were  also  injuriously  affected,  suffering  a  reduction 
in  their  activity. 

Some  recent  investigations  in  sugar  beet  breeding,  F.  J.  Pritchakd  (Abs. 
in  Science,  n.  ser.,  JfS  (.1916),  No.  1102,  p.  219). — Data  secured  in  ten  years' 
experiments  in  sugar  beet  breeding  indicate  that  differences  in  the  size,  total 
sugar  content,  and  percentage  of  sugar  of  individual  beet  roots  show  no  evi- 
dence of  inheritance,  and  that  there  is  no  correlation  between  percentage  or 
quantity  of  sugar  of  roots  of  ordinary  sizes  and  their  yield  of  seed,  nor  between 
their  yield  of  seed  and  the  average  percentage  of  sugar  in  their  pi-ogeny. 
Discontinuance  of  selection  for  one  generation  caused  no  deterioration  but 
some  apparent  gain  in  percentage  of  sugar,  and  no  improvement  was  obtained 
in  yield  or  percentage  of  sugar  from  continuous  selection.  Fluctuations  in 
percentage  and  yield  of  sugar  are  regarded  as  due  chiefly  to  lack  of  soil 
uniformity.  Real  differences  between  strains  and  varieties  are  thus  obscured, 
but  may  be  distinguished  by  planting  each  variety  or  family  a  large  number 
of  times. 

Breaking  the  leaves  of  the  sugar  beet  as  a  means  of  increasing  the  yield, 
T.  Remy  {Bl.  Zuckerrubenbau,  22  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  189-193) .—Vlats  of  Dippe 
red-crowned  sugar  beet  and  Eckendorf  original  field  beet  were  planted  April 
22  and  on  August  7.  The  lateral  leaves  of  the  plants  on  two  of  the  plats  were 
broken  near  the  stem,  but  not  removed,  for  the  purpose  of  observing  the 
effect  of  this  treatment  on  the  yield.  In  comparison  with  the  check  plats 
the  sugar  beets  showed  a  reduction  in  yield  of  3,213  lbs.  and  the  field  beets 
of  7,229  lbs.  per  acre. 

Making  beet  seed  germination  tests,  H.  Plahn  (Bl.  Zuckerrubenbau,  22 
(1915),  No.  16,  pp.  m-lSl). — Several  methods  of  making  beet  seed  germination 
tests  are  described  and  compared  and  the  liability  of  error  inherent  in  the 
different  plans  is  pointed  out. 

The  author  describes  and  proposes  a  method  based  on  the  size  of  the  seed 
bolls  and  their  weight  per  hundred  for  which  he  claims  greater  accuracy  than 
can  be  secured  with  the  other  methods  discussed.  The  method  proposed  con- 
sists essentially  of  separating  the  seed  sample  into  the  different  sizes  of 
bolls  by  means  of  sieves  of  2,  3,  4,  and  5  mm.  mesh,  determining  what  per- 
centage by  weight  each  size  forms  of  the  sample,  taking  from  each  size  five 
lots  of  100  bolls  each  for  the  determination  of  the  weight  per  hundred  bolls, 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  443 

subjecting  the  first,  third,  and  fifth  of  these  to  germination  tests,  and  averag- 
ing the  results  on  a  percentage  basis. 

Sugar  cane  experiments  in  the  Leeward  Islands,  H.  A.  Tempany  et  al. 
(Imp.  Dept.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Sugar-cane  Expts.  Leetcard  Isl.,  1914-15,  pts. 
1-2,  pp.  76). — These  experiments  included  variety  tests  and  fertilizer  trials 
conducted  in  Antigua  and  St.  Kitts  in  1914-1.5  and  in  previous  years.  The  data 
secured  are  shown  graphically  and  in  tabulated  form  and  are  briefly  discussed. 

In  the  variety  tests  conducted  in  Antigua  the  leading  plant  canes  and  their 
yields  per  acre  were  as  follows :  B.  6308  produced  3,560  lbs.  of  sucrose  from  22 
tons  of  cane  per  acre  and  B.  6450  yielded  3,100  lbs.  from  19.3  tons.  B.  3412 
gave  2,980  lbs.  of  sucrose  per  acre  and  B.  3922,  2,940  lbs.  In  average  produc- 
tion during  the  past  14  years  Sealy  Seedling  stood  first  with  6,570  lbs.  of 
sucrose  per  acre  in  the  juice,  B.  208  second  with  6,410  lbs.,  and  B.  156  third 
with  6,290  lbs.  The  results  with  ratoon  canes  the  past  13  years  placed  Sealy 
Seedling  first  with  3,720  lbs.  of  sucrose  per  acre  in  the  juice,  followed  by 
B.  156  with  3,600  lbs.,  and  B.  306  with  3,560  lbs. 

In  the  work  with  varieties  in  St.  Kitts  during  the  year  1914—15,  D.  110  headed 
the  list  with  a  yield  of  5,680  lbs.  of  sucrose  per  acre  in  the  juice,  being  followed 
by  B,  376  with  5,510  lbs.,  and  Sealy  Seedling  with  5,450  lbs.  The  leading 
ratoon  canes  were  B.  1753,  yielding  5,300  lbs.  of  sucrose  per  acre  in  the  juice. 
D.  116  yielding  4,940  lbs.,  B.  1528  yielding  4,760  lbs.,  and  Sealy  Seedling 
4,610  lbs. 

Experiments  carried  out  at  Round  Hill,  Nevis,  during  this  year  place  Sealy 
Seedling  first  in  productiveness  with  a  yield  of  5,470  lbs.  of  sucrose  per  acre  in 
the  juice,  followed  by  A.  2  with  4,910  lbs.,  and  B.  1528  with  4,510  lbs. 

From  the  results  of  the  fertilizer  trials  it  is  concluded  that  under  average 
conditions  the  amounts  of  maniu'ial  constituents  supplied  in  20  tons  of  barn- 
yard manure  per  acre  applied  before  the  crop  of  plant  cane  is  established  pro- 
vides sufficient  plant  food  for  the  production  of  a  crop  of  plant  canes,  first 
ratoons,  and  possibly  second  ratoons.  An  additional  application  of  commer- 
cial fertilizers,  due  to  the  limitation  of  the  moisture  supply,  is  unattended  by 
corresponding  increases. 

Investigations  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  leaves  of  different  varie- 
ties of  spring  wheat  and  its  significance  in  breeding,  W.  Heusee  {Ztschr. 
Pflanzenzliclit.,  3  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  335-352) .—This  article  is  devoted  partly 
to  a  study  of  the  differences  in  leaf  structure  of  a  number  of  varieties  of  spring 
wheat,  and  partly  to  a  presentation  of  different  views  regarding  the  significance 
of  the  size  of  the  plant  cell. 

The  experimental  study  of  the  anatomy  of  wheat  leaves,  according  to  the 
author,  showed  that  varieties  comparatively  xerophytic  in  type  are  character- 
ized by  small  size  of  cell.  In  this  connection  attention  is  called  to  the  fact 
that  Kolkunoff  bases  selection  on  the  small  size  of  cells  in  breeding  for  drought 
resistance.  The  author  questions  the  advisability  of  selecting  small  cell  types 
of  wheat  for  culture  under  the  conditions  obtaining  in  Germany,  but  suggests 
the  selection  of  large-celled  and  small-celled  forms  from  the  wheat  varieties 
commonly  grown  to  compare  them  with  reference  to  the  rate  of  development 
and  to  the  morphological  and  physiological  characters  that  distinguish  them. 
Marquis  wheat,  C.  R.  Ball  and  J.  A.  Clark  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui. 
732  {1916).  pp.  7,  figs.  2). — The  history  and  description  of  Marquis  wheat  are 
given,  and  its  value  for  the  subhumid,  semiarid,  arid,  and  irrigated  sections  is 
discussed.  The  recommendations  given  are  based  largely  on  the  results  secured  in 
13  States  in  experiments  with  Marquis  wheat  by  this  Department  and  a  number 
of  experiment   stations. 


444  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

For  the  subhumid  section  this  variety  is  regarded  as  comparing  very  favor- 
ably with  the  principal  spring  wheats.  In  the  semiarid  section  it  was  found 
that  the  durum  wheats  generally  outyield  the  commonly  grown  spring  wheats,  in- 
cluding Marquis.  The  variety  is  not  recommended  for  the  arid  sections  nor  for  any 
district  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  either  witli  or  without  irrigation.  It 
was  shown  that  Marquis  is  a  first-class  milling  wheat. 

The  disinfection  of  seeds,  V.  M.  Archikhovskii  (V.  Arcichovskij)  (Zap. 
Sta.  Isp.  Stem.  Imp.  Bot.  Sad.  {Ann.  Infsi.  Essai.<<  Semcnces  Jard.  Imp.  Bot. 
Pierre  Grand),  2  {1915),  No.  6,  pp.  107,  pi.  1,  figs.  7).— Historical  notes  on  the 
study  of  seed  disinfection  are  presented,  the  autiior's  method  of  pur.suing  the 
work  is  outlined,  and  the  results  secured  are  reported  and  discussed.  A  r(5sume 
of  the  article  is  given  in  French  and  a  list  of  64  references  to  literature  on  the 
subject   is   appended. 

Different  kinds  of  seeds,  including  peas,  corn,  and  beans,  were  treated  with 
solutions  of  corrosive  sublimate,  silver  nitrate,  sulphuric,  concentrated  hydro- 
chloric, concentrated  nitric,  chromic,  and  osmic  acids,  bromin,  chlorin,  chlorid 
of  lime,  acidulated  chlorid  of  lime,  iodin,  hydrogen  peroxid,  formalin,  phenol, 
and  soft  soap.  It  is  concluded  from  the  results  that  it  is  possible  to  disinfect 
seeds  without  destroying  their  germinative  properties,  and  that  chemical  sub- 
stances such  as  concentrated  acids  and  certain  active,  especially  oxidizing  sub- 
stances such  as  hydrogen  peroxid,  chlorin,  and  bromin,  are  adapted  to  the  dis- 
infection of  seeds.  It  is  stated  that  in  using  concentrated  acids  the  organisms 
on  the  surface  of  the  seeds  are  killed  before  the  acids  can  penetrate  into  the 
seeds  and  destroy  their  germinability,  and  that  in  the  case  of  oxidizing  dis- 
infectants the  substances  absorbed  after  the  seeds  are  sterilized  are  not 
injurious. 

Weeds  in  the  poppy  fiields  of  Volhynia  and  Podolia,  K.  W.  Kamenskii 
(Kamensky)  {Zap.  Sta.  Isp.  Stem  Imp.  Bot.  Sad.  {Ann.  Samenpriif.  Anst.  K. 
Bot.  Gart.  Peter  Grossen),  2  {IBlJf),  No.  2,  pp.  25).— The  results  of  a  study  by 
which  the  principal  species  of  weeds  occurring  in  the  poppy  fields  of  the  two 
governments  were  determined  are  reported.  Lists  of  the  weeds  are  given  in 
tabular  form,  and  the  frequency  of  occurrence  of  the  different  species  is  indi- 
cated. 

The  more  common  species  were  Amnranthus  retroflexus,  Chenopodium  album, 
and  Setaria  glauca.  Galeopsis  ladamim  was  also  found  in  both  regions,  and 
Oxalis  stricta  appeared  to  be  characteristic  of  Volhynia.  Seeds  of  Datura 
stramonium,  Xanthium  strumarium,  and  X.  spinosum,  weeds  growing  along  the 
roadsides,  were  also  found  in  the  poppy  seed. 

HORTICULTURE. 

The  Australian  gardener,  revised  by  F.  A.  Falknek  {Melbourne:  F.  H. 
Brunning  Printery,  Ltd.,  1916,  18.  ed.,  pp.  [S]+47i,  pis.  9,  figs.  38). — A  manual 
of  information  relative  to  ornamental  and  vegetable  gardening  and  fruit  culture 
in  Victoria,  including  also  a  brief  section  devoted  to  general  farm  crops. 

Gardening  investigations,  H.  Schmid  {Landio.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  29  {1915), 
No.  5,  pp.  592-601.  fig.  1) . — A  brief  progress  report  on  cultural  and  breeding 
investigations  with  flowers,  vegetables,  and  strawberries  conducted  at  the 
Wadensweil  Station  during  1913  and  1914. 

The  acclimation  of  plants  and  their  adaptation  to  soil  by  means  of  graft- 
ing, J.  B.  Dental  {Rev.  Hort.  [Paris],  88  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  47-49).— The 
author  enumerates  a  number  of  plants  which  he  has  successfully  adapted  to 
different  soil  conditions  by  grafting  on  certain  stocks. 


Ifil6]  HORTICULTUBE.  445 

A  spraying  manual  (Fayetteville,  Ark.:  Univ.  Ark.  Ext.  Div.,  1916,  pp.  16, 
fiff.  1). — Tliis  manual  contains  a  monthly  working  calendar  and  directions  for 
spraying  the  more  important  insect  diseases  and  pests  of  orchard  and  small 
fruits,  roses,  and  vegetables.  Directions  are  also  given  for  preparing  various 
spray  mixtures. 

How  to  make  hotbeds  and  cold  frames  (Harrishurg,  Pa.:  The  Countryside 
Presa,  1915,  pp.  7Jf,  figs.  21). — In  this  booklet  popular  directions  are  given  for 
the  construction  and  management  of  hotbeds  and  cold  frames,  as  well  as  the 
smaller  types  of  greenhouses. 

How  to  make  a  vegetable  garden  {Harrishurg,  Pa.:  The  Countryside  Press, 
1915,  pp.  13,  figs.  14). — In  addition  to  directions  for  planning  and  planting 
vegetable  gardens,  specific  directions  are  given  for  growing  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant vegetables,  together  with  a  monthly  working  calendar  and  planting 
table. 

Some  results  in  size  inheritance,  B.  H.  A.  Gkoth  (Neto  Jersey  Stas.  Bui. 
278  {1915).  pp.  3-92,  pis.  22). — In  continuation  of  previous  reports  on  heredity 
and  correlation  of  structural  characters  in  tomatoes  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  742),  this 
bulletin  gives  the  results  and  deductions  from  four  generations  of  tomato 
crosses.  Some  data  are  also  given  on  crosses  between  varieties  of  Solanum 
nigrum. 

The  work  done  with  tomatoes  tlms  far  indicates  that  "  the  size  of  cotyledons 
and  first  leaves  is  determined  not  only  by  sizes  of  the  respective  parental  organs, 
but  also  by  other  factors,  as  for  example  excess  vigor  in  the  Fi  and  the  size 
of  seed  in  all  generations. 

"  The  range  and  frequency  distribution  of  size,  shape,  and  number  of  all 
characters  studied  in  cotyledons,  first  leaves,  large  leaves,  and  fruits  is  of  the 
same  nature,  that  is,  wider  than  that  of  the  Fi  or  either  parent,  but  like  that 
of  a  continuous  variation,  showing  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  only  a  single 
mode,  which  agrees  closely  with  the  mode  of  the  Fi  unless  excess  vigor  enters 
as  a  factor.  The  dependence  of  the  F2  frequency  distribution  on  that  of  the  Fi 
is  much  greater  than  its  dependence  upon  the  frequency  distributions  of  the 
parents.  Whether  the  parents  are  similar  or  dissimilar  in  respect  to  a  certain 
size  character  has  very  little  influence  upon  the  F2  range  of  sizes  as  to  that 
character.  Instances  are  given  of  F2  frequency  distributions  which  could  not 
have  been  caused  by  the  Mendelian  inheritance  of  any  number  of  multiple 
factors. 

"  The  size  and  shape  of  the  Fi  crosses  between  ±  round  fruits  are  the  geo- 
metric means  of  the  parental  sizes  and  shape.  In  the  F,  the  variations  in  size 
and  shape  are  caused  by  the  interaction  of  size  and  shape  factors.  When  fruits 
of  different  shape  and  size  are  crossed  new  shapes  and  sizes  should  be  expected 
to  appear,  some  to  breed  true  without  the  assumption  of  any  multiple  factors. 
The  constancy  of  unit  factors  of  size  and  shape  must  be  gravely  doubted  in 
view  of  the  influence  which  supposedly  absent  factors  may  have  upon  the 
development  of  those  present. 

"  In  the  discussion  the  view  is  expressed  that  no  size  character  can  be  due  to 
an  absence  of  a  size  factor,  that  an  organism  can  not  carry  for  the  same  char- 
acter more  than  one  size  factor  in  a  homozygous  state  or  two  in  a  heterozygous 
state,  and  that  all  other  sizes  appearing  in  crosses  are  due  to  changes  in  ex- 
pression induced  by  the  interaction  of  various  factors  for  size,  shape,  or  other 
characters.  An  attempt  is  made  to  define  a  unit  factor  as  a  nervous  stimulus 
emanating  from  the  nucleus  as  part  of  the  centro-epigenetic  system  in  the  sense 
of  Rignano.  It  is  suggested  that  the  complexity  of  the  chemical  constitution 
of  the  nuclear  protoplasm,  with  its  multiplicity  of  electron  systems  active  at  all 


446  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

times  and  in  all  cells,  is  amply  sufficient  to  assume  any  number  of  nervous 
stimuli  or  unit  factors  in  an  organism.  It  is  shown  that  spontaneous  variation 
(fluctuation),  mutation,  and  the  results  of  selection  which  run  counter  to 
Johannsen's  pure  line  theory  might  be  accounted  for  if  the  view  advanced  is 
correct. 

"  The  similarity  of  the  Fj  plants  of  the  cross  between  two  varieties  of  S. 
nigrum  to  the  mutating  species  of  (Enothera  is  pointed  out." 

The  transmission  of  productive  and  other  qualities  in  the  propagation  of 
fruit  trees  through  bud  selection,  G.  T.  Powell  (West.  N.  T.  Hort.  Soc.  Proc, 
61  {1916),  pp.  85-93). — The  author  gives  the  results  of  some  of  his  own  investi- 
gations with  apples,  as  well  as  observations  on  the  work  of  Shamel  with  citrus 
fruits  in  southern  California  (E.  S.  R.,  34.  p.  G39),  to  show  that  production  and 
other  qualities  of  fruit  are  transmitted  through  buds  selected  from  special  trees. 

Orchard  fertilization,  W.  S.  Blaik  (Ann.  Rpt.  Fruit  Growers'  Assoc.  Nova 
Scotia,  1916,  pp.  130-U5).—A  paper  with  discussion  following,  in  which  the 
author  reviews  some  of  the  more  important  results  secured  with  cover  crops,  as 
well  as  with  organic  and  inorganic  manures,  in  orcharding  experiments  at  the 
Canada  stations. 

Pomological  investigations,  T.  Zsciiokke  (Landw.  Jahrb.  Sehtceiz,  29 
(1915),  No.  5,  pp.  586-592). — A  progress  report  on  pomological  investigations 
conducted  at  the  Wadensweil  Station  during  the  year  1913-14. 

The  results  of  an  experimental  test  conducted  at  the  station  indicate  that, 
contrary  to  claims  made  for  it,  the  placing  of  tin  bands  or  girdles  around  young 
fruit  trees  has  no  beneficial  effect,  either  in  improving  the  quantity  and  quality 
of  the  fruit  or  in  throwing  the  trees  into  early  bearing. 

Painting  tree  wounds,  H.  G.  Cook  (Country  Gent.,  81  (1916),  No.  19,  p. 
988). — In  this  article  the  author  reports  that  his  experience  in  painting  tree 
wounds  corroborates  the  results  secured  at  the  New  York  State  Experiment 
Station  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  835),  in  as  far  as  peach  tree  wounds  and  small  wounds 
on  apple  trees  under  30  years  of  age  are  concerned.  He  is  of  the  opinion,  how- 
ever, that  wounds  on  older  apple  trees  with  slower  healing  capacity  will  not 
be  sufficiently  protected  from  decay  by  annual  spraying.  Such  wounds,  though 
perfectly  healed  on  the  outside,  may  be  decayed  within. 

His  method  of  applying  carbolineum  or  creosote  oils  to  the  heartwood  without 
injuring  the  growing  sapwood  is  described.  This  consists  essentially  in  lightly 
charging  the  brush  with  oil  and  painting  carefully  from  the  heartwood  out, 
leaving  a  circle  unpainted  around  the  outside  from  f  in.  to  1  in.  in  width.  In 
order  to  stimulate  quick  healing,  the  edge  of  the  bark  and  the  sapwood  is 
painted  with  a  liquid  wax  composed  of  rosin  and  beef  tallow  in  solution  in 
alcohol. 

Growing  fruit  for  home  use  in  the  Great  Plains  area,  H.  P.  Gould  and 
O.  J.  Grace  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  727  (1916),  pp.  39,  figs.  25).— 
This  bulletin  supersedes  Circular  51  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  (E.  S.  R., 
23,  p.  42).  It  discusses  sites  for  fruit  plantations,  climatic  features  of  the 
Great  Plains,  preparation  of  the  land  for  planting,  selection  and  care  of  nursery 
stock,  planting  operations,  and  subsequent  management  of  the  orchard.  A 
variety  list  of  orchard  and  small  fruits  suggested  for  planting  in  the  Great 
Plains  area  is  given. 

The  problem  of  finding  a  profitable  market  for  the  products  of  farms  in 
the  State  of  New  York,  J.  J.  Dillon  (West.  N.  Y.  Hort.  Soc.  Proc,  61  (1916), 
pp.  9-SO). — In  this  paper  the  author  gives  a  review  of  the  progress  made  by  the 
New  York  State  Department  of  Poods  and  Markets  in  the  disposal  of  the 
state  fruit  crops  through  the  auction  system  of  marketing. 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  447 

Cultural  methods,  cover  crops,  and  fertilization  in  apple  orchards,  J.  P. 
Stewakt  (Rpt.  Bd.  Agr.  [N.  //.],  33  (1913-1  >,),  pp.  190-208).— In  this  paper  the 
tiuthor  reviews  some  of  the  more  practical  results  secured  from  the  long-con- 
tinued orcharding  experiments  in  Pennsylvania  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  238). 

Thirty  years  in  a  home  orchard,  F.  J.  Heacocic  (Country  Gent.,  81  (1916), 
No.  20,  p.  1013).— The  author  here  presents  a  complete  financial  history,  includ- 
ing costs  and  returns,  of  a  two-acre  apple  orchard.  The  total  cost  during 
the  period  of  30  years  was  $1,837.39,  and  the  total  net  profit  $1,356.01. 

Experimental  orchard  work,  1915,  W.  S.  Blair  (Ann.  Rj)t.  Fruit  Growers' 
Assoc.  Nora  Scotia,  1916,  pp.  184-211).— In  continuation  of  previous  Avork 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  236)  the  results  of  cooperative  orchard  spraying  experiments 
conducted  under  the  direction  of  the  Kentville  station  in  1915  are  summarized. 

The  following  general  conclusions  are  drawn  from  the  investigations  as  a 
whole : 

Spraying  before  the  leaves  open,  with  special  reference  to  the  control  of 
scab,  is  not  likely  to  give  results  sufficiently  great  to  pay  for  its  application. 
Two  foliage  sprays  thoroughly  applied,  one  before  blossoming  or  just  after 
the  leaf  buds  open  and  the  other  just  before  the  blossoms  open,  followed  by 
two  applications  after  blossoming,  will  give  practically  clean  fruit.  The  1.008 
specific  gravity  test  strength  of  lime-sulphur  is  sufficiently  strong  to  control 
scab  and  a  greater  strength  may  cause  injury  to  the  foliage  and  fruit. 

Lime-sulphur  alone  Is  nearly  as  good  a  fungicide  as  lime-sulphur  arsenate, 
but  owing  to  insect  injury  the  arsenate  can  not  be  safely  omitted.  Any  of  the 
well-established  brands  of  arsenate  appear  to  give  equally  good  results  when 
used  with  lime-sulphur.  Lime-sulphur  is  equally  as  good  as  Bordeaux  for  scab 
control  and  less  liable  to  russet  the  fruit.  Homemade  concentrated  and  com- 
mercial concentrated  lime-sulphurs  are  equally  effective  for  scab  control  if 
used  at  the  same  specific  gravity  test.  Soluble-sulphur  arsenate  is  not  as 
effective  as  lime-sulphur  arsenate  and  is  liable  to  cause  serious  foliage  injury. 
Soluble  sulpliur  is  more  effective  with  arsenate  of  lead  than  without,  this 
being  attributed  to  the  greater  adhesiveness  of  the  compound.  Barium  chlorid 
proved  to  be  of  no  practical  value  for  lessening  foliage  injury  when  added  to 
soluble-sulphur  arsenate.  A  strength  of  soluble  sulphur  generally  recom- 
mended, 1.5  lbs.  to  100  gal.  of  water,  is  about  as  good  a  fungicide  as  that  of  a 
greater  strength. 

Protecting  the  home  apple  orchard  by  dusting,  D.  Reddick  and  C.  R. 
Ceosby  (N.  Y.  State  Col.  Agr.,  Cornell  Univ.  Ext.  Bui.  1  (1916),  pp.  14,  figs. 
8). — The  authors  here  give  directions  for  controlling  apple  diseases  and  insect 
pests  by  the  dusting  method,  with  special  reference  to  its  use  in  small 
orchards. 

A  successful  cold  storage  for  apples,  H.  F.  Hansen  (Minn.  Hort.,  44  (1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  243,  244). — Directions  are  given  for  building  a  cold  storage  plant 
suitable  for  storing  apples  on  the  farm. 

The  principal  parasites  of  the  peach,  W.  W.  Chase  (Ga.  Bd.  Ent.  Bui.  43 
(1916),  pp.  -}7,  pis.  16,  figs.  2).— This  bulletin  gives  brief  accounts  of  the  life 
history  and  methods  of  control  of  the  more  important  insect  pests  and  diseases 
of  the  peach.  An  article  on  the  care  and  management  of  peach  orchards,  by 
R.  C.  Berckmans  (pp.  40-45),  is  appended. 

A  promising  new  pear  stock,  F.  C.  Reimer  (Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cat.,  5 
(1916),  No.  5,  pp.  167-172,  figs.  2). — In  continuation  of  previous  observations 
relative  to  the  blight  resistance  of  certain  pear  stocks  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  pp.  53,  640) 
the  author  conducted  blight  inoculation  experiments  on  trees  of  a  Chinese  wild 
pear  (Pyrus  callerynna),  similar  to  those  previously  reported  by  Compere  as 
being  blight  resistant   (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  55).     These  inoculations  have  shown 


448  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  fVol.  3r> 

that  different  types  of  this  species,  while  not  absolutely  immune  to  pear  blight, 
are  very  resistant  to  this  disease.  In  no  case  did  the  blight  develop  in  branches 
more  than  0.5  in.  in  diameter,  whereas  check  trees  of  Bartlett,  Forelle,  P. 
pashia,  and  French  pear  seedling  inoculated  with  the  same  lots  of  bacteria 
developed  the  disease  readily  and  part  of  them  are  ah-eady  dead. 

As  the  result  of  his  studies  thus  far  made  with  blight  resistant  pear  stocks 
the  author  finds  that  no  species  are  absolutely  immune  to  blight,  but  that  in 
at  least  three  species  the  blight  has  been  confined  to  wood  not  more  than  one 
year  old.  It  is  suggested  that  for  very  cold  regions  some  of  the  blight  resistant 
forms  of  the  Chinese  sand  pear  (P.  sinensis),  such  as  the  Japanese  pear  seed- 
lings and  others  of  this  type,  will  prove  most  desirable  as  stocks.  For  the 
warmer  regions  P.  caUeryana  and  Its  various  subtypes  appear  sufficientlj' 
promising  to  be  thoroughly  tested. 

Report  on  new  small  fruits,  W.  F.  Allen  {Trans.  Peninsula  Hort.  Soc. 
[Del],  29  (1916),  pp.  83-87). — A  report  on  the  cultural  value  of  a  number  of 
the  newer  varieties  of  strawberries. 

Dewberry  culture,  G.  M.  Dabrow  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bid.  728 
(1916),  pp.  IS,  figs.  12). — A  practical  treatise  discussing  the  history  of  the  dew- 
ben-y,  site  of  a  plantation,  soils,  preparation  of  the  soil,  planting,  intercrops, 
cultivation,  cover  crops,  fertilizers,  systems  of  training  and  pruning,  winter 
protection,  harvesting,  yields,  diseases  and  insects,  i)ropagation,  duration  of  the 
plantation,  pollination,  varieties,  and  hybrids  and  related  forms. 

A  decade  of  hybridization  among  American  and  Leccean  vines,  G.  Cecca- 
KELLi  [Stas.  Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  1,8  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  638-6^8) .—The  author  gives 
a  record  of  breeding  experiments  conducted  during  the  period  1904  to  1913.  in 
which  different  species  of  American  grapes  were  crossed  together  as  well  as 
with  other  important  hybrids  and  with  native  Leccean  grapes. 

The  grape  in  Ontario,  F.  M.  Clement  (Ontario  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  237  (1916), 
pp.  48,  figs.  29). — A  practical  treatise  on  grape  gi-ov.ing  based  largely  on  com- 
merical  practice  in  Ontario  and  parts  of  New  York  State.  Articles  on  Insects 
Attacking  Graiies,  by  L.  Caesar  (pp.  39-44)  and  Grape  Diseases,  by  J.  E. 
Hovv'itt  (pp.  44-48)  are  also  included. 

Viti cultural  investigations,  H.  Schellenbekg  (Landw.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  29 
(1915),  No.  5,  pp.  572-586). — A  progress  report  on  viticultural  investigations 
conducted  at  the  Wadensweil  Experiment  Station  during  the  years  1913-14. 

Among  the  data  reported  are  the  cultural  value  of  a  number  of  varieties 
of  grapes,  the  adaptation  of  varieties  to  different  stocks,  the  results  of  com- 
bating insect  pests  and  di-seases,  and  the  yields  in  fruit  and  juice  secured  from 
different  grafted  varieties. 

Varieties  of  the  avocado,  F.  O.  Popenoe  (Altadena,  Cal.,  1915,  pp.  25,  pis. 
2). — This  is  a  reprint  of  a  paper  on  this  subject,  read  at  the  meeting  of  the 
Avocado  Growers'  Association  at  Los  Angeles  in  1915.  See  also  previous 
note  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  835). 

Our  present  knowledge  of  citrus  fertilization,  H.  J.  Webber  (Mo.  Bui.  Com. 
Hort.  Cal.,  5  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  161-163). — In  this  paper  the  author  reviews  the 
results  of  experiments  relative  to  the  fertilization  of  citrus  fruits. 

Sicilian  citriculture,  G.  Inzenga,  edited  by  L.  Savastano  (Ann.  R.  Staz. 
Sper.  Agrum.  e  Frutticol.  Acireale,  3  (1915),  pp.  1-42,  pi.  1). — This  comprises 
a  monograph  on  the  various  species  of  citrus  fruits  which  was  prepared  by  the 
author  in  1882  and  has  not  been  previously  published. 

Lemon  growing  in  Santa  Agata  di  Militello,  Messina,  G.  Faeaci  (Ann.  R. 
Staz.  Sper.  Agrum.  e  Frutticol.  Acireale,  3  (1915),  pp.  135-192,  figs.  10). — An 
account  of  lemon  culture  in  Santa  Agata  di  Militello,  discussing  soil  and  cli- 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  449 

matic  conditions,  methods  of  propagation,  planting  and  culture,  diseases  and 
insect  pests,  harvesting,  commerce,  and  cost  of  production. 

Pamburus,  a  new  g'enus  related  to  Citn.is,  from  India,  W.  T.  Swingle 
(Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  6  {1016),  No.  11,  pp.  335-338).— In  this  article  the 
author  names  and  describes  a  new  genus,  Pamburus,  to  include  certain  species 
related  to  Citrus  which  have  previously  been  referred  to  the  genus  Atalantia. 

Olive  culture  in  the  environs  of  Trapani,  D.  Poma  {Ann.  R.  Staz.  Sper. 
Agrum.  e  Frutticol.  Acireale,  3  {1915),  pp.  111-134).— A  survey  of  the  olive 
industry  in  the  environs  of  Trapani,  conducted  with  the  view  of  determining 
the  causes  of  the  decline  in  the  industry.  The  results  of  the  survey  indicate 
in  brief  that  under  better  methods  of  culture  and  care  olive  growing  might 
well  be  extended  in  that  region. 

Variation  in  the  flowers  of  the  papaya,  L.  B.  Ktjlkakni  {Poona  Agr.  Col. 
Reprints  No.  4  {1915),  pp.  11,  pis.  3). — Observations  made  by  the  author  in  the 
Ganeshkhind  Gardens  during  the  years  1910-1913  show  that  the  inflorescence 
of  the  male  plants  of  the  dioecious  type  of  papaya  is  unstable.  At  certain 
times  staminate,  pistillate,  and  hermaphrodite  flowers  have  been  observed. 
With  the  increase  of  hermaphrodite  flowers  there  is  a  decrease  of  staminate 
flowers  and  a  gradual  appearance  of  pistillate  flowers.  At  other  times  the 
pistillate  flowers  practically  disappear,  the  number  of  hermaphrodite  flowers 
is  decreased,  and  the  number  of  staminate  flowers  increased. 

The  results  of  these  observations  together  with  the  results  of  some  experi- 
ments in  beheading  male  plants,  lead  the  author  to  conclude  that,  contrary  to 
the  opinion  advanced  by  lorns  (E.  S.  R.,  20,  p.  444),  a  change  in  sex  does 
not  appear  in  any  way  to  be  connected  with  the  removal  or  retention  of  the 
terminal  bud. 

Tea  culture  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra,  C.  Beknabd  {Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv. 
en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies],  Meded.  Proefstat.  Thee,  No.  41  {1915),  pp.  58, 
pis.  14,  figs.  5). — An  account  of  the  tea  industry  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra, 
with  reference  to  its  extent,  cultural  practices,  methods  of  harvesting  and 
preparing  the  tea,  and  cost  of  growing  and  marketing. 

A  walnut  containing  a  hazelnut  kernel,  L.  Daniel  {Rev.  Gen.  Bot.,  28 
{1916),  No.  325,  pp.  II-I4,  figs.  12). — The  author  here  describes  a  case  of  xenia 
in  which  a  walnut  gathered  from  a  tree  adjacent  to  a  hazelnut  tree  was 
found  to  contain  a  kernel  similar  to  the  hazelnut.  The  seedling  from  this 
kernel  showed  walnut  leaves. 

Bay  oil  and  the  cultivation  of  the  bay  tree  as  a  crop  plant,  H.  A.  Tempany 
and  W.  RoBsoN  {West  Indian  Bui.,  15  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  176-197,  pi.  Jf).— In 
this  paper  the  author  briefly  reviews  the  literature  relative  to  the  bay  oil 
and  bay  rum  industries,  summarizes  the  existing  information  in  respect  to 
the  culture  of  bay  trees,  and  gives  the  principal  results  of  experiments  con- 
ducted at  the  Montserrat  Station  for  a  number  of  years  in  the  culture  of 
bay  trees  and  the  distillation  of  bay  oil. 

The  possibility  and  value  of  improving  the  commercial  belladonna  crop 
through  selection,  A.  F.  Sievers  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  88  {1916),  No.  5,  pp. 
193-215). — This  paper  is  based  upon  and  presents  the  more  important  results 
of  the  author's  selection  and  breeding  experiments  with  special  reference 
to  increasing  the  alkaloidal  content  of  belladonna  plants  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  237). 

Henna,  F.  Coetesi  and  G.  Tommasi  {Ann.  Bot.  [Rome],  14  {1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
1-27,  figs.  6). — A  botanical  and  chemical  investigation  of  the  henna  plant 
{Lawsonia  alba)  is  reported. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  plants,  C.  W.  Eichling,  J.  Rinck,  and  J.  G. 
Thoma  {Proc.  Ann.  Conv.  Ry.  Gard.  Assoc,  9  {1915),  pp.  24-32). — A  descriptive 


450  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

list  is  given  of  trees  and  shrubs  recommended  for  railway  gardening  by  the  com- 
mittee on  plants  of  the  Railway  Gardening  Association. 

Trees  and  shrubs  worth  planting  for  their  conspicuously  ornamental 
fruits,  E.  H.  Wilson  (Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  22  {1915),  No.  S,  pp.  11-80,  figs. 
11), — A  large  number  of  trees  and  shrubs  valuable  for  their  ornamental  fruits 
are  described. 

Early  spring-flowering'  trees  and  shrubs,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag. 
[N.  Y.],  23  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  19-23,  figs.  12). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  a 
large  number  of  early  flowering  trees  and  shrubs  adapted  for  ornamental 
planting. 

Midseason  flowering  trees  and  shrubs,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.], 
22  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  5-9,  figs.  6). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  a  large  num- 
ber of  midseason  flowering  trees  and  shrubs  adapted  for  ornamental  planting. 

The  best  of  the  hardy  climbing  shrubs,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.], 
22  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  31-35.  figs.  12). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  hardy 
climbing  shrubs  for  ornamental  planting. 

New  Chinese  trees  and  shrubs  for  the  Pacific  slope  and  other  favored 
regions,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  7.].  22  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  197-200,  figs. 
8).— Although  the  trees  and  shrubs  here  described  are  considered  to  be  of  par- 
ticular value  for  the  Pacific  slope  and  the  Gulf  coast  regions,  many  of  the 
plants  are  adapted  for  culture  in  the  South  in  the  presence  of  sufficient  moisture. 

In  "lilacdom,"  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  23  {1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
153-155,  figs.  16). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  various  types  and  varieties 
of  lilacs  and  their  cultivation. 

New  herbaceous  plants  from  China,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  23 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  226-229,  figs.  13). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  a  number 
of  herbaceous  introductions  from  China,  including  suggestions  relative  to  their 
cultural  requirements  and  adaptation. 

"Consider  the  lilies,"  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  21  {1915),  No.  6, 
pp.  283-286.  figs.  6). — Under  this  title  the  author  discusses  the  cultural  require- 
ments of  various  types  of  lilies  as  judged  by  conditions  in  their  native  environ- 
ment. 

The  story  of  the  modem  rose,  E.  H.  Wilson  {Gard.  Mag.  [N.  Y.],  21 
{1915),  No.  5,  pp.  253-256,  figs.  7).— A  brief  historical  sketch  of  the  present  day 
cultivated  roses,  including  a  list  of  parents  of  the  principal  garden  roses  of  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

House  plants,  their  care  and  culture,  H.  Findlay  {New  York  and  London: 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1916,  pp.  325,  figs.  125).— In  addition  to  general  cultural 
directions  for  window  and  conservatory  plants,  the  control  of  insects  and  plant 
diseases  is  treated  in  detail  and  each  plant  included  is  considered  with  refer- 
ence to  its  history,  propagation,  and  culture. 

How  to  make  a  bulb  garden  {Harrisbtirg,  Pa.:  The  Countryside  Press,  1915, 
pp.  73,  figs.  22). — This  booklet  contains  concise  directions  for  the  planting  and 
care  of  both  spring  and  summer  flowering  bulbs. 

Our  early  wild  flowers,  Harriet  L.  Keeleb  {New  York:  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1916,  pp.  XXVIII-\-252,  pis.  20,  figs.  94). — A  popular  descriptive  study  of 
the  herbaceous  plants  habitually  blooming  in  the  Northern  States  during  the 
months  of  March,  April,  and  May. 

A  country  flower  show,  J.  H.  Burdett  {Country  Gent.,  81  {1916),  No.  20, 
p.  1045). — In  this  article  the  author  gives  numerous  suggestions  dealing  with 
the  arranging  and  holding  of  country  flower  shows. 


1916]  FORESTRY.  451 

FORESTRY. 

Announcements  concerning  forest  and  shade  trees  and  basket  willov/s 
recommended  for  planting  in  Idaho  {Univ.  Idaho,  Dept.  Forestry  [Bui.],  11 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  4)- — This  pamphlet  contains  a  descriptive  list  of  trees  recom- 
mended for  various  planting  purposes  in  Idaho,  together  with  announcements 
dealing  with  the  distribution  of  trees  by  the  State  Department  of  Forestry. 

The  forests  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  G.  F.  Allen  (17.  S.  Dept. 
Int.,  Off.  Sec.  [Pub.],  1916,  pp.  33,  figs.  26).— A  popular  account  of  forest  condi- 
tions in  Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  including  descriptions  of  the  more 
important  forest  species. 

Timber  of  Russia,  M.  Tkatchenko  (Internat.  Engin.  Cong.,  1915,  Sept. 
20-25,  Adi\  Copy,  pp.  24). — A  paper  presented  at  the  International  Engineering 
Congress  at  San  Francisco  in  1915,  giving  an  account  of  forest  areas  and  forest 
ownership  in  Russia,  and  of  the  forests  in  the  different  parts  of  Russia,  with 
reference  to  distribution  of  species,  yield,  mechanical  properties,  and  commer- 
cial uses  of  the  timber,  lumbering,  and  management. 

Hybrid  trees,  W.  H.  Lamb  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  Sll-319, 
figs.  4). — A  review  of  our  knowledge  relative  to  natural  and  artificial  hybridi- 
zation among  trees. 

British  Columbia  western  larch  (Larix  occidentalis)  {Brit.  Columbia  Govt., 
Forest  Branch  Bui.  16  [1916],  pp.  15,  figs.  13). — This  bulletin  describes  the 
western  larch  (L.  occidentalis)  with  reference  to  its  range,  distinguishing 
characteristics,  and  the  qualities  and  uses  of  the  wood. 

The  yellow  locust  (Robinia  pseudacacia),  J.  J.  Cbumley  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio 
Sta.,  1  {1916) ,  No.  5,  pp.  149-152,  fig.  1 ) . — An  account  of  the  yellow  locust,  with 
reference  to  its  distribution,  habitat,  habit  of  growth,  durability  of  the  wood, 
production  and  market  value,  and  propagation. 

Notes  on  tapping  experiments  at  Kuala  Liumpur. — Third  and  fourth  years' 
result,  F.  G.  Spbing  {Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States,  4  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  168- 
174). — Yield  data  are  given  for  the  third  and  fourth  years  on  a  comparative 
test  of  six  different  systems  of  tapping  rubber.  The  results  secured  during  the 
first  two  years  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  240)  are  also  included. 

Tenth  annual  report  of  the  commissioner  of  forestry,  made  to  the  general 
assembly  at  its  January  session,  1916,  J.  B.  Mowby  {Ann.  Rpt.  Comr.  For- 
estry, R.  I.,  10  {1915),  pp.  18). — A  progress  report  on  forest  conditions  in 
Rhode  Island,  including  data  relative  to  forest  fires  in  1915  and  planting  and 
improvement  operations  by  landowners. 

Report  of  the  forest  officer  for  the  year  1914-15,  C.  S.  Rogers  {Rpt. 
Forest  Off.  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  1914-15,  pp.  6).— This  comprises  a  brief  report 
relative  to  the  administration  and  management  of  the  crown  forests  in  Trinidad 
and  Tobago  for  the  year. 

Forest  Service  revenue  and  organization,  T.  S.  Woolsey,  Jk.  {Forestry 
Quart.,  14  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  188-235).— A  study  of  the  organization  and  policy 
of  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  ALrriculture  with  special  refer- 
ence to  their  influence  on  Forest  Service  revenues. 

The  cost  of  forest  improvement  systems,  P.  S.  Love.joy  {Forestry  Quart., 
14  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  238-254) .—A  discussion  of  the  various  cost  factors  entering 
into  the  improvement  of  forest  tracts. 

Reforesting  methods  and  results  of  forest  planting  in  New  York  State, 
B.  H.  Paul  {New  York  Cornell  Sta.  Bui.  374  {1916),  pp.  649-692,  figs.  25).— 
This  bulletin  presents  the  results  of  a  study  made  in  1914  relative  to  reforesting 
methods  in  New  York  State  and  the  results  that  may  be  obtained  by  planting 


452  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

forest  trees  on  denuded  lands  and  on  worn-out  agricultural  lands.  Thirty-five 
typical  forest  plantations  in  various  part  of  the  State  were  studied  with  refer- 
ence to  conditions  of  growth  and  rate  of  growth  of  the  trees.  The  subject 
matter  is  presented  under  the  general  headings  of  conditions  for  establishing 
a  successful  forest  plantation,  results  of  forest  planting,  and  causes  of  injury 
to  plantations. 

Possibilities  of  private  forest  management  in  New  York  State,  O.  H.  Guise 
{New  York  Cornell  Sta.  Bui.  375  {1916),  pp.  697-746').— This  bulletin  reports 
a  study  of  the  present  condition  of  private  forestry  in  New  York  State,  dis- 
cusses the  possibilities  of  future  management,  and  presents  data  showing 
what  rates  of  interest  under  average  conditions  may  be  obtained  on  invest- 
ments in  different  classes  of  timber  suitable  to  management  in  the  State. 

Briefly  summarized  it  is  concluded  that  white  pine  and  chestnut  are  capable 
of  yielding  the  greatest  returns  as  an  investment  and  are  at  present  the  only 
trees,  with  the  possible  exception  of  red  pine,  that  can  be  safely  gi-own  for 
profit.  The  danger  of  bark  disease  may  eliminate  chestnut.  Inasmuch  as  a 
return  of  scarcely  more  than  6  per  cent  can  be  realized  after  from  40  to  50 
years  from  the  time  the  initial  investment  is  started,  the  possibilities  of 
private  forestry,  on  a  small  scale  at  least,  are  not  encouraging. 

Operations  and  costs  on  Pennsylvania  state  forests,  N.  R.  McNaughton 
(Forestry  Quart.,  U  {WIG),  No.  2,  pp.  236,  237).— A  summary  to  date  is  given 
of  the  work  done  and  operation  costs  on  the  Pennsylvania  state  forests. 

The  reforestation  of  the  antarctic  woods,  G.  T.  Schuster  {Bol.  Min.  Agr. 
[Buenos  Aires'],  20  {1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  78-102).— An  account  of  the  present 
condition  of  forest  areas  in  southern  Argentina,  together  with  suggestions 
relative  to  reforestation  of  this  region.  The  Oregon  pine  {Pseudotsuga  taxi- 
folia),  which  is  believed  to  be  suitable  for  this  purpose,  is  considered  in  detail 
relative  to  its  botany,  characteristics,  wood,  habitat,  and  silvicultural  require- 
ments. 

Seed  testing-  with  the  Jacobsen  germinating  apparatus  at  the  Danish  Seed 
Control  Station,  trans,  by  J.  A.  Laksen  {Forestry  Quart.,  U  {1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
273-276,  fig.  1). — A  short  descriptive  account  of  seed  testing  practices  at  the 
Danish  Seed  Control  Station,  including  a  list  of  papers  related  to  this  ques- 
tion issued  by  this  station. 

An  improved  form  of  nursery  seed-bed  frame,  D.  R.  Beewsteb  {Forestry 
Quart.,  U  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  183-1S7,  pi.  1).— The  author  here  illustrates  and 
describes  a  portable,  take-down  nursery  seed-bed  frame  which  has  proved  to 
be  well  adapted  for  use  at  the  forest  experiment  stations. 

A  practical  application  of  Pressler's  formula,  A.  B.  Recknagel  {Forestry 
Quart.,  14  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  260-267). — In  this  paper  the  author  presents  data 
showing  how  Pressler's  well-known  formula  may  be  used  in  a  practical  way 
to  determine  the  current  annual  increment  in  mixed  selection  forest  and  from 
this  to  work  out  the  regulation  of  the  cut.  The  data  given  were  secured  from 
work  done  by  Cornell  University  students  in  the  Catskills  and  Adirondacks 
during  1914  and  191.5. 

Business  rate  of  interest  and  rate  made  by  the  forest,  F.  Roth  {Forestry 
Quart.,  lit  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  255-259).— A  brief  discussion  of  the  position  of 
forestry  as  a  business  investment  as  compared  with  other  business  enterprises. 

Summary  of  costs  on  a  flume  and  railroad  logging  operation  in  northern 
California,  N.  C.  Brown  {Empire  Forester,  2  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  ^l-U,  figs.  2).— 
Data  are  given  showing  the  cost  of  logging  and  manufacturing  lumber  on  a 
large  tract  in  northern  California.  The  experience  of  several  years  shows 
that  the  total  logging  and  manufacturing  charges  amount  to  $13.65  per 
1,000  ft.  b.  m. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  453 

Measuring  and  marketing  wood-lot  products,  W.  R.  Mattoon  and  W.  B. 

Barrows  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  115  {1916),  pp.  48,  fiys.  13). —The 
purpose  of  this  publication  is  to  assist  wood-lot  owners  in  securing  maximum 
returns  from  wood-lot  products.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  nature  and 
classification  of  the  wood-lot  products,  units  used  in  the  measurement  of 
timber,  scaling  timber,  estimating  standing  timber,  finding  the  sale  value  of 
standing  timber,  markets  and  prices,  shipping  by  rail,  when  and  how  to  sell, 
the  small  sawmill,  cooperation  in  marljeting,  how  to  prevent  the  deterioration 
of  cut  wood-lot  products,  and  practical  helps  in  marketing. 

Lumber  markets  on  the  east  coast  of  South  America,  R.  E.  Simmons  ( U.  8. 
Dcpt.  Com.,  Bur.  Foreign  and  Dom.  Com.,  Spec.  Agents  Ser.,  No.  112  (1916), 
pp.  121,  pis.  15). — This  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  reports  reviewing  the  lumber 
markets  of  South  America.  The  present  report  deals  with  the  domestic  lumber 
resources  of  Argentina,  Uruguay,  and  Brazil,  and  the  kinds,  dimensions,  costs, 
prices,  uses,  etc.,  of  imported  lumber.  Trade  methods  are  discussed,  and  con- 
sideration is  also  given  to  special  lumber  products. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Report  on  the  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Mycology  and  Phytopathology  for 
1914,  A.  Iachevskii  (Jaczewski)  (Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915), 
No.  3,  pp.  42-51). — In  addition  to  his  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  842),  the 
author  gives  a  more  detailed  account  of  the  work  done  by  the  personnel  of  the 
bureau  in  1914.  For  the  most  part  the  results  of  plant  disease  investie'atlons 
are  either  published  already  or  prepared  for  a  separate  publication  in  the  near 
future,  and  for  this  reason  they  are  only  briefly  stated  in  this  report. 

Experiments  to  determine  control  measures  for  American  gooseberry  mildew 
have  been  continued.  Various  substances  were  added  to  common  soda  to  in- 
crease its  adhesiveness,  but  the  best  results  were  secured  by  the  use  of  zinc 
carbonate  and  green  soap.  Barnyard  manure  increased  the  amount  of  the 
disease,  while  potash  checked  it.  The  author  recommends  an  application  in  the 
spring  of  30  per  cent  potash  at  the  rate  of  about  i  lb.  to  every  50  sq.  ft.,  fol- 
lowed by  a  spray  consisting  of  about  i  oz.  soda  and  i  oz.  green  soap  in  about 
3^  gal.  water.     This  application  should  be  repeated  every  ten  days. 

Work  on  club  root  of  cabbage  consisted  in  testing  a  variety  of  soil  treatments, 
such  as  fall  and  spring  liming  and  the  application  of  potassium  permanganate, 
calcium  chlorid,  and  soda  as  preventives  of  this  disease.  Fall  liming  gave  the 
best  results,  and  is  considered  worthy  of  recommendation.  Combating  weeds, 
destroying  diseased  plants  as  soon  as  they  can  be  noticed  with  immediate  appli- 
cation of  lime  to  the  place  from  which  they  were  removed,  collecting  and  burn- 
ing all  stalks  after  harvest,  and  plowing  in  the  fall,  accompanied  by  distribution 
of  lime  in  furrows  at  the  rate  of  about  800  to  3,200  lbs.  to  the  acre,  are  practical 
suggestions,  based  on  three  years'  experience. 

The  work  with  the  so-called  "  drunk  bread  "  resulted  in  the  isolation  from 
affected  grains  of  two  species  of  Fusarium,  F.  roseum  and  F.  subulatum,  and 
consequently  it  appeared  possible  to  outline  certain  control  measures. 

A  number  of  other  activities  of  the  bureau  are  briefly  reported  upon. 

Fungus  parasites  of  the  higher  plants  in  the  region  of  Kharkov  and 
adjacent  provinces,  A.  A.  PoTKunfA  (Kharkov.  Oblast.  Selsk.  KJioz.  Opytn.  Sta. 
Fitopatol.  Ota.,  No.  1  (1915),  pp.  120,  figs.  i9).— This  publication  is  the  first 
part  of  a  work  which  will  eventually  cover  a  complete  survey  of  the  cryptogamic 
parasites  of  plants  in  the  above-named  region  of  the  Russian  Empire.  The 
present  report  includes  three  lower  classes  of  fungi,  namely,  Schizomycetes 
(Bacteria),  Amcebina  (Monadinese),  and  Phycomycetes. 


454  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Bacterial  diseases  of  plants  are  said  to  be  of  no  great  economic  importance 
in  Ilussia,  and  the  majority  of  them  are  confined  to  beets.  Special  attention  is 
given  by  the  author  to  the  Bacterium  beticola  described  by  E.  F.  Smith,  which 
produces  galls  on  Beta  vulgaris.  The  character  of  this  disease  as  observed 
on  local  specimens  is  slightly  different  from  that  described  in  America  by 
Smith.  Crown  gall  (Bacterium  tumefaciens)  is  present,  but  the  data  regarding 
its  prevalence  and  importance  in  the  province  are  not  complete.  An  unde- 
scribed  species  of  bacterium,  named  Bacillus  petroselini  n.  sp.,  is  said  to  cause 
a  leaf  spot  of  Petroselimun  sativum.  The  author  made  a  special  study  of  a 
bacteriosis  of  cucumbers,  and  he  concludes  that  this  trouble  is  identical  with 
one  which  was  previously  reported  by  Burger  in  Florida  (E.  S.  R..  31,  p.  747). 
A  description  is  given  of  the  causal  organism.  Bacillus  burgeri  n.  sp. 

The  group  Amcebina  (Monadineae)  is  given  a  lengthy  discussion.  The  author 
describes  PolUnopsis  betw  n.  g.  and  sp.  and  Amosba  cucumeris  n.  sp.  The  first 
was  isolated  from  beets  affected  with  Bacterium  beticola,  and  the  presence  of 
bacteria  appeared  to  be  necessary  for  the  development  of  the  amoeba,  but  the 
question  of  the  pathogenicity  of  the  latter  is  considered  to  be  an  open  one.  The 
second  organism  was  obtained  from  cucumbers  affected  with  Bacillus  burgeri, 
and  upon  examination  of  local  specimens,  as  well  as  herbarium  specimens  from 
Copenhagen,  Denmark,  it  appeared  to  be  constantly  associated  with  this  disease. 
The  author  believes  that  the  question  of  the  relation  between  the  bacterium  and 
the  amoeba  is  of  considerable  interest  from  the  phytopathological  point  of  view. 

The  Phycomycetes  give  a  large  number  of  plant  parasites  in  these  provinces. 

Complete  technical  descriptions  accompany  nearly  all  parasitic  organisms  in 
this  book. 

[Mycological  flora  of  the  region  of  Sukhum],  V.  Siemashko  (Mat.  Mikol. 
i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  S,  pp.  23-41,  figs.  i7).— The  author  gives  a  list 
of  fungi  collected  by  him  in  1913  and  1914  along  the  Black  Sea  coast  in  Trans- 
caucasia. 

Along  with  parasites  and  saprophytes  of  more  or  less  general  occurrence  this 
list  contains  six  species  described  as  new  to  science.  One  of  these,  E.xobasidium 
citri,  attacks  young  mandarin  fruits,  forming  on  their  surfaces  a  heavy  scle- 
rotial  layer  bearing  numerous  spores.  The  disease  in  general  symptoms 
resembles  that  which  Briosi  and  Farneti  ascribed  to  an  aggregate  action  of 
Ovularia  citri  and  certain  other  fungi,  but  the  author's  fungus  is  a  distinct 
Basidiomycete.  The  other  five  new  species,  which  attack  leaves  of  various 
plants,  are  Mycosphcerella  phaseolortmi  from  Olycine  soja,  Phaseolus  mungo, 
and  Vigna  rubra;  Sphwrulina  suchumica  from  Gossypium  hcrbaceum  and 
Hibiscus  esctilentus;  Cercosporella  epimcdii  from  Epimedium  pinnatum  col- 
chicum;  Ramularia  trachystemonis  from  Trachystemon  orientalis;  and  Cercos- 
pora  guizotiw  from  Guizotia  oleifera. 

[Mycological  flora  of  Province  Tersk],  N.  N.  Vokonikhin  (Woeonichin) 
(Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  7-16).— The  author  gives  a 
list  of  fungi  which  he  collected  during  the  summer  of  1914  in  the  regions  of 
Kislovodsk,  Pfktigorsk,  and  Zhelffeznovodsk,  Russian  Caucasus.  This  list  in- 
cludes two  parasitic  species  hitherto  undescribed,  namely,  Rhodosticta  onobry- 
chidis  n.  sp.,  which  attacks  the  leaves  of  sainfoin  (esparcet),  and  Cercosporella 
lini  n.  sp.,  from  Linum  nervosum.  Leaf  spot  (Septoria  piricola)  and  rust 
(Gymnosporangiiim  sabinm)  of  pear,  fruit  rot  (Monilia  cinerea)  and  shothole 
(Clasterosporium  carpophilmn)  of  cherry,  Microstroma  juglandis  on  leaves  of 
walnut,  and  Cercospora  fraxini  and  Septoylceum  ulmi  on  leaves  of  forest  trees 
were  the  most  prevalent  of  the  well-known  diseases  of  economic  plants. 

The  Septoria  leaf  spot  disease  of  celery  or  celery  blight,  G.  H.  Coons  and 
E.  Levin   (Michigan  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.  77  (1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  9;  Dutch  ed.,  pp.  8, 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  455 

figs.  9). — An  account  is  given  of  the  leaf  spot  of  celery  due  to  S.  apii,  with  sug- 
gestions for  its  control.  Experiments  are  reported  in  which  this  blight  was 
very  successfully  controlled  by  the  use  of  Bordeaux  mixture,  large  increases 
in  merchantable  celery  being  obtained  from  sprayed  plats  over  those  not  simi- 
larly treated. 

Cotton  anthracnose,  F.  M.  Rolfs  { Oklahoma  Sta.  Circ.  40  {1916),  pp. 
3-7). — A  description  is  given  of  the  anthracnose  of  cotton  due  to  Glomerella 
gossypii,  with  suggestions  for  control  measures.  These  include  seed  selection, 
crop  rotation,  use  of  old  seed,  and  treatment  of  seed  with  hot  water  and  sul- 
phuric acid. 

Potato  diseases  in  New  Jersey,  M.  T.  Oook  and  H.  C.  Lint  (New  Jersey 
Stas.  Circ.  53  {1915),  pp.  3-23,  figs.  9).— Prepared  as  a  substitute  for  Circular 
33,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  52). 

The  diseases  of  the  potato,  C.  R.  Okton  {Pennsylvania  Sta.  Bui.  14O  {1916), 
pp.  37,  figs.  23). — A  description  is  given  of  the  more  prevalent  diseases  of  the 
potato,  with  suggestions  for  their  control  as  far  as  definite  means  are  known. 

A  western  fi.eld  rot  of  the  Irish  potato  tuber  caused  by  Fusarium  radici- 
cola,  O.  A.  Pbatt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  9,  pp. 
297-310,  pis.  4). — In  a  previous  publication  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  246),  Carpenter 
gave  an  account  of  laboratory  investigations  on  potato  rots  due  to  species  of 
Fusarium.  In  the  present  publication  the  author  gives  the  results  of  experi- 
ments carried  out  under  field  conditions  in  an  irrigated  region  of  southern 
Idaho,  where  the  fungus,  F.  radicicola,  is  believed  to  be  well  distributed 
throughout  the  soils. 

It  is  claimed  that  F.  radicicola  is  the  cause  of  a  field  black  rot  of  potato  tubers 
in  this  section,  the  disease  being  principally  confined  to  round  types  of  potato, 
such  as  Idaho  Rural  and  Pearl.  It  is  also  capable  of  causing  a  jelly  end  rot 
similar  to  a  rot  of  that  character  on  potatoes  of  the  Burbank  group  in  southern 
Idaho,  though  under  actual  field  conditions  other  factors  are  considered  partly 
responsible  in  producing  this  disease.  Neither  the  black  rot  nor  the  jelly  end 
rot  makes  any  progress  in  storage  if  the  potatoes  are  kept  below  50°  F. 

As  potatoes  infected  with  black  rot  will  bring  about  an  infection  of  the  fol- 
lowing crop,  it  is  considered  probable  that  the  black  rot  may  be  controlled  by 
planting  sound  potatoes  only  on  lands  which  have  been  in  other  crops  for  a  num- 
ber of  years  and  by  providing  good  conditions  for  growth. 

Silver  scurf  of  the  Irish  potato  caused  by  Spondylocladium  atrovirens, 
E.  S.  ScHULTz  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  339- 
350,  pis.  4). — The  results  are  given  of  a  study  of  the  silver  scurf  of  the  Irish 
potato,  part  of  the  investigation  on  which  was  carried  on  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin.  The  symptoms  of  the  disease,  its  morphology,  histology,  etc.,  are 
fully  described. 

While  there  is  considerable  range  in  spore  dimensions,  the  author  concludes 
that  there  is  but  one  species  and  not  two,  as  other  investigators  have  claimed. 
The  fungus  is  negatively  heliotropic,  withstands  a  wide  range  of  temperature, 
its  growth  being  inhibited  at  2  to  3°  C,  but  it  is  not  killed  at  —10°.  Its  opti- 
mum temperature  for  growth  is  21  to  27°,  with  a  maximum  of  30°. 

The  disease  may  be  carried  by  infected  tubers,  and  under  favorable  moisture 
and  temperature  conditions  may  spread  to  other  tubers  in  storage.  Disinfecting 
the  seed  tubers  with  corrosive  sublimate  reduced  very  materially  the  percentage 
of  infected  tubers,  and  warm  solutions  were  found  to  have  a  more  toxic  effect 
on  the  fungus  than  cold  ones. 

Notable  contributions  on  diseases  and  animal  enemies  of  the  sugar  beet  in 
1914,  A.  Stift  {Bl.  Zuckerriibenbau,  22  {1915),  Nos.  3,  pp.  30-32;  5,  pp.  52- 
61574°— No.  5—16 5 


456  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

5g), — Condensed  notes  are  given  on  selected  articles  on  animal  pests  and  plant 
diseases  of  the  sugar  beet  in  1914  in  Germany  and  Austria-Hungary. 

Dying  of  young  fruit  trees,  A.  H.  Cockayne  (Jour.  Agr.  [New  ZecU.],  11 
(1915),  No.  6,  pp.  504-506). — A  serious  disease  already  known  to  affect  several 
varieties  of  apples,  also  other  fruits,  has  recently  caused  heavy  loss.  It  is 
characterized  outwardly  by  a  wilt  of  buds  or  young  leaves  in  early  spring  and 
inwardly  by  a  browning  of  the  inner  bark  and  cambium.  This  browning  appar- 
ently always  extends  downward  with  considerable  rapidity,  being  soon  followed 
in  typical  cases  by  a  souring  of  the  sap  and  sooner  or  later  by  the  death  of 
the  tree. 

Recent  work  has  shown  the  trouble  to  be  due  to  a  fungus,  though  such  pre- 
disposing factors  as  unfavorable  soil  and  climatic  conditions  may  favor  infec- 
tion. The  mycelium  is  found  in  the  bark,  cambium,  and  medullary  rays  and 
vessels,  blocking  the  water-conducting  system.  The  fungal  fructifications  found 
exteriorly  have  not  yet  been  definitely  connected  with  the  internal  mycelium. 
The  disease  is  said  to  resemble  somewhat  that  caused  by  Valsa  prunastri  in 
Europe,  though  certain  specimens  have  shown  fruiting  bodies  of  the  coral  spot 
fungus  (Nectria  cinnabarina) .  The  organism  is  thought  to  be  a  wound  parasite. 
Removal  of  all  affected  parts  or  trees  Is  recommended.  Regrafting  may,  it  is 
thought,  be  practiced  with  safety. 

Some  points  on  the  general  care  of  apple  orchards,  G.  P.  Stewabt  (Proc. 
State  Hort.  Assoc.  Penn.,  55  {WW,  pp.  89-95,  pi.  i ) .—Discussing  measures 
designed  to  secure  early  bearing,  control  of  aphids  and  red  bugs,  and  immu- 
nity to  Stippen  (or  fruit-pit  disease),  the  author  submits  provisional  lists  of 
apple  varieties  regarded  as  susceptible  in  various  degrees  or  as  free  from  the 
last-named  trouble,  which  is  thought  to  be  physiological  in  its  character. 

Spot  diseases  of  the  apple  causing  much  general  confusion,  C.  Beooks  and 
D.  F.  FisHEB  (Better  Fruit,  10  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  13-15,  fig.  1).— The  authors, 
presenting  to  the  Washington  State  Horticultural  Association  a  progress  re- 
port on  studies  designed  to  lessen  the  prevailing  confusion  regarding  the 
nature,  appearance,  causation,  and  control  of  the  various  apple  spot  dis- 
eases, and  discussing  the  origin  and  applicability  of  the  names  used  therefor, 
state  that  the  names  to  which  preference  should  be  given  or  to  which  usage 
is  too  firmly  attached  to  be  readily  changed,  are  bitter  pit,  fungus  fruit  spot, 
Jonathan   spot,   corky   pit    (or   drought  spotting),   and   stigmonose. 

On  bitter  pit  and  the  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poison,  II,  A.  J.  Ewakt 
(Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  n.  ser.,  26  (1913),  No.  1,  pp.  12-44,  pls.  S).— Having 
employed  in  further  investigations  the  methods  described  in  a  previous  paper 
(E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  749),  the  author  claims  to  have  shown  that  it  is  possible,  by 
applying  poison  during  the  starch  stage  of  development  of  an  apple,  to  pro- 
duce artificially  every  symptom  of  bitter  pit.  It  is  stated  that  the  apples  found 
to  be  most  resistant  to  poison  are  also  most  resistant  to  bitter  pit.  Low  tem- 
peratures increase  resistance  to  poison  as  well  as  to  bitter  pit.  The  poisoning 
theory  is  claimed  to  be  in  accordance  with  all  that  is  known  with  regard 
to  the  sensitivity  of  the  pulp  cells  toward  poisons,  to  their  diminishing  resist- 
ance with  increasing  age,  and  to  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  cell, 
the  increased  percentage  of  ash  in  bitter  tissue  also  pointing  in  the  same 
direction.  It  is  claimed  that  it  is  possible  to  poison  the  pulp  cells  of  apples 
by  traces  of  poison  so  minute  as  to  be  incapable  of  detection  by  delicate 
chemical  analysis.  The  brovTuing  of  apple  pulp  is  said  to  be  due  to  the 
oxidation  of  tannic  acid. 

Other  chemical  and  biological  considerations  are  discussed,  and  a  critical 
examination  is  made  of  the  views  set  forth  in  the  reports  of  McAlpine  (E.  S. 
B.,  32,  p.  751;  33,  p.  852). 


1916]  DISEASES  OF   PLANTS.  457 

On  bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  to  poisons,  HI,  A.  J.  Ewabt  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc. 
Victoria,  n.  ser.,  26  (1913),  No.  2,  pp.  228-242,  pi.  1).—Iu  pursuance  of  the 
work  above  noted,  in  which  the  extreme  sensitivity  of  the  apple  to  poisons 
was  made  evident,  the  author  has  instituted  a  comparison  between  these 
results  and  those  obtained  by  studies  with  potatoes,  which  are  also  capable 
of  prolonged  semidormant  existence  and  which  also  become  discolored  by 
oxidase  action  when  dead,  but  which,  unlike  apples,  are  capable  of  further 
gi-owth  after  being  injured. 

It  is  stated  that,  in  all  cases,  potatoes  are  less  sensitive  to  poisons  than  are 
apples,  differences  in  resistance  varying  from  1,000  times  with  anesthetics  to 
S  or  10  times  with  alkali  and  copper  sulphate.  Mercuric  chlorid  and  copper 
sulphate  are  about  equally  poisonous  to  potatoes.  Sulphuric  acid,  while 
slightly  less  poisonous  than  lead  nitrate,  is  about  50  times  as  poisonous  as 
alkali.  Potatoes,  like  apples,  are  much  more  sensitive  to  poisons  at  high  than 
at  low  temperature. 

Tannic  acid  precipitates  starch  from  its  aqueous  solution.  The  occasional 
starch  grains  found  in  apples  which  are  resistant  to  hydrochloric  acid  are 
thought  possibly  to  have  been  in  contact  with  the  tannic  acid  of  the  cell  sap. 
The  presence  of  from  0.0003  to  0.003  per  cent  of  tannic  acid  distinctly  retards, 
0.003  to  0.06  per  cent  strongly  retards,  and  0.33  to  1  per  cent  practically  in- 
hibits diastatic  action,  this  effect  showing  at  35°  C,  and  being  more  pro- 
nounced below  20°.  The  cell  sap  of  apples  may  contain  as  much  as  0.1  per 
cent  tannic  acid,  and  bitter  pit  tissue  appears  to  contain  more  than  does  nor- 
mal pulp.  This  will  protect  any  starch  grains  extruded  into  the  cell  sap 
from  solution,  and  in  cells  bruised  during  the  starch  stage,  will  aid  in  pre- 
venting the  starch  from  dissolving.  In  the  bitter  pit  cells,  however,  the  starch 
grains  are  in  the  protoplasm,  and  as  long  as  this  is  living  the  tannic  acid  of 
the  cell  sap  is  not  in  contact  with  them  or  with  diastase.  Diastase  solution 
loses  its  solvent  action  after  prolonged  contact  with  pulp  of  pounded  apples. 

It  is  considered  as  very  desirable  that  a  complete  numerical  analysis  of 
the  mineral  constituents  of  bitter  pit  tissue  in  bulk  be  made,  paying  special 
attention  to  metallic  elements  in  small  amount,  for  the  purpose  of  definite 
guidance   for   further   investigation. 

Bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poisons,  H.  G.  Bbeidahl  and  A.  C.  H. 
RoTHERA  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  n.  ser.,  27  (1914),  No.  2,  pp.  191-197). — 
Replying  to  the  claims  of  Ewart  above  noted,  referring  to  investigations  show- 
ing an  accelerating  action  of  malt  diastase,  the  authors  hold  that  his  tannic 
acid  complications  are  not  applicable  to  the  experiments  which  he  discusses, 
that  his  assignment  of  the  tannic  acid  retardation  to  an  action  upon  the  starch 
is  incorrect,  and  that  his  experimental  results  were  obtained  under  conditions 
and  with  proportions  of  reagents  entirely  different  from  those  in  experiments 
which  he  criticizes. 

On  bitter  pit  and  sensitivity  of  apples  to  poison,  IV,  A.  J.  Ewakt  (Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  n.  ser.,  27  (1914),  No.  2,  pp.  3^2-3^9).— Replying  to  the 
observations  of  Rothera  and  Breidahl  above  noted,  and  also  to  criticisms  at 
the  September  meeting  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Victoria,  the  author  states  that 
an  accelerating  action  may  be  obtained  if  a  resistant  and  very  active  diastase 
be  used  in  large  amount,  if  the  tests  are  made  at  high  temperatures,  and  if  dry 
bitter  pit  pulp  in  which  the  tannic  acid  has  been  oxidized  is  compared  with 
fresh  pulp  rich  in  tannic  acid.  Results  of  his  own  more  recent  tests  are  given 
and  claimed  to  coincide  closely  with  those  which  he  has  previously  published. 

The  control  of  peach  leaf  curl,  A.  S.  Horne  (Jour.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc,  41 
(1915),  No.  1,  pp.  110-114,  fig-  1). — This  is  an  account  of  tests  made  at  the 


458  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Wisley  laboratory  on  control  methods  for  peach  leaf  curl  due  to  Exoascus  de- 
formans. 

Of  the  two  principal  preparations  of  copper  sulphate  in  common  use,  from 
either  of  which,  if  properly  made  and  applied,  a  film  of  insoluble  and  hence 
nonpoisonous  copper  is  deposited  over  the  surface  of  the  leaves,  the  metal 
being  rendered  soluble  in  sufficient  quantity  to  kill  the  fungi  when  their  secre- 
tions come  in  contact  with  this  deposit,  Burgundy  mixture  was  chosen  for  the 
tests  on  account  of  such  advantages  as  the  procurability  and  easy  preservation 
of  its  ingredients,  the  convenience  in  its  preparation,  and  its  freedom  from 
gritty  particles,  which,  in  case  of  Bordeaux  mixture,  tend  to  clog  and  wear 
the  nozzles.  The  gelatinous  suspension  of  copper  carbonate  which  appears 
when  the  copper  and  the  sodium  salt  are  mixed  cold  and  which,  while  harm- 
less to  the  plant,  is  deadly  to  the  fungus,  also  increases  the  degree  of  ad- 
hesiveness, and  this  is  further  augmented  by  addition  of  a  little  milk.  The 
experiments  thus  point  to  the  possibility  of  a  still  further  increased  efficiency 
in  the  use  of  Burgundy  mixture.  In  most  cases,  excellent  results  followed  the 
use  of  the  Wisley  Burgundy  mixture,  in  which  0.75  pint  milk  was  added  to 
9.75  oz.  copper  sulphate  and  11  oz.  sodium  carbonate  contained  in  3  gal.  water. 
Pathological  histology  of  strawberries  affected  by  species  of  Botrytis  and 
Rhizopus,  N.  P].  Stevens  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No. 
10,  pp.  361-366,  pis.  2).— In  a  previous  publication  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  645)  F.  L. 
Stevens,  reporting  on  some  diseases  of  strawberries,  stated  that,  while  a 
species  of  Botrytis  is  the  primnry  cause  of  the  condition  known  as  leaks,  it 
merely  initiates  the  troul)le,  opening  the  way  for  other  saprophytes,  such  as 
Rhizopus.  In  order  to  determine  as  far  as  possible  the  relations  of  these  fungi 
in  rotting  berries,  the  author  carried  on  experiments,  noting  particularly  the 
differences  which  exist  in  their  method  of  attacking  the  fruit. 

The  Botrytis  was  found  to  penetrate  all  parts  of  the  berry,  growing  within 
the  cells  as  well  as  between  them,  and  to  ramify  through  the  tissues  of  the 
berry,  filling  them  with  a  network  of  mycelium.  On  the  other  hand,  the  myce- 
lium of  Rhizopus  was  found  chiefly  in  the  outer  portion  of  the  berry,  the  hyphae 
growing  between  the  cells,  separating  them,  and  apparently  extracting  the  cell 
sap.  In  comparatively  few  cases  were  both  fungi  found  on  the  same  berry, 
and  in  no  instance  has  the  author  found  Rhizopus  following  in  a  berry  originally 
infected  with  Botrytis.  He  considers  that  Rhizopus  sp.  is  not  dependent  on  the 
presence  of  any  other  fungus  in  its  attacks  on  strawberries  during  shipment 
and  on  the  market. 

Notes  on  diseases  of  cultivated  crops  observed  in  1913-14,  S.  F.  Ashby 
{Bui.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Jamaica,  n.  ser.,  2  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  299-327,  pis.  2).— The 
author  gives  the  results  of  observations  on  diseases  affecting  coconut  palms, 
cacao,  banana,  and  citrus  fruits,  with  recommendations  regarding  fungicides, 
insecticides,  and  spraying  outfits. 

A  rot  of  bananas,  J.  F.  Dastub  {Agr.  Jour.  India,  10  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  278- 
284,  pis.  3). — Reporting  observations  made  on  a  disease  of  banana  at  Pusa  since 
May,  1914,  the  author  points  out  some  resemblances  and  differences  between 
the  organism  found  in  connection  therewith,  a  Fusarium  with  a  Cephalosporium 
stage,  and  that  reported  by  Drost  and  Ashby  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  350)  to  be  the 
cause  of  the  Panama  disease  of  bananas. 

A  fungus  disease  of  banana,  D.  Thomatis  {Bol.  Dir.  Gen.  Agr.  [Mexieol,  5 
{1915),  No.  1,  pp.  59-61). — In  parts  of  Oaxaca  and  Tabasco,  banana  culture  is 
threatened  with  serious  loss  from  a  disease  which  is  but  little  known  at  this 
time,  but  which  has  been  provisionally  described  as  being  associated  with  a 
fungus  and  as  affecting  the  character  and  circulation  of  the  sap.  It  may  be 
identical  with  a  disease  of  banana  in  the  western  portion  of  Cuba. 


1916]  DISEASES  OF  PLANTS.  459 

A  disease  of  Mirabilis  jalapa  inherited  according  to  Mendel's  law,  C.  Cor- 
RENS  (Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  [Pringsheim'],  56  {1915),  Pfeffcr-Festschr.,  pp.  585-616, 
pi.  1,  figs.  11). — Attention  is  called  to  a  phenomenon  consisting  of  a  mottling, 
slight  pitting,  and  partial  rolling  of  the  leaves  in  M.  jalapa.  This  is  stated  to 
be  due  to  a  sort  of  degeneration  of  certain  palisade  and  overlying  epidermal 
cells  with  enlargement  of  cells  in  neighboring  areas,  the  lower  leaf  surface 
remaining  relatively  unchanged.  The  phenomenon  appears  to  be  inherited  ac- 
cording to  the  Mendelian  formula  and  may  possibly  throw  some  light  on  the 
nature  and  mode  of  inheritance  of  characters. 

Bark  scraping  and  bark  affections,  A.  Shabples  {Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay 
States,  3  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  420-^25) .—It  is  stated  that,  while  the  canker  of 
rubber  trees  caused  by  Phytophthora  faberi  is  unknown  in  Malaya,  what  is  sup- 
posedly the  first  bark  affection  known  in  this  region  has  recently  appeared  in 
the  form  of  a  slow  rotting  of  the  bark,  over  which  numerous  saprophytic  fungi 
were  growing.  The  bark  became  waterlogged  and  subject  to  attack  by  borers, 
necessitating  the  removal  of  the  tree. 

It  appeared  probable  that  the  fundamental  cause  of  the  trouble  was  a 
method  of  scraping  supposed  to  stimulate  the  tree  to  an  increased  flow  of 
latex.  Tests  made  under  controlled  conditions  are  said  to  have  shown  that 
the  removal  of  the  outer  corky  layers  increased  the  susceptibilty  of  the  tree 
to  attack  by  fungi  and  insects.  This  increase  of  susceptibility  was  less  if  the 
green  cork  cambium  was  left  intact,  so  that  this  is  apparently  the  protective 
layer  that  is  the  most  important  in  this  connection,  and  not  the  lactiferous  layer, 
as  formerly  supposed.  Further  discussion  is  given  of  the  conditions  and  phases 
of  attack  by  insects  and  fungi,  and  the  interrelations  of  the  two  classes  of 
parasitism. 

It  is  considered  that  bark  scraping  of  any  description  should  be  carried  out 
with  discretion,  also  that  until  more  positive  knowledge  is  obtained  as  to  the 
function  of  the  latex  in  the  economy  of  the  tree,  a  conservative  attitude  is 
desirable  in  connection  with  methods  for  artificially  increasing  the  flow  of 
latex.  It  is  considered  as  a  still  unsettled  problem  of  prime  importance  to  the 
future  of  the  rubber  industry  whether  latex  is  a  primary  product,  the  with- 
drawal of  which  means  Increased  activity  for  its  replacement,  or  a  secondary 
or  waste  product. 

Bordeau  mixture  as  a  spray  for  rubber  trees,  A.  Sharples  (Agr.  Bui.  Fed. 
Malay  States,  3  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  W,  hk^). — During  experiments  carried  out 
in  1914  as  already  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  151)  the  effects  of  Bordeaux  mixture 
on  the  rubber  obtained  during  its  use  were  noted,  and  these  are  briefly  de- 
scribed in  this  article.  It  is  asserted  that  there  is  little  danger  in  using  Bor- 
deaux mixture  as  a  spray  against  the  attacks  of  fungi  on  rubber  trees,  but 
that  trees  in  bearing  should  be  rested  for  two  or  three  days  after  such  appli- 
cation. 

[On  tbe  occurrence  of  Coniophora  cerebella  in  the  woods],  V.  Martens 
{Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  {1915),  No.  3,  pp.  52-56,  figs.  7).— The  author 
observed  a  peculiar  rot  of  fir  trees  in  northern  Russia,  in  the  regions  of  Volo- 
goda  and  Archangel.  From  the  diseased  areas  adjacent  to  the  healthy  tissue, 
he  isolated  a  fungus  which  in  certain  morphological  characters  resembles  very 
closely  C.  cerebella.  If  further  studies  confirm  this  tentative  conclusion,  this, 
it  is  said,  will  be  the  first  report  on  the  occurrence  of  this  fungus  on  living 
trees  in  the  woods. 

Mistletoe  injury  to  conifers  in  the  Northwest,  J.  R.  Weir  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  360  {1916),  pp.  39,  pis.  4,  figs.  27). — Accoixling  to  the  author,  Larix  occi- 
dentalis,  Pinns  ponderosa,  P.  contoria,  and  Pseudotsuga  taxifolia  are  subject 
to  attacks  of  Razoumofskya  laricis,  R.  campylopoda,  R.  americana,  and  R. 


460  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.  85 

douglasii  in  the  order  named.  The  mistletoe  causes  a  gradual  reduction  of 
the  leaf  surface  of  the  host  plant,  trees  of  all  age  classes  being  liable  to  infec- 
tion. Excessive  mistletoe  infection  of  the  lower  parts,  it  is  said,  may  cause 
the  upper  portion  to  die,  resulting  in  the  condition  commonly  called  staghead. 
Seedlings  from  three  to  six  years  old  are  often  killed  within  a  comparatively 
short  time  after  infection.  Where  the  mistletoe  occurs  on  branches,  it  usually 
causes  the  formation  of  large  witches'  brooms  which  seriously  interfere  with 
the  life  functions  of  the  tree.  The  author  claims  that  mistletoe  can  be  con- 
trolled by  cutting  out  and  burning  the  infected  trees,  particular  attention 
being  paid  to  centers  of  infection. 

Self-protection  by  some  plants  ag-ainst  Cuscuta,  O.  Ge:btz  {Jahrb.  Wiss. 
Bot.  [Pringsheim],  56  {1915),  Pfeffer-Festschr.,  pp.  123-154). — This  deals  with 
the  relations  of  Cuscuta  to  various  hosts  as  regards  protective  devices  against 
its  parasitic  activity,  more  particularly  acids,  oils,  etc.,  within  the  plant  itself. 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

Tree-living  nematodes  of  Switzerland,  B.  Hofmanner  and  R.  Menzel  (Rev. 
Suisse  Zool.,  23  {1915),  pp.  109-243,  pis.  3;  abs.  in  Jour.  Roy.  Micros.  Soc,  No. 
6  (1915),  p.  580). — This  account  of  the  lacustrine  and  terrestrial  nematodes  of 
Switzerland  includes  a  diagnostic  key  and  increases  the  number  of  species  to 
110.    Eighteen  new  forms  are  described  and  the  genus  Criconema  is  erected. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  preliminary  report  upon  the  economic  status  of  the  British  species  of 
woodpeckers  and  their  relation  to  forestry,  W.  E.  Collinge  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr. 
ILondon],  22  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  789-791). — This  preliminary  report  gives  the 
results  of  an  examination  of  the  stomach  contents  of  91  specimens  of  three 
species  of  woodpeckers.  Fully  75  per  cent  of  the  food  was  found  to  consist 
of  injurious  insects.  The  author  concludes  that  woodpeckers  are  distinctly 
beneficial  to  forestry  and  merit  all  the  protection  that  can  be  afforded  them. 

A  new  bat  from  Porto  Rico,  H.  H.  T.  Jackson  (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  29 
(1916),  pp.  37,  38). 

[A  list  of  parasites  of  animals  in  Guam],  B.  H.  Ransom  (Jour.  Parasitol- 
ogy, 2  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  93,  94). — A  list  is  given  of  identifications  made  of  19 
species  of  parasites,  including  3  trematodes,  1  cestode,  9  nematodes,  5  arthro- 
pods, and  1  protozoan,  collected  by  L.  B.  Barber  of  the  Guam  Experiment 
Station. 

Agricultural  entomology  (Entomologia  Agraria.  Florence:  R.  Min.  Agr. 
Indus,  e  Com.,  1915,  pp.  484f  figs-  415;  abs.  in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  4  (1916),  Ser.  A, 
No.  2,  pp.  53,  54)- — A  manual  of  insects  injurious  to  cultivated  plants,  field  and 
garden  crops  and  their  products,  and  methods  of  controlling  them. 

[Economic  entomology]  (Ztschr.  Angew.  Ent.,  2  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  V-{-265~ 
471,  figs.  63). — The  papers  presented  in  this  number  include  the  following: 
A  Contribution  to  the  Biology  of  the  Body  Louse  (Pediculus  vestimenti), 
by  A.  Hase  (pp.  265-359)  ;  The  Wheat  Bulb  Fly  (Hylemyia  coarctata),  A 
Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  Its  Biology  and  Its  Economic  Importance,  by 
R.  Kleine  (pp.  360-389)  ;  List  of  Parasitic  Hymenoptera  Reared  at  the  Im- 
perial Plant  Protection  Station,  Vienna,  by  F.  Ruschka  and  L.  Pulmek  (pp. 
390-412)  ;  Calosoma  sycophanta.  Its  Life  History  and  Distribution,  etc., 
together  with  Notes  on  C.  inquisitor,  by  G.  Holste  (pp.  413^21),  the  former 
being  a  review  of  work  by  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agi-iculture ;  New  and  Little-Known  Plant  Pests  fi'om  Our  Colonies,  by  F. 
Zacher  (pp.  422-A2Q)  ;  etc 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  461 

Annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  for  1914,  B.  L.  Wobsham  (Ga. 
Bd.  Ent.  Bui.  42  (1915),  pp.  5-32,  pis.  8).— This  report  presents  notes  upon  the 
work  of  the  year,  including  inspection  and  research  work,  seed  selection  and 
the  boll  weevil,  experiments  for  the  control  of  fruit  insects  and  diseases,  pecan 
insects  and  diseases,  and  truck  crop  pests. 

Seventh  annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Indiana,  O.  H.  Baldwin 
(Ann.  Rpt.  State  Ent.  Ind.,  7  (1913-14),  pp.  250,  figs.  164).— This  report  (E.  S. 
it.,  31,  p.  452)  contains  papers  on  the  Insects  of  the  Year  1913-14  (pp.  13-58)  ; 
Diseases  of  the  Year  (pp.  59-67)  ;  Pruning  and  the  Care  of  Trees  in  Relation 
to  Disease  and  Insect  Control,  by  A.  P.  Swallow  (pp.  71-101)  ;  Report  of  the 
State  Inspector  of  Apiaries,  1914  (pp.  102-104)  ;  A  Program  for  the  Treat- 
ment of  Orchard  Insect  Pests  and  Plant  Diseases,  by  C.  H.  Baldwin  and  H.  F. 
Dietz  (pp.  109-204)  ;  and  a  Circular  of  Information  for  Beekeepers,  by  B.  F. 
Kindig  (pp.  205-250). 

Eighth  annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Indiana,  C.  H.  Baldwin 
(Ann.  Rpt.  State  Ent.  Ind.,  8  (1914-15),  pp.  321,  figs.  iSi).— This  report  first 
presents  a  list  of  Indiana  nurserymen  and  brief  accounts  of  the  insects  of 
the  year  1914-15  (pp.  12-29),  and  of  plant  diseases  during  the  period  under 
report  (pp.  30-41),  a  report  of  the  state  inspector  of  apiaries  (pp.  42-48), 
and  the  text  of  the  horticultural  and  bee  inspection  laws  of  Indiana,  together 
with  a  r§sum6  of  the  nursery  inspection  laws  of  the  other  States  and  Canada 
(pp.  49-85).  It  also  includes  a  revision  of  A  Program  for  the  Treatment  of 
Orchard  Insect  Pests  and  Plant  Diseases  (pp.  89-190),  noted  in  the  preceding 
abstract,  and  a  paper  on  The  Coccidae  or  Scale  Insects  of  Indiana,  by  H.  F. 
Dietz  and  H.  Morrison,  with  drawings  by  R.  E.  Snodgrass  (pp.  195-321). 
Sixty-two  valid  species  of  scales  recognized  as  occurring  in  Indiana  are 
described  and  keys  given  for  their  separation.  A  field  key  to  the  scales  based 
upon  superficial  characters  is  included. 

Minnesota  state  entomologist's  reports  index,  O.  J.  Wenzel  (Minn.  State 
Ent.  Circ.  38  (1916),  pp.  40)- — This  is  an  index  to  the  15  annual  and  biennial 
reports  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Minnesota,  published  between  1895  and 
1914,  together  with  an  appendix  listing  other  publications  of  the  state  ento- 
mologist and  the  division  of  entomology  of  the  University  of  Minnesota. 

[Insect  pests  in  New  Hampshire],  W.  C.  O'Kane  (N.  H.  Dept.  Agr.,  State 
Moth  Work  Circs.  [1912],  Nos.  1,  pp.  4,  figs.  4;  2,  pp.  4,  figs.  4;  3,  pp.  4;  4,  pp. 
2;  1915,  No.  5,  rev.,  pp.  4)- — These  several  circulars  deal  with  the  gipsy  moth, 
the  brown-tail  moth,  the  control  of  the  gipsy  moth  in  woodlands  and  orchards, 
public  measures  against  the  gipsy  and  the  brown-tail  moths,  and  the  control 
of  the  gipsy  moth,  the  last  named  being  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  850). 

Tenth  report  of  the  state  entomologist  and  plant  pathologist  of  Virginia, 
1914-15,  W.  J.  SCHOENE  (Rpt.  State  Ent.  and  Plant  Path.  Va.,  10  (1914-15), 
pp.  75,  pis.  3,  figs.  5).— This  biennial  report  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  248)  first  presents 
an  outline  of  work  for  the  two-year  period  from  October  1,  1913,  to  September 
30,  1915,  followed  by  a  Report  of  Inspection  Work,  1914-15,  by  W.  J.  Price 
(pp.  9-15),  and  an  account  and  the  text  of  the  Court  Decision  Upholding  the 
Cedar  Rust  Law,  by  the  author  (pp.  16-29). 

A  Report  on  the  Investigation  of  Insects  Affecting  Truck  Crops  in  Virginia, 
by  L.  B.  Smith  (pp.  30-63),  next  presented,  deals  in  large  part  with  investiga- 
tions of  the  biology  of  the  green  pea  aphis  (Macrosiphum  pisi)  in  eastern 
Virginia.  An  account  of  work  with  control  measures  for  this  insect  has  been 
previously  noted  (B.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  652).  This  aphid  has  for  the  past  15  years 
been  causing  serious  losses  to  the  pea  growers  in  eastern  Virginia.  The  damage 
to  the  spring  crop  occurs  usually  during  May  and  June,  while  the  fall  crop  is 
subject  to  attack  during  September  and  October.     Severe  attacks  of  the  aphis 


462  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

cause  the  plants  to  wither,  become  dry,  and  finally  die,  usually  before  the  crop 
has  matured.  This  aphid  changes  food  plants  usually  four  times  during  the 
season,  those  serving  as  hosts  in  this  region  including  crimson  clover,  garden 
peas,  red  clover,  sweet  peas,  Lespedeza  sp.,  vetches,  alfalfa,  sweet  clover,  alsike, 
white  clovers,  and  shepherd's  purse. 

"  In  general  the  pea  aphid  passes  the  winter  on  clovers,  in  April  they  migrate 
to  garden  peas,  upon  which  they  feed  until  the  first  part  of  July.  They  then  go 
to  the  summer  food  plants,  which  include  sweet  clover,  Lespedeza  sp.,  alfalfa, 
and  the  clovers.  During  August  they  return  to  garden  peas,  where  they  remain 
until  November  and  December,  when  they  migrate  for  the  fourth  time,  this  time 
returning  to  the  clovers,  upon  which  the  winter  is  passed.  The  foregoing 
statements  of  the  migrations  apply  to  the  majority  of  the  aphids,  for  doubtless 
many  individuals  continue  to  breed  on  the  clovers  throughout  the  year. 

"  No  true  oviparous  females  or  the  eggs  of  the  species,  have  been  found  in 
this  region,  although  a  few  males  were  collected  on  garden  peas  in  November, 
1914.  The  viviparous  females  which  pass  the  winter  enter  into  hibernation 
during  December  and  commence  reproducing  in  March.  No  reproduction,  and 
very  little  feeding,  has  been  observed  during  January  and  February. 

"  The  presence  of  many  parasitic  and  predacious  enemies,  together  with  the 
aphidid  fungus,  tend  to  keep  the  aphids  in  check  during  the  summer. 

"  In  1914  there  were  21  generations  produced  between  May  1  and  December 

10.  In  1915  there  were  22  generations  between  March  19  and  December  5.  The 
age  at  which  females  began  reproduction  varied  from  7  to  26  days,  it  being 
noticeably  longer  in  the  spring  and  fall  than  during  the  summer.  From  a 
series  of  87  individuals  the  average  age  at  which  reproduction  commenced  was 
12.1  days.  The  length  of  the  reproductive  period  varied  from  4  to  36  days,  an 
average  for  the  two  seasons  of  84  records  being  18.1  days.  The  period  between 
the  birth  of  the  last  young  and  the  death  of  the  female,  from  74  records, 
averaged  1.2  days.  The  average  length  of  life  of  viviparous  females,  from  83 
records,  including  two  seasons,  was  31.7  days.  The  average  length  of  life  of 
hibernating  females  was  134  days. 

"  The  number  of  young  born  per  day  by  viviparous  females  varied  from  1  to 

11.  The  total  maximum  number  born  by  any  one  female  was  142.  The  aver- 
age number  born  per  female,  from  83  records,  was  80.7  young.  The  fecundity 
of  the  females  was  greatest  during  July,  August,  and  the  early  part  of  Septem- 
ber. It  has  been  found  that  the  wingless  viviparous  females  apparently  mature 
in  less  time  and  have  greater  reproductive  power  than  do  the  winged  forms. 
The  fecundity  of  the  winged  hibernating  females  is  not  as  great  as  that  of  the 
wingless  or  the  winged  viviparous  summer  forms. 

"The  pea  aphis  molts  four  times.  An  average  of  the  lengths  of  the  first 
four  instars,  from  60  individual  records,  is  as  follows:  First  instar,  1.6  days; 
second  instar,  2.6  days;  third  instar,  2.8  days;  fourth  instar,  2.4  days;  thus 
making  the  average  age  at  the  time  of  the  fourth  molt,  9.G  days.  As  might 
be  expected,  the  period  of  development  was  considerably  shorter  during  the 
warmer  summer  months  than  during  the  cooler  periods  in  the  spring  and 
autumn." 

Observations  on  the  Life  Histories  and  Habits  of  the  Species  of  Aphids  Most 
Common  on  the  Cultivated  Apple  (Mains  mains)  in  Virginia  (Blacksburg) 
during  the  Season  of  1915,  including  the  oat  aphis  (Aphis  avence),  the  rosy 
aphis  (A.  sorbi),  and  the  apple  aphis,  and  a  list  of  the  more  recent  litera- 
ture relating  to  these  species,  by  M.  T.  Smulyan,  are  appended  (pp.  64-75). 
A.  sorbi  is  apparently  the  most  injurious  of  the  three  in  Virginia  and  the  apple 
aphis  probably  the  least.  The  author  reports  that  his  investigations  of  the 
alternate  or  summer  host  plants  of  A.  sorU  in  Virginia  have  substantiated  the 


19161  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  463 

findings  of  Ross  in  Canada  tliat  apterous  and  alate  viviparous  females  and 
pupae  occur  on  the  common  or  broad-leaved  plantain  (Plantago  major)  and 
English  or  narrow-leaved  plantain  (P.  lanceolata) . 

Notes  on  the  acarid  and  insect  enemies  of  cultivated  plants  observed  in 
the  Province  of  Turin  in  1913,  G.  Bella  Beffa  {Ann.  R.  Accad.  Agr.  Torino, 
51  (1914),  pp.  35-78,  figs.  i2).— These  notes  relate  to  342  insect  pests. 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  West  African  insect  pests  of  plants, 
P.  Zacheb  (Tropenpflanzer,  18  {1915),  No.  9-10,  pp.  50^-534,  figs.  35).— A  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  field,  including  a  list  with  the  scientific,  German,  and  local 
namee  of  82  insects,  the  nature  of  their  injury,  and  the  locality  where  found. 

Annual  report  of  the  government  entomologist,  W.  Small  {Ann.  Rpt.  Dept. 
Agr.  Uganda,  1915,  pp.  71-78). — A  report  upon  the  occurrence  of  and  work  with 
the  insect  enemies  of  coffee,  cacao,  rubber,  cotton,  etc. 

Report  of  the  entomologist,  W.  H.  Patterson  {Govt.  Gold  Coast,  Rpt.  Agr. 
Dept.,  1914,  PP-  21-24). — A  brief  report  of  the  work  of  the  year. 

The  ecology  of  some  endophytic  larvae. — Observations  and  experiments, 
E.  Rabaud  {Bui.  Sci.  France  et  Belg.,  46  {1912),  No.  1,  pp.  1-28,  fig.  1;  48 
{1914),  No.  2,  pp.  81-159,  fig.  i).— The  first  paper  deals  with  Olethreutes 
oblongana  in  the  heads  of  wild  teazel  {Dipsacus  sylvestris)  ;  the  second  with 
Myelois  cribrella  and  some  other  caterpillars  which  live  in  the  heads  of  mem- 
bers of  the  thistle  tribe. 

Locusts  {Agr.  News  IBarbadosI,  14  {1915),  No.  343,  p.  202). — An  invasion  of 
Trinidad  by  the  South  American  migratory  locust  {Schistocerca  paranensis)  is 
reported.  Large  swarms  began  to  arrive  on  Chacachacare  Island  from  Vene- 
zuela on  May  30. 

A  preliminary  list  of  the  Jassoidea  of  Missouri  with  notes  on  species, 
E.  H.  Gibson  and  E.  S.  Cogan  {Ohio  Jour.  Sci.,  16  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  71-78). 

The  stick-lac  insect,  L.  Dupobt  {Bui.  Econ.  Indochine,  n.  ser.,  18  {1915), 
No.  112,  pp.  182-189). — An  account  is  given  of  the  biology  of  this  scale 
{Tachardia  lacca)  and  its  natural  enemies. 

The  development  of  the  Phylloxera  vastatrix  leaf  gall,  H.  R.  Rosen 
{Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1102,  pp.  216,  217).— The  author  finds  that  the 
withdrawal  by  phylloxera  of  a  large  amount  of  material  at  one  point  from 
tender  growing  leaves  with  subsequent  changes  in  tension  and  pressure  at  that 
point  and  certain  structural  peculiarities  of  the  gall  itself  all  suggest  the  suck- 
ing action  as  the  initial  stimulus  for  gall  production. 

Woolly  pear  aphis,  A.  C.  Bakeb  and  W.  M.  Davidson  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  351-360,  fig.  i).— The  woolly  aphis 
known  for  some  years  to  attack  pear  roots  in  California  and  previously  con- 
sidered to  be  the  woolly  apple  aphis  {Eriosoma  lanigerum),  which  it  resembles 
in  both  habit  and  structure,  has  been  found  by  the  authors  to  represent  a  new 
species  which  they  here  describe  as  E.  pyricola.  In  addition  to  the  description 
the  authors  consider  its  history,  habits,  spread,  and  biology.  The  species 
occurs  over  practically  all  the  pear  sections  of  northern  and  central  California, 
where  in  some  regions  it  is  very  destructive,  and  is  recorded  as  having  been 
collected  at  Wooster,  Ohio,  in  the  fall  of  1897  on  roots  of  pear  stock  received 
from  France  the  preceding  spring.  It  appears  to  have  been  present  in  Cali- 
fornia for  more  than  20  years,  having  ruined  some  2,000  French  seedlings  in 
one  block  about  ten  years  ago. 

This  species  works  entirely  underground,  apparently  attacking  the  roots  of 
all  types  of  pears,  although  especially  injurious  to  the  French  wild  stock  so 
largely  used  in  California  as  a  stock  for  the  Bartlett.  It  works  especially  upon 
the  smaller  fibrous  rootlets  and  may  be  encountered  on  any  such  rootlets  within 
the  topmost  3  ft.  of  soil  and  perliaps  deeper.     The  infestations  are  usually 


464  EXPEBIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

heavier  on  the  rootlets  near  the  trunk,  but  frequently  the  aphids  are  as 
abundant  10  or  12  ft.  from  the  stem.  Badly  stunted  growth  and  early  falling  of 
the  foliage  are  characteristic  of  its  injury  on  young  trees.  "Injury  and  death  are 
due  to  heavy  summer  and  autumn  infestations  on  the  fibrous  rootlets  and  to 
the  inability  of  the  tree  to  replace  the  destroyed  roots  quickly  enough  to  afford 
plant  food  for  the  vegetative  portion.  ...  In  orchards  and  districts  vphere 
conditions  favor  large  productions  of  winged  forms,  or  migrants,  spring  and 
early  summer  infestations  are  small,  denoting  that  few  insects  passed  the  win- 
ter on  the  roots.  After  the  month  of  June,  however,  such  infestations  multiply 
rapidly  and  become  very  large  by  September,  the  month  in  which  the  fall 
migrants  are  produced  in  greatest  abundance.  After  September  there  remain 
small  wingless  colonies  which  increase  but  little  until  the  summer  following. 
The  winged  forms  are  produced  in  abundance  on  heavy  dry  clay  soils  which 
crack  in  summer  and  autumn.  .  .  .  Occasionally  the  wingless  infestations  are 
severe  the  year  round ;  where  this  is  so,  in  the  early  part  of  the  year  there  is 
caused  a  considerable  stunting  of  growth  and  more  or  less  weakening,  unless 
the  trees  can  put  out  plenty  of  new  rootlets  to  replace  those  injured  and  de- 
stroyed. This  condition  has  been  noted  especially  on  light  clay  soils  where 
poor  cultivation  was  employed." 

In  considering  the  biology  of  this  species  a  comparison  is  made  of  E. 
pyricola  with  E.  lanigerum  and  of  the  fall  migrants  of  E.  pijricola,  E.  lanigerum, 
and  E.  americanum.  The  new  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  E.  ulmi  from 
the  fact  that  segment  V  bears  prominent  transverse  sensoria,  and  the  wingless 
forms  can  be  distinguished  from  those  of  E.  lanigerum  by  the  structure  of  the 
compound  wax  pores  and  the  winged  forms  by  the  antennae. 

Capsid  bugs,  J.  C.  F.  Feyee  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  {1916),  No.  10, 
pp.  950-958,  pis.  2). — This  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  with  regard  to  the  injury  to  apple  trees  and  fruit  now  generally 
ascribed  to  plant  bugs  of  the  family  Capsidas. 

Ooencyrtus  pacificus,  a  new  egg  parasite  from  Fiji,  J.  Watebston  {Bui. 
Ent.  Research,  6  {1915),  No.  S,  pp.  307-310,  figs.  1).— This  parasite  was  reared 
from  the  eggs  of  the  bean  bug  {Brachyplatys  pacificus)  at  Rarawai,  Viti  Levu, 
Fiji. 

The  insect  vector  of  uta,  a  Peruvian  disease,  C.  H.  T.  Townsend  {Jour. 
Parasitology,  2  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  67-73,  fig.  1). — A  disease  known  as  uta,  which 
occurs  on  the  west  face  of  the  Andes  in  Peru,  has  been  proved  to  be  due  to  a 
Leishmania.  Two  species  of  gnats  of  the  genus  Forcipomyia  are  said  to  have 
been  proved  capable  of  transmitting  this  Leishmania.  "It  is  highly  probable 
that  the  various  forms  of  leishmaniasis  thus  far  known  are  due  to  as  many 
species  of  herpetomonads  originally  parasitic  in  the  gut  of  the  insect  carriers 
concerned,  and  that,  with  regard  to  the  occurrence  in  man,  these  herpetomonads 
are  as  yet  in  the  stages  of  parasitism  ranging  from  habitually  abnormal  or  fre- 
quent to  merely  accidental  or  infrequent." 

A  classification  of  the  Lepidoptera  based  on  characters  of  the  pupa,  Edna 
MosHER  {Bui.  III.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  12  {1916),  Art.  2,  pp.  13-159,  pis.  9).— 
Investigations  by  the  author  have  led  to  this  classification,  based  on  pupal 
characters.  An  attempt  has  also  been  made  to  throw  some  light  on  the  relation- 
ships existing  between  the  different  groups. 

Tineid  moths  of  Central  America,  Lord  Walsingham  {Biol.  Cent.  Amer., 
Zool.,  Lepidoptera-Heterocera,  4  {1909-1915),  pp.  XII +482,  pis.  10;  rev.  in 
Nature  [London],  96  {1916),  No.  2411,  pp.  533,  55^).— The  several  fascicles  of 
this  volume  deal  with  the  Tineina.  In  the  preparation  of  this  work  the  author 
has  been  assisted  by  J.  H.  Durrant  and  A.  Busck,  the  latter  of  the  Bureau  of 
Entomology  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  465 

The  introduction  and  establishment  in  Canada  of  the  natural  enemies  of 
the  brown-tail  and  gipsy  moths,  J.  D.  Tothiul  (Agr.  Qaz.  Canada,  S  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  111-116,  pg.  1).—A  detailed  account  Is  given  of  the  distribution  of 
the  parasitic  and  predacious  enemies  of  these  moths  in  Canada,  together  with 
a  map  showing  their  distribution. 

The  brown  Ctenucha  (Ctenucha  brunnea),  E.  O.  EssiG  (Jour.  Ent.  and  Zool., 
7  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  241-244,  pi.  1). — This  lepidopteran  occurs  in  the  coast 
legion  from  San  Francisco  to  the  southern  part  of  California,  where  it  is  found 
feeding  on  the  leaves  of  California  wild  rye  (Elymus  condensatus) .  The  cater- 
pillars are  effectively  parasitized  by  a  new  species  of  Protapanteles,  which  in 
confinement  was  reared  from  about  95  per  cent  of  the  caterpillars.  This  para- 
site is  attacl^ed  by  a  hyperparasite  (Hemiteles  n.  sp.). 

The  larvse  of  a  noctuid  moth  also  feeds  on  this  host  plant  at  Ventura  and  is 
said  to  be  much  more  destructive  to  the  plant.  It  burrows  into  the  centers  of 
the  stems  in  which  it  feeds  and  remains  until  ready  to  pupate. 

Cutworms  and  their  control  in  com  and  other  cereal  crops,  W.  R.  Waxton 
and  J.  J.  Davis  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  739  (1916),  pp.  3,  fig.  1).—A 
brief  popular  account. 

The  true  army  worm  and  its  control,  W.  R.  Walton  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  731  (1916),  pp.  12,  figs.  8). — This  popular  account  of  (Heliophila) 
Cirphis  unipuncta  and  means  for  its  control  is  of  general  interest  to  crop 
growers. 

The  clover  leafhopper  and  its  control  in  the  Central  States,  E.  H.  Gibson 
{V.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  737  (1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  5).— An  account  of 
AgalUa  sanguinolenta,  its  habits  and  mode  of  attack,  together  with  informa- 
tion as  to  the  control  of  outbreaks  in  alfalfa  and  clover  fields. 

The  species  is  distributed  generally  throughout  the  United  States  and  its 
range  extends  into  southern  Canada  and  Mexico.  Its  primary  injury  is  pro- 
duced by  direct  feeding,  as  many  as  600  individuals  having  been  counted  on  a 
single  plant.  A  second  form  of  injury  is  produced  by  the  forcing  of  the  eggs 
into  the  stem  and  leaf  tissue  by  the  adult  female,  which  causes  a  distortion 
of  the  surrounding  tissue  and  often  results  in  a  gall-like  formation.  Its  prin- 
cipal host  plants  are  leguminous,  including  alfalfa,  clover,  cowpeas,  and  vetch, 
but  it  is  common  on  meadow  and  pasture  lands  and  feeds  on  a  number  of  cul- 
tivated as  well  as  native  grasses. 

The  eggs  hatch  in  from  5  to  12  days  in  summer  in  the  latitude  of  southern 
Illinois.  Five  molts  are  passed  by  the  nymphs,  which  require  from  18  to  35 
days,  with  an  average  of  25  days  for  development.  The  number  of  generations 
produced  varies  annually  with  the  weather  and  with  the  latitude,  there  usually 
being  three  distinct  broods  in  southern  Missouri  and  northern  Arkansas.  In 
the  Northern  States  the  clover  leafhopper  hibernates  in  the  adult  stage,  at  the 
base  of  clumps  of  grass  and  weeds  and  under  dried  leaves  and  trash.  Nymphs 
can  not  long  survive  cold  weather,  and  it  is  not  probable  that  the  eggs  survive 
over  winter.  In  the  extreme  Southwest  the  leafhopper  is  active  throughout  the 
entire  year. 

The  hopperdozer,  a  frame  for  which  is  illustrated,  is  recommended  for  use  in 
its  direct  control.  Mention  is  also  made  of  the  importance  of  burning  rubbish 
and  waste  vegetation,  close  cutting  or  pasturing  of  grasslands,  and  the  early 
cutting  of  alfalfa  as  control  measures. 

The  dipterous  family  Scatopsidae,  A.  L.  Melandeb  (Washington  Sta.  Bui. 
ISO  (1916),  pp.  3-18,  pis.  2). — In  this  account,  18  species  of  Scatopsidse  from 
the  United  States  are  recognized,  six  of  which  are  described  as  new  to  science. 
It  is  pointed  out  that  these  flies  are  of  economic  importance  through  their  habit 
of  breeding  in  filth. 


466  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Notes  on  beet  or  mangold  fly,  A.  D.  Imms  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London^,  22 
(1915),  No.  9,  pp.  881-88Jt). — A  brief  account  of  the  distribution,  life  history, 
and  methods  of  control  of  Pegomya  hyoscyami  hetw.  A  detailed  account  by 
Cameron  of  the  life  history  of  this  species  has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
32,  p.  351). 

The  yellow  currant  and  gooseberry  fruit  fly  (Epochra  canadensis),  L.  A. 
Whitney  {Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  5  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  152-151,  figs.  5).— 
This  fruit  fly,  which  is  generally  distributed  throughout  the  currant  and  goose- 
berry growing  districts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  is  in  California  appa- 
rently confined  to  the  central  and  northern  parts  of  the  State.  Technical  de- 
scriptions are  given  of  its  life  stages,  together  with  a  summary  of  control  work 
with  the  cherry  fruit  flies  in  New  York  State,  adapted  from  New  York  Cornell 
Experiment  Station  Bulletin  325,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  55). 

Life  histories  and  methods  of  rearing  Hessian  fly  parasites,  C.  M.  Packabd 
(Z7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  367-381,  pis.  2).— 
This  report  of  studies  made  of  the  life  history,  habits,  and  relative  efficiency  of 
Hessian  fly  parasites  during  the  seasons  of  1914  and  1915  deals  with  three 
hymenopterans,  namely,  Eupelmus  allynii,  Merisus  destructor,  and  {Merisu^) 
Micromelus  suhapterus.  The  methods  of  rearing  found  most  satisfactory  are 
first  described. 

The  egg  of  E.  allynii  requires  a  period  of  from  1.5  to  5  days  for  incubation 
from  July  to  November ;  from  7  to  10  days  are  required  by  the  larva  to  pass 
through  the  five  instars  and  complete  its  growth,  and  from  9  to  24  days  for  de- 
velopment in  the  pupal  stage.  As  many  as  58  eggs  are  recorded  as  having  been 
laid  by  each  of  two  females.  It  is  stated  that  W.  R.  McConnell  has  ascertained 
that  this  species  can  reproduce  parthenogenetically. 

M.  destructor  requires  from  1.5  to  4  days  for  its  embryonic  development ;  from 
7  to  11  days  for  the  development  of  the  larva ;  and  7  to  14  days  from  the  for- 
mation of  the  pupa  to  the  emergence  of  the  adult.  A  total  of  39  eggs  is  re- 
corded as  having  been  laid  by  a  single  female. 

M.  subapterus  was  found  to  require  from  1.5  to  5  days  for  the  development 
of  the  eggs ;  from  7  to  10  days  for  the  growth  of  the  larva ;  and  from  7  to  13 
days  for  the  development  of  the  pupa.  A  total  of  103  eggs  is  recorded  as  hav- 
ing been  deposited  by  a  single  female. 

The  author's  experiments  and  observations  have  led  to  the  inference  that 
only  one  specimen  of  any  of  the  three  species  studied  ever  matures  in  a  single 
Hessian  fly  puparium.  In  every  instance  where  more  than  one  egg  or  larva 
was  placed  on  the  same  host  or  in  the  same  cell,  one  survived  and  the  rest  were 
killed  by  that  one  or  starved  to  death.  This  was  true  whether  the  two  or  more 
larvae  were  of  the  same  or  different  species. 

Studies  of  agricultural  biology. — I,  Account  of  the  glossines  or  tsetse 
flies,  E.  Hegh  {Etudes  de  Biologie  Agricole:  No.  1,  Notice  sur  les  Glossines  ou 
Ts^ts6s.  London:  Belgian  Govt.,  1915,  pp.  148,  figs.  29). — This  reports  studies 
of  the  tsetse  flies. 

A  chemotropic  response  of  the  house  fly  (Musca  domestica),  C.  H.  Richard- 
son {Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1113,  pp.  613-616) .—The  author  here  pre- 
sents a  preliminary  report  on  tests  of  the  response  of  the  house  fly  to  a  number 
of  inorganic  and  organic  compounds  which  occur  as  products  of  fermentation 
In  barnyard  manures.  Negative  results  were  obtained  in  all  but  the  ammonium 
hydroxid  and  ammonium  carbonate  experiments. 

Flytraps  and  their  operation,  P.  C.  Bishopp  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers' 
Bui.  73/f  {1916),  pp.  IS,  figs.  7). — A  popular  account  of  supplementary  means 
for  controlling  fliea. 


19161  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  467 

Phyllophaga  Harris  (Lachnostema  Hope):  A  revision  of  the  synonymy 
and  one  new  name,  R.  D.  Glasgow  (Bui.  III.  State  Lah.  Nat.  Hist.,  11  (1916), 
Art.  5,  pp.  365-379).— As  stated  by  the  author  this  preliminary  paper  is  de- 
signed to  indicate  the  progress  of  the  work  with  the  white  grubs  or  May 
beetles  and  to  present  the  changes  in  synonymy  that  a  thorough  study  of  the 
types  has  shown  to  be  necessary. 

A  new  species  which  is  abundant  in  southern  Illinois  in  midsummer  is  de- 
scribed as  Phyllophaga  forbesi. 

On  certain  beetle  larvae  found  in  sugar  plantations,  P.  van  der  Goot  (Arcfi. 
Suikcrindus.  Nederland.  Indie,  23  (1915),  No.  20,  pp.  789-830,  figs.  IS;  Meded. 
Proefstat.  Jara-Suikerindus.,  5  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  275-316,  figs.  13;  abs.  in  Rev. 
Appl.  Ent.,  4  (1916),  Set:  A,  No.  3,  p.  89).— Descriptions  are  given  of  16  species 
of  beetles,  the  larvae  of  which  were  collected  in  sugar  plantations  in  Java  during 
February  and  May,  1914,  while  searching  for  parasites  of  Adoretus  comprescsus, 
together  with  notes  on  their  bionomics  and  parasites. 

The  cassava  grubs,  S.  Leefmans  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch 
East  Indies],  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  IS  (1915),  pp.  121,  pis.  11;  abs. 
in  Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  4  (1916),  Ser.  A,  No.  2,  pp.  82-84).— Two  beetles  are  said  to 
be  especially  destructive  to  cassava  in  Java,  namely,  Leucopholis  rorida  and 
Lepidiota  stigma,  the  former  causing  the  greater  damage.  In  addition  to  an  ex- 
tended account  of  these  two  pests  a  list  is  given  of  insects  of  minor  importance, 
together  with  a  discussion  of  their  bionomics. 

The  Mexican  cotton  boll  weevil  (Ga.  Bd.  Ent.  Bui.  39  (1914),  pp.  3-24, 
pis.  7,  fig.  1;  ////  (1916),  pp.  3-22,  pis.  9,  figs.  7).— Popular  accounts  of  this 
cotton  pest  are  given.  The  first  was  prepared  for  the  purpose  of  sounding  a 
warning  to  the  cotton  growers  of  Georgia,  while  the  second  is  a  revised  edition, 
giving  information  relating  to  the  pest,  which  entered  Georgia  in  the  late  sum- 
mer of  1915. 

The  turnip  gall  weevil  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  884- 
887,  pi.  1). — This  weevil  (Ceuthorhynchus  pleurostigma  [sulcicollis])  is  at 
times  the  source  of  considerable  injury  to  the  turnip  and  cabbnge  crops  in 
England.  It  is  widely  distributed  throughout  the  United  Kingdom  and  is  also 
well  knowm  on  the  Continent,  being  destructive  in  France,  Russia,  and  Germany. 
Although  its  principal  injury  is  to  turnips  and  cabbage,  mustard,  charlock, 
rape,  Brussels  sprouts,  savoy,  and  kohl-rabi  are  attacked. 

The  adults  emerge  from  the  pupae  in  the  spring  and  summer  and  oviposit  on 
the  roots  of  the  food  plants.  On  hatching  out  the  young  larva  feeds  on  the 
roots,  which  causes  the  formation  of  galls.  Upon  completing  their  growth  the 
larvae  leave  the  galls  and  pupate  in  the  soil. 

The  com  and  cotton  wireworm  in  its  relation  to  cereal  and  forage  crops, 
with  control  measures,  E.  H.  Gibson  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  733 
(1916),  pp.  7,  figs.  3). — A  popular  account  of  Horistonotus  uhleri,  based  upon 
studies  which  extended  over  a  period  of  three  years.  A  report  of  studies  of 
this  species  in  South  Carolina  has  previously  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  158). 

On  the  biology  of  the  Gramang  ant  (Pla^olepis  longipes),  P.  van  deb 
Goot  (Meded.  Proefstat.  Midden-Java,  No.  19  (1915),  pp.  11+60;  abs.  in  Rev. 
Appl.  Ent.,  3  (1915),  Ser.  A,  No.  11,  pp.  663,  664).— The  author  presents  a 
detailed  account  of  the  life  history  and  bionomics  of  P.  longipes,  which  is  re- 
ported to  attend  plant  lice  and  coccids  on  the  branches  of  coffee,  etc. 

Transferring  bees,  F.  E.  Millen  (Michigan  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.  76  (1915),  pp. 
16,  figs.  9). — This  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  bulletins  with  information  relating 
\o  bee  management. 

Fourteenth  annual  report  of  the  Illinois  State  Beekeepers'  Association, 
compiled  by  J.  A.  Stone  (Ann.  Rpt.  III.  Beekeepers'  Assoc.,  14  (1914),  PP-  197, 


468  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

figs.  21). — This  report  contains  the  proceedings  of  the  twenty-fourth  annual 
session  of  the  Illinois  State  Beekeepers'  Association,  held  at  SpringfieJd,  No- 
vember 19  and  20,  1914  (pp.  25-99),  and  of  the  seventeenth  annual  convention 
»f  the  Chicago-Northwestern  Beekeepers'  Association,  held  at  Chicago,  Decem- 
ler  17  and  18,  1914  (pp.  101-175)  ;  the  by-laws  as  adopted  by  and  the  minutes 
of  the  National  Beekeepers'  Association,  Denver,  Colo.,  in  February,  1915  (pp. 
176-188)  ;  etc. 

Bramble  bees  and  others,  J.  H.  Fabee,  trans,  by  A.  Teixeika  de  Mattos 
{New  York:  Dodd,  Mead  d  Co.,  1915,  pp.  Vin+456). — A  popular  treatise  con- 
sisting of  a  translation  of  all  the  essays  on  wild  bees  from  the  author's  Sou- 
venirs Entomologiques,  with  the  exception  of  those  on  mason  bees  previou.sly 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  758).  Observations  of  the  bionomics  of  species  of  Osmia, 
leaf  cutters  (Megachile),  cotton  and  resin  bees  (Anthidium  spp.),  and  spe- 
cies of  Halictus  are  given. 

The  hunting  wasps,  J.  H.  Fabbe,  trans,  by  A.  Tetxeiea  de  Mattos  {New 
York:  Dodd,  Mead  d  Co.,  1915,  pp.  VIII +427). — This  popular  treatise,  which 
consists  in  large  part  of  a  translation  of  chapters  on  wasps  from  the  author's 
Souvenirs  Entomologiques,  presents  observations  of  the  bionomics  of  species  of 
Cerceris,  Sphex,  Ammophila,  Bembex,  etc. 

A  survey  of  the  zoocecidia  on  species  of  Hicoria  caused  by  parasites 
belonging  to  the  Eriophyidse  and  the  Itonididas  (Cecidomyiidae),  B.  W. 
Wells  {Ohio  Jour.  Sci.,  16  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  31-59,  figs.  33).— This  paper  pre- 
sents descriptions  of  the  types  of  2  eriophyid  and  30  itonidid  galls  on  hickory 
leaves.  In  addition,  forms  previously  described  and  not  seen  by  the  author  have 
been  added  to  give  completeness  to  the  survey  of  the  two  groups  of  galls. 

A  new  oat  pest  (Tarsonemus  spirifex),  the  oat  mite,  T.  A.  C.  Schoevebs 
{Tijdschr.  Plantenziekten,  21  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  111-130,  pis.  3,  figs.  2;  ahs.  in 
Rev.  Appl.  Ent.,  3  {1915),  Ser.  A,  No.  11,  pp.  66-i,  665).— Oats  received  in  July 
from  Almkerk  were  attacked  by  this  mite.  It  has  also  been  a  source  of  injury 
to  oats  in  some  departments  of  France  and  has  been  found  in  Baden,  Bavaria, 
and  Mecklenburg.  The  damage  done  is  very  considerable,  and  at  Wageuingen 
90  per  cent  of  the  haulms  were  more  or  less  attacked. 

A  description  of  the  mite  and  larvge,  with  plates,  by  A.  C.  Oudemans  forms 
a  supplement  to  this  paper  (pp.  124-130). 

The  red  spider  on  cotton  and  how  to  control  it,  E.  A.  McGeegor  {U.  8. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  735  {1916),  pp.  12,  figs.  10). — A  general  account  based 
upon  studies  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  251). 

FOODS— HTJMAN  NUTRITION. 

On  the  digestibility  of  bread. — I,  Salivary  digestion  in  vitro,  J.  C.  Blake 
(Jour.  Amer.  Ghem.  Soc.,  38  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  1245-1260,  flfj.  i).— This  paper 
is  a  report  of  experiments  in  vitro  on  the  digestibility  of  bread,  from  which  the 
following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  The  specificity  and  complexity  of  starches  is  confirmed.  A  number  of  poly- 
saccharids  are  clearly  recognized  and  differentiated,  and  the  existence  of  two 
new  ones  indicated. 

"  The  three  principal  ingredients  of  cereal  starches  are  amylocellulose  (the 
cell  walls),  amylopectin,  and  amylose. 

"  The  amylose,  contrary  to  the  contention  of  .  .  .  [others]  passes  through  the 
stages  of  amylodextrin  and  erythrodextrin  during  salivary  digestion,  but  these 
dextrins  digest  so  rapidly  that  their  presence  in  the  digestion  mixture  can  con- 
veniently be  demonstrated  only  when  the  enzym  concentration  is  very  low 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN    NUTEITION.  469 

(e.  g.,  1:99).     Furthermore,  an  appreciable  amount  of  achroodextrin  enters 
the  solution  with  ordinary  concentrations  of  saliva. 

"All  of  the  dextrins  under  ordinary  conditions  disappear  from  the  solution 
within  15  minutes,  so  that  thereafter  the  further  progress  of  the  digestion  can 
be  followed  by  the  polariscope,  the  only  optically  active  substance  then  present 
being  maltose  if  maltase  has  not  been  added  from  some  outside  source.  As  the 
amylose  is  all  digested  by  this  time,  the  further  digestion  represents  action  on 
amylocellulose  and  amylopectin  and  their  products  of  hydrolysis. 

"By  slow  digestion  almost  the  entire  amount  of  amylose  present  was  ob- 
tained in  solution  as  erythrodextrin  at  the  end  of  15  minutes.  Hence  under 
ordinary  conditions  the  digestion  of  amylose  must  be  almost  instantaneous. 

"  Rose-amylose,  derived  from  amylopectin,  digests  completely  in  four  hours. 
This  has  usually  been  regarded  as  the  end  of  starch  digestion,  the  rose-amylose 
being  confused  with  erythrodextrin. 

"The  amylocellulose  (cell  walls)  digests  only  after  more  than  24  hours. 

"  The  only  differences  observable  in  the  rate  of  digestion  of  bread  made  from 
hard  or  soft  wheat,  and  fermented  more  or  less  than  usual,  were  due  to  the 
relative  amounts  of  gluten  present.  When  the  gluten  was  broken  down,  the 
rate  of  digestion  was  sensibly  the  same. 

"The  cause  of  the  greater  palatability  of  home-baked  bread  was  not  dis- 
covered. "Various  pronounced  effects  due  to  fermentation  by  spoiled  yeast  were 
noted. 

"  The  activity  of  amylases  is  not  sensitive  to  small  changes  of  temperature 
or  of  acidity  produced  by  the  organic  acids  found  in  bread ;  nor  does  their 
activity  seem  to  be  proportional  to  their  concentrations.  It  would  seem  that 
imder  physiological  conditions  most  of  the  amylose  must  be  changed  to  dex- 
trins in  the  mouth,  and  that  these  dextrins  as  well  as  most  of  the  amylopectin 
and  its  products  of  hydrolysis  must  be  digested  in  the  stomach,  whereas  the 
digestion  of  the  amylocellulose  must  take  place  for  the  most  part  in  the 
intestine. 

"Stale  (air-dried)  bread  digests  very  slowly  unless  its  gluten  be  completely 
broken  down." 

Milling  and  baking  tests,  J.  A.  Voelckee  {Jour.  Roy.  Agr.  Soc.  England, 
76  {1915),  pp.  333,  334)- — As  a  part  of  the  study  of  the  influence  of  magnesia 
on  wheat,  conducted  at  the  Woburn  Experimental  Station  of  the  Royal  Agri- 
cultural Society,  milling  and  baking  tests  were  made  upon  four  samples  of 
wheat.  Two  of  the  samples  were  raised  on  new  plats  of  ground  and  two  on  old 
plats,  one  of  each  pair  of  samples  being  raised  on  soil  to  which  magnesia  had 
been  added.  For  commercial  purposes  no  differences  were  noted  in  the  baking 
quality  of  the  samples. 

Nutrition  investigations  upon  cotton-seed  meal,  I,  Anna  E.  Richardson 
and  Helen  S.  Green  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  2.  pp.  301-318,  figs.  5).— 
Investigating  the  suitability  of  cotton-seed  meal  for  human  consumption,  the 
authors  report  in  this  paper  a  number  of  feeding  experiments  to  determine  the 
efficiency  of  cotton-seed  meal  as  a  food  for  promoting  the  growth,  development, 
and  reproduction  of  the  albino  rat.  The  results  indicate  that  "cotton-seed 
meal  does  not  contain  sufficient  minerals  for  growth,  is  not  actively  toxic,  con- 
tains efficient  protein,  and  perhaps  fat-soluble  growth-promoting  substances, 
similar  to  those  of  butter  fat  but  in  less  adequate  quantities." 

Commercial  possibilities  of  the  goosefish,  H.  M.  Smith  {U.  8.  Dept.  Com., 
Bur.  Fisheries  Econ.  Circ.  15  {1914),  pp.  5). — It  is  estimated  that  the  fishermen 
of  the  Atlantic  coast  throw  away  annually  about  10,000,000  of  these  fish,  which, 
according  to  analyses  of  the  edible  portion,  contain  more  protein  than  flounders 


470  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

or  cod  and  nearly  as  much  as  halibut.  The  goosefish  is  used  extensively  for 
food  purposes  in  England,  Scotland,  and  Germany.  Recipes  for  the  preparation 
of  this  fish  are  included  in  the  circular. 

Caviar:  What  it  is  and  how  to  prepare  it,  L.  Radcliffe  (U.  S.  Dept.  Com., 
Bur.  Fisheries  Econ.  Circ.  20  {1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  3). — This  pamphlet  was 
issued  especially  to  assist  fishermen  in  making  a  better  product. 

Fermented  milk  in  infant  feeding,  A.  E.  Muckxow  {Med.  Rec.  [N.  Y.I,  89 
{1916),  No.  26.  pp.  1134-1137). — Several  formulas  are  given,  together  with 
directions  and  suggestions  for  their  preparation. 

Egg  substitutes,  E.  Gerbek  {Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl.,  31 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  45-^4). — Analyses  are  given  of  a  number  of  egg  substitutes. 
All  of  these  preparations  contained  too  little  lecithin  to  be  considered  complete 
egg   substitutes. 

The  use  of  wild  plants  as  food  by  Indians,  T.  Wilson  {Ottawa  Nat.,  30 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  17-21). — A  number  of  roots,  shoots,  leaves,  and  berries  are 
described  as  having  been  used  for  food  purposes  by  the  Indians  of  British 
Columbia. 

Dandelions  as  food,  LucixE  Beeweb  and  Helen  Canon  {Cornell  Reading 
Courses,  5  {1916),  No.  105,  pp.  79-91,  pi.  1,  figs.  6). — Directions  are  given  for 
preparing  dandelions  for  the  table.    Recipes  are  included. 

The  use  of  horse-chestnuts  in  human  nutrition,  H.  Sekgeb  {Chem.  Ztg., 
40  {1916),  No.  31-32,  pp.  221.  222). — The  fruit  of  the  horse-chestnut  was  found 
to  contain  water,  40  per  cent;  protein,  5  per  cent;  fat,  2.5  per  cent;  sugar,  9 
per  cent ;  starch,  42  per  cent,  and  ash,  1.5  per  cent.  By  extraction  with  water 
and  alcohol,  the  bitter  principle  was  removed,  thereby  yielding  a  good  grade  of 
flour  which  was  satisfactorily  used  in  bread  making. 

The  culture,  extractive  content,  and  preservation  of  edible  fungi,  R.  Falck 
{Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Jagdw.,  46  {1914),  No.  11,  pp.  639-645,  figs.  4;  47  {1915),  No. 
10,  pp.  583-601). — Information  is  given  regarding  the  culture,  preparation,  and 
preservation  of  edible  fungi.  The  percentage  composition  of  mushrooms  and 
mushroom  extracts  is  compared  with  that  of  meat  and  meat  extracts. 

Utilization  of  honey  and  wax,  J.  Tinsley  {West  of  Scot.  Agr.  Col.  Bui.  69 
{1916).  pp.  63-72). — Recipes  are  given. 

[Food,  drug,  and  dairy  inspection]  {Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Health  Mass.,  46  {1914), 
pp.  401-523,  fig.  1). — The  work  carried  on  under  the  state  food  and  drug  laws 
for  the  year  ended  November  30,  1914,  is  reviewed.  The  report  of  the  analyst, 
H.  C.  Lythgoe,  presents  the  results  of  the  examination  of  9,680  samples  of  foods 
and  drugs,  of  which  7,385  conformed  to  existing  standards.  Reports  are  also 
included  of  the  inspection  of  food  products  in  cold  storage,  the  inspection  of 
slaughtered  animals  and  meat  products,  and  the  sanitary  inspection  of  dairies. 
[Food  and  drug  inspection],  E.  F.  Ladd  and  Alma  K.  Johnson  {North 
Dakota  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.,  4  {1916),  No.  4,  PP-  81-96). — Information  is  given 
regarding  a  number  of  samples  of  food  products,  toilet  preparations,  and  patent 
medicines,  including  the  text  of  a  decision  of  the  U.  S.  Supreme  Court  as  to 
containers  for  lard. 

Tenth  biennial  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  the  State  of 
Oregon,  J.  D.  Mickle  {Bien.  Rpt.  Dairy  and  Food  Comr.  Oreg.,  10  {1912-1914), 
pp.  108,  figs.  22). — The  work  of  the  state  dairy  and  food  department  for  the 
two-year  period  ended  September  30,  1914,  is  reviewed,  and  recommendations 
to  the  legislature  are  included.  The  work  consisted  chiefly  of  the  inspection 
of  dairies  and  other  places  where  food  was  prepared  or  sold  and  the  examina- 
tion of  samples  of  food  products. 

Preliminary  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  for  the  year  1915, 
J.  FousT   {Penn.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  279  {1916),  pp.  53).— The  work  of  the  dairy 


1916]  FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION.  471 

and  food  division  is  reviewed  briefly  and  a  summary  Is  given  showing  the 
number  of  samples  of  food  products  analyzed,  prosecutions  terminated,  etc. 

Fifteenth  annual  report  of  the  food  and  drug'  commissioner,  G.  G.  Frabt 
(Ann.  Rpt.  Pood  and  Drug  Comr.  8.  Dak.,  15  (1915),  pp.  200).— The  work  of 
the  food  and  drug  department  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  is  reviewed. 
This  included  the  examination  of  miscellaneous  samples  of  foods,  drugs,  feeding 
stuffs,  etc.,  and  the  sanitary  inspection  of  hotels,  restaurants,  and  rooming 
houses. 

Biennial  report  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  of  Wisconsin  for  the 
period  ending  June  30,  1914,  J.  Q.  Emeby  (Bicn.  Rpt.  Dairy  and  Food  Comr. 
Wis.,  1914,  pp.  252,  pis.  S,  figs.  22).— The  work  carried  on  during  the  period 
from  July  1,  1912,  to  July  1,  1914,  is  reviewed  at  length.  The  report  of  the 
chemist,  H.  Klueter,  gives  the  results  of  the  examination  of  1,428  samples  of 
foods,  drugs,  paints,  oils,  etc.  The  report  of  the  inspector  of  weights  and 
measures  is  included  in  the  publication. 

In  order  to  collect  data  for  use  in  the  enforcement  of  the  net-weight  law, 
shrinkage  tests  were  made  of  flour,  print  butter,  and  cheese.  Tables  are  given 
which  show  In  detail  the  results  of  these  tests. 

The  laws  relating  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  food  products  (Salem, 
Oreg.:  State  Printing  Department,  1915,  pp.  81). — This  bulletin  contains  the 
texts  of  the  laws  relating  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  food  and  dairy  prod- 
ucts, feeding  stuffs,  oils,  and  seeds.  Regulations  made  by  the  dairy  and  food 
commissioner  are  included. 

Unique  nonrefrigerative  methods  of  food,  L.  Lodian  (Refrigerating  World, 
50  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  25-28,  figs.  5).— This  article  describes  a  number  of  methods 
for  preserving  food,  such  as  air-drying,  sun-desiccation,  smoking,  stringing, 
compression,  etc. 

What  every  housewife  should  know,  W.  L.  Waxdron  (Trenton,  N.  J.: 
[State,  1916],  pp.  29,  pi.  i).— This  pamphlet,  issued  by  the  Department  of 
Weights  and  Measures  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  contains  general  informa- 
tion regarding  weights  and  measures,  and  gives  hints  useful  in  the  purchasing 
of  foods. 

Rise  in  British  food  prices,  H.  L.  Washington  (17.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Com. 
Rpts.,  No.  138  (1916),  p.  990). — The  percentage  Increase  in  the  prices  of  a 
number  of  common  foodstuffs  is  noted. 

Retail  prices,  house  rent,  and  cost-of-living  indexes,  G.  H.  Knebbs  (Com- 
monwealth Bur.  Census  and  Statis.  Aust.,  Labour  Bui.,  No.  12  (1915),  pp.  333- 
352). — A  compilation  of  statistical  data. 

A  study  on  food  and  the  fuel  value  of  the  dietary  at  the  New  York  City 
Municipal  Sanatorium,  R.  J.  Wilson  and  W.  L.  Rathbun  (Jour.  Amer.  Med. 
Assoc,  66  (1916),  No.  23,  pp.  1760-1765) .—In  this  article  descriptions  are  given 
of  the  methods  employed  in  securing  an  adequate  and  economical  diet  for  the 
patients  and  in  reducing  the  amount  of  plate,  table,  kitchen,  and  Ice-box  waste. 

A  week's  menu  for  an  average  Filipino  family,  Joseta  Hebreba  (Philippine 
Craftsman,  Jf  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  514-517). — Cost  data  are  included. 

The  dietary  of  the  field  laborer  in  Spain  (Bol.  Agr.  T6c.  y  Econ.,  8  (1916), 
No.  86,  pp.  141-151). — A  summary  and  digest  of  data  regarding  the  composition 
and  fuel  value  of  foods  with  respect  to  the  selection  of  suitable  menus  for  the 
laborer. 

An  experiment  in  the  feeding  of  undernourished  school  children,  Claba 
ScHMiTT  (Ed.  Bi-Mo.,  10  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  379-390).— This  article  gives  the 
results  of  the  feeding  of  43  children,  the  food  being  served  at  the  morning  rocess 
period. 

61574°— No.  5—16 6 


472  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  essential  factors  in  a  successful  diet,  E  .V.  McCollum  (2V.  Y.  Med. 
Jour.,  103  {1916),  No.  18,  pp.  838,  839).— A  summary  and  digest  of  data  concern- 
ing the  role  played  in  nutrition  by  the  vitamins,  especially  the  substances  known 
as  fat-soluble  A  and  water-soluble  B,  referred  to  in  earlier  work  by  the  author. 

Vitamins  and  complementary  food  ingredients,  Boruttau  (Ber.  Deut. 
Pharm.  OeselL,  25  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  468-^86)  .—The  author  discusses  in  this 
article  the  important  part  played  by  the  vitamins  in  the  deficiency  diseases 
and  the  nutritional  disorders  of  children. 

Vitamins  and  nutritional  diseases. — A  stable  form  of  vitamin,  efficient  in 
the  prevention  and  cure  of  certain  nutritional  deficiency  diseases,  A.  Seidell 
{Pub.  Health  Rpts.  [V.  -S.],  31  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  364-370,  fig.  1).—A  method 
is  herein  described  for  "  obtaining  a  relatively  concentrated  and  comparatively 
cheap  form  of  vitamin  suitable  for  studies  on  the  prevention  and  cure  of  such 
human  nutritional  deficiency  diseases  as  beri-beri,  pellagra,  infantile  malnutri- 
tion, etc." 

The  process  consists  essentially  in  absorbing  the  vitamin  contained  in  auto- 
lyzed  yeast  liquor  by  the  selective  action  of  colloidal  hydrous  aluminum  silicate. 
As  shown  by  experiments,  the  product  is  an  activated  solid,  small  doses  of 
which  exert  both  preventive  and  curative  effects  on  pigeons  receiving  an  ex- 
clusive diet  of  polished  rice.  The  activated  material  is  "  practically  tasteless 
and  odorless,  and  aside  from  the  vitamin  which  it  contains  is  an  absolutely 
inert  substance  which  would  produce  no  noticeable  effects  on  passage  through 
the  body."  It  is  estimated  that  5  gm.  of  the  activated  solid  per  day,  taken 
either  in  capsules  or  as  an  aqueous  suspension,  would  supply  the  human  body 
sufficient  vitamin  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  beri-beri. 

The  author  suggests  that  the  procedure  for  yeast  can  be  used  with  slight 
modifications  for  estimating  the  vitamin  content  of  various  food  products. 

Observations  upon  the  growth  of  young  chickens  under  laboratory  condi- 
tions, J.  C.  Deummond  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  77-88,  pi.  1,  figs. 
7). — Feeding  experiments  to  determine  the  suitability  of  young  chickens  for 
the  laboratory  study  of  human  deficiency  diseases  are  reported.  The  results 
indicate  that  it  is  impossible,  even  by  means  of  an  adequate  diet,  to  raise  young 
chicks  under  artificial  laboratory  conditions  to  a  satisfactory  degree  of  de- 
velopment. 

The  growth  of  rats  upon  artificial  diets  containing  lactose,  J.  C.  Dkum- 
MOND  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  89-102,  figs.  ^0).— Feeding  experi- 
ments with  rats  as  laboratory  animals  are  reported,  from  which  the  author 
concludes  as  follows: 

"  Lactose,  prepared  from  milk,  may  contain  traces  of  an  impurity  which  acts 
as  a  growth-promoting  accessory  substance.  This  substance  is  soluble  in  water 
and  alcohol,  and  is  not  destroyed  by  exposure  to  100°  for  six  hours. 

"  Before  complete  growth  can  occur  in  a  young  animal,  the  diet,  besides  being 
adequate  as  regards  its  proteins,  carbohydrates,  fats,  and  salts,  must  contain 
both  fat-soluble  and  water-soluble  accessory  subtances.  No  growth  is  possible 
in  the  animals  fed  upon  a  purified  diet  which  is  entirely  deficient  in  these 
accessory  substances." 

The  action  of  Sardinian  lactic  acid  on  human  metabolism,  F.  Fidanza 
{Ann.  Ig.  Sper.,  n.  ser.,  25  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  41 1-420) .—The  data  are  reported 
of  a  metabolism  experiment  of  eight  days'  duration,  in  which  a  normal  man 
ingested  large  quantities  of  a  Sardinian  fermented  milk  called  "  gioddu." 

The  author  concludes  that  on  an  exclusive  diet  of  gioddu  and  bread  it  is 
possible  to  maintain  the  nitrogen  equilibrium  of  the  body  for  only  a  few  days. 
The  diet  did  not  cause  diuresis  nor  noticeably  modify  the  acidity  of  the  urine. 
The  elimination  of  chlorids  and  phosphates  was  not  affected,  but  the  excretion 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  473 

of  sulphur  compounds  was  gradually  diminished.  The  body  weight  decreased 
1.5  lbs.,  probably  owing  to  the  monotony  of  the  diet. 

Relative  toxicity  of  substances  found  in  foods,  A.  N.  Cook  and  Sylvanna 
Elliott  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  503,  50 Jf). — Experi- 
mental data  are  reported  indicating  the  comparative  toxicity  of  such  sub- 
stances as  sodium  benzoate,  alum,  caffein,  carbolic  acid,  etc.,  in  the  case  of 
laboratory  animals  (frogs  and  goldfish)  living  in  solutions  of  these  chemicals. 
The  authors  conclude  that  "  experiments  of  this  nature,  at  least  upon  animals 
so  distantly  related  to  man,  do  not  furnish  conclusive  evidence  of  the  effects 
of  such  substances  upon  the  human  system." 

The  fate  of  inorg'anic  nitrogen  in  the  metabolism  of  the  dog,  W.  Caldwell 
and  H.  R.  S.  Clotwokthy  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  14-25). — A 
number  of  feeding  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (dogs)  are  reported, 
which  were  undertaken  to  determine  whether  the  protein  of  food  may  be  re- 
placed by  inorganic  nitrogen  in  the  form  of  ammonium  salts.  The  animals 
received  a  basal  ration  consisting  of  potatoes,  dog  biscuit,  flour,  dried  milk, 
salt,  and  water  during  a  preliminary  period  until  nitrogen  excretion  was 
approximately  constant.  The  dogs  then  received,  in  addition  to  the  basal 
ration,  known  amounts  of  different  ammonium  salts,  the  fate  of  which  was 
investigated  by  urine  analysis. 

A  uniform  retention  of  the  added  nitrogen  was  not  observed  nor  was  the 
extra  nitrogen  always  excreted  in  the  same  form.  Although  urea  was  some- 
times found  in  the  urine,  the  authors  were  not  convinced  that  it  was  synthe- 
sized from  ammonia  nitrogen.  In  the  authors'  opinion  the  form  in  which  the 
added  nitrogen  is  excreted  depends  on  the  ammonium  salt  ingested,  and  ap- 
parently on  the  ions  into  which  the  ammonium  salt  is  dissociated. 

Nitrogen  metabolism  during  pregnancy,  K.  M,  Wilson  {Bui.  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hosp.,  21  {1916),  No.  303,  pp.  121-129,  figs.  3). — Observations  were  made  on 
the  nitrogen  metabolism  in  three  normal  pregnancies,  in  one  case  from  the 
tenth  to  the  fourteenth  week,  and  in  two  other  cases  for  the  last  133  and  101 
days  of  the  pregnancy  and  also  for  a  short  time  in  the  puerperal  period. 

From  the  data  reported  it  is  evident  that  "  in  the  perfectly  normal  pregnant 
woman,  storage  of  nitrogen  begins  at  a  much  earlier  period  than  has  hitherto 
been  supposed ;  possibly  the  organism  may  acquire  the  capacity  for  storing 
nitrogen  from  the  very  beginning  of  the  pregnancy.  In  the  early  months  this 
storage  is  far  in  excess  of  the  actual  needs  of  the  developing  ovum,  and  the 
excess  must  be  added  to  the  general  maternal  organism.  Storage  of  nitrogen 
continues  throughout  the  entire  duration  of  pregnancy,  being  most  marked 
during  the  last  few  weeks,  when  the  fetal  needs  are  at  a  maximum. 

"  The  nitrogen  stored  is  greatly  in  excess  of  the  actual  needs  of  the  develop- 
ing ovum,  so  that,  apart  from  the  amount  needed  for  the  hypertrophy  and 
development  of  the  genitalia  and  breasts,  a  large  proportion  of  the  nitrogen 
stored  is  added  to  the  general  maternal  organism  as  '  Restmaterial '  .  .  . 
[although  no  positive  statement  is  made]  concerning  the  form  in  which  this 
reserve  is  stored.  .  .  .  The  nitrogen  capital  of  the  maternal  organism  is  thus 
increased,  though  the  reserve  supply  may  possibly  be  entirely  exhausted  during 
the  puerperium  and  period  of  lactation." 

There  was  a  relative,  though  not  necessarily  an  absolute,  increase  in  the 
percentage  of  urinary  nitrogen  excreted  as  amino  acids,  and  also  a  tendency 
for  the  percentage  of  ammonia  nitrogen  to  increase  during  the  last  weeks  of 
pregnancy. 

Acidosis  in  diabetes,  R.  T.  Woodyatt  {Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  66  {1916), 
No.  25,  pp.  1910-1913) .—The  author  summarizes  and  discusses  in  this  paper 
information  regarding  the  underlying  causes   of  acidosis  as  related  to   the 


474  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

metabolism  of  protein,  fat,  and  carbohydrate  in  both  diabetic  and  nondiabetic 
states. 

Chemical  means  of  protection  against  the  cold,  A.  Montuoei  and  R.  Pol- 
LiTZEE  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915), 
II,  No.  11,  pp.  543-54-8). — The  results  of  experiments  with  laboratory  animals 
(dogs  and  guinea  pigs)  are  reported,  from  which  the  authors  conclude,  in 
part,  that  the  ingestion  of  alcohol  or  of  tea  does  not  appreciably  protect  the 
body  from  external  cold.  An  infusion  of  coffee  with  the  addition  of  a  small 
amount  of  alcohol  causes  the  body  to  react  favorably  (probably  along  the 
control  nervous  system). 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Studies  on  the  nutritive  value  of  straw  materials,  R.  von  de:b  Heide,  M. 
Stexjber,  and  N.  Zuntz  {Biochem.  Ztschr.,  73  (1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  161-192).— 
In  these  studies  it  was  found  that  the  crude  fiber  of  straw  is  almost  entirely 
digestible  by  horses,  and  that  1  kg.  of  straw  material  (with  20  per  cent  of 
molasses)  so  far  as  energy  is  concerned  is  of  as  much  value  as  2.55  kg.  of 
hay  or  0.92  kg.  of  oats.  In  straw  feeding  it  was  found  feasible  to  feed  1  part 
of  digestible  protein  to  14  parts  of  nitrogen-free  material. 

Chemical  determination  of  the  value  of  straw  meal  as  feed  material,  W. 
Keep,  F.  Scheoder,  and  B.  Pfyl  (Arb.  K.  Qsndhtsamt.,  50  (1915),  No.  2,  pp. 
232-262,  pis.  6). — An  account  of  the  composition,  chemical  characteristics,  and 
nutritive  value  of  oat,  wheat,  rye,  and  barley  straw  meals.  It  is  concluded 
that  for  ruminants  straw  meal  serves  a  useful  purpose,  but  that  for  other 
animals,  such  as  swine,  it  has  little  value.  As  a  food  for  man,  in  the  form 
of  bread,  straw  meal  is  of  value. 

Feeding  experiments  with  disintegrated  rye  straw,  A.  Sttjtzeb  (Landw. 
Vers.  Stat.,  87  (1915),  No.  2-3,  pp.  228-236).— In  feeding  experiments  with  sheep 
it  was  found  that  the  digestibility  of  disintegrated  rye  straw  was  materially 
increased  by  dampening  the  material  with  dilute  acetic  acid.  The  dampened 
straw  had  a  light  brown  color  and  an  agreeable  odor. 

On  the  digestibility  of  pine  needles,  A.  Stutzee  and  W.  Haxjpt  (Landw. 
Jahrb.,  48  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  571-585). — Experiments  were  conducted  in  feeding 
fresh  and  old  pine  needles  to  sheep. 

It  was  found  that  fresh  needles  from  the  tree  were  unsuitable  for  feeding 
purposes,  and  after  they  were  pulverized  they  were  taken  only  unwillingly  by 
the  sheep.  When  fed  in  conjunction  with  potato  meal  and  hay  the  organic 
matter  of  the  needles  was  found  to  be  24  per  cent  digestible.  After  extraction 
by  alcohol  the  digestibility  coefficient  of  the  organic  matter  was  35  per  cent. 
The  increase  in  digestibility  after  extraction  by  alcohol  was  especially  notice- 
able in  the  crude  fiber  and  nitrogen-free  extract.  The  protein  of  the  needles 
was  partially  digestible  but  decreased  the  digestibility  of  the  proteins  of  the 
other  feeds,  as  in  experiments  where  turf  straw  was  added.  The  depression 
of  digestibility  was  14  per  cent,  and  after  alcohol  extraction  5  per  cent. 

The  composition  of  fresh  needles  is  given  as  follows :  Organic  matter  97.83, 
nitrogen  1.498,  fat  2.49,  nitrogen-free  extract  38.76,  fiber  47.22,  and  ash  2.17, 
and  for  the  old  needles  91.05,  0.85,  0.15,  40.81,  44.78,  and  8.95,  respectively. 

Experiments  with  sphagnum  turf  as  a  feeding  stuff,  A.  Stutzeb  (Landw. 
Vers.  Stat.,  87  (1915),  No.  2-3,  pp.  215-227).— In  feeding  experiments  with 
sheep  the  author  found  that  the  dampening  and  disintegi'ating  of  sphagnum 
turf  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  which  was  later  neutralized  with  sodium 
carbonate,  materially  increased  the  digestibility. 


19161  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  475 

Cattle  feeding.— XI,  Winter  steer  feeding,  1914-15,  J.  H.  Skinneb  and 
F.  G.  King  (Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  183  {1915),  pp.  851-891,  fig.  1;  pop.  ed.,  pp.  8, 
fig.  i).— In  these  experiments  seven  lots  of  10  steers  each  were  fed  150  days, 
all  the  lots  except  lots  1  and  6  receiving  shelled  corn  and  2.5  lbs.  daily  per  1,000 
lbs.  live  weight  of  cotton-seed  meal,  and  lot  1  receiving  shelled  corn,  ground  soy 
beans,  2.5  lbs.  daily  per  1,000  lbs.  live  weight,  corn  silage  and  oat  straw; 
lot  2,  clover  hay;  lot  3,  alfalfa  hay;  lot  4,  corn  silage  and  clover  hay;  lot  5, 
molasses,  corn  silage,  and  clover  hay ;  lot  6,  shelled  corn,  molasses  feed,  corn 
silage,  and  clover  hay;  and  lot  7,  corn  silage  and  alfalfa  hay.  Ten  head  of 
hogs  followed  each  lot.  The  work  was  in  continuation  of  that  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  371). 

Part  1  is  a  comparison  of  corn  silage  and  leguminous  hay  v.  leguminous  hay 
for  fattening  steers,  involving  lots  2,  3,  4,  and  7. 

"  The  addition  of  24.94  lbs.  of  corn  silage  to  a  ration  of  shelled  com,  cotton- 
seeTi  meal,  and  clover  hay  decreased  the  average  grain  consumption  4.09  lbs. 
daily  per  head  and  the  hay  consumption  8.6  lbs.  daily  per  steer.  The  addition 
of  28.36  lbs.  of  corn  silage  to  a  ration  of  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  and 
alfalfa  hay  decreased  the  average  grain  consumption  4.09  lbs.  daily  per  head  and 
the  hay  consumption  10.23  lbs.  daily  per  steer.  The  addition  of  corn  silage  to 
a  ration  consisting  of  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  and  clover  hay  decreased 
the  rate  of  gain,  while  in  a  ration  containing  alfalfa  hay  the  gains  of  the 
cattle  were  increased  by  the  addition  of  corn  silage.  Corn  silage  in  the  ration 
decreased  the  cost  of  gain  4  cts.  per  100  lbs.  when  clover  hay  was  fed  and 
$3.16  per  100  lbs.  when  alfalfa  hay  was  fed.  The  addition  of  corn  silage  to  the 
ration  had  on  the  average  no  effect  on  the  finish  of  the  cattle.  The  addition 
of  corn  silage  to  the  ration  decreased  the  loss  per  steer  $2.80  when  clover  hay 
was  fed  and  $12  when  alfalfa  hay  was  fed." 

Part  2  is  a  comparison  of  ground  soy  beans  v.  cotton-seed  meal  for  fatten- 
ing steers,  involving  lots  1  and  4.  The  cattle  fed  ground  soy  beans  made  the 
more  rapid  and  more  economical  gains  and  attained  a  higher  finish.  There 
was  a  greater  pork  production  in  the  lot  receiving  cotton-seed  meal. 

Part  3  is  a  comparison  of  clover  hay  v.  alfalfa  hay  as  roughage  for  fatten- 
ing steers,  involving  lots  2,  3,  4,  and  7.  The  cattle  fed  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed 
meal,  and  clover  hay  ate  the  same  quantity  of  corn  and  very  nearly  the  same 
quantity  of  hay  as  the  cattle  fed  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  and  alfalfa  hay. 
Cattle  fed  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  clover  hay,  and  corn  silage  consumed 
the  same  quantity  of  grain  but  more  hay  and  less  silage  than  those  fed  a  ration 
in  which  alfalfa  hay  was  used  instead  of  clover.  Cattle  fed  clover  hay  as  the 
only  roughage  made  more  rapid  gain  than  those  fed  alfalfa  hay.  Cattle  fed 
clover  hay  and  corn  silage  made  less  rapid  gains  than  those  fed  alfalfa  hay  and 
corn  silage.  Gains  were  more  economical  with  clover  hay  than  with  alfalfa  hay 
as  roughage,  and  less  economical  with  clover  hay  and  corn  silage  than  with 
alfalfa  hay  and  corn  silage  as  roughage.  Cattle  fed  a  ration  of  shelled  corn, 
cotton-seed  meal,  and  clover  hay  returned  a  loss,  including  pork,  of  $10.26 
per  steer  against  a  loss  of  $13.07  when  alfalfa  hay  replaced  clover  hay.  A 
ration  of  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  corn  silage,  and  clover  hay  returned 
a  loss,  including  pork,  of  $7.46  per  head  as  compared  with  a  loss  of  $1.07  per 
head  when  clover  hay  was  replaced  by  alfalfa  hay. 

Part  4  is  a  comparison  of  cane  molasses  v.  mixed  molasses  feed  as  supple- 
ments to  rations  for  fattening  cattle,  and  involving  lots  4,  5,  and  6.  It  was 
found  that  the  substitution  of  a  small  quantity  of  feeding  molasses  for  an 
equal  quantity  of  corn  in  a  ration  of  shelled  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  clover 
hay,  and  corn  silage  had  no  appreciable  effect  on  the  consumption  of  con- 


476  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

centrates  but  greatly  increased  the  consumption  of  silage.  The  feeding 
of  a  proprietary  molasses  feed  instead  of  cotton-seed  meal  had  very  little 
effect  on  the  appetites  of  the  cattle.  The  addition  of  molasses  to  the  ration 
increased  the  rate  of  gain;  the  use  of  the  molasses  feed  instead  of  cotton-seed 
meal  resulted  in  a  smaller  rate  of  gain.  Cattle  fed  a  ration  of  shelled  corn, 
cotton-seed  meal,  corn  silago,  and  clover  hay  returned  a  loss  of  $7.46  per 
steer,  including  pork ;  cattle  fed  a  similar  ration  with  a  part  of  the  corn 
replaced  by  feeding  molasses  returned  a  loss  of  $6.19  per  head ;  cattle  fed  a 
ration  of  shelled  corn,  proprietary  molasses  feed,  corn  silage,  and  clover  hay 
returned  a  loss,  including  pork,  of  $12.91  per  steer. 

Dual  purpose  cattle,  K.  J.  J.  Mackenzie  (Jour.  Bath  and  West  and  South. 
Counties  Soc.,  5.  set:,  10  (1915-16),  pp.  71-77). — A  general  discussion  of  the 
economical  advantages  of  dual  purpose  cattle,  with  data  on  feeding  trials  show- 
ing the  gains  and  profits  made  by  this  type  of  steer. 

Sheep  feeding. — V,  Fattening  western  lambs,  1914—15,  J.  H.  Skinner 
and  P.  G.  King  {Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  184  (1915),  pp.  89S-912,  fig.  1;  pop.  ed.,  pp. 
7,  fig.  1). — In  these  experiments  nine  lots  of  25  choice  Idaho  lambs  each  were 
fed  90  days  as  follows,  the  first  eight  lots  being  fed  in  an  open  shed  and  the 
ninth  lot  in  a  barn :  Lot  1,  shelled  corn  and  cotton-seed  meal,  7 : 1,  and  corn 
silage ;  lot  2,  shelled  corn  and  oats,  2 : 1,  and  clover  hay  and  corn  silage ;  lot  3, 
shelled  corn  and  clover  hay ;  lot  4,  shelled  corn  and  alfalfa  hay ;  lot  5,  shelled 
corn  and  cotton-seed  meal,  7 : 1,  and  oat  straw  and  corn  silage ;  lot  6,  shelled 
corn,  clover  hay,  and  corn  silage;  lot  7,  shelled  corn  and  cotton-seed  meal,  7: 1, 
and  clover  hay  and  corn  silage ;  lot  8,  shelled  corn  and  cotton-seed  meal,  4 : 1, 
and  clover  hay  and  corn  silage;  and  lot  9,  shelled  corn,  clover  hay,  and  corn 
silage.  The  work  was  in  continuation  of  that  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33, 
p.  374). 

Part  1  is  a  comparison  of  corn  silage  and  clover  hay  as  roughage  for  fatten- 
ing lambs,  involving  lots  3  and  6.  The  addition  of  corn  silage  to  the  ration  of 
shelled  corn  and  clover  hay  did  not  affect  the  grain  consumption,  but  1.38  lbs.  of 
silage  replaced  0.09  lb.  of  clover  hay  in  the  daily  ration  per  lamb.  Lambs  fed 
the  ration  of  shelled  corn  and  clover  hay  gained  27.4  lbs.  per  head  in  90  days, 
as  compared  with  29.4  lbs.  per  lamb  when  corn  silage  was  added.  The  addition 
of  corn  silage  to  the  ration  reduced  the  cost  of  gain  1.21  cts.  per  pound,  slightly 
increasing  the  selling  value  of  the  lambs,  and  increased  the  profit  40  cts.  per 
head. 

Part  2  is  a  comparison  of  corn  silage  alone  v.  corn  silage  and  dry  roughage 
for  fattening  lambs,  involving  lots  1,  5,  and  7.  Lambs  receiving  no  dry 
roughage  did  not  consume  so  large  quantities  of  grain  as  those  fed  some  dry 
roughage.  There  was  no  difference  in  grain  consumption  between  lambs  fed 
silage  and  oat  straw  for  roughage  and  those  fed  silage  and  clover  hay  for 
loughage.  The  silage  consumption  was  somewhat  in  proportion  to  dry  rough- 
age consumed,  the  largest  quantity  being  eaten  when  no  dry  roughage  was 
fed  and  the  smallest  quantity  when  clover  hay  was  fed.  Gains  made  by  lambs 
fed  silage  alone  for  roughage  were  23  lbs.  per  head  in  90  days  at  a  cost  of  6.74 
cts.  per  pound ;  27  lbs.  at  a  cost  of  6.21  cts.  per  pound  when  silage  and  oat  straw 
were  fed ;  and  30.1  lbs.  at  a  cost  of  7.37  cts.  per  pound  when  silage  and  clover 
hay  were  fed.  The  lambs  in  lot  1  were  valued  at  8.4  cts.  per  pound  and  returned 
u  profit  of  92  cts.  per  head ;  in  lot  5,  at  8.5  cts,  per  pound  and  returned  a  profit 
of  $1.21  per  head ;  and  in  lot  7,  at  8.75  cts.  per  pound  and  returned  a  profit  of 
$1.15  per  head. 

Part  3  is  a  comparison  of  clover  hay  v.  alfalfa  hay  as  roughage  for  fattening 
lambs,  involving  lots  3  and  4.  The  lambs  of  the  two  lots  ate  exactly  the  same 
quantities  of  both  grain  and  hay,  but  the  lambs  fed  shelled  corn  and  clover 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  477 

hay  gained  27.4  lbs.  per  head  as  compared  with  25.7  lbs.  by  lambs  fed  shelled 
corn  and  alfalfa  hay.  Larger  quantities  or  feed  per  pound  gain  were  required 
by  the  lambs  fed  alfalfa  hay  than  by  those  fed  clover  hay.  In  lot  3,  the  gains 
cost  8.62  cts.  per  pound  and  the  lambs  were  valued  at  8.6  cts.  per  pound  and 
returned  a  profit  of  64  cts.  per  head.  In  lot  4,  the  gains  cost  9.8  cts.  and  were 
valued  at  8.5  cts.  per  pound,  with  a  profit  of  26  cts.  per  head. 

Part  4  treats  of  cotton-seed  meal  as  a  supplement  to  rations  for  fattening 
lambs,  involving  lost  6,  7,  and  8.  The  addition  of  cotton-seed  meal  to  a  ration 
of  shelled  corn,  clover  hay,  and  corn  silage  had  practically  no  effect  on  the 
appetites  of  the  lambs  for  either  grain  or  roughage,  but  increased  the  rate  of 
gain  made  by  the  lambs,  slightly  decreased  the  feed  required  to  make  a  pound  of 
gain,  and  increased  the  selling  value  of  the  lambs.  The  lambs  in  lot  6  made 
gains  at  a  cost  of  7.41  cts.  per  pound  and  returned  a  profit  of  $1.04  per  head; 
those  in  lot  7  made  gain  at  a  cost  of  7.37  cts.  per  pound  and  returned  a  profit 
of  $1.15  per  head ;  and  those  in  lot  8  gained  at  a  cost  of  7.17  cts.  per  pound  and 
returned  a  profit  of  $1.32  per  head. 

Part  5  treats  of  the  value  of  oats  for  lambs,  involving  lots  6  and  2.  The 
addition  of  oats  to  a  ration  of  shelled  corn,  corn  silage,  and  clover  hay  caused 
a  decrease  in  grain  and  hay  consumption.  Gains  were  more  rapid  when  no 
oats  were  fed.  The  cost  of  gain  was  0.38  ct.  per  pound  greater  and  the  profit 
was  17  cts.  per  head  less  when  oats  were  fed. 

Part  6  is  a  comparison  of  open  shed  v.  barn  as  shelter  for  fattening  lambs, 
involving  lots  6  and  9.  The  lambs  fed  in  a  well-ventilated  barn  ate  the  same 
amount  of  feed  and  made  the  same  gains  in  weight  as  those  fed  in  an  open 
shed,  but  were  of  softer  flesh  and  were  valued  at  0.1  ct.  per  pound  less.  The 
profit  per  lamb  was  94  cts.  per  head  in  the  barn  as  compared  with  $1.04  per 
head  in  the  open  shed. 

"Wool  studies:  Washing  before  shearing;  time  of  shearing,  J.  W.  Ham« 
MOND  (Ohio  Sta.  Bui.  294  (1916),  pp.  S09-322,  figs.  S).— The  object  of  this 
experiment  was  to  determine  the  influence  of  washing  sheep  on  the  yield  of 
grease  and  of  scoured  wool  and  on  the  rate  of  gain  made  by  the  sheep,  and 
the  influence  of  the  time  of  shearing  on  the  yields  of  grease  and  of  scoured 
wool  and  on  the  rate  of  gain  made  by  the  sheep. 

The  experiment  extended  over  a  little  more  than  two  years,  so  that  during 
its  progress  three  clips  of  wool  were  removed,  in  1911,  1912,  and  1913.  The 
treatment  of  the  four  lots,  of  25  Merino  sheep  each,  with  respect  to  washing 
and  time  of  shearing,  was  as  follows:  Lot  1,  washed,  shorn  about  April  12; 
lot  2  unwashed,  shorn  about  April  12 ;  lot  3,  washed,  shorn  about  June  1 ;  and 
lot  4,  unwashed,  shorn  about  June  1. 

A  short  time  before  being  washed  in  1913  one-half  of  the  sheep  in  lots  1  and 
2  were  shifted  from  one  lot  to  the  other,  and  a  similar  shift  was  made  in 
lots  3  and  4. 

The  sheep  were  washed  in  a  stream  of  sufficient  swiftness  to  supply  an 
abundance  of  clean  water.  Each  sheep  was  held  in  the  stream  separately  and 
the  dirt  squeezed  out  of  the  wool  by  hand.  An  attempt  was  made  to  do  a 
thorough  job  of  washing,  but,  because  of  the  density  of  the  fleeces  and  the 
large  amount  of  yolk  they  carried,  it  is  probable  that  the  washed  wool  still  con- 
tained more  foreign  matter  than  is  usually  contained  in  washed  wool  from  more 
open-wooled  sheep.  After  the  sheep  were  washed,  from  seven  to  ten  days  were 
allowed  to  intervene  before  they  were  shorn,  to  allow  the  wool  to  dry  out 
thoroughly. 

The  scouring  was  done  by  the  emulsion  process,  similar  to  that  used  com- 
mercially. The  wool  was  put  through  three  scouring  liquors  containing  potash 
soap  and  potassium  carbonate,  of  gradually  diminishing  strengths,  and  finally 


478 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


through  a  rinse  of  clear,  warm  water.  The  wool  was  dried  to  a  constant 
weight  at  a  temperture  of  150°  F.  both  before  and  after  scouring,  to  over- 
come any  differences  in  moisture  content  that  might  exist  on  different  days. 

With  respect  to  the  effect  of  washing  it  was  found  that  washed  sheep  pro- 
duced 1.49  lbs.  less  grease  wool  per  head  when  shorn  April  12  and  2.64  lbs. 
less  per  head  when  shorn  June  1  than  did  unwashed  sheep  shorn  on  the  same 
dates.  Washing  the  sheep  had  practically  no  effect  on  the  amount  of  scoured 
wool  produced  or  on  the  rate  of  gain  made  by  the  sheep.  Wool  shorn  June 
1,  both  washed  and  unwashed,  shrank  more  in  scouring  than  did  wool  shorn 
April  12.  The  data  yielded  by  this  experiment  indicate  that,  in  many  cases 
at  least,  not  sufficient  premium  is  paid  for  washed  wool  to  cover  the  cost  of 
washing  and  the  loss  in  weight  of  the  wool.  Since  washing  sheep  does  not  im- 
prove the  quality  of  the  wool  fiber  and  does  not  diminish  the  cost  of  scouring, 
the  practice  is  not  beneficial  to  the  manufacturer. 

As  regards  early  v.  late  shearing,  washed  sheep  shorn  April  12  produced 
more  grease  wool  than  did  washed  sheep  shorn  June  1,  while  unwashed  sheep 
shorn  April  12  produced  less  grease  wool  than  did  unwashed  sheep  shorn  June 
1.  This  indicates  that  between  these  two  dates  there  was  an  increase  in  weight 
of  fleece  due  to  the  accumulation  of  a  greater  proportion  of  yolk  or  other 
foreign  matter  In  the  wool.  Sheep  shorn  April  12,  both  washed  and  unwashed, 
produced  slightly  more  scoured  wool  than  did  sheep  shorn  June  1.  Sheep  shorn 
April  12  made  slightly  greater  gains  than  did  sheep  shorn  June  1. 

Trials  with  alfalfa  as  a  hog  feed.  Some  pasture  crops  for  hogs,  W.  H. 
Peters  and  D.  J.  Geiken  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Circ.  IS  {1916),  p.  8).— Three 
groups  of  three  lots  each  of  thi-ee  and  four  pigs  each,  group  1,  3-month-old 
pigs,  group  2,  7-month-old  pigs,  and  group  3,  mature  brood  sows,  were  fed 
from  January  9  to  March  13,  1915,  with  the  following  results: 

Feed  consumed,  gains  made,  and  cost  of  gains  in  hog-feeding  testa. 


Group. 

Lot. 

Feed  used. 

Gain  per 

head  per 

day. 

Grain  per 

pound  of 

gain. 

Cost  per 

pound  of 

gain. 

Sav- 
ing in 
cost  per 
pound 
of  gain. 

1 

1 
2 

3 

1 
2 
3 
1 
2 
3 

Barley  629  shorts  318,  tankage  105  lbs 

Pounds. 
0.80 

.78 

.80 
.66 
.77 
1.00 
1.08 
I.IS 
1.47 

Pounds. 
5.30 

4.47 

4.50 
8.32 
6.25 
5.14 
6.78 
6.42 
4.30 

Cents. 
5.3 

4.8 

4.9 

8.3 
6.6 
5.6 
6.8 
7.5 
5.0 

CenU. 

1 

Barley  526,  shorts  263,  tankage  88,  dry  alfalfa, 
147  lbs   ...                                

0.5 

1 

Barley  541,  shorts  270,  tankage  90,  steamed  al- 
falfa 175  lbs 

.4 

2 

Barley  922  shorts  461  lbs 

2 
2 
3 

Barley  818,  shorts  409,  dry  alfalfa  173  lbs 

Barley  874,  shorts  437,  steamed  alfalfa  235  lbs... 
Barley  926,  oats  463  lbs 

1.7 
2.7 

3 

Barley  949,  oats  474,  dry  alfalfa  507  lbs 

.7 

3 

Barley  790,  oats  395,  steamed  alfalfa  410  lbs 

1.8 

For  the  three  lots  where  dry  alfalfa  hay  was  used  it  was  put  through  a 
straw  cutter  and  cut  into  one-half-inch  lengths,  and  was  fed  by  placing  the 
dry  hay  in  the  troughs  after  the  grain  had  been  eaten  at  each  feeding  time. 
With  the  three  lots  where  steamed  hay  was  used  it  was  put  through  the  cutter, 
and  then  steamed  for  an  hour  or  so  before  feeding  by  running  live  steam  into 
a  large  can  containing  hay. 

The  results  indicate  that  in  order  to  get  hogs  started  eating  alfalfa  hay  In 
winter  it  is  necessary  to  limit  the  grain  to  such  an  extent  that  the  hogs  must 
eat  hay  or  go  hungry.  When  handled  in  this  way  they  will  take  very  readily 
to  the  hay,  and  a  limited  amount  of  hay  can  be  fed  satisfactorily,  securing  as 


19161  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  479 

good  results  and  at  less  cost  than  where  grain  alone  is  fed.  The  greatest  advan- 
tage to  be  gained  in  feeding  hay  in  winter  is  a  saving  of  grain  and  the  lower- 
ing of  the  cost  of  feeding. 

In  another  experiment,  during  the  winter  of  1915-16,  40  sows  were  fed  alfalfa 
hay  with  a  limited  grain  ration,  while  10  others  were  fed  the  same  grain  ration 
without  alfalfa.  The  idea  was  to  get  the  sows  to  eat  all  the  alfalfa  they  would 
and  to  feed  just  enough  grain  to  keep  them  in  satisfactory  breeding  condition. 
Observation  of  the  sows  was  made  during  the  winter  months  and  during  the 
month  of  March  while  they  were  farrowing.  It  vpas  found  possible  to  replace 
one-third  of  the  grain  ration  for  brood  sows  with  alfalfa  hay,  1.04  lbs.  of  alfalfa 
hay  replacing  1  lb.  of  grain.  The  feeding  of  alfalfa  afforded  an  excellent  means 
of  getting  the  sows  to  take  more  exercise  than  they  do  when  fed  grain  alone. 
No  trouble  was  experienced  by  any  of  the  sows  in  farrowing,  and  the  sows  fed 
alfalfa  hay  farrowed  as  large,  strong,  and  uniform  litters  of  pigs  as  did  the 
sows  not  receiving  it.  The  sows  fed  alfalfa  appeared  to  milk  better  and  nurse 
their  pigs  a  little  better  than  did  those  not  receiving  hay.  The  results  obtained 
in  this  trial  indicate  that  it  is  practical  and  advisable  to  feed  as  much  alfalfa 
hay  to  brood  sows  in  winter  as  they  will  eat,  so  regulating  the  additional  grain 
ration  as  to  keep  the  sows  in  proper  condition. 

There  is  included  a  general  discussion  of  alfalfa,  sweet  clover,  rye,  oats,  bar- 
ley, rape,  and  Canada  field  peas  as  pasture  for  hogs. 

Concentrates  for  growing'  chicks  and  for  laying  stock,  M.  A.  Juxl  (Jour. 
Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  66-70). — In 
experiments  at  Macdonald  College  three  lots  of  65  White  Leghorn  pullets  were 
fed  a  basal  ration  of  bran,  corn  meal,  middlings,  and  oatmeal,  2:1:1:1,  lot  1 
receiving  fish  scrap  and  lot  2  a  prepared  mineral  food  in  addition. 

The  birds  in  the  fish-scrap  pen  ate  2  lbs.  more  feed  than  those  in  the  check 
pen.  Those  in  the  prepared  mineral-food  pen  ate  the  same  amount  as  the  check 
pen.  The  prepared  mineral-  and  fish-scrap-fed  pens  laid  about  an  equal  num- 
ber of  eggs,  the  check  pen  not  laying  half  as  much  as  the  other  two  pens. 

In  a  second  test  to  determine  the  value  of  dry  ground-bone  meal,  fish  scrap, 
a  prepared  mineral  food,  and  beef  scrap  for  growing  chickens  and  winter  egg 
production  five  pens  were  fed  a  basal  ration  as  above  with  the  respective  sup- 
plements. The  final  order  of  merit,  considering  food  consumed,  weights,  eggs 
laid,  and  profits  realized,  was  beef  scrap,  prepared  mineral  food,  fish  scrap, 
bone  meal. 

This  work  brings  out  very  strongly  the  value  of  mineral  elements  in  a  soluble 
condition  in  making  an  economical  use  of  the  feeds  consumed  in  digestion,  for 
in  the  second  test  less  feed  was  taken  to  produce  1  lb.  gain  in  live  weight  in 
the  case  where  prepared  mineral  food  was  fed  than  with  any  of  the  other  con- 
centrates. Still,  beef  scrap  ran  the  prepared  mineral  food  very  close  in  this 
respect,  which  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  great  success  of  animal  feeds 
for  growing  chickens  is  because  of  the  mineral  elements  found  in  them.  The 
bone-meal  concentrate  was  found  in  both  tests  to  be  of  little  nutritive  value  for 
young  chickens,  which  confirms  the  belief  that  its  mineral  elements  are  in  an 
unavailable  state,  especially  for  young  poultry.  It  was  found  in  the  first  test 
that  a  comparatively  small  percentage  of  mineral  matter  upset  the  birds,  which 
made  it  imperative  to  drop  the  amount  of  prepared  mineral  food  fed  from  10  per 
cent  to  5  per  cent  of  the  mash. 

The  birds  receiving  fish  scrap  did  not  lay  tainted  eggs,  nor  did  their  meat 
possess  an  unfavorable  taste.  Therefore,  there  is  believed  to  be  no  danger  from 
this  source  when  10  per  cent  of  fish  scrap  is  fed  in  the  mash. 

Skim  milk  for  laying  hens,  H.  R.  Lewis  (Jour.  Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and 
Invest.  Poultry  Eu^h.,  2  (1916),  No.  9,  p.  72)- — In  experiments  conducted  at  the 


480  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations  two  pens  of  100  White  Leghorn  pullets  each 
were  fed  the  regulation  ration,  pen  1  receiving  in  addition  an  unlimited  amount 
of  sour   skim   milk. 

Pen  1  laid  during  the  first  12  months  12,044  eggs,  or  an  average  production  of 
34.4  per  cent.  The  value  of  these  eggs  on  the  wholesale  market  was  $375.04. 
The  food  cost,  including  skim  milk,  was  $116.37,  leaving  a  net  profit  above  all 
food  consumed  of  $258.67.  Pen  2  laid  during  the  first  12  months  8,382  eggs,  or 
an  average  percentage  production  of  25.76,  with  a  resulting  value  of  eggs  pro- 
duced of  $256.14.  The  cost  of  all  food  consumed  in  this  pen  was  $99.21,  leaving 
a  resulting  profit,  above  food,  of  $156.93. 

In  addition  to  this  study  four  other  tests  with  younger  and  older  birds  and 
with  birds  of  different  breeds  were  run  simultaneously.  The  results  of  all 
these  studies  verify  the  differences  shown  in  this  particular  instance,  although 
in  no  case  was  the  difference  quite  so  pronounced.  The  conclusion  reached  from 
a  careful  analysis  of  these  and  other  records  of  similar  nature  are  as  follows : 

Sour  skim  milk  has  a  very  definite  place  in  the  nutrition  of  laying  hens,  being 
a  splendid  source  of  protein  food,  the  element  so  necessary  for  the  production 
of  eggs.  Tlie  returns  measured  in  number  of  surplus  eggs  produced  indicate 
that  the  sour  skim  milk  has  nearly  five  times  the  value  paid  for  it.  The  feeding 
of  sour  milk  kept  the  birds  in  better  physical  condition,  lowering  mortality  and 
keeping  them  practically  free  from  disease.  It  slightly  increased  the  consump- 
tion of  other  parts  of  the  ration,  probably  because  the  skim  milk  kept  the  diges- 
tive organs  in  splendid  running  order  so  that  they  were  able  to  handle  larger 
amounts,  and  it  is  thought  that  on  a  commercial  basis  this  factor  would  appear 
more  strongly  than  it  did  in  this  somewhat  limited  experiment.  Egg  producers 
can  afford  to  pay  from  40  to  80  cts.  per  100  lbs.  for  skim  milk.  It  can  be  fed  in 
open  pans,  thus  necessitating  very  little  labor. 

External  characters  as  indications  of  egg  production,  O.  B.  Kent  {Jour. 
Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Hush.,  2  (1916),  No,  S,  pp.  63.  6^). — A 
study  of  the  theory  that  late  layers  are  late  molters  and  that  late  molters  molt 
rapidly  gave  a  correlation  of  over  0.5  with  a  probable  error  of  ±  0.02.  The  re- 
lation held  true  regardless  of  whether  it  was  the  first,  second,  third,  or  fourth 
year  of  production.  None  of  the  birds  that  were  more  than  half  way  through 
their  molt  about  October  1  were  high  producers  and  only  a  few  late  molters 
were  low  producers.  Contrary  to  popular  opinion  the  late  molters  molt  rapidly 
and  begin  to  lay  as  soon  or  sooner  than  the  early  molters.  The  medium  molters 
begin  to  lay  slightly  ahead  of  the  late  or  early  molters.  A  very  sightly  better 
correlation  was  found  between  color  of  shank  and  egg  production  than  between 
molting  and  egg  production.  This  degree  of  pigmentation  elsewhere  is  also  an 
indication. 

The  health  of  the  bird,  as  shown  by  the  condition  of  the  comb,  is  deemed  a 
fair  indication  of  egg  production.  When  the  comb  is  full-sized,  red,  pliable,  and 
somewhat  slippery  the  bird  is  usually  laying  The  comb  shrinks,  becomes  hard, 
light-colored,  and  rough  as  the  bird  stops  laying.  A  series  of  observations  made 
between  pliability  of  comb  and  egg  production  gave  a  correlation  of  over  0.3 
with  a  probable  error  slightly  greater  than  it  0.02.  The  pliability  of  the  comb 
indicates  whether  the  bird  is  laying  at  the  time.  Late  laying  tends  to  give  high 
egg  production. 

The  smoothness,  pliability,  and  oiliness  of  the  skin  are  also  indications  of  egg 
production.    A  laying  bird  has  a  softer,  smoother  feeling  than  a  nonlaying  one. 

The  abdomen  is  a  very  good  indicator  of  egg  production.  A  bird,  due  to  the 
yolks  developing  in  the  ovary  and  the  increase  in  size  of  the  oviduct,  swells  out 
its  abdomen  in  preparation  for  a  laying  period.  It  makes  little  difference 
whether  the  distance  between  the  pelvic  arches,  from  the  keel  bone  to  the  pelvic 


1916]  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING.  481 

arches,  or  from  the  keel  bone  to  the  base  of  the  tail  is  used  as  a  basis  of  selec- 
tion, as  these  parts  are  very  closely  correlated  in  size.  After  a  bird  has  stopped 
laying  or  as  it  gets  ready  to  stop  the  abdomen  shrinks.  The  actual  distance  be- 
tween these  parts  depends  on  the  size  of  the  bird  and  the  size  of  her  egg,  as 
well  as  the  number  of  eggs  about  to  be  laid.  The  system  is  of  value  in  telling 
what  the  bird  may  do  for  the  next  two  or  three  weeks,  or,  by  knowing  that  the 
bird  is  laying  at  certain  times  of  year,  it  indicates  high  or  low  production. 

Occurrence  and  significance  of  Bacterium  pullorum.  in  eggs,  L.  F.  Rettgeb 
(Jour.  Amer.  Assoc.  Instr.  and  Invest.  Poultry  Husb.,  2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  62, 
63). — The  material  reported  is  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  264). 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

The  mineral  m.etabolism  of  the  milch  cow;  first  paper,  E.  B.  Foebes,  F.  M. 
Beegle,  et  al.  {Ohio  Sta.  Bui.  295  {1916),  pp.  323-3^8) .—Two  groups  of  3 
Holstein-Friesian  cows  each  were  fed  during  three  periods  of  19  or  20  days 
each,  with  10-day  intervals  between  periods,  as  follows :  During  the  first 
period,  group  1,  corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  timothy  hay,  and  corn  silage,  and  group  2, 
corn,  cotton-seed  meal,  and  clover  hay ;  second  period,  group  1,  corn,  cotton-seed 
meal,  clover  hay,  and  corn  silage,  and  group  2,  corn,  distillers'  grains,  clover 
hay,  and  corn  silage;  third  period,  group  1,  corn,  linseed  meal,  clover  hay,  and 
corn  silage,  and  group  2,  corn,  gluten  feed,  clorer  hay,  and  corn  silage. 

It  was  found  that  liberal  milk  production  on  common  practical  winter 
rations  fed  in  quantities  sufficient  to  maintain  the  live  weight  and  to  cause 
regular  nitrogen  and  sulphur  storage  caused  consistent  losses  of  calcium, 
magnesium,  and  phosphorus  from  the  cows'  skeletons.  These  losses  occurred 
in  spite  of  liberal  supplies  of  these  nutrients  in  the  food.  The  limited  response 
of  the  cows  to  an  increase  in  the  intake  of  these  elements  indicated  that  their 
utilization  of  these  nutrients  on  a  profitable  plane  of  food  consumption  and 
milk  production  was  surprisingly  inefficient.  The  cause  of  this  inadequate 
utilization  of  minerals,  especially  calcium,  and  the  possibility  of  preventing 
losses  of  these  nutrients  stand  in  need  of  further  investigation. 

An  extensive  metabolism  of  silicon  was  demonstrated.  An  excess  of  inor- 
ganic acids  over  inorganic  bases  in  a  ration,  due  largely  to  the  silicon  of 
timothy  hay,  caused  an  acid  reaction  and  an  increase  in  the  ammonia  of  the 
urine. 

No  important  specific  effects  were  observed  of  the  nitrogenous  concentrates, 
cotton-seed  meal,  linseed  meal,  gluten  feed,  and  distillers'  grains,  on  the  digesti- 
bility of  the  rations  in  which  they  were  fed. 

The  results  of  this  study  indicate  that  special  attention  should  be  given  to 
the  calcium,  magnesium,  and  phosphorus  contents  of  the  rations  of  heavily- 
producing  cows  in  order  that  the  loss  of  these  elements  from  the  skeleton  may 
be  kept  as  low  as  possible.  A  liberal  supply  of  foods  which  are  rich  in  these 
elements  should  be  allowed  after  the  cow  has  ceased  to  produce  abundantly, 
during  the  latter  part  of  the  period  of  lactation,  in  order  to  refund  previous 
overdrafts  before  the  birth  of  the  next  calf. 

Silage  made  from  oats  and  tares  as  a  food  for  milking  cows,  A.  W.  Oldeb- 
SHAw  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London'],  23  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  224-229) .—In  this  experi- 
ment six  cows  fed  a  daily  ration  of  concentrated  foods  and  chaff,  supple- 
mented by  60  lbs.  of  silage  made  from  oats  and  tares,  gave  approximately  the 
same  quantity  of  milk  as  six  cows  fed  a  similar  quantity  of  concentrated  foods 
and  chafC,  supplemented  by  a  daily  ration  of  60  lbs.  of  mangolds. 

Value  of  the  seven-day  test,  T.  E.  Woodwabd  {Hoard's  Dairyman,  51  {1916), 
No.  25,  p.  960,  fig.  i).— In  a  study  of  data  collected  from  the  advanced  registry 


482  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

records  of  the  Holstein-Friesian  Association  comparing  the  reliability  of  seven- 
day  and  yearly  tests,  the  author  found  that  in  general  the  yearly  production 
varied  with  the  record  for  seven  days,  but  not  in  the  same  proportion.  For 
instance,  the  cows  yielding  from  10  to  12  lbs.  of  fat  in  seven  days  gave  on  the 
average  423.71  lbs.  in  365  days,  while  cows  yielding  twice  as  much  in  seven 
days  gave  only  about  one-half  more  in  the  course  of  a  year.  This  indicates 
that  the  cows  which  produce  the  best  during  the  first  few  weeks  do  not  hold 
up  so  well  later  as  do  those  which  produce  less  during  the  early  part  of  their 
lactation  period.  It  appears  that  the  higher  the  seven-day  record  the  greater 
the  variation  in  the  365-day  test  and  the  less  accurate  the  seven-day  test  be- 
comes as  an  indicator  of  the  true  production. 

Influence  of  temperature  on  the  proteolytic  activity  of  lactic  ferments, 
C.  GoBiNi  (Atti  R.  Acad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser,,  24 
(1915),  II,  No.  8,  pp.  369-376;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Intemat. 
Rev.  Sci.  and  Pract.  Agr.,  7  (1916),  No.  1,  p.  143). — The  author  has  already 
pointed  out  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  76)  a  difference  in  the  organoleptic  properties  of 
peptonized  whey  produced  by  the  same  lactic  ferment  but  developed  at  different 
temperatures.  This  difference  led  to  the  presumption  of  differences  in  the 
products  of  caseolysis. 

The  present  investigations  are  a  new  analytic  contribution  to  the  demon- 
stration already  given  by  him  as  to  the  favorable  influence  exerted  by  low 
temperatiu'es  on  the  proteolytic  activity  of  milk  ferments.  They  further  indi- 
cate that  the  lactic  ferments  should  be  especially  studied  in  cultures  kept  at 
low  temperatures.  The  number  of  lacto-proteolytic  ferments  capable  of  pep- 
tonizing casein  in  an  acid  medium  is  enlarged,  and  it  is  concluded  that  the 
optimum  temperature  is  not  the  same  for  all  the  functions  of  a  given  micro- 
organism. 

The  proteolytic  indexes  have  been  collected  by  the  author  in  a  table,  and 
show  the  possibility  of  verifj'ing,  also  analytically,  not  only  the  quantitative 
differences  but  also  the  qualitative  differences  in  the  proteolytic  products  of 
lactic  ferments  according  to  the  temperature. 

In  the  explanation  of  the  greater  caseolytic  activity  at  low  temperatures  it 
must  be  considered  that  at  this  temperature  the  lactic  ferments  attack  lactose 
more  slowly.  The  milk  attains  later  than  at  high  temperatures  a  degree  of 
acidity  capable  of  attenuating  and  stopping  the  development  of  the  bacteria, 
which  thus  can  continue  for  a  greater  length  of  time  to  attack  casein. 

Experiments  in  Sweden  on  the  prolonged  pasteurization  of  milk,  G. 
Babthei.  (K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Handl.  och  Tidskr.,  54  (1195),  No.  7,  pp.  610-648, 
figs.  2;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Intemat.  Rev.  Sci.  and  Pract.  Agr., 
7  (1915),  No.  1,  pp.  143-I46). — Trials  with  the  "holder"  process  of  pasteurizing 
conducted  in  Sweden  have  proved  very  satisfactory.  It  was  found  that  milk 
pasteurized  for  from  20  to  30  minutes  at  145°  F.  has  no  "cooked"  taste, 
although  this  becomes  noticeable  at  149°.  The  cream  also  rises  as  readily  in 
milk  pasteurized  at  145°  as  in  unheated  milk,  but  after  pasteurizing  at  149° 
it  rises  more  slowly.  Heating  to  145°  does  not  affect  the  protein  or  the  soluble 
phosphates,  but  here  again  the  influence  of  a  temperature  of  149°  begins  to 
make  itself  felt.  The  enzyms  remain  intact  at  145°  with  the  exception  of 
amylase,  which  is  destroyed  at  a  relatively  low  temperature. 

The  experiments  showed  that  pasteurized  milk  keeps  from  one  to  two  days 
longer  than  ordinary  milk,  according  to  the  temperature  at  which  it  is  kept. 
The  effect  of  pasteurization  in  destroying  bacteria  is  also  very  satisfactory. 
When  the  milk  after  being  heated  is  reinfected  by  the  ordinary  lactic  fer- 
ments it  becomes  acid  in  the  usual  way,  but  naturally  more  slowly  than  un- 
pasteurized milk. 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  483 

The  prolonged  pasteurization  of  milk  as  carried  out  in  the  dairy  industry, 
viz,  heating  for  from  20  to  30  minutes  at  from  140  to  147.2°  in  apparatus 
maintaining  it  in  continual  motion,  is  deemed  sufficient  to  remove  all  danger 
of  the  conveyance  of  tuberculosis  by  means  of  milk. 

Studies  on  Swedish  Emmental  cheese  and  large-eyed  Swedish  cheese 
(Herrgardsost),  L.  F.  Rosengken  and  E.  Haglund  (A'.  TMUdthr.  Akad.  Eandl. 
och  Tidskr.,  53  {1914),  No.  7,  pp.  485-526,  figs.  8).— In  these  studies  a  marked 
difference  was  found  between  the  Swedish  Emmental  and  Herrgard  cheese: 
Much  the  larger  amount  of  amino  acids  was  formed  in  the  Swedish  Emmental 
cheese  during  ripening. 

In  both  cheeses  the  volatile  fatty  acids  were  formed  mostly  from  acetic 
and  propionic  acids.  The  content  of  such  acids  was  generally  smaller  in 
cheese  with  weak  eye-formation  than  in  cheese  with  strong  eye-formation. 
The  sweet-bitter  cheeses  contaui  an  abnormal  quantity  of  butyric  acid.  A 
large  amount  of  salt  decreased  the  content  of  volatile  fatty  acids  substances 
in  the  Swedish  Emmental  cheese,  and  the  addition  of  saltpeter  decreased  the 
content  in  both  cheeses,  especially  the  propionic  acids.  The  addition  of  salt- 
peter to  the  milk  often  gave  a  taste  of  saltpeter  to  the  cheese  and  spoiled  its 
color,  but  can  control  too  rapid  fermentation. 

Cheese  making,  C.  L.  Stahl  {Va.  Dairy  and  Food  Div.  Bui.  59  {1916),  pp. 
27,  figs.  7). — This  deals  with  methods  and  costs  of  cheese  making. 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

Annual  report  of  the  Bengal  Veterinary  College  and  of  the  Civil  Vet- 
erinary Department,  Bengal,  for  the  year  1914-15,  A.  Smith  and  P.  J. 
Keee  {Ann.  Rpt.  Bengal  Vet.  Col.  and  Civ.  Vet.  Dept.,  1914-15,  pp.  4-\-III-j-7+ 
F///-|-^).— This  is  the  usual  annual  report  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  678). 

Annual  report  on  the  Punjab  Veterinary  College,  Civil  Veterinary  De- 
partment, Punjab,  and  the  Government  Cattle  Farm,  Hissar,  for  the  year 
1914—15,  Pease,  J.  Farmer,  and  R.  Branfoed  {Ann.  Rpt.  Punjab  Vet.  Col.  and 
Civ.  Vet.  Dept.,  1914-15,  pp.  III-\-2+17+XVII).— This  is  the  usual  annual 
report  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  272). 

The  utilization  of  sucrose  and  the  inverting  power  of  the  blood  serum 
after  parenteral  administration  of  sucrose,  S.  Kueiyama  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem., 
25  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  521-547). — "In  correspondence  with  earlier  observa- 
tions .  .  .  sucrose,  administered  parenterally  to  dogs,  was  not  eliminated 
quantitatively  in  the  urine.  The  amount  recovered  varied  considerably,  aver- 
aging 76  per  cent  when  sucrose  was  injected  in  doses  of  from  0.4  to  0.9  gm. 
per  kilogram  of  body  weight.  The  elimination  was  usually  concluded  within 
24  hours.  The  degree  of  utilization  was  essentially  the  same  for  the  different 
paths  of  parenteral  introduction  of  the  sugar.  The  apparent  utilization  of  a 
small  part  of  the  sucrose,  as  judged  by  its  failure  to  be  excreted  by  the  kid- 
neys, may  be  due  to  the  presence  or  rapid  production  of  sucrose  in  the 
blood.  .  .  . 

"  Experiments  in  vitro  showed  that  the  inverting  power  of  active  yeast  or 
intestinal  extracts  was  not  lost  in  the  presence  of  defibrinated  blood  or  serum, 
although  it  was  considerably  decreased.  Addition  of  acid  facilitated  the  in- 
vertin  reaction  and  therefore  was  carried  out  in  some  of  the  experiments  with 
serum. 

"  That  the  activity  of  sucrase  is  retained  in  the  circulation  itself  was  shown 
by  the  results  of  injecting  solutions  of  active  yeast  invertin ;  for  under  such 
conditions  injected  sucrose  failed  to  reappear  in  as  large  amounts  as  usual.  The 
better  utilization  was  not  due  to  any  failure  of  the  kidney  functions  in  eicret- 


484  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

ing  sucrose.  The  invertin  can  be  demonstrated  in  the  blood  after  injection  of 
such  an  enzym  extract.  It  soon  disappears  from  the  circulation,  and  can  no 
longer  be  detected  in  the  serum  at  the  end  of  from  20  to  24  hoiirs.  The  better 
utilization  of  sucrose  thereupon  does  not  continue  to  be  manifested.  Invertin 
was  not  excreted  into  the  urine.  ,  .  . 

"  Examination  of  the  serum  of  dogs  and  rabbits  after  repeated  parenteral 
injections  of  sucrose  in  both  small  and  large  doses  has  uniformly  failed  .  .  . 
to  demonstrate  the  presence  of  invertin  in  amounts  detectable  by  the  methods 
employed.  Glucose  was  likewise  unaltered  by  the  sera  of  the  animals  exam- 
ined." 

See  also  a  previous  note  by  Rohmann  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  675.) 

The  intravenous  iBJection  of  magnesium  sulphate  for  anesthesia  in  ani- 
mals, J.  AuEB  and  S.  J.  Meltzeb  {Jmir.  Expt.  Med.,  23  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  6^1- 
653). — Experimental  data  submitted  show  that  "by  the  intravenous  injection 
of  fourth-molar  magnesium  sulphate  into  dogs  at  a  certain  rate,  a  stage  can 
be  reached  where  the  abdominal  walls  are  completely  relaxed  and  when  section 
of  the  abdomen  and  stimulation  of  sensitive  parts  of  the  parietal  peritoneum 
do  not  produce  pain  or  elicit  any  reaction  of  the  animal.  At  the  same  time 
spontaneous  respiration  may  still  be  maintained  within  normal  limits  and  the 
lid  reflex  be  fair  or  even  normal.  In  this  stage  intratracheal  intubation  for 
artificial  respiration  can  be  easily  accomplished.  This  stage  may  be  attained 
in  12  to  14  minutes  when  the  rate  of  injection  is  about  3  cc.  per  minute. 

"When  this  stage  is  once  attained  the  rate  of  injection  should  gradually  be 
reduced,  otherwise,  sooner  or  later,  spontaneous  respiration  will  be  abolished, 
and  by  a  further  maintenance  of  the  rate  of  injection  all  the  skeletal  muscles 
may  become  paralyzed.  When  the  injection  of  magnesium  is  continued  for  a 
longer  period  the  paralytic  effects  of  the  magnesium  injection  will  set  in,  even 
when  administered  at  a  slow  rate. 

"The  paralysis  of  the  respiratory  function  is  readily  met  by  intrapharyngeal 
insufflation,  which  is  easily  executed  even  without  training  in  this  procedure, 
or  by  the  method  of  intratracheal  insufflation,  if  executed  by  one  trained  in  its 
management.  When  the  respiration  of  the  animal  is  accomplished  by  insuffla- 
tion, the  paralytic  effect  of  the  magnesium  may  be  abolished  fairly  rapidly  by 
an  intravenous  injection  of  about  10  cc.  of  an  eight-molar  calcium  chlorid  solu- 
tion ;  or  it  may  disappear  slowly,  after  the  infusion  of  the  magnesium  solution 
is  discontinued  for  some  time.  The  latter  mode  of  disappearance  may  be  favor- 
ably accelerated  by  an  intravenous  infusion  of  60  to  100  cc.  of  a  fourth- 
molar  solution  of  sodium  sulphate." 

It  is  indicated  that  the  production  of  anesthesia  by  the  intravenous  injection 
of  magnesium  should  not  be  undertaken  unless  an  apparatus  for  intra- 
pharyngeal insufflation  is  at  hand.  Calcium  chlorid  should  not  be  employed 
in  cases  in  which  the  subject  shows  cardiac  insufficiency,  nor  should  the  method 
of  producing  the  anesthesia  be  used  in  such  instances. 

Some  fallacies  regarding  phenol,  M.  I.  Wilbebt  {Pub.  Health  Rpts.  [U.  S.], 
31  {1916),  No.  17,  pp.  1046-1051). — Experiments  in  which  the  germicidal  value 
of  mixtures  of  phenol  and  ethyl  alcohol  and  of  phenol  and  glycerin  was  de- 
termined are  reported,  together  with  experiments  on  the  effect  of  ethyl  alcohol 
or  glycerin  on  the  toxicity  of  phenol,  as  shown  by  inoculations  into  white  mice. 

From  the  experimental  work  it  is  concluded  that  "the  addition  of  ethyl 
alcohol  to  phenol  not  only  increases  the  solubility  of  phenol  in  water,  but  also 
increases  rather  than  diminishes  the  antiseptic  value  of  the  resulting  solution. 
Ethyl  alcohol  can  be  used  to  advantage  as  a  substitute  for  glycerin  in  making 
antiseptic  solutions  of  phenol.  .  .  .    The   addition   of  ethyl   alcohol   to   solu- 


1916]  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  485 

tions  of  phenol  in  water  does  not  in  any  way  inhibit  the  toxic  action  of  phenol, 
but  rather  tends  to  facilitate  absorption  and  thus  hasten  death." 

The  conditions  and  characters  of  the  immunity  produced  in  the  gTiinea 
pig  by  instillation  of  horse  serum  into  the  nose,  H.  Sewatj.  and  O.  Powell 
(Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  2Jf  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  69-86).— The  results  of  the  experi- 
mental worlj  submitted  are  summarized  as  follows : 

"Normal  guinea  pigs  treated  by  from  four  to  six  instillations  of  horse  serum 
into  the  nose  on  alternate  days  become  either  hypersensitive  or  refractory  to 
an  intravenous  injection  of  0.38  cc.  of  serum  given  16  days  after  the  last 
instillation.  If  the  amount  of  serum  in  each  instillation  is  as  much  as  0.2  cc, 
anaphylactic  death  is  caused  by  the  toxic  injection.  If  the  amount  of  senim 
in  each  instillation  is  reduced  to  0.04  cc,  the  first  intravenous  injection  is  with- 
out marked  effect,  and  a  second  injection  and  subsequent  injections  of  the  same 
amount  of  antigen  are  well  tolerated  in  about  half  the  cases. 

"The  effect  produced  by  a  given  dose  of  serum,  whether  protective  or 
anaphylactic  depends  probably  upon  the  extent  of  contact  with  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nose.  Guinea  pigs  which,  after  nasal  treatment,  have  become 
tolerant  to  a  definite  maximum  intravenous  injection  of  the  antigen  appear  to 
increase  the  degree  of  their  tolerance,  at  least  up  to  a  resting  period  of  more 
than  four  months.  The  same  does  not  hold  in  animals  immunizd  by  the 
peritoneal  route. 

"The  first  two  or  three  instillations  of  a  s^ies  probably  determine  the  bio- 
logic character,  whether  of  hypersensitiveness  or  hyposensitiveness,  of  reaction 
toward  the  serum.  It  is  probable  that,  contrary  to  the  case  in  parenteral 
sensitization,  hypersensitiveness  and  protection,  respectivly,  set  up  by  nasal 
instillations  and  not  followed  by  parenteral  injections,  gradually  disappear  in 
about  50  to  100  days.  We  have  failed  in  attempts  to  eliminate  hyper- 
sensitiveness, due  to  subcutaneous  injection  of  serum,  by  nasal  instillations 
which  would  protect  the  normal  animal  from  the  development  of  anaphylaxis." 

Prom  the  results  it  is  indicated  that  "  the  peculiar  value  of  rest  in  the  treat- 
ment of  infection  depends  upon  the  fact  that  absorption  of  minimal  amounts 
of  toxic  matter  produces  a  positive  protective  reaction  in  the  organism,  while 
the  absorption  of  larger  amounts  renders  the  cells  hypersensitive.  The  biologic 
response  to  the  intoxication  is  probably  chiefly  determined  within  the  first  48 
hours  of  absorption,  and,  therefore,  rest  at  the  beginning  of  an  infective  process 
has  preponderant  prophylactic  value." 

It  is  indicated  that  the  principles  of  prophylaxis  evolved  under  these  rela- 
tively simple  conditions  should  be  applied  in  the  study  of  infoetious  diseases. 

Immunity  conferred  by  the  transfer  of  immune  and  of  mixed  immune  and 
sensitized  serums,  H.  Sew  all,  W.  C.  Mitchell,  and  C.  Powell  {Jour.  Amer. 
Med.  Assoc,  67  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  95-98). — The  work  reported  was  undertaken 
to  discover,  if  possible,  whether  the  blood  serum  of  guinea  pigs,  rendered 
immune  to  considerable  intravenous  injections  of  horse  serum  by  a  preceding 
course  of  nasal  instillation  of  the  serum,  has  a  different  biological  effect  from 
the  serum  of  highly  sensitized  animals  when  injected  intraperitoneally  into 
normal  guinea  pigs. 

It  is  deemed  that  the  experimental  results  reported,  taken  in  connection  with 
earlier  findings  (see  the  previous  abstract)  justify  the  following  tentative  con- 
clusions : 

"A  foreign  protein  injected  into  a  normal  animal  sets  up  reactive  processes 
leading  to  the  formation,  in  this  field,  of  two  antibodies  having  opposite  char- 
acters; one  tends  to  induce,  and  the  other  to  avert,  the  establishment  of  the 
anaphylactic  state.  Serum  containing  an  excess  of  the  anaphylactic  antibody, 
when  transferred  to  normal  animals,  renders  them,  as  is  well  known,  passively 


486  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [VoL  55 

anaphrlactic.  Serum  containing  a  sufficient  excess  of  the  '  protective  '  antibody, 
when  transferred  to  normal  animals,  initiates  in  them  the  phenomena  of  active 
immunity.  MLstures  of  the  two  types  of  serum  seem  still  more  effective  in 
conferring  immunity.  The  metabolism  of  the  body  cells  is  specifically  modified 
by  combination  with  these  antibodies  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  rise  to  hjT)er- 
sensitization  on  the  one  hand  or  to  active  inamunity  on  the  other." 

Senrm.  antitrypsin  during  inanition. — Studies  on  ferment  action,  XIX, 
J.  W.  JoBLTSG  and  W.  Petxrsex  (Ztschr.  ImmunUatsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig., 
24  {1915),  Ifo.  S,  pp.  219-2S4.  figs.  5). — During  the  fasting  period  a  marked 
decrease  in  the  amount  of  serum  antitrypsin  is  evident.  The  lowering  of  the 
antitryptic  titer  is  accompanied  by  an  increase  of  nonprecipitatable  nitrogen 
in  the  serum,  which  indicates  a  protein  intoxication.  Such  periods  of  intoxi- 
cation are  followed  by  a  rise  in  antitryptic  titer.  Through  this  increase  of 
antitrypsin  a  further  protease  action  of  the  serum  can  be  overcome.  The 
premortal  nitrogen  excretion  very  shortly  follows  the  period  of  lowest  anti- 
tryptic titer  and  subsequent  increase  in  nonprecipitatable  nitrogen  in  the 
serum. 

Death  by  starvation  is  caused  by  an  intoxication  from  split  protein  products. 
The  experiments  reported  confirm  the  conclusion  of  Schulz  that  the  influence 
of  the  metabolic  processes  during  the  starvation  period  Is  dependent  not  only  on 
the  quantity  of  fat  but  also  on  an  autointoxication  resulting  from  the  altered 
balance  of  the  ferment-antiferment  system.  A  marked  leucocytosls  Is  noted 
in  the  dog  at  such  times  of  intoxication.  Diluting  the  serum  dtiring  intoxica- 
tion does  not  prevent  death. 

Protein  metabolism  seems  to  be  markedly  influenced  by  the  amotmt  of  anti- 
trypsin in  the  blood.  If  the  titer  is  high  Little  nitrogen  Is  excreted.  If  the 
titer  is  low,  however,  a  relatively  large  excretion  takes  place. 

See  also  a  previous  note  CE.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  678). 

The  occurrence  of  the  coagTilation  reaction  in  anaphylactic  shock  and  in 
poisoning  with  anaphylatoxin,  L.  HrBSCHFEnj)  and  R.  Klingeb  (ZUchr. 
Imtnunitatsf.  u.  Expt.  Ther.,  I,  Orig.,  24  (1915),  A'o.  5.  pp.  2.3.5-257).— In  the 
blood  of  animals  (rabbit,  guinea  pig,  and  dog)  which  had  been  actively  or 
passively  sensitized  a  positive  coagulation  reaction  of  the  blood  set  In  a  few 
minutes  after  the  relnjection  of  antigen,  even  though  previously  treated  with 
variotLS  organ  extracts  (cytozym  emulsions).  The  same  change  was  noted  after 
the  injection  of  anaphylatoxin  into  guinea  pigs.  The  blood  of  these  animals 
thus  shows  the  characteristic  property  previously  encountered  only  in  the  case 
of  syphllltlcs. 

Vaccine  treatment,  L.  HzKTOE^f  (-Jour.  Amer.  Med.  As^oc.,  66  {1916),  No.  21, 
pp.  1591-1594  )■ — "  If  the  presentations  In  this  paper  are  trustworthy,  it  may  be 
concluded  that  the  general  results  so  far  from  the  routine  use  of  commercial 
vaccines,  polyvalent  and  mixed,  have  no  value  as  evidence  for  or  against  the 
curative  usefulness  of  vaccine  treatment,  and  hence  no  value,  either,  with  re- 
spect to  the  soundness  of  the  theory  on  which  vaccine  treatment  primarily 
has  been  developed. 

"  In  subacute  and  chronic  localized  Infections,  the  results  appear  to  Indicate 
that  specific  vaccines  properly  and  skillfully  used  have  value,  quite  likely 
becau.se  they  increase  the  production  of  specific  antibodies  as  demanded  by 
the  theory,  but  probably  also  because  they  stlmtilate  leucocytlc  and  other 
activities. 

"  In  typhoid  fever,  and  possibly  also  in  other  Infectious  diseases,  the  in- 
travenous injection  of  specific  vaccines  and  also  of  other  substances  may 
induce  crisis  and  prompt  recovery.  The  mechanism  of  this  action  is  not  fully 
understood;  but  as  it  involves  something  more  than  or  different  from  specific 


1916]  VETEEIXARY    MEDICINE.  487 

Stimulation  of  the  production  of  antibodies,  it  can  not  be  interpreted  in  terms 
of  the  current  conception  of  tlie  action  of  vaccines.  We  are  entering,  therefore, 
a  new  and  interesting  development  in  the  study  and  treatment  of  infectious 
diseases." 

The  etiology  of  rat-bite  fever,  F.  G.  Blake  (Jour.  IJxpt.  Med.,  23  (1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  39-60,  pis.  7,  fig.  1). — "Rat-bite  fever  is  a  specific  infectious  disease 
following  the  bite  of  a  rat.  It  occurs  in  Asia,  Europe,  and  America.  The 
etiological  organism  is  Streptothrix  muris  ratti,  first  de.scribed  by  Schottmiiller 
in  1914.  His  observation  is  confirmed  by  the  isolation  of  an  identical  strep- 
tothrix  in  the  case  here  reported.  Invasion  of  the  blood  stream  by  S.  muris 
ratti  occurs  in  rat-bite  fever.  The  case  here  reported  developed  a  powerful 
agglutinin  for  8.  muris  ratti.  Pathological  change.s  occur  in  the  myocardium, 
kidneys,  liver,  and  adrenals  showing  areas  of  degeneration  and  infiltration 
with  polynuclear  leucocytes,  lymphocytes,  plasma  cells,  and  endothelial  cells. 
Ulcerative  endocarditis  may  occur  in  rat-bite  fever  and  be  caused  by  the 
<S.  muris  ratti." 

The  etiology  and  treatment  of  rat -bite  fever,  W.  Tileston  (Jour.  Amer. 
Med.  Assoc,  66  (1916),  Xo.  14,  pp.  995-998,  figs.  4).—"  In  a  typical  case  of  rat- 
bite  fever,  organisms  were  t<^und  in  the  blood,  closely  resembling  the  Strepto- 
thrix  tnuris  ratti  of  Schottmiiller  and  Blake.  They  were  present  in  each  febrile 
paroxysm  and  absent  in  the  intervals.  They  were  readily  demonstrated  by 
dark-field  illumination,  but  with  difficulty  by  .staining  methods,  probably  on  ac- 
count of  a  strong  tendency  to  fragmentation.  Blood  cultures  and  inoculations 
of  animals  with  the  blood  were  negative.  The  administration  of  salvarsan  was 
followed  by  immediate  cessation  of  the  paroxysms.  An  abortive  case  of  rat-bite 
fever  is  reported." 

Chinese  animal  hides,  skins,  and  bristles,  .J.  R.  Shand  (Amer.  Jour.  Vet. 
Med.,  11  (1916),  Xo.  8,  pp.  609-615). — This  article  briefly  considers  the  sanitary 
conditions  to  be  contended  with  when  hides  and  skins  are  imported  into  the 
United  States  from  China,  and  suggests  remedies  for  handling  the  situation. 
The  methods  used  for  disinfecting  the  hides  and  other  material  in  China  are 
briefly  discussed. 

On  the  resistance  of  Bacillus  anthracis  spores  to  high  temperature,  R.  H. 
Malone  and  Eleanor  Shanly  (Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  9 
(1915),  Sect.  IV,  pp.  85-88). — The  results  obtained  in  the  experiments  here 
reported  have  led  the  authors  to  conclude  that  there  is  no  correlation  between 
any  one  growth  characteristic  and  the  heat  resistance  of  the  spores,  that  strains 
of  B.  anthracis  and  individual  spores  of  the  same  strain  vary  in  their  heat-resist- 
ing power,  and  that  there  is  no  specific  thermal  death  point  for  anthrax  spores. 

Experiments  upon  the  transmission  of  rinderpest,  A.  R.  Ward,  F.  W. 
Wood,  and  W.  H.  Boynton  (Philippine  Bur.  Ayr.  Bui.  30  (1914),  PP-  31,  pis.  2, 
figs.  6). — Previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  677). 

The  development  of  ideas  regarding  the  preparation  and  use  of  antirinder- 
pest  serum,  A.  R.  Ward  (Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc.,  49  (1916),  No.  4,  pp. 
456-470.  figs.  3) — This  article  discusses  the  development  of  the  serological 
treatment  of  the  disease  and  reports  some  results  obtained  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  by  the  use  of  serum  from  animals  that  had  merely  been  immunized  in 
the  field,  and  not  hyperimmunized.  A  bibliography  of  24  references  to  the  lit- 
erature cited  is  appended. 

On  the  heat  resistance  of  bacterial  spores,   with  a  consideration   of  the 

nature   of   the    spore-like   bodies    seen   in    Bacillus   tuberculosis    and    allied 

forms,  Eleanor  Shanly  (Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  9  (1915), 

Sect.  IV,  pp.  12 1-1 40.  pi.  1.  fig.  1). — This  paper  includes  a  discussion  of  the 

61574°— No.  5—16 7 


488  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.35 

method  employed,  cultures  made  use  of,  the  heat  resistance,  and  the  significance 
of  the  granules  in  tubercle  and  allied  bacilli,  the  thermal  death  point  of  the  pre- 
sumed spores  of  B.  tuberculosis,  etc.  It  was  found  that  many  forms  which  will 
survive  exposure  for  1.5  minutes  at  80°  C.  are  killed  by  exposure  for  half  an 
hour,  and  yet  more  by  exposure  for  an  hour. 

On  the  pathology  of  bovine  actinomycosis,  a  preliminary  report,  F.  Gbtf- 
FiTH  [Jour.  Hyg.  [Camhridge],  15  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  195-207).— Previously 
noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  782). 

The  Bacillus  enteritidis  as  the  cause  of  infectious  diarrhea  in  calves,  K.  F. 
Meyek,  .1.  Traum,  and  C.  L.  Roadhouse  {.Jour.  Amer.  Yet.  Med.  Assoc,  49 
(1916),  No.  1,  pp.  11-35). — The  authors'  investigations,  conducted  at  the  labora- 
tory of  the  University  of  California,  have  led  to  the  conclusion  that  B.  enteri- 
tidis is  responsible  in  the  United  States  for  certain  forms  of  infectious  diarrhea 
in  calves.  It  is  pointed  out  that  our  knowledge  concerning  B.  enteritidis  and 
paracolon  infections,  especially  in  bovines  in  this  country,  is  very  limited.  While 
the  observations  do  not  permit  definite  conclusions  as  to  the  prevention  and 
treatment  of  infectious  diarrhea  of  calves  after  the  first  few  days  of  their  lives, 
they  do,  however,  suggest  that  when  milk  of  an  unknown  quality  is  fed  it 
should  first  be  pasteurized.  "  Symptomatic  treatment  is  as  a  rule  not  satisfac- 
tory and  not  much  can  be  expected  from  either  serum  or  serum  and  bacterln 
treatment  unless  the  specific  organism  is  employed  in  the  production  of  these 
biologic  products." 

Observations  of  keratitis  infectiosa  of  the  reindeer,  B.  R.  Avid  (Dent. 
Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr.,  23  (1915),  No.  28,  pp.  226-229;  abs.  in  Internal.  Inst.  Agr. 
[Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  1209, 
1210). — A  summary  of  investigations  of  a  disease  of  reindeer  found  to  be  iden- 
tical with  keratitis  infectiosa  of  cattle. 

Coccidiosis  of  Egyptian  sheep  and  goats,  Mohammed  Askar  (Agr.  Jour. 
Egypt,  5  (1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  50-62,  pi.  i).— The  discovery  of  this  disease  in 
Cairo  abattoirs  is  recorded  and  a  brief  account  is  given  of  the  causative  agent. 
Hog  cholera:  Its  control  and  eradication,  O.  E.  Strodtman  and  W.  G.  West 
(Kans.  Live-stock  Sanit.  Dept.,  Farmers'  Bui.  1  (1916),  pp.  i6).— This  dis- 
cusses the  subject  under  the  heads  of  causes,  symptoms  of  hog  cholera,  treat- 
ment of  infected  and  exposed  herds,  methods  of  using  the  serum,  manner  of 
treatment,  and  prevention.  The  symptoms  and  treatment  of  lungworms  and 
bowel  worms  in  hogs  are  also  briefly  discussed. 

Production  of  clear  and  sterilized  antihog-cholera  senim,  M.  Dorset  and 
R.  R.  Henley  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  333- 
33S). — For  the  production  of  clear  and  sterilized  antihog-cholei-a  serum  the 
authors  have  devised  the  following  procedure: 

Bean  extract  for  agglutinating  the  blood  corpuscles  is  prepared  by  soaking 
100  gm.  of  coarsely  ground  white  navy  beans  for  one  hour  in  500  cc.  distilled 
water,  with  occasional  shaking.  The  pulp  is  then  strained  through  cheese  cloth 
or  cotton  and  mixed  with  powdered  kie.selguhr  and  filtered  until  clear.  The 
clear,  filtered  extract  is  then  passed  through  a  bacteria-proof  filter  of  infusorial 
earth. 

In  preparing  the  defibrinated  blood  for  centrifugalization  1  cc.  of  the 
sterile  bean  extract  is  added  to  each  100  cc.  of  the  cool  defibrinated  blood.  The 
mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  until  agglutination  is  clearly  evident.  One  gm.  of 
finely  powdered  sodium  chlorid  is  added  and  stirred  until  dissolved.  The 
mixture  of  defibrinated  blood,  bean  extract,  and  salt  is  allowed  to  stand  for 
about  15  minutes,  placed  in  suitable  containers,  and  rotated  in  a  centrifuge  for 
15  minutes  at  a  speed  sufficient  to  produce  in  the  cups  a  precipitating  force  equal 
to  approximately  1,700  times  gravity.    The  serum  may  then  be  poured  from  the 


1916]  KURAL  ENGINEERING.  489 

cups  into  suitable  containers  and  sterilized  in  a  container  which  is  surrounded 
by  a  jacket  of  water.  The  temperature  of  the  water  in  the  outer  jacket  at  the 
beginning  of  the  heating  should  not  exceed  63°  C.  The  serum  in  tlie  inner 
container  is  slowly  stirred  during  the  heating  process,  care  being  taken  to  see 
that  the  temperature  of  the  serum  does  not  fall  below  60°  nor  rise  materially 
above  it.  Continuous  heating  for  30  minutes  at  60°  is  required.  After  the 
sterilization  the  senmi  is  rapidly  cooled,  and  one  part  of  a  5  per  cent  solution 
vi  phenol  added  to  nine  parts  of  the  serum.  After  the  phenol  has  been  added  a 
slight  precipitate  may  at  times  form  in  the  serum,  and  it  is  therefore  desirable 
to  allow  several  days  to  elapse  between  the  addition  of  the  phenol  and  the  final 
filtration  through  infusorial  earth. 

By  the  new  procedure  yields  of  from  70  to  74  per  cent  of  the  perfectly  steril- 
ized serum  were  obtained. 

"  There  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  the  process  should  not  be  entirely  satis- 
factory for  use  in  the  practical  production  of  antihog-cholera  serum.  There 
appears  to  be  little  or  no  loss  in  antibodies ;  the  serum  secured  is  generally 
clear;  and  it  may  be  removed  from  the  agglutinated  cells  easily  by  pouring 
from  the  cups.  The  method  also  would  seem  to  tend  toward  a  certain  concen- 
tration of  the  antibodies  of  the  blood,  and  it  is  also  to  be  recommended  on 
account  of  the  fact  that  it  results  in  a  large  yield  of  serum. 

"  The  fact  that  this  serum  may  be  heated  for  half  an  hour  at  60°  without 
noticeable  impairment  of  its  potency  is  of  much  practical  importance  because 
there  is  thus  afforded  a  ready  means  for  safeguarding  it  against  infection  with 
the  virus  of  the  foot-and-mouth  disease." 

Ascariasis  in  the  horse  and  swine,  H,  Thum  (Ztschr.  Tiermed.,  18  (1915), 
No.  11-12,  pp.  503-528;  abs.  in  Cornell  Vet.,  5  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  205-209).— A 
report  of  observations  relating  to  Ascaris  megalocephal<i  in  the  horse  and  A. 
lumbricoides  in  swine. 

Contribution  to  the  study  of  parasitic  affections  of  the  horse. — A  clinical 
study  of  equine  strong-ylidosis,  G.  Leneveu  (Rev.  O&n.  MM.  Vet.,  24  {1915), 
No.  288,  pp.  593-612;  abs.  in  Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc.,  49  (1916),  Nos.  1, 
pp.  102-106;  2,  pp.  161-163). — This  is  a  compilation  of  information  relating  to 
the  life  history  of  the  nematodes  of  the  genera  Strongylus  and  Cylicostomus 
that  are  parasitic  in  the  horse,  and  to  the  lesions,  symptoms,  etc.,  of  which 
they  are  the  source.  These  forms  occur  endemically  in  various  parts  of  France 
and  especially  in  Normandy. 

The  poisonous  effects  of  the  rose  chafer  upon  chickens,  G.  H.  Lamson,  Jk. 
(Science,  n.  sen,  43  (1916),  No.  1100,  pp.  138,  i39).— Substantially  noted,  from 
another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  655). 

RURAL  ENGIIJEERING. 

flngineering  g-eology,  H.  RiES  and  T.  L.  Watson  (New  Tork:  John  Wiley  & 
Sons,  1915,  2.  ed.,  enl.,  pp.  XXVII+122,  pis.  104,  fiffs.  249).— This  is  a  second 
and  enlarged  edition  of  this  book  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  784),  to  which  a  chapter 
on  historical  geologj'  has  been  added. 

Water  supply,  sewerage,  and  drainage  department  [Western  Australia], 
third  annual  report,  year  1914-15  (West.  Atist.  Water  Supply,  Setver.,  and 
Drain.  Dept.  Ann.  Rpt.,  3  (1914-15),  pp.  VIII+lll,  pis.  .35).— The  activities 
and  expenditures  of  the  department  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  are 
reported,  including  data  on  irrigation,  drainage,  and  rural  water  supplies  and 
related  hydraulic  experimental  data. 

Water  resources  of  the  State  of  Oregon,  J.  H.  Lewis  (Off.  State  Engin. 
Oreg.  Bui.  4  (1915),  pp.  353,  figs.  18,  pi.  i).— This  report,  prepared  in  coopera- 


490  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

tion  with  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  is  a  summary  of  the  available  informa- 
tion relating  to  the  water  resources  of  Oregon. 

Keport  of  progress  of  stream,  measurements  (hydrometric  surveys)  for  the 
calendar  year  1914,  F.  H.  Peters  et  al.  {Dept.  Int.  Canada,  Sess.  Paper  No. 
25c  (1915),  pp.  508,  pis.  20,  figs.  5). — This  report  contains  the  results  of  meas- 
urements of  flow  made  on  streams  and  irrigation  canals  and  ditches  in  Alberta 
and  Saskatchewan  during  1914. 

Water  samples,  L.  Heimbtirgeb  (Fla.  Quart.  Bui.  Dept.  Agr.,  26  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  147-152). — This  section  contains  the  results  of  analyses  of  25  samples  of 
water  from  different  sources  in  different  parts  of  Florida. 

Status  of  activated-sludge  sewage  treatment,  G.  T.  Hammond  {Engiir. 
News,  75  (1916),  No.  17,  pp.  798-801,  figs.  10).— From  the  results  observed  on 
inspection  of  five  working  scale  plants,  it  is  concluded  that  the  activated- 
sludge  process  is  not  as  yet  out  of  the  early  experimental  stage  and  that  no 
forecast  as  to  its  value  for  sewage  treatment  is  now  justified.  The  greatest 
problem  appears  to  be  the  economical  production  of  a  sludge  of  such  a  character 
as  to  be  of  value  as  a  fertilizer  base.  As  an  aid  in  solving  this  problem  the 
reduction  of  the  volume  of  sludge-making  materials  by  screening  preliminary 
to  activation  is  recommended. 

Heclamation  Board  Act  of  the  State  of  California  as  in  effect  on  and  after 
August  8,  1915  (Sacramento,  Cal.:  State  Reclam.  Bd.,  1915,  pp.  /F+4I). — 
The  text  of  the  act  is  given. 

Hydraulic  and  excavation  tables,  A.  P.  Davis  (U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Reclam. 
Scrv.,  Hydraulic  and  Excavation  Tables,  1913,  pp.  1^7,  figs.  2).— Tables  intended 
for  the  use  of  engineers  engaged  in  the  design,  construction,  and  operation  of 
irrigation  works  under  the  U.  S.  Reclamation  Service  are  given. 

Harper's  hydraulic  tables  for  the  flow  of  water  in  circular  pipes  under 
pressure,  timber  flumes,  open  channels,  and  egg-shaped  conduits,  J.  H. 
Harpeu  (New  York:  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  1916,  pp.  192,  figs.  39).— This  hand- 
book contains  formulas  and  tables  for  flow  of  water  in  circular  pipes  running 
full,  rectangular  channels,  open  trapezoidal  channels,  and  egg-shaped  conduits, 
together  with  a  large  amount  of  accessory  information. 

The  discharge  from  vertical  pipes,  C.  E.  Grunsky  (West.  Engin.,  7  (1916), 
No.  Jf,  pp.  182,  183,  fig.  1). — A  simple  formula  for  computing  the  flow  of  water 
from  vertical  pipes,  which  is  especially  applicable  to  computing  the  discharge 

from  artesian  wells,  is  given  as  follows:    D=    . —  "        .      Z)=discharge  in 


■Vl+2.525(^)' 


cubic  feet  per  second,  (f= inside  diameter  of  the  casing  in  feet,  and  7io=height 
in  feet  to  which  water  rises  in  the  center  over  the  top  of  the  casing. 

Irrigation  module  devised  for  constant  flow,  J.  BAsrEAU  (Engin.  News, 
75  (1916),  No.  17,  pp.  806,  807,  fig.  i).— This  device,  consisting  essentially  of  a 
cast-iron  base  and  a  number  of  galvanized  sheet-iron  cylinders,  is  described 
and  illustrated  in  section.  It  is  adjustable  and  can  be  designed  for  any  varia- 
tion in  canal  level. 

Small  irrigation  canals  lined  with  concrete  to  prevent  seepage  water  loss, 
C.  E.  Edwards  (Engin.  Rec.,  73  (1916),  Nos.  16,  pp.  508-510,  figs.  2;  17,  pp.  539- 
541,  fig.  1). — This  article  gives  the  details  of  construction  and  cost  of  work  on 
the  Okanogan  Irrigation  Project  in  Washington.  It  was  found  that  seepage 
losses  were  reduced  from  51  to  about  15  per  cent  of  the  total  water  received  at 
the  headworks. 

"  Part  of  the  lining  has  been  in  use  for  four  seasons  and  has  given  good 
service  and  shows  no  signs  of  wear.     Up  to  date  it  has  required  no  expense 


iOlG]  RUBAL  ENGINEERING.  491 

for  iiiaiiitenance,  except  at  a  few  places  on  some  of  the  first  work  where  drain- 
ai?e  inlets  were  not  constructed  at  the  time  the  lining  was  placed.  The  fric- 
tion factor  for  this  kind  of  lining  as  determined  from  experiments  varies 
from  n=0.01  for  canals  having  a  straight  alignment  and  perfectly  free  from 
shifting  sand  and  pebbles  on  the  bottom  to  n=0.015  for  canals  having  numer- 
ous curves  and  a  limited  amount  of  moving  sand  along  the  bottom.  No 
trouble  has  been  experienced  on  account  of  expansion  or  contraction  injuring 
the  lining,  even  when  the  water  is  rotated  and  the  canal  is  dry  half  the  time 
during  the  summer." 

Comparison  of  wood  and  concrete  for  use  in  irrigation  structures,  S.  T. 
Harding  {Enr/in.  and  Contract.,  J,5  (1916),  No.  15,  pp.  340-342).— This  report 
deals  with  the  factors  involved  in  a  choice  between  concrete  and  wood  for 
irrigation  structures. 

It  is  concluded  "  that  no  general  conclusions  can  be  drawn  as  to  the  most 
economical  type  of  construction.  For  any  particular  project  where  the  con- 
struction costs  can  be  estimated  and  the  other  factors,  such  as  financial  con- 
ditions of  the  constructing  organization,  rate  of  interest,  certainty  as  to  type 
of  structure  desired,  and  permanence  of  its  location,  can  be  given  proper 
weight,  a  decision  can  be  made.  Under  usual  conditions  concrete  will  be  the 
preferable  material  if  the  capitalized  cost  of  service  alone  is  considered. 
The  other  factors  are,  however,  more  usually  such  as  to  incline  the  choice 
toward  wood  for  first  construction,  except  for  the  larger  and  more  important 
structures.  That  the  capitalized  cost  is  being  given  more  consideration  and 
that  many  systems  are  reaching  a  condition  where  replacements  and  better- 
ments can  be  made  on  a  more  permanent  basis  is  evidenced  by  the  increasing 
use  of  concrete  in  irrigation  structures." 

Methods  of  placing'  and  cost  of  concrete  lining  in  laterals  on  Orland 
Project,  A.  N.  Burch  (Rcclani.  Rec.  [U.  S.],  7  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  178,  179,  figs. 
3;  abs.  in  Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  (1916),  No.  15,  p.  352). — Up  until  February, 
1916,  there  have  been  lined  about  22  miles  of  laterals  on  the  Orland  Project, 
in  sections  ranging  from  a  few  feet  in  length  and  requiring  less  than  a  cubic 
yard  of  concrete  to  a  maximum  section  of  8,800  ft.  The  cross  sections  of 
the  laterals  lined  have  ranged  from  a  bottom  width  of  2  ft.  and  vertical  depth 
of  1  ft.  to  a  bottom  width  of  8  ft.  and  vertical  depth  of  4.5  ft.  Laterals 
originally  designed  for  lining  were  built  with  1 : 1  bank  slopes ;  other  laterals 
with  1.5 : 1  and  2 : 1  slopes.  "  The  aggregates  used  are  run  of  bank  material 
obtained  from  creeks  in  the  vicinity  of  Orland.  The  proportions  of  mix  are 
approximately  1:3:5.  .  .  .  There  is  little  difference  in  the  cost  of  lining 
whether  the  material  be  hand  or  machine  mixed,  although  the  machine  turns 
out  a  better  and  more  uniform  grade  of  concrete." 

The  total  cost  per  square  yard  of  this  work  has  been  34.3  cts. 

Irrigation  management,  F.  H.  Newell  {New  York  and  London:  D.  Appleton 
d  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XIII-\-306,  pis.  8). — This  is  a  summary  of  information  on 
methods  of  operation,  maintenance,  and  betterment  of  irrigation  works.  It 
contains  chapters  entitled  the  problems ;  the  physical  conditions ;  tlie  human 
element ;  the  legal  side ;  operation  organization ;  methods  of  operation ;  records 
and  schedules ;  water  economy ;  maintenance ;  expenditures,  recording,  and 
classifying ;  receipts  and  values ;  the  irrigator  and  his  associations ;  methods  of 
applying  water ;  the  products ;  and  conclusions. 

The  cost  of  tile  drainage  on  the  Trumbull  County  experiment  farm,  H.  L. 
Andrew  (AIo.  Bui.  Ohio  i<ta.,  1  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  136-140,  figs.  2).— The  costs 
of  tile  draining  110  acres  of  land,  which  included  a  total  of  7,959  rods  of  ditch, 
averaging  30  in.  in  depth,  and  123,541  tile  in  3,  3^,  4,  5,  6,  and  7  in.  sizes  laid 
from  33  to  40  ft.  apart,  are  summarized.     The  cost  per  acre  averaged  8  cts. 


492  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

for  stakiTig,  $21.71  for  machine  work  in  cutting  trenches,  $17.04  for  tile,  $4.15 
for  hauling  tile,  $2.09  for  laying  tile,  and  $1.58  for  filling  ditches,  a  total  of 
$16.65. 

Rational  method  of  selecting  types  evolved  for  a  comprehensive  county 
road  system,  W.  W.  Mark  {Efigin.  Rec,  73  {1916),  No.  17,  pp.  536-538,  figs. 
J/). — It  is  stated  that  traffic  census,  population,  and  property  valuation  are  the 
bases  used  in  equalizing  the  cost  for  users  when  designing  a  county  road  system 
in  Illinois.  Methods  of  using  these  factors  in  the  economic  selection  of  road 
types  are  described. 

Recent  developments  in  the  building  of  concrete  roads,  W.  D.  Uhleb 
{Municipal  Jour.,  40  {1916),  No.  U,  pp.  481-483,  figs.  3).— The  conclusions 
di-avi'n  from  the  construction  of  a  12-mile  model  concrete  road  are  given. 

It  was  found  that  the  greatest  strength  commensurate  with  economy  in  cost 
of  mixing  was  obtained  from  a  mix  of  1^  minutes  duration. 

"Another  feature  is  the  great  variation  in  strength  of  6-in.  cubes  of  the  regu- 
lar mix,  made  up  daily  during  the  progress  of  the  work  and  ser  aside  for  testing 
at  periods  of  7,  14,  and  28  days,  and  6  months.  The  7-day  compression  test  runs 
from  1,065  to  3,633;  the  14-day  test,  from  1,572  to  4,212;  and  the  28-day  test, 
from  2,362  to  5,361." 

It  is  concluded  that  i-in.  joints  filled  with  bitumen  with  edges  rounded  and 
protected  with  bitumen  are  more  satisfactory  and  economical  than  steel  pro- 
tected joints.  It  is  further  concluded  that  better  results  at  the  same  cost  may 
be  secured  with  a  5-in.  side  and  7-in.  center  thickness,  using  light  metal  fabric 
reinforcing,  than  with  plain  concrete  6  in.  thick  at  the  side  and  8  in.  in  the  cen- 
ter. It  is  stated  in  conclusion  "  that  the  essential  features  for  a  good  concrete 
pavement  are  a  hard,  dense  surface,  true  to  grade  and  cross  section,  free  from 
waves,  depressions,  and  irregularities,  and  one  which  will  insure  uniform 
wear." 

Various  aggregates  in  test  concrete  road,  W.  H.  Connkll  {Engin.  Rec, 
73  {1916),  No.  17,  pp.  554,  555,  figs.  4)- — -A-  description  of  the  construction  of  a 
two-mile  test  pavement,  made  to  test  some  of  the  latest  theories  an<l  prac- 
tice in  concrete  road  construction,  is  given. 

A  study  of  cracks  in  a  concrete  roadway  at  Indiana  University,  U.  S. 
Hanna  {Engin.  and  Contract.,  45  {1916),  No.  15,  pp.  357,  358,  fig.  i).— This  is  a 
brief  discussion  of  the  cracks  in  a  two-course  reinforced  concrete  road.  It  Is 
pointed  out  that  "  some  [of  the  cracks]  are  almost  certainly  due  to  insufficient 
lapping  of  reinforcement.  Others  appear  to  be  due  to  failure  to  secure  a  sub- 
grade  of  uniform  density.  Lack  of  proper  drainage  may  also  have  had  a  part 
in  it." 

Concrete  road  construction  in  Oakland  County,  Michigan,  M.  De  Gloppeb 
{Municipal  Engin.,  50  {1916),  No.  4<  PP-  140-14^,  figs.  6). — This  is  an  article 
dealing  with  the  practical  details  of  methods  of  construction  employed  on  this 
work. 

Second  biennial  report  of  the  Department  of  Public  Roads  made  to  the 
governor  and  general  assembly  of  Kentucky,  R.  C.  Tekkell  {Bien.  Rpt.  Dept. 
Pub.  Roads  Ky.,  2  {1913-1915),  pp  162,  pis.  32). — This  report  covers  the  work 
and  expenditures,  by  counties,  of  the  department  in  Kentucky  from  November 
1,  1913,  to  November  1,  1915. 

Annual  report  of  the  Baltimore  County  [Maryland]  roads  engineer,  W.  G. 
SucRO  {Ann.  Rpt.  Roads  Engin.  Baltimore  Co.  [Md.]  1915,  pp.  90,  pi.  1,  figs. 
17). — This  reports  the  activities  and  expenditures  of  the  county  roads  engi- 
neer's office  on  roads  and  bridges  in  the  different  districts  of  the  county  dur- 
ing 1915. 


1916]  RURAL   ENGINEERING.  493 

Country  roads  board  [Victoria],  first  annual  report  (Ann.  Rpt.  Country 
Roads  Bd.  Victoria,  1  (1914),  pp.  94,  pis.  7,  figs.  88).— This  report  deals  mainly 
with  preliminary  work  connected  with  the  investigation  of  highways,  the 
condition  of  the  roads  in  different  districts,  and  methods  of  dealiug  with  roads 
by  the  Government  and  municipalities  of  Victoria. 

Recent  road  legislation  of  Iowa,  edited  by  H.  E.  Sampson  and  T.  H.  Mac- 
Donald  (Iowa  State  Highway  Com.  Scrv.  Bui.,  3  {1915),  No.  9,  Sup.,  pp.  104). — 
The  text  of  the  law  is  given. 

The  law  of  Ohio  governing  roads  and  bridges,  W.  M.  Rockel  (Cincinnati, 
Ohio:  The  W.  H.  Anderson  Co.,  1916,  pp.  -YL+646).— This  gives  the  text  of  the 
Ohio  laws  governing  roads  and  bridges,  including  the  establishment,  con- 
struction, improvement,  and  repair  of  roads  and  bridges  by  state,  county,  and 
township  officials ;  and  the  text  of  the  law  as  to  the  adjoining  landowners  and 
the  traveling  public. 

Experiments  with  dynamite,  F.  Watts  (Imp.  Dcpt.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Rpt. 
Bot.  Sta.  [e<c.]  Antigua,  1914-15,  pp.  29,  30). — Experiments  on  heavy  cal- 
careous loam  soil  in  growing  plant  and  ratoon  canes  using  2-oz.  dynamite 
cartridges  inserted  2.5  ft.  deep  gave  results  which  are  not  considered  remuner- 
ative. In  similar  experiments  on  heavy  clay  soil  an  increase  was  obtained 
in  the  ratoon  crop  and  a  decrease  in  the  plant  cane  crop. 

Gravel  as  an  aggregate  for  concrete,  H.  H.  Schofield  and  C.  C.  Brown 
(Munic-ipal  Engin.,  50  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  135-137). — A  study  of  existing  data 
on  gravel  and  sand  for  concrete  is  reported.  The  results  are  taken  to  indi- 
cate "  that  there  is  need  of  an  investigation  for  the  purpose  of  fixing  a 
rational  specification  for  gravel  for  concrete.  Such  a  specification  should  take 
into  account,  among  other  things,  the  durability  of  the  particles,  the  grading, 
the  cleanness,  and  the  proportions  for  different  classes  of  natural  gravels  and 
for  different  classes  of  work." 

Amount  of  water  to  use  in  concrete,  E.  McCullough  (Cement  Era,  I4 
(1916),  No.  5,  pp.  50,  51). — The  author  reviews  his  practical  experience  and 
reports  the  results  of  experiments  in  which  it  was  found  that  slightly  less 
than  6  lbs.  of  water  per  cubic  foot  of  loose  materials  produced  the  ideal  mix- 
ture for  concrete  roads.  It  was  also  found  that  a  full  minute  of  mixing  was 
necessary  to  get  the  water  distributed  through  the  mass. 

Making  mortar  impervious  and  anthracenic  oil,  R.  Feret  (Ann.  Fonts  et 
Chauss^es,  9.  ser.,  28  (1915),  pt.  1,  No.  20,  pp.  51-71). — Experiments  with  three 
Portland  cements  to  determine  the  influence  on  the  strength  and  properties  of 
the  mortar  of  the  addition  of  anthracenic  oil  for  waterproofing  purposes  are 
repored. 

In  the  first  series  of  experiments  a  mortar  composed  of  1  part  cement  to  3 
parts  of  coarse  sand  was  used,  to  which  the  oil  was  added  in  amounts  of  5  and 
10  per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  cement  used.  It  was  found  that  the  use  of  the 
oil  slightly  increased  the  total  volume  of  the  mortar  without  markedly  modi- 
fying the  density.  Mortars  containing  oil  were  less  porous  after  a  week  than 
those  without  oil.  The  tensile  and  compressive  strengths  of  the  mortars  were 
considerably  decreased,  especially  when  10  per  cent  oil  was  used. 

Tests  of  the  permeability  under  heads  of  water  varying  from  20  to  70  meters 
showed  that  oil-treated  mortar  stored  14  days  in  moist  air  and  14  days  in 
water  was  considerably  more  impervious  than  the  mortar  without  oil.  Mortar 
stored  14  days  in  moist  air  and  38  days  in  water  and  containing  5  per  cent  of 
oil  was  more  pervious  than  the  mix  without  oil  at  heads  between  20  and  40 
meters,  but  with  higher  heads  the  oil  mixtures  were  less  pervious.  These  re- 
sults are  taken  to  indicate  that  it  is  inadvisable  to  use  more  than  5  per 
cent  oil. 


494  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.36 

In  the  second  series  of  experiments,  the  mortar  mixtures  used  were  600  kg. 
of  cement  per  cubic  meter  of  fine  sand,  500  kg.  of  cement  per  cubic  meter  of 
coarse  sand,  and  400  kg.  of  cement  per  cubic  meter  of  gravelly  sand  containing 
a  large  amount  of  grains  of  a  diameter  varying  between  5  and  20  mm.  The 
proportions  of  oil  used  were  3  and  5  per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  cement.  It 
was  found  that,  with  the  exception  of  some  of  the  tests  on  the  fine  sand  mortar, 
the  mortar  containing  3  per  cent  of  oil  was  less  pervious  than  that  without  oil. 
AVhen  5  per  cent  of  oil  was  used  the  results  in  this  respect  were  very  variable. 
At  the  higher  heads  these  mortars  were  more  pervious  than  the  mortar  con- 
taining 3  per  cent  of  oil.  The  addition  of  3  per  cent  of  oil  did  not  appreciably 
decrease  the  strength  of  the  mortar  or  its  power  of  adhering  to  iron.  The 
results  as  a  whole  are  taken  to  indicate  that  3  per  cent  of  oil  may  be  used  to 
advantage  in  cement  mortar. 

See  also  a  previous  note  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  889). 

The  influence  of  compression  in  internal-combustion  engines,  R.  E. 
Mathot  (Power,  43  (1916),  No.  15,  pp.  512-514,  fidS-  2).— It  is  shown  that 
within  certain  limits  neither  the  amount  of  compression  nor  the  heat  value  of 
the  fuel  affects  the  output  of  the  engine,  although  the  former  does  affect  the 
economy. 

Tables  of  data  from  actual  practice  covering  over  600  tests  on  about  40 
dilTerent  makes  of  internal-combustion  engines  are  also  included,  showing  the 
proper  mixtux'es  and  compressions  to  be  used  with  different  fuels  in  order  to 
attain  the  best  results. 

Some  eng'ine  plow  troubles  and  their  remedies,  C.  O.  Reed  (Amer.  Thresher- 
man,  18  (1916),  Nos.  11,  pp.  68,  69;  12,  pp.  14,  15,  figs.  5).— Information  regard- 
ing the  prevention  of  excessive  draft,  failure  to  scour,  uneven  furrow  crowns, 
and  failure  to  penetrate  is  given,  together  with  brief  instructions  regarding 
laying  out  fields  and  buying  and  starting  a  new  plow. 

Recent  inventions  in  machines  for  tilling  the  soil,  M.  Castelli  (Intemat. 
Inftt.  Af/r.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  11,  pp. 
1424-1437). — This  article  describes  some  of  the  more  recent  improvements  in 
tillage  machinery,  dealing  mainly  with  mechanically  propelled  types. 

Mechanical  cultivating  apparatus,  M.  Ringelmann  (Rev.  Vit.,  43  (1915), 
Nos.  1112,  pp.  805-310;  1115,  pp.  361-366;  1116,  pp.  377-383).— A  number  of 
types  of  mechanically  operated  tillage  machines  for  use  in  truck  and  vineyard 
work  are  described. 

Culture  machinery,  G.  Coupan  (EncyclopMie  Agricole.  Machines  de  Cul- 
ture. Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere  d  Sons,  1915,  2.  ed.,  pp.  X/F+//80,  figs.  376).— This 
is  a  number  of  the  Encyclop6die  Agricole  and  deals  in  general  with  the  ma- 
chines and  mechanical  methods  employed  in  the  preparation  of  the  soil,  the 
spreading  of  fertilizers  and  seeds,  and  the  maintenance  of  culture.  A  large 
amount  of  mechanical,  mathematical,  diagrammatical,  and  practical  data 
related  to  the  construction  and  operation  of  the  different  machines  is  given. 

Experiments  on  the  draft  of  a  model  plow  under  different  working  condi- 
tions and  their  practical  application,  G.  KtJHNE  (Untersuchungen  iiber  den 
Zugtvidcrstand  cines  Pflugwerkzcugmodelles  bei  verschiedenen  Arbeitsbedin- 
gungen  und  ihre  Anwendung  auf  praktische  Verhaltnisse.  Inaug.  Diss.,  Univ. 
Oiessen,  1914,  pp.  49,  figs.  24). — The  factors  affecting  the  draft  of  a  moldboard 
plow  are  discussed,  experimental  apparatus  is  described,  and  laboratory  ex- 
periments with  a  model  moldboard  plow  are  reported  to  determine  the  influence 
on  draft  of  different  physical  factors  under  different  working  conditions  in 
soils  artificially  prepared. 

It  was  found  in  sand  and  loam  soil  that  by  steadily  increasing  the  speed  of 
plowing  under   the  same  working  conditions   the  plowing  draft   steadily   in- 


1910]  BUEAL   ENGINEERING.  495 

crested  to  a  certain  limit  and  then  decreased  witli  increasing  speed.  By 
steadily  increasing  tlie  working  depth  in  sand  and  loam  soil  under  the  same 
working  conditions  the  draft  increased  in  approximate  proportion  to  the  depth 
until  an  optimum  draft  with  reference  to  cross  section  was  reached,  and 
thereafter  increased  faster  than  the  depth.  Steadily  increasing  the  width  of 
plowing  produced  results  in  draft  similar  to  those  produced  by  varying  the 
depth  of  plowing  only  in  sand  soil. 

The  soils  were  artificially  compressed.  The  plowing  draft  increased  with 
increasing  compactness  of  a  uniformly  damp  sand  soil  at  a  rate  greater  than 
a  proportional  rate.  The  draft  also  increased  with  the  increasing  dampness 
of  a  sand  soil  up  to  a  certain  limit  and  thereafter  decreased.  In  a  soil 
dampened  irregularly  the  draft  increased  with  decreasing  dampness.  The 
practical  application  of  these  methods  and  results  to  field  conditions  is  also 
discussed. 

Comparison  of  team  and  tractor  for  hauling  gravel,  O.  L.  Kipp  (Municipal 
Engin.,  50  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  138,  139).— Data,  are  presented  from  the  gravel 
checker's  records  on  five  team-hauling  jobs  totaling  22  miles  of  road  gravelled 
and  1  tractor-hauling  job  covering  3.6  miles  of  road  gravelled,  the  gravel  being 
placed  at  the  rate  of  15  cu.  yds.  per  100-ft.  station  on  each  job.  A  36-60  horse- 
power caterpillar  gas  tractor  and  a  train  of  3.5-yd.  reversible  spreader  wagons 
with  a  50-yd.  storage  bin  and  a  belt  conveyor  loader  were  used. 

"  It  would  appear  that  the  cost  of  hauling  by  tractor  was  considerably  less 
than  by  teams.  The  advantage  in  favor  of  the  tractor  would  have  been 
greater  had  there  been  more  power  available.  A  40-80  tractor  would  have  made 
a  much  better  showing.  Another  factor  cutting  down  the  capacity  of  the 
train  was  the  inability  of  the  loading  equipment  to  supply  gravel  fast 
enough.  ...  It  would  appear  that  efficiency  in  team  hauling  and  con- 
sequent low  cost  is  largely  dependent  upon,  and  might  easily  be  secured  by, 
obtaining  the  maximum  efficiency  in  loading."  Features  in  favor  of  tractor 
hauling  were  that,  first,  by  applying  the  gravel  in  two  courses  with  a  tractor  the 
gravel  is  rolled  without  additional  cost  and  the  road  is  ready  for  travel  as 
soon  as  the  gravel  is  applied,  instead  of  a  month  or  more  later,  as  with  teams ; 
and  second,  by  loading  into  a  bin,  thence  to  wagons,  and  thence  to  the  road, 
an  efficient  mix  of  the  materials  is  obtained. 

Knots  and  splices,  I.  D.  Charlton  {Wash.  Agr.,  9  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  191- 
195,  figs.  4)- — A  few  of  the  more  simple  and  common  knots  used  in  farm  work 
with  rope  are  described  and  illustrated. 

Barns  for  Wisconsin  dairy  farms,  F.  M.  White  and  C.  I.  Geiffith  {Wis- 
consin Sta.  Bui.  266  {1916),  pp.  32,  figs.  25).— This  bulletin  discusses  the  gen- 
eral requirements  of  and  the  more  important  factors  to  be  considered  in  the 
construction  of  barns  for  dairy  farms  to  meet  Wisconsin  conditions  and  de- 
scribes three  general-purpose  barns,  one  single  story  dairy  barn,  and  a  pioneer 
barn.  Rectangular  barns  are  considered  more  satisfactory  than  round  ones, 
and  gambrel  roofs  are  preferred  to  gable  roofs. 

Construction  of  fresh  air  brooders,  H.  E.  Upton  {Brit.  Columbia  Dept.  Agr., 
Live-stock  Branch,  Circ.  3,  2.  ed.  {1913),  pp.  6,  figs.  6).— This  structure  is 
briefly  described  and  illustrated. 

Winter  storage  of  potatoes.  E.  Schaffnit  {Ztschr.  Landw.  Kammer  Braun- 
schiceig,  84  {1915),  No.  28,  pp.  245-249,  figs.  2). — In  outlining  the  conditions  for 
proper  winter  storage  of  potatoes,  it  is  pointed  out  that  the  potatoes  must  be 
absolutely  protected  from  frost,  and  must,  at  the  same  time,  be  kept  dry  and 
not  too  warm,  as  both  heat  and  dampness  are  favorable  to  the  rotting  of 
potatoes. 


496  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Water  problem,  simplified,  W.  A.  Ethebton  {Farm  Engin.,  3  {1916),  No.  11, 
pp.  2/f9,  250,  figs.  Jf). — A  simple  water  supply  system  consisting  essentially  of  a 
pump,  hot-water  tank,  and  sink,  and  employing  a  three-way  cock  for  supplying 
liot  and  cold  water,  is  described  and  illustrated. 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

What  is  agricultural  economics?  E.  G.  Noxjbse  {Jour.  Polit.  Econ.,  B-i 
{1916).  No.  Jf,  pp.  363-381). — The  author  points  out  that  agricultural  economics 
is  an  application  of  general  economics  to  the  practical  business  of  agriculture 
rather  than  an  independent  study  of  doctrines  built  up  out  of  a  specialized 
body  of  data. 

"An  examination  of  text-books  and  college  announcements  seems  to  indicate 
that  at  present  most  courses  with  a  rather  detailed  study  of  production  (now 
often  including  marketing)  and,  except  for  the  many  who  stop  with  that, 
leap  over  to  a  fragmentary  discussion  of  distribution  as  touching  the  farmer's 
profits.  But  this  is  no  adequate  preparation  for  meeting  the  more  intricate 
problems  facing  modern  agriculture.  The  student,  besides  examining  the 
economic  factors  in  technical  productive  efficiency,  needs  to  understand  the 
laws  of  value  and  the  process  by  which  physical  units  of  product  are  fitted 
to  psychic  units  of  want  through  the  agency  of  an  exchange  mechanism ;  he 
needs  to  consider  not  only  how  this  aggregate  lump  of  values  is  broken  up 
into  private  incomes,  but  how  the  use  of  this  wealth  in  private  hands  reacts 
upon  the  further  operation  of  the  system.  Even  when  for  practical  reasons 
the  course  in  agricultural  economics  must  be  much  compacted,  it  should  be 
reduced  to  a  stout  framework  of  fundamental  principles  instead  of  bloating 
into  a  flabby  mass  of  descriptive  generalities.  .  .  . 

"  Our  purpose  in  elaborating  an  economics  of  agriculture  is  to  train  the 
agriculturist  in  the  business  principles  which  govern  the  commercial  success 
or  failure  of  his  enterprise,  but  not  less  to  enable  him  and  likewise  those 
others  who  are  not  engaged  in  agriculture  to  perceive  the  economic  results 
which  will  flow  from  one  sort  of  agrictultural  organization  or  another,  from 
one  sort  or  another  of  consumption  of  our  resources  of  land,  labor,  and  capital." 

Economic  cycles:  Their  law  and  cause,  H.  L.  Moore  {New  York:  The  Mac- 
millan  Co.,  1914,  pp.  VIII-\-U9,  figs.  27).— The  author  attempts  to  trace  the 
influence  of  the  weather  upon  crop  production  and  the  influence  of  variations 
in  crop  production  upon  prices.  He  claims  that  the  fundamental,  persistent 
cause  of  the  cycles  in  the  yields  of  the  crops  is  the  cyclical  movement  in  the 
weather  conditions  represented  by  the  rhythmically  changing  amount  of  rain- 
fall.   These  cycles  are  of  33  and  of  8-year  periods. 

The  falling  yield  in  crops  leads  to  a  diminution  of  the  volume  of  trade,  a 
decline  in  the  demand  for  producers'  goods,  a  fall  in  the  prices  of  producers' 
goods,  a  decrease  in  employment,  and  a  fall  of  the  demand  curves  for  crops, 
with  the  final  result  of  a  fall  in  general  prices.  Similarly,  a  rising  yield  in  the 
crops  leads  to  an  increase  in  the  volume  of  trade,  an  increase  in  the  demand 
for  producers'  goods,  an  increase  of  employment,  and  a  rise  in  the  demand 
curves  for  crops,  with  the  final  result  of  a  rise  in  general  prices. 

He  states  that  the  cycles  in  the  yield  per  acre  of  crops  are  followed  at  an 
interval  of  two  years  by  cycles  in  the  activities  of  industry  and  in  the  volume 
of  trade,  and  at  an  intei-val  of  about  four  years  by  cycles  in  prices. 

Wages  and  rural  migration,  A.  Beckerich  {Ann.  Sci.  Agron.,  Jf.  ser.,  4 
{1915),  July-Sept.,  pp.  85-214). — The  author  discusses  the  movement  of  wages 
of  the  different  classes  of  agricultural  workers  in  various  agricultural  regions 
of  France,  the  movement  of  prices  of  agricultural  products  and  the  number  of 


1916]  EUEAL  ECONOMICS.  497 

agricultural  workers,  and  the  influence  of  agricultural  machinery  and  the  in- 
troduction of  foreign  laborers.    A  brief  bibliography  is  appended. 

Results  of  a  survey  of  state  marketing  activities  throughout  the  United 
States  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Markets  and  Rural  Organ.  Doc.  3  {1916),  pp. 
7). — This  is  a  summary  by  States,  ba.sed  on  the  replies  to  a  questionnaire  sent 
to  representative  officials  in  each  State  to  determine  what  States  have  estab- 
lished official  marketing  departments,  the  agency  charged  with  this  work,  and 
the  nature  and  scope  of  the  work  being  done,  both  by  such  specially  created  de- 
partments and  by  the  extension  divisions  of  the  State  agricultural  colleges. 

Associations  for  marketing  meat  in  Germany,  H.  Hokst  {LitnOw.  Johrb.,  48 
{1915),  No.  1,  pp.  1-136,  fig.  1). — This  article  points  out  the  causes  of  the  forma- 
tion of  associations  to  slaughter  live  stock  and  market  their  products,  and  gives 
the  aims  and  organization  of  the  associations  and  their  development  in  different 
regions  of  Germany. 

The  Grange  in  Canada,  H.  Michell  (Bid.  Depts.  Hist,  and  Polit.  and  Econ. 
SfH.,  Queen's  Univ.  Ontario,  No.  13  {1914),  pp.  20). — This  report  contains  a 
brief  historical  sketch  of  the  Grange  movement  in  Canada, 

Ohio  agricultural  statistics,  1911—15  {Ohio  Agr.  Statis.,  1914-15,  pp.  78). — 
This  report  gives  statistical  data  gathered  by  the  township  assessors  concern- 
ing the  acreage  and  production  of  the  principal  agricultural  crops,  the  number 
of  live  stock,  quantity  of  live-stock  products,  and  other  facts  relative  to  the  agri- 
culture of  Ohio. 

[Trade  and  commerce  in  agricultural  products  in  Chicago],  1915  {Ann. 
Rpt.  Bd.  Trade  Chicago,  58  {1915),  pp.  XXXI X+lJi2) .—This  volume  contains 
the  reports  t)f  the  different  committees  of  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade  and  the 
daily  and  monthly  movement  during  1915  of  the  principal  agricultural  products 
by  routes,  prices,  and  freight  rates,  together  with  the  acreage,  production,  and 
value  of  live  stock  and  crops  in  the  United  States  and  in  the  different  countries 
of  the  world.  An  appendix  is  given  showing  the  rules,  by-laws,  and  regulations 
of  the  board. 

Prices  and  supplies  of  grain,  live  stock,  and  other  agi-icultural  produce  in 
Scotland  {Agr.  Statis.  Scotland,  3  {1914),  pt.  3,  pp.  1S3-237,  figs.  2).— This 
report  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  492). 

Agricultural  and  live  stock  statistics  of  Finland  {Statis.  Arsbok  Finland, 
n.  ser.,  11  {1913),  pp.  109-121 ;  12  {1914),  pp.  iifi-i^S).— This  continues  data 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  692). 

Price  statistics  {Ungar.  Statis.  Mitt.,  n.  ser.,  44  {1913),  pp.  IX+G2*+427).— 
This  volume  contains  statistical  data  showing  prices  and  index  numbers  for 
agricultural  and  other  products  in  Hungary  for  a  long  series  of  years. 

Supply  of  foodstuffs  and  prices  in  foreign  countries  during  the  war 
{Ztschr.  AgrarpoUtik,  14  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  [1-8]). — This  article  gives  the  quan- 
tity of  the  principal  agricultural  crops  available  in  the  countries  at  war  with 
Germany,  together  with  prices.  Similar  data  for  previous  years  are  also  given 
for  comparative  purposes. 

"World's  production  of  foodstuffs  and  raw  materials,  and  the  provisions 
from  German  Colonies  in  the  past  and  possibilities  of  the  future,  A.  Schulte 
iM  HoFE  {Tropenpflanzer,  Beihefte,  16  {1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  V +177). —in  this 
report  are  discussed  the  world's  production  and  trade  in  various  agricultural 
and  live-stock  products  and  fertilizing  materials,  and  the  influence  of  the 
colonial  pos.sessions  of  difl:erent  nations  in  contributing  foodstuffs  to  the  mother 
country.     The  discussion  is  accompanied  by  a  large  number  of  statistical  tables. 

Statistics  of  commerce  of  thp  French  Colonies,  1913  {Statis.  Com.  Colon. 
FranQ.,  1913,  I,  pp.  1197;  II,  pp.   1069).— In  this  report   are  given  statistics 


498  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

concerning  the  trade  in  agricultural  and  other  products,  showing  sources  and 
destination. 

Review  of  the  trade  of  India,  1914-15  (Dept.  Statis.  India,  Rev.  Trade 
India,  1914-15,  pp.  II+139-\-VII,  pis.  7,  figs.  5).— This  report  gives  a  review  of 
the  effects  of  the  war  on  the  foreign  and  inland  trade  of  India,  as  well  as 
statistical  data  showing  the  imports  and  exports  by  articles,  wholesale  prices, 
wages  paid  in  selected  industries,  customs  revenue,  number  and  tonnage  of 
vessels  engaged  in  foreign  and  coastwise  trade,  and  freight  rates.  Comparative 
data  are  given  for  earlier  years. 

AGRICULTUEAL  EDUCATION. 

Graduate  work  in  horticulture,  M.  J.  Doesey  (Proc.  Soc.  Eort.  Sci.,  11 
{191Jj),  pp.  70-77). — The  relation  between  the  present  status  of  horticulture  and 
graduate  work  or  advanced  training  which  will  so  intimately  influence  future 
development  is  discussed,  including  a  consideration  of  the  preliminary  training 
for  graduate  work,  the  laboratory  method,  the  relation  between  graduate  work 
and  station  research,  and  factors  influencing  graduate  work.  The  author  con- 
cludes that  "  emphasis  must  be  placed  again  and  again  upon  fundamental  train- 
ing, as  well  as  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  material.  Science,  truth,  and  proof  are 
just  the  same  in  the  applied  fields  as  in  the  pure  sciences,  and  this  should  be 
made  clear  to  every  graduate  student.  When  full  recognition  is  given  to  this, 
research  will  mean  just  as  much  scientifically  in  the  applied  fields  as  in  the 
pure  sciences,  and  the  weakness  of  one-sided  practical  training  will  become 
more  and  more  apparent." 

Required  trips  for  horticultural  students,  F.  N.  Fagan  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort. 
Sci.,  11  (1914),  pp.  37-40). — The  author  gives  an  account  of  a  horticultural 
inspection  trip  taken  with  24  students  in  the  summer  of  1914,  visiting  fruit  and 
seed  farms,  vegetable  forcing  and  trucking,  flower  growing,  and  spray  machin- 
ery places,  nurseries,  parks,  canning  and  evaporation  houses,  greenhouse  firms, 
basket  and  barrel  factories,  and  cold  storages,  in  western  New  York  and  north- 
ern and  northwestern  Pennsylvania.  This  was  accomplished  in  about  28  or  30 
working  days,  at  an  average  expense  of  from  $80  to  $130  a  man. 

These  trips  have  been  required  of  junior  horticultural  students  at  the  Penn- 
sylvania College  since  the  summer  of  1913.  To  receive  the  six  credits  allowed 
for  this  summer  work  the  students  must  submit  during  the  first  half  of  their 
senior  year  a  typewritten  report  of  the  trip.  Prior  to  1913  junior  horticultural 
students  were  required  to  spend  at  least  six  weeks  working  on  commercial 
horticultural  farms.  It  was  found,  however,  in  many  cases  that  the  students 
often  were  not  engaged  in  true  horticultural  work  on  these  farms  and  were 
given  one  job  practically  the  entire  summer.  Hence  the  inspection  trips  were 
substituted  for  this  work. 

One  phase  of  agricultural  education  in  Indiana:  Supervision  of  home 
project  work,  Z.  M.  Smith  (Dept.  Pub.  Instr.  [/ncZ.],  Ed.  Pubs.,  Bui.  22  (1916), 
pp.  28,  figs.  26). — This  bulletin  reports  on  (1)  the  supervision  by  21  teachers 
of  home-project  work  in  Indiana  in  1915,  comprising  the  work  of  7  vocational 
agricultural  teachers,  employed  by  as  many  townships  as  supervisors  of  sum- 
mer projects  of  136  men  and  boys,  and  the  work  of  14  teachers  employed 
jointly  by  the  local  authorities  and  the  Purdue  University  extension  depart- 
ment in  supervising  the  projects  of  420  boys  and  girls;  (2)  home  problems 
reached;  (3)  the  supervision  of  club  project  work  by  county  agricultural 
agents  who  organized  112  clubs  with  a  total  membership  of  3,697  boys  and 
girls;  (4)  the  short-course  week  at  Purdue  Univei-sity  in  .January,  1916,  which 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL    EDUCATION.  499 

was  the  culmination  of  the  1915  home-project  work;  and  (5)  records  of  a  few 
club  members. 

The  Indiana  State  Board  of  Education  has  decided  that  school  authorities 
be  authorized  to  give  credit  for  summer  home-project  work  (club  work)  on 
condition  that  a  competent  teacher  be  employed  to  give  close  supervision  over 
the  work,  that  the  quality  or  grade  of  work  done  and  the  time  actually  spent 
on  the  project  by  the  pupil  be  considered  on  the  same  basis  as  regular  school 
work,  and  that  each  pupil  keep  detailed  records  of  time  and  other  items  of 
cost  and  income  and  submit  to  the  school  authorities  a  full  and  complete  report 
of  his  work,  subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  state  department. 

Home  education,  Ellen  C.  Lombard  {Rpt.  Comr.  Ed.  [U.  S.],  1915,  I,  pp. 
361-369). — A  review  is  given  of  the  problems  of  the  field  of  home  education 
in  this  country  and  its  insular  territories,  and  of  the  work  of  the  different 
Government  agencies,  the  National  Congress  of  Mothers,  parent-teacher  asso- 
ciations, and  the  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  for  the  promotion  of 
home  education  outside  of  the  school. 

The  principles  of  plant  culture,  E.  S.  Goff  {New  York:  The  MacmiUan  Co., 
1916,  8.  ed.,  pp.  XXIII +295,  figs.  i?7).— This  text,  which  is  intended  for 
beginners  in  agriculture  and  horticulture  and  especially  for  students  who  have 
liad  little  or  no  previous  instruction  in  botany,  was  first  published  by  the 
author  in  1897  (E.  S.  R.,  8,  p.  793)  and  has  since  undergone  several  revisions, 
the  present  revision  being  by  J.  G.  Moore  and  L.  R.  Jones.  It  is  a  systematic 
study  of  plant  culture  which  grew  out  of  the  author's  experience  in  the  lecture 
room  and  laboratory  while  giving  instruction  to  students  in  the  short  course 
in  agriculture  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  A  syllabus  of  laboratory  work 
is  appended  and  the  preface  includes  a  biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  who 
died  in  1902. 

Courses  in  systematic  vegetable  gardening,  P.  Work  (Proe.  Soc.  Hort.  Set., 
11  {1914),  pp.  33-37). — The  vegetable  gardening  courses  offered  at  Cornell 
University  are  described. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  floricultural  courses,  A.  C.  Beal  {Proc.  Soc. 
Hort.  Sci.,  11  {1914),  pp.  40-43). — The  author  gives  historical  data  on  floricul- 
tural teaching,  the  first  floricultural  courses,  extending  through  four  years, 
having  been  offered  in  the  School  of  Horticulture  of  the  Illinois  Industrial 
University  in  187.5-76. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1 
{1916),  No.  5,  pp.  129-160,  figs.  8). — This  contains  several  articles  abstracted 
elsevvhere  in  this  issue;  Wool  Studies,  by  J.  W.  Hammond,  an  abridgment  of 
Bulletin  294  (see  p.  477)  ;  Heavy  Silage  v.  Heavy  Grain,  Feeding  for  Dairy 
Cows,  by  C.  C.  Hay  den,  an  abridgment  of  Bulletin  155  (E.  S.  R.,  16,  p.  811)  ; 
Controlling  the  Grape-berry  Worm,  by  W.  H.  Goodwin,  an  abridgment  of 
Bulletin  293  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  358)  ;  and  the  following  special  articles:  Fruit-bud 
Formation  on  Apple  Trees,  by  A.  D.  Selby,  and  Shall  We  Fertilize  Corn  in  the 
Hill,  by  C.  E.  Thorne. 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation  {Washington 
Sta.,  West.  Wash.  Sta.  Mo.  Bui.,  4  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  16,  figs.  3).— This  number 
contains  brief  articles  on  the  following  subjects:  Notes  on  Bee  Management, 
by  J.  W.  Ware;  Rose  Pests  and  Their  Control,  by  J.  L.  Stahl;  Summer  Culti- 
vation, by  E.  B.  Stookey ;  Milk-fed  Chickens,  by  G.  R.  Shoup ;  A  Penny  Saved 
is  a  Penny  Earned,  by  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup ;  and  Experiment  Station  Dairy  Barn, 
a  description  of  the  dairy  stable  and  shed  at  the  substation. 


NOTES. 


Iowa  College. — According  to  a  note  in  Minnesota  Farm  Review,  Kenneth 
McGregor,  instructor  in  iinimtil  husbandry,  has  been  appoint -.'d  in  charge  of  the 
department  of  animal  husbandry  in  the  University  of  Alberta. 

Maryland  College  and  Station. — Recent  appointments  include  C.  J.  Pierson 
as  assistant  in  the  department  of  entomology  and  zoology  in  the  college,  O.  I. 
Snapp  as  fellow  in  insect  investigations  in  the  college  and  station,  and  Dr. 
Philip  Garman  as  assistant  entomologist  in  the  station. 

Michigan  College. — Science  states  that  G.  R.  Johnstone  has  resigned  as  in- 
structor in  botany  to  take  up  graduate  work  and  has  been  succeeded  by  H.  E. 
Young  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden. 

Virginia  College  and  Station. — During  the  summer,  field  meetings  have  been 
held  at  several  of  the  county  substations,  affording  opportunities  to  many  farm- 
ers to  observe  the  results  of  the  fertilizer  experiments,  crop  rotations,  cultural 
treatments,  variety  studies,  etc.  The  substations  are  regarded  as  rendering 
valuable  service  to  the  farmers  in  the  solution  of  local  problems. 

J.  Thompson  Brown,  J.  B.  Watkins,  and  J.  A.  Turner  have  been  reappointed 
to  the  board  of  trustees.  W.  B.  Ellett  has  been  assigned  a  teaching  course  in 
agricultural  chemistry  in  the  college  in  addition  to  his  duties  as  station  chemist. 
H.  E.  Thomas,  a  1916  graduate  of  the  college,  has  been  appointed  assistant  plant 
pathologist,  while  K.  E.  Quantz  has  been  transferred  from  the  department  of 
plant  pathology  to  that  of  horticulture.  J.  T.  Grissom  resigned  August  1  as 
assistant  chemist  to  engage  in  commercial  work.  A.  A.  Ingham,  instructor  in 
horticulture,  has  also  been  appointed  assistant  horticulturist  in  the  station. 

Virginia  Truck  Station. — H.  H.  Zimmerley  has  resigned  as  assistant  horticul- 
turist to  accept  a  position  as  demonstration  agent  for  Kent  County,  Delaware. 

West  Virginia  University  and  Station. — Among  the  changes  effective  July  1 
was  the  resignation  of  I.  S.  Cook  as  professor  of  agronomy  and  agronomist. 
Professor  Cook  has  been  appointed  county  agricultural  agent  of  Ohio  County, 
with  headquarters  at  Wheeling,  vice  Horace  Atwood  resigned  to  become 
poultryman  in  the  station,  and  has  been  succeeded  by  Forest  W.  Stemple. 
O.  M.  Johnson  resigned  as  professor  of  farm  management  to  become  state  agent 
for  the  Ohio  State  University.  Charles  E.  Stockdale  was  appointed  editor  of 
the  station  and  extension  department.  E.  A.  Tuckwiller  resigned  as  assistant 
animal  husbandman  in  charge  of  beef  cattle  at  Lewisburg  to  become  extension 
specialist  in  animal  husbandry  at  the  station,  and  was  succeeded  by  R.  H. 
Tuckwiller.  R.  R.  Jeffries  resigned  as  extension  specialist  in  horticulture  to 
become  county  agent  at  Caiion  Falls,  Colo.,  and  was  succeeded  by  W.  R.  Legge. 
George  W.  Burke  was  appointed  assistant  chemist  in  the  station,  Robert  B. 
Dustman  extension  specialist  in  agronomy,  and  S.  A.  Cody  specialist  in  poultry 
husbandry  extension  work.  David  H.  Kaulfman  resigned  from  the  extension 
work  in  soils. 

F.  E.  Bear  has  resigned  as  soils  chemist  and  head  of  the  soils  department, 
effective  September  15,  to  become  professor  of  soils  at  the  Ohio  State  University. 
500 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS  PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,  Per  Volume 

or  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  SI 


Issued  December  8, 1918. 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  ABSTRACT  NUMBER  No.  6 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Scientific  Bureaus. 

Weather  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Animal  Industry — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry — W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Servis^e — H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils — Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates— L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  op  Entomology— L.  O.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  op  Biological  Survey — H.  W.  Hensliaw,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.W.T&ge,  Director. 

Office  op  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Ofhce  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen.,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  J.  F.  Duggar.a 

Canebrake  Station:  Vniontown;  L.  H.  Moore." 

Tuskegee  Station:   Tu^hegee  Institute:  G.  W. 
Carver.o 
Alaska— Sitfeo.*  C.  C,  Georgeson.6 
Aeizona^  Tucson:  G.  F.  Freeman. c 
AnKX^SAS—  Fayetteville:  M.  Nelson.o 
CAiieo-RNU.— Berkeley:  T.  F.  Hunt.o 
C0LORA.D0— 'Fort  Collins:  C.  P.  Gillette.^ 
Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Haven;  \g  jj  Jenklns.o 

Storrs  Station:  5torr5,-        >    *■ 
Delaware— iVewark.-  H.  Hayward." 
FhORWA-— Gainesville:  P.  II.  Rolfs.o 
QEonGik—JStperiment:  H.  P.  Stuckey.c 
GVAM—lslandof  Ouam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.Ji 
Hawah— 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J.  M.  'Westgate.ft 

Sugar  Planters'  Station:  EonolulujB..  P,  Agee.<» 
Idaho— J/oscoK'.'  J.  S.  Jones.o 
Illinois— Ur Sana;  E.  Davenport.<» 
Indiana— ia  Fayette:  A.  Goss.o 
lo^K—Ames:  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 
K^-'ssKS— Manhattan:  ^^'.  M.  Jardine." 
Kentucky- ieiinjton;  A.  M.  Peter.c 
Louisiana— 

State  Station:  Baton  Rouge;     \ 

Sugar  Station:  Audutmn  Park, 
New  Orleans; 

North  La.  Station:  Calhoun;     J 
Maine— OroTw;  C.  T>.  Woods.o 
MabyLand- CoWf^c  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.o 
Massachusetts- XmftersJ.-  AV.  P.  Brooks. a 
Michigan— £as(  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw. a 
Minnesota— Unicersity   Farm,  St.   Paul:  A.   ] 

Woods.o 
llissiasivvi— Agricultural  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd." 

MlSSOUEI-  i 

College  Station:  Columbia;  T.  B.  Mumford.o 
Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Grove;  Paul  Evans." 

o  Director.  &  Agronomist  in 


>W.  R.Dodson.o 


llJoNTANA- £o2«7non.'  F.  B,  LinQeld.a 
Nebraska— iincoZn;  E.  A.  Burnett." 
Nevada— iJewo.-  S.  B.  Doten." 
New  Hampshiee- DitrftoJn.'  J.  C.  Kendall.o 
New  Jersey— iVew  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Llpman.a 
New  Mexico- Stoie  College:  Fabian  Garcia." 
New  York—  . 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan." 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann,  e 
North  Carolina— 


College  Station:  West  Raleigh;^-^  -^y  Klleore  " 
State  Station:  iJafei^ft;  I    '     ' 

College:     T.  P. 


Raleigh; 
North     Dakota— .i^fcwWuroZ 

Cooper." 
Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome." 
Oklahoma— S«iHwa<er;  W.  L.  Carlyle.o 
Oregon— CortwZZis.*  A.  B.  Cordley." 
Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  R.  L,  Watts." 
State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Niitriiion; 
H.  P.  Armsby.a 
Porto  Rico — 

Federal  Station:  Mayaguez:  D.  W.  May,* 
Insular  Station:  ifio  Piedras;  W.  V.  Tower." 
Rhode  Island— ZinjaioTi.-  B.  L.  Hartwell." 
South  Carolina— CTemsow  College:!.  N.  Harper." 
South  Dakota— Broofttn^s;  J.W.Wilson." 
TENNESSEE— KTWiOTHe;  H.  A.  Morgan." 
TEXAS—  College  Statioru-  B.  Youngblood." 
Utah— io^an.-  F.  S.  Harris." 
Vermont— JSwrZiTi^tow:  J.  L.  Hills." 
VmoiNiA— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drlnkard,  jr." 
Norjolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson." 
Washington— PuHmoTi.'  I.  D.  Cardiff." 
West  ViRQiNiA— A/or^an«OM»n.-  J.  L.  Coulter." 
Wisconsin— JlfodfeoTi;  H.  L.  Russell." 
WTOMiNa— ioroTOie.-  H.  G.  Knight. " 


charge 


e  Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor :  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experimental  Station*. 
Assistant  Editor :  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITOBIAI-  DE^ABTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Noixatj. 
Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers  {W- H-  g^^^^ 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology  j^*  ^  •  ^^^s,  Ph.  D. 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schtjlte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hookeb,  D.  V.  M. 

Foods  and  Human  Nutrition  {g  ^-  ^^''7°^''^^'  ^^-  ^•'  ^-  ^^ 

Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Webstkb. 

Veterinary  Medicine  {W- ^;  ^^«™- 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Tehllingek. 

Rural  Economics — E.  Mebritt.  Lli^^ 

Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane.  "       " 

Indexes — M.  D.  Mooee.  iSkW  \ 

«OTav 

CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  35,  NO.  6. 


Page. 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 501 

Notes 596 

SUBJECT  LIST  OP  ABSTRACTS. 

AGBICULTTJBAL   CHEMISTBY — AGBOTECHNT. 

Organic  agricultural  chemistry,  Chamberlain 501 

An  introduction  to  the  phyaice  and  chemistry  of  colloids,  Hatschek 501 

Studies  on  plant  colloids,  II-VI,  Samec  et  al 501 

Crystalline  /3-methyl  fructoaid  and  its  tetracetate,  Hudson  and  Brauns 502 

A  fourth  crystalline  pentacetate  of  galactose,  Hudson  and  Johnson 502 

Determination  of  phosphoric  acid  by  uranylacetate,  Crispo  and  Tuinzing 502 

Solubility  of  phosphoric  acid  in  Thomas  slag  by  carbon  clioxid,  Maschaupt 503 

Experiments  on  the  extraction  of  potash  from  wyOmingite,  Wells 503 

New  apparatus  for  soil  carbonates  and  new  methods  for  soil  acidity,  Truog 503 

The  analysis  of  Hawaiian  soils,  McGeorge 503 

On  the  determination  of  small  quantities  of  hydrocyanic  acid,  Johnson 503 

The  microscopy  of  vegetable  foods,  Winton,  Moeller,  and  Winton 503 

Quantitative  sublimation  and  its  application  in  food  analysis,  Gobert 504 

Studies  on  commercial  chicory,  Sirot  and  Joret 504 

Determination  of  cotton  seed  and  peanuts  in  feeding  stuffs,  Ezendam 504 

Action  of  copper  solutions  on  sucrose.     Determination  of  invert  sugar,  Saillard .  504 

The  determination  of  sucrose  in  beet  molasses,  Saillard 504 

A  new  species  of  alcohol-forming  bacterium  isolated  from  sugar  cane,  Owen 505 

The  conservation  of  potatoes  by  souring,  Voltz  and  Jantzon 505 

Using  pulp  and  chicory  dryers  to  dry  the  surplus  potato  crop,  Carton 505 

METEOROLOGT. 

The  value  of  high-level  meteorological  data  in  forecasting,  Fergusson 505 

Report  of  the  chief  of  the  Weather  Bureau,  1915 506 

Climatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections 506 

Climatology  of  State  College,  Pennsylvania. — II,  Precipitation,  Frear 507 

Meteorology  for  1913,  Edmiston 508 

Ohio  wea3ier  for  1915,  Smith  and  Patton 508 

z 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  36 

SOILS — PERTILIZEK3. 

PaRC. 

Soil  Burvey  of  Polk  County,  Georgia,  Long  and  Baldwin 508 

Soil  survey  of  Jessamine  County,  Kentucky,  Allen 508 

Soil  survey  of  Gage  County,  Nebraska,  Meyer,  Bum,  and  Bengtson 509 

The  soils  and  agricultural  development  of  northern  New  York,  Fippin 509 

Soil  survey  of  Wake  County,  North  Carolina,  Brinkley  et  al 509 

Soil  survey  of  Geauga  County,  Ohio,  Mooney  et  al 509 

Some  alkali  soils  in  Ohio,  Ames 510 

Soil  survey  of  Frederick  County,  Virginia,  Dickey  and  Cobb 510 

Loess  soils  of  Nebraska  portion  of  transition  region,  I,  II,  Alway  et  al 510 

[Composition  of  caliche],  Vinson  and  Catlin 511 

Soil  colloids,  McGeorge 512 

Absorption  and  solution  of  ammonium  and  phosphate  salts,  Stratmann 512 

Influence  of  trees  on  dissolved  salts  in  upland  moor  soil,  Raniann  and  Niklas. .  512 

The  present  status  of  the  humus  nitrogen  problem  in  arid  soils,  Lipman 513 

The  factors  concerned  in  soil  productivity,  Hoffmann 513 

Incubation  studies  with  soil  fungi,  Waksman  and  Cook 513 

Some  effects  of  leaching  on  the  soil  flora,  Lipman  and  Fowler 514 

Nitrification  in  relation  to  the  reaction  of  the  soil.  White 514 

Effect  of  1.14  in.  of  rainfall  on  nitric  nitrogen  and  acid  content,  White 514 

Stimulating  influence  of  arsenic  upon  the  nitrogen-fixing  organisms,  Greaves. .  515 

Can  soil  be  sterilized  without  radical  alteration?    Coleman  et  al 515 

The  effect  of  partial  sterilization  on  plant  growth,  McGeorge 515 

Variation  in  the  growth  of  clover  on  Mitchell  field  (A),  White 516 

Soil-management  problems - 516 

[Keclamation  of  alkali  soils],  Barnes 516 

[Soils  and  fertilizers].  Miller 516 

Effect  of  fertilizers  on  soil  structure  as  indicated  by  draft  of  a  plow,  Noll 516 

Meadow  fertilization  experiments,  Stein 516 

FertiHzer  ratio  experiments  with  grass  on  Hagerstown  loam,  Noll  et  al 517 

Legumes  as  green  manure,  McGeorge 517 

Legume  inoculation  and  nitrogen  fertilization  on  upland  moor,  Tacke ....  517 

Infiuence  of  the  distribution  of  nitrogenous  fertilizers  and  straw,  Niklewski. . .  518 

Pot  fertilizer  experiments  with  new  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  Popp 418 

Nitrogen  fertilization  experiments,  in  1914-15,  Eitter  and  Klebergel 519 

Experiments  with  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  1911  to  1913,  Rindell 519 

The  action  of  gaseous  ammonia  on  superphosphate,  Gerlach. 519 

Availability  of  mineral  phosphates  for  plant  nutrition,  Burlison 520 

Raw  rock  phosphate  v.  acid  phosphate,  Thome 520 

Interrelationships  between  the  constitutents  of  basic  slag,  Collins  and  Hall 520 

Solub  ility  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  Thomas  meal  in  carbon  dioxid,  Maschhaupt .  521 

Geological  investigation  of  phosphorite  beds  in  Russia,  1913,  Samo'ilov 521 

Phosphates  and  dolomites  of  Johnson  County,  Tennessee,  Jenkins 522 

Experiments  with  lime  and  waste  carbonate,  1913  and  1914,  Lauder  et  al 522 

Effect  of  quicklime  on  organic  matter  in  soils,  Bear 522 

Experiments  with  catalytic  manures,  Giannosi 523 

Composition  of  some  oil  cakes  used  as  fertilizer  in  Tonkin  [Indo  China],  Bloch.  523 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Starch  congestion  accompanying  certain  factors  which  retard  growth,  Hartwell .  523 

Potato  tuber  production  above  ground,  Vilikovsky 523 

The  origin  of  anthocyanin  pigments,  Guilliermond - 523 

Recent  observations  on  pollen  formation  in  certain  monocotyledons,  Guignard.  523 

The  ripening  of  seeds  in  legumes,  Schneider 524 

Parallel  tests  of  seeds  by  germination  and  by  electrical  response,  Fraser 524 

Relations  between  light  and  germination,  Ga?sner 524 

Studies  in  electroculture,  Trnka,  Mysik,  and  Sajfert 524 

The  influence  of  radio-activity  on  dissimilation  processes,  Zdobnickj 524 

Are  spore-forming  bacteria  of  significance  in  soil?  Conn 524 

A  possible  function  of  Actinomycetes  in  soil,  Conn 525 

Number  of  colonies  allowable  on  satisfactory  agar  plates.  Breed  and  Dotterrer.  525 

Agar  and  gelatin  as  media  for  the  plate  method,  Conn  and  Dotterrer 525 

FIELD  CROPS. 

[Experiments  with  field  crops],  McOmie 526 

[Breeding  work  with  field  crops],  Freeman  and  Uphof 527 

Report  of  the  agronomy  department,  Sahr '. 527 


191«1                                                        CONTENTS.  HI 

Page. 

Work  with  field  crops  in  1915] 528 

Relative  water  requirement  of  com  and  the  sorghums,  Miller !  529 

Sorghum  and  millet,  Welton 529 

Growth  and  composition  of  clover  and  sorrel  as  influenced  by  limestone, White.  529 

Winter  injury  of  alfalfa  and  clover,  Gearhart 530 

Yields  of  hay  from  several  varieties  and  strains  of  alfalfa,  Hume  and  Champlin .  530 

Correlated  characters  in  maize  breeding,  ColUns 531 

Cooperative  fertilizer  experiments  with  com,  1908-1914,  Fraps 531 

Tests  of  soy  beans,  1915,  Jenkins,  Street,  and  Hubbell 532 

Tobacco  experiments,  1913,  Frear,  Olson,  and  Kraybill 532 

Influence  of  suckering  upon  the  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco,  Kraybill 533 

Influence  of  time  of  topping  on  distance  between  leaves  on  the  stalk,  Kraybill.  534 

White  Burley  tobacco.  Cook  and  ScherfRus 534 

Tobacco  growing  in  Canada,  Charlan 534 

Wheat  experiments,  Williams 534 

Some  lessons  from  the  wheat  crop  of  1915,  Thome 536 

HORTICULTURE . 

[Report  of  horticultural  investigations],  Lawrence  and  Johnson 537 

Report  of  the  horticultural  department,  Higgins 538 

A  variety  test  of  tomatoes,  Myers 539 

Influence  of  dynamiting  on  soils.  White 539 

Irrigation,  Allen 539 

Cover  crops,  Lewis  and  Allen 539 

Cultural  methods,  cover  crops,  and  fertilization  in  apple  orchards,  Stewart 540 

Intercrops  for  apple  orchards,  Stewart 540 

Influence  of  nitrogen  on  devitalized  apple  trees,  Lewis  and  Allen 540 

Condition  of  root  system  of  apple  trees  in  the  Hood  River  district,  Allen 541 

Winter  injury  to  apple  tree  roots 542 

Ripening  of  growing  parts  of  orchard  trees  and  shrubbery,  Selby 542 

Suggested  grades  for  peaches,  Blake  and  Connors 542 

Horticultural  observations  in  Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  and  Florida,  Higgins 542 

FORESTRY. 

Third  biennial  report  of  the  State  forester,  1914,  Van  Hook 542 

Fifth  annual  report  of  the  State  forester,  Elliott 542 

Report  of  the  State  fire  warden,  Wilber 542 

Report  on  forest  operations  in  Switzerland 543 

Report  on  the  forest  administration  in  Burma  for  the  year  1914-15,  Rogers 543 

Report  on  forest  administration  in  Ajmer-Merawara  for  1914-15,  Hukam  Chand .  543 

Report  on  forest  administration  in  the  Andamans  for  1914-15,  Grieve 543 

Report  of  forest  circles  in  Bombay  Presidency,  including  Sind,  for  1914-15 543 

Progress  report  of  forest  administration  in  Coorg  for  1914-15,  Tireman 543 

Seeding  and  planting.  Tourney 543 

The  testing  of  pine  seeds,  Grisch 543 

Observations  on  some  oaks  with  persistent  foUage,  Donati 543 

A  list  of  the  recognized  woods  of  British  Guiana 543 

Rubber 544 

Brazihan  and  plantation  methods  of  preparing  Para  rubber,  Whitby 544 

The  rubber  industry  of  the  Amazon,  Woodroffe  and  Smith 544 

DISEASES    OF   PLANTS. 

Plant  pathology  problems 544 

Studies  on  the  crown  gall  of  plants.     Its  relation  to  human  cancer,  Smith 545 

The  distribution  of  black  rust  in  Norway,  Henning 545 

Diseases  of  garden  vegetables  in  Switzerland ,  Mayor 546 

The  physiology  of  Phoma  hetse,  Schander  and  Fischer 546 

Club  root  of  cabbage,  Hammarlund 546 

Glocosporium  caulivorwm  injuring  red  clover  in  Hungary,  Hegyi 546 

Transmission  and  control  of  bacterial  wilt  of  cucurbits.  Rand  and  Enlows 546 

Bacteriosis  of  cucumber  in  Italy,  Traverso 546 

Leaf  rust  of  cucumber,  Sprenger 546 

Ginseng  diseases  and  their  control,  Whetzel  et  al 547 

The  neck  rot  of  white  onions,  Humbert 547 

Potato  dry  spot  in  Java,  Rant 547 

Root  rot  of  tobacco 547 

Bacterial  rot  of  tomato,  Peglion 547 


IV  CONTENTS.  [▼•!•  35 

Paee. 

Root  rot  of  fruit  trees,  Thomber -  -  -  547 

Cordothyrium  pirina,  Phyllosticta  pvrma,  and  C.  tiroUnse,  Mutto  and  Pollacci. .  547 

Tree  crickets  as  carriers  of  fungi,  Gloyear  and  Fnlton 547 

Collar  blight  of  apple  trees,  Orton  and  Adams 548 

Spraying  experiments  in  Hood  River  Valley  for  apple  scab ,  Winston  and  Childs .  548 

Six  years  of  experimental  apple  spraying  at  Highmoor  Farm,  Morse 549 

"Sooty  Blotch"  of  the  pear,  Salmon  and  Wormald 550 

Crown  gall  on  raspberries  and  blackberries,  Thayer 550 

[Grape  diBeaees]. 550 

Citrus  canker,  Wolf 550 

A  disease  of  the  oil  palm  in  the  Belgian  Kongo 550 

Septoria  disease  of  chrysanthemum,  Laubert 550 

Causation  and  control  of  breaking  sickness  in  tulips,  Hammarlund 550 

Pathological  observations  on  the  chestnut  in  southern  Indiana,  Weir 551 

The  white  pine  blister  rust,  Spaulding 551 

[Root  disease  of  Para  rubber],  Johnson 551 

ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  systematic  account  of  the  prairie  dogs,  Hollister 551 

Entomology,  Morrill 551 

Entomological  investigations,  1915,  Childs 551 

The  locust  borer  and  other  enemies  of  the  black  locust,  Garman 552 

Two  troublesome  pests  of  man,  Whitmarsh 552 

Aleyrodidge,  or  white  flies,  attacking  the  orange,  Quaintance  and  Baker 552 

Studies  of  life  histories  of  leafhoppers  of  Maine,  Osbom 552 

The  army  worm  in  New  York  in  1914  {Levmnia  unipuneta),  Knight 553 

Food  eaten  by  parasitized  and  nonparasitized  larvae  of  Cirpkis  unipuneta,  Tower.  553 

The  clover  leaf  tyer  (Ancylis  angulifasciana),  Gk)B6ard 553 

Effect  of  Roentgen  rays  on  the  tobacco,  or  cigarette,  beetle.  Runner 554 

The  alfalfa  weevil  and  methods  qf  controlling  it.  Reeves  et  al 554 

Cotton  boll  weevil  control  in  the  Mississippi  Delta,  Coad 554 

House  ants:  Kinds  and  methods  of  control,  Marlatt 555 

FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION. 

The  iodin  content  of  foods,  Forbes 555 

Relation  of  physical  characteristics  of  wheat  kernel  to  milling  quality,  Bailey.  555 

Milling  and  baking  tests  on  Argentine  and  Walla  wheats,  Scott  and  Winslow. . .  555 

A  method  of  making  bread,  Comalba 555 

Some  factors  affecting  the  cooking  of  dholl  {Cajanus  indicus),  Viswanath  et  al. .  556 

Cultivation  and  canning  of  mangoes  in  India,  Chaudhuri 556 

Case  of  poisoning  by  daffodil  bulbs  (Narcissus  pseudo-narcissus),  McNab 556 

The  investigation  of  some  cases  of  cheese  poisoning,  Spica 556 

The  soy  bean  and  condensed  milk  in  infant  feeding,  Rurah 556 

Composition  of  human  milk  in  Australia. — I,  Early  stages  of  lactation,  Wardlaw.  557 

The  inspection  of  foods  and  beverages  in  Surinam. — Fish  analyses.  Sack 557 

The  percentage  of  alcohol  in  homemade  root  beer,  LaWall 557 

Inhibiting  action  of  certain  spices  on  the  growth  of  micro-organisms,  Bachmann .  557 

The  dairy  and  pure  food  laws  of  the  State  of  Connecticut 558 

[Food  and  drug  analyses],  Street  et  al 558 

Inspection  of  foodsand  beveragesin  Surinam. — Analysesof  commonfoods,  Sack.  558 

Rates  for  electric  cooking  and  water  heating 558 

Canning  in  glass  in  the  home  (fruits,  vegetables,  and  meats),  Belt 558 

The  production  of  food  in  England  and  Wales,  Milner  et  al 558 

Food  economics,  Lusk 558 

Conditions  of  diet  and  nutrition  in  the  internment  camp  at  Ruhleben,  Taylor.  559 

Review  of  the  literature  on  the  metabolism  of  normal  infants,  Marriott 559 

The  question  of  cellulose  digestion,  Ellenberger 559 

The  antiseptic  action  of  the  gastric  juice,  Gregersen 559 

Molds  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  man  and  higher  animals,  Turesson 559 

Changes  in  nervous  system  as  result  of  restricted  diet,  Koch  and  Voegtlin. . . .  560 

Chemical  changes  in  central  nervous  systems  in  pellagra,  Koch  and  Voegtlin. .  560 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

The  production  coefliciente  of  feeds,  Fraps 561 

[Feeding  stuffs],  Clowes 561 

Commercial  feeding  stuffs,  1915,  Street  et  al 562 

Facts  for  tie  feed  buyer,  Strowd 562 


1»161                                                         CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

[Nutrition  investigations  at  the  Wisconsin  Station] 562 

Studies  in  animal  breeding 564 

The  influence  of  sires  on  production,  Hayden 564 

Sheep-breeding  investigations,  Williams  and  Cunningham 565 

Maintenance  rations  for  breeding  flocks  of  mutton  and  wool  sheep,  Seversou. .  565 

Hog  and  sheep  pasturing  demonstrations,  Allen 567 

Dry  lot  V.  pasture  crops  for  growing  and  fattening  pigs,  Tomhave  and  Havner.  568 

[Feeding  experiments  with  hogs],  Tomhave 568 

Fattening  pigs  for  market,  Tomhave  and  Havner 568 

Feeding  and  management  of  hogs,  Thompson 569 

Hens  confined  v.  hens  having  access  to  open  yard,  Kilpatrick  and  Warner 569 

Ostrich  investigations,  Williams  and  Cunningham 569 

DAIRY   FARMING — DAIRYING. 

Environment  and  breeding  Ln  dairy  production,  Kildee  and  McCandlish 570 

Silage  alone  v.  silage  and  hay,  as  roughage  for  dairy  cows,  Davis 571 

Open-shed  housing  as  compared  with  the  closed  stable  for  milch  cows,  Davis. .  571 

Studies  on  the  market  milk  of  Iowa,  Hammer  and  Hauser 572 

A  study  of  the  manufacture  of  dairy  butter,  Anthony •    572 

[Dairy  investigations] 573 

Making  butter  and  cheese  on  the  farm,  Larsen  and  Jones 573 

VETERINAEY   MEDICINE. 

Infection  and  immunity,  Simon 573 

International  catalogue  of  bacteriology  and  serum  physiology 574 

The  behavior  of  the  blood  platelets  in  anaphylaxis,  Pardi 574 

Methods  for  the  production  of  antisheep  amboceptor,  Schweitzer  and  Stevens. .  574 

The  serum  of  goats  immunized  against  diphtheria,  Banzhaf  and  Famulener 574 

The  diphtheroid  bacillus  of  Preisz-Nocard  from  abscesses,  Hall  and  Stone 574 

Vaccinoprophylaxis  and  vaccinotherapeutics  of  glandular  diseases,  Carpano..  574 

Nitric  acid  v.  tincture  of  iodin  for  wounds  infected  with  rabies  virus,  Poor 575 

Biological  methods  for  the  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis,  Bronfenbrenner  et  al 575 

Report  on  tuberculin  tests,  Cobbett  and  Griffith 576 

Tubercle  bacilli  in  human  bones  and  joint  tuberculosis,  Eastwood  and  Griffith . .  576 

Types  of  bacilli  in  tuberculosis  of  genito-minary  tract,  Eastwood  and  Griffith . .  576 

Avian  tuberculosis,  Higgins  and  Wickware 576 

Nutritive  deficiencies  of  grain  and  conditions  produced  in  swine.  Hart  et  al 577 

Transmission  and  prevention  of  cestode  infection  in  chickens,  Gutberlet 577 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

Report  of  the  agricultural  engineer  during  1914-15,  Schutte 578 

Methods  of  stream  gaging,  Pardee 578 

Sm-face  water  supply  of  the  Great  Basin,  1913 578 

Surface  water  supply  of  St.  Lawrence  River  basin,  1914,  Hoyt  et  al 578 

Surface  water  supply  of  the  Lower  Mississippi  River  basin,  1914,  Grover  et  al. .  578 

Surface  water  supply  of  New  Mexico,  1914,  French 579 

Geology  and  underground  water  of  Luna  County,  New  Mexico,  Darton 579 

Geology  and  ground  waters  of  northeastern  Arkansas,  Stephenson  and  Crider . .  579 

Colorado  River  and  its  utilization.  La  Rue 579 

Physical  properties  of  some  toxic  solutions,   Rigg  et  al 579 

Testa  of  a  new  process  of  sewage  piuification,  Weston 579 

Irrigation  investigations.  Smith  and  Enger 580 

The  irrigation  of  sugar  cane  in  Mauritius,  Stockdale 580 

Operations  of  the  Royal  Commission  of  Irrigation,  Bordiga 580 

Irrigation  revenue  report  of  the  Goverment  of  Bengal  for  1914-15 580 

Report  of  the  state  drainage  commission  of  Minnesota 580 

Tests  show  strength  of  corrugated  culvert  pipe,  Fowler 580 

Experiments  on  the  distribution  of  vertical  pressure  in  earth,  Fehr 581 

Pressure  of  wet  concrete  on  the  sides  of  column  forms,  McDaniel  and  Grarver. .  582 

Dynamite  experiments.  Bunting 582 

Stump  removal,  Lundberg 583 

The  American  road,  I,  II,  Tucker 583 

Road  laws  of  Ohio 583 

Good  roads  yearbook,  1916 583 

Proceedings  of  Pan-American  Road  Congress  at  Oakland,  Cal.,  September,  1915.  583 

Grading  aggregates  for  Illinois  concrete  roads.  Hunter 584 

Test  of  DouglSa  fir  bridge  stringers,  MacFarland 584 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

Automobile  registrations,  licenses,  and  revenues  in  the  United  States,  1915 585 

Prevention  of  pounding  in  kerosene  engines,  Moyer  and  Calderwood 585 

Directory  and  specifications  of  leading  makes  of  trailers 585 

O&cial  tests  of  mechanical  cultivation,  Ringelmann 585 

Power  req^uired  for  grinding  Pennsylvania  and  Argentine  cereals,  Dedrick 586 

Composition  of  galvanized  wire  fencing  materials,  Erb  and  Frear 587 

Farm  buildings,  how  to  build  them,  Frudden 587 

Community  hog  houses,  Davidson,  Eward,  and  Kaiser 587 

Water  supply  for  the  country  home,  Snyder 587 

House  heating,  Mowry 588 

RURAL    ECONOMICS. 

Rural  economy  in  New  England  at  beginning  of  nineteenth  century,  Bidwell . .  588 

A  rural  survey  of  Morgan  County,  Missouri,  Nelson  and  Witten 589 

[Farming  and  farm  labor  conditions  in  North  Carolina] 589 

List  of  farms  for  sale,  1915 589 

Farms  for  sale  or  rent  in  New  York,  1916,  Larmon 589 

Pennsylvania  farms  for  sale 589 

Statistics  and  agriculture,  Kindler 589 

The  rural  life  of  Japan 589 

Farm    contracts    between    landlord    and    tenant,    Tichenor 589 

Amortization  methods  for  farm  mortgage  loans,  Truesdale  and  Thompson 589 

Farm  credit  problems  in  Wisconsin 589 

Report  on  cooperative  societies  in  the  Bombay  Presidency,  1915 589 

Effect  of  cold  storage  upon  the  average  price  of  eggs,  Groesbeck  and  Urner 589 

Monthly  crop  report 590 

Acreage  and  live  stock  returns  of  England  and  Wales 590 

[Agricultural  statistics  of  Hungary] 590 

[Agricultural  statistics  in  Switzerland] 590 

Agricultural  statistics  of  British  India 590 

Statistical  returns  of  crops  in  Southern  Rhodesia,  1914-15,  Nobbs  and  Haslewood .  590 

AGRICULTURAL    EDUCATION. 

Report  of  committee  on  graduate  work  in  horticulture,  Dorsey 591 

Report  of  committee  on  floriculture,  White 591 

Organization  and  methods  for  pomology  extension  work,  Rees 592 

Agricultural  instruction  in  Prussia,  Vital 592 

Yearbook  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Industries,  and  Commerce,  1914. .  592 

Preliminary  suggestions  for  agriculture,  domestic  science,  and  manual  training . .  592 

Helps  for  teachers  of  agriculture,  January-April 592 

Correspondence  courses  in  farm  plants  and  soils 592 

Productive  farm  crops,  Montgomery 593 

The  small  grains,  Carleton 593 

Corn  and  cotton,  edited  by  McMurry 593 

Weeds,  Atherton. 593 

Laboratory  manual  in  general  microbiology,  Giltner  et  al 593 

Collecting  valuable  Lepidoptera  for  scientific  purposes,  Sinclair 594 

Poultry  study  for  schools^  Hungate 594 

Outlines  in  home  economics,  Knowles 594 

Outline  of  domestic  art  work  for  the  high  school  with  bibliography,  Patterson.  594 

Home  projects  for  agriculture  and  home  economics,  Barrett 594 

Course  in  school-home  projects,  1916 594 

A  first  book  of  school  gardening,  Logan 594 

School  gardens 594 

School  fairs 594 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report  of  Arizona  Station,  1915 594 

Report  of  Hawaii  Station,  1915 595 

Thirty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  North  Carolina  Station,  1915 595 

Report  of  the  Hood  River,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1914 595 

Annual  Report  of  Pennsylvania  Station,  1914 595 

Report  of  the  director,  1915,  Russell 595 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 595 

In  memoriam:  Eugene  Woldemar  Hilgard 595 


LIST  OF   EXPERIMENT   STATION  AND  DEPART- 
MENT PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Alabama  College  Station:  Page. 

Bui.  190,  May,  1916 550 

Arizona  Station: 

Twenty-sixthAn.Rpt.,1915.  511,526, 
527,  537,  547,  551,  565,  569,  580,  594 

California  Station: 

Circ.  151,  May,  1916 569 

Connecticut  State  Station: 

Bui.  191,  Apr.,  1916 532 

An.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  4 562 

An.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  5 558 

Hawaii  Station: 

Rpt.1915 503, 

512,  515,  517,  527,  538, 542,  561,  595 

Iowa  Station: 

Bui.  164,  Apr.,  1916 572 

Bui.  165,  May,  1916 570 

Bui.  166,  May,  1916 587 

Kentucky  Station: 

Bui.  200,  Jan.,  1916 552 

Maine  Station: 

Bui.  248,  Mar.,  1916 552 

Bui.  249,  Mar.,  1916 549 

Nevada  Station: 

Bui.  83,  June  24,  1915 505 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Circ.  58,  Apr.  13,  1916 542 

New  York  Cornell  Station: 

Bui.  376,  May,  1916 553 

New  York  State  Station : 

Tech.  Bui.  50,  Mar.,  1916 547 

Tech.  Bui.  51,  Mar.,  1916 524 

Tech.  Bui.  52,  Mar.,  1916 525 

Tech.  Bui.  53,  May,  1916 525 

North  Carolina  Station: 

Thirty-eighth  An.  Rpt.,  1915. .       595 

Ohio  Station: 

Bui.  296,  Apr.,  1916 508 

Bui.  297,  May,  1916 553 

Bui.  298,  May,  1916 534 

Mo.  Bui.,  vol  1— 

No.  6,  June,  1916 520, 

529, 547,  553,  595 

No.  7,  July,  1916 510,  529, 

536,  542,  550,  552,  555,  564,  595 

Oregon  Station: 

Rpt.  Hood  River  Branch  Expt. 

Sta.,1915 539, 

540,  541,  548,  551,  567,  595 

Pennsylvania  Station: 

An.  Rpt.  1914 507,  508,  514, 

516,  517,  529,  532,  533,  534,  539,  540, 
548,  565,  568,  569,  571,  572,  587,  595 

Rhode  Island  Station: 

Bui.  165,  May,  1916 523 


Stations  in  the  United  Stat^ — Oontd. 

South  Dakota  Station:  Pago- 

Bui.  163,  Jan.,  1916 530 

Bui.  164,  Feb.,  1916 573 

Texas  Station: 

Bui.  184,  Jan.,  1916 531 

Bui.  185,  Feb.,  1916 561 

West  Virginia  Station: 

Bui.  152,  June,  1916 534 

Wisconsin  Station: 

Bui.  267,  May,  1916 562 

Bui.  268,  May,  1916 516,528, 

542,  544,  547,  562,  564,  573,  589,  595 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Jour.  Agr.  Research,  vol.  6: 

No.  11,  June  12,  1916.  .  515,  546,  554 
No.  12,  June  19,  1916.  .  531,  552,  553 
No.  13,  June  26,  1916 520,  529 

Bui.  382,  Cotton  Boll-weevil  Con- 
trol in  the  Mississippi  Delta,  with 
Special  Reference  to  Square 
Picking  and  Weevil  Picking, 
B.R.  Coad 554 

Farmers'  Bui.  736,  Ginseng  Dis- 
eases and  Their  Control,  H.  H. 
Whetzel,  J.  Rosenbaum,  J.  W. 
Brann,  and  J.  A.  McCUntock. ..       547 

Farmers'  Bui.  740,  House  Ants: 
Kinds  and  Methods  of  Control, 
C.  L.  Marlatt 555 

Farmers'  Bui.  741,  The  Alfalfa 
Weevil  and  Methods  of  Controll- 
ing It,  G.  I.  Reeves,  P.  B.  Miles, 
T.  R.  Chamberlin,  S.  J.  Snow, 
and  L.  J.  Bower 554 

Farmers'  Bui.  742,  The  White-pine 
Blister  Rust,  P.  Spaulding 551 

Ofl&ce  of  the  Secretary: 

Circ.  59,  Automobile  Registra- 
tions, Licenses,  and  Reve- 
nues in  the  United  States, 
1915 585 

Circ.  60,  Amortization  Methods 
for  Farm  Mortgage  Loans, 
L.  E.  Truesdell  and  C.  W. 

Thompson 589 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey: 

North  American  Fauna  40,  A 
Systematic  Account  of  the 
Prairie  Dogs,  N.  Hollister..       551 
Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates: 

Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  vol.  2,  No.  6, 
June,  191G 590 


vin 


LIST   OF  PUBLICATIONS. 


[Vol.  80 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — ContA 

Bureau  of  Soils:  Page. 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Polk 
County,  Ga.,  D.  D. 
Long  and  M.  Baldwin. .  508 
Soil  Survey  of  Gage 
County,  Nebr.,  A.  H. 
Meyer,  R.  R.  Burn,  and 

N.  A.  Bengtson 509 

Soil     Survey     of     Wake 
County,    N.    C,    L.    L. 

Brinkleyetal 509 

Soil  Survey  of  Frederick 
County,  Va.,  J.   B.   R. 
Dickey  and  W.  B .  Cobb .       510 
Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Svirvey  of  Jessamine 
County,     Ky.,     R.     T. 

Allen 508 

Soil    Survey    of    Geauga 
County,    Ohio,    C.    N. 

Mooney  et  al 509 

Weather  Bureau: 

Rpt.  1915 506 

Climat.  Data,  vol.  3,  Nos.  3-4, 

Mar.-Apr.,1916 506 

Scientific  Contributions:  o 

Crystalline  (3-Methyl  Fructosid 
and  Its  Tetracetate,  C.  S. 
Hudson  and  D.  H.  Brauns..      502 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Scientific  Contributions — Contd.       Page. 

A  Fourth  Crystalline  Pentace- 
tate  of  Gb.lactose,  0.  S.  Hud- 
son and  J.  M.  Johnson 502 

On  the  Determination  of  Small 
Quantities  of  Hydrocyanic 
Acid,  M.  0.  Johnson 503 

Fertilizer  Ratio  Experiments 
with  Grass  on  Hagerstown 
Loam,  C.  F.  Noll,  O. 
Schreiner,  and  J.  J.  Skinner.       517 

Studies  on  the  Crown  Gall  of 
Plants.  Its  Relation  to  Hu- 
man Cancer,  E.  F.  Smith...      545 

Pathological  Observations  on 
the  Chestnut  in  Southern 
Indiana,  J.  R.  Weir 551 

The  History  and  Future  of 
Highway  Development,  L. 
W.Page 583 

Road  Building  in  the  National 
Forests,  H.  S.  Graves 583 

Engineering  Supervision  for 
Highway  Work,  P.  Hub- 
bard        583 

The  Small  Grains,  M.  A.  Carle- 
ton 583 


oPrinted  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  Abstract  Number.  No.  6. 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGmCITLTUKAL  CHEMISTRY— AQKOTECHNY. 

Organic  agricultural  chemistry,  J.  S.  Chamberlain  {New  York:  The  Mac- 
millan  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XVII+SW). — This  volume  is  divided  into  three  sections: 
(1)  Systematic,  which  includes  the  study  of  the  composition,  constitution, 
character,  and  relationship  of  the  more  important  organic  compounds  occur- 
ring in  plants  and  animals;  (2)  physiological,  which  embraces  a  study  of  the 
chemical  reactions  involved  in  the  fundamental  processes  of  living  organisms, 
in  the  utilization  of  food  by  animals,  and  in  photosynthesis  in  plants ;  and 
(3)  crops,  foods,  and  feeding,  which  includes  tho  study  of  the  distribution  of 
food  constituents  in  agricultural  crops  and  the  principles  of  animal  foods  and 
feeding.  The  presentation  of  the  subject  matter  is  general  and  of  such  a 
nature  as  to  follow  a  course  in  general  chemistry. 

An  introduction  to  the  physics  and  chemistry  of  colloids,  E.  Hatschek 
(Philadelphia:  P.  Blakiston's  Son  d  Co.,  1916,  2.  ed.,  pp.  IX+Wt,  figs.  17).— 
This  is  the  second  edition  of  a  volume,  the  subject  matter  of  which  has  been 
essentially  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  608).  The  only  substantial  addition  to  the 
text  of  the  first  edition  is  an  appendix  on  experimental  technique. 

Studies  on  plant  colloids,  II-VI,  M.  Samec  et  ax.  (KoUoidchem.  Beihefte, 
4  (1912),  No.  3-5,  pp.  132-174,  figs.  13;  5  (1913),  No.  5,  pp.  141-210,  figs.  SI; 
6  (1914),  No.  1,  pp.  23-54,  figs.  12;  7  (1915),  No.  6-12,  pp.  137-171,  figs.  9;  8 
(1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  33-62,  figs.  7). — Five  papers  are  presented. 

II.  The  stability  of  starch  solutions,  M.  Samec. — Continuing  the  study  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  Ill)  it  is  shown  that  the  viscosity  of  a  starch 
solution  decreases  appreciably  with  time.  The  final  viscosity  of  a  1  per  cent 
starch  solution  lies  within  the  limits  of  the  viscosity  of  molecular  disperse 
systems.  This  decrease  in  viscosity  is  greater  in  dilute  than  in  concentrated 
solutions.  Hydrochloric  acid  retards  the  initial  viscosity  of  starch  solutions, 
but  later  prevents  a  decrease  (stabilizer).  Alkalis  in  the  lowest  concentration 
increase  the  viscosity  of  starch  solutions  and  in  higher  concentrations  coagu- 
late them.  Of  the  neutral  salts  ammonium  sulphate  and  ammonium  thiocy- 
anate  also  decrease  the  internal  molecular  friction  of  the  starch  particles.  The 
sensitiveness  to  the  action  of  electrolytes  decreases  with  increasing  age  of  the 
starch  solution.  With  a  decrease  of  internal  friction  the  electrical  conductivity 
increases. 

The  removal  of  the  ash,  the  action  of  electrolytes,  and  also  the  change  in 
the  behavior  of  starch  in  the  electrical  field  can  be  explained  as  due  to  the 
presence  of  an  ionized  starch-phosphoric-acid  complex. 

501 


502  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

III.  Changes  in  starch  by  removal  of  the  ash  and  solution,  M.  Samec  and 
F.  von  Hoefft. — The  three  processes  of  removing  the  ash,  solution,  and  aging 
produce  the  same  changes  in  the  properties  of  starch,  viz,  a  decrease  in  the 
internal  friction  and  in  the  influence  of  acids  and  bases  on  the  latter.  The 
rapidity  of  the  changes  is  proportional  to  the  temperature.  Simultaneously 
with  a  decrease  in  viscosity  there  is  an  increase  in  the  electrical  conductivity 
and  a  decrease  in  the  amount  of  starch  precipitable  by  alcohol.  The  osmotic 
pressure  is  only  slightly  lowered,  while  the  optical  rotation  is  slightly  increased. 
The  titratable  acid  is  also  increased.  At  ordinary  temperatures  only  small 
amounts  of  electrolyte  can  be  extracted  from  the  starch  by  water,  but  as  the 
starch  grains  swell  the  amount  extracted  increases.  It  is  indicated  that  the 
above  observations  and  many  others  made  by  earlier  investigators  can  be  ex- 
plained by  the  presence  of  an  amylophosphoric  acid. 

IV.  The  displacement  of  the  phosphoric  %pid  content  by  a  change  of  condition 
of  the  starch  and  by  diastatic  cleavage,  M.  Samec. — From  starch  grains  which 
had  been  treated  with  potassium  hydroxid  a  fraction  containing  phosphorus 
and  a  phosphorus-free  fraction  were  isolated.  By  the  diastatic  cleavage  phos- 
phorus-containing dextrins  which  possessed  all  the  properties  of  electro-nega- 
tive colloids  were  obtained.  On  boiling  with  water  these  dextrins  were  de- 
stroyed and  phosphoric  acid  was  set  free. 

V.  On  soluble  starch,  M.  Samec  and  S.  Jencic. — Starch,  in  being  converted 
to  the  soluble  form,  was  essentially  changed  in  structure.  In  most  instances 
a  contraction  of  the  starch  particles  was  apparent,  while  in  exceptional  cases 
there  was  no  alteration.  Most  soluble  starches  contain  phosphorus,  but  not 
those  prepared  according  to  the  procedure  of  Malfitano  and  Moschkoff"  and 
those  prepared  by  heating  in  glycerin.  On  account  of  the  variations  in  the 
physicochemical  characteristics  of  the  so-called  soluble  starch  the  term  is  con- 
sidered scientifically  inadequate.  The  experimental  procedures  used  in  the 
investigation  are  described  in  detail. 

VI.  On  alkali  starch,  M.  Samec. — By  the  action  of  alkalis  on  starch  a  number 
of  different  modifications  could  be  demonstrated.  The  formation  of  two  of 
these  was  attributed  to  the  action  of  the  alkali  with  the  phosphoric  acid  of 
the  starch  (amylophosphate).  By  the  continued  action  of  the  alkalis  they 
are  also  bound  at  other  points  in  the  starch  molecule,  forming  amylates.  These 
substances  finally  cause  a  cleavage  of  the  starch  complex. 

Crystalline  /3-methyl  fructosid  and  its  tetracetate,  C.  S.  Hudson  and  D.  H. 
Brauns  (Jour.  Amcr.  Chem.  Soc,  38  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  1216-1223). 

A  fourth  crystalline  pentacetate  of  galactose  and  some  related  compounds, 
C.  S.  Hudson  and  J.  M.  Johnson  (Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  38  (1916),  No.  6, 
pp.   1223-1228). 

The  determination  of  phosphoric  acid  by  the  uranylacetate  method,  D. 
Ceispo  and  R.  W.  Tuinzing  (Verslag.  Landbouwk.  Ondersoek.  Rijkslandbouw- 
proefstat.  [Netherlands],  No.  11  {1915),  pp.  142-156;  Landiv.  Vers.  Stat.,  88 
{1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  131-lItl). — A  modified  procedure  for  the  uranyl-acetate 
method  for  the  determination  of  phosphoric  acid  is  described  in  detail.  The 
phosphoric  acid  is  first  precipitated  as  ammonium-magnesium  phosphate,  the 
precipitate  dissolved  in  acetic  acid,  and  the  solution  then  titrated  with  the 
standard  uranium  solution.  The  method  is  applicable  to  the  determination 
of  the  various  forms  of  phosphoric  acid  present  in  fertilizers  without  the 
usual  inherent  difficulties.  Experimental  data  submitted,  comparing  the  pro- 
posed procedure   with   the   ofl&cial   methods   of  Lorenz   and   Pemberton,    indi- 


"Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  150  (1910),  No.  11,  pp.  710,  711;  151   (1910),  No. 
19,  pp.  817-819. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  503 

cate  its  accuracy.  The  uranyl  oxid  can  be  easily  recovered  from  the  phosphate 
precipitate. 

On  the  solubility  of  phosphoric  acid  in  Thomas  slag  by  extraction  with 
water  containinff  carbon  dioxid,  J.  G.  Maschhaupt  (Verslafj.  Landboutok- 
OnderzoeJc.  Rijkslandbouwproefstat.  [Netherlands],  No.  17  (1915),  pp.  97-141, 
figs.  5). — Analytical  data  indicating  the  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  of  Thomas 
slag  soluble  in  water  containing  carbon  dioxid,  with  various  amounts  of  cal- 
cium oxid  and  silicate  present  in  the  slag,  are  submitted  in  detail.  The  data 
are  discussed  and  the  value  of  such  a  procedure  for  determining  the  available 
phosphoric  acid  in  slag  fertilizers  is  emphasized. 

Experiments  on  the  extraction  of  potash  from  wyomingite,  R.  C.  Wells 
(U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Prof.  Paper  No.  98-D  (1916),  pp.  37-40).— This  paper 
records  experimental  data  on  the  chemical  and  mineral  composition  of  wyo- 
mingite  (a  lava  occurring  extensively  in  the  Leucite  Hills  in  Sweetwater 
County,  Wyo.),  its  behavior  in  water,  and  the  effect  of  heating  with  gj'psum, 
sulphuric  acid,  potassium  bisulphate,  alunite,  calcium  carbonate,  calciimi 
chlorid,  magnesium  chlorid,  a  bittern,  and  ammonium  sulphate.  The  percen- 
tage of  the  total  potash  extracted  by  heating  with  the  various  materials  ranged 
from  16.2  to  57,  the  largest  amount  being  obtained  by  heating  with  alunite. 

It  is  indicated  that  while  the  experiments  described  can  not  all  be  considered 
as  commercial  possibilities  they  may  be  suggestive  to  other  investigators  and 
save  the  repetition  of  considerable  preliminary  investigation. 

A  new  apparatus  for  the  determination  of  soil  carbonates  and  new 
methods  for  the  determination  of  soil  acidity,  E.  Tkuog  {Jour.  Indus,  and 
Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  4,  PP-  S41-S45,  figs.  2). — A  new  form  of  apparatus, 
using  the  absorption  tower  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  504),  and  its 
manipulation  are  described  in  detail. 

Experimental  evidence  indicates  that  there  exist  in  the  soil  two  kinds  of 
acidity  which  are  designated  as  active  and  latent.  Methods  for  their  sepa- 
rate determination  are  proposed.  It  is  further  indicated  that  "  soil  acidity 
is  due  to  true  acids  and  not  selective  ion  adsorption  by  colloids ;  the  avidity  of 
the  active  acids  in  different  soils  varies  greatly,  which  is  of  prime  importance." 
See  also  a  previous  note  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  419). 

The  analysis  of  Hawaiian  soils,  W.  T.  McGeorge  {Haivaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915, 
pp.  33-36). — Slight  modifications  in  the  official  methods  to  meet  certain  pecul- 
iarities encountered  in  Hawaiian  soils,  notably  the  high  content  of  iron,  alumi- 
num, titanium,  and  manganese,  are  presented,  together  with  results  secured 
with  four  soils  as  to  the  influence  of  the  time  of  digestion  upon  the  solvent 
properties  of  liydrochloric  acid. 

On  the  determination  of  small  quantities  of  hydrocyanic  acid,  M.  O.  John- 
son {Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  38  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  1230-1235,  fig.  i).— The 
method  described  by  Francis  and  Connell  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  709)  has  been  shown 
to  require  certain  modifications,  which  the  author  has  embodied  in  a  convenient 
and  accurate  procedure  for  the  determination  of  small  quantities  of  hydro- 
cyanic acid.  The  potassium  thiocyanate  is  extracted  with  acetone  and  then 
determined  colorimetrically  by  the  production  of  the  ferric  thiocyanate.  Any 
organic  coloring  matter  which  may  interfere  with  the  color  of  the  ferric  thiocya- 
nate is  removed  from  the  solution  by  extraction  with  ethyl  acetate. 

The  procedure  was  evolved  in  connection  with  some  chemical  work  on  cassava 
at  the  Hawaii  Experiment  Station. 

The  microscopy  of  vegetable  foods,  A.  L.  Winton,  J.  Moellek,  and  Kate 
B,  Winton  {New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  1916,  2.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp. 
XIV+701,  figs.  635). — This  volume  is  the  second  edition  of  the  work  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  K.,  17,  p.  1096)  and  deals  with  the  microscopy  of  vegetable  foods, 


504  EXPEEIMENT  STATIOF   EECOHD.  [VoL  36 

with  special  reference  to  the  detection  of  adulterants  and  the  diagnosis  of 
mixtures.  The  first  part  is  devoted  to  general  considerations,  methods,  appa- 
ratus, reagents,  etc.,  while  the  succeeding  parts  are  devoted  to  the  microscopy 
of  the  individual  substances.  The  subjects  considered  are  cereal  products, 
together  with  the  commonly  associated  impm'ities ;  oil  seeds ;  legumes ;  nuts ; 
fruit  and  fruit  products ;  vegetables,  such  as  tubers,  roots,  fungi,  etc. ;  alkaloidal 
products  and  their  substitutes ;  spices  and  condiments ;  and  commercial  starches. 
The  text  is  fully  illustrated  and  a  general  bibliography  and  glossary  are 
included. 

Quantitative  sublim^ation  and  its  application  in  food  analysis,  Madame 
GoBEET  (Ann.  Falsif.,  9  {1916),  No.  88-89,  pp.  96-98,  fig.  i).— This  article  de- 
scribes a  .small  sublimator  which  is  easily  constructed  and  yields  quantitative 
results.  A  method  for  the  determination  of  cafEein  in  coffee  and  in  tea,  using 
this  apparatus,  is  also  described. 

Studies  on  commercial  chicory,  M.  Sieot  and  G.  Joeet  (Ann.  Falsif.,  9 
(1916),  No.  88-89,  pp.  48-63). — This  article  describes  commercial  chicory  prod- 
ucts and  indicates  the  regulations  adopted  by  the  Congress  of  Paris  in  1909 
for  the  control  of  the  purity  of  the  material.  Complete  analytical  data  of  a 
number  of  genuine  samples,  together  with  data  of  adulterated  samples  and 
imitations,  are  submitted  in  detail  and  briefly  discussed. 

The  determination  of  the  constituents  of  cotton  seed  and  peanuts  and 
their  determination  in  feeding  stuffs,  J.  A.  Ezendam  (Verslag.  Landhouwk. 
Onderzoek.  Rijkslandbouwproefstat.  [Netherlands],  No.  17  (1915),  pp.  89-96, 
pi.  1). — The  author  describes  a  microcheraical  method  for  the  determination  of 
the  presence  of  cotton-seed  meal  in  a  mixed  feeding  stuff  and  also  a  procedure 
for  the  determination  of  small  amounts  of  peanut  oil  cake. 

The  action  of  copper  solutions  on  sucrose.  Determination  of  invert  sugar 
in  the  presence  of  sucrose,  E.  Saiixabd  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci  [Paris],  161 
(1915),  No.  20,  pp.  591-593). — In  determining  reducing  sugars  in  the  presence 
of  sucrose  an  error  is  introduced  which  yields  high  results.  The  increased 
reduction  is  dependent  on  the  concentration  of  the  sucrose  and  of  the  reducing 
sugars,  on  the  copper  solution,  and  on  the  manner  of  heating.  Analytical  data 
submitted  demonstrate  that  an  increase  in  the  quantity  of  invert  sugar  present 
decreases  the  amount  of  reduction  of  sucrose.  When  the  reducing  sugars 
correspond  very  nearly  to  the  amount  of  copper  in  solution  the  reduction  is 
practically  negligible.  The  time  of  heating  and  the  concentration  of  the  .solu- 
tion also  affect  the  amount  of  reduction  of  sucrose.  The  following  procedure 
for  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars  in  beets,  sirups,  sugars,  and  molasses 
is  proposed : 

A  normal  solution  of  the  material  is  cleared  with  lead  subacetate,  the  excess 
lead  removed  with  sodium  carbonate,  and  the  reducing  sugars  determined  in 
50  cc.  of  the  clear  filtrate  by  adding  10  cc.  of  copper  solution  and  10  cc.  of 
alkaline  solution  and  heating  for  22  minutes  on  the  water  bath  at  from  62  to 
64°  C.  The  cuprous  oxid  is  then  filtered  on  an  AUihn  tube  and  determined 
according  to  the  Bertrand  procedure.  The  alkaline  solution  used  in  the  modi- 
fied procedure  is  less  concentrated  than  the  one  generally  recommended. 

The  determination  of  sucrose  in  beet  molasses  (Clerget-Saillard  double 
neutral  polarization  method),  E.  Salllard  (Rev.  G6n.  Chim.,  18  (1915),  No.  2, 
pp.  42-^6). — As  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  711),  the  autlior  maintains 
that  the  presence  of  nitrogenous  substances  (asparagin,  aspartic  acid,  gluta- 
min,  glutamic  acid,  etc.)  so  influences  the  plane  of  rotation  as  to  make  the 
method  of  Clerget  unreliable.  A  modified  procedure  which  obviates  the  effect 
of  the  nitrogenous  substances  present  by  determining  the  polarization  in  a 
neutral  solution  is  described  in  detail.     The  effect  of  various  salts  on  the 


1916J  METEOEOLOGY.  505 

sucrose,  the  Invert  sngar,  and  on  the  nitrogenous  substances  In  the  sugar 
solution  was  rIso  studied  and  the  results  recorded.  Analytical  data  Indicate 
the  accuracy  of  the  modified  method  by  the  close  agreement  with  results 
obtained  by  the  usual  copper-solution  procedure. 

A  new  species  of  alcohol-forming  bacterium  isolated  from  the  interior  of 
stalks  of  sugar  cane  infested  with  the  cane  borer  Diatrsea  saccharalis,  W.  L. 
Owen  (Jour.  Bad.,  1  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  2S5-2-',6,  pi.  1).—The  morphological, 
cultural,  and  physiological  characteristics  of  a  new  species  of  alcohol-forming 
bacterium  isolated  from  borer-infested  sugar  cane,  which  the  author  has  named 
Bacillus  saccharalis,  are  described  in  detail.  Sucrose,  glucose,  levulose,  man- 
uite,  lactose,  galactose,  raffinose,  maltose,  and  glycerin  are  all  fermented  by 
the  organism.  From  field  experiments  on  the  sugar  cane  it  is  concluded  that 
"  B.  saccharalis  does  not  induce  any  marked  deterioration  of  the  juice  of  grow- 
ing cane,  and  indeed  the  apparently  negative  results  which  indicated  a  higher 
purity  in  the  inoculated  canes  is  well  within  the  range  of  possible  results  from 
the  action  of  the  species." 

The  conservation  of  potatoes  by  spontaneous  and  pure  culture  inoculation 
souring,  W.  Voltz  and  H.  Jantzon  (Landw.  Jahrb.,  48  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  493- 
584)- — Two  methods  for  conserving  the  surplus  potato  crop,  later  to  be  used  as 
stock  food,  are  described  In  detail. 

It  has  been  demonstrated  that  for  raw  potatoes  only  water-tight  pits  (con- 
crete or  mortar  lined)  are  practicable.  Under  average  favorable  conditions 
the  total  loss  of  nutrients  is  never  more  than  from  5  to  10  per  cent.  In  using 
earth  pits  for  steamed  potatoes  the  loss  in  nutrients  is  never  more  than  from  15 
to  20  per  cent.    With  water-tight  pits  this  is  reduced  to  from  5  to  10  per  cent. 

The  spontaneous  souring  process  is  not  recommended  for  general  use  on 
account  of  the  possibility  of  infection  by  pathogenic  micro-organisms,  which 
would  yield  a  spoiled  product  unsafe  for  use  as  a  feed.  The  pure  culture 
method,  using  steamed  potatoes  which  are  inoculated  with  Bacillus  cucumeris 
fermentati,  B.  lactis  acidi,  B.  dclbriicki,  or  mixed  cultures  of  lactic  acid  bac- 
teria, is  easy  and  practical  and  yields  the  most  reliable  results. 

No  difficulty  was  experienced  in  feeding  the  product  to  animals,  preliminary 
data  indic-ating  it  to  be  of  great  value  for  milch  cows. 

Analytical  data  showing  the  composition  of  the  potatoes  before  and  at  various 
stages  in  the  souring  are  also  submitted. 

Report  to  the  Michigan  legislature  on  the  feasibility  of  using  the  pulp 
and  chicory  dryers  in  the  State  to  dry  the  surplus  potato  crop,  A.  C.  Caeton 
(Lansing,  Mich.:  Pub.  Domnvn  Com.,  1915,  pp.  4^). — This  pamphlet  reports  the 
findings  of  the  secretary  of  the  Public  Domain  Commission  in  his  investiga- 
tion to  ascertain  the  commercial  possibilities  of  dried  potatoes  or  potato  flour 
in  the  domestic  and  foreign  market,  and  as  to  the  utilization  of  the  pulp  driers 
in  the  large  sugar  and  chicory  factories. 

lOlTEOROIOGY. 

The  value  of  high-level  meteorological  data  in  forecasting  changes  of 
temperature:  A  contribution  to  the  meteorology  of  Mount  Rose,  Nevada, 
S.  P.  Feegtjsson  (Nevada  Sta.  Bui.  83  (1915),  pp.  30,  figs.  iO).— This  bulletin, 
which  supplements  an  earlier  one  of  the  station  (E.  S.  R.,  21,  p.  14),  reports 
"  the  results  of  a  study  of  meteorological  phenomena  at  different  heights,  under- 
taken with  the  object  of  determining,  if  possible,  the  value  of  upper-air  data 
in  forecasting  frost.  The  material  employed  chiefly  consists  of  records  obtained 
simultaneously   on   the   summit   of   Mount    Rose   and   at   stations   in   near-by 


506  EXPEBIMEN-T  STATION   RECOKD.  [Vol.35 

valleys.  Analyses  of  these  records  have  been  compared  with  results  of  similar 
researches  conducted  elsewhere." 

Summarizing  the  results  the  author  concludes  that  "  the  general  relation 
or  connection  between  the  conditions  recorded  at  the  summit  and  base  stations 
of  Mount  Rose  appears  to  be  practically  the  same  as  that  found  to  exist  between 
the  summit  and  base  stations  of  mountains  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  Of  the 
decided  falls  of  temperature  or  cold  waves  occurring  on  the  summit  during 
four  years  of  observation,  about  one-half  were  accompanied  by  nearly  syn- 
chronous changes  at  the  base  stations ;  one-third  were  followed  within  48  hours 
by  lower  minimum  temperatures  at  the  base  stations ;  one-fifth  were  followed 
by  a  slight  rise  of  temperature  at  the  base  stations.  In  the  instances  where 
cold  waves  on  the  summit  precede  those  at  the  base,  particularly  those  where  a 
rise  of  temperature  occurs  at  the  base,  the  cause  is  probably  local  gradients 
less  steep  than  usual,  mechanical  cooling  of  the  air  at  the  summit  during  a 
strong  wind,  or  clouds  or  fog  in  the  valleys  and  below  the  summit.  Such  a 
condition,  however,  does  not  appear  to  be  a  very  stable  one  and  probably  can 
not  exist  very  long.  Abnormal  falls  of  temperature  or  cold  waves  occur  most 
frequently  when  a  cyclone  or  area  of  low  pressure  is  about  500  miles  south  or 
southeast,  and  an  anticyclone  or  area  of  high  pressure  about  300  miles  north- 
west of  Mount  Rose.  When  well-defined  cyclones  and  anticyclones  pass  over 
or  near  Mount  Rose,  the  changes  of  temperature  at  the  summit  and  base  are 
nearly  synchronous,  for  at  such  a  time  the  winds  at  all  levels  are  higher  than 
normal  and  the  atmosphere  more  nearly  homogenous." 

While  the  author  believes  that  data  from  high-level  stations,  such  as  are 
reported  in  this  bulletin,  will  be  found  valuable  in  local  forecasting,  they 
should  be  supplemented  by  determinations,  in  some  level  region,  of  "the  ver- 
tical gradients  or  distribution  of  the  chief  meteorological  elements  by  means 
of  recording  instruments  elevated  by  kites  and  balloons  and  from  observa- 
tions of  the  formation  and  movements  of  clouds.  .  .  .  Comparisons  of  free- 
atmosphere  data  with  observations  on  mountains  and  in  valleys  under  various 
conditions  of  weather  will  show  the  relation  of  local  phenomena  to  the  general 
movements  of  the  atmosphere." 

It  is  urged  that  the  practical  utility  of  the  results  of  such  investigations  can 
be  greatly  increased  by  embodying  the  information  in  courses  of  instruction. 

Report  of  the  chief  of  the  Weather  Bureau,  1915  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Weather 
Bur.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  276,  pis.  4).— This  report  follows  the  general  lines  of 
previous  years  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  810). 

Among  the  subjects  of  special  interest  briefly  discussed  in  the  summary  report 
are  the  progress  and  present  status  of  snow  surveys  in  mountain  watersheds  in 
Utah,  Idaho,  Wyoming,  and  Arizona  which  are  being  carried  on  as  a  means  of 
measuring  the  water  which  may  later  be  available  for  irrigation ;  a  preliminary 
trial  of  a  scheme  of  utilizing  amateur  wireless  operators  in  the  distribution  of 
weather  forecasts ;  improvement  of  the  system  of  storm  warning  signals  on  the 
Great  Lakes ;  and  observations  on  the  extent  and  damage  caused  by  floods. 

"  The  heavy  and  continued  rains  of  May  and  June,  1915,  in  Kansas,  Nebraska, 
and  adjoining  sections,  while  not  producing  marked  floods  in  the  rivers,  never- 
theless wrought  immense  damage  to  standing  crops,  not  only  from  overflow  and 
total  destruction  along  the  rivers  and  small  streams,  but  also  by  reason  of  the 
saturated  condition  of  the  soil,  it  being  impracticable  to  gather  crops  until  the 
ground  dried  out.  An  estimate  of  the  damage  to  crops  and  farm  lands  in 
Kansas  places  the  amount  at  $6,000,000,  with  an  additional  $1,500,000  along  the 
Missouri  east  of  Kansas  City." 

Climatological  data  for  the  TJnited  States  by  sections  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Weather  Bur.  Climat.  Data,  S  (1916),  Nos.  S,  pp.  2S9,  pis.  2,  figs.  6;  4,  PP-  228, 


1916]  METEOROLOGY.  507 

pis.  2,  figs.  6). — These  numbers  contain,  respectively,  brief  summaries  and 
detailed  tabular  statements  of  climatological  data  for  each  State  for  March  and 
April,  1916. 

Climatology  of  State  College,  Pennsylvania.— II,  Precipitation  (rain  and 
snow),  W.  Fkeak  (Pennsylvanm  Sta.  Rpt.  19V,,  pp.  235-3.^7 )  .—This  is  an 
elaborate  discussion  of  precipitation  at  State  College,  Pa.,  based  upon  observa- 
tions from  1880-1913,  inclusive.  It  supplements  a  similar  discussion  of  the 
temperature  of  this  place  published  in  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  115). 

The  records  show  that  the  locality  belongs  to  the  common  class  as  regards 
hours  of  greatest  rainfall  frequency,  namely,  that  in  which  rains  are  least 
frequent  in  the  hours  immediately  preceding  noon.  "The  larger  precipitation 
in  the  afternoon  as  compared  with  the  morning  division  of  the  late  spring  and 
summer  days  is  due  both  to  the  greater  frequency  of  the  rainfall  at  that  time 
of  day,  and  also  to  the  greater  average  quantity  of  the  afternoon  as  compared 
with  the  morning  rains.  In  like  manner,  the  night  time  precipitation  is  on  the 
average  greater  than  that  at  other  times  of  day  during  the  remainder  of  the 
year,  and  for  the  same  reason— that  the  night  rains  are  then  the  more  frequent 
and  more  copious."  The  summer  daytime  precipitation  is  about  one-half 
greater  than  that  occurring  by  night  w-hen  the  total  precipitation  through  the 
period  is  considered. 

"  Considering  the  number  of  rainy  days  in  the  year,  as  indicated  by  the 
occurrence  of  measurable  precipitation,  1886  with  99  days  had  the  least,  and 
1911  with  157  days,  the  most.  The  average  for  all  years  was  130.3  days,  or 
about  4.3  days  out  of  twelve." 

The  largest  precipitation  occurred  in  the  summer  months ;  the  smallest  in 
the  winter.  The  data  give  no  support  to  the  popular  idea  of  the  relation  of 
rainstorms  to  holidays  or  to  equinoxes. 

The  average  annual  rainfall  for  the  period  was  39.762  in.,  and  this  was  dis- 
tributed by  seasons  approximately  as  follows :  Winter  8.82  in.,  spring  10.52  in., 
summer  11.76  in.,  and  autumn  8.38  in.  There  was  no  regularity  of  annual  pre- 
cipitation. "  Of  the  30  years  for  which  the  records  are  complete,  the  annual 
total  falls  below  the  average  in  13  cases,  and  exceeds  it  in  17  cases.  The 
extreme  range  is  from  30.845  in.  in  1887  to  46.545  in.  in  1891,  a  range  of  15.7  in., 
which  is  more  than  half  of  the  minimum.  The  mean  between  the  extremes  is 
38.695  in.,  or  1.067  in.  below  the  average."  For  one-half  of  the  years  the  annual 
average  was  above  40  in. 

As  regards  unsettled  weather  the  winter  and  spring  months  showed  the 
greatest  frequency  and  the  summer  months  least.  Dry  spells,  that  is,  periods  of 
14  days  or  more  in  which  less  than  0.1  in.  of  rain  fell,  were  very  irregularly 
distributed  among  the  months,  but  the  last  four  months  of  the  year  showed 
them  in  the  greater  frequency.  "That  is,  the  dry  spells  are  most  frequent  at 
the  season  when  the  number  of  crops  that  can  be  directly  affected  is  least.  May 
stands  next  in  the  order  of  frequency,  and  represents  a  critical  period  in  the 
life  of  the  majority  of  farm  and  garden  crops,  but  June  had  but  one  dry  spell 
in  the  thirty  years  for  which  the  detailed  records  are  at  hand ;  so  that  it  tends, 
on  the  average  through  many  years,  to  compensate  for  the  May  fickleness  of 
water  supply." 

The  average  seasonal  snowfall  for  the  period  was  47.18  in.  It  ranged  from 
18.01  in.  in  the  winter  of  1888-89  to  83.14  in.  in  the  winter  of  1907-08.  The 
greatest  snowfall  of  a  single  month  was  that  of  February,  1908,  when  41.8  in. 
fell.  The  ratio  of  rainfall  to  snowfall  of  the  winter  season  was  as  74  of  the 
former  to  26  of  the  latter.  The  greatest  snowfall  in  any  one  day  was  17.5  in., 
March  5,  1902. 


508 


EXPEEIMENT  STATION  BECOBD. 


[Vol.  35 


Meteorology  for  1913,  H.  D.  Edmiston  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  19H,  pp. 
S90-399,  497-518). — ^The  observations  here  recorded  are  of  the  same  character 
as  those  reported  in  previous  years  (E.  S.  B.,  34,  p.  118).  The  summary  for 
1913  is  as  follows : 

Summary  of  meteorological  observations  at  State  College,  Pa.,  191S. 


Kind  of  observation. 


Barometer  (Inches):  Mean 

Temperature  (°F.): 

Mean 

Highest 

Lowest 

Greatest  daily  range 

Least  daily  range 

Rainfall  (Inches) 

Number  of  days  on  which  0.01  in.  or  more  rain  fell 

Mean  percentage  of  cloudiness 

Number  of  days  on  which  cloudiness  averaged  80  per 
cent  or  more. 

Last  frost  in  spring 

First  frost  in  fall 


1913 


30.02. 


50.6 

93.0  (July  1) 

4.0  (Feb.  2,  Mar.  7)... 

37.0  (June  11) 

33.0(Apr.  28,  Dec.  3). 

39.83 

127 

49.4 

79 


Growing  season 
(April-September). 


(July  1). 
(Apr.  8). 
(June  11). 


Ohio  weather  for  1915,  J.  W.  Smith  and  C.  A.  Patton  (Ohio  Sta.  Bui.  296 
(1916),  pp.  S49-428,  figs.  61). — The  temperature  and  precipitation  throughout 
the  State  during  each  month  are  shown  in  charts.  The  usual  summary  tables 
are  given  showing  temperature  and  rainfall  at  Wooster  and  throughout  the 
State  (1888  to  1915). 

The  mean  temperature  for  the  year  at  Wooster  was  48.9°  F. ;  for  the  State, 
50.8°.  The  highest  temperature  at  the  station  was  91°,  July  16;  for  the  State, 
99",  July  31.  The  lowest  temperature  at  the  station  was  —13°,  January  24; 
for  the  State,  —22°,  January  24.  The  annual  rainfall  at  the  station  was 
42.06  in. ;  for  the  State,  40.83  in.  The  number  of  rainy  days  at  the  station  was 
132;  for  the  State,  123.  The  prevailing  direction  of  the  wind  was  southwest 
at  the  station  and  in  the  State  at  large. 

SOILS— FERTILIZERS. 


Soil  survey  of  Polk  County,  Georgia,  D.  D.  Long  and  M.  Baldwin  (U.  8. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  46,  fig.  1, 
map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Georgia  State  College  of 
Agriculture  and  issued  July  5,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  200,320 
acres,  comprising  parts  of  the  Appalachian  and  Piedmont  Plateau  provinces  in 
northwestern  Georgia.  The  greater  part  of  the  county  is  rolling  to  hilly. 
Drainage  is  said  to  be  generally  well  established.  The  soils  of  the  area  are 
of  residual,  alluvial,  and  colluvial  origin.  Exclusive  of  rock  outcrop,  31  soil 
types  of  16  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Clarksville  gravelly  loam  and  the 
Talladega  slate  loam  cover  33  and  10.1  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Jessamine  County,  Kentucky,  R.  T.  Allen  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  20,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This 
survey,  issued  June  24,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  110,080  acres 
in  the  bluegrass  region  of  east-central  Kentucky. 

"In  the  southwestern  part  the  county  is  hilly  and  broken,  while  the  north- 
em  section  is  predominantly  gently  rolling.  ...  In  general  the  county  is 
well  drained."  "The  upland  soils  .  .  .  comprising  about  95  per  cent  of 
the  area,  are  residual  from  limestone,  except  in  some  comparatively  small  areas 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZEES.  509 

in  the  southwestern  section,  where  they  are  derived  from  sandstone."  Includ- 
ing rough  stony  land,  seven  soil  types  of  five  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the 
Hagerstown  silt  loam  covers  77.8  per  cent  of  the  area. 

Soil  survey  of  Gage  County,  Nebraska,  A.  H.  Mkyee,  R.  R.  Bttbn,  and 
N.  A.  Bengtson  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils, 
1914,  PP-  4^,  fig-  1,  inap  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  mth  the 
Nebraska  Soil  Survey  and  issued  June  10,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area 
of  547,840  acres  in  southeastern  Nebraska  lying  entirely  within  the  glaciated 
part  of  the  Great  Plains  province. 

"The  topography  ranges  from  almost  flat  or  plainlike  to  rolling,  with  steep 
to  abrupt  slopes  along  drainage  ways,  bordered  by  rather  high  rock  ledges. 
As  a  whole  the  county  is  well  drained."  "  The  soils  of  the  county  are  classed, 
on  the  basis  of  origin  and  mode  of  formation,  into  four  principal  groups,  (1) 
soils  derived  from  loess,  (2)  soils  derived  from  glacial  drift,  (3)  residual  or 
or  partly  residual  soils,  and  (4)  alluvial  soils."  Excluding  meadow,  ten  soil 
types  of  ten  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Carrington,  Grundy,  and  Wabash 
silt  loams  cover  51.4,  18.4,  and  14.7  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

The  soils  and  agricultural  development  of  northern  New  York,  E.  O. 
FippiN  {Cornell  Countryman,  13  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  570-575,  figs.  ^).— This  arti- 
cle deals  briefly  with  the  soil  characteristics  and  agricultural  conditions  of  an 
area  of  approximately  14,500  square  miles,  including  all  of  eight  counties  and 
parts  of  six  counties  in  northern  New  York.  The  topography  is  that  of  a  great 
central  mountainous  dome  receding  to  low  plains.  The  soils  consist  of  non- 
agricultural  mountain  soils,  lowland  soils,  and  lake  and  terrace  soils.  It  is 
stated  that  drainage  is  the  most  pressing  need  of  these  soils  and  that  liming 
is  also  necessary. 

Soil  survey  of  Wake  County,  North  Carolina,  L.  L.  Beinkley,  N.  M.  Kiek, 
R.  T.  AxLEN  and  B.  B.  Derrick  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Opera- 
tions Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  45,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation 
with  the  North  Carolina  Department  of  Agriculture  and  issued  June  30,  1916, 
deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  537,600  acres  lying  in  the  Piedmont  Plateau 
and  Coastal  Plains  regions  in  central  North  Carolina.  The  topography  ranges 
from  level  to  hilly  and  broken.  The  county  is  said  to  be  well  drained.  The 
soils  are  of  residual  and  sedimentary  origin.  Twenty-two  soil  types  of  nine 
series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Cecil  sandy  loam,  Durham  coarse  sandy  loam, 
and  Cecil  coarse  sandy  loam  cover  21,  14.3,  and  10.4  per  cent  of  the  area, 
respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Geauga  County,  Ohio,  C.  N.  Mooney,  H.  G.  Lewis,  C.  W. 
Shipfler,  and  O.  Gossard  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations 
Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  37,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  witb 
the  Ohio  Experiment  Station  and  issued  June  30,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils 
of  an  area  of  263,680  acres  in  the  Allegheny  Plateau  region  in  northeastern 
Ohio.  The  surface  varies  from  flat  or  nearly  flat  to  gently  undulating  or 
rolling  and  hilly. 

"The  soils  are  predominantly  silty.  They  are  of  glacial  origin  and  derived 
largely  from  sandstones  and  shales  of  Carboniferous  age.  According  to 
topographic  position  and  mode  of  formation  the  soils  fall  into  three  general 
groups — glacial  upland,  or  unmodifled  till  soils;  glacial-lake  and  river-terrace, 
or  modified  till  soils ;  and  river  flood  plain  or  alluvial  soils,  with  muck  and  peat. 
a  cumulose  formation."  Including  muck  and  peat,  16  soil  types  of  eight  series 
are  mapped,  of  which  the  Volusia  clay  loam  and  loam  cover  61.7  and  11.4  per 
cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 
63270°— No.  6—16 2 


510  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35- 

Some  alkali  soils  in  Ohio,  J.  W.  Ames  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916),  No.  7, 
pp.  209,  210). — It  is  stated  that  the  areas  of  alkali  soils  in  Ohio  are  locatecl  in 
the  southern  part  of  Highland  County  and  in  Brown  and  Clermont  counties. 
Examination  of  the  alkali  soil  in  one  case  showed  contents  of  magnesium, 
aluminum,  and  sulphur  equivalent  to  4.27  per  cent  magnesium  sulphate  and 
4.9  per  cent  aluminum  sulphate. 

Soil  survey  of  Frederick  County,  Virginia,  J.  B.  R.  Dickey  and  W.  B. 
Cobb  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP- 
4-8,  pis.  4,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  issued  June  22,  1916,  deals  with  the 
soils  of  an  area  of  274,560  acres  in  northern  Virginia,  The  county  is  divided 
into  valley  and  hill  regions,  the  topography  of  the  former  being  undulating  to 
rolling.     The  hill  country  has  excellent  surface  drainage. 

The  soils  of  the  county  fall  into  three  broad  general  divisions.  "The  most 
extensive  division  comprises  the  soils  of  the  Appalachian  Mountain  province, 
or  the  soils  derived  from  shales  and  sandstones,  while  the  most  important 
agriculturally  is  that  group  of  soils  found  in  the  limestone  valley  province. 
All  the  soils  in  these  provinces  are,  with  possibly  one  exception,  residual.  .  .  . 
The  third  division  includes  the  alluvial  soils."  Including  rough  stony  land,  19 
soil  types  of  nine  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Dekalb  gravelly  loam,  Berks 
shale  loam,  and  Hagerstown  clay  loam  cover  24.3,  18,  and  10.1  per  cent  of  the 
area,  respectively. 

The  loess  soils  of  the  Nebraska  portion  of  the  transition  region. — I,  II, 
F.  J.  Alway  et  ai..  {Soil  Sci.,  1  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  197-258,  pis.  S,  figs.  6).— Two 
papers  are  presented. 

I.  Hygroscopicity,  nitrogen,  and  organic  carbon,  F.  J.  Alway  and  G.  R.  Mc- 
Dole. — Studies,  made  at  the  Nebraska  Experiment  Station,  of  the  hygroscopicity 
and  nitrogen  and  organic  carbon  contents  of  648  samples  of  soils,  representing  the 
first  six  foot  sections  and  the  12  inch  sections  of  the  surface  foot  from  five  vir- 
gin prairie  fields  in  each  of  six  areas  in  Nebraska  located  between  the  Missouri 
River  and  the  western  limit  of  the  loess  region  in  which  the  annual  precipita- 
tion decreases  from  more  than  30  in.  in  the  east  to  less  than  20  in.  in  the  west 
and  the  relative  aridity  exhibits  a  still  greater  range,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  hygroscopicity,  as  expressed  by  the  hygroscopic  co- 
efiicient,  is  strikingly  uniform  both  from  field  to  field  in  any  one  area  and 
from  the  surface  downward  in  the  same  field.  It  is  lowest  in  the  two  western 
areas  and  highest  in  the  two  eastern.  When  the  different  levels  from  the  in- 
dividual fields  are  compared,  the  highest  is  found  in  either  the  second  or  the 
third  foot,  in  which  two  it  is  very  similar.  The  minimum  value  is  found  in 
the  surface  foot  of  the  three  eastern  areas,  and  in  the  sixth  of  the  three 
western.  .  .  . 

"  The  effect  of  the  organic  matter  upon  the  hygroscopicity  is  too  slight 
to  be  detected,  a  change  of  even  100  per  cent  in  the  content  of  this  being 
without  distinct  influence.  The  nitrogen  content  in  all  the  fields  decreases 
from  the  surface  downward.  In  the  surface  foot  ...  it  decreases  steadily, 
there  being  in  general  about  half  as  much  in  the  twelfth  as  in  the  first  inch 
section.  The  nitrogen  in  the  surface  foot  decreases  by  about  50  per  cent  from 
the  most  easterly  to  the  most  westerly  fields,  the  difference  being  such  as  to 
permit  a  definite  grouping  of  the  areas.  The  most  easterly  areas  show  as  high  a 
content  in  the  second  foot  as  do  the  most  westerly  in  the  first.  In  this  level 
also  there  is  a  decrease  from  east  to  west,  but  it  does  not  show  the  gradual 
change  exhibited  in  the  first  foot.  In  the  .  .  .  third  to  sixth  foot  .  .  .  the  dif- 
ferences are  small.  .  .  .  The  organic  carbon  in  the  surface  foot  is  very  similar 
in  distribution  to  that  of  the  nitrogen.    The  amount  of  the  former  is  approxi- 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZEBS.  .  511 

mately  twelve  times  that  of  the  latter,  the  ratio  being  uninfluenced  by  the  arid- 
ity of  the  climate.  When  the  inch  sections  of  the  surface  foot  are  considered 
the  organic  carbon  decreases  slightly  more  rapidly  than  does  the  nitrogen,  the 
average  ratio  being  13.4  for  the  first  and  11.3  for  the  twelfth  inch  section. 
In  the  levels  below  the  first  foot  also  a  similar  difference  in  the  rate  of  de- 
crease is  observed,  the  ratio  in  some  cases  falling  as  low  as  6.  The  decrease  is 
less  rapid  in  the  western  than  in  the  eastern  areas,  the  average  organic  carbon 
content  in  the  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  feet  being  higher  in  the  two  most  wes- 
terly areas  than  in  the  two  most  easterly,  while  that  of  the  nitrogen  is  lower. 
The  decrease  in  nitrogen  and  organic  carbon  in  the  surface  soil  from  east  to 
west  .  .  .  [is]  attributed  to  the  greater  vegetative  growth  without  a  corre- 
spondingly more  rapid  decay  in  the  eastern  areas. 

"The  water  of  constitution  (the  difference  between  volatile  matter  and  or- 
ganic matter)  decreases  from  east  to  west,  the  variations  being  concordant 
with  those  in  the  hygroscopicity.  Compared  with  the  Russian  chernozem  soils 
formed  on  loess,  the  organic  carbon  and  the  nitrogen  are  low  both  in  the  sur- 
face soil  and  in  the  subsoil,  the  amounts  found  in  the  eastern  areas  being  similar 
to  the  minima  reported  for  the  chernozem.  The  subsoils  from  the  semiarid 
areas,  in  so  far  as  the  nitrogen  is  concerned,  in  contrast  with  the  arid  subsoils, 
are  as  '  raw  '  as  those  from  the  humid  areas,  not  supporting  a  satisfactory 
growth  of  nonleguminous  plants." 

A  list  of  26  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

II,  Humus,  humus-nitrogen,  and  color,  F.  J.  Alway  and  M.  J.  Blish. — In 
this  report  of  studies  of  the  humus-nitrogen  and  color  of  the  soils  described 
in  the  foregoing  article,  "the  gi'avimetric  method  for  the  determination  of 
humus  was  found  in  the  case  of  the  subsoils  to  fail  to  indicate  the  relative 
amounts  of  ammonia-soluble,  dark-colored  organic  matter  present.  A  colori- 
metric  method  is  preferable  for  the  subsoils ;  in  the  case  of  the  surface  soils  it 
is  at  least  fairly  satisfactory  for  the  determination  of  the  whole  of  the 
ammonia-soluble  organic  matter. 

"Within  the  surface  foot  the  humus  decreases  from  the  first  to  the  twelfth 
inch  and  from  east  to  west.  The  rate  of  decrease  downward  is  independent  of 
the  degree  of  aridity.  In  the  second  foot  the  decrease  from  east  to  west  is  less 
marked  than  in  the  first,  while  in  the  still  lower  levels  the  humus,  as  deter- 
mined gravimetrically,  shows  no  distinct  change  from  east  to  west.  No 
marked  differences  in  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  humus  were  found  be- 
tween the  soils  from  the  most  humid  and  those  from  the  most  arid  parts  of  the 
region.  The  soluble  pigment  in  the  surface  foot  was  found  to  decrease  in  pass- 
ing from  east  to  west,  while  that  in  the  third  to  sixth  foot  increases.  A  rela- 
tively low  amount  in  the  surface  foot  with  a  relatively  high  content  in  the  sub- 
soil characterizes  the  soils  from  the  more  arid  portion  of  the  region. 

"The  colors  of  the  soil  and  subsoils  agree  in  general  with  the  amounts  of 
soluble  pigment  found  by  the  colorimetric  method.  .  .  .  The  color  of  the  soils 
in  the  western  areas  is  lighter,  and  in  all  the  areas  the  dark-colored  surface 
layer  is  shallower  than  in  the  typical  Russian  chernozem.  Buried  soil  surfaces 
as  well  as  the  dark  tongues  and  veins,  common  in  the  Russian  chernozem,  ap- 
pear to  be  absent  in  the  loess  of  the  Nebraska  portion  of  the  transition  region. 
Gravimetric  determinations  show  the  humus  of  the  soils  of  the  western 
semarid  areas  to  be  similar  in  amount  and  in  distribution  to  that  of  typical 
arid  California  soils." 

A  list  of  12  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

[Composition  of  caliche],  A.  E.  Vinson  and  C.  N.  Catlin  {Arizona  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  567,  568).— Analyses  of  five  samples  of  caliche  are  reported,  the  results 


512  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  that  this  soil  is  well  supplied  with  potassittm  and 
phosphorus  and  that  its  potassium-sodium  ratio  is  similar  to  that  found  in 
limestone. 

Soil  colloids,  W.  T.  McGeobge  {Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  36,  57).— Atten- 
tion is  called  to  the  invariable  presence  of  colloidal  aluminum  hydroxid  in 
Hawaiian  soils  of  high  aluminum  content.  "In  all  soils  which  contain  iron  in 
excess  of  alumina,  this  colloidal  gel  is  never  formed." 

Absorption  and  solution  of  ammonium  and  phosphate  salts,  H.  Steatmann 
{tjber  Absorption  und  Losungen  von  Ammonium  uiid  Phosphatsalzen.  Diss. 
Univ.  Giessen,  1914,  pp.  62,  figs.  2). — The  work  of  others  bearing  on  the  sub- 
ject is  briefly  reviewed,  and  experiments  with  a  number  of  soils  of  different 
mineralogical  origin  and  composition,  including  loamy  alluvial  soils  poor  in  lime, 
clay,  loess,  blow  sand,  stony  loam  poor  in  lime,  ortstein,  marly  soil,  slaty  clay 
soil,  sericite,  slate  soil  rich  in  potash,  weathered  gray  wacke  soil,  weathered 
granite  soil,  diabase  soil,  weathered  phonolite,  basaltic  soil,  and  diluvial  sand 
soil  are  reported.  The  purpose  was  to  determine  the  extent  to  which  the 
absorptive  power  of  a  soil  for  ammonia  and  phosphates  is  influenced  by  decreas- 
ing its  content  of  colloidal  material.  Solutions  of  ammonium  chlorid  and 
sulphate  of  concentrations  equivalent  to  200  cc.  of  nitrogen  per  200  cc.  of  solu- 
tion and  solutions  of  monocalcium  phosphate,  dicalcium  phosphate,  and  diam- 
monium  phosphate  of  a  concentration  equivalent  to  492  mg.  of  phosphoric  acid 
per  400  cc.  of  solution  were  used. 

It  was  found  that  in  mechanical  soil  analysis  the  sedimentation  of  the  fine 
colloidal  particles  was  not  a  function  of  the  time  or  the  size  of  the  particle, 
making  the  results  obtained  by  the  decantation  method  more  or  less  dependent 
on  an  unknown  factor.  The  Schon  process  was  found  to  be  more  reliable  than 
the  decantation  process  and  in  modified  form  was  more  simple.  The  absorptive 
powers  of  soils  of  different  origin  and  composition  were  influenced  in  a  varia- 
ble manner  by  the  removal  of  the  finest  particles,  according  to  the  kind  of  spar 
sand  present.  The  silicon  dioxid  present  in  some  basaltic  soils,  especially  in 
the  group  of  particles  of  a  diameter  varying  from  0.05  to  0.03  mm.,  was 
found  to  be  a  new  formation  from  the  weathering  of  bauxite.  The  compo- 
nents of  so-called  double  silicates  were  found  only  in  small  amounts  in  many 
soils  of  noteworthy  absorptive  powers.  Synthetic  silicates  could  not  be  char- 
acterized as  double  silicates.  Chabazite  and  stilbite  minerals  of  the  zeolite 
group  were  found  to  be  acid  salts.  Kaolin,  as  an  acid  aluminum  silicate,  is 
considered  to  be  fundamentally  different  from  the  amorphous  aluminum  sili- 
cates of  the  soil.  The  main  substance  partaking  in  soil  absorption  and  ex- 
change of  ions  is  considered  to  be  amorphous  aluminum  silicate,  which  is  the 
end  product  of  the  normal  weathering  of  feldspar. 

The  influence  of  a  stand  of  trees  on  the  content  of  dissolved  salts  in  an 
upland  moor  soil,  E.  Ramann  and  H.  Niklas  (Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Jagdw.,  48 
{1916),  No.  1,  pp.  3-11). — Two  years'  tests  of  the  concentration  of  the  solutions 
of  an  upland  peat  moor  soil  supporting  a  stand  of  birch,  pine,  and  other  trees 
are  reported,  using  the  electrical  conductivity  method. 

It  was  found  that  the  soluble  salt  content  of  the  forested  soil  was  generally 
larger  than  that  of  the  bare  soil  and  was  less  only  in  the  fall.  The  variation 
in  salt  content  of  the  soils  was  the  same  for  both  years.  The  salt  content  was 
rather  low  in  May,  Increased  until  July,  and  then  decreased  until  September. 
It  increased  in  November  to  its  greatest  height.  Laboratory  tests  of  the  dead 
leaves  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  rise  in  salt  content  in  the  soils  in  Novem- 
ber was  due  to  leaching  out  of  the  soluble  salts  in  the  dead  leaves. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZEES.  513 

A  preliminary  statement  on  the  present  status  of  the  humus  nitrogen 
problem  in  arid  soils,  C.  B.  Lipman  {Soil  Set.,  1  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  285-290). — 
The  author  reviews  experimental  work  by  himself  and  others  conducted  for  the 
most  part  at  the  University  of  California. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  "  the  method  of  determining  humus 
nitrogen  in  the  ammonia  extract  of  soils  is  a  seriously  faulty  one,  no  matter 
how  much  care  is  employed  in  boiling  the  extract  with  magnesia.  The  method 
is  so  faulty  as  to  deserve  immediate  rejection  by  all  those  who  are  at  all  con- 
cerned with  the  correct  determination  of  nitrogen  in  humus.  If  the  results 
given  are  considered  in  connection  with  the  largest  part  of  the  humus  nitrogen 
data  furnished  by  Loughridge  [E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  324],  there  can  be  no  question 
that  the  prevalent  belief  in  the  high  nitrogen  content  of  the  humus  of  arid  soils 
is  in  error.  The  facts  in  hand  do  not  justify  any  belief  in  the  higher  nitrogen 
content  of  the  humus  in  either  the  arid  or  the  humid  group  of  soils  over  each 
other." 

A  list  of  five  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

A  contribution  to  the  subject  of  the  factors  concerned  in  soil  productivity, 
C.  Hoffmann  {Kans.  Univ.  Sci.  BuL,  9  {1914),  No.  7,  pp.  19-99,  pis.  5). — 
Laboratory  experiments  conducted  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin  with  normal 
peat,  sandy,  and  marsh  soils  to  determine  (1)  the  influence  of  the  growth  of 
pure  cultures  of  soil  organisms  in  sterile  soil  on  the  growth  of  wheat,  corn,  and 
clover  seedlings  in  the  extract  of  such  soil,  and  (2)  the  influence  of  the  gi'owth 
of  corn,  oats,  and  clover  in  the  same  soil  on  pure  cultures  of  bacteria  grown  in 
the  extracts  of  such  soil  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  growth  of  individual  species  of  bacteria  in  a  soil  pro- 
duces changes  in  the  soil  solution  which  manifest  themselves  by  an  increased 
or  decreased  development  of  plant  seedlings  when  grown  in  extracts  made  from 
such  soils.  Invariably  this  influence  seems  to  affect  the  root  development  rather 
than  the  leaf  development.  In  repetitions  of  the  same  experiment  consistent 
results  are  secured  as  long  as  all  three  factors,  soil,  bacterial  species,  and  crop, 
are  the  same.  A  change  of  any  one  factor  modifies  the  results  secured.  The 
growth  of  individual  species  of  crops  in  a  soil  produces  changes  in  the  soil 
solution  which  manifest  themselves  by  an  increased  or  decreased  bacterial  mul- 
tiplication in  extracts  made  from  such  soils.  The  extracts  made  from  a  marsh 
soil  cropped  by  corn,  oats,  or  clover  in  all  cases  stimulated  bacterial  multiplica- 
tion. This  stimulation  was  consistently  greatest  in  the  case  of  the  corn-cropped 
soil.  In  contrast  to  the  marsh,  the  extracts  from  the  cropped  loam  and  sand 
soils  invariably  retarded  the  multiplication  of  the  bacteria  grown  in  the  same. 
There  is  a  definite  relation  between  the  growth  of  crops  in  soil  and  the  growth 
of  bacteria  therein.  .  .  . 

"  Owing  to  the  variability  of  the  three  factors  involved,  soil,  crop,  and  bac- 
terial flora,  it  is  impossible  to  establish  any  hard  and  fast  laws  for  all  cases." 

Incubation  studies  with  soil  fun^,  S.  A.  Waksman  and  R.  C.  Cook  {Soil 
Sci.,  1  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  275-284,  flQ-  !)• — Ammonification  experiments  con- 
ducted at  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations  with  Mucor  plumbeus,  Penir 
cillium  sp.,  and  Monilia  sitophila  in  pure  culture  in  a  gravelly  loam  soil,  using 
dried  blood  and  cotton-seed  meal  as  ammoniates,  are  reported. 

The  results  obtained  are  taken  to  indicate  that  "optimum  moisture  conditions 
for  ammonia  accumulation  by  fungi  lie  near  the  physical  optimum.  The  proper 
incubation  period  depends  entirely  upon  the  organism.  A  12-day  incubation 
period  is  preferable  to  a  shorter  one  for  practical  work.  A  correlation  exists 
between  the  biological  stage  of  the  organism  and  the  periods  of  ammonia 
accumulation;  the  largest  amount  seems  to  accompany  the  periods  of  spore 


514  EXPERIMENT   STATION  BECOBD.  [Vol.35 

germination  and  the  smallest  amotint  the  time  preparatory  to  actual  spore 
formation.  M.  sitophila  shows  the  largest  ammonia  accumulation  within  the  first 
3  or  4  days ;  Penicillium  sp.,  between  10  and  15  days ;  and  M.  plumbeus,  between 
6  and  10  days.  These  periods  correspond  to  those  of  active  spore  formation 
for  the  respective  organisms." 

Preliminary  experiments  on  some  effects  of  leaching  on  the  soil  flora, 
C.  B.  LiPMAN  and  L.  W.  Fowlek  {Soil  ScL,  1  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  29i-297 ) .—Pre- 
liminary laboratory  experiments  conducted  at  the  University  of  California  on 
the  processes  of  ammonification,  nitrification,  nitrogen  fixation,  and  cellulose 
decomposition  in  clay  loam  and  blow-sand  soils  when  unleached  and  leached  in 
the  presence  or  absence  of  0.1  per  cent  sodium  chlorid,  0.25  per  cent  sodium 
sulphate,  0.05  per  cent  sodium  carbonate,  or  a  combination  of  0.1  per  cent 
sodium  chlorid,  0.05  per  cent  sodium  carbonate,  and  0.1  per  cent  sodium 
sulphate,  are  reported. 

The  results  obtained  are  taken  to  indicate  that  "leaching  affects  the  bacterial 
flora  of  soils  profoundly.  .  .  .  This  is  particularly  so  for  the  nitrifying,  nitro- 
gen-fixing, and  cellulose-destroying  organisms.  All  of  these  processes  appear  to 
be  wholly  or  almost  wholly  checked  by  leaching,  especially  if  salts  are  present 
prior  to  the  execution  of  the  latter  process." 

A  list  of  seven  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Nitrification  in  relation  to  the  reaction  of  the  soil,  J.  W.  White  {Pennsyl- 
vania Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  70-80,  pis.  4)- — Studies  of  nitrification  and  the  nitrate 
content  of  acid  soils  and  soils  made  acid,  especially  by  treatment  with  ammo- 
nium sulphate,  are  reported,  the  results  of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  that 
nitrification  does  not  cease  in  very  acid  soils.  Soil  on  which  corn  and  wheat 
failed  was  found  to  be  liberally  supplied  with  nitrates. 

"The  absence  of  nitrates  under  growing  plants  is  no  indication  of  the  in- 
activity of  nitrifying  organisms.  The  variation  in  nitric  nitrogen  content  of  all 
areas  on  ammonium  sulphate  plats  is  parallel  to  the  unequal  distribution  of  vege- 
tation. An  average  plat  showed  24.91  parts  per  million  of  nitric  nitrogen  in 
corn  stubble,  13.14  parts  per  million  on  clover  sod,  9.23  parts  per  million  under 
clover  and  timothy,  and  36.47  under  winter  wheat." 

Applications  of  burned  lime  and  ground  limestone  to  soil  from  the  plat 
materially  stimulated  the  activity  of  nitrifying  organisms.  Magnesian  lime 
gave  higher  nitrates  than  pure  lime.  Failure  of  clover,  corn,  and  wheat  was 
"  not  due  to  the  absence  of  available  nitrogen  as  nitrates.  ...  On  the  basis  of 
256  nitric  nitrogen  determinations,  indications  are  that  nitrification  is  still 
active  on  the  very  acid  soils  of  the  ammonium  sulphate  plats." 

The  effect  of  1.14  in.  of  rainfall  upon  the  nitric  nitrogen  and  acid  content 
of  plat  32,  J.  W.  White  {Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  67-70). — Studies  of 
evaporation  from  a  soil  during  a  period  of  drought  and  of  the  capillary  move- 
ment of  water-soluble  nitrogen  and  acids  or  acid  salts  before  and  after  a  heavy 
rainfall  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "the  1.14  in.  of  rainfall  penetrated  the  soil  to  a  depth  of 
15  in.  There  was  a  total  loss  of  4  per  cent  of  moisture  from  the  surface  soil 
[growing  wheat]  between  August  18  and  September  6."  The  moisture  content 
of  the  surface  3  in.  of  soil,  as  the  result  of  1.14  in.  of  rain  September  21,  in- 
creased in  corn  soil  from  7.11  to  18.86  per  cent,  in  clover  soil  from  8.72  to  17.02 
per  cent,  and  in  wheat  soil  from  6.31  to  16.76  per  cent.  The  corn  soil  "showed 
an  enormous  accumulation  of  nitrates  where  corn  failed.  The  difference  in 
nitric  nitrogen  content  of  the  three  areas  studied  is  due  for  the  most  part 
to  the  presence  or  absence  of  vegetation. 

As  the  result  of  the  rain  there  was  a  loss  of  nitrogen  from  the  corn  soil  as 
follows:  0  to  3  in.,  80.75  lbs.  per  acre;  0  to  6  in.,  61  lbs.  per  acre;  and  0  to 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZEES.  515 

24  in.,  68.86  lbs.  per  acre.  "Plat  32  shows  considerable  accumulation  of  soil 
acids  to  a  depth  of  24  in.  At  this  depth  there  was  found  in  [the  corn  soil] 
3,221,  [clover  soil]  1,800,  and  [wheat  soil]  2,.500  lbs.  per  acre  7  in.,  expressed  in 
terms  of  calcium  carbonate  required  to  neutralize  the  acids  present.  The  de- 
crease in  the  acid  content  of  the  surface  3  in.  before  and  after  the  rain  was  as 
follows:  [Corn  soil]  1,661,  [clover  soil]  1,152,  and  [wheat  soil]  847  lbs.  per 
acre,  expressed  in  their  calcium  carbonate  equivalent." 

Stimulating  influence  of  arsenic  upon  the  nitrogen-fixing  organisms  of 
the  soil,  J.  E.  Gkeaves  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  11, 
pp.  389-^16,  figs.  5). — In  addition  to  the  findings  noted  in  a  previous  report 
(E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  720),  this  report,  prepared  at  the  Utah  Experiment  Station, 
brings  out  that  "  arsenic  can  not  replace  phosphorus  in  the  vital  process  of  the 
nitrogen-fixing  organisms,  but  it  can  in  some  manner  liberate  the  phosphorus 
from  its  insoluble  compounds.  This  may  be  either  a  direct  or  an  indirect  action. 
Arsenic  stimulates  the  cellulose  ferments,  and  these  in  turn  react  upon  the 
activity  of  the  nitrogen-fixing  organisms.  The  nitrogen-fixing  powers  of  soil 
extract,  of  filtered  soil  extract,  and  soil  dried  for  some  time  are  only  slightly 
stimulated  by  arsenic,  showing  that  arsenic  acts  mainly  by  the  removal  of  a 
thermolabile  body  which  occurs  in  the  soil." 

Can  soil  be  sterilized  without  radical  alteration?  D.  A.  Coleman,  H.  C. 
Lint,  and  N.  Kopeloff  (Soil  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  259-274.  figs.  2).— Pre- 
liminary experiments  conducted  at  Rutgers  College  on  clay-loam  soil  to  de- 
termine (1)  the  effect  of  intermittent  sterilization  of  soil  by  dry  heat,  (2)  the 
relative  sterilizing  efficiencies  of  volatile  chemical  substances  when  used  as  soil 
antiseptics,  and  (3)  the  effect  of  volatile  antiseptics  applied  in  partial  vacuum 
and  under  pressure  at  80°  C,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  intermittent  sterilization  by  means  of  dry  heat  at  82° 
for  five  successive  days  in  moist  soil  almost  completely  decimated  the  bacterial 
flora  of  the  soil.  This  was  accomplished  with  but  a  slight  change  in  the  chemi- 
cal constitution  of  the  soil,  as  indicated  by  the  amount  of  water-soluble  solids. 
Ordinary  steam  sterilization  under  pressure  causes  a  change  16  times  as  great. 
There  is  a  strong  indication  that  the  application  of  volatile  antiseptics  either 
in  partial  vacuum  or  under  a  combination  of  heat  and  pressure,  if  repeated  for 
more  than  three  successive  days,  would  achieve  complete  soil  sterilization  with- 
out involving  any  radical  alteration  in  the  chemical  constitution  of  the  soil." 

A  list  of  14  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject   is   appended. 

The  effect  of  partial  sterilization  on  plant  growth,  W.  T.  McGeokge 
(Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  37,  38).— Pot  experiments  with  red  clay  and  a 
sandy  soil  high  in  organic  matter  growing  onions,  millet,  and  cowpeas  are  re- 
ported. "  These  soils  were  treated  as  follows :  Heated  in  sunlight,  in  an  oven 
at  80,  110,  and  165°  C,  and  in  an  autoclave  at  10  lbs.  pressure.  Those  heated 
in  the  oven  were  left  for  two  hours,  that  in  the  autoclave  for  only  one  hour.  In 
addition,  soils  were  treated  with  the  following  antiseptics  at  the  rate  of  10  cc. 
per  kilogram:  Carbon  bisulphid,  chloroform,  and  toluene.  .  .  . 

"The  influence  of  partial  sterilization  upon  onions  was  very  marked.  Vola- 
tile antiseptics  produced  a  [marked]  increase,  while  heating  in  the  autoclave 
was  productive  of  a  substance  evidently  toxic  toward  this  plant.  An  increase 
in  vigor  of  the  millet  plant  was  correlated  with  an  increase  in  temperature  at 
which  the  soil  was  sterilized.  The  plants  are  more  vigorous  in  the  pots  ster- 
ilized by  heat  than  those  sterilized  by  antiseptics.  It  appears  that  the  organic 
substance  having  a  toxic  influence  upon  onions  is  without  effect  upon  millet, 
for  in  the  pot  heated  in  the  autoclave  the  plants  are  as  vigorous  as  any  others. 

"  In  case  of  cowpeas,  the  increase  in  temperature  at  which  the  soils  were  ster- 
ilized resulted  in  a  steady  decrease  in  vigor.    WhUe  the  volatile  antiseptic  low- 


516  EXPERIMENT  STATION  BECOED.  [Vol.35 

ered  the  vigor  to  a  slight  extent,  their  inflnence  is  not  so  marked  as  heat.  These 
results  clearly  show  the  intimate  relationship  between  leguminous  plants  and 
bacterial  life  in  the  soil." 

Variation  in  the  growtli  of  clover  on  Mitchell  field  (A),  J.  W.  White 
(Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  VP-  65,  66,  pis.  2). — Studies  of  the  lime  require- 
ment, the  contents  of  acid-soluble  calcium  and  magnesium  oxids  and  phosphoric 
acid,  and  the  total  nitrogen  of  a  soil  in  a  field  where  clover  grew  both  well  and 
poorly  showed  that  the  irregular  growth  of  the  clover  was  due  to  the  unequal 
distributions  of  basic  material  which  controls  the  reaction  of  the  soil. 

"  The  growth  of  clover  and  the  lime  requirement  are  in  close  accord.  No 
other  one  factor  bears  such  a  close  relation  to  the  growth  of  clover.  .  .  . 
[Considering]  the  sum  of  the  lime  and  magnesia,  which  forms  the  determining 
factor  so  far  as  the  reaction  of  the  soil  is  concerned,  the  two  bear  relations 
parallel  to  the  lime  requirement,  though  in  an  opposite  direction.  .  .  , 
The  limit  of  acidity  may  vary  with  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  or  possibly  with  a 
difference  in  the  kind  of  free  acid  present." 

Soil  manag'ement  problems  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  (1916),  pp.  26-S2,  figs. 
4)- — The  general  results  obtained  in  experiments  on  the  management  of  silt 
loam,  clay,  and  sandy  soils,  the  effect  of  cultivation  on  soil  acidity,  the  correc- 
tion of  soil  acidity  with  limestone  waste  from  lead  and  zinc  mines,  fixation  of 
nitrogen  in  acid  soils,  and  nitrate  formation  in  different  soil  types  are  briefly 
noted, 

[Reclamation  of  alkali  soils],  J.  EL  Barnes  (Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  Punjab,  1915, 
App.,  pp.  IV,  VI-IX). — Studies  of  nitrogen  fixation,  ammonification,  nitrifica- 
tion, and  carbon  dioxid  production  in  barren  alkali  soils  at  Narwala  in  the  Pun- 
jab district  before  and  after  mole  drainage,  cultivation,  and  flooding  with  canal 
water  are  reported  in  tabular  form,  showing  a  marked  increase  in  bacterial 
activity  following  such  treatment. 

[Soils  and  fertilizers],  N.  H.  J.  Millee  (Ann.  Rpts.  Prog.  Chem.  [London}, 
12  (1915),  pp.  211-233). — This  section  summarizes  the  results  of  recent  investi- 
gations relating  to  soils  and  fertilizers. 

Effect  of  fertilizers  on  soil  structure  as  indicated  by  the  draft  of  a  plow, 
C.  F.  Noll  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  PP-  36-46,  pis.  2). — Dynamometer 
tests  made  on  plats  of  clay  and  silt  loam  soil,  treated  since  1882  with  com- 
mercial fertilizers,  lime,  manure,  lime  and  manure,  and  land  plaster  are  re- 
ported. 

"  The  plats  are  divided  into  four  series  or  tiers  of  36  one-eighth  acre  plats 
each,  on  which  are  grown  each  year  in  rotation,  in  the  order  named,  corn,  oats, 
wheat,  and  mixed  clover  and  timothy.  The  dynamometer  tests  were  begvm  in 
the  fall  of  1911  and  were  repeated  each  time  a  tier  of  plats  was  plowed.  Three 
series  of  tests  were  made  in  plowing  sod,  three  in  plowing  corn  stubble,  and 
three  in  plowing  oat  stubble.  ...  On  each  plat  two  tests  were  made  at  one 
plowing  near  the  ends  of  the  plats  and  each  was  for  a  distance  of  about  50  ft." 

It  was  found  that  "  the  fertilizer  treatment  has  had  little  influence  on  the 
soil  structure.  The  nitrate  of  soda  applied  at  the  rates  of  about  160,  320,  and 
480  lbs.  per  acre  has  not  materially  affected  the  physical  properties  of  the  soil. 
The  draft  has  been  about  the  same  on  four  manured  plats  as  on  complete  com- 
mercial fertilizer  plats  alternating  with  them.  The  presence  of  more  organic 
matter  in  some  of  the  soils  has  slightly  lightened  their  draft." 

Meadow  fertilization  experiments,  M.  Stein  (Deut.  Landw.  Presse,  4S 
(1916),  No.  21,  pp.  178-180). — Five  years'  experiments  on  loamy  sand,  loam, 
humus  sand,  marshy  sand,  and  shallow  mountain  meadow  soils  of  seven  differ- 
ent localities  of  the  Province  of  Saxony  are  reported. 


19161  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  517 

It  was  found  that  artificial  fertilization  with  potash  and  phosphoric  acid  in 
geuei-iil  improved  the  quality  and  increased  the  yield  of  the  crop.  When  nitro- 
gen fertilization  was  also  employed,  especially  on  grass,  the  yield  was  further 
increased.  Nitrogen  fertilization  improved  grain  crops,  but  continued  fertiliza- 
tion with  potash  and  phosphoric  acid  alone  generally  became  gradually  in- 
jurious.   On  poorly  drained  soils  fertilization  had  little  effect. 

Fertilizer  ratio  experiments  with  grass  on  Hagerstown  loam,  C.  F.  Noll, 
O.  ScHREiNER,  and  J.  J.  Skinneb  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  lipt.  1914,  pp.  22-36,  pis. 
2). — Field  experiments  in  which  acid  phosphate,  sodium  nitrate,  and  potassium 
chlorid  were  applied  to  silt  loam  soil  for  four  yeai-s  in  6G  different  fertilizer 
ratios  of  phosphate,  nitrate,  and  potash  graded  in  10  per  cent  stages  are  re- 
ported. "  The  total  amount  applied  on  each  plat  totaled  50  lbs.  per  acre  of  the 
fertilizer  elements,  PzOs,  NHs,  and  K2O  alone  or  in  combinations  of  two  or 
throe  of  these.  The  plats  were  located  in  a  permanent  pasture  field  where  the 
composition  of  the  pasture  was  chiefly  Canada  blue  grass,  Kentucky  blue  grass, 
and  timothy  with  a  very  little  white  clover  and  red  clover." 

The  various  phases  of  the  results  obtained  are  presented  by  means  of  the 
triangular  diagram  employed  by  the  Bureau  of  Soils  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture  in  solution  culture  experiments  in  studies  of  organic  soil  con- 
stituents (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  32;  26,  p.  224). 

ic  was  found  that  "  used  alone,  nitrate  has  given  a  large  increase  over  the 
untreated  plats  in  yield  of  hay,  while  both  phosphate  and  potash  have  yielded 
a  little  less  than  the  checks.  With  increase  in  percentage  of  NHj  applied  as 
nitrate,  the  yields  have  increased,  and  with  increase  in  percentage  of  either  P2OB 
or  K2O  the  yields  have  not  increased.  The  plats  [receiving]  50  per  cent  or  more 
of  NHa  as  nitrate  have  considerably  exceeded  in  yield  those  in  the  subtriangles 
which  have  received  50  per  cent  or  more  of  P2O5  or  K2O.  There  has  been  a 
slightly  greater  response  from  K2O  than  from  PiOs.  The  slight  differences  in 
the  texture  of  the  soil  on  the  different  plats  have  had  little  influence  on  the 
yields.    The  depth  of  surface  soil  has  had  a  marked  influence  upon  the  yield." 

Legumes  as  green  manure,  W.  T.  McGeokge  {Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  S2, 
33). — Pot  experiments  made  by  A.  R.  Thompson  with  a  calcareous  soil  and 
a  soil  poor  in  lime  in  which  32  varieties  of  legumes  were  grown  are  reported. 
At  maturity  the  duplicate  plants  in  two  pots  were  removed,  weighed,  and  the 
nitrogen  content  determined.  Two  pots  were  left  of  each  variety  of  legume 
planted,  the  plants  being  turned  under  to  decompose. 

"  In  all  instances  the  [content  of]  nitrates  in  the  soil  from  which  the  legumes 
had  been  removed  was  much  lower  than  in  the  check  soil,  but  these  soils  low 
in  nitrates  on  standing  in  the  open  air  soon  equaled  in  nitrate  value  the  soil 
of  the  check  pots.  Where  much  legume  material  was  turned  under  the  nitrates 
in  the  soils  were  greatly  increased.  The  plants  grown  in  soils  deficient  in 
lime  made  a  poor  growth  and  had  a  lower  nitrogen  content,  calculated  on  a 
water-free  basis,  than  the  plants  grown  in  soils  rich  in  lime.  In  a  second 
experiment  lime  was  added  to  the  lime-poor  soil,  but  the  plants  grown  in  this 
soil  were  also  undersized  and  low  in  nitrogen." 

Legume  inoculation  and  nitrogen  fertilization  on  upland  moor  meadows 
and  pastures,  B.  Tacke  (Mitt.  Yer.  Ford.  Moorkultur  Deut.  Reiche,  54  (1916), 
No.  3,  pp.  37-47). — Experiments  on  the  possibility  and  practicability  of  substi- 
tuting nitrogen  fertilization  for  inoculation  of  soil  by  nodule  bacteria  for 
leguminous  pasture  and  meadow  crops  are  reported. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  nitrogen  fertilization  can  replace 
inoculation  only  where  more  or  less  active  nodule  bacteria  are  present  in  the 
soil    in   sufficient    numbers    and    distribution.    The    substitution    of    nitrogen 


518  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

fertilization  for  inoculation  is  probably  most  advantageous  in  cases  where  the 
inoculating  substance  is  difficult  to  obtain  or  use  at  the  proper  time.  Inocula- 
tion in  every  case  noted  v^as  cheaper  than  nitrogen  fertilization.  The  advan- 
tage of  niti'ogen  fertilization  was  greater  the  shorter  the  time  since  the  soil 
had  been  broken. 

The  influence  of  the  distribution  of  nitrogenous  fertilizers  and  straw  in 
soil  on  plant  production,  B.  Niklewski  {Ztschr.  Landw.  Versuchsw.  Osterr., 
18  (1915),  No.  12,  pp.  674-690). — Pot  experiments  with  oats  on  a  sandy  loess 
soil  deficient  in  plant  food  to  determine  the  influence  of  distribution  in  the  soil 
on  the  action  of  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  liquid  manure,  peptone, 
and  straw  are  reported. 

The  influence  of  nitrogen  fertilization  on  plant  production  was  found  to  be 
determined,  next  to  total  amount,  by  its  concentration.  A  greater  increase 
in  crop  yield  was  obtained  by  distributing  ammonium  sulphate  in  the  soil  in 
a  layer  than  by  mixing  generally  a  double  quantity  with  the  soil.  The  favor- 
able influence  of  distribution  in  a  layer  was  especially  marked  when  using  the 
smaller  amounts,  a  saving  being  thereby  obtained. 

The  influence  of  distribution  was  found  to  vary  with  the  speed  of  diffusion 
of  the  different  fertilizers  in  the  soil,  the  greatest  influence  being  evident  for 
peptone  and  the  least  by  sodium  nitrate.  The  effectiveness  of  a  fertilizer  was 
also  found  to  depend  not  only  on  its  physiological  value  but  also  on  its  speed 
of  diffusion  in  soil.  The  influence  of  the  speed  of  diffusion  of  a  fertilizer  could 
be  diminished  by  distribution  in  the  soil  and  the  value  of  the  fertilizer  thereby 
altered. 

By  intermixing  with  soil  in  lower  concentrations  the  best  results  were 
obtained  with  sodium  nitrate,  followed  in  order  by  ammonium  sulphate  and 
peptone.  By  placing  in  the  soil  in  a  layer  in  higher  concentrations  the  best 
results  were  obtained  with  peptone,  followed  in  order  by  ammonium  sulphate 
and  sodium  nitrate. 

The  concentration  of  the  fertilizers  appeared  to  influence  strongly  the 
microbiological  processes  of  the  soil  and  also  plant  development. 

The  straw  had  an  unfavorable  influence  on  the  utilization  of  ammonium 
sulphate  in  lower  concentrations  and  a  favorable  influence  in  higher  concen- 
trations. This  result  is  considered  an  important  factor  in  determining  the 
proper  use  of  liquid  manure  and  the  availability  of  nitrogen  in  stable  manure. 
Straw  had  a  favorable  influence  on  the  utilization  of  sodium  nitrate  in  lower 
concentrations,  but  was  without  influence  in  higher  concentrations.  Straw 
hastened  the  diffusion  of  sodium  nitrate  in  soil,  especially  in  lower  con- 
centrations. 

Pot  fertilizer  experiments  with  new  nitrogenous  fertilizers,  M.  Popp  (Mitt. 
Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  SI  (1916),  No.  4,  PP-  54-57). — Pot  experiments  with  oats 
on  a  sandy  soil  deficient  in  humus  to  determine  the  relative  fertilizing  values 
of  ammonium  nitrate,  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  sodium-ammonium 
sulphate,  ammonium  bicarbonate,  ammonium  chlorid,  two  kinds  of  urea,  urea 
nitrate,  lime  nitrogen,  and  granulated  lime  nitrogen  when  added  in  amounts 
equivalent  to  0.5,  1,  1.5,  and  2  gm.  of  nitrogen  per  10  kg.  of  soil  are  reported. 

With  reference  to  crop  yield  the  best  results,  not  considering  lime  nitrogen, 
were  given  by  sodium  nitrate,  followed  in  order  by  ammonium  chlorid,  am- 
monium sulphate,  urea  nitrate,  ammonium  bicarbonate,  ammonium  nitrate, 
urea,  and  sodium-ammonium  sulphate.  With  reference  to  both  crop  yield  and 
nitrogen  utilization  sodium  nitrate  again  gave  the  best  results,  followed  in  order 
by  ammonium  sulphate,  ammonium  nitrate,  ammonium  chlorid,  urea  nitrate, 
urea,  sodium-ammonium  sulphate,  and  ammonium  bicarbonate.  Urea  obtained 
by  synthetic  process  gave  the  poorest  results  in  both  cases. 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZEES.  519 

It  was  further  found  that  ordinary  lime  nitrogen  gave  considerably  less  favor- 
able results  than  ammonium  nitrate,  while  the  gi-anulated  lime  nitrogen  in  the 
smallest  and  medium  applications  gave  results  comparable  to  those  obtained  by 
others. 

Nitrogen  fertilization  experiments  by  the  Grerman  Agricultural  Society  in 
1914-15,  E.  RiTTEB  and  Klebeegek  (Mitt.  Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  31  (.1916),  No. 
3,  pp.  30-33).— Two  sets  of  experiments  with  oats,  potatoes,  and  beets  on  0.125 
hectare  plats  (about  0.31  acre)  of  deep  mild  loam,  sandy  to  loamy  gravel,  mild 
sandy  loam,  and  heavy  clay  soils  are  reported. 

In  the  first  set  it  was  found  that  the  lime  nitrogen  as  a  part  of  the  basal 
fertilizer  gave  generally  better  results  than  ammonium  sulphate  as  part  of  the 
basal  fertilizer  on  mild  and  heavy  loam,  clay,  and  gravel  soils.  The  results  are 
further  taken  to  indicate  that  the  use  of  lime  nitrogen  as  a  top-dressing  for 
oats  is  advisable  only  when  necessary. 

In  the  second  set,  comparing  lime  nitrogen  with  ammonium  carbonate,  the 
increase  in  yield  of  potatoes  and  beets  was  greater  with  increasing  nitrogen 
additions,  little  difference  being  observed  between  the  two  nitrogenous  fertil- 
izers. The  best  effects  of  nitrogen  fertilization  were  observed  on  the  gravelly 
soil.  The  starch  content  of  potatoes  decreased  with  increasing  nitrogen  appli- 
cations. The  number  of  diseased  and  imperfect  potatoes  and  beets  increased 
with  increasing  additions  of  lime  nitrogen,  and  this  is  taken  to  indicate  that 
the  use  of  larger  amounts  of  lime  nitrogen  should  be  undertaken  with  caution 
and  only  after  preliminary  local  experiments. 

A  brief  note  of  experiments  on  the  use  of  catalytic  fertilizers  with  lime  nitro- 
gen is  also  included. 

Experiments  with  nitrogenous  fertilizers  at  the  Finnish  moor  culture 
experiment  station  in  1911  to  1913,  A.  Rindell  {Finska  Mosskulturfor. 
Arsbok,  18  (1914),  No.  1,  pp.  53-98;  abs.  in  Zentbl.  Agr.  Chem.,  U  (1915),  No. 
7,  pp.  299-302). — Experiments  with  oats  on  moor  soil  which  was  first  burned 
and  then  treated  with  loam  soil  at  the  rate  of  150  cubic  meters  per  hectare 
(79.4  cu.  yds.  per  acre)  showed  that  on  such  soil  both  sodium  nitrate  and  stable 
manure  markedly  increased  the  crop  yield. 

In  experiments  with  burned  and  unburned  moor  soil,  it  was  found  that  the 
burned  soil  gave  the  better  results  the  first  year  but  poorer  results  tliereafter. 
Nitrogen  fertilization  w^as  found  in  further  experiments  to  be  profitable  in  both 
burned  and  unburned  soil. 

Experiments  comparing  sodium  nitrate,  ammonium  sulphate,  and  carbid 
nitrogen  for  oats  showed  that  the  fertilizing  value  of  ammonium  sulphate  was 
83  per  cent  and  of  carbid  nitrogen  64  per  cent  of  that  of  sodium  nitrate  on 
moor  soil.  Ammonium  sulphate  was  found  to  be  as  good  a  top-dressing  for 
meadow  on  loam  soil  as  sodium  nitrate,  while  carbid  nitrogen  gave  less  favor- 
able results. 

The  action  of  gaseous  ammonia  on  superphosphate  and  the  utilization  of 
the  so  obtained  ammonium  phosphate,  Geblach  (Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  29 
(1916),  No.  3,  Aufsatzteil,  pp.  IS,  U;  No.  5,  Aufsatzteil,  pp.  18-20).— An  am- 
monium phosphate  fertilizer  obtained  by  treatment  of  superphosphate  with 
gaseous  ammonia  is  described,  and  pot  and  plat  experiments  with  oats,  barley, 
and  mustard  on  loamy  sand,  sandy  loam,  and  sand  containing  5  per  cent  peat 
are  reported,  using  the  ammonium  superphosphate  mixture  and  ammonium 
phosphate  obtained  by  treating  the  ammonium  superphosphate  with  cold 
water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid.  Analysis  of  the  ammonium  super- 
phosphate mixture  showed  it  to  contain  total  nitrogen  7.15  per  cent,  total 
phosphoric  acid  16.73  per  cent,  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid  1.13  per  cent, 
and  total  lime  24.78  per  cent. 


520  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

It  was  foxuid  in  the  experiments  that  the  ammonium  phosphate  gave  as  good 
results,  both  as  a  nitrogenous  and  phosphatic  fertilizer,  as  the  ammonium- 
superphosphate  mixture. 

Availability  of  mineral  phosphates  for  plant  nutrition,  W.  L.  Bublison 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  IS,  pp.  485-514,  pis.  8).— 
A  review  of  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  given,  and  3^  years'  experiments 
conducted  at  the  Illinois  Experiment  Station  on  (1)  the  availability  of  phos- 
phorus in  Tennessee  brown  rock  phosphate  for  wheat,  oats,  rye,  barley,  cow- 
peas,  timothy,  red  clover,  and  alfalfa,  (2)  the  comparative  productive  powers 
of  six  mineral  phosphates  for  farm  crops,  (3)  the  influence  of  fermenting 
dextrose  and  crop  residues  on  the  availability  of  phosphorus  in  finely  ground 
rock  phosphate,  and  (4)  the  influence  of  the  size  of  particles  on  the  avail- 
ability of  phosphorus  in  mineral  phosphates  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "phosphorus  in  rock  phosphate  can  be  assimilated  by 
farm  crops  in  sand  cultures  under  greenhouse  conditions,  even  in  the  absence 
of  decaying  residues.  Crop  residues,  when  employed  in  conjunction  with 
brown  rock  phosphates,  were  beneficial.  Tennessee  brown  rock  phosphate, 
Florida  soft  rock  phosphate,  and  Tennessee  blue  rock  phosphate  in  the  heavier 
applications  proved  superior  to  South  Carolina  land  rock  phosphate,  Utah 
rock  phosphate,  and  Canadian  apatite,  for  oats,  clover,  and  cowpeas  when 
grown  in  sand.  The  phosphorus  in  brown  rock  phosphate  and  Florida  soft 
rock  phosphate  was  more  soluble  in  water  and  in  plant-food  solutions  than  the 
phosphorus  in  other  mineral  phosphates.  The  superiority  of  these  two  phos- 
phates over  the  others  tested  is  shown  chiefly  by  the  first  crop. 

"Chemical  analysis  showed  that  the  plant-food  solutions  applied  did  not 
appreciably  modify  the  results.  The  cereals  produced  as  satisfactory  yields 
as  the  legumes. 

"The  crop  yields  tended  to  increase  as  the  application  of  rock  phosphate 
increased  up  to  a  point  where  the  size  of  the  pots  seemed  to  be  a  limiting 
factor,  apatite  being  the  only  exception.  The  plants  obtained  their  calcium,  as 
well  as  their  phorphorus,  from  brown  rock  phosphates.  No  better  results  were 
secured  when  calcium  carbonate  was  applied  than  when  rock  phosphate  alone 
was  used.  There  was  no  particular  relation  between  the  citric-acid-soluble  phos- 
phorus and  the  availability  of  these  phosphates  for  plants.  Dextrose,  when 
used  as  a  fermentable  substance,  was  harmful. 

"The  degree  of  fineness  is  a  factor  which  determines  to  some  extent  the 
availability  of  rock  phosphate,  as  indicated  by  the  brown  rock." 

A  list  of  32  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Raw  rock  phosphate  v.  acid  phosphate,  C.  E.  Thoene  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta., 
1  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  188-192). — Experience  at  several  of  the  state  experiment 
stations  is  reiriewed  and  20  years'  experience  at  the  Ohio  Station  briefly  sum- 
marized, from  which  it  is  concluded  "that  raw  phosphate  rock  is  a  useful 
carrier  of  phosphorus  and  may  be  used  with  profit  on  soils  requiring  phosphorus ; 
but  .  .  .  when  raw  phosphate  and  acid  phosphate  have  been  used  side  by  side 
under  such  conditions  as  to  fully  utilize  the  crop  feeding  power  of  the  two 
materials  the  acid  phosphate  has  generally  furnished  available  phosphorus  at 
a  lower  cost  than  the  raw  phosphate 

"  In  the  20-year  experiments  of  the  Ohio  Station  .  .  .  the  largest  recovery  of 
phosphorus  has  been  three-fourths  of  that  applied  in  acid  phosphate." 

The  inter-relationships  between  the  constituents  of  basic  slag',  S.  H.  Col- 
lins and  A.  A.  Hall  {Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  34  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  526-530, 
figs.  3;  abs.  in  Chem.  Zentbl.,  1915,  II,  No.  8,  p.  4S1). — Plat  experiments  with 
hay  on  soil   varying  from   heavy   bowlder   clay   t©   medium   loam,   uniformly 


19161  SOILS — FERTTLIZEES.  521 

deficient  in  phosphoric  acid  but  rich  in  humus,  are  reported,  in  which  11 
different  slags  were  used  as  fertilizer  at  the  rates  of  50  and  200  lbs.  of  phos- 
phoric acid  per  acre.  The  results  of  analyses  of  the  slags  are  also  reported, 
and  a  correlation  of  these  with  the  citric  solubility  of  the  slags  and  with  the 
results  of  the  plat  experiments  indicated  that  phosphate  is  the  most  important 
constituent  of  slag,  while  magnesium,  manganese,  and  iron  stand  second  in 
importance  and  are  of  about  equal  weight.  "There  seems  much  reason  for 
supposing  that  a  balance  of  the  secondary  constituents  is  needed.  .  .  . 
Medium  proportions  of  magnesia,  manganese,  and  iron  are  all  useful,  but 
extra  large  proportions  harmful." 

Experiments  on  the  solubility  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  Thomas  meal  in 
water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid,  J.  G.  Maschhaupt  {Verslag.  Landbomvk. 
Onderzoek.  Rijkslandbouioproefstat.  [NetJierlands],  No.  17  (1915),  pp.  97-141, 
figs.  5;  abs.  in  Chem.  Zentbl.,  1915,  II,  No.  10,  p.  552). — Experiments  with  59 
samples  of  Thomas  meal  are  reported,  the  ratios  of  Thomas  meal  to  water 
used  being  1 :  4,000,  1 :  2,000,  1 : 1,000,  1 :  500,  1 :  250,  1 :  125,  1 :  100,  and  1 :  50. 

It  was  found  that  the  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  dissolved  from  Thomas 
meal  by  contact  with  water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid  depended  in  large 
measure  on  the  ratio  of  Thomas  meal  to  water.  The  more  narrow  this  rela- 
tion was  the  stronger  was  the  influence  of  the  free  calcium  oxid  and  calcium 
silicate  in  the  Thomas  meal  on  the  solubility  of  the  phosphoric  acid.  Thomas 
slag  meals  of  different  citrate  solubility  showed  also  different  solubilities  of 
their  phosphoric  acid  in  water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid.  Samples  of  high 
citrate  solubility  yielded  the  greater  amounts  of  phosphoric  acid  by  the  carbon 
dioxid  water  method.  After  a  certain  number  of  extractions  the  solubility  of 
the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  different  Thomas  meals  became  uniform. 

The  amount  of  calcium  not  combined  with  phosphoric  acid  appeared  to  be 
about  the  same  in  the  different  samples  tested.  The  content  of  the  free  lime 
was  greater  the  smaller  the  citrate  solubility,  while  the  content  of  calcium 
silicate  was  greater  with  greater  citrate  solubility.  It  is  thought  that  the 
varying  citrate  solubility  is  only  in  small  part  due  to  the  variable  content  of 
free  calcium.  When  the  free  calcium  was  separated  out  the  solubility  of  the 
phosphoric  acid  by  extraction  with  2  per  cent  citric  acid  and  with  water 
saturated  with  carbon  dioxid  was  increased  but  the  differences  in  solubility 
still  existed.  These  differences  are  attributed  to  the  calcium  phosphate  itself, 
which  it  is  thought  may  exist  in  a  double  compound  of  calcium  phosphate  and 
calcium  silicate.  Further  experiments  showed  that  in  spite  of  the  smaller 
differences  in  citrate  solubility  important  differences  in  solubility  as  indicated 
by  the  first  extraction  with  water  saturated  with  carbon  dioxid  could  enter. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  relations  found  between  citrate 
solubility  and  solubility  in  carbon  dioxid  water  do  not  yet  show  that  the  citrate 
solubility  can  be  used  to  indicate  the  value  of  Thomas  meal. 

Results  of  g'eological  investigation  of  phosphorite  beds  in  Russia,  1913, 
jA-  Samoilov  (J.  Samoiloff)  {Otchet  Geol.  Izsliedov.  Fosfor.  Zaleshei,  6 
(1914),  PP-  1-29;  abs.  in  Internal.  Inst.  Agr.  \_Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and 
Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1594,  1595). — Investigations  of  the  phos- 
phorite beds  of  east  and  northeast  European  Russia,  central  European  Russia, 
and  central  Asia  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  in  the  eight  Provinces  and  regions  the  deposits  cover  an 
area  of  1,840  square  miles.  "Adding  this  area  to  that  discovered  in  the  years 
1908-1912,  the  total  area  becomes  4,510  square  miles,  containing  not  less  than 
3,300,000,000  tons  of  phosphorites,  reckoning  the  yield  at  about  5  cwt.  per 
square  yard.    These  phosphorites  may  be  divided  into  three  groups  according 


522  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

to  their  phosphoric  acid  content.  The  first  group,  containing  from  12  to  18 
per  cent  of  PzOb,  represents  72.9  per  cent  of  the  whole ;  the  second,  with  from 
18  to  24  per  cent  represents  22.9  per  cent ;  the  third  group,  containing  more 
than  24  per  cent,  represents  only  4.2  per  cent  of  the  total.  The  total  quantity 
of  phosphoric  acid  in  this  mass  of  phosphorites  exceeds  500,000,000  tons." 

Phosphates  and  dolomites  of  Johnson  County,  Tennessee,  O.  P.  Jenkins 
(Resources  Tenn.,  6  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  51-106,  pi.  1,  figs.  12).— This  report  deals 
with  the  geology,  mineralogy,  and  composition  of  the  phosphate  and  dolomite 
deposits  of  the  county  and  reports  chemical  analyses  of  samples.  Some  of 
the  principal  phosphate  rocks  contain  over  60  per  cent  calcium  phosphate. 

"  Chemically,  calcium  forms  the  base  of  the  phosphate.  Fluorin  is  present 
in  amounts  varying  from  about  1  to  1.5  per  cent.  Carbon  dioxid  is  also 
present,  in  amounts  varying  from  a  fraction  to  nearly  3  per  cent,  and  appears 
to  vary  pretty  closely  with  the  fluorin.  Insoluble  siliceous  matter  runs  rather 
high,  while  iron  and  aluminum  oxid  are  not  much  above  the  commercial  limit, 
averaging  about  5  or  6  per  cent. 

"  The  so-called  limestones  of  Johnson  County  prove  to  be  highly  magnesian, 
and  all  those  analyzed  fall  well  into  the  class  of  dolomites,  many  of  which  are 
very  high  in  content  of  calcium  and  magnesium  carbonate.  The  dolomites, 
as  well  as  some  of  the  shales,  are  shown  by  analysis  to  contain  from  a  trace 
to  over  2  per  cent  lime  phosphate.  .  .  .  The  phosphate  rocks  occur  in  many 
pockets,  scattered  over  the  foothills  of  the  main  valleys,  which  lie  near  Moun- 
tain City.  ...  It  appears  that  the  phosphate  is  generally  too  low  grade  to 
be  of  wide  commercial  use  at  present." 

Experiments  with  lime  and  waste  carbonate  of  lime,  1913  and  1914,  A. 
Laxtdeb,  T.  W.  Fagan,  and  J.  T.  Steele  (Edinburgh:  Edinb.  and  East  of  Scot. 
Col.  Agr.,  1915,  pp.  10). — Two  years'  experiments  in  three  different  localities 
with  turnips  on  medium  loam  soil  known  to  be  affected  with  finger-and-toe 
disease,  to  determine  the  effect  of  quicklime  and  waste  carbonate  of  lime 
when  added  with  complete  fertilization  at  the  rates  of  1,  2,  3,  and  4  tons  per 
acre,  are  reported. 

The  results  obtained  are  taken  to  indicate  "  that  a  certain  minimum  amount 
of  lime  must  be  present  in  each  soil.  Beyond  this  point  an  increase  in  the 
amount  of  lime  gives  an  increase  in  the  effect.  For  the  soils  under  experiment 
this  limit  may  be  placed  at  from  1  to  2  tons  per  acre.  The  results  confirm 
those  of  work  carried  out  elsewhere  as  to  the  beneficial  effects  of  ground  lime 
and  carbonate  of  lime  on  land  affected  with  finger-and-toe  [disease].  When 
waste  carbonate  of  lime  is  available  it  may  be  employed  instead  of  ground 
lime  for  neutralizing  soil  acidity  with  satisfactory  results.  It  should  be  applied 
at  twice  the  rate  of  ground  lime.  For  land  which  has  not  been  limed  for  a 
considerable  time,  dressings  of  2  tons  of  ground  lime  or  3  to  4  tons  of  the 
waste  carbonate  may  profitably  be  given.  AVhen  once  the  deficiency  in  lime  in 
the  soil  has  been  made  good,  dressings  of  10  cwt.  to  1  ton  per  acre  of  ground 
lime  should  be  applied  at  regular  and  frequent  intervals,  rather  than  heavy 
dressings  at  long  intervals." 

Effect  of  quicklime  on  organic  matter  in  soils,  F.  E.  Bear  (Jour.  Anier. 
Soc.  Agron.,  8  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  111-113). — Experiments  conducted  at  the  West 
Virginia  Experiment  Station  with  a  silt  loam  soil,  used  in  fertilizer  experi- 
ments at  the  station  as  noted  by  Bear  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  22),  are  reported. 

The  results  show  that  "  in  every  case  the  plat  receiving  quicklime,  as  com- 
pared with  the  plat  receiving  a  corresponding  fertilizer  application  without 
quicklime,  shows  a  lower  content  of  both  nitrogen  and  carbon.  .  .  .  The 
results  indicate  that  quicklime  does  reduce  the  amount  of  carbon  and  nitrogen 
in  the  soil." 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  523 

Experiments  with  catalytic  manures,  I,  Giannosi  (Italia  Agr.,  52  {1915), 
No.  10,  pp.  455-458;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel, 
and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  12,  p.  1596) .—Field  experiments  with  hemp 
conducted  at  the  Royal  Agi-icultural  College  at  Bologna,  Italy,  to  determine  the 
influence  of  catalytic  fertilizers  containing  7.32,  9.32,  and  7.08  per  cent  of 
manganese  tetroxid,  when  applied  in  amounts  varying  from  220  to  305  lbs. 
per  acre,  are  reported. 

The  best  yield  was  obtained  on  a  control  plat  and  the  poorest  on  a  plat 
receiving  the  catalytic  manure,  but  the  differences  in  the  results  from  different 
plats  were  so  small  as  to  be  within  the  limits  of  experimental  error.  It  is 
concluded  that  the  catalytic  manure  had  no  appreciable  effect. 

Composition  of  some  oil  cakes  used  as  fertilizer  in  Tonkin  [Indo  China], 
Bloch  {Bui.  Econ.  Indochine,  n.  ser.,  18  {1915),  No.  115,  pp.  757,  758). — Analy- 
ses of  ten  samples  of  oil  cake  are  reported,  showing  contents  of  nitrogen  varying 
from  1.02  to  4.76  per  cent,  potash  in  four  cases  varying  from  0.042  to  0.3  per 
cent,  and  phosphoric  acid  in  four  cases  varying  from  0.203  to  1.955  per  cent. 

AGRICULTTJRAL  BOTANY. 

Starch  congestion  accompanying  certain  factors  which  retard  plant 
growth,  B.  L.  Haetwell  (Rhode  Island  Sta.  Bui.  165  (1916),  pp.  23).— It  hav- 
ing been  observed  that  accumulation  of  starch  in  potato  vines  followed  a  de- 
ficiency of  available  potassium  in  the  soil,  a  series  of  investigations  was  under- 
taken to  determine  whether  the  deficiency  of  the  element  in  question  might  in- 
hibit cell  development,  causing  less  demand  for  starch,  or  whether  potassium 
was  essential  as  an  activator  of  diastatic  action. 

As  a  result  of  the  investigations  it  was  found  that  an  accumulation  of  starch 
seems  to  be  correlated  in  general  with  conditions  which  cause  a  retardation  of 
growth.  The  different  factors  which  result  in  the  accumulation  of  starch  in 
the  above-ground  portion  of  the  plant  do  not  appear  to  interfere  with  photo- 
synthesis, but  it  is  thought  that  they  may  have  some  influence  on  subsequent 
metabolism. 

Potato  tuber  production  above  ground,  V.  Vilikovsk-s-  (YSstnik  5.  Sjez.  dea. 
L6k.  Pfir.,  1915,  p.  412;  ahs.  in  Bot.  Ccntbl.,  129  (1915),  No.  15,  p.  S72).—The 
author  supports  the  view  that  the  formation  of  tubers  on  the  potato  plant  above 
ground  is  due  to  the  excessive  storing  of  starch.  This  is  to  be  regarded  as  not 
necessarily  pathological  but  as  the  result  of  producing  starch  faster  than  it  can 
be  removed  to  its  more  usual  situation  in  the  underground  tubers. 

The  origin  of  anthocyanin  pigments,  A.  Gxjttj.tkrmond  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad. 
Sci.  [Paris],  161  (1915),  No.  19,  pp.  567-570). — The  author  discusses  the  two 
main  hypotheses  supported  by  different  investigators  regarding  the  origin  of 
anthocyanin,  the  one  being  that  anthocyanin  pigments  result  from  the  trans- 
formation of  colorless  phenol  compounds  previously  formed  in  the  cells  and  the 
other  that  these  pigments  are  formed  in  place  directly  as  colored  products.  He 
agrees  with  the  later  views  of  Combes  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  824)  in  holding,  as  the 
result  of  his  own  investigations  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  333),  that  while  anthocyanin 
is  in  a  large  number  of  cases  found  in  the  mitochondial  body,  it  may  under  dif- 
ferent circumstances  be  derived  also  from  the  transformation  of  colorless  phenol 
compounds  previously  formed  in  the  mitochondria  and  then  dissolved  in  the 
vacuolar  liquids. 

Recent  observations  on  pollen  formation  in  certain  monocotyledons,  L. 
GuiGNAED  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  (1915),  No.  21,  pp.  623-625).— 
Reporting  further  observed  exceptions  to  the  two  general  modes  of  pollen  for- 
mation (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  525),  the  author  states  that  the  Orchidacese  may  now  be 


524  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

added  to  the  Iridaceae,  as  a  sufficient  number  of  genera  in  the  former  family 
have  been  examined  to  create  a  strong  presumption  that  the  phenomenon  of  si- 
multaneous quadripartition  is  general  also  for  this  family. 

The  ripening  of  seeds  in  legumes,  C.  Schneider  (Landw.  Jahrh.,  48  (1915), 
No.  5,  pp.  739-789,  pi.  1,  fig.  1). — It  is  stated  that  during  the  process  of  ripening 
of  legumes,  before  the  green  color  has  given  place  to  yellow  but  not  after  that 
stage,  there  is  a  partial  transformation  of  materials  and  transfer  thereof  to 
the  seeds.  This  results  in  a  gain  of  weight  to  the  seeds  at  the  expense  of  the 
other  portions  of  the  plant,  the  nonnitrogenous  constituents  preceding  and  the 
nitrogenous  materials  following.  Backward  plants  show  differences  in  this 
respect.  Different  legumes  show  characteristic  ratios  as  regards  their  various 
constituents.  AVhile  the  readiness  to  germinate  is  developed  early,  the  germi- 
nation percentage  is  increased  during  the  stage  of  yellowing,  which  should  be 
completed  before  gathering  the  crop,  as  early  harvesting  checks  the  process  of 
after-ripening  and  lowers  the  germination  percentage. 

Parallel  tests  of  seeds  by  germination  and  by  electrical  response,  Maby  T. 
Fkaser  (Ann.  Bot.  [London],  30  (1916),  No.  117,  pp.  181-189) .—ThesQ  experi- 
ments, undertaken  with  a  view  to  the  further  development  of  the  electrical 
test  used  by  Waller  (E.  S.  R.,  13,  p.  461)  on  the  germinability  of  seeds  looking 
to  its  possible  commercial  application,  are  said  to  have  yielded  results  which 
were  quite  consistent  throughout  the  same  samples  of  grain  germinated  under 
given  conditions.  It  is  stated  that  variations  in  electrical  response  of  gi-ains 
under  varied  conditions  are  strikingly  paralleled  by  variations  in  the  germina- 
tion values.  A  certain  amount  of  evidence  has  already  been  obtained  that  there 
is  a  time  of  maximal  electrical  response,  probably  corresponding  to  the  time 
when  growth  becomes  established.  The  electrical  response  can  be  ascertained 
in  a  much  shorter  time  than  the  total  germinative  value.  It  appears  to  be 
possible  also  to  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  electrical  response  between  live 
seeds  of  high  and  those  of  low  vitality. 

Relations  between  light  and  germination,  G.  Gassneb  (Ztschr.  Bot.,  7 
(1915),  No.  10,  pp.  609-661,  figs.  2). — This  is  a  series  of  preliminary  studies 
including  the  latent  influence  of  light  on  germination,  the  influence  of  desic- 
cation, the  relations  between  light  and  media  favoring  or  hindering  gei-mina- 
tion,  the  influence  of  light  as  related  to  seed  bed  temperature  and  after-ripen- 
ing, the  effects  of  previous  treatments,  the  influence  of  chaff  and  of  the  semi- 
permeable seed  coat  in  the  case  of  Chloris  cUiata,  and  coloration  of  seed  and  of 
medium. 

Studies  in  electroculture,  R.  Trnka,  B.  MysIk,  and  §.  Sajfeet  (Vistnik  5. 
Sjez.  6es.  Mk.  Pfir.,  1915,  p.  408;  aJ)S.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129  (1915),  No.  17,  p. 
^8). — It  is  stated  that  while  experimentation  showed  an  increase  of  crops  as 
a  result  of  electrical  influence,  especially  when  employed  during  the  hours  of 
sunlight,  it  has  not  been  sufficient  to  warrant  its  practical  employment. 

The  infl.uence  of  radio-activity  on  dissimilation  processes,  V.  ZooBNiCKi' 
(Vdstnik  5.  Sjez.  Ces.  Uk.  Pfir.,  1915,  p.  431;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129  (1915), 
No.  15,  p.  378). — It  is  stated  that  while  concentrated  emanations  from  radio-active 
material  injure  living  plants,  very  weak  ones  favor  starch  formation.  The 
formation  of  sugar  is  said  to  be  possible  only  when  sunlight  is  added. 

Are  spore-forming  bacteria  of  any  significance  in  soil  under  normal  con- 
ditions? H.  J.  Conn  (New  York  State  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  51  (1916),  pp.  3-9).— The 
author  states  that  the  spore-forming  bacteria,  Bacterium  mycoides,  B.  cereus, 
and  B.  megatherium,  are  nearly  always  present  in  soil  and  that  they  have  been 
considered  characteristic  and  importnnt  soil  organisms.  In  nitrogenous  cul- 
ture media,  these  bacteria  grow  rapidly  and  cause  a  vigorous  ammonitication, 


191G]  AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY.  525 

and  for  this  reason  they  have  been  considered  important  ammonifiers  of  the 
soil.  A  series  of  tests  was  conducted  to  determine  the  significance  of  these 
organisms  in  the  soil,  26  tests  being  made  to  ascertain  tlieir  relative  importance 
in  heated  and  unheated  soil  infusions. 

Wiien  the  soil  infusion  was  heated  before  plating  to  a  temperature  of  from 
75  to  85°  C,  nearly,  if  not  quite,  as  many  colonies  of  these  bacteria  developed 
as  when  plated  from  unheated  infusions.  This  temperature  is  considered  high 
enough  to  kill  the  vegetative  forms  of  bacteria,  and  I  heir  constant  occurrence 
in  large  number  is  believed  to  suggest  that  the  bacteria  are  present  in  normal 
soils  as  spores  rather  than  in  the  vegetative  state.  No  increase  in  the  total 
number  of  these  organisms  and  no  decrease  in  the  number  of  their  spores  could 
be  detected  in  soil  to  which  fresh  manure  was  added.  These  results  are  con- 
sidered as  casting  doubt  on  the  common  assumption  that  these  organisms  are 
important  ammonifiers  in  the  soil  and  they  raise  a  question  as  to  what  pos- 
sible soil  conditions  favor  their  growth  and  multiplication. 

A  possible  function  of  Actinomycetes  in  soil,  H.  J.  Conn  (New  York  State 
.S7a.  Tech.  Bui.  52  {1916),  pp.  3-11).— In  the  course  of  a  qualltativ(>  study  of 
the  bacteria  in  certain  New  York  State  soils,  there  was  recognized  a  great 
similarity  between  the  different  soils  and  the  relative  numbers  of  Actinomy- 
cetes and  lower  bacteria  present,  provided  the  soils  were  in  the  same  state  of 
cultivation.  Later  it  was  found  that  Actinomycetes  were  practically  always 
present  in  greater  abundance  in  old  sod  soil  than  in  soil  recently  cultivated. 
An  investigation  of  this  subject  has  shown  that  the  average  ratio  between  the 
number  of  Actinomycetes  in  neighboring  sod  and  cultivated  spots  of  ihe  same 
soil  type  is  slightly  more  than  2:1.  In  a  study  of  three  neighborir.g  spots  in  a 
single  soil  type,  it  was  found  that  Actinomycetes  colonies  not  only  appeared 
in  greater  numbers  from  sod  than  from  cultivated  soil  but  also  appeared  in 
greater  numbers  from  old  sod  than  from  sod  only  two  or  three  years  old.  The 
reason  for  this  difference  in  numbers  has  not  been  learned,  but  it  is  suggested 
that  Actinomycetes  are  active  in  the  decomposition  of  grass  roots. 

The  number  of  colonies  allowable  on  satisfactory  agar  plates,  R.  S.  Breed 
and  W.  D.  Dottereeu  {New  York  State  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  53  {1916),  pp.  3-11).— 
Attention  is  called  to  the  importance  in  making  bacteriological  counts  of  the 
limit  in  the  number  of  colonies  that  may  be  allowed  to  grow  on  a  plate  with- 
out introducing  serious  errors,  and  the  authors  present  the  results  of  an  in- 
vestigation testing  the  standard  methods  for  bacterial  milk  analysis  as  adopted 
by  the  American  Public  Health  Association  and  as  modified  in  its  meetmg  of 
1915  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  70). 

The  work  reported  includes  a  study  of  the  counts  made  for  a  large  number 
of  agar  plates  incubated  for  five  days  at  21°  C,  and  of  some  of  the  same  plates 
after  tv>^o  days'  additional  incubation  at  37°.  The  results  obtained  indicate 
that  for  milk  analysis  counts  made  from  plates  having  more  than  30  and  less 
than  400  colonies  are  very  nearly  as  satisfactory  as  those  made  from  plates 
having  more  than  40  and  less  than  200  colonies. 

A  comparison  between  agar  and  gelatin  as  media  for  the  plate  method  of 
counting  bacteria,  H.  J.  Conn  and  W.  D.  Dotterrek  {New  York  State  Sta. 
Tech.  Bui.  53  {1916),  pp.  12-15). — A  comparison  has  been  made  between  the 
counts  obtained  from  G41  agar  plates  and  599  gelatin  plates  inoculated  v.-ith 
various  samples  of  soil,  and  the  results  show  that  the  discrepant  counts  are  as 
likely  to  occur  with  one  medium  as  with  the  other.  The  remarkable  agreement 
between  the  two  media  is  believed  to  indicate  that  the  nature  of  the  medium 
used  has  little  or  no  influence  in  producing  the  occasional  widely  discrepant 
counts  which  occur. 

63270°— No.  6—16 3 


526  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  I  Vol.  35 

FIELD  CROPS. 

[Experiments  witli  field  crops],  A.  M.  McOmie  {Arizona  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
518-528,  figs.  4). — Of  13  varieties  planted  as  spring  wheat,  California  Club  pro- 
duced the  largest  yield,  38  bu.,  and  Turkey  Red  the  lowest,  14.5  bu.  per  acre. 
Chul  and  Early  Baart  yielded  each  36  bu.  per  acre  and  Blue  Stem  35.3  bu. 
lied  Chaff  ranlced  first  with  55  bu.  per  acre  among  15  varieties  sown  the  latter 
part  of  October,  being  followed  by  Blue  Stem  with  53.9,  Turkey  Red  with  51. 
and  Kofoid  with  50  bu.  per  acre.  In  this  list  of  varieties,  Marquis  produced 
47.8,  Early  Baart  47.8,  Red  Fife  47.5,  and  Red  Russian  47.3  bu.  In  every  case 
fall-sown  wheat  outyielded  the  spring-sown  and  was  also  less  subject  to  rust. 

Sixty-day  and  Texas  Red  oats  also  gave  better  yields  from  fall  than  from 
spring  planting.  Black  Eagar  is  described  as  a  variety  with  black,  oval,  large, 
and  heavy  seed,  an  exceptionally  long  panicle,  wide  coarse  leaves,  and  heavy, 
canelike  stems,  and  as  maturing  readily  at  an  elevation  of  7,000  ft.,  where 
the  growing  season  is  very  short. 

Utah  Winter,  C.  I.  No.  592,  produced  the  heaviest  yield  of  10  varieties  of 
spring-sown  barley,  being  followed  by  Mariout  and  Blue  Ilnll-less.  Black  Winter 
emmer  and  spelt,  both  fall  sown,  yielded  3,630  and  2,970  lbs.  per  acre, 
respectively. 

Of  25  varieties  of  corn  under  test,  Sacaton  Mexican  June  led  in  yield  with 
99  bu.  per  acre.  Mexican  White  Flint  and  White  Dent  each  yielded  85  bu., 
while  some  of  the  varieties  fell  as  low  as  10  bu. 

The  results  of  tests  with  Sudan  grass  showed  that  this  crop  is  capable  of 
maintaining  20  sheep  per  acre  continuously  for  100  days.  In  a  comparison 
with  Club  Top,  Sumac,  and  Amber  cane  for  forage.  Sudan  grass  gave  a  yield 
of  16,920  lbs.  of  dry  hay  and  Club  Top,  the  best  of  the  other  three  varieties, 
14,000  lbs.  per  acre.  The  leading  grain-producing  sorghums  for  the  year  were 
Shallu,  Dwarf  Black  Hulled  White  Kafir  corn,  Yellow  milo  maize,  and  White 
milo  maize. 

Winter  vetch  gave  a  dry  product  of  13,400  lbs.  and  spring  vetch  of  16,750 
lbs.  pel-  acre.  A  yield  of  24  tons  of  sugar  beets  per  acre  is  recorded  for  a 
planting  made  November  14,  as  compared  with  nearly  8  tons  for  a  planting 
made  February  9.  The  November  plantings  consistently  exceeded  the  Feb- 
ruary plantings  for  the  last  four  years.  A  yield  of  a  little  over  2,000  lbs.  of 
sugar-beet  seed  is  reported.  Twelve  varieties  of  flax  ranged  in  yield  from 
83.5  to  36.5  bu.  per  acre.    The  leading  variety  of  millet  was  Kursk. 

The  best  success  with  winter  grains  of  any  so  far  experienced  at  the  Snow- 
flake  dry  farm  was  obtained  the  past  year,  the  yields  ranging  from  12  to  32 
bu.  per  acre,  with  Turkey  Red  and  Marquis  leading  in  production.  A  yield  of 
about  1.100  lbs.  of  seed  per  acre  was  secured  from  the  Tepary  bean,  while 
Pink  and  Boetcher  also  gave  good  yields. 

At  the  Sulphur  Spring  Valley  dry  farm  October  seeding  of  small  grains  gave 
better  yields  than  later  seeding.  Marquis  wheat  produced  the  largest  yield, 
19.8  bu.  per  acre,  while  Turkey  Red,  Red  Chaff,  Early  Baart,  and  California 
Club  also  proved  satisfactory.  Barley  and  rye  were  found  valuable  as  winter 
pasture  crops,  and  both  produced  grains  after  being  pastured.  Spring  varieties 
of  grain  seeded  March  15  practically  failed.  Notes  are  given  on  the  production 
of  crops  on  shallow  soil  underlaid  with  caliche  and  on  deep  soils  with  clay 
and  a  porous  or  soft  caliche  subsoil. 

The  crops  succeeding  best  at  this  farm  during  the  past  two  years  were  Kafir 
corn,  Shallu,  Club  Top,  and  other  saccharin  sorghums ;  Whippoorwill  cowpeas ; 
Sudan  grass;  and  Mexican  June,  White  Wonder,  Sherrod,  Freid,  White  Flint, 


191«]  FIELD   CROPS.  527 

and  Diamond  Joe  coin.  These  crops  succeeded  best  when  planted  from  April 
1  to  May  15. 

Notes  are  given  on  the  production  of  beans,  corn,  wheat,  emmer,  and  pota- 
toes at  the  Prescott  dry  farm.  The  leading  varieties  of  beans  were  Colorado 
Pinto,  Bates,  Boetcher,  and  Tepary,  mentioned  in  decreasing  order  of  yield. 
Sudan  grass  produced  3.5  tons  of  dry  hay  per  acre  from  two  cuttings,  in  addi- 
tion to  a  pasture  crop.  On  bottom  land  a  yield  of  3  tons  was  secured  from  the 
first  cutting  and  2t  tons  from  the  second,  but  there  was  no  pasture  crop. 
These  phits  were  planted  in  rows  42  in.  apart.  Sudan  grass  sown  with  a  grain 
drill  failed  to  reach  a  height  sufficient  for  cutting.  A  yield  of  3  tons  per  acre 
of  this  grass  is  also  recorded  for  the  high  plateau  sections,  where  it  was  gi'own 
at  an  elevation  of  about  7,000  ft. 

[Breeding  work  with  field  crops],  G.  F.  Freeman  and  J.  C.  T.  Uphof  (Ari- 
zona Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  533-538,  fig.  1). — In  variety  tests  with  alfalfa  at  Yuma 
the  hairy  type  of  Peruvian  gave  the  best  yields.  From  the  cutting  made 
March  23,  1915,  this  type  of  alfalfa  produced  5,500  lbs.  of  hay  per  acre  as 
compared  with  4,738  lbs.,  the  average  of  the  other  varieties  in  the  test.  The 
corresponding  figures  for  the  cutting  made  December  8,  1915,  were  2,217  and 
1,701  lbs.,  respectively. 

An  average  yield  per  acre  of  1,810  lbs.  of  green  beans  was  secured  from  17 
pure  races  of  Tepary  beans  grown  at  the  Yuma  date  orchard,  the  highest  yield 
being  2,526  lbs.  for  race  No.  48.  Fifteen  lbs.  of  wild  Tepary  seed  was  planted 
in  field  plats  at  Yuma  for  comparison  with  the  domesticated  form  as  a  hay 
crop.  On  one  plat  this  seed  yielded  at  the  rate  of  5,080  lbs.  of  air-dry  hay  per 
acre  and  on  another  at  the  rate  of  6,180  lbs.  In  this  test  pure  race  No.  17 
yielded  9,760,  6,795,  and  5,882  lbs.  and  Whippoorwill  cowpeas  5,960  lbs.  per 
acre  of  air-dry  hay. 

A  yield  of  cleaned  wheat  of  42.91  bu.  per  acre  was  secured  at  this  point. 
As  compared  with  the  yield  in  1914  this  was  an  increase  of  5.24  bu.  per  acre, 
which  is  thought  probably  due  to  turning  under  a  few  weeks  before  seeding 
the  wheat  in  the  fall  a  green  manure  crop  of  Tepary  beans  yielding  ap- 
proximately 15,000  lbs.  of  green  material  per  acre.  In  a  test  of  varieties 
Turkey  Red  yielded  at  the  rate  of  57  bu.  per  acre,  but  the  averages  f-er  all  the 
field  plats  were  as  follows:  Sonora  51.7,  White  Algerian  Macaroni  44.6,  Red 
Algerian  Macaroni  44.6,  Early  Baart  43.3.  and  Turkey  Red  43.2  bu.  per  acre. 

Among  63  pedigree  increase  plats  from  the  selection  of  the  best  head  rows 
of  the  preceding  year  the  White  Algerian  Macaroni  strains  gave  an  average  of 
11.4  bu.  per  acre  more  than  the  average  for  the  other  strains.  It  was  observed 
in  connection  with  this  work  that  certain  strains  of  Turkey  wheat,  all  of 
which  were  hard  when  grown  in  the  Central  Plains  States,  immediately  be- 
came soft  when  grown  in  Arizona  under  irrigation,  while  other  strains  from 
the  same  original  sources  have  remained  hard.  It  was  also  found  that  on  the 
average  those  strains  becoming  soft  immediately  were  greater  yielders  than 
those  which  resisted  the  softening  effect  of  the  climate,  but  a  few  pure  races 
of  hard  Turkey  wheat  were  found  which  were  high  yielders  and  at  the  same 
time  maintained  their  hard,  glutenous  texture. 

Report  of  the  agronomy  department,  C.  A.  Sahr  (Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915, 
pp.  39-44,  pis.  2). — Deep  plowing  of  soil  and  allowing  it  to  aerate  from  one  to 
several  months  before  planting  rice  and  taro  gave  increased  yields  in  every 
test,  although  in  the  case  of  taro  the  increase  was  small.  Potatoes  on  soil  with 
16  per  cent  of  water  in  the  upper  6  in.  failed  to  sprout  properly,  while  soil 
with  24  per  cent  of  moisture  produced  plants.  In  a  spraying  test  the  check 
plat  yielded  15  bu.,  the  plat  sprayed  with  lime-sulphur  25.9  bu.,  and  the  one 
sprayed  with  Bordeaux  mixture  30.2  bu.  of  tubers  per  acre. 


528  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Notes  are  given  on  culture  tests  with  clover,  sweet  clover,  Crotalaria 
mesopontica,  C.  madurensis,  C.  incana,  C.  striata,  Stisolohium  hassjoo.  S. 
cinereum,  and  S.  capitatum.  Jack  beans  and  species  of  velvet  beans  sown  early 
in  September  gave  the  best  yields  of  both  green  substance  and  seed.  The  fol- 
lowing annual  yields  of  green  forage  from  different  varieties  of  alfalfa  are 
reported :  Spanish  .56,362  lbs.,  Kansas  common  52,00.5  lbs.,  Utah  common  45,245 
lbs.,  Peruvian  35,530  lbs.,  and  Turkestan  30,595  lbs.  per  acre.  Semipalatinsk 
alfalfa  (Medicago  falcata)  did  not  prove  equal  to  common  alfalfa  or  Japan 
clover  (Lespedeza  striata). 

The  total  yields  of  green  forage  per  acre  for  a  period  of  26.5  months  for 
the  sorghums  and  27  months  for  the  Japanese  cane  are  recorded  as  follows : 
Sweet  sorghum,  8  cuttings,  86.55  tons ;  nonsaccharin  sorghum.  6  cuttings,  88.45 
tons ;  and  Japanese  cane,  3  cuttings,  157.64  tons  per  acre.  The  results  with 
other  varieties  of  sorghum  are  also  noted. 

Of  the  several  forage  grasses  on  trial,  Sudan  gi-ass  retained  its  lead  in  the 
production  of  green  forage,  yielding  at  a  low  elevation  an  average  of  14.5  tons 
per  cutting  per  acre  for  7  cuttings  as  compared  with  an  average  of  a  little  less 
than  4  tons  per  acre  for  6  cuttings  for  Tunis  grass.  The  value  of  other  gi-asses, 
including  molasses,  Wilder,  Australian  blue,  Giant  Bermuda,  teff,  Mitchell, 
wallaby,  side  oat  grama,  Judd,  and  American  buffalo  grass,  is  briefly  men- 
tioned. Japanese  millet  is  reported  as  maturing  at  the  station  in  80  to  100 
days  under  ordinary  conditions  and  as  yielding  about  10  tons  of  forage  per 
acre  when  cut  green  and  3  tons  of  roughage  and  30  bu.  of  seed  per  acre  when 
left  to  mature.  The  best  results  in  controlling  the  spread  of  Japanese  nut 
grass  Avere  secured  by  spraying  with  arsenite  of  soda. 

Japanese  buckwheat  was  found  to  mature  a  week  earlier  than  SilverhuU  and 
to  yield  about  25  per  cent  more  grain.  The  average  annual  yield  per  tree  for 
4  years  of  Caravonica  cotton  planted  on  the  station  grounds  in  February,  1910, 
was  approximately  1  lb.  of  lint.  The  distribution  of  seed  of  cotton  and  grasses 
conducted  by  the  department  is  briefly  mentioned. 

[Work  with  field  crops  in  1915]  {Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  26S  {1916),  pp.  4-6, 
10-15,  32,  36,  figs.  10). — In  connection  with  the  work  of  the  agronomy  depart- 
ment with  pedigreed  strains  of  rye,  an  improved  strain  known  as  Pedigree  No. 
1,  and  excelling  in  stiffness  of  straw  and  milling  qualities,  was  developed  from 
the  Schlansted  variety.  A  yield  of  46.5  bu.  per  acre  under  field  trials,  or  14.5 
bu.  over  the  yield  of  common  varieties,  is  recorded.  A  cross  by  E.  J.  Del- 
wiche  between  Minnesota  169  and  Red  Fife  wheat  produced  a  strain  with 
exceptional  stooling  power,  marked  resistance  to  rust,  a  strong  straw,  and 
early  maturing  qualities.  In  30  tests  at  the  station  by  R.  A.  Moore  and  B.  D. 
Leith  with  wheat,  Pedigree  No.  2,  a  type  of  Turkey  Red  winter  wheat,  yielded 
49.6  bu.  per  acre  and  Marquis  spring  wheat  43  bu.  Milling  and  baking  tests 
with  21  samples  of  the  1914  crop  showed  that  Pedigree  No.  2  gave  fully  as 
good  results  as  the  standard  spring  wheats  of  highest  milling  quality.  The 
Wisconsin  spring  wheats  analyzed  12.46  per  cent  of  gluten  as  compared  with 
11.05  in  the  standard  spring  wheat  patent  flours. 

The  work  of  the  station  to  establish  hemp  growing  in  the  State,  conducted 
by  C.  P.  Norgord,  is  described  and  the  progress  made  in  this  direction  is  noted. 
The  results  of  comparative  trials  of  over  200  strains  and  varieties  of  alfalfa 
by  L.  F.  Graber  indicated  that  the  common  purple-flowered  alfalfa  from  Kansas 
and  Nebraska  seed  witlistood  winterkilling  last  winter  quite  as  well  as  alfalfa 
from  northern-grown  seed.  Pedigree  No.  4  and  White  Jewel  oats  grown  in  the 
Superior  district  were  found  by  E.  J.  Delwiche  to  be  the  most  resistant  to  the 
influences  causing  lodging.    Yields  of  2.5  to  3.7  tons  of  hay  per  acre  are  reported 


191G]  FIELD   CROPS.  529 

as  secured  in  plat  tests  although  the  season  was  unfavorable  on  account  of 
prevailing  low  temperatures. 

Studies  made  of  the  influence  of  freshly  turned  under  green  manures  like 
clover  on  the  germination  of  seeds  rich  in  oil  indicated  that  germination  is 
injuriously  affected  by  a  soil  fungus,  Rhizoctonia,  which  is  given  most  favorable 
conditions  of  growth  through  the  incorporation  of  organic  matter. 

Investigations  on  the  relation  of  sulphur  to  plant  nutrition  w^ere  extended  to 
oats  and  barley  which  were  materially  helped,  especially  in  seed  production, 
by  an  increased  supply  of  sulphates,  but  the  effect  was  not  so  marked  as  with 
rape  and  clover.  The  influence  of  elemental  sulphur,  while  sometimes  beneficial, 
was  found  often  to  exert  a  poisonous  effect. 

Relative  water  requirement  of  corn  and  the  sorg'hums,  E.  C.  Miller  ( TJ.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  13,  pp.  473-484,  pis.  3.  fig.  1).— 
In  work  carried  on  by  the  Kansas  Experiment  Station,  the  water  requirement 
was  determined  for  four  varieties  of  corn  and  two  varieties  of  sorghum  in  1914, 
and  for  three  varieties  of  corn  and  five  varieties  of  sorghum  in  1915.  The  work 
was  carried  on  at  Garden  City,  Kans.,  where  the  plants  were  grown  in  large, 
sealed,  galvanized-iron  cans  containing  approximately  110  kg.  of  soil,  having  a 
wilting  coefficient  of  13  and  a  moisture  content  maintained  at  from  20  to  21  per 
cent  on  the  dry  basis.  Three  plants  of  corn  were  ;'rown  in  each  can  during  both 
seasons,  and  6  sorghum  plants  were  gi'own  in  each  can  in  1914,  but  only  3  in  1915. 
A  summary  of  the  data  secured  in  the  experiments,  which  are  tabulated  in  de- 
tail, show^s  the  follow'ing  relative  standing  as  to  water  requirement  of  the  differ- 
ent crops  and  varieties  for  the  two  years :  In  1914,  Blackhull  Kafir  corn  1, 
Dwarf  Milo  maize  1.04,  hybrid  corn  1.09,  Sherrods  White  Dent  corn  1.22,  and 
Pride  of  Saline  corn  1.24;  in  1915,  Blackhull  Kafir  corn  1,  Dwarf  Blackhull 
Kafir  corn  1.02,  Dwarf  Milo  maize  1.12,  feterita  1.14,  hybrid  corn  1.17,  Pride  of 
Saline  1.23,  Sherrods  White  Dent  corn  1.27,  and  Sudan  grass  1.41. 

Sorghum  and  millet,  F.  A.  Welton  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916),  No.  6, 
pp.  168-174,  fiffs.  2). — This  article  discusses  briefly  the  culture  and  value  of 
sorghum  and  millet,  and  reports  the  yields  secured  in  comparative  tests  with 
these  crops. 

A  comparison  of  corn  and  sorghum  during  the  four  years  beginning  with  1912 
showed  that  such  late  varieties  of  corn  as  Blue  Ridge,  Hickory  King,  and  Boone 
County  White  produced  larger  yields  of  green  forage  per  acre  than  were  ob- 
tained from  sorghum,  while  two  early  varieties,  Darke  County  Mammoth  and 
Leaming,  yielded  less  than  sorghum.  For  the  same  period  average  yields  of 
10,  14,  9.1,  9.9,  and  7.6  tons  of  green  forage  per  acre  are  reported  for  Amber 
sorghum.  Orange  sorghum,  Red  Kafir  corn.  White  Kafir  corn,  and  Yellow  milo 
maize,  respectively.  The  average  production  for  seven  noncousecutive  years  of 
Hungarian,  German,  Red  Siberian,  and  Japan  barnyard  millet  tested  on  the 
station  farm  was  2.6,  4.4,  2.8,  and  4.8  tons  of  dry  forage  per  acre,  respectively. 

Concerning'  the  growth  and  composition  of  clover  and  sorrel  (Rumex  aceto- 
sella)  as  influenced  by  varied  amounts  of  limestone,  J.  W.  White  (Pennsyl- 
vania Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  46-64,  pis.  13). — Studies  on  the  general  fertilizer  plats 
of  the  station,  supplemented  by  pot  experiments,  were  made  wath  reference  to 
the  growth  of  sorrel  as  influenced  by  soil  acidity.  Work  related  to  this  subject 
by  other  investigators  is  briefly  reviewed  and  the  results  presented  in  tabular 
form  are  discussed.  Some  of  the  plats  on  which  the  investigation  was  conducted 
received  ammonium  sulphate  as  the  source  of  nitrogen  and  showed  an  increasing 
tendency  to  failure  of  clover  and  to  a  less  extent  of  corn  and  wheat. 

In  1912-13  sorrel  grew  on  plat  32  having  an  acid  soil  at  the  rate  of  1  ton  per 
acre.     In  areas  where  the  soil  acidity  required  from  3,500  to  3,800  lbs.  of 


530  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

calcium  carbonate  per  acre  to  correct  it  to  tlie  depth  of  7  in.,  clover  failed  and 
sorrel  took  its  place ;  where  from  4,000  to  4,500  lbs.  of  calcium  carbonate  were 
similarly  required,  timothy  was  largely  replaced  by  sorrel ;  and  where  the  maxi- 
mum acidity  was  reached  red  top  predominated.  Plats  receiving  calcium  as 
sulphate  and  carbonate  are  reported  as  free  from  sorrel. 

In  the  pot  experiments  the  greatest  yield  of  clover  occurred  where  limestone 
was  applied  at  the  rate  of  3  tons  per  acre  in  excess  of  the  quantity  required  to 
render  the  soil  neutral.  Clover  failed  in  these  tests  where  the  acidity  for  its 
correction  required  from  3,000  to  3,500  lbs.  of  calcium  carbonate  per  acre  for  the 
upper  7  in.  of  soil.  Where  limestone  was  present  in  slight  excess  in  the  pot 
experiments,  sorrel  was  largely  replaced  by  clover,  but  it  produced  the  highest 
yield  where  the  maximum  amount  of  limestone  was  applied. 

The  calcium  content  of  clover  and  sorrel  was  highest  where  the  largest  quan- 
tity of  limestone  was  added  to  the  soil.  The  protein  content  of  clover  was 
found  to  vary  but  slightly  whether  grown  in  an  alkaline  or  an  acid  soil.  The 
calcium  content  of  sorrel  grown  on  plat  32  was  determined  as  only  10  per  cent 
of  that  grown  in  an  alkaline  soil.  The  leaves  of  sorrel  grown  on  this  plat  con- 
tained 17.92  per  cent  protein,  equivalent  in  amount  to  that  in  clover,  and  the 
sorrel  contained  per  ton  of  dry  matter  the  equivalent  of  $9.03  in  nitrogen, 
potassium,  and  phosphorus  as  compared  with  the  corresponding  value  of  $10.97 
for  clover.  The  water-soluble  acidity  of  the  sorrel  from  this  plat  calculated  to 
oxalic  acid  was  found  to  be  as  follows :  Total  plant  1.36  per  cent,  leaves  2.45 
per  cent,  stem  0.969  per  cent,  and  seed  0.44  per  cent,  as  compared  with  0.98  per 
cent  in  the  whole  plant  grown  on  alkaline  soil. 

On  the  basis  of  these  results  the  author  concludes  that  sorrel  is  not  an  acid- 
loving  plant  but  has  the  property  of  adaptation  under  soil  conditions  unfavor- 
able to  the  growth  of  most  field  crops. 

Winter  injury  of  alfalfa  and  clover,  C.  A.  Geakhakt  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta., 
1  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  199-201). — Data  collected  in  64  per  cent  of  the  counties  of 
the  State  are  reported  as  showing  that  22.7  per  cent  of  the  red  clover,  22.3  per 
cent  of  the  mammoh  clover,  17.3  per  cent  of  the  alsike  clover,  and  44  per  cent 
of  the  alfalfa  winterkilled  during  the  winter  of  1915-16.  Grimm  alfalfa  was 
found  to  show  no  greater  resistance  to  winter  conditions  than  common  alfalfa 
from  seed  produced  in  the  Northwestern  States. 

Comparative  yields  of  hay  from  several  varieties  and  strains  of  alfalfa  at 
Brooking'S,  Highmore,  Cottonwood,  and  Eureka,  A.  N.  Hume  and  M.  Champ- 
LiN  {South  Dakota  Sta.  Bui.  163  {1916),  pp.  282-343,  figs.  9).— Historical  and 
descriptive  notes  are  given  of  a  number  of  varieties  and  strains  of  alfalfa  and 
other  species  of  Medicago  introduced  and  tested  in  South  Dakota.  Results  are 
reported  of  comparative  trials  of  several  varieties  and  strains  of  alfalfa  made 
at  Brookings,  Highmore,  Cottonwood,  and  Eureka. 

The  average  yield  of  field-cured  hay  per  acre  in  the  four  localities  for  the 
three  years,  1913  to  1915,  was  2,565  lbs.  for  Vale,  2,532  lbs.  for  Grimm,  and 
2,527  lbs.  for  Turkestan  alfalfa.  It  is  not  implied  that  these  three  strains 
should  be  produced  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others,  but  it  is  advised  that  such 
strains  as  Baltic  S.  D.  No.  167,  Common  S.  D.  No.  12,  Kansas  Nonirrigated  S.  D. 
No.  173,  and  other  strains  now  successfully  grown  in  the  State  should  not  be 
hastily  discarded.  Attention  5s  called  to  the  fact  that  although  Turkestan 
alfalfa  is  adapted  to  hay  production  in  South  Dakota,  the  seed  of  the  variety 
has  a  much  more  limited  market  outside  of  the  State  than  the  seed  of  other 
strains.  Field  trials  of  strains  of  Medicago  falcata  made  at  Brookings  are  re- 
ported as  indicating  that  the  species  luay  not  yield  as  large  average  amounts 
of  hay  as  the  strains  of  M.  sativa  which  have  been  tested. 


19161  FIELD   CROPS.  531 

Correlated  characters  in  maize  breeding,  G.  N.  Collins  (U.  S.  Dept.  Ayr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  435-454,  pls.  9).— This  article  reports 
the  results  of  a  study  undertaken  "  to  determine  whether  the  difficulty  in 
recognizing  types  of  maize  is  duo  to  a  lack  of  familiarity  with  the  plants  or 
whether  there  is  a  fundamental  difference  between  the  heredity  of  maize  and 
that,  for  example,  of  cotton."  It  was  thought  that  the  difficulty  of  recognizing 
types  among  maize  plants  might  be  due  to  a  lack  of  sufficient  discrimination 
and  that  correlations  were  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception.  The  data  ob- 
tained were  afforded  by  a  cross  between  Waxy  Chinese  and  Esperanza,  Chinese 
and  Mexican  varieties  respectively,  with  a  number  of  definitely  contrasted  char- 
acters and  considered  completely  isolated  from  very  remote  times.  Tables  are 
given  showing  the  mean  of  different  characters  and  the  coefficient  of  variation 
of  characters  in  first  and  second  generation  plants,  correlation  coefficients, 
and  character  pairs  exhibiting  genetic  correlations.  The  following  characters 
are  discussed :  Hairs  on  the  leaf  sheath,  tassel  characters,  tassel  exsert,  num- 
ber of  erect  leaf  blades,  angle  of  tassel  axis,  and  one-sidedness  or  the  peculiarity 
that  a  number  of  the  upper  leaf  blades  are  borne  on  one  side  of  the  plant. 

The  results  are  reported  as  showing  that  the  characters  studied,  instead  of 
forming  coherent  groups,  are  almost  completely  independent  in  inheritance.  For 
the  purpose  of  distinguishing  different  kinds  of  correlations  they  are  classified 
as  physical,  physiological,  and  genetic,  and  a  method  is  proposed  by  which 
physiological  and  genetic  correlations  may  be  distinguished. 

For  the  study  of  correlations  11  of  the  characters  most  definitely  contrasted 
in  the  parents  were  selected  and  the  correlation  coefficients  of  all  the  combina- 
tions were  calculated.  Of  the  55  possible  combinations,  20  were  found  to  ex- 
hibit significant  correlations,  but  in  all  but  5  of  these  correlations  are  believed 
to  be  physiological  rather  than  genetic.  No  correlation  was  found  between 
any  two  characters  closer  than  0.5,  which  fact  is  regarded  as  offering  an  ex- 
planation of  the  difficulty  of  recognizing  types  in  inaize. 

"  This  lack  of  coherence  of  characters  in  maize,  taken  with  the  fact  that 
to  maintain  a  satisfactory  degree  of  vigor  a  diversified  ancestry  must  be  main- 
tained, would  appear  to  make  the  method  of  isolating  types  inapplicable  to  this 
plant.  As  an  offset  to  the  limitation  thus  imposed,  advantage  may  be  taken 
of  the  facility  with  which  desirable  characters  derived  from  different  parents 
can  be  combined." 

Cooperative  fertilizer  experiments  with  corn,  1908—1914,  G.  S.  Fbaps 
(Texas  Sta.  Bui.  184  (1916),  pp.  3-64).— The  results  secureil  during  the  first 
three  years  have  been  previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  627).  This  bulletin 
deals  mainly  with  the  experiments  carried  on  from  1911  to  1914.  Tables  are 
given  showing  the  results  secured  by  the  different  cooper ators  and  the  com- 
position of  the  soils  on  which  the  tests  were  made.  The  details  of  each  test  are 
briefly  noted  and  the  effect  of  the  different  fertilizers  or  fertilizer  ingredients 
is  discussed. 

During  the  seven  years,  114  experiments  were  made  and  in  87  of  this  number 
a  gain  was  secured  from  acid  phosphate,  in  76  from  cotton-seed  meal,  and  in 
46  from  potash.  It  is  concluded  from  the  data  that  the  soils  concerned  need 
phosphoric  acid  first,  nitrogen  next,  and  potash  least.  Using  from  150  to  200 
lbs.  of  acid  phosphate  the  average  gain  produced  was  from  5  to  7  bu.  of  corn  per 
acre.  From  ."^O  to  100  lbs  of  cotton-seed  meal,  there  was  an  average  gain 
of  0.4  to  3.8  bu.,  when  used  in  combination  with  acid  phosphate,  while  with  200 
lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal,  alone  or  with  acid  phosphate,  there  was  from  5.5  to  7.1  bu. 
increase,  the  results  being  based  on  only  those  experiments  in  which  a  gain 
occurred.     From  5  to  25  lbs.  of  muriate  of  potash  per  acre,  there  were  produced 


532  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOKD.  [Vol.35 

average  gains  of  from  2.3  to  3.2  bu.  of  corn,  and  with  50  lbs.  of  muriate  of 
l)ota,sh,  from  2.1  to  5.1  bu.  The  average  gain  ascribed  to  barnyard  manure  was 
from  8.3  to  11.5  bu.  per  acre,  or  larger  than  the  gains  from  acid  phosphate, 
cotton-seed  meal,  or  potash  salt. 

Thomas  phosphate  used  in  12  tests  had  about  GO  per  cent  of  the  effectiveness 
of  acid  phosphate.  In  11  experiments  the  pho.sphoric  acid  of  rock  phosphate 
showed  about  22  per  cent  of  the  effect  of  the  phosphoric  acid  of  acid  phosphate. 
With  lime,  used  in  12  experiments,  there  was  an  average  gain  of  4.5  bu.,  but  no 
gain  in  one-half  of  the  tests.  When  50  lbs.  of  nitrate  of  soda  was  substituted 
for  100  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  in  49  experiments,  the  average  difference  in  favor 
of  cotton-seed  meal  was  about  1  bu.  of  corn  per  acre.  Manure  gave  profitable 
results  in  the  greatest  number  of  tests.  Acid  phosphate  alone  gave  a  large 
number  of  profitable  increases,  and  cotton-seed  meal  alone  gave  nearly  the  same 
number.  Cotton-seed  meal  with  acid  phosphate  gave  profitable  results  in  42 
per  cent  of  the  trials. 

Tests  of  soy  beans,  1915,  E.  H.  Jenkins,  J.  P.  Street,  and  C.  D.  Hubbeix 
(Connecticut  State  Sta.  Bui.  191  {1916),  pp.  14,  fig-  i).— This  bulletin  presents 
the  data  gathered  in  1915  in  continuation  of  earlier  work  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  633). 

Twenty  unnamed  varieties  of  soy  beans,  chiefly  new  introductions  grown  in 
cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  ranged  from  97  to  over 
150  days  in  period  of  growth  and  from  19.3  to  31.2  bu.  of  seed  per  acre  in  yield. 
The  named  varieties  tested  required  from  6  to  15  days  longer  to  mature,  pro- 
duced on  the  average  1,200  lbs.  less  of  dry  forage  per  acre,  and  the  dry  feed 
contained  about  1.1  per  cent  more  protein,  as  compared  with  the  results  of  the 
same  varieties  in  1914. 

The  range  in  yield  per  acre  of  18  varieties  grown  in  1915  was  from  5,672  to 
22,477  lbs.  of  green  forage  and  from  12.5  to  29  bu.  of  seed.  The  results  of  two 
years'  tests  of  those  varieties  which  grew  successfully  in  both  years  are  reported 
as  indicating  that  Wilson,  Ebony,  and  Cloud,  small,  black-seeded  varieties,  were 
in  both  years  among  the  six  varieties  yielding  the  most  dry  matter  in  the  green 
forage.  Tables  are  given  showing  the  yield  and  composition  of  soy-bean  forage, 
alfalfa,  and  ensilage  corn  as  determined  at  the  station,  and  the  nutrients  per  ton 
of  ensilge  corn,  soy-bean  forage,  and  mixtures  of  the  two.  It  is  stated  that  an 
average  crop  of  soy  beans  such  as  was  grown  by  the  station  the  past  two  years 
contains,  exclusive  of  the  roots,  approximately  4,2-55  lbs.  of  organic  matter,  131 
lbs.  of  nitrogen,  23  lbs.  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  93  lbs.  of  potash  per  acre. 

Results  of  field  tests  by  farmers  are  briefly  noted,  and  an  outline  is  given  of 
a  paper  on  soy  beans  as  a  food  for  diabetics,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34, 
p.  311). 

Tobacco  experiments,  1913,  W.  Frear,  O.  Olson,  and  H.  R.  Kraybill  (Penn- 
sylvania Sta.  Rpt.  1914  pp.  S47-374,  pls.  12). — The  experiments  here  described 
were  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and 
with  tobacco  growers'  societies  in  Lancaster,  Clinton,  and  York  counties  in  the 
State.  Experiments  in  Lancaster  County  were  conducted  to  determine  the  most 
productive  strain  of  the  Connecticut  Seedleaf  or  Broadleaf  variety.  The  collec- 
tion of  strains  by  elimination  based  on  earlier  resiilts  was  reduced  to  10  in  num- 
ber. The  object  of  the  work  in  Clinton  County  was  the  determination  of  the 
type  of  tobacco  best  adapted  to  the  soil  and  climate  of  the  Clinton-Lycoming 
tobacco  region.  The  experiments  in  York  County  were  inaugurated  during  the 
year  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  the  decrease  in  burning  quality  of  the  tobacco 
grown.  Earlier  and  similar  work  with  tobacco  has  been  previously  noted  (E. 
S.  R.,  34,  p.  142).  Meteorological  data  and  notes  on  crop  conditions,  together 
with  results  bearing  on  yield,  plant  measurement,  and  leaf  quality,  are  presented 
in  tables. 


1910]  FIELD  CROPS.  533 

In  the  strain  selection  work  with  Connecticut  Seedleaf  or  Broadleaf  tobacco 
in  Lancaster  County,  the  yields  of  the  different  filler  strains  were  as  follows: 
Slaughter,  F  1,  1,910  lbs.,  Cooper,  R  1,  1,910  lbs.,  Espenshade,  N  1,  1,795  lbs.. 
"  Weaver,"  B  100,  1,738  lbs.,  Hershey,  K  1,  1,719  lbs.,  Hostetter,  D  1,  1,700  lbs., 
Ober,  J  1,  1,643  lbs.,  Hoover,  A  200,  1,G24  lbs..  Pound,  H  100,  1,604  lbs.,  and 
Burkholder,  A  300,  1,413  lbs.  per  acre.  The  results  of  plant  measurements 
showed  that  the  leaf  dimensions  presented  no  close  relationship  between  the  leaf 
expanse  and  the  relative  weights  of  the  cured  topped  plants. 

In  an  experiment  on  planting  distance  and  topping  height  for  cigar  tobacco, 
plants  were  placed  28  in.  apart  in  the  row  in  rows  42  in.  apart,  and  28  in. 
apart  in  the  row  in  rows  36  in.  apart.  The  plants  were  topped  at  15  to  17  or 
18  leaves  for  high  topping  and  at  11  to  14  leaves  for  low  topping.  Cultivation  was 
continued  in  each  case  beyond  the  stage  of  leaf  spread  when  it  is  usually  dis- 
continued in  practice.  In  considering  the  results  of  the  three  previous  years 
with  those  of  1913,  it  appeared  that  in  all  seasons  high  topping  resulted  in  the 
highest  gross  yield,  in  two  seasons  high  topping  and  close  planting  gave  a  dis- 
tinctly greater  yield,  while  in  the  other  two  seasons  the  wider  planting  gave  a 
slightly  higher  return.  Low  topping  and  close  planting  led  to  distinctly  higher 
yields  in  three  out  of  the  four  seasons.  The  close  planted  tobacco  in  1913 
produced  lO.G  per  cent  of  seconds  a.s  compared  with  8.6  per  cent  for  the  wider  or 
normal  planting.  Of  the  normal  planted  tobacco  75  per  cent  by  weight  of  the 
leaves  were  from  22  to  26  in.  in  length,  and  of  the  close  planted  tobacco  only  66 
per  cent.  The  high  topped  plants  showed  69  per  cent  by  weight  of  long  leaves 
known  as  firsts,  and  the  low  topped,  73  per  cent.  The  results  for  similar  spacing 
and  topping  tests  made  in  1913  on  a  sandy,  loam  soil  in  Clinton  County  are 
tabulated  without  conclusions. 

Fertilizer  experiments  were  conducted  with  the  Slaughter  strain  of  seedleaf 
tobacco.  Two  plats  were  fertilized  with  manure  alone  at  the  rate  of  10  tons 
per  acre,  and  two  with  the  same  application  of  manure  supplemented  with  acid 
phosphate  and  sulphate  of  potash  at  the  rate  of  300  lbs.  and  100  lbs.  per  acre, 
respectively,  in  addition.  The  average  yield  of  the  plats  treated  with  manure, 
acid  phosphate,  and  sulphate  of  potash  was  1.955  lbs.  per  acre,  and  the  average 
yield  for  the  plats  treated  with  manure  alone,  1,655  lbs. 

Several  different  types  of  tobacco  were  grown  for  a  number  of  years  to  study 
the  effect  of  environmental  conditions  in  Lancaster  County  on  their  character- 
istics. The  results  are  reported  as  showing  that  the  various  strains  retained 
their  characteristic  points  of  distinction. 

Tests  in  Clinton  County  on  different  farms  with  wrapper  and  binder  strains 
in  1913  re.sulted  in  the  following  yields :  Local  Havana  1,605  lbs.,  Wisconsin 
Havana  1,497  lbs.,  Connecticut  Broadleaf  1,477  lbs.,  Local  Havana  1,410  lbs., 
Local  Havana  1,395  lbs..  Local  Havana  1,347  lbs.,  Connecticut  Havana  1,260  lbs., 
and  Local  Havana  1,200  lbs.  per  acre.  In  tests  with  other  wrapper  varieties 
it  was  found  that  seed  from  shade-grown  Cuban  planted  in  the  open  produced 
leaves  too  short  and  heavy  for  wrapper  purposes.  The  yields  secured  in  this 
test  were  as  follows:  Halliday  Havana,  primed,  1,912  lbs.,  Halliday  Havana, 
cut,  1,425  lbs.,  Connecticut  Havana  1,294  lbs.,  and  Shade-grown  Cuban  (seed 
from  Connecticut)  750  lbs.  per  acre. 

The  influence  of  suckering  upon  the  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco,  H.  R. 
Kkaybill  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  19U,  pp.  374,  375).— An  experiment  was 
made  on  two  plats  to  demonstrate  the  value  of  suckering  tobacco.  A  difference 
of  330  lbs.  of  cured  leaf  per  acre  in  favor  of  the  suckered  plants  was  secured 
with  a  dlfferi  nee  in  quality  in  favor  of  suckering  even  greater  than  the  differ- 
ence in  yield. 


534  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Influence  of  time  of  topping  upon  distance  between  leaves  on  the  stalk, 
H.  R.  Kraybill  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  19 1^,  pp.  375-377). — Observations 
were  made  in  1913  upon  64  plants  of  the  Slaughter  strain  of  Pennsylvania 
Broadleaf  similar  in  size,  uniformity,  and  vigor.  Sixteen  plants  were  topped 
as  soon  as  the  first  bud  was  visible,  16  at  the  stage  of  development  half-way 
between  the  time  when  the  first  bud  had  appeared  and  the  time  when  the  first 
blossom  appeared,  16  when  the  first  flower  appeared,  and  16  were  allowed  to 
mature  seed.     All  topped  plants  were  topped  to  15  good  leaves. 

The  data  presented  in  tables  indicate  that  the  stem  continues  to  elongate  even 
after  the  first  flower  appears  but  that  the  portion  bearing  the  eighth  to  the 
fifteenth  leaf  makes  the  greater  increase  in  length.  Prom  the  time  the  first  bud 
appeared  both  portions  of  the  stem  seemed  to  elongate,  the  portion  bearing  the 
first  to  the  eighth  leaf  making  the  slightly  larger  increase.  Topping  appeared 
to  arrest  growth,  affecting  to  the  greatest  extent  the  portion  bearing  the  eighth 
to  the  fifteenth  leaf.  A  distinct  increase  in  the  length  of  the  internodes  was 
observed  after  the  time  the  first  bud  appeared,  the  average  increase  between 
neighboring  leaves  of  the  first  to  the  eighth  leaf  being  0.183  in.  or  20.8  per  cent, 
and  of  the  eighth  to  the  fifteenth  leaf  0.13  in.  or  10.4  per  cent. 

White  Burley  tobacco,  I.  S.  Cook  and  C.  H.  Scherffius  (West  Virginia  Sta. 
Bui.  152  {1916),  pp.  3-20,  figs.  6). — Cultural  directions,  including  soil  selection 
and  preparation,  rotations,  transplanting,  cultivation,  topping,  selection  of 
seed  plants,  harvesting,  curing,  stripping,  and  grading  are  given,  and  the  re- 
sults of  variety  and  fertilizer  tests  are  reported.  The  work  is  in  cooperation 
with  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Introduced  varieties  of  White  Curley  grown  from  selected  seed  gave  promise 
of  proving  superior  to  the  standard  variety  grown  in  the  State.  The  results 
of  several  fertilizer  tests  indicated  that  nitrogen  influences  the  yields  of  tobacco 
in  the  State  more  than  does  either  potash  or  phosphoric  acid.  A  combination 
of  all  three  plant  food  constituents  produced  the  highest  average  yield,  and 
an  application  of  about  700  lbs.  of  a  high-grade  fertilizer  containing  not  less 
than  4  per  cent  of  nitrogen  was  found  profitable.  In  one  test  conducted  for 
two  years  the  use  of  10  tons  of  barnyard  manure  per  acre  gave  the  best  results 
of  all  fertilizer  materials  applied.  The  approximate  cost  of  growing  an  acre  of 
tobacco,  including  the  use  of  1  ton  of  ground  limestone,  200  lbs.  each  of  sodium 
nitrate  and  potassium  sulphate,  and  300  lbs.  of  acid  phosphate  was  determined 
as  itemized  at  $66.50. 

Tobacco  growing-  in  Canada,  F.  Chaelan  (Canada  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  25,  2. 
ser.,  pp.  29,  figs.  S).^This  bulletin  discusses  in  a  popular  manner  the  different 
phases  of  tobacco  culture,  such  as  the  selection  and  preparation  of  the  soil, 
the  use  of  hotbeds,  cultural  methods,  harvesting,  curing,  fermentation,  and 
marketing. 

Wheat  experiments,  C.  G.  Williams  (Ohio  Sta.  Bid.  298  (1916).  pp.  W- 
484,  figs.  19). — This  bulletin  reports  the  results  of  experiments  with  wheat 
covering  the  period  from  1887  to  1915,  most  of  the  work  having  been  done  the 
last  15  years.  The  experiments  included  soil  treatment,  methods  of  seeding, 
tests  of  varieties,  variety  improvement  by  means  of  pure  line  selection,  and 
milling  and  baking  tests.  Most  of  the  work  was  done  on  the  station  farm  at 
Wooster,  but  results  secured  at  Columbus,  at  the  district  experiment  farms  at 
Strongsville,  Germantown,  Carpenter,  and  Findlay,  and  at  the  county  experiment 
farms  in  Paulding,  Miami,  Hamilton,  and  Clermont  counties  are  also  reported. 

Wheat  without  fertilizer  treatment  in  a  5-year  rotation  with  corn,  oats,  clover, 
and  timothy  averaged  42  per  cent  higher  in  yield,  and  in  a  3-year  rotation  with 
corn  and  potatoes  50  per  cent  higher  than  wheat  receiving  no  fertilizers  in 


1916]  FIELD   CROPS.  535 

continuous  culture.  As  compared  with  corn,  wheat  tied i nod  loss  in  yielrl  when 
grown  continuously  without  fertilizers,  and  as  compared  with  corn  and  potatoes 
in  3-year  rotations  without  fertilizers  sr^howed  greater  hardiness  and  persistence. 

In  fertilizer  experiments  14  per  cent  acid  phosphate  was  used  at  the  rate  of 
160  lbs.  per  acre  on  wheat  and  320  lbs.  per  rotation  at  Wooster  and  Strongsville 
and  of  120  lbs.  on  wheat  and  240  lbs.  per  rotation  at  Gei-mantown  and  Car- 
penter. Muriate  of  potash  was  applied  at  the  rate  of  100  lbs.  per  acre  on  wheat 
and  260  lbs.  per  rotation  at  Wooster  and  Strongsville  and  20  lbs.  per  acre 
on  wheat  and  40  lbs.  per  rotation  at  Germantown  and  Carpenter.  Nitrate  of 
soda  and  dried  blood  were  given  at  the  rate  of  120  lbs.  and  50  lbs.  per  acre, 
respectively,  on  wheat,  an  equivalent  of  480  lbs.  of  nitrate  of  soda  per  rotation 
at  Wooster  and  Strongsville  and  at  the  rate  of  80  lbs.  on  wheat  and  160  lbs.  per 
rotation  at  Germantown  and  Carpenter.  Barnyard  manure  was  applied  at  the 
rate  of  4  tons  per  acre  on  wheat  and  of  S  tons  per  rotation  at  Wooster  and 
Strongsville  and  of  5  tons  per  acre  at  Germantown  and  Carpenter.  In  ar- 
riving at  the  financial  results,  corn  was  valued  at  50  cts.  per  bu.,  oats  at  33J 
cts.,  wheat  at  90  cts.,  hay  at  $10  per  ton,  corn  stover  at  $4,  and  straw  at  $2. 
The  acid  phosphate  was  valued  at  $14  per  ton,  muriate  of  potash  at  $."')0,  and 
nitrate  of  soda  iit  $60.  The  extra  cost  of  harvesting  the  increase  of  crops  was 
placed  at  10  cts.  per  bu.  for  cereals  and  $1  per  ton  for  hay.  In  the  fertilizer 
tests  at  Wooster,  Strongsville,  Germantown,  and  Carpenter  the  use  of  phos- 
phorus alone  increased  the  yield  of  wheat  from  4.85  to  8  bu.  per  acre,  phos- 
phorus and  potassium  from  6.2  to  9.19  bu.,  and  phosphorus,  potassium,  and 
nitrogen  from  8.77  to  16.2  bu.  Based  on  all  the  crops  of  the  rotation  and 
taking  into  account  the  fertilizer  cost  and  the  expense  of  harvesting  the  in- 
ciease,  the  average  annual  net  value  pec  acre  of  the  increase  from  the  use  of 
phosphorus  at  the  four  points  was  $2.87,  from  phosphorus  and  potassium,  $3.21 ; 
and  from  phosphorus,  potassium,  and  nitrogen,  $2.60.  The  cost  of  the  nitrogen 
in  commercial  forms  did  not  justify  its  use  in  the  growing  of  cereals.  In 
these  experiments  manure  gave  a  return  of  more  than  $3  per  ton  without  proper 
reinforcement  v.-ith  phosphorus,  while  in  other  experiments  at  the  station  a 
return  of  more  than  $4  per  ton  has  been  secured. 

The  use  of  1  ton  of  burnt  lime  or  2  tons  of  ground  limestone  per  acre  once 
in  five  years  on  the  acid  soil  at  Wooster  increased  the  yield  of  wheat  2.11  bu. 
per  acre  as  a  10-year  average.  The  lime  increased  the  value  of  all  crops  in 
rotation  from  $6.17  to  $27.41  per  acre,  depending  upon  the  fertilizer  treatment. 
The  average  gain  for  lime  per  rotation  was  $16.47  per  acre.  No  treatment  of 
the  soil  with  fertilizers  or  manure  rendered  lime  unnecessary. 

Plowing  15  in.  deep  showed  a  gain  of  0.43  bu.  per  acre  over  plowing  7.5  in. 
deep,  and  ordinary  plowing  with  subsoiling  showed  a  gain  of  1.04  bu.  of  wheat 
over  ordinary  plowing  alone.  Neither  deep  plowing  nor  subsoiling  proved  prof- 
itable on  the  Wooster  silt  loam  soil. 

The  results  from  broadcasting  and  drilling  seed  varied  widely  with  the  sea- 
son. As  an  average  of  five  seasons  the  gain  for  drilling  was  3.8  bu.  per  acre. 
No  difference  in  yield  was  found  between  drilling  1  in.  and  2  in.  deep,  and  a 
3-in.  depth  showed  but  a  slight  decline.  As  an  average  of  three  tests  with 
the  same  quantity  of  seed  per  acre,  cross-drilling  gave  an  average  gain  of 
0.76  bu.  of  wheat  per  acre  over  drilling  one  way. 

The  results  of  making  nine  different  seedings  of  wheat  at  intervals  of  one 
week,  beginning  September  1  and  ending  October  26,  for  a  period  of  14  years, 
were  in  favor  of  the  seedings  made  September  21  and  22,  with  the  seedings  on 
September  28  and  29  standing  next,  and  those  of  September  14  and  15  third. 
The  results  of  experiments  on  the  use  of  from  3  to  10  pk.  of  seed  per  acre  and 


536  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED,  f Vol.  35 

extending  over  a  period  of  17  years  with  10  different  varieties  showed  that 
8  pk.  per  acre  proved  most  profitable,  the  use  of  9  pk.  standing  second,  and  of 
6  pk.  third. 

No  important  differences  in  yield  were  found  in  comparing  heavy  kernels 
of  seed  wheat  with  light  kernels  with  such  variations  in  weight  as  can  be 
secured  with  the  ordinary  fanning  mill.  With  hand-selected  seed  of  pure  line 
strains  with  variations  in  weight  of  100  per  cent  or  more,  important  increases 
in  yield  were  obtained  from  the  heavy  kernels. 

Of  the  varieties  tested  for  18  years  the  following,  mentioned  in  decreasing 
order  of  yield,  gave  the  best  results :  Dawson  Golden  Chaff,  Nigger,  Poole, 
Gipsy,  Valley,  Harvest  King,  Mealy,  Gold  Coin,  Hickman,  and  Nixon.  Daw- 
son Golden  Chaff,  Mealy,  and  Gold  Coin  are  reported  as  of  inferior  milling  and 
baking  quality.  Variety  tests  conducted  the  last  eight  years  and  including  five 
of  the  newer  varieties  not  in  the  trial  above  mentioned  showed  Portage,  Dawson 
Golden  Chaff',  Gold  Coin,  Gladden,  Trumbull,  Early  Red  Clawson,  Harvest 
King,  Red  Wave,  Hickman,  and  Poole,  given  in  decreasing  order,  to  have  been 
the  highest  yielders.  New  varieties  recommended  to  be  seeded  at  the  rate  of 
1  pk.  per  acre  were  found  to  require  as  heavy  seeding  as  the  old  standard 
varieties. 

In  following  the  pure  line  method  of  selection  decided  dift"erences  in  winter 
resistance,  stiffness  of  straw,  yield  of  grain,  and  breadmaking  qualities  are 
reported  to  have  been  found  in  the  progeny  of  individual  heads  selected  from 
ordinary  varieties  of  wheat. 

Some  lessons  from  the  wheat  crop  of  1915,  C.  E.  Thoene  (AIo.  Bui.  Ohio 
Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  215-211). — Land  growing  wheat  continuously  without 
fertilization  since  1894  yielded  10  bu.  per  acre  in  1915,  this  being  the  largest 
yield  in  12  years.  The  average  production  without  fertilizers  for  the  22 
years  was  raised  to  7.5  bu.  per  acre.  An  annual  dressing  of  5  tons  of  barnyard 
manure  per  acre  increased  the  yield  to  23.8  bu.  for  1915,  and  to  18  bu.  for  the 
22  years,  and  430  lbs.  of  complete  fertilizer  raised  the  yields  to  22.6  bu.  and 
19.3  bu.,  respectively. 

Wheat  without  fertilizer  treatment  grown  in  a  3-year  rotation  with  corn 
and  clover  since  1898  yielded  17.3  bu.  in  1915,  and  an  average  of  11.9  bu. 
for  the  18  years.  Where  only  the  corn  in  this  3-year  rotation  received  8  tons 
of  barnyard  manure  per  acre,  the  yield  of  wheat  in  1915  was  24  bu.,  the  18-year 
average  being  20.7  bu.  Manure  applied  at  this  rate  but  dusted  with  40  lbs. 
of  acid  phosphate  per  ton  gave  a  yield  of  29.8  bu.  per  acre  in  1915  and  an 
average  of  26.6  bu.  for  the  18  years. 

In  another  3-year  rotation  including  clover  and  begun  in  1894,  wheat  fol- 
lowed potatoes.  In  this  test  the  unfertilized  wheat  yielded  33.7  bu.  per  acre 
in  1915,  and  averaged  26  bu.  for  the  21  years.  Where  both  potatoes  and  wheat 
received  160  lbs.  of  acid  phosphate  on  each  crop,  the  wheat  yield  rose  to  39 
bu.  in  1915  with  an  average  of  35.4  bu.  for  the  entire  period.  The  addition  to 
the  acid  phosphate  of  100  lbs.  of  muriate  of  potash  each  for  potatoes  and 
wheat  increased  the  yield  to  40.7  bu.  in  1915  and  to  33.6  bu.  for  the  entire 
period.  A  further  addition  of  nitrate  of  soda,  80  lbs.  per  acre  on  potatoes 
and  160  lbs.  on  wheat,  raised  the  wheat  yield  for  1915  to  43.2  bu.  and  for  the 
21  years  to  37.7  bu.  This  was  the  same  fertilizer  application  that  raised  the 
continuously  grown  wheat  from  7.5  to  19.3  bu. 

In  a  5-year  rotation  with  corn,  oats,  clover,  and  timothy,  wheat  without 
fertilizer  treatment  yielded  8.7  bu.  per  acre  in  1915  and  10.6  bu.  as  the  22-year 
average  on  land  that  had  never  been  limed,  as  compared  with  15  bu.  for  1915 
and  11.7  bu.  for  the  22  years  on  land  which  had  received  a  ton  of  quicklime 
per  acre  in  1903  and  2  tons  of  ground  limestone  10  years  later.     Acid  phosphate 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  637 

at  the  rate  of  3G0  lbs.  per  acre  increased  tlie  yield  for  1915  to  18.6  bii.  on  the 
unlimed  land  and  to  20  bu.  on  the  limed  land.  One  hundred  lbs.  nmriato  of 
potash  added  to  the  acid  jihosphate  produced  a  further  increase  of  a  bushel 
per  acre  for  the  22  years  in  both  cases,  and  tlie  complete  fertilizer  in  the  same 
quantities  given  for  the  experiments  above  described  increased  the  yield  for 
1915  to  33  bu.  on  both  unlimed  and  limed  land  and  to  27.5  bu.  for  the  22-year 
average,  the  nitrate  of  soda  partly  taking  the  place  of  lime. 

In  addition  to  these  plat  experiments,  a  40-acre  field  at  the  station  has 
grown  10  acres  of  wheat  annually  for  22  years  in  a  4-year  rotation  with  corn, 
oats,  and  clover.  The  first  10  years  the  wheat  land  was  top-dres.sed  before 
seeding  with  about  10  tons  of  barnyard  manure  per  acre  and  the  10-year 
average  yield  was  20  bu.  Then  the  manure  was  reinforced  with  about  40  ll)s. 
of  acid  phosphate  per  ton  and  spread  on  clover  sod  which  was  plowed  under 
for  corn.  The  corn  received  a  dressing  of  about  1.5  tons  of  limestone  per  acre 
and  the  wheat  received  350  lbs.  per  acre  of  a  fertilizer  made  up  of  steamed 
bone  meal,  acid  phosphate,  and  .muriate  of  potash  with  50  lbs.  of  nitrate  of 
soda  added  in  April  if  the  growth  was  not  too  rank.  The  wheat  yield  on  this 
field  for  1915  was  nearly  36  bu.,  and  the  average  yield  for  the  past  10  years 
34  bu.  per  acre. 

HORTICULTURE. 

[Seport  of  horticultural  investigations],  W.  H.  Lawrence  and  S.  B.  John- 
son (Arizona  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  539-552). — A  progress  report  on  various  lines 
of  work  for  the  year. 

Studies  with  processed  fabrics  prepared  for  use  in  protecting  citrus  trees 
during  injurious  low  temperatures  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  48)  were  continued,  and 
observations  reported  as  to  semitransi)areucy,  air-tightness  of  covers,  radiation 
of  heat  from  covers,  distribution  of  heat,  and  changes  of  temperature  due  to 
wind  currents  under  covers. 

The  results  are  given  of  fruit-thinning  experiments  conducted  with  a  number 
of  young  date  trees.  These  results,  together  with  observations  and  study  of 
the  influence  of  thinning  fruit  on  old  trees,  led  to  the  following  conclusions: 

"  The  date  palm  is  a  plant  having  a  natural  method  of  thinning  fruit.  The 
fruit  begins  to  drop  shortly  after  pollination  takes  place  and  continues  long 
after  the  reduction  to  one  of  the  three  carpels  occurring  in  each  floral  cup,  some- 
times continuing  into  the  harvest  period.  Trees  not  bearing  a  maximum  crop 
will  mature  fruit  to  size  and  quality  with  little  or  no  change  in  earliness  of 
ripening.  Natural  methods  of  thinning  fruit  early  in  the  season  have  a  greater 
tendency  to  increase  the  size  of  the  berry,  in  proportion  to  the  number  in  the 
bunch,  than  is  induced  by  artificial  removal  of  a  number  of  berries  later  in  the 
season  following  natural  thinning.  Artificial  thinning  may  be  done  to  ad- 
vantage only  after  the  bearing  capacity  of  a  tree  has  been  determined. 

"  Thinning  may  be  done  most  effectively  and  quickly  by  the  removal  of  an 
entire  fruiting  branch.  This  method  not  only  increases  the  weight  of  the  berry 
but  of  the  entire  bunch,  including  the  brush.  Thinning  may  be  done  profitably 
when  the  tree  is  carrying  in  excess  of  a  maximum  load.  Under  these  condi- 
tions bunches  with  one-half  the  spikes  removed  begin  to  ripen  their  fruit  earlier 
than  the  nonpruned  bunches,  which  come  second  in  order,  while  those  with  one- 
half  of  each  spike  removed  mature  the  fruit  more  slowly.  In  general,  fruit  of 
inferior  size  occurs  on  the  slender-stemmed  bunches,  bearing  weak  branches." 

In  a  cultural  test  of  winter  radishes  the  white  varieties  gave  the  best  results. 
For  rate  of  maturity  and  length  of  time  the  roots  continue  to  grow  and  remain 
edible,  White  Icicle  was  the  first  choice. 


538  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Some  data  are  given  on  the  range  of  soil  temperatures  during  the  season,  and 
the  importance  of  using  such  records  to  determine  dates  for  planting,  methods 
of  irrigation,  and  rate  of  growth  of  vegetables  until  edible  maturity  is  pointed 
out. 

Observations  and  data  secured  from  experiments  in  the  station's  European 
and  American  grape  vineyard  during  the  fruiting  seasons  of  1914  and  1915  are 
here  summarized  under  the  general  headings  of  bearing  habits  of  the  plant, 
systems  of  pruning,  yields  per  season,  date  of  blooming,  weight  of  average  size 
bunches,  date  of  picking,  decrease  in  size  of  berries,  decrease  in  number  of 
berries  per  ounce,  comparison  of  yields  for  separate  pickings  from  all  hills  of 
each  variety,  and  yield  of  fruit. 

In  an  olive  orchard  planted  late  in  March  and  early  in  April,  1914,  it  was 
noticed  early  in  May  that  many  of  the  trees  were  discolored.  Near  the  middle 
of  the  month  a  considerable  increase  in  the  cankered  areas  was  noted,  but  all 
attempts  to  isolate  an  organism  gave  negative  results.  A  further  study  showed 
that  the  trouble  made  its  appearance  on  the  trees  first  on  the  south  or  south- 
west side  and  near  the  ground. 

Some  experimental  work  was  carried  on  in  which  plantings  were  made  under 
various  conditions,  and  it  was  found  that  sun  scald  of  newly  planted  olive  trees 
occurs  under  certain  conditions.  Small,  weak-growing  trees  usually  died  before 
sun  scalding  took  place,  while  large  growing  stems  were  not  affected.  Shading 
the  trees  did  not  prevent  sun  scald,  while  flooding  with  irrigation  water  and 
the  use  of  hot  soil  as  a  surface  mulch,  with  subirrigation,  favored  the  scalding. 
Medium-sized  trees  that  gave  up  their  water  slowly  were  found  most  susceptible 
to  the  injury.  Scalding  took  place  only  during  periods  of  intense  heat,  and 
under  average  field  conditions  is  limited  to  the  area  just  above  the  ground. 
Fall,  winter,  or  early  spring  planting  is  deemed  more  desirable  than  late  spring 
planting,  and  trees  should  be  headed  back  at  the  time  of  planting  in  order  to 
reduce  the  evaporation  as  much  as  possible. 

Report  of  the  horticultural  department,  J.  E.  Higgins  {Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  20-27,  pis.  2). — The  work  of  the  department  was  continued  along 
lines  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  741). 

The  station  is  cooperating  in  experiments  in  Florida  and  in  California  with 
the  view  of  extending  the  culture  of  litchi  (Litchi  chinensis) .  Some  successful 
experiments  in  transporting  these  short-lived  seeds  under  refrigeration  from 
Honohilu  to  San  Francisco  and  thence  by  ordinary  express  and  by  mail  in  moist 
sphagnum  moss  to  Washington,  D.  C,  and  to  various  localities  in  California 
are  noted.  All  of  this  seed  germinated  well,  thus  indicating  that  litchi  seeds 
may  be  transported  where  refrigeration  for  fruit  is  available. 

In  the  work  with  mangoes  some  preliminary  studies  have  been  made  on  the 
flowers  of  certain  varieties  and  on  methods  of  pollination.  Several  mango 
seedlings  less  than  nine  months  old,  which  had  been  grafted  by  inarching,  were 
found  to  be  producing  flower  clusters  above  the  point  of  union,  and  in  most 
cases  the  scion  also  was  flowering.  The  mango  tree  ordinarily  does  not  flower 
until  it  is  from  five  to  six  years  old.  No  cause  is  ascribed  for  these  phenomena, 
except  the  grafting.  An  instance  of  bud  mutation  is  reported  in  which  a  single 
branch  of  one  of  the  trees  bearing  green  fruit  produced  a  pink  fruit  rather 
smaller  in  size  than  the  regular  type  but  otherwise  resembling  the  variety. 
Bark  grafting  the  mango,  which  has  previously  been  successfully  applied  by  the 
Porto  Rico  Experiment  Station,  has  proved  to  be  well  adapted  under  Hawaiian 
conditions  to  the  work  of  top  gi-afting  established  trees.  The  process  is  here 
described. 


1916]  HORTICULTUEE.  539 

lu  the  work  with  avocados  the  Macdonald,  the  parent  tree  of  many  of  the 
round,  hard-shelled  winter  seedlings,  has  attracted  some  attention  by  its 
remarkable  keeping  qualities.  The  fruits  were  kept  in  the  horticultural  labor- 
atory for  16  days  without  any  refrigeration,  being  in  a  perfect  state  of  preserva- 
tion at  tlie  end  of  this  time. 

In  the  work  of  propagating  the  avocado,  scion  budding  has  given  satisfactory 
results.  The  scions  are  inserted  in  a  T-shaped  incision  similar  to  that  made 
for  shield  budding,  only  much  larger.  After  being  tied  in  place  the  budded 
scion  is  waxed  with  a  firm  grafting  wax  which  will  not  run  when  heated  by  the 
sun.  This  method  is  considered  to  be  advantageous  as  a  means  of  propagating 
from  old  bearing  trees  which  frequently  do  not  produce  good  bud  wood  unless 
severely  cut  back.  It  may  also  be  used  to  work  branches  of  considerable  size. 
Observations  of  apparently  multiple-stemmed  seedling  avocados  showed  that 
such  seedlings  have  a  single  central  stem,  the  other  stems  arising  from  buds 
on  this  stem  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground  and  in  many  cases  within  the 
seed. 

The  work  of  breeding  papayas  was  resumed  along  lines  previously  noted. 
A  number  of  crosses  and  close  pollinations  have  been  made  to  secure  informa- 
tion on  questions  arising  in  earlier  work. 

In  the  citrus  orchard  many  varieties  are  now  in  bearing  and  making  a  satis- 
factory growth.  Practically  all  of  these  varieties  have  been  introduced  as  bud 
wood  and  worked  upon  home-grown  stocks. 

In  view  of  the  claim  by  some  manufacturers  that  a  blend  of  the  oil  of  kukui 
(Aleurites  moluccana)  and  of  the  China  wood  oil  (A.  fordii)  is  preferable  to 
either  one,  some  work  was  undertaken  by  V.  S.  Holt  in  hybridizing  these  species 
with  the  idea  that  the  new  forms  might  combine  the  desired  characters  in  a 
way  superior  to  either  of  the  parents.  A  number  of  fruits  from  these  cross 
pollinations  have  been  secured. 

Brief  notes  are  given  on  the  station's  distribution  of  seeds  and  plants  and 
extension  work  in  horticulture. 

A  variety  test  of  tomatoes,  C.  E.  Myeks  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  PP- 
461-492). — In  continuation  of  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  146)  tabular 
data  are  given  on  a  test  of  different  strains  of  a  number  of  varieties  of  tomatoes. 
With  a  few  exceptions  each  variety  recorded  has  been  tested  for  three  years. 
The  varieties  are  classified  according  to  their  period  of  maturity,  described,  and 
discussed  with  reference  to  their  quality  and  commercial  importance. 

Influence  of  dynamiting  on  soils,  W.  R.  White  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt. 
1914.  pp.  445-4.57). — In  continuation  of  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  125) 
the  second  year's  results  are  given  from  those  dynamiting  experiments,  which 
were  conducted  in  orchards.  Although  these  results  are  not  considered  conclu- 
sive thus  far,  they  indicate,  as  in  the  previous  year,  that  the  profitable  applica- 
tion of  dynamite  as  a  soil  improver  is  limited.  In  these  experiments  no  im- 
portant gains  have  as  yet  been  derived  from  its  use  either  with  newly-planted 
apple  trees  or  with  mature  trees. 

Irrigation,  R.  W.  Allen  (Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1915,  pp.  24-26, 
fig.  1). — Practical  suggestions  are  given  for  irrigating  orchards,  both  where 
cover  crops  are  used  and  where  clean  tillage  is  practiced. 

Cover  crops,  C.  I.  Lewis  and  R.  W.  Allen  (Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River 
Sta.,  1915,  p.  29). — Notes  are  given  of  a  test  of  various  cover  crops  on  a  number 
of  distinct  soil  types  in  the  fall  of  1914.  The  crops  tested  include  field  peas, 
horse  bean,  crimson  clover,  hairy  vetch,  spring  or  common  vetch,  woolly-podded 
vetch,  purple  vetch,  and  bitter  vetch. 

As  a  result  of  the  severe  winter  only  the  crimson  clover  and  hairy  vetch  sur- 
vived and  made  satisfactory  growth  to  be  of  value  for  green  manuring.     The 


540  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECOED.  [Vol.  35 

authors  point  out,  however,  that  field  peas  may  be  grown  in  the  spring  for 
green  manure  as  well  as  for  forage  or  for  grain.  Crimson  clover  reaches  the 
proper  size  for  use  as  green  manure  too  late  in  the  spring  to  be  of  very  great 
value.  Of  the  newer  vetches — woolly-podded,  bitter,  and  purple — the  first  two 
are  promising  but  do  not  appear  to  be  much  more  hardy  than  spring  vetch. 
Spring  vetch  succeeds  well  in  ordinary  years  and,  unlike  hairy  vetch,  the  seed 
is  cheap  and  easily  obtained,  hence  it  will  of  necessity  be  most  generally  used. 
Results  from  experiments  on  cultural  methods,  cover  crops,  and  fertiliza- 
tion in  apple  orchards,  J.  P.  Stewaet  {Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  4^3- 
^38). — In  continuation  of  a  previous  report  on  this  subject  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  148) 
the  author  reviews  some  of  the  more  practical  results  secured  from  certain 
of  the  orchard  fertilizer  experiments.  The  principal  results  from  the  other 
orchard  experiments  of  the  station  are  appended  in  tabular  form. 

The  results  secured  from  cultural  methods  in  the  younger  orchards  are, 
in  general,  not  materially  different  from  those  previously  given.  Some  of  the 
recent  results  in  the  more  mature  orchards,  however,  conflict  with  previous 
results,  the  tillage  and  cover  crop  plats  giving  the  best  yield  in  some  cases 
and  mulched  trees  the  best  yield  in  other  cases.  In  the  latter  cases  definite 
amounts  of  plant  food  have  also  been  added  to  both  the  cultural  plats  and 
the  mulched  plats.  Tree  growth  has  continued  to  be  decidedly  greater  through- 
out the  experiment  for  the  tillage  and  cover  crop  treatment. 

Observations  on  the  experiments  as  a  whole  appear  to  demonstrate  the  feasi- 
bility of  obtaining  practically  annual  crops  from  such  supposedly  refractory 
biennial  bearers  as  the  Baldwin,  York  Imperial,  Spy,  and  Tompkins  King, 
provided  the  conditions  are  made  right.  The  results  also  indicate  that  annual 
tillage  should  be  done  with  double-action  disks  or  cutaways  or  their  equivalent 
in  preference  to  regular  plows,  wherever  the  soil  conditions  will  permit. 

In  one  experiment,  here  noted,  the  influence  of  fertilization  surpassed  that  of 
cultural  methods  as  regards  yield.  The  application  of  nitrogen  with  phosphate 
to  sod  or  of  manure  to  sod  gave  strikingly  greater  yields  than  sod  mulch  or  till- 
age and  cover  crop  methods  of  culture.  Phosphate  with  potash  applied  to  sod 
gave  a  material  gain  over  sod  alone  but  was  less  effective  in  influencing  the 
yield  than  sod  mulch  or  tillage  and  cover  crop. 

From  the  results  secured  in  this  work  to  date  a  general  fertilizer  formula 
carrying  about  30  lbs.  of  actual  nitrogen,  50  lbs.  of  actual  phosphoric  acid, 
and  from  25  to  50  lbs.  of  actual  potash,  applied  at  the  rate  of  500  lbs.  per  acre 
to  bearing  trees,  is  recommended.  Attention  is  called,  however,  to  the  need  of 
adjusting  the  fertilizer  to  individual  orchards. 

Intercrops  for  apple  orchards,  J.  P.  Stewart  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914, 
pp.  439-445). — In  this  paper  the  author  calls  attention  to  the  value  of  inter- 
crops in  reducing  the  cost  of  young  orchards  and  gives  concise  directions  for 
growing  the  various  intercrops  in  the  orchards. 

The  influence  of  nitrogen  upon  the  vigor  and  production  of  devitalized 
apple  trees,  C.  I.  Lewis  and  R.  W.  Allen  (Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta., 
1915,  pp.  5-19,  pi.  1,  figs.  4). — Further  results  are  given  of  some  of  the  station's 
orchard  fertilizer  experiments  in  which  the  ingredients  are  being  applied 
both  in  the  dry  form  and  in  solution  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  235). 

The  present  report  deals  specifically  with  the  effects  of  nitrogen,  which 
is  the  only  element  that  has  given  results.  In  the  previous  year's  work 
beneficial  results  were  secured  by  spraying  trees  with  ;i  solution  of  nitrate 
of  soda  and  caustic  soda,  thus  confirming  the  results  reported  by  Ballard 
and  Volck  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  640).  Subsequent  experiments,  however,  lead  the 
authors  to  conclude  that  the  real  reason  why  better  results  were  secured 
from  spraying  nitrate  of  soda  than  applying  it  in  the  dry  form  was  due  to  the 


1016]  HORTICULTURE.  541 

fact  that  the  nitrogen  sprayed  on  the  trees  was  dissolved  and  reached  the 
roots,  whereas  the  nitrates  spread  on  the  ground  were  added  in  May  when 
the  ground  was  dry,  hence  did  not  dissolve  and  reach  the  roots.  In  order 
to  secure  benefit  from  the  nitrates  tliey  should  be  applied  during  the  early 
l)art  of  March  when  the  ground  is  sufficiently  moist  to  dissolve  them  and  also 
before  the  trees  come  into  bloom.  Nitrogen  applied  at  this  time  has  been  found 
to  cause  a  larger  percentage  of  set  of  fruit  in  April,  an  important  change  in  the 
character  of  the  foliage,  and  a  stimulation  of  the  wood  growth. 

The  experiments  indicate  that  the  stimulating  effect  of  nitrate  of  soda  is 
more  lasting  in  its  effects  than  formerly  believed  and  that  its  benefits  will 
extend  over  into  the  second  season  and  perhaps  longer.  The  best  method 
of  applying  nitrate  of  soda  to  orchards  is  to  spread  the  dry  crystals  broadcast 
on  the  ground  under  the  trees  and  harrowing  soon  after  applying.  Six  lbs. 
of  nitrate  of  soda,  equal  to  about  1  lb.  of  actual  nitrogen,  applied  to  a  mature 
bearing  tree  is  believed  to  be  ample  to  restore  seriously  weakened  trees  to  a 
normal  condition.  This  amount  should  be  reduced  one-half  the  second  year,  the 
station's  experiments  showing  that  a  full  pound  of  nitrogen  applied  the  second 
year  produced  too  much  wood  growth  and  too  much  fruit  that  was  undercolored 
and  oversized.  The  cost  of  furnishing  the  required  nitrogen  at  the  rate  recom- 
mended was  $15  an  acre. 

The  above  amounts  of  fertilizer  are  recommended  for  use  only  on  trees 
which  are  in  a  somewhat  run  down  condition  as  indicated  by  thin  foliage, 
weak  wood  growth,  small  fruit,  and  the  presence  of  certain  physiological 
troubles,  such  as  "fruit  pit,"  little  leaf,  die-back,  etc. 

Further  experiments  are  to  be  conducted  to  confirm  these  conclusions  as  a 
whole. 

The  authors  point  out  that  nitrate  of  soda  does  not  exert  much  influence 
on  the  soil,  and  therefore  in  order  to  improve  the  physical  condition  of  the  soil 
in  many  orchards  it  is  necessary  to  add  organic  matter.  During  the  last  two 
years  those  orchards  which  have  used  clover  and  alfalfa  in  the  presence  of 
sufficient  moisture  have  shown  a  strong  improvement.  The  use  of  these  legu- 
minous crops  should  be  dispensed  with  for  a  while  and  systematic  clean  culture 
practiced  when  signs  of  over  stimulation  appear. 

Condition  of  root  system,  of  apple  trees  in  the  Hood  River  district,  R.  W. 
Allen  {Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1915,  pp.  20-24,  figs.  2).— The  results 
are  given  of  a  preliminary  investigation  started  in  1913  to  determine  in  a 
general  way  the  condition  of  the  root  system  of  apple  trees  in  orchards  varying 
in  age  and  under  different  cultural  treatment. 

In  the  orchards  examined  many  of  the  fibrous  roots  of  the  trees  were  dead, 
this  condition  being  worse  in  old  orchards  kept  under  clean  cultivation  and 
without  irrigation.  Sod  culture  without  irrigation  was  very  similar  in  result 
to  that  of  continuous  clean  culture,  but  the  conditions,  as  a  whole,  were  worse 
where  shallow  implements  of  tillage  had  been  used.  Sod  culture  in  which 
clover  had  been  grown  with  irrigation  showed  the  soil  and  roots  of  trees  to 
be  in  very  good  condition. 

"Fruit  pit"  was  found  to  be  worse  under  the  worst  conditions  of  the  soil 
and  upon  trees  having  root  systems  in  the  most  critical  condition.  In  less 
serious  conditions  of  soil  the  roots  of  "pit"  trees  were  either  normal  in  vigor 
or  nearly  so.  Winter  injury  appeared  to  be  most  prevalent  on  soils  of  poor  con- 
dition, but  no  relation  was  found  to  exist  between  the  seriousness  of  the  trouble 
and  the  condition  of  the  roots  of  the  trees.  The  investigation  as  a  whole 
strongly  indicates  that  the  weak  and  yellow  condition  of  the  trees,  much  of 
63270°— No.  6—16 1 


542  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

the  fruit  pit,  and  winter  injury  now  so  prevalent  in  the  orchards  are  due  to 
drought  and  improper  fertilization. 

Winter  injury  to  apple  tree  roots  {Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  {1916),  pp.  15, 
16). — Observations  made  by  the  horticultural  department  on  root  killing  of 
apple  trees  show  that  when  there  is  a  blanket  of  snow  upon  the  ground  even 
excessive  variations  in  air  temperatures  do  not  cause  much  fluctuation  in  soil 
temperatures ;  hence  cover  crops  which  hold  the  snow  aid  in  preventing  winter- 
killing. 

The  results  of  one  year's  work  further  indicate  that  the  roots  arising  from 
scions  of  hardy  varieties  of  apples  can  withstand  greater  cold  than  roots  of 
equal  size  developing  from  the  stock.  Considerable  difference  existed  in  the 
ability  of  scion  roots  of  different  varieties  to  resist  low  temperatures.  Scion 
roots  of  the  Wealthy,  for  instance,  are  much  hardier  than  those  of  the  North- 
western Greening.  J.  G.  Moore  of  the  station  has  observed  that  ordinarily  no 
scion  roots  are  produced  the  first  year.  Usually  those  produced  the  second  season 
are  small,  and  less  than  50  per  cent  of  the  3-year-old  apple  stock  had  any  scion 
root  development.  Consequently  too  much  reliance  can  not  be  placed  upon 
ihe  development  of  scion  roots  by  young  trees  as  a  factor  to  enable  the  trees 
to  resist  winter  conditions. 

Ripening  of  g'rowing  parts  of  orchard  trees  and  shrubbery,  A.  D.  Selby 
{Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  206-208,  fig.  i).— Attention  is  called  to 
the  danger  of  the  unripened  condition  of  orchard  trees  and  shrubbery  due  to 
various  causes,  with  suggestions  for  the  ripening  of  the  wood  so  that  winter 
injury  does  not  follow.  Among  the  causes  of  the  unripened  condition  are 
heavy  manuring,  excessive  pruning,  late  cultivation,  defoliation  by  leaf  spot 
and  other  fungi,  etc. 

Suggested  grades  for  peaches,  M.  A.  Blake  and  C.  H.  Connors  {Neiv  Jersey 
Stas.  Circ.  58  {1916).  pp.  8,  figs.  Jf). — In  continuation  of  suggestions  relative  to 
grading  peaches  given  in  a  previous  bulletin  of  the  station  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p. 
639),  the  experience  gained  during  1915  is  included  in  the  present  circular. 
A  descriptive  outline  for  standard  varieties  is  given  showing  the  amount  of 
color  these  varieties  should  have  to  be  classed  as  "  fancy  "  fruit. 

Horticultural  observations  in  Port'"  Rico,  Cuba,  and  Florida  in  relation 
to  the  horticulture  of  Hawaii,  J.  E.  H.  .^ins  {Hatvaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  58-73, 
pis.  3). — A  comparative  study  of  the  fruit  industries  in  Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  and 
Florida,  with  special  reference  to  similar  industries  in  Hawaii.  The  fruits 
considered  include  the  pineapple,  citrus  fruits,  the  avocado,  and  the  mango. 
Information  is  given  relative  to  the  extent  of  the  industries,  cultural  methods, 
principal  diseases  and  insects,  and  marketing. 

FORESTRY. 

Third  biennial  report  of  the  state  forester.  1914,  J.  C.  Van  Hook  {Bien. 
Rpt.  State  Forester  Mont.,  3  {1913-llf),  pp.  35,  pi.  1). — A  brief  account  is  given 
of  the  lumber  industry  in  Montana,  together  with  descriptions  of  the  commercial 
woods  of  the  State,  methods  of  administering  the  state  forests,  and  the  work 
of  forest  protection. 

Fifth  annual  report  of  the  state  forester,  F.  A.  Elliott  {Ann.  Rpt.  State 
Forester  Oreg.,  5  {1915),  pp.  22). — A  progress  report  on  the  work  of  the  State 
Board  of  Forestry,  with  special  reference  to  the  work  of  forest  protection. 

Report  of  the  state  fire  warden,  C.  P.  Wilbee  (Ann.  Rpt.  Dcpt.  Conserv 
and  Develop.,  N.  J.,  1915,  pp.  ^7-77,  pis.  3). — The  report  of  the  1915  season  rela- 
tive to  the  work  of  forest  fire  protection  in  New  Jersey. 


1916]  FORESTRY.  543 

Report  on  forest  operations  in  Switzerland  (Rap.  D6pt.  Suisse  Int.,  1915, 
pp.  1-10).— A  report  on  the  administration  and  managomont  of  the  state,  com- 
munity, and  private  forests  in  Switzerland,  including  tabular  data  showing 
yields  in  major  and  minor  products,  revenues,  expenditures,  etc.,  as  well  as 
operations  in  forest  extension. 

Report  on  the  forest  administration  in  Burma  for  the  year  1914—15,  C.  G. 
Rogers  (Rpt.  Forest  Admin.  Burma,  1014-15,  pp.  VI +109). — The  usual  progress 
report  relative  to  the  administration  and  management  of  the  state  forests  in 
Burma,  including  a  llnancial  statement  for  the  year.  The  important  data 
relative  to  alterations  in  forest  areas,  forest  surveys,  miscellaneous  work, 
revenues,  expenditures,  etc.,  are  appended  in  tabular  form. 

Annual  report  on  the  forest  administration  in  Ajmer-Merwara  for  the 
year  1914—15,  Hukam  Chand  (Ann.  Rpt.  Forest  Admin.  Ajmer-Merwara, 
1914-15,  pp.  4+28). — A  report  similar  to  the  above  relative  to  the  administra- 
tion of  the  state  forests  in  Ajmer-Merwara  during  1914-15. 

Report  on  forest  administration  in  the  Andamans  for  1914r-15,  J.  W.  A. 
Grieve  {Rpt.  Forest  Admin.  Andamans,  1914-15,  pp.  4^+38). — A  report  similar 
to  the  above  relative  to  the  administration  of  the  state  forests  of  the  Andamans 
for  the  year  1914-15. 

Administration  report  of  the  forest  circles  in  the  Bombay  Presidency, 
including  Sind,  for  the  year  1914-15  (Admin.  Rpt.  Forest  Circles  Bombay, 
1914-15,  pp.  11+180+4). — A  report  similar  to  the  above  relative  to  the  admin- 
istration of  the  state  forests  in  the  Northern,  Central,  and  Southern  Circles  of 
the  Bombay  Presidency,  and  of  Sind. 

Progress  report  of  forest  administration  in  Coorg  for  1914—15,  H.  Tike- 
man  (Rpt.  Forest  Ad7nin.  Coorcj,  1914-15,  pp.  3+13+13). — A  report  similar  to 
the  above  relative  to  the  administration  of  the  state  forests  in  Coorg  for  the 
year  1914-15. 

Seeding  and  planting,  J.  W.  Toumey  (New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1916, 
pp.  XX XVI +455,  figs.  140). — A  manual  of  information  on  seeding  and  planting 
in  forest  practice,  with  special  reference  to  conditions  in  the  United  States. 
In  the  preparation  of  the  work  the  forestry  literature  of  Europe  has  been 
freely  drawn  upon  for  the  principles  underlying  these  practices. 

In  part  1,  under  the  general  heading  of  silvical  basis  for  seeding  and  plant- 
ing, consideration  is  given  to  definitions  and  generalities,  the  choice  of  species 
in  artificial  regeneration,  the  principles  which  determine  spacing,  and  the  prin- 
ciples which  govern  the  composition  of  the  stand.  Part  2  takes  up  the  artificial 
formation  of  woods,  consideration  being  given  to  forest  tree  seed  and  seed 
collecting,  the  protection  of  seeding  and  planting  sites,  preliminary  treatment 
of  seeding  and  planting  sites,  establishing  forests  by  direct  seeding,  the  forest 
nursery,  and  establishing  forests  by  planting. 

The  testing  of  pine  seeds,  A.  Geisch  (Landw.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  30  (1916),  No. 
2,  pp.  210-224,  figs.  2). — A  report  on  the  knowledge  of  the  count  and  weight 
methods  of  testing  pine  seeds. 

Observations  on  some  oaks  with  persistent  foliage,  G.  Donati  (Ann.  Bot. 
iRomeJ,  13  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  151-168,  figs.  13).— The  author  here  presents  a 
comparative  study  of  the  leaf  structure  of  Quercus  ilex,  Q.  suber,  Q.  occiden- 
tolis,  and  Q.  coccifera. 

A  list  of  the  recognized  woods  of  British  Guiana  (New  York:  The  British 
Guiana  Consolidated  Co.,  Ltd.  [1916],  pp.  IS,  figs.  6).— A  descriptive  list  of 
British  Guiana  woods  compiled  from  various  government  reports.  Informa- 
tion is  given  relative  to  the  specific  gravity  of  the  wood,  appearance,  physical 
texture,  and  uses. 


544  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Rubber  (Trans.  3.  Internat.  Cong.  Trop.  Agr.  1914,  vol.  1,  pp.  59Jf-728,  fig. 
1). — This  includes  abstracts  of  the  following  papers  on  rubber,  including  reports 
of  discussions,  at  the  Third  International  Congress  of  Tropical  Agriculture. 
London,  July,  1914 :  The  Cultivation  of  Hevea  brasiUensis  in  Uganda,  by  S. 
Simpson  (pp.  594,  595)  ;  Diseases  of  Hevea  in  Ceylon,  by  T.  Fetch  (pp.  596- 
607)  ;  On  Some  Animal  Pests  of  the  Hevea  Rubber  Tree,  by  E.  E.  Green  (pp. 
608-636)  ;  Termes  gestrrn  as  a  Pest  of  the  Para  Rubber  Tree,  by  H.  C.  Pratt 
(pp.  637-640)  ;  The  Principles  of  Hevea  Tapping,  as  Determined  by  Experiment, 
by  T.  Petch  (pp.  641-651)  ;  The  Preparation  of  Plantation  Para  Rubber,  by 
B.  J.  Eaton  (pp.  6.52-678)  ;  Spottings  in  Plantation  Rubber  Due  to  Fungi,  by 
A.  Sharpies  (pp.  679-687)  ;  Ceara  Rubber  Cultivation  and  Manufacture  in 
Southern  India,  by  R.  D.  Anstead  (pp.  688-696)  ;  The  Cultivation  of  Manihot 
glaziovii  in  Uganda,  by  S.  Simpson  (pp.  697,  698)  ;  Increase  in  Yield  from 
Funtumia,  elastica  in  Belgian  Kongo  by  the  Sparano  Method,  by  A.  Gisseleire 
(pp.  699-701)  ;  The  Methods  of  Tapping  Cultivated  Castilla  Trees,  and  the  Yield 
of  Rubber  Therefrom,  by  P.  Carmody  (pp.  702,  703)  ;  The  Methods  of  Tapping 
Castilla  Rubber  Trees  in  Mexico,  and  the  Yield  of  Rubber  Which  the  Trees  Fur- 
nish, by  A.  Russan  (pp.  704-712)  ;  Rubber  Cultui-e  in  the  German  Colonies,  by 
F.  Frank  (pp.  713-719)  ;  Nece.ssity  to  the  Rubber  Industry  of  the  Exact  Labo- 
ratory Determination  of  the  Respective  Values  of  Rubber,  by  Lamy-Torrilhon 
(pp.  720-722)  ;  and  Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Mechanism  of  Coagu- 
lation in  Certain  Rubber-Yielding  Species,  by  F.  Heini  :;;  i  R.  Marquis  (pp. 
723-728). 

A  comparif  on  of  the  Brazilian  and  plantation  methods  of  preparing  Para 
rubber,  G.  S.  Whitby  [Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  J,93-502).— 
In  this  paper  the  author  describes  a  comparative  test  of  the  methods  of  preparing 
plantation  rubber  in  the  eastern  Tropics  and  the  wild  rubber  of  Brazil. 

The  rubber  industry  of  the  Amazon  and  how  its  supremacy  can  be  main- 
tained, J.  F.  WooDEOFFE  and  H.  H.  Smith  (London:  John  Bale,  Sons  d  Daniels- 
son,  Ltd.,  1915,  pp.  XLVIII-\-435,  pis.  42,  figs.  4)- — This  work  comprises  a  study 
of  the  rubber  industry  and  the  labor,  social,  and  various  economic  conditions  in 
Brazil,  with  special  reference  to  pointing  out  ways  and  means  for  the  future 
development  and  maintenance  of  the  rubber  industry  in  connection  with  the 
general  development  and  settlement  of  the  Amazon  region. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Plant  pathology  problems  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  (1916),  pp.  18-25,  figs. 
6). — Brief  accounts  are  given  of  the  various  investigations  in  plant  diseases  that 
are  being  carried  on  by  the  department  of  plant  pathology.  This  work  includes 
a  study  of  leaf  roll  and  similar  troubles  of  potato,  seed  disinfection  for  the 
control  of  scab  and  Rhizoctonia,  studies  of  nonparasitic  diseases  of  potato  such 
as  black  heart,  a  study  of  alfalfa  diseases,  and  the  control  of  barley  diseases, 
cabbage  yellows,  and  cucumber  diseases. 

For  the  control  of  barley  diseases,  A.  G.  Johnson  has  investigated  the  effect 
of  planting  at  intervals  of  two  weeks  throughout  the  season  with  the  result  that 
the  early  plantings  in  most  cases  developed  more  disease  than  the  midsummer 
plantings.  Attempts  were  made  to  control  the  stripe  and  blotch  of  barley  by 
treating  the  seed  with  hot  water,  solutions  of  copper  sulphate,  copper  sulphate 
and  salt,  corrosive  sublimate,  and  formalin,  with  the  result  that  warm  solutions 
of  foi'malin  proved  to  be  the  most  satisfactory  treatment.  Soaking  seed  for 
three  hours  in  a  solution  of  1  pint  formalin  to  30  gal.  water  at  a  temperature  of 
68°  F.  gave  satisfactory  control  not  only  of  tlie  stripe  disease  but  also  of  the 
loose  and  covered  smuts. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  545 

The  work  begun  by  the  department  of  plant  pathology  some  years  ago  in  de- 
veloping resistant  strains  of  cabbage  has  resulted  in  the  establishment  of  such 
strains  and  the  production  of  a  considerable  amount  of  seed  for  testing  in  1916. 
Trials  made  in  different  regions  indicate  that  the  disease-resistant  quality  is 
maintained  even  in  widely  different  localities.  In  connection  with  this  disease, 
J.  C.  Oilman  has  observed  that  the  growth  of  the  parasitic  organism  causing  it 
is  greatly  increased  at  temperatures  above  64°.  This,  it  is  believed,  will  explain 
why  the  disease  is  so  much  more  serious  in  some  seasons  than  in  others,  and 
also  indicates  that  it  will  not  be  so  severe  in  the  northern  as  in  the  southern 
parts  of  the  State. 

Some  observations  on  pea  blight  were  continued,  and  the  former  recommenda- 
tions of  careful  preparation  of  seed  bed  and  attention  to  drainage  are  repeated. 
For  the  disposal  of  the  refuse  vines  the  use  of  silos  is  suggested. 

Some  investigations  had  been  begun  on  cucumber  diseases,  of  which  wilt,  an- 
gular leaf  spot,  anthracnose,  and  scab  are  said  to  be  due  to  definite  parasites, 
while  a  fifth,  white  pickle  or  cucumber  mosaic  disease,  is  not  known  to  be  due 
to  any  organism.  These  five  diseases  are  said  to  be  more  or  less  serious  in 
Wisconsin.  The  white  pickle  or  cucumber  mosaic  disease  is  characterized  by 
irregular  malformed  fruits  which  are  usually  worthless  for  pickling  purposes. 
The  trouble  is  considered  transmissible,  but  as  yet  no  parasite  has  been  discov- 
ered. Similar  conditions  have  been  found  to  obtain  with  squash  and  watermelon, 
from  which  the  disease  may  be  transferred  to  the  cucumber. 

Studies  on  the  crown  gall  of  plants.  Its  relation  to  human  cancer,  E.  F. 
Smith  (Jour.  Cancer  Research,  1  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  231-309,  figs.  92). — The 
present  paper,  which  reviews  certain  of  the  essential  features  of  crown  gall, 
especially  as  they  bear  upon  the  general  problems  of  cancer,  also  contains  a 
number  of  new  observations  which  are  considered  to  bring  this  vegetative 
growth  into  relations  with  the  group  of  tumors  described  as  embryomata. 

The  author  calls  attention  to  the  growth  without  function  exhibited  by  the 
crown  gall  tumors,  the  cell  itself  being  properly  regarded  as  parasitic  only  in 
the  sense  that  it  is  urged  on  by  a  schizomycete,  Bacterium  tumefaciens,  and  to 
the  embryonic  character  of  the  proliferating  tumor  cells.  Attention  is  called 
also  to  the  atypical  arrangement  of  the  tissues,  to  their  loss  of  polarity,  and 
to  the  slight  differentiation  of  the  cells  accompanying  their  increase  in  vege- 
tative vigor.  The  neoplastic  character  of  the  growths  is  emphasized  by  the 
noncapsulate  marginal  growth,  the  imperfect  vascularization,  the  early  central 
necrosis,  the  existence  of  intrusive  strands,  and  the  occurrence  of  daughter 
tumors,  which  reproduce  the  original  tumor.  The  same  micro-organism  is  ca- 
pable of  producing  by  inoculation  different  types  of  tumors  varying  in  structure 
according  to  the  type  of  tissue  invaded,  the  most  complex  type  containing,  along 
with  blastomous  elements,  a  jumbled  and  more  or  less  fused  mass  of  embryonic 
organs  and  fragments  of  organs  comparable,  if  not  equivalent,  to  the  foetal  or- 
gans occurring  in  the  atypical  animal  teratoids. 

The  distribution  of  black  rust  in  Norway,  E.  Henning  (Meddel.  Centralanst. 
Forsoksv.  Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  107  (1915),  pp.  16;  K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Handl. 
och  Tidskr.,  54  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  122-135;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  128  (1915),  No. 
18,  pp.  495,  496). — It  is  thought  that  the  barberry  was  introduced  into  Scandi- 
navia at  least  as  early  as  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  black 
rust  of  wheat  (Puccinia  graminis)  not  later  than  the  eighteenth,  and  possibly 
in  the  seventeenth,  century.  Since  this  time  the  barberry  has  been  used  as  al- 
ternate host,  both  barberry  and  fungus  being  more  successful  in  the  middle  and 
southern  portions  than  in  the  north,  where  the  rust  has  little  economic 
impcrtance. 


546  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Diseases  of  garden  vegetables  in  Switzerland,  E.  Mayor  {Rameau  Sapin, 
48  {1915),  pp.  39,  JfO,  U-4'^;  49  {1915),  pp.  7,  8,  12-15;  ahs.  in  Bot.  CentU.,  129 
{1915),  No.  1,  p.  6). — A  brief  review  is  given  of  diseases  of  garden  vegetables, 
particularly  in  the  Canton  of  Neuchatel,  also  of  corresponding  control  measures. 

The  physiology  of  Phoma  betse,  R.  Schander  and  W.  Fischer  {Landw. 
Jahrb.,  48  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  717-738). — Reports  of  previous  investigations  by  one 
of  the  authors  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  628;  33,  p.  53)  are  followed  up  with  a  detailed 
account  of  studies  on  P.  betw  as  affected  by  modifications  of  the  nutritive  me- 
dium, by  temperature,  and  by  poisons  as  employed  in  sprays. 

Hot  water  does  not  seem  to  be  practically  protective  against  this  fungus. 
Among  the  more  satisfactory  chemical  sprays  mentioned  are  corrosive  sublimate 
and  a  few  proprietary  preparations. 

Club  root  of  cabbage,  C.  Hammari.und  {Meddel.  Centralanst.  Forsoksv. 
Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  106  {1915),  pp.  14,  figs.  7;  K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Hundl.  och 
Tidskr.,  54  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  110-121,  flys.  7). — Experiments  on  control  of  cru- 
ciferous club  root  {Plasmodiophora  brassicce)  gave  results  which  were  most 
favorable  to  formalin  in  regard  to  the  expense,  which  is  only  one-third  that  of 
carbon  bisulphid,  and  in  regard  to  its  harmlessness  as  compared  with  lime  in 
large  percentages.  It  was  proved  that  the  disease  is  spread  by  feeding  the  dis- 
eased plants  to  cattle,  which  does  not  destroy  the  organism,  though  its  dispersal 
in  this  way  may  be  avoided  by  thoroughly  cooking  the  plants. 

Gloeosporium  caulivorum  injuring  red  clover  in  Hungary,  D.  Hegyi 
{Mezogazdasdgi  Szemle,  S3  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  55-58;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr. 
[Rame},  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  cuul  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  4,  P-  637). — In 
different  portions  of  Hungary,  but  particularly  those  along  the  right  bank  of 
the  Danube,  great  injury  was  done  in  1914  to  red  clover  by  G.  caulivorum.  As 
the  fungus  is  thought  to  be  carried  by  the  seeds,  it  is  recommended  that  these 
be  soaked  in  1  per  cent  solution  of  copper  sulphate  before  planting. 

Transmission  and  control  of  bacterial  wilt  of  cucurbits,  F.  V.  Rand  and 
Ella  M.  A.  Enlows  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  11, 
pp.  417-434,  pis.  2,  figs.  3). — The  authors  have  made  a  study  of  insect  transmis- 
sion of  the  bacterial  wilt  of  cucurbits.  Experiments,  as  far  as  completed,  indi- 
cate that  cucumber  beetles  {Diabrotica  spp.)  are  the  most  important,  if  not  the 
only,  carriers  of  the  wilt  oi'ganism  {Bacillus  tracheiphilus) ,  and  that  at  least 
one  species  (D.  vittata)  is  capable  of  carrying  the  wilt  over  winter  and  in- 
fecting the  spring  plantings  of  cucumbers. 

In  spraying  experiments  carried  on  in  1915,  the  wilt  was  effectively  con- 
trolled by  a  spray  consisting  of  a  combination  of  Bordeaux  mixture  and  ar- 
senate of  lead.  Plats  sprayed  with  either  alone  showed  less  wilt  than  un- 
sprayed  plats,  but  the  control  was  not  so  complete  as  when  the  two  were  used 
together.  Inasmuch  as  it  has  been  proved  that  insects  are  the  carriers  of  the 
disease,  insect  control  becomes  necessary  for  preventing  the  wilt.  This  phase 
of  the  work  is  to  be  given  further  study  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of 
Entomology  of  this  Department. 

Bacteriosis  of  cucum.ber  in  Italy,  G.  B.  Traverso  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei, 
Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I,  No.  5,  pp.  456-460).— A 
serious  bacterial  disease  of  cucumbers  is  described  as  having  appeared  in  May, 
1914,  following  a  severe  outbreak  of  Gloeosporium  lagenarium  in  1913.  The 
disease  appears  on  the  adult  leaves  and  the  fruits  while  the  roots  and  young 
shoots  are  still  normal.  Bordeaux  mixture,  if  applied  to  the  plants  when  very 
young,  is  thought  to  have  some  protective  value. 

Leaf  rust  of  cucumber,  P.  Sprenger  {Mitt.  K.  K.  Gartenbau  Gesell.  Steier- 
mark,  41   {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  4,  5;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  128   {1915),  No.  15,  p. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  547 

.)i5). — Against  Corynespora  melonis,  causing  a  spread  of  leaf  rust  in  Germany, 
a  1  per  cent  Bordeaux  spray  for  tlie  young  plants  is  recommended  as  pre- 
ventive. Seed  should  be  kept  for  1.5  hours  in  0.5  per  cent  formalin  before 
sowing.  After  the  outbreak  has  occurred,  it  is  necessary  to  destroy  completely 
all  plants  with  their  fruits,  or  to  remove  them  to  some  unused  portion  of  the 
field  which  can  be  left  uncultivated  for  several  years. 

Ginseng  diseases  and  their  control,  H.  H.  Whetzel,  J.  Rosenbaum,  J.  W. 
Brann,  and  J.  A.  McClintock  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  736  {1916),  pp. 
23,  figs.26). — This  describes  in  a  popular  way  the  diseases  of  ginseng  and  their 
control,  technical  descriptions  of  the  different  diseases  having  been  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  649). 

The  neck  rot  of  white  onions,  J.  G.  Humbert  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  116-180,  fig.  1). — Results  from  an  investigation  on  the  neck  rot  of 
white  onions,  due  to  Sclerotium  cepivorum,  are  given.  This  disease  is  said  to 
have  been  the  cause  of  heavy  loss  in  stored  onions,  and  experiments  for  control, 
including  sanitation  methods  and  fumigation  with  formaldehyde  gas,  have  been 
carried  on  with  some  success.  Dump  heaps  of  rotting  onions  should  not  be 
permitted,  and  crates  and  storage  houses  should  be  disinfected  if  the  new  crop 
is  to  be  kept  free  from  disease. 

This  disease  has  been  confused  with  smut,  but  this  attacks  the  growing 
onions,  while  the  neck  rot  is  apparently  a  trouble  which  destroys  the  mature 
onions  in  storage. 

Potato  dry  spot  in  Java,  A.  Rant  {Teysmannia,  26  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  285- 
287,  pis.  2). — A  disease  of  potato  leaves  is  described  which  is  thought  to  be 
identical  with  early  potato  blight  due  to  Alternaria  solani. 

Boot  rot  of  tobacco  {Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  {1916),  pp.  17,  18,  figs.  2).— A 
brief  account  is  given  of  the  work  of  J.  Johnson  on  the  rooot  rot  of  tobacco, 
due  to  Thielavia  basicola,  and  methods  for  its  control.  Since  certain  strains 
of  tobacco  have  been  found  to  differ  widely  in  susceptibility  to  the  disease,  an 
attempt  is  being  made  to  develop  a  resistant  type  which  will  be  of  high  quality 
and  also  able  to  grow  on  worn-out  tobacco  fields.  Until  such  a  type  is  secured, 
it  is  recommended  that  growers  sterilize  the  soil  of  seed  beds  or  plant  on  soil 
that  has  not  grown  tobacco  in  recent  years. 

Bacterial  rot  of  tomato,  V.  Peglion  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci. 
Fis..  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  II,  No.  3,  pp.  157-160).— A  rot  of  tomato 
appeai-ing  in  May,  1914,  was  reproduced  in  characteristic  form  by  inoculation 
with  a  bacterium  isolated  from  the  decayed  fruits.  The  organism  appears  to 
lose  quickly  much  of  its  virulence  in  artificial  substrata. 

Root  rot  of  fruit  trees,  J.  J.  Thornbeb  {Arizona  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  p.  530). — 
In  continuation  of  work  by  McCallum,  discontinued  in  1910,  the  author  made  an 
examination  of  orchards  where  root  rot  was  causing  serious  loss.  It  is  consid- 
ered that  more  than  one  fungus  is  responsible  for  root  rot,  and  in  the  absence 
of  definite  information,  no  positive  methods  for  control  can  be  given.  This  in- 
vestigation is  to  be  continued. 

Study  of  Coniothyrium  pirina,  Phyllosticta  pirina,  and  C.  tirolense,  Elisa 
MuTTo  and  G.  Pollacci  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat., 
5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  II,  No.  1,  pp.  40-42). — Evidence  is  adduced  to  show  that  the 
fungus  denominated  C.  pirina  by  Sheldon  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  249)  is,  as  that  author 
suspected,  not  identical  with  P.  pirina  but  that  it  has  characters  corresponding 
precisely  to  those  of  C.  tirolense. 

Tree  crickets  as  carriers  of  Leptosphagria  coniothyrium  and  other  fungi, 
W.  O.  Gloyer  and  B.  B.  Fui/roN  (New  York  State  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  50  {1916),  pp. 
3-22,  pis.  4). — The  authors  propose  the  name  tree-cricket  canker  for  a  disease 


548  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

of  apple  branches,  in  which  areas  of  dead  bark  infested  with  Coniothyrium 
fuckeUi  surround  oviposition  punctures  of  tree  crickets. 

The  constant  association  of  this  fungus  with  such  cankers  led  to  an  investi- 
gation of  tree  crickets  as  its  carriers.  It  was  found  that  tree  crickets  may 
carry  the  fungus  from  raspberries  to  apple  trees  and  infect  them,  and  also  that 
they  may  carry  the  spores  of  these  and  other  fungi  in  the  digestive  tract 
as  well  as  on  the  outside  of  their  bodies.  Feeding  experiments  showed  that 
the  spores  of  Ustilago  zece,  Coprinus  micaceus,  Coniotliyrium  fuckelii,  Num- 
mularia  discreta,  and  Sphceropsis  malorum  passed  through  the  digestive  tract 
of  tree  crickets  without  loss  of  viability. 

Typical  cankers  resulted  when  tree  crickets  fed  on  C.  fuckeUi  were  allowed  to 
oviposit  on  apple  branches.  The  percentage  of  cankers  formed  about  oviposition 
punctures  was  considerably  greater  when  the  crickets  were  fed  with  C.  fuckeUi 
from  raspberry  canes  than  when  they  were  fed  with  pure  cultures  of  the  fungus 
isolated  from  apple  branches.  The  oviposition  punctures  of  (Eca-nthus  nivcus  gave 
a  higher  percentage  of  infection  than  those  of  GE.  angustipeunis,  and  for  both 
species  the  percentage  of  infection  was  considerably  higher  when  the  punctures 
were  covered  with  grafting  wax  than  when  left  uncovered.  Typical  cankers  were 
also  produced  by  inserting  pellets  of  tree-cricket  excrement  into  punctures  made 
in  apple  branches  and  covering  them  with  grafting  wax. 

Clean  cultivation  and  the  use  of  arsenical  sprays  are  suggested  as  remedial 
measures  for  the  control  of  tree  crickets. 

Collar  blight  of  apple  trees,  C.  R.  Okton  and  J.  F.  Adams  (Pennsylvania 
8ta.  Rpt.  191  Jf,  pp.  152-160,  pis.  S). — This  is  an  account  of  an  investigation  of 
collar  blight  of  apple  trees,  due  to  the  organism  Bacillus  amylovorus,  a  more 
extended  report  of  which  has  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  247). 

The  spraying-  experiments  of  1915  in  the  Hood  River  Valley  for  the  con- 
trol of  apple  scab,  J.  R.  Winston  and  L.  Childs  {Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River 
Sta.  1915,  pp.  30--'f6,  figs.  5). — A  report  is  given  of  experiments  carried  on  in  the 
Hood  River  Valley  for  the  control  of  apple  scab  which,  in  the  last  few  years, 
has  become  a  very  serious  pest  in  this  region.  In  1914,  cooperative  experiments 
were  carried  on  with  a  number  of  growers,  and  in  1915  work  was  continued 
on  three  orchards  in  which  Winesap  and  Newtown  apple  trees  were  sprayed 
with  various  fungicides  to  test  their  efficiency.  Bordeaux  mixture,  soluble  sul- 
phur, barium  tetrasulphid,  atomic  sulphur,  and  iron  sulphid  were  tested  in 
comparison  with  lime-sulphur  solution.  In  addition,  the  time  of  application  was 
studied,  particular  attention  being  paid  to  the  delayed  dormant  application,  in 
which  trees  were  sprayed  with  a  rather  strong  lime-sulphur  solution  .iust  as  the 
leaves  were  beginning  to  show  from  the  winter  buds. 

The  delayed  dormant  application  proved  valuable  in  some  instances,  increas- 
ing by  about  12  per  cent  the  sound  fruit.  Lime-sulphur  proved  the  most  efficient 
fungicide  tested,  the  addition  of  atomic  sulphur  in  one  instance  apparently  de- 
creasing its  fungicidal  properties,  and  the  addition  of  iron  sulphid  apparently 
decreasing  the  fungicidal  properties  and  slightly  increasing  the  injurious  quali- 
ties. Bordeaux  mixture  caused  serious  russeting  of  the  fruit.  The  barium  tetra- 
sulphid used  in  strengths  recommended  by  the  manufacturers  did  not  prove  so 
efficient  as  lime-sulphur  in  controlling  scab.  Atomic  sulphur  proved  a  very 
poor  substitute  for  lime-sulphur  in  the  later  applications.  Soluble  sulphur  was 
less  efficient  and  decidedly  more  injurious  than  lime-sulphur,  but  it  was  more 
efficient  than  atomic  sulphur,  iron  sulphid,  or  barium  tetrasulphid. 

Based  on  two  years'  work,  the  authors  claim  that  by  thorough  application 
of  fungicides  apple  scab  may  be  controlled  in  the  Hood  River  Valley,  even  in 
years  favorable  to  epidemics  of  the  disease.     A  tentative  spray  calendar  for 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  549 

1916  is  given  for  the  control  of  scab  and  mildew,  or  of  scab  alone,  in  the 
Hood  River  Valley.  This  includes  the  use  of  lirae-suli)hur  as  a  delayed  dor- 
mant spray,  followed  by  a  more  dilute  lime-sulphur  just  as  the  petals  are 
beginning  to  open,  with  a  third  spraying  immediately  after  the  petals  have 
fallen.  In  the  third  spraying  the  authors  recommend  the  use  of  atomic 
sulplmr  if  the  weather  is  clear  and  warm,  or  lime-sulphur  with  atomic  sulphur 
added  if  the  weather  is  cool  and  rainy.  Two  other  applications  are  recom- 
mended, depending  upon  conditions  in  the  orchards.  In  the  first  application, 
for  the  control  of  purple  aphis  uicotin  may  be  used,  and  in  the  third  and  fifth 
lead  arsenate  may  be  added  to  the  fungicide  as  a  protection  against  codling 
moth  injury. 

Six  years  of  experimental  apple  spraying  at  Highmoor  Farm,  W.  J.  Morsk 
{Maine  Sta.  Bui.  2J,d  (1916),  pp.  81-96).~In  previous  publications  (E.  S.  R..  33, 
p.  648)  accounts  have  been  given  of  the  results  obtained  from  spraying  experi- 
ments for  control  of  apple  scab.  In  the  present  bulletin  an  attempt  is  made 
to  present  p.  general  summary  of  the  more  important  results  obtained.  The 
I)rimary  object  of  the  experiments  was  to  determine  an  eflicient  and  economical 
control  of  apple  scab  with  a  minimum  amount  of  injury  to  fruit  and  foliage, 
as  applied  under  Maine  conditions.  With  the  different  fungicides,  arsenate  of 
lead  was  added  as  an  insecticide  at  the  rate  of  2  lbs.  of  paste  or  1  lb.  of 
powder  to  50  gal.  of  solution. 

A  comparison  was  made  of  3 : 3 :  50  Bordeaux  mixture  and  a  standard 
dilution  of  lime-sulphur  which  was  equivalent  to  a  1  to  40  dilution  of  a  33° 
Baume  concentrate.  Bordeaux  mixture,  while  efficient  in  scab  control,  nearly 
always  caused  serious  leaf  injury,  and  sometimes  resulted  in  a  considerable 
russeting  of  the  fruit.  Lime-sulphur  of  standard  dilution  gave  little  leaf  injury, 
but  was  somewhat  less  efficient  in  controlling  the  disease. 

The  effect  of  different  dilutions  of  lime-sulphur  was  investigated,  antl  a 
spray  containing  25  per  cent  less  of  the  concentrate  than  the  standard  dilution 
resulted  in  the  appearance  of  more  scab  than  where  the  standard  dilution  was 
used.  A  comparison  was  made  between  the  standard  dilution  and  one  20 
per  cent  stronger  for  four  successive  seasons,  and  it  appears  that  on  the  Ben 
Davis  apple  a  solution  of  lime-sulphur  at  least  20  per  cent  stronger  than  the 
standard  dilution  can  be  used  with  comparative  safety. 

The  importance  of  a  first  application  at  the  time  of  the  blossoming  period 
was  also  tested,  and  while  some  increase  was  given  during  certain  seasons, 
yet  the  general  results  indicated  that  failure  to  spray  at  this  time  did  not 
greatly  reduce  the  efficiency  of  subsequent  applications. 

Arsenate  of  lead  used  alone  in  the  progress  of  these  experiments  was  found 
to  have  considerable  value  as  a  fungicide.  In  some  instances  trees  receiving 
arsenate  of  lead  gave  almost  as  good  control  as  where  the  insecticide  was  used 
in  combination  with  the  fungicide. 

Notes  are  given  on  the  effect  of  strong  fungicides  used  as  a  first  application 
followed  by  arsenate  of  lead  alone,  and  the  effect  of  dormant  sprays  for  insects 
used  in  combination  with  the  regular  summer  sprays.  A  comparison  was  made 
between  self-boiled  lime-sulphur  and  other  forms  of  this  fungicide  which 
indicates  that  it  is  less  efficient  than  the  dilutions  made  from  certain  com- 
mercial brands  of  lime-sulphur  concentrate.  A  trial  was  made  of  copper- 
lime-sulphur  which  indicated  that,  so  far  as  scab  control  is  concerned,  it  is 
about  as  efficient  as  the  same  dilution  of  lime-sulphur,  but  the  presence  of 
copper  resulted  in  considerable  foliage  injury.  Extra  fine  sulphur  flour  was 
found  to  possess  considerable  fungicidal  value. 

Comparative  tests  were  made  of  a  number  of  proprietary  spraying  compounds. 
Sulfocide,   while   efficient   in   scab   control,   caused   a   considerable   amount   of 


550  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

injury  to  the  fruit.  Soluble  sulphur  was  tested  two  years,  and  while  it  proved 
an  efficient  fungicide,  at  the  dilutions  tested  it  is  considered  unsafe  as  a  summer 
spray  for  apple  foliage.  Another  proprietary  compound  used  was  atomic  sul- 
phur. This  caused  no  injury  to  the  fruit  or  foliage,  and  scab  control  and  per- 
centage of  perfect  apples  was  nearly  the  same  as  that  secured  with  lime  sulphur. 

"  Sooty  blotch  "  of  the  pear,  E.  S.  Salmon  and  H.  Wormald  ( Gard.  Chron., 
3.  ser.,  59  (1916),  No.  1518,  pp.  58,  59,  figs.  ^).— Sooty  blotch  of  pear  and  apple  is 
described,  with  the  differences  apparent  between  these  two  hosts.  It  is  con- 
sidered probable  that  the  disease  is  caused  by  Leptothyrium  carpophilum, 
though  the  pycnidial  stage  of  the  fungus  has  not  yet  been  found.  The  disease 
is  distinguished  from  scab  (Fusicladium)  by  the  fact,  among  others  mentioned, 
that  the  sooty  blotch  develops  after  the  fruits  are  stored. 

Crown  g'all  on  raspberries  and  blackberries,  P.  Thayer  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta., 

1  (,1916),  No.  7,  p.  218). — An  account  is  given  of  a  study  on  the  occurrence  of 
crown  gall  on  raspberries  and  blackberries.  In  1911,  99  rows,  including  all 
the  leading  varieties  of  blackberries  and  raspberries,  were  planted,  and  in  1916 
the  plantation  was  dug  out  and  the  plants  all  inspected.  Of  the  black  and 
purple  raspberries,  not  a  single  sound  plant  was  found  and  all  varieties  of 
red  and  yellow  raspberries  were  more  or  less  subject  to  root  gall,  although 
there  was  considerable  variation  in  the  amount  of  infection.  A  marked  im- 
munity was  shown  by  the  blackberries.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  nodules 
found  on  the  variety  Lawton  and  a  few  canes  of  McDonald  not  a  single  plant 
of  the  native  varieties  of  blackberry  was  found  affected. 

[Grape  diseases]  (Bol.  Agr.  [Sao  Paulo],  16.  ser.,  1915,  Nos.  10,  pp.  836- 
845;  11,  pp.  921-936,  figs.  4;  12,  pp.  1017-1022,  figs.  2).— Information  is  given 
regarding  two  fungus  diseases  of  grape,  Peronospora  viticola  and  Oidium 
tuckeri,  which  cause  loss  in  SSo  Paulo,  also  regarding  their  control  by  copper 
and  other  sprays  employed  in  connection  with  these  two  diseases. 

Citrus  canker.  F.  A.  Wolf  (Alabama  Col.  Sta.  Bui.  190  (1916),  pp.  91-100, 
pis.  2,  figs.  6). — In  a  previous  publication,  the  author  gave  an  account  of  inves- 
tigations of  citrus  canker  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  152).  The  present  publication  con- 
tains a  brief  account  of  the  more  important  results  of  these  investigations, 
together  with  a  compilation  of  information  drawn  from  other  sources. 

A  disease  of  tlie  oil  palm  in  the  Belgian  Kongo  (Bui.  Imp.  Inst.  [So.  Ken- 
sington], 13  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  479,  480). — Attention  is  called  to  a  fungus  thought 
to  be  identical  with  Ganoderma  tumidum,  attacking  as  a  rule  mature,  but  also 
sometimes  young,  palm  trees  in  the  Belgian  Kongo.  The  fungus  may  persist 
after  thje  death  and  disintegration  of  the  tree.  It  is  suggested  that  all  dis- 
eased trees  be  totally  destroyed  and  the  affected  area  surrounded  by  a  trench 

2  ft.  deep  and  treated  with  freshly  slaked  lime. 

Septoria  disease  of  chrysanthemum,  R.  Latjbebt  (Handelsbl.  Deut.  Gar- 
tenbau,  SO  (1915),  pp.  17,  18;  abs.  in  Ztschr.  Pfianzenkrank.,  25  (1915),  No.  2, 
p.  118). — Besides  noting  a  severe  local  attack  of  8.  chrys anthem ella  on  C.  i7id.i- 
cum  in  Zehlendorf  in  December,  1914,  the  author  discusses  the  previous  dis- 
tribution and  developmental  conditions  of  this  disease. 

Causation  and  control  of  breaking  sickness  in  tulips,  C.  Hammarlund 
(Meddel.  Centralanst.  Forsoksv.  Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  105  (1915),  pp.  23,  pi.  1, 
figs.  5;  K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Handl.  och  Tidskr.,  54  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  89-109,  pi.  1, 
figs.  5). — Giving  an  account  of  studies  on  tulips,  which,  after  blooming  nor- 
mally, suddenly  developed  a  break  in  the  stem,  the  author  claims  that  the 
trouble  is  due  to  means  used  to  force  development.  Measures  recommended 
to  prevent  the  weakness  are  avoidance  of  very  close  planting,  of  excessive 
watering,  and  of  a  close,  damp  atmosphere  in  the  hothouse. 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  551 

Pathological  observations  on  the  chestnut  in  southern  Indiana,  J.  R.  Weir 
{Ann.  Rpt.  Ind.  Bd.  Forestry,  15  (1915),  pp.  UO-163,  figs.  S).— The  author  has 
investigated  the  conditions  in  regard  to  the  chestnut  tree  in  southern  Indhina 
for  several  years,  primarily  with  reference  to  the  chestnut  bark  disease,  but 
information  is  given  regarding  the  presence  and  habits  of  a  large  number  of 
other  fungi,  mostly  saprophytic,  on  chestnut,  the  chestnut  blight  fungus 
(Endothia  parasitica)  not  having  been  found  by  him.  A  large  amount  of  other 
information  is  presented  regarding  the  forest  growth. 

The  white  pine  blister  rust,  P.  Spaulding  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui. 
742  {1916),  pp.  15:  pl.  1,  figs.  5). — A  popular  account  is  given  of  the  white  pine 
blister  rust  due  to  Cronartium  ribicola,  and  the  life  cycle  of  the  fungus 
through  its  host  plants,  white  pines,  currants,  and  gooseberries,  is  described. 
This  disease,  which  has  been  introduced  into  this  country  from  Europe,  has 
spread  rather  extensively,  12  distinct  new  outbreaks  having  been  observed  in 
1915.  Suggestions  are  given  for  the  control  of  the  disease  and  the  need  of 
adequate  state  laws  for  its  control  is  pointed  out. 

[Root  disease  of  Para  rubber],  W.  H.  Johnson  {Rpts.  Agr.  Depts.  North, 
and  South.  Provs.  [Nigeria],  19U,  pp.  24,  31). — This  report  of  the  director 
contains  an  account  of  an  outbreak  of  root  disease  in  1914  due  almost 
exclusively  to  Polyporus  lignosus,  Hymenochcete  noxia  having  been  apparently 
eliminated  by  the  removal  in  1912  of  all  stumps  known  to  be  susceptible 
thereto. 

A  new  disease  in  the  Para  rubber  plantation  at  Calabar  is  due  to  a  fungus 
believed  to  be  Ustulina  zonata,  which  in  Ceylon  causes  a  root  disease  of  tea. 
The  necessity  for  removal  of  the  stumps  is  indicated. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  systematic  account  of  the  prairie  dogs,  N.  Hollister  ( TJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Bur.  Biol.  Survey,  North  American  Fauna  No.  40  {1916),  pp.  36,  pis.  7,  figs.  2). — 
The  so-called  prairie  dogs  {Cynomys  spp.)  are  divided  into  two  general  classes, 
(1)  the  black-tailed  prairie  dogs  which  form  the  subgenus  Cynomys,  consist- 
ing of  three  forms  of  two  species,  and  (2)  the  white-tailed  prairie  dogs  which 
form  the  subgenus  Leucocrossuromys,  consisting  of  four  forms  of  three  species. 
Prairie  dogs  are  distributed  over  a  large  part  of  the  Great  Plains  and  Rocky 
Mountain  regions  and  are  of  considerable  economic  importance,  due  mainly  to 
their  destruction  of  grasses  and  other  forage  plants. 

Entomology,  A.  W.  Moreiix  {Arizona  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  563-565). — The 
work  with  the  harvester  ant  {Pogonomyrmex  barbata)  was  continued  during 
the  season  of  1915.  Where  28.5  lbs.  of  London  purple  were  required  per  acre 
in  1914  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  57)  only  2.5  lbs.  were  required  in  1915  in  the  work  of 
cleaning  up  the  remnants  of  the  old  nests.  The  experiment  shows  that  when 
once  brought  under  complete  control,  the  ants  can  be  held  to  a  point  where 
they  do  no  damage  at  a  total  cost  each  year  of  less  than  40  cts.  an  acre. 

Brief  mention  is  also  made  of  the  work  with  the  green  June  beetle 
{AUorhina  mutabilis)  and  the  clover  or  alfalfa  seed  chalcid  fly.  A  trap  border 
experiment  with  the  latter,  though  carried  on  under  unfavorable  conditions, 
appears  to  have  shown  definite  results. 

Entomological  investigations,  1915,  L.  Childs  {Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood 
River  Sta.,  1915,  pp.  47-61,  figs.  2). — The  investigations  here  reported  relate 
largely  to  the  fruit  tree  leaf  roller  {Archips  argyrospila)  and  to  codling  moth 
control  work  in  1915. 

In  experimental  control  work  with  A.  argyrospila  the  best  results  were 
obtained  from  the  use  of  lead  arsenate  at  the  rate  of  6  lbs.  to  50  gal.  of  water. 
Mlscible  oil  also  gave  highly  satisfactory  results,  and  while  more  expensive 


552  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  I  Vol.  35 

"the  marked  increase  in  efficiency  attained  with  tlie  oil  more  than  warrants 
its  use.  For  complete  safety  to  the  foliage,  the  oil  applications  should  be 
made  before  the  buds  burst.  Apparently  no  permanent  injury  occurred  in  our 
experimental  plats  this  season  from  the  late  applications,  but  the  margin  of 
safety  is  extremely  small  and  such  a  procedure  should  not  be  generally 
followed." 

Codling  moth  infestation  was  very  severe  during  1915  throughout  the  entire 
Northwest,  the  loss  from  this  source  in  the  Hood  River  Valley  being  about 
twice  that  of  1914.  In  response  to  inquiries  relative  to  the  advisability  of 
mixing  the  arsenate  of  lead  with  the  fungicides,  investigations  were  conducted 
with  arsenate  of  lead  in  combination  with  lime-sulphur  and  iron  sulphid, 
lime-sulphur  and  atomic  sulphur,  lime-sulphur  and  barium  tetrasulphid,  and 
with  milled  sulphur  and  Bordeaux  mixture.  In  no  case  was  the  efficiency  of 
the  poison  descr eased. 

It  was  found  that  during  the  year  the  greater  percentage  of  worms  entered 
the  fruit  through  the  side  rather  than  at  the  calyx  end.  Experiments  conducted 
show  clearly  tliat  one  application,  whether  it  be  the  "calyx"  or  the  one  pre- 
ceding the  hatching  of  the  eggs,  will  not  control  the  moths.  The  station 
recommends  two  different  schedules  of  sprays  for  the  season  of  1916.  "  The 
first  two  applications  will  be  the  same  in  both  cases — that  is,  the  calyx  and 
'30-day'  spray  for  the  control  of  the  first  brood  of  worms.  Where  a  loss  of 
not  more  than  8  per  cent  was  experienced  in  1915,  one  well-timed  summer  spray 
should  prove  very  effective  in  controlling  the  second  generation.  This  should 
be  applied  in  early  August.  The  date  will  be  dependent  upon  weather  condi- 
tions. .  .  .  Where  the  infestation  during  1915  was  found  to  be  more  than  S 
or  10  per  cent,  two  summer  applications  should  be  made  to  control  the  codling 
moth.  The  third  spray  should  be  made  about  July  20  and  the  fourth  toward 
the  middle  or  last  of  August." 

Observations  relating  to  the  woolly  aphis  and  strawberry  root  weevil  are 
also  briefly  noted. 

The  locust  borer  (Cyllene  robinio)  and  other  insect  enemies  of  the  black 
locust,  H.  Gakman  {Kentucky  Sta.  Bui.  200  (1916),  pp.  99-135,  pis.  22,  fig.  1).— 
The  data  here  presented  have  previously  been  noted  from  another  source 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  355). 

Two  troublesome  pests  of  man,  R.  D.  Whitmaesh  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1 
{1916),  'No.  7.  pp.  221-224,  fids.  2). — Brief  accounts  are  given  of  chiggers  and 
sandflies  and  methods  of  prevention  and  control. 

Aleyrodidse,  or  white  flies  attacking  the  orang'e,  with  descriptions  of  three 
new  species  of  economic  importance,  A.  L.  Quaintance  and  A.  C.  Bakeb  ( U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  .Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  12,  pp.  459-412,  pis.  6,  figs.  3).— 
This  paper  brings  together  information  on  the  distribution  and  food  plants  of 
the  white  flies  which  attack  citrus  plants,  16  in  number,  of  which  3  of  economic 
importance  are  described  as  new  to  science,  namely,  Aleurocanthus  citriperdus 
from  Ceylon,  India,  and  Java ;  A.  woglumi  from  India,  Ceylon,  Cuba,  Jamaica, 
the  Bahamas,  and  the  Philippines ;  and  Aleurothrixus  porteri  from  Chile  and 
Brazil. 

A  list  of  20  references  to  the  literature  cited  is  included. 

Studies  of  life  histories  of  leaf  hoppers  of  Maine,  H.  Osboen  {Maine  Sta. 
Bui.  248  {1916),  pp.  53-80,  pis.  5,  figs.  8). — This  bulletin  presents  the  results 
of  studies  made  during  the  summer  of  1914  in  continuation  of  those  begun  in 
1913  and  previously  reported  upon  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  356). 

A  chemical  analysis  made  of  timothy  by  the  station  chemist  indicates  that  the 
leafhoppers  not  only  reduce  the  quiintity  but  lessen  the  food  value  of  the  crop 
attacked. 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  553 

Eight  species  are  here  considered,  namely,  Gicadula  sexnotata,  Acoccphalns 
albifrons,  A.  striatus,  CMorotettix  unicolor,  Idiocerus  provancheri,  Drwcula- 
ccp'hala  angulifera,  Phlepsius  apcrtus,  and  Balclntha  punctata,  of  which  the 
first  three  mentioned  are  dealt  with  at  some  length.  The  six-spotted  leaf- 
hopper  {C.  sexnotata),  one  of  the  first  to  invade  new  fields,  produces  several 
generations  and  is  quite  migratory  in  habit.  After  this,  for  Maine,  Deltocepha- 
Itis  minki  appears  to  be  one  of  the  earliest  to  appear  in  open  fields,  and  later 
the  froghoppers  and  A.  striatns  come  in  abundance.  One  of  the  latest  and  per- 
haps the  least  migratory  is  A.  albifrons,  termed  the  timothy  crown  leafhopper, 
since  it  lives  down  in  the  ground  around  the  crowns  of  timothy. 

The  army  worm  in  New  York  in  1914  (Leucania  unipuncta),  H.  H.  Knight 
(Nero  York  Cornell  Sta.  Bui.  376  {1916),  pp.  751-765,  pis.  8).— Next  to  the 
serious  outbreak  of  the  army  worm  in  1S96,  studies  of  which  were  made  by 
Slingerland  (E.  S.  R.,  9,  p.  365),  the  outbreak  in  1914  was  the  most  serious 
that  has  occurred  in  New  York  State.  This  outbreak  afforded  an  opportunity 
to  gather  considerable  additional  data,  which  are  here  reported. 

The  observations  relate  to  food  plants,  place  of  development  in  Genesee 
County,  life  cycle,  occurrence  in  1915,  natural  enemies  and  methods  of  control, 
and  the  occurrence  of  an  allied  species,  L.  pseudargyria. 

Comparative  study  of  the  amount  of  food  eaten  by  parasitized  and  non- 
parasitized  larvae  of  CiiiJhis  unipuncta,  D.  G.  Towek  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour. 
Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  12,  pp.  Jf55-458). — In  the  author's  experiment  with 
the  parasite  Apantcles  militaris  it  was  found  that  the  parasitized  army  worm 
a.te  approximately  half  as  much  as  unparasitized  larvae  during  the  same  periods, 
and  it  seems  conclusive  that  parasitism  by  A.  militaris  is  directly  beneficial  in 
the  generation  attacked.  "  From  the  results  obtained  it  might  seem  as  though 
larvae  oviposited  in  at  an  earlier  date  would  eat  more  before  being  killed,  but 
the  time  spent  in  the  host  by  the  parasites  seems  to  be  fairly  constant,  and  this 
was  also  noticed  in  a  larger  number  of  cases  in  former  experiments  with  A. 
militaris.  Hence,  it  is  believed  that  in  such  cases  the  larvae  would  have  only 
approximately  the  same  amount  of  time  for  feeding,  and  a  larger  portion  of 
this  period  would  occur  during  the  earlier  stages,  when  a  much  smaller  amount 
of  food  is  eaten,  so  that  the  amount  eaten  would  be  less  than  the  normal  for 
unparasitized  larvae." 

The  clover  leaf  tyer  (Ancylis  angulifasciana),  H.  A.  Gossard  {Ohio  Sta. 
Bui.  297  {1916),  pp.  427-U3,  pls.  2,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916). 
No.  6,  pp.  181-185,  figs.  2). — The  author  reports  observations  made  of  this  insect 
since  1905,  in  the  spring  of  which  year  his  attention  was  drawn  to  the  ragged, 
eaten  condition  of  the  clover  leaves.  Considerable  damage  was  caused  to  clover 
at  the  station  farm.  Its  appearance  in  injurious  numbers  seems  to  have  been 
local,  since  the  author  has  not  observed  it  to  be  of  importance  elsewhere  than 
at  Wooster. 

Red  clover  and  alsike  are  said  to  have  been  very  freely  attacked  in  the  field, 
white  clover  less  commonly,  and  alfalfa  not  at  all.  Clover  foliage  eaten  by 
the  caterpillars  presents  a  ragged  appearance,  the  epidermis  from  one  of  the 
surfaces  being  either  partly  or  wholly  eaten  away,  while  that  remaining  appears 
thin,  papery,  and  white,  except  for  minute  splotches  and  streaks  of  green  here 
and  there.  Either  the  upper  or  lower  surface  will  be  eaten,  whichever  happens 
to  be  turned  inward  in  the  cell. 

The  moths  of  the  first  brood  appear  in  late  April  or  early  May  and  are 
nearly  all  gone  by  May  20.  The  eggs  were  found  to  require  an  incubation  period 
of  from  two  to  three  weeks.     Three  broods  were  observed. 

"  It  is  apparent  that  the  first  clover  harvest,  coming  in  late  June  and  early 
July  or  earlier,  will  carry  to  the  mow  many  of  the  larvae  and  pupae  of  the  first 


554  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

brood  and  that  the  second  cutting  will  take  off  most  of  the  second  brood  pupae. 
Fall  pasturage  will  destroy  many  of  the  third  brood.  Plowing  old  clover  stubble 
in  the  spring  preparatory  to  planting  corn  practically  exterminates  all  larvae 
in  the  field.  The  present  well-established  customs  for  harvesting  and  pastur- 
ing clover  furnish  a  logical  and  effective  program  of  control." 

Effect  of  Roentgen  rays  on  the  tobacco,  or  cigarette,  beetle  and  the  results 
of  experiments  with  a  new  form  of  Roentgen  tube,  G.  A.  Runner  {U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  11,  pp.  383-388 )  .—This  is  a 
report  of  studies  conducted  in  continuation  of  those  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
29,  p.  359). 

"  Under  laboratory  conditions,  tests  made  with  a  Roentgen-ray  tube  permit- 
ting a  high-energy  input  and  giving  an  intense  and  powerful  radiation  gave 
results  which  promise  that  the  X-ray  process  may  be  successfully  used  in  treat- 
ment of  cigars  or  tobacco  infested  with  the  tobacco,  or  cigarette,  beetle.  Heavy 
dosages  mu.st  be  given,  as  is  indicated  by  the  exposure  given  in  the  series  of 
experiments  tabulated  in  this  paper.  In  treatment  of  the  egg  stage,  heavier 
exposures  are  required  to  sterilize  eggs  which  are  near  the  hatching  point  than 
are  required  to  sterilize  eggs  newly  laid.  In  experiments  performed  by  the 
writer  a  dosage  equivalent  to  150  milliampere  minutes  exposure  with  a  spark 
gap  of  5.5  in.  gave  satisfactory  results  with  eggs  in  tobacco  placed  7.5  in.  from 
the  focal  spot  of  the  tube.  With  this  exposure  the  eggs  in  which  embryonic 
development  was  well  advanced  hatched,  but  in  all  cases  where  these  larvae 
were  kept  under  observation  they  failed  to  reach  the  adult  stage.  The  minimum 
lethal  dosage  at  a  given  distance  from  the  focal  spot  of  the  Roentgen  tube  used 
has  not  been  determined. 

"  In  two  separate  experiments  adults  were  given  an  exposure  of  600  milli- 
ampere minutes  (amperage  X  time),  with  a  spark  gap  of  5.5  in.,  giving  an 
approximate  voltage  of  65,000,  with  humidity  at  57.  The  distance  from  the 
focal  spot  of  the  Roentgen  tube  was  7.5  in.     The  results  are  as  follows : 

"(1)  No  effect  on  length  of  life  was  apparent,  as  the  beetles  died  at  about 
the  same  rate  as  the  same  number  of  beetles  kept  as  a  check.  (2)  Large  num- 
bers of  eggs  were  deposited  after  exposure.  These  eggs  were  infertile.  Eggs 
laid  by  the  check  beetles  hatched  normally. 

"  Larvae  were  given  an  exposure  of  600  milliampere  minutes,  other  conditions 
of  the  experiment  being  the  same  as  in  the  experiments  with  adults  given  above. 
While  no  immediate  effect  was  apparent,  the  treatment  had  the  effect  of  stop- 
ping activity  and  development,  the  larvae  remaining  in  a  dormant  condition 
for  a  prolonged  period.    All  treated  larvae  died  before  reaching  the  pupal  stage." 

Tlie  alfalfa  weevil  and  methods  of  controlling  it,  G.  I.  Reeves,  P.  B.  Miles, 
T.  R.  Chambeelin,  S.  J.  Snow,  and  L.  J.  Bower  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers' 
Bui.  741  {1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  7). — A  popular  summary  of  knowledge  of  this 
insect  and  means  for  its  control. 

Cotton  boll  weevil  control  in  the  Mississippi  Delta,  with  special  reference 
to  square  picking  and  weevil  picking,  B.  R.  Goad  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bill.  382 
{1916),  pp.  12). — In  plat  tests  of  five  square  pickings  at  7-day  time  intervals 
an  increase  of  23  per  cent  over  the  check  was  obtained.  Tests  of  seven  weevil 
pickings  with  the  bag-and-hoop  indicated  similar  results.  Comparative  obser- 
vations on  different  methods  of  collecting  weevils  demonstrated  the  great  supe- 
riority of  the  bag-and-hoop  over  hand  picking  so  definitely  that  there  should 
be  no  question  as  to  which  method  to  follow.  The  margin  of  profit  to  be 
derived  from  these  two  control  measures  seems  to  be  too  slight  to  allow  their 
operation  on  a  wage  basis.  For  this  reason  the  only  condition  under  which 
they  should  be  attempted  is  on  tenant  cotton  where  the  work  can  be  performed 
without  any  direct  outlay  for  labor. 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTEITION.  555 

House  ants:  Kinds  and  methods  of  control,  C.  L.  Marlatt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Fanners'  Bui.  740  (1916),  pp.  12,  figs.  5).— This  is  a  more  extended  account 
than  that  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  10,  p.  654). 

FOODS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

The  iodin  content  of  foods,  E.  B.  Forbes  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  (1916), 
No.  7,  pp.  219,  220). — The  author  concludes  from  his  study  of  the  iodin  content 
of  various  foodstuffs  that  Iodin  is  a  comparatively  unusual  food  constituent, 
and  that  its  presence  is  commonly  accidental  in  the  sense  of  standing  in  no 
essential  relation  to  the  growth  of  the  food  products.  Variations  in  the  iodin 
content  of  foods  were  not  successfully  related  to  any  associated  conditions.  No 
consistent  or  orderly  geographic  distribution  of  iodin  in  foods  was  revealed, 
nor  were  there  noticeable  effects  of  the  type  of  soil  or  method  of  fertilization 
on  the  iodin  content  of  foods.  The  iodin  content  of  samples  of  the  same  crop 
from  different  plats  of  the  same  field  sometimes  varied  greatly. 

The  relation  of  certain  physical  characteristics  of  the  wheat  kernel  to 
milling  quality,  C.  H.  Bailed'  (Jour.  Agr.  Sci.  [England],  7  {1916),  No.  4,  pp. 
4S2-442). — The  investigations  here  reported  indicate  that,  with  the  same  type 
and  variety  of  wheat,  kernel  volume,  because  of  its  relation  to  the  ratio  of 
endosperm  to  nonendosperm  structures,  varies  directly  with  the  potential  flour 
yield. 

"  Accurate  determination  of  kernel  density  must  include  the  complete  removal 
of  all  mechanically  held  air.  Large  kernels,  other  things  being  equal,  have  a 
higher  specific  gravity  than  small  kernels  of  the  same  variety,  indicating  the 
endosperm  to  have  a  higher  specific  gravity  than  the  bran  and  germ. 

"  Relative  density  of  the  endosperm  is  generally  conceded  to  be  dependent 
upon  the  proportion  and  size  of  the  air  vacuoles.  Soft,  light-colored,  yellow- 
berry  kernels  have  a  lower  specific  gravity  than  hard,  dark-colored  kernels  of 
the  same  variety.  The  more  dense  the  endosperm,  other  things  being  equal, 
the  greater  the  ease  of,  and  the  more  complete,  the  separation  of  endosperm 
from  bran  and  germ  in  milling. 

"  Wheat  kernels  of  a  high  specific  gravity  have  a  higher  nitrogen  content 
as  a  usual  thing  than  less  dense  kernels  of  the  same  relative  size  or  volume. 

"  Hard  red  wheats  grown  in  the  northern  Great  Plains  area,  while  varying 
widely,  have  a  higher  average  specific  gravity  than  do  the  soft  red  winter 
wheats  grown  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  United  States." 

Milling'  and  baking  tests  on  Argentine  and  Walla  wheats,  P.  R.  Scott  and 
F.  G.  B.  WiNSLOw  {Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  {1915),  Nos.  11,  pp.  661-666, 
fig.  1;  12,  pp.  736-739). — These  tests  of  wheats  imported  from  Argentina  and 
the  Pacific  Coast  States  of  this  country  indicated  that,  as  compared  with  Aus- 
tralian wheats,  the  flour  produced  was  lacking  in  bloom  and  the  dough  re- 
quired a  longer  time  to  prove  and  lacked  the  power  to  produce  as  good  loaves. 
When  blended  with  a  moderate  percentage  of  Australian  wheat  flour,  good 
loaves  were  obtained. 

A  method  of  making  bread.  G.  Corn  alba  {Bui.  Agr.  IMilan],  50  (1916),  No. 
27,  p.  1). — This  article  describes  a  system  of  bread  making  which  utilizes  all 
of  the  substance  of  the  grain.  The  grain  is  submitted  to  germination  for  from 
50  to  60  hours,  macerated  to  soften  it,  ground,  mixed  with  yeast  and  salt,  and 
then  made  into  a  dough.  This  dough  is  made  homogeneous,  divided  into  loaves 
weighing  about  50  gm.,  and  baked  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  bread  is  said  to  have  a  very  dark  color,  a  rough  crumb,  a  heavy  crust, 
and  an  agreeable  and  pronounced  taste.  One  hundred  kg.  of  the  wneat  give 
about  135  kg.  of  bread  containing  about  35  per  cent  of  water,  which  makes  the 


556  EXPERIMENT    STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

weight  of  the  bread  a  little  greater  than  that  of  the  wheat.  It  is  stated  that 
this  system  of  bread  making  has  the  further  advantage  of  utilizing  nutritive 
material  which  is  lost  in  other  methods — e.  g.,  protein,  phosphoric  acid,  lecithin, 
phytin,  organic  phosphorus  compounds,  magnesium  salts,  and  diastatic  ferments. 

Some  factors  affecting  the  cooking  of  dholl  [red  gram  or  pigeon  pea] 
(Cajanus  indicus),  B.  Viswanath,  T.  L.  Row,  and  P.  A.  R.  Ayyangak  {Mem. 
Dept.  Agr.  India,  Cheiii.  Ser.,  4  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  U9-163,  pi.  1,  fig.  i).— The 
factors  which  were  studied  with  reference  to  their  influence  upon  the  rate  of 
cooking  of  dholl  (C.  indicus)  included  the  composition  of  the  water,  the  fat 
content,  the  variety,  and  the  method  of  preparation.  The  results  of  the  in- 
vestigation are  summarized  in  part  as  follows : 

"  Dissolved  salts,  such  as  are  found  in  natural  waters,  exert  a  marked  influ- 
ence on  the  time  taken  to  cook  dholl.  Calcium  and  magnesium  salts  and  the 
chlorids  of  hydrogen  and  sodium  exert  a  strong  retarding  effect,  whereas  alka- 
lis and  alkaline  carbonates  have  the  reverse  action.  Whether  the  action 
exerted  by  any  salt  is  a  retardation  or  an  acceleration,  the  effect  is  approxi- 
mately proportionate  to  the  concentration,  i.  e.,  the  harder  the  water  the  slower 
is  the  rate  of  cooking.  The  addition  of  sodium  bicarbonate  or  sodium  carbonate 
to  a  hard  water  materially  hastens  the  cooking. 

"  The  rate  of  cooking  of  dholl  is  approximately  proportionate  to  the  rate  of 
solution  of  the  dholl  substance — i.  e.,  to  the  rate  of  solution  of  the  proteid  and 
starch.  The  proportion  of  proteid  to  starch  dissolved  is  not  constant  but  varies 
with  different  solutions.  Alkalis  aud  alkaline  carbonates  dissolve  a  greater 
proportion  of  proteid  than  starch  as  compared  with  pure  water,  whereas  hydro- 
chloric acid  dissolves  a  greater  proportion  of  starch.  In  addition,  alkalis  and 
alkaline  carbonates  greatly  accelerate  the  rate  of  cooking. 

"  The  rate  of  solution  of  the  proteid  appears  to  he  the  factor  which  mainly 
controls  the  rate  of  cooking.  ,  .  .  The  fat  content  plays  a  very  unimportant 
part.  .  .  .    Dholls  of  different  localities  have  varying  rates  of  cooking." 

In  connection  with  the  investigation  a  study  was  made  of  the  influence  of 
different  salts  on  the  liquefaction  of  pure  starch. 

Cultivation  and  canning  of  mangoes  in  India,  T.  C.  Chaudhuri  {Jour. 
Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  618,  619). — The  author  discusses 
briefly  the  use  of  mangoes  as  food,  methods  of  cultivation,  and  the  problems 
involved  in  preserving  the  fruit. 

Case  of  poisoning  by  daffodil  bulbs  (Narcissus  pseudo-narcissus),  W.  G. 
McNab  {Pharm.  Jour.  [London'],  Jf.  ser..  ^2  {1916),  No.  2738,  pp.  361,  368).-— In 
this  article  and  its  discussion,  references  are  made  to  several  cases  of  food 
poisoning  caused  by  eating  the  bulbs  of  the  common  daffodil,  these  being  mis- 
taken for  onion  and  used  in  the  preparation  of  stews.  Severe  gastro-intestinal 
disturbances  were  experienced  but  no  deaths  resulted.  It  is  stated  that  daffodil 
bulbs  contain  an  alkaloid  whose  physiologic  action  differs  according  to  the  stage 
of  growth  of  the  plant. 

The  investigation  of  some  cases  of  cheese  poisoning,  G.  Spica  {Atti  R.  1st. 
Veneto  Sci.,  Let.  ed  Arti,  69  {1909-10),  pt.  2,  pp.  685-691).— Gasei^  of  food 
poisoning  attributed  to  cheese  are  reported.  Four  samples  of  the  cheese  in 
question  were  examined.  Extraction  with  water  and  ether  yielded  a  substance 
of  unknown  chemical  composition  which  was  toxic  to  frogs. 

The  soy  bean  and  condensed  milk  in  infant  feeding,  J.  Ruhrah  {Amer. 
Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  150  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  502-512).— The  author  reports  the  results 
of  clinical  experience  and  concluded  that  the  soy  bean,  condensed  milk,  and 
some  cereal  (as  a  source  of  additional  carbohydrate)  in  proper  proportions  may 
be  used  without  danger. 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  557 

On  the  composition  of  human  milk  in  Australia. — I,  The  composition  dur- 
ing the  early  stages  of  lactation,  H.  S.  H.  Wakulaw  {Jour,  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. 
N.  S.  Wales,  J,9  (1915),  pt.  2,  pp.  169-198,  fig.  i).— In  Ihis  extensive  invostiga- 
tion  a  study  was  made  of  the  composition  of  105  samples  of  human  milk  obtained 
during  the  first  10  or  11  days  after  childbirth. 

In  addition  to  determining  the  most  probable  composition  of  human  millc,  it 
was  the  object  of  the  author  to  determine  the  effect  of  a  number  of  factors 
upon  its  composition.  It  was  found  that  certain  values  of  the  percentages  of 
constituents  other  than  fat  occurred  more  frequently  than  others.  These  were 
total  .solids,  12.8  per  cent;  solids  not  fat,  9.8  per  cent;  protein,  1.9  per  cent; 
solids  not  fat  and  not  protein,  7.6  per  cent.  The  percentages  of  fats  vary 
widely,  the  average  content  being  3.14  per  cent.  "  The  average  percentage  of  fat 
increased  from  2.84  to  4.13  during  the  first  11  days  of  suckling;  the  average 
percentage  of  protein  decreased  from  3.3  to  1.69  during  the  same  period. 

"  The  age  of  the  woman,  the  number  of  pregnancies,  the  volume  of  the  sample, 
the  time  since  the  last  withdrawal  of  milk  from  the  breast,  and  the  breast 
from  which  the  sample  was  taken  appeared  to  have  no  distinct  effect  on  the 
composition  of  the  milk  examined." 

A  bibliography  of  cited  literature  is  appended. 

Bulletin  of  the  inspection  of  foods  and  beverages  in  Surinam. — Fish 
Analyses,  J,  Sack  {Keuringsdienst  Eet-  en  Drinlcwaren  Suriname,  Bui.  B 
(1916),  pp.  34)' — Data  are  given  showing  the  percentage  composition  of  the 
edible  portion  and  the  cost  of  a  number  of  kinds  of  fish. 

The  percentage  of  alcohol  in  homemade  root  beer,  C.  H.  La  Wall  (Amer. 
Jour.  Phanii.,  88  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  355-358) .—The  homemade  root  beer,  pre- 
pared according  to  directions,  was  found  to  contain  0.25  per  cent  of  alcohol 
after  standing  2  days  and  1.52  per  cent  after  standing  11  days.  No  higher 
alcoholic  content  was  observed  after  the  beer  had  stood  for  10  days  longer. 
If  the  fermenting  liquor  was  allowed  to  stand  3  hours  before  bottling  and 
the  bottles  were  only  partially  filled,  the  alcoholic  content  rose  more  rapidly, 
and  the  highest  amount  noted  was  1.77  per  cent. 

The  inhibiting  action  of  certain  spices  on  the  growth  of  micro-organisms, 
Fkeda  M.  Bachmann  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Cliem.,  8  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  620- 
623,  figs.  2). — The  organisms  studied  in  this  investigation  were  pure  cultures 
of  species  of  the  common  molds,  Rhizopus,  Penicillium,  Aspergillus,  and  Alter- 
naria  (which  are  frequently  found  on  spoiled  preserves),  and  pure  cultures  of 
Bacillus  coli,  B.  prodigiosus,  and  B.  suhtilis.  The  spices  tested  were  added  iu 
some  form  to  the  nutrient  agar  in  which  the  bacteria  or  molds  were  grown. 
Studies  were  made  of  the  effect  of  alcoholic  extracts  of  spice,  ground  spice, 
spice  and  vinegar,  cinnamic  aldehyde  and  eugenol  (the  active  principles  of 
cinnamon  and  cloves),  the  oils  of  allspice  and  nutmeg,  and  the  oleoresiu  of  black 
pepper. 

The  author  states  that  "  it  does  not  appear  from  the  extent  of  the  present 
study  that  spices  as  used  in  the  kitchen  in  the  usual  amounts  for  flavoring  pur^ 
poses  in  spiced  cakes  exert  a  very  considerable  preservative  effect.  Wher<> 
cinnamon,  cloves,  and  allspice  are  used  in  large  amounts,  the  growth  of  molds 
may  be  retarded.  In  spiced  fruit  where  a  large  amount  of  the  spice  is  used,  the 
preservative  effect  may  be  much  greater.  This  effect  may  be  greater,  too,  when 
the  spice  is  combined  with  vinegar." 

It  is  suggested  that  cinnamic  aldehyde  and  possibly  other  active  principles 
might  be  used  in  such  proportions  as  to  prevent  the  growth  of  micro-organisms 
and  yet  in  small  enough  quantities  not  to  spoil  the  flavor  of  the  product. 
63270°— No.  6—16 5 


558  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

"  Pepper  and  nutmeg  have  little  effect  on  the  growth  of  micro-organisms.  A 
mixture  of  nutmeg  and  water  boiled  for  a  half  hour  and  left  exposed  to  the 
air  for  chance  inoculation  was  covered  with  various  molds  in  less  than  a  week. 
Cloves  and  allspice  in  large  amounts  are  quite  effective  in  preventing  the 
growth  of  molds  and  bacteria,  and  cinnamon  is  the  most  effective  of  the 
spices;  this  is  true  of  the  ground  spices,  their  essential  oils,  and  the  alcoholic 
extracts." 

The  dairy  and  pure  food  laws  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  ( [Hartford, 
Conn.]:  Office  Dairy  and  Food  Comr.  [1916],  pp.  52). — The  text  of  the  laws  is 
given  as  corrected  to  the  close  of  the  legislative  session  of  1915. 

[Food  and  drug'  analyses],  J.  P.  Street  et  al.  (Connecticut  State  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pt.  5,  pp.  265-419). — This  report  presents  the  results  of  the  analysis  of 
2,220  samples  of  foods  and  drugs,  of  which  1,081  were  not  adulterated.  The 
food  products  examined  included  cereal  breakfast  foods,  cheese,  cocoa  and 
chocolate  preparations,  coffee,  coffe  substitutes,  diabetic  foods,  fig  preparations, 
flavoring  extracts,  canned  fruits,  infant  foods,  sirups,  etc.  Full  analytical  data 
are  given  regarding  each  of  the  samples  analyzed.  The  drug  products  exam- 
ined included  standard  drug  preparations  and  proprietary  medicines. 

Bulletin  of  the  inspection  of  foods  and  beverages  in  Surinam. — Analyses 
of  common  foods,  J.  Sack  (Keuringsdienst  Eet-  en  Drinkwaren  Surinatne,  Bui. 
C  (1916),  pp.  12). — In  this  bulletin  analytical  data  are  reported  concerning  the 
composition  of  some  well-known  meats,  vegetables,  and  fruits. 

Rates  for  electric  cooking-  and  water  heating  (Jour.  Electricity,  37  (1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  12,  13). — The  question  of  proper  rates  for  this  class  of  service  is 
discussed  and  the  rates  of  several  western  companies  are  given  as  illustrations. 

Canning  in  glass  in  the  home  (fruits,  vegetables,  and  meats),  Sakah  E. 
Belt  (Agr.  of  Mass.,  63  (1915),  pt.  2,  pp.  49-57). — General  information  and 
specific  directions  are  given  for  the  canning  of  fruits,  vegetables,  and  meats. 

Interim  report  of  the  departmental  committee  appointed  by  the  president 
of  the  board  of  agriculture  and  fisheries  to  consider  the  production  of  food 
in  England  and  Wales,  Milner  et  al.  (London:  Govt.,  1915,  pp.  7). — A  num- 
ber of  measures  are  recommended  for  increasing  the  present  production  of 
food,  on  the  assumption  that  the  war  may  be  prolonged  beyond  the  harvest 
of  1916. 

Food  economics,  G.  Lusk  (Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  6  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  387- 
396). — This  lecture  presents  statistical  data  showing  the  amount  of  protein  and 
the  fuel  value  of  food  consumed  by  people  living  under  extremely  varied 
conditions. 

It  also  includes  a  brief  statement  of  the  results  of  a  dietary  study  by  F,  C. 
Gephart,  carried  out  at  a  private  boarding  school  for  boys  having  355  students, 
in  which  determinations  were  made  of  the  food  supplied  per  meal,  the  proportion 
of  the  total  number  of  calories  furnished  by  the  different  foods,  the  cost,  of  tMe 
food,  and  the  amount  of  waste.  The  author  states  that  the  growing  athletic 
boys  in  this  school  were  not  satisfied  with  3,000  calories  daily,  but  took  4,350 
calories  daily  at  the  table  and  also  bought  650  additional  calories  at  a  neigh- 
boring store.  In  his  opinion  these  results  show  that  active  boys  eat  more  food 
than  is  realized  and  that  their  ravenous  appetite  is  due  to  the  muscular  work 
involved  in  their  play  and  that  "  lack  of  appreciation  of  this  factor  and  lack  of 
provision  for  it  are  the  probable  causes  of  much  of  the  undernutrition  seen  in 
children  of  the  school  age." 

The  importance  is  emphasized  of  including  on  the  label  a  statement  of  the 
number  of  calories  furnished  by  packages  of  foods. 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  559 

Conditions  of  diet  and  nutrition  in  the  internment  camp  at  Ruhleben,  A.  E. 
Taylor  {London:  Govt.,  1916,  pp.  i2).— The  data  presented  in  this  report  are 
based  on  a  7-day  study  of  the  dietary  in  the  camp. 

The  following  requirements  are  given  for  a  complete,  sufficient,  and  normal 
diet :  "  It  must  contain  protein  sufficient  in  amount  and  representative  in  com- 
ponent amino  acids  to  maintain  the  tissues  and  cells  of  the  body  in  a  state 
of  normal  composition  and  function.  ...  It  may  be  stated  that  from  70 
to  90  gm.  of  protein  per  day  are  fully  competent  to  maintain  normal  nutrition 
in  the  adult  male  (not  engaged  in  hard  work),  provided  that  the  proteins  offer 
the  body  all  the  needed  amino  acids  and  that  the  diet  is  rich  in  carbohydrate." 

The  diet  should  also  contain  a  sufficient  amount  of  fuel  (largely  in  the  form 
of  carbohydrate)  to  furnish  at  least  30  calories  per  kilogi-am  of  body  weight 
per  day.  It  must  contain  from  25  to  50  gm.  of  fat  per  person  per  day,  the 
various  salts  required  in  the  body,  and  certain  unknown  substances  grouped 
under  the  term  "  vitamins,"  and  it  should  not  consist  entirely  of  preserved 
or  conserved  foodstuffs. 

In  addition,  the  author  lays  considerable  emphasis  on  the  fact  that  the  diet 
to  be  entirely  adequate  must  take  into  some  account  the  habits,  tastes,  and 
customs  of  the  persons  fed.  It  is  pointed  out  that  diets  tolerated  under  normal 
conditions  may  become  intolerable  under  conditions  of  confinement  and  that 
monotony  of  the  diet  should  be  avoided,  since  it  may  lead  to  reduced  appetite 
and  consequently  impaired  nutrition.  Monotony  of  the  diet  is  less  noticeable 
if  it  is  one  to  which  the  individual  has  been  accustomed. 

As  a  result  of  this  investigation  a  number  of  changes  in  the  diet  of  the 
camp  are  recommended  and  embodied  in  this  report. 

Review  of  the  literature  on  the  metabolism  of  normal  infants,  W.  McK. 
Marriott  {Amer.  Jour.  Diseases  Children,  12  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  88-102). — In 
this  summary  and  digest  of  data  the  results  obtained  by  a  number  of  investi- 
gators on  different  phases  of  this  subject  are  brought  together.  Most  of  the 
material  has  been  previously  noted  from  the  original  sources. 

The  question  of  cellulose  digestion,  W.  Eli^nberger  (Hoppe-Seyler's  Ztschr. 
Physiol.  Chem.,  96  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  236-25^). — A  preliminary  note  discussing 
the  factors  which  influence  cellulose  digestion. 

The  antiseptic  action  of  the  gastric  juice,  J.  P.  Gregersen  (Centbl.  Bakt. 
[etc.],  1.  Abt.,  Orig.,  77  (1916),  No.  4,  Pp.  353-361).— The  object  of  these  experi- 
ments was  to  determine  the  influence  of  the  acidity  of  the  gastric  juice  upon 
its  bactericidal  action  and  whether  or  not  any  other  factors  were  involved. 
Samples  of  the  gastric  contents  were  obtained  from  a  number  of  individuals 
45  minutes  after  the  ingestion  of  an  Ewald  test  meal  (35  gm.  of  toast  and  250 
gm.  of  water),  the  acidity  of  the  contents  measured  by  titration,  and  the  bacteri- 
cidal property  determined,  Staphylococcus  pyogenes  aureus  being  the  organism 
used.  In  some  of  the  samples  different  degrees  of  acidity  were  secured  by  the 
addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  or  sodium  hydroxid  before  determining  the  bacteri- 
cidal property. 

It  was  found  that  the  bactericidal  power  of  the  stomach  contents  varied 
directly  as  the  amount  of  free  acid  present  and  was  not  influenced  by  the 
combined  acidity  or  the  amount  of  pepsin  present.  The  bactericidal  action  of 
the  gastric  juice  was  from  3  to  4  times  as  strong  as  corresponding  strengths 
t"  the  pure  acid  in  water. 

The  presence  and  sig'nificance  of  molds  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  man 
and  higher  animals,  G.  Turesson  (Svensk  Bot.  Tidskr.,  10  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  1-27). — This  article  reports  the  results  of  the  isolation  and  investigation  of 
molds  in  samples  of  feces  from  13  different  persons,  two  of  whom  were  vege- 
tarians.    In  addition  to  determining  the  species  present   investigations  were 


560  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

made  of  the  action  of  temperature  and  gastric  juice  upon  the  spores  of  Peni- 
C'illium  and  Aspergillus  and  the  pathogenic  properties  of  molds  isolated  from 
human  and  animal  feces  by  means  of  intravenous  injections  and  feeding  experi- 
ments made  on  laboratory  animals. 

In  summarizing  the  results  of  the  investigation,  the  author  states  in  part 
that  "  the  occurrence  of  fungi  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  man  has  been  proved 
to  be  more  frequent  than  was  formerly  supposed.  In  analyzing  samples  of 
human  feces  the  following  molds  were  isolated:  A.  fiimigatus,  A.  flaws,  A. 
niger,  A.  nidulans,  A.  umbrinus,  A.  terreus,  P.  divaricatum,  Oidium  lactis.  In 
addition  numerous  yeasts  were  found.  .  .  . 

"  The  temperature  modifies  the  toxic  action  of  the  gastric  juice  in  this  way : 
An  increase  in  temperature  above  the  optimum  for  the  fungus  increases  the 
toxicity  of  the  juice  to  the  species.  Molds  with  low  optima  are,  therefore, 
killed  when  passing  V  rough  the  alimentary  canal,  while  thermophilous  species 
pass  through  alive.  Accordingly,  only  molds  with  comparatively  higher  optima 
are  found  in  feces  of  warm-blooded  animals  while  feces  of  cold-blooded  animals 
yield  molds  with  low  optima  as  well. 

"  Intravenous  injections  in  rabbits  of  .4.  terreus,  A.  umbrinus,  and  P.  divari- 
eatuni  showed  no  pathogenic  properties  of  these  molds. 

"Feeding  of  spores  and  mycelium  of  A.  fumigatus,  A.  flatus,  A.  niger,  A. 
nidulans,  A.  umhrinus,  A.  terreus,  P.  avellaneum,  and  P.  divaricatum  to  rabbits 
proved  to  be  fatal.  The  symptoms  of  poisoning  from  the  toxic  molds  were 
muscular  convulsions  resembling  tetanus,  weakness,  and  paralysis,  followed  by 
death. 

"An  accumulation  of  molds  in  the  alimentary  canal  of  m.an  may  lead  to 
serious  disturbances  and  should,  therefore,  receive  due  attention." 

A  bibliography  of  cited  literature  is  appended. 

Chemical  changes  in  the  central  nervous  system  as  a  result  of  restricted 
vegetable  diet,  Mathilde  L.  Koch  and  C.  Voegtlin  {Pub.  Health  Serv.  U.  S., 
Hyg.  Lab.  Bui.  103  {1916),  pp.  5-}f9,  figs.  12). — The  small  amount  of  experi- 
mental data  available  regarding  the  chemical  changes  produced  in  the  central 
nervous  system  as  the  result  of  changes  in  diet  shows  that  underfeeding  with 
a  mixed  diet  leads  to  no  marked  changes  except  a  high  variation  in  the  water 
content,  that  starvation  does  not  appear  to  change  the  composition  of  the  brain, 
and  that  an  exclusive  diet  of  polished  rice  leads  to  a  decrease  in  the  amount 
of  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  in  the  brains  of  pigeons. 

In  this  investigation  six  laboratory  animals  (monkeys)  were  fed  upon  the 
following  diets:  (a)  Corn-oil  cake,  a  substance  poor  in  vitamin;  (b)  equal 
parts  of  corn  meal  and  sweet  potatoes,  a  diet  rich  in  carbohydrates  and  poor 
in  protein  and  fat;  (c)  corn  meal;  and  (d)  raw  carrots.  From  a  comparison 
of  the  chemical  composition  of  the  encephalon  and  spinal  cord  of  these  six 
monkeys  with  the  composition  of  the  encephalon  and  spinal  cord  of  a  normal 
monkey  maintained  on  a  mixed  diet  as  a  control,  the  following  conclusions 
are  drawn: 

"  Chemical  changes  in  the  brain  and  cord  are  observed  in  animals  (monkeys 
and  rats)  as  the  result  of  an  exclusive  vegetable  diet  of  various  composition. 

Histological  examination  of  the  central  nervous  system  of  these  animals 
reveals  extensive  degeneration  of  many  nerve  tracts  in  the  spinal  cord,  very 
similar  to  those  found  in  pellagra. 

In  some  of  the  animals  the  chemical  changes  are  practically  identical  with 
the  changes  observed  in  pellagra.  These  findings  therefore  yield  additional 
evidence  for  the  theory  that  pellagra  is  a  dietary  disease." 

Chemical  changes  in  the  central  nervous  systems  in  pellagi'a,  Mathilde  L. 
Koch  and  C.  Voegtlin   {Pub.  Health  Serv.  U.  S.,  Hyg.  Lab.  Bui.  103  {1916), 


191C]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  561 

pp.  51-129.  pis.  2,  figs.  3).— In  this  report  the  work  of  other  investigators  on  the 
subject  is  briefly  reviewed,  and  a  short  summary  of  the  present-day  linowledge 
of  the  chemical  constituents  of  the  nervous  system  is  given.  The  analytical 
methods  employed  are  described  in  detail.  A  comparison  of  the  chemical 
analysis  of  the  central  nervous  system  in  five  cases  of  uncomplicated  pellagra, 
as  compared  with  the  chemical  analysis  of  normal  controls,  showed  that  in 
pellagra  the  central  nervous  system  is  subject  to  a  series  of  chemical  changes 
involving,  principally,  certain  lipoids. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

The  production  coeflacients  of  feeds,  G.  S.  Feaps  (Texas  Sta.  Bui.  185 
(1916),  pp.  5-16). — It  is  stated  that  the  value  of  a  feeding  stuff  consists  in  its 
volume,  which  satisfies  the  appetite  of  the  animal,  its  digestible  protein,  which 
furnishes  material  for  muscular  and  other  similar  tissue,  and  its  productive 
value,  which  represents  its  value  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  energy  for  work, 
or  bodily  activities,  heat,  or  material  for  the  production  of  fat,  etc.  This  bulle- 
tin describes  a  method  of  calculating  the  productive  values  of  feeds  from  their 
chemical  composition. 

The  productive  value  of  a  feed  is  defined  as  the  amount  of  fat  that  the 
feed  will  produce  upon  a  fattening  animal,  when  it  is  fed  in  addition  to  a 
basal  ration  already  sufficient  for  the  bodily  needs  of  the  animal.  The  author 
prefers  to  express  the  productive  value  in  terms  of  fat  for  the  reason  that  it 
represents  as  nearly  as  is  possible  the  exact  substance  measured  in  the  ex- 
periments, and  does  not  involve  any  assumption  as  to  the  quantity  of  produc- 
tive energy  consumed  in  forming  fat,  or  other  similar  assumptions.  Knowing 
the  composition  and  coefficients  of  digestibility  the  productive  value  in  terms 
of  fat  of  a  given  feeding  stuff  may  be  calculated,  but  in  order  to  simplify  tlie 
calculation  it  is  proposed  to  use  a  factor  to  be  known  as  the  production  coefli- 
cient.  This  is  defined  as  the  factor  which,  multiplied  by  the  percentage  of 
the  nutrient,  gives  the  productive  value  of  that  nutrient  in  terms  of  fat. 

As  the  production  coefficient  is  calculated  from  the  coefficient  of  digestibility, 
anything  that  will  affect  the  digestion  will  also  affect  the  production  coeflBcient. 
Also,  some  feeds  may  be  regarded  as  mixtures  of  two  or  more  constituents 
which  have  diff'erent  coefficients  of  digestibility  and  different  production  values. 
Cotton-seed  meal,  for  example,  may  be  considered  as  composed  of  cotton-seed 
kernel  residue  and  cotton-seed  hulls,  and  the  amount  of  cotton-seed  hulls  may 
be  calculated  from  the  amount  of  crude  fiber  present.  Since  cotton-seed  kernels 
and  cotton-seed  hulls  have  different  production  coefficients,  the  quantity  of 
crude  fiber  will  thus  affect  the  production  coefficient  of  the  feeding  stuff. 

There  are  similar  variations  in  the  composition  of  other  feeding  stuffs  which 
are  related  to  different  constituents  having  different  digestive  coefficients  and 
different  productive  values.     These  are  problems  which  are  under  study. 

A  table  is  given  which  shows  the  production  coefficients  of  a  number  of  feeds, 
based  upon  the  average  coefficients  of  digestibility.  A  column  is  included  which 
shows  the  method  of  correction  used  for  the  crude  fiber,  or  nitrogen-free  ex- 
tract, or  both,  as  the  case  may  be. 

[Feeding  stuffs],  F.  A.  Clowes  (Hawaii  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  51-53). — 
Honohono  (Commelina  nudiflora)  is  described  as  an  extremely  succulent  feed, 
much  relished  by  cattle.  Cattle  fatten  and  produce  an  abundance  of  milk  when 
pastured  where  it  is  plentiful.  The  total  yield  of  green  feed  per  acre,  cal- 
culated from  an  experimental  plat  10  ft.  square,  was  223.G  tons.  Per  acre  pro- 
duction it  compares  very  favorably  with  green  alfalfa  both  in  protein  and  in 
other  food  constituents. 


562  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

It  is  stated  that  as  a  pasture  grass  Paspalum  dilatatuw  has  given  excellent 
results.  Its  strong  deep  root  system  enables  it  to  withstand  the  tramping  of 
stock  in  wet  weather  better  than  any  other  grass  tested  that  is  equally  relished 
by  the  cattle. 

Cane-top  silage  has  proved  of  value  in  feeding  operations.  Some  of  the 
cane  tops  were  cut  two  weeks  before  they  were  put  into  the  silo.  Notwith- 
standing the  resulting  staleness  and  the  excessive  amounts  of  water  that  went 
into  the  silo  during  filling,  the  silage  was  of  fair  quality  and  was  eaten  readily 
by  the  cattle  and  horses.  The  yield  of  cane  tops  per  acre  is  about  10  per  cent 
of  the  weight  of  the  usable  cane,  and  on  the  unirrigated  plantations  this  by- 
product would  run  from  4  to  8  tons  of  cane  tops  per  acre. 

Commercial  feeding  stuffs,  1915,  J.  P.  Street  et  al.  (Connecticut  State  Sta. 
Rpt.  1915,  pt.  Jf,  pp.  233-264). — Analyses  are  given  of  the  following  feeding 
stuffs:  Cotton-seed  meal;  linseed  meal;  wheat  bran,  middlings,  and  shorts; 
cracked  corn  meal ;  corn  gluten  meal ;  corn  gluten  feed ;  hominy  feed,  dried 
brewers'  grains ;  dried  distillers'  grains ;  dried  beet  pulp ;  mangels ;  coconut 
meal ;  peanut  meal ;  oats  ;  provender  ;  alfalfa  ;  alfalfa  meal ;  cracker  wastes ; 
and  various  mixed  and  proprietary  feeds. 

Facts  for  the  feed  buyer,  W.  H.  Stbowd  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  267  (1916 1, 
pp.  56). — Information  regarding  feeding  stuffs  is  summarized,  and  analyses  art 
given  of  the  following:  Cotton-seed  meal,  linseed  meal,  gluten  feeds,  corn  oil 
meal,  distillers'  grains,  hominy  feed,  corn  germ  meal,  wheat  bran  and  middlings, 
red  dog  flour,  germ  middlings,  oatmeal  and  rye  middlings,  barley  shorts,  buck- 
wheat bran,  malt  sprouts,  dried  brewers'  grains,  dried  malt  grains,  alfalfa  meal, 
blood  and  meat  meal,  meat  scrap,  bone  products,  tankage,  ground  peas,  flax 
shives,  silage,  soy  bean  hay,  and  various  mixed  and  proprietary  feeds. 

[Nutrition  investigations  at  the  Wisconsin  Station]  (Wisconsi)i  Sta.  Bui. 
268  (1916),  pp.  36-42,  figs.  2). — Notes  on  several  studies  are  given. 

Value  of  proteins  from  different  sources  [for  grotcth],  by  E.  V.  McCollum. — 
Since  various  unbalanced  proteins  are  not  all  deficient  in  the  same  amino  acids, 
it  might  be  expected  that  when  two  unbalanced  proteins  were  combined  the  first 
might  supplement  the  deficiencies  of  the  second  and  better  grovrth  be  made  than 
with  either  alone.  To  study  this  problem  young  pigs  were  fed  on  many  rations 
in  which  either  a  single  feed  or  two  or  more  feeds  mixed  in  various  proportions 
supplied  the  protein. 

Of  those  tested  the  proteins  of  milk  were  found  most  efficient  for  growth, 
the  pigs  storing  in  their  bodies  over  60  per  cent  of  the  milk  protein.  The 
proteins  of  the  cereal  grains  had  an  efficiency  of  only  from  23  to  28  per  cent, 
and  of  linseed  meal,  fed  alone,  only  18  per  cent.  However,  when  three-fourths 
of  the  protein  in  the  ration  came  from  the  corn  and  one-fourth  from  linseed 
meal  the  efficiency  was  increased  to  37  per  cent.  From  this  it  is  concluded  that 
linseed  meal  and  corn  are  not  deficient  in  the  same  amino  acids,  and  that  when 
combined  one  tends  to  correct  the  deficiencies  of  the  other.  This  agrees  with 
the  good  results  secured  in  numerous  scientific  trials  and  in  practice  when 
linseed  meal  is  fed  as  a  supplement  to  corn.  On  the  other  hand,  no  better 
results  were  secured  when  wheat  and  wheat  embryo  were  combined  than  when 
each  was  fed  separately.  In  this  case  each  feed  is  evidently  deficient  in  the 
same  amino  acids,  and  one  can  not  supplement  the  other. 

Value  of  proteins  from  different  sources  [for  milk  production],  by  E.  B.  Hart 
and  G.  C.  Humphrey. — It  has  been  found  in  metabolism  experiments  with  dairy 
cows  that  proteins  from  various  sources  are  likewise  of  different  worth  for  milk 
production.  In  these  trials  cows  were  fed  a  basal  ration  of  corn  stover,  which 
supplied  but  a  small  amount  of  digestible  protein.     To  this  ration  were  added 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  563 

corn  grain  and  corn  by-products,  or  wheat  grain  and  by-products  (much  of  the 
protein  of  which  is  unbalanced  in  composition),  or  milli  protein,  supplied  in  the 
form  of  sliim-millj  powder  and  casein  (furnishing  proteins  which  are  well  bal- 
anced in  composition). 

The  percentage  of  the  digestible  protein  of  these  rations  which  was  used  by 
the  cows  for  milk  production  and  the  formation  of  body  protein  was  40  per 
cent  with  the  corn  ration,  34  per  cent  with  the  wheat  ration,  and  58  per  cent 
with  the  milk  protein  ration.  Such  complete  proteins  as  are  furnished  by  milk 
are  thus  apparently  of  high  efficiency  for  milk  production. 

Commonly  tinappreciated  factors  in  food,  by  E.  V.  McCollum. — Previous 
experiments  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  864)  have  demonstrated  that  certain  fat-soluble 
substances  found  in  milk  fat,  fats  from  egg  yolk,  corn  grain,  and  wheat  embryo, 
and  the  soft  portion  of  beef  fats  are  necessary  in  the  diet  for  continued  growth. 
It  appears  that  there  is  also  required  another  class  of  substances  which  are 
soluble  in  water,  the  nature  of  which  has  not  been  discovered.  These  sub- 
stances have  been  found  thus  far  in  egg  yolk  and  wheat  embryo,  and  are  prob- 
ably present  in  corn.  Growing  rats  fed  a  ration  of  highly  purified  casein,  egg 
albumin,  dextrin,  mineral  matter,  and  milk  fat  failed  to  grow.  However,  nor- 
mal growth  took  place  when  the  water  extract  of  wheat  embryo  was  added, 
which  evidently  supplied  the  necessary  accessory  to  the  diet.  It  has  been 
found  that  neither  the  fat-soluble  nor  the  water-soluble  accessor i;  a  are  injured 
by  heating  above  the  boiling  point  of  water. 

Influence  of  strictly  vegetable  diets  on  growth  and  reproduction,  by  E.  B. 
Hart  and  E.  V.  McCollum. — It  is  thought  that  strictly  vegetable  foods  might  be 
found  insufficient  for  normal  growth.  To  study  this  problem  experiments  were 
carried  on  with  growing  pigs  kept  in  pens  away  from  the  soil  and  supplied  in 
some  cases  with  distilled  and  in  others  with  natural  water.  On  a  well-balanced 
concentrate  mixture  of  oats,  corn,  wheat,  and  oil  meal,  pigs  failed  to  grow  after 
about  three  months,  even  when  sugar  beets  and  alfalfa  hay  were  supplied  two 
or  three  times  a  week.  Where  but  1  per  cent  of  meat  scrap  was  added  to  the 
ration  the  pigs  grew  normally,  reaching  a  weight  of  250  lbs.  by  the  time  those 
on  the  strictly  vegetable  diet  had  reached  100  lbs. 

Other  experiments,  however,  showed  that  the  missing  essential  constituents 
could  be  supplied  in  vegetable  feed.  In  the  earlier  experiments  uncut  alfalfa 
hay  was  offered  the  pigs,  but  they  consumed  very  little.  Fifteen  per  cent  of 
finely  ground  alfalfa  meal  was  then  mixed  with  the  ration,  so  that  the  pigs 
would  be  forced  to  consume  larger  amounts  of  alfalfa.  On  this  vegetable  ration 
good  growth  occurred.  These  experiments  indicate  that  the  meat  supplied  a 
better-balanced  protein  mixture  than  the  ba.sal  ration  of  grains  and  oil  meal, 
and  also  more  of  the  diet  accessories  needed  for  rapid  growth.  These  acces- 
sories are  also  apparently  present  in  alfalfa. 

Corn  silage  for  beef  cattle,  by  J.  L.  Tormey. — In  six  trials,  each  of  which 
lasted  90  days,  a  total  of  63  2-year-old  steers  were  fed.  In  these  trials  the 
addition  of  silage  to  rations  of  concentrates  and  either  alfalfa  or  clover  hay 
decreased  the  amounts  of  concentrates  required  per  pound  gain,  but  increasad 
the  roughage  requirement.  In  all  cases  the  addition  of  the  silage  lessened  the 
feed  cost  per  pound  of  gain  and  reduced  the  necessary  margin,  although  a  heavy 
concentrate  allowance  with  less  silage  produced  more  rapid  gains.  For  fatten- 
ing 2-year-old  steers  an  average  daily  ration  throughout  the  feeding  period  of 
20  lbs.  of  corn  silage,  5  lbs.  of  clover,  alfalfa,  or  mixed  hay,  12  lbs.  of  shelled 
corn,  and  2  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal,  or  amounts  of  other  protein-rich  concen- 
trates furnishing  an  equal  amount  of  digestible  protein,  is  recommended. 

In  one  of  the  trials  steers  fed  an  average  ration  of  37.6  lbs.  silage,  3.1  lbs. 
clover  hay,  and  only  7  lbs.  concentrates  (3.1  lbs.  corn,  2.7  lbs.  cotton-seed  meal 


564  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

and  1.2  lbs.  wheat  bran)  per  head  daily  gained  2.36  lbs.  per  head  daily.  A  lot 
fed  13.5  lbs.  concentrates  (9  lbs.  corn,  2  lbs.  cotton-seed  meal,  and  2..5  lbs. 
wheat  bran),  with  28.8  lbs.  silage  and  3.2  lbs.  clover  hay,  gained  2.59  lbs.  per 
head  daily.  However,  the  feed  cost  of  the  gains  of  these  steers  fed  the  heavier 
concentrate  allowance  was  16  per  cent  higher  and  the  margin  necessary  in 
feeding  was  31  cts.  greater. 

Studies  in  animal  breeding  {Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  (1916),  pp.  9,  10). — 
Studies  on  the  effect  of  such  poisons  as  lead  on  the  germ  cells  of  the  male 
showed  the  same  deleterious  results  as  were  obtained  the  year  before  (E.  S. 
R.,  33,  p.  368). 

Work  on  the  inheritance  of  epilepsy  in  guinea  pigs  has  shown  that  this  dis- 
ease is  inheritable  and  follows  Mendel's  law. 

In  a  study,  carried  on  by  H.  L.  Ib.sen,  of  the  growth  of  guinea  pigs  in  embryo 
and  after  birth  it  has  been  observed  that  the  weights  of  the  different  embryos 
in  a  litter  show  that  the  first  and  last  embryos  are  invariably  larger  than  tho.se 
in  the  middle  of  the  same  horn  of  the  uterus.  It  is  popularly  believed  that  the 
"  titman  "  or  runt  of  a  litter  of  pigs  is  the  last  one  to  be  born,  but  this  ob- 
servation would  seem  to  indicate  that  such  is  not  the  case,  as  the  smaller 
embryos  are  always  found  in  the  middle  of  the  row  of  young  in  the  uterus. 

In  experimental  work  on  the  influence  of  clo.se  inbreeding,  carried  on  by  J.  G. 
Halpin,  it  is  reported  that  with  Rhode  Island  Reds  results  of  a  detrimental 
character  are  beginning  to  be  observed,  that  the  closely  inbred  stock  takes 
longer  to  hatch  and  frequently  does  not  produce  so  strong  chicks  as  those 
from  the  control  pens. 

The  influence  of  sires  on  production,  C.  C.  Hayden  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta., 
1  (}!il6),  No.  7,  pp.  211-21.'),  fujH.  2). — Partial  records  were  kept  of  the  results 
of  the  use  of  various  bulls  in  the  station  dairy  herd.  The  first  bull  used  on 
the  first  group  of  cows  came  from  a  dam  which  had  a  good  official  record,  and 
the  granddam  on  the  sire's  side  had  a  record  of  large  production.  His  sire 
was  more  noted  as  a  show-ring  favorite  than  as  a  sire  of  producing  daughters. 
The  results  showed  an  average  gain  of  the  daughters  over  their  dams  of  1,902 
lbs.  of  milk  and  60  lbs.  of  fat  for  the  first  year,  and  an  average  yearly  difference 
of  1,176  lbs.  of  milk  and  42  lbs.  of  fat  for  all  periods. 

A  second  bull  was  selected  for  this  group,  the  price  paid  being  about  twice 
that  for  the  first  bull.  He  had  better  records  of  production  back  of  him,  and 
the  results  justified  the  greater  expenditure.  The  gain  over  the  original  dams 
by  the  u.se  of  this  bull  was  for  the  first  calf  4,074  lbs.  of  milk  and  156  lbs.  of 
fat,  and  for  one  year  of  all  lactation  periods,  4,207  lbs.  of  milk  and  153  lbs.  of 
fat.  The  gain  over  the  daughters  of  the  previous  bull  was  for  the  fir.st  year 
only  2,172  lbs.  of  milk  and  96  lbs.  of  fat,  and  for  one  year  of  each  lactation 
period,  3,031  lbs.  of  milk  and  111  lbs.  of  fat. 

The  first  bull  used  on  the  second  group  was  selected  from  one  of  the  best 
herds  in  Ohio,  though  his  sire  and  dam  had  no  oflicial  records.  A  decrease  of 
687  lbs.  of  milk  and  39  lbs.  of  fat  showed  that  the  use  of  this  sire  greatly  re- 
duced the  productive  capacity.  His  double  daughters  produced  3,520  lbs.  of 
milk  and  202  lbs.  of  fat,  or  a  decrease  of  521  lbs.  of  milk  j  nd  32  lbs.  of  fat  be- 
low their  dams. 

The  daughters  of  a  second  bull  used  on  this  group  show  an  increa.se  over  the 
daughters  of  the  first  bull  of  752  Ib.s.  of  milk  and  32  Ib.s.  of  fat  per  year.  For 
ftie  first  lactation  period  only  they  show  an  increa.se  of  1,205  lbs.  of  milk  and 
49  lbs.  of  fat,  indicating  that  they  will  be  far  superior  to  the  daughters  of  the 
first  bull  when  they  are  mature.  At  the  time  this  second  bull  was  purchased 
his  ancestry  had  no  oflTicial  records,  but  his  dam  was  said  to  be  a  heavy  per- 
sistent milker  and  liis  sire  was  imported. 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTTON.  565 

Sheep-breeding  investigations,  R.  H.  Williams  and  W.  S.  Cunningham 
(Arizona  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  55.'f-560). — In  continuation  of  work  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  73),  it  is  reported  tliat  the  Tunis  sheep  continued  to 
prove  themselves  vigorous  breeders  and  produce  early  active  lambs  with  a 
marked  ability  to  withstand  heat.  Their  greatest  fault  is  that  the  wool  is 
very  coarse,  with  loose  crimp  and  too  much  hair,  or  "  kemp." 

Hampshire,  Shropshire,  Oxford,  and  Dorset  breeds  have  been  used  to  im- 
prove the  mutton  characteristics  of  the  lambs,  and  have  proved  valuable  for 
this  purpose  in  the  order  named.  Oxford  and  Dorset  breeds  have  been  elimi- 
nated because  of  the  high  rate  of  mortality  among  the  lambs.  More  recently 
it  has  been  decided  to  limit  the  Shropshire  blood  because  of  the  smaller  size, 
inferior  mutton  form,  and  lower  percentage  of  black  faces  in  their  lambs 
than  in  those  of  the  Hampshire  crosses.  Unfortunately,  the  Hampshire  crosses 
are  inferior  in  wool,  having  a  short  staple  and  light  fleeces.  The  weight  and 
quality  of  wool  of  the  native  sheep,  which  are  of  Merino  foundation,  have  not 
been  much  improved  by  the  above  process. 

It  is  thought  that  the  ideal  valley  sheep  must  have  a  somewhat  open  fleece, 
while  the  range  sheep  may  have  a  denser  and  longer  fleece,  due  to  their  graz- 
ing in  higher  altitudes. 

Of  the  breeds  used  the  Tunis  and  Hampshire  have  brought  about  the  greatest 
improvement.  Lambs  showing  a  higli  proportion  of  Tunis  blood  have  been 
active,  alert,  and  hardy,  but  have  given  poor  quality  of  wool  and  are  of  only 
fair  mutton  conformation.  The  Tunis-native  cross  has  usually  resulted  in 
tan-colored  face  and  legs,  although  many  mottled  and  white  faces  are  found. 
The  wool  from  this  cross  is  usually  of  medium  staple,  good  length,  and  density, 
but  contains  too  much  kemp.  The  Hampshire  blood  has  been  excellent  in 
improving  the  mutton  form,  increasing  the  size,  and  stamping  black  faces  on 
their  crosses.  A  table  is  given  showing  the  weights  at  different  ages  and  the 
average  weights  of  fleece  for  the  more  desirable  crosses. 

Data  kept  for  three  years  indicate  that  lambs  born  early  in  the  year  usually 
reach  a  greater  weight  at  six  months  than  those  dropped  later.  The  average 
weight  of  lambs  born  in  January  was  greater  than  that  of  any  other  month; 
February  lambs  more  than  March ;  March  lambs  more  than  April,  and  April 
lambs  more  than  May.  There  was  difference  of  17.21  lbs.  between  the  average 
weight  of  May  lambs  and  those  born  in  February.  There  is  a  general  tendency 
for  the  earliest  lambs  to  reach  a  larger  average  weight,  due  to  the  fact  that 
there  are  few  or  no  small  lambs. 

There  has  been  found  to  be  a  great  difference  in  the  fineness  and  denseness 
of  the  wool  fibers  in  the  various  crosses,  and  certain  crosses  have  been  more 
efficient  than  others  in  eliminating  the  characteristic  Tunis  hair,  or  kemp,  from 
the  wool.  The  Hampshire  and  Shropshire  blood  have  aided  materially  in  im- 
proving this  fault,  the  former  being  of  the  greatest  service. 

In  this  study  it  has  been  noted  that  there  is  a  close  correlation  between  the 
fineness  and  the  denseness  of  wool.  In  every  case  where  a  fleece  is  reasonably 
fine  it  is  also  fairly  dense. 

Maintenance  rations  for  breeding  flocks  of  mutton  and  wool  sheep,  B.  O. 
Severson  {Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  PP-  84-117). — Continuing  previous  work 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  171),  the  four  lots  of  ewes  were  fed  during  the  216  days  be- 
ginning April  19.  During  the  summer  months  all  of  the  breeding  ewes  with 
their  lambs  were  placed  on  the  same  pasture.  The  lambs  were  allowed  to 
suckle  their  dams  until  16  weeks  of  age,  and  during  this  time  they  were  allowed 
to  consume  as  much  gi-ain  as  they  would  eat.  After  weaning,  the  ewes  were 
placed  on  another  pasture  with  no  grain  and  the  lambs  were  continued   on 


566  EXPERIMENT  STATION"   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

the  same  pasture  and  fed  a  grain  ration  consisting  of  shelled  corn,  oats,  wheat 
bran,  and  linseed  meal,  5:3:2:1.  From  September  12  to  November  5,  978 
lbs.  of  the  same  grain  mixture  was  fed  the  38  ewes. 

The  average  weights  of  the  ewes  during  the  summer  months  were  greater 
for  the  two  lots  of  sheep  (lots  1  and  3)  in  which  silage  had  been  fed  as  the 
sole  roughage  during  the  preceding  winter.  During  the  entire  period  the  aver- 
age increase  in  weight  of  each  ewe  in  lot  1  was  28.946  lbs.,  in  lot  2,  32.138 
lbs.,  in  lot  3,  13.752  lbs.,  and  in  lot  4,  15.307  lbs.  The  Shropshire  ewes  (lots  1 
and  2)  thus  gained  practically  twice  as  much  as  the  Delaine-Merino  ewes 
(lots  3  and  4).  It  is  estimated  that  the  average  cost  of  keeping  each  ewe 
during  the  216  days  was  $2  per  head,  no  credit  being  given  for  the  value  of 
manure  produced  while  on  pasture  or  the  improvement  that  the  sheep  brought 
about  by  destroying  the  weeds. 

From  April  19  to  August  9,  the  Shropshire  lambs  (lots  1  and  2)  made  aver- 
age daily  gains  per  head  of  0.573  and  0.484  lb.,  while  the  Delaine-Merino  lambs 
(lots  3  and  4)  made  average  daily  gains  of  0.288  and  0.36  lb.  per  head.  The 
total  cost  of  feed  was  $5.52  for  25  lambs  for  a  period  of  112  days. 

During  a  second  winter  period  of  154  days  four  lots  of  10  ewes  each  were 
fed.  Lots  1  and  3,  consisting  respectively  of  Shropshire  and  Delaine-Merino 
ewes  of  breeding  age,  were  fed  a  roughage  ration  composed  of  corn  silage  sup- 
plemented with  cotton-seed  meal,  and  a  grain  mixture  composed  of  shelled  corn, 
oats,  bran,  and  linseed  meal,  5:3:2:1,  this  mixture  being  fed  at  such  times  and 
in  such  amounts  as  were  sufficient  to  keep  the  ewes  in  good  breeding  condition. 
Lots  2  and  4,  Shropshire  ewes  and  Delaine-Merino,  respectively,  were  fed  a 
roughage  ration  composed  of  corn  silage  and  alfalfa  hay,  together  with  a 
grain  ration  as  in  lots  1  and  3. 

During  the  first  four  weeks  all  lots  made  good  gains.  The  second  period 
of  four  weeks  gave  good  gains  to  lots  2  and  4,  but  only  0.366  lb.  per  head  in 
lot  1  and  a  lo.ss  of  0.5  lb.  per  head  in  lot  3.  All  lots  lost  weight  during  the  third 
four-week  period.  Comparing  lots  1  and  2,  the  average  weight  during  the 
winter  was  greatest  in  lot  2.  The  same  correlation  in  average  weight  existed 
in  lots  3  and  4.  These  results  are  the  reverse  of  those  secured  during  the  first 
winter's  investigation  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  171).  During  tlie  winter  period  the  aver- 
age loss  per  ewe  in  lot  1  was  20.044  lbs.  and  5.209  lbs.  in  lot  2.  The  Delaine- 
Merino  ewe  gained  in  weight  during  the  winter,  lot  3  gaining  1,953  lbs.  per 
head,  and  lot  4,  17.431  lbs. 

The  average  amount  of  air-dry  matter  consumed  per  head  by  the  Shropshire 
ewes  maintained  on  corn  silage  as  a  sole  roughage  was  1.922  lbs.,  while  lot 
2  averaged  2.651  lbs.,  lot  3,  1.655  lbs.,  and  lot  4,  2.336  lbs.  Comparing  the 
Shropshires  in  lot  1  with  the  Delaine-Merino  in  lot  3,  the  latter  consumed  0.267 
lb.  less  per  head  and  0.197  lb.  more  per  100  lbs.  live  weight  during  the  winter. 
The  Delaine-Merino  ewes  in  lot  4  consumed  0.335  lb.  of  air-dry  matter  more 
per  100  lbs.  live  weight  and  0.315  lb.  less  per  head  than  the  Shropshire  ewes  of 
lot  2.  The  daily  cost  of  maintaining  the  breeding  ewe  was  1.522  cts.  in  lot  1, 
2.248  cts.  in  lot  2,  1.317  cts.  in  lot  3,  and  1.851  cts.  in  lot  4.  The  amount  of 
wool  produced  was  slightly  greater  in  lots  1  and  3  than  in  lots  2  and  4.  No 
effect  of  the  ration  fed  could  be  detected  from  the  market  classification. 

The  Sliropshire  ewes  in  lot  1  that  yeaned  averaged  3.5  lbs.  less  in  weight 
than  those  of  lot  2,  Their  lambs  averaged  0.9  lb.  more  per  head  than  those 
of  lot  2,  but  the  mortality  of  both  ewes  and  lambs  was  greater  in  lot  1, 
indicating  that  the  ration  possessing  corn  silage  as  a  sole  roughage  for  Shrop- 
shire ewes  did  not  prove  satisfactory  in  this  experiment.  The  pregnant  Delaine- 
Merino  ewes  in  lot  3  averaged  in  weight  9.6  lbs.  less  than  the  ewes  of  lot  4 


1916]  AlSriMAL  PRODUCTION".  567 

that  yeaned.  The  lambs  also  averased  less  in  weight  at  birth  in  lot  3  than 
in  lot  4,  were  less  active,  and  had  a  greater  mortality. 

A  comparison  of  the  Shropshires  with  the  Delaine-Merinos  showexl  their 
respective  average  weight  to  have  been  150..'5  and  102.9  lbs.  At  birth  the  Shrop- 
shire lambs  average  7.93  lbs.  per  head  and  the  Delaine-Merino  lambs  6.89  lbs. 
The  Shropshire  ram  lambs  averaged  8.27  lbs.  and  the  ewe  lambs,  7.28  lbs., 
while  the  Delaine-Merino  ram  lambs  averaged  7.1  lbs.  and  the  ewe  lambs, 
6.64  lbs. 

The  Shropshire  ewes  averaged  141.6  lbs.  per  head  at  the  end  of  four  weeks, 
after  yeaning,  a  loss  of  10.9  lbs.  per  head.  The  Delaine-Merino  ewes  averaged 
104  lbs.  per  head,  an  average  loss  of  1.4  lbs.  per  head  during  this  period.  The 
Shropshire  lambs  averaged  21.5  lbs.  at  the  end  of  four  weeks,  an  average  gain 
of  13  lbs.  per  head,  while  the  Delaine-Merino  lambs  averaged  20.4  lbs.  per 
head,  an  average  gain  of  12.9  lbs.  per  head.  Comparing  lots  1  and  3  with  lots  2 
and  4,  respectively,  practically  the  same  gains  in  live  weight  of  Iambs  were 
made. 

In  summarizing,  it  is  concluded  that  the  two  winter  periods  show  that  a 
ration  composed  of  corn  silage  as  a  sole  roughage  supplemented  with  cotton- 
seed meal  for  every  25  lbs.  of  corn  silage  fed  is  unsatisfactory  for  pregnant 
ewes,  even  when  supplemented  by  a  good  grain  mixture.  Lambs  dropped  by 
ewes  of  the  mutton  and  wool  types,  fed  a  ration  composed  of  corn  silage  supple- 
mented by  cotton-seed  meal,  as  compared  with  ewes  of  the  same  types  fed  a 
roughage  ration  composed  of  corn  silage  and  alfalfa  hay,  are  heavier,  weaker, 
less  active  at  birth,  and  have  a  greater  mortality.  Breeding  ewes  fed  a  ration 
composed  of  corn  silage  supplemented  by  cotton-seed  meal  were  less  active 
and  showed  lower  vitality  during  the  latter  stages  of  pregnancy  than  ewes  fed 
corn  silage  and  alfalfa  hay  as  roughages.  Lambs  raised  by  breeding  ewes 
of  both  breeds  fed  corn  silage  as  a  sole  roughage  and  cotton-seed  meal  as  a 
supplement  made  satisfactory  gains  and  matured  into  good  vigorous  lambs. 
Corn  silage  and  alfalfa  hay  proved  to  be  a  satisfactory  roughage  when  supple- 
mented by  a  grain  mixture  composed  of  shelled  corn,  oats,  wheat  bran,  and 
linseed  meal,  5:3:2:1,  for  maintaining  pregnant  ewes  in  vigorous  condition  for 
yeaning.  The  cost  of  feeds  consumed  by  lot  1  during  the  winter  of  1911-12 
was  $3.19  per  ewe,  and  in  1912-13,  $2.38 ;  for  lot  2  during  the  winter  of  1911-12 
$4.11  per  ewe,  and  in  1912-13,  $3.46;  for  lot  3  during  the  winter  of  1911-12, 
$2.74,  and  in  1912-13,  $2.03 ;  and  for  lot  4  during  the  winter  of  1911-12.  $3.78, 
and  in  912-13,  $2.85.  The  value  of  fleeces  per  head  was  $1,767  in  1912  and 
$1,968  in  1913  for  lot  1;  $1,591  in  1912  and  .$2,025  in  1913  for  lot  2;  .$3.02  in 
1912  and  $2,882  in  1913  for  lot  3;  and  .$2,731  in  1912  and  $2,795  in  1913  for 
lot  4. 

The  cost  of  maintaining  Shropshire  breeding  ewes  was  greater  than  the  cost 
of  maintaining  Delaine-Merino  ewes,  and  .slightly  greater  on  a  live-weight 
basis.  Delaine-Merino  lambs  made  less  rapid  gains  than  Shropshire  lambs. 
Delaine-Merino  ewes  were  observed  to  be  more  easily  afflicted  by  "foul  foot," 
due  to  damp  weather,  than  Shropshire  ewes.  Wintering  pregnant  ewes  in  an 
open  shed  was  conducive  to  the  health  and  thrift  of  the  ewes  and  lambs.  Such 
quarters,  however,  should  have  a  southern  exposure,  a  dry  bed,  and  a  well- 
drained  and  spacious  yard. 

Hog'  and  sheep  pasturing  demonstrations,  R.  W.  Allen  (Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt. 
Hood  River  Sta.,  1915,  pp.  27,  28). — Thirteen  head  of  73.5-lb.  pigs  were  put  on 
a  3-acre  tract  of  clover  in  the  spring.  Without  supplementary  feed,  0.57  lb. 
per  hog  per  day  was  made  for  31  days.  During  the  succeeding  30  days  they 
were  also  fed  rolled  barley  at  the  rate  of  0.5  lb.  per  hog  per  day,  and  an  aver- 


568  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

sige  daily  gain  of  0.44  lb.  per  hog  was  made.  During  the  56  succeeding  days 
the  animals  were  run  on  the  same  clover,  and  in  addition  pastured  off  4  acres 
of  field  peas  grown  in  an  adjoining  tract.  On  this  ration  they  made  an  average 
daily  gain  of  0.77  lb.  per  hog. 

It  is  estimated  that  for  the  entire  period  $11.35  per  acre  was  realized  from 
the  clover,  and  $6.80  per  acre  from  the  peas  for  a  52-day  period.  In  addition 
to  these  pigs  20  head  of  small  pigs  were  also  run  on  both  the  clover  and  pea 
pasture. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  amount  of  gain  that  sheep  will  make 
and  with  what  degree  of  success  they  can  be  kept  in  bearing  orchards,  8  ewes 
with  their  lambs  were  kept  on  1  acre  of  clover  that  had  reached  an  average 
height  of  10  in.  for  three  weeks  and  fed  it  down  closely.  The  following  two 
weeks  they  fed  down  an  additional  acre,  the  decrease  in  time  necessary  being 
principally  due  to  the  greater  amount  of  forage  consumed  by  the  lambs.  During 
52  days  the  lambs  gained  63.2  lbs.  each,  and  the  ewes  3  lbs.  each,  making  a 
total  gain  of  534  lbs.  for  the  16  head.  From  the  amount  of  forage  consumed 
by  these  animals  it  appears  that  16  head  of  sheep,  half  of  which  are  mature, 
can  be  carried  on  3  acres  of  clover  in  bearing  orchards. 

Dry  lot  versus  pasture  crops  for  growing  and  fattening  pigs  for  market, 
W.  H.  ToMHAVE  and  H.  H.  Havner  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  122-128, 
pis.  5). — Four  1-acre  plats  were  sown  for  a  rotation  of  pasture  crops  consisting 
of  oats  and  Canadian  field  peas;  field  corn  drilled;  and  rape.  A  lot  of  19 
9-week-old  pigs  was  pastured  on  these  plats  and  a  similar  lot  pastured  on  a 
dry  lot  of  i  acre.  The  pigs  on  the  dry  lot  were  fed  a  ration  of  corn  meal 
and  tankage  8 : 1,  and  those  on  pasture  corn  meal  and  takage  12 : 1. 

The  pigs  on  forage-crop  pasture  made  larger  and  more  economical  gains 
than  those  in  the  dry  lot.  The  cost  of  grain  per  pound  of  gain  varied  from 
4.72  to  5.96  cts.  in  the  pasture  lot,  and  from  6.08  to  7.6  cts.  in  the  dry  lot.  The 
rate  of  gain  varied  from  0.804  to  1.57  lbs.  per  pig  daily  in  the  pasture  lot,  and 
from  0.724  to  1.378  lbs.  in  the  dry  lot,  due  to  the  two  systems  of  management. 
The  pigs  on  pasture  had  a  higher  degree  of  finish  and  were  more  thrifty  than 
those  in  the  dry  lot.  The  use  of  a  rotation  of  pasture  crops  proved  more 
profitable  than  dry-lot  feeding. 

[Feeding  experiments  with  hogs],  W.  H.  Tomhave  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt. 
1914,  P-  82).- — In  an  experiment  to  determine  the  value  of  pasture  for  growing 
pigs  as  compared  to  dry-lot  feeding  two  lots  of  weanling  pigs  were  fed  as 
follows :  Lot  1,  a  grain  ration  of  corn  meal  and  tankage,  12 : 1,  in  addition 
to  pasture ;  lot  2,  corn  meal  and  tankage,  8 : 1.  The  pigs  on  the  pasture  made 
greater  daily  gains  at  smaller  expense  than  did  those  in  the  dry  lot,  and  they 
also  showed  greater  thrift. 

In  a  second  experiment  one  lot  of  10  shotes  was  fattened  in  a  dry  lot  and 
fed  ear  corn  and  0.25  lb.  of  tankage.  Another  lot  was  given  access  to  standing 
field  corn,  and  in  addition  received  0.25  lb.  of  tankage  per  head  daily.  The  pigs 
made  an  average  daily  gain  of  1.45  and  1.74  lbs.  per  head,  respectively,  gaining 
11.6  and  12.3  lbs.  per  bushel  of  corn  consumed,  and  returning  86.2  and  93.5  cts. 
per  bushel  of  corn  consumed. 

Fattening  pigs  for  market,  W.  H.  Tomhave  and  H.  H.  Havner  (Pennsyl- 
vania Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  117-121,  pis.  5).— Four  lots  of  three  138-lb.  pigs  each 
were  fed  for  84  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  corn  meal  and  tankage,  10 : 1 ;  lot  2, 
shelled  corn  and  tankage,  10.1 ;  lot  3,  buttermilk  and  corn  meal,  1 : 1,  and  lot  4. 
wheat  middlings  and  corn  meal,  1 : 1.  These  lots  made  average  daily  gain.5  of 
n.723,  1.567,  1.82,  and  1,146  lbs.  per  head,  consuming  3.746,  4.025,  3.367,  and  4.7 
lbs.  of  concentrates  per  pound  of  gain,  costing  1.559,  1.415,  1.5,  and  1.424  cts.  per 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  569 

pound  of  feed  consumed,  and  realizing  a  total  profit  per  lot  of  $14.15,  $13.44, 
$15.50,  and  $6.94  for  the  respective  lots. 

Feeding  and  management  of  hog's,  J.  I.  Thompson  (California  Sta.  Circ.  151 
{1916),  pp.  16,  fig.  1). — This  circular  treats  of  the  breeding,  feeding,  care,  and 
management  of  hogs  under  California  conditions,  and  of  the  butchering,  curing, 
and  keeping  of  pork. 

Hens  confined  as  compared  with  liens  having  access  to  open  yard,  M.  C. 
KiLPATRicK  and  D.  E.  Warner  {Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  pp.  121,  122). — 
In  an  experiment  to  determine  the  relation  between  the  number  of  eggs  laid, 
the  amount  of  feed  consumed,  and  the  physical  condition  of  each  flock,  two  lots 
of  40  White  Leghorn  hens  each  were  fed,  lot  1  being  confined  and  lot  2  having 
the  use  of  a  j'ard. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  13  weeks  the  fowls  in  pen  2  had  laid  466  eggs,  whereas 
those  in  pen  1  had  laid  only  179.  During  the  second  13  weeks  pen  2  laid  1,285 
eggs  and  pen  1,  1,221.  During  the  third  13  weeks  pen  2  laid  2,079  eggs  and 
pen  1,  1,589.     During  the  last  13  weeks  pen  2  laid  1,525  eggs  and  pen  1,  1,483. 

It  is  concluded  that  in  order  to  obtain  the  best  results  in  egg  production  it 
is  a  decided  advantage  to  allow  the  flock  of  hens  the  use  of  a  yard  where  they 
may  have  room  to  exercise  and  secure  green  feed  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year. 
There  seemed  to  be,  however,  a  period,  from  about  January  to  April,  when  the 
egg  yield  from  both  pens  ran  about  parallel,  and  when  the  egg  yield  from  the 
pen  of  fowls  which  had  the  use  of  the  yard  did  not  indicate  that  it  is  necessary 
for  the  hens  to  be  out  of  doors  during  the  winter  months. 

There  was  apparently  little  difference  in  the  amount  of  feed  (concentrates) 
consumed  by  each  pen,  but  the  results  show  that  the  lot  which  laid  the  largest 
number  of  eggs  consumed  a  little  more  feed  than  the  other  lot.  The  hens  in 
pen  2  consumed  more  feed  in  the  first  and  third  periods,  and  the  fowls  of  both 
pens  ate  the  most  feed  at  the  time  when  their  egg  production  was  the  highest. 
There  was  no  great  difference  in  the  physical  condition  of  the  fowls  of  the  two 
lots.  In  the  lot  confined,  however,  the  hens  seemed  to  have  more  completely 
molted  at  the  end  of  the  first  year's  work  than  the  lot  which  had  the  use  of 
the  run. 

Ostrich  investigations,  R.  H.  Williams  and  W.  S.  Cunningham  {Arizona 
Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  560-562). — A  distinct  difference  was  noted  in  the  general 
appearance  of  eggs  laid  by  hens  of  different  breeds.  Observations  during  the 
past  year  indicated  no  appreciable  difference  in  the  number  of  eggs  laid  by  the 
South  African  and  Nubian  hens,  the  average  number  of  eggs  laid  by  the  South 
African  hens  being  20,  the  Nubian  hens  26.5,  and  the  crossbreeds  23.33.  More 
variation  was  noted  between  hens  of  the  same  breed  than  the  average  of  differ- 
ent breeds. 

It  is  possible  that  the  South  Mrican  hens  laid  smaller  eggs  than  those  of 
the  Nubian  breeds,  but  the  crossbred  hens  laid  the  largest  eggs,  averaging 
1,616.36  gm.  The  variation,  however,  between  the  average  weight  of  eggs  laid 
by  the  different  hens  was  great.  Thus  it  is  noted  that  the  South  African  hens 
laid  eggs  that  weighed  from  1,279.6  to  5,110.7  gm.,  and  eggs  from  the  four  hens 
of  this  breed  averaged  1,444.03  gm.  The  crossbred  hens  laid  eggs  that  averaged 
172.6  gm.  heavier  than  the  South  African  and  27.7  gm.  heavier  than  the  Nubian 
hens. 

Similar  conclusions  may  be  made  with  regard  to  the  effect  of  breed  upon  the 
width  and  length  of  the  eggs.  The  South  African  hens  laid  eggs  that  were 
rather  short  in  length  and  round  in  appearance,  while  the  crossbred  and  Nubian 
hens  laid  eggs  that  were  larger,  of  about  the  same  diameter,  but  greater  in 
length.     There  seems  to  be  a  striking  correlation  throughout  between  the  weight, 


570  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOKD.  [Vol.35 

length,  and  width  of  eggs,  and  breed  characteristics  seem  to  be  significant, 
although  not  definitely  proved. 

It  has  been  shown  that  ostriches  are  similar  to  poultry  in  that  hens  begin- 
ning to  lay  early  in  the  season  are  usually  the  best  layers.  The  four  hens  that 
began  to  lay  in  January  averaged  36  eggs  during  the  season,  and  produced  72 
per  cent  of  the  eggs  laid  during  the  year,  while  only  28  per  cent  came  from  the 
other  five  hens.  The  average  number  of  eggs  laid  by  hens  beginning  to  lay  in 
February  was  21,  in  March,  11,  and  in  April,  8. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

Influence  of  environment  and  breeding  in  increasing  dairy  production, 
H.  H.  KiLDEE  and  A.  C.  McCandlish  {Iowa  Sta.  Bui.  165  {1916),  pp.  S83-402, 
figs.  29). — In  this  investigation  it  was  attempted  to  determine  the  influence  of 
pure-bred  dairy  sires  in  increasing  the  production  from  a  foundation  of  scrub 
cows  as  well  as  the  effect  of  improved  feeding  and  management.  In  order  that 
other  influencing  factors  might  be  brought  to  a  minimum,  scrub  cows  from  an 
isolated  region  of  Arkansas  were  selected  for  the  basis  of  this  work  in  1907. 
The  work  is  still  in  progress  and  the  data  presented  in  this  publication  are  in 
the  form  of  a  preliminary  report,  taking  all  records  completed  up  to  the  end 
of  1915. 

The  animals  purchased  were  inferior  individuals,  being  rather  small,  of  very 
limited  abdominal,  udder,  and  vein  capacity,  and  very  unprepossessing  so  far  as 
quality  and  top  lines  were  concerned.  The  scrub  cows  and  their  calves  were 
given  the  same  care,  feed,  and  shelter  as  the  pure-bred  dairy  cattle  in  the  herd. 
This  environment  has  remained  fairly  constant  during  the  eight  years'  work. 
Pure-bred  sires  of  the  Guernsey,  Holstein,  and  .Jersey  breeds  were  used  on  these 
scrub  cows  and  all  heifer  calves  grown  under  the  same  conditions  as  the  pure- 
bred calves  on  the  farm.  Heifers  by  pure-bred  sires  wei-e  bred  to  other  pure- 
bred sires  of  the  same  breed  and  the  heifer  calves  resulting  from  this  union  were 
also  kept  for  dairy  purposes. 

The  results  of  the  eight  years'  work  as  given  are  summarized  as  follows: 
The  scrub  cows  that  came  to  the  station  when  young  (four  years  old)  increased 
in  production  rapidly  and  steadily  up  to  the  fourth  lactation  period  after  reach- 
ing the  station,  when  they  produced  59  per  cent  more  milk  and  54  per  cent  more 
fat  than  during  the  first  period.  The  scrub  cows  that  came  to  the  station 
advanced  in  age  did  not  increase  in  production  after  the  first  year.  However, 
it  can  not  be  said  that  their  production  was  not  greater  than  it  had  been  under 
their  original  environment. 

The  scrub  heifers  developed  at  the  station  averaged  13  per  cent  more  milk 
and  12  per  cent  more  fat  than  did  the  scrub  cows  that  came  to  the  station  when 
four  years  old  or  over.  The  daughters  of  all  except  one  pure-bred  bull  have 
proved  to  be  much  better  producers,  as  2-  and  3-year-olds,  than  their  dams  as 
mature  cows.  The  average  of  all  the  records  made  by  first  generation  heifers 
by  a  pure-bred  Holstein  sire  show  an  increase  of  2,314.5  lbs.,  or  71  per  cent,  in 
milk  and  67.15  lbs.,  or  42  per  cent,  in  fat.  at  an  average  age  of  three  and  a  half 
years,  over  the  records  of  their  scrub  dams  at  an  average  age  of  six  years.  The 
average  record  of  the  one  first  generation  Jersey  grade  that  has  freshened  was 
205.6  lbs.,  or  6  per  cent,  more  milk  and  32.9  lbs.,  or  20  per  cent,  more  fat,  at  an 
average  age  of  two  and  a  half  years,  than  the  record  of  her  scrub  dam  at  an 
average  age  of  seven  years. 

The  greatest  increase  shown  by  any  of  the  first  generation  grades  was  by  the 
second  Guernsey  bull  used.  This  heifer  as  a  2-year-oId  produced  3,451  lbs.,  or 
131  per  cent,  more  milk  and  179.22  lbs.,  or  136  per  cent,  more  fat  than  the 


1916]  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING.  571 

average  record  of  her  scrub  clam  reared  at  the  station.  However,  the  average 
records  at  an  average  age  of  three  years  made  by  the  first  generation  grades  by 
the  first  Guernsey  sire  used  were  not  quite  equal  to  those  of  their  mature  dams, 
and  variation  in  the  ability  of  sires  to  transmit  dairy  qualities  is  deemed  a 
factor  to  be  considered  in  selecting  a  pure-bred  bull  to  head  a  scrub  or  common 
herd,  as  well  as  for  a  high  grade  or  pure-bred  herd. 

In  persistency  of  milk  production  the  grades  were  intermediate  between  the 
scrub  and  the  pure-bred  cows  in  the  herd.  The  first  generation  grades  were 
much  superior  to  their  dams  in  dairy  conformation.  IMany  of  the  first  genera- 
tion grades  showed  the  characteristic  color  of  their  sii*e's  breed ;  however,  in 
the  case  of  the  Holsteins  this  was  not  so  pronounced  until  the  second  genera- 
tion. There  was  no  appreciable  difference  between  the  scrub  and  grade  calves 
so  far  as  coefiicient  of  digestion  is  concerned,  but  the  grades  had  a  greater 
capacity  for  handling  concentrates  than  had  the  scrubs. 

Silage  alone,  compared  with  silage  and  hay,  as  rovighage  for  dairy  cows, 
H.  P.  Davis  {Pennsijlvania  Sta.  Rpt.  19 H,  pp.  173-182) .—Two  lots  of  five  cows 
each  were  fed  for  three  periods  of  four  weeks  each.  Lot  1  received  silage  alone 
for  roughage  during  periods  1  and  3  and  mixed  hay  and  silage  during  period  2, 
and  lot  2  received  hay  and  silage  during  periods  1  and  3  and  silage  alone  during 
period  2. 

The  milk  yield  decreased  with  both  systems  of  roughage,  but  the  decrease  was 
less  with  silage  and  hay.  When  silage  and  hay  for  roughage  followed  silage 
alone  there  was  a  slight  increase  in  milk  yield  over  the  initial  production.  Ex- 
cept in  one  instance  there  was  a  decrease  each  period.  When  the  cows  re- 
ceived hay  they  consumed  practically  the  same  amount  of  silage  as  when  no 
hay  was  included  in  the  ration.  Both  lots  consumed  an  excess  of  protein  and 
net  energy  above  that  necessary  for  maintenence  and  milk  production  when 
based  on  Eckles'  standard.  There  were  no  apparent  undesirable  physical  effects 
from  the  feeding  of  silage  alone  for  roughage  with  the  grains  used.  There  was 
very  i  tie  difference  in  the  cost  of  the  two  rations  or  in  the  feed  cost  of  milk 
and  milk  fat.  No  perceptible  difference  v/as  observed  in  the  health  of  the 
two  lots. 

The  effect  of  open-shed  housing  as  compared  with  the  closed  stable  for 
milch  cows,  H.  P.  Davis  {Penmylvama  Sta.  Rpt.  19U.  pp.  183-226,  pis.  3).— 
Continuing  work  previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  182)  the  results  of  three 
years'  studies  on  the  effect  of  open-shed  housing  and  closed  stable  are  given. 
Two  lots  of  cows  were  treated  alike  in  every  respect  except  that  of  housing, 
lot  1  being  kept  outside  and  lot  2  Inside. 

From  the  data  presented  it  appears  that  cows  kept  under  an  open  shed  have 
keener  appetites  and  consume  somewhat  more  roughage  than  those  kept  in 
stables.  There  was  sufficient  protein  consumed,  when  either  Armsby's,  Van 
jSorman's,  or  Eckles'  standard  was  considered,  to  meet  the  requirements  for 
milk  and  to  maintain  the  animals.  Figured  on  Eckles'  standard  there  was  a 
slight  excess  of  energy  consumed  above  maintenance  and  milk  production  the 
first  two  years,  and  a  small  deficiency  the  last  year.  AVhen  computed  on 
Armsby's  and  Van  Norman's  standards  there  was  a  deficiency  in  energy  con- 
sumed for  maintenance  and  milk  production  each  year,  except  for  lot  1  the 
second  year. 

The  milk  yield  of  the  outside  lot  for  the  tliree  years  was  35,723.8  lbs.  and  for 
the  inside  lot  35,322.3  lbs.  It  decreased  more  rapidly  each  winter  for  the  out- 
side than  for  the  inside  lot.  Sudden  drops  in  atmospheric  temperature  caused 
decreases  in  milk  yield  for  both  lots,  the  outside  lot  having  a  slightly  greater 
decrease.  More  bedding  was  required  outside,  but  less  labor  was  necessary  to 
keep  the  animals  clean.     Both  lots  finished  each  winter's  trial  in  good  health. 


572  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

with  the  exception  of  one  cow  which  reacted  to  the  tuberculin  test  in  April,  1914. 
She  had  shown  no  reaction  in  two  previous  tests.  The  hair  of  the  animals  kept 
outside  was  longer  and  coarser  the  first  two  winters.  The  third  winter  this  was 
noticeable  in  only  one  animal. 

Studies  on  the  market  milk  of  Iowa,  B.  W.  Hammek  and  A.  J.  Hauser 
(Iowa  Sta.  Bui.  164  U916),  pp.  311-S80).— In  these  studies  samples  of  milk, 
cream,  both  table  and  whipping,  and  buttermilk  were  examined.  The  milk  and 
cream  samples  were  scored  according  to  the  score  cards  adopted  by  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  while  the  whipping  cream  was  scored  according  to 
the  cream  score  card,  with  the  exception  that  30  per  cent  fat  was  considered 
perfect  and  one  point  was  deducted  for  each  half  per  cent  below  this.  The 
buttermilk  was  examined  for  flavor,  fat,  and  acidity  only.  The  samples  were 
collected  in  twelve  cities  of  the  State  of  various  sizes. 

It  was  found  that  some  of  the  market  milk  and  cream  of  Iowa  contains  ex- 
cessive numbers  of  bacteria.  In  some  cities  the  average  bacterial  content  of  the 
pasteurized  product  exceeds  that  of  the  raw,  although  most  frequently  that  of 
the  raw  is  the  greater.  Some  of  the  milk  and  cream  sold  is  very  poor  in  flavor, 
while  some  is  very  satisfactory.  Only  a  small  percentage  of  the  samples  ex- 
amined were  low  in  the  amount  of  fat  or  solids-not-fat.  Large  amounts  of  sedi- 
ment are  not  uncommon,  while  some  samples  show  only  insignificant  amounts  of 
sediment.  Excessive  amounts  of  acid  are  sometimes  found  in  both  milk  and 
cream.  From  the  results  of  the  investigation  it  is  concluded  that  the  presence 
of  colon  bacteria  is  a  rather  unsatisfactory  basis  for  judging  the  sanitary  quality 
of  a  sample  of  milk  or  cream. 

A  considerable  amount  of  bulk  milk  is  still  sold  in  Iowa.  Quart  and  pint 
bottles  of  milk  and  half-pint  bottles  of  cream  commonly  showed  considerable 
variations  in  the  amounts  of  material  contained.  It  is  deemed  reasonable  when 
buying  quarts  to  expect  an  amount  not  over  2  per  cent  low,  when  buying  pints 
to  expect  an  amount  not  over  3  per  cent  low,  and  when  buying  half  pints  to 
expect  an  amount  not  over  4  per  cent  low. 

A  proposed  score  card  for  bacteria  in  pasteurized  milk  is  given. 

A  study  of  the  manufacture  of  dairy  butter,  E.  L.  Anthony  (Pennsylvania 
Sta.  Rpt.  1914,  PP-  163-173,  pis.  8). — An  experiiuent  was  conducted  to  deter- 
mine the  variations  between  the  different  styles  of  common  farm  churns  as 
to  the  percentage  of  moisture  and  salt  left  in  the  finished  butter,  as  well  as 
the  length  of  time  of  churning,  the  percentage  of  fot  left  in  the  buttermilk, 
and  the  average  rise  of  temperature  of  the  buttermilk  during  churning.  The 
types  of  churn  used  were  a  15-gal.  barrel  churn,  12-gal.  swing  churn,  and  a 
combined  churn  and  worker.  The  average  moisture  content  of  the  butter  from 
the  respective  churns  was  12.39,  13.5,  and  13.6  per  cent ;  the  average  salt  con- 
tent, 4,  3.8,  and  2.45  per  cent;  the  time  required  for  churning,  40,  47,  and  29 
minutes ;  the  rise  of  the  temperature  in  churning,  6.3,  7,  and  5°  F. ;  and  the 
average  fat  content  of  the  buttermilk,  0.19,  0.229,  and  0.18  per  cent. 

The  results  of  further  studies  indicate  that  by  properly  regulating  the  churn- 
ing factors  the  percentage  of  moisture  can  be  materially  raised  without  affect- 
ing the  uniformity.  In  order  to  secure  a  high  moisture  content  it  is  found 
better  to  stop  churning  while  the  butter  is  still  in  small  granules.  The  studies 
also  showed  that  with  the  common  hand  worker  moisture  is  generally  lost 
as  the  working  progresses,  while  by  working  the  butter  in  the  combined  churn 
the  moisture  content  increases  after  a  certain  amount  of  working. 

Overripened  cream  did  not  produce  butter  of  so  good  quality  as  cream 
that  was  less  ripe.  In  view  of  those  studies  it  is  recommended  that  cream  be 
ripened  to  not  more  than  0.5  per  cent  acid,  and  that  as  low  as  from  0.3  to  0.4 
per  cent  is  advisable  under  average  farm  conditions.     Three   methods    (a) 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  573 

holding  cream  below  45°  until  enough  had  been  secured  for  churning,  then 
raising  the  temperature  to  75°  and  ripening  overnight  or  till  0.5  per  cent  of 
acid  had  developed,  (b)  ripening  the  first  gathering  at  75°  until  0.35  per  cent 
of  ac^d  had  developed,  then  cooling  to  55°,  adding  subsequent  gatherings,  and 
churning  without  further  ripening,  and  (c)  adding  a  quart  of  good  buttermilk 
to  the  first  gathering  adding  each  day's  gathering,  holding  at  cellar  tempera- 
ture until  enough  had  been  secured  for  churning,  and  ripening  if  necessary 
by  warming  to  75°  until  0.5  per  cent  of  said  acid  had  developed,  were  all 
found  to  give  butter  of  a  quality  superior  to  that  secured  by  the  method  now 
commonly  used,  viz,  that  of  holding  cream  at  cellar  temperature  without  trying 
to  control  the  bacteria  which  produce  the  flavors  in  cream.  With  average 
farm  cream  handled  under  proper  conditions  a  uniform  butter  of  good  quality 
and  score  could  be  produced.  The  method  of  holding  cream  at  75°  until  0.3 
per  cent  acid  is  developed  and  then  churning  it  made  butter  with  better  keeping 
qualities.  Butter  not  worked  enough  was  gritty  and  mottled,  but  too  much 
working  destroyed  the  grain  and  resulted  in  a  greasy  product. 

[Dairy  investig-ations]  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  26S  (1916),  pp.  3^-36). — Tenta- 
tive results  of  a  study  of  Wisconsin  butter  marketing  conditions  conducted  by 
B.  H.  Hibbard  and  A.  Hobson  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Markets  and 
Rural  Oi'ganization  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  indicate  that  the 
quality  of  butter  as  it  is  now  handled  does  not  result  in  a  material  difference 
in  price.  The  uniformity  in  product  adherent  to  the  package  and  the  adver- 
tising given  to  the  product  appear  to  be  factors  of  no  small  moment  in  the 
determination  of  price. 

In  experiments  by  J.  L.  Sammis  an  effort  has  been  made  to  extend  the  use 
of  the  method  of  pasteurizing  milk  for  cheese-making  purposes  by  the  use 
of  the  "  holding "  instead  of  the  "  flash  "  method  of  heating.  The  tentative 
results  secured  indicate  that  a  product  of  good  quality  can  be  made,  and  also 
point  to  the  possible  elimination  of  the  method  of  acidulating  the  milk  for  the 
restoration  of  its  coagulating  power  with  rennet,  as  has  been  found  necessary 
by  the  use  of  the  "  flash  "  method  of  heating.  The  process  has  proved  a  success 
in  commercial  practice. 

Experiments  have  been  made  with  reference  to  the  application  of  the  method 
to  the  manufacture  of  brick  cheese.  An  improvement  in  the  flavor  of  the 
product  was  secured,  the  gas-producing  bacteria  were  eliminated,  and  an 
increase  in  yield  was  obtained. 

Making  butter  and  cheese  on  the  farm,  C.  Larsen  and  V.  R.  Jones  (South 
Dakota  Sfa.  Bui.  16-i  (1916),  pp.  3U-374,  figs.  iS).— This  bulletin  gives  detailed 
methods  for  making  butter  and  cheese  on  the  farm.  Among  the  kinds  of 
cheese  discussed  are  Cheddar,  cottage,  Neufchatel,  pimento,  cream,  olive  cream, 
and  club  cheese. 

VETERINAEY  MEDICINE. 

Infection  and  immunity,  C.  E.  Simon  (Philadelphia:  Lea  &  Febiger,  1915, 
3.  cd.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  X+n-351,  pis.  12,  figs.  21). — In  this  new  edition  of 
the  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  878),  the  recent  advances  in  the 
study  of  Abderhalden's  protective  ferments  and  the  associated  technique  have 
received  detailed  consideration.  The  section  on  the  Wassermann  reaction  has 
been  almost  entirely  rewritten.  The  manner  in  which  danger  from  anaphylactic 
shock  during  serum  treatment  may  be  reduced  to  a  minimum  has  also  received 
attention.  Emphasis  has  been  given  to  the  important  observation  of  Schick 
and  his  collaborators  that  it  is  possible  to  recognize  those  individuals  whose 
blood  normally  contains  a  quantity  of  diphtheria  antitoxin  sufficient  for  pro- 
tective purposes  by  the  aid  of  an  allergic  skin  reaction. 
63270°— No.  6—16 6 


574  EXPERIMENT   STATIOIST   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  bibliography  is  appended  to  each  chapter  and,  although  not  considered 
complete,  represents  those  papers  on  which  the  volume  as  a  whole  is  based. 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  B — Bacteriology.  QR — 
Serum  physiology  {Internat.  Cat.  Sci.  Ut.,  11  (1915),  pp.  VIII+583+148+ 
27). — The  eleventh  annual  issue  of  this  catalogue  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  578),  which 
contains  schedules  and  indexes  in  four  languages  and  an  author  and  a  subject 
catalogue.  The  subjects  catalogued  include  general  and  special  bacteriology, 
parasitic  protozoology,  and  serum  physiology. 

Histological  researches  on  the  behavior  of  the  blood  platelets  in  anaphy- 
laxis, U.  Pardi  {Arch.  Ital.  Biol,  6-i  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  89-96,  pis.  2).— From  the 
studies  reported  the  author  concludes  that  the  anaphylactic  poison  provokes 
the  rapid  formation  of  a  thrombus  of  the  platelets  in  the  lungs  and  liver. 
There  is  a  close  relation  between  this  condition  and  the  morbid  phenomena. 
Such  a  condition  in  the  pulmonary  vessels  clearly  explains  the  respiratory 
symptoms  and  pulmonary  emphysema  noted  in  anaphylactic  shock. 

The  relative  value  of  certain  methods  for  the  production  of  antisheep 
amboceptor,  Rose  Schweitzer  and  V.  Stevens  {Collected  Studies  Bur.  Lab. 
Dept.  Health  N.  Y.  City,  8  {1914-15),  pp.  43 3- Jf3 5)  .—After  investigating  a  num- 
ber of  procedures  the  following  is  deemed  the  most  preferable,  since  it  results 
in  the  lowest  percentage  of  mortality  and  in  the  most  potent  immune  serum : 
Inoculation  of  50  per  cent  suspension  in  a  series  of  increasing  doses,  beginning 
with  0.25  cc.  and  increasing  0.25  cc.  evei'y  third  day. 

The  proteins  and  antitoxin  in  the  serum  of  goats  immunized  against  diph- 
theria, E.  J.  Banzhaf  and  L.  W.  Famulener  {Collected  Studies  Bur.  Lab.  Dept. 
Health  N.  Y.  City,  8  {1914-15),  pp.  208-212) .—The  unit  relationship  per  gram 
of  protein  of  the  pseudoglobulin  and  euglobulin  remained  practically  the  same 
during  the  course  of  immunization. 

The  diphtheroid  bacillus  of  Preisz-Nocard  from  equine,  bovine,  and  ovine 
abscesses. — Ulcerative  lymphangitis  and  caseous  lymphadenitis,  I.  C.  Hall 
and  R.  V.  Stone  {Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  195-208) .—The 
authors  report  having  isolated  the  Preisz-Nocard  bacillus  from  characteristic 
abscesses  in  eleven  horses  and  one  calf. 

"  The  etiology  of  the  lesions  from  which  it  was  obtained  is  identical  with  that 
of  caseous  lymphadenitis  of  sheep,  and  the  disease  in  horses  known  as  ulcerative 
lymphangitis  should  be  differentiated  by  laboratory  diagnosis  from  farcy,  epi- 
zootic lymphangitis,  and  sporotrichosis,  all  of  which  have  a  mutual  resemblance 
clinically.  Bacillus  Preisz-Nocard  is  a  diphtheroid  bacillus,  presenting  interest- 
ing characteristics  as  follows:  (1)  The  production  of  orchitis  in  guinea  pigs,  as 
w^ell  as  suppurative  processes  generally  throughout  the  lymphatics;  (2)  the 
hemolysis  of  blood  agar  plates  not  containing  an  excess  of  fermentable  carbo- 
hydrate; and  (3)  the  elaboration  of  a  soluble  toxin,  resembling  but  not  identical 
with  that  of  diphtheria,  yet  being  neutralized  partly  by  diphtheria  antitoxin. 
This  apparent  partial  neutralization  suggests  the  existence  of  group  reactions 
among  soluble  bacterial  toxins,  analogous  to  the  group  reaction  of  precipitins 
and  agglutinins. 

"  We  again  draw  attention  to  the  uncertainty  of  experimental  orchitis  in 
guinea  pigs  as  a  certain  test  for  glanders,  and  emphasize  the  necessity  of  micro- 
scopic and  cultural  examination  of  pus  from  such  lesions  for  diagnostic 
purposes." 

Vaccinoprophylaxis  and  vaccinotherapeutics  of  glandular  diseases  by 
means  of  a  new  antistreptococcus  vaccine  with  sensitized  virus,  M.  Carpano 
{Mod.  Zooiatro,  Parte  Sci.,  26  {1915),  No.  9,  pp.  353-379;  ahs.  in  Internat.  Inst. 
Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Ayr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1662, 
1663). — In  order  to  eliminate  the  susceptibility  of  treated  animals  to  diseases 


1916]  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  575 

due  to  streptococci  during  the  negative  phase  after  treatment  with  a  "  polyvalent 
antistreptococcus  serum  "  and  vaccines  now  in  use,  the  author  has  prepared  a 
new  polj'Valent  antistreptococcus  vaccine  with  sensitized  virus.  The  vaccine 
is  obtained  from  several  strains  of  sensitized  streptococci,  which  are  subse- 
quently allowed  to  sterilize  themselves  or  are  killed  at  low  temperatures.  The 
method  of  preparation  is  described  in  detail. 

Experimental  results  submitted  show  that  horses  stand  small  and  moderate 
doses  very  well  which  cause  no  perceptible  general  reaction  when  injected  sub- 
cutaneously.  The  local  reactions  are  restricted  to  an  edema  which  afterward 
hardens  and  is  reabsorbed  without  forming  an  abscess.  A  general  effect  which 
may  last  several  days  and  is  undoubtedly  due  to  the  absorption  and  action  of  the 
endotoxins  produced  by  the  streptococci  is  manifested  after  the  injection  of 
large  doses  (50  cc).  For  horses  of  average  size  the  most  suitable  dose  was 
found  to  be  25  cc.  An  active  Immunity  sets  in  immediately  after  the  injection 
and  is  very  complete  and  lasting. 

The  vaccine  also  appears  to  possess  undoubted  therapeutic  properties.  This 
action,  though  limited,  indirectly  insures  that  the  vaccine  when  used  for  prophy- 
lactic purposes  will  not  produce  any  negative  phase.  It  can  therefore  be  used  to 
advantage  in  cases  of  adenitis  as  well  as  in  suspected  infections. 

Nitric  acid  compared  with  tincture  of  iodin  in  the  cauterization  of  wounds 
infected  with  rabies  virus,  D.  W.  Poor  (Collected  Studies  Bur.  Lab.  Dept. 
nealth  N.  Y.  City,  8  (1914-15),  pp.  Ill,  112).—B.esu\ts  obtained  from  experi- 
ments on  three  series  of  eight  guinea  pigs  each  show  that  75  per  cent  of  the 
control  animals  died  after  an  average  incubation  of  14f  days.  Of  the  animals 
cauterized  with  nitric  acid  only  37.5  per  cent  died,  indicating  a  saving  of  37.5 
per  cent  by  means  of  the  acid.  Two  of  the  pigs  in  this  group  which  died  of 
rabies  showed  an  average  incubation  of  22.5  days,  a  lapse  of  time  that  would 
permit  of  a  course  of  Pasteur  treatment  with  a  subsequent  interval  of  two 
weeks  for  the  full  development  of  immunity.  Pigs  which  had  their  wounds 
treated  with  tincture  of  iodin  showed  a  mortality  of  100  per  cent.  Seven  of  the 
animals  had  an  average  incubation  of  1S|  days,  and  one  an  incubation  period 
of  29  days. 

The  practical  significance  of  these  results  is  indicated. 

Further  studies  of  biological  methods  for  the  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis, 
J.  BKO^;FENBKEN^'EK,  M.  H.  Kahn,  J.  RocKMAN,  and  M.  Kahn  (Arch.  Int.  Med., 
17  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  492-50S) .—From  a  further  study  of  the  value  of  biological 
methods  of  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  the  authors  conclude  that  "  different 
samples  of  tuberculin  of  Besredka,  though  apparently  identical  in  the  mode  of 
their  preparation,  may  differ  among  themselves  in  their  specific  values. 

"  The  most  striking  variation  is  in  the  amount  of  lipins  contained  in  tubercu- 
lin. It  is  necessary  to  free  each  sample  of  tuberculin  of  all  its  lipin  fraction 
before  using  such  tuberculin  for  the  complement  deviation  test.  The  lipins 
may  be  extracted  by  fat  solvents,  but  the  easiest  method  was  found  to  be  that 
of  separation  of  the  protein  fraction  by  precipitation.  Precipitation  of  the  anti- 
genic fraction  of  tuberculin  also  offei-s  the  possibility  of  using  a  standard  num- 
ber of  units  of  antigen  and  thus  eliminating  variations  due  to  the  quantitative, 
differences  in  specific  properties  of  different  samples  of  tuberculin,  without  in- 
creasing the  chance  of  obtaining  lipotropic  reactions. 

"  It  seems,  however,  that  different  samples  of  tuberculin  may  vary  also 
qualitatively.  The  variation  rests  apparently  on  the  fact  of  the  existence  of 
strain  specificity  in  the  antibody.  The  existence  of  strain  specificity  in  tuber- 
culosis may  explain  why  the  results  obtained  by  different  investigators  in  the 
complement-deviation  test  for  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  vary  so  much. 


576 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


"  The  tuberculin  of  Besredka  seems  to  give  tiie  best  results  in  diagnosis  by 
the  complement-deviation  test.  Even  though  the  test  is  positive  in  a  certain 
number  of  clinically  nontuberculous  cases,  the  reaction  seems  to  be  specific.  In 
at  least  87  per  cent  of  such  cases  the  fixation  was  obtained  also  with  one  or  more 
preparations  of  tuberculins  other  than  that  of  Besredka." 

A  bibliography  of  47  references  to  the  literature  cited  is  included.  See  also 
a  previous  note  by  Craig  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  ISO). 

Heport  on  tuberculin  tests,  L.  Cobbett  and  A.  S.  Griffith  (Roy.  Com.  Tuber- 
ciuosis,  Final  Rpt.,  II,  App.,  Sup.  Vol.,  1D13,  pp.  I4S,  figs.  iW).— This  supple- 
mental volume  reports  the  results  of  tuberculin  tests  on  the  ox,  pig,  goat,  horse, 
rhesus  monkey,  chimpanzee,  baboon,  mangabey  monkey,  lemur,  dog,  cat,  rabbit, 
and  fowl.  The  effect  of  the  successive  injections  of  tuberculin  into  tuberculous 
animals,  the  action  of  homologous  and  heterologous  tuberculin,  the  effects  of 
tuberculin  when  given  by  channels  other  than  that  usually  employed,  the  more 
immediate  effects  of  injecting  living  tubercle  bacilli  into  tuberculous  animals 
when  compared  with  those  produced  by  tuberculin,  an:',  the  ophthalmic  tuber- 
culin test  Vv'ere  also  studied  and  the  results  reported. 

The  experimental  results  are  reported  in  tabular  form,  and  the  febrile  condi- 
tions of  the  animals  after  inoculation  are  presented  graphically.  See  also 
a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  85,  p.  75). 

The  characteristics  of  tubercle  bacilli  in  human  bone  and  joint  tuber- 
culosis, A.  Eastwood  and  F.  Griffith  (,Jour.  Ilyg.  [Cambridge^,  1.5  {1916),  No. 
2.  pp.  257-309). — The  results  of  an  investigation  of  2G1  cases  are  summarized 
in  the  folluv.-iug  table : 


Types  of  tubercle  bacilli  at  different  age  periods. 


Age  period. 

Number 
of  cases. 

Human. 

Bovine. 

Atjrpical. 

0  5 

■yVar.f. 

47 
lOS 
62 
15 
29 

31 
75 
52 

12 
26 

14 

31 

7 

3 

2 

.5-10            

2 

10-16     

3 

16-25            .                  

3 

The  percentage  of  bovine  cases  for  all  ages  from  this  series  is  thus  21.1 ;  for 
cases  under  ten  years,  29 ;  and  for  cases  over  ten  years,  9.4. 

Clinical  data  and  bacteriological  results  of  the  cases  are  reported  in  detailed 
tabular  form,  together  with  the  results  and  post-mortem  findings  of  inoculation 
experiments  on  rabbits  with  viruses  of  "  human  "  and  "  bovine  "  types  of  bacilli 
obtained  from  the  organisms  isolated  from  some  of  the  cases. 

The  types  of  tubercle  bacilli  occiirring'  in  tuberculosis  of  the  human  genito- 
urinary tract,  A.  Eastwood  and  F.  Griffith  {Jour.  Hyg.  [Cambridge'^,  15 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  310-31  Jf). — In  an  examination  of  17  cases  the  "human"  type 
of  bacillus  was  obtained  in  14  instances  and  the  "  bovine  "  in  3.  The  3  "  bo- 
vine "  cases  were  affections  of  the  kidney  in  persons  aged,  respectively,  25,  19, 
and  20  years. 

The  clinical  data  and  bacteriological  results  of  the  cases  examined  are  re- 
ported in  detailed  tabular  form. 

Avian  tuberculosis,  C.  H.  Higgins  and  A.  B.  Wickwake  (Canada  Dept.  Ayr.. 
Health  Anim.  Branch  Bui.  18  (1915),  pp.  10,  pi.  1.  figs.  3).— This  bulletin  briefly 
discusses  the  prevalence,  symptoms,  and  course  of  the  disease;  post-mortc^n 
findings;  transmission  of  tuberculosis  from  birds  to  man;  and  prevention  and 
treatment. 


19161  VETERINARY   MEDICIITE.  577 

The  authors  have  observed  and  demonstrated  the  presence  of  the  disease  in 
two  canaries.  Gross  lesions  were  present  in  nearly  every  organ  and  micro- 
scopic examination  showed  great  numbers  of  acid-fast  bacilli  of  the  avian  type. 
The  disease  has  also  been  observed  in  turkeys  in  a  number  of  instances. 

Investigations  to  determine  the  possibility  of  congenital  tuberculosis  being 
present  in  chicks  have  been  carried  on  by  the  authors,  but  the  experiments  in 
this  connection  have  thus  far  yielded  only  negative  results.  The  results  how- 
ever, are  not  considered  conclusive. 

In  an  examination  of  eggs  bacilli  microscopically  indistinguishable  from  those 
of  tuberculosis  were  found  in  about  20  per  cent  of  the  eggs  examined.  Subse- 
quent inoculation  of  guinea  pigs  with  material  from  these  eggs  produced  a 
generalized  tuberculous  infection  from  which  typical  avian  cultures  were 
procured. 

In  experiments  with  tuberculin  as  a  practical  method  of  diagnosis  no  marked 
variation  in  temperature  was  observed  in  four  fowls  which  received  2  cc.  of 
avian  tuberculin  subcutaneously.  In  four  fowls  which  were  given  1  cc.  of  con- 
centrated tuberculin  intradermally  (the  thickened  skin  of  the  breast)  no  evi- 
dence of  any  local  or  thermal  reaction  was  observed.  Fowls  which  received  one 
drop  of  tuberculin  in  the  eye  manifested  no  evidence  of  an  ophthalmic  or  a 
thermal  reaction. 

Further  studies  on  the  nutritive  deficiencies  of  wheat  and  grain  mixtures 
and  the  pathological  conditions  produced  in  swine  by  their  use,  E.  B.  Hart 
W.  S.  Miller,  and  E.  V.  McCollum  {Jour.  Biol.  Chcm.,  25  (1D16),  No.  2,  pp. 
239-259,  pis.  5,  figs.  9). — The  animal  (.swine)  feeding  experiments  herein  re- 
ported supply  information  regarding  the  role  played  in  both  animal  and  human 
nutrition  by  toxic  materials  in  apparently  normal  food  products,  the  results 
reported  being  supplementary  to  those  obtained  by  the  authors  in  earlier  work 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  472).    Their  conclusions  are  in  part  as  follows: 

"Malnutrition,  histologically  characterized  by  nerve  degeneration,  may 
result  from  the  absence  of  certain  factors  in  the  diet,  as  in  the  case  of  l>eri- 
beri.  A  similar  condition  may  likewise  arise  from  the  presence  of  toxic  mate- 
rials in  apparently  normal  food  products  and  in  the  presence  of  all  known 
factors  essential  for  continued  growth  and  well-being. 

"  With  a  large  mass  of  wheat  in  the  ration  of  swine  toxicity  will  follow, 
even  in  the  presence  of  all  the  recognized  factors  for  growth.  Only  in  the 
presence  of  very  liberal  quantities  of  all  these  factors  can  the  effect  of  the 
toxicity  be  overcome.  This  toxicity  manifests  its  action  by  producing  impor- 
tant histological  changes  in  the  nervous  system  of  the  animal,  not  unlike  those 
recorded  for  beri-beri.  No  one  important  factor  for  growth,  such  as  better 
proteins,  salts,  or  fat-soluble  A,  appears  able  to  act  as  a  complete  corrective 
for  this  toxicity. 

"  It  also  appears  possible  to  produce  similar  pathological  conditions  in  swine 
in  the  absence  of  all  known  toxic  material  and  in  the  presence  of  a  fair  quality 
of  protein,  a  plentiful  supply  of  fat-soluble  A  and  water-soluble  B,  but  a  poor 
salt  mixture,  namely,  that  natural  to  the  grains  used." 

Studies  on  the  transmission  and  prevention  of  cestode  infection  in 
chickens,  J.  E.  Gutberlet  (Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  49  {1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
218-237). — "The  results  of  these  experiments  show  that  the  intermediate  (cys- 
ticercoid)  stage  of  Choanotcenia  infundibulifo7-mis  occurs  in  the  common  house 
fly  {Musca  domestica).  The  results  were  obtained  by  feeding  flies  on  eggs  of 
the  tapeworm  and  raising  cysticercoids  in  a  fly ;  also  by  feeding  chicks  on  flies 
and  raising  the  worms  in  the  birds.  By  morphological  comparison  of  the  cys- 
ticercoid  and  an  adult  they  are  shown  to  be  identical.     Results  from  experi- 


578  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   KECORD.  [Vol.35 

ments  by  feeding  flies  en  eggs  from  Davainea  cesticillus  and  D.  tetragona  wer© 
negative. 

"  The  habits  of  the  birds  are  important  factors  to  be  considered  in  experi- 
mental worli  for  life-history  studies.  Certain  insects  are  found  in  great  num- 
bers around  chicken  houses  and  yards  and  are  readily  eaten  by  the  birds.  Flies 
are  known  to  contain  the  larval  stage  of  one  species  of  cestode,  and  some  other 
species  of  insects  are  to  be  considered  as  probable  intermediate  hosts  for  other 
species  of  cestodes. 

"  The  symptoms  and  effects  of  the  infection  from  tapeworms  vary  with 
individual  birds,  age  of  birds,  and  the  degree  of  infection.  Birds  infested  with 
worms  display  an  emaciated,  unthrifty  condition,  an  unnatural  desire  for 
food  and  water,  and  a  marked  diarrhea,'  with  droppings  of  a  characteristic 
yellowish-brown  color. 

"  The  control  of  tapeworm  disease  in  chickens  is  in  an  unsettled  condition. 
Little  can  be  done  until  more  is  known  concerning  life  histories  of  worms.  Pre- 
ventive measures  are  urged  rather  than  curative  measures.  Droppings  should 
be  cared  for  and  treated  with  appropriate  substances  in  order  to  prevent 
insects  from  feeding  on  them  or  developing  in  them.  Experiments  by  giving 
lye  with  food  to  infested  chickens  showed  satisfactory  results  in  removing 
tapeworms. 

"  The  flocks  of  chickens  that  were  studied  showed  at  times  a  very  heavy 
infection,  and  nearly  every  bird  examined  harbored  one  or  more  species  of 
worms.  Five  species  were  found  in  the  chickens  at  Hardy,  Nebr.,  and  three  in 
the  birds  at  the  poultry  farm  at  the  University  of  Illinois.  The  species  found  in 
Nebraska  are  D.  cesticillus,  D.  tetragona,  D.  echinobothrida,  Hymenolepis 
carioca,  and  C.  infundibuliformis.  At  the  poultry  farm  of  the  university  the 
species  D.  cesticillus,  D.  echinobothrida,  and  E.  carioca  were  found." 

RIJEAL  ENGINEEaiNG. 

Annual  report  of  tlie  agricultural  engineer  during  1914—15,  W.  M.  Schutte 
{Ann.  Rpt.  Dept.  Agr.  Bombay,  1914-15,  pp.  72-87). — This  is  a  report  of  the 
activities  of  the  agricultural  engineer's  office,  which  included  experiments  on 
implements  and  machinery,  power,  irrigation,  water  supply,  and  mechanical 
cultivation. 

Methods  of  stream  gaging,  W.  S.  Pardoe  (Engin.  News,  75  (1916),  No.  19, 
p.  889). — This  is  a  mathematical  analysis  of  computation  methods  generally 
used. 

Surface  water  supply  of  the  Great  Basin,  1913  {U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water- 
Supply  Paper  360  {1916),  pp.  293,  pis.  2,  fig.  1). — This  report,  prepared  in  coop- 
eration with  the  States  of  Utah,  Nevada,  California,  Oregon,  and  Idaho,  pre- 
sents the  results  of  measurements  of  flow  made  during  1913  on  streams  in  the 
Great  Salt  Lake  and  Sevier  Lake  basins,  minor  basins  in  Nevada,  Humboldt- 
Carson  sink  basin.  Pyramid  and  Winnemucca  lakes  basins,  Surprise  Valley, 
and  Honey,  Warner,  Abert,  Silver,  Malheur,  and  Harney  lakes  basins. 

Surface  water  supply  of  St.  Lawrence  River  basin,  1914,  W.  G.  Hoyt,  A. 
H.  Horton,  C.  C.  Coa-ert,  and  C.  H.  Pierce  {U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water-Supply 
Paper  384  {1916),  pp.  128+XXIX,  pis.  2). — This  report,  prepared  under  the 
direction  of  N.  C.  Grover  and  in  cooperation  with  the  States  of  Minnesota, 
Wisconsin,  New  York,  and  Vermont,  contains  the  results  of  measurements  of 
flow  made  in  1914  on  streams  tributary  to  Lakes  Superior,  Michigan,  Huron, 
Erie,  and  Ontario  and  to  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

Surface  water  supply  of  the  Lower  Mississippi  River  basin,  1914,  N.  C. 
Geover,  R.  Follansbee,  and  G.  A.  Gray    {U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water-Supply 


1916]  EUEAL  ENGINEERING.  579 

Paper,  387  (1916),  pp.  60+XXXIV,  pis.  2).— This  report,  prepared  in  coopera- 
tion witli  the  States  of  Colorado  and  New  Mexico,  presents  the  results  of 
measurements  of  flow  made  on  streams  in  the  Arkansas  and  Red  River  basins 
during  1914. 

Surface  water  supply  of  New  Mexico,  1914,  J.  A.  French  {Santa  Fe, 
N.  Mex.:  State  Enyin.  Dept.,  191^,  pp.  151,  j)ls.  ^).— This  report,  prepared  in 
cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  presents  the  results  of  measure- 
ments of  flow  made  on  streams  in  the  principal  river  basins  of  New  Mexico 
in  1914. 

Geology  and  underground  water  of  Luna  County,  New  Mexico,  N.  H. 
Darton  (U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Bui.  618  (1916),  pp.  188,  pis.  13,  figs,  i.5).— This  is 
a  more  complete  and  detailed  report  of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32, 
p.  384). 

Geolog'y  and  ground  waters  of  northeastern  Arkansas,  L.  W.  Stephenson 
and  A,  F.  Ckider  (U.  S.  Geol  Survey,  Water-Supply  Paper  399  {1916),  pp.  315,  pis. 
11,  figs.  4). — This  report  describes  the  physiography  and  geology  of  north- 
eastern Arkansas  and  discusses  the  occurrence  and  distribution  of  surface  and 
ground  water  by  counties.  A  section,  by  R.  B.  Dole,  on  the  chemical  character 
of  the  surface  and  gi-ound  waters  of  the  region  is  also  included. 

Colorado  River  and  its  utilization,  E.  C.  La  Rue  ( TJ.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Water- 
Supply  Paper  395  {1916),  pis.  25,  figs.  5). — This  paper  gives  the  results  of  meas- 
urements of  flow  made  on  the  Colorado  River  and  its  tributaries  and  deals 
with  the  utilization  of  the  water  for  irrigation  and  power  development  pur- 
poses. 

Physical  properties  of  some  toxic  solutions,  G.  B.  Rigg,  H.  L.  Trumbull, 
and  Mattie  Lincoln  {Bot.  Gaz.,  61  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  1(08-416). — Experiments 
on  the  osmotic  pressure  and  surface  tension  of  (1)  water  obtained  from  sphag- 
num bogs  of  the  Puget  Sound  region  and  Alaska,  and  (2)  solutions  obtained  by 
allowing  rhizomes  of  Nymphwa  polysepala  to  decay  in  water  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  osmotic  pressure  of  bog  water  in  the  samples  tested 
was  higher  during  the  rainy  season  than  at  the  close  of  the  dry  season.  The 
osmotic  pressure  of  the  waters  tested  from  lakes  and  springs  was  lower  during 
the  rainy  season  than  at  the  close  of  the  dry  season.  There  is  no  indication  that 
either  high  osmotic  pressure  or  low  surface  tension  is  an  important  factor  in 
the  toxicity  of  bog  water  or  of  very  dilute  solutions  resulting  from  the  decay 
of  Nymphfea  rhizomes." 

Tests  of  a  new  process  of  sewage  purification  with  grease  recovery  and 
apparent  profit,  R.  S.  Weston  {Ainer.  Jour.  Pub.  Health,  6  {1916),  No.  4,  pp. 
334-343,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Engin.  News,  15  {1916),  No.  19,  p.  9i3).— Experiments 
with  Boston  sewage  conducted  by  E.  S.  Dorr  and  by  the  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  are  reported  and  compared.  The  process  involves  the  addi- 
tion of  either  sulphuric  or  sulphurous  acid  to  the  sewage  to  precipitate  the  bulk 
of  the  solids  in  the  form  of  a  sludge  which  can  be  dried  and  degreased,  the  pur- 
pose being  to  produce  a  greaseless  fertilizer  and  to  save  the  grease. 

From  the  experiments  by  Dorr  it  was  concluded  that  each  1.000,000  gal.  of 
sewage  would  yield  1,361  lbs.  of  fertilizer  base,  "  which  was  estimated  accord- 
ing to  agricultural  standards  to  be  worth  $13.59  a  ton. 

The  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  experiments  verified  the  results 
with  reference  to  the  amount  of  sludge  obtained  from  Boston  sewage.  The 
results  obtained  were  taken  to  indicate  "  that  the  sludge  from  the  INIiles  process, 
although  less  in  bulk  than  that  from  the  activated  sludge  process,  has  a  value 
of  more  than  $24  per  million  gallons  of  sewage." 


580  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Irrigation  investigations,  G.  E.  P.  Smith  and  A.  L.  Enger  {Arizona  8ta. 
Rpt.  1915,  pp.  570-577,  figs.  2). — The  work  in  irrigation  investigations  at  the 
station  for  the  year  is  reviewed.  Data  on  tlie  economics  of  pump  irrigation  in- 
dicate tliat  "  in  general,  the  most  advisable  practice  consists  in  wells  of  600 
to  2,000  gal.  capacity,  pumps  of  the  sizes  from  4  to  8  in.,  4-cycle  oil  engines  of 
from  12  to  60  horsepower,  and  enough  farmers  cooperating — two,three,  or  four — 
to  utilize  fully  the  plant  140  hours  each  week  through  the  good  growing  months 
from  April  to  August." 

Tests  of  a  15-in.,  5-stage,  110-ft.  pump  with  the  bottom  of  the  bowls  28.5  ft. 
below  normal  water  level  are  also  reported.  "  The  tests  show  that  a  very 
high  efficiency  can  be  obtained  with  this  type  of  pump  if  the  pump  is  working 
under  its  best  conditions  of  head  and  discharge,  but  that  at  other  heads  or  other 
discharges  the  efficiency  may  be  low.  This  emphasizes  the  importance  of  know- 
ing the  operating  conditions  in  advance  and  of  buying  a  pump  especially  de- 
signed for  those  conditions." 

The  irrigation  of  sugar  cane  in  Mauritius,  F.  A.  Stockdale  {Dept.  Agr. 
Mauritius,  Gen.  Ser.,  Bui.  6  {1916),  [English  Ed.],  pp.  12,  pi.  1,  fig.  i).— This 
pamphlet  deals  with  the  scientific  principles  and  the  essentials  of  practice  of 
irrigation  with  special  reference  to  the  irrigation  of  sugar  cane  on  the  island. 

The  operations  of  the  Boyal  Commission  of  Irrigation  in  the  first  trien- 
nium,  O.  Bordiga  {Atti  R.  1st.  Incoragg.  Napoli,  6.  ser.,  66  {1915),  pp.  1-16). — 
The  first  three  years'  activities  of  the  commission  are  reported,  which  deal 
briefly  with  defects  in  the  irrigation  laws  of  Italy ;  irrigability  of  lands ;  irri- 
gation economics ;  and  irrigation  water,  its  quality  and  action  on  crops  and  soil. 

Annual  irrigation  revenue  report  of  the  Government  of  Bengal  for  the 
year  1914-15  {Ann.  Irrig.  Rev.  Rpt.  Bengal,  191^-15,  pp.  11+71,  pi.  i).— This 
report  covers  the  year  1914-15. 

Report  of  the  state  drainage  commission  of  Minnesota  {Rpt.  State  Drain. 
Com.  Minn.,  1915,  pp.  68,  j:>ls.  11). — This  reports  the  activities  of  the  state 
drainage  commission  of  Minnesota  and  the  work  and  expenditures  of  the  state 
drainage  engineer's  office.  The  text  of  the  laws  prescribing  the  duties  and 
defining  the  powers  of  the  state  drainage  commission  is  also  given,  together 
with  engineering  information  regarding  drainage  areas  in  Minnesota,  evapora- 
tion, precipitation,  run-ofC  waters  and  formulas,  state  ditches,  and  maximum, 
minimum,  and  average  discharge  of  various  streams  of  the  State. 

Tests  show  strength  of  corrugated  culvert  pipe,  G.  L.  Fowler  {Engin.  Rec, 
75  {1916),  No.  21,  pp.  668,  669,  figs.  4;  abs.  in  Engin.  News,  75  {1916),  No.  20, 
p.  958). — Tests  under  hydrostatic  pressure  of  12-,  24-,  and  4S-in.  corrugated  iron 
pipes  with  corrugation  depths  of  J  and  i  in.  and  uniform  pitch  of  corrugations 
of  2§  in.,  and  sand  bed  tests  of  the  same,  are  reported.  Considering  the  three 
variables,  diameter  of  pipe,  thickness  of  metal,  and  depth  of  corrugation,  the 
following  formula  was  developed : 


,     5,960Cr    /      „  ,,    D\ 


where  P=collapsing  pressure  in  pounds  per  square  inch,  C=corrngation  depth 

in  inches,  !r=thickness  of  metal  in  inches,  and  /)=inside  diameter  in  inches. 

For  sizes  from  10  to  24  in.,  metal  thicknesses  of  from  0.0025  to  0.141  in.,  and 

working  pressure  of  half  the  collapsing  strength,  the  formula  was  simplified  to 

34  00007" 
working    pressure== —^-jy — •   on  the  assumption   that   for  this  range   of  sizes  the 

collapsing  pressure  varies  inversely  as  the  diameter. 


1916]  RURAL   ENGIJiTEERING.  581 

In  the  sand  bed  tests  it  was  found  that  there  was  arching  of  the  sand  under 
pressure.  "  It  was  found  that  the  lateral  thrust  rose  to  a  maxunum  under  a 
shallow  depth  and  remained  practically  constant.  With  a  slightly  yielding  bot- 
tom the  sand  arched  to  relieve  the  bottom  of  load  which  was  carried  by  fric- 
tional  resistance  of  sand  against  the  box  sides.  In  the  main  tests,  it  was  found 
that  when  the  platen  was  wider  than  the  pipe  the  pressure  was  largely  supported 
by  the  column  of  sand  over  the  pipe  and  less  by  the  more  yielding  sand  beyond 
the  pipe  walls.  Then  the  load  imposed  on  the  pipe  was  greater  than  as  if  con- 
sidered uniformly  distributed  by  the  platen.  The  results  exhibited  the  con- 
veyance and  distribution  of  sand  pressures,  but  were  not  considered  sufficient 
to  warrant  developing  a  formula  for  calculating  culvert  pressures.  For  in- 
stance, it  was  seen  that  the  top  pressure  on  pipe  decreases  with  a  given  load 
placed  on  increasing  depths  of  sand,  but  the  proportional  relations  were  not 
disclosed.  The  lateral  pressures  were  low  and  no  definite  ratio  was  estab- 
lished. The  lateral  pressure  increased  rnpidly  from  the  top  down  to  a  point  de- 
termined by  the  angle  of  repose  of  the  sand  and  then  decreased.  .  .  . 

"  It  is  concluded  that  under  the  heaviest  load  that  can  now  be  applied  to  railway 
ties  by  any  existing  locomotive  or  car,  a  24-in.  14-gage  pipe  with  ^-in.  depth 
of  corrugation,  and  under  24-in.  cover  of  dry  sand,  can  not  be  deflected  beyond 
its  elastic  properties  of  complete  shape  recovery.  The  36-  and  48-in.  culverts 
are  held  to  be  uucrushable  under  a  cover  equal  to  their  own  diameter.  The  weight 
of  cover  in  a  wide  loose  fill  or  bank  is  not  so  well  supported  as  in  a  ditch, 
and  it  was  concluded  that  conditions  of  unusual  severity  might  be  induced  which 
should  be  provided  for  by  heavier  metal." 

Experiments  on  the  distribution  of  vertical  pressure  in  earth,  R.  B.  Fehk 
{Ann.  Rpt.  Penn.  State  Col.  1914,  pp.  111-12S,  pis.  13).— The  results  of  tests 
with  dry  sand,  silty  yellow  clay,  gravelly  silt  loam,  and  brown  dry  river  sand, 
and  on  a  mixture  of  these,  to  determine  the  distribution  of  pressure  due  to  a 
concentrated  load  through  various  depths  of  the  soils  are  graphically  reported, 
together  with  a  description  of  methods  and  apparatus  used. 

"  The  following  depths  of  sand  were  tested :  3,  6,  12,  18,  24,  36,  48,  and  59  in. 
For  each  depth  the  eccentricity  of  the  load  was  varied  from  0  to  42  in.  both 
right  and  left.  The  loads  were  applied  in  increments  of  1,000  lbs.  as  indicated 
by  the  gage  up  to  the  point  where  the  loading  strip  sank  into  the  sand  as  fast 
as  the  load  was  applied.  As  determined  from  the  calibration  curve  these  loads 
varied  from  about  600  lbs.  to  between  2,200  and  6,000  lbs.,  according  to  the 
depth  of  the  sand." 

It  was  found  that  "  there  was  a  very  marked  change  in  the  percentage  of 
transmission  when  the  eccentricity  of  the  load  was  equal  to  the  width  of  the 
weighing  strip  and  at  this  point  the  maximum  value  was  13  per  cent.  For 
greater  eccentricities  this  value  was  never  exceeded.  .  .  .  The  size  of  the 
restricting  box  does  not  make  any  appreciable  difference  in  the  results.  The 
maximum  bearing  power  of  the  sand  decreased  with  the  depth  of  sand.  .  .  . 
There  was  a  distinct  tendency  for  the  percentage  of  transmission  to  increase  as 
greater  loads  were  applied." 

With  the  clay  loam  sand  mixture  "  the  method  of  procedure  was  exactly  the 
same  as  in  the  sand  tests  except  that  the  eccentricity  of  the  load  was  varied 
from  24  in.  right  to  24  in.  left,  and  back  across  the  soil  to  the  starting  point.  .  .  . 
The  depths  tested  were  as  follows :  6,  9,  12,  18,  24,  and  36  in.  .  .  . 

"  In  practically  all  cases  there  was  quite  a  regular  increase  in  the  percentages 
of  transmission  as  the  load  varied  from  600  to  10,000  lbs.  per  square  foot,  the 
maximum  loads  causing  an  average  increase  of  36  per  cent  in  the  transmission 
as  produced  by  the  minimum  loads.  .  .  .     The  tests  in  loam  were  run  in  exactly 


582  EXPERIMENT   STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

the  same  way  as  those  on  the  clay  mixture,  but  only  on  6,  12,  24,  and  36-in. 
depths.  ...  As  in  the  case  of  clay  there  was  quite  a  regular  increase  in  the 
percentage  of  transmission  as  the  loads  varied  from  500  to  10,000  lbs.  per 
square  foot,  the  average  increase  from  minimum  to  maximum  being  47  per 
cent." 

It  is  generally  concluded  that  "  the  percentage  of  transmission  increases  with 
increase  of  load.  For  depths  of  earth  greater  than  2  ft.  the  percentage  of 
transmission  is  always  less  than  20.  For  eccentric  loads  the  percentage  of 
transmission  is  always  less  than  20  when  the  loading  strip  is  not  over  any  part 
of  the  weighing  strip." 

Pressure  of  wet  concrete  on  the  sides  of  column  forms,  A.  B.  McDaniel 
and  N.  B.  Gaevee  {Engin.  News,  15  {1916),  No.  20,  pp.  933-936,  figs.  5).— Field 
and  laboratory  tests  made  at  the  University  of  Illinois  are  reported. 

The  laboratory  tests  were  made  on  12-  and  20-in.  square  column  forms  12  ft. 
high  made  of  planks,  with  ship  lap  joints.  The  concrete  was  a  1:2:4  mixture 
of  standard  cement,  glacial  sand,  and  crushed  limestone.  The  following  con- 
clusions were  drawn :  "  The  lateral  pressure  increases  with  the  head  up  to  a 
certain  point,  after  which  the  pressure  remains  nearly  constant  until  the  pouring 
ceases.  It  is  probable  that,  during  the  early  part  of  the  pouring,  the  concrete 
is  supported  by  pressure  upon  the  base  of  the  form,  and  later  a  considerable 
part  of  the  concrete  is  supported  by  arch-like  action  on  the  sides  of  the  form. 
In  this  respect  the  action  of  green  concrete  seems  to  be  similar  to  that  of  grain, 
seeds,  clean  dry  sand,  etc.,  in  a  bin.  The  lateral  pressure  in  general  corre- 
sponds to  hydrostatic  pressure  for  wet  concrete.  The  lateral  pressure  increases 
with  the  rate  of  pouring  and  the  degree  of  wetness  and  of  the  consistency. 
The  lateral  pressure  is  about  the  same  for  column  forms  up  to  20  in.  square." 

The  field  tests  were  conducted  on  a  reinforced  concrete  arch  highway  bridge. 
"  The  tests  were  made  on  the  spandrel  posts  of  the  longer  spans.  These  posts 
have  a  cross  section  of  23  by  30  in.  and  a  maximum  height  of  about  15  ft.  They 
have  both  vertical  and  horizontal  reinforcing  bars."  The  concrete  was  a  1:2:4 
mixture  of  cement,  sand,  and  gravel.  It  was  found  "  that  the  pressure  grad- 
ually increases  with  the  head  until  a  maximum  is  reached,  after  which  the 
pressure  falls  off.  The  height  at  which  this  maximum  pressure  occurs  depends 
upon  the  consistency  of  the  concrete  and  upon  the  rate  of  pouring.  The  actual 
pressures  recorded  approximate  very  closely  that  of  a  liquid  having  the  same 
weight  as  the  concrete,  or  about  145  lbs.  per  square  foot  per  foot  of  head. 

"  The  results  obtained  from  the  field  tests  agree  closely  with  those  secured 
from  the  laboratory  tests.  Concrete  falling  against  the  forms  may  result  in 
high  lateral  pressures  due  to  impact.  A  value  of  145  lbs.  per  square  foot  [per 
foot]  of  height  would  be  a  rational  value  for  lateral  pressure  to  use  in  the 
design  of  forms.  The  results  of  these  tests  are  not  conclusive,  but  it  is  be- 
lieved that  they  are  sufficiently  consistent  and  accurate  to  furnish  lateral- 
pressure  values  which  may  be  used  as  a  basis  lor  the  design  of  forms  under 
average  working  conditions." 

Dynamite  experiments,  B.  Bunting  (Agr.  Bui.  Fed.  Malay  States,  3  {1915), 
No.  9,  pp.  337-341;  abs.  in  U.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Com.  Rpts.,  No.  102  (1916),  p. 
Jfl6). — Experiments  to  test  the  effect  of  explosives  on  the  growth  of  rubber  in 
loam  soil  overlying  a  heavy  clay  are  reported. 

"  Taking  the  experiments  over  a  period  of  one  year  it  [was]  observed  that 
whereas  the  control  gave  an  increase  of  21.93  in.,  the  dynamite  plat  gave  an 
increase  of  32.14  in.  for  every  100  in.  of  the  original  girth,  or  an  increase  over 
the  control  of  10.2  per  cent.  .  ,  , 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  583 

"  Dynamite  is  unequaled  for  breaking  up  hardpan  or  layers  of  impervious 
subsoil,  which  not  only  prevent  the  roots  from  going  down  to  the  subsoil  but 
interfere  with  the  drainage.  It  is  most  effective  on  heavy  clay  and  hard  lat- 
erite  soils  and  least  effective  on  light  or  loose  soils  which  offer  no  resistance 
to  the  explosion.  It  might  be  profitably  employed  in  holing  previous  to  plant- 
ing, especially  in  heavy  soils,  half  a  charge  of  dynamite  being  sufficient  for  this 
purpose.  It  may  be  successfully  used  in  breaking  up  logs  and  tree  stumps  in- 
fected with  termites  in  rubber  clearings.  The  value  of  dynamite  for  cultiva- 
tion is  not  doubted,  but  the  high  cost  of  the  explosive  prevents  its  more  gen- 
eral use." 

Stump  removal,  G.  Lundberg  {Skogsvdrdsfor.  Tidskr.,  No.  5  {1915),  Sup.  1, 
pp.  40,  flffs.  25). — This  report  deals  with  stump  breaking  and  removal  and 
describes  and  illustrates  methods  and  machinery  used  In  this  work  in  Sweden, 

The  American  road,  I,  II,  J.  I.  Tuckeb  (Norman,  Okla.:  Author,  pts.  1, 
1915,  pp.  34  +  [5];  2,  1916,  pp.  35-S2-\-[4'\,  figs.  5).— Questions  and  texts  pre- 
pared for  the  extension  division  of  the  University  of  Oklahoma  are  given. 

Road  laws  of  Ohio  iColumbus,  Ohio:  Bd.  Library  Comrs.  Ohio,  1915,  pp. 
XXXIX-\-335). — The  texr  of  the  laws  is  given  in  three  parts. 

Part  1  includes  the  Cass  highway  act,  which  is  a  codification  and  revision  of 
the  aaore  important  road  laws  that  were  in  force  previous  to  its  enactment. 
Part  2  contains  sections  of  the  general  code  relating  to  the  duties  of  various 
county  and  township  officials  in  connection  with  roads  and  the  provisions  rela- 
tive to  tax  levies  and  the  limitation  of  the  tax  rate.  In  many  instances  cita- 
tions are  given  to  court  decisions.  Part  3  presents  the  law  relating  to  motor 
vehicles. 

Good  roads  year  book,  1915  ( [Off.]  Good  Roads  Year  Book  U.  S.,  1916,  5.  ed., 
pp.  VIII+UO).— This  is  the  fifth  number  of  this  book  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  388), 
containing  information  regarding  road  improvements  under  federal,  state,  ter- 
ritorial, and  local  control ;  historical  notes  and  technical  details  of  road  con- 
struction and  maintenance ;  and  European  road  systems.  Miscellaneous  infor- 
mation regarding  highway  bonds,  state  geologists,  and  manufacturers  of  road 
machinery-  and  equipment,  engineering  equipment,  and  road-building  materials 
is  included,  together  with  a  bibliography  of  249  treatises  on  road,  bridge,  and 
culvert  construction  and  allied  subjects. 

Proceeding's  of  the  Pan-American  Road  Congress,  held  at  Oakland,  Cali- 
fornia, September,  1915  (Proc.  Pan-Amer.  Road  Cong.,  1915,  pp.  XV-{-416, 
pi.  1 ) . — These  proceedings  contain  the  following  special  papers  : 

The  History  and  Future  of  Highway  Development,  by  L,  W.  Page;  The 
Relation  of  the  Road  to  Rail  and  Water  Transportation,  by  C.  J.  Tilden;  The 
Benefits  and  Burdens  of  Better  Roads,  by  S.  E.  Bradt ;  Road  Building  in  the 
National  Forests,  by  H.  S.  Graves ;  The  Essentials  of  Proper  Laws  for  High- 
way Work,  by  E.  A.  Stevens ;  Federal  Aid  to  Rural  Districts,  by  C.  L.  Mac- 
Kenzie ;  Proper  Road  Location,  Its  Importance  and  Effects,  by  W.  R.  Roy ; 
Road  Drainage  and  Foundations,  by  G.  W.  Cooley ;  Highway  Bridges  and 
Structures,  by  W.  S.  Gearhart;  Highway  Indebtedness,  Its  Limitation  and 
Regulation,  by  N.  P.  Lewis;  Organization  and  System  in  Highway  Work,  by 
A.  B.  Fletcher;  The  Educational  Field  for  State  Highway  Departments,  by  L. 
S.  Smith ;  Roadway  Surfacings,  by  F.  F.  Rogers ;  Resurfacing  of  Old  Roads,  by 
W.  D.  Uhler;  Street  Pavements,  by  C.  Hill;  System  in  Highway  Accounting, 
by  S.  D.  Gilbert ;  Uniformity  for  Highway  Statistics  and  Data,  by  H.  E.  Reed ; 
Engineering  Supervision  for  Highway  Work,  by  P.  Hubbard ;  The  Determina- 
tion of  the  Justifiable  Outlay  for  Specific  Cases  of  Highway  Improvement,  by 
C.  Richardson ;  How  to  Take  the  Roads  Out  of  Politics,  by  R.  H.  Dana ;  Con- 


584  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Vict  Labor  for  Highway  Worlf,  by  G.  P.  Coleman;  Motor  Traffic,  Its  Develop- 
ment, Trend,  and  Effects,  by  A.  W.  Gould ;  Equipment  for  Highway  Work,  by 
A.  H.  Blanchard ;  Comparisons  of  Traffic  and  Their  Economic  Value,  by  L. 
White;  Maintenance — Materials  and  Methods,  by  A.  W.  Dean;  and  Dust  Sup- 
pression and  Street  Cleaning,  by  W.  H.  Connell. 

Grading-  aggregates  for  Illinois  concrete  roads,  A.  H.  Hunter  (Concrete 
[Detroit,  Mich.'],  8  {1916),  No.  5,  p.  209). — A  table  giving  the  present  require- 
ments as  to  gradation  of  aggregates  for  concrete  road  work  in  Illinois  is  given, 
together  with  a  table  of  unit  costs  of  several  concrete  roads  built  by  day 
labor  under  the  supervision  of  the  Illinois  Highway  Commission. 

Test  of  Douglas  fir  bridge  stringers,  H.  B.  MacParland  {Bui.  Amer.  By. 
Engin.  Assoc,  17  {1916),  No.  184,  Pt-  2,  pp.  281-^67,  figs.  153;  nbs.  in  Engin.  and 
Contract.,  45  {1916),  No.  19,  pp.  427-430,  fig.  1;  Engin.  Rec,  73  {1916),  No.  15, 
p.  //79). — Tests  of  61  representative  Douglas  fir  stringers  in  which  the  stringers 
were  subjected  to  a  process  of  creosoting  involving  boiling  under  vacuum  are 
described.  Nine  of  the  specimens  were  put  to  special  tests  after  treatment, 
while  52  stringers  were  cut  in  two  and  comparative  tests  made  of  the  untreated 
and  treated  halves. 

"  A  comparison  of  the  results  of  the  transverse  tests,  applying  loads  at  the 
third  points,  of  7  by  16  in.  by  14  ft.  span  treated  and  untreated  stringers 
shows  that  of  the  52  representative  untreated  specimens  16  failed  by  shear, 
29  by  tension,  3  by  tension  and  shear,  2  by  crushing  and  tension,  1  by  crushing 
and  shear,  and  1  by  crushing,  while  the  following  numbers  of  treated  stringers 
failed  from  the  causes  noted :  Thirty-two  shear,  14  tension,  4  tension  and 
shear,  and  2  crushing  and  shear.  .  .  .  The  average  elastic  limit  of  the 
untreated  pieces  was  4,269  lbs.  per  square  inch  as  compared  to  3,481  lbs.  per 
square  inch  for  the  treated  stringers.  The  average  modulus  of  rupture  was 
5,691  lbs.  per  square  inch  for  the  untreated  and  4,680  lbs.  per  square  inch 
for  the  treated  stringers.  The  average  longitudinal  shear  for  the  untreated 
pieces  was  411  lbs.  per  square  inch,  which  was  78  lbs.  per  square  inch  greater 
than  that  for  the  treated  specimen. 

"  Specimens  for  the  compression  tests,  applying  the  load  parallel  to  the 
grain,  were  5  by  5  by  12  in.  in  size.  It  was  found  that  the  maximum  load 
for  the  untreated  pieces  was  4,114  lbs.  per  square  inch  and  3,869  lbs.  per 
square  inch  for  the  treated  blocks.  Applying  the  load  perpendicular  to  the 
grain  of  6  by  6  by  30  in.  blocks  showed  that  the  treated  specimens  had  an 
average  elastic  limit  of  322  lbs.  per  square  inch,  which  was  116  lbs.  per  square 
inch  less  than  the  average  for  those  that  were  not  treated.  The  average  area 
penetrated  by  creosote  as  determined  by  this  test  was  20.41  per  cent." 

The  following  conclusions  were  drawn :  "  Moisture  may  be  successfully 
removed  by  boiling  under  vacuum.  Moisture  determinations  show  that,  on  an 
average,  35  per  cent  of  the  total  moisture  was  removed  by  the  process.  The 
removal  of  moisture  by  boiling  under  vacuum,  preliminary  to  creosoting, 
decreases  the  physical  strength  of  the  material.  The  weight  of  creosote  per 
unit  of  volume  for  treated  material  is  dependent  on  the  structure  of  the 
specimen.  Spring  wood  offers  greater  resistance  to  treatment  tlian  summer 
wood.  Special  tests  of  treated  stringers  indicate  that  the  decrease  in  physical 
strength  due  to  treatment  is  not  confined  to  the  area  penetrated  by  creosote. 
The  entire  structure  is  affected.  The  compressive  strength  parallel  to  the 
grain  was  decreased  6  per  cent.  The  compressive  strength  perpendicular  to 
the  grain  was  decreased  26  per  cent.  Although  the  average  strength  of  the 
treated  material  is  appreciably  decreased,  its  stiffness,  as  measured  by  the 
modulus  of  elasticity,  is  not  affected.     In  general,   the  average  strength  of 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  685 

Douglas  fir  bridge  stringers,  subjected  to  the  boiling-under-vacuum  process  of 
creosoting,  was  five-sixths  of  its  original  strength." 

Automobile  reg'istrations,  licenses,  and  revenues  in  the  United  States, 
1915  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Ayr.,  Office  Sec,  Circ.  59  (1916),  pp.  15,  fiii.  i).— This  bulle- 
tin contains  tabulated  data  on  the  following:  Motor- vehicle  registrations, 
licenses,  and  revenues,  1915;  motor-car  registrations  and  gross  motor-vehicle 
revenues,  1913-1915;  motor-vehicle  registration  and  license  fees  in  force  Janu- 
ary 1,  1916;  and  administrative  provisions  in  force  January  1,  1916,  affecting 
motor-vehicle  registrations,  licenses,  and  revenues. 

"  During  1915  the  total  gross  revenues  derived  from  the  registration  of 
motor  vehicles  and  the  licensing  of  operators,  chauffeurs,  dealers,  etc.,  amounted 
to  $18,245,713.  ...  Of  the  total  revenue  collected  during  1915  practically 
90  per  cent  was  applicable  to  road  work,  and  of  this  slightly  over  70  per  cent 
was  placed  more  or  less  directly  under  the  control  and  supervision  of  the  state 
highway  departments.  .  .  . 

"  The  number  of  motor  vehicles  registered  under  the  general  designation  of 
automobiles,  motor  trucks,  and  commercial  vehicles  in  continental  United  States 
during  1915  amounted  to  a  total  of  2,445,664.  The  total  road  mileage  of  the 
United  States  outside  of  incorporated  towns  and  cities  is  approximately  2,375,- 
000  miles.  There  is,  therefore,  an  average  of  slightly  more  than  one  motor  car 
for  each  mile  of  rural  public  road  in  the  United  States." 

Prevention  of  pounding  in  kerosene  engines,  J.  A.  Moyee  and  J.  P.  Caldee- 
wooD  (Ann.  Rpt.  Perm.  State  Col.,  1914,  pp-  109-117,  pis.  10). — Experiments 
with  a  4-cycle  hit-and-miss  governed  oil  engine  with  a  cylinder  bore  of  6.75 
in.,  a  10-in.  stroke,  and  a  clearance  of  22.9  per  cent  to  determine  the  cause  of 
pounding  and  methods  for  its  prevention  are  reported.  The  carburetor  was  an 
experimental  spraying  type. 

It  was  found  that  pounding  was  increased  by  increasing  the  temperature  of 
the  gas,  increasing  the  temperature  of  the  jacket  water,  and  increasing  the 
spark  advance.  Pounding  was  decreased  by  increasing  the  fuel  rate  and  in- 
creasing the  water  injection.  "  In  attempting  to  draw  conclusions  from  these 
results  it  is  practically  impossible  to  state  whether  this  pounding  was  produced 
by  cracking  of  the  heavier  hydrocarbons  or  by  high  flame  propagation,  but 
from  a  practical  point  of  view  the  conditions  affecting  eitiier  of  these  causes 
are  identical,  and  inasmuch  as  we  can  prevent  or  govern  this  pounding  by  the 
use  of  water  and  rich  fuel  mixtures,  meaning  a  relatively  large  amount  of 
kerosene  used  compared  with  the  air,  it  seems  that  differentiation  as  to  ulti- 
mate cause  is  not  necessary,  ...  In  using  gasoline  under  conditions  of  fuel 
mixture  and  water  temperature  similar  to  those  imposed  upon  kerosene  in 
these  tests  the  pounding  and  the  indicator  cards  are  identical  with  those  of 
kerosene.  These  tests  show  also  very  clearly  that  the  temperature  of  the  fuel 
mixture  at  the  firing  period  is  the  condition  that  governs  the  quality  of  the 
pounding." 

Directory  and  specifications  of  leading  makes  of  trailers  {Farm  Machinery, 
No.  1284  (1916),  pp.  18,  19). — This  list  contains  the  names  and  specifications  of 
75  types  of  trailers  of  30  different  makes. 

Official  tests  of  mechanical  cultivation,  Ringelmann  (Jour.  Agr.  Prat.,  n. 
ser.,  29  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  7^,  75). — The  more  important  results  of  tests  of 
several  outfits  are  summarized  in  the  following  table. 


686 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 
Results  of  mechanical  plotoing  tests. 


[Vol.  35 


Type  of  outfit. 


Depth  of 
plowing. 


Width  of 
plowing. 


Average 

speed 
per  hour. 


Area 
plowed 
per  hour. 


Fuel  consumption. 


Per  hour. 


Per 

hectare. 


Motor  cultivator 

Motor  plow 

Tractor 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 


Centi- 
meters. 
3.5 
14.4 
15.0 
16.0 
24.0 
15.8 
18.1 
13.2 
12.3 
16.1 
18.0 
14.2 
15.4 
16.5 


Meters. 
1.00 
.56 


.59 
.57 
.59 
1.50 
.99 
.99 
1.25 
1.19 
1.17 
1.20 


Meters. 
4,. 572 
4,032 
2,952 
2,880 
2,916 
2, 952 
4,860 
1,728 
3,132 
3,024 
2,700 
2,880 
2,844 
3,060 


Square 
meters. 
3,165 
1,346 
1,306 
2,043 
1,214 
1,054 
1,540 
1,830 
2,116 
2,052 
2,280 
2,134 
2,110 
2,371 


Kilo- 
gram •i. 
3.55 
5.98 
5.42 
7.73 
5.83 

10.42 
8.70 
4.43 
8.12 
9.40 

10.01 
6.89 
6.74 
7.04 


Kilo- 
grams. 
11.2 
44.4 
41.5 
37.8 
48.0 
98.8 
56.5 
24.2 
38.4 
45.8 
43.9 
32.3 
31.9 
29.7 


Power  required  for  grinding  Pennsylvania  and  Argentine  cereals  in  flour 
mills,  D.  W.  Dedrick  (Ann.  Rpt.  Penn.  State  Col.  19U,  pp.  123-133,  pis.  10).— 
Tests  to  determine  the  relative  amount  of  power  required  for  grinding  winter 
and  spring  wlieat,  the  effect  on  power  requirements  for  the  mill  occasioned  by 
the  conditioning  of  wheat  by  the  application  of  moisture  to  the  wheat  hull, 
and  the  power  required  for  grinding  corn  and  other  grains  are  reported. 

It  was  found  "  that  the  winter  wheat,  conditions  being  equal,  takes  con- 
siderably less  power  than  spring  wheat,  and  again  tempered  or  conditioned 
wheat  less  power  than  dry.  Also  that  the  mills  with  longer  or  more  roll  .sur- 
face take  less  power  than  with  shorter  or  less  roll  surface,  as  a  comparison 
of  the  four  tests  on  spring  wheat  shows  that  the  five-break,  ten-reduction  mill 
takes  the  least  and  the  three-break,  five-reduction  mill,  the  most  power.  The 
dry  wheat  takes  more  power  than  the  conditioned  wheat  to  whicii  had  been 
added  3  per  cent  of  water  and  lying  six  hours  to  mellow.  .  .  . 

"  It  was  found  that  when  the  brushes  or  scrapers  were  adjusted,  as  is  usual 
against  the  rolls  to  scrape  off  material  adhering  to  them  in  crushing,  the  rolls 
took  on  an  average  27  per  cent  more  power  than  when  running  with  the  scraper 
off.  However,  in  grinding  with  full  load  this  relation  would  be  changed  to 
about  8  per  cent  of  the  power  to  the  rolls.  .  .  . 

"  It  required  a  little  over  38  per  cent  more  power  to  grind  the  same  quantity 
of  Argentine  corn  in  the  same  time  to  the  same  degree  of  fineness  than  for  the 
Dent  variety.  The  second  grinding  took  on  an  average  68  per  cent  more  power 
than  the  first  grinding.  Power  for  grinding  ordinary  white  corn  is  practically 
the  same  as  that  for  Yellow  Dent.  .  .  . 

"  The  graphic  chart  shows  that  there  were  differences  in  cleaning  wheat, 
also  that  the  corn  took  less  power  for  cleaning  than  wheat.  .  .  .  The  winter 
wheat  took  50  per  cent  of  the  power  to  the  scourer,  the  spring  wheat  dampened 
47.73  per  cent,  and  the  spring  wheat  dry  45.24  per  cent,  while  the  corn  took 
40.3  per  cent.  .  .  . 

"  In  the  large  class  of  mills  the  proportion  of  roll  surface  and  other  ma- 
chinery per  barrel  is  generally  considerably  less  than  that  for  a  small  mill, 
and  is  owing  to  a  more  minute  division  of  and  consequently  a  more  equitable 
distribution  of  stock  throughout  the  mill.  A  25,  50,  or  75  barrel  mill  will 
use  1.8  to  2  in.  per  barrel  or  even  more,  whereas  a  500  or  1,000  barrel  mill 
will  use  1.7  to  1.6  in.  or  even  less  per  barrel  and  consequently  somewhat  less 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  587 

power  per  barrel,  The  following  formula  may  be  used  for  determining  capacity 
and  power : 

^    dnS  1  1       ,  „ 

C=— I  jj — ;  h,=  -  and  T=C  p  where 

C=capacity  in  barrels;  (Z=diameter  of  roll,  inches;  n=3.1416 ;  S=speed  of 
fast  roll,  revolutions  per  minute ;  i^total  length  of  roll  surface,  inches ;  /=con- 
stant  used=109;  6=barrel=196  lbs.;  ?i=inches  roll  per  barrel;  p=horsepower 
per  barrel,  as  0.4  for  plain,  0.35  for  collar,  and  0.26  for  ball  bearing ;  r=total 
horsepower  for  mill," 

Composition  of  galvanized-wire  fencing  materials,  E.  S.  Erb  and  W.  Freab 
(Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt.  19 U,  pp.  377-390,  pis.  3).— This  article  reports  studies 
of  the  composition  of  more  or  less  well-known  wire  fencing  materials  and  of 
newly  purchased  portions  of  the  principal  commercial  brands  on  sale  in  Penn- 
sylvania, together  with  a  description  of  methods  of  analysis. 

Farm  buildings,  how  to  build  them,  W.  E.  Frudden  (Charles  City,  lotva: 
Author,  1916,  pp.  63,  figs.  i55).— This  is  a  booklet  of  practical  information 
intended  for  the  farmer  and  rural  contractor,  covering  the  construction  of 
general  farm  barns,  hog  houses,  cribs  and  granaries,  poultry  houses,  fences, 
homes,  miscellaneous  farm  buildings,  and  handy  devices. 

Community  hog  houses,  J.  B.  Davidson,  J.  M.  Evvard,  and  W.  G.  Kaiser 
(loiva  Sta.  Bui.  166  (1916),  pp.  406-458,  figs.  ^2).— This  bulletin  enumerates 
the  essential  features  of  an  ideal  hog  house  and  the  advantages  and  disad- 
vantages of  the  community  type  of  hog  house,  and  describes  and  illustrates  the 
construction  of  two  successful  types  of  community  hog  houses,  namely,  the 
"Iowa  sunlit  community  hog  house"  and  the  "semi-monitor  roof  house". 

The  distinguishing  features  of  the  Iowa  sunlit  community  hog  house  are  the 
location  of  the  windows  in  the  roof,  thus  furnishing  direct  sunlight  to  all  parts 
of  the  house,  and  low  walls  used  with  the  idea  of  reducing  cost  of  construction. 

The  distinguishing  feature  of  the  half-monitor  roof  hog  house  is  the  arrange- 
ment and  location  of  the  windows.  "A  row  of  vertical  windows  is  provided  for 
lighting  each  of  the  two  rows  of  pens.  The  house  extends  with  the  long  axis 
east  and  west,  and  is  not  at  all  adapted  to  any  other  direction.  When  the 
windows  are  placed  at  the  right  height,  direct  sunlight  will  shine  into  both  rows 
of  pens  at  the  same  time.  If  plenty  of  windows  are  provided,  the  pens  will  be 
quite  thoroughly  lighted." 

A  previous  bulletin  by  Evvard  and  Davidson  dealt  with  movable  hog  houses 
(E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  284). 

Water  supply  for  the  country  home,  M.  K.  Snyder  (Wash.  State  Col.,  Dept. 
Ext.  Bui.  11  (1916),  pp.  62,  figs.  27).— This  bulletin  deals  with  the  sanitary 
a.spects  of  farm  water  supplies,  purification  of  farm  water  supplies,  and  small 
water  supply  systems. 

With  reference  to  source,  farm  water  supplies  are  divided  into  rain,  surface, 
spring,  and  ground  waters.  The  usual  precautionary  statements  regarding  the 
protection  of  wells  and  springs  are  given.  With  reference  to  the  safe  distance 
from  pollution  for  wells  it  is  stated  that  "if  the  earth  is  reasonably  uniform, 
without  any  well-defined  channels  along  which  the  water  passes,  the  safety 
distance  is  from  75  to  100  ft.  above  the  source  of  pollution  to  from  200  to  250 
ft.  below  the  source.  If  there  are  well-defined  channels  in  the  earth,  no  distance 
oelow  the  source  of  pollution  is  safe." 

Water  purification  by  mechanical  and  chemical  treatment  is  discussed  and 
the  doubtful  utility  of  small  faucet  filters  pointed  out.  With  reference  to 
small  sand  filters,  it  is  stated  that  "the  sand  layer,  at  the  time  of  construction, 
should  not  be  less  than  about  3  ft.  deep  and  depths  greater  than  5  ft.  are  costly 


588  EXPERIMENT   STATION  EECOED.  [Vol.35 

without  giving  added  safety.  The  water  should  be  kept  at  a  depth  of  2  ft. 
or  more  over  the  top  of  the  sand  so  that  the  surface  of  the  sand  will  not  be 
disturbed  by  any  possible  currents  from  the  entering  water  or  from  other 
sources.  .  .  .  The  best  results  are  obtained  by  using  for  the  filter  sand  a  sand 
that  will  pass  through  a  screen  having  about  20  meshes  to  the  inch,  and  will 
not  pass  a  screen  having  50  meshes  to  the  inch.  .  .  .  The  rate  of  operation 
should  be  about  50  gals,  per  square  foot  per  day."  Chemical  treatment  by  use 
of  calcium  hypochlorite  and  quicklime  is  also  described. 

The  discussion  of  water  supply  systems  includes  descriptions  of  centrifugal, 
plunger,  and  air-lift  pumps  and  hydraulic  rams.  It  is  concluded  that  "if 
pumping  is  done  by  hand  from  a  well  of  any  considerable  depth,  the  cylinder 
must  be  of  small  diameter  and  the  discharge  will  be  correspondingly  small. 
Even  when  a  windmill  is  used  in  direct  connection  with  a  pump,  it  is  best 
to  use  a  cylinder  of  small  diameter  so  that  the  mill  will  pump  with  light 
winds  (8  to  12  miles  i)er  hour).  But  when  a  gasoline  engine  or  an  electric 
motor  is  used  the  power  is  supplied  at  a  constant  rate  and  the  pump  should 
be  selected  to  use  this  power.  This  allows  the  selection  of  a  pump  with  larger 
cylinder  and  consequently  less  time  is  required  to  do  the  pumping." 

Cost  data  are  also  included. 

House  heating,  J.  L.  Mowky  (Univ.  Minn.,  Dept.  Agr.,  Ext.  Bui.  60  {1916), 
pp.  15,  tigs.  21). — This  pamphlet  deals  with  the  general  proposition  of  house 
heating  and  describes  the  stove,  hot-air,  hot-water,  and  combination  hut-water 
and  hot-air  systems,  giving  hints  on  installation  and  automatic  control. 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

Rural  economy  in  New  England  at  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, P.  W.  BiDWELL  (Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  ScL,  20  (1016),  pp.  243- 
S99). — The  author  has  classified  the  changes  in  the  rural  economy  in  New  Eng- 
land into  three  periods  as  follows : 

"(1)  The  period  of  self-sufficient  economy,  which  had  existed  since  the 
settlement  of  the  country,  reaching  the  highest  point  of  its  development  at 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century,  a  period  in  which  the  characteristic 
features  of  rural  economy  were  the  absence  of  any  market  for  farm  produce 
and  the  consequent  dependence  of  each  town  and,  to  a  large  extent,  of  each 
household,  even,  on  its  own  resources  for  the  satisfaction  of  its  wants;  (2)  the 
period  of  transition  to  commercial  agriculture,  under  the  stimulus  accorded  by 
the  rise  of  manufacturing  enterprises  in  inland  towns  and  villages  and  the 
consequent  demand  for  food  and  raw  materials  on  the  part  of  the  newly  arisen 
nonagricultural  population,  the  years  included  in  this  period  being  approxi- 
mately the  two  generations  from  1810  down  to  the  close  of  the  Civil  War; 
and  (3)  the  period  of  decadence  of  New  England  agriculture,  extending  from 
the  close  of  the  Civil  War  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century,  a  period  in  which 
the  increasing  pressure  of  Western  competition  caused  the  abandonment  of 
large  numbers  of  New  England  farms  and  a  decline  in  both  the  quantity  and 
quality  of  the  rural  population." 

The  author  presents  a  survey  of  the  rural  economic  conditions  in  Massachu- 
setts, Connecticut,  and  Rhode  Island  at  the  close  of  the  first  period  under  the 
following  chapter  headings :  The  inland  towns  and  their  village  settlements,  the 
coast  and  river  towns,  commercial  relations  of  southern  New  England  with  the 
Southern  States  and  the  West  Indies,  internal  trade  and  the  transportation 
system,  tlie  agricultural  industry,  and  home  and  community  life  in  the  inland 
town.    A  brief  bibliography  is  appended. 


1916]  RURAL   ECONOMICS.  589 

A  rural  survey  of  Morgan  County,  Missouri,  W.  L.  Nelson  and  M.  W. 
WiTTEN  {Missouri  Bd.  Agr.  Mo.  Bui.,  i//  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  51,  figs.  3-5).— This 
bulletin  summarizes  replies  received  from  public-school  teachers  and  children, 
relative  to  farming  conditions  within  the  county,  the  condition  of  the  rurUl 
schools,  farmhouses,  and  the  types  of  farming  and  of  other  rural  industries. 

[Farming  and  farm  labor  conditions  in  North  Carolina]  {Ann.  Rpt.  Dept. 
Labor  and  Print.  N.  C,  29  {1915),  pp.  16-29). — These  pages  give  by  counties  the 
condition  of  the  land,  tendencies  regarding  the  size  of  farms  and  diversifications, 
wages  paid,  the  cost  of  producing  the  principal  farm  crops,  and  the  condition 
of  the  roads,  education,  and  finances. 

List  of  farms  for  sale,  1915  {Hartford,  Conn.:  Bd.  Agr.,  1915,  pp.  151,  figs. 
11). — This  bulletin  brings  up  to  date  for  1915  the  list  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
32,  p.  390)  of  farms  for  sale  in  Connecticut. 

Farms  for  sale  or  rent  in  New  York,  1916,  C.  W.  Lakmon  {N.  Y.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  18  {1916),  pp.  Jf25-62k,  pis.  ////).— This  bulletin  brings  up  to  date  for  1916 
the  list  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  490). 

Pennsylvania  farms  for  sale  {Penn.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  213  {1916),  pp.  106,  pi. 
1). — This  bulletin  contains  a  compilation  of  the  farms  in  Pennsylvania  offered 
for  sale,  and  gives  a  detailed  description  of  the  land,  buildings,  water  supply, 
and  distances  from  the  railroad  station,  post  office,  and  churches,  together  with 
the  price  asked. 

Statistics  and  agriculture,  R.  Kindler  {Mitt.  Deut.  Landic.  Gesell.,  31  {1916), 
No.  Jf,  pp.  46-54)- — In  this  article  are  discussed  the  various  types  of  statistical 
reports  relating  to  agriculture,  methods  of  reporting,  and  the  general  tendency 
of  agricultural  production  in  Germany  as  revealed  by  her  agricultural  statistics. 

The  rural  life  of  Japan  {Tokyo,  Japan:  Bur.  Local  Affairs,  1914,  PP-  111+ 
51,  pis.  8). — This  book  contains  a  number  of  typical  instances  illustrating  the 
industrial  and  moral  spirit  of  the  farming  clas.ses  and  the  influence  of  the 
authorities  and  leaders  in  building  up  an  ideal  type  of  rural  people. 

Farm  contracts  between  landlord  and  tenant,  W.  C.  Tichenor  {Lebanon, 
Ohio:  Author,  1916,  pp.  XII-\-245). — This  book  outlines  the  different  types  of 
contracts  that  are  in  common  practice  between  landlord  and  tenant,  and  the 
subjects  of  agreement  arising  in  farm  leases  and  the  law  pertaining  to  them. 
Copies  of  a  number  of  lease  contracts  are  included. 

Amortization  methods  for  farm  mortgage  loans,  L.  E.  Tkuesdell  and  C.  AV. 
Thompson  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ.  60  {1916),  pp.  12). — This  circular 
describes  different  methods  of  computing  payments  of  mortgages  by  the  amor- 
tization plan.  Detailed  tables  are  given  showing  the  amount  of  payment  neces- 
sary with  the  variation  in  interest  and  length  of  time  for  repayment  by  the 
various  methods  described. 

Farm  credit  problems  in  Wisconsin  {Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  {1916),  pp.  32- 
34,  fig-  1)- — These  pages  contain  a  brief  statement  concerning  the  farm  credit 
investigations  of  B.  H.  Hibbard,  the  I'esults  of  which  are  given  in  detail  in  a 
bulletin  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  892). 

Annual  report  on  the  working  of  cooperative  societies  in  the  Bombay 
Presidency,  1915  {Ann.  Rpt.  Work.  Coop.  Soc.  Bombay  Pres.,  1914-15,  pp.  3-\- 
ll-\-5). — This  report  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  593.) 

Economic  effect  of  cold  storage  upon  the  average  price  of  eggs,  B.  Groes- 
BECK  and  P.  G.  Urner  {New  York:  Joint  Com.  Cold  Storage  Warehousemen 
and  Affiliated  Indus.  [1916'\,  pp.  10,  pi.  1). — The  authors  have  summarized  their 
conclusions  as  follows : 

"  The  per  capita  consumption  of  eggs  at  New  York  has  increased  largely 
since  ample  cold  storage  facilities  became  available. 

63270"— No.  6—16 7 


590  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOED.  (Vol.35 

"Considering  differences  in  the  quality  of  the  eggs  quoted  there  has  been  no 
considerable  advance  in  wholesale  values  of  fresh-gathered  eggs,  either  during 
the  season  of  flush  or  of  short  production,  in  the  period  1900-1910  as  compared 
with  a  similar  period  before  cold  storage  was  available. 

"The  average  prices  of  fresh  gathered  and  storage  eggs  taken  together  were 
lower  during  the  season  of  scarcity  in  the  period  since  cold  storage  has  been 
available  than  were  the  prices  for  fresh-gathered  eggs  before  cold  storage  wsa 
available,  notwithstanding  a  well-known  advance  in  the  prices  of  nearly  all 
c-ommodities  during  the  decade,  beginning  1900. 

"  Accumulations  of  eggs  in  cold  storage  during  the  season  of  excess  produc- 
tion are  practically  exhausted  before  the  next  season  of  flush  begins. 

"The  ability  to  carry  eggs  in  cold  storage  from  the  period  of  gx'eatest  pro- 
duction throughout  the  later  period  of  shortage  greatly  increases  the  oppor- 
tunity for  profitable  production  without  enhancing  the  average  prices  and 
adds  to  the  food  supply." 

Monthly  crop  report  (U.  S.  Dept.  Apr.,  Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  2  (1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
.'f9-60,  fig.  1). — This  number  contains  the  usual  data  regarding  the  range  of 
prices  at  important  markets,  average  price  paid  to  producer,  and  estimated 
farm  valu&s  on  May  15;  together  with  data  concerning  the  acreage  in  water- 
melons and  cantaloups  in  1915  and  1916  and  the  percentage  of  the  crop  har- 
vested in  each  month,  the  condition  on  June  1  of  the  truck  crops  and  the  prin- 
cipal agricultural  crops,  and  the  estimated  annual  supply  of  potatoes  in  the 
United  States. 

A  special  report  on  long-staple  cottons  is  included,  indicating  that  7.4  per 
cent  of  the  total  crop  is  of  long-staple  variety,  which  in  an  ordinary  season 
:imounts  to  approximately  825,000  bales.  According  to  this  report,  of  the 
cotton  produced  in  the  principal  cotton-producing  States,  the  following  per- 
centages of  the  total  are  long-staple  varieties:  Arizona,  90;  Mississippi,  23; 
Missouri,  20;  California,  20;  Arkansas,  14.4;  and  Oklahoma,  13.5.  There  is 
also  included  a  special  article  by  O.  F.  Cook  on  The  New  Long-Staple  C/Ottons. 

A  recent  statement  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  the  Census  regarding  the 
manufacture  of  wagons  and  carriages  is  cited  which  indicates  that  the  num- 
ber of  carriages  manufactured  in  1914  was  34  per  cent  less  than  in  1909  and 
the  number  of  wagons  9  per  cent  less. 

A  special  inquiry  regarding  the  months  in  which  hogs  are  slaughtered  on 
farms  shows  that  32.1  per  cent  are  slaughtered  in  December,  20.3  per  cent 
in  January,  and  19.5  per  cent  in  November;  that  is,  practically  72  per  cent  of 
tlie  hogs  slaughtered  on  farms  are  slaughtered  during  these  three  months. 

Acreag'e  and  live  stock  returns  of  England  and  Wales  (Bd.  Agr.  and  Fish- 
eries [London],  Agr.  Statis.,  50  (1915).  No.  1,  pp.  75). — This  report  continues 
data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  789). 

[Agricultural  statistics  of  Hungary]  (Ungar.  Statis.  Jahrb.,  n.  ser.,  21 
(1913),  pp.  73-119). — ^These  pages  continue  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34, 
p.  59G). 

[Agricultural  statistics  in  Switzerland]  (Statis.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  23  (1914), 
pp.  5/f-65). — The.se  pages  continue  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  193). 

Agricultural  statistics  of  British  India(Statis.  Abs.  Brit.  India,  49(190//-5— 
1913-14),  pp.  126-135). — This  report  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R., 
83,  p.  295). 

Statistical  returns  of  crops  in  Southei-n  Rhodesia,  1914-15,  E.  A.  Nobbs 
and  B.  Haslewood  (Rhodesia  Agr.  Jour.,  13  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  28-44). — These 
pages  contain  a  general  description  of  the  condition  of  agriculture  in  Southern 
Rhodesia,  together  with  statistical  data  showing  the  area  under  crops,  the 
total  yields,  the  amount  of  silage,  and  the  area  of  irrigated  lands,  with  sources 
of  water  supply. 


1916]  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOKD.  591 

AGRICULTTJRAL  EDUCATION. 

Report  of  committee  on  graduate  work  in  horticulture,  M.  J.  Dobset  ( Froc. 
Soc.  Uort.  Sci.,  12  {1015),  pp.  V-M?).— This  survey  of  the  present  status  of 
gi-aduate  work  in  horticulture  is  divided  into  three  main  heads,  viz,  (1)  the 
teaching  and  research  staff,  (2)  the  material  equipment,  such  as  laboratory, 
library,  orchard,  etc.,  and  (3)  the  product,  or  type  of  training  given. 

The  staff  is  discussed  from  the  standpoint  of  training,  freedom  of  time,  and 
specialization.  A  table  comparing  the  formal  degrees  of  the  horticultural 
workers  of  1915  with  those  of  1905  shows  that  there  is  a  noticeable  increase  in 
the  group  of  associates  in  the  10-year  period,  a  relatively  large  decrease  in 
the  number  of  horticultural  workers  holding  no  degree,  and  in  1915  a  relatively 
larger  number  of  workers  with  only  a  bachelor's  degree.  Another  table,  com- 
paring the  formal  degrees  of  the  horticultural  staff  in  16  of  the  larger  institu- 
tions giving  graduate  work  in  horticulture  with  those  of  the  staff  in  the  de- 
partment of  chemistry,  calls  attention  to  the  larger  number  of  workers  in  the 
chemistry  group  of  the  rank  of  instructor  and  assistant  holding  advanced  de- 
grees, and  the  larger  number  of  heads  of  departments  with  the  doctorate  de- 
.i^ee,  suggesting  the  probable  influence  of  this  advanced  training  upon  the  stand- 
ards of  undergraduate  as  well  as  graduate  instruction  and  departmental  leader- 
ship. The  committee  considers  specialization  as  one  of  the  most  effective  means 
of  increasing  efficiency  in  the  staff  as  well  as  giving  a  larger  freedom  of  time. 
The  exchange  arrangement  between  Cornell  and  Wisconsin  universities  and  the 
cooperative  arrangement  between  the  horticultural  department  of  the  West 
Virginia  University  and  the  department  of  plant  physiology  of  the  University 
of  Chicago  are  mentioned  as  among  significant  recent  movements  toward  giv- 
ing instructors  a  broader  experience  and  viewpoint. 

The  investigation  of  the  product,  or  type  of  training  given,  reveals  the  facts 
that  there  are  9  institutions  offering  work  in  horticulture  leading  to  the  doctor's 
degree  and  approximately  20  scheduling  work  for  the  master's  degree.  The  time 
required  is  uniformly  one  year's  residence  or  the  equivalent  for  the  master's 
degi'ee.  The  departments  of  horticulture  offering  work  for  the  doctor's  degree 
come  under  the  control,  in  every  case,  of  well-organized  graduate  schools,  and 
the  standardization  of  requirements  for  advancetl  degrees  is  well  taken  care 
of  by  other  agencies,  the  uniform  requirements  for  this  degree  being  three 
years'  residence  in  advanced  work,  as  a  minimum  while  research  in  one  minor 
in  some  related  field  is  generally  required.  At  the  present  time  there  are  reg- 
istered 10  students  for  the  doctor's  degree  in  horticulture  and  77  for  the  mas- 
ter's degree,  exclusive  of  those  at  the  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  Massachusetts,  or 
New  Jersey  colleges.  Graduate  courses  in  pomology  are  scheduled  in  13  insti- 
tutions, in  olericulture  in  9,  in  landscape  gardening  in  5,  in  floriculture  in  6,  and 
in  plant  breeding  in  8,  while  5  list  their  graduate  work  under  thesis  research. 
In  the  last  five  years  there  have  been  84  theses  in  horticulture  submitted,  19 
States  only  being  represented.  An  analysis  of  the  subjects,  practically  all  of 
wliich  are  for  the  master's  degree,  shows  that  51  could  be  classified  under 
pomology,  10  under  plant  breeding,  4  under  olericulture,  and  1  under  landscape 
gardening.  Nearly  all  of  the  institutions  offering  graduate  work  have  assistant- 
ships  or  fellowships,  varying  in  amounts  from  $100  to  $1,000  a  year,  available 
in  the  department  of  horticulture.  Extracts  from  letters  are  included  setting 
forth  the  principles  involved  in  residence  credit  for  graduate  assistants. 

Report  of  committee  on  floriculture,  E.  A.  White  (Proc.  Soc.  Hort.  Sci., 
12  (1915),  pp.  111-113). — The  committee  reports  as  to  (1)  the  provision  of 
better  facilities  for  teaching  floriculture,  including  new  ranges  at  the  Ohio 
and  Indiana  universities  and  the  lovi'a  College,   and  extensive  additions  to 


592  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

glass-house  areas  for  teaching  at  the  Illinois  and  Cornell  universities,  (2)  the 
strengthening  of  courses  and  the  marked  improvement  in  the  nature  of  the 
work  given,  and  (3)  the  publication  by  the  chairman  of  the  committee  of  a 
text  entitled  Principles  of  Floriculture  to  meet  the  needs  of  smaller  institutions 
where  only  a  general  course  in  flpriculture  is  given  in  connection  with  other 
horticultural  courses. 

In  institutions  where  there  are  special  courses  in  floriculture  the  committee 
considers  the  lecture  system,  supplemented  by  required  outside  reading,  the 
best  method  of  instruction.  It  emphasizes  the  importance  of  requiring  stu- 
dents intending  to  specialize  first  to  have  a  knowledge  of  chemistry,  soils,  and 
fertilizers,  and  also  botany  in  all  its  phases,  especially  in  plant  physiology  and 
pathology.  It  considers  business  training  an  essential  and  a  certain  amount  of 
farm  practice  as  leading  to  greater  efficiency,  and  is  of  the  opinion  that  prac- 
tical experience  in  floriculture  can  be  secured  nowhere  better  than  in  an  up-to- 
date  commercial  range  under  the  supervision  of  a  broad-minded  practical  flori- 
culturist. 

Organization  and  methods  for  pomology  extension  work,  R.  W.  Rees  {Proc. 
Soc.  Hort.  Sci.,  12  (1915),  pp.  C-j-68). — The  author  outlines  the  development  of 
pomology  extension  work  and  methods  that  have  proved  successful  at  the 
Massachusetts  College.  He  believes  that  the  "  principle  of  close  relationship 
and  mutual  understanding  between  the  extension  service,  the  experiment  sta- 
tion, and  the  college  is  necessary  for  successful  development.  All  extension 
work  should  be  outlined  in  form  of  definite  projects  so  efforts  may  be  concen- 
trated on  the  most  essential  problems.  With  the  rapid  development  of  the 
agricultural  county  farm  bureaus  the  extension  work  in  each  county  should 
be  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  agricultural  agents.  In  counties  which 
have  a  pomologist,  the  work  should  be  largely  carried  on  by  him  under  general 
supervision  of  the  extension  pomologist  at  the  college." 

Agricultural  instruction  in  Prussia,  E.  Vital  [Wieiier  Lanclw.  Ztg.,  65 
(1915),  Nos.  93,  p.  688;  94,  pp.  693,  694).— This  is  a  review  of  the  development 
and  present  status  of  agricultural  instruction  in  Prussia. 

Yearbook  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Industries,  and  Commerce  in 
the  Dutch  East  Indies,  1914  (Jaarb.  Dept.  Landb.  Nijv.  en  Ilandel  Nederland. 
Indie,  1914,  pp.  VI-\-331,  pis.  16). — This  is  a  report  of  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Industries,  and  Commerce,  including  its  activities  in  promoting  agri- 
cultural instruction  and  research  in  1914,  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies. 

Preliminary  suggestions  for  agriculture,  domestic  science,  and  manual 
training  for  elementary  grades  and  high  schools  (Des  Moines:  Dept.  Pub. 
Instr.,  1915,  2.  ed.,  pp.  21). — This  bulletin  outlines  the  minimum  requirements 
cf  the  Iowa  law  as  to  the  amount  of  agriculture,  domestic  science,  and  manual 
training  that  must  be  taught,  the  grades  in  which  the  subjects  shall  be  offered, 
the  teaching  force  needed,  the  preparation  in  these  subjects  required  of  teachers, 
and  the  special  rooms,  apparatus,  and  equipment  necessary. 

Helps  for  teachers  of  agriculture,  January- April  (Dept.  Pub.  Instr.  [Ind.'i, 
Ed.  Pubs.,  Bui.  12  (1915),  pp.  30). — This  portion  of  the  bulletin  outlines  the 
second  four  months'  woi'k  in  soils  and  poultry,  horticulture  and  dairying,  and 
animal  husbandry  and  farm  crops,  continuing  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  32, 
p  597). 

Correspondence  courses  in  agriculture  for  teachers.  Course  I,  farm  plants 
and  soils  (Corresp.  Courses  Teachers  [loiva^,  Agr.  Ext.  Dept.,  Course  I,  Farm 
Plants  and  Soils,  Assigns.  5,  pp.  21,  figs.  15;  6,  pp.  23,  figs.  8;  7,  pp.  24,  figs.  4> 
8,  pp.  22,  figs.  7;  9,  pp.  23,  figs.  4;  10,  pp.  24,  figs.  4;  11,  pp.  24,  figs.  8;  12,  pp. 
24,  figs.  9;  13,  pp.  24,  figs.  9;  14,  PP-  24,  fig.  1;  15,  pp.  28,  figs.  14;  16,  pp.  35, 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION.  593 

figs.  29;  11,  pp.  18,  fig.  1;  18,  pp.  21,  fig.  1). — These  bulletins  comprise  lessons, 
prepared  for  the  purpose  of  giving  teachers  in  the  rural  and  graded  schools  of 
Iowa  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  agriculture  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
school  law  and  of  supplying  outlines  showing  what  to  teach  and  how  the 
material  can  best  be  presented.  The  lessons  deal  with  the  cultivation,  history, 
distribution,  improvement,  varieties,  etc.,  of  the  principal  grain  crops,  the 
cultivation  of  potatoes,  the  home  garden,  fruit  growing,  trees  on  the  farm,  plan- 
ning and  planting  the  farmstead,  legumes,  forage  crops,  plant  diseases  and 
injurious  and  beneficial  insects,  weeds,  fertilizers,  and  crop  rotations. 

Productive  farm  crops,  E.  G.  Montgomery  {Philadelphia  and  London:  J.  B. 
Lippincott  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XIX +501,  pi.  1,  figs.  205).— This  book  was  written  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  having  some  practical  knowledge  of  crop  production 
in  agricultural  short  courses  and  secondary  schools  and  of  beginners  in  agri- 
cultural colleges.  Because  of  its  practical  nature  it  may  also  be  used  as  a  handy 
reference  book  for  farmers.  Tiie  author  has  endeavored  to  develop  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  crop  production  as  demonstrated  by  practical  experience, 
dealing  with  the  classification,  origin,  distribution,  growth,  cultivation,  insects 
and  diseases,  harvesting,  and  utilization  of  field  crops  in  general  as  well  as  of 
individual  crops.  Practical  exercises  and  review  questions  are  included  in 
each  chapter.  Data  as  to  local  weeds,  market  grades  of  hay  and  straw,  and 
grades  of  grain  are  appended. 

The  small  grains,  M.  A.  Carleton  (A^Cfr  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1916.  pp. 
XXXII-j-699,  pi.  1,  figs.  183). — This  book  is  intended  primarily  for  instruction 
in  colleges  and  universities,  but  is  also  adapted  for  use  in  agricultural  short 
courses,  in  academies  and  high  schools,  and  by  farmers  and  general  readers. 
After  a  brief  discussion  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  plant  structure  and 
nutrition,  as  related  to  cereals,  the  four  principal  cereals  are  treated  separately 
and  from  the  individual  plant  standpoint  as  to  their  origin,  characteristics, 
classification,  varieties,  selection,  and  hybridization.  Then,  to  avoid  duplica- 
tion, these  cereals  are  treated  together  with  reference  to  the  further  subjects 
of  soil  and  climatic  relations,  acclimatization,  cultivation,  irrigation,  weeds, 
insect  and  fungus  pests,  and  uses.  Buckwheat  and  rice,  being  botanically  dif- 
ferent from  the  four  cereals  referred  to,  are  treated  separately  as  to  all  topics. 
An  extended  bibliography  is  appended. 

Corn  and  cotton,  edited  by  C.  A.  McMurry  (Peahody  Col.  Bui.,  1  {1915),  No. 
2.  pp.  ^8). — This  pamphlet  contains  studies  of  the  history,  production,  improve- 
ment, and  uses  of  corn  and  cotton,  the  marketing  and  manufacture  of  the  latter, 
competition  in  the  manufacture  of  cotton  goods,  and  references  to  literature  on 
these  subjects.  The  pamphlet  is  designed  for  the  use  of  teachers  and  includes 
suggestions  on  methods,  but  is  simple  enough  to  be  used  by  children  as  a  text. 

Weeds,  L.  G.  Atherton  {Normal  Teacher  [Madison,  8.  Dak.],  5  {1915),  No.  6, 
pp.  31,  figs.  13). — This  is  a  suggestive  outline  for  the  use  of  teachers  in  the 
introduction  of  the  study  of  weeds  in  rural  and  village  schools. 

Laboratory  manual  in  g'eneral  microbiology,  W.  Giltner  et  al.  {Neiv  York: 
John  Wiley  and  Sons,  1916,  pp.  XVI+^IS,  pi.  1.  figs.  97). — This  laboratory  guide 
is  based  on  the  work  of  instructors  at  the  Michigan  College  for  over  a  decade 
and  consists  of  three  parts.  The  purpose  of  part  1  is  primarily  to  give  a  work- 
ing knowledge  of  laboratory  methods  used  in  the  study  of  microorganisms, 
wolds,  yeasts,  and  bacteria  being  taken  up  in  the  order  of  their  comparative 
size  and  studied  as  to  their  identification  by  morphological  and  cultural 
methods;  part  2  consists  of  exercises  demonstrating  the  various  physiological 
activities  of  micro-organisms ;  and  part  3  deals  with  applied  microbiology.  An 
appendix  contains  an  outline  for  the  study  of  microbiology,  data  on  media, 
solutions,  stains,  etc.,  and  a  list  of  text  and  reference  books. 


594  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Instructions  for  collecting  and  preserving  valuable  Lepidoptera  for  scien- 
tific purposes,  J.  Sinclair  (Los  Angeles,  Cal.:  Author,  1916,  pp.  80,  figs.  61). — 
The  instructions,  given  in  simple  language  and  avoiding  technical  terms,  are 
followed  by  cuts  and  descriptions  of  valuable  butterflies  and  moths,  as  well  as 
of  a  number  of  common  ones  which  are  very  similar  to  them  in  appearance. 

Poultry  study  for  schools,  J.  W.  Hungate  (Dept.  Agr.  State  Normal  School 
[Cheney,  Wash.],  Bui.  A,  No.  5  (1916),  pp.  19,  figs.  7). — The  author  discusses 
the  value  of  poultry  study,  poultry  growing  as  a  school  project,  teaching  poultry 
raising  to  school  children  through  clubs,  poultry  enemies,  and  the  prevention  of 
diseases,  and  outlines  12  exercises.    A  list  of  reference  books  is  added. 

Outlines  in  home  economics,  Neale  S.  Knowles  (Dept.  Pub.  Instr.  loira 
Circ.  Jf  (1915),  pp.  95,  pis.  6,  figs.  3). — The  author  outlines  a  half-year  course, 
consisting  of  90  lessons,  in  home  economics  for  high  schools.  Five  periods  a 
week  are  to  be  devoted  to  the  work,  viz,  two  lecture  periods  and  one  sewing 
period  of  45  minutes  each,  and  at  least  two  laboratory  periods  of  90  minutes 
each.  Lists  of  individual  and  class  equipment  and  references  to  literature  are 
included. 

Outline  of  domestic  art  work  for  the  hig'li  school  with  bibliography, 
Martha  Patterson  (Ala.  Girls  Tech.  Inst.  Bui.,  n.  ser..  No.  SI  (1915),  pp.  34)-— 
These  outlines  in  domestic  art  work  are  not  Intended  as  a  course  of  study,  but 
simply  to  furnish  classified  topics  of  fundamental  work  from  which  courses  can 
be  organized.  Extended  annotated  bibliographies  on  domestic  art  and  domestic 
science,  the  latter  compiled  by  Louisa  J.  Keys,  are  included,  together  with  lists 
of  illustrative  material  and  its  sources. 

Home  projects  for  agriculture  and  home  economics,  Mrs.  E.  M.  Barrett 
(Texas  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  Ifi  11916],  pp.  32). — This  bulletin  contains  programs, 
rules,  and  regulations  for  and  contests  in  a  number  of  home  projec-ts,  rules  of 
the  home  credit  system,  a  constitution  and  by-laws  for  the  junior  farmers'  in- 
stitute, and  a  list  of  free  bulletins  to  be  used  in  home  project  work. 

Course  "  school-home  projects,  1916  (Chicago:  Co.  Supt.  Schools,  1916,  pp. 
15). — This  pamphlet  gives  general  directions  for  school-home  project  work,  and 
outlines  courses  in  field  and  garden,  business,  cooking  and  sewing,  poultry, 
music,  and  cow  testing  school-home  projects  for  the  pupils  over  10  yeai"s  of  age 
in  the  public  schools  of  Conk  County,  111.,  all  of  v.hom  now  take  a  course  in 
school-home  projects  as  a  part  of  their  regular  school  work. 

A  first  book  of  school  gardening,  A.  Logan  (London:  MacmUlan  and  Co. 
Ltd.,  1915,  pp.  VII+151,  figs.  58). — The  aim  of  this  book  is  to  in.struct  pupils 
between  the  ages  of  12  and  16  in  the  fundamental  principles  of  soil  manage- 
ment and  plant  growth  and  to  provide  practical  instruction  through  the  school 
garden.     Review  questions  and  practical  exercises  are  added  to  each  chapter. 

School  gardens  (Agr.  Oaz.  Canada,  3  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  158-176,  figs.  14).— 
Brief  reports  are  given  on  the  progress  of  school  and  home  garden  worlc  in 
the  Provinces  of  Nova  Scotia,  Quebec,  Ontario,  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  Al- 
berta, and  British  Columbia. 

School  fairs  (Agr.  Gas.  Canada,  3  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  77-88,  figs.  5).— This 
is  a  series  of  reports  on  the  progress  of  the  school-fair  movement  in  the  Prov- 
inces of  Nova  Scotia,  Quebec,  Ontario,  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  Alberta,  and 
British  Columbia, 

MISCEILANEOTTS. 

Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report  of  Arizona  Station,  1915  (Arizona  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  505-581,  pi.  1,  figs.  12). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  an  admin- 
istrative report  by  the  director  on  the  work  and  publications  of  the  station,  a 


1916]  MISCELLANEOUS.  595 

financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  and  departraental 
reports,  the  experimental  features  of  which  are  for  the  most  part  abstracted 
elsewhere  in  this  issue.  A  brief  report  on  the  work  and  expenditures  of  the 
f'Ollege  of  agriculture  is  appended. 

Report  of  Hawaii  Station,  1915  (Hawaii  Sta.  lipt.  1913,  pp.  73,  pis.  9). — 
This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  summary  by  the  agronomist  in  charge 
;is  to  the  work  of  the  year,  and  reports  of  the  departments  of  horticulture, 
entomology,  chemistry,  and  agronomy,  the  extension  division,  and  the  Glen- 
wood  substation.  The  experimental  work  recorded  is  for  the  most  part 
abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue,  as  is  also  a  special  report  of  horticultural 
observations  in  Porto  Rico.  Cuba,  and  Florida. 

Thirty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  North  Carolina  Station,  1915  (North 
Carolina  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  5-43+111,  figs.  23).— This  contains  the  organization 
list,  a  report  of  the  director  and  heads  of  departments,  a  financial  statemeni 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  and  reprints  of  Bulletins  228-231, 
previously  noted. 

Report  of  the  Hood  River,  Oregon,  Branch  Experiment  Station,  1915 
(Oregon  Sta.,  Rpt.  Hood  River  Sta.,  1915,  pp.  61,  pi.  1,  figs.  14). — A  report  is 
given  of  the  work  of  the  year,  the  experimental  features  recorded  being  for  tht^ 
most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Annual  Report  of  Pennsylvania  Station,  1914  (Pennsylvania  Sta.  Rpt. 
1914,  pp^  522,  pis.  73). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  financial  state- 
ment for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1914,  a  report  of  the  director  on  tlie 
work  and  publications  of  the  station  during  the  year,  departmental  reports, 
many  special  articles  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue,  and  reprints  of  Bul- 
letins 128  and  133,  previously  noted. 

Report  of  the  director,  1915,  H.  L.  Russell  (Wisconsin  Sta.  Bui.  268  (1916), 
pp.  82,  figs.  47). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  report  of  the  work  of  tlie 
station  during  the  year,  portions  of  which  are  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  is8ui', 
brief  summaries  of  the  publications  of  the  year,  and  a  financial  statement  for 
the  federal  funds  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915. 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  (Mo.  Bill. 
Ohio  Sta..  1  (1916),  Nos.  6,  pp.  161-192,  figs.  6;  7,  pp.  193-224,  figs,  li).— These 
numbers  contain,  in  addition  to  several  articles  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this 
issue,  the  following: 

No.  6. — Variety  v.  Simple  Rations  for  Laying  Hens,  by  W.  J.  Buss,  an  ex- 
tract from  Bulletin  291  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  171)  ;  Potato  Insurance,  by  D.  C.  Bab- 
cock  ;  and  The  Mineral  Requirements  of  the  Milch  Cow,  by  E.  B.  Forbes,  an  ex- 
tract from  Bulletin  295  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  481). 

No.  7. — Variety  Tests  of  Wheat,  by  C.  G.  Williams,  an  extract  from  Bulletin 
298  (see  p.  534)  ;  and  Forage  Crops  for  Swine,  by  W.  L.  Robison,  adapted  from 
Bulletins  242  and  268  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  468;  31,  p.  868). 

In  memoriam:  Eugene  Woldemar  Hilgard  (Berkeley,  Gal.:  Univ.  Cal.  Pres-'t, 
1916,  pp.  50,  pis.  2). — This  includes  the  addresses  at  the  memorial  services  held 
at  the  University  of  California,  January  30,  1916 ;  a  reprint  of  an  editorial  from 
Experiment  Station  Record  (E.  S.  R.,  84,  p.  301)  ;  and  a  bibliography  of 
Dr.  Hilgard's  publications. 


NOTES. 


Arizona  TTniversity. — Stanley  F.  Morse,  superintendent  of  the  extension  serv- 
ice, has  resigned  to  become  superintendent  of  a  large  commercial  guayule 
plantation  near  Tucson. 

Delaware  College  and  Station. — M.  L.  Nichols  has  been  appointed  assistant 
professor  of  agronomy  and  assistant  agronomist,  vice  W.  A.  Lintner  whose 
resignation  has  been  previously  noted. 

Georgia  Station. — The  building  of  two  additional  offices  and  laboratories  to 
house  the  agronomist  and  assistant  chemist  has  been  authorized.  The  work 
is  to  be  begun  at  once,  as  well  as  other  improvements  in  the  buildings  and 
grounds. 

Director  R.  J.  H.  DeLoach  resigned  November  1  to  organize  and  direct  a 
bureau  of  research  and  education  connected  with  a  commercial  concern  in 
Chicago.  James  D.  Price,  State  Commissioner  of  Agriculture,  has  been  ap- 
pointed director  beginning  January  1,  1917.  H.  P.  Stuckey  will  be  acting 
director  until  that  time. 

Idaho  University  and  Station. — Two  new  silos  have  been  completed  for  test- 
ing new  crops  in  feeding  cattle  and  sheep,  making  five  in  use.  In  addition, 
13  wood  stave  silos  of  f  ton  capacity  are  to  be  devoted  to  a  study  of  the  fer- 
mentation processes  of  silage  and  of  the  use  of  crops  other  than  corn. 

Julius  E.  Nordby  has  been  appointed  instructor  in  animal  hu.sbandry  and 
farm  superintendent. 

Illinois  University  and  Station. — W.  I.  Brockson  has  been  appointed  assistant 
in  crop  production. 

Purdue  University  and  Station.— R.  S.  Stephenson  has  been  appointed  instruc- 
tor in  animal  hu.sbaudry  and  W.  B.  Krueck  and  J.  B.  Markey  assistants  in 
animal  husbandry  in  the  college  of  agriculture,  and  George  Cross  assistant  in 
animal  husbandry  in  the  station.  Charles  S.  Brewster  has  been  appointed 
instructor  in  poultry  husbandry.  P.  S.  Richey  has  succeeded  P.  E.  Thompson, 
resigned,  as  assistant  in  animal  husbandry. 

Kentucky  University  and  Station. — Dr.  J.  H.  Kastle,  dean  of  the  college  of 
agriculture  and  director  of  the  station,  died  September  24  after  a  brief  lilness. 

Dr.  Kastle  was  born  January  25,  1864,  at  Lexington,  fvy.,  and  was  graduated 
fiom  the  Kentucky  State  College  in  1884.  He  received  the  master's  degree  two 
years  later  from  the  same  institution,  and  in  1888  that  of  Ph.  D.  from  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  He  then  returned  to  Lexington  as  professor  of  chemistry, 
serving  in  this  capacity  for  17  years.  In  1905  he  became  chief  of  the  division 
of  chemistry  in  the  Hygienic  Laboratory  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  and  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  and  from  1909  to  1911  served  as  professor  of  chemistry  in 
the  University  of  Virginia. 

Dr.  Kastle  was  appointed  research  chemist  in  the  Kentucky  Station  in  1911, 
and  upon  the  death  of  Dean  Scovell  the  following  year  succeeded  him  as  dean 
and  director.  He  was  a  member  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  the  Society 
of  Biological  Chemists,  the  American  Physiological  Society,  and  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry,  and  the  author  of  a  long  list  of  publications,  mainly  in 
biological  and  physiological  chemistry.  When  taken  sick  he  was  preparing  a 
paper  on  The  Relations  of  the  Experiment  Station  to  Regulatory  Work  for 
596 


19161  NOTES.  697 

the  November  meeting  of  the  Association  of  American  Agricultural  Colleges 
and  Experiment  Stations.  He  was  a  man  of  broad  vision,  marked  originality, 
and  clear  thinking,  and  hnd  rendered  distinguished  service  in  the  fields  of 
research,  education,  and  administration. 

George  Roberts,  head  of  the  department  of  agronomy,  has  been  appointed 
acting  dean  of  the  college  of  agriculture  and  Dr.  A.  M.  Peter  acting  director 
of  the  station. 

The  department  of  home  economics  was  separated  in  September  from  the  col- 
lege of  agriculture  as  the  college  of  home  economics,  with  Mary  E.  Sweeny  as 
dean.  James  Wright  Wesson  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  agricultural 
economics  and  G.  M.  Roach  inspector  in  the  food  and  drug  department,  both 
appointments  taking  effect  in  September. 

Missouri  Station. — F.  L.  Bentley  has  resigned  as  assistant  in  animal  hus- 
bandry to  become  instructor  in  animal  hu.sbandry  at  the  Pennsylvania  College, 
and  has  been  succeeded  by  C.  W.  Sheppard,  a  1916  graduate  of  the  college  of 
asriculture. 

Nebraska  University  and  Station. — H.  E.  Vasey,  assistant  professor  of  agri- 
cultural botany  and  assistant  agricultural  botanist,  resigned  September  1  to 
become  instructor  in  botany  at  the  Colorado  College  and  assistant  botanist  in 
that  station. 

New  Hampshire  College, — J.  M.  Fuller,  head  of  the  dairy  department  of  the 
Oklahoma  College  and  Station,  has  been  appointed  professor  of  dairying,  vice 
F.  Rasmussen,  resigned  to  accept  a  similar  position  at  the  Pennsylvania  Col- 
lege. Miss  Helen  Knowlton,  of  Cornell  University,  has  been  appointed  pro- 
fessor of  home  economics  and  dean  of  women. 

Ohio  State  TJniversity  and  Station. — William  R.  Lazenby,  associated  with  the 
university  since  1881  and  one  of  the  pioneer  educators  in  horticulture,  died 
September  15,  at  the  age  of  66  years.  Professor  Lazenby  was  graduated  from 
Cornell  University  in  1874  and  served  there  as  instructor  in  horticulture  and 
botany  until  1878,  and  as  assistant  professor  until  3881.  At  Ohio  he  was  pro- 
fessor of  botany  and  horticulture  until  1892,  then  professor  of  horticulture  and 
forestry  until  1909,  and  since  that  date  professor  of  forestry. 

Professor  Lazenby  was  also  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Ohio  Station,  serving 
as  its  first  director  from  1882  to  1886,  and  then  as  vice  director  until  his  re- 
moval to  Wooster  in  1888.  He  was  a  member  of  a  large  number  of  scientific 
organizations,  among  them  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  of  which  he  was  a  fellow  and  vice-president  in  1896 ;  the  Society  for 
the  Promotion  of  Agricultural  Science,  of  which  he  was  secretary  from  1886 
to  1891  and  president  from  1895  to  1897 ;  the  American  Forestry  Association ; 
and  the  American  Pomological  Society,  of  which  he  had  been  vice-president  for 
several  years. 

Arthur  Huisken  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  soils  in  the  station. 

Porto  Rico  Insular  Station. — R.  C.  Rose  has  been  appointed  assistant  path- 
ologist beginning  September  14. 

Vermont  University. — M.  C.  Wilson  has  resigned  as  farm  management  demon- 
strator of  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont  to  become  state  leader  of  county 
agents  in  New  Hampshire.  He  has  been  succeeded  by  Walter  G.  Tubbs,  a  1916 
graduate  of  Cornell  University,  who  will  give  his  entire  time  to  work  in 
Vermont. 

Vir^nia  Truck  Station. — J.  T.  Rosa,  instructor  in  truck  crops  at  the  Iowa 
College,  has  been  appointed  assistant  horticulturist  beginning  October  1. 

Honduras  Experimental  Station. — A  tract  of  land  owned  by  the  State  on  the 
Carretara  del  Sur,  about  five  miles  from  Tegucigalpa,  is  being  developed  for 


598  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

experimental  purposes.  The  buildings  are  being  remodeled  and  it  is  hoped 
eventually  to  maintain  a  complete  experiment  station  and  agricultural  school. 
The  work  at  present  under  way  is  largely  of  a  preliminary  nature  with  various 
crops. 

Federal  Agricultural  Legislation. — In  addition  to  the  legislation  already 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  pp.  101,  200,  and  301)  a  number  of  other  provisions  of 
agricultural  and  educational  interest  were  adopted  at  the  opening  session  of 
the  Sixty -fourth  Congre.ss. 

The  act  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of  the  army  establishes  a 
council  of  National  Defense  consisting  of  the  Secretaries  of  War,  Navy,  Inte- 
rior, Agriculture,  Commerce,  and  Labor.  This  council  is  to  supervise  and 
direct  investigations  and  make  recommendations,  not  only  as  to  purely  mil- 
itary measures  but  as  to  the  increase  of  domestic  production  of  articles  and 
materials  essential  to  the  support  of  armies  and  of  the  people  during  an  inter- 
ruption of  foreign  commerce  and  similar  matters.  It  is  also  to  nominate  to 
the  President  for  his  appointment  an  advisory  commission  of  not  more  than 
seven  i)ersons,  each  of  whom  has  special  knowledge  of  some  industry,  public 
utility,  or  the  development  of  some  national  resource.  An  appropriation  of 
J?200,000  is  provided  for  experimental  work  undertaken  by  the  council,  the 
advisory  commission,  or  subordinate  bodies,  for  carrying  on  the  work  provided. 

A  section  in  the  National  Defense  Act  of  June  3,  1916,  provides  that  soldiers 
in  active  service  shall  hereafter  be  given  opportunity  to  receive  instruction 
along  vocational  lines.  Civilian  teachers  may  be  employed  to  aid  the  army 
officers  in  giving  this  instruction,  which  may  include  training  in  agriculture. 

Under  a  provision  in  the  Indian  appropriation  act,  a  farmer  or  expert  farmer 
appointed  in  the  Indian  Service  after  January  1,  1917,  and  receiving  at  least 
$50  i)er  month,  must  procure  certificates  of  competency  showing  that  he  is  a 
farmer  of  actual  experience  and  qualified  to  instruct  others  in  the  art  of  prac- 
tical agriculture.  These  certificates  are  to  be  issued  by  the  president  or  dean 
of  the  agricultural  college  of  the  State  in  which  his  services  are  to  be  ren- 
dei'ed  or  by  the  corresponding  official  of  the  college  in  an  adjoining  State. 

The  Postmaster  General  is  authorized  in  the  appropriation  act  for  the  sup- 
port of  his  Department  to  conduct  experiments  in  three  or  more  communities 
tor  the  purpose  of  determining  the  most  practical  means  of  extending  the 
operations  of  the  parcel  post  in  promoting  the  marketing  of  products  and 
furthering  direct  transactions  between  producers  and  consumers.  An  appro- 
priation of  $10,000  is  made  for  this  purpose. 

A  law  which  establishes  standards  for  the  so-called  Climax  baskets  for  grapes 
and  other  fruits  and  vegetables  and  for  other  types  of  baskets  and  containers 
used  for  small  fruits,  berries,  and  vegetables  becomes  effective  November  1, 
1917.  Standards  of  2,  4,  and  12  quarts  dry  measure  are  provided  for  the 
Climax  or  "  grape "  baskets,  while  other  containers  are  restricted  in  size  to 
i  pint,  1  pint,  1  quart,  and  multiples  of  1  quart  dry  measure.  Penalties 
are  prescribed  for  shipments  in  interstate  commerce  which  do  not  conform  to 
these  requirements.  The  Secretary  of  Agriculture  is  to  establish  rules  and 
regulations  and  to  examine  containers  to  determine  their  compliance  with 
the  act. 

A  standard  "  large  barrel "  of  280  pounds  net  and  a  "  small  barrel "  of  180 
pounds  net  are  established  for  lime.  All  lime  handled  in  interstate  commerce 
in  barrels  must  be  packed  in  barrels  of  these  sizes  or  a  fractional  part  of  the 
small  barrel.  Rules  and  regulations  are  to  be  prescribed  by  the  Bureau  of 
Standards  and  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  Commerce.  Penalties  are  provided 
for  violations,  beginning  January  1,  1917. 


19161  NOTES.  599 

Military  Legislation  Affecting  the  Land-grant  Colleges. — Under  the  National 
Defense  Act,  the  President  is  authorized  to  establish  and  maintain  reserve  offi- 
cers' training  corps  at  certain  civil  educational  institutions.  Universities  and 
colleges  requiring  four  years  of  collegiate  study  for  a  degree  and  at  which 
instruction  in  military  tactics  is  provided  under  the  Morrill  Act  are  grouped 
under  what  is  known  as  the  senior  division  of  this  corps,  and  each  state  insti- 
tution may  constitute  one  or  more  units  of  the  corps  if  enrolling  under  military 
instruction  at  least  100  physically  fit  male  students. 

The  Secretary  of  War  is  authorized  to  prescribe  a  course  of  theoretical  and 
practical  training  for  the  units  of  the  corps,  this  to  include  senior  instruction 
and  an  average  of  at  least  three  hours  per  week  per  year  for  the  entire  course. 
Provision  is  made  whereby  additional  oflicers,  noncommissioned  officers,  and 
enlisted  men  may  be  detailed  from  the  regular  army  for  service  at  these  insti- 
tutions, animals,  arms,  uniforms,  equipment,  and  transportation  may  be  sup- 
plied as  needed,  and  field  camps  may  be  maintained. 

Members  of  the  corps  who  have  completed  two  academic  years  of  service  and 
care  to  continue  the  course  may  be  supplied  by  the  United  States  with  commu- 
tation of  subsistence  for  the  remainder  of  their  course.  Graduates  up  to  a  total 
of  50,000,  who  agree  to  serve  at  least  ten  years  as  reserve  oflicers,  may  be  so 
appointed,  and  any  reserve  officer  thus  appointed  may  be  commissioned  as  a 
temporally  second  lieutenant  of  the  regular  army  for  not  to  exceed  six  months 
with  pay  of  $100  per  month  and  the  usual  allowances.  Graduates  between  21 
and  27  years  of  age  who,  prior  to  the  passage  of  the  act,  have  received  the 
requisite  training  may  also  be  appointed  temporary  second  lieutenants  and 
reserve  officers. 

Another  law  increases  the  number  of  cadets  at  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy. 
This  law  provides  that  20  cadets  are  hereafter  to  be  appointed  by  the  President 
from  the  honor  graduates  of  educational  institutions  having  officers  of  the 
regular  array  detailed  as  professors  of  military  science  and  tactics  under  the 
existing  law. 

A  third  act  provides  for  the  issue  of  Government  supplies  to  these  institutions 
for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  military  instruction  camps. 

National  Eesearch  Council. — Following  a  request  from  President  Wilson,  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences  has  organized  a  National  Research  Council.  The 
purpose  in  view  is  stated  to  be  to  bring  "  into  cooperation  existing  governmental, 
educational,  industrial,  and  other  research  organizations,  with  the  object  of 
encouraging  the  investigation  of  natural  phenomena,  the  increased  use  of  sci- 
entific research  in  the  development  of  American  industries,  the  employment  of 
scientific  methods  in  strengthening  the  national  defense,  and  such  other  appli- 
cations of  science  as  will  promote  the  national  security  and  welfare." 

The  membership  is  to  Include  American  investigators  and  engineers,  repre- 
senting the  army  and  navy,  the  various  scientific  bureaus  of  the  Departments 
and  tBe  Smithsonian  Institution,  educational  institutions  and  research  endow- 
ments, and  the  research  divisions  of  industrial  and  manufacturing  establish- 
ments. Dr.  George  E.  Hale,  director  of  the  Mt.  Wilson  Solar  Observatory,  has 
been  chosen  chairman,  and  Dr.  Raymond  Peai*l,  of  the  Maine  Experiment  Sta- 
tion, a  member  of  the  executive  committee.  Committees  have  also  been  ap- 
pointed on  research  in  educational  institutions,  the  promotion  of  industrial 
research,  and  a  national  census  of  research. 

Agricultural  Education  and  the  European  War. — According  to  a  statement  In 
the  London  Times,  Mr.  F.  D.  Acland,  secretary  of  the  British  Board  of  Agri- 
culture and  Fisheries,  recently  stated  in  the  House  of  Commons  that  the 
scheme  of  agricultural  education  had  been  retarded  by  the  war,  but  that 
the  popularity  of  agricultural  education  had  undoubtedly  increased  and  that 


600  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

there  had  been  real  progress  in  the  use  made  by  farmers  of  the  facilities  ofCered. 
He  "sincerely  believed  that  no  previous  expenditure  of  money  had  helped  us  in 
this  war  more  than  that  which  had  been  spent  in  agricultural  education." 

Necrology. — Dr.  Albert  J.  Cook,  State  Horticultural  Commissioner  of  Cali- 
fornia siince  1911,  died  September  29  at  the  age  of  74  years.  Dr.  Cook  was  an 
early  graduate  of  the  Michigan  Agricultural  College,  receiving  the  bachelor's 
degree  in  1862  and  the  master's  degree  in  1864,  as  well  as  that  of  doctor  of 
science  in  1905.    He  also  studied  at  Harvard  University  in  1867  and  1868. 

Dr.  Cook  began  his  long  career  at  the  Michigan  College  in  1867  as  instructor 
in  njathematics.  From  1868  to  1893  he  -was  professor  of  zoology  and  entomology, 
as  well  as  curator  of  the  museum  from  1875  to  1893  and  entomologist  in  the 
Michigan  Station  from  1888  to  3891.  He  was  professor  of  biology  in  Pomona 
College  from  1893  to  1911.  He  had  also  been  actively  engaged  in  farmers'  insti- 
tute work  in  both  Michigan  and  California  and  in  the  formation  of  organiza- 
tions of  citrus  growers.  He  was  an  early  experimenter  with  insecticides,  nota- 
bly kero.sene  emulsion  in  1877  and  the  use  of  arsenites  for  the  control  of  the 
codling  moth  in  1880,  and  the  author  of  a  number  of  works  on  bee  keeping  and 
other  agricultural  topics. 

Prof.  J.  A.  Portchinsky,  the  disting-uished  Russian  entomologist  died  May  21 
at  the  age  of  68  years.  From  1874  to  1894,  Professor  Portchinsky  was  scien- 
tific secretary  to  the  Russian  Entomological  Society,  and  since  1894  chief  of  the 
entomological  bureau  of  the  Ministi-y  of  Agriculture  and  chief  editor  of  its 
memoirs.  He  was  the  author  of  24  memoirs,  besides  a  large  numlier  of  other 
scientific  contributions.  He  was  also  the  Russian  reviewer  of  the  Revietv 
of  Applied  Entomology.  He  had  traveled  extensively  over  Russia,  Caucasia, 
and  Turkestan,  and  collected  a  mass  of  materials  on  the  biology  of  insects. 

Foster  E.  L.  Beal,  assistant  biologist  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
from  1891  to  1901  and  subsequently  economic  ornithologist  of  the  Bureau  of 
Biological  Survey,  died  October  1  at  the  age  of  76  years.  Professor  Beal  was  a 
native  of  Massachusetts  and  a  graduate  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology  in  1871.  He  had  specialized  in  economic  ornithology  and  was  the 
author  of  numerous  publications  en  the  subject. 

New  Journals, — Verslagen  en  Mededeelingen  van  de  DirecUe  van  dem 
Landhouw  is  being  published  by  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Industry,  and 
Commerce  of  the  Netherlands.  The  initial  number  contains  a  history  of  the 
appropriations  for  agriculture  in  the  Netherlands  since  1798,  an  account  of 
the  Netherlands  cattle  trade  with  foreign  countries,  a  report  on  agriculture 
in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  their  trade  in  agricultural  products,  and  a 
list  of  the  publications  of  the  department  from  1904  to  1915. 

Boletim  Fluminense  de  AgricuUura  e  Industria  is  being  published  by  the 
State  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  as  a  means  of  bringing  agricultural  information 
more  directly  to  the  attention  of  farmers.  The  principal  article  iu  the  initial 
number  deals  with  millet.  • 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBUCATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FKOM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNilENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C 

AT 

15  CENTS  PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,    1  Per  Yeas 

V 


U.  S,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35 


NOVEMBER,  1916 


No.  7 


EXPERIMENT 
STATIC 
RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


n.  S.  DEPARTMENT  Of  AGEICULTtlRE. 

Weather  BtrHBAtr — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bttbeau  op  Animal  Industhy — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

BxTREAtJ  OP  Plant  Industey — W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

FoBEST  Sehvice— H,  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

BuREAp  OP  Soils — Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Crop  Estimates— L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  op  Entomology — L.  O.  Rowntd,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey— H.  W.  Henshaw,  Chief. 

Office  op  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Ofmob  op  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — 0.  J,  Brand,  Chief.  ' 


States  Relations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  OF  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


ALABAMA— 

College  Station:  Auburn:  J.  F.  Daggar.s 
CaQebrske  Station:  Unbmtovm:  L.  H.  Moore.<> 
Tuskegee  Station:  Tv^ikeget  ItutUuU:  Q.  W. 
Carver.o 

A.Li.SEJi~-SUka:  C.  C.  Georgeson.t 

Aetzona—  Tucson:  Q.  ^  Freeman.* 

AZKAsaAa— FayettmlU:  M.  Nelson.o 

Ci.Ufonmi.—Berkelep:  T.  F.  Hunt.o 

Colorabo— fbrt  CoUins:  C.  P.  aiUette.o 

Ck)iraECTicT;T— 

State  Station:  New  Haven; \^  „  ,    ^. 
Storrs  Station:  5tom.-         }E.  H.  Jen&toa.* 

Delawaee— iV(;tffffrfc.*H.  Hayward.o 

Yiomox—G/anesvine.-  P.  H.  Eolis.o 

Gtonou.— Experiments-  H.  P.  Sta<*By. ' 

Guam— JatoJid  of  Guam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.* 

Hawah— 

Federal  Station:  HtmoliiM;  3.  M.  Westgate.* 
Sugar  Planters'  Station:  Honolulu:  H.  P.  Agee.<» 

llHi.BO-^  Moscow:  3.  S.  Jones." 

iLUNOiiS—  Vrbana:  E.  Dav^porto 

Indiana— io  Fayette:  A.  Goss.a 

Iowa— ^m«;  C.  F.  Cnrtiss.o 

Kj^vsks— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardlne." 

KzvTVCKY— Lexington:  A.  M.  Peter.' 

Louisiana— 

State  Station:  Baton  Eouge;    ] 
Sugar  Station:  Audubon  Pari, 

New  Orleans: 
North  La.  Station:  Calhoun:   ] 

ilAiNB— OroTW/  C  D.  WOods.a 

Mabtland— Co/2^^e  Park:  H.  J,  Pattersorta  , 

MASSACfftJSETTS— .ilTnAtrst.' W.  P.  Brooks.o 

Michigan— £a««  Lanrlng:  R.  S,  Shaw.o 

Minnesota— rnfwrsfiy  Farmt  St.  Paul-  A 
Woods.a 

Mississippi— wl^rfcaWuroZ  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.o 

Missouui— 

College  Station:  Columbia:  T.  B.  Mumford.a 
Fruit  Station:  Motmtain  Orove;  Paul  Evans.o 


>W.  R.  Dodson.a 


F. 


Montana— BoawnaTj.'  F.  B,  Unfleld.o 
Nebraska— XifjcolTk-  E.  A.  Buinetto 
Nevada— JS«7W.-  S.  B.  Doten-o 
New  Hampshiee— ZJurAam.*  J.  C.  Kendall.o 
New  Jebset— New  Brwuwlck:  3.  G.  Llpman." 
New  Mexico— S<a/«  College:  Fabian  Oarcia.o 
New  Yobk- 

State  Station:  Oerum:  W.  H.  Jordan.o 

Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  5lann.« 
Noeth  Carolina— 

College  Station :  •  West  Rale 

State  Station:  Ealetgh; 


p.W.  Zllgore.?    ; 

r.    F.  i 


0  Director. 


A^roDoialst 


Nobte    THAXO'U.—AgnaiUutal 
Cooper.o 
I  Ohio—  Wo(ater:  0.  E.  Thorne-o 

Oklahoma— 5<i«to<i<er.-  W.  L,  Carlyle.o 

Oregon— Ojrcottto.*  A.  B.  Cordiey.o 

Pennstlvania- 
j         state  College:  R.  L.  Watts.a 
I         State  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Katritlon; 
I  H.  I*.  Armsby.a 

I  POETORieO— 

[         Federal  Station: ATajKHW**,'  D.  W.  May.* 

!         Insular  Station:  RioPiedras:  W.  V.  Towet.a 
Rhode  IsUlIhi}— Kingston:  B.  L.  Hartwell.a 
SoTTTH  Caeouna— C?«n«>n   College.-  3.    N.   Har- 

per.o 
South  DtiKorx— Brookings:  3.  W.  Wllson.o 
Tennessee— ITnoiPlHfc'  H.  A.  Morgan.^ 

I  Texas— CoCf^eS^a^ion;  B.  Youngblood.a 

j  Vtas— Logan:  F-  8.  Harrls.o 

j  Vszaoffs-^Burlington:  3.  L.  Hfl]&a 

ViROINU— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drlnkard,  Jr.a 
j         Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson." 
j  Washington— PuHwian,*  I.  D.  Cardifi.o 
West  ViEGiNU—Jl/or^aTitowTi.- J.  L.  Coulter ,0 
Wisconsin— IfadiTOTi.-  H,  L.  Russell.* 
I  WTOMmo— iOTOjnic,*  H.  0.  Knlght,a 
la  charge.  <  Aotisg  dlieotor.. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor:  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL   DEPARTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau. 

Meteorology,  Soils,  and  FerUlizersj^^;^;  ||^i^ij,ger. 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology/^-  g  '  fj^D '''  ^^  ^* 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

Foods  and  Human  Nutritionj^-  ^-  La'^^^orthy,  Ph.  D..  D.  Sc. 

Zootechn\',  and  Dairy  Farming — H.  Webster. 

Veterinary  Medicine!^;  ^;  Hook.-- 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Trullinger. 
Rural  Economics — E.  Merritt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  35,  NO.  7. 


Editorial  notes:  Page. 

Agriculture  and  the  war  in  Europe 601 

Effect  of  the  war  on  agricultural  institutions 605 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 611 

Notes 697 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural  chemistry — agrotechny. 

Chlorophyll,  Cusmano 611 

Bean  oil  (oil  of  Phaseolus  vulgaris),  Witke 611 

The  fatty  oil  from  the  seed  of  Styrax  japonica,  Okada 611 

The  galactan  of  Larix  occidentalis,  Schorger  and  Smith 611 

The  synthesis  of  acetaldehyde  in  fruits,  Mliller-Thurgau  and  Osterwalder 611 

The  urease  content  of  certain  beans,  Mateer  and  Marshall,  jr 612 

Collodion  membranes  for  ultrafiltration  and  pressure  dialysis,  Walpole 612 

A  rapid  filter  for  turbid  liquids,  Shuey 612 

Comparing  the  decolorizing  efficiency  of  charcoals,  Wickenden  and  Hassler —  612 

A  new  colorimeter,  Sammet 612 

A  Kjeldahl  fume  remover,  Merkle 612 

The  determination  of  citric-acid-soluble  phosphoric  acid,  Zachariades  and  Czak .  61.3 

Note  on  the  determination  of  phosphorus  in  plant  materials.  Christie 613 

The  determination  of  sulphur  as  barium  sulphate,  Blumenthal  and  Guernsey. .  613 

Determination  of  total  protein  and  nonprotein  substances  of  muscle,  .Janney. .  614 

I 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  :?5 

Page. 

The  protein  content  of  muscle,  Janney 614 

The  ninhydrin  reaction,  Harding  and  Wameford 614 

The  ninhydrin  reaction  with  amins  and  amids.  Harding  and  MacLean 615 

The  determination  of  phytosterol  in  animal  fats,  Kiihn  et  al 615 

The  determination  of  stearins  by  means  of  digitonin,  Pfeffer 615 

The  physiology  of  souring  of  pure  and  watered  milk,  Reiss 616 

Gravimetric  determination  of  reducing  sugars,  Meade  and  Harris -  -  616 

Determination  of  the  gelatinizing  temperature  of  starches,  Francis  and  Smith.  616 

Method  for  free  formaldehyde  and  hexamethylenamin,  Collins  and  Hanzlik..  616 

[Report  of  the  fermentation  section],  Mxiller-Thurgau  and  Osterwalder 616 

[Report  of  the  chemical  section],  Baragiola,  Godet,  and  Schuppli 617 

METEOROLOGY. 

Weather  as  a  business  risk  in  farming.  Reed  and  Tolley 617 

Critical  period  of  growth 617 

Weather  and  the  yield  of  com -  618 

The  four  greatest  com  States 618 

Rainfall  and  temperature  and  com  yield 618 

Weather  and  vdeld  of  j)otatoes 618 

Monthly  Weather  Review 618 

The  so-called  change  in  European  climate  during  historic  times,  Hildebrandsson  619 

Climatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections _ 619 

Meteorological  observations  at  Massachusetts  Station,  Ostrander  and  Sims 619 

Tropical  rains:  Their  duration,  frequency,  and  intensity,  Fassig 619 

Fog  as  a  source  of  water  supply.  Reed 619 

The  climate  of  Roumania  in  relation  to  dry  farming,  Georgesco 620 

Influence  of  weather  on  nitrogen  acids  in  rainfall  in  Australia,  Masson  et  al 620 

Discussion  on  smoke  abatement  and  air  pollution 620 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Soil  temperature,  Bouyoucos 620 

Interrelationships  between  certain  soluble  salts  and  soil  colloids,  Sharp 622 

How  much  plant  food  is  removed  by  crops  and  drainage  water?  von  P'eilitzen. .  623 
Calcium,  magnesium,  potassium,  and  sodium  in  drainage  water,  Lyon  and  Biz- 

zell 623 

The  loss  of  sulphur  in  drainage  water,  Lyon  and  Bizzell 623 

The  cause  of  the  fixation  of  phosphoric  acid  by  the  soil,  Pratolongo 624 

The  oxidizing  power  of  soils,  Gerretsen 624 

The  principles  of  crop  production,  Russell 624 

Soil  survey  of  Walker  County,  Alabama,  Veatch,  O'Neal,  jr.,  and  Stroud 624 

Soil  survey  of  Pennington  County,  Minnesota,  Smith,  Kirk,  and  Ward 625 

The  chemical  composition  of  some  Minnesota  peat  soils,  Hungerford 625 

The  soils  of  Mississippi,  Logan 625 

Soil  survey  of  Dunklin  County,  Mssouri,  Sweet  et  al 625 

Soil  survey  of  Roger  Mills  County,  Oklahoma,  Kerr,  Agee,  and  Hall 625 

Soil  survey  of  Lancaster  County,  Pennsylvania,  Gil  ert  et  al 626 

Soil  survey  of  Brazos  County,  Texas,  Veatch  and  Waldrop 626 

Soil  i  lacteriology,  Hutchinson 626 

The  humification  of  the  constituents  of  plant  organisms,  Trusov  (Trousetlj 627 

Humus  acids  in  the  light  of  the  results  of  recent  investigations.  Gully 628 

Report  on  experiments  with  i  acterized  peat  or  humogen,  Chittenden 628 

The  effects  of  radio-active  ores  and  residues  on  plant  life,  Sutton 628 

Experiments  with  green  manures  and  green  manuring  at  Flahult,  von  Feilitzen .  628 

Displacement  '<y  water  of  nitrogenous  and  mineral  material  in  leaves,  Andre. .  629 

Report  on  ten  years'  experiments  with  sewage  fertilizers,  Kuhnert 629 

Solu'  liUty  of  plant-food  elements  as  modified  i  <y  fertilizers,  Jensen 629 

New  experiments  on  the  action  of  lime  nitrogen,  Stutzer  and  Haupt 630 

Accumulated  fertility  in  grass  land  from  phosphatic  manuring,  II,  Somer\'ille. .  630 

The  action  of  potash  fertilization  on  the  plants  and  soil,  von  Seelhorst 630 

The  hygroscopicity  of  various  potassium  fertihzer  salts,  von  Feilitzen 631 

Tests  of  availability  of  different  grades  of  ground  Umestxme,  Broughton  et  al. . .  631 

Tabulated  analyses  of  commercial  fertilizers,  Frear 631 

[List  of  fertilizer  and  lime  manufacturers  and  importers  and  their  products]. .  631 

The  international  movement  of  fertilizers 631 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  HI 

AGRICULTURAL   BOTANY. 

Page. 

Annual  periodicity  in  plants,  Lakon 632 

Rhythmic  alternation  of  growth  and  rest  in  plants,  Lakon 632 

Energy  transformations  during  the  germination  of  wheat  grains,  Doyer 632 

The  influence  of  frost  and  light  on  the  germination  of  seeds,  Kinzel 632 

Germination  as  related  to  illumination,  Lehmann 632 

Mutual  influence  of  phototropic  and  geotropic  reactions  in  plants,  Bremekamp . .  032 

Determination  of  cell  sap  concentration,  Bouyoucos  and  McCool 633 

The  transpiration  coeflicieuts  of  cultivated  plants,  Tulaikov  (ToulaikoS) 633 

Assimilation  of  carbon  dioxid  i  y  plants,  Raikow 633 

Importance  of  glycogen  and  starch  as  intermediate  products.  Waterman 633 

The  characters  of  radish  cultivated  in  the  presence  of  sugar,  MolUard 633 

Relation  1  'etween  amylase  and  sugar  content  in  resting  potato  tubers,  Bodnar. .  634 

Zymase  and  carboxylase  in  potato  and  sugar  1  eet,  Bodndr 634 

Oxidation  of  alcohol  >  )y  seedlings,  Zaleski 634 

Protein  transformations  in  yeast,  II,  Zaleski  and  Schataloff 634 

The  influence  of  nitrates  on  the  development  of  root  tubercles,  Ewart 634 

Influence  of  manganese  on  the  growth  and  ash  composition  of  potato,  Sajfert. .  634 

The  occurrence  of  hematoid  iron  compounds  in  plants,  I,  II,  Gola 634 

Chcndriosomes  in  fungi  and  algae,  Guilliermond 635 

Division  in  mitochondria  and  relations  with  secretion,  Moreau 635 

The  formation  of  crystalloids  of  mucorin  in  mitochondria,  Moreau 635 

Internal  uredinia,  Adams 635 

Asexual  hy'  )ridization,  Daniel 635 

Variation  in  Cosvios  Mpinnatus,  Longo 635 

Seashore  thicket  formation  i>y  Prunus  spmosa,  Devaux 635 

Differences  in  resistance  of  plants  to  injiu-ious  influences,  Stranak 636 

The  effects  of  illuminating  gas  on  plante,  Sorauer 636 

The  influence  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  plants,  Trnka 636 

Secretion  1  ry  roots  of  sul  stances  toxic  to  plants,  Molliard 636 

Injurious  effects  from  ivy  growing  on  trees,  von  Tuljeuf 636 

FIELD    CROPS. 

Field  crops,  Prianishnikoff 636 

[Irrigation  experiments  at  Bromberg] 636 

Ten  years  of  variety  tests  at  Dickopshof ,  Richardson 637 

Root  systems  of  pasture  plants  on  moor  soils  at  Flahult  and  Torestorp,  Osvald. .  639 

Several  methods  of  laying  down  cultivated  land  to  meadow,  Rhodin 639 

Com  culture  in  the  Southeastern  States,  Kyle 639 

Ck)tton,  Sender 639 

Observations  on  the  Idossoming  of  hemp,  Havas 640 

Sorghum  vulgare  and  S.  halepense,  Dudgeon 640 

Sudan  grass,  Schmitz 640 

Variation  and  correlation  of  weight  and  sugar  content  of  ijeets,  Otken 640 

Sugar  content  and  chemical  characters  in  the  mother  beet,  Andrhk  and  Urban. .  641 

Tol  acco,  Semler 641 

Tobacco  from  Cyprus 642 

Frost  and  wheat,  Cockayne 642 

Second  annual  seed  la^  oratory  report,  1914-15,  Oswald 642 

Weeds  and  their  identification,  Atkinson 642 

HORTICULTURE. 

Plant  propagation,  Kains 642 

Plant  propagation  in  the  Tropics,  Wester 642 

[Ornamental  and  economic  plants  in  the  Botanic  Gardens],  Bancroft 643 

Work  of  the  Ganeshkhind  Botanical  Garden  (Poona  District)  for  1914-15,  Burns.  643 

In  a  college  garden,  Wolseley 643 

A  second  report  on  the  university  farm  garden,  Dacy 643 

A  farmer  of  seventy  who  grows  truck  crops  and  fruit  in  southern  Jersey,  Cox. .  643 

Onions. — Experiments  and  culture,  White 643 

Composition  of  tomatoes  from  1  ^lighted  vines,  Bigelow 643 

Bordeaux  mixture  stains  removed,  Kains 644 

Report  of  general  fruit  committee,  Stewart 644 

The  time  of  blossoming  of  fnut  trees 644 

The  history  of  the  classification  of  apples,  Bunyard 644 


IV  CONTENTS.  (Vol.  35 

Page. 

Cultural  methods  in  bearing  orchards,  Stewart 644 

Starch  in  apple  trees,  Price 645 

Stock  influence  upon  vintage  quality  ajid  other  characters  of  apples,  Barker. .  645 

Crown  gall  and  resistant  stocks,  Smith 645 

The  Japanese  mountain  cherries,  wild  forms  and  cultivated  races,  Miyoshi 645 

Peach  package  tests,  season  of  1915,  Creelman 646 

The  new  vine;  the  hylirid  producers,  Pee-Laby 646 

Chemical  composition  of  Chasselas  Dore  and  advantages  of  liagging,  Charmeux. .  646 

Report  of  International  Congress  of  viticulture,  1915 646 

The  wild  I  duebeny  tamed,  Coville 647 

Proceedings  of  Michigan  State  Association  of  Ginseng  Growers,  1916 647 

A  preliminary  study  of  Philippine  i)ananas,  Teodoro 647 

[Cacao  in  British  Guiana],  Harrison 647 

Eliminating  the  drone  tree,  Scott 647 

The  rose  annual  for  1916  of  the  National  Rose  Society,  edited  hy  Darlington. .  647 

Plants  availaljle  for  various  uses  in  general  landscape  planting,  Taylor 647 

Ornamental  gardening  in  Florida,  Simpson 648 

FORESTRY. 

Report  of  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Forestry  for  1914  and  1915 648 

The  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  National  Parks,  season  of  1916 648 

The  Mesa  Verde  National  Park,  season  of  1916 648 

Manual  of  instructions  for  forest  wardens.  Barton 648 

Forest  protection. — I,  Protection  against  animals,  Hees 648 

Causes  determining  the  forms  of  trees,  Jaccard 648 

On  the  amount  of  sap  dischai^ed  by  some  trees,  Miyoshi 648 

Pinus  longi/olia,  a  silvicultural  study,  Troup 649 

Field  tapping  experiments  on  estates,  Coombs 649 

Chief  factors  influencing  the  development  of  sal  seedlings.  Hole 649 

Newfoimdland  and  its  forest  resources,  Morris 649 

Structural  timber  handbook  on  Pacific  coast  woods,  Goss  and  Heinmiller 649 

The  organization  of  the  lumber  indxistry ,  Compton 649 

DISEASES   OF   PLANTS. 

Plant  diseases  in  England  and  Wales,  1914-15 649 

Recent  observations  on  diseases  of  ciiltivated  plants  in  Bohemia,  Kutm 650 

Cryptogamic  parasites  of  cultivated  plants  near  Turin  in  1913,  Voglino 650 

Recent  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  genus  Gynmosporangium,  Kem. .  650 

Cultures  of  Uredineae  in  1915,  Arthur 650 

White  speck  disease  of  leaves,  von  Tubeuf 650 

Further  evidence  that  crown  gall  of  plants  is  cancer,  Smith 650 

Peculiar  tissue  strands  in  a  Protomyces  gall  on  Ambrosia  irifida,  Stewart 651 

Acid  sprays  as  related  to  scorching,  Degrully 651 

The  powdery  mildews  of  Avena  and  Triticum,  Reed 651 

A  Phytophthora  on  oats,  McMurphy 651 

Seed  treatment  tests,  1914,  Hiltner 651 

Relation  of  seed  stock  to  control  of  bean  anthracnose  and  blight,  Muncie 652 

Angular  leaf  spot  of  cotton,  Rolfs 652 

Anthracnose,  a  serioiis  disease  of  cucurbits,  Taubenhaus 652 

Potato  diseases  and  their  control,  Stakman  and  Tolaaa 652 

Potato  disease,  KorS 653 

Marasmius  on  sugar  cane,  Johnston 653 

Effect  of  colored  light  on  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco,  Chapman 653 

The  leaf  spot  disease  of  tomato.  Levin 653 

A  canker  of  apple  caused  by  Plenodomus  fusccnnaculans,  Coons 653 

Fungi  producing  the  heart  rot  of  the  apple,  Dodge 653 

Monilia  on  fruit  trees,  Voss 654 

Apricot  fruit  spots,  Barrett -  -  654 

The  reciprocal  influence  between  mycotrophic  roots  of  different  plants,  Petri..  654 

Formalin  as  a  spray  against  American  gooseberry  mildew 654 

A  new  fungicide  for  use  against  American  gooseberry  mildew,  Eyre  and  Salmon .  654 

Notes  on  the  dying  of  citrus  trees,  Benson 654 

Fungi  attacking  cultivated  and  wild  Orchidaceae  and  their  control,  Lindau. .  .  655 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

Black  canker  in  young  chestnut  trees  and  mu-eeries,  Briosi  and  Farneti 655 

Studies  on  diseasea  of  oak,  Munch 655 

Monograph  on  oak  mildew,  Neger 655 

A  new  disease  of  wahiuta,  Memmler 655 

Note  on  western  red  rot  in  Pimis  ponderosa,  Long 655 

Laboratory  tests  on  the  durability  of  American  woods. — I,  Conifers,  Humphrey.  656 

ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  history  of  British  mammals,  Barrett-Hamilton  and  Hi n ton 656 

Rats  and  rat  riddance,  Forbush 656 

Description  of  a  new  pine  mouse  from  Florida,  Howell 656 

Fumigation  of  animals  to  destroy  their  external  parasites,  Moore 656 

Report  of  the  entomologist  of  Arizona  for  1915,  Morrill 656 

Report  State  Crop  Pest  Commission  of  West  Virginia,  1914,  Rumsey  et  al 657 

Insects  in  the  Virgin  Islands,  Ballon 657 

Insect  pests  of  plants,  Northern  Territory  of  Australia,  Hill 657 

Insects  infesting  the  cotton  plant  in  Trinidad,  Urich 657 

Some  insects  of  Solanuvi  carolinense  and  their  economic  relations,  Somes 657 

Rhodesian  citrus  pests.  Jack 657 

Lepisvia  saccharina  (f );  life  history,  anatomy,  and  parasites,  Cornwall 657 

A  new  Physothrips  (Thysanoptera)  from  Uganda,  Hood 658 

Heliothrips  hxmorrhoidalis  injurious  to  ornamentals  in  Buenos  Aires,  Lizer 658 

Eradication  of  the  bedbug  by  superheating,  Ross 658 

Life  history  notes  on  Apatehcus  cynicus  and  A.  maculiventris,  Whitmarsh 658 

The  distribution  of  the  periodical  cicada  in  Ohio,  Gossard 658 

Notes  on  the  tomato  psyUa,  Compere 658 

Concerning  problems  in  aphid  ecology.  Patch 658 

Present  knowledge  of  the  biology  of  the  Aone  phylloxera,  Grussi 658 

Modern  A'iews  of  the  control  of  the  \ine  phylloxera,  Grassi 658 

A  nematode  parasite  of  root  aphids,  l)a\is 658 

Two  newly  established  scale  insects,  Essig 658 

The  structure  and  biology  of  Tachardia  lacca,  Imms  and  Chatterjee 659 

The  rice  stem  borer  in  the  Konkan,  Kasargode  and  Deshpande 659 

Climate  and  variations  in  the  habits  of  the  codling  moth.  Felt 659 

Notes  on  crambids,  Ainslie 659 

The  control  of  the  grape  berry  worm  {Polychrosis  viteana),  Goodwin 659 

The  biological  control  of  the  grapevine  pyraUd,  Schwangart 659 

The  pilotaxy  of  Anopheles,  Christophers 659 

The  male  genitalia  of  Anopheles,  Christophers 659 

Dasyneura  ulraea,  a  new  elm  pest,  Houser 659 

A  new  Phanurus  from  the  United  States,  with  notes  on  allied  species,  Girault. .  659 

Studies  in  flies. — Cheetotaxy  and  f)ilotaxy  of  Muscidse,  Awati 660 

New  genera  and  species  of  Australian  Muscoidea,  Townsend 660 

Development  and  auto-destruction  of  house  flies  in  horse  manure,  Roubaud. . .  660 

Soluble  poisons  in  poisoned  bait  spray  to  control  apple  maggot,  Severin 660 

Dangerous  hard  backs,  Ballou - 661 

Second  report  on  insecticides  for  control  of  Colorado  potato  beetle,  Smith 661 

Sulphur-arsenical  dusts  against  the  strawberry,  weevil,  Headlee 661 

Life  history  of  the  pecan  twig  girdler,  Bilsing ._ 661 

German  genera  and  species  of  the  Anomalini,  Schmiedeknecht. 661 

Two  generations  of  a  parasite  reared  from  same  indi\adual  host,  Timberlake. . .  661 

The  European  Trichogramminae  and  theii"  importance  as  parasites,  WolS 661 

The  life  economy  of  Solenopsis  molesta,  McColloch  and  Hayes 662 

Reports  of  the  state  inspector  of  apiaries  for  1914-15,  Gates 662 

Sprajdng  v.  beekeeping.  Gates 662 

Is  the  hive  a  center  for  distrib  iiting  fire  blight?    Gossard 662 

The  PajaroeUo  tick  (Omithodorus  coriaceus),  Herms 662 

POODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION. 

Sldm  milk  in  human  and  animal  nutrition,  Malpeaux 663 

The  soy  bean  as  a  food  material,  Schieber 663 

Chemical  composition  of  the  fruit  of  the  cheromayer,  Cutolo 663 

Mat6  tea,  Rammstedt 663 

[Analyses  of]  extracts  and  spirits ^3 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

[Food  and  drug  inspection  and  analysis],  Clay 6b.i 

[Food  ioflpection],  ilacFadden 663 

Food  and  oU  laws  of  the  State  of  Wyoming 663 

Hints  on  inspecting  canned  foods,  Bigelow 663 

A  proposed  score  card  for  refrigerators,  Evans 663 

The  bacillus  carrier  and  the  restaurant,  Kendall 664 

[Care  of  the  baby],  Ladd  and  Johnson 664 

The  diet  of  children  after  infancy,  Knox 664 

The  new  emergency  ration  [of  the  U.S.  Army] 664 

Report  on  maintaining  the  present  production  of  food  in  Scotland,  Wason  et  al.  664 

Minutes  of  evidence  on  maintaining  present  production  of  food  in  Scotland 664 

The  normal  gastric  secretion,  Rehfuss 664 

The  uric  acid  solvent  power  of  normal  iirine,  Haskins 664 

Creatin  in  human  muscle,  Denis 664 

Creatinin  and  creatin  content  of  blood  of  children.  Veeder  and  Johnston 665 

Protein  feeding  and  creatin  elimination  in  pancreatic  diabetes,  Rose 665 

Protein  feeding  and  creatin  elimination  in  fasting  man.  Rose  et  al 665 

Fate  of  creatin  and  creatinin  admiidstered  to  man.  Rose  and  Dimmitt 665 

The  physiological  action  of  glucal,  Balcar 665 

The  lipoids  (''fat")  of  the  blood  in  diabetes.  Bloor  et  al 666 

Pellagra — a  critical  study,  Aulde 666 

Preliminarj'  observations  on  metabolism  in  pellagra.  Hunter,  Givens,  and  I^ewis .  666 

Pellagra. — The  value  of  the  dietary*  treatment  of  the  disease,  Ridlon 666 

The  energy  metabolism  of  a  cretin,  Talbot 666 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

Meat  situation  in  the  United  States.  I-TV 666 

Investigation  in  animal  nutrition:  Beef  production,  Haecker 670 

[Animal  husbandr}-] 672 

Hogging  down  soy  beans  and  cowpeas.  Good  and  Smith 672 

("oo|>erative  live-stock  shipping  associations  in  Minnesota,  Durand 673 

StalUou  enrollment. — V,  The  law  and  the  farmer,  McCartney 673 

Announcement  regarding  the  egg-laying  contest,  Hooper  and  Wilkins 673 

DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING. 

[Daijj-ing] 673 

The  feeding  of  dair\'  cows.  Rabild,  Da^is.  and  Brainerd 674 

Cost  of  milk  and  fat  on  pasture  and  in  stable 674 

Cost  of  food  in  the  production  of  milk  in  Kent  and  Surrey,  Garrad 674 

Cost  of  food  in  the  production  of  milk,  Crowther  and  Ruston 674 

Announcement  of  the  California  state  dairy  cow  competition,  1916-1918,  Woll.  674 

The  bacteria  of  milk  freshly  drawn  from  normal  udders,  Evans 674 

Studies  on  the  formation  of  gas  in  milk,  Hammer 676 

Comparison  of  the  bacterial  count  with  the  sediment  or  dirt  test,  Campbell 676 

The  grading  of  milk,  Kelly 677 

Sanitary  condition  of  dairies 677 

A  new  pasteurizing  apparatus  for  bottled  milk,  Weigmann  et  al 677 

The  biorizator,  Orla-Jensen 677 

Biorized  milk,  Schmitz 677 

Result  of  the  Lobeck  method  of  milk  sterilization  (biorization),  Schmitz 677 

A  simple  steam  sterilizer  for  farm  dairy  utensils,  Ayers  and  Taylor 677 

Dry  milk  or  cream  powder  and  a  process  for  its  manufacture,  Vasey  and  Cleeve .  678 

VETERINARY    MEDICINE. 

The  third  and  fourth  reports  of  the  director  of  veterinarj'  research,  Theiler. .   .  678 

Veterinary  work  in  Argentina.  Wehrle 678 

Text-book  of  meat  hygiene.  Edelmann,  trans,  by  Mohler  and  Eichhorn 678 

Fumigation  of  cotton  seed  by  gaseous  hydrocyanic  acid^  Hughes 678 

The  biologic  reactions  of  the  vegetable  proteins,  VII,  Wells  and  Osborne 679 

Reactions  with  antigens  from  bacteria  on  serum  media,  OUtsky  and  Bernstein .  679 

The  natural  hemolytic  activity  of  fresh  human  sera.  Wade 679 

Influence  of  exposure  to  X-rays  on  formation  of  antibodies,  Simonds  and  Jones .  679 

Effect  of  injections  of  benzol  on  production  of  antibodies,  Simonds  and  Jones .  679 


lyiej                                       coiirrENTs.  vn 

Page. 

On  the  concentration  of  antitoxic  sera,  Homer 680 

A  multiple  pipette  for  the  complement- fixation  test,  Buck 680 

Hemolytic  streptococci  found  in  millc,  Davis 680 

A  study  of  colon  bacilli  isolated  from  horse,  cow,  and  man.  Murray 681 

The  mode  of  infection  in  pulmonarj'  distomiasis.  Nakagawa '. 681 

Investigations  of  foot-and-mouth  disease,  IV,  Kallert 681 

Mortality  in  Germany  due  to  Simulium  reptans.  Matthiesen  et  al 681 

Methods  of  using  the  agglutination  test  in  contagious  abortion.  Seddon 681 

Different  types  of  streptococci  and  their  relation  to  bovine  mastitis,  Mathers. .  681 

Control  and  eradication  of  infectious  mastitis  in  dairy  herds.  Moak 682 

Effects  of  feeding  cotton  seed  and  its  products  to  swine,  Roberts 682 

Experiments  with  fiartmum  TmWomm. — Toxicity  of  infected  eggs,  Rettgeretal.  683 

Morpholog>-  of  adult  and  lar\-al  cestodes  from  poultry,  Gutberlet 683 

The  etiolog^^  of  blackhead.  Smith 683 

Aberrant  intestinal  protozoan  parasites  in  the  turkey,  Smith 684 

Easstilesia  tricolor,  a  common  parasite  of  rabbits  in  tiie  United  States,  Hall 684 

EURA.L   ENGINEERING. 

Reports  on  irrigation  for  the  year  1915,  Drake  and  Peters 684 

Venturi  meter  succeeds  in  irrigation 684 

Determination  of  the  maximum  storm-water  flow,  Grunsky 684 

Determination  of  maximum  stream  flow,  Gininsky 684 

Control  of  Colorado  River  as  related  to  protection  of  Imperial  Valley.  Allison. .  685 

The  drainage  of  the  humid  and  saline  soils  of  the  Eg>-ptian  Delta.  (_  atzeflis 685 

The  results  of  physical  tests  of  road -building  rock.  Hubbard  and  Jackson,  jr.. .  685 

Construction  and  maintenance  of  earth  roads,  Edwards 686 

Brick  roads,  Peirce  and  Moorefield 686 

Rules  and  regulations  for  the  Federal  Aid  Road  Act,  Houston 686 

Factors  of  apportionment  to  States  under  Federal  Aid  Road  Act  for  1917 686 

Reports  of  the  state  roads  commission  [of  Marj'land]  for  the  years  1912-191 5 686 

Report  of  State  Highway  Department  of  Washington  to  October  1,  1914,  Roy. .  686 

Bridge  foundations,  Burnside 686 

Economy  in  bridge  design  and  construction,  Joyce 687 

Value  of  the  high -pressure  steam  test  of  Portland  cements,  Wig  and  Da\'is 687 

Testing  the  belt  power  of  a  tractor,  Gee 687 

Mechanical  tillage  experiments  at  Grignon,  Bretigni^re  and  Ringelmann .  . .  688 

Dust  explosions  and  fires  in  grain  separators,  Price  and  McCormick 688 

Combination  bams  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 689 

Dairj'  bams,  ice  and  milk  houses  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 689 

Beef  cattle  bams  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 689 

Horse  bams  for  praine  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 690 

Sheep  barns  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 690 

Piggeries  and  smokehouse  for  praine  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 690 

Poultrv'  houses  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Baker 690 

The  pullet  la>ing  house,  Shoup 690 

Commercial  poultn,-  house  equipment,  Shoup 690 

Implement  sheds  and  granaries  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 690 

Silos  and  root  cellars  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Shaw 690 

Silos  and  silage,  Blanchard 690 

Houses  for  prairie  farms,  Greig  and  Beale 690 

Modem  plumbing  illustrated,  Starbuck 690 

Sewage  disposal  for  country  homes,  White  and  Hastings 691 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

Labor  requirements  of  crop  production.  Cooper,  Peck,  and  Boss 691 

Waste  land  and  wasted  land  on  farms.  Ball 692 

Size  of  farm  business,  Johnson  and  Foard 692 

The  farmer's  income,  Goldenweiser 692 

The  farmer's  income,  Goldenweiser 693 

Costs  and  sources  of  farm-mortgage  loans  in  the  United  States.  Thompson 693 

The  bulk  handling  of  grain  for  California,  Crocheron  and  Williams 693 

Rules  and  regulations  under  the  United  States  Cotton  Futiires  Act  of  1916 693 

Agricultural  associations  and  the  war,  Sagourin 693 

Rome's  fall  reconsidered,  Simkho\dtch 694 

Monthly  crop  reports,  July  and  August,  1916 694 


Vin  CONTENTS.  IVoL  S6 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

Page. 

School  credit  for  home  practice  in  agriculture,  Heald 694 

Public  elementary  schools  and  food  supply  in  war  time 694 

[State-aided  vocational  agricultural  education  in  1915] 694 

Short  courses 695 

School  garden  plans  for  1916 695 

A  school  garden  organization,  Bates 695 

Report  of  Minister  of  Agriculture,  Industry,  and  Commerce,  De  Queiroz  Vieira. .  695 

The  Danish  people's  high  school  and  educational  system  of  Hegland 695 

Activities  of  the  Italian  Colonial  Agricultural  Institute,  GioU 695 

The  Bavarian  forestry  schools,  Esshnger 695 

Regulations  for  the  training  of  teachers  of  agricultural  home  economics 695 

Scientific  informations 696 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Annual  Report  of  Iowa  Station,  1915 696 

Twenty -ninth  Annual  ReT>ort  of  Nebraska  Station,  1915 696 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation 696 

Successful  farming,  Gardner 696 

The  autobiography  of  a  farm  boy,  Roberts 696 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Page. 

California  Station: 

Circ.  152,  June,  1916 693 

Circ.  153,  July,  1916 674 

Indiana  Station: 

Circ.  52,  Jan.,  1916 673 

Iowa  Station: 

Research  Bui.  26,  Sept.,  1915..  613 
Research  Bui.  27,  Jan.,  1916. .  676 
An.Rpt.,1915 696 

Kentucky  Station: 

Bui.  201,  May,  1916 672 

Circ.  12,  June,  1916 673 

Maine  Station: 

Bui.  251,  Apr.,  191G 660 

Off.  Insp.  77,  Apr.,  1916 663 

Maryland  Station: 

Bui.  193,  Feb.,  1916 631 

Bui.  194,  Feb.,  1916 640 

Bui.  195,  Mar.,  1916 643 

Massachusetts  Station: 

Met.  Buls.  331-332,  July-Aug., 

1916 619 

Michigan  Station: 

Tech.  Bui.  25,  Mar.,  191G 653 

Tech.  Bui.  26,  Jan.,  1916 620 

Minnesota  Station: 

Bui.  155,  Mar.,  1916 670 

Bui.  156,  Feb.,  1916 673 

Bui.  157,  Mar.,  1916 691 

Bui.  158,  Feb.,  1916 652 

Bui.  159,  Mar.,  1916 642 

Mississippi  Station: 

Tech.  Bui.  7,  1916 625 

Missouri  Station: 

Bui.  140,  Apr.,  1916 692 

Research  Bui.  23,  June,  1916. .       651 

Nebraska  Station: 

Twenty-ninth  An.  Rpt.,  1915.      672, 

673, 696 

North  Dakota  Station: 

Spec.  Bui.,  vol.  4,  No.  5,  June, 

1916 664 

Pennsylvania  Station: 

Bill.  141,  June,  1916 644 

South  Carolina  Station: 

Bui.  184,  Dec,  1915 652 

Virginia  Truck  Station: 

Bui.  17,  Oct.  1,  1915 661 

Washington  Station: 

West.  Wash.   Sta.,  Mo.   Bui., 
vol.  4 — 

No.  4,  July,  1916 690,  696 

No.  5,  Aug.,  1916 690,696 

West  Virginia  Station: 

Bui.  156,  Apr.,  1916 643 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agricultiire. 

Page. 

Bui.  361,  Comparison  of  the  Bac- 
terial Count  of  Milk  with  the 
Sediment  or  Dirt  Test,  H.  C. 
Campbell 676 

Bui.  370,  The  Results  of  Physical 
Tests  of  Road-building  Rock,  P. 
Hubbard  and  F.  H.  Jackson,  jr..       685 

Bui.  373,  Brick  Roads,  V.  M.  Peirce 
and  C.  H.  Moorefield 686 

Bui.  379,  Dust  Explosions  and 
Fires  in  Grain  Separators  in  the 
Pacific  Northwest,  D.  J.  Price 
and  E.  B.  McCormick 688 

Bui.  384,  Costs  and  Sources  of 
Farm-mortgage  Loans  in  the 
United  States,  C.  W.Thompson.       693 

Bui.  385,  School  Credit  for  Home 
Practice  in  Agriculture,  F.  E. 
Heald 694 

Rpt.  109,  Meat  Situation  in  the 
United  States,  I,  G.  K.  Holmes.       666 

Rpt.  110,  Meat  Situation  in  the 
United  States,  II,  W.  C.  Barnes 
and  J.  T.  Jardine 666 

Rpt.  Ill,  Meat  Situation  in  the 
United  States,  III,  J.  S.  Cotton, 
M.  0.  Cooper,  W.  F.  Ward,  and 
S.  H.Ray 666 

Rpt.  112,  Meat  Situation  in  the 
United  States,  IV,  W.  F.  Ward 
and  S.  H.  Ray 666 

Farmers'  Bui.  729,  Corn  Culture  in 
the  Southeastern  States,  C.  H. 
Kyle 639 

Farmers'  Bui.  743,  The  Feeding  of 
Dairy  Cows,  H.  Rabild,  H.  P. 
Davis,  and  W.  K.  Brainerd 674 

Farmers'  Bui.  745,  Waste  Land  and 
Wasted  Land  on  Farms,  J.  S. 
Ball 692 

Farmers'  Bui.  746,  The  Farmer's 

Income,  E.  A.  Goldenweiser 692 

Farmers'  Bui.  748,  A  Simple  Steam 
Sterilizer  for  Farm  Dairy  Uten- 
sils, S .  H .  Ay ers  and  G .  B .  Taylor      677 

Office  of  the  Secretary: 

Circ.  62,  Factors  of  Apportion- 
ment to  States  under  Federal 
Aid  Road  Act  Appropria- 
priation  for  the  Fiscal  Year 
1917 686 

IX 


X 


LIST    OF    PUBLICATIONS. 


t  Vol.  35 


TJ.  S.  Departnunt  of  Agriculture — Con. 
Office  of  the  Secretary— Con.  Page. 

Girc.  64,  Rules  and  Regula- 
tions of  the  Secretary  of  Agri- 
culture under  the  U.  S.  Cot- 
ton Futures  Act  of  Aug.  11, 

1916 693 

Circ.   65,   Rules  and  Regula- 
tions of  the  Secretary  of  Agri- 
cultvu-e  for  Carrying  out  the 
Federal  Aid  Road  Act....       686 
Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates: 
Mo.  Crop  Rpt.,  vol.  2— 

No.  7,  July,  191(J 694 

No.  8,  August,  1916 694 

Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — ■ 

Soil  Survey  of  Pennington 
County,  Minn.,  W.  G. 
Smith,  M.  M.  Kirk,  and 

F.Ward 625 

Soil  Survey  of  Dunklin 
County,  Mo.,  A.  T. 
Sweet  and  B.  W.  Till- 
man et  al 625 

Soil  Survey  of  Roger  Mills 
County,  Okla.,  J.  A. 
Kerr,  J.  H.  Agee,  and 

E.C.Hall 625 

Soil  Survey  of  Lancaster 
County,  Pa.,  B.  D.  Gil- 
bert and   W.   B.   Cobb 

etal 626 

Soil  Survey  of  Brazos 
County,  Tex.,  J.  O. 
Veatch  and  C.  S.  Wal- 

drop 626 

Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Walker 
County,  Ala.,  J.  O. 
Veatch,  A.  M.  O'Neal, 

and  J.  F.  Stroud 624 

Weather  Bureau: 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui. 

14,1916 618 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui. 

15,1916 618 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui. 

18,1916 618 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui. 

19,1916 618 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui. 

22,1916 617 

Mo.  Weather  Rev. ,  vol.  44,  Nos. 

5-6,  May-June,  1916..  617.618,619 
Climat.  Data,  vol.  3,  Nos.  5-6, 

May- June,  1916 619 

Scientific  Contributions: a 

The  Galactan  of  Larix  occiden- 
talis,   A.   W.    Schorger  and 

D.F.Smith 611 

A    New    Colorimeter,    C.    F. 

Sammet 612 

Weather  as  a  Business  Risk  in 
Farming,  W.  G.  Reed  and 
H.  R.  Tolley 617 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Scientific  Contributions — Con.  Page. 

Solubility  of  Plant-food  Ele- 
ments as  Modified  by  Fer- 
tilizers, C.  A.  Jensen 629 

Resistant  Vines,  G.  C.  Hus- 
mann 646 

Grape  Anthracnose  in  America 
C.  L.  Shear 646 

Two  Destructive  Grape  Insects 
of  the  Appalachian  Region, 
F.E.Brooks 646 

Important  Factors  Governing 
the  Successful  Transporta- 
tion of  Table  Grapes,  A.  V. 
Stubenrauch 647 

The  Wild  Blueberry  Tamed, 
F.  V.  Coville 647 

Eliminating  the  Drone  Tree, 

L.B.Scott 647 

Further  Evidence  that  Crown 
Gall  of  Plants  is  Cancer, 
E.F.Smith 650 

Note  on  Western  Red  Rot  in 
Pinus  ponderosa,  W.  H. 
Long 655 

Laboratory  Tests  on  the  Dura- 
bility of  American  Woods, 
I,  Conifers,  C.  J.  Humphrey.       656 

Description  of  a  New  Pine 
Mouse  from  Florida,  A.  H. 
Howell 656 

A  New  Physothrips  (Thy- 
sanoptera)  from  Uganda, 
J.D.Hood 658 

A  Nematode  Parasite  of  Root 
Aphids,  J.  J.  Davis 658 

Notes  on  Crambids,  G.  G. 
Ainslie 659 

A  New  Phanurus  from  the 
United  States,  with  Notes 
on  Allied  Species,  A.  A. 
Girault 659 

New  Genera  and  Species  of 
Australian  Muscoidea,  C.  H. 
T.  Townsend 660 

Two  Generations  of  a  Parasite 
Reared  from  the  Same  Indi- 
vidual Host,  P.  H.  Timber- 
lake 661 

The  Bacteria  of  Milk  Freshly 
Drawn  from  Normal  Udders, 
AUce  C.  Evans 674 

Text-=book  of  Meat  Hygiene, 
R.  Edelmann,  trans,  by  J.  R. 
Mohler  and  A.  Eichhorn.  .  .       678 

A  Multiple  Pipette  for  the 
Complement-fixation  Test, 
J.  M.  Buck 680 

Hasstilesia  tricolor,  a  Common 
Parasite  of  Rabbits  in  the 
United  States,  M.  C.  Hall. .       684 

The  Farmer's  Income,  E.  A. 

Goldenweiser 692 


a  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.35.  Novembek,  1916.  No.  7. 


Nothing  in  recent  years  has  so  emphasized  and  impressed  the  real 
importance  of  agriculture  and  agricultural  institutions  as  the  war  in 
Europe.  It  has  demonstrated  dependence  upon  this  art  and  has 
raised  it  to  a  preeminent  position  in  the  welfare  of  the  country. 
Ordinarily  accepted  without  much  thought  or  realization  by  the 
great  body  of  people,  it  has  suddenly  sprung  into  an  importance 
second  only  to  that  of  the  military  activities.  It  has  become,  indeed, 
a  recognized  field  of  war  service  and  one  of  the  chief  elements  in  the 
national  defense.  Its  response,  and  the  resourcefulness  and  practical 
value  which  its  institutions  have  shown,  have  brought  the  present 
position  of  agriculture  close  home  to  the  people  as  never  before  on 
so  broad  a  scale. 

The  problem  of  maintaining,  and  in  some  cases  increasing,  the 
production  of  food  for  man  and  beast  has  been  one  of  the  large  and 
difficult  ones  in  the  countries  at  war.  It  has  taxed  their  skill  and 
organization,  and  their  ability  to  cooperate  in  the  common  good. 
With  thousands  of  acres  devastated,  relations  with  other  countries 
interrupted,  and  with  a  vast  army  of  the  farmers  and  laborers  on 
whom  production  ordinarily  rests  suddenly  become  dependent  on  the 
labor  of  others,  the  necessity  of  cultivating  all  available  land  and 
making  the  soil  yield  its  full  return  became  a  national  concern  in  all 
the  countries.  It  inspired  unusual  measures  for  stimulating  and 
assisting  those  who  were  left  on  the  land,  and  led  to  appeals  for 
agricultural  workers  second  only  to  those  for  men  to  fight. 

The  way  in  which  this  extraordinary  demand  has  been  met  has 
furnished  a  new  realization  of  the  great  advances  in  every  branch 
of  farming.  It  has  entitled  agriculture  to  a  regard  and  conside^-a- 
tion  which  it  has  not  always  enjoyed  before.  If  it  has  not  actually 
raised  it  to  a  new  position  in  the  lives  of  nations,  intelligent  under- 
standing of  its  position  has  been  greatly  broadened. 

And  along  with  the  rest,  this  supreme  test  has  furnished  an  im- 
pressive illustration  of  the  great  share  which  agricultural  investi- 
gation, education,  and  various  forms  of  instruction  have  had  in 
placing  agriculture  on  a  higher  plane  of  efficiency  and  in  making  it 
more  resourceful  and  adequate.     The  response  of  agriculture  is  in 

601 


602  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [VoL  35 

no  small  measure  a  reflection  of  the  steady  work  of  various  classes 
of  agricultural  institutions  and  organizations,  which  has  been  going 
on  quietly  and  often  with  meager  support  or  understanding.  The 
measure  of  strength  of  these  agencies,  and  the  extent  to  which  there 
has  been  some  form  of  agricultural  organization  to  assist,  has  been 
a  large  factor  in  meeting  the  unusual  situation. 

The  first  efforts  in  the  various  countries  centered  largely  on  pro- 
viding the  machinery  for  gathering  in  and  saving  the  crops,  and  in 
this  the  assistance  of  the  military  was  furnished  to  a  limited  degree. 
But  as  time  went  on  the  necessity  became  apparent  of  providing  for 
the  continuance  of  agriculture  on  the  highest  possible  plane,  of 
keeping  up  the  fertility  of  the  land,  of  preventing  the  depletion  of 
live  stock,  of  avoiding  waste  of  all  kinds,  and  often  of  discovering 
and  utilizing  new  sources  of  supplies.  Organized  effort  was  there- 
fore enlarged  and  increasing  latitude  extended  in  the  temporary 
use  of  soldiers. 

The  attitude  of  cooperation  between  the  military  and  civil  authori- 
ties is  well  illustrated  by  the  instructions  of  the  French  IMinister  of 
Agriculture  in  transferring  to  district  commanders  the  assignment 
of  soldiers  to  agi'icultural  duties.  He  said :  "  The  regular,  prompt, 
and  (as  far  as  possible)  complete  execution  of  agricultural  work 
constitutes  one  of  the  essential  elements  of  national  resistance  and 
consequently  one  of  the  principal  forces  of  success.  The  full  use  of 
the  soil  must  be  obtained  at  all  costs,  equally  with  the  supply  of  men 
and  material  to  the  army,  or  the  supply  of  labor  to  factories  engaged 
in  national  defense."  Soldiers  were  classified  on  the  basis  of  farm 
experience,  and  opportunity  given  them  to  offer  themselves  for  tem- 
porary work  in  the  fields.  In  order  to  avoid  unfavorable  reflection 
upon  such,  the  idea  was  widelj'^  disseminated  that  soldiers  thus 
volunteering  to  assist  in  farm  work  were  not  to  be  regarded  as 
"  shirkers  "  but  on  the  contrary  as  men  doing  a  double  patriotic  duty, 
by  fighting  and  by  keeping  their  brother  fighters  alive. 

In  Great  Britain  the  measures  and  appeals  of  the  government  have 
shown  no  less  appreciation  of  the  importance  of  agricultural  work. 
Steps  were  early  taken  to  organize  the  agricultural  forces  and  to 
increase  the  food  production.  The  situation  called  attention  to  cer- 
tain conditions  in  that  country  which  attempts  were  made  to  remedy 
by  a  readjustment  of  the  systems  of  farming,  and  by  organizing  sys- 
tematic means  for  providing  labor  and  increasing  the  food  returns 
from  the  land  under  cultivation.  In  directing  public  attention  to  the 
need  of  special  efforts,  the  president  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture 
expressed  the  conviction  that  "  if  agriculture  had  made  no  more 
progress  in  Germany  than  it  has  in  the  United  Kingdom  during  the 
period  1895-1915,  the  German  Empire  would  have  been  at  the  end 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  603 

of  its  food  resources  long  before  the  second  year  of  the  war ;  "  and  he 
explained  further  that  the  war  was  being  fought  by  that  country 
quite  as  much  on  an  agricultural  as  on  a  military  organization  of  the 
nation. 

In  an  appeal  to  farmers  for  an  increase  in  the  food  production  of 
England  Lord  Selbome  said:  "You  have  something  more  on  your 
shoulders  than  your  own  business  to-day.  You  are  no  longer  indi- 
vidual farmers  maldng  your  own  fortunes  or  losing  them.  You  are 
trustees  on  your  own  land  to  do  your  best  for  England,  You  have 
your  duty  quite  as  clear  and  as  definite  as  the  captain  of  a  cruiser 
or  the  colonel  of  a  battalion,  England  has  a  claim  on  you  farmers, 
men  and  women  of  everj'^  class,  as  clear  as  she  has  on  our  sons  and 
husbands  to  go  and  serve  in  the  trenches." 

The  force  of  the  situation  in  Great  Britain  is  illustrated  by  the  fact 
that  of  the  total  area  of  cultivated  land,  two-thirds  is  in  permanent 
grass  and  only  one-third  in  cultivated  crops,  whereas  in  Germany  the 
proportion  is  exactly  reversed;  and,  furthermore,  by  the  fact  that 
even  in  1915,  when  the  Avheat  crop  was  the  largest  for  many  years, 
three-fourths  of  the  wheat  supply  of  Great  Britain  had  to  be  im- 
ported. In  1915  the  United  Kingdom  imported  agricultural  prod- 
ucts valued  at  £276,803,000,  whereas  in  the  year  before  the  war  France 
spent  only  £60,000,000  for  imported  food  products. 

Similarly,  in  Germany  the  nieed  for  the  greatest  possible  produc- 
tion of  food  has  been  impressed  upon  the  people.  The  thorough  cul- 
tivation has  been  urged  of  every  available  piece  of  land  on  farms  and 
in  towns,  and  societies  have  been  formed  to  take  the  work  in  hand. 
Efforts  have  been  made,  for  example,  by  the  Moor  Culture  Union 
to  increase  vegetable  growing  on  moor  land,  the  society  annoimcin<y 
allowances  to  disabled  soldiers  settling  on  such  lands. 

The  measures  adopted  by  the  various  nations  are  of  much  interest. 
The  French  Government  early  applied  organization  to  the  resump- 
tion of  farming  in  affected  areas  and  its  continuance  on  an  efficient 
basis  elsewhere.  To  save  the  crops  the  small  holdings  were  "  pooled," 
the  inhabitants  of  the  villages  who  remained  being  gi-ouped  together 
for  that  purpose  and  the  assistance  of  the  military  given  when  cir- 
cumstances allowed.  The  government  also  took  measures  to  prevent 
the  wholesale  slaughter  of  li\'e  stock,  first  suppressing  the  customs  duty 
on  practically  all  food  stuffs  including  frozen  meat,  and  then  exclud- 
ing from  requisition  for  army  purposes  cows  in  milk  or  in  calf,  brood 
mares,  premium  sires,  pedigreed  stock,  heifers,  and  plow  oxen.  Simi- 
lar measures  were  taken  in  Great  Britain  and  German}^  In  the  dis- 
tricts of  France  that  had  been  invaded,  the  peasants  were  in  need  of 
horses,  implements,  seeds,  fertilizers,  forage,  etc.  To  provide  these 
the  government  made  advances  to  the  peasants,  and  to  prevent  the 
credit  banks  from  breaking  down  from  demands  upon  them  it  loaned 


604  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

money  to  the  Caisses  Kegionales  de  Credit  Agricole,  which  in  turn 
advanced  money  to  the  cooperative  societies.  Steps  were  taken  to  in- 
crease the  amount  of  gardening  carried  on,  by  putting  the  opportu- 
nity for  cultivating  gardens  within  reach  of  even  the  humblest. 
The  services  of  schoolmasters  were  enlisted  to  instruct  children  in 
gardening  and  to  carry  on  model  gardens. 

To  direct  these  efforts  a  "  committee  of  agricultural  action  "  was 
formed  in  each  commune.  These  committees  have  formed  a  part  of 
the  government's  plan  for  mobilizing  agi"icultural  labor,  and  have 
also  become  responsible  for  the  cultivation  of  farms  or  holdings 
which  have  fallen  out  of  use,  the  supply  of  seeds,  fertilizers,  etc. 

In  Germany  systematic  provision  has  been  made  for  the  cultivation 
of  the  land — selecting  the  crops  most  needed,  for  providing  ferti- 
lizers and  feeds,  and  economy  in  the  utilization  of  agricultural  prod- 
ucts. In  addition  to  its  previous  agencies  and  its  food  bureau,  an 
imperial  office  for  vegetables  and  fruit,  to  further  the  production, 
sale,  and  preservation  of  fruit  and  vegetables,  was  established  the 
past  year,  with  power  to  provide  for  the  growth  of  the  necessary 
amount  of  these  supplies  and  their  preservation. 

In  Great  Britain  the  organization  for  agriculture  has  been  greatly 
extended  and  strengthened.  War  agricultural  committees  and 
borough  war  food  societies  have  been  organized  extensively  for  the 
assistance  of  farmers  and  to  secure  further  allotments  of  land  for 
cultivation.  Attention  has  been  turned  to  the  utilization  of  land  not 
ordinarily  employed  in  agriculture,  such  as  private  parks,  golf  links, 
pleasure  grounds,  etc.,  as  well  as  bringing  more  land  into  cultivated 
crops,  employment  of  waste  woodland  for  raising  pigs,  etc. 

The  farmers  have  been  urged  to  plow  up  the  poorer  of  the  perma- 
nent pastures,  shorten  the  period  of  grass  and  clover  in  rotations, 
bring  the  remaining  grass  into  the  highest  stage  of  production  to 
enable  it  to  carry  more  stock,  reduce  the  acreage  of  bare  fallow,  and 
to  cultivate  more  extensively  crops  for  food  and  for  animals. 

The  labor  problem  has  been  a  difficult  one  in  all  the  countries.  In 
Great  Britain  persons  employed  in  certain  agricultural  occupations 
have  been  exempted  from  military  duty,  but  despite  this,  it  is  esti- 
mated that  up  to  the  middle  of  1916,  320,000  men  had  been  taken 
from  the  land.  Special  efforts  have  been  made  to  secure  labor  at 
critical  times,  as  during  harvest,  by  a  national  volunteer  movement, 
and  women  have  been  drawn  into  agricultural  occupations  as  never 
before.  In  this  they  have  shown  marked  adaptability  and  brought 
much  favorable  commendation  on  their  services.  Nearly  every  issue 
of  the  Journal  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  gives  accounts  of  the 
successful  and  satisfactory  employment  of  volunteer  women  laborers, 
frequently  drawn  from  classes  not  accustomed  to  outdoor  work. 
Women's  committees  have  been  active  in  securing  recruits,  and  to 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  605 

overcome  prejudice  in  some  sections  and  convince  farmers  of  their 
fitness  for  farm  work,  agricultural  demonstrations  have  been  held 
by  women  in  doing  various  kinds  of  operations,  such  as  plowing, 
handling  teams,  shearing  sheep,  etc. 

The  employment  of  women  is  even  more  extensive  in  other  coun- 
tries at  war,  and  in  many  places  the  temporary  employment  of 
soldiers  has  been  of  very  great  assistance.  The  Army  Council  in 
Great  Britain  issued  instructions  the  past  season  that  as  far  as  pos- 
sible farmers  be  loaned  draft  horses,  mules,  and  drivers  for  help 
in  harvesting  in  the  neighborhood.  In  Germany  special  attention 
was  given  this  year  to  the  prompt  and  proper  harvesting  of  crops. 
In  many  cases  public  work  of  all  kinds  was  interrupted  in  order  to 
set  free  labor  for  that  purpose.  The  extensive  granting  of  furloughs 
by  the  military  authorities  contributed  considerable  supplies  of  sol- 
dier labor.  In  some  sections  the  help  of  school  children  was  enlisted 
in  gathering  the  potato  crop.  France,  Germany,  and  England  to 
some  extent,  have  made  use  of  prisoners  of  war  in  carrying  on  farm 
work,  the  custom  being  to  require  the  employer  to  pay  a  small  wage 
for  the  services  and  provide  suitable  conditions  for  living.  The 
results  have  generally  surpassed  expectations. 

The  various  measures  in  aid  of  agriculture  have  presented  fine 
examples  of  cooperation  between  national,  state,  and  local  agencies. 
There  has  been  cooperation  between  the  civil  and  military  branches, 
supported  by  a  realization  of  the  necessities  of  each,  and  between 
governmental  and  private  organizations,  often  formed  voluntarily 
for  the  purpose.  The  strength  which  this  union  of  effort  has  given 
has  enabled  agriculture  to  maintain  itself  under  most  trying  condi- 
tions. 

But  the  measures  for  maintaining  the  food  supply  and  other  neces- 
sities have  not  stopped  with  the  physical  means  of  production.  They 
have  extended  to  advice  and  direction  on  the  side  of  better  farming, 
the  conservation  of  supplies,  and  the  utilization  of  new  sources.  The 
effort  has  tested  ingenuity  and  resourcefulness  to  an  unusual  degree, 
and  in  this  direction  has  led  to  new  demands  upon  the  various  classes 
of  agricultural  institutions.  It  is  interesting  to  note  especially  the 
effect  upon  the  activities  of  the  experiment  stations  and  other  agen- 
cies of  research. 

As  was  natural,  there  has  been  a  decrease  in  the  Irind  of  activity 
which  has  characterized  the  European  stations  in  normal  times.  The 
product  of  their  past  work  has,  however,  become  a  source  of  great 
strength  and  resourcefulness  in  the  countries  at  war.  It  has  been 
drawn  upon  to  a  hitherto  unprecedented  degree,  even  that  of  more 
theoretical  character.  The  years  of  experiment  and  investigation 
and  application  have  been  realized  upon  in  a  way  which  has  furnished 
renewed  conviction  of  the  practical  value  of  such  effort.     Coupled 


606  EXPERIMENT   STAllON    EECORD.  [Vol.35 

with  systematic  agricultural  education  and  the  various  forms  of 
instruction  and  advice  given  upon  farming,  it  has  enabled  effective 
resistance  and  decreased  suffering. 

The  forces  of  many  of  the  experiment  stations  have  been  consider- 
ably depleted  by  the  v^ar,  through  drafts  for  field  service  and  death, 
and  through  the  diversion  of  their  activities  in  other  directions.  A 
station  in  Austria  reports  that  it  has  been  turned  into  a  hospital; 
others  have  been  largely  diverted  to  making  the  necessities  of  life, 
serum,  war  munitions,  etc. ;  a  prominent  investigator  in  Russia  writes 
that  he  is  now  occupied  in  making  preserved  foods  for  the  army  on 
a  commercial  scale.  In  general  the  investigation  is  taking  more  prac- 
tical forms,  even  among  men  whose  previous  work  has  been  especially 
along  theoretical  lines. 

The  director  of  the  Rothamsted  Station,  writing  at  the  close  of  last 
year,  said:  "The  war  is  of  course  affecting  us,  though  less  than  we 
thought  it  would.  My  young  men  have  now  practically  all  gone  or 
are  on  the  point  of  going,  but  their  places  are  being  filled  by  women 
so  that  the  work  continues.  Naturally,  of  course,  the  objective  has 
altered  and  the  more  academic  problems  are  put  on  one  side  in  order 
that  more  urgent  matters  can  be  dealt  with.  Much  of  our  work  now 
is  advisory  and  some  very  interesting  problems  are  turning  up." 

This  advisory  work  and  the  making  of  tests  and  trials  of  various 
kinds  are  being  participated  in  generally  by  the  agricultural  institu- 
tions in  England  and  other  countries.  Nearly  every  number  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  contains  notes  on  feeding  stuffs, 
with  suggested  rations,  prices  per  food  unit,  and  similar  information, 
supplied  by  the  Animal  Nutrition  Institute  of  Cambridge  University ; 
advice  as  to  sources  and  values  of  commercial  fertilizers  occupies  a 
prominent  place,  and  there  are  reports  of  numerous  simple  practical 
trials  of  fertilizers  and  feeds  for  immediate  application.  In  some 
countries  rules  for  the  practical  farmer  are  being  worked  out,  and 
elsewhere  tests  made  of  new  materials  to  serve  as  substitutes  in 
agriculture  or  to  replace  the  necessities  of  life  in  time  of  scarcity  and 
high  prices. 

The  maintenance  of  the  industry  on  an  efficient  basis,  with  many 
of  the  ordinary  supplies  of  fertilizers,  feed,  spraying  materials,  etc., 
diminished  or  cut  off,  has  taxed  the  fund  of  knowledge  and  the 
resources  of  agricultural  science.  The  high  price  and  scarcity  of 
copper  has  led  to  experiments  to  secure  substitutes  for  copper  salts 
in  fimgicides.  The  hot  water  method  is  being  reverted  to  in  treating 
seed  for  smut,  and  lime-sulphur  is  being  given  wider  use.  In 
France,  unusually  heavy  losses  were  sustained  from  black  rot  in  the 
vineyards,  because  of  the  inability  to  spray  as  much  as  usual. 

Everywhere  special  stress  is  laid  on  the  control  of  diseases  and 
otiier  injuries  of  standard  crops  like  cereals,  potatoes,  beets,  and 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  607 

grapes,  to  protect  the  food  supply.  We  read,  also,  of  efforts  to 
prevent  losses  other  than  those  due  to  insects  and  plant  diseases,  such 
as  the  Idlling  off  of  wild  animals,  birds,  etc.,  which  injure  or  feed 
upon  farm  and  garden  crops,  and  of  restrictions  placed  on  the 
feeding  of  wild  game.  Unusual  stress  is  laid  upon  procuring  good 
seed  which  will  yield  large  returns,  and  special  efforts  have  been 
made  to  provide  such  supplies.  Plant  diseases  have  been  studied 
mainly  from  the  practical  side,  with  special  reference  to  their  con- 
trol. The  entomological  studies  have  dealt  largely  with  the  relation 
of  insects  to  the  spread  of  disease. 

Naturally  there  has  been  a  great  deal  of  work  along  food  lines, 
with  tests  of  various  kinds  of  material  for  human  food  and  for  feed- 
ing stuffs.  Yeast  preparations,  for  example,  have  been  devised  as 
substitutes  for  meat,  and  found  very  digestible,  and  an  egg  substitute 
has  been  made  from  blood  serum.  Food  preservation  has  taken 
great  strides,  especially  desiccation  by  freezing  or  drying. 

A  process  has  been  devised  for  preparing  a  cattle  food  from 
potatoes  which  can  be  kept  for  a  long  time  with  small  loss,  by 
fermenting  small  and  refuse  potatoes  in  vats  by  means  of  special 
cultures.  To  meet  the  need  for  stock  feed  in  Germany,  methods 
have  been  perfected  for  utilizing  straw,  peat,  and  other  coarse  ma- 
terials by  chemical  means  and  by  fermentation,  reinforcing  the  prod- 
uct with  dried  yeast  or  with  potato  flakes  and  molasses.  Many 
substitutes  for  oats  have  been  devised  and  experimented  with,  among 
others  one  called  chicory  crumbs,  made  from  dried  chicory  roots. 

In  veterinary  lines  there  has  been  much  investigation  upon  anti- 
septics to  take  the  place  of  more  expensive  ones,  sugar  and  salt  being 
found  effective  in  many  cases  in  the  treatment  of  animal  wounds. 
The  use  of  polyvalent  serum,  formerly  used  in  the  treatment  of 
human  wounds,  has  been  applied  to  animals.  Some  of  the  institu- 
tions formerly  prominent  in  research  work  have  been  quite  ex- 
tensively occupied  in  serum  making.  Considerable  work  in  the  vet- 
erinary line  is  reported  as  coming  from  the  field  service  instead  of 
the  laboratory. 

In  Germany  there  has  been  much  activity  in  the  fixation  of  at- 
mospheric nitrogen,  for  general  uses  and  for  fertilizers,  some  marked 
advances  having  been  made  in  the  direction  of  efficiency  and  economy. 
Small  beets,  cull  apples,  beet  residues,  etc.,  are  being  employed  in 
alcohol  making;  and  many  studies  are  reported  on  vegetable  sources 
of  oil. 

The  testing  of  farm  machinery  has  been  given  special  impetus  on 
account  of  shortage  of  labor,  and  in  some  sections  ccoperative  farm 
implement  societies  were  formed  to  provide  funds  for  their  purchase 
649GS°— 16 2 


608  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

or  joint  ownership.  Of  late,  however,  some  difficulties  have  been 
experienced  in  securing  the  allotment  of  petrol  for  their  operation. 
It  was  announced  during  the  past  summer  that  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment contemplated  extensive  purchases  of  labor-saving  agricultural 
machines,  to  meet  the  difficulties  caused  by  lack  of  farm  hands — a 
new  experience  in  that  country. 

Naturally  the  effect  on  the  character  of  the  agricultural  literature 
from  abroad  has  been  quite  marked.  The  standard  journals  come 
less  frequently  and  several  have  been  suspended.  Many  of  the  re- 
search articles  now  published  relate  to  work  done  prior  to  the  war, 
rather  than  current  investigation;  and  summaries  of  old  work  are 
common,  to  point  out  the  practical  application  of  the  results.  The 
more  strictly  scientific  publications,  especially  the  publications  of 
scientific  academies  and  the  general  review  journals,  show  a  much 
reduced  size  as  compared  with  the  volumes  of  1913  and  1914.  This 
is,  of  course,  to  be  expected,  and  the  wonder  is,  not  that  so  relatively 
little  but  that  so  much  new  investigation  is  being  recorded  at  this 
time. 

As  noted  above,  there  is  unusual  activity  in  the  direction  of  popu- 
lar articles  based  on  good  scientific  practice,  results  of  tests  of  sub- 
stitutes for  the  customary  articles  of  food,  feeding  stuffs,  fungicides, 
fertilizers,  textiles,  etc.,  immunization  against  disease,  and  advocacy 
of  the  raising  of  small  animals  for  food,  such  as  poultry,  rabbits, 
goats,  etc.,  the  latter  occupying  much  space.  There  are  reports  of 
field  crops  tried  out  to  supply  local  deficiencies,  such  as  oilseeds  and 
fiber  plants  in  Germany ;  new  varieties  developed  with  a  view  to  in- 
creased production  on  limited  areas,  tests  of  crops  in  regions  in  which 
they  have  not  previously  been  grown  to  advantage,  such  as  sugar 
be^pts  in  southern  France,  the  feeding  value  of  various  unusual  or 
waste  products,  and  the  like. 

Several  standard  periodicals  have  suspended  publication,  among 
them  apparently  the  Annates  de  VInstitut  Agraywmique  de  France 
and  Annales  de  VEcole  NaturaZe  Agronomique  de  Montpellier;  and 
nearly  all  the  Belgian  literature  has  ceased  entirely.  A  notable  ex- 
ception is  the  Bulletin  Agricole  du  Congo  Beige,  published  by  the 
Belgian  Ministry  of  Colonies,  which  is  now  being  issued  in  London, 
and  two  numbers  of  a  new  series  Etudes  de  Biologie  Agricole,  which 
have  been  published  by  this  ministry. 

The  agricultural  literature  from  France  has  considerably  dimin- 
ished. Practically  no  scientific  literature  has  been  received  from 
Germany  since  June,  1916,  presumably  on  account  of  difficulties  of 
transportation.  The  Italian  literature  shows  less  variation  from  the 
previous  subject  matter  than  does  the  French,  German,  and  English. 


1916)  EDITORIAL.  609 

The  official  organ  of  the  stations  in  that  country,  and  also  that  of 
the  Hungarian  stations,  has  shown  but  little  change. 

Veiy  many  of  the  agricultural  colleges  and  schools  have  felt  the 
effects  of  the  war.  For  example,  in  England  the  Royal  Agricultural 
College  at  Cirencester,  and  the  Agricultural  and  Horticultural  Col- 
lege at  Uckfield  have  been  closed,  and  Armstrong  College  has  been 
taken  over  as  a  military  hospital,  its  agricultural  departmeiit  being 
temporarily  housed  in  a  dwelling. 

Many  of  the  French  schools  of  agriculture  had  to  close  their  doors 
on  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  but  arrangements  have  since  been  made 
to  open  most  of  them.  The  national  schools  of  agriculture  at  Rennes 
and  Montpellier  are  being  occupied  by  the  sanitary  service.  A  consid- 
erable number  of  the  practical  schools  of  agriculture  and  the  farm 
schools  have  resumed  operation,  and  several  of  these  are  receiving 
soldiers  injured  in  the  war. 

In  Austria  twelve  farm  schools,  thirty-five  winter  schools,  and 
seven  elementary  forestry  schools  were  temporarily  closed  on  account 
of  the  war.  Several  minor  institutions  in  Germany  closed  their  doors 
temporarily,  and  the  courses  and  attendance  at  the  larger  universities 
were  much  affected. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  for  the  past  two  years  the  program  of 
the  British  Association  meetings  has  shown  indications  of  the  war's 
influence.  The  address  of  the  president  of  the  Agricultural  Section 
last  year  dealt  with  the  subject  of  farming  and  food  supplies  in  time 
of  war,  showing  the  share  contributed  by  British  agriculture  to  the 
national  food  supply,  and  the  extent  to  which  it  had  assisted  in 
making  good  the  lack  of  supplies  cut  off  by  the  war.  This  year  the 
presidential  address  before  that  section  was  by  Dr.  E.  J.  Russell, 
director  of  the  Rothamsted  Station,  and  was  on  the  subject  of  The 
Possibilities  and  Prospects  of  Increased  Food  Production. 

The  bulk  of  Dr.  Russell's  address  was  devoted  to  a  consideration 
of  the  means  of  increasing  the  yield  per  acre,  and  of  reducing  the 
cost  per  acre  and  the  uncertainties  of  production.  He  pointed 
to  certain  modifications  and  adaptations  in  the  interest  of  larger 
production,  notably  a  closer  coordination  of  crop  variety,  soil  and 
climatic  conditions,  increased  efficiency  in  fertilizer  treatment,  and 
improvement  in  the  management  of  barnyard  manure  to  avoid  waste. 
He  also  referred  to  the  need  of  agricultural  education  to  raise  the 
ordinary  farmer  to  the  level  of  the  good  one,  to  the  extension  of  the 
area  of  land  under  cultivation  by  the  reclamation  of  waste,  and  to 
the  substitution  of  arable  crops  for  grass.  The  manner  of  treatment 
of  the  subject  showed  a  broad  grasp  both  of  the  opportunities  and  the 
means  of  extending  production;  and  was  typical  of  the  liberal, 
scholarly  study  which  is  being  given  the  subject  at  this  time. 


610  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35, 1916] 

The  war  has  gone  a  long  way  to  impress  upon  governments  and 
the  public  generally  the  vital  position  which  production  occupies  and 
the  advantages  of  the  new  agriculture.  The  supreme  importance  of 
scientific  research  in  all  branches  has  been  impressed  upon  the 
countries  of  Europe  by  the  most  remarkable  demonstrations  ever 
furnished.  In  these  demonstrations  and  convictions  the  indispen- 
sableness  of  science  to  an  adequate  agriculture  has  been  given  a  new 
understanding ;  and  in  the  general  results  the  institutions  and  work- 
ing forces  charged  with  the  prosecution  of  science  and  education  in 
agriculture  have  richly  shared. 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGEICTJLTTJRAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Chlorophyll,  G.  Cusmano  {Ann.  Chim.  Appl.  [Rome},  5  {1916),  No.  S-4,  pp. 
97-117,  pi.  1,  fig.  1). — This  is  a  general  review  of  the  work  on  chlorophyll.  The 
subject  is  discussed  under  the  following  divisions :  The  action  of  alkali  and 
acid  on  chlorophyll ;  the  isolation  of  chlorophyll  and  separation  into  its  two 
constituents ;  the  carotinoids ;  comparison  of  the  pigments  of  the  leaves ;  and 
the  structure  of  chloi'ophyll.  A  table  showing  the  amounts  of  the  various 
green  and  yellow  coloring  substances  of  the  leaves  and  also  one  showing  the 
decomposition  products  and  derivatives  of  chlorophyll  are  submitted. 

Bean  oil  (oil  of  Phaseolus  vulgaris),  F.  Witke  {Chem.  Ztg.,  40  {1916),  No. 
19-20,  pp.  147,  148). — The  following  constants  for  an  oil  extracted  by  benzene 
from  the  air-dried  material  are  submitted :  Yield,  2  per  cent ;  acid  value,  17.2 ; 
saponification  value,  179.2 ;  ester  value,  162 ;  iodin  value,  97.9 ;  Hehner  value, 
78.2;  unsaponifiable  matter,  5.6  per  cent;  phosphorus,  0.98  per  cent;  lecithin, 
25.6  per  cent ;  and  refractive  index  at  25°  C,  1.4865.  The  fatty  acids  were 
isolated  in  the  usual  manner  and  saelded  the  following  constants :  Saponifica- 
tion value,  193.1 ;  iodin  value,  124.6 ;  acetyl  value,  52.7 ;  acetyl  acid  value,  175.4 ; 
acetyl  saponification  value,  228.1 ;  and  refractive  index  at  38°,  1.4691. 

The  disagreement  in  the  results  obtained  compared  with  those  previously  re- 
ported is  briefly  discussed. 

The  fatty  oil  from  the  seed  of  Styrax  japonica,  H.  Okada  {Yakugaku- 
zasshi  {Jour.  Pharm.  80c.  Japan),  No.  4OO  {1915),  pp.  657-665). — The  author 
obtained  a  yield  of  45  per  cent  of  a  greenish-yellow  oil  with  a  red  fluorescence 
from  the  cold-pressed  seed. 

The  following  constants  were  obtained  for  the  oil :  Acid  value,  1.1 ;  saponifi- 
cation value,  190.5 ;  Hehner  value,  94.7  per  cent.  The  solid  acids  consisted  of 
an  equal  mixture  of  stearic  and  palmitic  acids,  while  the  liquid  acids  consisted 
of  oleic  and  linoleic  acids.  The  unsaponifiable  substance  crystallized  in  glisten- 
ing needles,  with  a  melting  point  of  116°  C. 

The  g'alactan  of  Larix  occlden talis,  A.  W.  Schoegee  and  D.  F.  Smith  {Jour. 
Iiulus.  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  494-499). — The  authors  have  found 
that  the  wood  of  the  western  larch  {L.  occidentalis)  contains  approximately 
10  per  cent  of  a  galactan  not  previously  described.  The  galactan  has  been 
named  e-galactan.  On  hydrolysis  it  yields  only  galactose.  The  determina- 
tion of  galactans  by  oxidation  to  mucic  acid  with  nitric  acid  according  to  the 
method  of  ToUens  is  deemed  unreliable.  Galactans  have  been  shown  to  be 
characteristic  of  several  of  the  common  conifers. 

The  synthesis  of  acetaldehyde  in  fruits,  H.  MtJLLEE-THUBGAtr  and  A. 
OsTEEWAXDEB  {Landw.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  29  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  508,  509). — In  a 
study  on  the  influence  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  yeasts  and  bacteria  in  wine  and 
fruit  juices  it  was  observed  that  the  sulphurous  acid  was  in  some  way  so 
chemically  bound  as  to  become  inactive.  Further  investigation  showed  that 
the  sulphur  dioxid  was  bound  by  the  aldehydes  present  in  the  juice.    Aldehyde 

611 


612  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

was  found,  however,  only  in  fully  ripe  fruits.  In  pears  the  amount  was  found 
to  increase  gradually  until  a  maximum  was  reached  in  the  overripe  stage  of 
the  fruit.  The  presence  of  aldehyde  was  only  occasionally  demonstrated  in 
upples,  and  in  one  sample  of  grapes  examined  was  absent. 

The  urease  content  of  certain  beans,  with,  special  reference  to  the  jack 
bean,  J.  G.  Mateee  and  E.  K.  Mabshall,  Jk.  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  297-305). — The  authors  have  demonstrated  that  the  jack  bean 
(Canavalia  ensiformis)  contains  about  15  times  as  much  urease  as  the  soy 
bean.  The  extract  from  the  jack  bean,  however,  contains  much  less  solid 
residue  than  the  soy-bean  extract.  The  urease  appears  to  be  specific  for  urea, 
just  as  is  the  enzym  obtained  from  the  soy  bean.  The  use  of  the  jack-bean 
urease  for  the  rapid  removal  of  urea  from  solutions  in  which  as  little  contami- 
nating material  as  possible  should  be  added,  and  its  use  for  quantative  urea 
determinations  is  indicated.  The  presence  of  urease  was  also  established  in 
the  urd  bean  (Phaseolxis  aureus)  and  the  horse  gram  (Dolichus  biftorus). 

Notes  on  collodion  membranes  for  ultrafi^ltration  and  pressure  dialysis, 
G.  S.  Walpole  (Biochcm.  Jour.,  0  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  284-297,  figs.  5).— This 
article  describes  the  preparation  of  collodion  test-tube  shaped  bags  and  their 
use  for  simple  ultrafiltration  and  dialysis  experiments.  On  account  of  their 
lack  of  uniformity  and  the  difficulty  of  accurate  reproduction  their  use  is  not 
recommended  for  careful  work. 

Flat  membranes  are  prepared  by  pouring  alcohol-ether  solutions  of  collodion 
on  leveled  plate  glass  and  then  plunging  the  film,  after  partial  evaporation  of  the 
alcohol  and  ether,  into  water.  With  proper  precautions  films  of  remarkable 
uniformity  can  be  prepared.  It  is  suggested  that  "  in  these  films,  more  than 
in  other  ultrafilters  in  general  use,  the  channels  leading  through  the  gel  struc- 
ture from  one  side  to  the  other  are  of  a  certain  uniformity  in  size.  None  of 
them  is  large  enough  to  allow  any  antigen  to  pass ;  but  the  structure  is  highly 
porous  and,  because  there  are  many  such  channels,  rapid  ultrafiltration  results." 

The  arrangements  of  apparatus  in  which  the  flat  membranes  and  also  the 
test-tube  shaped  membranes  can  be  utilized  for  ultrafiltration  and  pressure 
dialysis  are  described  in  detail. 

A  rapid  filter  for  turbid  liquids,  R.  C.  Shuey  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin. 
Chem.,  8  (1916),  No.  6,  p.  523,  fig.  1). — An  ordinary  suction  filter,  using  the 
paper  pulp  used  by  distillers,  and  its  manipulation  are  described. 

A  rapid  method  for  comparing  the  decolorizing  efficiency  of  charcoals, 
L.  WiCKENDEN  and  J.  W.  Hassler  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  518,  519,  fig.  1). — A  method  which  is  rapid  and  enables  charcoals  to 
be  classified  with  great  ease  and  accuracy  according  to  their  decolorizing  effi- 
ciency is  described.  A  solution  of  Soudan  III  or  Oil  Red  RN  in  kerosene  is 
used  for  the  test.  The  solutions  filter  rapidly  and  come  through  clear  and 
bright.  The  preparation  of  a  standard  scale  for  classifying  the  charcoals  and 
also  a  simple  colorimeter  which  facilitates  the  procedure  are  described. 

A  new  colorimeter,  C.  F.  Sammet  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  (1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  519-521,  fig.  1). — The  author  describes  a  colorimeter  which  is  easily 
adjusted.  Although  designed  for  reading  the  color  of  turpentine,  it  is  equally 
well  adapted  for  other  colorimetric  work  when  standard  glasses  can  be  em- 
ployed and  the  solution  does  not  attack  the  metallic  cell. 

A  Kjeldah.1  fume  remover,  F.  G.  Meekle  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem., 
8  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  521,  522,  figs.  S). — An  apparatus  consisting  of  a  lead  pipe 
of  0.5  in.  inside  diameter,  to  which  are  soldered  as  many  3-in.  lead  tubes  (i  in. 
diameter)  as  desired,  is  described.  The  small  tubes  are  fitted  with  rubber 
stoppers,  which  are  in  turn  fitted  to  the  flasks  used  in  the  digestion.    The  acid 


1916  J  AGRICULTUEAL   CHEMISTBY AGROTECHNY.  613 

fumes  are  disposed  of  by  passing  into  a  sink  pipe  which  is  washed  with  a  stream 
of  water  or  in  some  other  convenient  manner. 

A  small  apparatus  for  two  flasks  is  also  described. 

Contribution  to  the  determination  of  citric-acid-soluble  phosphoric  acid 
by  the  iron-citrate  method,  N.  Zachabiades  and  J.  Czak  {Ztschr.  Landw. 
Versuchsw.  Osterr.,  18  (1915),  No.  7,  pp.  ^72-^75 )  .—Experimental  data  of  the 
analysis  of  a  number  of  slags  by  the  iron-citrate  method  are  submitted.  From 
these  data  the  authors  conclude  that  the  addition  of  hydrogen  peroxid  for  the 
purpose  of  oxidizing  any  hydrogen-sulphid  combinations  is  usually  superfluous, 
especially  if  the  odor  of  hydrogen  sulphid  is  only  weakly  perceptible.  The  pre- 
cipitate need  not  be  filtered  immediately,  as  has  been  previously  recommended. 
The  data  submitted  check  very  well  with  results  obtained  by  the  procedxire  of 
Popp. 

Note  on  the  determination  of  phosphorus  in  plant  materials,  A.  W. 
Chbistie  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  p.  511). — Experi- 
mental data  submitted  from  the  California  Experiment  Station  indicate  that  the 
ignition  of  the  sample  with  magnesium  oxid  is  a  quick  and  accurate  method  of 
oxidizing  the  organic  material  in  the  determination  of  total  phosphorus.  Oxida- 
tion with  fuming  nitric  acid  was  found  to  be  unsatisfactory. 

Studies  on  the  determination  of  sulphur  as  barium  sulphate,  P.  L.  Bltt- 
MENTHAi,  and  S.  C.  Gueknsey  (Iowa  Sta.  Research  Bui.  26  (1915),  pp.  390- 
436). — The  purpose  of  the  investigation  reported  was  chiefly  "to  discover  the 
magnitude  and  causes  of  the  error  involved  in  the  usual  method  of  determining 
total  sulphur,  particularly  in  lime-sulphur  solutions;  ...  to  ascertain  the 
method  best  adapted  to  estimating  total  sulphur  .  .  .  and  to  extend  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  mechanism  of  the  reaction."  The  history  and  use  of  the  method 
are  reviewed  and  discussed  in  some  detail. 

Experimental  results  with  potassium  and  sodium  sulphates,  showing  the 
effect  of  various  rates  of  addition  of  barium  chlorid  in  definite  quantity  and  of 
varying  strengths  at  constant  volume  and  acidity,  demonstrate  that  there  is 
little  choice  between  the  use  of  5  and  10  per  cent  barium  chlorid,  the  time 
of  addition  being  slightly  more  important.  Five  per  cent  barium  chlorid  added 
at  the  rate  of  5  cc.  per  minute  was  found  to  yield  the  best  average  results  in 
the  work  at  hand.  Various  strengths  of  acid  were  found  not  to  influence  the 
results  to  any  great  extent,  although  a  low  acidity  was  preferable  (2  per  cent 
or  less). 

In  studying  the  effect  of  various  salts  on  the  precipitation  it  was  found 
that  when  sodium  salts  were  the  only  impurity  very  concordant  analyses  could 
be  obtained.  In  the  presence  of  calcium  the  results  obtained  did  "  not  differ 
markedly  from  the  figures  obtained  in  the  presence  of  other  salts.  The  same 
variations  occur,  and  again  the  necessity  of  working  under  exactly  uniform 
conditions  is  emphasized."  The  presence  of  magnesium  in  general  yielded  high 
values.  From  a  general  consideration  of  the  analytical  results  the  authors  ar- 
rive at  the  conclusion  that  "  a  pure  precipitate  of  barium  sulphate  is  not  to  be 
obtained  by  any  ordinary  precipitation  method.  The  best  values  are  due  to  a 
balancing  of  errors,  and  to  insure  uniformity  of  analyses  the  strictest  attention 
must  be  given  to  maintaining  definite  and  identical  conditions  in  the  system." 

For  accurate  lime-sulphur  analyses  the  following  procedure  is  recommended : 
One  aliquot  is  oxidized  with  sodium  peroxid,  heated,  diluted,  acidified,  boiled, 
precipitated  rapidly  with  5  per  cent  barium  chlorid,  and  filtered  through  a 
Gooch  crucible  after  an  hour's  standing.  A  general  idea  of  the  amount  of  sul- 
phur in  the  definite  volume  of  solution  is  thus  obtained.  The  volume  of  the 
final  det«"mination   is   so   adjusted   that   each   cubic   centimeter   will   contain 


614  EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

about  1  iBi,'.  of  barium  sulphate.  The  final  volume  of  the  solution  after  pre- 
cipitating the  sulphate  should  thus  be  about  250  to  .350  cc.  After  oxidizing  a 
suitable  aliquot  with  sodium  peroxid,  heating  to  hasten  the  oxidation,  and 
acidifying,  the  solution  should  be  boiled  to  drive  out  dissolved  gases,  exactly 
neutralized,  and  an  amount  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  added  so  that 
the  volume  percentage  of  hydrochloric  acid  does  not  exceed  2  per  cent.  After 
diluting  the  acidified  solution  to  the  proper  volume  it  is  heated  to  boiling  and 
precipitated  hot  with  20  cc.  of  5  per  cent  barium  chlorid  added  from  a  burette 
at  the  rate  of  from  5  to  10  cc.  per  minute,  preferably  at  the  slower  rate.  The 
solution  should  not  be  shaken  or  stirred.  The  beaker  and  contents  after  the 
precipitant  has  been  added  are  set  aside  and  allowed  to  stand  for  at  least 
12  hours  before  filtering.  After  filtration  the  precipitate  is  washed  with  cold 
water  until  free  from  chlorids,  using  a  uniform  quantity  of  wash  water, 
150  cc.  added  in  15  cc.  portions  usually  sufficing  to  free  a  precipitate  of  this  size 
f7-om  chlorids,  and  introducing  a  negligible  loss  due  to  solubility  of  barium 
sulphate. 

In  an  attempt  to  increase  the  knowledge  of  the  mechanism  of  the  reaction 
other  precipitants  for  sulphur  were  tried.  The  authors  conclude  that  they 
have  no  better  explanation  for  the  mechanism  of  the  reaction  than  those  offered 
by  earlier  investigators.  The  necessity  for  following  a  definite  set  of  conditions 
in  sulphur  analysis  is  strongly  emphasized. 
A  list  of  43  references  cited  is  appended. 

The  quantitative  determination  of  the  total  protein  and  nonprotein  sub- 
stances of  muscle.  Improved  technique,  N.  W.  Janney  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem., 
25  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  177-183). — The  following  modified  quantitative  procedure 
is  outlined : 

"  The  fresh  muscle  is  freed  from  all  adherent  fat  and  connective  tissue, 
passed  through  a  meat  grinder,  and  thoroughly  mixed.  About  10  gm.  is  weighed 
by  difference  into  a  beaker  from  a  weighing  glass  provided  with  a  ground  glass 
lid.  Fifty  cc.  of  95  per  cent  alcohol  is  added  and  the  contents  of  the  beaker 
heated,  with  stirring,  until  the  alcohol  boils.  The  liquid  is  then  decanted 
through  an  ordinary  round  filter  of  12.5  cm.  diameter,  which  has  previously 
been  extracted  with  alcohol  and  ether,  dried,  and  weighed.  This  treatment  of 
the  protein  with  alcohol  is  once  repeated. 

"  The  coagulated  muscle  is  next  extracte<l  in  a  similar  manner  with  400  cc. 
of  boiling  water  in  four  portions,  and  then  brought  quantitatively  on  the  filter. 
The  filter  is  now  carefully  folded  about  the  protein  material,  which  is  gently 
inserted  into  an  extraction  hull  and  extracted  three  hours  in  an  ordinary 
Soxhlet  apparatus  with  95  per  cent  alcohol.  The  95  per  cent  alcohol  is  then 
replaced  by  absolute  alcohol  and  the  extraction  continued  for  a  period  of 
15  hours.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  filter  projects  beyond  the  upper  level 
attainable  by  the  solvent,  which  must  completely  surround  the  protein.  After 
completion  of  the  extraction  the  filter  with  the  pure  protein  is  removed  from 
the  apparatus,  dried  to  cortstant  weight  at  105°  [C.j  in  a  weighing  glass  provided 
with  a  ground  glass  lid,  and  the  previously  ascertained  weight  of  the  filter  paper 
deducted." 

When  required,  the  nonprotein  substances  are  determined  by  deducting  the 
percentage  of  protein  found  from  the  percentage  of  total  solids. 

The  protein  content  of  muscle,  N.  W.  Ja-Nney  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  185-1S8). — This  material  has  been  essentially  noted  from  another 
source  (E.  S.  R.,  3.5,  p.  315). 

The  ninhydrin  reaction  with  amino  acids  and  ammonium  salts,  V.  J. 
Harding  and  h\  H.  S.  Wabnefoed  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  319- 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY.  615 

335). — The  experimental  data  demonstrate  that  ammonium  salts  of  weak  acids 
react  positively  with  ninhydrin  in  concentrations  of  1  per  cent.  In  very  high 
concentrations  the  ammonium  salts  of  strong  mineral  acids  give  a  positive 
ninhydrin  reaction.  Reducing  agents  increase  the  sensitiveness  of  the  ninhy- 
drin reaction  with  ammonium  salts. 

"  In  the  presence  of  pyridin  and  in  a  concentration  of  1  cc.  =  0.05  mg.  of 
nitrogen,  all  ammonium  salts  react  positively  with  triketohydrindene  hydrate. 
The  amount  of  decomposition  of  the  ammonium  nitrogen  was  found  to  be  inde- 
pendent of  the  acid  radical  attached  and  possessed  a  constant  value  of  0.018 
mg.  nitrogen ;  the  blue  coloration  is  due  to  the  ammonium  salt  of  diketohydrin- 
dylidene-diketohydrindamin." 

A  theory  as  to  the  meelianism  of  the  reaction  with  amino  acids  and  am- 
monium salts  is  sug.L,'ested. 

The  ninhydrin  reaction  with  am.ins  and  amids,  V.  J.  Harding  and  R.  M. 
MacLean  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  337-350). — "The  ninhydrin 
reaction  is  given  by  organic  bases  of  the  type  RCH2NH2,  and  R2CHNH2  where 
one  radical  is  negative  in  character.  Other  bases  which  readily  yield  ammonia 
or  are  readily  oxidized  give  the  ninhydrin  reaction.  With  the  fatty  amins  and 
in  the  presence  of  pyridin  the  strongest  reaction  is  given  by  the  simplest  mem- 
bers. Amids  give  no  reaction  with  ninhydrin.  Guanidin  and  its  derivatives 
give  a  negative  test." 

The  nonspecificity  of  the  ninhydrin  reaction  for  amino  acids,  especially  in 
vary  small  amounts  and  in  the  presence  of  large  amounts  of  ammonium  salts, 
is  emphasized. 

On  the  determination  of  phytosterol  in  animal  fats  according'  to  Bomer's 
acetate  procedure  with  the  separation  of  the  stearins  by  precipitation  with 
digitonin,  B.  KuHN,  P.  Bengen,  and  J.  Wewekinke  {Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr. 
u.  Genussmtl,  29  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  321-329) .—The  authors  outline  a  modified 
procedure  as  follows : 

Fifty  gm.  of  fat  is  heated  with  100  cc.  of  alcoholic  potassium  hydroxid  (200 
gm.  KOH  dissolved  in  70  per  cent  alcohol  and  made  up  to  1  liter)  for  15  min- 
utes on  a  water  bath.  The  clear  soap  solution  is  diluted  with  150  cc.  hot  water 
and  then  50  cc.  hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.124)  is  addeil.  The  clear 
fatty  acids  are  then  separated  from  the  KCl-glycerin  mixture  by  filtration.  To 
the  warm  liquid  acids  25  cc.  of  a  1  per  cent  solution  of  digitonin  in  96  per  cent 
alcohol  is  added,  and  the  mixture  is  thoroughly  stirred  and  allowed  to  set  on 
the  water  bath  at  a  temperature  of  70°  C.  for  from  0.5  to  1  hour,  according  to 
the  amount  of  stearins  present.  To  the  mixture,  from  15  to  30  cc.  of  chloro- 
form is  now  added  and  the  precipitate  carefully  filtered  on  a  Witte  plate  with 
gentle  suction.  The  precipitate  is  washed  from  three  to  five  times  with  chloro- 
form and  in  the  same  manner  with  ether.  When  free  from  fatty  acids  it  is 
dried  for  ten  minutes  at  from  90  to  100°.  The  precipitate  is  now  strongly 
boiled  with  from  3  to  5  cc.  of  acetic  anhydrid  for  about  five  minutes,  in  which 
time  the  reaction  is  usually  complete.  Four  volumes  of  50  per  cent  alcohol  are 
now  added  and  the  mixture  cooled.  After  from  five  to  ten  minutes  the  pre- 
cipitated acetate  is  filtered  through  a  small  filter,  washed  with  50  per  cent 
alcohol,  and  then  recrystallized  from  ether  solution. 

Analytical  data  of  the  melting  points  of  stearin  acetates  obtained  from  75 
different  samples  of  fats  and  mixtures  are  submitted. 

The  determination  of  stearins  by  means  of  digitonin,  O.  Pfeifer  {Ztschr. 
Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl.,  31  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  38-^0). — The  procedure 
modified  by  Kiihn  et  al.  (see  previous  abstract)  was  found  to  yield  excellent 
results. 


616  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  physiolog^y  of  souring  of  pure  and  watered  milk,  F.  Reiss  (Ztschr. 
Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl.,  31  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  Itl-Jf5). — From  experi- 
mental data  submitted  it  is  concluded  that  within  rather  wide  limits  of  milk 
watering  in  the  course  of  lactic  acid  fermentation  amounts  of  lactose  are 
fermented  which  are  inversely  proportional  to  the  degree  of  watering.  While 
more  conclusive  evidence  is  necessary  to  answer  the  question  whether  the 
degree  of  aciditj^  can  be  definitely  used  as  an  index  of  the  amount  of  water, 
it  is  deemed  certain  that  from  the  degree  of  acidity  of  sour  milk  it  can  safely 
be  determined  whether  or  not  the  milk  was  originally  watered. 

The  gravimetric  determination  of  reducing  sugars  in  cane  products,  G.  P. 
Meade  and  J.  B.  Harris  {Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
504-509). — In  clarifying  the  sugar  solutions  the  authors  found  that  different 
results  were  obtained  by  the  use  of  varying  amounts  of  neutral  lead  acetate 
solution. 

"  Carbonate,  sulphates,  and  oxalates  are  not  interchangeable  as  deleading 
agents,  oxalates  giving  results  from  4  to  b  per  cent  higher  on  the  weight  of 
copper  than  where  either  of  the  others  is  used.  Kieselguhr  only,  without  the 
use  of  lead  or  other  reagent,  gives  a  clear  filtrate,  both  with  final  molasses 
and  raw  sugar,  and  the  solution  offers  no  mechanical  difiiculty  in  the  precipita- 
tion and  collection  of  the  copper  precipitate.  Without  lead  the  results  are 
slightly  lower  than  where  lead  and  oxalate  are  used." 

Results  obtained  by  weighing  the  cuprous  oxid  were  about  5  per  cent  higher 
on  the  weight  of  copper  than  those  obtained  by  igniting  and  weighing  as  cupric 
oxid.  Volumetric  iodid  determinations  of  the  copper  checked  the  cupric  oxid 
results. 

It  is  indicated  that,  "  under  strict  specifications  as  to  the  quantity  and  class 
of  reagents,  any  method  for  the  preparation  of  the  solution  for  analysis  will 
give  results  which  check  within  themselves." 

The  determination  of  the  gelatinizing  temperature  of  the  starches  from 
the  grain  sorghums  by  means  of  a  thermo-slide,  C.  K.  Francis  and  O.  C. 
Smith  {Jour.  Indus.  aiuL  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  509-511,  figs.  2). — 
Thi«  material  has  been  previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  108). 

A  colorimetric  method  for  the  estimation  of  free  formaldehyde  and  hexa- 
methylenamin,  R.  J.  Collins  and  P.  J.  Hanzlik  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  231-237). — A  colorimetric  method  in  which  the  phloroglucinol  reagent 
(0.1  gm.  phloroglucinol  in  10  cc.  10  per  cent  sodium  hydroxid)  is  used  is 
described. 

Permanent  color  standards  are  prepared  from  mixtures  of  Congo  red  and 
methyl  orange.  Standard  mixtures  for  concentrations  of  formaldehyde  between 
1 : 1,000,000  and  1 :  20,000  have  been  determined  and  are  submitted.  It  is  in- 
dicated that  the  procedure  described  is  more  accurate  than  the  Romijn,  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia  method,  and  the  hydroxid  pressure  method.  It 
is  directly  applicable  for  the  determination  of  free  formaldehyde  in  urine. 

[Report  of  the  fermentation  and  bacteriological  section],  H.  MiJLLER- 
Thuegau  and  A.  Osterwalder  {Landiv.  Jahrb.  Schtcciz,  29  {1915),  No.  5,  pp. 
537-568). — Experiments  on  the  value  of  washing  the  fruit  preliminary  to  press- 
ing demonstrated  that  the  washing  did  not  yield  a  purer  fermentation  or  a 
more  stable  product.  In  the  reduction  of  the  acidity  of  wines,  partial  neutral- 
ization with  calcium  carbonate  and  further  reduction  to  any  degree  of  acidity 
desired  by  the  action  of  Bacillus  gracilis  at  various  temperatures  was  found 
to  yield  satisfactory  results. 

From  results  obtained  in  connection  with  studies  on  the  influence  of  sul- 
phurous acid  on  fermentation  processes  in  wines  and  fruit  juices,  it  is  indi- 


1916]  METEOROLOGY.  617 

cated  that  the  amount  of  sulphur  dioxid  which  actually  inhibits  jjlcoholic  and 
the  various  acid  fermentations  so  varies  that  no  exact  amount  to  be  used  can  be 
prescribed.  An  investigation  on  the  otfect  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  wine  diseases 
indicated  that  the  use  of  sulphur  dioxid  is  a  valuable  aid  in  preventing  the 
lactic-acid  disease  which  is  so  prevalent  in  certain  fruit  juices,  especially  those 
obtained  from  overripe  pears  and  apples.  On  account  of  the  presence  of  alde- 
hydes in  tlie  juices  the  sulphurous  acid  soon  becomes  inactive,  so  that  for 
reliable  results  sufficient  quantities  of  potassium  metabisulphite  should  also  be 
added,  but  because  of  the  continued  production  of  aldehyde  during  fermentation 
the  quantity  of  sulphur  dioxid  and  potassium  metabisulphite  necessary  should 
be  largely  regulated  by  the  activity  of  the  fermentation.  An  undue  excess  is  to 
be  avoided  at  the  beginning  of  the  fermentation,  as  it  may  injure  the  bacteria 
{B.  mannitopoevni  and  B.  gracilis),  although  not  the  yeasts. 

[Report  of  the  chem.ical  section],  W.  J.  Baragiola,  C.  Godet,  and  O.  Sohuppu 
(Landw.  Jahrb.  Schweiz,  29  (1915),  No.  5,  pp.  568^72).— These  pages  briefly 
report  the  results  obtained  in  the  investigations  on  the  diff:erence  between  acid 
content  and  degree  of  acidity ;  analytical  investigations  on  the  ripening  of 
grapes  and  the  wine  obtained  therefrom ;  acid  reduction  in  wine  in  relation  to 
its  analysis,  physicochemical  properties,  and  hygienic  value;  the  fermentation 
of  grape  must  under  paraffin  oil ;  and  the  various  combinations  of  sulphur  in 
wine  and  their  determination. 

METEOROLOGY. 

Weather  as  a  business  risk  in  farming-,  W.  G.  Reed  and  H.  R.  Tolley 
(Geogr.  Rev.,  2  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  48-53,  figs.  4;  abs.  in  V.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev., 
U  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  354.  355,  figs.  .•?).— It  is  pointed  out  in  this  article  that 
the  occasional  occurrence  of  unfavorable  weather  conditions  is  a  risk  which 
must  be  recognized  by  successful  farmers,  and  it  is  stated  that  in  the  case  of 
phenomena  whose  distribution  follows  the  "  normal  law  of  frequency  "  this  risk 
may  be  determined  with  a  fair  degree  of  accuracy.  A  method  of  determining 
the  risk  of  frost  occurrence  is  described  in  this  paper,  and  the  opinion  is 
expressed  that  a  method  of  computing  the  risk  from  other  more  complicated 
phenomena  can  be  worked  out. 

"  To  compute  the  time  available  for  plant  growth  in  a  given  proportion  of  the 
years  the  mo.st  satisfactory  method  is  that  based  on  the  risk  at  each  end  of  the 
growing  season.  If  the  chance  of  safety  on  a  given  date  in  spring  is  one-half 
and  that  on  a  given  date  in  fall  is  one-half,  the  chance  of  safety  for  the  whole 
period  between  is  one-half  multiplied  by  one-half;  that  is,  one-fourth.  For 
many  important  crops  about  a  four-fifths  chance  of  safety  is  essential  for  con- 
tinued success.  .  .  .  For  any  place  the  length  of  the  available  growing  season 
(that  is,  number  of  days  for  which  the  chance  is  four  in  five),  beginning  at  the 
date  when  the  frost  risk  falls  to  10  per  cent,  is  the  number  of  days  between 
this  date  and  the  date  on  v\'hich  the  chance  of  fall  frost  rises  to  10  per  cent." 

A  table  is  given  which  simplifies  the  computation.  It  is  stated  that  "  although 
this  method  of  determining  business  risk  is  subject  to  limitations  because  of 
the  shortness  of  the  individual  records,  a  careful  examination  of  the  records 
shows  that  in  the  large  the  computed  dates  on  which  the  frost  risk  rises  (or 
falls)  to  10  per  cent,  when  compared  with  the  actual  number  of  occurrences,  is 
a  very  close  agreement.  From  a  total  of  27,157  observations  the  lack  of  agree- 
ment between  the  computed  and  counted  cases  was  but  17  in  10,000." 

Critical  period  of  growth  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bid. 
22  {1916),  pp.  2,  S.  fig.  1). — Attention  is  called  especially  to  the  use  of  rainfall 
charts  in  relation  to  the  critical  periods  of  corn,  the  most  important  of  which  is 
the  ten  days  following  the  date  of  blossoming. 


618  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Weather  and  the  yield  of  com  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather  and  Crop 
Bui.  llf  (1916),  p.  2.  fly.  1). — The  relation  between  the  yield  of  corn  and  the 
rainfall  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Missonri,  and  Ken- 
tucky for  the  28  years  from  1888  to  1915,  inclusive,  is  shown  in  a  diagram  and 
briefly  discussed.  The  most  striking  fact  brought  out  is  that  whenever  the  rain 
for  July  has  been  above  the  normal  the  yield  was  above  the  normal  in  every 
instance.  Whenever  the  rainfall  was  below  the  normal  the  yield  has  also  been 
below  in  every  year  except  five. 

The  four  greatest  com  States  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather  and  Crop 
Bui.  15  {1916),  p.  2,  fig.  1). — It  is  shown  that  the  average  yield  of  com  for 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Iowa,  and  Missouri  is  32  bu.  per  acre,  and  that  the  average 
July  rainfall  for  the  region  covered  by  these  States  is  3.9  in.  The  preeminence 
of  these  States  in  corn  production  is  shown  to  be  closely  correlated  with  the  July 
rainfall. 

Rainfall  and  temperature  and  corn  yield  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather 
and  Crop  Bui.  18  {1916),  pp.  2,  3,  fig.  i).— The  effect  of  July  rainfall  and  tem- 
perature on  the  yield  of  corn  in  Ohio  during  the  period  from  1854  to  1915,  inclu- 
sive, is  shown  in  a  diagram  and  briefl.y  discussed.  The  July  rainfall  is  shown  to 
be  the  dominating  factor. 

Weather  and  yield  of  potatoes  {TJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather  and  Crop 
Bui.  19  {1916),  pp.  2,  3.  fig.  1). — A  study  of  the  effect  of  temperature  and  rain- 
fall upon  the  yield  of  potatoes  in  Ohio,  Michigan,  and  New  Jersey  is  reported, 
showing  that  the  temperature  of  July  is  the  most  important  weather  factor  in 
those  States.    A  cool  July  is  most  favorable. 

Monthly  Weather  Review  {V.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  JfJt  {1916),  Nos.  5,  pp. 
2Jf3-319,  pis.  9,  figs.  18;  6,  pp.  S21-379,  pis.  14,  figs.  28).— In  addition  to  weather 
forecasts,  river  and  flood  observations,  and  seismological  reports  for  May  and 
June,  1916 ;  lists  of  additions  to  the  Weather  Bureau  Library  and  of  recent 
papers  on  meteorology  and  seismology ;  notes  on  the  weather  of  the  months ; 
solar  and  sky  radiation  measurements  at  Washington,  D.  C,  during  May  and 
June,  1916 ;  condensed  climatological  summaries ;  and  the  usual  climatological 
tables  and  charts,  these  numbers  contain  the  following  articles : 

No.  5. — Circumhorizontal  Arc  Observed,  by  J.  T.  Gray ;  The  Blue  of  the  Sky 
and  Avogadro's  Constant,  by  D.  Pacini ;  Photography  of  the  Zodiacal  Light  and 
Counterglow,  by  A.  E.  Douglass ;  Propagation  of  Sound  in  the  Atmosphere,  by  E. 
van  ISverdingen ;  Spontaneous  Ionization  of  the  Aqueous  Vapor  of  the  Atmos- 
phere, II,  by  G.  Oddo ;  Variation  of  the  Emanation  Content  of  Springs,  by  R.  R. 
Ramsey ;  Planetary  Phenomena  and  Solar  Activity,  by  T.  Kohl ;  Free-air  Data 
by  Means  of  Sounding  Balloons,  Fort  Omaha,  Nebr.,  July,  1914  (illus.),  by  W.  R. 
Blair;  Meteorological  Symbols  (illus.),  by  C.  F.  Talman;  The  Coefficient  of  Cor- 
relation as  a  Measure  of  Relationship,  by  C.  N.  Moore ;  Rainfall  in  China,  1900- 
1911  (illus.),  by  Co-Ching  Chu ;  American  Definition  of  "  Sleet,"  by  C.  Abbe,  jr.; 
Two  Abnormal  Pressure  Distributions  in  Italy  ( illus. ) ,  by  F.  Eredia ;  Fog  as  a 
Source  of  Water  Supply,  by  W.  G.  Reed  (see  p.  619)  ;  A  Simple  Wind- Velocity 
Indicator  for  Use  with  the  Robinson  Anemometer  (illus.),  by  B.  C.  Kadel ; 
Diurnal  Variation  of  Underground  Temperature,  by  S.  Sato ;  Aleksandr  Ivano- 
vich  Voeikov,  1842-1916 ;  The  Chinese  Weather  Bureau,  by  Co-Ching  Chu  ;  Flood 
in  the  Lower  Mississippi,  Spring,  1916,  by  W.  E.  Barron ;  and  Rainfall  and 
Floods  in  China,  by  S.  T.  Suen. 

No.  6. — Meteor  of  June  28,  1916,  Over  Northeastern  Texas  (illus.),  by  H.  H, 
Martin;  Observations  of  Meteor  Trains;  Meteor  of  May  7,  1916,  in  Ea.stern 
Mississippi,  by  J.  H.  Jaqua ;  Meteor  of  May  7,  1916,  at  Demopolis,  Ala.,  by  J.  G. 
Whitfield ;  Work  of  the  American  Meteor  Society,  1914  and  1915,  by  C.  P. 
Olivier ;  Canadian  Aerological  Research ;  Use  of  a  Flagpole  in  Calibrating  Kite 


19161  METEOROLOGY.  619 

Anemometers  (illus.).  by  B.  J.  Sherry;  Solar  Variability,  by  C.  G.  Abbot  et.  al. ; 
Tropical  Rains:  Their  Duration,  Frequency,  and  Intensity  (illus.),  by  O.  L. 
Fassig  (see  below)  ;  Mechanism  of  Cyclones,  by  F.  J.  W.  Whipple;  Causes  Con- 
tributory to  the  Aimual  Variation  of  Latitude,  by  H.  Jeffreys ;  Meteorolosical 
Aspects  of  Oceanography  (illus.),  by  H.  Pettersson ;  Precipitation  Over  the 
Southeast  Rocky  Mountain  Slope  (illus.),  by  C.  Hallenbeck ;  Fog  in  Relation  to 
Wind  Direction  on  Mount  Tamalpais,  Cal.,  by  H.  H.  Wright ;  On  the  So-called 
Change  in  European  Climate  During  Historic  Times,  by  H.  H.  Hildebrandsson 
(see  below)  ;  Violent  Easterly  Winds  at  Tatoosh  Islands,  Wash,  (illus.),  by  R. 
C.  Mize;  Weather  as  a  Business  Risk  in  Farming  (illus.),  by  W.  G.  Reed  and 
H.  R.  Tolley  (see  p.- 616)  ;  and  Snow  Surveys  in  Big  Cottonwood  Canyon,  Utah, 
1912-1916    (Ulus.),    by   H.    K.    Burton. 

On  the  so-called  change  in  European  climate  during  historic  times,  H.  H. 
HiLDEBRAXDSsoN  {Nova  Acta  Reg.  Soc.  Sci.  Upsal.,  4-  ser.,  4  {19 J5),  No.  5,  pp. 
31,  pis.  3;  U.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.  U  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  3U~352) .—From  an  ex- 
haustive review  of  data  from  various  sources  on  the  subject,  tlie  general  conclu- 
sion is  reached  "that  there  exist  everywhere  climatic  variations  of  long  and  short 
duration,  but  it  is  not  possible  to  prove  that  the  climate  of  Europe  has  changed 
for  either  better  or  worse  during  historic  times." 

CUmatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections  (t7.  fif.  Dept.  Agr., 
Weather  Bur.  Climat.  Data,  3  {1916),  Nos.  5,  pp.  22J,,  pis.  2,  figs.  4;  6,  pp.  224, 
pis.  2,  figs.  4)- — These  numbers  contain  brief  summaries  and  detailed  tabular 
statements  of  climatological  data  for  each  State  for  May  and  June,  1916, 
respectively. 

Meteorological  observations  at  the  Massachusetts  Agiicultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  J.  E.  Ostkandeb  and  J.  S.  Sims  {Massachusetts  Sta.  Met.  Buls. 
331-332  {1916),  pp.  4  each). — Summaries  of  observations  at  Amherst,  Mass.,  on 
pressure,  temperature,  humidity,  precipitation,  wind,  sunshine,  cloudiness,  and 
casual  phenomena  during  July  and  August,  1916,  are  presented.  The  data  are 
briefly  discussed  in  general  notes  on  the  weather  of  each  montli. 

Tropical  rains:  Their  duration,  frequency,  and  intensity,  O.  L.  Fassig 
iV.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  44  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  329-331,  figs.  i5).— The  rainfall 
phenomena  of  Porto  Rico  and  of  Maryland  are  compared.  It  is  shown  that 
there  is  a  fairly  even  distribution  of  rainy  days  throughout  the  year  in  both 
regions.  Rains,  especially  excessive  rains,  are  more  frequent  and  more  uni- 
formly distributed  throughout  the  year  in  the  tropical  region. 

"Frequent  moderate  rains  are  generally  more  favorable  for  plant  growth  than 
heavier  rains,  assuming  equal  total  amounts  for  the  year.  There  is  a  wide 
range  in  the  frequency  of  rains  of  0.01  to  0.1  in.  in  Porto  Rico,  a  condition 
which  is  probably  common  to  all  regions  with  pronounced  differences  in  topog- 
raphy. As  the  amounts  grow  larger  the  range  rapidly  decreases.  The  best  and 
most  extensive  tobacco  plantations  of  Porto  Rico  are  situated  in  the  portion  of 
the  island  having  the  greatest  number  of  light  rains,  with  a  total  annual  amount 
close  to  the  average  for  the  entire  island.  The  station  at  Caguas,  typical  of 
this  region,  shows  a  record  of  160  days  with  rainfall  from  0.01  to  0.1  in.,  with 
a  total  annual  frequency  of  262  days  and  a  total  rainfall  of  68  in.  In  the  moun- 
tains of  the  western  portion  of  the  island,  a  region  noted  for  the  abundance 
and  fine  quality  of  its  coffee,  the  rainfall  is  very  heavy.  A  peculiarity  of  the 
rains  of  this  region  is  that  they  show  a  maximum  frequency  of  amounts  between 
0.2  and  0.3  in.,  whereas  the  usual  record  shows  a  very  decided  preponderance 
of  amounts  less  than  0.1  in." 

Fog  as  a  source  of  water  supply,  W.  G.  Reed  {TJ.  S.  Mo.  Weather  Rev.,  44 
U916),  No.  5,  p.  288). — Referring  to  an  article  by  Descombes,  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  B.,  34,  p.  G14),  it  is  stated  that  "there  is  apparently  a  close  relation 


620  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

between  the  occurrence  of  summer  fog  and  the  distribution  of  the  redwood 
{Sequoia  sempervirens)  in  California.  In  addition,  a  result  of  the  fog  is 
easily  seen  wherever  there  are  single  trees,  such  as  is  the  case  on  the  Berkeley 
Hills  of  the  coast  ranges,  which  are  in  process  of  reforestation.  During  the 
summer  fogs  the  small  trees  are  dripping  with  moisture,  although  the  ground 
away  from  the  trees  is  perfectly  dry.  As  a  result  the  grass  beneath  each  tree 
remains  green  throughout  the  year." 

Tlie  climate  of  Eoumania  in  relation  to  dry  farming,  L.  Geobgesco  {Vie 
Agr.  et  Rurale,  6  {1916),  No.  11,  pp.  191-194,  fia^.  2;  abs.  in  Rev.  Sci.  [Paris], 
54  (1916),  II,  No.  13,  pp.  405,  406). — It  is  explained  that  the  climate  of  Rou- 
mania  is  typically  continental  and  on  the  plains  is  such  a«  to  make  the  use  of 
dry-farming  methods  desirable.  The  annual  rainfall  is  seldom  less  than  500 
or  more  than  800  mm.,  the  mean  being  about  600  mm.  (about  23.6  in.)  It  is 
smaller  on  the  plains  (300  to  500  mm.),  and  increases  with  the  elevation  (1,300 
to  1,600  mm.  in  the  mountains).     It  also  varies  in  distribution  seasonally. 

Even  in  seasons  of  low  rainfall  the  amount  is  sufficient  for  good  wheat  crops, 
provided  it  is  suitably  distributed.  The  average  annual  temperature  is  about 
10°  C.  (50°  F.)  on  the  plains  and  from  8  to  9°  at  the  higher  elevations.  There 
are,  however,  wide  seasonal  extremes  in  temperature  (—35  to  40°).  The  daily 
extremes  are  also  wide.  Cold,  high  winds  are  common  in  winter,  and  dry,  hot 
winds  in  summer.  Bright  sunshine  varies  from  50  to  80  per  cent  of  the  total 
possible.  The  humidity  of  the  air  varies  from  50  to  60  per  cent  in  summer 
and  from  85  to  90  per  cent  in  other  parts  of  the  year.  The  climatic  conditions 
are  such  as  to  make  early  seeding  in  the  fall  and  late  seeding  in  the  spring 
necessary. 

The  influence  of  weather  conditions  upon  the  amounts  of  nitrogen  acids 
in  the  rainfall  and  atmosphere  in  Australia,  O.  Masson,  V.  G.  Andebson,  D. 
A\TEEY,  and  H.  A.  Hunt  {Rpt.  Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1915,  pp.  87-94,  figs.  3).— 
This  is  a  preliminary  report  upon  the  organization  of  investigations  covering 
the  whole  of  Australia  (16  stations),  similar  to  those  reported  by  Anderson 
for  the  region  of  Melbourne  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  617).  The  plan  and  purpose  of 
this  work  and  the  apparatus  and  methods  to  be  used  are  briefly  described. 

Discussion  on  smoke  abatement  and  air  pollution  (Rpt.  Bril.  Assoc.  Adv. 
Sci.,  1915.  pp.  387-393 ) . — Brief  notes  are  given  on  discussions  at  the  Manchester 
meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1915,  on 
the  work  of  the  Manchester  Air  Pollution  Advisory  Board,  the  work  of  the 
Sheffield  Health  Committee,  damage  to  vegetation  caused  by  atmospheric  pol- 
lution by  smoke,  improvements  in  domestic  fire  grates,  recent  improvements 
in  gas  fires,  and  other  aspects  of  the  smoke  question. 

sons— FERTILIZERS. 

Soil  temperature,  G.  J.  Botjyoucos  {Michigan  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  26  {1916),  pp. 
133). — A  continuation  for  three  years  of  the  field  experiments  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  618)  is  reported,  together  with  the  final  conclusions  drawn  from 
the  entire  investigation. 

"  The  field  studies  on  the  temperature  of  different  types  of  soil,  namely, 
gravel,  sand,  humus  loam,  clay,  and  peat  at  6-,  12-,  and  18-in.  depths,  showed 
that  when  the  surface  of  all  these  soils  was  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  sand 
they  had  almost  exactly  the  same  average  temperature  throughout  the  year 
except  during  a  short  period  in  the  spring  when  thawing  was  taking  place. 
.  .  .  During  the  summer  months  the  peat  [had]  a  monthly  average  tempera- 
ture of  a  few  tenths  of  a  degree  higher  than  the  mineral  soils.  In  the  fall,  the 
sand  and  gravel  possessed  a  slightly  higher  monthly  average  temperature  than 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  621 

the  peat.  Whenever  rapid  and  sudden  changes  of  air  temperature  occurred  the 
sand  and  gravel  warmed  and  cooled  the  fastest,  followed  by  clay,  loam,  and 
peat,  respectively.  The  equilibrium  [was]  quickly  reestablished.  The  degree 
of  amplitude  was  greatest  in  sand  and  gi-avel,  somewhat  smaller  in  loam  and 
clay,  and  least  in  peat.  The  highest  fluctuation  occurred  in  summer  and  the 
lowest  in  winter.  The  maximum  temperature  was  approximately  the  same  for 
all  types  of  soil,  after  complete  thawing  had  taken  place,  but  the  minimum 
varied  somewhat ;  it  was  lowest  in  sand  and  gravel,  slightly  higher  in  clay  and 
loam,  and  highest  in  peat.  .  .  . 

"  When  the  same  types  of  soil  were  not  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  sand  but 
their  natural  surface  was  allowed  to  be  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  .  .  .  their 
average  temperature  .  .  .  was  about  the  same  during  the  fall  and  winter 
months,  but  varied  somewhat  during  the  spring  and  summer  months.  During 
the  latter  seasons  the  sand  and  gravel  [had]  the  highest  average  temperature, 
the  clay  and  loam  slightly  lower,  and  peat  the  lowest.  ...  In  the  spring  the 
peat  [did]  not  thaw  and  its  temperature  [did]  not  approach  that  of  the  mineral 
soils  after  complete  thawing  as  rapidly  as  when  its  surface  was  covered  with 
the  thin  layer  of  sand.  Besides  the  average  temperature  the  order  of  the 
maximum  and  minimum  temperature  [was  reversed]  in  the  various  types  of 
soil  under  the  to'O  surface  conditions.  .  .  . 

"  The  average  air  temperature  was  lower  than  that  of  any  soil  at  the  2-,  4-, 
6-,  12-,  and  18-in.  depths,  throughout  the  year.  .  .  .  The  maximum  tempera- 
ture of  all  the  soils  at  i-in.  depth  was  about  30°  F.  higher  during  hot  and  clear 
days  than  that  of  the  air  at  an  elevation  of  4  ft.  The  minimum  temperature  of 
all  the  soils  except  peat,  however,  immediately  at  the  surface  was  only  about 
1  or  2°  higher,  as  a  monthly  average,  than  that  of  the  air  at  a  height  of  4  ft. 
.  .  .  Unless  the  various  soils  were  frozen  they  always  had  a  gradient  of  tem- 
perature at  their  adjacent  depths  [which],  however,  reversed  itself  between  day 
and  night  during  the  warm  part  of  the  year  to  the  depth  that  the  diurnal- 
nocturnal  amplitude  of  oscillation  of  temperature  extended.  .  .  . 

"  The  rate  at  which  the  maximum  and  minimum  temperature  waves  traveled 
through  any  particular  soil  tended  to  follow  approximately  a  mathematical  law. 
.  .  .  Thus,  the  lag  of  the  maximum  and  minimum  epochs  tended  to  be  approxi- 
mately proportional  to  the  depth  in  all  the  different  types  of  soil. 

"  The  decrease  of  the  diurnal-nocturnal  amplitude  of  temperature  with  the 
increase  in  depth  also  followed  a  mathematical  law  in  all  the  diverse  types  of 
soil  and  the  geometric  progression  law.  .  .  .  The  diurnal-nocturnal  amplitude 
of  oscillation  of  temperature  decreased  in  geometric  progression  as  the  depth 
increased  in  arithmetric  progression,  in  all  the  different  types  of  soil. 

"  The  four  years'  data  obtained  on  the  temperature  of  sand  to  which  was 
added  different  percentages  of  organic  matter  (peat)  showed  that  during  the 
fall  and  winter  months  all  these  soils  had  approximately  the  same  degree  of 
average  temperature,  but  in  the  spring  and  summer  months  it  varied  somewhat. 
During  the  latter  months  the  sand  which  received  no  organic  matter  and  had  a 
white  colored  surface  and  the  peat  had  about  the  same  and  lower  average  tem- 
perature than  the  other  soils  which  were  treated  with  various  percentages  of 
peat.  .  .  .  The  amplitude  of  temperature  at  the  3-  and  5-in.  depths  was  high, 
but  approximately  of  equal  degree  in  all  the  treated  and  untreated  soils,  but 
comparatively  low  in  the  peat.  .  .  . 

"  The  uncultivated  soil  had  practically  the  same  or  only  a  few  tenths  of  a 
degree  higher  temperature  during  the  spring  months  than  the  cultivated  and 
only  about  1°  higher  during  the  summer  months.  During  the  fall  and  winter 
months  there  was  hardly  any  difference.  There  did  exist,  however,  a  very 
marked  difference  in  average  temperature  between  the  two  bare  soils  and  one 


622  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

covered  with  growing  vegetation.  .  .  .  Immediately  upon  the  commencement  of 
growth  of  the  vegetation  the  temperature  of  the  sod  or  grass  land  became 
decidedly  lower  than  that  of  the  cultivated  and  uncultivated  soil.  The  maxi- 
mum difference  [was]  reached  in  June  and  July,  when  the  sod  soil  at  the  7-in. 
depth,  for  instance,  [was]  about  6°  colder  than  the  bare  soils.  This  difference, 
however,  [became]  smaller  and  smaller,  so  that  by  September  it  entirely  disai)- 
peared,  and  by  October  the  order  [was]  reversed ;  the  bare  plats  [became] 
colder  and  the  sod  warmer.  The  latter  continued  to  have  a  higher  temperature 
throughout  the  fall  and  winter  months.  .  .  . 

"  In  exceptionally  cold  weather  the  soil  covered  with  vegetation  and  a  layer 
of  snow  had  25°  higher  temperature  than  a  bare  soil  at  3-in.  depth.  Certain 
topogi'aphic  positions  have  a  marked  controlling  influence  upon  the  soil  temper- 
ature. A  southern  exposure  had  about  2°  higher  average  temperature  than  a 
northern  during  the  spring  and  summer  months,  but  during  the  fall  and  winter 
months  both  locations  were  equally  warm.  The  soil  temperature  at  a  river 
bank  was  far  below  that  of  the  south  and  north  slope  during  the  spring  and 
summer  months,  but  slightly  higher  during  the  fall  and  winter  months.  The 
marked  influence  of  the  slant  of  the  surface  with  respect  to  the  position  of  the 
sun  on  the  soil  temperature  is  manifested  on  a  cultivated  soil  with  very  lumpy 
and  uneven  surface.  The  sides  of  the  lumps  or  dead  furrows  facing  the  sun 
in  the  morning  had  a  higher  temperature  than  those  shaded." 

Fundamental  interrelationships  between  certain  soluble  salts  and  soil 
colloids,  L.  T.  Sharp  (Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.  Agr.  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  10,  pp.  291-SS9, 
figs.  3). — It  was  found  in  cylinder  experiments  that  clay  loam  soil,  exposed  to 
natural  conditions  and  to  which  surface  applications  of  solutions  of  sodium 
chlorid,  sulphate,  and  carbonate  had  been  made,  became  very  impervious  to 
water,  diflicult  to  cultivate,  and  manifested  the  characteristics  of  a  high  degree 
of  diffusion.  Laboratory  studies  showed  that  the  salts  had  moved  downward 
into  the  lower  layers  of  soil  and  that  only  the  surface  soil  was  affected. 

"  The  deflocculated  condition  resulting  from  adding  certain  salts  to  and 
subsequently  washing  them  from  soils  can  be  reproduced  in  the  laboratory. 
The  deflocculation  of  soils  [so]  treated  ...  is  intimately  associated  with  the 
leaching  of  the  NaCl  and  Na-SOi  down  into  the  lower  layers  of  soil  by  water. 
In  the  case  of  NaiCOa  the  leaching  process  is  not  so  essential  for  the  diffusion 
of  the  soil  colloids.  The  addition  of  NaCl,  Na2S04,  and  NasCOs  to  the  soil  when 
followed  with  applications  of  water  was  particularly  effective  in  diminishing 
the  rate  of  percolation  through  the  soil  so  treated.  NaCl  and  NajSOi  in  con- 
stant contact  with  the  soil  increased  the  rate  of  percolation,  except  when  a  com- 
paratively dilute  solution  of  NaCl  was  slowly  passed  through  the  soil  for  a 
considerable  period  of  time. 

"The  soil  treated  with  NaCl,  NaOH,  NaaCOa  and  other  salts,  followed  by 
leaching  with  water,  yields  a  suspension  in  water  containing  approximately  ten 
times  as  much  solid  matter  as  the  same  soil  washed  with  water  only.  A  real 
diffusion  in  such  salt-treated  soils  seems  evident.  The  soil  once  diffused  by 
washing  out  added  NaCl  requires  considerably  more  salt  to  completely  flocculate 
it,  than  does  the  water-washed  soil.  Likewise  the  injured  physical  condition 
of  such  soils  is  not  readily  repaired  by  a  second  addition  of  NaCl. 

"  The  portion  of  the  organic  matter  of  the  soil  known  as  humus  has  little 
or  no  connection  with  the  appearance  of  diffusion  in  salt-treated,  water-washed 
soils.  The  diffusion  in  soils  treated  as  described  above  seems  to  be  closely  asso- 
ciated with  the  direct  addition  of  sodium  to  or  with  the  absorption  of  sodium 
by  the  soil,  thereby  producing  a  new  silicate  complex  of  a  colloidal  character  in 
the  soil  .  .  .  [which]  is  formed  simultaneously  with  the  interchange  of  ions 
occurring  between  the  salt  and  the  soil.    The  washing  process  serves,  in  the  case 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  623 

of  neutral  salts,  to  remove  flocculating  agents.  The  loss  of  calcium  and  magne- 
sium from  the  soil  bears  little  or  no  relation  to  the  flocculation  appearing  in 
salt-treated,  water-washed  soils  except  in  so  far  as  it  may  be  a  measure  of  the 
absorbed  sodium.  The  presence  of  the  OH-ion  does  not  seem  to  be  an  essential 
factor  in  the  diffusion  of  salt-treated,  water-washed  soils.  Na2C03  and  NaOH 
produce  markedly  different  effects  on  suspensions  of  the  soil.  The  acid  ion  of 
the  salt  is  not  an  important  factor  in  the  deflocculation  phenomena  following 
the  washing  out  of  salts  from  soils.  Sodium,  potassium,  and  ammonium  seem 
to  produce  the  colloidal  silicate  complex  when  salts  of  these  metals  are  applied 
to  soils,  while  calcium  does  not.  Dilute  solutions  of  acids  and  salts  possess  floc- 
culating powers  on  suspensions  of  the  soil.  It  is  not  essential  in  every  case  to 
wash  all  of  the  salt  out  in  order  to  bring  about  diffusion." 

How  much  plant  food  is  removed  from  soils  by  crops  and  drainage 
water?  H.  von  Feilitzen  {Svenska  Mosskulturfor.  Tidskr.,  29  {1915),  No.  S, 
pp.  193-210,  fig.  1). — Lysimeter  experiments  on  swamp  soil  and  so-called  white- 
moss  soil  are  reported,  which  showed  that  the  losses  of  nutritive  constituents  in 
drainage  water  were  much  smaller  in  pastures  than  in  cereal  fields  and  were 
greater  in  swamp  than  in  white-moss  soil. 

The  chemical  composition  of  the  hay  from  the  two  soils  also  differed.  The 
swamp  hay  contained  more  potassium,  phosphorus,  and  nitrogen  than  the 
white-moss  soil  hay,  both  on  fertilized  and  unfertilized  plats.  The  lime  content 
was  greater  in  the  hay  from  the  limed  white-moss  soil. 

White-moss  soil,  when  completely  fertilized,  became  enriched  in  potash  and 
phosphoric  acid  but  lost  nitrogen  in  the  drainage  water.  Swamp  soil,  when  com- 
pletely fertilized,  retained  phosphoric  acid  but  lost  potash  and  nitrogen.  The 
percentage  composition  of  the  soil  was,  however,  but  little  affected. 

Calcium,  magnesium,  potassium,  and  sodium  in  the  drainage  water  from 
limed  and  unlimed  soil,  T.  L.  Lyon  and  J.  A.  Bizzell  (Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Agron.,  8  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  81-87). — Experiments  conducted  at  Cornell  Univer- 
sity with  limed  and  unlimed  clay-loam  soil,  growing  corn,  oats,  wheat,  timothy, 
and  clover,  are  reported,  in  which  the  drainage  water  resulting  from  natural 
rainfall  was  analyzed  twice  yearly  for  five  years. 

It  was  found  that  "of  the  bases,  calcium,  magnesium,  sodium,  and  potassium, 
the  last  named  is  most  firmly  held  in  the  soil  used.  ...  An  application  of 
burned  lime  corresponding  to  the  lime  requirement  of  the  surface  foot  of  soil 
was  not  accompanied  by  any  appreciable  increase  in  the  quantity  of  potassium 
present  in  the  drainage  water,  [and]  did  not  result  in  any  greater  quantity  of 
potassium  in  the  crops  raised  on  the  limed  soil  than  in  those  that  grew  on  the 
soil  that  received  no  lime.  So  far  as  could  be  ascertained  .  .  .  there  was  no 
liberation  of  potassium  effected  by  the  lime  treatment.  Magnesium  was  the  only 
one  of  the  four  bases  that  appeared  in  larger  quantity  in  the  drainage  from  the 
limed  than  from  the  unlimed  soil.  The  calcium-magnesium  ratio  is  much 
broader  in  the  drainage  water  from  this  soil  than  in  the  soil  itself.  The  effect 
of  an  annual  application  of  potassium  sulphate  at  the  rate  of  200  lbs.  per  acre 
was  to  increase  materially  the  quantity  of  calcium  and  magnesium  in  the  drain- 
age water,  but  not  to  increase  the  quantity  of  potassium.  The  sum  total 
quantity  of  the  bases  calcium,  magnesium,  potassium,  and  sodium  was  less  in 
the  drainage  water  of  the  soil  that  received  an  application  of  lime  than  in 
the  water  from  the  unlimed  soil." 

The  loss   of  sulphur  in   drainage  water,   T.   L.  Lyon   and  J.   A.  Bizzell 
{Jour.  Amer.  Soc.  Agron.,  8  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  88-91). — Experiments  conducted 
at  Cornell  University  on  a  clay  loam  soil  growing  five  crops,  in  which  the 
drainage  water  for  four  years  was  analyzed  for  sulphates,  are  reported. 
64968°— 1& 3 


624  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

It  was  found  that  "  the  sulphur  removed  in  the  drainage  water  from  an 
unplanted,  unlimed  soil  that  had  received  some  farm  manure  but  no  commercial 
fertilizer  amounted  to  44  lbs.  per  acre  annually.  The  application  of  lime  in- 
creased the  quantity  of  sulphur  removed  by  the  drainage  water.  Soil  on  which 
crops  were  grown  lost  less  sulphur  in  the  drainage  water  than  did  unplanted 
soil  when  otherwise  similarly  treated.  The  annual  application  of  sulphate  of 
potash  at  the  rate  of  200  lbs.  per  acre  markedly  increased  the  quantity  of  sul- 
phur in  the  drainage  water.  From  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  sulphur  applied 
annually  as  sulphate  of  potash  was  removed  in  the  drainage  water." 

Physicochemical  studies  of  soils. — IV,  The  cause  of  the  fixation  of  phos- 
phoric acid  by  the  soil,  U.  Pbatolongo  (Staz.  Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  48  {1915),  Nos. 
5-1,  pp.  457-J,90.  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Chem.  ZentU.,  1915,  11,  No.  17,  p.  911). — Con- 
tinuing previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  21).  experiments  with  loose  alluvial 
soils,  alluvial  clay,  humus  soil,  and  calcareous  clay  soils  and  monobasic  phos- 
phates are  reported.  The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  the  fixation  of 
phosphoric  acid  can  be  attributed  to  absorption  processes  by  positively  charged 
soil  colloids,  mainly  the  hydroxids  of  iron,  aluminum,  and  manganese,  and  also 
to  chemical  fixation  by  calcium  salts. 

The  oxidizing'  power  of  soils,  F.  C.  Geeretsen  (Arch.  Suikerindus.  Nederland. 
Indie,  23  (1915),  No.  21,  pp.  833-841,  figs.  2;  Meded.  Proefstat.  Java-Suikerindus., 
5  {1915),  No.  11,  pp.  311-331,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  10  {1916),  No.  4,  p.  503; 
Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915), 
No.  12,  pp.  1583,  1584;  Jour.  Sac.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  {1916),  No.  6,  p.  372).— In 
tests  with  19  cane  soils  having  normal  oxidizing  power,  it  was  found  that  when 
tested  before  and  after  sterilization  the  amount  of  iodin  liberated  by  the  soils 
from  1  per  cent  potassium  iodid  solution  decreased  noticeably.  This  is  taken 
to  indicate  that  "  in  case  soils  have  an  oxidizing  power  it  is  at  least  partly  due 
to  oxidases."  In  six  cases  where  the  stand  of  cane  was  good  from  120  to  354 
mg.  of  iodin  were  liberated  by  100  gm.  of  soil ;  in  three  cases  where  the  stand 
was  fair  to  moderately  poor  from  79  to  184  mg.  were  liberated ;  and  in  eleven 
cases  where  the  stand  was  bad  there  was  no  iodin  liberated  in  eight  cases  and 
up  to  47  mg.  in  the  others.  "  The  amount  of  gaseous  oxygen  necessary  to  lib- 
erate the  average  amount  of  iodin  would  amount  to  30  to  100  per  cent  of  the 
pore  space  in  a  heavy  clay  soil.  Hence  it  is  concluded  that  the  poor  stand  of 
cane  on  strongly  reducing  soils  is  due  to  lack  of  oxygen  at  the  root  tip." 

A  method  of  determining  the  oxidizing  power  of  soil  by  means  of  potassium 
iodid  solution  is  described. 

The  principles  of  crop  production,  E.  J.  Rttssell  {Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [Lon- 
don], 101  {1915),  No.  638,  pp.  1838-1858,  pi.  1,  figs.  9;  abs.  in  Nature  [London'], 
96  {1916),  No.  2412,  pp.  579-583,  figs.  ^).— This  is  a  brief  review  of  work  by  the 
author  and  othei'S  in  which  the  main  factors  influencing  crop  production  are 
discussed,  special  attention  being  drawn  to  the  so-called  limiting  factor. 

Soil  survey  of  Walker  County,  Alabama,  J.  O.  Veatch,  A.  M.  O'Neal,  Jr., 
and  J.  F.  Stroud  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils, 
1915,  pp.  30,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  State  oE 
Alabama  and  issued  July  31,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  510,720 
acres  in  northwestern  Alabama,  the  surface  of  which  is  prevailingly  undulating 
to  hilly,  with  small  areas  of  extremely  rough  and  broken  country. 

"  The  soils  of  the  greater  part  of  the  county  are  residual  in  origin,  and  are 
derived  from  shales  and  fine-grained  sandstones.  The  silt  loam  and  fine  sandy 
loam  types  of  soil  predominate.  The  soils  are  generally  well  drained  and  easily 
tilled."  Exclusive  of  steep  broken  land,  12  soil  types  of  8,  series  are  mapped, 
of  which  the  Dekalb  very  fine  sandy  loam,  shale  loam,  and  silt  loam,  and  the 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  625 

HanceviUe  sDt  loam  cover  27.3,  21.5,  11,  and  14.3  per  cent  of  the  area,  respec- 
tively. 

Soil  survey  of  Penmngton  Covmty,  Minnesota,  W.  G.  Smith,  N.  M.  Kiek, 
and  F.  Ward  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  SoUs, 
1914,  PP-  28,  pi.  1,  fig.  i).— This  survey  issued  July  15,  1916,  deals  with  the 
soils  of  an  area  of  388,480  acres  in  northwestern  Minnesota,  the  surface  of  which 
is  mainly  level  to  undulating,  with  a  general  slope  toward  the  southwest. 
"The  natural  drainage  of  the  county  is  for  the  most  part  poor  and  must  be 
assisted  by  artificial  means." 

The  soils  of  the  county  are  of  glacial  origin.  Including  peat,  9  soil  types  of 
3  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Fargo  clay  loam,  Fargo  loam,  peat,  and 
Benoit  loam  cover  36.4,  17.3,  17.1,  and  14.5  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

The  chemical  composition  of  some  Minnesota  peat  soils,  DeF.  Hungerford 
{Jour.  Artier.  Peat  Soc.,  9  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  7^^i ) .—Analyses  made  at  the 
Minnesota  Experiment  Station  of  28  samples  of  peat,  10  of  which  were  from  the 
muskeg  type  and  18  from  the  grass  peat,  are  reported  and  discussed. 

The  muslfeg  peat,  in  general,  contained  a  higher  percentage  of  volatile  matter 
than  the  grass  peat,  this  averaging  86.84  per  cent  in  the  former  and  73.71  per 
cent  in  the  latter.  The  nitrogen  content  was  higher  in  the  grass  than  in  the 
musl^eg  peats,  the  former  containing  an  average  of  1.874  per  cent  and  the  latter 
of  2.569  per  cent.  The  percentages  of  both  phosphoric  acid  and  potash  were  also 
somewhat  higher  in  the  grass  than  in  the  muskeg  peats. 

The  gr-eatest  difference  in  composition  between  the  muskeg  and  the  grass  peat 
was  foimd  in  their  lime  content,  although  there  was  considerable  variation  in 
the  amount  present  in  different  samples  of  both  types.  The  muskeg  contained 
on  the  average  1.237  per  cent  of  lime,  but  different  samples  varied  from  0.25 
per  cent  to  5.97  per  cent.  The  grass  peat  contained  3.35  per  cent  as  an  average, 
and  varied  from  1.03  to  14.36  per  cent. 

The  analysis  is  taken  to  indicate  that  Minnesota  peat  soils  resemble  but  do 
not  agree  exactly  in  composition  with  those  of  European  countries. 

The  soils  of  Mississippi,  W.  N.  Logan  (Mississippi  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  7  (1916), 
pp.  8Jf,  pi.  1,  figs.  15). — This  is  a  revision  and  an  enlargement  of  Technical 
Bulletin  4  of  the  station  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  416),  to  which  a  brief  discussion  of  the 
general  properties  of  soil  and  chapters  on  soil  acidity  and  its  correction  and 
on  geological  formations  from  which  the  soils  were  derived  have  been  added. 

Soil  survey  of  Dunklin  County,  Missouri,  A.  T.  Sweet,  B.  W.  Tillman, 
H.  H.  Krusekopf,  C.  E.  Deardorff,  W.  I.  Watkins,  and  E.  W.  Knoble  (U.  8. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  47,  pis.  S,  fig. 
1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Missouri  Experiment 
Station  and  issued  August  8,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  343,040 
acres  in  southeastern  Missouri  which  consists  topographically  of  hill  lands, 
bench  lands,  including  sandy  ridges  and  glade  lands,  and  low  bottom  lands 
subject  to  overflow. 

"  Nearly  all  parts  of  Dunklin  County  have  been  drained  directly  or  at  least 
greatly  benefited  through  the  drainage  of  low-lying  adjacent  areas.  .  .  .  The 
most  important  soils  .  .  .  are  the  sandy  terrace  or  '  sand-ridge '  soils." 

Twenty-four  soil  types  of  nine  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Sharkey  clay 
and  the  Lintonia  fine  sandy  loam  and  fine  sand  cover  21.1,  15.2,  and  14.8  per 
cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Roger  Mills  County,  Oklahoma,  J.  A.  Kerr,  J.  H.  Agee,  and 
E.  C.  Hat.l  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914, 
pp.  S2,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  issued  July  11,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils 
of  an  area  of  726,400  acres  in  the  Great  Plains  region  in  western  Oklahoma. 


626  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  surface  consists  of  a  high  rolling  plain,  deeply  dissected  by  flowing  streams. 
The  topography  of  the  plain  is  undulating  to  gently  rolling,  while  that  of  the 
lowland  is  hilly.  Including  rough  broken  land  and  dune  sand,  22  soil  types  of 
eight  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Vernon  clay  loam  and  very  fine  sandy 
loam  cover  19  and  9.2  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively,  rough  broken  land  11.8, 
and  the  Richfield  fine  sandy  loam  10.1  per  cent. 

Soil  survey  of  Lancaster  County,  Pennsylvania,  B.  D.  Gii^ert,  W.  B.  Cobb, 
E.  L.  MoFFiTT,  and  J.  F.  Cox  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations 
Bur.  Soils,  1914,  pp.  70,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with 
the  Pennsylvania  College  and  Station  and  issued  July  21,  1916,  deals  with  the 
soils  of  an  area  of  602,240  acres  in  southeastern  Pennsylvania  which  "  consists 
of  a  central  valley  or  lowland  occupying  about  50  per  cent  of  its  total  area, 
surrounded  on  all  sides  by  highland,  except  where  narrow  belts  of  the  lowland 
project  from  the  main  area  and  extend  to  or  beyond  the  county  line."  The 
regional  drainage  is  mature  and  complete. 

The  soils  of  the  county  are  residual  and  alluvial  in  origin  and  the  loams  and 
silt  loams  predominate,  including  rough  stony  land  and  meado\#.  Thirty-six 
soil  types  of  17  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Hagerstown  silt  loam  and  the 
Manor  loam  cover  24  and  20.6  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  survey  of  Brazos  County,  Texas,  J.  O.  Veatch  and  C.  S.  Wai^dbop 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1914,  PP-  53, 
fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Texas  Experiment 
Station  and  issued  July  10,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  369,920  acres 
in  east-central  Texas  lying  in  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain.  The  topography  is  level 
to  gently  rolling  and  the  greater  part  of  the  county  is  well  drained. 

The  county  "  embraces  a  rather  wide  range  of  soils,  having  peculiar  differ- 
ences in  texture,  structure,  drainage,  or  other  characteristics,  which  .  .  .  affect 
in  some  degree  crop  yields  and  the  ease  or  difficulty  of  cultivation.  .  .  .  Two 
general  groups  are  recognized,  (1)  the  upland  soils  and  (2)  the  bottom  land 
and  terrace  soils.  The  upland  soils  are  mainly  derived  from  underlying  sedi- 
mentary deposits.  The  bottom  and  terrace  soils  are  alluvial."  Thirty  soil  types 
of  13  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Lufkin  and  Susquehanna  fine  sandy  loams 
cover  40.3  and  11.3  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Soil  bacteriology,  C.  M.  Hutchinson  (Rpt.  -Agr.  Research  Inst,  and  Col. 
I'usa,  1914-15,  pp.  79-89;  Ami.  Rpt.  Bd.  Sci.  Advice  India,  1914-15,  pp.  110- 
116). — Continuing  work  previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  513),  it  was  found 
in  studies  of  bacteriotoxins  in  soils  that  "the  inhibition  of  nitrification  occur- 
ring in  soils  under  water-logged  or  semianaerobic  conditions  was  not  due  merely 
to  lack  of  oxygen  required  for  formation  of  the  completely  oxidized  product,  but 
to  the  action  of  toxins  resulting  from  the  activity  of  certain  classes  of  bacteria 
which  rapidly  multiply  under  these  conditions.  ...  It  was  found  that  such 
toxins  result  from  decomposition  of  organic  nitrogen  compounds  by  bacterial 
action  under  semianaerobic  conditions,  and  further  proof  that  the  inhibition  of 
nitrification  is  not  due  merely  to  shortage  of  oxj'gen  was  afforded  by  the  obser- 
vation that,  vpith  the  same  air  supply  as  was  sufficient  for  complete  nitrification 
of  ammonium  sulphate  in  soil,  nitrification  of  oil  cake  containing  the  same 
amount  of  nitrogen  was  completely  inhibited.  .  .  . 

"  It  was  found  in  actual  practice  in  the  field  that  germination  in  a  soil  which 
had  been  water-logged  was  Interfered  with  and  that  the  ensuing  crop  was  con- 
sequently poor,  nor  was  this  remedied  by  application  of  nitrate  of  soda,  although 
the  use  of  superphosphate  was  successful.  Laboratory  experiments  showed  that 
rapid  reduction  of  nitrate  takes  place  in  water-logged  soU,  a  large  proportion  of 
nitrite  being  formed.  ...    It  was  found  in  the  laboratory  that  superphosphate 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  627 

had  a  neutralizing  action  upon  the  toxicity  to  bacteria  of  extracts  of  certain 
soils,  and  this  was  traced  to  the  free  acid.  .  .  . 

"Ammonification  proceeded  at  the  normal  rate  in  soil  under  semianaerobic 
conditions  and  was  apparently  not  interfered  with  by  the  bacteriotoxins  pro- 
duced, although  the  activity  of  such  ammoniliers  as  Bacillus  mycoides  is  actu- 
ally lowered  by  the  presence  of  B.  X.  This  latter  organism  does  not  appear  to 
be  universally  present  in  soils.  No  concentration  of  ammonia  above  that  in  the 
aerated  control  was  found,  nor  was  this  gas  given  off  by  the  anaerobic  soil." 

In  a  special  experiment  to  test  the  action  of  the  carbon  dioxid  formed  in  soil 
by  bacterial  action  upon  nitrification  in  that  soil,  it  was  found  that  "  under  par- 
tially anaerobic  conditions  absorption  of  the  carbon  dioxid  produced  no  effect  upon 
nitrification  in  soil,  eitlaer  of  oil  cake  or  of  ammonium  sulphate.  .  .  .  Complete 
nitrification  of  ammonium  sulphate  tools  place  under  semianaerobic  conditions 
in  which  no  nitrification  of  oil  cake  occurred.  .  .  . 

"  It  was  found  that  salts  of  some  of  the  heavy  metals,  such  as  copper,  had  a 
decided  influence  in  neutralizing  the  toxic  action  toward  seedlings  of  extracts 
of  soiLs  kept  under  anaerobic  conditions." 

In  studies  of  nitrification  "  grass  has  been  found  to  prevent  entirely  accumu- 
lation of  nitrate  in  the  soil  in  which  it  is  growing.  .  .  .  The  optimum  amount 
of  organic  matter  as  oil  cake  containing  5  per  cent  of  nitrogen  for  nitrification 
in  Pusa  soil  was  found  to  be  about  1  per  cent  of  soil  weight.  .  .  .  The  effect  of 
temperature  on  nitrification  in  Pusa  soil  was  tested,  the  optimum  being  found  to 
be  near  35°  C.  (95°  P.).  No  nitrate  was  formed  at  40°,  nor  did  nitrification 
take  place  in  soil  which  had  been  kept  at  40°,  when  its  temperature  was  after- 
wards reduced  to  30°." 

Experiments  to  determine  the  cause  of  the  rise  and  sudden  fall  of  the  rate  of 
carbon  dioxid  evolution  when  solid  bacterial  foodstuffs  are  added  to  live  soil 
indicated  that  this  result  "  was  due  in  part  to  auto-intoxication  by  the  soil 
bacteria  and  in  part  to  the  purely  physical  facts  of  the  case." 

The  progress  of  green-manuring  experiments  and  studies  of  Azotobacter,  to 
be  reported  on  elsewhere  later,  is  also  noted. 

The  humification  of  the  constituents  of  plant  organisms  and  the  effect  of 
natural  agents  upon  it,  A.  Tbusov  (Trouseff)  (Selsk.  KJios.  i  lAesov.,  2^7 
{1915),  Api\,  pp.  575-605;  abs.  in  Tniernat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome^,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  1453,  lJf54). — Separate  studies 
of  the  processes  of  decomposition  of  the  different  constituents  of  plant  organ- 
isms and  of  various  mixtures  of  these  constituents,  including  carbohydrates 
with  proteins,  fats,  pigments,  tannic  and  encrusting  bodies,  gums,  glucosids, 
and  organic  acids,  are  reported  in  an  effort  to  throw  light  on  the  genesis  of 
humus.  Decomposition  was  studied  both  as  it  occurs  on  the  soil  surface  and 
within  the  soil. 

It  was  found  that  "  lignin,  proteins,  starch,  chlorophyll,  tannic  bodies,  phlo- 
baphenes,  some  fats,  and  gums  are  the  direct  sources  of  the  humus  formed 
from  plant  residues  on  the  surface  of  the  soil.  Cellulose,  hemicellulose,  mono- 
saccharids  and  disaccharids,  glucosids,  and  organic  acids  (including  amido- 
acids)  do  not  give  rise  to  humus  under  these  circumstances.  In  view  of  the 
considerable  amount  of  proteins  contained  in  bacteria,  the  possibility  of  the 
ti-ansformation  of  the  bodies  of  bacteria  into  humus  may  be  admitted.  In  the 
case  of  fungi  this  transformation  has  been  confirmed.  .  .  . 

"All  the  organic  constituents  utilized  by  micro-organisms  for  their  nutrition 
may,  by  means  of  their  bodies  containing  nitrogen,  become  indirect  sources  of 
humus.  Typical  black  humus  is  rapidly  formed  only  when  all  of  the  following 
constituents  together  take  part  in  its  formation:  Lignin,  proteins,   pigments. 


628  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

and  tannins.  In  a  greater  length  of  time  it  may  also  be  formed  by  the  mixture 
of  lignin  and  proteins  and  also  by  the  latter  alone.  A  certain  correlation  is 
observed  between  the  artificial  and  the  natural  formation  of  humus,  in  that  in 
natural  surroundings  humification  is  restricted  to  those  organic  bodies  which 
readily  undergo  a  similar  transformation  under  the  influence  of  very  active 
chemical  agents.  Humus  can  not  be  always  identical  in  its  chemical  composi- 
tion, but  must  contain  the  decomposition  products  of  lignin,  proteins,  pigments, 
tannic  substances,  etc." 

Humus  acids  in  the  light  of  the  results  of  recent  investigations,  E.  Guixy 
(Internat.  Mitt.  BodenJc,  5  (1915),  Nos.  3,  pp.  232-2^7;  If,  pp.  3^7-368;  abs.  in 
Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  28  (1915),  No.  77,  Refer atenteil,  p.  487).— The  author 
reviews  the  work  of  others  bearing  on  the  subject  and  reports  the  results  of 
new  experiments  on  the  degree  of  acidity  of  different  svibstances,  including 
dopplerite  and  beech  leaves. 

A  comparison  of  the  acidity  of  the  substances  before  and  after  extraction  of 
the  bases  showed  evidences  of  the  action  of  colloids.  The  results  are  taken  to 
indicate  that  all  plants  contribute  to  the  acidity  of  humus.  No  direct  relation 
was  found  between  the  acid  content  of  moor  substances  and  the  process  of  peat 
formation.  The  acidity  stood  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  plant  food  content. 
The  natural  humus  acids  were  found  to  form  neither  soluble  alkali  nor  in- 
soluble lime  salts.  It  is  thought  that  the  previously  formed  humus  acids  in 
living  sphagnum  are  identical  with  the  so-called  humus  acids. 

Report  on  experiments  with  bacterized  peat  or  huniogen,  F.  J.  Chittenden 
(Jour.  Roy.  Hort.  Sac,  4I  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  S05-S26,  figs.  2).— Five  series  of  pot 
and  plat  experiments  are  reported.  The  purpose  was  to  determine  the  influence 
of  additions  of  bacterized  peat  on  the  growth  of  various  flowers  and  vegetables. 

It  was  found  that  plant  growth  was  greatly  and  uniformly  increased  by 
bacterized  peat  in  the  indoor  pot  experiments,  in  which  the  material  was  used 
at  rates  of  1  part  of  peat  to  1,  3,  and  7  parts  of  soil  and  the  soil  was  watered 
with  a  bacterized  peat  extract.  Much  less  favorable  results  were  obtained  in 
the  outdoor  plat  experiments.  In  comparative  lots  20  tons  of  barnyard  manure 
per  acre  gave  better  results  than  1  ton  of  bacterized  peat  The  full  results  were 
obtained  from  the  use  of  peat  only  when  the  supply  of  water  was  abundant. 
"  The  results  on  the 'whole  show  that  when  prepared  under  the  best  conditions 
bacterized  peat  is  capable  of  acting  as  a  very  effective  manure." 

The  effects  of  radio-active  ores  and  residues  on  plant  life,  M.  H.  F.  Sutton 
(Reading,  Eng.:  Sutton  &  Sons,  1915,  Bui.  7,  pp.  20,  figs.  9). — This  is  a  report 
of  a  second  series  of  experiments  conducted  during  1915,  in  which  the  results  of 
the  1914  experiments  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  821)  are  reviewed  and  the  results  obtained 
with  nine  different  radio-active  materials  when  used  on  tomatoes,  potatoes, 
radishes,  lettuce,  onions,  carrots,  vegetable  marrows,  and  spinach  beets,  and  on 
fruit,  roots,  foliage,  and  bulbs  are  reported. 

"  The  exi^eriments  indicate  no  more  hope  of  the  successful  employment  of 
radium  as  an  aid  to  either  horticulture  or  agriculture  than  did  the  trials  carried 
out  in  1914."  It  is  considered  conclusive  that  the  farmer  and  gardener  need 
look  for  no  material  benefit  from  radium,  the  chief  result  having  been  to  em- 
phasize the  value  of  barnyard  manure  and  complete  artificial  fertilizers. 

Experiments  with  green  manures  and  green  manuring  on  sandy  and  white 
moss  soils  at  Flahult,  H.  von  Fellitzen  (Svenska  Mosskulturfor.  Tidskr.,  29 
(1915),  No.  If-5,  pp.  326-338,  figs.  3). — Experiments  on  the  reclamation  of  sandy 
and  white  moss  soils  deficient  in  plant  food,  especially  nitrogen,  and  having  a 
low  moisture  retaining  capacity  are  reported.  The  rotation  included  rye,  po- 
tatoes, carrots,  and  different  legimaes. 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  629 

Blue  lupines  gave  the  most  favorable  results,  being  better  than  yellow  lupines. 
Alfalfa  appeared  to  be  a  failure  as  a  green  manure  on  these  soils.  The  data 
from  several  years'  experiments  are  reported  in  tabulai*  form. 

The  displacement  by  water  of  the  nitrogenous  and  mineral  material  con- 
tained in  leaves,  G.  Andr^  (Bui.  Soc.  Chim.  France,  4.  ser.,  11  (1915),  No.  23, 
pp.  429-441;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  10  (1916),  No.  6,  p.  796). — Experiments  with 
chestnut  leaves  are  reported. 

Analyses  of  100  leaves  on  October  17  and  of  100  more  on  the  following  April 
21,  which  had  wintered  on  the  ground,  showed  a  loss  of  7.5  per  cent  of  the 
nitrogen,  67.4  per  cent  of  the  phosphoric  acid,  and  87.7  per  cent  of  the  potash. 
Dead  leaves  after  wintering  in  piles  on  the  ground  were  found  to  contain  about 
twice  as  much  nitrogen  and  about  the  same  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  as  a 
good  farm  manure.    The  nitrogen  did  not  niti-ify  as  readily  as  that  of  manure. 

To  determine  the  influence  of  water  alone,  leaves  were  covered  with  water 
together  with  a  few  drops  of  formalin.  The  solution  was  decanted,  replaced  by 
more  water,  and  the  solutions  analyzed.  The  last  portion,  after  255  days  ex- 
traction, contained  6.27  per  cent  of  the  total  nitrogen,  74.14  per  cent  of  the  total 
phosphoric  acid,  and  94.58  per  cent  of  the  potash.  This  is  taken  to  indicate 
that  the  nitrogen  of  the  leaves  exists  as  a  protein  which  does  not  readily  hy- 
drolyze.  It  was  further  observed  that  the  younger  the  leaf,  the  larger  were  the 
percentages  of  nitrogen,  phosphoric  acid,  and  potash  extracted  in  the  first  week. 

The  same  experiments  were  conducted  with  reference  to  sulphur,  lime,  and 
magnesia  content.  After  immersion  for  one  month  in  water  it  was  found  that 
56.8  per  cent  of  the  total  sulphur,  50.72  per  cent  of  the  magnesia,  and  only 
20.03  per  cent  of  the  lime  were  displaced. 

Report  on  ten  years'  experiments  with  sewage  fertilizers,  Kuhneet  (Mitt. 
Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  31  (1916),  No.  16,  pp.  253-258) .—Field  experiments  on 
several  different  German  experimental  fields  of  swampy  sand  soil  with  cabbages, 
rye,  oats,  potatoes,  and  clover  to  determine  the  fertilizing  value  of  stable 
manure,  peat  and  sewage  mixture,  and  soil  and  sewage  mixture  when  applied 
in  amounts  of  about  22  tons,  18  tons,  and  13  tons  per  acre  are  reported.  The 
peat  and  sewage  mixture  used  in  one  case  contained  0.44  per  cent  total  nitrogen, 
0.23  per  cent  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid,  and  0.35  per  cent  potash ;  and  in  a 
second  case  0.65  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  0.28  per  cent  water-soluble  phosphoric 
acid,  and  0.31  per  cent  potash.  The  soil  and  sewage  mixture  used  contained 
0.39  per  cent  total  nitrogen,  0.01  per  cent  soluble  phosphoric  acid,  and  0.14  per 
cent  potash. 

In  all  cases  the  plats  treated  with  sewage  fertilizers  produced  an  increase  in 
crop  over  the  unfertilized  plats,  in  some  cases  exceeded  the  plats  fertilized  with 
stable  manure,  and  gave  on  the  average  as  good  results  as  plats  receiving  com- 
plete artificial  fertilization.  It  is  considered  inadvisable  and  unprofitable  to 
use  raw  sewage  for  a  fertilizer.  Mixing  with  peat  or  earth  in  amounts  double 
the  amounts  of  sewage  used  was  found  to  be  a  better  practice. 

Solubility  of  plant-food  elements  as  modified  by  fertilizers,  C.  A.  Jensen 
(Jour.  Amcr.  Soc.  Agron.,  8  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  100-105). — Continuing  previous 
work  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  321),  experiments  on  a  field  of  sandy  loam  soil,  support- 
ing a  growth  of  sugar  beets  but  which  had  previously  been  in  alfalfa  for  several 
years  are  reported,  showing  the  seasonal  changes  in  the  water-soluble  nutritive 
constituents  in  the  soil  and  the  effect  of  fertilizers  on  the  amounts  of  the 
various  elements  recovered.  The  fertilizers  were  applied  at  the  following  rates 
per  acre :  "  Nothing ;  nitrate  of  soda,  300  lbs.  at  time  of  planting  and  300  lbs. 
when  the  beets  were  thinned ;  calcium  cyanamid,  500  lbs. ;  superphosphate,  500 
lbs. ;  bone  meal,  500  lbs. ;  factory  waste  lime,  15  tons ;  composted  manure,  14 


630  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

tons ;  ordinary  dry  yard  maniire,  14  tons ;  and  yard  manure,  14  tons  plus  300 
lbs.  ammonium  sulphate." 

It  was  found  that  "  the  plats  receiving  composted  manure  showed  nearly 
twice  as  much  water-soluble  potash  in  the  surface  foot  as  any  of  the  other  plats. 
The  seasonal  averages  of  this  element  were  not  influenced  by  any  other  fertilizer 
treatment.  There  was  a  general  decrease  in  the  quantity  of  water-soluble 
potash  from  the  middle  of  May  till  about  the  middle  of  July.  After  that  time, 
the  quantity  increased  to  approximately  the  amount  found  earlier  in  the  season. 

"  Plats  receiving  nitrate,  superphosphate,  and  composted  manure  all  showed 
less  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid  than  the  checlis.  None  of  the  fertilizer  treat- 
ments resulted  in  a  marked  increase  in  water-soluble  phosphates,  though  cyana- 
mid,  bone  meal,  and  manure  plus  ammonium  sulphate  caused  a  small  increase. 
The  variation  in  water-soluble  phosphorus  from  weeli  to  week  was  less  than  that 
of  any  other  element  measured. 

"  Taking  account  of  the  sulphur  added  in  the  various  fertilizers,  none  of  the 
treatments  apparently  had  any  marked  influence  in  rendering  the  sulphates  in 
the  soil  more  soluble  in  water.  There  was  a  decrease  in  the  amount  of  soluble 
sulphates  from  the  early  part  of  the  season  till  the  latter  part  of  July,  corre- 
sponding in  general  to  the  seasonal  decrease  in  soluble  potash. 

"  The  amounts  of  water-soluble  manganese  were  very  small  and  disappeared 
entirely  after  the  middle  of  June.  The  plats  receiving  nitrate,  composted 
manure,  waste  lime,  and  manure  plus  ammonium  sulphate,  showed  the  highest 
manganese  content.  It  is  remarked  .  .  .  that  the  sugar  beets  grown  on  plats 
showing  the  highest  amounts  of  water-soluble  manganese  and  sulphur  gave  the 
highest  yields  and  the  most  sugar  per  acre." 

New  experiments  on  the  action  of  lime  nitrog'en,  A.  Stxttzee  and  W.  Hatjpt 
(Jour.  Landiv.,  63  {1915),  No.  If,  pp.  385-387). — Pot  experiments  with  oats  and 
white  mustard  on  soil  consisting  of  equal  parts  of  loam  and  quartz  sand  are 
reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to  determine  the  fertilizing  value  of  the 
nitrogen  compounds  of  lime  nitrogen  which  were  insoluble  in  water.  The  resi- 
due resulting  from  treatment  of  lime  nitrogen  with  an  excess  of  water  and  with 
sufficient  hydrochloric  acid  to  produce  an  acid  reaction  in  the  solution  was 
used.  One  kg.  of  lime  nitrogen  yielded  24.1  gm.  of  insoluble  residue  containing 
about  7  per  cent  of  nitrogen.  This  was  used  in  amounts  equivalent  to  0.8  gm. 
of  nitrogen  per  pot. 

It  was  found  that  the  nitrogen  was  well  utilized  by  mustard,  the  utilization 
in  one  case  being  unexpectedly  high.  The  same  results  were  obtained  with 
oats.  These  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  this  part  of  the  lime  nitrogen 
does  not  decrease  crop  yield. 

Accumulated  fertility  in  grass  land  in  consequence  of  phosphatic  man\ir- 
ing:,  II,  W.  SoMEKViLLE  (Jouv.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  1201- 
1209,  pi.  1). — In  a  second  report  on  these  experiments  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  331),  it 
was  found  that  "  when  basic  slag  is  used  on  grass  land  the  increase  of  herbage, 
or  of  meat  or  milk,  does  not  represent  the  whole  of  the  benefits.  Concurrently 
with  such  increase  there  is  improvement  in  the  fertility  of  the  soil.  .  .  .  The 
extent  of  the  accumulation  of  fertility  depends  on  the  amount  of  slag  used, 
on  the  period  of  time  during  which  it  acts,  and  on  the  way  in  which  the  land 
responds  to  it.  .  .  .  The  fertility  that  is  accumulated  seems  to  be  largely  due 
to  nitrogen  stored  up  by  leguminous  plants,  though  increase  in  nonleguminous 
humus  is  probably  not  without  influence.  Residues  of  slag  appear  also  to  play 
some  small  part  in  the  result." 

Tlie  action  of  potash,  fertilization  on  the  water  requirements  of  plants 
and  on  the  water  content  of  soil,  O.  von  Seelhobst  (Jour.  Landw.,  63  (1915), 
No.  4,  pp.  3^5-356). — The  work  of  others  bearing  on  the  subject  is  reviewed  and 


1916] 


SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  631 


pot  experiments,  in  which  1  gm.  each  of  kainit  and  a  40  per  cent  potash  salt 
were  added  to  100  gm.  of  soil,  are  reported. 

The  results  obtained  by  others  and  the  original  experimental  results  are  taken 
to  indicate  that  potash  fertilization  decreases  the  water  requirement  of  plants, 
Potash  fertilization  with  kainit  on  a  large  scale,  however,  does  not  increase  the 
moisture  content  of  soil  in  the  summer  months,  since  the  moisture  absorbed 
from  moist  air  by  the  hygroscopic  salt  is  again  evaporated  from  the  soil  intc 
dry  air. 

The  hygroscopicity  of  various  potassium  fertilizer  salts,  H.  von  Feilitzen 
(Svenska  Mosskulturfor.  Tidskr.,  29  {1915),  No.  4-5,  pp.  382-401,  figs.  3).— Ex- 
periments with  kainit  and  20,  37,  and  40  per  cent  potassium  salts  are  reported. 

Kainit  and  the  20  and  37  per  cent  salts,  after  storage  from  three  to  six 
months  in  sacks,  contained  a  few  lumps,  and  the  40  per  cent  salt  contained  a 
few  lumps  not  passing  the  4  mm.  sieve.  After  nine  months'  storage  in  sacks, 
kainit  was  damp  at  the  top  and  quite  wet  at  the  bottom.  It  formed  one  lump 
which  was,  however,  dry.  The  same  was  observed  with  the  20  per  cent  salt. 
The  37  per  cent  salt  stood  in  small  damp  lumps.  The  40  per  cent  salt  stood  in 
even  smaller  lumps,  but  was  all  damp.  In  all  cases  the  sacks  were  wet  and  had 
to  be  cut  open. 

Tests  of  the  availability  of  different  grades  of  ground  limestone,  L.  B. 
Broughton,  R.  C.  Williams,  and  G.  S.  Frazee  {Maryland  Sta.  Bui.  193  {1916), 
pp.  31-45). — Experiments  on  the  solubility  of  limestone  and  oyster  shells  of 
different  grades  of  fineness  in  water  and  water  charged  with  carbon  dioxid  and 
In  a  soil  solution,  and  experiments  on  ^nf-^cre  plats  of  sandy  loam  soil  to  de- 
termine the  influence  of  different  sizes  of  ground  limestone  and  oyster  shells  on 
wheat  and  crimson  clover,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  ground  limestone  and  oyster  shells  of  different  degrees  of 
fineness  vary  in  their  degree  of  solubility  in  water  and  water  charged  with  car- 
bon dioxid  [and  in  soil  solution]  according  to  the  fineness  of  the  material.  .  .  . 
In  order  to  furnish  as  much  soluble  calcium,  by  the  use  of  ground  stone  or 
ground  shells  to  a  soil  as  calcium  oxid  will  furnish,  the  stone  or  shells  must  be 
ground  so  that  at  least  90  per  cent  will  pass  an  80-mesh  sieve.  .  .  .  Ground 
limestone,  when  ground  to  pass  an  80-mesh  sieve,  gives  yields  equal  to  and 
sometimes  greater  than  calcium  oxid." 

It  is  concluded  that  "  better  results  will  be  obtained  by  using  calcium  oxid 
(lime)  or  limestone  and  oyster  shells  ground  to  pass  an  80-mesh  sieve  than  by 
using  a  coarser  grade  of  limestone  or  shells.  However,  marked  increases  will 
be  noted  by  the  use  of  large  quantities  of  coarse  material,  due  in  a  large  meas- 
ure to  the  fine  material  that  is  found  in  any  limestone  after  it  has  been  ground." 

Tabulated  analyses  of  commercial  fertilizers,  W.  Freae  {Penn.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui.  277  {1916),  pp.  55). — This  bulletin  contains  the  results  of  actual  and  guar- 
antied analyses  and  estimated  valuations  of  371  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fer- 
tilizing materials  collected  for  inspection  in  Pennsylvania  from  August  1  to 
December  31,  1915. 

[List  of  fertilizer  and  lime  manufacturers  and  importers  and  their  prod 
ucts]  {Penn.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  275  {1916),  pp.  42). — This  bulletin  contains  a  list 
of  184  fertilizer  and  lime  manufacturers  and  importers  and  licensed  brands  of 
their  products,  together  with  the  text  of  the  Pennsylvania  fertilizer  law. 

The  international  movement  of  fertilizers  and  chemical  products  usefu? 
to  agriculture  {Intemat.  Inst.  Agr.  Rome,  Intemat.  Crop  Rpt.  and  Agr.  Statis.. 
7  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  177-221).— This  review,  issued  in  March,  1916,  is  the  fourth 
of  a  series  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  426)  and  gives  figures  for  the  fertilizer  production 
and  trade  for  1913,  1914,  and  1915.  Data  are  also  given  for  imports  and  ex- 
ports of  sulphur  for  the  different  countries  and  for  the  production  of  copper 


632  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

sulphate  in  Europe  and  North  America.  No  figures  are  given  relating  to  the 
production  of  potash  salts  in  Germany,  the  tables  showing  only  those  amounts 
deliveped  for  internal  trade  and  export  as  fixed  by  the  law  of  1910. 

The  wholesale  prices  of  raw  phosphate  remained  practically  unchanged  in  the 
United  States  during  the  seven  months  ended  with  February,  1915  (prices  are 
not  given  for  superphosphates).  Prices  of  potash  salts  were  prohibitive  from 
the  standpoint  of  their  use  as  fertilizers  during  the  half  year  ended  with  Jan- 
uary, 1916.  There  was  a  steady  increase  in  the  price  of  sodium  nitrate  during 
the  same  period.  Prices  of  ammonium  sulphate  fluctuated,  but  were  substan- 
tially the  same  at  the  end  as  at  the  beginning  of  the  half  year. 

A  bibliography  of  445  references  to  recent  literature  on  the  subject  of  fer- 
tilizers is  appended. 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Annual  periodicity  in  plants,  G.  I.akon  (Naturw.  Ztschr.  Worst  u.  Landw., 
13  (1915),  No.  2-3,  pp.  85-101). — From  investigations  discussed  the  author  con- 
cludes that  an  inherent  annual  periodicity  in  woody  plants  does  not  exist  as 
such,  but  that  this,  as  seen  in  nature,  is  the  result  rather  of  external 
influences  on  the  tree.  The  plant  is  claimed  to  have  the  capability  to  grow 
continuously  under  certain  conditions,  or  under  other  conditions  to  experience 
a  resting  period. 

Rhythmic  alternation  of  growth  and  rest  in  plants,  G.  Lakon  (Biol.  Centbl., 
35  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  401-471). — The  article  above  noted  has  been  followed  up 
with  a  more  extended  discussion  and  bibliography.  The  evidence  is  claimed 
to  support  the  conclusion  that  the  development  of  periodicity,  like  that  of  the 
plant  itself,  is  dependent  principally  upon  the  occurrence  of  external  condi- 
tions favorable  thereto. 

Energ'y  transformations  during  the  germination  of  wheat  grains,  Lucie  C. 
DoYER  (K.  Akad.  Wcte^i^ch.  Amsterdam,  Proc.  Sect.  Sci.,  11  (1914),  pt.  1,  pp. 
62-70). — From  investigations  on  germinating  wheat,  the  author  has  concluded 
that  the  loss  of  energy  and  evolution  of  heat  both  show  a  great  increase  dur- 
ing the  germination  of  wheat  grains,  especially  about  the  third  day.  The  evolu- 
tion of  heat  depends  greatly  on  the  surrounding  temperature,  the  optimum  be- 
ing about  35°  C.  (95°  F.).  The  total  loss  of  energy  during  germination  at 
20°  exceeds  the  loss  of  energy  by  evolution  of  heat  at  the  same  temperature. 

The  influence  of  frost  and  light  on  the  germination  of  seeds,  W.  Kinzel 
(Naturio.  Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Landw.,  13  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  433-468) .—Ijater 
results  are  given  of  experimentation  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  343) 
testing  influences  bearing  on  germination,  particularly  the  effect  of  frost  and 
light  as  shown  by  representatives  of  a  large  number  of  plant  families,  together 
with  a  bibliography  of  the  subject. 

Germination  as  related  to  illumination,  E.  Lehmann  (Ztschr.  Bot.,  7  (1915), 
No.  9,  pp.  560-580). — The  author  has  followed  up  the  contribution  of  Gassner 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  524),  with  a  critical  review  of  recent  literature  on  the  relation 
of  light  to  germination.  Some  experimental  data  in  tabular  form  obtained  re- 
cently by  Ottenwiilder  in  connection  with  the  author  are  included. 

On  the  mutual  influence  of  phototropic  and  geotropic  reactions  in  plants, 
C.  E.  B.  Beemekamp  (K.  Akad.  Wetensch.  Amsterdam,  Versl.  Wis  en  Natuurk. 
Afdeel.,  23  (1914-15),  pt.  2,  pp.  1241-1255;  also  in  ditto,  Proc.  Sect.  Sci.,  17 
(1914-15),  pt.  2,  pp.  1278-1291).— The  tests  here  described  refer  to  the  summa- 
tion of  phototropic  and  geotropic  curvatures,  changes  in  the  phototropic  and 
geotropic  reactions  under  the  influence  of  light,  and  changes  in  the  geotropic 
and  phototropic  reactions  under  the  influence  of  gravity. 


1916]  AGEICULTURAL  BOTANY.  633 

It  is  stated  that  the  reactions  of  Avena  to  gravitational  stimuli  and  to  light 
stimulation  of  small  intensity  do  not  noticeably  influence  each  other.  By  vary- 
ing the  duration  and  the  intensity  of  illumination,  modifications  were  produced ; 
namely,  the  reversal  of  the  direction  of  curvature  and  a  change  in  the  rate  of 
reaction. 

Detei-mination  of  cell  sap  concentration  by  the  freezing  point  method, 
G.  J.  BouYoucos  and  M.  M.  McCool  {Jmir.  Atner.  Soc.  Agron.,  8  {1916),  No.  1, 
p.  50). — In  the  present  brief  note  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  as  a  result 
of  the  successful  application  of  the  freezing-point  method  in  a  study  previously 
reported  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  721),  this  method  can  now  be  employed  to  investigate 
many  other  problems.  It  is  stated  that  the  determination  of  the  concentration 
of  the  plant  cell  sap  can  be  accomplished  directly  in  the  plant  without  extracting 
it  by  crushing  the  plant  tissue,  placing  it  in  the  freezing  tube,  inserting  the 
thermometer,  and  following  the  procedure  described.  The  results  of  the  consid- 
erable work  already  done  have  fulfilled  anticipations,  inasmuch  as  the  concen- 
tration of  the  cell  sap  is  greater  when  determined  directly  in  the  plant  than 
after  extraction. 

The  transpiration  coefficients  of  cultivated  plants,  N.  Tulaikov  (Tou- 
laikoff)  {Zhur.  Opytn.  Agron.,  16  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  36-76,  figs.  4;  abs.  in 
Intemat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome'\,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915), 
No.  6,  pp.  S13-S15). — This  is  an  account  of  the  study  at  the  Besentchuk  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station  during  1910  to  1914,  in  the  culture  house  and  in 
the  open,  of  the  transpiration  coefiicient  or  the  amount  of  water  necessary  to 
form  a  unit  of  dry  matter. 

The  results,  which  are  tabulated,  are  considered  to  show  that  the  variations  of 
the  transpiration  coefficient  of  a  given  plant  are  sometimes  larger  in  different 
years  than  for  different  species  in  the  same  year.  The  numerical  coefficient  in 
the  open  was  about  twice  as  large  as  that  in  the  culture  house,  but  its  volume 
depends  upon  meteorological  conditions  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  former  case. 
Early  sowing  gives  a  large  crop  and  a  low  transpiration  coefficient,  late  sowing  a 
high  transpiration  coefficient  but  a  lessened  C|jop.  The  coefficients  of  wheat  and 
oats  in  rows  are  lower  than  in  the  same  crops  sown  broadcast.  In  1914  the 
largest  crops  of  summer  wheat  and  oats  corresponded  to  the  lowest  water 
consumption. 

Assimilation  of  carbon  dioxid  by  plants,  P.  N.  Raikow  {Chem.  Ztg.,  39 
{1915),  No.  105,  pp.  657-659;  abs.  in  Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [London],  108  {1915),  No. 
637,  I,  pp.  1047,  1048). — A  theory  herein  set  forth  intended  to  explain  the 
assimilation  of  carbon  dioxid  by  plants  is  based  largely  on  the  properties  of 
chlorophyll  and  the  presence  of  an  oxonium  compound.  According  to  this  view, 
the  oxygen  liberated  is  probably  derived  one-half  from  carbon  dioxid  and  one- 
half  from  water. 

Importance  of  glycogen  and  starch  as  intermediate  products  in  the  trans- 
formations induced  by  certain  organisms,  H.  I.  Waterman  {Chem.  WeeJcbl., 
12  {1915).  No.  24,  pp.  552-556;  abs.  in  Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [London],  108  {1915), 
No.  633,  I,  p.  630). — Details  are  given  of  an  investigation  of  the  percentages  of 
invert  sugar,  sucrose,  and  starch  present  in  bananas  dried  at  temperatures 
between  45°  and  105°  C. 

Recent  studies  on  the  chemical  and  histological  characters  of  radish  cul- 
tivated in  the  presence  of  sugar,  M.  Molliaed  {Rev.  G^n.  Bot.,  27  {1915),  No. 
318,  pp.  161-168,  pis.  2,  figs.  2). — Studies  pursuant  to  those  previously  reported 
(E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  932),  employing  sugar  solutions  of  different  strengths,  show 
resulting  alterations,  which  are  described,  in  tissue  structure  and  cell  content. 


634  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [VoL  35 

The  relation  between  amylase  and  sugar  content  in  resting  potato  tubers, 
J.  BodnAr  {Kisirlet.  Kozlem.,  18  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  788-795,  No  i).— This  work 
is  said  to  have  shown  the  presence  of  maltase  in  resting  potato  tubers.  The 
activity  of  amylase  in  resting  tubers  shows  a  correspondence  with  the  presence 
of  nonreducing  and  total  sugars,  certain  exceptions  being  noted.  It  is  stated 
that  tubers  which  possess  amylase  of  high  activity  either  produce  much  sugar 
or  exhibit  intensive  respiration. 

Zymase  and  carboxylase  in  potato  and  sugar  beet,  J.  Bodnab  {Bat.  Kozlem. 
[Budapest],  U  {1915),  No.  3-4,  pp.  122-124;  abs.  in  Bot.  CentU.,  129  {1915), 
No.  23,  pp.  597,  598). — From  potato  rubers  and  beet  roots  the  author  was  able 
to  obtain  zymase  in  stable  and  active  condition.  In  its  presence  the  bacteria 
in  diseased  plants  changed  alcohol  to  acetic  acid. 

Oxidation  of  alcohol  by  seedlings,  W.  Zaleski  {Biochem.  Ztschr.,  69  {1915), 
No.  3-4,  pp.  289-293;  abs.  in  Jour.  Cliem.  Soc.  [London],  108  {1915),  No.  633, 
I,  p.  630).— In  pursuance  of  former  work  (E.  S.  R.,  28.  p.  428),  the  author  re- 
ports the  results  of  his  recent  studies  on  cereal  and  legume  seedlings.  This 
is  claimed  to  support  the  view  that  alcohol  is  oxidized  in  the  growth  of  these 
seedlings  under  the  conditions  here  employed.  It  is  not  claimed,  however,  to 
have  been  shown  that  alcohol  is  a  normal  intermediate  product  of  plant 
metabolism. 

Protein  transformations  in  yeast. — II,  Influence  of  the  medium  on  protein 
formation,  W.  Zaleski  and  W.  Schataloff  {Biochem..  Ztschr.,  69  {1915),  No. 
S-4,  pp.  294-304). — Information  given  previously  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  223),  regard- 
ing the  influence  of  aldehyde  on  post-mortem  changes  in  yeast  has  been  fol- 
lowed up  with  a  detailed  account  of  studies  on  the  effects  in  this  connection 
of  alcohols  and  phenols,  of  the  relation  of  the  medium,  and  of  the  influence 
exerted  by  other  substances.  Some  of  the  work  is  still  in  progress  and  caution 
is  suggested  regarding  broad  generalizations  in  this  connection. 

The  influence  of  nitrates  on  the  development  of  root  tubercles,  A.  J.  Ewart 
{Jour.  Dept.  Agr.  Victoria,  13  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  759,  760).— In  order  to  test 
the  statement,  frequently  made,  tfcat  the  addition  of  soluble  nitrates  to  the 
soil  decreases  by  a  kind  of  compensatory  action  the  formation  of  root  tubercles 
by  legumes,  experiments  were  carried  out  with  Vicia  faba  in  double  and  in 
single  rows,  employing  sodium  and  potassium  nitrates.  Allowing  for  vitiation 
of  the  results  by  heavy  rainfall  in  case  of  the  double  rows,  it  is  concluded 
that  although  the  nitrates  used  did  not  appreciably  diminish  the  formation  of 
root  tubercles,  their  use  as  manures  in  the  case  in  question  would  have  been 
highly  unprofitable,  the  plants  being  able  to  gain  all  the  nitrogen  they  re- 
quired from  supplies  already  present  in  the  soil. 

The  influence  of  manganese  on  the  growth  and  ash  composition  of  potato, 
§.  SiJFERT  {V^stnik  5,  Sjes.  Ces.  L^k.  Pfir.,  1915,  p.  411;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl., 
129  {1915),  No.  15,  pp.  S76,  377). — It  is  stated  that  the  use  of  manganese  results 
in  an  increase  of  the  potato  crop  and  in  the  nitrogen  content  thereof,  but  in 
a  decrease  of  starch.  Though  sulphates  were  present  in  the  fertilizer,  very 
little  sulphur  trioxid  was  to  be  found  in  the  ash. 

The  occurrence  of  hematoid  iron  compounds  in  plants,  I,  II,  G.  Gola 
{Atti  R.  Accad.  lAncei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  {1915),  I, 
No.  12,  pp.  1239-1243;  II,  No.  6,  pp.  289-29-J )  .—Organic  compounds  of  iron 
were  found  so  generally  distributed  in  very  diverse  groups  of  plants  as  to 
suggest  their  universal  occurrence  in  this  connection.  The  necessity  for  more 
intimate  study  of  the  part  played  by  iron  in  the  physiology  of  respiration  is 
suggested. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  ^  635 

Chondriosomes  in  fungi  and  algae,  A.  Guilliebmond  (Rev.  G4n.  Bot,  27 
(1915),  Nos.  319,  pp.  193-207,  pis.  2,  fig.  1;  320,  pp.  236-253,  pis.  2;  321,  pp. 
271-28S,  pis.  3,  fig.  1;  322,  pp.  297-315,  figs.  2).— Continuing  work  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  524),  the  author  states  that  chondriosomes  have  been 
found  in  a  large  number  of  fungi,  in  which  they  appear  to  be  generally  present. 
In  some  algae  it  was  impossible  to  demonstrate  their  presence,  but  the  chloro- 
plast,  which  is  here  highly  differentiated,  shows  some  chemical  and  histological 
characters  proper  to  mitochondria  and  may  consist  of  fine  fibrillar  mitochon- 
drial substance,  as  physiologically  it  seems  to  play  the  role  appropriate  thereto 
snd  may  be  considered  as  a  sort  of  mitochondrial  reticulum.  In  the  Cyano- 
phycete  the  chondriosome,  as  such,  appears  to  be  completely  wanting,  but  it 
appears  to  be  more  or  less  completely  replaced  functionally  by  the  nucleus. 
The  physiological  r61e  of  the  chondriosome  appears  clearly  evident  in  case 
of  fungi,  as  they  produce  vesicles  which  are  claimed  to  be  absolutely  analogous 
to  those  which  produce  starch  in  the  higher  plants. 

The  bibliography  appended  includes  titles  of  19  contributions  by  the  author. 

Division  in  mitochondria  and  their  relations  with  the  phenomena  of 
secretion,  F.  Mokeau  (Compt.  Rend.  Soc.  Biol.  [Paris],  78  (1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
143,  lU;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129  (1915),  No.  23,  pp.  593,  594).— Considering 
the  three  views  regarding  the  origin  of  mitochondria  which  are  more  com- 
monly held,  namely,  that  they  result  directly  from  a  protoplasmic  differentia- 
tion, that  they  are  of  nuclear  origin,  and  that  they  arise  from  preexisting 
mitochondria,  the  author  prefers  the  last  mentioned,  citing  studies  more  par- 
ticularly relating  to  certain  algae  and  fungi.  It  is  held  that  each  chondriosome 
arises  from  one  previously  existing,  but  that  mitochondria  destined  for  division 
do  not  secrete,  and  those  which  do  secrete  do  not  divide. 

The  formation  of  crystalloids  of  mucorin  in  mitochondria,  F.  Moeeau 
(Compt.  Rend.  Soc.  Biol.  [Paris],  78  (1915),  No.  7,  op.  171,  172;  abs.  in  Bot. 
Centbl.,  129  (1915),  No.  23,  p.  594).— It  is  stated  that  in  portions  of  Sporodinia 
grandis  and  Rhizopus  nigricans  mucorin  crystalloids  are  observed  to  originate 
and  increase  in  granular  mitochondria. 

Internal  uredinia,  J.  F.  Adams  (Mycologia,  8  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  181,  182, 
pi.  1). — Noting  instances  previously  recorded  of  deviations  from  normal  devel- 
opment, the  author  reports  another  aberrant  case  in  the  production  of  internal 
uredinia  by  Nigredo  caryophyllina  (Uromyces  caryophillinus)  in  the  leaves  of 
Dianthus  caryopliyllus  in  the  greenhouse  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  College. 
The  deviation  here  noted  from  the  usual  method  is  thought  to  represent  an 
abnormal  rather  than  a  typical  condition. 

Asexual  hybridization,  L.  Daniel  (Rev.  G^n.  Bot.,  26  (1914),  No.  308,  pp. 
SO5-34I,  figs.  8;  27  (1915),  Nos.  313,  pp.  22-29,  figs.  JO;  314,  PP-  33-49,  pis.  3, 
figs.  6). — After  a  review  of  observation  and  opinion  regarding  graft  hybrids, 
the  author  reports  on  his  own  more  recent  observations  with  four  asexual 
graft  hybrids.  These  have  been  studied  somewhat  in  detail  as  regards  their 
characters,  both  external  and  internal,  at  different  stages.  It  is  considered 
as  of  theoretical  and  practical  importance  that  occasionally  this  form  of  hybridi- 
zation gives  rise  to  characters  not  previously  possessed  by  either  of  the  stocks 
concerned  in  its  formation. 

Variation  in  Cosmos  bipinnatus,  B.  Longo  (Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend. 
CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24  (1915),  II,  No.  9,  pp.  408-410).—A  descrip- 
tive account  is  given  of  the  variation  observed  for  two  consecutive  years  in  the 
generations  of  C.  bipinnatus. 

Seashore  thicket  formation  by  Prunus  spinosa,  H.  Devaxtt  (Rev.  O^.  Bot, 
27  (1915),  No.  320,  pp.  225-235,  pl.  1,  figs.  2). — A  description  is  given  of  some 


636  „  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

striking  effects  as  regards  position  and  contour  produced  by  wind  action  in 
connection  witli  growth  and  death  in  thickets  of  P.  spinosa  in  exposed  situations 
on  the  seashore. 

DifEerences  in  resistance  of  plants  to  injurious  influences,  F.  Steanak 
{Vestnik  5.  Sjes.  Ces.  Lek.  PHr.,  1915,  p.  425;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129  {1915), 
No.  15,  p.  378). — Important  phases  ot  the  resistance  of  plants  to  attack  are 
their  anatomical  structure  (as  mechanical  tissue  or  impregnation  with  silica), 
morphological  characters  (as  thickness  of  stems  in  cereals),  chemical  constitu- 
ents of  the  plant  body  (as  silica  or  lime),  and  vegetative  period. 

The  effects  of  illuminating  gas  on  plants,  P.  Sokavek  {Landw.  Jahrb.,  ^8 
{1915),  No.  2,  pp.  279-312,  pi.  1,  figs.  2).— Previous  investigations  (E.  S.  R., 
26,  p.  532)  have  been  followed  up  with  a  study  of  the  various  effects  of  illumi- 
nating gas  in  the  soil  on  several  sorts  of  wild  or  cultivated  plants,  largely 
trees.  The  results  are  detailed  as  regards  the  influences  noted,  including  reac- 
tions by  the  plants.  It  is  thought  that,  while  a  number  of  indications  are 
found  which,  taken  together,  may  be  considered  as  characteristic  of  root  injury 
by  gas,  no  single  symptom,  as  for  example  changes  in  leaf  coloration,  can  be 
depended  upon  as  a  certain  indication  of  gas  injury  to  roots. 

The  influence  of  sulphur  dioxid  on  plants,  R.  Trnka  {Vestnik  5.  Sjez.  Ces. 
Lik.  PHr.,  1915,  p.  431;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl,  129  {1915),  No.  15,  p.  378).— Plants 
are  said  to  take  up  into  their  active  green  tissue  sulphur  dioxid  in  different 
proportions.  This  is  thought  to  form  sulphurous  or  sulphuric  acid  and  to  inter- 
fere greatly  with  the  formation  of  vegetable  matter. 

Secretion  by  roots  of  substances  toxic  to  plants,  M.  Molliard  {Rev.  O^n. 
Bot.,  27  {1915),  No.  322,  pp.  289-296,  pi.  i).— Work  previously  reported  (E.  S. 
R.,  30,  p.  522)  has  been  followed  up  by  further  tests  with  peas.  These  are  said 
to  show  that  the  plants  excrete  substances  which  prove  toxic  to  plants  grown 
thereafter  in  the  medium  previously  used.  The  effect  was  increased  after  the 
medium  had  been  twice  used. 

Injurious  effects  from  ivy  growing  on  trees,  C.  von  Ttjbeuf  {Naturw. 
Ztschr.  Porst.  u.  Landw.,  13  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  476-481,  figs.  5).— This  is  a 
further  account,  with  discussion,  of  stem  constrictions  of  plants  (E.  S.  R.,  31, 
p.  343). 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Field  crops,  D.  N.  Prianishnikoff  {Uastnoe  Zemledielie.  Moscotc:  V. 
Rikhter,  1914,  pp.  513-\-15,  pis.  144,  figs.  2). — This  work  deals  with  cereal,  root, 
and  leguminous  crops,  together  with  other  plants  grown  for  oil,  fiber,  dye,  and 
spice  production.  Attention  is  also  given  to  tobacco  and  other  plants  used  for 
their  narcotic  effect.  The  culture  and  uses  of  the  different  crops  are  consid- 
ered in  detail  and  the  control  of  diseases  and  insect  enemies  is  outlined.  The 
work  has  reference  to  the  culture  of  the  different  crops  in  Russia. 

[Irrigation  experiments  at  Bromberg]  {Jahresber.  Kaiser  Wilhelms  Inst. 
Landw.  Bromberg,  1914,  pp.  38-50). — Potatoes  were  given  30,  140,  and  160 
mm.  (1.2,  5.6,  and  6.4  in.)  of  irrigation  water,  applied  by  sprinkling,  in  addi- 
tion to  a  rainfall  of  195  mm.  during  the  growing  season.  A  forage  variety, 
Gertrude,  yielded  13,209  lbs.  of  tubers  per  acre  without  irrigation  and  15,262 
lbs.,  15,440  lbs.,  and  19,099  lbs.  per  acre  when  receiving  30,  140,  and  160  mm. 
of  irrigation  water,  respectively.  Magnum  Bonum,  a  table  variety,  yielded 
4,462  lbs.  with  only  the  natural  rainfall  and  10,710  lbs.  and  10,978  lbs.  per  acre 
with  140  and  160  mm.  of  irrigation  water,  respectively.  On  the  assumption  that 
both  rain  and  irrigation  water  was  completely  used  by  the  plants,  it  is  pointed 
out  that  it  required  on  the  average  of  all  tests  556  lbs.  of  water  to  produce  1  lb. 


1910]  FIELD   CROPS.  637 

of  dry  substance  In  the  tnber.  In  another  experiment,  conducted  on  a  heavier 
soil,  it  was  found  that  irrigation  did  not  increase  the  yield  of  tubers  to  the 
same  extent  as  in  the  experiments  just  described,  which  were  conducted  on 
sandy  soil,  and  the  starch  content  also  was  increased  to  only  a  very  limited 
extent.  The  percentage  of  large-sized  tul^ers  in  the  crop,  however,  appeared  to 
have  been  increased  considerably  as  the  result  of  irrigation. 

In  addition  to  these  trials  an  experiment  was  conducted  with  the  use  of 
different  quantities  of  waste  water  from  potash  works  applied  with  the  irriga- 
tion water.  Although  as  high  as  1.2  kg.  of  chlorin  were  given  per  cubic  meter 
of  water  applied,  no  injurious  effects  on  the  growth  and  yield  of  the  potatoes 
was  observed,  but  the  foliage  was  considerably  lighter  in  color  than  the  foliage 
of  the  plants  irrigated  with  pure  water  and  the  crop  ripened  about  three  weeks 
earlier. 

Sugar  beets  received  a  natural  precipitation  of  237  mm.  from  May  1  to  Sep- 
tember 30,  and  were  given  in  addition  on  certain  plats  either  130  or  220  mm. 
of  irrigation  water.  The  plat  irrigated  witli  130  mm.  produced  8,300  lbs.  of 
beets  and  3,213  lbs.  of  leaves  more  per  acre  than  the  plat  not  irrigated.  The 
use  of  220  mm.  of  water  apparently  reduced  the  yield  of  beets  and  leaves  as 
compared  with  the  application  of  130  mm.  The  results  indieatetl  that  it  re- 
quired an  average  of  334  lbs.  of  water  to  produce  1  lb.  of  dry  matter  in  the 
beets  and  foliage. 

Irrigation  of  meadows  on  light  sandy  soil  by  the  furrowing,  flooding,  and 
furrow-gravity  methods  gave  very  satisfactory  results,  the  best  yield  being 
secured  with  furrow-gravity  irrigation. 

Ten  years  of  variety  tests  at  Dickopshof,  A.  Richardsen  (Landic.  Jahrb., 
48  {1915),  No.  S,  pp.  331-427). — The  soil  conditions  of  the  experiment  field  are 
described,  data  with  reference  to  the  weather  conditions  for  the  different  years 
are  tabulated,  the  crop  rotations  followed  are  outlined,  and  the  methods  of 
conducting  the  variety  tests  with  winter  and  spring  wheats,  winter  rye,  oats, 
barley,  sugar  beets,  fodder  beets,  ruta-bagas,  and  potatoes  are  discussed.  The 
soil  devoted  to  these  tests  is  described  as  a  deep  loam  with  favorable  physical 
characters,  although  not  especially  satisfactory  from  a  chemical  point  of  view. 
The  meteorological  observations  showed  a  ten-year  average  of  9.6°  C.  (49.1°  F.) 
as  the  mean  daily  temperature  for  the  year,  an  annual  sunshine  total  of  1,107 
hours,  and  an  annual  precipitation  of  695  mm.  (27.8  in.).  The  results  are 
tabulated  in  detail  for  the  different  years  and  are  summarized  for  different 
periods. 

Of  three  winter  wheat  varieties  grown  for  seven  years,  Strube  Club  gave  an 
average  yield  of  3,321  kg.  of  grain  and  5,999  kg.  of  straw  per  hectare  (49.4  bu. 
and  5.339  lbs.  per  acre,  respectively).  Mette  Club  yielded  on  the  average  3,161 
kg.  of  grain  and  5,830  kg.  of  straw  per  hectare.  Strube  Club  also  stood  first 
among  the  varieties  grown  for  periods  of  six,  five,  and  four  years,  but  ranked 
second — Mette  Club  standing  first — among  11  varieties  tested  from  1911  to  1913, 
inclusive.  In  a  seven-year  test  the  grain  produced  by  the  two  varieties  repre- 
sented an  average  of  35.4  per  cent  of  the  total  yield,  while  the  average  liter 
weight  was  760.3  gm.,  and  the  average  Vv^eight  of  1,000  kernels  37.709  gm. 

From  the  results  secured  with  spring  wheat  it  is  concluded  that  for  the  soil 
conditions  of  the  test,  Heine  Japhet  and  Rimpau  Red  Schlanstedt  are  of  equal 
valtie  and  apparently  superior  to  the  other  varieties  tested,  while  Krafft 
Bordeaux,  Wohltmann  Blue  Dame,  and  Iden  are  considered  promising  sorts 
approaching  each  other  in  yielding  capacity.  In  one  seven-yen  r  test  Rimpau 
Red  Schlanstedt,  the  leading  variety,  yielded  on  an  average  2,927  kg.  of  grain 
and  5,815  kg.  of  straw  per  hectare.  As  compared  with  the  winter  wheat 
varieties,  the  spring  wheat  varieties  gave  a  higher  average  weight  per  liter 


638  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

and  per  1,000  kernels,  but  the  average  percentage  of  grain  as  based  on  the  total 
yield  of  grain  and  straw  was  higher  with  the  winter  wheat  varieties. 

The  test  of  varieties  of  winter  rye  showed  Lochow  Petkus  as  the  leading  sort, 
with  Himmel  Champagne  ranking  next,  and  Sperling  Green  Kerneled,  Krafft 
Zetland,  and  Riimker  Yellow  Kerneled  as  promising  varieties.  In  a  nine-year 
test  Lochow  Petkus  produced  on  an  average  2,775  kg.  of  grain  and  5,996  kg.  of 
straw  per  hectare,  while  Himmel  Champagne  yielded  2,630  kg.  of  grain  and 
5,674  kg.  of  straw,  but  ranked  above  the  other  variety  in  average  percentage  of 
grain,  liter  weight,  and  1,000-kernel  weight. 

The  leading  variety  of  oats  in  tests  carried  on  for  six,  five,  and  four  years 
was  Strube  Schlanstedt,  followed  by  Svalof  Goldregen  and  Leutewitz  Yellow. 
In  the  three  and  two  year  tests  all  these  varieties  fell  below  Lochow  Yellow 
and  Svalof  Siegeshafer.  In  the  six-year  test  the  varieties  above  mentioned 
yielded  an  average  of  3,423  kg.  of  grain  and  4,718  kg.  of  straw  per  hectare,  the 
proportion  of  grain  to  total  production  being  42.05  per  cent,  the  liter  weight 
513  gm.,  the  1,000-kernel  weight  28.081  gm.,  and  the  proportion  of  hull  in  the 
grain  25.09  per  cent. 

Varieties  of  brewing  barley  were  tested  for  only  three  years.  The  average 
grain  production  was  in  favor  of  Improved  Pfalz,  yielding  3,821  kg.  of  grain 
and  4,804  kg.  of  straw  per  hectare.  This  variety  also  ranked  first  in  proportion 
of  grain  to  total  yield  with  44.45  per  cent,  in  liter  weight  with  690.5  gm.,  and 
in  1,000-kernel  weight  with  48.39  gm.  The  average  protein  content  was  11.85 
per  cent  which,  although  rather  high,  was  nevertheless  lower  than  in  any  other 
variety.    Nolc  Bohemia  and  Heil  Frankengerste  stood  next  in  value. 

The  data  secured  with  varieties  of  sugar  beets  indicated  in  general  that  a 
decrease  in  beet  production  was  associated  with  an  increase  in  leaf  production, 
not  only  relatively  but  also  absolutely  and  as  a  rule  with  an  increasing  per- 
centage of  sugar.  As  a  result  of  this  relationship  it  is  pointed  out  that  the 
sugar  production  per  hectare  fluctuates  much  less  than  the  beet  production  and 
the  percentage  of  sugar  content.  In  beet  yield  the  variety  Friedrichswerth, 
among  four  varieties  tested  for  eight  years,  ranked  first  with  42,392  kg.  of 
beets  and  29,882  kg.  of  leaves  per  hectare.  The  average  sugar  content  of  the 
beet,  16.22  per  cent,  was  lower  than  in  the  other  varieties  but  the  average  sugar 
production  per  hectare,  6,876  kg.,  was  the  highest  This  was  also  generally 
true  of  the  results  secured  in  the  tests  of  shorter  duration  and  with  a  larger 
number  of  varieties.  For  sugar  production  the  varieties  Breustedt,  Schobbert 
Specialty  1,  and  Schobbert  Ideal  1  ranked  next  to  Friedrichswerth. 

The  results  with  varieties  of  fodder  beets  showed  that  a  decrease  in  beet 
yield  was  accompanied  by  an  increase  in  leaf  production,  not  only  in  the  per- 
centage relation  of  the  leaves  to  the  beet,  but  also  in  the  production  per 
hectare,  and  also  in  general  by  an  increase  in  dry  matter  content.  It  is  pointed 
out  that  for  this  reason  the  dry  matter  yield  per  hectare  varies  less  than  the 
beet  yield  and  the  percentage  dry  matter  content.  Of  four  varieties  tested  for 
nine  years,  the  leading  variety.  Yellow  Eckendorf,  yielded  an  average  of  85,913 
kg.  of  beets  and  10,966  kg.  of  leaves  per  hectare.  The  average  dry  matter  content 
of  the  beet  was  11.17  per  cent.  While  this  variety  was  the  heaviest  yielder  of 
beets,  it  fell  behind  the  other  sorts  in  dry  matter  content  and  dry  matter  pro- 
duction, the  average  for  the  four  varieties  being  13.52  per  cent  and  10,314  kg. 
per  hectare  respectively.  Two  varieties,  Durana  and  Veni  Vidi  Vici,  stood  well 
above  the  average  in  dry  matter  production  per  hectare. 

The  test  with  rutabagas  was  conducted  for  only  three  years  and  limited  to 
only  three  varieties.  The  leading  variety,  Remy  Improved  Altmark  Giant, 
yielded  65,000  kg.  of  beets  per  hectare  with  a  dry  matter  content  of  12.57 
per  cent. 


1918]  FIELD  CROPS.  639 

Study  of  the  root  systems  of  pasture  plants  on  the  moor  soils  of  the  ex- 
periment fields  at  Flahult  and  Torestorp,  H.  Osvald  {Mitt.  Ver.  Ford.  Moor- 
kultur  Dcut.  Reiche,  34  (1916),  No.  ^.  pp.  62-76,  figs.  iO).— Observations  made 
on  the  depth  and  distribution  of  the  root  systems  of  white  clover,  timothy, 
meadow  foxtail,  Kentucky  bluegrass,  meadow  fescue,  red  fescue,  and  orchard 
grass  growing  on  lowland  and  upland  moor  soils  were  supplemented  by  studies 
of  the  root  anatomy. 

On  the  upland  moor  meadows  at  Flahult  a  dense  and  heavy  root  growth 
occurred  in  the  upper  5  cm.  (2  in.),  in  the  next  25  cm.  the  growth  was  very 
thin,  while  below  30  cm.  practically  no  roots  were  found.  The  lowland  moor 
meadows  of  Torestorp  showed  a  dense  and  heavy  root  development  in  the  upper 
15  to  20  cm.  which  gradually  became  thinner  as  it  extended  to  the  depth 
of  45  cm. 

The  results  of  the  anatomical  studies  indicated  that  roots  from  moor  soils  are 
less  densely  constructed,  have  larger  intercellular  spaces,  and  lignify  more 
slowly  than  roots  produced  in  sandy  soil.  The  larger  intercellular  spaces  which 
always  occur  in  such  grasses  as  meadow  foxtail,  and  meadow  fescue,  and  timothy 
are  produced  much  earlier  on  moor  soils  and  often  are  found  even  in  very  young 
roots.  This  is  considered  due  to  the  inadequate  supply  of  oxygen  in  the  soil 
and  this  behavior  of  the  plant  as  an  effort  on  its  part  to  provide  aeration.  The 
absence  of  root  nodules  on  clover  is  regarded  as  further  evidence  of  the  lack  of 
oxygen  in  the  soil.  On  the  upland  moor  soils  at  Flahult,  nodules  are  found  only 
in  the  upper  2  or  3  centimeters.  The  results  are  taken  as  showing  plainly  that 
on  moor  soils  only  a  very  thin  surface  layer  serves  as  the  source  of  moisture  and 
nutrients  to  meadow  plants. 

Several  methods  of  laying  down  cultivated  land  to  meadow,  S.  Rhodin 
(K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Eandl.  och.  Tidskr.,  54  {1915),  No.  7,  pp.  569-582;  Meddel. 
Centralanst.  Forsoksv.  Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  115  {1915),  pp.  16). — Three  dif- 
ferent methods  of  seeding  cultivated  land  to  timothy  and  clover  were  compared. 
The  seed  mixture  used  consisted  of  3  kg.  of  red  clover,  6  kg.  of  alsike  clover,  and 
21  kg.  of  timothy  per  hectare  (2.67,  5.34,  and  18.69  lbs.  per  acre).  In  all  cases 
oats  was  used  as  a  nurse  crop.  In  one  instance  the  clover  and  timothy  seed 
was  mixed  with  the  oats  and  the  whole  sown  on  smoothly  harrowed  soil  at  the 
rate  of  175  kg.  per  hectare ;  in  another  instance  the  seed  mixture  was  sown  on 
smoothly  harrowed  land  before  the  nurse  crop ;  and  in  the  third  on  unharrowed 
land  and  after  the  nurse  crop,  the  land  being  then  smoothed  down  with  the 
harrow. 

The  best  results  were  obtained  from  sowing  the  seed  mixture  before  the  nurse 
crop.  It  was  also  found  that  covering  the  clover  and  grass  seed  not  more  than 
1.5  cm.  (about  0.6  in.)  proved  most  satisfactory. 

Com  culture  in  the  Southeastern  States,  C.  H.  Kyxe  {TJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  729  {1916),  pp.  19,  figs.  11). — This  publication  makes  recommen- 
dations and  suggestions  regarding  the  preparation  of  land  for  corn,  the  use  of 
commercial  fertilizers  in  corn  culture,  and  the  planting  and  cultivation  of  the 
crop,  applicable  mostly  to  the  cotton-growing  sections  of  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  and  Alabama. 

Cotton,  H.  Semleb  (O  Algoddo.  Rio  de  Janeiro:  Mvn.  Agr.,  Indus,  e  Com., 
1914,  pp.  110,  figs.  40). — This  is  a  popular  treatise  on  the  cotton  industry,  in- 
cluding a  botanical  and  historical  review  of  the  plant,  directions  for  its  culture, 
a  description  of  ginning  and  other  processes  of  preparing  the  crop  for  the 
market,  and  statistical  notes  on  the  production  of  cotton  for  different  years 
and  countries. 

64968°— 16 1 


640  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Observations  on  the  blossoming  of  hemp,  G.  Havas  {KisMet.  Kozlem.,  18 
{1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  908-919,  pis.  2,  figs.  3). — Hemp  plants  were  grown  in  the 
open  in  1913  and  observations  were  made  every  fourth  hour  from  4  a.  m.  until 
8  p.  m.  during  the  blossoming  period. 

It  was  observed  that  in  both  the  staminate  and  pistillate  plants  blossoming 
began  at  one  of  the  upper  nodes  on  the  stem  and  progressed  gradually  upward. 
In  vigorous  plants  with  branches  from  the  lower  nodes,  the  progress  of  blos- 
soming was  both  upward  and  downward  from  the  initial  blossom,  while  on 
the  branches  themselves  the  opening  of  the  buds  proceeded  toward  the  point. 
The  blossoming  of  the  male  plants  progressed  in  such  a  way  that  the  buds  at 
the  ends  of  the  main  stem  and  branches  all  opened  at  the  same  time.  The 
male  flowers  were  found  to  develop  on  the  leafless  portions  of  the  floral  axis 
and  the  female  flowers  grouped  in  pairs  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves.  Late- 
appearing  and  subordinate  branches  as  a  rule  bore  no  flowers.  It  was  further 
observed  that  under  identical  conditions  female  flowers  sometimes  reached  the 
receptive  stage  before  the  male  flowers  were  ready  to  supply  the  pollen.  It  is 
stated  that  in  Hungary  pollen  distribution  generally  begins  during  the  first 
half  of  July,  continuing  from  four  to  six  weeks ;  that  plants  may  be  in  blossom 
from  three  to  four  weeks,  and  that  several  thousand  blossoms  may  develop 
on  a  single  plant.  The  dehiscence  in  the  staminate  flowers  took  place  to  the 
greatest  extent  during  the  night  and  early  morning.  The  development  of  indi- 
vidual buds  from  blossoming  to  pollination  required  about  seven  hours. 

Sorghum  vulgare  and  S.  halepense,  G.  C.  Dudgeon  {Min.  Agr.  Egypt,  Agr. 
Prod.  No.  la  {1915),  pp.  32). — A  general  article  in  encyclopedic  form,  dealing 
with  S.  vulgare,  under  the  principal  headings  of  its  botanical  description,  his- 
tory, cultivation,  value  of  the  crop,  uses  of  the  grain,  leaves,  and  stalks,  areas 
and  yields,  prices  and  returns,  food  value,  sweet  sorghum,  and  broom  sorghum. 
With  regard  to  S.  halepense  only  brief  notes  on  botanical  relationship  and 
its  culture  are  presented. 

Sudan  grass,  N.  Schmitz  (Maryland  Sta.  Bui.  194  (1916),  pp.  47-62,  figs.  7).— 
A  general  discussion  of  Sudan  grass  culture  in  Maryland  is  presented  and  the 
results  of  cultural  and  other  tests  with  the  crop  are  reported. 

In  1913  better  yields  on  soils  of  high  and  medium  fertility,  4.4  and  3.3  tons 
per  acre,  respectively,  were  secured  from  sowing  on  June  13  than  on  earlier 
and  later  dates.  The  average  results  for  three  years  indicated  that  under 
favorable  soil  conditions  15  lbs.  of  good  seed  is  sufficient  for  securing  a  satis- 
factory stand.  Sudan  grass  and  soy  beans  as  a  mixed  crop  gave  the  best 
yield  when  the  Sudan  grass  was  sown  at  the  rate  of  15  lbs.  and  the  soy  beans 
at  the  rate  of  6  pks.  per  acre.  The  composition  of  Sudan  grass  hay,  cleaned 
seed,  and  straw  is  given  in  a  table  and  compared  with  the  composition  of  other 
common  forage  crops.  In  a  digestion  test  with  a  bull,  coefficients  were  obtained 
of  60.6  per  cent  for  dry  matter,  35.4  for  protein,  41.2  for  fat,  50  for  crude  fiber, 
and  62  per  cent  for  nitrogen-free  extract. 

Studies  of  variation  and  correlation  of  weight  and  sugar  content  of  beets, 
especially  of  sugar  beets,  W.  Otken  (Ztsclir.  Pflanzenzucht.,  3  (1915),  No.  3,  pp. 
265-333,  figs.  2). — This  article  deals  mainly  with  the  study  of  correlation  be- 
tween individuals  and  between  the  averages  of  groups  of  plants.  The  results 
obtained  are  tabulated  in  detail  and  discussed  at  some  length. 

The  conclusions  based  on  the  data  accumulated  are  drawn  with  reference  to 
the  present  status  of  sugar-beet  breeding.  Belief  is  expressed  in  the  existence 
of  a  series  of  factors  influencing  the  increase  in  sugar  content  either  directly  or 
indirectly,  and  in  the  combination  of  an  increasing  number  of  these  factors 
through  the  continued  selection  of  beets  high  in  sugar  or  the  selection  and  re- 
ciprocal crossing  of  families  readily  transmitting  their  characters.    The  breed- 


1916]  FIELD  CEOPa  641 

ing  of  families  in  which  external  conditions  least  affected  the  sugar  content 
unfavorably  is  considered  to  have  resulted  in  the  final  exclusion  of  a  series  of 
factors  which  under  certain  conditions  cause  a  reduction  of  the  sugar  con- 
tent, and  this,  in  conjunction  with  the  gi-adual  fixation  of  the  characters  posi- 
tively determining  a  higher  percentage  of  sugar,  has  reduced  in  the  course  of 
time  the  variability  of  the  sugar  content  of  the  beet  The  author  states  that 
it  has  been  shown  repeatedly  that  the  sugar  content  increases  with  the  in- 
tensity of  culture,  and  that  for  this  reason  the  richest  beets  are  still  produced 
in  the  long  and  well  established  beet-growing  centers.  He  further  states  that 
possibilities  present  themselves  to  increase  the  yield  of  beets  as  well  as  the 
percentage  of  sugar  without  detriment  to  either  the  one  or  the  other  character. 
Further  conclusions  based  on  the  data  in  hand,  but  with  reference  only  to 
heritability,  are  drawn  and  presented  by  T.  Roemer,  who  points  out  that  ex- 
ternal conditions  have  a  marked  influence  on  the  growth  of  sugar  beets  in  gen- 
eral, but  that  the  weight  of  the  beet  as  compared  with  its  sugar  content  is 
affected  to  a  greater  extent  and  that  its  latitude  of  variation  is  also  the  greater. 
For  this  reason  the  increase  in  weight  is  regarded  as  more  difficult  of  achieve- 
ment than  the  increase  in  sugar  content,  as  selection  based  on  weight  is  more 
likely  to  include  a  higher  percentage  of  nontransmissible  characters  than  selec- 
tion based  on  sugar  content,  and  the  distinction  between  heritable  and  non- 
heritable  variations  presents  greater  difficulties.  Attention  is  called  to  the 
fact  that  the  transmission  of  desirable  characters  is  not  the  same  in  either 
individual  plants  or  in  entire  families,  and  that  in  selection  for  weight  and  sugar 
content  a  certain  influence  of  the  mother  beet  asserts  itself.  This  is  largely 
determined  by  the  family  type,  so  that  the  performance  of  the  family  is  of  much 
greater  importance  in  selection  than  the  performance  of  the  individual.  It  is 
stated  that  weight  and  sugar  content  as  heritable  characters  act  independent  of 
each  other,  as  inheritance  of  greater  weight  and  higher  sugar  content  may  be 
coincident  with  each  other  or  undesirable  inheritance  of  one  character  may  be 
coupled  with  desirable  inheritance  of  the  other. 

The  relation  between  the  sugar  content  and  chemical  characters  in  the 
first  generation  of  an  individual  mother  beet,  K.  ANDULfK  and  J.  Urban 
(Ztschr.  Zuckerindus.  Bohmen,  40  (,1915),  No  3,  pp.  107-llS). — The  results  of 
a  study  of  this  question  indicated  that  individual  beets  of  the  first  generation 
with  the  same  sugar  content  may  vary  within  the  limits  of  variation  in  the 
weight  of  the  root  and  leaves.  The  law  of  correlations  appeared  operative  to 
only  a  very  small  degi-ee  with  regard  to  the  average  sugar  content  of  the  roots 
and  their  average  weight,  but  seemed  of  greater  significance  in  connection  with 
the  weight  of  the  leaves,  as  a  higher  average  sugar  content  was  associated  with 
a  lower  average  weight  of  leaves.  It  was  found  that  with  the  same  sugar  con- 
tent in  the  root,  the  dry  matter  in  the  root  and  leaves  varied  within  the  limits 
recognized  for  this  factor,  but  that  an  average  low  sugar  content  was  generally 
accompanied  by  an  average  low  dry  matter  content  in  the  root  and  leaves. 
The  ash  content  of  the  root  and  leaves  varied  in  roots  of  the  same  sugar  con- 
tent, but  in  general  rose  perceptibly  in  the  leaves  with  a  high  average  sugar 
content  in  the  root,  and  vice  versa.  The  data  also  indicated  that  with  the 
increase  in  the  average  sugar  content  of  the  root,  the  nitrogen  content  of  the 
root  and  leaves  increases  although  only  to  a  limited  degree. 

Tobacco,  H.  Semlee  (0.  Fumo.  Rio  de  Janeiro:  Min.  Agr.,  Indus,  e  Com.,  191^, 
pp.  131,  figs.  19). — A  popular  treatise  on  tobacco  including  discussions  from  the 
historical,  botanical,  and  cultural  standpoints.  Notes  by  A.  Caire  on  the  de- 
velopment of  tobacco  culture,  the  total  yields  in  different  countries,  and  the 
quantities  exported  by  BrazU  in  different  years  are  appended. 


642  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Tobacco  from  Cyprus  {Bui.  Imp.  Inst.  [80.  Kensington],  IS  (1915),  No.  4,  pp. 
547-550 )  .—An  article  describing  a  number  of  samples  of  Turkish  tobacco  grown 
in  Cyprus,  and  giving  in  this  connection  the  chemical  composition  of  two  of  the 
samples. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  some  of  the  samples  conform  with  Turkish  tobacco  as 
regards  size  of  leaf  but  that  they  contain  too  much  moisture  for  the  English 
market.  It  is  stated  that  the  excess  of  moisture  caused  a  rapid  secondary  fer- 
mentioned  in  the  tobacco  resulting  in  dark  patches  around  the  midrib. 

Frost  and  wheat,  A.  H.  Cockayne  (Jour.  Agr.  [Neio  Zeal.],  12  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  1-10,  figs.  7). — This  article  discusses  the  fertilization  of  wheat  in  its  rela- 
tion to  frost  injury  and  reports  observations  made  on  the  effects  of  a  late  frost 
in  New  Zealand. 

In  nearly  every  case  the  wheat  crops  which  failed  to  become  fertilized  as  the 
result  of  frost  injury  were  autumn  sown.  It  is  pointed  out  that  this  was  not 
because  of  the  time  of  sowing  but  because  the  crops  happened  to  be  in  a  critical 
stage  when  the  frost  injury  occurred.  The  wheat  crops  fully  fertilized  at  the 
time  of  the  frost  and  whose  flowers  had  closed  again  were  not  damaged  at  all, 
while  spring  sown  wheat  not  yet  developed  to  the  stage  of  fertilization  was 
injured  more  or  less  where  the  frost  was  most  severe.  These  spring  sown 
crops  did  not  show  the  complete  lack  of  fertilization  seen  in  those  that  were 
on  the  point  of  flowering  when  the  frost  occurred. 

Second  annual  seed  laboratory  report,  1914-15,  W.  L.  Oswald  {Minnesota 
Sta.  Bui.  159  {1916),  pp.  3-16,  figs.  4).— During  the  year  8,452  samples  were 
sent  in  for  examination  and  125  official  samples  were  collected.  The  results  of 
purity  and  germination  tests  are  given  in  tables. 

The  use  of  a  sunlight  germinator  in  testing  grass  and  flower  seeds  gave 
promising  results.  It  was  found  that  many  of  the  grass  seeds  germinate  best 
in  the  light.  An  experiment  in  testing  the  germination  of  seeds  in  soil  and 
sand  in  the  greenhouse  as  compared  with  the  chamber  tests  in  the  laboratory 
showed  that  in  nearly  every  case  the  laboratory  test  gave  a  somewhat  higher 
percentage  of  germination  than  was  secured  in  the  soil  test  in  the  greenhouse. 

Weeds  and  their  identification,  E,  Atkinson  {Jour.  Agr.  [New  Zeal.],  12 
(1916),  No.  1,  pp.  32-39,  figs.  9). — Descriptive  notes  are  given  on  capeweed 
iCryptostemma  calendulaceum) ,  hawkweed  {Crepis  capillaris),  and  hawkbit 
(Leontodon  hirtus),  as  they  occur  under  New  Zealand  conditions. 

HORTICULTURE. 

Plant  propagation,  M.  G.  Kains  (New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1916,  pp. 
XIX +322,  figs.  214). — In  the  present  manual  and  textbook  the  author  has 
aimed  to  bring  together  the  latest  information  on  all  branches  of  practical  and 
theoretical  plant  propagation  with  the  view  of  making  the  work  valuable  both 
to  the  professional  propagator  and  to  the  teacher  of  plant  propagation. 

The  successive  chapters  deal  with  the  following  subjects:  Germination; 
germination  and  longevity  of  seeds;  seed  testing;  potting;  propagation  by 
buds — layerage ;  bottom  heat ;  cuttage ;  classes  of  cuttings ;  graftage — gen  ^ral 
considerations ;  is  graftage  devitalizing ;  Daniel's  experiments  and  conclusions ; 
general  points  concerning  fruit  tree  stocks ;  stock  and  scion  handling ;  grafting 
waxes,  wound  dressings,  etc.;  methods  of  grafting;  methods  of  budding; 
nursery  management;  laws  affecting  nursery  stock;  and  suggested  practicums. 

Plant  propagation  in  the  Tropics,  P.  J.  Wester  {Philippine  Bur.  Agr.  Bui. 
S2  (1916)  pp.  87,  pis.  12,  figs.  40). — In  this  bulletin  the  author  first  discusses 
the  principles  and  methods  of  plant  propagation  with  special  reference  to  their 
application  in  the  Tropics.    Directions  are  then  given  for  the  vegetative  prota- 


1916]  HORTICULTUEE.  643 

gation  of  tropical  and  semitropical  fruits,  tree  planting,  orchard  management, 
and  the  control  of  the  more  common  diseases  and  insect  pests.  A  list  is  given 
of  tropical  fruits  in  the  Philippines. 

[Ornamental  and  economic  plants  in  the  Botanic  Gardens],  C.  K.  Ban- 
CKOFT  (Rpt.  Dcpt.  Sci.  and  Agr.  Brit.  Guiana,  1914-15,  App.  2,  pp.  S-i2).— Notes 
are  given  on  ornamental  and  economic  plants  of  various  kinds  being  grown  in 
the  Botanic  Gardens,  Georgetown,  British  Guiana. 

Annual  report  of  the  experimental  work  of  the  Ganeshkhind  Botanical 
Garden  (Poona  District)  for  the  year  1914-15,  W.  Burns  {Dept.  Agr.  Bom- 
bay, Ann.  Rpt.  Expt.  Work  Ganeshkhind  Bot.  Sta.  191^-15,  pp.  47). — A  progress 
report  on  cultural  experiments,  variety  tests,  and  miscellaneous  experiments 
being  conducted  with  fruits  and  other  economic  plants  in  the  Ganeshkhind 
Botanical  Garden. 

In  a  college  garden,  Viscountess  Wolseley  {London:  John  Murray,  1916, 
pp.  XVII +255,  pis.  8). — A  popular  account  of  the  development  and  work  of  the 
Market  Garden  School,  for  women,  at  Glynde,  Sussex. 

A  second  report  on  the  university  farm  garden,  A.  L.  Dacy  {West  Virginia 
Sta.  Bui.  156  {1916),  pp.  S-22,  figs.  5). — In  continuation  of  a  previous  report 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  237)  the  results  secured  at  the  university  farm  garden  for  the 
third  season  are  given,  together  with  an  average  of  the  results  obtained  during 
the  three  years  1913  to  1915.  The  average  gross  annual  receipts  for  the  3-year 
period  from  4.7  acres  were  $275.48  per  acre  Among  the  crops  grown  three 
years  were  celery  with  an  average  annual  receipt  of  $533.22 ;  eggplant,  yielding 
$462.73;  and  tomatoes,  early  and  late,  yielding  $405.66  per  acre.  Cauliflower, 
\^hich  was  grown  but  two  years,  gave  an  annual  gross  receipt  of  $433.24 
per  acre. 

A  master  farmer  of  seventy  who  grows  truck  crops  and  fruit  in  southern 
Jersey,  H.  R.  Cox  (Country  Gent.,  81  {1916),  No.  26,  pp.  1251,  1252,  figs.  5).— 
In  addition  to  a  brief  account  of  operations  on  a  successful  fruit  and  truck  farm 
a  table  is  given  containing  an  analysis  of  the  business  of  the  farm  for  the  fiscal 
year  ended  March  1,  1916.  One  hundred  and  thirty-three  acres  of  crops  grown 
in  that  year  yielded  a  labor  income  of  $3,583. 

Onions. — Experiments  and  culture,  T.  H.  White  {Maryland  Sta.  Bui.  195 
{1916),  pp.  63-78,  figs.  3). — This  bulletin  gives  the  results  of  a  number  of  mis- 
cellaneous experiments  with  onions  conducted  over  a  period  of  several  years, 
together  with  directions  for  onion  culture  in  Maryland. 

In' variety  tests  Gigantic  Gibraltar  grew  the  largest  and  made  the  best  yield. 
Prizetaker,  White  Victoria,  and  White  Globe  all  yielded  well.  Hotbed  grown 
plants  on  the  average  produced  more  bushels  per  acre  than  either  sets  or  seeds 
sown  outside.  Poultry  manure  at  the  rate  of  5,000  lbs.  per  acre,  supplemented 
with  98  lbs.  of  sulphate  of  potash  per  acre,  gave  an  increased  yield  of  36  bu. 
of  onions  over  the  check.  A  fertilizer  containing  2  per  cent  potash  obtained 
from  muriate  produced  a  better  yield  than  a  fertilizer  containing  either  4  or  8 
per  cent  potash.  Rows  of  onions  planted  30  in.  apart  for  horse  cultivation 
yielded  only  85.7  bu.  per  acre  as  compared  with  130.6  bu.  for  rows  14  in.  apart 
and  cultivated  by  hand. 

Composition  of  tomatoes  from  blighted  vines,  W.  D.  Bigelow  {Canner,  43 
{1916),  No.  1,  p.  30). — The  author  finds  that  analyses  of  half-grown  fruit  which 
has  ripened  on  a  blighted  vine  are  practically  identical  with  those  of  half- 
grown  tomatoes  picked  from  a  healthy  vine.  Although  not  any  more  injurious 
to  health  than  a  green  tomato,  prematurely  ripened  tomatoes  are  considered  to 
be  undesirable  for  use  as  canning  stock  on  account  of  the  inferiority  of  the 
product  made  from  them. 


644  EXPEREVrEFT  STATION  BECOBD.  [VoL  35 

Bordeaux  mixture  stains  removed,  M.  G.  Kains  (Country  Gent.,  81  {1916), 
No.  23,  p.  1161). — Experiments  reported  by  the  author  Indicate  that  tomatoes 
and  other  vegetables  stained  with  Bordeaux  mixture  may  be  freed  from  stain 
by  dipping  the  vegetables  in  a  solution  of  acetic  acid.  In  the  work  here  noted, 
which  was  conducted  with  tomatoes,  a  solution  of  half  a  cupful  of  pure  acetic 
acid  to  2  gal.  of  water  was  used.  The  dipped  tomatoes  were  readily  cleansed 
of  the  newly-formed  acetates  by  passing  the  fruit  under  running  water. 

Report  of  general  fruit  committee,  J.  P.  Stewart  (Proc.  State  Hart.  Assoc. 
Penn.,  57  (1916),  pp.  15-20). — In  this  paper  the  author  briefly  reviews  some  of 
the  more  important  work  of  the  department  of  experimental  pomology  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Experiment  Station. 

The  time  of  blossoming  of  fruit  trees  (Univ.  Bristol,  Ann.  Rpt.  Agr.  and 
Hort.  Research  Sta.,  1914,  pp.  107-116). — Records  for  1914  are  given  of  the 
flowering  dates  of  individual  varieties  of  fruit  trees  grown  in  the  plantations 
and  orchards  of  the  National  Fruit*  and  Cider  Institute,  Bristol. 

The  history  of  the  classification  of  apples,  E.  X.  Buntaed  (Jour.  Roy. 
Hort.  Soc,  41  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  445-464,  pis.  4). — In  this  paper  the  author  dis- 
cusses the  many  attempts  that  have  been  made  in  the  past  to  devise  a  system 
of  classification  for  apples.  The  subject  matter  is  presented  for  the  special 
purpose  of  showing  wherein  such  classifications  have  proved  unsatisfactory. 

Cultural  methods  in  bearing  orchards,  J.  P.  Stewakt  (Pennsylvania  Sta. 
Bui.  141  (1916),  pp.  3-28,  figs.  5). — In  a  previous  bulletin  of  the  station  the  re^ 
suits  of  some  of  the  author's  cultural  experiments  in  young  apple  orchards  were 
reviewed  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  238).  The  present  bulletin  gives  the  results  through 
the  season  of  1915  of  six  experiments  started  in  bearing  orchards  in  1907-8. 
The  experiments  involved  a  comparative  test  of  mulch,  sod,  tillage,  and  cover 
crop  treatments,  both  with  and  without  fertilizers. 

Summing  up  the  results  thus  far  obtained  it  is  found  that  the  mulch  treat- 
ment reinforced  by  outside  materials  has  been  most  efficient  in  improving  the 
yield,  growth,  and  average  size  of  the  fruit  in  orchards  up  to  about  20  years  of 
age.  It  has  also  been  most  efficient  in  conserving  moisture  in  all  cases  that 
have  been  determined.  For  orchards  over  20  years  of  age  tillage  and  cover 
crops  slightly  surpassed  the  mulch  treatment,  unless  it  was  accompanied  by 
adequate  fertilization. 

The  sod  treatment  has  usually  given  the  lowest  results  in  yield,  growth,  and 
average  size  of  fruit  in  orchards  of  all  ages,  except  when  aided  by  special  con- 
ditions. On  the  other  hand,  it  has  excelled  in  color  of  fruit  and  in  freedom  from 
blight.  Fertilized  sod  plats  have  generally  given  better  results  than  unfertilized 
plats  receiving  a  mulch  or  tillage.  Both  the  sod  and  the  mulch  treatments  re- 
quire thorough  protection  against  mice. 

Tillage  has  generally  done  best  in  the  fully  matured  orchards,  where  it  is 
especially  efficient  in  stimulating  growth.  Tillage  has  done  well  in  the  younger 
orchards  when  accompanied  by  proper  fertilization.  The  experiments  with  till- 
age as  a  whole  indicate  that  plowing  deeper  than  4  in.  is  probably  undesirable 
and  that  most  of  the  cultivation  should  be  done  with  disk  harrows,  or  similar 
shallow-working  cultivators  rather  than  the  plow.  Cover  crops  have  not  proved 
especially  beneficial  unless  the  moisture  supply  was  unusually  good  or  the 
amount  of  food  added  was  extra  large. 

In  most  of  the  experiments  there  has  been  a  very  close  correlation  between 
growth  and  bearing,  except  in  the  older  orchards,  when  it  is  often  possible  to 
secure  more  growth  than  is  necessary  to  maintain  the  best  yields.  Two  of  the 
experiments  indicate  that  annual  crops  may  be  maintained  by  such  biennial 
bearers  as  Baldwin  and  Spy  in  the  presence  of  ample  food  and  moisture  supply, 
by  regulation  of  the  yield  in  any  year  to  prevent  ov«rbearing  and  by  preventing 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  645 

injur  J'  to  the  root  sj'stems.  In  some  cases  there  has  been  a  very  marked  correla- 
tion between  the  amount  of  fire  blight  and  the  rate  of  growth.  The  greatest 
damage  has  occurred  uniformly  on  the  trees  making  the  most  growth.  In  view 
of  the  fact  that  weakly  growing  trees  have  also  been  attacked,  it  appears  that 
it  is  the  intermediate  growth  that  is  most  resistant  to  this  disease. 

With  regard  to  color  in  apples  the  author  concludes  that  the  red  colors  in 
apples  are  developed  primarily  by  sunlight  m  the  later  stages  of  maturity. 
Hence  conditions  favoring  either  of  these  factors,  such  as  late  picking,  open 
pruning,  long  growing  season,  sparse  foliage,  fully  developed  fruit,  light  soils, 
or  sod  culture,  will  increase  this  color,  while  all  opposing  conditions  will  de- 
crease it.  By  a  proper  utilization  of  one  or  more  of  these  conditions  it  is  be- 
lieved that  the  customary  harmful  effects  on  color  of  heavy  tillage  or  too  much 
nitrogenous  fertilizer  may  generally  be  overcome. 

The  size  of  the  fruit  is  determined  chiefly  by  the  moisture  supply,  hence  the 
cultural  methods  that  conserve  moisture  most  efficiently  will  normally  produce 
the  largest  fruit.  Other  influences  of  importance  are  the  number  of  fruits  on 
the  tree,  supply  of  plant  food,  and  the  temperature  and  length  of  the  growing 
season. 

Starch  in  apple  trees,  W.  A.  Peice  (Ohio  Jour.  Set.,  16  (1916),  No.  8,  pp. 
S56-359). — An  experimental  study  of  the  storage  and  migration  of  starch  in 
apple  trees  is  reported. 

The  author  finds  in  substance  that  "  during  the  dormant  period  starch  reserve 
is  stored  in  the  living  cells  of  the  pith,  wood  parenchyma,  and  medullary  rays 
of  the  apple.  With  approach  of  spring,  starch  is  found  in  the  tissues  of  the 
bark,  appearing  first  in  the  phelloderm  and  collenchyma.  As  the  leaves  begin 
to  appear  starch  begins  to  disappear  from  the  various  tissues  in  order  as  fol- 
lows :  Bark,  wood  parenchyma,  rays,  pith.  It  is  used  first  from  the  youngest 
wood  of  the  branches  in  the  top  of  the  tree,  later  from  the  lower  portions  of 
the  tree,  and  finally  from  the  roots.  A  portion  of  the  starch  reserve  may  never 
be  used  in  the  growth  of  the  tree,  but  remains  behind  to  be  included  in  the  heart- 
wood,  where  it  remains  indefinitely  and  renders  the  wood  susceptible  to  decay." 

Stock  influence  upon  vintage  quality  and  other  characters  of  apples,  B.  T. 
P.  Bakkee  {Vniv.  Bristol,  Ann.  Rpt.  Agr.  and  Hort.  Research  Sta.,  1914,  PP- 
117-127). — The  results  are  given  of  analyses  made  in  1914  of  fruit  juices  from 
apples  growing  on  different  stocks.  The  data  secured  confirm  the  conclusion 
previously  arrived  at  as  to  the  negligible  effect  of  the  intermediate  stock  on 
vintage  quality  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  240). 

Crown  g-all  and  resistant  stocks,  C.  O.  Smith  (Cal.  Citrogr.,  1  {1916),  No. 
9,  p.  14,  fig.  1). — Studies  are  being  conducted  at  the  California  Citrus  Experi- 
ment Station  with  the  view  of  securing  resistant  stocks  for  stone  fruits. 

Tabular  results  are  here  given  showing  the  representative  resistant  and 
susceptible  species  and  varieties  in  the  various  classes  of  stone  fruits  which 
were  subjected  to  the  crown  gall  by  actually  inoculating  the  rapid-growing  twigs 
and  branches  with  pure  cultures.  Among  the  almonds  inoculated  no  marked 
resistance  has  been  found.  Stocks  of  the  Domestica  and  Damson  types  of 
plums  and  certain  Asiatic  types  of  apricots  showed  the  strongest  resistance. 
The  Golden  Beauty  variety  of  Prunus  hortulana  has  shown  suflicient  resistance 
to  be  used  as  a  stock  for  native  plums.  Among  other  American  species,  P. 
pumila,  a  dwarf  stock  used  to  some  extent  in  the  Middle  West,  was  also  strongly 
resistant. 

The  Japanese  mountain  cherries,  wild  forms  and  cultivated  races,  M. 
MiYosHi  {Jour.  Col.  Sci.  Imp.  Univ.  Tokyo,  34  (1916),  Art.  1,  pp.  175,  pis.  23).— 
A  systematic  study  of  the  wUd  and  cultivated  forms  of  Japanese  mountain 
cherries,  including  descriptions  of  species  and  varieties.    The  descriptive  text 


646  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

is  accompanied  by  a  number  of  illustrations  in  color  of  the  floral  parts  and 
foliage  of  various  forms  of  cherries,  as  well  as  illustrations  showing  the  tree 
growth. 

Peach  package  tests,  season  of  1915,  J.  M.  Cbeelman  {Agr.  Gaz.  Canada, 
3  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  222-225,  figs.  3).— Data  are  given  on  shipping  tests  of 
various  types  of  peach  packages  conducted  under  the  direction  of  the  Canadian 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  1915. 

The  new  vine;  the  hybrid  producers,  E.  P^e-Laby  {La  Vigne  Nouvelle;  Les 
Hybrides  Producteurs.  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere  d  Sons,  1915,  pp.  72). — An  account 
of  the  direct  bearing  hybrid  grapes  resulting  from  crosses  between  American 
and  French  species.  The  introductory  chapter  describes  the  principal  charac- 
ters of  hybrid  producers.  The  succeeding  chapters  deal  with  the  cultural  value 
of  different  color  hybrids  as  well  as  their  resistance  to  diseases,  and  the  nature 
of  the  wines  made  from  them. 

The  chemical  composition  of  the  Chasselas  Dore  and  the  advantages  of 
bagging  in  keeping  the  grapes  fresh,  F.  Chajbmeux  {Jour.  Soc.  Nat.  Hort. 
France,  4.  ser.,  17  {1916),  May,  pp.  72-7 It;  June,  pp.  90-93). — In  some  experi- 
ments in  bagging  grapes  here  reported  it  was  found  that  the  use  of  close  paper 
bags  not  only  prolongs  the  fresh  appearance  of  the  bunches  but  also  gives  the 
berries  a  more  uniform  quality  and  development  and  somewhat  increases  the 
sugar  content  of  the  grapes. 

OflQ-cial  report  of  the  session  of  the  International  Congress  of  Viticulture, 
San  Francisco,  Cal.,  July  12,  13,  1915  {Off.  Rpt.  Sess.  Internat.  Cong.  Vit., 
1915,  pp.  324,  figs.  54)- — These  proceedings  include  the  following  papers,  with 
discussions,  delivered  at  the  Congress :  The  Work  of  the  State  Viticultural  Com- 
mission, by  E.  M.  Sheehan  (pp.  19-22)  ;  Probable  Effect  of  the  Federal  Tax  on 
Brandy  upon  the  Horticultural  Interests  of  California,  by  R.  D.  Stephens  (pp. 
23,  24)  ;  A  Campaign  of  Wine  Education,  by  H.  F.  Stoll  (pp.  24-29)  ;  Early  Cali- 
fornia Wine  Industry,  by  H.  Lachman  (pp.  29-32)  ;  Love  of  the  Vine,  by  L.  J. 
Vance  (pp.  32-35)  ;  Grape  Breeding,  by  R.  D.  Anthony  (pp.  35-39)  ;  Introduc- 
tion of  Viticulture  into  the  Schools,  by  A.  W.  Miller  (pp.  39-43)  ;  Resistant 
Vines,  by  G.  C.  Husmaun  (pp.  45-50)  ;  Pruning  and  Training  American  Grapes, 
by  F.  E.  Gladwin  (pp.  50-62)  ;  Commercial  Fertilizers  for  American  Grapes,  by 
F.  E.  Gladwin  (pp.  62-68)  ;  Phylloxera-Resistant  Stocks  in  California,  by 
F.  C.  H.  Flossfeder  (pp.  69-76)  ;  Vitis  vinifera  in  Eastern  America,  by  U.  P. 
Hedrick  (pp.  77-81)  ;  Viticulture  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  by  F.  T.  Bioletti  (pp. 
81-88)  ;  The  Vineyards  of  the  Columbia  River  Basin,  by  E.  H.  Twight  (pp. 
89-91)  ;  The  Grape  in  Oregon,  by  C.  I.  Lewis  (pp.  91-97)  ;  Grape  Growing  ia 
New  Mexico,  by  F.  Garcia  (pp.  97-102)  ;  Grape  Growing  in  Utah,  by  A.  B. 
Ballantyne  (pp.  102-106)  ;  Grape  Growing  in  Imperial  Valley,  by  W.  E.  Packard 
(pp.  107-110)  ;  Grape  Anthracnose  in  America,  by  C.  L.  Shear  (pp.  111- 
117)  ;  Powdery  Mildew  of  Grapes  and  Its  Control  in  the  United  States,  by 
D.  Reddick  and  F.  E.  Gladwin  (pp.  117-125)  ;  Studies  on  Plasmopara  viticola 
(Downy  Mildew  of  Grapes),  by  C.  T.  Gregory  (pp.  126-150)  ;  Methods  of  Prepar- 
ation and  Relative  Value  of  Bordeaux  Mixtures,  by  O.  Butler  (pp.  151-160)  ; 
Sulphur  Fungicides,  by  G.  P.  Gray  (pp.  160-174)  ;  Grape  Insects  in  California, 
by  H.  J.  Quayle  (pp.  174-181)  ;  Phylloxera  in  California,  by  R.  L.  Nougaret 
(pp.  181-186);  The  Grape  Root  Worm  (pp.  187-195),  The  Grape  Leafhopper 
(pp.  195-201),  the  Grapevine  Fleabeetle  {Haltica  chalybea)  (pp.  201-209), 
and  The  Rose  Chafer  {Macrodactylvs  subspinosus)  (pp.  210-216),  by  F.  Z. 
Hartzell;  the  Grape  Berry  Moth  {Polychrosis  viteana),  by  W.  H.  Goodwin  (pp. 
217-236)  ;  Two  Destructive  Grape  Insects  of  the  Appalachian  Region,  by  F.  E. 
Brooks  (pp.  237-248)  ;  The  Engineer's  Part  in  the  Advancement  of  the  Viticul- 
tural Industry,  by  E.  T.  Meakin  (pp.  248-253)  ;  Some  Results  of  the  Practical 


1916]  HORnCULTURE.  647 

Application  of  Sulphurous  Acid  and  Selected  Yeast  in  the  Fermentation  of  Cali- 
fornia Wines,  1913  and  1914,  by  W.  V.  Cruess  (pp.  254-263)  ;  A  Simple  and 
Rapid  Method  for  the  Estimation  of  Volatile  Acid  in  Wine,  by  W.  V.  Cruess 
and  R.  W.  Bettoli  (pp.  263-2G7)  ;  Influence  of  Composition  on  Effervescence  of 
Champagne,  Preliminary  Investigations,  by  R.  W.  Bettoli  and  J.  La  Belle  (pp. 
267-275)  ;  The  Sugar  and  Acid  Content  of  American  Native  Grapes  (pp.  276- 
279),  and  The  Composition  of  Pure  Wine  from  American  Native  Grapes  (pp. 
280-287),  by  W.  B.  Alwood ;  Important  Factors  Governing  the  Successful  Trans- 
portation of  Table  Grapes,  by  A.  V.  Stubenrauch  (pp.  288-300)  ;  The  Intelligent 
Blending  of  Wines,  by  H,  S.  Dewey  (pp.  301,  302)  ;  A  New  Utilization  of  a  By- 
product of  the  Grape,  by  G.  Rossati  (pp.  303-307)  ;  and  Relation  of  the  Maturity 
of  the  Grapes  to  the  Quantity  and  Quality  of  the  Raisins,  by  F.  T.  Bioletti  (pp. 
307-315). 

The  wild  blueberry  tamed,  F.  V.  Coville  (Nat.  Geogr.  Mag.,  29  (1916),  No. 
6,  pp.  535-546,  figs.  10). — In  this  article  the  author  briefly  reviews  the  progress 
that  has  been  made  in  his  cultural  and  breeding  experiments  with  blueberries 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  534),  and  also  in  the  culture  of  improved  forms  on  the  New 
Jersey  trial  plantation.  On  this  plantation  hybrid  seedlings  have  borne  their 
first  commercial  crop  when  only  three  years  old  and  a  crop  three  times  as  large 
when  four  years  old. 

Official  proceeding's  of  the  twelfth  annual  convention,  Michigan  State 
Association  of  Ginseng'  Growers,  1916  (Off.  Proc.  Ann.  Conv.  Mich.  State 
Assoc.  Ginseng  Growers,  12  (1916),  pp.  45). — Various  topics  dealing  with  the 
culture  and  subsequent  preparation  of  ginseng  and  goldenseal  as  discussed  at  the 
convention  are  included  in  these  proceedings. 

A  preliminary  study  of  Philippine  bananas,  N.  G.  Teodoro  (Philippine 
Jour.  Sci.,  Sect.  C,  10  (1915),  No.  6,  pp.  379-421,  pis.  12).— A  descriptive  ac- 
count of  the  species  and  varieties  of  bananas  known  to  occur  in  the  Philippines, 
in  which  special  attention  has  been  given  to  the  special  purposes  to  which  the 
different  varieties  are  adapted. 

[Cacao  in  British  Guiana],  J.  B.  Harrison  (Rpt.  Dept.  Sci.  and  Agr.  Brit. 
GMiana,  1914-15,  pp.  26-30). — The  results  of  manurial  and  other  cultural  ex- 
periments with  cacao  in  British  Guiana  are  reported. 

The  experiments,  which  were  commenced  in  1900,  indicate  that  in  British 
Guiana  under  conditions  similar  to  those  existing  at  Onderneeming  farm  the 
methods  of  cultivation  leading  to  the  successful  growth  of  cacao  are  the  reduc- 
tion of  shade  to  the  lowest  amount  compatible  with  due  protection  from  wind ; 
deep  and  efficient  soil  drainage ;  annually  forking  the  land  between  the  trees 
without  injuring  the  roots  any  more  than  is  absolutely  necessary ;  mulching 
the  soil ;  and  manuring  the  trees  with  a  mixture  of  superphosphate  of  lime  and 
sulphate  of  potash. 

Eliminating  the  drone  tree,  L.  B.  Scott  (Cal.  Citrogr.,  1  (1916),  No.  9,  pp. 
S,  9,  19,  figs.  2). — A  popular  review  of  the  results  secured  in  California  in  the 
improvement  of  oranges  and  lemons  by  bud  selection  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  737;  34,  p. 
639),  including  a  description  of  methods  employed  in  making  records  of  the 
production  of  individual  trees. 

The  rose  annual  for  1916  of  the  National  Rose  Society,  edited  by  H.  R. 
Darlington  (London:  National  Rose  Society,  1916,  pp.  YIII-\-164,  pis.  35). — 
This  comprises  a  collection  of  articles  on  various  phases  of  rose  culture,  includ- 
ing some  general  accounts  of  rose  growing  in  different  parts  of  the  British 
Empire  and  elsewhere. 

A  partial  list  of  plants  available  for  various  uses  in  general  landscape 
planting,  A.  D.  Taylor  (Cleveland,  Ohio:  Author,  1916,  pp.  51). — The  plant 
materials  listed  in  this  booklet  have  been  included  with  special  reference  to 


648  EXPERIMENT  STATION  BECOBD.  [Vol.  35 

their  use  in  the  Northern  and  North  Central  States.  Concise  information  is 
given  relative  to  the  correct  use  of  the  more  prominent  species  of  trees,  shrubs, 
vines,  and  perennials  in  ornamental  and  landscape  plantings. 

Ornamental  gardening  in  Florida,  C.  T.  Simpson  {Little  River,  Fla.:  Author, 
1916,  pp.  XIII+198,  pis.  JfO,  figs.  3).— A  treatise  on  the  decorative  plants 
adapted  to  Florida  and  their  cultivation,  with  suggestions  for  the  ornamentation 
of  Florida  homes  and  grounds. 

FOEESTRY. 

Report  of  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Forestry  for  1914  and  1915  {Rpt. 
Md.  State  Bd.  Forestry,  1914-15,  pp.  77,  j)ls.  7). — A  report  on  forest  activities 
for  the  years  1914  and  1915  in  which  consideration  is  given  to  forest  fire  protec- 
tion, assistance  to  owners  of  woodland,  work  on  the  state  forest  reserves  and 
the  state  forest  nursery,  forest  and  tree  planting  operations  under  state  super- 
vision, investigational  and  educational  work,  and  public  shade  tree  work. 

The  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  National  Parks,  season  of  1916  {U.  S. 
Dept.  Int.,  Off.  Sec.  [Pub.],  1916,  pp.  48,  figs.  S).— A  pamphlet  of  information  rela- 
tive to  the  forests  in  these  parks,  methods  of  transportation,  camp  sites,  birds, 
mammals,  and  fishes  occurring  there,  rules  and  regulations,  and  literature  deal- 
ing with  the  parks.     See  also  a  note  by  Hill  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  242). 

Tlie  Mesa  Verde  National  Park,  season  of  1916  {U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Off.  Sec. 
[Pub.],  1916,  pp.  48,  figs.  5). — An  account  similar  to  the  above  relative  to  the 
Mesa  Verde  National  Park. 

Manual  of  instructions  for  county  forest  wardens  and  district  forest 
wardens  and  information  in  regard  to  the  prevention  and  suppression  of 
forest  fires,  J.  E.  Bakton  {Frankfort,  Ky.:  State,  1915,  pp.  SI). — Although  de- 
signed primarily  for  forest  officers  this  manual  contains  considerable  informa- 
tion of  value  to  the  general  public  in  the  matter  of  controlling  forest  fires. 

Forest  protection. — I,  Protection  against  animals,  R.  Hess  {Der  Forst- 
schutz.  Erster  Band:  Scliutz  gegen  Tiere.  Leipsic:  B.  G.  Teubner,  1914,  vol.  1, 
4-  ed.,  rev.,  pp.  XIII -{-531,  pis.  2,  figs.  250). — A  text-book,  manual,  and  reference 
work  on  forest  protection.  The  present  edition  has  been  entirely  rewritten  by 
R.  Beck.  The  successive  parts  of  the  present  volume  deal  in  detail  with  pro- 
tection against  domestic  animals,  game,  and  other  wild  animals,  birds,  and 
insects. 

Causes  determining  the  forms  of  trees,  P.  Jaccaed  {Rev.  G6n.  Bot.,  27 
{1915),  Nos.  321,  pp.  251-210,  fig.  1;  325,  pp.  335-349;  324,  PP-  353-314,  figs.  2).— 
Recent  experimental  and  mathematical  investigations  are  said  to  have  substan- 
tially confirmed  the  conclusion  formerly  reached  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  342),  and  to 
have  shown  that  the  forms  of  tree  trunks,  those  of  Picea  excelsa  in  particular, 
are  directly  influenced  in  essential  characters,  notably  in  the  variations  in  thick- 
ness of  the  layers  of  growth,  by  the  exigencies  of  circulation  of  water  and  of 
nutritive  materials.  See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  536).  The  ap- 
plicability of  the  theory  of  the  slow  selection  of  useful  variations  in  this  con- 
nection is  denied. 

On  the  amount  of  sap  discharged  by  some  trees,  M.  Miyoshi  {Jour.  Col. 
Sci.  Imp.  Univ.  Tokyo,  38  {1916),  Art.  1,  pp.  14,  figs.  4)- — Investigations  con- 
ducted by  the  author  with  two  species  of  trees  showing  high  sap  pressure, 
Cornus  controversa  and  Carpinus  yedoensis,  led  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  secure  accurate  results  relative  to  the  discharge  of  sap  for  a  longer 
time  than  one  bleeding  period  where  the  usual  method  of  collecting  the  sap 
from  an  auger  hole  is  followed.  A  local  stoppage  in  the  hole  is  found  to  take 
place  inevitably,  thus  influencing  the  amount  of  sap  flow. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  649 

Pinus  longifolia,  a  silvicultural  study,  R.  S.  Tkoup  {Indian  Forest  Mem., 
Sylviculture  Ser.,  1  {1916),  No.  1.  pp.  126,  pis.  33). — The  study  here  reported  is 
based  on  personal  investigations  extending  over  a  number  of  years  in  most  of 
the  important  tracts  in  which  P.  longifoUa  forests  occur. 

The  subject  matter  is  presented  under  the  general  headings  of  the  distribu- 
tion, locality,  and  types  of  foi-est ;  silvicultural  characters  and  requirements ; 
natural  regeneration ;  artificial  regeneration ;  external  dangers ;  fire  effects  and 
protection  from  fire ;  tending  operations ;  systems  of  management ;  and  statisti- 
cal information. 

Report  on  the  question  of  field  experiments,  with  special  reference  to  the 
execution  of  tapping  experiments  on  estates,  G.  E.  Coombs  {Agr.  Bnl.  Fed. 
Malay  States,  4  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  229-2^2,  figs.  4).— The  purpose  of  this  report 
is  to  present  to  rubber  planters  a  statement  of  the  general  principles  whicli 
should  govern  field  experiments  in  tapping  rubber. 

Chief  factors  influencing  the  development  of  sal  seedlings,  R.  S.  Hole 
{Indian  Forester,  42  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  335-348,  pis.  6). — A  summary  of  some  of 
the  chief  results  of  the  study  recently  conducted  at  Dehra  Dun,  relative  to  the 
factors  influencing  the  development  of  sal  {Shorea  rohusta)  seedlings. 

Newfoundland  and  its  forest  resources,  D.  Morris  {Jour.  Roy.  Soc.  Arts, 
64  {1916),  No.  3310,  pp.  439-452;  Scot.  Geogr.  Mag.,  32  {1916),  No.  8,  pp. 
353-366). — An  account  is  given  of  the  forest  areas,  principal  timber  trees,  and 
forest  industries  in  Newfoundland. 

Structural  timber  handbook  on  Pacific  coast  woods,  O.  P.  M.  Goss  and 
C.  Heinmiller  {Seattle,  Wash.:  The  West  Coast  Lumbermen's  Assoc,  1916,  pp. 
289,  figs.  38). — A  handbook  of  information  relative  to  the  character,  strength, 
durability,  and  uses  of  Pacific  coast  woods.  The  strength  and  durability  data 
are  based  upon  tests  conducted  by  the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  other  organizations. 

The  organization  of  the  lumber  industry,  W.  Compton  {Chicago:  American 
Lumberman,  1916,  pp.  X-\-153,  figs.  23). — This  comprises  an  analysis  of  the 
influences  which  have  largely  determined  the  recent  course  and  the  present 
level  of  the  prices  of  lumber  in  the  United  States. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

Plant  diseases  in  England  and  Wales,  1914-15  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London's, 
22  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  931-939). — This  is  a  statement  regarding  plant  diseases, 
insect  pests,  etc.,  issued  in  lieu  of  the  annual  report,  temporarily  suspended,  of 
the  horticultural  branch  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture. 

It  is  stated  that  the  mild  weather  in  the  spring  of  1914  induced  the  summer 
stages  of  the  American  gooseberry  mildew  at  an  earlier  date  than  any  previ- 
ously recorded  in  England  and  led  to  an  unusually  severe  attack  on  the  fruit. 
In  1915,  the  disease  appeared  somewhat  later  and  was  severe  only  where  long 
drought  had  weakened  the  resistance  of  the  bushes.  Timely  aiul  proper  prun- 
ing is  supposed  to  afford  complete  protection  and  to  benefit  the  bushes  other- 
wise. This  treatment  should  be  carried  out  in  the  period  between  the  "  soft  and 
the  hard  condition  of  the  fruit."  Fungicides  check  the  disease  under  favorable 
conditions,  but  in  no  case  was  it  completely  killed  out  by  their  use.  American 
gooseberry  mildew  is  said  to  be  known  in  all  European  countries. 

Wart  disease  is  reported  to  cause  loss  in  over  200  industrial  districts.  Some 
potato  varieties  have  now  been  tested  many  times  and  are  considered  to  be  com- 
pletely immune.  The  number  of  cases  in  agricultural  districts  is  very  small, 
but  the  occtirrence  of  sporadic  cases  suggests  that  the  disease  may  be  dormant 


650  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

foi*  a  season  under  certain  conditions.  Tests  with  formalin  promise  little 
success. 

Corky  scab  is  said  to  be  very  much  localized  in  England  and  rare  in  localities 
where  potatoes  are  grown  in  large  quantities.  In  a  few  cases  it  has  been  found 
in  a  high  degree  of  intensity,  proving  as  destructive  as  wart  disease.  No 
remedy  is  known  for  corky  scab,  to  which  every  variety  of  potato  appears  to 
be  susceptible,  but  it  spreads  slowly  and  does  not  appear  to  persist  in  well  cul- 
tivated soil. 

Silver  leaf  of  plums  and  apples  and  apple  mildew  have  been  studied  to  some 
extent.    Dilophia  graminis  has  been  discovered  on  wheat  in  two  localities. 

Recent  observations  on  diseases  of  cultivated  plants  in  Bohemia,  A.  Kxitin 
{Yestnik  5.  Sjez.  Ces.  PHr.,  1915,  p.  427;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129  {1915).  No. 
15,  p.  384). — Observations  are  recorded  on  the  appearance  in  Bohemia  for 
the  first  time  of  Tilletia  Icevis,  Peronospora  jaapiana,  and  Typhula  graminum, 
and  the  reappearance,  after  some  years,  of  Tilletia  secalis.  Sclerotinia  tri- 
foliorum  has  been  noted  in  new  localities,  and  Sphcerotheca  mors-uvce  appears 
to  have  attained  wide  if  not  universal  distribution. 

Cryptogamic  parasites  of  cultivated  plants  in  and  near  the  Province  of 
Turin  in  1913,  P.  Voglino  {Ann.  R.  Accad.  Agr.  Torino,  51  {1914),  PP-  159-114; 
abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6 
{1915),  No.  6,  pp.  881,  882). — This  is  an  arrangement  of  the  data  as  collected 
in  1913  regarding  weather  and  regarding  cryptogamic  parasites  of  plants  in 
this  region.  The  diseases  noted,  while  encouraged  in  some  degree  by  the  spring 
rains,  were  later  held  in  check  by  the  dryness  of  the  summer  season. 

Recent  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  genus  Gymnosporangium, 
F.  D.  Kern  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p.  364).— The  author 
reviews  information  regarding  the  genus  Gymnosporangium,  supplemental  to 
his  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  424).  Among  the  more  notable  points 
brought  out  are  the  reporting  of  another  aecial  host  outside  of  the  Rosales,  the 
finding  of  teliospores  in  the  species  possessing  uredinia,  studies  of  the  effects 
produced  by  the  host  on  the  morphology  of  the  fungi,  and  active  investigations 
of  the  species  causing  diseases  of  economic  importance. 

Cultures  of  Uredineas  in  1915,  J.  C.  Aethue  {Mycologia,  8  {1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
125-141;  abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p.  363).— With  this  report, 
the  fourteenth  of  a  series  continued  by  the  author  since  1899  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p. 
750)  on  the  culture  of  plant  rusts,  it  is  proposed  to  end  the  series  of  investiga- 
tions. 

Besides  notes  on  species  giving  negative  results  owing  to  inadaptation  of  the 
racial  material  used,  an  account  is  given  of  successful  cultures  supplementing 
work  previouly  reported  in  case  of  8  species  named  and  a  list  of  4  species  now 
reported  on  for  the  first  time. 

White  speck  disease  of  leaves,  C.  von  Tubextf  {Naturw.  Ztschr.  Forst.  u. 
Landiv.,  13  {1915),  No.  10,  pp.  469-415,  figs.  3).— The  author  describes  a  peculiar 
leaf  decoloration,  which  is  said  to  be  associated  with  the  absence  of  chlorophyll, 
starch,  and  generally  plasma  in  the  palisade  cells.  The  affected  areas  are  small 
but  thick.  A  list  is  given  of  woody  plants  and  one  of  herbaceous  plants  known 
to  exhibit  this  phenomenon. 

Further  evidence  that  crown  gall  of  plants  is  cancer,  E.  F.  Smith  {Science, 
n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1121.  pp.  811-889).— This  is  a  paper  read  before  the 
Washington  Academy  of  Sciences,  in  which  the  author  presents  further  evi- 
dence that  crown  gall  of  plants  is  cancer,  and  that  cancer  in  plants,  because  of 
its  variable  form  and  its  bacterial  origin,  offers  strong  presumptive  evidence  both 
of  the  parasitic  origin  and  of  the  essential  unity  of  the  various  forms  of  cancer 
occarring  in  man  and  animals. 


1916]  DISEASES  OP   PLANTS.  651 

Conceming^  certain  peculiar  tissue  strands  in  a  Protomyces  gall  on  Am- 
brosia trifida,  A.  Stewart  {Abs.  in  Scic.  -e,  n.  set:,  ^3  (1916),  No.  1106,  pp. 
365,  366). — The  stems  of  the  great  ragweed  are  said  to  be  sometimes  infected 
by  P.  andinus,  causing  the  formation  of  large  galls.  These  usually  occur  just 
above  the  ground,  but  often  higher  on  the  stem,  sometimes  as  much  as  2  ft. 
above  the  galls  which  are  located  near  the  roots.  Both  kinds  of  galls  have 
essentially  the  same  histological  structure,  the  deeper  portions  near  the  pith 
having  peculiar  tissue  strands  which  are  similar  in  some  respects  to  the  tumor 
strands  found  in  certain  plants  affected  with  the  crown-gall  organism.  The  fact 
that  the  abnormalities  in  the  tissues  of  the  host  plants  are  found  in  or  near  to 
the  pith  indicates  that  the  stems  become  infected  when  quite  young.  This  is 
offered  as  a  possible  explanation  as  to  how  the  upper  galls  of  the  stems  are 
produced. 

Acid  sprays  as  related  to  scorching,  L.  Degbully  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed. 
VEst-Centre),  37  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  365-367).— It  is  stated  that  while  low  con- 
centrations, for  example  1  per  cent  copper  sulphate  and  0.4  per  cent  carbonate 
of  soda  in  Burgundy  mixture,  are  rarely  dangerous,  the  same  proportions  main- 
tained in  higher  concentrations  may  prove  very  injurious  to  foliage.  With 
2  per  cent  sulphate  and  0.9  per  cent  carbonate,  the  foliage  seldom,  if  ever, 
scorches,  with  2  per  cent  sulphate  and  0.875  carbonate  rarely,  while  with  2 
per  cent  sulphate  and  0.75  carbonate  the  preparation  is  very  strongly  acid,  and 
is  not  ordinarily  to  be  recommended  for  use  after  the  blooming  period.  Bor- 
deaux mixture  containing  1  per  cent  copper  sulphate  and  0.5  per  cent  lime 
(sometimes  contaminated  by  the  presence  of  magnesia)  practically  always  gives 
an  alkaline  solution. 

Tlie  powdery  mildews  of  Avena  and  Triticum,  G.  M.  Reed  {Missouri  Sta. 
Research  Bui.  23  {1916),  pp.  3-19).— In  previous  publications  (E.  S.  R.,  21, 
p.  641),  the  author  showed  that  the  morphological  species,  Erysiphe  graminis, 
consists  of  a  large  number  of  different  races.  In  a  subsequent  paper  (E.  S.  R., 
27,  p.  545),  the  results  of  infection  experiments  with  the  powdery  mildew  of 
wheat  were  given.  The  present  paper  gives  the  results  of  a  large  number  of 
additional  experiments  with  E.  graminis  on  Avena  and  Triticum.  Seed  of  these 
genera  was  obtained  from  various  sources,  165  varieties  of  wheat  being  tested 
with  reference  to  their  susceptibility  to  the  fungus.  A  great  majority  of  these 
varieties  proved  quite  susceptible.  All  of  the  eight  recognized  types  or  species 
of  Triticum  contained  susceptible  varieties,  and  only  a  few  distinctively  resist- 
ant varieties  were  found. 

An  account  Ls  also  given  of  the  physiological  race  of  E.  graminis  which  oc- 
curs on  species  of  Avena.  Tests  have  been  made  of  41  varieties  belonging  to 
17  species,  and  a  great  majority  have  proved  susceptible  to  the  oat  mildew.  It 
was  also  found  that  the  wheat  mildew  readily  passed  over  to  certain  species 
of  .Slgilops  and  the  oat  mildew  to  Arrhenatherum  avenaceum. 

A  Phy-tophthora  on  oats,  J.  McMuephy  {Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1111, 
p.  534). — The  author  reports  observing  on  leaves  of  oats  in  California  a  species 
of  Phytophthora  which  is  said  to  be  similar  to  P.  colocasice.  A  more  extended 
study,  however,  is  considered  necessary  to  determine  the  specific  rank  of  the 
fungus.  The  markings  produced  on  the  oats  by  the  fungus  may  appear  as 
spots  or  stripes  along  one  or  both  margins  of  the  leaf,  or  as  a  stripe  down  the 
center.  The  diseased  areas  become  yellowish  and  then  whitish  when  conidia 
are  abundant.  Later  these  areas,  which  sometimes  have  a  water-soaked  appear- 
ance, may  become  brown  or  reddish-brown,  and  the  parts  shrivel  and  dry  up. 

Seed  treatment  tests,  1914,  L.  Hiltner  {Prakt.  Bl.  Pflanzenbau  u.  Schutz, 
n.  ser.,  IS  {1915),  No.  6-7,  pp.  65-90). — This  deals  in  considerable  detail  with 
experiments  carried  out  in  Bavaria  during  1914  by   steeping  seed  graia  of 


652  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

winter  rye  and  wheat  in  solutions  containing  corrosive  sublimate  as  a  protection 
against  Pusarium  and  other  fungi.  The  variety,  degree  of  attack,  germinability, 
grain  weight,  and  fall  and  spring  conditions  are  noted  in  the  tables  given. 

The  relation  of  the  seed  stock  to  the  control  of  bean  anthracnose  and  bean 
blight,  J.  H.  MuNciE  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1106,  p.  365).— On 
account  of  the  failure  of  fungicides  in  the  control  of  these  diseases  and  pending 
the  experiments  on  the  growing  of  seed  for  Michigan  planting  in  western  States 
where  anthracnose  is  unimportant,  the  author  recommends  the  planting  of 
varieties  of  beans  of  high  productivity,  so  that  the  losses  in  ordinary  years  will 
be  so  decreased  as  not  to  be  burdensome  to  the  industry.  Such  a  variety,  it  is 
said,  has  been  found  in  the  Early  Wonder,  which  matures  early  and  is  very 
productive  even  under  severe  disease  and  weather  conditions. 

Angnlar  leaf  spot  of  cotton,  F.  M.  Rolfs  (South  Carolina  Sta.  Bui.  184 
(1915),  pp.  3-30,  pis.  8). — An  account  is  given  of  an  investigation  of  the  an- 
gular leaf  spot  of  cotton,  the  first  description  of  which  appears  to  have  been 
given  by  Atkinson  (E.  S.  R.,  3,  p.  7).  According  to  the  author's  investigations, 
this  disease  is  believed  to  be  common  in  every  cotton-growing  State  in  the 
Union. 

The  disease  produces  angular  spots  on  the  leaves,  and  blackened  areas  are 
formed  on  the  stalks  and  branches.  It  also  attacks  young  bolls.  Young  seed- 
ling plants  usually  suffer  most  severely  and  in  many  cases  are  killed  outright. 
The  cause  of  the  disease  is  said  to  be  Bacterium  malvacearum,  which  survives 
the  winter  in  and  on  the  seed  and  also  on  the  lint.  Delinting  the  seed  with 
sulphuric  acid  or  treating  the  seed  with  hot  water  at  72°  C.  for  18  minutes 
greatly  reduced  the  number  of  infected  plants.  Delinting  the  seed  and  spraying 
the  plants  six  times  with  Bordeaux  mixture  resulted  in  the  production  of 
98  per  cent  of  sound  plants.  This  method  of  treatment  would  probably  be 
practicable  where  plants  are  grown  for  seed  production. 

Anthracnose  (Colletotrichum  lagenarium)  a  serious  disease  of  cucurbits, 
J.  J.  Taxjbenhaus  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1106,  p.  366). — A  pre- 
liminary report  is  given  of  investigations  of  anthracnose  of  watermelons,  canta- 
loups, cucumbers,  and  other  cucurbits.  These  are  said  to  be  seriously  affected 
in  Delaware,  and  similar  conditions  are  reported  in  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  and 
Virginia.  The  disease  attacks  the  fruit,  particularly  in  case  of  the  watermelon, 
and  also  causes  a  serious  leaf  spot  and  a  blight  and  canker  of  the  vines.  The 
attacks  are  severest  on  the  watermelon  crop  in  its  second  successive  year.  On 
this  account,  growers  are  forced  to  practice  rotations  of  six  years  or  longer. 

Inoculations  have  shown  that  the  anthracnose  from  the  watermelon,  canta- 
loup, cucumber,  citron,  and  ornamental  gourd  is  identical,  the  disease  being 
readily  transferred  from  one  host  to  another.  Investigations  are  said  to  be  in 
progress  to  determine  the  life  history  of  C.  lagenarium,  its  relationship  to  the 
various  hosts,  and  to  other  species  of  Colletotrichum,  especially  C.  lindemuthi- 
anum. 

Potato  diseases  and  their  control,  E.  C.  Stakman  and  A.  G.  Tolaas  (Minne- 
sota Sta.  Bui.  158  (1916),  pp.  3-41,  flgs.  28). — Descriptions  are  given  of  a  con- 
siderable number  of  parasitic  and  nonparasitic  diseases  of  potato,  with  sugges- 
tions for  their  control.  For  the  leaf  diseases,  Bordeaux  mixture  is  recommended, 
while  wilt  diseases  and  stem  rot  may  be  controlled  by  roguing  fields,  by  selecting 
and  disinfecting  seed,  and  by  rotating  crops.  Experiments  conducted  during 
1914  and  1915  showed  that  the  average  yield  of  potatoes  per  acre  was  increased 
56  bu.  in  16  fields  by  seed  selection  and  disinfection.  Spraying  experiments 
which  have  been  carried  on  for  seven  years  gave  an  average  annual  increase 
of  63  bu.  per  acre  of  early  potatoes  sprayed  3  times  with  Bordeaux  mixture  or 
of  late  potatoes  sprayed  4  times. 


1916]  DISEASES   OP   PLANTS.  653 

Potato  disease,  Korff  {Prakt.  Bl.  Pflanzenhau  u.  Schutz,  n.  ser.,  IS  {1915), 
No.  S,  pp.  109-111,  fia-t.  2). — Brief  reference  is  made  to  a  leaflet  issued  by  the 
Institute  for  Agricultural  Botany  at  Munich,  dealing  with  leaf  diseiise  and 
Phytophthora  tuber  rot  of  potato  and  the  control  of  both  these  troubles  by  the 
timely  use  of  copper  sprays. 

Marasmius  on  sugar  cane,  J.  R.  Johnston  {Myeologia,  8  (1916),  No.  2,  p. 
115). — Referring  to  the  description  given  by  Fulton  (E.  S,  R.,  19,  p.  956)  of  the 
fungus  designated  by  him  as  M.  plicatus,  causing  root  disease  of  sugar  cane  in 
Louisiana,  the  author  states  that  his  own  specimens  on  sugar  cane  from 
Louisiana  and  Texas  answer  rather  to  the  description  of  M.  stenophyUus  (.^f. 
ifenuustis),  said  to  have  been  reported  on  bananas  in  many  West  Indian  islands 
but  not  before  on  sugar  cane. 

Effect  of  colored  light  on  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco,  G.  H.  Chapman 
{Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1111,  pp.  537,  538).— The  author  reports  some 
investigations  conducted  to  verify  the  conclusions  of  Lodewijks  (E.  S.  R.,  24, 
p.  648)  that  blue  light  offers  a  cure  for  the  mosaic  disease  of  plants. 

The  diseased  leaves  of  a  number  of  tobacco  plants  were  covered  with  hoods 
composed  of  different  colored  cloth,  and  it  was  found  that  when  blue  light  was 
used  there  was  a  suppression  of  tlie  leaf  color  variation  more  or  less  permanent 
in  character.  With  a  single  exception,  the  treated  plants  showed  no  typical 
symptoms  of  the  disease  for  at  least  two  weeks  after  the  removal  of  the  hoods. 
That  the  disease  was,  however,  not  controlled  was  shown  by  the  inoculation  of 
healthy  plants  with  the  juice  of  the  treated  plants,  as  this  produced  the  disease 
in  nearly  every  case.  This  is  taken  to  show  that  the  active  principle  of  the 
disease  is  present  in  the  apparently  normal,  fully  recovered  leaves  and  that  it 
is  highly  infectious. 

The  leaf  spot  disease  of  tomato,  E.  Levin  {Michigan  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  25 
{1916),  pp.  5-51,  pis.  9,  figs.  2). — This  bulletin  gives  the  results  of  experiments 
on  the  leaf  spot  disease  of  tomato,  due  to  Septoria  lycopersici,  and  recom- 
mendations for  its  control.  While  many  investigators  have  reported  this  fungus 
as  causing  the  leaf  spot  disease  of  tomato,  its  parasitism  was  definitely  proved 
by  the  author's  investigations.  The  morphological,  ecological,  and  physio- 
logical relations  of  the  organism  are  described  at  some  length,  and  control 
measures,  which  include  the  planting  of  clean  seedlings  in  clean  soil  and 
thorough  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture,  are  recommended. 

A  canker  of  apple  caused  by  Plenodomus  fuscomaculans,  G.  H.  Coons 
{Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p.  364)- — A  serious  canker  of  apple 
is  said  to  occur  in  some  orchards  in  northern  Michigan.  The  canker  is  char- 
acterized by  elongated  lesions  which  are  commonly  accompanied  by  a  checking 
of  the  bark  into  small  squares  or  rectangles.  The  lesions  are  said  to  extend 
along  the  limb,  commonly  on  the  underside.  In  the  older  cankers  the  killed 
bark  drops  off,  leaving  the  bare  wood. 

The  causal  relation  of  the  associated  organism  has  been  shown  by  inocula- 
tion experiments,  and  the  results  of  a  study  of  its  physiological  relations  have 
been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  647).  Successful  inoculations  were  ob- 
tained on  the  limbs  of  Wealthy,  Duchess,  Jonathan,  and  Ben  Davis  apples,  as 
well  as  on  the  Hyslop  crab.  Other  standard  varieties  seem  more  resistant. 
The  fungus  has  also  been  successfully  inoculated  into  pear,  small  cankers  hav- 
ing been  formed,  but  no  inoculations  have  succeeded  on  apple  leaves. 

The  disease,  it  is  claimed,  may  be  successfully  controlled  by  the  means 
commonly  advised  for  apple  canker. 

Fuxigi  producing  the  heart  rot  of  the  apple,  B.  O.  Dodge  {Myeologia,  8 
{1916),  No.  1,  pp.  5-15,  pis.  4;  abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p. 
S66). — Living  apple  trees  at  Litchfield,  Conn.,  are  reported  as  being  infected 


654  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOBD.  [VoL  36 

with  Poly  poms  admirabilis  during  August.  Apple  trees  in  the  eastern  United 
States  are  said  to  be  more  commonly  attacked  by  another  type  of  Polyporus. 
P.  galactinus  or  P.  spumeus  malicola  is  the  species  ordinarily  found  in  old 
orchards  of  the  New  England  States,  while  P.  fhsUis  is  reported  as  attacking 
trees  in  Virginia. 

Monilia  on  fruit  trees,  G.  Voss  (Flugbl.  Samml.  Pflansenschutz,  K.  Landw. 
Akad.  Bonn-Poppelsdorf,  No.  7  {1915),  pp.  4,  fids.  5;  abs.  in  Bot.  Centbl.,  129 
(1915),  No.  22,  pp.  574,  575). — A  description  is  given  of  symptoms  and  results 
of  attack  on  fruit  trees  by  the  Monilia  forms  of  Sclerotinia  cinerea,  S.  fructigena, 
and  S.  laxa.  Protective  measures  include  the  early  removal  and  destruction  of 
all  affected  parts,  including  fallen  fruits  and  dead  wood. 

Apricot  fruit  spots,  J.  T.  Baerett  (Univ.  Cal.  Jour.  Agr.,  3  {1916),  No.  8,  pp. 
S46-349,  figs.  3). — Descriptions  are  given  of  brown  rot  of  apricot,  caused  by 
PuGcinia  pruni-spinosw ;  of  Coryneum  fruit  spot,  due  to  C.  beijerinckii;  and 
of  scab  or  black  spot  of  apricot,  caused  by  Cladosporium  carpophiium.  It  is 
said  to  be  easy  to  confuse  some  of  these,  especially  in  their  early  stages. 

The  reciprocal  influence  between  mycotrophic  roots  of  different  plants, 
L.  Petei  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24 
{1915),  II,  No.  11,  pp.  536-539,  fig.  1). — Describing  the  results  of  growing  oaks 
and  olives  in  close  proximity,  the  author  holds  that  the  injury  often  observed 
to  be  suffered  by  the  olive  in  this  relation  may  be  due  to  the  impoverishment 
of  the  soil  by  the  oak  or  to  an  eventual  root  rot  caused  by  a  Dematophora 
developing  on  the  subterranean  residues  of  the  oak  growths,  and  not  to  the 
proximity  of  the  mycorrhiza  on  the  oak.  The  possible  bearing  in  this  connec- 
tion of  facts  previously  observed  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  849)  is  discussed. 

Formalin  as  a  spray  against  American  gooseberry  mildew  {Deut.  Landw. 
Presse,  4^  {1915),  No.  36,  p.  329 ;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [jKome],  Mo.  Bui. 
Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  7,  p.  999).— B.  Panten  of  Kaz- 
mierz,  Posen,  reports  that  a  1  per  cent  solution  of  40  per  cent  formalin,  thor- 
oughly applied  in  the  early  spring  and  again  before  the  period  of  blooming, 
effectively  controlled  American  gooseberry  mildew. 

A  new  fungicide  for  use  against  American  gooseberry  mildew,  J.  V.  Eybe 
and  E.  S.  Salmon  {Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [London],  22  {1916),  No.  11,  pp.  1118-1125; 
abs.  in  Gard.  Chron.,  3.  ser.,  59  {1916),  No.  1523,  p.  132).— It  is  stated  that  an 
ammonium  sulphid  solution  containing  0.18  per  cent  of  sulphur  can  be  recom- 
mended for  commercial  use  on  an  experimental  scale  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
tecting the  fruit  of  gooseberries  against  the  mildew.  Lime-sulphur  wash  should 
be  employed  for  early  sprayings  until  such  time  as  its  use  would  affect  the 
marketing  of  the  berries,  when  the  ammonium  sulphid  solution  should  be  sub- 
stituted. It  is  stated  that  solutions  of  liver  of  sulphur  at  the  strength  usually 
considered  as  fungicidal  are  inefficient  against  the  disease,  while  concentra- 
tions which  are  fungicidal  cause  such  severe  scorching  of  the  gooseberry 
bushes  as  to  preclude  their  use  in  this  connection. 

Notes  on  the  dying'  of  citrus  trees,  A.  H.  Benson  {Queensland  Agr.  Jour., 
n.  ser.,  5  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  258-266). — Concerning  the  dying  of  citrus  trees  in 
different  sections,  a  progress  report  made  by  F.  Smith  is  quoted  at  some  length 
with  comments  thereon.  The  trouble  is  considered  due  to  causes  other  than 
soil  conditions,  and  as  more  probably  parasitic  in  character,  though  possibly 
very  complex  in  origin.  Age  and  living  conditions  of  the  trees  are  discussed  in 
this  connection.  It  is  thought  possible  that  irregularity  in  growth  may  prove 
to  be  very  important. 

Descriptions  are  given  also  of  other  twig,  collar,  and  root  troubles. 


1916]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  655 

Fungi  attacking-  cultivated  and  wild  Orchidaceae  and  their  control,  G. 
LiNDAU  (Garten flora,  64  {1915),  Nos.  21-22,  23-24;  Orchis,  9  {1915),  Nos.  7, 
pp.  171-178;  8,  pp.  181-203). — Descriptive  lists  are  given  including  many  Ure- 
dinese,  Ascomycetes,  and  imperfect  fungi  attacking  orchids  in  many  widely 
separated  regions  of  tlie  world. 

Black  canker  in  young  chestnut  trees  and  nurseries,  G.  Brigs:  and  R. 
Farneti  {Atti  R.  Accad.  Lincei,  Rend.  CI.  Sci.  Fis.,  Mat.  e  Nat.,  5.  ser.,  24 
{1915),  I,  No.  2,  pp.  98-105;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel, 
and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  4,  pp.  637,  638).— It  is  stated  that  black 
canker  may  attack  not  only  adult  chestnut  trees  but  also  very  young  plants 
and  even  germinating  seed,  so  that  a  considerable  epidemic  of  this  disease  may 
occur  in  the  nursery.  The  disease  is  said  to  be  due  to  infection  and  not  to  soil 
exhaustion. 

Studies  on  diseases  of  oak,  E.  MtJNCH  {Naturiv.  Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Landic,  13 
{1915),  No.  11-12,  pp.  509-522,  figs.  6).— Previous  reports  (E.  S.  R.,  24,  p.  52) 
are  followed  up  by  an  account  of  a  study  of  Polyporus  igniarius,  the  cause  of 
white  rot  of  oak,  more  particularly  as  regards  its  rate  of  progress  in  canker 
formation  and  the  different  rates  of  progress  in  cambium,  bast,  and  sapwood. 

Monograph  on  oak  mildew,  P.  W.  Neger  {Naturw.  Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Landw., 
13  {1915),  No.  11-12,  pp.  544-550,  figs.  2).— The  article  previously  noted  (E. 
S.  R.,  33,  p.  745)  is  here  supplemented  by  an  account  of  tests  with  the  Oidium 
causing  oak  mildew  on  species  of  Rubus,  from  which  the  author  concludes  that 
under  appropriate  conditions  a  fungus  may  flourish  and  even  produce  spores 
on  a  host  normally  foreign  thereto,  and  that  on  the  basis  of  studies  involving 
such  cases  errors  of  identity  may  be  promulgated.  The  overwintering  of  oak 
mildew  is  also  discussed. 

A  new  disease  of  walnuts,  H.  Memmler  {Gartenwelt,  19  {1915),  No.  53,  pp. 
623,  624,  fig-  1). — A  nut  spot  of  walnut  is  described  as  apparently  new,  but  the 
cause  of  the  trouble  has  not  yet  been  determined. 

Note  on  western  red  rot  in  Pinus  ponderosa,  W.  H.  Long  {Mycologia,  S 
{1916),  No.  3,  pp.  178-180). — Reporting  on  the  study  of  the  heart  rot  of  western 
yellow  pine,  called  western  red  rot  in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  a  very  similar 
heart  rot  called  red  heart  or  red  rot  (Trametes  pini)  common  in  many  species 
of  conifers,  the  author  states  that  the  western  red  rot  has  three  developmental 
stages.  The  first  shows  reddish  to  dark  brown  areas  in  the  heartwood  which 
is  still  firm,  the  second  a  whitish  or  gray  color  with  more  or  less  delignification, 
and  the  third  a  disappearance  of  much  of  the  heartwood  and  a  very  brittle 
condition  of  the  particles  which  remain. 

This  fungus  never  forms  the  brown,  woody,  perennial  fruiting  bodies  on  liv- 
ing pine  trees  that  T.  pini  does  but  forms  annual  fruiting  bodies  which  usually 
develop  as  white  encrusting  layers  on  the  underside  of  logs.  The  pileate  form 
of  the  fungus  resembles  very  closely  Polyporus  ellisianus  (Tyromyces  ellisianus) 
and  is  thought  to  be  specifically  identical  therewith.  The  rot  is  very  common 
throughout  the  western  yellow  pine  regions  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico,  and 
is  known  to  occur  in  Vermont,  New  Jersey,  Washington,  Idaho,  and  South 
Dakota. 

The  fungus  enters  the  living  tree,  passing  through  the  sapwood,  then  the 
heartwood  of  dead  branches,  then  down  into  the  heartwood  of  the  living  tree. 
During  the  black  jack  stage,  i.  e.  when  not  over  the  age  of  150  years,  the  trees 
are  practically  free  from  this  rot.  It  is,  however,  exceedingly  common  in  the 
older  trees  on  account  of  the  dead  branches,  this  factor  favoring  a  short  forest 
rotation.  Thin  soils  on  steep  southern  or  eastern  slopes,  where  growth  condi- 
tions are  poor,  seem  to  encourage  western  red  rot. 

64068°— 16 5 


656  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Laboratory  tests  on  the  durability  of  American  woods. — I,  Flask  tests  on 
conifers,  C.  J.  Humphrey  {Mycologia,  S  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  80-92,  pi.  i).— This 
work  has  been  in  progress  for  about  three  years.  In  most  cases  both  heart  and 
sap  wood  were  used.  The  blocks  cut  from  logs  brought  to  the  laboratory  green 
were  placed  in  flasks,  and  inoculated  plentifully  with  bean-pod  cultures  of 
Lentinus  lepideus,  and  kept  4,  8,  or  12  months.  The  results  are  tabulated  and 
some  are  discussed. 

The  order  of  resistance  in  case  of  the  highest  three,  as  measured  by  the 
smallness  of  loss  in  weight  by  the  heartwood  during  12  months,  was  California 
juniper  (3.3  per  cent),  white  cedar  (5.4  per  cent,  sapwood  7.7  per  cent),  and 
white  pine  (8.8  per  cent).  The  loss  for  both  heart  and  sap  wood  of  fir,  spruce, 
hemlock,  and  most  of  the  pine  during  this  period  ranged  within  or  around  60 
to  70  per  cent. 

Further  tests  on  heartwood  of  some  of  the  species  are  considered  necessary 
before  safe  comparisons  can  be  made. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

A  history  of  British  mammals,  G.  E.  H.  Baekett-Hamilton  and  M.  A.  C 
HiNTON  {London:  Gumey  d  Jackson,  1916,  vol.  2,  pt.  18,  pp.  553-600,  pis.  3, 
figs.  2). — A  continuation  of  the  Muridse  of  the  Rodentia,  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  252),  in  which  the  harvest  mouse  {Micromys  minutus)  and  the 
black  or  ship  rat  {Epimys  rattus)  are  considered. 

Rats  and  rat  riddance,  E.  H.  Forbush  {Agr.  of  Mass.,  62  {1914),  PP-  169- 
251,  pis.  12,  figs.  19). — This  account  deals  somewhat  at  length  with  the  biology 
of  rats,  their  economic  importance,  and  the  various  means  by  which  they  may 
be  held  in  check. 

Description  of  a  new  pine  mouse  from  Florida,  A.  H.  Howell  {Proc.  Biol. 
Soe.  Wash.,  29  {1916),  pp.  83,  84)- 

Fumigation  of  animals  to  destroy  their  external  parasites,  W.  Moore 
{Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  71-80,  figs.  2)  —The  author  has  met 
with  success  in  the  fumigation  of  animals  with  nitrobenzene,  the  insects  being 
killed  without  injuring  the  host. 

Report  of  the  entomologist  of  the  Arizona  Commission  of  Agriculture 
and  Horticulture  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  A.  W.  Mokrill  {Aris. 
Com.  Agr.  and  Hart.  Ann.  Rpt.,  7  {1915),  pp.  9-50,  pis.  6,  figs.  18).— The  first 
part  of  this  report  (pp.  9-26)  relates  to  the  inspection  of  plant,  fruit,  and  seed 
importations ;  the  provision  for  the  terminal  inspection  of  plant  products 
shipped  by  parcel  post ;  inspections  of  orchards,  nurseries,  and  fruit  products  of 
the  State ;  alfalfa  weevil  protection ;  and  insect  control  and  eradication.  The 
second  part  (pp.  27-46)  consists  of  notes  on  the  important  insects  of  the  year 
under  the  headings  of  pests  of  deciduous  fruits  and  vines,  citrus  and  olive  pests, 
pests  of  field  and  forage  crops,  vegetable  crop  pests,  cotton  pests,  and  a  range 
plant  pest  {Trirhabda  canadensis).  Part  3  (pp.  47-50)  describes  two  vege- 
table pests  to  be  guarded  against,  namely,  dodder,  a  menace  to  the  alfalfa  seed- 
growing  industry,  and  citrus  canker. 

Among  the  more  important  insects  mentioned  are  the  steel-blue  grapevine 
flea-beetle  {Haltica  carinata),  which  was  an  important  pest  in  the  Salt  River 
Valley  during  the  spring ;  the  clover  mite,  which  did  some  damage  to  almonds 
in  an  orchard  near  Mesa,  Ariz. ;  the  flat-headed  apple-tree  borer,  which  was 
unusually  destructive  to  peach,  apricot,  and  plum  trees  in  the  Salt  River  Valley ; 
the  wheat  or  flower  thrips  {Frankliniella  tritici),  which  was  particularly  in- 
jurious to  blackberries  and  found  also  in  the  blossoms  of  the  olive  in  the  spring 
of  1915;  two  walnut  borers  {Prionus  californicus  [?]  and  Eusophera  (sglcella) ; 


1916]  ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  657 

the  common  alfalfa  grasshopper  {Melanoplus  differentialis) ,  the  three-cornered 
alfalfa  hopper  (Stictocephala  festina),  and  the  clover  stem  borer  in  alfalfa; 
the  Mexican  moth  borer  (Diatrwa  lineolata  [?];  billbugs  injurious  to  sugar 
cane  (Sphenophortis  phccniciemis)  ;  the  potato  stalk  borer  wliich  is  becoming  of 
increasing  importance  in  southern  Arizona;  the  two-spotted  red  spider  {Tet- 
ranychus  Mmaculatus)  ;  the  cotton  leaf  miner  (Bucculatrix  thurberioclla)  ;  a 
capsid  closelj^  related  to  the  tarnished  plant  bug ;  etc. 

First  biennial  report  State  Crop  Pest  Commission  of  West  Virginia,  March 
1,  1913,  to  June  30,  1914,  W.  E.  Rumsey  et  al.  {Crop  Pest  Com.  W.  Ya.  Bien. 
Rpt.  1  (1913-14),  pp.  132.  figs.  38).— This  consists  of  the  report  of  the  state 
entomologist,  and  discussions  of  inspection  work ;  nursery  registration ;  cedar 
rust  eradication  in  Berkeley  County ;  distribution,  abundance,  injury,  etc.,  of 
periodical  cicada  in  1914 ;  control  of  apple  and  peach  tree  borers ;  chestnut 
blight  eradication  work,  etc.  Several  bulletins  issued  by  the  commission,  viz, 
(1)  State  Crop  Pest  Law,  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  Commission;  (2) 
Orchard  Inspection,  Apple  Rust,  Chestnut  Bark  Disease;  (3)  The  San  Jose 
Scale;  and  (4)  The  Periodical  Cicada  in  West  Virginia  in  1914  and  The  Green 
Apple  Aphis  and  Other  Plant  Lice  are  included.  The  text  of  a  proposed  crop 
pest  law  to  supersede  the  present  statutes  is  appended. 

Insects  in  the  Virgin  Islands,  H.  A,  Baxlou  {Agr.  News  [Barbados^,  15 
(1916),  No.  361,  pp.  74,  75). — A  brief  account  based  upon  a  collection  of  insects 
made  by  the  curator  of  the  experiment  station  in  the  Virgin  Islands. 

Insect  pests  of  plants,  Northern  Territory  of  Australia,  G.  F.  Hill  (Bui. 
North.  Ter.,  Aiist.,  No.  13  (1915),  pp.  16). — A  brief  account  is  given  of  the  more 
important  insect  pests  of  plants  in  Northern  Territory,  Australia,  including  a 
description  of  the  life  history,  natural  enemies,  and  methods  of  control  of  each. 

Insects  infesting  the  cotton  plant  in  Trinidad,  P.  W.  Ueich  (Bui.  Dept. 
Agr.  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  15  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  IS,  19). — This  paper  briefly 
considers  eleven  species  of  insects,  their  common  names,  natural  enemies, 
economic  status,  and  control  measures. 

Some  insects  of  Solanura  carolinense  and  their  economic  relations,  M.  P. 
Somes  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  39-44)- — The  author  reports  ob- 
servations of  the  sudden  development  of  the  berytid  bug  Jalysus  spinosus  as  a 
serious  pest  of  the  tomato.  Previous  to  this  time  /S.  carolinense  had  served  as 
its  food  plant.  It  is  stated  that  during  the  past  two  years  this  insect  has  worked 
widely  through  Missouri  and  in  some  districts  where  tomato  raising  for  can- 
neries is  of  importance  has  occasioned  serious  loss. 

Sesia  rileyana  occurs  in  large  numbers  on  S.  carolinense.  Boring  into  the 
central  part  of  the  stem  it  worte  downward  to  the  roots,  and  passing  down  one 
of  the  main  branches  at  about  the  time  it  matures  bores  out  of  the  root  into  the 
soil.  A  test  transfer  of  larvae  from  the  horse  nettle  to  tomato  and  potato 
succeeded. 

A  tortoise  beetle  (Cassida  pallidula),  a  tingitid  bug  (Gargarphia  solam),  the 
potato  stalk  borer,  the  fleabeetles  Epitrix  fuscula  and  E.  cucumeris,  the  com- 
mon sphingids  PhlegetJiontius  Carolina  and  P.  quinquemaculata,  and  a  lygseid 
bug  (Ischnodemus  fallicv^),  which  attack  cultivated  crops,  are  reported  as  oc- 
curring on  S.  carolinense. 

Rhodesian  citrus  pests,  R.  W.  Jack  (Rhodesia  Agr.  Jour.,  13  (1916),  Nos.  1, 
pp.  69-83,  pis.  3;  2,  pp.  215-233,  pis.  6). — A  brief  summary  of  the  insect  enemies 
of  citrus  in  Rhodesia  and  measures  for  their  control. 

Lepisma  saccharina  (?);  its  life  history  and  anatomy  and  its  gregarine 
parasites,  J.  W.  Cornwall  (Indian  Jour.  Med.  Research,  3  (1915),  No.  1,  pp. 
116-131,  pis.  6). — Accounts  of  the  biology  of  the  common  silver  fish  of  India 
and  of  two  distinct  gregarines  parasitic  in  its  gut. 


658  EXPERIMENT   STATION    B.ECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  new  Physothrips  (Thysanoptera)  from  TJganda,  with  a  note  on  Physo- 
thrips  antennatus,  J.  D.  Hood   {Canad.  Ent,  48   (1916),  No.  4,  VP-  1S0-1S2, 

fig.  1). 

Heliotlirips  hsemorrhoidalis  injurious  to  ornamental  plants  in  the  Prov- 
ince of  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina,  C.  Lizeb  {Agronomia  [Buenos  Aires"i,  6 
(1915),  No.  36-38,  pp.  9-11,  figs.  3;  abs.  in  Intemat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo. 
Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  1549,  1550).— Ths 
author  records  injury  to  Pelargonium  peltatum  and  Lagerstroemia  indica  by 
this  thrips. 

Eradication  of  the  bedbug  by  superheating,  W.  A.  Ross  (Canad.  Ent.,  ^8 
(1916),  No.  3,  pp.  74-76). — This  paper  records  the  extermination  of  Cimex 
lectularius  from  a  2-story,  8-room  frame  house,  heated  with  a  hot-air  furnace 
and  kitchen  and  parlor  stoves,  in  which  the  temperature  of  three  of  the  rooms 
was  raised  as  high  as  140,  158,  and  162°  F.,  respectively.  Very  satisfactory 
results  were  obtained,  the  pest  being  fully  eradicated  and  the  house  furniture 
not  damaged  to  the  slightest  degree.  It  is  thought  that  the  temperature  ob- 
tained was  unnecessarily  high  and  that  the  superheating  would  have  been 
equally  efEective  if  the  temperature  had  been  maintained  between  120  and  130°. 
Life  history  notes  on  Apateticus  cynicus  and  A.  maculiventris,  R.  D. 
Whitmaesh  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  51-53).— These  notes  relate 
to  the  biology,  including  the  predatory  habits,  of  two  stink  bugs.  The  former, 
the  largest  and  most  common  predacious  species,  unlike  the  latter,  is  single 
brooded. 

The  distribution  of  the  periodical  cicada  in  Ohio,  H.  A.  Gossard  (Jour. 
Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  53-59,  figs.  3).— A  report  of  the  present  distri- 
bution of  the  broods  of  1906,  1914,  and  1915  in  Ohio. 

Notes  on  the  tomato  psylla,  H.  Compeke  (Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  5  (1916), 
No.  5,  pp.  189-191,  figs.  3). — These  notes  relate  to  the  biologj'  and  control  of 
Faratrioza  cocker elli,  found  by  the  author  infesting  the  Jerusalem  cherry 
(Solanum  capsicastrum)  at  Sacramento  and  San  Francisco.  The  solanums  at 
the  latter  place  were  rendered  worthless. 

Concerning  problems  in  aphid  ecology,  Edith  M.  Patch  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent., 
9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  44-51).— A  discussion  of  some  of  the  important  ecological 
problems. 

The  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  biology  of  the  vine  phylloxera, 
B.  Grassi  (Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases, 
6  (1915),  No.  10,  pp.  1269-1290). — This  article  reviews  the  status  of  knowledge 
of  the  biology  of  the  grape  phylloxera  previous  to  1905,  and  discusses  the  ad- 
vances resulting  from  researches  made  since  that  date  and  the  question  as  to 
the  existence  of  different  races  of  phylloxera. 

Modern  views  of  the  control  of  the  vine  phylloxera,  B.  Gkassi  (Internat. 
Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  12, 
pp.  1553-1571). — The  author  discusses  the  importance  of  control  and  methods 
usually  employed,  the  method  of  control  in  Italy,  the  advisability  of  continuing 
the  campaign,  the  manner  of  dispersal  of  the  phylloxera,  and  the  proposed 
method  of  control. 

A  nematode  parasite  of  root  aphids,  J.  J.  Davis  (Psyche,  23  (1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  39,  40,  fig.  1). — The  author  reports  having  found  apterous  viviparous  and 
oviparous  individuals  of  a  new  species  of  An(x?cia  infested  with  nematodes  at 
West  Lafayette,  Ind. 

Two  newly-established  scale  insects,  E.  O.  EssiG  (Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal., 
5  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  192-197,  figs.  6). — The  camellia  scale  (Pulvinaria  floccifera) 
and  the  dictyospermum  scale  (ChrysompJialus  dictyospermi)  are  reported  to 
have  recently  become  established  in  limited  districts  in  California. 


1916]  ECONOMIC    ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY.  659 

On  the  structure  and  biology  of  Tachardia  lacca,  with  observations  on 
certain  insects  predacious  or  parasitic  upon  it,  A.  D.  Imms  and  N.  C.  Chat- 
TERJEE  {Indian  Forest  Me7n.,  Forest  Zool.  Ser.,  3  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  Jf2,  pis.  8). — 
Historical  notes  are  first  given,  followed  by  a  discussion  of  the  systematic  po- 
sition of  this  coccid,  the  secretion  and  chemical  composition  of  lac,  its  life 
history,  distribution  in  India,  and  chief  food  products,  together  with  descriptions 
of  its  several  stages,  habits,  insect  enemies,  etc.  A  bibliography  of  29  titles  is 
included. 

The  rice  stem  borer  in  the  Konkan,  R.  S.  Kasaegode  and  V.  G.  Deshpande 
{Dept.  Agr.  Bombay  Bui.  69  (1915),  pp.  18,  pi.  i).— This  is  a  detailed  account 
of  Schocnobius  bipunctifer,  a  lepidopteran  which  occurs  throughout  the  greater 
part  of  the  Indian  rice  area.  It  is  the  source  of  a  large  percentage  of  the  insect 
injury  to  rice,  which  is  rarely  less  than  10  per  cent  of  the  crop  and  may  be  as 
high  as  60  per  cent.  The  caterpiUar  attacks  the  plant  at  some  point  in  the  stem, 
which  soon  withers  and  turns  white.  Sis  days  are  required  for  its  embryonic 
development,  27  for  the  larva,  and  9  for  the  pupa,  or  a  total  of  42  days  for  the 
life  cycle. 

Climate  and  variations  in  the  habits  of  the  codling  moth,  E.  P.  Felt 
{Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  107-110).— It  is  the  author's  opinion 
that,  if  conditions  obtaining  in  New  York  during  the  past  two  or  three  years 
are  reliable  criteria,  climatic  differences  exert  a  considerable  influence  upon 
the  habits  and  the  tj'pe  of  injury  caused  by  the  codling  moth. 

Notes  on  crambids,  G.  G.  Ainslie  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
115-119). — Miscellaneous  notes  relating  to  the  methods  of  rearing,  etc.,  of 
crambids. 

The  control  of  the  grape  berry  worm  (Polychrosis  viteana),  W.  H.  Goodwin 
{Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  9i-i 06). —Substantially  noted  from  an- 
other source  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  358). 

Preliminary  studies  of  the  biological  control  of  the  grapevine  pyralid 
((Enophthira  pilleriana),  F.  Schwangaet  {Naturiv.  Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Landw., 
IS  {1915),  Nos.  8-9,  pp.  380-408;  11-12,  pp.  522-54i )  .—The  first  part  of  this 
paper  (pp.  380-398)  deals  with  parasites  of  (E.  pilleriana,  particularly  the  dip- 
terans  Prosopodes  fugax,  Nemorilla  maculosa,  Gymnoparea  {Actia)  pilipennis, 
and  Cyrtoneura  stabulans.  The  second  part  (pp.  398-408,  522-534)  consists  of 
a  discussion  of  the  parasites  of  Hyponomeuta  and  their  relation  to  the  vine 
leaf  rollers  {CE.  pilleriana,  Clysia  ambiguella,  and  Polychrosis  botrana),  and  the 
third  part  (pp.  534-541)  comprises  conclusions,  etc. 

The  pilotaxy  of  Anopheles,  S.  R.  Cheistophees  {Indian  Jour.  Med.  Re- 
search, 8  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  362-370,  pi.  i).— This  article  deals  with  the  more 
important  chsetfe  of  Anopheles. 

The  male  genitalia  of  Anopheles,  S.  R.  Cheistophees  {Indian  Jour.  Med. 
Research,  3  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  371-394,  pls.  6). — An  anatomical  study  which  in- 
cludes descriptions  and  drawings  of  the  genitalia  of  most  of  the  oriental  species 
of  Anopheles  and  of  such  others  as  were  available.  The  author  considers  the 
genitalia  to  be  the  most  satisfactory  means  for  classifying  the  group. 

Dasyneura  ulmea,  a  new  elm  pest,  J.  S.  Houses  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  82-84,  fiff-  -')• — The  author  reports  that  this  itonidid  is  the  source 
of  injury  to  elms  in  Ohio.  Its  attack  results  in  the  formation  of  from  1  to  20 
aborted  bud  galls,  usually  at  the  twig  tips,  which  cause  a  check  in  the  branch 
development  and  an  ultimate  stunting  and  malformation  of  the  tree. 

A  new  Phanurus  from  the  United  States,  with  notes  on  allied  species, 
A.  A.  GiBAULT  {Canad.  Ent.,  48  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  149,  150). — Phanurus  emersoni 
n.  sp.,  reared  from  tabanid  eggs  at  Dallas,  Tex.,  and  three  allied  species  are 
described. 


660  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.  35 

Studies  in  flies. — C?haetotaxy  and  pilotaxy  of  Muscid^  and  range  of  their 
variability  in  the  same  species,  P.  R,  Awati  {Indian  Jour.  Med.  Research, 
3  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  135-148,  pis.  3,  figs.  6). — The  author's  conclusions  in  regard 
to  the  importance  of  chaetotaxy  in  Musca  are  as  follows : 

"  It  is  very  unreliable  and  hence  of  little  use  in  classification.  The  number  of 
bristles  on  the  head  is  very  variable  in  the  same  species;  their  arrangement, 
however,  in  some  cases  seems  to  be  specific,  as  in  the  case  of  the  facial  bristles. 
The  thoracic  bristles  show  generic  variations  and  hence  are  important  in  dis- 
tinguishing Musca  from  other  genera  of  the  same  family." 

New  g-enera  and  species  of  Australian  Muscoidea,  C.  H.  T.  Townsend 
(Canad.  Ent.,  IfS  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  151-160). 

The  development  and  auto-destruction  of  house  flies  in  horse  manure, 
E.  RouBAUD  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  161  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  325- 
327). — The  author  reports  investigations  carried  on  at  the  central  laboratoiT  of 
the  army. 

He  first  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  horse  dung  is  the  best  medium  for  the 
development  of  house  flies,  it  being  estimated  that  the  dung  from  a  single 
animal  is  sufficient  for  the  development  in  summer  of  from  40,000  to  50,000 
per  month,  or  from  160,000  to  200,000  from  June  to  September.  It  appears  that 
after  scarcely  24  hours  fermentation  definitely  protects  the  dung  against  ovipo- 
sition  therein.  The  use  of  certain  antiseptics  and  larvicides,  such  as  borax, 
solutions  of  cresyl,  and  ferric  and  ferrous  sulphates,  retards  fermentation,  thus 
prolonging  the  period  in  which  oviposition  may  take  place  from  one  to  two 
days,  and  in  this  way  multiply  the  chances  of  infestation  of  the  dung.  By  the 
end  of  the  sixth  day  manure  placed  in  heaps  had  apparently  been  vacated  by 
the  larv£e,  which  had  migrated  for  pupation. 

Larvae  of  the  house  fly  placed  in  manure  at  a  temperature  of  50°  C.  (112°  F. ) 
exposed  to  the  gas  formed  by  fermentation  die  in  three  minutes.  In  direct 
contact  with  the  gas  at  a  temperature  of  51°  death  takes  place  in  one  minute, 
at  .59°  in  from  five  to  seven  seconds,  and  at  60°  in  from  four  to  five  seconds. 

Soluble  poisons  in  the  poisoned  bait  spray  to  control  the  adult  of  the 
apple  mag-got  (Rhagoletis  pomonella),  H.  H.  P.  Seveein  (Maine  Sta.  Bui. 
251  (1916),  pp.  149-168,  fig.  i )  .—Experiments  conducted  during  1914  and  1915 
are  reported. 

No  conclusions  can  be  drawn  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  poisoned  bait  spray 
from  any  of  the  experiments  performed  during  1914  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
different  soluble  poisons  scorched  the  leaves  and  therefore  insoluble  arsenicals 
were  then  substituted.  A  series  of  experiments  with  different  amounts  of 
soluble  poisons,  such  as  potassium  and  sodium  arsenate  and  sodium  arsenite, 
show  that  as  small  a  quantity  as  0.25  oz.  of  these  insecticides  dissolved  in  boil- 
ing water  and  then  added  to  3  gal.  of  water  with  one  pint  of  molasses  will 
burn  the  foliage  of  the  apple  trees. 

"  In  1915,  during  a  very  rainy  season,  the  results  obtained  with  three  applica- 
tions of  the  poisoned  bait  spray  containing  a  soluble  poison  dissolved  in  diluted 
molasses  [potassium  arsenate  0.75  oz.,  molasses  1  pint,  and  water  3  gals.], 
showed  that  the  infestation  varied  from  0  to  20  per  cent  in  orchards  situated 
away  from  the  margin  of  the  experimental  area,  and  from  32  to  57  per  cent  in 
orchards  near  untreated  trees.  An  even  distribution  of  the  droplets  over  the 
foliage  is  more  effective  than  spraying  the  trunk,  large  limbs,  and  foliage  of  the 
lower  branches.  The  number  of  applications  necessary  to  insure  good  results 
can  not  be  stated  with  this  work  still  in  its  experimental  stage.  In  orchards 
where  tent  caterpillars  have  practically  stripped  or  partially  defoliated  the 
trees  the  poisoned  bait  with  the  use  of  a  soluble  poison  can  not  be  advocated. 


1016]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  661 

In  orchards  where  tent  caterpillars  are  controlled,  defoliation  caused  by  spray 
injury  is  far  less  than  the  damage  caused  by  these  pests  in  neglected  orchards. 
Our  experience  shows  that  after  fruit  gi-owers  have  been  convinced  of  the 
results  obtained  by  the  use  of  the  poisoned  bait  spray,  many  prefer  sound 
fruit  even  if  burned  foliage  is  the  necessary  price. 

"  The  fruit  fly  remedy  has  been  a  complete  failure  in  the  control  of  the  pest 
under  town  conditions.  With  four  applications  of  the  spray  the  infestation 
varied  from  4  to  98  per  cent." 

Dangerous  hard  backs,  H.  A.  Baxlou  (Agr.  News  [Barbados],  15  {1916),  No. 
359,  pp.  42,  43,  fiffs.  5). — An  account  of  the  more  important  lamellicorn  grubs 
occurring  in  the  West  Indies. 

Second  report  on  insecticides  for  the  control  of  the  Colorado  potato  beetle 
(Leptinotarsa  decemliiaeata),  L.  B.  Smith  (Virginia  Truck  Sta.  Bid.  11  (1915), 
pp.  369-316). — This  paper  gives  the  results  of  the  second  season's  experiments 
in  the  control  of  the  Colorado  potato  beetle.  These  results  are  said  to  confirm 
the  more  important  points  of  the  work  done  the  previous  season  (E.  S.  R.,  33, 
p.  358). 

The  mixture  of  homemade  Bordeaux  50  gal.,  arsenate  of  lead  4  lbs.,  and 
Paris  green  1  lb.,  continued  to  give  excellent  results.  Arsenite  of  zinc  paste 
at  the  rate  of  2  lbs.  to  50  gal.  of  Bordeaux  also  proved  very  efficient.  Calcium 
arsenate  was  tried  this  year  and  the  results  indicate  that  it  may  prove  valu- 
able for  the  purpose.  Several  of  the  proprietary  insecticides  that  were  used 
gave  returns  that  compared  favorably  with  the  home-prepared  mixtures  in  effi- 
ciency. The  price  of  arsenic  oxid  varied  according  to  the  form  in  which  it  was 
obtained,  costing  24^  cts.  per  pound  in  the  calcium  arsenate  powder  and 
51s  cts.  in  powdered  lead  arsenate. 

Sulphur-arsenical  dusts  against  the  strawberry  weevil  (Anthonomus  sig- 
natus),  T.  J.  Headlee  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  84-89,  fig.  1).— 
Substantially  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  364). 

Life  history  of  the  pecan  twig  girdler,  S.  W.  Bif.sing  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent., 
9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  110-115). — The  eggs  of  Oncideres  texana  hatch  in  from  17 
to  30  days  after  deposition.  The  larvae  then  burrow  in  the  girdled  twigs  until 
the  following  summer,  or  for  a  period  of  from  288  to  328  days.  Pupation  takes 
place  during  the  latter  part  of  August  and  the  first  part  of  September,  the 
pupal  stage  which  lasts  from  12  to  14  days  being  passed  in  the  larval  burrow. 

It  was  found  that  where  forests  are  located  near  a  pecan  orchard  and  it  is 
impractical  because  of  migration  from  other  trees  in  pecan  trees,  to  gather 
up  the  fallen  twigs  and  burn  them  in  order  to  kill  the  larvae,  they  may  be 
effectually  dealt  with  through  the  use  of  arsenate  of  lead. 

The  German  genera  and  species  of  the  ichneumonid  tribe  Anomalini, 
O.  ScHMiEDEKNECHT  (Naturw.  Ztsclir.  Forst  u.  Landw.,  I4  (1916),  No.  3-4,  pp. 
97-116,  figs.  4)- — A  synopsis  of  the  forms  of  this  important  tribe  (parasites  of 
Lepidoptera)  which  occur  in  Germany. 

Note  on  an  interesting  case  of  two  generations  of  a  parasite  reared  from 
the  same  individual  host,  P.  H.  Timbeelake  (Canad.  Ent.,  48  (1916),  No.  3, 
pp.  89-91 ) . — The  author  records  the  rearing  of  two  generations  of  the  braconid 
parasite  Dinocampus  americanus  from  the  convergent  lady  beetle  (Hippodamia 
convergens).  This  shows  that  this  parasite  does  not  injure  the  vital  organs 
of  its  host. 

The  European  Trichogrammlnae,  with  particular  consideration  of  their 
practical  importance  as  parasites,  M.  Wolff  (Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Jagdw.,  47 
(1915),  Nos.  8,  pp.  474-497;  9,  pp.  543-568,  figs.  24).— A  synopsis  of  the  Euro- 
pean forms  of  this  important  subfamily  of  parasites. 


662  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  preliminary  report  on  the  life  economy  of  Solenopsis  molesta,  J.  W. 
McCoLLOCH  and  W.  P.  Hayes  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  2S-S8,  pi.  1, 
fig.  1). — A  report  of  biological  and  economic  studies  of  the  Kafir  ant  (S. 
molesta),  which  in  Kansas  destroys  the  seed  of  Kafir  corn,  cane,  milo  maize, 
and  feterita.  The  most  practical  control  measures  in  southern  Kansas  consist 
in  fall  plowing  and  thorough  spring  harrowing,  as  well  as  surface  and  early 
planting  of  the  crop. 

Spraying  versus  beekeeping,  B.  N.  Gates  (Mass.  Bd.  Agr.,  Apiary  Insp. 
Bui.  lOA  (1916),  pp.  22,  pis.  2). — This  paper  reviews  the  literature  and  reports 
instances  of  losses  of  bees  occasioned  by  their  working  upon  fruit  trees,  etc., 
that  were  sprayed  while  in  bloom. 

Fifth  and  sixth  annual  reports  of  the  state  inspector  of  apiaries  for  the 
years  1914  and  1915,  B.  N.  Gates  {Agr.  of  Mass.,  62  {19U),  pp.  W-415,  pi. 
1;  63  {1915),  pp.  111-138,  pis.  3;  Mass.  Bd.  Agr.,  Apiary  Insp.  Buls.  9  {1915), 
pp.  11,  pi.  1;  10  {1916),  pp.  30,  pis.  3). — The  most  recent  of  these  reports,  which 
are  along  the  lines  of  previous  years  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  556),  includes  an  appendix 
giving  the  paper  above  noted  on  Spraying  v.  Beekeeping. 

Is  the  hive  a  center  for  distributing  fire  blight?  Is  aphid  honeydew  a 
medium  for  spreading  blight?  H.  A.  Gossaed  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No. 
1,  pp.  59-64,  pis.  2). — The  tests  here  reported  "prove  conclusively  to  us  that 
the  blight  organism,  in  honey,  can  remain  sufficiently  virulent  for  47  hours  to 
produce  infection,  with  the  extreme  time  measure  of  virulency  probably  not 
reached.  Tests  of  this  kind  were  made  with  fresh  apple  honey  and  also  with 
well-ripened  honey  taken  from  the  hive  in  midsummer  and  the  results  were 
substantially  the  same.  It  is  evident  from  these  results  that  the  formic  acid 
of  honey  is  not  immediately  fatal  to  the  blight  organism.  .  .  .  We  believe  we 
have  proved  that  if  one  bee  carries  100,000  bacilli  into  the  hive  one  day,  that 
on  the  following  one  or  two  days,  each  of  1,000  bees  has  the  possibility  of 
carrying  a  considerable  fraction  of  100  virulent  bacilli  out  to  fruit  blossoms, 
because  practically  all  the  bees  in  the  hive  are  at  work  during  the  night  curing 
the  honey.  This  would  seem  to  go  a  long  way  toward  explaining  the  wholesale 
infection  that  occurs  in  the  latter  part  of  the  blooming  period." 

The  Pajaroello  tick  (Ornithodorus  coriaceus),  W.  B.  Heems  {Jour.  Para- 
sitology, 2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  137-142,  fig.  i).— Notes  are  given  on  the  life  history 
and  biting  habits  of  this  tick,  based  largely  upon  observations  in  California 
by  the  author  and  W.  L.  Chandler. 

This  tick  has  been  found  to  occur  in  a  number  of  counties  of  the  State,  in- 
cluding San  Benito,  Santa  Clara,  Stanislaus,  Monterey,  and  Santa  Barbara, 
and  probably  also  Los  Angeles  and  San  Diego,  thus  connecting  up  with  Mexico, 
which  is  the  original  habitat.  It  is  most  commonly  found  among  dry  leaves 
beneath  live-oak  trees,  where  cattle  are  accustomed  to  lie  in  the  shade. 

Eggs  deposited  March  9  hatched  March  31,  giving  an  incubation  period  of  21 
days,  at  an  average  temperature  of  26.3°  C.  A  larva  placed  on  the  ear  of  a  rabbit 
May  2  was  recovered  fully  engorged  May  11,  and  molted  10  days  later,  on  IMay 
21.  The  second  molt,  without  a  second  engorgement,  took  place  June  15.  The 
nymph  became  fully  engorged  in  about  20  minutes,  on  July  2 ;  the  third  molt  oc- 
curring August  12.  It  again  engorged  October  11,  the  fourth  molt  taking  place 
December  23.  After  another  engorgement  on  January  16,  the  fifth  molt  took 
place  on  March  9  and  the  tick  appeared  as  a  sexually  mature  female.  On  March 
27  the  female  became  fully  engorged,  copulation  took  place  on  April  17,  and  on 
June  10  428  eggs  were  deposited. 

The  number  of  molts  varied  from  four  to  seven.  The  maximum  number  of 
eggs  deposited  by  a  tick  in  one  season  was  1,158,  there  being  seven  separate 
layings. 


1916]  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  663 

Both  nymphs  and  adults  readily  attached  to  man,  monkey,  rabbit,  and  mouse, 
and  became  fully  engorged  in  from  15  to  30  minutes.  A  sharp  pain  is  felt  at 
the  time  the  bite  of  the  tick  takes  place  and  the  point  of  attachment  remains 
highly  irritated  for  several  days,  during  which  time  a  scab  forms.  An  exten- 
sive swelling  of  the  affected  part  may  follow  its  bite. 

FOODS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

Skim  milk  in  human  and  animal  nutrition,  L.  Malpeaux  {Vie  Agr.  et 
Rurole,  6  {1916),  No.  23,  pp.  401-Jf07,  fig.  2).— Data  are  given  regarding  the 
nutritive  value  of  skim  milk  and  its  use  as  food  for  man,  calves,  and  pigs. 

The  soy  bean  as  a  food  material,  W.  Schiedee  {Seifcnsieder  Ztg.,  ^2  {1915), 
No.  22,  pp.  47i,  Jf72). — Descriptions  and  analyses  are  given  of  a  number  of 
different  products  prepared  from  the  fermented  and  the  uufermented  soy  bean. 

Chemical  composition  of  the  fruit  of  the  cheroraayer,  A.  Cutolo  {Stas. 
Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  J,8  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  8S9-S9S).— Data  are  reported  regarding 
the  chemical  composition  of  the  pulp,  skin,  and  seeds  of  this  fruit,  which  some- 
what resembles  the  pear. 

Mate  tea,  O.  Rammstedt  {Pharm.  ZentraUialle,  56  {1915),  Nos.  4,  pp.  29-34; 
47,  pp.  708-710). — Analytical  data  are  given  regarding  a  number  of  commercial 
samples  of  mate,  which  is  obtained  from  the  Brazilian  herb  Erica  vulgaris. 
The  active  principle  of  mate  is  mattein,  a  substance  identical  with  or  closely 
i-elated  to  caffein.  The  composition  of  mat§  is  also  compared  with  that  of  tea 
and  coffee. 

[Analyses  of]  extracts  and  spirits  {Maine  Sta.  Off.  Insp.  77  {1916),  pp. 
21-40). — This  publication  reports  the  results  of  the  analysis  of  a  number  of 
samples  of  extracts  of  peppermint,  wintergreen,  vanilla,  lemon,  etc.,  together 
with  a  statement  regarding  them  by  A.  M.  G.  Soule. 

[Food  and  drug  inspection  and  analysis],  C.  L.  Clay  {Bien.  Rpt.  La.  Bd. 
Health,  1914-15,  pp.  63-105,  figs.  2). — Analytical  data  are  reported  regarding 
2,017  samples  of  water,  miscellaneous  foods,  drugs,  and  patent  medicines.  The 
results  of  the  inspection  of  dairies  are  also  given. 

[Food  inspection],  A.  W.  J.  MacPadden  {Ann.  Rpt.  Local  Govt.  Bd.  [Gt. 
Brit.],  44  {1914-15),  pp.  18-20).— This  is  a  review  of  the  work  of  the  food  in- 
spectors during  the  year  1914-15.  In  addition  to  the  routine  work  it  included 
the  inspection  of  food  for  the  troops,  a  continuation  of  the  studies  of  infant 
foods  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  661),  the  inspection  of  food  for  exports,  and  the  investi- 
gation of  several  outbreaks  of  food  poisoning. 

Food  and  oil  laws  of  the  State  of  Wyoming  {Cheyenne,  Wye:  Office  Dairy, 
Food,  and  Oil  Comr.,  1915,  pp.  82). — The  text  of  the  laws  is  given,  together 
with  rules  and  regulations  adopted  by  the  food  commissioner,  and  the  standards 
of  purity  for  food  products. 

Hints  on  inspecting  canned  foods,  W.  D.  Bigelow  {Chem.  Engin.  and 
Manfr.,  24  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  108-110). — Among  the  factors  stated  to  be  of  im- 
portance in  the  inspection  of  canned  goods  are  a  knowledge  of  the  raw  product 
and  the  methods  and  conditions  of  manufacture;  the  external  appearance  of 
the  can;  the  odor,  flavor,  and  appearance  of  the  contents  of  the  can  on  being 
opened  ;  and  the  bacteriological  examination. 

A  proposed  score  card  for  refrigerators,  W.  A.  Evans  {Amer.  Jour.  Pub. 
Health,  6  {1916),  No.  7,  p.  743). — A  score  card  is  described  which  can  be  used 
by  health  departments,  food  departments,  manufacturers,  merchants,  or  house- 
wives. The  apparatus  required  consists  of  ice  scales,  a  thermometer,  a  tape  line, 
and  a  hygrometer.     The  factors  considered  are  the  temperature  of  the  food 


664  EXPERIMENT  STATION"  EECORD.  [Vol.35 

chamber,  ice  economy,  humidity,  circulation  of  air,  interior  finish,  drainage, 
and  exterior  finish. 

The  bacillus  carrier  and  the  restaurant,  A.  I.  Kendall  (Amer.  Jour.  Pub. 
Health,  6  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  726-720).— This  article  considers  the  danger  of  the 
contamination  of  food  by  tlie  bacillus  carrier,  and  describes  the  measures  taken 
to  prevent  such  contamination  in  the  restaurant  of  a  department  store  when  it 
was  possible  that  some  of  the  cooks  and  waitresses  had  been  exposed  to  typhoid 
infection.  The  measures  taken  included  thorough  scrubbing  of  the  hands  before 
starting  work  and  after  any  absence  from  the  restaurant  during  the  day ;  the 
application  of  the  Widal  test ;  and  the  examination  of  the  urine  and  the  feces. 

[Care  of  the  baby],  E.  F.  Ladd  and  Alma  K.  Johnson  (North  Dakota  Sta. 
Spec.  Bui.,  4  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  97-132,  figs.  8). — This  contains  information  on 
the  care  and  feeding  of  children. 

The  diet  of  children  after  infancy,  J.  H.  M.  Knox  (Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc, 
67  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  432-435). — This  paper  calls  attention  to  such  data  as  are 
available  regarding  the  food  requirements  of  young  and  growing  children,  and 
gives  diet  lists  suitable  for  a  child  from  12  to  18  months  and  a  child  from  2  to  4 
years  of  age.  The  author  emphasizes  the  importance  of  giving  more  considera- 
tion to  the  diet  of  young  children. 

The  new  emerg'ency  ration  [of  the  XJ.  S.  Army]  (War  Dept.  [U.  S.]  Ann. 
Rpts.,  1915,  I,  pp.  271,  272). — A  brief  progress  report  of  the  work  on  the  emer- 
gency ration  conducted  by  the  Office  of  Home  Economics  of  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 

Report  by  the  departmental  conimittee  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  ques- 
tion of  maintaining  and  if  possible  increasing  the  present  production  of 
food  in  Scotland,  E.  Wason  et  al.  (Edinburgh:  Govt.,  1915,  pp.  16). — A  num- 
ber of  recommendations  are  formulated. 

Minutes  of  evidence  taken  before  the  departmental  committee  appointed 
to  inquire  into  the  question  of  maintaining  and  if  possible  increasing  the 
present  production  of  food  in  Scotland  (Edinburgh:  Govt.,  1915,  pp.  166). — 
This  publication  contains  the  minutes  of  the  hearings  and  other  evidence  upon 
which  the  above  report  was  based. 

The  normal  gastric  secretion,  M.  E.  Rehfuss  (Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  55 
(1916),  No.  6,  pp.  461-470). — In  this  article  the  aiithor  brings  together  a 
great  deal  of  information  regarding  the  normal  secretion  of  the  gastric  juice 
which  has  been  obtained  in  a  number  of  experiments  by  himself  and  other  in- 
vestigators, notably  Hawk,  Bergeim,  Fowler,  Spencer,  Clarke,  and  others.  The 
bulk  of  the  material  has  been  noted  from  other  sources. 

The  uric  acid  solvent  power  of  normal  urine,  H.  D  Haskins  (Jour.  Biol. 
Chem.,  26  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  205-215). — The  experimental  data  here  reported 
may  be  summarized  briefly  as  follows : 

"  When  shaken  with  uric  acid  for  20  minutes  at  37°  C.  many  urines  that  are 
slightly  acid  and  all  that  are  neutral  or  alkaline  take  up  extra  uric  acid.  The 
less  acid  the  urine  the  more  uric  acid,  as  a  rule,  it  will  dissolve.  Dilute  urines 
when  considered  in  proportion  to  their  concentration  show  much  greater  solvent 
power  than  less  dilute  urines. 

"  Some  urines  dissolve  so  much  uric  acid  that  they  come  to  contain  more  uric 
acid  than  is  present  in  a  saturated  solution  of  monosodium  urate.  In  all  prob- 
ability in  these  cases  at  least  part  of  the  uric  acid  is  in  colloidal  solution." 

Creatin  in  human  muscle,  W.  Denis  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26  (1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
379-386). — Employing  the  method  of  Folin,  the  author  studied  the  creatin  con- 
tent of  samples  of  muscle  obtained  at  the  autopsies  of  5  normal  individuals 
and  72  individuals  dying  from  various  diseases.  Determinations  were  also 
made  of  the  creatin  in  muscles  obtained  from  several  autopsies  of  children. 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  665 

From  the  results  reported  it  appears  that  "the  fact  that  the  muscle  of 
children  contains  much  less  creatiu  than  that  of  adults  was  conlii-med."  These 
results  apparently  confirm  the  theory  concerning  the  relationship  of  muscle 
creatin  and  urinary  creatinin  in  man  offered  by  other  investigators,  who  have 
called  attention  to  the  low  creatinin  coellicients  in  the  case  of  persons  in  a 
feeble  and  wasted  condition;  as  such  individuals  become  convalescent  and  show 
an  increase  in  the  "  muscle  tonus  "  a  rise  in  the  creatinin  coefficient  is  noted. 

The  creatinin  and  creatin  content  of  the  blood  of  children,  B.  S.  Veedeb  and 
M.  R.  Johnston  (Amer.  Jour.  Diseases  Children,  12  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  136- 
144). — This  paper  reports  experimental  data  regarding  the  content  of  creatin, 
creatinin,  and  nonprotein  nitrogen  in  the  blood  of  children  under  normal  and 
clinical  conditions.  The  data  are  based  upon  experiments  made  with  75 
children. 

Experimental  studies  on  creatin  and  creatinin. — V,  Protein  feeding  and 
creatin  elimination  in  pancreatic  diabetes,  W.  C.  Rose  (Jour.  Biol.  Cheni.,  26 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  331-33S). — The  author  reports  experiments  in  continuation 
of  earlier  work  on  the  influence  of  diet  on  the  elimination  of  creatin  and 
creatinin  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  158). 

Experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (dogs)  showed  that  protein  feeding  in 
the  animals  after  complete  extirpation  of  the  pancreas  did  not  lead  to  the  dis- 
appearance of  creatin  from  the  urine,  as  was  the  case  with  similar  feeding  in 
normal  fasting  animals.  In  the  opinion  of  the  author  the  behavior  of  the 
creatin  elimination  in  phlorizin  and  pancreatic  diabetes  offers  proof  of  the 
dependence  of  the  creatin  elimination  upon  the  carbohydrate  utilization. 

Experimental  studies  on  creatin  and  creatinin. — VI,  Protein  feeding  and 
creatin  elimination  in  fasting  man,  W.  G.  Rose,  F.  W.  Dimmitt,  and  P.  N. 
Cheatham  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  339-344)  .—Th^  results  are 
reported  of  observations  upon  two  normal,  healthy  young  men  receiving  a  diet 
of  eggs  after  a  period  of  fasting.    The  following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  Contrary  to  the  generally  accepted  idea,  protein  feeding  in  starving  man 
promptly  reduces  the  creatin  output  to  nil. 

"  The  amount  of  acetone  bodies  present  in  the  urine  during  short  fasts 
(three  to  four  days)  is  not  sufficient  to  render  the  creatin-creatinin  figures  un- 
reliable. Four  times  the  quantities  of  acetone  and  diacetic  acid  eliminated  in 
the  present  experiments  were  entirely  without  effect  upon  the  creatinin 
readings." 

Experimental  studies  on  creatin  and  creatinin. — VII,  The  fate  of  creatin 
and  creatinin  when  administered  to  man,  W.  C.  Rose  and  F.  W.  Dimmitt 
{Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  3^/5-353).— Excessively  large  doses  of 
creatin  and  creatinin  were  fed  to  individuals  in  nitrogen  balance  and  the  effect 
observed  on  urinary  composition,  particularly  with  reference  to  the  output  of 
urea.    The  following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"The  ingestion  of  large  doses  (20  gm.)  of  creatin  in  man  leads  to  a  very 
perceptible  increase  (0.30  to  0.49  gm.)  in  the  output  of  creatinin.  This  increase 
in  urinary  creatinin  is  attributed  to  a  conversion  of  creatin  into  its  anhydrid, 
and  not  to  an  increase  in  the  output  of  endogenous  creatinin. 

"The  ingestion  of  large  doses  (16  gm.)  of  creatinin  is  not  followed  by  the 
appearance  of  creatin  in  the  urine.  This  indicates  that  the  reaction  Creatin— > 
Creatinin+Water  is  probably  not  a  reversible  one  in  the  human  organism. 

"  No  evidence  was  obtained  indicating  a  transformation  of  creatin  or  creatinin 
into  urea  by  the  body  cells.  On  the  contrary,  urea  is  probably  not  a  catabolic 
product  of  these  substances." 

The  physiological  action  of  glucal,  J.  O.  Balcab  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26 
{1916),  No.  1,  pp.  163-171). — This  investigation  was  made  in  viev^-  of  the  fact 


666  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

that  glucal  is  so  closely  related  to  glucose  and  may  possibly  be  an  intermediate 
stage  of  glucose  metabolism.  In  addition  to  studying  the  chemical  character- 
istics of  glucal,  experiments  were  carried  out  with  various  laboratory  animals 
which  showed  that  glucal  is  not  toxic,  produces  no  effect  on  blood  pressure  or 
on  respiration  when  injected  intravenously  in  moderate  quantities,  and  is  not 
completely  metabolized  by  the  animal  body  when  injected  at  the  rate  of  0.9 
gm.  per  kilogram  of  body  weight  per  hour. 

The  lipoids  C'  fat  ")  of  the  blood  in  diabetes,  W.  R.  Blooe,  E.  P.  Joslin, 
and  A.  A.  Hornok  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  417-430)  .—The  ob- 
servations here  reported  show  in  part  that  "  in  severe  diabetes  the  biocd 
lipoids  were  all  markedly  increased,  up  to  100  per  cent  or  more  of  the  normal 
values.  In  mild  diabetes  the  lipoids  may  be  normal.  In  general,  the  more 
severe  or  long  standing  the  diabetic  condition,  the  more  marked  was  the  ab- 
normality in  the  blood  lipoids. 

"  In  spite  of  the  high  values,  the  relations  between  the  lipoids  were  prac- 
tically those  of  normal  individuals,  indicating  that  the  fat  metabolism  was 
essentially  normal." 

For  earlier  work,  see  previous  notes  (E.  S.  R,  34,  pp.  562,  563). 

Pellagra — a  critical  study,  J.  Aulde  (Med.  Rec.  [N.  y.],  90  {1916),  No.  5,  pp. 
181-185). — The  author  advances  the  theory  that  the  essential  factor  in  the 
production  of  pellagra,  scurvy,  and  beri-beri  is  the  mineral  deficiency  in  the 
protein  molecule,  and  that  calcium  depreciation  is  responsible  for  pellagra. 

Preliminary  observations  on  metabolism  in  pellagra,  A.  Hunter,  M.  H. 
GivENS,  and  R.  C.  Lewis  {Pub.  Health  Serv.  U.  S.  Hyg.  Lab.  Bui.  102  {1916), 
pp.  39-67). — Data  are  given  regarding  the  amount  of  indican  excreted  and  the 
nitrogen  balances  in  the  case  of  a  number  of  inmates  of  the  pellagra  hospital  at 
Spartanburg,  South  Carolina. 

Pellagra. — The  value  of  the  dietary  treatment  of  the  disease,  J.  R.  Ridlon 
{Pub.  Health  Rpts.  [U.  S.],  31  {1916),  No.  30,  pp.  1979-1999).— This  report  is 
based  on  observations  upon  58  pellagra  patients  in  the  U.  S.  Marine  Hospital  at 
Savannah,  Ga.  The  patients  were  given  a  diet  relatively  rich  in  animal  and 
leguminous  protein  component  and  relatively  poor  in  nonleguminous-vegetable 
component.  It  is  concluded  from  these  cases  that  the  dietectic  treatment  of 
pellagra  is  of  paramount  importance,  and  "  that  in  this  series  success  has  fol- 
lowed the  use  of  a  diet  in  which  the  animal  and  leguminous-protein  component 
has  been  relatively  increased  and  the  nonleguminous-vegetable  component 
relatively  decreased." 

As  a  part  of  the  histories  of  the  pellagra  patients  an  attempt  was  made  to 
ascertain  the  diet  consumed  during  the  three  months  previous  to  the  appear- 
ance of  the  disease.  The  data  collected  from  35  patients  are  reported  in  this 
article.  "A  study  of  these  diet  histories  shows  that  the  vegetable  and  fat  com- 
ponents were  notably  conspicuous  and  that  the  animal  protein  foods  were  rela- 
tively inconspicuous." 

The  energy  metabolism  of  a  cretin,  F.  B.  Talbot  {Amer.  Jour.  Diseases 
Children,  12  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  145-148,  fig.  1).— The  heat  production  of  a  cretin, 
3  years  8  months  old,  was  determined  by  the  calorimeter  to  be  898  calories  per 
square  meter  of  body  surface,  or  40.5  calories  per  kilogram  body  weight. 

ANIMAL  PEODIJCTION. 

Meat  situation  in  the  United  States,  I-IV  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Rpts.  109 
{1916),  pp.  307,  pi.  1,  figs.  31;  110  {1916),  pp.  100,  pis.  6;  111  {1916),  j)p.  64,  pls. 
5,  figs.  2;  112  {1916),  pp.  27). — This  portion  of  the  report  is  treated  in  four 
parts. 


1916]  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  667 

I,  Statistics  of  live  stock,  meat  production  and  consumption,  prices,  and  m- 
tcrnational  trade  lor  many  countries,  G.  K.  Holmes. — This  treats  of  the  num- 
ber of  meat  animals  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries,  meat  exports  and 
imports,  production  and  consumption,  losses  of  meat  animals,  prices,  meat- 
producing  conditions  in  other  countries,  and  conditions  and  problems  in  the 
United  States.  Under  this  last  heading  are  treated  local  origin  of  cattle  for 
slaughter  and  feeding,  age  of  beef  cattle,  yearly  marketings  of  meat  animals, 
yearly  slaughterings  at  principal  places,  increase  of  retail  over  wholesale  price, 
and  1-year  tenancies. 

II.  Live-stock  production  in  the  eleven  far  western  range  States.  Based  on 
reports  from  stockmen  and  cotintij  correspondents,  W.  C.  Barnes  and  J.  T. 
.Tardine. — The  data  contained  in  this  report  are  based  upon  studios  made  in  the 
summer  of  1914  of  conditions  in  Arizon,  California,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana, 
Nevada,  New  Mexico,  Oregon,  Utah,  Washington,  and  Wyoming. 

The  studies  sliow  that  in  these  11  States  there  was  an  estimated  reduction 
of  859,120  cattle  and  4,537,578  sheep  in  1914,  as  compared  with  1910.  Con- 
sidering four  sheep  as  the  equivalent  of  one  cow,  this  means  a  reduction  of  ap- 
I)roximately  13  per  cent  in  live  stock  (cattle  and  sheep).  The  entry  and 
settlement  of  approximately  85,500,000  acres  of  lands  in  these  States  since  1909 
has  resulted  in  a  decrease  of  approximately  16  per  cent  in  live-stock  production 
since  1910  due  to  the  breaking  up  of  ranges  formerly  used  as  breeding  grounds 
for  cattle  and  sheep.  High  prices  and  general  farm  development  in  the  range 
region  have  resulted  in  increased  winter  feeding  of  range  live  stuck,  thereby  re- 
ducing the  amount  of  range  necessary  per  animal,  and  consequently  in  part 
offsetting  the  decrease  due  to  settlement.  "  Uncertainty  as  to  future  condi- 
tions, difficulty  of  securing  money  for  purchase  of  breeding  stock,  increase  in 
value  of  land  and  dairy  products,  improvement  in  grade  and  weight  of  animals 
at  the  expense  of  numbers,  drought  and  severe  winters,  and  range  deteriora- 
tion have  had  some  effect  in  bringing  about  decreases  in  numbers  during  a  part 
of  the  period  1910-1914,  but,  considering  this  period  as  a  whole,  these  factors 
had  only  a  small  influence  in  the  aggregate." 

As  regards  the  possibilities  of  increased  production  in  the  future  the  investi- 
gations indicate  that  there  will  probably  be  an  increase  of  15  per  cent  in  the 
next  ten  years,  from  1915  to  1924,  inclusive,  because  settlers  on  approximately 
100.000,000  acres  of  range  lands  settled  since  1905  will  turn  to  raising  live 
stock ;  the  carrying  capacity  of  summer  range  within  National  Forests  will  in- 
crease probably  15  per  cent,  and  winter  feeding  adjacent  to  National  Forest 
ranges  will  probably  increase  accordingly;  and  better  management  of  stock, 
both  on  farms  and  on  the  range,  will  result  in  greater  economy  in  the  use  of 
forage  and,  consequently,  will  increase  the  number  of  stock  produced  with  a 
given  amount  of  forage. 

From  a  study  of  the  cost  of  production,  it  is  concluded  that  for  sections  of 
the  West  where  winter  feeding  is  practiced  the  man  who  contemplates  substi- 
tuting live  stock  for  other  forms  of  agriculture  should  figure  on  a  cost  of  ap- 
proximately .$30  for  the  production  of  a  good  yearling,  and  .$45  for  the  produc- 
tion of  a  good  long  2-year-old ;  this  cost  to  include  labor,  market  value  of  feeds, 
taxes,  loss,  bull  service,  and  any  depreciation  of  breeding  stock.  In  sections  of 
these  same  States  where  only  a  part  of  the  stock  is  fed  in  winter  the  cost  of 
producing  a  yearling  may  be  set  at  approximately  $25,  and  of  a  2-year-old  at 
$35.  In  the  range  sections  of  the  Southwest  the  cost  of  producing  a  yearling 
may  be  set  at  from  $15  to  $19,  varying  greatly  with  the  number  of  calves  per 
100  cows,  and  the  cost  of  producing  a  long  2-year-old  at  approximately  from 
$20  to  $25.  The  average  weight  given  for  a  2-year-old  steer  in  the  feeding  sec- 
tions is  960  lbs.     At  $45  as  the  cost  of  production,  the  cost  per  pound  is  about 


668 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.35 


4.6  cts.  For  Arizona  anrl  New  Mexico  the  average  weight  of  a  2-year-old  steer 
is  given  as  775  lbs.  At  S25  for  production  the  cost  per  pound  is  a  little  over  S2 
cts.  For  the  Southvrest.  hazard  due  to  the  exceptional  loss  in  time  of  pro- 
longed drought  is  not  fully  covered  in  the  above  costs. 

On  the  basis  of  the  report  of  the  TJ.  S.  Tariff  Board  of  1911  together  with 
modific-ations  to  bring  the  figures  down  to  1914,  it  is  estimated  that  the  cost  of 
producing  a  lamb  in  California  Ls  S1..5o,  in  Arizona.  Colorado,  and  New  Mexico, 
SI. 71.  and  in  Idaho.  Montana.  Nevada,  Oregon.  Utah.  Washington,  and  Wyom- 
ing. S1.S2.  These  figures  cover  loss  and  depreciation,  provide  for  interest  on 
capital  invested  Ln  land,  improvements,  and  equipment,  and  include  wool  at 
market  price. 

A  brief  discussion  is  given  of  conditions  in  each  State  included  tn  the  investi- 
gations. 

III.  Methods  and  cost  of  growing  he^f  cattle  in  the  corn-belt  States,  3.  S. 
Cotton,  M.  O.  Cooper.  W.  F.  Ward,  and  S.  H.  Ray.— The  object  of  thLs  study 
was  to  determine  as  accurately  as  i)OSsible  the  cost  of  producing  beef  animals 
om  corn-belt  farms.  In  order  to  get  signific-ant  figures,  .o96  records  were  obtained 
from  farms  chosen  at  random  in  the  States  of  Indiana,  Illinois.  Minnesota, 
Iowa,  Missouri.  South  Dakota.  Nebraska,  and  Kansas.  An  effort  was  made  to 
get  at  least  20  records  in  a  locality.  The  farms  vi.sited  in  the  various  States 
ranged  in  size  from  an  average  of  294  acres  in  Indiana  and  Illinois  to  .566  in 
Kansas.  The  value  per  acre  ranged  from  $-59  in  Indiana  to  $17.5  in  Iowa. 
Records  were  procured  on  14.634  cows  and  621  bulls,  and  on  12,591  calves  pro- 
duced from  them,  of  which  2.023  were  fattened  for  baby  beef. 

The  records  were  arranged  in  sis  groups,  classified  as  (1)  beef  (farms  where 
all  the  cows  are  kept  strictly  for  beef,  but  not  including  farms  producing  baby 
beef;  (2)  baby  beef  f  farms  on  which  the  breeding  herds  are  maintained  for  the 
production  of  high-grade  calves  which  are  fattene<l  on  the  same  farm  and  sold 
at  from  12  to  18  months  of  age)  ;  (3)  dual  purpose  (farms  on  which  all  of 
the  cows  are  milked,  and  either  cream  or  butter  sold,  the  calves  being  weaned 
at  birth  and  rai.sed  on  skim  milk)  ;  (4)  mixed  (farms  on  which  the  practice  is 
to  milk  the  best  c-ows,  their  calves  being  weaned  at  birth  and  fed  skim  milk, 
the  calves  from  the  other  cows  being  allowed  to  run  with  their  dams  as  in  the 
beef  group)  ;  fo)  partially  milked  f farms  on  which  the  calves  are  not  weaned, 
but  on  which  a  part  of  the  milk  is  drawn  from  the  cow.  the  calf  taking  the 
remainder)  ;  and  f6)  double  nursing  r farms  where  some  of  the  cows  are  milked 
and  their  calves  given  to  other  cows,  the  latter  raising  two  calves  each).  The 
results  are  considered  representative  of  the  present-day  operations  of  the  corn- 
belt  stock  farm.  The  following  table  shows  for  the  six  groups  the  various 
factors  that  make  up  the  cost  of  producing  a  yearling : 

Summary  of  the  various  factors  that  make  up  the  cost  of  producing  a  yearling. 


Item. 


^^  Baby 


Nnmberoftanns I  230  M  110  102  65  22 

AversT"  n^inT--*' of -WW"  per  ferm !        31.30  I        34.5«  12.75  23.47  14.29  17.32 

Cost'-.''    "    " -  -  reedin?  herd 

f-  .[ 

Ket  CTjet  of  matntalniDg  a  bull I     J42.27 

Calf  crop: 

Percentage  of  crm%  raising  calves  to 

■weaning  time 

Ntiinber  of  calvea  per  ball. 

«  The  rtatement  for  th«  baby-beef  groop  glvea  Rgarm  on  th«  calves  ontfl  they  an  marketed  at  zpTproxi' 

waUIj  15  months  of  aj^. 


J3.5.12 

$4.79 

S30.33 


S4.go 

20.90 


I36.77 

«.30 

S31.38 

$S3.26 


90.70 
25.30 


Deal 
porpcee. 


Mixed. 


Partially 
mlllced. 


$5.0.14 

S49.07 

S6.07 

$37.51 


83.90 
10.70 


$43.9.5 
$24.72  i 
$19.23 
$46.79 


87.50 
18.50 


$42.75 
$21.43 
$21.32 
$34.14 


90.10 
12.60 


Doabto 
nuiaing. 


$4«.dO 
$33.28 
$13.24 
$40.53 


92.10 
15.00 


1916]  A2fIMAL   PBODrCTIOX.  669 

Summary  of  the  rarioug  factors  that  mak<^  up  the  cost  of  frodmdmg  •  fesr- 

linr — ContmoedL 


Item. 


BeeL 


BAbi 


Do&l 

Mixed. 

Partiallv 

Doable 

paiposp. 

mii:?d. 

r.54 

$22.  :s 

sr  ~ 

$14.33 

$4.(3 

Si  91 

Sfv  >5 

$a.ca 

GI.S3 

$4.45 

$:.  :•:: 

$.-.25 

S2.56 

$1-11 

ssiei 

123.27 

$30.79 

$27.05 

$17. 8S 

99 

96 

57 

33 

10.57 

IS.  45 

11.16 

41.S 

■  taw 

•  $30.61 

•  S3S.S) 

$17.  S 

SS-SS 

$12.01 

$12.21 

$10. » 

$4.32 

$4.72 

$4.85 

$$.as 

S3S.49 

$47.  M 

$43.% 

$3i.a 

SI.!© 

$1.45 

$l->4 

$1-67 

j36.ao 

$^5.56 

$41.72 

$30.^ 

CoEtofraisiagac&l::;  -;-r_i:c  :i:^s; 

Cowcfaar^ i  J?:  r'        S.-J 

BoUcfaaise '  $"^ -•:          $2.3 

Pwd I  $. 

Labor 

Total  east  at  veasin|r  time $37.74  |     $?-. 

Cost  of  raising  a  3r«eiiins: 

Xmnber  of  Janus. j  190 

ATeneenmaber  of  ealTes  pa^  farsi...  34.45 

Cost  St  vaanrap  time. «$S5-3J    •>*' 

Wiater4Bedea6t $:2.S:;        *' 

Otbercbai^es $4.e2         *■ 

Grosseost j  $vi.l4        r,> 

Crsilits $'-.5;         *" 

Keican $:o.M         r~:.52 


•A  cbaica  ib  the  noniber  of  Anns  on  vtiicfa  tha  tahnhtinwi  of  tlie  ooEt  of  f  wlnrine  jwitinFJ  >s  based 
caoses  the  figmes  (Ml  OKt  of  calf  St  weanins  time  to  chaise  in  t2u5  part  <rf1b>  table. 

ft  Italic  ^aies  here  caU  attoitian  to  tlM  fact  tbat  tbe  baby-beef  anteal  is  caiiied  sonavkat  baywd  tka 
vearlins  stage. 

"The  data  obtained  indicate  that  the  keeping  of  catCe  for  berf  purposes 
alone  is  adapted  to  the  more  extensiTe  types  of  farming,  while  the  keeping  of 
cattle  primarily  for  beef  purposes,  but  where  an  income  is  also  obtained  from 
milk  products,  is  better  adapted  to  the  more  intensive  types  of  farming. 

"  The  averages  brought  out  in  this  investigation  would  seem  to  indicate  that 
profits  obrained  from  the  raising  of  calves  on  corn-belt  farms  are  very  smalL 
However,  the  following  facts  must  be  taken  into  consideration:  (1)  Good 
returns  have  been  obtained  for  a  large  quantity  of  roughage  which,  had  it  not 
been  utilized  by  live  stock,  would  have  been  waste:  (2)  a  home  market  has 
been  provided  for  salable  crops:  (3)  on  many  farms  a  large  acreage  suitable 
to  pasture  only  has  been  utilized:  v^)  profitable  employment  is  provided  for  a 
season  of  the  year  when  labor  otherwise  might  be  idle:  (5)  a  return  is  ob- 
tained for  capital  invested  in  equipment  which,  in  many  instances,  were  it  not 
utilized  by  live  stock,  would  return  nothing:  and  (6)  when  the  farmer  merely 
breaks  even  he  has  at  least  made  6  per  cent  interest  on  the  money  he  has 
invested  in  the  cattle  business.  When  all  of  these  factors  are  taken  into  cuMi- 
sideration.  even  though  there  appears  to  be  little  or  no  profit,  it  is  b^ieved  that 
in  most  cases  the  farm  income  is  greater  because  of  cattle  having  been  ki^ 
on  the  farm." 

rr.  rtUizaiion  and  cadency  of  acoiJalile  AmericaH  fecd^tuffs,  W.  F.  Ward 
and  S.  H.  Ray. — In  this  study  the  total  loss  to  farmers  from  the  waste  of  com 
fodder  and  straw  is  estimated  at  about  SlOiSdO.OOO  each  year. 

In  1914  about  120,000.000  tons  of  straw  was  produced  in  the  United  States. 
Of  this.  55  per  cent  was  fed  to  live  stock,  while  15  per  cent  was  burned.  S  p«r 
cent  sold,  and  22  per  cent  plowed  under  or  otherwise  disposed  of.  It  is  sug- 
gested that  greater  publicity  concerning  the  value  of  straw,  its  use  as  a  fillCT 
in  commercial  feeds,  and  in  various  mantifactures,  might  aid  somewhat  in 
preventing  its  waste. 

Corn  stover  produced  in  the  United  States  is  estimated  at  245.253^000  tons, 
of  which  S1.5  per  cent  was  fed  to  cattle  and  other  stock.  No  data  were  ob- 
tained as  to  the  percentage  wasted  in  feeding,  but  is  estimated  as  at  least  35 
per  cent.  This  waste  can  be  checked  through  the  use  of  better  methods  for 
feeding  fodder  and  stover,  and  it  can  be  almost  entirely  stopped  through  the  use 
of  silos.    Of  the  total  amount  of  stover  produced  S.7  per  cent  was  burned.  10:2 


670  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

per  cent  plowed  under,  and  the  rest  sold  or  disposed  of  in  other  ways.  Empha- 
sis is  put  on  the  advantage  of  using  as  large  an  amount  as  possible  of  these 
materials  for  silage,  only  8.1  per  cent  of  the  corn  acreage  now  being  used  in 
this  way. 

To  feed  the  large  quantities  of  straw  and  stover  now  wasted  would  necessi- 
tate the  feeding  of  large  quantities  of  concentrated  feeds  which  are  now  dis- 
posed of  in  a  less  economical  manner.  For  instance,  more  than  810,000  tons 
of  cotton-seed  meal  was  used  in  six  southern  States  in  1914  for  fertilizer.  If 
this  had  been  fed  to  live  stock  and  the  manure  used  for  fertilizer  the  value 
of  the  meal  would  have  been  increased  from  50  to  85  per  cent.  This  is  true 
of  all  the  oil  meals  used  for  both  fertilizer  and  feeding  purposes.  The  food 
value  of  these  concentrated  protein  materials  can  be  further  increased  through 
the  more  extensive  use  of  silage. 

A  nation-wide  campaign  to  teach  the  value  and  use  of  food-unit  values  for 
all  the  more  common  feeding  stuffs  is  advocated. 

More  experimental  study  of  spineless  cactus  as  a  feeding  stuff  is  suggested. 
Common  sugar  cane  and  Japanese  sugar  cane  are  regarded  as  very  promising 
forage  crops  for  the  extreme  South,  while  the  utilization  of  the  by-products 
of  sugar  cane,  such  as  cane  tops,  bagasse,  and  blackstrap  molasses,  may  afford 
large  savings  in  the  cane-growing  section.  Feterita  and  Sudan  grass  are  deemed 
promising  for  the  semiarid  West,  Sudan  grass  as  an  important  hay  crop  in 
other  sections  of  the  country,  and  teosinte  in  the  extreme  South. 

Silage  crops  are  deemed  more  economical  than  roots  and  serve  almost  the 
same  purpose.  The  animal  by-products,  such  as  tankage,  fish  meal,  etc.,  are 
excellent  feeds  for  hogs,  but  are  little  used  for  cattle.  Dried  brewers'  grains 
and  distillers'  by-products  are  in  general  use  and  are  generally  fed  with  care. 
Improvements  could  probably  be  made  in  the  method  of  feeding  the  slop  by 
the  use  of  other  concentrated  feeds  and  some  dry  roughage.  Canning  factory 
refuse  could  be  increased  in  value  by  storing  in  silos  rather  than  in  huge  piles 
in  the  open.  Beet  pulp  is  usually  handled  in  an  economical  manner  and  com- 
paratively little  of  it  is  wasted. 

Investigation  in  animal  nutrition:  Beef  production,  T.  L.  Haeckeb  {Minne- 
sota Sta.  Bui.  155  (1916),  pp.  3-3i )  .—During  the  winter  of  1907-8  a  series  of 
experiments  was  inaugurated  with  beef-bred  calves  to  determine  their  compo- 
sition by  making  a  complete  chemical  analysis  of  a  fairly  representative  one 
at  each  period  of  100  lbs.  gain  in  weight,  and  also  to  keep  a  complete  record 
of  all  food  consumed  by  each  animal  and  the  dry  matter  and  digestible  nutrients 
required  for  production  to  the  various  stages  of  growth.  The  records  of  five 
groups  are  given  and  commented  upon. 

The  calves  received  from  8  to  10  lbs.  of  whole  milk  per  day  for  two  or  three 
weeks,  according  to  the  judgment  of  the  feeder,  and  then  a  gradual  change 
was  made  to  separator  skim  milk.  The  roughage  fed  was  choice  upland  prairie 
hay  and  corn  silage.  The  concentrates  were  farm  grains  and  their  standard 
by-products,  such  as  bran,  flour  middlings,  and  oil  meal.  All  the  steers  were 
kept  in  the  barn  during  their  lifetime,  except  that  half  the  steers  from  three 
groups  were  turned  to  pasture  when  they  were  one  year  old.  During  the  first 
year  they  were  all  kept  in  small  portable  stalls.  During  the  second  year  those 
that  were  retained  in  the  barn  on  continuous  stall-feeding  had  the  freedom 
of  a  runway  in  the  barn  and  were  confined  in  portable  stanchions  only  while 
they  were  eating  their  rations.  Each  steer  always  received  as  much  hay  and 
silage  as  he  would  eat,  and  the  amount  of  grain  requir»^d  was  determined  by 
the  feeder.    The  following  table  presents  data  based  on  the  average  of  all  the 


1916] 


ANIMAL  PEODUCTION. 


671 


steers  in  the  five  groups,  showing  the  growth  during  tho  various  stages  and 
the  feed  requirements  found  neces.sary  to  convert  a  calf  into  a  1,200-lb.  steer, 
loady  for  marlvet,  in  approximately  two  years : 

Average  iceights  and  gains  per  steer,  feed  consumed  and  total  cost  of  feed 
consumed  per  steer,  and  cost  per  pound  of  gain. 


Period. 

Weight. 

Gain. 

Milk. 

Skim 

milk. 

Grain. 

Hay. 

Silage. 

Total 
cost  of 
feed 
con- 
sumed. 

Cost 

per 

pound 

of 
pain. 

Pounds. 
100 

Pounds. 
111.7 

109.2 
19.  6 
4111.6 
502. 5 
601.5 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 
244 
216 

Pounds. 

40 

879 

577 

163 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

e.'g' 

132.3 
332.3 
476.8 
417.1 

1, 36.5.  4 
306.6 
121.1 
377.0 
693.4 
871.3 
871.5 

3,240.9 

4,606.3 
1, 064. 4 
1,176.0 
1,736.0 

8, 582.  7 

$.3.28 
6.58 
4.94 
5.11 
5.56 
5.24 

30.71 
6.34 
7.62 
9.58 
9.19 
10.04 
11.34 

54.11 

84.82 
14.62 
14.91 
15.37 

129.  72 

Cents. 
10.6 
7.5 
4.9 
5.0 
5.5 
5.3 

6.3 
6.5 
7.5 
9.5 
9  3 

100-200 

87.5 
100.1 
102.0 
100.9 

99.0 

489.8 
96.8 
101.9 
101.2 

95.6 
198.1 
256.  0 
301.9 
286.8 

1,138.4 
354.6 
451.3 
575.9 
551.0 
625.6 
739.8 

3, 298. 2 

4,  436. 6 
834.5 
853. 3 
905.8 

7,030.2 

106.6 
236.7 
297.7 
333.8 
319.4 

1.294.2 
430.5 
515.2 
557.5 
459.2 
446.6 
490.5 

2, 899. 5 

4, 193. 7 
786.0 
770.0 
560.0 

6,309.7 

200-300 

300-400   

400-500 

500-600 

From  calf  to  12 
months 

460 

1,659 

600-700 

698.3 

800.2 

901.4 

1, 000.  6 

1, 100. 1 

1,200.9 

700-800 

800-900 

900-1,000 

99.2 
99.5 

1,000-1,100 

10  0 

1,100-1,200 

100.8 

599.4 

1,089.2 
101.6 
98.1 
99.4 

1, 388. 3 

11  2 

From  12  to  24 
months 

9  0 

From  calf  to  24 
months 

460 

1,659 

7  8 

1,200-1,300 

1, 302. 5 
1,  400. 6 
1, 500. 0 

14  4 

1,300-1,400 

15  2 

1,400-1,500 

15  4 

From    calf    to 
1,500  lbs 

460 

1,695 

9  3 

Data  on  two  of  the  groups  turned  out  to  pasture  as  yearlings  are  given. 
Their  weight  as  yearlings  averaged  601.9  lbs.  The  steers  were  returned  at  the 
proper  time,  weighing  an  average  of  707.6  lbs.,  and  after  a  week's  preliminary 
feeding  were  started  on  a  feeding  experiment.  They  were  kept  in  an  open 
runway,  but  twice  a  day  were  confined  to  stanchions  while  they  were  taking  their 
morning  and  evening  rations.  The  following  table  shows  the  average  gains 
made  and  feed  consumed : 

Summary  of  pasture  lots. 


Period. 


Average 

weight 

per 

steer. 


Average 

gain 

per 

steer. 


Grain 

consumed 

per 

steer. 


Hay     I    Sflage 

consumed  consumed 

per      j      per 

steer.         steer. 


Grain 

consumed 

daily 

per 

steer. 


Average 

daily 

gain 

per 

steer. 


Grain 

consumed 

per 

pound 

gain. 


Pounds. 

700-800 

800-900 

900-1,000 

1.000-1,100 

1,100-1,200 

Second  year 

First  year 


Pounds. 

801.8 

904.5 

997.6 

1,092.8 

1,204.4 


Pounds. 

94.2 

102.7 

93.1 

95.2 

111.6 

496.8 

480.6 


Pounds. 
234.8 
324.7 
423.3 
513.8 
582.7 
2,079.3 
1,132.3 


Pounds. 
175.0 
207.0 
254.4 
340.7 
254. 5 
1,231.6 
1,187.2 


Pounds. 
718.2 
1,106.0 
1,395.1 
1,282.6 
1,309.7 
5,811.6 
1,429.3 


Pounds. 
6.40 
7.10 
8.10 
9.20 
10.40 
8.23 
3.24 


Pounds. 
2.648 
2.276 
1.780 
1.699 
1.994 
1.99S 
1.374 


Pounds. 
2.40 
3.18 
4.56 
5.41 
5.22 
4.12 
2.35 


The  average  feed  cost  per  steer  for  the  first  year  was  $30.4S  and  for  the 
second  year  after  returning  from  pasture,  $35.84. 

The  difference  in  cost  of  production  between  the  steers  on  continuous  stall- 
feeding  and  those  turned  to  pasture  the  second  year  affords  data  on  the  benefits 
64968°— 16 6 


672  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   BJBC50BD.  [VoL  35 

derived  from  pasture.  The  pastured  steers  of  one  group  were  In  pasture  140 
days  and  gained  an  average  of  125  lbs.  per  head.  During  the  time  they  were 
on  stall  feed  the  average  cost  was  $61.70.  They  sold  for  7.75  cts.  per  pound, 
while  the  lot  on  continuous  stall-feeding  cost  $81.07  per  head  and  sold  for  8.25 
cts.  per  pound.  The  pastured  steers  brought  $23.16  net  per  head,  and  the  stall- 
fed  steers  $9.38,  so  that  the  pasture  saved  68.9  cts.  per  week  on  feed  cost  of  pro- 
duction. The  steers  of  the  other  group  were  in  pasture  153  days  and  gained  an 
average  of  44.4  lbs.  per  head.  The  stall-fed  steers  brought  an  average  of  $19.36 
net  per  head,  and  the  pastured  steers  $26.26.  Even  under  the  small  gain  made 
they  saved  31.4  cts.  per  week  per  head  on  feed  cost  of  production. 

[Animal  husbandry]  (Nebraska  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  X,  XI,  XV,  XVI). — 
In  an  experiment  in  pig  feeding,  carried  on  to  determine  the  relative  value** 
of  tankage  and  alfalfa  hay  in  supplying  protein  to  a  ration  in  which  ear  corn 
and  shelled  corn  were  used,  the  results  showed  that  the  cheapest  gains  were 
made  on  a  ration  of  ear  corn  and  alfalfa  hay.  The  addition  of  tankage  to 
a  ration  of  shelled  corn  and  alfalfa  increased  the  rate  of  gain  and  lowered  the 
cost  of  gain  when  compared  with  shelled  corn  and  alfalfa  hay.  However,  this 
cost  was  higher  than  the  cost  of  gains  made  with  ear  corn  and  alfalfa  hay. 

Seven  lots  of  lambs  were  fed  90  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  com  and  oil  meal  on 
grass  pasture ;  lot  3,  corn,  alfalfa  hay,  and  silage ;  lot  4,  corn,  alfalfa  hay,  rape 
pasture,  and  turnips ;  and  lot  6,  com  and  alfalfa  hay  in  a  dry  lot ;  lots  2,  5,  and 
7  running  in  a  cornfield  and  receiving  in  addition  cotton-seed  cake  and  alfalfa 
hay,  alfalfa  hay,  and  oil  meal  and  alfalfa  hay,  respectively,  after  frost.  The 
gains  made  varied  from  0.18  to  0.27  lb.  per  day.  The  net  profits  for  the  lots  1 
to  7  were  $1.22  and  97,  91,  87,  68,  68,  and  66  cts.,  respectively.  In  this  experiment 
the  lambs  upon  grass  pasture  with  corn  and  oil  meal  made  materially  better 
gains  than  any  other  lot.  The  lot  running  in  a  cornfield  receiving  alfalfa  hay 
after  frost  did  not  make  as  favorable  gains  as  could  normally  be  expected,  owing 
to  disturbances  while  the  feeding  experiment  was  in  progress. 

Experiments  in  pork  production  at  the  North  Platte  substation  indicate  that 
stewing  or  cooking  alfalfa  has  increased  the  rate  of  gain  slightly  and  slightly 
decreased  the  food  eaten  per  pound  of  gain.  However,  the  cost  of  stewing  the 
alfalfa  probably  was  greater  than  the  advantages  gained.  The  proportions  of 
corn,  tankage,  and  alfalfa  hay  eaten  from  self-feeders  by  fall  shotes  during  the 
winter,  where  skim  milk  formed  a  part  of  the  ration,  were  corn  85.1,  alfalfa  hay 
8.1,  and  tankage  6.8.  The  food  consumed  per  pound  of  gain  was  corn  2.915  lbs., 
alfalfa  hay  0.278,  tankage  0.235,  and  skim  milk  2.58  lbs. 

Three  lots  of  lambs  were  fed  during  a  winter  as  follows :  Lot  1,  corn  and 
alfalfa ;  lot  2,  corn,  alfalfa,  and  cotton-seed  cake ;  and  lot  3,  corn,  corn  silage, 
and  alfalfa.  The  lot  fed  silage  made  a  trifle  larger  gain,  about  2.5  lbs.  per 
head  per  week.  The  lambs  fed  cotton-seed  cake  gave  a  little  more  profit  than 
those  fed  either  of  the  other  two  rations,  but  probably  not  sufficiently  greater  to 
warrant  the  feeding  of  cotton-seed  cake  when  the  price  is  much  above  $30  per 
ton.  Silage  at  $4  per  ton  was  so  expensive  that  the  ration  containing  it  pro- 
duced less  profit  than  either  of  the  other  two  rations.  The  cost  per  pound  of 
gain  on  a  ration  of  com  and  alfalfa  hay  was  5.7  cts. 

Hogging  down  soy  beans  and  cowpeas,  E.  S.  Good  and  M.  J.  Smith  (Ken- 
tucky Sta.  Bui.  201  (1916),  pp.  139-1^,  figs.  2).— Three  lots  of  90-lb.  pigs  were 
fed  as  follows :  Lot  1,  hogging  down  soy  beans  plus  corn  meal  equal  to  2  per 
cent  of  their  body  weight ;  lot  2,  hogging  down  soy  beans  without  corn ;  and  lot 
3,  hogging  down  cowpeas  and  corn  meal  equal  to  2  per  cent  of  their  body 
weight.  The  average  daily  gains  made  were  1.3,  0.261,  and  0.303  lbs.  per  pig, 
and  the  cost  per  pound  of  gain,  including  cost  of  seed  sown,  plowing  and  cul- 
tivation,  rent  of  land,   labor  involved   in   feeding,   and   corn   consumed,   was 


191«1  DAIRY   FARMTtfG DAIBYINQ.  673 

4.54,  12,52,  and  21.73  cts.,  for  the  respective  lots.  The  total  fertilizing  value 
of  the  respective  lots  was  estimated  to  be  $17.68,  $12.93,  and  $3.61. 

The  results  indicate  that  it  is  not  profitable  to  hog  down  soy  beans  (grain) 
unless  a  supplementary  feed  is  given,  for  only  110  lbs.  of  pork  were  produced 
per  acre  with  such  a  procedure,  which  did  not  pay  for  the  seed  sown,  cost  of 
cultivation,  and  rent  of  land. 

It  was  found  highly  profitable  to  hog  down  soy  beans  when  a  supplementary 
feed,  such  as  corn,  was  given,  for  the  lot  of  hogs  receiving  2  per  cent  of  its 
weight  in  corn  meal  daily  produced  825  lbs.  of  pork  per  acre  at  a  cost  of  4.54 
cts.  per  pound  gain.  Valuing  pork  at  7  cts.  per  pound,  the  net  value  of  pork 
produced  by  this  acre  of  soy  beans  was  $20.32,  which,  with  $17.68  for  the 
fertility  left  on  this  acre  of  ground,  would  make  a  total  of  $38.  It  was  not 
found  profitable  to  hog  down  cowpeas,  even  if  supplemented  with  corn  meal. 

The  acre  of  soy  beans  hogged  off  with  a  supplementary  feed  of  corn  produced 
feed  for  10  hogs  for  21  days  and  for  20  hogs  for  an  additional  21  days.  The  acre 
of  soy  beans  with  no  corn  produced  feed  for  10  hogs  for  21  days  and  for  15 
hogs  for  an  additional  14  days.  The  acre  of  cowpeas  hogged  off  with  a  sup- 
plementary feed  of  corn  meal  given  the  hogs  furnished  feed  for  15  hogs  for  22 
days. 

Cooperative  live-stock  shipping  associations  in  Minnesota,  E.  D.  Durand 
(Minnesota  Sta.  Bui.  156  (1916),  pp.  5-29,  figs.  5).— This  bulletin  treats  of  the 
general  character  of  the  cooperative  live-stock  shipping-association  movement, 
the  number  and  location  of  such  associations  in  Minnesota,  and  their  dis- 
tribution and  volume  of  business,  and  gives  suggestions  for  conducting  the 
business  and  method  of  organization,  including  a  suggested  constitution  and 
by-laws.  The  text  of  the  Minnesota  laws  governing  cooperative  associations 
is  appended. 

Stallion  enrollment. — V,  The  stallion  enrollment  law  and  the  farmer, 
H.  E.  McCaetney  (Indiana  Sta.  Circ.  52  (1916),  pp.  16,  fig.  1). — An  explanation 
of  the  Indiana  stallion-enrollment  law  and  the  benefits  of  the  law.  It  is  shown 
that  during  the  two  years  in  which  the  law  has  been  in  operation  there  has  been 
a  decided  increase  in  pure-bred  stallions  and  jacks  and  a  decrease  in  grades 
and  scrubs. 

Announcement  regarding  the  egg-laying  contest,  J.  J.  Hoopeb  and  R.  H. 
WiLKiNS  (Kentucky  Sta.  Circ.  12  (1916),  pp.  27-39,  figs.  5).— This  is  an  an- 
nouncement of  an  egg-laying  contest  to  be  held  at  the  Kentucky  Experiment 
Station,  beginning  November  1,  1916,  together  with  the  rules  and  regulations 
governing  the  same. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

[Pairjring]  (Nebraska  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  XI-XIII). — Three  years'  experi- 
mental work  to  test  the  relative  values  of  alfalfa  hay  and  corn  silage  in  milk 
production  indicates  that  with  the  quality  of  silage  and  alfalfa  hay  which 
has  been  fed  in  these  experiments,  when  corn  silage  is  worth  $3.50  per  ton 
to  produce  milk,  alfalfa  hay  is  worth  $8  per  ton.  This  would  indicate  that 
where  alfalfa  hay  is  cheap  and  abundant  the  use  of  silage  will  not  lessen  the 
cost  of  milk  production  unless  it  can  be  produced  at  a  lower  cost  than  was 
charged  for  it  in  these  experiments. 

Corn  silage  has  given  more  favorable  results  than  alfalfa  silage,  due  largely 
to  the  improper  fermentation  of  alfalfa  silage,  which  affected  its  palatability. 
Recent  experiments  have  shown  that  a  mixture  of  one-half  green  sorghum  with 
one-half  green  alfalfa  makes  a  good  quality  of  silage,  but  the  feeding  value  of 
this  mixture  has  not  been  compared  with  corn  silage. 


674  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

A  plan  for  a  soiling  crop  on  the  basis  of  ten  cows  and  adapted  to  Nebraska 
conditions  is  given.  Experiments  indicate  that  milk  fat  produced  from  soiling 
crops  will  be  more  expensive  than  where  produced  upon  silage  or  pasture 
Among  the  soiling  crops  used  alfalfa  produced  milk  and  milk  fat  at  the  lowest 
cost. 

The  feeding  of  dairy  cows,  H.  Rabild,  H.  P.  Davis,  and  W.  K.  Brainebd 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bid.  74S  (1916),  pp.  23). — This  discusses  the  fac- 
tors involved  in  the  economical  selection  of  feeds  and  methods  of  feeding, 
including  a  discussion  of  various  feeding  stuffs  and  suggested  rations. 

Cost  of  milk  and  fat  on  pasture  and  in  stable  {Ann.  Rpt.  Ontario  Agr.  Col. 
and  Expt.  Farm.,  4I  {1915),  p.  31). — During  the  months  of  June,  July,  August, 
and  September  32  cows  were  pastured  and  15  cows  were  fed  in  the  stable  on 
rations  identical  with  those  used  in  the  winter.  The  results  were  that  group 
1  produced  milk  at  an  average  of  45.1  cts.  per  100  lbs.  and  butter  fat  at  11 
cts.  per  pound,  and  group  2,  m.ilk  at  86  cts.  per  100  lbs.  and  butter  fat  at  22 
cts.  per  pound. 

Fourth  report  on  the  cost  of  food  in  the  production  of  milk  in  the  counties 
of  Kent  and  Surrey,  G.  H.  Garrad  (Southeast.  Agr.  Col.  Wye,  Rpt.  Cost  Food 
Prod.  Milk  4  (1915),  pp.  95). — This  is  a  continuation  of  work  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  276).  Data  on  the  cost  of  feed  in  the  production  of  milk 
for  the  period  from  May  1,  1914,  to  May  1,  1915,  and  a  brief  summary  of 
the  results  of  the  past  three  years'  work  are  given. 

ft  appears  that  the  more  milk  a  cow  gives  the  cheaper  becomes  the  cost 
of  feed  per  gallon,  and  the  most  economical  herds  are  those  that  yield  well  on 
a  normal  ration.  There  was  a  difference  of  about  5.5  cts.  per  gallon  (nearly 
12.5  cts.  per  day)  between  the  cost  of  feeding  in  the  six  summer  months  (May 
1  to  October  31)  and  the  six  winter  months  (November  1  to  April  30),  the 
figures  being  5.84  cts.  per  gallon  in  the  summer  and  11.32  cts.  in  the  winter. 
The  effect  of  a  dry  summer  is  felt  not  merely  in  increasing  the  cost  of  pro- 
duction of  summer  milk,  but  also  in  increasing  the  cost  of  the  winter  milk, 
because  the  natural  result  of  a  dry  summer  is  a  short  crop,  i.  e.,  an  expensive 
crop,  of  roots  and  fodder. 

In  every  year  the  cost  of  feeding,  per  gallon,  has  been  iialf  as  much  again 
on  the  most  expensive  farm  as  on  the  cheapest  farm.  The  16  cheapest  herds 
(7.08  cts.  per  gallon)  cost  16.28  cts.  per  cow  per  day  for  feed  and  averaged  2.3 
gal.  of  milk.  The  16  most  expensive  herds  (10.06  cts.  per  gallon)  cost  21.82  cts. 
per  cow  per  day  and  averaged  2.17  gal.  of  milk. 

Cost  of  food  in  the  production  of  milk,  C.  Crowther  and  A.  G.  Ruston 
(Univ.  Leeds  and  Yorkshire  Council  Agr.  Ed.  [Pa7nphlet]  88  (1913),  pp.  32;  91 
(1914),  pp.  JfO;  98  (1915),  pp.  37,  pis.  2). — In  these  reports  data  are  given  on 
the  production  of  milk  in  ten  herds  under  study,  the  value  of  the  milk,  the  feed 
consumed,  the  cost  of  feeding,  and  the  milk-fat  percentage.  See  also  a  previous 
note  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  278). 

Announcement  of  the  California  state  dairy  cow  competition,  1916—1918, 
F.  W.  WoLL  (California  Sta.  Circ.  153  (1916),  pp.  8). — An  announcement  of 
and  regulations  governing  a  dairy-cow  competition  to  be  held  at  the  College  of 
Agriculture  of  the  University  of  California  are  given. 

The  bacteria  of  milk  freshly  drawn  from  normal  udders,  Alice  C.  Evans 
(Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  437-476).— This  study  included 
192  samples  of  milk  from  161  cows  of  five  different  dairies  in  two  widely  dis- 
tant sections  of  the  country.  No  consideration  was  given  to  those  types  of  bac- 
teria which  occurred  in  the  udder  in  small  numbers.  All  the  cultures  which 
w<  re  studied  in  detail  and  included  in  this  report  represent  bacteria  which  were 
multiplying  in  the  udder  and  were  found  in  the  milk  in  considerable  numbers. 


1916]  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING.  675 

In  32  samples,  bacteria  were  not  multiplying  in  numbers  worth  considering. 
Three  types  of  bacteria  were  found  commonly  present  in  milk  from  all  five  dairies ; 
they  were  streptococci,  staphylococci,  and  bacilli.  The  ordinary  milk-souring 
organism,  Streptococcus  lacticus,  was  not  found  in  any  of  the  samples  of  milk. 
It  does  not  appear  to  localize  and  multiply  in  the  udder.  Long-chained  strepto- 
cocci which  failed  to  give  the  reduction  of  litmus  in  milk  cultures  characteristic 
for  S.  lacticus  were  isolated  from  29  samples.  The  highest  number  found  per 
cubic  centimeter  was  2G4,000.  Micrococci  were  found  in  113  samples,  the  high- 
est number  found  per  cubic  centimeter  being  80,000. 

The  majority  of  the  micrococci  were  shown  to  belong  to  one  group,  which 
agrees  in  characteristics  with  the  pyogenic  staphylococci.  The  majority  of  cul- 
tures of  this  type  were  nonvirulent,  but  some  cultures  were  virulent,  and  two 
cultures  possessed  such  a  high  degree  of  virulence  that  inoculated  rabbits  died 
in  about  16  hours.  Three  other  types  of  micrococci  from  the  udder  gave  reac- 
tions which  differed  from  those  of  the  pyogenic  staphylococci  sufficiently  to  sep- 
arate them  into  distinct  groups.  One  of  these  groups  is  described,  but  no  name 
is  suggested  for  it  because  of  the  small  number  of  cultures  studied.  Another 
group  was  identified  with  Micrococcus  luteus,  according  to  Winslow's  classifica- 
tion. The  third  group  was  characterized  by  the  rapid  and  complete  peptoniza- 
tion of  milk,  and  the  name  M.  caseolyticus  is  suggested  for  this  group. 

Peculiar  strains  of  the  types  of  bacteria  commonly  present  in  freshly  drawn 
milk  were  sometimes  found  localized  in  the  udders  of  several  cows  of  one 
dairy.  A  few  cases  were  found  of  peculiar  species,  unlike  any  of  the  other 
udder  organisms,  localized  in  this  same  way. 

The  bacilli  commonly  present  in  milk  from  all  five  dairies  were  shown  to 
be  related  to  Bacillus  abortus.  Three  varieties  of  this  type  were  distin- 
guished. The  variety  occurring  most  frequently  was  designated  B.  abortus, 
variety  lipolyticus,  because  it  decomposes  milk  fat.  In  its  cultural  character- 
istics this  variety  agrees  closely  with  Bang's  original  description  of  B.  abortus. 
Cultures  of  this  variety  were  shown  to  be  capable  of  imparting  undesirable 
flavors  and  odors  to  cream  kept  under  conditions  to  which  cream  is  frequently 
subjected.  Two  other  varieties  of  B.  abortus  type  differed  considerably  from 
the  lipolyticus  variety,  but  resembled  the  cultures  isolated  from  pathogenic 
sources  and  studied  for  comparison.  Cultures  of  B.  abortus  type  were  isolated 
from  45  of  the  192  samples  studied.  The  highest  number  of  these  bacilli 
found  per  cubic  centimeter  was  50,000. 

The  author  concludes  that  "  there  is  a  definite  udder  flora  comprising  bacteria 
which  belong  to  parasitic  types.  It  is  not  surprising  that  the  majority  of  udder 
bacteria  should  be  of  the  same  type  as  those  common  on  the  skin  and  mucous 
membrane  of  man  and  animals.  The  majority  of  the  staphylococci  on  the  skin 
are  of  the  nonvirulent  variety,  which  fails  to  produce  pigment  and  fails  to 
ferment  mannite.  But  pathogenic  varieties  also  are  found  on  the  skin,  where 
they  ordinarily  cause  no  trouble.  Similarly,  the  majority  of  the  staphylococci 
of  the  udder  are  nonvirulent,  but  varieties  which  are  capable  of  causing  death 
when  inoculated  into  experimental  animals  occasionally  establish  themselves 
in  healthy  udders.  Whatever  the  variety  may  be,  conditions  in  the  udder  are 
favorable  to  multiplication,  and  frequently  large  numbers  are  eliminated  in  the 
milk. 

"  The  pathogenic  properties  of  the  streptococci  and  bacilli  common  in  milk 
when  it  leaves  the  udder  are  not  discussed  in  this  paper,  but  they  also  are 
parasitic  in  their  nature. 

"  When  a  bacterial  culture  is  tested  for  its  pathogenic  properties  the  body 
tissues  and  fluids  are  exposed  directly  to  the  toxins  of  the  culture  in  question. 
When  organisms  enter  into  the  digestive  tract  with  the  food  the  circumstances 


676  EXPERIMENT  STATION   BECOBD.  [Vol.35 

are  different,  for  the  body  tissues  and  fluids  are  protected  by  the  mucous  mem- 
branes against  the  ravages  of  the  bacteria  that  enter  with  the  food.  Therefore 
it  can  not  be  assumed  that  bacteria  which  are  pathogenic  to  inoculated  laboratory 
animals  would  be  injurious  to  human  beings  when  present  in  the  milk  consumed. 
It  is  a  subject  worthy  of  investigation.  But  since  the  bacteria  of  the  udder 
are  parasitic  in  their  nature,  and  since  pathogenic  varieties  are  sometimes 
eliminated  in  considerable  numbers  from  healthy  udders,  the  data  here  re- 
ported add  evidence  to  the  growing  conviction  that  all  milk  is  safer  for 
consumption  after  it  has  been  pasteurized." 

Studies  on  the  formation  of  gas  in  milk,  B.  W.  Hammeb  {Iowa  Sta.  Re- 
search Bui.  21/  {1916),  pp.  3-16,  figs.  S). — Gas  forming  organisms  were  isolated 
from  several  cases  of  gassy  curds  and  their  action  on  milk  both  alone  and  in 
combination  with  Bacterium  lactis  acidi  was  studied. 

"  The  curds  secured  with  the  gas  formers  alone  did  not  resemble  the  original 
curd,  since  but  a  small  amount  of  gas  was  held  in  the  curd,  while  double  inocu- 
lations gave  extremely  gassy  curds.  It  is  probable  that  the  gassy  curds  occur 
with  the  double  inoculations,  because  a  firm  curd  which  will  retain  the  gas 
results  from  the  acid  produced  by  B.  lactis  acidi  while  the  gas  formation  is 
still  in  progress.  On  continued  transferring  the  gas  formers  lost  their  ability 
to  produce  extremely  gassy  curds  when  grown  in  combination  with  B.  lactis 
acidi,  and  this  was  accompanied  by  a  decreased  acid  production  in  inoculated 
milk  held  at  37°  C.  for  one  week.  It  seems  likely  that  the  decreased  acid  toler- 
ance is  responsible  for  the  failure  to  produce  extremely  gassy  curds.  Other 
cultures  of  gas  formers  grown  in  combination  with  B.  lactis  acidi  failed  to 
produce  extremely  gassy  curds,  probably  because  of  their  failure  to  grow  in 
the  presence  of  acid.  Cultures  of  B.  lactis  acidi  from  different  sources  seemed 
to  be  equally  effective  in  the  production  of  gassy  curds  when  grown  with  the 
gas  formers  isolated. 

"  B.  lactis  acidi  influenced  the  total  amount  of  gas  produced  by  the  gas 
former,  sometimes  increasing  it  and  sometimes  decreasing  it  at  37°,  and  always 
decreasing  it  at  room  temperature.  B.  lactis  acidi  influenced  the  type  of  curd 
formed  very  materially  because  of  the  part  it  played  in  causing  a  retention  of 
the  gas. 

"  The  gas-forming  organisms  from  the  four  cases  described  were  not  all  the 
same.    B.  communior  and  B.  cerogenes  were  the  two  types  encountered." 

Comparison  of  the  bacterial  count  of  milk  with  the  sediment  or  dirt  test, 
H.  C.  Campbell  {V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  S61  {1916),  pp.  6,  pi.  i).— The  author 
gives  results  of  an  experiment  to  determine  whether  the  sediment  or  dirt  test 
can  be  wholly  relied  upon  as  a  means  of  detecting  insanitary  milk  at  milk  re- 
ceiving stations.  In  the  experiment  the  Gerber,  the  Wizzard,  and  the  Lorenz 
(E.  S.  R.,  23,  p.  180)  apparatus  were  used.  Pint  samples  of  milk  were  collected 
on  the  railroad  station  platform  from  the  milk  cans  as  they  arrived  from  vari- 
ous farmers.  After  preparing  plates,  sediment  tests  were  made  and  the  disks 
were  compared  with  the  bacterial  counts. 

Comparing  the  bacterial  count  vpith  the  Grcrber  sediment  test  with  unfiltered 
market  milk,  it  was  found  that  "  some  samples  had  a  high  bacterial  count,  yet 
tested  •  good '  or  '  fair '  with  the  sediment  test,  while  others  which  had  a  low 
bacterial  count  tested  '  medium '  or  '  bad.'  "  With  the  Wizzard  sediment  test, 
one  sample  classed  as  "  good  "  by  the  sediment  test  contained  4,102,000  bacteria 
per  cubic  centimeter,  while  another  classed  as  "  bad  "  contained  only  243,000 
bacteria  per  cubic  centimeter.  With  the  Lorenz  sediment  test  one  sample  with 
a  bacterial  count  of  768,000  tested  "  fair  "  by  the  sediment  test,  and  one  with  a 
count  of  7,200  bacteria  per  cubic  centimeter  tested  "  bad." 


1916]  DAIRY  FARMING DAIRYING.  677 

In  comparisons  with  filtered  milk  10  samples  out  of  20  filtered  through  4-ply 
cheesecloth  varied  in  bacterial  count  from  24,000  to  639,000  per  cubic  centi- 
meter. Ten  average  samples  out  of  20  filtered  through  one  ply  of  Canton  flan- 
nel varied  in  bacterial  count  from  18,000  to  316,000  per  cubic  centimeter.  Ten 
average  samples  out  of  20  filtered  through  1-ply  ordinary  absorbent  cotton,  cov- 
ered above  and  below  with  1-ply  cheesecloth,  varied  in  bacterial  count  from 
31,400  to  760,000  per  cubic  centimeter.  Every  sample  of  filtered  milk  was 
classed  as  good  by  the  Lorenz  sediment  test. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  result  of  a  sediment  test  is  no  criterion  as  to  the 
kind  or  number  of  bacteria  contained  in  the  milk.  The  various  sediment  tests, 
while  applicable  in  roughly  estimating  the  quantity  of  sediment  in  unstrained 
milk,  can  not  be  used  as  the  sole  means  of  determining  the  hygienic  conditions 
under  which  the  milk  was  produced.  Sediment  testers  are  deemed  of  little 
value  in  estimating  the  degree  of  contamination  in  milk  strained  through  the 
substances  mentioned.  The  Lorenz  apparatus  is  considered  the  most  convenient 
and  practical  for  demonstrating  dirt  in  milk. 

The  grading'  of  milk,  E.  Kelly  (Hoard's  Dairyman,  52  {1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
1,  6,  figs.  3). — A  discussion  of  the  history  and  development  of  the  grading  of 
milk,  reasons  for  grading,  and  systems  of  grading. 

Sanitary  condition  of  dairies  (U.  8.  House  Representatives,  64-  Cong.,  1.  Sess., 
Hearings  before  Committee  on  Rules  on  House  Resolution  ISl,  1916,  pp.  101). — 
This  reports  hearings  before  a  House  committee  as  to  the  sanitary  condition  of 
dairies  in  the  United   States. 

A  new  pasteurizing  apparatus  for  bottled  milk,  Weigmann,  A.  Wolff,  M. 
Tkensch,  and  M.  Steffen  (Milchw.  Zentbl.,  U  (191.5).  Nos.  13,  pp.  193-202, 
fi,g8.  2;  14,  PP-  209-217). — An  apparatus  for  the  pasteurizing  of  bottled  milk, 
based  on  the  "  holder  "  method  is  described,  together  with  data  on  its  efliciency 
in  bacterial  destruction. 

The  biorizator,  Orla-Jensen  (Milchw.  Zentbl.,  44  {1915),  No.  18,  pp.  273-277, 
fig.  1 ) . — The  biorizator  method  and  apparatus  for  pasteurizing  milk  is  described 
and  data  given  showing  its  efficiency  in  reducing  the  bacterial  content  without 
detriment  to  the  quality  of  the  milk. 

Biorized  milk,  K.  E.  F.  Schmitz  {Milchw.  Zentbl.,  44  {1915),  No.  16,  pp. 
24I-245,  figs.  3). — A  discussion  of  the  biorizator  and  its  efficiency  in  bacterial 
destruction. 

Besult  of  the  Lobeck  method  of  milk  sterilization  (biorization),  K.  E.  F. 
Schmitz  {Ztschr.  Hyg.  u.  Infektionskrank.,  80  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  233-260,  figs. 
5). — Experiments  with  the  Lobeck  biorizator  indicated  that  it  is  an  effective 
method  of  sterilizing  milk  without  impairing  the  quality,  taste,  or  nutritive 
value.     It  was  effective  in  destroying  tubercle  bacilli. 

A  simple  steam  sterilizer  for  farm  dairy  utensils,  S.  H.  Ayees  and  G.  B. 
Taylob  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  748  {1916),  pp.  11,  figs.  8). — ^A  simple 
and  inexpensive  yet  efficient  steam  sterilizer  is  described  which  can  be  provided 
at  a  cost  of  from  $5  to  $10.  It  is  believed  that  the  sterilizer  described  is  cheap 
enough  to  justify  its  use  on  any  farm  from  which  milk  or  cream  is  sold.  It 
is  designed  to  be  of  greatest  use  to  those  who  have  one,  two,  or  three  10-gal.  or 
smaller  cans  with  a  similar  number  of  pails  and  a  strainer  cloth,  but  can  be 
used  with  a  larger  number  of  cans. 

When  properly  operated  this  sterilizer  destroys  practically  all  the  bacteria 
in  the  utensils,  including  all  disease  germs  which  may  be  present.  It  will  ac- 
complish the  same  results  as  any  sterilizer  in  which  steam  not  under  pressure 
is  used.  Eii)eriments  with  this  sterilizer  show  that  the  5-minute  steaming  is, 
for  practical  purposes,  as  good  as  the  15-  to  30-minute  steaming  usually  recom- 
n^Dded. 


678  EXPERIMENT  STATIOIST  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Dry  milk  or  cream  powder  and  a  process  for  its  manufacture,  S.  A.  Vasey 
and  U.  A.  Cleeve  (English  Patents,  2772  {1915) ;  7766  (1915) ;  ahs.  in  Jour.  Soc. 
Chem.  Indus.,  35  (1916),  No.  11,  pp.  649,  650).— "The  particles  of  a  milk  or 
cream  powder  are  coated  with  a  layer  of  an  odorless,  liquid  hydrocarbon  which 
is  nonvolatile  at  ordinary  temperature  (e.  g.,  Paraffinum  liquidum,  B.  P.)  ;  the 
product  will  keep  unaltered  for  a  considerable  period.  Such  a  powder  is  pro- 
duced by  projecting  milk  powder  by  means  of  an  air  blast  into  an  atomized 
spray  of  the  hydrocarbon,  or  by  mixing  the  milk,  or  partially  evaporated  milk, 
with  the  hydrocarbon  and  then  drying  the  mixture.  The  finished  product 
should  contain  not  more  than  5  per  cent  of  its  weight  of  the  hydrocarbon." 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

The  third  and  fourth  reports  of  the  director  of  veterinary  research,  A. 
Theiler  (Rpts.  Dir.  Vet.  Research,  Union  So.  Africa,  3-4  (1915),  pp.  632,  figs. 
154 )  • — These  reports  consist  of  17  papers  by  various  authors  as  follows  : 

Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Deficiency  Disease,  With  Special  Reference  to 
the  Lamziekte  Problem  in  South  Africa,  A.  Theiler,  H.  H.  Green,  and  P.  R. 
Viljoen  (pp.  9-68)  ;  Sheep  Scab. — Observations  on  the  Life  History  of  Psoroptes 
communis  var.  ovis,  and  Some  Points  Connected  with  the  Epizootiology  of  the 
Disease  in  South  Africa,  by  A.  W.  Shilston  (pp.  71-98)  ;  Experiments  and 
Observations  Carried  Out  with  P.  communis  at  Onderstepoort,  by  G.  A.  H. 
Bedford  (pp.  101-111)  ;  The  Sulphur  Sheep  Dips,  by  H.  H.  Green  (pp.  115-161)  ; 
Report  upon  the  Dipping  Trials  Carried  Out  with  the  Different  Proprietary  and 
Homemade  Sheep  Dips  in  South  Africa,  by  G.  A.  H.  Bedford  (pp.  16.5-172)  ; 
Upon  the  Composition  and  Analysis  of  Polysulphid  Solutions  (pp.  175-195)  and 
Arsenical  Dip  Tester  (pp.  199-214),  both  by  H.  H.  Green;  Infectious  or  Per- 
nicious Anemia  of  Equines  in  South  Africa,  by  A.  Theiler  and  D.  Kehoe  (pp. 
217-289)  ;  Investigations  Into  the  Life  History  of  the  Wireworm  in  Ostriches, 
by  A.  Theiler  and  W.  Robertson  (pp.  293-345)  ;  The  Anatomy  and  Life  History 
of  the  Hwinonchus  contort  us,  by  F.  Veglia  (pp.  349-500)  ;  Some  Observations  in 
Connection  with  the  Immunization  of  Cattle  Against  South  African  Redwater 
and  Genuine  Gall  Sickness  (Anaplasmosis),  by  J.  Walker  (pp.  503-526)  ;  The 
Cultivation  of  Anaplasma  marginale  in  vitro,  by  F.  Veglia  (pp.  529-532)  ; 
Aspergillosis  in  the  Ostrich  Chick  (pp.  535-574),  and  A  Short  Note  on  the 
Occurrence  of  Cytodites  nudus  in  the  Domestic  Fowl  in  South  Africa  (pp.  577- 
581)  both  by  J.  Walker;  Investigations  into  Jagziekte  or  Chronic  Catarrhal 
Pneumonia  of  Sheep,  by  D.  T.  Mitchell  (pp.  585-614)  ;  Report  on  Acolcanthera 
venenata,  G.  Don,  from  the  Transvaal  (pp.  617-623)  ;  and  On  the  Transmission 
of  Umnoproteus  columbw,  by  R.  Gonder  (pp.  627-632). 

Veterinary  work  in  Argentina,  Wehrle  (Arb.  K.  Gsndhtsamt.,  50  (1915), 
No.  2,  pp.  164-302). — This  paper  presents  details  of  veterinary  work,  statistics 
relating  to  domestic  animals,  etc.,  for  Argentina,  continuing  the  series  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  576). 

Text-book  of  meat  hygiene,  R.  Edelmann,  trans,  by  J.  R.  Mohler  and  A. 
EicHHORN  (Philadelphia:  Lea  d  Febiger,  1916,  S.  rev.  ed.,  pp.  VI +17-452,  pis. 
5,  figs.  161). — This  is  the  third  revised  English  edition  and  authorized  trans- 
lation revised  for  America  (E.  S.  R.,  21,  p.  163). 

Fumigation  of  cotton  seed  by  gaseous  hydrocyanic  acid,  F.  Hughes  (Agr. 
Jour.  Egypt,  5  (1915),  No.  1-2,  pp.  84-90). — The  experiments  reported  led  to 
the  conclusion  that  "  although  minute  quantities  of  hydrocyanic  acid  have  been 
found  in  all  samples  of  treated  seed  examined,  the  amount  is  so  small  that  no 
fear  need  be  entertained  as  to  its  proving  in  any  way  toxic.    The  acid  njipears 


1916]  VETERINABY   MEDICINE.  679 

to  be  for  the  most  part  expelled  or  destroyed  in  the  process  of  '  cooking '  pre- 
paratory to  the  extraction  of  the  oil. 

"  The  quantity  of  hydrocyanic  acid  found  in  the  cake  prepared  from  treated 
seed  is  so  small  that  it  would  in  no  way  interfere  with  its  use  as  cattle  feed. 
No  hydrocyanic  acid  could  be  detected  in  the  partly  refined  oil.  No  alteration 
in  its  character  or  properties  could  be  detected.  The  considerable  absorption 
of  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  by  cotton  seed  appears  to  be  very  largely  due  to  the 
solubility  of  the  gas  in  the  oil  contained  in  the  seed." 

The  biolog-ic  reactions  of  the  vegetable  proteins. — VII,  Anaphylaxis  re- 
actions between  proteins  from  seeds  of  different  genera  of  plants,  H.  G. 
Wells  and  T.  B.  Osbobne  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  19  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  183- 
193). — Continuing  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  577)  it  is  concluded 
that  since  chemically  similar  proteins  from  seeds  of  different  genera  react 
anaphylactically  with  one  another,  while  chemically  dissimilar  proteins  from  the 
same  seed  fail  to  do  so  in  many  cases,  the  specificity  of  the  anaphylactic  reac- 
tion depends  on  the  chemical  structure  of  the  protein  molecule. 

Certain  nonspecific  reactions  obtained  with  antigens  made  from  bacteria 
grown  on  serum  media,  J.  K.  Olitsky  and  E.  Bernstein  (Jour.  Infect.  Dis- 
eases, 19  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  253-259). — "The  injection  of  serum-grown  bacteria 
into  animals  for  the  purpose  of  producing  immune  serum  for  comparative 
serologic  studies  is  to  be  avoided.  Such  a  method  results  in  the  production  of  a 
precipitating  serum  v.  the  serum  present  in  the  media.  The  antiserum  thus 
formed  reacts  in  a  nonspecific  manner  to  various  bacteria  grown  on  serum 
media  in  regard  to  precipitation,  agglutination,  complement-fixation,  and  forma- 
tion of  cellular  antibody." 

A  comparison  of  the  natural  hemolytic  activity  of  fresh  human  sera 
against  guinea-pig  and  sheep  erythrocytes,  H.  W.  Wade  (Jour.  Med.  Re- 
search, 84  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  113-119). — From  the  study  it  is  concluded  that 
natural  antiguinea-pig  hemolytic  activity  occurs  in  human  sera  with  consider- 
able regularity  and  uniformity  of  concentration.  This  hemolytic  combination  is 
deemed  superior  to  the  natural  antisheep  cell  hemolysins  as  a  serological 
reagent,  since  the  latter  appears  less  constantly  and  with  greater  variability  of 
concentration. 

The  influence  of  exposure  to  X-rays  upon  the  formation  of  antibodies, 
J.  P.  SiMONDs  and  H.  M.  Jones  {Jour.  Med.  Research,  33  {1915),  No.  2,  pp. 
183-196,  fig.  1). — In  the  experiments  reported  rabbits  were  exposed  daily  to 
X-rays  for  from  10  to  15  minutes  for  a  period  of  three  weeks.  Immediately  fol- 
lowing the  exposure  a  single  large  dose  of  killed  typhoid  bacilli  was  given  intra- 
peritoneally  to  each  animal. 

The  exposure  to  the  X-rays  was  found  to  lower  appreciably  the  formation  of 
agglutinins.  No  marked  difference  was  observed  in  the  opsonic  content  and  com- 
plement-fixing power  of  the  serum  of  X-rayed  animals  compared  with  controls. 
It  is  deemed  that  the  results  obtained  in  a  study  of  the  bacteriolysins  for 
typhoid  bacilli  do  not  warrant  a  positive  statement.  The  indications  are, 
however,  that  the  production  of  bacteriolysins  was  not  greatly  interfered  with 
by  exposure  to  X-rays. 

The  efEect  of  injections  of  benzol  upon  the  production  of  antibodies,  J.  P. 
Simonds  and  H.  M.  Jones  {Jonr.  Med.  Research,  33  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  197-211, 
figs.  2). — In  these  experiments  rabbits  were  injected  subcutaneously  with  a 
mixture  of  1  part  benzol  and  2  parts  olive  oil  in  such  doses  that  the  animals 
received  approximately  1  cc.  of  benzol  per  kilogram  of  body  weight. 

Sharp  individual  differences  were  noted  in  the  effect  of  the  injections  upon 
the  leucocytes  and  erythrocytes  of  the  different  animals.     A  depression  in  the 


680  EXPEmMETrr  ffCATTOir  BECOBD.  tV«l.88 

production  of  hemolysins,  agglutinins,  and  opsonins  was  observed  In  the  In- 
jected animals,  as  compared  with  normal  controls  injected  with  the  same 
antigen.  The  depression  was  most  marked  in  the  case  of  hemolysins  and 
least  so  in  the  case  of  opsonins. 

On  the  concentration  of  antitoxic  sera,  Annie  Homeb  (Biochem.  Jour.,  10 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  280-S07,  figs.  5).— The  work  reported  shows  that  the  advan- 
tages claimed  by  Banzhaf  '^  for  the  one-fraction  process  in  the  concentration  of 
sera  are  often  vitiated  by  the  fact  that  a  final  product  is  obtained  which  on 
account  of  the  presence  of  an  opalescent  suspension,  presumably  euglobulin, 
can  not  be  filtered  except  after  long  standing.  The  successful  preparation  of 
an  easily  filterable  end  product  has  been  found  to  depend  on  the  initial  heating 
of  the  serum  mixtures.  The  heating  process  does  not  cause  a  conversion  of 
pseudoglobulin  into  euglobulin,  but  merely  serves  to  complete  the  aggregation 
of  the  euglobulin  into  particles  sufficiently  large  to  admit  of  separation  by 
filtration. 

The  uncertainty  with  regard  to  the  successful  heating  of  the  serum  mixtures 
is  obviated  by  the  addition  of  1.5  per  cent  sodium  chlorid.  It  is  deemed  pos- 
sible that  the  addition  of  sodium  chlorid  exerts  a  favorable  influence  on  the 
filtration  process  by  an  adjustment  of  the  hydrogen-ion  concentration  of  the 
serum  mixtures. 

Observations  with  regard  to  the  effect  of  the  addition  of  sodium  chlorid  to 
the  serum  mixtures  have  also  been  made  and  are  reported  in  detail. 

A  multiple  pipette  for  the  complement-fixation  test,  J.  M.  Buck  {Jour. 
Infect.  Diseases,  19  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  267-271,  figs.  3).— A.  pipette  by  means  of 
which  twelve  portions  of  either  normal  salt  solution,  complement,  sensitized 
serum,  or  any  of  the  other  elements  used  in  serological  diagnosis  can  be  dis- 
tributed at  one  time  is  described,  as  well  as  a  special  container  for  the  sub- 
stance to  be  distributed  and  a  modified  test-tube  rack.  The  multiple  pipette 
not  only  permits  of  indefinitely  greater  progress  with  greater  accuracy  but  also 
eliminates  the  severe  eye  strain  resulting  from  the  constant  reading  of  the 
type  of  pipette  generally  used. 

Hemolytic  streptococci  found  in  milk:  Their  significance  and  their  rela- 
tion to  virulent  streptococci  of  human  origin,  D.  J.  Davis  {Jour.  Infect.  Dis- 
eases, 19  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  2S6-252,  figs.  2).— The  results  of  the  study  reported 
are  summarized  as  follows : 

"  Hemolytic  streptococci,  having  a  wide  clear  zone,  occur  commonly  in  both 
pasteurized  and  unpasteurized  (certified)  milk.  These  strains  vary  among 
themselves.  They  are  more  resistant  to  heat  than  human  strains  of  hemolytic 
streptococci,  and  possess  little  or  no  virulence  for  rabbits,  therefore  in  all  proba- 
bility none  for  man.  They  rapidly  acidify  and  coagulate  milk,  and  grow  well  at 
20°  C.  They  form  short  or  long  chains,  but  as  seen  in  milk  often  appear  in 
pairs  or  a  chain  of  few  elements.  While  they  are  definitely  hemolytic  .  .  .,  the 
characteristics  of  the  hemolytic  zone  on  plates  may  vary  in  certain  respects. 

"  The  milk  strains  are  different  from  certain  strains  of  hemolytic  streptococci 
found  at  times  in  diseased  udders  in  cows.  These  latter  resemble  the  strains 
of  hemolytic  streptococci  from  human  sources,  and  are  virulent  for  rabbits. 

"  There  is  no  reason  to  consider  that  these  organisms  have  any  sanitary  signifi- 
cance. The  importance,  however,  of  certain  types  of  hemolytic  streptococci  in 
relation  to  epidemics  of  sore  throat  makes  It  necessary  to  study  carefully  all 
such  organisms  in  milk.  By  itself  the  hemolytic  property  has  no  more  value 
for  identification  purposes  than  many  other  characteristics,  but  is  greatly  im- 
portant on  account  of  the  practical  value  of  the  blood-agar-plate  method  as  a 

•CoUected  Studies  Bur.  Lab.  Dept  Health  N.  Y.  City,  7  (1912-13),  pp.  114-116. 


1916]  VETERINABY  MEDICINE.  681 

means  of  initial  separation  of  human  type  strains  from  the  many  strains  of 
nonhemolytic  and  feebly  hemolytic  streptococci  found  in  milk." 

A  comparative  study  of  colon  bacilli  isolated  from,  horse,  cow,  and  man, 
T.  J.  Murray  {Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  19  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  161-174,  fiffs.  2).— 
From  the  work  reported  it  is  concluded  that  the  different  types  of  strains, 
himian,  bovine,  and  equine,  exhibit  a  remarkable  similarity  in  the  reactions 
tested,  chiefly  in  acid  production.  In  general  the  average  amount  of  acid  pro- 
duced by  each  type  tended  to  decrease  as  the  complexity  of  the  tested  substance 
increased. 

•'  With  mannite,  dextrose,  and  lactose,  the  organisms  have  a  high  point  of 
acid  production  at  which  the  larger  percentage  of  the  strains  belong.  The  other 
strains  for  the  greater  part  lie  immediately  on  either  side  of  this  high  point. 
The  acid  production  for  the  larger  number  is  confined  to  narrow  limits.  The 
high  points  of  acid  production  do  not  lie  far  apart  with  dextrose,  lactose,  and 
mannite.  They  coincide  in  the  case  of  mannite.  In  general  with  saccharose, 
raflSnose,  and  salicin  this  high  point  is  neither  clearly  shown  nor  definitely 
marked.    The  acid  production  varies  greatly  and  is  spread  over  a  large  area." 

The  mode  of  infection  in  pulmonary  distomiasis. — Certain  fresh  water 
crabs  as  intermiediate  hosts  of  Paragonimus  westermanii,  K.  Nakagawa 
(Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  131-142,  pis.  4,  figs.  2).— This  is 
the  article  referred  to  in  the  paper  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  384). 

Investigations  of  foot-and-mouth  disease,  IV,  E.  Kallert  (Arb.  K. 
Osndhtsamt.,  50  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  159-163,  pis.  2).— This  fourth  contribution 
(B.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  879)  deals  with  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  rumen 
of  cattle  affected  with  foot-and-mouth  disease. 

Mortality  among'  grazing  animals  in  Germany  due  to  Simulium  reptans, 
Matthiksen,  Peets,  and  Dahlgetjn  (Berlin,  Tierdrztl.  Wchnschr.,  31  (1915), 
No.  36,  pp.  421-425,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  1499,  1500). — For  ten  years  a 
disease  has  been  recorded  among  grazing  animals  in  the  districts  of  Neustadt- 
am-Rubenberge  and  Fallingbostel,  located  on  the  low  ground  near  the  rivers 
AUer  and  Leine,  Prussia,  which  regularly  causes  the  death  of  a  large  number 
of  cattle,  usually  a  short  time  after  they  are  turned  out  to  pasture.  Horses 
are  only  rarely  attacked.  Investigations  made  regarding  the  disease  show 
that  the  death  of  the  animals  is  due  to  the  bite  of  8.  reptans. 

Some  observations  on  the  methods  of  using  the  agglutination  test  in  the 
diagnosis  of  disease  in  bovines  caused  by  the  bacillus  of  contagious  abor- 
tion, H.  R.  Seddon  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  n.  ser.,  27  (1915),  No.  2,  pp. 
370-390). — The  author  discusses  the  study  reported  under  the  topics  of  mate- 
rials required  on  which  to  found  a  diagnosis  of  contagious  abortion,  technique 
employed,  and  quantitative  factors  in  the  agglutination  reaction. 

In  determining  whether  the  relation  of  the  quantity  of  pure  serum  to  the 
degree  of  dilution  or  the  amount  of  pure  serum  in  the  tube  is  the  determining 
factor  in  agglutination  of  a  particular  serum,  it  is  concluded  that  "  tubes  pos- 
sessing the  same  dilution  (but  different  quantities)  of  serum  do  not  furnish 
parallel  results.  .  .  .  Tubes  containing  the  same  quantity  of  serum  do  furnish 
parallel  results.  The  agglutination  titer  varies  with  the  quantity  of  emulsion 
used."  The  dominating  factor  on  an  agglutination  system  is,  therefore,  the 
quantity  of  serum  in  each  tube,  and  not  the  degree  of  dilution. 

Studies  on  the  optimum  amount  of  emulsion  for  use  in  the  test  are  also 
reported. 

Different  types  of  streptococci  and  their  relation  to  bovine  mastitis,  G. 
Mathers  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  19  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  222-235)  .—The  author 
has  corroborated  the  findings  of  Davis  and  Capps  (E.  S.  IL,  31,  p.  482)   that 


682  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

hemolytic  streptococci  of  human  origin  produce  mastitis  in  cows  when  injected 
directly  into  the  milk  ducts. 

"  This  mastitis  may  be  severe,  leading  to  a  caked  bag  and  later  to  a  chronic 
inflammatory  condition  which  results  in  an  atrophy  of  the  mammary  gland.  On 
the  other  hand,  virulent  hemolytic  streptococci  may  grow  and  multiply  in  the 
milk  ducts  of  a  cow  without  causing  any  visible  changes  in  the  udder.  The 
milk,  however,  .  .  .  contains  hemolytic  streptococci  and  an  increased  number 
of  leucocytes.  These  infections  may  persist  over  long  periods  of  time  in  the 
form  of  a  chronic  mastitis. 

"  Streptococcus  lacticus  of  the  type  used  in  these  experiments  produces  a  very 
acute  inflammation  of  the  udder  when  cultures  are  injected  directly  into  the 
milk  ducts.  This  infection  .  .  .  was  of  short  duration  and  left  the  gland 
functionally  unchanged.  A  nonpathogenic  hemolytic  streptococcus  of  the  type 
commonly  found  in  normal  milk  may  give  rise  to  a  transitory  inflammation  of 
the  udder  when  injected  directly  into  the  milk  ducts,  producing  a  mastitis 
similar  in  every  detail  to  that  produced  by  nonhemolytic  S.  lacticus.  The  pres- 
ence of  pathogenic  streptococci  and  an  increased  number  of  leucocytes  in  milk 
is  indicative  of  a  mastitis,  and  may  be  the  sole  indication  of  mastitis. 

"  The  quarters  of  a  cow's  udder  under  experimental  conditions  are  apparently 
separate  as  regards  infection.  One  quarter  may  be  infected,  while  the  others 
remain  normal.  Examination  of  the  milk  from  each  quarter  of  the  udder  is 
necessary  before  mastitis  can  be  excluded  in  a  suspected  cow. 

"  In  three  instances  of  bovine  mastitis,  all  of  which  were  due  to  hemolytic 
streptococci  with  all  the  characteristics  of  the  human  types,  no  noteworthy 
changes  in  the  morphology  or  cultural  characteristics  of  the  invading  organisms 
were  observed  in  frequent  examinations  of  the  milk  throughout  the  course  of  the 
infections.  The  distinguishing  characteristics  primarily  noted  for  each  organism 
were  still  present  at  the  last  observation,  and  there  were  no  modifications 
which  might  be  considered  as  indicating  a  change  from  one  type  to  the  other. 
The  cultural  and  morphological  characters  of  S.  lacticus  and  of  the  hemolytic 
streptococcus  derived  from  normal  milk  did  not  change  during  the  cour.se  of 
the  udder  infections  which  they  induced." 

Control  and  eradication  of  infectious  mastitis  in  dairy  herds,  H.  Moak 
{Cornell  Vet.,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  S6-4O). — Considerable  success  has  been  met 
with  in  the  control  of  this  disease  by  dipping  the  teats  after  milking  in  a 
weak  solution  of  one  of  the  newer  high-powered  antiseptics,  pyxol,  wescol,  or 
hycol  (one  teaspoonful  to  3  pints  or  2  qt.  of  water),  for  six  or  seven  seconds. 
Reports  from  several  herds  affected  with  mastitis  state  that  from  the  time  this 
treatment  was  started  10  new  cases  developed.  The  practice  is  now  made 
obligatory  on  12  farms  furnishing  certified  milk  for  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Effects  of  feeding  cotton  seed  and  its  products  to  swine,  G.  A.  Roberts 
(Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  49  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  12-17).— A  digest  of  in- 
vestigational work  of  the  several  divisions  of  the  North  Carolina  Experiment 
Station  during  the  past  six  years. 

"  While  several  agents  [sulphate  of  iron,  ashes,  etc.]  have  proved  efficient 
in  prolonging  the  period  of  safe  feeding  of  cotton-seed  meal  no  practical  means 
for  eliminating  the  toxic  element,  or  elements,  has  as  yet  been  developed.  The 
writer  believes  that  the  effect  of  the  above  agents  is  purely  chemical  in  render- 
ing the  gossypol,  and  possibly  other  toxic  substances,  nontoxic.  He  has  noted 
with  others  that  hogs  having  range  and  rooting  a  great  deal  apparently  gain 
minerals  from  the  soil  and  forage  which  enable  them  to  withstand  the  cotton- 
seed meal  longer  than  when  confined,  especially  when  on  a  board  floor.  Since 
iron  salts  did  not  prevent  all  deaths,  and  that  a  number  of  iron-fed  swine  devel- 
oped conspicuous  rheumatic  symptoms,  the  writer  does  not  believe  iron  to  be 


1916]  VETERINARY  MEDICINE.  683 

the  logical  antidote,  but  has  hopes  that  a  safe  method  of  feeding  the  meal  to 
swine  will  be  discovered."     See  also  a  previous  note  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  79). 

Feeding-  experiments  with  Bacterium  pullorum.— The  toxicity  of  infected 
eggs,  L.  F.  Reitger,  T.  G.  Hull,  and  W.  S.  Sturges  (Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  23 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  475-489). — "The  problem  of  eradicating  ovarian  infection  in 
the  domestic  fowl  assumes  still  greater  importance  than  heretofore  in  the  light 
of  data  recently  acquired.  Not  only  is  it  of  great  significance  to  eliminate  the 
permanent  carriers  of  B.  puUorum  from  all  flocks  of  fowls  from  the  standpoint 
of  successful  poultry  breeding,  but  also  because  they  constitute  a  possible  source 
of  danger  to  man. 

"  Eggs  which  harbor  B.  pullorum  in  the  yolk  in  large  numbers  may  produce 
abnormal  conditions,  when  fed,  not  only  in  young  chicks  but  in  adult  fowls, 
young  rabbits,  guinea  pigs,  and  kittens.  The  toxicity  for  young  rabbits  is  most 
pronounced,  the  infection  usually  resulting  in  the  death  of  the  animals.  In 
kittens  the  most  prominent  symptoms  are  those  of  severe  food  poisoning  with 
members  of  the  paratyphoid  group  of  bacteria.  The  possibility  of  infected  eggs 
causing  serious  disturbances  in  young  children  and  in  the  sick  and  convalescent 
of  all  ages  must  therefore  receive  serious  consideration. 

"Ovarian  infection  of  fowls  is  very  common  throughout  this  country.  Hence, 
a  large  proportion  of  the  marketed  eggs  are  infected  with  B.  pullorum.  When 
such  eggs  are  allowed  to  remain  in  nests  under  broody  hens,  or  in  warm  storage 
places,  for  comparatively  few  hours,  they  contain  large  numbers  of  the 
organism. 

"  Soft  boiling,  coddling,  and  frying  on  one  side  only  do  not  necessarily  render 
the  yolks  free  from  viable  bacteria ;  therefore,  eggs  which  have  gone  through 
these  processes  may,  like  raw  eggs,  be  the  cause  of  serious  disturbances  in  per- 
sons who  are  particularly  susceptible  to  such  influence,  and  especially  to 
infants." 

Morpholog-y  of  adult  and  larval  cestodes  from  poulti-y,  J.  E.  Gutberlet 
{Trans.  Amer.  Micros.  Soc,  35  {1916),  A'o.  1,  pp.  23-4i,  pis.  4). — "By  morpho- 
logical comparison  of  the  cysticercoids  produced  experimentally  in  flies  and 
adult  of  Choanatcenia  infundibuliformis  they  are  shown  to  be  identical.  Mor- 
phological points  noted  are  the  pre.sence  of  minute  booklets  on  the  suckers  and 
entire  surface  of  scolex  in  C.  infundibuliformis.  The  manner  of  development  of 
uterus  in  the  same  species  is  by  means  of  a  blind  tube  which  grows  in  size, 
forming  pockets,  and  later  breaks  up  into  small  compartments.  In  Davainea 
tetragona  the  genital  pores  were  found  to  occur  irregularly  alternate  in  the 
proglottids.  The  hooks  on  the  rostellum  of  D.  cesticillus  were  found  to  vary  in 
length  from  8  to  12  ,u.  The  uterus  in  development  first  appears  as  a  solid  cord 
of  cells  which  becomes  hollow  and  in  growing  forms  pockets,  filling  the  entire 
proglottid." 

The  studies  here  presented  relate  to  those  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  577. )     A  bibliography  of  26  titles  is  appended. 

Further  investigations  into  the  etiology  of  the  protozoan  disease  of  tur- 
keys known  as  blackhead,  entero-hepatitis,  typhlitis,  etc.,  T.  Smith  {Jour. 
Med.  Research,  33  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  243-270,  pis.  5).— "Putting  together  the 
data  at  hand,  certain  facts  seem  to  stand  out  quite  clearly.  The  parasite,  from 
the  fact  of  its  destructive  effect  on  the  young  bird's  life,  is  poorly  adapted  to  its 
young  host.  The  process  of  invasion  into  the  walls  of  ceca  and  liver  is  not 
adjusted  to  the  discharge  of  parasites  for  passage  to  another  host.  The  parasites 
are  buried  within  the  host  lesions.  Again,  the  cycle  as  observed  is  obviously 
incomplete.  There  is  all  told  a  remarkable  want  of  adaptation  of  means  to 
ends  such  as  we  find  so  fully  developed  in  the  coccidia  and  protozoan  blood 
parasites,  for  instance. 


684  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  tVoL  36 

*'  The  evidence  points  to  several  possible  theories  rather  widely  divergent. 
The  disease  may  represent  a  kind  of  aberrant  parasitism,  the  true  host  being 
some  other  species.  Or  the  parasite  may  undergo  its  normal  development  in  the 
contents  of  the  ceca,  and  the  invasion  of  the  tissues  may  be  abnormal.  Or  there 
may  be  still  other  stages  and  an  intermediate  host.  These  views  can  only  be 
definitely  proved  or  disproved  with  the  aid  of  the  experimental  method.  The 
writer  does  not  feel  committed  to  any  one  of  these  hypotheses.  The  results 
obtained  on  feeding  in  1913  and  on  exposing  young  artificially  reared  turkeys  to 
young  diseased  turkeys  in  1914  were  not  definite  enough  to  prove  that  infection 
is  direct  from  diseased  bird  to  healthy,  and  they  will  require  repetition  and 
amplification. 

"  In  casting  about  for  a  satisfactory  method  for  raising  trustworthy  birds  for 
experimental  work  the  writer  found  that  healthy  turkeys  could  be  reared  from 
infected  flocks  by  using  the  incubator  and  brooder.  This  procedure  has  made  it 
fairly  evident  that  blackhead  is  not  transmitted  in  the  egg,  although  more  trials 
are  needed  before  we  can  be  certain  of  this." 

Aberrant  intestinal  protozoan  parasites  in  the  turkey,  T.  Smith  {Jour. 
Expt.  Med.,  23  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  293-300,  pi.  J).— "There  are  so  many  points 
of  difference  between  the  blackhead  parasite  and  the  unknown  parasite  of  the 
mucous  membrane  as  encountered  in  this  single  case,  that  any  attempt  to  pre- 
sent them  would  require  an  elaborate  restatement  of  what  is  now  published. 
Assuming  that  they  are  different,  we  are  confronted  with  the  fact  that,  even 
after  the  blackhead  parasite  shall  have  been  eliminated,  the  outlook  for  raising 
turkeys  without  some  losses  due  to  avian  coccidia  and  perhaps  other  still  un- 
known protozoan  parasites  is  not  very  encouraging.  Fortunately  the  mortality 
due  to  these  aberrant  parasites  was  low.  In  any  case  the  specific  sources  of 
coccidia  and  other  parasites  must  be  found  and  dealt  with." 

Hasstilesia  tricolor,  a  common  parasite  of  rabbits  in  the  United  States, 
M.  C.  Hall  {Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc,  48  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  453-456).— The 
author  erects  the  genus  Hasstilesia  for  Distoma  tricolor  described  from  Syl- 
vilagus  mallurus  {Leptus  sylvaticus)  and  L.  americanus  by  Stiles  and  Hassall 
in  1894.  This  is  a  very  common  intestinal  parasite  of  rabbits  in  Maryland, 
Virginia,  and  the  District  of  Columbia  and  is  also  recorded  from  New  York  and 
Texas. 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

Reports  on  irrigation  for  the  year  1915,  E.  F.  Dbake  and  F.  H.  Petebs 
{Dept.  Int.  Canada  Ann.  Rpt.  1915,  pt.  7,  pp.  23). — This  includes  the  reports 
of  the  superintendent  and  the  commissioner  of  irrigation  of  Canada. 

Venturi  meter  succeeds  in  irrigation  {Engin.  News,  75  {1916),  No.  24,  pp. 
1122,  1123,  figs.  3). — A  description  of  the  adaptation  of  this  well-known  device 
to  the  measurement  of  irrigation  water  is  given. 

Determination  of  the  maximum  storm- water  flow,  C.  E.  Grunsky  {West. 
Engm.,  5  {1914),  No.  6,  pp.  254-256,  fig.  1). — This  is  a  description  of  a  new 
method  of  solving  the  problem  of  rate  of  maximum  run-off,  involving  a  discus- 
sion of  the  elements  affecting  its  determination,  the  derivation  of  the  Grunsky 
formula  for  maximum  rain  intensity,  and  tabulated  data  showing  its  application. 

C 

The  formula  is  /=  -?=,  jn  which  /=intensity  in  inches  per  hour,  t=time  in 

minutes,  and  C=a.  coefficient  to  be  determined  from  rain  records. 

Determination  of  maximum  stream  flow,  C.  E.  Gkunsky  {West.  Engin.,  7 
{1916),  pp.  217-219). — From  the  formula  for  storm-water  flow  applicable  to 
small  areas,  noted  above,  an  expression  for  maximum  stream  flow  is  developed. 


1916] 


EURAL  ENGINEERING. 


685 


which  it  Is  stated  may  be  applied  to  even  the  largest  streams.  Examples  are 
given  based  on  the  actual  discharge  of  several  rivers. 

Control  of  the  Colorado  River  as  related  to  the  protection  of  Imperial 
Valley,  J.  C.  Aultson  {Proc.  Amer.  Soc.  Civ.  Engin.,  42  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  681- 
709,  figs.  10). — The  more  important  details  of  this  work  are  described. 

The  drainage  of  the  humid  and  saline  soils  of  the  Egyptian  Delta,  III. 
Catzeflis  (Egypte  Contemporaine,  No.  27  (1916),  pp.  324-354,  pi.  1). — This 
article  deals  with  the  technique  and  economics  of  the  drainage  of  the  humid  and 
saline  soils  of  Egypt. 

The  results  of  physical  tests  of  road-building  rock,  P.  Hubbabd  and  F.  H. 
Jackson,  Je.  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  370  (1916),  pp.  100,  .  i).— This  bulletin 
and  Bulletin  347  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  S90)  together  constitute  a  complete  revision 
of  Office  of  Public  Roads  Bulletin  44  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  587),  and  furnish  the 
results  of  physical  tests  of  road-building  rock  made  in  the  laboratories  of  the 
United  States  Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  to  January  1,  1916. 
It  has  been  assumed  that  traffic  of  less  than  100  vehicles  per  day  is  light, 
between  100  and  250  moderate,  and  over  250  heavy. 

"  The  ideal  rock  for  the  construction  of  a  water-bound  macadam  road  resists 
the  wear  of  traffic  ...  to  that  extent  which  will  supply  a  sufficient  amount  of 
cementitious  rock  dust  to  bind  the  larger  fragments  in  place.  ...  As  deter- 
mined by  test,  cementing  values  [for  rocks]  below  25  are  called  low ;  from  26 
to  75,  average ;  and  above  75,  high.  In  general,  the  cementing  value  should  run 
above  25.  For  rocks  which  show  a  low  French  coefficient  of  wear,  a  relatively 
high  cementing  value  is  more  necessary  than  for  those  which  have  a  high  French 
coefficient.  .  .  . 

"  Experience  has  shown  that  in  general  ftie  following  table  of  limiting  values 
for  the  French  coefficient  of  wear,  toughness,  and  hardness  may  be  used  in 
determining  the  suitability  of  a  rock  for  the  construction  of  the  wearing  course 
of  a  macadam  road  : 

Limiting  values  of  physical  tests  of  rock  for  water-bound  macadam  road 

construction. 


Character  of  traffic. 


Limits  of  tests. 


French  coefScient  of  wear. 


Tough- 
ness. 


Hard- 
ness. 


Light.... 
Moderate 
Heavy . . , 


&-8— (5-8  per  cent  wear) 

8-15=  (2.7-5  per  cent  wear) 

Over  15=  (less  than  2.7  per  cent  wear) 


5-9 

10-18 

Over  18... 


10-17. 
Over  14. 
Over  17. 


"As  a  result  of  comparing  hardness  and  toughness  tests  of  some  3,000  samples, 
.  .  .  when  any  given  value  for  toughness  falls  within  certain  limits  which 
define  the  suitability  of  the  material  for  macadam  road  construction  under  given 
traffic  conditions,  the  corresponding  value  for  hardness  will  fall  within  similar 
limits  for  hardness.  .  .  .  The  great  majority  of  samples  having  a  French 
coefficient  of  wear  of  from  5  to  8  and  a  hardness  of  over  17  are  granites, 
quartzites,  and  hard  sandstones,  which  are  unsuited  for  use  in  the  wearing 
course  of  water-bound  macadam  roads  due  to  their  lack  of  binding  power. 

"For  broken-stone  roads  which  are  maintained  with  dust  palliatives,  the  same 
limits  for  French  coefficient  of  wear  and  toughness  should  hold  as  for  ordinary 
macadam  roads.  In  bituminous  work  in  some  cases  it  is  advantageous  to  use 
a  rock  of  relatively  high  absorption  rather  than  one  with  low  absorptive  quali- 


686 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOBD. 


[Vol.  35 


ties,  owing  to  a  better  adhesion  of  tlie  bituminous  material  by  a  partial  surface 
impregnation  of  the  rock." 

The  following  table  "  may  be  used  as  a  general  guide  for  minimum  limits  of 
French  coefficient  of  wear  and  toughness  in  connection  with  bituminous  broken- 
stone  roads." 

Minimum  limits  of  physical  tests  of  rock  for  bituminous-road  construction. 


Light  to  moderate  traffic. 

Moderate  to  heavy  traffic. 

Type  of  road. 

French  coefficient  of 
wear. 

Tough- 
ness. 

French  coefficient  of 
wear. 

Tough- 
ness. 

Broken  stone  with  bituminous  carpet . 
Bituminous  broken  stone  with  seal 

coat. 
Bituminous  concrete  with  or  without 

seal  coat. 

1 5=  (not  over  8  per  cent 
1    wear). 

7=  (not   over   5.7  per 
cent  wear). 

}      I 

7 

f7=(not   over   5.7  per 
\    cent  wear). 

10=  (not    over    4    per 
cent  wear). 

}     ■» 

13 

Construction  and  maintenance  of  earth  roads,  L.  V.  Edwards  {State  Col. 
Wash.,  Dept.  Ext.  Bui.  20  (1916),  pp.  35,  figs.  29).— This  bulletin  is  intended  to 
give  some  suggestions  to  road  supervisors  and  others  interested  in  improved 
roads  as  to  how  to  construct  and  maintain  earth  roads.  The  subjects  dealt 
with  are  grading,  grades,  widths,  drainage,  and  maintenance. 

Brick  roads,  V.  M.  Peirce  and  C.  H.  Moorefield  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui  373 
(1916),  pp.  40,  pis.  12,  figs.  4).— A  revision  of  Bulletin  246  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  686). 

Rules  and  regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  carrying  out 
the  Federal  Aid  Road  Act.  D.  F.  Houston  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ. 
65  (1916),  pp.  24).— The  text  of  the  act  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  200),  and  of  the  rules 
and  regulations,  is  given. 

Factors  of  apportionment  to  States  under  Federal  Aid  Road  Act  appro- 
priation for  the  fiscal  year  1917  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ.  62  (1916), 
pp.  2). — This  circular  presents  the  factors  of  apportionment  and  the  amounts 
apportioned  to  each  State  for  the  fiscal  year  1917  under  the  Federal  Aid  Road 
Act. 

Fifth,  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  annual  reports  of  the  state  roads  com- 
mission [of  Maryland]  for  the  years  1912—1915  (Ann.  Rpts.  State  Roads 
Com.  Md.  5-8  (1912-1915),  pp.  175,  pis.  22).— This  reports  the  activities  and 
expenditures  of  the  commission  for  the  years  1912-1915. 

Report  of  the  State  Highway  Department  of  Washington  for  the  period 
October  1,  1912,  to  October  1,  1914,  AV.  R.  Roy  (Rpt.  State  Highway  Dept. 
Wash.,  1912-1914,  PP-  192,  figs.  42). — This  is  an  outline  of  the  various  phases 
of  work  undertaken  by  the  Washington  Highway  Department,  together  with  a 
survey  of  highway  conditions  in  the  State  and  practical  suggestions  and  in- 
formation. 

Bridge  foundations,  W.  Btjrnside  (New  York:  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  1916, 
pp.  VIII-\-139,  figs.  32). — This  book  deals  with  foundations  for  abutments  and 
piers  of  bridges  crossing  rivers  or  other  waters. 

"  The  different  kinds  of  foundations  in  common  use  and  the  methods  by 
which  they  are  placed  in  position  are  described.  The  conditions  suited  to  each 
kind  are  noted  and  where  necessary  and  possible  the  principles  of  design  are 
indicated.  Next  to  nothing,  however,  is  said  with  regard  to  cost  and  in  ref- 
erence to  plant." 

The  subject  matter  includes  chapters  on  the  foundation  bed,  abutment 
foundations,  pier  foundatlon.s,  piled  foundations,  dams,  screw  piles  and  screw 


1916]  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  687 

cylinders,  well  foundations,  standard  caissons,  open  caissons,  pneumatic  cais- 
sons, and  the  effects  of  compressed  air. 

Tables  giving  data  on  loads  on  foundations,  skin  friction,  properties  of  ma- 
terials, pile-bearing  formula,  steel  sheet  piling,  quantities  and  cost  for  the 
pier  of  the  American  River  bridge,  decompression  periods,  and  stage  decom- 
pression are  appended. 

Economy  in  bridge  design  and  construction,  H.  W.  Joyce  (Calcutta:  Bengal 
Secretariat  Book  Depot,  1915,  pp.  [IV]+9S,  pi.  1,  figs.  55). — This  is  a  series  of 
six  lectures  on  the  subject  delivered  to  the  students  of  the  Sil)pur  Engineering 
College. 

Value  of  the  high-pressure  steam  test  of  Portland  cements,  R.  J.  Wig  and 
H.  A.  Davis  {U.  S.  Dept.  Com.,  Bur.  Standards  TechnoL  Paper  47  (1915),  pp. 
3.'/,  pis.  2,  figs.  4;  abs.  in  Sci.  Abs.,  Sect.  B— Elect.  Engin.,  19  (1916),  No.  220, 
p.  127). — Investigations  made  to  establish  "if  possible,  a  relationship  between 
the  behavior  of  Portland  cements  in  high-pressure  steam  and  their  physical 
properties  under  normal  conditions  of  use  and  exposure  and  to  determine  what 
value,  if  any,  the  high-pressure  steam  test  has  as  a  means  of  detecting  un- 
soundness which  might  cause  a  weakening  or  disintegration  of  the  cement 
or  concrete  "  are  reported. 

"  The  qualitative  high-pressure  steam  test  used  consists  of  subjecting  an 
ordinary  soundness  pat,  which  has  been  stored  for  24  hours  in  a  damp  closet, 
to  a  steam  pressure  of  300  lbs.  per  square  inch  for  at  least  one  hour,  the 
total  time  in  the  high-pressure  boiler  being  three  hours.  A  cement  was  said 
to  pass  this  test  when  it  exhibited  no  cracking,  warping,  or  disintegration  on 
examination  after  the  treatment. 

"  The  quantitative  high-pressure  steam  test  consists  of  molding  six  briquettes 
of  neat  cement  at  normal  consistency,  storing  these  test  pieces  24  hours  in  a 
damp  closet,  then  subjecting  three  of  them  to  an  atmosphere  of  steam  at  300 
lbs.  pressure  for  at  least  one  hour;  the  total  time  in  the  high-pressure  boiler 
being  three  hours.  The  briquettes  (both  treated  and  untreated)  are  then 
broken  in  a  shot-testing  machine.  A  cement  was  said  to  pass  this  test  when 
the  treated  briquettes  exhibited  greater  strength  than  the  untreated  ones." 

The  following  conclusions  are  drawn  from  the  results  obtained : 

"  The  high-pressure  steam  test  should  be  made  on  all  cements  that  are  in- 
corporated in  cement,  mortar,  or  concrete  products  that  are  to  be  cured  in 
steam  at  pressures  above  atmospheric.  The  high-pressure  steam  test  may  be 
of  value  as  forecasting  the  behavior  of  neat  cement  or  a  very  rich  mortar 
when  exposed  under  normal  conditions  in  dry  air,  but  it  vpill  not  forecast  the 
behavior  of  cements  in  concretes  as  normally  exposed.  The  cement  passing 
the  high-pressure  steam  test  is  not  superior  in  cementing  quality,  as  determined 
from  the  compressive  strength  of  concretes,  to  cement  that  fails  to  pass  this 
test.  The  cement  passing  the  high-pressure  steam  test  does  not  make  more 
permanent  or  durable  concrete  than  cement  which  meets  the  requirements  of 
the  standard  specification,  but  fails  to  pass  this  test.  Cement  failing  to  pass 
the  standard  specification  atmos-pheric  steam  test,  but  meeting  the  other  re- 
quirements of  the  standard  specification  shows  in  some  instances  a  normal 
strength  in  concrete.  For  practical  work  under  normal  conditions  of  construc- 
tion the  results  of  this  investigation  fail  to  show  that  the  high-pressure  steam 
test  is  of  value  as  a  means  of  determining  the  ultimate  soundness  of  concrete." 

Testing  the  belt  power  of  a  tractor,  E.  C.  Gee  (Pover  Parining,  25  (1916), 
No.  6,  p.  9,  figs.  2). — This  is  a  brief  illustrated  description  of  the  prony  brake 
test  as  applied  to  a  tractor. 
64968°— 16 7 


688 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOBD. 


[Vol.  3& 


Mechanical  tillag'e  experiments  at  Grignon,  France,  in  1914  and  1915, 
BRfiTiGNii:BE  and  Ringelmann  {Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  (Ed.  VEst-Centre),  36  (1915), 
No.  23,  pp.  532-536;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bill.  Agr.  Intel, 
and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  1093-1095)  .—Experiments  begun  in  1913 
with  a  Flemish  plow  drawn  by  oxen,  a  tractor  and  plow  outfit,  a  motor  plow, 
two  rotary  cultivators,  and  two  tractor  and  cable  outfits  are  reported.  The 
soil  was  a  shallow  calcareous  clay  in  the  first  set  of  experiments.  After  wheat, 
a  catch  crop  of  white  mustard  was  sown  and  plowed  in  by  the  various  ma- 
chines, one  on  each  plat,  while  one  plat  was  plowed  by  a  Flemish  double  "  turn- 
wrist  "  plow  drawn  by  oxen,  after  which  Grey  Houdan  oats  were  sown  on  all 
of  them.  In  the  second  series  the  soil  was  fairly  deep  loam,  with  oats  following 
lucern.    The  yields  are  shown  in  the  following  table : 

Crop  results  after  mechanical  tillage. 


Kind  of  implement. 


First  series. 


Straw. 


Grain 


Chaff, 
etc. 


Total. 


Ratio  of 

straw  to 

grain. 


Second  series. 


Straw. 


Grain. 


Chaff, 
etc. 


Total. 


Ratio  of 

straw  to 

grain. 


Flemish   plow   drawn   by 

oxen 

Tractor  and  plow 

Motor  plow 

Windlass  tractor 

Tractor  hauling  on  cable. . . 

Rotary  cultivator  (1) 

Rotary  cultivator  ( 2) 


Lbs. 
per 
acre. 
2,750 
3,360 
3,360 


Lbs. 
per 
acre. 
2,170 
1,948 
2,409 


Lbs. 
per 
acre. 
491 
803 
661 


Lbs. 
per 
acre. 
5,411 
6,111 
6,430 


127  :  100 
in  :  100 
130  :  100 


2,469 
2,542 


1,753 
1,725 


326 
491 


4,548 
4,758 


141 
147; 


Lbs. 
per 

acre. 
3,613 
3,379 
2,989 
3,569 
3,212 
3,345 


Lbs. 
per 
acre. 
3, 256 
3,155 
2,632 
3,279 
2,766 
3,055 


Lbs. 

per 

acre 
580 
625 
635 
578 
647 
647 


Lbs. 
per 

acre. 
7,  449  111  :  100 
7,159107  :100 
6,256115  :100 
7,  426  109  :  100 
6,  f)25  116  :  100 
7,047120:100 


In  all  the  machine-tilled  plats  in  the  first  series  the  ratio  of  straw  to  grain 
was  greater  than  in  the  one  plowed  by  oxen.  In  the  second  series  the  plat  plowed 
by  the  windlass  tractor  yii^Ided  a  crop  similar  in  quantity  and  ratio  of  straw 
to  grain  to  that  obtained  by  the  Flemish  plow. 

In  both  fields  the  rotary  digger  gave  lower  yields  than  the  Flemish  plow, 
while  the  results  of  the  tractor  and  plow  and  motor  plow  differed  in  the  two 
fields.  In  the  first  field  the  crops  were  heavier  than  those  obtained  on  the  work 
of  the  Flemish  plow,  while  in  the  other  field  they  were  inferior.  It  was  also 
found  that  in  the  first  field  the  ground  was  not  too  moist  and  it  has  been 
plowed  as  well  by  the  tractor  as  by  the  Flemish  plow  and  decidedly  better  than 
by  the  motor  plow.  In  the  tractor-plowed  plat  the  white  mustard  had  been 
turned  in  better  than  by  the  Flemish  plow.  On  the  whole  the  plats  plowed  by 
the  tractor  and  the  motor  plow  were  better  prepared  than  the  plat  worked  by 
oxen.  "  In  the  second  field,  on  the  other  hand,  the  ground  was  wet ;  the  work 
of  the  tractor  left  room  for  criticism  while  that  of  the  motor  plow  was  quite 
unsatisfactory." 

Dust  explosions  and  fires  in  grain  separators  in  the  Pacific  Northwest, 
D.  J.  Price  and  E.  B.  McCoemick  (V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  379  (1916),  pp.  22, 
pis.  11). — Field  and  laboratory  experiments  on  the  causes  of  dust  explosions  in 
grain  .separators  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  University  of  Idaho  and  in 
consultation  with  the  Washington  Experiment  Station  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  3S6)  are 
reported,  together  with  descriptions  of  preventive  devices  developed  as  a  result 
of  the  investigation. 

It  was  found  that  explosions  were  generally  distributed  among  all  types  of 
separators,  both  steel  and  wood,  and  that  fires  occurred  also  in  the  combination 


1916]  SURAL  ENGINEERING.  689 

type.  Of  117  fires  95  were  dust  explosions,  and  of  108  fires  82  originated  back 
of  the  cylinder  or  very  near  that  point.  "About  75  per  cent  of  the  occurrences 
were  assigned  to  the  presence  of  static  electricity  and  to  smut  explosions. 
.  .  .  The  invesigations  show  conclusively  that  the  presence  of  a  hot  box  is 
not  essential  in  order  that  an  explosion  may  take  place.  .  .  . 

"As  a  result  of  the  investigations  ...  it  is  believed  that  a  complete  system 
of  electrical  connection  from  all  of  the  moving  parts  to  a  common  wire,  and 
a  thorough  grounding  of  this  common  wire,  will  prevent  a  large  percentage  of 
the  fires  that  are  due  to  the  presence  of  static  electricity  and  an  explosive  mix- 
ture of  smut  dust  and  air."  The  use  of  a  suction  fan  attached  to  the  top  of 
the  separator  and  near  the  cylinder  w^hich  exhausts  from  above  the  cylinder 
and  from  below  the  fan  is  also  advocated. 

An  automatic  fire  extinguisher  which  was  tested  and  found  to  be  satisfactory 
is  also  described.  This  consists  essentially  of  a  tank  mounted  on  top  of  the 
separator  and  containing  a  bottle  of  sulphuric  acid  and  water  containing  soda. 
Other  accessories  are  a  discharge  pipe  extending  throughout  the  separator  and 
fitted  with  spray  nozzles,  a  tripping  mechanism,  and  a  set  of  fuses  mounted  in 
a  wire  line. 

"  The  presence  of  sufficient  heat  within  the  separator  will  melt  one  of  the 
fuses.  This  breaks  the  wire  line,  releasing  the  trigger,  which  frees  the  trip- 
ping mechanism,  causing  a  hammer  within  the  tank  to  strike  a  blow  sufficient 
to  break  the  bottle.  The  discharge  of  the  sulphuric  acid  into  the  water  con- 
taining soda  causes  the  formation  of  carbon  dioxid,  which  generates  sufficient 
pressure  to  force  the  water  through  the  discharge  pipe  and  the  nozzles  to  all 
the  crevices  of  the  separator.  .  .  . 

"  The  locations  [of  fuses]  will  vary  with  each  machine,  and  must  be  selected 
so  that  the  fuses  are  sure  to  be  reached  by  the  flame  or  the  heat,  but  not  so 
placed  that  the  wire  connecting  them  is  likely  to  be  broken  by  the  straw  or  by 
the  moving  parts  of  the  separator. 

"  The  location  of  the  nozzles  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  machine, 
but  the  following  points  should  be  observed : 

"  Locate  one  nozzle  directly  above  the  cylinder,  if  possible ;  if  not,  place  it 
so  that  the  beater  will  help  diffuse  the  spray  from  that  nozzle.  Run  the  pipe 
line  along  underneath  the  roof  of  the  separator,  with  the  nozzles  pointing 
downward.  Install  a  sufficient  number  of  nozzles  along  this  line,  and  so  locate 
them  that  every  chamber  in  the  separator  is  thoroughly  served  by  a  nozzle. 
Particular  pains  should  be  taken  to  serve  dead  air  spaces,  as  it  is  in  these  that 
dust  is  likely  to  accumulate.  As  the  stacker  end  of  the  machine  is  less  likely 
to  contain  any  closed  chambers,  it  is  probable  that,  in  most  types  of  machines, 
the  nozzles  at  this  end  may  be  30  in.  or  more  apart.  The  last  nozzle  along  the 
pipe  line  and  within  the  separator  should  be  just  above  the  end  of  the  shakers." 

Combination  barns  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Geeig  and  A.  M.  Shaw  {Brit. 
CoJumbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  1  (1915),  pp.  54. 
figs.  21). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details  of  four 
combination  barns  and  gives  bills  of  materials. 

Dairy  barns,  ice  and  milk  houses  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  A.  'M. 
Shaw  (Brit.  Coltimbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  2 
{1915),  pp.  66,  figs.  20). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural 
details  of  four  dairy  barns  and  two  ice  and  milk  houses. 

Beef  cattle  barns  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Gbeig  and  A.  M.  Shaw  {Brit. 
Columbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  3  {1915),  pp.  53, 
figs.  18). — This  bulletin  describes  and  diagrammatically  illustrates  a  beef  cattle 
breeding  barn,  feeding  shed,  and  feeding  barn  and  discusses  details  of  roof 
framing,  mangers,  stalls,  a  portable  grain  table,  and  a  portable  feeder. 


690  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Horse  barns  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  A.  M.  Shaw  {Brit.  Columbia 
Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  4  {1915),  pp.  50,  figs.  16). — 
This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details  of  four  horse  barns 
and  discusses  the  details  of  roof  framing,  stalls,  and  ventilation. 

Sheep  bams  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Geeig  and  A.  M.  Shaw  {Brit.  Columbia 
Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  5  {1915),  pp.  34,  fiffs.  13). — 
This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details  of  four  sheep  barns 
and  of  feeding  devices  and  gives  bills  of  materials. 

Piggeries  and  smokehouse  for  prairie  farm.s,  A.  R.  Greig  and  A.  M.  Shaw 
{Brit.  Columbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  6  {1915), 
pp.  38,  figs.  13). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details 
of  two  permanent  piggeries,  a  portable  piggery,  and  a  smokehouse,  and  gives 
bills  of  materials. 

Poultry  houses  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  R.  K.  Baker  {Brit.  Co- 
lumbia Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  7  {1915),  pp.  35, 
figs.  12). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details  of  one 
permanent  and  two  portable  poultry  houses,  trap  nests,  feed  hoppers,  and  a 
coop  for  a  setting  hen,  and  gives  bills  of  materials. 

The  pullet  laying  house,  G.  R.  Shoup  {Washington  Sta.,  West.  Wash.  Sta. 
Mo.  Bui.  4  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  12-20,  figs.  2). — This  describes  the  construction  of 
a  pullet  laying  house  adapted  to  Washington  conditions. 

Commercial  poultry  house  equipment,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup  {Wash- 
ington Sta.,  West.  Wash.  Sta.  Mo.  Bui.,  4  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  3-11,  figs.  ^).— This 
article  describes  the  necessary  furnishings  and  equipment  for  the  efficient  hand- 
ling of  laying  pullets. 

Implement  sheds  and  granaries  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  A.  M. 
Shaw  {Brit.  Columbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  8 
{1915),  pp.  38,  figs.  10). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural 
details  of  a  portable  granary,  two  permanent  granaries,  and  two  implement 
sheds,  and  gives  bills  of  materials. 

Silos  and  root  cellars  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  A.  M.  Shaw  {Brit. 
Columbia  Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  9  {1915),  pp.  38, 
figs.  17). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  the  structural  details  of  two 
stave  silos  and  a  root  cellar  and  gives  bills  of  materials. 

Silos  and  silage,  H.  L.  Blanch ard  {Washington  Sta.,  West.  WasJi.  Sta.  Mo. 
Bui.  4  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  2-10,  figs.  7). — This  is  a  brief  description  of  the  stave, 
wooden  hoop,  concrete,  and  pit  silo,  and  methods  of  silo  filling. 

Houses  for  prairie  farms,  A.  R.  Greig  and  L.  B.  Beale  {Brit.  Columbia 
Dept.  Lands,  Forest  Serv.,  Farm  Build.  Ser.  Bui.  10  {1916),  pp.  70,  figs.  29).— 
This  bulletin  describes  and  diagrammatically  illustrates  six  farmhouses,  gives 
bills  of  materials,  and  discusses  septic  tanks  and  methods  of  laying  out  farms. 

Modem  plumbing  illustrated,  R.  M.  Staebuck  {New  York:  The  Norman 
W.  Henley  Publishing  Co.,  1915,  3.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  407,  figs.  58;  rev.  in 
Engin.  News,  75  {1916),  No.  24,  pp.  1134,  1135).— This  book  contains  58  figures 
illustrating  the  details  of  different  types  and  methods  of  plumbing.  It  is  de- 
signed to  cover  the  entire  field  of  plumbing  as  far  as  possible.  "  It  takes  up  not 
only  plumbing  as  practiced  in  towns  and  cities  under  strict  plumbing  regulations, 
but  plumbing  construction  under  conditions  obtaining  in  country  districts,  where 
the  problems  which  arise  are  often  of  an  entirely  different  nature,  and  where 
there  is  not  in  existence  any  public  regulation  of  sanitary  work. 

"  The  subjects  considered  cover  a  variety  of  lines  of  work,  including  fixture 
work  in  detail,  the  construction  of  the  drainage  and  vent  systems  in  detail,  and 
complete  plumbing  systems  of  buildings  of  various  kinds.  The  work  is  designed 
essentially  to  cover  subjects  pertaining  to  drainage  alone,  but  it  is  clear  that  in 


1916] 


RURAL  ECONOMICS. 


691 


many  instances  the  subject  of  water  supply  is  closely  associated  with  the  drain- 
age problem,  and  the  author  has  therefore  deemed  it  advisable  in  several  in- 
stances to  go  somewhat  into  the  general  subject  of  water  supply.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  of  country  plumbing  systems  and  of  the  systems  of  large  city  build- 
ings." 

Sewage  disposal  for  country  homes,  F.  M.  White  and  E.  G.  Hastings  {Wis. 
Col.  Afff.  Ext.  Serv.  Circ.  60  {1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  i2).— This  is  a  popular  illus- 
trated discussion  of  the  subject.  See  also  a  previous  publication  from  the 
Wisconsin  Station  by  Ocock  and  Wright  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  86). 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

Labor  requirements  of  crop  production,  T.  P.  Cooper,  F.  W.  Peck,  and  A. 
Boss  {Minnesota  Sta.  Bui.  151  {1916),  pp.  55,  figs.  2).— In  1902,  cost-of -pro- 
duction studies  were  started  in  three  counties  in  Minnesota.  Cost  data  were 
gathered  by  personal  visits  to  farms,  and  15  farms  were  selected  in  each  locality 
which  were  visited  daily  by  an  agent  to  obtain  labor  records  and  weight  of  feeds 
and  dairy  products.  These  data  were  collected  yearly  since  that  date  for  10 
years,  although  the  number  of  farms  was  reduced  to  8  in  each  locality.  As  a 
result  of  the  studies,  data  were  obtained  as  to  the  average  annual  hours  of 
labor  required  per  acre  in  producing  various  field  crops,  as  follows : 

Average  annual  hours  of  labor  per  acre  required  in  producing  field  crops, 

1902-1912. 


Kind  of  crop. 


North  field, 

Rice 

County. 


Man.    Horse.    Man.   Horse, 


Marshall, 

Lyon 
County. 


Halstad , 
Norman 
County. 


Man.    Horse. 


Average,  all 
farms. 


Man.    Horse 


Wheat,  shock-threshed 

Oats,  snock-threshed 

Barley,  shock-threshed 

Fall  rye,  shock-threshed 

Flax,  stack-threshed 

Com,  husked 

Fodder  com,  cut,  shocked,  and  stacked. 

Silage 

Hay,  timothy  and  clover,  first  crop 

Hay,  timothy  and  clover,  two  cuttings.. 

Hay,  wild 

Timothy,  cut  for  seed 

Clover,  cut  for  seed 

Hay,  millet 

Hemp 


En. 

14.5 
14.7 
14.8 


Hrs. 
28.0 
28.2 
27.9 


15.0 

30.1 
33.7 
33.7 
12.7 
21.3 
9.1 


31.0 
53.6 
54.1 
56.0 
11.8 
20.3 
10.0 


10.1 
18.5 
14.3 


11.3 
36.3 
27.4 


Hts. 
12.2 
12.2 
13.3 
10.2 
15.6 
22.6 
25.0 


Hrs. 

29.4 
30.0 
31.4 
27.0 
40.2 
51.6 
51.0 


11.0 
15.6 
11.2 
6.0 
8.1 
16.9 


13.4 
23.0 
13.5 

8.5 
13.6 
39.1 


Hts. 
10.8 
11.7 
11.9 
10.4 
12.9 
30.9 
33.1 
31.5 
12.6 


Hts. 

28.2 
29.6 
29.5 
27.5 
32.6 
57.6 
52.8 
63.5 
13.8 


13.5 
4.4 


20.7 
6.1 


17.3 


39.5 


Hts. 
12.3 
13.5 
12.8 
10.3 
13.7 
26.2 
30.4 
32.6 
12.3 
20.7 
12.2 
5.1 
9.2 
17.3 
14.3 


Hts. 
29.9 

28.9 
29.9 
27.2 
33.8 
54.2 
52.6 
59.8 
13.0 
21.5 
16.9 
7.1 
12.3 
39.1 
27.4 


In  commenting  upon  the  amount  of  labor  required,  the  authors  make  the 
following  statement : 

"  Increased  productivity  per  laborer  may  be  obtained  either  by  extending  the 
farm  operations  or  by  increasing  the  yields  per  acre.  The  extensive  type  of 
agriculture  is  based  on  the  distribution  of  a  man's  labor  over  the  greatest  possi- 
ble crop  acreage,  thus  obtaining  large  productivity  per  labor  unit.  It  is  typified 
by  the  use  of  large-capacity  machinery  and  of  mechanical  power  such  as  steam 
or  gasoline.  In  this  type  of  agriculture  each  man  performs  a  maximum  of 
service  through  the  aid  of  equipment ;  that  is,  of  capital  invested  in  equip- 
ment. .  .  . 

"  The  gross  returns  from  each  unit  of  labor  used  in  crop-production  may  in- 
crease to  the  point  of  maximum  yields.  .  .  .    Additional  labor  should  be  utilized 


692  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECOED.  [Vol.35 

on  crops  only  to  the  point  where  yields  give  increased  net  returns.  When  this 
point  is  reached,  it  is  better  management  to  apply  this  labor  to  additional  acres, 
and  thus  obtain  a  maximum  return  for  the  additional  units  applied,  than  to 
apply  additional  labor  to  the  crop  on  the  same  land  and  obtain  merely  equal 
returns.  In  other  words,  if  the  returns  for  each  unit  of  additional  labor  on  a 
given  acreage  do  not  show  increase,  the  operation  should  become  more  ex- 
tensive." 

Data  as  to  the  hours  of  labor  required  in  marketing  farm  crops  and  a  com- 
parison of  shock-threshing  v.  stack-threshing  are  also  given. 

Waste  land  and  wasted  land  on  farms,  J.  S.  Ball  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  H5  {1916),  pp.  18,  figs.  12). — The  author  has  classified  the  non- 
productive farm  areas  as  follows :  Land  unnecessarily  taken  up  by  farm  build- 
ings and  lots,  unnecessary  lanes  and  roads,  fence  rows,  open  ditches,  headlands, 
or  turning  spaces  bordering  fields  and  terraces ;  the  part  of  any  public  road  in- 
cluded in  a  farm  area ;  land  rendered  untillable  by  swamps,  rocks,  etc. ;  wood- 
land not  yielding  salable  products ;  and  uneconomic  pasture  land. 

He  discusses  these  various  types  in  general  and  with  special  reference  to  in- 
formation obtained  in  connection  with  farm  management  surveys  on  1,703 
farms,  in  nine  States.  Wide  variations  in  the  percentage  of  the  total  farm  acre- 
age occupied  by  nonproductive  areas  were  found,  both  between  different  regions 
and  on  individual  farms  in  the  same  locality. 

Size  of  farm  business,  O.  R.  Johnson  and  W.  E.  Foard  {Missouri  Sta.  Bui. 
UO  {1916),  pp.  3-40,  figs.  12).— This  bulletin  is  the  second  based  on  data  se- 
cured in  a  survey  of  four  townships  in  the  western  part  of  Johnson  County  (E. 
S.  R.,  32,  p.  791).  Among  the  conclusions  reached  by  the  authors  from  this 
study  are  the  following: 

"There  are  several  factors  which  play  a  part  in  determining  the  size  and 
profitableness  of  the  farm  business.  First  in  importance  in  a  diversified  farm- 
ing region  is  the  number  of  acres  operated.  The  larger  farms  have  a  more 
favorable  distribution  of  capital  than  the  smaller  farms.  They  have  as  large 
a  percentage  of  tillable  ground  and  less  waste  land  than  the  small  farms.  More 
of  the  large  farm  is  kept  in  grass.  The  large  farm  is  more  heavily  stocked  with 
live  stock  other  than  work  stock.  One  animal  unit  is  kept  for  each  6.6  acres  of 
crops  on  the  small  farm  while  only  4.8  crop  acres  are  grown  for  each  animal  unit 
on  the  larger  farm. 

"The  operator  of  the  larger  farm  is  employing  his  men,  horses,  and  equipment 
more  efficiently  than  is  the  man  on  the  smaller  farm.  .  .  .  The  horse  on  the 
large  farm  cares  for  21.2  crop  acres  while  on  the  small  farm  he  has  only  7.3 
acres  to  care  for.  .  .  . 

"The  receipts  and  expenses  per  acre  are  practically  the  same  on  large  and 
small  farms.  .  .  .  The  large  farm  seems  to  be  able  to  get  better  results  from  the 
feeding  of  cattle  and  the  return  from  feeding  hogs  are  at  least  as  good.  .  .  . 

"The  labor  income  on  a  certain-sized  farm  is  limited  by  the  capital  investment. 
Some  farms  are  too  heavily  capitalized  and  others  do  not  have  enough  capital 
invested.  The  most  successful  farms  in  each  group  have  an  investment  of  from 
§70  to  ?95  per  acre.  .  .  . 

"The  man  with  a  low  capital  investment  per  acre  is  giving  so  much  attention 
to  grain  farming  that  his  system  does  not  give  him  enough  productive  labor. 
Where  the  capital  is  larger,  the  farmer  is  able  to  keep  more  live  stock  and  thus 
secure  more  regular  employment.  This  influences  his  labor  income  to  quite  an 
extent." 

The  farmer's  income,  E.  A,  Goldenweiser  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui. 
746  {1916),  pp.  7,  fig.  1). — This  study  is  based  upon  the  data  available  regarding 
farmers'  incomes  in  the  reports  of  the  Census  and  the  investigations  of  the  Office 
of  Farm  Management  and  the  States  Relations  Service. 


1916]  RURAL  ECONOMICS.  693 

From  a  study  of  the  Census  data,  dealing  with  6,362,000  farmers,  the  author 
concludes  that  the  gross  income  of  the  farmer  is  $1,236  per  farm,  out  of  which 
he  pays  $512  in  farm  expenses,  leaving  a  net  earning  of  $724  available  for  family 
expenses,  payments  on  mortgage,  and  savings.  After  deducting  interest  on  the 
investment  at  5  per  cent,  there  is  left  $402  as  labor  income  produced  by  the 
family. 

The  investigations  of  the  Office  of  Farm  Management  indicate  that  the  aver- 
age earnings  of  4,018  farm  families  were  $952,  of  which  $400  represented 
the  value  of  the  house  rent,  food,  and  fuel  supplied  by  the  farm.  The  data 
obtained  through  the  farm  management  demonstrations  of  the  States  Relations 
Service  indicated  that  the  average  labor  income  on  4,400  farms  was  approxi- 
mately $800. 

The  author  commenting  on  these  data  states  that  "the  average  farm  family 
makes  approximately  as  much  for  its  labor  as  the  average  industrial  family,  but 
owing  to  the  lower  cost  of  living  on  the  farm  and  the  interest  earned  by  the 
farm  investment,  the  average  farm  family  occupies  a  much  more  secure  economic 
position  than  does  the  average  city  family." 

Tlie  farmer's  income,  E.  A.  Goldenweisee  (Amer.  Econ.  Rev.,  6  {1916),  No. 
1,  pp.  42-48,  fig-  1). — This  article  includes  a  large  portion  of  the  above  data. 

Costs  and  sources  of  farm-mortgage  loans  in  the  United  States,  C.  W. 
Thompson  ([/.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  S84  {1916),  pp.  16,  pis.  5).— In  this  publica- 
tion data  are  given  as  to  the  average  interest  rate  and  the  average  annual  com- 
mission by  States  for  farm-mortgage  loans,  and  the  proportion  of  the  total  mort- 
gages in  each  State  distributed  according  to  the  rate  of  interest  paid.  Data 
are  also  given  showing  the  percentage  of  the  total  farm  mortgages  held  by  life 
insurance  companies  and  by  banks,  factors  which  influence  the  terms  on  farm- 
mortgage  loans,  the  need  for  improved  facilities,  and  the  desirability  of  State 
and  Federal  legislation. 

The  author  summarizes  his  conclusions  as  follows : 

"  Being  given  a  properly  organized  credit  system,  it  is  believed  that  the 
farmer  who  adopts  business  methods  in  his  farming  and  thus  shows  himself 
worthy  of  credit  will  have  adequate  opportunity  to  secure  it  on  reasonable 
terms.  The  farmers'  need  in  connection  with  mortgage  credit  is  to  obtain  in- 
vestment capital  for  relatively  long  periods  of  time,  on  suitable  terms  of  repay- 
ment, and  at  the  lowest  cost  consistent  with  business  policy.  A  properly  or- 
ganized system  should  supply  this  need,  and,  under  suitable  Federal  regulation 
and  control,  should  protect  the  farmer  against  the  unreasonable  charges  now 
prevailing  in  many  localities." 

Some  observations  on  the  bulk  handling  of  grain  for  California,  B.  H. 
Crocheeon  and  C.  J.  Williams  {California  Sta.  Circ.  152  {1916),  pp.  24). — The 
advantages  and  disadvantages  of  handling  grain  in  bulk  and  in  sacks  are  dis- 
cussed, and  data  on  the  cost  of  handling  grain  by  these  methods  are  given.  The 
cost  of  handling  sacked  grain  after  harvesting  is  estimated  at  $3,915  per  ton  as 
compared  with  $2.90  for  bulk  handling. 

Rules  and  regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  under  the  United 
States  Cotton  Futures  Act  of  August  11,  1916  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  Sec. 
Circ.  64  {1916),  pp.  27). — This  circular  contains  rules  and  regulations  promul- 
gated by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  relative  to  the  United  States  Cotton 
Futures  Act  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  307),  as  well  as  a  copy  of  the  act  itself. 

Agricultural  associations  and  the  war,  P.  Sagoukin  {Ann.  Sci.  Agron.,  4 
ser.,  4  {1915),  No.  10-12,  pp.  382-397) .—In  this  article  are  discussed  the  influ- 
ence of  the  war  upon  the  French  agricultural  associations  and  some  of  the 
functions  performed  by  them  under  war  conditions. 


694  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.  35 

Rome's  fall  reconsidered,  V.  G.  Simkhovitch  {Polit.  Sci.  Quart.,  31  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  201-243). — In  this  article  the  author  points  out  the  influence  of  the 
agricultural  practice  and  the  methods  of  holding  land  upon  the  decline  of  the 
Roman  Empire. 

Monthly  crop  reports,  July  and  August,  1916,  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Mo.  Crop 
Rpt.,  2  (1916),  Nos.  7,  pp.  61-72;  8,  pp.  73-84,  figs.  8).— These  numbers  contain 
the  u.sual  data  relative  to  acerage  and  condition  of  the  principal  crops,  average 
prices  paid  to  producers,  estimated  farm  value,  the  range  of  prices  of  agricul- 
tural products  at  important  markets,  and  miscellaneous  data. 

No.  7. — This  contains  a  statement  relative  to  the  amount  of  commercial  ferti- 
lizers sold  in  the  cotton  States,  a  special  report  on  honey  yields  and  prospects, 
and  a  review  of  the  tobacco  situation  and  the  condition  of  truck  crops  for  can- 
ning. In  commenting  regarding  the  prices  of  vs^ool  the  following  statement  is 
made : 

"  The  average  price  paid  to  producers  of  the  United  States  for  unwashed  wool 
in  the  past  month  was  28.7  cts.  per  pound,  which  compares  with  23.7,  18.4,  15.6, 
18.7,  15.5,  and  19.5  cts.,  respectively,  in  June  of  the  past  6  years.  .  .  .  The 
average  weight  of  wool  per  fleece  this  year  is  abount  6.92  lbs." 

No.  8. — Special  articles  are  included  on  the  commercial  acreage  and  produc- 
tion of  onions,  the  acreage  in  watermelons  and  cantaloups  in  1915  and  1916, 
receipts  and  exports  of  Durum  wheat,  and  the  largest  yield  per  acre  of  various 
crops  produced  on  single  fields  or  plats  in  different  parts  of  the  United  States. 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION. 

School  credit  for  home  practice  in  agriculture,  F.  E.  Heaxd  (U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  Bui.  SS5  (1916),  pp.  27). — The  author  discusses  (1)  methods  for  teachers' 
use  in  giving  rank  for  home  w^ork  in  agriculture  and  applying  that  rank  with 
proper  weight  to  the  general  scholarship  average  of  the  pupil,  and  (2)  the  basis 
of  such  rank  or  credit  for  the  benefit  of  school  officials  who  desire  to  introduce 
home  practice  in  agriculture  as  an  educational  feature  into  rural  schools. 
Supplementay  tables  of  labor  requirements  and  selected  club  records  of  boys' 
and  girls'  work  are  included. 

Public  elementary  schools  and  food  supply  in  war  time  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr. 
[London^,  23  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  33-40).— This  is  the  text  of  a  memorandum 
issued  by  the  English  Board  of  Education,  upon  request  of  the  president  of 
the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries,  to  local  education  authorities,  school 
managers,  teachers,  parents,  and  others  interested  in  the  work  of  elementary 
schools,  calling  attention  to  the  need  for  maintaining  and  increasing  the  supply 
of  home-grown  food  of  all  kinds.  The  memorandum,  without  giving  detailed 
suggestions  for  carrying  them  on,  briefly  indicates  some  minor  industries  and 
occupations  for  increasing  the  food  supply  which  have  been  or  can  be  taken  up 
in  connection  with  rural  and  semirural  schools,  such  as  gardening,  keeping 
live  stock,  poultry,  rabbits,  bees,  pigs,  and  goats,  making  jam,  evaporating  and 
bottling  fruits,  and  the  drying  of  savory  herbs  in  connection  with  cookery 
classes,  collection  of  wild  fruits,  etc.,  and  farm  handicraft. 

[State-aided  vocational  agricultural  education  in  1915]  (Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Ed. 
[Mass.],  79  (1916),  pp.  185-193,  293-299,  320,  321;  Bui.  Bd.  Ed.  Mass.  No.  54 
(1916),  pp.  19). — This  report  is  devoted  to  the  present  achievements  of  the  two 
county  agricultural  high  schools  in  Bristol  and  Essex  Counties,  respectively, 
and  the  future  prospects  of  this  type  of  school,  and  to  statistical  data  on  the 
three  vocational  agricultural  schools  and  13  agricultural  departments  in  se- 
lected high  schools,  with  reference  to  receipts  and  expenditures,  teachers, 
student  enrollment,  distribution  of  graduates,  activities,  including  judging  and 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION.  695 

other  contests,  earninss  of  agricultural  pupils  from  farm  and  other  work  for 
tlie  years  1912-1915,  inclusive,  and  project  work. 

Short  courses  (Agr.  Gaz.  Canada,  3  {1916),  No.  Jf,  pp.  310-324,  figs.  4).— This 
is  a  review  of  the  short  courses  in  agriculture  and  home  economics  offered  in 
the  Provinces  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  Quebec,  Manitoba,  and 
Saskatchewan. 

School  garden  plans  for  1916  (Agr.  Gaz.  Canada,  S  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  355- 
361). — The  plans  for  .school  garden  work  for  1916  in  the  Provinces  of  Prince 
Edward  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  Ontario,  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  and  British 
Columbia,  are  outlined. 

A  school  garden  organization,  F.  W.  Bates  {Agr.  Gaz.  Canada,  3  {1916),  No. 
5,  pp.  459-462,  figs.  4)- — A  sketch  of  the  organization  and  development  of  the 
work  of  the  Lost  River  Municipal  School  Garden  Association  in  Saskatchewan 
as  an  illustration  of  the  success  of  school  gardening  organized  as  a  community 
project. 

Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture,  Industry,  and  Commerce  for  1914, 
M.  E.  De  Queiroz  Vieika  {Relat.  Min.  Agr.  Indus,  e  Com.,  Brazil,  No.  1  {1914), 
pp.  XXXIV -\-204,  pis.  41)- — This  report  includes  an  account  of  the  progress  in 
1914  of  agricultural  education  and  reearch  institutions  in  Brazil,  comprising 
the  Higher  School  of  Agriculture  and  Veterinary  Medicine  at  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
a  secondary  or  theoretical-practical  school  of  agriculture,  8  agricultural  ap- 
prentice schools,  1  permanent  dairy  school,  5  experiment  stations,  of  which  2 
are  in  process  of  organization ;  5  demonstration  fields,  2  .sericultural  stations, 
8  zootechnical  stations,  4  model  stock-breeding  farms,  and  the  botanical  garden, 
national  museum,  and  forest  nursery,  and  of  agricultural  extension  work. 

The  Danish  people's  high  school  including  a  general  account  of  the  edu- 
cational system  of  Denmark,  M.  Hegland  {JJ.  S.  Bur.  Ed.  Bui.  45  {1915), 
pp.  182). — Part  I  of  this  bulletin  gives  a  general  account  of  the  educational 
system  of  Denmark.  Part  II  deals  with  the  origin,  growth,  life,  aims,  curricula, 
methods,  influence,  and  results  of  the  people's  high  schools  in  Denmark,  gives 
brief  accounts  of  similar  schools  in  Norway,  Sweden,  Finland,  Germany,  Eng- 
land, and  the  United  States,  and  discusses  the  adaptation  of  these  schools  to 
American  conditions.  Tables,  giving  statistics  of  students,  teachers,  and  number 
of  hours  of  instruction  devoted  to  each  subject  in  a  five  months'  course  in  the 
people's  high  schools  and  agricultural  schools  in  Denmark,  and  a  bibliography 
are  appended. 

Activities  of  the  Italian  Colonial  Agricultural  Institute,  G.  B.  Gioli  {Agr. 
Colon  [Italy},  10  {1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  94-104) .—This  is  a  report,  by  the  director, 
on  the  regulations,  staff,  curriculum,  experimental  work,  and  finances  for 
1914-15  of  the  Italian  Colonial  Agricultural  Institute  at  Florence. 

The  Bavarian  forestry  schools,  Esslinger  {Ztschr.  Forst.  u.  Jagdw.,  41 
{1915),  No.  9,  pp.  568-572). — The  author  discusses  the  training  required  for 
admission  to  the  forest  management  and  forest  protection  service,  including 
the  new  regulations  requiring  a  four-year  course  in  a  forest  school  after  the 
completion  of  the  seven-year  Bavarian  public  school  course. 

Regulations  for  the  training  of  teachers  of  agricultural  home  economics 
{Min.  Bl.  K.  Preuss.  Verwalt.  Landw.,  Domdnen  u.  Forsten,  10  {1914),  No.  5, 
pp.  80-109). — Detailed  information  is  given  concerning  the  training  of  agricul- 
tural housekeeping  teachers  in  Prussia,  including  (1)  the  admission  require- 
ments; (2)  an  outline  of  the  one-year  course  of  instruction  in  cooking,  baking, 
preserving,  housekeeping,  laundering,  sewing,  physics,  chemistry,  botany,  the 
origin,  nutritive  and  economic  value,  utilization,  and  adulteration  of  foodstuffs, 
marketing,  hygiene  and  sanitation,  psychology  and  pedagogy,  civics  and  rural 
welfare,  household  accounts  and  bookkeeping,  animal  husbandry,  including  pig 


696  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

raising,  dairying,  poultry  raising,  and  fruit,  flower  and  vegetable  gardening; 
(3)  time  schedules  showing  the  distribution  of  subjects  and  time  devoted  to 
theoretical  and  practical  instruction  in  each;  (4)  exercises  in  cooking,  baking, 
and  preserving;  and  (5)  written  and  theoretical-practical  oral  examination 
requirements,  the  former  including  two  theses  on  methods  of  teaching  and 
agricultural  and  home  economics  subjects,  respectively.  This  training  is  given 
in  the  agricultural  seminars  of  six  of  the  farm  and  home  management  schools 
designated  by  the  Minister  of  Agriculture,  Domains,  and  Forests,  viz,  at  Obern- 
kirchen,  Maidburg,  Bad  Weilbach  near  Florsheim,  Mallinckrodthof  at  Pader- 
horn,  and  Luisenhof  at  Barwalde. 

Scientific  informations  (Netherlands  East  Indian  San  Francisco  Com., 
Dept.  Agr.,  Indus,  and  Com.,  Essay  No.  S  (1914),  pp-  91,  pis.  18). — Part  1  of 
this  pamphlet  gives  a  history  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Industry,  and 
Commerce  of  Netherlands  East  India,  and  an  account  of  its  present  organiza- 
tion and  work.  I'art  2  deals  with  the  history  and  work  of  private  experimental 
stations,  the  cost  of  which  is  borne  privately  but  which  nevertheless  form  a 
part  of  the  agricultural  department  or  are  in  some  way  connected  with  it. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Annual  Report  of  Iowa  Station,  1915  (Iowa  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  22). — This 
contains  the  organization  list  and  a  report  by  the  director  and  vice  director  on 
the  work  of  the  station,  including  a  financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
June  30,  1915. 

Twenty-ninth  Annual  Report  of  Nebraska  Station,  1915  (Nebraska  Sta. 
Rpt.  1915,  pp.  XXXVII,  figs.  6). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  report 
as  to  the  work  and  publications  of  the  year,  a  report  of  the  extension  service 
of  the  college  of  agriculture,  and  a  financial  statement  for  the  period  ended 
June  30,  1915.  Data  as  to  animal  husbandry  and  dairying  are  abstracted 
elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Western  Washington  Substation  (Washington 
Sta.  West.  Wash.  Sta.  Mo.  Bui,  4  (1916),  Nos.  4,  pp.  20,  figs.  10;  5,  pp.  16, 
figs.  4). — These  numbers  contain  brief  articles  on  the  following  subjects: 

No.  4. — Silos  and  Silage,  by  H.  L.  Blanchard  (see  p.  600)  ;  Summer  Pruning, 
by  J.  L.  Stahl;  and  The  Pullet  Laying  House,  by  G.  R.  Shoup  (see  p.  690). 

No.  5. — Market  for  Mole  Skins,  by  W.  A.  Linklater ;  Commercial  Poultry 
House  Equipment,  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup  (see  p.  690)  ;  Rye  in  Western 
Washington,  by  E.  B.  Stookey ;  Black  Spot  Canker  on  the  Pear,  by  A.  Frank ; 
Select  Plants  for  Potato  Seed,  by  J.  L.  Stahl ;  and  Molting,  by  Mrs.  G.  R.  Shoup. 

Successful  farming,  F.  D.  Gakdner  (Philadelphia:  J.  C.  Winston  Co.,  1916, 
pp.  loss,  pis.  9,  figs.  452). — This  treatise  is  termed  "a  ready  reference  on  all 
phases  of  agriculture  for  farmers  of  the  United  States  and  Canada."  It  is 
divided  into  ten  main  parts,  viz,  soils  and  soil  management ;  farm  crops ;  horti- 
culture, forestry,  and  floriculture;  live  stock  farming  (animal  husbandry); 
dairy  farming  (dairy  husbandry)  ;  farm  buildings  and  equipment;  farm  manage- 
ment ;  plant  and  animal  diseases,  insect  enemies  and  their  control ;  home 
economics  and  agricultural  education ;  and  tables  of  weights,  measures,  and 
agricultural  statistics.  Many  of  the  chapters  are  contributed  by  members  of  the 
instruction  staff  of  the  Pennsylvania  College  and  other  institutions. 

The  autobiography  of  a  farm  boy,  I.  P.  Roberts  (Albany,  N.  Y.:  J.  B.  Lyon 
Co.,  1916,  pp.  IV-\-3Sl,  pis.  7). — This  autobiography  gives  considerable  space  to 
the  author's  work  at  the  Iowa  College  and  Cornell  University,  including  graphic 
accounts  of  some  of  the  conditions  and  difficulties  encountered  in  organizing 
agricultural  instruction  and  research  in  the  pioneer  days  at  these  institutions. 
The  introduction  is  by  Dr.  L.  H.  Bailey. 


NOTES. 


Connecticut  College  and  Stations.— W.  M.  Esten,  who  has  previously  served 
on  both  the  college  and  Storrs  Station  staffs  as  bacteriologist,  has  been  trans- 
ferred wholly  to  college  work.  Miss  C.  J.  Mason,  assistant  bacteriologist  in  the 
station,  has  also  been  transferred  to  college  work.  Miss  E.  B.  Whittlesey, 
lierbarium  assistant  of  the  State  Station,  resigned  October  1. 

Georgia  College  and  Station. — In  the  college,  Dr.  L.  M.  Roderick,  instructor 
in  veterinary  medicine,  resigned  August  1,  and  F.  H.  Denniss,  cooperative  field 
i'.gent  in  dairying,  on  October  15.  I.  W.  Arthur  has  been  appointed  instructor  in 
animal  husbandry,  effective  September  1,  and  W.  C.  Burkhart,  D.  V.  M.,  instruc- 
tor in  veterinary  medicine,  effective  October  15. 

C.  A.  Wells  has  resigned  as  chemist  in  the  station,  effective  November  1. 

Purdue  ITniversity  and  Station. — P.  R.  Edgerton,  W.  R.  Palmer,  and  O.  H. 
Anderson  have  resigned,  the  first  named  to  become  a  county  agent  in  Illinois, 
and  the  remainder  to  take  positions  as  farm  managers.  S.  P.  Smyth  has  re- 
signed as  instructor  in  poultry  husbandry.  R.  S.  Thomas  has  been  appointed 
assistant  in  soils  and  W.  R.  M.  Scott  as  assistant  in  farm  crops.  C.  D.  Kinsman 
has  been  transferred  to  extension  work  in  rural  engineering  and  C.  C.  Cunning- 
ham has  been  appointed  in  charge  of  drainage  work.  H.  W.  Gregory,  assistant 
in  dairying  in  the  South  Dakota  College,  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  dairy- 
ing. F,  H.  Beach  has  been  transferred  to  extension  work  in  horticulture  and 
W^.  H.  Stevenson  and  F.  J.  Sutton  have  been  appointed  instructors  in  that  sub- 
ject. H.  C.  Paine.  D.  V.  M.,  has  been  appointed  instructor  in  veterinary  science 
and  associate  veterinarian  in  the  station  and  will  have  charge  of  the  testing  of 
commercial  serums. 

Maryland  Station. — Soil  investigations  under  a  special  state  appropriation 
have  been  begun,  with  A.  G.  McCall  in  charge,  P.  E.  Richards  as  laboratory 
assistant,  and  S.  W.  Phillips  as  field  assistant.  R.  L.  Hill,  Ph.  D.,  has  been 
appointed  biochemist  in  dairy  research. 

Minnesota  Station. — The  station  has  recently  adopted  the  policy  of  regarding 
all  research  assistants  who  devote  at  least  one-half  time  to  work  on  station 
projects  as  members  of  the  staff.  Under  this  plan  the  following  additions  to  the 
staff  were  made  at  the  opening  of  the  present  fiscal  year:  A.  M.  Gurjar, 
S.  Sato,  R.  A.  Thuma,  and  A.  J.  Wuertz,  in  agi-icultural  biochemistry ;  J.  C.  Gilli- 
lan  and  Frank  Robotka,  in  agricultural  economics ;  M.  N.  Levine,  in  bacterio- 
logical investigations ;  Samuel  Graham  and  S.  Marcovitch,  in  entomology ;  A.  W. 
Aamodt,  in  horticulture ;  G.  R.  Hoerner,  in  plant  pathology ;  and  A.  L.  Anderson, 
in  veterinary  science. 

G.  R.  Bisbee  has  been  appointed  assistant  plant  pathologist,  R.  P.  Ingram  and 
Fern  Pack,  assistant  seed  analysts,  and  L.  J.  Hood,  assistant  editor,  these  dating 
from  August  1. 

Missouri  "DTniversity  and  Station. — J.  O.  Rankin  has  resigned  as  agricultural 
editor  to  become  associate  professor  of  agricultural  economics  at  the  Iowa  Col- 
lege, and  was  succeeded  November  1  by  M.  N.  Beeler,  agricultural  editor  at 
the  University  of  Florida.    A.  R.  Evans,  instructor  in  farm  crops,  has  resigned 

697 


698  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

to  accept  a  position  in  the  Office  of  Marliets  and  Rural  Organization  of  tlie 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Montana  College  and  Station. — The  chemical  building  was  burned  October  20. 
All  the  records,  the  chemistry  library,  and  considerable  apparatus  were  saved. 
D.  S.  Fox,  Ph.  D.,  has  been  appointed  assistant  professor  of  farm  management. 

New  Jersey  College  and  Station. — An  international  egg-laying  and  breeding 
contest  is  being  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  stations  at  Vineland,  N.  J., 
beginning  November  1  and  continuing  for  three  years.  The  contest  is  open  to 
all  poultrymen.  One  of  the  purposes  in  view  is  to  throw  light  on  some  of  the 
principles  of  breeding  in  fowls,  especially  of  the  inheritance  of  fecundity  and 
other  characteristics. 

Work  is  being  begun  on  a  greenhouse  for  the  department  of  plant  pathology. 

S.  A.  Waksman,  H.  E.  Carney,  and  Charles  H.  Richardson  have  resigned,  the 
first  named  to  accept  a  fellowship  in  the  University  of  California,  the  second 
to  become  instructor  in  the  biological  sciences  and  agriculture  in  the  Middle- 
town  Township  High  School,  and  the  third  to  become  assistant  in  biological 
chemistry  at  Columbia  University.  Recent  appointments  include  Alvah  Peter- 
son, Ph.  D.,  as  instructor  in  entomology  and  assistant  entomologist ;  Miss 
Nevada  S.  Evans,  as  assistant  seed  analyst;  James  W.  Day,  as  assistant  in 
agronomy ;  Joseph  R.  Neller,  as  research  assistant  in  soils ;  and  Thurlow  C. 
Nelson  in  charge  of  oyster  research. 

North  Carolina  College  and  Station. — The  Annual  Farmers'  Convention  held 
at  the  college  August  29-31,  under  the  auspices  of  the  college,  station,  and 
extension  workers,  was  one  of  the  most  successful  meetings  of  its  kind  yet 
held  in  the  State.  About  3,000  men  and  2,000  women  were  in  attendance.  The 
special  subject  of  the  meeting  was  rural  education,  which  was  graphically 
presented  by  means  of  an  exhibition  in  which  several  booths  were  groupe<l 
around  a  larger  booth  in  one  of  the  college  buildings.  The  smaller  booths  rep- 
resented the  activities  of  the  station  and  extension  service,  while  the  larger 
booth  represented  a  consolidated  or  farm-life  school.  This  exhibit  attracted 
much  attention  from  visitors. 

E.  A.  Hodson,  assistant  professor  of  agronomy,  has  been  given  a  year's  leave 
of  absence  for  graduate  study,  and  his  work  is  being  taken  by  J.  O.  Ware, 
formerly  agent  for  Columbus  County.  H.  L.  Joslyn,  assistant  professor  of 
soils,  has  resigned  to  become  superintendent  of  the  Craven  County  Farm-life 
School  and  has  been  succeeded  by  T.  H.  Stafford.  George  H.  Rea  has  been 
appointed  specialist  in  bee  keeping  under  a  cooperative  arrangement  between 
the  Bureau  of  Entomology  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the 
extension  service.  D.  G.  Sullins  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  animal  hus- 
bandry and  dairying,  J.  H.  Hall,  assistant  in  plant  breeding,  vice  Buxton 
White,  resigned  to  become  alumni  secretary  for  the  college,  and  C.  C.  Logan, 
extension  specialist  in  soils. 

Oregon  College  and  Station. — The  forestry  building  has  been  completed.  A 
new  swine  feeding  barn  and  laboratory  is  under  construction  and  is  expected 
to  be  ready  for  use  in  November. 

Paul  H.  Crouter,  a  1916  graduate,  has  been  appointed  superintendent  of  the 
Eastern  Oregon  substation  at  Union,  and  will  have  special  charge  of  the  cattle 
feeding  experiments.  D.  E.  Rickard,  a  member  of  the  same  class,  has  been 
appointed  superintendent  of  the  college  live-stock  farms,  and  Carey  Lloyd 
Strome,  a  third  member,  has  been  selected  as  foreman  of  the  seed  crop  farms. 
H.  A.  Schoth  has  accepted  a  position  in  vetch  experiments  in  connection  with 
the  studies  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  which  are  under  way  at 
the  college. 


1916]  NOTES.  699 

Pennsylvania  College  and  Station. — M.  G.  Kains,  professor  of  horticulture 
and  horticulturist,  resigned  October  1  and  has  been  succeeded  by  Dr.  S.  W. 
Fletcher,  formerly  director  of  the  Virginia  Station.  Earle  L.  Moffitt  has  been 
appointed  assistant  professor  of  farm  management  extension,  effective  Novem- 
ber 13.  A.  B.  Long,  G.  J.  Kuhlman,  and  F.  J.  Holben  have  resigned  as  assistant 
chemists.  R.  H.  Olmstead,  a  graduate  of  the  college,  has  been  appointed 
assistant  in  animal  husbandry ;  H.  Clyde  Knandel,  instructor  in  poultry  hus- 
bandry extension ;  Albert  F.  Yeager  and  John  S.  Gardner,  instructors  in 
horticulture;  and  C.  H.  Hadley,  jr.,  instructor  in  entomology  extension. 

Utah  College  and  Station. — E.  P.  Taylor,  profes.sor  of  horticulture  and  horti- 
culturist, has  resigned  to  become  director  of  agricultural  extension  at  the 
University  of  Arizona.  E.  W.  Stephens  has  been  appointed  assistant  state 
leader  of  club  work  and  will  have  charge  of  boys'  clubs  in  the  high  schools. 
D.  W.  Pittman  has  accepted  an  appointment  as  instructor  in  agronomy  and 
assistant  agronomist. 

Wisconsin  University. — A.  C.  Baer,  instructor  in  dairy  husbandry,  has 
resigned  to  become  head  of  the  dairy  department  of  the  Oklahoma  College  and 
Station. 

Necrology. — Prof.  Cleveland  Abbe,  widely  known  for  his  eminent  services  in 
meteorology  in  the  Weather  Bureau  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
died  October  28  at  the  age  of  78  years. 

Professor  Abbe  was  a  native  of  New  York  City  and  educated  at  the  College 
of  'the  City  of  New  York  and  Harvard  University.  He  became  assistant 
professor  of  engineering  in  the  Michigan  Agricultural  College  in  1859,  and  sub- 
sequently instructor  in  mathematics  and  astronomy  at  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan. During  the  most  of  the  Civil  War  he  was  a  member  of  the  U.  S.  Coast 
and  Geodetic  Survey,  and  from  1864  to  1866  a  guest  at  the  Nicholas  Central 
Observatory  near  St.  Petersburg,  Russia. 

On  returning  to  this  country  he  was  appointed  director  of  the  Cincinnati 
Astronomical  Observatory  and  in  1868  volunteered  to  make  daily  predictions  of 
the  weather  for  the  benefit  of  the  community.  In  September,  1869,  he  began 
the  publication  of  a  daily  bulletin  of  weather  probabilities  based  upon  tele- 
graphic reports  from  observers  at  a  number  of  points.  These  forecasts  soon 
attracted  widespread  attention. 

A  national  bureau  of  storm  warnings  was  established  in  1870  under  the 
direction  of  the  Signal  Service  of  the  Army,  and  in  the  following  year  Professor 
Abbe  became  a  scientific  assistant  in  that  work.  During  the  long  period  of 
evolution  of  the  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau  he  was  a  prominent  figure,  editing  the 
Monthly  Weather  Review  in  1873  and  again  from  1892  to  1909,  and  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Mount  Weather  Observatory  during  its  entire  period  of  publication.  He 
was  also  the  author  of  an  extensive  list  of  meteorological  articles  and  several 
treatises. 

Professor  Abbe  was  a  member  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  and  of 
many  other  scientific  organizations.  He  received  in  1912  the  Symons  Memorial 
Gold  Medal  of  the  Royal  Meteorological  Society  of  England  and  recently  the 
Marcellus  Hartley  Memorial  Medal  from  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  as 
well  as  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  from  the  University  of  Michigan  in  1888  and  the 
University  of  Glasgow  in  1896. 

New  Journals. — Better  Business,  a  quarterly  journal  of  agricultural  and 
industrial  cooperation,  is  being  published  by  the  stafC  of  the  Cooperative  Refer- 
ence Library  of  Dublin,  Ireland.  The  initial  number  contains  articles  on  the 
outlook  for  cooperators,  the  economics  of  continuous  cropping,  a  translation  of 
a  report  of  the  German  Parliamentary  Committee  appointed  to  consider  the  ques- 


700  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35, 1916.] 

tion  of  food  supplies  in  war  time,  the  development  of  the  agricultural  coopera- 
tive movement  in  England  and  Wales,  reviews  of  the  current  literature  on 
cooperation  and  related  topics,  etc. 

Part  1  of  Volume  1  of  Ectoparasites  has  been  issued  and  it  is  announced  that 
succeeding  parts  will  appear  at  irregular  intervals.  It  is  being  edited  by  Dr. 
K.  Jordan  and  N.  Charles  Rothschild.  The  initial  part  contains  the  following 
articles:  On  Some  Siphonaptera  Collected  by  W.  Riickbeil  in  East  Turkestan, 
by  K.  Jordan  and  N.  C.  Rothschild;  Further  Notes  on  Siphonaptera  fracticipita, 
with  Descriptions  of  New  Genera  and  Species,  by  N.  C.  Rothschild;  On  Neop- 
sylla  and  Some  Allied  Genera  of  Siphonaptera,  by  N.  C.  Rothschild ;  and  Con- 
tribution to  Our  Knowledge  of  American  Siphonaptera,  by  K.  Jordan  and  N.  G. 
Rothschild. 

The  State  Plant  Board  of  Florida  has  begun  the  publication  of  a  Quarterly 
Bulletin  devoted  to  applied  entomology  and  plant  pathology  in  general,  with 
special  reference  to  the  prevention,  control,  and  eradication  of  injurious  insects 
and  plant  diseases  in  Florida.  The  initial  number  deals  with  citrus  canker 
investigations. 

The  initial  number  of  Archives  do  Jardim  Botanico  do  Rio  Janeiro  has  re- 
cently been  received.  It  contains  three  articles  dealing  with  the  flora  of  the 
x-egion,  and  includes  meteorological  observations  at  the  Garden  in  1914. 

Revista  de  la  Sociedad  de  Medicina  Veterinaria  is  being  published  by  the  Soci- 
ety of  Veterinary  Medicine  of  Buenos  Aires.  It  is  devoted  mainly  to  original 
articles,  bibliographical  notes,  the  proceedings  of  the  society,  etc. 

TliC  Agricultural  Journal  is  being  published  monthly  by  the  department  of 
agriculture  of  British  Columbia,  for  the  systematic  dissemination  of  agricultural 
information. 

Miscellaneous. — The  Philippine  Government  has  made  available  funds  for 
the  establishment  of  a  permanent  tobacco  experiment  station  in  the  upper 
Cagayan  Valley.  The  station  is  to  be  administered  by  the  Bureau  of  Agricul- 
ture, with  the  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue  and  the  College  of  Agriculture  of 
the  Philippines  contributing  advice  and  other  assistance.  D.  B.  Paguirigan  and 
Alfonzo  B.  Cagurangan  will  be  members  of  the  staff. 

At  the  last  commencement  of  the  University  of  the  Philippines,  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Agriculture  was  conferred  on  nine  candidates,  that  of  B.  S.  in  Agri- 
culture on  one  candidate,  and  that  of  M.  S.  on  two  candidates. 

A  four-story  annex  to  the  Oka  Agricultural  Institute,  Quebec,  160  by  63  feet, 
has  been  completed.  This  will  be  utilized  mainly  as  a  dormitory,  but  also  con- 
tains classrooms  for  zootechny  and  field  crops. 

E.  D.  Ball,  formerly  director  of  the  Utah  Station,  has  been  made  state  ento- 
mologist of  Wisconsin,  vice  J.  G.  Saunders  resigned  to  succeed  H.  A.  Surface 
as  economic  zoologist  of  Pennsylvania. 

According  to  a  note  in  Science,  C.  B.  Williams  has  been  appointed  to  study  the 
parasites  of  the  sugar-cane  frog-hopper  in  Trinidad. 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

or  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAT  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS  PER  COPY 

ScBscRiPTioN  Price,  per  Volume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  $1 

V 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES  RELATIONS  SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  DECEMBER,  1916  No.  8 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

isn 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 
Scientific  Burectus. 

Weather  Bubeau— C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry — W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service^H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils— Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Chemistry— C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates — L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician, 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  0.  Howard,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey — E.  W.  Nelaon,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Koads  and  Kural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director. 

Ofwce  of  Markets  and  Rxjhal  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  GhUf, 


States  Rbeations  Service — A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations — E.  W.  Allen,  Chitf. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Alabama— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  3.  F.  Duggar.o 
Canebrake  Station:  Uniontbwn;  L.  H.  Moore.o 
Tuskegee  Station:  Tuskegee  InstUuU;  Q.  W. 
Carver." 
Alaska— SJtfco.-  C.  C.  Georgeson.6 
Aeizona— rwc«(w;  G.  F.  Freeman.c  ^ 
ARKANSAS— Faj/ettevilk:  M.  Nelson.o 
Califoenu— J5erfc«7«y;  T.  F.  Hunt.o 
COLOEADO— i^ori  Collim:  C.  P.  Gillette." 

CONNECTICUI^ 

State  Station:  New  Haven.)^^  ^  Jenklns.» 

Storrs  Station:  Sunrs;        I 
Delawaee — Kewark:  H.  Hayward.<» 
Floeida— GaJ7»«wiK<;  P.  H.  Rolls.o 
Geoegu— £'ip«rt7nenf  H.  P.  Stackey.e 
Guam— /jJoTMi  o/Guam:  A.  C.  Hartenbower.!> 
HAWAn— 

Federal  Station:  Honolulu;  J.  M.  Westgate.k 

Sugar  Planters'  Station:  Honolulu;  H.  P.  Agee.* 
Idaho — Moscow:  3.  S.  Jones.* 
IixiNOis—  Urbana:  E.  Davenport.* 
Indiana— Xa  Fayette:  A.  Qoss.o 
lovA—Amet:  C.  F.  Curtiss.o 
Kansas— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardlne.* 
Kentucky— iezHvton.-  A.  M.  Peter.  • 
Louisiana— 

State  Station:  BotoniJou^;    l 

Sugar  Station:  Aitdubon  ParkA^  ^  Dodsono 
New  Orleans;  I  ' 

North  La.  Station:  Ckilhoun;  J 
Maine — Orono:  C.  D.  Woods.* 
MjLS.TULm>— College  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.* 
Massachusetts — AmlieTst:  W.  P,  Brooks.o 
Michigan— £<M«  Lansing:  R,  S.  Shaw," 
Minnesota— UJM'cerjvfy   Farm,  St,  Poulr  A.  F. 

Woods.o 
Mississippi— .4 ^fcutturoZ  College:  E.  R.  Lloyd.o 
Missoxjbi— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F  B.  Mumford.o 

Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Qrove;  Paul  Evans.* 
0  Director.  *  Agronomist 


Montana— Boz«maa-  F.  B.  Llnfield.* 
Nebeaska— iiTicoZTi.*  E.  A.  Bumett.i 
Nevada— £«»o;  S.  B.  Doten.o 
New  Hampshiee— Dwrftom;  J.  C.  Kendall.* 
New  Jebset— JVlw  Brunswick:  3.  Q.  LIpman.a 
New  Mexico— Sto(€  College:  Fabian  Garcia.* 

New  Yoek— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan.* 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann.c 

NOETH  CABOLINA— 

College  Station:  West  Raleigh^  ^  KUeore* 
State  Station:  iJok^ft;  p.  »».  xvukikb. 

NoETH  Dakota— ^^icuZfuraJ  College:  T.  P. 
Cooper.* 

Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E.  Thome.* 

Oklahoma— SiiHtoofer;  W.  L.  Carlyle.a 

Oeeqon— CbrpoRia.-  A.  B.  Cordley.* 

Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  R.  L.  Watts.fl, 

StaU  College:  Institute  of  Animal  Nutrition; 
H.  P.  Armsby.o 
PoETO  Rico— 

Federal  Station:  Mayaguez;  D.  W.  May.!" 

Insular  Station:  Rio  Pieiras;  W.  V.  Tower.* 
Rhode  Island — Kingston:  B.  L.  Hartwell.* 
South  Caeouna— C7f wwon    CoUege:  3.  N.  Har- 
per.* 
South  Dakota— JBroofcfTJ^s;  J.  W.  WHson.* 
Tennessee— ifnatOTZk.-  H.  A.  Morgan.* 
Texas—  CoUege  Station:  B.  Youngblood.* 
Utah— io^oji.-  F.  S.  Harris.* 
Veemont— £urJifj^7».'  J.  L.  HIDs.* 

VlEGDOA— 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkardjr.a 
Norfolk:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson.* 
Washinoton— PttJJman;  I.  D.  Cardiff.* 
West  Vibginia- Jfor^nfown;  J.  L.  Coulter.* 
Wisconsin— JtfiwfwoTw  H.  L,  Russell.* 
Wyominq— ioromfe;  H.  O.  Knight.* 
in  charge.  e  Acting  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION    RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations. 
Assistant  Editor:  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL   DEPARTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau, 
Meteorology,  Soils,  and  Fertilizers  {W-H.  Be al^^^^^^ 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathology/^-  g'^J^^'  ^^'  ^* 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — ^W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

Foods  and  Human  Nutritionj^-  ^.  La^ngworthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  So. 

Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farmingjj^-  J  ^Mo?re 

VeteriBa^Medicme{l;A.fooK»- 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Trullinger. 
Rural  Economics — E.  Merritt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  35,  NO.  8. 


Editorial  notes:  Page. 
The  Washington  Convention  of  the  Association  of  American  Agricultural 

CoUet^es  and  Experiment  Stations 701 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 711 

Notes 798 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

AGRICULTtTRAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY. 

The  chemical  nature  of  the  ' '  vitamins, "  I ,  Williams .^^ 711 

Hydrolysis  of  albuminous  substances  from  seeds  of  Arachis  hypogaea  I  Aichnikov .  712 

Influence  of  alkali  and  alkaline  earth  salts  on  casein,  Robertson  and  Miyake. . .  712 

On  the  mechanism  of  oxidase  action,  Reed 713 

The  ferments  of  pineapple  juice,  Fouque 713 

The  nature  of  the  acid-soluble  phosphorus  of  serum,  Greenwald 714 

Factors  influencing  the  lime  and  magnesia  requirements  of  soils,  Maclntire 714 

Method  for  determination  of  immediate  lime  requirements  of  soils,  Maclntire. .  715 

Lime  and  magnesia  in  New  Zealand  soils,  Aston 715 

A  rapid  method  for  the  estimation  of  calcium  oxid  in  peat  soils,  Gortner 716 

A  rapid  method  for  the  estimation  of  fat  in  powders,  Phillips 716 

The  determination  of  sucrose  in  cane  products  by  direct  polarization,  Muller. .  716 

The  determination  of  essences  in  liquem's,  Rocques 717 

Manual  for  the  essence  industry,  Walter 717 

Canning  in  glass  by  the  cold  pack  method,  Bell  and  Root 717 

Possibilities  for  the  utilization  of  low-grade  and  surplus  fruit,  Caldwell 717 

Single-variety  ciders  and  perry,  1913-14,  Barker  and  Grove 717 

I 


n  CONTENTS.  [Vol.35 

Page. 

The  treatment  of  cider  sickness,  Grove 717 

The  relative  value  of  cane  and  beet  sugar  for  fermentation  purposes,  Grove 718 

The  fermentation  of  cane  molasses;  composition  of  rum,  Kayser 718 

Transformation  of  nitrogenous  substances  during  curing  of  tobacco,  Bernardini.  718 

Note  on  the  detection  of  faulty  sizing  in  high-grade  papers,  Sammet 718 

METEOROLOGY. 

Meteorology  in  relation  to  agricultnre  in  Canada,  Stupart  and  Mills 718 

Meteorological  observations,  Eredia 718 

Frequency  of  low  temperatures  at  Vercelli  and  its  effect  on  rice,  Marcarelli. .  718 

Night  frost  in  the  East  Indies,  Van  Bemmelen 719 

The  weather  of  Scotland  in  1915,  Watt 719 

[The  climate  of  Pavlovsk],  Shipchinskil  (Shipchinski) 719 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Michigan's  shifting  sands:  Their  control  and  better  utilization,  Sanford 719 

The  weathering  of  podzol  soils  of  middle  Norrland,  Tamm 720 

Some  problems  of  the  study  of  forest  soils,  Borghesani 720 

Chemical  and  biological  notes  on  cherry  orchard  soils,  Harvey  and  Hooper 720 

Investigations  on  tobacco  soils,  Bai'ker 720 

Red  soil,  DeRegny 721 

Analyses  of  soils  of  Stewart  County,  Worsham,  jr.,  et  al 721 

Notes  on  some  west  country  soils,  Gimingham 721 

A  new  method  for  mechanical  soil  analysis,  Oden 721 

Judging  soils  on  the  basis  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  extract,  von  Sigmond 721 

The  cause  and  nature  of  soil  acidity,  Truog 722 

Preliminary  studies  on  heated  soils,  Johnson 722 

Changes  in  soils  brought  about  by  heating,  Wilson 723 

The  occurrence  of  bacteria  in  frozen  soil,  Harder 723 

Soil  bacteria  and  phosphates,  Hopkins  and  Whiting 723 

Disinfection  experiments  on  moor  soil,  von  Nostitz 724 

Niter  spots,  Stalder 724 

Acid  phosphate  v.  raw  rock  phosphate  as  fertilizer,  Wiancko  and  Conner 724 

Red  soils  and  phosphatic  manuring,  Arie 725 

Electro-potash  as  a  fertilizer,  Rhodin 726 

Influence  of  calcium  and  magnesimn  compounds  on  plant  growth,  Wyatt 726 

Sour  soils  and  liming,  Frear 727 

Lime  and  its  uses  in  agriculture,  Harcourt 727 

Liming  and  inoculating  soils,  Dorchester,  Douglass,  and  Taff 727 

The  relation  of  sulphur  to  soil  productivity,  Duley 728 

Can  lithia  be  a  constituent  of  plant  food?    Hahn 728 

[Analyses  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing  materials] ,  Rose  and  Wilson 728 

Commercial  fertilizers,  Jones,  jr.,  et  al 728 

Report  [of  Ohio]  on  fertilizers  and  lime  licensed  during  1913 728 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Life  cycles  of  the  bacteria,  Lohnis  and  Smith 728 

Studies  of  Bacillus  radicicola,  Temple 729 

The  relation  of  soil  micro-organisms  to  soluble  plant  food,  Doryland 729 

The  scope  and  relations  of  taxonomic  botany,  Hitchcock 730 

Drug  plants  of  North  Dakota,  Englehorn 730 

Notes  on  Quamasia  with  a  description  of  a  new  species,  Piper 730 

Branching  and  flowering  habits  of  cacao  and  potashte.  Cook 730 

The  double  stock,  its  history  and  behavior,  Saunders 730 

Explanation  of  abnormally  high  records  of  doubles  of  stocks,  Saunders 731 

Relation  of  half-hoariness  in  Matthiola  to  glabrousness  and  hoariness,  Saunders. .  731 

Pollen  sterility  in  relation  to  crossing,  Gates  and  Goodspeed 731 

On  the  germination  of  the  pollen  grains  of  apple  and  other  fruit  trees,  Adams. .  731 

Vegetative  succession  under  irrigation,  Macbride -  - 732 

A  climatic  index  to  represent  both  moisture  and  temperature,  Livingston 732 

A  living  climatological  instrument,  Livingston  and  McLean 732 

The  daily  march  of  transpiring  power,  Trelease  and  Livingston 732 

The  transpiring  power  of  plants  as  influenced  by  altitude  and  habitat,  Shreve. .  732, 


1916]  CONTENTS.  HI 


Transpiration,  root  absorption,  and  water-absorbing  capacity  in  Opuntia,  Shreve  733 

Measurement  of  the  surface  forces  in  soils,  Shull 733 

Tracheid  dimensions  in  longleaf  pine  and  Douglas  fir,  Gerry, 734 

Permeability  and  viscosity,  Osterhout 734 

Hail  injury  to  cultivated  plants,  Weigert 734 

The  injurious  effects  of  tarvia  fumes  on  vegetation,  CMviers 734 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Irrigated  pastures  for  northern  reclamation  projects,  Farrell 734 

[Influences  of  the  depth  of  plowing  on  yield],  Kolesnikov 735 

Grains  for  the  Montana  dry  lands,  Donaldson 735 

Com  in  Montana,  Atkinson  and  Wilson 735 

Selecting  and  curing  seed  corn,  Atkinson  and  Wilson 735 

The  culture  of  jute  in  India  and  Indo-China,  Hautefeuille 736 

[Serradella  on  light  and  heavy  soils],  Heinze 736 

Pot  experiments  with  manganese  for  sugar  beets,  Fallada  and  Greisenegger 736 

Methods  of  fertilizing  sweet  potatoes,  Durst 736 

Studies  of  the  timothy  plant. — I,  The  influence  of  maturity,  Waters  et  al 737 

Studies  of  the  timothy  plant.— II,  Growth  and  ripening,  Trowbridge  et  al 738 

Hilling  of  Voandzeia  subterranea,  van  der  Wolk 739 

Variety  tests  with  squarehead  winter  wheat  from  1908  to  1910,  Leverenz 739 

Wheat  culture  in  Argentina,  Girola 740 

The  value  of  good  seed,  Zavitz 740 

Seed  tests  made  at  the  station  during  1915,  Munn 740 

Agricultural  value  of  impermeable  seeds,  Harrington 740 

HORTICULTURE. 

The  garden  book,  Davis 741 

The  small  garden,  Schneider 741 

The  fruit  growers'  yearbook  and  market  gardeners'  guide,  1916 741 

[Report  of  horticultural  investigations],  Seton 742 

Methods  used  in  the  propagation  of  plants,  Hatfield 742 

Greenhouse  heating 742 

Culture  and  forcing  of  Witloof  chicory,  Wellington 742 

Witloof  chicory.  Hall 742 

Transmission  of  resistance  and  susceptibility  to  blossom-end  rot,  Stuckey 742 

The  control  of  fruit  pests  and  diseases,  Melander  and  Heald 743 

Piping  system  for  orchard  spraying,  Weldon 743 

The  development  of  fruits  for  special  conditions,  Macoim 743 

Pollinating  fruit  trees,  Corrie 743 

The  newer  fruits  in  1915  and  how  secured,  Hansen 743 

The  cherries  of  Japan,  Wilson 743 

Harvesting  and  packing  peaches,  Lanham 743 

Pyronia,  Trabut 743 

The  marketing  of  New  York  State  peaches 743 

Some  notes  on  the  breeding  of  raspberries,  Anthony 744 

Breeding  raspberries.  Hall 744 

Notes  on  viticulture  and  enology,  Garcia  de  los  Salmones 744 

Some  history  of  the  grape  in  the  United  States,  Husmann 744 

Statistics  on  the  production  of  grapes  and  olives  in  1915 744 

Taming  the  wild  blueberry,  Coville 744 

The  effect  of  organic  matter  on  citrus  growth,  Breazeale 745 

California  grapefruit,  Shamel 745 

Notes  on  coffee  in  Java,  Wester 745 

The  germination  of  tea  seed,  Bernard 745 

The  selection  of  the  tea  plant.  III,  Van  Leersum  and  Bernard 745 

Experience  in  top-working  hickories,  Guinn 745 

How  to  make  a  flower  garden 745 

Peonies,  Sperry - 745 

Roses  of  Denmark,  Almquist 745 

The  white-barked  pine,  Higgins. ._ 745 

Practical  landscape  gardening,  Cridland 746 

National  system  of  highways  and  landscape  designing,  Kehr 746 

Garden  writings  in  America,  Barron 746 


IV  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

FORESTRY. 

Page. 

Suggestions  as  to  possibilities  of  silviculture  in  America,  Femow 746 

The  woodlot:  Its  present  problems  and  probable  future  status,  Tillotson 746 

Forest  taxation  as  a  factor  in  forest  management,  Hutton  and  Harpman 746 

Hewn-tie  v.  saw-timber  rotations,  Korstian 746 

Christmas  tree  plantations,  Chittenden 746 

Hylobius  pales  as  a  factor  in  reproduction  of  conifers  in  New  England,  Cai'ter. .  747 

Water  requirements  and  growth  of  young  cypress,  Mattoon 747 

The  various  osiers  cultivated  in  France  and  neighboring  countries,  Camus 747 

Early  European  history  and  botanical  name  of  the  tree  of  heaven.  Swingle 747 

The  English  names  of  some  trees,  Ashe.. .._. 747 

A  forest  census  of  Alabama  by  geographical  divisions,  Harper 748 

Forests  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park,  Pernot 748 

Administrative  report  of  the  Virginia  state  forester,  1915,  Jones 748 

The  growing  stock  as  a  criterion  of  normality,  Recknagel 748 

Top  diameters  as  affecting  frustum  form  factor  for  longleaf  pine.  Chapman.  . . .  748 

The  factor  of  top  diameters  in  volume  tables  based  on  log  lengths,  Chapman. .  748 

The  Biltmore  stick  and  the  point  of  diameter  measurements,  Bruce 748 

Utilization  of  wood  waste  by  chemical  means,  Weiss 748 

DISEASES   OF  PLANTS. 

[Plant  diseases  in  Porto  Rico],  Stevenson 748 

Pai'asitic  Rhizoctonias  in  America,  Peltier 749 

The  susceptibility  of  grains  to  smuts  and  rusts,  von  Kirchner 749 

Resistance  of  wheat  to  rust,  Comes 749 

Treating  wheat  against  Fusarium,  Penicillium,  and  stinking  smut,  Hiltner 749 

Green  vitriol  (ferrous  sulphate)  as  a  preventive  of  take-all,  Darnell-Smith. . . .  750 

Storage  rots  of  economic  aroids,  Harter 750 

Beets  attacked  by  Cercospora  beticola,  Saillard 750 

New  diseases  of  cucumber  in  Sweden,  Eriksson — ._ 750 

Experiments  with  clean  seed  potatoes  on  new  land  in  southern  Idaho,  Pratt. .  751 

The  disease  of  potatoes  known  as  "leak, "  Hawkins 751 

Some  properties  of  the  \tju8  of  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco,  Allard 751 

Mosaic  disease  of  tobacco  and  tomatoes 752 

Armillana  mellea  killing  fruit  trees 752 

Spraying  experiments  and  apple  diseases  in  1915,  Morse 752 

The  treatment  of  peach  leaf  curl,  Gandolfi 753 

The  1915  outbreak  of  dowTiy  mildew  in  France  and  Italy,  Pastre 753 

Downy  mildew,  its  manifestations  and  directions  for  its  control,  Ravaz 753 

Cupro-ferric  sprays  for  downy  mildew  and  chlorosis,  Donadieu 753 

Treatments  for  downy  mildew  and  the  preparation  of  copper  sprays,  Degrully .  754 

Llottle  leaf  of  citrus  trees  in  relation  to  soil  conditions,  Briggs  et  al 754 

Fighting  Pythiaajstis  citrophthora,  in  the  citrus  orchards,  Fawcett.  ._ 754 

A  disease  of  cultivated  perennials  caused  by  Sclerotium  rolfsii,  Peltier 754 

Two  timber-destroying  fungi,  Cleland  and  Cheel 755 

Anomalies  of  growth  in  Pinus,  von  Tubeuf 755 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

Ground  squirrel  control,  Shaw 755 

Important  foreign  insect  pests  on  imported  nursery  stock  in  1915,  Sasscer 755 

Inspection  facilities  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  Sasscer 755 

Foreign  pests  recently  established  in  New  Jersey,  Weiss 755 

On  the  Hawaiian  work  in  introducing  beneficial  insects,  Howard 755 

Experiments  on  the  use  of  cyanid  of  potassium  as  an  insecticide,  Wellhousc.. .  755 

Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  British  Columbia 755 

Some  insect  enemies  of  shade  trees  and  ornamental  shrubs,  Blackman  and  Ellis .  756 

Insects  in  their  relation  to  the  chestnut  bark  disease,  Craighead 756 

Controlling  the  coulee  cricket,  Melander 756 

A  new  species  of  Thripoctenus,  Williams 756 

The  false  cabbage  aphis  (Aphis  pseudobrassicse) ,  Davis  and  Satterthwait 756 

The  western  wheat  aphis  (Brachycolus  tritici),  Parker 757 

Plant  lice  injurious  to  apple  orchards. — I,  Parrott,  Ilodgkiss,  and  Lathi'op 757 

Apple  aphids  and  their  control.  Hall 757 

Some  grass-feeding  mealy  bugs,  Cockerell 757 


Idl6]                                                       CONTENTS.  V 

Pago. 

California  green  lacewing  fly,  Wildermuth 757 

Lar\'al  characters  and  distribution  of  two  species  of  Diatraca,  Ilolloway 758 

Notes  on  the  life  history  of  Ecpanthcria  eru/anus,  Van  Zwalenburg 758 

The  army  cutworm  in  Montana,  Cooley  and  Parlcer 758 

Notes  on  the  relation  of  insects  to  the  spread  of  the  wilt  disease,  Alien 758 

Observations  of  the  pine  spinner  in  Neustadt-an-der-Warthe,  1913-14,  Seitner.  759 

Four  European  Diptera  established  in  North  America,  Knab 759 

Tanypezida?  in  the  United  States,  Knab  and  Shannon 759 

A  revision  of  the  nomenclature  of  Indian  Anophelini,  Christophers 759 

An  Indian  tree-hole  breeding  Anopheles,  A.  barinnensis,  Christophers 759 

Anopheles  crucians,  infectibility  with  parasites  of  tertian  malaria,  Mitzmain ...  759 

The  supposed  immunity  of  some  varieties  of  wheat  to  Hessian  fly,  Haseman. .  759 

Summary  of  facts  about  the  introduction  of  Pleurotropu  epigonm,  Mc(  'onnell. .  700 

Parasitism  among  larvae  of  Mediterranean  fruit  fly.  Back  and  Pemberton 7G0 

Further  notes  on  Prospallella  berlesei,  Howard 760 

Designations  of  muscoid  genotypes,  with  new  genera  and  species,  Townsend.  .  760 

Elucidations  of  New  England  Muscoidea,  Townsend 7G0 

The  life  history  of  ILrmatobia  sanguisugens,  Mitter 7C0 

[The  hickory  bark  beetle  and  the  two-lined  chestnut  borer] 760 

A  progress  report  on  white  grul)  investigations,  Davis 760 

Lachnosterna  records  in  Wisconsin,  Sanders  and  Fracker 760 

A  study  of  the  life  history  of  the  maize  billbug,  Hayes 760 

The  European  species  of  Diprion  (Lophyrus),  Enslin 760 

Further  notes  on  Diprion  simile,  liritton 760 

New  Enc vTtidtE  from  North  America,  Girault 760 

The  Argentine  ant:  Distribution  and  control  in  the  United  States,  Barber 761 

A  new  method  of  subterranean  fumigation,  Ilouser 761 

Some  difficulties  in  diagnosis  of  infectious  brood  diseases  of  bees,  McCray 761 

FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION. 

The  iodiu  content  of  foods,  Forbes,  Beegle,  et  al 761 

The  iodin  content  of  foods,  Forbes,  Beegle  et  al 762 

Digestibility  of  very  young  veal,  Langworthy  and  Holmes 762 

Digestibility  of  hard  palates  of  cattle,  Lang\vorthy  and  Holmes 763 

Artificial  purification  of  oysters  in  calcium  hypochlorite.  Wells 763 

Rapidity  with  which  alcohol  and  some  sugars  may  serve  as  nutrient,  Iliggins. .  764 

Vanilla  extract.  Dean  and  Schlotterbeck 764 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  Ladd  and  Johnson 765 

Acts  and  documents  relative  to  public  hygiene  in  France 765 

Comparative  statistics  on  foodstuffs  and  fuel  for  three  years 765 

Food  for  the  family,  Johnson 765 

Kitchen  organization  and  administration.  Pitcher 765 

Problems  of  chemistrj^  of  metaljolism,  von  Fiirth,  trans,  by  Smith 765 

The  influence  of  the  nature  of  the  diet  on  the  retention  of  protein,  Umeda.  .. .  765 

The  protein  metal)olism  of  an  infant,  Talbot  and  Gamble 766 

Effect  of  autolysis  upon  muscle  creatin,  Hoagland  and  McBr>'de 766 

The  influence  of  diet  on  the  development  and  health  of  the  teeth,  Duraiid 767 

Dietary  deficiency  as  the  etiological  factor  in  pellagra,  Vedder 767 

Some  metabolic  effects  of  bathing  in  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  II,  Mattill 767 

Pathological  and  therapeutic  bearings  of  elimination  of  body  heat,  Nichols 768 

A  respiration  calorimeter  of  small  magnitude,  Langworthy  and  Milner 768 

ANIMAL   PRODUCTION. 

Rape  as  material  for  silage.  Lamb  and  Eward 768 

A  contribution  to  the  bacteriology  of  silage,  Sherman 769 

Fish  meal:  Its  use  as  a  stock  and  poultry  food,  Weber 769 

Cause  and  prevention  of  rancidity  in  palm  nut  kernel  cake,  Calder 770 

Studies  on  the  acidity  of  various  feeding  stuffs,  Wilk 770 

Tricolor  inheritance. — I,  The  tricolor  series  in  guinea  pigs,  Ibsen 770 

Inbreeding  in  tail-female,  Wanklyn 771 

Sex  control  and  known  correlations  in  pigeons,  Riddle 771 

The  animal-breeding  industry.  Pearl 772 

Sheep  management;  breeds  and  judging,  Kleinheinz 772 

Improvement  of  sheep  by  crossing  with  Rambouillet  Merinos,  Pazzini 772 

A  new  fleece  record  claimed,  Stemmons 772 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Mendelism  of  short  ears  in  sheep,  Ritzmau 772 

Corn  silage  for  hxmbs,  Wilson 772 

Self-feeding  hogs,  Sayro 773 

Feeding  experiments  walli  work  horses,  IlansLSon 773 

Sour  milk  for  ehieken  feeding,  Kempster 773 

Artificial  brooding  and  chick  feeding,  Schoppe 773 

Fecundity  of  hens  in  relation  to  size  of  egg.  Brown 773 

The  ostrich-feather  industiy  in  South  Africa,  Thornton 774 

The  breeding  of  "whitefish"  (Coregonus  spp.)  in  Switzerland,  Surbeck 774 

DAIRY   FARMING — DAIRYING. 

Influence  of  nutrition  on  milk  and  fat :  Overfeeding,  Eckles  and  Palmer 774 

Changes  in  composition  of  butter  fat  by  feeding  cotton-seed  oil.  Smith  et  al . . .  775 

Important  factors  affecting  machine  milking,  Larsen 776 

Numbers  of  bacteria  in  milk  which  has  undergone  changes,  Hammer  and  Ilix . .  777 

Effects  of  temperature  on  the  bacteria  in  milk.  Reed  and  Reynolds 777 

Studies  on  the  clarification  of  milk.  Hammer 778 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

Larkspur  poisoning  of  live  stock,  Marsh,  Clawson,  and  Mai\sh 779 

Poisonous  plants  and  stock  poisoning  on  ranges  of  Montana,  Swingle  and  Welch.  781 

The  nature  of  the  disease  due  to  the  exclusive  diet  of  oats,  Funk 781 

The  effect  of  benzene  on  the  production  of  antibodies,  Hektoen 781 

The  coexistence  of  antibody  and  antigen  in  the  body,  Denzer 781 

The  effects  of  vaccine  sensitized  ^-ith  homologous  immune  serum,  Kakehi 782 

On  Anaplasma-like  bodies  in  the  blood  of  vertebrates,  Porter 782 

Researches  on  induced  horpetomoniasis  in  birds,  Fantham  and  Porter 782 

The  cause  of  rat-bite  fever,  Futaki,  Takaki,  Tariguchi,  and  Osumi 783 

Cultivation  of  Bactcrmm  tuberculosis  on  a  synthetic  culture  medium,  Magoon. .  783 

Reactions  of  the  tubercle  bacillus  to  spenn  oil  and  its  constituents,  Miller 784 

Tubercular  antibodies  and  their  role,  Oalmetto  and  Massol 784 

Protective  inoculat  ion  of  live  stock  in  India,  Shilston 784 

Infectious  abortion  in  cattle,  Giltner  and  Hallman 784 

The  immunization  of  Egyptian  cattle  against  rinderpest,  Piot 784 

Antigenic  value  of  Spirochscta  hyos  in  hog  cholera,  King  and  Drake 784 

Swine  tuberculosis:  Epidemiology,  pathogeny,  and  evolution,  Chauss6 785 

Gas  production  by  strains  of  Bacillus  abort ivo-equinus,  Good  and  Corbett 785 

Sclerostomes  in  horses,  Hartman 785 

Nambi-uvu,  a  disease  of  dogs,  and  the  causative  parasite,  Carini 785 

Tuberculosis  of  poultry,  Welch 786 

RURAL   ENGINEERING. 

Hydraulics,  Daugherty 786 

Hydraulics  and  its  applications,  Gibson 786 

Water  power  engineering.  Mead 786 

Practical  methods  of  measuring  flowing  water,  Wisler 786 

Tests  of  loss  of  head  in  strainers,  orifices,  and  sand,  Pearse 786 

Earth  pressure,  retaining  walls,  and  bins,  Cain. . . 786 

Reports  of  flood  control,  Los  Angeles  County,  California 787 

The  laws  of  Indiana  for  constructing  ditches  and  levees,  1915 787 

Surface  water  supply  of  Snake  River  basin,  1913 787 

Running  water  for  farm  homes,  Scoates  and  Carpenter,  jr 787 

Sources  of  water  pollution.  Hill 787 

The  latest  method  of  sewage  treatment,  Bartow 787 

Sewage  purification  plants  for  small  country  residences,  Cotterell 787 

The  utilization  of  ground  waters  by  pumping  for  irrigation,  Smith 787 

Curves  for  irrigation-ditch  velocity  and  discharge,  Douglass 787 

Some  studies  on  the  irrigation  of  citrus  orchards,  Vaile 788 

Text-book  of  land  drainage,  Jeffery 788 

The  drainage  of  white  land  and  other  wet  lands  in  Oregon,  Powers  and  Teeter. .  789 

Blasting  ditches,  Murdock 789 

First  biennial  report  of  state  highway  commission  [of  Idaho],  1914 789 

Annual  report  of  the  highways  division  [of  Nova  Scotia],  1915,  Donkin 789 


1916]  CONTENTS.  VII 


Statutes  of  Oregon  on  roads,  highways,  bridges,  and  ferries,  compiled  by  Olcott.  789 

A  handy  road  chart,  Near 789 

Minimum  tire  widths  for  good  roads,  Hock 789 

Some  comparative  testa  of  wire-cut-hig  and  repressed  paving  brick,  Goss 789 

Strength  and  other  properties  of  concretes,  Wig  et  al 790 

The  composition  of  the  exhaust  from  liquid-fuel  engines,  Femxing 791 

[Tractor  sj^ecifications],  Eose 791 

[Drawbar  pull  of  tractor],  Olney 791 

The  construction  of  the  dairy  house,  Ruehe 791 

How  to  build  a  hollow  tile  silo 792 

Poultry  houses  for  Georgia,  Irvin 792 

The  Missouri  poultry  house,  Kempster 792 

RURAL   ECONOAnCS. 

The  marketing  of  Burley  tobacco  in  central  Kentucky,  Bohannan  and  Campbell  792 

Disadvantages  of  selling  cotton  in  the  seed,  Creswell : 793 

The  supply  and  price  of  wheat,  Hitier 793 

Foreign  trade  in  agi-icultural  products,  1913,  Bobdiga 793 

The  system  of  land  registration  in  New  Zealand,  Bridges 793 

Agricultural  labor  and  wages 793 

Farmers'  cooperative  electricity  societies,  Stewart 794 

Proceedings  of  Seventh  Conference  of  Cooperative  Societies  in  Bengal 794 

The  rural  home  and  the  farm  woman,  Johnson 794 

Staircase  farms  of  the  ancients.  Cook 794 

EgyiJt  of  the  Egyptians,  Balls 794 

Greater  agricultural  efficiency  for  the  Black  Belt  of  Alabama,  Allen 794 

Farm  management  or  what  can  be  done  on  a  fifty  acre  farm  in  east  Texas,  A  lien .  794 

California  resources  and  possibilities 795 

Tennessee:  Facts  about  soil,  climate,  and  rainfall 795 

[Agiicultural  statistics  of  British  Guiana],  Cln-istiani 795 

South  African  agricultiu-e:  An  analysis,  Du  Toit 795 

[Agriculture  in  New  Zealand],  Fraser 795 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

Practical  education — to-morrow's  demand,  Scott 795 

The  effective  use  of  the  school  farm:  An  unfinished  experiment,  Teall 795 

[Barrio  school  industrial  efficiency  contest].  Cutler  et  al 796 

The  present  trend  of  nature-study  in  Wisconsin,  Ullrich 796 

The  organization  of  nature-study,  Caldwell 796 

What  shall  be  our  policy  concerning  gardening  in  city  schools?    Jarvis 797 

A  giaded  course  of  garden  work  and  nature-study,  Guss 797 

Home  gardens.  Goldsmith 797 

Exercises  in  indoor  gardening  (for  the  use  of  schools),  Watts -  797 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATION  AND  DEPARTMENT 
PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Georgia  Station:  Page. 

Bui.  120,  May,  1916 729 

Bui.  121,  June,  1916 742 

Bui.  122,  June,  1916 775 

Illinois  Station: 

Bui.  188,  Apr.,  1916 736 

Bui.  189,  June,  1916 749 

Bui.  190,  June,  1916 723 

Circ.  187,  July,  1916 754 

Circ.  188,  July,  1916 791 

Indiana  Station: 

Bui .  185,  May,  1916 756 

Bui.  186,  May,  1916 728 

Bui.  187,  June,  1916 724 

Iowa  Station: 

Research  Bui.  28,  Jan.,  1916. .  778 

Research  Bui.  29,  Jan.,  1916. .  777 

Kentucky  Station: 

Bui.  202,  June,  1916 792 

Maine  Station: 

Bui.  252,  May,  1916 752 

Michigan  Station: 

Spec.  Bui.  78,  Apr.,  1916 746 

Spec.  Bui.  79,  May,  1916 719 

Circ.  29,  Apr.,  1916 784 

Missouri  Station: 

Research  Bui.  19,  June,  1915. .  737 

Research  Bui.  20,  June,  1915. .  738 

Research  Bui.  24,  May,  1916. .  774 

Circ.  79,  Mar.,  1916 773 

Circ.  80,  Apr.,  1916 792 

Montana  Station: 

Circ.  51,  Jan.,  1916 781 

Circ.  52,  Jan.,  1916 758 

Circ.  53,  Jan.,  1916 735 

Circ.  54,  Feb.,  1916 735 

Circ.  55,  Feb.,  1916 789 

Circ.  56,  Feb.,  1916 773 

Circ.  57,  Feb.,  1916 786 

Circ.  58,  Feb.,  1916 785 

New  York  State  Station: 

Bui.  415,  Feb.,  1916 757 

Bui.  416,  Mar.,  1916 740 

Bui.  417,  Mar.,  1916 744 

Bui.  418,  Mar.,  1916 742 

North  Dakota  Station: 

Bui.  116,  May,  1916 729 

Spec.  Bui.,  vol.  4,  No.  6,  July- 
Aug.,  1916 - 730,765 

viu 


Stations  in  the  United  States — Continued. 

Ohio  Station:  Page. 

Bui.  299,  June,  1916 761 

Oregon  Station: 

Bui.  137,  July,  1916 788 

South  Dakota  Station: 

Bui.  165,  Apr.,  1916 772 

Bui.  166,  June,  1916 776 

Tennessee  Station: 

Bui.  115,  Jan.,  1916 714 

Virginia  Station: 

Tech.  Bui.  10,  Mar.,  1916 777 

Washington  Station: 

Bui.  132,  May,  1916 783 

Popular  Bui.  99,  Feb.,  1916...  755 

Popular  Bui.  100,  Feb.,  1916..  743 

Popular  Bui.  101,  Mai-.,  1916. .  756 

Popular  Bui.  102,  May,  1916. .  717 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Join-.  Agr.  Research,  vol.  6: 

No.  14,  July  3,  1916 757,  766,  768 

No.  15,  July  10,  1916 750,  751 

No.  16,  July  17,  1916. . .  726,  758,  762 

No.  17,  July  24,  1916 751,  763 

No.  18,  July  31,  1916 728,  768 

No.  19,  Aug.  7,  1916 732,754 

No.  20,  Aug.  14,  1916 740,  772 

Bui.  365,  Larkspur  Poisoning  of 
Live  Stock,  CD.  Marsh,  A.  B. 

Clawson,  and  H.  Marsh 779 

Bui.  375,  Disadvantages  of  Selling 
Cotton  in  the  Seed,  C.  F.  Cres- 

well 793 

Bui.  377,  The  Argentine  Ant:  Dis- 
tribution   and    Control    in    the 

United  States,  E.  R.  Barber 761 

Bui.  378,  Fish  Meal:  Its  Use  as  a 
Stock  and  Poultry  Food,  F.  C. 

Weber 769 

Farmers'  Bui.  749,  Grains  for  the 
Montana  Dry  Lands,  N.  C.  Don- 
aldson        735 

Bureau  of  Entomology: 

Work  of  the  Insect  that  is 
Killing  the  Hickories   [and 

Oaks] 760 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry: 

Irrigated  Pastures  for  North- 
ern Reclamation  Projects, 
F.D.  Fan-ell 734 


[Vol.  35,  191G] 


LIST   OF   PUBLICATIONS. 


IX 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Scientific  Contributions:  a  Page. 

The  Chemical  Nature  of  the 
"Vitamins,"  I,  R.  R.  Wil- 
liams        711 

Note  on  the  Detection  of 
Faulty  Sizing  in  High-grade 
Papers,  C.  F.  Sammet 718 

The  Scope  and  Relation  of 
Taxonomic  Botany,  A.  S. 
Hitchcock 730 

Notes  on  Quamasia  with  a  De- 
scription of  a  New  Species, 
C.  V.  Piper 730 

Branching  and  Flowering  Hab- 
its of  Cacao  and  Patashte, 
O.F.Cook _. 730 

Tracheid  Dimensions  in  Long- 
leaf  Pine  and  Douglas  Fir, 
Eloise  Gerry 734 

Some  History  of  the  Grape  in 
the  United  States,  G.  C. 
Husmann 744 

Taming  the  Wild  Blueberry, 
F.  V.  Coville 744 

The  Effect  of  Organic  Matter 
on  Citrus  Growth,  J.  F. 
Breazeale 745 

California    Grapefruit,   A.   D. 

Shamel 745 

The  W^oodlot:  Its  Present 
Problems  and  Probable  Fu- 
ture Status  in  the  United 
States,  C.  R.  Tillotson 746 

Hewn-tie  v.  Saw-timber  Rota- 
tions, C.  F.  Korstian 746 

Water  Requirements  and 
Growth  of  Young  Cypress, 
W.  R.  Mattoon 747 

Early  European  History  and 
Botanical  Name  of  the  Tree 
of  Heaven,  W.  T.  Swingle. .       747 

The  English  Names  of  Some 
Trees,  W.  W.  Ashe 747 

Forests  of  Crater  Lake  Na- 
tional Park,  J.  F.  Pernot. . .       748 

Utilization  of  Wood  Waste  by 
Chemical  Means,  H.  F. 
Weiss 748 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Con. 

Scientific  Contributions — Contd.        Page. 

Important  Foreign  Insect  Pests 
on  Imported  Nursery  Stock 
in  1915,  E.  R.  Sasscer 755 

Inspection  Facilities  in  the 
District  of  Columbia,  E.  R. 
Sasscer 755 

On  the  Hawaiian  Work  in  In- 
troducing Beneficial  Insects, 
L.O.Howard 755 

Notes  on  the  Life  History  of 
Ecpantheria  eridanus,  R.  H. 
Van  Zwalenburg 758 

Notes  on  the  Relation  of  In- 
sects to  the  Spread  of  the 
Wilt  Disease,  H.  W.  Allen . .       758 

Four  European  Diptera  Estab- 
lished in  North  America,  F. 
Knab 759 

Tanypezidse  in  the  United 
States,  F.  Knab  and  R.  C. 
Shannon 759 

Summary  Facts  About  the  In- 
troduction of  Pleurotropis 
epigonus,  W.  R.  McConnell.       760 

Parasitism  Among  Larvae  of 
Mediterranean  Fruit  Fly,  E. 
A.  Back  and  C.  E.  Pember- 
ton 760 

FxKther  Notes  on  Prospaltella 

berlesci,  L.  O.  Howard 760 

Designations  of  Muscoid  Gen- 
otypes, With  New  Genera 
and!^  Species,  C.  H.  T.  Towns- 
end... 760 

Elucidations  of  New  England 
Muscoidea,  C.  H.  T.  Town- 
send 760 

A  Progress  Report  on  White 
Grub  Investigstions,  J.  J. 
Davis 760 

New  Encyrtidse  from  North 
America,  A.  A.  Girault 760 

Some  Difl[iculties  in  Diagnosis 
of  Infectious  Brood  Diseases 
of  Bees,  A.  H.  McCray 761 

Stau-case  Farms  of  the  An- 
cients, O.  F.  Cook 794 


a  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  Department. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  .        '  December,  1916.  No.  8. 


Following  the  general  policy  adopted  many  years  ago  of  meeting 
in  alternate  years  in  Washington,  D.  C,  the  Association  of  American 
Agricultural  Colleges  and  Experiment  Stations  held  its  thirtieth 
annual  convention  in  this  city  November  15-17.  The  selection  of  the 
nation's  capital  this  year  seemed  especially  appropriate,  in  view  of 
the  predominance  in  the  program  of  questions  of  nation-wide  sigTiifi- 
cance,  the  important  relationships  developing  with  various  branches 
of  the  Federal  Government,  and  the  plentiful  evidences  of  the  grow- 
ing realization  of  the  essential  kinship  and  community  of  purpose  of 
the  institutions  comprising  the  great  Federal  system  of  education 
and  research  for  whose  interests  the  association  stands. 

Official  delegates  were  in  attendance  from  every  State  in  the  Union 
except  one,  and  from  many  institutions  representatives  were  present 
for  each  of  the  four  divisions  of  college,  station,  extension,  and  engi- 
neering activities.  The  total  registration  of  delegates  and  visitors 
exceeded  three  hundred,  and  is  believed  to  have  eclipsed  all  previous 
records.  This  large  attendance  was  doubtless  due  in  part  to  the  meet- 
ings of  many  related  organizations  and  similar  bodies. 

Prior  to  the  opening  of  the  convention  of  the  association  itself,  a 
four-day  conference  was  held  of  the  county  agent  leaders  in  exten- 
sion work  and  the  States  Relations  Service.  The  Society  for  the 
Promotion  of  Agricultural  Science,  the  American  Society  of  Agro- 
nomy, the  National  Potato  Association,  the  National  Association  of 
State  Universities,  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Agricultural  Teaching,  the  American  Association  of  Farmers'  In- 
stitute Workers,  the  Association  of  Feed  Control  Officials,  and  the 
Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  also  held  sessions,  and 
there  was  a  conference  of  home  economics  teachers  in  the  land-grant 
colleges  under  the  auspices  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education.  The 
annual  meeting  of  the  National  Grange,  this  year  celebrating  its 
fiftieth  anniversary,  also  brought  to  Washington  a  large  number 
interested  in  agriculture,  and  a  public  meeting  of  this  body,  addressed 

701 


702  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

by  President  Wilson,  tended  further  to  focus  attention  in  the  city  on 
matters  pertaining  to  agriculture  to  an  unusual  degree. 

The  program  of  the  iVssociation  of  American  Agricultural  Colleges 
and  Experiment  Stations,  however,  was  by  no  means  restricted  to 
agricultural  lines.  The  interests  of  the  association  are,  of  course, 
considerably  broader  in  scope,  and  this  year  in  particular  much  em- 
phasis was  put  upon  what  may  be  termed  its  nonagricultural  phases. 
In  the  general  sessions  especially,  aside  from  the  addresses  of  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture  and  the  president  of  the  association  and 
the  presentation  and  discussion  of  the  reports  of  the  standing  com- 
mittees, attention  was  centered  quite  largely  on  the  proposed  estab- 
lishment by  the  Federal  Government  of  engineering  experiment 
stations,  the  development  of  military  training  in  the  land-grant 
colleges,  and  the  best  ways  of  conducting  extension  work  in  home 
economics  and  similar  lines  of  interest  to  farm  women.  The 
prominent  position  accorded  these  topics,  coupled  with  those  pre- 
sented at  the  two  sessions  of  the  newly  formed  subsection  of  engineer- 
ing, gave  to  the  program  an  appearance  of  less  emphasis  on  the  dis- 
tinctively agricultural  phases  of  the  work  than  has  been  usual  in 
recent  years. 

This  trend  of  the  convention,  however,  in  no  sense  betokened  a 
diminution  of  interest  in  agricultural  education  and  research.  On 
the  contrary,  it  may  be  questioned  whether  the  realization  of  the  out- 
standing importance  of  these  phases,  and  especially  the  need  of  ade- 
quate and  systematic  provision  for  research,  was  ever  more  strongly 
in  evidence.  For  example,  it  was  the  dominating  note  in  the  presi- 
dential address,  given  by  Director  C.  E.  Thorne,  of  the  Ohio  Station, 
upon  the  subject  of  Progress  of  Education  and  Research  in  Agricul- 
ture. Director  Thome  reviewed  the  history  of  the  land-grant  col- 
leges, especially  in  their  relations  to  the  experiment  stations,  and 
sounded  a  note  of  warning  that  the  temptation  to  neglect  the  work  of 
the  stations  in  order  to  take  care  of  the  great  pressure  for  educa- 
tional work  must  be  strongly  resisted  if  permanent  progress  is  to  be 
made.  As  he  pointed  out,  "  science  can  not  stand  still.  Every  exten- 
sion of  the  horizon  of  our  knowledge  only  expands  the  boundary  of 
the  unknown,  and  makes  yet  more  imperative  the  necessity  for 
further  research,  and  the  institution  which  contents  itself  with  pres- 
ent knowledge  will  soon  find  itself  forgotten." 

One  interesting  result  of  the  discussion  of  topics  seemingly  little 
related  to  agriculture  was  the  revelation  of  numerous  ways  in  which 
they  are  in  reality  closely  associated.  For  example,  in  the  animated 
discussion  of  the  proposed  initiation  of  Federal  aid  to  research  in 
engineering,  one  of  the  principal  arguments  advanced  for  the  loca- 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  703 

tion  of  the  prospective  stations  at  the  land-grant  institutions  was  the 
successful  maintenance  of  corresponding  stations  for  experimentation 
in  agriculture.  The  belief  was  widely  expressed  that  agriculture  and 
the  mechanic  arts  are  not  only  vitally  related,  with  many  points  of 
contact,  but  possess  plentiful  opportunities  for  mutual  service. 

Thus,  Dean  A.  A.  Potter  of  the  Kansas  College  said,  "  The  location 
of  the  proposed  experiment  stations  at  land-grant  institutions  will 
result  in  close  cooperation  between  the  engineering  and  the  agri- 
cultural experiment  stations.  Such  cooperation  will  prove  beneficial 
to  modern  agriculture  and  will  also  result  in  the  utilization  of  waste 
materials  from  the  farms.  The  increased  use  of  farm  machinery  and 
of  farm  motors  on  modern  farms  merits  much  engineering  investiga- 
tive work  of  direct  benefit  to  the  agricultural  industry.  Other  engi- 
neering investigations,  such  as  road  building,  rural  architecture, 
drainage,  and  irrigation,  can  best  be  carried  on  at  land-grant  institu- 
tions, where  the  engineering  experimenters  can  secure  valuable  aid 
from  their  colleagues  in  the  agricultural  experiment  stations." 

Even  the  authorization  of  the  reserve  officers'  training  corps  in  the 
land-grant  colleges,  under  the  provisions  of  the  National  Defense 
Act,  was  shown  to  have  a  bearing  on  the  preparation  of  teachers  and 
investigators  in  agriculture.  The  paper  of  Dean  Edward  Orton,  jr., 
of  the  Ohio  State  University,  pointed  out  that  the  establishment  of 
these  units  will  involve  considerable  reconstruction  of  courses,  and  he 
maintained  that  the  theoretical  military  training  prescribed  can,  in 
many  cases,  be  obtained  only  by  a  replacement  of  other  studies — 
cultural,  scientific,  or  technical.  "WHiile  it  is  expected  that  the  reserve 
officers  will  be  developed  more  largely  from  students  in  engineering 
than  in  agriculture,  there  will  none  the  less  be  some  reconstruction  of 
agricultural  courses,  and  the  problem  will  thus  be  presented  of  insur- 
ing that  the  fundamentals  of  a  sound  scientific  and  technical  train- 
ing be  carefully  conserved. 

The  relationship  of  home  economics  and  agriculture  have  long  been 
recognized,  yet  it  remained  for  this  convention  to  bring  out  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  comparatively  new  campaign  for  the  betterment 
of  the  country  home  is  going  forward  and  to  draw  attention  to  some 
of  its  special  problems.  Practically  an  entire  day  was  given  to  the 
subject,  most  of  one  morning's  general  session  and  the  afternoon 
meeting  of  the  section  on  extension  work. 

The  general  session  devoted  to  home  economics  was  opened  with 
the  report  of  the  bibliographer.  Dr.  A.  C.  True  of  the  States  Eela- 
tions  Service,  which  dealt  with  published  sources  of  information 
about  farm  women.  This  report  was  very  suggestive  in  several  ways. 
It  included  less  than  a  dozen  books,  articles,  and  bulletins  dealing 
exclusively  with  the  subject,  with  about  150  other  references  to  va- 


704  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

rioiis  phases.  In  assembling  the  material  an  extreme  meagerness 
of  investigational  data,  coupled  with  the  frequent  but  superficial 
treatment  of  the  subject  in  books  on  country  life,  rural  education,  and 
economy,  a  tendency  to  give  much  space  to  the  experiences  of  in- 
dividual country  women,  and  the  popularity  of  the  farm  woman  as  a 
subject  of  discussion  among  organizations  representing  a  surprising 
variety  of  interests,  were  among  the  characteristics  discovered. 

An  illuminating  idea  of  the  field  still  to  be  traversed  by  home 
economics  writers  was  also  afforded.  In  the  words  of  the  report, 
"  problems  have  been  worked  out  in  individual  cases  and  the  results 
applied  in  practice,  but  as  yet  the  economic,  sociological,  and  psy- 
chological principles  underlying  this  work  have  not  been  analyzed 
and  formulated.  Standards,  such  as  are  used  in  farm-management 
work,  have  not  been  worked  out  by  surveys;  accumulated  practical 
experience  has  not  been  summed  up  and  presented  in  a  systematic 
way  for  the  guidance  of  others." 

This  report  should  prove  extremely  helpful  to  home  economics 
workers.  As  the  quotation  indicates,  there  is  great  need  for  funda- 
mental studies  in  home  economics  analogous  to  the  experimentation 
in  agriculture.  Yet  in  spite  of  the  large  amount  of  time  allotted  the 
subject  on  the  program,  this  phase  otherwise  received  only  incidental 
mention,  attention  being  concentrated  almost  wholly  on  the  extension 
side  of  the  work.  A  symposium  was  given  before  the  general  ses- 
sion on  organization  and  administration  under  the  Smith-Lever  Act 
as  related  to  the  home  economics  departments  and  the  farm  home, 
while  the  sectional  program  dealt  with  home  economics  extension  in 
its  relations  to  women's  work  in  the  home,  rural  engineering  and 
architecture,  and  rural  health  and  personal  hygiene,  and  a  discussion 
of  the  function  of  the  woman  extension  worker.  These  papers  re- 
vealed in  a  most  interesting  way  the  many  channels  which  are  being 
developed  to  reach  the  farm  home.  It  seems  clear,  however,  that  the 
need  and  opportunities  for  research  would  be  an  especially  appro- 
priate topic  for  future  discussion  in  the  new  subsection  of  home 
economics,  the  establishment  of  which  was  authorized  by  the  college 
section. 

Extension  problems  in  agriculture  likewise  attracted  much  atten- 
tion. The  standing  committee  on  extension  organization  and  policy 
submitted  a  carefully  prepared  report  discussing  the  relationships 
between  the  colleges  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  The 
section  of  extension  work  considered  two  main  topics,  the  use  of  the 
written  project  system  and  the  holding  of  National  conferences  on 
extension  projects.  Extension  relationships  were  also  first  among  the 
topics  discussed  by  Secretary  Houston  in  his  address  before  the  as- 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  705 

sociation,  in  which  he  expressed  his  appreciation  of  the  spirit  of  co- 
operation evinced  on  the  part  of  the  States  in  the  coordination  of  the 
agricultural  activities  of  the  Nation.  Already,  he  stated,  in  spite  of 
the  difficulties  inherent  in  inaugurating  so  large  and  complex  an 
enterprise,  the  States  are  cooperating  with  the  Federal  Government 
far  beyond  the  requirements  of  the  law. 

College  instruction  in  agriculture  was  discussed  from  several 
points  of  view.  The  report  of  the  standing  committee  on  instruction 
in  agriculture  dealt  with  the  question  of  college  credit  for  high-school 
agriculture.  This  included  a  study  of  existing  conditions,  by  Mr. 
D.  J.  Crosby,  which  indicated  that  agriculture  is  now  accepted  as  an 
entrance  subject  in  forty-four  of  the  forty-eight  States,  but  that 
only  one  institution  allows  advanced  credit.  It  was  found  that  agri- 
culture is  no>v  taught  in  19  per  cent  of  the  high  schools  of  the  coun- 
try, and  the  committee  considered  this  a  factor  which  might  well  be 
taken  into  account  in  college  instruction  to  a  greater  degree.  Certain 
fundamental  principles  of  agriculture,  it  pointed  out,  might  be  taught 
as  effectively  in  the  high  schools  as  in  the  freshman  class,  or  even 
better  if  the  college  instruction  is  delegated  to  fellows  and  assistants 
of  limited  years  and  experience. 

Some  obstacles,  however,  were  recognized  to  the  acceptance  of 
high-school  agriculture,  especially  the  wide  variation  in  the  grade  of 
work  accomplished.  Care  is  needed  in  the  selection  of  textbooks  and 
apparatus  and  the  outlining  of  courses,  and  it  was  suggested  that  the 
colleges  might  here  render  a  useful  service.  In  twenty-eight  States 
there  is  no  systematic  supervision  of  high-school  instruction  in  agri- 
culture. In  some  States  the  college  and  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion cooperate,  but  it  was  believed  that  the  efforts  of  the  colleges  in 
this  field  should  be  suggestive  rather  than  arbitrary,  and  should 
scrupulously  avoid  the  appearance  of  domination. 

Methods  of  Improvement  in  Teaching  College  Agriculture  were 
discussed  by  Dean  W.  W.  Charters  of  the  School  of  Education  of  the 
University  of  Missouri.  Dean  Charters  pointed  out  that  the  im- 
portant thing  in  education  is  not  apparatus  or  buildings  or  equip- 
ment, but  the  classroom  intercourse  of  teacher  and  student.  He 
believed  that  the  present  teaching  of  agriculture  is  verj^  uneven  in 
quality.  One  difficulty  is  that  the  results  of  teaching  are  less  tangible 
than  those  of  research  and  therefore  easy  to  judge  in  a  comparative 
way.  The  code  of  professional  ethics  which  bars  instructors  of  equal 
rank  from  the  classrooms  of  others  also  hinders  improvements  and 
obscures  the  merits  of  efficient  teachers.  More  attention  to  the  formu- 
lation and  application  of  pedagogical  principles  of  agricultural  in- 
struction was  earnestly  advocated.    It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  very 


706  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

similar  views  were  expressed  in  the  section  on  engineering  as  regards 
instruction  in  that  subject,  and  that  close  cooperation  with  schools  of 
education  was  a  suggested  remedy. 

Another  way  to  increase  efficiency  in  the  colleges  was  proposed  by 
President  Waters,  of  Kansas,  in  a  paper  favoring  an  increase  in  the 
length  of  the  college  year.  President  Waters  pointed  out  that  under 
the  present  plan,  the  bulk  of  the  enormous  educational  investment  is 
idle  almost  one-third  of  the  j^ear,  and  he  also  maintained  that  this  in- 
volves a  great  loss  of  time  to  the  student.  He  summarized  tests  which 
indicated  that  the  objection  to  summer  study  in  warm  climates  is 
not  valid,  these  tests  indicating  that  mental  efficiency,  instead  of 
being  impaired  by  hot  weather,  steadily  increases  during  the  summer 
to  a  maximum  in  October  or  early  November,  and  then  declines  to  a 
minimum  in  midwinter.  The  ever-growing  attendance  at  summer 
schools  offering  college  credit  was  also  cited  as  evidence  that  the 
customary  vacation  is  longer  than  necessary,  and  that  many  students 
welcome  the  opportunity  to  hasten  the  completion  of  the  period  of 
preparation  for  their  life  work. 

The  employment  of  graduate  students  as  research  assistants  in  the 
station  formed  the  subject  of  a  joint  meeting  of  the  college  and  sta- 
tion sections.  Director  J.  G.  Lipman  described  the  system  carried  on 
at  the  New  Jersey  Stations,  where  nine  such  assistants  are  now  at 
work,  and  claimed  advantages  to  both  the  station  and  the  student. 
Graduate  students  as  a  class  have  been  found  to  possess  marked 
mental  keenness  and  zest,  and  while  not  available  for  the  worlring  out 
of  comprehensive  projects  can  frequently  be  entrusted  with  certain 
important  details,  such  as  the  compilation  of  bibliographies,  the 
recording  of  results,  and  the  tabulation  of  data,  and  even  the  han- 
dling of  some  minor  problems  like  the  study  of  a  single  soil  organism 
or  the  effect  of  a  method  of  treatment.  In  the  discussion  which  fol- 
lowed the  successful  employment  of  graduate  assistants  was  reported 
from  several  other  stations. 

A  paper  by  Prof.  L.  E.  Jones,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin, 
took  up  the  same  matter  from  the  standpoint  of  the  graduate  stu- 
dent, considering  especially  some  of  the  difficulties  which  might  be 
encountered.  Among  these  he  mentioned  the  possibility  of  exploita- 
tion, the  danger  of  attracting  the  weaker  graduates,  and  the  desir- 
ability of  minimizing  the  risk  of  inbreeding.  He  maintained  that 
a  student  ought  not  to  be  allowed  to  continue  on  such  a  basis  year 
after  year,  especially  at  the  same  institution,  but  that  even  if  it 
involved  some  temporary  inconvenience  to  the  station,  he  should, 
whenever  his  own  well-being  demanded  it,  be  encouraged  to  "  mi- 
grate "  elsewhere.    The  fundamental  consideration,  therefore,  in  the 


1916]  EDITORIAJL.  707 

employment  of  this  class  of  assistants  should  be  their  ultimate  devel- 
opment as  well  prepared  investigators. 

The  responsibility  of  the  stations  to  present  their  results  in  a  form 
available  for  popular  use  was  emphasized  in  a  paper  by  Director  R. 
L.  Watts,  of  Pennsylvania,  entitled  Shaping  Eesults  of  Experiment 
Station  Work  for  Extension  Uses.  This  paper  took  the  ground  that 
the  experimenter  himself,  who  knows  the  results  better  than  anyone 
else,  should,  as  a  rule,  serve  as  the  translator  of  technical  work  into 
popular  form.  He  should,  therefore,  make  a  study  of  methods  of 
presentation  of  results.  Some  of  the  principles  to  be  observed  were 
explained  and  illustrated  by  means  of  charts  comparing  the  effective- 
ness of  tables,  graphs,  maps,  and  the  like.  The  use  in  the  popular 
presentation  of  results  of  massive  tables,  poor  photographs,  com- 
plicated charts,  and  graphs  of  technical  appearance  was  deprecated, 
while  sl<:illfully  designed  charts  and  graphs,  good  photographs,  even 
if  of  small  size,  and  condensed  tables  may  be  very  effective. 

Some  general  aspects  of  station  publications  were  brought  out  in 
the  ensuing  discussion.  The  opinion  was  expressed  that  many  bul- 
letins need  not  be  made  so  technical  as  to  be  beyond  the  comprehen- 
sion of  the  farmer,  and  that  others  might  be  published  in  more  than 
one  form.  There  was  general  agreement  as  to  a  real  danger  of 
an  overshadowing  of  the  station  by  cutting  off  the  staff  from  direct 
communication  with  the  farming  public.  While  it  is  true  that  the 
time  of  the  research  worker  must  be  husbanded,  he  is  none  the  less 
entitled  to  present  his  results  directly  and  in  his  own  way.  Above 
all  he  should  be  safeguarded  against  any  tendency  by  others  to  "  play 
up  "  special  features. 

The  important  subject  of  the  relations  of  the  stations  to  regulatory 
work,  concerning  which  the  standing  committee  on  experiment  sta- 
tion organization  and  policy  had  submitted  a  report  at  the  1915 
convention,  had  originally  been  assigned  to  the  late  Director  Kastle, 
of  Kentucky,  and  the  paper  presented  in  his  stead  by  Dean  A.  F. 
Woods,  of  Minnesota,  embodied  some  material  collected  by  him.  A 
considerable  amount  of  data  as  to  existing  methods  of  handling 
regulatory  work  in  the  various  States  was  summarized,  but  as  an 
indicator  of  the  desirable  future  policy  the  discussion  as  a  whole 
was  far  from  exhaustive. 

There  was  considerable  support  of  the  view  that  with  well  man- 
aged state  boards  of  agriculture,  safeguarded  by  civil  service  regula- 
tions, the  stations  might  well  be  relieved  of  police  duties  alien  to 
their  real  purpose  as  research  institutions,  and  that  if  the  stations 
were  to  be  expected  to  carry  on  such  work  they  should  organize  it 
as  independently  as  possible  from  their  other  work.  It  was  some- 
67476°— 17 2 


708  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

what  unfortunate,  however,  that  the  lateness  of  the  hour  at  which 
this  topic  was  reached  on  the  program  tended  to  prevent  a  more 
complete  discussion,  and  its  reassignment  at  some  subsequent  meeting 
would  seem  to  be  amply  justified. 

A  discussion  on  the  Correlation  of  the  Work  of  Experiment  Sta- 
tions in  Eegions  with  Similar  Conditions  was  opened  by  Director 
J.  C.  Kendall,  of  New  Hampshire,  and  participated  in  quite  gen- 
erally. Many  possibilities  of  such  correlation  were  pointed  out,  and 
instances  cited  of  work  already  in  progress.  Some  apprehension  was 
expressed  lest  it  result  in  an  abridgment  of  the  freedom  of  the  indi- 
vidual investigator,  and  emphasis  was  laid  on  the  individual  factor 
in  research.  Others  expressed  the  conviction  that,  at  least  in  the 
simpler  forms  of  inquiry,  an  understanding  of  what  others  in  the 
same  field  are  attempting  might  frequently  enable  individual  work- 
ers or  stations  to  coordinate  and  readjust  their  work  to  advantage. 
Thus,  while  certain  types  of  duplication  of  work  are  not  harmful  and 
others  may  be  beneficial  as  a  corroboration  of  results,  there  are  in- 
stances where  mere  repetition  does  not  strengthen,  as  was  intimated 
in  the  report  of  progress  of  the  standing  committee  of  the  association 
on  projects  and  correlation  of  research. 

The  meetings  of  the  station  section  were  unusually  well  attended, 
and  the  discussions  as  a  whole  were  participated  in  by  a  large  num- 
ber of  those  present.  The  program  was  originally  arranged  for  a 
single  afternoon  session,  but  in  its  consideration  most  of  a  second 
afternoon  was  eventually  utilized. 

The  business  of  the  association  itself  centered  largely  around  the 
questions  of  the  engineering  experiment  stations  and  the  development 
of  courses  in  military  training.  On  the  first  of  these  propositions, 
the  association  reaffirmed  its  belief  in  the  advantages  of  organizing 
enginering  experiment  stations,  and  declared  that  Federal  aid  for 
such  stations  should  follow  the  lines  of  the  Morrill  Act  and  its 
supplementary  legislation,  irrespective  of  local  conditions.  The 
executive  committee  was  empowered  to  represent  the  association  in 
conference  with  other  bodies  interested  in  the  formulation  of  such 
legislation. 

The  association  expressed  its  interest  and  appreciation  of  the 
advantages  of  the  proposed  training  corps  sections  of  the  National 
Defense  Act,  and  manifested  its  desire  to  cooperate  with  the  War 
Department  in  its  practical  application.  The  measure  was  discussed 
in  detail  by  members  of  the  association  and  Maj.  Andrew  Moses,  of 
the  War  Department,  in  one  of  the  general  sessions,  and  provision 


1916]  EDITORIAL.  709 

was  also  made  for  special  conferences  of  those  interested  at  that 
Department. 

The  report  of  the  standing  committee  on  graduate  study  described 
the  work  at  the  1916  session  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  Col- 
lege and  discussed  the  steadily  decreasing  attendance  at  these  ses- 
sions. The  decline  was  attributed  in  part  to  the  large  amount  of 
summer  work  now  being  required  of  many  members  of  college  facul- 
ties, but  even  more  directly  to  the  increased  facilities  now  available 
for  systematic  graduate  study  in  agriculture  and  the  fact  that  this 
instruction  could  be  recognized  by  academic  credit.  During  the  past 
year  25  institutions  registered  at  least  6  graduate  students  in  agri- 
culture, and  the  total  was  not  far  from  1,000.  The  committee  recom- 
mended that,  in  view  of  these  changing  conditions,  the  1918  session 
of  the  school  be  postponed  for  one  year,  and  that  the  association  con- 
sider at  its  next  meeting  the  general  question  of  the  continuance  of 
the  school.    This  recommendation  was  accepted  by  the  association. 

Eesolutions  presented  by  a  special  committee  on  the  death  of  Dr. 
J.  H.  Kastle  were  adopted  by  the  association.  These  resolutions 
included  a  fitting  tribute  to  Dr.  Kastle,  stating  that  in  his  death  the 
association  "  has  lost  a  valued  member,  the  science  of  chemistry  one 
of  its  most  able  investigators  and  teachers,  agriculture  an  exponent 
of  unusual  breadth  of  view,  and  the  scientific  world  in  general  a 
worker  conspicuous  for  his  tireless  energy  in  the  prosecution  of 
its  work  and  a  master  in  the  presentation  of  the  results  of  his  labor." 

The  next  meeting  of  the  association  will  probably  be  held  in 
Massachusetts  in  October,  1917.  An  invitation  was  received  to  hold 
the  sessions  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  with  a  one-day  program 
at  Amherst  in  connection  with  the  celebration  of  the  fiftieth  anni- 
versary of  the  opening  of  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College. 
A  vote  of  preference  was  given  for  this  procedure,  subject  to  altera- 
tions if  deemed  advisable  by  the  executive  committee. 

The  election  of  officers  resulted  in  the  selection  of  President  K.  L. 
Butterfield,  of  Massachusetts,  as  president;  President  C.  A.  Lory, 
of  Colorado,  President  Brown  Ayres,  of  Tennessee,  Dean  J.  L.  Coul- 
ter, of  West  Virginia,  President  C.  A.  Duniway,  of  Wyoming,  and 
President  W.  B.  Bizzell,  of  Texas,  vice  presidents ;  and  the  reelection 
of  the  previous  secretary-treasurer  and  bibliographer.  The  mem- 
bership of  the  various  committees  underwent  few  changes.  President 
R.  A.  Pearson,  of  Iowa,  succeeded  President  Ayres  as  a  member  of 
the  executive  committee,  and  Dean  E.  Davenport,  of  Illinois,  re- 
placed President  Howard  Edwards,  of  Rhode  Island,  as  a  member 
of  the  committee  on  graduate  study. 

The  section  officers  included,  in  the  college  section.  President 
C.  C.  Thach,  of  Alabama,  chairman,  and  Dean  A.  F.  Woods,  of 


710  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD,  fVol.  ;!5 

Minnesota,  secretary;  in  the  station  section,  Dean  R.  S.  Shaw,  of 
Michirjan,  chairman,  Dean  W.  T\T.  Jardine,  of  Kansas,  secretary,  and 
Mr.  W.  IT.  Beal,  of  tlie  States  Eolations  Service,  rocoriling  secretary; 
in  the  extension  work  section,  Mr.  R.  K.  Bliss,  of  Iowa,  chairman, 
Mr.  C.  R:  Titlow,  of  West  Virij;inia,  secretary,  and  Mr.  C.  B.  Smith, 
of  the  States  Relations  Service,  recording  secretary;  in  the  engineer- 
ing section.  President  W.  II.  S.  Demarest,  of  New  Jersey,  chairman, 
and  Dean  A.  A.  Potter,  of  Kansas,  secretary;  and  in  the  homo 
economics  section,  Miss  Josephine  T.  Berry,  of  Minnesota,  chairman, 
and  INliss  Helen  Knowlton,  of  New  Hampshire,  secretary. 

The  15HG  convention  was  thus  an  interesting  and  important  gather- 
ing, and  though  its  dominant  interests  were  not  directly  agricultural 
it  W'as  of  much  service  in  this  direction.  It  emphasized,  as  ]ierhaps 
no  pre\ions  meeting  has  done,  the  essential  solidarity  of  the  com- 
]K)nont  institutions,  and  revealed  o]i})ortunities  still  existing  for  even 
more  complete  cooperation  and  mutual  helpfulness. 


RECENT  WORK  IX  AGRICULTURAL  SCII'XCE. 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

The  chemical  nature  of  the  "  vitamins." — I,  Antineuritic  properties  of  the 
hydroxypyridines,  R.  H.  Wji.liams  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
JfSy-Jf.'io). — The  author  has  prepared  the  following  pyridine  derivatives  and 
tested  their  therapeutic  action  on  polyneuritic  pigeons  by  intramuscular  in- 
jection of  doses  of  from  1  to  10  mg. :  Nicotinic,  cinchomeric,  quinolinic,  6- 
hydroxynicotluic  and  citrazinic  acids,  a-hydroxypyridine,  glutazin,  2-,  4-,  6-tri- 
liydroxypyridine  and  its  anhydrid,  and  2-,  3-,  4-trihydroxypyridine  and  the  so- 
called  tetrahydroxypyridine. 

Of  these  substances  definite  evidence  of  curative  power  was  noted  only  In 
the  case  of  a-hydroxy-,  2-,  4-,  6-trihydroxy-,  and  2-,  3-,  4-trihydroxypyridine. 
The  remainder  of  the  series  showed  no  effect  whatever,  although  it  is  deemed 
that  such  negative  evidence  in  the  case  of  any  hydroxy  derivatives  can  not  be 
regarded  as  conclusive.  It  was  noted  that  all  the  cures  obtained  were  of  those 
pigeons  which  were  treated  with  freshly  prepared  materials,  while  those 
treated  with  the  same  preparations  a  few  days  or  weeks  later  invariably  re- 
ceived no  benefit.  The  substances  were  evidently  changed  in  some  manner  so 
as  to  lose  their  curative  power,  although  no  deterioration  was  evident.  The 
existence  of  a  tautomerism  in  the  hydroxypyridines  suggested  itself  as  being 
of  some  interest  in  this  connection. 

Following  this  suggestion  it  was  found  that  a  granular  and  a  crystalline 
needle  form  of  o-hydroxjrpyridine  could  be  prepared,  both  of  which  melted 
sharply  at  from  106  to  107°  C.  After  proper  purification  by  remelting,  keeping 
well  above  the  melting-point  temperature  for  some  time,  and  then  allowing  to 
cool  slowly,  the  mass  was  found  to  consist  largely  of  needles.  By  recrystalliza- 
tion  from  benzene  with  ligroin  it  was  sometimes  possible  to  obtain  the  needles 
free  from  any  granular  crystals.  On  allowing  the  solid  needle  form  to  stand 
for  a  few  days  in  an  open  vessel  or  cork-stoppered  bottle  it  was  observed  that 
the  crystals  had  undergone  a  change.  The  original  clear  and  sharply  defined 
needles  were  marked  by  tran.sver.se  lines  of  cleavage.  The  rate  of  the  change 
was  variable  but  apparently  depended  on  the  amount  of  moisture  in  the  atmos- 
phere surrounding  the  crystals.  Neither  of  these  forms  was  found  to  absorb 
appreciable  amounts  of  bromin  instantaneou.sly  when  titrated  in  the  cold  with 
alcoholic  bromin,  so  that  neither  form  could  have  been  the  hydroxy  or  enol 
form.  On  dissolving  either  form  in  an  excess  of  alcoholic  NaOH  of  known 
strength  an  in.stantaneous  absorption  of  bromin  in  excess  of  that  require<l  by 
the  alkali  occurred. 

"  It  appears  that  there  exist  not  two  but  three  isomeric  forms  of  o-hydroxy- 
pyridine.  ...  By  simple  means  we  may  cause  any  desired  form  to  predomi- 
nate and  may  pass  through  the  cycle  repeatedly.  Each  exists  in  equilibrium 
with  at  least  one  other  in  relative  quantities  depending  on  condition.s.  We  shall 
understand  their  relationships  fully  only  after  finding  a  method  for  determin- 
ing each  of  the  three  forms  quantitatively  under  varying  conditions.  At  pres- 
ent we  can  measure  only  the  amount  of  enol." 

711 


712  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   EEOOED.  [Vol.35 

The  results  from  tests  made  on  pigeons  with  these  forms  of  o-hydroxy- 
pyridine  in  general  approximated  very  closely  those  obtained  with  hydrolyzed 
extract  of  rice  polishings,  both  in  rapidity  and  completeness  of  action  of  the 
paralytic  symptoms.  Boiling  temperature  destroyed  the  curative  power  of  the 
needle  form,  and  in  solutions  more  than  five  or  six  days  old  it  was  no  longer 
detectable. 

The  granular  form  obtained  by  prolonged  standing  of  the  needles  was  tested 
on  a  number  of  birds  in  various  quantities  and  under  various  conditions,  but 
in  no  case  was  there  the  slightest  evidence  of  any  benefit.  "  This  absolute  lack 
of  curative  properties  is  striking  and  suggestive.  If  the  isomeric  forms  exist 
in  equilibrium  and  there  is  fairly  rapid  transformation  in  any  direction,  one 
would  suppose  that  the  granular  form  would,  when  injected  into  the  body, 
rapidly  convert  itself  into  the  curative  form  as  the  latter  was  removed  from 
solution  by  absorption  in  the  tissues  or  fluids  requiring  it.  That  such  is  not 
the  case  suggests  strongly  that  the  pathological  conditions  of  polyneuritis  are 
not  due  to  a  deficiency  of  a  substance  per  se,  but  to  a  lack  of  a  certain  type  of 
potential  energy  which  only  certain  substances  can  supply.  In  other  words 
...  it  is  the  potentiality  of  isomeric  change  that  produces  the  desired  result. 
In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  many  purin  and  pyrimidin 
derivatives,  some  of  which  Funk  [E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  868;  29,  p.  664]  has  reported 
to  be  partially  curative  for  polyneuritis  are  also  theoretically  capable  of  a 
similar  isomerism.  That  these  substances  are  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  enol- 
keto  tautomers  is  strongly  indicated,  by  well-known  reactions  of  uric  acid  for 
example.  The  existence  of  a  third  isomer  is  not  excluded  by  theoretical  con- 
siderations, but  lacks  the  support  of  any  considerable  experimental  evidence." 

It  is  indicated  that  the  antineuritic  properties  of  these  substances  "  suggest 
that  an  isomerism  is  at  least  partially  responsible  for  the  instability  of  vitamins 
in  foodstuffs,  and  that  the  antineuritic  property  may  be  inherent  in  the  poten- 
tiality of  this  type  of  isomerism.  We  may  not  conclude  that  vitamins  are 
necessarily  hydroxypyridines,  since  a  similar  isomerism  may  exist  in  substances 
containing  other  heterocyclic  nitrogenous  nuclei  which  are  known  to  occur 
widely  as  constituents  of  animal  tissue." 

Separation  and  hydrolysis  of  albuminous  substances  from  the  seeds  of 
Arachis  hypogasa,  I.  S.  IAichnikov  (Jainschnikow)  (In  RezuVt.  Veget.  Opytov 
Lah.  Rahot  (Rec.  Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9  (WIS),  pp.  378-385).— Proteins  from 
UiQ  seeds  of  A.  hypogcca  were  extracted  by  means  of  water,  70  per  cent  alcohol, 
a  10  per  cent  solution  of  sodium  chlorid,  and  a  0.25  per  cent  solution  of  potas- 
sium hydroxid.  The  total  amount  of  nitrogen  in  the  seeds  was  found  to  be  9.1 
per  cent,  of  which  as  much  as  8.74  per  cent  occurred  as  albuminous  substance, 
including  albumin,  glutin,  and  globulin.  Glutin  and  globulin  were  hydrolyzed 
with  the  subsequent  separation  of  histidin,  arginin,  and  lysin.  The  work  and 
the  methods  employed  are  described  in  detail. 

The  influence  of  alkali  and  alkaline  earth  salts  upon  the  rate  of  solution 
of  casein  by  sodium  hydroxid,  T.  B.  Robertson  and  K.  Miyake  (Jour.  Biol. 
Cliem.,  25  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  351-361). — Analytical  data  submitted  show  that 
"  the  presence  of  alkali  or  alkaline  earth  chlorids  in  the  sodium  hydroxid  solu- 
tions employed  as  solvent  .  .  .  decreases  the  rate  of  solution  of  casein  by  dilute 
sodium  hydroxid.  The  retardation  increases  with  the  concentration  of  salt  em- 
ployed. The  alkaline  earth  chlorids  in  5/1,000-normal  concentration  retard 
the  rate  of  solution  of  casein  approximately  to  the  same  extent  as  100  times 
this  concentration  of  a  chlorid  of  an  alkali."  The  amount  of  casein  dissolved 
(X)  is  expressed  by  the  formula  X=Kt^;  K  and  m  being  constants  and  t  ex- 
pressing the  time.  The  constants  depend  on  the  concentration  and  kind  of 
alkaline  solution  employed   as  solvent. 


19161  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  713 

On  the  mechanism  of  oxidase  action,  G.  B.  Reed  {Bot.  Gaz.,  62  (1916),  No. 
1,  pp.  53-6^,  figs.  4)- — In  connection  with  certain  experiments  tlie  autlior  has 
observed  that  diffex-ent  samples  of  colloidal  platinum  and  silver  (prepared  by 
passing  a  direct  current  between  two  electrodes  of  the  metal  under  water) 
behaved  differently  toward  solutions  of  gum  guaiac.  The  guaiac  was  in  some 
cases  oxidized  directly,  while  in  others  only  after  the  addition  of  a  peroxid.  This 
phenomenon  suggested  that  samples  of  colloidal  metal  might  contain  different 
proportions  of  oxygen,  and  further  that  the  amount  might  be  varied  by  suitable 
treatment.  The  following  experiments  which  prove  the  supposition  to  be  cor- 
rect are  reported : 

A  large  platinum  crucible  with  a  surface  of  about  150  sq.  cm.  (al)out  23.25 
sq.  in.)  was  platinized  in  the  ordinary  manner,  by  making  it  a  cathode  in  a 
solution  containing  2  gm.  platinum  chlorid  and  0.16  gni.  lead  acetate  in  60  cc. 
water,  until  tlie  surface  was  uniformly  coated  with  a  black  deposit  of  colloidal 
metal.  It  was  then  subjected  te  active  hydrogen  by  making  it  a  cathode  in  a 
dilute  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  crucible  thus  treated  when  placed  in 
a  solution  of  gum  guaiac  free  from  peroxid  or  any  solution  of  potassium  iodid 
produced  no  oxidation.  After  subjecting  the  colloidal  metal  to  active  oxygen, 
however,  it  produced  rapid  oxidation  when  placed  in  either  of  these  solutions. 
Although  the  reaction  took  place  rapidly  it  was  observed  that  only  a  very  small 
amount  of  material  was  oxidized. 

To  determine  whether  only  sufficient  oxygen  for  a  limited  oxidation  was 
taken  up  by  the  platinum,  the  oxidation  of  formaldehyde  to  formic  acid,  which 
is  catalyzed  by  platinum  black  and  which  can  be  accurately  and  conveniently 
measured,  was  undertaken.  About  80  cc.  of  a  solution  containing  5/100-molar 
NaOH  and  approximately  3/10-molar  formaldehyde  was  placed  in  an  open 
beaker  in  a  water  bath  maintained  at  a  constant  temperature  of  30°  C.  The 
platinum  crucible  was  freshly  platinized,  exposed  to  active  oxygen  for  five 
nuinutes,  and  after  being  thoroughly  washed  introduced  into  the  solution  of 
formaldehyde.  The  mixture  was  kept  thoroughly  stirred  throughout  the  ex- 
periment, and  at  frequent  intervals  2  cc.  portions  were  removed  and  titrated 
with  5/100-molar  hydrochloric  acid.  The  amount  of  NaOH  neutralized  by  the 
formic  acid  generated  in  the  reaction  was  thus  obtained.  The  results  are  ex- 
pressed graphically  and  support  the  supposition  noted  above. 

Other  experiments  in  a  study  of  the  mechanism  of  the  oxidation  of  formal- 
dehyde to  formic  acid  with  platinum  as  a  catalyst  are  reported.  The  results 
show  that  in  the  oxidation  of  formaldehyde  by  hydrogen  peroxid  in  the  presence 
of  platinum  black  the  platinum  combines  with  oxygen  from  the  hydrogen 
peroxid  as  it  combined  with  oxygen  when  subjected  to  anodic  oxidation.  This 
compound  of  platinum  then  gives  up  its  oxygen  to  the  formaldehyde,  producing 
formic  acid. 

From  the  results  in  general  it  may  be  concluded  that  "  when  colloidal  plati- 
num is  introduced  into  a  mixture  of  hydrogen  peroxid  and  an  oxidizable  sub- 
stance the  platinum  takes  up  oxygen  from  the  peroxid,  thereby  forming  a  more 
efficient  oxidizing  agent  than  the  original  hydrogen  peroxid.  The  catalytic  action 
of  the  platinum  in  this  case,  that  is  its  peroxidase  action,  therefore  depends 
upon  its  aptitude  for  forming  unstable  oxygen  compounds  when  it  is  in  contact 
with  hydrogen  peroxid." 

Similar  work  with  plant  material  is  in  progress. 

The  ferments  of  pineapple  juice,  H.  FouQXrf:  (Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci. 
[Paris],  162  {1916),  No.  12,  pp.  ^33-435). — In  the  study  reported  the  pineapple 
juice  was  expressed  as  aseptically  as  possible,  received  in  sterile  flasks,  and 
allowed  to  ferment,  some  samples  under  anaerobic  and  others  under  aerobic 


714  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

conditions.  When  tlie  fermentation  was  complete  nutrient  gelatin  was  inocu- 
lated with  the  various  fermented  juices. 

From  the  aorobic  fermentations  three  organisms,  which  have  been  designated 
as  a,  b,  and  c,  were  isolated,  and  from  the  anaerobic  fermentation  the  organ- 
isms a  and  c  and  another  predominating  form  (d).  In  further  experiments 
sterilized  pineapple  juice  was  inoculated  with  the  various  organisms  isolated, 
and  the  speed  and  character  of  the  fermentations  observed. 

The  cultural  and  morphological  characteristics  of  the  organism  d  are  de- 
scribed. Both  it  and  the  organism  b  belong  to  the  genus  Saccharomyces.  The 
organisms  a  and  c  seem  to  be  intermediate  between  the  Mycoderma  and  the 
Torula. 

The  nature  of  the  acid-soluble  phosphorus  of  serum,  I.  Gkeenwald  (Jour. 
Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  45i-4S5).— Experimental  data  submitted  indi- 
cate that  the  phosphorus  compounds  of  serum  consist  almost  exclusively  of 
phospholipins  and  inorganic  phosphate.  The  presence  of  a  form  which  is 
insoluble  in  dilute  acids  but  is  not  precipitated  by  magnesia  mixture  or 
molybdate  solution  was  also  indicated.  This  latter  does  not  dialyze  readily 
from  the  serum. 

Factors  influencing  the  lime  and  magnesia  requirements  of  soils.  A 
method  for  the  determination  of  the  immediate  lime  requirements,  W.  H. 
MacIntire  {Tennessee  Sta.  Bui.  115  {1916),  pp.  5-^8,  figs.  2). — A  restatement 
and  discussion  of  some  of  the  data  previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  815), 
with  the  addition  of  new  material. 

Analytical  results  secured  in  the  determination  of  residual  carbonates  demon- 
strate the  existence  of  a  long-continued  reaction  between  soils  and  carbonates. 
Such  data  emphasize  the  necessity  of  defining  more  specifically  the  term  "  lime 
requirement,"  and  appear  to  necessitate  a  differentiation  between  temporary 
or  immediate  lime  requirement  and  the  continued  propensity  of  a  soil  to  decom- 
pose calcium  carbonate  when  it  continues  in  contact  with  excess  carbonates. 
Whether  the  lime  requirement  of  a  soil  should  be  considered  as  its  maximum 
coefficient  of  calcium  carbonate  decomposition  under  laboratory  conditions  in  a 
given  time,  or  whether  it  should  be  considered  as  the  amount  of  lime  essential 
to  maximum  crop  respon.se  for  a  definite  period  after  treatment  is  an  undecided 
question.  "  The  feasible  procedure  would  be  to  determine  a  method  which  would 
affect  the  maximum  decomposition  of  CaCOa  by  its  contact  with  the  acid-reacting 
soil  constituents  under  well-controlled  laboratory  conditions,  and  then,  if  possi- 
ble, to  establish  a  relationship  between  this  maximum  decomposition  and 
practice." 

Results  from  laboratory  experiments  on  the  decomposition  of  earth  carbonates 
by  sterile  alkaline  soils  agree  with  the  observations  of  Morse  and  Curry  (E.  S. 
R.,  21,  p.  713).  Silicic  acid  was  found  to  be  a  considerably  stronger  acid  in  its 
action  on  carbonates  than  has  been  hitherto  supposed.  "  Where  lime  is  added  in 
amounts  sufficient  both  to  meet  lime  requirements  and  to  insure  an  excess  of 
carbonate,  which  would  be  the  more  subject  to  action  of  carbonated  water,  any 
calcium  silicate  resulting  from  treatment  would  probably  remain  largely  as 
such.  However,  in  presence  of  carbonated  water  the  lime-silica  reaction  is 
readily  reversed."  Further  observations  show  that  the  reaction  between  mag- 
nesium carbonate  and  silica  and  siliceous  compounds  is  more  extensive  than  that 
between  these  substances  and  calcium  carbonate.  The  re'wersal  of  the  magnesia- 
silica  reaction  through  hydrolysis  in  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxid  in  solution 
was  found  to  be  correspondingly  more  difficult  than  that  of  the  lime-silica  com- 
pounds. 

Further  data  presented  demonstrate  "that  after  the  elimination  of  biological 
Influences  and  the  removal  of  organic  and  inorganic  colloidal  matter,  we  secure 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  715 

a  continued  decomposition  of  earthy  carbonates  by  alkaline  soils  under  moist 
contact  conditions  at  normal  temperatures.  This  decomposition  is  shown  to  be 
very  appreciable  in  the  absence  of  any  hydrated  silicates." 

The  reaction  of  soil  and  calcium  carbonate  thrown  out  of  carbonated  water 
solution  by  agitation  and  suction  and  the  effect  of  the  period  of  contact  of  soil 
and  CaH2(C03)2  solution  before  evaporation  was  also  studied.  The  data  ob- 
tained demonstrate  that  a  great  difference  in  time  of  contact  in  the  laboratory 
affects  in  some  degree  the  extent  of  the  reaction  between  the  carbonate  and  the 
soils. 

It  is  indicated  that  "  MgCOs  will  satisfy  a  soil's  requirement  for  lime,  but  that 
the  satisfying  of  a  soil's  requirement  for  lime  by  long  continued  contact  with 
CaCOa  does  not  inhibit  the  excessive  decomposition  of  adde<l  MgCOs  under 
laboratory  treatment.  Not  only  is  this  true  of  normal  calcareous  soils,  but  it  is 
also  true  of  soils  which  have  been  ignited  with  an  excess  of  CaCOs." 

"  The  combined  presence  of  calcium,  sodium,  and  potassium  carbonates  is  not 
necessarily  inhibitory  of  the  decomposition  of  the  precipitated  carbonate  of 
magnesium." 

A  procedure  for  the  determination  of  the  immediate  lime  requirement  of 
soils,  in  which  a  suitable  sample  of  soil  is  evaporated  with  calcium  carbonate 
solution  and  the  excess  carbon  dioxid  then  determined  according  to  the  pro- 
cedure previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  SOS),  is  described  in  detail,  together 
with  the  procedure  for  preparing  the  calcium  carbonate  stock  solution  and  a 
pressui'e  container  for  the  same.  A  convenient  form  of  carbon  dioxid  generator 
is  also  described. 

From  a  comparison  of  the  proposed  method  with  the  procedure  of  Hutchinson 
and  MacLennan  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  609),  it  is  indicated  that  "not  only  does  the 
Hutchinson-MacLennan  method  fail  to  produce  the  decompositions  equivalent  to 
those  effected  by  the  Veitch  [E.  S.  R.,  14,  p.  41S]  or  the  proposed  method,  but 
the  carbonated  water  solvent  depresses  the  reaction  and  gives  less  carbonate 
decomposition  than  is  effected  by  agitation  with  CaCOj  in  COa-free  water  for  the 
same  period  at  room  temperature." 

It  is  deemed  that  the  conditions  of  the  procedure  described  effect  the  com- 
plete satisfying  of  the  temporary  lime  requirement  of  soils,  and  it  is  intended 
to  supply  a  simple  means  which  will  permit  the  satisfying  of  the  maximum  im- 
mediate lime  requirement  of  acid  silicates  and  silicic  acid,  the  principal  causes 
of  lime  requirement  in  rock-derived  soils. 

The  relation  between  laboratory  and  field  lime  requirements  and  the  occur- 
rence of  soil  acidity  in  field  and  laboratory  experiments  are  briefly  described. 

A  method  for  the  determination  of  the  immediate  lime  requirements  of 
soils,  W.  H.  MacIntiee  (Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  7  (1915),  No.  10,  pp. 
864-867,  figs.  2). — The  method  described,  together  with  the  procedure  for  pre- 
paring and  standardizing  the  calcium  carbonate  solution,  a  pressure  container 
for  the  same,  and  a  modified  form  of  carbon  dioxid  generator  are  noted  above. 

Lime  and  magnesia  in  New  Zealand  soils,  B.  C.  Aston  (Jour.  Agr.  {New 
Zeal.],  12  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  47-54). — Analy.ses  of  3G6  samples  of  New  Zealand 
soil  showing  the  calcium  and  magnesium  oxid  contents  as  extracted  by  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  by  1  per  cent  citric  acid  are  reported,  the  results  of  which  in- 
dicate that  the  lime  content  of  these  soils  is  relatively  low.  "  When  soils  which 
are  known  to  be  sterile  owing  to  the  excess  of  magnesia,  when  the  magnesia  is 
present  in  quantities  ten  times  as  great  as  the  lime,  both  weak  and  strong 
solvents  indicate  that  the  magnesia  is  in  excess.  .  .  . 

"  Soil  which  will  grow^  forest,  although  showing  a  greater  amount  of  mag- 
nesia than  lime  by  the  hydrochloric-acid  method,  shows  a  greater  amount  of 
lime  than  magnesia  by  the  1  per  cent  citric-acid  method  of  extraction,  whereas 


716  EXPEEIMElsrT   STATION  RECOED.  [Vol.35 

the  soil  which  will  only  grow  scrub  shows  more  magnesia  than  lime  by  both 
methods,  as,  similarly,  does  the  soil  which  will  not  grow  anything."  It  is 
indicated  that  "  it  may  be  ultimately  found  .  .  .  that  the  1  per  cent  citric-acid 
method  .  .  .  may  prove  a  means  of  diagnosing  an  injurious  excess  of  mag- 
nesia in  soils." 

A  rapid  method  for  the  estimation  of  calcium  oxid  in  peat  soils,  R.  A. 
GoETNER  {Soil  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  505-508). — In  connection  with  some 
work  on  peat  soils  at  the  Minnesota  Experiment  Station  the  author  devised 
the  following  procedure  for  the  determination  of  calcium  in  peat : 

Five  gm.  of  peat  is  incinerated  in  a  quartz  dish,  the  ash  digested  with  aqua 
regia,  evaporated  to  dryness  to  dehydrate  the  silica,  the  residue  taken  up  with 
dilute  acid,  filtered  into  a  500  cc.  flask,  and  made  to  volume.  To  100  cc.  of 
this  solution  enough  ammonia  is  added  to  make  the  liquid  smell  strongly 
and  to  precipitate  the  iron  and  aluminum.  The  liquid  is  brought  to  a  boil, 
and  while  boiling  10  cc.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  ammonium  oxalate  is  added. 
The  calcium  oxalate  is  thus  precipitated  over  the  surface  of  the  iron  hydroxid, 
making  the  latter  more  or  less  granular,  and  greatly  aiding  filtration  and 
washing.  The  boiling  is  cautiously  continued  for  a  few  minutes  and  the 
solution  allowed  to  cool. 

After  at  least  three  hours,  or  preferably  overnight,  the  solution  is  filtered 
and  well  washed  with  warm  water.  When  the  precipitate  is  completely 
washed,  the  beaker  in  which  the  precipitation  was  made  is  placed  under  the 
funnel,  a  hole  punched  in  the  filter  paper,  and  the  precipitate  washed  into 
the  beaker  with  a  stream  of  warm  water.  The  filter  is  then  well  washed 
with  a  hot  1.5  per  cent  sulphuric  acid  solution,  10  cc.  of  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid  is  added  to  the  washings,  the  solution  brought  nearly  to  a  boil, 
and  the  oxalate  titrated  with  a  standard  potassium  permanganate  solution 
of  such  strength  that  each  cubic  centimeter  is  equivalent  to  0.001  gm.  of 
calcium  oxid. 

Analytical  data  submitted  indicate  the  accuracy  of  the  procedure.  The 
method  is  not  applicable  to  mineral  soils,  the  results  being  consistently  high. 

A  rapid  method  for  the  estimation  of  fat  in  powders,  S.  B.  Phillips 
(Analyst,  41  (1916),  No.  1/82,  pp.  122,  123,  fig.  i).— The  author  describes  a  spe- 
cially devised  apparatus  for  use  in  the  estimation  of  fat  in  powders,  using 
trichlorethylene  as  a  solvent.  The  method  is  similar  in  principle  to  the  pro- 
cedure described  by  Neumann  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  507)  and  is  claimed  to  yield  ex- 
cellent results. 

The  determination  of  sucrose  in  cane  products  by  direct  polarization, 
using  a  new  method  for  the  destruction  of  the  reducing  sugars,  C.  Muller 
(Internat.  Sugar  Jour.,  18  (1916),  No.  210,  pp.  27^,  275).— For  the  destruction  of 
reducing  sugars  in  the  determination  of  sucrose  in  cane  products  by  direct 
polarization  the  author  describes  the  following  procedure : 

A  reagent  is  prepared  by  dissolving  25  gm.  of  Rochelle  salt  and  32  gm.  of 
sodium  hydroxid  in  400  cc.  of  distilled  water.  To  this,  after  heating  slightly  to 
effect  solution,  is  added  11  gm.  of  bismuth  subnitrate,  heating  being  continued 
to  dissolve  the  salt,  after  which  the  solution  is  cooled,  made  up  to  500  cc, 
mixed,  and  filtered. 

To  use  this  reagent  for  the  destruction  of  reducing  sugars  in  the  case  of  a 
cane  molasses  20  gm.  is  diluted  with  40  cc.  of  boiling  water,  10  cc.  portions  of 
this  dilution  being  poured  on  the  weighed  sample  at  a  time,  or  50  cc.  of  a 
solution  containing  20  gm.  of  the  molasses  may  be  used.  The  liquid  is  placed 
in  a  300  cc.  flask,  15  cc.  of  the  bismuth  reagent  added,  and  the  mixture  heated 
in  a  boiling  water  bath  for  15  minutes.  The  liquid  is  then  cooled,  150  cc.  of 
cold  water  and  the  equivalent  of  60  cc.  of  basic  lead  acetate  of  the  density  of 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  717 

36°  B.  added,  the  volume  made  up  to  300  cc,  and  the  liquid  m\xed  and  filtered. 
It  is  now  polarized  by  introducing  100  cc.  into  a  100-110  cc.  flask,  adding  5  cc. 
of  acetic  acid  and  sufficient  water  to  reach  the  upper  mark,  treating  with  2  gm. 
of  special  dry  decolorizing  carbon,  mixing,  and  filtering,  the  observation  being 
made  in  the  400  mm.  tube. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  method  is  simple,  rapid,  and  certain.  "  It  is  .  .  . 
applicable  to  all  cane-sugar  factory  products,  but  not  to  special  products  such 
as  those  of  the  beet-sugar  factory  containing  glutamic  and  aspartic  subetances, 
the  optical  activity  of  which  is  not  destroyed  by  the  bismuth  reagent." 

The  determination  of  essences  in  liqueurs,  X.  Rocques  (Ann.  Falsi/.,  9 
(1916),  No.  90-91,  pp.  127-1S4) .—These  pages  report  the  findings  of  the  com- 
mittee appointed  to  investigate  methods  for  the  determination  of  volatile  oils 
in  liqueurs,  necessitated  by  the  recent  legislation  in  France  which  ruled  that 
not  more  than  0.5  gm.  of  oil  be  used  in  1  liter  of  liqueur. 

The  volumetric  method  of  Ronnet  and  the  gravimetric  method  of  Muttelet, 
both  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  Ill),  are  recommended  as  being  satis- 
factory for  the  control  of  the  purity  of  these  products.  The  methods  are 
described  in  detail  and  comparative  analytical  data  submitted. 

Manual  for  the  essence  industry,  E.  Waltkb  (New  York:  John  Wiley  d  /S'ons. 
Inc.,  1916,  pp.  in-\-.'j2T,  figs.  37). — This  volume  describes  the  most  modern 
methods  for  preparing  all  kinds  of-essences  for  liquors,  brandies,  liqueurs,  and 
all  alcoholic  drinks,  fruit  juices,  fruit  wines,  and  mineral  waters,  together  with 
many  other  valuable  formulas.  Other  topics  considered  are  the  taste  and  the 
transfer  of  flavor  to  foods  and  beverages ;  the  raw  materials  yielding  the  differ- 
ent tastes ;  confectionery,  bakery,  and  culinary  essences ;  coloring  matters  for 
foods  and  drinks;  and  cosmetic  essences  (perfumery,  cosmetics,  and  soap  per- 
fumes). A  chapter  on  laboratory  practice,  consisting  of  general  manufacturing 
and  analytical  methods,  is  included,  and  a  complete  subject  index  is  appended. 

Canning  in  g'lass  by  the  cold  pack  method,  Bab  Bell  and  Addie  D.  Root 
(Univ.  Missouri  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Serv.  Circ.  9  (1916),  pp.  12,  figs.  6). — This  circu- 
lar briefly  discusses  the  subject  under  the  following  heads :  Why  fruits  and 
vegetables  spoil ;  types  of  canners  which  may  be  used ;  and  jars.  tops,  and 
rubbers.  Directions  for  canning  various  fruits  and  vegetables  are  outlined  in 
detail. 

Some  possibilities  for  the  utilization  of  low-grade  and  surplus  fruit,  .T.  S. 
Caldwell  (Washington  Sta.  Popular  Bui.  102  (1916),  pp.  4)- — This  briefly  sum- 
marizes the  material  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  418). 

Single-variety  ciders  and  perry,  1913—14,  B.  T.  P.  Barker  and  O.  Grove 
(Univ.  Bristol,  Ann.  Rpt.  Agr.  and  Hort.  Research  Sta.,  1914,  PP-  11-21). — These 
pages  record  analytical  data  on  a  number  of  single-variety  ciders  and  a  peri-y 
made  from  fruit  collected  during  the  season  of  1913,  together  with  remarks  on 
the  general  character  of  the  products.  The  analytical  data  include  specific 
gravity,  malic  acid  and  tannin  content,  weight  of  fruit,  yield  of  juice,  and 
variations  in  the  specific  gravity  after  fermentation  and  bottling. 

The  treatment  of  cider  sickness,  O.  Grove  (Univ.  Bristol,  Ann.  Rpt.  Agr.  and 
Hort.  Research  Sta.,  1914,  pp.  22-24). — Experimental  data  have  demonstrated 
that  cider  sickness  can  be  remedied  or  prevented  by  either  of  the  following 
methods:  (1)  Increasing  the  acidity,  either  by  mixing  a  cider  of  low  acidity 
with  one  which  is  naturally  high  or  by  adding  a  sufficient  amount  of  tartaric 
acid,  equivalent  to  about  0.5  per  cent  malic  acid;  or  (2)  the  use  of  brewer's  or 
compressed  yeast.  Increasing  the  acidity  has  yielded  the  most  desirable 
results. 

The  use  of  sulphur  dioxid  and  aeration  yielded  negative  results. 


718  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  fVol.  35 

The  relative  value  of  cane  and  beet  sugar  for  fermentation  purposes,  O. 
Grove  {Univ.  Bristol,  Ann.  Rpt.  Agr.  and  Hort.  Research  Sta.,  19U,  pp.  32.  35).— 
In  fernjentation  tests  beet  sugar  was  found  to  yield  better  results  than  cane 
sugai-. 

"  Leaving  out  of  consideration  that  most  of  the  samples  sweetened  with  cane 
sugar  did  not  Iveep,  but  were  attacked  by  a  bacterial  disease,  whereas  all  tlie 
beet-sugar  samples  remained  in  good  condition,  the  flavor  of  the  cane-sugar 
samples  was  in  all  cases  inferior.  .  .  .  Tliat  is,  the  peculiar  taste  of  cane 
sugar  was  easily  detected,  whereas  the  beet  sugar  did  not  give  any  new  flavor 
to  the  cider,  but  simply  acted  as  a  neutral  sweetener,  wliich,  of  course,  is 
preferable.  This  result,  being  somewhat  contrary  to  previously  accepted  views, 
.  .  .  needs  further  confirmation  by  fresh  experiments  before  mucli  importance 
can  be  attached  to  it." 

The  fermentation  of  cane  molasses;  composition  of  rum,  Kayskk  {Ann. 
Falsif.,  9  (1916),  No.  90-91,  pp.  121-127).— Thii^  article  indicates  the  importance 
of  the  apparatus  and  method  used  in  the  distillation  of  rum  as  affecting  its 
quality,  and  submits  analytical  data  of  a  number  of  samples  of  rum  fermented 
under  varying  degrees  of  acidity,  with  tlie  use  of  3  per  cent  anunonium  tluorid, 
in  the  presence  of  both  an  abundant  and  a  limited  supply  of  air,  and  with 
various  yeasts. 

On  the  transformation  of  the  nitrogenous  substances  during  the  forced 
curing  of  tobacco,  L.  Hernakdini  {Ann.  R.  Scitola  Sup.  A(;r.  I'ortici,  2.  scr.,  12 
(1914),  pp.  347-359). — It  was  found  that  in  rhe  forced  curing  of  tobacco  there  is 
no  appreciable  destruction  of  protein  substances,  nicotin,  or  ammonia.  There 
is,  however,  a  loss  of  total  soluble  nitrogen  which  is  apparently  due  to  a  loss  of 
amino  acids.  An  oxidation  which  converts  a  part  of  the  insoluble  nitrogenous 
substance  to  a  soluble  form  is  also  apparent,  and  may  in  some  degree  account 
for  the  loss  noted. 

It  is  indicated  that,  while  the  results  submitted  do  not  exclude  the  fermenta- 
tion theory  of  tobacco  curing,  it  appears  that  the  process  is  nevertheless  to  a 
large  extent  purely  chemical. 

Note  on  the  detection  of  faulty  sizing  in  high-grade  papers,  C.  F.  Sammet 
iJovr.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Cfiem.,  8  (1916),  No.  5,  p.  476). 

METEOROLOGY. 

Meteorology  in  relation  to  agriculture  in  Canada,  R.  W.  Stupakt  and  R.  W. 
Mills  {Intcnuit.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Internat.  Rev.  Sci.  and  Pract.  Agr.,  7 
{1916),  No.  2,  pp.  177-179). — This  article  explains  briefly  what  the  Meteoro- 
logical Service  of  Canada  is  now  doing  and  plans  to  do  along  this  line,  contain- 
ing practically  the  same  information  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R., 
35,  p,  15). 

Meteorological  observations,  F.  Eredia  {Agr.  Colon.  [Italy],  10  {1916),  I, 
Nos.  1-2,  pp.  35-79,  pis.  6,  figs.  17;  S,  pp.  131-150,  pis.  4,  figs.  13:  4.  PP-  190-212, 
pis.  4,  figs.  12;  5,  pp.  239-266,  pis.  S,  figs.  10;  6,  pp.  309-322,  pi.  1,  figs.  6;  IF, 
No.  7,  pp.  245-280,  pis.  2,  figs.  10). — This  article  describes  the  construction,  in- 
stallation, and  operation  of  meteorological  instruments  suitable  for  observa- 
tions in  the  Italian  colonial  possessions. 

The  frequency  of  low  temperatures  at  "Vercelli  (Italy)  And  its  effect  on 
the  cultivation  of  rice,  B.  Makcarelli  {Oior.  Risicolt.,  5  {1915),  No.  22,  pp. 
555-360,  fig.  1;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Internat.  Rev.  Sci.  and 
Pract.  Agr.,  7  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  192,  193). — It  was  found  that  the  minimum  tem- 
perature limits  are  of  great  importance  in  the  early  stages  of  the  growth  of  rice, 
this  mininuim  limit  being  from  46  to  50°  F.    The  maximum  rate  of  growth  was 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZEB8.  719 

found  to  be  associated  with  a  high  minimum  temperature,  accompanied  by  warm, 
short  nights.  The  highest  minimum  temperatures  occur  in  Italy  in  July  and  the 
first  week  in  August,  when  the  humidity  of  the  air  is  relatively  high  and  the  days 
long  and  very  warm.  Low  temperatures  during  the  last  days  of  July  and  the  first 
of  September  occurring  at  the  important  and  tender  stages  of  heading,  inflores- 
cence, and  formation  of  grain  caused  considerable  damage  to  rice  in  191.5. 

Night  frost  in  the  East  Indies,  W.  Van  Bemmelen  (Tijdschr.  Nijv.  Landb. 
Nederland.  Indie,  92  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  126-131).— The  conditions  under  which 
the.se  frosts  occur  are  briefly  discusse<l. 

The  weather  of  Scotland  in  1915,  A.  Watt  {Trans.  Highland  and  Agr.  Soc. 
Scot.,  5.  ser.,  28  {1916),  pp.  242-256).— The  weather  conditions  for  each  month 
are  summarized  and  much  detailed  data  for  rainfall  at  various  places  in  Scot- 
land are  given. 

It  is  .stated  that  in  the  extreme  north  and  in  the  western  and  most  southern 
districts  there  was  a  well-defined  shortage  of  rainfall,  and  toward  the  northwest 
the  shortage  was  of  a  most  decided  character.  "  In  West  Inverne.ss-shire  the 
year  was  the  driest  on  record.  At  Fort  William  the  rainfall  was  30  per  cent 
below  the  normal,  and  three-fifths  of  it  was  accounted  for  before  the  end  of 
April ;  every  month  from  May  onward  had  a  shortage ;  and  May,  June,  Septem- 
ber, October,  and  November  had  each  less  than  half  the  average  amount  of  rain. 
Outside  the  northwestern  area  the  extreme  southwest  appears  to  have  been  the 
region  most  notable  for  the  persistence  of  dry  periods. 

"  The  severe  frost  of  November  seriously  interfered  with  agricultural  opera- 
tions." 

[The  climate  of  Pavlovsk],  A.  V.  Shipchinskii  (A.  Shipchinski)  {Zap. 
Selsk.  Khoz.  Inst.  Imp.  Petra  I  {Mem.  Inst.  Agron.  Emp.  Pierre  I),  1  {1916), 
pp.  52-69). — This  is  a  summary  of  ten  years'  observations  (1897-1904  and 
1911-1913).  The  average  annual  temperature  was  6.9°  C.  (44.4°  F.),  the  pre- 
cipitation 500.3  mm.  (19.7  in.).    The  prevailing  wind  was  southeast. 

SOILS— FERTILIZEES. 

Michigan's  shifting  sands:  Their  control  and  better  utilization,  F.  H. 
Sanfobd  {Michigan  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.  79  {1916),  pp.  31,  figs.  23). — This  bulletin 
deals  with  the  control  and  better  utilization  of  about  534,000  acres  of  dune- 
formed  land  bordering  on  the  Great  Lakes  in  Michigan. 

"The  sand  dunes  in  Michigan  are  found  in  four  belts  on  the  shores  of  the 
three  greater  lakes.  These  belts  are  the  Superior  Belt,  the  line  of  dunes  found 
on  the  Superior  shore  of  the  Upper  Peninsula;  the  South  Shore  Belt,  the  i)elt 
along  the  south  coast  of  the  Upper  Peninsular ;  the  West  Shore  Belt,  that  formed 
by  the  winds  and  waters  of  Lake  Michigan  upon  the  west  coast  of  the  Lower 
Peninsula ;  and  the  fourth,  the  East  Shore  Belt,  that  washed  by  the  waters  of 
Lake  Huron.    Geologically  the  sand  dunes  are  young." 

It  is  concluded  that  "sand  along  the  Michigan  shores  can  be  controlled  if 
proper  methods  are  applied.  Certain  plants  are  admirably  adapted  for  use  in 
( stabli.shing  a  'crust'  in  which  other  forms  of  tree  growth  must  be  planted  to 
insure  permanent  forest  cover.  By  waiting  for  planted  belts  to  grow  into  high 
shelters,  certain  adjacent  belts  in  the  lee  may  be  utilized  by  the  growth  of  cer- 
tain forest  crops,  or  orchards,  but  never  by  annual  crops. 

"  Studies  of  planting  done  from  10  to  20  years  ago  point  out  the  imperative 
need  of  establishing  and  maintaining  a  solid  cover  on  the  windward  slopes  of  all 
blows.  Planting  must  begin  on  the  windward  side  of  a  blow  with  the  establish- 
ment of  a  facing  of  low  forms  that  are  capable  of  withstanding  the  rough  treat- 
ment to  which  they  will  be  subjected.    In  all  dune  formations  where  the  sand  is 


720  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   KECORD.  [Vol.  35 

cast  up  by  water  a  control  shelter  of  hardy  shrubs  must  be  set  as  close  as  possi- 
ble to  the  winter  line  of  high  water  and  ice.  An  artificial  barrier  of  drift  mate- 
rial and  wood  forms  a  splendid  protection  and  justifies  considerable  expense  lO 
establish  it.  .  .  . 

"  There  are  two  general  plans  of  operation  in  the  work  of  sand  control.  The 
'shelter  belt'  or  'barrier'  system  is  suitable  to  private  owners.  It  may  be  so  man- 
aged as  to  enable  the  man  of  limited  means  to  do  systematically  a  portion  of  the 
work  each  year  until  the  whole  blow  area  is  under  permanent  forest  cover.  The 
'  entire  cover '  system  calls  for  heavy  expenditure  in  labor  and  materials  but 
has  as  its  aim  the  completion  of  the  work  over  the  whole  area  in  a  single  season." 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  weathering  of  podzol  sells  of  middle 
Norrland,  O.  Tamm  (Bui.  Geol.  Inst.  Univ.  Upsala,  13  (lOU-lo),  I,  pp.  183-204, 
figs.  2;  abs.  in  Chem.  Ahs.,  10  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  1243,  Jf2^^).— Studies'  of  samples 
of  eight  profiles  of  podzol  soils  in  middle  Norrland,  Sweden,  are  reported. 

The  chemical  composition  of  unweathered  soils  in  the  region,  with  perhaps 
the  exception  of  clay,  appeared  to  be  very  uniform.  The  chemical  and  min- 
eralogical  compositions  of  soil  layers  weathered  by  raw  humus  acids  (blei- 
cherde)  were  very  uniform.  The  chemical  processes  involved  in  raw  liumus 
weathering  of  soils  were  found  to  consist  of  decomposition  rather  than  trans- 
formation of  the  minerals.  Apatite  and  dark  colored  minerals,  such  as  biotite 
and  hornblende,  were  the  most  easily  soluble.  On  the  other  hand,  feldspars 
were  relatively  little  attacked.  A  marked  formation  of  kaolin  was  not  observed 
in  cases  where  the  feldspars  had  been  relatively  much  attacked.  An  estimate 
of  the  amount  of  change  in  the  original  materials  brought  about  by  the  forma- 
tion of  bleicherde  showed  that  approximately  7.5  per  cent  of  the  bases  in 
percentage  of  original  material  were  dissolved. 

A  list  of  11  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Some  problems  of  the  study  of  forest  soils,  G.  A.  R.  Bobghesani  {Internat. 
Mitt.  Bodenlc,  5  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  225-231,  fig.  1).— This  is  a  critical  review 
of  the  question  of  forest  soils,  with  particular  reference  to  the  useful  adapta- 
tion of  tree  kinds  to  different  soils  and  the  function  of  the  covering  of  forest 
litter  in  the  maintenance  of  forest  soils.  A  list  of  references  to  literature 
bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Chemical  and  biological  notes  on  cherry  orchard  soils,  A.  Hauvey  and  C.  H. 
HooPEE  {Gard.  CMon.,  S.  ser.,  57  {1915),  No.  US4,  PP-  308,  309;  nhs.  in  Internat. 
Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  8,  p. 
1067;  Chem.  Abs.,  10  {1916),  No  9,  p.  1243).— Chemical  and  mechanical  analyses 
of  several  samples  of  orchard  soils  to  determine  whether  the  yield  of  cherries 
is  a  question  of  chemical  and  mechanical  composition  or  one  of  pollination  are 
reported,  the  results  of  which  are  taken  to  indicate  "  that  very  little  value  can 
be  assigned  to  figures  obtained  either  in  the  chemical  or  mechanical  analy- 
sis. .  .  . 

"  The  conclusions  to  be  drawn  from  observations  on  the  growth  and  cropping 
capacity  of  the  cherry  trees  compared  with  the  analysis  of  the  soils  would  seem 
to  be  that  favorable  soil  influences  the  actual  growth  of  the  tree,  but  not 
necessarily  its  fruiting  capacity.  The  cherry  being  by  nature  a  free  flowering 
tree,  if  year  by  year  it  does  not  crop  the  fault  is  probably  the  lack  of  suitable 
cross-pollination  rather  than  some  fault  in  the  soil." 

Investigations  on  tobacco  soils,  B.  T.  P.  Barker  {Jour.  Bath  and  West  and 
South  Counties  Soc,  5:  ser.,  9  {1914-15),  pp.  129-181).— Analyses  of  a  series  of 
samples  of  American  and  African  tobacco  soils  are  reported. 

"  The  American  soils  as  a  group  may  be  described  as  very  coarse-grained 
sandy  soils  of  feeble  water-holding  capacity  and  poor  in  all  the  elements  of 
plant  food.  .  .  .    The  African  soils,  on  the  other  hand,  are  sandy  soils  of  good 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  721 

water-holding  capacity  (on  account  of  the  high  percentage  of  organic  matter) 
and  well  supplied  with  all  the  elements  of  plant  food.  .  ,  ,  Compared  with 
the  American  soils,  the  African  soils  (1)  are  much  darker  in  color,  (2)  contain 
much  more  organic  matter  (humus)  and  nitrogen,  (3)  contain  more  phosphoric 
acid  and  potash,  and  (4)  contain  rather  more  of  the  finer  grades  of  soil  parti- 
cles. It  appears  probable  that  these  American  and  African  samples  differ  essen- 
tially in  that  In  the  one  case  the  plant  food  (especially  the  nitrogen)  must  be 
supplied  in  the  form  of  readily  available  artificial  manures  while  in  the  other 
it  can  be  obtained,  in  somewhat  different  form,  from  the  natural  reserves  of 
the  soil.  Therefore,  even  if  the  possible  effect  of  differing  climates  and  rainfall 
is  set  aside,  there  are  many  points  of  difference  between  the  two  groups  of  soils, 
any  one  of  which  may  have  an  important  influence  on  the  quality  of  the  crop." 
Bed  soil,  P.  V.  De  Regny  (Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome},  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel, 
and  Plant  Diseases,  6  (1915),  No.  9,  pp.  1133-11S8). — The  author  reviews  work 
by  himself  and  others  bearing  on  the  subject  and  reports  analyses  of  Karstian 
red  soils  from  various  localities. 

It  is  concluded  "  that  there  are  similar  but  not  identical  types  of  red  soil  and 
that  they  may  have  various  origins;  in  nature  the  same  effect  is  not  always 
produced  by  the  same  cause.  There  are,  therefore,  red  soils  of  different  compo- 
sitions, more  or  less  ferruginous,  or  calcareous,  or  rich  in  alumina,  produced 
either  by  direct  or  by  indirect  weathering  of  the  limestone  or  by  aeolian  action. 
.  .  .  Red  soils,  at  least  in  their  most  typical  manifestations,  must  be  considered 
as  of  a  prevailingly  colloidal  type  of  formation." 

Analyses  of  soils  of  Stewart  County,  W.  A.  Worsham,  Jb.,  L.  M.  Caeteb, 
D.  D.  Long,  and  M.  W.  Lowey  {Bui.  Ga.  State  Col.  Agr.,  No.  99  (1915),  pp. 
59,  figs.  4). — This  bulletin  reports  general  soil  survey  data  of  the  county,  much 
of  which  has  been  previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  120), 
and  contains  chemical  analyses  of  each  soil  type  mapped,  together  with  a  sum- 
mary of  the  average  of  analyses  for  each  type.  "  Taking  the  average  of  all  the 
soils  of  the  county,  the  analyses  show  the  plant  food  content  to  be  as  follows : 
Nitrogen  0.02.5,  phosphoric  acid  0.045,  and  potash  0.508  per  cent."  These  results 
are  taken  to  indicate  that  nitrogen  is  the  limiting  factor  of  crop  production  in 
the  county. 

Notes  on  some  west  country  soils,  C.  T.  Gimingham  (Jour.  Bath  and  West 
and  South.  Counties  Soc.,  5.  ser.,  9  (1914-15),  pp.  51-61). — The  author  discusses 
the  physical  properties  and  fonnation  of  soils  and  describes  the  soils,  especially 
of  Gloucestershire,  Somerset,  and  Wiltshire,  England,  with  reference  to  their 
relationship  to  the  geological  strata  underlying  them. 

A  new  method  for  mechanical  soil  analysis,  S.  OofiN  (Internat.  Mitt. 
Bodenk.,  5  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  251-311,  figs.  15;  abs.  in  Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  28 
(1915),  No.  77,  Referatenteil,  pp.  486,  487). — A  method  is  described  which  is 
based  on  the  rate  of  sedimentation  of  the  particles  of  a  water  suspension  of 
soil  as  measured  by  the  rate  of  the  increase  in.  weight  of  the  settled  matter. 
Preliminary  experiments  with  the  method  are  also  reported.  It  is  thought  that 
this  method  may  be  useful  in  analysis  of  soils  with  slight  variations  in  the 
size  of  particles  of  different  strata  or  for  saving  time  in  the  ordinary  analysis. 
The  apparatus  used  is  also  described  and  illustrated. 

Judg'ing  soils  on  the  basis  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  extract  and  process  of 
exchange  of  bases,  A.  A.  J.  von  Sigmond  (Internat.  Mitt.  Bodenk.,  5  (1925),  No. 
S,  pp.  165-224,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Chem.  Abs.,  10  (1916),  No.  1,  p.  80).— It  was 
found  that  detailed  chemical  analyses  of  hydrochloric  acid  extracts  of  soils  gave 
characteristic  comparative  values  as  to  the  soil-forming  factors  which  could 
not  be  obtained  by  lump  analyses. 


722  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.33 

It  is  thought  that  instructive  conclusions  may  be  drawn  from  the  process 
of  base  exchange  in  soils  regarding  soil-forming  factors  and  also  the  physical 
and  chemical  soil  properties. 

The  cause  and  nature  of  soil  acidity  with  special  regard  to  colloids  and 
adsorption,  E.  Truog  (Jour.  Phys.  Chem.,  20  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  Jt57-Jf84,'  «?>«.  in 
Chcm.  Abs.,  10  {1916),  No.  18,  p.  2381).— This  is  a  review  of  a  large  amount  of 
literature  bearing  on  the  subject  and  a  general  summary  of  the  results  of  the 
laboratory  research  work  on  the  subject  at  the  Wisconsin  Experiment  Station. 

It  is  maintained  that  the  existence  of  selective  adsorption  of  ions  from  the  com- 
mon alkali  and  alkaline  earth  salts  is  questionable.  "  The  phenomenon  observed  in 
acid  soils  and  often  designated  as  selective  adsorption  of  ions  is  of  an  entirely 
higher  order  in  extent,  and  comparable  in  every  way  to  chemical  reactions  be- 
tween acids,  bases,  etc.  ...  It  is  shown  that,  when  the  conditions  are  properly 
controlled,  it  can  be  demonstrated  that  the  reactions  due  to  soil  acidity  take 
place  according  to  chemical  equivalence  and  exhibit  all  the  properties  of  true 
chemical  reactions. 

"  The  possibilities  for  the  formation  of  true  acid  substances  in  soils  of  the 
humid  region  are  manifold  and  it  would  be  extremely  difficult  to  explain  why 
such  substances  should  not  be  formed.  In  most  upland  soils  mineral  acids,  i.  e., 
kaolinite  and  other  acid  silicates,  are  the  main  cause  of  soil  acidity.  Soils  high 
in  organic  matter  may  contain  considerable  amounts  of  organic  acids.  These 
acid  substances  may  be  either  in  the  crystalloidal  or  colloidal  condition  and 
their  acid  reaction  is  due  to  their  chemical  nature  and  not  colloidal  condition." 

Preliminary  studies  on  heated  soils,  J.  Johnson  {Science,  n.  ser.,  ^3  {1916), 
No.  1108,  pp.  IfSIi,  .'f35). — The  results  of  experiments  conducted  at  the  University 
of  Wisconsin  are  reported.  It  was  attempted  mainly  to  correlate  the  chemical 
changes  produced  in  heated  soils  with  their  effect  upon  seed  germination 
and  plant  growth.  The  conclusions  drawn  are  considered  to  apply  particu- 
larly to  soils  heated  above  100°  C.  Various  seeds  were  used,  especial  use 
being  made  of  cabbage. 

"The  results  in  general  were  similar  for  the  different  seeds,  though  they 
varied  much  in  their  susceptibility  to  the  injurious  action.  Lettuce  and  clover 
seeds  were  very  susceptible  to  the  injurious  action  of  highly  heated  soils, 
whereas  rye  and  buckwheat  were  very  resistant.  Plant  growth  is  affected  in 
much  the  same  manner,  wheat,  for  example,  recovering  rapidly  from  the  delete- 
rious action  of  certain  heated  soils  where  tomatoes  appeared  to  be  permanently 
injured. 

"  Different  soils  give  markedly  different  results  upon  heating  to  the  same 
temperatures.  The  action  appears  to  be  dependent  particularly  upon  the  con- 
tent of  organic  matter  in  the  heated  soil.  .  .  . 

"  The  temperature  to  which  the  soil  is  heated  is  seemingly  the  most  impor- 
tant factor  in  determining  the  extent  of  the  injurious  or  beneficial  action. 
Approximately  250°  was  found  to  be  the  most  critical  temperature  in  all  the 
soils  used.  At  this  temperature  seed  germination  was  most  strikingly  retarded. 
Early  plant  growth  was  usually  checked  for  the  longest  period  of  time  on 
soils  heated  to  2.50°,  although  late  plant  growth,  in  the  case  of  some  crops  at 
least,  was  most  vigorous  on  these  soils.  Heating  to  temperatures  of  300',  or 
above,  in  all  the  soils  used  again  reduced  the  injurious  action  to  seed  germina- 
tion and  early  plant  growth,  as  well  as  the  beneficial  action  to  late  plant 
growth.  Heating  soils  to  2.50°  produced  greater  amounts  of  material  extract- 
able  with  water  than  heating  to  higher  or  lower  temperatures.  The  ammonia 
content  of  the  soil  increased  proportionally  to  the  temperature  of  heating  up 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  723 

to  about  250°,  after  which  it  rapidly  fell  to  a  minimum.  The  increase  in  am- 
monia was  accompanied  by  a  decrease  in  nitrates,  which  were  practically  non- 
existent in  the  highly  heated  soils.  .  .  . 

"  The  percentage  of  seed  germination  has  been  found  to  be  closely  correlated 
with  the  amount  of  ammonia  present  in  the  heated  soils  studied.  The  amount 
of  ammonia  required  to  injure  germination,  however,  appears  to  vary  with  the 
type  of  soil  when  comparisons  of  different  heated  soils  are  made.  It  appears 
that  the  absorptive  power  of  the  soil  is  a  very  important  limiting  factor  in 
determining  the  extent  of  the  injurious  action. 

"The  presence  of  dihydroxy stearic  acid  .  .  .  could  not  be  demonstrated  In 
the  most  toxic  of  the  heated  soils.  That  the  toxic  substance  is  of  a  volatile  na- 
ture is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  it  is  readily  removed  from  the  soil  by  aera- 
tion. .  .  .  The  evidence  at  hand  points  toward  the  formation  and  injurious 
action  of  ammonium  carbonates  particularly.  These  salts  being  unstable  In 
the  soil,  except  when  kept  in  a  dry  and  unaerated  condition,  accounts  for  the 
gradual  disappearance  of  the  injurious  action  of  heated  soils.  It  also  appears 
that  other  compounds  of  ammonia  are  formed  which  are  more  stable  in  char- 
acter. The  beneficial  action  of  heated  soils  on  plant  growth,  especially  of 
those  heated  between  150  and  250°,  is  believed  to  be  due  in  a  large  part  to 
the  direct  assimilation  of  ammonia  or  ammonium  compounds  by  the  plants." 

Chang-es  in  soils  brought  about  by  heating,  Miss  A.  Wil.son  (Notes  Bot. 
School  Trinity  Col  Dublin,  2  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  311-SlH,  figs,  3).— The  substance 
of  this  article  has  been  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  722). 

The  occurrence  of  bacteria  in  frozen  soil,  E.  C.  Harder  (Bot.  Gaz.,  61  (1916), 
No.  6,  pp.  507-517,  figs.  2). — Experiments  conducted  at  the  University  of  "Wis- 
consin with  field  and  potted  soil  to  determine  the  effect  of  cold  and  moisture  on 
bacterial  numbers  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  number  of  bacteria  in  surface  soil  increased  markedly 
after  heavy  frosts  and  in  general  maintained  a  high  average  during  the  winter 
months.  The  increases  and  decreases,  however,  were  found  to  bear  a  distinct 
relation  to  the  moisture  content.  The  potted  soils  failed  to  show  such  marked 
increase  in  bacterial  content  after  frosts.  On  the  contrary,  the  enriched  cultures 
showed  a  distinct  retardation  of  bacterial  growth  when  in  a  frozen  condition. 
The  bacterial  flora  was  more  or  less  the  same  during  the  fall,  winter,  and 
spring,  with  the  exception  that  after  heavy  frosts  the  small  transparent  colonies 
characteristic  of  water  and  of  deeper  soils  formed  a  larger  proportion  of  the 
growth  on  the  plates. 

"  From  these  results  it  seems  reasonable  to  conclude  that  ordinary  soil  bac- 
teria undoubtedly  withstand  cold  to  a  marked  degree,  even  to  temperatures  as 
low  as  4°  C.  or  more  below  zero.  The  increase  in  numbers,  however,  seems  to 
be  due  to  mechanical  transportation  by  moisture  coming  up  from  below  during 
heavy  frost,  and  where  such  transportation  is  not  possible  there  is  an  actual 
retardation  in  grov/th  as  compared  with  that  in  unfrozen  soils." 

Soil  bacteria  and  phosphates,  C.  G.  Hopkins  and  A.  L.  Whiting  (Illinois 
Sta.  Bui.  190  (1916),  pp.  393-406). — A  general  review  of  present  knowledge  of 
the  subject  is  given,  together  with  the  results  of  experiments  on  the  solution  of 
rock  phosphate  by  nitrite  and  nitrate  forming  bacteria. 

It  was  found  that  "  nitrite  bacteria  make  phosphorus  and  calcium  soluble 
from  insoluble  phosphates  when  they  oxidize  ammonia  into  nitrite.  The  actual 
ratio  found  shows  that  about  1  lb.  of  phosphorus  and  about  2  lbs.  of  calcium  are 
made  soluble  for  each  pound  of  nitrogen  oxidized,  aside  from  the  action  of  the 
acid  radicles  associated  with  the  ammonia.  .  .  .  Neither  ammonia-producin'^ 
67476°— 17 3 


724  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

bacteria  nor  nitrate  bacteria  liberate  appreciable  amounts  of  soluble  phosphorus 
from  insoluble  phosphates." 

It  is  pointed  out  that  "  plants  are  important  factors  in  the  liberation  of 
phosphorus,  owing  to  the  production  of  carbon  dioxid  and  the  removal  of  the 
soluble  phosphorus  produced  by  the  bacteria.  .  .  .  Other  acid-producing  bac- 
teria make  phosphorus  soluble  from  insoluble  phosphates  according  to  the 
nature  and  amount  of  the  acid  produced.  A  comparison  of  the  amounts  of  nitro- 
gen, phosphorus,  and  calcium  required  by  farm  crops,  with  those  possible  of 
solution  by  biochemical  action,  shows  possibilities  far  beyond  the  plant  require- 
ments, which  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  plenty  of  rock  phosphate  in  contact 
with  decaying  organic  matter  must  give  the  plants  an  excellent  opportunity  to 
obtain  both  phosphorus  and  calcium  as  well  as  nitrogen." 

Disinfection  experiments  on  moor  soil,  A.  von  Nostitz  (Landw.  Jahrb.,  ^S 
(1915),  No.  4,  pp.  587-606,  pi.  1,  figs.  3;  abs.  in  Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  29  {1916), 
No.  16,  Refer atenteU,  p.  98;  Chem.  Zentbl.,  1916,  I,  No.  3,  p.  115). — Experiments 
with  upland  moor  soils  on  the  influence  of  carbolineum,  calcium  chlorid,  and 
potassium  permanganate  when  used  as  soil  disinfectants  are  reported.  Carbo- 
lineum was  found  to  give  better  results  than  calcium  chlorid. 

The  use  of  the  disinfectants  was  accompanied  by  marked  increases  in  crop 
yield,  especially  in  the  case  of  carbolineum.  Carbolineum  gave  better  results  the 
earlier  it  was  used  before  seeding  and  gave  the  best  results  when  used  at  the  rate 
of  from  50  to  60  gm.  per  square  meter  of  soil.  Carbolineum  rich  in  volatile  con- 
stituents was  more  effective  than  when  poor  in  these  constituents.  The  action 
of  carbolineum  was  especially  marked  with  reference  to  its  influence  on  the  bac- 
teria and  nematode  contents  of  soil. 

Niter  spots,  W.  Staldee  {Science,  n.  ser.,  IfS  {1916),  No.  1116,  pp.  712,  713).— 
The  author  refers  to  the  theories  of  Sackett  and  of  Stewart  and  Peterson 
regarding  the  origin  of  brown  niter  spots  in  arid  soils  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  815;  33, 
p.  121),  and  reports  his  observations  on  niter  spots  in  northwestern  Nevada, 
which  showed  that  the  feces  of  jack  rabbits  when  coming  in  contact  with  alkali 
water  or  moist  alkali  soil  decomposed  comparatively  rapidly,  forming  brown 
spots  containing  nitrates.  It  is  concluded  "  that  the  brown  niter  spots  of  the 
playas  were,  as  far  as  examined,  of  animal  origin.  From  these  observations  it 
is  safe  to  predict  that  in  fields  of  the  arid  western  States  brown  niter  spots  will 
appear  when  live  stock  is  pastured  in  the  same  and  alkaline  waters  are  used  for 
irrigation." 

Acid  phosphate  versus  raw  rock  phosphate  as  fertilizer,  A.  T.  Wiancko  and 
S.  D.  CoNNEB  {Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  187  {1916), pp.  1055-1082  fig.  i).— This  bulletin 
reports  the  results  of  82  comparative  tests  of  acid  phosphate  and  raw  rock  phos- 
phate which  have  been  made  by  the  Indiana  Station  since  1904.  Series  of  tests 
covering  varying  lengths  of  time,  but  an  average  of  3.47  years,  are  reported, 
which  "  are  believed  to  give  a  fair  comparison  of  the  use  of  the  two  phosphates 
under  average  Indiana  field  conditions  with  various  crops  and  during  different 
seasons  on  a  large  number  of  soil  types."  The  crops  grown  included  rotations  of 
corn,  wheat,  and  clover  or  soy  beans,  and  potatoes  and  soy  beans.  The  applica- 
tions of  acid  phosphate  varied  from  150  to  500  lbs.  per  acre,  averaging  205  lbs. 
and  were  valued  at  $16  per  ton ;  of  the  rock  phosphate  from  350  lbs.  to  1  ton, 
averaging  545  lbs.  and  valued  at  $7.50  per  ton.  The  phosphates  were  used  alone 
and  combined  with  manure  and  were  supplemented  by  applications  of  limestone 
when  liming  of  the  soil  was  deemed  necessary. 

The  results  are  summarized  in  the  following  table: 


19161 


SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 


725 


Summary  of  82  comparative  tests  of  acid  phosphate  and  rock  phosphate  on  dif- 
ferent crops  and  soils. 


Num- 
ber of 
tests. 

Kind  of  phosphate. 

Averages  per  acre  per  year. 

Crop. 

Yield. 

In- 
crease. 

Value  ot 
Increa"*.' 

Phos- 

phat* 
used. 

C<«tof 
phos- 
phate. 

Profit 
or  loss. 

Com 

36 
33 

9 

4 

82 

Acid  phosphate 

Bushels. 
43.04 
42.20 
37.55 

15. 28 
12.88 
10.97 

Pounds. 
2,99.S 
2,773 
2,678 

Bushels. 
112.0 
94.2 
82.6 

Btishels. 
5.49 
4.65 

J2.95 
2.52 

Pminds. 
190.5 
532.0 

fl.52 
1.86 

SI.  43 

Raw  rock 

.60 

None 

Wheat 

Acid  phosphate 

4.31 
1.91 

4.63 
2.12 

190.5 
532.0 

1.52 
1.86 

3.11 

Raw  rock 

.26 

None 

Legume  hay.. 

Acid  phosphate 

Pounds. 
320 
95 

1.60 
.47 

190.5 
532.0 

l.,52 
1.86 

.08 

Raw  rock 

-1.39 

None... 

Potatoes 

Acid  phosphate 

Bushels. 

29.4 
11.6 

14.70 
5.80 

500 
1,000 

4.00 
3.50 

10.70 

Raw  rock 

2.30 

None. . . 

Average 

Acid  phosphate 

4.06 
2.29 

205 
545 

1.64 
1.91 

2.42 

Raw  rock 

1 

.38 

1 

'  Value  of  increase  includes  value  of  corn  stover  and  wheat  straw. 

It  is  estimated  from  the  average  results  that  the  profit  per  dollar  invested 
was  over  seven  times  as  great  from  acid  phosphate  as  from  rock  phosphate. 
The  value  of  the  crop  increase  per  pound  of  phosphorus  applied  was  28J  cts. 
for  acid  phosphate  and  3.5  cts.  for  rock  phosphate. 

Red  soils  and  phosphatic  manuring',  J.  Aei^  {Bol.  Agr.  [Sao  Faulo],  15.  ser., 
No.  6-7  (191Jf),  pp.  535-555,  figs.  2;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui. 
Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  i042-i0i4)-— This  report 
deals  with  the  problem  of  manuring  red  soils,  especially  those  of  the  State  of 
Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  derived  from  the  decomposition  of  diabasic  rocks. 

A  series  of  analyses  of  these  soils  showed  "  that  out  of  48  samples,  4  con- 
tained only  traces  of  phosphoric  acid,  12  up  to  0.5  [parts]  per  thousand,  15 
from  0.5  up  to  1  per  thousand,  10  from  1  up  to  1.5  per  thousand,  6  others  up 
to  3.6,  and  1  even  5.2  per  thousand.  Humus  is  relatively  low,  from  a  minimum 
of  0.24  per  cent  up  to  2.56  per  cent  exceptionally,  but  generally  about  1  per  cent. 
The  lime  content  varies  from  0.01  to  0.G5  per  cent.  From  these  data  and  from 
other  analyses  ...  it  appears  that  60  per  cent  of  the  soils  examined  were  in 
urgent  need  of  phosphatic  manuring.  .  .  . 

"  Experiments  were  also  made  in  order  to  determine  the  absorptive  capacity 
of  red  soils  for  phosphoric  acid,  solutions  of  monocalcium  phosphate  being 
placed  in  contact  with  the  soil  samples."  It  was  found  that  the  phosphoric 
acid  was  almost  entirely  absorbed  after  20  days  of  contact,  but  this  absorption 
was  accompanied  by  an  insolubility  and  consequent  retrogression  of  the  phos- 
phate. 

"  The  most  important  factors  in  this  fixing  of  phosphoric  acid  are  lime  and 
humus.  When  a  more  calcareous  red  soil  was  taken  0.22572  gm.  was  absorbed 
at  the  end  of  20  days  instead  of  0.214608  gm.  Humus  contributes  to  regulate 
the  absorption,  but  ...  it  serves  still  more  to  retard  and  prevent  the  retro- 
gression. Consequently  the  best  way  of  decreasing  the  effects  of  retrogression 
in  red  soils  is  to  turn  in  organic  plant  manures,  and  especially  dung,  as  often 
and  as  regularly  as  possible.  .  .  . 


726  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.36 

"  When  .  .  .  superphosphate  is  employed  the  author  recommends  that  dung 
should  always  be  used  according  to  the  following  rules:  (1)  The  dung  should 
be  well  decomposed  .  .  .,  and  (2)  it  should  be  well  mixed  with  the  super- 
phosphate shortly  before  application,  according  to  the  phosphate  content  of  the 
soil  and  the  requirements  of  the  crop,  at  from  1  to  2  cwt.  of  superphosphate 
per  ton  of  well-decomposed  dung." 

Electro-potash  as  a  fertilizer,  S.  Rhodin  {K.  Landtbr.  Akad.  Handl.  och 
Tidskr.,  54  {1915),  No.  8,  pp.  710-729;  Meddel,  Centralanst.  ForsokHV.  Jordbruk- 
somrddet,  No.  119  {1915),  pp.  22;  abs.  in  Chcm.  Abs.,  10  {1916),  No.  7,  p.  948).— 
This  is  a  progress  report  of  field  experiments  with  electrically-treated  feldspar. 
The  products  of  the  Lindblad  and  Yngstrom  method  are  so  far  the  most  prom- 
ising. The  fertilizing  value  of  these  substances  was  found  to  be  very  largely 
dependent  upon  the  nature  of  the  humus  in  the  soil,  type  of  plant,  and  vegetation 
period. 

Influence  of  calcium  and  magnesium  compounds  on  plant  growth,  F.  A. 
Wyatt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  589-620, 
pis.  6). — Experiments  conducted  at  the  Illinois  Experiment  Station  on  the  effects 
of  calcium  and  magnesium  on  wheat,  alfalfa,  soy  beans,  cowpeas,  oats,  timothy, 
and  sweet  clover  when  applied  in  different  natural  and  in  artificially  prepared 
forms,  and  to  determine  the  amount  of  calcium  and  magnesium  which  the 
plants  could  tolerate,  together  with  the  relation  between  the  ratios  of  these  two 
elements  in  the  plants,  in  the  soils,  and  in  the  materials  applied,  are  reported. 

"  Dolomite,  limestone,  magnesite,  calcareous  soils,  and  brown  silt  loam  were 
used  as  souces  of  the  natural  forms,  while  prepared  materials,  such  as  the  car- 
bonates, chlorids,  and  sulphates  served  as  sources  of  the  artificial  forms.  .  .  , 
The  earlier  applications  varied  from  0.1  to  0.6  per  cent  of  magnesium  added  in 
magnesium  carbonate  and  in  magnesite.  Later  the  following  amounts  were 
employed :  2,  6,  and  10  per  cent  of  magnesium  in  magnesite ;  10  and  12.7  per 
cent  of  magnesium  in  dolomite;  0.1,  0.01,  and  0.001  per  cent  of  magnesium  in 
the  carbonates,  chlorids,  and  sulphates.  In  each  series  sand  or  soil  was  used  as 
a  control." 

The  following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  Wheat,  soy  beans,  alfalfa,  and  cowpeas  grew  normally  either  in  96  per  cent 
of  dolomite  and  4  per  cent  sand,  100  per  cent  of  magnesian  limestone,  or  in 
sand  containing  8  per  cent  of  magnesite.  Dolomite  up  to  40  per  cent  proved 
beneficial  to  plant  growth.  These  results  indicate  that  dolomite  and  magnesian 
limestone  will  not  be  detrimental  as  applied  in  agi'icultural  practices.  Appli- 
cations of  prepared  magnesium  carbonate  up  to  0.7  per  cent  caused  no  injury 
in  brown  silt  loam,  but  0.35  per  cent  prevented  the  growth  of  all  plants  tested 
in  sand. 

"The  crop  yields  and  the  ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium  in  the  plants  bear 
no  direct  relation  to  the  ratio  in  the  natural  carbonates  applied.  Different 
ratios  of  calcium  to  magnesium  within  rather  wide  limits  produced  no  marked 
differences  in  yields.  Increasing  the  size  of  applications  increased  the  calcium 
and  magnesium  content  of  plants. 

"A  tolerance  of  calcium  and  magnesium  occurred  in  all  varieties  of  plants 
grown.  With  approximately  identical  yields,  wheat  straw  grown  in  sand, 
brown  silt  loam,  dolomite,  and  soil  containing  35  per  cent  of  magnesite  showed 
calcium  contents  varying  between  0.165  and  0.547  per  cent  and  magnesium  con- 
tents varying  between  0.132  and  0.955  per  cent. 

"Acid  extractions  failed  to  remove  all  the  calcium  and  magnesium  from  the 
sand.  There  remained  after  the  various  extractions  from  7GS  to  852  mg.  of 
calcium  and  from  540  to  960  mg.  of  magnesium  per  6,000  gm.  of  sand.     The 


1916]  SOILS — FEKTILIZEES.  727 

plants  possessed  a  decided  ability  to  obtain  calcium  and  magnesium  from  sand 
extracted  with  strong  hydrochloric  acid." 

A  list  of  42  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Sour  soils  and  liming,  W.  Frear  (Pcnn.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  26 J  (1915),  pp. 
221).— This  bulletin,  a  revision  of  Bulletin  61  (E.  S.  R.,  12,  p.  027).  deals  with 
soil  acidity  and  the  use  of  various  limestone  products  for  its  correction,  the 
object  being  to  present  in  logical  order  the  present  knowledge  on  the  subject, 
with  special  reference  to  the  results  of  American  studies,  particularly  those 
made  at  the  Pennsylvania  Experiment  Station.  An  extensive  set  of  practical 
conclusions  is  included,  most  of  which  have  been  noted  from  other  sources, 
especially  the  Pennsylvania  Station  reports. 

It  is  concluded  that  in  soil  formation  the  rocks  lose  much  of  their  basic  mate- 
rials, lime  especially,  the  final  result  of  which  is  an  acid  residue,  particularly 
where  colloidal  minerals  and  organic  residues  from  decay  accumulate.  "  This 
acid  condition  is  immediately  due  to  a  great  variety  of  materials,  some  the 
result  of  soil  weathering,  some  of  crop  action,  in  slight  degree  of  the  early 
products  of  plant  decay ;  often,  and  in  much  greater  degree,  of  the  later,  more 
resistant  residues  from  decay ;  and  finally  to  various  additions,  fertilizers,  or 
substances  added  for  other  purposes.  When  the  acidity-producing  substances 
are  themselves  readily  decomposable  plant  materials,  their  early  destruction 
usually  follows,  and  their  alkaline  mineral  constituents  are  released.  As  a 
result,  their  acid  effect  is  only  temporary.  ^  When,  however,  the  cause  is  an 
unsatisfied  colloid,  mineral  or  organic,  a  material  but  slowly  decomposable  in 
the  soil,  the  acid  condition  is  permanent,  though  variable  in  degree,  as  conditions 
of  cropping,  cultivation,  etc.,  tend  to  increase  or  decrease  the  acidity.  .  .  . 

"  Soil  cultivation  hastens  the  decay  of  organic  materials.  .  .  .  The  tendency 
of  stirring  the  soil,  as  by  the  use  of  cultivated  fallow,  should  be  to  reduce 
acidity.  .  .  .  The  acid-producing  effect  of  commercial  fertilizers  is  usually  not 
very  great.  The  nitrates  tend  to  leave  alkaline  residues.  The  acid  phosphates 
take  very  little  lime  to  make  them  neutral  or  alkaline.  Calcium  sulphate  is,  in 
silty  loam  soil,  of  but  slight  effect,  although  on  clay  loams  and  clays  it  may  be 
more  active.  The  potash  salts,  in  the  amounts  ordinarily  applied,  are  not  of 
large  influence  in  this  respect.  Thomas  slag  is  mildly  alkaline  in  its  effect. 
Ammonium  sulphate  is  the  most  conspicuous  producer  of  acidity.  Its  continuous 
use  inevitably  tends  to  produce  pronounced  acidity  in  the  soil.  .  .  . 

"  The  kinds  of  plants  occurring  on  a  soil  and  the  manner  of  their  growth 
usually  give  the  first  evidence  of  [acidity].  Clover  failure  .  .  .  and  the  replac- 
ing of  the  sweet  grasses  by  plantain,  moss,  and  sorrel,  are  the  common  signs. 
.  .  .  Careful  cultivation  stimulates  soil  fermentations.  These  will,  sooner  or 
later,  destroy  temporary  acidity.  Mild  acidity  of  a  more  permanent  character 
may  be  overcome  by  the  use  of  nitrate  of  soda  and  basic  slag,  both  of  which  have 
alkaline  residual  effects.  Where,  however,  the  acidity  is  pronounced  .  .  .  lime, 
pulverized  limestone  and  leached  wood  ashes,  marls,  and  oyster  shells,  burned  or 
raw  and  pulverized,  are  the  only  materials  powerful  enough  and  cheap  enough 
for  the  purpose." 

Lime  and  its  uses  in  agriculture,  R.  Harcouet  {Ontario  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  238 
{1916),  pp.  12). — This  bulletin  deals  with  soil  acidity,  the  forms  and  uses  of 
lime  in  agriculture,  and  the  action  of  lime  in  soils. 

Liming  and  inoculating  soils,  C.  S.  Dorchester,  T.  R.  Douglass,  and  P.  O, 
Taff  {lotca  State  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Bui.  40  {1916),  pp.  [41,  figs.  .3).~The  general 
lime  requirements  of  Iowa  soils  are  discussed.  Ground  limestone  is  considered 
the  best  kind  of  lime  to  use  on  these  soils.  Methods  of  inoculation  of  soils  for 
legume  growing  are  also  briefly  described. 


728  EXPERIMENT   STATION  RECOED.  [Vol.35 

The  relation  of  sulphur  to  soil  productivity,  F.  L.  Dtjley  {Jour.  Amer.  Soc. 
Agron.,  S  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  154-160). — Sand  and  silt  loam  soil  culture  experi- 
ments conducted  at  the  Missouri  Experiment  Station  to  determine  the  influence 
of  flowers  of  sulphur  and  other  sulphur  compounds  on  corn,  rape,  and  clover 
and  on  soil  with  no  crop  are  reported.  Analyses  of  samples  of  nine  of  the  more 
important  soil  types  of  the  State  showed  sulphur  contents  varying  from  0.014 
to  0.053  per  cent. 

It  was  found  that  "  flowers  of  sulphur  partly  took  the  place  of  a  soluble  sul- 
phate in  a  nutrient  solution  when  used  in  a  sand  medium  and  had  a  marked 
effect  upon  the  production  of  chlorophyll  in  corn  plants.  When  used  alone 
flowers  of  sulphur  was  slightly  beneficial  to  the  growth  of  corn  and  rape,  and 
still  more  beneficial  to  the  yield  of  red  clover  on  the  type  of  soil  used  in  these 
experiments.  Flowers  of  sulphur  very  markedly  increased  the  production  of 
nodules  on  the  roots  of  red  clover  [and]  was  oxidized  to  sulphate  in  both  sand 
and  soil  cultures.  It  slightly  increased  soil  acidity  and  the  lime  requirement 
was  directly  correlated  with  the  amount  of  soluble  sulphate.  The  nitrate  con- 
tent varied  inversely  with  the  amount  of  soluble  sulphate  in  the  soil." 

Can  lithia  be  a  constituent  of  plant  food?  P.  D.  Hahn  {So.  African  Jour. 
Sci.,  12  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  227-229). — Experiments  are  reported  which  indicate 
"  that  lithium  compounds  in  the  presence  of  potassium  compounds  do  not  influ- 
ence the  growth  of  wheat  in  water  cultures  during  the  first  period  of  vegeta- 
tion, whereas  in  the  later  period  *he  growth  of  the  plants  is  rather  retarded 
and  the  formation  of  grains  prevented." 

[Analyses  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing  material],  R.  E.  Rose  and  F.  T. 
Wilson  {Fla.  Quart.  Bui.  Agr.  Dept.,  26  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  98-115).— This  sec- 
lion  contains  the  results  of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of  167  samples  of 
fertilizers  and  fertilizing  materials  offered  for  sale  in  Florida  in  1916. 

Commercial  fertilizers,  W.  J.  .Tones,  Jk.,  F.  D.  Fuller,  E.  G.  Proulx,  R.  B. 
Deemer,  R.  B.  Bitler,  and  H.  C.  Mugg  {Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  186  {1916),  pp. 
1052). — This  bulletin  contains  the  results  of  actual  and  guarantied  analyses  of 
1,368  samples  of  fei'tilizers  and  fertilizing  materials  offered  for  sale  in  Indiana 
during  1915. 

OfB.cial  report  [of  Ohio]  on  commercial  fertilizers  and  agricultural  lime 
licensed,  inspected,  and  analyzed  during  the  year  1913  {Ann.  Rpt.  Ohio  Bd. 
Agr.,  68  {1913),  pp.  401-633). — This  report  contains  a  number  of  brief  popular 
special  articles  on  fertilizers  and  their  uses,  and  the  results  of  actual  and  guar- 
antied analyses  of  814  samples  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizing  materials  and  of 
agricultural  lime  collected  for  inspection  in  Ohio  during  1913,  together  with  a 
list  of  licensed  brands  of  fertilizers. 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Life  cycles  of  the  bacteria,  F.  Lohnis  and  N.  R.  Smith  {XJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916)  No.  18,  pp.  675-702,  pis.  7,  fig.  J )  .—According 
to  the  authors,  under  certain  conditions  all  bacteria  pass  over  into  an  amor- 
phous or  "  symplastic "  stage,  appearing  under  the  microscope  either  as  an 
unstainable  or  a  readily  stainable  mass  without  any  easily  distinguishable  or- 
ganization, which,  if  not  discarded  as  dead,  later  gives  rise  to  new  regenerated 
forms  frequently  of  characteristic  and  unusual  appearance.  In  a  study  of  42 
strains  of  bacteria,  it  was  found  that  all  lived  alternately  in  an  organized  and 
in  an  amorphous  stage.  It  is  also  stated  that  bacteria  multiply  not  only  by  fis- 
sion but  by  the  formation  of  gonidia,  some  of  which  are  filterable  and  produce 
new  bacteria  either  directly  or  after  having  entered  the  symplastic  stage.    The 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  729 

life  cycle  of  each  species  of  bacteria  studied  was  found  to  embrace  several  sub- 
cycles  showing  wide  morphological  and  physiological  differences. 

Studies  of  Bacillus  radicicola,  J,  C.  Temple  (Georgia  Sta.  Bui.  120  (1916), 
pp.  67-80,  figs.  6).— Studies  are  reported  of  the  use  of  cultures  for  inoculating 
legumes  and  of  the  employment  of  sterilized  soil  as  a  medium  for  growing 
B.  radicicola. 

A  number  of  commertrial  cultures  were  tested  on  different  media,  including 
soil,  and  the  number  of  viable  bacteria  in  the  sample  was  determined.  The 
results  given  in  detail  in  a  table  show  a  relatively  high  bacterial  content  of  the 
cultures  grown  in  soil.  To  secure  data  on  the  life  of  B.  radicicola  on  dry  seed 
Canada  field  peas  were  inoculated  and  stored  in  a  loosely  stoppered  bottle  after 
drying.  Seeds  from  this  lot  were  planted  in  bottles  of  sterilized  sand  at  inter- 
vals of  thirty  days.    Nodules  were  formed  on  all  plantings  up  to  the  fifth  month. 

The  purpose  of  the  study  of  sterilized  soil  as  a  medium  for  growing  B.  radi- 
cicola was  to  determine  whether  this  organism  grows  more  vigorously  in  soil 
than  in  the  usual  culture  solutions,  and  how  the  longevity  of  the  two  kinds  of 
cultures  compares. 

Two  sets  of  samples  were  started  May  22,  1912,  one  inoculated  with  B.  radi- 
cicola from  soy  bean  and  the  other  with  the  similar  organism  from  crimson 
clover.  Counts  of  the  soy  bean  culture  made  on  different  dates  showed  that 
from  the  second  week  on  the  number  of  bacteria  in  the  soil  greatly  exceeded  the 
number  in  solution  and  in  the  soil  the  increase  continued  as  long  as  the  tenth 
week,  while  in  the  solution  the  maximum  was  reached  in  two  weeks  when  the 
number  of  bacteria  was  only  about  one-tenth  that  in  the  soil  sample.  The 
crimson  clover  culture  grew  less  vigorously  but  the  soil  appeared  to  be  much 
more  favorable  for  its  development  than  the  culture  solution.  The  soil  culture 
used  March  17,  1916,  to  inoculate  crimson  clover  in  tubes  was  able  to  produce 
numerous  nodules.  Similar  results  were  secured  with  alfalfa  cultures.  In  each 
experiment  the  soil  cultures  showed  the  greater  longevity. 

An  experiment  was  conducted  also  to  determine  what  influence  various  sub- 
stances used  in  the  preparation  of  media  have  on  the  development  of  B.  radi- 
cicola in  solutions  and  in  soil.  The  results  indicated  that  of  the  different  sugars 
used  cane  sugar  and  dextrose  were  very  much  superior  to  lactose,  while  levulose 
was  of  no  value.  A  repetition  of  the  experiment  also  indicated  that  levulose 
was  entirely  unsuited  to  this  organism.  The  presence  of  ground  alfalfa  caused 
rapid  multiplication  in  solution  and  in  soil,  the  larger  number  being  in  the  soil. 

The  evidence  brought  out  by  these  experiments  indicated  that  of  the  different 
media  compared  sterilized  soil,  with  the  addition  of  a  small  amount  of  legumi- 
nous material,  was  the  best  medium  for  the  propagation  of  B.  radicicola. 

The  influence  of  energy  material  upon  the  relation  of  soil  inicro-organisms 
to  soluble  plant  food,  C.  J.  T.  Dokyland  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Bui.  116  (1916), 
pp.  S19-401,  figs.  2). — Following  a  review  and  discussion  of  previous  work,  re- 
sults are  given  of  an  extended  study  of  six  common  ammonifying  organism*  to 
test  their  ability  to  consume  ammonia  in  the  presence  of  dextrose  as  a  source 
of  energy.  The  organisms  used  were  Bacterium  mycoides,  B.  subtilis,  B.  mega- 
therium, B.  proteus,  B.  vulgatus,  and  Sarcina  lutea.  In  the  experiments  the 
author  investigated  the  ability  of  these  organisms  to  grow  and  produce  ammonia 
from  casein  in  both  the  presence  and  the  absence  of  dextrose;  the  effect  of 
increasing  quantities  of  dextrose  upon  the  number  of  bacteria  and  the  ammonia 
production  in  the  casein  solution ;  the  competitive  action  between  the  ammonify- 
lEg  bacteria  and  maize  seedlings  when  grown  in  the  presence  of  dextrose ;  the 
effect  of  adding  ammonium  sulphate,  potassium  nitrate,  casein,  or  manure  on 
the  growth  of  oats  in  quartz  sand  to  which  dextrose  had  been  added ;  the 


730  EXPERIMENT   STATION"   EECOBD.  [Vol.35 

ammonia  and  nitrate  consuming  power  of  certain  soils ;  and  the  effect  of 
dextrose  and  straw  upon  tliis  consuming  power. 

All  the  organisms  were  found  capable  of  assimilating  ammonia  from  ammo- 
nium sulphate  when  dextrose  was  present  as  a  source  of  energy.  The  presence 
of  dextrose  was  not  found  to  inhibit  the  multiplication  of  organisms  in  casein 
solution,  but  it  did  sometimes  lessen  the  amount  of  casein  decomposed.  All  the 
bacteria  experimented  with  in  synthetic  solutions  containing  dextrose  and  all 
necessary  plant  food  elements  with  ammonium  sulphate  as  a  source  of  nitrogen 
successfully  competed  with  maize  seedlings  for  plant  food  elements  when  grown 
in  quartz  sand  containing  12  per  cent  moisture  and  maintained  under  conditions 
that  exclude  other  organisms.  Under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment  the 
difference  observed  in  the  growth  of  maize  seedlings  in  the  presence  and  the 
absence  of  dextrose  is  attributed  almost  wholly  to  the  competitive  action  of 
the  bacteria.  The  author  claims  that  soils  have  a  definite  nitrogen  and 
ammonia  consuming  power  and  that  when  large  quantities  of  straw  are  added 
to  the  soil  there  is  a  marked  decrease  in  tlie  ammonifying  power  and  a  marked 
increase  in  the  ammonia  and  nitrate  consuming  power.  Within  certain  limits 
the  number  of  bacteria  and  the  ammonification  of  casein  by  B.  mycoides  is  pro- 
portional to  the  quantity  of  phosphorus  or  potassium  added,  when  these  ele- 
ments are  present  in  limited  amounts. 

As  a  result  of  his  investigations  the  author  is  led  to  believe  that  the  so-called 
ammonia-consuming  power  can  not  be  used  as  an  index  of  soil  fertility.  Molds 
are  considered  to  play  an  important  part  in  the  aerobic  decomposition  processes 
of  the  soil,  and  they  have  been  found  active  in  the  assimilation  of  plant  food 
constituents  during  the  first  stages  of  decomposition  of  crop  residues  and  later 
may  play  as  important  a  part  as  bacteria  in  liberating  plant  food  constituents. 
Yeast  and  alg?e  are  also  considered  possible  important  factors  in  this  regard. 

The  scope  and  relations  of  tasonomic  botany,  A.  S.  Hitchcock  {Science, 
n.  ser.,  ^3  (1916),  No.  1106,  pp.  331-3^2).— This  is  the  address  of  the  retiring 
president  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  America  delivered  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  on 
December  29,  1915. 

Drug  plants  of  North  Dakota,  Mae  A.  Englehorn  (North  Dakota  Sta.  Spec. 
Bui.,  4  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  132-14S). — Descriptive  lists  are  given  of  some  drug 
plants  native  to  North  Dakota,  21  of  the  species  being  recognized  as  official, 
9  formerly  so  considered,  and  39  unofficial  drug  plants  which  are  thought  to 
have  some  therapeutic  value. 

Notes  on  Quamasia  with  a  description  of  a  new  species,  C.  V.  Piper  (Proc. 
Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  29  (1916),  pp.  711-81). — Notes  are  given  on  a  number  of  species 
of  the  genus  Quamasia,  and  Q.  walpolei  n.  sp.  is  described. 

Branching  and  flowering  habits  of  cacao  and  patashte,  O.  F.  Cook  (TJ.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  Contrib.  Nat.  Herbarium,  11  (1916),  pt.  8,  pp.  IX +609-625,  pis.  11).— 
Results  are  given  of  field  studies  of  the  characters  and  habits  of  the  cacao 
tree  (Theohroma  cacao),  together  with  the  related  food  tree,  Tribroma  bicolor. 

The  double  stock,  its  history  and  behavior,  Edith  R.  Saundek.s  (Jour.  Roy. 
Sort.  Soc,  40  (1915),  No.  3,  pp.  450-4112) .—This  is  a  lecture  delivered  at  the 
meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  in  Australia 
in  August,  1914. 

In  giving  more  particular  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  proportion  of  doubles 
in  a  college  garden  at  Cambridge  was  found  to  be  far  in  excess  of  expecta- 
tions, the  author  states  that  this  appears  from  experiments  to  result  ordinarily 
from  a  process  of  unconscious  selection  by  the  gardener  in  favor  of  the  plants 
producing  doubles  by  taking  more  forward  and  better  grown  plants  to  fill  the 
beds  and  discarding  the  rest.    The  strain  is  always  kept  going,  the  seed  har- 


19161  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  731 

vested  in  one  year  supplying  the  plants  for  the  next  season  but  one.  Single 
plants  were  found  to  be  slower  growing  from  the  first  and  to  present  a  less 
robust  appearance  at  the  time  of  planting  out  than  their  sister  doubles  of  the 
same  sowing.  The  results  of  the  tests  made  entirely  refute  the  statement  that 
this  particular  strain  is  in  any  way  exceptional  as  regards  the  output  of  doubles. 
It  is  thought  that  when  the  vegetative  period  is  sufficiently  prolonged  to  render 
the  method  of  selection  by  vigor  practicable,  this  method  may  be  successfully 
employed  by  the  gardener,  securing  in  this  way  a  much  larger  proportion  of 
doubles  than  is  ordinarily  obtained. 

A  suggested  explanation  of  the  abnormally  high  records  of  doubles  quoted 
by  growers  of  stocks  (Matthiola),  Edith  R.  Saunders  (Jnnr.  Genetics,  5 
{1915),  No.  2,  pp.  137-U3). — The  author  states  that  she  is  now  able  to  give  in 
full  the  evidence  upon  which  rests  the  main  conclusion  in  her  paper  noted 
above.  This  evidence  is  said  to  be  based  upon  a  comparison  of  results  ob- 
tained in  the  flower  bed  with  those  of  a  controlled  experiment  employing  the 
same  materials,  showing  that  the  apparent  excess  output  of  doubles  in  the  first 
case  is  fictitious,  and  upon  a  comparison  of  the  number  of  singles  and  doubles 
recorded  among  the  more  and  the  less  vigorous  individuals,  respectively,  show- 
ing that  a  proportion  in  excess  of  expectation  furnished  by  the  more  vigorous 
individuals  is  counterbalanced  by  a  corresponding  deficit  among  the  less  vigor- 
ous plants.  The  conclusion  is  reached  that  doubles  on  the  whole  develop  more 
rapidly  and  vigorously  than  singles,  and  that  when  the  period  of  development 
is  sufficiently  prolonged,  selection  based  upon  this  difference  can  be  used  as  a 
means  of  securing  a  higher  number  of  doubles  in  the  beds  than  corresponds 
with  the  actual  number  from  the  parent  plants. 

On  the  relation  of  half-hoariness  in  Matthiola  to  glabrousness  and  full 
hoariness,  Edith  R.  Saunders  (Jour.  Oenetics,  5  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  145-158). — 
An  account  is  given  of  further  studies  of  the  relation  between  hoariness  or 
glabrousness  and  sap  color.  These  studies  are  said  to  establish  fully  the 
conclusions  formulated  in  a  previous  report  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  228). 

The  results  recorded  in  this  and  the  earlier  paper  are  considered  to  form  a 
concordant  body  of  facts  concerning  surface  character  which  the  suggested 
scheme  of  factor  relations  allows  to  be  brought  together  in  a  comprehensible 
whole.  These  factor  relations  are  supposed  to  involve  five  factors,  which  inter- 
act as  three  distinct  pairs.  The  behavior  of  the  different  paired  factors  Is 
described  at  length. 

Pollen  sterility  in  relation  to  crossing,  R.  R.  Gates  and  T.  H.  Goodspeed 
{Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1120,  pp.  859-861). — Preliminary  observations 
made  on  a  number  of  species  of  plants  indicate  that  geographically  isolated 
species  do  not  invariably  have  good  pollen  and  that  pollen  sterility  is  by  no 
means  a  sure  sign  of  hybridity.  Pollen  sterility  is  considered  a  physiological 
condition  which  occurs  in  all  degrees  of  intensity  and  may  be  due  to  a  variety 
of  causes,  hybridity  being  one  of  them. 

On  the  germination  of  the  pollen  grains  of  apple  and  other  fruit  trees, 
J.  Adams  {Bot.  Gaz.,  61  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  131-147).— Giving  the  results  of  pre- 
liminary observations  made  in  1913  regarding  the  germination  of  pollen  grains 
in  cane  sugar  solutions  ranging  in  strength  from  2..5  to  50  per  cent,  most  of  the 
experiments  relating  to  apple,  the  author  states  that  some  varieties  of  the  same 
species  appeared  to  have  more  vigorous  pollen  grains  than  others.  The  pollen 
grains  germinated  either  in  light  or  in  darkness.  The  quickest  germination 
was  observed  at  temperatures  of  21  to  23°  C.  (69.8  to  73.4°  F.).  A  few  pollen 
grains  of  apple  formed  short  tubes  after  being  kept  dry  for  three  months,  some 
of  pear  after  ten  weeks.  Pollen  grains  of  strawberry,  loganberry,  and  rasp- 
berry were  dead  after  two  months,  those  of  black  currants  after  eleven  weeks. 


732  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Vegetative  succession  under  irrigation,  J.  F.  Macbbide  {U.  f>.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  19,  pp.  741-760,  pis.  8). — In  a  contribution 
from  the  Wyoming  Experiment  Station,  the  author  gives  an  account  of  observa- 
tions on  vegetative  succession  under  irrigation  on  a  ranch  in  Albany  County, 
Wyo. 

In  order  to  increase  the  yield  of  hay  from  this  ranch,  irrigation  was  resorted 
to,  and  it  was  found  that  the  artificial  formation  of  natural  meadows  is  brought 
about  by  a  gradual  change  divisible  into  several  stages  each  of  which  is  charac- 
terized by  one  or  more  particular  species  of  plants.  The  relative  permanence 
of  these  stages  may  be  controlled  by  regulation  of  the  water  supply.  Agropyron 
spp.  and  Deschampsia  cwspitosa  are  said  to  furnish  the  most  valuable  hay. 

A  single  climatic  index  to  represent  both  moisture  and  temperature  condi- 
tions as  related  to  plants,  B.  E.  Livingston  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  set.,  43  {1916), 
No.  1106,  p.  362). — A  method  is  described  by  which  the  indexes  of  precipitation, 
atmosplieric  evaporating  power,  and  temperature  efficiency  for  plant  growth  for 
any  period  of  time  may  be  combined  into  a  single  index  of  moisture-tempera- 
ture efficiency.  Based  on  this  index,  a  new  climatic  chart  of  the  United  States 
for  the  period  of  the  average  frostless  season  has  been  prepared. 

A  living  climatological  instrument,  B.  E.  Livingston  and  F.  T.  McLean 
(Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  pp.  362,  363).— The  authors  de- 
scribe a  method  for  comparing  the  efCectiveuess  of  climates  in  promoting  the 
growth  of  standard  plants. 

In  these  experiments  soy  beans  were  grown  in  pots  always  filled  with  the 
same  kind  of  soil,  the  seed  being  soaked  in  water  at  a  given  temperature  for  a 
certain  time  before  planting.  Measurements  were  made  on  the  plant  after  two 
and  again  after  four  weeks,  when  the  cultures  were  discontinued.  New  cul- 
tures were  started  every  two  weeks  and  the  climatic  efficiency  for  plant  growth 
was  determined  from  the  plant  measurements  made  after  two  and  four  weeks. 
The  value  of  the  climate  for  any  two  to  four  week  period  at  any  station  may  be 
compared  v/ith  that  for  any  other  period  at  the  same  or  at  any  other  station. 

The  daily  march  of  transpiring  power  as  indicated  by  the  porometer  and 
by  standardized  hygrometric  paper,  S.  F.  Tret.ease  and  B.  F.  Li\t:ngston 
(Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1106,  p.  363).— The  authors  have  deter- 
mined the  transpiring  power  of  the  lower  surfaces  of  Zebrina  leaves  by  means 
of  standardized  cobalt  chlorid  paper,  and  at  the  same  time  porometer  readings 
were  made. 

It  was  found  that  the  porometer  rates  furnish  data  for  deriving  stomatal 
diffusive  capacity,  but  that  this  capacity  is  not  quite  proportional  to  transpiring 
power.  Transpiring  power  was  found  mainly  dependent  upon  the  degree  of 
stomatal  opening,  but  other  conditions  were  influential. 

The  transpiring  power  of  plants  as  influenced  by  differences  of  altitude  and 
habitat,  F.  Sheeve  {Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43  {1916),  No.  1106,  p.  363).— Meas- 
urements w^ere  made  of  the  transpiring  power  of  the  leaves  of  some  20  species 
of  plants  in  the  desert  and  encinal  regions  of  the  Santa  Catalina  Mountains  in 
southern  Arizona  in  the  arid  foresummer  of  1915.  The  species  investigated 
belonged  to  different  life  forms,  which  were  found  to  differ  in  their  transpiring 
power  and  in  the  character  of  its  daily  changes.  The  same  species  exhibited 
a  higher  transpiring  power  in  the  individuals  which  grow  in  the  flood  plains 
than  in  those  which  grow  on  arid  slopes.  The  daily  changes  in  the  former 
individuals  are  concordant  with  the  daily  march  of  evaporation,  while  in  the 
case  of  the  latter  the  transpiring  power  falls  sharply  before  the  daily  maximum 
of  evaporation  is  reached.  A  comparison  of  the  transpiring  power  of  the  same 
species  at  different  elevations  has  shown  that  the  daily  check  is  applied  earlier 


1916]  AGRICTJLTURAL  BOTANT.  733 

in  the  day  at  lower  elevations  and  later  at  higher  ones.  The  values  for  the 
transpiring  power  in  all  eases  were  found  to  be  higher  at  the  lower  elevations, 
but  at  the  higher  elevations  the  values  are  sustained  through  a  longer  portion 
of  the  day. 

The  interrelation  of  transpiration,  root  absorption  and  water-absorbing 
capacity  of  tissues  in  an  Opuntia,  Euith  B.  Shee\^  (Abs.  in  Science,  n.  ser.,  43 
(1916),  No.  1106,  pp.  361,  362). — The  author  gives  a  summary  of  investigations 
conducted  to  test  the  conclusion  of  other  workers  that  the  transpiring  power 
is  greater  in  cacti  during  the  night  than  during  the  day. 

As  a  result  of  her  investigation  it  was  found  that  the  transpiring  power  is 
greatly  influenced  by  light  intensity,  air  temperature,  water  content  of  tissues, 
and  available  soil  water.  The  day  to  night  variations  in  transpiring  power  of 
tissue  are  independent  of  any  day  to  night  variations  in  root  absorption. 
During  the  daylight  hours  more  water  was  absorbed  by  the  root  than  was 
lost  by  transpiration,  while  at  night  the  reverse  was  true.  Variations  in  water 
intake  by  the  roots  are  due,  on  the  one  hand,  to  variations  in  the  soil  reten- 
tivity,  and,  on  the  other,  to  variations  in  the  plant  itself.  Stomata,  as  a  rule, 
are  shut  during  the  day  and  open  at  night,  but  it  was  not  possible  to  ascertain 
whether  the  closing  of  the  stomata  accompanies  or  follows  a  decrease  in  trans- 
piration rate.  The  water-absorbing  power  of  pieces  cut  from  internal  tissue 
was  less  during  the  night  than  during  the  day,  being  least  from  4  to  5  a.  m. 
and  greatest  from  3  to  5  p.  m.  This  was  true  whether  the  calculations  were 
based  on  dry  weight  or  on  the  original  weight  of  the  material.  The  author 
advances  the  theory  that  the  water-absorbing  capacity  of  the  internal  tissue 
controls  the  secondary  absorbing  power  of  the  roots,  and  probably  also  the 
transpiring  power. 

The  influence  exerted  by  light  intensity  and  air  temperature,  together  with 
their  duration,  show  that  the  variations  in  absorbing  capacity  are  due,  at 
least  in  part,  to  chemical  changes  brought  about  by  the  metabolic  processes, 
and  many  tests  show  that  the  changes  in  the  water-absorbing  capacity  of  the 
tissues  parallel  acidity  changes  in  the  plants  in  such  a  way  that  when  acidity 
is  highest  the  absorbing  capacity  is  lowest,  and  vice  versa.  Certain  exceptions 
occur,  however,  which  show  that  the  relation  can  not  be  so  simple  as  the 
influence  of  mere  changes  in  hydrogen  ion  concentration.  Other  factors,  it  is 
claimed,  must  be  taken  into  consideration,  including  the  accumulation  and 
disappearance  of  the  salts  of  organic  acids.  The  author  claims  that  it  is 
impossible  to  state  as  yet  whether  the  absorbing  capacity  of  the  internal  tissue 
is  due  to  colloidal  absorption,  osmotic  forces,  or  both. 

Measurement  of  the  surface  forces  in  soils,  C.  A.  Shxjll  (Ahs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  4S  (1916) ,  No.  1106,  p.  361 ) . — An  examination  of  the  absorption  of  water 
by  dry  Xanthium  seeds  is  said  to  have  shown  that  the  internal  forces  had  an 
initial  value  of  at  least  965  atmospheres.  The  internal  forces  have  been  deter- 
mined at  various  moisture  contents.  Dry  seeds  were  used  to  measure  the 
surface  holding  power  of  soils  for  water,  with  the  result  that  both  the  seeds 
and  air  dry  soil  were  found  to  have  approximately  the  same  force. 

As  the  capillary  moisture  increased,  the  surface  moisture  decreased  until, 
at  the  wilting  coefiicient  of  the  soil,  the  amount  of  back  pull  exerted  was  not 
more  than  3  or  4  atmospheres.  This  relation  was  found  to  hold  essentially 
for  all  types  of  soils  from  heavy  clay  to  sand.  The  soil,  at  the  critical  moisture 
content  of  the  plant,  it  is  claimed,  holds  the  water  with  less  force  than  the 
osmotic  pressure  of  the  root  hairs  of  the  plant,  as  determined  by  plasmolytic 
methods.  The  wilting  of  the  plant,  it  is  believed,  does  not  result  from  lack 
of  moisture  or  lack  of  a  gradient  toward  the  plant,  but  probably  from  the  low 
rate  of  movement  of  water  due  to  the  friction  in  thin  films. 


734  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Fiber  measurement  studies:  A  comparison  of  tracheid  dimensions  in  long- 
leaf  pine  and  Douglas  fir,  witli  data  on  the  strength  and  length,  mean  diam- 
eter and  thickness  of  wall  of  the  tracheids,  Eloise  Geeby  {Ahs.  in  Science, 
n.  ser.,  J,3  (1916),  No.  1106,  p.  360). — This  is  a  progress  report  on  fiber  dimension 
studies  as  a  part  of  the  investigation  into  the  mechanical,  physical,  and  chemi- 
cal properties  of  the  longleaf  pine  (Pinus  palustris)  and  Douglas  fir  {Pseudo- 
tsuga  taxifolia),  the  work  being  conducted  at  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory, 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Madison,  Wis.  Data  were  collected 
from  microscopic  investigations  made  at  every  tenth  annual  ring  on  large  cross 
sections  from  old  trees. 

The  results  obtained  show  no  evidence  of  a  constant  fiber  length  such  as 
was  reported  by  Sanio  for  the  Scots  pine.  Many  more  bordered  pits  were  found 
in  the  spring  than  in  the  summer  wood  tracheids.  The  ends  of  the  tracheids 
were  frequently  blunt  or  forked,  though  they  are  generally  pointed  in  the 
summer  wood.  As  a  rule,  the  summer  wood  tracheids  are  shorter  than  the 
spring  wood  tracheids  in  all  the  material  studied. 

A  rapid  increase  in  all  dimensions  was  found  during  the  first  20  years  of 
growth.  The  variation  in  length  in  a  single  tree  was  found  to  be  from  0.8  to 
7.65  mm.  A  direct  relation  was  found  to  exist  in  the  Douglas  fir  studied  between 
the  thickness  of  the  cell  walls  of  the  summer  wood  and  the  strength  of  the 
material.  In  young  wood,  strength  of  material  and  thickness  of  wall  were  both 
low.  No  marked  relation  was  found  to  exist  between  width  of  ring  and  fiber 
dimensions,  nor  was  there  any  decline  in  the  size  of  the  elements  due  to  age 
of  the  tree. 

The  Douglas  fir  and  pine  were  not  found  to  differ  widely  in  the  dimensions 
of  their  elements.  Thickness  of  wall  averaged  higher  in  the  longleaf  pine,  but 
the  diameters  were  somewhat  less  than  in  the  Douglas  fir. 

Permeability  and  viscosity,  W.  J.  V.  Osteehout  (Science,  n.  ser..  43  (1916), 
No.  1120,  pp.  857-859). — Criticisms  are  given  of  the  theory  of  Spaeth  that  the 
permeability  of  the  surface  layer  of  protoplasm  is  determined  by  its  viscosity, 
which,  in  turn,  depends  on  its  colloidal  condition. 

Hail  injury  to  cultivated  plants,  J.  Weigeet  (Landw.  Jahrb  Bayern,  S 
(191S),  No.  2,  pp.  49-57). — This  deals  briefly  with  hail  injury  to  maize,  small 
grains,  potatoes,  beets,  tobacco,  vines,  and  fruit  trees,  with  a  few  references 
to  related  contributions  on  this  subject. 

The  injurious  effect  of  tarvia  fumes  on  vegetation,  A.  H.  CnrvTms  (Abs.  in 
Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1106,  pp.  363,  364). — An  account  is  given  of  the 
destruction  of  a  garden  in  Hanover,  N.  H.,  by  fumes  of  a  tar  compound  used 
on  roads.  The  injury  was  found  to  be  due  to  the  constituents  of  the  volatile 
substances,  which  condensed  in  the  form  of  an  oily  coating  on  the  surfaces  of 
the  plants,  and  did  not  involve  to  any  extent  the  passage  of  gases  through  the 
stomata.  The  amout  of  injury  was  found  to  vary  with  the  distance  from  the 
escaping  fumes,  the  temperature  of  the  melting  tar,  and  the  age  of  the  plant 
structures. 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Irrigated  pastures  for  northern  reclamation  projects,  F.  D.  Farrell  (TJ.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Bur.  Plant  Indtis.,  Irrigated  Pastures  for  Northern  Reclamation 
Projects,  1916,  pp.  16,  figs.  2). — Based  on  experiments  with  irrigated  pastures  at 
several  field  stations  and  on  observations  made  and  information  gathered  on 
northern  reclamation  projects  and  in  some  of  the  other  irrigated  districts  of 
the  same  region,  directions  are  presented  for  the  establishment  and  management 
of  pastures  under  irrigation. 


19161  FIELD  CROPS.  735 

At  the  Huntley  field  station  in  Montana  in  1914  and  1915,  2  cows  were  pas- 
tured each  year  for  a  season  of  approximately  five  months  on  three  quarter- 
acre  plats  of  mixed  grasses  and  clovers.  This  represented  a  stock-carrying 
capacity  of  about  2.6  cows  per  acre.  At  the  Gooding  Experiment  Station,  Idaho, 
experiments  conducted  for  three  years  showed  the  stock-carrying  capacity  per 
acre  to  be  from  2  to  3  cows,  10  to  14  mature  lambs,  10  to  12  ewes  with  their 
lambs,  and  3  2-year-old  steers  per  acre.  At  Huntley  in  1915  a  yearling  heifer 
was  placed  on  a  quarter-acre  plat  of  spring-seeded  pasture  on  August  27  when 
the  grasses  average  about  10  in.  in  height.  The  plat  was  divided  into  two 
parts  which  were  grazed  alternately  and  the  heifer  remained  on  the  pasture 
for  58  days,  the  carrying  capacity  being  rated  at  4  yearlings  per  acre.  At  this 
farm  the  grazing  periods  on  pasture  plats  averaged  from  12  to  15  days. 

In  discussing  the  irrigation  of  pastures  it  is  pointed  out  that  at  Gooding 
pastures  were  irrigated  from  nine  to  eleven  times  each  year  for  three  years, 
receiving  from  2.48  to  2.73  acre-feet  of  water  per  acre  each  year.  The  quan- 
tity of  water  was  no  greater  than  was  necessary  for  alfalfa  though  about  50 
per  cent  more  than  needed  for  spring  grains  and  potatoes.  Decidedly  bene- 
ficial effects  were  noted  at  the  Huntley  station  from  the  application  of  a  top- 
dressing  of  manure  to  2-year-old  pastures. 

[Influence  of  the  depth  of  plowing  on  yield],  I.  Kolesntkov  (Zlmr.  Opytn. 
Agron.,  15  (1914),  No.  1,  pp.  33,  34). — Tlie  Don  Experiment  Station,  conducting 
experiments  with  different  depths  of  plowing,  observed  that  the  greater  yield 
was  obtained  in  all  cases  by  plowing  about  9.5  in.  deep,  while  plowing  to  a 
depth  of  only  3.5  in.  brought  a  marked  reduction.  As  compared  with  plowing 
3.5  in.  deep,  the  average  yields  for  the  past  ten  years  showed  an  increase  of 
10.5  per  cent  for  the  depth  of  9.5  in.  and  of  6.9  per  cent  for  the  depth  of  7  in. 

Grains  for  the  Montana  dry  lands,  N.  C.  Donaldson  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  749  {1916),  pp.  22,  figs.  11). — This  bulletin  presents  information 
regarding  the  varieties  of  winter  wheat,  spring  wheat,  oats,  barley,  and  flax 
adapted  to  the  dry  lands  of  Montana,  and  the  best  methods  of  growing 
them  as  indicated  in  part  by  the  results  of  tests  conducted  for  the  past  eight 
years  at  the  Judith  Basin  Substation,  Moccasin,  Mont,  in  cooperation  with 
the  Montana  Experiment  Station, 

The  varieties  regarded  as  best  are  Kharkof  winter  wheat,  Pelissier  durum 
wheat,  Marquis  spring  wheat,  Sixty-Day  oajts,  White  Smyrna  barley,  and 
Russian  flax.  It  is  recommended  that  winter  wheat  be  sown  at  any  time 
between  August  10  and  September  10  at  the  rate  of  3  pk.  per  acre,  and  that 
spring  wheat,  oats,  and  barley  be  sown  as  early  as  the  land  can  be  prepared. 
The  best  time  for  sowing  flax  is  given  as  April  15  to  May  1.  The  rates  of 
seeding  for  spring  grain  crops  recommended  are  as  follows :  Wheat  4  pk.  to 
the  acre,  oats  4  to  5  pk.,  hulled  barley  5  pk.,  hull-less  barley  4  pk.,  and  flax 
15  to  20  lbs.  Summer  fallowing  is  not  recommended  as  a  general  practice, 
and  the  use  of  a  cultivated  crop  such  as  corn  is  suggested  as  a  substitute  for 
fallow  as  gi-ain  seeded  on  disked  corn  ground  yields  nearly  as  well  as  grain  on 
fallow.  It  is  suggested  that  fall-plowed  land  be  left  rough  to  catch  the  snow  and 
prevent  the  soil  from  blowing  and  that  spring-plowed  land  for  spring  grain 
be  worked  down  immediately  after  plowing. 

Com  in  Montana,  A.  Atkinson  and  M.  L.  Wilson  {Montana  i-'ta.  Circ.  53 
(1916),  pp.  109-163,  figs.  26). — This  circular  is  made  up  of  extracts  from  Bulle- 
tin 107  of  the  station,  already  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  338). 

Selecting  and  curing  seed  corn,  A.  Atkinson  and  M.  L.  Wilson  (Montana 
Sta.  Circ.  54  (1916),  pp.  165-184,  figs.  23). — This  circular  describes  and  discusses 
practical  methods  of  tield  selection,  drying,  testing  for  germination,  and  pre- 
paring for  planting  of  seed  corn  under  Montana  conditions  and  requirements. 


736  EXPEEIMEKT  STATION  EECOKD.  [VoL  35 

The  culture  of  jute  in  India  and  Indo-China,  L.  HAUxEFEtJiLLE  (Bui.  Econ. 
Indochine,  n.  ser.,  18  {1915),  Nos.  US,  pp.  265-332;  114,  PP-  490-5Si).— The  jute 
industry  in  these  regions,  including  production,  commerce,  and  manufacture, 
is  discussed  from  many  different  standpoints,  and  the  results  of  cultural  and 
fertilizer  experiments  conducted  by  the  author  and  others  during  the  past  10 
to  15  years  are  briefly  reviewed.  The  results  of  numerous  fiber  determina- 
tions of  varieties  of  the  tvpo  principal  species,  Corchorus  capsularis  and  C. 
olitorius,  are  given  in  tables.  Economic  and  sociological  conditions  as  related 
to  the  jute  industry  are  also  considered. 

[Serradella,  with  reference  to  economic  value,  inoculation,  and  development 
on  light  and  heavy  soils],  B.  Heinze  (Naturwissenschaften,  5  {1915),  Nos.  26, 
pp.  339-343;  21,  pp.  552-355).— This  article  discusses  the  plant  from  historical, 
botanical,  and  cultural  points  of  view  and  reports  briefly  the  results  of  culture 
tests  on  heavy  soil  at  Lauchstedt,  together  with  those  of  analytical  studies 
setting  forth  especially  dry  matter  content  and  nitrogen  production.  The 
points  considered  are  the  appearance  of  the  plant,  its  development,  soil  and 
climatic  requirements,  its  uses  in  field,  orchard,  and  garden,  the  importance 
of  proper  inoculation,  soil  preparation  and  fertilization,  and  diseases  and 
insect  enemies. 

In  the  experiment  reported  the  best  results  were  secured  where  serradella 
was  grown  two  years  in  succession.  The  plants  there  developed  numerous 
nodules  on  their  roots,  were  of  dark  green  color,  and  produced  two  cuttings  of 
one  meter  in  height  in  addition  to  pasture,  the  two  cuttings  corresponding  to 
67,473  lbs.  of  green  substance  or  10,442  lbs.  of  air-dry  material  per  acre.  The 
roots  are  reported  as  containing  2.76  per  cent  and  the  stems  and  leaves  3.3  per 
cent  of  nitrogen.  Where  grown  after  mustard  and  on  soil  never  having  pro- 
duced the  crop,  no  nodules  developed,  the  plants  were  of  a  light  yellowish 
green  color,  and  the  nitrogen  production  per  acre  amounted  to  only  46.4  lbs. 
After  lupines  serradella  grown  on  the  land  for  the  first  time  developed  approxi- 
mately as  well  as  on  the  same  kind  of  soil  on  which  the  crop  had  been  grown 
before. 

Pot  experiments  with  manganese  as  a  fertilizer  for  sugar  beets,  O.  Faixada 
and  I.  K,  Gkeiseneggee  {Osterr.  Ungar.  Ztschr.  Zuckcrindus.  v.  Landw.,  44 
{1915),  No.  5,  pp.  379-388). — Manganese  sulphate  was  applied  at  the  rates  of 
25,  50,  and  100  kg.  per  hectare  (22.3  to  89  lbs.  per  acre),  and  manganese 
dioxid  at  the  rates  of  150,  300,  and  600  kg.  per  hectare. 

The  use  of  50  kg.  of  manganese  sulphate  and  of  150  kg.  of  manganese 
dixoid  per  hectare  gave  the  best  general  results.  The  check  tests  produced 
an  average  of  348.3  gm.  of  beets  with  21.45  per  cent  of  sugar  in  the  juice,  and 
a  purity  coefiicient  of  89.8  per  cent.  The  tests  in  which  50  kg.  of  manganese 
sulphate  was  used  gave  362.3  gm.  of  beets  with  21.52  per  cent  of  sugar  and  a 
purity  of  92.2  per  cent  and  the  tests  with  150  kg.  of  manganese  dioxid  yielded 
367.3  gm.  of  beets  containing  22.25  per  cent  of  sugar  with  a  purity  of  93.3 
per  cent. 

The  sugar  content  of  the  beets  did  not  appear  to  be  influenced  to  a  great 
extent  through  the  application  of  these  forms  of  manganese.  The  larger 
quantities  applied  apparently  interfered  with  the  growth  of  the  plant,  and 
reduced  the  yield  of  beets  and  sugar  below  the  production  of  the  check  tests. 
The  heavy  applications  reduced  the  growth  of  the  leaves  to  a  less  extent  than 
the  development  of  the  root,  and  also  raised  the  water  requirement  of  the 
plants  as  based  on  the  production  of  organic  matter  or  of  sugar. 

Methods  of  fertilizing  sweet  potatoes,  C.  E.  Dukst  {Illinois  Sta.  Bull.  188 
{1916),  pp.  268-278,  fig.  i).— This  bulletin  presents  a  report  on  fertilizer  ex- 
periments with  sweet  potatoes  conducted  for  five  years  in  Union  County  on 


19161  FIELD   CEOPS.  737 

eight  plats,  each  one-thirty-third  of  an  acre  in  size.  A  comparison  was 
made  of  the  use  of  660  lbs.  per  acre  of  a  home-mixed  fertilizer  consisting  of 
2  parts  steamed  bone,  2  parts  dried  blood,  and  1  part  potassium  sulphate  by 
weight;  of  10.56  tons  of  manure;  and  of  528  lbs.  of  steamed  bone;  on  two 
series  of  plats,  on  one  of  which  the  applications  were  made  broadcast  and 
on  the  other  under  the  ridge  upon  which  the  sweet  potato  plants  were  placed. 

The  results  indicated  that  each  of  the  fertilizer  treatments  used  increased 
the  percentage  of  table  potatoes  produced  and  that,  with  the  possible  excep- 
tion of  the  home-mixed  fertilizer,  higher  percentages  were  secured  when  the 
fertilizer  was  appliefl  under  the  ridge  than  when  broadcasted.  Each  treat- 
ment also  increased  the  total  yield,  the  higher  yields  being  secured  from  the 
fertilizer  application  made  under  the  ridge.  It  was  further  indicated  that 
only  manure  or  steamed  bone  applied  under  the  ridge  is  likely  to  give  a  ma- 
terial increase  in  the  net  value  of  the  crop  after  deducting  the  cost  of  the 
fertilizer. 

Studies  of  the  timothy  plant. — I,  The  influence  of  maturity  upon  th.e  yield, 
composition,  digestibility,  palatability,  and  feeding  value  of  timothy  hay, 
H.  J.  Waters  et  al.  {Missouri  Sta.  Research  Bui.  19  (1915),  pp.  2-6S,  figs. 
37). — The  results  of  these  studies,  in  progress  for  some  years,  ore  reported. 
The  data  secured  are  given  in  tables  and  are  also  presented  graphically. 

In  studying  the  effect  of  maturity  on  yield,  the  first  cutting  was  made  about 
June  12  when  the  plants  were  just  in  full  head,  the  second  about  June  20  when 
the  plants  were  in  full  bloom,  the  third  about  July  1  when  the  seeds  were 
beginning  to  form,  the  fourth  about  July  8  when  the  seed  was  in  the  dough, 
and  the  fifth  about  July  16  when  the  seed  was  ripe  but  not  shattered.  The 
average  of  all  trials  in  which  cuttings  were  made  showed  the  largest  yield 
from  the  third  cutting  and,  regarding  the  value  of  this  cutting  as  100,  the  rela- 
tive value  of  the  fourth  cutting  was  99.3,  the  second  93.8,  the  fifth  S9.7,  and 
the  first  89.4.  The  first  and  last  cuttings  produced  an  average  of  between  500 
and  600  lbs.  less  hay  per  acre  than  was  secured  from  the  third  and  fourth 
cuttings. 

The  digestibility  of  the  hay  was  found  to  decline  steadily  as  the  plant  de- 
veloped, beginning  as  early  as  when  the  plants  are  in  full  head.  The  second 
cutting,  when  the  plants  were  in  full  bloom,  gave  the  largest  yield  of  digestible 
dry  matter,  protein,  fat,  crude  fiber,  and  nitrogen-free  extract.  Tests  on  the 
palatability  of  the  hay  showed  that  yearling  steers  subsisting  entirely  on  hay 
and  milk  cows  receiving  grain  and  other  roughage  besides  the  hay  preferred 
the  first,  second,  and  third  cuttings,  while  sheep  full  fed  on  mixed  grain  ap- 
parently ate  one  cutting  with  as  much  relish  as  another. 

It  was  further  observed  that  early  cutting  tended  to  weaken  the  stand  and 
late  cutting  to  conserve  the  strength  of  the  plant  and  to  prolong  its  life.  Studies 
relating  to  the  permanence  of  stand  indicated  that  "  the  thick,  vigorous  stand 
following  late  cutting  does  not  result  from  the  new  plants  that  have  sprung 
from  seed  left  on  the  land  at  the  time  of  harvest,  but  from  the  new  plants  which 
have  come  from  the  perfectly  developed  and  well-filled  bulbs  at  the  base  of  the 
old  timothy  plants.  It  is  from  these  bulbs  that  new  plants  for  the  next  year's 
stand  come.  The  bulbs  reach  their  full  development  only  when  the  plants  are 
allowed  to  become  mature  before  being  harvested." 

While  the  earlier  cuttings  gave  larger  yields  and  hay  of  higher  digestibility 
and  palatability,  the  later  cuttings  afforded  greater  convenience  in  harvesting, 
the  weather  conditions  being  generally  more  favorable  and  less  time  being 
required  for  curing.  The  late-cut  as  compared  with  the  early-cut  hay  was 
much  less  liable  to  injury  from  rains  and  dews,  from  sunburn  and  under  or 
over  curing,  and  also  tiirned  water  in  the  shock  or  stack  much  better. 


738  EXPERIMENT    STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

The  results  of  an  investigation  of  the  reproduction  of  the  timothy  plant  are 
summarized  as  follows :  "A  seed  sown  in  the  fall  or  early  spring  produces  a 
single  plant.  In  the  spring  this  plant  produces  a  stalk  and  head.  The  head 
flowers  and  produces  seed.  A  bulb  at  the  base  of  the  stalk  enlarges  as  the 
stalk  increases  in  height  and,  about  the  time  the  head  appears,  new  shoots 
spring  from  the  bulb  and  develop  into  small  plants  which  are  attached  and 
clustered  about  the  central  plant.  A  root  system  will  develop  later  on  each  of 
these  new  plants,  all  at  the  expense  of  the  parent  bulb.  The  parent  bulb 
reaches  its  full  development  at  about  the  time  the  main  seed-bearing  head  is 
ripe  or  a  little  while  before.  The  secondary  plants  may  continue  to  grow  and 
may  produce  heads  and  bear  seed  before  the  close  of  the  growing  season  if  the 
season  is  favorable  and  if  left  undisturbed.  Bulbs  and  roots  develop  on  these 
new  plants  largely  at  the  expense  of  the  parent  bulbs,  which  by  this  time  becomes 
shriveled  and  soon  dies,  having  fulfilled  its  function.  At  the  close  of  the 
growing  season  these  secondary  bulbs  are  well  developed  and  have  established 
their  own  root  systems.  They  remain  dormant  through  the  winter ;  in  the 
spring  they  send  forth  the  stalks  which  later  head,  flower,  and  produce  seed 
in  the  usual  manner,  so  the  process  of  regeneration  of  the  previous  year  is 
repeated." 

The  advantages  of  clover  over  timothy  in  the  rotation  are  pointed  out. 

Studies  of  the  tim^othy  plant. — II,  The  chang'es  in  the  chemical  composition 
of  the  timothy  plant  during  growth  and  ripening,  with  a  comparative  study 
of  the  wheat  plant,  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  L.  D.  Haigh,  and  C.  R.  Motjlton  {Mis- 
souri Sta.  Research  Bui.  20  {1915),  pp.  3-61,  figs.  11). — Studies  were  made  of 
the  changes  in  the  chemical  composition  of  the  entire  timothy  plant  during 
growth  and  ripening  as  compared  with  similar  changes  in  the  wheat  plant.  The 
results  are  discussed  at  some  length,  a  review  of  the  literature  being  included, 
and  the  data  are  given  in  detail  in  tables  and  graphs.  For  the  purpose  of  the 
investigation  samples  of  the  timothy  plant  were  secured  as  follows:  May  23, 
1908,  when  the  plants  were  about  1  ft.  high  in  rapid  growth  with  no  heads 
showing,  June  6  when  no  stalks  were  in  bloom  but  were  beginning  to  head,  June 

18  when  in  full  bloom,  June  30  when  just  out  of  bloom  and  the  seed  formed, 
July  9  when  the  seed  was  in  the  dough,  July  20  when  the  seed  was  fully  ripe, 
and  March  16,  1909,  when  growth  had  not  yet  started  but  the  plants  were  con- 
siderably green.  The  wheat  plant  samples  were  collected  as  follows :  May  23, 
1908,  when  the  plants  were  green  and  in  bloom,  June  4  when  the  seed  had 
formed  and  was  in  the  milk,  June  11  when  the  seed  was  in  the  dough,  and  June 

19  when  the  seed  was  fully  ripe. 

It  was  found  that  the  timothy  plant  took  up  nitrogen  and  ash  constituents  at 
the  most  rapid  rate  and  contained  the  highest  percentage  and  amount  of  mois- 
ture in  the  green  plant  during  its  earlier  stages  of  growth.  The  absorption  of 
plant  food  continued,  but  at  a  decreasing  rate  corresponding  to  the  decreasing 
rate  of  growth,  as  it  approached  maturity.  The  heads  increased  in  dry  matter 
throughout  the  growing  and  ripening  period.  This  increase  included  all  the 
plant  constituents  except  potassium  oxid  which  had  reached  its  maximum  be- 
fore the  plants  were  in  full  bloom.  Nitrogen-free  extract  increased  at  the 
greatest  rate  of  all  constituents  and  as  the  heads  approached  full  ripening  a 
noticeable  increase  in  phosphorus  pentoxid  was  observed. 

The  stalks  and  leaves  increased  in  dry  matter  during  growth  and  ripening, 
the  dry  matter  added  consisting  chiefly  of  crude  fiber  and  nitrogen-free  extract. 
Nitrogen,  ether-soluble  material,  potassium  oxid,  and  phosphorus  pentoxid  in- 
creased during  growth  but  decreased  to  some  extent  during  ripening.  The  bulbs 
increased  in  dry  matter  throughout  the  growing  period  but  the  amount  became 
constant  before  the  ripening  of  the  hay.     The  matter  stored  was  principally 


1916]  FIELD  CROPS.  739 

nitrogenous  matter  and  nitrogen-free  extract,  no  starch  being  produced  In  the 
bulbs  during  the  storing  process.  Potassium  oxid  was  found  in  maximum 
amount  in  the  first  stage,  while  phosphorus  pentoxid  showed  a  tendency  to  in- 
crease in  amount  as  the  plant  matured.  Approximately  as  many  heads  were 
produced  at  the  full  height  as  there  were  bulbs  at  the  beginning  of  the  season's 
growth.  It  was  further  observed  that  the  plant  above  ground  loses  an  absolute 
amount  of  dry  matter  from  the  time  the  seed  is  in  the  dough  until  it  is  fully 
ripe  as  the  result  of  washing  by  rain  and  dew  and  a  falling  ofi;  of  dead  parts. 

The  wheat  plant  was  found  to  resemble  the  timothy  plant  in  taking  up  its 
nitrogenous  and  mineral  matter  and  in  containing  the  highest  percentage  of 
moisture  in  the  green  plant  in  the  earlier  stages  of  gro\vth,  and  also  in  losing  an 
absolute  amount  of  dry  matter  at  the  time  of  full  ripening  due  to  washing  by 
rain  and  dew  and  the  falling  of  dead  parts.  The  heads  gained  more  uniformly 
and  rapidly  in  their  amount  of  dry  matter  than  any  other  part.  Nitrogen-free 
extract  was  found  to  be  produced  and  stored  at  a  greater  rate  than  any  other 
constituent  but  nitrogen,  ash,  and  ether -soluble  matter  were  added  in  some 
quantity  also.  The  fiber  was  determined  as  practically  all  formed  by  the  time 
the  blossom  has  fallen  and  as  remaining  constant  to  ripening.  The  stalks  and 
leaves  contained  their  maximum  amount  of  dry  matter  at  blossoming  time,  after 
which  nitrogenous  material  and  nitrogen-free  extract  passed  to  the  ripening 
heads. 

The  roots  and  stubble  increased  in  dry  matter  up  to  the  milk  stage,  after 
which  a  decrease  took  place  as  the  dry  matter  passed  to  the  portion  of  the  plant 
above  ground.  The  fiber  present  in  the  roots  did  not  decrease  in  amount  but 
nitrogenous  and  ether-soluble  matter,  ash,  and  nitrogen-free  extract  passed  out 
of  the  roots  into  the  growing  plant  above  ground  during  the  ripening  of  the 
heads. 

In  both  wheat  and  timothy  plants  the  percentage  of  protein,  ash,  and  ether 
extract  showed  a  tendency  to  reach  a  higher  value  in  the  young  than  in  the 
mature  plant,  while  the  percentage  of  crude  fiber  and  nitrogen-free  extract  was 
the  greater  at  maturity. 

Hilling  of  Voandzeia  subterranea,  P.  C.  van  deb  Wolk  (Cultura.  27  (1915), 
No.  328,  pp.  405-417). — This  article  discusses  the  peanut  and  Voandzeia  sub- 
terranea and  brings  out  their  common  and  individual  characteristics.  Con- 
siderable attention  is  given  to  subterranean  fruit  production  which  is  common 
in  both  plants. 

In  an  experiment  conducted  to  test  the  effect  of  hilling,  as  is  practiced  in 
peanut  culture,  the  Voandzeia  plants  all  died  as  the  result  of  this  method  of 
cultivation.  The  author  points  out  that  hilling  among  other  disadvantages 
brings  about  conditions  which  favor  disease  attacks. 

Comparative  variety  tests  with  squarehead  winter  wheat  from  1908  to 
1910,  C.  Leveeenz  (Arb.  Deut.  Landw.  Gesell.,  No.  278  {1915),  pp.  XXVI+ 
240+8,  pis.  5). — This  report  presents  at  considerable  length  and  in  great  detail 
the  results  of  cooperative  tests  of  nine  varieties  of  squarehead  winter  wheat 
conducted  throughout  Germany  during  the  three  years  1908  to  1910.  The  prin- 
cipal varieties  were  Original  Strube  Schlanstedt,  Original  Strube  Silesian,  and 
Original  Leutewitz. 

A  summary  based  on  the  results  of  all  the  tests  showed  that  the  Strube 
Schlanstedt  variety  yielded  an  average  of  3,051  kg.  of  grain  and  4,984  kg.  of 
straw  per  hectare  (2,715  lbs.  and  4,436  lbs.  per  acre,  respectively),  Silesian 
2,646  kg.  of  grain  and  5,271  kg.  of  straw,  and  Leutewitz  3,001  kg.  of  grain  and 
5,018  kg.  of  straw.  Of  about  158  tests  relating  to  grain  yield  and  132  to  straw 
production,  97  of  each  raised  no  question  regarding  methods  used  or  the  results 
67476°— 17 4 


740  EXPEEIMENT  STATION  EECORD.  [Vol.35 

obtained,  and  these  taken  by  themselves  showed  higher  yields  in  every  case,  but 
did  not  change  the  relative  standing  of  the  varieties.  In  the  grain  tests  Strube 
Schlanstedt  is  stated  to  have  ranked  first  69  times  and  second  68  times,  Silesian 
first  31  times  and  second  20  times,  and  Leutewitz  first  60  times  and  second  71 
times.  For  the  three  years  Strube  Schlanstedt  gave  an  average  1,000-kernel 
weight  of  38.24  gm.,  a  liter  weight  of  764.3  gm.,  and  a  flintiness  of  40.49  per 
cent ;  Strube  Silesian  a  1,000-kernel  weight  of  38.71  gm.,  a  liter  weight  of  753.9 
gm.,  and  a  flintiness  of  30.14  per  cent ;  and  Leutewitz  a  1,000-kernel  weight  of 
38.16  gm.,  a  liter  weight  of  763.9  gm.,  and  a  flintiness  of  41.5  per  cent. 

Wheat  culture  in  Argentina,  C.  D.  Gibola  (Bol.  Min.  Agr.  [Buenos  Aires'\, 
19  {1915),  No.  8-9,  pp.  621-652,  figs.  jfO).— This  article  is  a  continuation  of  ma- 
terial published  in  1904  (E.  S.  R.,  16,  p.  663).  The  following  varieties  of  wheat, 
regarded  as  new  for  Argentina,  are  described  from  historical,  botanical,  and 
cultural  standpoints :  Karachi,  Delhi,  Huasan  Clubwheat,  White  AndalgalS., 
Spanish,  Chileno,  Violet,  Smooth  Russian,  and  Pampas.  Of  these  varieties 
White  AndalgalS,  is  a  club  wheat,  and  Spanish,  Chileno,  and  Violet  are  durum 
wheats,  while  the  rest  belong  to  the  common  bread  wheats. 

The  value  of  good  seed,  C.  R.  Zavitz  (Ann.  Rpt.  Live  Stock  Branch  Ontario, 
1914-15,  pp.  75-76). — A  popular  article  on  the  subject,  in  which  are  discussed 
the  varieties  of  field  crops  and  the  quantities  of  seed  giving  the  best  results  as 
determined  in  experiments  and  by  observations  made  by  the  Ontario  Agricul- 
tural College,  the  Ontario  Agricultural  and  Experimental  Union,  and  other 
agricultural  organizations. 

Seed  tests  made  at  the  station  during  1915,  M.  T.  Mtjnn  (New  York  State 
Sta.  Bui.  416  (1916),  pp.  55-74;  abridged  ed.,  pp.  2). — The  results  of  purity 
tests  of  samples  of  seeds  collected  are  reported  in  tables  and  are  briefly  dis- 
cussed. 

Of  323  official  samples  of  seed  from  dealers'  stocks  4.6  per  cent  were  found  to 
be  violations  of  the  seed  law.  Samples  from  correspondents  for  testing  the 
purity  numbered  777,  a  decrease  as  compared  with  the  previous  year. 

Samples  of  orchard  grass  showed  in  some  cases  intentional  adulteration 
with  chaff  and  inert  matter,  and  samples  of  Dwarf  Essex  rape  seed  adultera- 
tion with  cheap  bird  rape  seed  and  other  varieties  of  rape  and  various  kinds 
of  mustard  seed.  Dodder  was  found  in  one  sample  of  orchard  grass  seed  into 
which  it  had  been  intentionally  introduced,  and  over  10  per  cent  of  the  alfalfa 
seed  samples  contained  dodder,  in  one  instance  to  the  extent  of  2.5  per  cent. 

Agricultural  value  of  impermeable  seeds,  G.  T.  HAEBINGTo^f  (17.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  20,  pp.  761-796,  pi.  1,  figs.  6).— The  re- 
sults here  reported  are  based  on  germination  tests  of  lots  of  clover  and  alfalfa 
seed  and  a  smaller  number  of  such  tests  of  winter  vetch,  okra,  and  other  seeds, 
made  to  determine  the  agricultural  value  of  seeds  whose  coats  are  impermeable 
to  water  at  temperatures  favorable  for  germination.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the 
cultivated  species  sometimes  producing  impermeable  seeds  include  okra,  alfila- 
rla,  atriplex,  asparagus,  morning-glory,  canna,  cherry-tomato,  and  nearly  all 
of  the  cultivated  species  of  Leguminosse. 

Commercial  samples  of  12  species  of  small-seeded  legumes  tested  during  the 
six  years,  1904  to  1909,  gave  a  range  from  0.96  per  cent  of  impermeable  seeds 
in  spring  vetch  to  71.67  per  cent  in  spotted  bur  clover.  The  samples  of  white 
sweet  clover,  toothed  bur  clover,  and  yellow-flowered  sickle  lucern  also  con- 
tained high  percentages  of  impermeable  seeds.  In  a  test  of  128  lots  of  seed 
one  to  five  years  old  and  including  red  clover,  alsike  clover,  white  clover,  sweet 
clover,  alfalfa,  hairy  vetch,  crimson  clover,  okra,  Clmmcecrista  nidtans,  and 
Robinia  pseudacacia,  over  90  per  cent,  and  in  most  cases  100  per  cent  of  the 


19161  HOBTICULTUEE.  741 

impermeable  seeds  were  viable  except  in  the  seed  of  C.  nicitam.  The  average 
percentage  of  viability  of  the  impermeable  seeds  was  invariably  greater  than 
of  the  seeds  which  softened  within  six  days. 

In  an  experiment  to  determine  the  average  rates  of  softening  of  seeds  which 
had  remained  impermeable  after  ten  days  in  wet  blotters,  less  than  10  per 
cent  of  the  seeds  of  red  clover,  alsike  clover,  white  clover,  and  sweet  clover 
softened  in  one  month,  and  from  about  one-third  to  a  little  over  one-half  of 
them  softened  in  three  years  when  kept  in  wet  blotters.  Nearly  all  of  the  im- 
permeable seeds  of  alfalfa,  hairy  vetch,  okra,  and  crimson  clover  softened  in 
one  year,  but  a  very  few  of  all  except  crimson  clover  remained  impermeable 
after  three  years. 

In  dry  storage  nearly  all  impermeable  seeds  of  alsike  clover,  white  clover, 
and  sweet  clover  remained  impermeable  from  two  to  three  years.  Impermeable 
red-clover  seeds  became  permeable  gradually  In  dry  storage,  but  it  was  found 
that  from  one-third  to  two-thirds  may  still  be  impermeable  after  four  years. 
Impermeable  clover  seeds  thoroughly  matured  before  harvesting  as  compared 
with  similar  seeds  not  so  well  matured  softened  and  germinated  more  slowly 
under  conditions  favorable  to  germination  and  also  became  permeable  more 
slowly    in    dry    storage. 

Among  other  methods  of  treatment  reported  it  was  found  that  alternations 
of  temperature  caused  the  softening  and  germination  of  many  impermeable 
clover  seeds  when  a  temperature  of  10°  C.  (50°  F.)  or  cooler  was  used  in  alter- 
nation with  a  temperature  of  20°  or  warmer.  The  effect  of  these  alternations 
was  greatly  increased  by  previously  exposing  the  seeds  to  germination  con- 
ditions at  10°  or  cooler  and  was  decreased  by  previously  exposing  the  seeds 
to  germination  conditions  at  30°. 

Even  under  the  most  favorable  conditions  only  a  small  proportion  of  imper- 
meable seeds  of  red  clover,  alsike  clover,  white  clover,  and  white  sweet  clover 
was  found  to  produce  seedlings  promptly  when  sown  in  warm  weather,  and  it 
was  also  observed  that  such  seeds  will  pass  the  winter  in  the  soil  in  a  freezing 
climate  without  injury.  The  impermeable  seeds  of  these  species  when  placed 
in  wet  blotters  softened  and  germinated  more  slowly  than  similar  seeds  of 
alfalfa,  crimson  clover,  hairy  vetch,  and  okra.  All  germinated  within  one  year 
in  some  cases,  while  in  others  over  50  per  cent  were  still  impermeable  after 
four  years.  It  is  stated  that  a  large  proportion  of  impermeable  alfalfa,  crimson 
clover,  okra,  and  hairy  vetch  seeds  will  germinate  in  the  soil  during  the  first 
few  months  after  planting,  but  that  nearly  all  alfalfa  and  okra  seeds,  even  if 
impermeable  in  the  fall,  are  killed  when  they  pass  the  winter  in  soil  or  on 
the  plants  out  of  doors  in  a  freezing  climate.  Suggestions  for  the  use  of  imper- 
meable seeds  are  included. 

HORTICTJLTTJKE. 

The  garden  book,  V.  D.  Davis  (New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1915,  pp.  Vin+ 
244,  pis.  7,  figs.  47). — A  popular  treatise  on  the  growing  of  vegetables  under 
both   home  and  market  conditions. 

The  small  garden,  J.  Schneideb  (Der  Kleingarten.  Leipsic  and  Berlin:  B.  O. 
Teubner,  1915,  pp.  95,  figs.  80).— A.  practical  treatise  on  the  propagation,  cul- 
ture, and  care  of  fruits,  vegetables,  and  flowers  in  the  home  garden,  with  special 
reference  to  German  conditions. 

The  fruit  growers'  yearbook  and  market  gardeners'  guide,  1916  (London: 
The  CaUe  Printing  &  Publishing  Co.,  Ltd.,  1916,  pp.  112,  figs,  y).— This  year- 
book contains  a  monthly  working  calendar  for  indoor  and  outdoor  fruit  growing 
in  England,  a  review  of  the  previous  year's  fruit  and  vegetable  prices  at  CJovent 


742  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Garden  Market,  and  numerous  miscellaneous  articles  dealing  with  the  culture, 
care,  and  management  of  fruit  under  British  conditions. 

[Report  of  horticultural  investig'ations],  R.  S.  Seton  (Univ.  Leeds  and 
Yorkshire  Council,  Agr.  Ed.  [Pamphlet]  96  {1915),  pp.  50-56,  fig.  1). — Fertilizer 
tests  with  strawberries  as  well  as  variety  tests  with  potatoes,  bush  fruits,  rasp- 
berries, and  strawberries  being  conducted  under  the  direction  of  the  University 
of  Leeds  are  reported.  An  experiment  being  conducted  with  various  lawn 
mixtures  is  also  outlined. 

Methods  used  in  the  propagation  of  plants,  T.  D.  HAXFiErn  (Trans.  Alass. 
Eort.  Soc,  1916,  pt.  1,  pp.  89-102). — In  this  paper  the  author  discusses  the 
different  methods  of  propagation  and  their  application  in  the  propagation  of 
various  classes  of  plants. 

Greenhouse  heating  (Neiv  York:  A.  T.  De  La  Mare  Printing  cf  Publishing  Co., 
Ltd.,  1916,  pp.  52,  figs.  2). — This  comprises  a  reprint  of  four  prize  essays  which 
recently  appeared  in  the  columns  of  TJie  Florists'  Exchange.  A  digest  of  the 
essays,  together  with  comments  by  J.  McArthur  and  a  collection  of  answers  to 
questions  on  gi-eenhouse  heating,  is  also  included. 

Culture  and  forcing  of  Witloof  chicory,  J.  W.  Wellington  (Neu-  York  State 
Sta.  Bui.  418  (1916),  pp.  89-98,  pis.  S). — As  a  result  of  some  forcing  experiments 
conducted  at  the  station  it  is  believed  that  Witloof  chicory  deserves  much 
greater  attention  at  the  hands  of  home  gardeners  and  that  at  present  prices  it 
can  not  fail  to  give  good  financial  returns  to  market  gardeners. 

This  bulletin  discusses  the  importance  of  Witloof  chicory  in  Europe,  its 
culture  and  varieties,  and  describes  in  detail  the  cultural  methods  employed  at 
the  station.  The  plants  were  easily  grown  from  seed,  and  sand  proved  to  be  a 
very  satisfactory  medium  with  which  to  cover  the  forcing  roots.  It  blanches 
the  leaves  perfectly  and  promotes  the  formation  of  compact  heads.  Roots  hav- 
ing a  crown  diameter  within  the  limits  of  1  to  2  in.  produced  the  greater  num- 
ber of  marketable  heads.  Temperatures  ranging  from  50  to  60°  F.  appear  to 
give  optimum  conditions  for  producing  a  marketable  crop. 

Witloof  chicory,  F.  H.  Hall  (New  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  Jfl8,  popular  ed. 
(1916),  pp.  4,  pis.  2). — A  popular  edition  of  the  above. 

Transmission  of  resistance  and  susceptibility  to  blossom-end  rot  in  to- 
matoes, H.  P.  Stuckey  (Georgia  Sta.  Bui.  121  (1916),  pp.  83-91  figs.  3).— In 
previous  work  at  the  station  it  was  found  that  the  cherry,  pear,  and  currant- 
tomatoes  were  immune  to  thp  blossom-end  rot  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  648).  This  bulle- 
tin gives  the  results  of  crosses  between  the  cherry  type  and  a  commercial 
variety,  with  special  reference  to  the  transmission  of  resistance  and  suscepti- 
bility to  the  blossom-end  rot. 

The  work  indicates  that  both  resistance  and  susceptibility  are  transmitted 
from  parent  to  progeny.  The  fruit  of  the  Fi  progeny  of  the  cross  between  Red 
Cherry  (Ly coper sictim  ccrasiforme)  and  the  variety  Greater  Baltimore  (L. 
esculentum)  was  resistant  to  the  blossom-end  rot  and  was  intermediate  in  size 
and  number  of  locules  between  the  two  parents,  but  tending  toward  that  of  the 
cherry  type.  The  Fa  progeny  was  likewise  resistant  to  the  blossom-end  rot  and 
varied  widely  in  size  of  fruit  and  number  of  locules.  At  the  same  time  no 
distinct  Mendelian  segregation  of  these  two  characters  was  observed. 

Data  are  given  showing  the  yield  of  a  number  of  standard  varieties  and  their 
susceptibility  to  the  blossom-end  rot.  The  immune  varieties  were  either  very 
early  maturing  or  possessed  cherry  tomato  blood.  The  Hybrid  variety,  the 
plants  of  which  are  the  first  generation  progeny  of  the  cross  between  the 
Red  Cherry  and  Greater  Baltimore,  gave  the  highest  yield  of  all  the  varieties, 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  743 

this  agreeiug  with  the  results  obtained  at  the  New  York  State  Station  rehitive 
to  high  yields  from  first  generation  hybrid  tomato  plants  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  239 1, 

The  control  of  fruit  pests  and  diseases,  A.  L.  Melander  and  F.  D.  Heald 
(Washington  Sta.  Popular  Bui.  100  (1916),  pp.  5-6i).— This  describes  the  more 
important  insect  and  animal  pests  and  diseases  of  fruits  and  gives  directions  for 
their  control,  including  information  relative  to  the  preparation  of  insecticides 
and  fungicides. 

Piping  system  for  orchard  spraying,  G.  P.  Weldon  (Mo.  Bui  Com.  Hort. 
Cal.,  5  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  273-277,  figs.  3).— A  descriptive  account  with  illustra- 
tions is  given  of  an  underground  orchard  piping  system  which  was  laid  out  in  a 
California  orchard  for  use  in  spraying  the  orchard. 

The  development  of  fruits  for  special  conditions,  W.  T.  Macoun  (Trans. 
Mass.  Hort.  Soc,  1916,  pt.  1,  pp.  39-57). — A  review  of  American  activities  in 
the  development  of  hardy  fruits,  including  suggestions  for  further  breeding 
along  this  line. 

Pollinating  fruit  trees,  L.  G.  Corrie  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  8,  pp. 
365-369,  fig.  1). — In  this  paper  the  author  discusses  various  problems  connected 
with  the  failure  of  trees  to  set  a  crop,  and  summarizes  the  results  of  some 
long-continued  pollination  trials  conducted  at  the  John  Innes  Horticultural 
Institution  at  Merton,  Suri'ey,  England. 

The  newer  fruits  in  1915  and  how  secured,  N.  E.  Hansen  (Minn.  Hort.,  44 
(1916),  No.  8,  pp.  307-312,  figs.  2). — In  this  paper  the  author  notes  the  propaga- 
tion in  1915  of  two  new  plums  that  have  borne  several  excellent  crops,  and 
summarizes  his  recent  endeavors  in  the  line  of  breeding  pears  resistant  to  both 
cold  and  blight. 

Two  hardy  species  of  pears,  Pyrus  ovoidea  and  the  birch-leaved  pear  (P. 
betulifolia),  have  been  hybridized  with  many  of  the  best  cultivated  pears  of 
Europe  and  have  been  distributed  for  testing  purposes. 

The  cherries  of  Japan,  E.  H.  Wilson  (Pubs.  Arnold  Arboretum,  No.  7,  Sup. 
(1916),  pp.  III). — In  view  of  the  appearance  of  Miyoshi's  work  on  the  cherries 
of  Japan  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  645),  which  antedated  the  author's  work  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  343)  but  was  not  received  in  time  for  consultation,  the  author  here  presents 
a  supplement  to  his  work  containing  a  number  of  changes  in  nomenclature 
made  to  conform  to  the  nomenclature  of  Miyoshi. 

Harvesting  and  packing  peaches,  W.  B.  Lanham  (Agr.  and  Mech.  Col.  Tex. 
Ext.  Bui.  B-22  (1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  8). — Practical  directions  are  given  for  picking, 
grading,  and  packing  peaches,  with  special  reference  to  the  use  of  the  Georgia 
carrier. 

Pyronia,  L.  Trabut  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  416-419,  figs.  2).— 
The  pyronia  (Cydonia  veitchii),  a  hybrid  which  is  said  to  be  the  first  between 
the  pear  and  quince,  is  here  described  and  illustrated.  The  tree,  which  is 
growing  at  the  botanic  garden  in  Algeria,  produces  an  abundance  of  seedless 
fruit  of  some  value.  The  possibilities  to  plant  breeders  of  using  these  two 
species  for  breeding  other  desirable  fruits  are  pointed  out. 

The  marketing  of  New  York  State  peaches  (New  York:  New  York  Central 
Lines,  1916,  pp.  16,  figs.  9). — The  purpose  of  this  pamphlet  is  to  present  definite 
information  to  peach  growers  and  shippers  of  western  New  York  relative  to 
methods  of  marketing  and  distribution.  The  subject  matter  is  based  upon  the 
shipping  records  of  the  New  York  Central  and  Hudson  River  Railroad  Co.  and 
information  compiled  from  the  1915  Market  News  Letters  of  the  Office  of 
Markets  and  Rural  Organization  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Methods  of  improvement  in  the  marketing  of  the  1916  peach  crop  are  herein 
outlined. 


744  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOED.  [Vol.35 

Some  notes  on  the  breeding  of  raspberries,  R.  D.  Anthony  {New  York  State 
Sta.  Bui.  417  {1916),  pp.  75-88,  pis.  8). — The  author  briefly  reviews  the  earlier 
work  in  the  breeding  of  raspberries  at  the  station  and  discusses  in  more  detail 
the  results  of  crosses  begun  with  the  red,  l?lack,  and  purple  raspberries  in  1910. 

The  investigations  have  shown  beyond  doubt  that  the  purple  raspberries  do 
not  belong  to  a  distinct  species  but  have  originated  as  hybrids  of  the  blackcap 
and  the  red  raspberry.  Some  very  promising  seedlings  of  these  have  been 
secured.  The  work  shows  that  improved  purple  varieties  are  more  apt  to  be 
developed  by  crossing  reds  and  blacks  than  by  selecting  from  the  existing 
purple  varieties.  Pure  seedlings  of  the  purple  raspberry  Columbian,  an  Fi 
hybrid,  failed  to  break  up  as  much  as  would  be  expected  in  the  Fa  generation. 
None  showed  any  tendency  to  propagate  by  suckers,  nor  did  any  have  fi'uit  of 
the  color  of  either  parent.  In  cane  color  and  glaucousness  some  of  the  seed- 
lings approached  more  nearly  the  parent  types.  Hybrid  seedlings  were  pro- 
duced by  crossing  two  blackcaps  with  a  red  raspberry.  With  one  cross  the 
seedlings  were  all  purple.  Among  the  289  seedlings  of  the  other  cross  were 
ten  yellows. 

Performance  records  are  given  for  several  varieties  of  raspberries  which  were 
studied  with  reference  to  their  desirability  as  breeding  parents.  A  study  of 
the  inheritance  of  color  of  fruit  indicates  that  several  of  the  black  raspberries 
are  heterozygous  for  color  and  that  probably  several  color  factors  are  present. 
The  same  thing  holds  with  the  red  raspberry  though  the  higher  number  of 
yellows  present  would  indicate  fewer  color  factors.  Glaucousness  is  considered 
a  dominant  character.  Likewise  rough  bark  is  dominant  to  smooth  bark.  The 
factor  for  dwarfing  appeared  to  be  of  rather  rare  occurrence. 

Three  of  the  seedlings  of  the  purple  raspberry  Columbian  produced  some 
unusual  abnormalities  in  the  flower  cluster,  including  gradations  from  perfect 
fruits  to  those  in  which  the  drupelets  were  replaced  by  small,  sepal-like  leaves, 
also  fruits  varying  from  perfect  to  entirely  sterile  forms  which  did  not  have  the 
leafy  growth.  From  a  correlation  which  was  found  between  leaf  coloration 
and  fruit  it  appears  possible  to  tell  all  yellow  raspberries  from  either  the  red 
or  purple  sorts  by  the  absence  of  any  tinge  of  red  on  the  leaves.  It  is  sug- 
gested that  the  bark  of  the  young  canes  of  the  yellow  varieties  is  also  probably 
entirely  lacking  in  any  touch  of  red  or  purple  color. 

Notes  are  given  on  some  crosses  made  between  the  flowering  raspberry 
(Rubus  odoratus)  and  the  red  raspberry,  blackberry,  and  the  dewberry.  Of 
these  crosses  only  those  made  with  the  Herbert  red  raspberry  were  brought  to 
the  blooming  period. 

Breeding  raspberries,  F.  H.  Haix  {Hew  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  ^17,  popular 
ed.  {1916),  pp.  4,  fig.  1)- — A  popular  edition  of  the  above. 

Notes  on  viticulture  and  enology,  N.  GABCiA  de  los  Salmones  {Apuntes  de 
Yiticultura  y  Enologia.  Pamplona,  Spain:  Author,  1915,  pp.  929). — The  present 
work  has  been  pi*epared  as  a  text-book  on  viticulture  and  enology  for  use  in  the 
agricultural  courses  of  the  provincial  school  of  Navarra,  Spain,  as  well  as  a 
manual  of  information  on  the  subjects  for  vineyardists  and  wine  makers. 

Some  history  of  the  grape  in  the  United  States,  G.  C.  Husmann  {Trans. 
Mass.  Hort.  Soc,  1916,  pt.  1,  pp.  59-70). — A  brief  historical  review  of  the  grape 
and  wine  industry  in  the  United  States. 

Statistics  on  the  production  of  grapes  and  olives  in  1915  {Estadistica  de  las 
Producciones  Viticola  y  OUvarera  en  el  Ano  1915.  Madrid:  Govt.,  1916,  pp. 
9). — A  statistical  report  on  the  production  of  grapes,  wine,  olives,  and  olive  oil 
In  various  regions  and  Provinces  of  Spain  during  the  year  1915. 

Taming  the  wild  blueberry,  F.  V.  Coville  {Trans.  Mass.  Hort.  Soc,  1916,  pt. 
1,  pp.  10S-12S). — ^The  substance  of  this  paper  is  contained  in  the  author's  bulle- 


19161  HOBTICULTURE.  745 

tin  on  blueberry  culture  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  534)  and  the  article  previously  noted 

(E.  S.  K.,  35,  p.  647). 

The  effect  of  org-anic  matter  on  citrus  growth,  J.  F.  Breazeale  {Cal. 
Citrogr.,  1  (1916),  No.  11,  pp.  7,  19,  figs.  S). — By  way  of  summing  up  the  evi- 
dence relative  to  the  mosaic  disease  or  mottling  of  citrus  fruits,  the  author 
states  that  practically  all  investigators  at  the  present  time  agree  that  mottling 
is  one  of  the  so-called  soil  troubles.  The  experience  of  the  author,  working 
with  citrus  water  cultures  and  pot  cultures,  shows  that  an  application  of  soluble 
organic  matter,  the  so-called  humus  extracted  from  peat,  decomposed  alfalfa, 
and  the  like,  even  in  minute  amounts,  5  or  10  parts  per  million,  will  bring  about 
a  decidedly  stimulating  effect  upon  the  citrus  seedlings.  These  results,  consid- 
ered in  connection  with  the  soil  types  of  the  Riverside  citrus  area,  led  him  to 
conclude  that  mottling  may  be  rightly  called  malnutrition.  It  can  be  traced 
back  to  the  root  tip  and  is  undoubtedly  influenced  in  a  large  measure  by  the 
scarcity  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil. 

California  grapefniit,  A.  D.  Shamel  {Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  5  (1916), 
No.  7,  pp.  2S9-249,  figs.  4). — This  paper  has  been  previously  noted  under  another 
title  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  835). 

Notes  on  coffee  in  Java,  P.  J.  Westek  (Philippine  Agr.  Rev.  [English  Ed.],  9 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  120-132,  pis.  7). — This  comprises  extracts  from  a  report  to  the 
Philippine  Bureau  of  Agriculture  on  the  coffee  industry  in  Java  and  deals  par- 
ticularly with  the  kinds  of  coffee  and  the  process  of  preparing  coffee  for  market. 
Data  on  the  cost  of  production  are  also  given. 

The  germination  of  tea  seed,  C.  Bernabd  (Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel 
[Dutch  East  Indies],  Meded.  Procfstat.  Thee,  No.  43  (1915),  pp.  30-88,  pis.  6).— 
In  this  paper  the  author  describes  the  germination  process  of  tea  seed,  and 
gives  the  results  of  some  germination  tests  in  which  the  seeds  were  sown  with 
and  without  the  hard  shell,  placed  with  the  eye  in  different  positions,  and 
grown  under  different  strengths  of  light. 

The  selection  of  the  tea  plant,  III,  P.  van  Leeesum  and  0.  Beenaed  (Dept. 
Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel  [Dutch  East  Indies],  Meded.  Proefstat.  Thee,  No.  4S 
(1915),  pp.  1-29,  pis.  3). — This  comprises  a  further  report  on  experiments  being 
conducted  by  the  authors  with  the  special  object  of  developing  through  selection 
a  race  of  tea  better  adapted  to  conditions  in  Java  than  the  present  forms  (E.  S. 
R.,  30,  p.  444).  The  results  secured  from  germination  tests  of  selected  strains  of 
seed  are  reported,  and  suggestions  are  given  for  conducting  selection  experi- 
ments. 

Experience  in  top-working  hickories,  F.  B.  Guinn  (Amer.  Fruits,  24  (1916), 
No.  2,  p.  27). — In  this  paper  the  author  gives  a  brief  account  of  his  experience 
in  top-working  hickory  trees  with  different  varieties  of  pecans. 

How  to  make  a  flower  garden  (Harrisburg,  Pa.:  The  Countryside  Press,  1915, 
pp.  75,  figs.  15). — A  small  practical  treatise. 

Peonies,  J.  H.  Speeby  (Country  Gent.,  81  (1916),  No.  34,  pp.  1556.  1557,  figs. 
5). —In  this  article  the  author  discusses  the  general  cultural  treatment  of 
peonies  and  gives  a  descriptive  list  of  some  of  the  best  varieties  of  herbaceous 
Chinese  peonies  as  observed  during  the  season  of  1916. 

Roses  of  Denmark,  S.  Almqihst  (Bot.  Tidsskr.,  34  (1916),  No  6,  pp.  257- 
287).— An  account  of  the  rose  flora  of  Denmark,  including  a  classification  of 
types  and  descriptions  of  species. 

The  white-barked  pine,  D.  F.  Higgins  (Jour.  Heredity,  7  (1916),  No.  9,  pp. 
399-401,  figs.  2).— A  brief  descriptive  account  and  illustrations  are  given  of  the 
white-barked  (Pinus  bungeana),  which  is  grown  in  China  as  an  ornamental 
and  has  been  introduced  into  the  United  States  for  trial  by  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 


746  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOHD.  [Vol.35 

Practical  landscape  gardening,  R.  B.  Cridland  {New  York:  A.  T.  De  La 
Mare  Printing  &  Publishing  Co.,  Ltd.,  1916,  pp.  266,  pi.  1,  figs.  /S.V).— This  work 
discusses  the  importance  of  careful  planning ;  locating  the  house ;  arrangement 
of  walks,  drives,  and  entrances ;  construction  of  walks  and  drives ;  lawn  mak- 
ing ;  ornamental  planting  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  flowers ;  architectural  features 
of  the  garden ;  hardy  borders ;  rose  gardens ;  and  wild  gardens.  Planting  plans 
and  planting  keys  are  also  included. 

National  system  of  highways  and  landscape  designing,  C.  Kehr  {TJ.  S. 
Senate,  64.  Cong.,  1.  Sess.,  Doc.  350  {1916),  pp.  12). — An  address  delivered  be- 
fore the  American  Civic  Association  at  Washington,  D.  C,  on  December  31, 
1915,  in  which  the  author  advocates  a  nation-wide  system  of  highways,  afford- 
ing communication  between  major  centers,  wliich  will  not  only  be  direct  tut 
will  combine  landscape  effects  Avith  utility. 

Garden  writings  in  America,  L.  Barron  {Trans.  Mass.  Hort.  Soc.,  1916,  pt. 
1,  pp.  71-88). — In  this  paper  the  author  reviews  the  trend  of  contemporary 
American  garden  writings  and  publications,  with  special  reference  to  their 
adaptability  to  gardening  conditions  in  America. 

FORESTRY. 

Suggestions  as  to  possibilities  of  silviculture  in  America,  B.  E.  Feenow 
{Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  171-176). — In  this  paper  the 
author  discusses  the  various  factors  which  may  influence  the  practice  of  silvi- 
culture in  this  country,  and  calls  attention  to  the  need  of  securing  a  more 
thorough  knowledge  relative  to  the  principles  of  silviculture  as  applied  to 
America. 

The  woodlot:  Its  present  problems  and  probable  future  status  in  the 
United  States,  C.  R.  Tillotson  {Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  198-207). — In  this  paper  the  author  confines  his  discussion  of  the  present 
woodlot  problems  to  those  which  exist  in  the  prairie  and  in  the  older  settled, 
formerly  timbered  agricultural  region  of  the  Central  States.  The  probable 
future  status  of  the  farm  woodlot  in  the  United  States  is  also  considered. 

Forest  taxation  as  a  factor  in  forest  management,  G.  W.  Hutton  and  E.  E. 
Harpman  {Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  330-335) .—The 
present  paper  is  based  on  a  study  of  present  tax  methods  in  the  State  of 
Washington. 

Hewn-tie  versus  saw-timber  rotations,  C.  F.  Korstian  {Proc.  Soc.  Amer. 
Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  315-329). — In  this  paper  the  author  presents  the 
results  of  a  detailed  study  of  the  Rio  Pueblo  and  Rio  Santa  Barbara  watersheds 
of  the  Santa  Fe  National  Forest.  The  object  was  to  determine  the  class  of 
product,  rotation,  and  cutting  cycle  to  be  used  in  the  future  silvicultural 
management  of  these  and  similar  areas.  It  is  concluded  in  substance  that 
economic  conditions  in  these  areas  warrant  the  use  of  a  short  rotation  sufficient 
for  the  production  of  hewn  ties  rather  than  a  long  rotation  for  the  production 
of  saw  timber.  A  short  rotation  is  also  considered  more  desirable  from  the 
pathological  standpoint. 

Christmas  tree  plantations,  A.  K.  Chittenden  {Michigan  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.  78 
{1916),  pp.  3-8,  figs.  3). — The  results  secured  from  an  experiraentnl  Christmas 
.tree  plantation  established  by  the  department  of  forestry  of  the  station  in  1909 
are  reported. 

The  area  devoted  to  the  experiment  was  0.28  of  an  acre.  Four-year-old  Norway 
spruce  transplants  were  used,  the  trees  being  spaced  3  ft.  apart  in  triangles 
at  the  rate  of  5,584  trees  to  the  acre.  Tree  removals  were  begun  in  1913,  when 
the  largest  trees  were  taken  out.     During  this  period  the  loss  in  area  was 


1916]  FORESTRY.  747 

less  than  2  per  cent.  From  1913  to  1915,  inclusive,  750  trees  were  taken  out, 
all  of  which  could  be  disposed  of  to  good  advantage,  and  800  trees  were  left 
for  future  sale. 

With  these  growth  rates  as  a  basis  estimates  are  given  showing  the  probable 
cost  and  returns  from  such  a  plantation.  Assuming  an  average  price  of  15 
cts.  per  tree  with  a  5-year  rotation  the  gross  returns  for  5,305  trees  amount  to 
!f795.75.  The  cost  of  stock  and  planting  plus  6  per  cent  for  five  years  would 
be  $165.94,  leaving  a  net  balance  of  .$029.81.  No  allowance  was  made  for 
occasional  cultivations  or  harvesting,  which  is  done  during  the  winter  months 
when  work  is  slack.  The  experiment  as  a  whole  indicates  that  Christmas 
trees  may  be  grown  with  profit  as  a  farm  crop  in  limited  quantities,  depending 
on  the  local  demand  and  prices. 

Hylobius  pales  as  a  factor  in  the  reproduction  of  conifers  in  New  Eng- 
land, E.  E.  Cartek  {Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  3,  pii.  297-307, 
figs.  2). — Observations  made  by  the  author  on  various  coniferous  plantations  in 
New  England  led  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  a  waste  of  money  to  plant  cut- 
over  pine  lands  during  the  first  two  seasons  after  cutting  if  the  conifers  most 
commonly  planted  in  New  England  are  used.  Such  plantations  will  be  sub- 
ject to  heavy  loss,  in  some  cases  amounting  to  almost  complete  destruction, 
by  the  beetle  H.  pales.  This  conclusion  is  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in 
many  parts  of  Europe,  although  the  species  and  even  the  genera  of  both  trees 
and  insects  are  different  from  those  in  New  England.  It  is  suggested  that 
if  the  advance  growth  of  pine  found  in  pastures  or  fields  can  not  be  removed 
two  or  more  years  in  advance  of  making  a  coniferous  planting  on  the  land  it 
would  be  better  to  leave  the  advance  growth  and  make  early  thinnings  to  pre- 
vent the  development  of  wolf  trees. 

The  presence  of  this  beetle  adds  to  the  difficulty  of  reproduction  by  the 
sheltei'wood  method,  inasmuch  as  the  final  cutting  after  the  pine  reproduction 
has  started  merely  invites  the  destruction  of  the  small  trees  by  the  beetles. 
If  the  strip  method  of  reproduction  is  used,  the  intervals  between  the  cutting 
of  strips  should  be  sufficiently  long  for  the  reproduction  to  have  reached  a 
height  of  8  ft.  or  more  before  the  timber  on  the  next  strip  is  cut. 

Water  requirements  and  growth  of  young  cypress,  W.  R.  Mattoon  {Proc. 
Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  192-197,  figs.  S).— Some  experimental 
tests  made  with  cypress  seed  and  seedlings  are  reported. 

The  results  indicate  in  general  that  in  the  early  stages  both  the  seeds  and 
seedlings  of  cypress  demand  a  very  high  degree  of  soil  moisture,  so  that  in  its 
juvenile  stages  the  species  seems  to  be  semiaquatic  in  habit.  From  these 
results  it  is  recommended  that  cypress  seed  be  soaked  for  a  period  of 
several  weeks,  probably  from  four  to  eight,  preparatory  to  sowing,  thus 
reducing  the  cost  of  starting  the  seedlings  as  compared  with  the  usual  method 
of  frequent  waterings  in  nursery  beds  continued  for  a  period  of  from  one  to 
three  months. 

The  various  osiers  cultivated  in  France  and  neighboring  countries,  E.  G. 
Camus  {Vie  Agr.  et  Rurale,  6  {1916),  No.  32,  pp.  95-98,  figs.  7).— The  different 
species  and  varieties  of  willows  used  in  osier  culture  in  France  and  neighboring 
countries  are  described. 

The  early  European  history  and  the  botanical  name  of  the  tree  of  heaven, 
Ailanthus  altissima,  W.  T.  Swingle  {Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  6  {1916),  No.  14, 
pp.  490-498).— A  brief  review  of  the  literature  relative  to  the  Ailanthus  in 
Europe,  together  with  notes  on  its  introduction  into  the  United  States  and  its 
importance  as  an  ornamental  and  economic  tree. 

The  English  names  of  some  trees,  W.  W.  Ashe  {Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters, 
11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  233-239).— In  this  paper  the  author  calls  attention  to  the 


748  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol,  36 

confusion  in  the  use  of  English  names  for  many  of  our  trees  and  suggests  the 
use  of  certain  names  for  correcting  this  confusion  to  some  extent. 

A  forest  census  of  Alabama  by  geographical  divisions,  R.  M.  Harper  {Proc. 
Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  208-2U,  fig.  i).— In  tlie  present 
paper  the  author  divides  the  State  of  Alabama  into  ten  geographical  divisions, 
and  gives  a  table  showing  for  each  of  the  ten  regions  and  for  the  whole  State 
the  percentage  of  forests  in  1910,  the  expenditure  for  fertilizer  in  1909  per 
acre  of  improved  land,  the  percentage  of  evergreens,  and  the  percentage  of  the 
present  forest  made  up  by  each  species  of  tree. 

Eorests  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park,  J.  F.  Peenot  (U.  S.  Dept.  Int.,  Off. 
Sec.  [Pub.],  1916,  pp.  39,  figs.  25). — A  general  account  of  the  forest  types  in  the 
Crater  Lake  National  Park,  including  descriptions  of  forest  species. 

The  administrative  report  of  the  Virginia  state  forester  from  March  to 
December,  1915,  inclusive,  R.  C.  Jones  {Admin.  Rpt.  Va.  State  Forester,  1 
(1915),  pp.  48,  figs.  8). — A  summary  of  activities  for  the  above  period,  together 
with  suggestions  for  extending  the  state  forestry  work  and  recommendations 
for  amendments  to  the  present  forestry  laws. 

The  growing  stock  as  a  criterion  of  normality,  A.  B.  Recknagel  (Proc.  Soc. 
Amer.  Foresters,  11  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  SOSSlJf,  fig.  i).— A  brief  comparison  of 
methods  of  determining  the  normal  growing  stock  in  forests. 

Top  diameters  as  affecting  the  frustum  form  factor  for  longleaf  pine,  H.  H, 
Chapman  (Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  1S5-191)  .—A.  fur- 
ther discussion  relative  to  the  application  of  the  frustum  form  factor  method 
of  eon.structing  volume  tables  for  different  species  of  trees  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  641), 
including  the  results  of  some  tests  of  the  form  factor  method  on  longleaf  pine 
in  Alabama. 

The  factor  of  top  diameters  in  construction  and  application  of  volume 
tables  based  on  log  lengths,  H.  H.  Chapman  (Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  221-225). — In  this  paper  the  author  calls  attention  to  the 
errors  which  are  apt  to  be  made  in  connection  with  the  use  of  the  top  diameter 
in  the  construction  and  application  of  volume  tables  based  on  log  lengths. 

The  Biltmore  stick  and  the  point  of  diameter  measurements,  D.  Beucb 
(Proc.  Soc.  Amer.  Foresters,  11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  226-229) .—The  author  here 
presents  data  to  show  the  extent  of  error  which  may  arise  in  using  the  Biltmore 
stick  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  S43;  31,  p.  341)  by  taking  the  measurements  at  the  wrong 

height. 

Utilization  of  wood  waste  by  chemical  means,  H.  F.  Weiss  (Proc.  Soc. 
Amer.  Foresters,  11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  177-184) .—iJ^  this  paper  the  author  briefly 
describes  the  chemical  processes  now  established  in  the  United  States  which 
utilize  wood  waste,  gives  the  extent  to  which  they  are  now  commercially 
established,  and  discusses  their  future  outlook  for  expansion. 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

[Plant  diseases  in  Porto  Rico],  J.  A.  Stevenson  (Rpt.  Bd.  Comrs.  Agr.  P.  R., 
J,  (1914-15),  pp  33-44) .—This  is  a  report  of  the  pathologist  covering  the  period 
from  July  1,  1914,  to  June  30,  1915. 

Citrus  scab,  ascribed  most  commonly  to  Cladosporium  citrt,  has  begun  to 
attack  grapefruit.  Fruit  rot,  or  mal  di  gomma,  seems  to  be  on  the  wane  at 
present.  A  Fusarium,  as  yet  undetermined  as  to  species  and  parasitic  char- 
acter, has  been  found  present  in  typical  fruit  rot  cases,  but  proper  drainage 
and  use  of  stocks  other  than  lemon  are  expected  to  eradicate  the  disease. 
Fruit  rots  causing  considerable  loss  during  the  season  are  ascribed  to  such 
fungi  as  Penicillinm  spp.  RMzopus  nigricans,  Aspergillus  niger,  and  Diplodia 


19181  DISEASES  OP  PLANTS.  749 

natalcnsis.  Blossom-end  rot  of  oranges  may  be  due  to  a  Fnsarium.  A  black 
rot,  ascribed  to  Alternaria  citri,  Is  not  regarded  as  of  very  great  importance 
at  this  time.  Citrus  canlver  is  not  yet  known  to  have  been  brought  to  Porto 
Rico  from  the  neighboring  mainland. 

Cytospora  sacchari  is  a  comparatively  new  disease  of  sugar  cane,  the  well 
marked  symptoms  of  which  are  briefly  described.  Root  disoa.se  of  sugar  cane 
is  a  trouble  a.scrlbed  to  a  number  of  organisms  readily  attucking  the  native 
cane.     All  the  organisms  yield  to  the  same  treatment. 

A  mold  of  cigars  was  found  to  yield  Aspergillus  sp.  (ii  hliic-groen  form), 
A.  flavus,  Cladosporium  herbarum,  Penicillium  sp.,  and  Fusarium  sp.,  all  prob- 
ably saprophytic  in  the  material  used  to  fasten  the  wrapper. 

Prickly  pear  near  the  southern  coast  is  attacked  by  a  fungus,  apparently 
Diplodia  opuntice. 

Leaf  spot  (Cercospora  citrullina)  of  watermelon  was  noted  near  San  Juan. 

A  defoliating  leaf  .spot  of  cowpeas  is  referred  to  C.  vignm. 

Parasitic  Rhizoctonias  in  America,  G.  L.  Peltier  (Illinois  Sta.  Bui.  189 
(1916),  pp.  281-390,  figs.  23;  abs.,  pp.  4). — In  connection  with  a  serious  stem 
rot  of  carnations  due  to  Rhizoctonia,  the  author  has  conducted  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  di.seases  of  vegetable,  field,  and  iloricultural  crops  which  are  caused 
by  Rhizoctonia,  the  primary  object  being  to  determine  whether  infection  is 
brought  about  by  one  or  more  than  one  species  of  Rhizoctonia. 

It  is  stated  that  there  are  recognized  in  America  two  species  of  truly  para- 
sitic Rhizoctonia,  R.  solani,  which  is  widely  distributed  on  a  great  number  of 
hosts,  and  R.  crocorum,  which  is  at  present  limited  in  its  distribution  to  alfalfa 
and  potato  tubers.  A  third  species,  Corticium  ochroleucum,  is  found  on  loaves 
of  pomaceous  fruit  trees,  while  a  fourth  species.  Isolated  from  damped-off 
onion  plants,  is  considered  of  questionable  parasiti.sri. 

So  far,  the  author  has  found  that  about  165  species  of  plants  have  been 
listed  as  subject  to  attack  by  R.  solani.  This  list  includes  mo.st  floricultural 
plants,  vegetable  and  field  crops,  herbaceous  plants,  and  many  weed.s.  From 
inoculation  experiments  conducted  with  a  large  number  of  types  of  plants,  the 
author  concludes  that  all  the  strains  studied  can  be  included  under  the  one 
form  R.  solani.  These  investigations  show  that  the  virulence  of  R.  solani  is 
very  variable,  as  is  also  the  degree  of  resistance  of  the  various  host  plants. 
No  marked  specialization  was  noted  in  any  of  the  strains  of  the  fungus.  A 
certain  vigor  of  mycelium  was  found  to  be  required  before  R.  solani  is  able 
to  attack  the  plant.  A  high  temperature  (88°  P.),  together  with  too  little  or 
too  much  moisture  determines  to  a  large  degree  the  virulence  of  the  different 
strains.  This  fungus  is  said  to  become  a  dangerous  parasite  only  under  certain 
conditions. 

An  extensive  bibliography  is  given. 

The  susceptibility  of  grains  to  smuts  and  rusts,  O.  von  Kiechnkb  (Fiihling's 
Landw.  Ztg.,  65  (1916),  Nos.  1,  pp.  1-27;  2,  pp.  Ifl-12;  S-Jt,  r>P.  92-i57).— The 
results  of  te.sts  with  a  very  large  number  of  varieties  of  different  agricultural 
grains  are  detailed  and  tabulated  as  regards  thejr  susceptibility  to  rusts  and 
smuts  with  a  discussion  of  the  various  factors  predisposing  to  attack.  A 
bibliography  is  appended. 

Resistance  of  wheat  to  rust,  O.  Comes  (Ann.  R.  Scuola  Sup.  Agr.  Portici,  2. 
ser.,  12  (1914),  PP-  419-473). — This  statement  deals  with  rusts  and  other  para- 
.sitic  injury  to  wheat  as  related  to  stock,  breeding,  locality,  soil,  seeding  time, 
and  sap  constitution. 

Treatment  of  winter  wheat  against  Fusarium,  Penicillium,  and  stinking 
smut,  L.  HiLTNEB  (Prakt.  Bl.  Pflanzenbau  u.  Schutz,  n.  ser.,  IS  (1915),  Nos.  8, 


750  EXPERIMENT  STATION  BECOBD.  [VoL  35 

pp.  97-109,  fig.  1;  9,  pp.  113-124). — This  continuation  and  conclusion  of  the 
report  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  651)  records  the  results  of  work  done 
in  different  localities  during  several  years  in  testing  winter  wheat  and  rye  as 
to  the  protective  capability  of  several  standard  or  commercial  fungicides  from 
which   benefit   was   obtained. 

Green  vitriol  (ferrous  sulphate)  as  a  preventive  of  take-all,  G.  P.  Daenell- 
Smith  (Agr.  Gaz.  N.  S.  Wales,  27  (1916),  No.  2,  p.  134).— It  is  stated  that  a 
considerable  amount  of  loss  was  caused  last  season  to  the  wheat  crops  of 
New  South  Wales  by  take-all,  due  to  Ophiobolus  graminis  attacking  the  roots. 

Of  the  various  remedies  tried,  the  application  of  ferrous  sulphate  to  the  soil 
has  given  partial  success,  and  it  is  recommended  as  a  result  of  experiments 
that  it  be  tested  further  at  the  rate  of  about  50  lbs.  per  acre.  It  is  claimed 
that  ferrous  sulphate  oxidizes  the  organic  matter  of  humus,  hastening  its  de- 
composition, that  it  fixes  ammonia  in  the  soil,  that  it  aids  the  plant  in  absorb- 
ing phosphoric  acid  from  the  soil,  and  that  even  at  nonfungicidal  strengths  it 
imparts  vigor  to  the  plant,  enabling  it  to  resist  soil  parasites. 

Storage  rots  of  economic  aroids,  L.  L.  Hartee  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr. 
Research,  6  {1916),  No.  15,  pp.  549-572,  pis.  S,  fig.  1). — A  report  is  given  of  a 
study  of  storage  rots  of  a  number  of  species  and  varieties  of  Colocasia,  Alo- 
casia,  and  Xanthosoma.  These  plants  suffer  in  storage  attacks  of  a  number  of 
rots,  and  in  1912  several  organisms  were  isolated  from  diseased  material  and 
subsequent  inoculation  experiments  were  carried  on  with  the  organisms. 

Four  storage  rots  are  described,  Java  black  rot,  found  to  be  caused  by 
Diplodia  tubericola,  D.  maclurw,  D.  gossypina,  and  Diplodia  zp.  from  Mangi- 
fera  indica;  a  powdery  gray  rot  caused  by  Fusarium  solani;  Sclerotium  rot 
caused  by  S.  rolfsii;  and  soft  rot  caused  by  Bacillus  carotovorus.  All  the 
organisms  are  wound  parasites,  and  their  parasitism  was  established  by  in- 
oculation experiments.  Relatively  dry  conditions  favor  attack  by  the  Java 
black  rot  organism,  while  moisture  was  required  for  successful  infection  by 
the  other  organisms.  High  temperatures  were  more  favorable  to  attack  than 
low  temperatures,  B.  carotovorus  alone  producing  decay  at  an  average  tempera- 
ture below  9°  C.  (48.2°  F.). 

Beets  attacked  by  Cercospora  beticola,  E.  Saillabd  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad. 
Set.  [Paris],  162  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  ^7-49). — Sugar  beets  were  visibly  injured 
during  1915  by  the  presence  of  C  beticola,  which  was  recorded  from  several 
regions  in  France.  The  crop  was  reduced  both  in  quantity  and  in  quality  as 
regards  sugar  content  and  the  presence  of  nitrogen  compounds.  In  some  ways 
the  anomalies  observed  were  similar  to  those  noted  for  the  dry  year  1911. 
Tabulated  results  for  1907  and  for  1909  to  1912  are  given  and  for  1915  in 
greater  detail. 

New  diseases  of  cucumber  in  Sweden,  J.  Eriksson  {Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.], 
2.  Abt.,  44  {1915),  No.  1-4,  pp.  116-128,  figs.  10;  abs.  in  Rev.  G&ti.  Bot.,  27  {1915), 
No.  323,  p.  351).— A  further  account  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  641)  is  given  of  the  history 
of  the  three  fungi  Cladosporium  cucumerinum,  Cercospora  melonis,  and  CoZ- 
letotri<thum   lagenarium. 

Conditions  favoring  attack  on  cucumber  by  these  fungi  include  breeding 
methods  which  produce  weak  or  susceptible  plants,  and  close  and  intensive 
culture,  preventing  the  maintenance  of  hygienic  conditions.  Propagation  is 
thought  to  occur  possibly  through  the  seedlings,  involving  a  mycoplasm  and  a 
plasma  stage  similar  to  that  claimed  to  be  concerned  in  rust  of  cereals  and 
mallows.  Recommendations  for  control  include  frequent  washings,  aeration 
and  soil  renewal  in  the  hot  house,  and  the  destruction  of  all  plants  not  known 
to  be  free  from  infection. 


1916]  DISEASES  OF  PLANTS.  751 

Experiments  with  clean  seed  and  potatoes  on  new  land  in  southern  Idaho, 
O.  A.  Pratt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  'So.  15,  pp.  57S- 
575).— In  couuectioD  with  investigations  of  potato  diseases  in  southern  Idaho, 
where  the  crop  is  grown  under  irrigation,  the  author  had  a  chance  to  tost  the 
belief  that  newly  reclaimed  lands  offer  an  opportunity  for  the  production  «f 
disease-free  potatoes.  In  this  region  the  diseases  most  prevalent  are  wilt,  due 
to  Fusarium  oxysporum;  black  rot,  due  to  F.  raOieicola;  jelly  end  rot,  due  to 
Fusarium  sp. ;  Rhizoctonia  disease ;  a  powdery  dry  rot,  due  to  F.  tricliothecir 
oides;  and  common  scab. 

A  preliminary  report  is  given  of  experiments  conducted  in  the  spring  of  1915 
to  determine  whether,  by  planting  disease-free  seed  on  new  land,  a  disease-free 
crop  would  be  obtained.  Plats  on  virgin  soil  as  well  as  on  land  where  alfalfa 
or  grain  had  been  grown  for  several  years  were  planted,  and  at  harvest  time 
a  number  of  tubers  were  examined. 

The  presence  of  disease  in  the  plats  in  which  grain  or  alfalfa  had  been 
previously  grown  was  considerably  less  than  the  percentage  of  diseased  tubers 
obtained  on  plats  of  recently  reclaimed  desert  land.  Planting  clean  seed  pota- 
toes on  new  land  did  not  guarantee  a  disease-free  product. 

The  disease  of  potatoes  known  as  "  leak,"  L.  A.  Hawkins  (V.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  17,  pp.  627-6^0,  pi.  1,  fig.  1).—An  account  is 
given  of  an  investigation,  carried  on  in  the  delta  region  in  the  San  Joaquin 
Valley  of  California,  of  the  tuber  rot  of  potato  known  as  potato  leak,  which 
was  formerly  reported  as  due  to  Rhizopus  nigricans  (E.  S.  R.,  20,  p.  948).  The 
investigations  of  the  author  corroborate  the  work  previously  described  in  part. 
However,  another  fungus  was  obtained  49  times  out  of  61  attempts,  and  a  study 
made  of  this  proved  it  to  be  Pythium  deharynnum.  Inoculation  experiments 
with  this  organism  produced  a  rot  identical  to  all  appearances  with  potato  leak, 
and  it  is  considered  probable  that  this  disease  is  produced  by  both  R.  nigricans 
and  P.  debaryanum,  the  latter  being  apparently  more  frequently  the  causal 
organism. 

Infection  is  believed  to  take  place  in  the  field  from  infected  soil  getting  into 
wounds  made  in  digging,  as  no  infection  was  observed  in  the  field  or  in  the 
laboratory  where  the  skin  of  the  tuber  was  unbroken.  From  the  results  of  these 
experiments,  it  is  believed  that  the  disease  may  be  controlled  by  more  care  in 
harvesting  and  handling  the  potatoes  and  the  careful  sorting  out  of  wounded 
tubers. 

Some  properties  of  the  virus  of  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco,  H.  A, 
AxLAKD  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  17.  pp.  640-674, 
pi.  1). — In  continuation  of  previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  450),  the  author  has 
described  additional  investigations  on  the  virus  of  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco. 

Evidence  is  presented  to  show  that  the  infective  principle  can  not  be  identified 
with  peroxidase.  The  author  claims  that  neither  peroxidase  nor  catalase  in  the 
sap  of  diseased  plants  can  be  responsible  for  the  mosaic  disease.  These  enzyras 
are  normally  present  in  healthy  plants,  while  the  sap  of  such  plants  is  without 
infectious  properties.  By  evaporation  of  the  enzyms  present  in  healthy  sap 
they  may  be  brought  to  a  high  concentration,  but  such  solutions  never  acquire 
infectious  properties.  On  the  other  hand,  the  peroxidase  content  of  mosaic  sap 
may  be  diminished  to  such  an  extent  that  peroxidase  reactions  are  no  longer 
discernable,  yet  such  solutions  may  remain  highly  infectious. 

The  author  claims  that  neither  enzyms  nor  any  other  normal  constituent 
present  in  healthy  sap  is  responsible  for  this  disease,  but  that  it  is  due  to  a 
particulate  substance  that  is  not  a  constituent  of  healthy  plants.  This  patho- 
genic agent  is  highly  infectious  and  is  capable  of  increasing  indefinitely  within 


752  EXPEEIMENT   STATION  KECORD.  [VoL  36 

susceptible  plants,  aud,  in  tlie  author's  opiuiou,  there  is  reason  to  believe  that 
it  is  an  ultramicroscopic  parasite  of  some  kind. 

Mosaic  disease  of  tobacco  and  tomatoes  (Gard.  Chron.,  S.  ser.,  59  {1916), 
No.  1526,  pp.  112,  i?.?).— This  is  a  discussion  of  the  report  of  Clinton  regarding 
calico  tlisoaso  of  solanaceous  plants  (E.  S.  K.,  34,  p.  52). 

Armillaria  mellea  killing-  fruit  trees  {Agr.  Gaz.  N.  S.  Walts,  27  {1916),  No. 
1,  p.  16). — It  is  stated  that  a  disease  killing  apple,  peach,  nectarine,  plum,  and 
other  fruit  trees  has  been  found  by  E.  Mackinnon  to  be  caused  by  the  honey 
fungus,  A.  mcllca,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  149)  in  connection  with 
citrus  trees. 

If  the  parasite  is  found  on  the  roots  in  the  form  of  brown  strands,  all  dead 
portions  should  be  removed  and  the  diseased  areas  scraped  and  treated  with 
strong  Bordeaux  paste,  made  up  of  copper  sulphate  1.5  lbs.,  quick  lime  1  lb., 
and  water  2  gal.,  and  applied  with  a  brush.  Wounds  should  be  dressed  with 
Stockholm  tar  and  the  lower  trunk  and  adjacent  roots  left  exposed  to  the  air 
from  three  to  four  weeks. 

Spraying  experiments  and  apple  diseases  in  1915,  W.  J.  Mobse  {Maine  Sta. 
Bui.  252  {1916),  pp.  167-192,  pis.  2). — This  bulletin  gives  an  acct»unt  of  apple 
spraying  experiments  carried  on  for  the  prevention  of  apple  scab,  describes 
winter  injury  to  trees  set  in  dynamited  holes,  and  discusses  two  apple-leaf 
troubles,  chlorosis  and  silver  leaf,  which  are  said  to  be  new  in  Maine,  and  the 
overwintering  of  the  apple-scab  fungus  on  apple  twigs. 

The  work  on  spraying  is  in  continuation  of  a  series  of  experiments  which 
have  been  in  progress  for  a  number  of  years,  and  a  summary  of  the  results 
has  already  been  given  (E.  S.  R..  35,  p.  549).  In  1915,  the  scab  developed  to 
such  a  slight  extent  on  the  experimental  plats  even  where  no  spray  was  applied 
that  the  results  are  considered  less  conclusive  than  in  previous  years.  The 
application  of  Bordeaux  mixture  in  connection  with  arsenate  of  lead  resulted 
in  considerable  russeting  of  the  fi-uit.  The  highest  percentages  of  perfect 
apples  were  obtained  from  those  trees  which  received  a  blossom  bud  application 
of  a  rather  strong  lime-sulphur  solution  to  which  lead  arsenate  was  added, 
followed  by  two  applications  of  lead  arsenate,  and  from  trees  which  were 
treated  with  lead  arsenate  alone.  The  application  of  dormant  strength  lime- 
sulphur  after  the  leaf  buds  had  begun  to  open,  but  at  a  time  when  the  flower 
buds  were  still  thoroughly  protected,  increased  the  amount  of  fruit  russeting 
in  a  way  that  does  not  seem  to  be  readily  explained.  The  author,  as  a  result 
of  his  investigations,  does  not  consider  the  applying  of  dormant  sprays  later 
than  usually  recommended  for  use  against  scale  and  similar  insects  as  of  advan- 
tage from  the  standpoint  of  scab  prevention. 

An  account  is  given  of  winter  injury  to  Baldwin  apple  trees  set  in  dynamited 
holes,  comparison  being  made  with  those  planted  in  dug  holes.  The  trees  were 
planted  in  1913  in  a  soil  having  a  hardpan  subsoil,  and  in  1915,  out  of  126 
trees  set  in  holes  previously  dynamited,  49  were  either  winterkilled  or  badly 
Injured,  while  of  52  trees  set  in  shovel-dug  holes,  only  4  suffered  in  a  like 
manner.  No  attempt  is  made  to  draw  general  conclusions  from  these  figures, 
but  it  is  believed  that  the  method  of  setting  trees  in  dynamited  holes  is  not 
adapted  to  soil  conditions  at  the  Maine  Station. 

Two  apple-leaf  troubles  new  to  Maine  are  described,  a  chlorosis  in  which 
the  leaves  are  variously  spotted  or  mottled  with  irregular  splotches  of  yellow, 
and  a  silver  leaf  which  had  been  previously  reported  in  Europe  but  had  not 
been  observed  in  Maine.  The  cause  of  the  chlorosis  has  not  been  definitely 
determined,  nor  has  the  author  been  able  to  confirm  the  connection  between 
silver  leaf  and  the  occurrence  of  Stereum  purpureum.    This  fungus  was  not 


19161  DISEASES  OP  PLANTS.  753 

observed  on  any  of  the  trees,  although  it  Is  known  to  follow  winter  Injury  to 
apple  trees  in  Maine. 

Some  further  observations  are  given  relative  to  the  ability  of  the  apple-scab 
fungus  to  live  over  the  winter  on  young  twigs,  confirming  and  extending  those 
previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  542).     Specimens  were  observed  in  1914  and 

1915  indicating  that  the  disease  was  carried  over  in  the  young  twigs,  and  in 

1916  these  observations  were  extended  to  include  scab  infections  on  pear  limbs. 
The  treatment  of  peach  leaf  curl,  C.  Gandolfi  (Coltivatore,  61   {1015),  No. 

14,  pp.  435-437;  abs.  in  Internal.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agi.  Intel,  and 
Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  7,  p.  1000). — Experiments  carried  out  for  several 
years  in  northern  Italy  showed  complete  free<lom  from  peach  leaf  curl  in 
case  of  trees  which  were  covered  with  muslin  nets,  while  trees  left  uncovered 
but  sprayed  with  Bordeaux  mixture  late  in  November  and  again  about  the 
middle  of  February  were  attacked.  A  glass  roof  also  gave  freedom  from  leaf 
curl.  The  method  of  protection  with  muslin  is  said  to  assure  a  practically  con- 
stant setting  of  the  fruit. 

The  1915  outbreak  of  downy  mildew  in  France  and  Italy,  J.  Pastre  {Prog. 
Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  I'Est-Centrc,  81  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  368-380;  abs.  in  Rev.  Sci. 
[Paris'],  54  {1916),  I,  No.  10,  p.  SIS). — A  resume  is  given  of  observations,  opin- 
ions, and  conclusions  resulting  from  the  investigations  of  the  Central  Society 
of  Agriculture  of  Herault  regarding  the  severe  and  extended  outbreak  of 
mildew  in  1915,  which  copper  sprays  very  frequently  failed  to  check  in  the 
Tisual  manner. 

The  date  of  treatment  is  regarded  as  extremely  important.  The  time  of 
greatest  susceptibility  to  infection  appears  to  be  the  blooming  period.  The 
violence  of  the  1915  outbreaks  is  thought  to  have  been  due  to  the  multiplication 
of  spores  in  1914,  lack  of  vigilance  and  proper  treatment  on  account  of  the  war, 
and  abundant  rains  in  May,  1915,  with  high  temperatures,  dews,  and  fogs 
late  in  May  and  early  in  June  when  the  vines  were  in  bloom,  to  which  should 
be  added,  it  is  thought,  a  certain  tolerance  established  for  the  copper  sprays  by 
the  parasitic  fungus.  Attack  by  Gloeosporium  nervisequum,  said  to  precede 
usually  the  mildew  of  grapes,  is  said  to  have  been  wanting  in  1915.  Exceptions 
are  noted  also  as  regards  the  behavior  of  varieties  ordinarily  immune  or 
nearly  so  to  mildew. 

The  various  treatments  tested  in  Italy  and  France  are  detailed  in  separate 
tables,  according  to  their  results  as  good  or  bad.  The  several  treatments  which 
have  been  recommended  or  are  in  use  are  discussed  in  some  detail  as  regards 
their  composition,  preparation,  and  application. 

Downy  mildew,  its  manifestations  and  directions  for  its  control,  L.  Ravaz 
{Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centre),  31  {1916),  No.  15,  pp.  341-341).— A  sum- 
mation is  given  of  known  facts  regarding  the  times,  conditions,  and  modas  of 
attack  and  development  of  downy  mildew,  which  has  recently  been  severe  on 
grapevines  in  parts  of  France,  also  regarding  measures  looking  to  its  control. 

Cupro-ferric  sprays  for  downy  mildew  and  chlorosis,  A.  Donadieu  {Prog. 
Agr.  et  Vit.  {Ed.  VEst-Centre),  31  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  224,  225).— The  author 
states  that  grapevines  persistently  showing  chlorosis  in  a  fertile  but  low  and 
basin-shaped  area  recovered  and  continued  free  from  mildew  and  chlorosis, 
healthy,  and  productive  from  1912  to  1915  as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  a 
combined  spraying  liquid  for  the  foliage.  This  spray  was  made  up  by  adding 
to  a  previously  prepared  Burgundy  mixture  sufficient  iron  sulphate  (previously 
dissolved  in  a  little  water)  to  give  a  strength  of  0.1  per  cent  of  this  salt.  The 
preparation  should  be  acid  and  should  be  applied  early  but  sparingly  to  avoid 
scorching. 


754  EXPERIMENT   STATION  RECOED.  [Vol.35 

Cupro-ferric  sprays  for  downy  mildew  and  cMorosis,  A.  Donadietj  (Prog. 
Agr.  et  Vit  {Ed.  VEst-Centrs),  37  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  271,  272).— Responding  to 
inquiries  regarding  tlie  treatment  above  mentioned,  tlie  author  gives  tlie 
formula  employed.  This  requires  2,000  gm.  copper  sulphate  and  from  750  to 
800  gm.  sodium  carbonate  in  100  liters  of  water,  with  the  addition,  when  the 
above  has  been  properly  made  up,  of  100  gm.  iron  sulphate. 

Treatments  for  downy  mildew  and  the  preparation  of  copper  sprays,  L. 
Degbxjlly  (Prog.  Agr.  et  Vit.  (Ed.  I'Est-Centre),  37  (1916),  No.  U,  pp.  317- 
S24). — Enlarging  on  the  statement  that  the  experience  of  1915  showed  that  cop- 
per does  not  necessarily  constitute  an  ideal  remedy  for  mildew,  at  least  under 
the  usual  forms  and  conditions  recently  found  in  actual  practice,  the  author 
discusses  the  great  influence  of  the  time  factor  as  related  to  outbreaks;  the 
duration  of  the  effectiveness  of  one  spraying  (in  1915  not  over  four  to  five 
days)  ;  the  suitable  preparation  of  sprays  and  the  proper  dosage  thereof;  the 
acid,  alkaline,  neutral,  and  casein  preparations  of  Bordeaux  and  several 
other  preparations.  It  is  stated  that  in  regions  severely  attacked  in  1913  to  1915 
only  those  grape  growers  saved  their  entire  product  who  employed  treatment 
without  intermission  throughout  the  whole  of  the  danger  period. 

Mottle  leaf  of  citrus  trees  in  relation  to  soil  conditions,  L.  J.  Bbiggs,  C.  A. 
Jensen,  and  J.  W.  McLane  (t7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,,  6  (1916), 
No.  19,  pp.  721-740,  pis.  3,  figs.  4)- — The  authors  report  a  study  of  the  cause  of 
mottle  leaf  of  citrus  trees  which  is  characterized  by  the  disappearance  of  the 
chlorophyll  of  parts  of  leaves.  The  principal  conclusion  of  their  investiga- 
tion is  that  the  mottling  of  orange  trees  in  the  areas  studied  is  definitely  cor- 
related with  a  low  humus  content  of  the  soil,  the  mottling  diminishing  as  the 
humus  content  increases.  It  is  claimed  that  approximately  one-half  of  the 
mottling  can  be  accounted  for  in  this  way  and  that  the  incorporation  of 
organic  matter  with  the  soil  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  readily  accessible  to  the 
roots  during  its  decomposition  is  a  promising  treatment  for  this  trouble. 

Fighting  a  fungus,  Pythiacystis  citropMhora,  in  the  citrus  orchards,  H.  S. 
Fawcett  (Univ.  Cal.  Jour.  Agr.,  3  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  339-343,  356  figs.  3).— The 
fungus  P.  oitrophthora,  isolated  and  described  by  Smith  in  1906  as  the  cause 
of  brown  rot  of  lemons  (E.  S.  R.,  19,  p.  658)  and  shown  by  the  present  author 
in  1913  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  51)  to  cause  also  a  form  of  gummosis  in  the  bark, 
is  here  discussed  as  to  the  conditions,  modes,  and  consequences  of  its  attack, 
and  as  to  its  control. 

Bordeaux  mixture  as  a  spray  is  deemed  practically  preventive,  as  is  also 
fresh  Bordeaux  paste  in  connection  with  surgery  when  the  trunk  is  attacked, 
which  usually  occurs  near  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Sour  orange  is  very 
resistant  and  desirable  to  use  for  stocks.  These  should,  however,  be  budded 
high  and  so  planted  as  to  keep  the  bud  unions  as  far  as  possible  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground. 

A  serious  disease  of  cultivated  perennials  caused  by  Sclerotium  rolfsii, 
G.  L.  Peltier  (Illinois  Sta.  Circ.  187  (1916),  pp.  4,  fig-  i).— It  i"  stated  that 
during  the  summer  of  1915  a  large  number  of  perennial  ornamental  plants 
were  found  dying  from  crown  rot.  An  investigation  of  the  disease  showed  that 
it  was  due  to  the  fungus  S.  rolfsii.  The  disease  is  said  to  have  made  its  first 
appearance  in  .July  and  to  have  killed  a  large  number  of  plants  during  the 
warm  weather.  It  persisted  until  late  in  October,  although  with  cooler  weather 
the  attack  became  less  severe.  Among  the  ornamentals  attacked  were  several 
species  of  Campanula,  Phlox,  Dianthus,  Eupatorium,  etc.  The  outbreak  of 
the  disease  is  attributed  to  the  extremely  wet  summer,  and  it  is  considered 
doubtful  whether,  under  normal  conditions,  the  disease  will  ever  become  serious 
in  Illinois. 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  755 

Two  timber-destroying  fungi,  J.  B.  Cusland  and  E.  Cheel  ( Agr.  Qaz.  N.  S. 
Wales,  27  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  201,  202,  pis.  2).— Descriptions  are  given  of  fungi 
which  cause  tree  rots  of  economic  importance. 

Pleurotus  nidiformis,  a  variable  species  which  has  received  different  names, 
is  a  common  phosphorescent  toadstool  found  near  the  bases  of  Eucalyptus 
and  other  trees  in  each  of  the  Australian  States.  Pholiota  adiposa,  a  common 
and  supposedly  destructive  parasite  of  timber  in  Europe,  has  been  found  at 
Mount  Wilson  in  New  South  Wales  and  has  been  recorded  also  for  Queensland. 

Anomalies  of  growth  in  Pinus,  C.  von  Tubeuf  (Naturiv.  Ztschr.  Forst  u. 
Landw.,  IS  (1915),  No.  11-12,  pp.  550-555,  figs.  3).— Descriptions  are  given  of  an 
anomalous  shoot  arrangement  and  bud  formation  and  of  a  cone  disease  in  P. 
sylvestris. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

Ground  squirrel  control,  W.  T.  Shaw  (Washington  Sta.  Popular  Bid.  99 
(1916),  pp.  11,  pis.  2,  figs.  4).— The  station  has  given  attention  to  the  habits  and 
means  of  controlling  three  species  of  ground  squirrels,  the  Columbian  ground 
squirrel  (Citellus  columbianus) ,  Townsend  ground  squirrel  (C.  townseiidi), 
and  Yakima  ground  squirrel  (C.  mollis  yakimensis). 

Careful  life  history  studies  have  been  made  of  the  Columbian  ground 
squirrel,  and  have  shown  that  the  squirrels  come  out  of  hibernation  at  Pullman, 
Wash.,  about  February  20  and  remain  active  until  July.  The  burrowing  and 
feeding  habits  of  the  animals  indicate  quite  clearly  that  all  remedies  for  con- 
trolling them  may  be  applied  with  more  succass  during  the  first  nine  weeks 
of  their  spring  activity.  The  remedies  which  have  given  satisfactory  results 
during  this  time  include  carbon  bisulphid,  trapping,  and  the  use  of  poisoned 
grain.    Detailed  directions  for  applying  these  remedies  are  given. 

Important  foreign  insect  pests  collected  on  imported  nurseiy  stock  in 
1915,  E.  R.  Sassceb  (Jmir.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  216-219) .—This  is  a 
.nummary  of  the  results  of  inspection  work  in  191.5. 

Inspection  facilities  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  E.  R.  Sasscem  {-Jour.  Econ. 
Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  219-223,  pis.  3).— A  description  of  the  in.sr-ertion  equip- 
ment. 

Foreign  pests  recently  established  in  New  Jersey,  H.  B.  Weiss  (Jour.  Econ. 
Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  212-216). — A  considerable  number  of  insects  which  have 
been  discovered  during  the  past  two  years  to  have  become  established  in  vary- 
ing numbers  in  different  parts  of  New  Jersey  are  here  recorded.  It  is  stated 
that  practically  all  were  introduced  on  imported  nursery  stock,  and  their 
presence  is  considered  an  indication  of  the  impossibility  of  keeping  out  all 
foreign  pests  by  a  system  of  inspection. 

On  the  Hawaiian  work  in  introducing  beneficial  insects,  L.  O.  Howard 
(Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  172-179). — A  review  of  the  work  carried 
on  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Results  of  experiments  on  the  use  of  cyanid  of  potassium  as  an  insecticide, 
W.  Wellhouse  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  169-171.  pi.  1).—A  report 
of  preliminary  experiments,  conducted  v.ith  the  view  of  ascertaining  the  effect 
of  cyanid  of  potassium  on  plant  tissues  and  on  scale  insects  and  borers,  begun 
in  1915.  Severe  injury  was  found  to  follow  its  insertion  in  the  stems  and 
trunks  of  plants  and  trees,  and  the  insects  were  unaffected. 

Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  British  Columbia  (Proc.  Ent. 
8oc.  Brit.  Columbia,  n.  ser..  No.  5  (1915),  pp.  79-98,  pis.  4). — The  papers  here 
presented  include  the  following:  A  Note  on  the  Occurrence  and  Significance  of 
Anophelinse  In  British  Columbia,  by  S.  Hadwen    (pp.  81,   82)  ;   Aphid   Notes 

67476°— 17 5 


756  EXPERIMENT   STATION   REOORD.  [Vol.  35 

from  British  Columbia,  by  H.  F.  Wilson  (pp.  82-85)  ;  Notes  on  the  Early  Stages 
of  Calocampa  cineritia,  by  G.  O.  Day  (pp.  86,  87)  ;  A  Description  of  the  Egg 
and  Ovipositor  of  Cuterebra  fontinella,  the  Cotton-tail  Bot.  by  S.  Hadwen  (pp. 
88-91)  ;  Notes  on  the  Habits  of  Some  Lepidoptera,  by  J.  W.  Cockle  (pp.  91-94)  ; 
Notes  on  the  Early  Stages  of  Epirrita  dilutata,  by  G.  O.  Day  (pp.  95,  96)  ; 
and  The  Oyster  Shell  Scale,  by  T.  Wilson   (pp.  96,  97). 

Som^e  insect  enemies  of  shade  trees  and  ornamental  shrubs,  M.  W.  Black- 
man  and  W.  O.  Eixis  (N.  Y.  State  Col.  Forestry,  Siiracuse  Univ.  iPuhs.'],  16 
(1916),  No.  26,  pp.  123,  pi.  1,  figs.  60). — A  summarized  account  of  six  of  the 
more  important  leaf-eating  insects,  eleven  boring  insects,  and  ten  scale  insects 
(pp.  11-112)  is  followed  by  an  account  of  spraying  and  spraying  apparatus. 
Insects  in  their  relation  to  the  chestnut  bark  disease,  P.  C.  Craighead 
(Science,  n.  ser.,  43  (1916),  No.  1100,  pp.  133-135). — This  is  a  critical  review  of 
the  bulletin  by  Studhalter  and  Ruggles,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  853). 
It  is  pointed  out  that  the  beetle  Leptostylus  macula,  which  the  above-mentioned 
authors  state  is  the  insect  of  most  importance  in  the  local  dissemination  of  the 
disease,  under  normal  conditions  never  frequents  healthy  trees,  and  that  to 
disseminate  this  disease  it  would  be  necessary  for  the  beetle  to  migrate  from 
infested  to  healthy  trees. 

Controlling  the  coulee  cricket,  A.  L.  Melandeb  (Washington  Sta.  Popular 
Bui.  101  (1916),  pp.  3). — The  means  of  combating  this  pest  are  briefly  described. 
It  is  said  to  be  easily  possible  to  locate  the  restricted  breeding  areas  and  to 
destroy  the  young  crickets. 

A  new  species  of  Thripoctenus,  L.  T.  Whxiams  (Psyche.  23  (1916),  No.  2, 
pp.  54-61,  fig.  1). — Under  the  name  Thripoctenus  nuhilipennis  the  author  de- 
scribes as  new  a  form  found  to  parasitize  the  larvae  of  either  one  or  both  of 
two  species  of  thrips,  MegalotJirips  spinosus  and  Cryptothrips  rectangularis,  at 
Forest  Hills,  Mass. 

The  false  cabbage  aphis  (Aphis  pseudobrassicae),  J.  J.  Davts  and  A.  F. 
Satteethwait  (Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  185  (1916),  pp.  915-939,  figs.  7;  pop.  ed., 
pp.  4). — This  plant  louse,  an  account  of  which  by  Paddock  of  the  Texas  Sta- 
tion has  been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  452),  is  said  to  be  distributed 
from  Manitoba  to  Texas  and  from  Massachusetts  to  California,  apparently 
occurring  in  potential  numbers  wherever  wild  mustard  grows,  and  to  be  de- 
structively abundant  where  turnips  or  radishes  are  planted.  It  may  also 
become  a  serious  enemy  of  greenhouse  crops. 

The  present  bulletin  is  based  upon  life-history  studies  commenced  in  October, 
1913,  and  carried  on  during  1914  at  La  Fayette,  Ind.,  in  cooperation  with  the 
Bureau  of  Entomology  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Technical  descriptions  are  given  of  the  five  instars  of  the  viviparous  genera- 
tion and  of  the  winged  viviparous  female.  Studies  of  its  life  history  and  habits 
reported  in  detail  include  tables  which  show  the  consecutive  generations  ob- 
served at  La  Fayette,  Ind.,  from  1913  to  1915,  and  a  figure  showing  the  duration 
of  generations.  A  comparison  shows  this  plant  louse  to  be  more  prolific  than 
any  other  recorded  species,  thus  indicating  its  great  importance  as  an  enemy  of 
cruciferous  plants. 

Its  natural  enemies  apparently  do  not  appear  in  effective  numbers  until  late 
In  the  fall  after  the  plant  lice  have  damaged  the  crop.  Diaeretus  rapce  and 
Pachyneuron  micans  have  been  reared  from  it  by  the  authors,  and  Aphidoletes 
sp.  and  a  syrphid  larva  have  been  observed  to  be  predacious  on  it.  Empusa 
aphidis  Is  also  an  important  check  in  late  fall. 

Control  measures  consist  in  the  use  of  a  40  per  cent  solution  of  nicotin  at  the 
rate  of  1 : 1,200,  with  4  lbs.  of  soap  to  each  50  gal.  of  water.    In  greenhouses 


1916J  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  757 

this  treatment  may  be  used,  or  fumigation  with  hydrocyanic  acid  gas,  directions 
for  the  use  of  whicli  are  given. 

The  western  wheat  aphis  (Brachycolus  tritici),  J.  R.  Parkek  {Jour.  Econ. 
Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  182-1^,  pi.  i).— This  aphidid,  describe<l  by  Gillette 
from  Colorado  in  1911,  first  atti-acted  attention  in  a  few  localities  in  Fergus 
County,  Mont.,  in  1910.  In  this  year  an  investigation  of  the  reports  of  injury 
led  to  the  determination  of  the  fact  that  it  was  causing  serious  injury  to  N^inter 
wheat.  In  one  instance,  a  grower  who  had  700  acres  of  wheat  estimated  his 
loss  at  5,000  bu.,  while  80  acres  of  wheat  on  another  farm  were  so  badly  injured 
that  no  attempt  was  made  to  harvest  it.  Since  1910  the  western  wheat  aphis 
has  become  increasingly  abundant  in  Fergus  County  and  has  appeared  in  in- 
jurious numbers  in  several  other  counties. 

This  paper  presents  descriptions  of  the  pest  and  discusses  the  character  and 
extent  of  injury,  seasonal  history  and  habits,  and  control  measures.  Barley 
is  said  to  be  the  only  grain  crop  besides  wheat  thus  far  known  to  be  injured 
by  the  wheat  aphis.  Blue  joint  grass  (Agropyron  occidcntale)  when  growing  in 
and  around  the  edges  of  infested  wheat  fields  is  always  heavily  infested  and  is 
probably  the  native  host  plant. 

Plant  Uce  injurious  to  apple  orchards. — I,  Studies  on  control  of  newly- 
hatched  aphids,  P.  J.  Parkott,  H.  E.  Hodgkiss,  and  F.  H.  Lathrop  (New  York 
State  Sta.  Bui.  415  (1916),  pp.  11-53,  pis.  8,  figs.  6).— The  experiments  and  ob- 
servations quoted  in  this  bulletin  were  made  chiefly  at  Geneva,  but  auxiliary 
experiments  were  carried  on  with  more  than  400  trees  in  10  orchards  in  Niagara 
and  Orleans  counties.  The  work  was  chiefly  concerned  with  control  methods  on 
newly  hatched  aphids.  For  this  purpose  lime-sulphur,  nicotin  solution,  sodium 
sulphid  mixed  with  soap,  crude  carbolic  emulsion,  and  other  insecticides  were 
used.  Observations  were  also  made  on  the  seasonal  behavior  of  apple  aphids 
and  on  the  influence  of  these  insects  on  the  growth  of  apples.  The  species  of 
plant  lice  under  observation  were  Aphis  sorbi,  A.  avenw,  and  A.  pomi. 

The  rosy  aphis  (A.  sorbi)  was  chiefly  responsible  during  1915  for  the  dwarfing 
and  deforming  of  apples.  The  effects  of  the  other  two  species  were  not  so 
clearly  distinguished.  The  rosy  aphis  caused  a  retardation  of  increase  in  the 
transverse  diameter  of  apples  at  first,  but  ultimately  brought  about  a  reduc- 
tion of  the  axillary  diameter  of  the  fruit.  Infested  apples  showed  an  average 
axillary  diameter  of  1.51  in.  and  transverse  diameter  of  1.71  in.,  as  contrasted 
with  2.37  and  2.87  in.,  respectively,  for  the  diameters  of  uninfested  apples. 

Satisfactory  results  in  controlling  the  rosy  aphis  were  obtained  from  the  use 
of  nicotin  solution  and  soap,  nicotin  solution  and  lime-sulphur,  and  crude  car- 
bolic-acid emulsion.  The  first  insecticide  caused  no  injury  to  foliage,  while 
slight  injuries  resulted  from  the  use  of  the  other  two.  The  insecticides  used  in 
this  experiment  were  equally  efficacious  against  the  other  species  of  insects,  but 
the  multiplication  of  green  aphis  made  repeated  applications  necessary  to  control 
this  species.  Evidence  was  obtained  that  the  soap  and  nicotin  solution  brings 
about  only  a  temporary  protection.  The  value  of  the  insecticide  appeared  to  be 
enhanced  by  the  addition  of  large  amounts  of  lime. 

Apple  aphids  and  their  control,  F.  H.  Halt,  (New  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  415, 
popular  ed.  (1916),  pp.  11,  figs.  2). — A  popular  edition  of  the  above. 

Some  grass-feeding  mealy  bugs,  T,  D.  A.  Cockebell  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9 
(1916),  No.  2,  pp.  S12,  313). — Pseudococcus  timherlakei  on  salt  marsh  grass  at 
Millbrae,  Cal.,  and  P.  neomexicanus  utahensis  from  Elymus  at  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  are  described  as  new  to  science. 

California  green  lacewing  fly,  V.  L.  Wildeemitth  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jowr. 
Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  14,  PP-  515-525,  figs.  7).— A  report  of  studies  of 


758  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Chrysopa  caZifomica  carried  on  during  1915  in  southern  Arizona,  where  it  is  of 
considerable  importance,  particularly  as  an  eiemy  of  aphids.  The  species  is 
known  to  occur  throughout  the  Pacific  Coast  States  and  in  Texas,  Arizona,  New 
Mexico,  Nevada,  Utah,  and  southern  California.  In  addition  to  plant  lice  it 
feeds  upon  mites,  leaf  hoppers,  thrips,  etc. 

Oviposition  requires  from  one  to  four  days,  during  which  time  about  30  eggs 
are  deposited.  From  6  to  12  days  were  passed  in  the  egg  stage,  8  days  being 
the  average  for  122  eggs  observed.  From  11  to  22  days  are  required  for  the 
development  of  larvae,  16  days  being  the  average,  during  the  course  of  which 
there  are  two  molts  and  fi'om  74  to  160  full-grown  aphids  were  eaten  by  each 
larva.  The  pupal  stage  was  found  to  vary  from  14  to  23  days  in  length,  the 
average  being  16J  days  for  March  and  20^  days  for  November.  The  author's 
observations  show  that  there  are  at  least  six  generations  annually  in  the  Salt 
River  Valley. 

Though  reported  to  be  commonly  attacked  by  parasites  in  California,  exami- 
nations of  abundant  material  failed  to  detect  any  in  Arizona. 

Larval  characters  and  distribution  of  two  species  of  Diatrsea,  T.  E.  Hollo- 
way  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr^  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  16,  pp.  621-626,  pi.  1, 
fig.  1). — The  differences  in  the  larval  characters  of  Diatrcea  saccharalis  cram- 
Mdoides  and  D.  zeacolella  are  pointed  out  and  descriptions  given  of  full-fed 
larvse  of  both  the  summer  and  winter  forms  of  the  two  species. 

The  food  plants  and  breeding  habits  of  the  two  have  been  found  to  differ  to 
some  extent.  D.  saccharalis  crambid aides  feeds  on  sugar  cane,  corn,  and  John- 
son and  other  grasses,  practically  all  the  larval  period  being  spent  within  the 
stalks  of  the  plants,  except  that  the  first  instars  feed  about  on  the  leaves. 
D.  zeacolella,  however,  seems  to  have  a  preference  for  corn  even  when  sugar 
cane  is  present  and  goes  down  in  the  taproots  of  corn,  which  D.  saccharalis 
crambidoides  does  not  do.  The  last  mentioned  form  has  been  found  to  be 
limited  to  southern  Florida,  southern  Louisiana,  and  the  southern  tip  of  Texas, 
indicating  that  it  was  brought  to  this  country  in  shipments  of  sugar  cane  from 
the  Tropics. 

Notes  on  the  life  history  of  Ecpantheria  eridanus,  R.  H.  Van  Zwalenbueg 
(Insecutor  Inscitia;  Menstruus,  4  {1916),  No.  IS,  pp.  12-17). — This  arctiid  moth 
(E.  eridanus,  of  which  E.  icasia  is  a  synonym)  is  said  to  be  fairly  common 
throughout  the  island  of  Porto  Rico  and  to  have  a  wide  variety  of  host  plants. 
It  has  been  taken  on  the  orange,  Erythrina  micropteryx,  Ipomcea  sp.,  vanilla, 
banana,  Cissus  (?)  sicyoides,  and  Panicum  sp.  At  the  experiment  station  the 
larvae  have  done  some  damage  by  feeding  on  the  blossom  buds  of  vanilla.  The 
synonymy  of  E.  eridanus  and  E.  icasia  is  said  to  have  been  substantiated  by 
breeding  both  forms. 

Technical  descriptions  of  the  adult  and  immature  stages,  including  eight  larval 
stages,  are  given.  The  eggs  are  deposited  in  large  irregular  clusters  on  the  upper 
leaf  surface,  unfertilized  females  in  captivity  having  each  laid  over  500  sterile 
eggs.  From  6  to  8  days  are  required  for  the  development  of  the  egg,  24  to  62 
days  for  the  completion  of  the  larval  stages,  and  15  to  20  days  for  the  pupal 
stage.    The  ichneumon  Eremotylus  angulatus  is  said  to  parasitize  the  larvae. 

The  army  cutworm  in  Montana,  R.  A.  Cooley  and  J.  R.  Pakker  (Montana 
Sta.  Circ.  52  (1916),  pp.  97-108,  figs.  4).— Information  previously  noted  (E.  S. 
R.,  33,  p.  654)  is  supplemented  by  observations  in  1915,  when  a  state- wide  out- 
break of  the  army  cutworm  (Chorizagrotis  agrestis)  resulted  in  the  destruction 
of  at  least  100,000  acres  of  grain,  principally  winter  wheat.  Notes  by  A.  Atkin- 
son on  crops  to  plant  where  winter  wheat  has  been  destroyed  are  appended. 

Notes  on  the  relation  of  insects  to  the  spread  of  the  wilt  disease,  H.  W. 
Ajxen  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  233-235)  .—Yery  liitle  is  known 


1916]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  759 

as  to  bow  the  causative  agent  of  wilt  disease  of  the  gipsy  moth  is  spread.  It 
apparently  is  not  essentially  a  wind-borne  disease.  Certain  insects  occurring 
abundantly  in  association  with  the  disease  frequent  the  foliage  of  trees,  and  were 
found  to  carry  polybedra  after  contact  with  the  wilt,  which  indicates  that  they 
may  assist  in  spreading  the  infection. 

Observations  of  the  pine  spinner  in  the  g^reater  coniferous  forests  in 
Neustadt-an-der-Warthe,  1913-14,  Seitner  (Centbl.  Gcsnm.  Forstw.,  41 
(1915),  No.  5-6,  pp.  161-173,  figs.  5).— A  report  of  observations  of  the  biology, 
parasitism,  etc.,  of  Gastropacha  pin4  during  the  course  of  an  outbreak  of  the  pest 
in  1913-14. 

Four  European  Diptera  established  in  North  America,  F.  Knab  (Insecutor 
Inscitice  Menstrvus,  4  {1916),  No.  1-3,  pp.  1-4). — The  author's  study  tends  to 
show  that  Pegomya  vicina  of  lantner  is  a  synonym  of  P.  hyoscyami.  This 
pest  appears  to  be  widely  distributed  in  North  America,  probably  occurring 
wherever  the  sugar  beet  is  cultivated,  since  it  is  known  to  range  as  far  south 
as  Washington,  D.  C,  in  the  East  and  into  southern  California  in  the  West. 

Hydrotcea  meteorica  is  said  to  be  abundant  and  troublesome  to  cattle  in 
Montana,  and  is  also  known  to  occur  in  Colorado  and  North  Dakota.  The 
borborid  Lcptocera  sylvatica  is  recorded  from  Arlington,  Va. 

The  hippoboscid  Lynchia  maura,  a  common  parasite  of  the  domestic  pigeon 
in  the  Mediterranean  region,  is  said  to  have  been  collected  from  this  host  at 
Key  West,  Fla.  It  is  also  recorded  as  occurring  in  Iowa,  Georgia,  Cuba, 
Brazil,  and  Venezuela,  and  has  recently  made  its  appearance  and  become  very 
common  on  pigeons  in  Hawaii. 

Tan3rpezidas  in  the  United  States,  F.  Knab  and  R.  C.  Shannon  (Insecutor 
InsciticB  Menstrmis,  4  (1916),  No.  1-S,  pp.  33-36). 

A  revision  of  the  nomenclature  of  Indian  Anophelini,  S.  R.  Christophers 
(Indian  Jour.  Med.  Research,  S  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  454^488). — This  paper,  relat- 
ing to  the  malarial  mosquitoes,  deals  with  some  38  species.  It  includes  a  table 
for  their  separation  and  a  list  of  references  to  systematic  work  on  the  species 
and  to  the  transmission  of  malaria  by  particular  Indian  species. 

An  Indian  tree-hole  breeding  Anopheles,  A.  barianensis  (Coelodiazesis 
plumbeus),  S.  R.  Christophers  (Indian  Jour.  Med.  Research,  3  (1916),  No. 
3,  pp.  489-496,  pi.  1). — The  author  reports  observations  of  the  breeding  habits 
of  this  species,  previously  unknown,  and  gives  descriptions  of  the  immature 
stages. 

Anopheles  crucians,  their  infectibility  with  the  parasites  of  tertian 
malaria,  M.  B.  Mitzmain  (Pttb.  Health  Rpts.  [J7.  S.],  SI  (1916),  No.  12,  pp. 
164,  165). — "  In  the  course  of  a  series  of  infectivity  experiments  with  A.  puncti- 
pennis,  conducted  in  New  Orleans,  19  specimens  of  A.  crucians  were  fed  simul- 
taneously, February  6  and  7,  1916,  on  the  blood  of  an  individual  suffering  from 
tertian  malarial  fever.  Examination  of  the  blood  of  this  case  showed  large 
numbers  of  asexual  parasites  and  but  few  mature  garaetocytes.  .  .  .  The  38 
specimens  of  A.  punctipennis  used  in  parallel  feedings  from  the  same  case  serve 
as  a  control  series,  11  of  these  becoming  infected  from  the  sixth  to  the  six- 
teenth day  after  biting;  in  6  of  these  the  salivary  glands  were  extensively 
invaded  with  sporozoites.  Two  specimens  of  A.  quadrimaculatus  used  under 
the  same  conditions  as  the  foregoing  remained  negative  throughout  the  course 
of  the  experiment." 

An  investigation  of  the  supposed  immunity  of  some  varieties  of  wheat  to 
the  attack  of  Hessian  fly,  L.  Haseman  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  (1916),  No.  2,  pp. 

291-294). The  aurhor  concludes  from  the  data  presented  that  some  varieties 

of  wlieat  are  more  severely  attacked  by  the  fly  than  others. 


760  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Summary  of  facts  about  the  introduction  of  Pleurotropis  epigonus,  W.  R. 
McCoNNELL  (Jour.  Econ.  Ent,  9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  145-U7) .—This  article 
records  the  rearing  of  this  parasite  of  the  Hessian  fly,  first  introduced  from 
England  in  1891,  at  Hagerstown,  Md.,  and  at  several  localities  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Parasitism  among  the  larvae  of  the  Mediterranean  fruit  fly  (Ceratitis 
capitata)  in  Hawaii  during  1915,  E.  A.  Back  and  O.  E.  Pembeeton  {Jour. 
Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  S06S11)  —The  authors  present  tables  to  show 
the  percentage  of  parasitism  among  C.  capitata  larvse  developing  in  coffee 
cherries  {Coffea  arabica)  in  the  Kona  District,  in  kamani  nuts  {Terminalia 
catappa)  in  Honolulu,  and  in  various  host  fruits  grown  in  Honolulu.  The  data 
for  1914-15  shovs'  that  four  introduced  parasites,  Opius  hvmilis.  Diachasma 
tryoni,  D.  fullawayi,  and  Tetrastichus  giffardi,  have  established  themselves  and 
are  already  promising  much  as  a  factor  in  the  control  of  the  fruit  fly. 

Further  notes  on  Prospaltella  berlesei,  L.  O.  Howaed  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent., 
9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  119-181). — A  further  review  of  the  beneficial  work  of 
this  parasite  in  Italy  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  456). 

Designations  of  muscoid  genotypes,  with  new  genera  and  species,  C.  H.  T. 
TowNSEND  {Insecutor  InscituB  Menstruus,  4  {1916),  No.  1-3,  pp.  4-12). 

Elucidations  of  New  England  Muscoidea,  C.  H.  T.  Townsend  {Insecutor 
Inscitiee  Menstruus,  4  {1916),  No.  1-3,  pp.  17-33). 

The  life  history  of  Hsematobia  sanguirugens,  J.  L.  Mitteb  {Indian  Jour. 
Med.  Research,  S  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  530-537,  pi.  i).— This  reports  studies  of  the 
biology  of  this  Indian  species  of  bloodsucking  muscid. 

[The  hickory  bark  beetle  and  the  two-lined  chestnut  borer]  (17.  «S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Bur.  Ent.,  [Work  of  the  Insects  TJiat  Are  Killing  the  Hickories  and  Oaks], 
1916,  pp.  4,  figs.  2). — This  leaflet  calls  attention  to  the  destruction  of  hickory 
trees  being  caused  by  the  hickory  bark  beetle  and  of  oak  trees  by  the  two-lined 
diestnut  borer  on  Long  Island  and  gives  remedies  therefor. 

A  progress  report  on  white  grub  investigations,  J.  J.  Davis  {Jour.  Econ. 
Ent,  9  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  261-281.  pis.  3).— This  report  is  based  upon  investiga- 
tions of  Lachnosterna  commenced  at  La  Fayette,  Ind.,  in  1911.  Eighteen  species 
of  white  grubs  are  said  to  have  been  reared  from  egg  to  adult  and  adults  of  nine 
more  will  have  been  reared  from  eggs  by  another  year.  The  present  paper  gives 
a  brief  summary  of  life  history  studies,  comparison  with  related  genera,  field 
observations,  natural  enemies,  and  methods  of  control. 

Lachnosterna  records  in  Wisconsin,  J.  G.  Sandebs  and  S.  B.  Fbackeb  {Jour. 
Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  253-261,  figs.  5).— Trap  light  collections  of 
Lachnosterna  at  five  stations  in  as  many  counties  in  the  southern  third  of  the 
State  are  reported  upon.  Seventeen  of  19  species  known  to  occur  in  Wisconsin 
were  taken  in  the  traps. 

A  study  of  the  life  history  of  the  maize  billbug,  W.  P.  Hayeis  {Jour.  Econ. 
Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  120-130,  pis.  S,  fig.  i).— A  report  of  studies  of 
Sphenophorus  maidis  made  in  southern  Kansas  during  the  seasons  1914  and 
1915. 

The  European  species  of  Diprion  (Lophyrus),  E.  Enslin  {Naturic.  Ztschr. 
Forst  u.  Landw.,  14  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-20,  pi.  1).—A  synopsis  of  the  European 
forms  of  this  important  genus  of  sawflies. 

Further  notes  on  Diprion  simile,  W.  E.  Bkitton  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  281,  282).— This  paper  is  supplementary  to  the  account  previously 
noted  (B.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  54). 

New  Encyrtidse  from  North  America,  A.  A.  Gibattlt  {Psyche,  23  {1916), 
N9.  2,  pp.  41-SO). — The  new  forms  of  economic  importance  include  Signiphora 
thoreauini  from  Atpidiotus  hederce,  at  Santa   Barbara,  CJal. ;   Neosigniphora 


19181  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  761 

elongata  from  a  coccid  on  Muehlenbergia,  at  Elk  Point,  S.  Dak.;  Aneristus 
oculatipennis,  reared  from  the  black  scale,  at  Catacaos,  Peru ;  Fannicencyrtua 
thoreauini  (n.  g.)  from  Coccus  confusus,  at  Mesilla  Park,  N.  Mex. ;  Zaom- 
moencyrtus  submicans  (n.  g.)  from  Nyctobates  penn.sylvanica,  at  Shireman- 
town.  Pa.;  Ccraptroceroideus  ciyictipes  (n.  g.)  from  Aspidiotus  lulianthi  on 
Eugerion  canadense,  at  Wellington,  Kans. ;  Berecyntus  bnkeri  gemma  from 
Euxoa  larva,  at  Queen.sboro,  Ont.,  and  also  from  larva  of  Hadena  dcvastatrix,  at 
Ottawa,  Canada ;  and  B.  bakcri  arizonensis  from  Choraxagrotis  .sp.,  at  Phoenix, 
Ariz.  The  author  also  records  the  rearing  of  S.  flavopalliata  occidcntalis  from 
CItrysomphalus  aurantii  citrinus  at  Avondale,  Cal. 

The  Argentine  ant:  Distribution  and  control  in  the  United  States,  E.  R. 
Barbek  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  .?77  {1916),  pp.  23,  ftg.  5).— This  bulletin  in- 
cludes the  results  of  studies  carried  on  in  continuation  of  tho.se  by  Newell  and 
Barber,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  563). 

The  pest  has  continued  to  spread  and  is  now  known  to  occur  In  nine  southern 
States,  the  many  infestations  covering  a  total  area  of  considerably  more  than 
a  thousand  square  miles.  At  the  time  of  writing  it  was  known  to  occur  from 
Houston,  Tex.,  on  the  west  to  Wilmington,  N.  C,  on  the  east,  and  from  Nash- 
ville, Tenn.,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  River.  Among  other  cities  known  to 
be  infested  are  Shreveport,  La.,  Texarkana,  Ark.,  Memphis,  Tenn.,  Augusta 
and  Atlanta,  Ga.,  and  Charleston,  S.  C.  This  wide  di.stribution  appears  to  have 
taken  place  with  commodities  shipped  by  steamboats  and  railroads. 

The  greater  part  of  the  bulletin  deals  with  repression,  particularly  with  ant 
poisons,  of  which  the  only  effective  ones  for  permanent  control  are  poisoned 
sirups.  Experiments  have  led  to  the  recommendation  of  an  improved  formula 
said  to  be  superior  to  any  yet  tested  on  account  of  its  stability  at  high  tempera- 
tures, freedom  from  crystallization,  and  continued  attractiveness.  This  sirup, 
proposed  by  W.  E.  Cross,  is  prepared  as  follows:  Granulated  sugar  15  lbs., 
water  7  pints,  tartaric  acid  (crystallized)  i  oz.,  boil  for  .SO  minutes,  allow  to 
cool.  Dissolve  sodium  arsenite  (C.  P.)  f  oz.  in  1  pint  of  hot  water  and  cool. 
Add  the  poison  solution  to  sirup,  stir  well,  add  1.5  lbs.  honey,  and  mix  thoroughly. 

A  new  method  of  subterranean  fumigation,  J.  S.  Houeb  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent., 
9  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  285-287). — The  author  reports  preliminary  experiments 
conducted  at  the  Cuban  agricultural  experiment  station  with  the  fungus  grow- 
ing ant  Atta  insularis.  The  principle  of  the  method  of  control  consists  in  forc- 
ing vaporized  carbon  bisulphid  into  the  ant  hills. 

Some  diflB.culties  in  gross  diagnosis  of  the  infectious  brood  diseases  of 
bees,  A.  H.  McCray  {Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  9  {1916),  No.  1.  pp.  192-196).— This  is  a 
discussion  of  some  of  the  difficulties  which  have  been  encountered  in  the 
examination  of  over  4,500  different  specimens  of  bee  comb  and  brood,  repre- 
senting every  section  of  the  United  States. 

FOODS— HUMAN  NTJTHmON. 

The  iodin  content  of  foods,  E.  B.  Forbes,  F.  M.  Beegle,  et  al.  (Ohio  Sta. 
Bui.  299  (1916),  pp.  487-546).— This  bulletin  presents  data  regarding  the  iodin 
content  of  a  large  number  of  samples  of  different  foods.  The  investigation  was 
undertaken  on  account  of  the  role  of  iodin  in  the  function  of  the  thyroid  gland 
and  the  possible  significance  of  the  iodin  content  of  food  in  goiter. 

Iodin  determinations  were  made  on  a  large  number  of  common  foods  pur- 
chased in  the  market,  and  also  on  samples  of  the  same  kinds  of  food  products 
grown  under  various  conditions  as  to  soil,  climate,  artificial  fertilization,  and 
geographical  location.    A  wide  range  of  both  animal  and  plant  products  was  in- 


762  EXPERIMENT   STATIOX   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

eluded  in  the  study.  The  method  employed  was  found  to  be  accurate  to  0.000003 
gm.  of  iodin.  The  results  of  the  experiments  are  presented  in  three  tables  as 
follows :  An  alphabetical  list  of  the  foods,  showing  the  number  of  samples 
analyzed,  the  number  containing  iodln,  and  the  maximum  iodin  content;  a 
grouping  of  the  foods  according  to  their  general  class  or  characteristic ;  and  a 
grouping  of  the  foods  according  to  geographical  location  of  the  source  of  the 
samples. 

The  following  groups  of  foods  are  arranged  in  the  order  of  increasing  abund- 
ance of  iodin,  the  first  mentioned  being  that  in  which  it  is  most  rarely  found : 
Nuts ;  spices,  condiments,  and  stimulants ;  fruits ;  cereals ;  hays,  silage,  and 
forage  crops ;  garden  vegetables  and  root  crops ;  leguminous  seeds ;  animal 
products ;  manufactured  foods  and  milling  and  manufactory  by-products ;  and 
seaweeds.  It  was  usually  found  in  exceedingly  small  quantities,  is  by  no  means 
a  constant  constituent  of  foods,  and  is  deemed,  in  most  cases  at  least,  strictly 
an  accidental  constituent. 

Traces  of  iodin  were  found  in  butter,  in  eggs,  and  in  several  kinds  of  meat 
and  fish,  but  none  was  found  in  18  samples  of  cow's  milk.  Among  the  garden 
vegetables  and  root  crops  traces  of  iodin  were  found  in  beets,  cucumbers,  celery, 
onions,  potatoes,  and  spinach. 

"  Of  the  hays,  silage,  and  forage  crops  about  1  sample  in  4  contained  iodin. 
Among  leguminous  seeds  iodin  was  found  in  11  samples  out  of  32 ;  more  com- 
monly among  beans,  peas,  and  cowpeas  than  among  soy  beans. 

"  The  manufactured  foods  and  milling  and  manufactory  by-products  contained 
iodin  in  13  samples  out  of  25;  of  those  containing  iodin  10  were  made  from 
cereals.  The  offal  parts  of  the  grains  are  richer  in  iodin  than  are  the  more 
starchy  parts. 

"Agar  agar  and  Irish  moss  (used  in  making  blanc  mange)  were  richer  in 
iodin  than  any  other  products  examined." 

No  iodin  was  found  in  7  kinds  of  nuts  examined  and  none  in  16  samples  of 
table  salt. 

"  The  more  important  sources  of  iodin  in  the  human  dietary  .  .  .  [aside 
from  Irish  moss]  are  the  garden  vegetables,  though  some  is  also  found  in  the 
cereal  foods,  and  in  several  foods  of  animal  origin,  mostly  of  the  sorts  less  com- 
monly used.  Among  the  foods  used  by  live  stock  the  more  important  sources  of 
iodin  are  the  hay,  silage,  and  forage  crops,  and  also  the  milling  and  manu- 
factory by-products,  comparatively  little  being  found  in  the  natural  grain 
foods." 

While  iodin  was  found  to  be  more  commonly  present  in  foods  from  some  re- 
gions than  from  others,  no  general  geographical  distribution  of  iodin  in  foods 
was  discovered,  and  the  iodin  content  of  samples  of  the  same  food  products  from 
the  same  field  often  varied  widely.  "  None  of  the  ordinary  methods  of  fertiliza- 
tion, or  other  details  of  management  of  the  soil  have  been  found,  in  any  regular 
way,  to  affect  the  iodin  content  of  field  crops." 

No  relationship  between  the  iodin  content  of  foods  and  the  prevalence  of  goiter 
was  discovered. 

An  earlier  report  of  this  investigation  has  been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  555). 

The  iodin  content  of  foods,  E.  B.  Forbes,  F.  M.  Beegle,  et  al.  {Jour.  Med. 
Research,  S4  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  U5-^58).— The  bulk  of  the  material  in  this 
article  is  noted  above. 

Digestibility  of  very  young  veal,  C.  F.  Langworthy  and  A.  D.  Holmes 
(17.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Joiir.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  577-5S8).— This 
series  of  exi^eriments  was  undertaken  to  determine  the  completeness  of  diges- 
tion of  very  young  or  "  bob  "  veal  by  human  subjects. 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION.  76$ 

Preliminary  tests  were  made  in  which  the  young  veal  was  prepared  by  dif- 
ferent methods  and  eaten  by  a  number  of  individuals  of  varied  ages  and  activi- 
ties. In  these  cases  no  physiological  disturbances  resulted  from  the  ingestion 
of  the  veal. 

A  series  of  digestion  experiments  was  conducted  with  five  normal  young  men 
in  good  health.  The  veal  used  in  these  experiments  was  obtained  from  calves 
not  over  five  days'  old  and  was  eaten  with  a  basal  ration  of  fruit,  bread  and 
butter,  and  tea  or  coffee  with  sugar.  The  experimental  periods  were  of  three 
days  or  nine  meals  each.  An  average  of  237  gm.  of  veal,  which  furni.shed  78 
gm.  of  protein  or  approximately  75  per  cent  of  the  total  protein  in  the  diet,  was 
eaten  daily.  The  average  value  for  seven  experiments  of  the  digestibility  of 
the  total  protein  in  the  diet  was  92.9  per  cent  and  of  the  protein  of  the  veal  92.7 
per  cent.  No  physiological  disturbances  were  experienced  by  the  subjects,  who 
reported  that  with  the  exception  of  one  or  two  colds  they  were  in  normal  phys- 
ical condition  throughout  the  investigation. 

For  comparison,  a  study  was  also  made  of  the  digestibility  of  market  veal. 
Veal  from  animals  at  least  four  weeks  old  was  purchased  in  the  open  market  and 
fed  with  the  same  basal  ration  to  the  same  subjects.  In  these  experiments  the 
digestibility  of  the  protein  of  the  total  diet  was  found  to  be  92.9  per  cent  and 
the  protein  of  the  market  veal  alone  was  estimated  at  92.8  per  cent. 

The  results  of  these  experiments  indicate  that  the  digestibility  of  the  protein 
of  bob  veal  is  the  same  as  that  of  market  veal,  or  approximately  93  per  cent. 

The  authors  conclude  that  bob  veal  can  be  prepared  for  the  table  in  palatable 
ways  and  is  not  unwholesome  when  eaten  in  quantity,  since,  during  the  diges- 
tion experiments,  the  average  weight  of  protein  furnished  by  the  veal  exceeded 
that  generally  furnished  by  meat  in  the  ordinary  diet.  "  The  experiments  here 
reported  also  indicate  that  the  general  opinion  that  young  veal  is  a  common 
cause  of  digestive  disturbance  or  fails  to  digest  as  thoroughly  as  similar  foods 
Lc  not  justified." 

Digestibility  of  hard  palates  of  cattle,  C.  F.  Langwobthy  and  A.  D. 
Holmes  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  11,  pp.  641-648).— 
The  hard  palates,  taken  from  the  roof  of  the  mouth  of  beef  animals,  consist 
chiefly  of  connective  tissue  (about  60  per  cent)  and  erectile  fibers  (about  20 
per  cent)  and  contain  very  little  muscular  tissue,  such  as  is  characteristic  of 
meats  in  general.  Analysis  showed  the  composition  of  the  fresh  material  to 
consist  of  water,  71  per  cent;  protein  (NX6.25),  22.2  per  cent  (or  protein  by 
difference,  16.6  per  cent)  ;  fat,  11.8  per  cent ;  and  ash,  0.6  per  cent. 

The  high  protein  content  suggested  the  possibility  of  the  use  of  hard  palates 
as  food  and  their  digestibility  was  studied  by  feeding  them  for  a  three-day 
period,  with  a  basal  ration  of  potatoes,  crackers,  butter,  and  tea  or  coffee  with 
sugar,  to  four  healthy  young  men  as  subjects.  The  cooked  and  finely  ground 
liard  palates  were  made  up  into  a  meat  loaf  which  furnished  82  per  cent  of  the 
total  protein  consumed.  The  digestibility  of  the  protein  of  the  meat  loaf  alone, 
which  closely  approximated  that  for  the  protein  of  the  hard  palates,  was  found 
to  be  86.8  per  cent. 

The  authors  conclude  from  the  results  of  this  investigation  that  "  it  would 
seem  that  the  protein  of  hard  palates  which  have  been  thoroughly  cooked  is 
somewhat  less  thoroughly  assimilated  than  that  of  the  common  cuts  of  meat." 

"  In  view  of  the  fact  that  over  130  gm.  of  protein,  largely  supplied  by  the  meat 
loaf,  and  over  3,200  calories  of  energ>'  were  consumed  daily,  it  is  apparent  that 
the  ration  was  eaten  with  relish." 

Artificial  purification  of  oysters. — A  report  of  experiments  upon  the 
purification  of  polluted  oysters  by  placing  them  in  water  to  which  calcium 
hypochlorite  has  been  added,  W.  F.  Wells   (Pub.  Health  Rpts.   [U.  S.],  SI 


764  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

{1916),  No.  28,  pp.  1848-1852). — An  extended  series  of  experiments  carried 
out  by  the  author  indicates  that  "  oysters  which  have  lain  in  polluted  water  can 
be  artificially  purified  to  such  a  degree  as  to  pass  a  most  rigid  standard  by 
exposure  for  a  short  period  in  water  containing  calcium  hypochlorite."  The 
experiments  appear  also  to  demonstrate  the  feasibility  of  such  a  process. 

The  rapidity  with  which  alcohol  and  some  sugars  may  serve  as  nutrient, 
H.  L.  HiGGiNS  (Amcr.  Jour.  Physiol.,  41  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  258-265,  fig.  1).— 
To  determine  how  soon  after  its  ingestion  alcohol  is  burned  in  the  body,  de- 
terminations were  made  of  the  respiratory  quotient  for  periods  of  from  three 
to  five  minutes  in  length  during  the  15-minute  interval  following  the  ingestion 
of  30  cc.  of  absolute  alcohol,  taken  in  admixture  with  cold  cereal  coffee.  In  a 
similar  way  was  studied  the  effect  of  the  ingestion  of  the  more  common  sugars, 
glucose,  levulose,  sucrose,  lactose,  and  maltose.  The  following  conclusions  are 
drawn  from  these  experiments : 

"Alcohol  begins  to  be  burned  in  appreciable  quantity  in  from  5  to  11  minutes 
after  taking ;  with  some  subjects  the  combustion  began  more  quickly  than  with 
others.  Sucrose,  lactose,  and  levulose  begin  to  be  burned  quite  as  soon  as  alco- 
hol, if  not  sooner.  Glucose  and  maltose  are  not  utilized  as  food  as  soon  as  the 
other  sugars  or  alcohol,  approximately  20  to  30  minutes  elapsing  before  their 
combustion  plays  an  important  part  in  the  metabolism.  There  is  a  distinct 
difference  between  the  metabolism  in  men  of  glucose  and  levulose  and  galactose, 
as  shown  by  a  study  of  the  gaseous  exchange,  especially  the  respiratory  quo- 
tients." 

Vanilla  extract,  J.  R.  Dean  and  J.  O.  Schlotteebeck  {Jour.  I7idus.  and 
Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1916),  Nos.  7,  pp.  607-614,  figs.  2;  8,  pp.  703-709).— Among 
the  factors  studied  as  influencing  the  quality  of  vanilla  extract  were  the  com- 
position of  the  beans ;  the  relative  values  of  grinding  or  chopping ;  methods  of 
drying ;  the  moisture  content  of  the  beans ;  the  effects  of  varying  amounts  of 
alcohol  in  the  extract ;  the  use  of  alkali ;  the  addition  of  sugar,  sand,  and 
glycerin ;  the  effect  of  grade  and  length  of  beans ;  the  solvent  action  of  vanilla 
extract  on  certain  metals;  the  aging  of  the  extract;  and  methods  of  manufac- 
ture. The  opinions  of  different  manufacturers  on  some  important  questions 
relative  to  vanilla  extract  were  obtained  by  submitting  to  them  a  list  of  ques- 
tions, which  are  given  together  with  a  composite  of  the  answers.  The  following 
conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  Vanilla  beans  are  improved  on  aging  where  the  aging  is  conducted  under 
proper  conditions.     Vanilla  beans  should  be  chopped  and  not  ground. 

"  Vanilla  beans  can  be  dried  without  material  loss  of  flavor  if  the  drying  is 
carefully  carried  out  at  room  temperature  (60  to  70°  F.).  Extracts  made 
from  dried  beans  have  higher  color  and  lead  number  values  than  those  made 
from  the  same  but  undried  beans.  Where  the  beans  are  not  dried  the  men- 
struum should  be  regulated  to  suit  the  moisture  present  in  the  beans. 

"  The  physical  constants  are  not  greatly  affected  by  the  various  amounts  of 
alcohol  in  the  menstruum  as  long  as  the  amount  of  alcohol  is  sufficient  to  pro- 
duce a  clear  extract.  The  color  values  are  slightly  increased  and  the  lead 
number  values  are  slightly  decreased  by  an  increase  of  alcohol  up  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  about  65  per  cent.  The  flavor  of  an  extract  prepared  with  60  per  cent 
alcohol  is  superior  to  that  made  with  50  per  cent  alcohol. 

"  The  resins  of  vanilla  beans  are  of  no  value  as  flavoring  agents,  but  are  of 
value  as  fixatives  for  the  flavoring  compounds  present  and  as  coloring  matter 
for  the  extract. 

"Alkaline  menstrua  produce  extracts  that  are  higher  in  color  and  lead  num- 
ber values,  but  the  alkali  impairs  the  natural  flavor  of  the  beans. 


19161  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION".  765 

"  Short  maceration  and  percolation  will  not  produce  the  maximum  extract. 
The  hot  process  produces  an  inferior  extract,  one  that  is  lacking  in  delicate 
aroma.  The  most  desirable  extract  is  produced  only  by  long  maceration  at 
room  temperature  as  in  the  circulatory  displacement  method. 

"  Sugar  does  not  increase  the  color  of  the  extract  and  should  be  added  to  the 
percolate.  Glycerin  tends  to  increase  the  color  and  should  be  added  to  the 
menstruum  before  percolation  or  maceration. 

"Vanilla  extract  should  not  be  left  in  contact  with  any  metal  that  is  not 
completely  covered  with  tin. 

"Vanilla  extract  is  decidedly  improved  by  aging.  The  period  of  the  aging 
should  be  at  least  one  year  and  should  be  carried  out  at  room  temperature 
(60  to  70°  F.)  and  in  unpainted,  porous,  wooden  barrels." 

A  bibliography  is  appended. 

[Food  and  drug  inspection],  E.  F.  Ladd  and  Alma  K.  Johnson  {North 
Dakota  Sta.  Spec.  Bui.,  4  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  IS^IBS).— In  addition  to  giving 
data  regarding  a  number  of  samples  of  foods  and  drugs  inspected,  this  bulletin 
contains  an  article  by  Mae  A.  Englehorn  on  the  Drug  Plants  of  North  Dakota, 
abstracted  on  page  730,  and  an  article  by  R.  E.  Remington  on  the  use  of  starch 
in  canned  corn. 

Portion  of  acts  and  documents  relative  to  public  hygiene. — The  work  of 
the  Superior  Coimcil  of  Public  Hygiene  of  France  {Rec.  Actes  Off.  et  Doc. 
Hyg.  Pub.,  Trav.  Cons.  Sup.  Uijg.  Pub.  France,  42  {1912),  pp.  889,  figs.  5).— 
This  publication  presents  in  detail  the  results  of  the  inspection  of  foods,  drugs, 
and  beverages,  and  contains  information  regarding  the  handling  and  sale  of 
food  products,  the  hygiene  of  containers  for  different  kinds  of  foods,  and  the 
preservation  and  adulteration  of  foods. 

Comparative  statistics  on  foodstuffs  and  fuel  for  three  years  {Olympia, 
Wash.:  State,  1916,  pp.  3). — The  statistics  given  were  based  on  prices  pre- 
vailing in  April  of  the  years  1914-1916,  inclusive,  and  were  compiled  by  the 
state  bureau  of  labor  in  connection  with  a  study  of  the  annual  cost  of  living 
for  a  family  of  five  persons. 

Food  for  the  family,  A.  Grace  Johnson  {Oreg.  Agr.  Col.  Ext.  Serv.  Bui.  S 
{1916),  No.  10,  pp.  13). — A  summary  of  information  regarding  the  functions  and 
choice  of  foods,  meal  planning,  etc. 

Kitchen  organization  and  administration,  C.  S.  PrrcHEB  {Columbus,  Ohio: 
Bd.  Admin.,  \_1916'\,  pp.  62  pis.  4)- — This  paper,  read  at  a  meeting  of  the 
American  Association  of  Officials  of  Charity  and  CJorrection,  deals  with  the 
construction  of  kitchens,  the  equipment  of  kitchen  and  dining  rooms,  employees, 
and  methods  for  the  control  of  kitchen  and  table  waste.  The  data  given  include 
standard  basic  dietary  tables. 

The  problems  of  phjrsiological  and  pathological  chemistry  of  metabolism, 
O.  VoN  FtJKTH,  trans,  by  A.  J.  Smith  {Philadelphia  and  London:  J.  B.  Lippin- 
cott  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XV-\-667). — This  is  an  English  translation  of  one  volume  of 
the  original  German  edition.  The  material  presented  is  based  upon  a  series  of 
25  lectures,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  present  the  subject  of  normal  and 
pathological  metabolic  chemistry  as  a  broad  and  connected  whole.  In  addition 
to  an  extended  discussion  of  the  digestion  and  metabolism  of  proteins,  fats, 
and  carbohydrates,  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  nutritional  requirements  of 
the  body,  energy  and  gaseous  metabolism,  tissue  respiration,  and  fever. 

The  influence  of  the  nature  of  the  diet  on  the  retention  of  protein, 
N.  Umeda  {Biochem.  Jour.,  10  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  245-253).— Experiments  are 
reported  in  which  a  laboratory  animal  (dog)  was  given  diets  containing  tb^ 
same  amount  of  protein  and  of  the  same  fuel  value,  but  varying  greatly  tt 
their  content  of  fat  and  carbohydrate.    The  following  combinations  were  used: 


766  •  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.85 

Carbohydrate-rich,  fat-poor  diet ;  intermediate  diet ;  and  fat-rich,  carbohydrate- 
poor  diet.  Each  diet  was  preceded  and  followed  by  a  period  of  several  days, 
during  which  time  a  standard  diet  was  given.  The  following  conclusions  are 
drawn : 

"  Nitrogen  in  the  form  of  protein  added  to  a  carbohydrate  diet  is  retained 
in  greater  amount  than  when  added  to  a  fat  diet  of  equal  caloric  value.  Nitro- 
gen given  in  the  form  of  caseinogen  is  more  completely  retained  than  when 
given  in  the  form  of  gelatin.  The  addition  of  meat  extract  to  gelatin  does  not 
increase  the  amount  of  nitrogen  retained." 

The  protein  metabolism  of  an  infant,  F.  B.  Tai.bot  and  J.  L.  Gamble  {Amer. 
Jour.  Diseases  Children,  12  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  S33-3U,  figs,  i).— This  paper 
reports  observations  upon  an  infant  receiving  a  diet  in  which  the  protein  was 
increased  in  each  successive  period.  It  was  found  that  the  metabolism  went 
on  in  a  normal  manner  in  spite  of  the  increase  of  protein. 

"  The  endogenous  metabolism  of  uric  acid,  creatiuin,  and  ethereal  sulphates 
was  maintained  on  a  very  constant  level,  while  the  exogenous  metabolism, 
namely,  urea,  creatin,  inorganic  sulphates,  and  the  metabolism  of  phosphates, 
chlorids,  and  undetermined  nitrogen  increased  with  the  protein  in  the  food. 
The  fat  and  carbohydrate  absorption  was  within  normal  limits,  although  the 
fat  utilization  .  .  .  [in  two  periods]  was  almost  outside  normal  limits.  The 
retention  of  nitrogen  suddenly  dropped  in  the  last  period,  even  though  there 
was  a  greater  intake  and  absorption  of  nitrogen.  This  loss  was  found  in  the 
stools,  in  which  casein  curds  were  found  in  large  numbers.  The  ammonia  in 
the  stools  increased  with  the  increasing  protein  intake,  and  may  be  considered 
an  index  of  intestinal  putrefaction." 

Effect  of  autolysis  upon  muscle  creatin,  R.  Hoagland  and  C.  N.  McBryde 
(V.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  U,  pp.  535-547).— The 
data  obtained  in  these  experiments  are  reported  as  a  contribution  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  source  and  method  of  production  of  creatinin  in  the  animal 
body. 

In  one  series  of  experiments,  under  aseptic  conditions,  pieces  of  muscular 
tissue  were  cut  from  the  hind  quarter  of  a  steer,  sealed  in  sterile  dishes,  and 
allowed  to  undergo  aseptic  autolysis  at  37°  C.  for  periods  ranging  from  7  to  100 
days,  at  the  end  of  which  the  percentages  of  free  and  total  creatinin  were 
determined.  Only  such  samples  as  were  found  on  bacteriological  examination 
to  be  sterile  were  used.  In  another  series  antiseptic  methods  were  employed, 
chiefly  as  a  check  and  for  comparison  with  the  aseptic  method.  Pieces  of  mus- 
cular tissue  were  finely  ground  with  sand  and  placed  in  flasks  with  salt  solu- 
tion, chloroform  and  toluol  being  added  to  prevent  bacterial  growth.  These  were 
kept  at  37°  for  periods  ranging  from  2  to  84  days  and  the  percentages  of  total 
and  free  creatinin  determined.  In  both  series  of  experiments  analyses  were 
made  of  samples  of  the  fresh  muscular  tissue  for  comparison. 

The  resiilts  of  these  experiments  show  that  muscular  tissue  has  the  power, 
in  a  marked  degree,  to  convert  creatin  into  creatinin  and  has  the  ability,  in  an 
appreciable  degree,  both  to  produce  and  destroy  creatinin.  It  was  also  found 
that  during  the  course  of  autolysis  an  equilibrium  is  finally  established  between 
creatin  and  creatinin.  This,  in  the  opinion  of  the  authors,  denotes  that  "  in  auto- 
lyzlng  muscular  tissue  the  rate  of  reaction  Is  very  greatly  accelerated,  but  that  the 
total  extent  of  the  change  is  the  same  in  either  case.  The  more  rapid  change 
of  creatin  into  creatinin  in  the  autolyzing  tissue  may  safely  be  assiuned  to  be 
due,  in  large  part,  at  least,  to  enzym  action.  This  conforms  to  our  idea  as  to 
the  catalytic  nature  of  enzyms.  The  gradually  reduced  rate  of  change  of 
creatin  to  creatinin  during  autolysis  is  in  conformity  with  the  law  of  mass 
action." 


1916]  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  767 

In  the  animal  body  the  change  of  creatin  to  creatinin  takes  place  at  its 
maximum  velocity,  since  the  creatinin  is  rapidly  removed.  The  fact  that  mus- 
cular tissue  has  the  power  to  convert  creatin  into  creatinin  is  important  evidence 
in  support  of  the  theory  that  muscle  creatin  is  the  source  of  urinary  creatinin 
with  a  creatin-  and  creatinin-free  diet,  and  also  that  the  transformation  of 
creatin  into  creatinin  takes  place  in  part  at  least  in  the  muscular  tissue. 

The  influence  of  diet  on  the  development  and  health  of  the  teeth,  J.  I. 
DuEAND  (Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc,  67  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  564,  565). —Studios  of 
other  investigators  reviewed  here  indicate  that  the  teeth  of  children  fed  during 
six  months  of  the  first  year  on  sweetened  condensed  milk  showed  a  higher  per- 
centage of  caries  (about  72  per  cent)  than  those  of  children  fed  upon  breast  milk 
or  modified  cows'  milk  (about  42  per  cent).  The  author  states  that  "a  poorly 
balanced  diet,  high  in  carbohydrate  and  low  in  fat,  protein,  and  mineral  con- 
stituents, fed  during  the  period  in  which  the  teeth  were  developing  and  calcify- 
ing in  the  jaws,  seems  to  have  rendered  them  doubly  susceptible  to  decay  after 
they  erupted." 

Emphasis  is  also  laid  upon  the  advantage  of  tough  and  hard  foods,  which 
develop  the  muscles  of  mastication  and  enlarge  and  strengthen  the  jaws,  and 
upon  the  cleaning  effect  of  such  foods  as  meat,  fresh  vegetables,  acid  fruits, 
and  fibrous  foods.  Also,  the  ptyalin  content  and  alkalinity  of  the  saliva 
secreted  vary  with  the  flavor,  acidity,  or  hardness  of  foods.  Acid  fruits,  pro- 
ducing a  highly  alkaline  saliva  with  a  high  ptyalin  content,  are  recommended 
as  valuable  foods  with  which  to  finish  a  meal. 

Dietary  deficiency  as  the  etiological  factor  in  pellagra,  E.  B.  Vedder 
(Arch.  Int.  Med.,  18  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  lS7-172).—In  this  paper  the  author 
considers  the  analogies  which  exist  between  pellagra  and  the  two  deficiency 
diseases  beri-beri  and  scurvy,  and  also  the  question  of  whether  the  evidence 
pointing  toward  infection  can  be  explained  on  the  deficiency  hypothesis.  An 
extended  study  is  reported  of  the  diets  of  a  large  number  of  pellagrins,  in  order 
to  determine  whether  or  not  a  deficiency  could  be  demonstrated  in  these  diets. 
The  author  considers  also  a  number  of  changes  which  have  occurred  during  the 
past  10  years  in  the  South  which  may  account  for  the  increa.se  in  pellagra. 
The  following  conclusions  are  drawn  from  the  investigation : 

"  There  is  a  certain  similarity  between  pellagra  and  other  known  deficiency 
diseases,  namely,  beri-beri  and  scurvy.  Much  of  the  evidence  that  has  been 
presented  as  a  proof  of  the  infectious  nature  of  pellagra  can  be  reasonably 
explained  in  accordance  with  a  deficiency  hypothesis. 

"A  deficiency  is  demonstrable  in  the  diets  of  most  pellagrins.  This  deficiency 
appears  to  .  .  .  [the  author]  to  result  from  the  too  exclusive  use  of  wheat 
flour,  in  association  with  corn  meal,  salt  meats,  and  canned  goods,  foods  that 
are  known  to  be  deficient  in  vitamins. 

"  Changes  in  the  diet  of  the  people  of  the  South  have  occurred  during  the 
past  10  or  15  years.  Since  .  .  .  [all  the  changes  that  have  occurred  are  not 
known  and  the  importance  of  the  known  changes  can  not  be  judged  accurately], 
it  is  unscientific  to  assume  that  the  recent  increase  in  pellagra  can  not  be  due 
to  such  changes. 

"  The  hypothesis  that  pellagra  is  caused  by  a  deficiency  is  very  plausible  and 
must  be  taken  into  consideration  in  subsequent  studies  of  this  disease." 

Some  metabolic  effects  of  bathing  in  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  II,  Helen  I. 
and  H.  A.  Mattill  {Amer.  Jour.  Physiol.  U  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  US-152).— 
This  investigation  was  made  to  determine  whether  the  findings  in  an  earlier 
study  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  367)  were  significant  and  constant. 

"  Two  subjects  were  maintained  on  a  uniform  diet  for  twelve  days.  A  bath- 
ing period  of  four  days  followed  a  fore  period  of  five  day»,  with  a  tJiree-day 


768  EXPERIMENT  STATION  BECOEO.  [Vol.35 

final  period.  The  urine  was  analyzed  in  24-hour  periods  on  all  of  the  days  and 
in  short  periods  (three  to  four  hours)  on  three  bathing  and  on  three  nonbathing 
days. 

"  In  agreement  with  former  results  the  progress  of  the  bathing  period  was 
attended  by  increased  nitrogen  and  salt  excretion,  which,  in  this  case,  however, 
persisted  through  the  final  period.  The  three-hour  period  during  and  immedi- 
ately following  the  bath  showed  a  considerable  increase  (15  to  50  per  cent)  in 
nitrogen  and  salt  excretion  as  compared  with  the  same  period  on  days  when 
no  bath  was  taken,  indicating  that  the  bath  had  an  immediate  influence  as  well 
as  a  prolonged  effect. 

"A  constant  and  uniform  parallelism  between  nitrogen  and  chlorid  variations, 
noted  also  in  earlier  work,  is  not  understood.  Decreased  perspiration  through 
the  cooling  of  the  skin  by  the  bath  can  account  in  only  small  measure  for  the 
greater  salt  and  niti'Ogen  excretion  in  the  urine  follo^A^ng  the  bath." 

The  patholog'ical  and  therapeutic  bearings  of  the  elimination  of  body  heat, 
J.  B.  Nichols  (Med.  Rec.  [N.  Y.],  00  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  492-495).— In  this 
article  a  number  of  factors  are  considered  which  influence  the  rate  of  elimi- 
nation of  body  heat. 

A  respiration  calorimeter,  partly  automatic,  for  the  study  of  metabolic 
activity  of  small  magnitude,  C.  F.  Langwobthy  and  R.  D.  Milner  ( U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  18,  pp.  703-720,  pis.  4).— This  article 
describes  in  detail  the  construction  and  operation  of  a  small  respiration  calo- 
rimeter, which  has  been  briefly  noted  in  earlier  publications  ( E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  568 ; 
29,  p.  462). 

The  results  are  reported  of  electric  and  alcohol  check  experiments,  which 
show  that  the  heat  and  the  products  of  respiration  generated  in  the  chamber 
may  be  determined  with  a  high  degree  of  accuracy  in  this  respiration  calo- 
rimeter. 

ANIMAL  PEODUCTION. 

Bape  as  material  for  silage,  A.  R.  Lamb  and  J.  M.  Ewabd  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  I4,  pp.  527-533). — Experimental  silage  was 
prepared  at  the  Iowa  Experiment  Station  from  r;ipe  alone  and  from  mixtures 
of  rape  with  various  other  materials,  such  as  alfalfa,  red  clover,  sweet  clover, 
potato  tubers,  timothy,  Sudan  grass,  sorghum  cane,  and  blue  grass,  with  the 
purpose  of  determining  the  most  satisfactory  combination. 

The  rape  used  was  quite  mature  but  still  succulent.  The  rape  leaves  were 
cut  off  at  the  main  stalk,  and  the  entire  plant  was  cut  3  in.  from  the  ground. 
The  alfalfa  was  cut  just  before  blooming.  The  corn,  Sudan  grass,  and  sorghum 
cane  used  were  mature.  The  other  plant  materials  were  cut  just  before  ma- 
turity. All  the  forage  was  cut  by  a  silage  cutter  into  half-inch  lengths.  The 
material  was  tightly  packed  into  glass  jars  of  about  1-gal.  capacity.  The  jars 
were  closed  with  metal  caps,  which  were  not  too  tight  to  prevent  the  escape 
of  excess  gases. 

The  jars  were  opened  four  months  after  filling  and  the  condition,  appearance, 
odor,  and  taste  of  the  silage  noted.  With  very  few  exceptions  it  was  in  a 
perfect  state  of  preservation,  of  excellent  texture  and  color,  with  a  pleasant, 
somewhat  aromatic  odor,  and  generally  of  an  agreeable  taste,  though  quite  sour. 
It  was  succulent  without  being  too  moist. 

In  order  to  ascertain  its  palatability  to  swine,  a  representative  number  of 
the  various  mixtures  and  some  of  the  pure  rape  silage  were  fed  to  three  lots 
of  pigs.  At  first  the  animals,  which  were  on  a  ration  consisting  mainly  of  corn 
and  tankage,  tasted  the  silage  rather  hesitatingly  and  seemed  surprised  by  the 


1916]  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  769 

sourness,  but  kept  at  it  until  they  had  eaten  it  all,  appearing  to  enjoy  its 
succuleney.  On  a  second  trial,  three  days  later,  the  same  animals  ate  it  with 
great  relish.  Only  one  sample  of  those  tried,  a  rape-molasses  mixture,  was 
refused  by  the  animals. 

It  is  thought  that  those  mixtures  containing  fibrous  material,  such  as  sorghum 
cane,  Sudan  grass,  timothy,  and  the  corn  plant,  would  be  useful  for  cattle,  but 
would  not  be  as  good  feed  for  swine  as  pure  rape  silage,  or  the  alfalfa,  red 
clover,  potato,  or  corn-grain  mixtures.  The  mixtures  of  rape  with  legumes  are 
deemed  perhaps  best  from  the  standpoint  of  feeding  as  well  as  that  of  the 
quality  of  the  silage.  The  rape  improves  the  mixture,  in  that  it  supplies  the 
necessary  fermentable  carbohydrates,  which  apparently  are  deficient  in  amount 
in  the  legume. 

Chemical  examination  of  the  samples  showed  the  acidity  and  alcohol  content 
to  be  comparable  in  most  cases  to  that  of  corn  silage. 

A  contribution  to  tlie  bacteriology  of  silag'e,  J.  M.  Shekman  {Jcmr.  Bact., 
1  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  445-452). — The  data  presented  in  this  paper  suggest  the 
probable  importance  of  a  group  of  acid-tolerant,  acid-producing  bacilli  in  the 
curing  of  corn  silage.  The  organism  concerned,  while  closely  related  to  the 
Bacillus  bulgaricus  group  of  milk  and  the  B.  acidophilus  group  of  the  intestines, 
appears  to  differ  somewhat  from  the  typical  members  of  these  groups,  notably 
by  its  comparatively  abundant  growth  on  ordinary  laboratory  media.  The 
microscopic  examination  of  silage  juice  demonstrates  the  presence  of  immense 
numbers  of  bacterial  cells  (always  over  one  billion  per  cubic  centimeter),  most 
of  which  are  baciUi  which  resemble  morphologically  the  high  acid-producing 
bacilli  described.  The  aciduric  bacilli  of  silage  are  constantly  found  in  quite 
large  numbers  on  com  fodder,  so  that  silage  made  from  corn  is  always  amply 
seeded  with  these  organisms. 

Fish  meal:  Its  use  as  a  stock  and  poultry  food,  F.  C.  Webee  (77.  8.  Dept 
Agr.  Bui.  378  {1916),  pp.  21). — The  author  notes  the  earlier  use  of  fish  meal 
as  a  feeding  stuff  in  the  United  States  and  gives  rather  full  abstracts  of  the  more 
important  literature  pertaining  to  its  use  in  this  country  and  in  other  countries. 

With  proper  attention  to  sanitary  considerations  in  the  processes,  it  is  said 
that  the  undried  fish  residues  may  be  made  into  fish  meal  for  feeding  purposes. 
The  meal  containing  less  than  10  per  cent  moisture  will  keep  a  very  long  time 
without  decomposition. 

During  the  season  of  1914  a  quantity'  of  fish  meal  was  made  in  the  course  of 
experiments  upon  the  utilization  as  a  stock  food  of  the  waste  in  the  sardine 
industry  on  the  coast  of  Maine.  With  the  equipment  used  a  yield  of  from  27  to 
33  per  cent  of  meal  was  obtained  from  the  fish  residue,  and  from  raw  material 
containing  from  12  to  17  per  cent  of  oil,  over  one-half  the  oil  was  removed  by 
pressing.  The  oil  obtained  was  bright,  clear,  and  of  a  very  high  quality.  After 
being  stored  in  a  bam  at  Eastport,  Me.,  for  two  or  three  months  and  then  shipped 
to  Washington,  D.  C,  for  use  in  the  feeding  experiments  reported  in  this  bulle- 
tin, this  fish  meal  was  found  to  contain  water  4.74  per  cent,  protein  (NX 6.25) 
60.50,  fat  14.56,  crude  fiber  0.61,  ash  16.68,  and  salt  (NaQ)  5.78. 

In  feeding  tests  by  the  Dairy  Division  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry, 
dairy  cows  fed  fish  meal  gave  a  greater  yield  of  milk  than  those  fed  cotton-seed 
meal.  The  total  milk  fat  from  the  two  groups  was  about  the  same.  There  was 
some  variation  in  the  readiness  with  which  the  animals  ate  the  ration  containing 
fish  meal.    The  meal  had  no  detrimental  effect  on  either  the  milk  or  butter. 

Feeding  experiments  upon  the  value  of  fish  meal  for  laying  hens  and  for 
growing  and  fattening  pigs  were  conducted  by  the  Animal  Husbandry  Division 
of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry.  In  a  comparison  of  fish  meal  with  meat 
jneal  for  laying  hens,  A.  R.  Lee  reports  that  the  lot  fed  the  ration  containing 


770  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

fish  meal  laid  an  average  of  113.1  eggs  per  hen  in  32  weeks,  and  those  fed  a 
similar  ration  but  containing  beef  scrap  instead  of  fish  meal  averaged  128.4 
eggs  per  hen.  The  hens  ate  the  beef  scrap  a  little  more  freely  than  they  did  the 
fish  meal.  No  differences  were  noted  in  regard  to  size  or  flavor  of  eggs  or  the 
health  and  weight  of  the  fowls. 

In  comparing  fish  meal  with  digester  tankage  (60  per  cent  protein)  as  supple- 
ments in  a  ration  for  pigs,  F.  G.  Ashbrook  reports  that  12  grade  Berkshire  pigs 
averaging  about  52  lbs.  per  head  were  divided  into  two  lots  and  fed  for  112 
days,  beginning  January  19,  1915.  The  8  pigs  fed  corn  meal,  middlings,  and 
tankage  (4:4:1)  made  an  average  daily  gain  per  pig  of  1.25  lbs.  at  a  cost  of 
5.58  cts.  per  pound  of  gain,  the  average  grain  eaten  daily  per  pig  being  4.53  lbs. 
The  4  pigs  fed  corn  meal,  middlings,  and  fish  meal  (4:4:1)  made  an  average 
daily  gain  per  pig  of  1.31  lbs.  at  a  cost  of  5.22  cts.  per  pound  of  gain,  the  average 
daily  grain  consumption  per  pig  being  4.8  lbs. 

At  the  close  of  the  above  period,  May  11,  1915,  the  pigs  were  put  on  a  ration 
for  the  fattening  period,  which  lasted  28  days.  The  4  pigs  fed  fish  meal  were 
continued  on  the  same  rations,  and  made  an  average  daily  gain  per  pig  during 
the  fattening  period  of  1.91  lbs.  at  a  cost  of  6.04  cts.  per  pound  of  gain  and  a 
daily  grain  consumption  of  8.06  lbs.  The  8  pigs  previously  fed  tankage  were 
divided  into  two  lots  of  4  pigs  each.  One  of  these  lots  was  finished  on  a  ration 
of  corn  meal  and  fish  meal  (9:1).  They  made  an  average  daily  gain  per  pig 
of  2.16  lbs.  at  a  cost  per  pound  of  gain  of  5.35  cts.,  their  daily  consumption  of 
grain  being  8.54  lbs.  per  pig.  The  other  lot  was  fed  corn  meal  and  tankage 
(9:1).  Their  average  daily  gain  was  2  lbs.  per  pig  at  a  cost  of  6.76  cts.  per 
pound  of  gain,  and  they  consumed  8.13  lbs.  of  grain  daily  per  pig.  In  figuring 
the  cost  of  gains  in  these  tests,  corn  meal  was  valued  at  $27  per  ton,  wheat 
middlings  at  $30  per  ton,  digester  tankage  at  $50  per  ton,  and  fish  meal  at  $35 
per  ton.  It  is  stated  that  in  these  tests  the  hogs  were  extremely  fond  of  the 
flsh  meal. 

(Jeneral  directions  for  the  manufacture  of  fish  meal,  opinions  of  stock-food 
manufacturers  in  reference  to  its  use  in  the  trade,  and  an  estimate  of  the 
amount  of  raw  material  available  for  fish  meal  are  given. 

Cause  and  prevention  of  rancidity  in  palm  nut  kernel  cake,  R.  B.  Caxdee 
{Jour.  Agr.  Sci.  [England],  7  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  47M72).— The  author  con- 
cludes from  his  studies  that  palm  nut  kernel  cake,  if  kept  dry  and  cool,  remains 
Bweet  for  at  least  ten  weeks.  If  moist  and  warm  it  becomes  rancid  in  a  few 
days.  The  cake  contains  a  zymogen  which  under  the  influence  of  warmth  and 
moisture  forms  a  lipase,  which  then  turns  the  oil  rancid.  The  lipase  can  be 
destroyed  by  heating  the  moistened  cake  to  70°  C.  (158°  F.)  for  a  short  time. 
If  the  dry  cake  is  heated  the  zymogen  is  usually  destroyed,  but  dry  heating 
is  not  so  certain  to  destroy  it  as  heating  when  moist. 

Studies  on  the  acidity  of  various  feeding  stufEs,  L.  Wilk  (Ztschr.  Landw. 
Versuchsw.  Osterr.,  18  (1915),  No.  8-9,  pp.  485-558) .—Data  on  the  acidity  of 
the  following  feeding  stuffs  are  given :  Pumpkin-seed  cake  and  bran,  sunflower 
seed  cake,  rape  seed  cake,  linseed  cake,  peanut  cake,  molasses  feed,  sesame 
cake,  rice  meal,  coconut  cake,  cotton-seed  meal,  palm-kernel  cake,  corn  germs, 
dried  beet  foliage,  potato  pulp,  and  blood,  meat,  and  fish  meal.  Methods  of 
determining  acidity  are  discussed. 

Tricolor  inheritance. — I,  The  tricolor  series  in  guinea  pigs,  H.  L.  Ibsen 
{Genetics,  1  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  287-309,  figs.  4)-— In  this  paper,  reporting  work 
at  the  Wisconsin  Experiment  Station,  the  factors  more  or  less  directly  con- 
cerned with  tricolor  inheritance  in  guinea  pigs  are  described  and  their  inter- 
relations shown. 


19161  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  771 

In  the  experimental  results  it  is  shown  "  that  tricolors  may  be  of  two  kinds, 

those  homozygous  and  those  heterozygous  for  the  c?  or  bhick-spotting  fuctor; 
that  black-and-whites  of  tricolor  parentage  are  also  either  homozygous  or 
heterozygous  for  the  same  factor;  and  that  red-and-whites  of  tricolor  par- 
entage may  carry  the  eP  factor  in  a  homozygous  or  heterozygous  condition, 
or  it  may  be  altogether  absent,  in  which  event  the  red-and-white  breeds  true. 

"  Red-and-whites  may  be  tested  for  the  presence  of  the  black-spotting  factor 
by  mating  them  to  homozygous  self  reds.  If  the  factor  is  present  there  will 
be  tortoises  among  the  offspring ;  if  it  is  absent  they  will  be  all  self  reds. 

"  Black-and-whites  of  the  tricolor  series,  homozygous  for  eP,  produce  only 
tortoises  when  mated  to  homozygous  self  reds;  if  they  are  cPe  half  of  the  off- 
spring are  tortoises  and  the  other  half  self  reds.  Both  these  kinds  of  black- 
and-whites,  therefore,  produce  some  tortoises,  but  no  self  blacks  when  mated 
to  self  reds. 

"  Black-and-whites  carrying  E  may  be  of  three  kinds,  EE,  EeP,  and  Ee.  The 
first  kind  when  mated  to  homozygous  self  reds  produce  all  self  blacks;  the 
second  kind,  half  self  blacks  and  half  tortoises ;  the  third  kind,  half  self  blacks 
and  half  self  reds.  Black-and-whites  carrying  E,  therefore,  always  produce 
some  self  blacks  when  mated  to  self  reds,  but  in  some  instances  (when  EeP) 
also  produce  tortoises. 

"  EE  and  Ee  black-and-whites  were  produced  by  mating  self  blacks  to  ee 
red-and-whites  and  inbreeding  the  Fi  self  blacks.  Some  of  the  F2  generation 
are  black-and-whites  which  are  either  EE  or  Ee.  The  first  kind  when  mated  to- 
gether breed  true. 

"  Animals  of  the  tricolor  series  carrying  a  large  amount  of  black  pigmenta- 
tion (eP)  and  also  a  large  amount  of  white  spotting  tend  to  produce  a  com- 
paratively large  number  of  black-and-whites  and  no  eP  red-and-whites.  Those 
carrying  a  small  amount  of  black  pigmentation  tend  to  produce  a  compara- 
tively large  number  of  eP  red-and-whites  and  no  black-and-whites. 

"  The  statement  is  made,  but  complete  experimental  proof  is  reserved  for  a 
later  paper,  that  the  three  factors,  E.  complete  extension  of  black  pigment,  eP, 
partial  extension,  and  e,  nonextension,  form  an  allelomorphic  series." 

A  bibliography  of  literature  cited  is  given. 

Inbreeding  in  tail-female,  W.  H.  E.  Wankxyn  (Bloodstock  Breeders'  Rev., 
5  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  lJfO-lJi2). — The  author  states  that  inbreeding  to  the  male 
line  has  hundreds  of  prominent  successes  so  far  as  to  the  female  in  her  influ- 
ence on  future  generations  is  concerned,  while  the  results  of  inbreeding  in 
female-tail  can  be  counted  in  small  numbers.  Examples  of  successes  in  female- 
tail  inbreeding  are  given. 

Sex  control  and  known  correlations  in  pigeons,  O.  Riddle  (Amer.  Nat., 
50  (1916),  No.  595,  pp.  385-410,  fig.  1). — The  author  states  that  the  studies  that 
have  thus  far  been  made  on  sex  and  on  the  experimental  control  of  sex  in 
pigeons  go  very  far  toward  an  adequate  demonstration  that  germs  prospectively 
of  one  sex  have  been  forced  to  produce  an  adult  of  the  opposite  sex — that  germs 
normally  female-producing  have,  under  experiment,  been  made  to  develop  into 
males,  and  that  germs  which  were  prospectively  male-producing  have  been  made 
to  form  female  adults.  Neither  selective  fertilization,  differential  maturation, 
nor  a  selective  elimination  of  ova  in  the  ovary  can  account  for  the  observed 
results.  Further,  and  perhaps  of  more  importance,  these  studies  throw  much 
new  light  on  the  nature  of  the  difference  between  the  germs  of  the  two  sexes. 
This  difference  seems  to  rest  on  modifiable  metabolic  levels  of  the  germs ;  males 
arise  from  germs  at  the  higher  levels,  females  from  the  lower ;  and  such  basic 
sex  differences  are  quantitative  rather  than  qualitative  in  kind. 
67476°— 17 6 


772 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


The  animal-breeding'  industry,  R.  Pearl  (Sci.  Mo.,  S  {1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
2&-30). — A  general  article  treating  of  the  number  and  value  of  farm  live  stock 
in  the  United  States,  exports  and  imports. 

Sheep  management;  breeds  and  judging,  P.  Kleinheinz  (Madison,  Wis.: 
Author,  1916,  3.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  XX +306,  figs.  111). — This  is  the  third 
edition  of  this  book,  revised  and  enlarged  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  570). 

The  improvement  of  the  sheep  of  the  Middle  Tiber  Valley  by  means  of 
crossing  with  Rambouillet  Merinos,  P.  Pazzini  (Staz.  Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  48 
{1915),  No.  9,  pp.  649-676;  abs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome],  Mo.  Bui.  Agr. 
Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  6  {1915),  No.  12,  pp.  1681-1683). — In  these  experi- 
ments it  was  found  that  compared  with  the  native  breed  the  crosses  show  better 
shape,  greater  weight  of  the  lambs  at  birth,  greater  increase  in  weight  of  the 
lambs,  greater  carcass  weight  in  the  wethers,  and  greater  chest  index,  together 
with  a  lower  heart  and  lung  index.  Observations  made  on  the  production  of 
wool  show  that  the  crossbreds  have  an  additional  advantage,  both  as  to  absolute 
weight  of  fleece  and  quality  of  fiber. 

A  new  fleece  record  claimed,  W.  Stemmons  {Breeder's  Gaz.,  69  {1916),  No. 
21,  p.  1114). — It  is  claimed  that  the  heaviest  fleece  ever  shorn  from  a  single 
sheep  was  recently  taken  from  a  2-year-old  Rambduillet  ram  on  the  farm  of 
the  Oklahoma  Agricultural  College.  The  fleece  weighed  46.25  lbs.  The  fibers 
of  the  fleece  were  measured  and  found  to  average  1/1800  of  an  inch.  The 
average  length  of  the  staple  of  this  fleece  was  3.25  in.,  and  the  average  length 
of  the  fiber  when  stretched  5.25  in.  This  fact  shows  that  the  crimp  is  excep- 
tionally good,  and  because  of  this  the  felting  properties  of  the  wool  are 
extraordinary. 

Mendelism  of  short  ears  in  sheep,  E.  G.  Ritzman  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour. 
Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  20,  pp.  797,  798).— The  author  describes  a  distinct 
type  of  short  ears  in  sheep  which  in  breeding  experiments  at  the  New  Hamp- 
shire Experiment  Station  has  behaved  as  a  simple  Mendelian  unit  factor,  being 
dominant  over  long  ears. 

Com  silage  for  lambs,  J.  W.  Wilson  (South  Dakota  Sta.  Bui.  165  (1916), 
pp.  377-390,  figs.  7). — This  bulletin  gives  results  of  two  experiments  involving 
140  lambs,  those  for  the  1914  test  being  home-grown  or  native  lambs  and  those 
used  in  1915  being  western  range  lambs.  Each  fall  there  were  7  lots  of  10 
lambs  each.  The  rations  fed,  the  grain  part  of  which  was  a  mixture  of  corn 
axid  oats  half  and  half  by  weight,  and  some  of  the  results  obtained  are 
given  in  the  following  table : 

Results  of  lamb-feeding  experiments  in  1914  and  1915. 


Lots. 


Average  daily  ration  per  head. 


1914 


DaUy 

gain 

per  bead. 


Feed 
cost  per 
pound  of 

gain. 


1915 


Daily 

gain 

per  head. 


Feed 
cost  per 
pound  of 

gain. 


1.15  pounds  grain,  1.38  pounds  silage 

1.52  pounds  grain,  0.72  pound  silage,  0.7fi  pound  hay . . 
1.52  pounds  grain,  0.6  pound  silage,  0.86  pound  hay.. 
1.49  pounds  grain,  0.49  pound  silage,  0.97  pound  hay. 

1.51  pounds  grain,  0..37  pound  silage,  1.23  pound  hay. 

1.52  pounds  grain,  0.22  pound  silage,  1.33  pounds  hay 
1.61  pounds  grain,  1.11  pounds  hay 


Pounds. 
0.13 
.23 
.28 
.28 
.25 
.24 
.23 


Cents. 
11.44 
8.45 
7.12 
7.09 
7.96 
7.21 
7.45 


Pounds. 
0.08 
.18 
.23 
.21 
.19 
.17 
.16 


Cents. 
12.00 
9.69 
7.83 
8.39 
9.23 
10.40 
10.47 


1918]  ANTMAL  PRODUCnON.  773 

In  figuring  the  cost  of  gain,  grain  was  valued  at  $20  per  ton,  silage  at  $3 
per  ton,  and  prairie  hay  at  ?6  per  ton. 

Tables  are  given  showing  individual  weights  and  gains  of  lambs,  as  well 
as  results  of  feeding  experiments  with  lambs  previously  noted  (E  S  R  23 
p.  176).  '       ' 

Self-feeding  hogs,  A.  F.  Saybe  (Country  Gent^  81  (1916),  No.  27,  p.  1296).— 
In  a  feeding  operation  on  a  Wisconsin  farm  59  spring  and  fall  Duroc  shotes 
were  fed  shelled  corn  by  the  self-feeder  method  for  35  days  and  made  an 
average  daily  gain  per  head  of  2.45  lbs.,  consuming  5.1  lbs.  corn  per  pound  of 
gain,  and  realizing  a  profit  of  $61.65  on  the  lot.  This  amounted  to  a  net 
feeding  profit  per  bushel  of  corn  of  14  cts.,  the  cost  of  the  corn  being  68  cts. 
per  bushel. 

Feeding  experiments  with  work  horses,  N.  Hansson  (Meddel.  Centralanst. 
Forsoksv.  Jordbruksomrddet,  No.  126  (1915),  pp.  54,  figs.  S;  abs.  in  K.  Landtbr. 
Akad.  Handl.  och  Tidskr.,  55  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  218-229;  Jour.  Bd.  Agr.  [Lotv- 
don],  23  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  275-277).— Wrom  these  experiments  it  is  concluded 
that  1  lb.  of  barley  may  be  replaced  by  the  following  quantities  of  other  foods 
for  work  horses:  One  and  one-tenth  lbs.  mixed  barley  and  oats,  1.2  lbs.  oats, 
from  0.95  to  1  lb.  corn,  1  lb.  molasses,  1.1  lbs.  sugar-beet  slices,  1.2  lbs.  wheat 
bran,  1.5  lbs.  mixed  oat  bran  and  rice  meal  (3:2),  L8  lbs.  oat  bran,  0.9  lb. 
dry  matter  in  potatoes,  and  1.1  lbs.  dry  matter  in  roots.  Where  considerable 
quantities  of  potatoes,  roots,  molasses,  corn,  etc,  are  fed  additional  protein 
must  be  given  in  the  form  of  peanut  cake,  soy-bean  cake,  linseed  cake,  peas, 
beans,  gluten  feed,  or  good  hay  with  clover,  alfalfa,  or  other  leguminous  fodder. 

The  following  are  given  as  the  requirements  of  work  horses  of  1,300  lbs. 
live  weight,  as  regards  digestible  protein  (pounds  per  head  per  day)  :  Easy 
work,  from  1.1  to  1.32  lbs. ;  moderate  work,  from  1.32  to  1.76 ;  hard  work, 
from  1.76  to  2.2 ;  very  hard  work,  2.2  lbs.  or  more. 

Sour  milk  for  chicken  feeding,  H.  L.  Kempsteb  (Missouri  Sta.  Circ.  79 
(1916),  pp.  4,  fid-  !)■ — Three  25-bird  pens  of  White  Leghorn  pullets  were  fed 
from  November  1,  1914,  to  October  31,  1915,  to  test  the  effect  of  sour  milk  on 
egg  production.  About  two-thirds  of  the  ration  of  each  of  the  pens  consisted 
of  a  scratch  feed  of  corn  and  wheat  (2:1).  One  lot  which  received  no  meat 
was  fed  a  mash  of  bran,  middlings  or  shorts,  and  com  meal ;  another  lot  was 
fed  the  same  mash  and  in  addition  all  the  sour  milk  the  fowls  wanted ;  a  third 
lot  was  fed  the  same  mash  with  beef  scrap. 

The  no-meat  pen  laid  an  average  of  65  eggs  per  hen  for  the  year,  the  beef- 
fed  hens  an  average  of  107  eggs  each,  and  the  sour-milk-fed  hens  an  average 
of  131  eggs  each.  On  a  cost  basis  per  hundredweight  for  feeds  of  $1.66  for 
wheat,  $1.60  for  corn,  $1.20  for  bran,  $1.70  for  corn  meal,  $1.40  for  shorts,  $3.25 
for  beef  scrap,  and  20  cts.  for  sour  milk,  and,  with  eggs  at  20  cts.  per  dozen, 
there  was  a  loss  of  $1  on  the  lot  fed  no  meat,  a  profit  of  $19.78  on  the  lot  fed 
beef  scrap,  and  a  profit  of  $28.26  on  the  lot  fed  sour  milk. 

Artificial  brooding  and  chick  feeding,  W.  F.  Schoppe  (Montana  Sta.  Circ. 
56  (1916),  pp.  193-207,  figs.  8).— A  description  and  working  plans  are  given 
of  a  colony  brooder  house  in  which  are  installed  two  of  the  Maine  fresh-air 
brooders  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  572).  Directions  for  operating  the  brooder  and 
feeding  the  chicks  are  included. 

Fecundity  of  hens  in  relation  to  size  of  egg,  E.  Bbown  (Jour.  Bd.  Agr. 
ILondon],  23  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  230-233) .-Data  taken  from  a  laying  competi- 
tion, including  162  White  Wyandotte  pullets  and  156  White  Leghorn  pullets, 
are  given.  The  number  of  eggs  laid  by  each  pullet  were  divided  into  first  grade 
(2  oz.  and  upwards),  second  grade  (1.75  oz.  to  2  oz.),  and  third  grade  (under 
1.75  oz.). 


774  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

In  the  case  of  the  White  Wyandottes  the  pen  from  which  the  highest  number 
of  eggs  was  obtained  stood  lowest  but  two  in  the  percentage  of  first-grade  eggs, 
the  poorest  of  all  in  that  respect  standing  third  on  the  list  as  to  number  of  eggs 
laid,  while  that  which  was  lowest  as  regards  the  number  of  eggs  was  nearly  the 
lowest  also  in  point  of  first-grade  eggs.  On  the  other  hand,  the  pen  second  in 
total  number  of  eggs  was  also  second  in  respect  to  size  of  egg.  At  the  same 
time,  with  some  exceptions,  the  figures  in  respect  to  size  of  egg  favor  the 
pullets,  which  were  medium  in  fecundity.  The  mean  of  the  breed  in  both  direc- 
tions to  secure  good  marketable  size,  though  the  average  is  a  low  one,  is  from 
800  to  900  eggs  per  six  birds  per  annum. 

With  the  Leghorns  there  was  nothing  to  indicate  that  high  fecundity  is 
responsible  for  any  diminution  of  the  size  of  egg.  The  pen  of  Leghorns  that 
was  third  in  that  breed  was  first  in  first-grade  eggs  (96.25  per  cent),  while  the 
pen  which  was  second  in  respect  to  first-grade  eggs  (95.56  per  cent)  was  last 
save  one  in  the  total  number  of  eggs  laid. 

It  is  stated  that  Leghorns  are  naturally  more  prolific  than  Wyandottes,  and 
it  may  be  expected,  therefore,  that  forcing  production  will  have  a  greater  physi- 
cal influence  upon  the  latter,  especially  as  the  eggs  are  smaller  than  those  of 
the  former. 

The  ostrich-feather  industry  in  South  Africa,  R.  W.  Thornton  (So. 
African  Jour.  Sci.,  12  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  272-279)  .—This  article  treats  of  the 
varieties  of  ostriches  in  Africa,  their  distribution,  domestication,  incubation, 
feeding,  care,  and  management,  clipping  and  quilling,  and  the  marketing  of 
feathers. 

The  breeding  of  "  whitefish  "  (Coregonus  spp.)  in  Switzerland,  G.  Sukbeck 
(Schweiz.  Fisch.  Ztg.,  23  (1915),  No.  11,  pp.  296-305;  obs.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Agr. 
IRomel,  Mo.  Bui.  Agr.  Intel,  and  Plant  Diseases,  7  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  112-114)- — 
Artificial  hatching  and  stocking  of  the  lake  herring  or  whitefish  has  met  with 
success  in  Switzerland  and  is  being  encouraged.  It  is  estimated  that  the  weight 
of  whitefish  annually  caught  in  the  Swiss  lakes  is  about  2,640,000  lbs.  This 
represents  a  value  of  from  $400,000  to  $500,000,  while  the  total  gi'oss  returns 
from  all  species  of  fish  from  Swiss  waters  is  estimated  at  somewhat  over 
$1,500,000. 

DAIRY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

The  influence  of  the  plane  of  nutrition  of  the  cow  upon  the  composition 
and  properties  of  milk  and  butter  fat:  Influence  of  overfeeding,  C.  H. 
EcKLES  and  L.  S.  Paxmeb  (Missouri  Sta.  Research  Bui.  24  (1916),  pp.  3-39, 
figg_  ^). — The  investigations  reported  in  this  bulletin  included  four  experimental 
periods  and  dealt  with  the  influence  of  a  supernormal  plane  of  nutrition  of 
cows  upon  the  composition  and  properties  of  milk  and  milk  fat.  The  cows  used 
were  a  pure-bred  milking  Shorthorn  in  her  fourth  lactation  period,  a  pure-bred 
Ayrshire  in  her  fourth  lactation  period,  and  a  pure-bred  Jersey  in  her  second 
and  again  in  her  third  lactation  periods.  In  the  experiments  the  plane  of 
nutrition  varied  from  normal  to  plus  104  per  cent.  The  grain  and  hay  part 
of  the  rations,  which  was  of  the  same  character  in  all  experiments,  consisted 
of  choice  alfalfa  hay  and  a  mixture  of  corn  chop,  wheat  bran,  and  linseed 
meal  (4:2:1).  The  proportion  of  grain  to  hay  varied  in  the  different  tests. 
In  some  cases  the  hay  was  supplemented  by  corn  silage  or  by  green  alfalfa. 

The  experiments  covered  cases  where  a  normal  plane  of  nutrition  prevailed 
previous  to  overfeeding  and  where  the  overfeeding  was  preceded  by  a  subnormal 
plane  of  nutrition.    It  was  found  in  both  these  cases  that  the  most  pronounced 


19161  DATET  FARMING DAIRYING.  775 

result  of  overfeeding  was  to  cause  the  cow  to  gain  in  weight,  and  that  in 
none  of  the  experiments  did  overfeeding  exert  an  influence  toward  abnormality 
in  composition  of  the  milk  or  milk  fat.  In  one  case  a  high  supernormal  plane 
of  nutrition  prevented  further  changes  in  the  constants  of  the  milk  fat  due 
to  declining  lactation.  In  two  cases  where  the  composition  of  milk  and  the 
constants  of  the  fat  were  abnormal,  due  to  previous  underfeeding,  the  result 
of  overfeeding  was  to  restore  normality.  The  conclusion  is  reached  "that 
normal  milk  and  butter  is  to  be  expected  when  the  cow  is  on  a  supernormal 
plane  of  nutrition  as  well  as  when  the  plane  of  nutrition  Is  normal,  provided 
there  are  no  other  influencing  factors  such  as  specific  feeds." 

Data  obtained  on  the  effect  of  overfeeding  on  milk  flow  indicate  that  the 
secretion  of  milk  is  regulated  by  at  least  two  factors,  designated  as  chemical 
and  nervous.  Facts  brought  out  in  the  investigations  are  thought  to  show 
that  the  chemical  stimulus,  which  is  the  stimulus  that  fixes  the  maximum  milk 
flow  and  which  is  more  or  less  independent  of  the  plane  of  nutrition,  is  the  pre- 
dominating stimulus  immediately  following  and  for  a  period  after  parturition, 
but  that  as  the  lactation  period  advances  the  chemical  stimulus  gives  way 
for  the  nervous  stimulus.  The  nervous  stimulus  is  dependent  upon  the  plane 
of  nutrition  of  the  cow. 

In  one  case  only  was  there  a  marked  increase  in  milk  flow  due  to  a  super- 
plane  of  nutrition.  In  this  case  th'^  milk  flow  of  the  cow  had  been  appreciably 
reduced  by  underfeeding.  The  results  indicate,  however,  that  a  very  high 
plane  of  nutrition  is  effective  in  holding  off  the  decline  in  milk  flow  due  to 
advanced  lactation. 

In  two  of  the  four  experiments  the  percentage  of  fat  was  slightly  affected 
by  overfeeding.  In  one  case  there  was  a  reduction  of  0.2  per  cent,  but  this 
accompanied  an  increased  milk  flow,  the  total  fat  production  remaining  practi- 
cally constant.  In  the  other  case  a  high  fat  content  due  to  previous  under- 
feeding was  restored  to  normal.  With  three  of  the  cows  the  protein  content 
of  the  milk,  which  in  each  case  had  been  appreciably  depressed,  was  restored 
to  normality  by  overfeeding.  In  the  other  case  intense  overfeeding  caused  a 
constant  high  protein  level  of  from  0.4  to  0.5  per  cent  throughout  the  entire 
period.  This  fell  back  to  normal  when  the  plane  of  nutrition  was  reduced. 
This  increased  protein  percentage  was  accompanied  by  an  increased  milk  flow. 

The  lactose  percentage  was  the  least  uniformly  affected  by  supernormal  feed- 
ing. In  the  case  of  the  Jersey  cow,  which  started  her  lactation  period  in  a 
very  low  state  of  nutrition  and  with  an  abnormally  low  lactose  percentage 
in  the  milk,  the  lactose  content  was  gradually  raised  to  its  normal  value. 
The  only  effect  of  overfeeding  on  the  saponification  value  of  the  milk  fat 
was  a  strong  tendency  to  produce  r  normal  value.  This  was  also  true  of  the 
Reichert-Meissl  number,  the  oleic  acid  content,  and  the  melting  point  of  the 
milk  fat. 

The  influence  of  the  state  of  nutrition  on  the  composition  of  milk  fat  im- 
n-.ediately  following  parturition  is  discussed. 

Data  connected  with  the  experiments  are  tabulated  in  detail  and  shown 
graphically  in  the  appendix. 

The  changes  in  composition  of  butter  fat  produced  by  feeding  cotton-seed 
oil,  F.  H.  Smith,  C.  A.  Wells,  and  P.  V.  Ewing  (Georgia  Sta.  Bui.  122  (1916), 
pp.  95-111). — This  is  a  detailed  report  of  investigations  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  71)  on  the  changes  in  composition  wiiich  milk  fat  undergoes 
when  the  animal  receives  a  ration  containing  cotton-seed  oil,  and  on  the  trans- 
fer of  food  fat  to  the  milk  fat. 


776  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Two  lots  of  two  pure-bred  Jersey  cows  each  were  fed  a  basal  ration  of  silage, 
corn  meal,  and  alfalfa  hay  from  December  20,  1915,  to  January  16,  1916,  when 
lot  1  was  also  given  0.5  lb.  cotton-seed  oil  per  head  daily  for  two  weeks,  then 
increased  to  1  lb.  daily  for  two  weeks,  after  which  no  cotton-seed  oil  was  fed. 
Lot  2  received  the  basal  ration  throughout.  Samples  of  butter  from  the  mixed 
milk  of  each  lot,  morning  and  evening  milking,  were  collected  at  the  end  of 
the  second  week  of  each  period  and  at  weekly  intervals  from  the  second  week 
until  the  end  of  the  test. 

The  milk  fat  fi'om  the  two  lots  on  the  basal  ration  was  almost  identical  in 
composition,  but  during  the  oil  feeding  period  the  saponification  number  for 
the  fat  of  lot  1  decreased  from  229.24  to  224.65,  while  with  lot  2  there  was  little 
change.  The  soluble  fatty  acids  decreased  with  oil  feeding  and  the  insoluble 
acids  rose  from  88.41  per  cent  to  89.3  per  cent.  The  mean  molecular  weight  of 
the  insoluble  acids  increased  from  259.06  to  264.75  during  the  oil  feeding  period. 
The  mean  molecular  weight  of  the  insoluble  fatty  acids  of  the  cotton-seed  oil 
was  292.8.  The  iodin  number  increased  from  29.56  to  34.32  during  the  oil 
feeding  period.  The  unsaponifiable  matter  in  the  butter  remained  practically 
constant  throughout  the  experiment,  and  the  variations  in  acid  number, 
Reichert-Meissl  number,  and  acetyl  value  were  insignificant.  With  the  Halphen 
test  the  fat  of  lot  1  showed  a  coloration  corresponding  to  0.5  or  0.6  per  cent 
cotton-seed  oil  content  during  the  period  when  0.5  lb.  oU  was  fed  daily  and  1 
per  cent  oil  content  during  the  period  when  1  lb.  of  oil  was  fed.  The  specific 
gravity  of  the  milk  fat  was  somewhat  lowered  and  the  melting  point  slightly 
raised  while  on  the  oil  ration. 

From  these  data  the  authors  conclude  that  some  change  other  than  a  simple 
transfer  of  cotton-seed  oil  to  the  milk  fat  had  occurred.  It  was  found  that 
the  addition  of  oil  to  the  ration  had  the  same  general  effect  on  the  constants 
of  the  milk  fat  as  an  advance,  in  this  instance,  of  five  weeks  in  the  lactation 
period. 

"  Cotton-seed  oil,  when  fed  in  small  quantities,  was  not  transferred  in  any 
considerable  amounts  directly  to  the  milk  fat.  Some  of  the  substances  of  which 
the  oil  is  composed  apparently  were  transferred  in  a  greater  amount  than 
others.  The  constituents  of  the  oil  did  not  reach  the  milk  fat  in  those  same 
combinations  or  proportions  in  which  they  exist  in  cotton-seed  oil." 

The  more  important  literature  pertaining  to  the  subject  is  reviewed. 

Important  factors  afEecting  machine  milking',  C.  Laesen  (South  Dakota 
Sta.  Bid.  166  {1916),  pp.  394-421,  figs.  9). — As  a  result  of  tests  ranging  from 
7  months  to  5  years  and  3  months  with  seven  makes  of  machines,  the  author 
points  out  factors  other  than  the  merits  and  demerits  of  different  kinds  of 
machines  which  have  been  found  important  in  making  machine  milking  a 
success.  A  comparison  of  the  different  makes  of  milking  machines  was  not 
involved  in  these  experiments. 

In  an  experiment  upon  the  germ  content  of  machine-drawn  milk  the  pail, 
rubber  tubes,  and  all  cups  of  a  milking  machine  were  thoroughly  cleaned  and 
scalded.  The  tubing  and  cups  were  kept  in  a  disinfectant  solution  between 
milkings.  The  milk  pail  after  being  cleaned,  rinsed,  and  steamed  was  kept  in 
the  milk  room  in  an  inverted  position  on  a  shelf  between  milkings.  The  aver- 
age number  of  germs  per  cubic  centimeter  in  the  milk  from  the  first  cow  with 
the  machine  was  5,325,  from  the  second  cow  3,017,  and  from  the  third  cow 
3,012.  It  is  stated  that  thoroughly  steaming  the  milk  pails  just  before  milk- 
ing has  been  the  means  of  greatly  reducing  the  germ  content  of  milk. 

Results  of  experiments  with  disinfectants  for  the  parts  of  milking  machines 
showed  that  several  substances  are  satisfactory,  nothing  being  better  for  cheap- 
ness and  simplicity  than  ordinary  lime. 


1»161  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING.  777 

Studies  on  the  numbers  of  bacteria  present  in  milk  which  has  undergone 
various  changes,  B.  W.  Hammeb  and  R.  H.  Hix  (Iowa  Sta.  Research  Bui. 
29  (1916),  pp.  S5-62). — In  the  work  reported  an  effort  was  made  to  secure 
information  regarding  the  numbers  of  bacteria  required  to  produce  various 
changes  in  milli.  While  changes  in  the  flavor  and  odor  first  attracted  attention, 
other  changes  were  considered  because  of  the  difficulties  presented  by  all  work 
dealing  with  changes  in  flavor  and  odor.  Sterile  milk  was  used  for  most  of  the 
work,  although  some  experiments  were  carried  out  with  aseptic  milk. 

The  authors  conclude  that  "  from  the  data  presented  it  appears  that  changes 
in  milk  due  to  the  growth  of  bacteria  therein  occur  only  after  large  numbers 
of  bacteria  are  present.  The  samples  of  milk  which  showed  changes  of  one  kind 
or  another  always  contained  over  1,000,000  bacteria  per  cubic  centimeter  and 
ordinarily  much  larger  numbers.  The  sweet  curdlers  produced  changes  in  milk 
with  the  smallest  numbers  of  organisms,  and  here  the  smallest  number  observed 
with  slight  coagulation  was  1,250,000  per  cubic  centimeter.  With  some  organ- 
isms pronounced  changes  required  approximately  1,000.000,000  per  cubic  centi- 
meter, and  between  this  value  and  the  minimum  already  mentioned  wide 
variations  were  encountered. 

"  Wide  variations  apparently  exist  in  the  numbers  of  organisms  present  in 
milk  showing  the  same  condition.  This  is  evident  from  the  percentage  varia- 
tion between  the  minimum  and  maximum  and  also  by  the  results  obtained  when 
freshly  inoculated  cultures  were  plated  at  two-hour  intervals  for  considerable 
periods.  The  difliculty  of  classifying  the  conditions  observed  in  milk  are,  in 
part,  responsible  for  the  variations  obtained. 

"  When  Bacterium  lactis  acidi  was  inoculated  into  aseptic  milk  a  distinct  rise 
in  acidity  was  commonly  detectable  by  the  sense  of  taste  before  the  milk  could 
be  classed  as  sour.  There  seemed  to  be  no  definite  relationship  between  the 
rise  in  acidity  and  the  classification  of  the  milk  as  sour  or  as  showing  a 
distinct  rise  in  acidity.  Acidity  increases  of  0.03,  0.04,  or  0.05  per  cent  (in  one 
case  0.02)  were  detected  by  the  sense  of  taste,  and  this  means  that  quite  low 
acidities  (acidities  that  would  be  regarded  as  normal)  may  be  encountered 
along  with  acid  flavors  in  the  milk." 

Some  effects  of  temperature  upon  the  growth  and  activity  of  bacteria  in 
milk,  H.  S.  Reed  and  R.  R.  Reynolds  (Virginia  Sta.  Tech.  Bui.  10  (1916). 
pp.  S-26). — In  this  investigation  upon  the  vitality  of  different  species  of  bacteria 
in  milk  at  different  temperatures  the  factors  studied  were  (1)  the  numbers 
of  bacteria,  (2)  the  proportion  of  acid-forming  bacteria  to  others,  (3)  the 
changes  affecting  the  consistency  of  the  milk,  (4)  the  quantity  of  acid  formed 
in  the  milk,  and  (5)  the  reducing  action  as  measured  by  the  conversion  of 
methylene  blue.  In  securing  pure  cultures  fresh  milk  was  obtained  from  the 
college  dairy,  the  cream  separated,  and  samples  of  100  cc.  placed  in  Erlenmeyer 
flasks.  The  samples  were  sterilized  fractionally  by  heating  to  95°  C.  for  15 
minutes  on  each  of  three  consecutive  days;  they  were  then  incubated  for 
three  days  at  32°,  and  those  which  showed  no  signs  of  bacterial  growth  were 
given  another  fractional  sterilization  extending  over  three  days.  The  samples 
were  inoculated  with  a  pure  culture  of  the  desired  organism  after  the  final 
sterilization  and  incubated  at  four  different  temperatures  for  a  six  weeks' 
period.  During  this  time  the  multiplication  of  the  organisms  and  their  activity 
were  studied  at  temperatures  ranging  from  that  employed  in  commercial  milk 
storage  to  that  of  a  warm  summer  day. 

Results  in  detail  are  tabulated  for  each  of  the  13  organisms  studied,  a  sum- 
mary of  which,  showing  the  effect  of  age  and  temperature  on  bacterial  growth, 
is  given  in  the  following  table: 


778  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Effect  of  age  and  temperature  on  bacterial  growth  in  milk. 


Kind  of  organism. 


Age,  in  days,  of  milk  kept  at  various  tem 
peratures,  which  gave  maximum 
counts  on  nu'  ;ient  agar. 


Incuba- 
tor. 
35°  C. 


Room, 
15-28°  C. 


"Water 
tank, 

13°  C. 


Cold  stor- 
age, 
-1°C 


Bacterium  lactis  acidi 

Sarcina  lutea 

Bacillus  coli 

B .  cyanogenes 

B.  proteus  vulgaris 

B .  XTogenes 

B.  fluorescens  liguefaciens 

B .  puiidum 

Microspira  tyrogena 

B.subtilis 

M.  citricu.i 

Oidium  lactis 

B.  prodigiosis 


All  the  organisms  studied  grew  to  some  extent  at  the  temperature  of  —1°. 
Two  types  of  micro-organisms  were  found  very  sensitive  to  this  temperature. 
B.  lactis  acidi,  representing  one  type,  increased  from  30  per  cubic  centimeter  at 
the  beginning  to  2,870  per  cubic  centimeter  on  the  third  day,  after  which  the 
members  gradually  decreased  to  50  per  cubic  centimeter  on  the  forty-.second 
day.  The  other  class,  represented  by  M.  tyrogena,  grew  very  slowly  at  first  but 
increased  during  the  latter  part  of  the  observation  period,  reaching  nearly 
10,000  per  cubic  centimeter  on  the  forty-second  day.  It  is  stated  that  this 
growth  relationship  has  an  important  bearing  upon  the  storage  of  milk  at  low 
temperatures  for  long  periods.  The  milk  might  be  appreciably  changed  in 
chemical  composition  yet  remain  sweet.  Certain  organisms  commonly  asso- 
ciated with  filth,  e.  g.,  B.  fluorescens  liquefaciens,  were  more  successful  in  grow- 
ing at  lower  temperatures  than  the  lactic  acid  bacteria. 

"  The  temperatures  of  previous  incubation  appeared  to  have  an  influence  upon 
the  members  of  organisms  developing  upon  gelatin  and  agar  plates,  as  well  as 
the  optimum  temperature  for  the  different  organisms.  The  members  of  organ- 
isms developing  on  agar  plates  were  more  or  less  closely  correlated  with  the 
amount  of  acid  formed  and  the  curdling  of  the  milk.  The  number  of  organisms 
developing  on  gelatin  plates  were  more  or  less  closely  correlated  with  the  forma- 
tion of  enzyms  capable  of  reducing  methylene  blue." 

Studies  on  the  clarification  of  milk,  B.  W.  Hammek  (Iowa  Sta.  Research 
Bui.  28  (1916),  pp.  19-32).— The  results  obtained  in  these  studies  show  that 
plates  poured  from  clarified  milk  commonly,  although  by  no  means  constantly, 
revealed  larger  numbers  of  colonies  of  bacteria  than  plates  poured  from  unclari- 
fied  milk.  Since  clarifier  slime  contains  large  numbers  of  bacteria  and  con- 
tamination was  practically  excluded  the  increases  in  the  number  of  colonies 
developing  on  plates  were  only  apparent  increases,  due  to  the  breaking  up  of 
clumps  of  organisms  by  the  centrifuging.  There  was  no  definite  relationship 
between  the  effect  of  clarification,  on  the  one  hand,  and  such  factors  as  the 
original  count,  temperature  of  the  milk,  or  the  percentage  of  fat,  on  the  other. 
It  is  concluded  that  whether  there  will  be  an  increase  or  a  decrease  in  the 
apparent  number  during  clarification  probably  depends  on  the  types  of  organ- 
Isms  and  on  the  presence  of  clumps. 

Fifty-one  comparisons  of  the  bacterial  content  of  clarified  and  unclarified 
milk  were  made  on  samples  showing  less  than  100,000  organisms  per  cubic 
centimeter.     In  3  cases  the  bacterial  content  was  not  influenced  by  clarification, 


19161  VETERINAEY   MEDICINE.  779 

in  14  cases  it  was  decreased  from  2  to  24  per  cent  (an  average  of  12  per  cent), 
and  in  34  cases  it  was  increased  from  2  to  256  per  cent  (an  average  of  41  per 
cent).  For  the  entire  51  samples  there  was  an  average  increase  of  24  per  cent. 
In  27  comparisons  made  on  samples  showing  from  1(X),000  to  500,000  organisms 
per  cubic  centimeter,  in  9  cases  clarification  caused  a  decrease  of  from  2  to  36 
per  cent  (an  average  of  12  per  cent),  and  in  18  cases  an  increase  of  from  3  to 
187  per  cent  (an  average  of  43  per  cent).  In  14  comparisons  made  on  samples 
showing  over  500,000  per  cubic  centimeter,  in  3  cases  the  bacterial  content  was 
decreased  by  clarification  from  5  to  40  per  cent  (an  average  of  24  per  cent), 
and  in  11  cases  increased  from  4  to  102  per  cent  (an  average  of  29  per  cent). 

In  52  comparisons  of  the  cell  content,  clarification  caused  a  decrease  of  from 
7  to  73  per  cent  (an  average  of  39  per  cent).  The  average  cell  content  of  the 
unclarified  milk  was  297,481,  and  of  the  clarified  milk  177,442  per  cubic  centi- 
meter. The  percentage  of  cells  thrown  out  showed  no  relationship  to  the 
original  cell  content,  the  percentage  of  fat,  or  the  temperature  of  the  milk. 

Large  numbers  of  bacteria  were  found  in  all  the  samples  of  slime  studied. 
In  11  tests  on  clarifier  slime,  using  a  1-cc.  sample,  the  counts  ran  from  31,000,000 
to  1,445,000,000  per  cubic  centimeter,  while  on  36  samples  of  1  gm.  each  the 
counts  ran  from  103,500,000  to  20,000,000,000  per  gram.  The  cell  content  of 
clarifier  slime  also  was  constantly  high.  In  3  tests,  using  a  1-cc.  sample,  there 
were  from  830,000,000  to  1,120,000,000  per  cubic  centimeter,  while  in  36  samples 
of  1  gm.  each  there  were  from  565,000,000  to  1,295,000,000  per  gram.  Neither 
the  bacteria  nor  the  cells  were  constantly  present  in  greater  numbers  in  any 
part  of  the  slime. 

Clarified  pasteurized  milk  gave  larger  numbers  of  colonies  on  agar  plates  than 
unclarified  pasteurized  milk  in  14  cases  out  of  the  21  tried,  while  in  the  remain- 
ing 7  cases  the  unclarified  pasteurized  milk  gave  the  higher  counts.  The  larger 
numbers  of  colonies  from  the  clarified  samples  were  ascribed  to  the  breaking 
up  of  the  clumps  as  a  result  of  the  clarification. 

The  clarifier  slime  showed  a  certain  amount  of  dirt,  even  when  the  milk 
clarified  was  produced  under  conditions  that  must  be  regarded  as  much  above 
the  average,  and  masses  of  red  blood  cells  were  occasionally  found  even  when 
the  milk  was  produced  under  careful  conditions. 

The  ratio  between  the  pounds  of  milk  clarified  and  the  amount  of  slime  was 
very  variable.  This  is  explained,  to  a  certain  extent,  by  the  fact  that  the 
milk  came  from  various  sources  and  presumably  was  produced  under  very 
different  conditions. 

"  Since  in  the  majority  of  cases  clarification  (either  with  or  without  pas- 
teurization) causes  an  increase  in  the  apparent  numbers  of  bacteria  in  milk, 
it  is  necessary  that  in  the  bacteriological  control  of  milk  supplies  this  fact  be 
taken  into  consideration.  The  increase  may  be  a  large  one  but,  since  it  is 
only  an  apparent  and  not  a  true  increase,  high  counts  on  clarified  milk  should 
not  be  considered  as  serious  as  approximately  the  same  counts  on  unclarified 
milk.  Serious  contamination  from  a  clarifier  is  not  an  impossibility  and  must 
be  considered  in  dealing  with  clarified  milk,  but  high  counts  on  clarified  milk 
evidently  have  a  different  significance  than  approximately  the  same  counts  on 
unclarified  milk,  due  to  the  breaking  up  of  the  clumps  during  centrifuging." 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

Larkspur  poisoning  of  live  stock,  C.  D.  Maksh,  A.  B.  Clawson,  and  H. 
Maksh  iU.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  365  {1916),  pp.  91,  pis.  15,  figs,  ig).— This  mono- 
graphic work  is  divided  into  three  parts.  The  first  part  (pp.  1-28)  gives  a 
liistorical  summary  and  review  of  the  literature,  and  discusses  the  alkaloids 


780  EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECORD.  [Vol.35 

of  Delphiniums,  the  losses  from  larkspur  poisoning,  common  names  of  lark- 
spurs, species  concerned  in  poisoning,  and  the  detection  of  species  in  the 
stomach  contents.  Part  2  (pp.  28-59)  presents  the  details  of  experimental 
work,  and  part  3  (pp.  59-84)  is  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  the  results  obtained 
and  the  conclusions  drawn. 

The  authors  find  that  "  it  is  rarely  possible  to  recognize  macroscopically 
larkspur  material  in  the  stomach  contents  of  cattle.  By  means  of  microscopic 
sections  of  stems,  however,  not  only  can  Delphinium  be  distinguished  from 
other  plants  but  groups  of  the  genus  can  be  distinguished  from  each  other. 
The  genus  falls  into  six  different  types  of  stem  structure. 

"  Experimental  feeding  of  larkspur  was  carried  on  for  three  seasons  at 
Mount  Carbon,  in  Gunnison  County,  Colo.  In  this  work  four  species  of  Del- 
phinium were  used  which  have  been  identified  as  Delphinium  barbeyi,  D. 
menziesii,  D.  andersonii,  and  D.  robusUim.  A  large  number  of  animals  was 
used  in  this  work,  including  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep.  Similar  feeding  ex- 
periments were  conducted  during  one  season  at  Greycliff,  Mont.,  on  D.  cucul- 
latum  and  D.  bicolor.  These  experiments  showed  that  the  larkspurs  are 
poisonous  to  cattle  and  horses  but  not  to  sheep.  Horses,  however,  in  pastures 
or  upon  the  range  do  not  eat  enough  of  the  plants  to  produce  any  ill  effects, 
so  that  losses  of  stock  from  larkspur  poisoning  are  confined  to  cattle. 

"  The  low  larkspurs  are  poisonous  during  the  whole  life  of  the  plants,  but 
inasmuch  as  they  disappear  early  in  July,  cases  of  poisoning  are  confined  to  the 
months  of  May  and  June.  The  tall  larkspurs  live  through  the  summer  season, 
appearing  in  early  spring.  They  are  most  poisonous  in  their  early  stages. 
After  blossoming  the  toxicity  gradually  diminishes  and  disappears  and  the  plant 
dries  up,  although  the  seeds  are  very  toxic.  Most  of  the  cases  of  poisoning  in 
Colorado  occur  in  May  and  June,  with  sporadic  cases  in  July.  In  other  locali- 
ties where  the  larkspurs  blossom  later  poisoning  may  occur  as  late  as  August 
or  even  September. 

"  While  definite  feeding  experiments  have  been  performed  upon  only  a  few 
species  of  larkspur,  it  may  be  assumed,  from  the  knowledge  of  plant  poisoning 
upon  the  ranges,  that  other  species  have  the  same  properties  as  those  experi- 
mented upon  and  that  feeding  upon  them  produces  the  same  results.  The 
experimental  work  and  the  autopsies  showed  a  clearly  defined  line  of  symptoms 
and  certain  definite  pathological  results.  The  feeding  showed  that  there  was 
no  marked  difference  in  toxicity  between  the  different  species  of  larkspurs  and 
that  the  quantity  necessary  to  produce  effects  varied  within  rather  wide  limits, 
but  that,  generally  speaking,  a  quantity  equal  to  at  least  3  per  cent  of  the 
weight  of  the  animal  was  necessary  to  produce  poisoning. 

"  From  somewhat  extensive  experimental  work  on  antidotes  it  was  found 
that  beneficial  results  could  be  obtained  by  using,  hypodermically,  injections  of 
physostigmin  salicylate,  pilocarpin  hydrochlorid,  and  strychnin  sulphate,  fol- 
lowed by  hypodermic  injections  of  whisky  when  needed. 

"  Poisoning  upon  the  range  may  be  prevented  in  some  cases  by  digging  up 
the  tall  larkspur  when  the  greater  number  of  plants  is  confined  to  compara- 
tively limited  areas.  In  other  cases  the  handling  of  the  cattle  in  such  a  way 
that  they  will  not  have  an  opportunity  to  feed  upon  the  larkspur  may  prevent 
losses.  In  the  case  of  D.  menziesii  it  is  desirable  that  the  cattle  should  be  kept 
away  from  the  ranges  where  this  plant  grows  in  abundance  until  about  the  first 
of  July,  when  the  plant  dies.  D.  barbeyi  loses  Its  toxicity  after  blo.ssoming,  so 
that  a  range  with  this  plant  is  safe  for  cattle  in  the  late  summer  and  fall.  It 
should  be  remembered,  however,  that  local  and  climatic  conditions  may  delay 
the  time  of  blossoming,  so  that  no  arbitrary  date  can  be  given  when  a  range  is 
safe.    D.  bicolor  probably  never  grows  in  sufllcient  quantities  to  be  dangerous 


1916]  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  781 

as  a  poisonous  plant.  Inasmuch  as  the  experimental  work  seems  to  show  quite 
conclusively  that  sheep  may  feed  upon  larkspurs  with  entire  impunity  it  is 
desirable  in  some  cases,  where  there  is  an  especial  abundance  of  larkspur,  to 
use  the  ranges  for  sheep  rather  than  for  cattle  or  to  combine  sheep  grazing  and 
cattle  grazing  in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep  the  areas  of  low  larlispur  eaten 
down  by  the  sheep." 

A  list  of  the  more  Important  literature  relating  to  the  subject  and  cited  by 
the  authors  is  appended. 

Poisonous  plants  and  stock  poisoning  on  the  ranges  of  Montana,  D.  B. 
Swingle  and  H.  Welch  (Montana  Sta.  Circ.  51  (1916),  pp.  7S-95,  figs.  11). — 
This  is  a  summary  of  information,  prepared  for  the  stockmen  of  the  State, 
which  describes  the  more  important  poisonous  plants  to  be  avoided. 

The  nature  of  the  disease  due  to  the  exclusive  diet  of  oats  in  gmnea  pigs 
and  rabbits,  C.  Funk  {.Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  409-416). — In- 
vestigations were  undertaken  to  study  the  effect  of  feeding  oats  to  rabbits, 
guinea  pigs,  and  rats,  with  special  reference  to  the  effect  of  the  addition  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  and  the  action  of  antiscorbutics. 

It  was  found  that  the  symptoms  that  develop  in  rabbits  fed  on  oats  are  due 
possibly  to  acidosis  and  not  to  scurvy,  judging  from  the  beneficial  effect  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  and  the  ineffectiveness  of  the  antiscorbutics.  Guinea  pigs 
on  the  same  diet  are  not  influenced  by  the  alkali  and  respond  so  slightly  to  the 
action  of  antiscorbutics  that  the  identity  of  this  condition  with  human  scurvy 
seems  doubtful.  Rats  can  live  on  oats  for  a  considerable  time,  but  not  on 
autoclaved  oats,  and  young  rats  fail  to  grow  on  this  diet. 

The  effect  of  benzene  on  the  production  of  antibodies,  L.  Hektoen  (Jour. 
Infect.  Diseases,  19  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  69-84,  figs.  2). — In  the  experiments  re- 
ported injections  of  a  mixture  of  benzene  and  olive  oil  in  doses  of  approximately 
1  cc.  per  kilogram  of  body  weight  into  rabbits,  at  about  the  same  time  that 
sheep  blood  was  injected,  greatly  reduced  the  production  of  specific  precipitin 
and  lysin.  In  considerably  larger  doses  the  same  effect  was  observed  on  the 
production  of  lysin  in  white  rats.  "  The  reduction  of  antibody  formation  under 
these  circumstances  is  associated  with  grave  lesions  in  the  maiTow,  with  leu- 
copenia,  and  other  changes  characteristic  of  benzene  intoxication,  the  leucocytes 
in  the  rabbit  being  of  reduced  phagocytic  power." 

It  is  indicated  that  in  the  dog  0.02  cc.  of  benzene  per  kilogram  of  body  weight 
may  cause  a  leucocytosis  associated  with  an  increase  of  lysin  for  goat  cor- 
puscles. The  course  of  antigen  in  the  blood  appears  to  be  the  same  in  ben- 
zenized  as  in  nonbenzenized  rabbits. 

The  injection  of  benzene  at  the  height  of  antibody  production  appears  to  have 
but  little  effect  on  the  leucocytes  of  the  blood,  and  its  antibody  content,  the 
precipitin  especially  persisting  longer  and  with  more  fluctuation  than  other- 
wise. 

"Benzene  may  lower  the  resistance,  to  infection  by  reduction  (1)  of  antibody 
production,  (2)  of  the  number  of  leucocytes,  and  (3)  of  leucocytic  activity. 
That  benzene  acts  on  elements  that  elaborate  antibodies,  and  that  the  leucocy- 
togenic  centers  are  concerned  in  this  elaboration,  is  indicated  (1)  in  the  rabbit, 
by  the  reduction  of  antibodies  and  of  leucocytes  and  by  the  resistance  to  these 
effects  when  antibody  production  is  at  or  near  its  highest  activity  as  measured 
by  the  concentration  of  antibodies  in  the  blood,  and  (2)  in  the  dog,  when  suit- 
able doses  are  given,  by  leucocytosis  and  increased  formation  of  lysin." 

The  coexistence  of  antibody  and  antigen  in  the  body,  B.  S.  Denzeb  (Jour. 
Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  6S1-645,  pis.  2,  fig.  1). — From  the  work 
reported  it  is  concluded  that  antigen  and  antibody  both  in  the  cells  and  in  the 
blood  may  be  demonsti-ated  during  a  period  of  three  weeks  succeeding  the  injec- 


782  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  f Vol.  35 

tion  of  a  foreign  serum  into  a  guinea  pig.  After  about  17  days  the  antigen 
apparently  disappears  from  the  cells  and  blood.  Antibody  is  demonstrable  in 
the  cells  from  the  ninth  day  onward,  and  in  the  blood  after  the  fourteenth  day. 

"The  interrelations  of  these  four  factors  are  probably  very  complicated.  For 
a  period  of  several  days  all  may  coexist  in  the  body."  The  earlier  observation 
that  after  partial  desensitization  both  antigen  and  antibody  may  be  demon- 
strated in  the  cells  has  been  confirmed. 

See  also  a  previous  note  by  Weil  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  778). 

The  effects  of  vaccine  sensitized  with  hom.ologous  immune  serum,  as 
compared  with  those  of  a  nonsensitized  vaccine:  An  experimental  study, 
S.  Kakehi  (Jour.  Path,  and  BacL,  20  (1916),  No.  If,  pp.  410-U3,  figs.  5).— From 
the  investigation  reported,  using  the  Bacillus  pseudotuberculosis  rodentium,  it 
was  found  that  "  the  sensitized  vaccine  has  one  slight  advantage  in  that  the  in- 
crease of  temperature  in  injected  animals  is  a  little  lower  on  the  average  than 
that  produced  by  the  nonsensitized,  not  only  after  the  first  injection,  but  also 
after  succeeding  injections." 

In  the  use  of  the  sensitized  vaccine  a  much  smaller  loss  of  weight  was  ob- 
served than  when  the  nonsensitized  vaccine  was  used.  No  appreciable  difference 
in  the  degree  of  immunity  conferred  by  each  kind  of  vaccine  was  noted,  as  about 
the  same  degree  of  resistance  against  various  lethal  doses  was  manifested  by 
the  animals  when  compared  ten  days  after  the  last  injection  of  vaccine. 

"The  production  of  antibodies  in  the  serum,  testable  by  agglutination  and 
complement  fixation,  is  much  less  with  the  sensitized  than  with  the  nonsensi- 
tized vaccine  under  the  same  conditions.  Thus  the  estimation  of  these  anti- 
bodies in  vitro  does  not  show  the  actual  degree  of  immunity  given  by  the 
former  as  compared  with  the  latter." 

A  bibliography  of  39  references  to  the  literature  cited  is  appended. 

On  Anaplasma-like  bodies  in  the  blood  of  vertebrates,  Annie  Poetek  (Ann. 
Trop.  Med.  and  Par.,  9  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  561-568,  figs.  iO).— "Anaplasmata 
may  occur  in  healthy  and  in  anemic  vertebrate  blood.  The  structures,  also 
called  marginal  points  and  peripheral  coccus-like  bodies,  are  probably  of  diverse 
origin.  It  is  doubtful  if  they  are  organismal  in  nature.  Anaplasmata  have 
been  found  by  me  in  warm-  and  cold-blooded  vertebrates,  wherein  conditions 
such  as  herpetomoniasis  and  anemia  occurred.  Some  of  the  bodies  originate 
from  the  nucleus  of  the  erythrocyte  or  erythroblast,  under  the  influence  of 
hemolysis.  The  Anaplasma-like  bodies  were  basophilic,  apparently  composed  of 
chromatin  or  of  a  substance  giving  a  similar  staining  reaction,  and  were  homo- 
geneous in  structure.  They  varied  from  0.3  to  2  /*  in  diameter,  often  being  about 
0.5  fi.  Binary  and  multiple  forms,  which  might  be  interpreted  as  phases  of 
division,  were  seen." 

Some  experimental  researches  on  induced  herpetomoniasis  in  birds,  H.  B. 
Fantham  and  Annie  Pobteb  (Arm.  Trop.  Med.  and  Par.,  9  (1915),  No.  4,  pp. 
5JfS--558,  pi.  1). — "Herpetomoniasis  can  be  induced  in  birds,  for  example, 
canaries  (Serinus  canariu^s),  sparrows  (Passer  domesticus) ,  and  martins  (Cheli- 
don  urhiea),  by  feeding  them  on  insects  containing  herpetomonads.  Herpe- 
tomonas  culicis  from  Culex  pipiens  and  H.  jaculum  from  Nepa  cinerea  have 
fatally  infected  birds  when  fed  to  them.  Both  flagellate  and  nonflagellate  herpe- 
tomonads have  been  found  in  the  internal  organs  of  the  infected  host.  The  cycle 
of  the  flagellates  in  the  avian  hosts  resembled  morphologically  that  in  the  in- 
sects. The  disease  induced  may  run  an  acute  or  a  chronic  course.  In  the  acute 
cases  in  our  birds  the  flagellate  form  of  the  parasite  was  the  more  obvious  at 
death.  In  chronic  cases,  nonflagellate  forms  of  the  parasite  vvei'e  mon?  nu- 
merous. 


19161  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  783 

"  Natural  herpetomonlasis  of  a  pigeon  has  been  recorded  by  B.  and  fitienne 
Sergont  in  Algeria.  This  affords  a  parallel  case  with  the  natural  and  induced 
herpetomonlasis  in  mice  previously  recorded  by  us. 

"  The  flagellate  stage  of  Leishmania  donovani  in  vertebrates  is  now  known, 
and  that  of  L.  tropica  in  man  has  been  ]<nown  for  some  time.  The  links  com- 
pleting the  evidence  that  a  Leishmania  is  morphologically  a  Hcrpetomonas  are 
thus  complete.  Leishmaniases  are  really  herpetomoniases  (or  leptomoniases) 
arising  from  herpetomonads  of  certain  invertebrates.  Members  of  all  classes 
of  vertebrates  may  be  capable  of  acting  as  reservoirs  of  herpetomonlasis,  and 
the  virus  may  exist  in  a  very  attenuated  condition  and  so  be  difllcult  of  de- 
tection." 

The  cause  of  rat-bite  fever,  K.  FtTTAKT,  F.  Takaki,  T.  Taniguchi,  and  S. 
OsuMi  (Jmir.  E.rpt.  Med.,  2S  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  2^9,  250,  pi.  i).— A  report  of  a 
systematic  study  made  of  two  cases  of  rat-bite  fever  which  recently  came  under 
observation.  An  India  ink  preparation  of  the  exudate  of  a  swollen  lymph  gland 
of  one  of  the  patients,  made  according  to  the  method  of  Burri,  and  a  section  of 
the  excised  lymph  gland  impregnated  with  silver  according  to  Levaditi's 
method,  both  showed  the  presence  of  a  spirochete  somewhat  larger  than 
Spirochceta  pallida  but  smaller  than  S.  duttoni  and  S.  obermeieri.  Both  patients 
recovered,  one  after  treatment  with  mercury  and  the  other  with  salvarsan. 

Isolation  and  cultivation  of  Bacterium  tuberculosis  on  a  synthetic  cultiire 
medium,  C.  A.  Magoon  {Washington  Sta.  Bui.  1S2  (.1916),  pp.  3-9).— The  author 
reports  some  results  obtained  in  a  study  of  the  metal)olism  of  Bacillus  tuber- 
culosis by  cultivating  the  organism  on  a  culture  medium  of  the  following  defi- 
nite chemical  composition:  Ammonium  phosphate  (dibasic),  1.7.5  gm. ;  potas- 
sium phcsphate  (dibasic),  0.2.5  gm. ;  sodium  phosphate  (dibasic),  0.5  gm. ; 
magnesium  sulphate,  0.5  gm. ;  glycerin,  20  cc. ;  and  distilled  water,  1,000  cc. 
Special  precautions  necessary  in  the  preparation  of  the  medium  are  outlined 
in  detail. 

In  preliminary  tests  to  determine  the  suitability  of  the  solution  as  a  culture 
meflium,  B.  subtilis,  B.  mycoides,  B.  prodigiosus,  B.  coli,  B.  cholera  suis,  B. 
pyocyaneus,  and  Staphylococcus  pyogenes  aureus  all  showed  prompt  and 
abundant  growth.  Inoculation  of  the  medium  with  B.  tuberculosis  was  followed 
by  a  vigorous  growth  which  appeared  in  two  days.  Marked  differences  in  the 
cultural  characteristics  of  the  bovine  and  human  strains  of  the  tuberculosis 
bacillus  were  noted  as  growth  progressed. 

In  isolation  experiments  made  from  lesions  of  guinea  pigs  previously  inocu- 
latetl  from  a  pathological  laboratory  culture  of  the  bovine  type  positive  results 
were  obtained  in  80  per  cent  of  the  trials  made,  the  growth  appearing  in  seven 
days  from  the  time  of  inoculation.  Pure  cultures  were  also  obtained  in  isola- 
tion experiments  from  the  liver  of  a  turkey  spontaneously  infected.  Human 
strains  of  the  micro-organism  have  been  cultivated  from  lesions  of  guinea  pigs 
inoculated  with  sputum  with  favorable  results.  While  positive  isolations  have 
not  been  constant  the  work  has  been  carefully  checked. 

"  The  practical  value  of  this  synthetic  medium  as  a  means  of  isolating  the 
organism  from  tuberculous  lesions  is  yet  to  be  determined.  As  has  been  empha- 
sized by  other  investigators  the  value  of  synthetic  media  in  the  study  of  the 
metabolism  of  the  organism,  and  especially  in  the  preparation  of  tuberculins 
free  from  heterogeneous  albuminoids,  is  very  great.  Preliminary  examinations 
of  our  rapidly  growing  cultures  has  shown  them  to  possess  marked  antigenic 
properties,  and  their  use  in  serological  work  shows  much  promise." 

It  is  stated  that  investigations  as  to  the  value  of  these  cultures  in  serum  diag- 
nosis are  being  pursued. 


784  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

On  certain  reactions  of  the  tubercle  bacillus  to  sperm  oil  and  its  constitu- 
ents, A.  H.  Miller  (Jour.  Path,  and  Bad.,  20  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  395-^07,  pl.l).— 
The  work  reported  confirms  the  earlier  observation  that  the  tubercle  bacillus 
grown  on  sperm-oil  media  is  converted  into  "  banded  "  and  "  beaded  "  forms. 
The  same  conversion  is  also  shown  in  its  first  stages  of  growth  on  an  olive-oil 
medium.  Such  forms  are  not  observed  in  bacilli  grown  on  glycerin-egg,  glycerin- 
agar,  cetyl  alcohol,  cetyl  palmitate,  and  palmitic  acid  media. 

It  is  deemed  probable  that  the  "  banding  "  and  "  beading  "  is  due,  "  in  part 
at  least,  to  the  presence  of  unsaturated  fatty  acids  in  the  form  of  esters." 
Notes  on  the  chemistry  of  sperm  oil,  by  A.  R.  Smith,  are  included. 
Tubercular  antibodies  and  their  role  in  the  defense  of  the  organism 
against  tubercular  infection,  A.  Calmette  and  L.  Massol  (Bui.  Inst.  Pasteur, 
U  (1916),  Nos.  2,  pp.  33-40;  S,  pp.  65-14;  4,  pp.  &7-i04).— This  is  a  general 
review  of  the  subject,  together  with  some  experimental  observations  made  by 
the  authors,  and  is  treated  under  the  following  topics :  Preparation  of  a  serum 
for  research  and  the  titration  of  the  antibodies;  choice  and  preparation  of  the 
antigen  and  determination  of  its  value ;  antigenic  properties  of  the  organs,  exu- 
dates, pus,  and  glandular  excretions  of  tubercular  subjects;  researches  on  the 
titration  of  antibodies  in  the  serum  of  tubercular  patients ;  procuring  a  serum 
rich  in  antibodies;  the  inhibiting  reaction  of  certain  sera  of  hypervaccinated 
tubercular  animals  on  the  complement-fixation  reaction ;  researches  on  the  anti- 
bodies in  the  organ  extracts  and  exudates  of  tubercular  subjects;  hereditary 
transmission  of  tubercular  antibodies;  the  diagnostic  and  prognostic  impor- 
tance of  the  titration  of  the  antibodies  in  tubercular  infections ;  and  the  func- 
tion of  the  antibodies  in  the  defense  of  the  organism  against  tubercular  infection. 
Protective  inoculation  of  live  stock  in  India,  A.  W.  Shilston  (Agr.  Jour. 
India,  11  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  112-133).— This  article  gives  a  short  account  of  the 
initiation  of  prophylactic  measures  against  animal  diseases  in  India,  and  dis- 
cusses the  prevalence  and  treatment  of  rinderpest,  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  true 
anthrax,  black  quarter  of  cattle  and  sheep,  and  tetanus. 

Infectious  abortion  in  cattle,  W.  Giltneb  and  E.  T.  Hallman  (Michigan 
Sta.  Circ.  29  (1916),  pp.  13). — A  summary  of  the  present  status  of  the  knowledge 
of  this  disease  of  cattle  and  of  control  measures,  prepared  in  response  to  a  de- 
mand for  information  by  dairymen  of  the  State.  The  plan  for  control  suggested 
by  the  authors  is  that  of  local  treatment  of  the  affected  cow,  disinfection,  and 
sanitation. 

The  immunization  of  Egyptian  cattle  against  rinderpest  by  simultaneous 
treatment  with  sertun  and  virulent  blood.  Duration  of  immunity,  PioT 
(Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  SO  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  iS7-i9^).— The  author  reports  success- 
ful results  of  immunization  tests  with  Egyptian  cattle  and  recommends  a  system- 
atic vaccination  of  cattle  in  all  the  Provinces  of  Egypt. 

The  procedure  used  in  the  simultaneous  treatment  and  the  clinical  manifesta- 
tions after  the  treatment  are  described  in  detail. 

The  immunity  conferred  in  most  cases  was  absolute,  with  a  mortality  In 
treated  animals  of  less  than  1  per  cent. 

The  antigenic  value  of  Spirochasta  hyos  in  complement-fixation  tests  on 
hog-cholera  sera.  Studies  on  hog  cholera,  W.  E.  King  and  R.  H.  Dkake 
(Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  19  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  46-62,  figs.  5). — "Antigen  prepared 
from  S.  hyos  grown  in  pure  culture  possesses  well-marked  specific  complement- 
binding  properties.  This  antigen,  when  brought  into  contact  with  the  sera  of 
experimentally  infected  cholera  hogs,  produces  initial  complement  fixation  at  a 
period  coincident  with  completion  of  the  incubation  period  as  observed  in  clini- 
cal conditions  and  thermal  reactions.  The  specific  properties  of  the  antigen  are 
shown  to  be  present  until  death  of  the  animal,  or  until  active  immunity  is  fully 


1916]  VETERINARY   MEDICIlSrE.  785 

established.  The  sera  of  normal  hogs  and  those  experimentally  infected  with 
Bacillus  cholera  suis,  the  Ghoii-Suchs  bacillus,  B.  anthracis,  Staphylococcus 
aureus,  and  also  the  serum  of  one  hog  which  was  the  subject  of  pneumonia  from 
natural  exposure  and  which  died  from  acute  brine  poisoning,  all  reacted  nega- 
tively when  tested  for  complement  fixation  with  S.  hyos  antigen." 

It  is  deemed  that  with  the  proper  technique  the  method  may  be  used  to  prac- 
tical advantage  as  a  reliable,  accurate  means  of  laboratory  diagnosis  of  hog 
cholera.  "The  results  of  these  experiments  support  our  former  conclusions  that 
S.  hyos  merits  serious  consideration  as  an  organism  possessing  specific  patho- 
genic properties  in  relation  to  hog  cholera." 

Swine  tuberculosis:  Epidemiology,  pathogeny,  and  comparative  evolution, 
P.  Chauss^  (Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  29  (1915),  Nos.  11,  pp.  556-600,  figs.  11;  12, 
pp.  6SS-647,  figs.  5). — The  author  discusses  the  subject  of  swine  tuberculosis  in 
detail.  Topics  considered  are  the  relative  morbidity  of  bovine  and  porcine 
tuberculosis,  paths  of  infection  in  swine,  tonsillar  and  cervical  lymphatic  infec- 
tion, intestinal  infection,  mixed  infection,  respiratory  infection,  tuberculosis 
through  castration,  the  lesions  in  tubercular  swine,  a  histological  study  of  the 
lesions  with  special  reference  to  the  pulmonary  lesions,  and  a  comparison  of 
swine  tuberculosis  with  that  of  other  species,  especially  in  regard  to  the 
pathogenicity. 

A  study  of  gas  production  by  different  strains  of  Bacillus  abortive-equinus, 
E.  S.  Good  and  L.  S.  Corbett  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  6,  pp. 
586-595). — Continuing  earlier  studies  at  the  Kentucky  Experiment  Station  on 
the  organism  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  5S0),  it  was  found  that  in  93  out  of  116  trials 
B.  abortivo-equinus  produced  approximately  2  per  cent  gas  in  lactose  and 
slightly  less  than  2  per  cent  in  28  out  of  56  trials  in  saccharose. 

The  average  gas  production  by  the  strain  of  B.  enteritidis  was  about  2  per 
cent  in  lactose  in  80  per  cent  of  the  trials  and  a  slightly  smaller  amount  in 
saccharose  in  1  of  7  trials.  The  strain  of  the  paracolon  bacillus  used  in  these 
experiments  did  not  ferment  lactose  or  saccharose. 

"B.  abortivo-equinus  may  or  may  not  produce  gas  in  1  per  cent  lactose  or 
saccharose  broth,  even  varying  in  this  respect  in  duplicate  and  triplicate  tests. 
B.  abortivo-equinus  possesses  as  an  original  physiological  characteristic  the 
ability,  in  most  cases,  to  ferment  lactose  to  a  small  extent,  and  also,  in  some 
cases,  to  ferment  saccharose  to  a  less  extent.  This  characteristic  in  all  proba- 
bility has  not  yet  been  accentuated  by  environment.  Lactose  and  saccharose 
broth  can  be  employed  to  good  advantage  In  laboratory  routine  for  differentiat- 
ing B.  abortivo-equinus  from  the  colon  bacillus,  as  the  gas,  when  produced,  is 
small  in  amount ;  and,  in  all  probability,  dulcite  and  perhaps  raffinose  can  be 
used  to  advantage  in  differentiating  B.  abortivo-equinus  from  other  members  of 
subgroup  2  of  the  colon-typhoid  group,  but  absolute  proof  as  to  its  identity  can 
only  be  secured  through  the  use  of  other  tests,  such  as  those  for  further  cul- 
tural characteristics  and  the  complement-fixation  and  agglutination  tests." 

In  the  work  reported  the  inverted  vial  was  found  to  be  as  efficacious  as  the 
Smith  fermentation  tube. 

Sclerostomes  in  horses,  W.  J.  Haktman  (Montana  Sta.  Circ.  58  (1916),  pp. 
221-2S6,  figs.  8). — The  author,  having  found  this  parasite  to  be  a  source  of 
considerable  loss  in  the  Bitter  Root  and  other  valleys  of  the  State,  presents  a 
general  account  of  it  and  of  the  nature  of  the  affection.  It  is  thought  that  95  per 
cent  of  the  horses  in  the  valleys  are  infected  with  the  worms,  though  probably 
not  more  than  one  in  ten  develops  noticeable  symptoms. 

Concerning  nambi-uvu,  a  disease  of  dogs,  and  the  causative  parasite, 
Rangelia  vitalii.  A,  Caeini  (Centbl.  Bakt.  [etc.],  1.  Abt.,  Orig.,  77  (1915), 
No.  S,  pp.  265-271,  pis.  2). — The  author  describes  a  severe  infectious  disease  of 


786  EXPERIMENT    STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

dogs  that  occurs  in  Brazil  and  is  commonly  known  as  nambi-uvn,  whicli  ap- 
pears in  acute  or  icteric,  subacute  or  hemorrhagic,  and  chronic  or  mild,  forms. 
The  disease  is  caused  by  R.  vitalii,  a  parasite  belonging  to  the  family  Piro- 
plasmidse. 

Tuberculosis  of  poultry,  H.  Welch  {Montana  Sta.  Circ.  57  (1916),  pp.  209- 
219  figs.  7). — This  circular  discusses  the  subject  of  avian  tuberculosis  under 
the  general  topics  of  birds  affected,  nature  of  the  disease,  detection  of  the 
disease,  post-mortem  appearance,  sources  of  infection,  tuberculin  testing,  and 
eradication  of  tuberculosis. 

RURAL  ENGINEERING. 

Hydraulics,  R.  I^  Daugherty  (New  York  and  London:  McOraw-Hill  Book 
Co.,  1916,  pp.  XIV +267,  figs.  245). — This  is  a  brief  treatise  on  the  fundamental 
principles  of  hydraulics.  It  contains  the  following  chapters:  Introduction,  in- 
tensity of  pressure,  hydrostatic  pressure  on  areas,  applications  of  hydrostatics, 
hydrokinetics,  application  of  hydrokinetics,  flow  through  pipes,  uniform  flow  in 
open  channels,  hydrodynamics,  description  of  the  impulse  wheel,  description  of 
the  reaction  turbine,  water  power  plants,  theory  of  the  impulse  wheel,  theory  of 
the  reaction  turbine,  turbine  laws  and  factors,  and  the  centrifugal  pump. 
An  appendix  of  tabular  data  is  included. 

Hydraulics  and  its  applications,  A.  H.  Gibson  (New  York:  D.  Van  Nostrand 
Co.,  1915,  2.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  XVII+81S,  figs.  359).— This  book  is  intended 
as  a  text-book  for  students  and  a  reference  bool^  for  practicing  engineers,  and 
deals  with  hydraulics  and  its  application  to  the  design  of  hydraulic  machinery. 
It  is  divided  into  sections  on  the  physical  properties  of  water,  hydraulics,  and 
hydraulic  machinery  and  contains  21  chapters  on  different  phases  of  these  sub- 
jects.    An  appendix  of  hydraulic  tables  and  data  is  included. 

Water  power  engineering,  D.  W.  Mead  (Netv  York:  McGratv-Hill  Book  Co., 
1915,  2.  ed.,  pp.  XVII+8/f3,  figs.  439).— This  book  covers  the  theory,  investiga- 
tion, and  development  of  water  powers.     It  contains  the  following  chapters : 

Power,  the  load,  the  flow  of  streams,  the  measurement  of  stream  flow,  a  study 
of  the  power  of  a  stream  as  affected  by  flow,  pondage,  storage,  and  head,  water 
wheels,  turbine  details,  and  appurtenances,  hydraulics  of  the  turbine,  turbine 
testing,  turbine  analysis  and  selection,  speed  regulation  of  turbine  water  wheels, 
the  water  wheel  governor,  arrangement  of  the  reaction  wheel,  selection  of  ma- 
chinery and  design  of  the  plant,  examples  of  water  power  plants,  the  relation  of 
the  dam  and  power  station,  principles  of  construction  of  dams,  appendages  to 
dams,  cost  of  power  plants  and  of  power,  financial  and  commercial  considera- 
tions, and  the  consideration  of  water  power  projects. 

Practical  methods  of  measuring  flowing  water,  C.  O.  Wislee  (Engin.  and 
Contract.,  45  (1916),  No.  24,  PP-  536-539).— "The  object  of  this  paper  is  to  give 
a  brief  resume  of  the  different  methods  commonly  employed  in  the  measure- 
ment of  flowing  water,  drawing  attention  to  those  purposes  for  which  each 
method  is  best  adapted  and,  flnally,  discussing  in  more  or  less  detail  some  of 
the  most  important  methods  used  in  flow  measurement." 

Tests  of  loss  of  head  in  strainers,  orifices,  and  sand,  L.  Peaese  (Jour. 
Amer.  Water  Works  Assoc,  S  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  504-513,  pi.  1,  figs.  6).— The 
results  of  tests  of  the  loss  of  head  in  strainers  used  in  rapid  filters  and  in 
small  orifices  are  reported  in  tabular  and  graphic  form. 

Earth  pressure,  retaining  walls,  and  bins,  W.  Cain  (New  York:  John  Wiley 
d  Sons,  1916,  pp.  X+287,  figs.  99).— This  book  contains  the  following  chapters: 
Laws  of  friction  and  cohesion— tables,  direction,  and  distributon  of  stress; 
thrusts  of  noncoherent  earth — graphical  methods;  noncoherent  earth— ana lyti- 


1916]  BURAL  ENGINEERING.  787 

cal  methods ;  designing  retaining  walls  of  stone  or  reinforced  concrete ;  coherent 
earth;  and  bin  theory.  Two  appendixes  are  included  on  stresses  in  wedge- 
shaped  reinforced  concrete  beams  and  a  discussion  of  experiments  on  model 
retaining  walls. 

Reports  of  the  Board  of  Engineers  Flood  Control  to  the  Board  of  Super- 
visors, Los  Angeles  County,  California  {Los  Angeles:  Bd.  Engin.  Los  Angeles 
Co.,  1915,  pp.  400  pis.  21,  figs.  189).— The  text  of  the  report,  with  maps,  plans, 
specifications,  and  estimates,  is  given. 

The  laws  of  Indiana  for  constructing  ditches  and  levees  and  on  stream 
pollution  and  flood  prevention,  1915  {Indianapolis,  Ind.:  State,  1915,  pp. 
368). — The  text  of  the  laws  is  given. 

Surface  water  supply  of  Snake  River  basin,  1913  {U.  8.  Geol.  Survey^ 
Water-supply  Paper  362— B  {1916),  pp.  250).— This  report,  made  in  cooperation 
with  the  States  of  Idaho,  Oregon,  and  Washington,  presents  the  results  of 
measurements  of  flow  made  on  the  Snalie  River  and  its  tributaries  during  1913. 

Running  water  for  farm  homes,  D.  Scoates  and  J.  W.  Carpenter,  Jr.  {Miss. 
Agr.  Col.  E.xt.  Dept.  Circ.  6  {1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  6).— Tfiis  is  a  popular  dis- 
cussion with  bills  of  material  for  four  water-supply  systems  adapted  espe- 
cially to  the  needs  of  Mississippi  farms.  These  vary  in  approximate  cost  from 
$18.40  to  $128.80. 

Sources  of  water  pollution,  J.  W.  Hill  {Jour.  Anier.  Water  Work.<i  Assoc, 
S  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  184-191). — The  author  discusses,  from  his  own  experience, 
the  difficulties  attending  the  selection  of  satisfactory  sources  of  water  supplies. 

The  latest  method  of  sewage  treatment,  E.  Bartow  {Jour.  Amer.  Water 
Works  Assoc.,  3  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  327-345,  figs.  8).— This  is  a  review  of  a 
number  of  recent  reports  of  experimental  work  on  the  subject,  many  of  which 
have  been  noted  from  other  sources. 

Sewage  purification  plants  for  small  country  residences  and  isolated 
buildings,  A.  P.  I.  Cotterell  {Jour.  Roy.  Sanit.  Inst.,  37  {1916),  No.  2,  pp. 
59-69,  figs.  5). — The  general  features  of  the  subject  are  discussed. 

The  utilization  of  ground  waters  by  pumping  for  irrigation,  G.  E.  P. 
Smith  {[Tucson,  Ariz.:  Author,  1915],  pp.  31,  figs.  7). — The  purpose  of  this 
paper  "  is  to  present  in  brief  compass  a  survey  of  modern  irrigation  pumping 
and  a  retrospect  of  the  progi-ess  of  the  past  ten  years.  [It]  treats  briefly  of 
ground-water  supplies,  their  occurrence,  regimen,  and  recharge ;  of  the  methods^ 
of  developing  ground-water  supplies  by  means  of  wells ;  of  pumping  machinery ; 
and  of  the  economics  of  this  type  of  irrigation.  It  is  a  discussion  of  what  is, 
and  not  of  what  ought  to  be;  and  a  mention  of  new  things  rather  than  a  de- 
scription of  the  old." 

Curves  for  irrigation-ditch  velocity  and  discharge,  L.  R.  Douglass  {Engin. 
News,  76  {1916),  No.  2,  pp.  72,  73,  figs.  2). — Two  sets  of  curves  are  given  which 
were  prepared  primarily  for  use  in  irrigation-ditch  computation. 

Some  studies  on  the  irrigation  of  citrus  orchards,  R.  S.  Vaile  {Univ.  Cal. 
Jour.  Agr..  S  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  329-332,  figs.  S).— Studies  of  the  amounts  of 
water  delivered  to  groves,  including  a  comparison  of  distribution  under  various 
methods  of  application  and  culture,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  a  very  much  higher  efficiency  has  been  obtained  with  the 
overhead  irrigation  than  with  the  furrow  irrigation,"  but  the  conclusion  drawn 
from  these  results  "  would  not  necessarily  be  in  favor  of  overhead  irrigation  as- 
a  general  practice.  It  would  rather  be  to  point  out  the  necessity  for  care  in 
furrow  irrigation." 

Moisture  determinations  from  composite  soil  samples  of  the  first  4  ft.  in 
clean  cultivated  and  mulched  portions  of  the  same  orchard  showed   "  that 
67476°— 17 7 


788  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOKD.  [Vol.35 

the  maximum,  minim.um,  and  mean  for  the  mulched  section  were  all  much 
higher  than  for  the  clean  cultivated  section.  This  was  especially  true  in  the 
earlier  part  of  the  season  when  the  mulch  was  heavy.  Later  on,  the  straw 
became  somewhat  dissipated,  and  the  moisture  was  not  retained  as  well  as 
earlier  in  the  season.  One  considerable  factor  in  the  higher  average  under  the 
mulch  was  that  all  of  the  ground  was  uniformly  moist ;  while  in  the  case  of 
furrow  irrigation  the  ground  in  the  tree  rows  received  very  little  benefit  from 
irrigation." 

Text-book  of  land  drainage,  J.  A.  Jeffery  {New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co., 
1916,  pp.  XX-{-256,  figs.  95). — This  book,  prepared  mainly  for  the  practical 
farmer,  represents  an  attempt  "  to  put  into  simple  and  concise  terms  the  funda- 
mentals of  our  knowledge  concerning  the  relation  of  water  to  agriculture  and 
of  the  relation  of  drainage  to  soil  water."  It  contains  the  following  chapters : 
Characteristics  of  soils,  physical  interrelations  in  soils,  humid  areas  and  their 
reclamation,  general  drainage  information,  leveling,  laying  out  a  drain  or  sys- 
tem, construction,  other  conditions  and  problems,  the  hose  level,  using  the 
hose  level  without  leveling  rods,  drainage  indications,  drainage  and  the  ground- 
water supply,  drainage  and  climate,  and  drainage  laws. 

An  appendix  describes  18  experiments  prepared  to  demonstrate  some  of  the 
more  important  facts  concerning  soil  conditions  and  drainage. 

The  drainage  of  white  land  and  other  wet  lands  in  Oregon,  W.  L.  Powers 
and  T,  A.  H.  Teetee  {Oregon  Sta.  Bui.  137  {1916),  pp.  80,  figs.  ^S).— "This 
bulletin  describes  experiments  to  determine  the  most  suitable  depth,  distance 
apart,  and  size  for  field  drains  in  white  land,  and  also  gives  information  regard- 
ing the  drainage  situation  in  Oregon  in  general.  There  is  in  the  State  a  great 
variety  of  wet  lands  of  which  three  classes  [predominate],  namely,  white  land, 
marsh  land,  and  alkali  land.  Drainage  of  much  of  this  wet  area  appears  to  be 
feasible,  as  good  quantities  of  plant  food  and  friable  layers  have  been  found 
therein.  .  .  . 

"  Studies  of  subsoil  and  ground  water  in  white  land  generally  show  a  friable 
streak  at  33  to  36  in.  depth  and  show  also  that  tile  placed  in  these  areas  have 
lowered  the  water  table  most  promptly.  The  water  table  is  lowered  for  25  to 
30  ft.  back  from  the  tile  within  24  hours  after  saturation. 

"  A  depth  of  33  to  36  in.  has  been  found  most  effective  for  lateral  drains  in 
typical  white  land,  while  deeper  drains  are  desirable  in  the  less  retentive  areas. 
An  interval  of  60  to  66  ft.  between  laterals  affords  the  most  practical  drainage 
for  typical  white  land  under  present  conditions,  and  this  distance  may  be 
increased  in  less  retentive  phases  of  this  soil. 

"  Measurements  of  outflow  indicate  that  main  drains  should  have  a  capacity 
of  i  acre-inch  run-off  to  the  acre  in  24  hours  for  areas  up  to  40  acres  nnd  i  in. 
for  larger  fields.  The  total  and  percentage  run-off  in  the  Willamette  Valley  is 
large. 

"  Since  drainage  is  costly  and  white  land  subsurface  is  retentive,  farm  opera- 
tions should  aim  to  aid  water  in  entering  the  tile.  When  drained  fields  are  In 
clover  a  larger  outflow  from  tile  and  less  surface  water  have  been  observed,  and 
the  structure  and  fertility  of  the  land  gradually  improves. 

"  Reports  from  farmers  having  over  100  miles  of  tile  in  operation  in  the 
white  land  and  other  wet  land  in  the  valley  show  that  tiling  has  generally  been 
successful.  The  tendency  is  toward  larger  tile  in  place  of  small  open  ditches. 
A  combination  of  tile  with  a  surface  run  is  good  practice.  Nature  has  deter- 
mined the  general  location  of  ditches,  and  the  size  of  the  natural  channel  is  an 
index  to  the  reqiiired  capacity.  The  grade  should  be  low  enough  to  receive  the 
discharge  from  all  laterals." 

Important  features  of  the  state  drainage  law  are  also  noted. 


1916]  RUKAL   ENGINEERING.  789 

Blasting  ditches,  H.  E.  Muedock  {Montana  Sta.  Circ.  55  (1916),  pp.  1S5-VJ2, 
figs.  7). — This  circular  gives  rlata  secured  on  blasting  open  drainage  ditclies  ou 
tlie  station  farm  at  IJozenian,  Mont.  The  soil  is  very  gravelly  and  contains 
many  large  rocks,  making  digging  difficult  and  expensive. 

"  In  the  blasted  ditch  two  sticks  of  CO  per  cent  dynamite  were  placed  in  holes 
22  in.  apart.  This  distance  was  determined  by  experimenting  to  be  the  most 
desirable  for  the  soil  conditions.  When  the  holes  were  spaced  22  in.  or  less 
ordinarily  only  one  charge  was  needed  for  a  primer,  as  the  others  would  be 
exploded  by  concussion.  When  spaced  farther  apart  some  holes  would  mis-fire, 
When  .spaced  less  than  22  in.  there  was  a  waste  of  dynamite,  as  there  was  no 
additional  benefit  to  the  ditch.  The  holes  were  driven  by  tool-steel  bars  2..5  ft. 
long.  ...  In  the  work  done  in  1914  the  holes  were  spaced  20  in.  apart  and 
electric  caps  and  a  blasting  machine  were  used." 

"  A  comparison  of  three  lengths  of  ditch  constructed  in  1915  is  as  follows : 
Fourteen  rods  of  hand-dug  ditch  cost  $3.35  per  rod,  17  rods  of  blasted  ditch  $3.10 
per  rod,  and  39.2  rods  of  blasted  ditch  ,$2.36  per  rod. 

First  biennial  report  of  the  state  highway  commission  [of  Idaho]  for  the 
period  ending  December  31,  1914  {Bien.  Rpt.  State  Highivay  Coin.  Idaho, 
1  (191^).  pp.  81,  pis.  25,  fig.  1). — The  work  and  expenditures  on  roads  in  Idaho 
for  the  biennium  ended  December  31,  1914,  are  reported. 

Annual  report  of  the  highways  division  [of  Nova  Scotia]  for  the  year 
ended  September  30,  1915,  H.  Donkin  (Ann.  Rpt.  Highways  Div.  Nova  Scotia, 
1915,  pp.  97,  pis.  9,  fig.  1). — Data  on  the  work  and  expenditures  on  roads  in 
Nova  Scotia  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1915,  are  presented  in  detail. 

Constitution  and  statutes  of  the  State  of  Oregon  relating  to  roads,  high- 
ways, bridges,  and  ferries,  compiled  by  B.  W.  Olcott  (Salem,  Or  eg.:  State 
Print.  Dcpt.,  1915,  pp.  221). — The  text  of  the  legislation  is  given. 

A  handy  road  chart,  N.  G.  Near  (Engin.  and  Contract.,  Jt6  (1916),  No.  1, 
p.  21  fig.  1). — A  chart  for  the  use  of  road  builders  in  determining  the  number 
of  square  yards  in  any  road  up  to  nearly  2  miles  in  length  and  in  any  width  up 
to  1,000  ft.  is  given. 

Minimum  tire  widths  for  good  roads,  H.  L.  Hock  (Cornell  Civ.  Engin.,  24 
(1916),  No.  9,  pp.  469-475,  figs.  3). — In  a  brief  review  of  the  laws  and  technical 
data  on  the  subject  the  author  recommends  "  the  adoption  of  a  law  which 
shall  permit  a  maximum  load  of  250  lbs.  per  inch  width  per  tire,  if  the  tire  is 
of  wood,  metal,  or  other  hard  material ;  and  300  lbs.  per  inch  width  per  tire  if 
of  rubber  or  other  resilient  material." 

Some  comparative  tests  of  wire-cut-lug  and  repressed  paving  brick,  W.  A. 
Goss  (Engin.  and  Contract.,  Jf6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  8-11,  figs.  2). — Abrasion, 
standard  abrasion,  standard  absorption,  specific  gravity,  cross  bending,  com- 
pression, shear  and  impact  tests  conducted  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin  on 
wire-cut-lug  and  repressed  paving  brick,  are  reported. 

"  The  determinations  arrived  at  as  a  result  of  these  tests  are  that  the  wire- 
cut-lug  bricks  have  better  abrasive  and  wearing  qualities,  greater  density, 
greater  crushing  strength;  the  repressed  brick  have  greater  weight  per  unit 
volume,  greater  toughness.  ...  In  addition  the  wire-cut-lug  brick  are  of  more 
uniform  quality  than  the  repressed. 

"  The  tests  show  that  both  types  of  the  brick  tested  were  of  good  quality  for 
paving  purposes.  Either  brick  is  plenty  strong  and  tough  enough  for  use  In  a 
pavement.  The  difiierence  in  wearing  qualities  and  in  uniformity  are  the  most 
important  determinations  of  these  tests,  and  in  these  characteristics  the  wire- 
cut-lug  brick  have  shown  superiority.  This  difference  is  not  marked,  however, 
and  it  would  be  necessary  to  test  out  brick  from  other  plants  before  one  could 
state  just  what  degree  of  difference  exists." 


790  EXPEEIMENT    STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

Strength  and  other  properties  of  concretes  as  affected  by  materials  and 
methods  of  preparation,  R.  J,  Wig,  G.  M.  Williams,  and  E.  R.  Gates  (V.  S. 
Dept.  Com.,  Bur.  Standards  Technol.  Paper  58  (1916),  pp.  112,  pis.  2,  figs.  U)- — 
The  results  of  about  20,000  tests,  consisting  of  compressive  and  tensile  tests 
upon  mortars  at  different  ages  including  about  240  different  sands  and  stone 
screenings,  and  compressive  tests  on  concretes  composed  of  60  aggregates  in- 
cluding limestones,  gravels,  granites,  cinders,  and  trap  rock,  are  reported  to- 
gether with  tests  of  the  physical  properties  of  the  sands,  stone  screenings,  and 
coarse  aggregates.    The  following  conclusions  are  drawn : 

"  No  standard  of  compressive  strength  can  be  assumed  or  guarantied  for  con- 
crete of  any  particular  proportions  made  with  any  aggregate  unless  all  the 
factors  entering  into  its  fabrication  are  controlled. 

"A  concrete  liaving  a  desired  compressive  strength  is  not  necessarily  guaran- 
tied by  a  specification  requiring  only  the  use  of  certain  types  of  materials  in 
stated  proportions.  .  .  .  The  compressive  strength  of  a  concrete  is  just  as 
much  dependent  upon  other  factors,  such  as  careful  workmanship  and  the  use 
of  the  proper  quantity  of  water  in  mixing  the  concrete,  as  it  is  upon  the  use 
of  the  proper  quantity  of  cement. 

"  The  compressive  strength  of  concrete  may  be  reduced  by  the  use  of  an  excess 
of  water  in  mixing  to  a  fractional  part  of  that  which  it  should  attain  with  the 
same  materials.  .  .  .  The  compressive  strength  of  concrete  may  be  greatly 
reduced  if,  after  fabrication,  it  is  exposed  to  tlie  sun  and  wind  or  in  any  rela- 
tively dry  atmosphere  in  which  it  loses  its  moisture  rapidly,  even  though  suit- 
able materials  were  used  and  proper  methods  of  fabrication  employed.  The 
relative  compressive  strength  of  concretes  to  be  obtained  from  any  given  mate- 
rials can  be  determined  only  by  an  actual  test  of  those  materials  combined  in 
a  concrete. 

"  Contrary  to  general  practice  and  opinion  the  relative  value  of  several  fine 
aggregates  to  be  used  in  concrete  can  not  be  determined  by  testing  them  in 
mortar  mixtures.  They  must  be  tested  in  the  combined  state  with  the  coarse 
aggregate. 

"  Contrary  to  general  practice  and  opinion  the  relative  value  of  several  coarse 
aggregates  to  be  used  in  concrete  can  not  be  determined  by  testing  them  witli  a 
given  sand  in  one  arbitrarily  selected  proportion.  They  should  be  tested  in 
such  combination  with  the  fine  aggregate  as  will  give  maximum  density,  assum- 
ing the  same  ratio  of  cement  to  total  combined  aggi'egate  in  all  cases. 

"  No  type  of  aggregate  such  as  gi-anite,  gravel,  or  limestone  can  be  said  to  be 
generally  superior  to  all  other  types.  There  are  good  and  poor  aggregates  of 
each  type.  By  proper  attention  to  methods  of  fabrication  and  curing,  aggre- 
gates which  appear  inferior  and  may  be  available  at  the  site  of  the  work  may 
give  as  high  compressive  strength  in  concrete  as  the  best  selected  materials 
brought  from  a  distance,  when  the  latter  are  carelessly  or  improperly  used. 

"  Density  is  a  good  measure  of  the  relative  compressive  strength  of  several 
different  mixtures  of  the  same  aggregates  with  the  same  proportion  of  cement 
to  total  aggregate.  The  mixture  having  the  highest  density  need  not  neces- 
sarily have  the  maximum  strength,  but  it  will  have  a  relatively  high  strength. 

"  Two  concretes  having  the  same  density,  but  composed  of  different  aggre- 
gates, may  have  widely  different  compressive  strength.  There  is  no  definite 
relation  between  the  gradation  of  the  aggregates  and  the  compressive  strength 
of  the  concrete  which  is  applicable  to  any  considerable  number  of  different 
aggregates.  The  gradation  curve  for  maximum  compressive  strength,  which 
is  usually  the  same  as  for  the  maximum  density,  differs  for  each  aggregate. 


19161  RURAL   ENGINEERING.  791 

"  With  the  relative  volucies  of  fine  and  coarse  aggregate  fixed,  the  com- 
pressive strength  of  a  concrete  increases  directly,  but  not  in  a  proportionate 
ratio  as  the  cement  content.  An  increase  in  the  ratio  of  cement  to  total  fine 
and  coarse  aggregates  when  the  relative  proportions  of  the  latter  are  not 
fixed  does  not  necessarily  result  in  an  increase  in  strength,  but  may  give  even 
a  lower  strength. 

"  The  compressive  strength  of  concrete  composed  of  given  materials  com- 
bined in  definite  proportions  and  fabricated  and  exposed  under  given  condi- 
tions can  be  determined  only  by  testing  the  concrete  actually  prepared  and 
treated  in  the  prescribed  manner.  .  .  .  The  compressive  strength  of  most 
concretes  as  commercially  made  can  be  increased  25  to  100  per  cent  or  more  by 
employing  rigid  inspection,  which  will  Insure  proper  methods  of  fabrication 
of  the  materials." 

The  composition  of  the  exhaust  from  liquid-fuel  engines,  R.  W,  Fenninq 
{Jour.  Inst.  Mech.  Engin.  [London^,  No.  4,  (1916),  II,  pp.  185-236,  figs.  9;  Gas 
Engine,  18  {1916),  Nos.  5,  pp.  242-258,  figs.  6;  6,  pp.  287-289,  figs.  5).— With 
reference  to  the  practice  of  analyzing  the  exhaust  gases  of  internal  combustion 
engines  to  determine  the  completeness  of  combustion  and  the  probable  strength 
of  the  air  fuel  mixture  supplied,  a  method  of  constructing  exhaust  gas  charts 
for  suitable  fuels  without  the  use  of  an  engine  is  described  and  the  results 
of  numerous  experiments  relating  thereto  reported.  The  experiments  consisted 
of  a  comparison  of  the  composition  of  the  products  of  combustion  of  prepared 
mixtures  of  air  and  vaporized  fuel  in  known  proportions  exploded  in  a  small 
vessel  with  the  composition  of  the  exhaust  gases  from  an  internal-combustion 
engine. 

From  the  results  of  these  experiments  it  is  concluded  that  "  with  volatile 
fuels  there  is  but  little  difference  in  the  composition  of  the  products  of  com- 
bustion resulting  from  air-fuel  mixtures  in  a  small  explosion  vessel  or  in  an 
engine  cylinder  in  spite  of  the  conditions  being  so  dissimilar.  The  agreement 
between  the  CO2,  O2,  and  CO  values  in  engine  and  explosion  vessel  tests  is  so 
close  that  an  exhaust  gas  chart  prepared  from  explosion  vessel  tests  can  be 
used  to  estimate  the  strength  of  mixture  supplied  to  an  engine.  A  very  small 
quantity,  if  any,  of  unsaturated  or  saturated  hydrocarbons  is  present  in  engine 
exhaust  gases.  Taking  a  particular  instance,  methane  is  almost  entirely  absent. 
The  hydrogen  constituent  in  exhausts  from  strong  mixtures  is  an  important 
item  and  increases  in  value  rapidly  with  increase  in  mixture  strength.  The 
ratio  of  air  to  fuel  in  the  original  mixture  can  be  calculated  with  a  considerable 
degree  of  accuracy  from  the  composition  of  the  exhaust  gases." 

[Tractor  specifications],  P.  S.  Rose  {Amer.  Thresherman,  19  {1916),  No.  S, 
pp.  1-4,  6,  figs.  2). — A  table  of  specifications  for  144  tractors  of  91  different 
makes  is  given,  together  with  two  diagrams  showing  arrangements  of  tractor 
wheels  and  styles  of  motors. 

[Drawbar  pull  of  tractor],  R.  Olney  {Power  Farming,  25  {1916),  No.  5, 
pp.  7-9,  figs.  2). — This  article  discusses  the  drawbar  rating  of  tractors  in  terms 
of  horsepower  and  gives  a  set  of  curves  and  a  table  of  data  showing  tractor 
speed  in  miles  per  hour,  drawbar  pull  in  pounds,   and  drawbar  horsepower 

pounds  pull  X  speed  in  miles  per  hour 

based  on  the  formula  Horsepower= . 

375 

The  construction  of  the  dairy  house,  H.  A.  Rtjehe  {Illinois  Sta.  Circ.  188 
{1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  4). — The  general  principles  to  be  followed  in  dairy  house 
construction  and  ecLuipmcnt  are  presented  by  discussion  and  diagrammatic 
illustrations. 


792  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

How  to  build  a  hollow  tile  silo  {Brick  and  Clay  Rec,  48  (.1916),  No.  12, 
pp.  1116-1118,  figs.  5). — Instructions,  with  diagrammatic  illustrations,  for  this 
work   are  given. 

Poultry  houses  for  Georgia,  R.  F.  Ievin  {B%d.  Ga.  State  Col.  Agr.,  No.  96 
(1915),  pp.  8,  pJs.  Jj,  figs.  5). — This  bulletin  points  out  the  general  requirements 
of  a  good  poultry  house  and  describes  and  illustrates  three  types  designed  with 
reference   to   Georgia   conditions. 

The  Missouri  poultry  house,  H.  L.  Kempster  (Missouri  Sta.  Circ.  80  (1916), 
pp.  8,  figs.  5). — This  circular  describes  and  illustrates  tlie  Missouri  poultry 
house,  giving  bills  of  material  and  costs. 

"  Since  the  average  farm  poultry  flock  in  Missouri  is  from  100  to  150  hens, 
this  house  is  20  ft.  square,  the  square  house  being  the  most  economical  to  con- 
struct and  affording  a  maximum  amount  of  floor  space.  The  ridge  of  the 
roof  runs  nortli  and  south,  the  roof  being  of  equal  spans.  The  walls  are 
5  ft.  at  the  eaves.  It  is  11  ft.  high  at  the  peak.  The  south  side  contains  a  door 
in  the  center  and  a  window  2  by  3  ft.  on  each  side  of  the  door.  These  windows 
are  placed  high  enough  to  afford  a  30-in.  opening  beneath,  1  ft.  above  the  floor 
and  extending  the  entire  length  each  side  of  the  door.  This  opening  is  covered 
with  wire  screen,  which  keeps  the  hens  in  and  the  sparrows  out." 

Details  of  a  trap  nest  are  also  included. 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

A  preliminary  study  of  the  marketing'  of  Burley  tobacco  in  central  Ken- 
tucky, C.  D.  BoHANNAN  and  D.  P.  Campbell  (Kentucky  Sta.  Bui.  202  (1916), 
pp.  157-2^47  Pl^s.  8,  figs.  10). — This  is  the  first  of  a  projected  series  of  studies 
on  the  marketing  of  Kentucky  farm  products. 

The  culture  and  curing  of  Burley  tobacco,  which  is  now  the  greatest  cash 
crop  of  the  blue  grass  region,  is  briefly  explained,  the  methods  of  marketing 
described  in  detail,  and  the  relative  profits  of  those  handling  the  crop  dis- 
cussed. 

"  Formerly  the  tobacco  was  shipped  in  hogsheads  to  Louisville  or  Cin- 
cinnati or  sold  in  the  barn  to  the  buyer  for  one  of  the  tobacco  companies. 
Now  it  is,  as  a  rule,  sold  at  auction  over  the  loose-leaf  floors,  although  some 
crops  are  purchased  in  the  barns  by  speculators. 

"  The  greater  part  of  each  season's  crop,  of  which  during  the  last  season 
35,fi>00,000  lbs.  were  sold  in  Lexington,  is  purchased  by  the  agents  or  '  buyers ' 
for  the  large  tobacco  manufacturers,  .  .  .  After  sale  to  a  buyer  or  broker 
the  leaf  ."s  usually  repicked,  redried,  and  prized  into  hogsheads  for  shipping  or 
storage." 

The  loose-leaf  system  is  stated  to  be  the  most  economically  efficient  system 
yet  devised.  It  is,  however,  "  susceptible  of  improvement  in  elimination  of 
waste  product  and  duplication  of  effort.  From  the  standpoint  of  both  grower 
and  manufacturer  there  is  much  need  of  improvement  in  curing  methods  and 
in  the  grading  of  the  leaf  as  it  comes  from  the  stalk.  .  .  . 

"  Proper  grading  applies  with  peculiar  force  to  Burley  tobacco.  Approxi- 
mately 60  per  cent  of  the  total  amount  of  tobacco  sold  over  the  Lexington  floors 
is  capable  of  improvement  by  rehandling  and  resorting.  This  improvement 
would  result  in  raising  the  price  at  least  2  cts.  per  pound." 

The  need  of  a  state  marketing  law  and  the  use  of  standard  grades  for  all 
farm  products,  which  permits  of  division  into  grades,  and  for  standard  recep- 
tacles for  products  sold  in  containers  is  set  forth.  "  No  product  not  graded  in 
accordance  therewith  slreuld  be  permitted  to  be  exposed  or  offered  for  sale 


1916]  EUBAL  ECONOMICS.  793 

unless  specifically  described  as  not  graded  or  placarded  in  legible  letters  '  not 
gradeil.'  To  facilitate  the  plating  of  blame  for  improperly  graded  leaf,  contract 
strippers  should  be  required  to  obtain  a  license  bearing  a  registered  number  and 
certifying  to  their  ability  in  grading  tobacco." 

Disadvantages  of  selling'  cotton  in  the  seed,  C.  F.  Ckks\vei.l  (U.  S.  Dept. 
Ayr.  Bui.  375  (1916),  pp.  IS). — The  results  of  an  investigation  conducted  in 
Oklahoma  in  1913-14  to  ascertain  the  relative  advantages  and  disadvantages 
accruing  to  the  farmer  from  selling  seed  cotton  instead  of  marketing  the  sewl 
and  the  baled  lint  separately  are  reported.  A  study  was  made  of  881  10-lb. 
samples  collected  from  as  many  different  loads  sold  by  different  farmers  in  nine 
representative  seed-cotton  markets.  The  samples  were  ginned  and  carefully 
graded,  and  the  results  obtained  are  tabulated  and  discussed. 

The  examination  of  the  samples  indicated  that  the  average  lint  outturued  for 
the  season  in  the  districts  covered  by  the  survey  was  approximately  31.5  per 
cent.  The  seed  cotton  samples  secured  in  the  nine  different  towns  showed  an 
average  variation  of  14.3  per  cent  in  lint,  27.5  per  cent  in  seed,  and  25.2  per 
cent  in  trash  content.  Tables  are  given  showing  that  wide  variations  in  quali- 
ties and  outturns  of  seed  cotton  exist  in  the  same  market  on  the  same  day,  and 
that  these  variations  result  in  marked  inconsistencies  in  equivalent  lint  prices 
when  a  uniform  price  is  paid  for  seed  cotton  regardless  of  its  quality.  It  is 
further  shown  that  the  custom  of  selling  seed  cotton  resulted  in  wide  variations 
between  the  prices  received  for  the  same  quality  of  lint  cotton  in  the  same 
market  during  the  same  week. 

Observations  on  the  prices  for  each  grade  during  the  season  throughout  the 
State  showed  a  loss  on  each  grade  when  the  cotton  was  sold  unginned,  the  loss 
being  larger  on  the  higher  grades  than  on  the  lower  ones.  A  comparison  by 
months  between  prices  secured  for  cotton  when  sold  unginned  and  when  sold 
in  the  bale  during  the  entire  season  in  the  markets  represented,  indicate  a  loss 
for  each  month  ranging  from  an  average  of  $3.85  per  bale  in  October,  to  $10.25 
per  bale  in  December.  The  average  baled  lint  price  for  the  entire  season  was 
11.7  cts.,  and  the  average  equivalent  lint  price  for  the  entire  season  10.2  cts. 

In  a  study  of  conditions  in  a  specific  locality  it  was  found  that  $3.95  more  per 
bale  was  paid  for  Triumph  than  for  other  cotton.  It  is  pointed  out  that  on  each 
pound  of  cotton  sold  unginned  in  this  market  the  growers  sustained  an  average 
loss  of  1.01  cts.,  or  $5.05  on  each  bale. 

The  supply  and  price  of  wheat,  H.  Hitieb  (Ann.  Sci.  Agron.,  4.  ser.,  4 
(1916),  No.  10-12,  pp.  254-273). — The  author  discusses  the  production  and 
consumption  of  wheat  in  the  principal  producing  countries  and  the  prices  at  the 
principal  market  centers  for  1915,  with  comparisons  for  earlier  years. 

Foreign  trade  in  agricultural  products,  1913,  O.  Bobdiga  (Atti  R.  1st. 
Incorayg.  Napoli,  6.  ser.,  66  (1914),  PP-  35-77). — This  report  compares  the  im- 
ports and  exports  of  agricultural  products  for  1913  with  earlier  years  as  to 
source,  destination,  and  kind. 

The  system  of  land  registration  in  New  Zealand,  G.  G.  Bridges  (Internat. 
Inst.  Agr.  [Rome^,  Internat.  Rev.  Agr.  Econ.,  7  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  92-112). — 
This  article  gives  a  general  description  of  the  methods  used  in  conveying  land, 
including  the  system  of  transfer,  registration  of  dealings,  attestations  of  instru- 
ments, and  surveys,  together  with  forms  used  in  the  different  transactions. 

Agricultural  labor  and  wages  ( Lantarbetarnas  Arbets-och  Loneforhdllanden 
inom  olika  Bygder  ocli  a  typisln  lanteyendomar.  Stockholm:  Dept.  Labor,  1915, 
pp.  ^i2;  rev.  in  Internat.  Inst.  Ayr.  [Rome],  Internat.  Rev.  Agr.  Econ.,  7 
(1916),  Nos.  2,  pp.  113-125;  3,  pp.  106-123;  4,  pp.  113-117).— This  is  a  special 
report  concerning  agricultural  laborers  in  Sweden,  and  discusses  the  classes  of 
holdings,  types  of  farming,  number  and  distribution  of  the  agricultural  popula- 


794  EXPEEIMENT    STATION    RECOKD.  [Vol.  35 

tion,  terms  of  employment,  wage  systems,  grants  of  land  to  agi'icultural  labor- 
ers, and  labor  conditions  on  certain  typical  holdings.  Information  is  also  given 
concerning  the  duration  of  work  and  the  kind  and  rate  of  wages  for  the  different 
classes  of  agricultural  workers. 

Farmers'  cooperative  electricity  societies,  C.  L.  Stewabt  (Wis.  Country 
Mag.,  10  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  434,  435,  ^68).— The  author  states  that  the  con- 
clusion reached  by  cooperative  leaders  is  that  electricity  societies  should  seldom 
build  their  own  overland  central  stations,  but  that  they  should  by  all  means  be 
assured  of  sufficient  custom.  The  average  membership  in  societies  owning  their 
power  works  is  between  300  and  400,  and  it  is  best  for  the  membership  to  go 
into  four  figures  if  small  farmers  predominate. 

Proceedings  of  the  Seventh  Provincial  Conference  of  Cooperative  Societies 
in  Bengal  (Proc.  Prov.  Conf.  Coop.  Socs.  Bengal,  7  (1915),  pp.  II-\-14-{- 
XX XV III,  pi.  1). — ^Among  the  topics  discussed  at  this  conference,  held  at 
Calcutta  in  February,  1915,  were  those  relating  to  the  different  phases  of  rural 
credit,  cattle  insurance,  and  cooperative  dairying. 

The  rural  home  and  the  farm  woman,  D.  B.  Johnson  (School  and  Soc, 
4  (1916),  No.  80,  pp.  39-42). — The  author  states  that  "it  is  not  sufficient  to 
give  the  farm  woman  all  of  the  conveniences  of  a  model  home.  Country  life 
must  be  made  socially  satisfying.  In  order  for  country  life  to  be  financially 
and  socially  satisfying  the  people  must  have  education  and  own  their  homes, 
must  cooperate  with  each  other  in  rural  community  activities,  and  must  have 
rural  community  organization  for  the  promotion  and  support  of  an  educational, 
religious,  social,  business,  and  intellectual  community  life." 

Staircase  farms  of  the  ancients,  O.  F.  Cook  (Nat.  Georgr.  Mag.,  29  (1916), 
No.  5,  pp.  474-534,  figs.  4S). — In  this  article  are  described  the  type  of  agri- 
culture, principal  crops  grown,  and  methods  of  managing  the  land  practiced  by 
the  early  inhabitants  of  Peru,  as  disclosed  by  a  study  of  the  remains  of 
their  hanging  gardens  and  other  prehistoric  evidences. 

Egypt  of  the  Egyptians,  W.  L.  Balls  (New  York:  Charles  Schribner's  Sons, 
1916,  pp.  xyi+266,  pis.  33,  figs.  2).— Tlie  author  describes  the  methods  of  con- 
trolling the  water  of  the  Nile  for  irrigation  purposes  and  its  influence  upon  the 
agriculture  of  the  country,  the  methods  of  growing  crops,  and  the  types  of 
agricultural  people. 

Greater  agricultural  efficiency  for  the  Black  Belt  of  Alabama,  C.  E.  Allen 
(Ann.  Amer.  Acad.  Polit.  and  Soc.  Sol,  61  (1915),  No.  150,  pp.  187-198,  figs.  1).— 
The  author  compares  the  agricultural  conditions  in  the  Black  Belt  with  the 
regions  immediately  adjacent  where  the  whites  are  in  the  majority. 

He  points  out  that  the  Black  Belt  contains  a  soil  more  fertile  and  more 
adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  staple  crops,  yet  the  average  production  of  cotton 
per  acre  was  0.27  bale  and  10.4  bu.  corn  in  the  Black  Belt  as  compared  with 
0.34  bale  and  11.4  bu.,  respectively,  for  the  adjacent  areas.  In  the  "  white  " 
area  the  value  of  improvements  is  increasing  more  rapidly,  more  land  is  being 
brought  into  cultivation,  and  the  rural  population  is  increasing,  while  in  the 
Black  Belt  there  is  a  decrease  in  the  area  of  cultivated  land  and  in  the  rural 
population. 

The  author  believes  that  the  problem  resolves  itself  into  one  of  improving 
rural  conditions  of  living  .so  that  rural  life  will  become  attractive  by  the 
establishment  of  improved  highways,  cooperative  agencies,  and  better  educa- 
tional facilities,  to  be  followed  by  efforts  to  teach  the  negroes  scientific 
agriculture. 

Farm  management  or  what  can  be  done  on  a  fifty  acre  farm  in  east  Texas, 
J.  O.  Allen  (Texas  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.,  n.  ser.,  No.  20,  pp.  13). — According  to  the 
author's  plan,  the  50  acres  are  to  be  distributed  as  follows :  Ten  acres  in  corn 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION".  795 

and  peas,  10  acres  in  cotton,  5  in  oats,  2  in  peanuts,  4  in  hay  meadow,  2  In 
orchard  and  peas,  6  in  pasture  for  cows  and  horses,  4  in  pasture  for  hogs,  and 
1  acre  each  in  stocli  beets,  garden  and  truclc,  Irish  potatoes,  sweet  potatoes, 
strawberries,  Sudan  gi-ass,  and  Ribbon  sugar  cane. 

Instructions  are  given  as  to  how  to  prepare  the  soil  for  tlie  crops  mentioned, 
how  to  seed,  cultivate,  and  market  the  crops,  and  how  to  handle  the  pasture, 
stock,  and  poultry. 

California  resources  and  possibilities  {Aim.  Rpt.  Cal.  Develop.  Dd.,  26 
{1915),  pp.  64,  pis.  2,  figs.  5).— This  report  continues  data  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  894). 

Tennessee:  Facts  about  soil,  climate,  and  rainfall  {Nashville,  Tenn.:  Dept. 
Agr.,  [1916],  pp.  68,  pi.  1,  figs.  53). — Detailed  information  is  given  concerning 
the  soil,  climate,  rainfall,  and  production  of  crops  and  live  stock  in  Tennessee. 

[Agricultural  statistics  of  British  Guiana],  B.  S.  Cheistiani  {Rpt.  Dept 
Sci.  and  Agr.  Brit.  Guiana,  1914-15,  App.  6,  pp.  18-22). — This  report  contains 
data  showing  the  area  and  production  of  the  principal  crops  from  1905-6 
to  1914-15  by  counties  and  districts. 

South  African  agriculture:  An  analysis,  P.  J.  du  Toit  {So.  African  Jour. 
Sci.,  12  {1915),  No.  5,  pp.  145-155). — In  this  analysis  the  author  discusses  the 
following  factors  affecting  the  agriculture  of  South  Africa :  Population,  rainfall, 
transportation  facilities,  and  types  of  agriculture  based  upon  the  principal 
products,  such  as  sheep  and  wool  and  grain. 

[Agriculture  in  New  Zealand],  M.  Fkaser  {Statis.  Dominion  Neto  Zeal.,  3 
{1914),  PP-  1-4^)' — This  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S,  R.,  33,  p.  193). 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION. 

Practical  education — tomorrow's  demand,  L.  W.  Scott  {Manual  Training 
and  Vocational  Ed.,  17  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  665-673).— In  this  discussion  the 
author  attributes  the  shortcomings  of  our  system  of  education  largely  to  the 
failure  of  our  schools  to  teach  practical  and  utilizable  knowledge.  He  concludes 
that  the  paramount  issue  of  the  school  of  to-morrow  must  not  be  preparation 
for  college,  but  practical  preparedness  of  every  individual  for  life. 

The  effective  use  of  the  school  farm:  A  record  of  an  unfinished  experiment, 
R.  J.  Tealx  {Manual  Training  and  Vocational  Ed.,  17  {1916),  No.  10,  pp. 
762-770,  figs.  9). — An  account  is  given  of  the  field  work,  together  with  an  out- 
line of  the  4-year  course  of  study  at  the  Gardena  Agricultural  High  School, 
which  is  a  part  of  the  Los  Angeles,  Cal.,  city  system,  and  is  located  14  miles 
from  the  center  of  the  city.  In  the  construction  of  the  course  and  in  the 
development  of  plans  for  the  proper  utilization  of  the  school  farm  it  has  been 
clearly  kept  in  mind  that  (1)  a  boy,  especially  a  city  boy,  preparing  for  agri- 
culture must  devote  several  hours  daily  to  productive  manual  work;  (2)  prac- 
tice and  theory,  like  induction  and  deduction,  must  go  together;  (3)  the  science 
teaching  of  the  school  must  be  correlated  with  the  applied  courses;  and  (4) 
any  high  school  courses,  even  a  vocational  course,  should  be  a  broad  one. 

The  school  began  agricultural  work  in  1910,  has  about  15  acres  for  agricul- 
tural use,  and  has  70  boys  in  the  agricultural  course,  less  than  20  of  whom 
are  country  bred,  and  few  of  whom  have  ground  available  for  home-project 
work.  Six  city  boys,  twelfth-year  students,  are  given  their  board  and  lodging 
on  the  grounds,  and  in  return  do  all  the  miscellaneous  work  of  the  farm  before 
and  after  school  hours.    Each  half  year  a  new  set  of  boys  is  chosen. 

In  the  tenth  and  eleventh  years  field-practice  courses  are  offered  in  which 
the  boys  do  on  the  farm  that  particular  piece  of  work  which  is  most  urgent. 


796  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.35 

wliether  in  horticulture  or  animal  husbandry,  etc.  Courses  are  offered  in  horti- 
culture, agronomy,  dairying,  poultry  keeping,  and  animal  husbandry,  largely 
text-book  courses,  but  all  related  to  the  general  course  called  field  practice. 
The  classes  in  farm  building  construction  have  erected  a  dairy  building,  a 
garage  and  wagon  house,  a  small  bouse  for  an  acetylene  gas  generator,  a  black- 
smith shop,  and  other  small  buildings,  and  with  the  assistance  of  two  carpenters 
have  constructed  a  good  barn. 

[Barrio  school  industrial  efficiency  contest],  H.  E.  Cutler  et  al.  (Philip- 
pine Craftsman,  4  (1916),  No.  7,  pp.  Ji29-.'f06,  figs.  29).— A  resume  of  the  barrio 
school  industrial-efficiency  contest  is  given,  followed  by  discussions  of  standards 
by  which  industrial  efficiency  is  judged,  and  an  account  of  the  work  of  the 
trade  schools,  farm  schools,  settlement  farm  schools,  primary  gardening  work, 
etc. 

The  barrio  schools  reported  instruction  in  gardening  to  classes  ranging  from 
S  to  45  pupils.  In  80  per  cent  of  the  schools  5  recitations  were  held  per  v  eek, 
and  more  overtime  was  given  to  this  course  than  to  any  other,  and  it  was 
considered  the  one  which  most  influenced  the  home.  The  average  school  garden 
contained  457  square  meters  (about  4,917  sq.  ft.)  of  land  with  an  animal-proof 
fence.  The  pupils  cultivated  on  an  average  about  23  square  meters  of  land  at 
school  and  16  square  meters  at  home. 

The  present  trend  of  nature-study  in  ■Wisconsin,  F.  T.  Ullrich  (Nature- 
Study  Rev.,  12  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  102-115). — The  author  gives  in  detail  the 
results  of  a  questionnaire  sent  out  as  to  the  present  trend  of  nature  study  in 
Wisconsin. 

Systematic  courses  in  nature  study  were  presented  in  only  19  per  cent  of  the 
86  graded  schools  of  the  State  reporting,  but  it  was  taught  in  an  incidental  man- 
ner in  24  per  cent  additional.  The  most  frequent  objections  to  or  difficulties 
encountered  in  the  presentation  of  systematic  courses  are  overcrowded  curricu- 
lum and  dearth  of  qualified  teachers  for  the  instruction. 

The  majority  of  the  replies  state  that  the  chief  aims  of  nature  study  in  the 
primary  grades  are  to  train  the  powers  of  observation,  to  develop  the  esthetic 
and  appreciative  capacities  of  pupils,  and  to  acquaint  them  with  the  animate 
and  inanimate  material  of  their  environment.  The  additional  aims  for  the  inter- 
mediate grades  suggest  special  emphasis  on  training  in  the  scientific  method  of 
thinking  and  the  extension  of  the  acquisition  of  information,  and  some  educators 
think  that  a  strong  beginning  should  be  made  in  the  introduction  of  the 
economic  elements  into  the  instruction.  In  the  grammar  grades  increased  im- 
portance is  given  to  the  economic  or  vocational  and  the  knowledge  and  prepara- 
tory aims. 

The  vocational  aspect  is  presented  in  agriculture  in  three  schools  and  in 
nature  study  in  one.  Even  when  agriculture  is  included  with  nature  study  the 
vocational  in  this  subject  is  not  very  frequently  attempted.  There  seems  to  b-a 
very  little  opposition  to  the  idea  of  a  vocational  trend  in  nature  study,  although 
many  believe  that  the  cultivation  of  an  appreciation  of  nature  and  nature's 
ways,  may  be  defeated  if  the  subject  is  over-practicalized. 

The  organization  of  nature-study,  O.  W.  Caldwell  (Nature-Study  Rev., 
12  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  189-192). — Information  from  nearly  400  school  systems  in 
Indiana  and  Illinois,  which  were  taken  as  types,  shows  that  something  like  80 
per  cent  of  these  schools  are  now  teaching  nature  study,  some  in  all  of  the 
eight  grades,  and  practically  all  in  at  least  four  years.  Less  definite  information 
from  most  of  the  other  States  indicates  an  essentially  favorable  situation, 
while  in  a  few  States  very  little  attention  is  given  to  the  subject.  The  need  of 
organized  courses  and  principles  of  organization  are  discussed. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION.  797 

"What  shall  be  our  policy  concerning  gardening  in  the  elementary  city 
schools?  C.  D.  Jaevis  (Nature-Stiidy  Rev.,  12  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  ll.'i-llS.— 
Productive  gardening  is  discussed  as  one  of  the  best  available  means  of  train- 
ing children  in  habits  of  thrift  and  industry,  developing  stronger  bodied  ch41- 
dren,  making  it  possible  for  them  to  remain  in  school  longer  and  contribute  to 
the  support  of  the  family,  etc.  A  plan  for  conducting  the  work  is  outlined, 
and  the  conclusion  is  drawn  that  garden  work  is  of  groat  benefit  in  the  train- 
ing of  children  in  towns  and  cities ;  that  the  work  should  be  conducted  on  an 
intensive  businesslike  and  profitable  basis,  to  insure  which  qualified  teachers 
should  be  provided  and  retained  throughout  the  summer,  for  groups  of  children 
not  exceeding  200;  further,  that  the  work  should  be  made  so  attractive  that  it 
will  not  be  necessary  to  offer  prizes  to  maintain  the  interest  of  the  children. 

A  graded  course  of  garden  work  and  nature-study,  R.  W.  Guss  {Nature- 
Studij  Rev.,  12  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  213-225). — An  outline  is  given  of  a  course  in 
garden  work  and  nature  study  in  the  eight  grammar  grades  and  the  first  year 
of  the  high  school  in  Cincinnati,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  so  to  grade  the 
garden  lessons  and  to  correlate  the  nature  study  that  each  may  help  the  other 
to  educate  the  children  through  activities  suited  to  their  capacities  and  interests 
at  different  stages. 

More  than  500  children  share  the  school  garden  of  three  acres  near  the 
school.  In  the  first  four  grades  the  children  have  class  or  group  plats,  in  the 
fifth  and  sixth  individual  plats,  while  in  the  seventh,  eighth,  and  ninth  grades 
the  work  is  more  optional  and  increasingly  commercial  or  intensive  (prevoca- 
tional),  larger  areas  being  assigned  to  single  applicants  or  to  groups,  usually 
for  the  growing  of  one  crop.  As  a  rule,  these  are  pupils  who  have  no  land  at 
home.  Many  of  the  children,  however,  have  home  gardens  and  the  school 
gardens  are  used  for  learning  gardening  methods  and  as  a  laboratory  for 
nature  study  and  for  growing  nature  study  material.  Much  emphasis  is  laid 
upon  summer  supervision  of  both  the  school  and  the  home  plats. 

Home  gardens,  G.  B.  Goldsmith  (Nature-Study  Rev.,  12  (1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
22-26). — The  author  discusses  the  value  of  home  gardens  for  children,  and 
suggests  important  considerations  in  flower  and  vegetable  gardening. 

Exercises  in  indoor  gardening  (for  the  use  of  schools),  F.  Watts  (Imp. 
Dcpt.  Agr.  West  Indies,  Pamphlet  82  (1916),  pp.  [o'l+^S,  pis.  10).— In  this 
pamphlet  the  commissioner  of  agriculture  for  the  West  Indies  outlines  a  series 
of  practical  exercises  which  may  be  carried  out  indoors  so  that  discipline  may 
be  easily  maintained.  They  are  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  text.  Nature 
Teaching  (E.  S.  R.,  17,  p.  603),  and  are  preparatory  to  the  more  extended  work 
of  the  school  garden  itself. 


NOTES. 


California  TTniversity. — Dr.  O.  F.  Burger,  formerly  assistant  plant  patholo- 
gist at  the  Florida  Station,  has  been  appointed  instructor  in  plant  pathology 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Tropical  Agriculture  at  Riverside,  and  Alfred  F. 
Swain  assistant  in  entomology. 

Kansas  College  and  Station. — A  country  planning  commission  has  been 
appointed  by  the  state  board  of  administration  to  meet  the  needs  of  rural 
communities.  The  board  consists  of  eight  specialists  from  the  various  state 
institutions,  of  whom  five  are  from  the  college  with  Walter  Burr,  director  of 
rural  service  work,  as  chairman. 

Recent  appointments  include  the  following:  Dr.  M.  C.  Tanquary,  assistant 
professor  in  entomology  and  assistant  entomologist ;  R.  K.  Bennett,  assistant 
in  farm  crops ;  T.  S.  Townsley  and  F.  E.  Fox,  assistants  in  poultry  husbandry ; 
A.  E.  Lawson,  assistant  in  animal  husbandry ;  D.  H.  Branson,  animal  hus- 
bandry assistant  in  extension  schools ;  M.  W.  Kirkpatrick,  superintendent  of 
the  Dodge  City  substation ;  Irwin  T.  Bode,  foreman  of  the  forest  nursery  at 
Hays ;  and  Miss  Dora  M.  Otto,  research  assistant  to  the  director  of  the  station. 
A.  R.  Losh,  highway  engineer  in  the  extension  division,  has  accepted  a  position 
with  the  office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering  of  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 

Nebraska  TTniversity  and  Station. — The  registration  in  the  college  of  agri- 
culture exceeds  that  of  any  previous  year,  taxing  the  accommodations  in  several 
departments. 

Dr.  A.  R.  Davis  has  been  appointed  assistant  professor  of  agricultural  botany, 
vice  Miss  Florence  A.  McCormick,  resigned.  E.  L.  Jenkins  has  been  appointed 
instructor  in  animal  husbandry. 

Nevada  Station. — Irrigation  experiments  have  been  particularly  successful 
this  year,  owing  to  the  fact  that  practically  no  rain  fell  during  the  entire 
summer,  thus  largely  eliminating  rainfall  as  a  factor  influencing  the  varia- 
tions in  yield. 

Tests  of  anthrax  serum,  prepared  by  the  method  of  Sobernheim,  have  shown 
the  feasibility  of  making  this  serum  by  this  method  upon  a  commercial  scale. 

Cornell  University  and  Station. — The  faculty  of  the  college  of  agriculture 
has  been  granted  the  privilege  of  electing  two  representatives  to  the  state 
college  council,  with  the  right  to  vote.  The  council  is  an  advisory  body,  report- 
ing to  the  board  of  trustees,  and  the  faculty  has  previously  been  represented 
thereon  only  by  the  dean.  W.  A.  Stocking,  jr.,  and  J.  G.  Needham  have  been 
selected  as  the  faculty  representatives. 

R.  W.  Rees,  of  the  Massachusetts  College,  has  been  appointed  extension  pro- 
fessor of  pomology ;  H.  H.  Knight,  investigator  in  entomology ;  and  C.  B. 
Hutchinson,  whose  resignation  from  the  Missouri  University  and  Station  has 
been  previously  noted,  professor  of  plant  breeding.  Dr.  Donald  Reddick  has 
been  granted  a  year's  leave  of  absence  for  special  work  in  plant  pathology  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University. 

798 


1916]  NOTES.  799 

Washington  College. — D.  S.  Troy,  of  Chimacum,  for  12  years  a  member  of 
the  board  of  regents  and  a  prominent  dairyman  and  Jersey  breeder  of  the 
State,  was  killed  August  18  in  an  automobile  accident.  J.  P.  Fairbanks,  a 
1916  graduate  of  the  Nebraska  University,  has  been  appointed  instructor  in 
agricultural  engineering. 

Tenth  National  Dairy  Show. — The  first  New  England  meeting  of  this  show 
was  held  at  Springfield,  Mass.,  October  12-21,  on  the  grounds  of  the  Eastern 
States  Agricultural  and  Industrial  Exposition.  All  previous  records  for  at- 
tendance, exhibits,  and  profits  are  said  to  have  been  broken.  Nearly  1,000 
entries  of  dairy  stock  were  on  exhibition  and  the  attendance  is  estimated  as 
averaging  close  to  30,000  per  day. 

Much  prominence  was  given  to  educational  features  at  the  show.  The  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  gave  special  attention  to  its  extension  work  among 
boys  and  girls,  with  several  thousand  exhibits  of  their  work  and  many  demon- 
strations by  boys  and  girls  illustrating  methods  in  canning,  bread  making, 
dairying,  selection  of  seed  corn  and  potatoes,  gardening,  treatment  of  plant 
diseases,  etc.     A  working  dairy  was  also  in  operation  by  the  Department. 

The  agricultural  colleges  of  the  vicinity  cooperated  in  an  eductional  and 
agricultural  display,  each  college  concentrating  its  efforts  mainly  on  some  par- 
ticular phase  of  the  work.  Thus  Connecticut  displayed  a  collection  of  forage 
crops,  grasses,  and  root  crops ;  Vermont  depicted  work  in  animal  breeding ; 
New  Hampshire,  farm  management  and  accounts ;  Cornell,  methods  of  teaching 
dairying ;  and  Massachusetts,  dairy  manufactures  and  the  care  and  handling  of 
milk  in  the  home. 

The  intercollegiate  stock  judging  contest  was  participated  in  by  eighteen 
institutions,  many  being  represented  for  the  first  time.  The  highest  rating 
for  all  breeds  was  attained  by  the  University  of  Nebraska,  with  New  Hamp- 
shire first  on  Ayrshires,  Kansas  on  Guernseys,  Massachusetts  on  Jerseys,  and 
Nebraska  on  Holstein-Friesians. 

There  was  also  an  intercollegiate  butter-judging  contest,  arranged  for  the 
first  time.  In  this  contest,  nine  institutions  were  represented,  first  place  being 
awarded  to  the  Pennsylvania  College. 

Meetings  of  a  large  number  of  breed  associations  and  other  organizations  in- 
terested in  dairying  were  held  during  the  show,  that  of  the  Official  Dairy  In- 
Btructors  Association  being  noted  below. 

OflS-cial  Dairy  Instructors'  Association. — This  association  met  at  Spring- 
field, Mass.,  October  16-17,  in  connection  with  the  National  Dairy  Show. 

The  presidential  address  was  given  by  W.  A.  Stocking,  jr.,  of  Cornell  Univer- 
sity. Prof.  Stocking  emphasized,  among  other  things,  the  need  of  higher  stand- 
ards and  better  preparation  for  men  engaged  in  dairy  work.  Somewhat  similar 
views  were  subsequently  expressed  at  the  annual  banquet  of  the  association  by 
Dean  C.  E.  Marshall  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the  Massachusetts  College,  who 
urged  that  students  be  more  broadly  educated  before  being  trained  as  special- 
ists. 

H.  E.  Rabild,  of  the  Dairy  Division  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
for  the  committee  on  methods  of  conducting  student  dairy  cattle  judging  contests, 
gave  a  review  of  these  contests  showing  the  post  graduate  work  and  subsequent 
occupation  of  the  successful  contestants.  The  association  voted  to  allow 
students  who  have  participated  in  not  more  than  one  interstate  judging  con- 
test to  be  eligible  for  the  students'  national  contest,  and  to  eliminate  secondary 
schools  from  the  contests  except  that,  where  there  is  no  representation  from  the 
agricultural  college  of  a  State,  students  with  certain  qualifications  from  sec- 
ondary schools  directly  under  the  supervision  of  the  college  may  be  admitted. 


800  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

In  a  report  as  chairman  of  the  committee  on  students'  dairy  products  judg- 
ing contests,  W.  P.  Lockwood  of  the  Blassacliusetts  College  stated  that  nine 
colleges  and  universities  sent  butter-judging  teams  to  the  first  contest,  held 
in  connection  with  the  Dairy  Show.  After  a  debate  as  to  whether  milk  and 
cheese  should  be  included  in  these  contests,  the  committee  was  empowered 
to  include  as  many  products  in  next  year's  contest  as  it  deemed  wise. 

A  statistical  review  of  milk  and  cream  regulations  was  given  by  I.  C.  Weld, 
of  Washington,  D.  C.  The  committee  on  legal  limits  for  fat  in  ice  cream  was 
instructed  to  continue  the  work  along  the  same  lines.  The  committee  on  cream 
grading,  to  which  one  member  was  added  from  the  Dairy  Division,  was  di- 
rected to  work  out  definitions  for  two  or  three  grades  of  cream. 

H.  C.  Troy  of  Cornell  University  gave  a  report  for  the  committee  on  official 
methods  of  testing  butter  for  fat,  in  which  he  described  two  proposed  modified 
Babcock  methods  and  gave  results  obtained  by  these  methods  in  comparison 
with  those  obtained  by  the  official  chemical  method.  This  report  was  referred 
back  to  the  committee  for  further  study. 

H.  H.  Wing  of  Cornell  University,  for  the  committee  on  relations  to  breed 
associations,  presented  a  report  on  official  cow  testing.  Subsequently  mem- 
bers of  the  association  held  a  conference  on  the  subject  of  this  report  with 
officials  of  the  Ayrshire,  Guernsey,  Holstein-Friesian,  and  Jersey  breed  asso- 
ciations. After  discussion  the  associatioi).  voted  (1)  that  the  title  of  the  person 
in  charge  of  official  cow  testing  in  each  State  be  the  superintendent  of  official 
testing;  (2)  that  the  rules  adopted  by  this  association  be  published  in  pam- 
phlet form  and  distributed  to  dairy  testers;  (3)  that  the  different  breed  asso- 
ciations be  asked  to  recognize  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  association  in 
reference  to  official  testing  and  to  include  them  in  their  rules  and  regulations ; 
(4)  that  the  records  of  cow-testing  associations  be  authenticated  only  when 
the  official  in  charge  of  testing  in  the  association  is  selected  and  appointed 
by  the  superintendent  of  official  testing,  and  that  this  authentication  of  records 
shall  be  discontinued  as  promptly  as  some  more  satisfactory  method  shall  be 
found;  and  (5)  that  the  different  breed  associations  be  asked  to  recognize 
only  one  superintendent  of  official  testing  in  each  State. 

C.  Larsen,  of  South  Dakota,  for  the  committee  on  feeding  standards  for 
milk  production,  discussed  the  different  standards,  the  methods  used  by  experi- 
ment stations  and  farmers  for  comparing  the  value  of  different  feeding  stuffs, 
and  the  use  of  the  feed  unit  system.  The  committee  recommended  that  no 
system  be  adopted  by  the  association  until  present  investigations  on  nutrition 
by  the  different  stations  are  completed. 

The  executive  committee  was  empowered  to  appoint  members  of  the  asso- 
ciation to  be  members  of  a  joint  committee  from  this  association,  the  Inter- 
national Milk  Inspectors'  Association,  and  the  Association  of  Milk  Dealers  on 
the  matter  of  uniformity  of  inspection  regulations  by  federal,  state,  and  muni- 
cipal authorities.  Steps  were  also  taken  to  revive  the  committee  of  the 
International  Dairy  Federation  originally  appointed  by  Major  Alvord  about 
189.5  with  a  view  to  creating  a  sentiment  for  getting  the  International  Dairy 
Congress  to  meet  in  the  United  States.  The  executive  committee  was  em- 
powered to  arrange  for  the  publication  of  an  official  journal. 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS   PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,  per  Volumb 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  si 


Usuod  Juiuiary  Ti,  Ivi  < 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
STATES  RELATIONS   SERVICE 

A.  r.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol.  35  ABSTRACT  NUMBER  No.  9 


EXPERIMENT 

STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OITICE 

1917 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

Scientific  Bureaua. 

Weather  Bubeau— (J.  F,  Mar^dn,  Chief. 

BuEEAu  OF  Animal  Industhy— A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  op  Plant  Industry— W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service— H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils— Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Chemistry— C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Crop  Estimates--L.  M.  Estabrook,  Statistician. 

Bureau  of  Entomology— L.  O.  B-ow^rdi,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  op  Biological  Survey— E.  W.  Nelson,  Chief. 

OpncE  OP  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director, 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization— C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service— A.  G.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations— E.  W.  Allen,  Chief. 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


Af.ABAMA— 

College  station:  Auburn;!.  F.  Duggar." 
Canebrake  Station:  Uniontown;  L.  H.  Moore,a 
Tuskegee  Stations  Tuskegu  iTistitute;  0.   W, 
Carver.o 

ALASKA— Sftko.-  C.  C.  Georgeson.ft 

Aeeona— Tttcstm.-  G.  F.  Freeman,  c 

AnKkiiSAa—Fayetteville:  M.  Nelson." 

Vaupozkia— Berkeley:  T.  F.  Hunt.o 

COLOSADO— Port  CoJiin**  C.  P.  Gillette.a 

CONNBCTICUT^ 


state  Station:  Hew  Eaverny 
StOTTs  Station:  5to7T»;         / 


E.  H.  Jenkins.a 


Delaware— JVewarft.'  H,  Hayward.o 

Fu>nv>jL—GainesiHUe:  P.  H.  Rolfs.o 

GEonGiM—Ezperiment:  H.  P.  Btuckey.e 

QVAU— Island  of  Guam:  A.  C.Harten  bower.'' 

Hawad—  . 

Federal  Station:  BonoMu;  J,  M.  We3tgate.f> 
Sugar  Planters'  Station:  n(moltUu;Tl.  P.  Agee  " 

IVABO— Moscow:  3.  8.  Jooes.a 

Illinois—  Urbaria:  E.  Davenport.n 

1m>U3HK— La  Fayette:  A.  Gos3.'» 

lo-WA— Ames:  C.  F.  CurtSss.o 

Kansas— 3fanftffitfon.-  W.  M.  Jardine." 

Kentucky— ieitnjrton.-  a,  M.  Peter.  <• 

LotJISIANA— 

State  Station:  Baton  Eouge;    i 

Sugar  Station:  jlt«ii(*(m  Park,  ...  ,,  ,,   ,  i 

New  Orleans;  j  j 

North  La.  Station:  Calhoun;   j  \ 

Maine— Ororw.-  C.  D.  Woods.<»  ! 

Maeylani>—  College  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson." 
Massachusetts— 4 TK^erst-  W.  P.  ErooJcs.'* 
Michigan^ £(w«  Lansing:  R,  8.  Shaw.o 
MnraESOTA— C^nirerstty    Farm,   St.   Paul:   \.    f. 

Woods.a  j 

Mississippi— X^icwituraJ  College:  K.  R.  Lloyd. a       | 
MiBsotmx—  I 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B.UximfoTii.a 

Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Orove;  Paul  Bvana.o  •    ' 
«Direotor  z*  Agronomist  in 


Montana— Bozeman.-  F.  B.  Linaeld.« 

Nebbaska— iincoJn.-  E.  A.  Burnett." 

Nevada— J?ej».-  S.  B.  Doten.a 

Ne-w  Hampshire— Uwr/iawi.-  J.  c'.  Kendall.^ 

HE-ff.J-EZSEY—Mw  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Llpman.a 

New  Mexico— State  College:  FabJan  Oarda.a 

Netv  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.H.  Jordan."  ■ 
Cornell  Staltion:  Ithaca;  A.  E.  Mann.c 

North  Carolina— 

College  Station:   West  Ralei'jti;) 

State  Station:  Raleigh;       ■      l^"  ^-  -KUgore.i 

North    Dakota— ^^ncM«ura/     College:    T.    p. 
Cooper,!! 

Omo—WoosUr:  C.  E.  Ttiorne." 

Oklahoma— Sf«teaier.'  W.  L.  Carlyle." 

Oregon- Corcayjis.-  A.  B.  Cordley." 

Pennsylvania— 

State  CoU-ege:  P..  L.  Watts." 
Stat£  College:  Tn.Hinfn  „f  Auiinal  Nutrition. 
H.  P.  Arm.<i 

Porto  Rico- 
Federal  Station:  Mayaguez;  D,  W.  May,» 
Insular  Station :  Rio  Piedras;  W,  V.  Tower.o 

Rhode  l^hAisr>— Kingston:  B.  L.  Hartwell.o 

SojTH  Carolina— CVg/rtson    College:  J.   N.   Har- 
per." ' 

SotrtH  DilKO^.k— Brookings:  J.  W.  Wilson.'* 

Tennessee— ir7w.TO(K«.MI,  A.  Morgan." 

TEXA<i— College  Station:  B.  Youngblood.i 

Vr\H— Logan:  F.  8.  Harris.a 

Vemiovit— Burlington:  J,  L.niUi.a 

VlR(JrNIA — 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr." 
Norfaik:  Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson.n 

Washington- PttZZman;  I.  C  Cardifl.« 

West  Virginu— Jibr^ontown.-  J.  L.  Coulter  " 

Wtscoaaw— Madison:  H.  L.  Rnssell." 

Wyoming — Laramie:  H.  G.  Knight.o 


charge. 


0  Aotlog  director. 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 

Editor:  E.  W.  ALLEN,  Ph.  D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Experiment  Statwtis. 
Aeastant  Editor:  H.  L.  Knight. 

EDITORIAL  DEPARTMENTS.  NT^    ^ 

Agricultural  Chemistiy  and  Agrotechny — E.  H.  Nollau.  f  ■;  1  <'^* 

Meteorologjs  Soils,  and  FertiHzersjW-  H-  ^|^J^^^^^^  ^^^ 

Agricultural  Botany,  Bacteriology,  and  Plant  Pathologyj^^-  e'Boyd^'  ^^'  ^' 

Field  Crops — J.  I.  Schulte. 

Horticulture  and  Forestry — E.  J.  Glasson. 

Economic  Zoology  and  Entomology — ^W.  A.  Hooker,  D.  V.  M. 

Foods  and  Human  Nutrition{^-F.  Lang  worthy,  Ph.  D.,  D.  Sc. 

Zootechny,  Dairying,  and  Dairy  Farmingjj^;  jy  ^^^^^^ 

Veterinary.  Medicine{W;^;  ^oo^^^^- 

Rural  Engineering — R.  W.  Trullinger. 
Rural  Economics — E.  Merritt. 
Agricultural  Education — C.  H.  Lane. 
Indexes — M.  D.  Moore. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  35,  NO.  9. 


Page, 

Recent  work  in  agricultural  science 801 

Notes 900 

SUBJECT  LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS. 

agricultural  chemistry — agrotechny. 

Catalysis  and  its  industrial  applications,  Job  ling 801 

Hydrogen  electrode  potentials  of  buffer  mixtures,  Clark  and  Lubs 801 

A  new  "hot-air"  Teclu  burner,  Verbeek 801 

The  action  of  nitric  acid  on  aluminum,  SeUgman  and  Williams 802 

Sanitary  studies  of  baking  powders 802 

Determination  of  bromin  and  iodin  in  the  presence  of  chlorids,  Winkler 803 

A  new  method  for  the  volimietric  determination  of  thiosulphate,  Sander 804 

Determination  of  the  hardness  of  natural  waters,  Kay  and  Newlands 805 

Determination  of  calcium  and  magnesiiom  in  natural  waters,  Kay  and  Newlands.  805 

Salicylic  acid  in  wine,  Rocques 805 

Direct  determination  of  sucrose  in  presence  of  reducing  sugars,  Schneller 805 

Colorimetric  and  gra\imetric  determinations  of  cholesterol,  Mueller 805 

Rapid  method  for  separation  of  butter  fat  from  nonfatty  material,  Korpdczy.. .  805 

Determination  of  specific  gravities  of  fixed  oils  in  the  Tropics,  Wright 806 

Peanut  oil,  Thompson  and  Bailey 806 

Analyses  of  two  oil  fruits  and  seeds  from  tropical  Africa,  Wagner  and  Lampart. .  806 

The  chemistry  of  the  volatile  oil  of  Achillea  millefolium.  Miller 807 

Note  on  the  economic  uses  of  rosha  grass  {Cymbopogon  martini),  Pearson 807 

Saw  palmetto:  A  phytochemical  study  of  the  fruit  of  Sabal  serrulata,  Mann —  807 

X 


II  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Muscadine  grape  sirup,  Bearing 807 

Canning  without  sugar,  Caldwell 807 

The  technology  of  sugar,  Mcintosh 807 

METEOROLOGY. 

Weather  forecasting  in  the  United  States 808 

Principles  of  study  of  the  weather,  Lfuboslavskii 808 

Tables  for  computing  the  time  of  moonrise  and  moonset,  Kimball 808 

Fall  frosts 808 

Climatological  data  for  the  United  States  by  sections 809 

[The  climate  of  Pavlovsk],  Shipchinskii  (Shipchinski) 809 

SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 

Loess  soils  of  Nebraska  portion  of  transition  region.  III,  Alway  and  Isham 809 

Loess  soils  of  Nebraska  portion  of  transition  region,  IV,  Alway  and  Host 810 

Soil  survey  of  Laurens  County,  Georgia,  Sweet  et  al 811 

Analyses  of  soil  types  of  Troup  Coiinty,  Worsham,  jr.,  et  al 811 

Soil  survey  of  De  Kalb  County,  Missouri,  Krusekopf,  Doneghue,  and  McCooL.  811 

Soil  survey  of  Wayne  County,  North  Carohna,  Derrick  et  al 811 

Classification  of  soils  with  reference  to  cUmate  and  geology,  Lang 812 

Use  of  moisture  equivalent  for  the  hygroscopic  coefficient,  Alway  and  Russel. .  812 

Soil  tank  investigations,  ColUson 812 

Water  table  variations,  causes  and  effects,  Ballantyne 813 

Relation  between  absorption  and  coagulation  in  soil,  De  Dominicis 813 

Soil  colloids,  Rohland 813 

Bacteriological  studies  of  a  soil,  Gainey  and  Gibbs 813 

The  nutrition  of  soil  bacteria,  Allen 814 

Influence  of  barnyard  manure  and  water  on  bacteria.  Greaves  and  Carter 814 

The  value  of  manure  as  compared  with  chemical  fertilizers,  Thome 815 

The  decomposition  of  the  organic  matter  of  kelp  in  the  soil,  Christie 815 

Solvent  action  of  ammonium  salts  on  phosphorites  in  sand  cultures,  Chirikov. .  816 

Relation  of  calciiun  carbonate  to  soil  phosphates  and  acid  phosphate.  Burgess.  816 

Influence  of  lime  on  yield  and  nitrogen  content  of  com,  Blair  and  McLean 816 

Effect  on  plant  growth  of  sodium  salts  in  the  soil,  Headley  et  al 816 

Toxic  action  of  soluble  aluminum  salts  on  the  growth  of  rice,  Miyake 817 

The  agricultural  value  of  greensand  marl,  Blair 817 

The  utilization  of  molasses  as  a  manure,  De  Waal 817 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. 

Hybrids  of  the  genus  Epilobium,  Holden 818 

Genetic  behavior  of  Primula  keivensis  and  its  allies,  Pellew  and  Durham 818 

Mendelian  inheritance  in  varietal  crosses  of  Bryonia  dioica,  Jones  and  Rayner. .  819 

Studies  on  size  inheritance  in  Nicotiana,  East 819 

Some  notes  on  the  Linaceae.    The  cross  pollination  of  flax.  Eyre  and  Smith 819 

Experiments  with  flax  at  the  John  Innes  Horticultural  Institution,  Bateson. . .  819 

The  ecological  history  of  prairie  plants,  Shimek 820 

On  the  behavior  of  an  excised  branch  of  the  Sahuaro,  Pool 820 

Association  and  possible  identity  of  hormones  in  Bryophyllum  calydnum,  Loeb . .  820 

Do  fungi  live  and  produce  mycelium  in  the  soil?    Waksman 820 

The  red  color  of  the  mesocarp  of  seeded  fruits  in  the  persimmon,  Lloyd 820 

The  theories  of  photosynthesis  in  the  light  of  some  new  facts,  Spoehr 821 

Studying  respiration  by  detection  of  minute  quantities  of  carbon  dioxid,  Haas. .  821 

The  retarding  effect  of  carbon  dioxid  on  respiration,  Kidd 821 

Osmotic  pressiu-e  in  plants,  VI,  Dixon  and  Atkins 822 

Imbibitional  swelling  of  plants  and  colloidal  mixtures,  MacDougal 822 

Penetration  of  balanced  solutions  and  the  theory  of  antagonism,  Osterhout 823 

Antagonism  and  Weber's  law,  Osterhout 823 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Transpiration  as  a  factor  in  crop  production,  Kiesselbach 823 

t Report  on  the  progress  of  farm  crops  investigations] 825 

•"arming  practice  in  the  sand  hills  section  of  Nebraska,  Cowan 827 

The  work  of  the  San  Antonio  experiment  farm  in  1915,  Hastings 827 


19161                                                         CONTENTS.  HI 

Page. 

Farm  crops  work,  Hartenbower 829 

[Breeding  work  with  velvet  beans  and  com].  Belling 829 

Commercial  varieties  of  alfalfa,  Oakley  and  Westover 830 

Transplanting  alfalfa,  Hansen 830 

Report  on  com  and  cotton  varieties  at  the  Georgia  Station,  1915,  McClelland. .  830 

fCane. — P'ertilizer  and  composition  studies],  Scott 830 

Studies  on  oat  breeding. — IV,  Pure  line  varieties.  Surface  and  Zinn 831 

Irish  potato  spraying,  Stuckey  and  Higgins 831 

Lime-sulphur  versus  Bordeaux  mixture  as  a  spray  for  potatoes,  IV,  Munn 831 

Culture  of  rye  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  United  States,  Leighty 832 

New  sorghum  varieties  for  the  Great  Plains,  Vinall  and  Edwards 832 

A  study  of  Colorado  wheat,  II,  Headden 832 

Distinguishing  characters  of  seeds  of  Sudan  grass  and  Johnson  grass,  Hillman. .  834 

Second  report  of  state  grain  laboratory  of  Montana,  Atkinson  and  Whitlock  . . .  835 

The  New  Jersey  seed  law,  Helyar 835 

Weed  control,  Helyar 835 

HORTICULTURE. 

Fungoid  and  insect  pests  of  the  farm,  Petherbridge 835 

[Fruits,  vegetables,  and  lawns  in  the  sand  hills].  Cowan 835 

Suggestions  to  gi'owers  and  shippers  of  fruits  and  vegetables 835 

Statistics  of  vineyards,  orchards,  gardens,  and  root  crops,  1915-16,  Johnston 835 

Guide  and  catalogue  of  the  Madagascar  Experiment  Station  at  Ivoloina 835 

Asparagus  in  California,  culture,  marketing  problems,  and  history,  Bailey ....  835 

Pepper  cultivation  in  Banka,  Rutgers 835 

A  genetic  study  of  plant  height  in  Phaseolus  vulgaris,  Emerson 836 

The  fruit  industry  in  New  York  State,  compiled  by  Van  Alstyne 836 

Notes  on  Argentine  fruit  culture,  Girola 837 

[Progi'ess  report  on  horticultural  investigations] 837 

Fruit  tree  root  systems,  Ballantyne 837 

Recent  developments  in  spraying  practices,  Parrott 838 

A  study  of  variation  in  apples  during  the  growing  season,  Whitehouse 838 

The  packing  of  apples  in  barrels  and  boxes,  Wolff 838 

Cranberry  improvement,  Schlatter 838 

Direct  bearers  of  the  National  School  of  Agriculture,  Montpellier,  Verge 838 

History  of  the  Viticultural  Station  of  Lausanne,  1886-1916,  Faesand  Porchet. .  839 

Viticulture  in  South  Africa,  Perold 839 

Investigation  on  the  nitrogen  nutrition  of  the  olive,  Petri 839 

Citrus  experimental  grove,  Collison 839 

Report  of  plant  physiologist,  Floyd 839 

Comparison  of  citrus  conditions  in  Florida,  Cuba,  and  California,  Fawcett 840 

Citrus  trees.  Brown  and  Gough 840 

Report  on  the  work  of  the  Malang  Experiment  Station  for  1915,  Wurth 840 

Keeping  chestnuts  over  winter 840 

Studies  in  Juglans,  III,  Babcock 840 

Drug  plant  cultm-e  in  1916,  Stockberger 840 

Roses  for  the  home,  Mulford 840 

Shade  trees  and  other  ornamental  plants  for  Maine,  Wilkins  and  Eaton 840 

Pruning  shade  trees.  Major 840 

Book  of  garden  plants,  Hamblin 841 

FORESTRY. 

Farm  forestry,  Ferguson 841 

County  or  community  working  plans  as  a  basis  for  woodlot  extension,  Sterrett . .  841 

New  topographic  survey  methods,  Bonner 841 

Forest  ecology;  its  development  in  the  fields  of  botany  and  forestry,  Boerker. .  841 

Notes  on  a  method  of  studying  current  growth  per  cent.  Chandler 841 

The  intermittent  annual  growth  of  woody  plants.  Stout 841 

The  botanical  and  chemical  characters  of  the  eucalypts,  Armstrong  et  al 841 

Euphorbia  tirucalli,  Scassellati-Sforzolini 842 

Manurial  experiments  with  Hevea  rubber,  Anstead 842 

[Tree  culture  in  the  sand  hills  section].  Cowan 842 

The  forestry  situation  in  Virginia,  Jones 842 

The  aims  of  the  new  state  forestry  department,  Jones 842 

Observations  on  the  woods  of  the  Guindos  hacienda,  Albert 842 


IV  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

Page. 

Distribution  of  the  wild-growing  ligneous  plants  of  Switzerland,  III,  Hager.  . .  842 

Report  of  the  division  of  forestry,  1916,  Judd 843 

Notes  on  state  forestry  in  Ireland,  MacMillan 843 

Report  on  forest  conditions  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra,  Van  Zon 843 

Administration  in  Western,  Eastern,  and  Kumaun  Circles,  Clutterbuck  et  al. .  843 

Cost  of  logging  large  and  small  timber,  Ashe 843 

Helps  in  marketing  waste.  Hams 843 

The  preservation  of  wood,  de  la  Praille 843 

The  preservative  treatment  of  farm  timbers.  Hunt 843 

DISEASES   OF   PLANTS. 

Control  of  experimental  conditions  in  phytopathological  research,  Potter 844 

Effect  of  meteorological  conditions  on  plant  diseases,  II,  Dorogin 844 

Report  of  the  assistant  plant  pathologist,  Sherbakoff 844 

Notes  on  parasitic  fungi  in  Wisconsin,  I,  II,  III,  Davis 844 

On  fungus  parasites  of  cultivated  plants,  Kazanovskii 844 

A  survey  of  plant  parasites  in  1913  in  the  Province  of  Tula,  Trusova 844 

New  species  of  mycofiora  in  the  Province  of  Astrakhan,  found  in  1914,  Shembel .  844 

A  Gymnosporangium  with  repeating  spores,  Arthur 844 

The  physiological  relation  of  the  powdeiy  mildews  to  their  hosts.  Reed 844 

Bacterial  blights  of  barley  and  certain  other  cereals,  Jones  et  al 845 

Composition  of  rye  resulting  from  activity  of  certain  Fusarium  forms,  Pomaska.  845 

Observations  on  the  pathological  morphology  of  stinking  smut  of  wheat,  Barrus.  845 

Grain  smut  investigation  and  control,  Reed,  Mundy,  and  Gibbs 845 

Fungicidal  treatment  of  seed  gi-ains,  Malpeaux 845 

A  pathological  alteration  in  the  leaves  of  Agava  sisalana,  Catalano 846 

Violet  root  rot  of  alfalfa  in  Virginia,  Fromme 846 

Note  on  the  white  spot  of  alfalfa,  Crabill 846 

Melanose  of  celery,  Dorogin 846 

Cotton  wilt  in  Georgia,  Lewis 846 

A  disease  of  cold-frame  parsley  caused  by  Sderotinia  libertiana,  McClintock. . .  847 

A  bacterial  stem  blight  of  field  and  garden  peas,  Sackett 847 

Control  of  the  powdery  dry  rot  of  western  potatoes,  Pratt 847 

Infection  of  timothy  by  Puccinia  graminis,  Stakman  and  Piemeisel 847 

Treatment  of  apple  canker  diseases,  Whitten 848 

Stippen  and  spray  injury,  Crabill  and  Thomas 848 

The  Phytophthora  rot  of  apples,  Whetzel  and  Rosenbaum 848 

New  or  noteworthy  facts  concerning  apple  rust,  Giddings  and  Berg 848 

Some  new  facts  concerning  fire  blight,  Heald 848 

A  study  of  the  brown  rot  fungus  in  northern  Vermont,  Bartram 849 

Gummosis  in  the  fruit  of  the  almond  and  the  peach  almond,  Beijerinck 849 

Report  of  the  plant  pathologist,  Stevens 849 

Some  bark  diseases  of  citrus  trees  in  Florida,  Grossenbacher 850 

The  cause  of  coconut  bud  rot,  Johnston 850 

Fungus  diseases  of  coffee  in  Porto  Rico,  Fawcett 850 

A  withertip  of  fir,  Neger 850 

Horse-chestnut  anthracnose.  Pierce  and  Hartley 851 

The  leaf  blotch  disease  of  horse-chestnut,  Stewart 851 

Identity  of  Peridermium  montanum  with  P.  acicolum,  Hedgcock 851 

Inoculation  experiments  with  Peridermium  montanum,  Weir  and  Hubert 851 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 

The  technique  of  forest  protection  against  animals,  Eckstein 851 

The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America,  Ridgway 851 

The  small  friends  of  agriculture.  Da  Costa 851 

Upper  limit  of  temperature  compatible  with  life  in  frog,  Cameron  and  Brownlee .  851 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  zoology,  1914,  Walker 852 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  entomology  for  the  year  1914,  Bethune 852 

Report  of  entomologist,  Watson 852 

Thirteenth  annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Montana,  Cooley 852 

Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Nova,  Scotia,  1915 853 

Important  insects  which  may  affect  health  in  military  operations 853 

A  classification  of  our  limnephilid  caddice  flies.  Banks 853 

" 'White  ants "  as  pests  in  United  States  and  preventing  their  damage,  Snyder. .  853 

Report  on  the  inoculation  of  locusts  with  Coccobacillv^  acridiorum,  Rorer 853 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  V 

Page. 

A  new  species  of  Heterothrips  from  eastern  United  States,  Hood 853 

The  Rutherglen  bug  (Nysius  vinitor),  Froggatt 853 

Some  1915  notes  on  a  few  common  Jassoidea,  Gibson 853 

[Studies  of  the  body  louse  (Pediculus  vestimenti)] 854 

Control  of  the  velvet  bean  caterpillar,  Watson 854 

Life  history  studies  of  Cirphis  unipuncta,  Davis  and  Satterthwait 854 

Observations  on  the  life  history  of  the  army  cutworm,  Cooley 854 

The  life  history  of  Gelechia  gossypiella,  Gough 854 

Nature  of  damage  done  by  the  pink  boll  worm  {Gelechia  gossypiella),  Gough. .  854 

Aphidoletes  meridionalis,  an  important  dipterous  enemy  of  aphids,  Davis 855 

Mosquito  control  in  Panama,  Le  Prince  and  Orenstein 855 

New  species  of  Asilidae  from  southern  California,  Cole 855 

The  cabbage  maggot,  its  biology  and  control,  Schoene 855 

The  cabbage  maggot  and  its  work.  Hall 856 

Studies  in  flies. — II,  Specific  differences  in  the  genus  Musca,  Awati 856 

The  life  history  of  Bdellolarynx  sanguinolentus,  Mitter 856 

Destruction  of  the  tobacco  beetle  {Lasioderma  serricome),  Mackie 856 

New  species  of  the  family  Ipidse,  Swaine 856 

Apicultural  notes.  Nelson 856 

Thersilochus  conotracheli,  a  parasite  of  the  plum  ciirculio,  Cushman 857 

A  new  genus  of  Elophidog  from  the  United  States,  Girault 857 

A  new  genus  of  pteromalid  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera,  Girault 857 

Revision  of  parasitic  hymenopterous  insects  of  the  genus  Aphycus,  Timberlake .  857 

A  contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  Canadian  ticks,  Hewitt 858 

Some  centipedes  and  their  venom,  Cornwall 858 

POODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION. 

Diet  and  dietetic  therapeutics,  Ewald  and  Klotz 858 

Contributions  to  human  nutrition 858 

Circulars  on  human  nutrition 859 

The  shortage  in  the  fat  supply,  its  cause,  and  means  of  remedy,  Mam-el 859 

Bacteriological  analysis  of  oysters  sold  at  Marseille,  Gigon  and  Richet,  jr 859 

Milling  and  baking,  Ammann 859 

Making  light  bread.  Root 859 

Rice,  as  prepared  for  food  in  Bengal,  Rakshit 859 

Breakfast  foods  and  their  relative  value,  Youngbm'g 859 

Sanitary  studies  of  baking  powders,  I,  Gies 860 

The  bacteriology  of  the  bubble  fountain,  Pettibone  et  al 860 

Court  decisions  pertaining  to  the  public  health  [including  foods] 860 

Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Markets  of  the  city  of  Newton,  Mass 860 

Retail  prices  of  food  supphes  in  New  Jersey 860 

Cost  of  food  for  an  adult  woman,  Collet 861 

The  cold  school  lunch.  Bell 861 

Restricted  diet  and  nutritional  deficiency,  Weill,  Mouriquand,  and  Michel 861 

The  vitamins  in  relation  to  nutrition  in  health  and  disease,  Voegtlin 861 

The  digestibility  and  utilization  of  egg  proteins,  Bateman 861 

Feeding  experiments  on  the  substitution  of  protein  by  amino  acids,  Mitchell 862 

Ingested  carbohydrate,  protein,  and  fat  in  phlorizin  diabetes,  Csonka 863 

Urinary  and  blood  nitrogen  curves  after  feeding  in  the  dog.  Pepper  and  Austin .  863 

The  elimination  of  ammonia  in  the  urine  during  rest,  Liotta 863 

The  metabolism  of  sulphur,  I,  Lewis 863 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Experimental  studies  on  growth,  II-VII,  Robertson,  Ray,  and  Cutler 864 

The  mechanism  of  crossing-over,  I,  II,  III,  IV,  Miiller 866 

Investigation  in  Mendelian  inheritance,  Lefevre  and  Rucker 867 

Composition  of  foodstuffs,  compiled  by  Robertson 867 

Studies  on  the  mineral  elements  in  animal  nutrition,  Forbes 867 

Inspection  of  feeding  stuffs 867 

The  grazing  industry  of  the  blue  grass  region,  Carrier 867 

Animal  husbandry] 868 

Animal  husbandry],  Hartenbower  and  Barber 869 

Calf  and  pig  feeding  experiments],  Scott 870 

Pig  feeding 870 


VI  CONTENTS.  [Vol.  35 

DAIRY  FARMING — DAIRYING. 

Page. 

Factors  influencing  the  development  of  dairy  heifers,  Eckles  and  Reed 871 

Feeding  cotton-seed  meal  and  nulls  to  dairy  cows,  Moore 871 

Cotton-seed  meal  versus  cold  pressed  cotton-seed  cake  for  dairy  cows,  Moore 872 

Feeding  value  of  purchased  feeds  versus  soiling  crops,  Moore 872 

[Dairy  husbandry],  Scott 872 

Does  it  pay  to  take  extra  care  of  cows?    Hayden 873 

Law  regulating  weighing,  testing,  and  purchasing  of  milk  and  cream,  Carson 873 

Cream  testing  balances,  Hunziker,  Spitzer,  and  Ogle 873 

Cooling  cream  on  the  farm,  Hunziker,  Mills,  and  Switzer 874 

Progressive  oxidation  of  cold-storage  butter,  Dyer 875 

VETERINARY   MEDICINE. 

Livestock  disease  investigations,  Barber 877 

[Report  of  the  veterinary  department],  Connaway  and  Durant 878 

Text-book  of  meat  hygiene,  Edelmann 879 

The  physical  chemistry  of  disinfection,  I,  Norton  and  Hsu 879 

The  early  determination  of  pregnancy  in  domestic  animals,  Wecke 879 

The  variations  in  reaction  of  the  blood  of  different  species,  Cumming 880 

A  practical  method  for  the  identification  of  guinea  pigs,  Kitchens 880 

Anticoagulant  action  of  acid  anilin  dyes  toward  albumiaous  materials,  Hollande  880 

A  method  of  studying  the  effect  of  serum  upon  tissues,  Feldstein 881 

Effect  of  lecithin  and  horse  serum  on  hemolytic  action  of  peptones,  Epstein 881 

The  relation  of  lipoids  to  immune  reactions,  Jobling 881 

A  new  method  of  active  immunization,  Frakenhuis 881 

A  simplified  method  of  producing  a  potent  precipitin  serum.  Smith. 881 

Serum  osmose.    The  treatment  of  wounds  by  blood  serum,  Chatelain 882 

The  specific  serum  treatment  of  wounds,  Leclainche  and  Vallee 882 

The  destruction  of  anthrax  spores  Ln  hides  and  skins  by  caustic  soda,  Hader 882 

Experimental  studies  on  the  immunity  of  foot-and-mouth  disease,  Terni 882 

Tuberculosis  of  the  seminal  vesicles,  vas  deferens,  and  urethra,  Chauss^ 882 

Influence  of  tuberculosis  on  the  chemical  composition  of  the  body,  Droge 883 

Studies  in  immunity  to  tuberculosis,  Krause 883 

The  antigenic  properties  of  tubercle  wax,  Lucke 883 

Present  status  of  the  infectious  abortion  problem,  Himmelberger 884 

Present  status  of  the  infectious  abortion  problem,  Himmelberger 884 

Experiments  with  bacterial  vaccines  for  splenetic  tick  fever,  Rhea  and  Mackie . .  884 

Action  of  organic  body  fluids  on  the  bacdlus  of  swine  erysipelas,  Colomo 884 

Report  on  the  present  state  of  knowledge  of  swine  fever,  Greenwood,  jr 884 

Results  of  the  use  of  hig-cholera  globulin  on  3,000  hogs,  Graham 884 

Hog  cholera  in  Pennsylvania,  Staley 885 

The  maintenance  of  virulence  of  Bacillus  abortivus  equinus,  Good  and  Smith . .  885 

Contagious  epithelioma  in  chickens.  Mack  and  Records 885 

RURAL   ENGINEERING. 

Proceedings  of  the  Twenty-first  International  Irrigation  Congress,  1914 885 

Report  on  the  Ministry  of  Public  Works,  1914-15 886 

The  flow  of  water  over  sharp-edged  notches  and  weirs,  Gourley  and  Crimp ....  886 

Abnormal  coeflicients  of  the  Venturi  meter,  Gibson 886 

Pumps  for  the  irrigation  of  small  areas.  Dibble 887 

Experiments  on  the  purification  of  sewage  and  water,  Clark  and  Adams 887 

Sewage  disposal  for  isolated  residences,  Gillespie 887 

Sanitation  in  the  mountains,  Gillespie 887 

Engineering  operations  for  the  prevention  of  malaria,  Evans 887 

Terracing  in  Texas,  Olsen 887 

The  use  of  dynamite  in  clearing  land,  Secrest 887 

Tars,  pitches,  bitumens,  and  asphalts  used  for  road  purposes,  Robertson 888 

Motor  truck  lessens  cost  of  maintaining  gravel  roads  in  Alabama,  Edwards.  . . .  888 

Public  road  mileage  and  revenues  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States,  1914 888 

New  tests  of  bolted  joints  in  timber  framing,  Dewell 888 

Lagscrewed  joints  in  timber,  Dewell 889 

Rules  for  conducting  performance  tests  of  power  plant  apparatus 889 

Directory  and  specifications  of  gasoline  and  oil  farm  tractors 890 

A  standard  drawbar  rating  for  tractors,  Olney 890 


1916]                                                         CONTENTS.  VII 

Page, 

Controlled  tests  of  mechanical  cultivating  apparatus,  Kingelmann  et  al 890 

Tobacco  curing  bams,  Moss 890 

Lightning  rods;  their  functions  and  good  qualities,  Croft 890 

RURAL   ECONOMICS. 

The  elements  of  an  ideal  rural  ci\-ilization,  Waters 891 

Some  effects  of  war  conditions  on  agriculture,  Smetham 891 

Women  and  the  land,  Wolseley 891 

Our  country  church  problems,  Branson 891 

Factors  affecting  interest  and  other  charges  on  short- time  loans,  Thompson 891 

Influence  of  age  on  the  value  of  dairy  cows  and  farm  work  horses,  McDowell. .  891 

The'  normal  day's  work  of  farm  implements,  workmen,  and  crews,  Mowry 892 

Systems  of  renting  truck  farms  in  southwestern  New  Jersey,  Turner 892 

The  logged-off  lands  of  western  Washington,  Giles 892 

The  country  elevator  in  the  Canadian  West,  Clark 892 

Transportation  of  agricultural  products  in  Argentina. 892 

Marketing  perishable  farm  products,  Adams '. 892 

Cooperation  for  fruit  growers.  Mason 893 

Rural  cooperation,  Lahitte 893 

Report  of  Congress  of  International  Cooperative  Alliance,  1913 893 

Business  practice  and  accounts  for  cooperative  stores,  Bexell  and  Kerr 893 

A  system  of  accounts  for  live-stock  shipping  associations,  Humphrey  and  Kerr. .  893 

Price  Current  Grain  Reporter  Yearbook,  1916,  Osman 893 

Returns  of  produce  of  crops  in  England  and  Wales 893 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Argentina,  1914-15 893 

[Agricultural  statistics  of  Sweden] 894 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Roumania 894 

[Agriculture  in  Egypt] 894 

AGRICULTURAL   EDUCATION. 

The  Cook  County  system  of  rural  education  Tobin, 894 

[Agricultural  education  in  New  Brunswick  in  1915],  Steeves  et  al 894 

The  general  direction  of  agricultural  instruction 895 

[Agriculture  and  forestry  instruction  in  Austria] 895 

Tentative  course  of  study  for  United  States  Indian  schools 895 

Methods  of  instruction  in  agriculture,  Sell 896 

Outlines  for  agriculture  in  rural  and  village  schools:  Potatoes,  Atherton 896 

Practical  lessons  in  tropical  agriculture,  Books  II,  III,  Clute 896 

Nature  study  preceding  agriculture,  Nolan 896 

The  plant  notebook,  Comstock 896 

Lessons  on  tomatoes  for  rural  schools,  Miller 896 

Structure  of  the  common  woods  of  New  York  and  the  wood  collection,  Prichard.  897 

The  boy  scout's  forest  book,  Black 897 

The  teaching  of  entomology  in  public  schools,  DeWolfe 897 

Development  in  animal  husbandry  instruction,  Plumb 897 

Home  economics  instruction 897 

High  school  food  work,  what  besides  manipulation?    Conley 897 

Household  management  in  the  high  school,  Allen 898 

Teaching  of  food  through  preparation  of  meals,  Wilson 898 

High  school  dietetics,  Hillier 898 

First  lessons  in  cooking,  Miller 898 

Drafting  in  dressmaking  classes,  Hanna 898 

Teaching  house  decoration  in  the  high  school,  Clark 898 

Woodworking  problems,  Newton 898 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Annual  Report  of  Florida  Station,  1915 898 

Report  of  the  Guam  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  1915 898 

Work  and  progress  of  the  agricultural  experiment  station  for  1915 899 

Report  of  the  Wisconsin  Agricultural  Experiment  Association,  1916 899 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station 899 

A  notebook  of  agricultural  facts  and  figures,  compiled  by  Wood  et  al  . . 899 

Masonry  bases  for  the  installation  of  microscopes  and  accessories,  Cobb 899 


LIST  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS  AND  DEPART- 
MENT PUBLICATIONS  REVIEWED. 


Stations  in  the  United  States. 

Colorado  Station:  Page 

Bui.  217,  Mar.,  1916 832 

Bui.  218,  Apr.,  1916 847 

Florida  Station: 

Bui.  130,  June,  1916 854 

Bui.  131,  June,  1916 870 

An.  Rpt.,  1915 812,  829,  830, 

839,  844,  849,  852,  870,  872,  898 

Georgia  Station: 

Bui.  123,  July,  1916 831 

Circ.  74,  Jan.,  1916 830 

Guam  Station: 

Rpt.  ,1915 829,  856,  869,  877,  898 

Indiana  Station: 

Bui.  188,  June,  1916 874 

Bui.  189,  July,  1916 873 

Louisiana  Stations: 

Bui.  156,  July,  1916 805 

Maine  Station: 

Bui.  250,  May,  1916 831 

Mississippi  Station: 

Bui.  174,  1914 871,872 

Missoiu-i  Station: 

Bui.    141    (An.    Rpt.,    1915), 

Apr.  ,1916 825,  837,  844,  845, 

848,  867,  868,  871,  878,  899 
Circ.  81,  June,  1916 840 

Montana  Station: 

Bui.  108,  Oct.,  1915 835 

Bui.  109,  Feb.,  1916 852 

Nebraska  Station: 

Bui.  156,  May  25,  1916..  827,835,842 
Research  Bui.  6,  June  20, 1916.  823 
Research  Bui.  7,  Mar.  15, 1916.       836 

Nevada  Station: 

Bui.  84,  Apr.,  1916 885 

New  Jersey  Stations: 

Circ.  59,  Apr.  20,  1916 835 

Circ.  60,  May  1,  1916 835 

Circ.  61,  May  15,  1916 817 

Circ.  62,  June  6,  1916 873 

New  York  State  Station: 

Bui.  419,  Mar.,  1916 855,  856 

Bui.  420,  May,  1916 867 

Bui.  421,  May,  1916 831 

Ohio  Station: 

Mo.  Bui.,  vol.  1,  No.  8,  Aug., 

1916 814,  815,  873,  877,  899 

Oregon  Station: 

Bui.  134,  June,  1916 838 

Porto  Rico  Station: 

Bui.  17  (Spanish  ed.),  Aug.  24, 
1916 850 


Stations  in  the  United  States — Contd. 

South  Dakota  Station:  page 

Bui.  167,  June,  1916 830 

Bui.  168,  June,  1916 859 

Utah  Station: 

Bui.  143,  Apr.,  1916 837 

Bui.  144,  May,  1916 813 

Virginia  Truck  Station: 

Bui.  18,  Jan.  1,  1916 847 

Washington  Station: 

Popular  Bui.  103,  July,  1916. .  807 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Jour.  Agr.  Research,  vol.  6: 

No.  21,  Aug.  21,  1916 847,  854 

No.  22,  Aug.  28,  1916. .  812,  816,  857 
No.  23,  Sept.  4,  1916. . .  814,  854,  855 
No.  24,  Sept.  11,  1916 813,  875 

Bui.  381,  Business  Practice  and 
Accounts  for  Cooperative  Stores, 
J.  A.  Bexell  and  W.  H.  Kerr. ...      893 

Bui.  383,  New  Sorghum  Varieties 
for  the  Central  and  Southern 
Great  Plains,  H.  N.  Vinall  and 
R.  W.  Edwards 832 

Bui.  386,  Public  Road  Mileage  and 
Revenues  in  the  Middle  Atlantic 
States,  1914 888 

Bui.  392,  Lessons  on  Tomatoes  for 
Riural  Schools,  E.  A.  Miller 896 

Bui.  397,  The  Grazing  Industry  of 
the  Bluegrass  Region,  L.  Car- 
rier        867 

Bui.  403,  A  System  of  Accounts 
for  Live  Stock  Shipping  Asso- 
ciations, J.  R.  Himiphrey  and 
W.H.Kerr 893 

Bui.  406,  Distinguisliing  Characters 
of  the  Seeds  of  Sudan  Grass  and 
Johnson  Grass,  F.  H.  Hillman. . .       834 

Bui.  409,  Factors  Affecting  Inter- 
est Rates  and  Other  Charges  on 
Short-time  Farm  Loans,  C.  W. 
Thompson 891 

Bui.  411,  Systems  of  Renting  Truck 
Farms  in  Southwestern  New  Jer- 
sey, H.  A.  Turner 892 

Bui.  412,  The  Normal  Day's  Work 
of  Farm  Implements,  Workmen, 
and  Crews  in  Western  New  York, 
H.  H.Mo\vry 892 


1916] 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


IX 


TJ.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture— Conid. 

Page. 

Bui.  413,  Influence  of  Age  on  the 
Value  of  Dairy  Cows  and  Farm 
Work  Horses,  J.  C.  McDowell. . .      891 

Farmers'  Bui.  7-14,  The  Preserva- 
tive I'^eatment  of  Farm  Tim- 
bers, G.  M.  Hunt 843 

Farmers'  Bui.  750,  Roses  for  the 
Home,  F.  L.  Mulford 840 

Farmers'  Bui.  751,  Peanut  Oil, 
H.  C.  Thompson  and  H.  S. 
Bailey 806 

Farmers'  Bui.  756,  Culture  of  Rye 
in  the  Eastern  Half  of  the  United 
States,  C.  E.  Leighty 832 

Farmers'  Bui.  757,  Commercial 
Varieties  of  Alfalfa,  R.  A.  Oak- 
ley and  H.  L.  Westover 830 

Farmers'  Bui.  758,  Muscadine 
Grape  Sirup,  C.  Dearing 807 

Farmers'  Bui.  759,  "^^^lite  Ants" 
as  Pests  in  the  United  States  and 
Methods  of  Preventing  Their 
Damage,  T.E.Snyder 853 

Office  of  the  Secretary : 

Circ.  61,  Important  Insects 
WTiich  May  Affect  the 
Health  of  Men  or  Animals 
Engaged  in  Military  Opera- 
tions       853 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry: 

Work  of  the  San  Antonio  Ex- 
periment Farm  in  1915, 
S.H.Hastings 827 

Bureau  of  Soils: 

Field  Operations,  1914 — 

Soil    Survey    of    Dekalb 
County,    Mo.,    H.    H. 
Krusekopf,  R.  C.  Done- 
ghue  and  M.  M.  McCool.      811 
Field  Operations,  1915 — 

Soil  Survey  of  Lauxens 
County,     Ga.,     A.     T. 

Sweet  etal 811 

Soil  Survey  of  Wayne 
County,  N.  C,  B.  B. 
Derrick,  S.  O.  Perkins, 
and  F.  N.  McDowell...      811 

Weather  Bureau : 

Tables  for  Computing  the 
Time  of  Moonrise  and  Moon- 
set,  H.  H.  Kimball 808 

Weather  Forecasting  in  the 
United  States,  A.  J.  Henry 
etal 808 

Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui.  24       808 

Climat.  Data,  vol.  3,  Nos.  7-8, 
July-Aug.  ,1916 809 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture — Contd. 

Page. 
Scientific  Contributions  :o 

Hydrogen  Electrode  Poten- 
tials of  Buffer  Mixtures, 
W.  M.  Clark  and  H.  A.  Lubs.      801 

Drug  Plant  Culture  in  1916, 
W.  W.  Stockberger 840 

County  or  Community  Work- 
ing Plans  as  a  Basis  for  Wood- 
lot  Extension  Work,  W.  D. 
Sterrett 841 

New  Topographic  Survey 
Methods,  J.  H.  and  F.  R. 
Bonner 841 

Forest  Ecology;  Its  Develop- 
mentinthe  Fields  of  Botany 
and  Forestry,  R.  H.  Boerker.      841 

Cost  of  Logging  Large  and 
Small  Timber,  W.  W.  Ashe.       843 

Helps  in  Marketing  Waste, 
J.T.Harris...- 843 

Control  of  Experimental  Con- 
ditions in  Phytopathological 
Research ,  A .  A .  Potter 844 

The  Phytophthora  Rot  of 
Apples,  H.  H.  Whetzel  and 
J.  Rosenbaum 848 

Horse-chestnut  Anthracnose, 
R.  G.  Pierce  and  C.  Hartley.      851 

Identity  of  Peridermium  vion- 
tanum  with  P.  adcolum, 
G.G.Hedgcock. 851 

Inoculation  Experiments  with 
Peridcnnium  montanum, 
J.  R.  Weir  and  E.  E. 
Hubert 851 

A  Classification  of  our  Limne- 
philid  Caddice  Flies,  N. 
Banks 853 

A  New  Species  of  Heterothrips 
from  Eastern  United  States, 
J.D.Hood 853 

Some  1915  Notes  on  a  Few 
Common  Jassoidea  in  Cen- 
tral Mississippi  Valley 
States,  E.  H.  Gibson 853 

New  Species  of  Asilidse  from 
Southern  California,  F.  R. 
Cole 855 

A  New  Genus  of  Elophidae 
from  the  United  States, 
A.  A.  Girault 857 

A  New  Genus  of  Pteromalid 
Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera 
from  North  America,  A.  A. 
Girault 857 

Revision  of  Parasitic  Hymen- 
opterous  Insects  of  the  Genus 
Aphycus,  P.H.Timberlake.      857 

Masomy  Bases  for  the  Installa- 
tion of  Microscopes  and 
Accessories,  N.  A.  Cobb...      899 


a  Printed  in  scientific  and  technical  publications  outside  the  department. 


EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD. 

Vol.  35.  Abstract  Number.  No.  9. 


RECENT  WORK  IN  AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCE. 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. 

Catalysis  and  its  industrial  applications,  Fl  .Tobling  (London:  J.  d  A. 
Churcfiill,  1916,  pp.  VI 1 1 +120,  figs.  12).— The  subject  matter  of  this  volume 
appeared  originally  in  the  Chemical  World  in  1912.  The  topics  discussed  are 
catalysis  in  general;  sulphuric  acid  manufacture;  industrial  chlorin,  salt  cake, 
and  sulphur  recovery ;  fixation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen ;  surface  action  ;  liydro- 
genation ;  dehydrogenation  and  oxidation ;  and  dehydration,  hydrolysis,  etc 

Hydrogen  electrode  potentials  of  phthalate,  phosphate,  and  borate  buffer 
mixtures,  W.  M.  Clabk  and  H.  A.  Lubs  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  {1916),  No.  3, 
pp.  479-510,  figs.  2). — The  authors  have  studied  the  hydrogen  electrode  poten- 
tials of  the  following  mixtures  at  20°  C. :  Acid  potassium  phthalate — hydro- 
chloric acid ;  acid  potassium  phthalate — sodium  hydroxid ;  acid  potassium 
phosphate — sodium  hydroxid;  boric  acid+potassium  chlorid— sodium  hydroxid; 
boric  acid — sodium  hydroxid  ;  and  potassium  chlorid  at  25° — hydrochloric  acid. 
The  concentration  of  the  first  component  was  in  all  cases  maintained  at 
5/100-molar  sti'ength. 

It  is  suggested  that  "  a  temperature  correction  should  be  included  in  the 
barometric  correction  of  hydrogen  electrode  potentials.  The  application  of 
this,  together  with  a  consideration  of  several  theoretical  and  experimental 
difficulties,  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  in  biochemical  work  the  tenth-normal 
KCl-calomel  electrode  should  be  given  the  provisional  and  somewhat  arbitrary 
value  0.3385  between  18  and  30°  when  referred  to  the  potential  of  the  '  normal 
hydrogen  electrode.'  By  applying  the  full  barometric  correction  and  the  above 
value  of  the  tenth-normal  calomel  electrode  the  Ph  values  of  the  various  mix- 
tures were  calculated,  and  the  compositions  given  which  furnish  mixtures 
differing  by  intervals  of  0.2Pif  for  use  as  comparison  solutions  in  the  colori- 
metric  determination  of  hydrogen  ion  concentrations." 

The  system  of  "  buffer  "  mixtures  described  has  been  shown  to  be  simpler 
to  prepare  and  easier  to  standardize  than  those  now  in  common  use.  "Acid 
potassium  phthalate  solutions  possess  properties  which  make  them  comparable 
with  or  better  than  '  standard  acetate '  and  similar  solutions  for  standardizing 
hydrogen  electrode  systems." 

A  new  "hot-air"  Teclu  burner,  P.  Vekbeek  (Chem.  Ztg.,  39  {1915),  No. 
148-I49,  p.  948,  figs.  5 ) . — A  new  laboratory  burner  in  which  the  admitted  air  is 
heated  before  it  is  allowed  to  mix  with  the  gas  and  in  which  the  width  of  the 
flame  can  be  easily  controlled  by  a  simple  arrangement  is  described  in  detail. 
An  economy  in  both  heat  and  gas  is  claimed  for  the  improved  burner. 

801 


802  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOBD.  [Vol.  35 

The  action  of  nitric  acid  on  aluminum,  R.  Sbxigman  and  P.  Williams 
(Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  (1916),  No.  12,  pp.  665-672,  figs.  S).— From  a  study 
of  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  aluminum  the  most  important  condition  found 
to  affect  the  rate  of  dissolution  of  the  metal  was  the  temperature  of  the  acid. 
An  increase  of  10°  C.  over  a  considerable  range  of  temperature  was  found 
sufficient  to  increase  the  rate  of  dissolution  100  per  cent. 

Next  to  temperature  the  concentration  played  the  most  prominent  part  in 
determining  the  rate  of  solution.  Mixtures  containing  between  20  and  40  per 
cent  by  volume  of  nitric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.42)  were  found  to  be  the  most 
active,  while  some  samples  containing  as  high  as  94.7  per  cent  nitric  acid  were 
found  to  be  almost  without  effect  on  the  metal.  A  sample  of  aluminum  sus- 
pended in  such  acid  for  71  days  lost  only  0.0004  gm.,  equivalent  to  a  rate  of 
dissolution  of  0.015  mg.  per  100  sq.  cm.  per  24  hours. 

Contrary  t<»  the  statements  of  earlier  investigators,  the  presence  of  0.05  per 
cent  chlorin  in  the  acid  was  found  not  t©  affect  the  rate  of  solution.  The  same 
condition  was  found  to  prevail  in  the  case  of  iodin  up  to  concentrations  of  0.01 
per  cent.  Traces  of  sulphm-ic  acid  and  the  presence  of  the  lower  oxids  of 
nitrogen,  however,  increased  the  rate  of  solution  markedly.  The  action  of  the 
acid  on  the  metal  could  be  considerably  reduced  by  freeing  it  from  such  oxids. 

The  effect  of  the  physical  state  of  the  metal  was  considerable,  the  amoi*phous 
form  being  attacked  much  more  readily  than  the  crystalline.  The  composition 
of  the  metal  was  found  to  be  of  lesser  importance,  the  pure  metal,  however, 
being  generally  found  to  be  the  most  resistant  to  the  attack  of  the  acid.  No 
local  action  or  "  pitting  "  was  observed. 

The  apparatus  and  experimental  methods  used  in  the  study  are  described  in 
detail. 

Sanitary  studies  of  baking  powders  (Biochem.  Bui.,  5  (1916),  No.  20-21,  pp. 
158-202). — The  following  studies  on  suitable  analytical  methods  for  the  deter- 
mination of  small  amounts  of  aluminum  are  reported. 

II.  A  comparison  of  the  method  proposed  by  the  Association  of  Official  Agri- 
cultural Chemists  as  modified  hy  Steel  with  that  described  by  Schmidt  and 
Hoagland  for  the  determination  of  aluminum  in  organic  material,  P.  E.  Howe 
(pp.  158-164). — From  experimental  data  reported  it  is  concluded  that,  when 
compared  to  the  results  obtained  vnth  the  procedure  recommended  by  Schmidt 
and  Hoagland,"  for  small  amounts  of  aluminum  in  the  presence  of  iron  and 
phosphates  the  method  proposed  by  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural 
Chemists  as  modified  by  Steel  in  an  article  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p. 
573)  yields  values  which  are  essentially  the  same  in  the  case  of  pure  aluminum 
salts,  but  slightly  lower  when  applied  to  blood  to  which  aluminum  sulphate 
has  been  added. 

III.  A  study  of  the  methods  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  aluminum 
in  blood,  L.  J.  Curtman  and  P.  Gross  (pp.  165-172). — The  authors  have  found 
the  method  of  Steel  to  be  unreliable,  due  to  the  instability  of  ferric  phosphate. 
For  the  determination  of  small  quantities  of  the  metal  in  the  presence  of  large 
amounts  of  iron  the  method  is  unsatisfactory.  The  procedure  of  Schmidt  and 
Hoagland  yielded  accurate  results  both  in  pure  solution  of  aluminum  salts  and 
in  blood. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  procedure  of  Schmidt  and  Hoagland  is  superior  to 
that  of  Steel  from  the  standpoint  of  technique  for  the  following  reasons:  "(1) 
A  direct  gravimetric  determination  of  aluminum  is  effected.  No  volumetric 
solution  or  operations  are  required  and  the  aluminum  is  not  found  by  difference 
(thus  taking  the  sum  of  the  errors).     (2)   The  determination  is  made  on  the 

"Jour.   Biol.   Chem.,  11    (1912),   No.  4,   pp.  387-391. 


191«J  AGKICULTTJBAL   CHEMISTRY — AGBOTECHITT.  803 

entire  sample,  not  on  an  aliquot  portion  of  tbe  solution  as  in  Steel's  method 
and,  as  a  consequence,  the  error  in  dealing  with  small  amounts  is  thus  ma- 
terially decreased.  (3)  The  tedium  of  washing  the  precipitates  Ls  to  a  great 
extent  avoided  without  any  sacrifice  of  accuracy." 

IV.  The  detcrmdnatlon  of  aluminum  in  the  presence  of  iron  and  orpanic  mat- 
ter, M.  Steel  (pp.  173-182).— The  author  concludes  that  his  method  yields  ac- 
curate results  for  aluminum  when  care  is  taken  in  its  manipulation.  "  The 
method  proposed  by  the  U.  S.  Government  Committee  on  Research  and  Ana- 
lytical Methods"  is  very  similar  to  the  method  used  by  Steel.  This  method 
yields  accurate  results  for  aluminum,  both  in  aqueous  solution  and  in  the  pres- 
ence of  large  amounts  of  organic  matter.  The  Schmidt  and  Hoagland  method  is 
as  accurate  as  the  other  two  methods,  ai»d  has  the  advantage  ...  of  involving 
fewer  manipulations." 

V.  The  deter mniation  of  aluminum  in  hiolofficml  material:  A  comparison  of 
the  method  of  Steel  {modified  hij  Kahn)  with  the  method  of  Schmidt  and  Hoag- 
land, C.  A.  Smith  and  P.  B.  Hawk  (pp.  183-188).— The  method  of  Schmidt  and 
Hoagland  was  found  by  the  authors  to  be  more  satisfactory  than  the  method  of 
Steel  as  modified  by  Kahn  in  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  27,  p.  2G8)  for  the 
determination  of  aluminum  in  blood  and  in  gastric  juice  to  which  known 
amounts  of  aluminum  had  been  added.  In  determining  the  metal  in  gastric 
juice  by  the  Schmidt  and  Hoagland  procedure  it  is  indicated  that  the  material 
should  be  ashed  before  the  determination  is  made. 

VI.  Comment  on  the  data  in  the  preceding  papers  (II-V)  on  the  best  avail- 
nhle  method  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  aluminum  in  biological  mate- 
rials, W.  J.  Gies  (pp.  189-194). — From  a  critical  examination  of  the  data  pre- 
sented in  the  previous  articles  the  author  concludes  that  "  the  Schmidt-Hoag- 
land  method  is  somewhat  more  accurate  and  serviceable  than  the  Steel  method 
for  the  estimation  of  alimiinum  in  biological  materials,  and  that  the  Steel 
method  gives  low  results."  Further  comments  on  the  work  (reported  in  the 
previous  papers)  by  the  various  authors  are  included. 

VII.  A  direct  test  of  the  degree  of  accuracy  of  the  Schmidt-Hoa gland  method 
for  the  quantitative  determination  of  aluminum,  A.  K.  Balls  (pp.  195-202). — 
Experimental  data  submitted  show  that  "  the  Schmidt-Hoagland  method  for  the 
determination  of  aluminum  gave  results  which  involved  a  loss  of  as  much  as  7 
per  cent  of  the  available  aluminum,  but  which  was  usually  about  4  per  cent. 
The  losses  appear  to  have  been  due,  in  the  main,  to  the  formation  of  AUOs  from 
AlPOi,  in  the  precipitate  of  the  latter  dtiring  Ignition,  but  also  partly  to  the 
solubility  of  AIPO4  in  the  reagents  and  washings.  The  material,  as  finally 
weighed,  is  not  wholly  normal  orthophosphate  of  aluminum,  but  contains  less 
phosphoric  anhydrid  than  does  the  same  weight  of  orthophosphate.  The  indi- 
cated error  might  invalidate  the  method  for  accurate  determinations  of  rela- 
tively large  amounts  of  aluminum.  For  comparatively  small  quantities,  how- 
ever, the  error  appears  to  be  negligible." 

See  also  the  first  paper  of  this  series  by  Gies,  noted  on  page  860. 

The  determination  of  bromin  and  iodin  in  the  presence  of  chlorids,  L.  W. 
WiNKLEK  {Ztschr.  Angew.  Chem.,  28  {1915),  Aufsatzteil,  Nos.  96,  pp.  477-^80, 
figs.  2;  98,  pp.  494-496,  fig.  1). — It  is  shown  that  by  the  use  of  potassium  per- 
manganate bromin  can  be  accurately  determined  in  the  presence  of  chlorids. 
The  procedure  for  the  determination  varies  according  to  the  amount  of  bromin 
present.  For  the  accurate  determination  of  very  small  amounts  of  bromin  the 
free  bromin  extracted  with  carbon  tetrachlorid  is  titrated  with  arsenious  acid, 
using  an  aqueous  iodin  solution  as  indicator. 

"Jour    Indus,  and  Bngin.  Chem.,  7  (1915),  No.  5,  p.  446. 


804  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vrt.  35 

For  the  det«*mination  of  iodin  a  number  of  methods  were  tested. 

The  experimental  procedures  and  data  obtained  are  described  in  detail. 

A  new  method  for  the  volumetric  determination  of  thiosulphate  in  the 
presence  of  sulphid  and  notes  on  the  determination  of  thiosulphate  in  the 
presence  of  sulphite,  bisulphite,  and  sulphid,  A.  Sandee  {Chem.  Ztg.,  39 
(1915),  No.  148-149,  pp.  945-947).— Three  articles  are  presented. 

I.  Thiosulphnte  in  the  presence  of  sulphid  (p.  945). — A  new  procedure  based 
on  the  following  equations,  and  which  depends  on  titrating  the  hydrochloric 
acid  formed,  is  described  in  detaU : 

3HgCU+2Na=S=4NaCl+  (2HgS.HgCl=) . 
2Na2S,03+3HgCl2+2H=0=2Na2S04+4HCl+  (2HgS.HgCl2) . 

The  total  thiosulphate+sulphid  content  is  determined  in  an  aliquot  by 
titration  with  iodin.  A  second  aliquot  is  treated  with  an  excess  of  mercuric 
chlorid  and  well  shaken  until  the  dark  precipitate  becomes  pure  white.  Am- 
monium chlorid  is  then  added  and  the  acid  formed  titrated  with  tenth-normal 
sodium  hydroxid  and  methyl  orange  as  an  indicator. 

II.  Thio':ylphate  in  the  presence  of  sulphite  (pp.  945.  946). — Earlier  methods 
are  briefly  reviewed  and  criticized.  The  author  obtained  satisfactory  results 
with  the  procedure  of  Bodnar  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  15),  but  indicatas  that  it 
requires  too  much  time  for  routine  work.  The  determination  of  total  sulphite-f- 
thiosulphate  by  titration  with  iodin  in  an  aliquot  and  the  titration  of  the 
hydrochloric  acid  formed  after  treatment  with  mercuric  chlorid  in  another 
aliquot  is  recommended  as  an  accurate  and  rapid  procedure. 

III.  Thiosulphate  in  the  presence  of  sulphid  and  sulphite  (pp.  946,  947). — 
Previous  work  is  briefly  reviewed  and  the  following  procedure  outlined : 

From  10  to  20  cc.  of  the  sample  for  analysis  is  poured  into  a  measured 
volume  of  tenth-normal  iodin  which  has  previously  been  acidified  with  from 
5  to  10  cc.  of  tenth-normal  hydrochloric  acid,  the  excess  iodin  is  titrated  with 
tenth-normal  thiosulphate,  and  the  total  sulphid+sulphite-fthiosulphate  (a) 
thus  determined.  In  the  same  solution  the  iodin  used  by  the  sulphite  is  deter- 
mined by  titrating  the  hydrochloric  acid  formed  with  standard  alkali  (b), 
using  methyl  orange  as  indicator,  due  allowance  being  made  for  the  hydro- 
chloric acid  previously  added.  Another  portion  of  the  sample  is  poured  into 
an  excess  of  mercuric  chlorid,  thoroughly  shaken  until  the  dark  precipitate  first 
formed  becomes  pure  white,  ammonium  chlorid  added,  and  the  hydrochloric 
acid  formed  titrated  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid,  using  methyl  orange. 
The  reactions  taking  place  are  those  noted  above  for  the  sulphid  and  thiosul- 
phate and  the  following  for  the  sulphite : 

Na2S03+HgCl==NaCl-fClHg.S03Na. 

In  the  thiosulphate  reaction  two  molecular  equivalents  of  hydrochloric  acid 
are  liberated  by  one  molecular  equivalent  of  thiosulphate,  so  that  twice  the 
volume  of  alkali  (c)  will  be  necessary  for  neutralization,  as  iodin  was  used  in 
the  first  titration  for  thiosulphate.    The  various  components  are  calculated  from 

data  as  follows:  Iodin  used  for  thiosulphate^-^ ;  for  sulphite,  b;  and  for  sul- 
phid, a-(b+-n).  It  is  indicated  that  a  determination  can  be  made  in  10  min- 
utes and  that  the  method  is  applicable  in  the  presence  of  carbonate.  In  this 
case,  however,  a  further  titration  with  standard  acid  and  methyl  orange  is 
necessary.  Comparative  experimental  data  demonstrating  the  accuracy  of  the 
method  are  submitted. 


1916]  AGRICULrUEAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  805 

Determination  of  the  hardness  of  natural  waters,  and  the  use  of  methyl 
red  as  an  indicator,  S.  A.  Kay  and  Susan  H.  Newlands  {Jour.  Soc.  Chem. 
Indus.,  35  (1916),  Xo.  8,  pp.  445-W)- — Modified  procedures  for  the  determina- 
tion of  both  temporary  and  permanent  hardne^ss  in  water  are  described  in 
detail.  It  is  indicated  that  the  proposed  methods  are  more  accurate  than  those 
now  in  common  use. 

Determination  of  calcium  and  magnesium  in  natural  waters,  S.  A.  Kay 
and  Susan  H.  Xewlands  {Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  ^1- 
H9). — On  the  basis  of  certain  preliminary  experiments  the  authors  have  de- 
vised a  method  for  the  determination  of  calcium  and  magnesium  by  (1)  de- 
termining the  total  hardness  of  the  water,  and  (2)  determining  the  hardness 
due  to  calcium  salts  by  evaporating  the  water  with  ammonium  carbonate  and 
extracting  the  residue  with  ammonium  carbonate  solution,  which  dissolves  the 
magnesium  carbonate,  but  is  practically  without  action  on  the  calcium  car- 
bonate. The  amount  of  the  latter  is  then  ascertained  by  titration,  and  the  mag- 
nesium is  determined  by  difference. 

Analytical  data  obtained  from  mixtures  of  known  composition  indicate  the 
accuracy  of  the  method. 

Salicylic  acid  in  wine,  X.  Rocques  {Ann.  Chim.  Analyt.,  21  {1916),  No.  6, 
pp.  117,  118). — The  author  observed  that  in  certain  natural  wines  some  inter- 
fering substance  which  masked  the  color  of  the  delicate  ferric  chlorid  test  for 
salicylic  acid  was  present.    This  was  later  found  to  be  tannin. 

To  obviate  this  possible  source  of  error  the  following  procedure  is  described : 
To  20  cc.  of  wine  in  a  250-cc.  flask  0.5  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  and,  after  thoroughly 
mixing,  15  cc.  benzin  are  added.  The  flask  is  then  stoppered  and  without  agita- 
tion let  stand  until  the  next  day.  The  salicylic  acid  is  thus  extracted  by  the 
solvent  and,  on  separating  the  benzin  layer  in  a  separatory  funnel,  can  be 
easily  detected  by  the  ferric  chlorid  test.  This  procedure  will  detect  as  small  an 
amount  as  4  mg.  of  salicylic  acid  per  liter  of  wine  very  clearly. 

The  direct  determination  of  sucrose  in  the  presence  of  reducing  sugars, 
M.  A.  ScHNELLER  {Louisiana  Stas.  Bui.  156  (1916),  pp.  12). — Experiments  are 
described  from  which  the  conclusions  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R..  35.  p.  316) 
are  drawn. 

A  comparison  of  the  results  obtained  by  the  colorimetric  and  gravimetric 
determinations  of  cholesterol,  J.  H.  Mueixeb  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916), 
No.  3,  pp.  549-560). — From  a  critical  study  of  the  two  procedures  for  the  deter- 
mination of  cholesterol  it  is  concluded  that  either  method  is  accurate  when  ap- 
plied to  solutions  of  pure  cholesterol.  The  ether  extraction  with  dried  blood, 
even  when  prolonged,  was  shown  not  to  be  complete.  Hot  alcohol  or  alcohol  and 
ether  must  be  used.  "  Colorimetric  analyses  of  blood  give  results  too  high  for 
true  cholesterol,  because  they  include  other  ether-  and  chloroform-soluble  sub- 
stances, whereas  digitonin  determinations  are  more  nearly  correct." 

A  rapid  method  for  the  separation  of  butter  fat  from  nonfatty  material, 
S.  KoKPACZY  (Ztschr.  Intersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Genussmtl.  HO  (1915),  No.  1,  p.  24). — 
The  usual  method  for  preparing  pure  butter  fat  was  found  by  the  author  to 
consume  too  much  time  and  to  be  subject  to  certain  sources  of  contamination. 
For  the  rapid  preparation  of  pure  butter  fat  the  following  procedure  is  recom- 
mended : 

Forty  gm.  of  butter  and  10  gm.  of  pure,  finely  powdered  calcined  gypsum  are 
thoroughly  mixed  in  a  porcelain  dish.  This  homogeneous  mass  is  allowed  to 
stand  for  10  minutes  and  is  then  placed  in  a  drying  oven  where  it  is  allowed  to 
melt  slowly,  after  which  it  is  rapidly  filtered  through  a  dry  filter.    It  is  indi- 


806  EXPERIMENT   STATION  BECOED.  [Vol.35 

cated  that  by  this  procedure  from  20  to  22  gm.  of  pure  butter  fat  can  be  pre- 
pared in  an  liour. 

The  determination  of  the  specific  gravities  of  fixed  oils  in  the  Tropics, 
C.  H.  Weight  {Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indus.,  S5  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  457,  458).— Due  to 
the  fact  that  the  dew-point  of  the  air  is  usually  about  15.5°  C.  (59.9°  F.),  it- 
is  a  difficult  matter  to  determine  the  specific  gravity  at  this  temperature  in 
the  Tropics,  since  moisture  condenses  on  the  outside  of  the  apparatus  used. 
A  Westphal  balance  can  be  used  if  the  oil  is  cooled  to  15.5°,  but  the  procedure 
is  not  convenient  on  account  of  moisture  condensation  on  the  surface  of  the 
oil  and  the  platinum  wire  attached  to  the  plummet.  A  convenient  and  rapid 
method  in  which  the  specific  gravity  is  determined  at  the  temperature  of 
the  air  and  then  calculated  for  specific  gravity  at  15.5°  is  outlined  in  detail 
and  the  calculations  for  the  same  explained. 

Peanut  oil,  H.  C.  Thompson  and  H.  S.  Bah^ey  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers' 
Bui.  151  (1916),  pp.  16). — This  is  intended  primarily  for  those  interested  in  the 
manufacture  of  peanut  oil  or  the  growing  of  peanuts.  It  contains  information 
regarding  the  manufacture  of  peanut  oil  in  Europe  and  in  this  covintry,  with 
reference  to  the  preparation  of  the  peanuts,  the  machinery  used  in  peanut-oil 
manufacture,  the  by-products  of  the  industry,  and  the  economic  aspects  of 
the  problems,  such  as  yield,  cost  of  production,  and  returns.  Analyses  show- 
ing the  oil  content  of  12  samples  of  Spanish  and  19  of  Virginia  varieties  of 
peanuts,  all  grown  in  this  country,  and  proximate  analyses  of  the  shelled  nuts 
and  shells  of  five  varieties  grown  at  Florence,  S.  C.  are  included. 

Analyses  of  two  oil  fruits  and  seeds  from  tropical  Africa,  H.  Wagnek  and 
J.  B.  Lampabt  (Ztschr.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  u.  Gemissmtl.,  30  (1915),  No.  6,  pp. 
221-226,  figs.  2). — The  fruit  of  the  plant  Coula  edulis  is  uniformly  round  and 
covered  with  an  integument  5  cm.  thick.  The  seeds  themselves  are  white, 
with  a  very  thin  and  brittle  brown  integument.  The  average  weight  of  100 
nuts  wa*!  found  to  be  1.463  kg.  The  sound  seeds  showed  12.01  per  cent  of 
protein,  30.48  per  cent  of  fat,  and  49.9  per  cent  of  nitrogen-free  extract. 

The  fat  obtained  was  a  brown  liquid  at  room  temperature  and  possessed  no 
characteristic  odor  or  taste.  On  analysis  the  following  constants  were  ob- 
tained:  Specific  gravity  (25°  C),  0.9116;  index  of  refraction  (40°),  51.2; 
acid  value,  18.41 ;  acid  degree,  32.87 ;  saponification  value,  189.7 ;  iodin  value 
(Hiibl),  83.36;  Reichert-Meissl  value,  0.36;  and  Polenske  value,  0.22.  For 
the  total  fatty  acids  the  following  values  were  obtained :  Neutralization  value, 
197.5 ;  average  molecular  weight,  284 ;  iodin  value,  87.09 ;  and  refractive  index, 
39.4.  The  phytosterol  content  was  also  determined  according  to  the  digitonin 
procedure  and  found  to  be  0.1623  per  cent.  The  melting  point  of  the  acetate 
was  from  128  to  129°  and  the  solidifying  point,  122.5°.  On  saponification  a  pure 
alcohol  of  melting  point  135°  was  obtained. 

The  fruit  of  Limonia  vmrneckei  on  analysis  showed  moisture,  7.26  per  cent; 
protein,  16.26;  fat,  38.5;  fiber,  6.75;  nitrogen-free  extract,  25.72;  and  ash, 
5.51  (0.85  per  cent  PaOs).  The  following  physical  and  chemical  constants  of 
the  oil  were  established :  Refractive  index,  47.7 ;  melting  point,  32.4°  ;  solidify- 
ing point,  from  21.5  to  21°;  acid  value,  4.13;  acid  index,  7.34;  saponification 
value,  188.8;  iodin  value,  75.2;  Reichert-Meissl  value,  0.55;  and  Polenske 
value,  0.55. 

For  the  total  fatty  acids  the  following  constants  were  obtained :  Refractive 
index,  38.3 ;  melting  point,  44.3° ;  solidifying  point,  38.5° ;  neutralization  value, 
199.7 ;  average  molecular  weight,  280.9 ;  and  iodin  value,  80.47.  The  free  and 
fatty  acids  were  found  to  consist  largely  of  palmitic  acid.     The  phytosterol 


19161  AGEIOULTUEAL  CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY.  807 

obtained  by  digitonin  precipitation  after  three  crystallizations  showed  a  melt- 
ing point  of  from  123.5  to  124°,  the  acetate  melting  at  from  138  to  ISS.S". 

The  chemistry  of  the  volatile  oil  of  Achillea  millefolium,  E.  R.  Millkb 
(Bui.  Univ.  Wis.,  No.  785  {1916),  pp.  55).— In  the  investigation  the  author  has 
obtained  a  blue  oil  from  the  leaves  and  flower  heads  of  A.  millefolium.  Most 
of  the  oil  is  obtained  from  the  flower  heads,  but  very  small  amounts  may  be 
gotten  from  young  plants.  Drying  the  plant  material  produced  no  change  in 
either  the  quantity  or  quality  of  oil.  The  oil  was  shown  to  contain  ^a-pinene, 
(i-a-pinene,  Mimonene,  i-borneol,  bornyl  acetate  and  other  esters  of  borneol, 
Z-camphor,  cineol,  salicylic  acid,  aldehydes,  formic  acid,  acetic  acid,  butyric 
acid  (?),  iso-valeric  acid,  at  least  one  nonvolatile  acid  or  lactone,  and  a  blue 
con.stituent  of  high  boiling  point. 

Note  on  the  economic  uses  of  rosha  grass  (Cymbopogon  martini),  R.  S. 
Peakson  {Indian  Forest  Rec,  5  {1916),  No.  7,  pp.  50,  pis.  5).— This  publication 
is  divided  into  the  following  sections:  Description,  distribution,  and  mode  of 
growth  of  rosha  grass ;  method  of  distillation,  yield,  and  analyses  of  oil ;  uses ; 
production ;  export  trade ;  sales  of  the  grass  and  oil ;  and  conclusions  arrived 
at  and  proposals  made  with  a  view  to  improving  the  rosha-oil  industry.  A 
Note  on  the  Constants  of  Indian  Geranium  Oil  (Motia),  by  Puran  Singh 
(pp.  46-50)  is  appended. 

Saw  palmetto :  A  phy tochemical  study  of  the  fruit  of  Sabal  serrulata,  C.  A. 
Mann  {Bid.  Univ.  Wis.,  No.  767  {1915),  pp.  60,  pi.  i).— This  bulletin  reports  the 
results  of  a  thorough  study  of  saw  palmetto.  The  subject  matter  is  considered 
under  the  heads  of  synonomy,  natural  history,  the  material,  the  chemistry  of 
saw  palmetto,  moisture,  inorganic  constituents  and  ash,  the  so-called  volatile 
oil,  fatty  oil,  enzyms,  carbohydrates,  glucosid,  alkaloid,  and  conclusions.  A 
bibliography  is  also  appended. 

Muscadine  grape  sirup,  C.  Deaeixg  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  75S 
{1916),  pp.  11,  figs.  6). — This  describes  in  detail  the  preparation  of  a  sirup  from 
Muscadine  grapes  which  is  considered  as  good  as  or  better  than  other  sirups 
usually  found  on  the  table. 

The  process  requires  only  simple  and  Inexpensive  equipment  which  is  readily 
available.  The  method  consists  essentially  of  harvesting  the  fruit  and  ex- 
tracting the  juice,  boiling  with  calcium  carbonate  to  reduce  the  acidity,  clarify- 
ing the  juice  by  allowing  the  precipitated  acids  to  settle,  boiling  down  the 
juice  to  a  sirup  of  the  desired  thickness,  usually  to  about  one-ninth  of  the 
volume  of  the  original  clarified  juice  used,  and  canning  or  bottling  the  sirup. 
The  varieties  of  grapes  having  the  highest  natural  sugar  and  lowest  acid  con- 
tent are  recommended  as  making  the  most  delicious  and  highest  quality 
sirup,  and  also  as  giving  the  greatest  yield.  It  is  indicated  that  these  varieties 
yield  over  3  gal.  of  fresh  juice  per  bushel  of  grapes  and,  on  condensing,  ap- 
proximately 11  qt.  of  sirup. 

Canning  without  sugar,  J.  S.  Caldwell  {Washington  Sta.  Popular  Bui.  103 
{1916),  pp.  4). — This  bulletin  briefly  describes  the  cold-pack  method  and  the 
open-kettle  method,  and  gives  some  notes  on  canning  with  the  use  of  sugar  and 
canning  in  tin. 

The  technology  of  sugar,  J.  G.  M'Intosh  {London:  Scott,  Greemcood  d  Son, 
1916,  3.  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.,  pp.  XV +526,  figs.  2U). — This  is  the  third  edition  of 
the  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  15,  p.  933).  It  is  divided  into  the  follow- 
ing sections:  Beet  sugar;  cane  sugar;  sugar  refining;  and  the  chemistry  of 
sugars  and  analysis  of  commercial  sugars  and  of  merchandise,  etc.,  containing 
sugars. 

69107°— No.  9—17 2 


808  EXPERIMENT    STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

METEOROLOGY. 

Weather  forecasting  in  the  United  States  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Weather  Bur. 
Doc.  583  {1916),  pp.  370,  pis.  Ifl,  figs.  48). — This  is  a  handbook  or  manual  de- 
designed  especially  for  "  the  officials  of  the  Weather  Bureau  for  their  guidance 
in  qualifying  themselves  in  the  art  of  forecasting."  It  is  the  joint  work  of  a 
board  consisting  of  A.  J.  Henry  (chairman),  E.  H.  Bowie,  H.  J.  Cox,  and  H.  C 
Frankenfield,  appointed  for  the  purpose,  but  embodies  contributions  from 
various  Weather  Bureau  officials  especially  experienced  in  actual  forecasting. 
The  various  chapters  and  contributors  are  as  follows:  Introductory  Note — 
General  Principles  and  Theories  of  Atmospheric  Motions,  by  C.  F.  Marvin; 
General  Circulation  of  the  Atmosphere,  by  W.  J.  Humphreys;  Weather  Fore- 
casting— Preliminary  Statement,  by  A.  J.  Henry ;  Auxiliary  Pressure-change 
Charts,  by  A.  J.  Henry ;  Lows  and  Highs — General  Considerations,  by  A.  J. 
Henry ;  Cold  Waves,  by  H.  J.  Cox  et  al. ;  Frost  Warnings,  by  H.  .T.  Cox  et  al. ; 
Forecasting  High  Winds,  by  E.  H.  Bowie  et  al. ;  Heavy  Snow,  Sleet,  and  Ice 
Storms,  Fog,  by  H.  C.  Frankenfield,  and  Thunderstorms,  by  A.  J.  Henry ; 
Weather  and  Temperature  Forecasts,  Washington  District,  by  A.  J.  Henry; 
Forecasting  the  Weather  and  Temperature,  Chicago  District,  by  H.  J.  Cox; 
Forecasting  Weather  and  Temperature,  New  Orleans,  Denver,  Portland  (Oreg.), 
and  San  Francisco  Districts,  by  I.  M.  Cline,  F.  H.  Brandenburg,  E.  A.  Beals, 
and  G.  H.  Willson,  respectively ;  and  Long  Range  Weather  Forecasts,  by  E.  H. 
Bowie. 

As  regards  the  book  as  a  whole  the  chairman  of  the  board  says :  "  The  book 
will  be  a  disappointment  to  those,  if  there  be  such,  who  have  formed  the  ex- 
pectation that  it  will  solve  the  difficulties  of  the  forecasting  pi-oblem.  The 
consensus  of  opinion  seems  to  be  that  the  only  road  to  successful  forecasting 
lies  in  the  patient  and  consistent  study  of  the  daily  weather  maps.  Wherein 
the  book  will  be  helpful,  however,  is  in  the  fact  that  it  gives  the  experience 
of  those  who  have  gone  before,  and  it  is  in  this  sense  that  it  will  find  its  most 
useful  application." 

A  selection  of  books  and  papers,  in  English,  on  weather  forecasting  by  Miss 
Eleanor  Buynitsky  is  included. 

Principles  of  study  of  the  weather,  G.  LfuBOSLAvsKiI  (Ostiovanita  UcheniiH 
o  Pogodie.  Petrograd,  1915,  2.  ed.,  pp.  VII+Jfl2,  pis.  4,  figs.  i87).— This  is  a 
general  treatise  on  meteorology,  consisting  of  a  revision  and  amplification  of 
a  series  of  lectures  by  the  author  at  the  Imperial  Institute  of  Forestry.  Fol- 
lowing an  introductory  chapter  on  meterology  in  general,  there  are  seven  chap- 
ters on  various  phases  of  the  statics  of  the  atmosphere,  four  on  the  dynamics 
of  the  atmosphere,  and  two  on  weather  and  climate. 

Tables  for  computing  the  time  of  moonrise  and  moonset,  H.  H.  Kimbaxl 
(U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.,  Weather  Bur.  Doc.  580  {1916),  pp.  29).—"  These  tables  have 
been  prepared  in  response  to  repeated  demands  for  a  simple  means  of  deter- 
mining the  time  of  moonrise  and  moonset  at  Weather  Bureau  stations.  They 
are  adapted  from  more  extensive  manuscript  tables,  furnished  by  the  U.  S. 
Nautical  Almauac  Office,  for  computing  the  time  of  moonrise  and  moonset  at 
any  place  in  the  United  States." 

Fall  frosts  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Nat.  Weather  and  Crop  Bui.  24  {1916),  p.  3).-~ 
"  The  average  date  of  the  beginning  of  corn  harvest  in  the  extreme  northern 
section  of  the  United  States  is  between  September  1  and  15,  or  only  slightly 
earlier  than  the  average  date  of  the  first  killing  frost.  In  the  northern  part  of 
the  so-called  corn  States  the  average  date  of  the  first  fall  frost  is  between 
September  25  and  October  1,  and  in  the  southern  part  of  this  region  about 
October  20.     A  killing  frost  has  been  recorded   in  most  of  the  central  and 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  809 

northern  parts  of  the  country  from  15  to  30  days  earlier  than  the  average  date, 
but  a  thorough  study  of  all  the  available  data  shows  that  the  probability  of 
a  killing  frost  occurring  earlier  than  10  days  before  the  average  date  is  only 
about  one  in  ten. 

"  In  the  northern  part  of  the  cotton  region  the  average  date  of  the  first  fall 
frost  is  between  October  20  and  October  25,  and  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
area  the  average  date  is  about  one  month  later.  A  killing  frost  has  occurred 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  area  as  early  as  October  1  and  in  the  southern  part 
as  early  as  November  10.  The  same  rule  applies,  however,  in  this  section  of 
the  country  as  in  the  Northern  States,  that  the  probability  of  a  frost  occurring 
earlier  than  10  days  befoi*e  the  average  killing  date  is  only  about  one  in  ten." 

Clim.atolog'ical  data  for  the  Uriited  States  by  sections  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr., 
Weather  Bur.  Cliinat.  Data,  3  {1916),  Nos.  7,  pp.  286,  i^ls.  2,  firjs.  8;  8,  pp.  22^, 
pis.  2,  figs.  4)- — These  numbers  contain  brief  summaries  and  detailed  tabular 
statements  of  climatological  data  for  each  State  for  July  and  August,  1916, 
respectively. 

[The  climate  of  Pavlovsk],  A..  V.  Shipchinskii  (A.  Shipchinski)  {Zap. 
Selsk.  Ehoz.  hist.  Imp.  Petra  I  {Hem.  Inst.  Agron.  Emp.  Pierre  I),  1  {1916), 
pp.  52-69). — This  is  a  summary  of  ten  years'  observations  (1897-1904  and  1911- 
1913).  The  average  annual  temperature  was  6.9°  C.  (44.4°  F.)  ;  the  precipita- 
tion, 500.3  mm.  (19.7  in.).     The  prevailing  wind  was  southeast. 

SOILS— FERTILIZERS. 

The  loess  soils  of  the  Nebraska  portion  of  the  transition  region. — ^III, 
Potash,  soda,  and  phosphoric  acid,  F.  J.  Alway  and  K.  M.  Isham  {Soil  Sci.,  1 
{1916),  No.  //,  pp.  299-316,  figs.  2).— This  is  a  third  report  of  studies  conducted 
at  the  Nebraska  Experiment  Station  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  510). 

It  was  found  that  "  the  total  potash  is  very  uniform  in  distribution  both 
from  east  to  west  and  from  the  first  to  the  sixth  foot.  While,  on  the  whole,  it 
is  slightly  lower  in  the  eastern  areas  and  in  the  higher  levels,  the  variations 
are  small  and  irregular.  The  proportion  soluble  in  hot,  strong  hydrochloric 
acid  seems  largely  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  silt  present,  it  being  lowest  in 
the  most  westerly  area,  in  which,  while  the  total  potash  is  highest,  the  propor- 
tion of  very  fine  sand  also  reaches  its  maximum. 

"  The  total  soda  shows  somewhat  more  variation.  In  the  western  four  areas 
it  is  quite  uniformly  distributed,  both  from  area  to  area  and  from  the  surface 
downward,  amounting,  in  general,  to  a  little  more  than  half  as  much  as  the  total 
potash.  In  the  two  eastern  areas  it  is  distinctly  lower;  less  is  found  in  the 
upper  than  in  the  lower  3  ft.,  and  in  general  it  amounts  to  a  little  less  than  half 
as  much  as  the  total  potash.  The  proportion  of  soda  soluble  in  strong  hydro- 
chloric acid  is  lower  than  in  the  case  of  potash  and  is  quite  uniform. 

"  The  total  phosphoric  acid  is  still  less  evenly  distributed.  In  the  first  2  ft. 
it  seems  much  the  same  from  east  to  west,  while  in  the  two  eastern  areas  it  is 
higher  in  amount  in  the  lower  than  in  the  upper  sections.  Most  of  it  is  soluble 
in  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  neither  location  nor  depth  seeming  to  influence  in 
the  proportion.  .  .  . 

"  Determinations  were  made  of  the  total  potash,  soda,  and  phosphoric  acid, 
as  well  as  of  the  portions  of  these  soluble  in  cold  1  per  cent  hydrochloric  acid, 
in  foiir  separates — clay,  silt,  very  fine  sand,  and  coarser  particles — from  typical 
humid  and  semiarid  siibsoils.  In  the  very  fine  sand  from  the  humid  subsoil 
the  amount  of  potash  was  found  to  be  about  the  same  as  in  the  clay,  but  dis- 
tinctly lov«er  than  in  the  silt.  In  the  semiarid  subsoil  it  was  similar  in  the 
Bilt  and  very  fine  sand,  in  both  of  which  it  was  only  very  slightly  higher  than 


810  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

in  the  silt  from  the  humid  area,  but  was  somewhat  lower  in  the  clay.  In 
both  subsoils  the  amount  of  soda  was  highest  in  the  very  fine  sand  and  much 
the  lowest  in  the  clay.  The  dilute  acid  dissolved  about  four  times  as  much 
potash,  but  only  about  half  as  much  soda,  from  the  semiarid  as  from  the 
humid  subsoil,  but  the  soluble  portions  of  both  form  only  a  small  proportion 
of  the  total  amounts  present.  On  the  other  hand,  the  dilute  acid  removed  from 
both  more  than  half  the  total  phosphoric  acid,  the  proportion  dissolved  being 
higher  in  the  semiarid  subsoil.  In  the  separates  much  more  phosphoric  acid 
was  found  in  the  clay  than  in  the  silt  and  the  very  find  sand,  in  which  it  was 
alike. 

"  The  most  noteworthy  differences  were  shown  by  treatment  with  citric  acid 
solution.  The  potash  soluble  in  this  reagent  was  found  to  increase  with  the 
aridity ;  in  the  most  humid  areas  it  decreases  from  the  surface  downward,  while 
in  the  least  humid  it  increases,  notwithstanding  an  accompanying  inci'ease  in 
the  carbonate  content  ...  In  contrast  with  this,  the  citric  acid-soluble 
phosphoric  acid  was  found  not  to  increase  vpith  the  aridity,  when  [considering] 
the  whole  6-ft.  section;  in  the  first  2  ft.  it  increases,  but  in  the  lower  4  ft. 
it  decreases  from  east  to  west.  In  the  most  humid  areas  it  increases  rapidly 
from  the  surface  to  a  depth  of  6  ft.,  while  in  the  most  westerly  areas  it  de- 
creases. In  the  latter  the  difference  is  to  be  attributed  to  the  increase  in  car- 
bonate content,  because  when  this  is  neutralized  the  sixth  foot  yields  as  much 
to  the  acid  as  does  the  first.  The  high  content  of  citric  acid-soluble  phosphoric 
acid  is  not  confined  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  6-ft.  sections,  but  continues  to 
more  than  twice  this  depth.  ...  In  content  of  potash,  soda,  and  phosphoric 
acid  the  soils  from  all  the  areas  resemble  the  chernozem  soils  of  Russia  and 
the  arid  soils  of  California." 

A  list  of  12  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

The  loess  soils  of  the  Nebraska  portion  of  the  transition  region. — IV, 
Meclianical  composition  and  inorganic  constituents,  P.  J.  Alway  and  G.  O. 
RosT  (Soil  Sci.,  1  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  ^05-436,  figs.  ^).— It  was  found  that  "the 
loess  soils  of  the  Nebraska  portion  of  the  transition  region  consist  chiefly  of 
very  fine  sand  and  silt  which  together  constitute  from  77  to  95  per  cent  of  the 
soil  mass,  the  remainder  being  chiefly  clay.  From  east  to  west  the  clay  de- 
creases and  the  relative  proportions  of  the  silt  and  the  very  fine  sand  change, 
the  former  decreasing  and  the  latter  increasing.  The  mechanical  composition 
shows  no  distinct  relation  to  the  depth  except  that  the  clay  content  is  lower  in 
the  first  than  in  the  second  foot.  .  .  . 

"  The  samples  were  subjected  to  both  a  complete  rock  analysis  and  to  5-day 
digestion  with  hydrochloric  acid  of  1.115  specific  gravity.  The  carbon  dioxid, 
which  is  present  chiefly  in  calcium  carbonate,  shows  greater  variations  than  any 
other  constituent ;  while  low  in  the  first  2  ft.  of  all  the  areas,  the  amount  in  the 
subsoil  increases  markedly  from  east  to  west.  The  lime  varies  widely,  both 
the  total  and  the  acid-soluble  portion,  being  three  times  as  high  in  the  western 
subsoils  as  in  the  eastern.  The  content  of  magnesia  shows  no  definite  relation 
to  that  of  the  lime,  in  the  eastern  areas  it  being  as  high  but  in  the  western 
much  lower ;  it  is  independent  of  the  aridity  and,  except  that  it  is  lowest  in 
the  surface  foot,  also  of  the  depth.  The  total  alumina  is  very  uniformly  dis- 
tributed but  in  all  the  areas  shows  a  minimum  in  the  surface  foot.  The  acid- 
soluble  portion  is  similar  in  the  western  four  areas,  but  markedly  higher  in  the 
eastern  two;  like  the  total  it  is  lower  in  the  first  than  in  the  second  foot.  It 
shows  no  definite  relation  to  either  the  clay  or  the  acid-soluble  potash.  The 
iron,  manganese,  and  titanium  are  distinctly  higher  in  the  eastern  two  than  in 
the  other  four  areas.  Almost  the  whole  of  the  iron  is  acid-soluble ;  like  the 
alumina  it  shows  a  minimum  in  the  surface  foot.    The  whole  of  the  manganese 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZERS.  811 

is  acid-soluble,  but  only  a  small  part  of  the  titanium.  The  silica  is  very  uni- 
formly  distributed  but,  in  contrast  to  the  alumina,  is  in  each  area  slightly 
higher  in  the  first  than  in  the  second  foot.  Sulphur  and  baryta  show  no  de- 
pendence upon  either  depth  or  aridity.  About  half  of  the  former  is  acid-solu- 
ble, but  none  of  the  latter.  To  litmus  the  samples  are  all  neutral  or  very 
slightly  alkaline.  The  acid-insoluble  matter  shows  no  definite  relation  to  the 
aridity  and,  except  that  it  is  higher  in  the  first  than  in  the  second  foot,  none  to 
the  depth.  The  proportion  of  acid-insoluble  material  in  the  nonvolatile,  car- 
bonate-free portion  of  the  soil  is  highest  in  the  surface  foot  and  similar  in  the 
lower  levels,  as  though  leaching  had  affected  the  silicates  of  only  the  first  foot. 

"  In  mechanical  compositions  these  loess  soils  show  the  same  characteristics  as 
the  Russian  chernozem.  Also,  in  the  chemical  composition  of  the  inorganic  por- 
tion, both  the  total  and  the  acid-soluble,  in  so  far  as  the  available  data  permit 
of  comparisons,  there  is  a  very  marked  similarity. 

"A  comparison  with  the  average  composition  of  arid  and  humid  soils  shows 
that,  except  in  the  proportions  of  manganese,  the  first  foot  samples  of  the  loess 
soils  from  the  most  humid  areas  studied  resemble  the  arid  soils  as  much  as  do 
those  from  the  distinctly  semiarid  western  areas.  In  the  case  of  this  one  con- 
stituent the  soils  from  the  eastern  areas  resemble  those  from  the  humid  regions 
reported  by  Hilgard.  In  carbonate  content  the  subsoils  from  the  western  and 
intermediate  areas  resemble  arid  subsoils  and  those  from  the  eastern  areas  the 
humid  soils." 

A  list  of  15  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Soil  survey  of  Laurens  County,  Georgia,  A.  T.  Sweet,  G.  B.  Jones,  E.  T. 
Maxon,  T.  M.  Mokrison,  and  E.  C.  Hall  ( U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field 
Operations  Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  41,  fiff- 1,  t^^cbp  1). — This  survey,  made  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Georgia  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  issued  September  12, 
1916,  deals  with  the  soils  of  an  area  of  509,440  acres  in  the  higher  Coastal 
Plain  in  central  Georgia. 

"  The  topography  ranges  from  undulating  or  rolling,  or  even  broken  in  places 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  county  and  near  the  large  streams,  to  almost  flat  in 
sections  of  the  soutliern  part.  .  .  .  The  soils  of  the  county  are  derived  from 
the  unconsolidated  sediments  of  the  Coastal  Plain.  They  are  prevailingly 
sandy  in  the  surface  portion  and  have  sandy  clay  subsoils."  Including  swamp, 
17  soil  types  of  13  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Norfolk  sandy  loam  and  the 
Grady  sandy  loam  cover  33.4  and  11.1  per  cent  of  the  area,  respectively. 

Analyses  of  soil  types  of  Troup  County,  W.  A.  Worsham,  Jr.,  L.  M.  Carter, 
D.  D.  Long,  and  M.  W.  Lowry  {Biil.  Ga.  State  Col.  Agr.,  No.  92  {1915),  pp.  28, 
figs.  2). — This  bulletin  reports  general  soil  survey  data  for  the  county  and  gives 
the  results  of  chemical  analyses  of  samples  of  all  the  types  mapped,  together 
with  suggestions  for  utilizing  the  potential  fertility  of  the  soils. 

Soil  survey  of  Dekalb  County,  Missouri,  H.  H.  Krusekopf,  R.  C.  Doneghue, 
and  M.  M.  McCool  (f7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations  Bur. 
Soils,  1914,  pp.  25,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  with  the 
Missouri  Experiment  Station  and  issued  September  9,  1916,  deals  with  the  soils 
of  an  area  of  266,880  acres  in  the  gently  rolling  prairie  region  of  northwestern 
Missouri,  the  topography  of  which  varies  from  level  to  rolling.  Regional  drain- 
age is  well  developed.  The  soils  of  the  county  are  of  glacial,  loessial,  and 
alluvial  origin.  Seven  soil  types  of  5  series  are  mapped,  of  which  the  Shelby 
loam  and  the  Grundy  silt  loam  cover  54.4  and  24.9  per  cent  of  the  area,  respec- 
tively. 

Soil  survey  of  Wayne  County,  North.  Carolina,  B.  B.  Derrick,  S.  O.  Per- 
kins, and  F.  N.  McDowell  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Advance  Sheets  Field  Operations 
Bur.  Soils,  1915,  pp.  51,  fig.  1,  map  1). — This  survey,  made  in  cooperation  wltb 


812  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  85 

the  North  Carolina  Department  of  Agriculture  and  issued  August  31,  1916, 
deals  with  the  soils  of  a  fairly  well-drained  area  of  354,560  acres  in  east-central 
North  Carolina,  the  topography  of  which  includes  broad,  gently  rolling  inter- 
stream  areas,  which  become  more  rolling  as  the  larger  streams  are  approached. 
The  county  lies  wholly  within  the  Costal  Plain  soil  province. 

"  The  soils  of  Wayne  County  are  derived  from  the  unconsolidated  sands, 
clays,  and  gravel  of  sedimentary  origin."  They  include  both  upland  and  bottom 
land  types.  Including  swamp,  23  soil  types  of  11  series  are  mapped,  of  which 
the  Norfolk  fine  sandy  loam,  sandy  loam,  and  sand  cover  22.4,  21.4,  and  13.4  per 
cent  of  the  area,   respectively. 

Study  of  an  exact  classification  of  soils  with  reference  to  climate  and 
geology,  R.  Lang  {Internat.  Mitt.  Bodenk.,  5  (1915),  No.  J,,  pp.  312-346,  fig.  1).— 
The  work  of  others  bearing  on  the  subject  is  briefly  reviewed,  and  a  study  of 
soil  classification  is  reported  in  which,  first,  the  influence  of  the  main  climatic 
factors  in  soil  formation,  such  as  temperature  and  humidity,  and  the  remaining 
soil  forming  factors  are  dealt  with.  Finally,  the  changes  produced  are  described 
by  which  the  development  of  soils  under  special  climatic  conditions  can  take 
place. 

It  is  concluded  that  the  rain  factor,  computed  from  the  average  annual  rain- 
fall and  the  average  temperature,  is  very  important  in  determining  the  limits 
of  the  extent  and  conditions  of  the  formation  of  a  soil  type. 

Use  of  the  moisture  equivalent  for  the  indirect  determination  of  the 
hygroscopic  coefllcient,  F.  J.  Alway  and  J.  C.  Russel  ([/.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour. 
Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  22,  pp.  833-846).— In  this  contribution  from  the 
Minnesota  Experiment  Station,  experiments  with  silt  loam  soils  collected  from 
30  virgin  prairie  fields  in  Nebraska  are  reported,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to 
determine  the  reliability  of  the  use  of  the  moisture  equivalent  for  the  indirect 
determination  of  the  hygroscopic  coeflicient  in  soils. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  hygroscopic  coefficient  may  in  most  cases  be  calcu- 
lated from  the  moisture  equivalent  with  sufficient  accuracy  to  permit  its  use 
in  soil-moisture  studies.  For  certain  types  of  soil,  however,  the  ratio  departs  so 
widely  from  that  assigned  by  Briggs  and  Shantz  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  628)  that  the 
indiscriminate  use  of  the  latter  value  does  not  seem  permissible.  Before  em- 
ploying this  indirect  method  for  the  determination  of  the  hygroscopic  coeffi- 
cient in  connection  with  soil-moisture  studies  the  ratio  should  be  experimentally 
established  for  each  of  the  particular  types  of  soil  involved. 

"  The  effect  of  considerable  quantities  of  organic  matter  is,  in  general,  to 
give  the  ratio  of  the  moisture  equivalent  to  the  hygroscopic  coefficient  a  higher 
value.  In  the  case  of  any  extensive  study  of  soil  moisture  involving  many  soil 
types,  the  same  general  conclusions  as  to  the  relation  of  the  nonavailable  mois- 
ture to  the  hygroscopic  coefficient  are  to  be  expected,  no  matter  whether  the 
latter  value  be  directly  determined  or  be  calculated  from  the  moisture  equiva- 
lent by  the  Briggs-Shantz  formula.  For  the  calculation  of  the  moisture  equiva- 
lent from  the  mechanical  analysis  no  general  formula  appears  universally 
applicable,  the  formula  needing  modification  according  to  the  soil  type  to  which 
it  is  to  be  applied." 

Soil  tank  investigations,  S.  E.  Collison  {Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  CII- 
CV). — ^A  continuation  of  the  investigation  on  the  lo.sses  of  fertilizing  constitu- 
ents in  the  drainage  water  from  soil  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  24)  is  reported. 

"  The  loss  of  nitrogen  has  increased  somewhat  over  that  for  last  year.  The 
loss  of  potash  has  increased  in  two  of  the  tanks  and  decreased  slightly  in  the 
other  two.  .  .  .  The  loss  of  nitrogen  was  very  large  in  the  earlier  periods  but 
has  decreased  notably  in  the  later  ones,  reaching  the  lowest  figure  in  1914,  and 
increasing  somewhat  for  1915.  .  .  .    The  losses  of  potash  have  increased  from 


1916]  SOILS FERTILIZEES.  813 

the  beginning  to  tlie  present  date  witli  two  of  the  tanks,  while  with  the  other  two 
the  highest  point  was  reached  in  1914.  .  .  .  The  losses  of  lime  and  sulphate  are 
still  increasing." 

Water  table  variations,  causes  and  effects,  A.  B.  Ballantyne  {Utah  Sta. 
Bui.  lU  U916),  pp.  23,  figs.  J6).— This  bulletin  reports  the  results  of  1,111 
measurements,  by  means  of  wells,  of  the  water  level  variations  in  a  soil  de- 
scribed in  a  previous  report  by  Widtsoe  and  Stewart  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  18),  the 
purpose  being  to  show  the  effect  of  rainfall  and  irrigation  water  at  different 
seasons  and  the  influence  of  the  water  level  variations  on  soil  and  vegetation. 

It  was  found  that  the  level  of  the  free  soil  water  was  lowered  by  natural 
drainage,  surface  evaporation,  and  growing  vegetation.  "  The  normal  precipi- 
tation caused  it  to  rise,  the  amount  depending  upon  the  distance  of  the  free 
water  from  the  surface  and  the  quantity  of  rain  falling,  small  amounts  show- 
ing no  appreciable  influence."  Long  continued  irrigations  caused  the  water 
level  to  rise,  the  rise  being  greatest  where  the  free  soil  water  was  nearest  the 
surface,  but  apparently  depending  upon  the  length  of  time  the  stream  was 
allowed  to  run  on  the  land.  "  The  fluctuation  of  the  water  level  caused  by 
heavy  applications  of  water  followed  by  long  dry  periods  .  .  .  caused  the  death 
of  large  numbers  of  trees  and  vines ;  the  first  of  the  former  which  died  were 
those  where  the  water  was  confined  to  two  or  four  narrow  furrows  .  .  .  made 
close  to  the  trees.  The  ones  that  were  alive  to  the  last  were  on  those  parts 
flooded  by  the  regular  irrigations.  It  lessened  the  lucern  field's  production  to 
less  than  one-fifth  of  its  former  normal  yield.  Crops  of  oats  grown  after  the 
lucern  at  no  time  produced  more  than  half  crops.  The  application  of  less 
water  more  rapidly  applied  is  indicated  as  the  logical  remedy  for  this  seeped 
condition." 

The  relation  between  absoi'ption  and  coagulation  and  its  importance  in 
soil,  A.  DE  DoMiNicis  {Staz.  Sper.  Agr.  Ital.,  48  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  525-555;  abs. 
in  Chem.  Zenibl.,  1915,  II,  No.  26,  p.  1307;  Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  [London],  110 
{1916),  No.  641,  I,  p.  24O). — Experiments  with  clay  are  reported  which  led  to 
the  following  conclusions : 

The  phenomena  of  absorption  and  coagulation  proceed  together,  and  a  change 
in  one  is  always  accompanied  by  a  simultaneous,  analogous  change  in  the  other. 
For  instance,  the  coagulating  powers  of  different  ions  correspond  with  their 
degrees  of  absorption.  Absorption  effects  a  retrogression  of  the  colloids,  a 
diminution  of  the  difference  of  electrical  potential  between  the  contrasted 
phases,  and  a  rise  in  the  surface  tension,  the  phenomenon  of  coagulation  thus 
making  its  appearance. 

Soil  colloids,  P.  RoHLAND  {Landw.  Vers.  Stat.,  88  {1916),  No.  1-2,  pp.  121- 
129). — A  further  discussion  is  given  dealing  mainly  with  the  adsorptive  powers 
of  clay,  lateritic,  and  red  soils  (E.  S.  R.,  32.  p.  318). 

Bacteriological  studies  of  a  soil  subjected  to  different  systems  of  cropping 
for  twenty- five  years,  P.  L.  Gainey  and  W.  M.  Gibbs  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour. 
Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No.  24,  pp.  953-975,  fig.  i).— Studies  conducted  at  the 
Missouri  Experiment  Station  of  the  bacterial  numbers  and  ammonia  and 
nitrate-forming  powers  of  a  silt  loam  soil,  part  of  which  has  been  in  continuous 
culture  to  specific  crops  and  part  subjected  to  varying  fertility  treatment  for 
25  years,  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  the  soil  under  continuous  corn  and  wheat  contained,  in 
the  absence  of  any  additions  of  fertilizers  or  manure,  relatively  low  numbers  of 
bacteria.  In  the  presence  of  manure,  continuous  corn  and  wheat  soils  con- 
tained relatively  high  numbers,  manure  having  a  much  more  marked  effect 
upon  numbers  here  than  under  the  other  crops  studied.  No  appreciable  effect 
upon  the  ability  of  the  soil  to  liberate  ammonia  from  cotton-seed  meal  was 


814  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  (Vol.  36 

obtained,  but  the  ability  to  oxidize  ammonia  nitrogen  to  nitrate  nitrogen  was 
materially  altered.  Continuous  corn  and  wheat  with  no  additions  of  manure 
or  chemicals  brought  about  a  relatively  low  oxidizing  power  in  the  soil  complex. 
The  addition  of  manure,  and  to  a  less  extent  commercial  fertilizers,  materially 
raised  the  oxidizing  power,  especially  under  continuous  corn  and  wheat. 

The  nutrition  of  soil  bacteria,  E.  R.  Allen  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No. 
8,  pp.  249,  250). — Experiments  with  extracts  from  a  fertile  soil  before  and  after 
the  soil  was  ignited  are  reported,  which  show  "  that  soil  is  superior  to  sand 
for  the  support  of  nitrification  and  that  the  addition  of  humus  improves  the 
sand  while  the  addition  of  carbon  black  does  not.  Both  humus  and  carbon 
black  remove  substances  from  solution  by  absorption,  but  the  actions  of  the 
two  .  .  .  have  been  quite  different.  Ignition  of  soil,  which  would  destroy 
its  humus,  helped  rather  than  injured  its  power  to  support  nitrification.  The 
addition  of  humus  to  ignited  soil  exerted  but  little  effect  upon  nitrification. 
The  experiments,  however,  do  not  confirm  or  disprove  either  the  physical  or 
chemical  theory." 

Influence  of  barnyard  manure  and  water  upon  the  bacterial  activities  of 
the  soil,  J.  E.  Greaves  and  E.  G.  Caeteb  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  .Jour.  Agr.  Research, 
6  {1916),  No.  23,  pp.  889-926,  figs.  i(?).— Experiments  conducted  at  the  Utah 
Experiment  Station  are  reported,  dealing  with  (1)  the  bacterial  activities  of  a 
soil  receiving  a  definite  amount  of  manure  and  measured  quantities  of  irriga- 
tion water  and  kept  fallow  in  pots  under  vegetation  house  conditions.  (2)  the 
bacterial  activities  in  a  fallow  soil  under  field  conditions  receiving  known 
quantities  of  manure  and  water,  and  (3)  the  bacterial  activities  of  soil  treated 
as  in  (2)  but  producing  a  crop.  The  soil  used  was  of  sedimentary  nature  and 
consisted  of  fine  sand  and  coarse  silt  of  fairly  uniform  physical  and  chemical 
composition  to  a  great  depth. 

It  was  found  that  in  a  calcareous  soil  kept  in  pots  for  four  months  "  the 
temperature  of  the  manured  and  unmanured  averaged  practically  the  same  for 
the  period,  but  the  temperature  of  the  soil  with  12.5  per  cent  of  water  averaged 
1°  G.  higher  than  did  soils  with  22.5  per  cent  of  water.  The  greatest  number 
of  organisms  developed  on  synthetic  media  from  the  soils  receiving  the  greatest 
quantity,  25  tons,  of  manure.  There  were  more  colonies  developed  from  the 
soil  receiving  12.5  per  cent  of  water  than  from  any  of  the  other  soils  receiving 
higher  quantities  of  water. 

"  The  ammonifying  powers  of  the  soil  increased  with  the  manure  applied  up 
to  25  tons  of  manure  per  acre,  but  the  greatest  increase  per  ton  of  manure  was 
obtained  in  soil  receiving  5  tons.  The  ammonifying  powers  of  the  soils  In- 
creased as  the  water  applied  increased  until  20  per  cent  of  water  was  applied. 
The  ammonifjing  powers  of  soil  receiving  22.5  per  cent  of  water  were  not  as 
high  as  were  those  of  soil  receiving  20  per  cent  of  water.  The  greatest  increase 
per  unit  of  water  applied  was  when  the  water  was  increased  from  12.5  to  15 
per  cent  of  water. 

"  The  nitrifying  powers  of  the  soil  increased  as  the  manure  and  water  applied 
increased  up  to  25  tons  of  manure  and  22.5  per  cent  of  water. 

"  The  nitrogen-fixing  powers  of  the  soil  were  greatest  in  those  pots  receiving 
10  tons  of  manure  per  acre.  Increasing  the  water  above  12.5  per  cent  but  not 
above  22.5  per  cent  slightly  increased  the  nitrogen-fixing  powers  of  the  soil. 
Nothing  in  the  results  indicated  that  the  application  of  manure  up  to  25  tons 
per  acre  and  of  water  up  to  22.5  per  cent  caused  denitrification  in  the  soil. 

"  Bacteriological  analyses  of  fallow  field  soil  receiving  none,  5  tons,  and 
15  tons  of  manure  per  acre  and  receiving  none,  5  in.,  10  in.,  20  in.,  30  in., 
and  40  in.  of  irrigation  water  gave  the  following  results : 


1«16]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  815 

"  The  maximum  number  of  bacteria  were  obtained  from  the  soil  receiving  15 
tons  of  manure.  The  application  of  irrigation  water  up  to  20  in.  increased  the 
bacterial  count,  being  most  noticeable  in  the  soil  receiving  the  greatest  quantity 
of  manure.  If  the  ammonifying  powers  of  the  unmanured  soils  are  considered 
as  100  per  cent  and  the  unirrigated  as  100  per  cent,  the  manured  and  irrigated 
soils  then  become  with  5  tons  of  manure,  147  per  cent ;  with  15  tons  of  manure, 
188  per  cent ;  5  in.  of  water,  106  per  cent ;  10  in.  of  water,  117  per  cent ;  20  in. 
of  water,  108  per  cent ;  30  in.  of  water,  106  per  cent ;  and  40  in.  of  water,  lOS  per 
cent.  Large  quantities  of  irrigation  water  produced  the  greatest  depressing 
effect  in  the  presence  of  15  tons  of  manure  per  acre.  The  application  of  ma- 
nure to  a  soil  increases  its  nitrifying  powers.  The  application  of  irrigation 
water  to  a  fallow  soil  apparently  depresses  its  nitrifying  powers.  Fewer  organ- 
isms develop  on  synthetic  agar  from  a  cropped  than  from  a  fallow  soil.  The 
application  of  manure  to  a  cropped  soil  increases  the  bacterial  count  of  the  soil. 
The  greatest  number  of  organisms  developed  from  the  soil  receiving  10  in.  of 
irrigation  water. 

"  The  ammonifying  powers  of  the  cropped  soils  were  slightly  lower  than 
similarly  treated  fallow  soils.  The  application  of  5  and  15  tons  of  manure  per 
acre  to  a  soil  increases  the  ammonifying  powers  of  the  soil.  The  application  of 
irrigation  water  up  to  30  in.  increases  the  ammonifying  powers  of  the  soil. 
The  greatest  increase  resulted  in  those  soils  receiving  15  tons  per  acre  of 
manure.  The  application  of  40  in.  of  irrigation  water  to  corn  land,  especially 
to  that  receiving  15  tons  of  manure  per  acre,  depresses  the  ammonifying  powers 
of  the  soil. 

"  The  nitrifying  powers  of  fallow  soil  were  higher  than  similarly  treated 
cropped  soils.  The  application  of  manure  to  a  cropped  soil  greatly  increases 
its  nitrifying  power.  The  application  of  irrigation  water  up  to  30  in.,  especially 
to  a  soil  receiving  15  tons  of  manure  per  acre,  greatly  increases  its  nitrifying 
powers. 

"  There  was  found  to  be  a  direct  relationship  between  the  bacterial  count,  the 
ammonifying  powers,  the  nitrifying  powers,  and  the  crop  produced  on  a  soil 
receiving  no  manure,  5  tons,  and  15  tons  of  manure  per  acre.  A  close  correla- 
tion was  also  found  to  exist  between  the  bacterial  activities  of  soil  receiving 
varying  amounts  of  water  and  the  crop  produced  upon  the  soil." 

A  list  of  52  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

The  value  of  manxire  as  compared  with  chemical  fertilizers,  C.  E.  Thobne 
{Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta.,  1  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  253,  254).— A  review  of  experimental 
work  at  the  staton  shows  that  "  open-yard  manure  of  good  quality  should  not 
cost  more  than  about  $2  a  ton  and  manure  fresh  from  the  stable  not  more 
than  $2..50  a  ton,  spread  on  the  field,  as  compared  with  nitrate  of  soda  at  $60 
a  ton,  16  per  cent  acid  phosphate  at  $18,  and  muriate  of  potash  at  $50  properly 
compounded  and  spread  on  the  field."  On  the  other  hand  it  is  pointed  out  that 
100  tons  of  manure  produced  annually  from  well-fed  animals  and  used  in  a 
systematic  rotation  of  crops  and  supplemented  with  acid  phosphate,  bone  meal, 
or  raw  rock  phosphate  may  be  expected  to  produce  as  large  an  increase  in 
crops  as  an  annual  expenditure  of  $200  to  .$250  in  chemical  fertilizers. 

The  decomposition  of  the  organic  matter  of  kelp  in  the  soil,  A.  W.  Christie 
{Jour.  Indus,  and  Engin.  Chem.,  8  {1918),  No.  5,  pp.  Jf2o-'.'t21 ;  abs.  in  CJiem.  Abs., 
10  {1916),  No.  11,  p.  1571). — Experiments  conducted  :jt  the  California  Experiment 
Station  on  the  extent  and  rate  of  decomposition  of  kelp  in  fine  sandy  loam  soil 
as  compared  with  manure,  straw,  and  alfalfa  are  reported.  The  two  samples 
of  kelp  used  were  Macrocystis  pyrifera  and  Nereocystis  leutkeana.  It  was 
found  that  "  dried  and  ground  kelp  decomposes  in  the  soil  under  laboratory 


816  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.  35 

conditions,  increasing  the  humus  content  to  an  extent  comparable  with  alfalfa, 
manure,  and  straw.  Of  the  pentosans  present,  75  to  80  per  cent  was  decom- 
posed in  all  the  materials." 

The  solvent  action  of  ammonium  salts  on  phosphorites  in  sand  cultures, 
F.  V.  Chirikov  (T.  Tschikikuw)  (Iz  Rezul't.  Veget.  Opytov.  Lab.  Rabot  {Rec. 
Trav.  Lab.  Agron.),  9  (1913),  pp.  436-UO). — This  is  a  continuation  of  the  ex- 
periments with  sand  cultures  conducted  in  1912  (E.  S.  R.,  29,  p.  624).  In 
addition  to  calcium  carbonate,  magnesium  carbonate  was  also  used  in  1913  to 
secure  neutralization  of  ammonium  salts,  both  being  taken  in  quantities 
equivalent  to  one-half  or  all  of  the  sulphuric  acid  in  ammonium  sulphate.  The 
phosphorite  was  Russian,  containing  25.86  per  cent  of  phosphoric  acid. 

The  results  of  the  experiments  with  barley  were  fully  concordant  with  those 
obtained  the  previous  year.  No  decrease  in  the  yield  resulted  from  neutraliza- 
tion of  the  acid  with  calcium  carbonate,  but  the  yield  declined  when  magnesium 
carbonate  was  used  in  place  of  calcium  carbonate.  In  the  experiments  with 
buckwheat  the  yields  were  lower  when  calcium  nitrate  was  replaced  by  am- 
monium sulphate. 

Relation  of  calcium  carbonate  to  the  soil  phosphates  and  acid  phosphate, 
J.  L.  BuEGESS  {Bui.  N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.,  37  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  16).— This  is  a  brief 
popular  discussion  of  the  subject  based  largely  on  work  at  the  different  state 
experiment  stations. 

The  influence  of  lime  on  the  yield  and  nitrogen  content  of  corn,  A.  W. 
Blaib  and  H.  C.  McLean  {Soil  Sci.,  1  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  489-504,  figs.  3).— In  ex- 
periments at  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Station  on  a  medium  loam  soil  with  a 
series  of  20  twentieth-acre  plats  arranged  for  a  study  of  nitrogen  availability, 
an  application  of  ground  limestone  at  the  rate  of  2  tons  per  acre  increased  the 
yield  of  shelled  corn  by  about  10  bu.  and  of  stover  by  432  lbs.  per  acre,  as  com- 
pared with  the  yield  from  a  similar  series  of  unlimed  plants. 

"  The  influence  of  the  lime  on  the  yield  from  the  plat  which  annually  re- 
ceived its  nitrogen  in  the  form  of  ammonium  sulphate,  as  compared  with  the 
yield  from  the  similarly  treated  plat,  unlimed,  was  especially  marked.  The 
liming  likewise  resulted  in  greatly  increased  yields  on  certain  of  the  plats  which 
received  their  nitrogen  in  the  form  of  rather  slowly  available  organic  materials, 
as,  for  example,  wheat  or  rye  straw.  It  also  resulted  in  decided  increases  in 
the  yields  on  plats  which  received  minerals  only,  indicating  that  in  the  soil 
of  these  plats  there  was  a  considerable  store  of  inert  nitrogenous  material 
which  required  only  a  favorable  soil  reaction  to  make  it  available.  Unlimed 
plats  which  received  an  extra  heavy  application  of  manure,  or  manure  and 
nitrate  of  soda,  gave  yields  fairly  approaching  or  even  surpassing  the  yields 
given  by  plats  which  received  similar  nitrogenous  treatment  and  lime.  That  is, 
the  manure  or  the  basic  materials  in  the  manure  and  nitrate  of  soda  apparently 
decreased  the  need  for  lime.  The  average  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  grain 
and  stover  from  the  limed  plats  was  slightly  greater  than  the  average  in  the 
grain  and  stover  from  the  unlimed  plats.  The  average  recovery  of  nitrogen  from 
the  limed  plats  was  36.2  per  cent  and  the  average  from  the  unlimed  plats  was 
25  per  cent." 

A  list  of  18  references  to  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

Effect  on  plant  growth  of  sodium  salts  in  the  soil,  F.  B.  Headley,  E.  W. 
CuETis,  and  C.  S.  Scofield  (C7.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No. 
22,  pp.  857-869,  figs.  8). — Pot  experiments  with  wheat  on  sandy  loam,  loam,  and 
beach  sand  to  determine  the  influence  of  the  carbonate,  bicarbonate,  chlorid, 
and  sulphate  of  sodium  when  added  in  amounts  varying  from  nothing  to  suffi- 
cient to  prevent  plant  growth  entirely  are  reported. 


1916]  SOILS — FERTILIZERS.  817 

It  was  found  that  "  only  a  part  of  the  salt  added  to  the  soil  in  pot  cultures 
could  later  be  recovered  from  it  by  water  digestion.  This  apparent  loss  of 
salt  .  .  .  was  greater  in  the  case  of  sodium  carbonate  and  sodium  sulphate  than 
with  sodium  chlorid. 

"  Where  sodium  carbonate  was  added  to  a  soil  the  absorption  was  greater 
in  fine  soil,  rich  in  organic  matter,  than  in  sand.  The  limit  of  tolerance  of  crop 
plants  to  the  salt  in  the  soil  is  determined  by  the  quantity  of  salt  that  can  be 
recovered  from  the  soil  rather  than  by  the  quantity  added  to  the  soil.  The 
carbonates  and  bicarbonates  of  sodium  are  mutually  interchangeable  in  the 
soil,  and  the  toxicity  of  the  soil  solution  appears  to  depend  upon  the  quantity 
of  the  basic  radical  held  in  the  soil  regardless  of  the  form  of  the  acid  radical, 
.  .  .  The  proportion  of  recoverable  salt  which  would  reduce  by  one-half  the 
growth  of  wheat  seedlings  was  for  the  carbonates  0.04  per  cent  of  the  dry  weight 
of  the  soil,  for  the  chlorids  0.16  per  cent,  and  for  the  sulphates  0.35  per  cent. 
The  proportion  of  recoverable  salt  which  prevented  germination  of  wheat  was 
for  the  carbonates  0.13  per  cent,  for  the  chlorids  0.52  per  cent,  and  for  the 
sulphates  0.56  per  cent." 

The  toxic  action  of  soluble  aluminum  salts  upon  the  growth  of  the  rice 
plant,  K.  MiYAKE  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  25  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  23-28;  abs.  in  Jour. 
Sac.  Chem.  Indus.,  35  (1916),  No.  12,  p.  700;  Chem.  Abs.,  10  (1916),  No.  U,  p. 
1902). — Experiments  conducted  at  the  University  of  California  are  reported  in 
which  rice  seedlings  were  grown  in  solutions  of  aluminum  chlorid  and  hydro- 
chloric acid  of  concentrations  varying  from  1/1,000  normal  to  1/20,000  normal. 

It  was  foxmd  that  aluminum  chlorid  was  toxic  to  the  growth  of  rice  seedlings, 
even  in  dilute  solution,  the  toxic  effect  appearing  in  concentrations  greater 
than  1/7,500  normal.  "  The  toxicity  of  aluminum  chlorid  seems  to  be  approxi- 
mately equal  to  that  of  hydrochloric  acid  of  the  same  normality,  [and]  is  not 
due  to  the  hydrogen  ion  formed  by  hydrolysis  of  the  salt  in  solution.  The  con- 
centration of  hydrogen  ions  formed  by  the  hydrolysis  of  aluminum  chlorid  is 
less  than  that  formed  by  dissociation  of  hydrochloric  acid  of  the  same  nor- 
mality. Since  the  chlorin  ion  is  not  toxic  to  the  growth  of  rice  seedlings  in 
such  dilute  solution,  colloidal  alvmiinura  hydroxid  or  unhydrolyzed  aluminum 
chlorid  molecules  or  aluminum  ions  may  be  the  toxic  factors.  The  toxicity  of 
soluble  aluminum  salts  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  aluminum  itself. 

"  The  determination  of  soil  acidity  by  titration  in  which  the  soil  extract  is 
titrated  with  standard  alkali  is  a  logical  method  of  determining  the  amount 
of  bases  which  should  be  added  to  the  soil  for  the  amelioration  of  its  infertility ; 
because,  although  the  titration  does  not  indicate  the  true  acidity  of  the  soil,  yet 
it  does  afford  a  measure  of  the  bases  which  must  be  added  to  neutralize  the 
free  acid  and  decompose  the  aluminum  salts,  either  or  both  of  which  may  be 
responsible  for  the  infertility." 

The  agricultural  value  of  greensand  marl,  A.  W.  Blair  (Netv  Jersey  Stas. 
Circ.  61  (1916),  pp.  2-13,  fig.  1). — This  circular  includes  a  discussion  of  the 
agricultural  value  of  greensand  marl,  and  reports  analyses  of  42  samples  col- 
lected in  New  Jersey  showing  that  the  phosphoric-acid  content  varied  between 
0.045  per  cent  and  2.31  per  cent  and  the  potash  content  between  1.03  per  cent 
and  6.5  per  cent. 

The  utilization  of  molasses  as  a  manure,  L.  De  Waai-  (Internat.  Sugar  Jour., 
18  (1916),  No.  210,  pp.  267-272). — Fertilizer  experiments  with  molasses  in  heavy 
clay  and  sandy  cane  soils  are  briefly  reported. 

The  results  are  taken  to  indicate  that  "  molasses  constitutes  a  valuable  recti- 
fier for  cane  soils,  which,  when  applied  in  combination  with  organic  matter,  has 
given  marked  results  in  estate  experiments  on  a  large  scale  during  three  con- 
secutive years.    Even  in  a  diluted  form  the  results  were  very  encouraging. 


818  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

AGRICULTURAL  BOTAFY. 

Hybrids  of  the  genus  Epilobium,  R.  Holden  (Amer.  Nat.,  50  {1916),  No.  592, 
pp.  243-247,  figs.  4)- — The  author  has  extended  the  investigations  of  Jeffrey 
(E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  823;  32,  p.  521)  on  the  relation  of  hybrid  infertility  to  defective 
or  abnormal  development  of  the  gametic  elements.  He  now  reports  on  some 
observations  of  two  sections  of  the  genus  Epilobium,  Chamaenerion  and  Epi- 
lobium proper,  the  latter  having  typically  regular  flowers  and  spores  persistent 
as  tetrads,  the  former  habitually  showing  considerable  irregularity  and  even 
absence  of  protoplasm  in  some  of  the  spores,  a  condition  supposed  to  indicate 
impurity. 

Investigation  of  North  American  forms  agreed  with  the  expectation  as  above 
noted,  but  English  specimens  showed  abortive  spores  not  only  in  E.  montanum, 
E.  parviflorum,  and  E.  hirsutum,  but  also  in  E.  angustifoUum.  This  fact,  at 
first  apparently  contrary  to  previous  observations,  appeared  on  further  investi- 
gation to  be  due  to  the  presence  of  two  varieties  of  E.  angustifoUum  in  England, 
E.  macrocarpum  and  E.  hr  achy  car  pum,  and  to  the  fact  that  wherever  these  are 
found  growing  together  cases  of  partially  abortive  spores  are  also  found,  indi- 
cating a  hybrid  origin  of  such  plants.  This  state  of  affairs  is  said  to  exist  not 
only  in  England  but  probably  also  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  western  North  America, 
where  both  varieties  are  known  to  coexist ;  while  the  spores  are  all  normal  in 
localities  where  but  one  variety  exists.  Chamaenerion  is  therefore  regarded  as 
affording  confirmation  instead  of  refutation  of  the  value  of  abortive  pollen 
grains  as  a  test  of  hybridization. 

The  genetic  behavior  of  the  hybrid  Primula  kewensis  and  its  allies, 
Caroline  Pellew  and  Florence  M.  Durham  {Jour.  Genetics,  5  (1916),  No.  3, 
pp.  159-182,  pis.  7). — The  authors  have  made  a  progress  report  on  their  study 
of  the  genetic  behavior  of  P.  kewensis  (known  to  have  originated  in  1900  as  a 
hybrid  between  P.  floribunda  and  P.  verticillata) ,  its  parents,  numerous  deriva- 
tives, and  genetic  combinations.  The  experiments  consisted  in  breeding  the 
various  forms  in  large  numbers  and  in  making  all  cross-fertilizations  possible 
among  them.    The  results  are  given  in  considerable  detail. 

It  is  stated  that  from  the  cross  P.  verticillata  by  P.  floribunda  and  the  recip- 
rocal, and,  in  fact,  between  any  two  forms,  plants  representing  the  female  parent 
are  usually  obtained.  The  suggestion  is  considered  as  evident  that  this  is  a 
case  of  actual  parthenogenesis  or  else  of  monolepsis  (in  which  ovule  develop- 
ment requires  the  stimulus  of  fertilization,  but  in  which,  however,  the  pollen 
grain  really  makes  no  genetic  contribution  to  the  final  product).  These  mater- 
nal hybrids  rarely  show  evidence  of  segregation  when  used  for  crossing  and 
usually  breed  true  to  type  on  self-fertilization.  It  is  stated  that  under  most 
stringent  tests  positive  evidence  of  true  parthenogenesis  has  been  obtained,  but 
the  evidence  as  a  whole  favors  the  theory  that  while  the  ovules  can  develop 
without  fertilization  they  more  commonly  develop  in  consequence  of  that 
stimulus. 

The  offspring  of  the  tetraploid  P.  ketcensis,  both  on  selfing  and  crossing,  gen- 
erally reproduced  the  female  type  simply,  but  a  single  diploid  individual  has 
been  produced  from  this  form.  This  has  exhibited  segregation  of  an  almost 
normal  kind  and  has  given  new  forms  representing  combinations  of  P.  flori- 
bunda and  P.  verticillata,  the  seeds  of  which  generally  germinate  freely  in  con- 
trast with  those  commonly  obtained  from  P.  kewensis.  Among  these  new  forms 
are  many  shades  of  yellow  not  previously  known  in  these  plants.  The  fac- 
torial relations  are  still  under  investigation.  The  diploid  plant  has  been  crossed 
with  the  tetraploid  P.  kewensis,  the  results  being  plants  intermediate  between 
P.  floribunda  and  P.  kewensis  and  a  few  resembling  P.  floribunda. 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  819 

Mendelian  inheritance  in  varietal  crosses  of  Bryonia  dioica,  W.  N.  Jones 
and  M.  C.  Raynee  (Jour.  Genetics,  5  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  203-224,  pis.  S,  figs.  6).— 
Results  of  breeding  experiments  on  the  genetical  behavior  of  certain  differ- 
entiating features  in  two  strains  or  varieties  of  B.  dioica  are  reported. 

The  autlior  states  that  the  absence  of  a  waxy  bloom  on  the  ripe  berries  of 
one  variety  behaves  as  a  simple  dominant  to  the  presence  of  a  waxy  bloom  on 
the  berries  of  the  other  variety,  the  presence  and  absence  of  bloom  behaving 
as  a  pair  of  simple  allclomorphic  factors.  The  observed  proportion  of  two- 
carpellary  to  three-carpel lary  flowers  obtained  by  crossing  the  two  varieties 
can  be  interpreted  by  assuming  the  cooperation  of  two  factors.  The  numbers 
of  vascular  bundles  in  the  stems  of  these  two  varieties  are  typically  10  (5+5) 
and  14  (7+7)  respectively,  the  capacity  to  increase  the  number  of  bundles 
beyond  10  behaving  as  a  simple  dominant  to  absence  of  such  capacity.  Differ- 
ences relating  to  habit  and  foliage  are  evidently  complex  in  origin,  requiring 
further  study.  It  is  regarded  as  determined  that  crossing  leads  to  the  pro- 
duction of  new  types  in  the  second  generation,  that  segregation  occurs  involving 
the  reappearance  of  the  original  characters  of  the  grandparents  in  the  Fj 
generation,  and  that  the  number  of  factors  for  leaf  shape  is  probably  not 
over  two. 

The  experiments  on  Bryonia  emphasize  the  need  for  caution  in  the  sub- 
division of  existing  species  without  regard  to  breeding  tests.  It  is  thought 
that  a  number  of  segregates  showing  morphological  differences  due  to  new 
combinations  can  arise  from  the  intercrossing  of  a  few  stable  types  within  the 
limits  of  a  so-called  species.  The  stability  of  these  new  forms  can  be  tested 
only  by  breeding,  and  the  extreme  types  among  them  may  be  connected  by  an 
almost  continuous  series  of  transition  forms. 

Studies  on  size  inheritance  in  Nicotiana,  E.  M.  East  (Oenetics,  1  (1916), 
No.  2,  pp.  164-176,  figs.  4)- — The  results  of  a  study  of  simple  and  obvious  Men- 
delian phenomena,  as  noted  in  a  cross  between  two  varieties  of  N.  longiflora, 
are  reported. 

The  author  states  that  the  minimum  number  (not  less  than  eight)  of  re- 
quirements, mostly  independent  mathematically,  which  should  be  met  by 
pedigree  culture  data  when  all  populations  succeeding  the  original  cross  are 
obtained  by  self-fertilization,  are  met  by  data  here  presented  or  elsewhere  ob- 
served, and  that  not  one  fact  has  been  discovered  to  be  directly  opposed  to  them. 
Considering  these  data  apart  from  other  known  facts,  it  is  held  that  while  the 
evidence  tends  to  justify  the  use  of  the  plural  segregating  factors  In  the  inter- 
pretation of  size  inheritance,  dogmatic  conclusions  should  not  be  drawn  from  a 
single  set  of  experiments.  Numerous  size  studies  by  authors  mentioned  should 
be  considered  together  in  order  to  arrive  at  a  reasonable  judgment  as  to  the 
mechanism  by  which  such  characters  are  transmitted. 

Some  notes  on  the  Linaceae.  The  cross  pollination  of  flax,  J.  V.  Eyre  and 
G.  Smith  (Jour.  Genetics,  5  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  189-197).— It  is  stated  that  while 
testing  many  species  of  LinacejE  for  cyanophoric  glucosids  during  the  past 
three  years,  it  was  noted  that  those  species  having  white,  red,  or  blue  flowers 
were  more  or  less  richly  cyanophoric,  whereas  the  yellow-flowered  species, 
which  usually  show  a  different  habit,  failed  to  yield  hydrogen  cyanid  and 
appeared  to  lack  cyanogenetic  enzym.  Studies  made  during  1913  on  a  large 
number  of  both  blue  and  yellow  flowered  species  have  confirmed  observations 
previously  reported  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  503). 

In  view  of  an  expected  early  interruption  of  this  study,  a  provisional  report 
is  made  on  the  details  of  recent  progress  in  work,  which  is  still  incomplete. 

Note  on  experiments  with  flax  at  the  John  Innes  Horticultural  Institution, 
W.  Bateson  (Jour.  Genetics,  5  (1916) ,  No.  3,  pp.  199-201 )  .—The  author  reports 


820  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

failure  in  attempts  to  cross  the  annual  homostyled  Linum  usitatissimum  with 
some  such  heterostyled  species  as  L.  perenne.  He  states,  as  a  result  of  ex- 
perimentation briefly  noted,  that  the  raising  of  a  tall  strain  of  flax  is  a  very 
easy  matter  and  can  be  done  by  selection  of  materials  already  existing  in  com- 
mon crops.  It  is  thought  that  most  seed  produced  under  natural  conditions 
results  from  self-fertilization. 

It  is  thought  by  the  author  that  besides  the  oil  flaxes,  which  are  about  1.75 
ft.  in  height,  there  are  in  England  pure  types  of  at  least  three  other  heights, 
the  native  tall  strain  measuring  about  4  ft.,  several  ordinary  blue,  and  also  some 
white,  forms  about  3  ft.  high,  and  a  dark  blue  true-breeding  type  about  2.5  ft. 
in  height. 

The  ecological  histology  of  prairie  plants,  Ella  Shimek  (Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
ScL,  22  {1915),  pp.  121-126,  pi.  1). — The  material  for  this  investigation,  which 
is  hex'e  only  partially  reported  but  which  is  intended  to  ascertain  the  character 
of  the  various  structural  adaptations  to  environment  made  by  ordinary  plants 
in  Iowa,  includes  65  of  the  271  species  characteristic  of  the  prairies.  It  is 
stated  that  the  flora  of  the  prairie  is  essentially  xerophytic,  differing  from 
desert  flora  chiefly  in  the  degree  of  modification  for  protective  purposes.  The 
xerophytic  adaptations  vary  in  different  species  as  do  the  xerophytes  of  the 
desert,  though  usually  in  smaller  degree. 

On  the  behavior  of  an  excised  branch  of  the  Sahuaro,  R.  J.  Pool  {Plant 
World,  19  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  17-22,  fig.  1).—A  brancli  of  the  giant  cactus  {Car- 
negiea  gigantea),  having  been  removed  from  Tucson,  Ariz.,  to  Lincoln,  Nebr., 
produced  several  flowers  in  1914  and  a  much  greater  number  in  1915,  but  no 
fruits  were  produced  from  any  of  these  flowers.  A  second  specimen  treated  in 
like  manner  produced  neither  flowers  nor  fruits  in  1915. 

On  the  association  and  possible  identity  of  root-forming  and  geotropic 
substances  or  hormones  in  Bryophyllum  calycinum,  J.  Loeb  {Science,  n.  ser., 
44  {1916),  No.  1128,  pp.  210,  211). — An  account  is  given  of  recent  experiments 
which  led  the  author  to  conclude  that  the  substances  responsible  for  root  for- 
mation in  the  stem  of  B.  calycinum  are  associated  or  possibly  identical  with 
the  substances  causing  geotropic  curvatures  of  the  stem  of  this  plant.  This 
close  association  or  identity  of  organ-forming  and  geotropic  substances,  it  is 
thought,  might  also  explain  the  regeneration  that  takes  place  in  certain  conif- 
erous trees  when  the  uppermost  horizontal  branch  begins  to  grow  vertically  if 
the  apex  is  cut  off. 

Do  fungi  live  and  prodtice  mycelium  in  the  soil?  S.  A.  Waksman  {Science. 
n.  ser.,  U  {1916),  No.  1131,  pp.  320-322).— By  a  method  of  incubation  for  a  com- 
paratively short  period,  the  author  has  found  evidence  indicating  that  a  num- 
ber of  organisms  form  mycelium  in  the  soil.  About  15  species  were  found  more 
or  less  commonly  in  soils  of  different  types  and  from  different  localities, 
Mucor  circinclloides,  Zygorhynchus  vuilleminii,  a  green  Trichoderma,  RliizopuH 
nigricans,  and  M.  racemosus  being  found  most  abundantly.  The  Zygorhynchus 
was  the  only  organism  isolated  at  depths  of  from  12  to  30  in.  A  number  of 
other  organisms  were  only  rarely  found,  which  are  quite  usually  found  present 
by  the  dilution  method  of  plating.  Organisms  such  as  species  of  Aspergillus, 
Alternaria,  Cladosporium,  and  most  species  of  Penicillium  did  not  appear  on 
the  plates  within  24  hours  when  the  soil  had  been  inoculated  directly  upon 
sterile  medium. 

The  red  color  of  the  mesocarp  of  seeded  fruits  in  the  persimmon  (Diospyros 
kaki).  A  visual  method  for  estimating  astringency,  F.  E.  Lloyd  {Plant 
World,  19  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  106-113,  fig.  1).—It  is  stated  by  the  author  that  in 
persimmons  of  the  race  Zengi,  studied  by  him,  the  region  of  nonastringency  is 
not  coextensive  with  that  of  the  red  colored  tissues.    From  this  It  is  inferred 


1916]  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY.  821 

that  the  red  coloration  is  a  consequence  of  the  changes  leading  to  nonastringency 
and  is  itself  not  the  cause  of  that  condition. 

A  visual  method  for  accurately  measuring  astringency  is  given.  It  is  based 
on  the  observation  that  the  degree  of  astringency  depends  on  the  degree  of 
adsorption  of  tannin  by  the  X-cellulose  (a  carbohydrate  of  the  nature  of 
cellulose). 

The  theories  of  photosynthesis  in  the  light  of  some  new  facts,  H.  A.  Spoehr 
(Plant  World,  19  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  i-i6).— Following  a  review  of  the  studies 
which  have  been  concerned  chiefly  with  the  reduction  of  carbon  dioxid  to 
formaldyhyde,  the  detection  of  formaldehyde  in  illuminated  green  plants,  and 
the  experimental  employment  of  formaldehyde  as  the  sole  source  of  carbon 
for  plants,  the  author  gives  an  account  of  experiments  carried  out  by  himself 
at  Tucson,  Ariz.,  where  the  days  are  largely  clear  and  the  light  intense,  a  great 
number  of  experiments  having  been  made  with  the  object  of  reducing  carbon 
dioxid  by  means  of  light  from  various  sources. 

It  was  found  that  neither  when  mixed  with  water  vapor  nor  when  dissolved 
in  water  did  carbon  dioxid,  though  exposed  from  1  to  150  hours,  ever  yield 
conclusive  tests  for  the  presence  of  formaldehyde.  Formic  acid  was  the  only 
reduction  product  obtained,  which  fact  is  considered  as  important.  The  author 
states  that  his  studies  on  the  action  of  gaseous  formic  acid  on  green  plants  in 
the  light  show  that,  although  this  compound  is  toxic  to  the  roots,  the  chlorophyl- 
lous  portions  develop  normally  in  an  atmosphere  of  formic  acid,  show  an 
appreciable  gain  in  dry  weight,  and  form  starch. 

It  is  stated  that,  although  the  same  criteria  which  have  been  applied  to  the 
formaldehyde  theory  may  be  urged  perhaps  even  more  consistently  in  favor  of 
a  formic  acid  hypothesis,  this  fact  still  does  not  appear  to  the  author  to  justify 
the  formulation  of  a  formic  acid  hypothesis. 

A  simple  and  rapid  method  of  studying  respiration  by  the  detection  of  ex- 
ceedingly minute  quantities  of  carbon  dioxid,  A.  R.  Haas  (Science,  n.  ser., 
44  (1916),  No.  1125,  pp.  105-108). — A  description  is  given  of  a  simple  apparatus 
that  may  be  used  in  determining  the  respiration  of  organisms,  the  amount  of 
respiration  being  accurately  observed  by  changes  in  the  colors  of  indicators 
added  to  solutions  which  contain  the  organisms. 

It  is  found  that  exceedingly  small  amounts  of  carbon  dioxid  may  be  deter- 
mined with  great  accuracy.  As  changes  in  color  often  occur  within  a  few 
minutes,  it  is  claimed  that  the  experiments  may  be  so  shortened  as  to  exclude 
pathological  changes  in  the  organisms.  As  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxid  can 
be  determined  without  disturbing  the  organisms,  a  study  of  the  dynamics  of 
the  method  is  made  possible. 

The  controlling  influence  of  carbon  dioxid. — III,  The  retarding  effect  of 
carbon  dioxid  on  respiration,  F.  Kidd  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  [London],  Ser.  B,  89 
(1916),  No.  B  612,  pp.  136-156,  figs.  3).— Previous  work  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  328) 
has  led  to  the  conclusion,  among  others,  that  the  resting  condition  of  moist 
seed  often  observable  in  nature  is  primarily  a  phase  of  autonarcosis  under 
the  influence  of  carbon  dioxid  produced  by  the  seed  itself  (retardation  and 
suspension  of  normal  activity  in  plant  protoplasm  being  produced  by  carbon 
dioxid  in  conditions  otherwise  favorable  to  growth  and  during  a  stage  nor- 
mally characterized  by  vigorous  growth).  The  author  has  now  extended  these 
investigations  to  plant  tissues  in  general  in  order  to  determine  the  mechanism 
of  such  narcosis.  The  influence  of  carbon  dioxid  upon  respiration  has  been 
studied  on  account  of  its  apparent  connection  with  growth  by  cell  division. 

It  has  been  found  that  carbon  dioxid  in  plant  tissues  causes  a  depression 
of  anaerobic  carbon  dioxid  production.  This  depression  is  not  due  to  perma- 
nent disorganization,  as  it  is  temporary  and  disappears  with  the  disappearance 


822  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

of  its  cause.  It  occurs  under  both  anaerobic  and  aerobic  conditions.  De- 
pression of  aerobic  respiration  is  shown  when  measured  by  either  oxygen 
consumption  or  carbon  dioxid  production.  Where  oxygen  is  so  scant  that  some 
carbon  dioxid  is  produced  anaerobically,  carbon  dioxid  has  no  retarding  effect 
on  oxidation.  A  quantitative  relation  exists  between  carbon  dioxid  concentra- 
tion and  the  depression  of  aeroble  respiration  as  in  anaerobic  carbon  dioxid 
production.  It  is  held  that  of  the  two  types  of  respiration  demonstrated  by 
Blackraan  and  others  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  822),  namely,  floating  respiration  and 
protoplasmic  respiration,  it  is  the  former  only  which  is  depressed  by  the  re- 
tarding action  of  carbon  dioxid. 

The  main  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  these  results  as  regards  the  inhibitory 
action  of  carbon  dioxid  upon  growth  is  that  a  marked  reduction  of  respiration 
is  involved  in  the  mechanism  of  carbon  dioxid  narcosis.  It  is  considered  that 
anaerobic  and  aerobic  carbon  dioxid  production  are  processes  genetically  con- 
nected in  normal  respiration,  and  that  the  rate  of  the  anaerobic  process  acts 
as  the  limiting  factor  in  normal  respiration. 

Osmotic  pressures  in  plants.^ — VI,  On  the  composition  of  the  sap  in  the 
conducting  tracts  of  trees  at  different  levels  and  at  different  seasons  of  the 
year,  H.  H.  Dixon  and  W.  R.  G.  Atkins  {Sci.  Proc.  Roy.  Duhlin  Soc,  n.  ser., 
15  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  51-62,  fig.  Jf).— In  a  previous  publication  (E.  S.  R.,  35, 
p.  26),  the  authors  showed  that  sap  centrifuged  from  the  wood  of  trees  always 
contained  sugars  and  salts,  the  former  predominating  as  a  rule.  In  the  present 
paper,  an  account  is  given  of  a  study  on  the  composition  of  the  sap  at  different 
levels  in  the  same  tree  and  at  different  seasons  of  the  year  upon  closely  similar 
trees.  Nine  trees  were  used  in  the  experiments,  including  4  deciduous  trees,  3 
evergreens,  and  2  sub-evergreens. 

It  was  found  that  large  quantities  of  sap  may  be  centrifuged  from  the  con- 
ducting wood  of  trees,  and  that  the  sap  varies  in  color  and  in  electrolyte  and 
nonelectrolyte  content.  When  in  a  condition  of  physiological  rest  during  the 
late  autumn  and  winter,  the  osmotic  pressure  of  the  wood  sap  of  deciduous  trees 
is  small  and  practically  constant.  During  the  early  spring  the  sap  is  enriched 
by  the  addition  of  large  quantities  of  sugars  from  the  storage  cells  of  the  wood 
parenchyma  and  the  medullary  rays,  and  the  osmotic  pressure  rises  in  a  very 
marked  degree  from  root  to  summit.  During  the  late  spring,  the  concentration 
of  sugars  is  still  considerable,  being  roughly  half  of  the  earlier  value.  The  elec- 
trolytes of  the  sap  are,  however,  present  in  much  greater  concentration  than  in 
the  early  spring. 

In  Acer  macrophyllum,  reducing  sugars  are  never  found  in  the  wood  sap  ex- 
cept in  traces,  while  sucrose  is  present  in  quantity.  In  the  other  trees  examined, 
both  reducing  sugars  and  sucrose  were  present,  the  latter  predominating  as  a 
rule.  During  the  vernal  mobilization  of  reserves,  the  reducing  sugars  consist 
of  hexoses  and  maltose.    At  other  times,  the  latter  is  absent. 

In  evergreens  and  sub-evergreens  the  seasonal  changes  are  not  very  striking 
nor  are  the  gradients  of  osmotic  pressures  from  root  to  summit  so  regular  as  in 
deciduous  trees.  The  osmotic  pressure  of  the  transpiration  sap  in  the  root 
exceeds  that  in  the  stem  at  certain  seasons. 

Imbibitional  swelling  of  plants  and  colloidal  mixtures,  D.  T.  MacDougal 
(Science,  n.  ser.,  U  {1916),  No.  1136,  pp.  502-505) .—Attention  is  called  tu  the 
fact  that  the  swelling  of  gelatin  in  distilled  water,  alkali,  and  acid  has  been 
used  as  a  reference  phenomenon  in  interpreting  the  water  relations  of  plants, 
especially  in  growth.  During  the  course  of  the  studies  of  growth  (which  is  con- 
sidered to  be  largely  dependent  upon  absorption  and  retention  of  water),  disks 
of  the  flattened  joints  of  an  Opuntia  were  cut  and  so  arranged  as  to  show  varia- 
tions in  swelling.    It  was  found  that  both  young  and  old  tissues  take  up  more 


1916)  FIELD  CROPS.  823 

water  when  neutral  or  alkaline,  and  acidity,  in  addition  to  retarding  enzymatic 
action  presumably  including  respiration,  operates  to  decrease  imbibition  by 
plant  tissues. 

Having  found  that  plant  cells  show  the  greatest  capacity  for  imbibition  of 
water,  not  In  acidified,  but  in  alljaline  solutions,  the  author  has  attempted  to 
find  substances  or  mixtures  of  substances  that  behave  in  a  lilie  manner.  The 
effect  of  increasing  percentages  of  agar  in  a  gelatin  mixture  has  been  inresti- 
gated,  from  whicli  it  appears  that  the  mixture  swells  more  in  distilled  water 
and  less  in  acid  or  alkali.  Concerning  the  relative  efOects  of  acid  and  alkali, 
definite  conclusions  have  not  been  reached,  but  the  data  suggest  that  acid  tends 
to  increase  imbibition  at  the  ends  of  the  series,  while  alkali  tends  to  increase  it 
in  the  mixtures  containing  the  two  colloids  in  more  nearly  equal  proportions. 

The  penetration  of  balanced  solutions  and  the  theory  of  antagonism,  W. 
J.  V.  OsTEBHouT  (Science,  n.  ser.,  44  (1916),  No.  1133,  pp.  395,  396).— It  is  stated 
that  antagonism  has  been  explained  by  assuming  that  antagonistic  substances 
prevent  each  other  from  entering  the  cell.  A  difiiculty  is  said  to  be  found  in 
the  fact  that  they  slowly  penetrate  the  cell  even  in  a  properly  balanced  solution. 
This  difficulty,  however,  disappears  if  it  is  supposed  that  the  antagonistic  sub- 
stances affect  certain  life  processes  which  conti'ol  permeability.  So  long  as  they 
are  present  in  the  right  proportions  their  effect  on  these  processes  is  favorable 
and  their  penetration  into  the  cell  can  do  no  harm.  The  preservation  of  normal 
permeability  is  regarded  as  the  result  rather  than  the  cause  of  antagonism. 

Antagonism  and  Weber's  law,  W.  J.  V.  Osteehout  (Science,  n.  ser.,  44 
(1916),  No.  1131,  pp.  318-320). — The  fact  that  Weber's  law  governs  antagonism 
is  explained  by  a  dynamical  theory  formulated  by  the  author.  This  theory  as- 
sumes that  injury  and  death  result  from  processes  which  are  inhibited  by  salt 
compounds  formed  by  the  union  of  salts  with  protoplasm.  If  these  compounds 
are  formed  in  a  surface,  the  amounts  will,  above  a  certain  limit,  be  independent 
of  variations  in  concentration  and  will  depend  only  on  the  proportions  of  the 
antagonistic  salts. 

FIELD  CROPS. 

Transpiration  as  a  factor  in  crop  production,  T.  A.  Kiesselbaoh  (Nebraska 
Sta.  Research  Bui.  6  (1916),  pp.  3-214,  ftffS-  4S)-— Part  1  of  this  bulletin  is  de- 
voted to  a  discussion  of  work  by  earlier  investigators  in  measuring  the  water 
loss  through  plants,  the  methods  employed  in  the  present  study,  and  the  factors 
influencing  the  results;  part  2  to  the  description  of  the  experiments  and  the 
presentation  of  the  data  secured ;  and  part  3  to  the  application  of  the  results 
in  farm  practice.  The  investigations  were  conducted  to  determine  principles 
underlying  the  use  of  water  by  crops,  and  for  this  purpose  plants  were  grown 
to  the  maturity  at  which  they  are  usually  harvested  and  under  controlled  con- 
ditions in  pots,  generally  16  by  36  in.  in  size,  having  a  capacity  of  approxi- 
mately 250  lbs.  of  moisture-free  soil  and  sufficiently  large  to  produce  a  normal 
plant.  Means  taken  for  the  elimination  of  errors  are  discussed  and  88  refer- 
ences to  the  literature  cited  are  given. 

Corn  was  grown  to  study  the  relation  of  environmental  factors  to  the  water 
requirement.  Sunflowers  and  several  sorghums  were  compared  with  corn,  and 
a  number  of  varieties  differing  in  acclimatization  and  plant  characters  were  com- 
pared with  each  other.  The  rain  was  excluded  from  the  pots  and  evaporation 
from  the  soil  surface  was  reduced  to  an  almost  negligible  amount.  Nearly  all 
pots  were  situated  in  a  corn  field  with  their  top  level  with  the  surrounding  land, 
and  the  plants  produced  normal  yields. 
69107°— No.  9—17 3 


824  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.85 

The  rate  of  water  loss  from  a  corn  plant  was  found  to  be  affected  in  a  rather 
similar  manner  by  changing  climatic  conditions  as  it  was  from  a  physical  free 
water  surface.  The  amount  of  water  transpired  from  a  given  area  of  leaf 
expanse  was  determined  as  approximately  one-third  as  great  as  the  evaporation 
from  a  free  water  surface  of  the  same  area.  The  rates  of  transpiration  and 
evaporation,  following  the  same  general  sequence  as  the  diurnal  climatic  factors, 
increased  gradually  from  early  morning,  reached  the  maximum  between  1  and 
S  p.  m.,  and  gradually  receded  until  late  in  the  evening.  Transpiration  was 
reduced  relatively  more  than  evaporation  during  the  night,  suggested  as  due 
to  the  almost  complete  closing  at  night  of  the  leaf  stomata. 

The  daily  variation  in  the  water  requirement  was  found  to  be  very  marked, 
the  maximum  observed  in  two  successive  days  being  600  per  cent.  The  data 
further  showed  that  under  extreme  atmospheric  conditions  as  high  as  10  lbs. 
of  water  may  be  transpired  by  a  single  corn  plant  during  24  hours.  Such  days, 
it  is  pointed  out,  are  very  critical  for  corn  when  the  soil  moisture  is  insufficient 
to  meet  this  demand.  The  weekly  amount  of  water  used  gradually  increased 
up  to  the  development  of  the  maximum  leaf  area,  and  for  four  or  five  weeks 
after  this  time  the  transpiration  rate  remained  high,  fully  one-half  of  the  total 
water  used  by  the  plant  being  transpired  during  this  period.  While  a  marked 
variation  in  the  water  requirement  of  different  years  was  observed,  there  existed 
a  rather  consistent  relationship  in  the  relative  seasonal  variations  between  the 
transpiration  per  unit  of  dry  matter,  the  transpiration  per  unit  of  leaf  area, 
and  the  evaporation  from  a  free  water  surface.  As  an  average  for  three  green- 
house tests  conducted  during  two  years  a  difference  of  22  per  cent  in  relative 
humidity  and  1.7°  F.  during  the  day  cau.sed  a  difference  of  42  per  cent  in  the 
water  requirement  per  pound  of  dry  matter,  38  per  cent  in  the  transpiration 
from  a  unit  of  leaf  area,  and  46  per  cent  in  the  evaporation  from  a  free  water 
surface.  Corn  plants  in  greenhou.ses  transferred  from  a  humid  atmosphere  to  a 
dry  one  and  vice  versa  exhibited  no  difference  in  transpiration  rate  under  the 
changed  conditions  as  compared  with  each  other. 

A  transpiring  leaf  was  found  to  be  uniformly  cooler  than  a  dead,  dry  one, 
amounting  under  extreme  conditions  to  8.6°  in  the  sun  and  4.2"  in  the  shade  at 
2  p.  m.,  when  transpiration  was  maximum.  The  transpiring  leaf  as  compared 
with  the  air  at  that  time  was  4.1^  cooler  in  the  sun  and  3.2°  cooler  in  the  shade. 
Other  data  secured  showed  that  vegetation  is  a  great  protection  against  exces- 
sive transpiration  and  also  against  evaporation  from  the  soil  surface. 

A  reduction  in  soil  moisture  content  below  the  optimum  during  three  years 
reduced  the  water  requirement  per  pound  of  ear  corn  4.3  per  cent  and  per  pound 
of  total  dry  matter  7.9  per  cent,  but  it  also  reduced  the  stalk  yield  by  37.3  per 
cent,  the  yield  of  ear  corn  by  28.5  per  cent,  and  the  yield  of  total  dry  matter 
by  30.7  per  cent.  An  increase  in  the  soil  moisture  content  above  the  optimum 
during  three  years  increased  the  water  requirement  per  pound  of  ear  corn  13.5 
per  cent  and  per  pound  of  total  dry  matter  8.2  per  cent,  being  accompanied  by  a 
reduction  in  stalk  yield  of  11.3  per  cent,  yield  of  ear  corn  of  21.1  per  cent, 
and  yield  of  total  dry  matter  of  16.7  per  cent. 

The  water  requirement  per  pound  of  dry  matter  was  found  to  be  much  larger 
in  an  infertile  than  a  fertile  soil.  As  an  average  for  two  years,  equal  applica- 
tions of  sheep  manure  to  infertile,  intermediate,  and  fertile  soils  reduced  the 
water  requirement  for  ear-corn  production  42.6,  25.4,  and  10.5  per  cent,  respec- 
tively ;  for  total  dry  matter  the  reduction  \yas  28.9,  17.1,  and  8.1  per  cent,  respec- 
tively. On  the  other  hand,  the  total  water  requirement  per  plant  was  increased, 
respectively,  106.7,  42.6,  and  28.7  per  cent.  The  reduction  in  water  requirement 
per  pound  of  dry  matter  is  regarded  as  being  more  a  matter  of  plant  nutrition 
than  of  transpiration. 


191«J  FIELD  CROPS.  825 

Varieties  of  corn  grown  continuously  for  many  years  under  humid  and  under 
relatively  dry  conditions  were  found  to  have  approximately  the  same  average 
water  requirement  per  pound  of  dry  matter.  The  extreme  variation  in  the  water 
requirement  of  11  varieties  of  corn  differing  in  acclimatization  and  habits  of 
growth  was  230  lbs.  and  296  lbs.  per  pound  of  dry  matter,  although  most  varieties 
were  rather  uniform  in  this  regard.  Several  varieties  with  alleged  special 
drought  resistance  possessed  practically  the  same  water  requirements  per 
pound  of  dry  matter  as  the  average  of  all  the  11  varieties  tested.  The  water 
requirement  for  milo  maize  was  the  same  as  the  average  for  the  11  varieties, 
but  for  Black  Amber  sorghum  it  was  considerably  higher.  Wild  sunflowers  ex- 
hibited a  water  requirement  per  pound  of  dry  matter  approximately  double 
that  of  corn  and  a  total  water  use  somewhat  greater  than  that  of  three  corn 
plants. 

In  a  study  of  the  intake  of  soil  solutes  data  were  obtained  concerning  the 
relation  between  transpiration  and  ash  content  as  affected  by  atmospheric 
humidity,  seasonal  climatic  differences,  soil  fertility,  soil  moisture,  kind  of  crop 
and  variety,  and  limitation  of  the  amount  of  soil  through  the  size  of  the  potom- 
eter.  An  increase  in  the  greenhouse  in  atmospheric  humidity,  lowering  the  free 
water  evaporation  47  per  cent,  reduced  the  amount  of  water  transpired  per  gram 
of  ash  content  38  per  cent  and  per  gram  of  dry  matter  40.5  per  cent.  A  natural 
climatic  difference,  lowering  the  free  water  evaporation  40  per  cent  during  July 
and  August  in  1913  as  compared  with  1914,  reduced  the  transpiration  per  gram 
of  ash  content  22  per  cent  and  per  gram  of  dry  matter  27  per  cent.  Under  other- 
wise equal  conditions  the  amount  of  water  used  per  unit  of  dry  matter  fell,  and 
the  amount  of  solute  taken  in  per  unit  of  water  transpired,  as  well  as  the 
amount  taken  into  the  plant,  the  dry  matter  produced,  and  the  total  amount  of 
water  transpired,  rose  with  the  availability  of  the  soil  solutes  in  different 
degrees  of  soil  fertility.  As  compared  with  an  abundance  of  moisture,  less  water 
was  transpired  per  gram  of  ash  content  and  also  per  gram  of  dry  matter  in  a 
relatively  low  soil  saturation.  The  influence  of  the  size  of  the  potometer  was 
brought  out  by  the  fact  that  in  potometers  containing  32.5,  85,  150,  239,  583,  and 
956  lbs.  of  soil  the  amount  of  transpiration  per  gram  of  ash  content  was  6.14,  5.7, 
5.2,  5.5,  5.07,  and  4.32  kg.,  respectively.  From  a  review  of  all  the  data  the 
author  believes  it  may  be  concluded  that  at  least  within  the  practical  limits  of 
crop  production,  other  things  being  equal,  an  increase  in  the  density  of  the  soil 
solution  is  accompanied  by  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  solute  taken  into  the 
plant  per  unit  of  water  transpired. 

Considerable  variation  was  determined  between  the  different  varieties  of  corn 
and  sorghum  with  reference  to  the  thickness  of  the  leaf  and  of  the  epidermis, 
and  also  in  the  number  of  stomata  per  unit  of  leaf  area,  but  without  an  apparent 
striking  or  consistent  correlation  with  the  transpiration  rate  per  unit  of  dry 
matter  or  per  unit  of  leaf  area  of  the  different  varieties,  and  also  without  strik- 
ing response  in  the  relative  number  of  stomata  to  variation  in  either  soil 
moisture  or  soil  fertility.  As  an  average  for  11  varieties  of  corn,  a  plant  having 
949  sq.  in.  of  leaf  area  had  104,057,850  leaf  stomata,  which  occupied  in  the 
epidermis  of  both  sides  of  the  leaf,  when  open,  1.52  per  cent  of  the  area  of  the 
leaves.    The  entire  epidermis  comprised  30.8  per  cent  of  the  leaf  thickness. 

"  Transpiration  appears  to  be  a  purely  physical  phenomenon,  depending  prim- 
arily upon  the  moisture  supply  in  the  leaf  and  the  evaporating  power  of  the 
atmosphere,  which  is  modified  in  some  degree  by  temperature  effects  resultant 
within  the  leaf  from  chemical  activity,  transpiration,  and  from  the  absorption  of 
radiant  energy." 

[Report  on  the  progress  of  farm  crops  investigations]  {Missouri  Sta.  Bui. 
141    (1916),  pp.  29-31,  36-39,  fig.  1). — In  wheat  breeding  investigations  con- 


826  EXPERIMENT  STATTOHiT  RECORD.  IVoL  86 

ducted  in  1914  by  C.  B,  Hutchison  and  B.  M.  McDonald,  49  of  112  pure  lines  of 
wheat  selected  from  12  commercial  varieties  gave  larger  yields  than  the  variety 
from  which  they  were  selected.  Of  34  pure  lines  of  Mediterranean  16  yielded 
33.7  and  18,  23.5  bu.  per  acre  as  compared  with  28.68  bu.  for  the  commercial 
variety.  In  another  test  of  62  selections  from  hybrids  compared  with  their 
parents  and  with  pure  lines  selected  from  these  parents,  the  pure  lines  In  most 
cases  gave  the  better  yields. 

Selections  were  also  made  of  winter  oats  and  winter  wheat  in  connection  with 
work  carried  on  by  C.  B.  Hutchison,  E.  M.  McDonald,  and  A.  R.  Evans.  Winter 
Turf  and  Culbertson  winter  oats  came  through  the  winter  of  1913-14  in  good 
condition,  while  Argentine  Winter  and  Texas  Red  Rust  Proof  badly  winter- 
killed. The  varieties  of  winter  barley  under  experiment  were  Tennessee  Winter, 
Wisconsin  Winter,  Tenkan,  and  two-row  Hybrid. 

Studies  of  the  adaptation  of  the  important  types,  varieties,  and  regional  strains 
of  alfalfa  to  Missouri  conditions  and  cultural  experiments  with  soy  beans  were 
pursued  by  J.  C.  Hackleman.  In  1914,  when  a  severe  drought  reduced  the  yield 
of  alfalfa,  the  largest  total  yield,  2.25  tons  per  acre,  was  secured  from  seed 
which  came  from  Mongolia,  and  the  next  best  yield  was  secured  from  seed  of 
Minnesota  Grimm.  Good  yields  were  also  obtained  from  seed  from  France, 
Montana,  and  Bohemia.  The  yields  from  tests  of  different  rates  of  seeding  of 
soy  beans  were  placed  from  best  to  poorest  at  42, 104,  64,  and  82  lbs.  per  acre.  In 
trials  with  placing  the  rows  different  distances  apart  the  largest  yield  of  hay 
was  secured  with  the  distance  of  40  in.  between  the  rows,  foUowed  by  rows 
seeded  8,  24,  16,  and  32  in.  apart,  in  the  order  named. 

Sweet  clover  investigations  were  conducted  by  C.  B.  Hutchison,  J.  C.  Hackle- 
man, and  A.  R.  Evans.  A  dry  season  interfered  with  the  work.  A  viide  varia- 
tion in  the  percentage  of  hard  seed  in  the  samples  sown  was  observed.  Many 
samples  germinated  as  low  as  10  per  cent,  while  sulphuric  acid  treatment  in- 
creased the  germination  to  as  much  as  60  per  cent  in  some  cases.  The  best 
stands  were  obtained  by  seeding  alone  between  April  1  and  June  1  and  between 
August  15  and  September  1. 

A  study  of  spring,  summer,  and  fall  grown  crops  for  forage  was  made  by  J.  C. 
Hackleman  and  A.  R.  Evans.  The  best  combinations  of  fall-sown  crops  for 
winter  pastinre  and  spring  forage  were  rye  and  vetch  and  rye  and  crimson  clover. 
In  the  spring-sown  series  rape  proved  the  best  forage  crop,  both  in  growth  and 
in  drought  resistance.  In  a  summer-sown  series  harvested  in  October  very  little 
difference  in  weight  of  dry  forage  between  sorghum  and  cowpeas  and  cowpeas 
and  corn  was  observed.  There  was  a  larger  percentage  of  peas  in  the  corn  than 
in  the  sorghum,  although  the  seeding  of  peas  was  at  the  same  rate.  The  differ- 
ence In  yield  was  less  than  5  per  cent  of  the  total  in  favor  of  the  cowpea  mixture. 

Observations  on  the  relation  of  cowpea  growing  to  wheat  production  on  con- 
tinuously cropped  land,  made  by  0.  A.  LeClair,  indicated  that  where  wheat  is 
grown  continuously  and  cowpeas  are  planted  after  each  crop  a  better  yield  of 
wheat  is  obtained  than  if  the  soil  is  fallowed. 

In  experiments  with  corn  and  cowpeas,  conducted  by  M.  F.  Miller  and  C.  A. 
LeClair,  the  results  of  two  years'  work  showed  that  if  corn  and  cowpeas  are 
seeded  together  at  the  same  time  the  growth  of  both  plants  is  limited.  A  de- 
crease in  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  ear  of  corn  resulted  when  cowpeas 
were  planted  in  the  row  with  corn,  while  where  the  co^\'peas  were  drilled 
between  the  rows  at  the  last  cultivation  a  slight  increase  in  the  nitrogen  content 
of  the  ear  resulted.  For  the  two  years  there  was  also  an  increase  in  yield  of 
3  bu.  to  the  acre,  and  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  stover  in  proportion  to  that 
of  the  grain. 


19161  FIELD  CROPS.  827 

A  study  of  factors  influencing  the  development  of  the  maize  plant,  made  by 
M.  F.  Miller  and  J.  C.  Hackleman,  indicated  that  with  reference  to  both  mois- 
ture and  nutrition  the  second  period,  from  the  time  when  the  corn  is  normally 
laid  by  until  the  sillis  appear,  is  the  most  important  in  the  growth  of  the  plant. 
It  was  found  that  leaf  growth  was  influenced  more  than  stalli  growth  by  the 
variation  in  the  nutrient  elements.  With  reference  to  variation  in  the  moisture 
supply,  the  second  iwriod  was  generally  the  most  important  of  the  three  in  influ- 
encing ear  development  and  total  dry  matter.  The  lowest  water  requirement 
was  found  where  an  optimum  supply  was  maintained  during  the  first  period 
with  a  minimum  supply  during  the  last  two  periods,  while  the  highest  was 
observed  where  the  water  supply  was  kept  at  the  optimum  through  all  three 
periods. 

Farming  practice  in  the  sand  hills  section  of  Nebraska,  J.  Cowan  {Nebraska 
Sta.  Bui.  156  (1916),  pp.  67,  figs.  9).— A  brief  history  of  the  Valentine  substa- 
tion is  given,  the  sand  hills  section  of  Nebraska  and  the  farming  practices  fol- 
lowed are  described,  and  the  results  of  experiments  with  crops  and  with  crop 
management  are  presented. 

Alfalfa  is  reported  as  the  most  valuable  forage  crop  for  the  region,  exceeding 
all  clovers,  including  sweet  clover,  which  was  found  better  adapted  to  hardpan 
lands  than  to  the  sand  hills  lands.  Alsike  with  red  clover  seemed  well  adapted 
to  the  wet  valleys  of  the  region.  Stands  of  slender  wheat,  brome,  and  western 
wheat  grasses  were  secured  on  cultivated  ground,  but  the  production  of  hay  was 
small.  Sudan  grass  gave  a  yield  per  acre  of  1,667  lbs.  of  hay  on  light,  sandy 
soil  when  sown  in  rows  21  in.  apart,  and  1,649  lbs.  per  acre  when  sown  broad- 
cast. 

Among  the  grain  sorghums,  the  upright-headed  dwarf  milo  maize  yielded 
11.2  bu.  per  acre  on  light  soil  in  1913,  this  being  the  highest  yield  in  three  years. 
Corn  under  similar  conditions  yielded  13.6  bu.  per  acre,  the  best  yielding  variety 
being  Minnesota  No.  13.  Yields  per  acre  of  11.8  bu.  of  winter  rye,  11.5  bu.  of 
emmer,  and  11.3  bu.  of  winter  wheat,  are  recorded. 

The  leading  variety  of  potatoes  was  Irish  Cobbler.  The  best  depth  of  plant- 
ing in  light,  sandy  soil  was  from  4  to  5  in.,  the  best  spacing  of  rows  42  in.,  and 
the  best  spacing  of  plants  in  the  row  24  in.  Potatoes  from  seed  grown  under 
mulch  yielded  13  bu.  per  acre  more  than  those  from  seed  produced  in  the  ordi- 
nary way.  On  light,  sandy  soil  under  a  mulch  of  6  in.  of  hay,  the  yield  was 
increased  50  per  cent  as  compared  with  ordinary  methods  of  culture. 

The  data  pertaining  to  horticulture  and  forestry  are  noted  on  pages  835  to  842 
of  this  issue. 

The  work  of  the  San  Antonio  experiment  farm  in  1915,  S.  H.  Hastings 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Bur.  Plant  Indus.,  Work  San  Antonio  Expt.  Farm,  1915,  pp. 
It,  figs.  2). — A  report  is  given  of  work  continued  along  the  same  general  lines 
followed  in  preceding  years  (E,  S.  R.,  33,  p.  830).  The  seasonal  conditions  are 
noted,  the  meteorological  observations  made  at  the  station  from  1907  to  1915, 
Inclusive,  are  summarized  in  tables,  and  experiments  relating  to  rotation  and 
tillage,  the  culture  of  com,  cotton,  field  peas,  and  flax,  and  the  pasturing  of 
oats  are  described. 

Results  from  the  rotation  and  tillage  work  secured  thus  far  indicated  that 
the  time  of  plowing  has  been  of  more  consequence  than  the  effect  of  the 
preceding  crop,  and  that  plowing  should  be  done  early,  at  least  before  Jan- 
uary of  the  year  in  which  the  crop  is  to  be  planted.  Cotton  and  com  gen- 
erally gave  inferior  results  when  following  a  crop  of  sorghum. 

A  comparison  of  methods  of  soil  preparation  conducted  in  this  connection 
showed  that  disking  may  often  take  the  place  of  plowing  and  that  fall  disking 


828  EXPERIMENT   STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

may  be  preferable  to  spring  plowing.  In  1915  cotton  on  disked  corn  ground 
yielded  at  the  rate  of  696  lbs.  of  seed  cotton  per  acre,  while  cotton  on  spring- 
plowed  corn  ground  yielded  at  the  rate  of  464  lbs.  The  average  yield  of  seed 
cotton  per  acre  in  a  rotation  where  cotton  was  grown  on  disked  corn  land 
from  1910  to  1915,  inclusive,  is  reported  as  661  lbs.  as  compared  with  592  lbs. 
in  a  rotation  in  which  cotton  was  grown  on  spring-plowed  corn  land  and  629 
lbs.  in  the  rotation  where  cotton  was  planted  on  corn  l^nd  plowed  in  August 
of  the  preceding  year.  In  1915  subsoiling  apparently  decreased  slightly  the 
yields  of  all  crops,  and  for  the  period  from  1910  to  1915,  inclusive,  the  average 
yields  from  all  crops  were  also  slightly  less  on  land  subsoiled  than  on  land 
not  so  treated.  The  use  of  manure  gave  more  beneficial  results  on  land  used 
continuously  for  the  same  crops  than  where  crops  were  grown  in  rotation, 
and  it  had  a  more  favorable  effect  on  the  yields  of  cotton  than  on  those  of  other 
crops,  but  in  none  of  the  tests  was  the  increased  yield  suCicient  to  justify  the 
expense  of  the  treatment. 

Field  peas  planted  in  the  fall  of  1914  made  a  good  growth  during  the  vsanter 
and  produced  a  heavy  crop  for  turning  under  in  the  spring.  The  quantity  of 
green  material  produced  on  the  average  of  five  plats  was  estimated  at  10.6 
tons  per  acre.  On  one  plat  the  peas  yielded  at  the  rate  of  2,888  lbs.  of  field- 
cured  hay  per  acre.  In  these  experiments  cotton  yields  have  been  less  from 
the  plat  where  rye  was  used  as  a  green  manure  than  in  similar  rotations  where 
no  green  manuring  was  practiced. 

Growing  a  crop  in  alternate  years  with  clean  fallow  between  crops  was  not 
found  profitable  in  the  production  of  corn,  cotton,  or  oats  for  grain.  The 
method  resulted  in  lowering  the  yields  of  both  corn  and  cotton  as  compared 
with  the  yields  of  these  crops  grown  continuously  on  comparable  plats. 

In  studying  the  effect  of  rotation  and  tillage  on  root  rot  in  cotton,  it  was 
found  that  the  disease  is  less  serious  in  cotton  grown  in  rotation  with  other 
crops  such  as  corn  or  oats  than  when  grown  continuously  on  the  same  land. 
On  a  plat  cropped  continuously  to  cotton  for  seven  years  25.7  per  cent  of  the 
plants  died  from  root  rot  by  the  time  the  first  picking  was  made  in  1915,  and 
at  the  time  of  the  second  picking  about  six  weeks  later  49.7  per  cent  of  the 
total  number  of  plants  had  died.  The  damage  from  root  rot  on  this  plat  has 
increased  each  year  since  1912  when  only  about  1  per  cent  of  the  plants  suc- 
cumbed. On  plats  where  cotton  was  grown  on  fall-plowed  land  in  rotations, 
including  corn,  sorghum,  or  oats,  there  was  little  or  no  root  rot.  Other  results 
secured  indicated  that  the  application  of  barnyard  manure  has  a  tendency  to 
check  the  spread  of  the  disease.  It  was  further  observed  that  subsoiling  ap- 
peared to  have  a  tendency  to  reduce  the  injury  in  cotton  grown  on  spring- 
plowed  land,  but  it  is  not  believed  that  this  effect  of  subsoiling  would  offset 
the  cost  of  the  work. 

In  a  variety  test  with  corn  the  highest  yield  was  made  by  Laguna,  followed 
by  Brazos  and  Old  Glory,  both  Laguna  crosses.  In  a  test  of  planting  corn  in 
rows  at  different  distances  and  of  interplanting  with  cowpeas  it  was  found 
that  where  no  cowpeas  were  planted  between  the  rows  the  yield  of  corn  rose 
generally  as  the  distance  between  the  rows  increased,  the  highest  yield  being 
obtained  where  the  rows  were  7  ft.  apart  and  with  4,078  plants  per  acre,  and 
the  lowest  where  the  rows  were  4  ft.  apart  and  with  4,480  plants  per  acre. 
When  the  cowpeas  were  planted  after  the  corn  had  a  good  start  the  growing 
of  a  row  of  coviT)eas  between  the  rows  of  corn  did  not  lower  the  yield  of  corn. 

Cotton  grown  in  rows  3,  4,  5,  6,  and  7  ft.  apart  with  the  plants  about  6  in. 
apart  in  the  row  gave  an  average  yield  of  seed  cotton  about  50  per  cent 
greater  in  the  7-foot  rows  than  in  the  3-foot  rows. 


I91«l  FIELD  CROPS.  829 

Experiments  conducted  with  varieties  of  field  peas  indicated  the  Golden  Vine 
to  be  above  the  average  in  yielding  capacity.  Kaiser,  Gray  Winter,  Wisconsin 
Blue,  Andes,  and  Blue  Imperial  made  an  excellent  growth  and  appeared  to  be 
well  adapted  to  the  conditions. 

Results  obtained  with  flax  in  1915  indicated  that  for  conditions  similar  to 
those  at  San  Antonio  northern-grown  flax  varieties,  if  sown  in  the  winter, 
may  prove  as  promising  as  the  imported  winter  types.  C.  I.  No.  13,  the  only 
northern  strain  grown  in  nursery  rows,  appeared  most  promising  early  in  May. 
Smyrna  flax,  C.  I.  No.  30,  grown  on  a  field  plat  yielded  at  the  rate  of  11.9  bu. 
per  acre. 

The  results  of  an  experiment  on  using  oats  for  pasture  indicated  tliat  pastur- 
ing as  late  as  March  10  had  a  detrimental  effect  upon  the  yield  of  both  grain 
and  hay.  A  plat  pastured  from  February  7  to  February  20  gave  tlie  liigliest 
yield  of  grain  but  a  slightly  lower  yield  of  hay  than  plats  wliicli  were  not 
pastured. 

rarm  crops  work,  A.  C.  Hartenbowek  {Chiam  Sta.  Rpt.  11)15,  pp.  16-21, 
pis.  2). — A  general  description  is  given  of  work  with  cotton  and  forage  crop.s. 
The  requirements  of  a  successful  variety  of  corn  for  Guam  conditions  are  dis- 
cussed, and  the  results  of  trials  with  types  and  varieties  of  cotton  and  with 
grasses  and  other  forage  crops  are  reported. 

The  highest  yield  of  seed  cotton,  1,641  lbs.  per  acre,  was  secured  from 
Egyptian  Yuma.  The  Egj'ptian  type,  as  indicated  by  station  results,  appears 
superior  to  Sea  Island  under  the  prevailing  soil  and  climatic  conditions.  Ob- 
servations on  late  planting  and  on  ratooning  of  cotton  are  noted. 

Among  the  grasses  tested  Para  grass  gave  the  best  results.  Under  exception- 
ally dry  conditions  it  grew  about  3  ft.  high,  although  cut  about  every  five  weeks 
from  the  latter  part  of  April  to  the  end  of  June.  Feterita  and  Kafir  corn  were 
planted  November  12,  1914,  and  January  8,  1915.  In  the  first  test  feterita 
was  ready  for  harvesting  February  4,  1915,  and  Kafir  corn  about  8  days  Inter, 
while  in  the  second  test  feterita  reached  maturity  March  23,  1915,  and  Kafir 
corn  March  28.  The  first  crop  of  feterita  thus  required  84  days  to  mature 
and  the  second,  which  produced  considerably  less  forage,  only  74.  Soil  tests 
with  Paspalum  dilatatum  indicated  that  on  the  better  soils  this  grass  will  sup- 
port from  two  to  three  times  as  many  cattle  as  the  native  grasses.  On  the 
poorer  soils  it  was  found  that  heavy  pasturing  destroys  the  stand.  The  cost 
of  planting  Paspalum,  including  plowing  and  otherwise  preparing  the  soil 
and  hauling  and  setting  the  roots,  was  determined  to  be  about  ^16  per  acre. 

[Breeding  work  with  velvet  beans  and  com],  J.  Belling  {Florida  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  CVII-CXXXI,  figs.  3). — The  plant  breeding  work  pursued  during  the 
year  was  confined  largely  to  inheritance  and  selection  studies  with  velvet 
bean  hybrids,  including  the  fourth  and  fifth  generations.  Special  attention 
was  given  to  the  inheritance  of  mottling  of  the  seed  coat  and  the  breeding  of 
selected  lines  to  bring  about  constancy  in  this  character.  The  behavior  of  the 
character  in  the  different  generations  of  the  various  crosses  is  discussed  at 
some  length.  The  different  hybrids  studied  were:  Florida  X  Yokohama, 
Florida  X  Chinese,  Florida  X  Lyon,  and  Lyon  X  Florida. 

It  was  found  that  the  hybridized  seeds  on  the  parent  Florida  or  Lyon  plants 
were  indistinguishable  in  appearance  from  selfed  seeds  on  the  same  plant,  and 
the  author  therefore  regards  seed  mottling  as  a  somatic  character  of  the 
plant  which  bears  the  seeds.  The  Florida-Lyon  crosses  showed  remarkable 
variation  in  dominance  in  the  first  generation  and  some  of  the  second  genera- 
tion plants,  but  this  variation  seemed  to  occur  solely  with  mottling.  In  the 
third   generation   of   the   Lyon-Florida   cross   the   mottled   plants   were   often 


830  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

bicolor  and  more  or  less  inherited  the  parental  amount  of  pigment,  whl<ii  is 
considered  as  proving  that  there  are  three  genetic  differences  in  this  cross  con- 
cerned with  pigment  in  the  seed  coat. 

Data  secured  in  studying  the  inheritance  of  the  length  of  pod  in  the  Florida- 
Yokohama  cross  are  also  reported. 

In  breeding  corn,  crosses  were  made  between  the  best  West  Indian  variety 
and  the  best  varieties  of  north  Florida,  Georgia,  and  Alabama.  Selection 
was  made  for  pure  white,  flinty,  deep,  and  fairly  large  grains,  long,  compact, 
and  drooping  ears,  with  about  twelve  straight  rows  and  tightly  fitting  husks, 
narrow  cob,  and  two  good  ears  on  the  stalk.  In  the  fourth  generation  of 
a  cross  between  Mosby  and  Cuban  a  plant  was  found  meeting  all  the  re- 
quirements, but  in  the  fifth  generation  in  1915  some  undesirable  qualities 
appeared  which  are  to  be  eliminated  by  further  selection. 

A  cross  between  Cuban  field  corn  and  Black  Mexican  sweet  corn  was  selected 
for  white,  well-wrinkled,  translucent  grains,  ears  with  about  twelve  rows, 
and  good  growth  in  hot  weather.  A  tjrpe  of  sweet  corn  was  developed  which 
seems  to  grow  better  in  central  Florida  when  planted  late  than  either  Black 
Mexican,  Stowell  Evergreen,  or  Country  Gentleman. 

A  cross  between  Mosby  field  corn  and  Black  Mexican  sweet  corn  was  made 
for  the  purpose  of  developing  a  sweet  corn  having  white,  well- wrinkled,  trans- 
lucent, and  large  grains,  and  six-rowed,  long  ears.  The  selected  second- 
generation  stalk  was  six-rowed,  as  were  all  subsequent  ears. 

Commercial  varieties  of  alfalfa,  R.  A.  Oakley  and  H.  L.  Wkstoveb  (U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  Fanners'  Bui.  757  (1916),  pp.  24,  figs.  7). — This  describes  the  com- 
mercial varieties  of  alfalfa  as  divided  into  five  groups,  the  common,  Turkestan, 
variegated,  nonhardy,  and  yellow-flowered  groups.  The  history,  cultural  status, 
characters,  adaptation,  and  value  of  each  group  and  the  principal  varieties 
and  strains  it  includes  are  noted.  Varieties  and  strains  recommended  for 
various  sections  of  the  United  States  are  enumerated,  and  directions  for  pur- 
chasing seed  are  given.  Seed  production  and  possibilities  in  breeding  are 
briefly  discussed. 

Transplanting  alfalfa,  N.  E.  Hansen  {South  Dakota  Sta.  Bui.  167  (1916), 
pp.  424-445,  fi^s.  9). — This  bulletin  discusses  in  a  general  and  popular  way  the 
transplanting  of  alfalfa  by  means  of  transplanting  machines  and  by  hand, 
gives  directions  for  digging,  storing,  and  shipping  plants  for  transplanting, 
and  enumerates  the  reasons  why  the  practice  is  desirable. 

Report  on  com  and  cotton  varieties  at  the  Georgia  Experiment  Station  for 
1915,  C.  K.  McClelland  (Oeorgia  Sta.  Circ.  74  (1916),  pp.  8).— The  usual 
variety  trials  with  corn  and  cotton  for  the  year  1915  are  described,  and 
the  results  of  the  different  varieties  are  listed. 

The  16  varieties  of  corn  under  test  ranged  in  yield  from  24.3  bu.  to  33.7 
bu.  per  acre,  produced  by  Virginia  Ensilage  and  Steinheimer  Marlboro,  re- 
spectively. The  strains  of  Marlboro  corn  again  demonstrated  the  superiority 
of  the  variety.  The  earlier  maturing  varieties  such  as  Virginia  Ensilage, 
Mexican  June,  and  Hickory  King  appeared  at  the  foot  of  the  list. 

The  yields  of  45  short-staple  and  5  long-staple  varieties  of  cotton  are 
reported.  Cleveland  Big  Boll  ranked  first  in  yield  of  seed  cotton  per  acre, 
but  considerable  variation  in  the  different  strains  of  seed  of  this  variety 
was  observed. 

[Cane. — Fertilizer  and  composition  studies],  J.  M.  Scott  (Florida  Sta.  Bpt. 
1915,  pp.  XXIY-XXXI). — A  fertilizer  experiment  with  Japanese  cane,  pre- 
viously described  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  831),  is  reported  and  the  results  of  six  crops 
grown  since  1909  are  given  in  tables.  The  data  presented  confirm  earlier  con- 
clusions and  recommendations.  A  second  fertilizer  experiment  with  Japanese 
cane  begun  in  1914  is  briefly  described  and  the  first  year's  results  are  tabulated. 


^®^*1  FIELD  CROPS.  83 J^ 

Analyses  reported  of  maiden  cane  (Panicum  hemiHmomum)  at  different 
stages  of  maturity  show  that  during  the  early  stages  of  growth  this  grass  Is  rich 
in  feeding  value. 

Studies  on  oat  breeding.— IV,  Pure  line  varieties,  F.  M.  Surface  and  J 
ZiNN  {Maine  Sta.  Bui.  250  (1916),  pp.  95-11,8,  pla.  2,  figs.  5).-Thls  bulletin  de^ 
fines  and  illustrates  the  meaning  of  a  pure  line,  discusses  the  general  methods 
used  in  the  pure-line  breeding  of  cereals,  and  describes  work  in  oat  breeding 
begun  in  1910  with  460  individual  oat  plants  representing  18  different  com- 
mercial varieties.  A  method  used  for  correcting  the  yield  of  individual  plats  for 
differences  in  soil  fertility  is  also  briefly  outlined.  Similar  work  has  been  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  38;  35,  p.  33). 

By  means  of  selection  the  number  of  pure  linos  in  1915  had  been  reduced  to 
12,  representing  only  3  of  the  original  commercial  varieties.  Banner.  Irish  Victor, 
and  Imported  Scotch.  The  results  for  three  years,  given  in  tables,  show  that 
these  pure  lines  averaged  in  yield  80.8  bu.  per  acre  against  75.2  bu.  for  11  com- 
mercial varieties,  only  4  of  which  gave  a  better  yield  than  the  poorest  of  the  pure 
lines.  In  all  cases  the  average  yield  of  the  pure  lines  selected  from  a  given 
variety  exceeded  the  yield  of  the  parent  variety.  As  the  pure  lines  closely  re- 
semble their  respective  parent  varieties  in  morphological  characters,  such  as 
type  of  head,  character  of  grain,  and  other  features,  the  changes  in  the  physio- 
logical characters  which  result  in  higher  yield  are  regarded  as  not  necessarily 
associated  with  morphological  characters  in  the  plant  or  grain. 

Of  the  12  pure  lines,  Maine  340,  an  Irish  Victor  selection  with  an  especially 
stiff  straw,  a  high  weight  per  bushel  and  per  1,000  kernels,  and  a  relatively  low 
hull  percentage,  is  regarded  as  the  best  for  conditions  of  the  experiment, 
although  standing  second  in  average  yield.  Maine  355,  a  Banner  selection, 
ranked  second  in  value  and  gave  the  best  average  yield  of  any  of  the  lines,  but 
It  has  a  slight  tendency  to  lodge  on  heavy  soil.  Maine  247,  286.  and  357  appeared 
slightly  inferior  to  the  rest  in  yielding  capacity.  It  is  stated  that  each  of  the  12 
pure  lines  is  well  adapted  to  conditions  In  the  southern  and  central  part  of 
Maine,  and  that,  being  bred  from  single  plants,  they  tend  to  ripen  much  more 
evenly  and  are  more  uniform  in  all  their  characters  than  most  commercial 
varieties. 

Irish  potato  spraying,  H.  P.  Stuckey  and  B.  B.  Higgins  (Georgia  Sta.  Bui. 
125  (1916),  pp.  115-124.  fiffs.  4).— Spraying  tests  carried  on  in  1915  and  1916 
are  described  and  the  results,  including  the  cost  of  spraying  each  season,  are 
reported. 

Willie  the  outcome  of  the  two  years'  tests  is  not  regarded  as  warranting  very 
definite  conclnslons,  It  Is  considered  as  Indicating  that  early  blight  may  be  very 
destructive  and  that  during  such  seasons  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture  as 
•w^  as  arsenate  of  lead  may  be  practiced  success-fully.  Two  applications  of 
mixed  Bordeaux  and  arsenate  of  lead  were  found  sufficient  for  controlling  both 
early  blight  and  potato  beetles  on  early-maturing  varieties,  and  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  first  application  be  made  when  the  plants  are  about  6  to  8  in. 
high  and  the  second  about  three  weeks  later. 

Lime-sulphur  versus  Bordeaux  mixture  as  a  spray  for  potatoes,  IV,  M.  T. 
MuNN  (New  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  421  (1916),  pp.  S11-S17.  pi.  1;  abs.  (1916), 
pp,  2). — This  bulletin  describes  experiments  conducted  in  1915  in  continuation 
of  work  pursued  the  four  preceding  years  and  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33, 
p.  40). 

The  results  are  reported  as  agreeing  essentially  with  those  previously  ob- 
tained, showing  that  lime-sulphur  Is  harmful  rather  than  beneficial  to  potatoes. 
Bordeaux  mixture  prevented  tlpburn  to  a  considerable  extent,  made  the  foliage 


832  EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

darker  green,  prolonged  the  growing  period,  increased  the  yield,  and  materially 
checked  the  ravages  of  late  blight  caused  by  the  fungus  Phytophthora  infestans, 
while  lime-sulphur  aggravated  tipburn,  dwarfed  the  plants,  shortened  the  grow- 
ing period,  reduced  the  yield,  and  proved  valueless  as  a  preventive  of  the  disease. 
The  average  results  for  the  five  years  show  an  increase  of  68.8  bu.  of  market- 
able tubers  per  acre  ascribed  to  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture  as  compared 
with  a  decrease  in  yield  of  2.5.8  bu.  ascribed  to  spraying  with  lime-sulphur 
solution. 

Culture  of  rye  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  United  States,  C.  E.  Leighty 
(17.  iS.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  156  {1916),  pp.  16,  figs.  8).— This  describes 
varieties  of  rye  adapted  to  the  cotton  belt  and  the  Northern  States  in  the 
eastern  section  of  the  country,  and  discusses  the  production  of  the  crop.  The 
following  varieties  are  reported  as  having  given  an  excess  of  30  bu.  per  acre 
for  the  three  or  four  years  that  they  were  grown  at  Arlington  Farm,  Va. : 
Giant  Winter,  Abruzzes,  Arlington  Winter,  Virginia  Winter,  Mexican,  Rimpau, 
Ivanof,  and  Henry.  In  the  discussion  of  the  producing  of  the  crop  the  soils 
adapted  to  rye,  the  place  of  rye  in  the  rotation,  the  preparation  of  the  seed 
bed,  the  use  of  fertilizers,  preparation  of  the  seed,  time,  method,  and  rate  of 
seeding,  and  the  methods  of  harvesting  are  noted.  The  pests  affecting  the 
crop  and  their  control  are  also  briefly  mentioned. 

New  sorghum  varieties  for  the  central  and  southern  Great  Plains.  H.  N. 
ViNALL  and  R.  W.  Edwards  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  383  (1916),  pp.  15,  figs.  7).— 
A  description  is  given  of  Dwarf  hegari.  Improved  feterita.  Dwarf  feterita, 
W^hite  milo  maize,  and  Schrock  Kafir  corn,  and  a  comparison  is  shown  in  a 
table  of  the  field  records  of  these  sorghums  at  Chillicothe  and  Amarillo,  Tex., 
from  1913  to  1915,  inclusive,  and  at  Hays,  Kans.,  for  the  years  1914  and  1915. 
The  three-year  period  included  a  wet  year,  a  dry  year,  and  one  of  average 
weather  conditions.  The  value  of  the  varieties  in  different  portions  of  the 
Great  Plains  is  discussed  and  general  conclusions  are  drawn. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  Schrock  Kafir  corn  has  a  long  growing  season  and 
therefore  yields  best  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  Great  Plains.  While  pro- 
ducing good  yields  under  favorable  conditions  it  does  not  furnish  at  the  same 
time  a  good  quality  of  grain,  as  its  seeds  contain  an  appreciable  amount  of 
tannin.  Dwarf  hegari  is  recommended  for  the  whole  sorghum  region  in 
Texas  lying  south  and  east  of  the  Panhandle.  Dwarf  feterita  and  Improved 
feterita  gave  better  results  than  ordinary  feterita  and  are  regarded  as  generally 
promising  a  larger  grain  yield  than  either  Dwarf  milo  maize  or  Dwarf  Kafir 
corn  on  the  high  plains  of  northwestern  Texas,  western  Kansas,  and  eastern 
Ck)lorado.  White  milo  maize  produced  very  satisfactory  yields  of  grain  and 
while  the  fodder  furnished  is  rather  inferior  in  quality,  it  is  considered  worthy 
of  more  extensive  planting  in  northwestern  Texas,  western  Oklahoma,  western 
Kansas,  eastern  Colorado,  and  western  Nebraska. 

A  study  of  Colorado  wheat,  II,  W.  P.  Hbiadden  (Colorado  Sta.  Bui.  217 
(1916),  pp.  3-46). — The  work  here  reported,  conducted  in  1915,  is  in  continua- 
tion of  investigations  carried  on  in  1913  and  described  in  Bulletin  208  of  the 
station,  already  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33.  p.  637).  A  study  of  the  composition  of  the 
wheat  plant  and  the  effects  of  fertilizers  are  presented,  together  with  a  general 
statement  of  the  weather  conditions  for  the  two  seasons.  No  further  study  of 
the  bacteriology  of  the  soil  reported  in  the  bulletin  mentioned  was  made.  A 
summary  of  the  results,  including  the  data  collected  in  1913,  is  given. 

The  land  used  for  these  experiments,  as  determined  in  1913,  contained  a  liberal 
supply  of  total  potash,  101.6  tons  in  the  upper  2  ft.  of  soil,  with  approximately 
1  ton  available  at  that  time.  The  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid-soluble  potash 
indicated  over  25  tons  available.     The  citric  acid-soluble  phosphoric  acid  was 


^^1®1  FEBLD  CBOPS.  833 

about  1,400  lbs.  and  the  hydrochloric  acid-soluble  9.800  lbs.  The  total  nitrogen 
found  in  the  same  depth  of  soil  was  8,240  lbs.  While  the  nitrogen  was  not  con- 
sidered remarlsably  high,  it  was  shown  that  a  very  considerable  portion  of  it 
actually  existed  in  the  soil  in  the  form  of  nitric  nitrogen  at  the  time  of  planting, 
the  upper  2  ft.  containing  nitric  nitrogen  equivalent  to  211  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate! 

The  power  of  this  soil  to  fix  nitrogen  was  discussed  in  previous  publications 
(E.  S.  R.,  25,  pp.  814,  815).  It  was  found  at  that  time  that  in  27  days  a  sample 
of  this  soil  simply  Ijept  in  a  moderately  warm  room  gained  4.82  mg.  of  nitrogen 
for  each  100  gm.  of  soil,  or  48  parts  per  million;  this  was  equivalent  to  the 
addition  of  192.8  lbs.  of  nitrogen  or  of  about  1,100  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate  to  an 
acre-foot  of  soil  in  one  month. 

In  both  seasons  the  effects  of  irrigation  on  the  distribution  of  the  nitrates  were 
determined.  On  April  29,  1913,  before  irrigation,  a  soil  sample  in  the  upper 
4  ft.  was  found  to  contain  nitric  nitrogen  etiuivalent  to  1,908  lbs.  of  sodium 
nitrate,  while  another  sample  taken  the  same  day  from  the  same  depth  of  soil 
contained  the  equivalent  of  471  lbs.,  but  with  a  total  additional  equivalent  of 
721  lbs.  in  the  seventh,  eighth,  and  ninth  foot.  On  June  27,  13  days  after  irriga- 
tion, the  upper  4  ft.  of  three  different  sections  of  soil  were  found  to  contain  162, 
91,  and  156  lbs.,  respectively,  with  a  maximum  of  30  lbs.  below  4  ft.  in  three 
borings  talien  to  a  depth  of  12  ft.,  and  a  minimum  of  zero.  The  season  of  1913 
had  a  high  rainfall  in  general,  but  with  long  periods  witiiout  any  precipitation, 
while  in  1915  the  total  rainfall  was  as  large  again  and  well  distributed  in  a  suc- 
cession of  light  showers  throughout  the  season.  Soil  samples  taken  at  the  end 
of  June,  1915,  were  found  to  contain,  even  in  the  fourth  foot,  nitric  nitrogen  as 
high  as  equivalent  to  48  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate,  while  by  August  3,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  ripening  of  the  grain,  the  surface  foot  contained  the  equivalent  of 
only  about  20  lbs.,  the  minimum  found  in  the  fourth  foot  at  this  time  being  zero. 
Samples  taken  from  fallow  ground  on  August  3,  1915,  showed  a  nitric  nitrogen 
content  equivalent  to  285.5  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate,  while  a  sample  from  cropped 
land  taken  to  the  same  depth  at  the  same  time  gave  an  equivalent  of  46.9  lbs. 
"  The  crop,  either  by  preventing  the  formation  of  the  nitrates  or  by  using  them 
up,  had  made  a  difference  equal  to  238.6  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate  in  this  depth  of 
soil." 

Investigations  showing  the  nitrifying  efficiency  of  this  soil  have  been  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  814;  30,  p.  818).  Three  sets  of  soil  samples 
taken  from  fallow  land  to  a  depth  of  19  in.  on  August  1,  1913,  showed  a 
nitric  nitrogen  content  equal  to  542.43  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate  per  acre.  The 
nitric  nitrogen  of  samples  taken  the  same  date  from  cropped  land  to  a  depth 
of  2  ft.  corresponding  to  101.2  lbs.,  and  samples  taken  December  4,  1914,  to  a 
depth  of  19  in.  on  the  same  plat,  after  harvesting  a  crop  of  wheat  August  6, 
irrigating  the  land  August  28,  and  plowing  it  November  14,  gave  an  equivalent 
of  299.35  lbs.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  difference  in  nitric  nitrogen  as  com- 
pared with  the  fallowed  land  was  equal  to  243  lbs.  of  sodium  nitrate  in  favor 
of  the  latter,  and  that  the  difference  between  299.35  lbs.  and  101.2  lbs.  of 
sodium  nitrate  gives  an  approximation  to  the  difference  in  the  amount  of 
nitric  nitrogen  in  the  upper  2  ft.  of  soil  on  August  1  and  December  4.  Studies 
along  this  line  more  closely  followed  in  1915  gave  similar  and  equally  positive 
results.  The  cropped  land  again  contained  its  minimum  amount  of  nitric 
nitrogen  about  August  1.  Data  arranged  in  tables  indicate  a  rapid  fall  of  the 
nitric  nitrogen  in  the  cropped  land  from  the  middle  of  May  to  the  beginning  of 
August,  or  during  the  growing  period  of  the  plant. 

The  total  nitrogen  was  also  determined  and  the  data  secured  are  given  in 
tables,  without  interpretation  of  the  results  because  of  the  difficulty  of  obtain- 
ing samples  of  soil  varying  by  less  than  the  amount  of  nitrogen  concerned  In 


834  EXPEKIMENT  STATION   RECOBD.  [Vol.85 

this  study.  A  study  of  150  sq.  ft.  of  soil  sampled  by  taking  a  core  from  the 
center  of  each  square  foot  to  a  depth  of  12  in.  brought  out  the  fact  that  it  was 
rarely  the  case  that  contiguous  square  feet  of  soil  showed  so  small  a  difference 
in  total  nitrogen  as  0.001  per  cent.  The  actual  difference  reached  0.0354  per 
cent,  or  more  than  35  times  as  much  as  would  have  a  considerable  significance 
in  the  development  of  the  crop,  if  present  in  the  form  of  nitric  nitrogen. 

A  study  of  the  effect  on  the  composition  of  the  plant  of  different  amounts  of 
water  applied  to  the  soil,  the  composition  of  two  series  of  samples  which 
received  30.77  in.  of  water  in  all,  24  in.  irrigation  and  6.77  in.  rainfall,  being 
compared  with  the  composition  of  16  series  grown  with  18.77  in.  of  water,  12  in. 
irrigation  and  6.77  in.  of  rainfall,  brought  out  no  differences  in  the  amount  of 
nitrogenous  compounds  in  the  plants  that  could  be  attributed  to  the  varying 
amounts  of  water  applied.  In  1915,  when  the  crop  again  received  about  19  in. 
of  water,  differences  in  the  composition  of  the  plants  up  to  the  end  of  July 
were  considered  due  to  the  fact  that  plants  were  thoroughly  moistened  by 
application  of  water  almost  daily  as  the  result  of  the  prevailing  weather  con- 
ditions. Later  the  abundant  development  of  rust  as  a  result  largely  of  the 
moisture  on  the  plants  began  to  play  a  still  more  important  part  in  this  direc- 
tion. The  general  effect  was  to  suppress  all  forms  of  nitrogen  present  in  the 
plant  as  well  as  the  ash  constituents  throughout  its  growing  period.  The 
size  of  the  plants  and  the  percentage  of  dry  matter  were  not  materially  differ- 
ent in  the  two  seasons. 

The  very  different  weather  conditions  prevailing  during  the  two  seasons  are 
believed  to  have  demonstrated  that  the  observed  effects  of  the  fertilizers 
applied  in  1913  are  independent  of  the  weather.  It  is  further  stated  that 
while  the  weather  conditions  of  1915  made  great  differences  in  both  the  nitro- 
gen compounds  and  ash  constituents  of  the  plants,  they  did  not  obscure  the 
effect  of  the  nitrogen  applied  on  the  total,  or  the  proteid  nitrogen,  or  the  silicon, 
or  the  ash  constituents  in  general.  The  same  is  regarded  true  with  respect  to 
the  effects  of  phosphorus  and  potassium.  It  is  stated  that  the  effect  of  the 
application  of  nitrogen  was  to  increase  the  nitrogen  in  all  parts  of  the  plant, 
to  reduce  the  percentage  of  dry  matter  and  the  percentage  of  silicon,  to  increase 
the  percentage  of  potassium,  calcium,  and  magnesium,  as  a  rule,  to  increase 
also  the  total  ash,  and  to  remain  neutral  relative  to  the  amount  of  phosphorus 
in  the  plant.  The  application  of  nitrogen  is  reported  also  as  increasing  the 
height  of  the  plant,  the  length  of  the  head,  and  the  color  of  the  plant,  but  as 
not  increasing  the  kernels  per  spikelet.  Phosphorus  seemed  to  be  indifferent 
to  or  possibly  tended  to  depress  the  amount  of  the  nitrogen  in  the  different 
parts  of  the  plant,  and  the  same  was  true  of  potassium,  except  that  this 
element  showed  a  stronger  tendency  to  depress  the  nitrogen.  Both  phos- 
phorus and  potassium  depressed  the  phosphorus  in  the  plant.  These  ef- 
fects upon  the  composition  of  the  plant  were  apparently  not  changed  by  the 
weather  conditions.  The  effect  of  the  application  of  nitrogen  in  the  form  of 
sodium  nitrate  in  the  production  of  flinty  and  often  shrunken  kernels  was  not 
changed  in  the  wet  season  of  1915,  The  weather  conditions  of  1915  as  com- 
pared with  those  of  1913  are  further  considered  as  having  been  without 
material  effect  on  the  occurrence  of  yellow-berry.  The  attack  of  rust  seemed 
to  affect  materially  the  course  of  the  chemical  changes  that  took  place  after 
the  early  part  of  August,  1915,  as  compared  with  those  taking  place  during 
the  ripening  period  of  the  plant  in  1913. 

Distinguishing  characters  of  the  seeds  of  Sudan  grass  and  Johnson  grass, 
F.  H.  HiLLMAN  iU.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  406  {1916),  pp.  5,  figs.  5).— This  bulletin 
enumerates  and  describes  the  distinguishing  characters  of  seeds  of  Sudan  grass 
and  Johnson  grass,  and  points  out  the  apparent  exceptions  to  these  characters. 


1916]  HORTICULTURE.  835 

Second  annual  report  of  the  state  grain  laboratory  of  Montana,  A.  Atkin- 
son and  B.  W.  Whitlock  {Montana  Sta.  Bui.  108  {li)15),  pp.  129-US,  fiys.  7).— 
The  work  of  the  year  ended  September  30,  1915,  included  the  huiidliuj,'  of  2,570 
seed  samples,  of  wjhich  2,306  were  tested  for  germination  and  purity,  maliing 
160  laboratory  and  field  tests  to  determine  the  percentage  of  germination  of 
hard  seeds  of  legumes,  inspecting  35  fields  of  flax  and  one  of  alfalfa  grown  from 
pedigreed  seed,  conducting  milling  and  baking  tests  of  wheat,  and  collecting 
data  on  the  more  important  weeds  of  the  State.  The  results  of  tlie  different 
tests  are  tabulated,  and  the  number  of  seed  samples  of  12  common  crops  tested 
for  purity  and  containing  seeds  of  the  50  most  common  weeds  are  listed. 

The  New  Jersey  seed  law,  J.  P.  Helyab  (New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  59  (1916), 
pp.  S-12). — The  text  of  the  1916  act  regulating  the  sale  of  agricultural  seeds  in 
New  Jersey  is  given  and  requirements  are  explained. 

Weed  control,  J,  P.  Helyab  {New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  60  {1916),  pp.  S-12). — 
A  popular  article,  treating  briefly  of  the  weed  problem  in  general  and  presenting 
notes  on  the  classification  of  weeds,  methods  of  control  including  the  control 
of  dodder  and  of  weeds  in  lawns,  and  the  use  of  chemical  weed  destroyers. 

HORTICULTURE. 

Fungoid  and  insect  pests  of  the  farm,  F.  R.  Pethekbridge  {Cambridge, 
England:  University  Press,  1916,  pp.  VII+17-i,  figs.  5.'f). — A  practical  treatise 
on  farm  and  garden  diseases  and  pests  and  their  control.  The  work  covers 
general  farm  crops  as  well  as  fruits  and  vegetables. 

[Fruits,  vegetables,  and  lawns  in  the  sand  hills],  J.  Cowan  {Nebraska  Sta. 
But.  156  {1916),  pp.  60-65). — Suggestions  are  given  relative  to  varieties  and 
cultural  practices  based  upon  work  conducted  at  the  Valentine  Substation. 

Suggestions  to  growers  and  shippers  of  fruits  and  vegetables  as  to  the  best 
methods  of  preparation,  loading,  stowing,  stripping,  and  bracing  for  safe 
transportation  {Com.  Ry.  and  S.  S.  Refrig.,  Anier.  Assoc.  Refrig.  Bui.  3  {1916), 
pp.  SI,  figs.  27). — A  compilation  of  information  dealing  with  various  phases  of 
the  transportation  problem  as  affecting  the  shipment  of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

Report  on  the  statistics  of  vineyards,  orchards  and  gardens,  and  root  crops 
for  the  season  1915-16,  W.  L.  Johnston  {So.  Aust.  Statis.  Dept.  Bui.  3  {1916), 
pp.  6). — A  statistical  report  on  the  area  and  production  of  vineyards,  orchards 
and  gardens,  and  root  crops  for  the  season  1915-16,  including  comparative  data 
for  the  previous  four  years. 

Guide  and  catalogue  of  the  Madagascar  Experiment  Station  at  Ivoloina 
{Guide  et  Catalogue  de  la  Station  de  V Ivoloina.  Tananarivo:  Govt.,  1916,  pp. 
23,  pi.  1). — In  addition  to  general  information  relative  to  the  station,  a  de- 
scriptive catalogue  is  given  of  economic  plants  grown  there. 

Asparagus  in  California,  the  culture,  marketing  problems,  and  history, 
W.  F.  Bailey  {State  Com.  Market  Cat.  Bui.  1  {1916),  pp.  25).— A  short  general 
account  of  the  fresh  asparagus  and  asparagus  canning  industries  of  California, 
including  a  discussion  of  methods  employed,  cost  of  production,  and  marketing 
statistics. 

Studies  on  the  dying  out  of  pepper  vines  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies.— II, 
Pepper  cultivation  in  Banka,  A.  A.  L.  Rutgeks  {Dept.  Landb.,  Nijv.  en  Handel 
[Dutch  East  Indies^,  Meded.  Lab.  Plantenziekten,  No.  19  {1916),  pp.  36,  pis. 
16).— In  continuation  of  a  previous  paper  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  349)  results  are 
given  of  a  survey  of  the  pepper  industry  in  Banka,  including  the  history  and 
extent  of  the  industry,  methods  of  cultivation,  and  prevalent  diseases  and  pests 
of  peppers. 


836  EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECORD.  [Vol.35 

A  genetic  study  of  plant  height  in  Phaseolus  vulgaris,  R.  A.  Emebson 
(Nebraska  Sta.  Research  Bui.  7  {1916),  pp.  8-73,  figs.  16). — In  this  paper  the 
author  analyzes  the  factors  concerned  in  height  of  plants  in  beans  and  discusses 
the  mode  of  inheritance  of  these  factors  as  determined  by  a  study  of  the  progeny 
of  crosses  between  pole  and  bush  beans  of  varying  heights.  The  methods  em- 
ployed in  breeding,  making  records,  etc.,  are  described  in  detail  and  a  biblio- 
graphy of  cited  literature  is  given. 

The  results  of  the  investigations  as  a  whole  show  that  pole  and  bush  beans 
differ  in  a  single  character,  habit  of  growth.  Bush  beans  are  determinate  and 
pole  beans  indeterminate  in  growth  habit.  The  indeterminate  habit  of  growth 
is  fully  dominant  to  the  determinate  habit.  Following  the  Mendelian  ratio  the 
determinate  habit  is  constant  in  F«,  while  some  indeterminate  Fj  plants  breed 
true  in  Fs  and  others  segregate  again  into  pole  and  bush  plants.  In  addition  to 
their  indirect  relation  to  habit  of  growth  the  two  characters,  number  of  inter- 
nodes  and  internode  length,  are  in  a  way  distinct  from  habit  of  growth.  There 
are  distinct  types  of  both  bush  and  pole  beans  in  respect  to  both  number  of  inter- 
nodes  and  internode  length.  Crosses  of  bush  beans  of  different  internode 
lengths,  as  well  as  crosses  of  pole  beans  of  different  internode  lengths,  result  in 
an  intermediate  condition  in  Fi  and  a  wider  range  of  variation  in  Fj  with  respect 
to  internode  length. 

In  a  short  pole  bean  and  tall  bush  bean  cross,  tall  pole  beans  are  dominant  in 
Fi.  Some  of  the  pole  bean  segregates  have  fewer  and  shorter  internodes  than 
the  pole  bean  parent  and  some  of  the  bush  bean  segregates  have  more  and  longer 
internodes  than  the  bush  bean  parent.  Similar  results  follow  when  a  tall  pole 
bean  is  crossed  with  a  short  bush  bean.  The  dominance  of  indeterminate 
over  determinate  habit  of  growth  is  interpreted  just  as  are  other  simple  Men- 
delian results,  namely,  on  the  basis  of  a  single  dominant,  genetic  factor  for 
the  difference  between  the  parents  in  habit  of  growth.  The  intermediate  height 
in  Fi  and  the  wide  range  of  variation  in  F2,  from  a  cross  between  two  bush 
beans  or  between  two  pole  beans  of  different  heights,  are  interpreted  in 
accordance  with  the  multiple-factor  hypothesis.  Segregation  into  three  plants 
with  indeterminate  habit  to  one  of  determinate  habit,  accompanied  by  an  in- 
creased range  of  variation  in  height  of  both  classes  of  segi'egates  when  a  short 
pole  bean  is  crossed  with  a  tall  bush  bean  or  tall  pole  bean  with  a  short  bush 
bean,  is  interpreted  by  a  combination  of  the  single-factor  and  the  multiple- 
factor  hypotheses,  or  by  what  may  be  termed  a  modified  multiple-factor  hypo- 
thesis, the  modification  consisting  merely  in  the  assumption  of  inequality  in 
dominance  and  inequality  in  potency  between  the  factors. 

The  author  believes  that  this  modified  multiple-factor  hypothesis  affords  a 
more  simple  and  direct  interpretation  of  the  results  in  these  crosses  than  does 
the  hypothesis  of  a  single  unit-difference  between  all  pole  and  bush  beans,  which 
necessitates  the  further  assumption  that  the  unit-factor  is  modified  commonly, 
though  irregularly,  in  crosses  between  pole  and  bush  beans. 

The  fruit  industry  in  New  York  State,  compiled  by  E.  van  Alstyne  (N.  T. 
Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  79  {1916),  pts.  1,  pp.  627-981,  pis.  2,  figs.  124;  2,  pp.  981-1432, 
pis.  14,  figs.  189). — This  bulletin  comprises  as  a  whole  a  manual  of  information 
relative  to  the  fruit  industry  of  New  York  State.  The  subject  matter  has  been 
prepared  by  various  horticultural  investigators,  both  within  and  without  the 
State,  as  well  as  by  many  practical  fruit  growers.  Part  1  treats  of  the  fruit 
Industry  of  the  State  in  all  its  phases,  followed  by  detailed  information  relative 
to  the  commercial  production  and  handling  of  apples.  Part  2  treats,  in  a  man- 
ner similar  to  apples,  of  pears,  peaches,  cherries,  plums,  prunes,  quinces,  grapes. 
and  small  fruits.    The  bulletin  concludes  with  an  article  on  fruits  in  the  home. 


19161  HORTICULTURE.  837 

Notes  on  Argentine  fruit  culture,  C.  D.  Gikola  (Bol.  Min.  Agr.  [Bueno$ 
Aires],  20  (1916),  No.  5-6,  pp.  S6-'f-311,  pis.  6).— This  comprises  descriptive 
notes  on  a  number  of  fruits  commonly  grown  in  Argentina. 

[Progress  report  on  horticultural  investigations]  (Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  Ht 
(1916),  pp.  32,  33,  34-36). — This  comprises  concise  statements  of  progress  made 
along  various  lines  of  horticultural  work  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1915. 

In  the  orchard  nutrition  studies  by  J.  C.  Whitten  and  C.  C.  Wiggaus  no  data 
were  secured  on  peaches,  spring  frosts  having  killed  the  buds.  In  a  part  of 
the  work,  which  was  conducted  in  pots  containing  south  Missouri  soil,  nitrogen 
applied  as  a  fertilizer  seemed  to  increase  the  number  of  apples  on  young  trees 
just  beginning  to  bear.  At  the  same  time  apple  blight  attacked  more  severely 
the  trees  fertilized  with  nitrogen.  No  appreciable  results  were  secured  with 
potash  or  phosphoric  acid,  either  alone  or  in  combination  with  nitrogen,  the 
complete  mixture  being  somewhat  better  than  the  single  elements,  except 
nitrogen. 

The  results  of  the  cooperative  spraying  experiments  have  been  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  45). 

In  the  work  of  breeding  peaches  for  hardy  sorts  by  J.  C.  Whitten  a  few  of 
the  earlier  crosses  came  into  bearing.  During  the  past  winter  a  self-fertilized 
Lewis  tree  was  able  to  bring  16  per  cent  of  its  buds  through  a  temperature  of 
— 12.8°,  whereas  on  all  of  the  leading  commercial  varieties  at  least  98  per  cent 
were  killed  and  in  most  cases  100  per  cent. 

Observations  on  the  self-fertility  and  self-sterility  of  fruits  by  J.  C  Whitten 
and  C.  C.  Wiggans  indicate,  as  previously  noted,  that  the  commercial  varieties 
of  apples  show  a  tendency  to  self-sterility,  especially  in  certain  years. 

Studies  on  fruit  bud  development  of  fruit  trees  as  influenced  by  treatments 
and  previous  crops  by  C.  C.  Wiggans  were  started  in  1913  on  the  varieties  Gano, 
Rome,  and  Jonathan,  the  spurs  which  set  fruit  being  labeled  in  July.  A  record 
of  these  spurs  taken  in  1914  shows  that  a  great  majority  of  the  spurs  on  trees 
of  these  varieties  are  not  able  to  bear  fruit  two  years  in  succession.  The  work 
was  extended  to  additional  varieties  in  1915.  During  the  winter  and  early 
spring  of  1915  several  freezing  point  determinations  of  sap  from  spurs  bearing 
fruit  in  1914  and  also  from  spurs  not  bearing  in  1914  were  made.  In  every  case 
the  sap  from  bearing  twigs  froze  at  a  lower  point  than  from  nonbearing  twigs. 
At  the  same  time  the  variety  and  the  kind  of  soil  seemed  to  have  considerable 
influence.  The  sap  studies  were  continued  throughout  1915.  Some  young  Jona- 
than apple  trees  were  etherized  at  various  times  to  determine  the  effect  on  fruit 
bud  formation,  but  up  to  June  30,  1915,  etherization  had  not  resulted  in  any 
increase  in  sap  concentration. 

A  test  of  fall  v.  spring  planting  of  fruit  trees  by  J.  C.  Whitten  has  shown  the 
advantage  of  fall  transplanting  over  spring  transplanting  to  be  more  marked  In 
the  case  of  cherries  than  in  any  other  fruit,  although  previous  results  indicating 
the  advantage  of  fall  planting  over  spring  planting  for  other  hardy  fruit  varie- 
ties have  been  confirmed. 

Fruit  tree  root  systems,  A.  B.  Ballantyne  (Utah  Sta.  Bui.  US  (1916),  pp. 
S-15,  figs.  5).— This  reports  a  study  of  a  number  of  root  systems  of  fruit  trees 
removed  from  an  orchard  damaged  by  seepage  conditions  in  the  soil. 

An  examination  of  the  root  systems  indicate  that  fruit  trees  may  ordinarily 
be  expected  to  send  their  roots  deeply  into  the  ground  if  the  water  supply  is 
not  too  plentiful,  especially  near  the  surface,  and  the  ground  water  level  Is 
not  too  high.  The  natural  depth  of  fruit  tree  roots  as  indicated  in  this  study 
is  probably  near  the  height  of  the  tree.  The  method  and  amount  of  watering 
will  alter  the  general  shape  of  the  root  system  and  make  it  essentially  a  deep- 


838  EXPEEIMENT  STATION  BECOED.  IVol.  35 

rooted  tree  or  a  shallow-rooted  one.  Properly  spreading  the  recta  at  planting 
time  may  assist  in  developing  a  more  symmetrical  root  system.  In  applying 
irrigation  water  the  amount  of  water  should  be  sufficient  to  keep  the  surface 
moist  without  adding  to  the  supply  below. 

Recent  developments  in  spraying  practices,  P.  J.  Pabbott  {Moat.  Fruit 
Growers'  Assoc.  Rpt.,  22  (1916),  pp.  79-120). — A  paper,  with  a  discussion  fol- 
lowing, in  which  the  author  considers  the  spraying  problems  confronting  the 
fruit  gi'owers  of  New  York  State  and  methods  that  have  been  employed  by 
the  New  York  State  Experiment  Station  to  meet  these  problems.  The  subject 
matter  is  discussed  under  the  general  headings  of  the  plant  lice  injurious  to 
apple  foliage  and  fruit,  insects  that  factor  in  the  grading  of  apples,  the  insec- 
ticidal  properties  of  various  sulphids  and  polysulphids,  compatibilities  of  com- 
mon insecticides,  and  the  cost  of  spraying  in  the  upkeep  of  an  apple  orchard. 

A  study  of  variation  in  apples  during  the  g^rowing  season,  W.  E.  White- 
house  (Oregon  Sta.  Bui.  134  (1916),  pp.  3-13). — This  bulletin  gives  a  summar- 
ized account  of  an  investigation  conducted  to  determine  whether  there  are 
more  or  less  definite  periods  when  apples  under  Oregon  conditions  make  their 
main  increase  in  bulk  and  other  periods  when  their  characteristic  color  mark- 
ings are  developed. 

Summing  up  the  detailed  data  secured  by  measurements  of  apples  represent- 
ing four  distinct  pomological  groups,  the  author  finds  that  apples  tend  to  make 
a  gradual  increase  in  diameter  from  the  commencement  of  growth  with  a 
correspondingly  greater  increase  in  volume  as  the  diameter  increases,  and 
consequently  actually  greater  increases  in  volume  occur  during  the  latter  part 
01  the  growing  season  than  in  the  early  stages. 

In  the  case  of  color  development  there  is  a  time  during  the  middle  of  the 
growing  season  when  color  is  less  developed  than  in  the  early  stages  of  growth. 
A  large  part  of  the  coloring  matter  of  apples  is  deposited  shortly  before  picking 
time.  From  the  viewpoint  of  securing  higher  color  it  is  suggested  that  picking 
could  often  be  delayed  several  days  to  advantage. 

In  view  of  the  steady  gradual  increase  in  size  the  ideal  cultural  conditions 
are  those  which  provide  a  constant  supply  of  moisture.  The  author  also  found 
that  the  relative  size  and  the  general  shape  as  between  individual  apples  In 
the  early  stages  of  growth  is  maintained  to  the  picking  time.  Consequently, 
in  thinning  apples  undesirable  shapes  and  the  smaller  fruits  should  be  removed. 

The  packing  of  apples  in  barrels  and  boxes,  W.  H.  Wolff  (N.  H.  Col.  Ext. 
Bui.  7  (1916),  pp.  32,  figs.  43). — In  addition  to  a  technical  account  of  methods 
of  packing  apples  in  barrels  and  boxes,  the  author  reviews  the  legal  measures 
which  have  been  taken  in  this  country  to  regulate  the  gi-ading  and  packing  of 
apples.  The  text  of  the  United  States  apple  grading  law  and  the  Massachusetts 
apple  packing  and  grading  law  is  appended. 

Cranberry  improvement,  F.  P.  Schlatteb  (Proc.  Amer.  Cranberry  Growers' 
Assoc.,  47  (1916),  pp.  12-16). — In  this  paper  the  author  discusses  methods  of 
improving  the  cranberry  through  plant  selection  and  propagation,  seed  selec- 
tion and  propagation,  and  crossbreeding,  and  outlines  investigations  to  be 
conducted  along  this  line  under  the  direction  of  the  New  Jersey  Experiment 
Stations. 

The  direct  bearers  of  the  National  School  of  Agriculture,  Montpellier, 
G.  Verge  (Ann.  Ecole  Nat.  Agr.  Montpellier,  n.  ser.,  H  (1914),  ^os.  1,  pp.  25-80; 
2,  pp.  81-168,  figs.  IS). — A  summary  of  observations  made  during  the  past 
fifteen  years  on  direct-producing  hybrid  grapes  growing  In  the  Montpellier 
experimental  vineyard,  previously  noted  from  another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  31, 
p.  238). 


19161  HORTICULTI'RE.  839 

The  history  of  the  Viticultural  Station  of  Lausanne,  1880-1916.  H.  Fais 
and  F.  PoRCHET  (La  Station  Viticole  Cantonale  Vauduuie  de  Lausanne  di$  Sa 
Fondation  d  Son  Transfrrt  <)  la  Coiif^dr'-ratiott  Suisse,  tHS6~l'JI6.  Lauxanne: 
Dept.  Vaud.  Agr.,  1916,  pp.  107,  pis.  2,  figs.  72).— This  comprises  a  retrosiwctive 
study  of  the  Viticultural  Station  of  Lausanne  with  reference  to  its  <)r;;»iiiza- 
tion,  investigations,  publications,  and  participation  In  the  development  and 
protection  of  tlie  Swiss  vineyard  industry. 

Vitic\ilture  in  South  Africa,  A.  I.  Perold  (Intcmat.  Inst.  Agr.  [Rome], 
Intemat.  Rev.  Set.  and  Pract.  Agr.,  7  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  ISO).— A  descriptive 
account  in  which  the  author  discusses  the  history  of  viticulture  in  South 
Africa,  the  distribution  of  vineyards,  climatic  and  soil  conditions,  culture, 
vine  diseases  and  insect  pests,  methods  of  fertilization,  utilization  of  American 
stoclis  and  self-bearers,  grafting  and  nursery  work,  elTects  of  grafting  on  the 
quantity  and  the  quality  of  the  grapes  and  wine,  varieties,  methods  of  wine 
making,  viticultural  products,  the  labor  question,  government  aid  for  pro- 
moting the  industry,  and  statistics. 

Investigation  on  the  nitrogen  nutrition  of  the  olive,  L.  Petri  (Atti  R. 
Accad.  Econ.  Agr.  Oeorg.  Firenze,  5.  ser.,  IS  {1916),  No.  S,  pp.  138-147).— The 
author  finds  that  the  nitrogen  content  of  flowering  branches  on  which  the 
flowers  were  fertile  averaged  from  2.119  to  2.37  per  cent  of  the  dry  weight, 
whereas  in  flowering  branches  in  which  the  ovaries  were  abortive  the  nitro- 
gen content  was  only  0.72  to  0.924  per  cent  of  the  dry  weight.  The  investiga- 
tion also  shows  that  where  there  is  only  a  limited  quantity  of  nitrates  in  a 
soil  poor  in  organic  matter,  there  is  a  large  development  of  mycorrhlza. 
Where  nitrates  occur  in  abundance  the  rapid  growth  of  the  rootlets  furnish 
an  important  check  to  the  infection  of  mycorrhlza. 

The  investigation  as  a  whole  suggests  that  nitrogen  should  be  applied  to 
olive  trees  in  a  readily  available  form,  both  on  account  of  its  effect  in  pro- 
ducing fertile  fruit  buds  and  in  view  of  its  influence  in  checking  mycorrhlza. 
If  nitrogen  is  furnished  in  less  available  forms  the  rootlets  gi-ow  less  rapidly  and 
permit  of  the  invasion  of  fungus  growth. 

Citrus  experimental  grove,  S.  E.  Collison  {Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
XCIX-CI). — In  continuation  of  previous  reports  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  48),  measure- 
ments are  given  showing  the  average  gain  in  diameter  of  trees  from  June, 
1909,  to  June,  1915,  growing  on  various  fertilizer  plats  in  the  citrus  experi- 
mental grove.  The  data  are  accompanied  by  notes  on  the  condition  and  treat- 
ment of  the  grove. 

Report  of  plant  physiologist,  B.  F.  Floyd  {Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
XXXII-XLVIII). — Experiments  to  determine  the  influence  of  certain  sources 
of  ammonia  and  phosphoric  acid  upon  the  growth  of  grapefruit  seedlings  grown 
in  sand  and  in  field  soil  were  continued  (E.  S.  R.,  33.  p.  48).  The  results  from 
the  sand  culture  experiments  described  in  1914  are  compared  with  those  secured 
in  1913  and  the  following  conclusions  are  deduced : 

Dried  blood  is  superior  to  the  other  sources  of  ammonia  used  for  producing 
vegetative  growth.  When  used  in  combination  with  dried  blood,  phosphoric 
acid  from  different  sources  varies  the  amount  of  growth  but  little.  In  combina- 
tion with  ammonia  from  mineral  sources,  however,  phosphoric  acid  from  differ- 
ent sources  causes  a  large  difference  in  amount  of  growth.  Basic  slag  gave 
the  best  results  as  a  source  of  phosphoric  acid  when  used  in  combination  with 
ammonia  from  mineral  sources.  The  acid  combination  (sulphate  of  ammonia- 
acid  phosphate— high  grade  sulphate  of  potash),  produced  the  smallest  amount 
of  growth  of  any  of  the  combinations,  but  the  amount  of  growth  from  this  com- 
bination was  largely  increased  when  lime  was  added.  The  amount  of  growth 
69107°— No.  9—17 4 


840  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.86 

produced  by  dried  blood  +  acid  phosphate  +  high  grade  sulphate  of  potash  was 
not  increased  by  the  addition  of  lime.  The  addition  of  lime  alone  to  the  soil 
produced  a  growth  greater  than  that  produced  by  the  above-named  acid  com- 
bination, but  not  so  large  as  that  produced  by  this  combination  plus  lime. 

The  results  secured  in  the  field  soil  experiments  conducted  in  191.5  were  not 
parallel  with  those  secured  in  1914,  practically  all  the  fertilizer  plats  in  1915 
showing  a  better  growth  than  the  check  plats,  whereas  in  1914  the  majority 
of  the  fertilizer  combinations  produced  less  growth  than  the  check  plats.  Thin 
is  attributed  largely  to  the  fact  that  the  experiments  were  conducted  at  different 
times  of  the  year.  The  results  for  the  two  years  are  here  presented  without 
discussion.     The  work  is  to  be  continued. 

A  comparison  of  some  citrus  conditions  in  Plorida,  Cuba,  and  California, 
H.  S.  Fawcett  {Mo.  Bui.  Com.  Hort.  Cal.,  5  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  321-SS7,  figs. 
10). — In  this  article  the  author  briefly  discusses  some  of  the  differences  in 
horticultural  conditions  and  practices  in  California,  Cuba,  and  Florida,  with 
special  reference  to  citrus  culture. 

Citrus  trees,  T.  W.  Bkown  and  L.  H.  Gough  {Cairo:  Min.  Agr.  Egypt,  1915, 
pp.  19,  pis.  4)- — This  paper  contains  instructions  for  the  cultivation  and  man- 
agement of  citrus  trees,  together  with  notes  on  insect  pests  found  attacking 
such  trees  and  methods  of  control. 

Report  on  the  work  of  the  Malang  Experiment  Station  for  1915,  T.  Wukth 
(Meded.  Proefstat.  Malang,  No.  12  {1915),  pp.  23). — A  progress  report  on  in- 
vestigations dealing  largely  with  rubber  and  coffee. 

Keeping  chestnuts  over  winter  {Amer.  Nut  Jour.,  5  {1916),  No.  4,  pp.  43, 
52). — This  note  describes  methods  employed  by  three  different  nut  growers  in 
carrying  seed  chestnuts  through  the  winter. 

Studies  in  Juglans. — III,  (a)  Further  evidence  that  the  oak-like  walnut 
originates  by  mutation,  (b)  A  parallel  mutation  in  Juglans  hindsii,  E.  B. 
Babcock  {Univ.  Cal.  Pubs.  Agr.  Sci.,  2  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  11-80,  pis.  2).— In  this 
paper  the  author  presents  further  evidence  to  show  that  the  oak-like  walnut 
{J.  calif omica  quercina)  originated  as  a  mutant  from  J.  calif ornica  rather  than 
as  a  hybrid  between  the  walnut  and  oak  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  pp.  46,  338).  A  parallel 
mutation  in  J.  hindsii  is  also  discussed. 

Drug  plant  culture  in  1916,  W.  W.  Stockbergeb  {Jour.  Amer.  Phartn.  Assoc, 
5  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  1068-1075,  figs.  5).— A  paper  on  this  subject  read  before  the 
scientific  section  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  at  Atlantic  City, 
in  1916. 

Roses  for  the  home,  F.  L.  Mulford  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  150 
(1916),  pp.  36,  figs.  21). — A  general  treatise  on  rose  growing  for  pleasure  and 
for  the  beautification  of  the  home  grounds.  Roses  for  the  lawn,  border,  arbor, 
trellis,  cutting,  and  other  ornamental  purposes  are  considered  with  reference  to 
varieties,  soil  preparation,  methods  of  planting,  and  training.  Consideration  is 
also  given  to  methods  of  propagation  and  insect  remedies.  A  section  on  the 
fungus  diseases  of  roses,  prepared  by  Flora  W.  Patterson,  is  included. 

Shade  trees,  hardy  shrubs,  roses,  perennials,  and  other  ornamental  plants 
recommended  for  Maine,  C.  L.  Wilkins  and  S.  H.  Eaton  {Bui.  [Mainel  Dept. 
Agr.,  15  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  33,  pi.  1,  figs.  6). — A  descriptive  list  of  ornamental 
plants  which  the  authors  have  found  through  years  of  experience  and  observa- 
tions to  be  adapted  to  Maine  conditions. 

Pruning  shade  trees,  H.  F.  Major  {Missouri  Sta.  Circ.  81  {1916),  pp.  6, 
figs.  3). — A  popular  circular  discussing  reas(ms  for  pruning,  pruning  with 
reference  to  tree  structure,  and  varieties  of  trees  adapted  for  planting  on  lawn 
and  street 


191«1  FORESTRY.  841 

Book  of  garden  plans,  S.  F.  Hamblin  {Garden  City,  N.  Y.:  Douhleday,  Page 
d  Co.,  1916,  pp.  XII +134,  pis-  31,  figs.  56).— This  work  contains  twenty  blue- 
print plans  with  directions  and  planting  lists  for  each,  IncludinR  photoKraphs 
illustrating  the  basic  idea.  The  subjecti;  considered  are  the  farm  home  of  live 
acres,  village  home  of  five  acres,  planting  a  small  suburban  lot,  shrul*  planting 
for  a  village  h6me.  rose  garden,  bowlder  wall  with  vines,  arbor  with  vines, 
small  informal  garden,  poppy  bed,  naturalistic  rock  garden,  natural  rock  garden, 
American  wall  garden,  naturalistic  water  garden,  artificial  water  garden,  wood- 
land garden,  wild  planting,  annual  garden,  formal  garden  of  Japanese  plants, 
border  of  fragrant  flowers,  and  special  color  border.  A  final  chai)ter  gives  in- 
formation on  the  practical  side  of  gardening,  the  trees,  plants,  shrubs,  vines, 
etc.,  for  various  conditions,  cost  estimating,  time  for  planting,  and  other  details. 

FORESTRY. 

Farm  forestry,  J.  A.  Febguson  (New  York:  John  Wilei/  d  Sons,  Inc.,  1916,  pp. 
VIII +241,  pis.  62,  figs.  5). — This  work,  which  is  based  largely  on  the  literature 
of  the  subject,  deals  with  the  care  and  management  and  the  utilization  of 
the  products  of  the  farm  woodlot.  It  has  been  prepared  primarily  for  use 
in  agricultural  colleges  and  liigh  schools. 

County  or  community  working  plans  as  a  basis  for  woodlot  extension 
work,  W.  D.  Stekrett  (Forestry  Quart.,  14  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  467-^70).— In  this 
paper  the  author  outlines  a  plan  whereby  both  Federal  and  state  forest 
agencies  may  cooperate  with  other  public  agencies  in  the  development  of 
county  or  community  working  plans  with  reference  to  woodlot  and  forest 
problems. 

New  topographic  survey  methods,  J.  H.  and  F.  R.  Bonnek  (Forestry  Quart., 
14  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  433-440,  pi.  1,  figs.  5).— This  paper  describes  new  methods 
in  making  topographic  surveys  as  developed  largely  on  the  National  Forests. 

A  historical  study  of  forest  ecology;  its  development  in  the  fields  of 
botany  and  forestry,  K.  H.  Boerker  (Forestry  Quart.,  I4  (1916),  No.  3,  pp. 
380-432). — This  comprises  the  introductory  portion  of  a  series  of  investigations 
in  forest  ecology  carried  on  in  1914-15  by  the  author  at  the  University  of 
Nebraska.  The  present  paper  includes  a  discussion  of  the  historical  develop- 
ment of  plant  ecologj'  and  silviculture,  a  historical  summary  of  these  subjects, 
and  a  bibliography  of  related  hterature. 

Notes  on  a  method  of  studying  current  growth  per  cent,  B.  A.  Chandleb 
(Forestry  Quart.,  14  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  453-460,  figs.  2).— The  method  here  de- 
scribed in  detail  consists  in  determining  the  diameter  for  the  last  five  and 
ten  years  for  each  diameter  breast  high  class  and  producing  a  curve  through 
these  points  for  the  next  ten-year  period. 

The  intermittent  annual  growth  of  woody  plants,  A.  B.  Stout  (Jour.  N.  Y. 
Bot.  Gard.,  11  (1916),  No.  201,  pp.  147-152,  pi.  1).—A  popular  discussion  of 
various  types  of  annual  growth  with  special  reference  to  intermittent  seasonal 
growth  as  observed  in  our  common  trees  and  shrubs. 

The  botanical  and  chemical  characters  of  the  eucalypts  and  their  correla- 
tion.— First  report  of  the  committee,  H.  E.  Armstrong  et  al.  (Rpt.  Brit.  Assoc. 
Adv.  Sei.,  1915,  pp.  97-116,  pis.  2).— This  comprises  summaries  of  the  following 
investigations  conducted  with  reference  to  the  botany  and  chemistry  of 
eucalypts  on  behalf  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science : 
The  Botanical  and  Chemical  Characters  of  the  Eucalypts  and  Their  Corre- 
lation, by  R.  T.  Baker  and  H.  G.  Smith  (pp.  97-lOG)  ;  The  Development  of 
the   Genus   Eucalyptus,   by   R.   H.   Cambage    (pp.   106-108);   The  Correlation 


842  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.36 

Between  Specific  Characters  of  the  Tasmanian  and  Australian  Eucalypts,  by 
R.  T.  Baker  and  H.  G.  Smith  (pp.  108,  109)  ;  The  Cotyledons  and  Seedling 
Leaves  of  the  Eucalypts,  by  C.  Hall  (pp.  109-113)  ;  and  Notes  on  the  Evo- 
lution of  the  Genus  Eucalyptus,  by  E.  C.  Andrews  (pp.  113-115).  A  summary 
by  the  investigating  committee  as  a  whole  is  also  included.  A  bibliography  of 
related  literature  is  appended. 

Euphorbia  tirucalli,  G.  Scasseulati-Sforzolini  (Agr.  Colon.  [Italyl,  10 
{1916),  Nos.  4,  pp.  161-186;  5,  pp.  217-234;  6,  pp.  284-308,  pis.  IS,  figs.  4)-— A 
monograph  on  this  latex-yielding  species  with  reference  to  its  botany  and  dis- 
tribution, products,  and  economic  utilization. 

Manurial  experiments  with  Hevea  rubber,  R.  D.  Anstead  {Planters'  Chron., 
11  {1916),  Nos.  12,  pp.  132-135;  13,  pp.  144-146) .—The  results  are  given  of 
manurial  experiments  with  rubber  conducted  at  the  Kerala  Estate  during  the 
years  1914-15.  The  results  for  the  two  years  indicate  an  increased  yield  from 
manure  properly  applied.  It  is  concluded,  however,  that  the  experiment  must 
run  for  several  years  to  determine  whether  the  increased  yield  will  offset  the 
cost  of  manuring. 

[Tree  culture  in  the  sand  hills  section],  J.  Cowan  {Nebraska  Sta.  Bui.  156 
{1916),  pp.  7,  8,  55-60). — Some  of  the  more  practical  results  of  tree  planting 
experiments  conducted  at  the  Valentine  Substation  are  reported,  together  with 
suggestions  dealing  with  planting  operations,  cultural  methods,  and  varieties. 

The  experiments  with  trees,  which  have  been  conducted  since  1911,  show  that 
the  best  quick-growing  trees  are  Norway  poplar,  cottonwood,  and  box  elder. 
Of  the  slower  growing  deciduous  trees  the  American  elm  and  honey  locust  have 
done  best.  The  Russian  olive  has  given  fair  satisfaction  as  a  lawn  tree. 
Of  the  conifers  bull  pines  have  given  the  best  results.  For  tree  culture  in  the 
Band  hills  country  clean  cultivation  and  the  preservation  of  an  earth  mulch 
was  found  to  be  more  essential  than  watering. 

The  forestry  situation  in  Virg'inia,  R.  C.  Jones  {Va.  Geol.  Com.,  Off.  State 
Forester,  Forestry  Leaflet  9  {1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  7). — A  brief  statement  relative 
to  the  forest  situation  and  important  forest  problems  of  Virginia. 

The  aims  of  the  new  state  forestry  department,  R.  C.  Jones  {Va.  Oeol. 
Com.,  Off.  State  Forester,  Forestry  Leaflet  6  {1916),  pp.  3-17).— An  outline  of 
the  proposed  activities  of  the  Virginia  state  forestry  department. 

Observations  on  the  woods  of  the  Guindos  hacienda,  F.  Albebt  {Bol. 
Basques,  Pesca  i  Caza,  3  {1915),  No.  1-4,  pp.  320,  pi.  1,  figs.  6).— This  work 
comprises  as  a  whole  observations  and  data  covering  some  seven  years  on  the 
forest  and  woodlands  on  a  large  hacienda  in  Chile.  The  information  given 
includes  a  description  of  the  various  tracts  and  the  species  comprising  them, 
a  large  number  of  tree  measurements,  and  conclusions  relative  to  the  man- 
agement of  these  woods. 

Contribution  to  the  distribution  of  the  wild-growing  ligneous  plants  of 
Switzerland. — III,  Distribution  of  woody  species  in  the  Canton  of  Grisons, 
P.  K.  Hageb  {Erhebungen  iiber  die  Verbreitung  der  wildicachsenden  Holzarten 
in  der  Schweiz.  Ill,  Verbreitung  der  loildwachsenden  Holzarten  im  Vorder- 
rheintal  {Kanton  Oraubiinden).  Bern:  Schweiz.  Dept.  Innern,  1916,  pp.  331, 
pla.  6). — This  is  the  third  of  a  series  of  studies  dealing  with  the  native  woody 
flora  of  Switzerland,  conducted  under  the  direction  of  the  Swiss  Inspection  of 
Forests,  Hunting,  and  Fisheries  and  the  Botanical  Museum  of  the  Federal 
Polytechnique  School.  The  present  study  takes  up  the  ligneous  plants  of  the 
Canton  Grisons. 

Part  1  discusses  the  geography,  orography,  geology,  and  climate  of  the 
region;  part  2  comprises  a  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  woody  species;  part  3 


19161  FORESTRY.  843 

ilescrlbes  various  plant  combinations  and  successions  and  their  aspects ;  pnrt  4 
gives  an  account  of  the  njrricultural  conditions  In  the  reRion ;  and  part  5 
reviews  the  principal  results  of  the  investipiticm  with  reference  to  land  and 
plant  geography.  A  number  of  supplementary  charts,  togetlier  with  a  bibliog- 
raphy on  the  subject,  is  appended. 

Report  of  the  division  of  forestry  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  Forestry 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1916,  C.  S.  Judd  {Hawaii.  Forester  and 
Agr.,  IS  {1916),  No.  8,  pp.  28^-286).— A  concise  report  covering  the  operations 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  Juno  30,  191G,  principally  along  the  line  of  forest  pro- 
tection and  forest  extension.  At  tlie  close  of  the  year  tlie  total  amount  of 
forest  lands  in  tlie  Territory  in  forest  reserves  amounted  to  798,229  acres. 

Notes  on  state  forestry  in  Ireland,  II.  R.  MacMillan  {Forestry  Quart.,  14 
{1916),  No.  3,  pp.  461-466). — A  popular  descriptive  account  of  the  organization 
and  activities  pertaining  to  state  forestry  in  Ireland. 

Report  on  the  knowledge  of  forest  conditions  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra, 
P.  VAN  ZON  {Boschbouick.  Tijdschr.  Tcctona,  9  {1916),  No.i.  4,  pp.  251-268,  pi. 
1;  5,  pp.  349-374;  6,  pp.  429-448,  pi.  i).— An  account  of  forest  types,  forest 
management,  and  luml)ering  activities  on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra. 

Annual  progress  report  on  forest  administration  in  the  Western,  Eastern, 
and  Kumaun  Circles  of  the  United  Provinces  for  the  forest  year  1914—15, 
P.  H.  Clutterbuck,  H.  G.  Bixlson,  and  F.  F.  R.  Channer  {Ann.  Rpt.  Forest 
Admin.  West.,  East.,  and  Kumaun  Circles  [India},  1914-15,  pp.  71+LXVII+7). — 
The  usual  progress  report  relative  to  the  constitution,  management,  and  admin- 
istration of  the  state  forests  in  the  "Western,  Eastern,  and  Kumaun  Circles  of 
the  United  Provinces,  including  a  financial  statement  for  the  forest  year  1914-15. 

All  important  data  relative  to  forest  areas,  foi-est  surveys,  working  plans, 
forest  protection,  miscellaneous  work,  yields  in  major  and  minor  forest  prod- 
ucts, revenues,  expenditures,  etc.,  are  appended  in  tabular  form. 

Cost  of  logging  large  and  small  timber,  W.  W.  Ashe  {Forestry  Quart.,  14 
{1916),  No.  3,  pp.  441-452,  figs.  4)- — In  this  paper  data  are  given  to  sliow  for 
several  of  the  different  steps  of  a  sawmill  operation  the  comparative  cost  of 
handling  trees  and  logs  of  different  sizes,  and  also  to  call  attention  to  the  field 
of  utility  of  the  results  as  a  factor  to  be  considered  in  determining  the  cost  of 
producing  lumber  and  as  a  potent  argument  in  certain  cases  in  favor  of  leaving 
the  small  trees  to  grow  to  a  larger  size  for  future  cutting.  The  results  here 
given  are  recorded  merely  as  preliminary  to  intensive  studies  along  this  line. 

Helps  in  marketing  waste,  J.  T.  Harris  {Jour.  N.  Y.  State  Forestry  Assoc., 
3  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  12-14,  fig-  1)- — A  popular  account  of  assistance  rendered  by 
the  Forest  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  other  forest  agencies, 
end  lumber  organizations  in  finding  a  market  for  and  the  utilization  of  waste 
material  resulting  from  various  wood-using  industries. 

The  preservation  of  wood,  G.  he  la  Praille  {Rev.  G&n.  Chim.,  19  {1916), 
Nos.  1-2,  pp.  1-16,  figs.  11;  3-4,  pp.  41-50). — A  review  of  the  present  knowledge 
relative  to  methods  of  preserving  wood  from  decay  as  developed  in  different 
countries. 

The  preservative  treatment  of  farm  timbers,  G.  M.  Hunt  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Farmers'  Bui.  744  (1916),  pp.  32,  figs.  jf7).— This  publication  supersedes  Farmers' 
Bulletin  387,  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  22,  p.  740).  the  subject  matter  having 
been  revised  and  brought  up  to  date.  It  discusses  the  nature  of  decay,  methods 
of  prolonging  the  life  of  posts  without  the  use  of  preservatives  and  by  means  of 
preservatives,  and  methods  of  prolonging  the  life  of  other  forms  of  farm  timbers. 


844  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

DISEASES  OF  PLANTS. 

The  control  of  experimental  conditions  in  phytopathological  research,  A.  A. 
Potter  (Phytopathology,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  81-88). — The  author  calls  attention 
to  the  necessity  for  the  improvement  of  methods  of  phytopathological  research  in 
order  that  experiments  may  be  more  definitely  controlled. 

Effect  of  meteorological  conditions  on  development  of  plant  diseases,  II, 
G.  N.  DoROGiN  (Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  3-5,  fig.  l).-— 
This  is  the  second  report  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  840)  on  the  meteorological  conditions 
in  the  region  of  Petrograd  in  connection  with  plant  diseases.  It  covers  the 
spring  months  of  1915. 

Report  of  the  assistant  plant  pathologist,  C.  D.  Sherbakoff  (Florida  Sta. 
Rpt.  1915,  pp.  XCIV-XCVIII).—A  brief  report  is  given  of  investigations  begun 
by  the  author,  the  principal  ones  being  in  connection  with  seed  bed  diseases  of 
celery  and  tomatoes.  While  a  number  of  diseases  of  these  truck  crops  are  de- 
structive in  parts  of  Florida,  the  work  has  been  carried  on  chiefly  with  damping 
off.  This,  the  author  thinks,  is  due  to  several  organisms,  among  them  a  Rhizoc- 
tonia,  a  Fusarium,  a  species  of  Gloeosporium,  and  Sclerotinia  libertiana.  Brief 
notes  are  given  on  the  prevailing  fungus  diseases  of  a  number  of  vegetables. 
These  include  lettuce  drop,  early  blight  of  celery,  Phomopsis  of  eggplants, 
Cercospora  spots  of  peppers,  cucumber  rust,  and  tomato  rust. 

Notes  on  parasitic  fungi  in  Wisconsin,  I,  II,  III,  J.  J.  Davis  (Trans.  Wis. 
Acad.  Sci.,  Arts,  and  Letters,  18  (1915),  pt.  1,  pp.  18-109,  251-211).— The  three 
parts  of  this  contribution  are  supplemental  to  a  provisional  list  and  give  some- 
what detailed  discussion  of  a  large  number  of  forms.  Some  of  these  species 
are  claimed  to  be  new,  while  others  are  provisionally  so  considered.  Several 
species  not  previously  reported  for  Wisconsin  are  listed,  also  additional  hosts 
of  these  fungi.     Alphabetical  indexes  of  hosts  are  also  given. 

On  fungus  parasites  of  cultivated  plants,  V.  Kazanovskii  (Khoziaistvo, 
1915,  p.  696;  ahs.  in  Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  4,  p.  124).— U 
is  stated  that  many  Russian  varieties  of  wheat  and  a  minority  of  introduced 
ones  are  attacked  by  yellow  rust. 

A  survey  of  plant  parasites  in  1913  in  the  Province  of  Tula,  N.  P.  Tbusova 
(Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  35-56).— During  the  wet 
summer  of  1913  in  the  Province  of  Tula,  Russia,  the  author  observed  152  differ- 
ent diseases  on  cultivated,  and  102  on  wild,  plants.  These  include  many  well- 
known  fungus  enemies  of  field  and  forage  crops  and  of  garden,  orchard,  and 
forest  plants.     Several  new  species  are  also  described. 

New  species  of  mycoflora  in  the  Province  of  Astrakhan,  found  in  1914, 
S.  Shembel  (Szembel)  (Mat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  4,  pp. 
107-112,  figs.  10). — The  author  gives  descriptions  of  four  species  which  are  con- 
sidered as  new  and  named  respectively  Didymosphwria  (Didymclla)  alhaginis 
on  Alhagi  camelorum,  supposedly  the  winter  stage  of  Septoria  alhaginis,  previ- 
ously reported  by  the  author  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  842)  ;  Rhabdospora  dodartice  and 
Hendersonia  dodartice  on  Dodartia  orientalis;  and  Cercospora  zygophylli  on 
Zygophyllum  fabago. 

A  Gymnosporangium  with  repeating  spores,  J.  C.  Arthue  (Anier.  Jour. 
Bot.,  3  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  40-45,  fig.  1). — Evidence  is  presented  and  discussed 
regarding  the  supposed  identity  of  Uredo  nootkatensis  and  /Ecidium  sorbi,  the 
name  proposed  for  the  new  combination  being  O.  nootkatensis. 

The  physiological  relation  of  the  powdery  mildews  to  their  hosts,  G.  M. 
Reed  (Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  14 1  (1916),  p.  25). — A  brief  summary  is  given  of  in- 
vestigations of  powdery  mildews  in  relation  to  their  hosts,  22  varieties  of  wheat 
having  been  tested,  all  but  3  of  which  gave  100  per  cent  infection.    Two  varieties 


J0161  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  845 

remained  entirely  Immune,  while  another  gave  75  per  cent  Infection.  Most  of 
the  varieties  tested  belonged  to  the  si>eoies  Triticitm  durum  and  T.  vulgnrc 

The  oat  mildew  was  tested  on  6  sinx-ies  and  varictk's  of  Avona,  and  wltli  one 
exception  (.4.  barbatn),  these  tests  pive  100  ix-r  cent  infection.  Additional  tests 
were  made  with  both  the  wheat  and  the  oat  mildew  on  varieties  studli'd,  with 
results  that  confirm  previous  work  (E.  S.  U..  Xi.  p.  244). 

Bacterial  blights  of  barley  and  certain  other  cereals,  L.  K.  Jones,  A.  G. 
Johnson,  and  C.  S.  Reddy  {Science,  n.  ser.,  J,^  (1916),  No.  113^,  pp.  4.'{2,  438 ; 
abs.  in  Phytopathology,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  p.  98).— A  brief  account  Is  given  of  a 
bacterial  di.sease  of  barley  which  Is  characterized  by  water-soaked  lesions  with 
a  bacterial  exudate  on  the  leaf  sheaths  and  glunie.s.  Laboratory  and  field  studies 
have  been  made  of  the  organism,  which  appears  to  be  a  species  of  I'scudomonas. 

Similar  diseases  have  been  found  and  studle<l  on  wheat,  spelt,  and  rye,  and 
from  each  of  these  hosts  the  causal  organism  has  been  Isolated  and  Its  patho- 
genicity fully  determined.  The  organisms  from  the.se  three  sources  are  believed 
to  be  all  one  species  which  is  quite  similar  to  the  barley  blight  organism. 

A  detailed  account  of  the  study  of  barley  blight,  together  with  a  technical 
description  of  the  organism,  is  expected  to  appear  soon. 

B>egarding  the  changes  in  the  chemical  composition  of  rye  resulting  from 
the  activity  of  certain  Fusarium  forms,  A.  PomaskiI  (Hat.  Mikol.  i  Fitopittol. 
Ross.,  1  (1915),  No.  4,  pp.  77-106). — Analytical  and  biological  study  of  the  dis- 
ease of  grain  known  in  Russip  as  "  drunk  bread  "  is  said  to  have  shown  that 
in  the  cases  under  investigation  F.  roseum  and  F.  subulatum  were  present.  It  Is 
thought  that  other  species  may  be  concerned  in  this  trouble. 

F.  roseum  and  F.  subulatum  appear  to  act  similarly  on  grains,  di.ssolving 
starch  and  decomposing  albumins.  Loss  of  these  substances,  and  in  a  less  degree 
of  others,  totaled  in  cultures  one  month  old  25.1  per  cent.  Great  changes  were 
also  noted  in  the  pentosan,  fiber,  and  fat.  There  was  a  decrease  of  the  iodln 
number  and  an  increase  of  the  acid  number.  Among  the  products  of  the  decom- 
position of  the  albumins  was  a  toxin,  probably  a  nitrogenous  glucosld.  Further 
study  is  to  be  made  of  this  toxin  and  of  other  products  of  the  action  of  certain 
Fusarium  forms. 

Observations  on  the  pathological  morphology  of  stinking  smut  of  wheat, 
M.  F.  Babsus  (Phytopathology,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  21-28,  figs.  3).— An  oppor- 
tunity having  been  presented  to  watch  the  development  of  plants  in  experimental 
plats  in  reference  to  control  of  the  stinking  smut  of  wheat,  caused  by  Tilletia 
fwtens,  the  author  made  a  careful  study  of  the  plants  from  the  time  they  were 
in  bloom  until  harvest.  The  symptoms  of  the  various  parts  of  the  host  as  In- 
fluenced by  the  parasite  are  described  at  length. 

Grain  smut  investigation  and  control,  G.  M.  Reed,  Emma  B.  Mundy,  and 
N.  M.  GiBBs  (Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  141  (1916),  p.  26). — Continuing  previous  work 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  245),  experiments  were  conducte<l  to  determine  the  rate  of 
infection  of  bunt  in  wheat,  the  susceptibility  of  the  various  species  of  oats  to 
loose  smut,  the  relation  of  early  and  later  planting  of  oats  to  the  amount  of 
smut,  and  the  effect  of  temperature,  soil  conditions,  depth  of  planting,  and 
germination  of  seed  on  the  amount  of  smut. 

Avena  strigosa  proved  to  be  the  only  variety  of  oats  immune  In  all  the  experi- 
ments, while  A.  sterilis  gave  the  highest  percentage  of  infection.  Most  of  the 
species  of  common  oats  proved  susceptible  to  the  loose  smut.  Late  planting, 
contrary  to  the  belief  among  plant  pathologists,  generally  resulted  in  a  higher 
percentage  of  infection  than  early  planting. 

Fiingicidal  treatment  of  seed  grains,  L.  Malpeaux  (Jour.  Ayr.  Prat.,  n.  ser., 
29  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  98,  .99).— Reporting  results  of  tests  made  In  1914,  the 
author  states  that  copper  sulphate  solutions  of  0.5  per  cent  or  more  as  use<l 


846  EXPERIMENT   STATION   KECOED.  [Vol.  35 

for  steeping  seed  grain  decreased  germinability,  the  effect  increasing  with  both 
the  concentration  and  the  duration  of  contact.  The  loss  of  germinability  of 
oats  was  not  over  6  to  7  per  cent,  that  of  wheat  reaching  higher  figures.  On 
the  whole,  preference  is  given  to  the  copper  sulphate  when  used  in  connection 
with  lime  to  decrease  its  harmful  effect. 

A  pathological  alteration  in  the  leaves  of  Ag'ave  sisalana,  G.  Catalano 
(Bol.  R.  Giard.  Colon.  Palermo,  2  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  225-230).— A  brief  descrip- 
tion is  given  of  a  disorder  affecting  the  leaves  of  A.  sisalana,  causing  discolora- 
tions  and  excrescences.  No  parasite  was  found  in  connection  with  the  trouble, 
which  is  thought  to  be  related  to  climatic,  soil,  and  other  conditions. 

Violet  root  rot  of  alfalfa  in  Virginia,  F.  D.  Feomme  (Phytopathology,  6 
(1916),  No.  1,  p.  90). — Attention  is  called  to  the  presence  in  Virginia  of  the  root 
rot  of  alfalfa  due  to  Rhizoctonia  crocorum  (R.  violacea).  This  disease  was 
first  noted  in  a  single  field  in  Virginia  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  544),  but  this,  together 
with  the  present  record,  is  said  to  extend  materially  the  known  distribution  of 
the  fungus  in  the  United  States,  as  it  had  not  been  definitely  reported  previ- 
ously from  the  Atlantic  States. 

Note  on  the  white  spot  of  alfalfa,  C.  H.  Obabill  (Phytopathology,  6  (1916), 
No.  1,  pp.  91-93,  figs.  2). — The  occurrence  of  white  spot  disease  of  alfalfa  leaves 
in  Virginia  is  noted.  This  disease  is  characterized  by  rectangular,  whitish- 
translucent  spots  on  the  leaves.  Affected  plants  are  usually  unthrifty  and 
make  a  poor  growth,  and  it  is  considered  probable  that  most  of  them  soon  die. 
Upon  examination  of  the  root  system  of  the  affected  plants  the  upper  surface 
of  the  crown  was  always  found  in  a  state  of  decay,  and  from  the  diseased  tissue 
was  isolated  a  species  of  Fusarium  and  one  of  Acrostalagmus. 

The  fact  that  the  crowns  of  plants  affected  with  white  spot  always  show 
injury  white  those  unaffected  do  not  has  led  to  the  conclusion  that  crown 
injury  is  responsible  for  these  spots. 

Melanose  of  celery,  G.  N.  Doeogin  (Mat.  Mikol.  i  Pitopatol.  Ross.,  1  (1915), 
No.  4,  pp.  57-76,  figs.  9). — The  author  states  that  celery  in  Russia  is  attacked 
by  Septoria  petroselini  apii,  also  by  a  species  claimed  not  to  have  been  known 
previously  and  here  described  as  S.  apii  graveolentis  n.  sp.  The  latter  Is  said 
to  cause  even  more  trouble  than  the  former.  Both  may  be  found  on  the  same 
plant.  A  critical  review  is  given  of  the  species  of  this  group  so  far  as  pre- 
viously reported. 

Remedial  measures  suggested  for  both  diseases  include  careful  selection  of 
seed,  treatment  of  seed  with  formalin  (1:300  for  two  hours),  rejection  of 
plants  showing  brown  spots  on  cotyledons  or  leaves,  destruction  of  all  diseased 
material  left  after  harvesting,  and  deep  fall  spading  of  diseased  beds. 

Cotton  wilt  in  Georgia,  A.  C.  I-ewis  (Ga.  Bd.  Ent.  Bui.  40  (1915),  pp.  18, 
pis.  8). — Noting  publications  previously  issued  on  cotton  wilt  in  Georgia,  the 
author  gives  some  of  the  results  secured  in  this  work  to  date  by  the  Georgia  State 
Board  of  Entomology,  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  fungus  of  cotton  wilt  attacks  only  cotton  and  okra,  though  it  has  been 
known  to  survive  a  ten-year  rotation.  The  employment  of  rotation,  though 
evidently  advantageous,  is  rendered  less  effective  by  the  large  number  of  plants, 
both  cultivated  and  wild,  that  are  attacked  by  Eeterodera  radicicola.  This 
disadvantage  may  now  be  largely  met,  it  is  claimed,  by  use  of  the  Iron  variety 
of  cowpea,  which  is  very  resistant  to  nematodes. 

It  is  stated  that  among  the  several  more  or  less  resistant  strains  recently  de- 
veloped in  this  State,  wilt-resistant  cotton  has  been  obtained  within  the  last  five 
years  that  is  sufficiently  early  to  be  grown  with  profit  under  the  boll-weevil  condi- 
tions which  are  expected  soon  to  extend  throughout  this  region. 


1W6]  DISEASES   OF   PLANTS.  847 

A  disease  of  cold  frame  parsley  caused  by  Sclerotinla  libertiana,  J.  A.  Mo- 
Clintock  {Tirginia  Truck  Sta.  Bui.  18  (1916),  pp.  S19-SiH,  figs.  5).— A  descrip- 
tion is  given  of  a  disease  of  parsley  due  to  S.  libertiana,  with  suggestions  for  its 
control.  The  conditions  under  which  parsley  is  grown  for  winter  markets  in  cold 
frames  are  said  to  favor  the  rapid  development  and  spread  of  the  fungus,  the 
plants  being  started  in  the  open  and  covered  with  cold  frames  that  are  difficult  of 
ventilation  during  the  freezing  weather. 

As  a  result  of  the  observations  reported,  ventilation  of  the  frames  Is  deemed 
beneficial  in  preventing  the  spread  of  the  disease.  Removing  diseased  plants  and 
drenching  the  soil  with  a  40  per  cent  solution  of  formaldehyde  and  sterilizing 
the  soil  with  steam  are  also  recommended,  the  latter  method  destroying  the 
organisms  occupying  the  soil. 

A  bacterial  stem  blight  of  field  and  garden  peas,  W.  G.  Sackett  (Colorado 
Sta.  Bui.  218  (1916),  pp.  S-43,  pis.  3,  figs.  S).—A  description  is  given  of  bacterial 
stem  blight  of  field  and  garden  peas  that  is  said  to  occur  generally  throughout 
the  San  Luis  Valley  and  northern  Colorado  and  to  a  limited  extent  in  Nebraska, 
South  Dakota,  and  Utah.  The  disease  is  characterized  by  the  watery,  olive- 
brown  color  of  the  stems,  and  by  the  yellowish,  bruised,  and  watery  looking 
stipules  and  leaflets.  Where  a  severe  outbreak  occurs  when  the  plants  are 
young,  the  stand  may  be  reduced  one-third  or  more. 

This  blight  is  said  to  be  caused  by  Pseudomonas  pisi  n.  sp.,  a  technical  descrip- 
tion of  which  is  given.  The  organism  enters  the  tissue  through  the  stomata  and 
through  wounds  produced  by  mechanical  injury,  and  is  pathogenic  to  field  and 
garden  peas,  but  not  to  alfalfa,  yellow  sweet  clover,  crimson  clover,  mammoth 
clover,  cowpeas,  and  garden  beans.  In  the  progress  of  this  investigation,  varying 
resistance  to  attack  was  noted,  and  the  author  states  that  planting  resistant 
varieties  offers  the  most  satisfactory  remedy  for  this  trouble,  although  later 
planting  than  usual  may  somewhat  reduce  the  amount  of  injury. 

Control  of  the  powdery  dry  rot  of  western  potatoes  caused  by  Fusarium 
trichothecioides,  O.  A.  Pratt  (JJ.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916), 
No.  21,  pp.  817-881,  pi.  1). — The  results  of  an  investigation  of  the  powdery  dry 
rot  of  potatoes  are  given,  the  work  having  been  carried  on  partly  In  Idaho. 
Powdery  dry  rot,  due  to  F.  trichothecioides,  is  said  to  be  the  most  important 
storage  rot  infecting  potatoes  in  the  irrigated  West.  Under  ordinary  western 
field  conditions,  the  fungus  does  not  attack  the  growing  potato  plant,  and  pota- 
toes in  storage  are  only  attacked  through  bruises.  Planting  Infected  seed 
potatoes  was  found  to  reduce  the  stand  greatly,  although  a  slight  amount  of 
infection  in  the  seed  pieces  did  not  cause  any  serious  loss.  The  causal  organism 
is  believed  to  be  well  distributed  throughout  western  desert  soils.  It  does  not 
develop  below  a  temperature  of  2°  C.  (35"  F.),  and  in  dry,  well  ventilated 
storage  houses,  loss  would  be  very  slight  at  temperatures  of  from  2  to  4°. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  store  potatoes  in  poorly  cooled  or  Improperly  venti- 
lated storage  houses,  the  disease  may  be  effectively  checked  by  disinfecting  the 
stock,  within  24  hours  after  digging,  with  a  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate  or 
formaldehyde. 

Infection  of  timothy  by  Puccinia  graminis,  E.  C.  Stakman  and  F.  J.  Pte- 
MEISEL  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  21,  pp.  813-816).— 
In  a  communication  from  the  Minnesota  Experiment  Station,  the  authors  report 
having  found  it  possible  by  means  of  artificial  inoculations  to  infect  various 
strains  of  timothy  with  P.  graminis  aven<E.  This  host  is  said  to  exert  an  ap- 
preciable effect  on  the  morphology  of  the  spores  of  the  fungus,  reducing  them 
considerably  in  size.  The  rust  develops  subnormally  on  timothy  and  the 
postoles  always  remain  small.    These  facts  are  believed  to  be  suggestive  as  to 


848  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECOED.  [Vol.35 

the  possible  origin  of  P.  phleipratensis,  which  is  considered  as  being  probably  a 
biological  species. 

Treatment  of  apple  canker  diseases,  J.  C.  Whitten  {Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  I4I 
(1916),  pp.  33,  3^). — A  brief  account  is  given  of  experiments  for  the  control  of 
apple  canker  disease.  The  diseased  tissue  was  cut  out  until  a  rim  of  healthy 
tissue  was  reached,  and  the  area  disinfected  or  treated  with  mercuric  chlorid, 
copper  sulphate,  iron  sulphate,  and  paint. 

The  mercuric  chlorid  treatment  proved  the  most  efficient.  It  is  claimed  that 
canker  can  be  largely  eradicated  from  resistant  varieties  if  treatment  is  given 
before  a  large  area  is  involved.  When  once  the  disease  has  become  deep-seated 
in  susceptible  varieties,  the  treatment  will  not  stop  it. 

Stippen  and  spray  injury,  C.  H.  Ceabill  and  H.  E.  Thomas  {Phytopathology, 
6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  51-54). — Attention  is  called  to  the  various  agents  that  have 
been  regarded  as  causing  apple  fruit  spot,  or  stippen.  Among  those  mentioned 
are  physiological  disturbances,  various  pathogenic  fungi,  spray  injury,  me- 
chanical injury,  etc. 

As  a  result  of  the  authors'  investigations,  it  is  claimed  that  stippen,  or  stippen- 
like  spots,  that  is,  depressed,  highly  colored  areas  underlaid  by  a  corky  mass  of 
dead,  brown  cells,  may  be  produced  in  several  ways,  as  by  bruising,  insect  punc- 
ture, injected  poisons,  insufficient  water,  or  any  other  agent  which  may  kill  a 
few  cells  before  the  apple  is  full  grown.  The  authors  consider  that  the  disease 
is  not  caused  by  spray  materials  as  they  are  commonly  applied. 

The  Phytophthora  rot  of  apples,  H.  H.  Whetzel  and  J.  Rosenbaum  (Phyto- 
pathology, 6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  89,  90).— The  authors  report  the  presence  on 
Oldenburg  apples,  in  July,  1915,  of  peculiar  brown  lesions.  A  Phytophthora  was 
isolated  from  these,  which,  on  comparison,  is  believed  to  be  P.  cactorum.  During 
October  and  November  the  same  fungus  was  again  isolated  from  apples  pur- 
chased in  the  market  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  While  some  investigators  in  Europe  have 
considered  the  fungus  as  quite  destructive,  the  authors  do  not  think  that  it  will 
occasion  much  injury  in  this  country. 

New  or  noteworthy  facts  concerning  apple  rust,  N.  J.  Giddings  and  A.  Bebg 
(Phytopathology,  6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  79,  SO).— In  continuation  of  investigations 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  49),  the  authors  present  some  of  the  more  important  facts 
brought  out  in  connection  with  the  work  on  the  apple  rust  fungus  (Gymnos- 
porangium  juniperi-virginiance) . 

In  addition  to  other  statements,  the  authors  claim  that  a  severe  infection  of 
the  apple  rust  fungus  may  cause  a  premature  loss  of  foliage,  a  decrease  in  size 
of  the  fruit,  and  a  diminution  in  the  vigor  of  the  tree.  As  a  means  of  control, 
the  destruction  of  all  cedar  trees  within  a  radius  of  I  mile  around  apple  orchards 
has  been  recommended,  but  from  the  authors'  observations  it  is  now  claimed 
that  this  should  be  done  within  a  radius  of  1  mile. 

Some  new  facts  concerning  fire  blight,  P.  D.  Heald  (Better  Fruit,  10  (1916), 
N08.  11,  pp.  21,  22;  12,  pp.  23-25;  Kpt.  Wash.  State  Hort.  Assoc,  12  (1915),  pp. 
Sl-35,  fig.  i).— In  amplification  of  a  statement  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  647)  regarding 
new  phases  of  attack  by  Bacillus  amylovorus,  the  cause  of  blossom,  twig,  fruit, 
and  body  blight  of  malaceous  fruit  trees,  the  author  describes  fire  blight  of  a 
characteristic  type  on  developing  fruits  of  apple. 

This  type  differs  from  that  due  to  invasion  of  the  fruit  by  way  of  the  pedicel 
(in  which  the  whole  fruit  is  destroyed)  inasmuch  as  the  localized,  dark,  de- 
pressed, and  sometimes  red-bordered  lesions  do  not  always  extend  their  area, 
even  under  most  favorable  circumstances.  Culture  studies  showed  that  many 
of  the  bacteria  were  dead  in  these  fruit  spots.  While  insect  punctures  doubtless 
afford  entrance  in  some  cases,  in  others  invasions  of  stomata  or  lenticels  may 


^91^1  DISEASES  OF   PLANTS.  849 

have  occurred.  The  Important  new  fact  considered  as  established  is  the  occur- 
rence of  leaf  lesions,  the  evidence  so  far  as  obtained  apparently  favoring  the 
view  that  the  epidermis  is  penetrated  by  the  bacteria. 

A  study  of  the  brown  rot  fungus  in  northern  Vermont,  H.  E.  Babtram 
(Phytopathology,  6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  7i-78).— As  a  result  of  a  study  of  the 
common  brown  rot  of  stone  fruits  as  found  in  Vermont,  the  author  claims  that 
the  fungus  causing  the  disease  is  that  known  in  Europe  as  Sclerotinia  cimrea. 
He  arrived  at  this  conclusion  not  only  by  measurements  of  the  conidia,  absence 
of  disjunctors,  and  the  gray  color  of  the  conidial  tufts,  but  more  especially  by 
the  persistent  vitality  of  the  conidia  through  the  winter.  The  conidia,  both 
those  already  present  as  well  as  those  produced  from  the  dormant  mycelium  in 
mummied  fruits,  are  said  to  present  a  danger  of  early  spring  infections  that 
has  not  been  generally  recognized. 

Gummosis  in  the  fruit  of  the  almond  and  the  peach  almond  as  a  process 
of  normal  life,  M.  W.  Beuerinck  (A".  Akad.  Wetemch.  Amstei-dam,  Vcrsl.  W»« 
en  Natuurk.  Afdeel.,  23  (1914),  pt.  1,  pp.  531-542,  pis.  2;  also  in  ditto,  Proc. 
Sect.  Set.,  17  (1914),  pt.  1,  pp.  810-S21,  figs.  3).— Studies  previously  reported  by 
the  author  with  Rant  (E.  S.  R.,  17,  p.  1146),  and  by  the  latter  (E.  S.  R.,  19, 
p.  449),  have  been  followed  up  by  the  author,  who  states  that  mechanical 
wounds  in  growing  tissues  of  Amygdalaeeie  are  sometimes  healed  directly, 
sometimes  after  developing  gummosis. 

The  chief  tissue  which  is  transformed  into  gum  is  the  young  undifferentiated 
secondary  wood.  A  network  of  gum  canals  forms  around  the  wound  as  a  result 
of  stimulus.  The  network  in  the  large  branches  is  elliptical  in  outline,  the 
wound  being  at  the  lower  focus.  If  the  wound  is  healed  the  cambium  con- 
tinues to  produce  normal  secondary  wood.  Continued  stimulus  continues  gum 
formation.  The  stimulus  spreads  from  cells  dying  slowly  after  being  wounded, 
poisoned,  or  parasitized,  a  cytolytic  agent  passing  therefrom  into  young  wood 
or  procambium  which  may  retain  this  substance  and  liquefy.  It  is  considered 
that  gummosis  is  caused  by  necrobiosis.  Young  medullary  rays  and  phloem 
bundles  are  converted  less  readily.  In  the  fleshy  part  of  the  fruit  the  gum 
arises  from  the  conversion  of  the  phloem,  the  protophloem  remaining  unchanged. 

It  is  held  that  although  gummosis  in  these  fruits  is  a  part  of  the  normal 
development,  a  wound  stimulus  is  nevertheless  active  as  a  normal  factor. 
This  arises  from  the  tension  in  the  parenchyma  of  the  fruit  wall  leading  to 
tearing,  necrobiosis,  and  gum  formation  in  the  delicate  tissue  of  the  phloem 
bundles.  In  one  view  the  almond  and  the  peach  almond  may  be  considered 
as  pathological  species. 

Report  of  the  plant  pathologist,  H.  E.  Ste\-ens  (Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
LXXVII-XCIII,  figs.  2). — The  work  here  reported  covers  some  investigations 
of  citrus  diseases  and  a  pecan  disease.  The  citrus  disease  investigations  have 
been  principally  on  citrus  canker,  gummosis,  and  melanose,  the  major  part  of 
the  work  having  been  confined  to  citrus  canker. 

In  continuation  of  an  investigation  of  gummosis,  inoculation  experiments 
Avith  different  organisms  have  been  undertaken,  but  from  six  series  of  these 
experiments  negative  results  have  been  obtained.  There  appears  to  be  some 
evidence  that  the  disease  spreads  in  the  grove  under  natural  conditions.  Some 
experiments  for  control  of  gummosis  are  briefly  reported  upon,  In  which  the 
value  of  Bordeaux  paste,  lime  and  sulphur  paste,  and  commercial  lime-sulphur 
solutions  were  tested,  the  diseased  areas  being  scraped  and  covered  with  the 
disinfectant,  or  completely  cut  out  and  painted  over  with  it.  The  results  from 
the  treatment,  while  somewhat  favorable,  are  considered  to  be  only  tentative 
and  are  to  be  repeated. 


850  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECOBD.  [Vol.  M 

Pruning  experiments  t<yr  control  of  melanose  have  been  continned,  and 
where  the  trees  were  carefully  pruned  a  higher  percentage  of  first-class  fruit 
was  obtained. 

In  connection  with  the  investigations  of  citrus  canker,  the  author  refers  to  a 
previous  publication  (B.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  345)  in  which  it  is  stated  that  the  cause 
of  this  trouble  is  a  fungus  belonging  to  the  genus  Phyllosticta.  Subsequent  to 
that  publication,  inoculation  experiments  gave  negative  results,  while  suspen- 
sions of  a  mixture  of  this  fungus  with  bacteria  isolated  from  cankered  spots 
produced  the  disease.  This  led  to  the  belief  that  the  disease  is  due  to  bacteria, 
and  this  was  soon  after  shown  by  Miss  Hasse  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  149).  The 
constant  association  of  the  fungus  with  the  canker  is  not  readily  explained,  but 
the  author  believes  it  may  be  a  secondary  agent  in  the  enlargement  of  the 
spots.  The  investigations  now  in  progress  include  cultural  reactions  of  the 
organism,  Pseudomonas  citri,  its  relation  to  the  host  plant,  and  its  ultimate 
effect  on  the  citrus  tree. 

Brief  notes  are  given  on  the  stem  end  rot,  citrus  scab,  and  withertip  of  citrus 
trees. 

A  study  of  the  pecan  disease  was  begun  on  account  of  the  serious  injury 
reported  from  various  localities  of  the  State.  This  disease  was  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  23,  p.  446)  and  the  name  dieback  given  it  on  account  of  the  death  of 
the  twigs  and  limbs  of  the  trees  attacked.  The  disease  has  been  studied  in  the 
field  and  the  laboratory,  and  specimens  usually  show  the  presence  of  a  number 
of  fungi.  One  of  these  has  been  identified  as  Botryosphccria  berengerimm,  which 
seems  to  be  quite  constantly  associated  with  the  disease,  and  inoculation  experi- 
ments with  the  fungus  have  produced  characteristic  symptoms  in  most  instances. 
Experiments  for  the  control  of  this  disease  are  in  progress,  cutting  out  diseased 
parts  and  applying  Bordeaux  mixture  or  lime  sulphur  solution  being  tested^ 

Some  bark  diseases  of  citrus  trees  in  Florida,  J.  G.  Gbossenbacheb  {Phyto- 
pathology, 6  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  29-50,  figs.  9). — A  description  is  given  of  a  num- 
ber of  diseases  of  citrus  trees,  together  with  suggestions  for  their  treatment. 
Among  those  described  are  gummosis,  foot  rot,  crown  rot,  dieback,  withertip, 
and  canker. 

The  cause  of  coconut  bud  rot,  J.  R.  Johnston  {Estac.  Expt.  Agron.  Cuba  Bol. 
27  (1916),  pp.  3-101,  pis.  15,  figs.  6). — In  a  further  report  on  the  coconut  bud 
rot  (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  649;  33,  p.  150),  associated  with  the  presence  of  an  organism 
which  appears  to  be  practically  identical  with  Bacillus  coli,  the  present  appar- 
ent range  of  the  disease  is  said  to  include  many  parts  of  both  eastern  and 
western  Cuba,  western  Jamaica  with  a  few  cases  in  the  eastern  portion,  the 
Cayman  Islands,  British  Honduras,  northern  and  eastern  Trinidad,  and  British 
Guiana. 

Direct  inoculation  gave  positive  results  both  with  the  organism  taken  from 
diseased  tissue  and  with  that  of  animal  origin.  It  is  thought  that  rots  of  the 
coconut  palm  previously  ascribed  by  other  writers  to  other  causes  may  be  shown 
to  be  due  to  the  same  cause  as  the  bud  rot. 

The  various  fungicides  are  ineffectual  as  remedial  agents,  but  precautionary 
measures  have  given  good  results  in  most  cases. 

Fungus  diseases  of  coffee  in  Porto  Rico,  G.  L.  Fawcett  (Porto  Rico  Sta.  Bui. 
17  (1916),  Spanish  ed.,  pp.  31,  pis.  8). — This  is  a  Spanish  edition  of  the  bulletin 
previously  issued  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  645). 

A  withertip  of  fir,  F.  W.  Neger  (Naturw.  Ztschr.  Forst  u.  Landtc,  14  (1916), 
No.  S-4,  pp.  121-127,  figs.  4). — A  withertip  of  fir  is  described.  It  appears  to  be 
related  to  frost  injury  and  to  be  associated  frequently  with  Nectria  cucurbitula 
and  more  so  with  Dermatea  eucrita. 


^^^^^  ECONOMIC  .ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  851 

Horse-chestnut  anthracnose,  R.  G,  Piebce  and  C.  Habtley  (Phytopathology, 
6  {1916),  No.  1,  p.  93). — The  authors  report  the  presence  In  1914  of  a  s[>(>cle8 
of  CoUetotrichum  on  the  petioles,  midribs,  and  veins  of  the  leaflets  of  the  horse- 
chestnut  An  ascomycete  was  later  isolated  from  living  leaves  showing  anthrac- 
nose,  and  the  authors  are  led  to  believe  that  the  ascomycete  and  the  CoUe- 
totrichum are  identical  and  should  be  referred  to  Oloinerella  cingulata. 

The  leaf  blotch  disease  of  horse-chestnut,  V.  B.  Stewart  {Phytopathology, 
6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  5-19,  pis.  S,  fig.  i).— The  author  gives  a  description  of  the 
leaf  blotch  disease  of  horse-chestnut,  discussing  its  etiology  and  describing  the 
development  of  the  various  stages  of  the  fungus,  which  is  provisionally  called 
G^iignardia  (bscuU  n.  comb.  As  a  result  of  inoculation  experiments,  JEsculus 
hippocastanum  and  E.  glabra  were  readily  infected,  but  E.  parviflora  was  not. 

The  more  economic  phases  of  this  leaf  spot  and  its  control  have  been  previ- 
ously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  154). 

Identity  of  Peridermium  montanum  with  P.  acicolum,  G.  G.  Hedgcock 
{Phytopathology,  6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  64-67).— As  a  result  of  inoculation  experi- 
ments with  P.  montanum  from  Pinus  contorta,  the  author  was  able  to  produce 
the  CJoleosporium  stage  on  Aster  conspicuus.  This  is  considered  proof  that 
Peridermium  montanum  is  the  secial  stage  of  C.  solidaginis,  from  which  it  fol- 
lows that  P.  montanum  is  identical  with  P.  acicolum.  The  author  considers  P. 
montanum  simply  a  western  form  of  P.  acicolum^.  The  fungus  is  known  to 
occur  in  five  northwestern  States  and  two  Provinces  of  Canada. 

Inoculation  experiments  with  Peridermium  montanum,  J,  R.  Weib  and 
E.  E.  HuBEBT  {Phytopathology,  6  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  68-70).— As  a  result  of 
field  and  greenhouse  inoculation  experiments  performed  on  3  plants  of  Aster 
and  4  of  Solidago  with  seciospores  of  P.  montanum,  the  typical  Coleosporium 
form  was  obtained.  This  is  said  to  be  the  first  time  that  successful  inocula- 
tions have  been  reported  on  species  of  Solidago. 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. 

The  technique  of  forest  protection  ag'ainst  animals,  K.  Eckstein  (Die 
Technik  des  Forstschutzes  gegen  Tiere.  Berlin:  Paul  Parey,  1915,  2.  rev.  ed., 
pp.  VII +254,  figs.  54). — A  brief  account  is  first  given  of  the  animal  enemies  of 
forests  and  protection  from  them  (pp.  1-18).  Following  this  the  work  takes 
up  the  combating  of  vertebrate  animal  pests  (pp.  19-80)  and  of  injurious 
arthropods  (pp.  80-243). 

The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America,  R.  Ridgway  ( U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bui. 
50  {1916),  pt.  7,  pp.  XIII +54S,  pis.  2-^).— This  part  of  the  work  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  851)  deals  with  the  Cuculidse,  Psittacidfe,  and  Columbidse. 

The  small  friends  of  agriculture,  J.  W.  Da  Costa  {Os  Pequenos  Amigos  da 
Agricultura.  Sao  Paulo:  Govt.,  1914,  pp.  118,  figs.  31;  rev.  in  Auk,  32  {1915),  No. 
4,  pp.  518,  519). — This  work  treats  of  the  small  animals,  especially  birds,  that 
are  of  economic  value  in  the  State  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

The  upper  limit  of  temperature  compatible  with  life  in  the  frog,  A.  T. 
Camebon  and  T.  I.  Beownlee  {Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  9 
{1915),  Sect.  IV,  pp.  67-84). — This  is  in  continuation  of  the  investigations  re- 
lating to  the  limits  of  temperature  compatible  with  life  in  the  frog  (E.  S.  R., 
34,  p.  751). 

"  The  experiments  in  air  lead  to  the  unexpected  conclusion  that  the  highest 
temperature  at  which  Rana  pipiens  can  maintain  life  indefinitely  is  about  18°  C. 
(64.4°  F.)  while  a  temperature  a  degree  or  two  higher  will  prove  fatal  within 
a  few  days.  The  fatal  temperature  is  to  a  great  extent  a  function  of  time, 
varying  from  19  or  20  to  39  or  40°  as  the  time  is  shortened." 


852  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  zoology,  1914,  E.  M.  Walker  (Proc.  and  Trans. 
Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  9  (1915),  Sect.  IV,  pp.  307-318).— This  annotated  list 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  651)  covers  the  literature  exclusive  of  entomology. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  entomology  for  the  year  1914,  C.  J.  S.  Bethtjne 
(Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  9  (1915),  Sect.  IV,  pp.  263-278). — 
This  continuation  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  553)  lists  134  articles. 

Report  of  entomologist,  J.  R.  Watson  (Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  XLIX- 
LXXVI,  figs.  7). — A  detailed  report  is  first  given  of  studies  of  the  velvet  beau 
caterpillar  (Anticarsia  gemmatilis),  a  preliminary  account  of  which  has  pre- 
viously been  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  358).  Technical  descriptions  are  given  of 
its  several  stages,  including  six  larval  instars. 

The  moths  make  their  appearance  at  Gainesville  about  the  middle  of  August. 
The  larvae,  which  become  abundant  by  September  1,  feed  only  on  the  various 
species  and  varieties  of  the  velvet  bean  (Stizolobium),  the  kudzu  vine,  and  the 
horse  bean  (Canavalia).  The  eggs,  which  are  placed  separately  usually  on  the 
underside  of  the  leaves  or  on  the  tender  shoots,  hatch  in  about  three  days  in 
September.  The  young  caterpillar  feeding  on  the  lower  surface  skeletonizes 
the  leaf  by  eating  all  the  soft  material  but  leaves  the  veins  intact.  After  the 
second  instar  it  consumes  the  whole  leaf  except  the  larger  veins  and  midrib. 
From  three  to  four  weeks  are  required  for  the  completion  of  its  larval  life. 
The  pupa  is  formed  in  an  earthen  cell  usually  barely  beneath  the  surface  of 
the  soil.  Ten  to  eleven  days  are  passed  in  this  stage  in  September,  some  21 
days  in  November,  and  as  high  as  47  and  48  days  for  two  individuals  that 
emerged  in  January. 

The  species  apparently  does  not  winter  over  even  in  the  central  parts  of 
Florida  but  works  northward  each  summer  from  south  Florida. 

Several  predacious  enemies  are  mentioned  but  parasites  appear  to  be  of 
little  importance,  a  single  chalcidid  having  been  reared  from  a  hundred  pupae 
and  none  from  hundreds  collected  in  the  field.  A  disease  due  to  Botrytis  rileyi 
nearly  exterminated  the  caterpillars  in  fields  at  Gainesville  in  October,  1914. 
While  the  disease  appears  almost  yearly  it  too  often  gets  started  too  late  to 
save  the  velvet  beans.  The  lime-sulphur-lead  arsenate  spray,  previously  devel- 
oped (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  58),  controls  the  pest  when  applied  in  time. 

The  Florida  flower  thrips  [Euthrips]  (Frankliniella  tritici  projectus)  has 
been  studied  by  the  author.  Three  years'  observations  and  experiments  with 
deciduous  fruit  trees  show  that  if  sufficiently  abundant  it  will  cause  the 
deformation  or  even  the  destruction  of  leaves  and  fruit,  the  general  character 
of  its  injury  being  similar  to  that  of  the  pear  thrips. 

On  citrus  the  addition  of  tobacco  extract  (2.7  per  cent  nicotin)  to  lime- 
sulphur  being  used  for  citrus  scab  at  the  rate  of  1  part  to  100  of  the  lime- 
sulphur  resulted  in  the  destruction  of  at  least  90  per  cent  of  thrips  in  the 
blossoms.  There  appeared  to  be  a  considerable  increase  in  the  fruit  on 
sprayed  over  unsprayed  trees  and  the  sprayed  fruit  had  a  more  healthy  look. 

In  further  notes  on  the  camphor  thrips  (Cryptothrips  floridensis)  it  is 
stated  that  the  species  has  been  received  from  Ceylon.  Anthothrips  floridensis 
is  said  to  have  been  common  during  March  on  the  blossoms  of  some  Mexican 
avocados,  most  of  which  they  ruined.  It  attacks  the  stamens  and  pistils  similar 
to  the  flower  thrips. 

An  outbreak  of  the  cottony  cushion  scale  at  Key  West  was  controlled  by 
the  introduction  of  the  vedalia.  Notes  are  also  given  on  several  miscellaneous 
insects,  including  the  green  shield  scale  (Pulvinaria  psidii)  which  severely 
infested  the  wild  rubber  tree  (Ficus  sp.)  at  Miami  in  July. 

Thirteenth  annual  report  of  the  state  entomologist  of  Montana,  R.  A, 
CooLEY  (Montana  Sta.  Bui.  109  (1916),  pp.  149-161,  fig.  i).— The  insect  pests  of 


101«]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY.  853 

1915  are  briefly  discussed  and  recorded.  Some  of  the  more  important  species, 
including  the  army  cutworm  {Chorizagrotis  auxiliaris),  etc.,  are  next  considered 
more  at  length. 

The  amount  of  damage  caused  by  insects  during  the  year  is  said  to  have  been 
the  greatest  recorded  by  the  state  entomologist.  Grain  pests  were  especially 
abundant,  the  army  cutworm  alone  having  destroyed  at  least  100,000  acres  of 
grain.  The  spotted  fever  tick  (Dermacentor  vcnustus)  appeared  in  eastern 
Montana  in  large  numbers  and  a  number  of  cases  of  spotted  fever  were  reported 
from  that  locality  for  the  first  time. 

Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Nova  Scotia,  1915  {Proc.  Ent. 
Soc.  Nova  Scotia,  1915,  pp.  107,  pis.  2,  figs.  JO).— Among  the  papers  here  pre- 
sented are  the  following:  Some  Hemiptera  Attacking  tlie  Apple,  by  W.  II.  Brit- 
tain  (pp.  7-47)  ;  The  Brown-Tail  Moth  in  Nova  Scotia,  by  G.  E.  Sanders  (pp. 
47-53)  ;  The  Apple  Maggot  in  Nova  Scotia,  by  C.  A.  Good  (pp.  54-78)  ;  Bud 
Moths  in  Nova  Scotia  (pp.  84-87),  Fruit  Worms  or  Apple  Worms  in  Nova  Scotia 
(pp.  87-89),  The  Codling  Moth  in  Nova  Scotia  (p.  90),  The  Cankerworm  in 
Nova  Scotia  (pp.  91,  92),  and  The  Tussock  Moth  in  Nova  Scotia  (pp.  93,  94),  by 
G.  E.  Sanders;  Parsnip  Webworm  {Dcpressaria  heracUana),  by  C.  B.  Gooderham 
(pp.  94,  95)  ;  HydroBcia  micacea  as  a  Garden  Pest,  by  W.  H.  Brittain  (pp.  96, 
97)  ;  The  Oblique  Banded  Leaf  Roller,  Archips  rosaceana,  by  A.  G.  Dustan  (pp. 
100-102)  ;  and  A  Partial  List  of  the  Lepidoptera  Observed  In  and  About  Truro, 
Nova  Scotia,  from  July  7  to  August  4,  1915,  by  E.  C.  Allen  (pp.  103-107). 

The  paper  by  Brittain  on  apple  insects  deals  at  length  with  the  more  important 
aphidids,  etc.,  attacking  the  apple,  namely,  the  green  apple  aphis,  the  rosy  apple 
aphis  {Aphis  sorbi),  the  woolly  apple  aphis  {Eriosoma  lanigera),  the  rose-leaf 
hopper  (Empoa  rosw),  the  black  apple  leaf  hopper  {Idioceius  fitchi),  including 
details  of  life  history  studies,  and  a  number  of  other  pests. 

Important  insects  which  may  affect  the  health  of  men  or  animals  en- 
gaged in  military  operations  {U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.,  Office  Sec.  Circ.  61  (1916),  pp. 
24,  figs.  15). — This  consists  of  brief  descriptions  of  the  insects  which  annoy  or 
affect  the  health  of  men  or  animals  engaged  in  military  operations,  with  informa- 
tion regarding  their  control,  particularly  as  applied  to  the  Southwest. 

A  classification  of  our  limnepliilid  caddice  flies,  N.  Banks  {Canad.  Ent., 
48  (1916),  No.  4,  PP-  117-122). 

"  White  ants  "  as  pests  in  the  United  States  and  methods  of  preventing 
their  damage,  T.  E.  Snydek  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bui.  759  (1916),  pp. 
20,  figs.  14).— A  popular  summary  is  given  of  the  termites,  the  nature  of  their 
injury,  and  preventive  and  remedial  measures. 

Report  on  the  inoculation  of  locusts  with  Coccobacillus  acridionim,  J.  B. 
RoBER  (Bui.  Dept.  Agr.  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  I4  (1915),  No.  6,  pp.  197,  198).— 
Inoculation  experiments  in  Trindad  with  Venezuelan  migratory  locusts  (Schisto- 
cerca  paranensis)  and  the  giant  Trinidad  locust  (Tropidacris  dux)  showed 
C.  acridiorum  to  be  virulent  for  both  species  and  that  its  virulence  can  be  in- 
creased by  passage  through  a  series  of  locusts. 

A  new  species  of  Heterothrips  from  eastern  United  States,  J.  D.  Hood 
(Ent.  News,  27  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  106-108). 

The  Rutherglen  bug  (Nysius  vinitor),  W.  W.  Fkoggatt  (Agr.  Oaz.  N.  S. 
Wales,  27  (1916),  No.  4,  pp.  270-272,  pi.  J).— This  hemipteran,  after  having  been 
comparatively  harmless  for  some  years,  is  said  to  have  been  one  of  the  most 
serious  pests  during  1915-16.  It  has  been  reported,  on  the  coast  as  well  as 
inland,  as  damaging  fruit,  field  crops,  and  even  flower  gardens. 

Some  1915  notes  on  a  few  common  Jassoidea  in  the  central  Mississippi 
Valley  States,  E.  H.  Gibson  (Canad.  Ent.,  48  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  177-179). 


854  EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED.  [Vol.35 

[Studies  of  the  body  louse  (Pediculus  vestimenti)]  {Ztschr.  Eyg.  u.  Infek- 
tionskrank.,  80  {1915),  No.  2,  pp.  289-322,  pi.  1,  figs.  3).— Two  papers  (1)  A 
Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Biology  of  the  Body  Louse  and  Its  Control 
(pp.  289-298)  and  (2)  The  Combat  of  the  Body  Louse  (pp.  299-322)  are  pre- 
sented by  E.  Widman  and  B.  Heymann,  respectively. 

Control  of  the  velvet  bean  caterpillar,  J.  R.  Watson  {Florida  8ta.  Bui.  ISO 
{1916),  pp.  49-58,  figs.  9). — The  data  here  presented  are  substantially  noted 
from  another  source  on  page  852. 

It  is  recommended  that  when  early  varieties  of  velvet  beans,  such  as  the  Chi- 
nese, can  be  grown  a  strip  around  the  edges  of  the  field  be  sown  with  the 
Florida  variety  as  a  trap  crop.  This  crop  should  be  sprayed  or  dusted  with 
lead  arsenate  every  two  weeks  during  the  caterpillar  season,  and  when  it  is 
necessary  the  main  crop  should  be  similarly  treated. 

Life  history  studies  of  Cirphis  unipuncta,  the  true  army  worm,  J.  J. 
Davis  and  A.  P.  Sattekthwait  (17.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916), 
No.  21,  pp.  199-812,  pi.  1,  figs.  2). — A  report  of  studies  of  the  biology  of  this 
commonly  injurious  and  well-known  pest  conducted  at  La  Fayette,  Ind. 

Moths  of  this  species,  which  were  first  observed  on  the  night  of  May  13  feed- 
ing on  the  honeydew  from  insects  on  white  oak,  are  thought  to  have  been  the 
adults  of  hibernating  larvae.  Observations  indicate  that  at  La  Fayette  three 
complete  generations  may  occur  annually  and  that  in  some  seasons  a  partial 
fourth  generation  may  occur.  Technical  descriptions  are  given  of  its  immature 
stages,  including  six  larval  instars.  The  period  passed  in  the  last  larval  instar 
was  approximately  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  any  of  the  previous  instars 
and  the  amount  of  foliage  eaten  was  nearly  seven  times  as  much  as  in  the  fifth 
and  more  than  80  per  cent  of  all  the  foliage  eaten  during  the  entire  larval 
period.  It  is  estimated  that  with  8,890  corn  plants  to  an  acre  it  would  require 
21,473  worms  to  destroy  an  acre  of  corn  2  ft.  high,  or  the  progeny  of  but  some 
40  females. 

For  100  individuals  recorded  the  egg  stage  approximated  6  days,  the  larval  26, 
and  the  pupal  stage  21  days.  In  one  ihstance  a  larva  was  observed  to  molt  six 
times.  The  largest  number  of  eggs  laid  by  a  single  female  was  254,  though  ex- 
aminations showed  that  the  bodies  of  some  females  contained  more  than  800. 

Obaervations  on  the  life  history  of  the  army  cutworm,  Chorizagrotis 
auxiliaris,  R.  A.  Cooley  (17,  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  {1916),  No. 
23,  pp.  871-881). 

At  the  Montana  Experiment  Station  oviposition  was  observed  from  September 
30  to  October  12,  but  may  have  commenced  some  weeks  prior  to  that  time.  The 
eggs,  which  were  deposited  upon  the  bare  soil,  hatched  in  about  nine  days  in- 
doors but  hatching  may  be  delayed  by  lack  of  sufficient  moisture.  The  larvae 
feed  for  a  variable  period  in  the  fall  and  the  winter  is  passed  in  a  partly  grown 
stage.  In  the  spring  they  feed  until  about  the  first  week  in  April,  then  enter 
the  ground  to  pupate.  The  adults  emerge  from  the  latter  part  of  June  to  the 
middle  of  July  and  live  over  until  fall,  the  ova  developing  from  food  obtained 
as  adults.     Thus  in  Montana  the  species  is  single-brooded. 

The  life  history  of  Gelechia  gossypiella  from  the  time  of  the  cotton  harvest 
to  the  time  of  cotton  sowing,  L.  Gough  {Min.  Agr.  Egypt,  Tech.  and  Sci. 
Serv.  Bui.  If  {1916),  pp.  16). — An  account  of  the  pink  boll  worm  based  upon 
studies  in  Egypt.  See  also  previous  notes  (E.  S.  R.,  30,  p.  755;  32,  pp.  152,  449; 
33,  p.  655). 

The  nature  of  the  damage  done  by  the  pink  boll  worm  (Gelechia  gossy- 
piella), L.  Gough  {Min.  Agr.  Egypt,  Tech.  and  Sci.  Serv.  Bui.  2  {1916),  pp.  6).— 
This  paper  relates  to  the  damage  caused  by  the  pest  above  noted. 


191«]  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — EXTOMOLOGY.  855 

Aphidoletes  meridionalis,  an  important  dipterous  enemy  of  aphids,  J,  J. 
Davis  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Jour.  Ayr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  23,  pp.  S83-888, 
pi.  1,  figs.  ^).— This  cecidomyild,  first  described  in  1908,  has  been  found  to  be 
of  economic  importance  in  at  least  six  Central  States  through  Its  feeding  In  the 
larval  stage  upon  almost  any  species  of  aphid  available. 

The  eggs  are  deposited  on  foliage  among  a  colony  of  aphids  in  cluslors  of  from 
1  to  12,  or  may  be  deposited  upon  the  dorsum  of  the  aphid  itself.  Records  kept 
of  two  females  show  116  and  125  eggs  to  have  been  depo^^ited.  Upon  hatching 
out  the  larva  attaclis  the  nearest  aphid.  After  sucking  the  body  lluids  and 
killing  one,  it  continues  to  move  on  to  another  until  full  grown.  After  from 
7  to  11  days,  which  are  required  for  the  development  of  the  larva,  a  loose  cocoon 
is  spun,  shortly  followed  by  pupation,  usually  at  or  near  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  The  length  of  the  pupal  stages  varies  from  6  to  9  days.  Oviposition, 
which  apparently  only  occurs  at  night,  was  observed  to  continue  for  v  period  of 
10  days,  the  length  of  life  of  the  adult  under  the  same  conditions  being  14  days. 
The  total  length  of  its  life  cycle  was  observed  to  vary  from  1.5  to  29  days. 
Hibernation  takes  place  in  the  larval  stage  and  possibly  also  as  pupaj  within 
the  cocoons. 

Mosquito  control  in  Panama. — The  eradication  of  malaria  and  yellow  fever 
in  Cuba  and  Panama,  J.  A.  Le  Pbince  and  A.  J.  Orenstetn  {Nexo  York  and 
London:  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1916,  pp.  XVII+S35,  pis.  58,  figs.  20).— This  work, 
by  the  chief  sanitary  inspector  of  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  and  his 
assistant,  presents  a  detailed  account  of  the  manner  in  which  mosquitoes  have 
been  held  in  check  in  the  Canal  Zone.  The  work  is  prefaced  by  a  brief  introduc- 
tion by  L.  O.  Howard  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  first  of  the 
two  parts  deals  with  the  antimalaria  campaign  (p.  3-22S)  and  the  second  part 
with  the  yellow  fever  campaign  (pp.  229-324).  The  work  includes  maps  of  the 
Isthmus,  showing  the  completed  csmal ;  of  Gatun,  showing  the  Anopheles  prop- 
agation area  and  houses  where  stained  specimens  were  recaptured ;  and  of 
Havana,  showing  the  yellow  fever  district.  A  complete  index  to  the  subject 
matter  is  included. 

New  species  of  Asilidoe  from  southern  California,  F.  R.  Cole  (Psyche,  23 
(1916),  No.  3,  pp.  63-69,  pis.  3). 

The  cabbage  maggot,  its  biology  and  control,  W.  J.  Schoene  (New  York 
State  Sta.  Bui.  419  (1916),  pp.  99-160,  pis.  8,  figs.  3).— This  bulletin  is  based 
upon  observations  commenced  in  1906  and  extending  over  the  eight  following 
seasons.  Data  relating  to  its  injury  and  control  work  with  cabbage  seedlings 
grown  under  cheesecloth  and  with  truck  crops  have  been  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  25,  p.  38;  31,  p.  352). 

This  pest  appears  to  be  limited  to  the  North,  serious  injury  having  rarely 
been  reported  south  of  latitude  45°  in  this  country  and  latitude  40°  in  Europe. 
The  winter  is  passed  in  the  pupal  stage,  the  adults  commencing  to  appear  about 
the  time  the  Windsor  cherry  blossoms,  and  continuing  to  emerge  over  a  period 
of  four  or  five  weeks.  Those  that  appear  first  are  largely  from  the  fall  brood 
of  larvfe,  but  a  few  originate  from  the  first  and  second  broods  of  larvae  of  the 
previous  summer.  When  conditions  are  favorable  there  are  at  least  three  broods 
and  perhaps  a  partial  fourth  brood.  The  eggs,  which  are  deposited  on  or  near 
succulent  cruciferous  plants,  hatch  in  from  three  to  five  days.  The  larva, 
feeding  upon  the  root,  matures  in  from  18  to  20  days  and  then  enters  the  soil 
to  pupate.  The  pupal  stage  may  last  from  12  to  18  days  or  be  prolonged  for 
an  indefinite  period  of  several  months,  depending  upon  moisture  and  temperature 
conditions,  so  that  it  may  be  one,  two,  or  three  brooded.  It  is  thought  that 
oviposition  commences  within  three  to  five  days  after  the  adults  emerge.  It  Is 
C9107°— No.  9—17 5 


856  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED.  tVol.  35 

pointed  out  that  the  activities  of  this  insect  during  the  autumn  when  feeding 
upon  turnips  and  sprouted  cabbage  have  been  largely  overlool^ed.  The  author's 
studies  show  that  tlie  presence  both  in  the  spring  and  fall  of  large  acreiiges  of 
succulent  cruciferous  roots  is  a  condition  necessary  for  the  cabbage  maggot  to 
occur  in  great  numbers. 

The  principal  enemies  are  staphylinids  of  the  genus  Aleochara,  the  cynipid 
parasite  Psendoeucoila  gillettei,  and  a  mite  of  the  genus  Trombidium. 

Control  measures  include  screening  for  the  protection  of  seed  beds,  tar-paper 
disks  for  the  protection  of  early  cabbage,  the  removal  of  all  crop  remnants 
when  the  cruciferous  crops  are  harvested,  and  the  destruction  of  cruciferous 
weeds. 

The  cabbage  maggot  and  its  work,  F,  H.  Hall  {New  York  State  Sta.  Bui. 
419,  popular  ed.  (1916),  pp.  3-S,  pis.  2). — A  popular  edition  of  the  above. 

Studies  in  flies. — II,  Contributions  to  the  study  of  specific  differences  in 
the  genus  Musca,  P,  R.  Awati  {Indian  Jour.  Med.  Research,  3  {1916),  No.  3, 
pp.  510-520,  pis.  19,  figs.  6).— In  this  second  paper  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  660),  the 
author  presents  a  comparative  study  of  the  genitalia  in  different  forms  of 
calyptrate  flies  and  his  conclusions  relative  to  the  homologies  of  the  parts  in 
this  group. 

The  life  history  of  Bdellolarynx  sanguinolentus,  J.  L.  Mittek  {Indian  Jour. 
Med.  Research,  3  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  538-540) .—The  breeding  habits  of  this  fly, 
here  reported,  resemble  in  general  those  of  HcematoMa  sanguisugens  previously 
noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35  p.  760). 

Destruction  of  the  tobacco  beetle  (Lasioderma  serricorne),  D.  B.  Mackie 
(Trop.  Agr.  [Ceylon],  46  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  110,  i7i).— This  briefly  reports  tests 
and  calls  attention  to  the  advantages  of  the  vacuum  method  of  fumigation. 

New  species  of  the  family  Ipidse,  J.  M.  Swaine  {Canad.  Ent.,  47  (1915),  No. 
11,  pp.  855-369,  pis.  2;  48  {1916),  No.  6,  pp.  181-192,  pi.  J).— The  host  plants 
recorded  of  several  of  the  forms  here  described  as  new  are  as  follows  :  Ips  perroti 
from  Pinus  resinosa  on  Perrot  Island,  Quebec;  Dryoccetes  pseudotsugw  from 
Douglas  fir  at  Stanley  Park,  Vancouver ;  Phloeosinus  pini  from  Pinus  divaricata 
in  the  Riding  Mountains,  Manitoba ;  P.  hoppingi  from  cedar  limbs  in  California ; 
P.  vandykei  from  cedar  limbs  at  Huckleberry  Meadow,  Cal. ;  Hylastes  ruber 
from  bark  of  dying  Douglas  fir  in  British  Columbia;  Pityokteines  elegans 
from  Pinus  monticola  in  Oregon  and  California;  Orthotomicus  lasiocarpi  from 
Abies  lasiocarpa  and  Larix  americana  in  British  Columbia  and  Alberta,  re- 
spectively ;  0.  ornatus  from  Arizona  and  Oregon  and  from  Pinus  ponderosa  and 
P.  jeffreyi  in  California ;  I.  chagnoni  from  Picea  canadensis  and  Pinus  strobus 
from  Ontario  and  Quebec  Provinces;  and  /.  vancouveri  from  P.  monticola  on 
Vancouver  Island  and  in  British  Columbia. 

Apicultural  notes,  P.  Nelson  {Guam  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  41-43).— The  year 
under  report  is  said  to  have  been  a  very  satisfactory  one  for  the  beekeeper.  A 
record  of  production  by  nineteen  colonies  located  at  Yigo  showed  that  1.680  lbs. 
of  surplus  honey  were  extracted  from  January  to  May,  or  an  average  88  lbs.  per 
colony.  A  colony  placed  at  Santa  Rosa  in  December  by  dividing  increased  to 
four  fairly  strong  colonies  by  May  and  produced  224  lbs.  of  surplus  honey,  aver- 
aging 56  lbs.  of  honey  in  addition  to  the  increase  of  three  colonies.  The  single 
colony  of  honeybees  introduced  from  Hawaii  in  1907  has  thrived  so  well  that 
there  are  now  thousands  of  colonies  of  wild  bees  in  hollow  trees  throughout  the 
forests,  the  progeny  of  this  single  queen. 

A  method  of  removing  honey  and  bees  from  hollow  trees  without  cutting  the 
tree,  which  has  been  practiced  by  the  author  with  much  success,  is  described. 
During  the  previous  year  he  removed  nine  colonies  from  trees  within  a  radius  of 
half  a  mile  by  this  method,  one  of  which  produced  over  250  lbs.  of  honey. 


l^l^J  ECONOMIC   ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGV.  857 

Thersilochus  conotracheli,  a  parasite  of  the  plum  curculio,  H.  A.  Gush  man 

{V.  S.  Dept.  Ayr.,  Jour.  Agr.  licscarch,  6  (I'JJG).  \o.  22,  pp.  HI,1-H',6,  pi.  I,  flgs. 
9).— Observations  made  at  North  Mast.  Pa.,  of  the  blohw  of  this  Ichn.-umonld 
parasite  are  reported,  together  witli  descriptions  of  Its  ln)inature  stages.  The 
species  was  first  described  in  1871  from  New  Jersey  and  Is  known  to  occur  also 
in  Connecticut,  New  York,  Pennsylvania.  Illinois,  Missouri,  Kansas,  and  Ml<-hi- 
gan.  During  the  seasons  of  1914  and  191.-5  it  was  by  far  the  most  abuii.lniit  and 
effective  parasite  of  the  plum  curculio  at  North  East. 

It  is  only  know  to  attack  this  one  host  and  is  single-hnxMlod.  The  adult  remlu-s 
maturity  as  early  as  August  24  in  New  York  State,  but  <loes  m.t  leave  the  (•oc(M)n 
until  the  following  spring,  from  late  May  to  the  middle  of  .Tune.  The  female 
parasite  deposits  a  single  egg  within  the  young  curculio  through  tlie  curculio 
oviposition  scar.  The  maximum  period  of  incubation  is  thought  to  be  six  days. 
The  larva  passes  most  of  its  life  as  an  internal  feetler,  but  when  nearly  full- 
grown  leaves  the  host  and  becomes  temporarily  an  external  feeder.  In  this  stage 
it  passes  four  molts,  the  first  taking  place,  as  a  rule,  after  the  host  has  con- 
structed its  pupal  cell,  and  the  other  three  follow  within  a  period  of  ten  days. 
Pupation  occurs  in  about  four  or  five  days  after  the  construction  of  the  cocoon. 

The  parasite  apparently  does  not  commence  to  oviposit  until  .some  time  after  the 
curculio  has  begun  its  attack  on  the  fruit,  tlius  does  not  control  the  early  cur- 
culio larvip.  In  1915  its  emergence  at  North  East  was  retarded  by  the  cold,  wet 
season,  so  that  only  the  latest  of  the  larvje  were  attacked,  practically  all  of 
which  were  parasitized. 

A  new  genus  of  Elophidae  from  the  United  States,  A.  A.  Girault  (Ent. 
Xen-s,  27  (1916),  No.  -},  pp.  152-15J,). 

A  new  genus  of  pteromalid  chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  from  North  America, 
.\.  A.  GiKAULT  (Canad.  Ent.,  ^8  (1916).  No.  7,  pp.  2J,&-2JtS). 

Revision  of  the  parasitic  hymenopterus  insects  of  the  genus  Aphycus,  with 
notice  of  some  related  genera,  P.  H.  Timherlake  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  50 
(1916),  pp.  561-6//0,  pis.  6). — Forty-three  species  of  Aphycus  are  recognized, 
of  which  14  are  described  as  new,  namely,  Aphycus  mncvlipcnnin  reared  from 
Lecanium  corylifex  at  Lawrence,  Ma.ss. ;  A.  albiconiis  reared  from  Pulvinaria 
sp.,  at  Ikeda,  near  Kobi,  Japan ;  A.  schwarzi  collected  in  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains,  Arizona ;  A.  rilcyi  reared  from  Lecanium  sp.  on  Japanese  persim- 
mon at  Millheim,  Tex.,  from  an  unknown  host  on  sumach  at  St.  Louis,  Mo., 
from  L.  corni  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  and  at  Guclph,  Ontario,  and  also  collected  at 
Lansing,  Mich.,  and  South  Kirtland,  Ohio;  .4.  subfasciatus  reared  from  L.  ccra- 
sifex  on  elm  at  Columbus,  Kan.s. ;  A.  similis  reared  from  a  lecanium  on  Jap- 
anese persimmon  at  Millheim,  Tex.;  A.  physokermis  reared  from  Pltysokcrnus 
iiisignicola  at  Santa  Maria,  Cal. ;  A.  meianostomatus  reared  from  a  lecanium  on 
linden  and  oak  in  Denmark  and  from  L.  fuscum  in  England ;  A.  kingi  reareil 
from  Pulvinaria  sp.,  Lawrence,  Mass. ;  A.  mayri  reared  from  L.  coryli  in  Den- 
mark; A.  rusti  reared  from  Pulvinaria  sp.,  on  sweet  potato  at  Sullana,  Piura. 
Peru ;  A.  claviger  collected  at  Auckland,  New  Zealand ;  A.  eriococci  reared  from 
Eriococcus  hoicardi  on  Quercus  utahensis,  Salt  Lake  City ;  and  A.  lutcolus 
reared  from  Coccus  hesperidum,  Saissetia  olece,  and  C.  citricola  at  various 
localities  in  California. 

The  genus  Pseudococcobius  is  erected,  and  three  species  Pseudococcobius 
ehrhorni  reared  from  Pseudococcus  ryani  at  San  Francisco,  Cal..  P.  terryi 
reared  from  Pseudococcus  saccharifolii  in  Hawaii,  and  P.  bifasciatus  reared 
from  Phenacoccus  sp.,  on  an  apple  tree  at  Lancaster,  N.  H.,  are  also  described 
as  new. 

The  genus  Botliriocrjera  is  also  erected  and  the  type  species  B.  flaripes  reared 
from  a  dactylopiine  coccid  on  Elymus  at  Kimballs,  Utah,  described  as  new. 


858  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.35 

Pseudaphycus  gramirdeola  reared  from  a  dactylopiine  coccid  on  stipa  at  Las 
Vegas,  N.  Mex.,  and  Elymus  condensatus  at  Kimballs,  Utah;  P.  prosopidis 
reared  from  Pseudococcus  prosopidis,  Mesilla,  N.  Mex. ;  P.  tcebsteri  reared  from 
E.  virginicus  at  "Villa  Ridge,  111. ;  Aceropkagus  gutierreziw  reared  from  Pseudo- 
coccus  gutierrezice  at  Las  Cruces,  N.  Mex. ;  A.  erii  reared  from  Erium  lichten- 
sioides  at  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah ;  Aenasioidea  tenuicornis  reared  from  Kermes 
miyasakii  at  Akabane,  Japan;  A.  kermicola  reared  from  K.  essigii  on  Quercus 
agrifoUa,  Pasadena,  Cal.,  and  from  K.  galUformis  at  Murray,  Utah;  and  the 
genus  Aphycopsis  are  described  as  new. 

A  contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  Cajiadian  ticks,  O.  G.  Hewitt  (Proc.  and 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Canada,  3.  ser.,  .9  {1915),  Sect.  IV,  pp.  225-239,  pis.  .^).— This 
is  a  summary  of  knowledge  of  the  occurrence,  hosts,  etc.,  of  ticks  in  Canada  in 
which  14  species  and  1  variety  are  noted.  A  list  of  the  literature  referred  to 
is  appended. 

Some  centipedes  and  their  venom,  J.  W.  Cornwall  (Indian  Jour.  Med.  Re- 
search, 3  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  5^1-557,  pis.  5). — "The  orifice  of  the  venom  duct  is 
oval  and  lies  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  venom  claw,  nearer  the  greater  curva- 
ture and  at  a  little  distance  from  the  apex.  Centipedes  possess  four  distinct 
pairs  of  glands  with  ducts  opening  near  the  head,  namely,  anterior  salivary 
glands,  posterior  salivary  glands,  third  pair  of  glands,  and  venom  glands. 
Centipedes  have  detinite  ductless  hsemoiwietic  organs.  The  toxic  action  of  the 
venom  is  relatively  low  and  is  a  character  of  secondary  importance.  The  main 
function  of  the  venom  gland  is  probably  to  secrete  digestive  ferments,  not  to 
furnish  a  lethal  agent.  Extract  of  the  salivary  and  the  third  glands  contains 
lysins,  which  are  selective,  anticoagulin,  diastase,  invertase,  and  proteolytic 
enzyms." 

FOOrS— HUMAN  NUTRITION. 

Diet  and  dietetic  therapeutics,  C.  A.  Ewald  and  M.  Klotz  (Didt  und  Didto- 
iJierapie.  Berlin:  Urban  d  Schivarzenberg,  1915,  4-  ed.,  pp.  X+^JO,  fig.  1). — 
"While  based  on  the  third  edition  of  Ewald  and  Munk's  Nutrition  of  Man  in 
Health  and  Disease  (E.  S.  R.,  8,  p.  331)  and  designated  in  its  subtitle  as  a 
fourth  edition  of  that  book,  the  present  volume  differs  in  many  respects  from 
the  earlier.  The  general  knowledge  of  the  science  of  nutrition  has  progressed 
so  far  in  the  last  20  years  that  the  discussions  of  the  general  functions  of  food 
and  the  stages  in  metabolism  are  no  longer  considered  necessai-y  in  such  a 
handbook  for  the  general  practitioner  and  consequently  have  been  omitted  by 
the  authors.  Where  recent  investigations  have  overthrown  or  extensively  modi- 
fied formerly  accepted  conclusions  regarding  specific  subjects,  more  authoritative 
work  has  been  substituted  for  that  previously  cited,  but  where  recent  work 
has  simply  confirmed  older  conclusions  the  sources  utilized  in  the  earlier 
editions  have  been  retained.  The  sections  dealing  with  the  diet  of  infants 
and  children  both  in  health  and  disease  are  new,  having  been  prepared  by 
Klotz,  who  has  also  contributed  the  present  section  on  milk. 

Contributions  to  human  nutrition  (Zent.  Einkaufsgesell.  Beschrdnkt.  Haf- 
tung,  Abhandl.  1915,  Orig.,  Nos.  1,  pp.  IS,  figs.  4;  2,  pp.  8S,  pis.  2,  figs.  15;  1916, 
Nos.  3,  pp.  78;  6,  pp.  9Jf,  pls.  4-  f^gs.  5). — This  series  of  papers,  in  addition  to 
summarizing  data  on  various  phases  of  human  nutrition,  reports  some  investi- 
gations curried  on  by  the  Central  Purchasing  Association,  Ltd.  The  titles 
and  authors  of  the  publications  follow:  The  Treatment  and  Utilization  of 
Frozen  Pork,  by  R.  Plank  and  E.  Kallert ;  Investigations  Regarding  Energy 
and  Protein  Requirements  of  the  Higher  Animals  and  Man,  by  H.  P.  Wamser 
(in  which  paper  an  attempt  is  made  to  express,  by  means  of  mathematical 
formulae,  the  protein  and  energy  requirements  of  different  species,  age,  sex, 


1918]  FOODS — HUMAN    NUTRITION.  8f)9 

and  activity)  ;  Preserved  Meat  and  I'reserved  Sausage  for  tlie  Nutrition  of 
the  Army  and  tlie  Nation,  by  P.  Koonln ;  and  Tlie  Treatment  and  LtUlzallun 
of  Frozen  Beef,  by  U.  I'lanic  and  l-:.  Kallert. 

Circulars  on  human  nutrition  {Zcnt.  Einkaufage»cll.  lieachrdnkt.  liaftung, 
Flugschr.  [1915],  Oriy.,  Nos.  2,  pp.  15;  8,  pp.  23;  9.  pp.  16:  11,  pp.  20,  flgt.  4; 
12.  pp.  16;  13,  pp.  12;  I4,  pp.  82;  15,  pp.  Iti;  2S,  pp.  32,  fig».  26;  25.  pp.  \0).— 
Tins  series  of  short  popular  articles  deals  wltli  tlie  ect.nomlcul  use  of  foo<l 
in  the  liome.  The  titles  and  their  authors  follow:  The  Protein  Supply  «'f 
the  German  Empire,  by  H.  P.  Wamser;  Sea  Mussels  as  Food  {KtgtHua  vduliM 
and  Mya  arcnuria],  by  Ehrenbaum  and  F.  Diiu'c :  Cookery  with  Little  Kat.  by 
Hedwig  Heyl  and  N.  Zuntz;  Winter  Vej^etables  as  Human  Food,  by  K.  Weln- 
hausen,  Wilhelmine  Tschernoglasow,  and  M.  Uul)ner ;  Potato  Cookery  In  War- 
time, by  Josepliine  Nagel  and  E.  Abilerlialileii ;  Clirlstuuis  llakluK  la  Wartime; 
Sliort  Contributl()ns  to  Human  Nutrition  (collected  articles  from  KrUg»koat)  ; 
Cured  Fish  as  Human  Food  and  its  Utilization  in  Minced  and  Suusat'o  Form, 
by  C.  Kallert  and  Johanna  Martin ;  Our  Wild  Plants  in  Cookery,  by  U.  Wlnckel ; 
and  War  Cooliery  in  the  Summer  of  191G. — Recipes  for  Rations  Poor  In  Meat 
and  Fat,  by  Josephine  Nagei  and  C.  Oppenheimer. 

The  shortage  in  the  fat  supply,  its  cause,  and  means  of  remedy,  E.  Mauuel 
{Rev.  Uijij.  ct  Pol.  l<!auit.,  3S  (1U16).  No.  1,  pp.  C-}J-6"7i).— The  author  discusses 
the  fat  requirements  of  France,  tlie  sources  of  supi)ly,  tlie  causes  of  the 
diminution  of  production  and  increase  in  cost,  and  appropriate  measures  for 
avoiding  a  deficiency  in  the  supply  of  fat  (thereby  avoiding  the  increase  Iq 
price).  Tlie  fat  requirements  of  the  individual  are  placed  at  1  gm.  iht  kilogram 
of  body  weight ;  that  is,  G5  gm.  for  tlie  average  adult.  Of  this  about  35  gm.  la 
eaten  as  a  constituent  part  of  the  average  food  and  30  gm.  as  added  fat.  The 
actual  supply  of  fat  in  the  Republic  is  held  to  be  quite  sufliclent  for  the  needs 
of  the  inhabitants. 

Bacteriological  analysis  of  oysters  sold  at  Marseille,  A.  Gioon  nnd  O. 
RiCHET,  Jb.  {Rev.  Hyg.  ct  Pol.  Sanit.,  3S  {1916),  Nu.  7,  pp.  621-641,  fig.  i).— 
Bacteriological  examination  of  the  oysters  sold  in  JIarseille  showed  them  to  be 
badly  contaminated.  High  bacterial  contents,  with  a  large  percentage  of  Bacillut 
coli,  were  found  in  the  case  of  the  shell  liquor  and  the  intestinal  mass.  The 
organisms  of  typhoid  and  paratyplioid  A  and  B  were  also  i.solated.  The  waters 
from  which  the  oysters  were  taken  and  those  in  which  they  were  lloated  were 
badly  polluted  with  sewage.  Recommendations  are  formulated  for  improving 
the  sanitary  quality  of  the  oysters. 

Milling  and  baking,  L.  Ammann  {Meuneric  et  Boulangerie.  Paris:  J.  B. 
book  of  milling  and  baking.  Information  is  given  regarding  the  different 
varieties  of  wheat  and  their  composition  and  food  value.  The  methods  em- 
ployed and  tlie  apparatus  used  in  cleaning  nnd  milling  wheat  are  described  in 
detail.     Information  is  also  given  regarding  the  preparation  of  doughs  and 

baking. 

Making  light  bread,  Addie  D.  Root  {Vniv.  Missouri,  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Serv. 
Circ.  11  {1916),  pp.  11).— A.  popular  bulletin  whicli  gives  information  regarding 
the  ingredients' used  and  their  proportions,  the  handling  of  the  ingredients,  and 

bread  diseases.  ,    ,.      ,, 

Rice,  as  prepared  for  food  in  Bengal,  J.  N.  Rakshit  (Agrt.  Jour.  India.  11 
{1916)'  No  2  pp  nJf-rJS).— This  article  describes  in  detail  the  method  of 
prepar'ation,  properties,  and  uses  of  a  number  of  native  dishes  prepared  from 
both  the  unhusked  and  husked  rice. 

Breakfast  foods  and  their  relative  value,  G.  E.  YouNGnuKC.  {South  Dakota 
Sta  Bill.  168  {1916),  pp.  447-^02) --Analytical  and  co.st  data  are  giv.-n  regard- 
ing a  number  of  breakfast  foods  sold  in  the  State.    The  retail  price  per  pound 


860  EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECORD.  [Vol.  35 

varied  from  7.2  to  43.9  cents.  It  is  stated  that  with  care  in  selection  a  saving 
of  from  30  to  100  per  cent  may  be  made.  The  nutritive  value  per  pound  of 
the  different  foods  did  not  vary  materially. 

Sanitary  studies  of  baking  powders. — Is  aluminum  absorbable  from 
bread,  and  similar  food  products,  made  with  alum  baking  powder?  W.  J. 
GiES  {Biochem.  Bid.,  5  {1916),  No.  20-21,  pp.  151-157).— The  author  refers  to 
the  apparent  disagreement  in  the  results  of  previous  work  by  himself  and  col- 
leagues (E.  S.  R.,  26,  p.  564)  on  the  effect  of  aluminum  salts  and  the  findings  of 
the  Referee  Board  of  Consulting  Scientific  Experts  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  on  the  question  of  alum  in  baking  powder  (E.  S.  R.,  31,  p.  556).  He 
presents  an  outline  of  a  further  study  of  this  question,  to  be  carried  out  with  the 
independent  cooperation  of  other  investigators.  This  is  to  include  a  study  of 
analytical  methods  (noted  on  page  802  of  this  issue),  an  investigation  of  the 
facts  pertaining  to  the  observation  and  examination  of  aluminum  salts  in  the 
case  of  human  subjects,  and  a  repetition  of  a  portion  of  his  earlier  experiments 
with  laboratory  animals  (dogs). 

The  bacteriology  of  the  bubble  fountain,  Doeothy  F.  Pettibone,  F.  B. 
BoGABT,  and  P.  F.  Clark  (Jour.  Bad.,  1  {1916),  No.  5,  pp.  ^71-480,  fig.  i).— The 
investigation  here  reported  was  made  as  the  result  of  an  epidemic  of  strepto- 
coccus tonsilitis,  in  which  bubble  fountains  were  suspected  to  be  a  factor  in 
transmitting  the  disease.    The  city  water  was  found  to  be  free  from  streptococci. 

"A  survey  of  all  the  fountains  of  the  University  [of  Wisconsin]  showed  the 
presence  of  streptococci  in  over  50  per  cent  of  the  total  number.  The  streptococci 
varied  in  abundance  from  a  few  chains  to  an  almost  pure  culture  obtained  by 
swabbings  from  the  fountains  in  the  women's  dormitory, 

"  In  an  experimental  bubble  fountain.  Bacillus  prodigiosus  when  introduced 
either  by  means  of  a  pipette  or  by  the  moistened  lips  remained  in  the  water  from 
2  to  135  minutes,  depending  partly  on  the  height  of  the  '  bubble.' 

"  Most  of  the  organisms  are  fiushed  away,  but  some  remain,  dancing  in  the 
column  much  as  a  ball  dances  on  the  garden  fountain,  even  though  the  bubble  be 
increased  to  the  impractical  height  of  4  in. 

"  To  avoid  the  difficulty  always  present  in  the  vertical  column,  a  simple  foun- 
tain with  a  tube  at  an  angle  of  50  degrees  from  the  vertical  was  constructed. 
B.  prodigiosus  was  never  found  in  the  plates  from  this  type  of  fountain,  even 
when  samples  were  taken  immediately  after  the  introduction  of  the  organ- 
ism. ...  [It  is  believed]  that  this  type  of  fountain  should  be  generally  adopted. 
Its  simplicity,  low  cost  of  construction,  and  freedom  froiu  lurking  danger  should 
recommend  it  to  all." 

Court  decision  pertaining  to  the  public  health  [including  foods]  {Pub. 
Health  Rpts.  [TJ.  S.},  Reprint  342  (1913-1916),  pp.  XXV +192). —This  is  a  com- 
pilation of  judicial  opinions  which  have  been  published  in  public  health  reports 
between  May  30,  1913,  and  July  14,  1916.  Several  of  these  opinions  have  to  do 
with  pure-food  laws  and  food  sanitation. 

Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Markets  of  the  City  of  Newton,  Mass.  (Rpf.  Bur. 
Markets  [Newton,  ilass.},  1915,  pp.  56,  pis.  2,  figs.  10). — In  addition  to  present- 
ing a  review  of  the  work  of  the  bureau  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31, 
1915,  this  report  discusses  the  underlying  causes  of  high  food  costs  and  gives  a 
comparison  of  prices  of  produce  sold  in  the  public  markets  and  in  the  retail  stores 
of  Newton  and  in  other  places. 

Retail  prices  of  food  supplies  in  New  Jersey  (Ann.  Rpt.  Bur.  Indus.  Statis. 
N.  J.,  88  (1915),  pp.  149-157).— This  is  a  compilation  of  the  retail  prices  of  a 
selected  list  of  food  supplies  prevailing  during  the  month  of  June,  1915,  as 
reported  by  representative  dealers  in  the  principal  centers  of  population  of  the 
State. 


1916]  FOODS HUMAN    NUTRITION.  861 

Cost  of  food  for  an  adult  woman,  Miss  C.  E.  Collet  (Jour.  Roy.  Slatis.  «or., 
79  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  300-308) .—The  data  presented  in  this  paper  show  the 
average  cost  of  food  per  person  per  week  in  households  of  adult  women  (in  all 
of  which  some  one  was  especially  in  chars,'e  of  the  housekeeping)  and  for  adult 
wage-earning  women  having  no  one  at  home  in  charge  of  the  housekeeping. 
The  paper  is  followed  by  a  discussion. 

The  cold  school  lunch,  Bab  Bell  (Univ.  Missouri,  Col.  Agr.  Ext.  Serv.  Circ. 
10  {1916),  pp.  8,  figs.  S).— Suggestions  are  given  for  the  choice  of  foods,  the 
belection  of  the  container,  and  the  packing  of  the  lunch. 

Restricted  diet  and  nutritional  deficiency,  E.  Weill,  G.  Moubiquand,  and 
P.  Michel  (Conipt.  Rend.  Soc.  Biol.  [Paris],  79  {1916),  Nos.  2,  pp.  87-39;  5,  pp. 
189-199;  9,  pp.  382-386) .—The  authors  state  that  the  terra  "restricted  diet" 
may  have  different  meanings,  some  restricted  diets  permitting  of  normal  nutri- 
tion while  others  result  in  illness  and,  in  some  cases,  in  death.  In  their  opinion 
deficiency  diseases  are  due  to  depriving  the  food  of  some  essential  substances 
(vitamins)  either  by  removing  the  outer  coats  of  cereals  or  by  sterilization  of 
the  food. 

Experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (cats)  are  reported  which  showed 
that  diets  of  raw,  frozen,  or  salted  meat  did  not  produce  symptoms  of  nervous 
degeneration  due  to  deficiency  of  the  diet.  Cats  fed  exclusively  upon  sterilized 
meat  showed  symptoms  similar  to  those  produced  in  pigeons  fed  upon  exclusive 
diets  of  cereals  which  had  been  sterilized  or  those  from  which  the  outer  layers 
had  been  removed. 

It  is  the  authors'  belief  that  sterilization  in  the  case  of  moat  or  grains 
removes  some  ferment  which  is  essential  to  normal  nutrition  of  the  body,  espe- 
cially the  nutrition  of  the  nervous  system.  Pigeons  w-hich  were  fed  exclusively 
upon  a  diet  of  raw  polished  rice  showed  nervous  degeneration  due  to  the  dietary 
deficiency.  Sterilization  of  the  grains  produced  the  same  effect  as  a  removal 
of  the  outer  coat,  and  sterilization  of  the  grains  after  the  removal  of  the  outer 
coat  hastened  the  appearance  of  the  symptoms  in  the  case  of  pigeons. 

The  importance  of  vitamins  in  relation  to  nutrition  in  health  and  disease, 
C.  VoEGETLiN  {Jour.  Wttsh.  Acad.  ScL,  6  {1916),  No.  16,  pp.  575-595).— lu  this 
lecture  the  author  outlines  briefly  recent  advances  in  the  science  of  nutrition, 
especially  with  reference  to  the  importance  of  the  presence  in  the  diet  of  small 
quantities  of  substances  essential  for  the  maintenance  of  health.  The  subjects 
considered  are  the  deficiency  disease,  beri-beri ;  the  isolation  and  chemical 
properties  of  vitamins ;  the  physiological  action  of  vitamins ;  and  the  distribu- 
tion of  vitamins  in  foods.  A  discussion  of  the  factors  which  tend  to  reduce 
the  vitamin  content  of  the  diet  is  included. 

The  digestibility  and  utilization  of  egg  proteins,  W.  B.  Bateman  (Jour. 
Biol.  Chem.,  26  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  263-291).— The  author  reports  the  results  of 
an  extended  study  of  the  behavior  of  egg  white  in  the  alimentary  tract  by 
means  of  experiments  with  laboratory  animals  (dogs,  rats,  and  rabbits)  and 
human  subjects.    The  data  reported  may  be  summarized  as  follows : 

"  Raw  egg  white  is  found  to  be  a  decidedly  indigestible  substance.  It  may 
cause  diarrhea  in  dogs,  rats,  rabbits,  and  man  when  ingested  in  any  large 
quantity.  Its  utilization  by  the  body  is  poor  since  it  is  used  only  to  the  extent 
of  from  50  to  70  per  cent.  Subjects  can  acquire  a  certain  tolerance  for  the 
native  protein  after  ingesting  it  for  several  days  so  that  it  no  longer  causes 
diarrhea  and   is  somewhat  better  utilized." 

It  was  found  that  raw  egg  white  could  be  made  digestible  through  coagula- 
tion by  heat ;  by  precipitation  with  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether ;  by  incuba- 
tion with  dilute  acids  or  alkalis;  by  partial  digestion  by  pepsin;  or  by 
conversion  into  alkali-metaprotein.     The  well-cooked  whites  of  from  four  to 


862  EXPEKIMENT   STATION   EECOKD.  [Vol.  35 

six  eggs  could  be  eaten  by  dogs  without  the  production  of  any  of  the  symp- 
toms resulting  from  the  ingestion  of  the  raw  egg  white.  About  90  per  cent 
of  the  nitrogen  in  cooked  eggs  was  utilized  as  compared  with  50  to  70  per 
cent  in  the  case  of  the  raw  egg  white. 

"  The  indigestibility  of  native  egg  white  probably  lies  either  in  its  anti- 
tryptic  content  or  in  its  chemical  constitution.  Its  physical  texture  appears  to 
play  a  minor  part  in  its  behavior. 

"  Of  the  individual  proteins  constituting  egg  white,  the  albumin  fraction  ap- 
pears to  be  the  indigestible  component. 

"  The  whites  of  the  hen's  egg  and  duck's  egg  act  alike  in  causing  diarrhea 
and  in  being  poorly  utilized. 

"  Egg  yolk  either  raw  or  cooked  is  excellently  utilized.  It  sometimes  causes 
digestive  disturbances   in  dogs,   apparently  because  of  its  high  fat  content." 

The  author  states  that  the  observations  of  earlier  investigators,  relied  upon 
by  dietitians  in  supporting  the  use  of  raw  eggs,  have  been  misinterpreted  and 
that  while  raw  whole  eggs,  raw  egg  white,  and  albumin  water  are  excessively 
l)rescribed  in  dieto-therapy  there  is  little  basis  of  fact  for  this  practice,  in  view 
of  the  data  obtained  in  this  investigation. 

An  extended  bibliography  is  appended. 

Feeding  experiments  on  the  substitution  of  protein  by  definite  mixtures 
of  isolated  amino  acids,  H.  H.  Mitchell  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  26  (1916),  No.  1, 
pp.  231-261,  figs.  5). — Experimental  data  obtained  by  other  investigators  on  the 
feeding  of  mixtures  of  amino  acids  to  the  exclusion  of  protein  are  re\'iewed  at 
length,  and  the  author  reports  experiments  undertaken  for  the  purpose  of 
discovering  some  mixture  of  isolated  amino  acids  which  would  be  capable  of 
supporting  life.  Although  the  results  of  these  experiments  have  not  been 
entirely  successful,  they  have  several  points  of  interest.  The  results  of  the 
investigation  may  be  summarized  as  follows : 

Mice  were  kept  alive  for  from  70  to  9S  days  by  feeding  alternately  a  ration 
containing  from  4  to  6  per  cent  of  various  mixtiires  of  isolated  amino  acids, 
6  to  4  per  cent  sucrose,  34  per  cent  starch,  28  per  cent  protein-free  milk,  10 
per  cent  lard,  and  18  per  cent  butter  fat,  and  a  ration  containing  10  per  cent 
of  sucrose  with  other  constituents  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  first.  In 
some  of  the  experiments  the  mice  practically  maintained  their  weight  for 
periods  of  from  15  to  35  days. 

"  The  alternate  feeding  of  an  amino  acid  ration  and  a  nonnitrogenous  ration 
(except  for  the  nitrogen  present  in  the  protein-free  milk)  induced  a  better  total 
consumption  of  food  than  feeding  with  an  amino  acid  ration  alone,  and  in  all 
other  respects  led  to  more  successful  results.  However,  it  is  probable  that  in 
no  case  was  the  amino  acid  intake  sufficiently  large  to  assure  a  fair  test  of  its 
adequacy. 

"Amino  acid  rations  containing  no  added  tyrosin,  or  no  added  tyrosin  and 
phenylalanin,  did  not  give  appreciably  different  results  from  rations  contain- 
ing these  amino  acids.  However,  if  tryptophane  was  absent  from  an  amino 
acid  ration  the  period  of  survival  of  mice  fed  this  ration  alternately  with  the 
nonnitrogenous  ration  was  noticealily  shorter  than  the  periods  of  survival  of 
mice  kept  on  rations  containing  added  trytophane. 

"  Mice  could  be  kept  for  much  longer  periods  of  time  on  rations  containing 
mixtures  of  amino  acids,  including  trytophane  and  fed  alternately  with  the  non- 
nitrogenous basal  ration,  than  when  fed  the  basal  ration  alone.  Furthermore, 
this  difference  in  survival  can  not  be  accounted  for  by  a  difference  in  energy 
intake.  This  fact  has  been  interpreted  as  meaning  that  at  least  some  of  the 
amino  acids  have  specific  functions  in  metabolism  aside  from  that  of  serving 
Bimply  as  material  for  the  synthesis  of  body  protein." 


1916]  FOODS — HUMAN   NUTRITION.  863 

This  view  is  supported  by  the  results  of  other  investigators  cited  from  the 
literature. 

The  influence  of  ingested  carbohydrate,  protein,  and  fat  on  the  blood  sugar 
in  phlorizin  diabetes,  F.  A.  Csonka  {Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  20  (1916),  No.  1,  pp. 
93-9S,  fig.  i).— Following  the  ingestion  of  20  gm.  of  glucose  by  phlorizinized 
laboratory  animals  (dogs)  the  blood  sugar  readied  the  maximum  at  the  second 
hour  and  declined  to  the  original  level  at  the  fourth  hour.  It  was  found  In 
earlier  experiments  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  755)  that  94  per  cent  of  16  gm.  of  glucose 
given  to  a  phlorizinized  dog  was  excreted  during  the  first  five  hours  as  "  extra 
glucose." 

As  the  elimination  of  the  ingested  glucose  was  practically  complete  and  the 
curve  of  blood  sugar  was  parallel  to  that  of  extra  glucose,  the  conclusion  is 
drawn  that  no  glucose  was  deposited  between  the  periods  of  absorption  and 
elimination. 

"  That  the  blood  sugar  is  increased  after  ingestion  of  protein  is  apparent 
from  the  curve  which  shows  that  the  endogenous  glucose  derived  from  meat 
protein  and  gelatin  appears  in  the  blood  as  glucose — at  least,  partially  so — since 
the  isoglucogenic  quantities  of  ingested  endogenous  and  exogenous  glucose 
should  give  the  same  increase  of  blood  sugar.  The  ingestion  of  fat,  which  does 
not  produce  '  extra  glucose,'  did  not  cause  any  appreciable  increase  in  blood 
sugar." 

Studies  of  urinary  and  blood  nitrogen  curves  after  feeding  in  the  dog, 
O.  H.  P.  Pepper  and  J.  H.  Austin  (Proc.  Soc.  Expt.  Biol,  and  Med.,  12  (1915), 
No.  8,  pp.  179-181). — The  daily  variation  in  the  nonprotein  blood  nitrogen  in  a 
normal  dog  receiving  a  diet  containing  0.4  gm.  of  nitrogen  per  kilogram  of  body 
weight  was  about  9  mg.  The  maximum  was  reached  about  2  hours  after  feed- 
ing, and  the  original  level  was  reached  in  about  10  to  14  hours.  The  feeding 
of  excessive  quantities  of  meat  increased  the  nonprotein  blood  nitrogen  from  25 
to  40  mg.  in  from  6  to  8  hours  and  the  original  level  was  not  reached  at  the 
end  of  24  hours.  The  curve  of  nonprotein  blood  nitrogen  in  a  normal  dog  after 
feeding  followed  closely  the  curve  of  the  urinary  nitrogen. 

"  In  the  fasting  dog  there  occurs  a  gradual  fall  in  blood  nitrogen  to  a  minimum 
of  from  12  to  18  mg.,  reached  in  from  30  to  48  hours  after  the  last  feeding,  and 
followed  by  a  rise  in  the  next  few  hours  to  about  25  mg.,  at  about  which  level 
it  tends  to  persist.  The  urinary  nitrogen  shows  a  similar  but  less  pronounced 
curve." 

The  elimination  of  ammonia  in  the  urine  during  rest,  D.  Liotta  (Arch. 
Farmacol.  Sper.  e  Sci.  Aff.,  22  (1916),  No.  6,  pp.  205-228,  figs  5).— ExT)eriments 
are  reported  with  laboratory  animals  (dogs)  and  human  beings,  which  show 
that  the  elimination  of  ammonia  in  the  urine  increased  notably  during  rest. 

The  metabolism  of  sulphur. — I,  The  relative  eliminations  of  sulphur  and 
nitrogen  in  the  dog  in  inanition  and  subsequent  feeding,  H.  B.  Lewis  (Jour. 
Biol.  Chem.,  26  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  61-68).— The  author  reviews  critically  the 
w^ork  of  other  investigators  on  the  excretion  of  sulphur  as  related  to  nitrogen 
elimination  and  reports  the  results  of  his  own  experiments  on  this  subject.  In 
the  case  of  laboratory  animals  (dogs),  determinations  were  made  of  the  nitro- 
gen and  sulphur  elimination  during  periods  of  prolonged  fasting  and  during 
subsequent  shorter  periods  of  alternate  fasting  and  feeding. 

The  experimental  data  showed  no  evidence  of  any  increasing  retention  of 
sulphur  as  compared  with  nitrogen.  The  nitrogen :  sulphur  ratio  during  the 
fasting  periods,  with  two  exceptions,  varied  within  narrow  limits  (from  14  to 
15  for  the  most  part). 

The  author  states  that  if  a  partial  conservation  of  the  protein  molecule  in 
ceUular  catabolism  can  be  effected  by  the  organism,  as  has  been  sugge.sted  by 


864  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

other  investigators,  this  does  not  appear  to  be  effective  in  the  case  of  tlie 
sulphur  fraction  of  the  molecule  in  the  light  of  these  experiments.  "  This  con- 
clusion is  in  accord  with  the  present-day  conception  of  the  indispensability  of 
adequate  amounts  of  preformed  cystin  in  the  diet,  as  recently  exemplified  by 
the  experiments  of  Osborne  and  Mendel  on  white  rats." 

High  nitrogen :  sulphur  ratios,  with  a  retention  of  sulphur,  were  found  during 
the  feeding  periods  following  the  fasting  periods.  When  the  feeding  periods 
extended  over  a  number  of  days  there  occurred  a  gradual  diminution  of  the 
ratio  to  normal,  but  if  the  feeding  period  was  followed  by  a  fasting  period  the 
ratios  were  lower  than  the  normal  or  fasting  ratios,  indicating  an  excessive 
elimination  of  sulphur  as  compared  with  nitrogen.  On  the  basis  of  unpublished 
experimental  data,  the  author  believes  that  this  indicates  a  retention  of  sul- 
phur to  build  up  sulphur-rich  tissues,  as  the  result  of  a  specific  attempt  of  the 
organism  to  restore  material  lost  during  the  starvation  period,  rather  than  a 
lag  in  the  elimination  of  sulphur. 

ANIMAL  PRODUCTION. 

Experimental  studies  on  growth,  II-VII,  T.  B.  Robertson,  L.  A.  Ray,  and 

Ethel  Cutler  (Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  2//  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  363-Ji08.  figs,  l^;  25 
(1916),  No.  3,  pp.  635-667,  figs.  13). — In  continuation  of  work  already  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  65),  six  papers  are  here  presented  on  the  influence  of  protein 
dietary  factors  upon  the  process  of  growth  and  phenomena  incident  thereto  in 
white  mice. 

II.  The  normal  growth  of  the  ivhite  mouse  (pp.  363-383). — In  these  studies 
it  was  found  that  "  in  each  sex  there  are  three  separate  extra-uterine  growth 
cycles.  The  first  cycle  attains  its  maximum  velocity  at  some  time  shortly 
prior  to  7  days  after  birth  and  culminates  at  14  days.  The  second  cycle  attains 
its  maximum  velocity  at  from  21  to  23  days  and  culminates  soon  after  the 
twenty-eighth  day.  The  third  cycle  attains  its  maximum  velocity  at  about  6 
weeks  and  thereafter  decreases  in  velocity  continuously  but  very  slowly,  so  that 
growth  of  the  animals  still  occurs  between  the  fiftieth  and  sixtieth  weeks  suc- 
ceeding birth. 

"All  the  cycles  are  less  extensive  in  the  female  than  in  the  male. 

"  The  variability  in  weight  of  the  animals  shows  a  decided  tendency  to  in- 
crease with  increasing  velocity  of  growth  and  to  decrease  with  decreasing 
velocity  of  growth.  After  the  fortieth  week,  however,  especially  in  the  females, 
there  is  a  tendency  of  the  variability  to  increase  progressively  without  any  cor- 
responding increase  in  the  rate  of  growth. 

"  Weaning  of  the  animals  on  the  twenty-first  day  after  birth  produces  no 
physiological  disturbance  whatever  in  the  young. 

"  It  is  shown  from  the  variability  of  the  weight  that  considerable  numbers 
of  animals  must  be  employed  to  obtain  reliable  data  in  experiments  upon 
growth.  The  weight  data  reported  in  this  and  succeeding  articles  are  probably 
within  1  or  2  per  cent  of  the  true  values. 

"  Birth  in  mice  occurs  during  the  first  half  of  the  first  growth  cycle.  The 
eyes  open  coincidently  with  the  culmination  of  the  first  growth  cycle,  a  com- 
plete coat  of  fur  being  acquired  at  the  same  time.  Puberty  coincides  with  the 
period  of  maximum  velocity  of  growth  due  to  the  third  growth  cycle. 

"The  development  of  the  thyroid  and  of  the  thymus  in  mice  presents  well- 
marked  stages  which  coincide  closely  with  the  cycles  displayed  in  the  growth 
curve  of  these  animals.  Subsequent  to  the  culmination  of  the  first-gi-owth  cycle 
the  thyroid  is  heavier  in  the  male  than  in  the  female,  while  the  thymus  is 
heavier  in  the  female  than  in  the  male. 


1^*6J  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  865 

"There  is  a  steady  decrease  in  the  percentage  content  of  alcohol-soluble 
phosphorus  in  the  tissues  (other  than  cerebral  tissues)  of  mice  from  birth  to 
210  days  of  age,  and  this  decrease  is  almost  exactly  in  direct  proportion  to 
their  age," 

III.  The  influence  of  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary  body  vdoh  the  groioth 
of  the  white  mouse  (pp.  3S.5-396).— It  was  found  that  "the  administration  of 
0.125  gm.  per  day  per  animal  of  fresh  anterior  lobe  pituitary  tissue  to  mice, 
beginning  at  4  weeks  after  birth  (conclusion  of  the  second  growth  cycle)  leads 
to  retardation  of  growth  during  the  earlier  portion  of  the  third-growth  cycle, 
between  the  sixth  and  twentieth  weeks.  In  the  latter  part  of  the  third-growth 
cycle,  however,  from  the  twentieth  to  the  sixtieth  weeks  after  birth,  the  growth 
of  the  pituitary-fed  animals  is  markedly  accelerated,  so  that  they  not  only 
catch  up  to  the  normals,  but  actually,  at  about  one  year  of  age,  come  to  surpa.ss 
the  normals  in  weight. 

"  The  effect  of  the  pituitary  tissue  upon  the  variability  of  the  weight  of  the 
animals  is  similar  to  its  effect  upon  the  velocity  of  their  growth.  The  varia- 
bility is  diminished  in  the  earlier  portion  of  the  third-growth  cycle,  particularly 
between  the  tenth  and  the  twentieth  weeks.  Between  the  twentieth  and  the 
sixtieth  weeks,  however,  the  variability  curves  of  the  pituitary-fed  animals  ap- 
proach the  variability  curves  of  the  normals,  and  at  about  the  fortieth  or 
riftieth  week  the  two  variability  curves  intersect. 

"  Pituitary-fed  animals,  from  about  the  thirtieth  week  onward,  appear  more 
compactly  buiit  than  normal  animals.  The  pituitary-fed  animals,  weight  for 
weight,  are  smaller  than  the  normals  of  the  same  age,  and  size  for  size  they  are 
heavier.  Pituitary-fed  males  are  noticeably  more  belligerent  in  their  habits 
than  normal  males." 

IV.  The  influence  of  tethelin,  the  growth-controlling  principle  of  the  anterior 
lobe  of  the  pituitary  body,  upoti  the  growth  of  the  tvhite  mouse  (pp.  397-408). — 
From  the  concentrated  alcoholic  extract  of  dried  anterior  lobes  of  ox  pituitaries 
a  substance  has  been  extracted  and  named  tethelin. 

"  The  effects  of  tethelin  upon  the  growth  of  white  mice  resemble  in  every  par- 
ticular the  effects  of  the  administration  of  the  whole  anterior  lobe.  These 
effects  consist  in  marked  retardation  of  the  first  portion  of  the  third  growth 
cycle  followed  by  acceleration  of  the  latter  portion  of  the  third  growth  cycle. 
The  variability  in  weight  of  the  tethelin-fed  animals,  like  that  of  the  pituitary- 
fed  animals,  is  less  than  that  of  normals  of  the  same  age.  Adult  tethelin-fed 
animals,  like  adult  animals  which  have  been  fed  upon  the  anterior  lobe  of  the 
pituitary  body,  are  more  compact  in  form  and  build  than  normal  animals  of 
the  same  age.  Weight  for  weight  the  tethelin-fed  animals  are  smaller  than  the 
normal  ones,  and  size  for  size  they  are  heavier.  The  coats  of  adult  male  ani- 
mals which  have  been  fed  with  tethelin  retain,  even  at  14  months  of  age,  the 
glossy  silky  appearance  of  the  coats  of  young  animals.  Normal  males,  even  6 
months  prior  to  this  age,  have  shaggy,  staring,  and  discolored  coats.  This  im- 
provement in  the  coat  was  not  observed  in  the  pituitary-fed  animal.  Tethelin- 
fed  animals  do  not  display  the  remarkably  enhanced  belligerency  which  is 
exhibited  by  pituitary-fed  animals." 

Y.  The  influence  of  cholesterol  upon  the  growth  of  the  uhite  mouse  (pp. 
635-646). — It  was  found  in  these  studies  that  "the  administration  of  40  mg, 
per  day  per  animal  of  cholesterol  to  mice,  beginning  at  five  weeks  after  birth 
(conclusion  of  the  second  growth  cycle),  leads  to  marked  retardation  of  growth 
during  the  earlier  portion  of  the  third  growth  cycle,  between  the  fifth  and  tenth 
weeks.  From  the  tenth  week  onward,  however,  growth  is  decidedly  accelerated, 
although  the  acceleration  is  insufiicient  to  compensate  entirely  for  the  initial 
retardation.    The  influence  of  cholesterol  upon  the  third  growth  cycle  in  mice  is 


ggg  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

therefore  comparable  with  that  produced  by  the  administration  of  much  smaller 
doses  of  tethelin.  The  influence  of  cholesterol  upon  the  variability  of  the  ani- 
mals to  which  it  is  fed  is,  however,  directly  opposite  to  the  effect  exerted  by 
tethelin,  for  while  tethelin  reduces  the  variability  of  the  animals  to  which  it  is 
fed,  cholesterol  increases  their  variability.  This  increase  in  variability  is 
mainly  attributable  to  the  very  unequal  acceleration,  in  different  individuals,  of 
the  latter  portion  of  the  third  growth  cycle. 

"  Cholesterol-fed  animals  do  not  noticeably  differ  in  build  from  normal  ani- 
mals. Their  coats  are  smoother  and  more  glossy  in  appearance  than  those  of 
normal  animals  of  the  same  age.  Between  the  fifth  and  tenth  weeks  the  testicles 
of  cholesterol-fed  males  become  very  prominent.  This  disproportion  between  the 
size  of  the  testicles  and  that  of  the  animals  bearing  them  rapidly  disappears 
subsequent  to  the  tenth  week.  It  is  probably  due  to  absence  of  retardation  of 
the  growth  of  the  testicles  during  the  first  five  weeks  of  feeding,  so  that  the 
retardation  of  the  body  growth  of  the  animals  leads  to  disproportionate  size  of 
the  testicles.  The  subsequent  acceleration  of  the  body  growth  restores  the 
normal  proportion. 

"  No  deleterious  effects  attributable  to  the  feeding  of  cholesterol  were  ob- 
served. Three  animals  which  were  examined  after  50,  463,  and  511  days  of 
feeding,  respectively,  showed  no  evidence  of  lesions  in  the  wall  of  the  aorta  such 
as  are  observed  in  rabbits  after  feeding  relatively  smaller  doses  for  compara- 
tively brief  periods  of  time." 

VI.  The  influence  of  lecithin  upon  the  growth  of  the  white  mouse  (pp. 
647-661). — In  these  studies  it  was  found  that  "the  administration  by  mouth  of 
80  mg.  per  day  per  animal  of  egg  lecithin,  beginning  at  four  weeks  after  birth 
(conclusion  of  the  second  growth  cycle),  leads  to  no  deformation  of  the  curve  of 
growth,  the  only  demonstrable  effects  of  the  administration  consisting  in  a  very 
slight  uniform  retardation  of  growth  and  a  low  degree  of  resistance  to  infection, 
both  effects  being  not  improbably  attributable  to  the  injurious  action  of  excess  of 
cholin  absorbed  from  the  alimentary  tract. 

"  The  administration  by  mouth  of  4  mg.  per  day  of  lecithin  derived  from 
the  anterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary  body  produces  similar  effects.  Having  regard 
to  the  comparatively  small  dose  administered  it  is  possible  that  these  effects 
may  in  part  have  been  due  to  admixture  of  other  and  more  potent  substances 
with  lecithin  derived  from  this  source,  or  at  all  events  to  a  peculiarity  of 
lecithin  derived  from  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  pituitary  body. 

"The  lack  of  effect  of  lecithin  administered  by  mouth  in  comparison  with 
its  effects  when  administered  subcutaneously  or  to  lower  organisms  is  probably 
attributable  to  the  fact  that  lecithin  is  completely  split  during  digestion  and 
is  not  absorbed  to  any  appreciable  extent  as  such." 

VII.  The  influence  of  the  administration  of  egg  lecithin  and  of  cholesterol  to 
the  mother,  upon  the  groivth  of  suckling  mice  (pp.  663-667). — The  authors  found 
in  these  trials  that  "  the  administration  of  100  mg.  of  egg  lecithin  per  day  by 
mouth  to  the  mother  slightly  retards  the  growth  of  suckling  mice.  The  adminis- 
tration of  100  mg.  of  cholesterol  per  day  by  mouth  to  the  mother  causes  a  very 
marked  retardation  of  tbe  growth  of  suckling  mice  between  the  ninth  and 
twenty-first  days  after  birth." 

It  is  not  decided  "  whether  these  actions  represent  the  direct  effect  of  lecithin 
and  cholesterol  upon  the  growth  of  sucklings  or  only  an  indirect  effect  due  to 
interference  with  the  supply  of  milk." 

The  mechanism  of  crossing-over,  I,  II,  III,  IV,  H.  J.  MtJLLER  {Amer.  Nat., 
50  {1916),  Nos.  592,  pp.  193-221,  figs.  5;  593,  pp.  284-305,  figs.  4;  594,  PP-  350- 
366;  595,  pp.  421-434,  figs.  4)' — The  author  summarizes  the  results  of  his  studies 
as  follows : 


1916]  ANIMAL   PRODUCTION.  867 

"  Recent  results  complete  the  parallelism  between  factor  groups  and  chro- 
mosomes in  Drosophila.  This  strengthens  the  evidence  that  separation  of 
linlied  factors  is  due  to  an  interchange  between  chromosomes. 

"  The  chief  gaps  in  the  information  regarding  the  total  frequency  of  inter- 
change in  the  different  groups  have  been  filled,  and  it  is  found  that  the  usual 
total  frequencies  of  separation  corresi;)ond  to  the  lengths  of  the  chromosomes. 
This  constitutes  specific  evidence  that  crossing-over  is  the  method  of  inter- 
change between  the  chromosomes,  and  that  the  frequency  of  crossing-over  be- 
tween factors  is  determined  by  their  distance  apart  in  the  chromosome.  It  sup- 
plements the  other  evidence  for  these  conclusions  that  had  previously  been  found 
by  Sturtevant  in  the  linear  manner  of  linkage  of  the  factors. 

"  It  seems  uncertain  whether  crossing-over  occurs  in  the  strepsinema  stage,  as 
concluded  by  Jansseus,  or  earlier  in  synapsis.  The  cytological  evidence  at 
present  at  hand  would  seem  insufficient  to  settle  this  point.  Possible  tests  for 
various  alternative  mechanisms  of  crossing-over  are  proposed. 

"  In  order  to  study  the  nature  of  crossing-over  by  means  of  '  interference ' 
stocks  were  made  up  that  differed  in  regard  to  many  factors.  Females  hetero- 
zygous for  22  pairs  of  factors  were  thus  obtained,  and  a  special  method  was 
devised  for  testing  their  output.  Other  special  methods  for  obtaining  multiple 
stocks  and  for  eliminating  discrepancies  due  to  differential  viability  have  also 
been  presented.  The  results  have  been  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  curve  showing 
the  amount  of  interference  for  various  distances.  The  results  thus  far  obtained 
confirm  those  obtained  by  less  exact  methods,  and  also  give  evidence  that  in- 
terference decreases  gradually  with  distance  from  a  point  of  crossing-over;  this, 
taken  together  with  certain  evidence  from  nondisjunction,  lends  some  probability 
to  the  view  that  crossing-over  occurs  at  an  early  stage  in  synapsis. 
"  A  case  of  crossing-over  in  an  embryonic  cell  of  a  male  is  reported. 
"  Incidentally,  the  experiments  have  afforded  an  extensive  test  of  Castle's 
assumption  of  contamination  of  factors  by  their  allelomorphs.  Outcrossing  in 
each  generation  for  75  generations  has  failed  to  change  any  of  the  factors." 
A  bibliography  of  references  is  included. 

Investigation  in  Mendelian  inheritance,  G.  Lefe\tie  and  E.  H.  Ruckeb 
(Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  141  (1916),  p.  Jf2).—A  progress  report  of  work  in  crossing 
Silver-Spangled  Hamburg  X  Brown  Leghorn,  and  Sebright  X  Rose-Comb  Black 
Bantam.  In  the  latter  cross  the  Fi  cocks  showed  three  conditions:  (1)  Male- 
feathered  (SS)  ;  (2)  hen-feathered  (ss)  ;  and  (3)  intermediate  condition  (Ss). 
Total,  digestible,  and  manurial  composition  and  compensation  value  of 
foodstuffs,  compiled  by  G.  S.  Robertson  (Chelmsford,  England:  East  Anglian 
Inst.  Agr.  [1916],  pp.  25).— Compiled  analyses  are  given  of  a  large  number  of 
feeding  stuffs  and  similar  materials. 

Studies  on  the  mineral  elements  in  animal  nutrition,  E.  B.  Forbes  (Jour. 
Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  6  (1916),  No.  13,  pp.  4SI-U6) .—The  author  summarizes  the 
results  of  metabolism  experiments  conducted  at  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station 
and  previously  reported  from  various  sources. 

Inspection  of  feeding  stuffs  (Xeio  York  State  Sta.  Bui.  420  (1916),  pp.  161- 
309). —Analyses  of  the  follo%\ing  feeding  stuffs  are  given:  Cotton-seed  meal; 
linseed  meal ;  malt  sprouts ;  distillers'  and  brewers'  dried  grains ;  yeast  or  vine- 
gar dried  grains ;  corn  gluten  feed  and  meal ;  hominy  feed ;  meat  scrap  and  beef 
scrap  ;  fish  scrap ;  tankage  ;  bone  meal ;  red  dog  flour ;  wheat  bran  and  middlings ; 
rye  bran  and  middlings;  buckwheat  bran  and  middlings;  barley  middlings; 
corn,  pea,  coconut,  and  alfalfa  meals,  corn  oil  cake  meal,  and  peanut  oil  meal ; 
dried  beet  pulp ;  oat  hulls ;  and  various  mixed  and  proprietary  feeds. 

The  grazing  industry  of  the  blue  grass  region,  L.  Gabbier  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bui  391  (1916),  pp.  18,  figs.  i6).-This  bulletin  gives  a  general  review  of  the 


868  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

grazing  industry  of  the  blue  grass  regions  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  Ten- 
nessee, Kentucky,  and  West  "Virginia,  the  topics  dealt  with  being  the  different 
grades  of  blue  grass  pastures,  effect  of  winter  grazing  on  the  sod,  kinds  of  live 
stock  raised,  wintering  the  steers,  getting  a  sod,  value  of  a  pasture  when  grazed 
with  cattle  and  with  sheep,  maintaining  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  the  proper  rate 
to  graze,  care  of  pastures,  and  the  supply  of  stockers. 

In  estimating  the  value  of  blue  grass  pasture  when  grazed  with  cattle,  data 
were  collected  from  22  pastures  in  Virginia,  West  Virginia,  and  Kentucky, 
averaging  193  acres  and  G0.4  head  of  cattle.  The  average  results  obtained  were 
as  follows :  Yearly  gain  per  steer  386  lbs.,  and  per  acre,  121  lbs. ;  gross  returns, 
$12.40  per  acre ;  cost  of  wintering  per  steer  $12.13,  and  per  acre  of  pasture,  $3.80 ; 
and  net  returns,  $8.60  per  acre.  The  acreage  of  pasture  per  steer  varied  from 
5.55  to  1.8 ;  the  yearly  gain  per  acre  from  68  to  222  lbs. ;  the  cost  of  wintering 
from  $30.83  to  $7.50  per  steer ;  and  the  net  returns  per  acre  from  $2.10  to  $14.08. 
The  values  assigned  in  obtaining  these  results  were  7  cts.  per  pound  as  the 
purchase  price  of  stockers,  8  cts.  as  the  selling  price,  $4  a  ton  for  silage,  60 
cts.  a  bushel  for  corn,  $12  a  ton  for  hay,  $6  a  ton  for  corn  stover,  and  $4  a  ton  for 
straw.  Taxes,  insurance,  fencing,  and  labor  of  caring  for  stock  were  not  in- 
cluded. 

Data  on  pasturing  sheep  on  six  pastures  show  that  the  annual  returns  per 
acre  of  pasture,  with  wool  at  25  cts.  per  pound  and  lambs  at  7  cts.  per  pound, 
varied  from  $2.90  to  $12.66.  The  author  states  that  the  average  cost  of  winter- 
ing sheep  is  about  75  cts.  per  head. 

[Animal  husbandry],  Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  HI  (1916),  pp.  19-25,  figs.  5). — 
Notes  on  the  follo\\ing  investigations,  continuing  work  previously  noted  (E.  S. 
R.,  33,  p.  265),  are  presented: 

Use  of  feed  experiment,  by  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  C.  R.  Moulton,  and  L.  D. 
Haigh. — In  this  experiment  it  was  found  that  heifers  grown  on  a  low  plane  of 
nutrition  seem  to  produce  as  well-fleshed  calves  as  those  grown  on  a  higher 
plane  of  nutrition. 

A  thrifty  yearling  steer  has  a  strong  tendency  to  grow.  One  that  gained 
only  0.5  lb.  a  day  became  thinner  in  flesh.  At  the  end  of  a  year  on  such 
a  plane  of  nutrition  he  had  less  tendency  to  gi"ow  and  an  increased  tendency 
to  put  on  fat.  A  thrifty  yearling  steer  kept  at  body  maintenance  weight 
for  a  year  made  a  marked  skeletal  growth  and  used  most  of  his  reserve  tissue 
fat  but  none  of  the  fat  stored  in  the  skeleton.  Another  such  steer  continued 
to  grow  when  made  to  lose  0.5  lb.  a  day,  but  the  fat  from  the  skeleton  as 
well  as  the  tissue  fat  was  consumed  during  a  year  of  such  treatment.  The 
composition  of  a  thin  3-year-old  steer  is  given  as  water  56.4  per  cent,  protein 
18.85,  fat  18.59,  and  ash  5.72;  of  the  first  500  lbs.  gain  made,  water  37.58, 
protein  11.92,  fat  48.56,  and  ash  1.96;  and  of  the  second  500  lbs.  gain  made, 
water  17.77,  protein  5.15,  fat  75.88,  and  ash  1.5.  Measurements  indicate  that 
such  an  animal  makes  a  marked  skeletal  growth  during  the  period  of  fattening. 

Factors  influencing  the  normal  rate  of  growth  in  domestic  animals  and  the 
permanency  of  the  effects  of  arrested  development,  by  F.  B.  Mumford  and 
P.  F.  Trowbridge. — Beef  calves  are  the  subject  of  this  experiment,  which 
has  been  in  progress  only  a  short  time.  It  has  not  been  difficult  to  hold  the 
animals  in  the  low  plane  of  nutrition  group  to  the  required  rate  of  growth  on 
a  roughage  ration  of  alfalfa  hay  and  oat  straw,  3 : 2. 

Age  as  a  factor  in  animal  breeding,  by  F.  B.  Mumford  and  L.  A.  Weaver. — 
Observations  have  been  made  on  615  pigs  of  sows  of  three  groups,  immature, 
half-mature,  and  mature.  The  pigs  from  very  young  mothers  are  apparently 
somewhat  less  vigorous  and  smaller  at  birth  than  the  pigs  from  the  older 


l^l^J  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  ggQ 

sows.  The  first  period  of  lactation  in  the  very  younjr  sows  exerts  a  markedly 
retarding  effect  on  the  growth  of  the  mothers.  Tiu'se  results  conlirni  last 
year's  work  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  2G.3), 

A  study  of  the  residual  effects  of  forage  crops  for  swine,  by  L.  A.  Weaver.— 
The  results  of  this  year's  trials  were  the  reverse  of  those  obtained  last  year 
(E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  266).  This  year  there  was  found  to  be  a  slight  advantage  in 
favor  of  pigs  which  had  previously  been  in  dry  lot,  as  compared  with  those 
previously  on  pasture.  From  the  results  of  the  two  years'  investigation 
there  is  little  evidence  that  hogs  fed  on  forage  crops  during  the  suninier  are 
more  quickly  or  economically  fattened  after  such  treatment  than  similar  hogs 
fed  in  a  dry  lot  during  the  same  period. 

Forage  crops  for  pork  production,  by  L.  A.  Weaver.— The  results  of  this 
experiment  indicate  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  supplement  a  corn  ration 
with  tankage,  or  other  high  protein  food,  when  hogs  are  on  rape  pasture. 
Results  of  other  tests  indicate  that  it  is  a  profitable  practice  to  feed  a  small 
amount  of  tankage  to  hogs  pastured  on  corn  and  cowpeas. 

Corn  silage  as  a  part  ration  for  horses  of  various  ages,  by  E.  A.  Trowbridge 
and  E.  H.  Hughes. — The  animals  studied  included  draft  horses  and  mules, 
saddle  mares,  draft  and  saddle  foals,  2-year-old  fillies,  and  3-year-old  geldings, 
divided  into  pairs.  Each  animal  received  the  same  grain  ration  consisting 
of  corn,  oats,  and  bran,  2:2:1.  One  of  the  animals  in  each  pair  of  the 
growing  and  idle  horses  received  alfalfa  hay  as  its  roughage,  part  of  which 
was  fed  at  night  and  part  in  the  morning.  The  other  animal  in  each  pair 
received  alfalfa  hay  in  the  morning  and  corn  silage  at  night.  The  draft 
animals  at  work  were  fed  the  same  except  that  timothy  hay  was  used  Instead 
of  alfalfa.  Some  difficulty  was  experienced  in  getting  the  animals  that  had 
been  on  dry  feed  previous  to  the  test  to  eat  the  silage. 

With  two  exceptions,  the  animals  receiving  silage  were  in  a  more  thrifty 
condition  at  the  end  of  the  trial.  The  results  of  the  first  test  indicate  that 
silage  can  be  successfully  substituted  for  a  part  of  the  hay  in  the  ration  of 
horses  at  the  rate  of  2  lbs.  of  silage  for  1  lb.  of  hay. 

[Animal  husbandry],  A.  C.  Harienbower  and  L.  B.  Barber  (Guam  Sta.  Rpt. 
1915,  pp.  15,  16,  22-25,  pi.  1). — The  breeding  experiments  with  horses,  cattle, 
pigs,  goats,  and  chickens  have  been  continued  along  the  same  lines  as  hereto- 
fore (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  767).  It  has  been  uniformly  noted  that  the  .station's  pure- 
bred sires  bring  about  a  marked  improvement  in  the  native  live  stock  even  in 
the  first  generation,  although  from  the  standpoint  of  hardiness  a  certain  per- 
centage of  native  blood  appears  to  be  desirable.  The  effect  of  inbreeding  has 
become  strongly  noticeable  in  the  station's  pigs  and  chickens,  and  arrangements 
have  been  made  for  the  shipment  of  pigs,  goats,  and  chickens  from  the  United 
States  to  the  station.  In  an  effort  to  improve  live  stock  on  the  island  the 
station  has  made  arrangements  to  send  breeding  sires  to  different  sections. 

In  a  preliminary  test  of  pasture  crops  for  pigs  cowpeas  proved  superior  to 
soy  beans.  Results  indicated  that  in  wet  seasons  at  least  two  crops  of  pasture 
can  be  secured  from  one  sowing  of  cowpeas.  The  cowpeas  and  soy  beans  were 
seeded  in  December.  One-half  an  acre  of  Para  grass  kept  six  sows  and  one 
boar  in  good  flesh  throughout  most  of  the  extreme  dry  season.  This  test 
showed  that  Para  grass  should  not  be  pastured  too  heavily,  and  that  it  should 
be  given  rest  periods  of  two  out  of  every  five  weeks  to  recuperate. 

In  a  feeding  test  with  pigs  a  ration  of  native  feeds  was  compared  with  a 
ration  of  imported  feeds.  Two  lots  of  4  Berkshire-native  cross-bred  pigs  were 
used  in  the  experiment  which  lasted  64  days.  Each  lot  received  10  lbs.  of  Para 
grass  daily,  and  in  addition  one  lot  was  fed  18  lbs.  of  breadfruit  and  3  lbs.  of 


870  EXPEEIMENT   STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

grated  coconut  daily,  and  the  other  lot  4  lbs.  of  corn  chop  and  4  lbs.  of  wheat 
shorts  daily.  The  first  lot  made  an  average  daily  gain  of  0.44  lb.  per  pig  at  a 
cost  of  10.1  cts.  per  pound  of  gain.  The  second  lot  made  an  average  daily 
gain  of  0.52  lb.  per  pig  at  a  cost  of  9.5  cts.  per  pound  of  gain.  Breadfruit  was 
valued  at  0.5  ct.  per  pound,  grated  coconut  at  1  ct.  per  pound,  corn  chop  at 
2.25  cts.  per  pound,  and  wheat  shorts  at  1.75  cts.  per  pound. 

[Calf  and  pig  feeding  experiments],  J.  M.  Scott  (Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
XXI-XXIV). — Three  lots  of  four  grade  Jersey  heifer  calves  each  were  fed 
35  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  4  qt.  of  whole  milk  per  calf  per  day ;  lot  2,  4  qt. 
of  whole  milk  and  12  oz.  of  oatmeal  per  calf  per  day ;  lot  3,  8  qt.  of  whole  milk 
per  calf  per  day.  Each  lot  of  calves  had  0.1  acre  of  Dwarf  Essex  rape  pasture. 
The  calves  made  average  daily  gains  per  head  of  0.457,  1.04,  and  1.65  lbs.  for 
the  respective  lots. 

A  pig  feeding  test  with  dasheens  is  noted  below. 

Pig  feeding,  J.  M.  Scott  {Florida  Sta.  Bui.  131  (1916),  pp.  59-69,  fig.  1).— 
This  is  a  continuation  of  work  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  28,  p.  770). 

Two  lots  of  four  75-lb.  Berkshire  pigs  each  were  fed  46  days,  lot  1  receiving 
shelled  corn  and  green  cowpeas,  and  lot  2,  shelled  corn  and  green  sorghum. 
The  shelled  corn  and  green  feed  were  fed  in  equal  amounts,  and  each  lot  of 
hogs  received  the  same  number  of  pounds  of  feed.  These  pigs  made  average 
daily  gains  per  head  of  0.43  and  0.36  lb.,  and  consumed  per  pound  of  gain  11.7 
and  14  lbs.  of  feed  for  the  respective  lots. 

Three  lots  of  pigs  were  fed  43  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  shelled  corn ;  lot  2, 
shelled  corn  and  peanuts,  3:1;  lot  3,  shelled  corn  and  peanuts,  1 : 1.  All  lots 
were  fed  Dwarf  Essex  rape  in  addition  to  the  other  feeds.  These  pigs  made 
average  daily  gains  per  head  of  0.686,  0.72,  and  0.774  lb.,  consuming  per  pound 
of  gain  4.67,  4.44,  and  4.14  lbs.  of  feed  for  the  respective  lots.  The  hogs  that 
were  fed  peanuts  presented  a  better  appearance  than  those  fed  corn  and  rape 
only.     Their  coats  were  much  smoother,  and  they  were  more  thrifty  generally. 

Three  lots  of  5  pigs  each  were  fed  31  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  shelled  corn ; 
lot  2,  shelled  corn  and  ground  velvet  beans,  3:1;  and  lot  3,  shelled  corn  and 
ground  velvet  beans,  1:1;  all  lots  being  fed  Dwarf  Essex  rape  in  addition  to 
the  other  feeds.  These  pigs  made  average  daily  gains  per  head  of  0.31,  0.23, 
and  0.2  lb.,  consuming  per  pound  of  gain  18.3,  24.5,  and  28  lbs.  of  feed  for  the 
respective  lots. 

Five  lots  of  4  pigs  each  were  fed  30  days  as  follows :  Lot  1,  corn  alone ;  lot  2, 
corn  and  cracked  velvet  beans,  3:1;  lot  3,  corn  and  cracked  velvet  beans,  1:1; 
lot  4,  corn  and  cracked  velvet  beans,  1 : 1,  plus  iron  sulphate ;  and  lot  5,  corn 
and  cracked  velvet  beans,  3 : 1,  plus  iron  sulphate.  The  iron  sulphate  was 
used  in  an  attempt  to  improve  the  velvet-bean  ration,  since  previous  results 
had  been  unsatisfactory.  This  salt  has  been  used  successfully  with  cotton- 
seed meal,  but  results  of  this  test  did  not  indicate  that  iron  sulphate  was 
beneficial  in  producing  gains.  These  pigs  made  average  daily  gains  per  head 
of  0.47,  0.63,  0.56,  0.52,  and  0.53  lb.,  consuming  per  pound  of  gain  6.35,  4.8,  5.37, 
5.74,  and  5.62  lbs.  of  feed  for  the  respective  lots. 

Four  lots  of  pigs  were  f-ed  59  days  as  follows:  Lot  1,  shelled  corn  alone; 
lot  2,  shelled  corn  and  raw  dasheens,  1:4;  lot  3,  shelled  corn  and  raw  dasheens, 
1:1;  and  lot  4,  shelled  corn  and  dasheens,  1 :  4,  and  a  small  amount  of  velvet- 
bean  meal.  These  pigs  made  average  daily  gains  per  head  of  0.45,  0.107,  0.38, 
and  0.187  lb.,  consuming  per  pound  of  gain  6.35,  32.63,  8.2,  and  20.04  lbs.  of 
feed  for  the  respective  lots. 


1^1®!  DAIRY  FARMING DAIRYING.  871 

DAIKY  FARMING— DAIRYING. 

Factors  influencing  the  development  of  dairy  heifers,  C.  H.  Eckles  ard 
T.  C.  Reed  (Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  m  (1916),  pp.  26,  27).— Continuing  worli  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  274)  efforts  are  being  made  to  find  tlie  protein 
requirements  of  growing  animals  and  the  normal  rate  of  growth. 

One  heifer  has  now  been  carried  from  the  age  of  six  months  to  the  time  of 
calving  at  the  age  twenty-eight  months  on  a  ration  containing  less  than  0.5  lb.  of 
digestible  protein  dailj',  or  about  half  of  that  prescribed  by  the  Armsby  feeding 
standard.  This  amount  is  apparently  below  the  minimum  required,  since,  al- 
though plenty  of  energy  for  growth  was  supplied,  the  growth  of  the  animal  was 
retarded  in  both  skeleton  and  tissue  development,  and  her  calf  was  born  with 
rudimentary  eyes. 

As  a  control  ration  with  which  to  regulate  the  amount  of  protein  and  energy  as 
desired  and  at  the  same  time  supply  a  complete  protein,  skim  milk  powder  as  a 
source  of  protein,  a  small  amount  of  timothy  hay  for  roughage,  and  a  mixture  of 
starch  and  sugar  to  supply  the  energy  have  been  found  satisfactory.  Mineral 
matter  is  added  in  the  form  of  bone  meal  and  citrates  of  potassium  and  mag- 
nesium. A  heifer  on  a  ration  made  up  in  this  manner  has  shown  practically 
normal  growth  for  seven  months  with  a  protein  consumption  of  approximately 
0.75  lb.  per  day. 

In  a  preliminary  study  of  the  normal  rate  of  growth  of  dairy  heifers  it  appears 
that  under  normal  conditions  the  curve  of  the  growth  is  very  similar  for  each 
individual  animal.  If  one  animal  is  below  the  average  in  the  beginning  it  is  gen- 
erally about  the  same  distance  below  the  normal  during  the  growing  period. 
Pregnancy  exerts  but  little  effect  upon  the  curve  of  growth,  but  lactation  results 
in  a  decided  check  to  growth.  A  low  mineral  content  of  the  ration  does  not  show 
any  appreciable  effect  upon  the  rate  of  gi-ewth.  A  ration  containing  less  than 
half  the  protein  called  for  by  Armsby's  standard  for  growing  animals  resulted 
in  the  animal  making  73  per  cent  of  normal  growth  in  height  and  54  per  cent  of 
normal  growth  in  weight. 

Feeding  cotton-seed  meal  and  hulls  to  dairy  cows,  J.  S.  Moore  (Mississippi 
Sta.  Bui.  174  U914),  PP-  1-10). — In  an  experiment  which  lasted  over  six  years, 
9  cows  in  their  first  lactation  period  were  divided  into  three  lots  of  3  cows  each ; 
later  on  2  heifers  were  added  to  each  lot.  Lot  1  received  a  heavy  ration  of  cot- 
ton-seed meal  with  little  other  grain  feed  and  no  cotton-seed  hulls  for  roughage ; 
lot  2  received  a  heavy  ration  of  cotton-seed  hulls  with  no  cotton-seed  meal ;  and 
lot  3  received  no  cotton-seed  products.  During  the  greater  part  of  the  first  period 
(ISO  weeks)  the  cows  were  fed  the  maximum  amounts  of  cotton-seed  meal  and 
cotton-seed  hulls,  and  during  the  second  period  (144  weeks)  they  were  fed  these 
amounts  only  when  giving  a  fair  yield  of  milk  and  when  pasture  was  not  avail- 
able. As  a  rule,  during  the  second  period  little  cotton-seed  meal  was  fed  for  30 
days  before  calving  and  no  cotton-seed  meal  for  a  time  after  calving. 

The  cows  in  lot  1  were  bred  56  times  and  dropped  22  calves,  with  an  average  of 
14  months  between  calvings ;  the  cows  in  lot  2  were  bred  41  times  and  dropped  24 
calves,  with  an  average  of  13  months  between  calvings ;  and  the  cows  in  lot  3 
were  bred  29  times  and  dropped  24  calves,  with  an  average  of  12  months  between 
calvings.  The  average  daily  production  per  cow  during  the  first  period  was  for  lot 
1, 13.7  lbs.  of  milk  and  0.6  lb.  of  fat ;  lot  2, 14.3  lbs.  of  milk  and  0.6  lb.  of  fat ;  and 
lot  3,  11.7  lbs.  of  milk  and  0.5  lb.  of  fat  i  and  during  the  second  period,  lot  1,  10 
lbs.  of  milk  and  0.45  lb.  of  fat ;  lot  2,  12.5  lbs.  of  milk  and  0.54  lb.  of  fat ;  and  lot 
3, 11.9  lbs.  of  milk  and  0.56  lb.  fat.  Abnormal  conditions,  if  any,  occurring  in  the 
case  of  each  animal  are  noted. 
69107°— No.  9—17 6 


872  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  I  Vol.  35 

"  Results  indicate  that  the  feeding  of  5  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  for  any  length 

of  time  is  injurious  to  the  dairy  cow,  causing  inflammation  of  tlie  udder,  difficult 
breeding,  and  probably  having  a  tendency  to  cause  retention  of  afterbirth.  Feed- 
ing cotton-seed  hulls  in  the  quantities  given  appears  to  cause  difficult  breeding, 
though  not  to  the  same  extent  as  the  feeding  of  cotton-seed  meal.  In  the  above 
test  it  has  been  clearly  shown  that  bad  effects  may  follow  the  use  of  cotton-seed 
meal  in  too  large  amounts." 

Cotton-seed  meal  versus  cold  pressed  cotton-seed  cake  for  dairy  cows,  J.  S. 
Moore  {Mississippi  Sta.  Bui.  174  (1914),  PP-  11-13). — In  this  experiment,  which 
lasted  16  weeks,  there  were  three  lots  of  7  cows  each.  During  the  preliminary 
period  of  three  weeks  all  the  cows  were  fed  an  average  ration  of  4  lbs.  of  cotton- 
seed meal,  7  lbs.  of  Johnson  grass  hay,  and  42  lbs.  of  corn  silage  per  head  daily. 
During  the  next  nine  weeks  each  cow  received  Johnson  grass  hay  and  3  lbs.  of 
wheat  bran  daily,  and  in  addition  lot  1  received  5  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  and 
2.5  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  hulls,  lot  2,  7.5  lbs.  of  cold  pressed  cotton-seed  cake,  and 
lot  3,  5  lbs.  of  cotton-seed  meal  per  head  daily.  During  the  final  four  weeks 
all  the  cows  were  fed  4  lbs.  of  cold  pressed  cotton-seed  cake  per  head  daily  on 
good  pasture.  The  average  weekly  milk  production  per  cow  was  as  follows : 
First  period,  lot  1,  163  lbs.,  lot  2,  165  lbs.,  and  lot  3,  160  lbs. ;  second  period, 
lot  1,  144  lbs.,  lot  2,  151  lb.s.,  and  lot  3,  144  lbs. ;  and  third  period,  lot  1,  1.55 
lbs.,  lot  2,  158  lbs.,  and  lot  3,  157  lbs. 

The  cows  in  lot  1  made  an  average  gain  in  weight  during  the  16  weeks  of  12 
lbs.  per  head,  those  in  lot  2,  10  lbs.  per  head,  while  those  in  lot  3  lost  4  lbs.  each. 

The  relative  value  of  grain  feeds  as  indicated  by  former  tests  at  the  station 
is  given. 

Feeding  value  of  purchased  feeds  versus  pasture  versus  soiling  crops, 
J.  S.  MooEE  (Mississippi  Sta.  Bui.  174  {J914),  pp.  14-I6). — This  experiment 
involved  three  lots  of  5  cows  each  and  lasted  three  periods  of  six  weeks  each. 
During  the  first  period  lot  1  received  purchased  feeds  consisting  of  cotton-seed 
meal,  wheat  bran,  alfalfa  hay,  and  cotton-seed  hulls ;  the  cows  in  lot  2  were  on 
good  pasture  of  oats  and  hairy  vetch ;  and  the  cows  in  lot  3  were  fed  alfalfa  as  a 
soiling  crop.  During  the  second  period  lot  1  received  cotton-seed  meal,  wheat 
bran,  and  alfalfa  hay ;  lot  2  were  put  on  pasture  of  Bermuda,  white  clover, 
smooth  vetch,  and  mixed  grasses ;  and  lot  3  were  fed  alfalfa  and  Johnson  grass 
as  soiling  crops.  During  the  third  period  lot  1  were  fed  on  alfalfa  and  Johnson 
grass  as  soiling  crops ;  lot  2  remained  on  pastvire  as  in  the  second  period ;  and 
lot  3  received  purchased  feeds.  In  addition,  the  cows  on  pasture  and  those  get- 
ting soiling  crops  received  about  a  half  ration  of  cotton-seed  meal,  wheat  bran, 
and  cotton-seed  hulls.  All  the  cows  were  fed  so  that  each  lot  would  procure 
about  the  same  amount  of  milk. 

Lot  1,  on  purchased  feeds,  gave  10,676  lbs.  of  milk,  the  feed  cost  being  $124.08 
and  the  profit,  over  cost  of  feed,  $124.12.  The  corresponding  figures  for  lot  2, 
the  cows  on  pasture,  were  11,048  lbs.,  $50.41,  and  $206.39,  and  for  lot  3,  those  on 
soiling  crops,  10,912  lbs.,  $56.79,  and  $196.81.  In  figuring  these  feed  costs  and 
profits  cotton-seed  meal  and  wheat  bran  were  valued  at  $2S  per  ton,  green  alfalfa 
and  green  Johnson  grass  at  $1.50  per  ton,  Johnson  grass  hay  at  $12  per  ton, 
alfalfa  hay  at  $15  per  ton,  cotton-seed  hulls  at  $8  per  ton,  and  pasture  per  cow 
per  month  75  cts.    Milk  was  valued  at  20  cts.  a  gallon, 

[Dairy  husbandry],  J.  M.  Scott  {Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp.  X7Z-XX/),— 
Individual  records  of  the  cows  of  the  station  herd  show  that  the  feed  cost  of 
milk  per  gallon  varied  from  7.4  cts.  to  20.2  cts.  for  different  cows,  the  average 
for  the  entire  herd  of  24  cows  being  13.6  cts.  With  milk  at  32  cts.  per  gallon 
and  butter  at  40  cts.  per  pound  a  much  larger  profit  was  obtained  from  selling 
milk  than  from  converting  it  into  butter. 


1916] 


DAIBY  FARMING — DAIRYING- 


873 


The  results  of  an  experiment  with  nine  cows  to  determine  the  eCFect  that 
dipping  has  on  milk  flow  are  shown  in  the  following  table: 

Effect  of  dipping  on  milk  floic  of  nine  cows. 


Period. 

First 
dipping. 

Second 
dipping. 

Third 
dipping. 

Fourth 
dipping. 

Fifth 
dipping. 

SLxth 
dipping. 

Total. 

Yield  5  days  before  dipping 

Yield  5  days  after  dipping 

Decrease  from  dipping 

Lbs. 
376.9 
341.1 
35.8 

Lbg. 
281.5 
251.2 
30.3 

Lbs. 
296 
264 
32 

Lbs. 
248.5 
211.9 
36.6 

Lbs. 
187.7 
204.3 
0+16.6 

Lbs. 
187.1 
168.1 
19.0 

1,577.7 
1,440.6 

"  Indicates  increase. 

Does  it  pay  to  talsie  extra  care  of  cows?  C.  C.  Hayden  {Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  Sta., 
1  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  2^5-248,  figs.  2).— Two  cows  of  the  station  lierd  were  put 
under  official  test  conditions  for  one  year.  As  compared  with  their  previous 
treatment  they  were  given  better  care  and  extra  feed,  and  for  a  part  of  the 
year  they  were  milked  three  times  daily.  Under  these  conditions  the  first  cow, 
during  her  fifth  lactation  period,  produced  14,722  lbs.  of  milk  and  400  lbs.  of 
fat,  whereas  her  average  production  during  the  first  four  lactation  periods  was 
8,194  lbs.  of  milk  and  239  lbs.  of  fat.  The  production  of  the  other  cow  during 
the  test,  which  was  her  sixth  lactation  period,  was  IS.olS  lbs.  of  milk  and  505 
lbs.  of  fat,  whereas  her  average  producton  during  the  first  five  lactation  periods 
■was  8,195  lbs.  of  milk  and  280  lbs.  of  fat.  In  these  records  one  year  from  the 
birth  of  each  half  was  taken  as  the  lactation  period. 

For  the  first  cow  the  feed  cost  during  the  test  was  78  cts.  per  100  lbs.  of  milk 
and  20  cts.  per  pound  of  fat.  During  her  four  previous  lactation  periods  the 
average  cost  of  feed  on  the  same  price  basis  was  89  cts.  per  100  lbs.  of  milk  and 
22  cts.  per  pound  of  fat.  For  the  second  cow  the  corresponding  feed  costs  during 
the  test  were  85  cts.  and  18.5  cts.,  and  for  the  first  five  lactation  periods  86  cts. 
and  18  cts.,  respectively.  For  the  first  cow  during  the  year  of  the  test  the  total 
cost  ^^  as  $1.23  per  100  lbs.  of  milk  and  36  cts.  per  pound  of  fat,  and  for  the  four 
previous  years  on  the  same  basis  $1.57  per  100  lbs.  of  milk  and  45.7  cts.  per 
pound  of  fat.  For  the  second  cow  the  total  cost  during  the  test  was  $1.28  per 
100  lbs.  of  milk  and  31.6  cts.  per  pound  of  fat,  and  for  the  five  previous  lactation 
periods  $1.54  per  100  lbs.  of  milk  and  38  cts.  per  pound  of  fat. 

Digest  and  copy  of  law  regulating  the  weighing,  testing,  and  purchasing 
of  milk  and  cream,  W.  J.  Carson  (New  Jersey  Stas.  Circ.  62  (1916),  pp.  S-16). — 
In  addition  to  a  digest  and  copy  of  the  law  regulating  the  weighing,  testing,  and 
purchasing  of  milk  and  cream,  the  author  gives  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
station  for  its  enforcement  and  a  list  of  creameries  in  New  Jersey. 

Cream  testing  balances,  O.  F.  Hlnziker,  G.  Spitzek,  and  G.  L.  Ogle  (Indiana 
Sta.  Bui.  189  (1916),  pp.  19,  figs.  17). — This  bulletin  presents  data  concerning 
the  desirability,  efficiency,  and  accuracy  of  the  various  types  of  balances  com- 
mercially used  in  the  testing  of  cream  for  milk  fat,  outlines  notes  on  their  con- 
dition, care,  and  manipulation,  and  gives  specifications  and  tolerances  estab- 
lished by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Standards  for  standard  cream  test  bal- 
ances. 

The  results  of  the  inspection  by  the  station  of  193  balances  showed  that  the 
sensibility  reciprocal,  which,  as  defined  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  is  the 
weight  required  to  move  the  position  of  equilibrium  of  the  pointer  or  other  indi- 
cating device  of  the  balance  an  amount  equal  to  one  division  on  the  graduated 
scale  or  arc,  averaged  0.0607  gm.  with  the  balances  loaded  to  full  capacity  and 
C.0527  gm.  when  the  balances  were  without  load.     The  difference  in  the  sensi- 


874  EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

bility  reciprocal  between  balances  with  and  witliout  load  was  found  to  be  con- 
siderably greater  in  tbe  6  to  12  bottle  balances  than  in  the  1  to  4  bottle  balances. 
It  was  also  found  that  the  12  bottle  balances  with  and  without  load  are  very- 
much  less  sensitive  than  the  1  to  4  bottle  balances.  Of  the  193  balances  in- 
spected 31  were  condemned  because  they  failed  to  meet  the  requirement  of 
sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.1  gm.  Some  of  the  balances  were  condemned  because 
of  inaccuracy  of  graduations  on  the  beam  which  carries  the  traveling  poise. 

A  comparison  was  made  of  duplicate  tests  made  from  the  same  samples  of 
cream  and  weighed  on  a  given  balance.  These  tests  and  retests  represented 
4,623  samples  of  cream  tested  in  commercial  creameries,  and  four  different  types 
of  balances  were  used.  With  the  use  of  a  one-bottle  balance  with  a  sensibility 
reciprocal  of  0.01  gm.  and  involving  3,540  samples  of  cream,  96.43  per  cent  of 
the  retests  checked,  with  a  four-bottle  balance  having  a  sensibility  reciprocal 
of  0.01  gm.  79.52  per  cent  of  the  tests  and  retests  of  376  samples  checked ;  with 
a  twelve-bottle  balance  having  a  sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.01  gm.  80.43  per  cent 
of  the  tests  and  retests  of  460  samples  checked  ;  and  with  a  twelve-bottle  balance 
having  a  sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.1  gm.  the  tests  and  retests  of  247  samples 
checked  in  only  60.71  per  cent  of  the  cases. 

In  order  to  eliminate  the  effect  of  differences  in  technique  in  preparing  the 
samples  of  cream  and  the  personal  equation  in  the  manipulation  of  balances, 
18  samples  of  cream  were  tested  in  duplicate  using  16  different  balances  with 
each  sample  for  weighing  the  cream.  The  work  was  done  by  one  person  under 
uniform  conditions.  With  six  balances  having  a  sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.01 
gm.,  and  two  balances  having  a  sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.03  gm.,  100  per  cent 
of  the  duplicate  tests  checked ;  with  two  balances  having  sensibility  reciprocals 
of  0.02  gm.  and  0.03  gm.,  respectively,  94.4  per  cent ;  with  three  balances  having 
a  sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.05  gm.,  92.6  per  cent;  with  one  balance  having  a 
sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.08  gm.,  77.8  per  cent ;  and  with  two  balances  having  a 
sensibility  reciprocal  of  0.1  gm.,  only  36.1  per  cent.  In  these  tests  all  duplicate 
tests  varying  within  0.5  per  cent  were  counted  as  checks. 

The  effect  of  the  degree  of  sensitiveness  in  cream  balances  on  the  speed  of 
the  operator  is  discussed. 

Cooling  cream  on  the  farm,  O.  F.  Htjnzikeb,  H.  C.  Mills,  and  H.  B.  Switzeb 
(Indiana  Sta.  Bui.  188  {1916),  pp.  1087-1118,  figs.  i6).— This  bulletin  reports 
tlie  results  of  an  experiment  to  show  the  effects  of  cooling  cream  promptly  and 
properly  on  the  farm. 

Each  of  two  cream  routes  of  20  patrons  each  of  the  Purdue  University  cream- 
ery was  divided  into  two  parts,  and  a  preliminary  test  carried  on  which  showed 
that  the  two  groups  were  producing  cream  of  similar  quality  under  similar 
sanitary  conditions.  One-half  of  the  patrons  then  received  cream-cooling  tanks 
and  the  other  half  took  care  of  their  cream  without  the  use  of  special  cooling 
tanks.  The  cream  from  each  set  of  patrons  was  hauled  to  the  creamery  twice 
a  week  and  received  the  same  treatment  in  the  butter-making  process.  The 
finished  butter  was  scored  at  the  station  by  three  judges,  shipped  to  New  York 
and  there  scored  by  three  judges,  and  sold  on  the  basis  of  its  market  value. 

During  the  experiment  proper,  which  extended  throughout  August,  1915,  the 
weather  was  wet  and  unusually  cool  and  consequently  the  difference  between 
the  atmospheric  temperature  and  the  temperature  of  the  water  used  for  cooling 
was  comparatively  very  slight.  Notwithstanding  this  fact,  it  was  found  that 
the  use  of  the  cooling  tanks  produced  a  very  marked  improvement  in  the  quality 
of  the  cream  and  of  the  butter  made  therefrom.  Cream  from  the  patrons  using 
cooling  tanks  averaged  0.38  per  cent  acidity  and  scored  91.25  per  cent,  and 
cream  from  the  patrons  using  no  tanks  averaged  0.52  per  cent  acidity  and 
scored  88.75  per  cent.     It  was  noted  that  in  the  case  of  the  tank  cream  the 


1916]  DAIRY   FARMING DAIRYING-  875 

flavor  was  uniformly  clean,  while  the  uncooled  cream  in  most  cases  had  an 
unpalatable  flavor.  Bacteriological  analyses  of  the  cream  showed  that  the 
average  reduction  of  micro-organisms  ascribed  to  the  use  of  cooling  tanks  in 
this  experiment  was  35  per  cent  of  the  total  bacterial  content,  35.8  per  cent 
of  the  lactic  acid  bacteria,  72  per  cent  of  the  liquefiers,  and  75  per  cent  of  the 
undesirable  yeast  and  molds.  In  fermentation  tests  the  cooled  creum  produced 
a  solid  curd  with  a  sharp  separation  of  a  clean  whey.  The  majority  of  the 
fermentation  tests  from  the  uncooled  cream  showed  a  gassy  curd  and  in  some 
cases  the  curd  underwent  decomposition. 

Analyses  of  all  the  experimental  butter  for  moisture,  salt,  and  curd  showed 
average  percentages  about  the  same  for  each  set  of  butter.  Bacteriological 
analyses  of  samples  of  butter  from  each  of  the  experimental  churnings  showed 
the  following  reductions  ascribed  to  the  use  of  the  cooling  tank.  Total  bacteria 
58.6  per  cent,  acidifiers  60.2  per  cent,  liquefiers  81.9  per  cent,  and  yeast  and 
molds  87.4  per  cent.  The  average  score  of  the  butter  made  from  the  uncooled 
cream  was  88.98  at  the  station,  and  two  weeks  later  at  New  York  87.09,  and 
for  the  butter  made  from  the  cooled  cream  91.63  at  the  station,  and  89.7  at  New 
York.  With  one  exception  the  cooled-cream  butter  scored  uniformly  higher 
than  the  uncooled-cream  butter,  both  at  the  station  and  at  New  York.  On  the 
open  market  in  New  York  the  price  received  for  the  cooled-cream  butter  was 
24.88  cts.  per  pound,  and  for  the  uncooled-cream  butter  23.94  cts.  per  pound. 

The  bulletin  points  out  the  essential  features  of  satisfactory  cream  cooling 
tanks,  gives  notes  on  the  use  of  springs  and  wells  for  cooling  cream,  and  de- 
scribes several  types  of  homemade  and  commercial  cooling  tanks. 

Progressive  oxidation  of  cold-storage  butter,  D.  C.  Dyer  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Jour.  Agr.  Research,  6  (1916),  No.  24,  pp.  927-952,  pi.  1,  fig.  l).—ln  preliminary 
work  in  this  investigation,  which  was  conducted  in  the  Dairy  Division  of  the 
Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  the  attempt  was  made  to  determine  whether  the 
undesirable  flavors  of  storage  butter  arise  from  a  decomposition  occurring  in 
the  fat  itself  or  in  some  one  or  more  of  the  other  components  entering  into  the 
composition  of  the  whole  product.  Examination  of  the  air  inclosed  within 
packages  of  butter  differently  prepared  and  in  butter  fat  alone  was  made  with 
a  specially  designed  gas  apparatus  which  is  illustrated  and  its  manipulation 
described. 

Very  little  alteration  was  found  to  occur  in  the  composition  of  the  air  in- 
closed in  sweet  cream  butter  made  from  cream  having  an  acidity  (calculated 
as  lactic  acid)  of  0.11  per  cent  when  it  was  kept  for  about  six  months  at  a 
temperature  of  0°  F.  A  perceptible  change  in  composition  of  the  inclosed 
air  was  found  when  the  butter  was  kept  at  a  temperature  of  32°  and  a  very 
noticeable  change  when  it  was  kept  at  room  temperature.  The  sample  of 
butter  used,  which  contained  a  considerable  number  of  bacteria,  scored  92  when 
made,  91  at  the  end  of  three  months,  and  90  at  six  months  when  stored  at  0°. 
At  no  time  was  there  a  trace  of  undesirable  flavor. 

An  analysis  was  made  of  air  extracted  from  butter  made  from  sweet  cream 
churned  immediately  after  the  addition  of  15  per  cent  of  a  commercial  starter. 
At  the  time  of  churning  this  cream  had  an  acidity  of  0.25  per  cent.  The  butter 
made  from  this  cream  showed,  so  far  as  the  composition  of  the  air  inclosed  in 
it  was  concerned,  a  comparatively  slight  variation  from  that  observed  in  the 
previous  case  of  sweet-cream  butter,  when  both  samples  were  stored  at  a 
temperature  of  0°.  This  butter  scored  92  when  made  and  89  after  6.5  months, 
with  no  variation  in  flavor.  Butter  was  also  made  from  sweet  cream  churned 
immediately  after  the  addition  of  lactic  acid.  The  acidity  of  this  cream  was 
0.71  per  cent.  On  analysis  the  air  extracted  from  a  sample  of  this  butter 
showed  a  pronounced  decrease  in  the  oxygen  and  carbon-dioxid  content,  even 


876  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

when  the  butter  was  stored  at  a  temperature  of  0°,  and  this  decrease  was  still 
more  marked  when  it  was  allowed  to  remain  at  a  temperature  of  32°.  This 
butter,  stored  at  0°,  scored  93  when  made,  88  at  three  months,  and  84  at  six 
months,  and  had  a  pronounced  unclean  flavor  at  the  end  of  this  time. 

From  these  analyses  it  is  concluded  that  the  decomposition  caused  by  cream 
acidity  progresses  at  a  temperature  of  0°  in  a  package  of  butter  and  can  be 
measured  by  an  analysis  of  the  gas  extracted  therefrom. 

A  series  of  experiments  was  then  undertaken  to  determine  whether  this 
measurable  decomposition  occurs  in  the  fat  of  the  butter  itself,  in  the  butter- 
milk, or  in  both.  Fat  from  butter  made  from  pasteurized  cream  was  so  pre- 
pared as  to  exclude,  as  far  as  possible,  by  melting,  filtering,  and  washing,  all 
ingredients  of  the  butter  other  than  fat.  The  butter  fat  so  prepared  was  found 
to  contain  0.05  per  cent  of  protein  (NX 6.38).  Samples  of  this  fat  kept  in 
storage  at  0°  showed  no  physical  alteration  of  any  kind  after  six  months  or 
even  after  1.5  years.  Analyses  showed  that  no  chemical  changes  had  occurred 
in  fat  kept  in  storage  under  these  conditions  for  months,  and  an  analysis 
of  the  extracted  air  showed  that  no  appreciable  oxidation  had  occurred  during 
a  storage  interval  of  five  months.  A  sample  of  this  purified  butter  fat  was 
exposed  to  the  action  of  a  large  quantity  of  air  and  stored  for  about  three  and 
a  half  months  at  32°.     Under  these  conditions  very  little  oxidation  took  place. 

To  determine  whether  oxidation  takes  place  in  one  or  more  of  the  nonfatty 
constituents,  butter  was  made  from  pasteurized  cream  ripened  with  a  pure 
culture.  A  part  of  this  butter  was  washed  until  the  wash  water  was  barely 
clear;  another  part  was  given  additional  copious  washing  in  four  changes  of 
water ;  and  with  the  third  part  the  buttermilk  was  drawn  off  and  the  butter 
allowed  to  remain  unwashed.  Each  of  these  samples  was  worked  on  a  table 
worker  to  the  extent  of  40  revolutions.  During  the  storage  period  the  exces- 
sively washed  butter  and  the  normally  washed  butter  were  found  to  have  prac- 
tically the  same  keeping  qualities  as  shown  by  scoring,  and  the  chemical  con- 
stants of  the  fat  showed  that  there  was  very  little  or  no  chemical  change. 
However,  analyses  of  the  confined  air  in  these  samples  showed  that  the  total 
amount  of  oxygen  originally  present  underwent  a  markedly  progressive  decrease 
during  storage  at  0°.  The  sample  of  unwashed  butter  scored  92  at  one  month 
and  86  at  six  months,  at  which  time  it  was  stale,  fishy,  and  sour.  No  note- 
worthy chemical  change  had  occurred  in  the  fat  at  six  months,  but  striking 
changes  had  occurred  in  the  composition  of  the  confined  air.  The  maximum 
amount  of  carbon  dioxid  (31.67  per  cent)  was  found  after  a  storage  of  three 
months,  at  about  which  time  the  characteristic  "  off-flavor  "  became  distinctly 
noticeable.  Very  little  oxygen  was  found  in  the  sample  after  two  months' 
storage.  With  another  sample  of  unwashed  butter  19.89  per  cent  of  carbon 
dioxid  was  found  in  the  butter  1.5  hours  after  manufacturing.  This  amount 
increased  to  22.91  per  cent  at  the  end  of  two  weeks  when  the  butter  was  held 
in  the  dark  at  room  temperature.  Under  these  conditions  the  oxygen  content 
decreased  from  20.42  per  cent  at  1.5  hours  to  10.61  per  cent  at  the  end  of  two 
weeks. 

To  further  test  the  effect  of  air  on  the  nonfatty  ingredients  of  butter,  tubes 
filled  with  broken  pumice  were  impregnated  with  buttermilk  from  butter  made 
from  pasteurized  cream  acidified  to  1  per  cent  with  lactic  acid  before  churning. 
This  acid  buttermilk  was  held  at  32°.  When  the  buttermilk  was  4.5  days  old 
it  was  found  to  contain  17.67  per  cent  of  oxygen.  At  26  days  the  oxygen 
content  had  decreased  to  zero.  The  carbon  dioxid  content  of  the  buttermilk 
rose  from  2.37  per  cent  at  4.5  days  to  34.37  per  cent  at  26  days  and  decreased 
to  31.76  per  cent  at  62  days.  In  a  control  experiment  with  a  1  per  cent  solu- 
tion of  lactic  acid  the  oxygen  content  remained  practically  constant  and  at 


1916]  VETERIN-AKY   MEDICINE.  g77 

no  time  was  there  any  carbon  dioxld  present.  In  a  similar  experiment  with 
buttermilk  from  sweet  cream  butter  made  from  pasteurized  cream  having  an 
acidity  of  0.108  per  cent  the  inclosed  air  underwent  practically  no  change  in 
270  days'  storage  at  0°. 

The  author  summarizes  the  investigations  as  follows :  "  The  development  of 
undesirable  flavors  in  butter  held  in  cold  storage  at  a  temperature  of  0°  is 
not  dependent  upon  an  oxidation  of  the  fat  itself.  The  production  of  'off- 
flavors'  so  commonly  met  with  in  cold-storage  butter  is  attributable  to  a 
chemical  change  expressed  through  a  slow  oxidation  progressing  in  some  one 
or  more  of  the  nonfatty  substances  occurring  in  the  buttermilk.  The  extent 
of  this  chemical  change  is  directly  proportional  to  the  quantity  of  acid  present 
in  the  cream  from  which  the  butter  was  prepared.  The  quantity  of  carbon 
dioxid  present  in  cold-storage  butter  appears  to  have  a  certain  relation  to  the 
quantity  of  buttermilk  in  the  butter.  During  storage  this  quantity  of  carbon 
dioxid  may  increase  to  a  maximum  followed  by  a  progressive  decrease." 

VETEEINARY  MEDICINE. 

Live  stock  disease  investigations,  L.  B.  Bakbeb  {Guam  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
25-41,  pis.  2,  figs.  4)- — Cattle  ticks,  which  are  so  widely  spread  on  the  island 
that  few  calves  succeed  in  avoiding  serious  infestation,  are  said  to  constitute 
the  greatest  obstacle  in  the  way  of  the  cattle  industry  in  Guam.  B.  H.  Ran- 
som of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  has  identified  the  species  as 
Margaropus  annulatus  caudatus,  and  the  author  has  been  unable  to  differen- 
tiate the  ticks  infesting  cattle  and  those  on  horses,  carabaos.  goats,  and  deer. 
That  serious  infestation  takes  place  during  the  dry  season  it  is  thought  may  be 
explained  in  part  by  the  fact  that  the  cattle  at  that  time  of  the  year  are 
usually  in  poor  condition  due  to  the  absence  of  proper  feed. 

Observations  on  the  biology  of  this  tick  indicate  that  the  life  history  is 
essentially  the  same  as  that  of  M.  annulatus.  Temperature  charts  of  animals 
severely  infested  with  ticks  are  presented  and  discussed.  Examinations  of 
the  blood  of  an  animal  during  periods  of  high  fever  have  shown  the  presence 
of  a  parasite  that  is  smaller  than  Piroplasma  bigeminum. 

Comparatively  few  fenced  pastures  are  to  be  found  in  Guam,  and  practi- 
cally all  the  cattle  that  are  not  running  in  more  or  less  of  a  wild  state  in  the 
interior  of  the  island  are  used  as  cart  animals,  traveling  from  village  to 
village  and  from  ranch  to  ranch,  thus  making  it  exceedingly  difiicult  to  main- 
tain and  enforce  a  quarantine.  In  eradication  work,  the  horses,  carabaos, 
goats,  and  deer  as  well  would  have  to  be  taken  into  consideration. 

Liver  flukes  (Fasciola  hepatica)  have  been  found  to  infest  cattle,  hogs,  and 
goats.  A  post-mortem  examination  of  32  beef  carcasses  at  the  city  market 
in  Agana  showed  26  livers  to  be  infested  and  4  gave  evidence  of  pre- 
vious infestation  with  flukes,  while  9  livers  of  14  hog  carcasses  inspected 
were  infested  and  2  showed  the  effects  of  flukes.  The  livers  of  some  of  the 
cattle  examined  were  almost  totally  destroyed  by  the  flukes,  though  the 
animals  appeared  to  be  in  a  fairly  healthy  condition.  Few,  if  any,  cattle 
succumb  as  a  direct  result  of  fluke  infestation,  but  the  fluke  undoubtedly 
materially  checks  the  growth  and  influences  to  a  considerable  degree  the 
normal  development  of  a  young  animal.  Infestation  of  goats  and  swine, 
especially  the  former,  is  apparently  more  serious,  and  if  allowed  to  remain 
uncorrected  eventually  will  result  in  a  high  mortality.  Among  the  preventive 
measures  mentioned  the  author  suggests  the  introduction  of  frogs  and  toads, 
which  do  not  occur  on  the  island,  to  assist  in  the  eradication  of  snails,  the 
intermediate  hosts. 


878  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  n5 

A  stomach  worm,  thought  to  be  Heemoiichus  contortus,  has  been  found  on 
the  island  in  only  one  case,  that  of  a  native  cow. 

It  is  said  that  the  seriousness  of  the  parasitic  infestation  of  swine  can 
hardly  be  overestimated.  The  kidney  worm  {Stephanurus  dentatus)  and  a 
lungworm,  probably  Strongylus  paradoxus,  are  important  parasites,  the  latter 
causing  the  most  serious  and  fatal  disease  of  swine  on  the  island. 

Coccidial  white  diarrhea  is  said  to  cause  large  losses  among  chicks  at  the 
station.  Success  in  combating  this  disease  has  resulted  from  proper  care, 
including  the  use  of  a  medicated  drinking  water  made  up  of  1  gal.  of  bichlorid 
of  mercury  solution  (1: 10,000),  3  grains  of  citric  acid,  and  one  30-gm.  sulpho- 
carbolate  tablet.  In  tests  made  of  the  efficacy  of  this  treatment,  it  was 
found  that  the  chicks  not  given  the  medicinal  drinking  water  nearly  all 
succumbed,  whereas  those  receiving  it  have  not  averaged  a  loss  of  more 
than  two  chicks  per  hatch.  It  is  stated  that  in  the  absence  of  proper  treat- 
ment and  the  presence  of  such  predisposing  causes  as  improper  brooding 
and  poor  feeding  the  mortality  will  run  between  90  and  100  per  cent,  whereas 
by  eliminating  all  predisposing  causes  and  using  the  treatment  above  recom- 
mended the  mortality  should  be  reduced  to  5  per  cent  or  less. 

Chickenpox  or  sorehead  is  the  most  widely  disseminated  poultry  disease  on 
the  island.  Chicken  cholera  is  said  to  have  done  more  to  discourage  the 
poultry  industry  than  any  other  factor,  two  outbreaks  having  been  investi- 
gated during  the  year.  Diphtheritic  roup  is  present  in  all  parts  of  the  island, 
investigations  having  shown  at  many  as  50  per  cent  of  a  brood  of  young 
chicks  to  be  affected,  and  the  mortality  among  untreated  chicks  going  as 
high  as  90  per  cent. 

The  endoparasites  of  poultry  mentioned  as  occurring  on  the  island  are 
several  species  of  tapeworm,  the  common  roundworm,  the  ceca  worm,  small 
round  worms  which  inhabit  the  proventriculus,  and  at  least  one  species  of 
eye  worm.  Eighteen  per  cent  of  chicks  between  four  and  six  months  of  age 
which  died  at  the  station  were  found  to  be  infested  with  a  nematode,  prob- 
ably Tetrameres  fissispinus.  The  eye  worm,  which  resembles  Manson's  eye 
worm,  is  said  to  be  commonly  found  infesting  the  native  fowls.  Ectoparasites 
mentioned  are  two  species  of  lice,  Menopon  pallidum  and  Ooniocotes  gigas 
and  a  mite,  Dermanyssus  gaUin<s. 

[Report  of  the  veterixiary  department],  .J.  W.  Connaway  and  A.  J.  Dubant 
{Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  141  (1916),  pp.  39-42). — In  hog-cholera  immunity  investi- 
gations, continuing  the  studies  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  278),  "negative 
results  were  obtained  with  the  experimental  antigen  prepared  from  the  blood, 
kidneys,  and  lymph  nodes  of  a  few  pigs  suffering  from  the  acute  hemorrhagic 
type  of  cholera.  More  extensive  work  was  done  with  spleen  antigens  from  acute 
cholera  cases,  and  ulcer  antigens  from  chronic  cases,  and  better  results  were 
obtained." 

The  results  obtained  clearly  demonstrated  that  a  distinct  complement- 
fixation  reaction  occurred  with  the  serum  of  cholera-immune  hogs  when  an 
extract  from  the  spleen  pulp  of  an  animal  that  had  died  from  an  attack  of  the 
acute  hemorrhagic  type  of  the  disease  was  used  as  antigen. 

"  The  question  remains  open,  however,  as  to  whether  the  results  obtained  were 
due  to  a  specific  hog-cholera  antigen  in  the  spleen  extracts,  or  to  associated 
antigens.  But  in  this  connection  it  is  pertinent  to  state  that  the  cholera  spleen 
from  which  the  experimental  antigens  were  prepared  failed  to  yield  cultures  of 
the  Salmon  bacillus  (Bacillus  suipestifer) ,  the  micro-organism  most  commonly 
associated  with  the  filterable  virus  of  hog  cholera.  Moreover,  tests  made  with 
an  antigen  prepared  from  a  pure  culture  of  B.  suipestifer  gave  no  deviation  of 


^®^^J  VETERINARY    MEDICINE.  879 

the  complement  with  serum  samples  obtained  from  hogs  which  gave  a  positive 
reaction  to  the  spleen  antigen  extracts." 

Experimental  antigens  were  also  prepared  from  the  intestinal  button  ulcers 
of  hogs  affected  with  the  chronic  type  of  the  disease.  No  definite  conclusions 
however,  could  be  drawn  from  the  positive  reactions  obtained  with  these  anti- 
gens, since  the  necrotic  ulcers  used  undoubtedly  contained  "  a  number  of  con- 
taminating micro-organisms  and  toxic  products  which  have  no  causative  rela- 
tion to  hog  cholera  but  which  under  certain  conditions  possibly  may  stimulate 
the  production  of  their  special  antibodies  in  the  blood  of  a  cholera-infected  hog. 
B.  coli  communis,  B.  suipestifer,  B.  nccrophorus,  and  Spirochceta  hyos  have  all 
been  found  in  these  ulcers." 

Small  quantities  of  the  positive-reacting  ulcer  material  injected  into  sus- 
ceptible pigs  produced  typical  cases  of  hog  cholera.  Preliminary  data  indicate 
the  possibility  of  ultimately  using  the  complement-fixation  test  in  determining 
the  variations  in  the  potency  of  serum.  An  attempt  is  being  made  to  isolate 
the  antigen  from  the  positive-reacting  spleens  and  ulcers  in  as  pure  a  form  as 
possible. 

In  contagious  abortion  investigations,  "  29  suspected  herds,  comprising  a  total 
of  GIO  cattle,  have  been  tested.  Including  animals  retested,  1,218  blood-serum 
samples  have  been  examined.  Twenty-four,  or  a  little  over  80  per  cent,  of  the 
suspected  herds  contained  positive-reacting  animals  with  a  history  of  abortion. 
In  one  herd,  in  a  group  of  70  cows,  41  gave  a  positive  reaction,  and  29  a  nega- 
tive reaction.  ...  In  other  herds  the  percentage  of  positive  reactors  was  less. 
Taking  the  entire  number  of  animals  tested  in  the  infected  herds  43  per  cent 
gave  a  positive  reaction." 

The  value  of  the  test  to  the  cattle  owner  in  preventing  the  spread  of  the 
infection  and  in  its  eradication  is  indicated. 

Text-book  of  meat  hygiene,  R.  Edelmann  {LehrMich  der  Fleischhygiene. 
Jena:  Gustav  Fischer,  1914,  3.  rev.  ed.,  pp.  XVI+442,  pis.  4,  figs.  221). — The 
third  revised  German  edition  of  this  work,  of  which  American  editions  have 
been  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  681). 

The  physical  chemistry  of  disinfection,  I,  J.  F.  Norton  and  P.  H.  Hsu 
(Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  180-194,  fig.  i).— The  results  of 
the  study  reported  are  summarized  as  follows : 

Acids  act  as  disinfectants  through  the  agency  of  the  hydrogen  ions  produced 
by  electrolytic  dissociation.  The  disinfecting  power  of  an  acid  is  approxi- 
mately proportional  to  the  hydrogen-ion  concentration.  The  addition  to  an 
acid  of  a  salt  containing  an  anion  common  to  this  acid  diminishes  its  disinfect- 
ing power,  as  the  result  of  a  decrease  in  the  hydrogen-ion  concentration  and  an 
increase  in  the  concentration  of  the  undissociated  acid  molecules.  Salts  which 
do  not  appreciably  affect  the  dissociation  of  an  acid  greatly  increase  the  disin- 
fecting properties  of  the  acid.  Acid  anions  are  positive  catalyzers  and  undis- 
sociated acid  molecules  are  negative  catalyzers  la  acid  disinfection. 

The  early  determination  of  pregnancy  in  domestic  animals,  E.  R.  Wecke 
(Flugschr.  Deut.  Gesell.  ZUcMungsk.,  No.  35  (1915),  pp.  56). — This  pamphlet 
discusses  the  importance  to  the  breeder  of  an  early  diagnosis  of  pregnancy, 
the  methods  commonly  employed,  the  theoretical  principles  of  the  dialysis 
procedure,  and  the  anatomical  possibilities  of  the  entrance  of  fetal  material 
into  the  circulating  blood  of  the  mother.  The  dialysis  method  and  its  manipula- 
tion are  described  in  detail. 

From  experimental  data  reported  the  author  concludes  that  the  dialysis 
procedure  is  a  valuable  and  accurate  method  for  the  determination  of  preg- 
nancy  in   cattle,   especially   In   the   early   stages   where   the  usual    means   of 


880  EXPEBIMENT   STATION   KECOKD.  [Vol.  35 

diagnosis  are  unreliable.  A  bibliography  of  47  references  to  the  literature  is 
included. 

The  variations  in  reaction  of  the  blood  of  different  species  as  indicated  by 
hemolysis  of  the  red  blood  cells  when  treated  with  acids  or  alkalis,  J.  G. 
Gumming  (Jour.  Infect.  Diseases,  18  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  151-119,  figs.  11).— The 
author  reports  hemolytic  and  chemical  time  indexes  and  their  equivalent  NHs, 
NaOH,  and  HCl  percentages  of  the  erythrocytes  of  the  dog,  bear,  horse,  mule, 
white  rat,  brown  rat,  turtle,  guinea  pig,  rabbit,  frog,  pigeon,  hog,  monkey, 
chicken,  cat,  elephant,  cow,  deer,  sheep,  goat,  negro,  and  Caucasian. 

"  For  the  15-minute  hemolytic  system  there  is  a  marked  difference  in  the 
chemical  requirements  (NH3,  NaOH,  and  HCl)  for  some  species,  while  the  dif- 
ference is  not  so  marked  for  others.  For  this  system  one  of  the  three  chemical 
hemolysins  may  be  of  the  same  percentage  for  two  species ;  invariably  there 
appears,  however,  a  difference  in  the  percentage  requirement  for  either  one  or 
both  of  the  other  two  chemical  hemolysins.  The  NH3  hemolytic  time  indexes 
divide  the  animals  tested  into  four  fairly  distinct  groupings.  The  position  of 
the  NaOH  hemolytic  time  indexes  of  the  different  species  corresponds  closely 
to  that  of  the  NHs  indexes.  There  is  no  special  arrangement  of  the  HCl  time 
indexes  for  the  different  species  with  relation  to  the  alkaline  indexes."  Alka- 
line hemolysis  is  deemed  due  to  the  OH  group  and  acid  hemolysis  to  the  H  ion. 

It  is  indicated  that  the  chemical  and  hemolytic  time  indexes  may  be  used 
to  identify  blood-cell  suspensions  of  different  species  with  a  considerable  de- 
gree of  accuracy.  The  hemolysis  of  the  red  blood  cell  may  be  used  as  an  indi- 
cator to  determine  the  degree  of  acidity  or  alkalinity  of  certain  solutions.  As 
an  indicator  these  cells  are  affected  by  the  isotonicity  of  the  blood  suspension. 
"Alkaline  hemolysis  can  be  influenced  by  acids,  and  acid  hemolysis  by  alkalis. 
Both  acid  and  alkaline  hemolysis  can  be  influenced  by  the  neutral  salt  content 
of  the  suspension." 

A  distinct  variation  between  the  normal  and  pathological  blood  of  the  same 
species  was  observed  in  most  of  the  specimens  tested.  This  variation  is  deemed 
probably  due  to  an  increased  alkalinity  or  decreased  acidity  or  to  variation  in 
the  neutral  salt  content. 

A  practical  method  for  the  identification  of  guinea  pig's  under  treatment, 
A.  P.  HiTCHENS  (Jour.  Bad.,  1  (1916),  No.  5,  pp.  541-5^5,  fig.  1). — A  system  for 
identifying  laboratory  animals  based  on  a  study  of  abbreviations  is  described. 
It  is  indicated  that  by  this  system  animals  can  be  both  rapidly  described  and 
easily  recognized. 

The  anticoagulant  action  of  acid  anilin  dyes  toward  albuminous  materials, 
A.  C.  HoLLANDE  {Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  [Paris],  162  {1916),  No.  25,  pp.  959- 
961). — From  experiments  made  by  treating  ascitic  fluid,  cerebro-spiual  fluid, 
pleural  exudate,  ovalbumin,  etc.,  with  various  acid  and  basic  dyes,  as  eosin, 
orange  G,  uranin,  Congo  red,  light  green,  etc.  (equal  volumes  of  fluid  and  2  per 
cent  solutions  of  the  dye),  it  was  found  that  the  acid  dyes  combined  with  the 
protein  substances  and  formed  colored  acid  albumins.  These  substances  were 
not  coagulated  at  the  boiling  temperature  or  on  being  sterilized  in  an  autoclave 
at  120°  C.  for  20  minutes. 

On  boiling  a  mixture  of  a  soluble  protein  and  an  acid  dye  a  transparent  jelly 
was  obtained  which  could  be  further  heated  at  120°  without  changing  its  char- 
acter. It  is  indicated  that  by  the  proper  choice  of  a  nontoxic  acid  dye  media 
suitable  for  bacteriological  use  can  be  prepared  in  this  manner. 

It  is  further  indicated  that  the  property  possessed  by  the  acid  dyes  of  com- 
bining with  protein  material  substantiates  the  idea  that  histological  staining  is 
a  physicochemical  reaction  (eosinophilic,  acidophilic),  and  not  merely  a  purely 
physical  (adsorption,  solution)  action. 


1916]  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  881 

A  method  of  studying  the  effect  of  serum  upon  tissues,  S.  Feldstein 
{Proc.  Soc.  Expt.  Biol,  and  Med.,  12  (1915),  No.  8,  pp.  187-191).— \  histological 
method  for  studying  the  effect  of  serum  on  various  tissues  is  descril)ed  in  detail. 

After  incubation  of  the  tissue  with  serum  and  proper  staining  marked  changes 
in  the  structure  were  observed,  the  most  striking  changes  being  found  in  the 
nuclei.    The  nuclei  had  either  disappeared  entirely  or  failed  to  take  the  stain. 

The  results  are  briefly  discussed. 

The  effect  of  lecithin  and  horse  serum  on  the  hemolytic  action  of  certain 
peptones,  A.  A.  Epstein  (Jour.  Immunol.,  1  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  iS3-l 88). —Con- 
tinuing previous  work  «  the  author  has  shown  that  lecithin  alters  the  hemolytic 
and  agglutinative  action  of  the  peptones  in  relation  to  different  species  of  red 
blood  cells. 

"  It  seems  apparent  that  the  increase  in  the  hemolytic  activity  of  the  pep- 
tones resulting  from  the  addition  of  minute  amounts  of  lecithin  is  not  due  to  the 
intervention  of  a  lipolytic  ferment  and  the  subsequent  splitting  off  of  a  fatty 
acid  from  the  lecithin." 

The  activation  of  the  peptones  can  be  accomplished  not  only  by  the  addition 
of  pure  lecithin  to  them  but  also  by  the  addition  of  horse  serum,  as  in  the  case 
of  cobra  venom.  The  activation  of  the  peptones  with  serum  is  not  so  marked 
as  with  the  lecithin.  Whole  serum  fails  to  activate  the  peptones  and  interferes 
with  their  hemolytic  action.  After  extraction  with  ether  the  serum  does  not 
activate  the  peptones  in  any  dilution. 

The  relation  of  lipoids  to  immune  reactions,  J.  W.  Jobling  (Jour.  Immunol., 
1  (1916),  No.  Jf,  pp.  491-500). — This  is  the  presidential  address  delivered  at  the 
third  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Association  of  Immunologists,  held  at 
Washington,  D.  C,  May  11  and  12,  1916.  The  subject  is  reviewed  in  detail  and 
a  bibliography  of  67  references  to  the  literature  cited  is  appended. 

A  new  method  of  active  immunization,  M.  Fbankenhuis  (Tijdschr.  Dier- 
geneesk.,  43  (1916),  No.  16,  pp.  597-602). — A  method  of  immunization  which  de- 
pends on  the  slow,  continued  absorption  of  the  virus  is  described.  The  virus  is 
introduced  into  the  animal  in  a  capillary  tube  which  is  placed  under  the  skin 
by  a  rather  simple  operation.  The  slow  absorption  takes  place  from  the  ma- 
terial introduced.  A  permanent  active  immunity  is  thus  obtained,  as  indicated 
by  experimental  data  submitted. 

The  use  of  the  new  procedure  as  a  prophylactic  against  spotted  fever  and 
foot-and-mouth  disease  is  suggested  and  outlined.  Advantages  claimed  for  it 
are  that  it  is  not  dangerous  even  though  the  lethal  dose  is  introduced ;  a  greater 
and  more  permanent  immunity  can  be  obtained  than  with  any  of  the  other 
methods  in  general  use;  immunization  is  possible  even  though  no  pure  culture 
is  at  hand ;  and  the  method  can  be  used  in  conjunction  with  other  methods  if 
desired. 

The  introduction  of  the  capillary  tube  as  foreign  material  is  indicated  as  a 
disadvantage,  although  the  danger  with  sterile  material  is  deemed  to  be  slight. 

A  simplified  method  of  producing  a  potent  precipitin  serum,  W.  V.  Smith 
(Jour.  Med.  Research,  34  (1916),  No.  2,  pp.  169-175).— In  cases  where  human 
blood  or  blood  serum  can  not  be  readily  obtained  at  all  times  the  author  recom- 
mends the  precipitation  of  the  protein  with  ammonium  sulphate  and  the  use 
of  the  precipitate  for  the  production  of  a  potent  precipitin  rabbit  serum  by  in- 
traperitoneal injection.  The  preparation  thus  obtained  can  be  kept  on  hand 
for  a  long  time,  "  at  least  nine  months,  and  no  doubt  indefinitely."  The  danger 
to  the  animal  to  be  injected  is  greatly  reduced  by  using  the  concentrated  ma- 
terial, as  a  smaller  quantity  Is  injected  and  the  preparation  is  sterile,  or 
nearly  so. 

•Jour.  Expt.  Med.,  15    (1912),  No.  5,  pp.  485-497, 


882  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

Serum  osmose.  The  treatment  of  wounds  by  blood  serum  obtained  through 
osmosis,  P.  Chatelain  {Rec.  Med.  Y6t.,  92  {1916),  No.  13,  pp.  393-397).— The 
author  describes  a  procedure  for  wound  treatment  in  wliich  either  powdered 
sodium  chlorid  or  a  solution  of  suitable  strength  of  the  salt  is  used  as  a  dress- 
ing. By  this  treatment  the  wound  becomes  naturally  saturated  with  the 
blood  serum. 

The  results  of  the  new  treatment  indicate  that  the  use  of  sodium  chlorid  is 
superior  to  the  use  of  either  boric  or  picric  acid.  Suppuration  is  checked  im- 
mediately and  cicatrization  is  rapid  and  complete. 

The  specific  serum  treatment  of  wounds,  E.  Leclainche  and  H.  Vall^e 
(Rev.  G&n.  M6d.  V6t.,  25  {1916),  No.  295,  pp.  306-316)  .—This  is  a  general  dis- 
cussion of  the  treatment  of  wounds  with  polyvalent  sera  either  by  injection  or 
direct  local  application  as  recently  introduced  by  the  authors. 

The  destruction  of  anthrax  spores  in  hides  and  skins  by  caustic  soda, 
E.  Haileb  {Arb.  K.  Osndhtsamt.,  50  {1915),  No.  1,  pp.  96-121).— A  0.5  to  1 
per  cent  solution  of  caustic  soda  at  a  temperature  of  15  to  20°  C.  (59  to  68°  F.) 
was  found  to  destroy  anthrax  spores  in  cattle  hides  and  sheep  and  goat  skins. 
The  germicidal  action  of  the  solution  was  increased  by  the  addition  of  a  5  to 
10  per  cent  solution  of  sodium  chlorid,  the  spores  being  destroyed  in  72  hours 
in  almost  all  the  cattle  hides  and  sheep  skins  tested. 

Experimental  studies  on  the  immunity  of  foot-and-mouth  disease,  C.  Tebni 
{Clin.  Vet.  [J/tZan],  Rass.  Pol.  Sanit.  e  Ig.,  39  {1916),  No.  9,  pp.  257-261).— The 
author  has  found  that  the  virus  of  foot-and-mouth  disease  can  be  preserved  in- 
definitely by  the  passage  of  virulent  blood,  as  well  as  the  product  of  the  local 
lesions,  through  sensitized  animals.  The  best  procedure  for  conserving  the 
virulence  and  controlling  an  active  infection  of  the  virus  was  found  to  be  the 
use  of  infective  material  from  the  blood  of  an  animal  in  a  high  febrile  condi- 
tion or  the  product  of  the  local  lesions.  Other  species  of  animals  harbor  the 
virus  of  the  disease  through  various  periods  of  time  without  manifesting  any 
external  symptoms.  With  the  blood  preserved  in  a  thermostat  after  being  at- 
tenuated by  cooling  a  resistance  to  the  disease  can  be  obtained  by  the  successive 
inoculation  of  the  virus  which  is  much  greater  than  that  manifested  by  animals 
which  have  survived  a  severe  case  of  the  disease.  The  blood  serum  of  animals 
which  have  survived  the  disease  possesses  remarkable  prophylactic  properties 
against  the  virus,  and  the  inoculation  of  such  blood  containing  the  maximum 
amount  of  antibodies  causes  a  rapid  recovery  of  animals  in  advanced  stages  of 
the  disease.     Practical  serotherapy  thus  seems  to  be  possible. 

Two  forms  of  immunity  are  distinguished,  a  general  immunity  localized  in 
the  blood,  especially  in  the  white  corpuscles  (eosinophils?),  red  corpuscles,  and 
plasma,  and  another  localized  in  the  protective  epithelium.  The  latter  is  indi- 
cated as  being  the  most  permanent. 

The  clinical  form  of  the  disease  varies  in  degree  according  to  the  previously 
existing  immunity.  On  post-mortem  examination  of  animals  which  had  died 
from  the  disease  the  virus  was  found  to  be  localized  in  different  organs,  espe- 
cially in  the  cardiac  muscles,  brain,  liver,  and  kidneys.  Less  was  found  in  the 
spleen  and  in  the  bone  marrow. 

In  the  epithelial  lesions  two  substances  were  found  ( granulo-stimoline  and 
granulo-lysin )  which  are  indicated  as  possessing  chemotactic  properties  which 
produce  an  eosinophilia. 

Tuberculosis  of  the  seminal  vesicles,  vas  deferens,  and  urethra  in  the 
bovine,  P.  Cuxvsst  {Rec.  MM.  Y6t.,  92  {1916),  No.  IS,  pp.  397-^08,  figs.  3).— 
The  author  reports  a  case  and  describes  the  lesions  and  histopathological  find- 
ings. The  probable  route  of  infection  in  the  case  reported  and  similar  ones  is 
discussed. 


1916]  VETERINARY   MEDICINE.  883 

The  influence  of  tuberculosis  on  the  chemical  composition  of  the  animal 
body,  K.  Dkoge  (Pfluger's  Arch.  Physiol.,  163  {1916),  No.  J,-6,  pp.  266-288, 
pis.  2 )  .—Analytical  data  of  the  chemical  composition  of  normal  and  tubercular 
guinea  pigs  are  reported  in  detail.  The  weiglits  of  the  animals,  taken  weekly 
over  a  period  of  a  number  of  months,  and  the  post-mortem  findings  in  a  num- 
ber of  animals  are  also  reported. 

While  the  data  show  a  normal  fat  content  in  animals  in  which  there  was 
either  no  active  infection  or  a  process  of  recovery  and  a  low  fat  content  in 
severely  infected  animals  or  animals  which  had  died  from  the  disease,  the 
author  contends  that  a  high  fat  content  with  an  increased  resistance  or  a  low 
fat  content  with  a  decreased  resistance  is  not  necessarily  always  the  case.  In 
slightly  affected  animals  the  water  content  was  found  to  be  normal,  while  in 
acutely  affected  animals  a  considerable  increase  was  noted. 

The  data  submitted,  together  with  that  reported  by  earlier  investigators,  are 
discussed  in  detail. 

Studies  in  immunity  to  tuberculosis,  A.  K.  Kbause  {Jour.  Med.  Research, 
S5  {1916),  No.  1,  pp.  1-50) .—ThvQe  studies  are  reported. 

I.  Experimental  studies  on  the  cvtaneous  reaction  to  tuhcrculo-protein. — Fac- 
tors governing  the  reaction  (pp.  1-23). — It  was  found  that  cutaneous  hyper- 
sensitiveness  to  tuberculo-proteln  is  inaugurated  by  the  establishment  of  infec- 
tion and  the  development  of  the  initial  focus.  The  hypersensitiveness  increases 
with  progressive  disease  and  varies  directly  with  the  extent  and  intensity  of  the 
disease.  With  the  healing  of  the  disease  it  diminishes  but  is  probably  never 
entirely  lost  (except  in  the  presence  of  intercurrent  disease,  pregnancy,  etc.).  It 
is  increased  by  reinfection  and  diminished  or  completely  wiped  out  during  the 
period  of  general  tuberculin  reaction. 

It  is  suggested  that  "  tissue  hjrpersensitiveness  may  be  a  function  of  immunity 
to  reinfection." 

II.  The  anaphylactic  state  in  its  relation  to  resistance  to  tuberculous  infection 
and,  tuberculous  disease. — Ari  experimental  study  (pp.  25-42). — "Anaphylactic 
shock,  experienced  by  guinea  pigs  a  short  time  before  infection  with  tubercle 
bacilli  of  lovr  virulence,  did  not  reduce  their  resistance  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
parasitism  of  the  particular  micro-organism  concerned  was  markedly  increased, 
although  there  were  suggestions  that  the  extent  of  disease  was  probably  in- 
creased. If  tuberculous  disease  of  low  grade  is  once  established  in  guinea  pigs 
a  single  attack  of  anaphylaxis  does  not  bring  about  conditions  that  favor  the 
extension  of  the  disease.  Anaphylactic  shock  sulTered  just  before  the  inocula- 
tion of  a  nonpathogenic  acid-fast  organism,  the  Mist  bacillus  [Moller's  grass 
bacillus],  does  not  lay  the  body  open  to  progressive  invasion  by  this  germ. 

"  No  success  attended  the  efforts  to  enhance  the  virulence  of  a  strain  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus  {Rl)  when  the  method  of  Thiele  and  Embleton  was  followed. 
Evidence  is  submitted  that  tubercle  bacilli  can  preserve  their  viability  and  their 
original  virulence  after  being  kept  in  a  dried  state  for  as  long  a  time  as  from 
15  to  17  months." 

III.  Concerning  the  general  tuberculin  reaction  (pp.  43-50). — "An  extract  of 
an  animal's  own  normal  tissues  if  introduced  rapidly  into  it<5  circulation  is 
toxic.  The  products  of  tuberculous  foci  are  primarily  toxic  if  received  into  the 
blood  stream  (or,  perhaps,  lymph  stream)." 

It  is  suggested  that  "  the  symptoms  of  the  general  tuberculin  reaction  are 
due  to  the  primary  toxicity  of  focal  products,  the  absorption  of  which  is  favored 
by  the  focal  reaction  that  results  from  the  injection  of  tuberculin." 

The  antigenic  properties  of  tubercle  wax,  B.  Lucre  {Jour.  Immunol.,  1 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  457-464). — From  a  study  on  the  possible  antigenic  value  In 
serum  diagnosis  of  tubercle  wax  the  author  found  that  the  wax  antigens  caused 


884  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.35 

complement  deviation  with  a  high  percentage  of  sera  possessing  lipotropic 
properties.  "  These  antigens  also  cause  complement  deviation  with  a  moderate 
percentage  of  presumably  normal  and  tuberculous  sera." 

It  is  indicated  that  such  antigens  possess  neither  diagnostic  nor  prognostic 
value  in  the  serum  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis. 

Present  status  of  the  infectious  abortion  problem,  L.  R.  Himmelbergeb 
{Amer.  Jour.  Vet.  Med.,  11  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  699-702) .—This  article  briefly 
reviews  Ihe  more  recent  literature  concerning  the  progress  being  made  with  a 
general  view  to  combat  the  disease. 

Some  experiments  with  bacterial  vaccines  for  the  cure  of  splenetic  tick 
fever  in  cattle,  R.  L.  Rhea  and  G.  W.  Mackie  (Jour.  Amer.  Vet.  Med.  Assoc, 
49  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  361-365). — The  etiology,  symptoms,  post-mortem  lesions, 
and  differential  diagnosis  of  the  disease  are  briefly  reviewed. 

The  experimental  work  reported  covered  a  period  of  six  months.     One  hun- 
dred and  forty  cases  were  treated,  118  of  which  made  good  recovery.    The  cat- 
tle ranged  in  age  from  eight  months  to  aged  animals.    The  vaccine  used  was  a 
combined  streptococcus  and  staphylococcus. 

It  is  indicated  that  "  the  body  of  all  animals  is  at  all  times  the  host  of  micro- 
organisms which  are  incapable  of  setting  up  disturbances  when  the  body  has  a 
high  resistance,  but  if  for  any  reason  the  body  resistance  should  drop  below 
normal  in  vitality  these  same  latent  organisms  may  become  pathogenic.  The 
infection  producing  tick  fever  primarily  is  Piroplasma  bigeminum ;  however, 
when  by  its  action  the  resistance  of  the  body  is  reduced  below  normal,  these 
organisms  may  cause  a  secondary  infection  and  with  their  toxins  may  assist  in 
producing  symptoms  which  accompany  tick  fever.  .  .  .  The  fact  that  immunity 
can  be  established  by  blood  inoculations  warrants  us  in  saying  that  antibodies 
may  be  produced  in  the  blood  by  proper  stimulus,  and  as  the  agent  used  in  this 
test  work  is  a  streptococcus  and  staphylococcus  vaccine  [and]  antibodies  pro- 
duced by  this  type  of  vaccine  combat  only  that  type  of  invasion  we  may  conclude 
they  play  an  important  role  in  this  disease." 

The  action  of  organic  body  fluids  on  the  bacillus  of  swine  erysipelas, 
V.  CoLOMO  (Bol.  Inst.  Nac.  Hig.  Alfonso  XIII,  12  (1916),  No.  46,  pp.  87-97).— 
Serological  experiments  are  reported  from  which  the  author  concludes  that  the 
antiserum  of  swine  erysipelas  obtained  from  rabbits  possesses  agglutinative  and 
bacteriotropic  properties  the  same  as  that  obtained  from  the  horse.  The  bone 
marrow  contains  rather  large  amounts  of  antibodies,  although  not  so  great  as 
might  have  been  expected.  The  blood  of  immune  rabbits  is  richest  in  agglu- 
tinins. 

In  conformity  with  earlier  views  the  spleen  was  found  to  have  no  defensive 
role  against  septicemical  infections.  The  same  may  be  aflSrmed  of  the  other 
organs  with  the  exception  of  the  bone  marrow.  Antibodies  M'ere  found  in  suffi- 
cient quantities  in  the  bone  marrow  to  have  a  detrimental  action  on  the  bacillus 
of  the  disease,  a  fact  which  is  in  agreement  with  earlier  investigations  in  which 
considerable  quantities  of  antibodies  of  typhoid  fever  and  pneumonia  were  found 
in  the  bone  marrow. 

Report  to  the  council  of  the  I9ational  Pig  Breeders'  Association  on  the 
present  state  of  knowledge  of  swine  fever  with  special  reference  to  the 
available  statistics,  M.  Greenwood,  Jr.  (Borrowash,  England:  Nat.  Pig  Breed- 
ers' Assoc,  1914,  pp.  69-\-III). — This  material  has  been  previously  noted  from 
another  source  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  881). 

The  results  of  the  use  of  hog-cholera  globulin  on  three  thousand  hogs  in 
the  field,  R.  Graham  (Amer.  Jour.  Vet.  Med.,  11  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  703-707).— 
Detailed  experimental  results  are  reported,  from  which  the  author  concludes 
that  hog-cholera  globulin  possesses  immunizing  properties  equal  to  the  whole 


1916]  RTTBAL  ENGINEERING.  885 

unrefined  cholera  serum.  The  globulin  was  found  to  protect  against  natural 
exposure  and  artificial  infection  (1  to  5  cc.  virus)  in  doses  of  0.2  cv.  pn-  pound 
weight.  On  account  of  its  concentration  the  globulin  may  be  used  in  much 
smaller  doses  and  thus  offers  the  advantage  of  reducing  tlio  lal)()r  of  adminis- 
tration. "  It  seems  reasonable  to  assume  that  a  small  immunizing  doso  is 
absorbed  more  rapidly  by  the  animal  as  the  units  of  value  are  more  quickly 
available."  Being  a  sterile  product,  it  is  found  more  desirable  fur  use  than 
the  unrefined  serum. 

Hog  cholera  in  Pennsylvania,  R.  M.  Staley  (Penn.  Live  Stock  Sanit.  Bd. 
Circ.  JfS  (1916),  pp.  13). — This  bulletiu  discusses  the  distribution,  symptoms  and 
lesions,  cause,  methods  of  spreading  the  disease,  treatment,  prevention,  and  the 
serum-virus  and  serum-alone  treatments.  Regulations  with  reference  to  hog 
cholera  adopted  by  the  State  Live  Stocli  Sanitary  Board  to  protect  and  encour- 
age the  swine  industry  of  Pennsylvania  are  included. 

The  maintenance  of  virulence  of  Bacillus  abortivus  equinus,  E.  S.  Good 
and  W.  V.  Smith  (Jour.  Med.  Research,  33  (1916),  No.  S,  pp.  Jf93-J,98)  .—In  a 
study  of  the  virulence  of  certain  cultures  of  B.  abortivus  equinus,  it  was  found 
that  the  intravenous  inoculation  of  a  mare  with  1  cc.  .>f  a  mixed  culture  of  the 
organism  which  had  been  grown  in  the  laboratory  at  the  Kentucky  Experiment 
Station  for  from  10  to  30  generations  and  for  from  one  and  a  half  to  four 
years  caused  a  typical  abortion.  Previous  tests  of  the  animal's  blood  showed  no 
immunity  to  the  disease.  At  the  time  of  inoculation  the  animal  was  protected 
with  200  cc.  of  a  hyperimmune  serum  which  possessed  marked  bacteriolytic 
properties. 

The  intravenous  inoculation  of  0.1  cc.  of  24-hcur  broth  cultures  produced 
death  in  rabbits  in  from  two  to  four  days,  and  the  subcutaneous  inoculation  of 
1  cc.  of  a  broth  culture  produced  abortion  in  guinea  pigs  in  four  days  and 
seventeen  days.  The  organism  producing  these  effects  was  in  each  instance 
isolated  from  the  animal  after  death. 

Contagious  epithelioma  in  chickens  (chicken  pox,  swelled  head). — Its  con- 
trol by  vaccination,  W.  B.  Mack  and  E.  Records  (Nevada  Sta.  Bui.  84  (1916), 
pp.  3-32,  figs.  19).— A.  popular  abstract  of  Bulletin  82  (E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  189) 
amplified  and  illustrated. 

RTTEAL  ENGINEERING. 

Oflacial  proceedings  of  the  Twenty-first  International  Irrigation  Congress 
held  at  Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada,  October  5-9,  1914  (Off.  Proc.  Internat. 
Irrig.  Cong.,  21  (19U),  pp.  XXVni+402,  pis.  9,  figs.  3/).— These  proceedings 
contain  the  following  special  articles  bearing  on  the  subject  of  irrigation: 
Failure  of  Irrigation  and  Land  Settlement  Policies  of  the  Western  States, 
Water  Storage  and  Distribution  by  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service, 
The  Dominion  Government  Laws  Respecting  Irrigation  in  Western  Canada, 
Colonizing  in  Western  Canada,  British  Columbia  Irrigation  Policie.s,  The 
Necessity^of  a  Higher  Duty  of  Water,  Farm  Development  in  the  Arid  West, 
Administration  of  Water  Rights  in  British  Columbia,  Irrigation  and  Saskatche- 
wan Agriculture,  Relation  of  the  Farmer  to  the  Irrigation  Project,  Irrigation 
in  Alberta  and  the  Settler  on  Irrigated  Land,  Some,  Irrigation  Problems  in 
Texas  Recent  Irrigation  District  Legislation  in  California,  Irrigation  Enter- 
prises' of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company  in  Alberta,  Storage  and 
Power  Possibilities  of  the  Bow  River  West  of  Calgary,  The  Great  Falls  Plan 
of  Cooperation  between  the  City  and  Farming  Community.  Silt  Problems  of  the 
Colorado  River,  and  Irrigation  Conditions  in  the  State  of  Washington. 


886  EXPEKIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  [Vol.  35 

Report  of  the  undersecretary  of  state  on  the  Ministry  of  Public  Works, 
1914-15  (Rpt.  Min.  Pub.  Works  Egypt,  1914-15,  pp.  VII +126,  pis.  21).— This 
report  deals  especially  with  irrigation  and  irrigation  works  in  Egypt. 

The  flow  of  water  over  sharp -edged  notches  and  weirs,  H.  J.  F.  Gousley 
and  B.  S.  Crimp  (Minutes  Proa  Inst > -Civ.  Engin.  [England],  200  {1915),  pt.  2, 
pp.  388-408,  figs.  4). — Experiments  on  tho  flow  of  water  over  sharp-edged,  tri- 
angular, and  rectangular  weir  notches  are  reported. 

It  was  found  that  "  the  flow  over  a  triangular  notch  is  proportional  to  E^-*^ 
and  varies  in  direct  proportion  to  the  ratio  of  width  to  height.  The  general 
law  is  Q=2.48,  n.  W",  in  which  Q  is  the  discharge  in  cubic  feet  per  second, 
n  the  tangent  of  half  the  included  angle  of  the  notch,  and  H  the  head  in  feet. 

"  The  flow  over  any  trapezoidal  notch  is  equal  to  the  flow  over  a  rectangular 
weir  of  equal  length  with  two  end  contractions  plus  the  flow  through  a  tri- 
angular notch  of  corresponding  angle. 

"  The  flow  over  a  rectangular  weir  with  end  contractions  varies  as  B}-" 
and  increases  rather  more  rapidly  than  the  length,  i.  e.,  as  L^•''^  and  is  given 
by  the  formula  0=3.10  L'-°'  H"^",  which  applies  to  all  weirs  up  to  at  least  19  feet 
in  length,  and,  to  judge  from  the  comparisons  made  for  short  weirs,  for  heads 
up  to  half  the  length  of  the  weir,  provided  the  depth  of  pool  below  the  sill  of 
the  weir  is  not  less  than  twice  the  head.  In  the  formula,  Q  is  cubic  feet  per 
second,  L  the  length  in  feet,  and  H  the  head  in  feet." 

Abnormal  coefficients  of  the  Venturi  meter,  A.  H.  Gibson  {Minutes  Proc. 
Inst.  Civ.  Engin.  [England],  199  {1915),  pt.  1,  pp.  391-408,  pi.  i ) .—Investiga- 
tions conducted  at  University  College,  Dundee,  on  the  causes  of  abnormal 
values  of  the  coefficient  C  used  in  the  base  formula  for  the  venturi  meter, 

Q  =  CA^r^ are  reported  which  led  to  the  following  conclusions: 

V  TO^  — 1 

"  In  any  meter,  in  good  order  and  of  normal  proportions,  friction  does  not 
affect  the  value  of  C  by  more  than  about  2  per  cent  so  long  as  the  diameter  of 
the  pipe  line  is  greater  than  about  2  in.  For  large  meters  at  velocities  exceed- 
ing 1  ft.  per  second  the  effect  is  in  general  less  than  1  per  cent.  The  effect 
increases  very  slightly  with  a  diminution  in  velocity.  With  pipe  line  velocities 
less  than  about  0.5  ft.  per  second  the  steadying  of  the  velocity  at  the  throat 
causes  a  distribution  of  velocity  under  which  the  kinetic  energy  at  the  throat 

v' 
is  appreciably  greater  than        feet.     In  a  meter  fitted  with  the  usual  U-tube 

gage,  or  any  modification  of  this  type,  this  may  reduce  the  apparent  value  of 

C  to  a  minimum  of  about  0.75  at  low  velocities.    Values  of  C  obtained  from  a 

meter  when  measuring  a  pulsating  flow  are  less  than  with  constant  flow.    If  fc 

is  the  proportional  fluctuation  of  velocity  per  cycle  on  each  side  of  the  mean,  C 

I      1? 
is  reduced  in  the  ratio   l-s-yi-f-.      Except,  as  where  used  for  metering  the 

discharge  from  a  reciprocating  pump,  fc  may  be  large,  any  such  effect  is  in 
general  small. 

"The  effect  of  whirl  in  the  water  approaching  the  meter  is  to  increase  the 
value  of  0.  The  effect  is,  however,  small;  is  approximately  constant  at  all 
velocities ;  and  it  is  extremely  improbable  that  in  the  normal  pipe  line  it  exceeds 
about  1  per  cent. 

"  Where  the  pressure  orifice  at  throat  or  entrance  of  a  meter  consists  of  a 
circumferential  gap,  the  width  of  this  gap  has  some  effect  on  the  value  of  C. 
In  a  meter  having  a  throat  diameter  of  1  in.  the  effect  is,  however,  small, 
except  at  very  low  velocities,  so  long  as  the  width  does  not  exceed  0.4  in.  The 
author  found  that  at  medium  and  high  velocities  maximum  values  of  C  were 


19161  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  887 

obtained  with  the  ininiiuuin  (0.015  in.)  gap,  and  miiiiniuin  values  witli  a  gap 
of  O.OG  in.  At  velocities  loss  than  0.1  ft.  per  second  the  effect  of  a  variation  in 
this  width  becomes  very  pronounced. 

"Abnormally  high  values  of  C  at  moderately  low  vokKiLu>.s  are  to  be  attributed 
to  errors  in  tlie  throat  gage  reading,  due  to  the  accumulation  of  air  at  the 
throat.  Such  high  values  are  only  to  be  anticipated  in  a  meter  in  which  the 
throat  pressure  is  le.-^s  than  atmospheric,  and  probably  only  where  indei>eiident 
measuring  columns  are  us«>d  at  entnmce  and  at  throat,  and  where  conununica- 
tion  between  throat  and  measuring  coluum  takes  place  through  a  circumferen- 
tial gap  surrounding  the  throat.  Where  a  U-tube  gage  or  any  of  its  modifica- 
tions has  been  used  there  would  appear  to  be  no  record  of  any  such  high  values 
of  C,  and  such  a  device  should  be  used  where  there  is  reason  to  anticipate 
negative  pressures. 

"An  examination  of  all  available  data  shows  that,  whatever  the  conditions 
under  which  a  meter  may  be  op(Tating,  the  value  of  C  varies  within  narrow 
limits  so  long  as  the  pipe  line  velocity  exceeds  1  ft.  per  second.  This  coetficient 
may  vary  from  about  0.96  to  slightly  over  unity.  In  the  normal  meter  ol 
moderate  or  large  size  a  value  of  0.99  will  pro))ab]y  give  the  value  within  2  per 
cent  for  any  velocity  exceeding  1  ft.  per  second.  Where  essential  that  the 
records  for  lower  velocities  should  be  accurate,  this  can  only  be  insured  by  a 
calibration  of  the  meter." 

Pumps  for  the  irrigation  of  small  areas,  B.  Dibble  (Jour.  Electricity,  57 
{1916),  No.  4,  pp.  65-67,  fiys.  S). — Factors  to  be  observed  in  the  selection  of 
centrifugal  pumps  for  the  irrigation  of  small  areas  are  discussed. 

Experiments  upon  the  purification  of  sewage  and  water  at  the  Lawrence 
Experiment  Station,  H.  Vf.  Clark  and  G.  O.  Adams  (Ann.  Rpt.  Bd.  Health 
Mass.,  46  (1914),  pp.  297-346). — These  experiments  include  special  studies  "of 
the  relative  efficiency  of  trickling  filters  of  dilferont  depths,  of  the  disposal 
and  utilization  of  sewage  sludge,  of  the  purification  of  sewage  by  aeration 
in  tanks  containing  layers  of  slate  upon  which  'growths '  form,  etc.,  and  of  the 
purification  or  disinfection  of  water  by  means  of  liquid  chlorin." 

Sewage  disposal  for  isolated  residences,  C.  G.  Gillespie  (Cnl.  Bd.  Health 
Spec.  Bui.  S  (1916),  pp.  2S,  figs.  4). — This  bulletin  describes  the  ^ptic  tank 
and  tile  absorption  method  of  residential  sewage  disposal. 

"  The  tank  must  be  located  judiciously,  so  that  prevailing  winds  will  carry 
odors  in  a  direction  away  from  dwellings  and  so  that  wells  and  watercourses 
will  not  be  polluted  by  the  effluent.  Under  ordinary  conditions,  for  safety, 
200  ft.  should  separate  the  tank  and  the  nearest  well,  watercourse,  homes,  or 
highway." 

Sanitation  in  the  mountains,  C.  G.  Gillespie  (Cal.  Bd.  Health  ."^pec.  Bui.  10 
(1916),  pp.  3-20.  figs.  S).— This  bulletin  deals  with  the  sanitary  privy  and  septic 
and  Imhoff  tanks  for  the  disposal  of  sewage  in  mountain  resorts. 

Engineering  operations  for  the  prevention  of  malaria,  F.  D.  Evans  (Min- 
utes Proc.  Inst.  Civ.  Engin.  [England],  200  (1915),  pt.  1,  pp.  2-61,  figs.  12).— 
This  is  a  presentation  of  the  details  of  these  operations. 

Terracing  in  Texas,  J.  G.  Olsen  (Agr.  and  Mech.  Col.  Tex.  Ext.  Serv.  Bui. 
B-2S  (1916),  pp.  3-32,  figs.  27). — This  bulletin  describes  and  illustrates  methods 
of  erosion  prevention  practiced  in  Texas. 

The  use  of  dynamite  in  clearing  land,  E.  Seckest  (Mo.  Bui.  Ohio  St  a.,  1 
(1916),  No.  8,  pp.  236-239,  figs.  2). — The  cost  of  dynamiting  white  oak.  beech, 
hickory,  chestnut,  black  oak,  maple,  cherry,  and  black  gum  tree  stumps  ranging 
in  age  from  six  months  to  25  years  and  in  diameter  from  6  in.  to  42  in.  are 

69107°— No.  9—17 7 


888 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


I  Vol.  »5 


reported.  The  number  of  0.5-lb.  sticks  of  dynamite  useil  per  stump  varied  from 
1  to  9.5,  averaging  3,  and  the  cost  per  stump  varied  from  20  cts.  to  $1.68, 
averaging  59  cts. 

Brief  instructions  on  handling  the  explosive  are  also  included. 

British  standard  nomenclature  of  tars,  pitches,  bitumens,  and  asphalts, 
when  used  for  road  purposes,  and  British  standard  specifications  for  tar  and 
pitch  for  road  purposes,  L.  S.  Robertson  {Engin.  Standards  Committee  Rpt. 
76  {1916),  pp.  16). — These  specifications  and  definitions  were  approved  by  the 
British  Engineering  Standards  Committee,  supported  by  five  British  national 
engineering  societies. 

Motor  truck  lessens  cost  of  maintaining  gravel  roads  in  Alabama,  T.  H. 
Edwards  {Engin.  Rec,  74  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  73,  74,  figs.  6).— Working  data  for 
650  miles  of  road  are  reported  which  indicate  that  from  16  to  20  mules  may 
be  replaced  by  a  motor  truck  for  pulling  a  scarifier,  and  complete  scraping 
after  every  rain  is  made  possible,  the  truck  drawing  three  road  machinas  cov- 
ering 30  miles  a  day.  The  cost  of  hauling  gravel  was  reduced  from  30  to  40 
cts.  to  from  7  to  11  cts.  per  yard-mile  and  included  spreading  on  the  road  in 
addition. 

Public  road  mileage  and  revenues  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States,  1914 
{U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  386  {1916),  pp.  27,  fig.  i).— This  bulletin  contains  "a 
compilation  showing  mileage  of  improved  and  unimproved  roads;  sources  and 
amounts  of  road  revenues ;  bonds  issued  and  outstanding ;  and  a  description  of 
the  systems  of  road  administration  and  fiscal  management,  and  of  other  factors 
affecting  road  improvement  in  each  State." 

Neva-  tests  of  bolted  joints  in  timber  framing,  H.  D.  Dewell  {Engin.  News. 
76  {1916),  No.  3,  pp.  111-115,  figs.  7).— Tests  of  24  bolted  joints,  10  all-timber 
lagscrewed  joints,  4  joints  in  which  a  steel  plate  was  lagged  to  timbers  with 
J-in.  and  J-in.  lagscrews,  and  13  tests  made  to  determine  the  bearing  resistance 
of  a  round  bolt  against  the  ends  and  across  the  fibers  of  Douglas  fir  are  reported. 
"  The  author  believes  that  the  following  conclusions  and  recommendations  for 
working  data,  made  from  a  study  of  the  tests,  are  justifiable  and  reasonably 
conservative : 

"  For  bolts  with  driving  fit  in  the  timbers  the  strength  of  the  joint  is  prac- 
tically independent  of  the  thickness  of  the  side  pieces,  when  this  thickness 
exceeds  the  limiting  value  't.'  While  the  ultimate  strength  of  the  joints  whose 
bolts  have  cross-bearing  in  the  main  timber  is  far  below  that  of  the  all-end- 
bearing  joints,  the  stiffness  of  such  joints  up  to  the  break  in  the  curve  is 
practically  the  same. 

"The  same  loads  for  bolts  in  joints  like  those  described,  having  all  end 
bearing,  may  be  taken  as  per  [the  following] : 

"  Working  strength  of  one  bolt  in  timber  joint  (bolt  in  double  shear)  for  joints 
similar  to  test  joints,  with  bolts  hearing  against  the  end  of  the  grain. 


Si7,o  or  bolt. 

Thickness  of  side  pieces  and  one-half 
thickness  of  center  timber. 

2  in. 

Sin. 

4  in. 

ain. 

In. 
I             

Lbs. 
1,057 
1,450 
1,900 
2,460 

Lbn. 
1,275 
1,665 
2,130 
2,664 

Lb.i. 
1,460 
1,980 
2,450 
2,960 

Lbs. 
1,460 

3                                                                                                                                    

2,100 

1                     

2,S5() 

1 

3, 70.-. 

"These  values  correspond  fairly  well  to  one-half  the  loads  for   ^-in.  slip. 
These  working  loads  are  consistent  with  the  results  of  tests  on  nailed  joints. 


1®161  RURAL  ENGINEERING.  889 

"For  the  allowable  pin  pressure  it  is  proposed  that  for  Douglas  fir  and 
similar  timbers  800  lbs.  per  square  inch  be  used  for  cross-bearinK  and  1,300  lbs. 
per  square  Inch  for  end  bearing. 

"  For  connections  in  which  the  bolts  are  in  single  shejir  only,  as  in  the  case 
of  two  timbers  bolted  together,  it  is  recoiiinieiultHl  that  the  value  of  tlie  bolts  be 
taken  at  one-half  the  values  given  in  [thel  table.  P^or  connections  In  which 
the  bolts  bear  across  the  fibers  of  the  timber,  it  is  recommentied  that  the  values 
of  the  bolts  be  talien  at  six-tenths  the  values  given  for  all  end  bearing. 

"The  working  values  recommended  are  for  Douglas  fir.  For  other  timbers 
these  values  are  to  be  multiplied  by  the  factors  following:  Long-leaf  yellow 
pine,  1.05;  white  pine,  0.78;  Norway  pine.  0.65;  white  oak,  0.78.  All  working 
values  herein  given  are  for  timber  in  a  dry  condition,  as  for  use  in  the  interior 
of  buildings." 

Lag-screwed  joints  in  timber,  IT.  D.  Dewet.l  {I'Jnrjin.  Nev)S,  76  (/.0/fi).  No.  4, 
pp.  162-164.  flsis-  5). — Tests  of  14  timber  joints  fastened  by  lagscrews,  of  which 
4  were  on  joints  in  which  a  0.5  in.  steel  plate  was  fa.stened  to  a  timber  block 
and  10  were  on  joints  in  which  wooden  platen  1.25  to  2  in.  in  thickness  were 
lagged  to  an  8  by  8  in.  block  are  reported. 

"The  test  results  show  that  (1)  for  loads  up  to  2,000  Iba.  per  screw  the 
strength  of  a  5  in-  lag  is  not  appreciably  larger  than  that  of  a  }  In.  lag;  and 
(2)  the  working  values  as  given  by  Kidder  correspond  to  a  slip  of  O.OS  in.  for 
the  J  in.  .screw  and  0.12  in.  for  the  J  in.  lagscrew.  .  .  . 

'•  On  comparing  the  curves  of  the  lagscrewed  all-timber  joints  with  those  of 
tlie  bolted  joints  it  is  evident  that  while  the  ultimate  strength  of  the  former  is 
far  below  that  of  the  latter  for  the  same  diameter  of  lag  or  bolt,  the  lag- 
screwed  joints  are  stilTer  for  the  same  load,  up  to  the  break  in  the  curve.  .  .  . 
As  in  the  case  of  the  bolted  joints,  there  seems  to  be  practically  no  reduction 
in  stiffnc^  for  the  5  in.  joints,  in  which  the  higscrews  bore  across  the  fibers  of 
the  timber  in  the  main  block.  This  statement  holds  true  only  for  loads  of 
approximately  2,000  lbs.  per  lagscrew.  In  ultimate  strength  such  joints  are 
far  below  those  having  all  end  bearing;  the  failure  Is  sudden  and  due  to  split- 
ting of  the  main  timbers.  .  .  . 

"  With  the  criterion  of  a  working  strength  of  one-half  the  load  corresponding 
to  a  slip  of  tV  in.,  the  safe  resistance  of  a  J  by  4i  In.  lagscrew  may  be  taken 
as  900  lbs.,  while  that  of  a  J  by  5  in.  lagscrew  may  be  taken  at  1,050  lbs. 
Similarly  for  a  working  slip  of  5^  in.  the  respective  resistances  are  1.375  lbs. 
and  1,500  lbs.  For  joints  in  which  a  metal  plate  is  fastened  to  timbers  by 
means  of  lagscrews  it  is  believed  that  the  values  of  900  lbs.  for  a  J  by  5  in. 
lagscrew  and  770  lbs.  for  a  i  by  4i  in.  lagscrew  are  reiisonable  working  values 
and  that  l.SOO  lbs.  and  975  lbs.,  respectively,  should  be  the  maximum  allowable 
capacity  used.  For  all-timber  lagscrewed  joints  similar  to  those  te.sted  the 
value  of  1,050  lbs.  for  a  J  in.  lag  and  900  lbs.  for  a  }  in.  lag  are  recommended 
for  design,  with  a  maximum  of  1,500  lbs.  and  1,375  lbs.,  respectively.  All 
working  values  advocated  are  for  timber  in  a  dry  condition  and  for  use  in 
interior  building  construction." 

Rules  for  conducting  performance  tests  of  power  plant  apparatus  {Amer. 
Soc.  Mech.  Engin.,  Rpt.  Power  Test  Com.,  Codes  of  1915,  pp.  215,  figs.  27).— This 
includes,  among  other  thing.s,  sections  on  the  testing  of  pumping  machinery,  gas 
and  oil  engines,  and  water  wheels. 

Directory  and  specifications  of  gasoline  and  oil  farm  tractors  {Farm  Ma- 
chinery, No.  129S  (1916),  pp.  52,  53,  55,  5G).— This  list  includes  189  tractors  of 
114  different  makes. 


890  EXPERIMENT    STATION    EECOED.  [Vol.36 

A  standard  drawbar  rating  for  tractors,  R.  Olney  {Farm  Machmcry,  No. 
1291  (1916),  pp.  lS-15,  figs.  2;  Power  Farming,  25  (1916),  No.  8,  pp.  9,  50-52, 
fig.  1). — In  an  address  before  the  National  Gas  Engine  Association,  the  author 
advocates  the  rating  of  tractors  on  the  basis  of  the  actual  pounds  of  pull 
developed  at  the  drawbar  instead  of  on  the  horsepower  basis  and  reports 
experimental  data  to  substantiate  his  argument.  Motor  torque  and  brake 
horsepower  curves,  reproduced  from  the  data  obtained  from  an  actual  prony 
brake  test  on  a  3^  by  5^  tractor  motor  of  the  4-cylinder,  heavy-duty  type. 
are  given  showing  that  the  torque  and  likewise  the  pounds  of  drawbar  pull 
remain  practically  constant  throughout  a  wide  range  of  motor  speeds,  while 
the  brake  horsepower  varies  directly  as  the  speed  up  to  a  certain  point. 

"A  prony  brake  test  should  be  made  on  the  motor  to  obtain  data  for  deter- 
mining the  torque  and  brake  horsepower  at  various  speeds.  The  torque  curve 
of  any  motor  .  .  .  will  indicate  the  normal  or  critical  speed  of  the  motor  or 
the  speed  at  which  the  motor  produces  the  greatest  torque.  The  brake  horse- 
power rating  should  be  given  on  the  basis  of  the  torque  produced  at  this  speed. 
The  basis  for  the  drawbar  rating  should  be  the  pounds  pull  exerted  in  an 
actual  pulling  test.  The  drawbar  test  should  be  made  with  the  motor  running 
at  its  critical  speed  and  with  the  tractor  traveling  at  its  best  working  speed 
as  fixed  by  the  gear  ratio." 

Controlled  tests  of  mechanical  cultivating  apparatus,  Ringslmann  et  al. 
(Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Agr.  France,  2  (1916),  No.  22,  pp.  609-615). — This  is  a  re- 
view and  summary  of  the  results  of  several  different  trials. 

Tobacco-curing  bams,  E.  G.  Moss  (A'^.  C.  Agr.  Ext.  Serv.  Circ.  18  (1916),  pp. 
9,  figs.  5). — This  circular,  prepared  under  a  cooperative  agreement  between  the 
North  Carolina  Experiment  Station  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
reports  an  experiment  in  tobacco  curing  begun  in  1911,  the  object  being  to 
determine  where  more  uniform  curing,  considering  weather  conditions  and 
varying  amoimts  of  water  in  the  tobacco  at  the  time  of  curing,  can  be  made 
and  "  whether  the  fuel  consumption  could  not  be  materially  reduced  by  using 
tight  barns  fitted  ■oath  proper  ventilators  so  placed  in  the  barn  as  to  keep  a 
current  of  air  circulating  through  the  tobacco  when  needed. 

"  For  this  experiment  two  18-ft.  log  barns  were  \ised.  On  one  of  these  the 
old  roof  was  replaced  by  a  tight  cover  of  galvanized  V-crimp  iron.  Between 
the  sheeting  1-in.  strips  were  nailed  to  prevent  air  escaping  around  the  eaves 
of  the  roof.  The  brrn  was  daubed  inside  and  out  so  as  to  make  it  as  nearly 
air-tight  as  was  practical.  Seven  4-in.  pieces  of  terra  cotta  pipe  2  ft.  long 
were  placed  in  the  underpinning  of  the  barn,  the  bell  of  the  pipe  being  flush 
with  the  outside  of  the  barn  and  extending  inside  the  barn  and  delivering  the 
air  either  under  or  against  the  sheet-iron  pipes  used  as  flues.  By  this  means 
the  air  is  slightly  heated  before  coming  in  contact  with  the  tobacco,  and  con- 
sequently more  quickly  absorbs  the  moisture  from  the  green  tobacca  A  type 
of  inverted  trough  ventilator  .  .  .  was  placed  on  top  of  the  barn.  .  .  .  The 
second  barn  .  .  .  was  covered  with  boards,  was  well  daubed  outside,  and  fitte<l 
with  the  same  size  furnaces  and  flues  as  the  tight  barn.  Each  of  these  barns 
would  hold  about  400  sticks  of  cut  tobacco." 

It  was  found  that  a  saving  of  2i  cords  of  wood  was  effected  in  the  tight  barn 
during  four  curings,  which  Is  considered  to  be  a  considerable  advantage.  Plans 
and  a  bill  of  material  for  a  barn  of  this  type  are  included. 

Lightning  rods;  their  functions  and  good  qualities,  T.  Cboft  (Farm  Ma- 
chinery, No.  1293  (1916),  pp.  35-37,  figs.  8).— This  article  deals  with  the  devel- 
opment and  effectiveness  of  lightning  rods  and  with  their  instnllatioa  and  pro- 
tection. 


^'"^6]  EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECORD.  891 

RURAL  ECONOMICS. 

The  elements  of  an  ideal  rural  civilization,  II.  .1.  WATtnt.s  {Proc.  !^oc.  Prom. 
Agr.  Soi.,  S6  (1915),  pp.  7-15).— In  this  address,  delivers]  beforr  Uie  meeting 
of  tlie  Society  for  tJie  Proniotioa  of  Agricidtural  Science  at  Berlteley,  Cal.,  in 
August,  1915,  the  author  summarizes  what  he  considers  the  elements  of  an 
idexil  rural  civilization  as  follows: 

"Opportunities  for  the  rui-al  people  equal  to  those  of  the  town  people  and 
the  power  and  inclination  of  the  rural  people  to  live  up  to  their  opportunities, 
or  to  phrase  It  more  tersely,  income  and  idealism,  are  the  two  elements  out  of 
which  a  stable  and  satisfactory  rural  rivilizatiun  will  be  built.  A  soelety 
having  for  its  object  the  promotion  of  the  science  of  agriculture  can  not  afford 
to  exalt  one  of  these  elements  above  the  other." 

Some  effects  of  war  conditions  on  agriculture,  A.  Smei'Ham  (Jour.  Roy. 
Lancashire  Agr.  Soc,  1916,  pp.  25-.J6').— Among  the  effects  to  which  attention 
is  called  in  this  article  is  the  scarcity  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  commercial 
feeding  stuffs. 

V/omen  and  the  land,  Viscountess  Wolseley  (London:  Chatto  d  Windus, 
1916,  pp.  XI +230,  pis.  12). — This  book  discusses  the  relationship  of  women  to 
the  problems  of  English  agriculture,  not  only  from  the  viewpoint  of  present 
war  conditions,  but  also  in  relation  to  future  development.  Among  the  topics 
treated  itre  the  peasant  class  of  the  future,  cooperation,  women's  institutes, 
better  Iiousing  conditions,  better  farm  wages,  village  industries,  the  education 
of  farm  v/omen  and  girls,  and  the  women  gardeners  of  the  future. 

Our  country  church  problems,  E.  C.  Bkanson  (Univ.  N.  C,  Ext.  Bur,  Circ. 
1  (1916),  pp.  10). — The  author  discusses  the  influence  of  rural  migration,  farm 
tenancy,  and  absentee  preachers  upon  the  rural  church  problem,  and  advocates 
the  establishment  of  a  country  church  with  home-resident  ministers  receiving 
living  salarie.'i. 

Factors  affecting  interest  rates  and  other  charges  on  short-time  farm  loans, 
C.  W.  Thompson  (U.  S.  Dcpt.  Agr.  Bui.  .'{09  (1916),  pp.  12,  pis.  2).— Among  the 
factors  discus.sed  are  the  natural  conditions  affecting  agriculture,  distance  from 
financial  centere,  character  of  the  borrowers,  methods  and  character  of  farming, 
and  characteristics  of  the  loan  and  the  relation  of  the  farmer  to  the  loan  agency. 

Influence  of  age  on  the  value  of  dairy  cows  and  farm  work  horses,  J.  C. 
McDowEM,  (U.  8.  Dept.  Agr.  Bid.  /,13  (1916),  pp.  12,  figs.  5).— These  estimates 
are  based  on  information  obtained  fi'om  men  who  have  had  wide  experience  with 
the  class  of  live  stock  on  which  they  have  furnished  information.  In  order  to 
eliminate  everything  except  a.ge,  the  animals  were  assunio<l  to  be  in  perfect 
health  and  to  have  a  fixed  value  at  a  certain  ago.  The  estimates  for  each  breed 
of  dairy  cattle  were  based  on  four  classes  of  3-year-olds,  n.iniely,  the  $SO-grade 
cow,  the  $100-grade  cow,  the  $200  pure-bred  cow,  and  the  $300  pure-bretl  cow. 
The  farm  work  horse  was  assumed  to  have  a  maximum  value  of  $250  when  in 
his  prime. 

It  was  found  that  for  all  breeds  and  for  all  classes  of  breeds,  the  prices  of  cows 
in  health  is  greatest  between  five  and  seven  years  with  the  maximum  usually  at 
six  years.  Cows  are  valued  about  the  same  at  four  as  at  eight  years.  The 
author's  explanation  is  that  although  the  younger  animals  have  before  them  a 
long  period  of  usefulness  the  older  ones  have  already  demonstrated  their  work. 
In  all  the  estimates  the  14-year-old  values  for  pure-bred  cows  were  much  greater 
than  for  grades. 

The  farm  work  horse  seems  to  reach  his  maximum  value  at  some  point  be- 
tween six  and  seven  years  of  age.    As  compared  with  the  values  given  for  pure- 


892  EXPERIMENT    STATION   RECORD.  [Vol.  ^5 

bred  dairy  cattle  of  about  the  same  maximum  value,  the  birth  value  of  the  horses 
i,<?  considerably  less,  the  age  of  maturity  a  little  later,  and  the  old-age  value 
somewhat  higher. 

The  nonnal  day's  work  of  farm  implements,  workmsu,  and  crews  in  west- 
em  New  York,  H.  H.  Mowry  {O.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  412  (1916),  pp.  16).— The 
information  made  available  in  this  bulletin  was  obtained  by  a  circular  of  inquiry 
from  farmers  in  Wayne,  Ontario,  Monroe,  Genesee,  Livingston,  Orleans,  and 
Niagara  counties,  and  relates  to  such  farm  operations  as  plowing,  harrowing. 
and  rolling  and  operations  in  connection  with  the  planting  and  harvesting  of 
grain  crops,  the  handling  of  manure,  haying,  and  the  care  and  harvesting  of 
cabbage  and  fruit  crops. 

Systems  of  renting  truck  farms  in  southwestern  New  Jersey,  H.  A.  TtJBNER 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  Jfll  (1916),  pp.  20). — The  farms  from  which  records  were 
secured  were  in  Gloucester,  Salem,  and  Cumberland  counties.  The  farms  were 
subdivided  into  early  and  late  truck  farms  and  also  classified  according  to  the 
methods  of  renting.  Among  the  more  general  conclusions  brought  out  by  this 
study  was  that  the  average  labor  income  of  186  farms  let  for  a  half  share  of  the 
crops  was  $223  for  the  tenant  and  6.8  per  cent  on  the  landlord's  investment. 
The  average  for  35  farms  let  for  cash  was  $206  for  the  tenant  and  3.7  per  cent 
on  the  landlord's  investment.  The  bulletin  discusses  in  detail  the  incomes  and 
system  of  farming  as  carried  on  by  the  farmers  under  the  various  classifications 
noted  above. 

The  logged-off  lands  of  western  Washington,  H.  F.  Giles  (Olympia,  Wash.: 
Bur.  Statu,  and  Immigr.,  1915,  rev.  ed.,  pp.  64,  pl-  1,  figs.  16). — This  report  con- 
tains information  regarding  the  available  logged-off  lands  and  methods  of 
clearing  and  of  farming  such  lands. 

The  country  elevator  in  the  Canadian  West,  W.  C.  Clark  (Queen's  Quart., 
24  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  46-68). — The  author  describes  the  development  of  the  ele- 
vator systems,  difficulties  encountered,  and  the  present  status. 

Transportation  of  agricultural  products  in  Argentina  (Valor  de  la  Pro- 
duccx6n  Nacional  su  Transporte  Feiroviario — Capacidad  de  Dep6sitos  Ornneros 
en  Estaciones  y  Puertos.  Buenos  Aires:  Min.  Agr.  Nac,  1916,  2.  ed.,  pp.  69). — 
in  this  volume  is  given  information  regarding  the  transportation  of  the  different 
cereals,  forest  products,  and  live  stock  and  live  stock  products  over  the  various 
railway  systems  of  Argentina. 

Marketing  perishable  farm  products,  A.  B.  Adams  (Columbia  Vniv.  Studies 
Polit.  Set.,  12  (1916),  No.  3,  pp.  ISO).— The  author  has  attempted  to  point  out 
the  fundamental  forces  which  underlie  the  marketing  of  fruit,  vegetables,  and 
dairy  and  pailtry  products,  and  to  suggest  methods  of  controlling  these  forces 
so  that  the  coat  of  marketing  may  be  reduced. 

He  claims  that  the  social  burdens  incident  to  the  marketing  of  perishables 
are  due  to  two  main  causes — to  the  inherent  characteristics  of  the  goofis  them- 
selves and  to  the  imperfections  in  the  methods  and  processes  by  which  they 
are  marketed.  Because  of  the  natural  perishability  of  the  goods  many  of  them 
become  unfit  for  consumption  before  they  can  be  offered  to  consumers.  The 
natural  seasonal  production  of  the  goods  creates  temporary  surpluses  in  the 
available  physical  supply  which  adds  greatly  to  the  decay  of  the  goods  by 
lengthening  the  average  time  between  their  harvest  and  consumption.  The 
burden  of  marketing  them  is  further  increased  because  they  are  goods  which 
must  be  produced  by  a  small  business  unit  (the  farm)  and  consumed  by  a 
smaller  one  (the  family). 

He  further  states  that  "  if  we  are  to  reduce  the  social  costs  of  marketing 
perishables  thro\igh  a  reform  in  the  system  of  marketing,  it  must  be  done  by 


191*1  BURAL  ECONOMICS.  H98 

finding  cheaper  and  more  efficient  ways  of  performing  the  complicated  proc- 
esses, not  by  reducing  the  nunil)er  of  those  processes." 

Cooperation  for  fruit  growers,  A.  F.  Mason  {Proc.  State  liort.  Assoc.  I'cnn., 
57  (1916),  pp.  52-60,  pUs.  4).— Among  the  metliods  suggosU'd  for  improving  th<' 
methods  for  the  marlieting  of  fruit  tuv  stnndardizatlon  of  the  product  tlirougli 
methods  of  packing  and  growing,  cooperative  purchase  of  supplies,  cooperative 
advertising,  centralization  of  soiling  and  distribution,  utillzaton  of  by-producUj. 
and  the  employment  of  efficent  managers. 

Bural  cooperation,  K.  LAHiin-E  {La  Coopcracion  Rural.  Buenos  Aires:  ilin. 
Agr.,  1915,  2.  ed.,  pp.  32).— Tins  book  contains  a  brief  description  of  cooperative 
organizations  as  found  in  Italy,  France,  Austria,  Germany,  Argentina,  and  the 
United  States. 

Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  ninth  congress  of  the  International  Co- 
operative Alliance.  1913  (Rpt.  Proc.  Cong.  Interriat.  Coop.  Alliance,  9  (1913), 
pp.  XLVIII+16S,  pis.  11). — Among  the  topics  discussed  at  this  congress,  held 
at  Glasgow.  August  25-28,  1913,  were  The  Direct  Exchange  of  Goods  between 
Distributive  Societies,  Agricultural,  and  other  Productive  Societies,  also  be- 
tween the  Wholesale  Societies  in  the  Different  Countries,  by  H.  Kaufraann; 
The  Closer  Relationship  and  Mutual  Help  of  Cooperative  Societies  and  the 
Comprehensive  Character  of  the  International  Cooperative  Alliance,  by  A.  Wil- 
liams; The  Development  of  the  Cooperative  Press  in  the  Interests  of  Coopera- 
tive Education,  by  O.  Schar;  and  The  Plurality  of  Distributive  Societies  Hav- 
ing their  Seat  In  the  Same  Locality,  by  L.  Bufl'oli  and  C.  Mellini. 

Business  practice  and  accoiints  for  cooperative  stores,  J.  A.  Bexku,  and 
W.  H.  Kerb  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  S81  {1916),  pp.  56,  pi.  i).— The  authors  have 
outlined  a  simple  and  adequate  system  of  records  for  cooperative  retail  stores 
and  pointed  out  fundamental  business  methods  that  must  be  observed  to  insure 
success.  They  have  discussed  this  subject  under  the  headings  of  corporate 
records,  statements  and  reports,  operating  records,  auditing,  and  office  equip- 
ment. The  bulletin  outlines  in  detail  the  necessary  records  and  statements 
essential  to  the  proper  conducting  of  the  store  under  a  cooperative  scheme  and 
gives  a  large  number  of  model  forms. 

A  system  of  accounts  for  live-stock  shipping  associations,  J.  It.  Humphbey 
and  W.  H.  Kerr  {U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bui.  JfOS  {1916),  pp.  i^).— There  have  been 
described  in  this  bulletin  types  of  shipping  agencies  and  methods  of  financing 
shipping  associations,  together  with  methods  for  keeping  tlie  accounts  of  such 
associations.  The  authors  have  outlined  a  system  in  which  the  only  books  of 
record  required  are  a  cash  journal,  consisting  of  a  multi-column  cash  book  and 
journal  combined,  with  a  provision  for  a  detailed  account  of  sales  of  supplies, 
and  an  ordinary  form  of  loose-leaf  ledger.  They  have  also  described  other 
forms  that  may  be  used,  such  as  the  shipping  record  envelopes,  members'  re- 
ceipts, members'  account  sales,  manifests,  sales  tickets,  and  cash  receipts. 
Sample  forms  are  also  included  in  the  bulletin. 

Price  Current  Grain  Reporter  Yearbook,  1916,  E.  G.  Osman  (Price  Current 
Grain  Rptr.  Yearbook  1916,  pp.  56). — This  continues  data  previously  noted 
(E.  S.  R.,  34,  p.  393),  giving  statistics  for  later  years. 

Returns  of  produce  of  crops  in  England  and  Wales  (Bd.  Agr.  and  Fisheries 
[LondoM,  Agr.  Stalis.,  50  (1915),  No.  2,  pp.  81-101).— This  continues  data  pre- 
viously noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  894),  adding  statistics  for  later  years. 

Agricultural  statistics  of  Argentina,  1914-15  (Estad.  Agr.  [Argeniina'\, 
1914-15,  pp.  i86).— This  report  continues  information  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.. 
35,  p.  91),  adding  data  for  later  years. 


894  EXPERIMENT   STATION    RECORD.  [Vol.35 

[Agricultural  statistics  of  Sweden]  (Statis.  Arsbok  Sverige,  1916,  pp.  60- 
76). — This  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  33,  p.  395),  adding  sta- 
tistics for  later  years. 

Agricultural  stp<,Ustics  of  Roumania  (Alin.  Agr.,  Stotis.  Agr.  Romdniei,  1915. 
pp.  S5). — This  report  contains  statistical  data  showing  for  1915  the  acreage, 
average  yield,  and  total  production  of  the  principal  agricultural  crops  by  Prov- 
inces, with  comparative  data  for  1909-1914  for  Rouraania  as  a  whole. 

[Agriculture  in  Egypt]  (Ann.  Statis.  Egypte,  6  {19U),  pp.  319-371;  7  {1915), 
pp.  107-181).— This  continues  data  previously  noted  (E.  S.  R.,  32,  p.  894), 
giving  statistics  for  later  years. 

AGUICTTLTTJIIAI  EDUCATION. 

The  Cook  County  system  of  rural  education,  E.  J.  Tobin  (//./.  Agr.,  20  {1916), 
'No.  8,  pp.  705,  706). — The  Cook  (bounty  (111.)  cour.«e  in  school-home  projects  is 
briefly  described.  Tlie  course  comprises  field  and  garden,  poultry,  cow  testing, 
music,  sewing  and  cooking,  and  business  projects. 

To  provide  a  close  supervision  of  Ihe  work  the  county  is  divided  into  five 
division.s,  each  in  charge  of  a  country  life  director  whose  duty  it  is  to  supervise 
and  direct  all  school-home  projects,  recreation,  and  school  work  in  his  division. 
He  must  see  that  all  pupils  over  10  years  of  age  take  at  least  one  school-home 
project  as  a  part  of  their  regular  school  work.  Each  director  had  charge  of 
about  25  schools  with  a  total  attendance  of  500  pupils  in  1915.  Additional 
supervision  was  found  neces.sary  for  the  summer  vacation,  and  the  county  pro- 
vided $2,800.  which  allowed  each  country  life  director  $5G0  for  additional 
supervision  of  school-home  projects  in  his  division.  Fifteen  "  wandering " 
supervisors  were  selected  for  their  efficiency  in  this  work  by  the  directors  from 
among  their  own  teachers,  so  that  each  pupil's  project  was  visited  about  once 
a  week. 

The  author,  who  is  county  superintendent,  finds  this  supervision  of  great 
value  in  that  it  takes  the  teacher  directly  into  the  homes,  makes  the  school  a 
force  in  the  community  by  linking  the  pupil's  work  with  the  family  life  and 
the  rural  business  of  the  farm,  and  directs  the  pupils'  energy  in  a  proper  way 
during  the  summer  vacation  months.  By  this  method  the  school  period  is 
extended,  the  rural  school  is  placed  on  a  basis  of  efiiciency,  and  the  parents 
become  interested  and  willing  to  cooperate. 

The  net  profits  from  the  school-home  project  belong  to  tlie  pupil  and  must  be 
banked,  loaned,  or  wisely  expended.  Each  pupil  is  obliged  to  keep  an  itemized 
account  of  his  receipts  and  expenditures.  All  pupils  who  successfully  carry 
through  a  school-home  project  are  publicly  grafted  an  achievement  emblem, 
consisting  of  a  four-pointed  star,  and  year  after  year  silver  stars  are  welded 
in  the  emblem  as  a  recognition  for  completion  of  further  projects.  A  maga- 
zine, Achievement,  devoted  to  the  interests  of  pupils  carrying  on  school-home 
projects,  is  published  annually. 

[Agricultural  education  in  New  Brvmswick  in  1915],  R.  P.  Steeves,  R. 
Newton,  and  Hazel  E.  Wintee  {Rpt.  Agr.  New  Brunsiinck,  1915,  pp.  6-24, 
91-96,  pis.  6). — Included  in  this  report  of  the  department  of  agriculture  of  New 
Brunswick  for  1915  are  the  reports  of  the  director  of  elementary  agricultural 
education,  the  director  of  agricultural  schools,  and  the  supervisor  of  women's 
institutes. 

Instruction  in  nature  study  and  agriculture  was  given  to  2,711  pupils  (an 
increase  of  1,355  over  the  previous  year)  through  48  school  gardens,  an  in- 
crease of  16  gardens  over  the  previous  year.  The  number  of  home  plats  con- 
ducted by  pupils  under  the  supervision  of  teachers  increased  from  59  to  378. 


19161  AGRICULTURAL    EDUCATTO?^^.  895 

The  success  of  Uie  first  rural  science  scliool  iu  the  Province  for  tiio  trnhiiiij,' 
of  teachers  In  nature  study  and  elementary  agriculture  in  1914,  at  Woodstock, 
led  to  the  organization  of  two  such  schools — at  Woodstock  and  Sussex— iluring 
the  past  summer.  The  enrollment  at  these  schools  was  65  and  115,  i-espect.lvely. 
Tlie  first  school  fair  was  held  during  the  year.  The  work  of  the  agricultural 
school's  at  Woodstock  sind  Susses  was  limited  to  short  courses  of  from  a  few 
days  to  6  weeks  in  length,  but  it  is  planned  to  develop  longer  courses  as  the 
work  progr^tf?es.  There  are  now  80  women's  institutes  with  a  total  membership 
of  2,400.  Their  activities  included  patriotic  work,  agricultural  lectures,  ex- 
hibits, and  short  courses. 

The  General  Direction  of  Agricultural  Instruction  (Mm.  Agr.  Argentina, 
Mem.  Gong.  Nac.,  WIS,  pp.  67-89). — Brief  reports  are  given  on  the  work  In 
1913  of  the  agricultural  education  s<>rvice  in  Argentina,  including  4  technical 
or  special  agricultural  schools,  11  district  practical  agricultural  schools  of 
which  3  are  in  process  of  organization,  agricultural  extension  work  by  20  dis- 
trict agronomes,  and  7  experiment  stations  in  connection  with  agricultural 
schools. 

[Agriculture  and  forestry  instruction  in  Austria]  {Land  u.  f'orstw.  Unter- 
richtg.  Ztg^  Z9  (1915),  No.  S-Ji,  pp.  [V+99-226,  figs.  7).— This  number  contains 

(1)  special  articles  as  follows:  The  Reform  of  the  Final  Examination  at  the 
Intermediate  Agricultural  Schools,  by  K.  Kolb ;  Forty-Year  Development  of  the 
Intermediate  Agricultural  School  at  Prerau,  Moravia,  by  T.  Adamec ;  The  Four- 
Year  Course  at  the  Francisco-Josephinum,  by  E.  Vital ;  The  Present  Status  of 
Instruction  in  Fishery  at  the  Agricultural  and  Forestry  Schools  in  Austria, 
Together  with  Suggestions  for  Its  Future  Organization,  by  O.  Haempel ;  and 
The  Agricultural   Schools  and  the  Care  of    (War)    Invalids,  by  A.  Kastner; 

(2)  a  review  of  progress  in  1914-15  of  the  agricultural  and  forestry  institutions 
of  Axistria;  (3)  a  review  of  agricultural  literature;  and  (4)  notes. 

Tentative  course  of  study  for  United  States  Indian  Schools  {U.  S.  Depf. 
Int.,  Off.  Indian  Aff.  [P«5.],  1915,  pp.  y/+S-S95).— This  course,  prepared 
under  the  direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs,  has  been  planned 
with  the  vocational  aim  very  clearly  and  positively  dominant,  with  special 
emphasis  on  agriculture  and  home  making.  It  consists  of  three  divisions, 
namely,  primary  (first  3  grades),  prevocational  (grades  4-6,  inclusive),  and 
a  vocational  4-year  course  above  the  sixth  grade.  Outlines  of  the  course  for 
each  year  are  followed  by  a  description  of  the  subjects. 

Gardening  is  given  in  the  first  2  grades  and  the  study  of  plants  in  the 
third.  The  prevocational  work  includes  instruction  in  gardening,  dairying, 
stock  raising,  plant  production,  roads,  care  of  implements,  and  beautifjnng 
home  grounds,  farm  carpentry  and  blacksmithing,  farm  engineering,  farm 
masonry,  painting  and  shoeing,  and  harness  repairing.  There  are  given  to 
class  instruction  11  hours  per  week  and  22J  hours  to  practical  application.  In 
the  vocational  course  class  instruction  is  given  in  agricultural  botany,  soils 
and  soil  fertility,  farm  and  household  physics,  agricultural  chemistry,  field 
crops,  plant  diseases,  insects  and  insecticides,  and  rural  economics,  20  weeks 
each;  and  farm  practice  in  farm  implements,  horticulture,  types  and  breeds  of 
farm  animals,  and  feeds  and  feeding,  each  40  weeks,  with  li  hours  a  week 
of  insti-uction  and  22*  hours  a  week  of  application. 

For  the  girls  instruction  is  given  in  the  first  3  grades  in  sewing,  lace  making, 
housekeeping,  cooking,  planning  and  serving  meals,  care  of  cows  and  milk, 
butter  making,  kitchen  gardening,  and  poultry  raising.  In  gr.ndes  3  to  G 
theoretical  and  practical  instruction  is  given  in  home  training,  including  the 
care  of  the  house,  water  supply,  personal  hygiene,  housekeepers'  responsi- 
bilitl^  motherhood,  child  welfare,  cooking,  poultry  raising,  sewing,  laundering. 


896  EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD.  IVol.  36 

and  nursing.  The  4-year  vocational  course  endeavors  to  train  Indian  girls  to 
become  model  housev?ives,  and  includes  4  years  of  theoretical  and  practical 
instruction  in  cooking,  sev/ing,  and  nursing. 

Methods  of  instruction  in  agriculture,  E.  S.  Sell  {Bui.  State  Normal  School 
[AtJien^s,  Ga.],  S  {IS  16),  No.  S.  pp.  29). — This  bulletin  contains  42  lessons  for 
recitation  and  34  exercisci;,  each  requiring  a  class  period,  adapted  to  the  rural 
and  villajre  schools  of  Georgia,  and  arranged  on  a  seasonal  sequence  plan.  The 
work  can  be  given  in  2  lessoas  a  week  for  9  mouths  or  3  lessons  a  week  for  6 
months,  and  includes  a  study  of  general  principles  underlying  plant  produc- 
tion, field  crops,  fertilizers  and  soils,  animal  hunbandry,  poultry  raising,  farm 
implements,  and  farm  communities. 

Suggestive  outlines  for  agricTilture  work  in  rural  and  villas  schools: 
Potatoes,  L.  G.  Athebton  {Normal  Teacher  [Madison,  S.  Dak.},  4  {1915),  No.  4. 
pp.  16,  figs.  5). — Outlines  are  suggested  for  the  use  of  teachers  in  rural  and 
village  schools  in  giving  theoretical  and  practical  instruction  in  potato  growing. 

Practical  lessons  in  tropical  agriculture,  Books  H,  IH,  R.  L.  Clutb 
{Yonkers,  N.  Y.,  and  Manila,  P.  L:  World  Book  Co.,  1916,  pp.  X+S58,  pi.  1,  figa. 
166;  VII+251,  pi.  1,  figs.  120). — Book  II  discusses  the  importance  of  agricul- 
ture, the  farm  as  a  place  of  business  and  as  a  home,  farm  implements  and  their 
use,  and  preventing  losses  on  the  farm ;  continues  the  study  of  the  principles 
of  agriculture  begun  in  Book  I  (E,  S.  R.,  33,  p.  397)  ;  and  considers  the  applica- 
tion of  these  principles  in  the  growing  of  field  crops  important  in  the  Philippines, 
including  rice,  coconuts,  abaca,  sugar,  corn,  tobacco,  other  fiber  plants,  and  other 
farm  crops.  Studies  of  the  silk  industry  and  of  poultry  raising  are  Included. 
Each  chapter  includes  practical  exercises. 

In  Book  III,  the  author  discusses  some  of  the  more  important  fodder  crops 
and  pasturage,  legumes,  some  minor  farm  crops,  crop  rotation,  fruits  on  the 
farm,  forests,  the  farmer's  friends  and  enemies,  weeds,  farm  animals  including 
the  horse,  cattle,  carabaos,  swine,  goats,  and  sheep,  and  their  diseases,  farm 
management,  business  methods  for  the  farmer,  business  and  legal  papers,  agri- 
cultural fairs  and  food  campaigns,  aids  for  the  farmer,  and  field  excursions 
and  home  projects.  Ldsts  of  shade  trees  and  decorative  plants  and  agricultui'^1 
literature,  instructions  to  homesteaders  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  directions 
for  organizing  a  better  farming  club  are  appended.  Suggestions  to  the  teacher 
are  included. 

Nature  study  preceding  agriculture,  A,  W.  Nolan  {School  New^  and  Pract. 
Ed.,  29  {1916),  No.  10,  pp.  453-455). — Suggestions  are  offered  for  nature  study 
Avork  in  grades  1  to  6,  inclusive. 

In  the  author's  opinion,  nature  study  should  be  pre-vocational  to  agriculture 
before  the  seventh  grade  of  the  public  school.  It  should  be  differentiated  from 
technical  science  both  in  subject  matter  and  method,  and  should  aim  to  give 
a  general  acquaintance  with  and  an  interest  in  the  common  things  and  processes 
of  nature,  a  training  in  accurate  observation  as  a  means  of  gaining  knowledge 
direct  from  nature,  and  useful  knowledge  concerning  natural  objects  and  pro- 
cesses as  they  directly  affect  human  life  interests.  The  materials  to  be  studied 
must  be  those  most  common  and  most  interesting  from  the  standpoint  of  ev;^ry- 
day  life,  and  finally  nature  study  must  be  for  the  child  and  not  for  the  adult. 

The  plant  notebook,  Anna  B.  CoifSTOCK  (Ithaca,  N.  Y.:  Comstocii  rnblish- 
mg  Co.,  1915,  pp.  126,  figs.  37). — Tliis  notebook  contains  a  study  of  the  different 
parts  of  a  plant,  followed  by  questions  and  blanks  for  the  description  of  plants 
studied  by  the  pupils. 

Lessons  on  tomatoes  for  rural  schools,  E.  A.  MnxES  {U.  8.  Depi,  Agr.  Bui. 
392  {1916),  pp.  18,  figs.  5).— The  autlior  outlines  10  lessons  in  a  study  of  the 
history,  importance,  and  varieties  of  tomatoes,  and  the  many  phases  Involved 


^®^^J  AGRICULrURAL   EDUCATION.  897 

in  growing,  harvesting,  and  marketing  the  crop.  Each  lesson  Includ-s  class- 
room work,  practical  exercises,  references  to  literature,  and  suggestions  for 
correlations  with  other  school  work.  Directions  are  given  for  organizing 
tomato  clubs  and  preparing  community  exhibits. 

The  structure  of  the  common  woods  of  New  York  and  the  wood  collection, 
distributed  by  the  College  of  Forestry,  R.  P.  Phichard  (Syracuse  Univ. 
[Pubs.},  15  {1015),  No.  S,  pp.  SI,  figs.  ^).— This  bulletin,  which  has  been  pre- 
pared for  high  school  pupils  especially,  contains  a  description  of  the  structure 
of  the  common  woods  of  the  State  of  New  York,  followed  by  a  key  to  the 
species,  together  with  Information  concerning  the  characteristic  purpo.se  and 
uses  of  the  woods  contained  in  a  collection  of  31  different  woods  in  the  form  of 
hand  specimens  which  in  size  are  the  same  as  the  ordinary  card  Index  card. 
This  collection  has  been  prepared  and  is  distributed  by  the  New  York  State 
CJollege  of  Forestry  at  Syracuse  University  for  use  by  teachers  and  pupils 
interested  in  biology,  nature  study,  and  forestry. 

The  boy  scout's  forest  book,  R.  Black  (Ottawa,  Canada:  The  Canadian 
Forestry  Association  [1916].  pp.  SI,  figs.  25).— This  book  is  one  of  a  series  which 
the  Canadian  Forestry  Association  will  present  to  the  boy  scouts  of  Canada  to 
acquaint  them  with  the  economic  importance  of  forest  conservation  and  methods 
of  preventing  and  fighting  forest  fires. 

Tlie  teaching  of  entomology  in  public  schools,  L.  A.  Dewolfe  (Proc.  Ent. 
8oc.  Nova  Scotia,  No.  1  (1915),  pp.  98,  99).— The  author  gives  reasons  for  the 
teaching  of  entomology  as  a  nature  study  topic  in  the  public  schools,  and  eUiX- 
gestions  for  teaching  the  subject. 

Development  in  animal  husbandry  instruction,  C.  S.  Plumb  (Agr.  Student, 
22  (1916),  No.  9,  pp.  612-615,  figs.  7).— The  author  gives  a  brief  account  of  how 
live  stock  ideas  were  introduced  into  the  agricultural  colleges  of  Massachusetts, 
Michigan,  Ontario,  and  Wisconsin.  He  believes  that  the  first  attempt  In 
America  to  teach  animal  husbandry  subjects  in  a  systematic  manner,  accom- 
panied by  laboratory  practice,  was  made  by  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College, 
and  that  the  first  distinctive  animal  husbandry  courses  In  the  United  States 
were  given  in  1890  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin  by  the  late  Prof.  John  A. 
(Yaig. 

Home  economics  instruction  (Cong.  Intemat.  Enseig.  Manager,  i  (1915), 
Go-mpt.  Rend.,  pp.  258;  Raps.  Sects.  1.  pp.  115;  2,  pp.  Ill,  figs.  S;  S,  pp.  75; 
4,  pp.  S19). — This  is  a  report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  general  session  and  of 
the  meetings  of  the  four  sections  of  the  Second  International  Congress  of  Home 
Economics  Instruction,  held  at  Ghent,  June  15-19,  1913.  It  includes  the  papers 
presented  at  the  section  meetings  dealing  with  the  follovdng  subjects:  (1)  Home 
Economics  Instruction  in  the  Family  and  the  Elementary  School,  (2)  Home 
Economics  Instruction  for  Adults  or  In  Connection  With  Secondary  Instruction. 
(3)  The  Training  of  Teachers  of  Home  Economics,  and  (4)  The  Progress  of 
Home  Economics  Instruction  in  the  Different  Countries  and  the  Importance  of 
this  Instruction  from  the  Individudal,  Family,  National,  and  Social  Standpoints. 

High  school  food  work,  what  besides  manipulation?  Emma  Conley  (Proc. 
Cent.  Assoc.  Sci.  and  Math.  Teachers,  14  (19U),  pp.  167-171).— In  this  discus- 
sion the  author  holds  that  the  art  of  simple  cookery  could  and  should  be  attained 
in  the  grades,  or  if  not  given  in  the  grades,  in  the  first  few  months  of  the  fresh- 
man high-school  year ;  in  addition  to  this,  food  work  should  be  taken  up  from  the 
standpoint  of  its  relation  to  the  actual  conditions  which  prevail  in  85  per  cent 
of  the  homes  of  the  country,  and  the  cost,  digestibility,  and  nutritive  value  of  the 
food  prepared  should  form  an  important  part  of  tlie  lesson  to  .supplement  the 
practical  work  and  thus  give  it  educational  value  for  high  school  popils. 


898  EXPERIMENT   STATION   KECORD.  I  Vol.  »5 

Household  management  in  the  high  school,  Beknick  Allen  {Proc.  Cent. 
Assoc.  Sd..  and  Math.  Teachers,  I4  (1914),  pp.  151-154). — The  author  gives  her 
experience  in  teaching  household  management  for  the  first  time  to  high  school 
girls.  The  work  was  centered  around  the  preparation  of  food  and  cleaning, 
keeping  in  mind  their  scientific,  economic,  and  civic  aspects,  and  considering  the 
relative  values  of  each  of  the  different  household  activities.  The  class  met  for 
single  periods  of  45  minutes  every  day  for  one  semester. 

Teaching  of  food  through  preparation  of  meals,  Agnes  Wilson  (Proc.  Gent. 
Assoc.  Sd.  and  Math.  Teachers,  14  {1914)1  PP-  154,  155). — This  paper  briefly 
describes  the  work  of  two  practical  housekeeping  centers  in  the  tenement 
district  of  Chicago. 

High  school  dietetics,  Ada  Hillikr  (Proc.  Cent.  Assoc.  Sci.  and  Math. 
Teachers,  14  (1914),  PP-  158-160). — Suggestions  are  offered  on  when  and  how 
to  teach  dietetics  in  the  high  school. 

Eirst  lessons  in  cooking,  Cora  B.  Miller  (Foi-t  Dodge,  Iowa:  Supervisor 
Dom.  Sci.  and  Dom.  Art  Fort  Dodge  Pub.  Schools  [1916],  pp.  58,  figs.  2).— This 
test  for  elementary  schools  is  arranged  in  36  lessons,  and  comprises  a  study  of 
the  different  foods  classified  on  the  basis  of  composition  and  origin,  their  eco- 
nomic and  food  values,  and  directions  for  cooking  and  planning  and  serving 
meals.  Supplementary  lessons,  instructions  on  hygiene,  and  suggestions  for 
rural  school  work  are  appended. 

Drafting  in  dressmaking  classes,  Agnes  K.  Hanna  (Proc.  Cent.  Assoc.  Sci. 
and  Math.  Teacliers,  14  (1914),  PP-  161-166). — The  author  discusses  the  value 
of  pattern  drafting  in  general  school  work  and  in  vocational  training  in  the 
needle  trades,  the  selection  of  the  drafting  system  to  be  used  in  class  work, 
and  the  method  of  presentation.  It  is  found  that  drafting  as  an  end  in  itself 
is  "of  value  only  to  the  highly  .specialized  pattern  maker.  Its  value  lies  in  its 
abiiltj'  to  offer  a  comprehensive  and  effective  study  of  certain  principles  of  line 
which  are  fundamental  in  garment  construction,  its  essential  value  being  the 
economy  of  effort  which  this  study  should  secure  in  comparison  with  the  more 
empirical  method  of  experimentation." 

Teaching  house  decoration  in  the  high  school,  Isabel  Clark  (Proc.  Cent. 
Assoc.  Sci.  and  Math.  Teachers,  14  (1914),  PP-  156-158). — A  brief  account  is 
g^veu  of  how  a  course  in  house  decoration  was  presented  in  one  period  a  week 
to  the  sophomore  girls  in  tlie  domestic  art  class  at  the  high  school  in  Oshkosh. 
Wis. 

Woodworking  problems,  S.  T.  Newton  (Manitoba  Agr.  Col.  Bui.  20  (1916), 
pp.  69,  figs.  52). — These  problems  for  members  of  boys'  and  girls'  club  contests 
have  been  pi-epared  to  teach  them  how  to  handle  the  ordinary  carpenter's  tools 
and  how  to  read  working  drawings.  Projects  have  been  chosen  that  are  useful 
around  the  farm  home,  including  a  poultry  fattening  crate,  milking  stool,  farm 
gate,  etc. 

MISCELLAHEOIiS. 

Annual  Report  of  Florida  Station,  1915  (Florida  Sta.  Rpt.  1915,  pp. 
GXXXl-\-Xl,  figs.  14). — This  contains  the  organization  list,  a  financial  state- 
ment for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1915,  a  list  of  the  publications  of  the 
year,  a  general  review  of  the  work  of  the  station  during  the  year,  and  depart- 
mental reports,  the  experimental  features  of  which  are  for  the  most  part 
absti-acted  elsewhere  in  this  issue.    Analyses  of  Japanese  cane  are  also  Included. 

Report  of  the  Guam  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  1915  (Guam  Sta. 
Rpt.  1915,  p^p.  4S,  pis.  7,  flgs^.  4). — This  contains  reports  of  the  agronomist  in 
charge  and  the  animal  husbandman  and  veterinarian,  and  apicultural  notes. 


19161  MISCELLANEOUS.  899 

The  experimental  work  recorded  is  for  the  most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  In 
this  issue. 

Work  and  progress  of  the  agricultural  experiment  station  for  the  year 
ended  June  30,  1915  (Missouri  Sta.  Bui.  HI  (1016),  pp.  58,  figs.  iO),— Tliis  c-ou- 
tains  the  organization  list,  a  report  of  tlie  director  on  the  work  and  publica- 
tions of  tlie  station,  and  the  work  of  the  college-extension  service,  and  a 
financial  statement  for  tlie  station  as  to  its  Federal  funds  for  the  flacal  y«?ar 
ended  June  30,  1915.  Tlie  experimental  work  reported  and  not  previously 
noted  is  for  tlie  most  part  abstracted  elsewhere  in  this  issue. 

Fourteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Wisconsin  Agricultural  Experiment 
Association,  1916  (Ann.  Rpt.  Wis.  Agr.  Expt.  Assoc,  14  (1916),  pp.  X+124, 
pis.  11). — This  report  contains  addresses  and  discussions  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing, including  a  report  on  tlie  association's  cooperative  experimental  work,  and 
other  data. 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station  (Mo.  Bid.  Ohio  Sta.,  1 
(1916),  No.  8,  pp.  225-256,  figs.  6). — This  contains  several  articles  abstracted 
elsewhere  in  this  issue;  Wheat  Experiments,  by  C.  G.  Williams,  an  abridgement 
of  Bulletin  298  (E.  S.  R.,  35,  p.  534);  and  the  following  special  articlas: 
County  Cooperation  to  Control  Hessian  Fly,  by  H.  A.  Gossard  and  G.  It. 
Eastwood ;  Cockroaches  and  Their  Control,  by  V.  R.  Haber ;  Potato  Exhibits, 
by  S.  N.  Green;  Handling  the  Weed  Situation,  by  A.  D.  Selby ;  OlassUicatlon 
of  Soils  in  a  Soil  Survey,  by  W.  C.  Boardman;  and  Low-Grade,  Ready-mixed 
Fertilizers,  by  C.  E.  Thome. 

A  note  book  of  agricultural  facts  and  figures,  compiled  by  R.  C.  Wood  et  ai. 
(Madras:  Agr.  Col.  Coimbatore,  1916,  2.  ed.,  pp.  188,  pi.  1,  figs.  ZS). — I'his  hand- 
book has  been  prepared  with  special  reference  to  use  in  South  India,  and 
contains  much  information  regarding  weights  and  measures,  buildings  and 
roads,  machinery,  soils,  manures,  crops,  foods  and  feeding,  live  stock,  agricul- 
tural labor,  insect  pests,  horticulture,  forestry,  statistical  data,  etc.,  of  the 
region. 

Masonry  bases  for  the  installation  of  microscopes  and  their  accessories, 
including  the  camera  lucida  and  the  microscopic  camera,  N.  A.  Cobb  (Trans. 
Amer.  Micros.  Soc,  35  (1916),  No.  1,  pp.  7-22,  pis.  i,  fig.  1). 


NOTES. 


Illinois  University  and  Station. — The  resi^jnations  are  noted  of  Clarence  G. 
Logan,  assistant  iu  soil  extension ;  Ward  H.  Sachs,  associate  in  chemistry ; 
CJlyde  R.  Newell,  instructor  in  farm  mechanics;  and  F.  C.  Richey,  assistant 
in  soil  physics.  E.  A.  White  has  returned  from  a  two  years'  )eave  of  absence 
at  Cornell  University  and  resumed  his  duties  as  assistant  professor  in  farm 
mechanics. 

Purdue  TJniversity  and  Station. — The  new  biology  building  Is  under  con- 
struction and  is  expected  to  be  ready  for  occupancy  in  March,  1917. 

J.  D.  Luckett,  assistant  chemist  in  the  station,  has  accepted  an  appointment 
on  the  staff  of  Experiment  Station  Record  in  the  section  of  field  crops  and  has 
entered  upon  his  duties. 

Iowa  College  and  Station. — A  new  dairy  barn,  designed  as  a  model  as  to 
arrangement  and  construction,  is  being  erected  on  the  college  dairy  farm. 

A  total  of  3,181  requests  for  blueprint  plans  for  self-feeders  were  received 
at  the  station  from  October,  1915,  to  June,  1916. 

New  projects  begun  by  the  station  include  studies  of  the  specific  nutritional 
effects  of  rations  upon  swine  and  sheep,  the  feeding  of  rape  silage  to  swine,  the 
water  requirements  of  dairy  cows  when  on  succulent  feeds,  and  the  digesti- 
bility of  Sudan  grass. 

Arthur  S.  Thurston  has  been  appointed  assistant  professor  of  floriculture 
and  truck  crops.  L.  S.  Gillette,  assistant  professor  of  dairy  husbandry  in  the 
college,  has  been  appointed  assistant  chief  in  dairy  husbandry  in  the  station. 

Minnesota  Station. — A  two-story  institute  hall  has  been  completed  at  the 
Duluth  substation.  The  first  floor  contains  an  auditorium  and  ofiice  space, 
and  the  second,  dormitory  accommodations,  a  kitchen,  and  a  dining  room. 
The  new  equipment  will  make  possible  the  holding  of  community  gatherings 
at  the  substation,  as  well  as  afford  a  meeting  place  for  various  farm  organiza- 
tions of  northeastern  Minnesota. 

Missouri  Station. — ^The  department  of  animal  husbandry  has  been  author- 
ized to  spend  a  balance  of  $2,000,  remaining  from  its  biennial  appropriation, 
in  the  purchase  of  pure-bred  live  stock. 

Charles  G.  Carpenter  has  been  appointed  assistant  in  horticulture  and  John 
B.  Smith  assistant  in  farm  crops. 

ITew  Hampshire  College  and  Station. — Dr.  Charles  H.  Otis  has  resigned  as 
insti'uctor  and  assistant  botanist  to  accept  a  position  in  the  biological  labo- 
ratory of  Western  Reserve  University. 

New  Jersey  Stations. — D.  Manley  Jobbins,  for  a  number  of  years  florist  and 
in  charge  of  the  greenhouses,  died  November  11. 

Ohio  State  University. — The  new  home  economics  building  is  approaching 
completion.  It  is  a  three-story  brick  building,  costing  about  $150,000,  and 
containing,  among  other  features,  a  textile  laboratory,  a  large  room  for  work 
in  Instructional  management,  an  experimental  flat  for  courses  in  house  deco- 
ration and  household  management,  quarters  for  the  extension  department, 
and  an  auditorium  seating  about  500  people. 

West  Virginia  University. — Dr.  C.  H.  Winkler  has  been  appointed  professor 
of  rural  education,  vice  M.  J.  Abbey,  resigned. 
900 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAT   BE  PROCITRED  FBOM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOYEKNMENT  PRINTING  OFSlCa 

WASmNOTOM ,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS   PER  COPY 

Subscription  Prick,  pee  Volumi 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  IMDKX,  $1. 


Issued  May  18, 1917. 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

STATES    RELATIONS    SERVICE 

A.  C.  TRUE,  DIRECTOR 


Vol-  35  INDEX  NUMBER 

EXPERIMENT 
STATION 

RECORD 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1917 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Scientific  Bureaiu. 

Wbathbe  Bureau — C.  F.  Marvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry — A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief. 

Bureau  ok  Plant  Industry— W.  A.  Taylor,  Chief. 

Forest  Service— H.  S.  Graves,  Forester. 

Bureau  of  Soils — Milton  Whitney,  Chief. 

Bxtreau  of  Chemistry — C.  L.  Alsberg,  Chief. 

Bureau  or  Crop  Estimates— L.M.Estabrook, -Startsficfan. 

Bureau  of  Entomology — L.  O.  How  aid,  Entomologist. 

Bureau  of  Biological  Survey — E.  W.  Nelson,  Chief. 

Office  of  Public  Roads  and  Rural  Engineering — L.  W.  Page,  Director, 

Office  of  Markets  and  Rural  Organization — C.  J.  Brand,  Chief. 


States  Relations  Service— A.  C.  True,  Director. 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations— E.  W.  Allen»  Chief, 


THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


AIABAUA— 

College  Station:  Auburn;  J,  F.  Duggar." 
Canebrake  Station:  Vnwntown;  L.  H.  Moore.i 
Tuskegee  Station:   Tutkegee  InatituU:  G,  W. 
Carver.  1 

Alaska— SfJktt.-  C.  C.  Georgeson.= 

Arizona—  Tucson:  E.  H.  Forbes.' 

Arkansas— /'oyef^riRe;  M.  Nelson.' 

Calitoenia— .BerMey;  T.  F.  Hunt.' 

Coloeado— JFbrt  cmns:  C.  P.  Gillette.' 

Connecticut— 

State  Station:  New  Haven:  \^  g  jenklns.' 
Storrs  Station:  Starrs;        ' 

Delawaek— JVeecork;  H.  Hayward.' 

Florida— 6ain«!)»He."  P.  H.  Rolfs.' 

QnozQlA—Experiment:  J.  D.  Price.' 

QVAU—hlandof  Guam:  C.  W.  Edwards.' 

Hawaii— 

Federal  Station:  HonoMu;  J.  M.  Westgate.' 
Sugar  Plan teis'  Station:  Bonolulu;H.  P.  Agee.' 

lvA.no— Moscow:  J.  S.  Jones.' 

Illinois—  Urbana:  E.  Davenport.' 

Indiana— ia  Fayette:  A.  Goss.' 

lovfA—Ainei:  C.  F.  Curtlss.' 

KiSiSAS— Manhattan:  W.  M.  Jardine.' 

KemvcKY— Lexington:  A.  M.  Peter.< 

Louisiana— 

State  Station:  Baton  Rouge;     \ 
Sugar  Station;  Audubon  Park, 

New  Orleans; 
North  La.  Station:  Calhoun;     J 

Maine— Orono.-  C.  D.  Woods.' 

Maryland— CoiZej^e  Park:  H.  J.  Patterson.' 

Massachusetis— ^mfterit;  W.  P.  Brooks.' 

MicmQAN— £asi  Lansing:  R.  S.  Shaw.i 

Minnesota— l/nJ»«-«<y  Farm,  8t.   Paul:  A.   ] 
Woods.' 

UiSBissmi— Agricultural  College:  E.  R.  Lbyd.' 

Missouri— 

College  Station:  Columbia;  F.  B,  Mumford.' 
Fruit  Station:  Mountain  Orove;  Paul  Evans.' 


\Vf.  B,  Dodson.i 


Montana— Boremon;  F.  B.  Llnfleld.' 

Nebraska— LincoJn;  E.  A.  Burnett.' 

Nevada— iJeno;  S.  B.  Doten.' 

New  Hampshire —Durfiom;  J.  C.  Kendall.' 

New  Jersey— JTew  Brunswick:  J.  G.  Lipman. 

New  Mexico— Stefe  CoUege;  Fabian  Garcia.> 

New  York— 

State  Station:  Geneva;  W.  H.  Jordan.' 
Cornell  Station:  Ithaca;  A.  R.  Mann.< 

North  Carolina— 

College  Station:  West  Raleigh;\^  ^  Klleore 
8t&teStSktlon:  Raleigh;  i   '     '       ^    ' 

North     Dakota— A^fcutturol     CoUege:    T.  P, 
Cooper.' 

Ohio—  Wooster:  C.  E,  Thome.' 

OKLASOUA—StiOwater:  W.  L.  Carlyle.i 

Oregon— CorpoK»;  A.  B.  Cordley.' 

Pennsylvania— 

State  College:  B.  L.  Watts.' 
Stau  CoUege:  Institute  of  Animal  Natritlon 
H.  P.  Armsby.i 

Porto  Rico- 
Federal  Station:  Mayaguet;  D.  W.  May.*  ^ 
Insular  Station:  Rio  Pieiras:  W.  V.  Tower.i 

Rhode  Island— Zi7i^5fon.-  B.  L.  Hartwell.' 

SoxJTH  Carolina-  Clemson  CoUege:  H.  W.  Barre,' 

South  Dakota— J5 rooklTi^s;  J.  W.  Wilson.' 

Tennessee— XTwzpJfle.*  H.  A.  Morgan.' 

TEXAS— CoRe^e  Station:  B.  Youngblood.' 

Utah— io^on;  F.  S.  Harris.' 

Vt,zuom— Burlington:  3.  L.  Hills.' 

Virginia- 

Blacksburg:  A.  W.  Drinkard,  jr.' 
JVor/oJk.- Truck  Station;  T.  C.  Johnson.' 

Washington— PuilTOon;  I.  T>.  Cardiff.' 

West  Viroisia— J/or(?a7jfou»n.-  J.  L.  Coulter.' 

Wisconsin- JJ/adfaoTi;  H.  L.  Russell.' 

Wyoming— Xaromfc;  H.  G.  Knight.' 


Director.        » Agronomist  in  charge.       '  Animal  husbandman  in  charge.        *  Acting  director. 


INDEX  OF  NAMES. 


Aamodt,  A.  W.,  697. 

Abbe,  C,  699. 

Abbe,  C,  jr.,  618. 

Abbey,  M.  J.,  900. 

Abbot,  C.  G.,  619. 

Abbott,  F.  H.,  155. 

Abderhalden,  E.,  63,  859. 

Acbilles,  F.,  292. 

Acland,  F.  D.,  599. 

Acqiia,  C,  331. 

Adamec,  J.,  895. 

Adams,  A.  B.,  892. 

Adams,  C.  S.,  234. 

Adams,  P.,  82,  95,  284. 

Adams,  G.  O.,  887. 

Adams,  J.,  731. 

Adams,  J.  F.,  548,  635. 

Agcaoili,  F.,  312. 

Agee,  A.,  399. 

Agee,  J.  H.,  118,  625. 

Ageton,  C.  N.,  328. 

Agg,  T.  R.,  84. 

Abr.  126,  218. 

Ainslie,  G.  G.,  659. 

Ajon,  G.,  315. 

Ajrekar,  S.  L.,148. 

Akerberg,  H.,  66. 

Albert,  F.,  842. 

Albrecht,  W.  A.,  399. 

Alderman,  W.  FI.,  142,  236. 

Aldrich,  J.  M.,  259. 

Alexander,  C.  P.,  57. 

Alfaro,  A.,  55. 

Allan,  R.  G.,  123. 

AUard,  H.  A.,  751. 

Allemann,  O.,  275, 

Allen,  B.,  898. 

Allen,  C.  E.,  794. 

Allen,  E.  C,  853. 

Allen,  E.  R.,  424,  814. 

Allen,  E.  T.,  148. 

Allen,  F.  M.,  371. 

Allen,  F.  W.,  236. 

Allen,  G.  F.,  451. 

Allen,  H.  W.,  758. 

Allen,  J.  O.,  794. 

Allen,  L.  II.,  391. 

Allen,  R.  M.,  62. 

Allen,  R.  T..  508,  509. 

Allen,  R.  W.,  299,  341,  539, 

540,  541,  567. 
Allen,  W.  A.,  398. 
Allen,  W.  F.,  88,  448. 
Allen,  W.  J.,  14. 


Allison,  F.  E.,  216. 
Allison,  J.  C,  685. 
Almquist,  S.,  745. 
Alsberg,  C.  L.,  368,  413. 
Alstyne,  E.  van,  836. 
Althausen,  L.,  339. 
Altbauzen,  L.,  339. 
Alves,  341. 
Alvord,  n.  E.,  800. 
Alway,  F.  J.,  510,  511,  SOO, 

810,  812. 
Alwood,  W.  B.,  108,  202,   047. 
Ames,  J.  W.,  220,  429,  510. 
Ammann,  L.,  850. 
Anastasia,  G.  E.,  436. 
Anderson,  A.  L.,  697. 
Anderson,  E.,  405. 
Anderson,  H.  P.,  400. 
Anderson,  O.  H.,  097. 
Anderson,  P.  J.,  398. 
Anderson,  V.  G.,  620. 
Andrg,  G.,  326,  629. 
Andres,  A.,  54. 
Andrew,  A.  P.,  88. 
Andrew,  H.  L.,  491. 
Andrews,  B.  R.,  394. 
Andrews,  E.  C,  842. 
Andrews,  F.  M.,  431. 
Andrllk,  K.,  641. 
Angot,  A.,  318. 
Anstead,  R.  D.,  544,  842. 
Antbony,  E.  L.,  572. 
Anthony,    R.    D.,    144,    230. 

646,  744. 
Apppl,  O.,  47,  246. 
Arbaumont,  J.  d',  131. 
Arcbikbovskii,  V.  M.,  444, 
Areiohovskij,  V.,  444. 
Arie,  J.,  725. 
Arkin,  A.,  181. 
Armsby,  H.  P.,  402. 
Armstrong,  H.  E.,  841. 
Arnold,  G.,  365. 
Arnold,  .J.  R.,  44. 
Arnokli,  B.  M.,  28. 
Arnould,  C,  88. 
Arny,  H.  V.,  204. 
Arthur,  I.  W.,  697. 
Arthur,  J.  C,  650,  844. 
Asbbrook,  F.  G.,  770. 
Ashby,  S.  F.,  46,  458. 
Ashe,  W.  W.,  747,  843. 
Ashley,  B.  J.,  83. 
Asbton,  E.,  291. 


Askar,  M.,  08,  488. 
-Vstou,  B.  C,  24,4:10,  715. 
Athorton.  I..  G.,  .^OM,  SOO. 
Atkins,  W.  R.  G.,  20,   1.".0, 

416,  822. 
Atkinson,  A.,  338,  735,   758, 

835. 
.\tkinson,  E.,  642. 
Atwood,  II.,  500. 
Aubel,  O.  E.,  68. 
Aubry,  V.  G.,  275. 
Auer,  J.,  484. 
Aulde,  .T.,  666. 
Austin,  .1.  II.,  863. 
Avery,  D.,  020. 
Avid,  B.  R.,  488. 
Awati,  P.  R.,  856,  060. 
Ayers,  S.  II.,  276,  677. 
Aylett,  P.,  391. 
Ayres,  B.,  709. 
Ayres,  W.  E.,  95. 
Ayyangar,  P.  A.  R.,  556. 

Babcock,  D.  C,  595. 
Babcock,  E.  B.,  840. 
Bachhuber,  L.  J.,  167. 
Bachmann,  P.  M.,  557. 
Back,  E.  A.,  362,  760. 
Backer,  C.  A.,  440. 
Backer,  II.  .T.,  312. 
Bado,  A.  A.,  388. 
Baer,  A.  C,  099. 
Baer,  W.  W.,  400. 
Bagley,  W.  C,  405. 
Baglioni,  S.,  368. 
Babr,  F.,  319. 
Bagnall,  R.  S.,  255. 
Bail,  O.,  280. 
Bailey,  C.  II.,  555. 
Bailey,  E.  II.  S.,  93. 
Baile.v,  F.  S.,  ISO. 
Bailey,  II.  S.,  412,  806. 
Bailey,  I.  W.,  223. 
Bailey,  L.  II.,  92,  410,  096. 
Bailey,  W.  F.,  835. 
Baker,  A.  C,  256,  463,  552. 
Baker,  A.  W.,  356. 
Baker,  IT.  P.,  145. 
Baker,  I.  O.,  84 
Baker,  .7.  C,  400. 
Baker.  O.  E.,  19,  191. 
Baker,  R.  K.,  090. 
Baker,  R.  T.,  841,  842. 
Balcar,  J.  O.,  665. 

901 


902 


EXPEEIMENT   STATION   RECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Baldwin,  C.  H.    461. 

Baldwin,  M.,  508. 

Ball,  C.  R.,  30,  139,  443. 

Ball,  E.  D.,  700. 

Ball,  J.  S.,  692. 

Ball,  N.  G.,  25. 

Ballantyne,  A.  B.,  646,  813, 

837. 
Ballon,  H.  A.,  254,  357,  365, 

657,  661. 
Balls,  A.  K.,  803. 
Balls,  W.  L.,  137,  230,  794. 
Balser,  F.  A.,  75. 
Bancroft,  C.  K.,  643. 
Band!,  W.,  21. 
Bang,  O.,  79. 

Banks,  N.,  259,  262,  264,  853. 
Banzhaf,  E.  J.,  574. 
Baquero,  J.,  352. 
Baraglola,  W.  J.,  617. 
Barber,  E.  R.,  701. 
Barber,  L.  B.,  460,  869,  877. 
Barber,  M.  A.,  89,  255. 
Barieau,  J.,  490. 
Bark,  D.  H.,  186. 
Barker,  B.  T.  P.,  645,  717, 

720. 
Barker,  P.  B.,  95. 
Barnard,  11.  E.,  83. 
Barnard,  W.  D..  242. 
Barnes,  J.  II.,  516. 
Barnes,  W.  C,  667. 
Barrett,  (Mrs.)  E.  M.,  594. 
Barrett,  .T.  T.,  654. 
Barrett-Hamilton,  G.  E.   H., 

252,  656. 
Barron,  L.,  746. 
Barron,  W.  E.,  618. 
Barrows,  W.  B.,  453. 
Barrus,  M.  F.,  845. 
Barss,  II.  P.,  141. 
Bartells,  G.  C,  jr.,  133. 
Barthel,  C,  482. 
Bartholomew,  E.  T.,  349. 
Bartholow,  P.,  366. 
Bartlett,  F.  H.,  165. 
Bartlett,  H.  H.,  128. 
Bartlett,  J.  W.,  97. 
Barton,  J.  E.,  648. 
Barton,  W.  H.,  93. 
Bartow,  E.,  787. 
Bartram,   H.   E.,  849. 
Bassett,  C.  E.,  190. 
Bastable,  C.  F.,  89. 
Batchelor,    L.    D.,    51,    143, 

145. 
Bateman,   W.   B.,   861. 
Bates,  D.  C,  210. 
Bates,   F.   W.,   695. 
Bates,  J.  M.,  279. 
Bateson,   W.,  819. 
Baumann,  A.,  168,  323. 
Baumann,  K.,  112. 
Baiin,  R.  W.  de,  141. 
Bayliss,  W.  M.,  203. 
Beach,  F.  H.,  097. 
Beach,  J.  R.,  385. 


Beal,  A.  C,  499. 

Beal,  F.  E.  L.,  600. 

Beal,  W.  H.,  709. 

Beal,  W.  J.,  100. 

Beale,  L.  B.,  690. 

Beale,  R.  A.,  230. 

Beals,  C.  L.,  398. 

Beals,  E.  A.,  148,  808. 

Bear,    F.    E.,    22,    220,    500, 

522. 
Beattie,  J.  M.,  176,  378. 
Bocht,  F.  C,  73,  279. 
Beck,  M.  W.,  118. 
Beck,  R.,  648. 
Beckerieh,  A.,  496. 
Bockman,  E.,  167. 
Beckmann,  E.,  163, 164. 
Bedford  (Duke  of),  37. 
Bedford.  G.  A.  11.,  678. 
Bee,  C.  E.,  385. 
Beegle,  F.  M„  481,  761,  762. 
Beeler,  M.  N.,  697. 
Beffa,  G.  D.,  463. 
Beijerinck,  M.  W.,  313,  849. 
Belgrave,  W.  N.  C,  153. 
Bell,  B.,  717,  861. 
Boll,  R.  N.,  429. 
Belling,  J.,  397,  829. 
Belt,  S.  E.,  558. 
Bemmelen,  W.  van,  719. 
Benedict,  H.  M.,  222. 
Benedict,  R.  C,  227. 
Bengen,  F.,  615. 
Bengtson,  N.  A.,  509. 
Benjamin,  E.  W.,  408. 
Benjamin,  M.  S.,  334. 
Bennett,  H.  T.,  399. 
Benson,  A.  H.,  654. 
Benson,  H.  K.,  44. 
Bentley,  F.  L.,  597. 
Bentley,  W.  D.,  197. 
Berckmans,  R.  C,  447. 
Berg,  A.,  49,  848. 
Bergema,  R.,  275. 
Bergen,  J.  Y.,  132. 
Berger,  E.  F.,  328. 
Bergy,  D.  H.,  100. 
Bergmark,  G.,  368. 
Berlese,  A.,  57. 
Berliner,  E.,  253. 
Berman,  N.,  100. 
Bernaola,  V.  J.,  388. 
Bernard,  C,  449,  745. 
Bernardini,  L.,  718. 
Bernhardt,  179. 
Bernhauer,  M.,  363. 
Bernstein,  E.,  679. 
Berry,  B.  W.,  241. 
Berry,  J.  T.,  710. 
Berry,  R.  A.,  127. 
Berthault,  P.,  350. 
Bertrand,  A.,  428. 
Besnoit,  384. 
Bethune,  C.  J.  S.,  852. 
Bettoli,  R.  W.,  647. 
Betts,  H.  S.,  240. 
Bevan,  L.  E.  W.,  76. 


Bexell,  J.  A.,  407,  893. 
Bezzi,  M.,  259. 
Bidwell,  P.  W.,  588. 
Bigelow,  W.  D.,  643,  663. 
Bigourdan,  G.,  318. 
Billson,  H.  G.,  843. 
Bilsing,  S.  W.,  661. 
Bioletti,  F.  T.,  239,  240,  646, 

647. 
Birch,  R.  R.,  282. 
Bird,  H.  J.,  408. 
Bisbee,  G.  R.,  697. 
Bishopp,  F.  C,  76,  466. 
Bitler,  R.  B.,  728. 
Dizzell,  J.  A.,  623. 
Bizzell,  W.  B.,  709. 
Blaauw,  A.  II.,  129. 
Black,  O.  F.,  413. 
Black,  R.,  897. 
Blackburn,  S.  A.,  298. 
Blackman,  M.  W.,  756. 
Blair,  A.   W.,   120,   123,  125, 

816,  817. 
Blair,  II.,  167. 
Blair,  W.  R.,  75,  419,  618. 
Blair,  W.  S.,  446,  447. 
Blake,  F.  G.,  487. 
Blake,  J.  C,  468. 
Blake,  M.  A.,  240,  542. 
lUakemore,  11.  S.,  413. 
Blanchard,  A.  II.,  584. 
Blanchard,H.  L.,94,  090,  090. 
Blanck,  E.,  215. 
Blankenhorn,  M.  A.,  307. 
Blankinship,  J.  W.,  244. 
Blaringhem,  L.,  33. 
Bligh,  W.  G.,  288. 
Blish,  M.  J.,  311,  511. 
Bliss,  R.  K.,  709. 
Bloch,  523. 

Bloor,  W.  R.,13, 166,  666. 
Blumenthal,  75. 
Blumenthal,  P.  L.,  613. 
Boardman,  W.  C,  899. 
Bobdiga,  O.,  793. 
Bobko,  E.,  43.3. 
Bode,  I.  T.,  798. 
Bodkin,  G.  E.,  55. 
Bodnfir, .!.,  112,  247,  634. 
Boecker,  E.,  380. 
Boekhout,  F.  W.  J.,  312. 
Boerker,  R.  H.,  841. 
Boerner,  F.,  jr.,  77. 
Bogart,  F.  B.,  860. 
Bogue,  R.  H.,  17. 
Bohannan,  C.  D.,  792. 
Bois,  129. 
Bolley,  H.  L.,  140. 
Bolton,  B.  M.,  282. 
Bolton,  E.  R.,9. 
Boltz,  G.  E.,  220. 
Bondar,  G.,  245. 
Bonhote,  J.  L.,  371. 
Bonner,  F.  R.,  841. 
Bonner,  J.  H.,  841. 
Bonnett,  R.  K.,  798. 
Bonns,  W.  W.,  144. 


191G] 


INDEX   OF    NAMES. 


903 


Boppe,  L.,  346. 
Boichardt,  180. 
Bordiga,  O.,  580. 
Borghesani,  G.  A.  R.,  720. 
Bornand,  M.,  261. 
Bort,  T.  de,  318. 
Borthwick,  A.  W.,  155. 
Boruttau,  472. 
Bos,  J.  R.,  243,  245. 
Boshnakian,  S.,  345. 
Boss,  A.,  335,  691. 
Botjes,  J.  O.,  149, 
Bottomley,  W.    B.,  132. 
Boulenger,  C.  L.,  78. 
Bouquet,  A.  G.  B.,  234. 
Bouyoucos,  G.  J.,  620,  633, 
Bower,  L.  J.,  554. 
Bowie,  E.  H.,  419,  808. 
Boyce,  W.  G.  H.,  347. 
Boyd,  J,  V.  W.,  281. 
Boyle,  J.  E.,  393. 
Boynton,  W.  H.,  487. 
Boysen-Jensen,  P.,  431. 
Bracewell,  G.  A.,  203. 
Bradley,  W.  H.,  379. 
Bradt,  S.  E.,  583. 
Brainerd,  W.  K.,  674. 
Brand,  C.  J.,  407. 
Brandenburg,  P.  H.,  808. 
Branford,  R.,  483, 
Branigan,  E.  J.,  56. 
Brann,  J.  W.,  547. 
Branson,  E.  C,  891. 
Branson,  D.  H.,  798. 
Brauns.  D.  H.,  502. 
Bray,  W.  L.,  146. 
Breazeale,  J.  F.,  745. 
Breed,  R.  S.,  70,  525. 
Breldahl,  II.  G.,  457. 
Bremekamp,  C.  E.  B.,  632. 
Brenehley,  W.  E.,  436, 
Bretigni&re,  688. 
Brew,  J.  D.,  70. 
Brewer,  L.,  470. 
Brewster,  C.  S.,  596. 
Brewster,  D.  R.,  452. 
Bridges,  C.  B.,  272. 
Bridges,  G,  G.,  793. 
Brierley,  W.  B.,  247. 
Briggs,  L.  J.,  754. 
Brill,  H.  C,  312,  414. 
Bringham,  E.  S.,  408. 
Brink,  C.  M.,  300. 
Brinkley,  L.  L.,  423,  509. 
Briosi,  G.,  454,  655. 
Brittain,  W.  H.,  853. 
Brittlebank,  C.  C,  152. 
Britton,  W.  E.,  53,  54,  55,  760. 
Brockson,  W.  I.,  596. 
Brodie,  D.  A.,  29. 
Brodie,  F.  J.,  318. 
Brodrick,  G.  C,  89. 
Bronfenbrenner,  J.,  575. 
Brooks,  A.  B.,  154. 
Brooks,  C,  249,  456. 
Brooks,  F.  E.,  646. 
Brooks,  P.  B.,  162. 


Brooks,  W.  P.,  325. 

Broughton,  L.  B.,  631. 

Brown,  A.,  100. 

Brown,  C.  C,  493. 

Brown,  E.,  140,  773. 

Brown,  J.  T.,  500. 

Brown,  N.  C,  452. 

Brown,  P.  E.,  93,  215,   210, 

319. 
Brown,  T.  W.,  145,  840. 
Brown,  W.  R„  148,  347. 
Brownlee,  T.  I.,  851. 
Bruce,  A.,  126. 
Bruce,  D„  748. 
Bruce,  W.,  374. 
Bruckner,  14. 
Bruderlein,  J.,  60. 
Brumley,  O.  V.,  283. 
Bruunich,  J.  C,  8,  20,  287. 
Bryan,  E.  A.,  297. 
Buck,  E.,  138. 
Buck,  J.  L.  B.,  197. 
Buck,  J.  M„  680. 
Buckley,  J.  P.,  205. 
Buckley,  .T.  P.,  jr..  111. 
Buder,  J..  431,  437. 
Buffoli,  L.,  893. 
Buller,  A.  H,  R.,  431. 
Bullock,  E.  H.,  399. 
Bunting,  B.,  241,  582. 
Bunyard,  E.  A.,  644, 
Burcez,  H.,  242, 
Burch,  A.  N.,  491. 
Burdett,  J.  H.,  450. 
Burger,  O.  F.,  798. 
Burgess,  J.  L.,  816. 
Burgess,  P.  S.,  320. 
Burke,  G.  W.,  500. 
Burke,  R.  T.  A.,  423. 
Burkhardt,  F.,  48. 
Burkhart,  W.  C,  697. 
Burlison,  W.  L.,  520. 
Burn,  R.  R.,  509. 
Burnett,  L.  B.,  412. 
Burnett,  W.  L.,  51,  52. 
Burnham,  E.,  409, 
Burns,  G.  P.,  140. 
Burns,  W.,  643, 
Bumside,  W.,  686. 
Burri,  281. 

Burritt,  M.  C,  198,  342. 
Burton,  H.  K.,  619. 
Busck,  A.,  464. 
Bushnell,  L.  D.,  9. 
Bushnell,  T.  M.,  17,  422, 
Buss,  W.  J.,  171,  595. 
Butler,  J.  B.,  28. 
Butler,  O.,  352,  646. 
Butt,  N.  I.,  400. 
Butterfield,  K,  L.,  402,  408, 

709. 
Buttrick,  P.  L.,  54. 
Buynitsky,  E.,  808. 

Cadeac,  73. 
Cadoret,  A.,  351. 
Caesar,  L.,  356,  448. 


Cagurangan,  \.  B.,  700. 
Cain,  J.  C,  8,  201. 
Cain,  W.,  786. 
Calder,  R.  B.,  770. 
Calderwood,  J.  P.,  585. 
Caldwell,  D,  W.,  174. 
Caldwell,  J.  S.,  418,  717,  807. 
Caldwell,  O.  W.,  790. 
Caldwell,  W.,  473. 
Calmette,  A.,  784. 
Calvin,  II.  W.,  298,  .304. 
Cambage,  R.  II.,  3L'9,  8-11. 
Camerou,  A.  E.,  100. 
Cameron,  A.  T.,  851. 
Cameron,  S.  S.,  92. 
Campbell,  C,  436,  437. 
Campbell,  D.  II.,  431, 
Campbell,  D.  P.,  792. 
Campbell,  H,  C,  289,  070. 
Campbell,  II.  W.,  30. 
Campbell,  .1.  A.,  149. 
Campbell,  R.  II.,  347. 
Camus,  E.  G.,  747. 
Canon,  H.,  470. 
Cantlne,  E.  I.,  389. 
Capen,  S.  P.,  297. 
Card,  L.  R.,  274. 
Cardin,  P.,  348. 
Carini,  A.,  785. 
Carle,  G.,  119. 
Carles,  P.,  61. 
Carleton,  M.  A.,  593. 
Carlisle,  J.  N.,  84. 
Carlson,  A.  J.,  163. 
Carmody,  P..  544. 
Carnegie,  A.,  97. 
Carney,  H.  E.,  698. 
Carougeau,  73. 
Carpano,  M.,  574. 
Carpenter,  C.  G.,  900. 
Carpenter,  C.  W.,  397. 
Carpenter,  F.  A.,  115. 
Carpenter,  J.  W.,  jr.,  787. 
Carpenter,  R.  C,  241. 
Carrante,  A.,  33. 
Carrier,  L.,  867. 
Carroll,  W,  E.,  377. 
Carscallen,  H.  R.,  82. 
Carson,  W.  ■!.,  873. 
Carter,  E.  E.,  747. 
Carter,  E.  G.,  814. 
Carter,  L.  M.,  721,  811. 
Carter,  T.  W..  398. 
Carter,  W.  T.,  jr.,  17,  18. 
Carton,  A.  C,  505. 
Carver,  E,  K.,  89. 
Carver,  T.  N.,  88. 
Case,  J.  R.,  197. 
Castellanl,  A.,  73. 
Castelll,  M.,  87,  494. 
Castro  Sabrinbo,  A.  R.  de,  145. 
Catalano.  G.,  840. 
Cates,  J.  S.,  191. 
Cathcart,  C.  S.,  128,  221. 
Catlln,  C.  N.,  511. 
Catonl,  C,  54, 
Catzeflis,  £:„  685, 


904 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Caudell,  A.  N.,  255. 
Cauthen,  E,  F.,  339. 
Cave,  S.,  78. 
Cayley,  D,  M.,  248. 
Cazenave,  F.,  352. 
Ceccarelli,  G.,  448. 
Celichowski,  12. 
Chailley,  J.,  91. 
Chamberlain,  J.  S.,  501. 
Chamberlin,  T.  R.,  554. 
Cliamplin,  M.,  530. 
Chandler,  A.  H.,  289. 
Chandler,  B.  A.,  841. 
Chandler,  W.  H.,  143, 234, 238. 
Chandler,  W.  L.,  G62. 
Channer,  F.  F.  R.,  843. 
Chapin,  A.  S.,  274. 
Chapin,  R.  M.,  207. 
Chapman,  C.  S.,  148. 
Chapman,  G.  H.,  405,  653. 
Chapman,  H.  G.,  12. 
Chapman,  H.  H.,  748. 
Charlan,  F.,  233,  534. 
Charlton,  I.  D.,  495. 
Charmeux,  F.,  646. 
Charpentier,  281. 
Charters,  W.  W.,  406,  705. 
Chase,  W.  W.,  447. 
Chatelain,  P.,  882. 
Chatterjee,  N.  C,  659. 
Chaudhuri,  T.  C,  556. 
Chausse,  P.,  785,  882. 
ChauvlgnS,  A.,  353. 
Cheatham,  P.  N.,  665. 
Cheel,  E.,  755. 
Ghenevard,  W.,  284. 
Cherington,  P.  T.,  89. 
Chi  Ping,  55. 
Chifflot,  J.,  50. 
Chifflot,  P.,  249. 
Child,  C.  M.,  403. 
Childs,  L.,  252,  548,  551. 
Chirikov,  F.  V.,  434,  818. 
Chittenden,  A.  K.,  746. 
Chittenden,  F.  H.,  256,  260. 
Chittenden,  F.  J.,  628. 
Chivers,  A.  H.,  734. 
Cholodkovsky,  N.  A.,  56. 
Chouchak,  D.,  223. 
Christiani,  E.  S.,  795. 
Christiansen,  E.  B.,  52. 
Christie,  A.  W.,  613,  815. 
Christophers,     S.     R.,     659, 

759. 
Chung  Yik  Wang,  77. 
Church,  L.  M.,  292. 
Cirielli,  C,  119. 
Citron,  .L,  73. 
Clark,  A.  L.,  399. 
Clark,  E.  D.,  162. 
Clark,  E.  M.,  .398. 
Clark,  H.  W.,  887. 
Clark,  I.,  898. 
Clark,  .T.  A.,  443. 
Clark,  O.  L.,  398,  405. 
Clark,  P.  F.,  860. 
Clark,  R.  R.,  197. 


Clark,  W.  C,  892. 
Clark,  W.  M.,  801. 
Clarke,  F.  W.,  16. 
Clausmann,  P.,  63. 
Clavareau,  H.,  363. 
Clawson,  A.  B.,  779. 
Clay,  C.  L.,  663. 
Clayton,  H.  H.,  14,  115,  419. 
Cleare,  L.  D.,  jr.,  257,  358. 
Cleeve,  U.  A.,  678. 
Cleland,  J.  B.,  755. 
Clement,  F.  M.,  448. 
Clementi,  A.,  313,  315. 
Cline,  I.  M.,  808. 
Clotworthy,  H.  R.  S.,  473. 
Clowes,  F.  A.,  561. 
Clute,  R.  L.,  98,  896. 
Clutterhuck,  P.  H.,  843. 
Coad,  B.  R.,  156,  554. 
Cobb,  N.  A.,  161,899. 
Cobb,  W.  B.,  510,  626. 
Co-Ching  Chu,  618. 
Cockayne,  A.  H.,  150,456,042. 
Cockerell,  T.  D.  A.,  757. 
Cockle,  J.  W.,  756. 
Cody,  S.  A.,  500. 
Coffey,  G.  N.,  18. 
Cogan,  E.  S.,  463. 
Coggeshall,  G.  W.,  326. 
Cohen,  N.  H.,  9. 
Cohen,  J.  B.,  380. 
Cohn,  II.,  300. 
Cole,  F.  R.,  855. 
Cole,  L.  J.,  169. 
Coleman,  D.  A.,  515. 
Coleman,  G.  P.,  188,  584. 
Coleman,  W.,  369. 
Collet,  C.  E.,  861. 
Collinge,  W.  E.,  252,  460. 
CoUingwood,  G.  II.,  399. 
Collins,  G.  N.,  531. 
Collins.  R.  J.,  616. 
Collins,  S.  H.,  167,  520. 
Collins,  W.  H.,  96. 
Collins,  W.  O.,  96. 
Collison,  S.  E.,  812,  839. 
Colomo,  v.,  884. 
Comes,  O.,  749. 
Compere,  H.,  658. 
Compton,  W.,  649. 
Comstock,  A.  B.,  896. 
Comstock,  J.  H.,  256,  356. 
Concha,  I.  M.,  121. 
Cone,  V.  M.,  81. 
Cone,  W.  R.,  18. 
Conley,  B.,  897. 
Conlin,  H.  .T.,  400. 
Conn,  H.  J.,  524,  525. 
Connaway,  .T.  W.,  78,  878. 
Connell,  W.  H.,  84,  492,  584. 
Conner,  G.  F.,  189. 
Conner,  S.  D.,  19,  22,  724. 
Connors,  C.  H.,  240,  542. 
Conrey,  G.,  19. 
Cook,  A.  J.,  600. 
Cook,  A.  N.,  473. 
Cook,  II.  G.,  446. 


Cook,  I.  S.,  500,  534. 

Cook,  M.  T.,  245,  250,  351, 

455. 
Cook,  O.  F.,  129,  328,  344, 

590,  730,  794. 
Cook,  R.  C,  212,  513. 
Cooley,  G.  W.,  583. 
Cooley,  R.  A.,  758,  852,  854. 
Cooling,  L.  B.,  258. 
Coombs,  G.  E.,  649. 
Coons,  G.  H.,  225,  454,  653. 
Cooper,  M.  O.,  068. 
Cooper,  T.  P.,  691. 
Cooper,  W.  F.,  356. 
Copeland,  E.  B.,  432. 
Corbett,  L.,  576. 
Corbett,  L.  C,  234,  407. 
Corbett,  L.  S.,  785. 
Cornalba,  G.,  555. 
Cornwall,  J.  W.,  657,  858. 
Corper,  H.  J.,  181. 
Correns,  C,  459. 
Corrie,  L.  G.,  743. 
Corsan,  G.  H.,  145. 
Cortesi,  F.,  449. 
Costantin,  129. 
Cotterell,  A.  P.  I.,  787. 
Cotton,  J.  S.,  668. 
Coulter,  J.  L.,  88,  408,  709. 
Coupan,  G.,  494. 
Covell,  G.  A.,  298. 
Covert,  C.  C,  578. 
Coville,  F.  v.,  647,  744. 
Cowan,  J.,  827,  835,  842. 
Cowgill,  W.  N.,  97. 
Cowles,  n.  C,  405. 
Cox,  C.  E.  C,  347. 
Cox,  H.  J.,  808. 
Cox,  H.  L.,  97. 
Cox,  H.  R.,  643. 
Cox,  J.  F.,  626. 
Cox,  L.  D.,  42. 
Cox,  W.  T.,  346. 
Crabill,  C.  H.,  151,  152,  846, 

848. 
Cragoe,  E.  J.,  14. 
Craig,  C.  F.,  180. 
Craighead,  F.  C,  756. 
Crawford,  D.  C,  20. 
Crawford,  J.  T.,  389. 
Crawford,  N.  A.,  199. 
Crawley,  II.,  385. 
Creasy,  W.  T.,  98. 
Creel,  R.  H.,  53. 
Creelman,  J.  M.,  646. 
Cresson,  E.  T.,  200. 
Creswell,  C.  F.,  793. 
Creswell,  M.  E.,  298. 
Croydt,  B.,  441. 
Crlder,  A.  F.,  579. 
Cridland,  R.  B.,  746. 
Crimp,  B.  S.,  886. 
Crisler,  O.  S.,  96. 
Crlspo,  D.,  502. 
Cristofoletti,  II.,  163. 
Crocheron,  B.  II.,  693. 
Croft,  T.,  890. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF    NAMES. 


905 


Cronin,  M.  J.,  171. 
Crosby,  C.  R.,  447. 
Crosby,  I).  J.,  705. 
Cross,  G.,  596. 
Cross,  W.  E.,  761, 
Grouse,  F.,  197. 
Crouse,  R.  W.,  197. 
Crouter,  P.  II.,  698. 
Crow,  C,  232. 
Crowther,  C,  66,  272,  674. 
Crozier,  W.  J.,  204. 
Cruess,  W.  V.,  113,  418,  646. 
Crumley,  .1.  J.,  451. 
Csiki,  E.,  363. 
Csonka,  F.  A.,  863. 
Cuill6,  384. 

Culbertson,  J.  D.,  144. 
Cumming.  II.  S.,  286. 
Cummlng,  .1.  G.,  880. 
Cummings,  M.  B.,  407. 
Cunha,  A.,  77. 
Cunningham,  C.  C,  097. 
Cunningham,  W.  S.,  565,  569. 
Curry,  B.  E.,  373. 
Curtis,  E.  W.,  816. 
Curtman,  L.  J.,  802. 
Cushman,  A.  S.,  326. 
Cushman,    R.    A.,    260,    262, 

857. 
Cusmano,  G.,  611. 
Cutler,  E.,  864. 
Cutler,  H.  E..  796. 
Cutolo,  A.,  663. 
Czadek,  O.  von,  59. 
Czak,  .T.,  613. 
Czapek,  F.,  432. 

Da  Costa,  J.  W.,  851. 
Dacy,  A.  L.,  643. 
Dadisman,  A.  J.,  90. 
Dahlgriin,  681. 
Daish,  A.  J.,  414. 
Dakin,  313. 
Dakin,  H.  D.,  380. 
Dalgas,  C,  242. 
Dallimore,  W.,  44. 
Dalrymple  Hay,  R.,  346. 
Dammerman,  K.  W.,  58,  251. 
Dana,  R.  H.,  583. 
Daniel,  L.,  341,  449,  635. 
Daniels,  C.  W.,  379. 
Dannfelt,  H.  J.,  429. 
D'Arbaumont,  J.,  131. 
Darlington,  II.  R.,  647. 
Darnell-Smith,    G.    P.,    246, 

750. 
Darrow,  G.  M.,  448. 
Darton,  N.  H.,  579. 
Dastur,  J.  F.,  150,  458. 
Daufresne,  M.,  380. 
Daugherty,  R.  L.,  786. 
Dautry,  A.,  87. 
Davenport,  E.,  709. 
Davidoff,  A.  Y.,  266. 
Davidson,  .T.,  424. 
Davidson,  J.  B.,  587. 
Davidson,  W.  M.,  463. 


Davis,  A.  P.,  490. 

Davis,  A.  R.,  25,  798. 

Davis,  D.  J.,  680. 

Davis,  II.  A.,  687, 

Davis,  II.  I'.,  571,  074. 

Davis,  B.  M.,  223. 

Davis,  C.  F.,  185. 

Davis,  E.  I„  186. 

Davis,  G.  L.,  300. 

Davis,  I.  W.,  53. 

Davis,   .7.   J.,   465,   658,   756, 

760,  844,  854,  855. 
Davis,  K.  C,  198. 
Davis,  L.  v.,  17,  422. 
Davis,  N.  B.,  16. 
Davis,  y.  D.,  741. 
Davis,  W.  A.,  206,  315,  413. 
Davisson,  E.  R.,  90. 
Day,  G.  O.,  756. 
Day,  J.  W.,  698. 
Day,  W.  II.,  100. 
Dean,  A.  W.,  84,  584. 
Dean,  F.  C,  399. 
Dean,  J.  R.,  764. 
Dean,  W.  S.,  137,  254. 
Deardorff,    C.    E.,    213,    300, 

625. 
Dearing,  C,  807. 
De  Baun,  R.  W.,  141. 
De  Bort,  T.,  318. 
De  Castro   Sabrinho,   A.   R., 

145. 
De  Dominicis,  A.,  813. 
Dodrick,  D.  W.,  586. 
Deemer,  R.  B.,  728. 
De  Glopper,  M.,  492. 
DeGraaff,  W.  C,  109. 
Dcgrully,  L.,  651,  754.  . 
De  la  Praille,  G.,  843. 
De  Laveleye,  E.,  89. 
Delia  Beflfa,  G.,  463. 
DeLoach,  R.  J.  II.,  596. 
De  los  Salmones,  N.  G.,  744. 
Delwiche,  E.  J.,  229,  528. 
Demarest,  W.  H.  S.,  710. 
Deming,  H.  C,  415. 
Dcmoussy,  E.,  226. 
Dengler,  A.,  279. 
Denis,  W.,  369,  664. 
Dennis,  L.  H.,  198. 
Denniss,  F.  H.,  697. 
Denny,  F.  E.,  224. 
Densch,  A.,  120. 
Dental,  J.  B.,  444. 
Denzer,  B.  S.,  781. 
De  Quelroz  Vieira,  M.  E.,  695. 
De  Regny,  P.  V.,  721. 
Deriaz,  A.,  375. 
Derrick,  B.  B.,  509,  811. 
De  Schmid,  H.  S.,  429. 
Deshpande,  V.  G.,  659. 
Desmoulins,  A.,  41,  351. 
De  Souza,  J.  M.,  34. 
Deuss,  J.  J.  B.,  266,  367. 
Devaux,  H.,  635. 
De  Vertcuil,  J.,  344. 
De  Vevey,  E.,  378. 


De  Vrics,  H.,  128,  330,  332. 
Do  Vries.  J.  .1.  O.,  312. 
De  Waal,  L.,  817, 
Dowar,  I).,  .".55. 
Dewcll,  11.  I).,  HSH,  HH9. 
Dewey,  H.  S.,  647. 
Do  Witt.  L.  M.,  181. 
De  Wolfe,  L.  A.,  199,  897. 
D'Horelle,  F.,  255,  380. 
Dlacon,  II.  F.,  352. 
Dlakonotr  (Mile.),  280. 
Dibble,  B.,  887. 
Dkkt-y,  .1.  }',.  R.,  97,510. 
Dicks,  A.  R.,  146. 
Diehl,  A.  N.,97. 
Dietrich,  T.,  311. 
Dietrich,  W.,  174. 
Dietz,  II.  F.,  461. 
Diffloth,  P.,  421. 
Dillon,  .1.  J.,  446. 
Dimmitt,  F.  W.,  065. 
Dines,  W.  II.,  419. 
Ditewlg,  G.,  178. 
Divelhiss,  E.  11.,  96. 
Dixon,  II.  II.,  26,  223,  822. 
Doane,  R.  W.,  58,  Sp8. 
Doby,  G.,  247,  334. 
Dodd,  A.  P.,  57. 
Dodderidge.  R.  R.,  96,  197. 
Dodge,  B.  O.,  244,  053. 
Dodson,  W.  R.,  396. 
Dolbear,  S.  II.,  23. 
Dold,  11.,  179. 
Dole,  R.  B.,  186,  579. 
Dominicis,  A.  dc,  813. 
Don,  G.,  678. 
Donadieu,  A.,  7.53,  754. 
Donaldson,  N.  C,  735. 
Donati,  G.,  543. 
Doneghue,  B.C.,  811. 
Donisthorpc,  II.  St.  J.K.,262. 
Donkin,  II.,  789. 
Dorchester,  C.  S.,  727. 
Dorogin,  G.  N.,  844,  846. 
Dorr,  E.  S.,  579. 
Dorset,  M.,  488. 
Dorsctt,  P.  II.,  29. 
Dorscy,  M. .!.,  498,  591. 
Doryland,  C.  J.  T.,  729. 
Dottcrrer,  W.  D.,  525. 
Doty,  S.  W.,  168. 
Douglass,  A.  E.,  618. 
Douglass,  E.,  364. 
Douglass,  L.  R.,  787, 
Douglass,  T.  R.,  727. 
Doyer,  L.  C,  632. 
Doyle,  C.  B.,  344. 
Doyle,  .!.,  27. 
Drake,  E.  F.,  684. 
Drake,  .1.  A.,  392. 
Drake,  R.  II.,  784. 
Drauzburg.  W.,  168. 
Drinkard.  .\.  W..  jr..  98. 
Drinker,  II.  S.,  148. 
Drogo,  K.,  883. 
Droste,  R.,  00. 
Drummond,  J.  C,  13,  472. 


906 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol  35 


Du  Bois,  C,  148. 

Dubois,  D.,  370. 

Du  Bois,  E.  F.,  99,  369,  370, 

371. 
DuchaCek,  F.,  278. 
Duckett,  A.  B.,  80. 
Dudgeon,  G.  C,  68,  640. 
Duge,  F.,  859. 
Duggar,  B.  M.,  405. 
Duggar,  J.  F.,  299. 
Duggeli,  M.,  25. 
Duley,  F.  L.,  728. 
Dunbar,  J.,  345. 
Duncan,  H.  R.,  98. 
Duniway,  C.  A.,  297,  709. 
Dunlop,  J.,  430. 
Dunn,  L.  H.,  58. 
Dunne,  J.  J.,  174. 
Dunnewald,  T.  J.,  19. 
Dunston,  C.  E.,  44. 
Dunton,  L.,  58. 
Duport,  L.,  463. 
Dupr^,  J.  v.,  16. 
Durand,  E.  D.,  673. 
Durand,  J.  I.,  767. 
Durant,  A.  J.,  878. 
Durham,  F.  M.,  818. 
Durrant,  J.  H.,  464. 
Durst,  C.  E.,  141,  736. 
Dustan,  A.  G.,  853. 
Dustman,  R.  B.,  500. 
Du  Toit,  P.  J.,  795. 
Duval,  L.,  136. 
Duzee,  E.  P.  van,  196,  255. 
Dworak,  M.,  441. 
Dyer,  D.  C,  875. 

Earle,  F.  S.,  355. 
Eason,  C.  M.,  293. 
East,  E.  M.,  819. 
Eastham,  J.  W.,  253. 
Eastwood,  A.,  576. 
Eastvsrood,  G.  R.,  899. 
Eaton,  B.  J.,  132,  544. 
Eaton,  C.  W.,  242. 
Eaton,  G.,  9.5. 
Eaton,  S.  H.,  840. 
Eberhart,  428. 
Eckles,  C.  H.,  270,  398,  774, 

871. 
Eckstein,  K.,  851. 
Edelmann,  R.,  678,  879. 
Edgerton,  C.  W.,  348. 
Edgerton,  P.  R.,  697. 
Edlefsen,  N.  E.,  400. 
Edmiston,  H.  D.,  508. 
Edmunson,  W.  C,  355. 
Edwards,  C.  E.,  490. 
Edwards,  H.,  709. 
Edwards,  .T.  T.,  76. 
Edwards,  L.  V.,  686. 
Edwards,  R.  S.,  86. 
Edwards,  R.  W.,  832. 
Edwards,  T.  H.,  888. 
Effront,  278. 
Egbert,  A.  D.,  400. 
Egorov,  M.  A.,  131. 


Ehrenbaum,  859. 
Ehrenberg,  P.,  319. 
Ehrhart,  T.  J.,  84. 
Ehrlicli,  J.,  13. 
Eicbhorn,  A.,  73,  74,  678. 
Eichling,  C.  W.,  449. 
Eicke,  S.,  133. 
Eiken,  H.,  383. 
Ellenberger,  W.,  376,  559. 
Ellett,  W.  B.,  500. 
Elliott,  F.  A.,  542, 
Elliott,  N.  R.,  96. 
Elliott,  S.,  473. 
Ellis,  A.. T.,  387. 
Ellis,  G.  H.,  185. 
Ellis,  W.  O.,  756. 
Elsdon,  G.  D.,  316. 
Ely,  R.  T.,  392. 
Emerick,  C.  F.,  89. 
Emerson,  R.  A.,  836. 
Emery,  J.  Q.,  471. 
Emmett,  A,  D.,  196. 
Enger.  A.  L.,  580. 
Engfeldt,  N.  O.,  202. 
Engle,  C.  C,  423. 
Englehorn,  M.  A.,  730,  765. 
Enlows,  E.  M.  A.,  546. 
Enslin,  E.,  254,  760. 
Eoff,  J.  R.,  417. 
EoflF,  J.  R.,  jr.,  202. 
Epstein,  A.  A.,  881, 
Erb,  E.  S.,  587. 
Erdmann,  R.,  366. 
Eredia,  F.,  618,  718. 
Eriksson,  J.,  245,  750. 
Ertzdorff  -  Kupffer,    N.    von, 

175. 
Erwin,  A.  T.,  349. 
Eacherich,  K.,  55. 
Essig,  E.  O.,  56,  254,  358,  465, 

658. 
Esslinger,  695. 
Esten,  W,  M.,  134,  164,  176, 

177,  697. 
Etcheverry,  B.  A.,  185. 
Etherton,  W.  A.,  496. 
Ethridge,  W.  C,  397. 
Evans,  A.  C,  674. 
Evans,  A.  R.,  697,  826. 
Evans,  F,  D.,  887. 
Evans,  N.  S.,  698. 
Evans,  P.  N.,  11. 
Evans,  W.  A.,  663. 
Everdingen,  B.  van,  618. 
Eward,  J.  M.,  69,  587,  768. 
Ewald,  C.  A.,  858. 
Ewart,  A.  J.,  456,  457,  634. 
Ewing,  P.  v.,  383,  775. 
Eyre,  J.  V.,  654,  819. 
Eysell,  A.,  58. 
Ezendam,  J.  A.,  504. 

Faber,  F.  C.  von,  431. 
Fabre,  J.  H.,  468. 
Faes,  H.,  49,  50,  839. 
Fagan,  F.  N.,  145,  498. 
Fagan.  T.  W.,  522, 


Faget,  F,  M.,  53. 
Fain,  J.  R.,  393. 
Fairbanks,  J.  P.,  799, 
Falck,  R.,  470. 
Falk,  K,  G.,  110, 
Falkner,  F.  A.,  444. 
Fallada,  O.,  736. 
Famulener,  L.  W.,  574. 
Fantham,  H.  B.,  782. 
Faraci,  G.,  448. 
Farley,  A.  J.,  236. 
Farley,  G.  L.,  398. 
Farmer,  J.,  483. 
Farnoti,  R.,  353,  454,  655. 
Farrell,  F.  D.,  734. 
Farrell,  J.,  418. 
Farrell,  J.  J.,  99, 
Fassig,  O.  L.,  619. 
Fawcett,  G.  L.,  850, 
Fawcett,  H.  S.,  50,  144,  754, 

840. 
Feder,  E.,  366. 
Fehr,  R.  B.,  581. 
Feilitzen,   H.   von,  440,   623, 

628,  631. 
Feldstein,  S.,  881, 
Felix,  O.,  189. 
Felt,  E.  P.,  659. 
Penning,  R.  W.,  791, 
Feret,  R.,  493. 
Ferguson,  .T.  A.,  841. 
Fergusson,  S.  P.,  505. 
Fernald,  H.  T.,  360. 
Fernfindez    de    la    Rosa,    G., 

342. 
Ferris,  G.  F.,  358. 
Fernow,  B.  E.,  43,  746, 
Fidanza,  F.,  472. 
Filley,  W.  O.,  42. 
Findlay,  H„  450, 
Fippin,  E.  0.,  509. 
Fischer,  A.,  76, 
Fischer,  W.,  546. 
Fisher,  D.  F.,  249,  456, 
Fisher,  W.  F„  87. 
Fisk,  W.  W.,  195. 
Fite,  E.  D.,  88. 
Fitting,  H.,  432, 
Fitts,  F,  O.,  374, 
Fitz,  L.  A.,  58,  62. 
Fitz-Randolph,  R.  B.,  164. 
Fletcher,  A.  B.,  583. 
Fletcher,  S.  W.,  144,  699. 
Fletcher,  T.  B.,  55. 
Fletcher,  W.  F.,  237. 
Flossfeder,    F.    C.    H.,    240, 

646. 
Flowe,  B.  B.,  78. 
Floyd,  B.  F.,  839. 
Foard,  W.  E.,  692. 
Foex,  E.,  150. 
Foglesong,  L.  E.,  39. 
Follanslwe,  R.,  578. 
Fonzes-Diacon,  H.,  352. 
Forbes,   E.  B.,  62,   100,  269, 

481,    555,    595,    761,    762, 

867. 


1916] 


INDEX  OP   NAMES. 


907 


Forbes,  R.  H.,  95,  297. 
Forbes,  S.  A.,  158,  159,  356. 
Forbush,  E.  H.,  402,  656. 
Ford,  A.  L.,  161. 
Ford,  W.  W.,  378. 
Forman,  L.,  164. 
Forsaith,  C,  C,  228. 
Foster,  .1.  G.,  379. 
Fouqu6,  H.,  713. 
Foust,  .T.,  470. 
Fowler,  G.  J.,  188, 
Fowler,  G.  L.,  580. 
Fowler,  L.  W.,  514. 
Fox,  D.  S.,  698. 
Fox,  F.  E.,  798. 
Fracker.  S.  B.,  258,  760. 
France,  L.  V.,  261. 
France,  N.  E.,  261. 
Francis,  C.  K.,  108,  616. 
Frank,  A.,  696. 
Frank,  F.,  544. 
Frank,  L.  C,  287. 
Frankenfield,  H.  C,  808. 
Frankenhuis,  M.,  881, 
Fraps,  G.  S.,  531,  561. 
Frary,  G.  G.,  471. 
Fraser,  M.,  795. 
Eraser,  M.  T.,  524. 
Frazer,  G.  S.,  631, 
Frear,    W.,    507,    532,    587, 

631,    727, 
Fred,  E.  B.,  20,  24. 
Frederick,  H.  J.,  377. 
Free.  E.  E.,  213. 
Freeborn,  S.  B.,  182. 
Freeman,  G.  F.,  527, 
Frencb,  C,  jr.,  358,  363. 
French,  J.  A.,  579. 
French,  M.  H..  82. 
French,  W.  H.,  198, 
Frew,  W.  B.,  115. 
Fricke,  F.  H.,  61. 
Friedrich,  368. 
Fritz,  C.  M.,  400. 
Froggatt,  AY.  W..  261,  853. 
Frombling,  C,  155. 
Fromme,  F.  D.,  846. 
Frudden,  W.  E.,  587. 
Fruwirth,  C,  334. 
Fryer.  .1.  C.  F.,  464. 
Fiichs,  C.  J.,  88. 
Fuller,  F.  D.,  728. 
Fuller,  G.  L.,  423. 
Fuller,  J.  M.,  597. 
Fulmek,  L.,  460. 
Fulton,  B.  B.,  547. 
Funk.  C,  311,  781, 
Fiirth,  O.  von,  765. 
Futaki,  K.,  783. 

Gabotto,  L.,  49. 
Gahan,  A.  B.,  262. 
Gail,  F.  W..  383. 
Gaines.  E.  F.,  34. 
Gaine.v,  P.  L.,  813. 
Galippo,  v.,  244. 
Galli-Valerio,  B.,  3G1,  384. 


Galloway,  B.  T..  89,  97,  298. 
Gamble,  J.  L.,  766. 
(Jandolfi,  C,  753. 
Gangloff,  W.  C,  400. 
Ganter,  K.,  119. 
Garbat,  A.  L.,  73. 
Garcia,  F.,  41,  646. 
Garcia  de  los  Salmones,  N., 

744. 
Gardner,  F.  D.,  696. 
Gardner,  .T.  S.,  699. 
Gardner,  V.R.,  41,  141. 
Garman,  H.,  355,  552. 
Garman,  P.,  500. 
Garrad,  G.  H.,  674. 
Garrett,  J.  B.,  336. 
Garver,  N.  B.,  582. 
Garvey,  C.  R.,  44. 
Gassner,  G.,  222,  330,  524. 
Gates,  B.  N.,  662. 
Gates,  E.  R.,  790. 
Gates,  R.  R.,  731. 
Gaudechon,  H.,  211. 
Gaudot,  G.,  149. 
Gautier,  A.,  63. 
Gay,  C.  W.,  398. 
Gay,  E.  F.,  88. 
Gearhart,  C.  A.,  530. 
Gearhart,  TV.  S.,  583. 
Gee,  E.  C,  687. 
Geib,  W.  J.,  19. 
Geiken,  D.  J.,  478. 
Gellhorn,  W.,  62. 
Gent,  H.  van,  344. 
Georgesco,  L.,  620. 
Georgeson,  C.  C,  295,  397. 
Gephart,  F.  C,  369,  370,  558. 
Gerber,  E.,  470. 
Gerlach,  218,  325,  428,  519. 
Gerretsen,  F.  C.  624. 
Gerry,  E.,  734. 
Gertz,  O.,  460. 
Getchell,  F.  H.,  253. 
Ghofulpo,  T.  G.,  353. 
Ghosh,  C.  C,  358 
Giannosi,  I.,  52.3. 
Gibbs,  N.  M.,  845. 
Gibbs,  W.  M.,  813. 
Gibson,  A.,  56,  253,  356. 
Gibson,  A.  H.,  786,  886. 
Gibson,  E.  H.,  463,  465,  467, 

853. 
Gibson,  J.  I.,  74. 
Giddings,  N.  J.,  49,  848. 
Gies,  W.  J.,  803,  860. 
Gigon,  A.,  859. 
Gilbert,  B.  D.,  626. 
Gilbert,  S.  D.,  583. 
Giles,  H.  F.,  892. 
Gillanders,  A.  T..  43. 
Gillespie,  C.  G..  887. 
Gillette,  L.  S.,  900. 
Gillilan,  .T  C,  697. 
Oilman,  .1.  C.  545. 
fMltner,  W.,  593,  784.. 
Gimingham,  C.  T.,  721. 
Gioli,  G.  B.,  695. 


Glrault,  A.  A.,  57,  202,  263, 

365.  050  700,  857. 
Girola,  C.  D.,  740.  837. 
Gl.sseleire,  .\.,  544. 
Givens.  M.  FI.,  066. 
Givens,  W.  B.  ,189. 
Gladden,  E.  A.,  42. 
Gladwin.  F.  E.,  646. 
GlUser,  II.,  282. 
Glasgow,  H.,  55. 
Glasgow,  R.  n.,  407. 
GlUs.ser.  1,80. 
Glenn,  P.  A.,  356. 
Glopper,  M.  de,  492. 
fJlover,  A.  .T.,  74. 
Gloyer,  W.  O,,  547. 
Gol^ert.  n.  ,T.,  278. 
Gobert  (Madame),  504. 
Godot,  C,  617. 
Goebel,  P.  W.,  392. 
Goff,  E.  S.,  499. 
Gohier,  119. 
Gola,  G.,  634. 
Gnldbeck,  A.  T.,  290. 
Goldenweiser,  E.  A.,  88,  692, 

693. 
Goldsmith,  G.  B.,  797. 
Gole.  11.  v.,  343. 
Gondcr,  R..  678. 
Gonnermann,  M.,  414. 
Good,  C.  A.,  853. 
Good,  E.  S.,  80,  672,  785,  885. 
Goodale,  H.  D.,  171. 
Goodchild,  R.  FI.,  82. 
Goodorham,  C.  B.,  853. 
Goodspeed,  T.  n.,  731. 
Goodwin.    W.    H.,    358,    499, 

646,   659. 
Goot,  P.  vr.n  der,  467. 
Gore,  H.  P.,  202. 
Gorlni,  C.  482. 
Gorrla,  D.  II.,  296. 
Gortner.  R.  A.,  300,  311,398, 

716. 
Goss,  O.  P.  M.,  649. 
Goss,  W.  A.,  789. 
Gossard.  H.  A.,  36,  .56,  553, 

658,  662,  899. 
Gossard,  O.,  509. 
Gossner,  B.,  429. 
Gough,  L.,  854. 
Gough,  L.  H.,  840. 
Goujon.  108. 
Gould,  A.  W.,  584. 
Gould,  H.  P.,  446. 
Gourley,  n.  .7.  F.,  886. 
Gowen,  J.  W.,  279. 
Graaff,  W.  C.  de,  109. 
Graber.  L.  F.,  528. 
Grace,  O.  .T.,  440. 
Graham,  R.,  884. 
Graham,  S.,  097. 
(Jraham,  W.,  07. 
Grainger,  M.  A.,  148. 
Grantham,  A.  E.,  23.3. 
Grantham,  .T.,  132,  320. 
Grassi,  B.,  658. 


908 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.35 


Gratchov,  A.  V.,  255. 
Graul,  E.  J.,  19. 
Graves,  H.  S.,  148,  583, 
Gray,  G.  A.,  578. 
Gray,  G.  P.,  208,  646. 
Gray,  H.  L.,  88. 
Gray,  J.  T.,  618, 
Greathouse,  C.  H.,  299. 
Greaves,  J.  E.,  515,  814, 
Greeley,  W.  B.,  240. 
Green,  A.  W.,  151. 
Green,  E.  E.,  358,  544. 
Green,  H.  H.,  678. 
Green,  H.  S.,  469. 
Green,  S.  N.,  899. 
Green,  W.  J.,  36,  40. 
Greenaway,  A.  J.,  8,  201. 
Greenwald,  I.,  714. 
Greenwood,  M.,  jr.,  884. 
Greer,  B.  F.,  347.  - 
Gregersen,  J.  P.,  179,  559. 
Gregg,  J.  W.,  145. 
Gregory,  C.  T.,  640. 
Gregory,  H.  E.,  387. 
Gregory,  H.  W.,  697. 
Greig,  A.  R.,  689,  690. 
Greisenegger,  I.  K.,  736. 
Grieve,  J.  W.  A.,  543. 
Griffin,  E.  C,  313. 
Griffith,  A.  S.,  576. 
Griffith,  P.,  488,  57G. 
Griffith,  C.  I.,  495. 
Grimes,  E.  J.,  117, 
Grimes,  M.  F.,  98. 
Grimmer,  W.,  376. 
Grisch,  A.,  543. 
Grissom,  J.  T.,  500. 
Grocsbcck,  B.,  589. 
Groger,  A.,  417. 
Groll,  J.  T.,  110. 
Groom,  P.,  147. 
Gross,  P.,  802. 
Grossenbacher,  J.  G.,  850, 
Grossfeld,  J.,  112. 
Groth,  B.  H.  A.,  445. 
Grouvelle,  A.,  363. 
Grove,  O.,  717,  718. 
Grover,  N.  C,  578. 
Groves,  E.  R.,  391,  392. 
Grunsky,  C.  E.,  490,  684. 
Gruss,  E.  W.,  286. 
Guernsey,  S,  C,  613. 
Guignard,  L.,  523. 
Guilliermond,    A.,    333,    523, 

635. 
Guinn,  F.  B.,  745. 
Guise,  C.  H.,  452. 
Gully,  E.,  628. 
Gumaer,  P.  W.,  267. 
Gunderson,  A.  J.,  39. 
Guptil,  W.  P.,  100. 
Gurjar,  A.  M.,  697. 
Guss,  R.  W..  797. 
Gutberlet,  .7.  E.,  .577,  6S3. 
Guthrie,  E.  S.,  195,  276. 
Guttcnberg,  H.  R.  von,  431. 
Gvozdenovic,  F.,  249. 


Haas,  A.  R.,  821. 
Ilaber,  V.  R.,  899. 
Ilackleman,  J.  C,  826,  827. 
Iladley,  C.  H.,  jr.,  699. 
Hadley,  P.  B.,  80,  174,  284. 
Uadwcn,  S.,  755,  756. 
Ilaeckcr,  T.  L.,  670. 
Ilaempel,  O.,  895. 
Ilagan,  H.  R.,  400. 
Ilager,  P.  K.,  842. 
Haggard,  II.  R.,  89. 
Ilaglnnd,  E.,  71,  483. 
Ilahn,  P.  D.,  728. 
Ilahner,  A.  R.,  383. 
Ilaigh,  L.  D.,  738,  868. 
Ilailcr,  E.,  882. 
Haines,  H.  C,  300. 
Ilainsworth,  R.  G.,  191, 
Hale,  G.  E.,  599. 
Hall,  A.  A.,  520. 
Hall,  C,  842. 
Hall,  C.  A.,  128. 
Hall,  E.  C,  17,  421,  625,  811. 
Hall,  F.  II.,  33,  41,  195,  742, 

744,  757,  856. 
Hall,  I.,  384. 
Hall,  I.  C,  574. 
Hall,  J.  H.,  698. 
Hall,  L.  D.,  168. 
Hall,  M.  C,  254,  684. 
Ilallenbeck,  C,  619. 
Hallman,  E.  T.,  784. 
Hallot,  A.,  375. 
Halphen,  G.,  11. 
Ilalpin,  J.  G.,  564. 
Hals.  S.,  22. 
Ilamblin,  S.  F.,  841. 
Hamilton,  G.  E.  H.  B.,  252, 

656. 
Hammarlund,  C,  546,  550. 
Hammer,    B.    W.,    572,    676, 

777,   778. 
Hammermann,  313. 
Hammond,  G.  T.,  490. 
Hammond,  J.  W.,  477,  409. 
Hammond,  M.  B.,  88. 
Hampden,  M.,  345. 
Ilaney,  J.  W.,  55. 
Hankinson,  .7.  H.,  399. 
Hanna,  A.  K.,  898. 
Hanna,  U.  S.,  492. 
Hansen,  H.  F.,  447. 
Hansen,  J.,  167. 
Hanson,  N.  E.,  743,  830. 
Hanson,  E.  S.,  294. 
Hanson,  C.  H.,  191 . 
Hansson,  N.,  773. 
Hanzlik,  P.  J.,  367,  616. 
Harcourt,  R.,  727. 
Ilardenbergh,  J.  B.,  77. 
Harder,  E.  C,  723. 
Harder,  R.,  431. 
Harding,  H.  A.,  99. 
Harding,  S.  T.,  491. 
Harding,  V.  J.,  201,  614,  61 T). 
Hardy,  G.  H.,  57. 
Ilaring,  A.,  317. 


Harland,  S,  C,  355, 
Harlow,  L.  C,  118. 
Harmon,  G.  E.,  367. 
Harper,  .7.  H.,  490. 
Harper,  R.  A.,  227. 
Harper,  R.  M.,  347,  748. 
Ilarpman,  E.  E.,  746. 
Harrington,  G.  T.,  740. 
Harris,  A.  E.,  419. 
Harris,  B.  F.,  75. 
Harris,  J.  B.,  616. 
Harris,  J.  T.,  44,  843. 
Harris,  S.  G.,  358. 
Harrison,  .7.  B.,  420,  647. 
Harrocks,  T.  L.,  398. 
Hart,  A.  B.,  88. 
Hart,  E.  B.,  562,  563,  577. 
Hart,  J.  F.,  jr.,  96. 
Hartenbower,     A.     C,     829, 

869. 
Harter,  L.  L.,  49,  750. 
Hartley,  C,  851. 
Ilartman,  W.  .7.,  785, 
Hartmann,  B.  G.,  417. 
Ilartwell,  B.  L.,  426,  523. 
Hartzell,  F.  Z.,  646. 
Harvey,  A.,  720. 
Harvey,  H.  F.,  355. 
Ilase,  A.,  460. 
Haselhoff,  E.,  423,  428. 
Haseman,  L.,  359,  759 
Ilaskins,  H.  D.,  338,  664. 
Ilaslewood,  B.,  590. 
Ilassler  J.  W.,  612. 
Hastings,  E.  G.,  328,  691. 
Hastings,  S.  H.,  827. 
Hatch,  K.  L.,  195. 
Hatfield,  T.  D.,  742. 
Ilatscbek,  E.,  501. 
Hatt,  W.  K.,  83. 
Ilatton,  T.  C,  188. 
Haiiman-Merck,  L.,  243 
Haupt,  W.,  474,  630. 
Ilauser,  A.  .7.,  572. 
Ilautefeiiille,  L.,  736. 
Ilavas,  G.,  640. 
Ilavner,  H.  H.,  568. 
Hawk,  P.  B.,  311,  803. 
Hawker,  H.  W.,  117. 
Hawkins,  L.  A.,  246,  751. 
Hay.  R.  D.,  340. 
Ilayden,  C.  C,  499,  564,  873. 
Hayes,  W.  P.,  662,  760. 
Hazen,  E.  B.,  148. 
Heacock,  F.  J.,  447. 
Iloadden,  W.  P.,  832. 
Ileadlee,  T.  J.,  364,  661. 
Ileadley,  F.  B.,  816. 
lleald,  F.  D.,  154,  743,  848. 
Heald,  F.  E.,  694. 
Ileckel,  E.,  227. 
Ilcdgcock,  G.  G.,  851. 
Ilcdrick,  U.  P.,  36,  239,  342, 

640. 
Ilegh,  E.,  466. 
Hegland,  M.,  695, 
Hegyi,  D.,  546. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 


909 


Heide,  R,  von  der,  474. 
Helkertlnger,  F.,  253. 
Heim,  P.,  544. 

Heimburger,  L.,  319,  430,  490. 
Helnicke.  A.  J.,  238. 
Helnmlller,  C,  649. 
Helnricher,  E.,  132. 
Helnze.  B.,  736. 
Hektoen,  L.,  163,  486,  781. 
Heller,  L.  L.,  170. 
Helm,  C.  A.,  300. 
Helme,  J.  W.,  367. 
Heltcn,  W.  M.,  van,  344. 
Helyar,  J.  P.,  245,  835. 
Hemenway,  H.  B.,  278. 
Hemml,  T.,  247. 
Henderson,  L.  J.,  405. 
Hendrick,  H.  B.,  194. 
Hendrick,  J.,  327. 
Hendry,  G.  W.,  189. 
Henley,  R.  R.,  488. 
Henning,  E.,  545. 
Henroteau,  F.,  419. 
Henry,  A.  J.,  419,  808. 
Hepburn,  378. 
Herelle,  F.  d',  255,  380. 
Herms,  W.  B.,  182,  385,  662. 
H^ron,  G.,  352. 
Herrera,  J.,  471. 
Hersey,  C.  B.,  207. 
Herter,  W.,  60. 
Heske,  F.,  347. 
Hesselman,  H.,  146. 
Hesler,  R.  S.,  319. 
Hess,  R.,  648. 
Heuser,  W.,  443. 
Hewes.  L.  I.,  389. 
■  Hewitt,  C.  G.,  356,  858. 
Heyl,  H.,  859. 
Heyman,  B.,  854. 
Hibbard,  B.  H.,  89,  573,  589. 
Hicks,  W.  B.,  219. 
Higgins,  B.  B.,  831. 
Hlggins,  C.  H.,  576. 
Higgins,  D.  F.,  745. 
Higgins,  H.  L.,  764. 
Higgins,  J.  E.,  344,  538,  542. 
Hightower,  G.  R.,  196. 
Higiichi,  S.,  9. 

Hildebrandsson,  H.  H.,  619. 
Hilgard,  E.  W.,  19,  595. 
Hill,  A.  R.,  297. 
Hill,  C,  583. 
Hill,  C.  L.,  242. 
Hill,  G.  F.,  657. 
Hill,  J.  A.,  98. 
Hill,  J.  W.,  787. 
Hill,  P.  R.,  96. 
Hill,  R.  L.,  697. 
Hillebrand,  W.  F.,  415. 
Hillier,  A.,  898. 
Hillman,  F.  H.,  834. 
Hills,  G.  B.,  284. 
Hills,  J.  L.,  297. 
Hiltner,  L.,  430,  651,  749. 
Himmelbaur,  W.,  48. 

83103°— 17 3 


Hlmmelberger,  Ty.  R.,  70,  90, 

884. 
Hinds,  W.  E.,  161. 
Hink,  A.,  172. 
Hinks,  E.,  11. 
Hinton,  M.  A.  C,  252,  656. 
Ilirschfeld,  L.,  486. 
Hirst,   S..  263,  264. 
Hlnima,  J.,  347. 
Hislop,  W.,  317. 
Hissink,  D.  J.,  319. 
Hitchcock,  A.  S.,  730. 
Hitchens,  A.  P.,  880. 
Hitchner,  E.  R.,  98. 
Ilitc,  B.  H..  328. 
Hitler.  II.,  793. 
llix,  R.  II.,  777. 
Hoagland,  R.,  766. 
Iloaglund.  802,  803. 
Hoar,  C.  S.,  227. 
ITobart,  J.  F.,  391. 
Hobday,  F.  T.  G.,  379. 
Hobson,  .\.,  573. 
Ilock,  H.  L.,  789. 
Iloddeson,  S.  U.,  300. 
Hodgkiss,  H.  E.,  757. 
Hodsoll,  H.  E.  P.,  425. 
Hodson,  E.  A.,  698. 
Iloefft,  F.  von,  502. 
Iloeiner,  G.  R.,  697. 
Hoffmann,  C,  513. 
Ilofifmann,  D.,  139. 
Hoffmann.  L.,  280. 
Hofherr,  179. 
Hofmanner,  B.,  460. 
Hogan,  G.,  276. 
Hoge,  W.  P..  419. 
Holben,  F.  J.,  699. 
Holden,  R.,  818. 
Hole,  R.  S.,  649. 
Holland,  E.  B.,  111.205. 
Hollande,  A.  C,  880. 
Hollister,  N.,  551. 
Hollmann.  O.,  141. 
Holloway,  T.  E.,  758. 
Holm,  E.,  79. 
Holm,  G.  E.,  398. 
Holman,  R.  M.,  223. 
Holmes,  A.,  416. 
Holmes,  A.  D.,  762,  763, 
Holmes,  G.  K.,  89,  667. 
Holste,  G.,  460. 
Holt,  L.  E.,  165. 
Holt.  V.  S.,  539. 
Homberger,  E.,  163, 
Homer,  A.,  680. 
Hood,  G.  W.,  141. 
Hood,  J.  D.,  255,  658,  853. 
Hood,  L.  J.,  697. 
Hood,  S.  C,  344. 
Hool,  G.  A.,  390. 
Hooper,  C.  H.,  720. 
Hooper.  J.  J.,  170,  673. 
Hopkins,  C.  G.,  325,  421,  723. 
Hopkins,  F.  G.,  162. 
Hopkins,  J.  G.,  73. 


Hopson,  E.G.,  185,285. 
Home.  A.  S.,  457. 
Hornor,  A.  A..  666. 
Hoi-Ht,  H..  407. 
Ilorlou.  A.  H.,  284,  578. 
Ilosbino,  Y.,  329. 
Ilottes,  A.  ("..  107. 
Ilouser.  .T.  S.,  659,  761. 
Houston.  D.  F.,  121,  686,  704. 
Houston,  G.  N.,  82. 
Hover,  .T.  M.,  70. 
Howard,  A.,  233. 
Howard,  F.  K.,  357. 
Howard,  G.  L.  C,  233. 
Howard,  L.  O.,  755,  760.  855. 
Howard,  W.  L.,  221. 
Howe,  C.  D.,  147. 
Howe,  F.  B..  422. 
Howe,  F.  W.,  165. 
Howe,  P.  E.,  63,  165.  802. 
Howe,  R.  W.,  156.  160. 
Howell.  A.  H.,  656. 
Howell,  E.  F.,  96. 
Howell,  W.  A.,  84. 
Ilowerton.  J.  S.,  398. 
riowitt.  J.  E.,  448. 
Hewlett.  F.  M..  362. 
Hoyberg.  H.  M.,  10. 
Iloyt.  J.  H..  402. 
Iloyt.  W.  G.,  578. 
Hsu,  P.  II.,  879. 
Hubbard,  E.,  148. 
Hubbard,  P.,  390.  583,  685. 
Hubbard,  R.  M.,  97. 
Hubboll,  V.  D.,  532. 
Huber,  .7.  H..  390. 
Hubert,  E.  E.,  851. 
Hudson,  C.  S.,  502. 
Hughes,  E.  H.,  869. 
Hughes.  F.,  678. 
Hughes,  II.  D.,  136. 
Huisken.  A..  597. 
Hukam  Chand,  543. 
Hulbcrt,  R.,  259. 
Hull,  r.  v.,  391. 
Hull,  .1.  P.  D.,  18. 
Hull.'N.  P.,  98. 
Hull,  T.  G.,  264,  683. 
Ilulton,  F.,  179,  369,  382. 
Humbert.  J.  G.,  547. 
Hume,  A.  N.,  530. 
Humphrey,  C.  J.,  241,656 
Humphrey,  G.  C,  89,  562. 
Humphrey,   J.  R.,   296,   393, 

893. 
Humphreys,  W.  J.,  115,  419, 

808. 
Hungate,  J.  W..  594. 
Hungerford,  DeF.,  625. 
Hunt,  C.  H.,  12. 
Hunt,  C.  L.,  62. 
Hunt,  G.  M.,  843. 
Hunt,  H.  A.,  620. 
Hunt,  T.  F.,  297. 
Hunt,  W.,  345. 
Hunter,  A.,  666. 


910 


.EXPEEIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Hunter,  A.  H.,  584. 
Hunter,  C,  132. 
Hunter,  O.  W.,  9. 
Huntington,  E.,  14. 
Hunziker,    O.    F.,    99,    378, 

873,  874. 
Hurd,  W.  D.,  298. 
Husmann,  G.  C,  646,  744. 
Hutchins,  D.  E.,  146. 
Hutchins,  W.  A.,  82. 
Hutchinson,  C.  M.,  349,  626. 
Hutchinson,  W.  L.,  136,  338. 
Hutchison,   C.    B.,  398,   798, 

826. 
Hutin,  A.,  118. 
Button,  G.  W.,  746. 
Hyslop,  J.  A.,  259,  261. 

fachevskii.  A.,  453. 
iaichnikoT,  I.  S.,  712. 
Ibsen,  H.  L.,  564,  770. 
Illingworth,  J.  F.,  58. 
Imes,  M.,  78. 
Imms,  A.  D.,  466,  659. 
Incze,  G.,  314. 
Ingham,  A.  A.,  500. 
Jngle,  M.  J.,  417. 
Ingram,  R.  P.,  697. 
Inzenga,  G.,  448. 
Irvin,  R.  F.,  792. 
Irvine,  J.  C,  204. 
Isely,  D.,  260. 
Isham,  R.  M.,  809. 
Isida,  M.,  116. 
Itano,  A.,  204,  405. 
Iverson,  G.  W.,  300. 

Jaccard,  P.,  648. 
Jack,  R.  W.,  657. 
Jackewski,  A.,  453. 
Jackson,  F.  H.,  jr.,  685. 
Jackson,  H.  H.  T.,  460. 
Jackson,  H.  S.,  242,  248. 
Jacobson,  C.  A.,  416. 
Jaehn,  P.,  55. 
Jainschnikow,  I.  S.,  712. 
Janney,  N.  W.,  315,  614. 
Janssens,  867. 
Jantzon,  H.,  505. 
Jaqua,  J.  H.,  618, 
Jardine,  J.  T.,  167,667. 
Jardine,  W.  M.,  709. 
Jarvis,  C.  D.,  797. 
Jaepar,  (Madame)  B.A.,  275. 
Jeannel,  R.,  363. 
Jefferson,  M.,  15. 
Jeffery,  J.  A.,  788. 
Jeffreys,  H.,  619. 
Jeffries,  R.  R.,  500. 
Jehle,  R.  A.,  150. 
Jencic,  S.,  502. 
Jenkins,  E.  H.,  532. 
Jenkins,  E.  L.,  798. 
Jenkins,  M.  K.,  173. 
Jenkins,  O.  P.,  522. 
Jenks,  A.  E.,  69. 
Jensen,  C,  A.,  321,  629,  754. 


Jensen,  O.,  677. 

Jensen,  O.  F.,  328. 

Jensen,  P.  B.,  431. 

Jepson,  F.  P.,  57. 

Jewett,  R.  M.,  372. 

Jewett,  W.  C,  398. 

Job,  H.  K.,  52. 

Jobbins,  D.  M.,  900. 

Jobling,  E.,  801. 

Jobling,  J.  W.,  381.  486,  881. 

Jodidi,  S.  L.,  204,  314. 

Johns,  C.  O.,  413. 

Johnson,  A.  G.,  544,  845. 

Johnson,  A.  Grace,  765. 

Johnson,  A.  K.,  61,  267,  470, 

664,  765. 
Johnson,  D.  B.,  197,  794. 
Johnson,  H.  W.,  117. 
Johnson,  J.,  547,  722. 
Johnson,  J.  M.,  502. 
Johnson,  L.  B.,  97. 
Johnson,  M.  0.,  503. 
Johnson,  M.  R.,  66.".. 
Johnson,  O.  M.,  90,  500. 
Johnson,  O.  R.,  692. 
Johnson,  S.  B.,  537. 
Johnson,  T.  C,  235. 
Johnson,  W.  H.,  551. 
Johnston,  J.  A.,  84. 
Johnston,  J.  R.,  653,  850. 
Johnston,  W.  L.,  835. 
Johnstone,  G.  R.,  500. 
Jolyet,  A.,  346. 
Jones,  C.  R.,  255. 
Jones,  D.  F.,  141,  441. 
Jones,  G.  B.,  319,  811. 
Jones,  H.  M.,  679. 
Jones,  J.  M.,  98,  195.  375. 
Jones,  L.  R.,  499,  706,  845. 
Jones,  R.  C,  748,  842. 
Jones,  R.  E.,  184. 
Jones,  V.  R.,  573. 
Jones,  W.,  415. 
Jones,  W.  J.,  jr.,  728. 
Jones,  W.  N.,  819. 
Jones.  W.  W.,  243. 
Jonson,  T.,  147. 
Jordan,  K.,  700. 
Jordan,  K.  H.  C,  55,  254. 
Jordan,  W.  H.,  94,  407. 
Joret,  G.,  504. 
Jorgensen,  I.,  224. 
Joseph,  W.  E.,  197. 
JoshI,  N.  v.,  334,  349. 
Joslin,  E.  P.,  666. 
Joslyn,  H.  L.,  698. 
Joyce,  H.  W.,  687. 
Juday,  C,  115. 
Judd,  C.  S.,  843. 
Juel,  H.  O.,  431. 
Jull,  M.  A.,  273,  479. 
Jumelle,  H.,  230. 
Jung,  H.  R.,  194. 
Junge,  A.  C,  62. 
Juritz,  C.  F„  328. 

Kablukov,  A.  S.,  435. 


Kadel,  B.  C,  618. 

Kahn,  M.,  575. 

Kahn,  M.  H.,  575. 

Kains,  M.  G.,  141,  642,  644, 

699. 
Kaiser,  W.  ©.,  587. 
Kakehi,  S.,  782. 
Kalinkin,  S.  I.,  435. 
Kallert,  C,  859. 
Kallert,  E.,  681,  858,  859. 
Kallin,  K.  E.,  242. 
Kalmbach,  E.  R„156. 
Kamenskii,  K.  W.,  444. 
Kamensky,  K.  W.,  444. 
Kasargode,  R.  S.,  659. 
Kassner,  C,  210. 
Kassowitz,  222. 
Kastle,  J.  H.,  596,  707, 709. 
Kastner,  A.,  895. 
Katz,  J.  R.,  162,  163. 
Kauffman,  D.  H.,  500. 
Kaufmann,  H.,  893. 
Kaupp,  B.  F.,  377. 
Kawamura,  S.,  354. 
Kay,  D.  J.,  300. 
Kay,  S.  A.,  805. 
Kayser,  718. 
Kazanovskli,  V.,  844. 
Keeler,  H.  L.,  450. 
Keffer,  C.  A.,  298. 
Kehoe,  D.,  678. 
Kehr,  C,  746. 
Keil,  J.  B.,  40. 
Eeilin,  D.,  363. 
Kelkar,  G.  K.,  285,  293,  323. 
Kelley,  M.  A.  R.,  398. 
Kellogg,  E.  H.,  204,  314. 
Kellogg,  V.  L.,  255. 
Kelly,  E.,  677. 
Kelton,  P.  C,  83. 
Kempster,  H.  L.,  773,  792. 
Kendall,  A.  I.,  664. 
Kendall,  J.  C,  708. 
Kennedy,  C,  166. 
Kennedy,  J.  C,  369. 
Kent,  O.  B„  480. 
Kenyon,  J.,  380. 
Kern,  F.  D.,  650. 
Kerp,  W.,  474. 
Kerr,  A.  P.,  336. 
Kerr,  J.  A.,  118,  625. 
Kerr,  P.  J.,  483, 
Kerr,  W.  H.,  296,  393,  893. 
Kershaw,  J.  B.  C,  419,  420. 
Keuchenius,  P.  E.,  258. 
Keys,  L.  J.,  594. 
Kidd,  F.,  821. 
Kieffer,  J.  J.,  254. 
Kiesselbach,  T.  A.,  823. 
Kildee,  H.  H.,  398,  570. 
Killian,  K.,  351. 
Kilpatrlck,  M.  C,  569. 
Kimball,    H.    H.,    115,    419, 

808. 
Kindig,  B.  F.,  461. 
Kindler,  R.,  589. 
Kindshoven,  J.,  55. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 


911 


King,  F.  G.,  78,  475,  476. 
King,  R.  S.,  87. 
King.  W.  E.,  784. 
King,  W.  v.,  360. 
Kinnaird,  R.  A.,  399. 
Kinney,  J.  P..  42. 
Kinross,  A.,  377. 
Kinsman,  C.  D.,  697. 
Kinzel,  W.,  632. 
Kipp,  O.  L..  495. 
Klrchner,  O.  von,  749. 
Klrcliofifer,  W.  G.,  294. 
Kirlf,  N.  M.,  319,  320,  421, 

509,  625. 
Kirk,  T.  W.,  149. 
Kirkpatrick,  M.  W.,  798. 
Kirkpatrick,  W.  F.,  184. 
Kittle,  W.  J.,  99. 
Kleberger,  519. 
Kleberger,  W.,  60. 
Klebs,  G.,  431. 
Klein,  69. 
Klein,  W.,  271. 
Kleine,  R.,  460. 
Kleinfeld,  L.  J.,  300. 
Kleinheinz,  F.,  272,  772. 
Klinger,  R.,  486. 
Klostermann,  M.,  112. 
Klotz,  M.,  838. 
Klueter,  H.,  471. 
Knab,  F.,  258,  362,  759. 
Knandel,  H.  C,  699. 
Knapp,  B.,  195,  298. 
Knapp,  F.  C,  148. 
Knapp,  H.  B.,  97. 
Knibbs,  G.  H.,  471. 
Kniep,  H.,  431. 
Knight,  H.  G.,  98,  297. 
Kniglit,  H.  H.,  553,  798. 
Knight,  R.  C,  431. 
Knoble,  E.  W.,  625. 
Knoop,  L.,  67. 
Knowles,  C.  H.,  344. 
Knowles,  H.  I.,  110. 
Knowles,  N  S.,  594. 
Knowlton,  H.,  597,  710. 
Knox,  G.  D.,  214. 
Knox,  J.  H.  M.,  664. 
Knudson,  L.,  28. 
Kobaarenko,  S.,  63. 
Koch,  M.  L.,  560. 
Kochs,  61. 
Kock,  G.,  322. 
Koenig,  P.,  859. 
Koernicke,  M.,  438. 
Kofoid,  C.  A.,  52, 121. 
Kohl,  T.,  618. 
Kohman,  H.  A.,  62. 
Kohn,  J.,  165. 
Kolh,  K.,  895. 
Kolesnikov,  I.,  735. 
Kopeloff,  N.,  515. 
Korff,  653. 
Korinek,  A.  W.,  379. 
Korinek,  C.  J.,  379. 
KorpSczy,  S.,  805. 
Korstlan,  C.  F.,  746. 


Ivotlnsky,  J.,  256. 

Koyama,  M.,  34(5. 

Kiause,  A.  K.,  883. 

Kraiise,  R.,  282. 

Kraiiss,  R.  B.,  11. 

Kraybill,  H.  R.,  208,  532,  533, 

534. 
Krcssmann,  F.  W.,  114. 
Kioon,  II.  M.,  273. 
KriRHk.  W.  B.,  596. 
Knimliaar,  416. 
Krupenikov,  A.  M.,  113. 
Krusekopf,  H.   H.,  422,  625, 

811. 
Knelling,  H.  J.,  84. 
Kuhlman,  G.  J.,  699. 
Kiihn,  B.,  615. 
Kiihne,  G.,  494. 
Kuhnert,  629. 
Kuijpor,  J.,  330,  331. 
Kiilkarni,  L.  B.,  449. 
Kiinst.  F.  B.,  328. 
Kupfifer,  N.  von  E.,  175. 
Kiu-iyama,  S.,  483. 
Kiirschakow,  H.  A.,  64. 
Kiispert,  F.,  314. 
Kiithe,  H.,  282. 
Kiitin,  A.,  650. 
Kuyper,  J.,  330,  331. 
Kyle,  C.  H.,  639. 
Kyle,  E.  J.,  344. 
Kylin,  H.,  333. 

La  Belle,  J.,  647. 

Labergerie,  330. 

Laby,  E.  P.,  646. 

Lachman,  H.,  646. 

Ladd,    E.    F.,    61,    267,    470, 

664,  765. 
Lahitte,  E.,  893. 
Laidlaw,  C.  G.  P.,  431. 
I.aird,  A.  W.,  148. 
Lakon,  G.,  55,  632. 
Lamb,  A.  R.,  768. 
Lamb,  W.  H.,  451. 
Lamon,  11.  M.,  275. 
Lampart,  J.  B.,  806. 
Lamson,  G.  H.,  jr.,  183,  489. 
Lamy-Torrilhon,  544. 
Lane,  C.  H.,  92,  199,  394. 
Lang,  G.,  147. 
Lang,  R.,  812. 
Langille,  H.  D.,  148. 
Langworthy,  C.  F.,  269,  762, 

763,  768. 
Lanham,  W.  B.,  743. 
Larmon,  C.  W.,  589. 
Larsen,  C,  573,  776,  800. 
Larsen,  J.  A.,  452. 
Larson,  C.  W.,  97. 
La  Rue,  E.  C,  579. 
Lathrop,  F.  H.,  757. 
Latimer,  W.  .1.,  18,  118. 
Laubert,  R.,  550. 
Laucks,  I.  F.,  327. 
Lauder,  A.,  522. 
Laur,  E.,  372. 


l.avih-yo,  E.  de,  89. 
Lavonlr,  F.,  219. 
Lavernn,  .\.,  75. 
La  Wall.  C.  II.,  164,  657. 
Lawri-nce,  J.  S.,  378. 
Lawrence,  W.  II.,  537. 
Lawson,  A.  E.,  798. 
Laylin,  J.,  84. 
Lazenhy,  W.  R.,  147,  597. 
Leather,  J.  \V.,  212. 
Lcavitt.  C,  147. 
LeKlanc,  73. 
L.'cato,  .T.  M.,  92. 
Loelainehe,  E.,  882. 
Leclair,  C.  A.,  10,826. 
LeCount,  E.  R.,  163. 
Lcdyard,  K.  M.,  182. 
Lee,  A.  R.,  769. 
Leeds,  E.  P.,  300. 
Leefmans,  S.,  203,  467. 
Lecrsum,  P.  van,  745. 
Lcfevre,  G.,  867. 
Lefroy,  II.  M.,  38. 
Legendre,  259. 
Legge,  W.  R.,  500. 
Lehmann,  E.,  632. 
Lehmann,  E.  W.,  398. 
Lohmann.  K.  !>.,  61. 
Lehnert.  K.  II.,  98. 
Lcidner,  R.,  437. 
Leighty,  C.  E.,  139,  832. 
Lcitch,  I.,  432. 
Leith,  T.  S.,  96. 
Lcndner,  A.,  351. 
Leneveu,  G.,  489. 
Lenher,  V.,  314. 
Leo  (Brother),  325. 
Leonard,  M.  I).,  255. 
Le  Prince,  J.  A.,  855. 
Lesage,  P.,  228. 
Leslie,  T.  E.  C,  89. 
Lesne,  P.,  259,  355. 
Leverenz,  C,  739. 
Levin,  E.,  454,  653. 
Levine,  M.  N.,  097. 
Levy,  75. 
Lewis,  A.  C,  846. 
Lewis,  C.  I.,  97,  235,  539, 

540,  640. 
Lewis,  E.  J.,  399. 
Lewis,  F.  C,  175,  378. 
Lewis,  H.  B.,  863. 
Lewis,  H.  G.,  509. 
Lewis,  H.  R.,  273,  274,  479. 
Lewis,  J.  II..  285,  385,  489. 
Lewis,  M.  II.,  289. 
Lewis,  N.  P.,  583. 
Lewis,  R.,  378. 
Lewis,  R.  C,  666. 
Lewis,  R.  G.,  347. 
Leys,  J.. L,  193. 
Liebert,  F.,  265. 
Lieske,  R.,  431. 
Lillie,  F.  R.,  169. 
Lincoln,  M.,  579. 
Lindau,  G.,  655. 
Linden,  T.  van  den,  14,  316. 


912 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


LIndet,  L.,  111. 
Lindeey,  J.  B.,  373,  878. 
Link,  G.  K.  K.,  246. 
Linklater,  W.  A.,  68,  94,  696. 
Lint,  H.  C,  455,  515. 
Lintner,  W.  A.,  95,  596. 
Liotta,  D.,  863. 
Lipman,  C.  B.,  210,  320,  513, 

514. 
Lipman,  J.  G.,  123, 125,  706. 
Lippincott,  W.  A.,  300. 
Lippmann,  381. 
Lfiiboslavskii,  G.,  808. 
Livingston,  B.  E.,  328,  732. 
Lizer,  C,  658. 
Lloyd,  F.  E.,  820. 
Lobdell,  C.  E.,  105. 
Loctihead,  W.,  356. 
Lochot,  J.,  154. 
Lockwood,  W.  P.,  800. 
Lodian,  L.,  471. 
Loeb,  J.,  820. 
Logan,  A.,  594. 
Logan,  C.  C,  698, 900. 
Logan,  W.  N.,  625. 
LOhnis,  F.,  178,  728. 
Lombard,  E.  C,  499. 

Long,  A.  B.,  699. 
Long,    D.  D.,  421,  508,  721, 
811. 

Long,  J.  H.,  110. 

Long,  W.  H.,  655. 

Longmuir,  G.  D.,  386. 

Longo,  B.,  035. 

Longyear,  B.  O.,  147. 

Lord,  E.  C.  E.,  84. 

Lory,  C.  A.,  709, 

Losh,  A.  R.,  798. 

Loske,  E.  G.,  15. 

Lounsbury,  C,  19. 

Lovegrove,  W.  H.,  242. 

Lovejoy,  P.  S.,  43,  451. 

Lovett,  A.  L.,  141. 

Lowe,  E.  N.,  213. 

Lowry,  M.  W.,  721,  811. 

Lowry,  Q.  S.,  53,  55. 

Loy,  S.  K.,  98. 

Lubs,  H.  A.,  801. 

Liicke,  B.,  883. 

Luckett,  J.  D.,  900. 

Luckhardt,  A.  B.,  73,  279. 

Lulstro,  F.  D.,  353. 

Lunardoni,  A.,  255. 

Limdberg,  G.,  583. 

Lusk,  G.,  64,  100,  369,  558. 

LUstner,  G.,  243. 

Lyford,  C.  A.,  394. 

Lyman,  .T.  F.,  97. 

Lynde,  C.  J.,  16. 

Lyne,  W.  H.,  253. 

Lyon,  H.,  259,  260. 

Lyon,  T.  L.,  623. 

Lythgoe,  H.  C,  470. 

McArthur,  J.,  742. 
Macbride,  J.  F.,  732. 
McBride,  V.  R.,  396. 


McBryde,  C.  N.,  766. 
McCall,  A.  G.,  423,  697. 
McCall,  M.  A.,  33. 
McOaillum,  W.  B.,  547. 
McCallum,  W.  H.,  97. 
McCandish,  A.  C,  570. 
McCartney,  H.  E.,  69,  673. 
McCaskey,  H.  D.,  121. 
McChord,  R.  C,  196. 
McClelland,  C.  K.,  830. 
McClintock,  J.  A.,  547,  847. 
McClintock,  J.  Y.,  288. 
McClintock,  W.  C,  199. 
McCoUoch,  J.  W.,  662. 
McCollum,    E.   v.,    166,    265, 

404,  472,  562,  56.?,  577. 
McConnell,  W.  R.,  466,  760. 
McCool,  M.  M.,  633,  811. 
McCormick,  E.  B.,  184,  688. 
McCormick,  F.  A.,  798. 
McCray,  A.  H.,  761. 
McCready,  S.  B.,  199. 
McCrudden,  F.  H.,  207. 
McCue,  C.  A.,  238,  239. 
McCullough,  E.,  493. 
McDaniel,  A.  B.,  582. 
McDole,  G.  R.,  510. 
McDonald,  E.  M.,  826. 
MacDonald,  G.  B.,  146. 
MacDonald,  T.  H.,  84,  493. 
McDonnell,  C.  C,  207. 
MacDougal,  D.  T.,  822. 
McDougall,  W.  B.,  223. 
MacDowell,  C.  H.,  24. 
McDowell,  F.  N.,  811. 
McDowell,  J.  C,  192,  891. 
McElheny,  V.  K.,  408. 
MacFadden,  A.  W.  J.,  663. 
M'Fadyean,  J.,  76. 
McFadyen,  J.  S.,  74. 
MacFarland,  H.  B.,  584. 
McFarland,  J.  H.,345. 
MacFarlane,  N.  C,  12. 
Macfie,  J.  W.  S.,  361. 
McGeorge,   W.   T.,   503,   512, 

515,  517. 
M'Gowan,  J.  P.,  77. 
McGregor,  E.  A.,  468. 
Mach,  372. 
Mach,  F.,  311. 
Mclnerney,  T.  J.,  175. 
Maclntire,  W.  H.,  714,  715. 
M'Intosh,  J.  G.,  807. 
Macintosh,  J.  M.,  197. 
Mcintosh,  R.,  242. 
Mack,  W.  B.,  885. 
McKay,  G.  L.,  99. 
McKay,  M.  B.,  47. 
McKee,  R.,  440. 
MacKenzie,  C.  L.,  583. 
Mackenzie,  K.  J.  J.,  271,  376, 

476. 
Mackie,  D.  B.,  856. 
Mackie,  G.  W.,  884. 
Mackinnon,E.,  246,  752. 
McLane,  J.  W.,  754. 
McLean,  F.  T.,  732. 


MacLean,  H.,  201. 
McLean,  H.  C,  816. 
MacLean,  R.  M.,  201,  615. 
McLendon,  W.  E.,  118. 
MacLeod,  J.  J.  R.,  165. 
Macmillan,  H.  R.,  43,  843. 
McMurphy,  J.,  651. 
McMurray,  C.  A.,  593. 
McNab,  W.  G.,  556. 
McXair,  J.  B.,  418. 
McNaughton,  G.  C,  114. 
McNaughton,  N.  R.,  452. 
Macoun,  W.  T.,  743. 
McOmie,  A.  M.,  526. 
MacPherson,  H.,  97. 
McVey,  F.  L.,  89. 
McWhorter,  V.  O.,  170. 
Madsen.  O.  P.,  400. 
Maffei,  L.,  45. 
Magoon.  C.  A..  783. 
Magruder,  D.  M.,  270. 
Maignon,  F.,  61. 
Maillefer,  A.,  331. 
Major,  H.  F.,  840. 
Malfltano,  502. 
Malone,  R.  H.,  487. 
Malpeaux,  L.,  663,  845. 
Mameli,  E.,  435. 
Mangels,  C.  E.,  400. 
Mann,  A.  R.,  399. 
Mann,  C.  A.,  807. 
Mann.  11.  H.,  138,  187,  286. 
Manns,  T.  F..  226,  227. 
Manny,  F.  A.,  62. 
Mansfield,  G.  R.,  219. 
Manter,  J.  A.,  183. 
M&quenne,  L.,  206. 
Marbach,  A.,  60. 
Marcarelli,  B.,  718. 
Marchadier,  108. 
Marcille,  R.,  112. 
Marcovitch,  S.,  697. 
Marcusson,  J.,  9. 
Marett,  P.  J.,  57. 
Marin,  A.,  24. 
Markell,  E.  L.,  342. 
Markey,  J.  B.,  596. 
Markmann,  P.  J.,  391. 
Markus,  H.,  181. 
Marlatt,  C.  L.,  555. 
Marquis,  R.,  544. 
Marr,  W.  W.,  492. 
Marriott,  W.  M.,  559. 
Marsden,  E.,  346. 
Marsh.C.  D.,  383,  779. 
Marsh,  H.,  779. 
Marshall,  C.  E.,  402,  799. 
Marshall,  C.  J.,  74. 
Marshall,  E.  K.,  jr.,  612. 
Marshall,  F.  H.  A.,  376. 
Marshall,  F.  R.,  170. 
Marshall,  G.  A.  K.,  365. 
Marshall,  J.  A.,  197. 
Marston,  A.,  297. 
Martel,  H.,  279. 
Martelli,  G.,  259. 
Martens,  V.,  459. 


1916] 

Martin,  G.  E.,  389. 

Martin,  G.  W.,  249. 

Martin,  H.  II.,  115,  618. 

Martin,  J.,  859. 

Martin,  L.,  197. 

Martin,  R.  R.,  56. 

Marvin,  C.  F.,  808. 

Marxcr,  A.,  75. 

Masclihaupt,  J.  G.,  503,  521. 

Mason,  A.  F.,  89:!. 

Mason,  C.  J.,  133,  164,  176, 
177,  697. 

Mason,  S.  C,  29. 

Masoni,  G.,  162. 

Massol,  L.,  784. 

Masson,  O.,  620. 

Massonnat,  50,249. 

Mastbaum,  H.,  60. 

Mateer,  J.  G.,  612. 

Mathers,  G.,  681. 

Mathis,  r.,  87. 

Mathot,  R.  E.,  494. 

Mfitos,  L.  J.,  375. 

Matsumoto,  T.,  251. 

Matthiesen.  180,  681. 

Mattill,  H.  A.,  767. 

Mattill,  H.  I.,  767. 

Mattimore,  H.  S.,  390. 

Mattoon,  W.  R.,  453,  747. 

Mattos,  A.  T.  de,  468. 

Maurel,  E..  165,  859. 

Maxon,  E.  T.,  18,  811. 

Maxwell,  S.  S.,  171. 

Mayer,  G.  D.,  87. 
Mayor,  E.,  245,  546. 
Mazza,  F.  A.,  83. 
Mead,  D.  W.,  786. 
Mead,  E.,  392. 
Meade,  G.  r.,  616. 
Meakin,  E.  T.,  646. 
Means,  J.  H.,  .369. 
Meggitt,  F.  .J.,  81. 
Meier,  F.  C,  248. 
Meinecke,  E.  P.,  43. 
Meinzer,  O.  E..  83, 
Melander,    A.    L.,    465,    743, 

756. 
Melchers,  L.  E.,  348. 
Mellanby,  J.,  201. 
Mellini,  C,  893. 
Meltzer,  S  J.,  75,  484. 
Memmler,  H.,  655. 
Mendel,  L.B.,  268,  864. 
Mendenhall,  W.  C,  186. 
Menzel,  R.,  460. 
Mequignon,  A.,  363. 
Mer,  E.,  241. 
Merck,  L.  H.,  243. 
Merezhkovskil,  S.  S.,  52,  56. 
Merillat,  L.  A.,  73. 
Merkle,  F.  G.,  612. 
Merrill,  J.  H.,  161. 
Merrill,  W.  J.,  400. 
Merritt,  E.,  294. 
Mertz,  W.  M.,  144. 
Meyer,  A.,  332. 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 

Meyer,   A.    H.,    17,    19,    117, 
118,  319,  509. 

Meyer,  A.  L.,  370,  371. 

Meyer,  F.  N.,  29,  140. 

Meyer,  K.  F.,  488. 

Moyerhelm,  G.,  9. 

Michel,  P.,  861. 

Mlchell,  H.,  497. 

Micklo,  J.  D.,  470. 

Middlotou,  W.,  263. 

Miehe,  II.,  431. 

Miles,  P.  B.,  554. 

Mlllen,  F.  E.,  467. 

Miller,  A.  H.,  784. 

Miller,  A.  W.,  646. 

Miller,  C,  199. 

Miller,  C.  B.,  898. 

Miller,  E.  A.,  194,  896. 

Miller,  E.  C,  437,  529. 

Miller,  E.  R.,  115,  419,  807. 

Miller,  J.  M.,  161. 

Miller,  J.  W.,  98. 

Miller,  M.  F.,  826,  827. 

Miller,  N.  H.  J.,  516. 

Miller,  W.  S.,  577. 

Mills,  II.  C,  874. 

Mills,  R.  W.,  15,718. 

Milner,  558. 

Milner,  R.  D.,  768. 

MImura,  S.,  347. 

Minchin,  E.  A.,  280. 

Minot,  G.  R.,  380. 

Misch,  W.,  180. 

Mitchell,  A.  W.,  97. 

Mitchell,  D.  T.,  678. 
Mitchell,  E.  B.,  178. 
Mitchell,  11.  H.,  862. 
Mitchell,  W.  C,  485. 
Mitter,  J.  L.,  760,  856. 
MItzmain,  M.  B.,  361,  759. 
Mixsell,  H.  R.,  165. 
Miyake,  K.,  712,  817. 
Miyoshi,  M.,  645,  648. 
Mize,  R.  C,  619. 
Moak,  H.,  682. 
Moeller,  J„  503. 
Moffitt,  E.  L.,  626,  699. 
Mohler,  J.  R.,  75,  678. 
Mohr,  E.  C.  J.,  119. 
Mollsch,  H.,  436. 
MoUgaard,  H.,  70. 
Molliard,  M.,   131,  330,  633, 

636. 
Mom,  C.  P..  112. 
Monahan,  A.  C,  394. 
Montemartini,  L.,  224,  334. 
Montgomery,  C.  W.,  94. 
Montgomery,  E.  G.,  593. 
Montuorl,  A.,  474. 
Mood.v,  F.  B.,  147. 
Moody,  R.  D.,  399. 
Mooney,  C.  N.,  509. 
Moore,  14. 
Moore,  B.,  404. 
Moore,  C.  N.,  618. 
Moore,  H.  L„  496. 


913 

Moore,  J.  G.,  499,  542. 
Moore,  J.  S.,  871,  872. 
Moore,  P.  W.,  95. 
Moore,  V.  A..  74,  75,  370. 
Moore,  W.,  656. 
Moorefleld,  C.  II.,  686. 
Mordvllko,  A..  256. 
Moreau,  F.,  130,  635. 
Moreland,  C.  C,  348. 
Morgan,  E.  L.,  410. 
Moriya,  S.,  347. 
Morley,  C,  262. 
Moroto,  K.,  347. 
Morrill,  A.  W..  551,656. 
Morris,  D.,  649. 
Morris,  H.  E.,  196. 
Morris,  R.T.,  145. 
Morrison,  H.,  461. 
Morrison,  T.  M..  423,  811. 
Morse,  J.  L.,  165. 
Morse,  S.  F.,  596. 
Morse,  W.  .T.,  549,  752. 
iMorstatt,  II.,  55. 
Morvlllez,  A.,  350. 
Moschkofif,  502. 
Moses,  A.,  708. 
Moses,  B.  D.,  386. 
Moses,  D.  v.,  313. 
Mosher,  E.,  464. 
Mosler,  J.  G.,  421. 
Moss,  A.  E.,  42. 
Moss,  E.  G.,  890. 
Mossmann,  R.  C,  419. 
Mote,  J.  H.  H.,  399. 
Mottler,  D.  M.,  226,  431. 
Mougln,  P.,  346. 
Moulton,  C.  R.,  64,  738,  868. 
Mouriquand,  G.,  107,  861. 
Mowry,  II.  H.,  892. 
Mowry,  .T.  B.,  451. 
Mowry,  J.  L.,  391,  588. 
Moyer,  J.  A.,  585. 
Mucklow,  A.  E.,  470. 
Mueller,  .T.  H.,  805. 
Muencher,  W.  L.  C,  27. 
Mugg,  H.  C,  728. 
Muhr,  N.,  168, 
Mulford,  F.  L.,  840. 
Muller,  C,  716. 
Miillcr,  H.  J.,  866. 
Miiller-Thiirgau,  II.,  611,  616. 
Mumford,  F.  B.,  127,  868. 
Miinch,  E.,  655. 
Muncle,  J.  II.,  652. 
Mundy,  E.  B.,  845. 
Munerati,  O.,  436. 
Munn,  M.  D.,  74,  98. 
Munn,  M.  T.,  740,  831. 
Muntz,  A.,  211. 
Murdock,  H.  E.,  789. 
Murray,  J.  A.,  318. 
Murray,  T.  J.,  681. 
Musbach,  F.  L.,  19. 
Musselman,  H.  H.,  386. 
Muttelet,  C.  F.,  111. 
Mutto,  E.,  547. 


914 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Myers,  C.  E.,  235,  539. 
Myslk,  B.,  524. 

Nabours,  R.  K.,  52. 
Nagel,  J.,  859. 
Nakagawa,  K.,  681. 
Nakayama,  S.,  255. 
Napier,  J.  M.,  9.3,  395. 
Nattino,  J.  P.,  266. 
Naumann,  A.,  245. 
Near,  N.  G.,  789. 
Needham,  J.  G.,  798. 
Neger,  F.  W.,  131,  243,  436, 

655,  850. 
Neller,  J.  R.,  698. 
Nellis,  J.  C,  44. 
Nelson,  J.  M.,  313. 
Nelson,  P..  856. 
Nelson,  T.  C,  698. 
Nelson,  V.  E.,  72. 
Nelson,  W.  L.,  589. 
Neubauer,  372. 

Neumeister,  254. 
.Neuss,  O.,  60. 

Newcombe,  F.  C,  431. 

Newell,  C.  R.,  900. 

Newell,  F.  H.,  284,  491. 

Newlands,  F.  G.,  297. 

Newlands,  S.  H.,  805. 

Newman,  II.  G.,  399. 

Newton,  R.,  894. 

Newton,  S.  T.,  898. 

Nichols,  C,  142. 

Nichols,  C.  S.,  298. 

Nichols,  J.  B.,  768. 

Nichols,  M.  L.,  596. 

Niklas,  H.,  512. 

Niklewski,  B.,  518. 

Nobbs,  E.  A.,  590. 

Nolan,  A.  W.,  896. 

Noll,  C.  F.,  229,  516,  517. 

Nolte,  O.,  319. 

Nomura,  H.,  348. 

Nordby,  J.  E.,  596. 

Norgord,  C.  P.,  528. 

Norris,  G.  W.,  105. 

Norton,  J,  B.  S.,  350. 

Norton,  J.  P.,  110,  879. 

Norton,  R.  P.,  275. 

Nostitz,  A.  von,  724. 

Nothmann-Zuckerkandl,    II. 
129,  130. 

Nougaret,  R.  L.,  646. 

Nonrse,  E.  G.,  490. 

Novelli,  N.,  271. 

Nowell,  W.,  49,  50. 

Noyes,  H.  A.,  121. 

Nunn,  R.,  115. 

Nuttall,  G.  H,  F.,  263,  366. 

Nuttall,  W.  H.,  356. 

Oakley,  R.  A.,  830. 
Oberholser,  H.  C,  252. 
Oberstein,  240. 
Obertbiir,  C,  358. 
Obiedoff,  S.,  352. 
Obst,  M.  M.,  388. 


Oddo,  B.,  435. 
Oddo,  G.,  618. 
Od^n,  S.,  120,  721. 
O'Donnell,  A.,  75. 
Ogden,  A.  W.,  61. 
Ogle,  G.  L.,  873. 
Oglesby,  W.  P.,  239, 
Okada,  H.,  611. 
Okada,  T.,  115. 
OKane,  W.  C,  461. 
Olcott,  B.  W.,  789. 
Older,  C,  84. 
Oldershaw,  A.  W.,  481. 
Olitsky,  J.  K.,  679. 
Olivier,  C.  P.,  618. 
Olmstead,  R.  H.,  699. 
Olney,  A.  L.,  96. 
Olney,  R.,  391,  791,  890. 
Olsen,  J.  C,  887. 
Olson,  O.,  532. 
O'Neal,  A.  M.,  jr.,  624. 
Onodera,  N.,  10. 
Oost,  M.  M.,  100. 
Oppenheimer,  C,  859. 
Orenstein,  A.  J.,  855. 
Orla-Jensen,  677. 

Orth,  J.,  181. 

Orton,  C.  R.,  351,  455,  548. 

Orton,  E.,  jr.,  703. 

Osborn,  H.,  355,  552. 

Osborn,  W.  M.,  438. 

Osborne,  T.  B.,  268,  679,  864. 

Oshel,  O.  I.,  270. 

Oskamp,  J.,  142. 

Osman,  E.  G.,  893. 

Osmun,  A.  V.,  398. 

Osterhout,  W.  J.  V.,  734,  823. 

Osterwalder,  A.,  611,  61G. 

Ostrander,  J.  B.,  209, 420, 619. 

Ostwald,  W.,  8. 

Osumi,  S.,  783. 

Osvald,  H.,  639. 

Oswald,  A.,  201. 

Oswald,  W.  L.,  642. 

Otis,  C.  H.,  900. 

Otken,  W.,  640. 

Ottenberg,  R.,  73. 

Otto,  D.  M.,  798. 

Oudemans,  A.  C,  468. 

Owen,  W.  L.,  20,  21,  316,  505. 

Owens,  C.  J.,  100. 

Pacini,  D.,  018. 
Pack,  F.,  697. 
Packard,  C.  M.,  466. 
Packard,  W.  B.,  646. 
Paddock,  W.,  142. 
Page,  L.  W.,  583. 
Paguirigan,  D.  B.,  700. 
Paiup,  H.  C,  697. 
Palmer,  A.  H.,  116. 
Palmer,  B.,  286. 
Palmer,  G.  T.,  210. 
Palmer,  L.  L.,  253. 
Palmer,  L.  S.,  774. 
Palmer,  W.  C,  199. 
Palmer,  W.  R.,  697. 


Pammel,  L.  H.,  35. 
Pantanelli,  E.,  433. 
Panten,  B.,  654. 
Papamarku,  182. 
Papanicolaou,  G.,  65. 
Pappel,  A.,  276. 
Pardi,  U.,  574. 
Pardoe,  W.  S.,  578. 
Park,  J.  B.,  197. 
Park,  W.  H.,  366. 
Parker,  H.  A.,  43. 
Parker,  J.  R.,  757.  758. 
Parnell,  F.  R.,  333. 
Parrott,  P.  J.,  55,  757,  838. 
Passy,  P.,  49. 
Pastre,  J.,  753. 
Patch,  E.  M.,  256,  658. 
Paterson,  W.  G.  R.,  374. 
Patrick,  A.  L.,  17. 
Patten,  A.  J.,  328. 
Patterson,  C.  T.,  93. 
Patterson,  F.  W.,  840. 
Patterson,  J.  E.,  161. 
Patterson,  M.,  594. 
Patterson,  W.  H.,  463. 
Patton,  C.  A.,  508. 
Paul,  B.  H.,  451. 
Paul,  H.,  323. 
Pazzini,  P.,  772. 
Peabody,  F.  W.,  371. 
Pearl,  R.,  70,  279,  297,  599, 

772. 
Pearse,  L.,  786. 
Pearson,  L.,  200. 
Pearson,  R.  A.,  297,  709. 
Pearson,  R.  S.,  807. 
Pease,  483. 
Peck,  A.  S.,  148. 
Peck,  F.  W.,  138,  691. 
Pee-Laby,  E.,  646. 
Peets,  681. 
Peglion,  v.,  547. 
Pegurier,  G.,  316. 
Pehlivanoglou,  D.  V.,  352. 
Peirce,  G.,  431. 
Peirce,  G.  J.,  268. 
Peirce,  V.  M.,  686. 
Pellew,  C,  818. 
Peltier,  G.  L.,  749,  754. 
Pember,  F.  R.,  426. 
Pemberton,  C.  E.,  362,  760. 
Pennington,  M.  E.,  173,  391. 
Pepper,  O.  H.  P.,  863. 
Perkins,  F.  C,  188. 
Perkins,  S.  O.,  811. 
Pernot.  J.  F.,  748. 
Perold,  A.  I.,  20,  839. 
Perotti.  R.,  163. 
Perriraz,  .T.,  329. 
Perry,  J.  A.,  96. 
Fetch,  C.  E.,  356. 
Petch,  T.,  244,  250,  251,  544, 
Peter,  282. 
Peter,  A.,  189. 
Peter,  A.  M.,  597. 
Peters,  F.  H.,  490,  684. 
Peters,  J.  G.,  146. 


1916] 


INDEX   OP   NAMES. 


916 


Peters,  W.  H..  67,  478. 
Petersen,  W.,  486. 
Petersen,  W.  F.,  381. 
Peterson,  A.,  698. 
Peterson,  E.  J.,  172. 
Peterson,  O.  W.,  285. 
Petersson,  G.  T.,  72. 
Petherbridge,  F.  R.,  835. 
Petri,  L.,  250,  654,  839. 
Pettersson,  14. 
Pettersson,  11.,  619. 
Pettersson.  O.,  210. 
Pettibone,  D.  F.,  860. 
Pettis,  C.  R.,  42. 
Pettit,  M.,  365. 
Pew,  W.  H.,  69. 
Pfeffer,  O..  615. 
Pfe£fer,  W..  430. 
Pfeiffer,  372. 
Pfeiffer,  T.,  60,  215,  428. 
Pfeiler,  74. 
Pfeiler,  W.,  180. 
Pfyl,  B.,  474. 
Phelan,  .L,  410. 
Phillips,  J.  v.,  397. 
Phillips,  S.  B.,  716. 
Phillips,  S.  W.,  697. 
Phillips,  W.  B.,  23. 
Plana,  384. 
Pic,  M.,  363. 
Pickel,  .T.  M.,  206. 
Pickering,  S.  U.,  37. 
Pickering,  W.  H.,  115. 
Pickett,  B.  S.,  39. 
Plemeisel,  F.  J.,  847. 
Piepmeier,  B.  H.,  288. 
Pierce,  C.  H.,  578. 
Pierce,  R.  G.,  851. 
Pierce,  W.  D.,  52,  261. 
Pierson,  C.  J..  500. 
Pierson,  C.  W.,  89. 
Plgorini,  L.,  333. 
Pllz,  F.,  12. 
Plot,  784. 

Piper,  C.  v.,  30,  730. 
Pirotta,  R.,  329. 
Pitcher,  C.  S.,  765. 
Pittman,  D.  W.,  699. 
Pitz,  W.,  265. 
Place,  F.  E.,  362. 
Plahn,  H.,  442. 
Plaisance,  G.  P.,  313. 
Plank,  R.,  858,  859. 
Plate,  F.,  332,  435. 
Plant,  F.,  179. 
Plimmer,  R.  H.  A.,  8,  415. 
Plumb,  C.  S.,  897. 
Pollacci,  G.,  353,  435,  547. 
Pollitzer,  R.,  474. 
Poma,  D.,  449. 
Pomaskil,  A.,  845. 
PooJ,  R.  J.,  300,  820. 
Pool,  V.  W.,  47. 
Poor,  D.  W.,  575. 
Pop«,  J.  E.,  89. 
Popenoe,  F.  O.,  448. 
Popenoe,  W.,  29,  144. 


Popp,  M.,  518. 
I'orchet,  F.,  839. 
Portchlusky,  J.  A.,  600. 
Torte,  W.  S.,  97. 
Porter,  A.,  782. 
I'osey,  G.  B.,  400. 
Postolka,  A.,  69. 
I'otobnia,  A.  A.,  453. 
Potter,  A.  A.,  70.{,  710,  844. 
Potter,  D.,  209,  420. 
Potter,  II.  B.,  199. 
Potter,  R.  S.,  120,  216. 
Potts,  R.  C,  176. 
I'owell,  B.  E.,  199. 
Powell,  C,  485. 
Powell,  E.  H.,  271. 
Powell,  G.  T.,  446. 
Powers,  W.  L.,  788. 
Praille,  G.  de  la,  843. 
Pratolongo,  U.,  21,  624. 
Pratt,  n.  C,  544. 
Pratt,  O.  A.,  455,  751,  847. 
Preissecker,  247. 
Prell,  H.,  253. 

Prianishnikov,D.N.,435,  636. 
Price,  D.  J.,  688. 
Price,  J.  D.,  596. 
Price,  W.  A.,  645. 
Price,  W.  .T.,  461. 
Prichard,  R.  P.,  897. 
Prlen,  O.  L.,  98. 
Prince,  J.  A.  le,  855. 
Pringsheim,  E.  G.,  332. 
Pritchard,  F.  J.,  442. 
Pritchard,  F.  P.,  85. 
Proulx,  E.  G.,  728. 
Prucha,  M.  J.,  71. 
Puig  y  Xattino,  J.,  266. 
Puran  Singh,  317. 
Purssell,  U.  G.,  209. 
Pusch,  G.,  167. 
Putnam,  G.  E.,  89. 

Qualntance,  A.  L.,  256,  260, 

263,  552. 
Qualntance,  H.  W.,  88. 
Quanjer,  H.  M.,  149. 
Quantz,  K.  E.,  500. 
Quarles,  E.  A.,  275. 
Quaylc,  E.  T.,  116. 
Quayle,  H.  .T.,  646. 
Quear,  C.  L.,  96. 
Queiroz  Vieira,  M.  E.  de,  695. 
Quereau,  F.  C,  336,  350. 
Quick,  H.,  105. 
Quillard,  C,  11. 
Quinn,  E.  J.,  196. 

Rabak,  W.,  300. 
Rabaud,  E.,  463. 
Uabild,  H.,  674,  799. 
Radcllffe,  L.,  470. 
Radford,  G.,  89. 
Raebiger,  H.,  77. 
Ragsdale,  A.  C,  399. 
Raikow,  P.  N.,  633. 


Rakshlt,  J.  N.,  859. 

Raniaun,  E.,  512. 

Rammstedt,  O.,  162,  367,  663. 

Ramsay,  A.  A.,  277. 

Ramsey,  R.  R.,  187,  618. 

Rand,  F.  V.,  546. 

Randolph,  R.  B.  F.,  164. 

Kane,  F.  W.,  42. 

Rankin,  .1.  O.,  697. 

Rannlnger,  R.,  345. 

Ransom,  B.  II.,  460,  877. 

Ransome,  A.  W.,  390. 

Rant,  A..  547. 

Rasmusson,  E.,  407,  408. 

RasmusspD,  F.,  597. 

Rasmussen,  H.  B.,  333. 

Rathbun,  W.  L.,  471. 

Rather,  .T.  B.,  412. 

Rathmann,  W.,  215,  428. 

Ratz,  79. 

Ravaz,  L.,  352,  753. 

Ravonel,  M.  P.,  70,  281,  379. 

Ravenna,  C,  332. 

Rawl,  B.  H.,  99. 

Ray,  L.  A.,  65,  864. 

Ray,  S.  H.,  668,  669. 

Rayner,  M.  C,  819. 

Rea,  G.  II.,  698. 

Reach,  F.,  369. 

Recknagel,  A.  B.,  452,  748. 

Records,  E.,  885. 

ReddIck,  D.,  447,  646,  798. 

Reddy,  C.  S.,  845. 

Redfern,  E.  L.,  417. 

Reed,  C.  A.,  145. 

Reed,  C.  K.,  354. 

Reed,  C.  O..  189,  494 

Reed,  G.  B.,  713. 

Reed,  G.M.,  651,844,  845. 

Reed,  H.  E.,  583. 

Reed,  H.  S.,  777. 

Reed,  .T.  C,  111,  205. 

Reed  T.  C,  871. 

Reed,  W.  C,  145. 

Reed,   W.   G.,    15,    116,   209, 

419,  617,  618,  619. 
Rees,  R.  W.,  592,  798. 
Reese,  T.  B.,  208. 
Reeve,  C.  S.,  85. 
Reeves,  F.  S.,  235. 
Reeves,  G.,  9. 
Reeves,  G.  I.,  554. 
Regny,  P.  V.  de,  721. 
Rebfuss,  M.  E.,  664. 
Reibnltz,  A.  von,  22. 
Reimer,  F.  C,  97,  447. 
Reimers,  282. 
Reinke,  .T.,  329. 
Reisinger,  L.,  79. 
Reiss,  F.,  616. 
Remington,  R.  E.,  267,  765. 
Remy,  T.,  340,  442. 
Renner,  O.,  432. 
Rettger,  L.  F.,  100,  184,  264, 

481,  683. 
Revis,  C,  9. 
Rexford,  E.  E.,  36,  42. 


916 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Reynolds,  R.  R.,  777. 
Rhea,  R.  L.,  884. 
Rhodin,  S.,  639,  726. 
Ribeiro  de  Castro  Sabrinho, 

A.,  145. 
Rice,  J.  E.,  406,  407. 
Rich,  W.  R.,  96. 
Richards,  H.  M.,  225. 
Richards,  M.  W.,  142. 
Richards,  P.,  368. 
Richards,  P.  E.,  697. 
Richardsen,  A.,  637. 
Richardson,  A.  E.,  469. 
Richardson,  C,  583. 
Richardson,  C.  H.,  466,  698. 
Richardson,  F.  W.,  203. 
Richet,  C,  jr.,  859. 
Richey,  F.  C,  900. 
Richey,  P.  S.,  596. 
Richter,  A.  W.,  298. 
Rlckard,  D.  E.,  698. 
Riddick,  W.  C,  97. 
Riddle,  O.,  771, 
Ridgway,  A.  F.,  300. 
Ridgway,  R.,  851. 
Ridlon,  J.  R.,  666. 
Ridsdale,  P.  S.,  148. 
Rlehm,  E.,  46,  47. 
Ries,  H.,  489. 
Riesenberg,  E.,  419. 
Rififart,  H.,  70. 
Rigg,  G.  B.,  579. 
Rlgney,  J.  W.,  41,  96. 
Riley,  E.  H.,  196. 
Rlnck,  J.,  449. 
Rindell,  A.,  519. 
Ring,  C.  H.,  204. 
Ringelmann,    M.,     494,    585, 

688,  890. 
Ritchie,  J.  H.,  135. 
Ritman,  G.  I.,  433. 
Rittenberg,  S.  S.,  395. 
Ritter,  E.,  519. 
Rittman,  G.  I.,  433. 
Ritzema  Bos,  J.,  243,  245. 
Rltzman,  E.  G.,  772. 
Roach,  G.  M.,  597. 
Roadhouse,  C.  L.,  488. 
Roark,  R.  C,  207. 
Robb,  N.  S.,  340. 
Robbms,  H.  E.,  405. 
Roherg,  D.  N.,  258. 
Roberts,  G.,  121,  597. 
Roberts,  G.  A.,  682. 
Roberts,  I.  P.,  696. 
Robertson,  G.  S.,  204,  867. 
Robertson,  L.  S.,  888. 
Robertson,  T.  B.,  8,  65,  712, 

864. 
Robertson,  W.,  678. 
Robinson,  L.  E.,  263. 
Robison,  W.  L.,  595. 
Robotka,  F.,  697. 
Robson,  W.,  44,  449. 
Rockel,  W.  M.,  493. 
Rockie,  W.  A.,  117,  118. 
Rockman,  J.,  575. 


Rocques,  X.,  717,  805. 

Roderick,  L.  M.,  697. 

Rodriguez  y  Martin,  R.,  56. 

Rodt,  v.,  291. 

Roehrich,  O.,  34. 

Roemer,  T.,  342,  641. 

Rogers,  C.  G.,  543. 

Rogers,  C.  S.,  451. 

Rogers,  F.  F.,  583. 

Rogers,  H.  B.,  296. 

Rogers,  J.  M.,  355. 

Rogers,  R.  F.,  17,  422. 

Rogers,  S.  S.,  142. 

Rogers,  T.  B.,  379. 

Rogers,  W.  H.,  96. 

Rohland,  P.,  319,  813. 

Rohmann,  F.,  60. 

Rohwer,  S.  A.,  262. 

Rolfs,  F.  M.,  455,  652. 

Rolland,  288. 

Roman,  F.  L.,  390. 

Ronnet,  L.,  111. 

Roos,  G.  G.  A.,  100. 

Root,  A.  D.,  717,  859. 

Root,  E.  R.,  365. 

Rorer,  J.  B.,  153, 353, 354, 853. 

Rosa,  G.  F.  de  la,  342. 

Rosa,  J.  T.,  597. 

Rose,  P.  S.,  791. 

Rose,  R.  C,  597. 

Rose,  R.  E.,  430,  728. 

Rose,  P.  S.,  87. 

Rose,  W.  C,  63,  665. 

Rosen,  H.  R.,  463. 

Rosenau,  M.  J.,  280,  281. 

Rosenbaum,  J.,  547,  848. 

Rosengren,  L.  F.,  483. 

Ross,  H.  E.,  175,  195. 

Ross,  J.  F.,  440. 

Ross,  P.  H.,  399. 

Ross,  W.  A.,  658. 

Rossati,  G.,  647. 

Rossmann,  367. 

Rost,  C.  O.,  810. 

Roth,  F.,  43,  240,  452. 

Roth,  J.,  51. 

Rothera,  A.  C.  H.,  457. 

Rothert,  429. 

Rothschild,  N.  C,  700. 

Roubaud,  E.,  660. 

Rouchelmann,  N.,  225. 

Roudsky,  D.,  129. 

Row,  T.  L.,  556. 

Roy,  W.  R.,  583,  686. 

Rubinow,  S.  G.,  298. 

RuMo,  C,  24. 

Rubner,  M.,  859. 

Riickbeil,  W.,  700. 

Ruckor.  E.  H.,  867. 

Rudeloff,  M.,  292. 

Ruediger,  E.  H.,  384. 

Ruehe,  11.  A.,  791. 

Ruhman,  M.,  253. 

Ruhrah,  J.,  556. 

Rumsey,  W.  E.,  657. 

Runner,  G.  A.,  554. 

Ruschka,  F.,  4("0. 


Rush,  J.  G.,  145. 

Russan,  A.,  544. 

Russel,  J.  C,  812. 

Russell,  E.  J.,  322,  424,  609, 

624. 
Russell,  H.  L.,  297,  298,  328, 

595. 
Ruston,  A.  G.,  674. 
Rutgers,  A.  A.  L.,  243,  247, 

251,  349,  835. 
Ruth,  W.  A.,  39. 
Rutherford,  J.  G.,  74. 
Ruzicka,  C.  H.,  67. 

Sfl,  C,  77. 

Sabrinho,  A.  R.  de  C,  145. 

Sachs,  J.  H.,  415. 

Sachs,  W.  H.,  900. 

Sack,  .T.,  557,  558. 

Sack,  K.,  388. 

Sackett,  W.  G.,  847. 

Safford,  W.  E.,  228. 

Sagourin,  P.,  693. 

Sahr,  C.  A.,  527. 

Saillard,   E.,   113,    350,   504, 

750. 
Sajfert,  S.,  524. 
Salisbury,  S.  H.,  jr.,  24. 
Salmon,  E.  S.,  151,  251,  550, 

654. 
Salmones,  N.  G.  de  los,  744. 
Salter,  M.  J.,  148. 
Samoc,  M.,  501. 
Sammet,  C.  F.,  612,  718. 
Sammis,  J.  L.,  573. 
Samoiloff,  J.,  521. 
Samoilov,  lA.,  521. 
Sample,  J.  W..  328. 
Sampson,  H.  E.,  493. 
SamSula,  J.,  203. 
Sanborn,  C.  E.,  156,  158. 
Sander,  A.,  804. 
Sanders,  A.  H.,  169. 
Sanders,  G.  E.,  853. 
Sanders,  J.  G.,  356,  358,  700, 

760. 
Sanders,  T.  W.,  345. 
Sanfelice,  F.,  75. 
Sanford,  F.  H.,  719. 
Sargent,  C.  S.,  207. 
Sarra,  R.,  258. 
Sasscer,  E.  R.,  256,  755. 
Sato,  S.,  618,  697. 
Satterthwait,  A.  F.,  756,  854. 
Saunders,  E.  R.,  730,  731. 
Savage,  W.  G.,  187. 
Savastano,  L.,  448. 
Sawyer,  E.  E.,  96. 
Sawyer,  M.,  369. 
Sayre,  A.  F.,  773. 
Sazanov,  V.  I.,  23. 
Scalia,  G.,  45. 
Scalione,  C.  C,  413. 
Scammell,  H.  B.,  55. 
Scassellati-Sforzolini,  G.,842. 
Schablowski,  H.,  57. 
Schafer,  E.  G.,  34. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 


917 


Schaffnit,  E.,  243,  495. 
Schander,  R.,  546. 
Schar,  0.,  893. 
Schatalofif,  W.,  634. 
Scheffer.  T.  H.,  94. 
Schellenberg,  H.,  448. 
Schellenberg,  H.  C,  348. 
Schenkling,  S.,  363. 
Scherffius,  C.  H.,  534. 
Schern.  K.,  77. 
Scherrer,  J.  B.,  341. 
Schieder,  W.,  663. 
Schiemann,  0.,381, 
Schilling,  E.,  224. 
Schlatter,  F.  P.,  838. 
Schlotterbeck,  J.  O.,  764. 
Schlumberger,  O.,  48. 
Schmeisser,  H.  C,  283. 
Schmid,  H.,  444. 
Schmid,  H.  S.  de,  429. 
Schmidt,  802,  803. 
Schmidt,  A.,  376. 
Schmidt,  D.,  300. 
Schmiedeknecht,  O.,  254,  661. 
Schmitt,  C,  471. 
Schmitz,  K.  E.  F.,  677. 
Schmitf!,  N.,  640. 
Schnacke,  R.  P.,  300. 
Schneider,  C,  524. 
Schneider,  J.,  741. 
Schneidewind,  376,  427,  428. 
Schneller,   M.   A.,    312,    316, 

805. 
Schoene,  W.  J.,  98,  461,  855. 
Schoenmann,  L.  R.,  19. 
Schoevers,  T.  A.  C,  468. 
Schoff,  (Mrs.)  F.,  394. 
Schofield,  H.  H.,  493. 
Scholl.  L.  H.,  262. 
Schollander,  E.  G.,  229. 
Schollenherger,  C.  J.,  415. 
Scholta,  K.,  112. 
Schoppe,  W.  F.,  773. 
Schorger,  A.  W.,  317,  611. 
Schornagel,  H.,  181. 
Schoth,  H.  A.,  698, 
Sehotte,  G.,  146. 
Schottler,  282. 
Schrader,  F.,  189. 
Schreiner,  O.,  517. 
Schroder.  C,  254. 
Schroder,  F.,  474. 
Schroeder,  J.,  127. 
Schi-oeder,  M.  C,  366. 
Schrumpf,  P.,  61. 
Schubert,  J.,  318. 
Schubert,  K.,  363. 
Schuit,  J.,  231. 
Schulte  im  Hofe,  A.,  497. 
Sehultz,  A.  R..  387. 
Schultz,  C.  H.,  76,  282. 
Sehultz,  E.  S.,  455. 
Schulz,  A.,  441. 
Schulze,  B.,  217,  327. 
Schuppli,  O.,  617. 
Schuster,  G.  T.,  452. 
Schutte,  W.  M.,  578. 


Schiitz,  74. 

Schwangart,  F.,  659. 

Schweitzer,  R.,  574. 

Sciarra,  G.,  257. 

Scoates,  D.,  94,  787. 

Scofleld,  C.  S.,  816. 

Scott,  C.  A.,  43. 

Scott,  G.  A.,  372. 

Scott,  J.  M.,  830,  870,  872. 

Scott,  L.  B.,  647. 

Scott,  L.  W.,  795. 

Scott,  P.  R.,  555. 

Scott,  W.  R.  M.,  607. 

Scriven,  E.  G.  E..  230. 

Scudder,  II.  D.,  84. 

Sears,  F.  H.,  392. 

Secrest,  E.,  887. 

Seddon.  H.  R.,  681. 

Sedgwick,  W.  T.,  100,  379. 

Seelhorst,  C.  von,  425,  630. 

Seelye,  L.  C,  398. 

Seemann,  F.,  16. 

Seidell,  A.,  472. 

Seitner,  759. 

Selborne  (Lord),  603. 

Selby,    A.    D.,    40,    499,    542, 

899. 
Selfridge,  E.  A.,  Jr.,  148. 
Seligman,  R.,  802. 
Sell,  E.  S.,  896 
Selvig,  C  G.,  298. 
Semichon,  L.,  352.  353. 
Semler,  H.,  639,  641. 
Senften,  W.,  314. 
Sequist,  M.,  300. 
Sergent,  E.,  783. 
Sergent,  fitienne,  783. 
Serger,  H.,  470. 
Seton,  R.  S.,  742. 
Severin,  H.  H.  P.,  660. 
Severin,  J.  E.,  397. 
Severson,  B.  O.,  168,  565. 
Sewall,  H.,  485. 
Seyderhelm,  K.  R.,  80. 
Seyderhelm,  R.,  80. 
Sforzolini,  G.  S.,  842. 
Shamel,  A.  D.,  29,  144,  343, 

745. 
Shand,  J.  R.,  487. 
Shanly,  E.,  487. 
Shannon,  F.  L.,  367. 
Shannon,  R.  C,  759. 
Sharp,  L.  T.,  16,  622. 
Sharpies,  A.,   153,   154,  459, 

544. 
Shaw,  A.  M.,  689,  690. 
Shaw,  C.  F.,  213. 
Shaw,  E.  E.,  199. 
Shaw,  F.  J.  F.,  148. 
Shaw,  H.  B.,  150. 
Shaw,  J.  K.,  142,  236. 
Shaw,  N.,  317. 
Shaw,  R.  H.,275. 
Shaw,  R.  S.,  709. 
Shaw,  W.  T.,  755. 
Shear,  C.  L.,  646. 
Sheather,  A.  L.,  76. 


Sheehan,  E.  M.,  646. 
Shelford,  V.  E.,  404. 
Shelton,  L.,  .345. 
Shembel,  S.,  844. 
Shenljerg,  C.  G.,  115. 
Shoppard,  C.  W.,  597. 
Slierbakoff,  C.  D.,  844. 
Sheridau,  J.  M.,  28. 
Sherman,  C.  E.,  83. 
Sherman,  II.,  181. 
Sherman,  .1.  M.,  100,  709. 
Sherman,  L.  K.,  389. 
Sherrard,  G.,  31,32. 
Sherrard,  G.  O.,  130. 
Sherry,  B..T.,  619. 
Shiffler,  C.  W.,  509. 
Shilston,  A.  W.,  678,  784. 
Shimek,  E.,  820. 
Shipchinski,  A.,  719,  809. 
ShipchinskTI,  A.  V.,  719,  809. 
Shipley,  A.  E.,  197. 
Shirasawa,  H.,  346,  347. 
Shishldo,  O.,  346. 
Shisler,  G.  M.,  98. 
Shmuk,A.,  212. 
Shoup,    G.    R.,    69,    94,    .377, 

396,  409,  690,  690. 
Shoup,   (Mrs.)   G.  R.,  69,  94, 

377,  39G,  499,  690,  696. 
Shreve,  E.  B.,  27,  733. 
Shreve,  F.,  732. 
Shuey,  R.  C,  612. 
Shull,  C.  A.,  222,  227,  733. 
Shull,  G.  H.,  227. 
Shushak,  D.,  223. 
Shutt,  F.  T.,  82. 
Siemashko,  V.,  454. 
Sievers,  A.  F.,  449. 
Slgmond,  A.  A.  J.  von,  721. 
Sijfert,  S.,  634. 
Sil,  S.  N.,  31. 
Silcox,  F.  A.,  148. 
Silvestri,  F.,  254. 
Slmanton,  F.  L.,  156,  261. 
Simkhovitch,  V.  G..  694. 
Simmermacher,  W.,  215,  428. 
Simmonds,  M.,  265. 
Simmons,  R.  C,  376. 
Simmons,  R.  E.,  453. 
Simmons,  W.  H.,  96, 
Simon.  C.  E.,  573. 
Simonds,  J.  P..  679. 
Simpson,  C.  T.,  648. 
Simpson,  G.  C,  419. 
Simpson,  S.,  544. 
Sims,  J.  S.,  420,  619. 
Sinclair,  J.,  355,  594. 
Sinnott,  E.  W.,  225. 
Sinskaffi,  E.  N.,433. 
Sirot,  M.,  504. 
Slve,  B.  E.,  398. 
Skinner,  J.  H.,  475,  476. 
Skinner,  J.  J.,  21,  517. 
Skinner,  L.  T.,  117. 
Slocum,  R.  R.,  195. 
Small,  W..  45,  463. 
Smetham,  A.,  891. 


918 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   KECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Smies,  E.  H.,  117. 

Smirnov,  A.  I.,  434. 

Smlrnov,  V.  G.,  426. 

Smit,  J.,  278. 

Smith,  A.,  483. 

Smith,  A.  J.,  765. 

Smith,  A.  R.,  784. 

Smith,  C,  201. 

Smith,  C.  A.,  803. 

Smith,  C.  B.,  709. 

Smith,  C.  D.,  399. 

Smith,  C.  O.,  645. 

Smith,  D.  F.,  611. 

Smith,  E.,  40. 

Smith,  E.  B.,  290. 

Smith,  E.  F.,  244,  545,  650. 

Smith,  F.,  654. 

Smith,  F.  H.,  71,  775. 

Smith,  G.,  819. 

Smith,  G.  C,  90. 

Smith,  G.  E.,  399. 

Smith,  G.  E.  P.,  580,  787. 

Smith,  G.  P.  D.,  246,  750. 

Smith,  H.  E.,  259. 

Smith,  H.  G„  841,  842. 

Smith,  H.  H.,  544. 

Smith,  H.  M.,  366,  469. 

Smith,  H.  S.,  58. 

Smith,  H.  W.,  419. 

Smith,  J,  B.,  900. 

Smith,  J.  R.,  145. 

Smith,  J.  W.,  114,  115,  508. 

Smith,  L.  B.,  461,  661. 

Smith,  L.  S.,  583. 

Smith,  M.,  191. 

Smith,  M.  J.,  672. 

Smith,  N.  R.,  728. 

Smith,  O.  C,  108,  616. 

Smith,  R.  H.,  189. 

Smith,  T.,  683,  684. 

Smith,  T.  O.,  373. 

Smith,  W.  G.,  320,  421,  625. 

Smith,  W.  H.,  196. 

Smith,  W.  S.  A.,  105. 

Smith    W.    v.,   80,    96,    881, 
885. 

Smith,  Z.  M.,  198,  498. 

Smulyan,  M.  T.,  462. 

Smyth,  S,  P.,  697. 

Snapp,  O.  I.,  500. 

Snell,  J.  F.,  12,  206,  416. 

Snclson,  W.  H.,  82. 

Snodgrass,  M.  D.,  295. 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.,  461. 

Snook,  J.  H.,  283. 

Snow,  S.  J.,  554. 

Snyder,  J.  M.,  18. 

Snyder,  M.  K.,  587. 

Snyder,  R.  S.,  120,  216. 

Snyder,  T.  E.,  357,  853. 

Snyder,  W.  P.,  438. 

Soderbaum,  H.  G.,  326. 

Soderstrom,  G.  F.,  370. 

Sohns,  379. 

Somenzi,  G.,  282. 

Somerville,  W.,  48,  SR,  C.80. 
Somes,  M.  P.,  657. 


Sorauer,  P.,  331,  636. 
Soule,  A.  M.  G.,  141,  663. 
Souza,  J.  M.  de,  34. 
Spaeth,  F.,  363. 
SpaCford,  W.  J.,  119. 
Spaulding,  P.,  251,  551. 
Spencer,  G.  L.,  114. 
Sperlich,  A.,  431. 
Sperry,  J.  H..  745. 
Spica,  G.,  556. 
Spiegl,  A.,  77. 
Spillman,  W.  J.,  89,  419. 
Spitzer,  G.,  873. 
Splittgerber,  A.,  70, 
Spoehr,  H.  A.,  821. 
Sprenger,  351. 
Sprenger,  P.,  546. 
Spring,  F,  G.,  451. 
Spry,  J.  R.,  100. 
Stabler,  H.,  186. 
Stafford,  T.  H.,  698. 
Stahl,  C.  L.,  483. 
Stahl,  .7.  L.,94,  396,  499,  696. 
Stakman,    E.    C,    148,    652. 

847. 
Stalder,  W.,  724. 
Staley,  R.  M.,  885. 
Stanfleld.  W.  W.,  136. 
Starhuck,  R.  M.,  690. 
Starcher,  G.  C,  143. 
Staradobowa,  M.  A.,  28. 
Steel,  M.,  803. 
Steele,  J.  T.,  522. 
Steeves,  R.  P.,  894. 
Steflfen,  M.,  677. 
Stein.  M.,  516. 
Steinbrinek,  C,  432. 
Stemmons,  W.,  772. 
Stemple,  F.  W.,  .500. 
Stephens,  E.  W.,  699. 
Stephens,  R.  D.,  646. 
Stephenson,  L.  W.,  579. 
Stephenson,  R.  S.,  596. 
Stepp,  W.,  63. 
Sternberg,  W.,  64. 
Sterrett,  W.  D.,  841. 
Steuber,  M.,  474. 
Stevens,  E.  A.,  583. 
Stevens,  E.  H.,  117. 
Stevens,  H.  E.,  849. 
Stevens,  J.  S.,  209. 
Stevens,  N.  E.,  458. 
Stevens,  V.,  574. 
Stevenson,  J.  A.,  748. 
Stevenson,  W.  H.,  697. 
Stewart,  A.,  46,  651. 
Stewart,  C.  L.,  794. 
Stewart,  G.,  400. 
Stewart,  G.  P.,  456. 
Stewart,  J.  P.,  143,  238,  342, 

447,  540,  644. 
Stewart,  V.  B.,  154,  851. 
Stewart,  W.  F.,  195. 
Stewart,  W.  P.,  93. 
Stift,  A.,  455. 
Stiles,  C.  W.,  63. 
Stiles,  P.  G.,  268. 


Stiles,  W.,  224. 

Stitz,  H.,  254. 

Stockard,  C.  R.,  65. 

Stockberger,  W.  W.,  840. 

Stockdale,  C.  E.,  500. 

Stockdale,  F.  A.,  580. 

Stocking,  W.  A.,  173. 

Stocking,  W.  A.,  jr.,  798,  799. 

Stokoe,  R.,  279. 

Stol'gane,  A.  A.,  434. 

Stoll,  H.  F.,  646. 

Stone,  J.  A.,  467. 

Stone,  R.  H.,  369. 

Stone,  R.  V.,  574. 

Stookey,  E.   B.,  69,  94,  339, 

396,  499,  696. 
Storey,  G.,  257. 
Stormer,  K.,  47. 
Stout,  A.  B.,  841. 
Stout,  0.  Y.  P.,  298. 
Stranak,  F.,  46,  636. 
Stratford,  G.,  149. 
Stratmann,  H.,  512. 
Street,  J.  P.,  532,  558,  562, 
Strell,  M.,  187. 
Strodtman,  O.  E.,  488. 
Strome,  C.  L.,  698. 
Stroud,  J.  F.,  624. 
Stroud,  W.  H.,  430. 
Strowd,  W.  H.,  562. 
Stryker,  A.  F.,  74. 
Stubenrauch,  A,  V.,  647. 
Stuckey,  H.  P.,  35,  41,  596, 

742,  831. 
Studhalter,  R.  A.,  154. 
Stupart,  R.  W.,  718. 
Sturges,  W.  S.,  100,  264,  683. 
Stutzer,    A.,    371,    373,    474, 

630. 
Sucro,  W.  G.,  492. 
Suen,  S.  T.,  618. 
Sugiura,  K.,  110. 
Sullins,  D.  G.,  698. 
Sullivan,  A.  L.,  60. 
Summers,  L.  L.,  219i. 
Siipfle,  K.,  279. 
Surbeck,  G.,  774. 
Surface,  F.  M.,  831. 
Surface,  H.  A.,  700. 
Sutton,  F.  J.,  697. 
Sutton,  M.  H.  F.,  133,  628. 
Sutton,  R.  L.,  75. 
Swain,  A.  F.,  798. 
Swaine,  .T.  M.,  356,  856. 
Swallow,  A.  P.,  461. 
Swann,  W.  F.  G.,  115. 
Swanson,  C.  O.,  58,  265. 
Sweeny,  M.  E.,  597. 
Sweet,  A.  T.,  625,  811. 
Swett,  W.  W.,  96. 
Swingle,  D.  B.,  781. 
Swingle,  W.  T.,  449,  747. 
Switzer,  H.  B.,  874. 
Sydow,  H.,  243. 
Sydow,  P.,  243. 
Szczepanski,  282. 
Szcmbel,  S.,  844. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 


919 


Taber,  L.  J.,  99. 
Tacke,  428, 
Tacke,  B.,  517. 
Taff,  P.  C,  727. 
Taggart,  W.  G.,  336. 
Tague,  E.  L.,  265. 
Tait,  C.  E.,  82. 
Takaki,  F.,  783. 
Talbot,  F.  B.,  666,  766. 
Talman,C.  F.,  115,  618. 
Tamm,  O.,  720. 
Taniguchi,  T.,  783. 
Tanquary,  M.  C,  798. 
Tartar,  H.  V.,  14. 
Taubenhaus,  J.  J.,  652. 
Taussig,  F,  W.,  89. 
Taylor,  A.  D.,  647. 
Taylor,  A.  E.,  19,  369,  559. 
Taylor,  E.  P.,  234,  699. 
Taylor,  F.,  137. 
Taylor,  G.  B.,  677. 
Taylor,  H.  B.,  10. 
Taylor,  H.  C,  88,  408. 
Taylor,  L.  E.,  253. 
Tarlor,  O.  M.,  41. 
Taylor,  W.  J.,  283. 
Teall,  R.  J.,  795. 
Teesdale,  C.  H.,  241. 
Teeter,  T.  A.  H.,  788. 
Teixeira  de  Mattos,  A.,  468. 
Tempany,    H.    A.,    214,    443. 

449. 
Temple,  J.  C,  729. 
Ten  Broeck,  C,  281. 
Teodoro,  N.  G.,  647. 
Terada,  T.,  419. 
Terao,  A.,  384. 
Terazakl,  W.,  347. 
Terni,  C,  882. 
Terrell,  R.  C,  492. 
Thach,  C.  C,  709. 
Thatcher,  R.  W.,  398. 
Thayer,  P.,  36,  40,  550. 
Thaysen,  A.  C,  281. 
Theller,  A.,  678. 
Thickens,  J.  H.,  114. 
Thieler,  S.,  60. 
Thiessen,  A.  H.,  420. 
Thiessen,  F.  C,  390. 
Thorn,  C,  148,  276. 
Thoma,  J.  G.,  449. 
Thomas,  H.  E.,  500,  848. 
Thomas,  R.  S.,  697. 
Thomas,  W.  A.,  255. 
Thomatis,  D.,  458. 
Thompson,  A.  R.,  517. 
Thompson,    C.    W.,    89,    190, 

410,  589,  693,  891. 
Thompson,   H.   C,   234,  408, 

806. 
Thompson,  J.  I.,  569. 
Thompson,  J.  W.,  377. 
Thompson,  P.  E.,  596. 
Thomson,  E.  H.,  89.  407. 
Thanl,  I.,  281. 
Thornber,  J.  J.,  547. 
Thome,  C.  E.,  24,  298,  499, 

520,  536,  702,  815, 899. 


Thornton,  R.  W.,  774. 
Thum,  H.,  489. 
Thuma,  R.  A.,  697. 
Thurgau,  H.  M.,  611,  616. 
Thurston,  A.  S.,  900. 
Thurston,  W.  J.,  408. 
Tice,  W.  G.,  164. 
Tichenor,  W.  C,  589. 
Tilden,  C.  J.,  583. 
Tileston,  W.,  487. 
Tillman,  B.  W.,  17,  213,  625. 
Tillmans,  .T.,  70. 
Tillotson.  C.  R.,  746. 
Timberlake,  P.  H.,  661,  857. 
Tinsley,  J.,  470. 
Tireman,  H.,  543. 
Titlow,  C.  R.,  709 
Titus,  W.  .L,  391. 
Tkatchenko,  M.,  451. 
Tobin,  E.  J.,  894. 
Toby,  E.  R.,  96. 
Todd,  A.  R.,  368. 
Toit,  P.  .T.  du,  795. 
Tolaas,  A.  G.,  148,  652. 
Tolg,  F.,  253. 
Tolles,  J.  E.,  347. 
Tolley,  H.  R.,  419,  617,  619, 
Tolstrup,  AI.  R.,  96. 
Tomhave,  W.  H.,  568. 
Tomlinson,  T.  W.,  74. 
Tommasi,  G.,  449. 
Tonneller,  A.  C,  135. 
Topi,  M.,  257. 
Tormey,  J.  L.,  563. 
Torrilhon,  L.,  544. 
Tothill,  J.  D.,  465. 
Tottenham,  W.  F.  L.,  146. 
Toulalkoff,  N.,  633. 
Tourney,  J.  W.,  543. 
Tower,  D.  G.,  553. 
Townsend,  C.  H.  T..  258,  259, 

464,  660,  760. 
Townsley,  T.  S.,  798. 
Trabut,  356. 
Trabut,  L.,  743. 
Tracy,  S.  M.,  339. 
Triigftrdh,  I.,  254,  258. 
Traum,  J.,  488. 
Traverse,  G.  B.,  546. 
Treherne,  R.  C,  253. 
Trelease,  S.  F.,  732. 
Trensch,  M.,  677. 
Trnka,  R.,  524,  636. 
Troili-Petersson,  G.,  72. 
Tropea,  G.,  60. 
Trotter,  W.  C,  398. 
Troup,  R.  S.,  649. 
Trousoff,  A.,  627. 
Trowbridge,  E.  A.,  869. 
Trowbridge,  P.  F.,  127,  738, 

868. 
Troy,  D.  S.,  799. 
Troy,  H.  C,  800. 
True,   A.   C,   297,   298,   401, 

703. 
Truesdell,  L.  E.,  589. 
Trumbull,  H.  L„  579. 
Truog,  E„  314,  503,  722. 


Trusov,  A.,  627. 
Trusova,  N,  P.,  844, 
Tschermak,  E.  von,  341. 
Tschcrnoglasow,  W.,  859. 
Tschlrikow,  T.,  434,  816. 
Tubbs,  W.  (J.,  597. 
Tubeuf,  C.  von,  636,  650,  756. 
Tucker,  .T.  I.,  583. 
Tiukwiller,  E.  A.,  500. 
'I'uikwiller,  R.  II.,  .lOO. 
Tuiiiziug,  R.  W.,  502. 
Tnlaikov,  N..  340,  633. 
Tulajkow,  N.,  340. 
TuUgren,  A.,  55. 
Turconl,  M.,  45,  354. 
Turesson,  G.,  559. 
Turesson,  G.  W.,  148. 
Turlington,  .T.  E.,  397. 
Turneaure,  F.  E.,  298. 
Turner,  II.  A.,  892. 
Turner,  .T.  A.,  500. 
Turner,  W.  F.,  256,  275. 
Turney,  A.  G.,  .342. 
Tuttle,  E.  M.,  198. 
Tuttle,  .T.  B.,  417. 
Twight.  E.  n.,  646. 
Tyler,  H.  W.,  298. 

Uhler,  W.  D.,  84,  492,  583. 
Ullrich,  F.  T.,  27,  796. 
Umeda,  N.,  765. 
Uphof,  J.  C.  T.,  51,  527. 
Upton,  H.  E.,  495. 
Urban,  J.,  641. 
Urich,  F.  W.,  55,  356,  657. 
Urner,  F.  G.,  408,  589. 
Ursprung,  A.,  432. 
Usher,  A.  P.,  89. 

Vail,  T.  N.,  197. 

Vaile,  R.  S.,  787. 

Valerio,  B.  G.,  361,  384. 

Valine,  H.,  882, 

Van  Alstine,  E.,  421. 

Van  Alstyne,  E.,  836, 

Vanatta,  E.  S.,  17. 

Van  Bemmelen,  W.,  719. 

Vance,  L.  .1.,  646. 

Van  den  Linden,  T.,  14,  316. 

Van  dor  Goot,  P.,  467. 

Van  der  Wolk,  P.  C,  739. 

Van  der  Zande.  J.  E.,  109. 

Van  Duzee,  E.  P.,  196,  255. 

Van  Evcrdingen,  E.,  618. 

Van  Gent,  H.,  344. 

Van  Helton,  W.  M.,  344. 

Van  Hook,  J.  C,  542. 

Van  Leersum,  P.,  745. 

Van  Pelt,  W.,  400. 

Van  Slyke,  L.  L.,  21. 

Van  Zoeren,  G.  J.,  12,  416. 

Van  Zon,  P.,  843. 

Van    Zwaluwenburg,    R.    H., 

758. 
Vasey,  H.  E.,  597. 
Vasey,  S.  A.,  678. 
Vasters,  J.,  245,  340. 
Veatch,  J,  0„  422,  624,  626. 


920 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Vedder,  E.  B.,  767. 

Veeder,  B.  S.,  665. 

Veglia,  F.,  678. 

Verbeck,  P.,  801. 

Verge,  G.,  838. 

Versell,  A.,  382. 

Verteuil,  J.  de,  344. 

Vevey,  E.  de,  378. 

Viehoever,  A.,  413. 

Vieira,  M.  E.  de  Q.,  695. 

Vilikovsk;^,  V.,  523. 

Vlljoen,  P.  R.,  678. 

Villard,  V.,  41. 

Vinall,  H.  N.,  832. 

Vincent,  C.  C,  249. 

Vincent,  V.,  424. 

Vinson,  A.  E.,511. 

Vlswanath,  B.,  556. 

Vital,  E.,  592,  895. 

Vivian,  A.,  297. 

Vivien,  A.,  221. 

VoegtUn,    C,   100,   269,   560, 

861. 
Voeikov,  A.  L.,  618. 
Voelcker,  J.  A.,  30,  324,  426, 

469. 
VogUno,  P.,  650. 
Volsenet,  E.,  163. 
VOltz,  W.,  168, 174,  266,  376, 

505. 
Voronlkhln,  N.  N.,  454. 
Voss,  G.,  654. 

Vrles,  H.  de,  128,  330,  332. 
Vrles,  J.  J.  O.  de,  312. 
Vrooman,  C,  74,  98. 
Vuk,  M.,  266. 

Waal,  L.  de,  817. 

Wade,  H.  W.,  679. 

Wager,  R.  E..  92. 

Waggaman,  W.  H.,  23. 

Wagner,  C,  346. 

Wagner,  H.,  806, 

Wagner,  P.,  126. 

Waksman,    S.    A.,    214,    513, 

698,  820. 
Walden,  B.  H.,  54. 
Waldron,  L.  R.,  209,  228. 
Waldron,  W.  L.,  471. 
Waldrop,  C.  S.,  626. 
Walker,  E.  M.,  852. 
Walker,  H.  S.,  14. 
Walker,  J.,  678. 
Walker,  W.  H.,  97. 
Wallace,  D.,  195. 
Wallace,  H.,  75. 
Wallace,  W.  T.,  386. 
Waller,  O.  L.,  298. 
Walpole,  G.  S.,  612. 
Walsingham    (Lord),   464. 
Walter,  B.,  717. 
Walters,  G.  D.,  82. 
Walton,  W.  R.,  259,  465. 
Wamser,  H.  P.,  858,  8.59. 
Wanklyu,  W.  H.  E.,  771. 
Warburton,  C,  263,  366. 
Ward,  A.  R.,  487. 


Ward,  F.,  625. 
Ward,  W.  P.,  195,  668,  669. 
Wardlaw,  H.  S.  H.,  557. 
Ware,  J.  O.,  698. 
Ware,  J.  W.,  499. 
Warneford,  F.  H.  S.,  614. 
Warner,  D.  E.,  5G9. 
Warren,  G.  F.,  88,  408. 
Washburn,  F.  S.,  219. 
Washington,  H.  L.,  471. 
Wason,  E.,  664. 
Waterhonse,  W.  L.,  219. 
Waterman,  H.  I.,  633. 
Waters,  C.  E.,  417. 
Waters,  H.  J.,  193,  199,  297, 

300,  406,  705,  737,  891. 
Waterstou,  .J.,  263,  464. 
Watklns.  J.  B.,  500. 
Watklns,  O.  S.,  39,  342,  343. 
Watklns,  W.  I.,  625. 
Watson,  B.  B.,  19, 117. 
Watson,  E.  .J.,  100. 
Watson,  ,T.  G.,  398. 
Watson,  J.  R.,  852,  854. 
Watson,  T.  L.,  489. 
Watt,  A.,  719. 
Watts,  F.,  134,  493,  797. 
Watts,  R.  L.,  406,  706. 
Waughtel,  C.  W.,  232. 
Waynick,  D.  D.,  210. 
Weaver,  L.  A.,  78,  868,  869. 
Webber,  H.  J..  344,  448. 
Webber,  W.  W„  96. 
Weber,  F.  C,  769. 
Webster,  F.  M.,  156. 
Webster,  R.  L.,  363. 
Wecke,  E.R.,879. 
Wehrle,  678. 
Weldman,  S.,  387. 
Weidner,  I.,  245. 
Welgert,  J.,  734. 
Welgmann,  677. 
Weill.  E.,  167,  861. 
Welnhausen,  K.,  859. 
Weir,  J.  R.,  354, 459,  551,  851 . 
Welse  E.,  73. 
Weiss,  H.  B.,  256,  755. 
Weiss,  H.  P.,  241,  748. 
Welch,  H.,  781,  786. 
Weld,  I.  C,  800. 
Weld,  L.  D.  H.,  407. 
Weldon,  G.  P.,  142,  342,  743. 
Wellhouse,  W.,  755. 
Wellington.  J.  W.,  36,  742. 
Wells,  A.  E.,  28. 
Wells,  B.  W..  468. 
Wells,  C.  A.,  383.  697,  775. 
Wells,  H.  G.,  679. 
Wells,  R.  C,  503. 
Wells,  W.  F.,  763. 
WeUon,  F.  A.,  35,  529. 
Wentworth,   E.   N.,   68,   272, 

273, 
Wenzel,  O.  J.,  461. 
Wessel,  A.  B.,  181. 
Wessels,  P.  H.,  374. 
Wesson,  J.  W.,  597. 


West,  R.  M.,  340. 
West,  W.  G.,  488. 
Wester,  P.  J.,  141,  642,  745. 
Weston,  R.  S.,  579. 
Westover,  H.  L.,  830. 
Wetmore,  A.,  155,  254. 
Wewerlnke,  J.,  615. 
Wheeler,  B.  I.,  297. 
Wheeler,  R.,  269. 
Wheeler,  W.  M.,  262. 
Whelan,  A.  J.,  170. 
Whelan,  D.  B.,  363. 
Whetzel,  H.  H.,  547,  848. 
Whipple,  F.  J.  W.,  619. 
Whistler,  J.  T.,  285,  385. 
Whitby,  G.  S.,  544. 
Whitcomb,  W.  O.,  93. 
White,  B.,  698. 
White  C.  R.,  408. 
White,  E.  A.,  407,  591,  900. 
White,  F.  M.,  495,  691. 
White,  J.  H.,  147. 
White,  J.  W.,  514,  516,  529. 
White,  L.,  84,  584. 
White,  M.  K.,  116. 
White,  T.  II.,  643. 
White.  W.  R.,  539. 
White-Haney,  J.,  55. 
Whitehouse,  W.  E.,  838. 
Whltneld.  .1.  G.,  618. 
Whiting,  A.  L.,  723. 
Whiting,  W.  F.,  398. 
V.'hitlock,  B.  W.,  835. 
Whitniarsh,  R.  D.,  552,  658. 
Whitney,  L.  A.,  466. 
Whitson,  A.  R.,  19,  194. 
Whitten,  .T.  C,  837,  848. 
Whittlesey,  E.  B.,  697. 
Wiancko,  A.  T.,  724. 
Wickenden,  L.,  612. 
Wicks,  W.  H.,  1.39. 
Wickson,  B.  J.,  194. 
Wickware,  A.  B.,  576. 
Widman,  E.,  854. 
Wiedemann,  H.  E.,  61. 
Wlest,  E.,  278. 
Wig,  R.  J.,  687,  790. 
Wiggans,  C.  C,  837. 
Wlggans,  R.  G.,  135. 
Wiggins,  E.  R.,  188,  293. 
Wilber,  C.  P.,  542. 
Wilbert,  M.  I.,  484. 
Wilcox,  E.  v.,  190. 
Wildeman,  H.  B.,  24. 
Wilder,  C.  N.,  96. 
Wlldermuth,  V.  L.,  757. 
Wilk,  L.,  770. 
Wilkerson,  G.  E.,  253. 
Wilklns,  C.  L.,  840. 
Wllklns,  R.  H.,  673. 
Willaman,  J.  J.,  340. 
Wlllard,  H.  F.,  362. 
Williams,  A„  893. 
Williams,  C.  B.,  357,  700. 
Williams,  C.  G.,  534,   595, 

899. 
Williams,  C.  J.,  693. 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   NAMES. 


921 


Williams,  F.  B.,  300. 
Williams,  G.  M.,  790. 
Williams,  H.  E.,  419. 
Williams,  J.  J.,  300. 
Williams,  K.  I.,  61. 
Williams,  L.  T.,  756. 
Williams,  P.,  802. 
Williams,  R.  C,  631. 
Williams,  R.  H.,  565,  569. 
Williams,  R.  R.,  711. 
Willis,  M.  A.,  234. 
Wilson,  A.,  723. 
Wilson,  Agnes,  898. 
Wilson,  A.  D.,  93. 
Wilson,  E.  G.,  416. 
Wilson,  E.  H.,  343,  345,  450, 

743. 
Wilson,  E.  W.,  93. 
Wilson,  F.  T.,  430,  728. 
Wilson,  G.  H.,  808. 
Wilson,  G.  L.,  89. 
Wilson,  G.  W.,  250. 
Wilson,  H.  C,  170,  361. 
Wilson.  II.  F.,  252,  256,  756. 
Wilson,  J.  A.,  197. 
Wilson,  J.  K.,  46. 
Wilson,  J.  W.,  772. 
Wilson,  K.  M.,  473. 
Wilson,  M.,  155. 
Wilson,  M.  C,  597. 
Wilson,  M.  L.,  338,  735. 
Wilson,  R.  J.,  471. 
Wilson,  T.,  253,  470,  756. 
Wilson,  W.,  702. 
Winckel,  R.,  859. 
Wing,  H.  H.,  800. 
Winkjer,  J.  G.,  368. 
Winkler,  C.  H.,  900. 
Winkler,  L.  W.,  110,  803. 
Winslow,  F.  6.  B.,  555. 
Winslow,  R.  M.,  237. 
Winston,  J.  R.,  242,  248,  548. 
Winter,  H.  B.,  894. 
Winter,  O.  B.,  328,  386. 
Winterstein,  E.,  202. 
Winton,  A.  L.,  503. 
Winton,  K.  B.,  503. 
Wisler,  C.  O.,  786. 


Wissell,  von,  314. 

Wlszniewska,  J.,  279. 

Witke,  F.,  611. 

Witt.  L.  M.  de,  181. 

Witte,  H.,  232. 

Witt  en,  M.  W.,  589. 

Wolcott,  G.  N.,  400. 

Wolf,  A.  M.,  391. 

Wolf,  F.  A.,  152,  550. 

Wolfe,  L.  A.  de,  199. 

Wolfe,  S.  L.,  147. 

Wolfe,  T.,  397. 

Wolff,  A.,  391,  677. 

Wolff,  H.  W.,  89. 

Wolff,  J.,  225. 

Wolff,  M.,  661. 

Wolff,  W.  H.,  838. 

Wolk,  r.  C.  van  der,  739. 

Well,  F.  W.,  674. 

Wiillstadt,  G.,  60. 

Wolseley  (Viscountess),  643, 

891. 
Wood,  A.  A.,  286. 
Wood,  D.  C,  399. 
Wood,  F.  W.,  487. 
Wood,  M.  D.,  397. 
Wood,  R.  C,  899. 
Wood,  W.  W..  08. 
Woodbury,  C.  G.,  406. 
Woodbury,  R.  JI.,  295. 
Woodroffe,  J.  F.,  544. 
Woods,  A.  F.,  707,  709. 
Woods,  C.  D.,  19,  30,  33,  34, 

38,  67,  298,  325. 
Woodward,  J.,  18. 
Woodward,  T.  E.,  481. 
Woodworth,  C.  W.,  88. 
Woodyatt,  R.  T.,  473. 
AYoolsey,  T.  S.,  jr.,  42,  451. 
Wooton,  E.  O.,  439. 
Work,  P.,  499. 
Works.  G.  A.,  406. 
Wormald,  II.,  151,  251,  550. 
Woronichin,  N.  N.,  454. 
Worsham,  E.  L.,  461. 
Worsham,  W.  A.,  jr., 721,  811. 
Wright,  C.  H.,  320,  806. 
Wright,  H.  H.,  619. 


Wright,  n.  K.,  96. 
Wright.  M.,  300. 
Wright,  P.  A.,  275. 
Wright,  R.  C,  218. 
Wrlghtson,  W.  D.,  53. 
Wuertz,  A.  J.,  697. 
WUnsche,  F.,  202. 
Wurth,  T.,  840. 
Wiirzburger,  297. 
Wyatt,  F.  A..  726. 
AVylle,  C.  E..  400. 
Wynne,  W.  P.,  419,  420. 

Yano,  M.,  255,  256, 
Yeager,  A.  F.,  699. 
Yerkes,  A.  P.,  292. 
Yoshida,  S.,  384. 
Yothers,  M.  A.,  363. 
Young,  E.  E.,  379. 
Young.  H.  D.,  313. 
Young,  II.  E.,  500. 
Young,  R.  F.,  116. 
Young,  W.,  385. 
Y'oung,  W.  J.,  74. 
Youngburg,  G.  E.,  859. 

Zachariades,  N.,  613. 
Zacher,  F.,  460,  463. 
Zaleski,  W.,  634. 
Zande.  J.  E.  van  der,  109. 
Zapparoli,  T.  V.,  436. 
Zavitz,  C.  A.,  406,  740. 
Zavltz,  E.  J.,  242. 
Zdobnick^',  V.,  524. 
Zeman,  F.  D.,  63, 165. 
Zerbst,  G.  H.,  249. 
Zetek,  J.,  258. 
Zimmerley,  H.  H.,  500. 
Zinn,  J.,  831. 
Zinsser,  H.,  73. 
Zoeren.  G.  J.  van,  12,  416. 
Zoller,  II.  F.,  327. 
Zon,  P.  van,  843. 
Zschokke,  T..  367,  446. 
Zuckerkandl,  H.  N.,  129,  130. 
Zuntz,  E.,  280. 
Zuntz,  N.,  474,  859. 
Zwaluwenburg,  R.  H.  van,  758. 


INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS. 


Note.— The  abbreviations  "Ala.  Collegf,"  "Conn.  State,"  'Mass.,"  etc.,  after  entries 
refer  to  the  publications  of  the  respective  state  experiment  stations;  "  Alaska,"  "Guam," 
"  Hawaii,"  and  "  P.  R."  to  those  of  the  experiment  stations  in  Alaska,  Guam,  Hawaii,  and 
Porto  Rico ;  "  Can."  to  those  of  the  experiment  stations  in  Canada ;  and  "  U.S.D.A."  to 
those  of  this  Department. 


Page. 

Abbe,   C,  biographical   sketch 699 

Abderhalden  reaction,   studies 73,  179 

Abortion — 

contagious,  diagnosis 6,81 

contagious,  in  cattle.  Mo 879 

contagious,    in    cattle    in    Rho- 
desia    76 

contagious,  in  mares 282 

infectious,  in  cattle,  Mich 784 

infectious,  in  mares,  immuniza- 
tion    80 

infectious,  review  of  literature-  884 

Acacia  seedlings,  variation  in 329 

Acerophagus  n.spp.,  descriptions 858 

Acetaldehyde,  synthesis  in  fruits 611 

Acetone  in  milk 202 

Acetylene    gas,    use    against    mange 

parasites 279 

Achillea  millefolium,  volatile  oil  of_  807 
Acid    phosphate.       (See    Superphos- 
phate. 

Acidosis,  causes  of 47.3 

Acids — 

amino.     (See  Amino  acids.) 

localization  in  fleshy  fruits 226 

unsaturated  fatty,  biological  sig- 
nificance    381 

Acocephaltis  spp.,  life  histories,  Me_  553 

Acokanthera  venenata,  notes 678 

Acoi-ns  for  fowls 172 

Actia  pilipennis,  notes 659 

Actinomycetes,    function    in    soils, 

N.Y.State 523 

Actinomycosis,  bovine,  pathology 488 

Acythopeus     citruUi    n.sp.,     descrip- 
tion    365 

Adsorption  phenomena,  review  of  in- 
vestigations   432 

JEcidium  sorhi  and  Uredo  nootJcaten- 

sis,  identity 844 

^gilops  spp.,  relation  to  wheat  mil- 
dew, Mo 651 

^lia  rostrata,  notes 56 

Aenasioidea  n.spp.,    descriptions 858 

Aenoplex  n.spp.,  descriptions 262 

Aerological      research      in     Canada, 

U.S.D.A 618 


Page. 

African  coast  fever.  Immunization 678 

At/alUa      sanguinolcnta,       remedies, 

U.S.D.A 465 

Agaricus   melleus,  notes 155 

Agave  sisalana,  leaf  disease  of 846 

Agricultural — 

associations  in  France  under  war 

conditions 603 

chemistry.     (See  Chemistry.) 
colleges  in  United  States,  statis- 
tics        394 

colleges,     laws     concerning 

U.S.D.A 94 

colleges,  military  legislation  af- 
fecting        599 

(See    also    Alabama,    Ari- 
zona, etc.) 
cooperation  in  various  countries.       893 

cooperation,  organizing 296 

cooperation,  papers  on 893 

cooperative      associations      law, 

N.C 296 

cooperative  societies  in  Bengal-       794 
cooperative    societies    in    Bom- 
bay Presidency 589 

credit  for  reclamation  projects-       392 

credit  in   Australia 392 

credit  in  Kansas 392 

credit  in  New  Hampshire 90 

credit    in    United    States,    U.S. 

D.A 693 

credit  in  Wisconsin,  Wis 589 

credit     legislation     in     United 

States 101 

credit,  report  on 296 

credit  unions  law,  N.C 296 

Day  in  Ohio 299 

economics.     (See  Rural  econom- 
ics.) 
education  as  affected  by  Euro- 
pean war 599 

education  in  Argentina 895 

education  in  Brazil 695 

education      in      England      and 

Wales,  government  aid  to 194 

education   in   Manitoba 92 

education  in  New  Brunswick —       894 

923 


924 


EXPEEIMENT  STATION-  EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Agricultural — Continued.  Page. 

education,   problems   in 405 

education,  progress  in 394 

(See    also    Agricultural    in- 
struction.) 
engineering,  value  to  farm  life, 

U.S.D.A 184 

engineering      work      for      high 

schools 94 

experiment  stations.      (See  Ex- 
periment stations.) 
extension,     examples     of,     U.S. 

D.A 19.5 

extension,  fundamentals   in 108 

extension  in  high  schools 92 

extension  in  New  York 198 

extension   legislation   in   United 

States 297 

extension  workers,  preparation-  297 

facts  and  figures,  handbook 899 

implement     sheds     for     prairie 

farms 690 

Implements       and       machinery, 

tests   578 

implements    in    Bombay    Presi- 
dency   293 

implements,  normal  day's  work 

of,   U.S.D.A 892 

Institute  at  Florence,  Italy 695 

institutions  as  affected  by  Euro- 
pean   war 605 

instruction — 

and  research  in  Dutch  East 

Indies 592 

field  exercises  in 198 

for  women   in    Great   Brit- 
ain   395 

home      practice     in,      U.S. 

D.A 694 

home  projects  in 195, 

198,  298,  498,  594 

In  Austria 895 

in  Canada 395 

in  elementary  schools 896 

in  Iowa  schools 592 

in  Maryland  schools 194 

in  Philippines 92 

in   Prussia 592 

in  rural  schools 395 

in  Silesia 395 

in    Surinam 193 

in  Sweden 395 

in     United     States     Indian 

schools 895 

progress  in 298 

journals  as  affected  by  European 

war 608 

journals,    new 100,  600,  699 

labor   in   North    Carolina 589 

laborers,    day's    work    of,    U.S. 

D.A 892 

laborers   in    Prance 496 

laborers  in   Sweden 793 

legislation  in  United   States 101, 

297,  598 

machinery,  recent  inventions  ln_  494 


Agricultural — Continued.  Page. 

machinery,    treatise 494 

machinery,    use  in    Spain 296 

meteorology.  (See  Meteorol- 
ogy.) 

organizations,    U.S.D.A 190 

population,  reasons  for  de- 
crease    294 

practice,    effect    on    decline    of 

Roman    Empire 694 

production,  economic    factors  in_  407 

production,  increasing,  U.S.D.A-  192 

products,    distribution 407 

products,    drying 417 

products,  international  trade  in 

1913 793 

products,  marketing 89,  407 

products,  marketing,   N.C 296 

products,  marketing  in   Hawaii, 

U.S.D.A 190 

products,  perishable,  marketing-  892 

products,  prices  in  1915 394 

products,  prices  in  Scotland 497 

products,     standardization     and 

warehousing 296 

products,    trade    and    commerce 

in 497 

products,  transportation  in  Ar- 
gentina    892 

publications,  selected  list 195 

research  in  Brazil 695 

research  in  England  and  Wales, 

government  aid  to 194 

resources     and     possibilities    in 

California 795 

resources  of  Nebraska 394 

schools  in  Denmark 695 

schools,  vocational,  in  Massa- 
chusetts   694 

statistics  in  Argentina 91,  893 

statistics  in  British  Guiana 795 

statistics   in    England    and 

Wales 590,  893 

statistics  in  Finland 497 

statistics  in  French  Colonies 497 

statistics  in  Germany 589 

statistics  in   Hungary 497,  590 

statistics  in  India 91,  498,  590 

statistics  in  Ohio 497 

statistics  in  Roumania 894 

statistics  in  Saxony 297 

statistics  in  Scotland 497 

statistics  in  Southern  Rhodesia-  590 

statistics  in  Sweden 894 

statistics  in  Switzerland 590 

survey  of  Brooke  County,  W.Va_  90 

teachers,  preparation 406 

Agriculture — 

as  affected  by  European  war-  601,  891 
at  National   Education  Associa- 
tion    197 

correspondence   courses   in 592 

Department  of.  (See  United 
States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture.) 

for  school  and  farm 93 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


925 


Agriculture — Contlnueil.  Page. 

graduate    school 401 

in   Alaska,   Alaska 295 

in  black  belt  of  Alabama 794 

in  California 194 

in    Dutch    East    Indies 690 

in    Egypt 794,894 

in    Morocco 91 

in  New  Zealand 795 

in  northern  New  York ■')09 

in  Philippines 19,^ 

in   South  Africa 795 

in   Sweden 395 

in  Tennessee 795 

in   United   States,  graphic  sum- 
mary, U.S.D.A 191 

school  and  home  projects  in 195 

short  courses  in  Canada 695 

text-book 92,  499 

tropical,   text-book S9C 

Agrilua — 

egenus,  notes 356 

sinuatus.     (See  Pear-tree  borer, 
sinuate.) 

Agronomy,  terminology  in 30 

Ailantlius  altissima,  history  and  bo- 
tanical   notes 747 

Air,  upper,  illusions  of 317 

{See  also  Atmosphere.) 

Alabama  College — 

notes 397 

Station,   report 299 

Alaska   Stations,  notes 397 

Albuminous     bases,     isolation     from 

soils  by  hydrolysis 212 

Alcohol — 

anhydrous,  preparation 110 

determination     in     presence    of 

phenol 13 

from  sulphite  liquor  waste 14 

in  homemade  root  beer 557 

ingestion  as  protection   against 

cold 474 

metabolism,  rapidity  of 764 

oxidation   by    seedlings 634 

water     mixtures,     boiling     and 

condensing  points 11 

Alder,  analyses  and  nutritive  value-  164 

Aleurocanthus     n.spp.,     descriptions, 

U.S.D.A 552 

Aleurothrlxus  porteri  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion, U.S.D.A 552 

Alcyrodes  citri.      (See  White  fly.) 

Alfalfa- 
analyses,   Conn. State 562 

as  a  green  manure 629 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium, U.S.D.A 726 

as  an  orchard  sliade  crop,  Oreg_  236 

crown  gall,  notes 245 

culture,  Wash 33 

culture  and  history,  U.S.D.A 8.?0 

culture  experiments.  La 337 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak 228 

culture  in  Nebraska,  Nebr 439,  827 

diseases,  notes,  N..T 245 

83103°— 17 4 


Alfalfa — Continued.  Page. 

diseases,  studies,  Wl» 544 

fertilizer  oxperlmentB,   T7.S.D.A.  B20 

grasshopper,  notes 687 

hardiness,   N.Dak 229 

hay  for  pigs.  N.Dak 478 

hopper,  three-cornered,  notes 657 

Inoculation  eiporlmenfs,   Minn.  336 

llmln«  oxporlmontH,   K.I 229 

meal,   analyses.    Conn. State 562 

meal,   analyses,   N.II 373 

meal,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

meal,  analyses,   R.I 374 

meal,  analyses,  Wis B62 

root  rot,  notes 846 

seed  ehalel.l  rty.  Ariz 551 

seed,  impermeable,  viability,  U.S. 

DA 740 

seeding  experiments,  Minn 836 

transplanting,     S.Dak 830 

\arletlcs 31 

varieties,  Ariz 527 

varieties,    Hawaii 628 

varieties.    Mo 826 

varieties,  N.Dak 228,229 

varieties.   S.Dak 530 

varieties,    U.S.D.A 830 

varieties.   Wis 628 

webworm,  studies,  Okla 158 

weevil,  control  In  Arizona 656 

weevil,    notes,    U.S.D.A 664 

white  spot,  notes 846 

winterkilling,    Ohio 630 

Alfllarla  seed.  Impermeable,  viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

AlgiB — 

chondrlosomes  In 635 

marine,  enzym  action  In 25 

marine,  gas  exchange  In 431 

Alkali    soils   or   lands.      (See   Soils, 
alkali.) 

Alkaline    solutions,    toxicity   toward 

plants 28 

Alkaloid,  formation  in  tobacco 333 

Alligator  pears.     (Sec  .\vocados.) 

■  AUorhina  mutabilis,  remedlos,  Ariz.  651 

Allspice,  effect  on  micro-organisms 557 

Almond  gummosis,  studies 849 

Almonds- 
crown   gall   resistance   In 645 

floral   biology 437 

Alocasla  storage  rots,  U.S.D.A 750 

Alteniaria — 

cUri,  notes 749 

solaiii,  notes 647 

.\lto- cumulus     with     vlr  gains, 

U.S.D.A 115 

.\lum,  toxicity  In  the  diet 473 

Aluminum — 

absorption  from  food  products —  860 

as  affectod  by  nitric  acid 802 

dairy  utensils,  tests 189 

determination  in   biological   ma- 
terials   802 

nitrld,   availability  of  nitrogen 

in 427 


926 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Aluminum — ^Continued.  Page. 

nitrid,  manufacture  and  use 428 

salts,  toxic  effect  on  rice 817 

sulphate,    effect    on    growth    of 

sugar  beets 217 

sulphate,  purification  of  water 

by 388 

American    Road    Builders'    Associa- 
tion    84 

Amids,  ninhydrin  reaction  with 615 

Amino  acids — 

free,    utilization 165 

isolated,     feeding     experiments 

with 862 

minimum   for   maintenance  and 

growth 268 

monosubstituted,  determination-  315 

ninhydrin  reaction  with 614,  615 

rCle  in  nutrition 269,  368 

Ammonia — 

accumulation  by  soil  fungi 513 

action  on  superphosphate 519 

elimination  in  urine  during  rest-  863 

synthetic,  manufacture  and  use_  428 
Ammonification — 

as  a  criterion  for  measuring  soil 

fertility,  N.Dak 25 

as    affected    by    humus-forming 

materials 216 

in  soils,  N.Dak 729 

Ammonium — 

bicarbonate,  fertilizing  value-  325,  518 

carbonate,  fertilizing  value 126, 

218,  519 

chlorid,  absorption  by  plants 435 

chlorid,  fertilizing  value 126, 

218,  325,  427,  518 
compounds,  stereochemistry  and 

biological  action 435 

nitrate,  fertilizing  value-  218,  427,  518 

phosphate,  fertilizing  value 519 

salts,  absorption  and  solution  in 

soils 512 

salts,  absorption  by  plants 433,  435 

salts,  effect  on  phosphorites 816 

salts,  ninhydrin  reaction  wlth__  614 
sodium    sulphate,    fertilizing 

value 218,  325 

sulphate,   action   as  affected  by 

distribution  in  soils 518 

sulphate,    availability    of    nitro- 
gen In,  N.J 123 

sulphate,    effect    on    action    of 

phosphates 326 

sulphate,  fertilizing  value 30, 

126,  218,  323,  325,  427,  518,  519 

sulphate,  fertilizing  value.  La 336 

sulphate,  manufacture  and  use-  328 

Ammophila  spp.,  bionomics 468 

Amwia  cucumeris  n.sp.,  description-  454 
Amoebotcenia     sphenoides,     anatomy 

and  life  history 81 

Amylase  in  resting  potato  tubers 634 

Anagrus    armatus    nigriceps    n.var., 

description 262 


Analytical  methods —  Page. 

editing 311 

standard,  review 415 

Anaphylactic  shock,   coagulation   re- 
action  in 486 

Anaphylaxis,  behavior  of  blood  plate- 
lets in 574 

Anaplasma  marginale,  cultivation  in 

vitro 678 

Anaplasmata    in    anemic    vertebrate 

blood 782 

Anaplasmosis,  immunization 678 

Anarsia  lineatella.     (See  Peach  twig- 
moth.) 
Anastatus     semiflavidus     n.sp.,     de- 
scription         262 

AncijUs    angiilifasciana,   studies, 

Ohio 553 

Anemia — 

pernicious,  in  horses 80,  678 

pernicious,  metabolism  in 371 

Anemometers,   kite,  calibrating,  U.S. 

D.A 619 

Aneristtia     oculatipennis     n.sp.,     de- 
scription         761 

Anesthesia — 

and    narcosis    of    animals    and 

birds,  handbook 379 

production  by  injection  of  mag- 
nesium sulphate 484 

Anesthetics,  effect  on  dormant  woody 

plants,  Mo 221 

(See    also    Ether    and    Chloro- 
form.) 
Angiosperms,      disorganization      o  f 

pollen-sac   tapetum    cells 431 

Anilin  dyes,   acid,  anticoagulant  ac- 
tion  on    protein 880 

Animal — 

breeding,   age    as    a    factor    in, 

Mo 868 

diseases,     handbook 379 

diseases    In    Argentina 678 

diseases  in   Dutch  East  Indies-       379 

diseases  in   India 483 

diseases    in    India,    treatment 784 

diseases  in   Ireland 279 

diseases    In    Paris    and    Depart- 
ment of  the  Seine 279 

diseases     in     Union     of     South 

Africa 678 

diseases,    relation   to   food   sup- 
ply,   U.S.D.A 178 

(See  also  specific  diseases.) 
husbandry  extension  course  for 

boys'  and  girls'  clubs 396 

husbandry  instruction  in  United 

States,    history 897 

husbandry,  school  lessons  on 592 

nutrition.   Investigations,   Minn-       670 
nutrition,  mineral  elements  in-       867 

parasites  in  Guam 460 

production,    text-book 167 

tissues,  indicators  from 204 

Animals — 

anesthesia  and  narcosis  of 379 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


92 


.    .  Page. 

Animals — Continued. 

blood    relationship,    studies 372 

fumigation    for    external    para- 
sites        650 

laboratory,    Identification 880 

mineral  metabolism   of 100 

wild,  of  North  America,  pocket 

guide 354 

(See    also    Live    stock,    Cattle, 
Sheep,  etc.) 

Anascia  n.sp.,   nematodes  affecting 658 

Anomalini  of  Germany 661 

Anopheles — 

anatomical    studies 659 

transmission  of  malaria  by 360,  361 

Anopheles — 

barianensis,    notes 759 

crucians,   malaria  parasites   in_ 

epp.,    flight    of 

Anophelinse  in  British  Columbia 

Anophelini,    Indian,    nomenclature 

Anthidium  spp.,  bionomics 

Anthocyanin — 

pigments,  formation 333,  523 

products,    origin    and    transfor- 
mation  

Anthomyidae,  carnivorous  larvae  of 

Anthonomus — 

grandis.      (See  Cotton-boll  wee- 
vil.) 
signatus.     (See  Strawberry  wee- 
vil.) 

Anthothrips  floridensis,  notes,  Fla 

Anthracenic    oil    for    waterproofing 
cement 


759 
258 
755 
759 
468 


130 
363 


852 


493 

74 
74 

882 
487 
784 


Anthrax — 

diagnosis 

immunization 

spores,  destruction  in  hides  and 

skins 

spores,  resistance  to  heat 

treatment 379, 

Antibodies — 

and  antigens,  coexistence  in  the 

body 781 

of  the  lymph,  origin 73 

tubercular,  studies 784  ! 

Anticarsia  gemmatilis,   studies,  Fla_       852 

Antiferments,  bacterial,  nature  of 382 

Antigens  from  serum-grown  bacteria, 

nonspecific  reaction 679 

Antiphenol  serum,  tests 279 

Antiseptics,  effect  on  soils 515 

Antisheep  amboceptor,   production —       574 

Ants — 

acrobat,  notes 254 

Argentine,  distribution  and  con- 
trol,   U.S.D.A 761 

fungus  growing,  remedies 761 

harvester,  remedies,  Ariz 551 

house,  remedies,  U.S.D.A 555 

of  Great  Britain,  guide 262 

removal  of  onion  seeds  by 365 

white.     (See  Termites.) 


Pajte. 
Apantelcs   miUtaria,  eflfect  on   army 

worm   larvffi,    TT.S.D.A 553 

Apateticus  spp.,  life  histories 658 

Apatite,  action  of  fertilizer  salts  on_  326 
Aphwrcta  sarcophaow  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion    262 

Aphid  ecology,  problems  in 658 

Aphidenciirtus  aspidioti — 

brittanicus  n.var.,  description..  365 

n.sp.,    description 203 

Aphididse — 

intermediates   in 256 

of  California ,50 

Aphidoletes     meridionalia,     studios, 

U.S.D.A 855 

Aphids — 

in  British  Columbia 75.'» 

newly    hatched,    remedies,    N.Y, 

State —1 1 7.57 

Aphiochwta   ferruginea,   relation    to 

Asiatic  cholera 258 

Apliis — 

maidi-radicis.      (See   Corn    root 

aphis.) 
pomt-maU.     (See  Apple  aphis.) 

pseudobrassicw,  studies,  Ind 756 

rumicis,  notes.  Conn. State 54 

sorM,  alternate  or  summer  host 

plants 463 

sorbi,  notes 853 

Aphis,  woolly — 

notes.  Conn. State 54 

notes,   Oreg 552 

Aphthous     fever.        (Sec     Foot-and- 
mouth  disease.) 

Aphycus   n.spp.,   descriptions 857 

Apiary  inspection- — 

in   Connecticut,    Conn. State 53 

in  Indiana 461 

in  Massachusetts 662 

Apiculture.     (See  Beekeeping.) 
Apis  melUfera.     (See  Bees.) 
Apple— 

aphids,  life  histories  and  habits.  462 

aphids,  remedies 456,  838 

aphids,   remedies,   N.Y.State 757 

aphis,  browu,  notes,  Oreg 253 

aphis,    green,   notes 657 

aphis,  woolly,  notes,  Oreg 253 

bitter  pit,  investigations 456,457 

borers,  control  in  West  Virginia.  657 

brown  rot,  studies 248 

canker,   studies 653 

canker,  treatment,  Mo 848 

cider  as  a  source  of  alcohol 113 

collar  blight,  studies.  Pa 548 

crown  gall,  studies,  Ga 35 

disease  in  New  Zealand 456 

diseases  in    Pennsylvania 351 

diseases,  treatment.  Me 752 

eye  rot,  notes 151 

fire   blight,    description 848 

fire     blight,     dissemination     by 

bees 662 

frog-eye  leaf  spot,  studies,  Va —  151 


928 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Apple — Continued.  Page. 

fruit  buds,  formation,  Mo 837 

fruit  buds,  formation,  Ohio 499 

fruit-pit  disease,   notes 456 

fruit  spot  or  stlppen,  notes 848 

fruit    spots    and    rots,    studies, 

Oreg 242 

heart  rot,  studies 653 

leaf  blister  mite,  notes,  U.S.D.A-  263 

leaf  diseases,   description,   Me —  752 

leaf  miner,  notes,  Oreg 253 

maggot  in  Nova  Scotia 853 

maggot,   remedies,  Me 660 

mildew,   notes 650 

mushroom     root     rot,      studies, 

Oreg 242 

orchards,  cost  of  spraying 838 

orchards,  cover  crops  for,  Pa —  540 
orchards,     culture    experiments. 

Pa 644 

orchards,  dusting 447 

orchards,  intercrops  for.  Pa 540 

orchards,  management 143,  456 

orchards,  profits  from 342,  447 

orchards,    tillage   v.    sod    mulch 

for.  Pa 644 

Phytophthora  rot,  notes 848 

pollen,    germination 731 

pomace,  feeding  value,  Mass 373 

red     bug,     false,     notes,     Conn. 

State 54 

red  hugs,  remedies 456 

rust,  control  in  West  Virginia 657 

rust,    investigations 848 

rust,  investigations,  W.Va 49 

rust,  notes 151 

scab  fungus,  development  of  pe- 

rithecia   in 351 

scab,  overwintering,  Me 753 

scab,  treatment 343,  447 

scab,    treatment,    Idaho 249 

scab,  treatment.  Me 549 

scab,   treatment,  Oreg 248,  548 

silver  loaf  disease,  notes 650 

sooty  blotch,  notes 550 

spot  diseases,  studies 456 

stocks,  influence  oh  vintage 645 

tentiform  leaf  miner,  unspotted, 

studies,  U.S.D.A 359 

tree  borer,  flat-headed,  notes 656 

tree-cricket  canker,   N.Y. State 547 

tree  wounds,  painting 446 

trees,    dynamiting    experiments, 

Pa 539 

trees,  root  systems,  Oreg 541 

trees,    starch    storage    and    mi- 
gration  in 645 

trees,    winter    injury    to    roots, 

Wis 542 

winter      injury      or      die-back, 

studies,  Oreg 242 

worms  in  Nova  Scotia 853 

Apples — 

alternate  cropping 37 

classiflcatlon 644 

cold  storage 447 


Apples — Continued.  Page. 

color  in,  Pa 645 

culture  experiments 37,342,447 

culture  experiments,  Pa 540 

culture  in  New  York 836 

drying 418 

evaporation,  Wash 418 

fertilizer  experiments 238,  342,  447 

fertilizer  experiments,  Me 38 

fertilizer  experiments.  Mo 837 

fertilizer  experiments,  Oreg 235,  540 

fertilizer  experiments.  Pa 540 

growth    and    color    development 

in,  Oreg 838 

handling  and  storing 342 

hardiness  in 236 

improvement 342 

incipient   drying   of   leaves   and 

fruit 238 

insects  affecting 853 

interrelation  of  root  and  scion 142 

new,  description,  N.  Y.  State 37 

nursery,  root  systems  of 142 

packing 838 

planting  with  dynamite 236 

planting  with  dynamite.   Me 752 

pollination  in  relation  to  weather 

conditions 237 

pruning   experiments 142 

score  cards  for 236 

self-sterility  in,  Mo 837 

sensitivity  to  poison 456,  457 

spraying    experiments 342 

spraying  experiments,  111 39 

top-working,   cost 342 

transplanting   experiments 37 

transplanting  experiments,  Me_  38 

tree  characters 236 

variation  in,  Oreg 838 

varieties  for  British  Columbia 237 

varieties,  identification 236 

varieties  in  Ohio,  Ohio 40 

water   core   in,   Ohio 40 

winter  washes  for 38 

Apricot — 

disease  in  Rhone  Valley 249 

diseases  in  France 49,  50 

fruit  spots,  descriptions 651 

Apricots,  crown  gall  resistance  in 645 

Apterotrix   lonfjiclava  n.sp.,   descrip- 
tion    366 

Archips — 

ar'jyrospila,  remedies,  Oreg 551 

rosaceana,    notes 853 

rosana,  notes.  Conn.  State 54 

Arginase,  action  on  creatin 313 

Arginin — 

determination 415 

in  chernozem  soils 212 

Arfiyresihia  illmninatella,  notes 258 

Arizona — 

Station,    notes 95 

Station,   report 594 

University,   notes 95,  596 

Arkansas    University    and    Station, 

notes 95 


1916] 


INDEX   OP   SUBJECTS. 


929 


Page. 

Armillaria  mellea,  notes 351,  75-j 

Army  worm — 

fall,  studies 50 

life  history,  U.S.D.A 854 

notes,    U.S.D.A 465 

outbreak  in  1914,  N.Y.Cornell__       553 

outbreaks  in  Canada 35G 

parasitized,  food  of,  U.S.D.A 553 

Arrhenatherum    avenuceum,   relation 

to  oat  mildew,  Mo 651 

Arrhenophagus  n.spp.,  descriptions 365 

Arrowroot,  starch  content,  Okla 108 

Arsenic — 

compounds,     tuberculocidal     ac- 
tion         181 

determiuatiou 207 

effect    on    nitrogen-flxing   organ- 
isms of  soils,  U.S.D.A 515 

Arsenical    dip    tester 078 

Ascariasis  in  horses  and  swine 489 

Ascaris  inflexa,  treatment,  Cal 38.") 

Ash     constituents,     role     in     living 

plants 131 

Ashes — 

analyses 127 

incinei-ator,  analyses,  N.J  128 

Asilidae,  new   species   from   southern 

California 85.") 

Asparagus — 

culture,  N..I 1-11 

culture  experiments,  Oreg 341 

culture  iu  California 83,^) 

seed,      impermeable,      viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

Aspergillosis  in  ostrich  chicks 678 

Aspergillus,   growth   in   arsenic  solu- 
tions        281 

Aspergillus  niger  on   citrus 748 

Asphalts,    specifications    and    defini- 
tions        888 

Aspidiotus    penUciosus.       (See    San 

Jose  scale.) 
Association — 

of  Agricultural  College  Editors.       199 
of    American    Agricultural    Col- 
leges    and     Experiment     Sta- 
tions   297,  701 

of    OfiBcial    Agricultural    Chem- 
ists        419 

Asteia  n.spp.,  notes 259 

Asteroleoamum     bambiiscB    In    Cali- 
fornia        358 

Atheaapeuta    oryzm    n.sp.,     descrip- 
tion         365 

Atmosphere — 

circulation  of,  U.S.D.A 419,808 

ionization  of  aqueous  vapor  in, 

U.S.D.A 618 

propagation    of    sound   in,    U.S. 

D.A 618 

stories  of,  U.S.D.A 115 

Atmospheric — 

electricity,   U.S.D.A 419 

pollution  in  England 15 


PaKc. 
Atmospheric — Continued. 

pollution  In  Great  Britain,  U.S. 

D.S 420 

pressure.     (See  Barometric  pres- 
sure, 
tenipornturo.         (Sec     Tempera- 
ture.) 
Atriplex  seed,  impermeable,  viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

Atta  insularis,  remedies 701 

Atvidaberg  Dairy  Bacteriological  In- 
stitution,  report 379 

.\.utomobile  registrations,  licenses,  and 

revenues,    U.S.D.A 585 

Avocados — 

culture,    Hawaii 542 

propagation,    Hawaii 539 

varieties ; 449 

Azotobacter — 

in  soils  of  foreign  countries 320 

media   for 226 

Bacillus — 

abortivus    equinus,   gas    produc- 
tion by 785 

abortivus  equinus,  virulence 885 

amaracnjlus,      dehydration      of 

glycerin    by 164 

amylovorus,  studies 351,848 

amylovorus,  studies.   Pa 548 

anthracis   spores,    resistance    to 

heat 487 

burgeri,  n.sp.,  description 454 

carotovorus,  notes,  U.S.D.A 750 

voli,  destruction    by   electricity-        176 

coU,  determination  In  water 287 

coli,    relation    to    coconut    bud 

rot 353,850 

enteritidis  as  a  cause  of  infec- 
tious diarrhea  In  calves 488 

manUioti-s,    notos 245 

petroselini  n.sp.,    description 454 

radicicola,   studies,    Ga 729 

saccharaUs  n.sp.,  description 505 

subtilis,      proteolytic      activity, 

Mass 204 

thuringiensis    n.sp.,    notes 253 

tracheiphilus,    transmission     by 

insects,    U.S.D.A 546 

Bacillus,  Prelsz-Nocard,  from  equine, 

bovine,    and    ovine    abscesses 574 

Bacon,   black   pigment  areas   In 376 

Bacteria — 

aerobic  spore-bearing  nonpatho- 
genic,   studies 378 

as  affected  by  spices 557 

Bulgarian     group,     morphology 

and  biochemistry,   Kans 10 

destruction      with      hydrocyanic 

acid   gas 53 

growth    in    arsenic   solutions 281 

in  intestinal  tract  of  calves 282 

iu  milk,  soils,  water,  etc.      (See 

Milk,  Soils.  Water,  etc.) 
life  cycles,  U.S.D.A 728 


930 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   BECORD. 


[Vol.  85 


Bacteria — Continued.  Page, 
nitrifying,  rOle  in  decomposition 

of    manure 426 

nodule,   for  legumes 322 

r61e  in  reducing  wine  acidity —  113 
serum-grown,   use   in   producing 

immune    serum 679 

spore-forming,  function  in  soils, 

N.Y.State 523 

Bacterial — 

antiferments,    nature  of 382 

spores,   resistance  to  heat 487 

Bacteriological   counts — 

agar  v.   gelatin   plates  in,   N.Y. 

State 525 

limit  of  colonies  in,  N.Y.State.  525 

Bacteriology- — 

agricultural,    treatise 328 

international    catalogue 574 

of  bubble  fountains 860 

Bacteriotoxins  in   soils 626 

Bacterium — 

heticolum,    studies 454 

malvaceariim,   notes,    S.C 652 

pullorum  in  eggs  and  its  signifi- 
cance  in    food    poisoning 264, 

481,  683 

saccharum  offldnarum  n.sp..  La-  317 

tumefaciens,    notes 454 

Baeus  auraticeps   n.sp.,   description.  365 

Bagasse,    fertilizing   value.    La 337 

Baking — 

handbook 859 

powders,   studies 802,  860 

temperatures    for 268 

Balclutha  punctata,  life  history,  Me_  553 

Balloons,    use   in    meteorology,    U.S. 

D.A 618 

Balsa   wood,   properties 241 

Bamboo  scale,  soft,  in  California —  358 

Banana — 

borer,    life    history 57 

diseases   in    Jamaica 458 

fungus   disease   in   Oaxaca   and 

Tabasco 458 

Panama  disease,  treatment 153 

rot  in   India 458 

Bananas  in  Philippines 647 

Boris  portulacoB  n.sp.,  description 365 

Bark-louse — 

oyster-sheU.      (See    Oyster-shell 

scale.) 
scurfy.     (See  Scurfy  scale.) 

Barley — 

bacterial  blight,  notes 845 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

culture,  continuous 30 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak 228 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

culture    in    western    Nebraska, 

Nebr 438 

decorticated   or   sterilized,   rela- 
tion to  beri-beri 167 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 245 

diseases,  treatment,  Wis 544 


Barley — Continued.  Page. 
fertilizer  experiments.  30,  325,  326,  425 

fertilizer  experiments,  U.S.D.A-  520 

germinated,  maltase  in 414 

growth  as  affected  by  concentra- 
tion of  nutrient  solution 436 

inoculation  experiments,  N.Dak_  32 

liming  experiments 429 

middlings,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

rusts,  description 47 

seedlings,    absorption    of    nitro- 
gen by 434 

shorts,   analyses.   Wis 562 

smuts,   notes,   Kans 348 

varieties 30,  33,  637 

varieties,  Ariz 526 

varieties.  Mo 826 

varieties,  N.Dak 228,  229 

varieties  for  Montana  dry  lands, 

U.S.D.A 735 

yield  as  affected  by  sulphur,  Wis_  529 

Barns  for  prairie  farms 689 

Barnyard  manure — 

effect  on  soil  bacteria,  U.S.D.A-  814 

effect  on  soil  nitrogen 218 

fertilizing  value 30,  323,  519,  629 

fertilizing  value,  N.J 125 

fertilizing   value,    Nebr 438 

fertilizing  value,  Ohio___  535,  536,  815 

substitutes    for 323 

time  and  depth  of  application 425 

V.  fertilizers,  Ohio 815 

Barometric   pressure   in    Italy, 

U.S.D.A 618 

Basic  slag.     (See  Phosphatic  slag.) 

Bassus  carpocapsce  n.sp.,  description-  262 

Bat- 
guano,    analyses 127,  328 

new,  from  Porto  Rico 460 

Bathing  in   Great  Salt  Lake,   meta- 
bolic influences  of 767 

Batrachedra  rtteyi,  studies,  U.S.D.A-  256 

Bay  tree,  culture  for  oil 449 

Bdellolarynx  sanguinolentus,  life  his- 
tory    856 

Bean — 

anthracnose,    treatment 652 

blight,   treatment 652 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 245 

leaf  roller,   notes 355 

maggot,  notes,   Mich 363 

oil,    constants   of 611 

Beans — 

culture  experiments 141 

fertilizer   experiments 425 

inheritance  of  height  in,  Nebr —  836 
jack,    culture    experiments,    Ha- 
waii   528 

jack,   urease  content 612 

Lima,  insects  affecting 355 

Lyon,  hybridization  experiments, 

Fla 829 

Mungo,  for  rice  soils,  La 338 

Navy,  starch  content,  Okla 108 

small,  seeding  experiments,  Ariz_  526 


19161 


INDEX   or  SUBJECTS. 


931 


Page. 

Beans — Continued. 

Tepary,   yields,   Ariz 527 

varieties 141 

varieties    resistant    to    anthrac- 

nose,    La 348 

velvet.     (See  Velvet  beans.) 

Bedbugs,  destruction  by  heat 658 

Beeches,    historical   sketch 241 

Beef- 
frozen,    treatment    and    utiliza- 
tion   859 

scrap,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

temperatures  for  roasting 2(57 

Beekeepers'  Association  of  Ontario.  262 

Beekeeping — 

in  Guam,  Guam 850 

in    Texas 262 

in  Wisconsin,  Wis 201 

notes 461,  467 

notes,    Wash 4i»'.> 

relation  to  spraying 662 

Bees — 

brood  diseases  of 761 

mouth   parts  of 365 

relation  to  fire  blight 662 

removing     from     hollow     trees, 

Guam 856 

swarming .S65 

transferring,  Mich 467 

wild,    treatise 468 

Beeswax,  analyses 203 

Beet — 

fly,  notes 466 

foliage,  dried,   acidity 770 

pulp,     dried,     analyses,     Conn. 

State 562 

pulp,  dried,  analyses,  N.H 373 

pulp,  dried,  analyses,  N.Y.State_  867 

pulp,  dried,  analyses,  R.I 374 

residues  for  farm  stock.  Mass —  373 

seeds,    germination    tests 442 

sugar  V.  cane  sugar  for  fermen- 
tation purposes 718 

tyrosinase,    notes 414 

yellows,  notes 245 

Beetles — - 

in  sugar  plantations  in  .lava 467 

injurious  to  fruit  buds.  Wash —  363 

Beets — 

anomalies  in 436 

breeding  experiments 442 

combined  fungus  attacks  on 245 

fertilizer   experiments 126, 

218,  325, 425,  427,  519 
field  or  fodder.     (See  Mangels.) 

hail  injury  to 734 

phosphatlc  fertilizers  for 23 

radio-active  fertilizers  for 628 

sugar.      (See  Sugar  beets.) 
sugar    content    in    relation    to 

weight G-IO 

Belladonna,  improvement  through  se- 
lection    449 

Bembex  spp.,  bionomics 468 


Benzene,    effed     on    production    of 

antibodies -j^ 

Benzoic  ucld.  determination  in  ani- 
mal foodstuffs I  JO 

Benzol    iuJ.-iUons,   effect  on   forma- 
tion of  antibodies <(-y 

Bcrccuntua  n.spp.,  descriptiona 70i 

Berl-berl— 

among  English  soldiers,  eradica- 
tion   ..„j„ 

dietary  factors  in io7 

prevcnllon 47^ 

studle.s (joo,  801 

Borry  baskets  and  containers,  stand- 
ards for—. Bog 

Beverages,  Inspection  in  France 70r> 

Blbllograpliy  of — 

agricultural  college  organization 

and  administration 2»7 

agricultural   engineering 04 

anemia,  pernicious.  In  liorHes  ._  KO 

ants  of  Great  Britnlo 202 

aquiferous  vessels  In  plants 224 

bacteria    in    Intestinal    tract    of 

calves 282 

breeding  experiments  with  vege- 
tables   341 

cacao  culture 145 

cherry  leaf  beetle,  U.S.D.A 201 

chestnut  blight 154 

chicken  cestode 683 

chondriosomes 6.15 

chromosome  theory  of  heredity.  272 

coffee  diseases 353 

cotton  culture  In  Egypt 137 

cottonseed  meal  toxicity,  (Ja 383 

crossing  over 867 

Cuscuta 460 

drainage  of  swamp  lands 286 

educational      system     of     Den- 
mark   605 

egg  albumin,  digestibility 862 

egg  bacteriology,  R.I 174 

entomology,  Canadian 852 

enzyms  in  algae 25 

eucalypts 842 

fertilizers 632 

flour,  nutritive  value 162 

forest  ecology 841 

forest    legislation    in    America, 

N.Y.Cornell 42 

functional     adaptation     of    the 

skeleton 376 

fungi,    endoconidia    producing--  248 
fungi    in    alimentary    canal    of 

man  and  higher  animals 560 

glanders 780 

golden-rod  gall   insects R-'> 

grains,    small 503 

grains,    susceptibility    to    smuts 

and    rusts 740 

Gymnosporanglum    galls 46 

heredity   in  beans.   Xebr 8.36 

home    economies 504 

infection  and  immunity 574 


932 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   BECOED. 


[Vol.85 


Page. 
Bibliography  of — Continued. 

Ixodoidea 263 

lepidopterous  larvse 258 

lipoids    in    relation    to    immune 

reactions 881 

loess    soils 511 

malaria  parasites  in  Anopheles-  361 

marketing 393 

microscopy  of  vegetable  foods —  504 
milk     as     affected     by     feeding 

stuffs,   U.S.D.A 275 

milk,    human 557 

pea  aphis 256 

phosphate    rock 23 

pink  corn   worm,   U.S.D.A 257 

plant   diseases   in   Argentina 243 

plant   morphology 3-7 

plant     tissue,     killing     by     low 

temperature 234 

plants,    periodicity    in 632 

plants,   woody,  of   Switzerland-  843 

potash    salts 23 

pregnancy  in  domestic  animals.  880 

proteins,  digestion  by  serums —  179 

rest  period  in  plants,   Mo 222 

Rhizoctonia,    111 749 

rice   smut 247 

rinderpest 487 

roads,    bridges,   and  culverts 583 

rural    economics 588 

rural  migration  in  France 497 

salts,   absorption  by   plants 433 

sap  ascent  in  plants 26 

saw  palmetto 807 

seeds,    disinfection 444 

seeds,    germination 632 

sodium  salts 24 

soils,    sterilization 515 

sugar  beet  nematode 151 

sulphur  dioxid,  effect  on  plants 

and    animals 133 

Tachardia    lacca 659 

temperature      in      relation      to 

growth 432 

terrapin    scale,    U.S.D.A 158 

Texas  fever 77 

timber    decay 252 

timber    preservation 241 

transpiration  in  plants 28 

tricolor    inheritance    in    guinea 

pigs 771 

tuberculin    test 576 

vaccine,  sensitized  and  nonsen- 

sitized 782 

vanilla  extract 765 

weather   forecasting,   U.S.D.A—  808 

writings  of  E,  W.  Hilgard 595 

Biliary  fever.     (See  Piroplasmosis.) 

Billbugs  injurious  to  sugar  cane 657 

Bins,    treatise 786 

Biochemistry,  laboratory  guide 8 

Biographical  sketch  of — 

Abbe,    C 699 

Kastle,  J.  H 596 

Biological  therapeutics,  review 73 


Page. 

Biology,  stable  taxonomy  in 328 

Birch,  analyses  and  nutritive  value.  164 

Birds — 

anesthesia  and  narcosis  of 379 

of  British  Isles,  list 355 

of  Indian  hills,  treatise 355 

of  North  and  Middle  America 851 

of  Porto  Rico 155 

of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil 851 

rate  of  digestion  in 252 

wild,   propagation 52 

Bitumens,   specifications   and   defini- 
tions    888 

Bituminous  materials — 

for  road  making 390 

testing,  U.S.D.A 85 

Black   quarter   of  cattle  and   sheep, 

treatment 784 

Blackberry  crown  gall,  studies,  Ohio-  550 

Blackhead  in  turkeys,  etiology 683 

Blights,   horsehair,   notes 244 

Blood — 

anaplasma-like  bodies  in 782 

dried.      ( See  Dried  blood. ) 

fat,    studies 166 

meal,    acidity 770 

meal,  analyses.  Wis 562 

meal,    fertilizing   value 126 

nitrogen  content  after  feeding-  863 
reaction  of  different  animal  spe- 
cies   880 

serum,  action  on  sucrose 483 

serums  of  different  animals 372 

Blue  grass — 

pastures,  value  of,  U.S.D.A 868 

root  systems  of 639 

Blueberries — 

breeding    experiments 647 

culture  experiments 647 

wild,  taming 7'44 

Body  heat,  elimination 768 

Bog  land,  reclamation 215 

Boll   weevil.      (See  Cotton-boll   wee- 
vil.) 

Bolts,  charts  for  estimating  strength-  87 

Bone — 

cracked,  analyses,  N.H 373 

degelatinized,   fertilizing  value-  428 

ground,  analyses,  N.J 128 

meal,   analyses,   N.H 374 

meal,    analyses,    N.Y.State 867 

meal,    fertilizing   value 629 

meal,  fertilizing  value,  Ohio 220 

products,   analyses.   Wis 562 

use  as  a  fertilizer 219 

Boneblack — 

analyses,    N.J 128 

dissolved,  fertilizing  value,  Ohio.  220 

Books  on — 

agricultural  facts  and  figures—  899 

agricultural  machinery 494 

agriculture 30,  92 

agriculture  In   California 194 

agriculture,    tropical 896 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


933 


Books  on — Continued.                            Page, 
anesthesia  and  narcosis  of  ani- 
mals and  birds 379 

animal    diseases .379 

animal    production 167 

animals,   wild,   of  North   Amer- 
ica    354 

ants  of  Great  Britain 262 

bacteriology,   agricultural 328 

bees,  wild 468 

biochemistry 8 

birds  of  British  Isles— 355 

birds  of  Indian  hills 355 

birds     of     North     and     Middle 

America 851 

birds,  wild,  propagation 52 

bridge  foundations 686 

bridges  and  culverts,  concrete 390 

bulbs 450 

butter      industry      in      United 

States 278 

cane  sugar  manufacture 114 

canning  in  the  home 717 

catalysis 801 

cattle,    Shorthorn 169 

cement  and  concrete 289 

chemical  analysis 11 

chemistry 8 

chemistry,   agricultural 501 

chemistry,    physiological 311 

citrus    fruits 448 

colloids 501 

concrete  construction 390 

cotton 230,  639 

dairying 378 

dams  and  weirs 288 

diet  and  dietetic  therapeutics 858 

drainage 788 

earth  pressure,  retaining  walls, 

and  bins 786 

economic    cycles 496 

entomology,    agricultural 355 

essence  industry 717 

farm   buildings 587 

farm  crops 593 

farm  leases 589 

farm   practice 93 

farm  woodwork 298 

farming 696 

field  crops,  culture  in  Russia 636 

flower  gardens 345,745 

flowers,  wild 450 

foot-and-mouth  disease 280 

forestry 240,  346,  543,  648,  841 

forests,   protection   against  ani- 
mals   851 

garden  plans 841 

gardening 36,  444, 445,  741 

gardening,    ornamental 42,  648 

gardens  in  America 345 

geology,  engineering 489 

grains,  small 593 

heredity  and  vigor 371 

hotbeds  and  cold  frames 445 

house  flies 57 

hydraulics 786 


Books  ou — Continued  Page. 

immunity 73 

infection  and  immunity 573 

Insects  injurious  In  Italy 400 

insects  of  central  Europe 254 

irrigation 185,  491,  794 

irrigation  law 185 

landscape  gardening 746 

lepidopterology 358 

lumber      industry      In      United 

States 049 

mammals  of  Great  Britain 656 

meat  hygiene 678,  879 

metabolism,  chemistry  of 765 

meteorology 808 

microbiology 503 

microscopy  of  vegetable  foods—  503 

milling  and  baking 850 

mosquito  control  In  Panama 855 

nutrition 268 

perennials,  hardy 345 

pheasants 275 

plant  culture 499 

plant  diseases  and  insect  pests_  835 

plant  life 128 

plant  propagation 642 

plants,  house 450 

plumbing 690 

poultry  diseases 284,  379 

poultry  keeping 93 

roads 583 

roses 345,647 

rubber  industry  of  the  Amazon-  544 

rural  economics 88 

school  gardens 594 

serum  study 73 

sheep  management 772 

silos,  concrete 294 

silviculture 346 

soils 214,  421 

soils,  mineralogical  analysis 16 

sugar    technology 114,  807 

sweet    potatoes 232 

torrents  of   Savoy 346 

tropical  medicine  and  hygiene 379 

veterinary    law 278 

veterinary    medicine 73,  278,  379 

viticulture  and  euology 744 

wasps,    hunting 468 

water,  flow  of 490 

water  power  engineering 786 

women    in    relation    to    English 

agriculture 891 

wood  as  building  material 147 

wood  waste  utilization 148 

woods  of  Pacific  coast 649 

Boophilua    annulatus.      (See    Cattle 
ticks.) 

Borate     buffer     mixtures,     hydrogen 

electrode  potentials  of 801 

Bordeaux  mixture — 

as  a  spray  for  rubber  trees 459 

decomposition 352 

fungicidal  value,  111 39 

notes 46 

preparation  and  use 646 


934 


EXPEKIMENT  STATION  BEOOBD. 


I  Vol.  SB 


850 


51 


Page. 
Bordeaux  mixture — Continued. 

stains,    removal 644 

V.  lime-sulphur  mixture  for  po- 
tatoes,   N.Y.State 831 

Bosicellia    serrata    products,    manu- 
facture and  composition 317 

Bot,  cotton-tail,  notes 756 

Botanic  Gardens,   Georgetown,   Brit- 
ish Guiana 643 

Botany — 

international    catalogue 29 

taxonomic,  scope  and  relations-       730 
Bothriocrwra  flavipes  n.g.  and  n.sp., 

description 857 

Botryosplueria  berengeriana,  studies, 

Fla 

Botrytis — 

cinerea.     {See  Grape  gray  rot.) 

parasitica,  treatment 

s p .     on     crated     strawberries, 

D.S.D.A 458 

Boys'  clubs,  animal  husbandry  course 

for 396 

Boys,  metabolism  experiments 370 

Brachycolus  tritici,  studies 757 

Brachytarsus   niveovariegatus,   para- 
sitic on  white  wax  coccid 256 

Bran,  analyses,  R.I 374 

(See  also  Wheat,  Rye,  etc.) 

Brandy,  federal  tax  on 646 

Brassolis  sophorw,  notes 257,  358 

Bread — 

digestibility 468 

home-baked,    palatability 469 

infection  by  pathogenic  bacteria-  264 
making,  butyric  fermentation  in-  163 
making  from  whole  wheat  grain-       555 

making,  notes 859 

stale,    digestibility 469 

staling,    studies 162, 163 

war,    analyses 367 

Breakfast  foods.      (See  Cereal  foods.) 
Breeding.     (See  Animal  breeding  and 

Plant  breeding.) 
Brewers'  grains- 
digestibility  168 

dried,   analyses,  Conn.State 562 

dried,  analyses,  N.H 373 

dried,   analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

dried,  analyses,  R.I 374 

dried,   analyses.   Wis 562 

Brewery  yeast,  use  as  a  food 266 

Brick,    paving,    tests 390,  789 

Bridge — 

floors,   loading 86 

foundations,   treatise 686 

stringers,    fir,    tests 584 

Bridges— 

and  culverts,  concrete,  treatise-       390 

design  and  construction 687 

floors  for 84 

for  remote  stream  crossings 391 

law    in   Ohio 493 

Brome    grass,     culture     in     western 

Nebraska,   Nebr 439 


Page. 
Bromin,    determination    in    presence 

of   chlorids 803 

Brooder    house,    construction,   Mont-       773 

Brooders,  fresh  air,  construction 495 

Brown   rot  in   northern   Vermont 849 

Brown-tail  moth — 

control    by    natural    enemies    in 

Canada 465 

control    in    Connecticut,    Conn. 

State 53 

control  in  New  Hampshire 461 

in  Nova  Scotia 853 

Bruclwphapus  funehris.     (See  Clover 

seed  chalcid  fly.) 
Brussels  sprouts,  pollination  experi- 
ments         342 

Bryonia    pratensis.      (See    Clover 

mite.) 
Bryonia    dioica,    Mendelian    inherit- 
ance  in 819 

Bryophyllum  caJycinum,  root  forma- 
tion and  geotropic  curvatures  of 820 

Bubble  fountains,   bacteriologj-   of 860 

Buceulatrix    thurbericBlla,    notes 657 

Buckwheat — 

bran,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

bran,  analyses.  Wis 562 

fertilizer    experiments 428 

growth    as    affected    by    stimu- 
lants         434 

middlings,   analyses,    N.Y'.State-       867 

varieties,   Hawaii 528 

Bud  moths  in  Nova  Scotia 853 

Bud    weevils   and    other    bud-feeding 

insects.   Wash 363 

Buffalo    tree    hopper,    notes.    Conn. 

State 54 

Bulbs,    flowering,    culture 450 

Burgundy   mixture,   notes 46 

Butia  palm  as  a  food 266 

Butter — 

as  affected  by  plane  of  nutrition 

of  cow.  Mo 774 

cold  storage,  oxidation,  U.S.D.A-  875 
determination  of  yellow  color  in_  278 
fat.     (See  Fat  and  Milk  fat.) 

industry  in  United  States 278 

makers'    convention    in    Wash- 
ington,  D.C 275 

making,   neutralized  cream  in —        277 

making  on  the   farm,   Pa 572 

making  on  the  farm,  S.Dak 573 

making  v.  cream  selling 379 

marketing,     Wis 573 

shrinkage    tests 471 

valuation,  fat  v.  moisture  stand- 
ard         378 

Butterflies — 

collecting  and  preserving 594 

of    India 358 

Buttermilk — 

cheese  for   ducks 377 

market,  of  Iowa,  Iowa 572 

metallic  flavor  in,  N.Y.Cornell-  276 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


935 


Cabbage —  Page. 

and  collard,  cross  between,  Ga_  35 

aphis,  false,  studies,  Ind 756 

club  root,  treatment 48, 

150,  245,  453,  546 

culture,   N.Y.State 30 

culture  experiments 141 

fertilizer   experiments G-U 

Insects  affecting.  Conn. State 55 

maggot,  remedies.   Conn. State 53 

maggot,  studies,  N.Y.State 855 

pollination    experiments 342 

seed  bed,  sand  for 141 

tomato  graft,  notes 341 

varieties 141 

yellows,  studies,  Wis 544 

Cacao — 

beetle,    notes 254 

budding    and    grafting    experi- 
ments   .344 

character  and  habits 730 

culture 145 

culture     experiments 047 

culture  in  Philippines 353 

diseases   in   Jamaica 45S 

diseases  in  Philippines 353 

diseases  in  Uganda 45 

enzyms 414 

fertilizer  experiments 344,  647 

insects  affecting 353,  403 

shells,  analyses,  N.J 128 

thrips,  notes 254,  357 

Cactus — 

acidity  and  gas  interchange  in.  225 

giant,  behavior  of  excised  branch  820 

insects  affecting 55 

scale,  notes,  Conn. State 54 

seasonal  movements  in 27 

transpiring   power 733 

Caddice    flies,    limephilid,    classifica- 
tion    853 

Caffeln— 

determination  in  coffee  and  tea_  504 

toxicity  In  the  diet 473 

Caladiums,    varieties 134 

Calcium — 

carbonate,  effect  on  phosphates.  816 
carbonate  waste,  use  against  fln- 

ger-and-toe    disease 522 

chlorld,  absorption  by  plants—  435 

chlorid,  effect  on  moor  soils 724 

compounds,      effect     on      plant 

growth,     U.S.D.A 726 

cyanamid  as  a  top-dressing  for 

oats 519 

cyanamid,  availability  of  nitro- 

'gen    in 426 

cyanamid,  fertilizing  value 22,  126, 

218,  323,  325,  427,  518,  519,  629,  630 
cyanamid,  fertilizing  value,  La_  336 
cyanamid,  granulated,  manufac- 
ture  

cyanamid,  manufacture  and  use.  428 
cyanamid,   mixing  with   pulver- 
ized bog  iron  ore 126 

cyanamid,  use  against  weeds—  340 


(Taicium — Continued.  Page. 

determination   In   water 805 

hypochlorite  as  a  seed  sterilizer.  46 
nitrate,  availability   of  nitrogen 

in 4og 

nitrate,    fertilizing  value 22, 

218,  323,427 

nitrate,  fertilizing  value.  La 336 

oxid,     determination     In     peat 

soils 710 

ealts,  absorption   by   plants 433 

Caliche,  composition,  Ariz 51 1 

California — 

Station,  notes i{»6 

rniversity,  notes 95,  190,  798 

Calliptetus  belluit,  notes 50 

Calocampa  cineritia,  notes 750 

Calosoma — 

inquisitor,  notes 400 

sycophanta,  life  history  and  dis- 
tribution   400 

Calotertnea      (Olyptotermea)      aatau- 

mensis  n.sp.,  description 255 

Calves — 

care  and  management.  Wash 94 

factors  affecting  growth.  Mo 868 

feeding  experiments,   Fla 870 

slaughtering  on  the  farm 317 

sucking,   intestinal   flora  of 282 

Camera — 

lucida,  installation 899 

microscopic,  installation 899 

Camphor — - 

chemistry  of 317 

thrips,   notes,   Fla 852 

Canals.     (See  Ditches.) 
Canavalia    ensiformis,    urease    con- 
tent    612 

Cancer,    relation    to    crown    gall    of 

plants 545,  650 

Cane  sugar — 

determination   of   specific   grav- 
ity   14 

formation  in  germinating  peas.  432 

industry   in   Queensland 230 

manufacture 114 

V.  beet   sugar  for  fermentation 

purposes 718 

Canker  in   fowls,  studies 283 

Cankerworm  in  Nova  Scotia 853 

Canna   seed,   impermeable,   viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

Canned  goods,  inspection 603 

Canning — 

cold   pack   method 717 

without  sugar.   Wash 807 

Cantaloup     anthracnose,     investiga- 
tions   652 

Cantaloups.     (See  Muskmelons.) 
Caoutchouc.     (See  Rubber.) 

Capeweed,    description 642 

Capnodium  bramliense,  notes 45 

Caprimulgus    niacrurus,    synopsis    of 

races 252 

Capsicum  annuum,  genetics  of  fruits.  130 

Capsid  bugs,  notes_________ 464 


986 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Carbohydrates —  Page. 

circulation  in  plants 25 

effect  on  blood  sugar  in  phlori- 
zin  diabetes 863 

methods   of   analysis 206,  315 

role  in  infant  feeding 165 

Carbolic  acid,  toxicity  in  the  diet—       473 

Carbolineum,  effect  on  moor  soils 724 

Carbon — 

bisulphid,    relation    to    soil    or- 
ganisms   and    plant    growth, 

U.S.D.A 20 

dioxid,  assimilation  by  plants —       633 
dioxid,  effect  on  nitrification  in 

soils 627 

dioxid,   effect  on   respiration  in 

plants 821 

Carbonates,  determination  in  soil 415 

Carboxylase   in    potatoes   and   sugar 

beets 634 

Cardiac  disease,  metabolism  in 371 

Carnations,  breeding  experiments 240 

Cwrnegiea  giyantea,  behavior  of  ex- 
cised   branch   of 820 

Carpocapsa.    pomonella.      {See    Cod- 
dling moth.) 
Carrots — 

culture    experiments 440 

fertilizer    experiments 440 

radio-active  fertilizers  for 628 

varieties 440 

Casein — 

determination  in  milk 207 

solution  by  sodium  hydroxid  in 

presence   of  alkali 712 

Caseinogen,  preparation  and  compo- 
sition        201 

Cassava — 

bacterial  disease,  notes 

beetles  in  Java 

mite,    notes 

varieties 

C'assida  pallidiila,  notes 


Castor — 

bean  meal,  fertilizing  value 

oil,   physical   constants 

pomace,    availability    of    nitro- 
gen in 

Cat  flea,   notes 

Catalase  in  milk,  factors  affecting- 
Catalysis,    treatise 

Catasetum,  flowers  of 

Cato  seed  oil,  physical  constants — 

Cattle- 
Ayrshire,    sex-limited    color    in, 
U.S.D.A 

barns  for  prairie  farms 

beef,  cost  of  raising,  Minn 

beef,    raising    in    Pennsylvania, 
Pa 

breeding  experiments,  Guam 

breeding   for    dairy    production, 

Iowa 

breeding    for    dairy    production, 

Ohio 


245 
467 
263 
134 
657 

126 
312 

426 
260 
10 
801 
431 
312 


272 
689 
670 

168 
869 

570 

564 


Cattle — Continued.  Page. 

"  bulldog,"  notes 374 

cost  of  production,  U.S.D.A__  667,  668 

diseases,  losses  from,  U.S.D.A —  192 

dual  purpose 476 

feeding  experiments 374 

feeding  experiments,  Pa 168 

feeding  experiments,  U.S.D.A 372 

hard     palates     of,     composition 

and  digestibility,  U.S.D.A 763 

intestinal   flora   of 76 

metabolism  experiments 271 

plagTie.      (See  Rinderpest.) 

poisoning  by  larkspur,  U.S.D.A_  780 

raising     in     blue-grass     region, 

U.S.D.A 868 

raising      in      corn-belt      States, 

U.S.D.A 668 

raising  in  western  range  States, 

U.S.D.A 667 

raising  on  Indian  reservations —  374 

Shorthorn,  treatise 169 

slaughtering  on  the  farm 317 

Swiss,  mathematical  selection 374 

ticks  in  Guam,  Guam 877 

(See  also  Ticks.) 

twinning  in 169 

Caviar,  preparation  and  use 470 

Ceanothus — 

americanus,  root  nodules  of 132 

velutinus   as   a   source   of   wax 

and  tannin 413 

Cecidom-yia    destructor.      (See    Hes- 
sian fly.) 

Cedar  ashes,  analyses 327 

Cedars,  list 44 

Celery — 

blight  or  leaf  spot,  notes,  Mich_  454 

damping  off,  studies,  Pla 844 

early  blight,  notes,  Fla 844 

melanose,  studies 846 

storage  investigations 234 

Cellulose — 

apparatus  for  digesting 206 

digestibility 559 

effect  on  soil  nitrogen 218 

furnace  for  incineration 206 

Cement — 

dust,    effect    on    citrus    vegeta- 
tion    313 

mortar,  action  in  different  salt 

solutions 291 

Portland,     high-pressure    steam 

test  for 687 

treatise 289 

Centipedes  and  their  venom 858 

Cephalosporium  sacchari,  notes 49 

Ceraptroceroideus  cinctipes  n.g.  and 

n.sp.,  description 751 

Ceratitis    capitata — 

development  in  lemons 259 

in  environs  of  Paris 259 

parasites  of 760 

Ceratodrilus  thysanosomus  n.g.   and 

n.sp.,  description 254 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


937 


Cerceris —  Page. 

n.spp,,  notes 262 

spp.,  biouoniics 468 

Cercopeus  artemisim,  notes,  Wash 364 

Ceroospora — 

beticola,  climatic  conditions  af- 

^fectlng,    U.S.D.A 47 

beticola,    notes 245,  350,  750 

citrullina  on   watermelons 749 

fraxini,    notes 454 

guizotiw  n.sp.,   description 454 

herrerana    n.sp.,    description 353 

lumbricnides   n.sp.,    description.  45 

melonis,   studies 750 

vignw,   notes 740 

zi/fjoplnjUi   n.sp.,    description 844 

Cercosporella — ■ 

epimcdii  n.sp.,  description 454 

Hni   n.sp.,   description 454 

Cereal — 

diseases,    treatment 46 

*'  drunk  bread  "   disease,  notes.  453 

foods,    analyses.    Conn. State 558 

foods,    analyses,    S.Dak 859 

mildew    in    France 149 

streak  disease,   treatment 149 

Cereals — 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

production    in    Spain 393 

pure  line  breeding,  Me 831 

temporary    roots   in 135 

(See    also    Grain    and    specific 
kinds.) 
Cereaa  htibalus.      {See  Buffalo  tree- 
hopper.) 
Ccutorhynchus — 

pleurostigma      (s  ulcioollls), 

notes 467 

portulacw  n.sp.,  description 365 

Chalcidoidea     bred     from     Olossiiia 

morsitans  in    Northern   Rhodesia-  263 

Chalcpus  spp.,  notes 356 

Champagne,   composition   in   relation 

to   effervescence 647 

Charbon.      (See  Anthrax.) 

Charcoal  burning  in  Japan ."47 

Charcoals,    decoloiizing   efHciency 612 

Charlock  oil,  chemistry  and  use 412 

Cheese — 

American,    in    England 379 

analyses.    Conn. State 558 

Camembert,     bacterial     studies, 

Conn.Storrs 177 

cottage,  metallic  flavor  in,  N.Y. 

Cornell 277 

descriptions    and    requirements-  110 

Herrgard,    notes .379,  483 

making   in    Norway 379 

making,  notes 483 

making  on  the  farm,  S.Dak 573 

methods   of   analysis 110 

poisoning,   studies 556 

Roquefort,      bacterial      studies, 

Conn.Storrs 177 


Cheese — Continued.  Page. 

slirlnkngo    tpsts 471 

Swedish   Emmental,  studies 483 

Chemical    analysis,    handbook n 

Chemistry — 

agricultural,    progress    in 311 

agricultural,     text-book 501 

metabolic,  treatise 705 

organic,  laboratory  guide 8 

physiological,  progress  in  1915_  162 

physiological,   treatise 3H 

progress   in g,  201 

Chemotherapeutlc  substances,  action 

of 330  381 

Cherimoyers,    composition 66:? 

Chermes    (Dreyfusia)   piccw,  notes—  256 

Chermes  injurious  to  conifers 50 

Cherries — 

culture  in  New  York 836 

fall  V.  .spring  planting,  Mo 837 

new,  description,  N.Y.State 37 

of   Japan 343,645,743 

Cherry — 

brown  rot,  notes 351 

diseases  hi   Netherlands 351 

fruit  flies,  notes 356 

fruit   rot,   notes 454 

leaf   beetle,    studies,    U.S.D.A__  260 

moth,  notes 53 

shothole,   notes 454 

Chestnut — 

bark    disease,    dissemination    by 

insects 756 

bark    disease    in    southern    In- 
diana   551 

black  canker  in  nurseries 655 

black  canker,  studies 250 

blight,  control  in  Pennsylvania.  51 
blight,     control     in     West     Vir- 
ginia  1544657 

blight,  studies 154 

borer,  two-lined,   remedies,  U.S. 

DIA 760 

Chestnuts,  keeping  over  winter 840 

Chicken — 

flea,    notes 58 

guinea  hybrid  serum,  refractive 

index 279 

lice    and    mites,    notes.    Conn. 

Storrs 183 

pox,   immunization,   Ncv 885 

pox,   studies 283 

Chickens — 

breeding   experiments,   Guam 869 

cestode    infection    in 577,  683 

feeding    experiments 377 

feeding   experiments.    Mo 773 

milk-fed.  Wash 499 

poisoning    with    rose    chafers 489 

(See  also  Fowls,  Poultry,  etc.) 

Chicks — 

artificial   brooding  and   feeding, 

Mont 773 

cost    of   raising,    Minn 377 

feeding   experiments 479 


938 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Chicks — Continued.  Page, 

growth  as  affected  by  pituitary 

and    thymus    substances 171 

growth  under  laboratory  condi- 
tions         472 

teaching  to  roost.   Wash 377 

Chicory — 

products,  description  and  analy- 
ses        504 

Witloof,    culture    and    forcing, 

N.Y.State 742 

Chiggers,    notes,    Ohio 552 

Child    nurture    education    in    United 

States 394 

Children- 
care  and  feeding,  N.Dak 664 

food    requirements 664 

measurement  of  surface   area 369 

(See  also  School  children.) 
Children's     gardens.        (See     School 

gardens. ) 
Chilies.     (See  Pepper.) 

Chilo   spp.,   notes 58 

Chilocorus   spp.,    parasitic  on   white 

wax    coccid 256 

CMonaspis    furfura.       (See    Scurfy 

scale. ) 
Chloramin — 

compounds,    antiseptic    action 380 

preparation,  properties,  and  use_       380 
Chlorlds— 

absorption    and    utilization     by 

plants 435 

effect  on  soils  and  plants 423 

Chloroform — 

effect  on  factors  of  coagulation-       380 

use  against  lungworms,   Cal 182 

Chlorophyll,     studies 332,  435,  611 

Chlorotettix    unicolor,    life    history. 

Me 553 

Choanatwnia    infundibuUforinis,    in- 
termediate   host 577,  683 

Chocolate,    analyses,   Conn. State 558 

Cholera    virus,     action    in     immune 

animal    organism 280 

Cholesterol — 

determination 805 

determination  in  blood 13 

effect  on  growth  of  white  mice_       865 

Cholln,   determination 202 

Chondriosomes — • 

in  fungi  and  algae 635 

nature    of 226 

Chordeiles,    notes 254 

Chorizagrotis — 

agrestis,   notes,   Mont 758 

auxiliaris,  life  history,  U.S.D.A_       854 

auxiliaris,    notes,    Mont 853 

Christmas  trees,  growing,  Mich 746 

Chromatophores,     coloring     matters 

of 333 

Chromogens,  vegetable,  oxidation  and 

reduction    in 225 

Chrysanthemum — 

leaf  miner,  notes,   Conn.State__         54 
Septoria  disease,  notes 550 


Page. 

Ohrpsobothris  femorata.     (See  Apple- 
tree  borer,   flat-headed.) 

Chrysocelis    lupini    n.g.,    and    n.sp., 

description 245 

Chrgsomphalus  dietyospermi  In  Cali- 
fornia   658 

Chrysomyxa — 

abietis,  studies 155 

rhododendri,    studies 155 

Chrysopa    caUfornica,    studies,    U.S. 

D.A 758 

Chrysophlycti^  endobiotica,  notes 48 

Churches,   country,   problems  of 891 

Cicada,  periodical — 

in    Ohio 658 

in   West  Virginia 657 

Cicadula  sexnotata,  life  history,  Me_  553 

Cider — 

sickness,    treatment 717 

single-variety,    analyses 717 

Cigarette  beetle  as  affected  by  Roent- 
gen rays,   U.S. D.A 554 

Cigars,   mold   of 749 

Cimex  lectulariua,     (See  Bedbugs.) 

Cinnamon — 

disease,    notes 153 

effect  on  micro-organisms 557 

Circumhorizontal   arc,   U.S. D.A 618 

CirpMs  undpuncta — 

life  history,  U.S.D.A 854 

parasitized,  food  of,  U.S.D.A___  553 

studies 56 

Cirrus      directions     at      Melbourne, 

U.S.D.A 116 

Citrus — 

bark  disease  In  Florida 850 

bark   rot,  studies 249 

canker,   description 656 

canker,    investigations,    U.S.D.A  152 

canker,  studies,  Ala. College 550 

diseases  in  Jamaica 458 

diseases  in  Porto  Rico 748 

diseases,  investigations,  Fla 849 

fruits,    culture 840 

fruits,  culture,  Hawaii 542 

fruits,  dying  in  Queensland 654 

fruits,  fertilizer  experiments 448 

fruits,      fertilizer     experiments, 

Fla 839 

fruits,  insects  affecting 355,  657 

fruits,   irrigation 787 

fruits,    monograph 448 

fruits,  protection  against  frost, 

Ariz 537 

fruits,  spotting  of 50 

fruits,  spotting  of,  Cal 144 

fruits,  stocks  for,  Cal 144 

(See  also  Oranges,  Lemons, 
etc.) 

gray  mold  or  Botrytls  disease 152 

mosaic  disease  or  mottling 745 

mottle  leaf,  studies,  U.S.D.A—  754 

trees,  old,  renewing 343 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


939 


Citrus — Continued.  Page, 
vegetation    as    affected    by    ce- 
ment  dust 313 

white  fly.     {See  Wiiite  fly.) 

Cladosporium — 

carpophllum,  description 654 

citri.  on  grapefruit 748 

cucumcrinum,    notes 246,  750 

fulvum,  treatment,  Md 350 

Clasterosporium — 

carpopMlum,  notes 454 

putrefadens,   notes 245 

Clay- 
plasticity  and  origin 16 

studies 211 

Cleonus  spp.,  notes,  Wash 364 

Climate — 

changes  in 14,  210 

changes  in,  U.S.D.A 610 

effect   on   soils 210 

of  Alaska,   Alaska 295 

of    Minnesota 209 

of  New  Zealand 210 

of  Pavlovsk 719,809 

of  Roumania 620 

of    Savoy 346 

of  Tennessee 795 

relation  to  plant  growth 328 

(See  also   Meteorology.) 

Climatic  index  for  plants 732 

Climatological  data.      (See  Meteoro- 
logical observations.) 

Climatology  of  State  College,  Pa 507 

(See  also  Meteorology.) 

Cllnostat,  multiple,  description 431 

CUtoria  cajanifolia  as  a  host  plant 

of  pink  disease 155 

Clostridium       butyriuni      in      bread 

leaven 163 

Cloudiness  in   France 318 

Clover — • 

Alexandrian,   notes 33 

as  an  orchard  shade  crop,  Oreg_  236 

button,   U.S.D.A 440 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

crimson,  fertilizing  value,  N.J 125 

culture  experiments.   Hawaii 528 

culture  in  sand  hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 827 

diseases,    notes,    N.J _ 245 

fertilizer    experiments 629,  728 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ind 724 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 220 

growth  in  relation  to  soil  acid- 
ity, Pa 516,  529 

hay,  effect  on  bacterial  activity 

of    soils 216 

Japan,   purity  and   germination  i 

tests 441 

leaf  tyer,  studies,  Ohio 553 

leafhopper,  remedies,  U.S.D.A —  465 

mite,    notes 650 

multiple  leaves  in 329 

red,  as  a  green  manure.  La 337 

red,  fertilizer  experiments,  U.S. 

D.A 520 


Clover — Continued.  Page. 

seed  chalcid  fly,  Ariz 551 

seed.      Impermeable,      viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

seed,       imported,       germination 

tests,     U.S.D.A 140 

stem   borer,   notes 657 

sweet.     (Sec  Sweet  clover,) 

white,  root  system  of •_  639 

winterkilling,    Ohio Ct'.iO 

Cloves,  effect  on  micro-organisms 5,^57 

Clubroot — 

notes 150 

treatment 48,  245 

Cnemidocoptes  mutatis,  notes.  Conn. 

Storrs 183 

CoccidsB — 

in  Indiana 461 

in  New  Jersey  greenhouses 256 

in  Samoa 358 

monograph,  N.Y.Cornell 256 

Coccidencyrtus  cnsifer,  notes 263 

Coccidiosis — 

in  cattle  and  carabaos 76,282 

in  Egj-ptian  sheep  and  goats 488 

Coecol}acillus  acridiorum — 

inoculation    experiments   with 853 

notes 255 

Cochylis  ambiguella — 

control  by  parasites 253 

notes 54,  257 

parasites  of 659 

Cockerels,  feeding  for  market 273 

Cockroaches,  remedies,  Ohio 899 

Cocoa,  analyses,  Conn. State 558 

Coconut — 

bud  rot,   studies 353,850 

butterfly,  notes 358 

cake,  acidity 770 

cake  for  steers 271 

diseases  in  Jamaica 458 

meal,  analyses.  Conn. State 562 

meal,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 , 

oil,  physical  constants 312 

palms,  abnormalities  of 250 

palms,  injuries  to  by  lightning.  250 

Coconuts — 

fertilizer  experiments 344 

germinating 344 

insects  affecting 55 

selection   experiments  — 344 

Codfish,  creamed,  ptomaine  poisoning 

from 367 

Codling  moth — 

habits 659 

in  Nova  Scotia 853 

life    history 253 

remedies 253,  342 

remedies,  Oreg 551 

studies 257 

studies,  Oreg 252 

Coelodmzcsis  plumbeus,  notes.. 759 

Coffee — 

analyses.   Conn. State 558 

culture  experiments 840 

culture  in  Philippines 353 


940 


EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Coffee — Continued.  Page. 

description  of  various  kinds 111 

diseases  in  Uganda 45 

diseases,  notes,  P.R 850 

grafting 344 

industry  in  Java 745 

insects  affecting 463 

methods  of  analysis 111 

substitutes,      analyses,       Conn. 

State 558 

substitutes,  description  of  vari- 
ous kinds 111 

substitutes,  metliods  of  analysis.  111 

Cohesion,  review  of  literature 432 

Cohune  nut  oil,  physical  constants.  312 
Cold- 
chemical  protection  against 474 

frames,    construction   and    man- 
agement   445 

frames,    construction   and    man- 
agement, Ky 234 

storage,  effect  on  fruit  fly  pupae, 

U.S.D.A 362 

storage,  effect  on  price  of  eggs_  589 

waves,  forecasting,  U.S.D.A 808 

(See  also  Temperature,  low.) 

Coleoptera,  catalogue 363 

Colleges.     {See  Agricultural  colleges.) 
Colletotrichum — 

glOEOsporloides,    notes 153 

gossypii,  resistance  of  cotton  to, 

La 348 

incarnatum,    notes 45 

lagenarium,   studies 652,  750 

lindemuthianum,    resistance    of 

beans  to.  La 348 

Collodion  membranes  for  ultrafiltra- 
tion and  pressure  dialysis 612 

Colloidal  mixtures,  imbibitional  swell- 
ing    822 

Colloids — 

of  soils.     (See  Soil  colloids.) 

physics  and  chemistry  of 501 

Colocasia   storage  rots,  U.S.D.A 750 

Colocasiete,   varieties 134 

Colon  bacilli,  human  and  equine 681 

Color — 

constituents    in    higher    plants 

and  algJB 333 

standards   and   colorimetric   as- 
says   204 

Colorado  River,  control 579,  685 

Colorimeter,    description 612 

Commelina    nudiflora    as    a    feeding 

stuff,    Hawaij 561 

Complement    fixation    test,    multiple 

pipette  for 680 

Concrete — 

amount  of  water  for 493 

draintile,  durability,  Mich 386 

gravel  and  sand  for 493 

hydrated  lime  in 291 

lining  for  canals,  placing 186 

materials,   tests 390 

preparation  and  tests 790 

slabs,   reinforced,   loads  for 86 


Concrete — Continued.  Page. 

slabs,     reinforced,     tests,     U.S. 

D.A 290 

treatise 289,  390 

waterproofing 493 

wet,   pressure  on  forms 582 

Coniatus  indlcus  n.sp.,  description 365 

Conifer — 

leaf  oil   industry 317 

red    rot,    studies,   Vt 155 

Conifers — 

abnormal  wood  in 43 

chermes  affecting 56 

durability   tests 241,  656 

for  ornamental  planting 345 

form  height  tables  for 347 

honey  fungus  of 155 

mistletoe  injury  to,  U.S.D.A 459 

reproduction  in  New  England 747 

structure  of  bordered  pits  of 223 

Coniophora  cerebella — 

notes 252 

on  living  trees 459 

Coniothyrium — 

fuckelii,    dissemination   by   tree 

crickets,    N.Y.State 548 

olece  n.sp.,  description 353 

pirina,  studies 152,  547 

Connecticut — 

College,  notes 95,  697 

Stations,  notes 300,  697 

Convection,    planetary    system,    U.S. 

D.A 419 

Cookery  in  high  schools 897 

Cooking — 

electric,  economics  of 267 

lessons  in 898 

Copper — 

determination     in     copper    sul- 
phate         314 

ferrocyanid,     fungicidal     value, 

111 40 

fungicidal  value 352 

salts,  bactericidal  and  fungicidal 

action 181 

salts,  effect  on  wheat 324 

solutions,  action  on  sucrose 504 

sulphate,   effect   on   nitrification 

in  soils 321 

sulphate,  production  and  use  in 

1913-1915 631 

Copperas.     (See  Iron  sulphate.) 
Coprinus — 

micaceus,  dissemination  by  tree 

crickets,   N.Y.State 548 

sterquilinus,     spore     generation 

and  release  by 431 

Goptotermes    formosanus    n.sp.,    de- 
scription         255 

Coral     rock     phosphate,     fertilizing 

value 428 

Coregonus  spp.,  breeding  in  Switzer- 
land         774 

Corif/etus    Mdentulus    n.sp.,    descrip- 
tion         365 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


941 


Corn —  Page, 
and   cowpeas,   seeding  together, 

Mo 826 

billbug,  life  historj- 7tio 

breeding    and    selection    experi- 
ments   32 

breeding  experiments,  Fla 829 

breeding   experiments,    Minn 336 

breeding  experiments,  Pa 229 

breeding  experiments,  U.S.D.A 531 

canned,  starch  in,  N.Dak 765 

correlation  of  characters  in,  U.S. 

D.A 531 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

critical  periods  of,  U.S.D.A 617 

culture 593 

culture,  Wash 33 

culture,     continuous,    effect    on 

soils,  U.S.D.A 813 

culture  experiments 135 

culture  experiments,  Guam 829 

culture  experiments,  La 337 

culture   experiments,    S.C 338 

culture    experiments.    U.S.D.A  _  827 

culture  in  Argentina,   U.S.D.A.  136 

culture  in  Montana,  Mont 338,  735 

culture  in  Nebraska,  Xebr 438,  827 

culture  in   Southeastern   States, 

U.S.D.A 639 

culture  in  western  Washington, 

Wash 339 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 245 

ear-to-row  tests,   S.C 338 

factors     affecting     development, 

Mo 827 

fertilizer    experiments 728 

fertilizer   experiments,    Ind 724 

fertilizer    experiments.    La 336 

fertilizer   experiments.    Ohio 220 

fertilizer  experiments,  S.C 338 

fertilizer    experiments,    Tex 531 

fertilizing  in  the  hill,  Ohio 499 

flour,    nutritive   value 368 

for  silage,  analyses.  Conn.State_  532 

for  silage,  varieties.   Pa 229 

germ    meal,   analyses.    Wis 562 

germinating  constituents  of 202 

germination  in  presence  of  qui- 

nonoids 129 

germs,    acidity 770 

grinding,  power  required  for 586 

hail  Injury  to 734 

head  smut,  notes 45 

history  and  culture,  Mont 338 

inbreeding  experiments 441 

inheritance  of  endosperm  colors  227 

liming    experiments 816 

meal,    analyses,    N.Y.State 867 

meal,    cracked,    analyses,    Conn. 

State 562 

oil   meal,   analyses,   N.Y.State —  867 

oil  meal,  analyses.  Wis 562 

oil,   physical  constants 312 

production  and  rainfall,  correla- 
tion    14 

root  aphis,  control  in  Illinois —  356 

83103°— 17 5 


Corn — Continued.  Page. 
root    systems    and    leaf    areas, 

U.S.D.A 437 

rootworm,  northern,  life  history 

and    habits 356 

seed  maggot,  notes,  Mich 363 

seed,  selection  and  care,  Iowa 136 

seed,   selection  and  care.   Pa 229 

seed,  selection  and  curing,  Mont-  735 

seeding  experiments,   U.S.D.A..  828 
shoots,   etiolated,   absorption  of 

nitrogen    by 435 

silage.      (See  Silage.) 

smut,   notes,   Kans 348 

starch   content,    Okla 108 

stover  as   a   feeding  stuff,   U.S. 

D.A 669 

stover,    effect    on    bacterial    ac- 
tivity of  soils 216 

sugar  content  as  affected  by  de- 

tasseling 227 

temporary  roots  in 135 

r.  sorghum  for  forage,  Ohio 529 

varieties,    Ariz 526 

varieties,  Ga 8.30 

varieties.   La 337 

varieties.  Mont 338 

varieties.  Pa 229 

varieties,    S.C 338 

varieties,    U.S.D.A 828 

varieties,    Wash 339 

water    requirement,    Nebr 823 

water  requirement,  U.S.D.A 529 

weather  factor  for,  L'.S.D.A 114 

white  flint,  development.  La 33G 

wireworm.    notes,    U.S.D.A 467 

worm,  pink,  studies,  U.S.D.A 256 

yield    in    relation    to    weather, 

U.S.D.A 618 

Cornell  University,  notes 97,  399,  798 

Corticium — 

Ulacino-fuscum,   notes 51 

ochrolcucum ,  notes.   111 749 

salmonicolor,    notes 251 

vagum,  notes,  N.Dak 48 

Cortinellus  spp.,  culture  in  Japan —  347 

Corynespora  melonis — 

notes 246 

treatment 547 

Cori/neum — 

Icijerinckii,   description 654 

mori   n.sp.,    description 348 

Cosmopolites  sordida,  life  history  and 

natural   enemies 57 

Cosmos  bipinnatus,  variation  In 635 

Cost  of  living  in  Washington  State-  765 

Cotalpa  granicollis,  notes,  Wash 364 

Cotton — 

angular  leaf  spot,  investigations, 

S.C 653 

anthracnose,  notes,  Okla 455 

boll  weevil,  control  in  Georgia.  461 

boll  weevil,  effect  on  farming..  393 

boll  weevil,  notes 467 

boll  weevil,  relation  to  tempera- 
ture and  humidity,  U.S.D.A —  52 


942 


EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Cotton — Continued,  Page, 
boll  weevil,  remedies,  U.S.D.A —  554 
boll     weevil,     studies,     Ala. Col- 
lege   161 

boll  weevil,  studies,  U.S.D.A—  160 

bollworm,  pink,  in  Egypt 54 

bollworm,  pink,  life  history  and 

habits 854 

bollworm,   pink,   remedies 257 

Caravonica,  yields,  Hawaii 528 

culture 593 

culture  experiments,   Guam 829 

culture  experiments,  U.S.D.A 827 

culture  in  Egypt 137 

disease  in  Uganda 45 

fertilizer    experiments 135,  323 

fertilizer  experiments.  La 337 

fertilizer  experiments,  S.C 136 

fumigated  with  hydrocyanic  acid 

gas,  tests,  U.S.D.A 254 

Futures  Act 307 

Futures  Act,  U.S.D.A 693 

insects  affecting 463,  657 

irrigation  experiments 286 

leaf  miner,  notes 657 

long-staple,    U.S.D.A 590 

root  rot,  effect  of  rotation  and 

tillage  on,   U.S.D.A 828 

rotation  experiments 135 

seeding  experiments,  U.S.D.A 828 

seedlings,  Insects  affecting,  U.S. 

D.A 156 

selection    experiments 134 

selling  in  the  seed,  U.S.D.A 793 

spinning  tests,   U.S.D.A 137 

staining,   notes 44 

thinning  experiments 135 

thinning  experiments,  La 337 

topping  experiments 135 

treatise 230,  639 

varieties 134, 135 

varieties,  Ga 830 

varieties,    S.C 136 

varieties    resistant    to    anthrac- 

nose,    La 348 

varieties  resistant  to  wilt,  Ala. 

College 339 

wilt,   studies 846 

wireworm,   notes,   U.S.D.A 467 

Cottonseed — 

cake,    cold    pressed,    for    diary 

cows.    Miss 872 

changes  in  during  storage,  Ark_  412 

fumigation  experiments 257,  678 

meal,    acidity 770 

meal,    analyses,    Conn.State 562 

meal,   analyses,   N.H 373 

meal,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

meal,  analyses,  R.I 374 

meal,  analyses,  Wis 562 

meal,   determination  in   feeding 

stuffs 504 

meal,  fertilizing  value,  Tex 531 

meal  for  dairy  cows.  Miss 871,872 

meal  for  human  food 469 

meal,  toxicity 682 


Cottonseed — Continued.  Page. 

meal,   toxicity,  Ga 383 

oil,  effect  on  composition  of  milk 

fat,  Ga 775 

Cottony  cushion  scale,  remedies,  Fla_  852 
Coula  edulis  fruits  and  seeds,  anal- 
yses    806 

Country  homes — 

conveniences  for 794 

sewage  disposal  for 691 

water  supply  for 587,  787 

Cover  crops — 

for  orchards 446,  447 

for  orchards,  Oreg 539 

Cow  manure,  effect  on  bacterial  ac- 
tivity of  soils 216 

Cowpea — 

hay,  effect  on  bacterial  activity 

of  soils 216 

leaf  spot,   notes 749 

Cowpeas — 

and  corn,  seeding  together,  Mo_  826 

as  a  green  manure,  La 337 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium, U.S.D.A 726 

culture  and  use,  N.Y.State 33 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 526 

effect  on  yield  of  wheat.  Mo 826 

fertilizer  experiments —  428 

fertilizer  experiments,  U.S.D.A-  520 

fertilizing  value,  N.J 125 

growth    on    partially    sterilized 

soils,  Hawaii 515 

hogging  down,  Ky 672 

varieties.  La 337 

Cows — 

as  affected  by  cottonseed  meal. 

Miss 871,872 

as  affected  by  environment  and 

breeding,  Iowa 570 

as  affected  by  extra  care,  Ohio 873 

as  affected  by  overfeeding.  Mo —  774 

dairy,  competition,  Cal 674 

feeding,  Mass 378 

feeding,  U.S.D.A 674 

feeding   experiments 174,481 

feeding  experiments,  Miss 871,  872 

feeding  experiments,  Nebr 673 

feeding  experiments,  Ohio 481 

feeding  experiments.  Pa 571 

feeding  experiments.  Wis 562 

fish  meal  for,  U.S.D.A 769 

milk  flow  as  affected  by  dipping, 

Fla 873 

mineral  metabolism  of,  Ohio 481 

open  shed  v.   closed  stable  for, 

Pa 571 

tests,  7-day  v.  yearly 481 

value  as  affected  by   age,   U.S. 

D.A 891 

water  supplies  for 189 

Crabs  as  a  host  of  lung  distome 384,  681 

Cracker     wastes,     analyses,      Conn. 

State 562 

Crambids,  notes 659 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


943 


Page. 
Cranberries — 

improvement 838 

insects  affecting 55 

Crane      flies     of      Nortli      America, 

biology 57 

Cream — 

care  and  handling 99 

cooling  on  the  farm,  Ind 874 

handling,  Okia 176 

law  in  New  Jersey,  N.J 873 

market,  of  Iowa,  Iowa 572 

metallic  flavor  in,  N.Y.Cornell 276 

neutralization 277 

pasteurization 99 

powder,  manufacture 678 

regulations  in  United  States 800 

scoring,  Conn.Storrs 176 

standardization 37S 

testing  balances,  tests,  Ind 873 

Creatin — 

in  blood  of  children 665  j 

in  human  muscle 664 

occurrence  and  determination  in 

urine 207 

studies 665 

Creatinin — 

in  blood  of  children 665 

source  of   In   the   animal    body, 

U.S.D.A _'_  766 

studies 665 

Cremastogaster   sp.,    notes 254,  365 

Crepis  capillaris,  description 642 

Cresols,  fungicidal  value,  Cal 208 

Cricket,  coulee,  remedies,  Wash 756 

Criconema   n.g.   and  n.spp.,   descrip- 
tions    460 

Crimson  clover.      {See  Clover,   crim- 
son.) 

Cronartium  ribicola,  notes,  U.S.D.A_  551 
Crop — 

production,  factors  in 624 

production,      transpiration      in, 

Nebr 823 

production  variations,  effect  on 

prices 496 

reports,  U.S.D.A.  91,  192,  393,  590,  684 
rotations.        {See     Rotation     of 

crops.) 
yields  as  a  guide  to  use  of  fer- 
tilizers   215 

yields    in    relation    to    cropping 

system,   U.S.D.A 29 

yields  in  Selby  smoke  zone 213 

Crops — 

effect  on  nitrification  in  soils —  321 

growing  without  potash,  Me 325 

water    requirements 633 

Crossing   over,    mechanism    of 866 

Crotalaria  spp.,  culture  experiments, 

Hawaii 528 

Crow  roosts,  winter,  U.S.D.A 156 

Crown  gall — 

relation   to  human  cancer 545,  650 

studies 645 

studies,    U.S.D.A 244 


Page. 

Crude  fiber.      {See  Cellulose.) 
Cryptomrria-  japonica,  rod  plague  of_  354 
Cnjptnstcwma      calcndulaceum.      de- 
scription    (542 

Cri/ptothripft — 

brevicolli.'i  n.sp.,   description 255 

floririciisis,  notes,    Fla 852 

Ctcnoccphahis    fclin,    notes 260 

Ctenucha   brunnea,   notes 465 

Cucumber — 

anthracnose,    investigations 652 

bacterlosis,    studies 454,546 

beetles,     relation     to    cucumber 

wilt,    U.S.D.A 546 

diseases  in  Sweden 750 

diseases,    notes 246 

diseases,  studies.   Wis 544 

leaf  rust,  treatment 546 

rust,    notes,    Fla 844 

Cucumbers,    preservation 367 

Cucurbit — 

anthracnose,    investigations 652 

bacterial  wilt,  studies,  U.S.D..\_  546 

Culex  fatigans,   notes 258 

Culicelsa  vigilax,  notes 258 

Culicidse.     {See  Mosquitoes.) 

Cultivators,  mechanical,  tests 87,  890 

Culvert  pipe,  corrugated,  tests 580 

Cumarin,  effect  on  growth  of  wheat.  424 
Currant — 

fruit  fly,  notes 466 

pollen,   germination 731 

Currants,  transplanting  experiments-  37 

Cuscuta,   host  relationships 460 

Cuterebra   fontinclla,   egg    and    ovi- 
positor of 756 

Cutworm — 

army,  life  history,  U.S.D.A 854 

army,  notes,  Mont 758,  853 

variegated,  notes,  Oreg 253 

Cutworms — 

notes.  Mass .360 

notes,    U.S.D.A 465 

Cyclones,  mechanism  of,  U.S.I>..\ 619 

Cyclonic    precipitation,    distribution, 

U.S.D.A 419 

Cycnoches,   flowers  of 431 

Cydonia  ceitchii,  description 743 

Cylindrosporium    pollacci    n.sp.,    de- 
scription    354 

Cyllene  robiniw — 

studies 355 

studies,   Ky 552 

Cymbopogon  martini,  economic  uses-  807 
Cynomys    spp.,    systematic    account, 

U.S.D.A 551 

Cypress,  young,  water  requirements 

and  growth 747 

Cyrtoneura   stabulans,  notes 659 

Cystin,  effect  on  growth 269 

Cytodites   nudus   in   fowls  in   South 

Africa 678 

Cytospora  sacchari,  notes 749 


944 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 
Dacus — 

olece,  remedies 57 

spp.,    notes 259 

Daffodil  bulbs,  food  poisoning  caused 

by 556 

Dahlias  and  their  culture,  N.Y.State-  41 
Dairy — 

arithmetic,  courses  in — . 195 

barn,  description.  Wash 499 

barns,   construction,    Wis 495 

barns  for  prairie  farms 689 

convention       in        Washington, 

D.C 98,275 

houses,  construction.  111 791 

inspection  in   Louisiana 66.3 

inspection   in   Massachusetts 470 

inspection  in  Michigan 367 

inspection  in  Oregon 470 

inspection   in  Pennsylvania 470 

law  in  Connecticut 367,  558 

law   in  Oregon 471 

products,  marketing 892 

products,     metallic     flavor     In, 

N.Y.Cornell 276 

products,  pasteurization 378 

sanitary    conditions    In    United 

States 677 

utensils,  aluminum,  tests 189 

utensils,    steam    sterilizer    for, 

U.S.D.A 677 

Dairying — 

manual 378 

school  lessons  on 592 

Dams  and  weirs,  treatise 288 

Dandelions  as  food 470 

Danysz  bacillus,    virulence 52 

Darkness,  leaf  injury  or  loss  due  to_  243 

Darso,   starch   content,   Okla 108 

Dasheens  for  pigs,  Fla 870 

Dasyneura — 

n.sp.,    description 256 

ulmea,  notes 659 

Date  palms,  culture  in  Egypt 145 

Dates,  thinning  experiments,  Ariz 537 

Daiminea  spp.,  intermediate  host.  578, 683 

Deforestation  in  Savoy 346 

Delaware — 

College,  notes 95,  397,  596 

Station,    notes 95,596 

Station,   report 195 

Delphinium,  alkaloids  of,  U.S.D.A__  780 
Deltocephalus    minki,    life     history. 

Me 553 

Dendrotettix  quercus,  notes 255 

Deodar,  distillation  products  of 317 

Department  of  Agriculture.  (See 
United  State  Department  of  Agri- 
culture.) 

Depressaria  heracliana,  notes 853 

Dermncentor — 

nitens,  studies 58 

venustuSj  notes,  Mont 853 

Dermanyssus  gallincB — 

notes,   Conn.Storrs 183 

notes,   Guam 878 


Page. 
Dermatea    eucri*a,    relation    to    flr 

withertip 850 

Desiantha  tiociia,  notes 261 

Dextrose — 

effect  on  ammonifying  power  of 

soils,    N.Dak 729 

effect  on  soil   nitrogen 218 

Dew  point,  investigations 318 

Dewberries,  culture,  U.S.D.A 448 

Dholl,  factors  affecting  cooking 556 

Diabetes — 

acidosis   In 473 

blood  lipoids  in 666 

metabolism  in 369,371 

protein     feeding     and     creatin 

elimination  in 665 

treatment 371 

Diabetic  foods,  analyses,  Conn.State-       558 
Diabrotica    longicornis,    life    history 

and  habits 356 

Diarrhea — 

infectious,  in  calves 488 

white,  in   chicks,  Conn.Storrs 184 

white,  in  chicks,  Guam 878 

Diarthrothrips  coffecB  n.g.  and  n.sp., 

description 357 

Diaspis     echinocacti.      (See     Cactus 

scale.) 
Diatrsea,  larval  characters  and  dis- 
tribution,   U.S.D.A 758 

Ditrwa  Uneolata  (f),  notes 657 

DiauHnu^  insularis  n.sp.,  description.       262 
Dichomeris  marginellus,  notes.  Conn. 

State 54 

Dictyocaulus   spp.,    life   history   and 

treatment,    Cal 182 

Didymosphwria    (Didymella)    alhagi- 

nU  n.sp.,  description 844 

Diet— 

and  dietetic  therapeutics,  trea- 
tise        858 

effect  on  elimination  of  creatin 

and    creatinin 665 

effect  on  protein  retention 765 

effect  on  the  teeth 767 

energy   content   of 269 

essential  factors  in 472 

fat-soluble      and      water-soluble 

accessories.   Wis 563 

in   Internment    camp    at    Ruhle- 

ben 5.59 

of  Filipino  families 471 

of  laborers  in  Spain 471 

of  school   boys 558 

of  young  children 664 

relation  to  Pellagra 767 

restricted,   deficiencies  of 368,  861 

restricted    vegetable,    effect    on 

nervous  system 560 

vegetable,  effect  on  growth  and 

reproduction,  Wis 563 

(See  also  Food.) 
Dietary — 

studies     at     New     York     City 

Municipal    Sanatorium 471 

tables,  data  on 765 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


945 


Page. 

Dietetics,  teaching 898 

Digestion,  salivary,   In  vitro 4G8 

Diglycylglycin,       anaphylaxis       pro- 
duced   by 280 

Dilophia   graminis    in    England    and 

Wales 650 

DimorpJwptcryx  spp.,  notes 263 

Dinocampus  americamis,  two  genera- 
tions from  individual  host 661 

Diphtheria — 

immunization 574 

In   fowls,   studies 283 

Diplodia — 

natalensis   on   citrus 748 

sp.  on  Hevea  stumps ^       243 

spp.,    notes,    U.S.D.A 750 

Diplogaster  n.spp.,   life   history   and 

habits,    U.S.D.A 161 

Diplotawis     atlantis,     notes.     Conn, 

State 54 

Dipping  fluids,  wetting  power  of S.'jG 

Diprion — 

simile,  notes 760 

simile,  notes.   Conn. State 54 

spp.,  in  Europe 7G0 

Diptera,  parasitic  and  predacious  in 

New  Mexico 259 

Diseases — 

Infectious,    vaccine   treatment 486 

of  animals.     {See  Animal  dis- 
eases.) 
of  plants.     (See  Plant  diseases.) 

Disinfectants — 

culture  media  for  testing 279 

effect   on  moor   soils 724 

tests 179 

Disinfection,   physical   chemistry   of_       879 

Distillers'  grains,  dried — 

analyses.   Conn. State 562 

analyses,  N.H 373 

analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

analyses,    R.I 374 

Distoma  tricolor,  notes 684 

Ditches — 

blasting,    Mont 789 

laws  in  Indiana 787 

Dodder — 

eradication,  N.J 835 

on  alfalfa  in  Arizona 656 

Dogs — 

anesthesia  of 379 

disease  of  in  Brazil 785 

Dolomite — 

deposits    in   Johnson    Co.,   Ten- 
nessee        522 

effect  on  plant  growth,  U.S.D.A-       726 

Domestic  art  or  science.     (See  Home 
economics.) 

Drwculacephala  anguUfera,   life  his- 
tory,   Me 553 

Drainage^ 

ditches,  blasting,  Mont 789 

in  Egyptian  Delta 685 

in  Minnesota 286,  580 

in  Oregon,  Oreg 788 


Pago. 

Drainage — Continued. 

in  western  Australia 4.S0 

land  bedding  as  a  method  of 286 

of     Silver    Lake    and     I'aullna 

Marsh,   Oregon 285 

text-book 788 

tile,  cost,  Ohio 491 

use  of  day  labor  in 286 

Draintile,  concrete,  durability,  Mlch_  386 

Dreufiisia  picew,  notes 256 

Dried  blood- 
availability  of  nitrogen  in 420 

availability  of  nitrogen  in,  N.J_  123 

fertilizing  vahu-,  Ohio 5:i.''» 

Drinks,  infection  by  pathogenic  bac- 
teria    264 

Drosophila,  crossing  over  in 807 

Drug  plants — 

culture 840 

of  North   Dakota,  N.Dak 730 

Drugs,   inspection   in — 

Connecticut,   Conn. State 5.").S 

France 70.") 

Louisiana 663 

Massachusetts 470 

New  .Jersey 164 

North  Dakota,  N.Dak 267,  470,  705 

South  Dakota 471 

Wisconsin 471 

Dry  farming  in  Roumania 620 

Dryocoetes    pseudotsugw    n.sp.,    de- 
scription   856 

Ducks,  feeding  experiments 377 

Dust — 

determination  in  air 210 

explosions   in  grain  separators, 

U.S.D.A C88 

Duty  of  water.     {See  Water,  duty.) 
Dyes,  acid,  anticoagulant  action  on 

protein 880 

Dynamite — 

for  blasting  ditches,  Mont 789 

for  clearing  land 887 

for  field  crops.  Me 30 

for  heavy  soils 493 

for  orchard  soils,  Pa 539 

for  sotting  apple  trees.  Me 38,  752 

for  tree  planting 236 

use  in  rubber  culture 582 

Dysentery,   chronic   bacterial.      (See 
Johne's  disease.) 

Earth  pressure,  treatise 786 

Earthquake — 

observations  in  a  telescope,  U.S. 

D.A 419 

southern    Appalachian,    of    Feb- 
ruary 21,  1916,  U.S.D.A 419 

Earthquakes  in  California  in  1915_-  116 

Earth's  electric  charge,  U.S.D.A 115 

East  coast  fever.     {See  African  coast 
fever.) 

Ecdytolopha  insiticiana,  notes 356 

Echidnophaga  gailinacea,  notes 58 

Economic  cycles,  treatise 496 


946 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  RECOBD. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 

Economics,   rural.      (See  Rural   eco- 
nomics.) 

Ecpantheria  eridantis,  life  history 758 

Educational  system  of  Denmark 695 

Egg- 
laying  contest,  Ky 673 

powder,  nutritive  value 368 

production,   external   characters 

as  indications  of 480 

production,  studies 274,  773 

proteins,  digestibility  and  utili- 
zation   861 

shows,  value  of 470 

substitutes,  analyses 470 

Eggplant — 

culture  experiments,  Oreg 341 

Phomopsis,  notes,  Fla 844 

Eggs- 
fertility   experiments 377 

fresh,  bacterial  infection,  R.I 174 

frozen    and    dried,    preparation, 

U.S.D.A 173 

infected,  toxicity 264,  481,  683 

infection  by  pathogenic  bacteria.  264 

preservation.  Wash 396 

price  as  affected   by   cold  stor- 
age   589 

Einkorn,  temporary  roots  in 135 

Elaterida!  of  Brazil 261 

Electric — 

cooking  and  water  heating,  rates  558 

cooking,  economics  of 267 

power  for  irrigation  pumping 386 

Electricity — 

effect  on  absorption  by  plants 223 

societies,  farmers'  cooperative 794 

sterilization  of  milk  by 175,  378 

Electroculture  experiments 523 

Elevators,  local  and  terminal 296,  393 

Elm,  analyses  and  nutritive  value 164 

Elophidse,    new    genus    from    United 

States 857 

Emmer — ■ 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 527 

culture    in    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska,  Nebr 827 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

Prussian  and  other  forms  of 441 

temporary    roots  in 135 

varieties,    N.Dak 228,  229 

Emperrhinus     defoliator     n.sp.,     de- 
scription    365 

Emphytus      cinctus,      notes.      Conn. 

State 54 

Empou  rosm,  notes 853 

Empoasca  obtusa,  description 255  i 

Empusa  papatasii,   notes 57 

Endothia^— 

parasitica,  ascospore  expulsion-  154 

parasitica  in  southern  Indiana.  551 

sp.  as  affected  by  ether 250 

spp.,  relation  to  tannin  content 

of   host   plant 250 

Energy  requirement  of  man 371 


Page. 
Engineering   experiment   stations   in 

United   States 708 

Engines — 

gas,    care   and   management 391 

gas,  explosion  period  in 87 

gas,    operation 188 

gas,    testing 889 

internal     combustion,     compres- 
sion in 494 

internal      combustion,      exhaust 

gases  of 791 

kerosene,    prevention   of   pound- 
ing   in 585 

oil,  testing 889 

Enology,    text-book 744 

Enteritis,     chronic.        (See     Johne's 

disease.) 
Enterohepatitis,      infectious.        (See 

Blackhead.) 
Entomological — 

collector's  handbook 355 

Society   of   British    Columbia-  253, 755 

Society   of   Nova   Scotia 853 

Entomologj' — 

agricultural,    treatise 355 

Canadian,  bibliography 852 

teaching  in   public  scliools 897 

Entomothera  coromanda,  subspecies.        252 

Enzym  action,  nature 203 

Enzyms — 

in    marine   algae 25 

of    cacao 414 

plant,    studies 334 

proteolytic,  activity  in  flour 265 

use  in  carbohydrate  analysis-  206,  315 
{See  also  Ferments.) 
Ephestia  kuehniella.      (See  Mediter- 
ranean  flour  moth.) 

Epilepsy  in  guinea  pigs.  Wis 564 

Epilobium,  hybrids  of 818 

Epimys  rattus,  history 656 

Epiphytes,  extreme  atmospheric,  nu- 
trition         431 

Epirrita   dilutata,  notes 756 

Epithelioma,    contagious,     in    chick- 
ens,  Nev 885 

Epitheliosis      infectiosa      avium, 

studies 283 

Epitrix  spp.  injurious  to  horse  net- 
tle         657 

Epochra   canadensis.      (See   Currant 

fruit-fly.) 
Erannis     tiliaria.       (See     Lime-tree 
winter  moth.) 

Ericerus  pela,  studies 256 

Eriocampoides  limacina.     (See  Pear- 
slug.) 
Eriophyes  pyri.     (See  Pear-leaf  blis- 
ter-mite.) 
Eriosoma — 

lanigera,  notes 853 

pyri  cola    n.sp.,    description, 

U.S.D.A 463 

spp.,  comparison,  U.S.D.A 464 

Erysiphe  yramims,  studies.  Mo 651 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


947 


Page. 

Erythrina  velutina,  disease  of 354 

Essence  industry,  manual 717 

Essences,  determination  in  liquors 717 

Essential  oils.     (See  Oils,  essential.) 
Ether,  effect  on  growth  of  Endothia.       250 
Eucalypts,    botanical    and    chemical 

characters 841 

Eudamus — 

proteus.     {See  Bean  leaf-roller.) 

tityrus,  notes 356 

Eudialeurodicus     bodkini     n.g.     and 

n.sp.,    description 250 

Eugenia    uniflora,    description     and 

culture 144 

Eulecanium     nigrofasciatum.       {See 

Terrapin  scale.) 
Eunottis  americanus  n.  sp.,  descrip- 
tion         262 

Eupclmus  allynii,  studies,  U.S.D.A 406 

EuphorMa   tirucalli,    monograph 842 

Euplectrus  insuetus  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion        262 

Euproctis  chrysorrhwa.     {See  Brown- 
tail  moth.) 
Eupteromalus  sarcophagce  n.  sp.,  de- 
scription         262 

Eurosta  solidaginis,  notes 55 

Eusattus  muricatus,  notes,  Wash 364 

Eiithrlps  tritic-l.    (See  Flower  thrips.) 

EuzopJtera  wglwlla,  notes 656 

Evergreens — - 

culture  on  heath  land 242 

of  Colorado 147 

Exoaseus   deformans,  treatment 458 

Exohasidium  citri  n.sp.,  description-       454 
Experiment — 

farm   at  Akola,  Berar,   descrip- 
tion         135 

station  at  Ivoloina,  Madagascar.       835 
stations  as  affected  by  European 

war 605 

stations  in  Dutch  East  Indies —       696 
stations  in  the  Southwest,  prog- 
ress of 1 

stations,    laws    concerning, 

U.S.D.A 94 

{See  also  Alabama,  Alaska, 
etc.) 
Experimental    farms    in     Kentucky, 

Ky 122 

Extension  work.  {See  Agricultural 
colleges  and  Agricultural  exten- 
sion.) 

Extracts,   analyses 663 

Eysenhardtia  olivana  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion         228 

Fabrics,  processed,  for  frost  protec- 
tion, Ariz 537 

Farcy.      (See  Glanders.) 
Farm — 

animals.      {See   Live   stock  and 
Animals.) 

boy,  autobiography 696 

buildings,    construction 587 

buildings,   lighting 391 


Farm — Continued.  I'age. 

business,  size  of,  Mo 692 

contracts,  types  of 589 

laborers.      {See  Agricultural   la- 
borers. ) 
life,    value    of    engineering    to, 

U.S.D.A 184 

loan    associations 106 

loan  board,  Federal 104 

loans,   shorttliue,   interest  rates 

and  other  charges  on,  U.S.D.A..  891 
machinery.       {See    Agricultural 

machinery.) 
management  for  boll-weevll  con- 
ditions   393 

management  in  east  Texas 794 

niauagtMiient  survey,  Chautauqua 

Co.,   New   York 296 

mortgage   loans,   U.S.D..\ 693 

mortgage     loans,     amortization 

plan,    U.S.D.A 589 

practice,   text-book 93 

products.        {See      Agricultural 

products.) 
supplies,    cooperative    purcha.se, 

U.S.D.A 190 

Farmers — 

Bulletins,  index,   U.S.D.A 299 

income   of,    U.S.D.A 692 

list  of  references  for 195 

Farming — 

in  Brooke  County,  W.Va 90 

in   North   Carolina 589 

in    sand     hills    section    of    Ne- 
braska,   Nebr 827 

profitable,  factors  in,  U.S.D.A—  191 

relation  of  Government  to 89 

treatise 696 

weather  factor  in,  U.S.I)..\ 617 

{See  also  Agriculture.) 
Farms — 

for  sale  in  Connecticut 589 

for  sale  in  Pennsylvania 589 

for  sale  or  rent  in  New  York 589 

prairie,  buildings  for 689,  690 

sandy-land.      In      Indiana     and 

Michigan,   U.S.D.A .392 

school,  use  of 795 

staircase,  of  ancient  Peru 794 

waste  land  on,   U.S.D.A 192,692 

Fasciola  hepatica,  notes,  Guam 877 

Fat- 
absorption  in  typhoid  fever 369 

absorption,  studies 166 

determination    in    cream 111 

determination  in   foods 12 

determination  in  powders 716 

edible,  chemistry  of 9 

effect  on  blood  sugar  in  phlorizin 

diabetes 863 

bydrogonation 9 

methods  of  analysis.  Mass 205 

occurrence   and    dislributlon    in 

wood 225 

role  in  infant  feeding 105 

supply  of  France 859 


948 


EXPERIMENT  STATION  EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 

Federal  Farm  Loan  Board 104 

Feeding  standards  for  milk  produc- 
tion    800 

Feeding  stuffs — 

acidity  of 770 

analyses 368,  471,  867 

as  affected  by  European  war 891 

inspection   and   analyses,   Conn. 

State 562 

inspection  and  analyses,  N.H —  373 
inspection    and    analyses,    N.Y. 

State 867 

inspection  and  analyses,  R.I 374 

inspection  and  analyses.  Wis 562 

inspection  in  Michigan 368 

inspection  in  South  Dakota 471 

law   in   Oregon 471 

productive  values,  Tex 561 

valuation 372 

waste,   utilization,   U.S.D.A 669 

{See  also  specific  kinds.) 
Feeds.  (See  Feeding  stuffs.) 
Feldspar — 

as  a  source  of  potash 326 

electrically    treated,    fertilizing 

value 726 

Fence  posts,  preservation,  U.S.D.A —  843 

Fences,  wicker,  construction 88 

Ferment  action,  studies 486 

Ferments,  proteoclastic,  formation.  179,  382 

(See  also  Enzyms.) 
Ferns — 

Nephrolepis,   breeding 345 

prothallia  of 431 

Fertilizer — 

experiments,  value  of 121 

{See  also  special  crops.) 

law  in  Tennessee 328 

requirements     of     soils.        (See 
Soils.) 

salts,  toxicity  toward  plants 221 

situation  in  United  States 121 

Fertilizers — 

analyses 328,  430,  631,  728 

as  affected  by  European  war 891 

availability    of    insoluble    nitro- 
gen   in 426 

catalytic,  tests 523 

catalytic,   use  with   lime  nitro-  519 

gen 519 

cost  and  use  in  1916,  N.Y.State.  21 

effect  on  nitriflcatlon  in  soils —  321 

effect  on  quality  of  wheat,  Colo.  832 

effect  on  soil  acidity 22,  727 

effect  on  soils 216 

effect  on  soils.  Pa 516 

effect  on  solubility  of  manganese 

in  soils 424 

effect  on  solubility  of  plant  food 

m  soils 629 

for  forest  trees 347 

inspection  and  analyses,  Ind 728 

inspection  and  analyses,  Mich 328 

inspection  and  analyses,  Mo 127 

inspection  and  analyses,  N.J 128,  221 


Page. 

Fertilizers — Continued. 

inspection  and  analyses,  W.Va_       328 

inspection  and  analyses.  Wis 430 

inspection  in  Florida 430,728 

inspection  in  Ohio 728 

inspection  in  Pennsylvania 631 

inspection  in  Tennessee 328 

low-grade,  Ohio 899 

nitrogenous.      (See   Nitrogenous 

fertilizers.) 
phosphatic.     (See  Phosphates.) 
potash.     (See  Potash.) 
production    and    use    in    1913- 

1915 631 

relation    to    nicotin    content    of 

tobacco 333 

review  of  investigations 516 

use.  Mass 325,3.38 

V.  barnyard  manure,  Ohio 815 

(See  also  specific  materials.) 

Fescue,  root  systems  of 639 

Feterita — 

culture  experiments,  Guam 829 

culture  in  Texas  Panhandle,  U.S. 

D.A 440 

starch  content,  Okla 108 

varieties  for  central  and  south- 
ern Great  Plains,  U.S.D.A___       832 

Fiber,  crude.     (See  Cellulose.) 

Field  crops — 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

critical  periods  of,  U.S.D.A 114 

culture  in  Russia 636 

culture,  treatise 30 

dynamiting  experiments.  Me 30 

laboratory  materials  for 93 

school  lessons  on 592 

seeding 740 

text-book 593 

(See  also  special  crops.) 

Field  peas.     (See  Peas.) 

Fig    preparations,    analyses.    Conn. 

State 558 

Filariasis  in  horses 362 

Filter- 
paper  pulp,  description 314 

paper  pulp,  use  in  quantitative 

analysis 204 

rapid,  for  turbid  liquids 612 

Filtration  apparatus,  description 204 

Fir- 
bud  moth,   notes 258 

Douglas,    ash   analyses 327 

Douglas,  bridge  stringers,  tests-  584 

Douglas,  fiber  dimension  studies-  734 

Douglas,    grading 188 

Douglas,    strength    tests 241 

trunk  bark  louse,  European 256 

white,    pathology    of,    U.S.D.A—  4.T 

withertip,    description 850 

Fire  blight,   studies 848 

Pireless  cookers.     (See  Cookers,  flre- 
less.) 

Fires,  Forest.     (See  Forest  fires.) 


1916] 


EXPERIMENT  STATION"   RECORD, 


949 


F^sb—  Page, 

anatyses 557 

cured,  as  human  food 85!t 

meal,    acidity 770 

meal,  analyses,  N..T 128 

meal,   analyses,   U.S.D.A *__  769 

meal    as    a    stock    and    poultry 

food,    U.S.D.A 709 

meal  for  pigs 272 

products  in  United  States ."^OG 

scrap,  analyses,  N.H .'?74 

scrap,   analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

scrap,  analyses,  R.I 374 

shipping     long     distances,     U.S. 

D.A 162 

Flagellates   in   soils 121 

Flavoring   extracts,    analyses.    Conn. 

State 558 

Flax — 

breeding   experiments 3.19,819 

cost  of  production,   Minn 691 

culture    experiments,    U.S.D.A-  827 

culture  in  Argentina,  U.S.D.A__  130 

diseases,    studies,    N.Dak 48 

shives,   analyses.    Wis 562 

varieties 81 

varieties,    Ariz 520 

varieties,    U.S.D.A 829 

varieties  for  Montana  dry  lands, 

U.S.D.A 735 

Flaxseed,  hydrocyanic  acid  in 107 

Flea — 

beetle,  banded.  Conn. State 54 

beetles  attacking  horse  nettle 657 

Flies — 

chaetotaxy  and  pilotaxy  of 060 

house.      (See  House  fly.) 

relation  to  filariasis  in  horses-  362 

studies 850 

white.      (See  White  flies.) 

Floods — 

control  in  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Cali- 
fornia    787 

extent    and   damage   caused   by, 

U.S.D.A 500 

in   China,   U.S.D.A 618 

in    Indiana S3 

in  lower  Mississippi,  U.S.D.A —  618 

in  Ohio 83 

laws  in  Indiana 787 

Flora  of  New  York 146 

Floricultural    instruction    in    United 

States 591 

Floriculture,  courses  in 499 

Florida — 

Station,  report 898 

University  and  Station,  notes —  397 

Flour — 

analyses 8 

nutritive  value 368 

nutritive    value    in    relation    to 

phosphorus    content 162 

protein   cleavage  in 205 

red  dog,  analyses,  N.H 373 

red  dog,  analyses,  N.Y.State 807 


Flour — Continued.  Page. 

red  dog,  analyses,  Wis 662 

shrinkage  tests 471 

Flower — 

bulbs.      (Sec  Bulbs.) 

gardens,  treatise 745 

pigments,  formation 333 

shows,  notes 450 

tbrlps,  notes 056 

tbrips,   studies,   Fla 852 

Flowers — 

breeding  experiments 444 

culture  experiments 444 

culture  in   .\labnnia 141 

new  or  little  known,  at  Ontario 

Agricultural  College 345 

wild,  treatise 450 

Flue  dust — 

analyses 127 

analyses,  N..I 128 

Fluorspar,    effect    on     solubility    of 

basic  slag 204 

Flytraps,   notes,    U.S.D.A 466 

Fog- 
annual  hours  of,  U.S.D.A 115 

as    a    source   of   water   supply, 

U.S.D.A 619 

classification 115 

forecasting,  U.S.D.A SOS 

in    relation    to    wind    direction, 

U.S.D.A 619 

Pomes  semitostus,  notes 251 

Food — 

analyses 558 

analysis,    quantitative    sublima- 
tion in 504 

cereal.     (See  Cereal  foods.) 

choice  of 765 

containers,  hygiene  of 765 

contamination    in   restaurants 664 

court  decisions  on 860 

elements,  component  parts  of_-  368 
fat,  passage  into  milk  fat,  Ga__  775 
infection    by    pathogenic    bacte- 
ria    264 

inspection  in  Connecticut,  Conn. 

State r,r,8 

inspection  in  France 765 

inspection  in  Oreat  Britain 663 

inspection    in    Louisiana 663 

inspection  in  Massachusetts 470 

inspection  in  Michigan 367 

inspection  in  Minnesota 368 

inspection  in  New  Jersey 164 

inspection     in     North     Dakota, 

N.Dak 207,  470,  765 

inspection  in  Oregon 470 

inspection    in    Pennsylvania 470 

inspection  in  South  Dakota 471 

inspection   in   Wisconsin 471 

lodin  content,  Ohio 555.  701 

law  in  Connecticut 367,  558 

law  in  Oregon 471 

law  in  Wyoming 663 

packages,  labeling 558 

poisoning  in  Great  Britain 603 


950 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Food — Continued.  Page. 

preservation 471 

preservation  and  adulteration —  765 

prices  in  Australia 471 

prices  in  Great  Britain 471 

prices  in  New  Jersey 860 

prices    in     Newton,     Massachu- 
setts   860 

prices  in  Washington  State 765 

production  in  Great  Britain 558 

664,  694 

products,  laboratory  course  in —  93 

products,  toxic  materials  in 577 

purchasing 471 

requirements  of  man 99 

selection,        preparation,        and 

cooking 269 

supply,  economic  aspect 268 

supply  in  Germany 295 

supply  of  warring  European  na- 
tions    497 

vegetable,  microscopy  of 503 

world's  production  of 497 

(See  also  Diet.) 
Foot-and-mouth  disease — 

control  in  United  States 74 

immunization 881,  882 

in  man 75 

studies 681 

treatment 180 

treatise 280 

Forage — 

crop  smuts,  notes,  Kans 348 

crops,  culture.  Wash 33 

crops,       culture       experiments, 

Guam 829 

crops,  culture  experiments,  Mo_  826 

(See  also  special  crops.) 
green,  production  during  entire 

year 135 

poisoning,    studies 76 

Forest — 

administration.     {See  Forestry.) 

arboretums    near    Brussels 146 

book  for  boy  scouts 897 

conservation    in    southern    pine 

region,    U.S.D.A 146 

ecology,  history  of 841 

experiment    station    at    Meguro, 

Tokyo 346 

experiments  on   heath  land 242 

fires,  aeroplane   patrols  for 147 

fires  in  Canada 148 

fires   in   New   Jersey 542 

fires,    prevention 346,  648 

improvement  systems,  cost 451 

industry      conference      at      San 

Francisco   in   1915 148 

insects  in   Sweden 254 

laws   of  Algeria 42 

laws   of   Maine 346 

laws  of  New  Hampshire 42 

leaves,  composition  and  quanti- 
ties    346 

legislation   in  America  prior  to 

March  4,  1789,  N.Y.Cornell__  42 


43 
43 

451 
242 
347 

347 
851 
43 
148 
648 

42 

746 
543 


746 


240 


452 
146 


Forest — Continued.  Page. 

pathology   in   forest   regulation, 
U.S.D.A 

plantations,    establishing 

planting  in  New  York,  N.Y.Cor- 
nell   

planting  in    Wisconsin 

products  in  Canada 

products,    review    of    investiga- 
tions  

protection  against  animals 

protection,   costs  and  values 

protection,    papers  on 

protection,   text-book 

provisions   of   New   York    State 

constitution 

rotations,    hewn-tie  v.    saw-tim- 
ber  

seeding  and  planting,  manual 

seeds.     (See  Tree  seeds.) 
soils.      (See  Soils.) 

taxation  in  Washington 

trees.      (See  Trees.) 

valuation,   treatise 

Forestry — 

as  a  business  investment 

in    Assam 

in  Canada 43,147,347 

in    Connecticut,    Conn.State 42 

in    Hawaii 843 

in    India 242,543,843 

in    Indiana 42 

in    Ireland 843 

in  .Japan 346 

in  Maryland 648 

in  Massachusetts 42 

in  Montana 542 

in  New  Hampshire 347 

in  New  South  Wales 346 

in  Newfoundland 649 

in  Ontario 242 

in  Oregon 542 

in  Rhode  Island 451 

in  Sumatra 843 

in  Sweden 146,242 

in  Switzerland 543 

in  Trinidad  and  Tobago 451 

in  Virginia 748,  842 

instruction  in  Austria 895 

schools  in   Bavaria 695 

site  classification  in 43 

treatise 240,  346,  841 

Forests — 

county    or    community    working 

plans 841 

determination  of  increment 452 

determining      normal      growing 

stock  in 748 

growth  studies 841 

Nematus  injury  in 55 

of  Alabama 748 

of  Crater  National  Park 748 

of  Florida 347 

of  Guindos  hacienda  in  Chile—        842 

of  Mesa  Verde  National  Park 648 

of  Mexico 242 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


951 


Forests — Continued.  Page, 

of  Mount  Rainier  National  Paric-  451 
of  Yosemite,   Sequoia,   and  Gen- 
eral Grant  National  Parks_  242,  648 
private,     manasement     in    New 

Yorl?,  N.Y.CornoU 45:2 

selection  strip  metiiod  of  fellinR_  34G 

state,   in   Pennsylvania 452 

topographic   survey   methods 841 

Formaldehyde — 

as  a  source  of  carbon  for  plants.  821 
detection    in    illuminated    green 

plants 821 

determination 616 

oxidation  to  formic  acid 71:5 

Formalin.     (See  Formaldehyde.) 

Formicencyrtus    thoreauini   n.g.   and 

n.sp.,    description 7G1 

Formicldaj  of  South  Africa ."G5 

Fowl — 

cholera,   notes,   Guam 878 

cholera,  studies 80 

typhoid,   investigations 283 

Fowls — 

acorns  for 172 

inbreeding  experiments.   Wis 564 

inheritance  in.  Mo 867 

ovarian    infection    of 683 

ovariotomized,    development 171 

(See  also  I'oultry.) 

Foxtail,  meadow,  root  systems  of 639 

Franklin ieUa   tritici,  notes 656 

Free  martin,   theories  concerning 169 

Frogs  as  affected  by  high   tempera- 
ture    851 

Frost — 

effect  on  germination  of  seeds 632 

fall,   U.S.D.A 808 

forecast  ing,Nev 505 

in    East    Indies 719 

leaf  injury  or  loss  due  to 243 

point,  investigations 318i 

protection  from 15,  318 

warnings,  U.S.D.A 808 

Fruit — 

baskets   and    containers,   stand- 
ards for 598 

bud  development.  Mo 837 

bud  formation,  relation  to  water 

supply 142 

bush,  varieties 742 

canned,  analyses.  Conn. State 558 

canning  and  preserving 419 

canning  in  the  home 558 

citrus.     (See  Citrus  fruits.) 

culture  in  Argentina 837 

culture  in  California 142 

culture  in   England 741 

culture    in    Great    Plains    area, 

U.S.D.A 446 

culture    in    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 835 

culture  in  southern  New  Jersey-  643 

diseases  and  insects  in  Georgia-  461 
diseases     and     pests,      control, 

Wash- 743 


Fruit — Continued.  Page. 

diseases,  notes,  Minn 148 

fleshy,    localization   of   acid   and 

sugars   In i>i>6 

flies,   chemical   reactions   of 3«2 

fly,    -Medilciiancan,    as    affected 

by   cold   storage,   li.S.D.A 362 

fl.v,   Mediterranean,   development 

in  lemons 259 

fly,   Mediterranean,   In   environs 

of  Paris 259 

fly,  Mediterranean,  in  Madagas- 
car    259 

fly,  Metlltenanean,  parasites  of-  760 

hail   injury   to 734 

hardy,  breeding  In  .\nierlca 743 

improving  old  varieties 342 

industry  in  New  York 830 

industry    in    Porto    lUco,    Cuba, 

and   Florida,   Hawaii 542 

Industry   in    Spain .342 

insects  affecting 355,401 

juices,  fermentation 616 

kilns,  testing 367 

low-grade,  utilization.  Wash 717 

marketing 892,  893 

marketing  in  New  York 446 

new.   description,   N.Y. State 36 

orchard,   culture   in    South   Aus- 
tralia   835 

packing  law  in  California 342 

pollen,    germination 731 

preservation 14 

preservation  and  inspection 367 

pruning    exporimonls 38 

resistant  to  Insects  and  fungi 342 

rust  and  Coryneum,  treatment 351 

small,   culture 36 

small,  culture  In  New  York 830 

stocks,   notes 342 

stone,  resistant  stocks  for 645 

stone,  spray  mixtures  for,  Va 143 

suitability  for  jelly  making 418 

transport;at4on 83.'J 

tree  disease  in  New  Zealand 456 

tree  leaf-roller,  notes,  Oreg 253 

tree  leaf-roller,  remedies,  Oreg 551 

tree  root  rot,  studies,  Ariz 547 

tree  root  systems,  Utah 837 

trees   as   affected   by   tin   bands 

or   girdles 446 

trees,  blossoming  dates 044 

trees,  fall  i'.  spring  planting,  Mo-  837 
trees,    killing    by    low    tempera- 
ture   234 

trees,    pollination 743 

trees,  propagation   through  bud 

selection 446 

trees,  ripening  of  growing  parts, 

Ohio 543 

tropical   in    Philippines 643 

worms  in   Nova   Scotia 853 

Fucus  veaiculofsus,  enzym  ac^'lon  in_  25 
Fungi- 
ammonia  accumulation  by 513 

chondriosomes  in 635 


952 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Fungi — Continued.  Page. 

edible,  culture  and  use 470 

endoconidia   production  in 247 

fission,    biology 25 

in  alimentary  canal  of  man 560 

leaf  injury   or   loss   due   to 243 

parasitic,    in    Colombia 243 

parasitic,  in  Wisconsin 844 

production    of    mycelium   by    in 

soil 820 

Fungicides — 

analyses,  Me 141 

phenolic,   studies,   Cal 208 

preparation  and  use,  Wasb 743 

tests 149 

Funtumia    elastica,    culture    in    Bel- 
gian  Kongo 544 

Furfiirol,  production  in  curing  hay_  312 

Fusarium  on  cereals,  treatment 245 

Fusariutn — 

radicicola,  studies,  U.S.D.A 455 

solatn,  notes,  U.S.D.A 750 

sp.  on  oranges 749 

sp.,   relation   to   damping  off  of 

truck  crops,  Fla 844 

spp.,    effect    on    composition    of 

potatoes,  U.S.D.A 246 

spp.,  relation  to  potato  tuber  rot 

and  wilt 246 

spp.,    relation    to    rye    "  drunk 

bread  "  disease 845 

trichothecioides,  treatment,  U.S. 

D.A 847 

Fusicladtum      dendriticum.         (See 
Apple  scab.) 

Gelaetan  of  Larix  occidentalis 611 

Galactose — 

crystalline  pentacetate  of 502 

toxicity  toward  plants 28 

Oalerucella   cavicollis,    studies,    U.S. 

D.A 260 

Ganeshkhind  Botanical  Garden 643 

Oanoderma  tumidum,  notes 550 

Garbage  tankage,  availability  of  ni- 
trogen in 427 

Garden — 

crop  diseases,  Fla 844 

crop  diseases  and  pests,  treatise.  835 

crop  diseases  in  Switzerland 546 

crops,    culture    in    South    Aus- 
tralia   835 

plans,   book 841 

webworm,  studies,  Okla 158 

Gardening — 

in  Australia,  treatise 444 

indoor,  for  schools 797 

notes,  W.Va 643 

ornamental,  in  Florida 648 

ornamental,    treatise 42,  345,  745 

review  of  American  literature--  746 

vegetable,  courses  in 499 

vegetable,    notes 341 

vegetable,    treatise 36,  445,  741 

Gardens — 

farm  vegetable,  Oreg 234 

hanging,  of  ancient  Peru 794 


Gardens — Continued.  Page. 

insects  affecting,  Idaho 355 

school.     (<S'ee  School  gardens.) 

Gargarphia  solani,  notes 657 

Garlic  for  rice  soils.  La 338 

Gas- 
burette,   description 313,  314 

burner,  new  Teclu 801 

formation  in  milk,  Iowa 676 

illuminating,  effect  on  plants 636 

Gastric  juice — 

antiseptic  action 559 

normal  secretion 664 

Oastropacha  pini,  studies 759 

Gelatin  as  a  human  food 163 

Qelechia — 

gossypiellu  in   Egypt 54 

yossjipiella,     life     history     and 

habits 854 

yossypiella,  remedies 257 

pseudacaciella,   notes 356 

Generic  types,  determination 328 

Geochemistry,    data    of 16 

Oe-oderces  melanothri-x,  notes,  Wash_  364 
Geological     Survey.        {See     United 

States  Geological   Survey.) 
Geology — 

engineering,    treatise 489 

of  Sulphur  Spring  Valley,  Ariz-  83 
Georgia — 

College,    notes 96,397,697 

Station,    notes 596,  697 

Station,    report 94 

Germ  middlings,  analyses.  Wis 562 

Germination,     review     of    investiga- 
tions    129 

Oiardia  microti  n.sp.,  description 52 

Ginseng- 
culture  and  preparation 647 

diseases,   treatment,   U.S.D.A 547 

Gioddu,  effect  on  human  metabolism-  472 
Gipsy  moth — 

control   by    natural    enemies   in 

Canada 465 

control    in    Connecticut,    Conn. 

State 53 

control  in  New  Hampshire 461 

wilt    disease,    dissemination 758 

Girls'  clubs,  animal  husbandry  course 

for 396 

Glanders — 

diagnosis 780 

immunization 75 

Glandular    diseases,    immunization 574 

Glauconite,  action  of  fertilizer  salts 

on 326 

Gliadin,   nutritive  value 368 

Globulins,    plant,    preparation 9 

Olceosporium — 

alborubrum,    notes 251 

caulivorutn    on     red    clover    in 

Hungary 546 

mangiferce,    notes 153 

sp.,    relation    to    damping  off  of 

truck  crops,   Fla 844 

tiliwcolum,    notes 251 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


953 


Glomerella —  Page. 

(jossirpii,  notes,  Okla 405 

riifoniaculans,   notes 351 

Glucal,  physiological  action M\'> 

Glucose — 

assimilation,   limit 36!) 

commercial,      effect      on      white 

rats 103 

effect  on  soil  nitrogen 218 

formation  in  plants 413 

methods  and  results  of  analysis-  316 
Glucosids,     indigo-yielding,     physiol- 
ogy  of 333 

Glutamin  in  germinating  corn 202 

Gluten — 

feed,  analyses,  Conn. State SjG'J 

feed,  analyses,  N.H 374 

feed,  analyses,  N.Y. State 867 

feed,  analyses,  R.I 374 

feed,  analyses,  Wis 562 

meal,  analyses.  Conn. State 562 

meal,  analyses,  N.Y. State 867 

variations 108 

Glycerin,    bacterial    dehydration 163 

Olypta  hrevis  n.sp.,  description 262 

Glyptoscelis  alteniata,  notes,  Wash_  364 
Glyptotennes  satumensin    n.  sp.,  de- 
scription    255 

Goat- 
serum,    proteins   and   antitoxins 

in 574 

sucker,   long-tailed,   synopsis   of 

races 252 

Goats — 

breeding  experiments,   Guam 860 

of  central  and  eastern  Tennes- 
see    170 

slaughtering  on  the  farm 317 

Goiter — 

exophthalmic,  metabolism  in —  371 
relation    to    iodin     content    of 

food,  Ohio 762 

Golden-rod,  gall  insects  affecting —  55 

Goldenseal,  culture  and  preparation.  647 
Ooniocotes — 

gigas,  notes,  Guam 878 

spp.,  notes,  Conn.Storrs 183 

Gooseberries — 

culture,  N.Y. State 41 

transplanting  experiments 37 

Gooseberry — 

fruit  fly,  notes 466 

mildew,  treatment 4.53,649,654 

Gooseflsh,  commercial  possibilities—  469 

Gracilaria   lespeile-wfoUelln,   notcs__  356 

Graft   hybrids,   notes 437,  635 

Grafting  in  plant  acclimation 444 

Grain — 

and    wheat   mixtures,    nutritive 

deficiencies 577 

bulk  handling,  Cal 693 

companies,  cooperative,  U.S.D.A_  393 

elevators,  accounts  for,  U.S.D.A-  296 

elevators  in  western  Canada 892 

grinding,  power  required  for 586 

harvesting  experiments 189 


(Jrain — Continued.  Page, 

prices   in   Scotland 497 

production  and  handling  In  .Vr- 

gentina.    l'.S.I)..V 136 

production  In  United  Statea 893 

rusts,  treatment 47 

seed,   fungicidal   treatment 845 

seed,  treatment  with  hot  water_  149 

separators,   notes 189 

small,  hall  injury  to 734 

small,   text-hook 593 

smut,  treatment 149 

smuts,   notes,    Kans 348 

Standards  Act,  I'ederal 3C8 

susceptibility  to  smut  and  rust.  749 
(.Vcc    also    Cereals    and    special 
crops.) 

Gram,  factors  affecting  cooking 556 

Granaries  for  prairie  farms 690 

Grange  movement  in  Canada 497 

Grape — 

berry   moth,   notes 646 

berry  moth,  remedies 659 

berry  moth,  studies,  Ohio 358 

chlorosis,  treatment 753,  754 

diseases  and  insect  pests  in  On- 
tario  JL 448 

diseases,    description    and    con- 
trol, N.J 351 

diseases  in  Sio  Paulo 550 

diseases,  papers  on 646 

downy  mildew,   notes 50,  352 

downy  mildew,   treatment 249, 

352,  753,  754 

flea-beetle,   notes 646 

gray   rot,   notes 246 

industry  in  California 343 

mealy   bugs,   notes 357 

mealy     bugs,     remedies,     Conn. 

State 54 

must,  fermentation  under  paraf- 
fin oil 617 

phylloxera,  development 463 

phylloxera    In    California 646 

phylloxera,  remedies 358,  658 

phylloxera,   review  of  investiga- 
tions   658 

,    sugar,    rectal    and    intravenous 

utilization 368,  369 

Grapefruit- 
composition  and  culture 745 

fertilizer  experiments,  Fla 839 

Grapes — ■ 

American,  sugar  and  acid  con- 
tent    617 

bagging  experiments 646 

breeding 646 

breeding  experiments 239,  448 

culture 343 

culture  experiments 342 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 538 

culture  in  California 648 

culture  in  Nasik  District,  India.  343 

culture  In  New  Mexico 646 

culture  in  New  York 836 

culture  in  Ontario 448 


954 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOKD. 


[Vol.  35 


Grapes — Continued.  Page. 

culture  in  Oregon 646 

culture  in  South  Australia 835 

culture  in  United  States 744 

culture  in  Utah —  646 

development  of  sugar  and  acid 

in,   U.S.D.A 108 

direct-producing  hybrid 41,  646,  838 

European,     culture    in    eastern 

United  States 239 

fertilizers   for 646 

insects  affecting 646 

Muscadine,  sirup  from,  U.S.D.A-  807 

new,  description,  N.Y.State 37 

production  in  Spain  in  1915 744 

pruning  and  training 646 

ripening  of 617 

Kotundifolia,  heredity  in,  Ga 36 

transportation 647 

varieties 448 

Vinifera,       winter       protection, 

N.Mex 41 

winter  protection 239 

Grapevine — 

flea-beetle,  steel-blue,  notes 656 

moths,  notes 54 

pyralid,  parasites  of 659 

Grapevines,      treatment     with      hot 

water  and  sprays 352,353 

Grass — 

breeding  technique  and  methods-  232 

culture  experiments,  Guam 829 

culture    in    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 827 

fertilizer  experiments.  Pa 517 

fodder,  of  .Tava 440 

fresh,     and     hay,     comparative 

feeding  value 372 

mixtures,   tests 31 

phosphatic   fertilizers  for 630 

seed,       imported,       germination 

tests,  U.S.D.A 140 

seeding  on  ranges,  U.S.D.A 439 

smut,  treatment 149 

tests,  Hawaii 528 

varieties 134 

{See   also   specific  kitids.) 
Grasshoppers.     (8ee  Locusts.) 
Grazing   industry   in   blue   grass   re- 
gion,  U.S.D.A 867 

Greases,  hard,  methods  of  analysis —  316 
Green — 

manure,  effect  on  germination  of 

seed.  Wis 529 

manure,  effect  on  soil  nitrogen —  218 

manure,  fertilizing  value,  N.J 125 

manure,  time  and  depth  of  plow- 
ing under 425 

manures    for    sandy    and    white 

moss  soils 628 

manures,   relation  to  failure  of 

seedlings,    U.S.D.A 24 

manuring  in  Central  Provinces, 

India 123 

shield  scale,  notes,  Fla 852 

Greenhouse  thrips,  notes 658 


Greenhouses —  Page, 

heating 742 

small,  construction  and  manage- 
ment        445 

Ground    squirrels.       {See    Squirrels, 

ground.) 
Groundnuts.     {See  Peanuts.) 
Growth — 

as    affected    by    pituitary    and 

thymus  substances 171 

lectures  and  seminars  on 403 

studies 472,  864 

Grubs,  lamellicorn,  of  West  Indies.-       661 

Guam   Station,  report 898 

Guanidin  in  germinating  corn 202 

Ouignardia  wscuH — 

n.comb.,  description 851 

studies,  N.Y.Cornell 154 

Guinea-chicken  hybrid  serum,  refrac- 
tive index 279 

Guinea   corn,   culture  experiments —       135 
Guinea  pigs — 

epilepsy  in,  Wis 564 

growth    in    embryo     and    after 

birth,  Wis 564 

identification 880 

immunization  experiments 485 

normal    and    tubercular,    chemi- 
cal composition 883 

tricolor  inheritance  in 770 

Gum  arable,  determination 417 

Gummosis,  studies 331 

Oymnoparea    {  A  c  t  ia  )    pilipennis, 

notes 659 

Gymnosporangium — 

galls,  studies 46 

host  relationships 244 

review  of  investigations 650 

Gymnosporangium — 

juniperi  -  virginianw,     investiga- 
tions        848 

juniperi  -  virginianw,     investiga- 
tions, W.Va 49 

juniperi-X'irginianw,  lipolytic  ac- 
tion in  teliospores  of 225 

nootkatensis  n.sp,,  description —       844 

sahinw,  notes 454 

spp.  in  Pennsylvania 351 

Habrocytus  medicaginis  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion        262 

Haemaphysalls,  monograph 263 

HwmatoMa    sanguisugens,    life    his- 
tory         760 

Hwmonchus  contortus — 

anatomy  and  life  history 678 

in  Guam,  Guam 878 

Hmmoproteus  columhw,  transmission-       678 

Hail  injury  to  cultivated  plants 734 

Hailstorms   and   hail   prevention    in 

France 318 

Halibut,     shipping     long     distances, 

U.S.D.A 162 

Ilalicttis  spp.,  bionomics 468 

Halos,     relation      to     precipitation, 

U.S.D.A 115 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


955 


Haltica —  Pago. 

carinata,  notes 656 

chalybca.     (Sec     Grape     flea- 
beetle.) 

Hampton    Institute,    notes 197 

Harlequin  cabbage  bug,  notes,  S.C 255 

HasstUesia    tricolor,   notes 684 

Hauling,  animal  v.  mechanical  power_       292 

Hawaii   Station — 

notes 307 

report 595 

Hawkbit,    description 642 

Hawkweed,   description 642 

Hay— 

and    fresh    grass,    comparative 

feeding  value 372 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

fertilizer    experiments 430,  520 

heating  during  curing 312 

(See  also  Alfalfa,  Clover,  Tim- 
othy, etc.) 

Hazelnuts,    notes 145 

Heat- 
effect   on    soils 20,  22.  138,  515,  722 

leaf  injury  or  loss  due  to 24o 

(See  also  Temperature.) 

Heifers — 

as   affected   by   plane   of   nutri- 
tion.   Mo 868 

factors     affecting    development, 

M:o 871 

Heliophila    unipuncta.       (See    Army 
worm.) 

Heliothrips — 

hwmorihoidalis.        (See     Green- 
house  thrips.) 
rubrocinctus,  notes 254,  357 

Helminthosporium — 

echinulatum,  notes 154 

gramineum,   treatment 47 

Hemileia  vastatria;  treatment 45,  353 

Hemileuca  oUvub,  studies 259 

Hemiteles  n.sp.,   notes 465 

Hemorrhagic  septicemia.      (See  Sep- 
ticemia.) 

Hemp — 

blossoming   of 640 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

culture  in  Wisconsin,   Wis 528 

fertilizer    experiments 523 

Hon    flea,    notes 58 

Hcndersonm — 

dodartlw  n.sp.,  description 844 

sp.   on   mangosteen 153 

Henna,   studies 449 

Hens — 

egg   production   in 773 

external  indications  of  egg  pro- 
duction        480 

feeding   experiments 274,  479 

feeding    experiments.    Mo 773 

feeding  experiments,  Ohio 171 

feeding  experiments,  Pa 569 

fish   meal   for,   U.S.D.A 769 

range  v.  confinement  for,  Minn_       377 
range  v.  confinement  for,  Ohio.       171 


Heredity-  p^ge. 

and  vigor,  treatise 371 

cbromoKonie    theory 272 

crossing  over  lu 866 

In   beans,    Nebr 836 

in  Bryonia  dioira 819 

In  Capsicum  annnum 130 

In  carnations 240 

in    fowls,    .Mo 867 

in   guinea    pigs 770 

in    Primula    kciccnsis    and    Its 

allies 818 

in   Rotundlfolla  grapes,  Ga 36 

in  sugar  beets 641 

in  timothy 232 

in  tomatoes 141,235 

in    wheat 233 

of  blossom-end  rot  in  tomatoes, 

Ga 742 

of  epilepsy  in  guinea  pigs.  Wl8_  564 
of    flowering    time   in    peas    and 

rice 329 

of  short  ears  in  sheep,  U.S. 

D.A 772 

of  size  in  tobacco 819 

of  size  in  tomatoes,  N..I 445 

sex-limited,    in    Ayrshire    cattle, 

U.S.D.A 272 

Herpetomoniasls,  induced,  In  birds 782 

Hessian  fly — 

control,    Ohio 899 

immunity  of  wheat  to 759 

parasites,  studies,  U.S.D.A 466 

Heterodera  schachtii,  studies 151 

Hcteronyx    piceus    injurious    to    al- 
falfa   363 

Heterothripa  n.  sp.,  description 853 

Ilevea     brasilicnsis.     (See     Rubber, 
Para.) 

Hexamethylenamln,    determination 616 

Hickories,  top-working  with  pecans.  745 
Hickory — • 

bark  beetle,  remedies.  U.S.D.A.  760 

leaf  galls,  descriptions 468 

Hides— 

from    China,    di.sinfecflon 487 

subcutaneous     matter    of,    com- 
position and  feeding  value 376 

Highway — 

engineering,    economics  of 389 

engineers,    feet-miles   conversion 

table    for 390 

Ilighwajs.     (See  Roads.) 

Hilgard,  E.  W.,  memorial  addresses.  595 

Hog  cholera — 

control  in  Kansas 488 

control  in  Pennsylvania 885 

globulin,  use 884 

immunization 884 

in    Cuba 282 

notes 78,  282 

serum,  production,  U.S.D.A 488 

serum,     relation     to     foot-and- 
mouth  disease  outbreak 74 

studies 784 


956 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Hog  cholera — Continued.  Page. 

studies,  Mo 878 

studies,    N.Dak TS 

Hogs.     {See  Pigs.) 
Home  economics — 

instruction,  home  projects  in 594 

instruction  in  high  schools 898 

instruction  in  Iowa  schools 592 

instruction  in  Philippines 92 

instruction  in  Silesia 395 

instruction  in   Sweden 395 

instruction  in  United  States-   394,  499 

instruction,  papers  on 897 

school  lessons  on 594 

short  courses  in  Canada 695 

teachers,  training  in  Prussia 695 

Hominy  feed — 

analyses,  Conn. State 562 

analyses,  N.H 373 

analyses,   N.Y. State 867 

analyses,    R.I 374 

analyses.   Wis 562 

Honduras  experimental  station,  notes.  597 
Honey — 

in  antidiabetic  diet 266 

removing     from     hollow     trees, 

Guam 856 

utilization 470 

Honeybees.     (See  Bees.) 

Honohono  as  a  feeding  stuff,  Hawaii-  561 

Hordenin   in   germinating  corn 202 

Horistonotus  uhleri,  notes,  U.S.D.A-  467 
Horse — 

barns  for  prairie  farms 690 

chestnut    anthracnose,    notes 851 

chestnut  leaf  blotch,  description-  851 
chestnut    leaf    blotch,     studies, 

N.y.Cornell 154 

chestnuts,  use  in  bread  malting-  470 
manure,   effect   on   bacterial   ac- 
tivity of  soils 216 

serum,   effect   on    hemolytic   ac- 
tion of  peptones 881 

serum,    tests 179 

tick,   tropical,   studies 58 

Horsemint    as    a    source    of    thymol, 

U.S.D.A 344 

Horses — 

anesthesia    of 379 

breeding  cxperimenis,   Guam 869 

English  racing,  color  of 377 

feed  requirements 773 

feeding   experiments 773 

feeding  experiments.  Mo 869 

improvement,  Utah 377 

parasitic  affections  of 489 

poisoning  by  larkspur,  U.S.D.A-  780 

poisoning  by  Lathyrus  sativus-  282 

raising  on  Indian  reservations--  374 

V.  tractors  for  hauling  gravel 495 

value   as   affected   by   age,   U.S. 

D.A 891 

Horticultural — 

Investigations  in  United  States, 

retrospect 234 

students,  inspection  trips  for —  498 


Horticultural — Continued.                       Page, 
varieties,  propagation  by  vegeta- 
tive means 141 

winter  schools  in  Germany 194 

Horticulture — 

graduate  work  in 498,  591 

school  lessons  on 592 

text-book 499 

Hotbeds — 

construction  and  management--  445 
construction    and    management, 

Ky 234 

House  fly — 

as     a     host     of     chicken      ces- 

tode 577,  683 

chemotropic  response  of 466 

development    and    auto-destruc- 
tion in  horse  manure 660 

overwintering  in  pupal  stage 259 

remedies,  N.Dak 259 

remedies,    U.S.D.A 466 

treatise 57 

Houses — 

for    prairie    farms 690 

heating 588 

Human  serums,  antiguinea-pig  hemo- 
lytic  activity 679 

Humic  acid,  nature 120 

Humin    nitrogen    of  protein    hydrol- 
ysis, origin 311 

Humus — 

acids,    investigations 628 

analyses,    N..J 128 

as  a  source  of  carbon  for  green 

plants 131 

determination  in  soils 513 

formation 627 

in  loess  soils 511 

Hyacinth    diseases,   treatment 51 

Hi/drwcia  micncea  as  a  garden  pest-  853 
Hydraulic  rams  for  farm  water  sup- 
plies    294 

Hydraulics,    treatise 786 

Hydrochloric  acid,  leaf  injury  or  loss 

due  to 243 

Hydrocyanic  acid — 

determination 413,  503 

formation  in  seeds 332 

gas  as  a  fumigant 53 

gas,  effect  on  cotton,  U.S.D.A —  254 
gas,   fumigation   of   cotton    seed 

with 678 

in  sorghum,  U.S.D.A 340 

in   TrMens  flavus 413 

liberation   from  linseed 167 

Hydrogen — 

ion     concentration,     determina- 
tion    110 

peroxid,  persistence  in  milk 11 

Hydrophobia.     (See  Rabies.) 
Hydrotcea  meteorica  in  North  Amer- 
ica    759 

Hydroxypyridines,  antineuritic  prop- 
erties    711 

Hylastes  ruber  n.sp.,   description 856 

Hylemyia  coarctata,  biology 460 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


957 


Pagt'. 
Hylobitts  pales  aBfectlng  conifers  in 

New    England 747 

Hymenochwtc  noxia,  notes 45,  251,551 

Hymenoptcra,    new    ptcromalid   chal- 

cldoid  Renus  from  North  America-       S:>~ 

Hymenopterous  wing,  Iiorismology 2(!l* 

Hypcraapis    binotata,    studies,    U.S. 

D.A 261 

Hypochnus     iurnati    n.sp.,     descrip- 
tion         351 

Hypodcnita — 

dcforwaiis      n.sp.,      description, 

U.S.D.A 354 

Uneata  and  //.  bovia  in  United 

States 7G 

Hyponomeuta,    parasites   of 659 

Hyposotcr  interjcctus  n.sp.,   descrip- 
tion         262 

Ice — 

cream,  analyses.  Me 17G 

cream,  bacteria  in,  Conn.Storrs_        164 

houses  for  prairie  farms 689 

precooling  plant,   description 391 

storm  In  Michigan,  U.S.D..V 115 

storms,    forecasting,  U.S.D.A 808 

Icerya  purch<isi.     (See  Cottony  cush- 
ion-scale.) 

Ichneumonidae,  revision 262 

Idaho  University  and  Station,  notes-       596 
Idechthis  nigricoxalis  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion         262 

Idiocerus — 

fitchi,   notes 853 

provancheri,  life   history,   Me —       553 
Illinois — 

Station,  notes 196,  596,  900 

Station,    report 94 

University,    notes 596,900 

Immortel  trees,  disease  of 354 

Immunity — 

production    in    guinea    pigs    by 
nasal     instillation     of     horse 

serum 485 

studies 380 

treatise 73,  573 

Immunization,   active,  new   method-       881 
(See     also     Anthrax,     Tubercu- 
losis, etc.) 

Inbreeding,  studies 771 

Incubator,   electric,    for  bacteriologi- 
cal work,   Conn.Storrs 134 

India  rubber.      (See  Rubber.) 
Indian — 

schools,  course  of  study  for 895 

summer,   use   of   term   in    1778, 

U.S.D.A 419 

Indiana   Station,  notes 596,  697,  900 

Indicators   from   animal    tissues 204 

Indigo-yielding  glucoslds,  physiology 

of 333 

Indigo f era  arrecta  as  a  host  plant  of 

pink    disease 1^5 

Infant — 

feeding,    studies 165,  663 

foods,   analyses,   Conn.State 558 

83103°— 17 6 


Infantile- 
malnutrition,    prevention 172 

paralysis.      (Sec   I'ollomyelltls. ) 
Infants — 

measurement  of  surface  area..  .';60 
metabolism,     review     of    litera- 
ture    r.no 

protein    metabolism 700 

soy   beans   and   condensed   milk 

for .'',.-,0 

Infection  and  Immunity,  trnntlse 57.T 

Influenza,    equine,    treatment 282 

Inheritance.      (Sec  Heredity.) 
Insecticides  — 

analyses.  Me 141 

compatibilities 838 

notes 356 

phenolic,   studies,   Ca! 20S 

preparation  and  use.  Wash 743 

tests 149 

(Sec  also  specific  jorms.) 
Insects — 

beneficial,  In  Illinois S.'iG 

beneficial,  Introduction  Into  Ua- 

wall 75.') 

beneficial  to  tobacco 54 

forest.     (See  Forest  insects.) 

fungus  diseases  of 55 

Injurious — 

In  Arizona 656 

In  British  Columbia 2.53 

in   California 254 

in  Connecticut,  Conn.State.  53 

in  Cuba 348 

In  Dutch  East  Indies 243 

In  England  and  Wales 649 

In  Georgia 461 

in  Gold  Coast 463 

in  greenhouses 253 

In  Hood  River  Valley,  Oreg-  252 

In  Illinois 356 

In  Indiana 461 

In  Minnesota 461 

in  Montana,  Mont 852 

In  New  Hampshire 401 

In    Northern     Territory    of 

Australia 6.57 

In  Ontario 3.50 

in  Pusa 55 

in  Quebec 356 

in  Turin 463 

in  I'ganda 463 

in  Virginia 461 

in  West  .Vfrlca 463 

In  West  Indies 44 

manual 460 

notes,    Fla 852 

notes,   Okla 150 

to  apples 853 

to  black  locust 355 

to  cabbage,  Conn.State 55 

to  cacao 3^3 

to  cactus 55 

to  citrus  fruits 355,6.57 

to  coconuts 55 


958 


EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Insects — Continued.  Tage. 

injurious — continued. 

to  cotton 657 

to    cotton    seedlings,    U.S. 

D.A 156 

to  cranberries 55 

to  forest  and  shade  trees, 

remedies 356 

to  forests 851 

to  forests  In  Sweden 254 

to  fruit 355 

to  fruit,  remedies.  Wash 743 

to  grapes 448,646 

to  Lima  beans  In   St.  Vin- 
cent   355 

to  locusts,  Ky 552 

to   man    or  animals   in   the 

Southwest,  U.S.D.A 853 

to  olives 254 

to    orchards    and    gardens, 

Idaho 355 

to  peaches  in  Georgia 447 

to  pepper  in   Banca,  Dutch 

East  Indies 835 

to  pinks 154 

to  strawberries 55 

to  sugar  cane 55 

to   tobacco 54 

to  trees  and  shrubs 756 

to  vegetables 55 

treatise 835 

of  central  Europe,  manual 254 

of  Virgin  Islands 657 

on  Imported  nursery  stocls 755 

relation    to    chestnut    bark    dis- 
ease   756 

relation    to   cucurbit  wilt,   U.S. 

D.A 546 

relation  to  gipsy  moth  wilt  dis- 
ease   758 

relation  to  plant  diseases 253 

relation  to  poliomyelitis 280 

relation  to  temperature  and  hu- 
midity,   U.S.D.A 52 

scale.     (See  Scale  insects.) 

(See  also  specific  insects.) 

Institute     for      Phytopathology     In 

Wageningon 243 

International — 

catalogue    of    bacteriology    and 

serum  physiology 574 

catalogue  of  botany 29 

catalogue  of  meteorology 318,421 

Congress  of  Home  Economics 897 

Congress  of  Viticulture,  report-  646 
Cooperative     Alliance,     proceed- 
ings    893 

Irrigation      Congress,      proceed- 
ings    885 

Intestinal  flora  of  cattle 76 

Invertase — 

adsorption 313 

of  potato  leaves 334 

lodin— 

determination    In    organic    mat- 
ter    11 


lodin — Continued.  Page. 
determination     in    presence    of 

chlorids 802 

in  foods,  Ohio 555,  761 

Iowa — 

College,  notes 96,  300,  500,  900 

Station,  notes 900 

Station,   report 696 

Ips  n.spp.,  descriptions 856 

Iris- 
borer,  notes.  Conn. State 54 

flowers,  oxidases  in 130 

flowers,  variation  in 329 

Iron — 

hematoid,  compounds  in  plants.  634 

sulphate,  effect  on  plant  growth_  434 

sulphate,  use  against  weeds 340 

Irrigation — 

and  land  settlement  in  Western 

States 885 

canals,  concrete  lined,  construc- 
tion     186,  490,  491 

channels,   flow  of  water   in 185 

ditches,  curves  for  velocity  and 

discharge 787 

effect     on     plant     succession, 

U.S.D.A 732 

effect  on  quality  of  wheat,  Colo_  833 
effect    on    water   level    in    soils, 

Utah 813 

in  Bengal 580 

in  Bombay 578 

in  British  Columbia 385 

in  California 82,  284 

in  Canada 82,684 

in  Crooked  River  basin 385 

in  Egypt 794,886 

in    Italy 580 

in   Mauritius 580 

in  Pit  River  basin 285 

in    San    Joaquin    Valley,    Cali- 
fornia   186 

in  Silver  Lake  region,  Oregon —  285 

in  Washington  State 885 

in  Western  Australia 489 

laterals,  concrete  lining  for 491 

law,  text-book 185 

laws  in  California 885 

laws  in  Canada 885 

projects,   accounting  for 284,  385 

pumping,  electric  power  for 386 

pumping  for 787 

pumps,  selection 887 

pumps,  tests,  Ariz 580 

structures,  wood  v.  concrete  for_  491 

treatise 185,  491 

water.     {See  Water.) 
weirs.     (See  Weirs.) 
work,    classification    of   expendi- 
tures for 284,  .385 

works,  hydraulic  and  excavation 

tables  for 400 

Isachne  spp.  of  Java 440 

Ischnodemus  falUcus,  notes 657 

laosoma  grande,  notes 58 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


959 


Pb?c. 

Italian   Colonial    Agricultural    Insti- 
tute at  Florence 695 

Ivy,  Injurious  effects  on  trees 6;JG 

Ixodoidea,    monograph    and    bibliog- 
raphy   203 

Jalysus  spinosus  affecting  tomato G57 

Japanese  cane.     {See  Sugar  cane.) 

Jassoldea — 

of  central  Mississippi  Valley 853 

of  Missouri 403 

Jellies — 

preparation 419 

preparation   from   citrus   fruits, 

Cal 113 

Jelly  making,  investigations 418 

Johne's  disease,  treatment 70 

Johnson  grass — 

and   Sudan   grass   seeds,   distin- 
guishing characters,  U.S.D.A_  8.'>4 
botanical  notes  and  culture 040 

Juncus  cffu-sus  as  a  litter  for  cows_  175 

June  beetle,  green,  remedies,  Ariz 551 

Juniper  webworm,  notes.  Conn.  Statc_  54 

Junipers,    list 44 

Jute — 

culture  in  India  and  Indo-China_  730 

fertilizer    experiments 730 

Kafir  corn — 

culture   experiments,   Guam 829 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

starch  content,  Okla 108 

varieties  for  central  and  south- 
ern Great  Plains,  U.S.D.A___  832 

Kainit— 

hygroscopldty 031 

use  against  weeds 340 

Kale — 

fertilizer    experiments 235 

pollination    experiments 342 

Kanona     tankage,     availability      of 

nitrogen    in 427 

College  notes 96,  300,  798 

Station,  notes 300,  798 

Kaoliang,  starch  content,  Okla 108 

Kastle,  J.  H.,  biographical  sketch.-  596 
Kelp — 

as  a  source  of  potash 327 

decomposition  In  soils 815 

Kentucky — 

Station,  notes 96,  596 

University,    notes 397,596 

Keratitis  Infectiosa  In  reindeer 488 

Kerosene      engines,      prevention      of 

pounding    in 585 

Kidney  worms,  notes,  Guam 878 

Kingfisher,  ruddy,  subspecies  of 252 

Kitchens,    construction    and    equip- 
ment   "^^^^ 

Kjeldahl  fume  remover,  description.  612 

Knots  and   splices,   descriptions 495 

Kohl  rabi — 

combined  fungus  attacks  on 245 

pollination  experiments 342 


Pago. 
Kraal   manure,  analyses 328 

Kudzu,   culture  experiments,  La 337 

Kukul    and    China    wood    oil    tree, 

crossing,    Hawaii 530 

Laborers,    farm,      {Sec    Agricultural 
laborers.) 

Lac,    t.ipplng 347 

Lacewing  lly.  California  green,  U.S. 

D.A 757 

Lacbuosterna — 

revision 4117 

studies 700 

LacJinuH  ylchnua  n.sp.,  description 50 

Lactic- 
acid  biictcrla,  effect  on  silage 373 

acid  organisms,  clasHlIlcatlou  and 

nomenclature 178 

ferments  as  affected  by  tempera- 
ture         4H:i 

starters,   tests,   Conn.Storrs 176 

LactobaciUuH  fcnucntuin,  studies 278 

L<rUips    n.sp.,   description 264 

Lambs — 

feeding  experiments,  Nebr 072 

feeding  experiments,   S.Dak 772 

feeding  experiments,  Tex 375 

{See  also  Sheep.) 

Lamzlektc  in   South   Africa 078 

Land — 

clearing 84 

clearing  with  dynamite 887 

cultivated,  seeding  to  meadows.       039 
Grant  College  Engineering  Asso- 
ciation         297 

grant    colleges.       {See    Agricul- 
tural colleges.) 
holding,  effect  on  decline  of  Uo 

man   Empire 604 

logged-off,  of  western  Washing- 
ton         892 

reform  movement  in  Russia 392 

registration  In   New  Zealand 793 

settlement  by  discharRed  sailors 
and   soldiers   in   England   and 

Wales 296 

settlement,  government  aid  In —       392 

swamp,   drainage 286 

tenure  problems  in  United  States.  89 

Landscape  gardening — 

list  of  plants  for 647 

treatise 746 

Lanauriu  mozardi.     {See  Clover-stem 

borer.) 
Laphyijma   fnigiperda.       {Sec    Army 

worm,   fall.) 
Larch — 

sawfly,  studies,  Conn. State 54 

western,  description  and  use 451 

western,  galactan  of ''U 

Lard,  preparation 317 

Larkspur    poisoning    of    live    stock, 

U.S.D.A '^9 

Lasioderma   senHcornc.      {See   Ciga- 
rette beetle.) 
Lasiodiplodia   theobromw,  note« 45 


960 


EXPERIMENT    STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 

Lath,  production  in  Canada 347 

Lathyrus  safiDWS^ poisoning  of  horses.  282 

Latitude,  annual  variation,  U.S.D.A-  619 

Laundry,   cooperative,   U.S.D.A 191 

Laurie — 

acid  salts,  solubility 416 

and  myristic  acids,  separation-  410 
Lawns — 

Lawn  mixtures,  tests 742 

construction    and    maintenance, 

Cal 145 

in  sand  hills  of  Nebraska,  Nebr_  835 

Lawsonia  alba,  studies 449 

Lead — ■ 

arsenate,  fungicidal  and  insecti- 

cldal  value.  111 39 

arsenate,  fungicidal  value,  Me —  549 

arsenate,  tests 342 

poisoning,  effect  on  germ  cells, 

Wis 564 

salts,  effect  on  wheat 324 

Leaf — 

blade,    sheath,    and     internode, 

physiological  unity  of 330 

etiolation  due  to  cold 330 

roller,  oblique  banded,  notes 853 

Leaf-hoppers,  life  histories,  Me 552 

Leather,  methods  of  analysis 316 

Leaves — 

analyses 629 

green,   carbohydrate   content 131 

loss    of    nitrogen    and    mineral 

matter  from 629 

white  speck  disease  of 650 

Lecithin — 

composition 201 

effect  on  growth  of  white  mice-  866 
effect    on    hemolytic    action    of 

peptones 881 

Legume  seeds — 

hard,  germination,  Mont 835 

ripening 523 

Legumes — 

as  green  manure,  Hawaii 517 

inoculation  experiments 322,  727 

nitrogen    fertilization    v.    inocu- 
lation   517 

production  in  Spain 393 

selection  experiments 334 

varieties 134 

Leio'jnathus  morsitans  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion    263 

Leishmaniasis,  notes 75,  464 

Lemon — ■ 

extract,   analyses,  Me 663 

extract,  methods  of  analysis 417 

"  greenSpot,"    studies,    Cal 144 

Lemons — 

culture  in  Messina 448 

Improvement  by  bud  selection 647 

spotting  of 50 

Lcntinus  spp.,  pseudosclerotia  of 251 

Leontodon  Jnrtus,  description 642 

Leopard  moth,  description,  N.Y. State.  55 

Lepidiota  stigma,  notes 467 


Page. 
Lepidoptera — 

classification 464 

collecting  and  preserving 594 

habits 756 

in  and  about  Truro,  Nova  Sco- 
tia        853 

of  India 358 

Lepidopterology,  treatise 358 

Lepidopterous  larvae,  classification —       258 
Lepidosaphes — 

newsteadi,  notes.  Conn. State 54 

ulmi.     {See  Oyster-shell  scale.) 
Lepisma  saccharina  (t),  life  history 

and  parasites 657 

Leptinotarsa  dccemlmeata.     {See  Po- 

tota  beetle,  Colorado.) 
Lcptocera  sylvatica  in  North  Amer- 
ica         759 

Leptosph<Bria  coniothyrium,  dissemi- 
nation by  tree  crickets   N.Y.State-       547 
Leptostijlus  macula,  relation  to  chest- 
nut bark   disease 756 

Leptothyrium  carpophilum,  notes 550 

Lespedeza.     {See  Clover,  Japan.) 
Lettuce — 

breeding   experiments 141 

drop,  notes,  Fla 844 

radio-active  fertilizers  fori 628 

Leucania   pseudargyria,   notes,    N.Y. 

Cornell 553 

Leucaspis   japonica,   notes.    Conn. 

State 54 

Leucopholis  rorida,  notes 467 

Lciicotermes — 

{Reticulitennes)   speratus  n.sp., 

description 255 

(Termes)    flavipes,  notes.   Conn. 

State 54 

Leukemia  in   fowls,   studies 283 

Levees,  laws  in  Indiana 787 

Levulose,  reducing  power 416 

Lice — 

body,  biology 460 

body,  remedies 854 

destruction.  Wash 94 

parasitic  on  fowls,  Conn.Storrs-  183 

Licorice,  Rhizoctonia  disease  of 48 

Light— 

and    mass    impulse,    laws    con- 
cerning   431 

effect  on  germination  of  seeds —  222, 

523,  632 

effect  on  plant  growth 129 

leaf  injury  or  loss  due  to 243 

rays,     effect     on     protoplasmic 

streaming 130 

{See  also  Sunlight.) 

Lightning — 

effect  on  coconut  palms 250 

rods,  notes 890 

Lilacs — 

culture 450 

history  and  propagation 345 

Lilies,  culture 450 


1916] 


INDEX    OF   SUBJECTS. 


9G1 


Page. 
Lime — 

analyses 0:n,  728 

analyses,  N.J 1128 

barrels,  standard  for 508 

caustic,  injury  to  plant  growth-  420 

effect  on  action  of  pliosphates 326 

effect  on  loss  of  plant  food  from 

soils 210,  G23 

effect  on  lupines 441 

effect  on  soils 429,727 

effect  on  yield  and  nitrogen  con- 
tent of  corn 816 

fertilizing  value 32:?,  620 

fertilizing  value,  Ohio 535 

fertilizing    value,    W.Va 22 

hydrated,  for  concrete  roads 86,  291 

in   New   Zealand  soils 715 

loss  from  soils,  Fla 813 

niter.     (See  Calcium  nitrate.) 
nitrogen.      (See  Calcium  cyana- 

mld.) 
products,  waste,  as  a  fertilizer, 

Ohio 24 

requirement   of   soils,   Tenn 714 

tree   winter   motb,   notes.    Conn. 

State 54 

use    against    flnger-and-toe    dis- 
ease   522 

use  in  agriculttire 220 

use  on  soils  rich  in  magnesia--  324 
use  with  nitrogenous  fertilizers, 

N..T 124 

Limes,  diseases  of  in   Dominica 50 

Limestone — 

analyses 430 

effect  on  clover  and  sorrel.  Pa-  529 

effect  on  plant  growth,  U.S.D.A.  726 

for  Kentucky  soils,  Ky 122 

for  soil  improvement 727 

from    North    Island,    New    Zea- 
land,  analyses 24 

ground,   availability   in   relation 

to   fineness,   Md 631 

Lime-sulphur   mixture — 

composition    and    evaluation —  112 

fungicidal    value 149,  151,  447 

fungicidal    value.    111 39 

methods  of  analysis 207 

tests.    Me f>49 

V.    Bordeaux    mixture   for    pota- 
toes,   N.Y.State 831 

Ldmonia  wai-neckei  fruit,  analyses —  806 

Linacea?,  cyanophoric   glucosids  in —  819 

Linden — 

borer,  notes,  Conn.State 54 

leaf   spot,   notes 251 

Linseed — 

cake,  acidity 770 

meal,    analyses,    Conn.State 562 

meal,    analyses,    N.II 374 

meal,  analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

meal,  analyses,   R.I 374 

meal,   analyses.   Wis 562 

oil,   physical   constants 312 


PllKC. 

lAodontomerua    pcrplexua    n.K.    and 

u..sp.,    description i'fl2 

Liljciinia  hcteruijraphiM,  notes,  Conn. 

Storrs 183 

I.ipold.s,    relation    to    immune    reac- 
tions   , 881 

Ll(|uld  volumes,  standardization 415 

lAstrophorun    ijibbits,    notes 80 

Litchi     seeds,     transportation,     ITa- 

wail 538 

Lithium   compound.s   as   a   source   of 

plant    food 728 

lAthocollctcs — 

<iemin<itrUa,    studies,    I'.S.D..^.-  35!) 

spp.,    notes 350 

Litmus     for     bacteriological     work, 

Conn.Storrs 133 

Live  stock — 

diseases  in   Guam,   Guam 877 

immunization    In    India 784 

Improvement,      community      or- 
ganization  for 89 

los.ses  In  United  States,  U.S.D.A.  192 

marketing  in  United  States 393 

metabolism    experiments 271 

poisoning  by  plants,  I'.S.D.A.  383,779 

prices  in  Scotland 497 

production  In  Tennessee 795 

production     In     western     range 

States,    U.S.D.A 607 

raising  on  Indian  reservations.-  374 
shipping    assoeialiou    at    Farm- 

Ington,    Minnesota 296 

shipping    associations,    account- 
ing system   for,   U.S.D..V 893 

shipping    associations,    coopera- 
tive, Minn 673 

shipping    associations,    coopera- 
tive,   U.S.D.A 168 

statistics  in  England  and  Wales-  590 

statistics  in   Finland 497 

statistics   in   United   States 772 

statistics  in  United   States,  I'.S. 

D.A 067 

(&ee  aiso  Animals,  Cattle,  Sheep, 
etc.) 

Liver  flukes,  notes,  Guam 877 

Liverworts  of  Malay  region 4.'U 

Livia  maculipennia,  notes 250 

Locust — 

black.  Insects  affecting 355 

borer,   studies 355 

borer,   studies,   Ky 552 

yellow,  description  and  use 451 

Locusts — 

control  by  bacteria .56,25.5,853 

control    In    Algeria,    Tunis,    and 

Morocco 356 

control   in  British   Columbia 2.53 

control  in  eastern  Canada 50,  350 

control   in  Italy 255 

control  In  South  Africa 350 

control  In  Trinidad 356,463 

invasion  in  Costa  Rica 55 


962 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Locusts — Continued.  Page, 

outbreaks  in  United  States,  U.S. 

D.A 156 

Loganberry  pollen,   germination 731 

Lophyrus — 

simile,  notes,  Conn.State 54 

spp.  in  Europe 760 

Lopidea  robiniw,  description 255 

Loranihua  entehbensis,  notes 45 

Louisiana  Station,  report 396 

Loxostege    similalis.       {See    Garden 

webworm.) 
Lucern.     {See  Alfalfa.) 
Lumber- 
cost  of  logging  and  manufactur- 
ing        452 

Industry  by-products  in  United 

States 44 

industry  in  Montana 542 

industry  in  United  States,  hand- 
book        649 

markets  on  east  coast  of  South 

America 453 

production  in  Canada 347 

waste,   utilization 843 

{See  also  Timber  and  Wood.) 
Lumpy  jaw.      {See  Actinomycosis.) 
Lunar   halo   of  July  24,   1861,   U.S. 

D.A 115 

Lunch   rooms,   equipment   and   man- 
agement        368 

Lung  distome,  intermediate  host —  384,  681 
Lungworms — 

life  history  and  treatment,  Cal_       182 

notes,   Guam 878 

treatment 488 

Lupine  shoots,  etiolated,  absorption 

of  nitrogen  by 435 

Lupines — 

as  a  green  manure 629 

as  affected  by  lime 441 

inoculation   experiments 322 

sensitiveness  to  lime 430 

Lychnis  dioica,  chlorophyll  factors 227 

Lyctiis  planicolUs,  egg  and  manner  of 

oviposition,   U.S.D.A 357 

Lygwonematua  {'Sematus)  erichsonii, 

notes,  Conn.State 54 

Lygidea  mendax,  notes,  Conn.State-         54 
Lygus    pratensis.       {See    Tarnished 
plant  bug.) 

Lymph  antibodies,  origin 73,  279 

Lymphadenitis,  caseous,  in  sheep 574 

Lymphangitis,  ulcerative,  in  horses.       574 

Lynchia  maura  in  North  America 759 

Lysln — 

effect  on  growth 268 

in  chernozem  soils 212 

Machinery.      {See   Agricultural    ma- 
chinery.) 

Maerodactylus     subspinosus.        {See 

Rose  chafer.) 
Macronoetua    onusta,    notes,    Conn. 

State 54 


Macrosiphum —  Page. 

piaij  investigations 461 

aolanifolii,  notes,  Conn.State 54 

Madake,  hydropsy  of 354 

Magnesia — 

excess  in  soils,  correcting 430 

fertilizing  value 30 

in  New  Zealand  soils 715 

requirement  of  soils,  Tenn 714 

Magnesite,   effect   on    plant   growth, 

U.S.D.A 726 

Magnesium — • 

chlorid,  absorption  by  plants 435 

chlorid,     effect     on     soils     and 

plants 423 

compounds,      effect      on      plant 

growth,  U.S.D.A 726 

determination  in  water 805 

effect     on     chlorophyll     forma- 
tion   435 

relation  to  plant  chlorosis 435 

salts,  absorption  by  plants 433 

salts,  effect  on  action  of  phos- 
phates    326 

sulphate,   fertilizing  value 430 

sulphate,  use  for  anesthesia 484 

Maiden  cane,  analyses,  Fla 831 

Maine  Station — 

notes 96 

report 299 

Maize.     (See  Corn.) 

Malaria — 

prevention 887 

transmission  by  Anopheles 360,  361 

Malt- 
grains,  dried,  analyses.  Wis 562 

sprouts,    analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

sprouts,   analyses,   Wis 562 

Maltase — 

distribution     and     function     in 

plants 413,414 

in  resting  potato  tubers 634 

Maltose,  determination  in  plants 206 

Mammals  of  Great  Britain,  history.  252,  656 

Man- 
basal  energy  requirements 371 

measurement  of  surface  area 369 

Manganese — 

as  a  fertilizer  for  sugar  beets —  736 

chlorid,  effect  on  plant  growth-  434 

effect  on    potatoes 634 

in  natural   waters 424 

salts,  effect  on  growth  of  sugar 

beets 217 

Mange,   treatment 279 

(See  also  Sheep  scab.) 

Mangels — 

analyses,   Conn.State 562 

varieties , 637 

Mango  anthracnose,   notes 153 

Mangoes — 

bark   grafting,    Hawaii 538 

culture,  Hawaii 542 

culture  and  canning 556 

flowering    and    pollination,    Ha- 
waii  1-  538 


19161 


liTDEX  Of  SUBJEOtS. 


963 


Page. 

Mangold  fly,  notes 4(>6 

Mamhot  glaziovii,  culture  In  Uganda-       544 

Manioc.     (See  Cassava.) 

Manual   training  in    Iowa   schools 592 

Manure — 

ash,  analyses 3l'S 

availability  of  nitrogen  in,  N.J_       123 
barnyard.      (See   Barnyard   ma- 
nure. ) 

decompo-sition 42G 

effect  on  bacterial  activities  in 

soils 210 

fertilizing  value,   W.Va 22 

liquid,  action  as  affected  by  dis- 
tribution  in   soils 518 

liquid,  fertilizing  value 120 

loss  of  nitrogen   from 420 

organic  and  Inorganic,  compari- 
son        425 

(See  also  Cow,  Horse,  ete.) 

Maple — 

analyses  and  nutritive  value 164 

scale,   cottony,   remedies 358 

sirup,    judging 12 

sirup,    methods  of  analysis 206 

sugar,   methods  of  analysis 416 

Marasmius — 

earonatus  n.sp.,  description 244 

plicatus,    notes 653 

spp.,  notes 244 

Mares,  capsule  breeding,  Utah 377 

Maroaropus  annulatus.      (See  Cattle 
ticks.) 

Market   conditions   in    Hawaii,    U.S. 

DJl 190 

Marketing — 

problems,  terminal 393 

relation  of  Government  to 89 

report  on 296 

state  departments  of,  U.S.D.A__       497 

Markets,  public,  in  Newton,   Massa- 
chusetts        860 

Marl- 
analyses 430 

clay,   decomposition 119 

greensand,  analyses  and  fertilz- 

ing  value,  N.J 817 

phosphatic,  analyses 428 

Marmalades — 

preparation 419 

preparation   from   citrus   fruits, 

Cal 113 

Maryland — 

College,  notes 500 

Station,  notes 500,  697 

Massachusetts — 

College,    notes 96,  397 

Station,  notes 397 

Mastitis,  bovine,  studies 681,  682 

Mate  tea,  analyses 663 

Matthiola— 

doubles  in 730,731 

inheritance  of  hoariness  in 731 


May   be.'tles—  Pa^^e. 

of  Illinois,  111 158 

revision 4C7 

(See  al«o  White  grubs.) 
Mauetiola  destructor.     (See  HeHslan- 
fly.) 

Meadows — 

Irrigation  experiments o;t7 

seeding o;{}, 

{See  aha  Grass.) 

Meal.s,   planning 209,70.') 

Meat — 

canning  In  the  home 558 

curing  ami  smoking 317 

distribution  in  Uuiled  State.<< 39,3 

hygiene,  text-book 678,870 

industry  In   United  States,   U.S. 

D.A ,;ort 

infection     by     pathogenic     bac- 
teria   204 

Inspection     In     United     States, 

U.S.D.A 178.  379 

marketing  In  Germany 407 

meal,  acidity 770 

meal,  analyses.  Wis 502 

preserved,  paper  on 859 

products,  water  content 306 

scrap,  analyses,  N.H 374 

scrap,  analyses,  N.Y.State 867 

scrap,  analyses,  R.I 374 

scrap,  analyses,   Wis 562 

scrap,  for  laying  hens 274 

Medlcago,  hardiness.  N.Dak 229 

Mediterranean    flour   moth,   flacherie 

of 053 

Megastigmus  spennotrophus,  ovlposl- 

tlon  In  Douglas  flr  seed,  U.S.D.A 161 

Melamomphus   spp.,    notes.    Wash 304 

Melampsora    n.spp.,   descriptions 251 

Melampsora  on  Japanese  willows 251 

Melanconium    aar-chari,    notes 49 

M elanochlam ifji    leucoptera   n.g.    and 

n.sp.,    description 243 

Melanoplus  differentialia,  notes 657 

Melanotus,    prothetely    in 261 

Melissoblaptea  ruforenalia,   notes 258 

Melliasopus  latiferreana,  notes 56 

Menopon — • 

pallidum,   notes,   Guam 878 

spp.,    parasitic  on   fowls,   Conn. 

Storrs 183 

Meraeantha  contracta,  life  history.-  261 

Meriaua  rfe^t^rMCfor,  studies.  U.S. D..\-  406 
( J/ecisM/t )      Micromelua     subapterua, 

studies,  U.S.D.A 400 

MentUua  lacrymana,  notes 252 

Metabolism — 

chemistry  of,  treatise 765 

experiments,       comparison      o  f 

methods 271 

experiments  with   men 369,666 

Metaatrongjflua  apri,  life  history  and 

treatment,    Cal 182 

Metazoa,  diseases  due  to 379 


964 


EXPEKIMENT   STATIOZST   EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Meteorological —  Page, 

aspects    of    oceanography,    U.S. 

D.A 619 

cooperation.  Pan  American,  U.S. 

D.A 420 

observations — 

Mass 209,  420.,  619 

Me 209 

N.Dak 209,229 

Ohio 508 

Pa 507,508 

U.S.D.A 115, 

116,  419,  506,  618,  619,  809 

at  Berkeley,  California 209 

in   Italy 718 

in  New  Brunswick 318 

in   Panama 116 

in  Philippines 116 

(See    also    Climate,    Rain, 
Weather,   etc.) 
phenomena,      average     internal 

curve  for,  U.S.D.A 419 

symbols,   U.S.D.A 618 

Meteorology^ 

agricultural,    U.S.D.A 114 

agricultural,   in   Canada 15,  718 

effect  on  plant  diseases 844 

international    catalogue 318,  421 

of  Mount  Rose,  Nev 505 

of  New  Zealand 210 

of  the  moon,   U.S.D.A 115 

progress  in  England  since  1866_  317 

treatise 808 

Meteors,   notes,  U.S.D.A 115,618 

^-Methyl  fructosid,  notes 502 

Mice — 

field,  of  Great  Britain 252 

harvest,  of  Great  Britain 656 

meadow,  in  Colorado 52 

pine,  from  Florida 656 

white,  normal  growth  of 864 

Michigan   College,   notes 500 

Microbiology,  laboratory  manual 593 

Micromijs  minutus,  history 656 

Micro-organisms — 

as  affected  by  spices 557 

causing   deterioration   of  sugar, 

La 316 

removal  from  water 187 

(See  also  Bacteria.) 

Microscopes,   masonry  bases  for 899 

Microstroma  juglandis,  notes 454 

Military    instruction    in    land   grant 

colleges 599 

Milk- 
as  affected  by  plane  of  nutrition 

of  cow.  Mo 774 

bacteria  as  affected  by  tempera- 
ture, Va 777 

bacteria  in  relation  to  flavor  and 

odor,   Iowa 777 

bacteria,  spore-bearing,  studies.  378 
bacterial    count    v.   sediment   or 

dirt   test,    U.S.D.A 676 

bacteriological      analysis,      N.Y. 

State . 525 


Milk — Continued.  Page. 

biorization 677 

biorizator,    description 677 

boiled,   serological   action 382 

bottled,    pasteurizing 677 

care  and  handling 99 

catalase  activity 10 

changes  in,  Iowa 777 

clarification,    Iowa 778 

composition  as  affected  by  water 

in  the  ration,  U.S.D.A 275 

composition,   changes  in 275 

condensed,  analyses,  Me 176 

condensed,  and  soy  beans  for  in- 
fants    556 

condensed,  sanitary  studies 366 

cooling 175 

cost  of  production 674 

cost  of  production,  Fla 872 

Egyptian  buffalo,  analyses 276 

evaporated,   tests,   Me 176 

fat    as    affected    by    cottonseed 

oil  feeding,  Ga 775 

fat  as  affected  by  plane  of  nutri- 
tion of  cow.  Mo 774 

fat,    separation    from    nonfatty 

material 805 

(See  also  Fat.) 

fermented,  in  infant  feeding 470 

for  infant  feeding,  composition.  165 

freshly  drawn,  bacteria  in 674 

from  sick  cows,  composition  and 

characteristics 275 

gas  formation  in,  Iowa 676 

goat's,  for  tuberculous  patients.  166 

grading 677 

hemolytic  streptococci  in 680 

houses  for  prairie  farms 689 

human,    analyses 316,  557 

hydrogen  peroxid  in 11 

infection     by     pathogenic     bac- 
teria   264 

law  in  New  Jersey,  N.J 873 

machine-drawn,     germ    content, 

S.Dak 776 

market,  of  Iowa,  Iowa 572 

methods  of  analysis 316 

pasteurization 99 

pasteurization  experiments 482 

pasteurization        investigations, 

U.S.D.A 276 

pasteurized,     for     cheese     mak- 
ing.   Wis 573 

pasteurized,     score     card     for, 

Iowa 572 

powder,  manufacture 678 

producers'  convention  in  Wash- 
ington,  D.C 98,275 

production.    Influence    of    sires 

on,  Iowa 570 

production,    influence    of    sires 

on,   Ohio 564 

protein,  composition  and  digesti- 
bility   165 

protein,    efficiency    for    growth. 

Wis 562 


191G] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


965 


Milk — Continued.  I' 

protein,  serological  action 

reducing  properties 

refrigeration,  cost 

regulations  in  United  States 

Sardinian  fermented,  use 

scoring,  Conn.Storrs 

serological  action 

skimmed.     (.SVe  Skim  milk.) 

sour,  for  chickens,   Mo 

souring 

sterilization  by  electricity 175, 

watered,  souring 

milking  machines,  tests,  S.Dak_ 

Millet— 

cost  of  production,  Minn 

culture  experiments,  Ohio 

fertilizer  experiments 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 

growth    on    partially    sterilized 

soils,   Hawaii 

Japanese,    culture    experiments, 

Hawaii 

smut,  notes,  Kans 

varieties,  N.Dak 

Milling  and  baking,  handbook 

Milo   maize — - 

culture    In    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 

starch  content,  Okla 

varieties  for  central  and  south- 
ern Great  Plains,  U.S.D.A___ 
water  requirement,  Nebr     

Mimetes  setiilosus,  notes,  Wash 

Mineral — 

elements  In  animal  nutrition 

metabolism  of  milch  cows,  Ohio- 

nutrients  in  human  dietetics 

resources  of  United  States 

Minks,    raising 

Minnesota — ■ 

Station,  notes 300,  398,  697, 

Station,  report 

University,  notes 300, 

MiraMlis  jalapa  diseases,  inheritance- 

Miridae,  North  American,  synoptical 
keys 

Mississippi — 

College,  notes 196, 

Station,   notes 

Missouri — 

Station,    notes 

300,  398,  597,  697, 
Station,  report 

University,   notes 96,  398, 

Mistletoe  injury  to  conifers,  U.S.D.A. 

Mites — 

brown,  notes,  Oreg 

destruction,    Wash 

Mexican    myrmecophilous 

parasitic  on  fowls,  Conn.Storrs. 
Mitochondria,    origin 

Moellous,  methods  of  analysis 


age. 
382 
203 
17.5 
800 
472 
170 
382 

77:{ 
616 

378 
610 

770 

691 
520 
420 
220 

515 

528 
348 
229 
859 


827 

440 
108 

832 
825 
364 

867 
481 
269 
121 
378 

900 
396 
398 
459 

255 

398 
398 

96, 
900 
899 
697 
459 

253 
94 
264 
183 
635 
316 


Molasses —  Page. 

beet  pulp.     (See  Beet  pulp.) 

feed,  acidity 770 

fernientiitlon    7ig 

fertilizing  value 817 

formation 14 

Mold  spores  as  affected  by  pasteuri- 
zation,   U.S.IXA 27G 

Molds — 

as  affected  by  spicpg 557 

in  alinieutary  canal  of  man  and 

bigher   aninials rj.lO 

Moles,  trapping,   Wm'^Ii 04 

Moleskins,  market  for.  Wash 090 

Molybdlc     acid,      effect     on     plant 

growth 434 

Monamua  purpurcus,  relation  to  for- 
age   poisoning 70 

MotiiUa — 

cinerea,   notes 454 

iructUjena    (if.    laxa),    descrip- 
tion          49 

fructincna,    notes 248 

sitophila,     ammonia     accumula- 
tion   by 013 

spp.  on  fruit  trees «i54 

Monllia     outbreak     on     apricot     in 

Rhone  Valley 249 

Montana — 

College,   notes 196,  .399,  698 

Station,  notes 96,  196,  399,  (!98 

Moourise    and     moonset,    computing 

time   of,   U.S.D.A 808 

Moor  soils.      (See  Soils,  moor.) 

MordcUi-ntina  unicolor,  notes 55 

Morning-glory  seed,  impermeable,  via- 
bility.   U.S.D.A 740 

Mortar,   waterprooflng 493 

Mosquitoes — 

control    In    Connecticnt,    Conn. 

State 54 

control  in  India 361 

control   in   I'anama 855 

malarial,  of   India 759 

of  Brisbane 258 

of    Switzerland 361 

transmission  of  malaria  by 360,  301 

Moth  borer,  Mexican,  notes 057 

Moths,  collecting  and  preserving 594 

(See  also  Lepidoptera.) 
Motor — 

plows.     (See  Plows.) 
trucks,     use     in     road     mainte- 
nance        888 

vehicle     registrations,     licenses, 

and   revenues,   U.S.D.A 585 

Mucor  plumbeun,  ammonia  accumula- 
tion by 513 

Mucorin    crystalloids    in    mitochon- 
dria         635 

Mulberry  leaves,  composition  as  af- 
fected  by  sunlight 333 

Murijantia  hiatrionica.      (See  Harle- 
quin cabbage-bug.) 
Muriate  of  potash.     (See  Potassium 
chlorid.) 


966 


EXPERIMENT  STATIOlir   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 
Muridae  of  Great  Britain 252 

Musca   domestica.      (See  House-fly.) 

Musca,  specific  differences  in 856 

Muscle — 

creatin,    effect   of   autolysis    on, 

U.S.D.A 766 

methods  of  analysis 614 

Muscoid — • 

genotypes,  notes 760 

species,  nonintentional  dispersal 

by   man 259 

Muscoidea — 

new  genera  and  species  of  Aus- 
tralia         C60 

of  New  England 760 

Muskmelons,      culture      experiments, 

Oreg 341 

Mussels  as  human  food 859 

Mustard — 

as  a  green  manure  for  wheat 426 

oil,  chemistry  and  use 412 

oil,  physical  constants 312 

oil,  use  in   preparation   of  vac- 
cine          380 

white,  fertilizer  experiments 325 

white,   selection   experiments 334 

Mya  arenaria  as  human  food 859 

M  t/cosphwreUa      phascolorum      n.sp., 

description 454 

Mycotrophic  roots  of  different  plants, 

reciprocal  influence 654 

Myeloia  cribrella,  notes 463 

Mylacus  saccatus,  notes,  Wash 364 

Mymaridse,   new,   in    eastern   United 

States 263 

Myrlstic — 

acid  salts,  solubility 416 

and  lauric  acids,  separation 416 

Myrobalans,  season  for  collection 317 

Myrtaceous  plants,  possibilities  of —        141 

Myttlus  edulis  as  human  food 859 

Myzus   persicw.      (See   Peach   aphis, 

green.) 
Natal  grass — 

hay,  analyses,  U.S.D.A 339 

notes,    U.S.D.A 339 

National — 

conference    on    marketing    and 

farm   credits 296 

Congress  of  Viticulture  at  I'am- 

plona,    Spain 343 

Council  of  Farmers'  Cooperative 

Associations 290 

Dairy  Show 799 

Education    Association 197 

Research  Council 599 

Nature  study — 

course  in 797 

for  teachers 92 

in  graded  schools 896 

in    Wisconsin 796 

organization   of 796 

Nebraska — 

Station,   report 696 


Page. 

Nebraska — Continued. 

University  and  Station,  notes 300, 

399,  597,  798 

Nectria — 

castillow  n.sp.,  description 45 

cinnabarina,   notes 456 

cucurbitula,      relation       to       fir 

witihertip 850 

spp.  on  cacao 353 

Negri  bodies  in  animals 75 

Nematodes — ■ 

free-living,   of  Switzerland 460 

Injurious   to  pinks 154 

notes 45 

parasitic  in   sheep 78 

Nematus     erichsonii,     notes.     Conn. 

State 54 

Xemorilla  maculosa,  notes 659 

Neocosmospora   vasinfecta,   notes 44 

Xeodwhocera  tridens  n.g.  and  n.sp., 

description 259 

Neosalvarsan,  fixation  by  blood 74 

yeosigniphora     elongata     n.sp.,     de- 
scription         760 

Nephrolepsis,  variation  in 227 

Nepiera  benevola  n.sp.,  description 262 

Nests,  trap,  construction,  Mo 792 

Nevada  Station,  notes 96,  399,  798 

New  Hampshire — 

College,   notes 597,  900 

Station,  notes 900 

New  Jersey — 

College,  notes 698 

Stations,   notes 97,  300,  698,  900 

New    Mexico    College    and    Station, 

notes 96 

New  York — 

Cornell  Station,  notes.  97, 197,  399,  798 

State   Station,   notes 97,197,400 

State  Station,  report 94 

Nlcotiana,  size  inheritance  In 819 

Night  soil,  fertilizing  value 323 

Nigredo   caryophyllina,  internal  ure- 

dinia   of 635 

Niter  spots  in  soils,  origin 724 

Nitrate — 

Norwegian.       (See    Calcium    ni- 
trate.) 
of  lime.     (See  Calcium  nitrate.) 
of  soda.     (See  Sodium  nitrate.) 

Nitrates — 

absorption   by   corn   and   lupine 

seedlings 435 

effect    on    development    of    root 

tubercles 634 

utilization  by  plants 28 

Nitric  acid — 

action  on   aluminum 802 

synthetic,  manufacture  and  use_       428 

Nitrification — 

as  affected  by  crops  and  fertiliz- 
ers        321 

as    affected    by    humus-formlng 

materials 216 

effect   on   soil   fertility 21 


1916] 


INDEX    OF   SUBJECTS. 


967 


Nitrification — Continued.  Pape. 

iu  acid   soils,   I'a 514 

in    soils G12G 

relation     to     crop     production, 

Ohio 424 

Nitrifying  organisms,  media  for 226 

Nitrite  -  forming       organism,       new, 

studies 334 

Nitrogen — 

amino-acid,    determination 

atmospheric,      assimilation      by 

plants 

atmospheric,    fixation    by    elec- 
tricity   

carbid,   fertilizing  value 

compounds,   metabolism   in   etio- 
lated  shoots  of   barley 

content   of   rain 

determination 

effect  on  devitalized  apple  trees, 

Oreg 

fate  in  the  animal  body 

fixation    as   affected   by    iiumus- 

forming    materials 

fixation  by  soil  flora 

fixation  in  stable  manure 

fixing  organisms,  media  for 

insoluble,  availability  in  fertiliz- 
ers   

lime.      (See  Calcium  cyanamid.) 

loss  from  soils,  Fla 812 

metabolism  during  pregnancy.-       473 
metabolism   during   recuperation 

after  fasting 

nonprotein,  in  blood  of  children 
organic,  effect  on  action  of  phos- 
phates         326 

salts,    effect   on    seeds   sensitive 

to    light 

utilization     and     accumulation, 

N.J 

Nitrogenous  fertilizers — 

action   as    affected   by    distribu- 
tion in  soils 

availability 

availability,    N.J 123 

comparison 22, 

126,  323,  325, 427,  518,  519 

for   olives 839 

manufacture   and   use 428 

Nitrometer,  modified  Lunge,  descrip- 
tion         314 

Nonprotein     substances,     determina- 
tion in   muscle 614 

North  Carolina — 

College,  notes 97,  698 

Station,    notes 97,197,698 

Station,   report 595 

North  Dakota — 

Dickinson  Substation,  report 299 

Station,   report 94 

Notopygua  virginiensis  n.ap.,  descrip- 
tion         262 

Nummularia   diaoreta,   dissemination 

by  tree  crickets,  N.Y.State 548 


201 

435 

219 
519 

434 
620 
110 

540 
473 

216 
320 
218  1 
226 

426 


165 
665 


222 


125 


518 
426 


Nursery—  p^g^ 

Inspection,   Conn.Stato 53 

inspoction   in   Arizona 608 

Inspection  iu  District  of  Colum- 
bia   755 

Inspection  iu  New  Jersey 755 

Inspection  In  West  VlrKinla 057 

Inspection     laws    In    United 

States   and    Canada 4(11 

stock.    Imported,    Inspoction 755 

Nut  grass,  .Japanese,  control,  lluwall.  52,S 

Nut  tJrowers'  Association,  Northern, 

proceedings 145 

Nutmeg,  effect  on  micro-organisms  ._  557 

Nutrient  solutions,  concentration  of.  438 

Nutrients- 
availability  In  sand  cultures. __  423 
osmotic  pressure  In   relation   to 

plant  growth 434 

Nutrition— 

animal.     (See  Animal  nutrition.) 

biochemical    analysis .168 

papers  on 99,  858,  859 

text-book 268 

treatise 765 

(See  also  Digestion,  Metabolism, 
etc.) 

Nuts,  culture  In — 

California 142 

Canada 145 

New  York 145 

Pennsylvania 145 

yysius  vinitor,  notes 853 

Xyssorhynchus  annulipcs,  notes 258 

Oak- 
mildew,   notes 655 

mildew,   studies 51 

white  rot,   studies 655 

Oaks — 

and  olives,   growing   in   close 

proximity 654 

with   persistent  foliage,  leaf 

structure 543 

Oat- 
diseases,  notes,  N.J 245 

hulls,   analyses,   N.II 374 

hulls,    analyses,    N.Y.State 867 

hulls,  analy.ses,   IM 374 

loose  smut,   studies.  Mo 845 

mildew,  studies.  Mo 845 

mite,    description 468 

powdery  mildew,  studies.  Mo 651 

rust,    description 47 

stinking  smut,  notes,  Kans 348 

straw,  effect  on  bacterial  activ- 
ity  of  soils 210 

Oatmeal   mlddling.s,  analyses,   Wls__  502 

Oats- 
analyses,   Conn. State 562 

as  a  sole  ration  for  guinea  pigs 

and   rabbits 781 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium, U.S.D.A 726 

breeding  experiments.  Me 831 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak-_  228,  229 


968 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  85 


Oats — Continued.  Page, 

culture  in  Argentina,  U.S.D.A —  136 
culture     in     Texas     I'anhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

culture    in    western     Nebraska, 

Nebr 438 

fertilizer  experiment-    30,  126,  218,  325, 
326,  425,  426,  427,  428,  518,  519,  629 

fertilizer   experiments.    Me 33 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 220 

fertilizer  experiments,   U.S.D.A-  520 
germination  as  affected  by  elec- 
trolytes   332 

ground,  analyses,  R.I 374 

inoculation  experiments,  N.Dak-  32 

pasturing,  U.S.D.A 827 

seeding   experiments.    Me 34 

seeding  experiments,  Minn 335 

selection  experiments 334 

selection  experiments,  Mo 826 

varieties 31,  32,  637 

varieties,  Ariz 526 

varieties,  Me 33 

varieties,  Minn 336 

varieties,   Mo 826 

varieties,  N.Dak 229 

varieties.  Wash 34 

varieties.  Wis 528 

varieties  for  Montana  dry  lands, 

U.S.D.A 735 

water   requirements 633 

yield    as    afiCected    by     sulphur. 

Wis 529 

yield   as   affected   by  weight   of 

seed,   Minn 335 

Ochoco  irrigation   project 385 

Ochro  malagopus,  microscopical  struc- 
ture    241 

QSdanometer,    description 28 

CEnophthira  pUleriana,  parasites  of_  659 
CEnothera — 

hybrids,  dwarfs  in 330 

mutation  in 128 

sterility    and    delayed    germina- 
tion in 223 

OflBcial    Dairy    Instructors'    Associa- 
tion    799 

Ohio — 

State   University,    notes 97, 

197,  597,  900 

Station,    notes 400,  597 

Oidium  tuckeri,  notes 550 

Oil- 
bearing  seeds  of  Philippines 312 

cakes,  Chinese,  analyses 523 

Oils- 
determination    of   specific   grav- 
ity   806 

edible,  chemistry  of 9 

essential,  determination  of  iodin 

number 112 

essential,  use  in  preparation  of 

vaccine 380 

fatty  and  essential,  notes 9 

inspection  in  Wisconsin 471 

law  in  Oregon „ 471  ! 


Oils — Continued.  Page. 

law   in   Wyoming 663 

methods  of  analysis,  Mass 205 

sulphonated,    methods    of    anal- 
ysis   316 

use  on  earth  roads 288 

vegetable,  molecular  weights 312 

volatile,    determination    in    liq- 
uors  111,  717 

Oklahoma  College,  notes 197 

Okra    seed.     Impermeable,     viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

Oleomargarine — 

determination  of  yellow  color 278 

industry   in   United  States 278 

Olethreutes  ohlongana,  notes 463 

Olive — 

fly,   remedies 57 

industry  in  Spain  in  1915 744 

oil,    physical   constants 312 

seedlings,  growing  and  grafting, 

Cal 239 

Olives — 

and  oaks  growing  in  close  prox- 
imity    654 

culture  in  environs  of  Trapaui-  449 

insects  affecting 254 

newly    planted,    sun    scald    of, 

Ariz 538 

nitrogen  nutrition  of 839 

Onagracese,  interspecies  crossing  in_  228 

Oncideres  texana,  life  history 661 

Onion — 

neck  rot,  studies,  Ohio 547 

seedlings,    damping    off    disease 

of 44 

Onions — 

culture  experiments,  Md 643 

culture  experiments,  Oreg 341 

fertilizer  experiments,   Md 643 

fertilizers   for.   Mass 338 

growth    on    partially    sterilized 

soils,   Hawaii 515 

radio-active   fertilizers   for 628 

varieties,   Md 643 

Ooenoyrtus  paciflcns  n.sp.,  notes 464 

OpJiiohohift  gramlnis,  treatment 750 

Opuntia,  transpiring  power 733 

Orange- 
blossom-end  rot,  cause 749 

extract,  methods  of  analysis 417 

leaves    as    affected    by    cement 

dust 313 

Oranges — 

improvement  by  bud  selection 647 

spotting  of 50 

Valencia,   variation   in 344 

Orchard — 

diseases  and   insect   pests,   con- 
trol    461 

diseases  in   Pennsylvania 351 

grass,  root  systems  of 639 

grass    seed,    adulteration,    N.Y. 

State 740 

heating  devices,  notes 142 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


969 


Orchard — Continued.  ra>,'o. 
inspection,       (See    Nursery    in- 
spection.) 
Orcliards — 

apple.  {See  Apple  orchards.) 

fertilizer  exporiiueiits 4IG 

fertilizer  experiments,  Oreg 2.'15 

insects   affecting,    Idaho 355 

irrigation  experiments,  Oreg o'M 

management 142 

spraying    experiments 342,  447 

spraying,  piping  system  for 743 

young,  intercropping 342 

Orchcstes    manyifcrae   n.sp.,    descrip- 
tion    3G5 

Orchid  diseases,  descriptions 055 

Orchids,    flowers   of 431 

Oregon — 

College  and  Station,  notes.  07,  400,  G98 

Hood  River  Substation,  report-  2!tO, 

595 

Umatilla  Substation,  report 299 

Ornamental  plants,  shrubs,  or  trees. 

(See  Plants,  Shrubs,  and  Trees.) 
Ornithodorus   coriaceus,   life    history 

and  biting  habits 662 

Ornithological  collector's  handbook  _  355 

Oriiix  (jeminnteUa,  studies,  U.S.D.A-  359 

Orthotomicus  n.spp.,  descriptions 856 

Osage   orange   waste   as   a    dyestuff, 

U.S.D.A 114 

Osmia    spp.,    bionomics 468 

Osmosis,   review   of  literature 432 

Osmotic   pressure  in   plants 25,  26,  822 

Ostertagia    trifurcata    in    abomasum 

of  sheep 78 

Ostrich — - 

feather   industry    in    South    Af- 
rica   774 

investigations,  Ariz 569 

Ox  warble  flies — 

in   United   States 76 

(Studies 282 

Oxamid,  availability  of  nitrogen  ln_  427 

Oxidase   action,    mechanism 713 

Oxidases,    distribution    in    plant   tis- 
sues    130 

Oxygen,  determination  in  water 415 

Oyster — 

shell  scale,  notes 756 

shell  scale,  notes,  Oreg 253 

shell  scale,  notes,  U.S.D.A 256 

shells,    availability    in    relation 

to   fineness,    Md 631 

Oysters — • 

examination 287,  859 

green  color  of 26;) 

polluted,    purification 763 

relation  to  typhoid  outbreak---  162 

Pachytijchius     mtingonis     n.sp.,    de- 
scription    3^^ 

Paddy.     (See  Rice.) 

Paints — 

for   roofs 1^^ 

inspection  in  Wisconsin 471 


Palm —  Page. 

disease  In  Belgian  Kongo 550 

kernel  oil,  physical   conatautH 312 

nut  cake,  acidity 770 

nut  cake,    rancidity 770 

Palmetto,   saw,   studies 807 

Palmitic  add  .salts,  solubility 410 

Pamburus,   new   genus,   desirlptlon.-  449 

Pan  American  Road  Congress 583 

Panicum — 

hemitimomum,  analyses,   Fla 831 

miliaecum  of  .Tava 4J0 

I'anuUn  pinipcrda,  notes 254 

PanscopuH  spp.,  notes.  Wash 304 

Panzcria  riidis,  biology 2."3 

Papatasli  flies  of  Malta 57 

Papaya  flowers,  variation  in 449 

I'apayas— 

breeding 314 

breeding  experiments,  Hawaii 539 

I'aper,  detection  of  faulty  sizing  ln_  718 
Para — 

grass,    culture    experiments, 

Guam 829 

rubber.     (Sec  Uxih\>or.) 
Paragonimus    wexteniianii,    interme- 
diate   host 384,681 

Parasetigena  segregata,  biology 253 

Paratiioza  cockercUi,  notes 658 

Parsley,  cold  frame  disease  of,  Va. 

Truck 847 

Parsnip    webworm,    notes 853 

Parsnips,  culture  experiments,  Oreg_  341 
Paspalttm — • 

dilalatum    as    a    pasture    grass, 

Hawaii 562 

dilatatutn,   culture    experiments, 

Guam 829 

spp.  of  .Java 440 

Pasteurization,  effect  on  mold  spores, 

U.S.D.A 276 

Pasture  plants,  root  systems  of 639 

Pastures — 

fertilizer   experiments 31 

in   National   Forests.   U.S.D.A--  167 

irrigated,  management,  U.S.I )..\_  734 

Pavements — ■ 

brick,  construction 1^8 

concrete,  construction 390 

Paving  bricks,  tests 390,789 

Pea — 

aphis,  green,  investigations 401 

aphis,  synonymy 250 

blight,    treatment.    Wis 545 

meal,   analyses,    N.Y.State 807 

Peach — 

aphis,    green,    notes.    Conn. State  54 

borer,  control  in  West  Virginia.  657 

brown    rot,   notes ^•''1 

buds,  winter   Injury   to 143 

diseases     and     Insect    pest.s     In 

Georgia 447 

leaf   curl,    treatment 457,753 

orchards,  care  and  management-  447 

tree  wounds,  painting 440 


970 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Peach — Continued.  Page. 

twig  miner,   notes,  Oreg 253 

twig  moth,  studies 258 

Peaches — 

breeding   experiments.   Mo 837 

culture  in  New  York 836 

fertilizer    experiments 238,  239 

fertilizer  experiments,  Mo 837 

floral  biology 436 

flower  and  fruit  color  in,  Ga —  36 

grading,   N.J 542 

harvesting  and   packing 743 

irrigation  experiments,  Utah 143 

marketing  in  New  York 743 

new,  description,  N.Y'.State 37 

planting  with  dynamite 236 

precooling   experiments 40 

shipping  experiments 646 

spraying  experiments 343 

Peanut — 

cake,  acidity 770 

cake,    determination    in    feeding 

stuffs 504 

leaf   rust,   treatment 44 

meal,   analyses.    Conn. State 562 

meal,  analyses,  N.Y. State 867 

milling,    notes,    Tex 208 

oil,    manufacture,   U.S.D.A 806 

oil,   physical   constants 312 

Peanuts — 

analyses,    U.S.D.A 806 

culture 34 

culture  experiments 135 

notes 739 

proteins    of 712 

varieties 134 

Pear — ■ 

aphis,  woolly,  studies,  U.S.D.A.  463 

black  spot  canker,   Wash 696 

blight,  studies,  Ga 36 

blight,  varieties  resistant  to 447 

brown  rot,  studies 248 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 249 

leaf    blister    mite,    notes,    U.S. 

D.A 263 

leaf  spot,  notes 454 

rust,    notes 454 

scab,   studies 351 

slug,  notes,   Oreg 253 

sooty  blotch,  notes 550 

trees  borer,  sitraate,  description, 

N.Y.State 55 

Pears — 

breeding   experiments 743 

Chinese  wild,   tests 447 

culture  in  New  York 836 

planting   with   dynamite 236 

winter    injury 143 

Peas — 

bacterial  stem  blight  of,  Colo__  847 

culture    experiments 141 

cultural    experiments,   Oreg 341 

fertilizer    experiments 425 

field,  as  a  green  manure,  Nebr_  438 

field,  cultu-e.  Wash 33 


Peas — Continued.  Page. 

field,   culture   experiments,   U.S. 

D.A 827 

field,  notes,   Idaho 340 

field,   varieties,   U.S.D.A 829 

germination 431 

ground,  analyses.  Wis 562 

growth    as    affected    by    stimu- 
lants   434 

growth  in  relation  to  tempera- 
ture   432 

inheritance  of  flowering  time  in_  329 

Rounceval,  culture  experiments-  135 

toxic  root  secretions 636 

varieties 141 

Peat — 

bacterized,  fertilizing  value 324, 

430,  628 

burned,  analyses,  N.J 128 

lands     or     soils.        (See     Soils, 
peat.) 

organisms  that  liquefy  agar 227 

use  as  a  fertilizer  filler 24 

Pecan — 

die-back,  studies,  Fla 850 

diseases  and  insects  in  Georgia-  461 

twig  girdler,  life  history 661 

Pecans — 

parent  and  propagated  trees 145 

self-sterility  in 41 

self-sterility  in,  Ga 36 

top-working 344 

top-working   on   hickory 745 

Pectase,   action  of 25 

Pedmilus   vestimenti — 

biology 460 

remedies 854 

Peijomya — 

brassicw.        (See     Cabbage-mag- 
got.) 

hyoscyami   betw,   notes 466 

vicina  in  North  America 759 

Pellagra — 

central  nervous  system  in 560 

dietary  treatment 666 

prevention 472 

relation   to   diet 560,  767 

studies 666 

Pemphigus    acerifoUi,    notes,    Conn. 

State 54 

PenicilMum — 

avellaneum  n.sp.,  description 148 

sp.,  ammonia  accumulation  by —  513 

spp.  on  citrus 748 

Pennsylvania — 

College  and  Station,  notes 97,  699 

Station,  report 595 

Peonies — 

culture 745 

varieties 745 

Pepper — 

black,     effect     on     micro-organ- 
isms   557 

Cercospora  spots,  notes,  Fla 844 

culture   and    diseases   in    Dutch 

East  Indies 349 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


971 


Peppe- — Continued.  PaKc. 
Industry   In   Banca,   Dutch   East 

Indies 8:!."> 

Peppermint  extract,  analyses,  Me GGo 

Peptone,  action  as  affected  by  distri- 
bution in  soils 518 

Peptones,  activation  by  lecithin 881 

I'ercnnials,  hardy,  treatise 345 

rcridennium    montanum  and  P.  aci- 

colum,  identity 851 

PcHdroma   saucia.      (See   Cutworm, 
variefrated.) 

Permeability,    notes 734 

Perocld,  fungicidal  value 40 

Perononpora — 

jaapiuna  in  Bohemia 650 

viticola,  notes 55(t 

Perry,  analyses 717 

Persimmons,  astringcncy  in 8'JO 

Pestalozzia  palmanim,  notes-  153,243,251 

Petioles,  change  into  stems 1.'7 

Pfeffer,  Wilhelm,  jubilee  volume 4;?0 

Phanurtis  emersoni  n.sp.,  description-  65;) 

Phascolus   multiflorus,  bud  variation-  329 

I'heasants,  breeding  and  care 275 

I'henol,  fallacies  regarding 484 

Phenolic  insecticides  and  fungicides, 

Cal 208 

Philcphedra    theobromce    n.sp.,    de- 
scription    358 

Philippine  Islands,  development 193 

Phlebotomi,  Maltese,  studies 57 

Phlebotomus    verrucarum,  review  of 

investigations 258 

Phlegethontius     spp.     injurious     to 

horse  nettle 657 

Phlepsitis  apertus,  life  history.  Me 553 

Phlccosinus  n.spp.,  descriptions 856 

Phloeothripidae,  synonymy 255 

Pholiota  adiposa,  description 755 

Plioma — 

betce,  studies 546 

hevew,   notes 45 

niphonia,  n.sp.,  description 348 

soda     n.sp.,     description,     U.S. 

D.A 153 

Phonolite  meal,  fertilizing  value 323 

Phosphate — 

basic,  fertilizing  value 428 

buffer   mixtures,   hydrogen   elec- 
trode potentials  of 801 

coral,  fertilizing  value 428 

deposits  iu  Alberta 429 

deposits  in  Idaho 429 

deposits  in  Johnson  Co.,  Tennes- 
see    522 

deposits    in    Salt    River    Range, 

Wyoming 219 

deposits,    mineralogy    and    geol- 
ogy of 429 

rock,     availability     for     plants, 

U.S.D.A 520 

rock,     dissolved.       (See    Super- 
phosphate.) 

rock,  fertilizing  value,  Ind 724 

rock,  fertilizing  value,  Tex 532 


Phosphate— Continued.  i 

rock,   pnxhutlon   In   1014 ^^ 

rock,  Holutloa  by  soil  bacteria, 
111 

rock.  r.  superphoBphale,  Ohio.. 
Phosphates — 

absorption  and  solution  In  soils. 

analyses 

comparison 323, 

cfTect   on   grass   land 

for  Kentucky  hoIIh,  Ky 

for  red  soils  of  Hnizll 

mineral,  availability  for  plants, 

U.S.D.A 

production    in    ini:{-14 

slightly    soluble,    ferliliizng 

value  

soil,  as  affected  by  calcium  car- 
bonate   

use,  111 

[Src  also  Superphosphate.) 
Pliosphatic  slag — 

analyses  and  fertilizing  value 

availability    of   phosphoric  acid 

in 

fertilizing  value 428, 

fertilizing  value,  Ohio 

solubility    as   affected   by    fluor- 
spar  

solubility    in     water    saturated 

with   carbon    dioxld 

I'hosphatids,     extraction     from     tis- 
sues  

Phosphoric  acid — 

determination 415,  502,  503, 

determination  lu  fertilizers 12, 

fixation  in  soils 624, 

in  loess  soils 

isolation    from    starch 

Phosphorite  (lepo.sits  In  Russia 

Phosphorites  as  affected  by  ammon- 
ium salts 

Phosphorus — 

compounds  of  serum 

determination      in      plant      ma- 
terials  

effect     on     chlorophyll     forma- 
tion  

Phosphotungstate       precipitate      of 

yeast,    preparation 

Photosynthesis,    review    of    investiga- 
tions  

Phthalate  buffer  mixtures,  hydrogen 

electrode   potentials   of 

Phthorimwa    operculcUa.      (See    Po- 
tato-tuber  worm.) 

Phi/llaphis  cotoenl,  notes 

Phyllophaga — 

of    Illinois,    III 

revision 

Phyllophaga    forbeai    n.sp.,    descrip- 
tion   

PhyUoatachya  ba7n6««oWc«,hydropsy_ 
Phyllosticta — 

pirini,    notes 

ramicola,    notes 


age. 
121 

723 
020 

511' 
428 
428 
030 
122 
725 

520 
23 

320 

816 
325 


520 

428 
521 
220 

204 

521 

201 

613 
314 
725 
809 
502 
521 

816 

714 

613 

435 

311 

821 

801 

50 

158 
407 

467 
534 

547 
45 


972 


EXPERIMENT   STATION    EECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Phyllosticta — Continued.  Page. 

spp.    on   beets 245 

spp.   on   rubber 251 

Phylloxera   vastatrix.      (See   Grape- 
phylloxera.) 

Physothi-ips — 

antcnnatus,  notes 658 

n.sp.,    description 658 

Phytomyza       chrysanthemi,      notes, 

Conn.State 54 

Phytopathological  research,  methods-  844 

PhytophtJwra — 

faieri,  notes 45,  251 

infestans.       (See    Potato     late 
blight.) 

omnlvora,   notes 353 

sp.  on  oats 651 

Phytoscaphus     dissimilis     n.sp.,     de- 
scription    365 

Phytosterol,    determination    in    ani- 
mal   fats 615 

Pig- 
clubs  in  United  States,  U.S.D.A_  195 
diseases,  losses  from,   U.S.D.A_  192 

houses,  construction,  Iowa 587 

houses  for  prairie  farms 690 

Pigeon  peas — ■ 

factors  affecting  cooking 556 

irrigation    experiments 286 

Pigeons,   sex   control   in 771 

Pigs — 

as  affected  by  cottonseed  meal —  682 
bacon   type,   breeding  and   feed- 
ing   376 

bones  of  as  affected  by  domesti- 
cation   376 

breeding,    age    as    a    factor    in, 

Mo 868 

breeding  experiments,  Guam 869 

feeding  and  care,  Cal 569 

feeding  experiments 168, 

171,  272,  376,  773 

feeding  experiments,  Fla 870 

feeding  experiments,  Guam 869 

feeding  experiments,  Mo 869 

feeding  experiments,  N.Dak 478 

feeding  experiments,  Nebr 672 

feeding  experiments.  Pa 568 

feeding  experiments.  Wis 562,  563 

fertility   in   relation   to   size 273 

fish  meal  for,  U.S.D.A 770 

forage   crops   for.   Mo 869 

management 78 

parasites  of,  Guam 878 

pasture  crops  for,  N.Dak 478 

pasturing  experiments,  Ky 672 

pasturing  experiments,  Oreg 567 

raising  in  Holland 273 

self-feeders    for 773 

slaughtering   on   the  farm 317 

Pine — 

blister   rust,   notes 551 

blister  rust  outbreaks  in  United 

States 251 

needles,     composition     and     di- 
gestibility    474 


Pine — Continued.  Page, 
sawfly,   European,  notes,  Conn. 

State 54 

seeds,    testing 543 

spinner,    studies 759 

weevil,    remedies,    Conn.State 54 

western  red  rot,  studies 655 

Pineapple    juice,    ferments   of 713 

Pineapples,  culture,  Hawaii 542 

Pines — 

longleaf,  fiber  dimension  studies.  734 

longleaf,  volume  tables  for 748 

site    in    relation    to    height   and 

volume    43 

western  soft,  habits  and  use 241 

western    yellow,    needle    disease 

of,    U.S.D.A 354 

white-barked,   description 745 

Pinks,  insects  and  diseases  affecting-  154 
Pinus — 

hungeana,  descriptive  notes 745 

longifolia,   silvicultural   study __  649 

sylvestris,  anomalies  of  growth-  755 

Pipes,  corrugated  iron,  tests 580 

Pipunculidse  of  Virginia 259 

Piroplasma   bigeminum,   stage   of  in 

cattle  ticks 385 

Piroplasmosis,    treatment 379 

Pitanga,  description  and  culture 144 

Pitches,     specifications     and     defini- 
tions   888 

Pituitary — 

body,  growth-controlling  princi- 
ple    8 

substance,   effect   on   growth   of 

white    mice 865 

Pityokteines    elegans    n.sp.,    descrip- 
tion    856 

Plwsius  javanus,  notes 57 

Plagiolepis   longipes,  studies 467 

Plant — 

breeding     experiments,     spacing 

in 437 

cells,  permeability  in  relation  to 

temperature  and  acidity 224 

cells,  reserve  albuminous  bodies 

in 332 

colloids,    studies 501 

constituents,    humiflcation 627 

culture,  treatise 499 

diseases — 

and  injuries  in  Rhine  Prov- 
ince    243 

and  injuries  in  Selby  smoke 

zone 244 

bacterial,    notes 328 

dissemination   by   insects —  253 

in    Argentina 243 

in   Bohemia 650 

in    Cuba 348 

In  Dutch  East  Indies 243 

in  England  and  Wales 649 

in  Indiana 461 

In  Minnesota,  Minn 148 

in  Porto  Rico 748 

In  Russia 453,  454,  844 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


973 


Plant — Continued.  Varc. 
diseases — continue<l. 

In   Sicily 4r> 

in   Turin O'lO 

in  I'Kanda 4r> 

in   WiigcnlnKen 24;{ 

in  West  Indies 41 

in  Wisconsin •_ S44 

iuvcsllKiitious.    Wis 544 

investigations,    methods ,S44 

notes,   Oreg 24l' 

relation  to  meteorology S44 

treatise 835 

(See     also     different     host 
plants.) 

enzyms,   studies 334 

exploration  In  China,  U.S.D.A 140 

food,  production  in  soils 322,424 

food,     removal     by     crops    and 

drainage 623 

globulins,  preparation 9 

inspection.       (See    Nursery    in- 
spection.) 

lice,   notes oC 

lice,  in  West  Vii-ginia 657 

(Sec  also  Apple  aphis,  etc.) 

life,    treatise 128 

membranes,     nonliving,     perme- 
ability to  water 224 

respiration  investigations 821 

succession  in  a  ravine 27 

succession       under      irrigation, 

U.S.D.A. 732 

tissue,   killing  by   low   tempera- 
ture    234 

Plants — 

absorption  of   liquids  by  aerial 

parts 331 

absorption     of     nutritive     sub- 
stances by 223 

acclimation  by  means  of  graft- 
ing      444 

aquiferous  vessels  in 224 

as  affected  by  artificial  closing 

of  stomata 224 

as  affected  by  chlorids 423 

as  affected   by   illuminating  gas  63G 

as  affected  by  smoke 133 

as  affected  by  sulphur  dioxid 636 

assimilation   of  atmospheric   ni- 
trogen  by 435 

assimilation  of  carbon  dioxid  by  633 

climatic  index 732 

electroculture   experiments 22:^. 

green,    carbohydrate   content 131 

growth  as  affected  by  carbon  bl- 

sulphid,  U.S.D.A 20 

growth  as  affected  by  light 129 

growth    as   affected   by   osmotic 

pressure  in  nutrient  solutions-  434 
growth    as    affected    by    sodium 

salts,  U.S.D.A 816 

growth    as    affected    by    stimu- 
lants   434 

growth,      critical      periods      of, 

U.S.D.A 617 

83103°— 17 7 


I'lanis — Continued.  I'uko. 

growth   in   lientcd  boIIs 722 

growth    in   relation    to   temp*>rn- 

ture 328 

hematoid  Iron  compounds  in 634 

herbaceous,    from   China 450 

housf,    treatise 450 

Imbniitioiiiil   swelling 822 

Imports,    U.S.D.A 29 

in  Kotanic  Cardens,  (Jeorgetown, 

Urltlsh  Guiana 643 

in  Ganeshkhlnd   Botanical  Gar- 
den   643 

Influence  of  centrifugal  force  on  _  431 
inheritance     of     cliarnctcfH     ac- 
quired in  salt  water 228 

maturation  In 131 

myrtiicfous.   pos.slbllltles  of 141 

notebook  for  study  of M)6 

ornamental,  crown  rot  of,  III 754 

ornamental,    for  Maine 840 

osmotic  pressure  in 25,  26,  822 

oxidases  In 130 

periodicity    In 632 

pliototropic  and  geotropic  reac- 
tions   in 632 

polsonou.s,  notes,  U.S.D.A 383 

poisonous,   of   Idaho,    Idaho 383 

poisonous,    on    ranges   of    Mon- 
tana,   Mont 781 

pollen    sterility   in 731 

prairie,    ecological    histology 820 

propagation 141,  642,  742 

resistance     to     injurious     influ- 
ences   636 

rest  period  in.  Mo 221 

rest  period  in,  shortening 436 

self-protection  against  Cuscuta__  460 

senile  changes  in 222 

sensitiveness  to  lime 430 

succulent,  automatic  movements.  27 

synthetic  processes  in 431 

transpiration  as  affected  by  alti- 
tude and   habitat 732 

transpiration  in 633 

twining  of 431 

utilization  of  nitrates  by 28 

water,  gas  exchange  in 431 

wild,  in  cookery 859 

wild,  use  as  food  by  Indians 470 

wilting  points 21 

woody,  annual  growth  of 841 

woody,   of   Switzerland 842 

woody,  reserve  fat  in 225 

wound  parasitism  and  predispo- 
sition in 347 

Plasmotliophora  brassicce.     (See  Cab- 
bage club  root.) 

Plasmopara  vUicola,  studies M'^' 

Plenodomiifi  fusromaculan^,  studies.  653 
Pleuro-pneumonia.  contagious.     (See 

Influenza,  equine.) 
Plcurotropis      cplgonus      In      United 

States 700 

Pleurotus  nidiformix,  description 755 

Plowing  experiments 735 


974 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   EECOED. 


[Vol.35 


Page. 

Plows — 

development  and  utilization 391 

engine,    adjustment   and    opera- 
tion         189 

for  tractor  use 294,  391 

moldboard,  draft  of 494 

motor,  management 494 

motor,  tests 87,  585,  688 

Plum — 

brown  rot,  notes 351 

silver  leaf  disease,  notes 650 

Plumbing,  treatise 690 

Plums — 

breeding  experiments 743 

crown   gall   resistance   in 645 

culture  in  Now  York 836 

preservation 367 

winter  washes  for 38 

Pneumonia — 

chronic  catarrhal,  In  sheep 678 

equine.    (See  Influenza,  equine.) 

Pogonomyrmex     tarbata,     remedies, 

Ariz 551 

Poliomyelitis — 

occurrence  in  lower  animals 280 

transmission 55,  280 

Pollen — 

formation,   studies 523 

grains,  germination  experiments-        731 
sterility  in  relation  to  crossing-        731 

Pollinopsis   t>ctce  n.g.  and  n.sp.,  de- 
scription         454 

Polycaon   confertiis,  notes 58 

Polychrosis — 

hotrana,  notes 54,  257 

hotrana,  parasites  of 253,  659 

viteana.       {See      Grape      berry 
moth.) 

Polydrusus  impressifrons,  notes,  Conn. 

State 54 

Polyneuritis — 

dietary   factors  in 166 

treatment 711 

Polyphylla       decemlineata,       notes. 

Wash 364 

Polyporus — 

ellisianus,  notes 655 

igniarius,  studies 655 

lignostis,   notes 551 

spp.  on  apples  in  eastern  United 

States 654 

Polysulphid    solutions,    analyses 678 

Polysulphids,   insecticidal   value 838 

Polysulphur,    determination 207 

Pomelos.     (See  Grapefruit.) 

Pomological    work    at    Pennsylvania 

Station 644 

Pomology  extension  work  in  Massa- 
chusetts          592 

Poppies,    breeding   experiments 345 

Poppy  seed,  weed  seeds  in 444 

Pork — 

butchering  and  curing,   Cal 569 

frozen,    treatment    and    utiliza- 
tion          858 


Page. 

Porometer,  description  and  use 431 

Porthetria  dispar.    (See  Gipsy  moth.) 

Porto  Rico — 

College,     notes OS 

Insular    Station,    notes 400,  597 

Pot  experiments — 

factors    affiecting    yield 215 

moisture    control    in 319 

Potash — 

deposits  in  Catalonia,  Spain 24 

deposits   in    Texas 23 

deposits,    mineralogy    and    geol- 
ogy   of 429 

evaporation    from    brines 219 

extraction    from    wyomingite 503 

fertilizers,    comparison 323 

fertilizers,    effect    on    water   re- 
quirements of  plants 630 

for  Kentucky  soils,  Ky 122 

from     electrically-treated     feld- 
spar,   fertilizing    value 726 

from   feldspar 326 

from  fir  wood  mill  waste 327 

from    kelp 327 

German  and  other  sources 24 

in    loess    soils 809 

in   tropical  agriculture 126 

loss  from  soils,  Fla 812 

salts,   sources  and  production 23 

supplies    of   Great   Britain    dur- 
ing the  war 126 

works    waste  water    for   irriga- 
tion   637 

Potassium — 

chlorid,   absorption  by  plants 435 

chlorid,  fertilizing  value,  Ohio 535 

cyanid,    insecticidal   value 755 

determination 315 

determination  in   fertilizers 12 

iodid,   therapeutic  value 382 

liberation    in    soils,    Ohio 429 

nitrate,   absorption   by   plants 432 

permanganate,    effect    on    moor 

soils 724 

permanganate,    effect    on    plant 

growth 434 

salts,   absorption   by  plants 433 

salts,    hygroscopicity 631 

sulphate,        fertilizing        value, 

W.Va 22 

Potato — 

bacterial  rots,  studies 349 

beetle,  Colorado,  in  Germany 57 

beetle,    Colorado,    remedies,    Va. 

Truck 661 

black  heart,  studies 349 

corky    scab,    notes 650 

diseases  in  southern  Idaho,  U.S. 

D.A 751 

diseases,    notes 48 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 455 

diseases,  notes.  Pa 455 

diseases,  studies,  N.Dak 48 

diseases,   studies,   "Wis 544 

diseases,  treatment,  Minn 652 


191G] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


975 


Potato — Continued.  I'ajje. 

dry  spot,  description 547 

exliibits,    Ohio 899 

fleld   rot,  studies,   U.S.D.A 455 

fleabeetle,   studies 253 

late  blight.   Investigations,  Iowa  349 

late  blight,   notes 150,  246 

late     blight,     treatment,     N.Y. 

State 832 

leaf  roll,   studies 247 

leak,  investigations,  U.S.D.A 751 

leaves,  invertase  of 334 

plants,  fllositj'  in 49 

powdery     dry     rot,     treatment, 

U.S.D.A 847 

pulp,  acidity 770 

silver  scurf,   studies,  U.S.D.A 455 

stalk-borer,  notes C>',7 

tuber  rot  and  wilt,  studies 240 

tuber  rot,   notes 653 

tuber  worm,   remedies 35S 

tubers,  production  above  ground  523 

tyrosinase,  notes 414 

wart  disease,  notes 150,  640 

Potatoes — 

as    affected    by    Fusarium,    U.S. 

D.A 240 

as  affected  by  manganese 634 

conservation  for  stock  food 505 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 527 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak 220 

culture  experiments,  Oreg 341 

culture    in    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska,   Neb 827 

disease-free,  production, U.S.D.A.  751 

dried,  notes 505 

fertilizer  experiments 126, 

218,  323,  425,  427,  430,  519,  629 

fertilizer    experiments,    Ind 724 

fertilizer   experiments.  Me 34 

for  fattening  swine 376 

for  milk  production 174 

hail  injury  to 734 

Irrigation  experiments 636 

radio-active  fertilizers  for 628 

seed,   selection.   Wash 396,  6D0 

sensitivity  to  poison 457 

spraying    experiments,    Oa 831 

spraying  experiments,  Hawaii —  527 

spraying  experiments,  N.Y.State  831 
sprouting    In    relation    to     soil 

moisture,     Hawaii 527 

starch   content,   Okla. 108 

tuberous   growth  at  expense  of 

roots 330 

varieties 637,  742 

varieties,     N.Dak 229 

varieties,    R.I 229 

weather  factor  for,  U.S.D.A 114 

winter    storage 495 

yield    in    relation    to    weather, 

U.S.D.A CIS 

Potomac  River,  pollution  of 286 

Poudrette,  fertilizing  value 135,  323 

Poultry — 

care  and  management.  N.Dak.  _  172 


Poultry — Continued.  I'uKe. 

care  and   management,  N.J 275 

clubs  in   the   South,   U.S.D.A 195 

diseases  and  parasites  In  Guam, 

Guam 878 

diseases,  handbook 284,379 

experliueuts,     Minn 377 

feeding  experiments 273,377 

house   equipment.    Wash COO 

houses,    construefiun 792 

bouses,   construction,   Mo 7'J2 

houses,   construction.  Wash (iUO 

houses   for  pralrli-   farms ooo 

Industry,   Importance  of 275 

keeping,    text-book 93 

products,     marketing 892 

raising,   Flemish   system 275 

school  lessons  on 592,504 

(Sec  uIho  Chickens,  Ducks,  etc.) 

Powdery  mildews,  physiological  rela- 
tion to  hosts.  Mo 814 

Power  plant  apparatus,  testing 889 

Prairie  dogs — 

destruction,    Kans 52 

prevalence  in  Colorado 51 

systematic  account,   U.S.D.A 551 

Precipitation — 

at  State  College,  Pa 507 

cyclonic,   distribution,   I'.S.I).A_  419 
in  southeastern  Rocky  Mountain 

Slopes,    U.S.D.A 619 

relation  to  stream  flow,  U.S.D.A.  110 
(See    also    Rainfall,    Snowfall, 
etc.) 

Precooling  plant,  description 391 

Pregnancy — 

diagnosis 73,  170,  879 

nitrogen  metabolism  during 473 

Preserves,    preparation 419 

Pressure — 

change    charts,    U.S.D.A 419 

vertical,  distribution  In  earth 581 

Prickly  pear.     (Sec  Cactus.) 

Primula  kewcnsis  and  Its  allies,  ge- 
netic   behavior 81M 

Prionoxystua  rohinia-,  notes 356 

Prionus  californicus  (t),  notes 656 

Prisoners    of    war,    feeding    In    Ger- 
many    368 

Privies,   sanitary,   description 189,  887 

Proso,  culture  In  Texas  Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

Proaopodea  fugar,  notes 659 

ProspaltcUa — 

berleaei,  notes 760 

pcrnicioai,  notes.  Conn. State 54 

Protapantelea   n.sp.,   notes 465 

Protease   In   guinea    pig   and   rabbit 

serums 382 

Proteid.     (See  Protein.) 

Protein — 

absorption  In  typhoid  fever 369 

cleavage   In    flour 205 

cleavage  products.      (See  Amino 

acids.) 

determination  in  meat 315 


976 


EXPEP.IMENT   STATION   BECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 

Protein — Continued. 

determination    in    muscle 014 

digestion    by    serums 179 

effect  on  blood  sugar  in  phlori- 
zin  diabete.s 8G3 

emaciation    following    injection 

of 179 

formation  in  the  animal  body —  371 

from    different    sources 368 

from  different  sources,  Wis 562 

hydrolysis     by     pancreatic     en- 

zyms 201 

iodized,   preparation 201 

metabolism,  digest  of  data 165 

metabolism    of    infants 766 

methods   of  analysis 415 

of  milk,  role  in  infant  feeding.  165 
requirements    of    dairy    heifers, 

Mo 871 

requirements  of  higher  animals 

and  man 858 

retention  in  relation  to  diet 765 

rSle  in   growth 269 

serum,  of  different  animals 372 

synthesis  by  lactic  acid  bacteria-  373 

transformations  in  yeast 634 

vegetable,  biological  reactions--  679 

Proteolysis,  studies,  Mass 204 

Protomyces    andiims,   notes 651 

Protoplasmic  streaming,  stimulation 

by  light  rays 130 

Protozoa — 

in  soils,  studies 214 

so-called   "  infective  granules  "_  280 

Provender — 

analyses,  Conn.State 562 

analyses,  N.H 374 

analyses,  R.I 374 

Prune — 

brown        rot,        investigations, 

U.S.D.A 249 

twig  miner,  notes,  Oreg 253 

Prunes — 

culture  In  New  York 836 

pruning 41 

Pruning,  summer,  Wash 696 

Prunus     spinosa,     seashore     thicket 

formation  by 635 

Prussia      acid.      (See     Hydrocyanic 
acid.) 

Pacudaphycus   n.spp.,   descriptions —  858 

Pseudococcobius  n.g.  and  n.spp.,  de- 
scriptions    857 

Pseudococcus — 

hakeri,  notes 357 

n.spp.,    descriptions 757 

Pseudom  onus — 

citri,    investigations,    U.S.D.A 152 

citri,  studies,  Fla 850 

p/si  n.sp.,  description,  Colo 847 

sp.,  relation  to  barley  blight 845 

Psoroptes — 

commumR,  life  history 678 

cunicuU,    notes 80 

Psylla  l)uxi,  notes,  Conn.State 54 


Page. 

PsylUodcs  affinis,  studies 253 

Pterocommini,   synopsis 256 

Public  health,   court  decisions  on 860 

Puccinia — 

graminis     avence     on     timothy, 

U.S.D.A 847 

graminis  in  Norway 545 

graminis,  notes 45 

tnaydis,   notes 44 

phleipratensis,  origin,  U.S.D.A-  848 

pruni-spiiwsw,  description 654 

sp,  on  pinks 154 

spp,,  notes 47 

Puluinaria — 

floccifera  in  California 658 

psidii,  notes,  Fla 852 

litis      (=innumerahiUs) .     (See 
Maple-scale,  cottony.) 

Pumping  machinery,   testing 889 

Pumpkin  seed   cake  and  bran,  acid- 
ity  of 770 

Purdue  University,  notes 596,  697,  900 

Pyridine     derivatives,     antineuritic 

properties 711 

Pyronia,    description 743 

Pyrrolic   acid,    effect  on  chlorophyll 

formation 435 

Pythiacystis      citrophthora,      treat- 
ment   754 

Pythiiim     debaryanum,    relation     to 

potato  leak,  U.S.D.A 751 

Quack  grass,  eradication,  N.Dak 35 

Quamasia — 

spp.,    notes 730 

walpolei  n.sp.,  description 730 

Quicklime,  effect  on  organic  matter 

in  soils 522 

Quince  orange  rust,  notes 351 

Quinces,  culture  in  New  York 836 

Quinin  hydrochlorid,  use  in  prepara- 
tion   of   vaccine 380 

RSb,  use  in  preparing  rice  seed  beds_  138 

Rabbit   ear   mange,   notes SO 

Rabbits,    spermatogenesis 167 

Rabies — 

notes 75 

treatment 575 

Radiation,   solar  and   sky,  at  Madi- 
son, Wis.,  U.S.D.A 419 

Radio-active — 

fertilizer,    effect    on    growth    of 

oats 218 

ores     and    residues,     fertilizing 

value 628 

Radio-activity — 

determination  in  water 187 

effect  on  plant  growth 523 

Radishes — 

culture  in  presence  of  sugar 633 

radio-active   fertilizers  for 628 

varieties,  Ariz 537 

Radium  as  a  fertilizer 133 

Rafflnose,  determination  in  plants 206 

Ragweed  galls,  notes 651 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


977 


Rain —  Pago. 

nltroRen   content GiiO 

tropical,    U.S.D.A 619 

Rainbows,  borizontul,  on  Lake  Men- 

dota,   U.S.D.A 115 

Rainfall— 

and    synoptic    winds,     relation, 

U.S.D.A 115 

at  Berkeley,  Caiifornia 110 

at  Georgetown,  Demerara 4'_*0 

effect   on    water    level    in    soils, 

Utah S13 

heavy,  effect  on  soils.  Pa .">14 

in   China,   U.S.D.A 618 

in  New  South  Wales 116 

In    North    and    South    America, 

U.S.D.A 419 

in    Tennessee 70~\ 

in   I'nited    States 15 

relation  to  corn  yield,  U.S.D..V_  61.S 

relation  to  crop  yield 14 

(See  also  Precipitation.) 

Raisin  industry  in  California "4?. 

Raisins,   making 647 

Ramie,  culture  experiments,  La o.>7 

Ramularia — 

areola,  notes 45 

irachystemonis     n.sp.,     descrip- 
tion    454 

Rana  pipicns,  upper  limit  of  tempera- 
ture   for 851 

Ranfjelia  vitalii,  parasitic  in  dogs —  785 
Ranges        in        southern        Arizona, 

U.S.D.A 439 

Rape — 

as  a  green  manure  for  wheat —  426 

dust,    fertilizing    value 30 

fertilizer   experiments 728 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 221 

for   silage,    U.S.D.A 768 

meal,  availability  of  nitrogen  in_  426 

oil,    physical    constants 312 

seed,  adulteration,  N.Y.State 740 

seed  cake,  acidity 770 

seed,  imported,  germination  tests. 

U.S.D.A 140 

Raspberries — 

breeding   experiments 144 

breeding  experiments.  N.Y.State.  744 

new,  description,  N.Y.State 37 

varieties 742 

Raspberry — 

crown  gall,  studies,  Ohio 550 

pollen,   germination 731 

Rations — 

box,  for  army  use 16.". 

emergency,  for  U.S.Army f<C>-i 

for  dairy  stock.  Mass 378 

Rat-bite  fever — 

cause '  ■^•'' 

etiology  and  treatment 4S7 

Rats — 

biology  and   control '|">6 

black  or  ship,  of  Great  Britain-  656 


Rals — Continued.  I'aKo. 

destruction    with    Dunysz    bacll- 

'"«  - - 62 

Rattan  supply  for  Philippines 44 

Reclamation— 

Hoard   Act   of   Cullfornta 400 

Service,    (fiev  United  Stati>8  Geo- 
logical  Survey.) 
Red   clover.      (Hcc   Clover,    red.) 
Red  dog  tlotir.      (S'ee  l"«>nr,  n-d  dog.) 
Red  spldir.     (See  Spider,  red.) 
Redwater.      {Sec  Texas   fi-ver.) 
Redwater,  Rhodeslan.     (See  African 

coast  fi'ver.) 
Reforestation — 

in  New  York,  N.Y.Cornell 451 

in    soutl:orn    Argentina 452 

in     Wisconsin 242 

Refrigerators,    score   card    fur QQti 

Renal   disease,   metabolism    In 371 

Uesiiiratlou    calorimeter,    small,    de- 
scription,   U.S.D.A 708 

Retaining   walls,   treatise 7g6 

fi'iliiiilltirinea     mpvrutuH     n.sp.,     de- 
scription         255 

Rhahdonpora  dodartite  n.  sp.,  descrip- 
tion         844 

Rhu<jolcti«    pomonella.      (Sec    Apple 

maggot.) 
Rhizoctonia — 

viocurum   (R.  riolacea),  notes 846 

sp.,   relation  to  damping  off  of 

truck    crops,    Fla 844 

Rhizoctonia — 

morphology  and  parasitism 148 

parasitic   In  America,    111 749 

Rhizoglyphus  hyacinlhi,  notes.  Conn. 

State 54 

Rldzopods  in  soils 121 

Rhizopiis — 

niiiricanit  on  citrus 748 

nir/ricans,    relation     to     potato 

leak,    U.S.D.A 751 

sp.      on      crated      strawberries, 

U.S.D.A 458 

Rhode   Island   Station,   report 299 

Rhodeslan    redwater.      (See    African 

coast  fever.) 
RhodOHtivta    onobrychidls    n.sp..    de- 
scription         454 

RhyncJiwnus    (Orcheatea)    manyiferw 

n.sp..    description 365 

Rfi;/iichiodcxia    fluvoteasellata    n.sp., 

description 359 

Rice— 

as  affected  l>y  aluminum  salts.       817 
as  prepared  for  food  In  Bengal.       859 

borers    in    .Tava 58 

cultivated,  origin 34 

culture  experiments 31 

culture    experiment.s.    La "•'7 

culture  In  India 138 

culture    In    Spain 230 

culture,    minimum    temperature 

limits  In 718 

downy  mildew,  notes 49 


978 


EXPEEIMENT   STATION   EECOED, 


[Vol.  35 


Rice — Continued.  Page. 

fertilizer  experiments 31,  32 

fertilizer    experiments,    La 337 

hulling  waste  product  as  a  feed- 
ing  stuff 271 

inheritance  of  flowering  time  in_  329 

meal,    acidity 770 

of  Lower   Burma 230 

smut,     description     and     biblio- 
graphy   247 

smut,   notes 243 

starch  content,  Okla 108 

stem   borer,   studies 659 

straight  head  in,  La 350 

varieties 31 

yield  as  affected  by  deep  plow- 
ing, Hawaii 527 

Rinderpest — 

immunization 487,  784 

relation  to  coccidiosis  in  cattle 

and   carabaos 76 

transmission  experiments 487 

treatment 784 

Ringworm,    treatment 279 

Ripersia    resinophila    n.sp.,    descrip- 
tion    358 

River   and   harbor   improvements   in 

Ohio 83 

Road — 

building  rock,  tests,  U.S.D.A 685 

law  in   Iowa 493 

law  in  Ohio 493,  583 

law   in   Oregon 789 

materials,    physical    properties, 

U.S.D.A. 84 

materials,    tests 390 

system,    county,    designing 492 

tar  fumes,  effect  on  vegetation-  734 
tars,  pitches,  etc.,  specifications 

and   definitions 888 

Roads — 

administration  in  Baltimore  Co., 

Maryland 492 

administration  in  California 82 

administration  in  Idaho 789 

administration  in  Kentucky 492 

administration  in  Maryland 686 

administration    in    Monroe    Co., 

New  York 288 

administration  in  Nova  Scotia-  789 

administration  in  Oregon 389 

administration  in  Rhode  Island-  288 

administration  in  "Victoria 493 

administration  in  Virginia 188 

administration  in  Washington 686 

bituminous   macadam,   construc- 
tion field  books  for 389 

brick,    U.S.D.A 686 

concrete,  construction 390,  492 

concrete,  cracks  in 492 

concrete,    gradation     of    aggre- 
gates for 584 

concrete,  hydrated  lime  for 80 

construction  and  maintenance-  84,  686 

construction,  chart  for 789 


Roads — Continued.  Page, 

construction.    Federal    aid    for, 

U.S.D.A. 686 

drainage  and  subgrades  for . 390 

maintenance  in  Indiana 389 

maintenance  in  United  States 389 

maintenance,  motor  trucks  in 888 

mileage  and  revenues  in  Middle 

Atlantic    States,    U.S.D.A 888 

nation-wide  system  of 746 

papers   on 583 

rural  post.  Federal  aid  to 200 

surface    oiling   of 288 

text-book 583 

tire  widths  for 789 

yearbook 583 

Rock  phosphate.     (See  Phosphate.) 
Rocks — 

for  road  building,  U.S.D.A 84,  685 

microscopic  method  of  analysis, 

U.S.D.A. 84 

Rodents,    destruction    with    hydrocy- 
anic acid  gas 53 

Roentgen  rays,  effect  on — 

cigarette  beetle,  U.S.D.A. 554 

formation    of  antibodies 079 

germination    and    growth    of 

plants 436 

Roof  paints,   tests 189 

Root — 

aphids,  nematode  parasite  of G58 

beer,  alcohol  content 557 

cellars   for  prairie   farms 690 

crops,  combined  fungus  attacks 

on    245 

crops,  culture  in  South  Austra- 
lia    835 

growth   of   forest  trees 223 

maggots,  notes.  Wash 396 

nodules     of     Ceanothus     ameri- 

cantis    132 

tubercles,  production  as  affected 

by   nitrates 634 

tubercles,  urease  in 334 

Roots — 

orientation  as  affected  by  media  223 

secretion  of  toxic  substances  by  636 

Rope,  knotting  and  splicing 495 

Rose — 

chafer,  notes 046 

chafer,    notes,    U.S.D.A 260 

chafer,  poisonous  character 279,  489 

diseases,  U.S.D.A 840 

pests  and  their  control.  Wash 490 

Rosellinia  bunodes,  notes 50 

Roses — 

American,  annual 345 

cultivated,   history 450 

culture,  U.S.D.A 840 

culture  experiments 240 

culture,   treatise 647 

for  Maine 840 

of  Denmark 745 

Rosha  grass,  economic  uses 807 

Rotation — 

experiments,  Ohio 536 


1910] 


INDEX    OF   SUBJECTS. 


979 


Kotatiou — Continued.  \'&K>'- 

of  crops,   Ky 12i; 

of   crops,    Ncbr 4;is 

of   crops   for   upper    Wisconsin, 

Wis 220 

Roundwonns  In  poultry,  Cal 3s5 

Roup  in  fowls,  studies 283 

Rubber — 

animal   pests  of .'i44 

bark  diseases,  relation  to  nuirk 

scraping 4.">9 

Castilla,   tapping  experiments 544 

Ceara,  culture  In  Southern  India  544 

coagulation 544 

culture    experiments ,s4i> 

culture  in  German  colonies 544 

culture,  use  of  dynamite  In 582 

diseases  and  Injuries  in  Java__  251 

diseases  in  Ceylon 544 

diseases  in   Uganda 45 

diseases,  treatment 450 

fertilizer   experiments 241 

Hevea.     (See  Rubber,  Para.) 

Industry  of  the  Amazon 544 

insects  affecting 4C>:) 

papers  on 544 

Para,  coagulation  of  latex 132 

Para,  culture  in  I'ganda 544 

Para,    fertilizer    experiments 842 

Para,  root  disease  of 551 

pink  disease,  host  plants  of 154 

plantation,     preparation 544 

spottlngs  due  to  fungi 544 

tapping    experiments 451,  544,  649 

Rubus,   hybridization   in 227 

Rum,  distillation 718 

Run-off,    maximum,    determination —  684 
Rural — 

civilization,   ideal 891 

cooperative  laundry,  U.S.D.A 191 

credit.     (See  Agricultural 

credit.) 
economics    in    New   England  in 

19th  century 588 

economics,  scope  of 496 

economics,  selected  readings  on_  88 

education  in  Cook  Co.,  Illinois-.  894 

life,    development 92,  794 

life  in  .Japan 589 

life,  organization,  U.S.D.A 190 

migration  in  United  States 294 

migration,  psychic  causes  of_  391,  392 

organization,  discussion 408 

schools.     (See  Schools,  rural.) 

survey  of  Morgan  Co.,  Missouri-  580 

Rust  fungi,   lipase  in 225 

Rusts,  inoculation  experiments ♦>5o 

(See  also  Grain,  Wheat,  etc.) 
Rutabagas.      (See   Swedes.) 

Rutgers  College,  notes 390 

Rutherglen  bug,  notes 85.'*, 

Rye— 

as  a  green  manure,  Nebr 438 

as  a  green  manure  for  cotton, 

U.S.D.A 828 

bacterial  blight,  notes 845 


Hye — Continued.  ■.;«'. 

bran.  analyHeH,  N.Y.SIhi.  hUT 

cost  of  production.  Mluu r.iU 

oulfure,  WnHh 33 

culture  In  eastern  United  Stntm, 

U.S.D.A _.  S32 

culture     In    Hand     htlU    of    Ne- 

brnska,   Nebr 827 

culture     In     Texas     rnnliandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

culture  In  weHtern  WaNhlDKtuu, 

Wash 6M 

diseases,  notes 47 

diseases,    treatment 0.'i2,  750 

'•  drunk  bread  "  (llscase,   Rtudlei*.  84.1 

fertilizer    experlinentH 120, 

323,  325,  320.  425.  420.  427.  C'iQ 

fertilizer  experiments,   I'.S.D.A.  020 

grass,  varieties 81 

improvenieut.    Wis B28 

Inoculation       experlmentii,       N. 

Dak 32 

middlings,   analyses,   N.Il 873 

middliugs,   analyses,    N.Y. State.  807 

mlildlings,   aniilyscH,    Wis 602 

rusts,  description 47 

straw,    disintegrated,    digestibil- 
ity   474 

varieties 037 

varieties,  N.Dak 229 

varieties,   R.I 229 

Sahal  serrulata,  studies 807 

Saccharin,    determination 112 

Saccharomycca      minor      in      bread 

leaven D13 

Saccharose,  determination  In  plants  .  200 

Sahuaro,  behavior  of  excised  branch.  820 
Sailors,    discharged,    employment    In 

England  and  Wales 296 

Sal    seedlings,    development 649 

Salicylic  add,  defermlniitlon  In  wine.  805 
Salmon,     shipping     long     distances, 

U.S.D.A 102 

Salt- 
absorption  by  plants 435 

effect  on  serum   mixtures 080 

effect  on  soils  and  plants 423 

fertilizing  value 827 

use   In    wound   treatment 882 

Saltpeter,    Chile.      (See    Sodium    ni- 
trate.) 
Salts- 
absorption  by  plants 423,488 

antagonism 828 

effect  on  soil  acidity 22 

relation   to  soli   colloids 16,022 

r61e  In  Infant  feeding 168 

Salvarsan,   fixation  by   blood 74 

Sampling,   standard   methods 415 

San  Josi^  scale — 

control   In  West  Virginia 657 

notes 350 

notes,   Oreg 263 

Sand  dunes,  control  and  utilization. 

Mich '^1" 

Sandflies,   notes,  Ohio 552 


980 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 
Sanninoidea    ex'itiosa.     (See    Peach 

borer.) 
Sap — 

ascent  in  plants—  25,  26,  223,  331,  432 

composition 822 

concentration,  determination 633 

concentration,     seasonal     varia- 
tions in 26 

Saperda  vestlta,  notes,  Conn.State__  54 

Sarcophaga  fuscicauda,   description-  58 
Sarcosporidia,  relation  to  cnidosporl- 

dla  of  invertebrates 384 

Sausage — 

preparation 317 

preserved,  paper  on 859 

Scabies.     (See  Sheep  scab.) 
Scale  insects — 

control  by  natural  enemies 254 

in  Indiana 461 

monograph,  N.Y.Cornell 256 

Scarlet  runner,  bud  variation   in 329 

Scatopsidse,  notes,  Wash 465 

Schistocerca  paranensis  in  Trinidad-  463 
Schlzoncura    lanigera.       (See    Apple 
aphis,   woolly.) 

SchoenoMus  Mpunctijer,  notes 58,  659 

School — 

children,   feeding 471 

credit  for  home  practice  in  agri- 
culture,   U.S.D.A .  694 

fairs  in   Canada 594 

farms,  use  of 795 

Garden  Association  of  America-  199 
garden    for    women    at    Glynde, 

Sussex 643 

gardens   in    Canada 594,  695 

gardens  in  Denmark 194 

gardens,  notes 797 

gardens  of  the  future 199 

gardens,   relation   to   home   gar- 
dens   199 

gardens,    text-book 594 

lunches,  suggestions  for 861 

Schools — 

agricultural.      (.S'ee  Agi-icultural 
schools.) 

barrio,   in  Philippines 796 

elementary,  agriculture  in 896 

high,     agricultural     engineering 

in 94 

high,  agricultural  extension 92 

high,  cookery  in 897 

high,  home  economics  in 898 

high,   in   Denmark 695 

of    tomorrow 795 

public,   entomology   in 897 

rural,   asxiculture  in 395 

Bcirpophaga  sericea,  notes 58 

Seirpus    lactistris    as    a    litter    for 

cows 175 

Scleroapora  macrospora,  notes 49.  150 

Sclerostomes  In  horses,  Mont 785 

Sclerotinia — 

cinerea  in  northern   Vermont 849 

cinerea.  Investigations,  U.S.D.A.-  249 


Sclerotinia — Continued.  Page. 

cinerea,   notes 351 

llhertiana  on  parsley,  Va.Truck.  847 
Wbertiana,   relation    to    damping 

ofif  of  truck  crops,  Fla 844 

(Monilia)   fructigena,  notes 248 

trifoliorum  in  Bohemia 650 

Sclerotium — 

cepivorum,    studies,    Ohio 547 

rolfsii,  notes,  U.S.D.A 750 

rolfsii,  studies,  111 754 

tuliparum,    notes 51 

Scurfy  scale,  notes,  U.S.D.A 256 

Scurvy,  studies 666 

Seasonal  correlations  in  the  far  East, 

U.S.D.A 115 

Seaweed — 

analyses    163,  167,327 

analyses,    N.J 128 

as  a  feeding  stuff 167 

as  a  food  material 163 

Seed-bed  frame,  nursery,  description  452 
Seed.s — 

adulteration,    U.S.D.A 140 

analyses 8 

as  affected  by  electrolytes 332 

disinfection   444 

germinating,  hydrocyanic  acid  in  332 
germination      as      affected      by 

chlorids    423 

germination  as  affected  by  frost 

and  light 632 

germination  as  affected  by  green 

manures,  U.S.D.A 24 

germination  as  affected  by  green 

manures,  Wis 529 

germination  as  affected  by  light-  222, 523 
germination  as  affected  by  Roent- 
gen rays 436 

germination  as  affected  by  pres- 
sure    332 

germination  as  affected  by  tem- 
perature    222 

germination  in  heated  soil 722 

germination    tests    v.    electrical 

response   in 523 

growing  on  the  farm,  N.Dak 140 

impermeabie,  viability,  U.S.D.A-  740 

imports,    U.S.D.A 29 

inspection  and  analyses,  Vt 140 

inspection  in  Minnesota,  Minn 642 

inspection  in  Montana,  Mont 835 

inspection    in    New    York,    N.Y. 

State 740 

law  in  New  .Tersey,  N.J 835 

law   in    Oregon 471 

measuring  expansive  force  of_-  28 
moisture  intake  at  various  tem- 
peratures     222 

parasitic  Infection  of 244 

sterility    and    delayed    germina- 
tion  in 223 

sterilizing    with    calcium    hypo- 
chlorite    46 

testing    93 


1916] 


INDEX    OF   SUBJECTS. 


981 


Seeds — Continued. 

testing.  U.S.D.A 

testing  at  Danish  Seed  Control 
Station 

vitality,  electrical  method  for  de- 
termining   

Selection,  efifect  on  plants 

Septicemia,  hemorrhagic — 

immunization    

pleomorphism    and    mutation   in 

organisms  of « 

treatment 379, 

Bcptoglaum    ulmi,  notes 

Beptoria — 

alhauinis,  winter  stage  of 

op  it  (;raceolcntis   n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion   

chri/sanlhcmcUa,   notes 

glycines  n.sp.,  description 

lycopersici,  studies,  Mich 

lycopcrsici,  treatment,  Md 


Page. 

140 

4.J2 

523 
331 


736 
730 


77 

7.S4 
454 

844 

84G 
550 
247 
653 
350 

olecE  n.sp.,  description 353 

petroselini   apii,  studies 846 

piricola,  notes 454 

Sericulture.     (See  Silk.) 
Serradella — 

culture  experiments 

history  and  botanical  notes 

inoculation    experiments 322 

Serum — 

antitrypsin  during  inanition 48G 

physiology,   catalogue 574 

precipitin,   production 881 

proteins  of  different  animals —       372 

study,  laboratory  course 73 

Serums — 

acid-soluble  phosphorus  of 714 

antibacterial   action 381 

antitoxic,  concentration 680 

effect  on  tissues 881 

Sesame — 

cake,  acidity 770 

oil.  ph3'sical  constants 312 

Sesamia  inferens,  notes 58 

Sesia  rilcyana,  notes 657 

Settlers,      prospective,      information 

for,  Alaska 295 

Sewage — 

activa(ed-sludge,    treatment 490 

disposal  for  country  homes 83, 

691,  887 

disposal  in  Illinois 389 

fertilizing  value 629 

purification 188,  388,  579,  787,  887 

residue,    analyses,    N.J 128 

sludge,  utilization 18S 

treatment  plants,  small,  tests__       287 

Sex  control  in  pigeons 771 

Sheep — 

barns  for  prairie  farms 690 

breeding    experiments 170,  772 

breeding   experiments,    Ariz 565 

caracul,   U.S.D.A 170 

cost  of  production,  U.S.D.A 6t)S 

dips,   notes 

diseases,  losses  from,  U.S.D.A — 


678 
192 


Sheep — Continued.  TaBO. 

feedluc    i-xpirlm<-nt8 108,474 

feeding  oxperlmeutH,  Ind 470 

feeding  oxp<-rlmeut8.  Pa 505 

fleece  rei'ord 772 

inheritance    of    abort    cars    In, 

l.S.D.A 772 

management,  treatUe 772 

nenmtiMlo  purasltes  of 78 

pasturing  cxporlnientB.   Oreg 667 

pine  needles  f«ir 474 

raising    In     blue    grana    region, 

U.S.D.A 808 

raising  In  weBtern  range  Slatea, 

U.S.D.A 007 

raL^Ing    In    WIscouHin,    Wis 272 

raising  un  Indian  reservations 374 

scab,    notes 78 

shonrlng    and    washing    experi- 
ments,   Ohio 477 

slaughtering  on  the  farm 317 

sphiignum  turf  for 474 

wintering  In  North  Carolina 97 

Yunnan,    notes 875 

ShellHsh — 

inspection  in  New  Jersey 105 

methods    of    examination 287 

Potomac  River,  examination 287 

Shells,    analyses 430 

Shelter-belts,    renewing,    Iowa 140 

Shingles,  proiluctliiu   in   Canada 347 

Shredded  wheat  waste,  analyses  N  11  373 

Shrubs — 

annual    growth    of 841 

Chinese,    for    Pacific    slope    and 

Gulf  coast  regions 450 

for  Kansas,  Kans 43 

for  railway  gardening 4.50 

hardy  climbing,  description 450 

hardy,  for  Maine 840 

ornamental,    description 450 

ornamental,    insects    affecting.-  750 
ripening      of      growing      parts, 

Ohio 542 

Sigalsoesa  n.sp.,  notes 259 

Signophora — 

flavopalliata  occidentalis,  notes.  701 

thorcauini   n.sp.,   description 700 

Silage- 
analyses,   Wis 502 

bacteriology 709 

cane-top,    Hawaii 502 

cost  of  production,  Minn 091 

crops,   tests.   La 337 

fermentation    In,   Kans 9 

for   beef   cattle.   Wis 563 

for   fattening  sheep,  Tex 375 

for  horses.  JIo 869 

from  oats  and  tares 481 

inoculation  with  la<tlc  acid  bac- 
teria   373 

normal    temperatures    and    fac- 
tors influencing  quality.  Mo.  270 
rape,    feeding    value,    U.S.D.A —  708 

Silica,  determination 314 


982 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   KECORD. 


L  Vol.  35 


Silk—  rage, 

culture  in   British   colonies  and 

dependencies 358 

production   in   1913 56 

Silos— 

and   silage,    Wash 690 

concrete,    treatise 294 

for  prairie  farms 690 

hollow  tile,  construction 792 

Silver  fish,  life  history  and  parasites  657 

Silviculture — 

in    Amei'ica 746 

revie\v  of  investigations 346 

treatise 346 

Simulidas  of  northern  Chile,  descrip- 
tion    258 

fiimulium — 

n.spp.,    descriptions 362 

reptans  injurious  to  grazing  ani- 
mals   681 

tenuipes  n.sp.,  description 258 

Sires — 

effect  on  dairy  production,  Iowa  570 

effect  on  dairy  production,  Ohio  564 

Sirups,   analyses,   Conn. State 558 

Sitona  apacheana,  notes,  Wash 364 

Skim  milk — 

for   laying   hens 479 

metallic  flavor  in,  N.Y.Cornel)__  277 

nutritive  value 663 

Skins  from  China,  disinfection 487 

Sky,  blue  color  of,  U.S.D.A 618 

Slag.      (See  Phosphatic  slag.) 

Sleet — 

American   definition,   U.S.D.A 618 

forecasting,  U.S.D.A 808 

Sludge,  analyses,  N.J 128 

Smelter  fumes,  effect  on  plants 28, 

213, 244 

Smoke — 

abatement  in  Great  Britain 620 

effect  on  rest  period  in  plants--  436 

Injury  in  forests,   studies 4;i6 

injury  investigations,  defects  in  133 

injury  to  vegetation 620 

leaf  injury  or  loss  due  to 243 

Smokehouses  for  prairie  farms 600 

Smut — 

of  grain  and  forage  crops,  Kans.  348 

treatment 46 

{See    also    Barley    smut,    Corn 
smut,  etc.) 

Snow — 

disappearance    in    high     Siena 

Nevada  of  California,  U.S.D.A.  419 

forecasting,  U.S.D.A 808 

surveys,    U.S.D.A 420,  506,  619 

Soap  grease,   preparation 317 

Soda  in  loess  soils 809 

Sodium — 

ammonium   sulphate,   fertilizing 

value 126,  518 

benzoate,  toxicity  in  the  diet 473 

chlorid.      {See  Salt.) 

hydroxid   as   a    disinfectant    for 

hides  and  skins 882 


Sodium — Continued.                                  Page, 
nitrate,  action  as  affected  by  dis- 
tribution  in  soils 518 

nitrate,  availability  of  nitrogen 

in 426 

nitrate,  availability  of  nitrogen 

in,  N.J 123 

nitrate,  effect  on  action  of  phos- 
phates    326 

nitrate,   effect   on   soils.   Pa 516 

nitrate,   fertilizing  value—  22,  30,  126, 
218,  323,  325,  427,  518,  519,  629 

nitrate,  fertilizing  value.  La 836 

nitrate,  fertilizing  value,  N.J 125 

nitrate,  fertilizing  volue,  Ohio 535 

nitrate,  fertilizing  value,  W.Va.  22 

nitrate  for  apple  trees,   Oreg 540 

nitrate,  industry  and  commerce-  428 
salicylate,  effect  on  metabolism 

in  man 369 

salts,    effect    on    plant    growth, 

U.S.D.A 816 

salts,  effect  on  soil  colloids 622 

salts,    production 24 

tungstate,       effect      on      plant 

growth 434 

Soil- 
acidity,  cause  and  nature 722 

acidity,    correction 727 

acidity,  determination 23,  503 

acidity,    experiments 324 

acidity,  notes,  N.J 120 

analyses  as  a  guide  to  use  of  fer- 
tilizers   215 

bacteria  as  affected  by  barnyard 

manure  and  water,  U.S.D.A 814 

bacteria  as  affected  by  continu- 
ous   cropping,    U.S.D.A 813 

bacteria,    effect    on    rock    phos- 
phate, 111 723 

bacteria,     investigations 626 

bacteria,  nutrition  of,  Ohio 814 

bacteria,  relation  to  soil  fertil- 
ity,  Iowa 215 

bacteria,      spore-forming,      N.Y. 

State 523 

carbonates,    determination 503 

colloids   as   affected   by    soluble 

salts 622 

colloids,  notes,  Hawaii 512 

colloids,    studies 16,  319,  813 

conditions  in  Selby  smoke  zone-  213 
fauna,  rhizopods  and  flagellates 

in 121 

fertility  as  affected  by  sulphur-  728 

fertility,  maintenance.  111 325 

flora  as  affected  by  leaching 514 

flora,  nitrogen-flxing  powers  of-  320 

fungi,   incubation   studies 513 

gases,    investigations 120,  212 

lime    requirements 21 

micro-organisms,    activities,    N. 

Dak 25 

micro-organisms,    ammonia    con- 
sumption   by,    N.Dak 729 

moisture,   studies,   N.Dak 212 


191CJ 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


983 


Soil — Continued.  Page, 
nitrogen    as    affected    by    crops 

and    fertilizers 321 

nitrogen  as  affected  by  organic 

materials 218 

organisms  as  affected  by  carbon 

bisulphid,  U.S.D.A 20 

organisms,  rapid  study  of 220 

productivity,    factors    in 51.'? 

protozoa,    studios 214 

solutions.      Intake     by     plants, 

Nebr 825 

tank  experiments,  Fla 812 

temperature,  studies,  Mich 020 

water,  changes  in  level  of,  Utah-  813 
Soil  survey  in — 

Alabama,  Walker  Co.,  U.S.D.A.  624 
Arkansas,   Mississippi  Co.,  U.S. 

D.A 17 

California,    Merced    area,    U.S. 

D.A 117 

Georgia,  Clay  Co.,  U.S.D.A 421 

Georgia,  Laurens  Co.,  U.S.D.A.  811 

Georgia,  Polk  Co.,  U.S.D.A 508 

Georgia,   Stewart  Co 721 

Georgia,  Troup  Co 811 

Georgia,  Turner  Co.,   U.S.D.A__  421 

Illinois,  Winnebago  Co.,  Ill 421 

Indiana,   Elkhart   Co.,   U.S.D.A.  319 

Indiana,  Warren  Co.,  U.S.D.A__  117 

Iowa,  Muscatine  Co.,  U.S.D.A 117 

Iowa,  Webster  Co.,  U.S.D.A 422 

Kentucky,    Jessamine    Co.,    U.S. 

D.A 508 

Louisiana,      Lafayette      Parish, 

U.S.D.A 319 

Louisiana,  Webster  Parish,  U.S. 

D.A 17 

Maryland,       Montgomery      Co., 

U.S.D.A 18 

Minnesota,       Pennington       Co., 

U.S.D.A 625 

Minnesota,     Ramsey     Co.,    U.S. 

D.A 320 

Mississippi,  Jefferson  Davis  Co., 

U.S.D.A 422 

Missouri,  Dekalb  Co.,  U.5.D.A__  811 

Missouri,  Dunklin  Co.,  U.S.D.A.  625 

Missouri,  Johnson  Co.,  U.S.D.A-  213 

Missouri,   Pettis   Co.,   U.S.D.A__  422 

Nebraska,    Gage   Co.,   U.S.D.A__  509 

Nebraska,  Seward  Co.,  U.S.D.A-  117 
Nebraska,    Thurston     Co.,    U.S. 

D.A 118 

New  York,  Chautauqua  Co.,  U.S. 

D.A 423 

New  York,  Clinton  Co.,  U.S.D.A-  18 
North     Carolina,     Lincoln     Co., 

U.S.D.A 423 

North  Carolina,  Wake  Co.,  U.S. 

D.A 509 

North     Carolina,     Wayne     Co., 

U.S.D.A 811 

Ohio,  Geauga  Co.,  U.S.D.A 509 

Ohio,  Trumbull  Co.,  U.S.D.A___  18 


Soli  survey  in — Conlluucd.  Page. 
Oklahoma,      llogi-r      Mills      Co., 

U.S.D.A 025 

Pennsylvania,     LancaHter     Co., 

U.S.D.A __.  626 

South    Carolina,    Florence    Co., 

U.S.D.A ii8 

Texas,  Brazos  Co..  U.S.D.A (i26 

Virginia,     Frederick     Co.,     U.S. 

D.A 510 

West    Virginia,    McDowell    Co., 

U.S.D.A 118 

West      Virginia,      Rnleigh     Co., 

U.S.D.A 18 

West    Virginia,    Wyoming    Co., 

U.S.D.A 118 

Wisconsin,  Fond  du  Lac  Co 19 

Wisconsin,  Juneau  Co 19 

Wisconsin,   Kewaunee  Co 19 

Wisconsin,  La  Crosse  Co 19 

Soils— 

absorption  and   coagulation   In.  813 

acid,   as  affected   by   fertilizers.  22 

acid,   nitrification   In,   Pa .M4 

adsorption     of     potassium     and 

phosphate  Ions  by 17 

alkali,  of  Ohio,  Ohio 510 

alkali,  reclamation ,';i6 

arid,  brown  niter  sfiots  In 724 

arid,  humus  nitrogen  problein--  513 
as  affected  by  beech  leaves  and 

litter 119 

as  affected  by  chlorlds 423 

as  affected  by  climate 210 

as  aflPected  by  continuous  crop- 
ping, U.S.D..\ 813 

as  affected  by  fertilizers 216 

as  affected  by  fertilizers,  Pa 516 

as  affected  by   heat 138,  722 

as  affected  by  sterilization 515 

bog,   reclamation 215 

calcareous,      effect      on      plant 

growth,  U.S.D.A 728 

caliche,    composition,    .\rlz 611 

cherry   orchard,    analyses 720 

classification 319,  M12 

classification,    Ohio 899 

clay,  colloids  of 319 

clay,  in  vicinity  of  Mexico  City, 

Mexico 19 

composition  as  affected  by  rain- 
fall. Pa 514 

courses  at  Iowa  State  College 319 

determination    of    fertilizer    re- 
quirements   215 

distribution  of  vertical  pressure 

in 581 

extension  course  In,  r.S.D..\ 194 

fertilizer    requirements 121 

forest,   review  of  literature 720 

forest,  soluble  salt  content 512 

frozen,    bacteria    in 723 

humus,  colloids  of 319 

hygroscopic  coeflScIent,   determi- 
nation,   U.S.D.A 812 

judging 721 


984 


EXPEKIMEXT   STATION    EECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Soils — Continued.  Page. 

laboratory   work   in 93 

leaching  experiments 514 

lime  requirement  as  affected  by 

grinding 212 

lime  requirement,  determination, 

Tenn '<'14 

lime  requirement  in  relation  to 

growth  of  clover,  Pa 516 

loess,  of  Nebraska 510,  809,  810 

loss  of  fertilizers  from,  Fla 812 

loss  of  plant  food  from 623 

management 30 

management,  Wis 516 

meadow,  fertilizer  experiments-  516 

mechanical  classification 319 

methods  of  mechanical  analysis.  721 
mineralogical  analysis,  treatise-  16 
moor,  disinfection  experiments —  724 
nitrogen   and  ammonia   consum- 
ing power,  N.Dak 730 

nonprotein  nitrogen  of,  U.S.D.A.  120 

of  Antigua 214 

of  Aroostook  Co.,  analyses,  Me_  19 

of  Cape  Colony,  analyses 20 

of  Dutch  East  Indies,  mineral- 
ogy of 119 

of  Fiji,  analyses 320 

of  Florida,  analyses 319 

of      Gloucestershire,      Somerset, 

and   Wiltshire,    England 721 

of  Hawaii,  analyses,  Hawaii 503 

of  Indiana,   analyses 19 

of  Iowa,  lime  requirement 727 

of  Johore,  analyses 320 

of   Kentucky,    fertilizer   require- 
ments,  Ky 121 

of  Madagascar,  analyses 119 

of  Mississippi 213 

of  Mississippi,  Miss 62."5 

of  New  Zealand,  analyses 715 

of  northern  New  York 509 

of  Nova  Scotia,  analyses 118 

of    Peru,    phosphoric    acid    con- 
tent   118 

of  Queensland,   analyses 20 

of  Savoy 346 

of   South   Australia 119 

of  Tennessee 793 

osmosis   in 16 

oxidizing  power 624 

partially    sterilized,    tests, 

Hawaii 515 

peat,  of  Minnesota,  analyses 625 

physico-chemical    studies 21,  624 

podzol,      of      middle      Norland, 

Sweden 720 

purification  of  sewage  by 388 

red,  of   Brazil,   analyses 725 

red,  of  Karstian,  analyses 721 

relation    to    meteorological    fac- 
tors    15 

review  of  investigations 516 

saline,  of  Egypt,  drainage 685 

sampling  for  bacteriological  an- 
alysis   121 


Soils — Continued.  Page. 

school  lessons  on 592 

sterilization .. 21 

surface  forces,  measurement 733 

tobacco,  analyses 720 

treatise 214,  421 

Solatium — 

commersonii,  mutations  in 330 

nigrum,     crossing     experiments, 

N.J 445 

Solar — 

activity     and     planetary     phe- 
nomena,   U.S.D.A 618 

radiation     measurements, 

U.S.D.A. 115 

variability,  U.S.D.A 619 

Soldiers,   discharged,  employment  in 

England  and  Wales 296 

Holenopsis   molesta,  studies 662 

Solutions,  balanced,  penetration  of,  823 

Soot,  availability  of  nitrogen  in 427 

Sorghum — 

breeding  experiments 32 

culture.  Wash 33 

culture   experiments,    Ohio 529 

culture    in    sand    hiUs    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 827 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 44,0 

effect    on    following    crop,    U.S. 

D.A 827 

fertilizer    experiments 323 

grain,    composition   and   feeding 

value.    U.S.D.A 372 

grain,   starches  of 616 

grain,  starches  of,  Okla 108 

hay,  production  in  western  Ne- 
braska, Nebr 438 

hydrocyanic  acid  in,  U.S.D.A 340 

irrigation    experiments 286 

root    systems    and    leaf    areas, 

U.S.D.A 437 

smuts,  notes,  Kans 348 

V.  corn  for  forage,  Ohio 529 

varieties,    Ariz 526 

varieties,    Hawaii 528 

varieties.   La 337 

varieties  for  central  and  south- 
ern Great  Plains,  U.S.D.A—  832 

water  requirement,  Nebr 823 

water  requirement,  U.S.D.A 529 

Sorghum   vulgare  and   >S',   halepense, 

description  and  culture 640 

Sorosporium  reiHanum,,  notes 45 

Sorrell,    growth   in   relation    to    soil 

acidity,    Pa 259 

Sows 

black     pigment     In     mammary 

area 376 

ovariotomy  of 376 

Soy-bean — 

forage,  composition.  Conn. State-  532 

hay,   analyses,   Wis 562 

leaf  spot,   notes 247 

oil,  physical   constants 312 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


985 


Soy  beans —  Png^ 

analyses   and   use   as   a   human 

food 

and  condensed  milk  for  infants. 

as  a  ffrecn  manure,  La 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium, U.S.D.A 72fi 


5r)(! 

337 


culture,  Ohio 

culture  und  use,  N.Y. State. 


culture  experiments,  Mo 82(i 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ind 724 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 220 

fertilizing  value,  N.J 12.") 

hogging  down,  Ky 672 

urease  of 10,109,110 

varieties.  Conn. State 532 

varieties,   La 337 

varieties,    Ohio 3.") 

Spanioncura       fonscolomhii,      notes. 

Conn. State 54 

Sparyanum  raiUietti  in  pigs 79 

Spelt — 

bacterial  blight,  notes 845 

culture     in     Texas     Panhandle, 

U.S.D.A 440 

varieties,    N.Dak 229 

Sperm  oil,  chemistry  of 784 

Spermatogenesis  in    rabbits 167 

Bphacelotheca  sorghi,  notes 44 

Spha-ropsis  malorum — 

dlsseminatiou   by    tree   crickets, 

N.Y.State 548 

notes 351 

studies,  Va 151 

SphwrostUhc  repens,  notes 251 

Sphwrotheca  mors-uvw,   notes 6.j0 

Sphwridina  suchumica  n.sp.,  descrip- 
tion   454 

Sphagnum  turf,  digestibility 474 

Sphenopfiorus — 

viaidis,   life  history 760 

phcenicicnsls,    notes 657 

Sphex  spp.,  bionomics 468 

Spices,  effect  on  micro-organisms 557 

Spider,  red — 

notes 254,  356,  657 

on  cotton,  U.S.D.A 408 

Spiders,   habits 350 

Bpirochata — 

hyos,    antigenic    value    in    hog- 
cholera  serum  tests 784 

theileri  in  United  States 385 

Spondylocladium  atrovirens,  studies, 

U.S.D.A 455 

Sporidesmium  (Clasterosporiuni)  put- 

refaciens,    notes 245 

Spotted   fever — 

immunization 881 

tick  in  eastern   Montana,  Mont.  853 

Spray  nozzle,  description,  U.S.D.A —  88 

Spraying — 

calendar,    Idaho 234 

fluids,  wetting  power  of 350 

in  relation  to  beekeeping 662 

machinery,   notes 141 


I'n;;!' 


Spraying     Continued. 

mlxtiiics,    n.-ld.    In    relation    to 

Rcoiching rt_P,j 

mixtures,  composition  and  merits         49 
mlxtiiros  f..r  stone  fruits,  Va.__       143 

mixlures,   hot,  use a.^o  ^^,^ 

mixtures,   notes '  ;{r,Q 

notes "."."'445.  MH 

notes,   Ohio ^^(^ 

notes,   Okla. ~1       jr.Q 

notes.   Wash ""         Q.^ 

notes  for  Oregon 14^ 

Springs,  radlo-acllvlty,  U.S.D.A 618 

Spruce — 

rust   diseases,    studies 155 

thinning  experiments 241 

Squirrels,    ground,    life   history   and 

control,    Wnsb y.^jg 

Stable  lly,  relation  to  pollomvelltis,  n.T  280 
Stallions— 

In   Inllana,  Ind 073 

in  Utah,  l^tah '       377 

Starch — 

as  alTected  by  alkalis 602 

as   affected    by   removal    of   ash 

and  solution 502 

congestion  during  retarded  plant 

growth,  R.I 523 

determination   In   plants 200 

determination      of     gelatinizing 

temperature 616 

effect  on  soil  nitrogen 218 

formation    in    underground    por- 
tions of  herbaceous  plants 

in    bananas    dried    at    different 

temperatures 

liquefaction  in  presence  of  salts 

of  grain  sorghums 

of  grain  sorghums,  Okla 

of  green  leaves 

soluble,  inve.stlgatlons 

solutions,  stability 

specificity  and   complexity 

use  in  canned  corn,  N.Dak 

Starters,  lactic,  tests,  Conn.Storrs__ 

Starvation,  studies 

Stearic  acid — 

determination      in      milk      fat, 

U.S.D.A 

salts,  solubility 

Stearins — 

determination 

in  fats  and  their  behavior  dur- 
ing hydrogenation 

Steers — 

feeding  experiments 

feeding  experiments,   Ind 

feeding  experiments,  Minn 

feeding  experiments,  Wis 

growth   data,   Mo 

Bteganoaporium    koaaroffli   n.sp.,    de- 
scription   

Stegomyia  fasciata,  notes 258,  361 

StcphannriiK  dcntatus,  notes,  Guani_       878 

Stereum  piirpureum,  notes.  Me 752 

Sterilizer,    steam,    description 677 


131 

633 
550 
016 
108 
131 
502 
501 
408 
705 
176 
486 


111 
416 

015 

9 

271 
475 

070 
503 
808 

45 


986 


EXPEKIMENT   STATION    KECORD. 


[Vol.  35 


431 


893 


506 


164 
669 


730 


474 


Page. 
Stick-lac  insect,  biology 463 

Stictocephala    festina,   notes 657 

8tiraMoma  depressum,  notes 254 

Stizolobium — 

culture  experiments 135 

culture  experiments,  Hawaii 528 

Stock.     (See  Live  stock.) 

Stocks — 

double,  notes 730,  731 

inheritance  of  hoariness  in 731 

Stomach  worms  in  Guam,  Guam 878 

Stomata — 

behavior  during  wilting 431 

in  relation  to  transpiration 27 

Stomatal  investigations,  use  of  poro- 
meter  in 

Stomoxys    calcitrans.       (See    Stable 

fly.) 
Stores,    cooperative,    business    prac- 
tice and  accounts  for,   U.S.D.A — 
Storm     warning    signals     on     Great 

Lakes,  U.S.D.A 

Straw — 

action    as   affected    by    distribu- 
tion in   soils f>18 

analyses  and  nutritive  value 

as  a  feeding  stuff.  U.S.D.A 

effect  on  ammonifying  power  of 

soils,    N.Dak 

meal,  composition  and  digestibil- 
ity  

meal,  feeding  value 376 

Strawberries — 

breeding  experiments 144,  444 

cultivated,  origin 144 

culture  experiments 444 

fertilizer    experiments 742 

insects  affecting 55 

new    varieties 448 

varieties '^42 

Strawberry — 

pollen,   germination 731 

root   weevil,    notes,    Oreg 552 

rootworm,  notes,  Conn. State 54 

rots,  studies,  U.S.D.A 458 

weevil,  remedies,  N.J 364 

weevil,   remedies,   Va.Truck 661 

Stream — 

flow,   maximum,   determination, 
flow,    relation    to    precipitation 

U.S.D.A 

gaging,  methods 578 

measurements    in    Alberta    and 

Saskatchewan 

pollution    in    Illinois 

pollution,   laws   in    Indiana- 
Streams,  mountain,  bridging 391 

Street  sweepings,   analyses,   N..T     —       128 

Streptococci,  hemolytic,  in  milk 

Streptococcus    spp.,    proteolysis    of. 

Mass 

Streptothrix  muris  rattl,  notes 487 

Strongylidosis,  equine,  studies 489 

Strong yloides   lonous   in    pigs 79 

Strongylus  paradoxus,  notes,  Guam-       878 


684 


116 


490 
389 

787 


680 


204 


Page. 
Stumps — 

burning 84 

removal 583 

removal   with   dynamite 887 

Styrax  japonica  seeds,  fatty  oil  of_  611 
Sucrose — 

determination  in  beet  molasses_  504 
determination  in  cane  prG>/lucts_  716 
determination  in  presence  of  re- 
ducing sugars 805 

determination  in  presence  of  re- 
ducing sugars.    La 316 

in    American    grapes 202 

in    bananas    dried    at    different 

temperatures 633 

parental   administration 483 

Sudan  grass — 

and  Johnson  grass  seeds,  distin- 
guishing characters,  U.S.D.A-  834 

as  a  forage  crop,  La 337 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 526 

culture    experiments,    Md 640 

culture  experiments,  IMinn 336 

culture    experiments,    R.I 229 

culture  in  sand  hills  of  Ne- 
braska, Nebr 827 

hay,  composition  and  digestibil- 
ity,   Md 640 

starch  content,  Okla lOS 

yields,    Hawaii 528 

Sugar — 

deterioration,    La 316 

determination .    416 

effect   on   plants 633 

in  resting  potato  tnbers 634 

invert,  determination  in  pres- 
ence of  sucrose 504 

invert,  in  bananas  dried  at  dif- 
ferent    temperatures 633 

localization  in  fleshy  fruits 228 

metabolism,  rapidity  of 764 

methods    of   analysis 114 

reducing,     destruction    in    cane 

products 716 

reducing,    determination-  206,  416,  616 

technology,  treatise 807 

{See  also  Beet  sugar  and  Cane 
sugar.) 

Sugar  beet — 

crowns    and    leaves,    fertilizing 

value 127 

diseases  and  animal  enemies  in 
Germany  and  Austria-Hun- 
gary   455 

diseases,    notes 350 

meal,  analyses,  R.I 374 

nematode,     studies 150 

products  as  a  source  of  alcohol-  113 

pulp.      (See  Beet   pulp.) 

yellows,  notes 245 

Sugar  beets — 

cost  of  production,  Minn 138 

culture  experiments,  Ariz 526 

drying 417 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


987 


Sugar  beets — Continued.  rage. 

fertilizer    experiments 22, 

427, 629, 736 

irrigation    experiments 637 

sugar    content     in    relation    to 

chemical  characters 641 

sugar    content    in    relation    to 

weight 640 

varieties 35,637 

varieties,  N.Dali 229 

yield  as  affected  by  breaking  of 

leaves 442 

Sugar  cane — 

coloring  matter  of.  La 312 

culture  experiments 230 

cuttings,  handling  and  planting.  231 

diseases  in  Porto  Rico 749 

fertilizer  experiments 134,  443 

fertilizer  experiments.  La 336 

grubs    of   Australia 57 

insects  affecting 55 

Irrigation  experiments.  La 336 

irrigation  in  Mauritius 580 

Japanese,   analyses,   Fla 898 

Japanese,  fertilizer  experiments, 

Fla 830 

Japanese,  yields,   Hawaii 528 

root  disease,  notes 653 

stem   disease,   notes 49 

stomata,  physiology 330 

transpiration  in 331 

varieties 134,  231,  443 

varieties.  La 336 

Sugi  seedlings,  red  plague  of 354 

Sulfoclde,  tests,  Me 549 

Sulphate  of  ammonia.     (See  Ammo- 
nium sulphate.) 
Sulphates — 

determination  in  urine 13 

fertilizing  value,   Ohio 220 

loss  from  soils.  Fla 813 

Sulphids,  insecticidal  value 838 

Sulphite   liquor   waste,   utilization- _  14 
Sulphur — 

determination    as    barium    sul- 
phate,   Iowa 613 

determination  in  urine 13 

determination    in   wine 617 

dioxid,  effect  on  animals 133 

dioxld,  effect  on  plants 28, 

133,  243,  636 
dioxid,  effect  on  wine  diseases.  617 
dioxid,  effect  on  yeasts  and  bac- 
teria in  wine  and  fruit  juices-  611 
dioxid  fumes,  disappearance  from 

the  air 133 

dioxid,   leaf  injury  or  loss   due 

to 243 

fertilizing  value 728 

fertilizing  value.   Wis 529 

fungicides,  preparation  and  usp_  646 

loss  in  drainage  water 623 

metabolism  of 863 

mixtures.        (See     Lime-sulphur 

mixture.)  ' 


Sulphur — Coutluu.-d.  Vnyiv. 
production    and    use    In     191.3- 

19ir, .._  031 

relation     to    boIIh     and     crops, 

Ohio O20 

sprays,  materials  uH<-d  In 342 

Sulphuric    acid,    effect    on    germina- 
tion  of   Icspede/.a   seed 441 

Sumach,    Indian,   notes .uj 

Sunilower    seed    cake,    acidity 770 

Sun  (lowers — 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak 228 

water   requirement,    Nibr S23 

Sunlight,    effect    on    compoHltlon    of 

leaves ^^r^ 

Sun's     atmosphere,     convection     In, 

TJ.S.D.A 419 

Superphosphate — 

as    affected    by    calcium    carbo- 
nate   816 

as   affected    by    gaseous   ammo- 
nia   519 

effect  on  root  system  of  bei-ts. .  23 

effect  on  soil  acidity 22 

fertilizing  value 428.629 

fertilizing   value,    Ind 724 

fertilizing   value,    Ohlo._   220,  535,  536 

fertilizing   value,   Tex 532 

fertilizing  value,  W.Va 22 

for  wheat  in  New  South  Wales.  219 

V.  rock  phosphate,  Ohio 520 

Swamp   fever,   studies,   N.Dak 80 

Swamp   land.     (See  Land,  swamp.) 

Swedes,  varieties 637 

Sweet  clover — 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium,   U.S.D.A 720 

culture,  Wash 33 

culture  experiments,   Hawaii 528 

culture  experiments,   N.Dak 228 

culture    in    sand     hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 827 

inoculation    and    liming   experi- 
ments,  Minn 330 

seed  germination,  Mo 820 

Sweet  corn — 

culture  experiments,   Greg 341 

varieties,    R.I 229 

Sweet  potato  di.seases, notes, U.S.D.A-  49 

Sweet  potatoes — 

culture  in  Arkansas,  Ark 130 

culture,   treatise 282 

fertilizer  experiments.  111 736 

fertilizer    experiments,    La 337 

Quichua  names  of 129 

starch   content,  Okla 108 

storage  experiments.  La 337 

varieties 134 

varieties.  La 337 

Swine — 

erysipelas  bacillus,  action  of  or 

gantc  body  fluids  on 884 

erysipelas,  natural  Immunity  ln_  381 

fever,   studies 78,  .SR4 

fever,  treatment 379 

(Sec  also  rigs.) 


988 


EXPERIMENT   STATION   RECORD, 


IVol.  35 


Page. 

Syneta  alMda,  notes,  Wash 364 

Syphilis,   diagnosis 180 

Syphilitic     serum,     toxicity     toward 

guinea  pigs 180 

Systena  twniata,  notes,  Conn.State_  54 

Tachardia   lacca,   studies 463,  659 

Tachinid  species,  nonintentional  dis- 
persal by   man 259 

Tachinidse,    new    species    from    New 

England 259 

Tan  bark,  reducing  harshness  of 317 

Tankage — 

analyses,   N.Y.State 867 

analyses,  Wis 562 

availability  of  nitrogen  in 426 

Tannin,  determination 317 

Tanning    materials,    sampling 316 

Tanypezidte  in  United   States 759 

Tapeworms   in    chickens 577 

Tar  fumes,  effect  on  vegetation 734 

Tares  as  a  green  manure  for  wheat-  426 

Tarnished  plant  bug,  notes 253 

Taro,  yield  as  affected  by  deep  plow- 
ing, Hawaii 527 

Tars,  specifications  and  definitions —  888 

Tarsonemus   spirifex,   description 468 

Tartaric  acid,  determination 417 

Tea — 

culture  in  Sumatra 449 

evaluation  on  stem  content  basis  266 

factors  affecting  quality 367 

ingestion  as  protection   against 

cold 474 

seed,  germination 745 

selection  experiments 745 

Teachers — 

correspondence  courses  in  farm 

plants  for , 592 

farm  school  in  Victoria 92 

preparing  for  secondary  agricul- 
ture    406 

training 92 

Teclu  burner,  new,  description 801 

Teeth  as  affected  by  diet 767 

Temperature — 

changes,  forecasting,  Nev 505 

effect  on  bacteria  in  milk,  Va 777 

effect  on  germination  of  seeds 222 

effect  on  growth  of  peas 432 

effect    on    moisture    intake    of 

seeds 222 

effect  on  nitrification  in  soils 627 

effect  on  permeability  of  plant 

colls 224 

effect  on  proteolytic  activity  of 

ferments 482 

high,  effect  on  frogs 851 

low,  after-effects  on  germinating 

oats 330 

low,  effect  on  plant  tissvie 234 

low.  In  rice  culture 718 

relation  to  corn  yield,  U.S.D.A 618 

relation  to  plant  growth 328 

underground,  U.S.D.A 618 


Page. 
Tennessee — 

Station,  notes 98 

University,  notes 98,400 

Tephrosia  hookeriana  as  a  host  plant 

of  pink  disease 154 

Termes — 

flavipes,    notes,    Conn.  State 54 

gestroi  as  a  pest  of  Para  rub- 
ber        544 

Termites — 

notes.  Conn. State 54 

notes,    U.S.D.A 853 

Terracing  in  Texas 887 

Terrapin    scale,   investigations,    U.S. 

D.A 1561 

Tetanus — 

antitoxin,  preparation 384 

treatment 75,  379,  784 

Tethelin — 

effect  on  growth  of  white  mice.       865 

isolation  and  properties 8 

Tetrameres  ftsslspinus,  notes,  Guam.       878 
Tetranyclius — 

bimaculatus,    notes 2G3,  657 

dufour,  studies 254 

Tetrastichus   n.spp.,   descriptions 262 

Texas  fever — 

etiology  and  treatment 884 

studies 77 

ticks.     (See  Cattle  ticks.) 
Theobroma     cacao,     character     and 

habits 730 

Thersilochus     conotra^heli,     studies, 

U.S.D.A 857 

Thielavia  hasicola — 

conidial    characters   and   behav- 
ior         247 

studies.    Wis 547 

Thiospirillum  jenense  and   its  reac- 
tion   to   light    stimulus 431 

Thiosulphate,   determination 804 

Thomas  slag.    (See  Phosphatic  slag.) 
Threshing  machines,  dust  explosions 

and  fires  in,  U.S.D.A 688 

Thripoctenus  nubilipennis  n.sp.,  de- 
scription         756 

Thrips   oryzcB   n.sp.,    description 357 

Throscida?   of   Brazil 261 

Thunderstorms,      forecasting,      U.S. 

D.A 808 

Thymol,  production  from  horsemint, 

U.S.D.A 344 

Thyridaria   tarda,  notes 45,  251,  353 

Thysanoptera,      new,      from      West 

Africa 255 

Tick    fever.      (See   Texas    fever.) 
Tick  fever,  Rhodesian.     (See  African 

coast  fever.) 
Ticks — 

Canadian,  review  of  literature-       858 

monograph 263 

of    Belgian    Kongo 366 

Pajaroello,  life  history  and  bit- 
ing  habits 662 

(See  also  Cattle  ticks.) 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


989 


Tillage—  Page, 

experiments  at  Grlgnon,  France.  6S8 

machinery,  recent  inventions  ln_  494 
methods   for  western   Nebraska, 

Nebr 438 

Tilletia — 

Jatens,    morphology 845 

horrida,  notfs 243,247 

spp.  in  Bohemia 6150 

Timber — 

bolted    joints,    tests 888 

cost  of  logging 843 

decay,    notes 252 

durability 147 

estimates,  computing 44 

estimating,  volume  tables  for 147 

lagscrewed   joints,    tests 889 

of  Russia 451 

preservation 241 

preservation,    U.S.D.A 843 

rots,    descriptions 755 

structural,   in  United   States 240 

(<S'ee  also  Lumber  and  Wood.) 
Timothy — 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium,    U.S.D.A 72G 

breeding   experiments 232 

composition  as  affected  by  leaf- 
hoppers.    Me 552 

composition  during  growth  and 

ripening.  Mo 738 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 220 

fertilizer  experiments,  U.S.D.A-  520 
hay,  effect  on  bacterial  activity 

of   soils 216 

hay,   influence   of  maturity   on, 

Mo.   737 

history  and  culture 232 

Infection  by  Puccinia  graminis, 

U.S.D.A. 847 

root   systems   of 639 

variations    in 232 

Tineid  moths  of  Central  America 464 

TipulidiB  of  North  America,  biology-  57 
Tobacco — 

alkaloid  formation  in 333 

beetle   as   affected   by   Koentgen 

rays,   U.S.D.A 554 

beetle,  remedies 856 

breeding    experiments 139 

Burley,  culture,  W.Va 534 

Burley,   marketing,   Ky 792 

culture    experiments 135 

culture  experiments,  Pa 532 

culture   in   Brazil 641 

culture  in  Canada 534 

culture   in    Cj'prus 642 

curing  barns,  construction 890 

curing,  chemical  changes  in 718 

curing    experiments 890 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ohio 220 

fertilizer  experiments,  Pa 533 

fertilizer   experiments,  W.Va 5.'J4 

fertilizers    for,    Mass 338 

hail  injury  to "^'^^ 

83103°— 17 8 


Tobacco — Continued.  ra;,'e. 
Injuries    and    diseases    in    Dul- 

matla  and  Gallcia 247 

Insect-s  affecting 64 

mosaic    disease,    iDTestlgatlons, 

U.S.D.A 751 

mosaic   diseaRe,   notes 752 

mosaic   disease,   treatment 653 

phylogeny  of 430 

root  rot,  studies,  Wis 647 

seed  beds,  preparation.  Can 233 

seed-lfuf,  changes  In  during  re- 

sweailng 208 

seed  oil,  composition 9 

size  inheritance  In 819 

stems,  analyses,  N.J 128 

suckerlng,    Pa 533 

topping   experiments,    Pa 533,  534 

varieties,   Pa 5;{2 

varieties,    W.Va 534 

Tomato — 

bacterial  rot,  notes 547 

blossom-end    rot,    transmission, 

Ga 742 

damping  off,  studies,  Fla 844 

ketchups,  analyses 164 

leaf  diseases,  treatment,  Md S-'tO 

leaf  spot,  studies,  MUh 6."»3 

mosaic   disease,   notes 752 

rust,    notes,    Fla 844 

seed,  impermeable,  viability,  U.S. 

DA 740 

weevil,   buff-colored,   notes 261 

Tomatoes — 

breeding  experiments 235 

breeding  experiments,  Ga 35 

culture,    Cal 142 

from  blighted  vines,  composition  643 

grafting   on    dabbage 341 

growth   in  heated  soils 722 

inheritance  In 141 

inheritance  of  size   In,   N.J 445 

lessons    on,    U.S.D.A 896 

radio-active  fertilizers  for 628 

removal    of    Bordeaux    mixture 

stains  from 644 

varieties,    Pa 539 

Torrents  of  Savoy,  treatise 346 

Tortrix  albicomana,  notes,  Conn. State  54 

Tosastcs  cinerascens,  notes,  Wash —  364 

Tractors — 

bearings  for 29.1 

drawbar  rating  of 791,890 

farm, directory  and  speciflcatlons  889 

for  farms 87 

gas,  construction  and  operation  188 

plowing   with 391 

speciflcatlons 391,  791 

tests 293,  687,  6S8 

use   in   corn   belt,   U.S.D.A 292 

r.  horses  for  hauling  gravel 495 

Trailers,    specification* 585 

Trametes — 

pini,  studies,  Vt 15.i 

scrialis,  notes 252 


990 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECORD. 


[Vol. 


Page. 
Transpiration — 

as    a    factor    in    crop    produc- 
tion,   Nebr 823 

in  plants,  determination 732 

relation  to  stomata 27 

Trap  nests.     (See  Nests,  trap.) 
Tree — 

cricliets    as    carriers    of    fungi, 

N.Y.State 547 

diseases  and   insect  pests,   con- 
trol   461 

of  heaven,  history  and  botanical 

notes 747 

rots,   descriptions 75.5 

seeds,  preservation 346 

wounds,   painting 440 

Trees — 

as  affected  by  illuminating  gas_  636 

as  affected  by  ivy 636 

broad-leaved,  form  height  tables 

for 347 

Chinese,    for    Pacific   slope    and 

Gulf  coast  regions 450 

culture    in    sand    hills    of    Ne- 
braska,  Nebr 842 

diameter  growth  in 648 

dwarfing  effect  upon  neighboring 

plants 132 

English    names 747 

for  Idaho 451 

for  Kansas,  Kans 43 

for  railway  gardening 450 

for  street  planting 42 

forest,  root  growth  of 223 

growth  curves  for 347 

growth    studies 841 

hybridization 451 

in  relation  to  white  grub  injury, 

111 159 

measurements 748 

mixing 43 

of  New  York 147 

ornamental,    description 450 

sap  discharged   by 648 

sap  of,  composition 822 

shade,  for  Maine 840 

shade.  Insects  affecting 756 

shade,  pruning.  Mo 840 

transplanting   experiments 37 

tropical,  growth  and  rest  of 431 

volume  tables  for     748 

Tremella   fuciformis,   culture  in   Ja- 
pan   347 

Tribroma     Mcolor,     character     and 

habits 730 

Trichobaris   trinotata.      (See  Potato 
stalk-borer.) 

TricJiodectes   hermsi  n.sp.,   notes 255 

Tricliogramminse,    European,    synop- 
sis   661 

Tricolepsia  sp.,  notes.  Wash 364 

Tridena  flavus,  hydrocyanic  acid  in_  413 
Tihneromicnift    maculatus    n.g.    and 

n.sp.,    description 262 

Tripe,    preparation »_  317 


Page 

TrirhaMa  canadensis,  notes 656 

Tropical      medicine      and      hygiene, 

treatise 379 

Tropidosteptes  cardinalis,  notes 255 

Trout,  brook,  poisoning  by  rose  chaf- 
fers   279 

Truck — 

crop  pests  in  Georgia 461 

crops,  culture  in  southern  New 

Jersey 643 

crops,  insects  affecting 461 

farms,   renting  in  southwestern 

New    Jersey,    U.S.D.A 892 

Trumbull    County    experiment    farm, 

Ohio 94 

Trypanosoma  brucei,  life  cycle 366 

Trypanosomiasis,    treatment 379 

Tryptophane,  effect  on  growth 268 

Tsetse  flies,  studies 466 

Tubercle  bacilli — 

destruction  by  electricity 176,  378 

dried,    virulence 883 

growth    in    arsenic   solutions 281 

isolation  and   cultivation,  Wash-  783 
reactions   to   sperm   oil   and   its 

constituents 784 

resistance  to   heat 487 

Tubercle  wax,  antigenic  properites_  883 

Tubercles,    root.      (See   Root    tuber- 
cles.) 

Tubercular  infection,   defense  of  or- 
ganism against 784 

Tuberculin — 

diagnostic  value 575 

reaction,    conjunctival,    diagnos- 
tic   value 384 

reaction,  studies 883 

test,  investigations 576 

Tuberculina     nomuriana     n.sp.,     de- 
scription    348 

Tuberculosis — 

avian,  notes 576 

avian,   notes,   Mont 786 

biochemistry  and  chemotherapy.  181 
bovine   and   human,    relation —  75, 181 

bovine,    diagnosis 74 

canine  and  human,  relation 181 

diagnosis 575 

effect    on    chemical    composition 

of    the    animal    body 883 

human,  types  of  bacilli  in 576 

immunization 883 

in  dogs  and  cats 75 

in    Norway 181 

in   pigs,    investigations 79,  785 

modes  and  periods  of  infection 

in 281 

of  seminal  vesicles,  vas  deferens, 

and  urethra  in  cattle 882 

prorluction   in  guinea  pigs 281 

pulmonary,  diagnosis 180 

Tubers,  edible.      (See  Root  crops.) 

Tulip  diseases,  treatment 51 

Tulips,  bi'eaking  sickness  in 550 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


991 


Turkeys —  Page, 

aberrant     intestinal     protozoan 

parasites 684 

raising  with  special  reference  to 

blaclihead 284 

Turnip — 

fingcr-and-toe     disease,     preven- 
tion         522 

gall  weevil,  notes 467 

Tussock  moth  in  Nova  Scotia 853 

Twig  borer,   western,   notes 58 

Twilight,    duration,    U.S.D.A 115 

Tychiua  Uneellus,  notes,  Wash 364 

Typhoid — 

fever,  dissemination  by  oysters.       162 
fly.     (See  House  fly.) 
patients,      metabolism      experi- 
ments with 369 

Tpphula  graminum  in  Bohemia 650 

Typhus,    diagnosis 182 

Typophorus    canellus,    notes.    Conn. 

State 54 

Tyromyces  elUsianus,  notes 655 

Tyrosinase  of  beets  and  potatoes 414 

Udder,    bacteria    in 674 

Ultraviolet  rays,  effect  on  plant  re- 
productive   organs 334 

United   States   Department   of  Agri- 
culture— 

appropriations,    1916-17 301 

Fa^rmers'    Bulletins,    index 299 

Forest  Service,  organization  and 

policy 451 

reports 94 

Weather  Bureau.     (.S'ee  Weather 
Bureau.) 

yearbook 195 

United    States   Department   of   Com- 
merce, Commissioner  of  Fisheries, 

report 366 

United     States     Geological     Survey, 

Reclamation  Service,  report 284 

Uranium    nitrate,    effect    on    plant 

growth 434 

Urea — • 

determination 112 

fertilizing  value 325,427,518 

Urease — 

in  higher  plants 313 

in  jack  beans 612 

in    legume    nodules    and    other 

plant    parts 334 

in  soy  beans 10, 109,  110 

Uredinese — 

inoculation    experiments 650 

of    Colombia 245 

Uredinia,   internal,   notes 635 

Uredo — 

nootkatensis  and  .^cidium  sorti, 

identity 844 

sp.,  treatment ^ ^^ 

Uric  acid  solvent  power  of  normal 

urine ^^^ 

Urine,  nitrogen  content  after  feeding       863 
Urobacillus  pasteurii  in  soy  beans—       110 


Uromycea —  Page. 

Ictw,   notes 245 

carynphillinua,     internal     uredi- 
nia    of 635 

Urophlycti«  alfalfw,  notes 245 

Uspuhun,  fungicidal  value 47 

Vatilago — 

arrhcnatheri  n.sp.,  description 349 

zew,  dissemination  by  tree  crick- 
ets, N.Y. State 648 

Ustultna  zonata.  notes 651 

Uta,  insect  vector  of 464 

rtjih  College  and  Station,  notes__  400,  699 

Vaccine — 

sensitized  and  nonscnsitizcd,  ef- 
fects of 782 

treatment,  studies 48(1 

Vaccines,  investigations 73 

Vacuum    oven    pump,    regulating   de- 
vice for 313 

Valaa — 

leucostoma,  notes 351 

prunastri,  notes 456 

Vanilla — 

extract,  analyses,  Me 663 

extract,  factors  affecting  quality  764 

types  of  in  Tahiti 129 

Vanillin,  effect  on  plant  growth 21,  424 

Veal,  bob,  digestibility,  U.S.D.A 762 

Vegetable — 

baskets   and    containers,    stand- 
ards for 598 

diseases,  notes,  Minn 148 

materials    containiug   tannin, 

methods  of  analysis 316 

oils.      (<S'ee  Oils.) 
protein.     (See  Protein.) 

Vegetables —  • 

breeding    experiments 444 

breeding  investigations,  review.  341 

canning    14,558,717 

culture   36,341,445,741 

culture,  Oreg 234 

culture  experiments 444 

culture  experiments,  Oreg 341 

culture    in    Alabama 141 

culture    in    sand     hills    of    Ne- 
braska, Nebr 835 

fertilizer   experiments 341 

insects  affecting 55 

marketing 892 

removal    of    Bordeaux    mixture 

stains  from 644 

suitability   for  jelly   making 418 

transportation 835 

winter,  as  human  food 859 

(See  also  apecific  kiiida.) 

Vegetation  of  New  York 146 

Velvet — 

bean  caterpillar,  studies,  Fla_  852,  854 
beans  as  a  green  manure.  La —  337 
beans,  culture  experiments,  Ha- 
waii   528 

beans,       hybridization       experi- 
ments,   Fla 829 


992 


EXPERIMENT  STATION   RECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Page. 

Venturia  incequalis,  development   of 

perithecia  in 351 

Vermont  University,  notes 197,  597 

Vetch- 
fertilizing   value,    N.J 125 

seed,       impermeable,      viability, 

U.S.D.A 740 

varieties,   Ariz 526 

Veterinary — 

Department  of  Bengal,  report —  483 

Department  of  Punjab,  n-port —  483 

handbook  and  visiting  list ."79 

law,  essentials  of 278 

medicine,    handbook 278 

service   in    France 279 

surgery,  treatise 73 

vs'ork    in    Argentina 678 

work  in  Union  of  South  Africa-  678 

Vicia  faia,  aerating  system 132 

Vinegar  dried  grains,  analyses,  N.Y. 

State 867 

Vines,  hail  injury  to 734 

Vineyards — 

of  Columbia  River  basin 646 

phylloxera  -  infested,   reconsticu- 

tion 343 

protection  from  frost  and  other 

climatic   disturbances 343 

(See  also  Grapes.) 

Virginia — 

College  and  Station,  notes 98,  500 

Truck  Station,  notes 500,  597 

Viscosity,    notes 734 

Vitamin  fraction  from  yeast 311 

Vitamins — 

chemical  nature 269,  711 

determination  in  food  products-  472 

paper    on 100 

review  of  investigations 168 

role   in  nutrition 269,  472,  861 

Viticultural — 

instruction  in  schools 646 

station  at  Lausanne 839 

Viticulture — 

in  South  Africa 8.39 

papers   on 343 

text-book 744 

Vitis  vinifera  in  eastern  America 648 

Voandzeia   sutterranea,    culture    ex- 
periments    739 

Volatile — 

acid,  determination  in  wine 647 

oils,  determination  in  liquors-  111,  717 

Volumeter,   automatic,   description 185 

Volumetric  apparatus,  calibration 415 

Wages — 

and  rural  migration  in  France-  498 

in   Sweden 793 

Walnut — 

blight,    notes 51 

borers,  notes 656 

containing   hazelnut    kernel 449 

disease,   description 655 


Walnuts —  Page. 

culture  in  California 145 

oak-like  mutant  of 840 

pruning 145 

War  bread,  analyses 367 

Warehouse  Act,  Federal 308 

Washington  College,  notes 799 

Wasps,   hunting,    treatise 468 

Wassermann   reaction  in  rabbits  af- 
ter injection  with  luetic  liver 383 

Water — 

analyses 8,  83,  490,  663 

as    affected    by    decaying    Nym- 

phaea  in  rhizomes 579 

bottles,  bacteria  in,  U.S.D.A 388 

bubble  fountains,  bacteriology 860 

colloid-holding,    purification    by 

soils 388 

duty  of  in  irrigation 82 

effect  on  soil  bacteria,  U.S.D.A-  814 

finder,    automatic,    tests 286 

flow,  formulas  and  tables  for 490 

flow  in  irrigation  channels 185 

flow    over    sharp-edged    notches 

and    weirs 886 

flowing,    measurement 786 

from  sphagnum  bogs 579 

ground,  in  Connecticut 387 

ground,  use  for  irrigation 787 

hardness,   determination 110,  805 

hot,  as  a  fungicide 352,  353 

irrigation,  measurement 185, 

286,  490,  684 

irrigation,  use  in  Idaho,  U.S.D.A.  186 

level    variations,    Utah 813 

loss  of  head  in  90'' -pipe  bends 186 

loss    of    head    in    strainers,    ori- 
fices, and  sand 786 

meter,  Venturi,  abnormal  coeffi- 
cients of 886 

methods  of  examination 287 

movement  in  plants 432 

of  Province  of  Buenos  Aires 83 

of  Queensland,  analyses 287 

polluted,  sterilization  and  utili- 
zation   288 

polluted,    treatment 187 

pollution    and     sanitary    condi- 
tions of  Potomac  watershed.  286 

pollution,   sources  of 787 

power   engineering,  treatise 786 

power  in  Crooked  River  basin- _  385 
powers    of    Silver    Lake    region, 

Oregon 285 

problem  in  Ohio 83 

purification    by    aluminum    sul- 
phate   388 

rain.     (See   Rain.) 

spring,  radio-activity 187 

supply,     automatic,     for     dairy 

stock 189 

supply  for  country  homes 587,  787 

supply  of  Bombay 578 

supply  of  California 82 

supply  of  Great  Basin 578 

supply  of  Illinois 284 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


993 


Water — Continued.  Tage. 

supply    of    Indiana 83 

supply     of     Lower     Mississippi 

River  basin     578 

supply  of  New  Mexico 570 

supply      of     norttieastern      Ar- 
kansas   579 

supply  of  Ohio 83 

supply  of  Ohio  River  basin 387 

supply  of  Oregon 48!) 

supply  of  Pit  River  basin 280 

supply   of  rural   and   small   ur- 
ban areas IS" 

supply   of    San   Joaquin   Valley, 

California ISO 

supply  of  Snake  Elver  basin 787 

supply    of    St.    Lawrence   River 

basin 578 

supply   of    Sulphur    Spring   Val- 
ley,   Ariz 83 

supply  of  Victoria 3S.j 

supply  of  Western  Australia 489 

supply  of  Wisconsin 387 

supply  system,  description 496 

underground,   locating 286 

well,  of  western  India 1S7 

wheels,   testing 889 

Watermelon — 

anthracnose,    investigations 652 

leaf   spot,   notes 749 

stem-end  rot,  investigations,  U. 

S.D.A 248 

Watermelons,     culture    experiments, 

Greg 341 

Wax,  utilization 470 

Waxes — 

analyses 203 

methods  of  analysis,  Mass 205 

Weather — 

Bureau,    Chinese,    U.5.D.A 618 

Bureau,  report,  U. S.D.A 506 

effect  on  crop  production 496 

forecasting,  Nev 505 

forecasting,    U.S.D.A 808 

forecasts,    distribution    by    ama- 
teur wireless  operators,   U.S. 

D.A 506 

of  British  Isles 318 

of   Scotland 719 

relation  to  farming,  U.S.D.A.  617,  618 

studies 808 

warnings,  flre,  U.S.D.A 419 

Websteriana   costalis  n.g.   and  n.sp., 

description 259 

Weeds — 

classification,    N.J 835 

destruction    with   kainit 340 

eradication,   N.J 835 

eradication,   Ohio 899 

in  poppy  fields  of  Volhynia  and 

Podolia 444 

of    lov/a,   Minnesota,    and   Wis- 
consin    35 

of  Montana,  Mont 835 

study  of  in  schools 593 

(See  also   specific  plants.) 


Weevils —  Page. 

habits  of 201 

Injurious  to   fruit   budH,   Wash_  303 

Weirs — 

description  and    tests,   U.S.D.A.  81 

flow  of  water  over 886 

tests 388 

treatise 288 

Wells- 
breathing,     U.S.D.A 115 

in  Imperial  Valley 82 

West  Virginia — 

Station,  notes 98,  500 

University,   notes 98,  500,  900 

Wheat — 

Alaska    and    Stoner,   or    "  Mira- 
cle,"   U.S.D.A 139 

analyses a,  102.,  367 

and    grain    mixtures,    nutritive 

deficiencies 577 

aphis,  western,  studies 757 

as  affected  by  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium,    U.S.D.A 726 

as  affected  by  copper  and  lead 

salts 324 

bacterial    blight,    notes 845 

bran,    analyses.    Conn. State 562 

bran,   analyses,   N.H 373 

bran,  analyses,  N.Y. State 867 

bran,    analyses,    Wis 562 

breeding  experiments.  Mo 825 

bulb  fly,  biology 460 

composition  during  growth  and 

ripening,  Mo 738 

cost  of  production,  Minn 691 

culture,  Wash 33 

culture,    continuous 30 

culture,  continuous,  Ohio 536 

culture,    continuous,    U.S.D.A 813 

culture  experiments 31 

culture  experiments,  N.Dak__  228,  229 

culture  experiments,  Ohio 534 

culture  in  Argentina 740 

culture  in  Argentina,  U.S.D.A__  130 
culture   in   Canada,   meteorolog- 
ical factors  in 15 

culture  in  Nebraska,  Nebr___  438,  827 
culture  in  Texas  Panhandle,  U.S. 

D.A 440 

diseases,  notes,  N.J 245 

diseases,    treatment 652,  749 

embryo,  dietary  deficiencies  of__  265 

factors  affecting  quality,  Colo —  832 
fertilization  in  relation  to  frost 

injury 642 

fertilizer    experiments 22,  30, 

126,  218,  325,  326,  424,  425,  427,  430 

fertilizer  experiments,  Ind 724 

fertilzer  experiments,  Ohio 220,  536 

fertilzer  experiments,  U.S.D.A__  520 
flour.      (See  Flour.) 

germinating,  investigations 632 

green  manuring  experiments 426 

grinding,  power  required  for 586 

growth  as  affected  by  concentra- 
tion of  nutrient  solution 436 


994 


EXPERIMENT    STATION   RECOED. 


[Vol.  35 


Wheat — Continued.  Page, 

growth  as  affected  by  stimulants  434 

growth  in  heated  soils 722 

inheritance  of  characters  in 233 

inoculation  experiments,  N.Dak_  32 

leaves,   anatomy   of 443 

Marquis,  U.S.D.A 443 

middlings,  analyses,  Conn.State_  562 

middlings,  analyses,  N.H 373 

middlings,   analyses,   N.Y.State.  867 

middlings,  analyses,  R.I 374 

middlings,  analyses,  Wis 562 

milling  and  baking  tests 162, 

367, 555,  859 

milling  and  baking  tests,  Mont-  835 

milling  and  baking  tests,  N.Dak_  265 

milling  and  baking  tests,  Ohio —  534 
milling    quality    in    relation    to 

characteristics  of  kernel 555 

nitrogen  content,  variation  in —  340 

plant,  composition,  Colo 832 

powdery  mildew,  studies,  Mo_  651,  844 
production  and  prices  in  1815 —  793 
production  and  rainfall,  correla- 
tion    14 

rust  in  Norway 545 

rust,    notes 45 

rust  resistance,  notes 749 

rusts,  description 47 

seeding  experiments,  Minn 336 

seeding  experiments,   Ohio 534 

selection  experiments,  Ariz 527 

selection  experiments,  Minn 336 

selection  experiments,  Ohio 534 

shorts,  analyses.  Conn. State 562 

smuts,   notes,    Kans 348 

squarehead,  varieties 739 

starch  content,  Okla 108 

sterile  spikelets  in,  U.S.D.A 233 

stinking    smut,    morphology 845 

stinking  smut,  studies.  Mo 845 

straw,  effect  on  soil  nitrogen 218 

straw   worm,    notes 58 

take-all,  treatment 750 

temporary   roots   in 135 

thrips,  notes 656 

varieties 30,  32,  637 

varieties,  Ariz 526,  527 

varieties.  Mo 826 

varieties,  N.Dak 228,  229 

varieties,  Ohio 534 

varieties,  Wis 528 

varieties  for  Montana  dry  lands, 

U.S.D.A 735 

varieties  immune  to  Hessian  fly_  759 

water    requirements 633 

weather  factor  for,  U.S.D.A 114 

yellow  rust  in  Russia 844 

yield  after  cowpeas,  Mo 826 

Whey  for  infant  feeding,  composition  165 
White — 

ants.     (See  Termites.) 

flies,  citrus,  studies,  U.S.D.A 552 

grubs,  notes.  Conn. State 54 

grubs,  notes,  Iowa 363 


White — Continued.  Page, 
grubs,   relation   to  proximity   of 

trees.    111 159 

grubs,    revision 467 

grubs,  studies 760 

(See  also  May  beetles.) 

Whitefish,  breeding  in  Switzerland —  774 

Wicker,  rural  structures  of 88 

Willows,   culture 747 

Wind — 

easterly,     at    Tatoosh     Islands, 

Washington,  U.S.D.A 619 

forecasting,    U.S.D.A 808 

synoptic,  and  rainfall,  relation, 

U.S.D.A 115 

velocity  and  elevation,  U.S.D.A_  115 

velocity  indicator,  U.S.D.A 618 

Windmill,  homemade,  description 189 

Wine — 

acid  reduction  in 617 

acidity  in 113 

analyses 617 

blending 647 

fermentation 616,  647 

from  American  native  grapes 647 

Hungarian,  production  and  com- 
position   266 

industry  in  California 343,646 

industry  in  Spain    in    1915 744 

industry  in  United  States 744 

preparing  and  conserving 343 

Winter   minimum   temperature,   fore- 
casting, U.S.D.A 115 

Wintergreen  extract,  analyses.  Me 663 

Wire — 

fences,  construction 88 

fencing    materials,    composition, 

Pa 587 

rope,  tests 292 

Wireworm  in  ostriches,  life  history-  678 

Wireworms  destructive  to  cereal  and 

forage    crops,    U.S.D.A 261 

Wisconsin — 

Station    association,    report 899 

Station,    report 595 

University,   notes 699 

Witches'  brooms,  assimilation  of  car- 
bon   dioxid    by 132 

Women — • 

adult,  cost  of  food  for 861 

in    relation    to    English    agricul- 
ture   891 

rural  clubs  for 90 

Women's     work     in     agriculture     in 

peace  and  war 395 

Wood — 

American,  durability  tests 241,  656 

analyses  and  nutritive  value 164 

as  building  material,  manual —  147 

ashes,    analyses 127 

ashes,   analyses,   N.J 128 

calorific    power 347 

electrical  resistance 347 

of  British   Guiana 543 

of  Montana 542 

of  New  York,  structure 897 


1916] 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS. 


995 


Wood — Continued.  Page. 

of    Ohio 147 

of   Pacific   coast,    handbook 649 

preservation 84,*5 

pulp,  ground,  notes,  U.S.D.A 114 

tr'ansverse   strength   in 347 

using    industries    of    West    Vir- 
ginia    44 

vinegar,   condensation 347 

waste,     utilization 74S,  843 

waste  utilization,  treatise 148 

(See  also  Lumber  and  Timber.) 

Woodlands   of   Guiudos   hacienda   in 

Chile 842 

Woodlot  products,  marketing, 

U.S.D.A 147,  4.53 

Woodlots — ■ 

county    or    community    working 

plans 841 

farm,    handling 242 

in  United   States 746 

Woodpeckers,   British,   food   habits 4G0 

WoodworKJng     problems 298,  898 

Wool- 
fertilizer,   tests 126 

scouring   and   dyeing 375 

studies,  Ohio 477 

wax,   analyses 203 

Woolly   aphis.      (See  Ap'iig,   woolly.) 

Worms   in    hogs,    treatment 488 

Wound  parasitism  and  predisposition 

in    plants 347 

Wounds,    treatment 882 

Wyoming    University    and     Station, 

notes 98 

Wyomingite,    composition 503 


Pago. 
Xanthlum,    peculiar    modification    of 

burs  in 227 

Xanthosoma — 

storage   rots,    U.S.D.A 750 

varieties 134 

Xenia — 

in    walnuts 449 

in  white  mustard 335 

Xestopsylla  gallinacea,  notes 58 

Xylaria  vaiians  n.sp.,  description 244 

Yams,     varieties 134 

Yarrow,  volatile  oil   of 807 

Y'east — 

dried     grains,      analyses,      N.Y. 

State 867 

effect  on  protein  formation 634 

growth  in  arsenic  solutions 281 

preparation    and    utilization    as 

food 266 

preparation     of     vitamin     frac- 
tion    311 

use  in  carbohydrate  analysis.  206,  315 

Yoghourt  bacillus,   studies 278 

Zaommoencyrtus  submicans  n.g.  and 

n.sp.,    description 761 

Zein,  nutritive  value 368 

Zelia — 

vertebrata,   notes 259 

icildermvthii  n.sp.,   description.  259 
Zeuzera  pyrina.    (Sec  Leopard-moth.) 

Zignoella  garcinice,  notes 153 

Zodiacal  light  and  counterglow,  pho- 
tography  of,    U.S.D.A 618 

Zymase  in  potatoes  and  sugar  beets.  634 


o 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAT  BE  PKOCUEED  FEOM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFnCE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

15  CENTS  PER  COPY 

Subscription  Price,  per  Volume 

OF  Nine  Numbers 

AND  Index,  $1 


3   5185   00292   Jb43 


^>r^£ 


^ 


^    J-y^